<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<posts>
  <row Id="1" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2" CreationDate="2013-11-05T20:22:07.323" Score="30" ViewCount="1089" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the rule for using articles with the soccer team names?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why do you say  &lt;em&gt;la Inter&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;l'Inter&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;la Juventus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la Lazio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la Roma&lt;/em&gt;, but also &lt;em&gt;il Milan&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il Bologna&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il Genoa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il Manchester United&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;il Chelsea&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la regola per l'uso degli articoli con i nomi delle squadre di calcio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché si dice  &lt;em&gt;la Inter&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;l'Inter&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;la Juventus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la Lazio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la Roma&lt;/em&gt;, ma allo stesso tempo  &lt;em&gt;il Milan&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il Bologna&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il Genoa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il Manchester United&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;il Chelsea&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T09:20:46.867" LastActivityDate="2019-02-22T22:12:01.163" Title="What are the rules for using an article with the name of a football team?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-05T20:36:02.473" Score="30" Body="&lt;p&gt;Translating &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/genere-nomi-squadre-calcio&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article&lt;/a&gt; found on the Accademia della Crusca website:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Masculine&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever the team is named after the name of the city it belongs to - or a variant of it, such as Genoa - the masculine genre is used to distinguish it from its toponym, which is generally feminine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Examples&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La magnifica Cagliari → the city&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il magnifico Cagliari → the team&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La magnifica Milano → the city&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il magnifico Milan → the team&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Feminine&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably due to the implicit noun &lt;em&gt;squadra&lt;/em&gt; (team), is used with names derived from an ethnical adjective (such as &lt;em&gt;Fiorentina&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Udinese&lt;/em&gt;) and with names not related to a toponym.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Examples&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La (squadra) Juventus, &lt;em&gt;The Juventus (team)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La (squadra) Sampdoria, &lt;em&gt;The Sampdoria (team)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Exceptions&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most notable exception to this explanation is &lt;em&gt;la Roma&lt;/em&gt;, which is feminine despite being named after the city it belongs to. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sorprendente Roma -&amp;gt; the city&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sorprendente Roma -&amp;gt; the team&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Translation of the article&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever the team is named after the name of the city it belongs to - or a variant of it, such as Genoa - the masculine genre is used to distinguish it from its toponym, which is generally feminine (so &lt;em&gt;la magnifica Cagliari&lt;/em&gt; = the city; &lt;em&gt;il magnifico Cagliari&lt;/em&gt; = the team). The feminine, probably due to the implicit noun &lt;em&gt;squadra&lt;/em&gt; (team), is used with names derived from an ethnical adjective (such as &lt;em&gt;Fiorentina&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Udinese&lt;/em&gt;) and with names not related to a toponym (such as Atalanta, Juventus, Sampdoria and Lazio, the latter being so distinguished from region name). The main exception to this explanation is &lt;em&gt;la Roma&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;original source&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando la squadra porta lo stesso nome della città di appartenenza - o una sua variante, come nel caso del Genoa - il genere maschile serve a distinguerla dal toponimo, che è normalmente femminile (quindi la magnifica Cagliari = la città; il magnifico Cagliari = la squadra). Il femminile, probabilmente dovuto al sostantivo sottinteso squadra, si adopera con nomi derivati da un aggettivo etnico (la Fiorentina, l'Udinese) e con nomi che non corrispondono a un toponimo (quindi l'Atalanta, la Juventus, la Sampdoria e anche la Lazio, che così si distingue oltretutto dal nome della regione). La principale eccezione, di fronte a una spiegazione del genere, è la Roma.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T20:44:29.493" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-05T20:37:28.327" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I fear there's no golden rule, but everything is left to the native speaker sensibility and to the common usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While in some cases you can argue that &lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt; names require a different article to avoid confusion (&lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; Lazio as the region, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; Lazio as the football team, similar for &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; Bologna and &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; bologna), ultimately it doesn't even come down to the type of consonant-vowels group that follows the article, since (the first example that comes to my mind) we say &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; Fiorentina and &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; Fiorenzuola - and the words share many common characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You need to forget the various grammar rules governing the use of articles.&#xA;By a fast online research, I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://faustoraso.blogspot.it/2011_10_01_archive.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;, allegedly from an Accademia della Crusca expert:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Il problema, affrontato in modo convincente da Giuseppe Francescato&#xA;  (in &quot;Lingua Nostra&quot;, XXXIII, 1972, pp. 132-37), è stato poi ripreso e&#xA;  riassunto con grande chiarezza da Jacqueline Brunet, Grammaire&#xA;  critique de l'italien, 5 [Le genre], Parigi, Université de Paris,&#xA;  VIII-Vincennes, 1982, pp. 80-82. Quando la squadra porta lo stesso&#xA;  nome della città di appartenenza - o una sua variante, come nel caso&#xA;  del Genoa - il genere maschile serve a distinguerla dal toponimo, che&#xA;  è normalmente femminile (quindi la magnifica Cagliari = la città; il&#xA;  magnifico Cagliari = la squadra). Il femminile, probabilmente dovuto&#xA;  al sostantivo sottinteso squadra, si adopera con nomi derivati da un&#xA;  aggettivo etnico (la Fiorentina, l'Udinese) e con nomi che non&#xA;  corrispondono a un toponimo (quindi l'Atalanta, la Juventus, la&#xA;  Sampdoria e anche la Lazio, che così si distingue oltretutto dal nome&#xA;  della regione). La principale eccezione, di fronte a una spiegazione&#xA;  del genere, è la Roma&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I sense it's more in the ears of the native speaker, and on the common use of the words - since we're almost raised hearing footbal teams names, we interiorized the use of a form, and that seems natural to us.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-22T16:06:46.003" LastActivityDate="2019-02-22T16:06:46.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="4" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-05T20:38:07.760" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si sottointende la parola &lt;em&gt;squadra&lt;/em&gt;, quindi: la (squadra) Inter, eccetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altri casi, credo si sottointenda il &lt;em&gt;club&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;football club&lt;/em&gt;, quindi: il (club) Milan, il (club) Bologna, eccetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra evidente che si usi il maschile quando il nome della squadra e' anche un nome di citta', forse per evitare confusione, visto che le citta' prendono il femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;team&quot; is implied if the name is feminine, the word &quot;club&quot; is implied if the name is masculine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The masculine terms are preferred in those cases when the teams have city names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T17:27:42.967" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:27:42.967" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-05T20:46:59.993" Score="19" ViewCount="720" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am interested to know what is the origin of the famous proverb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tanto va la gatta al lardo, che ci lascia lo zampino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I realize the figurative meaning (same as &quot;curiosity killed the cat&quot;), but is it known where the Italian form of the proverb was first used or what is the context of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-06T09:05:40.117" LastActivityDate="2020-02-06T09:05:40.117" Title="Tanto va la gatta al lardo" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:01:56.857" Score="21" ViewCount="1225" Body="&lt;p&gt;When an English word is used as a singular term in Italian, it is normal to use the English singular form, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un film&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un computer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un marine spaziale&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un cowboy&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the words are used as plural terms, we can find different versions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;due film (also due films)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;due computer (also due computers)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;due marine spaziali (also due marines spaziali)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;due cowboy (or cowboys)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that always using the singular is the correct way, except for the word &quot;marines&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the grammatically correct declination?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-20T15:06:08.927" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:44:47.970" Title="How do English words change when plural in Italian?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:09:18.067" Score="31" Body="&lt;p&gt;While the correct, original form demands the word to be spelled with the -s (or -es, or the irregular form -ves), the Italian borrowed words should not be declined and the word remain as is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/plurale-forestierismi-adattati&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this reply&lt;/a&gt; from Accademia della Crusca:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dubbio riguarda il trattamento dei nomi stranieri che sono entrati&#xA;nell'italiano senza adattamento morfologico, cioè mantenendo la loro&#xA;forma originaria. Dobbiamo premettere che, nella maggior parte dei&#xA;casi, queste parole sono entrate in forma scritta, spesso attraverso&#xA;l'uso giornalistico e ciò ha determinato che la forma grafica sia&#xA;risultata predominante su quella sonora. Le parole straniere di questo&#xA;tipo, in generale, restano invariate e, specialmente per quelle ormai&#xA;acquisite da tempo non si pone più il problema (bar, film, quiz, tram,&#xA;ecc.). Possono invece riaprire la questione i neologismi e le voci di&#xA;uso raro o fortemente specialistico, che possono ricorrere,&#xA;soprattutto nella scrittura, con il morfema finale -s, marca del&#xA;plurale in inglese, francese, spagnolo e portoghese: proprio la&#xA;diffusione di questa modalità di formazione del plurale nelle lingue&#xA;europee presenta però il rischio di poter essere intesa, nella&#xA;coscienza comune, come la modalità tipica per ottenere un plurale&#xA;straniero e quindi di essere applicata anche a parole provenienti da&#xA;lingue che formano il plurale in modo diverso. Si tratta quindi di&#xA;considerare, di volta in volta, se il forestierismo che intendiamo&#xA;utilizzare sia acquisito stabilmente e da tempo nell'italiano e in&#xA;questo caso possiamo lasciarlo invariato, o se invece sia un&#xA;neologismo recente o un termine fortemente specialistico e allora è&#xA;consigliabile utilizzare il plurale della lingua d'origine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A cura di&#xA;Raffaella Setti Redazione Consulenza Linguistica Accademia della&#xA;Crusca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is especially true for words that have been in the Italian vocabulary for long time (bar, film, computer). Using the correct original plural, also, is at risk of sounding too &amp;quot;chic&amp;quot; and forced; and besides, you would be applying pluralization rules that do not belong the your language, and since you can't use Italian pluralization with non-Italian words (you don't say &lt;em&gt;filmi&lt;/em&gt; , for instance), keeping the word as is sounds more grammatically correct to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even for newly entered words (think at &amp;quot;smartphone&amp;quot;, for example) using the plural doesn't sound natural:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho visto molti smartphones ieri, ora non so quale scegliere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho visto molti smartphone ieri, ora non so quale scegliere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second sounds better to me, but I think that the cultural and social environment can have an impact here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:44:47.970" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:15:24.207" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personalmente non ho mai sentito la versione con la -s nel plurale che menzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_391.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sito della Treccani&lt;/a&gt; sconsiglia l'uso di questa versione adducendo come motivazione il semplice fatto che entrando il termine a far parte dell'italiano, non si adotta sua regola di formazione del plurale con la -s-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/plurale-forestierismi-adattati&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; è più articolata nella risposta e, pur affermando in sostanza la stessa cosa, sostiene che quando il termine è di nuovo utilizzo, o se si riferisce ad un contesto specialistico, viene tendenzialmente usato al plurale con la forma in -s; quando è invece stabile e di vecchia data vale quanto detto sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo perché un vocabolo specialistico o del tutto recente viene concepito come un foriesterismo piuttosto che come un'aggiunta al vocabolario della lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="57" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T10:25:50.947" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T10:25:50.947" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="10" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:29:03.997" Score="10" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often hear people referring to Loch Ness, as &lt;em&gt;il lago di Loch Ness&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However &lt;em&gt;Loch&lt;/em&gt; is the Scottish for &lt;em&gt;Lago&lt;/em&gt;, so it appears to be redundant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the two sentences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si racconta che un mostro viva nel lago di Loch Ness&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si racconta che un mostro viva in Loch Ness&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second one sounds awkward, and I wasn't even sure whether to put &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one would be, grammatically-wise, more appropriate? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2014-02-02T13:21:14.747" Title="Is it correct to say &quot;il lago di Loch Ness&quot;?" Tags="&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="11" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:30:59.090" Score="9" ViewCount="255" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the difference between &lt;em&gt;credo di aver sceso le scale&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;credo di essere sceso dalle scale&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-26T19:17:13.723" LastActivityDate="2014-07-26T19:17:13.723" Title="'aver sceso le scale' versus 'essere sceso dalle scale'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="12" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:36:49.867" Score="19" Body="&lt;p&gt;Grammatically, I agree that adding &lt;em&gt;Loch&lt;/em&gt; would make the sentence redundant, but I think that it may easily happen that the name of a place in a foreign language loses its original meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this sense, I would argue that for the average Italian &lt;em&gt;Loch Ness&lt;/em&gt;, if not even &lt;em&gt;Lochness&lt;/em&gt; is the name of the place, without any reference to it being a lake, so that adding the word for &quot;lake&quot; is felt as to be necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this depends on how much the speaker knows about the particular toponym.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T21:36:49.867" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="13" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:40:29.853" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;''avere'' is used for transitive verbs (like ''avere mangiato''), while ''essere'' is used for intransitive ones (like ''sono ammalato''). ''Scendere'' has two meanings, in the first case it's transitive and ''scale'' is the object of the action, so you use ''avere'', in the second case is intransitive and requires ''essere''.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the usual rule, but there are some cases where the choice is not straightforward:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_084.html&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_084.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="15" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-05T21:56:22.740" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T21:56:22.740" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="14" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:52:37.963" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wasn't aware that &lt;em&gt;Loch&lt;/em&gt; means a lake, so the second sentence seems to me as if the monster lived in the &lt;em&gt;town&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;Loch Ness&lt;/em&gt;. I'd suggest to use the first one as more used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T17:27:49.497" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:27:49.497" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="15" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="20" CreationDate="2013-11-05T21:57:56.813" Score="14" ViewCount="1909" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there rules for the positioning of clitic pronouns? Is there a preference between “poterlo dire” and “poter dirlo”, apart from how it sounds within a given sentence? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-03-07T12:47:24.027" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T10:40:54.733" Title="Are there rules for the positioning of clitic pronouns?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="16" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:00:32.573" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not specific only to Italian, actually. Once the name of a place becomes widely known in its &quot;inseparable&quot; form, it's often used as a proper name, without reference to its actual meaning. Particularly, the situation is the same in English (&lt;em&gt;The monster lives in Loch Ness&lt;/em&gt;, not The Monster lives in the Lake of Ness), German (&lt;em&gt;Das Ungeheuer lebt in Loch Ness&lt;/em&gt;), and French (&lt;em&gt;Le monstre vit dans le Loch Ness&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In Spanish, though, the name of the lake is separated and translated appropriately: &lt;em&gt;Una criatura legendaria habita en el lago Ness&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-02-02T13:21:14.747" LastActivityDate="2014-02-02T13:21:14.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="17" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:17:24.833" Score="7" ViewCount="1025" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference in meaning between 'apparire' and 'sembrare'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo fenomeno &lt;strong&gt;appare&lt;/strong&gt; davvero inquietante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo fenomeno &lt;strong&gt;sembra&lt;/strong&gt; davvero inquietante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please, explain in reference to the difference, if any, between 1. and 2..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T07:32:29.613" Title="'apparire' vs. 'sembrare'" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="18" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:34:02.260" Score="3" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which one is correct, 1. or 2.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'l'FBI'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'lo FBI'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T09:53:51.397" Title="&quot;l'FBI&quot; vs &quot;lo FBI&quot;" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="19" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="25" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:38:26.767" Score="6" ViewCount="2007" Body="&lt;p&gt;How does adding 'degli' in 2. change the meaning of 1.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sono stato al ristorante con amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sono stato al ristorante con &lt;strong&gt;degli&lt;/strong&gt; amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-12-19T18:12:47.853" Title="Difference between &quot;con degli amici&quot; and &quot;con amici&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="20" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="15" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:42:29.987" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/posizione-pronomi-atoni&quot;&gt;Academia della Crusca explanation&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There are five cases in which pronouns form a single word with the&#xA;  previous item:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;with an imperative verb (e.g., &lt;em&gt;dimmi, ascoltalo, parglagli&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;with a gerund or in the past tense (e.g., &lt;em&gt;vedendola, avendomi detto&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;with a past participle with the function of the subordinate clause (e.g., &lt;em&gt;giuntami notizia dell'accaduto, andai subito da lei&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;with a present participle (almost only with the reflective one, e.g., &lt;em&gt;confacentesi&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;with an infinitive (e.g., &lt;em&gt;andarci, proporgli&lt;/em&gt;). Just this case with the infinitive presents some peculiarities, one of which answers your&#xA;  question. When the infinitive is preceded by a modal verb (&lt;em&gt;sapere,&#xA;  volere, potere, dovere&lt;/em&gt;, etc.), an unstressed pronoun might be combined&#xA;  with the action verb or with the modal verb (e.g., &lt;em&gt;lo posso dire/posso&#xA;  dirlo&lt;/em&gt;). In many cases, the freedom of position of an unstressed&#xA;  pronoun allows using it both as a proclitic and as an enclitic (e.g.,&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;non riesco a vederlo/non lo riesco a vedere&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-modali_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/a&gt; adds the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If a modal verb consists of two infinitives, you may have three choices: the pronoun can be in the initial position (&lt;em&gt;lo devo poter fare&lt;/em&gt;), joined with the first infinitive (&lt;em&gt;devo poterlo fare&lt;/em&gt;), or with the second infinitive (&lt;em&gt;devo poter farlo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence, both phrases in your question are grammatically correct. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-05T23:07:34.060" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T23:07:34.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="21" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="17" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:47:47.987" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;IMO there is no difference between 1) and 2), let's wait for a native speaker to confirm it (or not).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possible translations to english:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This phenomenon appears to be really disturbing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This phenomenon seems to be really disturbing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="41" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T22:47:47.987" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="22" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="18" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:55:10.180" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;First one seems to be the correct. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilgiornale.it/news/milano/lfbi-passa-moscova-intercettare-telefoni-e-pc-941382.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;L'Fbi passa da via Moscova per intercettare telefoni e pc&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="41" LastEditorUserId="41" LastEditDate="2013-11-05T23:36:21.710" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T23:36:21.710" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="23" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="18" CreationDate="2013-11-05T22:55:35.800" Score="23" Body="&lt;p&gt;The elision of the article is commonly accepted when the sound of the first letter starts with a vowel (in this case: 'ef-bi-ai'). Thus the first one is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/larticolo-sigle&quot;&gt;Accademia della crusca - L'articolo con le sigle&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T22:55:35.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="24" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="36" CreationDate="2013-11-05T23:17:13.537" Score="8" ViewCount="3555" Body="&lt;p&gt;A common way to format titles (of movies, songs, publications,...) in English is to capitalize the starting letter of every word (for example: The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This practice popular in the current Italian too, but is it accepted by the grammar or is just a recent influence from foreign cultures? In this case&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Guida galattica per gli autostoppisti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Guida Galattica per gli Autostoppisti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-07T14:43:04.243" LastActivityDate="2020-03-26T06:48:18.383" Title="Rule to capitalize a title?" Tags="&lt;capitalization&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="25" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="19" CreationDate="2013-11-05T23:56:43.093" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my opinion&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono stato al ristorante con amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;stresses the fact that the people I was with were friends, as opposed to other &quot;categories&quot; such as family members, coworkers and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono stato al ristorante con degli amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gives slightly less importance to the kind of people I was with and communicates two facts (&lt;em&gt;I went to the restaurant&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;I was with friends&lt;/em&gt;) with no focus on a particular one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-05T23:56:43.093" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="26" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="19" CreationDate="2013-11-06T00:05:52.740" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Degli&quot; in this context means &quot;a certain quantity of, some&quot;, so the two examples have different meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;I went to the restaurant with friends&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;I went to the restaurant with some friends&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The change in meaning is analogous as you would have in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T00:22:44.067" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T00:22:44.067" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="27" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="24" CreationDate="2013-11-06T00:29:04.847" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Title case is very used in the English language, but it's not a common practice in Italian, where sentence case is much more frequently used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, this is the original title of an English book&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The Curious Incident of the Dog in the Night-Time&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;title case&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whereas the Italian title goes as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo strano caso del cane ucciso a mezzanotte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;sentence case&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-25T20:18:43.637" LastActivityDate="2020-03-25T20:18:43.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="28" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5" CreationDate="2013-11-06T01:00:56.930" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tanto_va_la_gatta_al_lardo_che_ci_lascia_lo_zampino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, this proverb origins from the lardo being cut on cutting board using a sharp knife, such as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mezzaluna&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mezzaluna&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;A cat trying to steal the lardo while being cut, would eventually lead to the amputation of its paw.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you rightfully suggested, the closest equivalent in English would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Curiosity killed the cat&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but a translation preserving the original meaning could be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gluttony amputated the cat &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-25T15:23:02.523" LastActivityDate="2015-04-25T15:23:02.523" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="29" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="30" CreationDate="2013-11-06T01:16:42.467" Score="27" ViewCount="3037" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that 'ci' can mean 'us' and 'there', but it appears it can also mean 'it'. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci penso su - I'll think about it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've heard that it means kind of &quot;it, in general&quot; but I find the rules for it confusing. Are there any hard and fast rules? When and where can 'ci' be used in this way, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci leggo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ci parlo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ci dico&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ci metto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, in the case when it can mean 'it', how could you say whether it means 'it' or 'us' in a phrase such as, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci parliamo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="56" LastEditorUserId="1094" LastEditDate="2015-04-28T15:08:44.823" LastActivityDate="2018-10-21T10:05:02.217" Title="When can 'ci' be used to mean 'it'" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="30" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="29" CreationDate="2013-11-06T01:47:37.313" Score="27" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ci&lt;/em&gt; is indeed a tricky italian word, has it has several different uses and I'm afraid there are no fast rules, as its meaning greatly dependends on the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll try to go through some of the most common uses&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;direct personal pronoun&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il professore &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ha visto copiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which corresponds to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il professore ha visto &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;noi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; copiare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The professor saw &lt;strong&gt;us&lt;/strong&gt; copying&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;indirect personal pronoun&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il professore &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ha detto di non copiare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which corresponds to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il professore ha detto &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a noi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di non copiare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The professor told &lt;strong&gt;us&lt;/strong&gt; not to copy&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;reciprocal pronoun&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci&lt;/strong&gt; vediamo spesso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We see &lt;strong&gt;each other&lt;/strong&gt; often&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;adverb&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; sono stato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which corresponds to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono stato &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lì&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I've been &lt;strong&gt;there&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;redundant use as adverb&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; sto proprio comodo &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qui&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I'm really comfortable &lt;strong&gt;here&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;verb compounds&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some cases &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; can be incorporated in a verb, some notable examples being: &lt;strong&gt;esserci&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;to be there/here&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;strong&gt;volerci&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;to be needed/required&lt;/em&gt;), and &lt;strong&gt;metterci&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;take&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci sono&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I'm here&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;C'è&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; qualcuno?&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there&lt;/strong&gt; anybody?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci vuole&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; una laurea per fare quel lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A degree &lt;strong&gt;is needed&lt;/strong&gt; to do that job&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci si mette&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; un'ora per tornare a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;It takes&lt;/strong&gt; an hour to get home&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And really, many many other uses, especially in combinations with verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-10-21T10:05:02.217" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="31" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="29" CreationDate="2013-11-06T01:48:23.583" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If we had to read those examples as you listed them, verbatim, the only one that makes sense is the second one: &lt;strong&gt;ci parlo?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other ones don't convey any meaning. If you take a look, all of them require Direct Objects, except &lt;em&gt;parlare&lt;/em&gt; which in Italian requires an Indirect Object (parlare &lt;em&gt;a chi?&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know there are no hard rules, except for those cases that you listed, but if I find something I'll make sure to edit my answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T01:48:23.583" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="32" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T07:55:35.703" Score="4" ViewCount="489" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which one is the correct way to spell it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io sono &lt;strong&gt;daccordo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io sono &lt;strong&gt;d'accordo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;(with the apostrophe)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user68" LastEditorDisplayName="user68" LastEditDate="2013-11-08T07:56:22.170" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T07:56:22.170" Title="&quot;D'accordo&quot; or &quot;daccordo&quot;: How should I spell it?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2013-12-02T13:00:54.370" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="33" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="17" CreationDate="2013-11-06T07:58:42.967" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Treccani dictionary says that ‘sembrare’ is synonymous with ‘parere’. In my opinion&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;questo fenomeno appare davvero inquietante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;seems to be modeled after English (or French) rather than being proper Italian. But, apart from this, I see no real difference between the two sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T07:58:42.967" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="34" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T08:17:37.787" Score="14" ViewCount="7493" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read both &lt;em&gt;stanza&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;camera&lt;/em&gt; being used to translate a &lt;em&gt;room&lt;/em&gt;. Is it there a difference between them? Could you give an example of a context where they might be applied?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastEditorUserId="87" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T10:26:07.073" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T10:26:07.073" Title="'Camera' vs 'Stanza'" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="35" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="32" CreationDate="2013-11-06T08:26:38.693" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The one with the apostrophe is correct, see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/unite-separate&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; site, even tough on the same page the spelling '&lt;strong&gt;daccordo&lt;/strong&gt;' is listed as a less common but still correct form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="71" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T08:26:38.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="36" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="24" CreationDate="2013-11-06T08:31:03.150" Score="22" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian there is no reason to capitalise words within a title. Quoting from Roberto Lesina, &lt;em&gt;Il nuovo manuale di stile&lt;/em&gt;, Zanichelli 2009:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nei titoli in lingua italiana si usa l'iniziale maiuscola per la prima parola del titolo (ed eventualmente di un sottotitolo), e per i nomi propri che compaiono all'interno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il ritratto di Dorian Gray&lt;/em&gt; (pubblicazione singola [romanzo])&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Illusioni: Le avventure di un Messia riluttante&lt;/em&gt; (pubblicazione singola [romanzo], con sottotitolo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Il cuore artificiale totale” (articolo su periodico)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In genere, lo stesso trattamento può essere applicato ai titoli in lingua straniera. Es.: &lt;em&gt;Les malheurs de Sophie&lt;/em&gt;. Considerazioni specifiche valgono però per i titoli in lingua tedesca e inglese, come di seguito specificato. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarise in English, capital letters are used only for the very first word of the title and of the subtitle, if any (and for proper nouns, as always).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-04-24T16:01:57.747" LastActivityDate="2018-04-24T16:01:57.747" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="37" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="34" CreationDate="2013-11-06T08:40:48.543" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stanza is more general, and indicates any internal space of a building separated by walls (and doors). I would say that it is a more accurate translation of room, when room is intended in the general sense (e.g. not I went into my room).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Camera is used more in reference to bedroom, even though one can in general call a camera any room that is not just a passage (like a corridor).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo appartamento è composto da sei stanze: ingresso, cucina, salotto, bagno e due camere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This flat comprises six rooms: entrance, kitchen, living room, bathroom and two bedrooms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that camere stands for bedrooms, one does not need to say &quot;camere da letto&quot; to be understood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="75" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T08:40:48.543" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="38" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="40" CreationDate="2013-11-06T08:49:21.770" Score="11" ViewCount="7489" Body="&lt;p&gt;Posto che se non erro la grafia corretta sarebbe &lt;em&gt;va be'&lt;/em&gt;, in caso per qualche motivo lo si debba scrivere in questa forma gergale, l'accento andrebbe grave (&lt;em&gt;vabbè&lt;/em&gt;) o acuto (&lt;em&gt;vabbé&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-06T13:21:46.253" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T22:32:52.117" Title="È più corretto &quot;vabbè&quot; o &quot;vabbé&quot;?" Tags="&lt;accents&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="39" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="32" CreationDate="2013-11-06T08:57:25.547" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The origin is from ‘di accordo’; although the phrase is just a single adverb, it's customary to write it with an apostrophe. Other compound adverbs or conjunctions are normally written as single words, but, as ‘tutt'al più’–‘tuttalpiù’ or ‘per lo più’–‘perlopiù’ show, there is no general consensus about this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I'd never write ‘daccordo’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T08:57:25.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="40" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="38" CreationDate="2013-11-06T09:06:06.763" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is not simple to answer to. Indeed this term is the short form of &quot;va bene&quot; (that's ok), and is rarely used in written texts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you really want to write it, I would choose among three different forms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;vabbè&lt;/em&gt; which is how you pronounce it&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;vabbe'&lt;/em&gt; which is the linguistical correct form, with the truncation of &quot;ne&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;vabbeh&lt;/em&gt; which correctly represents the pronountiation (aspirated 'h' sound)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one is reported by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_9/interventi/3982.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;accademia della crusca here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=1143&amp;amp;r=41032&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=1143&amp;amp;r=41032&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario di ortografia e grammatica&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="77" LastEditDate="2013-11-08T11:03:51.363" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T11:03:51.363" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="41" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="17" CreationDate="2013-11-06T09:09:05.897" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Appear&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;seem&lt;/em&gt; are the respective exact translations. There is almost no difference in meaning of those two sentences, but the two verbs are not interchangeable in every context, just like in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparire refers more to &quot;becoming manifest, come into view&quot;; sembrare implies more a personal opinion behind the statement: it seems (sembra - to the speaker or to a collective group) expresses some interpretation of what is happening.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una nuvola appare all'orizzonte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cannot be written with &quot;sembrare&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, &quot;sembrare&quot; is widely used in a probabilistic fashion with the subjunctive mood:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sembra che stia per piovere&#xA;     (it looks like it's going to rain - it seems to me/to the ones watching the sky, but it's not certain-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T09:09:05.897" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="42" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="38" CreationDate="2013-11-06T10:04:07.327" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &lt;a href=&quot;/a/40&quot;&gt;pointed out by Daniele B.&lt;/a&gt;, the correct spelling is &lt;em&gt;vabbè&lt;/em&gt; -- which is the correct usage if you want to infer a (southern) dialectal inflection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, if you want to simply use a gergal, yet dialect-transparent form, there exist three correct spellings: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;va beh&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;va be'&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;va be&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All are mentioned in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_9/interventi/3982.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca thread&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often seen, but incorrect, is the misspelled version&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;va bhe&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T10:04:07.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="43" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="45" CreationDate="2013-11-06T10:20:24.500" Score="13" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;strong&gt;utènsile&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;utensìle&lt;/strong&gt;? What is their proper usage?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="88" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-24T00:29:48.917" LastActivityDate="2013-11-24T00:29:48.917" Title="What is the difference between «utènsile» and «utensìle»?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;homograph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="44" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="34" CreationDate="2013-11-06T10:23:42.543" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Camera&lt;/strong&gt; is mainly a &quot;habitation unit in a house or apartment&quot; (&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/camera_1.shtml&quot;&gt;&quot;Ambiente abitativo in una casa, in un appartamento&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;), and, while it refers in common cases to &lt;em&gt;&quot;camera da letto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (bedroom), it can also refer to &lt;em&gt;&quot;camera da pranzo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (dinner room).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also used in other acceptions, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Camera operatoria&lt;/em&gt; (Operating theater)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Camera dei deputati&lt;/em&gt; (House of deputies)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all cases it is similar to &quot;room&quot;, but with a more &quot;elegant&quot;, &quot;expensive&quot; or &quot;posh&quot; undertone (&lt;em&gt;cf. eng. &quot;Chamber&quot;, fr. &quot;Chambre&quot;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stanza&lt;/strong&gt; refers to any enclosed environment in a building (&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/stanza.shtml&quot;&gt;&quot;Ognuno degli ambienti interni di un edificio&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;). It can refer to any room in a building and in the case of habitation units it is used either as an alternative for &lt;em&gt;camera&lt;/em&gt; or for other rooms for which &lt;em&gt;camera&lt;/em&gt; is not normally adequate, entrance hall (&lt;em&gt;&quot;stanza d'ingresso&quot;&lt;/em&gt;), bathroom (&lt;em&gt;&quot;stanza da bagno&quot;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is more general than &quot;camera&quot; and it avoids the &quot;posh&quot; accent of it, as &quot;stanza&quot; is a term of more &quot;functional&quot; origin (from the verb &quot;stare&quot;, to stand). It is best translated to English as &quot;room&quot; and definitely not &quot;chamber&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T10:23:42.543" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="45" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="43" CreationDate="2013-11-06T10:48:20.067" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are the same word, with two different pronunciations. In fact, the correct spelling is &#xA;&lt;em&gt;utensile&lt;/em&gt;, without accents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The pronunciation &quot;utènsile&quot; is the only correct one when utensile is used as an adjective (e.g. &quot;una macchina utensile&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to Treccani, &quot;utensìle&quot; should be used when referring to the noun (&quot;la scatola degli utensili&quot;), but honestly it seems incorrect to me to &lt;em&gt;require&lt;/em&gt; this pronunciation as the &quot;utènsile&quot; form is very commonly used as a noun, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come aggettivo (quasi esclusivamente in coppia con il sostantivo macchina), utensile è parola sdrucciola, cioè con l'accento che cade sulla terz'ultima sillaba: utènsile. Come sostantivo, utensile è parola piana (come edìle): utensìle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_044.html&quot;&gt;source&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also the word &quot;edile&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T10:48:20.067" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="46" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="32" CreationDate="2013-11-06T11:34:31.953" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure why the DOP (which is the source the Crusca site quotes) included, even as a rare form, “daccordo”, but none among Treccani, Zingarelli and Devoto-Oli dictionaries admit it (nor, for what's worth, would I, as an Italian native).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T11:34:31.953" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="47" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6" CreationDate="2013-11-06T13:06:00.007" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, the plural of English words is normally not used, so the translation of &quot;How many computers does the university have?&quot; is &lt;em&gt;Quanti computer ha l'università?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, you can see people using the plural of English words, such as in &lt;em&gt;Quanti computers ha l'università?&lt;/em&gt; but that is done as joke or a semi-serious way. It's not the usual way to use a loan word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In quanti hotel siete stati, prima di trovare quello prenotato da Marco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T13:06:00.007" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="48" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T14:01:42.137" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;For foreign teams the most common article is ‘il/lo’ (but ‘la Fluminense’). For Italian teams the rule is that no rule exists. One can give some criterions, just for immediately finding exceptions to them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It used to be common saying ‘la Bari’, but the standard with city names prevailed; this hasn't happened with ‘la Roma’, however. About ‘la Sampdoria’ one should mention that its supporters always say ‘il Doria’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can find other exceptions to the criterions: the main rugby team in Padova is ‘il Petrarca’: saying ‘la Petrarca’ would expose to rough retaliations. &lt;code&gt;;-)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Teams with names of sponsors are usually feminine, like ‘la Scavolini Pesaro’ that becomes ‘il Pesaro’ when the sponsor's name is omitted; conversely it used always to be ‘il Lanerossi Vicenza’, as far as I can remember (maybe for distinguishing the team from the factory).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-02-22T22:12:01.163" LastActivityDate="2019-02-22T22:12:01.163" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="49" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6" CreationDate="2013-11-06T14:56:05.513" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already said, an English word in an Italian text should always be written in singular. There is one exception, however: in written form, if the term is written &lt;em&gt;in italics&lt;/em&gt; - and thus explicitly set as a borrowed word - it il pluralized. So,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In questi mesi ha preso piede la moda dei &lt;em&gt;selfies&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that if (when) the word becomes widespread it will not be written anymore in italics, and becomes invariable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T14:56:05.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="50" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="52" CreationDate="2013-11-06T15:05:07.067" Score="9" ViewCount="385" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes I hear people say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso che è in ritardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso che sia in ritardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I should use the subjunctive after verbs that state an opinion, my grammar book says so, but are both colloquially accepted and equally correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="88" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T17:36:10.950" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:28:06.670" Title="Opinions and subjunctive" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="51" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2013-11-06T15:08:43.530" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;*Penso che è in ritardo&quot; is widely used, but is an error. There is a big feud between who says &quot;Sono sicuro che &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; in ritardo&quot; and who says &quot;Sono sicuro che &lt;strong&gt;sia&lt;/strong&gt; in ritardo&quot;, but this is in the case of a verb which states certainty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T15:08:43.530" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="52" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2013-11-06T15:12:08.857" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;Everytime I hear a sentence like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso che è in ritardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hear a glass crashing to the ground, I feel uncomfortable... :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many people now use it, but it's an error. If you use the verb &quot;penso&quot; (&quot;think&quot;), you express an opinion, something uncertain, so you need the conjunctive, as you learnt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T17:28:06.670" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:28:06.670" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="53" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="50" CreationDate="2013-11-06T15:28:43.227" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Google Books shows 3 hits for 'penso che è', whereas it shows 750,000 hits for 'penso che sia', thus demonstrating that the former is ungrammatical and almost nonexistent in written language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, colloquially one can say almost anything they want to say, but, if the listeners are educated persons they will think that the person who says 'penso che è' is an ignorant(one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T21:42:20.277" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T21:42:20.277" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="54" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="55" CreationDate="2013-11-06T16:03:02.810" Score="23" ViewCount="3559" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read many times that the endings of the past participle doesn't change when used in conjunction with the auxiliary verb &quot;avere&quot;. However I am increasingly noticing that is is not the case. For example I recently came across:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Li ho messi in tasca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe this &lt;em&gt;particular&lt;/em&gt; example is wrong or colloquial, I don't know, but I've seen it enough times to make me think this is acceptable. However, I can't find any reference to this in any of my textbooks, nor online. Can anyone help?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="56" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-06T11:35:18.567" LastActivityDate="2019-06-17T11:51:27.330" Title="Past participle and changing endings with auxiliary verb &quot;avere&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="55" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="54" CreationDate="2013-11-06T16:09:05.373" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;With a pronoun as object, the only allowed form is the one you used: nobody would say &quot;*Li ho messo in tasca&quot;. With an explicit object, the participle is invariable: &quot;Ho messo i libri in tasca&quot;.&#xA;When the pronoun is a direct object and precedes the verb, as in the example given, then the past participle agrees with the direct object. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2019-06-17T11:51:27.330" LastActivityDate="2019-06-17T11:51:27.330" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="56" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="54" CreationDate="2013-11-06T16:10:14.247" Score="21" Body="&lt;p&gt;Past participles definitely do change according to the object gender and number for transitive verbs when the object is a pronoun, like in your example. They do not, however, change if the verb is intransitive, even if its &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; uses “avere”, like “ho pranzato”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(some examples, as requested in comments)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transitive verbs - singular subject&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho visto una casa&lt;/em&gt; — singular explicit object (&lt;em&gt;una casa&lt;/em&gt;). Base participle form.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho visto due case&lt;/em&gt; — plural explicit object (&lt;em&gt;due case&lt;/em&gt;). Base participle form.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'ho vista&lt;/em&gt; — singular pronoun as object (&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;). Participle gains the pronoun gender.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le ho viste&lt;/em&gt; — plural pronoun as object (&lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;). Participle gains the pronoun gender &amp;amp; number.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transitive verbs - plural subject&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Abbiamo visto una casa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Abbiamo visto due case&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'abbiamo vista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le abbiamo viste&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No effect on participle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Intransitive verbs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho pranzato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Abbiamo pranzato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Claudia ha pranzato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, no effect on participle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tricky cases&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le ho detto&lt;/em&gt; — &lt;em&gt;Le&lt;/em&gt; is not the object, but &lt;em&gt;complemento di termine&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastEditorUserId="43" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T09:07:54.593" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T09:07:54.593" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="57" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="54" CreationDate="2013-11-06T16:12:55.563" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The past participle used with &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; as tense doesn't change basing on the gender and the plurality. You say &lt;em&gt;ho messo a posto il frullatore&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ho messo a posto i temperini nel cassetto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since there is &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;, the past participle is declinated basing on the plurality of the object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T16:12:55.563" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="58" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="60" CreationDate="2013-11-06T17:03:55.820" Score="10" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are &lt;em&gt;accordo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt; perfect synonyms, or are there cases where one is used instead of the other one? For example, in the following sentences, could I replace &lt;em&gt;accordo&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbiamo firmato un accordo per mantenere la proprietà degli immobili in Via Marconi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è un accordo tra di noi: non faccio concorrenza a te se tu non fai concorrenza a me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siamo d'accordo: domani firmiamo il contratto di locazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-26T02:14:41.790" LastActivityDate="2014-07-26T02:14:41.790" Title="&quot;Accordo&quot; versus &quot;intesa&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="59" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="61" CreationDate="2013-11-06T17:10:26.803" Score="9" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;In American English, the following sentences correctly use the punctuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;She told me &quot;Don't talk to me like that!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;She told me &quot;I love you.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When I hear &quot;she is coming,&quot; I run in the opposite direction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would the translation in Italian of those sentences use the punctuation? In particular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Should I add a period after the quote in the first example?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is it correct to put the period inside the quote as in the second example?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Does the comma in the third example go inside or outside the quote?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T17:47:19.347" Title="Punctuation inside quotes" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="60" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="58" CreationDate="2013-11-06T17:17:05.740" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Accordo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt; do overlap in meaning when used as “agreement”, though &lt;em&gt;accordo&lt;/em&gt; is used more regarding to opinions and intentions and &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt; with ideas and sentiments [from Sabatini Coletti dictionary]. They also have other meanings which do not overlap — for example, &lt;em&gt;accordo&lt;/em&gt; can mean “chord” and &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt; can mean “harmony” (between persons).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first two of your examples, &lt;em&gt;accordo&lt;/em&gt; is used as synonim of “contract” and “pact” respectively, and as such can not be substituted with &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the last example, one could use &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt;, though the form would need to be changed slightly (“abbiamo un’intesa”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T17:17:05.740" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="61" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="59" CreationDate="2013-11-06T17:23:14.697" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the same order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It depends (different Italian publishers have different rules for this; I think I can quote sources for both uses).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;No (but even here there is not a universal consensus). I'd write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi disse “Ti amo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if a whole sentence or sequence of sentences are within quotes, the final period should be within as well (just like for brackets).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Outside, definitely.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T17:47:19.347" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T17:47:19.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="62" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="58" CreationDate="2013-11-06T17:26:56.217" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are synonyms, indeed, and sometimes &lt;em&gt;accordo&lt;/em&gt; could be replaced with &lt;em&gt;intesa&lt;/em&gt;. The meaning could shift, however:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Abbiamo firmato l'accordo&lt;/em&gt; means usually the final agreement, while &lt;em&gt;Abbiamo firmato l'intesa&lt;/em&gt; can mean also the protocol of intentions.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;C'è un accordo tra di noi&lt;/em&gt; - we always do something in this way, &lt;em&gt;C'è un intesa tra noi&lt;/em&gt; - we are on the same page or we have good relations (including working relations).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Siamo d'accordo&lt;/em&gt; - we have agreed upon it, &lt;em&gt;Siamo d'intesa&lt;/em&gt; - we have agreed how we do it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some more examples &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intesa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T22:23:23.890" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T22:23:23.890" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="63" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T17:54:27.370" Score="5" ViewCount="715" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoted from 'Pinocchio' by Collodi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fatto sta che i tre torsoli, &lt;strong&gt;invece di&lt;/strong&gt; essere gettati fuori dalla finestra, vennero posati sull'angolo della tavola in ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please, explain why Collodi uses &lt;strong&gt;invece di&lt;/strong&gt; rather than 'invece che' vs. 'piuttosto di' vs. 'piuttosto che' and clarify whether these expressions, in that context, are interchangeable or not. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:28:00.187" Title="'invece di' vs. 'invece che' vs. 'piuttosto di' vs. 'piuttosto che'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="64" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T17:57:33.750" Score="12" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, like in many other languages, many words are obtained by putting two other words toghether (noun, adjectives, verbs). For example, &quot;capostazione&quot; (stationmaster) is the person who is &quot;the master of the station&quot; (a capo della stazione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pluralization of such names may sometimes be tricky: for example, the plural of &quot;capostazione&quot; is &quot;capistazione&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a rule of thumb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-12-25T23:44:37.510" LastActivityDate="2018-12-25T17:05:23.540" Title="Plural of compound names" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="65" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T18:07:33.857" Score="3" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm unsure when I should say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;'mi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; due etti di mortadella'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;'mi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; due etti di mortadella'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain what the difference between using 'dà' and using 'dai' is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T18:51:04.993" Title="'mi dà due etti di mortadella' vs. 'mi dai due etti di mortadella'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="66" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="63" CreationDate="2013-11-06T18:41:44.980" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both pairs are interchangeable, that is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;invece di&lt;/em&gt; is equivalent to &lt;em&gt;invece che&lt;/em&gt; (the former is more common, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/invece-di-o-invece-che_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot;&gt;La grammatica italiana&lt;/a&gt;) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;piuttosto di&lt;/em&gt; is equivalent to &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt; (the latter is more common, while the former is mainly used in the phrases such as &quot;Piuttosto di niente, è meglio piuttosto!&quot; - &quot;Better anything than nothing,&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/p/piuttosto.aspx?query=piuttosto&quot;&gt;Grande dizionario italiano&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T18:41:44.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="67" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="65" CreationDate="2013-11-06T18:50:38.480" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer: If the grocer is a friend or you intend to be quite friendly, use “dai”, else use “dà”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Slightly longer answer: In Italian there are two main ways of addressing other people. With relatives, friends and, in some cases, same-age or same-profession people, you use second-person “tu” (roughly corresponding to being on first-name terms); with strangers, you tend to use third-person “lei” (or, more formally, “Lei”). It is roughly parallel to French “tu” and “vous”, if this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, “dai” is the second person of “dare”, so you are treating the grocer with familiarity, while “dà” is the third person, and you are keeping your distance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T18:50:38.480" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="68" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="65" CreationDate="2013-11-06T18:51:04.993" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on whether you address another person in a formal (&lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt;) or informal (&lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;) way.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Mi dà&lt;/em&gt; - you ask in third person (&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lei&lt;/strong&gt; mi dà qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;), which means you assume all formalities are in place.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Mi dai&lt;/em&gt; - you ask in second person (&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tu&lt;/strong&gt; mi dai qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;), as if you were equal or even friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T18:51:04.993" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="69" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T19:41:34.173" Score="12" ViewCount="1151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Should one prefer &lt;em&gt;«…»&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&amp;ldquo;…&amp;rdquo;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&amp;lsquo;…&amp;rsquo;&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.e., suppose one has to write reported speech, which one one should choice or prefer, 1., 2. or 3.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Qualcuno disse «Eppur si muove!»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Qualcuno disse &amp;ldquo;Eppur si muove!&amp;rdquo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Qualcuno disse &amp;lsquo;Eppur si muove!&amp;rsquo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2013-11-21T14:04:24.027" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T14:04:24.027" Title="Should one prefer «…», “…” or ‘…’?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="70" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-06T20:35:14.210" Score="7" ViewCount="395" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giulietta: «Quale devo dare?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) Romeo: «Dà questa».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) Romeo: «Da' questa».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one is grammatical, a) or b)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I can tell in &amp;quot;Da' questa&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Da'&amp;quot; is different from &amp;quot;Dà&amp;quot; because it is the contracted form of &amp;quot;Dai&amp;quot;. Am I right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T22:01:17.983" Title="Is 'Dà questa' correct, or should it be 'Da' questa'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="71" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="69" CreationDate="2013-11-06T20:41:55.723" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;The guillemet (&lt;em&gt;«&amp;hellip;»&lt;/em&gt;) is the traditional quotation mark used in Italian, but it has been nowadays replaced from the double quotes (&lt;em&gt;&amp;ldquo;&amp;hellip;&amp;rdquo;&lt;/em&gt;). The single quotation marks (&lt;em&gt;&amp;lsquo;&amp;hellip;&amp;rsquo;&lt;/em&gt;) are used for nested quotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on the newspaper, you could still see the guillemet being used for quotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Reference&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.about.com/od/grammar/a/aa101508a.htm&quot;&gt;Use of Italian Quotation Marks&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-10T16:53:48.923" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T16:53:48.923" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="72" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="70" CreationDate="2013-11-06T20:42:05.120" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you are right. With clearer subjects:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dà&lt;/em&gt; is the third singular person of the indicative mood.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Giulietta dà questa”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;da'&lt;/em&gt; is the second singular person of the imperative mood.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“[Giulietta,] da' questa!”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second form is correct. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To disambiguate, since “[Giulietta] dà questa a lui” can be a valid sentence with a different meaning and we might not have the context of the conversation, and since apostrophes and accents are (sadly) often confused, using an exclamation mark for the imperative modes might help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastEditorUserId="98" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T20:49:52.733" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T20:49:52.733" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="73" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="70" CreationDate="2013-11-06T21:13:59.263" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Da'&lt;/em&gt; is the short form for &lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;, and it is used only in Tuscan, or literary.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Dai&lt;/em&gt; is the second singular person for the &lt;em&gt;modo indicativo, tempo presente&lt;/em&gt;  and the &lt;em&gt;modo imperativo&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jussive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;jussive mood&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;); &lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt; is the third singular person for the &lt;em&gt;modo indicativo, tempo presente&lt;/em&gt;. The accent is required to avoid confusion with &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, the preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Reference&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/itverbs.aspx?v=dare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Coniugazione di dare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T21:13:59.263" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="74" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="64" CreationDate="2013-11-06T21:31:11.347" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, there are some specific rules according to how the compound noun is created.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/P/plurale-dei-nomi-composti.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;This source&lt;/a&gt;, from the dictionary of one of the most important Italian newspapers, lists them. In the following, &lt;em&gt;adj&lt;/em&gt; stays for &quot;adjective&quot;, &lt;em&gt;v&lt;/em&gt; for verb, &lt;em&gt;adv&lt;/em&gt; for adverb, &lt;em&gt;prep&lt;/em&gt; for preposition and &lt;em&gt;sub&lt;/em&gt; for &quot;substantive&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;adj + sub&lt;/em&gt; make the plural pluralizing only the second;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;adj + adj&lt;/em&gt; make the plural pluralizing only the second; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;sub + adj&lt;/em&gt; make the plural pluralizing both;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;sub + sub&lt;/em&gt; of the same gender make the plural pluralizing only the second;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;sub + sub&lt;/em&gt; of different gender make the plural pluralizing only the first;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;v + plural sub&lt;/em&gt; make the plural without any change;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;v + singular masculine sub&lt;/em&gt; make the plural pluralizing only the second;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;v + singular feminine sub&lt;/em&gt; make the plural without any change;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;v + v&lt;/em&gt; make the plural without any change;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nouns composed as &lt;em&gt;adv or prep + sub&lt;/em&gt; make the plural pluralizing the noun if the composite has the same gender of the component and without any change in the opposite case.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that the composite noun may change gender with respect to the component nouns/noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, there are exceptions to the rules. The cited source reports plenty of examples of rules and exceptions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I report some examples here, in the same order used in the list above. The first column is the singular, the second is the plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bassorilievo --- bassorilievi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bassofondo --- bassifondi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;terracotta --- terrecotte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pescecane --- pescecani&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pescespada --- pescispada&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;portapenne --- portapenne&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;copricapo --- copricapi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;posacenere --- posacenere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;saliscendi --- saliscendi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A. sottufficiale --- sottufficiali / B. sottoscala --- sottoscala&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remember, there are unfortunately plenty of exceptions. We natives apply them without even knowing them, as in other cases. Do not be afraid of making mistakes, you can be sure only if you meet the word as many times as you need to learn it along with its plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-25T17:05:23.540" LastActivityDate="2018-12-25T17:05:23.540" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="75" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="77" CreationDate="2013-11-06T22:12:05.253" Score="11" ViewCount="258" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the pluralization of Latin words accepted or even correct, unlike the pluralization of those coming from other languages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &quot;&lt;em&gt;sono stato in due bars&lt;/em&gt;&quot; would sound odd in Italian, but it's quite common to hear someone correcting somebody else for saying &quot;&lt;em&gt;i curriculum&lt;/em&gt;&quot; instead of &quot;&lt;em&gt;i curricula&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (the correct Latin pluralization for this noun).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this addressed by any linguistic reference? Is it more of a cultural issue instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="114" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-24T16:01:09.680" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T16:01:09.680" Title="Pluralization of Latin words" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;plural&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="76" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="69" CreationDate="2013-11-06T22:20:13.773" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nowadays there is not a fixed rule. I translate into Italian for several publishers and journals, and the guidelines are about equally divided among those prescribing «&amp;hellip;» and those prescribing “&amp;hellip;”. Single quotes, on the other hand, are almost always reserved for quotes within quotes and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-10T16:52:10.247" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T16:52:10.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="77" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="75" CreationDate="2013-11-06T22:48:21.277" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, pluralization of the Latin words, as well as any other foreign words is generally not accepted in Italian (e.g., memorandum, referendum). &lt;em&gt;Il curriculum/i curricula&lt;/em&gt; makes a famous exception (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/plurale-curriculum&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;); though, there are some modern dictionaries that suggest &lt;em&gt;i curriculum&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From La Grammatica Italiana di Dardano e Trifone (Zanichelli, 1995, p. 194): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Le grammatiche e i dizionari sono abbastanza compatti nel consigliare&#xA;  il mantenimento della forma del singolare anche al plurale».&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  The&#xA;  grammar rules and dictionaries unitedly recommend keeping the singular&#xA;  form also as plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italiano di Serianni (Garzanti, 1997, p. 106): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«In che modo formano il plurale i nomi stranieri terminanti in&#xA;  consonante? In generale, il nome resta invariato»&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  What is a plural&#xA;  form of the foreign words ending with a consonant? Generally speaking,&#xA;  the word remains unchanged.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italiano, Corso di sopravvivenza di Birattari (Ponte alle Grazie, 2000, p. 250):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vale per le parole latine quel che si è detto per le parole straniere&#xA;  in generale: in italiano sono invariabili. Quindi il plurale di&#xA;  curriculum è i curriculum.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  What is said above is valid for the Latin words in the same way as for other foreign words: in Italian, they don't change. Thus, the plural form of curriculum is i curriculum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-06T23:05:36.620" LastActivityDate="2013-11-06T23:05:36.620" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="78" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="63" CreationDate="2013-11-07T07:34:08.217" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree that the two forms are interchangeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, at least according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://goo.gl/p7JHWQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google nGram&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;invece di&lt;/em&gt; was more common during Collodi's times compared to &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would generally avoid the usage of &lt;em&gt;piuttosto di&lt;/em&gt; altogether (aside from the specific example cited by @I.M. and possibly a few more).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T17:28:00.187" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:28:00.187" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="79" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="69" CreationDate="2013-11-07T09:40:31.057" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say to use «…» when reporting a direct speech or a dialogue, while “…” when reporting an indirect one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You usually find «…» in Italian books, while “…” is very often used in newspapers when using someone else's textual words thoughts in the writer arguments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I give you two examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Novel style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Disse Galileo uscendo di prigione: «Eppur si muove!». «Non dica fesserie!», rispose il Papa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Newspaper style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il ministro dell'economia Saccomanni afferma che “abbiamo bisogno di ridurre il deficit” al fine di “rilanciare la crescita della nostra economia”.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this last case the words between “…” could have been said during an interview of minister Saccomanni, but used by the journalist in a condensed form fitting its article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="119" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T16:49:53.473" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="80" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="84" CreationDate="2013-11-07T10:12:55.170" Score="12" ViewCount="25946" Body="&lt;p&gt;My dictionary translates 'magari' as 'maybe'. However, I know that it can be used as interjection to mean something like &quot;I wish!&quot;. My question is, when it's used in a sentence like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Magari ci vediamo stasera&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is does this mean &quot;maybe we'll see each other tonight&quot; or does it mean &quot;hopefully we'll see each other tonight&quot;? Or is it somewhere &lt;em&gt;between&lt;/em&gt; 'maybe' and 'hopefully'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="56" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T13:07:00.520" LastActivityDate="2020-02-09T21:20:34.070" Title="Meaning of &quot;magari&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="81" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2013-11-07T10:37:05.537" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can mean both as you correctly say and it is open to interpretation, it's hard to answer your question out of a specific context. This phenomenon happens in other languages as well. Just know that it does have a double meaning and try to understand what's being said given your specific context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="88" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T10:37:05.537" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="82" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="83" CreationDate="2013-11-07T10:42:49.063" Score="8" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've noticed in some Italian TV shows that, especially when the characters announce themselves, they don't say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;io sono [Title] [Name]&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but rather&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;[Title] [Name] sono&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've seen this kind of reversal in other languages, too, but it has very limited contexts, in which it can be said, and is usually meant for emphasis. Is this the case for Italian and is this kind of reversal widely used (for essere and other verbs)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="120" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T17:27:53.263" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:27:53.263" Title="When is it appropriate to move &quot;sono&quot; and other verbs to the end?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="83" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="82" CreationDate="2013-11-07T10:52:49.450" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;When talking about “Italian TV shows”, are you perchance referring to &lt;em&gt;Commissario Montalbano&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This kind of reversal is very common in the sicilian dialect (and possibly others), but otherwise considered incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastEditorUserId="98" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T11:01:30.670" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T11:01:30.670" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="84" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2013-11-07T11:49:40.793" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means &lt;em&gt;I wish&lt;/em&gt; when it is used as exclamation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;: Vuoi che ti accompagni?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;: Magari!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has that meaning in a sentence using the subjunctive mood too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Magari potessi venire anche io al concerto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Magari fosse vero che sono fidanzato con Veronica!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Magari non fosse venuta alla festa! Mi ha fatto litigare con la mia ragazza, che se ne è andata prima che potessi darle il regalo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When used with the Simple Present and the Simple Past, it normally means &lt;em&gt;maybe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;possibly&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Magari non sapeva niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Magari non è stato avvisato in tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Magari è solo in ritardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that you could read &lt;em&gt;Magari non c'ero!&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;Magari non ci fossi stato&lt;/em&gt;, but in both the cases it  means &quot;I wish I was not there.&quot; As in English, the subjunctive mood is often replaced from the indicative mood, at least colloquially.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In that case, the difference is made from the intonation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T14:36:52.017" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T14:36:52.017" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="85" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="82" CreationDate="2013-11-07T13:58:11.017" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is correct to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Io sono [Title] [Name]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono [Title] [Name]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other form is a Sicilian dialect expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="73" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T13:58:11.017" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="86" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="88" CreationDate="2013-11-07T17:43:30.977" Score="5" ViewCount="5410" Body="&lt;p&gt;When do you suggest to use &amp;quot;dimenticare&amp;quot; and when &amp;quot;scordare&amp;quot;? Is &amp;quot;dimenticare&amp;quot; only for reasonings or also valid for people?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avevo dimenticato il tuo viso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avevo scordato il tuo viso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-05-28T19:39:10.193" Title="Difference between &quot;scordare&quot; and &quot;dimenticare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="87" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="86" CreationDate="2013-11-07T17:56:05.897" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use them both interchangeably, they basically mean the same thing, although &lt;em&gt;scordare&lt;/em&gt; may also be referred to an instrument that is out of tune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Despite the fact that people believe &lt;em&gt;scodare&lt;/em&gt; is less formal than &lt;em&gt;dimenticare&lt;/em&gt;, it is not in fact exclusively part of any regional vocabulary and each region applies its own peculiarities to this verb when in use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further reading on this matter, please &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/scordare-dimenticare&quot;&gt;refer to this page&lt;/a&gt; on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; website.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="88" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T17:56:05.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="88" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="86" CreationDate="2013-11-07T18:57:30.147" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, they have the same meaning and both could be used in your examples.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nonetheless, there is a little difference in the meaning due to their Latin origins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;dimenticare&lt;/em&gt; comes from the word &lt;em&gt;mens, mentis&lt;/em&gt; (mind) with the prefix &lt;em&gt;de-&lt;/em&gt; (distance). To forget something would be &lt;em&gt;to get it out of one's mind&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;scordare&lt;/em&gt; comes from the word &lt;em&gt;cor&lt;/em&gt; (heart) with the prefix &lt;em&gt;s-&lt;/em&gt; (meaning again distance or cancellation). To forget something would be &lt;em&gt;to get it out of one's heart&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's why you can say &lt;em&gt;ho dimenticato/scordato il tuo viso&lt;/em&gt; but you would usually say &lt;em&gt;il primo amore non si scorda mai&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-08T10:04:46.970" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T10:04:46.970" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="89" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="93" CreationDate="2013-11-07T19:22:45.923" Score="7" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si tratta di oggetti &lt;strong&gt;alquanto&lt;/strong&gt; strani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si tratta di oggetti &lt;strong&gt;parecchio&lt;/strong&gt; strani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &lt;em&gt;alquanto&lt;/em&gt; refer to a less, equal or greater quantity in comparison to &lt;em&gt;parecchio&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are the objects in the first sentence less, equal or more strange than the objects in the second one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T22:06:04.883" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T11:44:45.473" Title="Does &quot;alquanto&quot; express a greater quantity than &quot;parecchio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="90" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="89" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:09:46.617" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning overlaps out of a great deal, but &lt;em&gt;alquanto&lt;/em&gt; would refer to a slightly smaller quantity with respect to &lt;em&gt;parecchio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alquanto + adjective&lt;/strong&gt; describes a value in the middle of the adjective, tending to it;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parecchio + adjective&lt;/strong&gt; is a stronger assessment, which can be translated with &quot;very + adjective&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T20:09:46.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="91" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="89" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:13:28.667" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;When used as adjective, &lt;em&gt;alquanto&lt;/em&gt; could mean that something is less than &lt;em&gt;parecchio&lt;/em&gt;, or it is equivalent to &lt;em&gt;parecchio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aveva bevuto alquanto vino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As adverb, it means &lt;em&gt;parecchio, non poco&lt;/em&gt;; as undefined pronoun, it means &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi sto alquanto meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con alquanto di buon vino e di confetto il riconfortò. —G. Boccaccio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-30T11:44:45.473" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T11:44:45.473" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="92" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="89" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:17:00.870" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/avverbi-quantit&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca explanation&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;le forme &lt;em&gt;abbastanza, alquanto e piuttosto&lt;/em&gt; risultano sinonimiche, in&#xA;  quanto si definiscono reciprocamente.   La tendenza al rafforzamento&#xA;  semantico si può inoltre notare nella forma &lt;em&gt;alquanto&lt;/em&gt;, derivata dal&#xA;  latino &lt;em&gt;aliquăntu(m)&lt;/em&gt; che indicava una quantità discreta, spesso&#xA;  traducibile in italiano con &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt;. Il Dizionario Etimologico della&#xA;  Lingua Italiana definisce infatti il valore avverbiale di questa forma&#xA;  con «un poco», osservando nella sezione etimologica: «Alquanto nel&#xA;  sign. di 'molto' è errore biasimato dal G. Gherardini, Voci italiane&#xA;  ammissibili benché proscritte dall'elenco del sig. Bernardoni (Milano,&#xA;  1812).   Considerando che il Grande dizionario italiano dell'uso&#xA;  impiega il termine &lt;em&gt;parecchio&lt;/em&gt; per definire questa forma avverbiale, è&#xA;  quindi possibile ipotizzarne l'uso in senso intensivo, specie per&#xA;  rafforzare un aggettivo (ad es.: &quot;ti vedo alquanto stanco&quot; =&#xA;  'parecchio, molto stanco').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up: The words &lt;em&gt;abbastanza, alquanto, parecchio, piuttosto&lt;/em&gt; are synonyms and could be used to define each other. However, the etymology of &lt;em&gt;alquanto&lt;/em&gt; (from the Latin word, meaning &quot;un po' - few, a small quantity&quot;) makes it closer to &lt;em&gt;abbastanza&lt;/em&gt; rather than to &lt;em&gt;tanto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;At the same time, &lt;em&gt;parecchio&lt;/em&gt; is usually defined as &quot;a bit less than a lot&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parecchio&lt;/strong&gt; C’è parecchia, anzi molta confusione intorno a questa voce. E quando si è detto &lt;em&gt;parecchia anzi molta&lt;/em&gt; si è già spiegato tutto o quasi tutto. Al pari di &lt;em&gt;assai&lt;/em&gt; (e non mettiamo nel mucchio altra roba come &lt;em&gt;abbastanza&lt;/em&gt;, sennò facciamo soltanto confusione), &lt;em&gt;parecchio è meno di molto, equivale a piú che sufficiente, in quantità notevole, ma non è ancora molto&lt;/em&gt; (Scrivendo e parlando di&#xA;  Luciano Satta, Firenze, Sansoni, 1988, p. 177)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T20:26:15.903" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T20:26:15.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="93" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="89" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:21:13.253" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd translate the two sentences as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si tratta di oggetti &lt;strong&gt;alquanto&lt;/strong&gt; strani&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;We are talking about &lt;strong&gt;rather&lt;/strong&gt; strange objects&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si tratta di oggetti &lt;strong&gt;parecchio&lt;/strong&gt; strani&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;We are talking about &lt;strong&gt;very&lt;/strong&gt; strange objects&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &lt;strong&gt;parecchio&lt;/strong&gt; is stronger than &lt;strong&gt;alquanto&lt;/strong&gt; and it literally indicates a bigger quantity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, as a native speaker I would never use &lt;strong&gt;alquanto&lt;/strong&gt; in a sentence, as it doesn't sound very colloquial. I'd go with &lt;strong&gt;un po'&lt;/strong&gt;, which could be roughly translated to English as &lt;strong&gt;a little&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T20:21:13.253" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="94" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:42:57.657" Score="11" ViewCount="1297" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often hear people saying &quot;due euro&quot;, even if &quot;due euri&quot; should be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain which one is correct, maybe adding a comment in reference to the differences in regional usage?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-12-25T23:34:15.063" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T13:21:56.677" Title="&quot;due euro&quot; vs. &quot;due euri&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="95" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="101" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:46:08.420" Score="4" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, the following sentences have a different meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If I were rich, I would live on Long Island.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If I am late, it is because the bus is late.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the first sentence is using the irrealis mood, and it expresses something that will never happen (I will never be rich, and I will never live on Long Island), the second sentence is expressing a possibility (in the case I am late, that is because the bus is late).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a way to express that also in Italian? Can I express the difference there is in those English sentences also in Italian, using two different moods or tenses?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-26T08:04:56.600" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T08:04:56.600" Title="Irrealis conditional versus possibility" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="96" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="102" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:52:16.120" Score="7" ViewCount="1334" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can I use the future tense to express a possibility, or predict the future, rather than saying something I will surely do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if I say &lt;em&gt;andrò a casa di mio cugino&lt;/em&gt; (literally, &quot;I will go to my cousin's house&quot;), does that mean I am surely going to my cousin's house, or is that also understood as &quot;there is a possibility I will go to my cousin's house&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make another example, in English &quot;I will come to live in Italy&quot; can express something I am willing to do, not something I surely going to do; for some circumstances, the person saying that sentence could not be able to come to live in Italy, for example because she cannot sell her house.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What mood or tense should I use in that case, in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-07T21:11:13.287" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T21:22:34.187" Title="Using the Simple Future to express a possibility" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="97" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="94" CreationDate="2013-11-07T20:58:14.263" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The plural of &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt;; I think that was established by the &lt;em&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, you hear the plural being used, and often it is done in a semi-serious tone; in other cases, it is done from people who are used to use the plural for currency names (which what normally happens; compare &lt;em&gt;un dollaro&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;dieci dollari&lt;/em&gt;), and does the same for &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;References&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linguistic_issues_concerning_the_euro#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linguistic issues concerning the euro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="338" LastEditDate="2014-01-02T22:14:40.853" LastActivityDate="2014-01-02T22:14:40.853" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="98" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="96" CreationDate="2013-11-07T21:00:24.297" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian has a future tense only in the Indicative mood, and Indicative is the mood of certainty, when you don't add specific verbs whose effect is to add uncertainty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, no, you can't use that sentence to express a probability. If you want to achieve this effect (convey uncertainty), you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo che andrò a casa di mio cugino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the verb &quot;credere&quot; here adds that particular feature you want: you think you're going to your cousin's house, but that's not certain. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T21:00:24.297" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="99" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="94" CreationDate="2013-11-07T21:01:17.807" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I second @kiamlaluno's answer. The Accademia della Crusca &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/plurale-euro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;explains&lt;/a&gt; that the correct plural form of &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt; (claiming that it was actually the EU decision from 1998 to make exceptions for the plural form of &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt; in English, German, and Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T21:01:17.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="94" CreationDate="2013-11-07T21:02:25.583" Score="23" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depending on the language euro is (or not) an invariant noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The European Union specifies that, in official documents, &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt; should be pluralized as &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ec.europa.eu/economy_finance/publications/publication6336_en.pdf&quot;&gt;Spelling of the words &quot;euro&quot; and &quot;cent&quot; in official community languages as used in community legislative acts&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I only rarely heard Italian people using &lt;em&gt;euri&lt;/em&gt; (most often as a joke), and it just sounds wrong to say it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T21:02:25.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="95" CreationDate="2013-11-07T21:06:07.597" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just as for English, the same distinction can be done in Italian, using the subjunctive + conditional vs the indicative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se &lt;strong&gt;fossi&lt;/strong&gt; ricco &lt;strong&gt;vivrei&lt;/strong&gt; su Long Island. (present subjunctive + present conditional)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, in the past&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se &lt;strong&gt;fossi stato&lt;/strong&gt; ricco &lt;strong&gt;avrei vissuto&lt;/strong&gt; su Long Island.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;versus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se &lt;strong&gt;sono&lt;/strong&gt; in ritardo &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; a causa del [ritardo del] bus (present indicative)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, in the past&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se &lt;strong&gt;fui&lt;/strong&gt; in ritardo &lt;strong&gt;fu&lt;/strong&gt; a causa del bus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T21:06:07.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="96" CreationDate="2013-11-07T21:22:34.187" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;English and Italian behave in the same way on this matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andrò a casa di mio cugino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I will go to my cousin's house&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;have the exact same meaning: I've decided to go to my cousin's house in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same applies to the sentence you mentioned in a comment to martina's answer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;iOS 7 will be the OS used from 97% of the sold cell phones&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would translate to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;iOS 7 sarà il SO usato dal 97% dei cellulari venduti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the exact same meaning. Both sentences state something that is going to happen in the future, but neither of the sentences would explicitly remark that this is just a prediction, even though this is obvious from the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both languages have the possibility of adding some emphasis on the uncertainty, by using an auxiliary construct, such as &lt;em&gt;Credo che&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;I believe&lt;/em&gt;) or &lt;em&gt;Prevedo che&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;I foresee&lt;/em&gt;), for instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prevedo che Android non sarà più usato nel 2020&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  I foresee Android not being used anymore in 2020&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-07T21:22:34.187" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="103" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="106" CreationDate="2013-11-07T23:07:19.077" Score="7" ViewCount="1169" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often see sentences like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nel ringraziarla, le porgo i miei più cordiali saluti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;capitalized as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nel ringraziarLa, Le porgo i miei più cordiali saluti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some people claim the latter to be more formal, some others argue that it's wrong and a misuse of capitalization.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one is preferable and/or more correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T11:06:38.100" Title="Should formal pronouns be capitalized?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="103" CreationDate="2013-11-07T23:59:57.063" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second phrase is more formal and slightly antique (antique not in a sense of &quot;archaic&quot; but just as an older and established version). It is the only style in which any bureaucratic correspondence or commercial letters should be written.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/pronomi-cortesia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rules&lt;/a&gt; require using capitalization of the pronouns a) to distinguish between a correspondent, addressed in a polite way, and any other (third) person, and b) to show more respect to the correspondent (as it is the case in some other languages, e.g., in German, Danish, Russian, and partially Swedish). But it has become more and more common recently to avoid capitalization, just to simplify correspondence and reading and to shift the writer's attention from the appropriate grammar use to the meaning of what's being said.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-08T10:55:09.493" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T10:55:09.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="94" CreationDate="2013-11-08T01:01:25.880" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to point out that neither Crusca nor EU can “decide” anything about a language. A language is shaped by its speakers, not by official authorities, no matter how important.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Accademia della Crusca is a respected research body, whose opinion is very valuable, but just like physicists don't decide the laws of nature but study them, so modern linguists don't fix pronunciations or grammar rules but study language and its variations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for European Union, it may decide about the formal and stylistic characteristics of its documents and other official items (banknotes, say), but cannot – nor claims to – decide how people speak or write in everyday life. (And even when some autocrat or party insisted on imposing rules on language, they ultimate failed. History is full of commercial, literary, political made-up words and phrases that have taken a life of their own, independently of the intentions of the originators.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This said, a majority of Italian speakers use &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt; as an invariant noun, while a minority advocate &lt;em&gt;euri&lt;/em&gt; (and actually there is a precedent: &lt;em&gt;euro&lt;/em&gt; as the noun of a wind has &lt;em&gt;euri&lt;/em&gt;, in the generalised sense of “winds”, as its regular plural. For instance, «&lt;em&gt;No; tu dal giovin animo / il timor freddo escludi; / gli Euri sonanti il portino / nelle letee paludi&lt;/em&gt;», Ludovico Savioli).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-26T13:21:56.677" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T13:21:56.677" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="103" CreationDate="2013-11-08T05:32:30.747" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Capitalizing the pronoun when it is referring to the person/people to whom a communication is directed is normally used in commercial/business communications. Capitalizing it would mean to consider the receiver of the communication important.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, it is less and less used; somebody could also find it affected. Eventually, the communication can start with &lt;em&gt;Gentile Cliente&lt;/em&gt;, but then the pronoun or the possessive is written normally as any other word (which means it is capitalized only at the beginning of a sentence.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, it is not a matter of grammar; It just a way to convey a meaning (&quot;you, the listener, are important for us&quot;) that otherwise would require using adjectives (e.g. &lt;em&gt;stimato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-08T11:06:38.100" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T11:06:38.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="107" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-08T08:27:23.467" Score="12" ViewCount="4000" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain what &lt;em&gt;avere la botte piena, la moglie ubriaca e l'uva sulla vigna&lt;/em&gt; means?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, are there regional variations of that proverb? If so, what are they?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-14T09:15:04.160" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T20:06:04.043" Title="Meaning of &quot;avere la botte piena, la moglie ubriaca e l'uva sulla vigna&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="107" CreationDate="2013-11-08T09:14:00.590" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;It has the same meaning of the expression &quot;&lt;em&gt;have your cake and eat it too&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, that is, when there's a tradeoff you cannot have both things at the same time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case you have three parts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;botte piena = a full barrel [of wine]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  moglie ubriaca = a drunk wife&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  uva sulla vigna = grapes on the vine, the grapes used to  make the wine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third part is sometimes omitted, and you also have &lt;em&gt;avere la moglie piena e la botte ubriaca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some regional variations, for example, in Ferrara there's &lt;em&gt;an s'pol brisa aver galina, ov e cul cald&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;non si possono avere gallina, uovo e culo caldo&lt;/em&gt;; literally, &quot;you can't have chicken, egg and warm ass,&quot; where &lt;em&gt;warm ass&lt;/em&gt; means not to have to work).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="15" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-08T18:38:48.163" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T18:38:48.163" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="94" CreationDate="2013-11-08T11:05:54.863" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the banknotes there is written &quot;5 EURO / EYP&amp;Omega; / EBPO&quot; :-) &#xA;(Actually the word is seen as an abbreviation of &quot;europeo&quot;, so it should be invariable like &quot;video&quot;. Then again, &quot;euri&quot; is widely used in spoken language, but not in written form)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T11:05:54.863" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="107" CreationDate="2013-11-08T12:33:41.103" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means to want something impossible, since it is not possible to have a barrel full of wine if somebody drank the wine, and it is not possible to have grapes on a grapevine, if the grapes have been used to make wine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only variant I know is the shortened version of what you wrote: &lt;em&gt;Avere la botte piena e la moglie ubriaca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T12:33:41.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="111" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="113" CreationDate="2013-11-08T12:51:53.527" Score="6" ViewCount="500" Body="&lt;p&gt;In American English the following sentence would be correctly written.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It is true: She wanted me to say she was with me when her husband was killed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first word after the colon is written capitalized because it is part of a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also this sentence is correct, since what follows the colon is not a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I did all I had to do: buy the train tickets, pay my taxes online, and order dinner from a take away.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would the equivalent Italian sentences be written? Would the word after the colon be capitalized in the first sentence, but not in the second one, or would the first word after the colon be written all in lowercase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T15:56:10.870" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T14:07:56.733" Title="Capitalization of the first word after a colon" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="112" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-08T13:14:28.573" Score="8" ViewCount="2126" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Italian-English dictionaries (Collins, for example) translate both &lt;em&gt;infatti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in effetti&lt;/em&gt; as &quot;in fact; as a matter of fact; indeed.&quot; The Italians insist, however, that these two words are not interchangeable and actually mean different things. How come?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far, I'd write some phrases like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo credevo un amico ed infatti è stato proprio cosi.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Lo credevo un amico e in effetti si è comportato da vero amico.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Lo credevo un amico, in effetti non lo è mai stato.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the logic behind this? May I use both &lt;em&gt;infatti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in effetti&lt;/em&gt; to confirm something? Does the meaning change if I do that? May I use &lt;em&gt;infatti&lt;/em&gt; in the last phrase? Finally, do I need to use commas with these expressions (e.g., &lt;em&gt;ed, infatti, è stato...&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-02T16:44:49.957" LastActivityDate="2015-05-02T16:44:49.957" Title="Difference between &quot;infatti&quot; and &quot;in effetti&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="111" CreationDate="2013-11-08T13:18:29.063" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simple rule is: after any punctuation sign which is not indicating the end of the sentence never use a capital letter.&#xA;This reduces the use of a capital letter only after . ! and ?.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are fluent in English you can think about the rules of British English that, in this circumstances, apply fully also to Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-21T14:07:56.733" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T14:07:56.733" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="112" CreationDate="2013-11-08T13:45:45.913" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a difference, but maybe these sentences aren't very good examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;In effetti&amp;quot; is more used in adversative or restrictive contexts, take this example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti, dovevamo procedere diversamente. (Actually, we should have proceeded in a different way)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, you can't use &amp;quot;infatti&amp;quot;, which usually is used instead to confirm and/or explicate the current context (or the preceding phrase).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About your examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;this is a little weird, because &amp;quot;lo credevo un amico&amp;quot; makes me assume that he's not your friend anymore. It's strange to say &amp;quot;infatti è stato proprio così&amp;quot; after this. Better to use presente tense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;this is strange for the same reason. I'd rather say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo credo un amico, e in effetti si è comportato da vero amico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;this is probably the most correct one. I imagine two friends talking about a third person, which was considered to be a friend, but then the person speaking realizes that this person never behaved as a friend. &amp;quot;In effetti&amp;quot; is used here to contrast with the meaning of the preceeding sentence, so is correct. You wouldn't use &amp;quot;infatti&amp;quot; in this example, it doesn't make sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the commas: you would usually put one before. In your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo credevo un amico, e infatti è stato proprio cosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my example I put a comma after &amp;quot;in effetti&amp;quot;, because there's no phrase before. A more complete period could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: &amp;quot;Non pensi di aver fatto degli errori?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: &amp;quot;In effetti, dovevamo procedere diversamente.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T19:46:24.980" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="112" CreationDate="2013-11-08T14:08:55.533" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;For how I use those words, in dialogs &lt;em&gt;in effetti&lt;/em&gt; is used when you agree with the person with whom you are speaking; &lt;em&gt;infatti&lt;/em&gt; is used when you disagree with the other person, and you are saying for which reason you disagree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;: Marco sapeva tutto.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;: Non sapeva niente. Infatti, si è meravigliato di quello che stavo dicendo e mi ha chiesto cosa Luigi avesse fatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;: Marco non sapeva niente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;: In effetti, si è meravigliato quando gli ho detto quello che Luigi aveva fatto. Probabilmente hai ragione a dire che non sapeva niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, &lt;em&gt;infatti&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;in fact; as a matter of fact.&quot; It is used when you explain a previous sentence, such as in the following case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ieri è stata una brutta giornata; infatti, ha piovuto quasi tutto il giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would not use &lt;em&gt;in effetti&lt;/em&gt; in this case; I could use it in the following case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;: Ieri è stata una brutta giornata.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;: In effetti, ha piovuto quasi tutto il giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-08T18:13:22.623" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T18:13:22.623" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="117" CreationDate="2013-11-08T14:17:27.373" Score="14" ViewCount="1196" Body="&lt;p&gt;A phrase like &quot;&lt;strong&gt;asking&lt;/strong&gt; questions is a sign of a curious mind&quot; is translated in Italian as &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fare&lt;/strong&gt; domande è segno di una mente curiosa&lt;/em&gt;; the difference is clearly that English uses the gerund where Italian uses the infinitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does Italian always use the infinitive where English uses the gerund?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only case where this &lt;em&gt;rule&lt;/em&gt; doesn't seem to apply is with &lt;em&gt;giocando si impara&lt;/em&gt;, which is the translation of &quot;you learn by playing.&quot; I would not say &lt;em&gt;giocare si impara&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Is there any reason for using &lt;em&gt;giocando&lt;/em&gt; in this case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T18:48:49.137" LastActivityDate="2019-02-11T06:53:01.180" Title="Does Italian always use the infinitive where English uses the gerund?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="116" CreationDate="2013-11-08T14:43:41.070" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no “rule” such as the one you suggest. An English gerund might often correspond to an Italian noun (“running is a healthy sport” &gt; “la corsa è uno sport salutare”), or some phrase not involving an infinitive (“seeing is believing” &gt; “se lo vedi, ci credi”; you &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; say “vedere è credere”, but it would sound wooden and as a calque from English), and even an Italian gerund, as in the sentence you quote, which is not at all unique.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, in Italian a subordinate phrase with a gerund often expresses a cause, a hypothesis, a way of doing something (as in your example) and the like, so it may correspond to English gerunds introduced by “by”, “while” and so on. Say, “while returning from work, I saw...” &gt; “tornando dal lavoro, ho visto...” but also “mentre tornavo dal lavoro ho visto...”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Finally, “giocare si impara” is meaningless; if you were forced at gunpoint to use an infinitive you'd say something like “col giocare si impara”, but it would sound horrid.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T14:43:41.070" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="116" CreationDate="2013-11-08T14:51:59.250" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;giocando si impara&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giocando&lt;/em&gt; is a ‘complemento di mezzo‘ or di ‘modo’; you would say, instead, &lt;em&gt;giocare è divertente&lt;/em&gt;; on the other hand you'd say &lt;em&gt;il bello del giocare è il divertimento&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;the good of playing is the fun&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The gerund has a meaning of cause, time, medium or mode. So for a specification you need the infinitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a cause of several errors when trying to translate Italian in English (or conversely): &lt;em&gt;Questo è spesso causa di errori provando a tradurre l'italiano in inglese&lt;/em&gt; can have the gerund, because time is involved (&lt;em&gt;quando si prova&lt;/em&gt;). But &lt;em&gt;trying one's best in translating from Italian to English&lt;/em&gt; should be &lt;em&gt;fare del proprio meglio traducendo dall'italiano all'inglese&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T14:51:59.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="119" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="120" CreationDate="2013-11-08T18:34:52.820" Score="4" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;When translating a sentence like &quot;It has been you.&quot; in Italian, should I use the subjective case for &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;, or the objective case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, should I say &lt;em&gt;sei stato tu&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;sei stato te&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use &lt;em&gt;sei stato te&lt;/em&gt;, but it sounds strange to my hears. I interpret is as &lt;em&gt;tu sei stato&lt;/em&gt; for which the subject is then moved at the end of the sentence. Is it correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T19:22:45.177" Title="Subjective case or objective case?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="119" CreationDate="2013-11-08T18:46:59.953" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Sei stato te” is an ungrammatical sentence, “te” being the objective-case form, to be used only as the direct or indirect object of a verb (“(non ho visto Gianni,) ho visto te”, “(non l'ho dato a Maria,) l'ho dato a te”), and even so, mostly when you want to put the stress on “you” (otherwise you'd say “ti ho visto”, “te l'ho dato”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, in a sentence like “sei stato tu”, “tu” is actually the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This said, it is not too uncommon to hear people using “te” in the above ungrammatical way.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T18:46:59.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="119" CreationDate="2013-11-08T19:22:45.177" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct form is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei stato tu?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; is the subject of the phrase and it's grammatically equivalent to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu sei stato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;even though with a significant different emphasis and meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However it's not uncommon tu use &lt;em&gt;te&lt;/em&gt; in place of &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; in such a phrase. Many native speakers would say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei stato te?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;probably without even being aware of its incorrectness. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it's still incorrect, but it's surely very used and - personally - it doesn't particularly bother me when I hear it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-08T19:22:45.177" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="122" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-08T20:55:57.890" Score="12" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; francese e due svizzeri&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; svizzero e due francesi&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do the bolded &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; mean the same thing? If so, can 1) be rewritten this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) &quot;uno francese e due svizzeri&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, can anyone explain the difference between 1) and 3)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-21T21:24:57.720" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T08:56:07.607" Title="Article comparison in &quot;un francese e due svizzeri&quot; and &quot;uno svizzero e due francesi&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="122" CreationDate="2013-11-08T21:13:34.157" Score="17" Body="&lt;p&gt;Feminine nouns pose almost no problem, because the indeterminate article is only &lt;em&gt;una&lt;/em&gt;, that's subject to elision in front of vowels. On the other hand, with masculine nouns, the usage of &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; reflects the usage of &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;If a word starts by “s” followed by a consonant (and the digraph “sc” also follows the rule), the articles for it must be “lo” and ”uno” (determinate and indeterminate). So the rest of the answer is about masculine nouns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same happens for words starting with “gn”, ”z”, ”ps”: &lt;em&gt;uno gnocco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo zio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo psicologo&lt;/em&gt;. For &lt;em&gt;pneumatico&lt;/em&gt; the standard should be “lo” and “uno”, but “il” and “un” are frequent. Also words starting with consonantic “i” want “lo” and ”uno” (&lt;em&gt;iato&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;hyatus&lt;/em&gt;), although this is disputed and someone says &lt;em&gt;l'iato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other words want “il” and ”un”. Thus, &lt;em&gt;uno francese&lt;/em&gt; is not Italian. The usage of “lo” was more liberal in the past and you find &lt;em&gt;lo duca mio&lt;/em&gt; in Dante's “Commedia”. You also find &lt;em&gt;il zappatore&lt;/em&gt; in Leopardi's “Il sabato del villaggio”. For this, when I was at the elementary school, the teacher said &lt;em&gt;licenza poetica&lt;/em&gt;, but the usage was not really consistent at the time the poem was written.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When foreign words are concerned, the situation is fluid. Somebody swears for &lt;em&gt;l'whisky&lt;/em&gt;, other (I among them) say &lt;em&gt;il whisky&lt;/em&gt; (Luciano Satta wrote about this defending “il” and “un” before &lt;em&gt;whisky&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dialects are of course different. In Veneto we commonly say &lt;em&gt;il gnocco&lt;/em&gt; without any problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A different situation is when “uno” is a pronoun rather than an article. In this case the only form is &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt;. Thus, *ho tre amici stranieri, uno francese e due svizzeri“; the verbs &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;sono&lt;/em&gt; are implicit and the complete sentence would be &lt;em&gt;ho tre amici stranieri, uno è francese e due sono svizzeri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T10:18:38.163" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T10:18:38.163" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="122" CreationDate="2013-11-08T21:18:36.120" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un&lt;/em&gt; is an elision of &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt;, which is used before words starting with vowel or consonant; &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; is used with words starting with &lt;em&gt;impure S&lt;/em&gt;,  &lt;em&gt;Z&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gn&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pn&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ps&lt;/em&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;Impure S&lt;/em&gt; is an S followed by a consonant.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un albero&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un cane&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Uno stagno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un francese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Uno xilofono&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Uno pneumatico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Uno zio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About &lt;em&gt;uno svizzero and uno francese&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;ho due orologi, uno svizzero ed uno francese&lt;/em&gt;, that is not using the indefinite article, but it is using a numeral; it is similar to the following sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho sei orologi: due francesi, uno russo e tre tedeschi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Uno svizzero e un francese&lt;/em&gt; would be understood as referring to two people: a person from Switzerland and one from France.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T08:09:46.930" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T08:09:46.930" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="122" CreationDate="2013-11-08T21:20:05.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; are indeterminate articles (as &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; in English). For masculine words &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt; is normally used, but you have to use &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; if the following word (a noun or an adjective) starts with &lt;em&gt;gn&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ps&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; + consonant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="129" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T06:29:16.477" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T06:29:16.477" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="127" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="142" CreationDate="2013-11-09T05:17:10.010" Score="6" ViewCount="2879" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it acceptable to start a sentence with &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;, or any other conjunction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E come se non bastasse, nell'unico momento in cui ero libero, è arrivata Marisa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could write that sentence without &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; and it would be understood the same. Is there any rule against starting a sentence with a conjunction? If it is not acceptable, is it at least used in not formal contexts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2019-03-21T10:57:34.270" LastActivityDate="2019-03-21T10:57:34.270" Title="Using &quot;e&quot; at the beginning of a sentence" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="128" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-09T05:47:59.167" Score="4" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some sounds don't exist in Italian, such as the Arabic sounds &lt;em&gt;dad&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ض&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;qaf&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ق&lt;/em&gt;), or &lt;em&gt;ain&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ع&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there letters or syllables for these sounds?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="134" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T09:46:55.543" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T09:46:55.543" Title="Does Italian language have letters for foreign sounds?" Tags="&lt;sound&gt;&lt;letters&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="128" CreationDate="2013-11-09T06:14:09.317" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As other languages using the Latin alphabet, Italian doesn't have letters for foreign sounds; the word is written using Latin characters in a conventional way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T06:14:09.317" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="130" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="140" CreationDate="2013-11-09T06:20:17.460" Score="3" ViewCount="453" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, a space is added before and after a slash when the slash is used to separate two phrases made of more than one word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I will call you when the president/secretary will ask for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I will call you when the President / Secretary of state will ask for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any rule for Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would rather not use any space, but I am not sure that is the correct way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T07:01:14.597" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T20:05:06.060" Title="Space before and after a slash" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="131" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="143" CreationDate="2013-11-09T08:16:52.457" Score="8" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, to avoid a phrase to be misunderstood, the Oxford comma is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To my parents, the Pope, and Mother Theresa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without the serial comma, the phrase would become &lt;em&gt;to my parents, the Pope and Mother Theresa&lt;/em&gt;, and it could be understood as saying that my parents are the Pope and Mother Theresa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Granted, there are cases where the Oxford comma would make a phrase ambiguous.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since Italian doesn't use the Oxford comma, how can I avoid any ambiguity with that phrase?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I am sure that using the comma before &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt;) is not standard in Italian, and it was considered an error at the times I went to school.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ai miei genitori, il Papa e Madre Teresa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T17:48:58.597" Title="How should I disambiguate this sentence?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="137" CreationDate="2013-11-09T08:23:05.870" Score="5" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, the items of a list are written like in the following sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I have done all my today's jobs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prepared breakfast for the family&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Made sure everybody was awake in time for doing what they had to do&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Washed the dishes from the previous night's dinner&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Cleaned home&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prepared lunch for me, and dinner for everybody&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How should I write the same sentence in Italian? Should I capitalize every item in the list? Should I avoid adding a period at the end of each item? In the case the single items are sentences, should I add the period at the end of each sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-09T15:10:57.097" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T15:10:57.097" Title="Items of a list: Should I capitalize them and use a period at the end?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="132" CreationDate="2013-11-09T08:42:05.927" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The common style is to use a semicolon at the end of every list item, and start items with lowercase letters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is an alternative style, ending each sentence with a full stop and starting each item with a capital letter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They can be both used. It depends mainly on the publisher (for books, magazines and newspapers).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="135" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T08:42:05.927" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="127" CreationDate="2013-11-09T09:31:07.693" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not grammatically wrong, and is used to give emphasis to the sentence. In your phrase it makes the &quot;come se non bastasse&quot; even stronger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should not be abused, it would be like writing all in boldface.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="135" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T09:31:07.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="136" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1158" CreationDate="2013-11-09T10:45:01.437" Score="4" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ogni lingua evolve. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Misurare la creatività di una lingua non è impresa facile, ma l'apparire di neologismi nel lessico ne è un buon estimatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conosco quale sia la regola dietro la scelta di inserimento di neologismi nel vocabolario (intendendo qui il vocabolario come prodotto editoriale, rivisto periodicamente), e sospetto che non sia universale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano numerosi neologismi provengono (per ovvi motivi) dall'inglese.&#xA;Ci sono sostantivi presi così come sono (e.g., &lt;em&gt;computer&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bar&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pub&lt;/em&gt; ...), e questo non è molto interessante. Più interessante è il caso dei verbi, che se di nuova fattura nell'italiano perché provenienti da fuori prendono sempre la coniugazione in -are (e.g., &lt;em&gt;cliccare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;googlare&lt;/em&gt; ...), in parte perché essendo la più diffusa è la più immediata da associare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'inserimento di foriesterismi non è l'unico stimolo al dinamismo lessicale. Ci sono infatti neologismi che nascono dall'interno dell'italiano stesso, e famoso è infatti il caso del verbo &lt;em&gt;perplimere&lt;/em&gt;, nato (anni fa) dalla creatività di un comico. Il suo significato è chiaro e tappa la carenza lessicale di un verbo che significhi &quot;rendere perplesso&quot;.&#xA;Tuttavia, sebbene siano passati anni, tale verbo non fa ancora parte dei vocabolari ufficiali (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/significato-origine-perplimere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;si può leggere la sua storia qui&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi sono le due categorie principali di dinamismo linguistico che riesco a tracciare nell'italiano. Mi risulta che i dialetti siano molto più creativi, forse perché non avendo un vocabolario scritto non ci si pone il problema sull'inserimento o meno di termini e tutto è lasciato al naturale decorso del parlare. L'italiano ufficiale risulta molto più conservatore nell'accettare il cambiamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiedo dotti lumi circa la situazione effettiva della lingua in merito al suo dinamismo, anche magari con paragoni con altre lingue. Esempi di termini che siano attualmente in uso ma che abbiano avuto una storia di travagliata accettazione sono particolarmente ben accetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T19:36:08.573" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T02:24:15.003" Title="Creatività e dinamismo nella lingua italiana" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;borrowing&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2013-11-21T22:28:23.090" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="132" CreationDate="2013-11-09T13:19:40.077" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The general idea is that you are completing the first part of the sentence before the list, so punctuation goes with it. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lavorare con noi ti permette di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare a casa ogni giorno alle cinque,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avere pranzo gratis e&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ricevere una gratificazione natalizia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see it's a &lt;em&gt;typographical convention over a correct, Italian sentence&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Another example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco i benefit che offriamo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;30 giorni di ferie all'anno;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;assicurazione sanitaria privata;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;due monitor per sviluppatore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, it still reads as a sentence (albeit a boring, long, list-like one using &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punto_e_virgola&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;semicolons to separate concepts&lt;/a&gt;). A different case in which lists are composed of sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcune domande che potremmo chiederti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quanti dì conta novembre?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Di che colore era il cavallo bianco di Napoleone?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come si neutralizza il fantasma Formaggino?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, everything still reads as normal Italian, but each sentence is capitalized and ends with a punctuation mark (in this case a question mark, but periods and exclamation marks also work).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T14:00:26.500" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="136" CreationDate="2013-11-09T13:42:37.150" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci sono molti neologismi in italiano, per esempio la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/neologismi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani pubblica una lista in merito&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica il linguaggio si evolve in base a mode (come pu&amp;ograve; essere la novit&amp;agrave; introdotta da un comico), ma anche e soprattutto in base alla necessit&amp;agrave; di descrivere concetti nuovi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vista in quest'ottica, non sorprender&amp;agrave; nessuno che l'evoluzione della lingua italiana sia stimolata da:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tecnologia (soprattutto sotto forma di neologismi di origine inglese, ma non solo, ad esempio &quot;amicarsi&quot; su Facebook)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;economia e management (anche qui, inglesismi e volgarizzazioni dell'inglese)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;scienza (ad es. &quot;paleoclimatologo&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;giornalismo e politica (per esempio: neo-latinismi come &quot;mattarellum&quot; o &quot;ad personam&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli esempi sono molti, il link che ho riportato in testa ne contiene circa un migliaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T13:42:37.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="112" CreationDate="2013-11-09T13:57:19.600" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference is that &lt;em&gt;in effetti&lt;/em&gt; is generally used to &lt;em&gt;concede a point&lt;/em&gt;, or to talk about how an opinion is altered by facts, or better by the consequences of a theory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Ho giocato il 42 al lotto perché non usciva da molte settimane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: Guarda che i ritardi al lotto non contano nulla, nonostante si dica il contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: In effetti, non ho vinto nulla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Infatti&lt;/em&gt; is used to indicate complete &lt;em&gt;a priori&lt;/em&gt; agreement:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Mi sono lasciato convincere da mia zia a giocare il 42 al lotto perché non usciva da molte settimane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: Non mi sembra una grande strategia…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Infatti non ho vinto nulla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, these are the general rules, but languages tend to be a bit more subtle. For example, you can concede with emphasis by using &lt;em&gt;infatti&lt;/em&gt;. The following is an example similar to my first, but in which a stronger concession of a point is implied:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Ho giocato il 42 al lotto perché non usciva da molte settimane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: Guarda che i ritardi al lotto non contano nulla, nonostante si dica il contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Infatti! Non ho vinto nulla!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T13:57:19.600" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="130" CreationDate="2013-11-09T14:10:12.050" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually in Italian, you don't use any space before punctuation but only after (with some exceptions).&#xA;In the case of a slash, if it divides two single words it is used without space as &quot;e/o&quot; or &quot;il/la&quot;.&#xA;If slash is used to divide two sentences, you'd better use the space as in your second example, so it is the same as in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T20:05:06.060" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T20:05:06.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="136" CreationDate="2013-11-09T17:16:49.633" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, un termine già esistente può cambiare il significato a causa dell'affermarsi di tendenze politiche o della nascita di una nuova 'moda' (ad es. &lt;em&gt;scafista&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;girotondo&lt;/em&gt;).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books/about/Parole_nuove_e_datate_Studi_su_neologism.html?id=WRSGkgEACAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bel libro&lt;/a&gt; di Paolo D'Achille che racconta le storie di alcune parole &quot;nuove&quot;, come &lt;em&gt;bagnoschiuma, fondotinta&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;caffellatte&lt;/em&gt;. E poi Giovanni Petrolini &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=oCwLAQAAMAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; parla di parole dell'uso quotidiano, prese dai dialetti o dalle altre lingue europee (&lt;em&gt;mortadella, patate, scopa&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.), e delle loro storie più o meno intense, interessanti, ed a volte tragiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T17:16:49.633" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="127" CreationDate="2013-11-09T17:27:03.187" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conjunctions should be used to conjunct two different parts (sentences, words, ...) so, technically speaking, starting a sentence with them is broadly considered a misuse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But exactly for being a misuse, such construct has the effect of drawing extra attention on the sentence itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using the form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E &lt;em&gt;SENTENCE_B&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as opposed to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;SENTENCE_A&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;SENTENCE_B&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;immediately highlights the absence of a sentence joined before it and makes the reader wonder what the author omitted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such omission can be for instance the situation in which &lt;em&gt;SENTENCE_B&lt;/em&gt; takes place, and we find many examples in poetry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an example &lt;sup&gt;[1]&lt;/sup&gt;, G. Pascoli starts his poetry &lt;em&gt;Il gelsomino notturno&lt;/em&gt; with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E s'aprono i fiori notturni, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  nell'ora che penso ai miei cari&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence after the &lt;em&gt;E&lt;/em&gt; describes something happening at night, but there a whole lot of content unexpressed before it, namely the situation of waiting during the night, before the flowers disclose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this other example &lt;sup&gt;[1]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E, dopo tanti discorsi, finalmente l'accordo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The conjunction &lt;em&gt;E&lt;/em&gt; implies a phase of discussion before the deal. Using the &lt;em&gt;E&lt;/em&gt; allows the writer not to explicitly mention it, but rather to suggest that the current situation is a consequences of previous events.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[1] Examples taken from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/sulluso-congiunzioni-allinizio-frase&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/sulluso-congiunzioni-allinizio-frase&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T17:40:35.550" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T17:40:35.550" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="131" CreationDate="2013-11-09T17:48:58.597" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the phrase the verb &lt;em&gt;dedicato&lt;/em&gt; is probably implicit. Saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ai miei genitori, il Papa e Madre Teresa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would only mean that the Pope and Mother Theresa are my parents, with no ambiguity whatsoever. In this case it's the grammatical number that makes the difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ai miei genitori, al Papa e a Madre Teresa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;will convey the correct information. If I want to dedicate my book&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;*ai miei maestri, colleghi e allievi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll choose this form rather than the clumsy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;*ai miei maestri, ai miei colleghi e ai miei allievi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The slight ambiguity is immediately cast out, because no one can be master, colleague and pupil of the same person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also the article can get into the matter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a mamma, papà e nonna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be correct. Note that &lt;em&gt;nonna&lt;/em&gt; wants the article in some variant of Italian (&lt;em&gt;a nonna&lt;/em&gt; is more Central than Northern Italian). But, with articles,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla mamma, al papà e alla nonna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tends to require repeating the preposition. The article is not compulsory, but if used the preposition becomes somewhat necessary in front of all terms. I'm not saying that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla mamma, papà e nonna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is ungrammatical, but it doesn't sound right to my ear. If the gender is the same as in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla mamma, zia e nonna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; be right, but leaving a small ambiguity as whether my mother is also my aunt and grandmother. So, when the article is involved, repeat the preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly one will tend to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;andrò al mare, al lago o ai monti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because one term is plural and the others are singular; again, &lt;em&gt;andrò al mare, lago o monti&lt;/em&gt; is not good to my ear. On the other hand&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;andrò a Rimini, Riccione o Igea Marina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can avoid repeating the preposition, but &lt;em&gt;andrò a Rimini, a Riccione o a Igea Marina&lt;/em&gt; would be good as well. Here no article can be used, of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T17:48:58.597" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1141" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-09T20:50:39.800" Score="9" ViewCount="1728" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono qui da trentuno anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono qui da trentun anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono qui da trentun'anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, the first is correct, but which one between the second and the third is correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="95" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T07:58:47.303" LastActivityDate="2014-07-25T07:58:47.303" Title="&quot;Sono qui da trentun anni&quot; versus &quot;Sono qui da trentun'anni&quot;" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1142" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:06:21.160" Score="17" ViewCount="57731" Body="&lt;p&gt;I often heard people saying &quot;Boh!&quot; especially, but not only, when I stayed in Rome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I'm unsure what the intended meaning of &quot;Boh!&quot; is, either in Rome or elsewhere. Does it mean &lt;em&gt;I don't know&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;I don't want to say&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;I'm not interested&lt;/em&gt;, or something else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, I would like to know what a non-native speaker should deduce when they hear &quot;Boh!&quot;  Please don't answer with &quot;Boh!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T22:47:16.683" LastActivityDate="2020-07-22T08:16:34.853" Title="What does &quot;Boh!&quot; mean, precisely?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1141" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:09:31.600" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second is correct. It's apocope (omission of the final sound of a word), which doesn't need an apostrophe. The rule is: anything ending with &lt;em&gt;-uno&lt;/em&gt;, including &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; as an indeterminate article, as well as &lt;em&gt;alcuno, nessuno, ciascuno,&lt;/em&gt; etc., before the masculine words, starting with a vowel or with a consonant other than s impura/z/gn/ps, drops the final letter.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Examples: &lt;em&gt;un uomo, alcun pensiero, nessun dubbio, ciascun anno&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T21:53:57.973" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T21:53:57.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1142" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:13:48.107" Score="21" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Boh' means 'I do not know', with all its nuances: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't know, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I know but I am not gonna tell you, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't know and I don't care, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I am confused&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been looking around for the etymology of this word but it seems not to be available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T21:13:48.107" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1141" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:14:46.120" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct form is the middle one. The first is not incorrect, but not used except in particular cases. The third form is wrong (at least under the current orthography rules).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Trentuno&lt;/em&gt; follows the same rule as &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; (indeterminate article) discussed in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/122/un-francese-e-due-svizzeri-vs-uno-svizzero-e-due-francesi&quot;&gt;Article comparison in &amp;quot;un francese e due svizzeri&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;uno svizzero e due francesi&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;. The truncation is not really compulsory, but very common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's even commoner with the indeterminate adjectives ending in &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt; being the most commonly used. Nobody would say &lt;em&gt;nessuno amico&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;trentuno amici&lt;/em&gt; can be heard when the emphasis is on the number, say in &lt;em&gt;aveva ben trentuno amici&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Speaking of &lt;em&gt;apocope&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ben&lt;/em&gt; is a peculiar word, but this would take too far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T21:14:46.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1146" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1150" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:24:03.593" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, as it is said in a previous answer &lt;em&gt;Sono qui da trentun anni&lt;/em&gt; is correct, while &lt;em&gt;Sono qui da trentuno anni&lt;/em&gt; is awkward. Between the following, which one is correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono qui da anni trentun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono qui da anni trentuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If both are wrong, can anyone explain why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T22:44:30.873" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T00:59:10.257" Title="&quot;Sono qui da anni trentuno&quot; versus &quot;Sono qui da anni trentun&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1142" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:28:08.757" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Boh&lt;/em&gt; means doubt, indifference, unwillingness to talk about something or to express an opinion. It's widely used in the Roman dialect (but not only). One &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/linteriezione&quot;&gt;possible explanation&lt;/a&gt; of its etymology is the sound that one produces when wants to express uncertainty.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;A non-native speaker should pay attention to the context, where &lt;em&gt;Boh!&lt;/em&gt; appears, and then it's quite easy to deduce its meaning, because it usually appears in response to something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T21:28:08.757" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1148" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:35:55.293" Score="5" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io non mancai di ricordargli, che quanto più conosceva, più era tenuto a rimediarvi, e non aspettare che &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;altri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; facesse […].&#xA;  &amp;mdash;Niccolò Machiavelli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain how &lt;em&gt;altri&lt;/em&gt; is used there?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T22:43:52.433" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T16:45:23.473" Title="What does &quot;altri&quot; mean in &quot;che altri facesse&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1142" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:38:18.047" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Boh&lt;/em&gt; is used to mean uncertainty, indifference, disbelief, contempt; it is similar to &lt;em&gt;bah&lt;/em&gt; which is used to express uncertainty, hopelessness, disbelief, contempt, and &lt;em&gt;mah&lt;/em&gt; that express doubt, uncertainty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first two words are onomatopoeic, while &lt;em&gt;mah&lt;/em&gt; comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;măgis&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T21:38:18.047" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1146" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:42:43.707" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both are wrong, but to correct them, it's necessary to know what you want to say.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If you want to say &quot;I'm here (= I live here) for thirty years&quot;, then it's &lt;em&gt;Sono qui da trentun anni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If you want to say &quot;I'm here since the 1930s (or, maybe, 1830s),&quot; then it should be &lt;em&gt;Sono qui dagli anni Trenta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-09T23:19:54.503" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T23:19:54.503" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1148" CreationDate="2013-11-09T21:53:36.213" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means &quot;other (people)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Think about sentences like &quot;gli uni e gli altri&quot; or &quot;non fare ad altri quello che non vorresti fosse fatto a te&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Machiavelli's sentence, though, it is an archaic usage as it refers to a single (undetermined) person instead of a multitude: it says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non aspettare che altri &lt;strong&gt;facesse&lt;/strong&gt; ogni cosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whereas today it would be correct to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non aspettare che altri &lt;strong&gt;facessero&lt;/strong&gt; ogni cosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-10T16:45:23.473" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T16:45:23.473" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1146" CreationDate="2013-11-09T22:41:15.567" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the inversion between &lt;em&gt;anni&lt;/em&gt; and the number in similar sentences, in formal documents (&lt;em&gt;La qui presente Rossi Giovanna di anni 41 […].&lt;/em&gt;); sometimes it was used in other contexts for emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not the normal order used in Italian, but I would not call it wrong. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-10T00:59:10.257" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T00:59:10.257" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1153" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-09T23:02:14.670" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes in television shows like &quot;Big Brother&quot; or &quot;X-Factor&quot; I heard people saying &quot;Ho fatto un provino&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose I want to say to another person that those persons have made &quot;un provino&quot;, can I say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quelle persone, in particolare quelle che hanno partecipato al 'Grande Fratello', sono state tutte &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;provinate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.E., does &quot;provinate&quot; work there? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T23:06:28.560" Title="What do you say to describe persons who made &quot;un provino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1153" CreationDate="2013-11-09T23:06:28.560" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;While you might hear it spoken, it's not correct Italian written language. There is no single word to render the meaning but you can use a phrase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quelle persone, in particolare quelle che hanno partecipato al 'Grande Fratello', sono state tutte sottoposte a provini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way in which you can convey a similar meaning, but not exactly, is to use the term 'selezionate' (selected) o 'scrutinate' (carefully examined).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quelle persone, in particolare quelle che hanno partecipato al 'Grande Fratello', sono state tutte selezionate (scrutinate).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-09T23:06:28.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1155" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-09T23:44:43.727" Score="6" ViewCount="1766" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why is the double negation not an issue in the Italian language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask because I heard that in English you cannot say &quot;non guardo mai la televisione&quot;, but you have to say &quot;I never watch at television&quot;, which translated word by word  is &quot;Io mai guardo la televisione&quot;, thus removing one negation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T18:49:28.607" LastActivityDate="2014-05-29T08:39:18.537" Title="Why is the double negation not an issue in the Italian language?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;negation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1155" CreationDate="2013-11-10T01:35:40.803" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian the double negation is generally used with a negative meaning, like in the following examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non&lt;/strong&gt; conosco &lt;strong&gt;nessuno&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Non&lt;/strong&gt; guardo &lt;strong&gt;mai&lt;/strong&gt; la televisione&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Non&lt;/strong&gt; posso farci &lt;strong&gt;niente&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way you can think about this is to consider the first negation as not having effect on anything else apart from the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this &quot;rule&quot;, the &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; only serve the purpose of turning the verb into its negative form, but it doesn't affect the rest of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is also coherent with some other examples in which two negations on verbs make the sentence a positive one&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non&lt;/strong&gt; credo di &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; essere capace&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Non&lt;/strong&gt; dico che &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; sia appropriato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both sentences the negation is attached to the verb, and two negated verbs turn the sentence into a positive one. It's worth noting, though, that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non credo di non essere capace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo di essere capace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;although both expressing a positive sense, are not interchangeable, the former expressing a higher degree of doubt about the subject's abilities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, as an addition, Italian is not the only language making an extensive use of double negations. Spanish is another notable example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt; conozco &lt;strong&gt;nadie&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt; puedo hacer &lt;strong&gt;nada&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2014-05-15T18:08:48.633" LastActivityDate="2014-05-15T18:08:48.633" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1155" CreationDate="2013-11-10T02:05:08.323" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some English dialects allow to use the double negation (a.k.a. &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Double_negative&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;double negative&lt;/a&gt;) as intensifier; &lt;em&gt;I can get no sadisfaction&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;we don't need no education&lt;/em&gt; are two phrases used in songs, but this use of double negation is common in some dialects in everyday speaking. See also &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/8777/is-there-a-rule-about-double-negations-that-arent-meant-as-double-negations-e&quot;&gt;Is there a rule about double negations that aren't meant as double negations (e.g. &quot;We don't need no education&quot;)?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, the double negation is by default an intensifier; &lt;em&gt;non so niente&lt;/em&gt; doesn't mean &lt;em&gt;io so tutto&lt;/em&gt; as Logic would interpret the phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T07:50:28.337" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="136" CreationDate="2013-11-10T02:24:15.003" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Innanzitutto bisogna fare una distinzione tra &lt;strong&gt;calco&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;prestito&lt;/strong&gt;, due fenomeni differenti, i quali poi si suddividono in altri tipi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;calco semantico&lt;/strong&gt;, per esempio, aggiunge un significato ad una parola già esistente: realizzare significa anche &quot;rendersi conto&quot; dall'inglese to realize, &lt;em&gt;salvare&lt;/em&gt; file digitali da to save. Il &lt;strong&gt;calco strutturale&lt;/strong&gt; prende una parola straniera e ne riproduce la struttura  più o meno fedelmente traducendo le parole che la compongono; un esempio potrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;grattacielo - skyscraper&lt;/em&gt;, oppure &lt;em&gt;loanword - lehnwort&lt;/em&gt;, oppure &lt;em&gt;fine settimana - weekend&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il prestito è invece l'importazione di termini nella propria lingua, ma non solo, vedi il &lt;strong&gt;prestito fonologico&lt;/strong&gt; (il suono [ʒ] dal francese, tipo in &lt;em&gt;garage&lt;/em&gt;). Il prestito si può distinguere poi in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prestito di necessità&lt;/strong&gt;: quando si scopre qualcosa di nuovo per cui non esiste un termine&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prestito di lusso&lt;/strong&gt;: termine che esiste già ma viene adottato un termine straniero per via dell'accezione o per dare &quot;pregio&quot; al concetto: &lt;em&gt;boom di vendite&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe benissimo essere &lt;em&gt;esplosione di vendite&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prestito non integrato&lt;/strong&gt;: viene usato nella forma originaria (anche se poi viene usato come parola neutra), vedi &lt;em&gt;computer&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;file&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;web&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prestito integrato&lt;/strong&gt;: viene modificato per adeguarlo al sistema fono-morfologico della lingua ricevente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma i prestiti che &quot;conosci&quot; o di cui ti accorgi sono solo quelli più recenti. Di moltissimi non è ovvia la natura, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cifra&lt;/strong&gt; attraverso il latino dall'arabo &lt;em&gt;ṣifr&lt;/em&gt; ‘nulla, zero’&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;gazzella&lt;/strong&gt; come sopra dall'arabo &lt;em&gt;ghazāl&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;galassia&lt;/strong&gt; dal greco &lt;em&gt;galaksías&lt;/em&gt;, derivato dalla declinazione &lt;em&gt;gála gálaktos&lt;/em&gt; ‘latte’&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bistecca&lt;/strong&gt; dall'inglese &lt;em&gt;beef steak&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ingaggiare&lt;/strong&gt; dal francese antico &lt;em&gt;engagier&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un atteggiamento critico verso i prestiti porta al concetto di &lt;strong&gt;forestierismo&lt;/strong&gt; (&quot;da fuori&quot;). Ma anche se forse sembra così, l'italiano non è così conservatore, non più di altri comunque. Lo spagnolo presenta molti prestiti integrati, un esempio è &lt;em&gt;computadora - computer&lt;/em&gt; (chiamato anche &lt;em&gt;ordenador&lt;/em&gt;). In Francia, l'Académie Française &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.academie-francaise.fr/la-langue-francaise/terminologie-et-neologie&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;propone espressioni e/o termini alternativi a quelli inglesi&lt;/a&gt; per favorire la propria lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque se vuoi leggere di più, ho parlato in precedenza di prestiti in una &lt;a href=&quot;https://linguistics.stackexchange.com/a/3071/111&quot;&gt;mia risposta su Linguistics SE&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:54:12.773" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T02:24:15.003" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1142" CreationDate="2013-11-10T03:29:33.423" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was watching an Italian movie once, in Italian, with Italian subtitles. If I remember the name of the movie I'll edit this post later. One of the characters said &quot;Boh!&quot; in conversation, and for some reason the subtitles translated it to &quot;Non lo so!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I feel like the two best translations to English (depending on context) are &quot;Meh&quot; and the humming variant of &quot;I dunno,&quot; although I have no idea how to spell that. If you're the speaker you can use it for either/or.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T03:29:33.423" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1160" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-10T12:46:52.090" Score="8" ViewCount="923" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;essere fuori come un balcone&quot; a well recognized phrase in regional usages? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One time I tell it to a person in Sicily, who was badly parking their car, and I had the impression that they didn't understand that phrase. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-09-26T12:57:51.773" LastActivityDate="2018-09-26T13:11:02.820" Title="Is &quot;essere fuori come un balcone&quot; a well recognized expression in regional usages?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1160" CreationDate="2013-11-10T14:14:15.880" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe it comes from &lt;em&gt;essere fuori di senno&lt;/em&gt; (having lost one's mind), which is frequently contracted in &lt;em&gt;essere fuori&lt;/em&gt; in popular language. Then, this &lt;em&gt;fuori&lt;/em&gt; is qualified with something which is commonly outside something else: a balcony sticks out of a house.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it's like &lt;em&gt;è fuori di senno come un balcone è fuori dalla casa&lt;/em&gt;, but this of course loses freshness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its usage is regional, but spreading, so it's not surprising somebody doesn't understand it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T14:14:15.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1160" CreationDate="2013-11-10T17:25:29.230" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;As others already pointed out, in Italian we have the expression&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere fuori di testa/senno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which almost directly translates to the English&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To be out of mind&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is then often abbreviated into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere fuori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which translates to the English&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To be outside&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever one wants to add more emphasis, some analogies for being outside are used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Essere fuori come un balcone&lt;/em&gt; is indeed one of the most common in my region (I'm from Milano in Lombardia), but I bet many other regions have their own versions of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance I occasionally heard&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei fuori come una mina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;deriving - I believe - from mines (the bombs) to be generally placed in open fields. Generally speaking I think any native speaker would understand any sentence following the pattern &lt;em&gt;Sei fuori come &amp;lt; X &gt;&lt;/em&gt;, regardless of having heard the analogy before or not. It might sound weird, but it wouldn't lose the meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another funny example is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono fuori come gli agricoltori che raccolgono i pomodori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as found in the song &quot;&lt;em&gt;Sono fuori&lt;/em&gt;&quot; by Articolo 31 (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.angolotesti.it/B/testi_canzoni_blue_32../testo_canzone_sono_fuori_1901.html&quot;&gt;lyrics&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-10T17:54:55.000" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T17:54:55.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1163" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-10T19:23:31.753" Score="25" ViewCount="2069" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do Italian road signs use the infinitive tense in their warning, while, for example, those in English use the imperative?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Turn off lights&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spegnere le luci (and not &amp;quot;Spegnete le luci&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Spegni le luci&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, maybe, is there a rule that says that the infinitive tense can be work as an imperative? If so, can anyone suggest some cases in which that rule is used in everyday speech?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T18:10:24.430" Title="Why do Italian road signs use the infinitive tense and not the imperative?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1163" CreationDate="2013-11-10T19:30:55.997" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's probably a shortening of &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Si prega di&lt;/strong&gt; spegnere le luci&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, which is more polite than the imperative form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T19:30:55.997" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1163" CreationDate="2013-11-10T19:37:54.187" Score="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;The infinitive mood is commonly used for expressing rules especially in signs (of any kind, not just road signs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non fumare&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non calpestare il prato&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Tenere la destra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The language &quot;trick&quot; behind this use of the infinitive form is the omission of the clause &lt;em&gt;Si prega di&lt;/em&gt; or equivalent, so the above sentences are read as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si prega di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; non fumare&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si prega di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; non calpestare il prato&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si prega di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; tenere la destra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such form is not used in everyday's spoken language, as it's a convention used for giving orders and stating rules in an impersonal and formal way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, there's an official use of the infinitive mood as imperative, which is the negative imperative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian the positive imperative form goes as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tieni la destra!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Parla con lei!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whereas the negative imperative is formed with &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;non + infinitive mood&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, as in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non tenere la destra!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non parlare con lei!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As discussed in the comments, it's also nice to notice the differences and the similarities with other Romance languages, such as Spanish and French.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently French has the same identical construct as Italian for expressing formal impersonal orders, for instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ne pas fumer&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Non fumare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is again a shortening for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Merci de ne pas fumer&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Grazie di non fumare&lt;/em&gt; or more idiomatically &lt;em&gt;Si prega di non fumare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand Spanish behaves differently and it doesn't have a special construct for impersonal orders, rather just using the formal imperative form, which is formed with the subjunctive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No fume&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Non fumare&lt;/em&gt;, but also &lt;em&gt;Non fumi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Reduzca la velocidad&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Ridurre la velocità&lt;/em&gt;, but also &lt;em&gt;Riduca la velocità&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2016-04-20T08:15:26.553" LastActivityDate="2016-04-20T08:15:26.553" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1166" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-10T19:44:53.797" Score="3" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come credo sia conosciuto da tutti quelli che usano viaggiare con l'automobile, molti italiani hanno uno strano rapporto con gli abbaglianti; alcuni li amano così tanto che preferiscono mantenerli sempre accesi, altri invece li usano per segnalare, se non addirittura per comunicare informazioni di vario genere, dalla presenza di autovelox alla protesta per presunte violazioni del codice della strada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al di lá delle considerazioni e dei commenti circa queste abitudini, mi piacerebbe sapere se il verbo &amp;quot;sfanagliare&amp;quot; è normalmente usato, e compreso, in tutte le regioni italiane o se, magari, ci sono altri verbi in uso, purchè simpatici come quello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Laddove qualcuno non avesse compreso l'uso del aforementioned verbo, ecco un esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ehi!&amp;quot; - dice il marito a sua moglie - &amp;quot;Quello li mi sta sfanagliando, st***o!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E la moglie, &amp;quot;Caro, rallenta; magari più avanti c'è un autovelox, cribbio!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T20:31:00.177" Title="Cosa sapreste dirmi della diffusione del verbo &quot;sfanagliare&quot; nelle diverse regioni italiane?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1166" CreationDate="2013-11-10T19:58:02.100" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sfanagliare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un verbo inventato, non esistente nella lingua italiana, ma questo penso fosse chiaro dalla domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente non l'ho mai sentito usare nel nord Italia, quindi non credo abbia una diffusione regionale omogenea. Un'alternativa che mi è capitato invece di sentire  è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sfanalare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, con significato identico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo, non sono sicuro dell'interpretazione di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sfanalare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sfanagliare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; con il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;accecare con gli abbaglianti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Probabilmente il significato che gli attribuirei è lo stesso di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare i fari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, ossia &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;segnalare qualcosa tramite i fari abbaglianti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, solitamente accendendoli e spegnedoli ripetutamente. Per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non mi ero accorto che il semaforo fosse diventato verde e il tizio dietro mi ha fatto i fari&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ok l'esempio è un po' tirato, sappiamo benissimo che il tizio di turno normalmente suona il clacson e tira una bestemmia...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una vecchia consuetudine italiana era quella di sfanalare per segnalare la presenza della polizia stradale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio che hai menzionato userei invece qualcosa del tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quello lì mi sta abbagliando (con sti c***o di fari, &lt;em&gt;ndt&lt;/em&gt;), st***o!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quello lì mi sta accecando (con sti c***o di fari, &lt;em&gt;ndt&lt;/em&gt;), st***o!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-10T20:31:00.177" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T20:31:00.177" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1170" CreationDate="2013-11-10T22:03:41.027" Score="15" ViewCount="1041" Body="&lt;p&gt;As part of my masters in linguistics, I am taking a course on the subject of irony. We were given examples of sentences that are most likely ironic, as the English sentence &quot;he is not exceptionally smart&quot; (which has the structure &quot;he is not exceptionally X&quot;). This does not mean literally that he is smart at an exceptional level, but rather, ironically, that he is very stupid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there similar constructions in Italian, preferably ones that involve superlative and negation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="154" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T13:15:02.270" LastActivityDate="2014-07-25T13:15:02.270" Title="Ironic constructions in Italian" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1168" CreationDate="2013-11-10T22:15:17.693" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non è furbissimo&lt;/em&gt; can be used in the same sense as your example; or &lt;em&gt;non è velocissimo&lt;/em&gt; for someone who's rather slow. Maybe adding &lt;em&gt;proprio&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;non è proprio furbissimo&lt;/em&gt;, which is more explicit in denying the smartness of the person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T22:15:17.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1168" CreationDate="2013-11-10T22:17:22.380" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's plenty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the same lines of the example you cited, here some examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non proprio intelligentissimo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non esattamente una decisione geniale&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Un risultato non eccezionale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Benone!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which, depending on the tone, can be sarcastic or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bene ma non benissimo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is also a very typical ironic sentence, meaning neither &lt;em&gt;good&lt;/em&gt; nor &lt;em&gt;very good&lt;/em&gt;, but rather &lt;em&gt;pretty bad&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, whenever a litotes is used in conjunction with an hyperbole  it's a good hint that the sentence may be ironic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-10T22:17:22.380" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1163" CreationDate="2013-11-11T09:51:11.220" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As others already said, you could understand the sentence as starting with &lt;em&gt;si prega di&lt;/em&gt;, but truly the infinitive is used to express commands in Italian. That is true for phrases like &lt;em&gt;ritirare lo scontrino alla cassa&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;non ridere&lt;/em&gt;, which uses the negative form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Reference&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tutorino.ca/grammatica/2007/10/26/uses-of-the-infinitive-in-italian.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Uses of the infinitive in Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T18:10:24.430" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1160" CreationDate="2013-11-11T10:09:05.117" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The expression should be understood as &lt;em&gt;essere fuori di testa come un balcone è fuori dalla casa&lt;/em&gt;. In Northern Italy, the expression would be understood by everybody. In other regions, the expression may not be understood, and the shorter &lt;em&gt;essere fuori di testa&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;essere fuori di senno&lt;/em&gt; is the most used one. What probably makes the first sentence not clear to everybody is that &lt;em&gt;di testa&lt;/em&gt; is implicit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-09-26T13:02:37.953" LastActivityDate="2018-09-26T13:02:37.953" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1181" CreationDate="2013-11-11T10:28:12.613" Score="7" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was at the elementary schools, I was taught that &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt; is not correct, and that I should always say &lt;em&gt;cancellare&lt;/em&gt;. When I grew up, I have heard that &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt; is correct, and that the initial S is, someway, an intensifier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt; really correct/acceptable? If it is not in standard Italian, is it acceptable in some contexts? For example, could be acceptable as regionalism?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli 2013&lt;/em&gt; reports &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt;, but it says it is &lt;em&gt;lett. pop.&lt;/em&gt; (I guess it means it is literary and popular.) The application I use on my Mac links &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;cancellare&lt;/em&gt;, which means that, looking for &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt;, I get the description for &lt;em&gt;cancellare&lt;/em&gt; with just a small reference to &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/XWBpL.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I am asking is if it is a word I could use in a formal context, during school tests, or similar contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T11:06:56.107" LastActivityDate="2014-01-05T11:13:01.420" Title="Is &quot;scancellare&quot; really not correct?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="80" CreationDate="2013-11-11T10:58:02.620" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wow, what an overloaded word! It has &lt;strong&gt;six&lt;/strong&gt; different meanings or usages I can find.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an adverb it may mean &lt;em&gt;maybe&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;cf. “forse”&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Ci vediamo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: Magari sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it can also mean &lt;em&gt;even&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;cf. “persino”&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Ci vediamo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: Vengo assolutamente, magari a piedi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a conjunction it can similarly mean &lt;em&gt;even if&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;cf. “persino se”&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo aspetterò, magari dovessi restare qui tutta la notte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, &lt;em&gt;if only&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;cf. “se solamente”&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eravamo soli, magari fossi venuto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an interjection it can either mean &lt;em&gt;I can only wish…&lt;/em&gt;, but also &lt;em&gt;I really want to!&lt;/em&gt; depending on context and/or emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word comes from the  Greek μακάρι (makári), which is derived from μακάριος (makários), according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=magari&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;etimo.it&lt;/a&gt; and it can be loosely translated as &lt;em&gt;“God(s) willing!”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;References&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/magari&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/magari&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/magari.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/magari.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.thefreedictionary.com/magari&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://it.thefreedictionary.com/magari&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=magari&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.etimo.it/?term=magari&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T10:58:02.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1177" CreationDate="2013-11-11T11:31:02.343" Score="7" ViewCount="1808" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose I want to translate an English sentence like &quot;I have walked in the park for a year.&quot; The first though I had was translating the sentence as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho camminato nel parco per un anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems correct, except for the fact that Present Perfect is used to talk about a past event that is still relevant for the present. That means the sentence I used as example would be understood as saying that I am still walking in the park. Similarly, &quot;I have gone to that store since I was a teenager.&quot; would mean I am still going to that store.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;That is not the meaning of &quot;ho camminato nel parco per un anno&quot; which means I am not walking anymore in the park.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought of using the Simple Past, but I am not sure how to use it with a time reference. Apart that, &lt;em&gt;camminavo nel parco&lt;/em&gt; still means I am not anymore walking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How should I translate the Present Perfect used in English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T18:48:59.370" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:48:24.403" Title="How should I translate the Present Perfect used in English?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1176" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1182" CreationDate="2013-11-11T11:39:12.703" Score="5" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Except when used with parentheticals, I was taught that I should not put a comma between the subject and the main verb used in a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io, ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that always not correct, or should I use the comma in some contexts, for example to put the emphasis on the fact it was me to do something?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;My reasoning is that, since &lt;em&gt;ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto&lt;/em&gt; is already a sentence, &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; is just an addendum I could use to put emphasis on the person who did something, similarly to what English does with &quot;I did help you with getting the job&quot; used instead of &quot;I helped you with getting the job.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T11:45:36.057" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T14:36:08.190" Title="Using a comma between the subject and the verb" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1175" CreationDate="2013-11-11T11:57:03.723" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both your examples sound good in the present tense:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cammino nel parco da un anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I walk in the park and I've been doing it for the last year. It does not imply I'm walking in the park right now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado in quel negozio da quando ero adolescente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same as above, I've been going to that shop since I was a teenager and I still do it but I'm not necessarily going to the shop right now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="71" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-01-16T19:56:05.933" LastActivityDate="2014-01-16T19:56:05.933" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1176" CreationDate="2013-11-11T12:00:25.583" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io, ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is not orthographically correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe, in the right context, you could say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto; io!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thus emphasizing that you, and not another person or the listener themselves, had an important role in their career.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T12:00:25.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1180" CreationDate="2013-11-11T12:58:38.137" Score="4" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Comparing the following sentences, what are the differences between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa sapresti dirmi su Luigi Rossi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa sai dirmi su Luigi Rossi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since it is a question, I don't see any difference between those sentences. Furthermore, I don't see any reason to prefer the conditional to the indicative mood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between those phrases?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Does the first, for example, imply any willingness from the person who answers me? Is it a more polite way to ask a question, since it would be understood as &lt;em&gt;Cosa sapresti dirmi su Luigi Rossi, se mi volessi rispondere?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T11:24:03.190" Title="Using the conditional in a question" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1179" CreationDate="2013-11-11T13:48:24.287" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the conditional form is more polite and it is sometimes used as an alternative to add other pleasantries like &amp;ldquo;per favore&amp;rdquo;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The crux of the question is that by expressing a question (or an order) as a hypothetical question, one (theoretically) leaves the answerer open to ignore the question. Of course, nowadays everybody understand it's a kind form, but the answer is not optional!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that the missing condition should be understood as &lt;em&gt;&amp;ldquo;se fosse possibile&amp;rdquo;&lt;/em&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Cosa sapresti dirmi su Luigi Rossi &lt;em&gt;(se fosse possibile)&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vorrei un caff&amp;egrave; &lt;em&gt;(se fosse possibile)&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mi daresti una mano &lt;em&gt;(se fosse possibile)&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seen as this, it is similar to other European languages, for example &lt;em&gt;&amp;ldquo;S'il vous plaît&amp;rdquo;&lt;/em&gt; in French, &lt;em&gt;&amp;ldquo;se faz favor&amp;rdquo;&lt;/em&gt; in European Portuguese or &lt;em&gt;&amp;ldquo;if you please&amp;rdquo;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&amp;ldquo;if possible at all&amp;rdquo;&lt;/em&gt; in British English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T19:54:48.570" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T19:54:48.570" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1173" CreationDate="2013-11-11T14:04:00.753" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would avoid it in anything but informal conversation; the correct Italian form is &quot;cancellare&quot;, and in my experience using &quot;scancellare&quot; in formal contexts (or even just in written form) is definitely inappropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe I'm biased because I heard it often in elementary school, but I'd say that, more than a &quot;popular&quot; word, it feels like a childhood word, like other dubious intensives (I remember that at some point we all called the pencil sharpener &quot;attemperamatite&quot; instead of &quot;temperamatite&quot; :) ).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T18:20:33.010" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T18:20:33.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1176" CreationDate="2013-11-11T14:17:44.790" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Putting a comma between the subject and the verb for emphasis or to render the pauses in speech is a common mistake, but it's still wrong; depending on the context, you could render the emphasis in different ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On an Internet forum, in IRC and the like I would probably emphasize the &quot;io&quot; with formatting, or with all caps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Io&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;IO ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a book, the effect may be rendered by breaking the quotation appropriately; italic is also appropriate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Io» sottolineò «ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«&lt;em&gt;Io&lt;/em&gt; ho fatto in modo che tu fossi assunto»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or you could just rephrase the sentence to make it both more emphatic and in a way easier to render in written form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono stato io a fare in modo che tu fossi assunto, non dimenticarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono stato io - &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;, non dimenticarlo - a fare in modo che tu fossi assunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(notice that both these forms are quite rude and arrogant, the natural evolution of the story in my opinion would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/KZfHu.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ella lo colpì con un mestolo&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T14:36:08.190" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T14:36:08.190" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1183" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1263" CreationDate="2013-11-11T14:43:47.487" Score="8" ViewCount="2378" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many people say that Dante Alighieri is &quot;the father of Italian&quot; and his name is widely known and appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Motivated by &lt;a href=&quot;https://german.stackexchange.com/questions/1690/does-the-german-language-have-a-shakespeare&quot;&gt;Does the German language have a Shakespeare?&lt;/a&gt;, asked on the German SE, which got very interesting answers, I would like to ask the same for Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shakespeare%27s_influence&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia article about Shakespeare's influence on the English language&lt;/a&gt; claims that this writer created a great deal of neologisms, phraseological expressions, sayings that became part of the language, enriching it and providing it with great literary content. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This phenomenon has to be better understood with in the complete framework of the history of the English language (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.englandandenglishhistory.com/the-wonderful-story-of-the-english-language&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a good summary can be read here&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, nobody can question Dante's grandeur, his works are considered masterpieces not only within Italy but also abroad. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the history is pretty different: standard Italian was born out of the Florentine dialect. Dante is considered his father right because his literary work has shaped the educated content of a language and the particular language he spoke was then chosen to be the representative language of the whole peninsula. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both have worked in an era of rather confused set of linguistics canons and both have put those into a well-defined form. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we focus on the lexical level, was Dante a creator of neologisms like Shakespeare or not? Did he insert expressions we still use today in the language? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:42:15.543" LastActivityDate="2017-03-26T10:45:00.220" Title="Can Dante Alighieri be compared to Shakespeare as both fathers of their respective languages on the lexical level?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1185" CreationDate="2013-11-11T18:19:12.253" Score="11" ViewCount="4719" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono un'insegnante di inglese e spesso mi sento rivolgere dai miei studenti la domanda di come possono rendere delle espressioni italiane in inglese, mantenendo il significato originale. Per questa ragione sono perfettamente conscia del fatto che soltanto in pochi casi un'espressione viene resa in maniera quasi identica in lingue diverse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò premesso, sono però molto curiosa di capire come mai in italiano si usa l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;di punto in bianco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; per indicare qualcosa che accade inaspettatamente, senza che ci siano avvisaglie o motivi per prevederlo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono riuscita a trovare alcun riferimento alla sua etimologia nei dizionari che ho consultato. C'è qualcuno che mi può aiutare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="159" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T23:23:59.513" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T23:23:59.513" Title="origine dell'espressione &quot;di punto in bianco&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1184" CreationDate="2013-11-11T18:25:58.757" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una veloce ricerca su Google, mi ha portato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_063.html&quot;&gt;a questo risultato&lt;/a&gt; sul sito della Treccani, da cui cito la spiegazione (in grassetto la parte più rilevante):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando un'azione si svolge senza alcuna preparazione, producendo a volte anche un effetto di sorpresa, potremmo dire che è stata compiuta all'improvviso, di botto, di colpo, ex abrupto, improvvisamente o di punto in bianco (così di punto in bianco non saprei decidere; di punto in bianco si alzò e uscì). In questa accezione la locuzione avverbiale di punto in bianco viene usata figuratamente, appartenendo  il suo significato proprio al linguaggio militare e, in particolare, a quello della balistica. Nell'uso antico, infatti, &lt;strong&gt;si indicava con l'espressione tiro di punto in bianco «il tiro di artiglieria senza elevazione, quando la linea di mira si teneva orizzontale, corrispondente nell'apparecchio di mira a una posizione zero, non contraddistinta da alcun numero (in bianco)&lt;/strong&gt;», come ben documenta un passo del Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi di Galilei: «non solo i tiri per le linee meridiane, ma né anco i fatti verso oriente o verso occidente riuscirebber giusti, ma gli orientali riuscirebbero alti, e gli occidentali bassi, tuttavolta che si tirasse di punto in bianco; perché sendo il viaggio della palla in amendue i tiri fatto per la tangente, cioè per una linea parallela all'orizonte, ed essendo che al moto diurno, quando sia della Terra, l'orizonte si va sempre abbassando verso levante ed alzandosi da ponente (che però ci appariscono le stelle orientali alzarsi, e le occidentali abbassarsi), adunque il bersaglio orientale s'andrebbe abbassando sotto il tiro, onde il tiro riuscirebbe alto, e l'alzamento del bersaglio occidentale renderebbe basso il tiro verso occidente.». E' interessante osservare che anche in francese esiste un'analoga espressione (de but en blanc), usata in entrambi i significati, proprio e figurato, per la quale il Grand Robert de la langue française  offre alcune varianti (de pointe en blanc, de blanc en blanc) e un ottimo esempio d'autore («écoutez, disait Mme Cottard, on est excusable de répondre un peu de travers quand on est interrogée ainsi de but en blanc, sans être prévenue», Proust, À la recherche du temps perdu).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Autore: &lt;em&gt;Massimo Migliucci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T18:25:58.757" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1184" CreationDate="2013-11-11T18:33:05.423" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Lapucci (Garzanti-Vallardi, 1979) spiega che questa espressione «deriva dal linguaggio dell'artiglieria e una volta si usava per significare che il cannone veniva sparato con alzo uguale a zero, vale a dire senza nessuna elevazione, caso in cui l'indice del congegno di puntamento non segnava alcun valore (punto in bianco; francese: &lt;em&gt;de but en blanc&lt;/em&gt;). Essendo la traiettoria orizzontale, il colpo, possibile solo a distanza ravvicinata, aveva il vantaggio d'essere improvviso e imprevedibile, dato che non richiedeva preparazione e calcoli preliminari» e lo collega a “sparare a zero”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T18:33:05.423" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1187" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-11T18:52:57.130" Score="4" ViewCount="1428" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando soggiorno in Emilia-Romagna sento spesso dire &quot;mi dai il tiro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considerato che ciò accade quando qualcuno chiede a qualcun altro di aprire il portone di un edificio, sapreste dirmi qual è l'origine di quest'espressione e se essa viene compresa anche al di fuori dell'ambito regionale che ho indicato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-19T15:39:31.817" LastActivityDate="2014-08-19T15:39:31.817" Title="Sapreste dirmi perché alcuni dicono &quot;mi dai il tiro&quot; quando chiedono che il portone di un edificio sia aperto?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1187" CreationDate="2013-11-11T19:38:33.780" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un'espressione piuttosto strana che personalmente non ho mai sentito. &#xA;Ho appena chiesto al miei coinquilini, uno emiliano di Reggio e uno romagnolo di Rimini, e nemmeno loro dicono di averla mai sentita, quindi posso supporre che abbia una diffusione piuttosto limitata. A giudicare dai commenti, pare in uso soltanto nella zona di Bologna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo posso provare a supporre che si riferisca al gesto fisico di aprire la porta. I portoni degli edifici spesso si richiudono da soli, quindi uno strattone (un &quot;tiro&quot;) dato alla porta può consentire ad un altro di passare, lasciando poi chiudere la porta alle sue spalle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Francamente ho l'impressione che sia un'espressione molto molto localizzata. Pur essendo madrelingua, se qualcuno si riferisse a me chiedendomi di &quot;dare il tiro&quot; penserei di aver capito male e chiederei delucidazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T19:53:41.103" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T19:53:41.103" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1189" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-11T20:13:52.640" Score="22" ViewCount="28918" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do Italians respond to 'grazie' with 'di niente'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2017-10-05T07:06:40.033" Title="Why do Italians respond to 'grazie' with 'di niente'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1189" CreationDate="2013-11-11T20:15:59.543" Score="31" Body="&lt;p&gt;Because it means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You have nothing to thank me about&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is somehow equivalent to the English expressions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Don't mention it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Not at all&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  No worries&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/42697/different-ways-to-say-youre-welcome&quot;&gt;so on&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is minimizing the importance of what the person is thanking you for, letting her understand it wasn't a hassle for you, therefore resulting in a polite expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other alternative forms&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di nulla&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non c'è di che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the latter literally expressing the concept &lt;em&gt;Non c'è di che ringraziarmi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spanish and Portuguese, as well as French, do the same&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;De nada&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;De rien&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As suggested by I.M. in the comments this is also true in German&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Keine Ursache&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and Swedish&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ingen orsak&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and Danish&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ingen årsag&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-10-05T07:06:40.033" LastActivityDate="2017-10-05T07:06:40.033" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1189" CreationDate="2013-11-11T20:20:19.160" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's an equivalent of &quot;Not at all&quot; in British English and &quot;No problem&quot; in American English, used just as a &lt;em&gt;polite but informal&lt;/em&gt; reply after someone has thanked you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T20:27:09.047" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T20:27:09.047" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1192" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1212" CreationDate="2013-11-11T21:01:13.340" Score="21" ViewCount="2381" Body="&lt;p&gt;The use of prepositions, showing direction and answering the questions &quot;Dove?&quot; and &quot;Verso dove?&quot;, is usually explained with very few rules, such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; with the names of cities, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; with the names of countries, big islands and regions &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and then just as a list of cases to remember, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a casa, a scuola, a teatro&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;in banca, in chiesa, in centro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anybody give me a hint about the etymology of these two prepositions, which might explain the difference in their use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-21T08:32:54.873" LastActivityDate="2015-03-03T18:25:50.643" Title="Usage of prepositions &quot;a&quot; and &quot;in&quot; in statements about places and directions" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1193" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1195" CreationDate="2013-11-11T21:01:47.523" Score="7" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;When writing lists, it's sometimes the case in which the list is left non-terminated, using expressions like &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;et cetera&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;eccetera&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; or an ellipsis (&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the following examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Comma + ellipsis&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rosso, blu, verde, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Ellipsis only&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rosso, blu, verde ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Eccetera + ellipsis&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rosso, blu, verde, eccetera ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Eccetera + comma + ellipsis&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rosso, blu, verde, eccetera, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Eccetera + period&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rosso, blu, verde, eccetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a preferred and possibly most correct way of expressing such construct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is any of the previous combinations plain wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T09:26:24.740" Title="What's the correct way of writing a non-terminated list?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;list&gt;&lt;writing&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1193" CreationDate="2013-11-11T21:08:49.473" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Comma + ellipsis, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;right&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ellipsis only, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;acceptable&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eccetera + ellipsis, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;wrong&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eccetera + comma + ellipsis, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;wrong and unacceptable&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eccetera + period, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;acceptable, but &quot;ecc.&quot;, rather than &quot;eccetera + period&quot;, is preferable&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T21:08:49.473" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1193" CreationDate="2013-11-11T21:11:40.873" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although sometimes you do see eccetera (or etc) followed by ellipsis, in my opinion it cannot be correct. &quot;eccetera&quot; comes from latin &quot;et cetera&quot;, literally &quot;and other things&quot;; since you already stated that the list would continue with &quot;other things&quot;, there's nothing to be replaced by the ellipsis. Also, someone &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_8/interventi/3550.shtml&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; who did some research in literary texts states that he found no mention of &quot;etc...&quot; &amp;amp; co.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other forms are all used, but personally I prefer the first and the last; the second doesn't really feel right, because you are not omitting the end of the last element of the list, but all the elements after it, but probably it's my programmer's OCD kicking in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T21:11:40.873" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1193" CreationDate="2013-11-11T21:36:34.360" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Comma + ellipsis&lt;/strong&gt; is used mainly for listing the numbers (as you would do in mathematics: &lt;em&gt;1,2,3,...&lt;/em&gt;). Still, there should be no space between comma and ellipsis.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Ellipsis only&lt;/strong&gt; is used for listing the words (see the grammar examples &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=BCRXQfia26wC&amp;amp;pg=PA73&amp;amp;dq=puntini%20sospensione&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=QUyBUp-UBejy4QTc5YHoBA&amp;amp;ved=0CC8Q6AEwAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=puntini%20sospensione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=Xe2pkxDqG20C&amp;amp;pg=PA206&amp;amp;dq=puntini%20sospensione&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=QUyBUp-UBejy4QTc5YHoBA&amp;amp;ved=0CGcQ6AEwBw#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=puntini%20sospensione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/puntini_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Eccetera&lt;/strong&gt; means that the list is being continued, hence it could not use additional comma or ellipsis. The only right combination with &lt;em&gt;eccetera&lt;/em&gt; is the last one, and even in this case &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/eccetera/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;it's commonly&lt;/a&gt; cut down to &lt;em&gt;ecc.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-11T21:44:11.903" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T21:44:11.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1197" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-11T21:44:39.500" Score="14" ViewCount="10685" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are &quot;qui&quot; and &quot;qua&quot; entirely interchangeable? If not, could you cite general cases in which they are not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T23:54:41.107" Title="Are &quot;qui&quot; and &quot;qua&quot; entirely interchangeable?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1197" CreationDate="2013-11-11T21:50:18.983" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are completely interchangeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only reason I can think of for preferring one or the other is they way they sound in specific sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. in the phrase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se passi di qua andrai più veloce&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would rather use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se passi di qui andrai più veloce&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;since &lt;em&gt;andrai&lt;/em&gt; begins with an &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, and it sounds slightly better to put a word ending with &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; rather than one ending with &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; in front of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's really a matter of taste, though, as both phrases are completely acceptable to say or write.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-11T21:50:18.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1197" CreationDate="2013-11-11T22:08:39.207" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are indeed interchangeable but &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; is generally seen as less precise in terms of distance than &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; (see also the comments &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/Q/qua_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/qua2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;), e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Q: Dov'è Mario?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  A1: Boh. È qua.&lt;/em&gt; (meaning: here, in this place or in this building and not somewhere else, not in Alaska, for example)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;A2: È qui.&lt;/em&gt; (meaning: right here, in this room, next to me)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, using either &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; in any of these answers would be perfectly correct. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note also that only &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; might be used in combination with adverbs: &lt;em&gt;quassù, quaggiù&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I would usually say &lt;em&gt;Dammi qua&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; but, as Gabriele has said, this might be a matter of taste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Added after some googling: &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; should never, ever be used in &lt;em&gt;qui pro quo&lt;/em&gt;. Yes, it has nothing to do with the question, but it seems that some people do believe that the words are interchangeable also in this Latin sentence...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2017-12-17T14:58:48.900" LastActivityDate="2017-12-17T14:58:48.900" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1193" CreationDate="2013-11-12T09:26:24.740" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The ones I use are comma + ellipsis, and comma + &lt;em&gt;eccettera&lt;/em&gt;. What follows is the punctuation I would normally use: If it's the end of a sentence, I would use the period; if I am writing two connected sentences, I would use the semicolon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto le solite cose: alzarmi, fare colazione, vestirmi, rifare il letto, eccetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, for emphasis, I would write &lt;em&gt;eccettera, eccetera, eccetera&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;eccettera&lt;/em&gt;. Most of the times, when I do this, I am probably answering a question that bothered me, as when a person asks me the same question all the times, hoping I say something s/he doesn't like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T09:26:24.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1202" CreationDate="2013-11-12T09:31:34.540" Score="2" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;When writing a sentence that ends with an abbreviation, should I add the period, or should it be omitted?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto le solite cose: alzarmi, vestirmi, rifare il letto, fare colazione, controllare qualcosa su Internet, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto le solite cose: alzarmi, vestirmi, rifare il letto, fare colazione, controllare qualcosa su Internet, ecc..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am used to write in American English, and I would probably not add the period. Reading &lt;em&gt;ecc..&lt;/em&gt; seems strange to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does the same apply when the sentence ends with ellipsis?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto le solite cose: alzarmi, vestirmi, rifare il letto, fare colazione, controllare qualcosa su Internet…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto le solite cose: alzarmi, vestirmi, rifare il letto, fare colazione, controllare qualcosa su Internet….&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T10:32:13.803" Title="Period after abbreviation" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1201" CreationDate="2013-11-12T10:32:13.803" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Same as in English: there is no need to add another period in any case.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Regarding &lt;em&gt;ecc.&lt;/em&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se “ecc.” si trova a fine frase il punto fermo non va ripetuto. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://docenti.luiss.it/rocchini/suggerimenti-per-scrivere-la-tesi-di-laurea/norme-grafico-redazionali-per-tesisti/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se una frase termina con una abbreviazione (ecc., co.), il punto di quest’ultima vale anche come chiusura del periodo. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://publications.europa.eu/code/it/it-4100100.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding ellipsis:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;I puntini di sospensione sono sempre e solo tre: dopo di essi, anche in fine di periodo, non occorre aggiungere il punto fermo. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ocula.it/redazione/OCULA-Norme-generali-di-redazione.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;I punti di sospensione sono sempre in numero di tre, sia che si trovino alla fine, all'inizio o all'interno di un periodo. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punti_di_sospensione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T10:32:13.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1216" CreationDate="2013-11-12T10:57:21.793" Score="-2" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't figure out the past participle of the verb '&lt;strong&gt;irrompere&lt;/strong&gt;': it seems to be a compound form of the verb '&lt;strong&gt;rompere&lt;/strong&gt;', past participle of which is '&lt;strong&gt;rotto&lt;/strong&gt;', but '&lt;em&gt;irrotto&lt;/em&gt;' sounds very strange to me. Is this some kind of &lt;em&gt;irregular&lt;/em&gt; verb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="99" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T17:56:17.077" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T17:56:17.077" Title="Past participle of the verb 'irrompere'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2013-11-21T22:28:53.250" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1192" CreationDate="2013-11-12T11:02:58.400" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately there is no real rule for &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; in Italian; it's something you learn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some guidelines, but as you will see they don't cover all possible cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Country, region, big isle: &lt;strong&gt;In&lt;/strong&gt; - Abito in Italia, Vado in Sicilia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;City: &lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; - Vado a Genova, a Milano, a Londra &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Own home: &lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; - Vado a casa  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Someone's home: &lt;strong&gt;Da&lt;/strong&gt; - Vado da Marco, da mia nonna, da un'amica &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;With verbs: &lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; - Vado a mangiare/a dormire/a studiare &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Professional offices:  &lt;strong&gt;Dal/dalla&lt;/strong&gt; - Vado dal medico; vado&#xA;dall'avvocato; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Places with speficic role: &lt;strong&gt;In&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;al cinema, a teatro, a una mostra, a scuola&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in chiesa, in ospedale, in clinica&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T11:24:33.870" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T11:24:33.870" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1205" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1207" CreationDate="2013-11-12T11:03:26.287" Score="6" ViewCount="746" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some words ending in &lt;em&gt;cia/gia&lt;/em&gt; keep the letter &quot;i&quot; in the plural, while other similar words don't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Arancia&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;arance&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Camicia&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;camicie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Frangia&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;frange&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Valigia&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;valige&lt;/em&gt; (rare) or &lt;em&gt;valigie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &quot;i&quot; is not pronounced, what is the rule for keeping it in some words, but not in others?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-09T08:54:51.140" LastActivityDate="2015-10-24T08:01:21.397" Title="When is the letter &quot;i&quot; kept in the plural of a word ending in &quot;cia&quot;/&quot;gia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;plural&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1203" CreationDate="2013-11-12T11:04:58.217" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trattasi di verbo difettivo, dunque privo del participio passato e di conseguenza dei tempi composti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedere la voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/irrompere/&quot;&gt;&quot;Irrompere&quot; su Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt; per confronto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo in teoria, in pratica però &lt;em&gt;irrotto&lt;/em&gt; si usa all'occorrenza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedere per questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=irrotto&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,irrotto;,c0&quot;&gt;il risultato da Google Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T11:04:58.217" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1205" CreationDate="2013-11-12T11:06:36.393" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;A rule of the thumb is that if immediately before “-cia” or “-gia” there is a vowel, the plural is “-cie/-gie”; else it is “-ce/-ge”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T11:06:36.393" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1179" CreationDate="2013-11-12T11:24:03.190" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Conditional in a question adds a different flavour. It can be more politeness, like Skilwz suggested, but not always. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that in Italian if you want to be polite you can use the third person singular (or the second plural if you are from the South). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can imagine an university professor asks a student:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa sa/sapete dirmi su Luigi Rossi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if I hear (conditional, still third person singular)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa saprebbe dirmi su Luigi Rossi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I can guess that the professor is giving a last change to his student or he is just mocking him.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T11:24:03.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1187" CreationDate="2013-11-12T11:48:52.947" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è un'espressione tipicamente bolognese. A Bologna città ricca di portici, le case erano al primo piano, mentre al pian terreno c'erano i portoni che permettevano l'ingresso nei cortili interni dei palazzi. I portoni erano collegati con una corda agli appartamenti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così quando un ospite arrivava e voleva entrare chiedeva che qualcuno dal di dentro desse un tiro alla corda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In molti palazzi di Bologna e d'intorni all'interno del portone, invece dei classici pulsanti Luce e Porta, per accendere le luci nelle scale e aprire il portono, ci sono i pulsanti Luce e, appunto, Tiro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T11:48:52.947" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1203" CreationDate="2013-11-12T11:57:44.983" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's irregular, you can use &lt;code&gt;aver fatto irruzione&lt;/code&gt; if you need to use it with past. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Irrotto doesn't exist (we are still talking about a language, tomorrow irrotto can be perfectly correct). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T11:57:44.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1211" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-12T12:04:47.417" Score="8" ViewCount="12612" Body="&lt;p&gt;Giulia e Arianna parlano di Laura:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giulia: &amp;quot;Laura è eccessivamente impegnata nelle questioni sociali&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arianna: &amp;quot;Si, è vero! Il suo impegno &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;acca 24&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; inizia proprio ad&#xA;urtarmi&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giulia: &amp;quot;Cosaaa! &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;acca 24&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;?!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si evince dal dialogo descritto, Giulia non comprende cosa significhi &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;acca 24&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, forse perché è un'espressione che non si usa nei luoghi in cui ha vissuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste indicarmi se l'espressione &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;acca24&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è comunemente compresa in Italia, oppure se il suo uso è limitato ad alcune regioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-20T10:51:52.047" LastActivityDate="2020-06-20T10:51:52.047" Title="Cosa significa e dove si usa l'espressione &quot;acca 24&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1192" CreationDate="2013-11-12T12:06:58.087" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;The etymology of &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; is simple: they come from Latin &lt;em&gt;ad&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This &lt;em&gt;partly&lt;/em&gt; explains why we use both &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; to denote direction. But there's also &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; (which comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt;) and probably only someone really expert in the history of Italian can explain the last preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Latin &lt;em&gt;ad&lt;/em&gt; meant go towards some place, but not necessarily entering it. In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.04.0059:entry=ad&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the entry &lt;em&gt;ad&lt;/em&gt; of Lewis and Short&lt;/a&gt; we find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; implies entering: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.04.0059:entry=in1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the entry for &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; has&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I. in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  I. With abl.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  II. With acc.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  A. In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the Italian usage with towns and small islands is a direct descendant from Latin. A small island is probably identified with its main village or port, so &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; was felt inappropriate. A big island like Sicily had many towns and a vast land, so &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; was better suited.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We have &lt;em&gt;vado a casa&lt;/em&gt; because one's home is not really a building, but something more intimate. We can and do say &lt;em&gt;vado in casa&lt;/em&gt;, for example when I'm in my garden and want to say I'm going into the house. Conversely, &lt;em&gt;vado in ufficio&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;in chiesa&lt;/em&gt; because we enter a building. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My feeling is that with &lt;em&gt;scuola&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;teatro&lt;/em&gt; we don't identify them with a building, so they're abstractions, unless a particular school or theater is specified; not with &lt;em&gt;cinema&lt;/em&gt;, probably because it's a recent addition to the language. Here are some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vado a scuola, vado al liceo Fermi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vado a teatro, vado al teatro alla Scala&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vado al cinema, vado al cinema Altino (not any more, actually, it has been closed for many years) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For countries it's normally &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, but small countries often want &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;vado a San Marino&lt;/em&gt; (but &lt;em&gt;nel Lichtenstein&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;nel Lussemburgo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Side note.&lt;/strong&gt; As Mauro Vanetti brilliantly remarks in comments, it's not easy to know when an island is to be considered small. For instance, Cyprus is rather larger than Corsica, but we say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a Cipro&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in Corsica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so Cyprus is small and Corsica is big, according to the ‘rule’. Also Ceylon is considered small (although being much larger than Sicily, 65 610 km² against 25 711 km²), but it becomes a big island when called Sri Lanka. And &lt;em&gt;il Madagascar&lt;/em&gt; follows neither pattern, because it wants the article: maybe, at 587 041 km², it's too big even for an island; but no, Greenland is even bigger (2 166 086 km²) and we say &lt;em&gt;in Groenlandia&lt;/em&gt;. Other examples are &lt;em&gt;nel Borneo&lt;/em&gt; (743 330 km²) and &lt;em&gt;a Sumatra&lt;/em&gt; (473 481 km²): while Borneo is undoubtedly a big island, it's difficult to believe that Sumatra is small.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Toponyms are always a source for controversies, finding one's way in them is always a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-03-03T18:25:50.643" LastActivityDate="2015-03-03T18:25:50.643" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1211" CreationDate="2013-11-12T12:14:42.707" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Immagino sia usato come sinonimo di &quot;24 ore su 24&quot;, &quot;costante&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sinceramente come espressione mutuata dall'inglese &quot;H24&quot; la trovo molto milanese, ma soprattutto alquanto ridicola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T12:14:42.707" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1211" CreationDate="2013-11-12T12:25:46.307" Score="19" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;H24&lt;/em&gt; è entrata solo recentemente nel parlare comune e non è assolutamente accettata in un testo scritto. Il significato è &lt;em&gt;24 ore su 24&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un'espressione dialettale tipica del nord Italia diventata di uso comune dopo che il Presidente della Regione Lombardia Roberto Maroni la utilizzò più volte durante la campagna elettorale 2013.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il comico Crozza ne esaltò la &quot;milanesità&quot; durante i suoi show e permise all'espressione di diffondersi in tutto il paese. Per interesse tutto nacque da &lt;a href=&quot;http://video.corriere.it/dobbiamo-fare-pulizia/f0b21d0a-8351-11e1-b660-48593c628107&quot;&gt;questo video che trovi nel Corriere&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="124" LastEditorUserId="57" LastEditDate="2013-11-27T18:42:52.320" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T18:42:52.320" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1211" CreationDate="2013-11-12T12:36:50.487" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Acca 24&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;24 ore al giorno&lt;/em&gt;, and it is used to mean something done constantly and many times in a day. It comes from the name given to H in Italian, which stays for &lt;em&gt;hours&lt;/em&gt;. It doesn't come from English, since in English you say &lt;em&gt;24/7&lt;/em&gt; (24 hours per day, 7 days per week).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I disagree with you saying that Giulia doesn't understand the expression; I read it more than astonishment, in a negative way, about what Laura does. What I would expect after &lt;em&gt;Cosa! Acca 24?!&lt;/em&gt; would be something on the lines of &lt;em&gt;Ma è tutta scema!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have never heard the expression being widely used outside the context said from leoredi. Knowing English, I would probably understand it on the given context, but I am not sure everybody would understand it. It cannot even be considered a neologism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-07-17T09:27:36.413" LastActivityDate="2018-07-17T09:27:36.413" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1203" CreationDate="2013-11-12T12:53:06.503" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo Zingarelli reports that the past participle of &lt;em&gt;irrompere&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;irrotto&lt;/em&gt; and says that other compound tenses are rarely used. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PZF1P.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/irrompere/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; says that past participle and compound tenses are not used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would understand &lt;em&gt;irrotto&lt;/em&gt;, since it recalls the past participle of similar verbs like &lt;em&gt;corrompere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;corrotto&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;rompere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;rotto&lt;/em&gt;).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, instead of saying &lt;em&gt;la polizia è irrotta nel locale, bloccando ed arrestando quattro malviventi&lt;/em&gt;, I would say &lt;em&gt;la polizia ha fatto irruzione nel locale, bloccando ed arrestando quattro malviventi&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T12:53:06.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1217" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-12T13:10:08.793" Score="4" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sapreste indicarmi se &quot;&lt;em&gt;Permangono le tratte saltate o in ritardo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, frase scritta nell'edizione odierna del quotidiano &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lastampa.it/2013/11/12/italia/cronache/maltempo-due-morti-nelle-marche-freddo-e-vento-sferzano-tutta-litalia-zQBoaAUIIB9dKDG4OZrPqI/pagina.html&quot;&gt;La Stampa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, è un frammento intellegibile, o sintatticamente corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Permangono le tratte saltate o in ritardo&lt;/strong&gt; per i collegamenti navali, a causa delle condizioni del mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certo, dal contesto si comprende che il giornalista voglia riferirsi alla permanenza delle condizioni che impediscono il regolare servizio di collegamento marittimo fra l'Italia e la Sardegna, ma è mai possibile che si possa scrivere questa informazione in quel modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali sono, if any, gli errori di sintassi? Più precisamente, per esempio, possono &quot;le tratte saltate&quot;, e che quindi sono già &quot;saltate&quot;, permanere &quot;saltate&quot; nel tempo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-13T14:21:18.193" LastActivityDate="2013-11-13T18:45:13.390" Title="Quali sono gli errori di sintassi in &quot;permangono le tratte saltate o in ritardo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1218" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1226" CreationDate="2013-11-12T13:12:01.780" Score="9" ViewCount="649" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Lombardy, I often hear phrases like &lt;em&gt;sono dietro a cercare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; to mean &lt;em&gt;sto cercando qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that widely understood, or is there another way to translate the Present Progressive used in English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To my hears, &lt;em&gt;sono dietro a [infinitive]&lt;/em&gt; seems a literally translation of an Eastern Lombard phrase, but since there are Italian expressions like &lt;em&gt;stare dietro a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andare dietro a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;correre dietro a&lt;/em&gt;, I wonder if also &lt;em&gt;essere dietro a&lt;/em&gt; is understood outside Lombardy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-12T20:21:59.447" LastActivityDate="2018-11-12T20:21:59.447" Title="Is &quot;essere dietro a [infinitive]&quot; widely understood as &quot;star [gerund]&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1218" CreationDate="2013-11-12T13:23:39.733" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so, &quot;&lt;em&gt;sono dietro a cercare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, secondo me, esprime un senso di maggiore disperazione rispetto a &quot;&lt;em&gt;sto cercando qualcosa [qui dietro]&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; come se nel primo caso la ricerca fosse affannosa, quasi un evento indesiderato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, &quot;&lt;em&gt;sto cercando qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;&quot; esprime determinazione, quasi come se il &quot;ricercatore&quot; abbia precisa contezza della finalità e della utilità della sua azione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, as far as I can tell, &quot;&lt;em&gt;essere/stare/correre/andare dietro&lt;/em&gt;&quot; are commonly used, and understood, outside Lombardy, also in metaphorical sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T13:29:12.457" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T13:29:12.457" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1217" CreationDate="2013-11-12T13:27:08.120" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Permanere&quot; in quel caso vuol dire &quot;continuare ad essere, durare&quot;; significa che per i collegamenti navali, alcune &quot;corse&quot; non vengono effettuate o subiscono ritardi. Vuol dire che, supponendo ci sia una nave od un battello ogni 20 minuti, potrebbe succedere che il prossimo battello arrivi dopo 40 minuti, o che ci sia un battello dopo 30 e 40 minuti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase non ha errori di sintassi, anche se preferirei scrivere &quot;a causa delle condizioni del mare&quot; all'inizio. Si tratta soltanto di mettere enfasi su una diversa parte del frase, che nel caso riportato è &quot;permangono&quot;, la parte che per chi legge la notizia è probabilmente più importante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo riscrivere la frase, scriverei &quot;le tratte saltate o in ritardo permangono per i collegamenti navali, a causa delle condizioni del mare&quot; oppure &quot;a causa delle condizioni del mare, le tratte saltate o in ritardo permangono per i collegamenti navali&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Usando uno stile più giornalistico, più adatto ad un titolo, userei &quot;ancora ritardi e tratte saltate per i collegamenti navali&quot;. In questo caso, non si tratta di una frase completa, ma con un &quot;ci sono&quot; sotto inteso all'inizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T13:27:08.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1221" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1227" CreationDate="2013-11-12T13:34:23.740" Score="5" ViewCount="458" Body="&lt;p&gt;The plural of &lt;em&gt;braccio&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;braccia&lt;/em&gt;, and the plural of &lt;em&gt;avambraccio&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;avambracci&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why are the plural of those words so different, if they both are referring to parts of the human body, and &lt;em&gt;avambraccio&lt;/em&gt; derives from &lt;em&gt;braccio&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-11T14:37:07.607" LastActivityDate="2014-09-11T14:37:07.607" Title="Why is the plural of &quot;braccio&quot; and &quot;avambraccio&quot; different, even though the latter word derives from the former?" Tags="&lt;plural&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1222" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1223" CreationDate="2013-11-12T13:38:23.663" Score="9" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I remember my grandmother saying &lt;em&gt;sciò&lt;/em&gt; to keep away an animal that was getting too close to something or somebody, whatever it was a cat, a chicken, or a dog.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can that exclamation be used also for a person? If the answer is positive, in which cases is that acceptable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2018-09-22T09:36:21.430" Title="Can &quot;sciò&quot; be used for person? If so, in which cases can it be considered acceptable?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1223" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1222" CreationDate="2013-11-12T13:49:00.517" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard it used even for people, but only in familiar or informal contexts; typically it's used to shoo (!) away children or people engaging in child-like disturbing behavior.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless clearly joking (at least to some extent), I would say it's rude to use it with adult people who aren't intentionally bothering somebody: the &quot;target&quot; of the &lt;em&gt;sciò&lt;/em&gt; is put at the same level of an annoying animal or child, and is told to shoo away without even bothering to give a reason for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditDate="2018-09-22T09:36:21.430" LastActivityDate="2018-09-22T09:36:21.430" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1224" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1228" CreationDate="2013-11-12T14:11:05.767" Score="10" ViewCount="580" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it mandatory to write accented vowels to differentiate words that are written in the same way but that have different meanings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example is it correct to write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ieri ho mangiato una pesca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi vado a pesca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or should I write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ieri ho mangiato una pèsca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi vado a pésca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="99" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-14T17:11:42.630" Title="Usage of accented vowels in words that have same spelling but different meaning" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;&lt;homograph&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1225" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1235" CreationDate="2013-11-12T14:14:50.850" Score="34" ViewCount="23064" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always had trouble translating &quot;cool&quot; in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's tempting to translate the English term &quot;cool&quot; with &quot;figo&quot;; this seems to convey the wide &lt;em&gt;meaning&lt;/em&gt; of cool well enough (surely better than other common translations like &quot;fantastico&quot; or &quot;forte&quot;), but the &lt;em&gt;register&lt;/em&gt; is often inappropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cool&quot; is less colloquial than &quot;figo&quot;, and, most importantly, it doesn't have any vulgar connotation; I can say that something is &quot;figo&quot; when talking with a friend, but I would never say it to my boss or write it in an advertisement (while I've seen &quot;cool&quot; used in almost any non-extremely-formal context).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So: is there some way to convey both the wide meaning &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; the register of &quot;cool&quot; in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T14:20:03.950" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T05:58:41.423" Title="Is there an Italian equivalent word for &quot;cool&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1218" CreationDate="2013-11-12T14:29:55.957" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's used also in Veneto (&lt;em&gt;son drio a fare&lt;/em&gt;/*so drio fare*, depending on the actual location), but it should be marked as dialectal and not standard Italian. I don't think such an idiom would be understood outside Northern Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I was in elementary school, I frequently heard hypercorrections such as &lt;em&gt;sono dietro facendo&lt;/em&gt;. Our teachers always frowned upon usage of &lt;em&gt;sono dietro a fare&lt;/em&gt; (and they were right).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="559" LastEditDate="2014-04-09T09:45:01.050" LastActivityDate="2014-04-09T09:45:01.050" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1221" CreationDate="2013-11-12T14:31:24.627" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, some words have two plurals, and there's no general rule about them. In the case of &lt;em&gt;braccio&lt;/em&gt;, it can be related to human body, or to something else (e.g. &lt;em&gt;i bracci del lampadario&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same applies to a lot of other words, such as &lt;em&gt;grido&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;filo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;corno&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no other meaning for &lt;em&gt;avambracci&lt;/em&gt;, so there's no need for a different plural form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &lt;em&gt;bracci&lt;/em&gt; actually exists as plural, but I believe that a slightly different version (&lt;em&gt;braccia&lt;/em&gt;) found its space in language to mark in a stronger way the different meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, I don't know the exact reason why speaking about the human body &lt;em&gt;braccia&lt;/em&gt; has been chosen instead of &lt;em&gt;bracci&lt;/em&gt;. Also, a legit question would be why it applies to plural but not to the singular word, which is the same for different meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further information:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/plurali-doppi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/plurali-doppi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T14:31:24.627" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1224" CreationDate="2013-11-12T14:43:48.807" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, in general, even when there are different meanings, words are written without accents. In these cases, context is the only way to desume the word meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a few words the accent is mandatory to give them a specific meaning: for instance, &lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt; used as verb (verb &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt;, = &lt;em&gt;to give&lt;/em&gt;), even when the meaning is clear from the context. &lt;em&gt;Da&lt;/em&gt; could also be a preposition, so it's useful to discern the two cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here there's a vademecum form Accademia della Crusca: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/vademecum-sullaccento-indicarlo-pronunciarlo&quot;&gt;Vademecum sull'accento: quando indicarlo e dove pronunciarlo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When writing, not always you have to write the accent, actually the cases when it's mandatory are a few. [..] When writing, the accent is mandatory:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;when the word has the accent at the end and is composed by more than one syllabe (&lt;em&gt;la servitù emigrò in Perù&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;on the following one-syllabe words: &lt;em&gt;dà, dì, è, là, né, sé, sì, tè, ciò, già, giù, più, può, scià&lt;/em&gt;, but be aware that the first nine words of this list have some non accented equivalents that are written without accent.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;[follows a list of these 9 + 9 words with relative meanings]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, in words like &lt;em&gt;pesca&lt;/em&gt;, you can find the accent in dictionaries, where is shown to point out different meanings, but writing it in &quot;everyday life&quot; is an error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all the other words made by one syllable &lt;strong&gt;there is no written accent&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-13T03:48:41.820" LastActivityDate="2013-11-13T03:48:41.820" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1229" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1230" CreationDate="2013-11-12T14:49:07.607" Score="8" ViewCount="877" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where does the phrase &quot;non capiscono un'acca&quot; (meaning &quot;they are stupid&quot;) come from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that &quot;acca&quot; may mean the letter &quot;H&quot;, but I am not sure why not &quot;understanding&quot; it may be symptom of not being very smart...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe it comes from &quot;accidente&quot;? In which case, why would it mean what it means?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T17:47:26.257" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T11:50:57.540" Title="Etymology of &quot;non capisce un'acca&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1229" CreationDate="2013-11-12T15:04:57.010" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books/about/Frase_fatta_capo_ha_Dizionario_dei_modi.html?id=4BZbPgAACAAJ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Frase fatta capo ha. Dizionario dei modi di dire, proverbi e locuzioni di italiano&lt;/a&gt; di Giuseppe Pittàno (Zanichelli, 2009, p.202):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'identificazione &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;niente&lt;/em&gt; è dovuta al fatto che in latino la lettera &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;, in origine aspirata, pian piano si attenuò fino al perdere il valore di aspirazione. &lt;em&gt;Non capire un'acca&lt;/em&gt; quindi significa &lt;em&gt;non capire niente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Translation&lt;/strong&gt;: Identification of the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; with &amp;quot;nothing&amp;quot; comes from the fact that, in Latin, the letter &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;, at first aspirate, has gradually muted. &lt;em&gt;Non capire un'acca&lt;/em&gt; means &amp;quot;(to) not understand anything at all.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T11:50:57.540" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1231" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1234" CreationDate="2013-11-12T15:38:30.917" Score="8" ViewCount="744" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do all Italian adjectives have to agree with the noun in gender and number? What if you include a color? For example, &quot;a light green car&quot; should be &quot;una macchina verde chiara&quot; but I cannot find any examples of the color verde used with the feminine form of the adjective chiaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="53" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T18:50:58.540" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T18:50:58.540" Title="Do adjectives always agree with nouns in gender and number?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1231" CreationDate="2013-11-12T15:54:59.193" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your example the color of the car is &quot;light green&quot;, it's like you say &quot;una macchina di color verde chiaro&quot; or more shortly &quot;una macchina verde chiaro&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it's simplier to understand with yellow: &quot;una macchina gialla&quot;, but &quot;una macchina (color) giallo chiaro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you can say &quot;una tonalità (shade) verde chiara&quot; even if &quot;una tonalità (color) verde chiaro&quot; is possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T17:42:52.417" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T17:42:52.417" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1225" CreationDate="2013-11-12T16:03:15.020" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &quot;bello&quot; or &quot;grande&quot; (beside &quot;fantastico&quot; and &quot;forte&quot; that you've mentioned) to translate &quot;cool&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T16:38:23.007" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T16:38:23.007" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1231" CreationDate="2013-11-12T16:55:11.033" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adjectives always have to agree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example you mention is actually very good, because it shows a mismatch in this sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una macchina verde chiaro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because &lt;em&gt;chiaro&lt;/em&gt; here refers to &quot;verde&quot; and not to &quot;macchina&quot;. So you need the masculine because of the agreement with verde itself, &quot;verde chiaro&quot; is a composite adjective.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T16:55:11.033" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1225" CreationDate="2013-11-12T17:30:38.373" Score="31" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid there's no way of conveying both meaning and register.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's a few options, each one of them has issues&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;figo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, vulgar connotation, possibly NSFW&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, slightly less vulgar than &lt;em&gt;figo&lt;/em&gt;, but probably not enough&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, appropriate in some contexts, but it generally loses the meaning&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;forte&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, only works in some sentences (&lt;em&gt;Forte quel tipo!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Forte!&lt;/em&gt;), but it can have other meanings&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tosto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, again, works only with specific sentences&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only word I know people have being using to translate &lt;em&gt;cool&lt;/em&gt; almost directly is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;togo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I came to know it as an expression used in the popular sitcom &lt;em&gt;Camera Cafè&lt;/em&gt; by the character &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silvano_Rogi&quot;&gt;Silvano&lt;/a&gt;, but it apparently has older origins. According to the comments it was used a lot in the 80's, &#xA;but I don't know the etymology of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has basically the same meaning of &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;figo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, without the vulgar connotation.&#xA;However it sounds a little bit weird/lame, and I wouldn't feel comfortable in using it nowadays. Nonetheless I've heard people saying it in exclamations (and I always look at them suspiciously...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T17:52:01.667" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T17:52:01.667" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1224" CreationDate="2013-11-12T18:37:32.310" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, we don't use accents to distinguish between words that are written the same way, but pronounced differently; the meaning and pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;pesca&lt;/em&gt; (fishing or peach) are easily understood from the context. Actually, the fruit is pronounced &lt;em&gt;pésca&lt;/em&gt; in many parts of Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other homographic words that can be difficult to pronounce: &lt;em&gt;capitano&lt;/em&gt; is a verb if pronounced &lt;em&gt;càpitano&lt;/em&gt; (they happen), while it's a noun if pronounced &lt;em&gt;capitàno&lt;/em&gt; (captain). Also &lt;em&gt;ancora&lt;/em&gt; which is an adverb if pronounced &lt;em&gt;ancóra&lt;/em&gt; (still, yet) or a noun if pronounced &lt;em&gt;àncora&lt;/em&gt;. Another common word is &lt;em&gt;principi&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;prìncipi&lt;/em&gt; is ‘princes’, while &lt;em&gt;princìpi&lt;/em&gt; is ‘principles’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just read today on the newspaper a letter where the missing accent in &lt;em&gt;princìpi&lt;/em&gt; is lamented. Actually the object is wrong: the vast majority of Italian words are accented on the penultimate syllable, so the graphic accent on &lt;em&gt;princìpi&lt;/em&gt; would be absurd; I could understand accentuating &lt;em&gt;prìncipi&lt;/em&gt; in case of possible ambiguity. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in general, accents are &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; marked in Italian, except, curiously, when they fall on the final vowel of the word. It's a very old orthographic convention, reminding when the fall of a final syllable was marked: &lt;em&gt;cittade&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;bontade&lt;/em&gt; became &lt;em&gt;città&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;bontà&lt;/em&gt;. The apostrophe was later turned into an accent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course there's no real reason, other than respecting history, to mark those accents now that the ‘full’ words are not used any more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T18:37:32.310" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1175" CreationDate="2013-11-12T18:53:02.097" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Present perfect is translated in Italian with &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; when:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;there is an implicit link between past and present, the action is completed an the focus is on the effects of the action&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I have cleaned up the room.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ho pulito la stanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with &lt;em&gt;just&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;already&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;yet&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ever&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We have just married.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ci siamo appena sposati.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;or&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Have you ever played tennis? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Hai mai giocato a tennis? &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will translate it with &lt;em&gt;present&lt;/em&gt; when you speak about duration, as in your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I have walked in the park for a year. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Cammino nel parco da un anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T09:48:24.403" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:48:24.403" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1238" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-12T20:01:40.093" Score="9" ViewCount="2289" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian there's the usage of &quot;darsi del tu&quot; (referring to your interlocutor in second person singular) and &quot;darsi del lei&quot; (using instead the feminine third person singular).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the difference? In what contexts should I prefer one form over the other? What is the origin of these forms? And are there other pronominal weridnesses I should be aware of?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-26T20:53:02.153" LastActivityDate="2018-10-26T20:53:02.153" Title="Difference between &quot;darsi del tu&quot; and &quot;del lei&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1239" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-12T20:37:04.513" Score="4" ViewCount="413" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conoscete quali siano le ragioni per le quali alcuni, cosiddetti, &lt;em&gt;ultras&lt;/em&gt; nel rivolgersi alle tifoserie delle squadre loro avversarie, dicono o intonano questo ritornello&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oah! Oah! &lt;em&gt;Vi spezziamo le reni&lt;/em&gt; ... Oah! Oah! &lt;em&gt;Vi spezziamo le reni&lt;/em&gt; ... Oah! Oah! &lt;em&gt;Vi spezziamo le reni&lt;/em&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioé, perché il riferimento è proprio ai reni, che chiamano &quot;le reni&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopotutto, loro, quegli &lt;em&gt;ultras&lt;/em&gt;, potrebbero dire &quot;vi spacchiamo la testa&quot; o &quot;vi rompiamo le gambe&quot; o, ancora &amp;mdash; volendo rifersi ad un organo interno &amp;mdash; &quot;vi rompiamo il cranio / la milza / il fegato &lt;em&gt;and so on&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, ma no, no; loro citano i reni. Perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T22:17:56.567" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T23:59:51.353" Title="Why is &quot;vi spezzeremo le reni&quot; used?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1239" CreationDate="2013-11-12T20:39:44.927" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un riferimento ad un modo di dire di epoca fascista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Frase originale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Affermai cinque anni fa: spezzeremo le reni al Negus. Ora, con la stessa certezza assoluta, ripeto assoluta, vi dico che spezzeremo le reni alla Grecia in due o dodici mesi poco importa, la guerra è appena cominciata!&#xA;  (Benito Mussolini)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spezzeremo_le_reni&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="116" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T20:39:44.927" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2013-11-12T20:49:50.183" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian has two forms of address meaning &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; in the singular: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (the informal form) used with friends, family, children and animals; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (the formal form, normally written with uppercase &quot;L&quot;), which is used in business situations, such as in a shop or a bank, with new acquaintances (until invited to use &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;) and with people older than you or considered worthy of respect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a formal form of address for more than one person (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Loro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;) which a waiter or hotel receptionist may use when addressing more than one client.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T20:49:50.183" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1242" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-12T21:17:41.263" Score="5" ViewCount="2385" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vivo in Italia da trentun anni e ricordo che un tempo gli spazzini, coloro che puliscono le strade e i marciapiedi, si chiamavano spazzini. Sennonché sembra che da alcuni anni a questa parte il termine &lt;em&gt;de quo&lt;/em&gt; sia in disuso, essendo stato sostituito dalla locuzione &quot;operatore ecologico&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi quali siano le origini di questa evoluzione lessicale, magari mostrando un Ngram che la evidenzi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono un nostalgico, ma, dopo tutto, non posso non osservare che le città italiane erano molto più pulite quando gli &quot;operatori ecologici&quot; si chiamavano &quot;spazzini&quot;, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-12T23:03:07.400" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T16:48:56.607" Title="Perché in Italia gli spazzini si chiamano &quot;operatori ecologici&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1243" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-12T21:57:43.807" Score="5" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sia i coperchi che le pentole sono rossi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sia i coperchi che le pentole sono rosse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con cosa dovrebbe concordare il colore delle pentole e dei coperchi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a. con pentole perché le pentole sono più grandi dei coperchi (1 is wrong);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b. con coperchi perché il genere maschile prevale sul genere femminile (1 is right);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c. con coperchi perché i coperchi stanno sopra le pentole (1 is right);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d. con pentole perché le pentole precedono immediatamente prima l'aggettivo (1 is wrong).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T21:31:19.687" Title="Which gender for adjectives referred to multiple nouns of different genders?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1242" CreationDate="2013-11-12T22:12:19.137" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già diceva Matteo nei commenti, si tratta di un'evoluzione del linguaggio verso il &lt;em&gt;politically correct&lt;/em&gt;. Per cui i nani sono diversamente alti, gli spazzini sono operatori ecologici e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BB6LtS-FNR4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;come diceva Bisio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono mica calvo, ho soltanto, certo sì, la riga in mezzo che è un po' larga&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una tendenza (che personalmente non gradisco) a considerare certe condizioni come umilianti o degradanti e cercare di &amp;quot;addolcire la pillola&amp;quot; mediante l'utilizzo di tecnicismi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi su due piedi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;handicappato → diversamente abile/disabile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;commesso → addetto/consulente di vendita&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;colf / donna delle pulizie → collaboratrice domestica&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A mio modesto modo di vedere - a costo di risultare cinico - l'utilizzo di termini inutilmente pomposi o ridondanti non fa altri che rimarcare la bassa considerazione nei confronti di tali categorie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se dico spazzino, intendo spazzino, né più né meno. Se una persona si prende il disturbo di utilizzare il termine &lt;em&gt;operatore ecologico&lt;/em&gt;, che è chiaramente meno naturale, almeno nel parlato, probabilmente questa persona giudica tale categoria come degradante e si sente in dovere di compensare utilizzando un nome tecnico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non dico che sia vero in ogni caso, ma personalmente la reputo una tendenza ipocrita della nostra società, che si sta manifestando nella lingua nel modo che hai evidenziato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;EDIT&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come mi è stato fatto notare nei commenti, la risposta non contempla l'evoluzione lessicale del termine, che quindi aggiungo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quanto dimostra &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=operatore%20ecologico&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,operatore%20ecologico;,c0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo Ngram&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/mOXNz.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il termine pare avere origine alla fine degli anni 70, fino a raggiungere il massimo della propria diffusione a inizio anni 90. In relazione a quanto detto sopra, pare quindi che l'utilizzo di eufemismi per riferirsi a mestieri considerati degradanti abbia origine in quegli anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A conferma di questa ipotesi, altri termini menzionati sopra dimostrano una tendenza molto simile. Ad esempio questo l&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=collaboratrice%20domestica&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,collaboratrice%20domestica;,c0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;'Ngram di &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;collaboratrice domestica&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/sgAJ7.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=disabile&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,disabile;,c0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quello di &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;disabile&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/JDV7y.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T16:48:56.607" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1243" CreationDate="2013-11-12T22:13:34.957" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;b. perché in italiano, come in molte altre lingue indoeuropee, il maschile è il genere “non marcato” (cioè quello usato anche in situazioni generiche, oltre che per denotare specificamente esseri di sesso maschile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se i nomi sono di genere diverso, l'aggettivo assume il numero plurale e, di preferenza, il genere maschile; «tale preferenza» – fanno notare Dardano-Trifone [...] – «si spiega col valore più vicino al ‘neutro’ del maschile rispetto al femminile».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;da &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni, Garzanti 1997, pag. 141 (che peraltro consiglio di tenere sempre sotto mano per tutti i dubbi linguistici).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-12T22:13:34.957" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1247" CreationDate="2013-11-12T23:50:21.267" Score="8" ViewCount="1251" Body="&lt;p&gt;Girando per Milano ci sono tantissimi cartelli relativi ad appartamenti che sono in vendita (e che spesso restano invenduti per parecchio tempo). Quando questi appartamenti sono in un edificio di nuova costruzione, è facile che il cartello si riferisca a più di uno e qui inizia il mio dilemma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se la locuzione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Vendesi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; deriva chiaramente dalla forma &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Si vende&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, allo stesso modo, quando abbiamo a che fare con un sostantivo plurale, dobbiamo dire &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Si vendono&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; da cui deriva &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Vendonsi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È però rarissimo che tale forma verbale venga utilizzata e di solito si trova il singolare impiegato anche per la vendita di più cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sotto il profilo grammaticale so che tale forma è sbagliata, ma vorrei sapere se i testi di grammatica ed i dizionari iniziano a tollerarla oppure no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="159" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-13T00:09:46.523" LastActivityDate="2015-11-09T00:13:33.323" Title="&quot;Vendesi&quot; oppure &quot;Vendonsi&quot; appartamenti?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1246" CreationDate="2013-11-13T00:04:05.560" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il sito dell'Accademia della Crusca suggerisce che l'espressione &quot;Vendonsi&quot; sia meno usata, ma più corretta quando si parla di più appartamenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/vendonsi-affittansi-consigli-linguistici&quot;&gt;Qui più informazioni&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Va tuttavia considerato che, per una serie di motivi, è - e&#xA;  probabilmente sarà sempre - più comune trovare le forme singolari&#xA;  usate anche per il plurale. Su questo fatto incide certamente la&#xA;  lessicalizzazione delle forme vendesi e affittasi, e il loro essere&#xA;  diventate quasi un marchio pubblicitario (i cartelli degli annunci,&#xA;  simili a quelli riportati in fondo a questa risposta, riportano quasi&#xA;  esclusivamente queste forme, anche perché capita più spesso di dover&#xA;  vendere o affittare una cosa per volta). Non dimentichiamo poi&#xA;  l'usanza di impiegare il verbo al singolare anche per il plurale nel&#xA;  caso di soggetti posposti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="159" LastEditDate="2013-11-13T00:32:20.640" LastActivityDate="2013-11-13T00:32:20.640" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1256" CreationDate="2013-11-13T12:19:08.747" Score="33" ViewCount="22245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some adjectives seem to change meaning depending on the position (before of after the noun), e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un bambino piccolo - &lt;em&gt;a young child&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un piccolo bambino - &lt;em&gt;a small child&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other simply don't &amp;quot;sound good&amp;quot; in a given position, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un lungo treno blu - &lt;em&gt;sounds good to me&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un blu treno lungo - &lt;em&gt;not good&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does the Italian language have any rule for adjective order?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user68" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T12:06:45.723" Title="What is the rule for adjective order?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1248" CreationDate="2013-11-13T14:28:26.263" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a very interesting question. The position of the adjectives in Italian can completely change the meaning, as you pointed out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, when an adjective states an &lt;strong&gt;objective property&lt;/strong&gt; of the related noun, it tends to keep its &quot;regular&quot; position, which is usually after the noun itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When there's some kind of &lt;strong&gt;subjective evaluation&lt;/strong&gt;, usually the adjective is placed before the noun. (On the other hand, please keep in mind that this is not true for all the cases when the adjective preceedes the noun).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What said also explains why in your second example &lt;em&gt;un lungo treno blu&lt;/em&gt; sounds better than &lt;em&gt;un blu treno lungo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/posizione-dellaggettivo-qualificativo-italia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sulla posizione dell'aggettivo qualificativo in italiano&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T09:49:37.450" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:49:37.450" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1250" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-13T18:22:53.047" Score="2" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spesso sento parlare di &lt;em&gt;assi&lt;/em&gt; che si formano fra individui e/o insiemi di individui e/o società commerciali e/o altri soggetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prescindendo dall'ovvietà secondo la quale in relazione al contesto ogni parola può avere connotazioni negative, sapreste indicarmi se la parola &lt;em&gt;asse&lt;/em&gt; assume preferibilmente una tale connotazione o meno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, si supponga di leggere su un giornale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... i partiti X e Y hanno formato un asse per la riforma della legge elettorale ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dovrebbe il lettore pensare che il giornalista che ha scritto quella frase voglia gettare un'ombra sul rapporto fra i partiti X e Y? O, in alternativa, dovrebbe il lettore pensare che quell'asse possa produrre effetti favorevoli in ordine alla riforma &lt;em&gt;de quo&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-13T23:02:51.267" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T01:39:45.037" Title="Quale connotazione può assumere la parola &quot;asse&quot; allorché sia usata in senso figurato?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1217" CreationDate="2013-11-13T18:45:13.390" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me la frase è errata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le tratte non possono essere in ritardo o peggio ancora saltate, lo si capisce sostituendo tratte con un sinonimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Permangono i &lt;strong&gt;percorsi&lt;/strong&gt; saltati o in ritardo per i collegamenti navali,&#xA;  a causa delle condizioni del mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possono saltare (o essere in ritardo) i collegamenti, le corse, i treni, i traghetti, ma non le strade, le rotte, i percorsi o i binari (a meno di non usare la dinamite).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può saltare la corrente (o per metonimia la linea elettrica), ma non salta il palo della luce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2013-11-13T18:45:13.390" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1250" CreationDate="2013-11-13T18:50:38.110" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'asse per antonomasia è stato purtroppo quello Roma-Berlino, per questo motivo solitamente la parola asse, intesa come accordo, ha un'accezione se non negativa, di certo poco lusinghiera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parlando poi di partiti politici se X e Y sono su posizioni avverse per altre cose, un'asse per la legge elettorale può significare che quei due partiti si stanno accordando per il loro tornaconto. Altrimenti il giornalista avrebbe parlato più semplicemente di accordo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Asse, almeno per me, mette in relazione due elementi distanti che si accordano per un vantaggio comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2013-11-13T18:50:38.110" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1250" CreationDate="2013-11-13T18:54:32.057" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non c'è connotazione negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;asse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ha lo stesso significato letterale dell'inglese &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;shaft&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;axis&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;), ossia un elemento rigido che mette in contatto due strutture, causandone un movimento dipendente l'una dall'altra, come appunto l'asse tra due ruote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato significa che i due partiti si sono accordati e quindi &quot;si muovono insieme&quot;, il che rappresenta un'informazione piuttosto neutrale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'informazione può assumere un connotato negativo (i due partiti si sono accordati per il loro tornaconto) o positiva (i due partiti stanno facilitando una decisione grazie al loro accordo), ma questo prescinde dall'utilizzo del termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;asse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Senza ulteriore contesto è impossibile dire se la frase citata come esempio ha valore positivo, negativo o neutrale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-14T01:39:45.037" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T01:39:45.037" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1254" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-13T19:04:51.030" Score="3" ViewCount="3146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, ho sentito questa espressione alcune volte e ho imparato a ripeterla, ma ho l'impressione che non tutti la comprendano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi se si tratta di un localismo o se, magari, chi non la comprende dovrebbe invece impararla in quanto comunemente in uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giuletta, con tutte queste cose da fare stai lì a girarti i pollici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, non sono sicuro che l'espressione maggiormente in uso sia &quot;girarsi i pollici&quot; piuttosto che &quot;rigirarsi i pollici&quot;. Sicché chiedo lumi anche su questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-18T18:06:30.527" LastActivityDate="2014-08-18T18:06:30.527" Title="Sapreste dirmi se &quot;girarsi i pollici&quot; è una espressione comunemente usata?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1254" CreationDate="2013-11-13T19:16:25.333" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente è italiano, magari non è più tanto usata come un tempo come sinonimo di far niente, grattarsi la pancia, stare con le mani in mano, oziare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come tutte le parole e i modi di dire, anche girarsi i pollici subisce il mutare dei tempi e oggi è più facile sentirsi dire che &quot;non si sta facendo un cavolo&quot; o &quot;si sta perdendo tempo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2013-11-13T19:16:25.333" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1248" CreationDate="2013-11-13T19:30:34.213" Score="26" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, Italian has certain rules on the adjectives order and they are quite strict, in fact. The question appears to be perfectly academic, by the way, because the full set of explanations why &lt;em&gt;un blu treno lungo&lt;/em&gt; does not (and could not) sound good takes a doctoral thesis.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, anybody interested in the perfect and detailed description could consult:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ramaglia, Francesca (2008), &lt;em&gt;La sintassi degli aggettivi e la proiezione estesa del NP (tesi di dottorato)&lt;/em&gt;, Roma, Università degli Studi Roma Tre. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dspace-roma3.caspur.it/bitstream/2307/129/1/Tesi_Dottorato_Francesca%20Ramaglia.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;chapter 2.3&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cinque, Guglielmo (2010), &lt;em&gt;The Syntax of Adjectives. A comparative study&lt;/em&gt;, Cambridge, MA, MIT Press. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=-k35KGxDWTgC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;chapter 6&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general scheme of adjectives usage looks like this (adapted from Ramaglia (2008: 131)):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Functional adjectives: quality - size - time - shape - colour &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Noun&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Descriptive adjectives: colour - shape - time - size - quality  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first group of adjectives (prenominal) is &lt;em&gt;connotative&lt;/em&gt;, implying or suggesting something in addition to the noun. The second group of adjectives (postnominal) is &lt;em&gt;denotative&lt;/em&gt;, showing, designing, or indicating something about the noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some adjectives may appear only in one position, either before or after the noun. Always &lt;strong&gt;after&lt;/strong&gt; the noun appear &lt;em&gt;classificatory adjectives&lt;/em&gt; and adjectives of &lt;em&gt;provenance/nationality&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;il comitato centrale (never: il centrale comitato)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;un vaso cinese (never: un cinese vaso)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Always &lt;strong&gt;before&lt;/strong&gt; the noun appear such adjectives as &lt;em&gt;presunto, sedicente&lt;/em&gt; &quot;alleged&quot;, &lt;em&gt;ex&lt;/em&gt; &quot;former&quot;, &lt;em&gt;futuro&lt;/em&gt; &quot;future, next in turn&quot;, &lt;em&gt;mero&lt;/em&gt; &quot;mere&quot;, and some other.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But many adjectives may appear &lt;strong&gt;before or after&lt;/strong&gt; the noun with an inherent change in their meaning. The OP has given two excellent examples with the word &lt;em&gt;piccolo&lt;/em&gt;. Such shift in the meaning is even more evident if the same adjective is used both before and after the noun, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;un vecchio amico vecchio&lt;/em&gt;  &#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;un vecchio amico = a friend since (some point in) the past  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;un amico vecchio = a friend, who is old  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;un povero uomo povero&lt;/em&gt;  &#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;un povero uomo = a poor (=pitiful) man  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;un uomo povero = a poor (=with no money) man  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;le numerose famiglie numerose che si erano presentate&lt;/em&gt;  &#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;numerose famiglie = numerous (=many) families  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;le famiglie numerose = the numerous (=with many members) families&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more examples of such adjectives, please refer to the above-mentioned works and to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/aggettivi_%28altro%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, coming back to the examples from the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;un lungo treno blu&lt;/em&gt; sounds good because one assesses a type of the train and also describes its color.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;un blu treno lungo&lt;/em&gt; could not sound good unless color is a function of this train.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;un verde treno&lt;/em&gt;, as proposed by nico in the comments, may sound good if:&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it's in a poetic context (the train is green and blossoming because it's the spring/summer time);  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it implies that this train is young; or  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it implies that the train is sick.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-11-01T12:06:45.723" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T12:06:45.723" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1254" CreationDate="2013-11-13T19:35:39.860" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;girare i pollici&quot; è comunemente usata per dire che qualcuno perde tempo senza fare niente. È capita dalla maggior parte delle persone, visto che non è un'espressione locale.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Forse dipende più dall'età della persona che dalla provenienza geografica; persone giovani potrebbero non capirla. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre sentito dire &quot;girarsi i pollici&quot;, non &quot;rigirarsi i pollici&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="87" LastEditDate="2013-11-13T23:01:20.037" LastActivityDate="2013-11-13T23:01:20.037" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1258" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-14T00:19:54.530" Score="12" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è capitato di recente di imbattermi in questa frase :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo zio Giovanni? &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dimenticatelo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, visto che non risponde da anni alle nostre lettere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quel caso, la frase era parte di un racconto più lungo e quindi l'interpretazione della forma verbale era semplificata da informazioni precedenti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà però si tratta di una espressione decisamente ambigua, almeno nella forma scritta, in quanto il soggetto del verbo &lt;em&gt;dimenticatelo&lt;/em&gt; dipende da dove cade l'accento. Se infatti leggiamo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;diménticatelo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, stiamo suggerendo ad una seconda persona singolare di dimenticarsi di qualcuno; se al contrario leggiamo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dimenticàtelo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, lo stesso suggerimento viene dato ad almeno due persone (seconda persona plurale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto vorrei sapere se esiste una metodologia per identificare il corretto significato di una frase simile quando la troviamo in forma scritta (anche perché gli accenti che io ho indicato non sono mai presenti), oppure se l'unica maniera è avere un contesto a cui far riferimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="159" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T00:54:04.523" Title="&quot;Diménticatelo&quot; oppure &quot;Dimenticàtelo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1258" CreationDate="2013-11-14T00:40:38.270" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono forme omografe e di funzione grammaticale identica, se non ci sono appigli di contesto o di eventuali concordanze nella frase è impossibile stabilire a priori quale intendesse l'autore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti, un revisore coscienzioso dovrebbe segnalare il problema se la forma risulta ambigua nella frase, e non a caso più di una volta credo di aver trovato scritta la forma in questione disambiguata esplicitamente con accenti tonici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditDate="2013-11-14T00:54:04.523" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T00:54:04.523" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1260" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-14T01:03:25.407" Score="6" ViewCount="1722" Body="&lt;p&gt;Girando per il Sud dell'Italia non è infrequente sentir dire 'crè', 'piscrè' e 'piscrìgh', quali parole dialettali significanti, rispettivamente, domani, dopodomani e il giorno successivo a dopodomani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiaramente, così come accade per l'inglese, in assenza di un alfabeto fonetico le tre parole che ho scritto usando le lettere dell'alfabeto italiano, pur con gli accenti, non colgono precisamente il suono delle stesse, e sono possibili variazioni da una località a l'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pur nelle possibili diversità, vi risulta che nei dialetti parlati nel Nord dell'Italia vi sia una parola che significhi 'il giorno dopo dopodomani', o addirittura una  parola che significhi 'il giorno successivo al giorno dopo dopodomani'? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-15T04:29:18.913" LastActivityDate="2017-09-23T15:12:17.287" Title="Esiste una parola che significhi 'il giorno dopo dopodomani'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1260" CreationDate="2013-11-14T01:16:29.123" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, there are no words meaning &quot;in three days&quot;, besides the obvious (&quot;fra tre giorni&quot;), but there are really many ways to say &quot;the day after tomorrow&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Dopodomani&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Posdomani&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Domani l'altro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably if you said &quot;Dopodomani l'altro&quot; you may be understood but it's not an idiom I've heard before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/domani/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;you can say (although it's rare to hear)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Domani a otto (o domani otto), meaning &quot;tomorrow week&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Domani a quindici (o domani quindici), meaning &quot;tomorrow fortnight&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, again, stretching Italian quite a lot, maybe you could say &quot;Domani a tre&quot;, but I doubt this would be understood at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-14T11:23:09.750" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T11:23:09.750" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1262" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-14T01:21:54.233" Score="10" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;Clearly &quot;mattina&quot; and &quot;pomeriggio&quot; are nouns. For example &lt;em&gt;&quot;la mattina ha l'oro in bocca&quot;&lt;/em&gt; uses &quot;mattina&quot; as subject of the phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when I say &quot;Ci vediamo domani mattina&quot; is &quot;mattina&quot; an adverb like &quot;domani&quot;? If not, isn't it missing a preposition (for example &quot;domani di mattina&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, is it correct to say &quot;Ci vediamo pomeriggio?&quot; (or &quot;mattina&quot;)? If not, why not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-15T12:17:24.363" Title="Are &quot;mattina&quot; and &quot;pomeriggio&quot; also adverbs?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1183" CreationDate="2013-11-14T07:44:50.087" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;If we focus on the lexical level, the answer is yes, Dante was a creator of many words and expressions that we use.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, according to some statistic &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dante_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, 90% of the basic Italian lexicon in use nowadays (that is, 90% out of 2000 most common words, which are in turn 90% of what is said, read, and written every day) are already in &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, Dante's neologisms include &lt;em&gt;accidioso, cencro, contrappasso, imparadisare, indiarsi, indovarsi, inforsarsi, infuturarsi, inmiarsi e intuarsi, e anche inluiarsi e inleiarsi, inmillarsi, inurbarsi, inzaffirarsi, lonza, squadernare, trascolorare, trasmodare, trasmutare, trasumanare, trasvolare, veltro&lt;/em&gt;, and many others. Yes, they were mainly derivatives from the words already known to the reader at the time, but that was exactly the point: to invent some new words but to make sure that the readers would still be able to understand them. A vast majority of 1700 words that are allegedly invented by Shakespeare consists also of derivatives.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Third, just like Shakespeare, Dante has made popular many phrases, which are now used as idioms. The (more or less) full list of his expressions is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dantismi_%28altro%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more information on the topic, one may consult:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Baldelli, Ignazio (1996), &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.viv-it.org/sites/default/files/u80/Baldelli.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dante e la lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, Firenze, Accademia della Crusca.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fauriel, Claude Charles, Ardizzone, Girolamo (1856), &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/danteeleoriginid02faur&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dante e le origini della lingua e della letteratura italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, Palermo, La Societa libraria, A. Russo e comp.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="3378" LastEditDate="2017-03-26T10:45:00.220" LastActivityDate="2017-03-26T10:45:00.220" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1262" CreationDate="2013-11-14T09:33:59.297" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the phrase “Ci vediamo domani mattina”, “domani mattina” as a whole is an adverbial phrase (&lt;em&gt;locuzione avverbiale&lt;/em&gt;), and as such it does not need a preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can't say “Ci vediamo pomeriggio (mattina)”, because you either need to specify which day (like “oggi pomeriggio” or “domani mattina”) or use a preposition if the context is clear (“quando arrivi domani?” “arrivo nel pomeriggio”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use an indeterminate article if you want to express that the day you are referring to is (still) unknown (“ti telefono una mattina”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say “domani di mattina”: while maybe less elegant (probably subjective), it puts a slight emphasis on the fact that it's in the morning compared to “domani mattina”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-15T04:27:24.717" LastActivityDate="2013-11-15T04:27:24.717" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1265" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1348" CreationDate="2013-11-14T15:44:50.990" Score="10" ViewCount="9855" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would seem like an obvious (and superficial) generalization: Italian's &quot;obvious&quot; ancestor is Latin, Modern Greek's obvious ancestor is Ancient Greek, Latin and Ancient Greek were used (very loosely) in the same period of time. But, at least from my (unqualified) impression, it looks like Greek changed a lot less.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Greek kept the cases (although it merged dative with genitive, going towards simplification), many desinences are the same or very similar, phrase construction feels (at least superficially) familiar, and reading a neogreek phrase typically I get immediately the &quot;familiar traits&quot; (the augment and the sigmatic desinences for past tenses, the position of articles that correlate a word and its attributes, many particles are the same, ...). Also, I read that a modern Greek with normal education can usually understand koiné and even (with some more difficulty) attic greek (as a concept, it feels similar to us Italians reading Dante or Petrarca - but they came about 1000 years later than koiné!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare this to Latin vs Italian: Italian lost the cases, changed radically the phrase construction, incorporated a lot more external influences, and in the meanwhile it split in dozens of dialects (I'm aware of Greek dialects, but, at least in ancient Greek, they seemed mostly understandable, with differences often boiling down to lexical choices, vowels contractions, switching between similar sounds and the like). Most important of all, an Italian trying to read a Latin text needs to have a specific instruction; I can't really imagine the average Italian understanding Cicero or Livius without years of training.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to come to the questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;first of all, is my impression correct? Or it's just a byproduct of me being mother tongue Italian (I can spot more easily the differences and subtleties when comparing against my own language) or of the way I've been taught Latin and Ancient Greek in Italian high school?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;if so, what historical situations determined this situation? In particular, how did it happen that koiné (200 B.C.) is still mostly understandable by Greeks, while we Italians have serious problems with anything before the &quot;sao cco kelle terre&quot; (963 A.D.)?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;finally, what would be a more correct comparison? Modern Greek is to Ancient Greek what Italian is to ... ? (maybe Dante/Petrarca's Italian?)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-29T14:39:43.340" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T14:39:43.340" Title="Is Latin to Italian what Ancient Greek is to Modern Greek?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="7" ClosedDate="2013-11-21T22:29:08.767" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1266" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-14T18:55:36.983" Score="0" ViewCount="661" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider &lt;em&gt;muoviti, che è tardi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;muoviti, perché è tardi&lt;/em&gt;. Which one is preferred? Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T18:09:57.657" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T18:50:01.247" Title="When can &quot;che&quot; replace &quot;perché&quot; in a sentence?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;usage&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-14T19:13:02.267" Score="6" ViewCount="26871" Body="&lt;p&gt;È obbligatorio usare la maiuscola dopo un punto interrogativo o esclamativo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-08T06:02:57.360" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T08:13:27.383" Title="È obbligatorio usare la maiuscola dopo un punto interrogativo o esclamativo?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1266" CreationDate="2013-11-14T19:15:57.587" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, &lt;em&gt;ché&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, is the shortened form of &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;. So, you could use any of them because they are literally the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/che/&quot;&gt;same thing&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Grammatica Italiana di Serianni reads as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell'italiano di registro colloquiale antico e moderno, ma con larghissime attestazioni anche letterarie, si ricorre spesso a &lt;em&gt;ché&lt;/em&gt; per collegare una dipendente a una subordinata &amp;lt;...&gt; Abbastanza spesso si istituisce tra le due proposizioni un evidente rapporto causale: &lt;em&gt;copritevi, ché fa freddo&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should note that, although &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=eabbAAAAQBAJ&quot;&gt;Modern Italian Grammar&lt;/a&gt; (p.279) defines &lt;em&gt;ché&lt;/em&gt; &quot;rather old-fashioned but still used in the written texts,&quot; it's actually quite common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T19:15:57.587" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1270" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1271" CreationDate="2013-11-14T20:16:10.357" Score="12" ViewCount="2133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alle elementari mi insegnarono a trasformare &quot;e&quot; in &quot;ed&quot; se era seguita da una qualunque vocale, mentre qualche anno fa a un corso di sceneggiatura l'insegnante disse che ultimamente &lt;em&gt;si preferiva&lt;/em&gt; trasformarla in &quot;ed&quot; solamente quando era seguita da &quot;e&quot; (e non dalle altre vocali).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ricordo se si stesse riferendo solo a qualche editor in particolare (Disney? Bonelli?) o se stesse parlando in generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da qui il dubbio: alcune case editrici preferiscono un modo piuttosto che un altro? quanto sono diffuse (più o meno) le due varianti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si noti che non ricordo se disse che la stessa cosa valeva anche per &quot;a&quot; vs. &quot;ad&quot;, ma suppongo che una volta scelto se mettere o meno la &quot;d&quot; convenga essere coerenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-14T21:14:01.427" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T21:14:01.427" Title="&quot;e&quot; vs. &quot;ed&quot; seguito da vocale diversa da &quot;e&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1270" CreationDate="2013-11-14T21:10:14.553" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il tuo insegnante aveva ragione. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/d-eufonica&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, come al solito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uso della 'd' eufonica, secondo le indicazioni del famoso storico della lingua Bruno Migliorini, dovrebbe essere limitato ai casi di incontro della stessa vocale, quindi nei casi in cui la congiunzione &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; e la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; precedano parole inizianti rispettivamente per &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; e per &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (es. &lt;em&gt;ed ecco, ad andare, ad ascoltare&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/d-eufonica-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Attenzione&lt;/a&gt; ai seguenti casi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sequenze come &lt;em&gt;ed editori, ad Adamo, ad adattare&lt;/em&gt; e simili (quando la vocale successiva è seguita a sua volta dalla &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;) vanno evitate;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ci sono locuzioni fisse dove l'uso della d eufonica è praticamente cristallizzato anche fra vocali di diverso timbro: &lt;em&gt;ad eccezione di, ad esempio, ad ogni buon conto, ad essi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=S-x-hxAL7PQC&quot;&gt;Manuale di redazione&lt;/a&gt; di Mariuccia Teroni (2007, Apogeo Editore, pagina 133) spiega gli altri dettagli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T21:10:14.553" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1268" CreationDate="2013-11-14T22:51:02.337" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si legge sulla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/maiuscola_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo il punto interrogativo e il punto esclamativo l’uso della&#xA;  maiuscola non dipende da una regola fissa, benché la prassi più&#xA;  diffusa tra gli scriventi sia quella di scrivere una maiuscola (va&#xA;  notato inoltre, che il correttore ortografico del programma Word&#xA;  riconduce sempre a maiuscola). L’impiego varia da caso a caso a&#xA;  seconda dell’intenzione dello scrivente di segnalare o meno una pausa&#xA;  forte, con interruzione di periodo; e lo stesso vale dopo i puntini di&#xA;  sospensione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2013-11-14T22:51:02.337" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1262" CreationDate="2013-11-15T12:17:24.363" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've investigated my own question a bit and I believe I can answer it fully now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mattino, mattina and pomeriggio are &lt;em&gt;nouns&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;adverbs&lt;/em&gt;. They don't have a double noun/adverb form like &lt;em&gt;oggi&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;domani&lt;/em&gt; (I can say &quot;Ci vediamo domani&quot;, but also &quot;penso al domani&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I say &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ci vediamo di mattina&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ci vediamo domani pomeriggio&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;di mattina&quot;&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;&quot;domani pomeriggio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; form a &quot;complemento avverbiale di tempo&quot;. However this is logical analysis which is not what the question is about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grammatically speaking, &lt;em&gt;&quot;mattina&quot;&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;&quot;pomeriggio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; remain nouns, and that can be seen in the (relatively archaic) usage of the words in the form &lt;em&gt;&quot;ci vediamo la mattina&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ci siamo incontrati un pomeriggio&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nouns take articles, adverbs don't. For the same reason &lt;em&gt;&quot;ci vediamo pomeriggio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is incorrect, as the lack of an article identifies &lt;em&gt;&quot;pomeriggio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; as an adverb, but there is no such form of the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-15T12:17:24.363" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1218" CreationDate="2013-11-15T13:35:04.170" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, &quot;sono dietro a...&quot; it's not a widely understood phrase. The correct Italian form is to use the verb &quot;stare&quot; followed by the gerund.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore the quite similar phrase &quot;sono indietro a...&quot; means a very different thing: &quot;I'm behind in...&quot;, so I would not assume that people understand what you mean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-15T13:35:04.170" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1277" CreationDate="2013-11-15T14:54:24.720" Score="11" ViewCount="628" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, the subject of a sentence is normally implicit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho incontrato Luigi e mi ha detto di salutarti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siamo andati a Roma per il weekend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono andate via senza dire niente; non so a che ora tornino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not source of confusion, since a verb is normally declined differently for each person, plural or singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does making the subject explicit change the meaning of the sentence, or does the sentence have the same meaning? Is it used as emphasis?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io ho incontrato Luigi e mi ha detto di salutarti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Noi siamo andati a Roma per il weekend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-15T15:30:36.573" LastActivityDate="2013-11-15T17:12:49.817" Title="If the subject of a sentence is normally left implicit, what does adding it to a sentence mean?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1276" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-15T16:09:48.047" Score="10" ViewCount="2254" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Italian-English dictionaries undoubtedly translate &lt;em&gt;al riguardo di&lt;/em&gt; as &quot;about (smth.)&quot;, &quot;regarding smth.&quot; (for example, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/al%20riguardo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.bab.la/dizionario/italiano-inglese/al-riguardo-di&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;). A short search on Google brings more than 1 mln. cases with the same meaning.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;However, the Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riguardo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionary&lt;/a&gt; gives only one example of usage for &lt;em&gt;a/al riguardo&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a riguardo di, al riguardo di&lt;/em&gt;, in paragone di, rispetto a: &lt;em&gt;la luna è molto piccola a riguardo della terra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same description and examples are given in &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=c_ssAAAAYAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Voci e maniere di dire italiane additate a'futuri vocabolaristi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by Giovanni Gheradini (p.507):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A riguardo di o Al riguardo di&lt;/em&gt;. Si usa col valore &lt;em&gt;A paragone di, a proporzione di&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario fondamentale della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; by Giacomo Devoto and Gian Carlo Oli says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A riguardo di, in riguardo di, nei riguardi di, loc. prep. con il valore di 'per quel che concerne' [...], oppure di 'a paragone di' [...].&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (no mention of &lt;em&gt;al riguardo&lt;/em&gt; at all)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=369&amp;amp;postdays=0&amp;amp;postorder=asc&amp;amp;start=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; discussion shows that if you ask five different people, you'll hear six different opinions. Though, at the end of the day, they seem to agree that &lt;em&gt;al riguardo&lt;/em&gt; is equivalent to &lt;em&gt;a tale riguardo&lt;/em&gt; and means &quot;a questo proposito&quot;, while &lt;em&gt;a riguardo di&lt;/em&gt; keeps the meaning &quot;in paragone di, rispetto a.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TL;DR&lt;/strong&gt; There are contradictory entries in several dictionaries. Thus, I'm looking for an authoritative opinion on:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;whether both &#xA;&lt;em&gt;a riguardo di&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;al riguardo di&lt;/em&gt; still have the same meaning of &quot;in comparison with&quot;, and/or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;whether the meaning of one or both of these phrases has changed over years (when? how?), so that &lt;em&gt;a riguardo di&lt;/em&gt; is now out of use, while &lt;em&gt;al riguardo di&lt;/em&gt; attained the meaning &quot;with regard to.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anybody help me to clarify it? Confirm any of these claims, have some evidence, grammar rules, something to rely on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-26T08:50:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-26T08:50:24.813" Title="&quot;Al riguardo di&quot; and &quot;a riguardo di&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1275" CreationDate="2013-11-15T17:12:49.817" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Io ho incontrato Luigi&lt;/em&gt; is not ungrammatical, but is used only to give special emphasis to the fact that &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; met Luigi. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io ho incontrato Luigi e Marcella ha incontrato Laura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io ho incontrato Luigi e gliene ho dette quattro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(meaning the no one else did). Otherwise, the pronoun is not used. A different situation is for the third person pronoun that's used more frequently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Luigi scese le scale e andò verso Marcella. Egli l'amava, ma non gliel'aveva mai rivelato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;em&gt;egli&lt;/em&gt; is necessary to disambiguate the meaning (in spoken language and more and more also in written language it would be &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt;). Note the difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scesi le scale e andai verso Marcella. L'amavo, ma non gliel'avevo mai rivelato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;, which would sound clumsy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-15T17:12:49.817" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1276" CreationDate="2013-11-15T17:46:31.260" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a riguardo di, al riguardo di, in paragone di, rispetto a: la luna è&#xA;molto piccola a riguardo della terra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is quite old fashioned, I had to think a bit to understand the sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;A riguardo di&amp;quot; can be replaced &amp;quot;a confronto di&amp;quot;, but also this expression is not very used and now we prefer to say &amp;quot;confrontato con&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;paragonato a&amp;quot;. But &amp;quot;a riguardo di&amp;quot; sounds really form XIX century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A riguardo di, in riguardo di, nei riguardi di, loc. prep. con il&#xA;valore di 'per quel che concerne' [...], oppure di 'a paragone di'&#xA;[...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Used as preposition &amp;quot;a riguardo di&amp;quot; is also quite an old way to say. Normally you can just use &amp;quot;riguardo&amp;quot; like just &amp;quot;regarding&amp;quot; in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my suggestion is that, when you are translating an Italian text, if you can replace &lt;em&gt;riguardo&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;proposito&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;a proposito di&lt;/em&gt;) then you can use &amp;quot;about smth&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;regarding smth&amp;quot; without problems, otherwise you are in the Treccani case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;strong&gt;riguardo&lt;/strong&gt; della tua domanda […].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;strong&gt;proposito&lt;/strong&gt; della tua domanda […].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Regarding&lt;/strong&gt; your question […].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua domanda a &lt;strong&gt;riguardo&lt;/strong&gt; della mia ha molte più risposte […].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua domanda a &lt;strong&gt;proposito&lt;/strong&gt; della mia ha molte più risposte […].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case the sense of the sentence changes, so in English it will become something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your questions &lt;strong&gt;compared&lt;/strong&gt; with the mine has much more answers […].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-24T21:41:27.057" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1279" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-16T09:36:49.750" Score="4" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I stay in Rome I hear people using &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; in a strange way, especially in cases in which a criticism or an insult is involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; vedi questo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; burino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; st***zo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain what the reason and the historical origin of that “a” are? And, also, what does it precisely mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-14T13:13:36.263" Title="Why do people from Rome use &quot;a&quot; when criticism is involved?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;exclamations&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1279" CreationDate="2013-11-16T09:46:41.310" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un vocativo, e non è necessariamente limitato a degli insulti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatica_del_dialetto_romanesco&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, ad esempio, cita:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ah Varte', ando vai?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che possiamo rendere con&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ehi Walter, dove vai?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi si possono trovare su questa pagina di &lt;a href=&quot;http://roma.andreapollett.com/S8/dialett3.htm&quot;&gt;Roma virtuale&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A rega',...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ossia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ragazzi,...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/vocativo_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;vocativo in italiano&lt;/a&gt; è probabilmente meno usato, ed è reso in varie forme con il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/complemento-di-vocazione_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot;&gt;complemento di vocazione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T09:46:41.310" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1279" CreationDate="2013-11-16T09:47:13.290" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is simply an interjection, the Roman exactly corresponding to Tuscan – and so Italian – “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/o2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;o&lt;/a&gt;”, which strengthens an exclamation that follows (not to be confused with “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/oh/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;oh&lt;/a&gt;”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-16T10:00:07.643" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T10:00:07.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1282" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-16T09:52:14.843" Score="2" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain the reason why the verb &quot;tenere&quot; take the form &quot;tengo&quot;, as in &quot;io tengo&quot;, rather than the form &quot;tegno&quot;, which sound more natural?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T10:12:13.133" Title="Why is &quot;tengo&quot; and not &quot;tegno&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1282" CreationDate="2013-11-16T10:12:13.133" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why does &quot;tegno&quot; sound more natural and why do you think that should be the form? Let's see the etymology. The verb comes, obviously, from Latin, and more precisely from &lt;strong&gt;tĕnēre&lt;/strong&gt;. The first two from the verb conjugation are &lt;strong&gt;tĕnĕo, tĕnes&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's easier for it to become &lt;em&gt;tengo&lt;/em&gt; than &lt;em&gt;tegno&lt;/em&gt;, which even loses the root &lt;em&gt;ten-&lt;/em&gt; and therefore fails to deliver the proper meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The root is the part that delivers the meaning of a word, so it's quite important. As far as Linguistics is concerned, it's hard to always explain the &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt;, since unless you have more data, the reasons can be many and they can change for each case. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T10:12:13.133" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1260" CreationDate="2013-11-16T11:02:13.023" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could get away with &quot;dopodopodomani&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/?q=%22dopodopodomani%22#q=%22dopodopodomani%22&quot;&gt;no, really&lt;/a&gt;) in very informal speech, but it is far more common to refer to it as either &quot;tra tre giorni&quot; or just by the weekday (&quot;Martedì&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastEditorUserId="176" LastEditDate="2013-11-16T13:14:26.650" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T13:14:26.650" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1285" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1286" CreationDate="2013-11-16T11:13:12.047" Score="15" ViewCount="787" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English you can use a number of different styles to add parenthetical remarks. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Juventus&lt;i&gt;, as you may know,&lt;/i&gt; has won the most Scudetti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some would say it's 29 &lt;em&gt;(and technically they're right)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Others however claim it's 31 &lt;em&gt;— although they're usually die-hard Juventus supporters&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the dash style of parenthetical remarks also allowed by Italian grammar? I know I've casually used it from time to time and no one seemed confused by it, but that doesn't make it &lt;em&gt;right.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastEditorUserId="176" LastEditDate="2013-11-16T12:59:54.917" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T09:07:28.007" Title="Does Italian allow &quot;—&quot; for parenthetical use?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;writing&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1285" CreationDate="2013-11-16T11:54:02.637" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Traditional Italian usage admits the n-dash in couples only. To rewrite one of your examples: «Juventus – as you may know – has won the most Scudetti». The single dash to introduce a clause at the end of a sentence is quite recently borrowed from English, but doesn't belong to usual Italian punctuation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To quote from Bice Mortara Garavelli, &lt;em&gt;Prontuario di punteggiatura&lt;/em&gt;, Laterza 2003:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come marca iniziale di una parentetica inserita alla fine di una frase si può trovare una lineetta priva della lineetta terminale correlativa. Tradizionalmente, per un inserto che si trovi in tale posizione, si preferiscono alle lineette le parentesi (una in apertura e una in chiusura seguita dal punto finale), oppure la virgola iniziale [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-11-16T09:07:28.007" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T09:07:28.007" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1287" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-16T13:16:03.960" Score="8" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al di fuori di dizionari e simili, esiste qualche testata o editore che faccia un uso anche sporadico della &quot;ó&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(se non ho inteso male, non esiste nessun caso in cui è obbligatoria, dunque l'unico uso possibile è se si vuole a tutti i costi disambiguare termini quali bótte e bòtte)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastActivityDate="2013-11-17T15:54:14.060" Title="Qual è lo stato attuale della &quot;ó&quot;?" Tags="&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1289" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-16T14:04:23.703" Score="10" ViewCount="708" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alcuni dizionari riportano il verbo votare, nella sua accezione più comune, quella che si riferisce all'esprimere preferenza elettorale per un partito o per un candidato, sia come transitivo che come intransitivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/votare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;il dizionario del Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt; afferma che sia corretto dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io voto &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; il candidato x;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io voto il candidato x.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/votare2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non riporta esplicitamente esempi nella direzione della seconda frase qui citata, usando invece, nel senso specificato, solo la frase con preposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se l'uso di &lt;em&gt;votare&lt;/em&gt; così come è indicato nella seconda frase è di nuova fattura (un uso di recente accettazione), se le due forme siano equivalenti, e in quale misura o contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-08T13:16:20.970" LastActivityDate="2018-05-08T13:16:20.970" Title="Uso transitivo del verbo &quot;votare&quot; in senso elettorale" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1290" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-16T14:16:16.667" Score="15" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often times, computer programs in English tend to give feedback on what they are and aren't doing in an impersonal form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cannot locate the internet server or proxy server&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Unable to unlink old file (permission denied)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Crunching the latest data, just for you. Hang tight…&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Reticulating splines...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...or in a personal form in the person of the program itself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Firefox could not download the search plugin from...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Office could not create the work file&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Windows is unable to install to the selected location&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter set of wording works kind of okay in Italian, but the former doesn't and tends to be translated using periphrases such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;[è] Impossibile&lt;/em&gt; trovare il server...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elaborazione dei dati &lt;em&gt;in corso...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...but the literal translation alternative is even worse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non posso trovare il server...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[sto] Elaborando i dati...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the preferred, least awkward way to phrase (or rather: translate) these messages?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T19:05:07.567" Title="What form should be used when showing messages to a user on a computer screen in Italian?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1293" CreationDate="2013-11-16T14:36:12.560" Score="18" ViewCount="1920" Body="&lt;p&gt;Standard Italian, the official language of Italy and the one Italian people speak (often along with their own local languages -or dialects-), derives from the Florentine subset of Vulgar Latin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the collapse of the Roman Empire, the barbaric invasions and the consequent merging with other languages (and also for other reasons), Latin developed in the so called &lt;em&gt;Romance languages&lt;/em&gt;, which came from the vulgar (i.e., spoken by common people) versions of Latin itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, the vulgar spoken in Florence and nearby was chosen to be standard Italian. What was the exact reason behind this historical linguistics choice? Why not other local versions of vulgar Latin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Was it because at that time a massive stream of literary works was flourishing in the area of Tuscany? &#xA;It is known that in Sicily there was this same phenomenon, namely Vulgar Sicilian had created a set of literary works, praised by Dante Alighieri himself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I would like to know whether the choice was an arbitrary one or there are reasons I'm not aware of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-26T21:03:34.210" LastActivityDate="2020-09-15T19:32:18.523" Title="Why was the Florentine Vulgar Latin chosen as the basis for standard Italian?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1289" CreationDate="2013-11-16T14:40:41.377" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Votare&quot; derives from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?cmd=id&amp;amp;id=19591&amp;amp;md=34850ce0e4507fd040cf19dafbafa174&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;promettere con voto&quot;&lt;/a&gt; where &quot;voto&quot; has the original meaning of &quot;solemn promise&quot; (&lt;em&gt;cf. &quot;voto del silenzio&quot;, &quot;devoto&quot;&lt;/em&gt;) and comes from the Latin &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/voveo#Latin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;vov&amp;egrave;re&quot;&lt;/a&gt;  (&lt;em&gt;cf. &quot;to vow for&quot;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The original meaning is mostly used with the reflexive form of the verb &quot;votarsi&quot;, to (de)vote oneself, and this also makes it evident that a transitive form of the verb is acceptable and of old origin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More interesting is to see if the intransitive form is a later way of using the verb. An &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=votare+per%2Cvotare&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1500&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cvotare%20per%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bvotare%20per%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BVotare%20per%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cvotare%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ngram for &quot;votare per&quot;&lt;/a&gt; is not different enough from &quot;votare&quot; to draw any conclusions, although it shows a slighty earlier start for the verb in general in comparison with the &quot;per&quot; form. What is more interesting is that the usage of either form has become much more common since the Risorgimento in the 1850's.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/AvDpb.png&quot; alt=&quot;ngram votare per vs votare&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand &quot;votare un&quot; vs. &quot;votare per un&quot; also show very similar &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=votare+per+un%2Cvotare+un&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cvotare%20per%20un%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cvotare%20un%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ngrams&lt;/a&gt;. I think that all we can deduce is that the transitive form is more commonly used, but I don't think there's enough difference to support they hypothesis that one is more recent than the other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/TXkfe.png&quot; alt=&quot;&amp;quot;votare un&amp;quot; vs. &amp;quot;votare per un&amp;quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-16T17:53:59.023" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T17:53:59.023" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1291" CreationDate="2013-11-16T15:22:12.440" Score="17" Body="&lt;p&gt;Very short answer: It just happened so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Short answer: The poetic and narrative monuments written by Dante, Petrarca, and Boccaccio put them and their variety of Italian as a model to many later writers and critics. But it was not so automatic: there were centuries of debate, starting mostly during the Renaissance, with Pietro Bembo and many others, and with some turning points, among which the choice of Alessandro Manzoni to “risciacquare i panni in Arno” (even if his influence on Italian at large is sometimes overstated). Plus, Florentine being the “official” language of Italy has largely been a question for literate people, while less literate ones just spoke whichever variety of Italian they learned at home.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Long answer: There are whole libraries on the history of Italian and how it came to be like it is now, and especially about the so-called “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/questione-della-lingua_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Questione della lingua&lt;/a&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-16T15:55:23.187" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T15:55:23.187" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1289" CreationDate="2013-11-16T16:48:41.167" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The oldest vocabulary I have on hand, a 1948 Zingarelli, gives as a definition “Dare il voto” (hinting at the intransitive use) as well as “Approvare col suo voto” (hinting at the transitive one) and records transitive uses, such as “la lista del blocco ... la proposta”, but I guess the use is not much older.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following the idea by Sklivvz, a search on &lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/madp2n5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram viewer&lt;/a&gt; for “votare per un candidato” vs. “votare un candidato” suggests that the transitive form is more recent, with almost no results before WWII, while the intransitive one was well in use in the 1850s.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://vocabolario.sns.it/html/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vocabolario della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, “votare” only appears (as variant of “botare”) in the meaning of “to vow” (and, of course, the homograph “votare” meaning “to empty” also appears).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T16:48:41.167" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1287" CreationDate="2013-11-16T17:34:08.573" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; be some cases where &lt;code&gt;ó&lt;/code&gt; should be used: if one wants to reproduce the French pronunciation, &lt;em&gt;bordó&lt;/em&gt; would be better than &lt;em&gt;bordò&lt;/em&gt; to mean the wine; nowadays the French spelling seems to be preferred (see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bordo_res-a2efc577-0011-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;entry in the Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps a ‘more Italian’ word in the same situation is &lt;em&gt;borderó&lt;/em&gt;, but of course its pronunciation is influenced by the fact that all Italian words ending in tonic &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; have the open sound. Dictionaries spell it as &lt;em&gt;borderò&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Distinguishing between &lt;em&gt;bòtte&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;bótte&lt;/em&gt; in written language seems not to be so important, the context will make it clear if punches or barrels are involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T17:34:08.573" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1290" CreationDate="2013-11-16T19:05:07.567" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;I generally lean towards the impersonal form in Italian. I think English can afford to use the personal form since it has the neutral gender (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;), which is lacking in Italian. Using the personal form in Italian generally requires a gender to be defined. This is often arbitrary and in most cases just it doesn't feel right. Is Firefox a guy? Is Opera a lady? I don't know and I don't even want to care. Let's stay impersonal, whenever possible&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, either using the impersonal or impersonal form, trying to literally translate English idioms is probably not doing any good. Idioms are meant to be translated with idioms, as long as the core meaning is preserved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's take for instance the message&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Crunching the latest data, just for you. Hang tight…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any close-to-literal translation I can think of would be spectacularly awkward and it would indeed be an example of &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppiaggese&quot;&gt;Doppiaggese&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I were responsible for translating such a message, I would rather focus on&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;meaning&lt;/strong&gt;: data is being computed. It will take a few moments.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tone&lt;/strong&gt;: colloquial, almost playful&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and try to convey both of them using Italian idioms, whenever possible, or just the meaning if the form cannot be preserved faithfully.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stiamo elaborando i dati più recenti. Un attimo solo...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I decided to use &lt;em&gt;stiamo&lt;/em&gt; and be somewhat personal, since the original message was very colloquial.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I skipped the &lt;em&gt;just for you&lt;/em&gt; as I couldn't think of a non-awkward translation. That's ok since the original meaning has been preserved, although some of the tone is being lost.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hang tight&lt;/em&gt; could be maybe translated with &lt;em&gt;Tieniti forte&lt;/em&gt;, but its purpose in the original message is to transmit the information: &quot;This is going to take a while. Please wait.&quot;, so I decide to go with a kind of plain (but still colloquial) &lt;em&gt;Un attimo solo&lt;/em&gt;. Again I chose meaning over form.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-16T19:05:07.567" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1298" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-17T14:30:08.600" Score="8" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;trasalire&lt;/em&gt; should be conjugated (I report the Indicative present tense) as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io trasalisco; Tu trasalisci, Egli trasalisce ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But since the verb may be perceived as a composite of &lt;em&gt;salire&lt;/em&gt;, it is often used with its conjugation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io trasalgo; Ti trasali; Egli trasale ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sure this is not the only case of this phenomenon. &#xA;Do you know to which extent this mechanism of compositional usage of a root is accepted by the speaking community and the official grammars?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-17T15:50:40.413" Title="Degree of acceptance of conjugation of verb according to root" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;compounds&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1298" CreationDate="2013-11-17T15:50:40.413" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it all depends whether the speaker &quot;hears&quot; the root. For me it is really difficult to see &quot;salire&quot; in &quot;trasalire&quot;, for example; on the other side, I jump when someone says &quot;il papa *benediva la folla&quot;, since &quot;benedire&quot; for me is &quot;bene dire&quot;, and so I say &quot;il papa benediceva la folla&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-17T15:50:40.413" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1287" CreationDate="2013-11-17T15:54:14.060" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non mi è mai capitato di vedere usata ó, a meno naturalmente non si abbia un nome spagnolo come Pedro Almodóvar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Einaudi continua a usare í e ú (foneticamente più corrette di ì e ù), ma credo sia l'unico editore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-17T15:54:14.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1291" CreationDate="2013-11-17T22:18:06.767" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would think a major factor was the &lt;em&gt;prestige&lt;/em&gt; of the literary works from the area of Firenze. And this prestige might have reinforced the use of &lt;em&gt;Toscano&lt;/em&gt;  as a kind of &lt;em&gt;lingua franca&lt;/em&gt; among certain people on the peninsula  way before &lt;em&gt;Regno d'Italia&lt;/em&gt; came about. Most people however would of course only speak their local language/dialect, something that didn't really change until the advent of compulsory education.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IF literary Toscano had lacked this prestige and the political unification of the peninsula had still  been driven by the &lt;em&gt;Regno di Sardegna&lt;/em&gt;, then the standard of Italian would have been &lt;em&gt;Piemontese&lt;/em&gt;, or if the unification had been driven by the &lt;em&gt;Regno delle Due Sicilie&lt;/em&gt; then the base would have been some form of &lt;em&gt;Napolitano&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;On the other hand&lt;/em&gt; the literary prestige of Toscano might also be seen &lt;em&gt;as one of the driving forces behind the unification as such&lt;/em&gt;. Without this and the notion that there was such a thing as a common 'Italian' culture then the unification might not have taken place at all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That Toscano had a literary prestige did not necessarily imply that it was widely spoken at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, there were other languages in the 13th and 14th century that was widely used like the &lt;em&gt;Provençau&lt;/em&gt; of the troubadours and of course all the different regions and states had their own traditions, and also literary models. And for official purposes there was always Latin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rather Toscano was &lt;strong&gt;promoted&lt;/strong&gt;  as a language of culture by Pietro Bembo and other umanisti during the 16th century&lt;/em&gt; and spread by the use of &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;printed books.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why did Bembo actively promote the literary use of Toscano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He grew up in Venice, traveled widely  with his father the ambassador, including a stay in Firenze where he learned Toscano; he studied Greek in Messina, worked in Ferrara, was official historian of the Republic, and ended up as a Cardinal in Rome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because of his travels he had first-hand experience of different language in the north, center and south. I think his preference for Toscano as a common literary language was  &lt;em&gt;linguistic&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;Toscano belonged/belongs to the &lt;em&gt;central group of languages&lt;/em&gt;, being &lt;em&gt;neither northern nor southern&lt;/em&gt;. He &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;might&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; have thought that this would make Toscano easy to understand and acquire for writers from all over the peninsula, from Turin to Palermo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="178" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-09-15T19:32:18.523" LastActivityDate="2020-09-15T19:32:18.523" CommentCount="11" CommunityOwnedDate="2013-11-23T22:38:50.610" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1302" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-18T08:05:40.863" Score="9" ViewCount="2553" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the historical origin that makes us write &lt;em&gt;1.000.000,00&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;1,000,000.00&lt;/em&gt; (like in English) or &lt;em&gt;1 000 000,00&lt;/em&gt; (like in French)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2013-11-19T07:14:41.240" LastActivityDate="2016-08-22T11:02:45.840" Title="Why in Italian should I use periods to separate units of thousands in large numbers?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1302" CreationDate="2013-11-18T09:53:18.193" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Italy, Romania, Sweden and most of Europe use the dot as a thousands separator, but the space is adopted as well. Even if it must be said that the International Standard recommends spaces in lieu of dots or commas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As stated on &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_mark&quot;&gt;this wikipedia page&lt;/a&gt;, before the invention of printing, a line ( ¯ ) was used over the digits. After printing, the countries/nations chose marks for convenience and according to what others had already chosen to avoid confusion. This means that it basically was an arbitrary decision, no particular reasons were behind it, apparently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastEditorUserId="57" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T01:02:31.570" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T01:02:31.570" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1302" CreationDate="2013-11-18T17:03:49.540" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You shouldn't, except perhaps when writing by hand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Separating thousands with periods is cause for ambiguities. When I was young, I was taught to use a &lt;em&gt;raised&lt;/em&gt; dot like in &lt;code&gt;123˙456&lt;/code&gt;, not a period; probably different teachers use different conventions. The main reason I see for a dot instead of a thin space is that usually numbers were written on &lt;em&gt;carta a quadretti&lt;/em&gt;, so one digit per square.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When printing, use a thin space:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 000 000&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's just as readable and not confusing. I'd even say it is &lt;em&gt;more&lt;/em&gt; readable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is recommended by UNI/ISO, as this quote from the book by Roberto Lesina, &lt;em&gt;Il nuovo manuale di stile&lt;/em&gt;, Zanichelli 2009 (p. 174): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La spaziatura è il solo metodo universalmente corretto per la separazione fra migliaia. L'uso di altri separatori, quali il punto [...] può portare a grossolani malintesi. [...] Per questi motivi, anche l'ISO sconsiglia l'uso del punto e della virgola come separatori di migliaia», citing «ISO 31-0, Quantities and units, General principles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know of no “official” statement that baseline periods are to be used in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; did this convention enter into common practice? The answer is really easy: typewriters didn't have raised dots. The influence of typewriters on the way we write now has been great: for tens of years, we had only printed, typewritten and handwritten texts, the middle category being prominent in business.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The raised dot had the same fate as ‘È’, that became &lt;code&gt;E'&lt;/code&gt;, or the digits 0 and 1, that became &lt;code&gt;O&lt;/code&gt; (oh) and &lt;code&gt;l&lt;/code&gt; (ell), or the guillemets: disparition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question might be phrased: why should we use undirected &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; instead of inverted commas or guillemets? The answer would be the same. By the way, guillemets were hardly found on typewriter keyboard and they are disappearing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T07:41:49.440" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T07:41:49.440" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1305" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-18T22:06:23.463" Score="3" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sull'edizione online de 'La Stampa' di oggi, con riferimento agli eventi concernenti le azioni di un folle che ha tentato di uccidere alcuni passanti a Parigi, si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest’ultimo è l’unico ad aver parlato all’attentatore, e la polizia &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo sta torchiando&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei interessato a sapere se il giornalista usa correttamente il verbo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;torchiare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, atteso che non ho mai sentito nessuno dire &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo sta torchiando&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, ma, invece, più volte ho sentito &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo sta mettendo sotto torchio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se, invece, l'uso giornalistico del verbo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;torchiare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; dovesse essere accettabile, sapreste spiegare il perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T14:14:19.320" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T14:14:19.320" Title="Utilizzo dell'espressione &quot;lo sta torchiando&quot; in luogo di &quot;lo sta mettendo sotto torchio&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1305" CreationDate="2013-11-18T22:50:33.803" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'utilizzo è corretto. Il significato di &lt;em&gt;torchiare&lt;/em&gt; è esattamente quello di &lt;em&gt;mettere sotto torchio&lt;/em&gt;, e l'esempio che citi è anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/torchiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;riportato dal dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;torchiare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [der. di &lt;em&gt;torchio&lt;/em&gt;]; cfr. lat. tardo &lt;em&gt;torcŭlare&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;torcŭlum&lt;/em&gt;: v. &lt;em&gt;torchio&lt;/em&gt;] (io &lt;em&gt;tòrchio&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). – Mettere sotto il torchio, comprimere o spremere col torchio: t. le vinacce, le olive (v. torchiatura). Con uso fig., sottoporre a domande pressanti, serrate: &lt;em&gt;il professore, all’esame, l’ha torchiato per un’ora&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la polizia ha torchiato a lungo l’indiziato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;; anche, spremere sottoponendo a esosa pressione fiscale: &lt;em&gt;categorie sociali particolarmente torchiate dal fisco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-18T22:50:33.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1307" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-19T08:01:29.660" Score="5" ViewCount="2698" Body="&lt;p&gt;Girando per l'Italia ho sentito dire &quot;dagli un colpo di telefono&quot;. Sapreste dire se tale espressione è piuttosto comune o meno? O se, diversamente, viene intesa nel suo significato letterale &quot;colpiscilo con il telefono&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei anche interessato a conoscere l'origine di questa espressione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T07:33:29.650" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T09:12:48.287" Title="Origine e diffusione dell'espressione “dare un colpo di telefono”" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1307" CreationDate="2013-11-19T08:27:44.487" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;l'espressione è comune, almeno al nord.&#xA;Una possibilità è che si sia partiti dall'accezione di &lt;em&gt;colpo&lt;/em&gt; come «rumore prodotto da un colpo: &lt;em&gt;sentire i colpi del martello&lt;/em&gt;; detonazione: &lt;em&gt;colpo del cannone&lt;/em&gt;» (dal De Mauro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-19T08:27:44.487" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1307" CreationDate="2013-11-19T18:33:09.880" Score="7" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sapreste dire se tale espressione è piuttosto comune o meno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso garantire che l'espressione è comune nel Nord Italia, di dove sono originario, e penso anche che sia molto diffusa nel resto del Paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;O se, diversamente, viene intesa nel suo significato letterale &quot;colpiscilo con il telefono&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Decisamente no, in nessun contesto che mi possa venire in mente. Il fatto che la frase sottintenda una comunicazione a distanza, rende ancora meno plausibile un'interpretazione letterale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se per qualche buffa coincidenza dovessi colpire qualcuno con un telefono, direi qualcosa del tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ho colpito con il telefono.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli ho dato un colpo con il telefono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(notare l'uso di &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt; al posto di &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Circa l'etimologia, ho due ipotesi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;come già accennava mau nella sua risposta, può essere che ci sia un riferimento ad antiche forme di comunicazione, come dare un &lt;em&gt;colpo di cannone&lt;/em&gt;, per esempio come avvertimento. Oppure si può pensare alla comunicazione tramite &lt;em&gt;colpi di tamburo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;altrimenti può essere un riferimento al procedimento fisico di effettuare una chiamata con i primi telefoni, in cui era necessario attaccare e risollevare la cornetta per passare tramite il centralino. Tale gesto (data anche la pesantezza dei primi apparecchi telefonici) poteva essere percepita come un &lt;em&gt;colpo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T07:49:35.527" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T07:49:35.527" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1312" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-20T08:14:05.320" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi qual è la distribuzione geografica dei termini &quot;fioraio&quot;, &quot;fiorista&quot; e &quot;fioreria&quot;?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Come noto, i termini si riferiscono alle attività di vendita dei fiori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi, al di là degli usi locali, quale sarebbe il più appropriato termine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T12:40:42.430" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T12:40:42.430" Title="Sapreste dirmi qual è la distribuzione geografica dei termini 'fioraio', 'fiorista' e 'fioreria'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1312" CreationDate="2013-11-20T08:29:49.027" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The traditional distinction is that &lt;em&gt;il &lt;strong&gt;fioraio&lt;/strong&gt; vende fiori freschi, il &lt;strong&gt;fiorista&lt;/strong&gt; fabbrica e vende fiori artificiali&lt;/em&gt; (Eugenio Treves, &lt;em&gt;...Si dice?...&lt;/em&gt;, Ceschina 1961, and some dictionaries). In practice, nowadays &lt;em&gt;fiorista&lt;/em&gt; is felt as somewhat upper scale, as if a &lt;em&gt;fioraio&lt;/em&gt; sold just any old flower while a &lt;em&gt;fiorista&lt;/em&gt; sold elegant flower compositions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T09:07:24.983" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T09:07:24.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1314" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1317" CreationDate="2013-11-20T09:08:56.900" Score="11" ViewCount="1905" Body="&lt;p&gt;Take a look to these examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mio padre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mia moglie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mia zia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mio suocero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;le&lt;/strong&gt; mie zie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt; miei suoceri&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;il&lt;/strong&gt; mio amico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; mia collega&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;le&lt;/strong&gt; mie vicine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are correct expressions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Less correct and more childhood seems:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;il&lt;/strong&gt; mio papà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also try the same with indefinite articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In which cases do I need to use the article in front of a possessive adjective and in which cases don't I?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know the rule? I never found it even if I'm Italian!...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="85" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-03-05T13:43:09.113" Title="Possessive adjective with or without article for personal relationships" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1307" CreationDate="2013-11-20T09:12:48.287" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione &quot;colpo di ...&quot; in italiano è molto comune e non si esaurisce con &quot;colpo di telefono&quot;. Ci sono: colpo di fulmine, colpo di scena, colpo di sole, colpo di fortuna, ecc. Si tratta di probabile francesismo; cfr. coup de foudre, un coup de chance, un coup d'état, un coup de Jarnac, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="190" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T09:12:48.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1314" CreationDate="2013-11-20T09:18:56.700" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can omit the article when the name is &lt;strong&gt;singular&lt;/strong&gt; and you're talking about a relationship in the sense of kinship so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;padre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;moglie&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;zia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;suocero&lt;/em&gt; go without article&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;zie&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;suoceri&lt;/em&gt; with article (plural)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;amico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;collega&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vicine&lt;/em&gt; with article (not connections by blood, marriage or adoption).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you guessed, &lt;em&gt;papà&lt;/em&gt;, like &lt;em&gt;mamma&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;babbo&lt;/em&gt;, make exceptions to this rule and allow the article when singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2013-11-20T09:37:59.680" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T09:37:59.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1314" CreationDate="2013-11-20T09:39:58.963" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, Garzanti 1997 (p. 126):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con un sostantivo plurale l'articolo è obbligatorio: «le nostre madri», «i suoi figli», «i miei nonni». Ugualmente necessario è oggi l'articolo con l'aggettivo possessivo &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt;: «la loro moglie», «il loro fratello».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con &lt;em&gt;padre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;madre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figlio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figlia&lt;/em&gt; l'articolo si omette [...]. L'articolo va espresso, invece, con le varianti affettive &lt;em&gt;babbo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;papà&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mamma&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figliolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figliola&lt;/em&gt; [...]. Nell'italiano familiare, specie fuor di Toscana, sono tuttavia ben saldi i tipi &lt;em&gt;mia mamma&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;mio papà&lt;/em&gt; [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con altri singenionimi l'uso toscano predilige l'articolo, ma altrove è comune l'omissione, ben rappresentata, del resto, anche in scrittori toscani [...]: «a mia sorella» (Cassola), «tua nonna» (Pratolini) [...]. L'articolo è però necessario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;) con gli alterati: «la mia sorellina» (Cassola [...]), «alla tua nonnina» (Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Novelle per un anno&lt;/em&gt;);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;) con &lt;em&gt;patrigno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;matrigna&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figliastro&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figliastra&lt;/em&gt; [...];&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt;) con i termini che indicano un rapporto sentimentale che non rientra, o non rientra ancora, nei vincoli di parentela: &lt;em&gt;fidanzato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fidanzata&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ragazzo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ragazza&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;moroso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;morosa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;amante&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. [...];&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;) quando, in costrutti con valore enfatico, il possessivo sia posposto: «il nonno mio» [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Summing up: before a noun in the plural or a singular noun with the adjective &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt;, the article is always used; with &lt;em&gt;padre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;madre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figlio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;figlia&lt;/em&gt; it is always omitted; with other nouns it is either compulsory (cases &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; - &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;) or mostly used, especially in Tuscan use, but with some oscillations elsewhere (such as &lt;em&gt;la tua nonna&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;tua nonna&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T10:59:55.490" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="69" CreationDate="2013-11-20T10:33:07.487" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In handwritten Italian, double quotes are used almost universally for reported speech. The matter is less standardised in print. Distinct publishing houses have distinct guidelines, but AFAIK they all fall into three cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Those using guillemets (&lt;em&gt;«…»&lt;/em&gt;) and reserving double quotes for other functions.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Those using upper double quotes (&lt;em&gt;“…”&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Those using long dashes (&lt;em&gt;—&lt;/em&gt;), whose exact length is a matter for typographic debate.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first case (&lt;em&gt;«…»&lt;/em&gt;) is the most common in newspapers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second case (&lt;em&gt;“…”&lt;/em&gt;) is used mostly on websites, including the website of major newspapers (weird enough, &lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt; uses the guillemets on paper and the double quotes on the Web, and even worse, they use the non-curly version: &quot;…&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third case (&lt;em&gt;—&lt;/em&gt;) is the choice of some major publishers (e.g. Einaudi), like it or not it has to be mentioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Single quotes (&lt;em&gt;‘…’&lt;/em&gt;) are sometimes used for nested quotations or to quote a sentence but not as reported speech, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Riprenditi pure tutti i tuoi ‘non so’. [Take back all your maybes.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's important to remember that different set of rules are equally acceptable as long as they are used in a consistent way, Italian is much less standardised than most European languages and this particularly affects punctuation, italics etc. that are left to the taste, style and tradition of individual publishers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T10:33:07.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1289" CreationDate="2013-11-20T10:54:35.227" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just for reference, check this image search: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=volantino+1948+vota&amp;amp;tbm=isch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://www.google.it/search?q=volantino+1948+vota&amp;amp;tbm=isch&lt;/a&gt; Apparently, most leaflets for the 1948 elections were using the transitive form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also another form that &quot;sounds transitive&quot; while it's not, like &lt;em&gt;Vota comunista&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Vota liberale&lt;/em&gt;, in which &quot;comunista&quot; and &quot;liberale&quot; are used as a sort of adverb. It's like &lt;em&gt;Vesti giovane&lt;/em&gt; and similar commercial slogans. In English, you have &lt;em&gt;Think pink&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T10:54:35.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1242" CreationDate="2013-11-20T15:45:00.637" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già espresso sia nei commenti sia nella risposta di Gabriele si tratta di un'evoluzione verso il &lt;em&gt;politically correct&lt;/em&gt; di termini che hanno una connotazione negativa. Nel campo delle malattie sordo diventa audioleso, cieco diventa non vedente e handicappato diventa diversamente abile mentre nell'ambito lavorativo spazzino (o anche &lt;em&gt;netturbino&lt;/em&gt;) diventa operatore ecologico, bidello diventa operatore scolastico e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa evoluzione potrebbe anche essere nata da un tentativo di riqualificazione di lavori considerati umili o degradanti (&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=fjoqAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22operatore%20ecologico%22&amp;amp;dq=%22operatore%20ecologico%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=KtCMUqfMDIfX0QW6wYDQDA&amp;amp;redir_esc=y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Studi di lessicografia italiana, Volumi 17-18&lt;/a&gt;), o di riduzione del conflitto sociale &quot;&lt;em&gt;con strategie simboliche che mascherano l'impotenza (o la malevola indifferenza) di chi dovrebbe aiutare fattivamente queste persone a migliorarsi in salute o a guadagnare di più.&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (cit. &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=Rj8dfTrr6CAC&amp;amp;pg=PA388&amp;amp;dq=%22operatore%20ecologico%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=ss6MUqHxHrL50gX3zIFQ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22operatore%20ecologico%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Principi di sociologia&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="199" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T15:45:00.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1321" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1336" CreationDate="2013-11-20T16:42:19.910" Score="19" ViewCount="718" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia lists &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plurale_delle_parole_in_-io&quot;&gt;some rules&lt;/a&gt; and suggests that the plural form of &lt;em&gt;olio&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;olii&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I used to think that &lt;em&gt;oli&lt;/em&gt; sounds (and writes) better, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=32480&amp;amp;r=977&quot;&gt;Dizionario d'ortografia e di pronunzia&lt;/a&gt; confirms that.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/olio/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, however, suggests yet another plural form, with circumflex: &lt;em&gt;ol&amp;icirc;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any rule of thumb I could use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-12T10:55:51.323" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T08:12:36.413" Title="Plural form of &quot;olio&quot;" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;plural&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1321" CreationDate="2013-11-20T16:51:03.397" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;One should always check and double-check what Wikipedia says, but in this particular case, I'd agree with its distinction between compulsory &lt;em&gt;-ii&lt;/em&gt; in the case of a stressed &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;-io&lt;/em&gt;, and multiple possibilities (&lt;em&gt;-i&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-ii&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;-î&lt;/em&gt;) for an unstressed one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T08:12:36.413" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T08:12:36.413" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1324" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1338" CreationDate="2013-11-20T20:48:41.937" Score="7" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;testone&lt;/em&gt; sta ad indicare, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/testone/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;secondo i vocabolari&lt;/a&gt; (tra le varie cose) una persona testarda e ostinata, e in traslazione anche una persona di scarsa intelligenza. Credo che abbia un senso di bonario sfottò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posto che credo che l'uso di questa parola non sia omogeneo tra le regioni, ma che abbia una maggiore diffusione in alcune, vorrei sapere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dove è più usato;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;da dove viene l'antonomasia per cui l'accrescitivo del sostantivo &quot;testa&quot;, che vorrebbe identificare una grossa testa, diventa nel significato invece una &quot;testa dura&quot;, cioè una persona che non cambia idea o atteggiamento facilmente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-21T11:25:25.913" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T12:09:52.530" Title="Motivo dell'antonomasia &quot;testone&quot; nella sua derivazione da &quot;testa&quot; e diffusione della parola" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1325" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1330" CreationDate="2013-11-20T20:53:41.847" Score="8" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are some cases where the addition of a prefix can generate a homograph and therefore ambiguity is introduced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the verb &lt;em&gt;sentirsi&lt;/em&gt; (to feel, but also to get/keep in touch):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si sentiranno per i dettagli del progetto&lt;/em&gt; (They will get in touch to design the project).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the addition of the prefix &quot;ri-&quot; (for expressing iteration) one more, very different meaning would come up: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si risentiranno per i dettagli del progetto&lt;/em&gt; could become&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a. They will get in touch &lt;em&gt;again&lt;/em&gt; to design the project (&lt;em&gt;ri&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;sentirsi&lt;/em&gt;, see the meaning above);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;b. They will feel offended by how the project was designed (&lt;em&gt;risentirsi&lt;/em&gt;: to take offence, to feel offended).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course there are more verbs I could bring as example (&lt;em&gt;prendere&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;ri&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;prendere&lt;/em&gt; vs &lt;em&gt;riprendere&lt;/em&gt; is the first I can think about); I'd like to find an answer that covers them all, not just know how to disambiguate these specific sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, is there any correct way to disambiguate, or should one always rephrase the sentence to make the context clearer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use a hyphen (&lt;em&gt;ri-sentiranno&lt;/em&gt;) to stress the prefix (and consequently the concept of iteration), but it looks a bit odd to read, at least to my eyes - and it's definitely wrong, as I understand from the answers above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="114" LastEditorUserId="114" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T13:34:04.173" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T13:34:04.173" Title="Homographs generated by prefixes: how to disambiguate?" Tags="&lt;homograph&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1321" CreationDate="2013-11-20T21:18:42.960" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;em&gt;î&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;ii&lt;/em&gt; is something that was once done, but nowadays that is not done anymore, at least on everyday usage. Between &lt;em&gt;olii&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;oli&lt;/em&gt;, I would expect the latter to be used more often than the former, at least because it requires you to  write less letters, and generally there is no confusion about what &lt;em&gt;oli&lt;/em&gt; means. (It would not be taken as plural of &lt;em&gt;olo&lt;/em&gt;, since that is not an Italian word.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; reports just two plural word for &lt;em&gt;olio&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;oli&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;olii&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T21:18:42.960" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1325" CreationDate="2013-11-20T21:22:22.963" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use 'si risentiranno &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sui&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; dettagli del progetto' when you want to mean (a), otherwise, without further context, just as you explained, you could be misunderstood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T21:22:22.963" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1329" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1337" CreationDate="2013-11-20T22:20:58.870" Score="4" ViewCount="1571" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'non condivido le ragioni &lt;strong&gt;di cui&lt;/strong&gt; mi parli'&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'non condivido le ragioni &lt;strong&gt;delle quali&lt;/strong&gt; mi parli'&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain what the difference between (1) and (2) is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to me, there is no difference, but I'm under the impression that 'di cui' has a singular connotation, even if I cannot say that it is singular or that it is used more proficiently when it is referred to something perceived as singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-24T17:36:47.677" LastActivityDate="2016-12-24T17:36:47.677" Title="Difference between 'di cui' and 'delle quali'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1325" CreationDate="2013-11-20T22:41:18.123" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree that there can be ambiguity, but the hyphen is never used in cases like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;risentirsi&lt;/em&gt; (intransitive pronominal in the terminology of the Treccani dictionary) can &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/risentire/&quot;&gt;mean&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c. Reagire bruscamente, con irritazione e animosità, a un rimprovero o ad altri atti e comportamenti ritenuti ingiusti e offensivi: &lt;em&gt;non è il caso di risentirsi per una piccola osservazione&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;si è risentito di quell’incauta allusione&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mi sono risentito a torto con te&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;è un carattere che si risente facilmente&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;risentirsi con qualcuno&lt;/em&gt; (e più gravemente &lt;em&gt;contro qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;), manifestargli il proprio risentimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is quite like the English &lt;em&gt;to resent&lt;/em&gt;. Thus the sentence &lt;em&gt;si risentiranno per i dettagli del progetto&lt;/em&gt; can very well be interpreted as &lt;em&gt;they'll resent the project details&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that &lt;em&gt;si sentiranno ancora&lt;/em&gt; is a better form; specifying the action can be another way: &lt;em&gt;si risentiranno per definire i dettagli del progetto&lt;/em&gt; can hardly be given a meaning connected to resentment. However, the context might clear up the matter and make ambiguity unlikely: many phrases are ambiguous only if out of context, when the meaning of the words cannot be inferred from other information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-20T22:41:18.123" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1321" CreationDate="2013-11-21T06:17:35.270" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italy we never use olî. Also olii is not so common, even if it's better than oli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="202" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T06:17:35.270" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1329" CreationDate="2013-11-21T08:36:13.483" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;To give a brief answer I can say I'm not sure if there is a formal better way to be used, but in spoken language both forms are used and none of them is frowned upon.&#xA;For my personal experience, always talking about spoken language, the plural form &quot;delle quali&quot; is quite more formal than the singular form &quot;di cui&quot;, but it could also be a regional matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T08:36:13.483" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1329" CreationDate="2013-11-21T08:54:13.107" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;When used with &lt;em&gt;complementi indiretti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cui&lt;/em&gt; stays for &lt;em&gt;la quale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il quale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le quali&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i quali&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La ragazza di cui ti parlavo è stata licenziata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Di cui&lt;/em&gt; is not used only for the singular, nor implies the word is perceived as singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T08:54:13.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1329" CreationDate="2013-11-21T08:56:41.840" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both forms may be used interchangeably. In such a short sentence I'd prefer &quot;di cui&quot;, while in a longer sentence like &quot;non condivido le ragioni per le quali/per cui hai deciso di convocarmi stamattina&quot; I'd prefer &quot;delle quali&quot;, but I believe it's a matter of taste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T08:56:41.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1321" CreationDate="2013-11-21T09:00:10.470" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd add that if an adjective follows, like &quot;oli vegetali&quot;, the form with a single &quot;i&quot; is commoner (curiosly, a quick googling shows that &quot;olii vegetali&quot; is mainly used by people which write about organic products and the like)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T09:00:10.470" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1321" CreationDate="2013-11-21T10:15:40.573" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;We can derive a general rule (with loads of exceptions, like everything in this language) from this case. When the expected plural form of a word contains a non-stressed double &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, like &quot;olio&quot; -&gt; &quot;olii&quot;, &quot;principio&quot; -&gt; &quot;principii&quot;, there's a tendency to drop the second &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;oli&quot;, &quot;principi&quot; (Ngrams for &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=olii&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=10&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,olii;,c0&quot;&gt;olii&lt;/a&gt;&quot; vs &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=oli&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=10&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,oli;,c0&quot;&gt;oli&lt;/a&gt;&quot; confirm this graphically). However, some speakers do retain a memory of the double &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in their pronunciation of such words, the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is slightly longer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To tell a &quot;single-&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;-that-used-to-be-double&quot; from an ordinary single &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; the circumflex accent can be used and this is standard Italian grammar. This makes sense particularly when one needs to disambiguate, for example &quot;principî&quot; (plural of &quot;principio&quot;, principle) as opposed to &quot;principi&quot; (plural of &quot;principe&quot;, prince); this is the solution used in the Italian Constitution that includes a chapter called &lt;em&gt;Principî fondamentali&lt;/em&gt;. Another solution in this case is the tonic accent: &quot;principî&quot; can be unambiguously written as &quot;princìpi&quot; because the other word is read as &quot;prìncipi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conclusion: the three forms (&quot;olii&quot;, &quot;oli&quot; and &quot;olî&quot;) are equally acceptable, but as you can imagine the circumflex accent is unusual and most people wouldn't even be able to type it on their keyboard. AFAIK, this is the only case in which a circumflex accent can be used in Italian words not borrowed from foreign languages or dialects, I guess most Italians wouldn't even realise that in their language this accent exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the situation is entirely different with &lt;em&gt;stressed&lt;/em&gt; plurals in &lt;em&gt;-ii&lt;/em&gt; (e.g. &quot;sgocciolìo&quot; -&gt; &quot;sgocciolii&quot;). In this case the double &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced clearly by all speakers (the first &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is stressed) and is compulsory. The opposite applies to nouns ending in &lt;em&gt;-cio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-glio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-scio&lt;/em&gt; etc. where the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is not really used as a vowel: the plural form requires one &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T10:15:40.573" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1329" CreationDate="2013-11-21T10:34:53.390" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both OK, &quot;di cui&quot; (and &quot;per cui&quot;, &quot;in cui&quot; etc.) is shorter and invariant therefore it's more commonly used in spoken language and sounds less formal. Sometimes using &quot;le quali&quot; or the other forms with gender and number (&quot;i quali&quot;, &quot;il quale&quot;, &quot;la quale&quot;) clarifies which is the noun referenced by the subordinate sentence, e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...la sconfitta di Napoleone, per cui ho pregato con tutte le mie forze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Did I pray for Napoleon or for his defeat?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...la sconfitta di Napoleone, per la quale ho pregato con tutte le mie forze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now you know (but if Napoleon were a woman, you'd still be confused).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T10:34:53.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1324" CreationDate="2013-11-21T12:09:52.530" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Easy: a big head is a thick head!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the South most words related with the head are created out of &quot;capa&quot; (from Latin &quot;caput&quot;, head) instead of &quot;testa&quot; (Latin, &quot;vase&quot;). &quot;Capa&quot; and its derivatives are not part of standard Italian, but the masculine noun &quot;capo&quot; with the same meaning is. In the North you can find &quot;crapa&quot;, whence &quot;crapone&quot; and similar forms with the same meaning as &quot;testone&quot;, &quot;capa tosta&quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general I warn foreigners against any attempt at deriving general rules about Northern/Southern usage of words. Too messy and very often the divide is not just North vs South, it's about regions, provinces, sometimes even cities, and there's also a blurred line between regional speech and dialect (or dialect-derived Italian words). What can be more reasonably learned is which words can be understood everywhere, whatever their regional &quot;flavour&quot; is, and which cannot (e.g., &quot;capacchione&quot; or &quot;testina&quot; have no obvious meaning for all speakers).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T12:09:52.530" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1291" CreationDate="2013-11-21T14:01:20.103" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a side note: there's wide agreement about Tuscan literature having been very important in the birth of Italian literature and this is the reason why Florentine became the basis of modern Italian. But why was Tuscany so interested in literature in Italian? Because Tuscany had a very high concentration of &quot;free cities&quot; that represented, together with the maritime republics (one of which was also in Tuscany, Pisa), the first embryos of merchant capitalism and the new social class of the modern age, the bourgeoisie. This raised the cultural level of that area and at the same time the interest of the cultured milieu of Tuscany in the formation of a national culture and a national market.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2013-11-21T14:37:18.563" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T14:37:18.563" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1341" CreationDate="2013-11-21T15:29:15.160" Score="6" ViewCount="796" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte il presente indicativo dei verbi in &quot;ire&quot; è soggetto a grossi problemi di coniugazione, come per esempio &quot;Cucire&quot; che a volte viene portato a &quot;Io cucisco&quot; (anziché il corretto &quot;Io cucio&quot;).&#xA;Eppure alcuni verbi in &quot;ire&quot; si coniugano esattamente in questo modo, ad esempio &quot;Patire&quot; che diventa &quot;Io patisco&quot; e non &quot;Io pato&quot;.&#xA;Detto questo, esiste una regola che permetta di capire già dall'infinito dei verbi se andranno coniugati con il finale in &quot;isco&quot; oppure no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[ENG]&#xA;Sometimes the present form of verbs ending in &quot;ire&quot; is source of big conjugation problems, for example the verb &quot;Cucire&quot; sometimes is wrongly conjugated with &quot;Io cucisco&quot; (instead of the correct &quot;Io cucio&quot;).&#xA;But some verbs ending in &quot;ire&quot; are conjugated exaclty in thi way, for example &quot;Patire&quot; which becomes &quot;Io patisco&quot; and not &quot;Io pato&quot;.&#xA;This said, is there a rule of thumb to know from the infinite form if it will be conjugated with the ending &quot;isco&quot; or not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="179" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T08:31:53.193" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T14:01:46.143" Title="Esiste una regola generale per la coniugazione dei verbi in &quot;ire&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1340" CreationDate="2013-11-21T16:34:36.667" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Verbs ending in &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ire&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; are the so called &quot;&lt;strong&gt;third conjugation&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; which derives from second, third and fourth Latin conjugations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the 80-85% of the cases, &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verbi_incoativi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;according to this source on Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, the verbs of this conjugation are called &quot;incoativi&quot;: they are those whose conjugation may get an -isc element between root and ending and then there is no unique pattern of conjugation for them. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this sense they are irregular in Italian and there is no specific rule to apply to discover it, but there are several lists of irregular verbs, as an example you can see &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terza_coniugazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;You can also discover if they are regular or not by using some &lt;a href=&quot;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/coniugatore-verbi.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;online tools&lt;/a&gt; for automatical conjugation.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If you are interested in some more technical explainations on the origin of this conjugation, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/coniugazione-verbi-come-capire-obbedire-ecc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; dedicated an article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2013-11-23T14:01:46.143" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T14:01:46.143" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1342" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1344" CreationDate="2013-11-21T17:01:33.933" Score="10" ViewCount="1542" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;paese&lt;/em&gt; means both &lt;em&gt;country&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;town&lt;/em&gt;, in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What happens when the distinction is important? For example, today I saw a photo and wanted to ask my friend &quot;Is this your town?&quot;. I ended using &lt;em&gt;città&lt;/em&gt;, even though it wasn't a city, because I wanted her to understand that I wasn't talking about her country.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do Italians get around this problem?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="56" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-13T12:10:36.957" LastActivityDate="2014-07-13T12:10:36.957" Title="How to disambiguate between the two possible meanings of 'paese'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1342" CreationDate="2013-11-21T17:11:12.893" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Paese&lt;/em&gt; is used for a quite small town, or village, indeed, but it can be ambiguous for Italians too, unless the context helps to clear the meaning. If I just said “&lt;em&gt;Il mio paese è il più bello del mondo&lt;/em&gt;”, I could be boasting either about my country or my village.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T17:11:12.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1342" CreationDate="2013-11-21T17:13:28.623" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's simple: there's no direct way to work around the ambiguity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You have one word for two different things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Paese&lt;/em&gt; as town (small place where people live);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Paese&lt;/em&gt; as a country (nation, state).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The actual meaning is explicated by the context, unless you are in a particular case where you can use synonyms (&lt;em&gt;nazione&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;stato&lt;/em&gt; for the second meaning).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Paese&lt;/em&gt; as a town could be forcedly replaced by altered nouns like &lt;em&gt;paesino&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;paesello&lt;/em&gt;, in case you can't eliminate the ambiguity by other means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T17:18:19.160" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1345" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-21T20:47:50.643" Score="4" ViewCount="1480" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spesso, quando sono nel nord Italia, sento l'espressione &quot;che la metà basta&quot;, per esempio nelle seguenti frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è un chiasso che la metà basta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono così nauseato che la metà basta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È l'espressione &lt;em&gt;de quo&lt;/em&gt; usata anche nel sud d'Italia? Se non lo è, quale espressione è usata al Sud che è equivalente per colore e tono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quasi dimenticavo di spiegarne il significato; eccolo con riferimento alle frasi di cui sopra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è un chiasso infernale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono incredibilmente nauseato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T01:37:23.047" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T16:40:13.377" Title="Uso di &quot;che la metà basta&quot; nel Sud Italia" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1342" CreationDate="2013-11-21T20:57:16.180" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't any way to disambiguate one use of the word with the other one; it all depends from the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, since you are watching a photo, that helps: If you are looking a photo showing a town, then &lt;em&gt;È questo il tuo paese?&lt;/em&gt; would be understood as &quot;Is this your town?&quot; not as &quot;Is this your country?&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If, differently, you were watching the map of a country showing the full country, then &lt;em&gt;È questo il tuo paese?&lt;/em&gt; would be understood as &quot;Is this your country?&quot; if you are not pointing at a specific town shown on the map (e.g. the capital of that country).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other cases, there are set phrases for which the meaning is not ambiguous: In &lt;em&gt;un Paese democratico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;paese&lt;/em&gt; would be understood to mean &lt;em&gt;country&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;town&lt;/em&gt;; that is also true for &lt;em&gt;essere al servizio del paese&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Paese nemico&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;il paese quest'anno voterà due volte&lt;/em&gt;. While &lt;em&gt;paese&lt;/em&gt; is often written capitalized, it can still mean &lt;em&gt;country&lt;/em&gt; even when it is not capitalized.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As side note, &lt;em&gt;paese&lt;/em&gt; has also a third meaning: vast territory, generally inhabited and cultivated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-21T21:04:51.183" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T21:04:51.183" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1347" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-21T21:12:06.500" Score="-2" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sento che alcune persone, che hanno ottime capacità di memorizzazione, dicono 'ho un cervello memorioso'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Memorioso&quot; sembra avere una sonorità interessante, tanto che forse può essere considerata una parola &lt;em&gt;doc&lt;/em&gt; così come le altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa sapreste dirmi in merito? Usate o conoscete questa parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-21T21:14:04.317" LastActivityDate="2013-11-26T19:12:29.177" Title="È &quot;memorioso&quot; una parola ormai comunemente accettata?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ClosedDate="2013-12-20T17:35:43.970" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1265" CreationDate="2013-11-21T22:46:45.053" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be better answered in a history or linguistic forum; but since I stumbled upon your question while seeking help for myself, I'm giving you an educated opinion, which shouldn't be taken as any more than that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For me, it seems obvious that this answer to the question, &quot;Why does Ancient Greek have a higher degree of mutual intelligibility with Modern Greek, while Italian has diverged sharply from Latin?&quot; is tied to the history of the Roman Empire (&lt;strong&gt;especially for Greek&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The analogy of 'Ancient Greek is to Modern Greek as &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classical_Latin&quot;&gt;Classical Latin&lt;/a&gt; is to Italian' is, at best, flawed. A better analogy would be: 'Ancient Greek is to Modern Greek as &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vulgar_Latin&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vulgar Latin&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is to modern Romance languages'. If you want to be more specific, a better analogy would be: 'Ancient Greek is to Modern Greek as &lt;em&gt;Italian&lt;/em&gt; is to &lt;strong&gt;the Vulgar Latin spoken in the Apennine Peninsula'&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many people assume incorrectly--not saying this applies to you--that Italian is the closest living relative of Latin. Phonologically and orthographically, Italian is no closer to Latin than any other Romance language (just ask a Spanish speaker). It's nearly impossible to select any one Romance language as being the &quot;closest to Latin.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said above, this question is rooted in the histories of the Eastern and Western halves of the &lt;strong&gt;Roman Empire&lt;/strong&gt;, specifically to &lt;strong&gt;the stability of the East&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;the numerous foreign invasions of the West&lt;/strong&gt; after the Western half fell (e.g. Gothic influence in Italia). Western Europe was also subject to a series of invasions (and the Plague of Justinian, which decimated the population). Just to name a few examples, there were invasions by Germanic tribes, Huns, Magyars, Mongols, etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm fluent in Spanish, have studied Latin for six years, and am in the process of learning Italian with the help of my Italian family (Italian as in in Italy). I'm giving you an answer based &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; on my own perception and my knowledge of Western history; but my perception, like yours, is also colored by my experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;first of all, is my impression correct? Or it's just a byproduct of me being mother tongue Italian (I can spot more easily the differences and subtleties when comparing against my own language)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You seem to miss the external factors/pressures that caused Vulgar Latin dialects to diverge into separate languages, &lt;strong&gt;largely due to both the isolation of each region from one another and the very large influx of foreign invaders in Western Europe&lt;/strong&gt;. Don't forget that at the time these languages began to develop, Western Europe entered the Dark Age.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But yes, of course your knowledge of Italian makes it easier to spot differences and patterns in Latin. Native speakers of other Romance languages might disagree with both of us as to which language is closest to Latin; &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Romanian_language#Historical_grammar&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Romanian&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; speakers--although I wouldn't agree--might say that Romanian is the closest living language to Latin, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Romanian_language#Classification&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; also makes this connection regarding structure/grammar, for what it's worth. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And since you've mentioned grammatical case, Romanian is the only one of the major living Romance languages to preserve both grammatical case and the &lt;em&gt;neuter gender,&lt;/em&gt; which is absent from most other Latin-based languages. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All five of the major Romance languages have undergone major spelling reforms, thus making your question harder to answer. The five most widely-spoken Romance languages all have &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Romanian_language&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;language academies&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, so all have had major spelling reforms since the fall of the Western half of Rome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;if so, what historical situations determined this situation? In particular, how did it happen that koiné (200 B.C.) is still mostly understandable by Greeks, while we Italians have serious problems with anything before the &quot;sao cco kelle terre&quot; (963 A.D.)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My best &lt;em&gt;educated guess&lt;/em&gt; would be that the similarities between Ancient Greek, Koiné, and Ancient Greek are due to the fact that &lt;strong&gt;the Roman Empire lasted well into the modern era.&lt;/strong&gt; Remember that &lt;strong&gt;Greece was &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byzantine_Greeks&quot;&gt;Rome&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; until it was captured by the Ottoman Empire in the 15th century, and that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.romanity.org/htm/fox.01.en.what_if_anything_is_a_byzantine.01.htm&quot;&gt;Greeks&lt;/a&gt; referred to themselves as &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byzantine_Empire&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Romaioi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. While it was subject to foreign invasions, &lt;strong&gt;the Eastern Roman Empire was very stable compared to the chaos that ensued in Western Europe&lt;/strong&gt; after the fall of the &lt;em&gt;Western Roman Empire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, the &lt;strong&gt;Eastern Roman Empire (Greece) preserved the structure/syntax/lexicon of Greek as the lingua franca of the Empire shifted from Latin to Greek.&lt;/strong&gt; Note that the Renaissance in Europe began close to the fall of Rome, and the revival of Greek and Roman literature was largely due to the preservation of Greek/Roman culture in the Byzantine/Roman Empire. (this is why most medical terminology is derived from Greek). That is, &lt;strong&gt;while Western Europe was in chaos and in flux, the Eastern half of the Empire flourished for another thousand years.&lt;/strong&gt; That's probably the biggest reason for the lack of preservation of Latin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in essence, my &lt;strong&gt;opinion&lt;/strong&gt; is that the &lt;strong&gt;political stability&lt;/strong&gt; of what is referred to as the Byzantine Empire today is largely responsible for the preservation of Greek and explains why there is a significantly higher level of mutual intelligibility between Ancient and Modern Greek as opposed to Latin and the Romance languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;finally, what would be a more correct comparison? Modern Greek is to Ancient Greek what Italian is to ... ? (maybe Dante/Petrarca's Italian?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I've stated above, a better analogy would be &lt;em&gt;as Italian is to Italic Vulgar Latin.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="204" LastActivityDate="2013-11-21T22:46:45.053" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1351" CreationDate="2013-11-21T23:16:50.950" Score="16" ViewCount="5328" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been learning Italian for the last year. While being fluent in Spanish helps tremendously, there is one infamous sound that is lacking from both English and my dialect of Spanish: gli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is a palatal approximate and that it is supposed to sound something similar to a Spanish 'l' and a 'y'. My understanding is, however, that it is to be pronounced as one consonant. The classic example for English speakers is to use the 'l' in million, but to me that's just a 'y'. Someone suggested that I try saying it like Botelli in Spanish, but that comes out as a double 'y' for me, which I know is wrong (honestly, -lli is odd for a Spanish speaker; In my dialect it would be a double 'y').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically these are my questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is this one consonant or is it geminated? When I think of the 'l' sound in million, to me, it sounds geminated. I distinctly hear an 'l', but I'm not sure if I'm mishearing it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;How is the tongue positioned for this sound? I've been trying to pronounce it as an 'l' with the back of my tongue touching my soft palate instead of the tip of my tongue touching the alveolar ridge as it normally would be for 'l'. Is this correct?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Am I correct that the 'gli' article is pronounced differently? In other words, if I were to say gli figli, are those two completely different sounds?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure that I'll ever master this sound, but I'd like to try to improve it at least.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="204" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T01:27:34.157" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T14:10:43.320" Title="Can anyone help me with the proper pronunciation of the lateral palatal approximante (aka 'gli' trigraph)?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1349" CreationDate="2013-11-22T01:20:19.093" Score="6" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If by &amp;quot;geminated&amp;quot; you mean that we have gemination, i.e. the consonant is doubled or has different length, then no, we don't. It's a whole different sound than &amp;quot;ll&amp;quot; in Italian. First, it's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palatal_lateral_approximant&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Palatal lateral approximant&lt;/a&gt;, in that page you can hear a sample of what it sounds like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's basically the sound you write as &lt;em&gt;ll&lt;/em&gt;  in Castillan Spanish (from Spain), as in &lt;em&gt;llamar&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Not sure how to best describe it, but from the L position, I take the tongue back a little bit and make the tip of it round, or at least this is what it feels like to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;No, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;figli&lt;/em&gt; have the same pronunciation, but you should say &lt;em&gt;i figli&lt;/em&gt;. Also note that GL before A, E, O, and U is pronounced as two distinct sounds, G and L. Also at the beginning of a word, e.g. &lt;em&gt;glicerina&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T01:20:19.093" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1349" CreationDate="2013-11-22T01:25:24.990" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, it's probably worth noting that &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is not univocally pronounced, but it actually depends on the context - meaning its position in a word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/gl-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, it depends on the letters sorrounding it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;when it comes right after a &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;, it's &lt;em&gt;biconsonantico&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. you pronounce both the &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Some examples are: &lt;em&gt;ganglio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;anglicismo&lt;/em&gt;, where the &lt;em&gt;gl&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced like in &lt;em&gt;deglutire&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;glucosio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;when &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is followed by a consonant, the sound is &lt;em&gt;biconsonantico&lt;/em&gt; if it is at the beginning of a word&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Examples: &lt;em&gt;glicemia&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;glissare&lt;/em&gt;, where again the &lt;em&gt;gl&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced like in *a&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;whenever &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is followed by a consonant and it's not at the beginning of a word, the &lt;em&gt;gl&lt;/em&gt; sound becomes a dygram, i.e. is must be pronounced with that sound your are talking about in the question. &lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Is this one consonant or is it geminated? When I think of the 'l' sound in million, to me, it sounds geminated. I distinctly hear an 'l', but I'm not sure if I'm mishearing it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I admit I'm no expert in phonetic, so I cannot tell whether &lt;em&gt;gl&lt;/em&gt; is geminated. Surely it's stressed and elongated when pronounced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How is the tongue positioned for this sound? I've been trying to pronounce it as an 'l' with the back of my tongue touching my soft palate instead of the tip of my tongue touching the alveolar ridge as it normally would be for 'l'. Is this correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I pronounce it I have the tip of the tongue touching the upper teeth, the middle of the tongue touching the palate and the end part not touching it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you've been told already, I think the closest sound in the Spanish language is the &lt;em&gt;ll&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way many Spanish-speaking people pronounce the &lt;em&gt;ll&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;botella&lt;/em&gt; (i.e. as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palatal_lateral_approximant&quot;&gt;Palatal lateral approximant&lt;/a&gt;) is actually fairly close to an acceptable pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;gl&lt;/em&gt;. Here's a &lt;a href=&quot;http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File%3aPalatal_lateral_approximant.ogg&quot;&gt;sound sample&lt;/a&gt; of such pronunciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's also not uncommon for native speakers not to be able of pronounce that sound correctly and they sound pretty much like the sound sample above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Am I correct that the 'gli' article is pronounced differently? In other words, if I were to say gli figli, are those two completely different sounds?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually no. A part from the the fact that &lt;em&gt;gli figli&lt;/em&gt; is not grammatically correct (&lt;em&gt;figli&lt;/em&gt; requires the article &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;), the two &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; are pronounced exactly in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1. A few exceptions apply, namely: &lt;em&gt;negligente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;negligenza&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;negligere&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sigli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sigliamo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sigliate&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;siglino&lt;/em&gt; from the verb &lt;em&gt;siglare&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ipoglicemia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nitroglicerina&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nitroglicol&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trigliceride&lt;/em&gt;; compound and derivates from &lt;em&gt;glifo&lt;/em&gt;, like &lt;em&gt;geroglifico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;aglifo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;anaglifico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;geroglificare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;petroglifico&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;triglifo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;anaglittica&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;anaglittico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T01:36:16.057" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T01:36:16.057" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1352" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1354" CreationDate="2013-11-22T08:08:34.063" Score="6" ViewCount="662" Body="&lt;p&gt;English uses a comma before &lt;em&gt;but&lt;/em&gt; if, and only if, it introduces an independent sentence. Is it the same in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Essere sinceri è importante ma non troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Andrei in vacanza il prossimo weekend ma non ho tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In reference to above examples, can anyone explain when a comma before &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; is needed and whether there are differences in use between Italian and English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:53:40.510" Title="Using a comma before 'ma'" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2013-11-22T09:05:49.373" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There shouldn't be a real rule for using or not a comma in these sentences, I usually decide whether or not to use it depending on the &quot;pause feeling&quot; I want to give to my sentence, so that my reader can have a different perception of how would it be hearing it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway you should use a comma if the &quot;ma&quot; sentence is an aside comment to what is being said. For example you would write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere sinceri è importante, ma non troppo, per essere in pace con il&#xA;  mondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T09:15:55.960" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T09:15:55.960" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2013-11-22T10:34:18.370" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;All Italian grammars unitedly recommend using a comma before an independent clause with coordinating conjunctions &lt;em&gt;ma, anzi, però, tuttavia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/punteggiatura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel periodo si usa per segnalare frasi coordinate per separare dalla principale frasi coordinate introdotte da &lt;em&gt;anzi, ma, però, tuttavia&lt;/em&gt; e diverse subordinate (relative esplicative, temporali, concessive, ipotetiche, non le completive e le interrogative indirette).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/virgola_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia  Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=S-x-hxAL7PQC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Manuale di redazione&lt;/a&gt; di Mariuccia Teroni (page 160):&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È obbligatorio usare la virgola in alcuni casi:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;per introdurre le frasi che cominciano con &lt;em&gt;anzi, ma, però, tuttavia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=Mw0Q7ljW5dIC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scrivere bene (o quasi)&lt;/a&gt; di Elisabetta Perini (page 18):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Normalmente la virgola si impiega nei seguenti casi:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;per separare le proposizione coordinate introdotte dalle congiunzioni avversative &lt;em&gt;anzi, ma, però, tuttavia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user68" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T12:07:32.810" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T12:07:32.810" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2013-11-22T10:42:15.433" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was at the elementary school, a comma before &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; was considered compulsory. On the other hand, a comma before &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; was a terrible sin worthy of a red sign.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; connects two adjectives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Kyriakos è brutto ma simpatico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I needed a name, every connection with real people is incidental &lt;code&gt;;-)&lt;/code&gt;) no comma is actually required. When &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; connects two propositions, then it's usually preceded by a comma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your first example, I see a slight difference between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere sinceri è importante ma non troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere sinceri è importante, ma non troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding a comma forces a pause, so in the second case I see a grin in the face of the speaker. Just a sensation, probably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second example is usually written with a comma and I'd use one myself. I wouldn't goggle at a missing comma, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T10:42:15.433" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1352" CreationDate="2013-11-22T10:52:19.840" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grammatica-italiana.it/virgola.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Here's a valid solution&lt;/a&gt;: I'm Italian and I use the comma everytime I see a &quot;ma&quot;.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per rispondere all’eterna domanda che attanaglia gli italiani “prima&#xA;  del ma ci vuole la virgola?”, la regola più conosciuta vuole che il ma&#xA;  avversativo utilizzato per coordinare due frasi sia preceduto da una&#xA;  virgola, si può invece evitarla quando ad essere unite sono due frasi&#xA;  brevi o due parole. In realtà non è sempre così, tutto dipende dalla&#xA;  funzione delle frasi e si può decidere se l’opposizione o uno dei due&#xA;  elementi coordinati debbano essere sottolineati dalla punteggiatura o&#xA;  meno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In two words: you need the comma if you are &quot;linking two phrases&quot; and you are giving &quot;exception&quot; in the 2nd phrase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Carlo ha molti difetti, ma è simpatico e alla mano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The comma could be avoided (but usually in schools they teach to use it anyway) in short sentences. I usually use it anyway, because to me it sounds &quot;unfamiliar&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Carlo è brutto ma anche simpatico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="202" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T09:53:40.510" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:53:40.510" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1345" CreationDate="2013-11-22T16:40:13.377" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essendo siciliano e frequentando diverse regioni del sud per lavoro, posso confermare che né in Sicilia, né in altre regioni del sud Italia la frase è comunemente utilizzata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda frasi simili per colore e tono, non credo che se ne possa trovare una usata in &lt;em&gt;tutto&lt;/em&gt; il sud Italia; per la mia esperienza, esistono numerose frasi per lo più dialettali, che quindi variano al variare del dialetto, il che vuol dire anche di città in città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="13" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T16:40:13.377" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1358" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-22T18:21:35.550" Score="1" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che pressoché ovunque le persone parlino di &quot;carattere difettoso&quot; per riferirsi ai  comportamenti altrui quando questi appaiano sgradevoli per qualche ragione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei interessato a sapere se l'espressione &quot;sei un po' difettoso&quot; è comunemente capita nel senso indicato, cioè &quot;hai un carattere difettoso&quot;, ovvero se si tratta di forma mutuata, in alcune regioni, da dialetti locali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T18:59:03.153" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T20:32:32.157" Title="Uso e comprensione dell'espressione &quot;essere difettosi&quot;" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1266" CreationDate="2013-11-22T18:34:29.193" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli 2013&lt;/em&gt; says, &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; is used to introduce different kind of subordinate clauses. In particular, it introduces a &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proposizione_causale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;causal clause&lt;/a&gt; when the verb is using the indicative or the subjunctive mood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vai a dormire che è tardi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andiamo, che è tardi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/WVWLg.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In those sentences, I would use &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the same time, in the following sentences I would not replace &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, even though &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt; introduces a causal clause with the verb in the indicative or subjunctive mood too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non l'ho comprato perché non mi piaceva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sono venuto perché s'era fatto tardi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-11-22T18:50:01.247" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T18:50:01.247" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1360" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-22T21:30:36.753" Score="8" ViewCount="2333" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a previous question I wrote &lt;em&gt;Credo che pressocché &lt;strong&gt;dovunque&lt;/strong&gt; le persone parlino ...&lt;/em&gt;, but it was changed to &lt;em&gt;Credo che pressocché &lt;strong&gt;ovunque&lt;/strong&gt; le persone parlino ...&lt;/em&gt;, replacing &lt;em&gt;dovunque&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;ovunque&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain the reason why one should prefer &lt;em&gt;ovunque&lt;/em&gt; over &lt;em&gt;dovunque&lt;/em&gt; in that case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After consulting some dictionaries, I'm still unsure about what the difference is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2019-06-01T12:20:35.110" LastActivityDate="2019-06-01T12:20:35.110" Title="Is there a difference between &quot;ovunque&quot; vs. &quot;dovunque&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1360" CreationDate="2013-11-22T21:56:11.363" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are interchangeable, as they have exactly the same meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, since one starts with a vowel and one with a consonant, the usage of one of the two can be preferable in the way they sound.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo che pressocché &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dovunque&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; le persone parlino ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is completely fine and I wouldn't have bothered in correcting it. However I agree that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo che pressocché &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ovunque&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; le persone parlino ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pleases my ear a little better, since losing the consonant makes the whole sentence flow more smoothly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, I think &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ovunque&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is less common in the spoken language than &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dovunque&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and it is also a little bit more highbrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="781" LastEditDate="2014-08-07T07:00:32.120" LastActivityDate="2014-08-07T07:00:32.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1360" CreationDate="2013-11-22T23:17:07.360" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are interchangeable, as &lt;em&gt;ovunque&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;dovunque&lt;/em&gt;. They are like &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fra&lt;/em&gt;: Although they are synonyms, you generally avoid some word combinations, such as &lt;em&gt;fra frati&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tra travi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for using &lt;em&gt;pressoché dovunque&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;pressoché ovunque&lt;/em&gt;, Google NGrams shows the latter is used more often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=pressoch%C3%A9+ovunque%2C+pressoch%C3%A9+dovunque&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cpressoch%C3%A9%20ovunque%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cpressoch%C3%A9%20dovunque%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/GOFi9.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, looking for &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;strong&gt;c&lt;/strong&gt;ché dovunque&lt;/em&gt; versus &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;strong&gt;c&lt;/strong&gt;ché ovunque&lt;/em&gt;, I get the following. (There are two &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; after &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=pressocch%C3%A9+ovunque%2Cpressocch%C3%A9+dovunque&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cpressocch%C3%A9%20ovunque%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Ax3Xv.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2019-05-30T17:11:15.050" LastActivityDate="2019-05-30T17:11:15.050" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1239" CreationDate="2013-11-22T23:59:51.353" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rene&lt;/em&gt; is the part of the body, plural &lt;em&gt;i reni&lt;/em&gt;. But &lt;em&gt;le reni&lt;/em&gt; (only plural) means the lower part of the back and is mostly used in figurative sense. So &lt;em&gt;spezzare le reni&lt;/em&gt; is “to break the back” (probably not used in English), that is, “to defeat”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's similar to &lt;em&gt;le calcagna&lt;/em&gt; that's only used in figurative sense; the heels in proper sense is &lt;em&gt;i calcagni&lt;/em&gt;. In particular&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;avere qualcuno alle calcagna, avere qualcuno alle reni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;have the same meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As miniBill says, &lt;em&gt;spezzeremo le reni&lt;/em&gt; was used by Mussolini. Most people at the soccer field don't really know where the phrase comes from and they say it just because they heard it somewhere. Unfortunately, other people do know and use it on purpose. In any case, it's pathetic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-22T23:59:51.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2013-11-23T01:00:40.543" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is also possible to use Voi instead of Lei. It is rare and used mostly in southern Italy.&#xA;In some areas you are supposed to use &quot;Voi&quot; also speaking to your parents and also if you are not a kid anymore. This is very rare anyway, I met only 1 person following this rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Galateo states that you should use Tu with people of inferior rank, Lei with peers, Voi with people of higher rank and &quot;Essi&quot; with royal family member.&#xA;Those rules are almost forgotten, it is very common to use Tu always except in formal or business situations as already answered.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, using the family name to refer to a person is considered more formal and usually used with Lei, i.e.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Lei, signor Rossi, venga qua per favore! Tu, Mario, vieni qua per favore!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;are proper sentences, instead&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Lei, Mario, venga qua per favore! Tu, signor Rossi, vieni qua per favore!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;are correct but they sound strange. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="212" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-23T08:44:00.310" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T08:44:00.310" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1365" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1377" CreationDate="2013-11-23T09:09:04.993" Score="5" ViewCount="1254" Body="&lt;p&gt;Imagine a person, who laughs for no reason. And then imagine another person, who starts laughing 10 minutes after a joke has been told.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Is there a word or a phrase to describe any of such persons (in non-offensive way)? Maybe, some regional expressions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-12-30T19:13:47.243" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:54:50.153" Title="Is there a word or a term for someone who laughs out of place?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1366" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1408" CreationDate="2013-11-23T09:15:29.247" Score="3" ViewCount="5955" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho solo di recente scoperto che il termine &lt;em&gt;accortenza&lt;/em&gt; è di utilizzo prettamente partenopeo, mentre la corretta forma italiana sarebbe &lt;em&gt;accortezza&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Sembra che esso sia un regionalismo, considerato scorretto altrove, ma che ha uso tipicamente comune, informale ma anche formale, in quella zona del paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La cosa mi ha piuttosto sorpreso e son andata a cercare la ragione di questa discrepanza: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/po-accortenza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; chiarisce che i due sostantivi si son formati da due diversi suffissi latini e che &lt;em&gt;accortezza&lt;/em&gt; è quello regolare, formatosi cioè da un participio passato usato come aggettivo. L'altra proviene morfologicamente da un participio presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal canto suo però &lt;em&gt;accortenza&lt;/em&gt;, spulciando fonti storiche, pare abbia avuto una generica origine popolare, non relegata a Napoli, e sia stata in seguito acquisita stabilmente nell'italiano regionale della zona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si riporta anche una lieve differenziazione semantica: mentre &lt;em&gt;accortezza&lt;/em&gt; è sinonimo di prudenza e accuratezza, &lt;em&gt;accortenza&lt;/em&gt; ha il ruolo più generico di &lt;em&gt;attenzione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se il termine (che, ripeto, per me è neuronalmente la forma giusta e mi tocca forzatamente sostituirlo con &quot;accortezza&quot;) è in regioni diverse dalla Campania considerato del tutto scorretto, esclusivamente dialettale, se addirittura non verrebbe compreso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe anche capire come si è storicamente sviluppato il confinamento ad una parte del paese di un termine di derivazione latina e di uso genericamente popoolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T14:21:34.690" Title="Uso nell'italiano del termine &quot;accortenza&quot; in luogo di &quot;accortezza&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1365" CreationDate="2013-11-23T10:18:41.297" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the former case, the proverb says &quot;il riso abbonda sulla bocca degli stolti&quot; (there's a lot of laughter* in the stupid's mouth) For the latter case, what comes to mind is the highly irregular expression &quot;essere tardo di comprendonio&quot; (literally, to be slow of understanding), but neither of these are any pleasant on the receiving end. Euphemisms in informal situations could be commenting on your friend's amount of intoxication or in the latter case likening him to a diesel engine: he's slow but he gets there. In more formal situations it's probably polite not to comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're approximately in your 20s, really friends and he's been in Italy in the past few years you could even risk quoting &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zelig_%28programma_televisivo%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zelig&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;oh, ma ci sei? sei connesso?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*riso means both laughter and rice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastEditorUserId="176" LastEditDate="2013-11-23T10:25:32.187" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T10:25:32.187" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1365" CreationDate="2013-11-23T10:32:01.233" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for the first question, there is a quite colloquial (and regional?) word, &lt;em&gt;stupidera&lt;/em&gt;, that denotes that kind of laughter when you cannot stop laughing, and everything makes you laugh even more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T10:32:01.233" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1369" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-23T14:54:45.383" Score="9" ViewCount="7555" Body="&lt;p&gt;Soprattutto nel nord-ovest sento spesso usare 'nee' alla fine di talune asserzioni, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'Non chiederlo ancora, nee.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'Prendi il libro, nee.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'Sono stanco ora, nee.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi precisamente cosa significhi e quali siano le origini storiche di questo 'nee'? E' per caso un francesismo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T19:35:23.407" Title="Origini ed etimologia della particella 'nee' alla fine di frasi in dialetti del Nord Italia" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2013-11-23T17:58:47.440" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un intercalare usato in alcuni dialetti del Nord Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In dialetti come il Piemontese la &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; finale è particolarmente allungata e da qui la grafia &lt;em&gt;nee&lt;/em&gt;. In altri dialetti della Lombardia (come ad esempio il Milanese) il suono è invece più secco, con una &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; corta, ed è solitamente scritto come &lt;em&gt;neh&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa esclusivamente a fine della frase al fine di rafforzarne il significato e richiedere una sorta di conferma da parte dell'ascoltatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Circa la sua origine, penso derivi semplicemente dalla parola &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;eh&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, usata con significato identico (francamente ignoro se questo utilizzo sia dialettale o meno).&#xA;Sospetto che l'aggiunta della &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; sia dovuta a motivi fonetici, in modo da legare meglio la frase quando &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;eh&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è preceduto da una parola che termina con una vocale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italiano può essere facilmente tradotto con espressioni del tipo &lt;em&gt;mi raccomando&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;capito?&lt;/em&gt;, in dipendenza dal contesto, ad esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non chiederlo ancora, mi raccomando! &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Prendi il libro, capito?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastEditorUserId="17" LastEditDate="2013-11-23T18:13:26.530" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T18:13:26.530" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1372" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1379" CreationDate="2013-11-23T19:34:15.717" Score="9" ViewCount="642" Body="&lt;p&gt;The number of lemmas in the vocabulary of Italian, intended as the the number of entries in a paper vocabulary, may change according to the vocabulary itself, that is, according to how much it is abridged.&#xA;This is of course true for every language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I expect this number to grow with time because of new entrances, even though you could also argue that lemmas exit the vocabulary (because they're considered so obsolete nobody uses them any more).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you know what are the current estimates about the size of the Italian vocabulary?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-02-06T17:37:28.410" Title="Estimates about the number of lemmas in the Italian vocabulary" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2013-11-23T19:59:29.427" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's just an expression, a &quot;way to say&quot;. It could easily be compared to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;'Don't ask it again, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ok&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;?' &#xA;  'Take the book, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ok&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;?.' &#xA;  'I am tired, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ok&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;?.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's like a rhetorical question, to get that particular person's attention. I use it always and I live in Lombardia near Milan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="218" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T19:59:29.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1358" CreationDate="2013-11-23T20:32:32.157" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard it many times, often even had it said to me. I live near Milan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even though &quot;carattere difettoso&quot; can mean what you mean, is far more common to indicate that that particular person doesn't have some kind of quality or manners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, if two friends are talking about a common friend who get's angry very often they can easily say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sai che è un po' difettoso sotto quell'aspetto... &quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the meaning that he lacks self-control.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I must say though that it isn't so common as you think. Even here in Milan there are people who doesn't use this kind of expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="218" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T20:32:32.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1347" CreationDate="2013-11-23T20:34:37.477" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Never heard of. I don't even think it's in a dictionary. It could be a funny way to say &quot;memorabile&quot; as if you talk to a little kid or as a joke, but it's not used on formal/normal occasions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="218" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T20:34:37.477" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1372" CreationDate="2013-11-23T22:01:04.623" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, according to Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[..] il patrimonio lessicale italiano dovrebbe essere compreso tra le 215.000 e le 270.000 unità lessicali (lessemi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More info can be found here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/varie/varie_026.html&quot;&gt;Treccani Website&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="218" LastActivityDate="2013-11-23T22:01:04.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1365" CreationDate="2013-11-24T06:41:44.233" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;«Ridere a scoppio ritardato» when you start laughing way after you should have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Aver la riderella», «esser preso dalla riderella» when you can't stop laughing (as mentioned by others above).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2013-11-24T06:41:44.233" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1378" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-24T10:02:27.870" Score="14" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono quasi morto &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; freddo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono quasi morto &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; freddo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain what preposition I should prefer in the above sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, always in reference to above sentences, supposing they are interchangeable there, can anyone explain why they are not in cases below.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono quasi morto &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; morbillo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono quasi morto &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; morbillo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T23:48:13.013" Title="Why are 'di' and 'dal' interchangeable in some cases, while they aren't in others?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1372" CreationDate="2013-11-24T11:15:01.183" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think a more interesting question &lt;em&gt;would be&lt;/em&gt;: what is an estimate of all admissible words in Italian (lemmas &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; inflections)? These are millions but, to my knowledge, nobody has ever made a reasonably exhaustive list, not even a reliable estimate - although, in my opinion, it would be relatively simple and cheap. [&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Actually, according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/varie/varie_026.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Lorenzetti 2004&lt;/a&gt;, cited by Con7e, Italian words are about 2 million!]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict/0index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Aspell dictionaries&lt;/a&gt; can be &lt;em&gt;expanded&lt;/em&gt; so to obtain &lt;em&gt;many&lt;/em&gt; inflections of the lemmas they contain: the list you get this way is not accurate, it's not complete, but it's certainly a useful starting point (note that the license is free, GNU Lesser General Public License). &lt;a href=&quot;http://antonio-bonifati.blogspot.com.au/2009/10/lista-di-parole-italiane.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; you can find a code for Linux: according to the author of the blog, Aspell Italian dictionary lists about 1.9 million inflections.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following code (from Linux terminal, once you have installed Aspell software and the Italian dictionary):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;aspell -l it dump master | aspell -l it expand &amp;gt; italian.wordlist.all&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;generates &lt;code&gt;1,898,196&lt;/code&gt; words but it might need a lot of cleaning up. Also note that the reported inflections miss the last vowel (so they do not cover gender, number, homographs, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once you remove doubles, the number of unique entries falls to &lt;code&gt;1,135,672&lt;/code&gt;. Check that out in Matlab:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fid = fopen('italian.wordlist.all');&#xA;C = textscan(fid, '%s');&#xA;fclose(fid);&#xA;C = C{1};&#xA;size(unique(C))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An interesting project is Marco Baroni's Morph-It project, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dev.sslmit.unibo.it/linguistics/morph-it.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;: it «is a lexicon of inflected forms with their lemma and morphological features».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just as an example of the extent to which a single Italian lemma can be &lt;em&gt;expanded&lt;/em&gt;: if you &lt;em&gt;expand&lt;/em&gt; the verb &quot;giocare&quot;, i.e. if you conjugate it in all its possible forms, you get at least 362 inflections (including a handful of &lt;em&gt;homographs&lt;/em&gt;). If you have doubts, look at the list below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1   gioco&#xA;2   giochi&#xA;3   gioca&#xA;4   giochiamo&#xA;5   giochiam&#xA;6   giocate&#xA;7   giocano&#xA;8   giocan&#xA;&#xA;9   giocavo&#xA;10  giocavi&#xA;11  giocava&#xA;12  giocavamo&#xA;13  giocavam&#xA;14  giocavate&#xA;15  giocavano&#xA;16  giocavan&#xA;&#xA;17  giocai&#xA;18  giocasti&#xA;19  giocò&#xA;20  giocammo&#xA;21  giocaste&#xA;22  giocarono&#xA;23  giocaron&#xA;&#xA;24  giocherò&#xA;25  giocherai&#xA;26  giocherà&#xA;27  giocheremo&#xA;28  giocherem&#xA;29  giocherete&#xA;30  giocheranno&#xA;31  giocheran&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;32  giochi&#xA;33  giochi&#xA;34  giochi&#xA;35  giochiamo&#xA;36  giochiam&#xA;37  giochiate&#xA;38  giochino&#xA;39  giochin&#xA;&#xA;40  giocassi&#xA;41  giocassi&#xA;42  giocasse&#xA;43  giocassimo&#xA;44  giocassim&#xA;45  giocaste&#xA;46  giocassero&#xA;47  giocasser&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;48  giocherei&#xA;49  giocheresti&#xA;50  giocherebbe&#xA;51  giocheremmo&#xA;52  giochereste&#xA;53  giocherebbero&#xA;54  giocherebber&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;55  gioca&#xA;56  giochi&#xA;57  giochiamo&#xA;58  giochiam&#xA;59  giocate&#xA;60  giochino&#xA;61  giochin&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;62  giocando&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;63  giocante&#xA;64  giocanti&#xA;&#xA;65  giocato&#xA;66  giocata&#xA;67  giocati&#xA;68  giocate&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;69  giocare&#xA;70  giocar&#xA;71  giocarsi&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;72  giocalo&#xA;73  giocala&#xA;74  giocali&#xA;75  giocale&#xA;&#xA;76  giocami&#xA;77  giocati&#xA;78  giocagli&#xA;79  giocale&#xA;80  giocaci&#xA;&#xA;81  giocamelo&#xA;82  giocamel&#xA;83  giocamela&#xA;84  giocameli&#xA;85  giocamele&#xA;&#xA;86  giocatelo&#xA;87  giocatel&#xA;88  giocatela&#xA;89  giocateli&#xA;90  giocatele&#xA;&#xA;91  giocaglielo&#xA;92  giocagliela&#xA;93  giocaglieli&#xA;94  giocagliele&#xA;95  giocagliel&#xA;&#xA;96  giocacelo&#xA;97  giocacela&#xA;98  giocaceli&#xA;99  giocacele&#xA;100 giocacel&#xA;&#xA;101 giocaci&#xA;102 giocamici&#xA;103 giocatici&#xA;104 giocaglici&#xA;&#xA;105 giocane&#xA;106 giocamene&#xA;107 giocatene&#xA;108 giocagliene&#xA;109 giocacene&#xA;&#xA;110 giochiamolo&#xA;111 giochiamola&#xA;112 giochiamoli&#xA;113 giochiamole&#xA;114 giochiamol&#xA;&#xA;115 giochiamogli&#xA;116 giochiamole&#xA;117 giochiamoci&#xA;&#xA;118 giochiamocelo&#xA;119 giochiamocela&#xA;120 giochiamoceli&#xA;121 giochiamocele&#xA;&#xA;122 giochiamoglielo&#xA;123 giochiamogliela&#xA;124 giochiamoglieli&#xA;125 giochiamogliele&#xA;126 giochiamogliel&#xA;&#xA;127 giochiamoci&#xA;128 giochiamone&#xA;129 giochiamocene&#xA;130 giochiamogliene&#xA;&#xA;131 giocatelo&#xA;132 giocatela&#xA;133 giocateli&#xA;134 giocatele&#xA;135 giocatel&#xA;&#xA;136 giocatemi&#xA;137 giocategli&#xA;138 giocatele&#xA;139 giocateci&#xA;140 giocatevi&#xA;&#xA;141 giocatemelo&#xA;142 giocatemela&#xA;143 giocatemeli&#xA;144 giocatemele&#xA;145 giocatemel&#xA;&#xA;146 giocateglielo&#xA;147 giocategliela&#xA;148 giocateglieli&#xA;149 giocategliele&#xA;150 giocategliel&#xA;&#xA;151 giocatecelo&#xA;152 giocatecela&#xA;153 giocateceli&#xA;154 giocatecele&#xA;155 giocatecel&#xA;&#xA;156 giocatevelo&#xA;157 giocatevela&#xA;158 giocateveli&#xA;159 giocatevele&#xA;160 giocatevel&#xA;&#xA;161 giocateci&#xA;162 giocatemici&#xA;163 giocateglici&#xA;164 giocatevici&#xA;&#xA;165 giocatene&#xA;166 giocatemene&#xA;167 giocategliene&#xA;168 giocatecene&#xA;169 giocatevene&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;170 giocandolo&#xA;171 giocandola&#xA;172 giocandoli&#xA;173 giocandole&#xA;174 giocandol&#xA;&#xA;175 giocandomi&#xA;176 giocandoti&#xA;177 giocandogli&#xA;178 giocandole&#xA;179 giocandosi&#xA;180 giocandoci&#xA;181 giocandovi&#xA;&#xA;182 giocandomelo&#xA;183 giocandomela&#xA;184 giocandomeli&#xA;185 giocandomele&#xA;186 giocandomel&#xA;&#xA;187 giocandotelo&#xA;188 giocandotela&#xA;189 giocandoteli&#xA;190 giocandotele&#xA;191 giocandotel&#xA;&#xA;192 giocandoglielo&#xA;193 giocandogliela&#xA;194 giocandoglieli&#xA;195 giocandogliele&#xA;196 giocandogliel&#xA;&#xA;197 giocandoselo&#xA;198 giocandosela&#xA;199 giocandoseli&#xA;200 giocandosele&#xA;201 giocandosel&#xA;&#xA;202 giocandocelo&#xA;203 giocandocela&#xA;204 giocandoceli&#xA;205 giocandocele&#xA;206 giocandocel&#xA;&#xA;207 giocandovelo&#xA;208 giocandovela&#xA;209 giocandoveli&#xA;210 giocandovele&#xA;211 giocandovel&#xA;&#xA;212 giocandoci&#xA;213 giocandomici&#xA;214 giocandotici&#xA;215 giocandoglici&#xA;216 giocandosici&#xA;217 giocandocici&#xA;218 giocandovici&#xA;&#xA;219 giocandovi&#xA;220 giocandomivi&#xA;221 giocandotivi&#xA;222 giocandoglivi&#xA;223 giocandosivi&#xA;224 giocandocivi&#xA;225 giocandovivi&#xA;&#xA;226 giocandocisi&#xA;227 giocandovisi&#xA;&#xA;228 giocandone&#xA;229 giocandomene&#xA;230 giocandotene&#xA;231 giocandogliene&#xA;232 giocandosene&#xA;233 giocandocene&#xA;234 giocandovene&#xA;&#xA;235 giocandocene&#xA;236 giocandovene&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;237 giocatolo&#xA;238 giocatola&#xA;239 giocatoli&#xA;240 giocatole&#xA;241 giocatol&#xA;&#xA;242 giocatomi&#xA;243 giocatami&#xA;244 giocatimi&#xA;245 giocatemi&#xA;&#xA;246 giocatoti&#xA;247 giocatati&#xA;248 giocatiti&#xA;249 giocateti&#xA;&#xA;250 giocatogli&#xA;251 giocatagli&#xA;252 giocatigli&#xA;253 giocategli&#xA;&#xA;254 giocatole&#xA;255 giocatale&#xA;256 giocatile&#xA;257 giocatele&#xA;&#xA;258 giocatosi&#xA;259 giocatasi&#xA;260 giocatisi&#xA;261 giocatesi&#xA;&#xA;262 giocatoci&#xA;263 giocataci&#xA;264 giocatici&#xA;265 giocateci&#xA;&#xA;266 giocatovi&#xA;267 giocatavi&#xA;268 giocativi&#xA;269 giocatevi&#xA;&#xA;270 giocatomelo&#xA;271 giocatamela&#xA;272 giocatimeli&#xA;273 giocatemele&#xA;&#xA;274 giocatotelo&#xA;275 giocatatela&#xA;276 giocatiteli&#xA;277 giocatetele&#xA;&#xA;278 giocatoglielo&#xA;279 giocatagliela&#xA;280 giocatoglielo&#xA;281 giocatoglielo&#xA;&#xA;282 giocatoselo&#xA;283 giocatasela&#xA;284 giocatiseli&#xA;285 giocatesele&#xA;&#xA;286 giocatone&#xA;287 giocatane&#xA;288 giocatine&#xA;289 giocatene&#xA;&#xA;290 giocatomene&#xA;291 giocatamene&#xA;292 giocatimene&#xA;293 giocatemene&#xA;&#xA;294 giocatotene&#xA;295 giocatatene&#xA;296 giocatitene&#xA;297 giocatetene&#xA;&#xA;298 giocatogliene&#xA;299 giocatagliene&#xA;300 giocatigliene&#xA;301 giocategliene&#xA;&#xA;302 giocatosene&#xA;303 giocatasene&#xA;304 giocatisene&#xA;305 giocatesene&#xA;&#xA;306 giocatocene&#xA;307 giocatacene&#xA;308 giocaticene&#xA;309 giocatecene&#xA;&#xA;310 giocatovene&#xA;311 giocatavene&#xA;312 giocativene&#xA;313 giocatevene&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;314 giocarlo&#xA;315 giocarla&#xA;316 giocarli&#xA;317 giocarle&#xA;&#xA;318 giocarmi&#xA;319 giocarti&#xA;320 giocargli&#xA;321 giocarle&#xA;322 giocarci&#xA;323 giocarvi&#xA;&#xA;324 giocarmelo&#xA;325 giocarmela&#xA;326 giocarmeli&#xA;327 giocarmele&#xA;328 giocarmel&#xA;&#xA;329 giocartelo&#xA;330 giocartela&#xA;331 giocarteli&#xA;332 giocartele&#xA;333 giocartel&#xA;&#xA;334 giocarglielo&#xA;335 giocargliela&#xA;336 giocarglieli&#xA;337 giocargliele&#xA;338 giocargliel&#xA;&#xA;339 giocarselo&#xA;340 giocarsela&#xA;341 giocarseli&#xA;342 giocarsele&#xA;343 giocarsel&#xA;&#xA;344 giocarcelo&#xA;345 giocarcela&#xA;346 giocarceli&#xA;347 giocarcele&#xA;348 giocarcel&#xA;&#xA;349 giocarvelo&#xA;350 giocarvela&#xA;351 giocarveli&#xA;352 giocarvele&#xA;353 giocarvel&#xA;&#xA;354 giocarne&#xA;355 giocarci&#xA;356 giocarvi&#xA;&#xA;357 giocarmene&#xA;358 giocartene&#xA;359 giocargliene&#xA;360 giocarsene&#xA;361 giocarcene&#xA;362 giocarvene&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The list above was written by myself - probably it is not accurate (--&gt; there might be inaccuracies) nor complete (--&gt; there might be more cases). Feel free to correct/complete it if you wish. I think that &lt;code&gt;1:362&lt;/code&gt; is a reasonable estimate of the ratio &lt;code&gt;lemma/inflections&lt;/code&gt; for verbs in Italian. Once you get reasonable estimates of the ratio &lt;code&gt;lemma/inflections&lt;/code&gt; for nouns, adjectives and all other parts of speech that have inflections (store the estimates in vector &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;), once you get reasonable estimates of the number of lemmas for each of those parts of speech (store the estimates in vector &lt;code&gt;b&lt;/code&gt;), you have an estimate of the admissible inflections in Italian (just calculate the inner product of the two vectors &lt;code&gt;a·b&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-02-06T17:37:28.410" LastActivityDate="2014-02-06T17:37:28.410" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1378" CreationDate="2013-11-24T20:51:36.750" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference is quite subtle.&#xA;When you use &quot;dal&quot; actually you are meaning &quot;dal troppo&quot; (&quot;because of too much&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &quot;sono quasi morto dal freddo&quot; means &quot;sono quasi morto dal [troppo] freddo&quot; (I almost died because of too much cold), while &quot;sono quasi morto di freddo&quot; simply means &quot;I almost died because of the cold&quot;. The meaning therefore is almost identical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the reason why you can say &quot;sono quasi morto dal freddo&quot; but you can't say &quot;sono quasi morto dal morbillo&quot; since &quot;too much measles&quot; is meaningless: you just have or not have measles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="220" LastEditorUserId="220" LastEditDate="2013-11-25T07:35:01.727" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T07:35:01.727" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1384" CreationDate="2013-11-25T08:06:53.100" Score="5" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto scrivendo una relazione su un edificio storico, leggendo quelle dei miei colleghi trovo frasi del tipo &quot;l'ospedale &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Roma&quot;, o &quot;la chiesa di San Martino &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Bologna&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io personalmente ho sempre utilizzato la preposizione &quot;a&quot; e sinceramente mi sembra che suoni meglio. C'è qualche motivo per cui dovrei preferire la preposizione &quot;in&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-11-25T10:22:10.057" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T09:25:19.950" Title="&quot;In&quot; o &quot;a&quot; per indicare edifici in città?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1381" CreationDate="2013-11-25T08:43:43.707" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Immagino che l'uso della preposizione &quot;in&quot; in questi casi sia dovuto all'importazione dall'inglese, visto che in quel caso si direbbe appunto &quot;The hospital in Rome&quot; e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano quando devi indicare la presenza in un edificio in città utilizza la preposizione &quot;a&quot;, per le regioni e le nazioni (o anche per le tipologie di territorio) invece usi &quot;in&quot;, ad esempio &quot;L'ospedale in Lombardia&quot;, &quot;L'ospedale in Francia&quot;, &quot;L'ospedale in montagna&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="179" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T08:43:43.707" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1383" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-25T10:53:19.720" Score="6" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know the meaning of the idiom “&lt;em&gt;segnare la misura&lt;/em&gt;” (apart from its literal meaning)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find it in a 1943 text about primary school curricula: «Si sconsiglia di attardarsi nel procedimento slegato degli insegnamenti artistici ..., dei canti ..., del disegno ..., di numeri e di calcoli di aritmetica, di cui l’esperienza e la volontà a progredire dei fanciulli non segni la misura».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-06-13T10:18:39.137" Title="Meaning of “segnare la misura”" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1381" CreationDate="2013-11-25T12:41:58.817" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che il primo esempio sia semplicemente sbagliato e servirebbe invece un complemento di specificazione: &quot;l'ospedale &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; Roma&quot;. Se questa frase fa scattare un campanello d'allarme in testa (&quot;&lt;i&gt;l'&lt;/i&gt;ospedale di Roma? Roma ha solo un ospedale?&quot;), siete in buona compagnia: entrambe le frasi sono ambigue, ma la seconda lo è IMVHO in modo più chiaro ed è quindi da preferirsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il secondo, mentre si potrebbe fare la stessa obiezione, ho l'impressione che si tratti di una specie di vezzo stilistico: se si usasse il complemento di specificazione avremmo &quot;la chiesa &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; San Martino &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; Bologna&quot;, che fa ripetizione; specificando invece la chiesa con un complemento di stato in luogo si aggira il problema. Perchè allora scegliere &quot;in&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia nei complementi di stato in luogo in Italiano si può usare sia &quot;in&quot; che &quot;a&quot; in modo pressocchè equivalente; in Latino, però, questo complemento usa esclusivamente la preposizione &quot;in&quot; (&quot;ad&quot; è per il moto &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; luogo.) Se il contesto è sufficientemente aulico (e.g. storia dell'arte), è facile che il motivo della scelta sia quello di un più o meno consapevole latinismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastEditorUserId="176" LastEditDate="2013-11-25T18:24:32.030" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T18:24:32.030" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1385" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1387" CreationDate="2013-11-25T17:53:40.957" Score="11" ViewCount="749" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché non si dice &quot;Le conferenze stampa&quot; e non si dice &quot;Le conferenze di/da/della/delle stampa/e&quot; o non si dice &quot;Le conferenze stampe&quot;. Qual'è il ruolo grammatico di &quot;stampa&quot; in questa espressione. Mi ricordo che avevo visto altre espressioni del genere ma non ricordo cosa c'erano esattamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può fare alcuni esempi nel quale un sostantivo succede un altro sostantivo senza nessun proposizione  e costruisce una espressione che implica un significato nuovo. Mica in tutte queste espressioni si identifica il primo sostantivo come quello che cambia grammaticamente facendo plurale o aggiungendo aggettivi(per esempio. &quot;Le conferenze stampa dure che stavo guardando&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="219" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-27T10:38:59.733" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T10:38:59.733" Title="Qual è la regola grammaticale nell'uso di &quot;stampa&quot; nella espressione &quot;le conferenze stampa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1383" CreationDate="2013-11-25T18:59:18.887" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to me, 'non segni la misura' means 'non comprenda la portata' there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T18:59:18.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1385" CreationDate="2013-11-25T20:01:03.007" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Such phrases are nominal syntagms in which a preposition has been lost and are actually quite common in Italian: just think &lt;em&gt;posto letto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pesce martello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;carro attrezzi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;decreto legge&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pausa caffè&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;angolo cottura&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sala professori&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;parola chiave&lt;/em&gt; and so on. They are a special case of the more general process of composition, which explains the formation of many words from simpler words (&lt;em&gt;portalettere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;capoclasse&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;altopiano&lt;/em&gt;, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the plural and with adjectives, they behave just like they would if the missing preposition were there: &lt;em&gt;l'angusto angolo (per la) cottura&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli angusti angoli (per la) cottura&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T20:01:03.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1385" CreationDate="2013-11-25T20:05:00.307" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stampa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; says that in this case &lt;em&gt;stampa&lt;/em&gt; is still a noun and means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con valore collettivo, i giornalisti, come categoria professionale o operatori del settore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;similarly to the English &lt;em&gt;the press&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another examples is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sala della s. (o comunem. sala stampa), sede permanente o allestita in occasione di determinate manifestazioni, presso la quale i giornalisti possono scrivere e trasmettere i loro servizî ai rispettivi giornali;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that under the lemma &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conferenza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;conferenza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; they write it in hyphenated form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In partic., conferenza-stampa (plur. conferenze-stampa), intervista concessa da uomini politici, scrittori, attori, cantanti e, in genere, persone molto note, ai rappresentanti della stampa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T20:05:00.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1378" CreationDate="2013-11-25T22:56:09.130" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Domenico already said &lt;code&gt;dal&lt;/code&gt; is a shorthand for &lt;code&gt;dal troppo&lt;/code&gt; and it &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; describe a &lt;em&gt;causal&lt;/em&gt; relationship. &lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; provide a causal relationship but it does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; have to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lastampa.it/2013/09/19/scienza/benessere/sensazione-di-troppo-caldo-o-freddo-colpa-della-tiroide-TIJqreJA7T5BfKUuZClm3K/pagina.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;La Stampa&lt;/a&gt; uses &lt;code&gt;Sensazione di troppo caldo o freddo&lt;/code&gt; (feeling of too much heat or cold). Here you can &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; use &lt;code&gt;dal&lt;/code&gt;, as in &lt;code&gt;sensazione dal caldo&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;sensazione dal troppo caldo&lt;/code&gt;, because there is no causal relationship. It's a specification about the kind of feeling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T22:56:09.130" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1391" CreationDate="2013-11-25T23:03:26.050" Score="5" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il motivo per cui in molte fonti trovo scritto &quot;Sibilla&quot; con la lettera maiuscola. Teoricamente dovrebbe essere un nome comune visto che le sacerdotesse erano più di una e quindi essere scritto in minuscolo. Vorrei capire quando metterlo con la lettera maiuscola e perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-09T15:10:45.783" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T15:10:45.783" Title="Maiuscola per la parola Sibilla" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1390" CreationDate="2013-11-25T23:35:04.930" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando il termine è in minuscolo indica una categoria, come &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sibilla&quot;&gt;nella frase, tratta da Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le sibille erano vergini dotate di virtù profetiche ispirate da un dio (solitamente Apollo), ed erano in grado di fornire responsi e fare predizioni, per lo più in forma oscura o ambivalente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Talvolta invece il termine viene utilizzato come titolo onorifico,  come nel caso della  &lt;em&gt;Sibilla Eritrea&lt;/em&gt;, la &lt;em&gt;Sibilla Cumana&lt;/em&gt; e la &lt;em&gt;Sibilla Delfica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tale titolo trae probabilmente la sua origine dal nome proprio &lt;em&gt;Sibilla&lt;/em&gt;. Sempre da Wikipedia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In origine Sibilla (dal greco Sibylla) era un nome proprio di persona. Probabilmente era quello di una delle sibille più antiche, la Sibilla Libica, come ci attesta Pausania.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="17" LastActivityDate="2013-11-25T23:35:04.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1390" CreationDate="2013-11-25T23:43:38.303" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si può leggere sul vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sibilla/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, quando ci si rivolge ad una delle veggenti della Grecia Antica, si è soliti usare la lettera maiuscola, mentre nell'utilizzo scherzoso del termine, ove si indica una comune indovina, verrà preferita l'iniziale minuscola. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La campitura sulla Sibilla Cumana &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La campitura sulle sibille&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastEditorUserId="87" LastEditDate="2013-12-06T22:34:13.660" LastActivityDate="2013-12-06T22:34:13.660" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1393" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-26T07:57:16.530" Score="6" ViewCount="241" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English a &lt;em&gt;nonce word&lt;/em&gt; is one coined on the spur of the moment. It works in its context but may never be used again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To what Italian term does &lt;em&gt;nonce word&lt;/em&gt; correspond?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, maybe, in Italian the &lt;em&gt;nonce word&lt;/em&gt; phenomenon doesn't exist and so there is no parallel term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-12-01T23:12:18.737" Title="To what Italian term does *nonce word* correspond?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2013-11-26T08:21:21.533" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;It might be borrowed from the French, the expression &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;n'est-ce pas?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; has a similar use and meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;n'est-ce pas?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (pronunciation /nɛsˈpa/) → &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;neé?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; (nɛˈ).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Please note that this is only my opinion, I have no references to back up my claim.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user68" LastActivityDate="2013-11-26T08:21:21.533" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1393" CreationDate="2013-11-26T08:23:55.610" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Treccani dictionary it would be &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/occasionalismo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;occasionalismo&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, reported also on &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occasionalismo_%28linguistica%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;. I'm not sure how popular the notion is in Italian though. &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/hapax/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hapax&lt;/a&gt;&quot; is a related notion (&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hapax&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; on Wikipedia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that Treccani Encyclopedia mentions &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/occasionalismo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;occasionalismo&lt;/a&gt;&quot; only as a philosophical doctrine (&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occasionalismo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; on Wikipedia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2013-12-01T23:12:18.737" LastActivityDate="2013-12-01T23:12:18.737" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1383" CreationDate="2013-11-26T12:31:08.117" Score="5" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si sconsiglia di attardarsi nel procedimento&lt;/strong&gt; slegato &lt;strong&gt;degli insegnamenti&lt;/strong&gt; artistici ..., dei canti ..., del disegno ..., di numeri e di calcoli di aritmetica, &lt;strong&gt;di cui l’esperienza e la volontà a progredire dei fanciulli non segni la misura&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Segni la misura&quot; in questo contesto probabilmente è da intendersi come &quot;non sia misurabile&quot;, con la frase che in pratica starebbe a significare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Non perdere tempo su ambiti di insegnamento in cui i fanciulli sono inetti &gt; (&lt;em&gt;l'esperienza&lt;/em&gt;)o per cui non hanno interesse (&lt;em&gt;la volontà a progredire&lt;/em&gt;)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="227" LastActivityDate="2013-11-26T12:31:08.117" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1347" CreationDate="2013-11-26T19:12:29.177" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not at all used nowadays. If you want to praise someone for his/her memory, you could just say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha buona memoria&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="228" LastActivityDate="2013-11-26T19:12:29.177" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1398" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1399" CreationDate="2013-11-26T20:08:13.423" Score="4" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci sono alcune espressioni o parole latine comunemente usate nella lingua italiana, per esempio 'in vino veritas' e 'deficit'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco che 'in vino veritas', strettamente parlando, sia un'espressione latina, ma sono meno sicuro di 'deficit'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, non sono sicuro che 'deficit' possa strettamente considerarsi, ancora oggi, un parola latina piuttosto che italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però è l'espressione 'a fortiori' che, sotto il suddetto aspetto, mi attrae.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, sapreste dire se 'a fortiori' è italiano o latino?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se 'a fortiori' fosse una frase latina, sapreste spiegare perche' 'a priori' non lo è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the question is: Is 'a fortiori' an Italian phrase or a Latin expression? I.e., is 'a fortiori' Italian or Latin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should 'a fortiori' be Latin, can anyone explain why 'a priori' is surely Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-26T21:06:16.737" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T12:03:51.223" Title="L'espressione 'a fortiori' è italiana o latina?" Tags="&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1398" CreationDate="2013-11-26T21:28:59.607" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe pensare di estendere il ragionamento ad una miriade di parole di origine straniera: &lt;em&gt;ketchup&lt;/em&gt; è una parola italiana? E &lt;em&gt;ping-pong&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;em&gt;Barbeque&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;em&gt;Culotte&lt;/em&gt;?&#xA;Il caso latino è però speciale, per l'ovvio motivo che il grosso del vocabolario italiano è evoluto da lì. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il confine della lingua, sia riguardo al vocabolario che alla grammatica, è dettato dall'uso. Dizionari e ricerche bibliografiche sono dunque i due migliori modi per discriminare le parole (e le locuzioni, ovviamente) italiane da quelle che non hanno compiuto il passaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello specifico, la locuzione &lt;em&gt;a fortiori&lt;/em&gt; è praticamente in disuso nel parlato comune, e non mi stupirei se i dizionari la includessero tra i latinismi o addirittura la escludessero (non ho purtroppo le risorse per effettuare ora una tale ricerca).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Al contrario, &lt;em&gt;a priori&lt;/em&gt; ha per secoli goduto di grande popolarità, e pertanto si può considerare pienamente parte della lingua italiana.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Una &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=a%20priori,a%20fortiori&amp;amp;year_start=1200&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,a%20priori;,c0;.t1;,a%20fortiori;,c0&quot;&gt;ricerca su Google books&lt;/a&gt; mostra chiaramente lo sbilanciamento tra le due espressioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastActivityDate="2013-11-26T21:28:59.607" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1401" CreationDate="2013-11-27T08:05:11.630" Score="5" ViewCount="1204" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the Oxford dictionary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sour grapes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;used to refer to an attitude in which someone adopts a negative attitude to something because they cannot have it themselves:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;government officials dismissed many of the complaints as sour grapes&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an equivalent or similar expression in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This question has been already asked on Spanish Language &amp;amp; Usage and, according to the related answers, it seems that in that language the word is &lt;em&gt;envidia&lt;/em&gt;, but I'm not sure that in Italian is the same. Rather, I think that one of the candidate words is &lt;em&gt;spazzatura&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-14T07:23:32.940" Title="How can I translate the expression &quot;sour grapes&quot; into Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1400" CreationDate="2013-11-27T08:16:19.383" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Invidia&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/envy&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;envy,&lt;/a&gt; a feeling of discontented or resentful longing aroused by someone else’s possessions, qualities, or luck, ) might be the word you are looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/invidia1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;invìdia&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal lat. invidia, der. di invĭdus: v. invido]. – &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sentimento spiacevole che si prova per un bene o una qualità altrui che si vorrebbero per sé&lt;/em&gt;, accompagnato spesso da avversione e rancore&#xA;  per colui che invece possiede tale bene o qualità;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invidia mignt cover also the case where the possession/quality does not belong to anyone specific like in &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Fox_and_the_Grapes&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Fox and the Grapes&lt;/a&gt;&quot; fable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your particular case, the &lt;em&gt;complaints&lt;/em&gt; might be &quot;&lt;strong&gt;mossi/dettati dall'invidia&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user68" LastEditorDisplayName="user68" LastEditDate="2013-11-27T08:46:26.403" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T08:46:26.403" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1383" CreationDate="2013-11-27T09:41:10.517" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest that in this case the intended translation of &quot;segnare la misura&quot; could be &quot;being the meter for&quot;. That's because the sentence seems to be related to an education process that has not to be paced with the already acquired experience of a student, nor his/her will to progress in the subject. It's really tricky to evince that without a more detailed overview of the sentence background and context. It's written in Italian that was fancy in the late '30s, during Fascism, and the quote, unfortunately, is poorly taken from the original text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="230" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-06-13T10:18:39.137" LastActivityDate="2014-06-13T10:18:39.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2013-11-27T10:31:18.487" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Imagine a positive sentence in English like &quot;This is your phone, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;isn't it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;?&quot; and a question like &quot;Tomorrow we'll go to the cinema, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;OK&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;?&quot;. In some regional use of the north west Italy, to render the parts I wrote bold you use the particle &quot;neh&quot; or &quot;ne'&quot; (also based on different way to pronounce that in different areas). In particular in Piedmont, mostly in Turin and Biella counties people speaking strict dialect use &quot;ne'&quot;.&#xA;Other regional dialects in Italy do something similar with different particles. For example in Emilia Romagna's counties of Reggio, Modena and Bologna, some similar use is made by ending sentences with &quot;ve'&quot; or &quot;veh&quot;.&#xA;But considering that correct Italian comes from vulgar Latin, through Tuscan dialect, those regional dialectical (even if common) uses are just not Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alex&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="230" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T10:31:18.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1211" CreationDate="2013-11-27T10:50:07.870" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È entrato nell'uso comune scritto come H24 per indicare un impegno o un servizio continuo. Per esempio, alcuni call center richiedono di lavorare sui tre turni canonici o su diverse composizioni di part time per coprire il servizio 24 ore su 24; nell'uso comune si indica come un servizio H24; idem, per esempio, alcuni servizi di viglianza, il pronto soccorso e servizi simili. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ha ragione chi dice che in inglese non si usa, poiché generalmente nei paesi anglosassoni si usa l'espressione 24/7, ma c'è una differenza sostanziale: 24/7 significa 24 ore su 24, 7 giorni su 7, quindi sempre, mentre H24 da noi si usa per indicare un impegno o una copertura di 24 ore nella giornata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio pratico posso fornirlo descrivendo un servizio che un'azienda eroga in reperibilità quando l'ufficio è chiuso. Nei giorni feriali (ufficio aperto) hai la reperibilità al di fuori dell'orario canonico (supponiamo 9 - 18), mentre nel weekend, non essendoci l'ufficio la reperibilità diventa H24.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi 24/7 e H24 non sono equivalenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="230" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T20:18:42.273" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T20:18:42.273" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1407" CreationDate="2013-11-27T11:49:38.393" Score="12" ViewCount="573" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pongo questa domanda a partire da un caso pratico.&#xA;Provando a rispondere alla domanda &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1398/lespressione-a-fortiori-e-italiana-o-latina&quot;&gt;L&amp;#39;espressione &amp;#39;a fortiori&amp;#39; &amp;#232; italiana o latina?&lt;/a&gt; ho cominciato a consultare il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani online&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In esso l'espressione  &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/a-fortiori/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a fortiori&lt;/a&gt;&quot; è riportata come appartenente alla lingua italiana con caratteristiche simili ad &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/a-priori/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a priori&lt;/a&gt;&quot;.&#xA;Inoltre vi si trova anche &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/in-vino-veritas/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;in vino veritas&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, che per la verità è riportata esplicitamente come una espressione latina. Ma &quot;in vino veritas&quot; appartiene alla lingua italiana o no? È di importazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, mi rendo conto quanto sia difficile rispondere alla domanda in oggetto poiché la lingua è cosa viva, tuttavia penso si possano delineare alcuni limiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio lo &lt;strong&gt;Zanichelli&lt;/strong&gt; ha dei criteri chiari per decidere &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.zanichellipro.it/le-parole-dell-anno/pagina-di-esempio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quali siano le parole che devono entrare nel dizionario&lt;/a&gt;.  (sostanzialmente: se le utilizza il gruppo della 'gente colta').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/adattamento_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani riporta informazioni interessanti&lt;/a&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia sono limiti piuttosto vaghi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, in coclusione, vorrei fare una doppia domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come si possono stabilire criteri o 'limiti' per cui una parola/espressione appartiene alla lingua italiana&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Le parole/espressioni straniere inserite nel dizionario, sono da considerarsi italiane? O meglio, si può dire che APPARTENGONO alla lingua italiana? O sono solo di importazione?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-01T07:58:38.747" LastActivityDate="2018-09-01T08:00:14.667" Title="Quando si può dire che una parola appartiene alla lingua italiana?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1398" CreationDate="2013-11-27T12:03:51.223" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani online&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/a-fortiori/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a fortiori&lt;/a&gt; è riportata come appartenente alla lingua italiana con caratteristiche simili alla già citata &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/a-priori/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a priori&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi le due espressioni secondo la treccani sono equivalenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io credo che questa domanda sia in realtà un caso specifico di una domanda più ampia, vale a dire: in quali casi parole &quot;di importazione&quot; possono dirsi italiane, e quando straniere, pur essendo entrambe usate correntemente nella lingua italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho provato a riportare questa questione in questa domanda: &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1405/quando-si-puo-dire-che-una-parola-appartiene-alla-lingua-italiana&quot;&gt;Quando si pu&amp;#242; dire che una parola appartiene alla lingua italiana?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T12:03:51.223" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1405" CreationDate="2013-11-27T12:24:53.597" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola computer è un prestito ma ormai è la parola standard in Italiano quando ci si riferisce agli oggetti tecnologici, eppure una parola corrispettiva italiana esiste: &lt;em&gt;calcolatore&lt;/em&gt;. In questo caso parliamo di un prestito non integrato di lusso. Puoi vedere cosa significhino questi termini &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1158/57&quot;&gt;in una mia risposta precedente&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello a cui voglio arrivare però è che se una parola viene usata comunemente, che sia palesemente di origine straniera o meno non è il fattore discriminante, ma il fatto che viene usata estensivamente. Dico palesemente poi perché moltissime parole che tu pensi italiane hanno origine da prestiti. Vedi la parola cifra per esempio, o gazzella. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questo motivo non si può parlare di parole &quot;straniere&quot; in questo senso, e come hai detto tu, la lingua è viva, si evolve. L'unico criterio che ti resta è, il termine viene usato comunemente da una buona porzione della popolazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se di solito le persone prendono il dizionario come base per poter usare parole, è meno noto il fatto che è anche vero il contrario: il dizionario aggiunge, rimuove o modifica lemmi e significati in base all'uso dei madrelingua. Per esempio, la parola computer è presente nel dizionario, questo la rende una parola &quot;italiana&quot;, ma è stata aggiunta di conseguenza al fatto che viene usata da praticamente la totalità della popolazione. Gli italiani non hanno usato computer perché lo hanno visto scritto nel dizionario, quindi il criterio rimane sempre il fatto che un termine sia usato dalla maggioranza e in modo continuato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-01T08:00:14.667" LastActivityDate="2018-09-01T08:00:14.667" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1366" CreationDate="2013-11-27T14:13:39.597" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando guardiamo alla provenienza e all'uso delle parole in italiano, non dobbiamo dimenticare la storia della nostra lingua e della nostra penisola. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado oggi la nostra lingua sia comprensibile a tutti dalle Alpi alla punta della Sicilia, in passato non era così, e se anche gli autori che studiamo a scuola sembrano parlare tutti la stessa lingua quando smettevano di scrivere dovevano utilizzare il volgare/dialetto per parlare con chi li circondava. E ovviamente la distinzione italiano-dialetto non è dicotomica, ma ci sono mille sfumature tra l'italiano della crusca e il dialetto basso,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'italiano soprattutto quello parlato, ma anche lo scritto, è sempre in bilico tra la lingua che si impara a scuola e la lingua che ci circonda. (Perfino chi non parla o capisce nessun dialetto, ahimè, è comunque immerso in un mondo che utilizza parole, costruzioni o prestiti da una lingua più &quot;bassa&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se a questo aggiungi che perfino in tempi recenti le occasioni di scambio tra parlanti di diverse regioni erano limitate alla carta stampata, libri e giornali, è facile immaginare che alcune parole o espressioni si siano costruite e conservate a livello locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche la suddivisione della penisola in diversi stati fino a 150 anni fa è un altra delle ragioni di questa situazione. Il linguaggio ufficiale delle leggi, e anche i programmi scolastici, aiutano la diffusione di un lessico comune. In tal senso puoi confrontare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/varie/varie_007.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l'italiano parlato in Italia con quello parlato in Canton Ticino&lt;/a&gt;, malgrado la vicinanza noterai sicuramente molte parole &quot;sbagliate&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste sono alcune delle macroragioni dietro lo sviluppo di parole o espressioni locali; a queste poi se ne aggiungono di specifiche per le singole parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-27T14:21:34.690" LastActivityDate="2013-11-27T14:21:34.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1365" CreationDate="2013-11-28T07:59:35.903" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both acts could be be expressed by means of a perfectly legitimate Italian expression: &quot;ridere a sproposito&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="190" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T09:54:50.153" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:54:50.153" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1410" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1411" CreationDate="2013-11-28T08:26:19.477" Score="7" ViewCount="5451" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sostantivi che rappresentano la messa in atto di un'azione, e quindi di un verbo, sono ottenuti mediante l'aggiunta di un suffisso alla radice del verbo. I suffissi sono vari e abbiamo quindi, volendo isolarne delle classi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;campionamento da &lt;em&gt;campionare&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     fortificazione da &lt;em&gt;fortificare&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     mietitura da &lt;em&gt;mietere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oltre ai suffissi -mento, -zione e -tura non ne trovo altri (aggiungetene se me ne sfuggono!), ma c'è una regola per l'utilizzo dell'uno o dell'altro? La coniugazione di appartenenza del verbo non sembra giocare un ruolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe del tutto scorretto quindi dire, ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;campionatura&lt;/em&gt;? L'accezione cambierebbe? Insomma, come si sceglie il suffisso in questi casi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-12-03T13:01:17.860" Title="Formazione di sostantivi derivati da verbi: uso dei suffissi" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1410" CreationDate="2013-11-28T08:50:45.483" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stai parlando dei suffissi nominali derivanti da verbi, e il signor Treccani ci viene ancora una volta in aiuto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per -zione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Suffisso derivativo di nomi tratti da verbi. Se il verbo ha un part.&#xA;  pass. in -t-, la forma del suffisso è -zione&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (formato-&gt; formazione) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sione-zione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt; [cit]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per -mento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Suffisso derivativo di nomi che indicano la nozione astratta dei verbi da cui sono tratti o designano l’effetto o il risultato&#xA;  dell’azione da essi espressa.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mento_res-0d07dd4f-0026-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;[cit]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per -tura non sono riuscito a trovare informazioni sulla Treccani, ma wikipedia dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;deverbale astratto o concreto: indica l'atto espresso dal verbo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suffissi_della_lingua_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;[cit]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ce ne sono altri, ad esempio -aggio (lavaggio), -ata (camminata), -tore (lavoratore), che sono &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suffissi_della_lingua_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;listati qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma la situazione è varia, e per la maggior parte dei suffissi nominali si trovano le regole sulla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (che più la consulto più mi stupisce).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In particolare riguardo all'uso differente dei tre suffissi da te indicati&lt;/strong&gt; c'è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-di-azione_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; (guarda caso sulla Treccani) che riporta quanto segue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In generale i tre suffissi -zione, -mento, -tura sono in distribuzione&#xA;  complementare, vale a dire che ciascun verbo o classe di verbi&#xA;  seleziona un solo suffisso. Ad es., -zione si aggiunge a verbi formati&#xA;  col suffisso -izzare e -ificare, mentre non altrettanto bene si&#xA;  aggiunge ai verbi formati col suffisso -eggiare, che invece&#xA;  selezionano -mento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare per il suffisso -mento c'è un fatto interessante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo stesso suffisso -mento, molto produttivo in italiano, è l’unico ad&#xA;  aggiungersi ai verbi parasintetici per formare nomi d’azione&#xA;  (ex: vecchio → invecchiamento)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In conclusione&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Possiamo delineare le seguenti regole per i tre suffissi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sono complementari, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;verbi con -izzare e -ificare prendono -zione come suffisso, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;i verbi parasintetici prendono -mento&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;verbi formati col suffisso -eggiare prendono -mento&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="77" LastEditDate="2013-11-28T09:22:03.093" LastActivityDate="2013-11-28T09:22:03.093" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1412" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-28T09:35:48.577" Score="9" ViewCount="974" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was a kid, I learnt at school that 'piuttosto che' was used as follows &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Piuttosto che venire con voi me ne sto a casa&quot;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whose meaning was 'instead of', a contrast between two mutual excluding items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Over time my feeling is that the meaning was changing  and the expression 'piuttosto che' took the meaning of 'oppure', in the inclusive sense of the conjunction (inclusive &lt;em&gt;or&lt;/em&gt;, meaning one or the other, but also both of the items).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in this sense it is nowadays very common to hear things like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Essi si trovano a Roma piuttosto che a Milano&quot;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the meaning would be &quot;they go to Rome or to Milan or to both of the cities&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piuttosto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-piuttosto-valore-disgiuntivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, it is an improper usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I personally do not like this usage and my idea is that it seems to be an import/export operation from the English language. &#xA;Indeed 'rather than' translation is 'anziché', but the direct translation is 'piuttosto che', now used also in Italian with the meaning of 'anziché' ('oppure').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is:&#xA;Is this usage theory supported in some way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-30T14:22:07.367" LastActivityDate="2020-07-07T15:52:52.767" Title="Changing of meaning of &quot;piuttosto che&quot; over the years" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1412" CreationDate="2013-11-28T10:09:12.893" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question is about the current usage of the conjunction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It concerns the usage of &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt;, originally intended as the Latin &lt;strong&gt;aut&lt;/strong&gt; (the exclusive or) in the meaning of the Latin &lt;strong&gt;vel&lt;/strong&gt; (the inclusive or).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree, and my opinion seems to be supported by what the two sources you refer to say, that this second usage is completely incorrect. That's because it leads to an unresolved ambiguity and there is no reason why it should be used like this.&#xA;The inclusive or could indeed be expressed by other means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the Crusca says, this usage is starting to be very popular (it also says it comes from television speech). To me, it sounds like you use it in the “vel“ sense if you want to sound intellectual and you are not (this means that you don't really know the original meaning).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's actually a very interesting linguistic phenomenon, provided it will become the majority usage (overcoming the original one), because popular culture can modify the overall language. For the time being, I don't feel like using ‘piuttosto che’ in the second sense, because I was taught the original one and didn't forget it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-28T11:54:27.303" LastActivityDate="2013-11-28T11:54:27.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1412" CreationDate="2013-11-28T10:32:58.243" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even though I completely agree that this usage is erroneous, it's an interesting question about &lt;em&gt;how&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; this usage has started.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;There are several studies on the topic, most of them listed &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Piuttosto_che&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. In particular, Carla Bazzanella e Mirella Cristofori, &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://revistas.ucm.es/index.php/CFIT/article/view/CFIT9898110267A&quot;&gt;Piuttosto che e le alternative non preferenziali. Un mutamento in atto?&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, Cuadernos de Filología Italiana, 1998, 5, 267-278, state the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come affermano Mondadori e D’Agostino (1997,3.1): «A volte, affermando P oppure Q intendiamo affermare non solo che almeno una tra P e Q é vera, ma anche che non sono entrambe.» In questo caso, che si avvicina all’uso in questione di &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt;, possiamo anche ravvisare un esempio di quello che Palazzi-Folena regista come seconda entrata per &lt;em&gt;oppure&lt;/em&gt;: «2. o anche: &lt;em&gt;puoi trovarlo in quel negozio oppure in quello di fronte.&lt;/em&gt; » Se sostituissimo infatti in questo esempio &lt;em&gt;oppure&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt; ci troveremmo di fronte ad un esempio simile a quelli riportati: &lt;em&gt;puoi trovarlo in quel negozio piuttosto che in quello di fronte&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ci teniamo a dichiarare esplicitamente che al nostro orecchio continua a&#xA;  sembrare un comportamento anomalo, e che se noi proferissimo: &lt;em&gt;puoi trovarlo in&#xA;  quel negozio piuttosto che in quello di fronte&lt;/em&gt;, nel nostro idioletto indicheremmo&#xA;  che le possibilità di reperimento di quel dato oggetto sono molto più alte nel&#xA;  primo negozio citato che non in quello di fronte. II contesto linguistico serve&#xA;  però, come negli esempi citati, ad indicare un alto uso di &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt;, appunto&#xA;  di «introduttore neutro di alternative divergenti» ma presentate come paritarie o,&#xA;  più in generale, di segnalare una molteplicità di possibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-28T10:32:58.243" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1415" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-29T08:06:02.217" Score="5" ViewCount="647" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che il suffisso &lt;em&gt;-accia&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;-accio&lt;/em&gt; sia usato sempre per connotare negativamente qualcosa, per esempio: &lt;em&gt;roba&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;robaccia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;parola&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;parolaccia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;donna&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;donnaccia&lt;/em&gt; e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste indicare quali siano le origini storiche che hanno determinato questa funzione per il suffisso in questione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, si usa solo per trasformare i sostantivi o anche gli aggettivi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2013-11-29T13:19:43.377" LastActivityDate="2013-12-19T09:56:27.743" Title="Perché il suffisso '-accia/-accio' connota negativamente le parole cui viene aggiunto?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1405" CreationDate="2013-11-29T09:27:29.797" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che l'appartenenza di una parola  a qualunque lingua sia meglio espressa mediante criteri di tipo statistico (oppure con logiche fuzzy) piuttosto che con criteri binari sì / no. Mentre esistono parole (in senso lato) che sono chiaramente italiane (allorquando) o non italiane (serendipity), esiste tutta una zona di incertezza proprio perché, come giustamente hai osservato, la lingua è una cosa viva. Il tentativo di normare regole di appartenenza, benché interessante, è destinato a essere una forzatura con speranze di successo nulle. Provocatoriamente: qualunquemente è una parola della lingua italiana? Verrebbe da dire di no eppure è assai più usata (576.000 risultati su Google) della parola ipostasi (53.600 risultati) o del termine: invarianza (312.000 risultati). Assai empiricamente penso che l'uso di Google (numero di documenti trovati), che a volte è dirimente per stabilire la grafia di parole di altre lingue, possa essere un criterio non insensato per valutare l'appartenenza di una parola alla lingua italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico aggiungerei una osservazione. L'appartenenza linguistica non è un dato a priori: è un contesto; e, a mio modestissimo parere, l'uso di &quot;a fortiori&quot; da parte di parlanti italiani non rende la parola più latina per il semplice fatto che ci sono stati dei parlanti latini a usarla. In altre parole origine e uso sono due cose ben distinte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="190" LastActivityDate="2013-11-29T09:27:29.797" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1415" CreationDate="2013-11-29T09:28:55.680" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;beh, non è proprio sempre negativo: se dico &quot;questo film non era malaccio&quot;, oltre che fare una litote, intendo che il film è bello (e &quot;male&quot; non è un sostantivo, nell'esempio: pensa a &quot;questo film era inguardabile&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il resto, il De Mauro fa derivare il suffisso dal latino &lt;em&gt;-aceu(m)&lt;/em&gt; che però ha un altro significato che rimane in alcuni residui anche in italiano, come &quot;strofinaccio / legaccio&quot; (quindi si parte da un verbo e si crea un sostantivo per indicare la funzione) o banalmente per indicare una relazione spesso accrescitiva (gli esempi del De Mauro sono &quot;beccaccia, gallinaccio, catenaccio&quot;: quest'ultimo non è una brutta catena ma una catena più robusta)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-11-29T09:28:55.680" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1418" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1423" CreationDate="2013-11-29T14:52:32.280" Score="3" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quali sono le locuzioni che posso utilizzare per fare un rimando ad un'immagine presente nel testo che sto scrivendo? In particolare mi chiedevo se fosse accettata la locuzione cfr. per un rimando alle figure.&#xA;Quali alternative alla seguente frase: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella parte destra dell'arto (vedi figura 5.1) si possono notare delle ustioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono comunemente accettate? Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella parte destra dell'arto (viz. figura 5.1) si possono notare delle ustioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella parte destra dell'arto (cfr. figura 5.1) si possono notare delle ustioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditDate="2013-11-30T08:52:42.540" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T08:52:42.540" Title="Locuzioni per un rimando ad un'immagine all'interno dell'opera?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1418" CreationDate="2013-11-29T15:25:56.610" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non credo proprio che &lt;em&gt;cfr.&lt;/em&gt; sia accettata qui. Questa abbreviazione significa &quot;confrontare, vedere anche&quot; e si usa genericamente con riferimento a un altro testo, senza indicare un punto preciso. Può indicare ulteriore materiali o argomenti differenti. Se vuole rimandare alla figura &lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt; confrontarla con un altra figura o con un altro testo, forse, si scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella parte destra dell'arto (vedi figura 5.1) si possono notare delle ustioni (cfr. figura 1.3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella parte destra dell'arto si possono notare delle ustioni (cfr. &lt;em&gt;Autore Grande. Un bel libro. Milano, 2013, capitolo 6&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-11-29T15:25:56.610" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1420" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1422" CreationDate="2013-11-29T21:15:01.090" Score="1" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è una ragione per cui 'tin tin' si scrive cosí piuttosto che 'tintin', mentre 'cricchi' si scrive così piuttosto che 'cri chi'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-30T09:34:20.537" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T09:34:20.537" Title="Scrittura di alcune voci onomatopeiche con ripetizione" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1421" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-11-29T22:48:28.923" Score="6" ViewCount="540" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to StoneyB, a highly esteemed user on EL&amp;amp;U, almost a grammarian I would say, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;English embraces a wide variety of dialects: the English written by financial planners differs greatly from the English written by crime novelists, and both differ even more greatly from the English written by commenters on YouTube music videos. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do you think that it is the same for the Italian language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, what conclusion you would get comparing English and Italian in this respect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-30T09:26:32.013" LastActivityDate="2014-07-12T17:56:09.917" Title="Different usages of Italian compared to different usages of English" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1420" CreationDate="2013-11-29T22:51:24.157" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani has &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cri-cri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cri cri&lt;/a&gt; and also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tin-tin/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tin-tin&lt;/a&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;tintìn&lt;/code&gt;): they are listed as &lt;em&gt;onomatopoeiae&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;voci onomatopeiche&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not to be confused with &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/espressioni-polirematiche_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;polyrematic syntagms&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, when two or more words appear in a sequence such that the meaning cannot be inferred from the individual elements. A list &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.intratext.com/bsi/listapolirematiche/0-index.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;: it has &lt;code&gt;tam tam&lt;/code&gt;, but not &lt;code&gt;tin-tin&lt;/code&gt; nor &lt;code&gt;cri cri&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2013-11-29T22:51:24.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1418" CreationDate="2013-11-29T23:20:21.363" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'abbreviazione &lt;em&gt;cfr.&lt;/em&gt; &amp;egrave; una&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbreviazione moderna del lat. &lt;em&gt;confer&lt;/em&gt; «confronta», usata spec. in testi di studio o di consultazione davanti a citazioni o elementi lessicali su cui si richiama l’attenzione del lettore. Si legge comunemente confronta (come se fosse abbreviazione del verbo italiano). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;mdash;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cfr/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cfr/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi va forse vista come un &quot;per saperne di pi&amp;ugrave; vedi anche&amp;hellip;&quot; piuttosto che un'indicatione specifica. Non credo possa essere usata in generale per una figura, ma ovviamente in certi casi potrebbe avere senso: &quot;la citt&amp;agrave; di Milano sembra immensa, ma in confronto ad altre citt&amp;agrave; (&lt;em&gt;cfr.&lt;/em&gt; Fig. 1) &amp;egrave; piuttosto piccola&quot; dove &quot;fig. 1&quot; pu&amp;ograve; essere una serie di foto aeree di citt&amp;agrave; fra cui Milano ed altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Viz.&lt;/em&gt; invece &amp;egrave; una&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbreviazione del lat. &lt;em&gt;videlicet&lt;/em&gt; (v.), usata, con il sign. di «cioè, cioè a dire, ossia», in opere di studio scritte in latino e anche, talvolta, in altra lingua; è un adattamento grafico della scrittura medievale, dove il segno indicava abbreviazione di &lt;em&gt;-et&lt;/em&gt; (ma anche di altri gruppi di lettere finali).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;mdash;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/viz/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/viz/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi non &amp;egrave; adatta a inirizzare ad una foto o figura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vedi&lt;/em&gt; va ovviamente bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusione, hai provato ad &lt;em&gt;omettere tutto&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece di dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel Rapporto 2012 in testa alla classifica, con 872 punti, c’è l’Olanda, mentre l’Italia, con 623 punti, si trova al 21° posto (&lt;em&gt;vedi Figura 1&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;potresti anche dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel Rapporto 2012 in testa alla classifica, con 872 punti, c’è l’Olanda, mentre l’Italia, con 623 punti, si trova al 21° posto (&lt;em&gt;Figura 1&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Esempio rubato da &lt;a href=&quot;http://salutepertutti.comunita.unita.it/2012/07/15/la-classifica-dei-sistemi-sanitari/&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2013-11-29T23:20:21.363" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1424" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:01:01.640" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag if for questions about grammar - the set of rules governing the correct composition of words and phrases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:16:48.157" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:16:48.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1425" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:01:01.640" Score="0" Body="Questions about grammar - the set of rules governing the correct composition of words and phrases" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:16:48.157" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:16:48.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1426" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:02:17.600" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use this tag for questions about choosing the best word to fit a particular context: the alternatives to choose from must be explicitly provided in the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:42:14.107" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:42:14.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1427" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:02:17.600" Score="0" Body="Questions about choosing the best word to use in a sentence, or the difference in meaning between two or more words" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:42:14.107" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:42:14.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1428" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:02:57.503" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-30T09:02:57.503" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T09:02:57.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1429" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:02:57.503" Score="0" Body="Questions about the usage of punctuation" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-30T09:02:57.503" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T09:02:57.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1430" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:03:56.257" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about dialectal terms and their relation to the Italian language, for instance, if there are doubts about whether a term (and its usage) is dialectal-only or it's an actual Italian term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T14:01:40.397" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T14:01:40.397" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1431" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:03:56.257" Score="0" Body="Questions concerning regional usages and meanings" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-11-30T09:03:56.257" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T09:03:56.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1421" CreationDate="2013-11-30T09:22:59.770" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oh Lord, it is. It's actually the same for any language I know of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, that we are talking about one particular meaning of the word &lt;em&gt;dialect&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;a form of a language spoken by members of a particular social class or occupational group, distinguished by its vocabulary, grammar, and pronunciation&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/dialect&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Collins&lt;/a&gt; dictionary). Hence, in Italian, &lt;em&gt;dialect&lt;/em&gt; would be &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/dialect&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;translated with two different words&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dialect n  (language: local variation) dialetto nm&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  dialect n   (specialized language, jargon)  gergo nm&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partially, language of a particular social group is connected with &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gergo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;jargon&lt;/a&gt;. It's impossible to imagine that financial planners in their annual reports would use the same words as the YouTube commentators or, on the contrary, that somebody would use financial terms for chatting in social networks.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;But beside jargon (i.e., characteristic vocabulary of a special activity, occupational or social group), there are also the questions of specific style of writing, goals and tasks, audience, presentation of facts, ideas, and conclusions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The commentators on YouTube (or any other social network) use mainly &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/linguaggio-giovanile_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;youth jargon&lt;/a&gt;, consisting of exclamations and often truncated words (compare: &quot;u&quot; instead of &quot;you&quot;, &quot;cmq&quot; instead of &quot;comunque&quot;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The (crime) novelists have to imitate varieties of speech for each and every personage, depending on his/her social status, occupation, provenance, age, gender, etc. Just as a successful trader from Wall Street in a novel speaks differently from a waitress, a banker from Milan doesn't speak the same language as a waitress from Milan.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Yet another story is &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stile_giornalistico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;journalist language&lt;/a&gt;. It often seems to be &quot;plain&quot; and &quot;simple,&quot; but it has to follow a lot of very specific style rules and is studied in details at &lt;a href=&quot;http://docenti.luiss.it/giornalismo-anselmi/teoria-e-tecniche-del-linguaggio-giornalistico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;various university programs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Financial and/or legal language ought to be very precise, excessively precise. It's one of the reasons, why one needs a special education just to understand bank reports or juridical decisions, leaving apart &lt;a href=&quot;http://ec.europa.eu/italia/documents/attualita/istruzione/26012007zanola.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;writing them&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;And, of course, scientific language is not similar to any of them. It has to be precise in terms of methodology, terms, and formulas, yet very careful in conclusions and formalities. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/lingua-della-scienza_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scientific language&lt;/a&gt; (be it English or Italian, in physics or medicine) is famous for excessive use of passive voice, citations, and long phrases that nobody is able to understand after the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phdcomics.com/comics/archive.php?comicid=796&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;first reading&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-12-01T09:13:58.677" LastActivityDate="2013-12-01T09:13:58.677" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1421" CreationDate="2013-11-30T14:57:27.580" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Oxford Dictionary of English I have on my machine says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dialect |ˈdʌɪəlɛkt|&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  noun&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  a particular form of a language which is peculiar to a specific region or social group: &lt;em&gt;the Lancashire dialect seemed like a foreign language&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the Italian dictionary I find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dialetto ‹dialètto›&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  s.m.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Sistema linguistico di ambito geografico limitato, appartenente a un gruppo di sistemi geneticamente affini (per es. i dialetti italiani nel loro complesso) e contrapposto a quella che storicamente si è imposta come lingua nazionale o di cultura: &lt;em&gt;poesia in d.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dialetto/&quot;&gt;the Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dialètto&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [dal lat. tardo dialectos, femm., gr. διάλεκτος «lingua», der. di διαλέγομαι «parlare, conversare»]. – Sistema linguistico di ambito geografico o culturale limitato, che non ha raggiunto o che ha perduto autonomia e prestigio di fronte a un altro sistema divenuto dominante e riconosciuto come ufficiale, col quale tuttavia, e con altri sistemi circostanti, forma un gruppo di idiomi molto affini per avere origine da una stessa lingua madre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the English term “dialect” is not perfectly equivalent to “dialetto”. It's however true that also in Italian specialized fields use different linguistic registers, which is of course normal. When I talk about mathematics I use a different linguistic register than when talking about a soccer match.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Speaking in Italian of &lt;em&gt;dialetto degli economisti&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;dialetto degli scrittori di polizieschi&lt;/em&gt; seems an arbitrary extension of meaning. One usually can talk about the &lt;em&gt;linguaggio degli economisti&lt;/em&gt;, maybe saying &lt;em&gt;economichese&lt;/em&gt; to underline the tendency to &lt;em&gt;parlare difficile&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T14:57:27.580" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1434" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1435" CreationDate="2013-11-30T22:57:17.540" Score="9" ViewCount="8409" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is a typical situation to use &quot;disgraziato!&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What kind of emotion is associated with the word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="158" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-12-01T15:09:46.917" LastActivityDate="2014-05-29T07:37:19.203" Title="What is a typical situation to say &quot;disgraziato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1434" CreationDate="2013-11-30T23:14:04.500" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Disgraziato&quot; is equivalent to &quot;wretched&quot; and it can be associated with different feelings: it may be about someone who has done something very &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; wrong and you think they should feel ashamed by that; it may be about a very unlucky person and you feel sorry for them; or it may be about a person who is behaving cheeky and you have a benevolent feeling about it (for example a child who is being a &quot;rascal&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T23:14:04.500" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1434" CreationDate="2013-11-30T23:16:32.640" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The usage you're probably asking about is the one where you address the word to someone whose behavior you want to criticize/condemn or deprecate. It has also other uses, but as far as your question is concerned, that's basically it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastActivityDate="2013-11-30T23:16:32.640" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1437" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1439" CreationDate="2013-12-01T18:11:27.070" Score="2" ViewCount="2016" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;entrare &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; galleria può creare problemi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;entrare &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;nella&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; galleria può creare problemi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Senza informazioni ulteriori, sono il solo a pensare che la galleria riferita in (1) sia una galleria stradale, mentre quella riferita in (2) sia un altro tipo di galleria, per esempio la galleria di un cinema o quella di una miniera?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non sono il solo, come mai &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; producono questa differente senzazione? Si tratta forse di una questione idiomatica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-12-07T18:48:42.467" Title="Se e come l'uso di &quot;in&quot; o &quot;nella&quot; influisce sulla comprensione di &quot;entrare in/nella galleria&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1437" CreationDate="2013-12-01T23:46:00.437" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vado in galleria perché costa meno&lt;/em&gt; could say someone talking about buying the ticket for a cinema. But it would be &lt;em&gt;nella galleria del cinema Ariston si possono fare brutti incontri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find the sign &lt;em&gt;code in galleria&lt;/em&gt;, to mean a generic one or even the next one, if it's clear from the context. But &lt;em&gt;code nella galleria del Frejus&lt;/em&gt;, if you specify which one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-01T23:46:00.437" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1437" CreationDate="2013-12-02T08:27:17.657" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nella&lt;/em&gt; è grammaticalmente definita come una &lt;strong&gt;preposizione articolata&lt;/strong&gt;, ossia una preposizione unita ad un articolo determinativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; equivale a &lt;em&gt;in + la&lt;/em&gt;: la differenza fra le due frasi proposte è che &lt;em&gt;entrare in galleria&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce al generico atto di entrare in una galleria, mentre &lt;em&gt;entrare nella galleria&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce ad una galleria particolare (da cui l'utilizzo dell'articolo determinativo &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bisogna tuttavia notare una sottigliezza. Consideriamo questi due esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a. Guardare uno spettacolo in galleria costa meno che guardarlo in platea&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b. «Vieni a teatro domani sera?»&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;«Sì, ma sarò in galleria perchè costa meno»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso ci stiamo riferendo ad una situazione generica: la galleria costa meno della platea, indipendentemente dal teatro.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Nel secondo caso, sebbene la galleria di cui si parla sia specificata (ossia quella del teatro dove i due interlocutori andranno domani sera), si vuole comunque implicare che in generale i biglietti in galleria sono più economici, quindi si usa &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, è anche possibile utilizzare &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; + articolo indeterminativo, per indicare una situazione generica, come nella frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrare in una galleria con i fari spenti è pericoloso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-12-02T08:27:17.657" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1441" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-04T20:33:53.043" Score="7" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consultando un qualsiasi dizionario (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gravido/&quot;&gt;come qui&lt;/a&gt;) vediamo che l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;gravido&lt;/em&gt; (per ovvi motivi usato al femminile) viene dal latino e identifica una donna o femmina di mammifero incinta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi risulta che tale termine non sia però nella realtà usato per una donna, e che anzi abbia una connotazione semantica più &quot;bassa&quot;, cosa che lo fa attribuire esclusivamente alla sfera animale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se questo è vero e come sia avvenuto il lieve spostamento in quanto a sfera di afferenza dal latino all'italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2013-12-04T20:59:16.470" Title="Uso e rapporto con l'originale della parola &quot;gravido (a)&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1441" CreationDate="2013-12-04T20:59:16.470" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Questo stato di tensione sarà gravido di conseguenze&lt;/em&gt; è stile saggistico-giornalistico; il senso è quello proprio di &lt;em&gt;gravidanza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per le donne è evitato per “delicatezza”: si dice (o si diceva) &lt;em&gt;è in stato interessante&lt;/em&gt; o, più spiccio, &lt;em&gt;è incinta&lt;/em&gt;. Di una vacca non si direbbe mai &lt;em&gt;è incinta&lt;/em&gt;, ma solo &lt;em&gt;è gravida&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-04T20:59:16.470" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1443" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-06T11:05:02.077" Score="4" ViewCount="3045" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale ritenete sia corretto usare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;il certificato è emettibile&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;il certificato è emissibile&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;il certificato è emanabile&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se più di loro sono corrette, qual è la differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorDisplayName="user68" LastEditDate="2013-12-06T16:15:55.543" LastActivityDate="2013-12-06T22:33:22.983" Title="Differenze tra 'emettibile', 'emanabile', 'emissibile'" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1443" CreationDate="2013-12-06T22:16:33.740" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Emettibile deriva dall'infinito del latino &lt;em&gt;emittere&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Emanabile deriva invece da un altro termine latino, &lt;em&gt;emanare&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Il significato dei due non è molto distante, come puoi vedere consultando il Vocabolario Treccani alle voci &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/emettere/&quot;&gt;Emettere&lt;/a&gt; ed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/emanare/&quot;&gt;Emanare&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Emanare si dice prevalentemente di leggi ed ha un tono per così dire solenne, di solito si trova nella forma verbale non aggettivata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono stati emanati nuovi decreti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Emettere, oltre che in altri contesti, viene utilizzato nel linguaggio amministrativo come ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non è possibile emettere certificati con fine prognosi antecedente la data di rilascio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, nell'uso comune, con il tuo esempio, è più utilizzato il termine &lt;strong&gt;rilasciare&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il certificato è rilasciato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Emissibile non è un termine che ho mai sentito, seppure potrebbe essere una sostantivazione dell'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/emissivo/&quot;&gt;emissivo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="87" LastActivityDate="2013-12-06T22:16:33.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1443" CreationDate="2013-12-06T22:33:22.983" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Emissibile&lt;/em&gt; is not in the Treccani dictionary, but I believe it can be regularly formed from &lt;em&gt;emettere&lt;/em&gt;, like &lt;em&gt;ammissibile&lt;/em&gt; from &lt;em&gt;ammettere&lt;/em&gt;. However, in figured sense &lt;em&gt;emettere&lt;/em&gt; is in phrases like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;emettere un ordine, un provvedimento&lt;/em&gt;, emanarlo; &lt;em&gt;emettere un mandato di pagamento&lt;/em&gt;, renderlo esecutivo; &lt;em&gt;emettere azioni, obbligazioni, titoli di stato&lt;/em&gt;, offrirli sul mercato; &lt;em&gt;emettere monete, biglietti, assegni&lt;/em&gt;, metterli in circolazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Emettibile&lt;/em&gt; is not in the dictionary, either; however &lt;em&gt;mettibile&lt;/em&gt; can be found (although not in the dictionaries I looked in).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Emanare&lt;/em&gt; has the same meaning of &lt;em&gt;emettere&lt;/em&gt; when in the juridical sense, and also in proper sense, with perhaps only a slight difference: &lt;em&gt;emettere&lt;/em&gt; might involve a precise direction, whereas &lt;em&gt;emanare&lt;/em&gt; doesn't. &lt;em&gt;Emanabile&lt;/em&gt; sounds bureaucratic: it makes little sense saying that &lt;em&gt;la sentenza è emanabile&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A certificate is &lt;em&gt;rilasciato&lt;/em&gt;, which is also bureaucratic. Probably in some code or regulations one can find something like &lt;em&gt;il certificato di residenza è rilasciabile dall'Ufficiale di Anagrafe&lt;/em&gt; (with the proper uppercasing, of course), but a better Italian would be &lt;em&gt;l'ufficiale di anagrafe rilascia il certificato di residenza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-06T22:33:22.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1446" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1449" CreationDate="2013-12-07T09:57:25.523" Score="8" ViewCount="2233" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se voglio escludere due cose da un concetto che esprimo, posso dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt; questo &lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt; quello&quot;. Supponiamo che voglia utilizzare la preposizione &lt;em&gt;senza&lt;/em&gt;, dovrei allora dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;senza né&lt;/em&gt; questo &lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt; quello&quot;, oppure va bene anche &quot;&lt;em&gt;senza&lt;/em&gt; questo &lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt; quello&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In poche parole, con &quot;senza&quot; vanno inseriti entrambi i &quot;né&quot; o basta solo quello finale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-30T13:44:50.313" LastActivityDate="2013-12-30T13:44:50.313" Title="Uso corretto della locuzione &quot;né ... né&quot; con la preposizione &quot;senza&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1446" CreationDate="2013-12-07T11:06:59.660" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;senza né questo né quello&quot; non appare essere Italiano corretto, dovendosi in questo caso dire &quot;senza questo e quello&quot;, ammesso che abbia senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;senza questo né quello&quot; non è malaccio, ma dipendendo dal contesto può avere un'enfasi minore di &quot;né questo né quello&quot;, dove il parallelismo fra i due &quot;né&quot; coordina meglio la pari rilevanza dell'assenza di &quot;questo&quot; e &quot;quello&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-12-07T11:06:59.660" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1446" CreationDate="2013-12-07T12:23:20.213" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are interchangeable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non voglio né amici, né nemici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can also be expressed as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non voglio amici, né nemici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is to say, the first &quot;né&quot; seems to be a &lt;em&gt;rafforzativo&lt;/em&gt;, even though an extremely common one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Senza &quot;se&quot; e senza &quot;ma&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can also be expressed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Senza &quot;se&quot;, né &quot;ma&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but also &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Senza né &quot;se&quot;, né &quot;ma&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Né &quot;se&quot;, né &quot;ma&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They all mean the same thing but have different nuances of strength due to the repetitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-12-07T12:55:33.593" LastActivityDate="2013-12-07T12:55:33.593" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1446" CreationDate="2013-12-07T13:53:49.347" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Senza né&quot; is not really acceptable in modern Italian because it's a double negation. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/binomi-irreversibili_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt; only mentions &quot;senza A né B&quot;. Linguist &lt;a href=&quot;http://linguista.blogautore.repubblica.it/2011/08/14/dubbi-sullitaliano-risponde-il-linguista2/&quot;&gt;Massimo Arcangeli&lt;/a&gt; is of the opinion that, although &quot;senza né A né B&quot; is accepted in poetry and literature, it should be avoided. Note that archaic forms like &quot;senza neanche&quot;, &quot;senza neppure&quot;, &quot;senza nemmeno&quot; or &quot;senza nemmanco&quot; are widely accepted. In modern spoken Italian, &quot;senza né A né B&quot; is usually pronounced with a short pause after &quot;senza&quot; and accompanied by a mimic gesture of the fingers counting the two alternatives, A and B (and possibly others).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/senza/&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«5. Quando si escludono due cose, la congiunzione correlativa a senza&#xA;  è né, più raram. o: lo tennero in cella tre giorni, s. mangiare né&#xA;  bere; è uno strozzino, s. pietà né riguardo per nessuno (meno spesso,&#xA;  s. pietà o riguardo).»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it would be either &quot;senza A né B&quot; or &quot;senza A o B&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They have been talking about it &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.achyra.org/cruscate/viewtopic.php?t=2623&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think this is an interesting question indeed - it would be nice to read other linguists' point of view.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2013-12-07T14:12:26.687" LastActivityDate="2013-12-07T14:12:26.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1450" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-07T19:28:08.820" Score="8" ViewCount="4964" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la struttura sintattica più propria, 'sia ... sia' o 'sia ... che'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sono entrambe appropriate, ci sono ragioni per scegliere l'una piuttosto che l'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un'infinità di casi possibili, ma al fine di esemplificare, considerate questo dialogo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giulietta: 'A me piacciono le pere, ma non le mele.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rosalinda: 'A me, invece, piacciono sia le pere [sia]/[che] le mele.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se non saprei spiegare il perché, ho l'impressione che Rosalinda dovrebbe usare 'che', quantomeno per contrastare meglio i suoi diversi gusti — le piacciono le pere che a Giulietta, al contrario, non piacciono — circa le pere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T06:48:25.367" Title="'Sia ... sia' e 'sia ... che'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1451" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-07T20:28:54.373" Score="5" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1446/uso-corretto-della-locuzione-ne-ne-con-la-preposizione-senza/1447?noredirect=1#comment1932_1447&quot;&gt;It seems&lt;/a&gt; that &amp;quot;senza A e B&amp;quot; is not acceptable in the Italian language, but &amp;quot;senza A o B&amp;quot; is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I can tell, I often hear people saying, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono venuto senza giacca e cravatta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi alimenti sono senza coloranti e conservanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poverino, l'hanno operato senza bisturi ed anestesia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le strutture scolastiche campane sono ancore senza assistenza e servizi di trasporto per le persone diversamente abili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo moltissimi giovani sono senza laurea ed esperienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are all they wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T11:53:13.547" Title="Is &quot;senza A e B&quot; acceptable?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1452" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1459" CreationDate="2013-12-07T22:04:57.820" Score="-1" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/questions/125/is-italian-language-still-alive/127#127&quot;&gt;Rispondendo ad una domanda su &lt;em&gt;meta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ho scritto &quot;sull'orlo del precipizio&quot;, che, come noto, è una espressone figurata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, ho pensato di sostituire &quot;precipizio&quot; con &quot;collasso&quot; e, quindi, scrivere &quot;sull'orlo del collasso&quot;, ma nel fare ciò mi sono chiesto se fosse corretto lasciare &quot;sull&quot; o usare &quot;all&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so, ma ho l'impressione che &quot;sull'orlo del collasso&quot; non sia quanto di meglio è possibile scrivere perché &quot;sull&quot;, a mio giudizio, tende a conferire materialità ad un &quot;orlo&quot; che il &lt;em&gt;collasso&lt;/em&gt;, a differenza del &lt;em&gt;precipizio&lt;/em&gt;, effettivamente non ha, mentre &quot;all&quot; no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così opinando, &quot;all&quot; sarebbe più corretto di &quot;sull&quot;. Confermate? O in questo caso sarebbe possibile modificare solo parzialamente l'espressione iniziale senza che ciò comporti dissonanze?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-03-16T15:52:23.500" LastActivityDate="2013-12-08T20:38:28.340" Title="'sull'orlo del collasso' contro 'all'orlo del collasso'" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1453" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1454" CreationDate="2013-12-08T03:20:58.563" Score="10" ViewCount="1226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a little bit ahead of my Italian lessons, but I hear people using forms of &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt;, but don't fully understand it. I'm trying to figure out what it means in English (or even Spanish, although English is my native tongue). The closet thing I could think of was do (when used generically, not as an auxiliary)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that it's used in &lt;em&gt;Che cosa?&lt;/em&gt; to mean &lt;em&gt;What?&lt;/em&gt;, but I don't understand why it's necessary. I'd always thought that it meant &lt;em&gt;What happened?&lt;/em&gt;, but my grandfather (born in Abruzzo, but a terrible teacher!) says it just means &lt;em&gt;What?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not entirely sure whether &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; is used as a noun or a verb in that question, but it seems like it would be a verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It reminds me of the &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; in the English &lt;em&gt;Let's do lunch&lt;/em&gt;, but my grandfather said that idiom really doesn't translate into Italian very well. He suggested &lt;em&gt;Facciamo il pranzo&lt;/em&gt;, but said that it would be &lt;em&gt;Cosiamo il pranzo&lt;/em&gt; if I &lt;strong&gt;insisted&lt;/strong&gt; on using &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt;. Even though he didn't like that, he said I can use it generically for any verb, and he did give me some examples, but I don't understand it semantically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried figuring this out using Google Translate by translating sentences from both English and Spanish, but Google doesn't recognize the word &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I started with &lt;em&gt;Possiamo mangiare il pranzo di domani?&lt;/em&gt; I then substitued &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; and got &lt;em&gt;Can we cosare tomorrow?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought that maybe it just doesn't translate well into English, so I tried translating it into Spanish first (in my head, not with the translator). I replaced first &lt;em&gt;comer&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt; and then &lt;em&gt;almorzar&lt;/em&gt; as an alternate and got &lt;em&gt;¿Podemos cosare mañana?&lt;/em&gt; in Spanish for both. I tried using a 3rd phrasing in Spanish with the original question and got &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; for the verb, but I ended up with another meaningless translation, which you could probably guess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After getting frustrated, I decided maybe I should try something more basic and tried entering &lt;em&gt;Coso quello&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;Voglio quello&lt;/em&gt;, but it still just gives me the translation of &lt;em&gt;Coso that&lt;/em&gt; in English, and &lt;em&gt;CosA ese&lt;/em&gt; in Spanish. That would mean &lt;em&gt;thing that&lt;/em&gt; in English, but it's nonsense in Spanish too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried &lt;em&gt;Io coso buono&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;Io sono buono&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Coso bene&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;Sta bene&lt;/em&gt;, and got &lt;em&gt;good thing I&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;strong&gt;both&lt;/strong&gt;, at which point I decided that was about as basic as I could possibly get and gave up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any English phrases, idioms, words, or expressions that can approximate the meaning of &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt; in Italian? Am I at least attempting to use this verb properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="204" LastEditorUserId="204" LastEditDate="2013-12-09T03:11:06.777" LastActivityDate="2019-12-03T17:04:34.097" Title="Is ‘cosare’ equivalent to the generic use of ‘do’ in English?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="15" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2013-12-08T09:46:14.507" Score="19" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;Che cosa?&lt;/em&gt; is indeed a noun, used to reinforce the question. Since &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; means generally any object or action (analogue to &quot;something&quot; or &quot;anything&quot; in English), you can omit it without losing the meaning:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che? Cosa? Che cosa?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  What?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Che (cosa) sta succedendo?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  What's (that, that is) happening?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt; is used only if you don't remember the proper word to describe an action. In English, it'd be like saying &lt;strong&gt;&quot;do that thing,&quot; assuming that your listener knows or can guess what you are talking about.&lt;/strong&gt; You can't translate it directly with &quot;to do&quot; or &quot;to have.&quot;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ieri ho cosato una cosa.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Yesterday I, you know, did that, you know, a thingy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's better not to use &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt; in any other context and certainly not to try to use it as generic &quot;to do,&quot; unless you intend it to be ironic. Taking your example, &lt;em&gt;cosiamo il pranzo&lt;/em&gt;: it's unclear whether you'd mean &lt;em&gt;facciamo il pranzo&lt;/em&gt; &quot;let's have lunch,&quot; &lt;em&gt;saltiamo il pranzo&lt;/em&gt; &quot;let's skip lunch&quot; or, maybe, &lt;em&gt;buttiamo il pranzo&lt;/em&gt; &quot;let's throw the meal away.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Italian comedian Paolo Cevoli, for instance, &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/B38jnTnErpk?t=4m1s&quot;&gt;has made popular the sentence&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con questo cosa voglio dire? Non lo so, però c'ho ragione e i fatti mi cosano!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  What do I mean by that? I have no idea, but I'm right and the facts do me you-know-what!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, the intended expression would be &lt;em&gt;i fatti mi danno ragione&lt;/em&gt; &quot;the facts support me&quot; (hence I'm right). But since it's not clear from the verb &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt; what exactly those facts do, it might as well be &lt;em&gt;i fatti mi contraddicono&lt;/em&gt; &quot;the facts disprove my opinion&quot; (because I'm an arrogant idiot who doesn't know what he's talking about). The uncertain meaning of &lt;em&gt;cosare&lt;/em&gt;, thus, results in a joke.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-04-21T19:31:58.970" LastActivityDate="2015-04-21T19:31:58.970" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1455" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-08T10:32:16.010" Score="7" ViewCount="9424" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere qual è la reale diffusione della parola &quot;tegoline&quot;, l'equivalente veneto di &quot;fagiolini&quot;, e se nel resto d'Italia si dica realmente &quot;fagiolini&quot; o si usino altri sinonimi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vivendo nel nord-est ho sempre sentito e detto &quot;tegoline&quot;, e anzi pensavo fosse una parola dell'italiano standard, fino a quando non mi sono resa conto del contrario. Fino a qualche anno fa non sapevo neanche che esistesse la parola &quot;fagiolini&quot;...Mi chiedo come si distribuiscano geograficamente i due termini e se ne esistano altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="259" LastActivityDate="2013-12-12T10:35:27.073" Title="&quot;tegoline&quot; vs &quot;fagiolini&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1455" CreationDate="2013-12-08T14:43:39.210" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tegoline/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tegoline/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tegoline s. f. pl. [der. di tega]. – Nome &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;veneto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; dei fagiolini o cornetti, legumi forniti dalla pianta Vigna unguiculata (sinon. Vigna sinensis), leguminosa orticola, forse originaria dell’Africa tropicale e diffusa nella regione mediterranea già durante l’Impero Romano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si conferma che è un sostantivo di uso essenzialmente regionale. Ma la conferma più importante, secondo me, viene dal marketing: un marchio diffuso su tutto il territorio nazionale come la Findus vende i &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.findus.it/it-it/prodotti/cerca-per-marca/findus/fagiolini_primavera/&quot;&gt;Fagiolini Primavera&lt;/a&gt;, non le &quot;Tegoline Primavera&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2013-12-08T14:43:39.210" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1450" CreationDate="2013-12-08T16:44:01.470" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono corrette entrambe; diciamo che l'utilizzo del &lt;strong&gt;&quot;sia...sia&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; è tradizionalmente più corretto in quanto l'uso del &lt;strong&gt;&quot;sia...che&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; è entrato in auge dalla metà dell'Ottocento; prima, addirittura, il &lt;strong&gt;&quot;sia&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; veniva coniugato (&quot;siano...siano&quot;, &quot;fosse...fosse&quot;) (Della Valle, Valeria, and Giuseppe Patota. Il salvaitaliano. Vol. 20. Sperling &amp;amp; Kupfer, 2000. pp.172-172). &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/node/591&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alcuni sostengono&lt;/a&gt; che in particolari casi sia anche più univoca in quanto il &lt;strong&gt;&quot;sia&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;  ha molto spesso un valore coordinativo-aggiuntivo mentre il &lt;strong&gt;&quot;che&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; può essere utilizzato come pronome oltre che come congiunzione. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I forum vengono utilizzati sia dagli italiani che hanno una lingua complicata e che non&#xA;  hanno una buona istruzione che dai giapponesi che hanno una scrittura&#xA;  molto difficile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del &lt;strong&gt;&quot;sia&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; potrebbe chiarire maggiormente il costrutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I forum vengono utilizzati sia dagli italiani che hanno una lingua complicata e che non&#xA;  hanno una buona istruzione sia dai giapponesi che hanno una scrittura&#xA;  molto difficile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà anche in questi casi mi sembra che il senso si riesca a carpire in entrambe le versioni, soprattutto se ci aiutiamo con le virgole! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-29T08:02:28.697" LastActivityDate="2020-01-29T08:02:28.697" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1455" CreationDate="2013-12-08T20:15:15.873" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io sono veneta di origine, ma vivo in Lombardia ormai da 30 anni. Qui nessuno mi capirebbe se chiedessi delle &lt;em&gt;&quot;tegoline&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, ma allo stesso tempo io mi rifiuto di utilizzare il vocabolo &lt;em&gt;&quot;cornetti&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, per cui confermo che il vocabolo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;fagiolini&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è una parola passepartout, nel senso che nessuno mi ha mai chiesto chiarimenti quando l'ho usata in giro per l'Italia, mentre &lt;em&gt;&quot;tegoline&quot;&lt;/em&gt; per me resta un vocabolo legato all'infanzia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="159" LastActivityDate="2013-12-08T20:15:15.873" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1452" CreationDate="2013-12-08T20:38:28.340" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think one should prefer &lt;em&gt;all'orlo&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;sull'orlo&lt;/em&gt; in any case. They have perhaps slightly different meanings: &lt;em&gt;sull'orlo del baratro&lt;/em&gt; might suggest you are even looking down the chasm, while &lt;em&gt;all'orlo&lt;/em&gt; might not bear this additional idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just sensations, perhaps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's really bad is the ‘squared metaphor’. In my opinion &lt;em&gt;all'orlo del collasso&lt;/em&gt; means nothing (and &lt;em&gt;sull'orlo&lt;/em&gt;, either). &lt;em&gt;Sembrava sull'orlo del collasso&lt;/em&gt; can better be &lt;em&gt;Sembrava vicino&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;prossimo&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;al collasso&lt;/em&gt;. The influence of a well known movie title has made this phrase ubiquitous; but it's ugly nonetheless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, &lt;em&gt;sull'orlo del collasso&lt;/em&gt; outscores &lt;em&gt;all'orlo&lt;/em&gt; by 561000 to 54200 on Google.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-08T20:38:28.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1460" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-08T21:33:07.953" Score="2" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa questione è superabile al verificarsi della condizione X o anche al verificarsi della condizione Y.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa la frase testé trascritta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Che la questione è superabile al verificarsi della sola condinzione X.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Che la questione è superabile al verificarsi della sola condinzione Y.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Che la questione è superabile al verificarsi di entrambe le condizioni X e Y.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci fosse solo &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; sarebbe chiaro, ma la locuzione &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;o anche&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, cioé la 'o' seguita da 'anche', non mi consente di capire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2013-12-10T14:52:13.843" Title="Cosa significa 'o anche' in 'Questa questione è superabile al verificarsi della condizione X o anche al verificarsi della condizione Y'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1455" CreationDate="2013-12-08T22:37:44.037" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che un Google Ngram possa essere utile per capire l'utilizzo della parola  nella produzione scritta:&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aJQJ2.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente si tratta di una parola dialettale che trova i rispettivi analoghi negli altri dialetti italiani. Abbiamo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dialettando.com/dizionario/detail.lasso?id=49860&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;per esempio&lt;/a&gt; per il ligure &quot;fasulèini&quot;, il romagnolo &quot;fasulén&quot;, il molisano &quot;fascellite&quot;, e forse anche sopratutto con il più diffuso &quot;cornetti&quot; anch'esso accettato ma con diffusione regionale molto differente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I veneti sono penalizzati (rispetto, per esempio, ai sardi per cui la traduzione di fagiolino è &quot;aioleddu&quot;) dal fatto che non sono presenti fonemi riconducibili strettamente al dialetto veneto, il che può non rendere così palese la sua origine dialettale e indurre molti veneti all'errore di ritenerla una parola appartenente all'italiano corrente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forza tegoline!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditDate="2013-12-12T10:35:27.073" LastActivityDate="2013-12-12T10:35:27.073" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1460" CreationDate="2013-12-09T00:03:27.363" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Questa questione&lt;/em&gt; is really ugly. &lt;code&gt;;-)&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The meaning is clear: either condition X or condition Y is sufficient.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The way the sentence is built may induce the idea that condition X is the most probable; but it's clear from &lt;em&gt;anche&lt;/em&gt; that the &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; is not to be intended in exclusive sense. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it had been &lt;em&gt;e anche&lt;/em&gt;, then interpretation 3 would be the only acceptable one. Many people (wrongly) feel that &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; only means the Latin &lt;em&gt;aut&lt;/em&gt;; but it's undoubtedly usable and used in the sense of &lt;em&gt;vel&lt;/em&gt;. So in many cases people resort to &lt;em&gt;o anche&lt;/em&gt; or even to the horrible &lt;em&gt;e/o&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-09T00:03:27.363" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2013-12-09T04:39:40.560" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;che&quot; and &quot;cosa&quot; are interchangeable and they can also be used both at the same time&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: I broke it!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  B: what?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: l'ho rotto!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  B: cosa? (pronoun)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: l'ho rotto!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  B: che? (pronoun) (less common, depends on a zone)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: l'ho rotto!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  B: che cosa? (pronoun + noun)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;cosare&quot; is terrible, and you should totally avoid using it, it doesn't have a real meaning and it doesn't have any rules, it's just a verb that can be used potentially as a substitute of any verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user250" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-12-09T10:31:01.033" LastActivityDate="2013-12-09T10:31:01.033" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1464" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1465" CreationDate="2013-12-09T06:09:53.450" Score="11" ViewCount="7459" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand that in Italian the letter &quot;e&quot; can make two different vowel sounds:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;[ɛ] like the e in bet&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;[e] like the a in chaos&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recently, I was caught off guard by an Italian song where the singer sang &quot;vedo&quot;. Since I had learned to pronounce it as [vedo], I was surprised to hear it sung as [vɛdo] (which is correct?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rules I learned only pertained to particular conjugation endings like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;       Imperfect -ERE &#xA;&#xA;    rimanevo | rimanɛvamo&#xA;    —————————————————————&#xA;    rimanevi | rimanɛvate&#xA;    —————————————————————&#xA;    rimaneva | rimanevano&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;    We will eat: mangɛrɛmo&#xA;   We would eat: mangɛremmo&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When encountering new words, are there any rules of thumb for figuring out which sound to use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="133" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T09:56:33.627" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T09:56:33.627" Title="Pronounce &quot;e&quot; like [ɛ] or [e]?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;sound&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1464" CreationDate="2013-12-09T12:41:35.233" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;The unstressed &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; is always pronounced closed ([e] in IPA). The classical example of a minimal pair is &lt;em&gt;pesca&lt;/em&gt;, which is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;['pɛsca] when it means “the peach”&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;['pesca] when it means ”fishing”&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But regional pronunciation varies; in Northern Italy, both words usually have the closed &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;. In several local pronunciation schemes in Calabria there's no distinction between the two sounds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can one distinguish between the two sounds? By etymology. For instance, &lt;em&gt;neve&lt;/em&gt; (snow) comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;nives&lt;/em&gt;, so we can predict a closed vowel: ['neve]. On the contrary, &lt;em&gt;vento&lt;/em&gt; (wind) comes from &lt;em&gt;ventus&lt;/em&gt; and so an open vowel is used: ['vɛnto]. The numeral &lt;em&gt;venti&lt;/em&gt; (twenty) originates from &lt;em&gt;viginti&lt;/em&gt;, so the &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; is closed. Similarly, Latin's diphthong &lt;em&gt;ae&lt;/em&gt; produces [ɛ].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it's fairly common to hear ['vento] for wind and ['vɛnti] for twenty and etymology can also be misleading. I'm not able to say ['neve], to be honest, and it's always ['nɛve] for me, because that's how it's pronounced in my region.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-09T12:41:35.233" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1466" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1468" CreationDate="2013-12-09T20:57:37.927" Score="13" ViewCount="3050" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certe volte mi chiedo, è corretto dire &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... sarebbe potuto essere diverso ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o, si dovrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... avrebbe potuto essere diverso ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una regola che governa questo costrutto? E se c'è, si applica anche a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... sarebbe dovuto essere diverso ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e, correlativamente, a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... avrebbe dovuto essere diverso ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-12-09T22:38:03.990" LastActivityDate="2013-12-09T22:38:03.990" Title="&quot;avrebbe potuto essere diverso&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1466" CreationDate="2013-12-09T22:05:17.463" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà, è una questione abbastanza intricata. Generalmente, si sceglie l'ausiliare del verbo retto dal servile, per esempio: &lt;em&gt;avrebbe potuto mangiare&lt;/em&gt; (come &quot;avrebbe mangiato&quot;); &lt;em&gt;è dovuto andare&lt;/em&gt; (come &quot;è andato&quot;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Però se il verbo servile è seguito dal verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, si usa l'ausiliare &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, per esempio: &lt;em&gt;avrei voluto essere presente, avrebbe dovuto essere diverso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La situazione cambierebbe, se vi fosse anche la presenza di un pronome personale o riflessivo atono (&lt;em&gt;mi, ti, gli/le, ci, vi, si&lt;/em&gt;) o di particelle atone come &lt;em&gt;ci/vi&lt;/em&gt; (locative, presentative, fraseologiche):&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- si usa l'ausiliare &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; in caso di anticipazione del pronome (&lt;em&gt;gli sarebbe potuto essere utile; ci saremmo dovuti essere tutti&lt;/em&gt;),&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; in caso di posticipazione del pronome (&lt;em&gt;avrebbe potuto essergli utile; avremmo dovuto esserci tutti&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/ausiliare-verbi-servili&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca 1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/scelta-ausiliari&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca 2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-ausiliari_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano (2010)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_367.html&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2013-12-09T22:05:17.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1460" CreationDate="2013-12-10T14:52:13.843" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase è ambigua in modo irresolubile. Il chiarimento che chiedi riguarda lo statuto di verità della proposizione complessiva in funzione della verità delle due proposizioni costituenti. Se ci fosse solo &quot;o&quot; non sarebbe comunque risolta in quanto la disgiunzione italiana &quot;o&quot; non distingue tra aut (o esclusivo) e vel (non esclusivo) propri dell'uso latino (come giustamente messo in luce da @egreg). Il termine &quot;anche&quot; non è un connettivo logico bensì una particella copulativa che accresce quanto si è già detto; ovvero, in questo contesto, indica l'aggiunta di un'altra condizione ma non è dirimente in quanto non chiarisce la natura della connessione logica postulata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="190" LastActivityDate="2013-12-10T14:52:13.843" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1470" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1471" CreationDate="2013-12-10T17:18:00.913" Score="14" ViewCount="980" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm interested in languages and dialects and have heard that Sardinian is one of the most distinct varieties spoken in Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to ask whether most Italian speakers would consider Sardinian to be a dialect or a separate language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And what would Sardinians / Sardinian speakers think?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would a person from a distant part of Italy understand a person speaking Sardinian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="217" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T03:07:30.517" Title="Is Sardinian regarded as a dialect or a language of its own?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1470" CreationDate="2013-12-10T18:12:41.060" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sardinian is a language of its own, derived directly from Latin. So Italian and Sardinian can be considered &quot;siblings&quot;. There are some terms used by both languages, and my guess here is that since Sardinian is oral in nature (lack of writings during its history), many words have been lost or forgotten (for example, the word for rainbow is &lt;strong&gt;arcu 'e sole&lt;/strong&gt;, but I doubt many know it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What happened is that due to its isolation, since it's spoken in an island, the language evolved much less and slower compared to Italian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, in Italian we had the loss of &lt;em&gt;-um/-us&lt;/em&gt; endings, which were replaced by &lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt;, but as far as Sardinian is concerned, only the final consonants were dropped, leaving a lot of words with &lt;em&gt;-u&lt;/em&gt;. This might not be a valid general rule since we say &quot;Sardinian&quot; for convenience, but the truth is that there are many varieties across the island, the closer a village/town is to yours, the closer the language. So someone from the north wouldn't understand what someone from the south speaks. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also differences in grammar. An example is the possessive which is usually put after the noun that it affects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said, some terms are common to both languages, but generally someone from other parts of Italy will not understand Sardinian. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;it.&lt;/strong&gt; Cosa stai dicendo?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;en.&lt;/strong&gt; What are you saying?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;sar.&lt;/strong&gt; Itte sese nande? (This should be read as &quot;itte sernande&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nande comes from &quot;narrere&quot; (to say), which is the same verb as &quot;narrare&quot; (to tell a story) in Italian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that many things in this answer refer to the variety I speak, so others Sardinians might disagree about words or expressions. However the rest, which is what your question is about, is true for everyone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastEditorUserId="57" LastEditDate="2019-05-13T03:07:30.517" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T03:07:30.517" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1451" CreationDate="2013-12-11T08:37:47.497" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I (politely) disagree with the statement: &quot;that 'senza A e B' is not acceptable in the Italian language, but 'senza A o B' is.&quot; Overlooking the fact that the expression is commonly used, as you correctly reported, reason is the following: &quot;e&quot; and &quot;o&quot; are logical connectors so you could build equivalent statements  manipulating the original one by means of logical rules. So cannot be true that, given two propositions P and Q, being P e Q  not acceptable, P o Q is correct. This could seen this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NOT (P e Q) &amp;lt;=&gt; NOT(P) OR NOT(Q)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This way we should have two &lt;em&gt;equivalent&lt;/em&gt; assertions, the first not acceptable, the second perfectly acceptable.  How this could be possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="190" LastActivityDate="2013-12-11T08:37:47.497" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1475" CreationDate="2013-12-12T10:46:00.037" Score="5" ViewCount="2413" Body="&lt;p&gt;Volevo capire l'utilizzo della maiuscola sugli aggettivi che fanno riferimento ad un nome di un luogo, nella fattispecie: una regione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio io scriverei &quot;autostrada veneta&quot; e non &quot;autostrada Veneta&quot;, oppure &quot;pianura lombarda&quot; e non &quot;pianura Lombarda&quot;. Volevo sapere qual'è la forma corretta, e se per caso valesse anche in questo caso la regola che &quot;Lombardo o Veneti&quot; indica il riferimento ad un abitante o agli abitanti della regione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre anche gli aggettivi riferiti a parti di regione sono abbastanza controversi per esempio vedo scritto  con la lettera maiuscola non solo &quot;Alto Adige&quot; ma anche &quot;Alto Vicentino&quot;, &quot;Bassa Padovana&quot;, &quot;Alto Milanese&quot; o addirittura &quot;Basso Veneto&quot;. Qual è quindi la regola generale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-13T10:41:54.147" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T10:41:54.147" Title="Maiuscola per gli aggettivi con riferimento ad una regione (pianura lombarda, autostrada veneta, Alto Milanese)" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1473" CreationDate="2013-12-13T08:35:45.340" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;il nome di un toponimo è in maiuscolo mentre l'aggettivo (o il nome degli abitanti) è in minuscolo, e fin qua direi che si è tutti d'accordo. &#xA;In denominazioni come Alto Milanese chi usa il maiuscolo intende (implicitamente) che almeno per lui il territorio indicato è molto specifico. In effetti se si parla di &quot;milanese&quot; inteso come territorio che gravita su Milano la maiuscola non la si usa mai. Diciamo che se uno scrive &quot;alto milanese&quot; nessuno alza un sopracciglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-12-13T08:35:45.340" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1451" CreationDate="2013-12-13T09:40:07.650" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say that neither of them is better than &quot;né&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I think in English you would use &quot;nor&quot;, right? (I went without a jacket nor a tie). &#xA;This is much better translated as &quot;né&quot;: &quot;Ci sono andato senza giacca né cravatta&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(Just note that &quot;ne&quot; and né&quot; are two different words).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastEditorUserId="279" LastEditDate="2013-12-13T09:48:38.293" LastActivityDate="2013-12-13T09:48:38.293" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2013-12-14T09:52:16.537" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &quot;Cosare&quot; doesn't really exist in Italian. Or, at least, it isn't used. To translate the English verb &quot;to do&quot; in Italian, we use the verb &quot;fare&quot;; the verb &quot;fare&quot; is used to indicate generic actions. For example,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Facciamo matematica&lt;/em&gt; is a generic form for &lt;em&gt;Studiamo matematica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In this sense, the verb &quot;cosare&quot; is simply unused.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;For this reason, Google doesn't give a translation for &quot;cosare&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Used as &quot;che cosa?&quot; or &quot;cosa?&quot;, it is equivalent to &quot;what?&quot;, and its sense is neither of verb nor of noun, because in this context it is an adverb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="280" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-12-14T14:54:59.927" LastActivityDate="2013-12-14T14:54:59.927" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1479" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1480" CreationDate="2013-12-14T21:03:15.883" Score="13" ViewCount="1787" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is somehow a common rule in Italian to find many verbs negated with the &lt;em&gt;s-&lt;/em&gt; prefix (e.g. &lt;em&gt;smonta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sparecchia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sposta&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;bad luck, misfortune&quot;) etymologically come from &lt;em&gt;figa&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;vagina&lt;/em&gt;) or is just a coincidence? My impression is that &lt;em&gt;sfigato&lt;/em&gt; (and, by extension, &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt;) is some sort of &quot;man without a lady&quot; (thus &quot;unfortunate&quot;) and that this was its origin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have always wondered about the coincidence of those two terms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-01-16T17:46:53.200" LastActivityDate="2020-06-19T14:40:38.453" Title="Does &quot;sfiga&quot; come etymologically from &quot;figa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;negation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1479" CreationDate="2013-12-14T21:10:38.980" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your impressions are confirmed by the Treccani dictionary. The word &lt;em&gt;fica&lt;/em&gt; is mostly used in the variant &lt;em&gt;figa&lt;/em&gt; in Northern Italy. Then &lt;em&gt;sfigato&lt;/em&gt; is somebody without any attractiveness and, by extension, someone who is unlucky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From this &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt; in the sense of “misfortune” was derived.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sfigato&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [der. di &lt;em&gt;figa&lt;/em&gt;, variante settentr. (ma largamente diffusa) di &lt;em&gt;fica&lt;/em&gt;, col pref. s- (nel sign. 4); è più probabile che &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt; sia tratto da &lt;em&gt;sfigato&lt;/em&gt;, che non viceversa]. – Nel linguaggio giovanile, sfortunato, iellato (anche con riferimento non a circostanze occasionali, ma a condizioni sociali, economiche e sim.): &lt;em&gt;sono sempre stato s.&lt;/em&gt;; e con uso sostantivato: &lt;em&gt;non è facile trovare uno s.&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;una s.&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;come te&lt;/em&gt;; anche, privo di attrattive, di fascino, insignificante: &lt;em&gt;non portarti dietro la solita amica s.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mi ha invitato in un localetto davvero sfigato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contrary to the dictionary, I'd say that's what after “anche” should be the first meaning; not by usage, but historically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-14T21:10:38.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1481" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1482" CreationDate="2013-12-14T21:31:54.963" Score="7" ViewCount="521" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed that in Italian usually there is only one gender for one word, but there are some exceptions I thought were because of &quot;bad native speakers&quot;. One of this exception is &quot;tavolo&quot; / &quot;tavola&quot;. What's the explanation and the etymology behind this divergence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-12-16T16:14:17.987" LastActivityDate="2014-02-19T23:39:04.727" Title="How come there are two gender forms, &quot;tavola&quot; and &quot;tavolo&quot;? Which one is proper?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1481" CreationDate="2013-12-14T22:20:17.667" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tavolo&quot; is table as the furniture item. &quot;Tavola&quot; has (at least?) two separate meanings: a table set to eat, and &quot;board&quot;. The etymology is actually the same, from the latin tabula.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for some concrete info on when &quot;tavolo&quot; and &quot;tavola&quot; did split from the common ancestor, but so far I found zilch (0) info, sorry. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/alternanza-di-genere-e-di-significato_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; in &quot;Alternanza di genere e significato&quot; just comments&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;A volte l’alternanza non produce sostanziali cambiamenti di significato,&#xA;ma dà origine soltanto a diverse sfumature&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which translates to &quot;Sometimes the gender switch does not result in a substantial change in meaning, but just originates nuances.&quot; - and that's as far as I could go, sorry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-12-15T13:12:28.663" LastActivityDate="2013-12-15T13:12:28.663" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1479" CreationDate="2013-12-14T22:45:40.970" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Interestingly, &quot;fare la figa&quot; is to make a good luck sign, which is to close your fist with the tip of your thumb sticking out between your index and middle fingers, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.antiques.com/classified/1112452/Antique-Rare-silver-FIGA-charm-pendant-and-small-figa-on-wrist&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&amp;lt; here &gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;I can't confirm, but it would be an interesting link if &quot;sfiga&quot; would be related to the fact that &quot;figa&quot; also meant &quot;luck&quot; sometimes in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastActivityDate="2013-12-14T22:45:40.970" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1484" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1488" CreationDate="2013-12-14T23:35:30.787" Score="21" ViewCount="2782" Body="&lt;p&gt;I come from a language that preserves the original names of cities and especially personality names, so I was very surprised to find in Italian translation of this particular substantive types. I even once had an argument with one Italian friend about Bruto; he didn't understand that his original name was Brutus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few examples: cities - Munich (Monaco), Stuttgart (Stoccarda), Paris (Parigi), Frankfurt (Francoforte), historical figures - Louis XIV (Luigi XIV), Henry VIII (Enrico VIII) or other names - Michael (Maicol)  etc. In English there isn't any great figure called John Brown (Giordano Bruno), so why the Italian language creates such confusion by doing the reverse?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not referring to the slight gender adaptations like Dublin (Dublino), but to the very brutal ones like Munich, which I actually confused with the french Monaco for very long time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question: is this a rule, it is done nowadays as well, or it refers just some old adaptations and why it is done? I think there is a loss of meaning in this adaptation and I had difficulties discussing with Italians about famous historical figures because of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-12-15T09:15:10.660" LastActivityDate="2016-12-13T20:08:06.173" Title="Why translate cities and person names?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1484" CreationDate="2013-12-14T23:54:09.467" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is done in every language: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;English&lt;/strong&gt; - Rome&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Russian&lt;/strong&gt; - Рим, Людовик XIV&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Finnish&lt;/strong&gt; - Rooma, Ludvig XIV&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;German&lt;/strong&gt; - Rom, Ludwig XIV&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for this is the same everywhere I suppose. Not everyone knows every language pronunciation, actually far from that, so nouns get adapted by the speakers to make them easier to say and refer to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastActivityDate="2013-12-14T23:54:09.467" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1168" CreationDate="2013-12-15T00:53:47.373" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Following your example:&lt;br&gt;&#xA; - To somebody who just spoke something very vulgar, you can ask &quot;Oxford?&quot; (&quot;Did you go to Oxford?&quot;) [I swear we say it].&lt;br&gt;&#xA; - About somebody who's not really good-looking, &quot;Non è un Adone&quot; (&quot;He's not an &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adonis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Adonis&lt;/a&gt;&quot;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA; - Not sure if this fits your requirements, it's a saying that originates from the game of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Briscola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;briscola&lt;/a&gt;: if somebody's got no decisional power at all, you can say &quot;Conta come il due di coppe quando comanda bastoni&quot; (He's worth like the 2 of cups when the trump is clubs - that being among the lowest-power cards in the deck).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-12-15T13:10:13.980" LastActivityDate="2013-12-15T13:10:13.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1484" CreationDate="2013-12-15T09:14:47.830" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Every language adapts foreign names to its phonetic system and its morphology, both proper and common names (&lt;em&gt;Munich&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;Monaco&lt;/em&gt; is not that different from &lt;em&gt;beefsteak&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;bistecca&lt;/em&gt;) to be able to pronounce and use them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Re “other languages have slight modifications”, would you consider Firenze &gt; Florence, Napoli &gt; Naples, Livorno &gt; Leghorn, where at most 2 or 3 phonemes survive, slight modifications? Not to mention España &gt; Spain and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, have you ever checked the German name of “Munich”...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-12-16T11:34:03.503" LastActivityDate="2013-12-16T11:34:03.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1484" CreationDate="2013-12-15T10:45:36.267" Score="31" Body="&lt;p&gt;That &lt;em&gt;München&lt;/em&gt; in Italian becomes &lt;em&gt;Monaco&lt;/em&gt; is not really strange: looking in Wikipedia we discover that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Its native name, &lt;em&gt;München&lt;/em&gt;, is derived from the Old High German &lt;em&gt;Munichen&lt;/em&gt;, meaning &quot;by the monks' place&quot;. The city's name derives from the monks of the Benedictine order who founded the city; hence the monk depicted on the city's coat of arms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure you'll recognize the famous Italian city that Czechs call &lt;em&gt;Benátky&lt;/em&gt;. I don't know what's your native language, but all languages I know of do such adaptations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Every language has its own way to adapt foreign words; big towns (mostly capital cities, and there were &lt;em&gt;many&lt;/em&gt; of them in Europe) and famous people are good candidates for such adaptations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The results are quite strange. For instance, København becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copenaghen (Italian)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Kopenhagen (German)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copenhagen (English)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Kopenhaga (Albanian)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copenhague (Spanish)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Copenhague (French)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Italian one should remember that Latin used to be the European &lt;em&gt;lingua franca&lt;/em&gt; and adapting words from Latin to Italian was too easy. So &lt;em&gt;Brutus&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Caesar&lt;/em&gt; become &lt;em&gt;Bruto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Cesare&lt;/em&gt;. By the way, &lt;em&gt;Caesar&lt;/em&gt; (as a title) became &lt;em&gt;Kaiser&lt;/em&gt; in German and &lt;em&gt;Царь&lt;/em&gt; in Russian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are stranger adaptations than &lt;em&gt;München&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;Monaco&lt;/em&gt;. The Bavarian city of &lt;em&gt;Regensburg&lt;/em&gt; is called in Italian &lt;em&gt;Ratisbona&lt;/em&gt;. The Latin name of the town (which was founded by the Romans) was &lt;em&gt;Castra Regina&lt;/em&gt;. Its modern name means “fortress by the Regen”, the river is named after the Roman town. Why &lt;em&gt;Ratisbona&lt;/em&gt;? Because there was a Celtic village nearby called &lt;em&gt;Radasbona&lt;/em&gt; or something like that and the town, for some time, was called with the Celtic name and so came to be known in Europe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tendency to adapt the phonetics of foreign names is weaker than it was, say, forty years ago, when still the “official” name of New York was &lt;em&gt;Nuova York&lt;/em&gt;. Traditional names are retained, of course: it would sound strange hearing &lt;em&gt;Vado a Paris e poi a London&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But nobody speaks about &lt;em&gt;il principe Guglielmo&lt;/em&gt;, to mean the present Duke of Cambridge. However, it's always &lt;em&gt;il principe Carlo&lt;/em&gt; for his father. Maybe it depends on the easiness of adapting the name: the former and the present Kings of Belgium are &lt;em&gt;Alberto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Filippo&lt;/em&gt;, in Italy. I don't know how the present King of the Netherlands is referred to in newspapers, but he's probably &lt;em&gt;Willem-Alexander&lt;/em&gt;. Apart from monarchs, the tendency is to retain the original name for contemporary famous people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2013-12-15T15:13:34.273" LastActivityDate="2013-12-15T15:13:34.273" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1489" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1490" CreationDate="2013-12-15T15:15:35.673" Score="7" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the origin of the rule that composes the adverbial forms finishing in &lt;em&gt;-mente&lt;/em&gt; (e.g. &lt;em&gt;velocemente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;normalmente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;assolutamente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;diversamente&lt;/em&gt; etc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it somehow connected to &lt;em&gt;mente&lt;/em&gt; (Latin &lt;em&gt;mens&lt;/em&gt;, English &lt;em&gt;mind&lt;/em&gt;) substantive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-30T13:18:56.483" LastActivityDate="2013-12-30T14:16:46.747" Title="What's the origin of the &quot;-mente&quot; postfix? Is it connected to the &quot;mente&quot; substantive?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1489" CreationDate="2013-12-15T15:31:06.790" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it is. It continues the ablative form of Latin &lt;em&gt;mens&lt;/em&gt;, which is indeed &lt;em&gt;mente&lt;/em&gt;. So &lt;em&gt;felicemente&lt;/em&gt; would have started meaning something like “in a happy state of mind.” (See for example the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mente_res-efa0db69-0025-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani article about “-mente”&lt;/a&gt;.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-12-30T14:16:46.747" LastActivityDate="2013-12-30T14:16:46.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1489" CreationDate="2013-12-15T15:40:17.487" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are on the right track. It is indeed true that those words ending in &lt;em&gt;-mente&lt;/em&gt;, which are always adverbs derived from adjectives, take their origin in the Latin &lt;em&gt;mens&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;mind&lt;/em&gt;, but also &lt;em&gt;spirit&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;intelligence&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;thought&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is because in Latin itself, a construction like &quot;A + mente&quot; meant &quot;with an A mind,&quot; where A is an adjective. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Starting from this, the word &lt;em&gt;mente&lt;/em&gt; came, in Italian, to be attached directly to the adjective to create a new adverb. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Sources&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/formazione-degli-avverbi_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani on the formation of adverbs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=2072&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Zanichelli on adverbs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-30T13:21:30.040" LastActivityDate="2013-12-30T13:21:30.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1496" CreationDate="2013-12-15T17:39:53.017" Score="14" ViewCount="4023" Body="&lt;p&gt;My conversation manual included the word &lt;em&gt;assai&lt;/em&gt; very often as an equivalent for &lt;em&gt;troppo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt;, etc. When I got in Italy one of my friends from there, of Neapolitan origin, said that is a Neapolitan word, not used in Italian and it is considered &lt;em&gt;vulgar&lt;/em&gt; to use it, because of its peasant connotations. I heard it numerous times on TV and the shows weren't about history/ethnology, but nowadays subjects. Also other friends from Veneto didn't knew its meaning. So what's the story with this word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-30T13:13:25.860" LastActivityDate="2019-04-14T04:06:27.020" Title="Is using &quot;assai&quot; in Italian considered vulgar language?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2013-12-15T17:55:38.133" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;What on Earth makes them think it is “vulgar”? It is a regular, non-regional Italian word (it appears in Petrarca, Leopardi etc. and is used for instance even in musical notation: &lt;em&gt;allegro assai&lt;/em&gt; etc.). As for many words, it is used more or less in different parts of Italy (or, for other words, in different strata of population, or by different age groups): this are matters studied by sociolinguistics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A point to be careful about: Its original meaning is &lt;em&gt;enough&lt;/em&gt; (from Latin &lt;em&gt;ad satis&lt;/em&gt;), but it has been used for centuries in the sense of “much, very.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As always happens for the meaning of single words, most of the story can be read in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/assai/&quot;&gt;the relevant article of any good dictionary&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-30T13:15:06.493" LastActivityDate="2013-12-30T13:15:06.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2013-12-15T18:02:37.287" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Assai&lt;/em&gt; is a sort of superlative and it is absolutely not vulgar. It comes from the Latin word &lt;em&gt;satis&lt;/em&gt;, which means &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;much&lt;/em&gt; depending on the usage. In Southern Italy, it is often used as an adverb with the same meaning. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;[Correct usage]&lt;/em&gt; Un uomo assai famoso (&lt;em&gt;A very famous man&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;[Southern Italian usage]&lt;/em&gt; Io ho mangiato assai. (&lt;em&gt;I ate too much&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TL;DR: No, it's not vulgar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="283" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2014-12-14T20:16:09.597" LastActivityDate="2014-12-14T20:16:09.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1500" CreationDate="2013-12-15T18:03:46.957" Score="13" ViewCount="4966" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know from older and southern Italian friends that in their childhood they used the &lt;code&gt;&quot;voi&quot;&lt;/code&gt; pronoun (like &lt;code&gt;&quot;vous&quot;&lt;/code&gt; in French) as a polite form to address other persons. So how come this switched nowadays to the &quot;Lei&quot; form, a choice I must confess I found it always bizarre and always avoided it  because it seemed to me more impolite to address someone like if it wouldn't be present and potentially insulting males by referring them as females, than to actually use &lt;code&gt;&quot;tu&quot;&lt;/code&gt; for everybody. So who dictated the sudden change?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="281" LastEditDate="2013-12-15T18:33:49.763" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T22:50:42.637" Title="Who decided the switch from &quot;voi&quot; to &quot;Lei&quot; in the 20th century?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2013-12-15T18:06:45.193" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your friend is wrong when he says that this word is a regionalism. It is usually used as an adverb meaning &quot;much, very&quot;, intended to reinforce an adjective:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;assai bello = very beautiful&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It may also be used in the sense of &quot;many&quot; in front of a noun (so, taking the value of an adjective). Beware, it's an old usage, mostly considered wrong nowadays (except than probably in the South):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;assai persone = many people&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, a third usage exists. You can indeed use it to mean &quot;much&quot; as an adverb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto assai per te = I did much for you &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All this is perfectly fine in Italian (and that's why you hear it very often). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This said, I understand (a bit) what your friend meant. In Naples and the neighborhood, the word is used &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; an adjective (in the same sense outlined in my first example here), and this is a regional usage. It is anyway wrong to say that it does not exist in Italia. If the one from Veneto didn't know the word, it's his/her fault. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the etymology, the word comes from &lt;em&gt;ad satis&lt;/em&gt;, Latin, meaning &quot;enough&quot; and indeed its original meaning has been shifted from &quot;enough, in a sufficient way&quot; to &quot;much&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=assai&quot;&gt;you can read the Italian etymology dictionary here&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-01-06T19:32:30.060" LastActivityDate="2014-01-06T19:32:30.060" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1495" CreationDate="2013-12-15T18:20:45.220" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both are still used, but &quot;voi&quot; is spoken only in south Italy. Using &quot;Lei&quot; it's more confidential and it's reported to the other &quot;person&quot; aspect, while &quot;voi&quot; is more polite, used for people at a topper level of you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="283" LastActivityDate="2013-12-15T18:20:45.220" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1495" CreationDate="2013-12-15T18:58:19.877" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for the relative difference in the usage or the two courtesy pronouns &quot;Lei&quot; and &quot;Voi&quot;, I point out the answer in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1238/darsi-del-tu-and-del-lei/1364#1364&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Darsi del tu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;del lei&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main idea outlined is that nowadays' standard Italian uses only &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; as the informal friendly pronoun, and &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; as the courtesy one, so that &lt;em&gt;Voi&lt;/em&gt; has almost disappeared, except than in some conservative usage in the South (mainly used to address old people). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the history: first of all &lt;em&gt;Voi&lt;/em&gt; is much older (needless to say, it's the more intuitive). &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; comes from the 15th century usages like &quot;vostra maestà/vostra Signoria&quot; (possessive adjective related to &quot;voi&quot; with a feminine noun), which then originated the use of &quot;Essa&quot; (so, feminine) as courtesy pronoun and which then became &quot;Lei&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Much later, during the Fascist years, the usage of &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; was discouraged through the imposition of the &lt;em&gt;Voi&lt;/em&gt; as a rule (people were asked to rewrite things to change pronouns). This is because the nationalist regime believed that &quot;Lei&quot; came from the years of the Spanish domination over Italy (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_118.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this is not true, as we said&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/pronomi-cortesia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;A detailed outline of all this here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This attempt hasn't had the result of eradicating &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; anyway. So, the difference between the two forms has a long history and the reason why it is still used in some dialects is because they probably didn't pass through the 15th century change. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also want to report the answer by Indro Montanelli to this same question, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/solferino/montanelli/00-12-14/01.spm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2013-12-15T18:58:19.877" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1501" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1511" CreationDate="2013-12-15T23:20:23.873" Score="10" ViewCount="2468" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a foreigner I have always found the expression 'rompere le scatole' to be very funny. I know its meaning and I was wondering where it comes from.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2014-01-02T21:30:41.170" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T09:43:26.057" Title="How was the expression 'rompere le scatole' born?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1501" CreationDate="2013-12-16T00:08:59.117" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only info I could find on the net (&lt;a href=&quot;http://freeforumzone.leonardo.it/lofi/modi-di-dire-riciclati-/D9639335.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.netwargamingitalia.net/forum/threads/il-gergo-dei-soldati-italiani-nella-grande-guerra.14326/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;) seem to point to the fact that during WWII, &quot;to break the boxes&quot; would refer to take ammo from their carton boxes, that is, an attack was imminent. It would be very cool if it was true, but both links lack any real source, so &quot;caveat lector&quot; ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastEditorUserId="279" LastEditDate="2013-12-16T10:41:18.770" LastActivityDate="2013-12-16T10:41:18.770" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1484" CreationDate="2013-12-16T09:09:14.900" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;for surnames of European people until XVII century, remember that the people themselves often &quot;translated&quot; their surname into Latin: for example, &lt;strong&gt;Gerhard Kremer&lt;/strong&gt; is usually known as &lt;strong&gt;Gerardus Mercator&lt;/strong&gt;. Italian people then used to think that Latin is just an old way to speak Italian, so they use the modern form and say &quot;Mercatore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For given names, during Fascism there was a strong force toward italianization of names (just to give an example, my father was born in 1934 and his name was Valter, not Walter, because W was not an Italian letter); the habit went until the late Sixties, with the anchorman Ruggero Orlando who talked of &lt;strong&gt;Nuova&lt;/strong&gt; York instead of New York, but now the use is declining.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for city names, the other commenters had shown that it is a common thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2013-12-16T09:09:14.900" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1504" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1507" CreationDate="2013-12-16T13:50:19.943" Score="9" ViewCount="7397" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that both &lt;code&gt;&quot;ti raccomando&quot;&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;&quot;mi raccomando&quot;&lt;/code&gt; are used with the sense of &lt;code&gt;&quot;I recommend you&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, but to me, coming from outside, the use of the &quot;mi&quot; form seems illogical and should be translated as &lt;code&gt;&quot;I recommend to myself&quot;&lt;/code&gt; (so if I need to recommend something to me, I don't need to speak to another person, I can just have a nice monologue in my head :) . So my questions are: is the &quot;mi&quot; form correct and it was born from a grammatical mistake gone mainstream or is something more subtle that I, as a foreigner, don't catch?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="281" LastEditDate="2013-12-16T16:13:50.050" LastActivityDate="2020-02-11T22:34:35.733" Title="Which one is correct: &quot;ti raccomando&quot; vs &quot;mi raccomando&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1504" CreationDate="2013-12-16T14:16:34.593" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In current language the valid form (And the only one i've ever heard) is certainly &quot;mi raccomando&quot; like in this sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi raccomando, fai attenzione&quot;&#xA;or&#xA;&quot;Fai attenzione, mi raccomando!&quot;&#xA;or&#xA;&quot;Mi raccomando,&quot; + {Do something}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While &quot;ti raccomando&quot; is limited to the use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ti raccomando questa persona&quot;&#xA;&quot;Ti raccomando di usare questa marca&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is used to give an advice about something or someone that &quot;you&quot; should use, based on &quot;my&quot; experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="291" LastActivityDate="2013-12-16T14:16:34.593" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1506" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-16T16:06:33.660" Score="4" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;It came to my attention very fast the extensive use of &quot;schifo&quot;, &quot;fa schifo&quot; in everyday language and TV, mostly in situations that actually don't cause disgust. I connected immediately to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/magazine-15619543&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;same trend that happened in the English&lt;/a&gt; language since 1800's. I wanted to know if it is a recent thing, a reaction to everyday's stressful life, a manifestation of discontent about the Italian political situation exacerbated by the rise of TV. Is it an older phenomenon?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also noticed an overload of those two terms in very peculiar situations. I remember only these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Questa cacciavite fa schifo.&#xA;Questo è un schifo di televisione.&#xA; - both with the meaning of not working properly&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this extension of meaning a recent phenomenon as well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="281" LastEditDate="2013-12-16T17:14:27.113" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T21:41:33.953" Title="Overuse and overload of &quot;schifo&quot;, &quot;fa schifo&quot;. Is it a recent thing?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1504" CreationDate="2013-12-16T16:48:14.103" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Please note that &quot;mi raccomando&quot; and &quot;ti raccomando&quot; have slightly different meanings, following that both the Italian &quot;raccomandare&quot; and the English &quot;to recommend&quot; come from &quot;to entrust&quot; in Latin.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ti raccomando&quot; is used when you're just suggesting a course of action: &quot;Ti raccomando di prendere l'ombrello prima di uscire&quot; (although &quot;ti consiglio&quot; is more common now); if your listener doesn't grab an umbrella, bad for him, you warned him;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi raccomando&quot; is used when you have something at heart, and you pledge the listener to follow your advice (&quot;please trust me&quot;). &quot;Mi raccomando, prendi l'ombrello prima di uscire!&quot;; if your listener doesn't grab an umbrella, the poor lad might get wet and catch a cold.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So a parent will most often say &quot;mi raccomando&quot; to a child, while a sign will read &quot;si raccomanda&quot; (e.g. &quot;si raccomanda ai viaggiatori di non lasciare i bagagli incustoditi&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It would take a scorned parent to say &quot;ti raccomando&quot; (&quot;do what you please, but don't come back crying if you don't follow my advice and things turn out for the worse&quot;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;On the other side it would be weird to have a sign read &quot;mi raccomando, state attenti ai bagagli&quot;, because signs are impersonal. You can't really feel somebody being sorry about your stolen luggage &quot;on the other side&quot; of the sign.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="279" LastEditorUserId="5" LastEditDate="2013-12-17T08:26:06.417" LastActivityDate="2013-12-17T08:26:06.417" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1504" CreationDate="2013-12-16T17:00:29.493" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The unusual reflexive construction of &lt;em&gt;raccomandare&lt;/em&gt; is explained by its original meaning of &lt;em&gt;raccomandare&lt;/em&gt; as “entrust”. So one could &lt;em&gt;raccomandare qualcuno (o la propria anima, o sé stesso) a qualcun altro, a Dio&lt;/em&gt; etc. The phrase &lt;em&gt;mi raccomando&lt;/em&gt; (especially &lt;em&gt;a Dio&lt;/em&gt;) became fixed – and its original meaning forgotten – to mean little more than “please”, just like in English such phrases as “pray” (as in “and what, pray, was the purpose of that?”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;ti raccomando&lt;/em&gt; construction is somewhat more transparently connected to the original meaning of “to entrust, to commend”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-12-16T17:00:29.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1506" CreationDate="2013-12-16T17:05:41.543" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The increasing use of the word &lt;code&gt;schifo&lt;/code&gt; and derivative terms is not uncommon in everyday life in Italy, whereas it is true that it is more common to hear it on TV and that is mainly because the commonly spoken language (even in formal contextes) is being leveraged towards dialectal and colloquial forms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2013-12-16T17:05:41.543" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1501" CreationDate="2013-12-16T23:09:54.283" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;As egreg has noted, &lt;em&gt;scatole&lt;/em&gt; is currently used as an euphemism. There are other expression that use &lt;em&gt;scatole&lt;/em&gt; as a replacement for &lt;em&gt;testicles&lt;/em&gt;, like 'averne piene le scatole' or 'andare fuori dalle scatole'. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/S/scatola.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionarioitaliano.it/scatola/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scatola_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; you can find references. However, I am not sure about the origin of the expression. Maybe it was not strictly linked to the meaning 'testicles'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expression was already used in the XIX century. The following quote is from Primiero, Antonio Prospero, Philippe Joseph Simon, and Badon Edmond, &lt;em&gt;I figli della calunniata. Dramma in 5 atti&lt;/em&gt;, 1844.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ast. Andiamo, già fra vicine ed amiche... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Raim. Fra vicine ed amiche già... ci possiamo rompere le scatole tutto il santo giorno, non è vero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="338" LastEditDate="2014-01-02T22:14:34.820" LastActivityDate="2014-01-02T22:14:34.820" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1517" CreationDate="2013-12-17T09:09:08.993" Score="7" ViewCount="432" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't find much information about this expression. Obviously the meaning is clear (being lazy), but I was wondering about its origin. I just found some unconvincing sources on yahoo answers, but nothing more. Anyone knows something about it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-12-17T09:30:02.297" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T09:52:07.423" Title="Where does the expression &quot;battere la fiacca&quot; come from?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1513" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1515" CreationDate="2013-12-17T17:36:00.330" Score="5" ViewCount="732" Body="&lt;p&gt;How come in Italian the same word is used to express the action of offering/inviting and afterwards to respond to the person who thanked you. What's the origin of it and how come the verb &quot;to pray&quot; is used for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-12-19T10:01:15.800" LastActivityDate="2013-12-19T10:01:15.800" Title="How was the double meaning/use of &quot;prego&quot; in the sequence &quot;prego-grazie-prego&quot; born?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1514" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1516" CreationDate="2013-12-17T17:55:08.593" Score="5" ViewCount="562" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know some people who use it as a first name and others who use it as a last name. There is also a place in Italy called &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Castell%27Alfero&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Castell'Alfero&lt;/a&gt; which I understand to mean &quot;The castle of Alfero&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="295" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T15:57:12.127" Title="Does the name &quot;Alfero&quot; mean anything?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1513" CreationDate="2013-12-17T21:47:06.007" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't have any official reference for this, but from a logic perspective it means &quot;la prego&quot;, it being a warm and polite invitation to accept an offer (a door held open, for instance).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the same way, when someone says &quot;Grazie&quot;, &quot;Prego&quot; is an invitation to stop thanking - again, polite - because the gratitude has been acknowledged.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="229" LastActivityDate="2013-12-17T21:47:06.007" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1514" CreationDate="2013-12-17T22:04:04.287" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a variant form of Alfiero, a name of Germanic origin deriving from &lt;em&gt;athala&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;nobility&quot;, and &lt;em&gt;faraz&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;who guides&quot;; so, all in all, something like “noble guide”. See &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alfiero&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alfiero&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2013-12-17T22:04:04.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1512" CreationDate="2013-12-18T04:19:48.363" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is a relevant, reliable source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/perch-fiacca-si-batte&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/perch-fiacca-si-batte&lt;/a&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's military jargon, like &quot;battere la carica&quot;, &quot;battere la ritirata&quot;, etc., and it originated in Piedmont at the end of the nineteenth century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Fiacca&quot; means &quot;stanchezza&quot;, &quot;spossatezza&quot;, &quot;lack of energy&quot;. It comes from &quot;fiacco&quot;, and this from Latin &quot;flaccus-a-um&quot;, meaning &quot;stanco&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiacco1&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiacco_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &quot;battere la fiacca&quot; means &quot;being strenuously committed to … let laziness/idleness/indolence/tiredness prevail&quot; (the contrary of a military attack).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2013-12-18T09:52:07.423" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T09:52:07.423" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1514" CreationDate="2013-12-18T15:55:25.083" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to suggest &quot;Alfiere&quot; as a possible derivation for such name. As of the above claim of Germanic origin, according to &quot;Wiktionary&quot; (source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/alfiere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/alfiere&lt;/a&gt;), the word comes from the Spanish alférez, which in turns comes from the Arabic al-faris (knight).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="198" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2013-12-18T15:57:12.127" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T15:57:12.127" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1506" CreationDate="2013-12-18T20:52:52.123" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Schifo&quot; is a very ancient word, used in Italian literature since the very beginning, Dante Alighieri, Francesco Petrarca, etc. It is from French &quot;eschif&quot; and this from Franconian &quot;skiuh(j)an&quot;, meaning &quot;aver riguardo&quot;, &quot;caring&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A reference &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/schifo1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dante Alighieri (1265-1321): &quot;mettine giù, e non ten vegna schifo, | dove Cocito la freddura serra&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francesco Petrarca (1304-1374): &quot;vidi … Laura mia con suoi santi atti schifi | Sedersi in parte&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni della Casa (1503-1556): &quot;non sono da fare in presenza degli uomini le cose laide, o fetide, o schife&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gasparo Gozzi (1713-1786): &quot;una nuvola di zanzare molestatrici, e schife&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giuseppe Parini (1729-1799): &quot;e tu schifo rifuggi | Ogni vivanda&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giacomo Leopardi (1798-1837): &quot;le altre cose moderne che prima mi pareano squisite, mi parvero schifissime&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni Verga (1840-1922): &quot;la ragazza … aveva a schifo poi di lavare i piatti e imbrattarsi le mani in cucina&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino (1923-1985): &quot;il rospo proprio le metteva schifo&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni Testori (1923-1993): &quot;Dài e dài, lo schifo gli distruggeva tutto, voce, sogni, allegria, forza e gli faceva venir voglia di sputar addosso a tutti e a tutto&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just for fun, try to google this: &quot;schifo site:&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.liberliber.it&lt;/a&gt; filetype:pdf&quot;. It returns 536 occurrences, from the most diverse contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2013-12-18T21:41:33.953" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T21:41:33.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1495" CreationDate="2013-12-18T22:02:00.313" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the south of Italy (I'm talking about Naples especially), &quot;Lei&quot; is used only if you want just to be distant, not too direct. This happens when you are talking with some stranger at the same level (age, socially, etc) as you, but you have to keep in mind that it is considered not polite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, you HAVE TO use &quot;Voi&quot; if you are talking with someone, who, in some way, &quot;deserves respect&quot;, for example your boss, an elder person, a police officer, parents of your spouse, a priest, etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="307" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2013-12-18T22:50:42.637" LastActivityDate="2013-12-18T22:50:42.637" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1523" CreationDate="2013-12-19T09:05:47.300" Score="5" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's clear that gestures are particularly rich in Italian's way of communication, and this is often observed by foreigners. But some of them are shared with other countries, while others seem to be more peculiar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an &quot;official vocabulary&quot; of Italian gestures? Can they be regarded as an addition to the spoken language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="229" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:07:30.867" LastActivityDate="2015-01-20T14:32:47.817" Title="Are gestures a recognized part of the Italian language?" Tags="&lt;gestures&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1521" CreationDate="2013-12-19T09:32:30.907" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Searching for &quot;dizionario dei gesti&quot; or similar I obtained some results (for example a book by &quot;Caon Fabio&quot;), but I never heard of an 'official' dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the reference to this book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fabio Caon: &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei gesti degli italiani. Una prospettiva interculturale&lt;/em&gt; (Guerra Edizioni, 2010). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For every gesture, there is a photograph, its physical description, its meaning, the contexts in which it can be used and some verbal expressions that can accompany it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="310" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-20T14:32:47.817" LastActivityDate="2015-01-20T14:32:47.817" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1521" CreationDate="2013-12-19T09:39:20.900" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lots of people share an interest, at different levels, on this topic. Some (mostly random) info from the internet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www3.varesenews.it/italia/l-italiano-dei-gesti-lingua-conosciuta-in-tutto-il-mondo-266933.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;L'italiano &quot;dei gesti&quot;, lingua conosciuta in tutto il mondo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pearltrees.com/#/N-s=1_9316379&amp;amp;N-play=0&amp;amp;N-u=1_1525981&amp;amp;N-p=90437631&amp;amp;N-f=1_9316379&amp;amp;N-fa=9315871&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;L'importanza dei gesti nella lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://europass-blog.europass.it/parlare-senza-parole-2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cultura italiana – Gesti italiani: Parlare senza parole&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italopolis.italieaparis.net/articles/gli-italiani-parlano-con-le-mani-295/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gli italiani parlano con le mani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scudit.net/mdgesti3.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DUE PAROLE SUL LINGUAGGIO DEI GESTI&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.loccidentale.it/node/127604&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Perché amiamo i gesti caldi e spontanei della lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://blogdisilviaspatafora.wordpress.com/2013/07/16/i-gesti-italiani-parlare-con-le-mani/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;I gesti degli italiani: parlare … con le mani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://solima.media.unisi.it/i_gesti_delle_mani.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;I Gesti delle Mani: al confine di  universi linguistici e limiti nella comunicazione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eurocosm.com/eurocosm/appec/pdcd/handsignals/handsigsI.asp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Linguaggio italiano delle mani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://isitintercultural-it.over-blog.com/article-quando-un-gesto-vale-piu-di-mille-parole-96840941.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Quando un gesto vale più di mille parole&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/cultura/2013/07/01/news/italiani_eccellenza_nel_linguaggio_dei_gesti_il_nyt_parlate_con_le_mani_come_con_la_voce-62213239/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Italiani, l'arte del linguaggio dei gesti. Il Nyt: &quot;Parlate con le mani come con la voce&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://host.uniroma3.it/docenti/poggi/cursitopdf/poggipanero.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LA MULTIMODALITÀ DELLA COMUNICAZIONE IN LINGUE E CULTURE DIVERSE&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=18&amp;amp;cad=rja&amp;amp;ved=0CHcQFjAHOAo&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fweb.hanu.vn%2Fit%2Ffile.php%2F1%2Fmoddata%2Fforum%2F15%2F3382%2FLa_comunicazione_non_verbale_ed_i_gesti_italiani.pdf&amp;amp;ei=8ruyUpaTFYigiQfry4HwDw&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNE8fNcSRfNmPug0VGYYfakHNAGTqg&amp;amp;sig2=wFMNbQVBbuz0XcYBSQ064A&amp;amp;bvm=bv.58187178,d.dGI&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;LA COMUNICAZIONE NON VERBALE ED I GESTI ITALIANI&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://lup.lub.lu.se/luur/download?func=downloadFile&amp;amp;recordOId=1583892&amp;amp;fileOId=1583895&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;La competenza passiva di gesti simbolici italiani tra studenti d’italiano presso l’Università di Lund&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://lup.lub.lu.se/luur/download?func=downloadFile&amp;amp;recordOId=1331449&amp;amp;fileOId=1331450&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;La gestualità, forme alternative di comunicazione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the links above present a list of gestures that are considered &quot;typically Italian&quot;. Whether or not this is a cliché I can't say. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By &lt;a href=&quot;http://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=en&amp;amp;q=gestures%20italy&amp;amp;btnG=&amp;amp;as_sdt=1,5&amp;amp;as_sdtp=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;googling on Scholar&lt;/a&gt; more elaborated ideas can be obtained, I don't think it would be on topic to discuss them here as the possible answers are very many and mostly subjective - and this is not a forum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2013-12-19T19:38:28.800" LastActivityDate="2013-12-19T19:38:28.800" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1526" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1529" CreationDate="2013-12-19T23:01:35.550" Score="10" ViewCount="12842" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always thought that &lt;em&gt;dimenticare&lt;/em&gt; follows the same past forming rule as other mind verbs like &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ho pensato&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;ragionare&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ho ragionato&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;credere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ho creduto&lt;/em&gt;).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italy I encountered the form &lt;em&gt;mi sono dimenticato&lt;/em&gt; and I was puzzled. Why is this form used? Why is it reflexive? Which one is the correct form and why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-21T07:19:45.120" LastActivityDate="2020-05-09T21:08:11.713" Title="Which one is correct: &quot;ho dimenticato&quot; or &quot;mi sono dimenticato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1526" CreationDate="2013-12-19T23:54:50.357" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi sono dimenticato&quot; is not a special form of past, it's the regular past of the pronominal verb &quot;dimenticarsi&quot;; &quot;dimenticare&quot; (transitive) and &quot;dimenticarsi&quot; (intransitive, with &quot;di&quot; preposition) have usually similar meaning, but with some differences of usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Accanto alla forma attiva, è frequente la coniug. pronominale dimenticarsi, che si costruisce sia transitivamente (per es.: mi son dimenticato il libro, mi son dimenticata la lezione), con sign. non dissimile dalla forma attiva (ho dimenticato il libro, ho dimenticato la lezione), sia intransitivamente con la prep. di, e in questo caso ha spesso sign. diverso: mi son dimenticato del libro (non mi sono ricordato di comperare, di portare, di mandare il libro); mi son dimenticato della lezione (m’è passato di mente che dovevo andare alla lezione, che era l’ora della lezione e sim.). Seguito da di e l’infinito può avere la coniug. attiva o pronominale senza diversità di sign.: ho dimenticato (o mi son dimenticato) di scrivergli; dimenticavo (o mi dimenticavo) di dirti un altro particolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dimenticare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dimenticare/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-09T21:08:11.713" LastActivityDate="2020-05-09T21:08:11.713" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1528" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2013-12-20T11:22:40.203" Score="13" ViewCount="1983" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's count in Latin from one to twenty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ūnus/ūna/ūnum, duo/duae/duo, trēs/tria, quattuor, quīnque, sex, septem, octō, novem, decem,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ūndecim, duodecim, tredecim, quattuordecim, quīndecim, sēdecim, septendecim, duodēvīgintī, ūndēvīgintī, vīgintī&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As pointed out by symbiotech, &amp;quot;octodecim&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;novemdecim&amp;quot; were also used in Latin, but they didn't survive. On the other hand, as pointed out by martina, &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=diciassette&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dĕcem (et) sĕptem&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; was also a common form for &amp;quot;septemdĕcim&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Attic Greek it was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ΕΙΣ/ΜΙΑ/ΕΝ (heis/mia/en), ΔΥΟ (dúō), ΤΡΕΙΣ/ΤΡΙΑ (treis/tria), ΤΕΤΤΑΡΕΣ/ΤΕΤΤΑΡΑ (téttares/téttara), ΠΕΝΤΕ (pénte), ΕΞ (héx), ΕΠΤΑ (heptá), ΟΚΤΩ (oktṓ), ΕΝΝΕΑ (ennéa), ΔΕΚΑ (déka),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ΕΝΔΕΚΑ (héndeka), ΔΩΔΕΚΑ (dódeka), ΤΡΕΙΣΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (treiskaídeka), ΤΕΤΤΑΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΔΕΚΑ (téttares kaì déka), ΠΕΝΤΕΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (pentekaídeka), ΕΚΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (hekkaídeka), ΕΠΤΑΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (heptakaídeka), ΟΚΤΩΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (oktōkaídeka), ΕΝΝΕΑΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (enneakaídeka), ΕΙΚΟΣΙ(Ν) (eíkosi(n))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now let's count in Italian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uno, due, tre, quattro, cinque, sei, sette, otto, nove, dieci,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;undici, dodici, tredici, quattordici, quindici, sedici, diciassette,&#xA;diciotto, diciannove, venti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But numbers from eleven to twenty could also have been, just hypothetically of course (adding accents for clarity's sake):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;diciùno, diciaddùe, diciattré, diciacquàttro, diciaccìnque, diciassèi, diciassètte, diciòtto, diciannòve, vénti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;undici, dodici, tredici, quattordici, quindici, sedici, settèndici, ottòdici, novèndici, venti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Spanish it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uno, dos, tres, cuatro, cinco, seis, siete, ocho, nueve, diez,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;once, doce, trece, catorce, quince, dieciseis, diecisiete, dieciocho, diecinueve, veinte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Portuguese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;um, dois, três, quarto, cinco, seis, sete, oito, nove, dez,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;onze, doze, treze, catorze, quinze, dezasseis, dezassete, dezoito, dezanove, vinte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un, deux,trois, quatre, cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, dix,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;onze, douze, treize, quatorze, quinze, seize, dix-sept, dix-huit, dix-neuf, vingt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following martina's hint here are the number words from one to twenty in Romanian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;unu, doi, trei, patru, cinci, şase, şapte, opt, nouă, zece,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;unsprezece, doisprezece, treisprezece, paisprezece, cincisprezece, şaisprezece, şaptesprezece, optsprezece, nouăsprezece, douăzeci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find Latin, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and French constructions for number words bizarre and inconsistent (whereas in Romanian it seems they are perfectly consistent - thanks martina for her hint - as well as in Ancient Greek). Is there any academic work on the history of number words in Latin/Italian/Spanish/Portuguese/French where the origin of number words from eleven to nineteen is tracked down, documented, explained, discussed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-16T17:25:13.150" Title="Italian number words from eleven to nineteen - history of a bizarre, inconsistent construction" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" ClosedDate="2018-08-23T19:54:37.407" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1526" CreationDate="2013-12-20T12:58:59.580" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are other similar forms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;ho mangiato una mela&lt;/em&gt; as opposed to &lt;em&gt;mi sono mangiato una mela&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;perdere&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;che cosa ho perso?&lt;/em&gt; as opposed to &lt;em&gt;che cosa mi sono perso?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;em&gt;perdersi&lt;/em&gt; has also a reflexive meaning, like in &lt;em&gt;mi sono perso nel bosco&lt;/em&gt; (I got lost in the wood). A translation of &lt;em&gt;che mi sono perso?&lt;/em&gt; would be “What did I miss?”, there's no difference in English; it would be used, for instance, by someone that arrives lately to a meeting and asks what has happened before his/her arrival. Note that &lt;em&gt;che cosa ho perso?&lt;/em&gt; would sound rather strange in this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The form &lt;em&gt;mi sono mangiato una mela&lt;/em&gt; used to be frowned upon in schools, but it's legitimate Italian and conveys a different idea about &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; I ate an apple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ho mangiato una mela&lt;/em&gt; just states the fact,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mi sono mangiato una mela&lt;/em&gt; can mean that I &lt;em&gt;wanted&lt;/em&gt; to eat an apple or that I was quite satisfied by eating it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A similar difference is between &lt;em&gt;ho dimenticato&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mi sono dimenticato&lt;/em&gt;: the former is ‘objective’, while the latter is ‘subjective’. For &lt;em&gt;dimenticare/dimenticarsi&lt;/em&gt; the difference is not so great as for &lt;em&gt;mangiare/mangiarsi&lt;/em&gt;. In any case, the medial form (not to be confused with the reflexive, although they share the conjugation) puts greater emphasis on the subject than on the object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-12-16T09:28:59.757" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T09:28:59.757" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9648" CreationDate="2013-12-20T13:00:21.663" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/showthread.php?t=2422247&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;similar question&lt;/a&gt;, where this is suggested by user CapnPrep as a possible answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Octodecim and novendecim/novemdecim do exist, although they are not&#xA;the preferred forms in Classical Latin. I think the explanation is the&#xA;same as why one might prefer to say  &amp;quot;ten to six, quarter to six&amp;quot;&#xA;instead of &amp;quot;five fifty, three quarters after five&amp;quot;. Or if you're 19&#xA;years old,you might prefer to say &amp;quot;I'm almost 20&amp;quot; instead of   &amp;quot;I'm in&#xA;my teens&amp;quot;. When you get close to the next round number, it is natural&#xA;to use it as the new reference point, in anticipation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My only addition to his answer, since in Latin this happens only with 18, 19 numbers, is that it can be related to the age of maturation, the age when a young man was enrolled in the army. In the days before Augustus this was 16 years, but after his rule the age of enrollment was increased to 18. So maybe this way of mentioning 18 as &amp;quot;20 without 2&amp;quot; was some sort of suggestion &amp;quot;that you are mature enough now&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;you are considered a man&amp;quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2013-12-22T16:41:46.727" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1531" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1532" CreationDate="2013-12-20T17:49:42.653" Score="5" ViewCount="482" Body="&lt;p&gt;How come the feminine sounding suffix &lt;em&gt;-ista&lt;/em&gt; is used for referring jobs such as &lt;em&gt;autista&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;commercialista&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;economista&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giurista&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;apprendista&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that when the words for these jobs were originally created, they were predominantly practiced by man. Is it considered a grammatical mistake to use &lt;em&gt;commercialisto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;economisto&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;giuristo&lt;/em&gt; etc when referring to a male practicing that job?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-21T07:12:31.767" LastActivityDate="2013-12-21T07:12:31.767" Title="Why was the &quot;-ista&quot; suffix used for traditionally male jobs? Is it correct to use &quot;-isto&quot; variant?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1531" CreationDate="2013-12-20T17:56:26.953" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not everything that ends with -a is feminine and not everything that ends with -o is masculine, so don't get mislead by that. The suffix -ista is neuter, it's valid for both sexes and this means that, of course, *economisto and *giuristo are not valid words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The suffix comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;-ista(m)&lt;/em&gt;, which in turn comes from the Greek &lt;em&gt;-istḗs&lt;/em&gt;. It is called &lt;em&gt;agentivo&lt;/em&gt; in Italian, and it is used for all types of jobs, some examples are those you listed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can understand some Italian, you could check &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/suffissi_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Suffissi&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-denominali_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Nomi denominali&lt;/a&gt; in the Treccani site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="57" LastActivityDate="2013-12-20T17:56:26.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1533" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1534" CreationDate="2013-12-20T20:45:23.453" Score="4" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard a few times the use of the suffix &lt;em&gt;-issimo/issima&lt;/em&gt; with substantives and couldn't find an immediate appropriate translation, so I thought it must be metaphorical way of speaking. I don't remember many examples, but recently I stumbled upon the &lt;em&gt;in gambissima&lt;/em&gt; expression. Is it grammatically correct to attach the suffix to substantives in some cases? Are there any other examples of this practice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2013-12-21T07:14:21.333" LastActivityDate="2013-12-21T07:14:21.333" Title="Is it correct to attach the superlative suffix to substantives? Like &quot;in gambissima&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1533" CreationDate="2013-12-20T21:31:31.683" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the past we had &lt;em&gt;il campionissimo&lt;/em&gt;, that is, Fausto Coppi. He was so good in cycling that calling him &lt;em&gt;campione&lt;/em&gt; was too reductive. Probably the term was coined under the influence of &lt;em&gt;il generalissimo Franco&lt;/em&gt; (taken from Spanish, of course).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such a usage of the superlative with nouns rather than adjectives has its roots in sport journalism, where people is often in search for astonishing words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase &lt;em&gt;in gambissima&lt;/em&gt; is a joke for saying that someone is &lt;em&gt;in gamba&lt;/em&gt;, that is, in good health (or, by extension, good in something) at a very high grade. So it is the superlative of an an adverb, which is not so uncommon, actually, for instance &lt;em&gt;benissimo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;malissimo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus &lt;em&gt;sta benissimo&lt;/em&gt; can become &lt;em&gt;è in gambissima&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2013-12-20T21:31:31.683" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1540" CreationDate="2013-12-20T21:47:06.630" Score="3" ViewCount="4577" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so se si possa generalizzare, e forse ci sono differenze regionali d'uso, ma ho l'impressione che 'nulla' sia più determinativo di 'niente'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, ritenete che la frase 'non ho nulla da dire' abbia lo stesso significato di 'non ho niente da dire'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure ritenete che con 'nulla' si esprima una completa chiusura dell'argomento, mentre con 'niente' il parlante lasci la possibilità di un'ulteriore interlocuzione? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="338" LastEditDate="2014-01-02T22:14:11.723" LastActivityDate="2014-01-02T22:14:11.723" Title="'nulla' vs. 'niente'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1535" CreationDate="2013-12-21T07:09:21.647" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto indicato nella domanda, non c'è differenza tra &quot;nulla&quot; e &quot;niente&quot;. In tutti e due i casi, chi scrive (o dice) quelle frasi intende che non c'è niente che debba dire; niente è detto (anche implicitamente) a proposito di quanto la stessa persona possa dire in futuro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generalmente parlando, &quot;nulla&quot; è usato in contesti dove &quot;niente&quot; non è usato; per esempio, parlando del concetto filosofico, la frase usata è &quot;il nulla&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2013-12-21T07:09:21.647" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1539" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1542" CreationDate="2013-12-21T14:05:32.447" Score="6" ViewCount="1422" Body="&lt;p&gt;È possibile utilizzare  i punti di sospensione &quot;…&quot; per omettere di scrivere l'intero elenco di elementi di un insieme? Utilizzarli in pratica al posto di locuzione come &lt;strong&gt;&quot;etc. etc.&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;. Non trovo molti riferimenti al riguardo nelle grammatiche.  Quale delle seguenti opzioni è la più corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con lo spazio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i quadrupedi (cani, gatti, cavalli …) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Senza spazio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i quadrupedi (cani, gatti, cavalli…)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con la virgola:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i quadrupedi (cani, gatti, … )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-05T10:30:16.057" LastActivityDate="2019-01-05T10:30:16.057" Title="Punti di sospensione per un elenco: come utilizzarli in italiano" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;typography&gt;&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1535" CreationDate="2013-12-21T17:55:16.180" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Nulla&quot; e &quot;niente&quot; hanno il medesimo significato, tuttavia è vero che &quot;nulla&quot; sia percepibile come di peso differente e farei risalire il ciò sia ai differenti domini in cui &quot;nulla&quot; rimane maggiormente usato dando la sfumatura di 'vuoto', come dice @kiamlaluno, quali la filosofia e la letteratura, sia all'uso maggiore che &quot;Niente&quot; pare avere nelle espressioni gergali e comunque non formali (forse questa seconda motivazione è probabilmente correlata alla prima)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2013-12-21T17:55:16.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1539" CreationDate="2013-12-21T17:58:32.877" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì se la progressione è identificabile dai primi elementi esplicitati. Inoltre andrebbe ripetuto il separatore di interpunzione (nel tuo caso la virgola) dopo l'ultimo elemento e di conseguenza esso dovrebbe essere seguito da uno spazio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;i quadrupedi (cani, gatti, … )&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è la forma corretta (anche se quei soli due elementi dell'elenco non mi paiono così rappresentativi della classe quadrupedi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="213" LastActivityDate="2013-12-21T17:58:32.877" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1539" CreationDate="2013-12-21T18:17:41.967" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bice Mortara Garavelli nel suo &lt;em&gt;Prontuario di punteggiatura&lt;/em&gt;, Laterza 2003 (pag. 113) descrive tra gli usi dei puntini di sospensione quello di “far capire che un elenco può continuare indefinitamente (il loro valore è quello di &lt;em&gt;eccetera&lt;/em&gt; e di espressioni consimili)” e quindi il loro uso è senz'altro ammissibile. Non fa esempi di questo uso specifico, ma visto che lo fa rientrare nel discorso generale dei possibili usi dei puntini di sospensione, evidentemente anche qui vanno usati come in tutti gli altri casi, e cioè senza lo spazio prima...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che oggi ho sfogliato in libreria il libro di Simone Fornara &lt;em&gt;La punteggiatura&lt;/em&gt; (Carocci 2010) e lì trovo che in un esempio di elenco con i puntini mette la virgola seguita dai puntini senza spazio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel complesso deduco che la norma non sia unica, forse perché l'uso dei puntini di sospensione per generalizzare un elenco è più recente e informale e meno “canonico” dell'etc. e simili, e quindi non ha un trattamento univoco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-12-24T17:00:44.947" LastActivityDate="2013-12-24T17:00:44.947" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1543" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1544" CreationDate="2013-12-22T22:24:44.870" Score="9" ViewCount="628" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a difference in context or connotation between the verbs 'vuotare' and 'svuotare', both meaning 'to empty'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user145" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-24T17:33:00.040" LastActivityDate="2016-12-24T17:33:00.040" Title="Difference between 'vuotare' and 'svuotare'" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1543" CreationDate="2013-12-23T09:59:22.880" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verbs 'vuotare' and 'svuotare' indicate the same action and can be used both to define the action of emptying something, or in figurative sense (i.e. &lt;em&gt;In estate la città si svuota / vuota&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svuotare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; you can find a definition of 'svuotare'. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vuotare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; you can find a definition of 'vuotare'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="338" LastEditDate="2014-01-02T22:14:22.037" LastActivityDate="2014-01-02T22:14:22.037" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1543" CreationDate="2013-12-23T14:05:05.203" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience (native language speaker) &lt;em&gt;svuotare&lt;/em&gt; is a bit stronger and less technical. Also, the initial 's' sounds almost onomatopoeic, giving a definite emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="324" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2013-12-23T17:48:15.780" LastActivityDate="2013-12-23T17:48:15.780" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1548" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1583" CreationDate="2013-12-27T14:45:38.683" Score="8" ViewCount="6224" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone have a clue about the origin of the saying: &quot;Donna barbuta, sempre piaciuta&quot; and what its real meaning is? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="121" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-29T12:47:02.053" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T12:47:02.053" Title="Origin and meaning of the saying &quot;Donna barbuta, sempre piaciuta&quot;" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1548" CreationDate="2013-12-27T20:19:35.013" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's probably just a proverb used to comfort some woman that does have &quot;a problem&quot; with excessive facial hair. Note that some people use a slightly different version: &lt;em&gt;donna baffuta, sempre piaciuta&lt;/em&gt;, which seems to support this view, since that's usually where some women might have &quot;excessive facial hair&quot;. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/donna&quot;&gt;wiktionary&lt;/a&gt; gives this explanation and I cannot think of anything else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However saying it is surely poor taste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2013-12-27T20:19:35.013" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1550" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1551" CreationDate="2013-12-30T13:04:43.380" Score="9" ViewCount="558" Body="&lt;p&gt;When uttered by a woman, which of the following sentences is correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non riesco a camminare dritta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non riesco a camminare dritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My feeling is that, since &lt;em&gt;dritto&lt;/em&gt; is the way of walking (in a straight line), that is what should be used, not &lt;em&gt;dritta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-26T19:17:22.263" LastActivityDate="2014-07-26T19:17:22.263" Title="&quot;Non riesco a camminare dritta&quot; versus &quot;non riesco a camminare dritto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1550" CreationDate="2013-12-30T13:22:24.233" Score="10" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non riesco a camminare &lt;em&gt;dritta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa che non sta con la schiena dritta, si tratta di un predicativo del soggetto e l'aggettivo si concorda in genere e numero col soggetto, come sempre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non riesco a camminare &lt;em&gt;dritto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa invece che non riesce a camminare tenendo una direzione che non si curvi. Qui &quot;dritto&quot; è un avverbio di modo, non modificabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-01-03T01:07:48.883" LastActivityDate="2014-01-03T01:07:48.883" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1526" CreationDate="2014-01-01T10:28:48.577" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are both correct, and they are both used in common speaking. The main difference between these two forms is that with &lt;em&gt;ho dimenticato&lt;/em&gt; you emphasize the object (what I forgot), instead &lt;em&gt;mi sono dimenticato&lt;/em&gt; puts the emphasis on the subject (me).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, for example, you will say &lt;em&gt;&quot;Scusa mi sono dimenticato dell'appuntamento&quot;&lt;/em&gt; because you want to highlight that you forgot the meeting. In the other hand, you will say &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ho dimenticato l'appuntamento e ora devo chiedere scusa&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, in this case you emphasize the cause, why you will have to apologize.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Event thought, they are both used, and also in my examples both forms can fit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="334" LastActivityDate="2014-01-01T10:28:48.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1554" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-02T22:46:10.733" Score="5" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;I observed that Italian journalists use to coin new words using the suffix '-poli', as in &lt;em&gt;tangentopoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sanitopoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;concorsopoli&lt;/em&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I cannot think of a case in which those new words, which are conied day-by-day in reference to limitless cases of corruction, have a positive connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is: Is it possible that Italian journalists use those &lt;em&gt;poli&lt;/em&gt;-words evoking, etymologically, a parallel with the Disney's Paperopoli? If not, can anyone explain what the origin of this 'poli' is?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2014-01-16T19:51:08.397" Title="'tangentopoli', 'concorsopoli', 'sanitopoli', and so on" Tags="&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1554" CreationDate="2014-01-03T05:44:59.967" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/poli_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;-poli&lt;/em&gt; is&lt;/a&gt; a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/suffissoide/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;suffixoid&lt;/a&gt;; it comes from Greek &lt;em&gt;polis&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;city&lt;/em&gt;), and it is used as a suffix: &lt;em&gt;baraccopoli&lt;/em&gt; (city of slums), &lt;em&gt;tangentopoli&lt;/em&gt; (city of corruption), etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually &lt;em&gt;Paperopoli&lt;/em&gt; is a good example of a positive use of the suffix &lt;em&gt;-poli&lt;/em&gt;, although this is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/poli_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;generally&lt;/a&gt; used to coin terms of negative connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fonopoli&lt;/em&gt;, the name of Renato Zero's project, is another case where &lt;em&gt;-poli&lt;/em&gt; is used to coin a positive connotation word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other words without a negative connotation are: &lt;em&gt;metropoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;acropoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;necropoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cosmopoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;megalopoli&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-01-16T19:49:50.343" LastActivityDate="2014-01-16T19:49:50.343" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1554" CreationDate="2014-01-03T11:08:30.590" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;This &lt;em&gt;-poli&lt;/em&gt; device was born when the “Tangentopoli” scandal was at its beginnings in 1992, when Milan was considered “the city of bribes.” After that, almost every scandal was boringly named with a &lt;em&gt;-poli&lt;/em&gt; suffix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The suffix has been used in the past, as witnessed by &lt;em&gt;Constantinopolis&lt;/em&gt; (Greek &lt;em&gt;Κωνσταντινούπολις&lt;/em&gt;), the town founded by emperor Constantine near &lt;em&gt;Byzantium&lt;/em&gt; (Greek &lt;em&gt;Βυζάντιον&lt;/em&gt;), currently İstanbul, Turkey. The Italian translation &lt;em&gt;Paperopoli&lt;/em&gt; of Disney's Duckburg came quite late and with many models from the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-01-16T19:51:08.397" LastActivityDate="2014-01-16T19:51:08.397" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1168" CreationDate="2014-01-03T12:58:56.750" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's worth to mention &lt;em&gt;non è proprio una cima&lt;/em&gt;, a popular and sarcastic way to say &lt;em&gt;he/she is quite an idiot&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2014-01-03T12:58:56.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1548" CreationDate="2014-01-03T14:01:05.260" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is referred to the past when women could not shave themselves (aside the rich ones). In those circumstances this sentence was used to comfort this kind of unappeal (even if in these days thrends seem to revert :) )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastActivityDate="2014-01-03T14:01:05.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1451" CreationDate="2014-01-03T14:07:17.913" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Senza giacca e cravatta&quot; is different from &quot;senza giacca o cravatta&quot; and it is correct in Italian language. You have just to understand if it means exactly what you want to say. It mean that you don't have both a jacket and a tie. Senza giacca o cravatta&quot; means that you don't have even just one of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T11:53:13.547" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T11:53:13.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1450" CreationDate="2014-01-03T14:09:57.130" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambi corretti, come dice G M.&#xA;Io personalmente preferisco il &quot;sia.. sia&quot; perché lascia spazio ad aggiunte, mentre se uso il &quot;sia... che&quot; tipicamente dovrei terminare l'elenco ed ulteriori aggiunte stonerebbero. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-29T07:55:27.370" LastActivityDate="2020-01-29T07:55:27.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1561" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-04T01:21:28.407" Score="12" ViewCount="539" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi ha colpito l'uso dell'aggettivo &quot;ridicolo&quot; nella versione italiana del film &quot;Django Unchained&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando Dr Schultz parla di far affari con il signor Candie dice che intende offrire &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;una cifra ridicola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  Secondo il dizionario Oxford, &quot;ridiculous&quot; in inglese significa &lt;em&gt;very silly or unreasonable&lt;/em&gt; e viene riportato l'esempio &quot;They ate and drank a ridiculous amount&quot;, dove è chiaro che &quot;ridiculous&quot; corrisponde ad &quot;esagerato&quot;, &quot;enorme&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Treccani, oltre al significato di &quot;che fa ridere, degno di derisione, perché strano o goffo o insulso&quot;, riporta il significato &quot;di scarsa entità o valore, insignificante, esiguo, meschino: &lt;em&gt;mi è costato una somma r.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;stipendio ridicolo&lt;/em&gt;.&quot;  In pratica, l'opposto del significato che l'aggettivo può avere in inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta dell'ennesimo caso in cui, per seguire l'inglese, abbiamo coniato un'espressione che italiana non è? Mi viene in mente il verbo &lt;em&gt;realizzare&lt;/em&gt; che così spesso trovo utilizzato per tradurre &lt;em&gt;to realize&lt;/em&gt;, quando dovrebbe essere usato il verbo &lt;em&gt;rendersi conto&lt;/em&gt;. Oppure esiste in italiano un significato dell'aggettivo &quot;ridicolo&quot; che ricalca l'uso inglese? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="159" LastEditorUserId="338" LastEditDate="2014-01-10T22:00:15.963" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T00:38:05.907" Title="Significati di &quot;ridicolo&quot;" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1561" CreationDate="2014-01-04T07:04:36.130" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am re-editing my answer to reply to other users comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to clarify whether or not the usage of &quot;ridicolo&quot; as synonym of &quot;eccessivo&quot; is acceptable in Italian language, we first need to check its usual meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ridicolo_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, these are: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«1. [che fa ridere, degno di riso o di derisione: crede di essere originale e invece è soltanto r.] ≈ (non com.) arlecchinesco, buffo, comico, da ridere, macchiettistico, operettistico, (lett.) ridevole, risibile, tutto da ridere. ↔ grave, serio. 2. (estens.) [di scarsa entità o valore: mi è costato una somma r.] ≈ (non com.) derisorio, esiguo, irrisorio. ↑ insignificante. ↔ cospicuo, non indifferente, notevole, ragguardevole, rilevante.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.homolaicus.com/linguaggi/sinonimi/hypertext/1290.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;HomoLaicus&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«buffo, buffonesco, comico, esiguo, goffo, misero, piccolo, assurdo, cretino, bassissimo, squallido, insignificante, meschino, inesistente, illogico, insensato, irragionevole, irrisorio, burlesco, spropositato, minimo, risibile, ridevole, macchiettistico || Vedi anche:  farsesco, pagliaccesco, ridanciano, divertente, esilarante, spassoso, umoristico, inconsistente, insensibile, trascurabile, inelegante, sgraziato, irrilevante, magro, povero, scarso, spelacchiato, stentato, stento, stiracchiato, stitico, pidocchioso, avaro, basso, gramo, microscopico, misurato, modesto, ridotto, sparuto, pacchiano, plebeo, volgare, allegro, anonimo, banale, grigio, piatto, vuoto, arido, borghese, ignobile, minuscolo, miserabile, nano, patetico, piccino, pietoso, sciagurato, umile, assente, fantasma, ideale, immaginario, contraddittorio, folle, pazzo, cieco, duro, irresponsabile, corto, mediocre, poco, curioso, deficiente, fesso, imbecille, scemo, sciocco, stupido, tardo, eccessivo, enorme, favoloso, gigantesco, incredibile, pauroso, essenziale, grottesco, impossibile, infantile Contrari:  congruo, considerevole, consistente, forte, grande, importante, ricco, funereo, lugubre, logico, ragionevole, rispettabile || V. anche  notevole, ragguardevole, rilevante, sensibile, significativo, sostanzioso, tangibile, ingente, abbondante, cospicuo, solido, determinante, apprezzabile, copioso, dovizioso, rimarchevole, grosso».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is clear that in Italian &quot;una cifra ridicola&quot; is typically interpreted as &quot;a ridicolously small quantity&quot;. Nonetheless it is clear from the context that its meaning, in the movie, is the opposite, i.e. &quot;a ridicolously excessive quantity&quot;. In linguistics, this is called an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/antifrasi_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;antiphrasis&lt;/a&gt; and, as such, it is accepted by default and we do not need any prior example: you can do it if you want to, no need to ask anyone's permission, the only limit is that the receiver of your message must be able to follow you. Exactly as happens for other &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pauroso_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;words or expressions&lt;/a&gt; such as &quot;terribile&quot;, &quot;pauroso&quot;, &quot;allucinante&quot;, &quot;bestiale&quot;, &quot;da paura&quot;, &quot;da urlo&quot;, &quot;pazzesco&quot;, &quot;spaventoso&quot;, &quot;tremendo&quot;, &quot;mostruoso&quot;, etc. The beauty of an antiphrasis is that it requires an increased attention level on the receiver's side.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is certainly possible that this kind of antiphrases is particularly popular in American English - so what? &lt;em&gt;An antiphrasis is an antiphrasis is an antiphrasis is an antiphrasis&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rose_is_a_rose_is_a_rose_is_a_rose&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cit.&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also possible that a proper &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Semantic_change&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;semantic change&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is occurring in this particular case: we have a reversal of the original meaning of the word from a negative to a positive connotation, so the process would be called &lt;code&gt;amelioration&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Paola You can find it hard to assign &quot;terribile&quot; and &quot;pauroso&quot; ameliorative meanings, but that's what has been happening for many years now. I can give you &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pauroso_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;many&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_sinonimi_contrari/P/pauroso.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;examples&lt;/a&gt; (Corriere: « … incredibile, straordinario, eccezionale, insolito, prodigioso …»; Treccani: « … 3. (fam., iperb.) [che si distingue per eccezionalità: ha un'intelligenza p.] ≈ (fam.) allucinante, (fam.) bestiale, (gerg., iperb.) da paura, (gerg.) da urlo, eccezionale, fantastico, fenomenale, grandioso, (fam., iperb.) pazzesco, (fam.) spaventoso, spropositato, straordinario, strepitoso, stupefacente, (fam.) tremendo …») - the point is: will you still find that hard?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-01-04T21:08:20.470" LastActivityDate="2014-01-04T21:08:20.470" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1561" CreationDate="2014-01-04T09:01:46.933" Score="6" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A questo punto mi sorge spontanea la domanda: si tratta dell'ennesimo&#xA;  caso in cui, per seguire l'inglese, abbiamo coniato un'espressione&#xA;  &quot;italiana&quot; che italiana non è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi sembra affatto che quel significato di &quot;ridiculous&quot; (&lt;em&gt;ridiculous amount&lt;/em&gt; = quantità enorme) sia entrato in uso nella lingua italiana. Uno stipendio &quot;ridicolo&quot; continua a significare uno stipendio molto basso. Chiuderei il caso parlando di un inglesismo nel doppiaggio italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2014-01-04T09:01:46.933" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1173" CreationDate="2014-01-04T16:08:47.023" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree that it is popular and most time considered an error.&#xA;Moreover, in Italian you have words that get opposite meaning if you add an S at the beginning: tappare/Stappare, chiudere/Schiudere, fatto/Sfatto so if you follow this line scancellare should be interpreted as &quot;undelete&quot;. Of course when used it has the meaning of delete, therefore scancellare is both popular and not so logical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="212" LastActivityDate="2014-01-04T16:08:47.023" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1565" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1566" CreationDate="2014-01-04T17:13:24.670" Score="5" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there anything wrong with these sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrò essere andato a scuola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrò andare a scuola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you render the future perfect tense in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="134" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-16T18:51:26.800" Title="Is there a tense for future perfect?" Tags="&lt;usage&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1565" CreationDate="2014-01-04T17:28:42.533" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, there is such a tense, and it is called in Italian &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/futuro-anteriore_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;futuro anteriore&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-01-04T21:33:44.607" LastActivityDate="2014-01-04T21:33:44.607" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2014-01-04T22:12:36.880" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am going to get downvotes for this, but I feel the need to warn you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My advice is to use &lt;em&gt;assai&lt;/em&gt; only in written language (in sentences like &quot;un uomo assai famoso&quot;, citing &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1494/340&quot;&gt;LiquidFiber&lt;/a&gt;, or &quot;un locale assai noto e frequentato&quot;), and &lt;em&gt;as little as possible&lt;/em&gt;. If you use it, do follow &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1494/340&quot;&gt;LiquidFiber&lt;/a&gt;'s advice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the spoken, everyday language it may appear:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Contrived and 'acted' (&quot;fa assai caldo oggi&quot;, most likely reaction: &quot;what?&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A regionalism, even if it is not (already discussed)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Funny (because of 2)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The upvote-catching answer is: yes, you can use it, it's on the dictionary. But if I were a close friend of yours I would say you: avoid it! I can hardly imagine a job interview in Milan or in Florence where the candidate says &lt;em&gt;assai&lt;/em&gt;. So embarrassing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-01-04T22:12:36.880" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1173" CreationDate="2014-01-05T11:13:01.420" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian the &lt;em&gt;s-&lt;/em&gt; prefix has two functions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;denote the opposite action, like in &lt;em&gt;tappare/stappare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mettere/smettere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;denote an “intensive” action, like in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;forzare/sforzare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;correre/scorrere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;calciare/scalciare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The three “intensified” verbs above denote a slight different action, but nobody would interpret &lt;em&gt;scorrere&lt;/em&gt; with the meaning &lt;em&gt;not be running&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a horse we'd use &lt;em&gt;scalciare&lt;/em&gt; rather than &lt;em&gt;calciare&lt;/em&gt; (both mean &lt;em&gt;to kick&lt;/em&gt;). I see no reason for prohibiting the two usages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cancella quello cha hai scritto (erase what you wrote)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho scancellato la lavagna (I erased the blackboard)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the intensive prefix has its function to denote a “personal” action, like for the horse that &lt;em&gt;scalcia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;scancellare&lt;/em&gt; has centuries of history: the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scancellare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; reports it being used by Poliziano (1454-1494). The war against it made in elementary schools is really stupid.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-01-05T11:13:01.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1569" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1570" CreationDate="2014-01-05T13:20:00.630" Score="12" ViewCount="1176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any sources where one could learn about the correct pronunciation of the Italian proper names (either family names or geographic names)? For example, the stress in &lt;em&gt;Cesare&lt;/em&gt; is on the first and not on the second or third syllable. Such information could not be found in dictionaries. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="348" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-29T14:33:10.567" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T14:33:10.567" Title="Stress on Italian proper names" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1569" CreationDate="2014-01-05T14:09:22.240" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;RAI has a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/ricerca.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;pronunciation dictionary available&lt;/a&gt; where you can get both the written pronunciation and a spoken sample. Examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=88400&amp;amp;r=10862&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ascoli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/GJ5gb.png&quot; alt=&quot;Ascoli&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=59456&amp;amp;r=3082&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Empoli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1kTRw.png&quot; alt=&quot;Empoli&quot;&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=70186&amp;amp;r=2200&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cesare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/lNKya.png&quot; alt=&quot;Cesare&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2014-01-05T14:09:22.240" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1554" CreationDate="2014-01-05T14:39:45.027" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to the other answers, which clearly and correctly identify the suffix &lt;em&gt;&amp;ndash;poli&lt;/em&gt; as meaning &lt;em&gt;city&lt;/em&gt;, I would like an interesting historical point. The suffix can be used in two different ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in common words, like &lt;em&gt;baracc&amp;oacute;poli&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;part of proper nouns, like &lt;em&gt;Napoli&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Costantinopoli&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tangentopoli&lt;/em&gt; originally was an example of 2., because it was a nickname for Milan (&lt;em&gt;&quot;City of bribes&quot;&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;em&gt;Paperopoli&lt;/em&gt; is also another example of use in this sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After the corruption scandal became such a huge issue, the meaning of the suffix actually changed, and is now used in a manner similar to the English &lt;em&gt;&amp;ndash;gate&lt;/em&gt; suffix, which started with a proper name (&lt;em&gt;Watergate&lt;/em&gt;) and was then extended to &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_scandals_with_%22-gate%22_suffix&quot;&gt;many other scandals&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this sense, &lt;em&gt;&amp;ndash;poli&lt;/em&gt; is used in common words now, an usage which is called &lt;em&gt;accidental usage&lt;/em&gt;, but it has lost the meaning of city, just like &lt;em&gt;&amp;ndash;gate&lt;/em&gt; has lost any geographical connotation. It just means &lt;em&gt;large scandal&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A funny side note. The proper noun of the game &lt;em&gt;Mon&amp;oacute;poli&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced with a second-last vowel accent like a proper city name. This is to imitate the English game name of &lt;em&gt;Monopoly&lt;/em&gt;. In reality, the word &lt;em&gt;monop&amp;oacute;lio&lt;/em&gt; does not use the suffix &lt;em&gt;&amp;ndash;poli&lt;/em&gt; but the suffix &lt;em&gt;&amp;ndash;polio&lt;/em&gt; which means &lt;em&gt;vendor&lt;/em&gt;. In fact, the old spelling of the plural &lt;em&gt;monop&amp;oacute;li&lt;/em&gt; should be &lt;em&gt;monopolii&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;monopol&amp;#307;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;monopol&amp;icirc;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally, in Italian &lt;em&gt;&amp;ndash;poli&lt;/em&gt; never takes an accent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;References:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Treccani, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/poli_res-63e6a5dd-002a-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot;&gt;-Poli&lt;/a&gt;, Vocabolario on line&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2014-01-05T14:39:45.027" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1569" CreationDate="2014-01-05T19:02:49.330" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately there's no rule available, for proper names. Accents on toponyms, like in &lt;em&gt;graeca verba&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sine lege vagantur&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to name a few in my surroundings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Albignàsego&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Trebaséleghe&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sambrusón (it should be Sanbrusón, but that's another matter)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grùmolo (delle Abbadesse)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bagnòli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bagnòlo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some names have suffixes that help in guessing the right accent, but, as you see from the last three, it's not so easy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I once saw a list of towns in Calabria: placing the accents was just a wild guess. Some toponyms that are frequently mispronounced are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;San Lazzaro di Sàvena (not Savéna)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Friùli (not Frìuli)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nùoro (not Nuòro)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Family names have the same problem; those derived from job names are usually guessable at, but the region of origin can influence the pronunciation. A family name coming from Veneto and ending in &lt;em&gt;-on&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;-er&lt;/em&gt; should have the accent on the last syllable: &lt;em&gt;Benettón&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Venièr&lt;/em&gt;; but &lt;em&gt;Mìlan&lt;/em&gt; can be rightfully pronounced with the accent on the first syllable, depending on its origin, while &lt;em&gt;Bressàn&lt;/em&gt; (it means “from Brescia”) can never be &lt;em&gt;Brèssan&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-01-05T19:02:49.330" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1573" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1577" CreationDate="2014-01-05T19:18:18.970" Score="13" ViewCount="846" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am unsure about the correct placement of an adverb in a sentence with an adjective. I think &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I read a really good book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;should be translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io ho letto un davvero buon libro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because the adverb modifies the adjective and this particular adjective goes before the noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="53" LastActivityDate="2014-01-08T13:47:09.993" Title="Placement of Adverbs" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1573" CreationDate="2014-01-05T22:07:43.427" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Io ho letto un davvero buon libro&lt;/code&gt; is wrong. &lt;code&gt;Ho letto un libro davvero buono&lt;/code&gt; is grammatically correct but even omitting &lt;code&gt;Io&lt;/code&gt; it is still pretty... childish. I believe it is not appropriate in a casual conversation between adult and &quot;moderately-educated&quot; mother-tongue people. Look for an alternative with a similar meaning, like the one suggested by Kyriakos Kyritsis (&lt;code&gt;Ho letto un libro davvero interessante&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ho letto davvero un buon libro&lt;/code&gt; has a radically different meaning (&lt;code&gt;I really read a good book&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2014-01-05T22:07:43.427" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1575" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-06T14:41:08.083" Score="2" ViewCount="579" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, there are a bunch of grammatical or lexical concept that can be expressed in at least two ways depending on the level of formality, e.g.: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;although/though &#xA;do not/don't&#xA;dad/father&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am looking for similar word pairs for Italian. This is an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;ma,però/tuttavia&#xA;retrocedere/andare indietro&#xA;restituire/dare indietro&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="338" LastActivityDate="2014-01-06T14:41:08.083" Title="Grammatical/lexical words and levels of formality" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ClosedDate="2014-01-11T09:48:07.243" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1573" CreationDate="2014-01-08T12:11:41.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adverb is a part of speech used to modify or add something to the meaning content of another part. The problem with Italian is that the positions of parts of speech are not (except for clear cases) fixed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho letto un davvero buon libro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't sound right. So, there are two different things you may want to say here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If the meaning is &quot;I read a really good book&quot; (as you outline in the question), then you need to put the adverb right before the adjective it refers to and the article must be coupled to its noun:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho letto un libro davvero buono &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another form for this would be &quot;Ho letto davvero un buon libro&quot; (you place the adverb before the whole construct article + adjective + noun).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you want to say that &quot;I really read a good book&quot;, that is, you really read it (the adverb refers to the verb) instead, then the adverb has to be placed right before the verb it modifies and the translation would be:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho davvero letto un buon libro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-01-08T13:47:09.993" LastActivityDate="2014-01-08T13:47:09.993" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1573" CreationDate="2014-01-08T13:13:49.833" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The construction &lt;em&gt;Ho letto un davvero buon libro&lt;/em&gt; is ungrammatical. If the adjective is modified by an adverb, it must go after the noun. For instance, &lt;em&gt;Ho letto un libro davvero bello&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &lt;em&gt;un libro buono&lt;/em&gt; is not the same as &lt;em&gt;un buon libro&lt;/em&gt;; consider &lt;em&gt;un uomo povero&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;un pover uomo&lt;/em&gt;: they have different meanings. That's a general rule, the adjective preceding the noun gives the construction an “abstract” (better, perhaps, figured) sense. The concrete sense can't be applied to a book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &quot;un libro davvero buono&quot; (a really good book) can be used, because the adverb modifies the adjective giving it the figured sense. The construction &lt;em&gt;Ho letto un libro davvero buono&lt;/em&gt;, however, sounds a bit formal, so another construction is possible&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho letto davvero un buon libro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means the same as &lt;em&gt;Ho letto un libro davvero buono&lt;/em&gt;, unless, in speech, one gives special emphasis to the adverb. This could be rendered, in writing, with commas: &lt;em&gt;Ho letto, davvero, un buon libro&lt;/em&gt; (in English this would become &lt;em&gt;Really, I read a good book&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-01-08T13:13:49.833" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1578" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-10T21:06:05.437" Score="6" ViewCount="454" Body="&lt;p&gt;... io preferisco 'la quadratura', ma ormai sempre più spesso sento, o leggo, 'la quadra'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così, sono a chiedere,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;qual è l'origine di 'la quadra'?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ritenete che usare 'la quadra' sia volgare o poco accademico?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;pensate che 'la quadra' sia più diffusa in alcune regione pittosto che in altre?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se appaiono le cosiddette 'ultime parole famose', ecco un esempio tratto da &lt;em&gt;bergamonews&lt;/em&gt; del 6 aprile 2010: '*È stata una riunione importante, abbiamo trovato &lt;em&gt;la quadra&lt;/em&gt; sul metodo per fare le riforme*'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2014-01-15T14:22:50.560" LastActivityDate="2014-01-15T14:22:50.560" Title="Vi piace 'la quadra', o preferite 'la quadratura'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1578" CreationDate="2014-01-10T23:53:02.850" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rispondo brevemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ci si riferisce spesso alla &lt;em&gt;quadratura del cerchio&lt;/em&gt; come a un problema difficile da risolvere.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Usare &lt;em&gt;la quadra&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;la quadratura&lt;/em&gt; è da ignoranti.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È una parola molto recente; pronunciata da un noto uomo politico, di livello culturale modesto, è stata poi abusata dai giornalisti.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più interessante è sapere perché &lt;em&gt;quadratura del cerchio&lt;/em&gt; è sinonimo di problema difficile o impossibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella geometria classica, l'uso della riga e del compasso (strumenti teorici e astratti, ovviamente) garantiva l'esistenza della soluzione. Molti problemi classici di cui non si possedeva una soluzione mediante una costruzione con riga e compasso erano già stati risolti con altri mezzi; per esempio, la prima quadratura del cerchio risale a Dinostrato (quarto secolo AC) mediante una curva già usata da Ippia per la trisezione dell'angolo. Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quadratrice&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quadratrice&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La quadratura del cerchio consiste nel costruire un quadrato avente la stessa area di un cerchio dato. Per ventiquattro secoli il problema di trovare una costruzione con riga e compasso sfidò i matematici. Solo nel diciannovesimo secolo Wantzel escogitò un metodo per tradurre i problemi di costruzione con riga e compasso in linguaggio algebrico e dimostrò che la trisezione dell'angolo (con riga e compasso) non è possibile. Nel 1882 Lindemann sistemò la questione della quadratura del cerchio dimostrando che π (rapporto tra area del cerchio e quadrato del raggio) è un numero &lt;em&gt;trascendente&lt;/em&gt; e quindi, attraverso il metodo di Wantzel, che la quadratura del cerchio con riga e compasso è impossibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-01-10T23:53:02.850" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1581" CreationDate="2014-01-11T13:06:27.830" Score="16" ViewCount="2258" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed a common practice in Veneto, which is the strange use of definite articles with proper names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some feminine examples I hear very often:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiama &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; Marcella per vedere che cosa è successo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dov' è &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; Jessica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's less often encountered and sounds mostly satirical for masculine names:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È arrivato &lt;strong&gt;el&lt;/strong&gt; Pippo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since in English this would be equivalent to some bizarre phrases like &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Where is &lt;strong&gt;the&lt;/strong&gt; Jessica?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, I wanted to know if this is correct usage and if it is a common practice elsewhere in Italy, apart from the Veneto dialect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T08:58:28.213" Title="Is it a common Italian practice the use of definite article for feminine proper names, like in Veneto region?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="8" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2014-01-11T13:34:37.980" Score="17" Body="&lt;p&gt;The use of articles before a proper name is possible only in few cases which you can find explained in full detail &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-propri_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here (Treccani)&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/larticolo-prima-prenome&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here (Accademia della Crusca)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-propri-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here (Treccani)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/I/il-mario-la-maria.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here (Il Corriere della Sera)&lt;/a&gt;. The above articles are so exhaustive that I will not reproduce their content here. What is important to stress is that the use that you report is very popular in the North and is generally accepted only in colloquial language - it should be avoided in the written, formal language. Of course it is accepted if, for example, you are writing a novel set in the North. Also note that, in general, grammatically, there is no difference at all between feminine and masculine names, although some usages can be more or less frequent, more or less uniform throughout Italian regions (for more details please refer to the sources above).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that linguists have set the general rule - that is taught at school but not often respected - to altogether avoid articles before proper names. Truth is that there exists such an illustrious history of special cases, in Italian literature, that few people actually bother complying with the rules. Speakers, writers and poets make the language; linguists come way after.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2019-11-02T13:42:36.893" LastActivityDate="2019-11-02T13:42:36.893" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2014-01-13T02:02:10.147" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Assai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is not a vulgar word. It is and old-fashioned word though, which was &lt;em&gt;mainly used in poetry&lt;/em&gt;. Sometimes, is also used in &lt;em&gt;southern/central Italy&lt;/em&gt; as part of local dialects, but even in this case, it's not vulgar at all. It is just an old-fashioned way to make a superlative (as others pointed out).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="360" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-24T15:02:14.093" LastActivityDate="2015-01-24T15:02:14.093" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1548" CreationDate="2014-01-13T11:11:47.170" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably this has more a joking, sarcastic valence rather than that of an ancient wisdom. I'm not sure this proverb could comfort a woman affected by hirsutism. However there are many Italian proverbs that have the purpose of decreasing the &amp;quot;defects&amp;quot; of other people we may refer. These are part of a vulgar language used in certain contexts where people know each other intimately and they talk about other people. You may hear this between boys talking of others girls. You may also hear:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Donna nana, tutta tana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Donna pelosa, donna virtuosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Donna vecchia donna proverbiosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Brutta 'e faccia e bòna 'e core. (Brutta di faccia ma buona dentro.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Donna prudente è una gioia eccellente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Donna ridarella, o santa o puttanella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And finally for the men:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uomo di panza uomo di sostanza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As stated @Bakuriu the proverb more close to it is &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Donna baffuta sempre piaciuta&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; and I think that even in this case the meaning is the same: &amp;quot;barbuta&amp;quot; may refer to feelers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other three hypothesis that should be taken in account, I start with the less likely:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Maybe, but this has remote probability, &amp;quot;donna barbuta&amp;quot; could indicate an old woman. Modest facial hair in old women is normal.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Link with the past. In fact in ancient time the beard was an important attribute for men. In many religions the beard is a link with the divine (e.g. judaism or islam) and in the classical Greek culture the beard was a mandatory attribute for men. Maybe an echo from the past may have contributed to the assumption that bearded humans were more attractive.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Maybe &amp;quot;donna barbuta&amp;quot; is simply used instead of &amp;quot;hairy woman&amp;quot; something similar to &amp;quot;Donna pelosa donna virtuosa&amp;quot;. In fact few would use it if it only referred to a woman with a real beard. Hirsutim is not so common. This is an extract from Encyclopaedia Britannica: Or, A Dictionary of Arts, Sciences, and …, Volume 3, showing that women with a beard were not so common:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and those who were at the carnival at Venice in 1726 saw a female dancer astonish the spectators no more by her talent than by her chin covered with a black bushy beard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last hypothesis opens an interesting debate over the stereotype of the &amp;quot;hairy Italian woman&amp;quot; and how Italians treat this topic. In other languages there are lots of proverbs referring to &amp;quot;hairy women&amp;quot; but they always have negative connotations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« God protect us from hairy women and beardless men. » (Muslim)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« A hairy man's rich, a hairy wife's a bitch. » (USA)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The user &lt;a href=&quot;http://s1.zetaboards.com/anthroscape/topic/2324405/1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;El Caudillo&lt;/a&gt; made an amazing work - I am copying and pasting some here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« A woman with a beard is of wicked kind. » (Dutch)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« When a family is going to ruin, a beard grows on the face of the eldest daughter-in-law. » [a bad presage] (Koran)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« A bearded woman, God help us! » (Portuguese, Brazil)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« May God spare me from a bearded, old woman. » (Spanish, Argentina)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I add a Greek saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« A stout bearded woman always bears something malicious. »&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusion, in all these cases (I'm not sure however if it is the right thing to do with this proverb) we should take in account that the beard could be read figuratively as an attribute indicating a woman with a strong influence within the family, notion that is expressed in Italian as &amp;quot;donna con i pantaloni&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;woman with trousers&amp;quot;). &amp;quot;beard&amp;quot; was in the past, like &amp;quot;pantaloni&amp;quot;, an attribute indicating the status and the role of men within the family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-13T21:27:36.810" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-13T20:28:10.020" Score="4" ViewCount="799" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quantomeno nella lingua parlata gradisco sentire &quot;per intanto&quot;, per esempio,  &quot;per intanto risolviamo questi problemi, in seguito decideremo più precisamente cosa fare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto? O, invece,  sarebbe corretto dire &quot;intanto risolviamo ... cosa fare&quot;, senza &quot;per&quot; all'inizio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-19T18:19:36.933" LastActivityDate="2018-12-19T18:19:36.933" Title="Uso di &quot;per intanto&quot; versus &quot;intanto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1584" CreationDate="2014-01-14T08:44:40.837" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tecnicamente fa parte della lingua italiana: vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intanto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;il Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; per esempio, che dice alla voce &quot;intanto&quot; &lt;em&gt;«Preceduto da per (o anche senza) equivale a «per ora, per il momento»: questo per i. può bastare; i. paga tu, poi ci divideremo la spesa. »&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All'atto pratico, credo che l'uso sia sentito come non-italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-01-14T08:44:40.837" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1584" CreationDate="2014-01-14T15:31:50.077" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per chi lo considera “old-fashioned as in 17th century”: se lo è, lo è più “as in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=per%20intanto&amp;amp;year_start=1500&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,per%20intanto;,c0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;first half of 20th century&lt;/a&gt;”: per qualche motivo pare aver goduto di una notorietà che ha culminato verso il 1950. (Ciò detto, a me non piace molto, ma io non sono nessuno.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-01-14T15:31:50.077" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1588" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-15T23:10:48.343" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questo stralcio di un &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adozionismo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt; scritto in Wikipedia,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'&lt;em&gt;Adozionismo&lt;/em&gt; è la dottrina cristologica che fa di Gesù una creatura speciale, chiamata da Dio a una missione particolare, ma che resta su un piano inferiore rispetto al Creatore. Viene adottato dal Padre al momento del suo battesimo &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; fiume Giordano, momento in cui viene elevato al rango di Figlio di Dio, acquisendo così la natura divina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi sono chiesto se &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; in '... al momento del suo battesimo &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; fiume Giordano' sia accettabile, o se, invece, non si sarebbe dovuto scrivere &lt;em&gt;presso il&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non è così, quando &lt;em&gt;presso il&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; non sono reciprocamente fungibili? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, come mai sembra corretto dire &lt;em&gt;il Vaticano ha chiesto di intercedere&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;presso il&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;governo cubano per far cessare la violenza&lt;/em&gt;, ma non &lt;em&gt;il Vaticano ha chiesto di intercedere&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;governo cubano per far cessare la violenza&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2014-01-16T00:09:25.597" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T05:49:10.733" Title="Usare 'presso il' e 'al' correttamente" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1588" CreationDate="2014-01-16T00:16:38.677" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consideriamo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il Vaticano ha chiesto di intercedere presso il governo cubano per far cessare la violenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa frase il significato è che il Vaticano ha chiesto a qualcuno che parlasse al governo cubano, ma non si è affatto rivolto direttamente al governo cubano, che implicitamente è considerato connesso con le violenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viceversa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il Vaticano ha chiesto al governo cubano di intercedere per far cessare la violenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa che il Vaticano si è rivolto al governo cubano perché a sua volta faccia pressioni sui responsabili delle violenze. L'inversione “di intercedere al governo cubano” è scorretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il battesimo di Gesù è avvenuto &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; fiume Giordano, più precisamente &lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt; fiume. Considererei &lt;em&gt;il battesimo di Gesù è avvenuto presso il fiume Giordano&lt;/em&gt; un burocratismo, simile a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la Procura della Repubblica presso il Tribunale di Vattelapesca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche se, in questo caso, il modo è tradizionale. La Procura è un organo della magistratura distinto dal Tribunale; ogni Tribunale ha una Procura collegata. Non è possibile dire &lt;em&gt;la Procura della Repubblica al Tribunale di Vattelapesca&lt;/em&gt; e nemmeno &lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt;. Gli uffici sono probabilmente nello stesso edificio, ma qui ci si riferisce all'istituzione, non al complesso delle persone che ne fanno parte né alla collocazione fisica. Si userebbe &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;/em&gt; anche se, per assurdo, gli uffici della Procura fossero a un paio di chilometri dal Tribunale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusione, &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;presso il&lt;/em&gt; non sono intercambiabili: sia &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; sia &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;/em&gt; indicano stato in luogo, ma &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;/em&gt; è più indeterminato e significa “vicino”. Considera la differenza fra &lt;em&gt;abito a Vattelapesca&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;abito presso Vattelapesca&lt;/em&gt;: nel secondo caso sto al massimo in una frazione, non certo in centro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-01-16T00:16:38.677" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1603" CreationDate="2014-01-16T17:30:57.710" Score="2" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to say in Italian the following sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nothing would change between us, even if you do or say some things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence I came with is the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Niente cambierebbe tra noi, neppure se facessi o dicessi certe cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Truly, in the English sentence &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt; would be too generic; in the Italian sentence, &lt;em&gt;certe cose&lt;/em&gt; seems too specific, as if I am talking of a strict set of things (e.g. sexual things).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought of using the following sentence, but it seems suggesting that person is willing or tempted to do things I could forgive, but I am not suggesting that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono cose che potresti fare e che non cambierebbero quello che c'è tra noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is the more neutral way of saying what I am trying to say?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-01-16T19:45:19.887" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T05:14:02.163" Title="What is a more neutral phrase for &quot;certe cose&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrase-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1591" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1601" CreationDate="2014-01-16T17:39:11.123" Score="6" ViewCount="1208" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to say that I like when I am teased. The sentence I came up with doesn't seem to be understood from a native speaker of Italian, so I am wondering what I could say to express that thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando vengo scherzato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought I could say &lt;em&gt;preso in giro&lt;/em&gt;, but I would get it means also to be said something that is not true to make me believe it is true, such as when somebody says &quot;I truly love you&quot; or &quot;I fell in love with you&quot; when it is not true at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that sentence correct? Should I instead say &lt;em&gt;sono scherzato&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am asking for a phrase to use when somebody exaggerates something I do, or says something I don't do, just to make me smile or laugh.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-09-15T07:33:50.463" LastActivityDate="2018-09-15T07:33:50.463" Title="What is the equivalent of &quot;teasing me&quot;?" Tags="&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1592" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1596" CreationDate="2014-01-16T17:51:19.190" Score="2" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the correct way to write the following sentence, when said by a woman?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non mi sarei aspettato di ricevere un tuo SMS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure it should be &lt;em&gt;sarei aspettata&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;sarei aspettato&lt;/em&gt;. My thought is that the sentence would mean &lt;em&gt;ricevere un tuo SMS non era qualcosa di aspettato&lt;/em&gt;; therefore, it should be &lt;em&gt;sarei aspettato&lt;/em&gt; even when the sentence is uttered by a woman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="159" LastEditDate="2014-01-17T18:57:15.627" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T18:57:15.627" Title="&quot;Mi sarei aspettata&quot; versus &quot;mi sarei aspettato&quot;" Tags="&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1593" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-17T03:50:41.590" Score="2" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often I hear phrases like,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei proprio un italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei proprio un italiano &lt;em&gt;doc&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei proprio un italiano vero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei proprio un italiano di professione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do they have a positive or a negative connotation? And, be the first or the second case, what do they precisely mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-21T09:33:10.290" Title="What is alluded by 'Sei proprio un italiano di professione'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1594" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-17T04:09:26.367" Score="7" ViewCount="241" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il passato remoto di &lt;em&gt;conoscere&lt;/em&gt;, nella primera persona singolare, è &lt;em&gt;conobbi&lt;/em&gt;.  Da dove viene etimologicamente questa &lt;em&gt;-bb-&lt;/em&gt; (che si usa anche nella terza persona singolare e plurale, &lt;em&gt;conobbe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;conobbero&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quali verbi si trova?  Apparentemente non solo in quelli che finiscono in &lt;em&gt;-escere&lt;/em&gt;, perchè &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; tiene come passato remoto &lt;em&gt;ebbi&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ebbe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ebbero&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiarimento: In Latino, il perfetto ha &lt;em&gt;-v-&lt;/em&gt;, ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;cognōvī&lt;/em&gt;. Ma questo si estendeva a tutte le persone e a tutti(?) i verbi. Se la &lt;em&gt;-bb-&lt;/em&gt; del passato remoto discende dalla &lt;em&gt;-v-&lt;/em&gt; del tempo perfetto Latino, perchè la sua distribuzione è così ristretta, a solo poche persone e verbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="373" LastEditorUserId="373" LastEditDate="2014-01-17T17:31:09.203" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T17:31:09.203" Title="L’origine di -bb- nel passato remoto di “conoscere”, “crescere”, “avere”" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1591" CreationDate="2014-01-17T10:35:01.287" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't use &lt;em&gt;mi scherzano&lt;/em&gt;, but you can use one of these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando mi pigliano per il naso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando mi sfottono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando mi pigliano per i fondelli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are not, in my opinion, 1:1 translations. Possibly closer to your intended meaning is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando scherzano con me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T10:35:01.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1592" CreationDate="2014-01-17T10:40:07.687" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The past participle, when used as an adjective, must agree in gender and number with the noun it refers to, so&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lei disse: &amp;quot;Mi sarei aspettata di ricevere un tuo SMS!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I miei amici si sarebbero aspettati di sentirti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le mie nipoti si sarebbero aspettate ben altre cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io, come uomo, mi sarei aspettato tu usassi il genere corretto nel participio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What makes it confusing is that the verb is reflexive. Surely there's no doubt when using an active verb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lei disse: &amp;quot;Sarei andata al ristorante&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T10:54:57.200" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1593" CreationDate="2014-01-17T10:42:23.433" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You are a stereotypical (or typical) Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be said either implying pride or criticism, depending on which aspect of your interlocutor refers to within the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T10:42:23.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1590" CreationDate="2014-01-17T10:48:17.650" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a bit of an awkward sentence even in English, and grammatically incorrect, but typically an Italian would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non cambierebbe nulla fra noi, nemmeno se facessi o dicessi delle cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, if you want to keep the grammatical error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non cambierebbe nulla fra noi, nemmeno se fai o dici delle cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Delle&quot; in this context is not a &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Preposizione#Preposizioni_in_italiano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;preposizione articolata&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, but an &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Articolo_partitivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo partitivo&lt;/a&gt;&quot; indicating an unknown quantity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T10:48:17.650" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1593" CreationDate="2014-01-17T12:34:37.070" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first and the last sentences have a negative connotation, which is based on any possible negative cliché related to being an Italian. The second and the third ones are positive, but still referring to some clichè.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EG: if you have an Italian friend who has a croissant and coffee for breakfast every morning, you could say to him, ehy &quot;Tu sei un italiano  doc&quot; (&lt;em&gt;You are really Italian&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="374" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-01-18T13:46:17.473" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T13:46:17.473" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1590" CreationDate="2014-01-17T13:08:16.317" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The nuance you are looking for is lost in translation.&#xA;You don't want to be too specific, but if you aren't, the phrase will be understood as an indirect sexual reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="375" LastEditDate="2014-01-17T16:04:47.040" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T16:04:47.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1591" CreationDate="2014-01-17T14:51:26.917" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Easy solution:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono gli scherzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you really need to stress the masochistic aspect of the pleasure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando mi fanno degli scherzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace subire degli scherzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Several other solutions, like those listed in the answer and comments before this, are acceptable. The following ones mean &amp;quot;I like being made fun of&amp;quot;, not necessarily by pretending. It may just be a humorous comment on a personal feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando mi prendono in giro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace essere preso in giro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead of &lt;em&gt;preso in giro&lt;/em&gt; you can be &lt;em&gt;preso per i fondelli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;per il naso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;per il sedere&lt;/em&gt; (and grosser synonyms)...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the teasing is more based on childish practical jokes, you can also use these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono i dispetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando mi fanno i dispetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T14:51:26.917" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1594" CreationDate="2014-01-17T15:14:31.217" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess &lt;em&gt;ebbi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ebbe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ebbero&lt;/em&gt;, whose &lt;em&gt;-bb-&lt;/em&gt; comes directly from the &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; of Latin &lt;em&gt;hab-&lt;/em&gt; root (like &lt;em&gt;abbiamo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;abbia&lt;/em&gt; etc.), have influenced the conjugation of &lt;em&gt;conoscere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;crescere&lt;/em&gt; and derived verbs (&lt;em&gt;riconoscere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rincrescere&lt;/em&gt; and few others).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that there was a competition between &lt;em&gt;crebbi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;crescetti&lt;/em&gt;. The latter sounds really awkward although more regular; in the look for an alternative to the ugly &lt;em&gt;crescetti&lt;/em&gt;, a solution emerged that was borrowing &lt;em&gt;-bb-&lt;/em&gt; from the past of &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; while staying close to the Latin &lt;em&gt;crēvī&lt;/em&gt;. (Also &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=SmaKBT_69F0C&amp;amp;lpg=PA692&amp;amp;ots=UzaCN85q6j&amp;amp;dq=crebbi%20crescetti%20crescei&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;pg=PA692#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=crebbi%20crescetti%20crescei&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;crescei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; was among the competitors but it could not prevail.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just a hypothesis but it sounds like a reasonable explanation for the unusual &quot;inverse&quot; evolution from &lt;em&gt;v&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; and the gemination of &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T15:14:31.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1590" CreationDate="2014-01-17T16:37:28.580" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence &quot;nothing would change between us, even if you do or say some things&quot; does not sound correct in English unless you complete it by mentioning what &lt;em&gt;these things&lt;/em&gt; are or the receiver of your message already knows what you are talking about (or you are convinced they are supposed to know). Otherwise a more sensible way to say it would be &quot;nothing will change between us, whatever you do or say.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even grammatically, it does not sound OK and it would be better as &quot;nothing would change between us, even if you &lt;em&gt;did&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;said some things&lt;/em&gt;….&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that you need the ellipsis in the writing; in fact the sentence is (intentionally?) incomplete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian it can be expressed as Kyriakos Kyritsis suggested.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Niente/nulla cambierebbe tra noi, qualunque cosa tu facessi o dicessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA; &#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nente/nulla cambierà tra noi, qualunque cosa tu faccia o dica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you believe the receiver of your message should know what &lt;em&gt;things&lt;/em&gt; you are talking about, you can say the following or equivalently as in Sklivvz answer, but it will sound weird; it could be a sexual reference or a mafia-style message. Do not say it unless you think you have very good reasons to do so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Niente/nulla cambierebbe tra noi, persino/nemmeno se tu facessi o dicessi &lt;em&gt;certe cose&lt;/em&gt;….&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; There are several other alternatives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Non puoi farci niente, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Non c'è niente da fare, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Nonostante i tuoi sforzi, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Nonostante tutto ciò che potresti dire o fare, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Nonostante ciò che dici o fai, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Per quanto tu dica o faccia, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Per quanto tu possa dire o fare, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Non c'è niente che tu possa dire o fare, niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a last resort you can even try:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«È il destino, ormai niente cambierà tra di noi»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-01-17T23:55:56.247" LastActivityDate="2014-01-17T23:55:56.247" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1591" CreationDate="2014-01-17T17:51:56.893" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unless you are confessing masochistic preferences, I would say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono le provocazioni intelligenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piace esser provocato/a in maniera intelligente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means that you like when someone is teasing you in a &lt;em&gt;positive&lt;/em&gt; way, i.e. when someone is being playful with you and you accept to play their game because you find it challenging or sexy or for whatever other &lt;strong&gt;non-masochistic&lt;/strong&gt; reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also say («when somebody exaggerates something I do, or says something I don't do, just to make me smile or laugh»):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono le battute ironiche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piace l'ironia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-01-18T16:44:50.553" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T16:44:50.553" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1605" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-17T22:31:46.200" Score="3" ViewCount="2572" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come noto la 'mazza' è un cilindro sottile e molto allungato, così nessuno dovrebbe meravigliarsi, o quasi, di non vedere una 'mazza' trovandosela davanti. Cionondimeno spesso sento dire 'non vedo una mazza' quando, in condizioni di oscurità o semioscurità, o comunque di difficoltà visiva, uno non riesce a vedere qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora mi chiedo, non dovrebbe dirsi 'non vedo un elefante', per dire che è così difficile vedere, quale che sia la ragione, che se anche ci fosse un elefante non lo si vedrebbe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Epperò si dice 'non vedo una mazza'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dire perché viene usato il termine 'mazza' e qual è l'origine di questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-03T11:16:10.897" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T16:45:41.840" Title="Coerenza ontologica di 'non vedo una mazza'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1605" CreationDate="2014-01-17T23:46:08.617" Score="21" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am afraid the ontological meaning of &quot;mazza&quot; is … &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mazza_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot;&gt;male genitalia&lt;/a&gt;. And the original expression is &quot;non vedo un cazzo&quot; where &quot;cazzo&quot; is a rude synonym for male genitalia. Meaning and usage are mentioned in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cazzo/&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, nº2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-01-18T14:02:48.340" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T14:02:48.340" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1590" CreationDate="2014-01-18T05:14:02.163" Score="-1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non esiste nulla che potresti dire o (che potresti) fare per cambiare le cose tra noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non puoi dire o fare nulla per cambiare le cose tra noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="377" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T05:14:02.163" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1588" CreationDate="2014-01-18T05:49:10.733" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io credo che usare  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; fiume Giordano sia corretto, dato che l'autore si riferisce &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; luogo dove si e` svolto il battesimo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Domani vado al fiume a pescare.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pesco dalla riva non da dentro al fiume, cio` non toglie che vado &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; fiume.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="377" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T05:49:10.733" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2014-01-18T06:09:39.303" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Verb&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cosare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;transitive&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;strong&gt;To do&lt;/strong&gt;; used in place of a verb one does not know or remember at the moment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Provo a cosare la spina e vediamo che succede! - I try doing something&#xA;  with the plug and let's see what happens!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Used in informal spoken language only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;source&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wiktionary.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.wiktionary.org/&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="377" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T06:09:39.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1605" CreationDate="2014-01-18T09:39:48.330" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la risposta di @randomatlabuser, ma non credo sia così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, come noto, la 'mazza', anche storicamente, è l'oggetto più semplice da realzzare nei lavori di falegnameria. Ed è forse questa la ragione per cui si dice 'non ho fatto una mazza' per dire, per esmpio, di non aver fatto nulla, neanche una minima cosa (alias, la mazza), rispetto ad un impegno programmato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, ciò stante, l'espressione 'non vedo una mazza' è una evoluzione, nell'ambito del vedere piuttosto che del fare, dell'espressione 'non ho fatto una mazza'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dubito fortemente che nelle suddette espressioni ci siano allusioni agli organi genitali maschili, comunque.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, sotto l'aspetto ontologico, 'non vedo una mazza' è un'espressione incoerente, atteso che la mazza è un oggetto che, in senso relativo, si vede piuttosto difficilmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2014-01-18T09:39:48.330" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1611" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-18T15:21:41.920" Score="4" ViewCount="365" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do women tend to use the word 'adorabile' more often than men do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And also, should men rather avoid using this word when describing something they liked, as, for example, 'queste scarpe sono davvero &lt;em&gt;adorabili&lt;/em&gt;'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this question doesn't sound too sexist, though to an extent it is, of course, because, as far as I know, but I could be incorrect, I have heard such a word used like in the example above only by male gays. Nontheless, I wouldn't exclude differences in regional usages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:07:17.143" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T11:56:12.240" Title="Do women tend to use the word 'adorabile' more often than men?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1612" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1617" CreationDate="2014-01-18T22:32:31.310" Score="6" ViewCount="5679" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Emilia, ma anche in Romagna, sento parlare di 'sporte' e di 'sportine' piuttosto che di 'buste' e di 'bustine'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dire in quali altre regioni il termine 'sporta', con il significato di 'busta', generalmente quella usata per la spesa al mercato, è pienamente compreso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, in quali regioni posso dire 'mi dia una sporta' senza che mi rispondano 'cosaaaa!'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-01-19T20:48:56.283" LastActivityDate="2020-03-10T11:48:10.640" Title="In quali regioni si usa &quot;sporta&quot; al posto di &quot;busta&quot;?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1613" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-19T10:57:18.167" Score="8" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solitamente i prestiti dalle lingue straniere si prendono al singolare. Così abbiamo lo stage, il blitz, il residence. Però con lo spagnolo ci sono curiose eccezioni: si dice &quot;il murales, il peones&quot; e non &quot;il mural, il peon&quot;. Qualcuno ha idea del motivo di questa curiosità?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-03T15:38:06.863" LastActivityDate="2020-03-03T15:39:19.340" Title="Prestiti dallo spagnolo al plurale" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1205" CreationDate="2014-01-19T11:02:23.227" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;the rule-of-thumb exposed by DaG was proposed by Bruno Migliorini (a famous Italian linguist), and it is widely accepted: if you stick to that rule you won't make any mistake. But until the half of XX century there was no such rule, and one had to look at the etymology of the word: this is why &quot;provincie&quot; (from Latin provincia, -ae) and &quot;ciliege&quot; (from Latin cerasa, -ae) are still used. Just don't use them at school, if you are not prepared to explain why you choose that form!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="95" LastEditDate="2014-01-19T21:44:56.190" LastActivityDate="2014-01-19T21:44:56.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1612" CreationDate="2014-01-20T09:41:50.640" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Lombardia lo si usa parecchio.&#xA;Io ho origini liguri ed adesso abito in Lombardia. A Genova non avevo mai sentito sporta, ho sempre usato sacchetto (anche &quot;busta&quot; la prima volta che lo sentii mi suonava strano poiché per me le buste sono solo quelle delle lettere). Penso quindi di poterti dire con ragionevole certezza che in lombardia (o almeno in valtellina) si usa :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastActivityDate="2014-01-20T09:41:50.640" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1612" CreationDate="2014-01-20T10:28:52.230" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;A giudicare dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/busta/&quot;&gt;voce sul dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, sbaglia chi usa &lt;em&gt;busta&lt;/em&gt; per il sacchetto o la borsa della spesa. Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/B/busta.shtml&quot;&gt;Sabatini-Coletti concorda&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque &lt;em&gt;busta&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sporta&lt;/em&gt; non sono affatto sinonimi. Chiedere una busta, alla cassa di un supermercato in Veneto, avrebbe come conseguenza almeno uno sguardo perplesso. La parola &lt;em&gt;sporta&lt;/em&gt; è tuttavia percepita come dialettale in Veneto, perché è l'unica usata in dialetto per “il contenitore della spesa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A spanne direi che l'uso di &lt;em&gt;busta&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;sporta&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;sacchetto&lt;/em&gt; è meridionale; là si dice anche &lt;em&gt;bustone&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;sacco&lt;/em&gt; (della spazzatura, per esempio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-01-20T10:28:52.230" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1618" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-20T21:16:09.820" Score="6" ViewCount="2573" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;… tale sensazione viene meno &lt;em&gt;man mano&lt;/em&gt; che il lettore si addentra nell'opera e comincia a provare interesse per …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generalmente, anche se non riesco a spiegare perché, non uso &lt;em&gt;man mano&lt;/em&gt;, e nel precedente frammento non solo questa locuzione c'è, ma è anche preceduta da &lt;em&gt;meno&lt;/em&gt;, in una successione &lt;em&gt;meno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;man&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mano&lt;/em&gt; che sembra alquanto sgradevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste suggerire una locuzione alternativa che, però, non sia &lt;em&gt;via via&lt;/em&gt;, che non mi piace?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa pensate circa &lt;em&gt;in misura&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;… tale sensazione viene meno &lt;em&gt;in misura&lt;/em&gt; che il lettore si addentra nell'opera e comincia a provare interesse per …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-12T17:06:29.453" LastActivityDate="2019-02-12T17:08:08.713" Title="'Man mano' e 'via via' versus locuzioni alternative" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1618" CreationDate="2014-01-20T23:41:39.857" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;In misura che&quot; senz'altro è errata, la locuzione che cerchi è &quot;nella misura in cui&quot;. Tuttavia, se il significato della frase risulta simile, mi sembra che dia un sentore di più &quot;clinicamente preciso&quot; alla frase, quando l'originale è volutamente vago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per me &quot;via via&quot; è la più adatta, o in alternativa puoi sostituire il &quot;viene meno&quot; con &quot;si attenua&quot;, &quot;passa in secondo piano&quot;, &quot;sparisce&quot;, &quot;scompare&quot;, o altri verbi di significato simile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-12T17:07:16.820" LastActivityDate="2019-02-12T17:07:16.820" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1618" CreationDate="2014-01-20T23:49:36.083" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione con “misura” che è sinonimo di “via via che” è “a misura che”. Si veda come riferimento il punto 4.f della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/misura/&quot;&gt;voce “misura” del dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, in cui è per esempio riportata una frase di Primo Levi: «a misura che la neve andava scomparendo, il campo si mutava in uno squallido acquitrino».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-01-20T23:49:36.083" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1621" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1626" CreationDate="2014-01-21T03:22:12.383" Score="8" ViewCount="428" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tito Boeri, un noto economista italiano, in un recente tweet scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tremo all[']idea di un Senato composto da consiglieri regionali non eletti per questo. Sono la componente meno &lt;em&gt;accountable&lt;/em&gt; del ceto politico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi se esiste una parola italiana che renda &lt;em&gt;accountable&lt;/em&gt; come usato nel predetto tweet?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-01-22T16:32:19.513" LastActivityDate="2014-01-22T16:32:19.513" Title="Significato di 'accountable' nella lingua italiana" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1621" CreationDate="2014-01-21T08:52:08.783" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/accountable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;wordreference&lt;/a&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tenuto a rispondere di qualcosa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;che deve rispondere delle proprie azioni, che è responsabile delle&#xA;proprie azioni&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;responsabile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tecnicamente la sua frase dovrebbe spezzare una lancia in favore di consiglieri politici che per cause di forza maggiore si trovano a fare un lavoro non adatto a loro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I update my answer because I cannot comment @randomatlabuser answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;see his answer for a more complete definition of accountability.&#xA;Aside this, I don't know how much Tito Boeri was educted on the meaning. I mean, like @nico said in his comment to the question, since it was posted on twitter he could have just used a shorter cool word to cut a longer sentece :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-21T14:02:40.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1593" CreationDate="2014-01-21T09:33:10.290" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sei proprio un italiano.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sounds offensive...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sei proprio un italiano doc.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sounds good&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sei proprio un italiano vero.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sounds good&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sei proprio un italiano di professione.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sounds offensive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="380" LastActivityDate="2014-01-21T09:33:10.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1484" CreationDate="2014-01-21T09:36:54.513" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italians used to translate the names of the cities, with which they had had commercial relationship or something to do in common in XVI and XVII century.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;That's why you find Anversa (and not Antwerp) or Lipsia (Leipzig) but Bruxelles or Liverpool remain the same.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It's in the history of those cities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="380" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-01-21T10:00:51.293" LastActivityDate="2014-01-21T10:00:51.293" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1621" CreationDate="2014-01-21T13:40:33.623" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adjective &quot;accountable&quot; is more specific than &quot;responsible&quot;: you can be legally &lt;em&gt;responsible&lt;/em&gt; without being &lt;em&gt;accountable&lt;/em&gt; or being very &lt;em&gt;little accountable&lt;/em&gt; because nobody or no body is actually able to ask you to &lt;em&gt;account&lt;/em&gt; for your actions with &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;effectiveness&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &quot;accountable&quot; is when you are actually held responsible for your actions because &lt;em&gt;somebody&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;some body&lt;/em&gt; is actually able to force you to &lt;em&gt;take responsibility&lt;/em&gt; for your actions and, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;because you are aware of that&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, you avoid misbehaviours and do your best to actually behave with responsibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is &lt;strong&gt;not your virtue&lt;/strong&gt;, it is a necessity due to the way a system works (and it has different &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;degrees of effectiveness&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, it is not just an abstract legal notion).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian no adjective renders this notion. In my personal opinion &quot;responsabilizzato&quot; is the closest term (definitions from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/responsabilizzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/responsabilizzare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere&lt;/a&gt;): it is when you are &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;made responsible&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; for your actions (or trained to behave with responsibility). So you could say: «Sono la componente meno responsabilizzata del ceto politico».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise you would need a longer expression as «Sono la componente del ceto politico dotata di minor senso di responsabilità ed affidabilità». &quot;Senso di responsabilità&quot; would render the self-awareness that is implied in the notion of accountability. &quot;Affidabilità&quot; would render the effectiveness of your responsibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will look into it further for evidence in support of the opinion expressed above. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ozprinciple.org/blog/uncategorized/responsibility-vs-accountability&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; is one. &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/63958/difference-between-accountability-and-responsibility&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; is another. &lt;a href=&quot;http://usacac.army.mil/CAC2/MilitaryReview/Archives/English/MilitaryReview_20120229_art009.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; in the army. &lt;a href=&quot;http://scholar.google.it/scholar?hl=it&amp;amp;q=accountability%20vs%20responsibility&amp;amp;btnG=&amp;amp;lr=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;On Google Scholar&lt;/a&gt; you can find lots of published studies where the words occur. Some sources suggesting the word cannot be directly translated in Italian: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.viasarfatti25.unibocconi.it/notizia.php?idArt=4750&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.performancemanagementreview.org/d-quale-differenza-ce-se-ce-tra-i-termini-responsibiltity-e-accountability/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fga.it/uploads/media/A._Martini__L_accountability_nella_scuola_-_FGA_WP8.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.huffingtonpost.it/francesca-santolini/accountability-per-un-nuo_b_3061764.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;4&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; following doubts in the comments, I have collected a quite large sample from &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?hl=en&amp;amp;as_q=accountable%20responsible&amp;amp;as_epq=&amp;amp;as_oq=&amp;amp;as_eq=&amp;amp;as_nlo=&amp;amp;as_nhi=&amp;amp;lr=&amp;amp;cr=&amp;amp;as_qdr=all&amp;amp;as_sitesearch=http://www.nytimes.com/&amp;amp;as_occt=any&amp;amp;safe=active&amp;amp;tbs=&amp;amp;as_filetype=&amp;amp;as_rights=#as_qdr=all&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;lr=&amp;amp;q=%22accountable%22%20%22responsible%22%20site:http://www.economist.com&amp;amp;safe=active&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The New York Times&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?hl=en&amp;amp;as_q=accountable%20responsible&amp;amp;as_epq=&amp;amp;as_oq=&amp;amp;as_eq=&amp;amp;as_nlo=&amp;amp;as_nhi=&amp;amp;lr=&amp;amp;cr=&amp;amp;as_qdr=all&amp;amp;as_sitesearch=http://www.nytimes.com/&amp;amp;as_occt=any&amp;amp;safe=active&amp;amp;tbs=&amp;amp;as_filetype=&amp;amp;as_rights=#as_qdr=all&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;lr=&amp;amp;q=%22accountable%22%20%22responsible%22%20site:http://www.nytimes.com/&amp;amp;safe=active&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Economist&lt;/a&gt; which should convince anyone that the two adjectives, &quot;accountable&quot; and &quot;responsible&quot;, are not interchangeable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«If not accountable, let's hope they are at least responsible»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Hold me accountable for the debacle. I'm responsible»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Governments which are not accountable to their subjects are, strictly speaking, not responsible. They are irresponsible»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«It reminds them that they are part of a community that requires them to be responsible and accountable for their behavior and acts»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Make government employee and politicians responsible and accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«You are personally responsible for your own actions and accountable for your own actions»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«John Deutch, the Director of Central Intelligence, has responded to the Guatemala case with admirable determination to make the C.I.A. more responsible and accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«He is responsible (and accountable) for the performance of more than a dozen agencies involved in foreign intelligence collection and analysis»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«It is a system which casts the mayor as an outsider who is neither accountable nor responsible for the performance of perhaps the most important municipal activity»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«… the onus of policing social policy and protecting the environment is on local governments, and it is local policy makers who should ultimately be held accountable and responsible if and when egregious failures occur»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«In 2005, the Bush administration wisely challenged China to become a responsible stakeholder in the international system and to make its government responsible and accountable to its people»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«The World; Accountable, Responsible or Something in Between»&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«The international community has a moral and political responsibility to hold accountable those responsible»&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«The voters are unable to throw the bums out because there is no means of holding accountable those who are responsible»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«I want to know when my government is misbehaving. These sorts of leaks are the only way that those responsible can be held accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«The best hope of getting responsible decisions by technocrats on their technologies is to make them personally accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«The question is no longer who is responsible. The question now is whether they will be held accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Mr Obama promised that if banks need more aid, “we will hold accountable those responsible”»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«He said his ultimate goal was to hold accountable those responsible for Syria's destruction»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Yes, the I.R.S. made egregious mistakes and those responsible should be held accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«If this is true, there should be an investigation and those responsible held accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Those responsible for CAR violence must be held accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«This wanton killing and maiming should be stopped and those responsible held accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Attorney General Eric H. Holder Jr. promised Tuesday that federal officials would work to hold those responsible accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«Our investigation remains active in the expectation that we will ultimately hold accountable the person responsible for this crime»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«The F.D.I.C. brings this complaint to hold these highly paid senior executives, who were chiefly responsible for WaMu’s higher-risk home lending program, accountable for the resulting losses»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;«There will be proposals for ways to prevent these rare, devastating events and for holding responsible parties accountable»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2014-01-22T13:47:33.743" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1627" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-21T22:36:29.130" Score="8" ViewCount="23384" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi la diversificazione geografica &lt;em&gt;è un must&lt;/em&gt; per le imprese, non una semplice alternativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che &lt;em&gt;è un must&lt;/em&gt; sia un'espressione piuttosto comune, della quale sopra è riportato un esempio d'uso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome a me non piace, ho spesso cercato  locuzioni alternative quali &lt;em&gt;è un obbligo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;è un dovere&lt;/em&gt; e cosi via, ma ho l'mpressione che queste non 'suonino' fresche, dinamiche e leggere come l'originale inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credendo che non ci siano adeguate parole  italiane per sostituire &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt;, sono chedere se ne conoscete qualcuna latina che sia, pero, in uso relativamente corrente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato anche al tedesco 'diktat', in uso nell'italiano, ma non credo funzioni, e, comunque, non mi piace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-14T09:10:41.657" LastActivityDate="2017-12-14T09:11:25.977" Title="Espressioni alternative a 'è un must'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1627" CreationDate="2014-01-22T09:00:07.433" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe usare la traduzione &lt;em&gt;è un dovere&lt;/em&gt; ma, almeno alle mie orecchie, questa suona meno &quot;forte&quot; che l'originale inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'utilizzo di &lt;em&gt;è un obbligo&lt;/em&gt; è sicuramente più forte, ma aggiunge l'idea di un'imposizione ad es. rispetto ad una legge etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente ci sono altre possibili traduzioni ma direi che &lt;em&gt;è una [scelta/condizione/politica/...] irrinunciabile&lt;/em&gt; rende piuttosto bene il significato di &lt;em&gt;a must&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, volendo passare al latino, probabilmente si potrebbe usare &lt;em&gt;condicio sine qua non&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: come da suggerimento di randomatlabuser, &lt;em&gt;è un imperativo [categorico]&lt;/em&gt; è un'altra ottima soluzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="5" LastEditDate="2014-01-22T09:18:10.560" LastActivityDate="2014-01-22T09:18:10.560" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1627" CreationDate="2014-01-22T13:58:20.947" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io ho sempre visto l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;è un must&lt;/strong&gt; collocata in un contesto ben specifico. Lo codificherei con un'azione che dev'essere eseguita per fare le cose secondo i canoni di &lt;em&gt;best practices&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;seguendo un protocollo&lt;/em&gt;. Una condizione sine qua non la tua azione non arriverà facilmente agli standard di qualità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò detto, io utilizzerei vocaboli come &lt;em&gt;importante&lt;/em&gt; o addirittura &lt;em&gt;fondamentale&lt;/em&gt; a seconda del contesto e di che messaggio si vuole trasmettere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-14T09:11:25.977" LastActivityDate="2017-12-14T09:11:25.977" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1621" CreationDate="2014-01-22T14:54:05.323" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's very important to keep in mind here that Boeri writes about &lt;em&gt;political accountability&lt;/em&gt;, which has a specific definition: it is the accountability of the government, civil servants, and politicians to the public, i.e. to their voters. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esempio classico di responsabilità politica diffusa è quella dell’eletto nei confronti degli elettori: un giudizio negativo sull'operato del primo lo sottopone a critiche e gli fa perdere consenso tra i secondi, fino a pregiudicare la sua possibilità di rielezione. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Responsabilit%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wiki&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the political context, it's possible to talk about &quot;accountability&quot; in English without necessary adding the word &quot;political&quot;, because its modern usage is unmistakably different from the word &lt;em&gt;responsibility&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/responsabilita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;In Italian&lt;/a&gt;, however, the same word &quot;responsabilità&quot; is used in political, legal, and social context with an appropriate adjective, e.g., &lt;em&gt;responsabilità politica, responsabilità civile, responsabilità morale&lt;/em&gt;, etc. Moreover, within the &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Valutazione_delle_politiche_pubbliche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;public policy evaluation&lt;/a&gt; field, it's the rule for almost all languages to use the word &quot;accountability&quot; without translation.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So, since it's a commonly accepted term in politics and also because it'd be difficult to construct a short and meaningful sentence in Italian with a compound adjective (&lt;em&gt;Sono la componente meno responsabile politicamente del ceto politico&lt;/em&gt; - looks awful), it might be considered appropriate to use a borrowed English word in such cases to convey the meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2014-01-22T14:54:05.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1618" CreationDate="2014-01-22T16:02:42.743" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Puoi anche passare a una temporale: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;… tale sensazione viene meno &lt;em&gt;quando&lt;/em&gt; il lettore si addentra nell'opera e comincia a provare interesse per …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-12T17:08:08.713" LastActivityDate="2019-02-12T17:08:08.713" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1618" CreationDate="2014-01-22T17:29:53.800" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another possible alternative is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«… tale sensazione viene progressivamente meno all'addentrarsi del lettore nell'opera, cominciando questi a provare interesse per …»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«… tale sensazione viene progressivamente meno mentre il lettore si addentra nell'opera e comincia a provare interesse per …»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-01-22T17:29:53.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1627" CreationDate="2014-01-22T22:58:26.400" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alle alternative gia proposte, &lt;em&gt;&quot;è fondamentale&quot;&lt;/em&gt; ed &lt;em&gt;&quot;è imperativo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, che mi sembrano buone scelte, vorrei aggiungere &lt;em&gt;&quot;è d'obbligo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;È un obbligo&quot; da l'idea di qualche implicazione legale o regolamentaria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2014-01-22T22:58:26.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1613" CreationDate="2014-01-22T23:10:23.947" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'immaginario italiano, per parlare in spagnolo è sufficente mettere una &quot;S&quot; alla fine di tutte le parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi sorprenderebbe che questa fosse la ragione per cui le parole spagnole vengono prese in prestito al plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-03T15:39:19.340" LastActivityDate="2020-03-03T15:39:19.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1636" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1639" CreationDate="2014-01-23T18:39:26.437" Score="9" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra questi aggettivi numerali, usati per indicare un numero ordinale? Ovvero, quali sono le migliori indicazioni d'uso (quando usare una forma, e quando un'altra)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="139" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-01-23T23:15:21.470" LastActivityDate="2014-01-24T18:24:27.067" Title="&quot;diciannovesimo&quot; vs. &quot;decimonono&quot; vs. &quot;nonodecimo&quot;" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1637" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-24T06:51:11.563" Score="16" ViewCount="30679" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia madrelingua è l'inglese. Mentre imparavo italiano a scuola, avevo sempre sentito &quot;mi dispiace.&quot; Un giorno ho visto in un dizionario che &quot;spiace&quot; significa lo stesso che &quot;dispiace.&quot; A me &quot;mi spiace&quot; suona più bello, ma è usato in pratica? Ha un altro significato? Qual è più comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4" LastEditorUserId="1094" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2015-06-30T09:37:33.943" LastActivityDate="2018-01-08T11:29:31.423" Title="Differenza tra dispiace e spiace" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1637" CreationDate="2014-01-24T06:56:01.853" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;in un contesto più &quot;amichevole&quot; è utilizzato &quot;mi spiace&quot;, nel caso più &quot;formale&quot; dispiace. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma non c'è alcuna differenza fra i due, quindi se ti piace il verbo spiacere puoi usarlo senza problemi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="388" LastActivityDate="2014-01-24T06:56:01.853" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1636" CreationDate="2014-01-24T18:24:27.067" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Era un sistema comune nell'Ottocento, adesso ormai completamente abbandonato. Cito dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/aggettivi-numerali-ordinali_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, a cui rimando per ulteriori informazioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In riferimento ai secoli o al nome di sovrani e pontefici, talvolta si usa ancora (per i numeri superiori al decimo) il sistema di conteggio comune fino all’Ottocento, che consiste nel tenere separato l’aggettivo indicante la prima cifra da quello indicante la seconda (decimoprimo invece di undicesimo; ventesimoquinto invece di venticinquesimo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggigiorno è sempre preferibile l'utilizzo del suffisso sulla cifra complessiva, per esempio diacannovesimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2014-01-24T18:24:27.067" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1637" CreationDate="2014-01-26T09:50:25.963" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io userei &quot;mi spiace&quot; solo in un contesto formale (&quot;mi spiace, ma non è possibile cambiare modalità di pagamento dopo aver chiuso la transazione&quot;) mentre &quot;mi dispiace&quot; può essere usato in ogni contesto. Però ho appena consultato il De Mauro e non dà nessuna differenza pratica negli usi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-01-26T09:50:25.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1627" CreationDate="2014-01-27T16:58:14.357" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi la diversificazione geografica è un must per le imprese, non una semplice alternativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io userei &lt;em&gt;è irrinunciabile&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi la diversificazione geografica è irrinunciabile per le imprese, non una semplice alternativa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato poi che la frase afferma &quot;è questo e non è il contrario di questo&quot;, si può togliere la parte dopo la virgola senza alterare il significato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi la diversificazione geografica è irrinunciabile per le imprese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi sistemerei la forma per rendere la frase più lineare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per le imprese di oggi la diversificazione geografica è irrinunciabile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="227" LastActivityDate="2014-01-27T16:58:14.357" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1627" CreationDate="2014-01-27T21:47:27.713" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;È d'obbligo&quot;  é la espressione più usata in questa occasione &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="393" LastActivityDate="2014-01-27T21:47:27.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1644" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-01-28T08:04:05.693" Score="4" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un articolo di Michele Serra, noto per la rubrica 'L'Amaca', leggo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... se non &lt;em&gt;twitto&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;facebucco&lt;/em&gt; è perché mi pare di disturbare ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che 'io twitto, tu twitti, ...' sia ormai completamente accettabile, ma non avevo mai sentito 'io facebucco, tu facebucchi, ...'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, cosa ne pensate di questa frase: 'Se facebuccassimo potremmo conoscerci meglio'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-01-28T13:37:10.190" LastActivityDate="2014-01-28T13:46:19.963" Title="'Io facebucco', 'Tu facebucchi', 'Egli facebucca', and so on" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;&lt;borrowing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1644" CreationDate="2014-01-28T09:25:40.930" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che al di fuori dei lettori abituali di Michele Serra nessuno capirebbe! &#xA;Credo che questo sia un neologismo del giornalista limitato al suo articolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concordo che twittare sia abbastanza usato, ma d'altra parte potrebbe essere un calco dall'inglese &quot;to tweet&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://mashable.com/2009/06/11/twitter-ap-stylebook/&quot;&gt;http://mashable.com/2009/06/11/twitter-ap-stylebook/&lt;/a&gt;). &#xA;&quot;To facebook&quot;, invece, non esiste neppure in inglese, mentre l'azione di scrivere è &quot;to post&quot; (già italianizzata in &quot;postare&quot;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase di esempio potrebbe essere resa con &quot;se ci aggiungessimo tutti su facebook potremmo conoscerci meglio&quot; o qualcosa di simile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastActivityDate="2014-01-28T09:25:40.930" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1644" CreationDate="2014-01-28T11:24:21.300" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A parte che io non userei mai quel verbo e comunque preferirei la forma &quot;io feisbucco, tu feisbucchi&quot;, credo che in un contesto non formale l'espressione &quot;aggiorno il mio stato su Facebook&quot; sia troppo pesante, e inventarsi un verbo può essere utile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-01-28T11:24:21.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1644" CreationDate="2014-01-28T13:46:19.963" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trovo che sia un'“invenzione” normalissima, soprattutto nel linguaggio giornalistico, pubblicitario e in genere creativo, ma non solo. Anche se non quanto l'inglese (che può prendere virtualmente ogni sostantivo e usarlo come verbo), anche l'italiano è molto fertile da questo punto di vista: se domani qualcuno dice “pizziamo o cinemiamo?”, “non star sempre ad aifonare”, etc., la cosa può parere più o meno gradevole esteticamente, ma è perfettamente comprensibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Piuttosto, è interessante notare che questa fertilità è limitata alla prima coniugazione, mentre non esistono neologismi verbali recenti di altre coniugazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-01-28T13:46:19.963" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1612" CreationDate="2014-01-29T15:27:36.130" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente non utilizzato in Veneto, dove la forma più usata mi risulta essere &lt;em&gt;borsa&lt;/em&gt;, forse originariamente per ipercorrezione, né in Sardegna o in Calabria, dove si dice &lt;em&gt;busta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi mi pare rimangano piene di &lt;em&gt;sporte&lt;/em&gt; solo Toscana, Emilia-Romagna e Lombardia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="351" LastActivityDate="2014-01-29T15:27:36.130" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1521" CreationDate="2014-01-29T15:49:39.740" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I find most of these to be an accurate description of my hand gestures:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Part 1: &lt;a href=&quot;http://wannareadyou.com/assets/images/italiangestures1.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://wannareadyou.com/assets/images/italiangestures1.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Part 2: &lt;a href=&quot;http://laughterizer.weebly.com/uploads/5/0/9/8/5098219/9964033.jpg?644&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://laughterizer.weebly.com/uploads/5/0/9/8/5098219/9964033.jpg?644&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="351" LastActivityDate="2014-01-29T15:49:39.740" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1613" CreationDate="2014-01-30T04:52:23.007" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È semplicemente il modo in cui sono arrivate a noi. Ci sono certe parole che sono associate ad un contesto, e venendo usate sempre in quel contesto perdono la loro accezione di origine e vengono usate solo al plurale. Se la parola in questione è di origine straniera,  il discorso è uguale,  e non vale solo per lo spagnolo: pensa per esempio alla parola &quot;media&quot; (da mass media). Ha la terminazione del plurale (dal latino), e solo così viene usata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-03T15:38:47.090" LastActivityDate="2020-03-03T15:38:47.090" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1666" CreationDate="2014-01-31T09:50:12.007" Score="4" ViewCount="1237" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se compro un bene che si svaluta nel tempo, con l'intento di fare un investimento, quindi per guadagnarci rivendendolo ad un prezzo più alto, che tipo di investimento sto facendo? Come posso definire questo tipo di investimento con un termine tecnico in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Edit&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A seguito delle incomprensioni tenterò di chiarire meglio la domanda, fornendo un po' di contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In economia per investimento si intende l'attività finanziaria di un soggetto economico detto investitore atta all'incremento di beni capitali e l'acquisizione o creazione di nuove risorse da usare nel processo produttivo &lt;strong&gt;al fine ultimo di ottenere un maggior profitto futuro&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico stiamo parlando di &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;speculazioni&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;: compro un bene oggi per rivenderlo ad un prezzo più alto domani.&#xA;Ecco alcuni esempi: se negli anni '50 avessi comprato i campi dove verrà costruito l'EXPO di Milano adesso li avrei potuti rivendere ad un prezzo molto, molto più alto del loro valore iniziale. Altri esempi: se avessi comprato i quadri di Van Gogh quando era sconosciuto o la prima edizione de &amp;quot;Il piccolo principe&amp;quot;, in tutti questi casi avrei fatto un &lt;strong&gt;investimento su di un bene che acquista valore nel tempo&lt;/strong&gt;.&#xA;Come posso definire con un termine tecnico un investimento su di un bene che invece perde valore nel tempo? Per esempio se acquistassi quaranta iMac o quaranta Panda da rivendere fra dieci anni o una casa (sempre per rivenderla) su un terreno adiacente ad uno dove verrà costruita una discarica. Certamente sto facendo un pessimo investimento, questo è tuttavia legato al fatto che l'oggetto che sto acquistando perderà il suo valore nel tempo invece di acquistarlo come vorrei. Ipotizziamo che io voglia avvisare un mio cliente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« Non le conviene comprare quaranta iMac adesso per rivenderli fra dieci anni perché, fra dieci anni, saranno obsoleti. Farebbe un pessimo investimento su dei beni che perdono valore nel tempo: quello che in gergo viene chiamato … »&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-02-03T02:49:13.220" Title="Come si chiama un investimento su di un bene che perde valore nel tempo?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1651" CreationDate="2014-01-31T11:52:48.973" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La domanda dà adito ad ambiguità: i beni materiali normalmente si svalutano nel tempo, quindi è difficile trovare un termine per descrivere questa situazione ordinaria.&#xA;In questo caso si parla di investimenti reali o &lt;em&gt;produttivi&lt;/em&gt;, che comprendono anche l'assumere persone, ad esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi ci sono gli investimenti &lt;em&gt;commerciali&lt;/em&gt; in cui si compra un bene rale unicamente per rivenderlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse ti riferisci agli investimenti &lt;em&gt;finanziari&lt;/em&gt;, ad esempio investimenti azionari (azioni) o finanziari in genere (finanza derivata, obbligazioni e altro).&#xA;In questo caso non è corretto dire che si svaluta. Tale termine è associato ai beni materiali (che come detto si svalutano tutti).&#xA;Altri termini che potrebbero andare, se vuoi riferirti agli investimenti finanziari, potrebbero essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;infruttuoso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;improduttivo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sbagliato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a perdere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;svantaggioso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, tanto per dare una breve visione della complessità che si può nascondere dietro alla domanda generica che hai posto, bisognerebbe capire cosa intendi quando dici &quot;si svaluta&quot;.&#xA;La svalutazione è infatti definita rispetto a dei parametri: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;si può svalutare rispetto al &lt;em&gt;tempo&lt;/em&gt;, quando qualcosa che hai comprato oggi a &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; domani vale &lt;code&gt;X-1&lt;/code&gt;; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;si può svalutare rispetto &lt;em&gt;all'inflazione&lt;/em&gt; (ovvero, il valore assoluto del bene aumenta da &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; a &lt;code&gt;X+1&lt;/code&gt;, ma se l'inflazione passa da &lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt; a &lt;em&gt;X+100&lt;/em&gt; si è comunque subita una perdita); &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;al tasso di cambio (nella tua valuta potrebbe passare da &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; a &lt;code&gt;X-1&lt;/code&gt;, ma se la valuta aumenta di valore rispetto ad un'altra allora sei comunque in una situazione vantaggiosa);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;rispetto ad altri beni (potrebbe essere che il valore delle tue azioni, ad esempio, passa da &lt;code&gt;X&lt;/code&gt; a &lt;code&gt;X-1&lt;/code&gt;, ma poiché tutti le altre hanno subito un tracollo, la tua situazione è comunque vantaggiosa) .&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancora una volta il signor Treccani ci viene in aiuto con la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/investimento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;definizione di investimento&lt;/a&gt;:  il termine che cerchi tu è probabilmente &lt;strong&gt;I. IMPRODUTTIVO&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-01-31T16:38:33.137" LastActivityDate="2014-01-31T16:38:33.137" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1611" CreationDate="2014-01-31T12:38:27.990" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a fact that in the Italian language the verb &quot;adorare&quot; is used mainly when referring to God, or a deity in general.&#xA;With the same meaning it can be used when referring to a person of the opposite sex, used as an equivalent of &quot;to love&quot; with an hyperbolic meaning (like &quot;I love my wife like if she was a goddess&quot; = &quot;I adore my wife&quot;, in Italian &quot;amo mia moglie come una dea&quot; = &quot;adoro mia moglie&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other way of using the verb is uncommon, and therefore using it while speaking conveys the message that the speaker is either a very cultivated person or tries to talk with refined expressions which the speaker learned from some source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Matteo Italia said, the verb is widely used for stereotypical male homosexual fictional characters, and trying to talk imitating those will convey the message that you want to be identified as a gay person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular referring to some common clothing with the verb &quot;adorare&quot;, which gives a divine meaning to the object, explains the importance the speaker gives to clothing, which is culturally more common for Italian females than for Italian males.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T11:56:12.240" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T11:56:12.240" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1651" CreationDate="2014-01-31T20:36:18.433" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se capisco il senso della domanda, al di là della ineccepibile risposta di @Daniele, penso che la parola corretta sia &amp;quot;fregatura&amp;quot; o, quale alternativa piuttosto volgare, &amp;quot;inculata&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono rovinato; l'investimento presso di loro è stata una vera &amp;quot;fregatura&amp;quot;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cazzo che &amp;quot;inculata&amp;quot; quell'investimento in borsa! Mi hanno tolto anche le mutande, maremma maiala!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si noti che il secondo esempio deve essere evitato in conversazioni formali; e sebbene il primo sia accettabile, se chi ascolta è istruito penserà di essere di fronte ad un ignorante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così, lì, se si vogliono evitare cattive figure, è prudente usare &amp;quot;cantonata&amp;quot; piuttosto che &amp;quot;fregatura&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perbacco, che &amp;quot;cantonata&amp;quot; quell'investimento!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-01-31T22:15:41.757" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1655" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-01T00:44:12.067" Score="5" ViewCount="5106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spesso sento dire 'di questi tempi non ci si può lamentare'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dire perché si usa 'di' piuttosto che 'in'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-04T15:40:49.887" LastActivityDate="2015-05-04T16:57:11.853" Title="'di questi tempi' o 'in questi tempi' e perché?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1656" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1658" CreationDate="2014-02-01T08:36:33.193" Score="14" ViewCount="10031" Body="&lt;p&gt;I sometimes guess the meaning in some uses of the Italian &amp;quot;mica&amp;quot; adverb, but I don't know how to exactly translate it into English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's consider these examples from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mica1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è mica vero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono cose vere, mica fantasie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mica male questa bistecca!;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non mica un dio Selvaggio o de la plebe de gli dèi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the proper equivalent for &amp;quot;mica&amp;quot; in all these? The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/translate/italian-english/mica?q=mica#mica_2&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Oxford dictionary&lt;/a&gt; has only 2 of these uses and are translated by &amp;quot;not bad&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;not at all&amp;quot;. I usually avoid translating it, but if I have to I just use &amp;quot;really&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="281" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-20T20:03:09.397" Title="How should I translate &quot;mica&quot; adverb into English?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1656" CreationDate="2014-02-01T09:54:43.377" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;First off, don't use 'mica', which trivializes any assertion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non è mica vero&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;non è affatto vero&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  sono cose vere, mica fantasie!&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;sono cose vere, per nulla fantasie&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  mica male questa bistecca!&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;non male questa bistecca!&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  non mica un dio Selvaggio o de la plebe de gli dèi&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;non affatto un dio Selvaggio o de la plebe ...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said in the comments, use &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;not really&lt;/em&gt;, to translate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="1267" LastEditDate="2015-02-27T21:20:21.030" LastActivityDate="2015-02-27T21:20:21.030" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1656" CreationDate="2014-02-01T11:30:38.073" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't a proper translation. The translation changes depending on the context in which it is used, keep in mind that it is a negation, also used to form rhetorical questions or a reinforcement (I prefer to call it &amp;quot;modulator&amp;quot;) of denial. To translate that, in terms of meaning, you can use many adverbs or sentence structures. As far as I know, there are no words in English that also have the informal connotation of  &amp;quot;mica&amp;quot; and its &amp;quot;rhetorical value&amp;quot;.&#xA;Let's start with easy examples of how to modulate the negation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non glielo dico mica! | (Surely) I'm not going to tell him about that!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco mica la tua domanda. |  I don't understand &lt;strong&gt;at all&lt;/strong&gt; your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mica male! | Not bad! (In this case maybe you could use &amp;quot;Quite good!&amp;quot;, or I found this translation &amp;quot;It’s not hardly that bad.&amp;quot; too.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mica male questa domanda. | Not bad this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;mica&amp;quot; can be used in the context of fear that something that we don't want is happening, hoping for a negative answer fearing for an affirmative one. Read these examples (the translation is quite hard so don't take it as good ones): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi denuncerà mica per questo? | He won't sue me for that, will he?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non si sarà mica fatto male! | He wouldn't hurt himself, has he?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sarà mica partito senza il casco! | I hope that he has not left without his helmet!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the next are more difficult to understand because there is the rethorical meaning, this first one suppose that we take into account the possibility of a negative answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hai mica una sigaretta? | by any chance would you have a cigarette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sense you should try to convey is that the person who is using &amp;quot;mica&amp;quot; knows that the person is talking with thought a determinate things that it isn't true.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non voglio mica fregarti! | (I know that you think so) but I really don't want to rip you off!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For me even this one have this sense:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non gli credo mica! | I don't believe him at all!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fun fact&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google translate&lt;/strong&gt; doesn't translate &lt;strong&gt;mica&lt;/strong&gt; because it is common only in spoken Italian while Google mainly uses books and written material to translate texts!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;References&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://robinonawire.wordpress.com/2012/01/01/mica-how-to-use-it/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://robinonawire.wordpress.com/2012/01/01/mica-how-to-use-it/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/mica&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/mica&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-23T10:20:34.980" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1651" CreationDate="2014-02-02T12:49:30.943" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A seguito dei chiarimenti apportati al testo della domanda, rimuovo il contenuto della mia risposta precedente e ne tento una nuova. Ho anche rimosso vari commenti precedenti che mi sembra non siano più utili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se l'esito disastroso dell'investimento è facilmente prevedibile si può parlare semplicemente di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cattivo investimento (bad investment)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;investimento suicida (suicidal investment)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In caso opposto si può parlare di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;investimento fallimentare (unsuccessful investment)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;investimento infruttuoso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-02-02T17:52:11.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1660" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-02T18:36:01.653" Score="13" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;Within the context of &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1644/io-facebucco-tu-facebucchi-egli-facebucca-and-so-on&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt; an interesting question has emerged: which is the most recent Italian verb that doesn't belong to the first conjugation (i.e., not ending in &lt;em&gt;-are&lt;/em&gt;)? In fact, all recent neologisms are in &lt;em&gt;-are&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;formattare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;masterizzare&lt;/em&gt;, but also, say, &lt;em&gt;allunare&lt;/em&gt; (1961) or &lt;em&gt;ammarare&lt;/em&gt; (1918).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It would be probably easy to find the answer if a vocabulary giving the earliest occurrence of each word were available in a format suitable to do custom searches.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-02-16T01:01:26.733" Title="Most recent non-first conjugation Italian verb" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1611" CreationDate="2014-02-02T18:46:39.397" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adjective &lt;em&gt;adorabile&lt;/em&gt; in Italian is used only to refer to something really nice or lovely, but, for what concerns my experience, in nowadays language the adjective hasn't any reference to God, while the verb &lt;em&gt;adorare&lt;/em&gt; can in fact be used for God in the sense of &lt;em&gt;venerare&lt;/em&gt; (to worship) AND  in the sense of &lt;em&gt;piacere&lt;/em&gt; (to adore)for material things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In answer to your question, I think &lt;em&gt;adorabile&lt;/em&gt; is used almost only by women, and no exceptions has come to my mind. Men tend to use other expressions, like &lt;em&gt;fantastico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;carino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;perfetto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;forte&lt;/em&gt;, depending on the context. I notice that these expressions are less strong than &lt;em&gt;adorabile&lt;/em&gt;. For instance, a woman might say '' questa macchina è adorabile! '' whereas a man just can't say it. '' Questa macchina è forte!'' would be a good alternative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user413" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2014-02-02T20:46:12.447" LastActivityDate="2014-02-02T20:46:12.447" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1662" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1710" CreationDate="2014-02-02T21:06:38.383" Score="2" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just saw a tweet saying,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un dialogo tra due delle &lt;em&gt;twittere&lt;/em&gt; più divertenti che conosco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;twittere&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;twittero&lt;/em&gt; a word being normally used? It sounds right due to assonance with &lt;em&gt;quacchere&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;quacchero&lt;/em&gt;, but what do you think of?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2014-02-23T11:50:23.323" Title="'twittero' or 'twitteratore' when one is great a user on Twitter" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1662" CreationDate="2014-02-03T01:17:29.840" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not :) &#xA;We use &quot;utente di twitter&quot; (sing. - en. twitter user) and in that case we would use &quot;un dialogo tra due delle utenti di twitter più divertenti che conosco&quot; or &quot;un dialogo tra due delle utenti di twitter più divertenti che io conosca&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user415" LastActivityDate="2014-02-03T01:17:29.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1662" CreationDate="2014-02-03T01:44:33.203" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/neologismi/searchNeologismi.jsp?abcd=abdc&amp;amp;pathFile=/sites/default/BancaDati/Osservatorio_della_Lingua_Italiana/Maggio_2012/twittatore.xml&amp;amp;lettera=T&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;twittatore/twittatrice&lt;/a&gt;&quot; for &quot;utente di Twitter&quot;. So &quot;bravo/a twittatore/twittatrice&quot; for &quot;bravo/a utente di Twitter&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-02-03T01:44:33.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1539" CreationDate="2014-02-03T01:45:55.673" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per amore di correttezza, i puntini di sospensione vanno messi senza essere preceduti da uno spazio, a gruppi da tre e con uno spazio dopo la sospensione. Se dopo la sospensione, all'interno della parentesi, avessi intenzione di proseguire il discorso, allora devi farlo mettendo la lettera maiuscola alla prima parola di questa nuova frase. &#xA;Spesso nelle pubblicazioni scientifiche vengono usati per indicare elenchi circoscritti anche da virgole, ad es: (1, 2, 3, ... , 10).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso, credo che difficilmente qualcuno in Italia considererebbe errore l'uso dello spazio prima dei punti di sospensione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user415" LastActivityDate="2014-02-03T01:45:55.673" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1651" CreationDate="2014-02-03T01:59:50.423" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un investimento che perde valore nel tempo (a causa del tempo e/o del progresso tecnologico) si definisce come un investimento &quot;che soffre di obsolescenza&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un investimento, di per se e senza alcun appellativo, presuppone che tu lo stia facendo a fini lucrativi. In genere se non sono presenti fini lucrativi viene specificato (ad. es. &quot;è un investimento per l'umanità&quot;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se parli nello specifico di un investimento in cui vuoi guadagnare rivendendolo ad un prezzo più alto, allora tecnicamente è un investimento in cui tu vuoi guadagnare &quot;in conto capitale&quot; o più semplicemente &quot;sulla differenza tra il valore di mercato ed il prezzo d'acquisto (o valore storico)&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user415" LastEditorDisplayName="user415" LastEditDate="2014-02-03T02:49:13.220" LastActivityDate="2014-02-03T02:49:13.220" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1667" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-03T11:45:22.567" Score="5" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Premessa&lt;/strong&gt;: non intendo entrare nel merito &lt;em&gt;del contenuto&lt;/em&gt; del tweet di Claudio Messora:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cara Laura, volevo tranquillizzarti.. anche se noi&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  del blog di Grillo fossimo tutti potenziali stupratori,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...tu non corri nessun rischio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non entro nemmeno nel merito della punteggiatura piuttosto ardita: vorrei invece soffermarmi sulla consecutio temporum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano standard ci sarebbe voluto un condizionale: &quot;tu non &lt;strong&gt;correresti&lt;/strong&gt; nessun rischio&quot;, e su questo direi non ci sono dubbi. Ma in un italiano colloquiale potrebbe avere senso un indicativo, immaginando una frase come &quot;non corri alcun rischio, [e non lo correresti ne]anche se...&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-02-13T19:21:13.077" LastActivityDate="2014-02-13T19:21:13.077" Title="Consecutio implicita" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1655" CreationDate="2014-02-03T18:25:21.543" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che entrambi i modi siano corretti, solo che in genere &quot;in questi tempi&quot; è seguito da una parola che ne connota meglio il significato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;1) &quot;In questi tempi difficili non ci si può lamentare&quot; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;2) &quot;In questi ultimi tempi [..]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user415" LastActivityDate="2014-02-03T18:25:21.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1660" CreationDate="2014-02-03T23:46:48.267" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure this is the most recent, however of course any answer is going to be obsolete soon, but I can think of &lt;em&gt;perplimere&lt;/em&gt;, which is a &quot;made-up&quot; infinitive of the adjective, with past principle form, &lt;em&gt;perplesso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a made up verb, last time I looked up the Latin form &lt;em&gt;perplexus, -a, um&lt;/em&gt; it did not have a corresponding verb form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2014-02-03T23:46:48.267" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1660" CreationDate="2014-02-04T08:02:41.363" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;'to scan': io utilizzo 'scansire'. lo trovo più elegante di 'scannerizzare' o del piu truce 'scannare' che comunque ogni tanto mi capita di sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="358" LastActivityDate="2014-02-04T08:02:41.363" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1673" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-04T21:16:35.183" Score="12" ViewCount="444" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;&quot;novecentonovantanovemilanovecentonovantanove&quot;&lt;/em&gt; one word? (That's what &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/numerali-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; seems to suggest, mentioning for example the number &lt;em&gt;&quot;seicentocinquantaquattromilatrecentoventuno&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. 654321).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or should it be &lt;em&gt;&quot;novecentonovantanovemila novecentonovantanove&quot;&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or &lt;em&gt;&quot;novecento novantanove mila novecento novantanove&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (seriously?)? Or in a still different way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any agreement at all among linguists regarding rules for writing number words in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the longest single-word number in Italian, agreed upon by linguists/dictionaries? &lt;em&gt;&quot;Quattrocentoquarantaquattromilaquattrocentoquarantaquattro&quot;&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;em&gt;&quot;quattrocentoquarantaquattromilaquattrocentoquarantaquattro&quot;&lt;/em&gt; would beat &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/precipitevolissimevolmente/&quot;&gt;precipitevolissimevolmente&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt; 58-26 in terms of number of characters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@egreg&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/centomila/&quot;&gt;Centomila&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is one word, it is a cardinal numeral adjective; &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/milione/&quot;&gt;un milione&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is made of two words: &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/uno/&quot;&gt;un&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/articoli-indeterminativi_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot;&gt;masculine indeterminative article&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/milione/&quot;&gt;milione&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, masculine noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You say &quot;centomila unità&quot; but &quot;un milione &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; unità&quot; (not &quot;unmilione unità&quot;). Not quite the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that 999999 can also be seen as 11110100001000111111 in the binary system, i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2&lt;sup&gt;19&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;18&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;17&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;16&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;14&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;9&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; + 2&lt;sup&gt;0&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, by setting &lt;code&gt;b = 2&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 · b&lt;sup&gt;19&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;18&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;17&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;16&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;15&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;14&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;13&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;12&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;11&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;10&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;9&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;8&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;7&lt;/sup&gt; + 0 · b&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; + 1 · b&lt;sup&gt;0&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but my understanding is that these are mathematical representations, not words as used in linguistics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tutt-al-piu/&quot;&gt;tutt'al più&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, this is a &quot;locuzione&quot; (which is made of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/locuzione_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot;&gt;at least two words&lt;/a&gt;) while &lt;em&gt;&quot;tuttalpiù&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is one word (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tutt-al-piu/&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/T/tuttalpiu.shtml&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/unite-separate&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;). Of course these are all linguistic conventions, not laws of nature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-02-05T17:03:54.577" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T23:34:02.820" Title="Is novecentonovantanovemilanovecentonovantanove one word?" Tags="&lt;numbers&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1674" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-04T22:42:46.533" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sapreste dire se è corretto usare l’articolo davanti ai nomi propri (grammaticalmente parlando)? Per citare qualche esempio: &lt;em&gt;la Maria, la Giuseppina, la Stefania&lt;/em&gt; . E nei cognomi come ad esempio: &lt;em&gt;l'Alighieri&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="139" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-12-29T09:28:01.893" LastActivityDate="2014-12-29T09:28:01.893" Title="Articolo con i nomi propri: sì o no?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2014-02-04T23:46:20.563" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1667" CreationDate="2014-02-05T02:15:11.017" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso l'indicativo è corretto. L'idea è: &quot;ti tranquillizzo, tu non corri alcun rischio. E non lo correresti neanche se fossimo stupratori. &quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la frase principale è proprio &quot;tu non corri alcun rischio&quot;, ed effettivamente il messaggio principale del tweet è ivi contenuto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con il congiuntivo cambia la frase principale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastActivityDate="2014-02-05T02:15:11.017" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1673" CreationDate="2014-02-05T11:51:32.573" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think it is &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; word, but, to begin with, we should agree on the definition of what a word is. Just to make an example from the opposite side, is &lt;em&gt;tutt'al più&lt;/em&gt; one word or three? In my opinion this is &lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt; word that's written in a peculiar way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To come to numerals, think to &lt;em&gt;unmilione&lt;/em&gt; that would be so written on a check because of legal matters (well, € 1 000 000 would be quite an amount), but in a novel one would write &lt;em&gt;un milione di euro&lt;/em&gt;. Is it one word, now?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I often present Mark Twain's&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Constantinopolitanischerdudelsackspfeifenmachersgesellschaft&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;asking whether it is a word or not. In order to be a word, it should have a meaning: can you assign one? Or is &lt;em&gt;vorpale&lt;/em&gt; a word? It appears in an Italian translation of Carrol's &lt;em&gt;Jabberwocky&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;vorpal&lt;/em&gt; in the original). Does the presence in a written text guarantee this cluster of letters the status of word? Is &lt;em&gt;ilprogrammadicuinonmenzionomaiilnome&lt;/em&gt; one word? Who knows me clearly understands what computer program I'm referring to, but is that a word or many?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We might argue that 999999 is one word because of how it's written. On the other hand, this might be considered just an acronym like СССР, where the three initial letter represent &lt;em&gt;different&lt;/em&gt; values:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Союз Советских Социалистических Республик&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which are four distinct words. Note that, mathematically, 999999 &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; an acronym, because it stands for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;9 + 9 · &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; + 9 · &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; + 9 · &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;&#xA;  + 9 · &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; + 9 · &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt; + 9 · &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;ten&lt;/em&gt;. Is it a word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-02-05T11:51:32.573" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1678" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-06T01:20:06.850" Score="0" ViewCount="358" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dopo che Davide Serra, Founder &amp;amp; CEO Algebris investments | Asset Manager focused Global Financials / Equity and Credit / UK-USA-Singapore, nonché noto consigliere economico, ha usato la parola 'sabotaggia', potrebbe questa diventare una parola di uso corrente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://pbs.twimg.com/media/BfbSfoFIQAAqrfn.jpg&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho notato che qualcuno ha commentato 'Da &quot;attenzionare&quot; a &quot;sabotaggia&quot; il passo è breve, ma la caduta rovinosa'. Cosa ne pensate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2014-02-07T20:50:52.497" Title="'Da &quot;attenzionare&quot; a &quot;sabotaggia&quot; il passo è breve, ma la caduta rovinosa'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1667" CreationDate="2014-02-06T17:44:01.367" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono d'accordo con Gianni: per me è un anacoluto. I puntini fanno da separatore e allo stesso tempo cerniera tra due &quot;mondi&quot; diversi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2014-02-06T17:44:01.367" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1678" CreationDate="2014-02-06T19:32:56.990" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il testo ha vari errori grammaticali (mancano articoli ed accenti, il doppio &quot;e&quot; suona malissimo), non credo che dovrebbe essere preso come spunto da nessuno per coniare parole nuove.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attenzionare mi sembra bruttissimo, però ha una funzione e un origine differenti a parer mio.&#xA;- La forma verbale di &quot;attenzione&quot; non esiste, quidi attenzionare potrebbe colmare una necessità verbale.&#xA;- Sabotaggio ha già una forma verbale corretta che è tra l'altro esteticamente migliore.&#xA;- Sabotaggio-Sabotare viene dal francese Sabotage-saboter, la parola entrò nella lingua italiana circa 200 anni fa. Sembra improbabile una involuzione del lessico dopo tanto tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-02-07T20:50:52.497" LastActivityDate="2014-02-07T20:50:52.497" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1682" CreationDate="2014-02-07T19:47:55.957" Score="12" ViewCount="420" Body="&lt;p&gt;When parents arrange a time for their children to meet and play, in English that is called a &lt;em&gt;&quot;playdate&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;play date&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Is there an equivalent &lt;em&gt;lemma&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;locuzione&lt;/em&gt; in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would find natural to say &lt;em&gt;&quot;appuntamento per giocare&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;appuntamento per far giocare i bambini&quot;&lt;/em&gt; which do not sound very fresh though, to me they sound slow and tedious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hint?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T00:22:19.907" Title="Playdate in Italian" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1681" CreationDate="2014-02-08T09:26:08.097" Score="22" Body="&lt;p&gt;The basic fact is that there is not even an exact correspondence between the English word “date” (in the present meaning) and any Italian word. One of the nearest is &lt;em&gt;appuntamento&lt;/em&gt;, but you can have an &lt;em&gt;appuntamento&lt;/em&gt; with a friend, with the dentist, and so on, while talking about a date involves explicitly a romantic interest, to the point that a couple might try to ascertain whether a meeting they had was, or not, a date.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In Italian you have to use a periphrasis, perhaps involving &lt;em&gt;vedersi&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;uscire insieme&lt;/em&gt; (or something completely different to the same effect). There is no one-to-one correspondence between the words of different languages.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So, for our “playdate”, depending on the context it appears in, I would probably express it with a phrase with a completely different structure, about, say, «&lt;em&gt;portarli a giocare con gli amichetti&lt;/em&gt;», «&lt;em&gt;far venire gli amichetti a casa&lt;/em&gt;» or, often, something involving a &lt;em&gt;merenda&lt;/em&gt; or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-08-30T00:22:19.907" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T00:22:19.907" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1684" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-11T00:19:39.107" Score="10" ViewCount="316" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conosco che alcuni parole, come &amp;quot;dito&amp;quot;, che hanno due forme (&amp;quot;dito&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dita&amp;quot;) e due significati: possono avere due articoli determinativi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la dita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il dita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="134" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-03-05T17:31:51.723" Title="Can a noun have two definite articles?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1684" CreationDate="2014-02-11T00:30:56.697" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Correggo innanzitutto la tua domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so che alcune parole, come dita, hanno due forme, dita e dito, e due significati. Ma può una sola parola avere due articoli determinativi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In più ti rispondo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo determinativo dipende da come inizia una parola, non dalla sua terminazione. Tra singolare e plurale cambia solo la terminazione, quindi, se anche la parola ha due significati diversi tra singolare e plurale, l'articolo è lo stesso (opportunamente declinato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono casi dove l'articolo e il significato cambiano per il genere;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il boa / la boa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La boa:&lt;/strong&gt; buoy, anchored float used as a guide to navigators.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il boa:&lt;/strong&gt; boa constrictor, species of snake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui l'articolo cambia, in quanto cambia il genere della parola, e a seconda dell'articolo assume due significati molto differenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho risolto il tuo dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-03-05T17:31:51.723" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1667" CreationDate="2014-02-11T09:07:52.693" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alzi le vele omai la navicella del nostro ingegno (cit.) e concentriamoci per un momento su un illustre periodo ipotetico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«State contenti, umana gente, al quia;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ché, se possuto aveste veder tutto,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mestier non era parturir Maria.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Dante Alighieri, La Divina Commedia - Purgatorio III, 37-39)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E la perifrasi è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Umani, aggrappatevi con forza ai fatti per quel che sono;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perché, se aveste potuto veder tutto [e questa è la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/protasi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;protasi&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;era&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; necessario che Maria partorisse [e questa è l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/apodosi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;apodosi&lt;/a&gt;].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È la «protasi di un'ipotetica irreale […] ma apodosi agganciata a fatto realmente avvenuto [sic!]» (Dante Alighieri, La Divina Commedia - Purgatorio, a cura di Daniele Mattalia, BUR 2009).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè mentre la subordinata ipotetica è chiaramente irreale (--&amp;gt; non possiam veder tutto), la reggente è reale perché Maria ha davvero partorito; quindi, l'apodosi richiede l'indicativo - o vogliamo forse metter in dubbio il fatto (quia!) che, invece, conosciamo con certezza per verità rivelata? Non sia mai!, sottointende il Poeta …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/periodo-ipotetico_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, questa forma è attestata «nell'italiano letterario dei primi secoli»; ed è «perno del sistema substandard dell’italiano d’oggi» …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-02-11T09:07:52.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1687" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-11T09:13:21.120" Score="2" ViewCount="2291" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a Russian boy and my grandfather was Italian and I've always wished to learn his mother language. I've tried so many times to learn Italian, but its grammar is so difficult to grasp for me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After seeing the advices of Tim Ferriss at ted in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iPE2_iCCo0w&amp;amp;feature=youtu.be&amp;amp;t=6m38s&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;video&lt;/a&gt; I've decided to try it again. Can you help me with translation in Italian of the following 13 short sentences? Also, can you specify which are the grammar rules to apply for each sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The apple is red.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It is John's apple.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I give John the apple.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;We give him the apple.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;He gives it to John.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;She gives it to him.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is the apple red.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The apples are red.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I must give it to him.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I want to give it to her.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I'm going to know tomorrow.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I can't eat the apple.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I have eaten the apple.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="424" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-22T07:17:01.027" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T07:17:01.027" Title="Some basic translations" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1687" CreationDate="2014-02-11T09:28:47.173" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The apple is red.        La mela è rossa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is John's apple.      È la mela di John&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I give John the apple.   Do la mela a John.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We give him the apple.   Gli diamo la mela&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He gives it to John.     La dà a John&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;She gives it to him.     La dà a lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the apple red?        La mela è rossa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The apples are red.      Le mele sono rosse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I must give it to him.   Devo darla a lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to give it to her.    Voglio darla a lei&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm going to know tomorrow.  Lo saprò domani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't eat the apple.       Non posso mangiare la mela.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have eaten the apple.      Ho mangiato la mela.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those are not literal translations. There is not correspondence univocally and the translation depends on the contests. About grammar: ask something more specific. There are a lot of rules to know and I don't know your level.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-02-11T09:50:51.483" LastActivityDate="2014-02-11T09:50:51.483" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1684" CreationDate="2014-02-11T10:08:35.623" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano ogni nome appartiene a un genere, maschile o femminile. Alcuni nomi cambiano genere passando dal singolare al plurale, l'esempio più famoso è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;il carcere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le carceri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e &lt;em&gt;i carceri&lt;/em&gt; non è comunemente accettato. Più frequente è il doppio genere al plurale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il braccio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le braccia&lt;/em&gt; (del corpo), &lt;em&gt;i bracci&lt;/em&gt; (in senso figurato);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il dito&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le dita&lt;/em&gt; (della mano), &lt;em&gt;i diti&lt;/em&gt; (in senso collettivo);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il muro&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i muri&lt;/em&gt; (in senso proprio), &lt;em&gt;le mura&lt;/em&gt; della città.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono vari altri esempi. Una parola che può avere “doppio genere” è &lt;em&gt;fila&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la fila&lt;/em&gt; è quella che si fa all'ufficio postale; oppure &lt;em&gt;la fila indiana&lt;/em&gt; quando si cammina uno dietro l'altro;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;le fila&lt;/em&gt; è il plurale di &lt;em&gt;filo&lt;/em&gt; in senso figurato: si dice &lt;em&gt;i fili del telefono&lt;/em&gt;, ma &lt;em&gt;le fila della congiura&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &lt;em&gt;le fila&lt;/em&gt; è proprio il plurale di &lt;em&gt;filo&lt;/em&gt;, perché si pensa alla congiura come “trama di un tessuto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-02-11T10:08:35.623" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1690" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1692" CreationDate="2014-02-11T14:45:22.617" Score="5" ViewCount="1099" Body="&lt;p&gt;A friend of mine has been reading up about a durum wheat variety called &quot;&lt;em&gt;tumminia&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. He wrote about it &lt;a href=&quot;http://agro.biodiver.se/2014/02/let-there-always-be-pane-nero-di-castelvetrano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &lt;em&gt;tumminia&lt;/em&gt; have any meaning that might help us to understand the background of this wheat variety?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="425" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-05T16:38:24.113" LastActivityDate="2014-03-05T16:38:24.113" Title="Does the word &quot;tumminia&quot; have a meaning?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1690" CreationDate="2014-02-11T15:33:28.787" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Palermo my parents-in-law often buy &lt;em&gt;pane di tumminìa&lt;/em&gt; (tumminia bread), which they also call &lt;em&gt;pane di farina di tumminìa&lt;/em&gt; (tumminia wheat bread).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia says (in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tumminia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;disambiguation page&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tumminìa - cultivar di grano siciliano a maturazione trimestrale (dal&#xA;  greco τρεσ μηναιός), con il quale si prepara il pane nero di&#xA;  Castelvetrano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tumminia - a cultivar of Sicilian wheat that ripens in three months (from&#xA;  Greek τρεσ μηναιός), used in the preparation of the black bread of&#xA;  Castelvetrano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's rather common for words which are peculiar to the Sicilian dialect(s) to derive from Greek. I'm not able to check the Greek above, and I could not find a reliable confirmation of this etymology, but from what I can tell the phonological distance from Latin (&quot;tres menses&quot;) would only be slightly greater. Apparently, alternative spellings are &lt;em&gt;timminia&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;trimminia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The family name &lt;em&gt;Tumminia&lt;/em&gt; occurs mainly in Palermo and in the surroundings of Castelvetrano, as you can see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gens.info/italia/it/turismo-viaggi-e-tradizioni-italia?cognome=tumminia&amp;amp;x=0&amp;amp;y=0#.UvtqzbSn6vw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Sicilian family names are often locality names (and do not denote Jewish origin as in most of Italy), but this is not the case here, since there is no locality by this name. I presume it to be an occupational surname.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I got the following information from my father-in-law:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tumminia wheat (&lt;em&gt;furmentu di tumminìa&lt;/em&gt; in Sicilian) is also called &lt;em&gt;timilìa&lt;/em&gt;, although he thinks that few people know this. He did not mention neither &lt;em&gt;timminìa&lt;/em&gt; nor &lt;em&gt;trimminìa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tùmmino&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;tùmminu&lt;/em&gt; (I'm always adding accents for clarity - they are not wrong but usually not written) means two things in Sicilian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ettaro#Equivalenze_con_altre_unit.C3.A0_di_misura_utilizzate_in_Italia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;measure of land area&lt;/a&gt;, called &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tomolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;tomolo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;tumulo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in Italian&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.trapanisiannu.it/anticosistemametricosiculo.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;measure of weight&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I observed that the alternative name &lt;em&gt;timilìa&lt;/em&gt; appears to confirm the possible derivation from the pair &lt;em&gt;tumminu&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tomolo&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;tumulo&lt;/em&gt;), he was skeptical, but to me his skepticism is a further confirmation that there is no artificial derivation going on here. I think that the derivation from Greek may well have been made up recently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He explained to me that tumminia wheat used to be grown when it was clear that a crop of regular wheat was lost for some reason, because it would still be harvested in time (because of its fast ripening). The downside is its low production, but it has upsides too, like, when turned into tumminia bread, also called Castelvetrano bread in Palermo, its peculiar taste and its preservability.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, &lt;em&gt;furmentu di tumminìa&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;could&lt;/strong&gt; mean something like &quot;wheat of fielding&quot; (I'm inventing &lt;em&gt;fielding&lt;/em&gt; here, in the sense of &quot;using the field in another way, instead of wasting it because of a crop failure&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2014-02-13T13:09:22.457" LastActivityDate="2014-02-13T13:09:22.457" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1690" CreationDate="2014-02-11T15:34:01.043" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not aware, nor are the dictionaries I have checked, of such a word in Italian; it seems to be a proper name. Italian Wikipedia, which has always to be taken with a pinch of salt, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tumminia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;says&lt;/a&gt; «Tumminìa - cultivar di grano siciliano a maturazione trimestrale (dal greco τρεσ μηναιός), con il quale si prepara il pane nero di Castelvetrano». The Greek words given are similar to, but not correctly so, Ancient Greek; so they are either misspelt or Modern Greek. In any case, they should mean something like “trimestral”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-02-11T15:34:01.043" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1687" CreationDate="2014-02-11T16:41:08.463" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The apple is red&lt;/em&gt; can be rendered &lt;em&gt;la mela è rossa&lt;/em&gt;; note that the English &lt;em&gt;strawberries are red&lt;/em&gt; (meaning all strawberries) should be rendered &lt;em&gt;le fragole sono rosse&lt;/em&gt;: the article is compulsory in this case. Your English sentence &lt;em&gt;the apples are red&lt;/em&gt; is wrong unless there's a specification: &lt;em&gt;the apples in that box are red&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;English doesn't want the article when a possessive is around, but Italian does: &lt;em&gt;it is John's apple&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;è la mela di Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;. Similarly, &lt;em&gt;it's my apple&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;è la mia mela&lt;/em&gt;. The article is usually omitted when talking about relations: &lt;em&gt;mia madre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mio zio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mio cugino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;I give John the apple&lt;/em&gt; we find the “double object” which doesn't exist in Italian: &lt;em&gt;do la mela a Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I want to give it to her&lt;/em&gt; has a small quirk that's specific of Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la voglio dare a lei&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  voglio darla a lei&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;are pretty much equivalent; in the second the emphasis is more on the pronoun &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; (meaning the apple), in the first the emphasis is more on &lt;em&gt;a lei&lt;/em&gt;. Pronouns can be attached to the verb as suffixes (and sometimes they change form); in this case the verb can lose the final vowel, but the rules are complex: compare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;da' la mela a me&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  dammi la mela&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;are alternative (the second is more frequent) and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;serviti da solo (&lt;em&gt;help yourself&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where no other form can be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-02-11T16:41:08.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1684" CreationDate="2014-02-12T20:58:46.330" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &quot;pneumatico&quot; può usare sia l'articolo &quot;lo&quot; (&quot;lo pneumatico&quot; è la forma ritenuta corretta dai puristi) che l'articolo &quot;il&quot; (&quot;il pneumatico&quot; è tollerato). Al plurale similmente si ha &quot;gli pneumatici / i pneumatici&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi a Cremona nessuno direbbe &quot;lo gnocco fritto&quot; ma &quot;il gnocco fritto&quot;, ma non lo scriverei mai in un tema a scuola :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-02-12T20:58:46.330" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1612" CreationDate="2014-02-14T09:29:49.830" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Confermo che &quot;sporta&quot; è usato quotidianamente in Emilia e in Romagna e, per mia esperienza, spesso compreso nel Veneto meridionale, probabilmente in virtu dei rapporti con la regione confinante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di certo non è comune nelle regioni del Sud: mi è capitato più di una volta, in coda alla cassa in un supermercato di Ferrara, di trovarmi dietro a studenti pugliesi rimasti attoniti alla domanda della cassiera &quot;Vuoi una sportina?&quot;. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="292" LastActivityDate="2014-02-14T09:29:49.830" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1696" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-15T14:25:52.173" Score="1" ViewCount="3480" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché 'di per sè' si scrive con 'è', mentre 'in sé' con 'é'? Qual è la differenze fra 'sè' e 'sé'? Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-12T10:55:32.037" LastActivityDate="2014-09-12T10:55:32.037" Title="Perché 'di per sè' si scrive con 'è', mentre 'in sé' con 'é'? Qual è la differenza fra 'sè' e 'sé'?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1697" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-15T15:13:01.807" Score="2" ViewCount="1038" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... gli attivisti del partito non hanno contato mai nulla per i vertici ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... gli attivisti del partito non sono contati mai nulla per i vertici ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma corretta, 'hanno contato' o 'sono contati'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-03-05T16:35:52.780" Title="Qual è la forma corretta 'hanno contato' o 'sono contati'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1696" CreationDate="2014-02-15T16:34:11.483" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually it is &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se/&quot;&gt;di per sé&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, always with &quot;é&quot;. I don't think &quot;sè&quot; is an Italian word, it's probably a mistake for &quot;sé&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-02-15T16:34:11.483" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1697" CreationDate="2014-02-15T16:39:23.477" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct one is &quot;gli attivisti del partito non hanno contato mai nulla&quot;. In fact, &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/contare/&quot;&gt;contare&lt;/a&gt;&quot; is here an intransitive verb requiring the auxiliary &quot;avere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-02-15T16:39:23.477" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1605" CreationDate="2014-02-16T14:16:36.757" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'argomento è semplicissimo: trattasi qua di espressione volgare, lungi da aver a che fare con la falegnameria o altre arti e mestieri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mazza&quot; è sinonimo di &quot;..azz&quot;, &quot;minchia&quot;, &quot;tubo&quot;, &quot;cavolo&quot;, &quot;accidente&quot;, e chi più ne ha, ne metta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="431" LastActivityDate="2014-02-16T14:16:36.757" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1696" CreationDate="2014-02-17T21:31:26.353" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never heard about such a rule. The pronoun &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; wants the acute accent, because the vowel is closed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, one can find &lt;em&gt;sè&lt;/em&gt; in old books, because the distinction between acute and grave accent on &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; became widely used only during the second half of the twentieth century. There is no acute accent in the 1830 edition of a &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=7UkTAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;dq=promessi%20sposi&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=En4CU_OqDYLhywPK_oCwAQ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=promessi%20sposi&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;famous novel&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/QDPGL.png&quot; alt=&quot;Page 9&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/u6Esl.png&quot; alt=&quot;Page 10&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One can clearly see &lt;em&gt;nè anche&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;da se&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The orthographic norm has since changed; now the distinction between grave and acute accent is “mandatory”. But &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; shouldn't be pronounced with an open &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; and so it wants the acute accent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-02-17T21:31:26.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1684" CreationDate="2014-02-18T13:10:21.477" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'osso, le ossa (del corpo umano), gli ossi (di animale, ad esempio il pollo arrosto ha gli ossi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="435" LastActivityDate="2014-02-18T13:10:21.477" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1704" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1706" CreationDate="2014-02-19T07:57:54.633" Score="6" ViewCount="1366" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best English translation of &lt;i&gt;dai che ce dai&lt;/i&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the situation in which I encountered the expression. One of my Italian friends was trying to send a sport climbing route which turned out to be quite challenging for him. But he decided to stick to it and not give up. And this was what one of the other guys said (or rather wrote, since it was FB discussion). This all happened in Campania.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I asked my Italian friend what this means and his answer was consistent with &lt;code&gt;randomatlabuser&lt;/code&gt;'s answer below. He just told me that the meaning of the expression is very difficult to translate into English, so hence my question &amp;mdash; I wanted to know if someone can come up with an explanation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="437" LastEditorUserId="437" LastEditDate="2016-09-05T08:23:49.923" LastActivityDate="2016-09-05T08:23:49.923" Title="What is the best English traslation of 'dai che ce dai'?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1705" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1707" CreationDate="2014-02-19T12:38:32.510" Score="7" ViewCount="368" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;i&gt;prendere in braccio&lt;/i&gt; and &lt;i&gt;prendere un braccio&lt;/i&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the context where I encountered the both expressions. It is from a campaign against child violence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;Ogni giorno il mio pap&amp;agrave; torna a casa, mi prende &lt;s&gt;un&lt;/s&gt; in braccio, mi d&amp;agrave; un ba&lt;s&gt;cal&lt;/s&gt;cio e mi dice che sono stup&lt;s&gt;ido&lt;/s&gt;endo.&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand &lt;i&gt;prendere in braccio&lt;/i&gt;, but what does the other expression mean in this situation. Sorry for not including the above passage in the original version of the question, but I wasn't aware that it is so problematic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="437" LastEditorUserId="1094" LastEditDate="2015-06-26T15:10:25.413" LastActivityDate="2015-06-26T15:10:25.413" Title="What is the difference between 'prendere in braccio' and 'prendere un braccio'?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1704" CreationDate="2014-02-19T13:32:30.937" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you mean &quot;&lt;em&gt;dai che ce la fai&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, meaning &quot;&lt;em&gt;come on, you'll do it&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;come on, you can do it&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It could also be &quot;dai che ce dai&quot; in Romanesco dialect which in Italian would be written and pronounced &quot;dai che ci dai&quot;, meaning &quot;come on, you'll rock&quot; (&quot;darci&quot; meaning to do something very well, better than expected - this is regional though). An alternative interpretation would be &quot;dai che ce 'e dai&quot; (in Italian &quot;dai che ce le dai&quot;), meaning about the same as above, but the verb is here &quot;darcela&quot;, &quot;darcele&quot; (which can also mean to beat someone!). As often happens, dialects are more dirty than standard Italian and lots of meanings can spring out, apparently from nowhere, the context generally helps to clarify.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please explain if you mean something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-02-19T14:10:14.657" LastActivityDate="2014-02-19T14:10:14.657" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1705" CreationDate="2014-02-19T17:33:26.450" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this context, &quot;prendere [un bambino] &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; braccio&quot; means &quot;to hold [a child] in someone's arms&quot; (as in egreg's comment); &quot;prendere &lt;strong&gt;un&lt;/strong&gt; braccio&quot; means &quot;to grab an arm&quot;, implying that the gesture is violent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-02-19T17:33:26.450" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1655" CreationDate="2014-02-19T23:03:21.923" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;In&quot; è una preposizione semplice, mentre &quot;di&quot; è una proposizione propria. Non c'è nessun motivo che implica la scelta sia dell'uno che dell'altro modo. In poche parole il significato non cambia. Probabilmente, e correggetemi se sbaglio, &quot;di&quot; è più usato al sud, mentre &quot;in&quot; al nord.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="377" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-04T16:57:11.853" LastActivityDate="2015-05-04T16:57:11.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1481" CreationDate="2014-02-19T23:39:04.727" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably &lt;em&gt;tavolo&lt;/em&gt; didn't split from &lt;em&gt;tavola&lt;/em&gt;, but originated from it through &lt;em&gt;tavolotto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tavolino&lt;/em&gt;, hence the same ethymology. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="377" LastActivityDate="2014-02-19T23:39:04.727" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1662" CreationDate="2014-02-20T09:52:34.073" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the best way is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un dialogo tra le due twitter più divertenti che conosco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="440" LastActivityDate="2014-02-20T09:52:34.073" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1711" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1713" CreationDate="2014-02-20T20:16:04.360" Score="19" ViewCount="13846" Body="&lt;p&gt;A textbook of mine translates 'cow' with 'vacca', Duolingo has 'mucca'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="61" LastEditorUserId="1094" LastEditDate="2015-05-22T16:12:09.470" LastActivityDate="2019-11-02T12:43:59.673" Title="What is the difference between 'mucca' and 'vacca'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1711" CreationDate="2014-02-20T20:27:03.570" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, there isn't, but Italians prefer to say 'mucca' in reference to what anglophones call 'cow'. Avoid 'vacca', a word that, in general, evokes some meanings which one don't want to think of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2014-02-20T21:51:46.143" LastActivityDate="2014-02-20T21:51:46.143" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1711" CreationDate="2014-02-20T23:28:19.810" Score="29" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mucca è una vacca lattifera, mentre la vacca in generale è la femmina adulta di bovino (ma all'orecchio di qualcuno “suona male”, e ha usi negativi che “mucca” non ha).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La 5a edizione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/la_crusca_in_rete.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; cita i &lt;em&gt;Consulti medici&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Cocchi (per Vincenzo Antoine, 1791): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il latte deve essere di vacca di cui fassi il burro, mi pare che in Toscana si chiamino mucche, e credo che siano una sorte di vacche più mansuete dell’altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Scienza e sentimento&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Pascale è raccontato un aneddoto piacevole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[Durante l’esame di zootecnia] dissi a un certo punto, parlando delle nuove specie iscritte al registro genealogico italiano, invece di vacca, mucca! «La mucca? Che cos’è la mucca, vacche si chiamano, sono ungulati, siamo all’esame di zootecnia. Che mucca e mucca? Questa ignoranza è colpa di Heidi, non abbiamo ancora capito i guai che quel cartone animato sta facendo alle nuove generazioni . . . »&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Poi mi dette ventidue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quick English synopsis. A &lt;em&gt;vacca&lt;/em&gt; is, in general, any adult female bovine, while a &lt;em&gt;mucca&lt;/em&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;vacca&lt;/em&gt; which is giving milk. &lt;em&gt;Mucca&lt;/em&gt; was originally a local, Tuscan term.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;em&gt;vacca&lt;/em&gt; is also used as a derogatory term for a female human, so it's sometimes avoided, even though it is more correct when not talking about milk production.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-11-01T14:07:36.487" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T14:07:36.487" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1714" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1715" CreationDate="2014-02-21T21:03:47.297" Score="9" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;Noto una recente tendenza della stampa satirica a terminare in 'y' alcuni cognomi; per esempio, oggi leggevo &lt;em&gt;Renzy&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;Renzi&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;Alfy&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;Alfano&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dire quale sia l'origine di questa modificazione, e se la stessa è usata anche in altre lingue neolatine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-25T03:06:39.303" LastActivityDate="2014-08-25T03:06:39.303" Title="Usare la 'y' per modificare i cognomi" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1714" CreationDate="2014-02-22T06:04:21.500" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe we can agree that this specific use in the Italian press is an attempt to sound &amp;quot;English&amp;quot; (many think it is &amp;quot;cool&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;modern&amp;quot; - Italians are known to be xenophilous after all), hence we should call it an &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;anglicism&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically it is a diminutive form of a given name (this is called a &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;hypocorism&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;) and is typically used as a &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;term of endearment&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;quot;vezzeggiativo&amp;quot;, in Italian). Of course, such diminutive terms of endearment can also be used sarcastically as &lt;em&gt;derogatory terms&lt;/em&gt;, as in the examples mentioned in the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ignore the origin of the suffix &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;-y&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; as a diminutive (a &amp;quot;hypocorism by reduction&amp;quot;), &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/3135/origin-of-the-y-or-ie-diminutive-suffix-to-denote-intimacy-tenderness-e&quot;&gt;some say it is of German origin&lt;/a&gt;, egreg suggested in his comment above it is of French origin. I suspect it might be common to more than one language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some reading (links from english.stackexchange):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the origin of the English diminutive suffix -y, -ie, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thefreelibrary.com/On+the+origin+of+the+English+diminutive+suffix+-y,+-ie-a092803251&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Free Library&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Etimology of suffix -y, &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/-y#Etymology_2&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-02-22T06:13:44.530" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1662" CreationDate="2014-02-23T11:50:23.323" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the other users suggested,  the English &quot;twitter&quot; or (less) &quot;twittatore&quot; are used. &quot;Twittere&quot; was probably made up by the user, playing with the assonance with &quot;chiacchiere&quot; (chitchat), somehow recalling two old women talking about gossip.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="48" LastActivityDate="2014-02-23T11:50:23.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1714" CreationDate="2014-02-24T10:58:33.390" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo specifico caso, Renzy puo' essere semplicemente la storpiatura di Renzie (a sua volta derivato da un'analogia fatta fra Renzi e il personaggio Fonzie). Questo l'ho trovato soprattutto nei commenti degli utenti, non tanto nei titoli della stampa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastActivityDate="2014-02-24T10:58:33.390" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1720" CreationDate="2014-02-24T14:35:30.507" Score="10" ViewCount="6156" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'altro giorno, parlando con la mia ragazza, mi sono imbattuto in una frase che sembra pronunciabile in due diversi modi (probabilmente uno dei due è errato a livello formale):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vorrei venire a prenderti alle 18:00;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vorrei venirti a prendere alle 18:00.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste darmi qualche delucidazione in merito alla validità delle suddette affermazioni? Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="438" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-05T16:32:24.577" LastActivityDate="2014-03-05T16:32:24.577" Title="&quot;Venire a prenderti&quot; vs. &quot;venirti a prendere&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1718" CreationDate="2014-02-24T16:05:37.550" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'venire a prenderti' è la forma corretta, evita l'altra, soprattutto se arrivi in ritardo; potrebbe diventare pretesto per una discussione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2014-02-24T16:05:37.550" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1718" CreationDate="2014-02-24T19:53:54.173" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Avevo posto una domanda simile qui: &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/15/are-there-rules-for-the-positioning-of-clitic-pronouns&quot;&gt;Are there rules for the positioning of clitic pronouns?&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Il succo della risposta ottenuta e di altro che avevo verificato è che sono corrette entrambe, e che la differenza è praticamente solo in come suona la frase (soprattutto in un contesto più ampio in cui una delle due formulazioni potrebbe essere più chiara dell'altra).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-02-24T19:53:54.173" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1673" CreationDate="2014-02-25T14:56:52.000" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;novecentonovantanovemilanovecentonovantanove&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;alle volte è una sola parola, alle volte è invece &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;novecentonovantanovemila e novecentonovantanove&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ergo tre parole, dipende dal contesto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Saluti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.=In tutti e due i casi il numero è &quot;999999&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="270" LastEditorUserId="270" LastEditDate="2014-02-25T17:16:13.043" LastActivityDate="2014-02-25T17:16:13.043" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1722" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-25T17:35:00.727" Score="10" ViewCount="3536" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dire quale sia l'origine di 'da quattro soldi'; per esempio, '&lt;em&gt;un ristorante&lt;/em&gt; da quattro soldi'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali sarebbero gli evocati 'soldi' lì, e perché proprio quattro e non due, per esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se, come penso, l'origine è legata alla valuta corrente nel Regno d'Italia, cosa si comprava allora con quattro soldi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-02-28T08:26:38.290" LastActivityDate="2014-09-27T14:27:01.470" Title="Origine di 'da quattro soldi'" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1718" CreationDate="2014-02-25T17:43:08.443" Score="3" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vorrei venire a prenderti alle 18:00;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vorrei venirti a prendere alle 18:00.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono rispettivamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vorrei venire a prendere te alle 18:00;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vorrei venire te a prendere alle 18:00.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si possono usare sia l'una che l'altra, nel secondo caso il &quot;te&quot; è messo prima di &quot;a prendere&quot; e dopo &quot;venire&quot;, ma si riferisce sempre al secondo verbo... la seconda si usa raramente, ma si usa più in frasi del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Vorrei vederti fare gli esercizi&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ovvero &quot;Vorrei vedere te fare gli esercizi&quot;, dove il &quot;te&quot; si riferisce al primo verbo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Saluti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="270" LastActivityDate="2014-02-25T17:43:08.443" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1725" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-26T09:06:39.877" Score="4" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nessuna legge elettorale, scritta affinché nessuno perda, porterà &lt;em&gt;nulla&lt;/em&gt; di buono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nessuna legge elettorale, scritta affinché nessuno perda, porterà &lt;em&gt;qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; di buono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to you, should I use &lt;em&gt;nulla&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; in those sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or both are useable, but with a different meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-03-15T08:48:47.100" Title="'nulla' vs 'qualcosa'" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1725" CreationDate="2014-02-26T10:00:58.673" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Be careful to the double negation nessuna - nulla, you have to choose one :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Nessuna legge elettorale, scritta affinché nessuno perda, porterà&#xA;  qualcosa di buono&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Qualsiasi legge elettorale, scritta affinché&#xA;  nessuno perda, non porterà nulla di buono&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually to me &quot;non potrà portare&quot; sounds more natural, but there is a slight stylistic change. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastActivityDate="2014-02-26T10:00:58.673" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1722" CreationDate="2014-02-26T16:11:40.307" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si può dire sia &quot;da quattro soldi&quot; che da &quot;due soldi&quot; (oppure &quot;da pochi soldi&quot;), anche se il primo modo di dire è forse quello più diffuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come hai giustamente dedotto, l'origine di questo modo di dire è collegato alla moneta che si usava un tempo. Dall'enciclopedia online Treccani alla voce &quot;soldo&quot; leggiamo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con riferimento allo scarso valore che ha avuto il soldo nelle varie epoche, hanno avuto origine le espressioni comuni: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;roba da pochi soldi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che non vale un soldo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;di poco o nessun valore;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; [...] Frequente anche l’espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;quattro soldi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, poco denaro, in alcune frasi tipiche: si dà tante arie per quei quattro s. che ha; crede di avermi comperato, per quei quattro s. che mi passa ogni mese; ha speso quei quattro s. che aveva da parte,; anche fig., nella locuz. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;da quattro soldi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, usata in funzione attributiva: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;un poeta da quattro soldi, che non vale nulla.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi leggere l'articolo completo qui: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soldo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soldo/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di esserti stata d'aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="456" LastActivityDate="2014-02-26T16:11:40.307" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1722" CreationDate="2014-02-27T08:58:02.937" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a commentare sotto le risposte di DaG e randomatlabuser perché non me lo permette. Aggiungo un commento qui sperando che si possa fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla domanda &quot;perché proprio quattro e non due, per esempio?&quot; non ho risposto perché non credo esista una risposta certa. E' un modo di dire che si è fissato nel tempo e non so se sia possibile risalire all'etimologia esatta. Né tantomeno è possibile conoscere alla perfezione cosa si potesse comprare con quattro e con due soldi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano esistono molte frasi idiomatiche con i soldi. Alcuni di queste sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mancare diciannove soldi a una lira&lt;/strong&gt;. Essere del tutto insufficiente.&#xA;     (La lira era un tempo divisa in venti soldi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;non valere un soldo bucato&lt;/strong&gt;. Non valere nulla, nemmeno un soldo e per di più bucato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/S/soldo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/S/soldo.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato che un soldo era 1/20 di lira, non escludo che &quot;quattro soldi&quot; e &quot;due soldi&quot; fossero cifre arbitrarie (che poi appunto si sono fissate nella lingua) utilizzate col significato di &quot;poco valore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto a ciò che si poteva comprare con un soldo, la questione è complessa. Prima dell'Unità d'Italia ogni stato aveva le sue monete e i suoi prezzi, non c'erano prezzi comuni per tutti. Grano e una minestra sicuramente. Quattro soldi poteva anche essere lo stipendio minimo di un lavoratore, ma come ho detto dipende dai casi e non sono sicura che sia questa l'etimologia corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="456" LastActivityDate="2014-02-27T08:58:02.937" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1722" CreationDate="2014-02-27T09:15:48.630" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È già stato scritto che il soldo (il &lt;em&gt;solidus&lt;/em&gt; latino, lo &lt;em&gt;shelling&lt;/em&gt; inglese prima del passaggio alla sterlina centesimale) valeva cinque centesimi, cioè un ventesimo di lira; quindi anche tra le due guerre non è che si potesse comprare molto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però secondo me il &quot;quattro&quot; è usato nel senso di &quot;poco&quot;, proprio come in &quot;facciamo quattro passi&quot; oppure &quot;eravamo quattro gatti&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-02-27T09:15:48.630" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1730" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-02-28T13:04:42.823" Score="2" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you categorize reflexive verbs? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some verbs, e.g. &lt;em&gt;lavarsi&lt;/em&gt;, are properly reflexive. For other verbs, e.g. &lt;em&gt;alzarsi&lt;/em&gt;, the reflexive pronoun carries a different function.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="338" LastActivityDate="2014-02-28T13:04:42.823" Title="Reflexive verbs and their categorization" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2014-03-01T16:13:08.350" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1731" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1734" CreationDate="2014-02-28T14:49:57.600" Score="13" ViewCount="413" Body="&lt;p&gt;Definizione del termine &quot;famigerato&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;famigerato agg. [dal lat. famigeratus, part. pass. di famigerare «render famoso», comp. di fama «fama» e tema di gerĕre «portare»].&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'etimologia non ha certo un valore negativo (portare fama). Eppure il termine si utilizza esclusivamente per indicare qualcosa di &quot;tristemente noto&quot;, o comunque dando una valenza ironica a qualcosa di famoso per qualcosa di spiacevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa quando nel tempo, e come si è imposta tale valenza negativa, in qualche modo contrapposta a quella puramente etimologica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="82" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T13:59:53.320" Title="&quot;Famigerato&quot;: quando ha assunto una valenza negativa?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1711" CreationDate="2014-02-28T20:54:31.213" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Of course there is a difference which has already been explained in another answer, but in the real every day usage most of Italians uses the two words in the same way. Vacca can also be used in an offensive way. It sounds like &quot;bitch&quot; in English if referred to a girl.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say:&#xA;&quot;Quella è proprio una vacca&quot; [offensive].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you cannot say &#xA;&quot;Quella è proprio una mucca&quot; [no sense, sounds weird].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="465" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T15:42:56.413" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T15:42:56.413" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1731" CreationDate="2014-03-01T23:25:57.127" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che abbia assunto connotati negativi nell'epoca storica del brigantaggio, dove alcuni criminali diventavano noti in vaste aree del territorio per la loro latitanza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="466" LastActivityDate="2014-03-01T23:25:57.127" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1731" CreationDate="2014-03-02T10:09:14.113" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Attenzione, non è che il senso negativo sia proprio contrapposto a quello etimologico.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In latino &lt;em&gt;fama&lt;/em&gt; era una &lt;em&gt;vox media&lt;/em&gt;, non specificamente positiva né negativa: indicava in origine una notizia, una voce, e di lì la notorietà che derivava dal fatto che si parlasse di qualcuno o qualcosa. Altri esempi di &lt;em&gt;voces mediae&lt;/em&gt; sono &lt;em&gt;fortuna&lt;/em&gt; in latino (un caso, una sorte generica, non necessariamente positiva) e “successo” in italiano antico (che indica un qualunque esito di un'azione).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nel corso del tempo una &lt;em&gt;vox media&lt;/em&gt; tende a cristallizzarsi con l'uso, a essere codificata dal senso generico verso una delle accezioni “qualitative” possibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Lo so, non è una risposta specifica su “famigerato”, ma spero possa essere d'aiuto.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-03-02T10:09:14.113" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1735" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-03-03T18:30:55.793" Score="8" ViewCount="4675" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un tweet della Camera dei deputati si legge,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Domani alle 14 &lt;em&gt;la ministra&lt;/em&gt; degli Esteri @FedericaMog riferirà alle Commissioni Esteri riunite sugli sviluppi della situazione in #Ucraina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritenete sia corretto usare il femminile &lt;em&gt;la ministra&lt;/em&gt;? To me, it sounds strange.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E se mai avessimo un Presidente donna, dovremmo poi dire &lt;em&gt;la Presidenta&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;la Presidentessa&lt;/em&gt;? E se no, quando queste parole devono essere declinate al femminile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-05T16:27:27.653" LastActivityDate="2017-04-15T11:57:02.673" Title="È corretto 'la ministra' o 'la Presidenta' o la 'Presidentessa'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1735" CreationDate="2014-03-03T19:11:20.417" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/comunicato-stampa/crusca-risponde-ministro-ministra&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; si deve dire «la ministra», «la presidente».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ministra/&quot;&gt;ministra&lt;/a&gt;» in lingua italiana esiste da sempre; «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/presidente/&quot;&gt;presidentessa&lt;/a&gt;» è usato quasi solo con tono scherzoso. Secondo la Treccani «presidente» è maschile e si applica anche per il femminile (ma DaG l'ha spiegato meglio: è originariamente un participio presente, quindi è invariante, sia maschile che femminile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-03-03T20:44:39.513" LastActivityDate="2014-03-03T20:44:39.513" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1735" CreationDate="2014-03-03T20:00:04.167" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Attenzione: “ministro” e “presidente” sono due casi molto diversi. Il primo è un normale sostantivo maschile, eventualmente passibile di femminile in “-a”; il secondo è etimologicamente un participio presente, e quindi è invariante al femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-03-03T20:00:04.167" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1738" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-05T16:47:27.873" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag should be used for questions about the definition and nuance of meaning of a word in a given context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the &lt;em&gt;meaning&lt;/em&gt; of a phrase in a given context, please use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/meaning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;meaning&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;meaning&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the &lt;em&gt;choice&lt;/em&gt; of a word or phrase in a given context, please use the more specific &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/word-choice&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;word-choice&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;word-choice&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For questions related to the origin of a word, its evolution over time, or the earliest known citation, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/etymology&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;etymology&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;etymology&lt;/a&gt; tag should be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2018-02-14T09:34:02.067" LastActivityDate="2018-02-14T09:34:02.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1739" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-05T16:47:27.873" Score="0" Body="Questions related to the definition and nuance of meaning of a word" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2018-02-14T09:22:01.803" LastActivityDate="2018-02-14T09:22:01.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1740" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-05T16:53:40.190" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Etymology concerns the history of a word, its origins, and how its form and meaning have been changing over time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question is about the origin and history of a phrase, an idiom or a proverb, please use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/phrase-origin&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;phrase-origin&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;phrase-origin&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the &lt;em&gt;history&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;past life&lt;/em&gt; of a word or phrase, as opposed to the origin of the word or phrase, please use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/history&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;history&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the change of a borrowed word in comparison with its foreign roots, consider adding the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/foreign-words&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;foreign-words&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;foreign-words&lt;/a&gt; tag, as well as a specific language-related tag, such as &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/english-comparison&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;english-comparison&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;english-comparison&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/latin&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;latin&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;latin&lt;/a&gt;, or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/greek&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;greek&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;greek&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T16:18:30.787" LastActivityDate="2017-11-05T16:18:30.787" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1741" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-05T16:53:40.190" Score="0" Body="Questions about etymology, i.e. the origin and history of a word. Use this tag for questions regarding the origin of single words. If your question is about the origin and history of a phrase, an idiom or a proverb, please use the tag &quot;phrase-origin&quot;." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T16:18:30.787" LastActivityDate="2017-11-05T16:18:30.787" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1744" CreationDate="2014-03-06T09:42:33.227" Score="9" ViewCount="342" Body="&lt;p&gt;I remember when I was young that using &quot;&lt;code&gt;a me mi&lt;/code&gt;&quot; was considered wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example saying &lt;code&gt;a me mi piace giocare a calcio&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I also remember that it was so largely used that it was made &quot;legal&quot; in the spoken language. I remember hearing it in the news.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the situation at the moment? Is it allowed in written language as well as in spoken language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="91" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T15:54:57.873" LastActivityDate="2019-09-03T08:32:34.800" Title="Is &quot;a me mi&quot; nowadays accepted as correct written language?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1743" CreationDate="2014-03-06T10:23:23.100" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;A me mi&quot; è un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/clitici_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;raddoppiamento clitico&lt;/a&gt;, un tipo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dislocazioni_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;dislocazione&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo molti si tratterebbe di un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pleonasmo/&quot;&gt;pleonasmo&lt;/a&gt;, ripetizione di «una o più parole grammaticalmente o concettualmente non necessarie», dovuta ad enfasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/forma-corretta&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; e la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/a-me-mi-a-te-ti_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ciò non sarebbe del tutto corretto in quanto &quot;a me&quot; (pronome personale in forma tonica) significherebbe &quot;quanto a me&quot;, ed avrebbe quindi un valore diverso da &quot;mi&quot; (pronome personale in forma atona), complemento di termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_225.html&quot;&gt;Nel parlato formale&lt;/a&gt; va evitato così come nello scritto formale, è chiaro che lo puoi usare anche nello scritto se il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/registro_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot;&gt;registro&lt;/a&gt; lo richiede.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; --&gt; Short summary in English as required by IL&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some suggest &quot;a me mi&quot; is a pleonasm, the unnecessary repetition of one or more words, just to add emphasis to a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'Accademia della Crusca and Treccani suggest there might be more to it: &quot;a me&quot; and &quot;mi&quot; might have different functions within the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;A me mi&quot; should be avoided in formal spoken and written Italian, unless - of course - it is required by the chosen register.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T12:48:43.467" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T12:48:43.467" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1745" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1747" CreationDate="2014-03-06T10:33:49.107" Score="5" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the plural of &quot;non detto&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=ctrl&amp;amp;ei=Q0gYU7KOA4qb_waVwoCoBw&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22i+non+detto%22&quot;&gt;I non detto&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=ctrl&amp;amp;ei=Q0gYU7KOA4qb_waVwoCoBw&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22i+non+detti%22&quot;&gt;I non detti&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first sounds more correct to me. Does anyone know any source on this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T11:20:07.317" LastActivityDate="2014-04-22T18:21:29.847" Title="Il non detto, i…?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1745" CreationDate="2014-03-06T11:02:00.620" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You really do not need the plural. &quot;Il non detto&quot; already includes, as set, all things that have been not told. It is like &quot;Il pregresso&quot; or &quot;il già visto&quot;: it is the set of all the things already managed or seen&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="190" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T11:02:00.620" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1745" CreationDate="2014-03-06T11:44:49.067" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would agree that &lt;em&gt;il non detto&lt;/em&gt; might include literally everything untold, even if it's from many subjects or about many topics.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;However, if one wants to underline that there are several hidden/inexplicit meanings, &lt;em&gt;i non detti&lt;/em&gt; is usually used, according to &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=i+non+detto%2Ci+non+detti&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2012&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=10&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ci%20non%20detti%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Google Ngram&lt;/a&gt;, in the books on rhetoric and communications, while &lt;em&gt;i non detto&lt;/em&gt; has no mentions in the Italian corpus at all.&#xA;A &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22i%20non%20detti%22&amp;amp;tbs=bks:1&amp;amp;lr=lang_it#q=%22i%20non%20detto%22&amp;amp;spell=1&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot;&gt;direct search&lt;/a&gt; yields only one book, where it's actually used as &lt;em&gt;i &quot;non detto&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, with quotation marks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T11:44:49.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1748" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T11:58:14.297" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A verb is a word expressing an action, occurrence, or a state of being.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever possible and appropriate, it is advisable to also tag the questions in this tag with more specific tags, such as &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/auxiliary-verb&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;auxiliary-verb&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;auxiliary-verb&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/infinitive&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;infinitive&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;infinitive&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/past-participle&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;past-participle&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;past-participle&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/past-tense&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;past-tense&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;past-tense&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/tense&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;tense&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;tense&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/gerund&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;gerund&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;gerund&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T23:23:01.680" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T23:23:01.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1749" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T11:58:14.297" Score="0" Body="Questions about verbs, i.e. words that express an action, occurrence, or a state of being" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-20T03:57:28.073" LastActivityDate="2014-08-20T03:57:28.073" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1750" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:06:31.023" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;An idiom is a sequence of words established by usage as conveying a meaning not immediately deducible from those of the individual words. Idioms may refer to proverbs, as well as to figurative expressions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are several lists of Italian idioms on the Internet, including&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikiquote.org/wiki/Proverbi_italiani&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.wikiquote.org/wiki/Proverbi_italiani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T23:52:56.713" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T23:52:56.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1751" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:06:31.023" Score="0" Body="An idiom is a sequence of words established by usage as conveying a meaning not directly deducible from its components" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T23:52:56.713" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T23:52:56.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1752" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:28:37.297" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use this tag for questions that are about using a word correctly in a particular situation or context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T12:28:37.297" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T12:28:37.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1753" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:28:37.297" Score="0" Body="Questions about correctly using a word within a particular phrase or context" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-20T03:46:38.507" LastActivityDate="2014-08-20T03:46:38.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1754" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:42:37.190" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about comparing differences in usage and meaning of a word or phrase between Italian and English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For words, phrases or idioms borrowed from English, please consider adding the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/foreign-words&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;foreign-words&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;foreign-words&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/borrowing&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;borrowing&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;borrowing&lt;/a&gt; tags. For history and origins of borrowed words, please use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/history&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;history&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/etymology&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;etymology&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;etymology&lt;/a&gt; tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For meaning-in-context and translation nuances, consider adding the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/word-usage&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;word-usage&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;word-usage&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/word-choice&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;word-choice&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;word-choice&lt;/a&gt; tags, as well as the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/translation&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;translation&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;translation&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T23:56:30.217" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T23:56:30.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1755" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:42:37.190" Score="0" Body="Questions about comparing differences in usage and meaning of a word or phrase between Italian and English" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T23:56:30.217" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T23:56:30.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1756" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:43:43.547" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag should be used for questions about the history of a word or phrase, as opposed to the origin of that word or phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the &lt;em&gt;origin&lt;/em&gt; of a word, please use the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/etymology&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;etymology&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;etymology&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:10:17.480" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:10:17.480" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1757" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:43:43.547" Score="0" Body="Questions about the history of a word or phrase" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:10:17.480" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:10:17.480" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1758" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:44:10.353" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A set of forms taken by a verb to indicate the time and/or completeness and continuance of the action in relation to the time of the utterance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T12:44:10.353" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T12:44:10.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1759" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:44:10.353" Score="0" Body="A set of forms taken by a verb to indicate the time and/or completeness and continuance of the action in relation to the time of the utterance." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T12:44:10.353" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T12:44:10.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1760" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:48:40.540" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about adjectives: words, or phrases naming an attribute, added or grammatically related to a noun to qualify/describe it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples of Italian adjectives are: &lt;em&gt;bello, carino,&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;colorato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:03:01.440" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:03:01.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1761" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:48:40.540" Score="0" Body="Questions about adjectives - words that are added or grammatically related to a noun to qualify/describe it." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T00:03:01.440" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T00:03:01.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1762" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:49:25.920" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Determining Italian equivalents of words or phrases which are provided in another language within the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T23:38:00.180" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T23:38:00.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1763" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:49:25.920" Score="0" Body="Determining Italian equivalents of words or phrases which are provided in another language within the question" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T23:38:00.180" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T23:38:00.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1764" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:59:28.880" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A pronoun is a word that can function by itself as a noun phrase.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;There are seven types of pronouns in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Personal pronouns (&lt;em&gt;io, lui, ella&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Possessive pronouns (&lt;em&gt;mio, suo, vostro&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Demonstrative pronouns (&lt;em&gt;questo, quello&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Indefinite pronouns (&lt;em&gt;nessuno, ogni, qualsiasi&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Relative pronouns (&lt;em&gt;che, cui, il quale&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Interrogative pronouns (&quot;&lt;em&gt;Che&lt;/em&gt; fai?&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;Quanto&lt;/em&gt; hai mangiato?&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Numerical pronouns (&lt;em&gt;entrambi&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T12:59:28.880" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T12:59:28.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1765" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T12:59:28.880" Score="0" Body="Pronoun is a word that can function by itself as a noun phrase." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T12:59:28.880" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T12:59:28.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1766" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:06:18.103" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Articles are words that precede the substantive (a noun).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In Italian the article must agree in gender and number with the noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Definite articles are used to indicate that a thing is unique in some way (&lt;em&gt;il/lo&lt;/em&gt; for masculine nouns, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; for feminine nouns, &lt;em&gt;i/gli&lt;/em&gt;  for masculine nouns in plural form, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; for feminine nouns in plural form).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indefinite articles are used to indicate that a thing is not identified as unique (&lt;em&gt;un/uno&lt;/em&gt; for masculine nouns, &lt;em&gt;una&lt;/em&gt; for feminine nouns). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:06:18.103" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:06:18.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1767" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:06:18.103" Score="0" Body="for questions about the usage of articles." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:06:18.103" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:06:18.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1768" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:07:59.443" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use this tag for questions about how to capitalize correctly, or questions about a specific instance of capitalization.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:07:59.443" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:07:59.443" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1769" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:07:59.443" Score="0" Body="for questions about the use of capital letters in writing." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:07:59.443" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:07:59.443" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1770" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:09:50.403" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A noun is commonly considered to be a person, place, or thing (including abstract concept). Nouns can be the subject or object of a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:09:50.403" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:09:50.403" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1771" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:09:50.403" Score="0" Body="Nous are words that refer to an entity, quality, state, action, or concept." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:09:50.403" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:09:50.403" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1772" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:15:39.957" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;All the basic prepositions except &lt;em&gt;tra, fra, per&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt; have to be combined with an article placed after them.&#xA;List of basic Italian prepositions include (preposition + article combinations are in parentheses):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;di (del, dello, della, dell' / dei, degli, delle)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a (al, allo, alla, all' / ai, agli, alle)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;da (dal, dallo, dalla, dall' / dai, dagli, dalle)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in (nel, nello, nella, nell' / nei, negli, nelle)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;con (con il or col, con lo, con la, con l' / con i or coi, con gli, con le)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;su (sul, sullo, sulla, sull' / sui, sugli, sulle)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;per (per il, per lo, per la, per l' / per i, per gli, per le)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tra / fra (tra il, tra lo, tra la, tra l' / tra i, tra gli, tra le)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:15:39.957" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:15:39.957" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1773" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:15:39.957" Score="0" Body="A preposition is a word governing, and usually preceding, a noun or pronoun and expressing a relation to another word or element in the clause." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:15:39.957" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:15:39.957" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1774" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:17:45.300" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:17:45.300" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:17:45.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1775" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:17:45.300" Score="0" Body="For questions about specific plural forms of nouns." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:17:45.300" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:17:45.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1776" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:23:56.087" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use this tag for questions about structure, composition, and meaning of an expression or phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian is an &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subject%E2%80%93verb%E2%80%93object&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subject-verb-object language&lt;/a&gt;. Nevertheless, the SVO sequence is sometimes altered, especially for reasons of emphasis and, in literature, for reasons of style and rhythm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:55:11.090" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:55:11.090" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1777" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:23:56.087" Score="0" Body="A sentence is a set of words that is complete in itself, typically containing a subject and predicate." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:23:56.087" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:23:56.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1778" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:25:44.197" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag should be used for questions asking about nuances of meaning and definitions for an expression or a phrase. For a good explanation of how to write a good &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/meaning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;meaning&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;meaning&lt;/a&gt; question, please read &lt;a href=&quot;http://english.blogoverflow.com/2012/09/writing-good-meaning-questions/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this blog article&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the meaning of a &lt;em&gt;word in a given context&lt;/em&gt;, please use the more specific &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/word-meaning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;word-meaning&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;word-meaning&lt;/a&gt; tag instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For questions relating to the origin of a phrase, its evolution over time, or the earliest known citation, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/phrase-origin&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;phrase-origin&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;phrase-origin&lt;/a&gt; should be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-14T09:40:36.923" LastActivityDate="2018-02-14T09:40:36.923" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1779" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:25:44.197" Score="0" Body="For questions related to definitions and nuances of meaning of an expression or a phrase." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-26T09:53:57.883" LastActivityDate="2020-12-26T09:53:57.883" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1780" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:34:58.917" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;An adverb is a word used to express the attribute of an attribute; which expresses any relation of place, time, circumstance, causality, manner, or degree, or which modifies or limits an attribute, or predicate, or their modification; a word that modifies or qualifies an adjective, verb, or other adverb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian adverbs can be divided into four groups:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avverbi semplici (&lt;em&gt;mai, forse, bene, dove, più, qui, assai, già&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avverbi composti (&lt;em&gt;almeno (al meno), invero (in vero), dappertutto (da per tutto), in fatti (in fatti), perfino (per fino)&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avverbi derivati (formed from another word, to which is added a suffix &lt;em&gt;-mente, -oni&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;allegro &gt; allegramente, ciondolare &gt; ciondoloni&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;locuzioni avverbiali (&lt;em&gt;all'improvviso, di frequente, per di qua, press'a poco, poco fa, a più non posso, d'ora in poi&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:34:58.917" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:34:58.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1781" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:34:58.917" Score="0" Body="Adverbs are invariable parts of speech used to modify or clarify the meaning of a verb, an adjective, or another adverb. " OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:34:58.917" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:34:58.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1782" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:40:15.680" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, accent marks (diacritical marks) are added or attached to a letter to distinguish it from another of similar form, to give it a particular phonetic value, or to indicate stress. This tag refers to orthographic marks and not to the pronunciation characteristic of a given region or geographical location.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are four accent marks in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;accento acuto (acute accent) [ &lt;strong&gt;´&lt;/strong&gt; ]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;accento grave (grave accent) [ &lt;strong&gt;`&lt;/strong&gt; ]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;accento circonflesso (circumflex accent) [ &lt;strong&gt;ˆ&lt;/strong&gt; ]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dieresi (diaresis) [ &lt;strong&gt;¨&lt;/strong&gt; ]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:40:15.680" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:40:15.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1783" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:40:15.680" Score="0" Body="In Italian, accent marks (diacritical marks) are added or attached to a letter to distinguish it from another of similar form, to give it a particular phonetic value, or to indicate stress." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:40:15.680" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:40:15.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1784" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:44:56.013" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, compound tenses are formed with an auxiliary verb (either &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; &quot;to be&quot; or &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; &quot;to have&quot;). The distinction between the two auxiliary verbs is important for the correct formation of the compound tenses and is essential to the agreement of the past participle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Transitive verbs use &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; as their auxiliary verb. For intransitive verbs, there are several rules, depending on a verb. Reflexive verbs use &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (typically non-agentive verbs of motion and change of state. Some verbs may use both auxiliary verbs with an inherent change in meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:44:56.013" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:44:56.013" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1785" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:44:56.013" Score="0" Body="An auxiliary verb modifies the main verb to give more information about the main verb." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:44:56.013" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:44:56.013" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1786" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:52:42.810" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about words that don't belong to Italian or that are borrowed from other languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For questions about borrowed words, phrases or idioms, please consider adding the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/borrowing&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;borrowing&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;borrowing&lt;/a&gt; tag. For history and origins of foreign words, please use also the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/history&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;history&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/etymology&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;etymology&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;etymology&lt;/a&gt; tags.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you know the original language of a foreign word, please use also a specific language-related tag, such as &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/english-comparison&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;english-comparison&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;english-comparison&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/latin&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;latin&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;latin&lt;/a&gt;, or &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/greek&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;greek&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;greek&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-24T16:10:40.197" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T16:10:40.197" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1787" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:52:42.810" Score="0" Body="For questions about words that don't belong to Italian or that are borrowed from other languages (Latin, Greek, English, etc.)." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-24T16:11:05.630" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T16:11:05.630" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1788" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:53:43.880" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about the sounds, intonation, and stress of how words are uttered or produced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:53:43.880" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:53:43.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1789" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:53:43.880" Score="0" Body="For questions about the sounds, intonation, and stress of how words are uttered or produced." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:53:43.880" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:53:43.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1790" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:56:13.277" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use this tag for questions about structure and composition of an expression or phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian is an &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subject%E2%80%93verb%E2%80%93object&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subject-verb-object language&lt;/a&gt;. Nevertheless, the SVO sequence is sometimes altered, especially for reasons of emphasis and, in literature, for reasons of style and rhythm: Italian has a relatively free word order. The subject in a sentence is usually omitted when it is a pronoun – distinctive verb conjugations make it redundant. Subject pronouns are considered emphatic when used at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:56:13.277" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:56:13.277" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1791" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T13:56:13.277" Score="0" Body="This tag is for questions about the correct order of words in a phrase, or a sentence." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T13:56:13.277" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T13:56:13.277" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1792" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T14:02:14.880" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The style and appearance of printed matter. The art or procedure of arranging type.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T14:02:14.880" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T14:02:14.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1793" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T14:02:14.880" Score="0" Body="The style and appearance of printed matter. The art or procedure of arranging type." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T14:02:14.880" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T14:02:14.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1794" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-06T14:06:13.420" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A suffix is an element of a language that is added to the end of a word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes a noun can be modified to express a particular quality (large, small, pretty, ugly) without using a qualifying adjective. These nouns are created by taking the root of the noun and adding a suffix such as &lt;em&gt;-ino, -one, -etto,&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;-accio&lt;/em&gt;. Most common Italian nouns can be modified, but the gender and number of the suffix must agree with the noun. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T14:06:13.420" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T14:06:13.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1795" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-06T14:06:13.420" Score="0" Body="A suffix is an element of a language that is added to the end of a word." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T14:06:13.420" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T14:06:13.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1743" CreationDate="2014-03-06T15:04:23.260" Score="-1" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;mi piace giocare a calcio&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a me piace giocare a calcio.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono corrette, perchè indicano &lt;strong&gt;una sola volta&lt;/strong&gt; il complemento di termine (a me / mi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a me mi piace giocare a calcio.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è scorretta perchè ci sono &lt;strong&gt;due complementi di termine&lt;/strong&gt; (a me / mi) &lt;strong&gt;riferiti alla medesima persona&lt;/strong&gt; (me).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si rafforza un concetto già espresso chiaramente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel parlato questo costrutto è più diffuso e permesso nell'Italia Settentrionale, per la genesi dei dialetti della zona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="323" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T15:04:23.260" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1745" CreationDate="2014-03-06T18:26:14.420" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian and I would say that &quot;i non detti&quot; sounds more correct in my point of view, even if I would anyway prefer to use only &quot;il non detto&quot;, including plural and singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="483" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2014-03-06T20:32:08.330" LastActivityDate="2014-03-06T20:32:08.330" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1800" CreationDate="2014-03-06T19:51:16.093" Score="10" ViewCount="10774" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il Treccani 'scopare', fra l'altro, significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avere un rapporto sessuale con qualcuno: non vuole s. con il primo che capita (spesso con la particella pron. si: l’ha portata a casa sua e se l’è scopata); con uso assol., avere un rapporto sessuale: lei non conosce i ragazzi di oggi … pensano solo a ballare e s. e prendere droga (Dacia Maraini).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dire quando verbo 'scopare' assunse questo significato, e perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-13T09:19:00.390" LastActivityDate="2020-10-24T15:07:41.443" Title="Quando, e perché, 'scopare' ha assunto il significato di 'avere un rapporto sessuale'?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1799" CreationDate="2014-03-07T09:02:30.473" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alle sue origini anche il verbo fregare aveva un significato di diretto riferimento &#xA;all'atto sessuale (da e.g., &lt;em&gt;fricazione di corpi&lt;/em&gt;). Scopare potrebbe aver assunto un significato analogo nello stesso momento, questo perché l'azione caratteristica dello spazzare in terra, richiede movimenti alternati per lo più mediante un oggetto il cui manico è trivialmente riconducibile a una forma fallica (rif., diz. etim. Zingarelli).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il periodo invece non ho idea, ma sicuramente postumo al latino nel quale il verbo &lt;em&gt;scopare&lt;/em&gt; ha origine tarda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che ho trovato in rete che l'atto di pulire mediante ramazza era un'operazione appannaggio di mogli operose e soddisfacenti, :) considerazione che potrebbe perorare l'imporsi del nuovo significato del verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riferimenti e letture utili:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/scopare&quot;&gt;http://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/scopare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://betapensiero.blogspot.hk/2011/12/trombare-fottere-o-fare-lamore.html&quot;&gt;http://betapensiero.blogspot.hk/2011/12/trombare-fottere-o-fare-lamore.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="445" LastActivityDate="2014-03-07T09:02:30.473" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1801" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-03-08T21:43:49.583" Score="2" ViewCount="23238" Body="&lt;p&gt;Presumo si sappia che governo italiano sta predisponendo il cosiddetto 'jobs act'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Due domande:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;come si tradurrebbe in italiano 'jobs act' senza alterarne la sonorità epica che la lingua inglese gli conferisce?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;perchè 'jobs act' e non 'job act'?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-03-10T00:24:03.127" LastActivityDate="2014-11-26T09:24:46.397" Title="Traduzione di 'jobs act'" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1801" CreationDate="2014-03-10T08:55:25.957" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;se &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; dovessi rendere in italiano &quot;Jobs act&quot; (e notate che non ho scritto &quot;tradurre&quot;), cercherei un retronimo per LAVORO, qualcosa tipo Legge Aggiungente Valore Ottimale per la Realizzazione Occupazionale). Ovviamente nessuno si ricorderebbe dell'acronimo ma avrebbe questa lontana rimembranza dell'esistenza dell'acronimo stesso :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-03-10T08:55:25.957" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1801" CreationDate="2014-03-10T21:41:59.287" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Seguendo la stessa logica della riforma del 2003 - chiamata appunto &quot;riforma del diritto societario&quot;, o semplicemente &quot;riforma del 2003&quot; - lo tradurrei con &quot;Riforma del diritto del lavoro del 2014&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user415" LastActivityDate="2014-03-10T21:41:59.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1801" CreationDate="2014-03-12T13:57:36.523" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La traduzione corretta può essere &quot;Legge sul lavoro&quot; o &quot;Legge sulle professioni&quot;.&#xA;Per mantenerne la sonorità potresti usare &quot;Testo unico del lavoro&quot; o, per avvicinarti agli obiettivi dichiarati, potresti usare &quot;Testo unico di riforma del lavoro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concordo con DaG sul riferimento al &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jumpstart_Our_Business_Startups_Act&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Jumpstart Our Business Startups&lt;/a&gt; di Obama.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2014-03-12T13:57:36.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1725" CreationDate="2014-03-12T14:02:54.160" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second one is the most correct between the two.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyhow, I would elaborate it a bit more.&#xA;Do you mean it will not &quot;lead&quot; or it will not &quot;bring&quot; to something good?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you mean it will not lead to something good it's  &quot;porterà a qualcosa di buono&quot;. Otherwise the second, as you wrote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2014-03-12T14:02:54.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1807" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-03-12T18:16:44.030" Score="4" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just found this tweet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;'500 MILIONI FONDO PER LE IMPRESE SOCIALI' sono regalo per 'terzo settore', che &lt;em&gt;altro&lt;/em&gt; non è che serbatoio elettorale e clientelare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;altro&lt;/em&gt; correct? Or, maybe, should it be &lt;em&gt;altri&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-16T21:53:03.300" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T21:59:27.977" Title="'altro' vs. 'altri'" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1807" CreationDate="2014-03-12T22:15:44.893" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Non essere altro che...' is an idiom that means 'To be nothing but...'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;strong&gt;Lui&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;singular&lt;/em&gt;) non &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;singular&lt;/em&gt;) altro che uno scocciatore. = He's nothing but a nuisance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this idiom, 'altro' (indefinite pronoun) is generally never used in the plural form, but the verb can be (depending on the number of the subject):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;strong&gt;Loro&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;plural&lt;/em&gt;) non &lt;strong&gt;sono&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;plural&lt;/em&gt;) altro che degli scocciatori. = They're nothing but a nuisance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note how the verb &lt;em&gt;to be&lt;/em&gt; always agrees with the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="492" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-16T21:59:27.977" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T21:59:27.977" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1725" CreationDate="2014-03-13T07:32:08.323" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Try to read the sentence without the part in the middle, i.e., &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Nessuna legge elettorale porterà nulla di buono.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Nessuna legge elettorale porterà qualcosa di buono.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Read in that way, the second one looks more correct. An English translation in the sense of &quot;meaning&quot; (i.e. not a &quot;word-by-word&quot; translation) would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;There is no election law that will bring nothing good.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;There is no election law that will bring something good. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while, as Walter Tross suggested, there is a third opportunity which is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nessuna legge elettorale porterà alcunché di buono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is also translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There is no election law that will bring anything good. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="489" LastEditorUserId="489" LastEditDate="2014-03-13T09:25:17.573" LastActivityDate="2014-03-13T09:25:17.573" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1807" CreationDate="2014-03-13T19:44:23.080" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As suggested by kYuZz and donnadulcinea, these are indefinite pronouns: &quot;altro&quot; is for things or concepts («cinquecento milioni non sono altro che spiccioli», «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/altro2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bugiarda che non sei altro!&lt;/a&gt;»); &quot;altri&quot; is for people («Tizia altri non è che la cugina di Caio», «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/altri/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Venite a noi parlar, s’altri nol niega!&lt;/a&gt;»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note how, in modern Italian, &quot;altro&quot; and &quot;altri&quot; are usually not concordant with (invariant with respect to) number and gender of the subject. Not so in the past. Consider for example Giovanni Boccaccio in his &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt; (1), Galileo Galilei in his &lt;em&gt;Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del mondo&lt;/em&gt; (2) or Giacomo Leopardi, in his &lt;em&gt;Zibaldone&lt;/em&gt; (3, 4):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Padre mio, le novelle che io ho &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/boccaccio/decameron_branca/pdf/boccaccio_decameron_branca.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;non sono altre che&lt;/a&gt; di quello maladetto da Dio vostro amico»;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Che poi al moto circolare niuno altro sia contrario, lo prova Aristotile in molte maniere; ma senza replicarle tutte, assai apertamente resta dimostrato, mentre che i moti semplici &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.letteraturaitaliana.net/pdf/Volume_6/t333.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;non sono altri che tre&lt;/a&gt;, al mezo, dal mezo e intorno al mezo, de i quali i dua retti sursum et deorsum sono manifestamente contrari, e perché un solo ha un solo per contrario, adunque non resta altro movimento che possa esser contrario al circolare»;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«La causa di questa differenza, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.classicitaliani.it/leopardi/zibaldone/leopardi_zibaldone_1915_2194.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;non è altra che&lt;/a&gt; la mancanza di assuefazioni determinanti e creanti l'armonia o disarmonia de' colori puri»;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«E quantunque anche la disinvoltura possa essere affettata, e da ciò guasta, tuttavia possiamo dire iperbolicamente, che se veruna affettazione è permessa allo scrittore, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.leopardi.it/zibaldone2.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;non è altra che&lt;/a&gt; questa di non accorgersi nè prevedere i begli effetti che le sue parole faranno in chi leggerà, o ascolterà, e di non aver volontà nè scopo nessuno, eccetto quello ch’è manifesto e naturale, di narrare, di celebrare, compiangere ec.».&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This use is still possible in modern Italian, it sounds archaic though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-03-15T05:47:09.673" LastActivityDate="2014-03-15T05:47:09.673" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1696" CreationDate="2014-03-13T21:56:45.340" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso l'accento è semplicemente sbagliato, infatti non troverai in alcun dizionario della lingua italiana la parola &quot;sè&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trattandosi in entrambi i casi della stessa parola intesa nella stessa accezione, ovvero nella funzione di pronome riflessivo, vanno scritti entrambi con accento acuto (é) (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se/&lt;/a&gt;), salvo in casi in cui l'uso dell'accento per distinguere il &quot;sé&quot; pronome dal &quot;se&quot; congiunzione sia completamente superfluo perchè impossibile confonderli (come ad esempio qui: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accentazione-pronome-stesso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accentazione-pronome-stesso&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusione, la differenza tra &quot;sè&quot; e &quot;sé&quot; è che la prima non esiste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastActivityDate="2014-03-13T21:56:45.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1814" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1816" CreationDate="2014-03-14T19:32:19.733" Score="2" ViewCount="6791" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro di fisica c'è scritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La differenza di potenziale tra un punto A e un punto B a valle&#xA;  distante h è Eh, se il punto B è a monte è -Eh.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il punto A e B devono essere su una linea. Consideriamo che sempre l'inizio è a sinistra e fine è a destra. Quindi quando possiamo dire che abbiamo Eh e quando possiamo dire che abbiamo -Eh? (Nel caso di AB o nel caso di BA)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato sul Internet e ho visto che &lt;em&gt;a valle&lt;/em&gt; vuol dire alla fine però questo mi porta a una contradizione. Così ho pensato che forse non capisco l'intera frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="219" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-16T17:25:10.070" LastActivityDate="2014-03-16T17:25:10.070" Title="A monte e a valle cosa significano?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1814" CreationDate="2014-03-14T23:22:44.763" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;A monte&quot; identifies the beginning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;A monte della lite&lt;/code&gt; indicates a the beginning of discussion&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;A valle&quot; is the opposite point, so indicates the ending.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_129.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2014-03-14T23:22:44.763" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1814" CreationDate="2014-03-15T00:47:22.343" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A monte&lt;/em&gt; means (among others) &lt;em&gt;upstream&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a valle&lt;/em&gt; means (among others) &lt;em&gt;downstream&lt;/em&gt;. This is obvious if you consider that rivers flow from mountain (&lt;em&gt;monte&lt;/em&gt;) to valley (&lt;em&gt;valle&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case &lt;em&gt;upstream&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;downstream&lt;/em&gt; can hardly be used &quot;as is&quot; in the English version - a different wording is probably more appropriate.&#xA;The English translation could be something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The potential difference (voltage) between a point A and a point B at a distance h in the direction of the electric field &lt;strong&gt;E&lt;/strong&gt; is Eh. If the point B is in the opposite direction, it is -Eh.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The confusion seems to arise from the fact that the potential difference the book is talking of here is not V(B)-V(A), but V(A)-V(B). Point A, in the first situation depicted, is at a higher potential than point B.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are not the only one confused by this text (apparently Mazzoldi, Nigro, Voci - &quot;Elementi di Fisica - Elettromagnetismo&quot;, vol. 2), have a look &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.matematicamente.it/forum/a-valle-e-a-monte-significato-in-questo-caso-t80156.html&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2014-03-15T01:52:22.067" LastActivityDate="2014-03-15T01:52:22.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1285" CreationDate="2014-03-15T08:25:12.563" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used to attend a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ssml.va.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;school for translators&lt;/a&gt;, and all the translators who gave us lessons used to tell us that the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/trattino_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;m-dash&lt;/a&gt; is actually allowed by Italian grammar but no more in use, so we SHOULD NOT use it while translating from English or German; instead, we could turn it into brackets, commas or other punctuation, as the case requires.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastActivityDate="2014-03-15T08:25:12.563" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1725" CreationDate="2014-03-15T08:48:47.100" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_5/interventi/666.shtml.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; you can read that if you write a double negative you'll give the impression of a stronger negation ('in italiano la doppia negazione rafforza il &quot;no&quot;'), so they're both usable and with the same meaning, but the first one sounds &quot;more negative&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastActivityDate="2014-03-15T08:48:47.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1819" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-03-16T10:13:54.683" Score="4" ViewCount="2724" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si sente spesso parlare degli spropositati redditi dei dirigenti della pubblica amministrazione, normalmente superiori a 150.000,00 €/anno; e si auspica siano 'dimezzati'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono poi moltissimi casi in cui tali redditi sono finanche superiori, e di molto, a 200.000,00 €/anno e, conseguentemente, andrebbero ridotti ad un terzo o ad un quarto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così come 'dimezzare' significa 'ridurre ad un mezzo', ci sono singole parole che significano 'ridurre ad un terzo' e 'ridurre ad un quarto'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-16T17:22:58.433" LastActivityDate="2014-03-16T23:34:54.007" Title="'ridurre ad un terzo' e 'ridurre ad un quarto'" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1820" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1819" CreationDate="2014-03-16T10:47:07.563" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &quot;dividere in quarti&quot; esiste &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/squartare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;squartare&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, che però, come puoi leggere nella definizione stessa, è generalmente legato al macello di una bestia o a un'esecuzione capitale, inoltre il significato si limita al &quot;dividere&quot;, manca quindi il senso proprio di riduzione; ciò non toglie che letteralmente corrisponda a &quot;dividere in quattro parti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece per quanto riguarda &quot;ridurre a un terzo&quot;, ciò che ho trovato di più simile è, anche se non più in uso in questa accezione, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sterzare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sterzare&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastEditorUserId="497" LastEditDate="2014-03-16T12:21:04.063" LastActivityDate="2014-03-16T12:21:04.063" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1822" CreationDate="2014-03-16T17:57:25.273" Score="7" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading an old document put on the web and saw “siam” where I expected “siamo.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was about to report a typo when I realized that at least a third of the verbs were that way—“dobbiam” and “abbiam” per esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Was that ever normal long long ago?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-24T07:15:30.513" LastActivityDate="2014-07-24T07:15:30.513" Title="Was there a time when some 1st person plurals ended with “-am”?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1821" CreationDate="2014-03-16T20:59:22.607" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is an apocope (in Italian &lt;em&gt;troncamento&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;apocope&lt;/em&gt;), a usual phenomenon in which one or more final letters of a word are omitted, usually for metrical or general euphonic reasons, not specific of a particular grammatical person or number (but with its own empirical rules).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some &lt;em&gt;troncamenti&lt;/em&gt; are now fixed (think about &lt;em&gt;buon giorno&lt;/em&gt; rather than *&lt;em&gt;buono giorno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un uomo&lt;/em&gt; rather than *&lt;em&gt;uno uomo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dottor Rossi&lt;/em&gt; vs.*&lt;em&gt;dottore Rossi&lt;/em&gt;). Others are optional, and left to one's sense of the language and the different emphasis to be given to a sentence (&lt;em&gt;ti vuole bene&lt;/em&gt; as well as &lt;em&gt;ti vuol bene&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian you can read more about it in Treccani &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/em&gt;'s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/troncamento_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;article about &lt;em&gt;troncamento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-03-17T03:39:22.497" LastActivityDate="2014-03-17T03:39:22.497" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1819" CreationDate="2014-03-16T21:04:56.800" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rinquartare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rinquartare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ha tra i suoi significati “dividere per quattro”, ma visto che può significare anche “moltiplicare per quattro” non lo consiglierei; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inquartare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;inquartare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/interzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;interzare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; hanno anche i significati di dividere per quattro e per tre (oltre ad altri che interferiscono, come sopra), ma sono usati quasi solo in araldica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-03-16T21:04:56.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1819" CreationDate="2014-03-16T23:34:54.007" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Visto che la domanda è taggata &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/idioms&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;idioms&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;idioms&lt;/a&gt;, mi urge sottolineare che nè &quot;rinquartare&quot;, &quot;inquartare&quot;, &quot;interzare&quot;, &quot;squartare&quot; o &quot;sterzare&quot; sono idiomi in uso comune. Risulta molto più naturale &quot;ridurre a un terzo&quot; &amp;mdash; o meglio ancora, &quot;ridurre &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; due terzi,&quot; &quot;ridurre &lt;em&gt;del&lt;/em&gt; 75%.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe inventare una spiegazione per questa mia impressione da speaker nativo: nell'espressione &quot;ridurre dell'&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; percento&quot;, &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; è la quantità di riduzione; sembra dunque più logico, o quantomeno più diretto, di &quot;ridurre al (100&amp;minus;&lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;)%.&quot; Probabilmente però la mia preferenza ha semplicemente radici nell'uso tipico che si fa di queste espressioni nei telegiornali e nelle trasmissioni televisive di natura politica, in cui spesso le variazioni in ballo sono frazioni di punto percentuale. Confronta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Il PIL nel Gennaio 2025 si è ridotto al 99.2% rispetto al suo valore nello stesso mese del 2024.&quot;* [Messaggio implicito: niente panico! va tutto bene! non c'è crisi! è quasi 100!]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Il PIL nel Gennaio 2025 si è ridotto dello 0.8% al suo valore nello stesso mese del 2024.&quot;* [Messaggio implicito: allarme! siamo in piena recessione!]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le mie riserve sull'uso di &quot;ridurre a&quot; diventano al contrario raccomandazioni nei casi in cui il nuovo valore venga specificato in termini assoluti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Prendevo 1,500€ di stipendio, ma con le nuove tasse il mio salario si è ridotto a 1,350€.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[Messaggio implicito: e io con 1,350€ come arrivo alla fine del mese?]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Prendevo 1,500€ di stipendio, ma con le nuove tasse il mio salario si è ridotto di 150€.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[Probabilmente il messaggio implicito è lo stesso, ma qui io mi distraggo a calcolare quanto prendi ora...]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2014-03-16T23:34:54.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1618" CreationDate="2014-03-17T00:18:23.257" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe usare anche: &lt;em&gt;pian piano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tale sensazione viene pian piano meno mentre/quando il lettore si addentra nell'opera e comincia a provare interesse per …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tale sensazione viene pian piano meno all' addentrarsi del lettore nell'opera e mentre comincia a provare interesse per...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="501" LastEditorUserId="501" LastEditDate="2014-04-13T21:48:50.427" LastActivityDate="2014-04-13T21:48:50.427" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1826" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-03-17T19:13:11.053" Score="9" ViewCount="319" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have &lt;a href=&quot;https://history.stackexchange.com/questions/12037/the-riddle-of-marcos-millions&quot;&gt;a question on History Stack Exchange&lt;/a&gt; which noone has been able to answer yet. Someone has suggested I try this SE site, so here goes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a theory put forward by Benedetto, in his 1928 edition of 'Il Milione', the Italian title of one of the versions of Marco Polo's book about his voyage to China and back. According to the author, the association of 'Il Milione' both as title of the book, and with Marco Polo himself is that it originated in 'the Venetian Sestiere of Emilione'. (as quoted in works by &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=VWn-j_RiJigC&amp;amp;pg=PA81&amp;amp;lpg=PA81&amp;amp;dq=sestiere%20emilione&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=dgUBsb2sw7&amp;amp;sig=t8fJLwJlDXlIdBVjagSDUCIgf44&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=K3AhU5PGL86AhAeQ1YCwDw&amp;amp;ved=0CDUQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=sestiere%20emilione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Markus&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=LmppjwClpFcC&amp;amp;pg=PA94&amp;amp;lpg=PA94&amp;amp;dq=sestiere%20emilione&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=DdaUTDB65x&amp;amp;sig=LtWz6xmxoDovua8cqPRVBro3-Dw&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=K3AhU5PGL86AhAeQ1YCwDw&amp;amp;ved=0CDoQ6AEwAg#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=sestiere%20emilione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Munkler&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't been able to verify Benedetto's account directly, to see whether he meant a Venetian sestiere, or a region near Venice (eg Emilia-Romagna / Reggio Emilia / Castelfranco Emilia) nor have I been able to find any mention of a Venetian Sestiere called 'Emilione'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So - my questions are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Is there any record of such a district existing in Venice? I can find no reference to it on contemporary or historic maps I've looked at to date. Nor have I found a reference to a Church of Santa Emilia there, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Is there any evidence to connect the Polo family with any of the 'Emilia' regions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per il vostro aiuto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="504" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:47:53.967" LastActivityDate="2014-03-17T21:46:20.230" Title="Is there a connection between Marco Polo and Emilione?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1826" CreationDate="2014-03-17T21:46:20.230" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just my two cents before somebody gives a proper answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The common theory about the name is that in the book many descriptions about foreign and exotic reigns are pretty exaggerated. The horses in the royal stables were more than a thousands, the armies were enormous, etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From that the &quot;milione&quot; name in the title is usually explained as a very big, hyperbolic number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you pointed out, there is little to no reference about the Emilione Polo surname theory in ancient texts, as it is stated in this random page &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.direzimontecchio2.it/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=5&amp;amp;Itemid=17&amp;amp;limitstart=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.direzimontecchio2.it/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=5&amp;amp;Itemid=17&amp;amp;limitstart=1&lt;/a&gt; which you surely found already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least this is the commonly known version, I'll be happy to delete this answer when an historian answers more properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastActivityDate="2014-03-17T21:46:20.230" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1828" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1829" CreationDate="2014-03-19T12:17:30.457" Score="10" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;How does one say that something is &lt;strong&gt;long overdue&lt;/strong&gt; in Italian? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, is it correct to say something like &quot;Fa molto tempo che sia in attesa&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="509" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-19T14:36:53.280" LastActivityDate="2014-03-31T15:53:02.160" Title="&quot;Long overdue&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1828" CreationDate="2014-03-19T14:34:29.163" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the context.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's past the deadline / expected date:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Qualcosa) è (ben) oltre la scadenza prevista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's something that has been promised long time ago:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È da (tanto) tempo che lo/la si aspetta.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's something that should have been done before something else or just long time ago:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Qualcosa) avrebbe dovuto essere fatto prima / avrebbe dovuto essere fatto (tanto) tempo fa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Essere in attesa&lt;/em&gt;, as you've suggested, has connotation of &quot;being pregnant, being expecting a child.&quot; If that's the context, then one could simply say &lt;em&gt;ritardo della nascita&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;la nascita si fa attendere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-21T12:17:02.203" LastActivityDate="2014-03-21T12:17:02.203" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1828" CreationDate="2014-03-19T19:09:02.063" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what I.M. already put in his answer I wanted to add that a generic overdue time is often called &quot;ritardo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is valid in many cases: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;The job was completed past its due time&quot; = &quot;il lavoro è stato finito in ritardo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;She arrived late&quot; = &quot;(Lei) è arrivata in ritardo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and many other cases generically referring to something that was expected earlier than when it eventually happened, including childbirth, menstruation, intellectual development of a child, traveling, somebody slow in understanding a joke, etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastActivityDate="2014-03-19T19:09:02.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1828" CreationDate="2014-03-22T03:14:33.840" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;E' da un sacco di tempo che stiamo aspettando.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be written as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;E' da un sacco che stiamo aspettando&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="516" LastActivityDate="2014-03-22T03:14:33.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1828" CreationDate="2014-03-23T23:15:34.143" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the closest translation to &lt;strong&gt;long overdue&lt;/strong&gt; is&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;scaduto da molto (tempo)&lt;/strong&gt;. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La bolletta e` scaduta. ( the bill's long overdue )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da domani i Buoni Postali saranno scaduti. ( the bonds will be expired, by tomorrow )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo cibo e` scaduto. ( this food is past its sell-by date )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-03-23T23:15:34.143" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1833" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1834" CreationDate="2014-03-23T23:35:05.277" Score="4" ViewCount="428" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could a &quot; stag party&quot; be used to define the Italian &quot;Addio al celibato&quot; ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-24T08:31:37.630" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:03:28.340" Title="The use of the expression &quot;a Stag Party&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1833" CreationDate="2014-03-24T00:22:39.457" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Comparing the English definiton of &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o22Tajc1MVg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stag night&lt;/a&gt;&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;A celebration&lt;/strong&gt; held for a man &lt;strong&gt;shortly before his wedding&lt;/strong&gt;, attended by his &lt;strong&gt;male friends only&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to the Italian &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Addio_al_celibato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;addio al celibato&lt;/a&gt;&quot;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;una festa&lt;/strong&gt; in onore di un uomo in procinto di sposarsi, tenuta &lt;strong&gt;nei giorni immediatamente precedenti le nozze&lt;/strong&gt;, nella quale viene celebrato simbolicamente l'abbandono della condizione di celibe. Il rito sociale dell'addio al celibato è informato a uno spirito goliardico e vede la partecipazione dei più stretti amici del futuro sposo, &lt;strong&gt;tutti di sesso maschile.&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;we can assume that they have the same meaning, as they include the same elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sorry but I couldn't find official sources for the  definitions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T12:02:19.477" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:02:19.477" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1833" CreationDate="2014-03-24T14:40:14.957" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I confirm that a Stag Night can be used to define the Italian &quot;addio al celibato&quot;.&#xA;A fast source of this can be: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/stag%20party.&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;Stag Party&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="521" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T12:03:28.340" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:03:28.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1836" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1838" CreationDate="2014-03-25T08:38:57.970" Score="12" ViewCount="17796" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English we can say:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Well/So, it's time for me to leave.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So/Well, what can I do to help you?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Well/So, what's the problem?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;allora&lt;/em&gt; an equivalent of &quot;so/well&quot; in these cases? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-07T11:28:47.773" LastActivityDate="2018-12-07T11:28:47.773" Title="What is the Italian equivalent for &quot;well/so&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1837" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-03-25T09:01:37.477" Score="5" ViewCount="748" Body="&lt;p&gt;I almost quit my job (It implies that I didn't). &#xA;&lt;em&gt;Ho quasi lasciato il mio lavoro.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it mean exactly the same thing, implying that I still have my job?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="4" LastEditDate="2014-03-26T09:54:21.907" LastActivityDate="2014-03-28T09:13:57.070" Title="Is &quot;almost&quot; the equivalent word for &quot;quasi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1836" CreationDate="2014-03-25T09:19:55.983" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the first example I'd use &quot;Beh/be', è ora che io vada&quot;. For the other sentences &quot;Allora&quot; is fine, but you may also use &quot;Dunque&quot; which however is a bit more rude.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-07T11:27:09.963" LastActivityDate="2018-12-07T11:27:09.963" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1837" CreationDate="2014-03-25T10:46:41.943" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, but I'd prefer using &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; and omitting the possessive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quasi lasciavo il lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-03-25T10:46:41.943" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2014-03-25T13:01:32.167" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cosare&quot; should, in my opinion, used only while joking or in &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; colloquial situations, otherwhise you will sound really slappy. Never use it while writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only under this conditions, you can use it in place of any verb that can be related with doing something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2014-03-25T13:01:32.167" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1841" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-03-25T13:20:04.420" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about the content and formation of vocabulary of the Italian language. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few sample questions that are a good fit for this tag:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1372/estimates-about-the-number-of-lemmas-in-the-italian-vocabulary&quot;&gt;Estimates about the number of lemmas in the Italian vocabulary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1405/quando-si-puo-dire-che-una-parola-appartiene-alla-lingua-italiana&quot;&gt;Quando si può dire che una parola appartiene alla lingua&#xA;italiana?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This tag should be distinguished from:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/word-usage&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;word-usage&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;word-usage&lt;/a&gt;, which is for questions about using a word in a specific context&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/translation&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;translation&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;translation&lt;/a&gt;, which is for questions about finding a word to fit a meaning similar to a foreign word or phrase &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/word-meaning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;word-meaning&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;word-meaning&lt;/a&gt;, which is for questions about definitions and nuances of meaning in a word or phrase&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-25T13:20:04.420" LastActivityDate="2014-03-25T13:20:04.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1842" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-03-25T13:20:04.420" Score="0" Body="A vocabulary is the body of words used in a particular language." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-03-25T13:20:04.420" LastActivityDate="2014-03-25T13:20:04.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1837" CreationDate="2014-03-25T16:32:31.913" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian and I prefer Vic's version: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho quasi lasciato il mio lavoro&lt;/em&gt; (perché mi trattano male).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I almost quit my job (because they treat me badly).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="527" LastEditorUserId="4" LastEditDate="2014-03-26T15:54:26.430" LastActivityDate="2014-03-26T15:54:26.430" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1837" CreationDate="2014-03-25T23:24:37.227" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your example the two sentences do have the same meaning (compare the definitions: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/almost&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;almost&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quasi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;quasi&lt;/a&gt;) but, generally speaking, &quot;almost&quot; and &quot;quasi&quot; are not always equivalent, as &quot;quasi&quot; has one more meaning that &quot;almost&quot; has not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact &quot;quasi&quot; can also mean &quot;as if&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come, come se fosse ...: [...] Frequente con un part. pass.: &lt;em&gt;avanzava veloce, q. portato dal vento&lt;/em&gt;. In funzione di cong. subordinativa (col senso di «come se»), col verbo al congiuntivo: &lt;em&gt;insisteva, q. avesse ragione lui&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quasi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quasi/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastActivityDate="2014-03-25T23:24:37.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1837" CreationDate="2014-03-26T00:19:22.780" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Quasi&quot; is fine, but to be more clear (and emphatic) I would have used&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per poco non lasciavo il lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which conveys clearly both the fact that in the end I opted to keep it, but that I &lt;em&gt;almost&lt;/em&gt; got there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2014-03-26T00:19:22.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1836" CreationDate="2014-03-26T10:47:30.817" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may use &quot;bene&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well/So, it's time for me to leave -&gt; &quot;bene, è ora che me ne vada&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="103" LastActivityDate="2014-03-26T10:47:30.817" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1618" CreationDate="2014-03-26T16:22:14.180" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso di &quot;più&quot; può essere una valida alternativa che conferisce l'idea di progressivo accrescimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;… tale sensazione viene meno più il lettore si addentra nell'opera e comincia a provare interesse per …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre la contrapposizione dei termini &quot;meno&quot; e &quot;più&quot; è un ottimo gioco di parole laddove si legga &quot;meno&quot; allungando un poco più del dovuto l'accento sulla &quot;e&quot;: &quot;meeno&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="535" LastActivityDate="2014-03-26T16:22:14.180" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1837" CreationDate="2014-03-28T09:13:57.070" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Still another possibility:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stavo quasi per lasciare il mio lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is not a past continuous :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-03-28T09:13:57.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1836" CreationDate="2014-03-29T22:53:20.910" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that it depends on affirmative-negative or interrogative forms. If you are asking something you can use &quot;Allora dove andiamo?&quot;. If you are in the affirmative form you can use &quot;dunque&quot;. The expression &quot;Beh&quot; usually is used only when you are speaking and not in written form. Another way to translate this form is &quot;Ehm&quot;; that indicates that you are trying to take time and don't know how to answer: &quot;Ehm, non so se uscirò&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="545" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2018-12-05T15:21:29.963" LastActivityDate="2018-12-05T15:21:29.963" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1853" CreationDate="2014-03-30T00:39:36.523" Score="6" ViewCount="1040" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'attributo per qualificare chi vuole troncare e sopire senza darlo a vedere, in modo subdolamente manipolatorio? &quot;Subdolamente sfuggente&quot;, &quot;subdolamente evitante&quot;: in una parola? Forse solo &quot;evitante&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per chiarire sto pensando ad una situazione in cui l'obiettivo è quello di evitare un argomento, una domanda, al fine di imporre ad esempio un determinato status quo all'interlocutore, impedirgli di considerare le alternative, inibirgli l'opportunità di far emergere i propri punti di vista o di far valere i propri diritti, di relazionarsi alla pari, imponendogli cioè un rapporto di dominanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio estremo: un educatore che risponde alle domande di un bambino solo se le risposte sono funzionali a rinforzare nel bambino un'opinione soggettiva dell'educatore stesso, ignorando ed evitando tutto ciò che invece farebbe nascere nel bambino direttamente o indirettamente dubbi o ipotesi alternative. Una vera e propria strategia di manipolazione. Lo stesso può accadere in politica o persino nell'ambito di una comunità scientifica laddove ad esempio vi siano interessi economici a mantenere uno status quo ed evitare il formarsi di opinioni alternative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile - ma non ne sono certo - che in inglese la parola giusta sia &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thefreedictionary.com/devious&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;devious&lt;/a&gt;&quot; che suona anche bene perché dà l'idea dell'intento di deviare per ingannare. In italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;@donnadulcinea&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;@DaG&lt;/strong&gt;, forse in questo caso potrebbe essere necessario usare più aggettivi insieme: «una persona subdola, evasiva, manipolativa»?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento tardivo&lt;/strong&gt;: tornando su questa domanda a mente fredda, penso proprio che non c'è una parola per qualificare il comportamento descritto sù. Forse si può solo arricchire la descrizione con una lista di parole che ne completino il quadro: un plagiatore, un manipolatore subdolo e passivo, sfuggente ed evasivo ma allo stesso tempo ingannevole e indirettamente coercitivo, insidioso e tendenzioso, capzioso, fraudolento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-05-22T04:45:00.727" LastActivityDate="2014-05-22T04:45:00.727" Title="Una persona che vuol subdolamente troncare e sopire si dice …" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1852" CreationDate="2014-03-30T03:18:41.080" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io suggerirei &lt;code&gt;Evasivo&lt;/code&gt;, anche se non forza quella leggera sfumatura manipolatoria di cui parli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Evasivo: Che tende a non affrontare direttamente un problema, &#xA;una questione: mostrarsi e.; parlare in modo e.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse &lt;code&gt;Elusivo&lt;/code&gt; rende meglio l'intenzione di &lt;em&gt;evitare&lt;/em&gt;, ma direi in maniera più celata che subdola. Non necessariamente manipolatoria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;da Elusione: Capacità di evitare, di sottrarsi a qlco. &#xA;con furbizia e abilità || &#xA;e. fiscale, comportamento del contribuente che, approfittando &#xA;della complessità delle norme fiscali, riesce a sottrarsi alla &#xA;tassazione senza cadere nell'illegalità&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="445" LastActivityDate="2014-03-30T03:18:41.080" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1852" CreationDate="2014-03-30T18:38:31.167" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/subdolo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;subdolo&lt;/a&gt;” è definito dal Treccani come «Detto di persona che tende a dissimulare le proprie intenzioni e a comportarsi in modo falso e coperto, allo scopo di trarre in inganno e di conseguire un fine nascosto», e quindi sembra abbastanza affine all'intento manipolatore descritto nella domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-03-30T21:28:24.837" LastActivityDate="2014-03-30T21:28:24.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1828" CreationDate="2014-03-31T13:38:59.117" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you wish to keep the -due- component, where it has some duty related force. Indeed &lt;em&gt;due&lt;/em&gt; is derived form latin  &lt;em&gt;debeo, debēre, debui, debitus&lt;/em&gt; which I understand can be translated by &lt;em&gt;to owe, ought&lt;/em&gt; (you owe debt to the govt)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A almost literal translation is indeed possible &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il riconoscimento a &lt;strong&gt;lungo dovuto&lt;/strong&gt; finalmente è giunto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;la risposta che ha &lt;em&gt;lungo&lt;/em&gt; ti &lt;strong&gt;dovevo&lt;/strong&gt; oggi ti invio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(la seconda suona forse un poco ricercata)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="546" LastEditorUserId="546" LastEditDate="2014-03-31T15:53:02.160" LastActivityDate="2014-03-31T15:53:02.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1856" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-01T04:33:51.933" Score="3" ViewCount="3853" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal verbo &quot;manipolare&quot; discendono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/manipolatore/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manipolatore,&#xA;manipolatrice&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;s.m. e f.: «Chi manipola»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;manipolante, part. pres. di manipolare: «che manipola»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/manipolatorio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manipolatorio&lt;/a&gt;, agg.: «Che riguarda la manipolazione, che comporta una manipolazione, che consiste in una manipolazione»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/manipolativo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manipolativo&lt;/a&gt;, agg.: «Relativo alla manipolazione, che serve a manipolare»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che confusione!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo è un sostantivo, ma si può usare come aggettivo? Un manipolatore è una &quot;persona manipolatrice&quot;? O piuttosto una &quot;persona manipolante&quot;? Certo non una &quot;persona manipolatoria&quot;! Ma forse una &quot;persona manipolativa&quot;, con l'intenzionale attitudine a manipolare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un comportamento può essere manipolatorio/manipolativo? O sarebbe meglio usare questi due termini solo in giurisprudenza (&quot;sentenze manipolatorie/manipolative&quot;) o forse in campo tecnico? Non sarebbe meglio dire un &quot;comportamento manipolante&quot;? Certo &quot;un comportamento manipolatore&quot; non mi suona molto bene. E un &quot;comportamento manipolatorio/manipolativo&quot; è lo stesso che un &quot;comportamento manipolante&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il participio presente, &quot;manipolante&quot;, non ha neanche una sua definizione nella Treccani né, mi pare, altrove. Sembra da Google che sia anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=manipolatore%2Cmanipolatrice%2Cmanipolante%2Cmanipolatorio%2Cmanipolatoria%2Cmanipolativo%2Cmanipolativa&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1500&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cmanipolatore%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bmanipolatore%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BManipolatore%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cmanipolatrice%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cmanipolante%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cmanipolatorio%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cmanipolatoria%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cmanipolativo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cmanipolativa%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;scarsamente utilizzato&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo, espongo di seguito il mio orientamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per persone:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;persona manipolatrice&quot; (che adotta comportamenti che manipolano)? Incerto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;persona manipolante&quot; (che adotta comportamenti che manipolano)? Sì, ma senza fonte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;persona manipolatoria&quot; (che adotta comportamenti che manipolano)? No&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;persona manipolativa&quot; (con l'intenzionale attitudine a manipolare)? Sì&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per comportamenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;comportamento manipolatore&quot; (che manipola)? Incerto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;comportamento manipolante&quot; (che manipola)? Sì, ma senza fonte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;comportamento manipolatorio&quot; (che comporta manipolazione)? Sì&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;comportamento manipolativo&quot; (che serve a manipolare)? Sì&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-04-28T10:32:56.037" Title="Significati e usi di &quot;manipolatore/trice&quot;, &quot;manipolante&quot;, &quot;manipolatorio/a&quot;, &quot;manipolativo/a&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1857" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1858" CreationDate="2014-04-01T11:41:49.397" Score="7" ViewCount="4156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any significant difference between “perché” and “poiché”?  I’ve seen both used where “because” was the best English translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There were a couple of other words used the same way, but I can’t remember them now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-29T14:30:58.053" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T14:30:58.053" Title="Perché, poiché, etc" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1857" CreationDate="2014-04-01T17:30:12.037" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can read &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/poiche/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, there is a subtle difference regarding the syntax:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[&quot;poiché&quot; si adopera] per introdurre una prop. causale che precede la principale: &lt;em&gt;poiché la pensi così, lascio decidere a te&lt;/em&gt; (quando invece la propr. causale segue la principale si preferisce «perché»: &lt;em&gt;lascio decidere a te perché so come la pensi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll try to translate it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[&quot;poiché&quot; is used] to introduce a &quot;because clause&quot; before the main sentence: &lt;em&gt;poiché la pensi così, lascio decidere a te&lt;/em&gt; (instead, if the main sentence comes first, &quot;perché&quot; is preferable: &lt;em&gt;lascio decidere a te perché so come la pensi&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-04-02T17:28:45.150" LastActivityDate="2014-04-02T17:28:45.150" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1859" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-02T07:40:23.817" Score="9" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;One can write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;glielo&lt;/em&gt; porto, &lt;em&gt;gliene&lt;/em&gt; riferisco, &lt;em&gt;gliela&lt;/em&gt; scaldo, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but not:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;lelo&lt;/em&gt; porto, &lt;em&gt;mene&lt;/em&gt; incolse, &lt;em&gt;tela&lt;/em&gt; scaldo, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is different in this respect? Where does this difference originate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="75" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-04-02T09:04:41.477" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T11:05:32.313" Title="Why the single particle glielo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;compounds&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1859" CreationDate="2014-04-02T08:11:57.527" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Note that the equivalent of &quot;te lo do&quot; should be &quot;*gli lo do&quot; :-) &#xA;At the end of the XIX century the form &quot;glie lo do&quot; is attested, for example in &lt;em&gt;Cuore&lt;/em&gt; by Edmondo de Amicis - see &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/phpBB2/viewtopic.php@p=11486.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/phpBB2/viewtopic.php@p=11486.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Accademia della Crusca &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/glielo-potremmo-spiegare-cos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;says&lt;/a&gt; that the other forms were possibly not created to avoid confusion with the Italian words &quot;melo&quot;, &quot;tela&quot;, &quot;mene&quot;... but no formal production rule is really known.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T11:05:32.313" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T11:05:32.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1861" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1862" CreationDate="2014-04-02T08:37:02.683" Score="5" ViewCount="3796" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which verb is usually used to say: &quot;I usually wear casual clothes.&quot;? I've learnt 4: &quot;indossare&quot;, &quot;vestire&quot;, &quot;portare&quot; e &quot;mettere&quot;, and what are the differences among them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-17T19:37:22.527" LastActivityDate="2015-02-17T19:37:22.527" Title="&quot;I usually wear casual clothes.&quot; Which verb (indossare/vestire/portare/mettere) is correct to use in this sentence and in which case is each used?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1861" CreationDate="2014-04-02T08:51:36.927" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the specific case of your sentence, I'd probably simply translate «In genere mi vesto casual» (yes, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/casual/&quot;&gt;casual&lt;/a&gt; is used in Italian too).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the four verbs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“indossare” is more formal: you'd hardly use it in everyday speech;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“vestire” is mostly used in the reflexive form (“mi vesto tutto di verde”); alternatively you can use it transitively with a person as its object (“vestire gli ignudi”) or, rarely, with an item (“vesti la giubba”);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“portare” and “mettere” are even more colloquial and, unlike “vestirsi”, need an object if used in this sense, since they have several uses radiating form the basic meanings of “to bring” and “to put”.  The latter is mostly used reflexively in such sentences as “mettiti il pigiama” or “mi metto in giacca e cravatta” (i.e., I wear a formal suit): notice the slightly different constructions.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-04-02T08:51:36.927" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1859" CreationDate="2014-04-02T10:50:25.680" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The form &lt;em&gt;glie&lt;/em&gt; exists only in combination with another pronoun, otherwise &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; must be used. Writing &lt;em&gt;glie lo&lt;/em&gt; is not frequent, but the form exists as testified by &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=glielo,glie%20lo&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,glielo;,c0;.t1;,glie%20lo;,c0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this NGram&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe that this usage only in combination contributed to the spelling in one word, whereas &lt;em&gt;te lo dico&lt;/em&gt; is written divided. Note that these pronoun particles &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be written attached to the preceding word when in enclitic position: &lt;em&gt;dagliene&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dimmelo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-04-02T10:50:25.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1861" CreationDate="2014-04-03T14:25:40.913" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd add an example to clarify the different uses of mettere and portare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non porto occhiali&quot; (notice the absence of the article &quot;gli&quot; before occhiali) means &quot;I don't wear eyeglasses&quot; as an 'absolute' statement, because you have a great sight or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non porto gli occhiali&quot; can either mean what I said previosly or &quot;I don't bring the eyeglasses&quot;, meaning you don't phisically bring them with you. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non metto gli occhiali&quot; means &quot;I don't put the eyeglasses on&quot;. Generally speaking, when it comes to mettere used it this kind of context, you can always translate it with put on. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastActivityDate="2014-04-03T14:25:40.913" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1857" CreationDate="2014-04-05T14:22:45.593" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As stated in the Treccani page linked above, &quot;perché&quot; can also be a synonym of &quot;affinché&quot;, meaning &quot;in order to&quot;. The syntax is similar to English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Perché tu possa finire il progetto, ti servirà almeno una settimana.&quot; means &quot;In order to complete the project, you'll need at least a week&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reversed form with the main sentence put first is also correct. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="14" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-04-09T08:31:23.597" LastActivityDate="2014-04-09T08:31:23.597" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1867" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1869" CreationDate="2014-04-06T11:22:11.023" Score="8" ViewCount="15971" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &quot;fare la spesa&quot; and &quot;fare spese&quot;? What items are bought when using &quot;fare la spesa&quot; and what when using, &quot;Fare spese&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastActivityDate="2014-04-23T09:47:48.143" Title="&quot;fare la spesa&quot; and &quot; fare spese&quot; What's the difference?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1867" CreationDate="2014-04-06T12:57:01.857" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is well explained in the entry for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spesa/&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;spesa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; on the Treccani website.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular &lt;em&gt;fare la spesa&lt;/em&gt; has a peculiar meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’uso fam., sempre al sing., gli acquisti che si fanno ogni giorno,&#xA;  o quasi ogni giorno, dei generi alimentari o dei prodotti di uso&#xA;  domestico necessarî per il sostentamento di una famiglia o di una&#xA;  collettività&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While &lt;em&gt;fare spese&lt;/em&gt; is something very similar to &lt;em&gt;shopping&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words use &lt;em&gt;fare la spesa&lt;/em&gt; for &quot;routine shopping&quot; where you buy food, or other basic goods. Use &lt;em&gt;fare spese&lt;/em&gt; when you want to translate &lt;em&gt;shopping&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that &lt;em&gt;fare le spese di&lt;/em&gt; can figuratively mean (again from Treccani):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sopportarne il maggior onere e disagio a vantaggio di altri: &lt;em&gt;è lui che&#xA;  ha fatto le spese della serata&lt;/em&gt;, in quanto è stato l’oggetto dei&#xA;  discorsi, degli scherzi altrui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2014-04-06T12:57:01.857" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1870" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-08T19:20:29.140" Score="3" ViewCount="5625" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Square” is the well-known translation for &lt;em&gt;piazza&lt;/em&gt; but what about &lt;em&gt;piazzale&lt;/em&gt;? What is the best translation for it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-04-09T08:28:32.360" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:06:23.453" Title="Italian “piazza” and “piazzale”" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1870" CreationDate="2014-04-08T21:02:56.377" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.laputa.it/blog/2012/10/21/qualificatori-di-toponimo-italiani/#Piazze_piazzali_e_relative_varianti&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this source&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian), &quot;piazza&quot; is a square surrounded by buildings on four sides, while &quot;piazzale&quot; must have at least one side open. Typically, &quot;piazzali&quot; can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/piazzale.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;in front of stations&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I know at least an exception: &lt;a href=&quot;https://goo.gl/maps/hrzbQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Piazza Unità d'Italia&lt;/a&gt; in Trieste is surrounded by buildings on three sides and the fourth is facing the sea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to WordReference, a possible translation would be &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/forecourt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;forecourt&lt;/a&gt;, referring to the open space in front of buildings. However, it might just be translated as &lt;em&gt;square&lt;/em&gt;, since the root of the words is different and the distinction may not be made in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="229" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T12:06:23.453" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:06:23.453" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1870" CreationDate="2014-04-08T23:38:57.977" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;My home address is “Piazzale Mazzini”. According to the Treccani dictionary, the denomination is used, in urban toponyms other than panoramic sites like “Piazzale Michelangelo” in Florence, for irregularly shaped city squares, which is exactly my case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This particular square originates from the area in front of a gate, in the inner side of the walls. All the gates of the 15th century walls in my home town had (and still have) such an area clear of buildings and all but one are called &lt;em&gt;piazzale&lt;/em&gt;; unfortunately, the ancient door in question was demolished at the beginning of the 20th century. &lt;code&gt;:-(&lt;/code&gt;. Other four remain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The medieval doors, two of which are still extant, don't have such an area, because the walls enclosed a much narrower area and space was precious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-04-08T23:38:57.977" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1218" CreationDate="2014-04-09T09:54:28.403" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The *sono dietro a fare...&quot; locution, when not used to express where you're doing something (more explicitly &lt;em&gt;sono dietro, a fare...&lt;/em&gt;, where the optional comma reveals the difference), is akin to the french form &lt;em&gt;je suis en train de faire&lt;/em&gt;, meaning &lt;em&gt;I'm doing that, right now&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;User @GabrielePetronella's comment on another answer talks about &lt;em&gt;I'm busy doing something&lt;/em&gt; as a possible translation. While I feel that is a really good translation for some uses of the Lombard locution, I feel the Lombard sentence has a wider meaning: &lt;em&gt;I'm doing something&lt;/em&gt;, for which the correct form in Italian would be &lt;em&gt;sto facendo&lt;/em&gt;. (Yes, this means the locution you found is just a literal translation.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="559" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-04-09T18:02:15.447" LastActivityDate="2014-04-09T18:02:15.447" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1875" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1876" CreationDate="2014-04-09T20:30:00.823" Score="7" ViewCount="2658" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché si dice 'Latina è nel Lazio', ma, p.e., 'Genova è in Liguria', 'Palermo è in Sicilia' e così via?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-04-10T16:40:42.857" LastActivityDate="2014-04-10T16:40:42.857" Title="Perché non si dice 'in Lazio' ma 'nel Lazio'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1875" CreationDate="2014-04-09T21:48:07.287" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è l'unica regione che “fa eccezione”: anche &lt;em&gt;nel Veneto&lt;/em&gt; è molto usato come si evince da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=nel%20Veneto,in%20Veneto&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,nel%20Veneto;,c0;.t1;,in%20Veneto;,c0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo NGram&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/lJ9vr.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente il risultato è da prendere con molta cautela, perché, per esempio, &lt;em&gt;nel Veneto di oggi&lt;/em&gt; non può essere &lt;em&gt;in Veneto di oggi&lt;/em&gt;; in ogni caso la risalita di &lt;em&gt;in Veneto&lt;/em&gt; sembra essere piuttosto recente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sull'articolo con i nomi geografici è difficile dare regole precise. Non c'è dubbio che i nomi plurali vogliono l'articolo (&lt;em&gt;nelle Marche&lt;/em&gt; o l'antiquato &lt;em&gt;nelle Puglie&lt;/em&gt;), quelli singolari possono variare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-04-09T21:48:07.287" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1877" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1878" CreationDate="2014-04-13T08:17:33.390" Score="9" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've come across the following phrase in a sixteenth century Italian book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una nave che pate tempesta in un mar tanto orribile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm struggling with the meaning of 'pate'. Does anybody know the English or modern Italian equivalent?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:33:51.290" Title="Meaning of 'pate' in 'una nave che pate tempesta'" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1877" CreationDate="2014-04-13T09:48:17.493" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's an alternative (but archaic) form of &lt;em&gt;patisce&lt;/em&gt;. Verbs in the third conjugation oscillate between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;-isc-e&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;-e&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(not only in the third person singular, but in all the singular forms and in the third person plural).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance &lt;em&gt;l'acqua bolle&lt;/em&gt; (water is boiling), but &lt;em&gt;la partita finisce alle sei&lt;/em&gt; (the game ends at six).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the verb &lt;em&gt;patire&lt;/em&gt;, the modern usage follows the -&lt;em&gt;isc&lt;/em&gt;- pattern:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;patisco, patisci, patisce, patiamo, patite, patiscono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I'm not surprised seeing it was used with the other pattern like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;cucio, cuci, cuce, cuciamo, cucite, cuciono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;cucire&lt;/em&gt;, to sew). So &lt;em&gt;pate&lt;/em&gt; is just the same as &lt;em&gt;patisce&lt;/em&gt; (endures).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verbi_incoativi&quot;&gt;entry in Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; for more information; there is a long list of verbs that follow the &lt;em&gt;-isc&lt;/em&gt;- pattern, with also alternative forms. For &lt;em&gt;patire&lt;/em&gt; the non -&lt;em&gt;isc&lt;/em&gt;- form are marked as archaic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the verb &lt;em&gt;divertire&lt;/em&gt; the -&lt;em&gt;isc&lt;/em&gt;- forms are considered archaic. So, how to choose one or the other? I'm afraid there is no hard and fast rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-04-13T09:48:17.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1879" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1882" CreationDate="2014-04-13T10:42:10.660" Score="14" ViewCount="23456" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;in bocca al lupo&quot; means &quot;good luck&quot;, but what's its origin and when is it used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-04-14T14:48:36.877" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:27:04.213" Title="The origin of &quot;in bocca al lupo&quot; and its usage" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1880" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1881" CreationDate="2014-04-13T11:35:45.157" Score="41" ViewCount="91718" Body="&lt;p&gt;Everywhere in the world after a successful performance like a live music show or theater play, you can hear audience yelling &quot;Bravo!&quot; to the performers regardless of their gender or number. Is this also true in Italy? Given the existence of the distinguished feminine form &quot;brava&quot;, wouldn't it sound queer or even impolite to a female Italian performer if I say bravo to her, especially if she doesn't know that I'm not a native speaker?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="570" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T09:23:54.527" Title="Can I say bravo to a female performer?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="15" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2014-04-13T12:17:19.417" Score="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, saying “Bravo!” rather then “Brava!” to a female would sound mostly funny, so you'd better use the latter, and “Bravi!” when addressing, say, a band or a performing group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Addendum&lt;/strong&gt;: There is a whole (short) book about the history of the Italian word &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; from the original meaning of “violent, bold”, derived from Latin &lt;em&gt;barbarus&lt;/em&gt;, to the modern sense of “good, able”: Giuseppe Patota, &lt;em&gt;Bravo!&lt;/em&gt;, il Mulino 2016.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A chapter, in particular, covers the use in the meaning mentioned in this question, confirming that &lt;em&gt;bravo!&lt;/em&gt; has always agreed with the number and gender of the people so addressed. A 1826 &lt;em&gt;Dizionario e bibliografia musicale&lt;/em&gt; by Peter Lichtenthal attests that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si usa anche in plurale &lt;em&gt;bravi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;brave&lt;/em&gt;, allorché due o più cantanti o sonatori eseguiscono per eccellenza un Duetto, o Terzetto od altro pezzo concertato. Anche ad un Corpo intero s'indirizza talvolta, p.e. &lt;em&gt;brava orchestra&lt;/em&gt; ec. Una picciola osservazione ancora. Molti hanno la strana abitudine di usare per la parola bravo tutt'altra prosodia in teatro che fuora del medesimo. Fa dunque specie a sentir gridare taluni a guisa de' Francesi &lt;em&gt;bravò&lt;/em&gt; in vece di &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And Patota likens those Italians using the French-like pronunciation in the 19th century to those who today use Italian or Latin terms with an English pronunciation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A pensarci bene, gli italiani che, duecento anni or sono, pronunciavano alla francese un &lt;em&gt;bravó&lt;/em&gt; che i nostri cugini d'Oltralpe avevano preso da noi fanno il paio con certi loro compatrioti d'oggi, che pronunciano all'inglese i vari &lt;em&gt;giùnior&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mìdia&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;plàs&lt;/em&gt; che l'inglese ha prelevato dal latino. Il nostro provincialismo ha radici antiche, non c'è che dire [p. 107].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-04-26T14:21:03.733" LastActivityDate="2017-04-26T14:21:03.733" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1879" CreationDate="2014-04-13T12:27:46.260" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let me copy down the (not completely satisfying) relevant entry from Carlo Lapucci, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; (Garzanti-Vallardi, 1979):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi [«In bocca al lupo!»] è un augurio che vale: buona caccia! Per i cacciatori tuttavia le due frasi non sono ugualmente gradite, e preferiscono di gran lunga la prima, mentre considerano un grande malaugurio la seconda, di per sé innocentissima. I profani devono fare attenzione. [...]  [The phrase refers to] trovarsi faccia a faccia con il loro naturale avversario che è la selvaggina: situazione da cui essi sapranno togliersi uccidendola.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Infatti all'augurio: In bocca al lupo!, il cacciatore compìto risponde: Crepi! (Il lupo è sottinteso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in a sense, you are apparently wishing for a dangerous situation, but implicitly suggesting that your friend will be successful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I myself do not know any hunter, but «In bocca al lupo!» is used quite frequently before exams, performances, job interviews and the like, while some people (like the hunters of the above quotation) would consider a more straightforward wish to be unlucky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare the above with the English “Break a leg!”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-04-13T12:27:46.260" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2014-04-13T15:33:37.587" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se la domanda è 'Can I say bravo to a female performer?' la risposta è no, altrimenti, in Italia, saresti percepito irrispettoso del genere femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;English version&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking 'Can I say bravo to a female performer?' then the answer is &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="12" LastEditDate="2014-05-03T19:50:23.370" LastActivityDate="2014-05-03T19:50:23.370" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1884" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-13T20:28:21.837" Score="3" ViewCount="416" Body="&lt;p&gt;Correlativamente al recente concorso pubblicato per assumere 42.101 docenti ordinari e 22.237 docenti di sostegno scrivevo a un collega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oscuro è il futuro di un paese che assume insegnanti di sostegno in misura superiore al 50% di quelli ordinari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono poi chiesto se lì 'paese' andasse scritto con la maiuscola o no, essendo sottinteso che il paese cui mi riferivo è l'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-07T21:23:02.220" LastActivityDate="2014-07-07T21:23:02.220" Title="Come scrivere paese quando è sottinteso che sia l'Italia" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1887" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1888" CreationDate="2014-04-15T03:15:28.180" Score="4" ViewCount="3902" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il linguaggio richiede di essere accordato come il violino. Troppe o troppe poche parole guastano il messaggio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto scrivere 'Troppe o &lt;strong&gt;troppe&lt;/strong&gt; poche parole', o dovrebbe essere 'Troppe o &lt;strong&gt;troppo&lt;/strong&gt; poche parole'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-04-15T07:29:17.500" LastActivityDate="2014-04-16T20:00:46.553" Title="'troppo poche' vs. 'troppe poche'" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1887" CreationDate="2014-04-15T07:23:06.273" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Corretto è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Troppe o troppo poche parole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Troppo&lt;/em&gt; è avverbio di &lt;em&gt;poche&lt;/em&gt;, e, in quanto avverbio, è invariabile. &lt;em&gt;Troppe&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;poche&lt;/em&gt; invece sono aggettivi di &lt;em&gt;parole&lt;/em&gt;, con cui devono concordare in genere e numero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La concordanza in genere e numero tra avverbio e aggettivo (e quindi, transitivamente, tra avverbio e sostantivo) è, nell'italiano corrente, percepita come del tutto scorretta. Ciò non toglie che l'errore venga commesso, come tanti altri errori di concordanza. Quando viene commesso, però, l'effetto è che, proprio a causa della concordanza, l'avverbio viene recepito come un ulteriore aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di &lt;em&gt;troppe poche&lt;/em&gt; si può dire che &lt;em&gt;tropp-&lt;/em&gt; entra nella frase come avverbio, e ne esce come aggettivo. Il parlante in questo caso commette un &quot;eccesso di concordanza&quot;, che è possibile commettere soltanto con quegli avverbi che coincidono con il singolare maschile di un aggettivo. Ad esempio, non è possibile fare lo stesso errore con l'avverbio &lt;em&gt;meno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2014-04-16T20:00:46.553" LastActivityDate="2014-04-16T20:00:46.553" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1887" CreationDate="2014-04-15T07:24:41.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Troppo&lt;/em&gt;, seguito da un aggettivo, si usa come avverbio, quindi invariabile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/troppo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pur avendo valore avverbiale o di pron. neutro, &lt;strong&gt;nell’uso ant. o pop.&lt;/strong&gt; è a volte concordato nel genere e nel numero col sostantivo seguente: &lt;em&gt;sua moglie è troppa superba; l’altra&lt;/em&gt; [chiave] &lt;em&gt;vuol troppa D’arte e d’ingegno avanti che diserri&lt;/em&gt; (Dante); &lt;em&gt;da capo, presa una gran pietra, con troppi maggior colpi che prima fieramente cominciò a percuoter la porta&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, però, la traduzione della citazione è sbagliata. La forma corretta &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-citazioni/L/linguaggio.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sarebbe&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il linguaggio richiede d'essere accordato come un violino: e proprio come troppe o troppo poche vibrazioni nella voce d'un cantante o nel tremolio d'una corda daranno la nota falsa, così troppe o troppo poche parole defrauderanno il messaggio.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  WILDE, Oscar (1854-1900)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;De Profundis&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-04-16T10:30:27.960" LastActivityDate="2014-04-16T10:30:27.960" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1879" CreationDate="2014-04-15T20:51:32.700" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;in bocca al lupo&quot;(in the mouth of the wolf) is an expression from the novel &quot;Cappuccetto Rosso&quot; (Little Red Riding Hood), in fact you answer &quot;crepi!&quot;(die! referred to the wolf)&#xA;because the girl manages to kill the wolf with the help of a huntsman instead of being eated&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastActivityDate="2014-04-15T20:51:32.700" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1891" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2014-04-16T10:02:08.230" Score="23" Body="&lt;p&gt;No! To speak correct and polite Italian you would have to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Brava&quot; to a single female performer,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Bravo&quot; to a single male performer,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Brave&quot; to many female performers (not even one male performer among them),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Bravi&quot; to many performers if there is at least one male performer among them.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="581" LastActivityDate="2014-04-16T10:02:08.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1884" CreationDate="2014-04-17T10:47:04.150" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto dal contesto è chiaro che &quot;paese&quot; si riferisce all'Italia, usare la maiuscola renderebbe l'associazione all'italia inequivocabile (infatti, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=paese,Paese&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=0&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1;,paese;,c0;.t1;,Paese;,c0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l'uso di &quot;Paese&quot; in italiano è diventato solo significativo nel 20° secolo&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò detto, scrivere &quot;Paese&quot; sembra sottendere un livello di patriottismo che sembra stonare col resto del messaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="176" LastActivityDate="2014-04-17T10:47:04.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1867" CreationDate="2014-04-17T15:24:16.203" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fare la spesa&lt;/em&gt; is basically when you go to the supermarket to buy food for your family (like on a weekly basis).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fare spese&lt;/em&gt; is more like going to the mall, hanging out and going from one shop to the other, see if there is something interesting you may decide to buy (it's more the kind of shopping usually women like to do, just to give you an idea of what &lt;em&gt;fare spese&lt;/em&gt; means).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="581" LastActivityDate="2014-04-17T15:24:16.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1894" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1895" CreationDate="2014-04-17T19:10:40.330" Score="6" ViewCount="2214" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se devo dire che ho baciato una ragazza, cosa devo dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'ho baciato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'ho baciata&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo mi sembra più corretto, perché sta per &quot;ho baciato lei&quot;, però sento sempre dire il secondo.  Quale dei due è corretto?&#xA;Chiaramente questo è solo un esempio stupido, ma la questione si pone per ogni verbo transitivo (oltre a 'baciare').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="585" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T17:54:40.683" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:31:01.900" Title="Baciato vs Baciata" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1894" CreationDate="2014-04-17T19:33:02.887" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premesso che classicamente l'italiano in molti casi preferisce la concordanza del participio con il complemento oggetto, in certe situazioni possono essere lecite entrambe le possibilità: «abbiamo scelte le più belle», come scrive Pirandello, oppure «abbiamo scelto le più belle», come diremmo oggi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma nel caso che proponi non c'è alcun dubbio che l'unica forma corretta è quella con la concordanza («L'ho baciata»). Cito dalla grammatica italiana di Serianni (pag. 322 dell'edizione nella “Garzantina”):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si ha ... obbligo di accordo quando il participio si riferisca a uno dei seguenti pronomi atoni precedenti: &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;. Esempi: «io vedo sempre lui che me &lt;em&gt;l'ha data&lt;/em&gt;, questa libertà» (Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Il giuoco delle parti&lt;/em&gt;, III 33); «Di quei funghi si fece, in famiglia, un gran parlare: e i miei fratelli dissero alla mia nonna paterna [...] che &lt;em&gt;li avremmo cucinati&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;mangiati&lt;/em&gt;» (Ginzburg, &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;, 31).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-04-17T19:33:02.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1896" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-18T20:01:18.430" Score="3" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vedo l’oceano nei tuoi occhi anche se non sono blu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sotto l'aspetto sintattico, in che modo, se c'è, nella frase di cui sopra è possibile capire che 'non sono blu' si riferisce agli occhi e non alla persona che dice la frase medesima?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, il problema nasce dal fatto che blu non ha plurale, che se l'avesse l'ambiguità sarebbe risolta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-04-24T13:02:21.567" LastActivityDate="2014-04-25T14:47:48.597" Title="Vedo l'oceano nei tuoi occhi anche se non sono blu" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1896" CreationDate="2014-04-18T20:30:00.387" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ambiguità può esser risolta ponendo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«vedo l’oceano nei tuoi occhi anche se **questi** non sono blu»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel caso si intenda far riferimento agli occhi, oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«vedo l’oceano nei tuoi occhi anche se **io** non sono blu»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel caso si intenda far riferimento all'io narrante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternativamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«vedo l’oceano nei tuoi occhi benché non siano blu», per il primo caso;&#xA;&#xA;«vedo l’oceano nei tuoi occhi benché io non sia blu», per il secondo caso.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-04-18T20:30:00.387" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2014-04-18T23:19:17.737" Score="25" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, this isn't obvious, so I'll try to give you some explanations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Like others have pointed out, you can't always say &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt;. This is a normal adjective used to describe people, and so you'll have to use the proper ending depending on who you're talking about. The feminine singular form is &lt;em&gt;brava&lt;/em&gt;. The plural forms are &lt;em&gt;bravi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;brave&lt;/em&gt; for masculine and feminine respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Saying &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; to a woman is incorrect. Although it's not really impolite, it may make you sound as if you were mocking the performer for addressing her like a man, so don't make fun with it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So why do all non-Italian speakers always say bravo? I can point out at least two reasons for this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, most languages treat loanwords as invariant, especially if they can't be assimilated to fit the typical inflection rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, speakers of many languages will feel that they're talking about the performance rather than the performers. They may think of &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; as a way to say &quot;great show!&quot; or &quot;good job!&quot;. In this sense, &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; would be used as an interjection rather than an adjective. But even when &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; is perceived as an adjective in the speaker's own language, declension would not apply. The best example is probably Spanish where you always say &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; for a good performance, despite the fact that singular endings -a/-o for adjectives are the same as in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="590" LastActivityDate="2014-04-18T23:19:17.737" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1896" CreationDate="2014-04-19T00:57:44.687" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In breve, no. Se non interviene la semantica (che ci fa capire che la contrapposizione ha senso solo attribuendo il colore agli occhi) e l'“enciclopedia” (che ci dice che è più facile che siano gli occhi a essere blu che non una persona che parla) non c'è un modo puramente sintattico per disambiguare. È un fatto ineliminabile che le lingue naturali ammettono delle ambiguità: basta pensare ai due sensi della famosa frase «La vecchia porta la sbarra».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-04-19T00:57:44.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1900" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1902" CreationDate="2014-04-19T20:08:30.870" Score="7" ViewCount="11823" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sento frequentemente parlare di 'cazzari' e 'fancazzisti', ma non riesco a capire la differenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che sa spiegare? Inoltre, secondo voi, sono ormai parole che possono essere usate correntemente come 'stupido', 'idiota', 'imbecille' e così via? Oppure è consigliato evitarle e usare dei sinonimi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-30T19:37:14.423" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T19:37:14.423" Title="Differenza fra 'cazzaro' e 'fancazzista'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1900" CreationDate="2014-04-19T23:18:35.323" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cazzaro si dice di colui che dice abitualmente cazzate, cioè falsità. Sinonimi possibili sono il bugiardo, o il conta frottole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fancazzista si dice di colui che abitualmente (non) fa un cazzo, cioè un fannullone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono neologismi scurrili, e come tali non andrebbero mai usati, anche se nel linguaggio giovanile sono comunemente usati ed accettati, e si considerano offese lievi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastActivityDate="2014-04-19T23:18:35.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1900" CreationDate="2014-04-20T15:27:53.557" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cazzaro&lt;/em&gt; è una persona che dice &lt;em&gt;cazzate&lt;/em&gt;, cioè bugie e frottole.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Fancazzista&lt;/em&gt; è chi &lt;em&gt;non fa un cazzo&lt;/em&gt;, che è un modo volgare di dire &lt;em&gt;non fa niente&lt;/em&gt; (nel senso di: non è attivo, non lavora, non svolge nessuna attività).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono parole che possono essere usate comunemente come 'stupido', 'idiota', 'imbecille' e così via?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No. &lt;em&gt;Stupido&lt;/em&gt; è una parola &quot;poco&quot; volgare, che si può pronunciare anche in presenza di bambini. &lt;em&gt;Idiota&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;imbecille&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cazzaro&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fancazzista&lt;/em&gt; hanno un tono molto più volgare e offensivo.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Inoltre, c'è una differenza di registro tra questi termini: delle tre, &lt;em&gt;stupido&lt;/em&gt; è una parola che si potrebbe sentire (anche se raramente) in un telegiornale e in altre comunicazioni dello stesso registro. Invece &lt;em&gt;imbecille&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cazzaro&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fancazzista&lt;/em&gt; si trovano solo nella lingua parlata popolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, questa è la prima volta che incontro la parola &lt;em&gt;cazzaro&lt;/em&gt; (sarà perchè vivo al Nord?). Nel linguaggio popolare non ho mai sentito parlare di &lt;em&gt;cazzaro&lt;/em&gt;; invece, &lt;em&gt;fancazzista&lt;/em&gt; è di uso piuttosto comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2015-02-27T19:40:59.043" LastActivityDate="2015-02-27T19:40:59.043" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1900" CreationDate="2014-04-20T17:34:28.803" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per curiosità, l'impagabile &lt;em&gt;Scrostati gaggio! Dizionario storico dei linguaggi giovanili&lt;/em&gt; di Renzo Ambrogio e Giovanni Casalegno (Utet, 2004) definisce “cazzaro” come «Spaccone, fanfarone o anche chi ama cazzeggiare, scioperato» citandone vari esempi nella narrativa recente, tra cui Giuseppe Borgia ed Enrico Brizzi. “Fancazzista” è dato come «Chi non fa nulla, chi non ha voglia di fare nulla», con esempi da Alessandra Montrucchio e Luciano De Crescenzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Confermo le altre risposte, quando dicono che sono senz'altro due termini di registro piuttosto “basso”, da usare con cautela (e magari per niente se non ci si ha familiarità) e che, come ipotizzato in una delle risposte, “cazzaro” si sente soprattutto in Italia centrale (e lo denuncia anche la desinenza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-04-20T19:44:46.330" LastActivityDate="2014-04-20T19:44:46.330" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1905" CreationDate="2014-04-21T19:17:11.820" Score="10" ViewCount="3022" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &quot;So l'italiano&quot; and &quot;Conosco l'italiano&quot;? I've seen both used in sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-04-22T09:03:47.873" LastActivityDate="2014-05-08T21:09:52.203" Title="Sapere vs conoscere in &quot;I know a language&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1904" CreationDate="2014-04-22T00:41:50.937" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Conoscere&quot; comes from Latin &quot;cognōscō, cognōscis, cognōvī, cognitum, cognṓscere&quot;, knowing, being acquainted with, having learned about things, people, places.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sapere&quot; is from Latin &quot;sapiō, sapis, sapīvī, sapēre&quot; and &quot;săpĭo, săpis, sapii, săpĕre&quot; which in late centuries replaced, with the same meaning, &quot;sciō, scīs, scī́vī, scī́tum, scī́re&quot;: knowing facts, having acquired skills, being able to do something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cognṓscere&quot; has the Greek root &quot;gnosis&quot;, &quot;γνῶσις&quot;, a deep understanding of something based on intuition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Scī́re&quot; is the root of &quot;scientia&quot;, science, a knowledge that you acquire empirically, through study, experiments. &quot;Săpĕre&quot; is about learning something by &quot;savouring&quot; it, &quot;tasting&quot; it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A somewhat useful source is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conoscere-finestra-di-approfondimento_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, not very specific in this case though. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conoscere/&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sapere2/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«Conosco Giovanni» --&amp;gt; I know Giovanni&#xA;&#xA;«So di Giovanni» --&amp;gt; I know (something) about Giovanni&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«So Giovanni»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«L'ho conosciuto ieri» --&amp;gt; I met *him* yesterday&#xA;&#xA;«L'ho saputo ieri» --&amp;gt; I got to know *it* yesterday&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«Conosco l'italiano» --&amp;gt; I know Italian language and I am familiar with the language&#xA;&#xA;«So l'italiano» --&amp;gt; I am able to speak Italian&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«Conosco Roma» --&amp;gt; I know Rome (implying I know Rome well)&#xA;&#xA;«So di Roma» --&amp;gt; I know (something) about Rome&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«So Roma»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the verb &quot;to know&quot; is augmented by a dependent clause, you generally use the verb &quot;sapere&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«So farlo» --&amp;gt; I am able to do it, I know how to do it&#xA;&#xA;«So che è qui» --&amp;gt; I know it is here&#xA;&#xA;«Sai quand'è, dov'è, com'è, chi è, cos'è, qual è?» --&amp;gt; Do you know when, where, how, who, what, which that is?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you can also say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«So perché lo fai» --&amp;gt; I know why you do it&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«Conosco il motivo per cui lo fai» --&amp;gt; I know the reason why you do it&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«So di che parlo» --&amp;gt; I know what I am talking about&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«Conosco l'argomento di cui parlo» --&amp;gt; I know the topic I am talking about.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in the last instances, the dependent clause augments the nouns &quot;motivo&quot; and &quot;argomento&quot;, not the verb &quot;conosco&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-04-22T08:57:17.663" LastActivityDate="2014-04-22T08:57:17.663" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1884" CreationDate="2014-04-22T17:17:16.090" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase proposta non si presta molto visto che intende applicarsi a qualsiasi paese che soddisfi la condizione menzionata, e non ad un paese specifico, benché sia poi chiaro che il termine implicito di paragone sia l'Italia («Il futuro di un paese che, come l'Italia, …»). Proprio il fatto che si stia facendo implicito riferimento all'Italia rende inutile l'uso della maiuscola in &quot;paese&quot;: non può trattarsi di un paesello quello che si vuol paragonare all'Italia, ma piuttosto di un ente nazionale. Ad ogni modo, l'uso della maiuscola in questo caso &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_226.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;potrebbe essere lecito&lt;/a&gt; (anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/maiuscole-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-delle-maiuscole_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/maiuscola_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;): in ultimo è una questione di gusti personali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-maiuscole-minuscole&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt;, Luca Serianni e Giovanni Nencioni (Accademia della Crusca) offrono un autorevole punto di vista sull'uso della maiuscola in generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facciamo un altro esempio in cui il paese che si sottintende sia proprio l'Italia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«Quanto vale l'arte in Italia? Quanto vale l'arte nel Paese?»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa può rendersi con &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;«Quanto vale l'arte nel Belpaese?»&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La locuzione &quot;Bel Paese&quot; o il sostantivo &quot;Belpaese&quot; sono &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bel-paese/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tipicamente&lt;/a&gt; usati per indicare l'Italia, il «bel paese là dove ’l sì sona».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-04-22T17:37:04.147" LastActivityDate="2014-04-22T17:37:04.147" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2014-04-22T17:44:04.820" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am Italian, if you have to say it to a female you must say &quot;brava&quot;, with the final &quot;a&quot;! &quot;Bravo&quot; is for a man. Bye!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-02T21:15:17.600" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T21:15:17.600" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1894" CreationDate="2014-04-22T17:47:29.543" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;L'ho baciato&quot; is used when a girl has kissed a man, on the contrary, &quot;l'ho baciata&quot; is used when a man has kissed a girl. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian! Bye!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T12:31:01.900" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:31:01.900" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1877" CreationDate="2014-04-22T17:56:27.400" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In everyday language &quot;pate&quot; is not used anymore, so don't use it if you have to speak Italian, really. I'm Italian and when I read your question I said &quot;wtf??&quot; :.) This is a poem, I think, and it means &quot;&lt;b&gt;a boat which suffers&lt;/b&gt; (&lt;i&gt;but 'in the middle' is much better&lt;/i&gt;) &lt;b&gt;of a storm&lt;/b&gt;&quot;! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T12:33:51.290" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T12:33:51.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1711" CreationDate="2014-04-22T18:06:31.867" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In everyday language &quot;vacca&quot; may be also interpreted as an offence to somebody!&#xA;&quot;Lucia è una vacca&quot; that means &quot;Lucia is a bitch&quot;. But, depending on the context it can also be used with the meaning of &quot;cow&quot;. But remember, when talking is always preferred to say &quot;mucca&quot;. &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:24:00.993" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:24:00.993" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1879" CreationDate="2014-04-22T18:18:57.643" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;No no no no no!!!! All answers are TOTALLY wrong!! Let me explain why! The female of the wolf, when it has her puppies (her 'children'), it use to put them in her mouth to PROTECT them from external attacks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, when somebody says &quot;in bocca al lupo&quot; it means &quot;I hope you'll receive a protection&quot;. So the correct reply is &quot;grazie&quot;, that means &quot;thank you (that you want to 'protect' me)! Do you understand? &lt;br/&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian, but also some Italians don't know the correct origin of this phrase! Now you know it! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:27:04.213" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:27:04.213" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1856" CreationDate="2014-04-22T18:48:52.093" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are english, &quot;manipolare&quot; means &quot;to manipulate, to handle&quot;. &#xA;Se sei italiano, &quot;manipolare&quot; significa proprio &quot;gestire con le proprie mani, modellare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastActivityDate="2014-04-22T18:48:52.093" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1915" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1917" CreationDate="2014-04-22T19:17:54.237" Score="4" ViewCount="302" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a difference when using &lt;em&gt;insegnare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;impartire&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; to say that you are teaching a lesson? If not, which is more commonly used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-04-23T08:00:19.027" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:28:14.240" Title="Insegnare/impartire or fare una lezione: which is more commonly used?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1915" CreationDate="2014-04-23T06:37:55.057" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;When someone teaches something he/she is &quot;teaching&quot;, so &quot;sta insegnando&quot;. &#xA;&quot;Impartire&quot; is very very formal, and when talking it is not used a lot. &#xA;&quot;Fare&quot; a lesson, is instead informal, such as &quot;the teacher is &lt;i&gt;doing&lt;/i&gt; a lesson&quot;. I'm Italian! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:28:14.240" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:28:14.240" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1915" CreationDate="2014-04-23T07:59:54.637" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Insegnare&lt;/em&gt; takes as its object the subject being taught, rather than the word &lt;em&gt;lezione&lt;/em&gt;, as in &lt;em&gt;Insegno il francese a Gianni&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Impartire una lezione&lt;/em&gt; is quite formal (the original meaning of &lt;em&gt;impartire&lt;/em&gt; being “to share (something) among several people”), while &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; is on the colloquial side; a good middle course to say “to give a lecture” is &lt;em&gt;tenere una lezione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-04-23T07:59:54.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1867" CreationDate="2014-04-23T09:47:48.143" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;fare la spesa means food/grocery items;&#xA;fare spese usually means clothes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As others have pointed out, fare la spesa normally means you will buy something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fare spese implies that you might buy something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="599" LastActivityDate="2014-04-23T09:47:48.143" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1915" CreationDate="2014-04-23T10:46:08.743" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most commonly used among the three, while talking, is &lt;em&gt;Insegnare&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;For instance: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Insegno&lt;/em&gt; inglese all'università&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which would be a good answer if somebody asks &quot;what's your job?&quot; or, if they know you are a teacher, &quot;what do you teach?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to express the fact that the course is happening right now, in this period of time, with a continuity concept, the best verb would be &lt;em&gt;Tenere&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;So it would sound something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In questo periodo sto &lt;em&gt;tenendo&lt;/em&gt; un corso di inglese all'università&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, for instance if somebody calls you during a class&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non posso rispondere ora, sto &lt;em&gt;tenendo&lt;/em&gt; una lezione all'università&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Impartire&lt;/em&gt;, as somebody else said, is unusual for verbal conversation, since it's archaic and very formal.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Fare&lt;/em&gt; is very generic and my Italian teacher used to suggest we find more specific verbs, since it's always possible. To use often &lt;em&gt;Fare&lt;/em&gt; is a symptom of a scarce vocabulary, so it's better to avoid it when you have a better and more specific alternative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="581" LastActivityDate="2014-04-23T10:46:08.743" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1920" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-23T17:49:21.847" Score="6" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;«In italiano moderno, il participio presente è prevalentemente forma aggettivale (assente, circostante, morente, presente, ubbidiente) o nominale (dirigente, conoscente, parente, tangente, vedente)» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/participio_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cit.&lt;/a&gt;). Cioè, «il participio presente […] oggi è usato soprattutto come aggettivo o sostantivo» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/participio_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cit.&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia alcuni participî presenti vengono registrati nei vocabolari/dizionari come lemmi a sé stanti, riconoscendone così in qualche misura l'autonomia semantica, altri no. Esistono regole condivise di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/tipi-di-lemma_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lemmatizzazione&lt;/a&gt;? Oppure l'unica regola è l'uso, se un vocabolo viene utilizzato spesso viene inserito come lemma, altrimenti no? Conoscete fonti al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-10T10:19:36.773" LastActivityDate="2019-02-10T10:19:36.773" Title="Lemmatizzazione di un participio presente come sostantivo o aggettivo a sé stante" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1921" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1922" CreationDate="2014-04-23T18:35:17.197" Score="8" ViewCount="1832" Body="&lt;p&gt;When do we use &quot;ascoltare&quot; and when &quot;sentire&quot;?  Are there specific phrases with each?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-06T07:40:30.683" LastActivityDate="2020-03-22T20:28:45.543" Title="&quot;Ascoltare&quot; and &quot;sentire&quot;: when do we use each?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1921" CreationDate="2014-04-23T18:56:13.050" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sentire&quot; means &quot;to hear&quot;; &quot;ascoltare&quot; means &quot;to listen&quot;. You can hear something without being listening but not the contrary (except when the verb is used metaphorically, e.g. &quot;to be listening to the sound of silence&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hearing a sound implies that your ears can receive it and transmit it to your brain which is perceiving it (auditory perception); listening to something implies an act of will, you are intentionally paying attention to a given sound because you are trying to interpret its meaning or importance in the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sentire&quot; can also have different meanings such as &quot;to feel&quot;, &quot;to smell&quot;, &quot;to sense&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how Treccani puts it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sentire/&quot;&gt;sentire&lt;/a&gt; v. tr. [lat. sĕntire] (io sènto, ecc.). – «In senso ampio, avvertire un qualsiasi stato di coscienza indotto in noi dal mondo esterno attraverso i sensi o un qualsiasi stato affettivo insorgente nell’animo. Nella varietà degli usi e delle particolari accezioni, i sign. fondamentali del verbo si possono ricondurre a questi tre: avvertire una percezione; avvertire una sensazione; provare un sentimento»&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ascoltare/&quot;&gt;ascoltare&lt;/a&gt; v. tr. [lat. volg. *ascŭltare per il class. auscŭltare] (io ascólto, ecc.). – 1. Udire con attenzione, stare a udire […] 2. Dare retta, seguire i consigli o gli ammonimenti dati […] 3. In medicina, compiere l’esame fisico d’un malato con l’orecchio (più com. auscultare).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something more &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ascoltare-finestra-di-approfondimento_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also Wikipedia has an &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Listening&quot;&gt;article on that&lt;/a&gt;: «While hearing is a biological process that can be scientifically explained, listening is a neurological cognitive regarding the processing of auditory stimuli received by the auditory system»; «Hearing is a physiological phenomenon; listening is a psychological act»; «Hearing is always occurring, most of the time subconsciously. Listening is the interpretative action taken by the listener in order to understand and potentially make meaning out of the sound waves. Listening can be understood on three levels: alerting, deciphering, and an understanding of how the sound is produced and how the sound affects the listener» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Listening&amp;amp;oldid=586775300&quot;&gt;cit.&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-04-23T19:18:06.923" LastActivityDate="2014-04-23T19:18:06.923" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1923" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1934" CreationDate="2014-04-23T19:25:17.140" Score="7" ViewCount="692" Body="&lt;p&gt;When conjugating reciprocal verbs like &lt;strong&gt;baciarsi&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;abbracciarsi&lt;/strong&gt; when the subject is a collective singular noun. Do you use a reflexive pronoun or leave it out?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reciprocal verbs have a sense that you are doing something to &lt;strong&gt;each other&lt;/strong&gt; and in English they are best translated as such. &lt;strong&gt;They kissed each other&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;they hugged each other&lt;/strong&gt;, etc. In addition logically, they must also be plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do you do with collective nouns like &lt;strong&gt;la famiglia&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;la coppia&lt;/strong&gt;? When you conjugate these, they are singular and can't be translated &lt;strong&gt;the family hugged each other.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would it be best to render the following example of &lt;strong&gt;the couple hugged each other&lt;/strong&gt; as &lt;strong&gt;la coppia si è abbracciata&lt;/strong&gt; (with a reflexive sense) or &lt;strong&gt;la coppia ha abbracciato&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2015-05-06T01:56:04.287" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:28:56.333" Title="How do you conjugate reciprocal verbs when the subject is a collective singular noun?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1923" CreationDate="2014-04-24T07:35:30.643" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian language we conjugate these verbs with reflexive ones. &quot;The two girls hugged together&quot; is translated with &quot;le due ragazze si sono abbracciate&quot; and not with &quot;le due ragazze hanno abbriacciato&quot; because the last one implies that the two girls hugged someone else! &quot;the family hugged each other&quot; --&gt; &quot;la famiglia si è abbracciata&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:28:56.333" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:28:56.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1925" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1927" CreationDate="2014-04-24T14:42:31.953" Score="4" ViewCount="4014" Body="&lt;p&gt;In frasi come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quale è la tua auto?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quale è il tuo camion?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la parola &quot;quale&quot; viene usualmente troncata, dando &quot;qual è&quot; al posto di &quot;quale è&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Supponevo si trattasse di elisione (ergo &quot;qual'è la tua auto&quot;) ma sono stato corretto perché si dovrebbe usare piuttosto il troncamento (&quot;qual è la tua auto&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In che casi si usa il troncamento? In quali l'elisione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T13:40:48.257" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T13:40:48.257" Title="Uso corretto di elisione e troncamento" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1925" CreationDate="2014-04-24T18:05:40.263" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano esite di per sé &quot;qual&quot;, quindi, per dire la frase si usa &quot;qual è&quot;. &#xA;Si tronca davanti a parole che cominciano per vocale, spec. davanti alle forme del v. essere, e anche davanti a parole che cominciano per consonante spec. in alcune espressioni entrate nel linguaggio comune: qual è; qual era; qual sono; per la qual cosa; in un certoqual modo. ATTENZIONE: poiché si tratta di troncamento e non di elisione, non si apostrofa mai: qual è e non qual'è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastActivityDate="2014-04-24T18:05:40.263" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1925" CreationDate="2014-04-24T20:13:06.963" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Partendo dal concetto più semplice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Elisione:&lt;/strong&gt; si usa quando una parola di genere femminile termina con la stessa vocale con cui la parola successiva inizia. Ad esempio, &quot;buona amica&quot;, può diventare &quot;buon'amica&quot; (o, per fare un esempio più comune, &quot;una amica&quot; diventa &quot;un'amica&quot;). Ciò però &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; succede nel genere maschile, in quanto molti aggettivi esistono anche in forma troncata (è corretto scrivere sia &quot;buono&quot; che &quot;buon&quot;). Di conseguenza, &quot;buon'amico&quot; è scorretto (riprendendo l'esempio precedente, scrivere &quot;un'amico&quot; è scorretto perché abbiamo anche l'articolo indeterminativo &quot;un&quot; oltre che &quot;uno&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Troncamento:&lt;/strong&gt; si ha a condizione che l'aggettivo abbia come ultima consonante l, m (raro), n o r, e che l'aggettivo sia al singolare. Viene usato anche con le forme del verbo essere, non saprei dire se per tradizione o perché &quot;e&quot; ed &quot;è&quot; non sono tecnicamente la stessa lettera (e quindi non è possibile applicare l'elisione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da qui segue che &quot;qual è&quot; è la forma corretta perché soddisfa queste condizioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastEditorUserId="606" LastEditDate="2014-04-24T20:24:29.453" LastActivityDate="2014-04-24T20:24:29.453" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1896" CreationDate="2014-04-24T20:35:04.197" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sotto l'aspetto sintattico, in che modo, se c'è, nella frase di cui sopra è possibile capire che 'non sono blu' si riferisce agli occhi e non alla persona che dice la frase medesima?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista sintattico ciò non è possibile. Poiché in italiano non è necessario rendere esplicito il soggetto di una frase, sintatticamente parlando non c'è modo di capire se &quot;blu&quot; si riferisca agli occhi o alla persona che pronuncia la frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A rendere le cose ancora più complicate contribuiscono altri due elementi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'aggettivo &quot;blu&quot; non varia da singolare a plurale, come giustamente dici tu&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;sono&quot;, nel verbo essere, viene usato sia nella prima persona singolare che nella terza plurale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A livello di analisi grammaticale, logica e del periodo, entrambe le interpretazioni sono quindi corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola magica in questo caso è &lt;strong&gt;contesto&lt;/strong&gt;: è solamente dal contesto che capisci che &quot;blu&quot; si riferisce agli occhi. Se così non fosse, la frase non avrebbe senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastEditorUserId="606" LastEditDate="2014-04-25T14:47:48.597" LastActivityDate="2014-04-25T14:47:48.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1920" CreationDate="2014-04-24T20:40:54.643" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che la risposta sia presente nella pagina che hai linkato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il criterio della lemmatizzazione può variare da lingua a lingua e da dizionario a dizionario&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia non c'è una regola comune al riguardo. Il fatto che un participio presente venga elevato a lemma &lt;strong&gt;potrebbe&lt;/strong&gt; dipendere dalla frequenza con cui viene usato in modo indipendente, quindi mi aspetterei di trovare &quot;dirigente&quot;, &quot;tangente&quot;, &quot;ubbidiente&quot;, ma non &quot;saltante&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastActivityDate="2014-04-24T20:40:54.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1930" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-25T19:49:07.287" Score="1" ViewCount="508" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio, &amp;quot;Chi&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;Quali&amp;quot; sono completamente intercambiabili?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali che siano le persone che conosci ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chi che siano le persone che conosci ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure cambia qualcosa tra il primo esempio e il secondo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-04-27T16:26:39.387" Title="&quot;Quali che siano&quot; vs. &quot;Chi che siano&quot;" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2014-04-25T23:17:35.433" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lei&quot; is used in formal situations (at least until it is agreed by the parties that &quot;tu&quot; is more appropriate). I would normally consider it polite to wait for the &quot;superior&quot; (for lack of a better word) person to invite the other to go on &quot;tu&quot; terms, rather than for the &quot;inferior&quot; one to ask for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The English equivalent might be calling someone (named, say, John Smith) &quot;Mr. Smith&quot; rather than &quot;John&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Voi&quot; is still very much used in the South, in particular by older generations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="599" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-30T17:28:58.857" LastActivityDate="2018-08-30T17:28:58.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1923" CreationDate="2014-04-25T23:42:37.577" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like all collective nouns, &quot;la coppia&quot; represents a single object, so singular verbs have to be used. eg. &quot;la coppia cammina sulla spiaggia&quot; rather than &quot;la coppia camminano sulla spiaggia&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb itself doesn't change, if it's reflexive will stay reflexive. So you say &quot;La coppia si e' abbracciata&quot; (= the couple hugged &lt;em&gt;itself&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="599" LastActivityDate="2014-04-25T23:42:37.577" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1930" CreationDate="2014-04-26T03:30:55.303" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;«Chi che siano le persone che conosci …» pare privo di significato. Nota che &quot;chi che sia&quot; non si usa più in italiano moderno ma solo &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chicchessia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chicchessìa&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, in pochi casi ben definiti. &quot;Chi che siano&quot; è errato perché in questo caso il &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chi1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chi&lt;/a&gt;&quot; richiede il singolare («In frasi interrogative, dirette o indirette […] Anche quando ha valore di plurale, l’accordo del verbo si fa ugualmente al singolare»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al contrario, «Quali che siano le persone che conosci …» significa «Indipendentemente da quali siano le persone che conosci …».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quale agg. e pron. [lat. qualis]. – Indica, con valore interrogativo e relativo, singoli elementi (cose, persone, animali, ecc.), o categorie di elementi, in relazione alla qualità per cui si caratterizzano e distinguono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«[Mi chiedo] quali siano le persone che conosci» --&gt; vuoi identificare, &lt;strong&gt;all'interno di un gruppo di persone&lt;/strong&gt;, quelle che l'interlocutore conosce, gli chiedi di indicarle; oppure ne vuoi verificare qualche qualità comune (ma in questo caso l'espressione è ambigua/incompleta). Potrebbe addirittura essere interpretata come «[Mi chiedo] che razza di persone siano quelle che conosci».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«[Mi chiedo] chi siano le persone che conosci» --&gt; vuoi ottenere qualche informazione, inclusa l'identità, circa le persone che l'interlocutore conosce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-04-26T10:43:18.683" LastActivityDate="2014-04-26T10:43:18.683" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1923" CreationDate="2014-04-26T07:29:40.693" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un &lt;em&gt;riflessivo reciproco&lt;/em&gt;, in cui il soggetto è spesso plurale («Tizio e Caia si abbracciano/amano/salutano») ma può essere dato anche da un nome collettivo, come “coppia” nel caso della domanda. (Si chiama “reciproco” proprio per sottolineare che, tra varie persone, l'azione è compiuta da ognuno verso gli altri e non da ognuno verso sé stesso: si noti la differenza tra il riflessivo reciproco “i bambini si salutano” e il riflessivo diretto “i bambini si lavano”, dove si intende che ognuno lava sé stesso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esemplificare il fatto che non c'è alcun problema a usare il riflessivo reciproco con un nome collettivo, ecco un verso di Dante: «Vieni a veder la gente quanto s'ama!» (Purg., VI, 115).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, now:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In Italian there are two main forms of reflexive verbs: &lt;em&gt;riflessivi diretti&lt;/em&gt; (the ones in which each of one or more people acts on himself or herself: “i bambini si lavano”, meaning that a number of children wash themselves) and &lt;em&gt;riflessivi reciproci&lt;/em&gt; (when each of a number of people acts on all the others: “i bambini si salutano”, meaning that each child greets the others). The two constructions are formally identically, and the difference is only in the meaning.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Most of the times, the grammatical subject of a reciprocal reflexive verb is plural, but it may well be a singular, collective noun, such as &lt;em&gt;coppia&lt;/em&gt; in the correct version of your sentence (&lt;em&gt;la coppia si è abbracciata&lt;/em&gt;) or &lt;em&gt;gente&lt;/em&gt; in Dante's line «Vieni a veder la gente quanto s'ama!» (Purg., VI, 115; which Dorothy L. Sayers translates as «Come, see how all thy people [...] love one another»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-08T09:30:55.863" LastActivityDate="2015-05-08T09:30:55.863" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1935" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-26T08:56:32.493" Score="0" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo Treccani Online 'Chicchessia' significa 'chi che sia'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può la parola 'Chicchesiano', che non c'è nel Treccani, essere usata per dire 'chi che siano'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastActivityDate="2016-04-10T08:07:04.230" Title="È 'chicchesiano' una parola?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1935" CreationDate="2014-04-26T16:22:24.720" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Chicchessiano non è una parola italiana (e se vogliamo dirla tutta, pure &quot;chicchessia&quot; non suona poi tanto bene). Secondo me è meglio parafrasare (chiunque sia, ad esempio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se hai necessità di usare il plurale, puoi usare &quot;quali che siano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastActivityDate="2014-04-26T16:22:24.720" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2014-04-26T16:38:18.833" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;This confusion stems from the fact that English lacks what in Italian is called &quot;forma di cortesia&quot; nowadays (German has it, for example, and the Japanese one is more complicate, having different ways to express it depending on who the person you are addressing is).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As other answers already explained, &quot;tu&quot; is the normal way to address a person that you already know (friends, family members, colleagues) but with whom you have a strong relationship, or one that is &lt;strong&gt;reciprocated&lt;/strong&gt;. This the normal use of this form, however there are instances in which a person of higher rank would say &quot;tu&quot; to a student, while expecting them to use &quot;lei&quot;. While this can be normal and expected behavior, sometimes this difference is also used in a more rude way, e.g. when a native addresses an immigrant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other is used mostly with people that you dont't know or with whom you have a non-horizontal relationship, so to say, or often in business situations (when talking to customers, for example). Note that this ultimately comes down to &lt;strong&gt;respect&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing to bear in mind though is that these rules are &lt;strong&gt;not fixed in stone&lt;/strong&gt;. They come from the Italian background and culture, and nobody is stopping you from using &quot;tu&quot; with a stranger, &lt;strong&gt;if&lt;/strong&gt; you ask for permission to do so (otherwise it would be considered rude). So even if you are in a business situation, more often than not if you ask &quot;possiamo darci del tu?&quot;, the other person will be more than willing to accept your offer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another thing to note when you are writing: usually you have to use a capital letter when you want to address somebody with &quot;lei&quot;. So for example, if you are writing an email to ask for a piece of information, you would write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scrivo per chiederLe un informazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Approfitto per porgerLe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cordiali Saluti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastEditorUserId="606" LastEditDate="2014-04-26T17:30:28.503" LastActivityDate="2014-04-26T17:30:28.503" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1935" CreationDate="2014-04-27T11:39:24.930" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Chicchessia&quot; è di per sé una parola piuttosto rara, che è difficile trovare in qualsiasi registro; la parola &quot;chicchessiano&quot;, se anche esistesse, sarebbe di fatto introvabile.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Suggerisco di usare invece parole più comuni (qualunque persona o nessuno, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chicchessia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a seconda dell'uso&lt;/a&gt;); chicchessia è talmente raro che può essere usato solo in un contesto scherzoso, per imitare un lessico forbito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-04-27T11:39:24.930" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1940" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-27T14:41:04.610" Score="1" ViewCount="8050" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dall'alto della mia ignoranza ho detto a un mio amico che 'due facce della stessa medaglia' è un 'parallelo contrapposto'. Ciò perché non sapevo come altro dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, sicuro che sia una figura retorica, chiedo: come si chiama questa cui mi sto riferendo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="12" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-30T12:01:00.627" LastActivityDate="2020-05-30T12:01:00.627" Title="&quot;Due facce della stessa medaglia&quot;: che figura retorica è?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;figures-of-speech&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1940" CreationDate="2014-04-27T15:01:54.310" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una metafora (stai sostituendo un termine con un altro, sovrapponendo il significato di quest'ultimo a quello del termine originario).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che, se avessi detto &quot;sono come due facce della stessa medaglia&quot;, questa sarebbe una similitudine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastActivityDate="2014-04-27T15:01:54.310" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1942" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1943" CreationDate="2014-04-27T23:49:35.667" Score="2" ViewCount="1168" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ho visto scritto in entrambi i modi, e non sono riuscito a capire dal contesto le differenze tra i due termini. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="608" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-04-28T09:27:15.473" LastActivityDate="2014-04-28T09:27:15.473" Title="Differenza tra: socio-economico e economico-sociale?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1942" CreationDate="2014-04-28T00:39:13.967" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/socioeconomico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;definizione di socioeconomico&lt;/a&gt; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;socioeconòmico agg. [comp. di socio- e economico] (pl. m. -ci). – Detto di fenomeno o aspetto di una data società considerato nell’insieme dei rapporti o delle interrelazioni sociali ed economiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;intuitivamente la definizione di &quot;economico-sociale&quot; potrebbe essere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;economico-sociale agg. [comp. di economico e sociale]. – Detto di fenomeno o aspetto economico considerato nell’insieme dei rapporti o delle interrelazioni economiche e sociali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le differenze possono essere molte e importanti: nel primo caso l'oggetto principale della tua attenzione è la società, entro cui si svolgono le relazioni economiche; nel secondo è l'economia che determina i rapporti sociali. Ciò può avere implicazioni teoriche, ideologiche: per esempio nella filosofia marxiana si parla di &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/formazioni-economico-sociali_%28Enciclopedia_delle_scienze_sociali%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;formazioni economico-sociali&lt;/a&gt;&quot;; anche nel campo della giurisprudenza, in diritto privato, la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/diritto/approfondimenti/diritto_civile/1_Galati.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;funzione &quot;economico-sociale&quot;&lt;/a&gt; può accompagnare quella &quot;economico-giuridica&quot;; in economia politica può essere d'interesse lo studio delle conseguenze sociali di scelte di politica economica, gli effetti economico-sociali; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-04-28T00:39:13.967" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1856" CreationDate="2014-04-28T10:32:56.037" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco di rispondere per ordine una domanda alla volta, vediamo se riusciamo a fare un po' di chiarezza :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il primo è un sostantivo, ma si può usare come aggettivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se vuoi essere preciso, no (per lo meno, in tutti i vocabolari che ho controllato non viene menzionato come aggettivo). Sempre per precisione, in realtà sarebbe anche meglio &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; usarlo come aggettivo, siccome la definizione della parola è &quot;colui che manipola&quot;, quindi una persona che manipola. Dire &quot;un uomo manipolatore&quot; significherebbe dire &quot;un uomo che è un uomo che manipola&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un manipolatore è una &quot;persona manipolatrice&quot;? O piuttosto una&#xA;  &quot;persona manipolante&quot;? Certo non una &quot;persona manipolatoria&quot;! Ma forse una &quot;persona manipolativa&quot;, con l'intenzionale attitudine a manipolare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguendo alla lettera le definizioni che hai dato, nessuna di queste sarebbe corretta. Essendo &quot;manipolante&quot; participio presente, una &quot;persona manipolante&quot; sarebbe una persona che &lt;strong&gt;in quel momento&lt;/strong&gt; sta manipolando. Siccome invece &quot;manipolatorio&quot; significa &quot;relativo alla manipolazione&quot;, nemmeno &quot;persona manipolatrice&quot; avrebbe senso. Per &quot;persona manipolante&quot; vedi risposta precedente. Infine, se &quot;manipolativo&quot; significa &quot;relativo alla manipolazione&quot; (molto simile a &quot;manipolatorio&quot;), non lo assocerei ad una persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente limitarsi a dire &quot;un manipolatore&quot; rimane ancora la scelta migliore perché, oltre ad essere sicuramente corretto, non appesantisce la frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un comportamento può essere manipolatorio/manipolativo? O sarebbe&#xA;  meglio usare questi due termini solo in giurisprudenza (&quot;sentenze&#xA;  manipolatorie/manipolative&quot;) o forse in campo tecnico? Non sarebbe&#xA;  meglio dire un &quot;comportamento manipolante&quot;? Certo &quot;un comportamento&#xA;  manipolatore&quot; non mi suona molto bene. E un &quot;comportamento&#xA;  manipolatorio/manipolativo&quot; è lo stesso che un &quot;comportamento&#xA;  manipolante&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un comportamento può essere manipolatorio o manipolativo (sempre guardando le definizioni già citate). Anche &quot;comportamento manipolante&quot; potrebbe essere corretto in certe frasi, se la manipolazione sta avvenendo in quel momento. Come dici anche tu, sembra essere usato molto poco, quindi potrebbe essere buona idea evitare di utilizzarlo troppo liberamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &quot;comportamento manipolatore&quot; valgono le stesse osservazioni fatte nella prima risposta relativa alle persone. Infine, un &quot;comportamento manipolatorio/manipolativo&quot; è un comportamento che serve a manipolare, in generale, mentre un &quot;comportamento manipolante&quot; pone più l'accento sul fatto che il comportamento che sta manipolando in un preciso momento (quello in cui la persona sta pronunciando/scrivendo la frase).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi riassumendo, per persone:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;persona manipolatrice&quot;: meglio di no, ridondante&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;persona manipolante&quot;: persona che sta effettuando una manipolazione in un preciso istante&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;persona manipolatoria/manipolativa&quot;: seguendo le definizoni date, parrebbe inappropriato associare questi aggettivi ad una persona&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per comportamenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;comportamento manipolatore&quot;: idem come sopra&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;comportamento manipolante&quot;: idem come sopra&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;comportamento manipolatorio/manipolativo&quot;: questo sì, parrebbe senza dubbio corretto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di non aver dimenticato niente! Se noti errori/dimenticanze fammele pure notare, la domanda era piuttosto complicata :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastActivityDate="2014-04-28T10:32:56.037" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1945" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-04-29T14:09:47.067" Score="10" ViewCount="484" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel seguente &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/economia/14_aprile_29/bonus-chi-ne-ha-diritto-chi-no-niente-domanda-automatico-e467bd96-cf69-11e3-bf7e-201ea72c5359.shtml&quot;&gt;titolo di giornale&lt;/a&gt; l'uso della particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; non mi pare corretto (ma posso sbagliarmi):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bonus, chi ne ha diritto e chi no&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente avrei scritto: &quot;chi &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; ha diritto e chi no&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiedo quindi lumi sull'uso di &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; come complemento di termine (sempre che di complemento di termine si tratti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="1094" LastEditDate="2015-05-11T15:57:12.453" LastActivityDate="2015-05-11T17:30:33.603" Title="Uso di ne come complemento di termine" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1945" CreationDate="2014-04-29T14:32:26.257" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Corretto, in questo caso &quot;ne&quot; è complemento di termine. A seconda della frase potrebbe essere anche un complemento di specificazione, di moto da luogo ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non vedo niente di sbagliato nel suo utilizzo nella frase citata. Evitare di usarlo significherebbe dover trasformare la frase in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bonus, chi ha diritto a ciò e chi no&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bonus, chi ha diritto al bonus e chi no&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o altre frasi orrende del genere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Effettivamente, usare &quot;vi&quot; parrebbe più corretto dal punto di vista grammaticale. Secondo me, però, suona molto (troppo?) ricercato al giorno d'oggi, mentre &quot;ne&quot; suona più naturale. Forse uno di quei casi in cui la lingua parlata porta a modificare la lingua in generale? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastEditorUserId="606" LastEditDate="2014-04-29T17:16:54.703" LastActivityDate="2014-04-29T17:16:54.703" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2014-05-01T22:31:26.417" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Italian word &quot;bravo&quot; is used in English, French and many others. These languages take only the masculine form of the Italian adjectives and apply it to both genders. In Italian &quot;bravo&quot; is an adjective and its gender must agree with the noun. So for a woman, you should say &quot;brava&quot;. In a concert, we say &quot;brava&quot; to a female performer, not &quot;bravo&quot;. This is what we do in, Italy too, at a concert.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other than that, &quot;bravo&quot; in Italian is something we say often to kids for something they did well and it may not be the most appropriate way of paying a compliment to someone. Personally, if speaking directly to a music performer, I would say &quot;complimenti&quot; or something more complex like &quot;La tua interpretazione mi ha molto emozionato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="614" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-02T21:13:45.390" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T21:13:45.390" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1948" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1950" CreationDate="2014-05-07T15:23:31.060" Score="8" ViewCount="557" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm just starting out learning Italian, so I do not know too much about it just yet. Onto the problem... In a few songs I've heard the phrase &quot;non fermarti mai&quot;, which supposedly means &quot;do not ever stop [yourself]&quot;, directed at singular 'you'. This phrase doesn't make sense to me at all. Should it not be &quot;non ti ferma mai&quot;? Because &lt;em&gt;ferma&lt;/em&gt; is the singular 'you' imperative and it is reflected at themself (the 'you' person), hence &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also seen the phrase &quot;non ti fermare&quot;, which is also weird. Why is there an infinitive of &lt;em&gt;fermare&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone explain how these phrases work? Or are these applications of 'artistic license' and thus technically incorrect, but used anyway to make the songs better? If so, what is or are the correct phrase or phrases? Thanks a lot!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="623" LastActivityDate="2014-05-08T01:37:45.900" Title="Non fermarti mai" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1948" CreationDate="2014-05-07T16:04:22.853" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non fermarti mai&quot; is technically &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Never Stop&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non ti fermare&quot; is &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Don't Stop&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non ti ferma mai&quot; is &quot;He/she/it never stops you&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The song author probably is just saying that you should never stop doing something, not that someone should never stop you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fermare, as you said, is indeed the infinitive of fermare (to stop).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="624" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-05-08T01:37:45.900" LastActivityDate="2014-05-08T01:37:45.900" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1948" CreationDate="2014-05-07T16:24:52.683" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;No poetic licence, no error. In Italian, in the second singular person, the negative form of the imperative is exactly as you have seen, &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; + infinitive. Compare:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;non mangiare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;vai&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;va'&lt;/em&gt;) / &lt;em&gt;non andare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;guarda&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;non guardare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The plural form is like you'd guess: &lt;em&gt;mangiate&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;non mangiate&lt;/em&gt; and so on.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When there is a pronoun, for a reflexive verb as in your example or for other reasons, it can, in general, be either a separate word between &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; and the infinitive or attached to the infinitive (the first construction being the more traditional): &lt;em&gt;non ti fermare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;non fermarti&lt;/em&gt; are both correct, as are &lt;em&gt;non lo mangiare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;non mangiarlo&lt;/em&gt;, and so on.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In the affirmative form, modern Italian only admits the forms with the enclitic pronouns at the end (&lt;em&gt;fermati&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mangialo&lt;/em&gt;), while &lt;em&gt;ti ferma&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo mangia&lt;/em&gt; is currently wrong (while actually an old form you could find in some opera libretto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-05-07T16:57:28.533" LastActivityDate="2014-05-07T16:57:28.533" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1904" CreationDate="2014-05-08T11:23:54.107" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conoscere: (1) Avere cognizione precisa dell'esistenza e dei caratteri di un qualsiasi aspetto della realtà - anche come risultato di studio o apprendimento; riconoscere, discernere; essere informato su qualcosa. (2) Avere rapporti di familiarità più o meno stretti con qualcuno per averlo già visto o incontrato; fare la conoscenza, anche carnale, di qualcuno; distinguere. (3) Ammettere, accettare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapere: (1) Possedere conoscenze acquisite tramite lo studio, l'apprendimento, l'applicazione intellettuale; avere imparato a memoria ed essere in grado di ripeterla perfettamente; avere una conoscenza generica di qualcosa; essere dotti, sapienti, avere grande erudizione. (2) Possedere cognizioni pratiche acquisite mediante l'esercizio, la pratica, l'esperienza; essere astuto, scaltro, pronto all'inganno; conoscere per esperienza personale. (3) Essere a conoscenza, essere informati a proposito di qualcosa; venire a conoscenza di qualcosa, apprendere. (4) Avere consapevolezza dei motivi che determinano un fatto, un comportamento e simili. (6) Avere la capacità, l'abilità di fare qualcosa - usato in funzione servile. (7) In senso intransitivo, avere un certo sapore o odore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="626" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-05-08T21:09:52.203" LastActivityDate="2014-05-08T21:09:52.203" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1954" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-05-11T09:31:45.117" Score="14" ViewCount="4970" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently, an Italian friend of mine corrected my sentence, &quot;Sono a dieta, &lt;strong&gt;l'ho cominciata&lt;/strong&gt; tre giorni fa&quot;, like this: &quot;Sono a dieta, &lt;strong&gt;ho iniziato la dieta&lt;/strong&gt; tre giorni fa.&quot; Is there any difference between the two verbs in meaning or usage? Just for the record, my friend is from Mantova, if this is something regional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T13:14:16.257" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T04:25:05.210" Title="What's the difference between &quot;cominciare&quot; and &quot;iniziare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1954" CreationDate="2014-05-11T11:12:39.700" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/iniziare/&quot;&gt;Iniziare&lt;/a&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cominciare/&quot;&gt;cominciare&lt;/a&gt;&quot; are virtually interchangeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/verbi-difficili&quot;&gt;L'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;iniziare&quot; used to be only transitive or intransitive with pronoun particle («il corso s'inizia a ottobre»); due to the influence of the verb &quot;cominciare&quot; - which was used also as intransitive verb - &quot;iniziare&quot; has come to be used the same way, without the pronoun particle and with auxiliary verb &quot;essere&quot; («il corso è iniziato a ottobre»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this specific case you can say: «Sono a dieta, l'ho cominciat&lt;b&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/b&gt; tre giorni fa», «Sono a dieta, l'ho iniziat&lt;b&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/b&gt; tre giorni fa», «Sono a dieta, ho cominciat&lt;b&gt;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/b&gt; tre giorni fa», «Sono a dieta, ho iniziat&lt;b&gt;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/b&gt; tre giorni fa».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should probably avoid «Sono a dieta, ho iniziato/cominciato la dieta tre giorni fa» unless you really need to repeat the word &quot;dieta&quot; for some rhetoric or other reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only difference between &quot;iniziare&quot; and &quot;cominciare&quot; is when you use &quot;iniziare&quot; with the meaning of initiating someone into some kind of philosophical mystery or religious secret; or, figuratively, initiating someone into some kind of knowledge or community of people, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &quot;Iniziazione&quot;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/iniziazione/&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/iniziazione/&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/iniziazione_%28Enciclopedia-delle-scienze-sociali%29/&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/iniziazione_%28Enciclopedia-Italiana%29/&quot;&gt;4&lt;/a&gt;, and these are only from Treccani :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-05-11T12:26:00.440" LastActivityDate="2014-05-11T12:26:00.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1956" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-05-14T00:10:21.053" Score="7" ViewCount="580" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English Language and Usage there is an interesting question about &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/169676/what-is-the-word-for-an-adult-who-is-not-mature&quot;&gt;immature adults&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the terms that might fit in Italian, with different nuances of course, are &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bamboccione_(Neologismi)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bamboccione&lt;/a&gt;&quot; from the famous neologism introduced by Tommaso Padoa Schioppa, &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vitellone/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vitellone&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (from F. Fellini's movie) and &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mammone1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mammone&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (mama's big boy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that these terms are synonyms or at least &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyponymy_and_hypernymy&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;hyponyms&lt;/a&gt; of &quot;immature (adult)&quot;; they have been used more frequently in different periods of time, but essentially with the similar, very close meaning of immature adult person (usually a man) who will not grow up, a bit of a slacker, lacking any ambition or autonomy, even &quot;un fannullone&quot; and/or &quot;un buono a nulla&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there other synonyms/hyponyms of &quot;immature (adult)&quot; that have been famous for a little while and then discontinued/replaced?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2014-05-14T14:13:10.287" Title="&quot;Bamboccione&quot;, &quot;vitellone&quot; and &quot;mammone&quot;: hyponyms of &quot;immature (adult)&quot;? Other synonyms/hyponyms?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;&lt;hypernym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1956" CreationDate="2014-05-14T09:01:27.950" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found in an old synonyms dictionary (&lt;em&gt;Nuovo dizionario dei sinonimi della lingua italiana, Volume 1&lt;/em&gt; by Niccolò Tommaseo, 1838) that in that period the word Bamboccione used to be a synonym of the word Fantoccione. Now it is no longer so, but it is interesting what I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=VYkHAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA361&amp;amp;lpg=PA361&amp;amp;dq=sinonimi%20bamboccione&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=f0qmp7sU45&amp;amp;sig=_vfGttQXuqnCooHDdISb9ANNe-w&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=KC1zU66xH5TD4QS11oCgBw&amp;amp;ved=0CDYQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=fantoccione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;there&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1426 . FANTOCCIONE, BAMBOCCIONE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando fantocio s'usi nel senso più ovvio, cioè figurina fatta per lo&#xA;  più di legno o di cencio, il suo accrescitivo non ha molta affinità a&#xA;  bamboccione. Ma quando fantoccio significa o sciocco o uomo di goffa&#xA;  struttura, allora il suo accrescitivo diventa sinonimo all'altro, con&#xA;  queste due differenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I°. Che, nel fantoccione, preso in senso di persona goffa, supponesi&#xA;  mole d'ordinario maggiore. Non è già che fantoccione non si chiami&#xA;  anco un bambino ben grosso: ma se dirò bamboccione, non penserò tanto&#xA;  alla mole quanto alla forma badiale di lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;II°. Che preso in senso d'uom grossolano od inetto, il bamboccione par&#xA;  che sia più inesperto; il fantoccione più triviale. Il bamboccione&#xA;  regge un poco alla celia; il fantoccione è più duro. Difficile&#xA;  imaginare un bamboccione senza un bel visone lustro; nè il fantoccione&#xA;  senza una forte ossatura, anche secco ch' e' sia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So Fantoccione used to be an harsher, coarser and vulgar person, while the term Bamboccione used to indicate a more childish, pranking person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="581" LastActivityDate="2014-05-14T09:01:27.950" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1956" CreationDate="2014-05-14T09:05:10.017" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bamboccione&lt;/em&gt; is derived from &lt;em&gt;bamboccio&lt;/em&gt;, which in this case means an adult that behaves like a child or that has no willpower or character (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bamboccio/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bamboccio/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mammone&lt;/em&gt; is somebody who's very attached to his/her mother (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mammone1/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mammone1/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vitellone&lt;/em&gt; refers to young, idle and lazy persons without ambitions or hopes who spend their time in entertainments (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vitellone/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vitellone/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, no, they aren't synonyms. They certainly refer to immature adults, but with different perspectives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-05-14T09:05:10.017" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1155" CreationDate="2014-05-15T15:02:38.940" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a native speaker, I wouldn't really say that the examples cited in the other answers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non conosco nessuno&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non guardo mai la televisione&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non posso farci niente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;have a positive meaning, which would turn into: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Conosco alcuni (dei presenti) &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Guardo alcune volte la televisione &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Posso farci qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, the latin principle where a double negation makes a positive meaning is not true in Italian. Actually the very examples shown in previous answers as having positive meanings, have indeed a negative meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non conosco nessuno -&gt; I know nobody&lt;br&gt; &#xA;  Non guardo mai la televisione -&gt; I never watch the television&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non posso farci niente -&gt; Can't do anything about it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non vediamo nulla/niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would mean &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We see nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could explain it as considering &lt;em&gt;nulla&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;niente&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt; as outside of the negation power of the &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; negation.&#xA;You can find more here (in Italian): &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Negazione_%28linguistica%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Negazione_(linguistica)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="633" LastEditDate="2014-05-15T22:22:57.627" LastActivityDate="2014-05-15T22:22:57.627" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1960" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1961" CreationDate="2014-05-17T04:46:28.847" Score="7" ViewCount="2644" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do we say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;non &lt;strong&gt;potrò&lt;/strong&gt; votare domani perché sono ammalata&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;non &lt;strong&gt;riuscirò&lt;/strong&gt; a votare domani perché sono ammalata&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These two verbs often confuse me as to their usage. When do we use each?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-05-18T02:50:43.180" LastActivityDate="2015-06-28T09:39:36.873" Title="Difference between &quot;potere&quot; and &quot;riuscire&quot; in meaning and usage" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1960" CreationDate="2014-05-17T08:47:53.017" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both can be used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«non &lt;strong&gt;potrò&lt;/strong&gt; votare domani perché sono ammalata»;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«non &lt;strong&gt;riuscirò a&lt;/strong&gt; votare domani perché sono ammalata».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you say &amp;quot;non riuscirò a&amp;quot; you are implying that you wish you could do it; in positive sentences «riuscirò a» implies that you feel comfortable at doing something and you will make it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Riuscire&amp;quot; can sometimes be replaced by &amp;quot;farcela&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«non &lt;strong&gt;ce la farò a&lt;/strong&gt; votare domani perché sono ammalata».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that if you are trying to do something and you can't make it, you cannot use the verb &amp;quot;potere&amp;quot;, you need to use the verb &amp;quot;riuscire a&amp;quot; or, if you are desperate, &amp;quot;farcela a&amp;quot;. Unless you are implying that you have tried and you have realized it is not possible for you, it is beyond your possibilities: then you can use the verb &amp;quot;potere&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also want to have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/showthread.php?t=15460&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/showthread.php?t=32812&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.allexperts.com/q/Italian-Language-1584/2008/1/Potere-vs-Riuscire.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-05-17T08:54:51.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1960" CreationDate="2014-05-20T06:40:26.150" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would plainly translate them respectively as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I &lt;strong&gt;cannot&lt;/strong&gt; vote tomorrow, because I am ill.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I &lt;strong&gt;won't be able to&lt;/strong&gt; vote tomorrow, because I am ill.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference I hear (in Italian) is that in the second case I would really like to vote, but there is something that does not allow me to do it, while in the first one I am not implying anything and I am just stating that there is something that won't let me vote. Of course I could say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non voterò domani, perché sono ammalata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I am not saying anything at all whether I would like to vote or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-05-20T06:40:26.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1964" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1965" CreationDate="2014-05-20T06:48:28.353" Score="21" ViewCount="4545" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I want to ask &quot;what do you have for breakfast?&quot;, can I use any of the three, &quot;che&quot;, &quot;che cosa&quot;, or &quot;cosa&quot;, to ask the question?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not referring to specific structures like &quot;che ore sono?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="523" LastEditDate="2014-05-20T14:46:31.507" LastActivityDate="2014-05-28T10:50:50.800" Title="Are &quot;che&quot;, &quot;che cosa&quot; and &quot;cosa&quot; interchangeable in simple &quot;what questions&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1964" CreationDate="2014-05-20T09:50:19.277" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the example sentence you can use any of them; but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, in my region, sounds strange alone in a question, but it is widely used in other parts of Italy (see later);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt; is “grammatically correct“ anywhere;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; is the most colloquial.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some purists frown upon &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt;, but since they should blame Alessandro Manzoni for the usage, they can't say it too loudly. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mauriziopistone.it/testi/discussioni/gramm04_cosa.html&quot;&gt;http://www.mauriziopistone.it/testi/discussioni/gramm04_cosa.html&lt;/a&gt; for &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; as interrogative pronoun in Manzoni and other examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addressing somebody with &lt;em&gt;Che vuoi per colazione?&lt;/em&gt; may cause raised eyebrows in some parts of Italy and sound formal. Not too formal, though. Conversely, &lt;em&gt;Cosa vuoi per colazione&lt;/em&gt; may sound funny in the &lt;em&gt;Che&lt;/em&gt; regions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2014-05-20T14:44:24.920" LastActivityDate="2014-05-20T14:44:24.920" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1967" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1968" CreationDate="2014-05-21T19:04:31.327" Score="8" ViewCount="1117" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano diciamo cose come &quot;sono rimasta incinta&quot;. L'uso del verbo &lt;em&gt;rimanere&lt;/em&gt; mi fa pensare ad un qualcosa che afferisce alla sfera della non volontarietà. &#xA;Usiamo però questa espressione sempre, anche quando la volontarietà è intesa! In (almeno alcune) altre lingue diremmo: &lt;em&gt;schwanger werden&lt;/em&gt; (diventare), &lt;em&gt;become/get pregnant&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il senso dell'uso di &lt;em&gt;rimanere&lt;/em&gt;, e perché non utilizzare &lt;em&gt;diventare&lt;/em&gt; invece? C'è un motivo storico/sociale per questa preferenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-05-23T19:22:26.417" Title="&quot;Rimasta incinta&quot;: senso dell'espressione" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1967" CreationDate="2014-05-22T00:52:28.067" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Rimanere&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è un verbo molto antico, usato fin dagli inizi nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/rimanere_%28Enciclopedia-Dantesca%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;letteratura italiana&lt;/a&gt; con significati quasi immutati nel tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rimanere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Si usa&lt;/a&gt; con lo stesso significato di &quot;&lt;em&gt;restare&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, «quando si vuol dare al discorso un’intonazione più sostenuta», e per trasmettere più esplicitamente «il senso della permanenza, della durata, della continuità» di una condizione che si è subìta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È diffuso «con complemento predicativo o modale: rimanere sbalordito, soddisfatto, scontento, confuso; rimanere vedovo, orfano, ecc.; rimanere incinta; rimanere male, di stucco, in dubbio, senza soldi, al buio, ecc.; rimanere in vigore; rimanere d’accordo (anche assol.: rimaniamo così)».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similmente si usa anche «come verbo copulativo […] quando il predicato è rappresentato da un participio passato in funzione verbale: è rimasto abbandonato da tutti; rimase mortalmente ferito; è rimasto ucciso sul colpo (in usi fam., anche assol. c’è rimasto sul colpo; e con immagine più cruda: è rimasto secco)».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tutti questi casi mi sembra che la costante, oltre al permanere di una situazione nel tempo, è proprio l'involontarietà della condizione che si subisce: si può provare a rimanere incinte, nel senso che se ne possono agevolare le condizioni, ma non è detto che l'evento si verifichi, &lt;em&gt;è una cosa che succede&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Temo che esprimere la intenzionalità di una gravidanza, nel senso moderno, non sia facile in Italiano, e sì, potrebbero esserci delle cause storico-sociali. Originariamente in latino &quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incinta1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;incinta&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&quot; era &quot;&lt;em&gt;inciens-entis&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;gravida&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (aggettivo riferito ad animali); successivamente, verso il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=incinta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;VI secolo&lt;/a&gt;, per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_003.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;deformazione paretimologica&lt;/a&gt;, diventò &quot;&lt;em&gt;incincta&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, dal participio passato del verbo &quot;&lt;em&gt;incingere&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;donna con la cintura&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (per sostenere il peso) oppure, al contrario, da &quot;&lt;em&gt;incincta, non cincta&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;donna senza cintura&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (per non schiacciare l'addome): in ogni caso non un bel modo per esprimere il concetto. Lo stesso concetto di gravidanza non è per niente poetico: è la condizione di chi è, letteralmente, appesantita dal prodotto del concepimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse, anziché «sono rimasta incinta», si potrebbe dire «ho iniziato la gravidanza» o, più tecnicamente, forse più freddamente, «ho cominciato la gestazione», ma il rischio è che suoni un po' bizzarro. Un'altra alternativa potrebbe essere «ho concepito», implicando di essere in dolce attesa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con i cambiamenti sociali e dei costumi, forse un giorno una donna potrà dire, e sembrerà normale, «mi sono incinta», riesumando il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incingere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbo &quot;incingere&quot;&lt;/a&gt; («Benedetta colei che ’n te s’incinse!»); o al contrario, usando un po' d'ironia, «mi son messa la cinta» o anche «mi son tolta la cinta»; oppure «son divenuta incinta»; o «son divenuta gravida», «mi sono ingravidata».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-05-22T10:23:52.227" LastActivityDate="2014-05-22T10:23:52.227" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1954" CreationDate="2014-05-23T10:25:44.970" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Choose your favorite Italian writer from the origin to our times,  and try the interesting experiment of a search of &quot;cominc*&quot; and &quot;iniz*&quot; in his/her works. As you can see, nobody would use &quot;iniziare&quot; outside the philosophical/religious meaning, mentioned in randomatlabuser's thorough answer (e.g.: Decameron: &quot;cominc*&quot; 628 matches, &quot;iniz*&quot; only one: &quot;inizio&quot;, chosen instead of a more common &quot;cominciamento&quot;, possibly with ironic intent).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a matter of fact, &quot;iniziare&quot; became more frequent, and of more general meaning, only recently, especially after the introduction of the television. There has been a general tendency, especially driven by the commercial language, of looking for elegant and high-level speech, avoiding all expressions that are dialectal or believed to be dialectal, often exaggerating and sometimes with weird  effects (one and for all: in many takeaway one can now read &quot;pizza da asporto&quot; instead of &quot;da portar via&quot;, where &quot;asportare&quot;, usually a medical term, is itself a teratoma &quot;to be excised&quot;).   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusion: I'd certainly say &quot;cominciare una dieta&quot;, and maybe save &quot;iniziare&quot; for more challenging tasks, e.g. &quot;ho iniziato la lettura di Kant&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastActivityDate="2014-05-23T10:25:44.970" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1967" CreationDate="2014-05-23T14:56:41.013" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi pare che &quot;rimanere X&quot; in questo e simili contesti contenga l'idea di ritrovarsi nello stato X come effetto conclusivo di un evento o una catena di eventi trascorsi, e che in gran parte dei casi il verbo suggerisca anche uno stato stazionario se non definitivo (rimanere di sasso/attonito/squattrinato/in mezzo alla strada/col culo per terra/secco; ma anche in positivo: rimanere  contento/soddisfatto/sorpreso &amp;amp;c).   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è, o c'è meno, questa idea di continuità col passato nel verbo &quot;diventare&quot;, che allude piuttosto all'entrata in un nuovo stato o all'inizio di una nuova condizione, dunque casomai con occhio alle evoluzioni future (idea che manca in &quot;rimanere&quot;.)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi pare che l'espressione &quot;rimanere incinta&quot; venga tradizionalmente usata  alludendo all'esito imprevisto di una relazione (giudicata) illecita; normalmente si direbbe &quot;essere incinta&quot; (dove la scelta del verbo &quot;essere&quot; sembra voler dimenticare  ogni rapporto causale con l'atto sessuale che evidentemente c'è stato --a parte il caso della Madonna, ben s'intende). Supponiamo però che ci interessi esattamente il nesso causale, ad esempio in relazione a una cura ormonale ginecologica. Una rapida ricerca su Google indica che in tal caso si usa &quot;rimanere&quot;; innegabilmente suona strano però. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo cercare un motivo per questa preferenza, verrebbe da dire che una certa mentalità diffusa giudica l'atto del concepimento come peccaminoso  (c'è chi sostiene che è stato necessario inventare una religione apposta). Ricordo una anziana signora molto per bene che non usava mai l'espressione &quot;nove mesi&quot;, giudicata sconveniente: diceva: &quot;L'anno passato sono stata sulla Costa Azzurra per più di otto mesi e mezzo&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastEditorUserId="634" LastEditDate="2014-05-23T19:22:26.417" LastActivityDate="2014-05-23T19:22:26.417" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1975" CreationDate="2014-05-25T13:30:15.110" Score="4" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho testé sentito in un telefilm la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha presentato una lista &lt;strong&gt;il doppio più lunga delle altre&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me verrebbe più naturale dire &quot;lunga il doppio delle altre&quot;, e assumo che questa sia l'espressione più usata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo, mi chiedo se &quot;il doppio più lunga delle altre&quot; sia considerabile proprio errata (come penso), o sia comunque accettabile, sebbene meno usata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-05-29T10:54:01.173" LastActivityDate="2014-05-29T10:54:01.173" Title="È corretta l'espressione &quot;il doppio più lunga delle altre&quot;?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1972" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1973" CreationDate="2014-05-25T23:00:39.967" Score="12" ViewCount="2239" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;tant'è che&quot; means &quot;so much that&quot; or &quot;moreover&quot;, but this translation doesn't fit in this passage:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;[...]E lei invece si chiama Maria, è mia cugina. Ci andavo d'accordo da piccola, ora la trovo molto antipatica. Ma tant'è...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque...[...]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;ma tant'è&quot; mean here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="608" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-30T14:21:49.537" LastActivityDate="2014-08-30T14:21:49.537" Title="What does &quot;Ma tant'è&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1972" CreationDate="2014-05-26T00:24:31.387" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tant'è&quot; literally means &quot;so much it is&quot;. If that is all that you can say about a situation it probably means that there is really little worth adding. You just accept the situation as it is, whether it be nice or ugly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-05-26T00:24:31.387" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1972" CreationDate="2014-05-26T10:40:34.270" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Used like this, &lt;em&gt;tant'è&lt;/em&gt; is just an idiom meaning “what's the good?” or “...and there's an end to it”, i.e., when one acknowledges a situation one more or less disapproves of and that apparently cannot be changed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-05-26T10:40:34.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1971" CreationDate="2014-05-26T20:35:13.667" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che l'espressione sia corretta e anche di uso comune. Con ogni probabilità il significato &lt;em&gt;inteso&lt;/em&gt; è che la lista è più lunga delle altre fino ad arrivare ad una lunghezza doppia rispetto all[a media dell]e altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È tuttavia una costruzione che oggettivamente potrebbe prestarsi a degli equivoci tecnici: è più lunga del 100%, e quindi arriva complessivamente al doppio, o è più lunga del 200% (il doppio), e quindi arriva complessivamente al triplo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se x è 100 e y è 200 allora y è il &lt;strong&gt;doppio di x&lt;/strong&gt; ma non necessariamente il &lt;strong&gt;doppio più grande di x&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;il doppio più grande&quot; potrebbe intendersi il triplo, 300, cioè 100 più il doppio di 100.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi sono d'accordo con Lohoris: a meno che non si tratti semplicemente di un'iperbole, è raccomandabile esprimersi con più precisione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-05-26T23:29:32.907" LastActivityDate="2014-05-26T23:29:32.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1972" CreationDate="2014-05-27T05:30:28.287" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you received pretty good explanations of what &quot;ma tant'è&quot; is suppose to mean but the translations are quite literal and don't sound right to me.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best translation I can come up with is: &quot;but yeah.. It is what it is&quot;, which is something I've heard from native English speakers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="121" LastEditorUserId="121" LastEditDate="2014-05-27T10:26:49.297" LastActivityDate="2014-05-27T10:26:49.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1971" CreationDate="2014-05-27T07:51:57.627" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quanto alla diffusione di queste e simili espressioni, una misura indicativa la dà il numero di risposte di Google: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;&quot;il doppio più lunga&quot;:&lt;/em&gt; 48.900;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;B.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;&quot;lunga il doppio&quot;:&lt;/em&gt;  177.000;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;C.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;&quot;due volte più lunga&quot;:&lt;/em&gt;  2.240.000;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;D.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;&quot;lunga due volte&quot;:&lt;/em&gt;  114.000.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il numero così alto di risultati per la forma &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt; è un po' sospetto e forse dipende da motivi contingenti; però provando con altri aggettivi mi pare che l'ordine sia sempre: &lt;strong&gt;A, D, B&lt;/strong&gt;  in ragione circa 1/2/3 e poi la &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt; almeno dieci o venti volte più frequente delle altre (ecco che l'ho usata anche io ora senza farci caso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sospetto perciò che la poca fortuna della forma &lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;, in particolare rispetto alla  &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt;, grammaticalmente molto vicina, sia di natura fonetica. La ripetizione balbettante della &lt;em&gt;p&lt;/em&gt; rafforzata in &lt;em&gt;doppioppiù&lt;/em&gt; è indubbiamente cacofonica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastEditorUserId="634" LastEditDate="2014-05-27T09:22:02.203" LastActivityDate="2014-05-27T09:22:02.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1978" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1979" CreationDate="2014-05-27T15:15:37.200" Score="3" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I lost my identity card a few days ago and need to have a new one issued. What is the Italian verb for &quot;issue&quot; in this case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:31:44.447" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:31:44.447" Title="How do we say, &quot;issue a new identity card&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1978" CreationDate="2014-05-27T19:11:03.963" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The proper translation of the verb &quot;to issue&quot; is &quot;rilasciare&quot;, so you would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Devo farmi rilasciare una nuova carta d'identità&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, commonly you would use the active form, saying, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Devo richiedere una nuova carta di identità&quot; (formal)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or just:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Devo rifare la carta di identità&quot; (informal and normally used while speaking)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Rifare&quot; is a verb which is mostly used in informal contexts and which means &quot;fare di nuovo&quot; (to do again).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="645" LastEditorUserId="645" LastEditDate="2014-05-28T05:47:46.920" LastActivityDate="2014-05-28T05:47:46.920" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1978" CreationDate="2014-05-27T19:30:20.793" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct translation is &quot;rilasciare&quot;.&#xA;In your example: &quot;Pochi giorni fa ho smarrito la carta di identità e devo farmene rilasciare una nuova.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="656" LastActivityDate="2014-05-27T19:30:20.793" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2014-05-28T12:28:34.200" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;As clami219 said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No! To speak correct and polite Italian you would have to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Brava&amp;quot; to a single female performer,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Bravo&amp;quot; to a single male performer,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Brave&amp;quot; to many female performers (not even one male performer among them),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Bravi&amp;quot; to many performers if there is at least one male performer among them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just want to add that really everyone in Italy use the above, so if an Italian hear a &amp;quot;BRAVO!&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;BRAVA!&amp;quot; immediately think to a foreign person that doesn't know the correct way to say that, and for this it's difficult to be offended for a &amp;quot;BRAVO!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:30:21.410" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1434" CreationDate="2014-05-29T07:37:19.203" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) Image this scene: You are 7, ate all -for example marmalade- that your mum need to do something. Then she discover it and starts to scream: &quot;Disgraziato! Che hai fatto?&quot;&#xA;In this case your mum is growling at you but she is not really only angry, but also a little bit wry. I think in souther Italy &quot;disgraziato&quot; is used also in more severe situation (100% angry and a wooden shoe flying to you).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) You saw a really unlucky person, maybe he lost all his money or someone of his family recently died and you say, in a sad tone (and not directly to him, it can be offensive): &quot;Che disgraziato, è stato proprio sfortunato.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) As a joke, like with a friend.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2014-05-29T07:37:19.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1155" CreationDate="2014-05-29T08:39:18.537" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think egreg is right: &lt;code&gt;mai&lt;/code&gt; is not a negative, but rather the Italian equivalent of the English work &lt;code&gt;ever&lt;/code&gt;. The proof of it is that it is used in questions such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Guardi mai la televisione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The negative word is &lt;code&gt;giammai&lt;/code&gt;. Yet, &lt;code&gt;giammai&lt;/code&gt; is considered by many an old-fashioned word, and, in typical/colloquial use, &lt;code&gt;mai&lt;/code&gt; is used stand-alone with negative meaning. It is an example of a word that is used so frequently in a negative context that it ends up being used as a negative itself (another example being &lt;code&gt;affatto&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="662" LastActivityDate="2014-05-29T08:39:18.537" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1986" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1987" CreationDate="2014-05-29T13:20:47.567" Score="9" ViewCount="606" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a sentence like &quot;This is an overkill solution&quot;, with the purpose of conveying the idea that the proposed solution does too much and should be discarded in favour of a simpler one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a list of translations that I find sub-optimal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una soluzione esagerata&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una soluzione troppo complicata&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="663" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T10:24:51.863" LastActivityDate="2016-12-12T09:06:54.047" Title="How would you translate &quot;overkill&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1986" CreationDate="2014-05-29T15:26:43.493" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your point 2 it is not correct, it means a solution too difficult to realize or something like, your point 1 is near the meaning but i don't know if it's exactly -probably yes- but i think it depends on the situation.&#xA;For example, if u have too much information (like duplicate fields in a database) you say it is redundant-&quot;ridondante&quot;&#xA;If an electronic schema with an interruptor that can handle a bigger voltage than needed you say it's &quot;sovradimensionato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2014-05-29T15:26:43.493" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1986" CreationDate="2014-05-29T18:41:34.440" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think Italian has a perfect equivalent of the word &lt;em&gt;overkill&lt;/em&gt;. You can use different terms in different situations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translating it as &lt;em&gt;eccessivamente complicato&lt;/em&gt;  isn't optimal because &lt;em&gt;overkill&lt;/em&gt; implies the existence of a much simpler alternative, while this translation does not give this suggestion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translating it with &lt;em&gt;esagerato&lt;/em&gt; comes probably closer to the inteded meaning, although it's not clear that the exaggeration is in the (avoidable) complexity of the solution. Depending on the context it may be a perfect match or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However there is an idiomatic sentence that provides exactly that meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa soluzione è come sparare ad una mosca con un cannone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Literally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This solution is like shooting a fly with a cannon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which, according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/showthread.php?t=630736&amp;amp;langid=14&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; thread in the word-reference forum, would be well suited to be translated as &lt;em&gt;overkill&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe it conveys the correct meaning: the solution is too complicated &lt;em&gt;for the given task&lt;/em&gt;. You are doing something that can be avoided, reducing complexities and obtaining the same results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2014-05-29T18:41:34.440" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1986" CreationDate="2014-05-30T08:10:22.437" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;without the full context it is difficult to come up with a good translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am thinking at something like &quot;&lt;em&gt;non ne vale la pena&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&quot;it it not worth&quot;), but as I wrote it depends from the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-05-30T08:10:22.437" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2014-05-30T10:11:52.650" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The usage of the article is not correct in written Italian, but it's used in colloquial language and depends on the location. For example, here in Tuscany the articles are used every time for female name or surname and male surname. I don't know why it isn't used for male names, but so it is :) . An other example, I heard some people from Milan speak opposite (article for male names and not for female names).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-19T14:16:18.853" LastActivityDate="2016-01-19T14:16:18.853" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1991" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1994" CreationDate="2014-06-01T13:23:00.687" Score="9" ViewCount="2540" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain if there is a difference in meaning or usage between vicino and vicina. As far as I can tell, they seem to be interchangeable, yet I've seen both used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user145" LastActivityDate="2014-06-01T16:04:05.313" Title="Using vicino or vicina" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1992" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1993" CreationDate="2014-06-01T13:28:46.887" Score="6" ViewCount="398" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering if there is a common way to translate this phrase in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My Italian is rusty, but my attempt would be either &quot;qualunque prima viene&quot; or &quot;qualunque che viene prima.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user145" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-06-01T15:52:55.230" LastActivityDate="2014-06-01T15:52:55.230" Title="Translation of &quot;whichever comes first&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1992" CreationDate="2014-06-01T15:52:40.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It'd be best translated as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;quello che viene prima&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this being the most comprehensive translation. The use of &quot;which&quot; indicates that the sentence is referring to a thing, an object. Moreover, the use of &quot;whichever&quot; instead of &quot;whatever&quot; underlies the idea of a comparison among different options. This is why you use the pronoun &quot;quello/quella&quot; plus a relative (&quot;che&quot;, linking it to the appended relative clause). If you had &quot;whatever&quot;, you'd use &quot;qualunque cosa&quot;, because it means you have no idea about what is coming, no comparison is highlighted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tomorrow I'll either take the bus or the train, whichever comes first,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the best translation would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Domani prendo il treno oppure l'autobus, quello (dei due) che arriva prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in this other case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Whatever comes first on the table, I'll eat it immediately,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it'd be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qualunque cosa arrivi prima al tavolo, la mangerò immediatamente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-06-01T15:52:40.143" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1991" CreationDate="2014-06-01T16:04:05.313" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your confusion comes from the fact that &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt; can be a noun, an adjective, or an adverb; &lt;em&gt;vicina&lt;/em&gt; can only be a noun or an adjective, and it is the feminine version of that usage of &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt;. In this sense, you also have the plural version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Used as a noun, &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;neighbor&quot; and &lt;em&gt;vicina&lt;/em&gt; would be the feminine version of it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il mio vicino mi ha regalato una torta, la mia vicina invece è veramente antipatica; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;used as an adjective, it means &quot;close, neighboring&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mia borsa è vicina alla tua, quei paesi vicini sono molto belli,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;used as an adverb, &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;near&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La ragazza sta arrivando vicino al treno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-06-01T16:04:05.313" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1995" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="1997" CreationDate="2014-06-04T07:02:38.767" Score="9" ViewCount="3957" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides &quot;L'Ultima Cena&quot;, &quot;The Last Supper&quot; is also named &quot;Il Cenacolo&quot; in Italian. Why is it also named this way and when was it it first used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-01-10T15:30:48.960" LastActivityDate="2019-01-11T21:35:26.070" Title="Why is &quot;The Last Supper&quot; also named &quot;Il Cenacolo&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;name&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1995" CreationDate="2014-06-04T07:19:36.487" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cenacolo comes from latin and literally means the place where you eat. &quot;Il Cenacolo&quot; began the name of the place where &quot;L'ultima Cena&quot; happened.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="659" LastActivityDate="2014-06-04T07:19:36.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1995" CreationDate="2014-06-04T12:47:37.890" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Dizionario Etimologico della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt; (Cortellazzo-Zoli): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cenacolo&lt;/strong&gt; - stanza ove anticamente si cenava, e, in particolare, luogo nel quale Gesù e gli Apostoli consumarono l'ultima cena (referenced in the works of the Dominican friar Domenico Cavalca)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While in Latin &lt;em&gt;cenaculum&lt;/em&gt; was used generically as the place where people ate, in Italian it soon took the explicit meaning of the place where the Last Supper happened.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that in modern Italian &quot;cenacolo&quot; is also a meeting of intellectuals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-01-11T21:35:26.070" LastActivityDate="2019-01-11T21:35:26.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="1998" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2010" CreationDate="2014-06-04T12:59:36.857" Score="14" ViewCount="748" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco una domanda stagionale :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola latina per ciliegia è &lt;em&gt;ceresa, -ae&lt;/em&gt;, a sua volta proveniente dal greco &lt;em&gt;kerasa&lt;/em&gt;. In molti dialetti italiani il termine mantiene le consonanti iniziali, ma in italiano (a parte la ĕ breve che come succede in generale si è trasformata in i) ci sono state ben due trasformazioni consonantiche: -r- in -l-  e -s- in -g-. Qualcuno ha idea di come siano potute esserci queste modifiche, magari con qualche altro esempio etimologico?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T14:27:53.123" Title="Come mai dal latino &quot;ceresa&quot; si è giunti all'italiano &quot;ciliegia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="1999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1978" CreationDate="2014-06-04T16:07:53.747" Score="-1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“issue a new identity card” &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Rilasciare una nuova carta d'identità&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;need to have a new one issued&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's not a word by word translation form &quot;a new one issued&quot;. You should use the active form like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ho perso la carta di identità, devo richiederne una nuova.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="672" LastActivityDate="2014-06-04T16:07:53.747" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2004" CreationDate="2014-06-04T20:26:02.053" Score="10" ViewCount="401" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi ricordo vagamente di aver letto da qualche parte una spiegazione &quot;culturale&quot; al diverso significato di eventualmente ed eventually. Purtroppo non ricordo con precisione, ma era qualcosa del tipo: per la cultura inglese gli eventi rappresentano la via metodo per arrivare alla conclusione &quot;eventually&quot; , mentre per la cultura italiana gli eventi possono essere sfavorevoli, quindi qualcosa accade &quot;eventualmente&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;E' questa la motivazione della differenza di significato fra eventually e eventualmente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-28T19:30:21.887" LastActivityDate="2014-08-28T19:30:21.887" Title="eventualmente/eventually: questione di prospettiva?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1470" CreationDate="2014-06-04T21:56:20.147" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sardinian is a language, just like Italian, Lombard, Piedmontese, Occitan, Catalan and so on.&#xA;The only reason why a speech is called a language or a dialect is just due to historical or political reasons. To call a speech a language implies considering it as official or having some (important) acknowledgement.&#xA;Nevertheless, linguists tend to call a dialect any variant of the same speech (eg, American, Australian, Scottish and British are all dialects of the English language), while when two speeches are not mutually understandable, then they are called languages.&#xA;As Sardinian (or Lombard, Piedmontese, Italian, etc...) is not mutually understandable with any of the speeches used elsewhere, it must be called a language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="674" LastActivityDate="2014-06-04T21:56:20.147" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2014-06-04T22:18:02.547" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am from Piedmont. Typical Piedmontese sentences may be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Atënsion! Ël ciòt a l'è ancreus, neh! = Warning! The hole is &lt;em&gt;really&lt;/em&gt; deep!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sera la porta, neh! = &lt;em&gt;Come on&lt;/em&gt;, close the door!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apress la cà a jè 'n giardin, neh? = Behind the house there is a garden, isn't there?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice in the latter a certain similarity with the German &lt;strong&gt;nicht wahr&lt;/strong&gt; and the Dutch &lt;strong&gt;nietwaar&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Heute hast Du das Haus gekauft, nicht wahr? = Today you have bought the house, haven't you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wij moeten nog een paar dingen zeggen, nietwaar? = We still have to say a couple of things, don't we?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="674" LastActivityDate="2014-06-04T22:18:02.547" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2014-06-04T23:27:48.740" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta a questa domanda è abbastanza ovvia: &quot;neh&quot; significa &quot;n(on) è (vero?)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/neh/&quot;&gt;Si tratta&lt;/a&gt; di una «esclamazione interrogativa, di carattere enfatico: si usa specialmente in Piemonte e in Lombardia, in fine di frase o parenteticamente, quasi a chiedere conferma di ciò che si dice, o per richiamare comunque l’attenzione».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È simile a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nevvero/&quot;&gt;&quot;nevvero&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italiano &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ve/&quot;&gt;&quot;ve'&quot;&lt;/a&gt; è invece il troncamento di &quot;vedi!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-06-04T23:27:48.740" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2000" CreationDate="2014-06-04T23:29:07.767" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano, &lt;em&gt;eventuale&lt;/em&gt; indica qualcosa che può accadere oppure no. Ma il latino &lt;em&gt;eventus&lt;/em&gt; indicava un evento, un caso (anche fortunato) o un destino; un significato correlato è quello di “risultato di un'azione” (si veda il dizionario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3atext:1999.04.0059%3aentry=eventus&quot;&gt;Lewis-Short&lt;/a&gt;) e questo è passato in inglese. L'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;eventual&lt;/em&gt; è modellato su &lt;em&gt;actual&lt;/em&gt;, secondo l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/eventual?q=eventual&quot;&gt;Oxford Dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, ma come aggettivo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/event?q=event&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;event&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, cioè “qualcosa che accade”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non credo sia una questione di differenze culturali; l'inglese ha preso &lt;em&gt;event&lt;/em&gt; nel sedicesimo secolo, con il significato originale latino. In italiano ha prevalso, come significato di &lt;em&gt;eventuale&lt;/em&gt;, quello legato all'incertezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-06-04T23:29:07.767" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2005" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2006" CreationDate="2014-06-05T12:04:44.453" Score="5" ViewCount="30527" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è stato contestato in un powerpoint l'utilizzo dell'abbreviazione ca. al posto di &quot;circa&quot; per indicare un'incertezza nella misura di un parametro. Volevo capire se effettivamente abbreviare &quot;circa&quot; con  &quot;ca.&quot; viene considerato un errore o sconsigliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="223" LastEditDate="2014-06-05T14:00:36.187" LastActivityDate="2014-06-14T07:37:38.690" Title="Abbreviare &quot;circa&quot; con &quot;ca.&quot; è considerata una prassi scorretta?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2005" CreationDate="2014-06-05T13:52:36.227" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Ca.” è sicuramente corretta. Se può servire una pezza d'appoggio, nel &lt;em&gt;Nuovo manuale di stile&lt;/em&gt; di Roberto Lesina (Zanichelli), a pag. 191 viene data proprio come esempio di quel tipo di abbreviazioni costituite «da una contrazione che conserva lettere iniziali e lettere intermedie o finali del termine, sempre seguit[e] dal punto».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-06-05T13:52:36.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2007" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-06-06T11:34:19.400" Score="4" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un chimico che lavora nel campo della chimica analitica viene chiamato &quot;chimico analitico&quot; oppure &quot;analista chimico&quot;? Trovo entrambi sul web, vorrei capire se chimico analitico è scorretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-08T10:16:23.377" LastActivityDate="2018-12-08T10:16:23.377" Title="Chimico analitico o analista chimico?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1225" CreationDate="2014-06-06T12:29:16.233" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Splendido!&quot;  can be used, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It refers to something being wonderful. &#xA;It´s origin is the infinitive &quot;splendere&quot; which means &quot;shine&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is used more by adult people but can be used for every situation where something stands out from the usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="676" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-29T22:49:49.603" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T22:49:49.603" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2007" CreationDate="2014-06-06T13:18:00.460" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ad occhio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;analista chimico = chi fa o si occupa di analisi chimiche (e.g. dell'acqua)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;chimico analitico = chi si è specializzato in chimica analitica&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrei sbagliarmi, ma ad occhio mi sembra così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="674" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-08T10:15:12.313" LastActivityDate="2018-12-08T10:15:12.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1998" CreationDate="2014-06-07T12:26:54.747" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In some Vulgar Latin variants, there was a regular sound change of intervocalic &lt;em&gt;-si-&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;-dʒ-&lt;/em&gt; (the Latin word was actually &lt;em&gt;ceresia&lt;/em&gt; with an &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;). Other examples are &lt;em&gt;Lutetia Parisiorum&lt;/em&gt; 'Paris' &gt; &lt;em&gt;Parigi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Dionysius&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;Dionigi&lt;/em&gt;. It was probably part of the other palatalization processes in Late Latin, which are also responsible for the change of the initial &lt;em&gt;k-&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;tʃ-&lt;/em&gt;. Unfortunately I couldn't find any literature which specifically describes this particular sound change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;em&gt;-r-&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;-l-&lt;/em&gt;, it's not unheard of that these two sounds get interchanged sporadically, but I don't know any other examples in Italian. In any case, it was probably not a regular sound change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="677" LastActivityDate="2014-06-07T12:26:54.747" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2011" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2012" CreationDate="2014-06-07T19:43:33.963" Score="7" ViewCount="2461" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know very much about Italian, but I was trying to learn a bit, and I came across Jesolo- I was wondering how J's get treated in Italian. I know they aren't native Italian letters, but I can't find how they are pronounced-sites are saying that &quot;Jesolo&quot; is read like &quot;Yesolo&quot; so are all j's pronounced like y's in English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user679" LastActivityDate="2014-06-08T22:40:00.290" Title="Pronouncing J's" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2011" CreationDate="2014-06-08T00:10:23.877" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian &quot;j&quot; is pronounced like a semi consonant &quot;i&quot; when it occurs between vowels or at the beginning of a word (e.g. &quot;Ajaccio&quot;, &quot;Jacopo&quot;); otherwise it is pronounced like an &quot;i&quot; when it occurs at the end of a word, typically as the plural of some words ending in &quot;-io&quot; (&quot;varj&quot;, plural of &quot;vario&quot;) (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/j/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_10/interventi/4737.shtml.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Rmano pointed out, an alternative to &quot;j&quot; for the plural of some words ending in &quot;-io&quot; is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/plurale-dei-nomi-in-io_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;circumflex &quot;î&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. The use of &quot;j&quot; is more ancient than &quot;î&quot; but today they are both not much in use anymore (anyway, I still like the use of &quot;î&quot;, I think it is still considered erudite Italian and it still has its function).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that Italian &quot;y&quot; is pronounced just as &quot;i&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/y/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-06-08T22:40:00.290" LastActivityDate="2014-06-08T22:40:00.290" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2013" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-06-08T21:16:01.937" Score="6" ViewCount="4554" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why are articles used before so many nouns in Italian? I know Italian is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; English, I'm just curious the reasoning behind using an article before nouns, what utility does it serve?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user679" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-02-11T06:39:31.867" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:36:34.617" Title="Why are articles, such as “il” or “la”, used everywhere?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2015" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2016" CreationDate="2014-06-09T08:51:01.853" Score="10" ViewCount="2235" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta, in inglese, del/della cugino/a di mio padre/madre, ma non credo che esista una terminologia precisa nella nostra lingua... voi sapete aiutarmi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="683" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-06-09T09:14:55.930" LastActivityDate="2019-10-30T04:33:32.930" Title="Come si traduce in italiano &quot;first cousin once removed&quot;?" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2015" CreationDate="2014-06-09T12:11:35.020" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il cugino del padre o della madre, o la cugina, non sembra avere un nome specifico in italiano. In alcune regioni si chiamano &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/zio/&quot;&gt;zii cugini&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. I loro figli sono tuoi cugini di secondo grado.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese invece tu e il cugino di tuo padre siete &quot;first cousins once removed&quot;. Non ho mai sentito una simile terminologia in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-06-10T01:00:45.363" LastActivityDate="2014-06-10T01:00:45.363" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2013" CreationDate="2014-06-09T12:46:00.543" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian definite articles are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They respectively come from Latin&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;ille&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;illum&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;illa&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;illi&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;illi&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;illae&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meaning &amp;quot;that one&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;those ones&amp;quot;, but also &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;he&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;she&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;it&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;they&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use articles to identify more precisely the object of your sentence. In Italian this is done explicitly: omitting articles sounds primitive, savage, illiterate, like using only the infinitive form of any verb, without conjugating them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typically you can omit the article when you do not intend to identify a specific object:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;navi vanno laggiù … (ships sail down there, there are ships sailing down there)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il libro ucciderà altari e cattedrali (the book will destroy altars and cathedrals)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that there are many other cases, though, when it is recommended or even compulsory to omit definite articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-06-09T12:51:38.590" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2013" CreationDate="2014-06-10T12:04:22.163" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to clarify something:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Italian Articles&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The article is a grammatical particle that you can pre-post to names or substantivized parts of a speech (a term referring to a part of speech used in function of the noun. like &quot;l'italiano è una lingua antica&quot; or &quot;l'essere è qualcosa di insondabile&quot; or &quot;il Pesarese è un bel territorio&quot;); it specifies if we are talking about an specific object (definite articles) or not (indefinite articles).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The definite article has:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;2 forms for the singular masculine: &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;2 for the plural masculine: &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;1 form for the femminine singular: &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;1 form for the femminine plural: &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;How to use the definite articles:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (plural &quot;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&quot;) is used before all names that starts with a consonant, except impure &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ps&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pn&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; semi-consonant (&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; + vocal). (&quot;Il libro&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (plural &quot;&lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;&quot;) is used before masculine names which starts with an impure &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ps&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pn&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; semi-consonant (&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; + vocal). (&quot;Lo zaino&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;&quot; must be &quot;apostrophed&quot; before a vocal (&quot;la casa&quot; , &quot;l'opera&quot;), while the plural &quot;&lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; (specially if the name doesn't change in the plural form: &quot;la età&quot;, &quot;le età&quot;, not &quot;l'età&quot;, otherwise it misunderstands with the singular form)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;When articles should be omitted:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Despite even many Italian people doesn't know (or doesn't apply) all these rules, the article should be omitted:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;before cities or little islands names (&quot;Roma è antichissima; Montecristo è un'isoletta del mar Tirreno&quot;), except some cases in which the article is part of the name (&quot;L'Aquila, Il Cairo, La Spezia&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;before proper names&lt;/strong&gt; (&quot;Carlo è bravissimo&quot;), anyway in popular language, family, female names are preceded usually by article (&quot;é venuta La Titti&quot;). This exception &lt;strong&gt;does not apply&lt;/strong&gt; to historical and mythological names: (&quot;Lucretia, Sappho, Cleopatra, Diana&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with names with predicate function (&quot;L'ozio è padre di tutti i vizi; Carlo è tuo compagno di scuola&quot;) unless the name is accompanied by an adjective (&quot;Il leone è un animale feroce; Giorgio è un bravo dottore&quot;) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with copulative verbs followed by a predicate complement of the subject (&quot;Stefano fu eletto deputato&quot;) or object (&quot;Lo proclamarono presidente dell'assemblea&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with the names used in appositive function (&quot;Giulio Cesare, condottiero romano; Ho rivisto Angela, mia amica d'infanzia&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with vocatives (&quot;Caro dottore, mi faccia una buona visita&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;proverbs and sentences (&quot;Rosso di sera, bel tempo si spera; Dove manca natura, arte procura&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;in many nominal groups (&quot;uomo d'ingegno; andare in bicicletta; aspettare in sala d'attesa; nutrirsi di pane e acqua&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;generally in the titles of books or chapters and wall writings (&quot;Vocabolario della lingua italiana, Compendio di storia moderna, Prefazione; Ingresso; Redazione; Piazza Cavour&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with the names of kinship preceded by a possessive adjective that is not &quot;&lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&quot;mio padre, mia madre&quot;) unless the name is plural (&quot;i miei fratelli, le mie sorelle&quot;) or preceded by an adjective (&quot;la mia vecchia madre&quot;), or that the possessive follows the name (&quot;il padre mio&quot;). It should, however, &lt;strong&gt;always&lt;/strong&gt; use the article with the names &quot;babbo&quot; and &quot;mamma&quot;, even if accompanied by possessive (&quot;il mio babbo, la mia mamma&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;possessive pronouns, feminine &quot;sua&quot;, &quot;vostra&quot; omit article when immediately preceding the names of &quot;Maestà&quot;, &quot;Altezza&quot;, &quot;Eccellenza&quot;, &quot;Signoria&quot;, &quot;Santità&quot;, &quot;Eminenza&quot; (&quot;Sua Maestà il Re, Vostra Altezza, Vostra Signoria, Sua Eccellenza il Ministro, Sua Eminenza il cardinale Ruini, Sua Santità&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;When articles should be used:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with names of countries, states and continents (&quot;La Sicilia, La Francia, L'Asia&quot;); but if they are used as complements or specification of place, you can sometimes omit the article (&quot;i vini di Sicilia, vivere in Africa, andare in Belgio; i re di Spagna&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with names of rivers, lakes, seas and mountains (&quot;il Po, il Garda, il Mar Nero, il Gran Sasso&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with names of famous people of the past is not preceded by the name (&quot;il Petrarca, il Manzoni&quot; (but &quot;Luigi Pirandello, Giovanni Pascoli&quot; should be written in this form), and today, however, it tends to omit the item with the illustrious names that have acquired the name (&quot;Garibaldi, Cavour, Colombo&quot;). Surnames of women, however, &lt;strong&gt;always&lt;/strong&gt; require the item to avoid ambiguity (&quot;la Serao, la Deledda, la Eliot, la Sand, ecc.&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with nicknames (&quot;il Botticelli, il Veronese, il Parmigianino&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with abstract nouns (&quot;la bontà, la virtù, l'odio ecc.&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with names of material  (&quot;l'oro, l'argento, il ferro ecc.&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with concrete names used in a general sense:  (&quot;l'uomo (for: &quot;gli uomini&quot;), il poeta (for: &quot;i poeti&quot;), l'operaio, il giovane, ecc.&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with names indicating the unique things in nature, such as the sun, the moon, the earth, the world, the universe (&quot;il sole, la luna, la terra, il mondo, l'universo&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sometimes, in popular usage, the definite article is used with no logical necessity, in the sense superfluous&lt;/strong&gt; , for example &quot;Passeremo la Pasqua a Parigi. Siate i benvenuti. Ho fatto le mie scuse. Sono le dieci precise. &#xA;&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;On the other hand, the rules of English grammar require..&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;..that in most cases a noun, or more generally a noun phrase, must be &quot;completed&quot; with a determiner to clarify what the referent of the noun phrase is. The most common determiners are the articles the and a(n), which specify the presence or absence of definiteness of the noun. Other possible determiners include words like this, my, each and many – see English determiners (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_determiners&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_determiners&lt;/a&gt;). There are also cases where no determiner is required, as in the sentence John likes fast cars. Or the sentence &quot;Bob likes cool trains&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The definite article the is used when the referent of the noun phrase is assumed to be unique or known from the context. For example, in the sentence &quot;The boy with glasses was looking at the moon&quot;, it is assumed that in the context the reference can only be to one boy and one moon. However, the definite article is not used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with generic nouns (plural or uncountable): cars have accelerators, happiness is contagious, referring to cars in general and happiness in general (compare the happiness I felt yesterday, specifying particular happiness);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with many proper names: John, France, London, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I clarified the things, sorry if I put too many articles :P&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sources: &lt;a href=&quot;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/grammatica-italiana-06.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/grammatica-italiana-06.htm&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_articles#Use_of_articles&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_articles#Use_of_articles&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: in my opinion differences from region to region are due to differences in &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialetti_d&amp;#39;Italia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Italian dialects&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="685" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:36:34.617" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:36:34.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2015" CreationDate="2014-06-11T07:00:54.963" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that one solution, reported also by treccani is &quot;procugino&quot;, neverheless it is not clear if you refer to your parents' cousin or to the son of your cousin.&#xA; Procugino/a is a useful word to enumerate the members of your family but not to explain who is who.&#xA;The better solution is to translate it as &quot; il/la cugino/a di mio/a padre/madre&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="334" LastActivityDate="2014-06-11T07:00:54.963" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2020" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2022" CreationDate="2014-06-12T16:10:33.177" Score="4" ViewCount="953" Body="&lt;p&gt;Voce &lt;strong&gt;prioritario&lt;/strong&gt; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prioritario/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che ha la priorità, che deve avere la priorità, cioè la precedenza, in&#xA;  quanto più importante, più valido, più significativo, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto usare questo aggettivo per un confronto?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ha senso dire &quot;il problema A è più prioritario del problema B&quot;, oppure no in quanto l'aggettivo implica già un confronto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="448" LastActivityDate="2014-06-15T21:16:43.690" Title="&quot;Più/meno prioritario di&quot; è corretto? Ha senso?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2020" CreationDate="2014-06-14T05:09:59.427" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Benché, come osservato dal egreg, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prioritario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;prioritario&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; derivi dalla radice latina &amp;quot;prior&amp;quot;, che è comparativo di maggioranza, tale derivazione è mediata attraverso il latino medievale &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/priorita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;prioritas&lt;/a&gt;. In italiano &amp;quot;prioritario&amp;quot; risulta essere un semplice aggettivo qualificativo: nulla impedisce che gli elementi di X, prioritari rispetto agli elementi di Y, siano tra loro diversamente prioritari. Quindi in linea di principio potrebbero considerarsi accettabili i comparativi &amp;quot;più prioritario&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;maggiormente prioritario&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, assumendo che i fattori &lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt; siano entrambi prioritari rispetto ad altri fattori,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; è prioritario rispetto a &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è senz'altro preferibile ad&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; è più prioritario di &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;»,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; è più prioritario rispetto a &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;»,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; è maggiormente prioritario rispetto a &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste ultime suonano come una forzatura che si potrebbe forse ammorbidire mettendo le virgolette («&amp;quot;più prioritario&amp;quot;», «&amp;quot;maggiormente prioritario&amp;quot;»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, googlando &amp;quot;maggiormente prioritario&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;più prioritario rispetto&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;più prioritario di&amp;quot; si ottengono tanti risultati, segno che, giuste o sbagliate che siano, queste forme si usano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; @Numbers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se fosse semplice come tu suggerisci, anche la locuzione &amp;quot;massima priorità&amp;quot; sarebbe errata, giusto? E invece, se anche fosse errata in linea di principio, è una locuzione che l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b-iQU7HAGaqN8QeIn4GgDw&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22massima+priorit%C3%A0%22&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;uso&lt;/a&gt;, diffuso in ogni possibile contesto &lt;strong&gt;colto&lt;/strong&gt;, ha chiaramente reso legittima. Lo stesso vale anche in inglese: nessuno metterebbe in discussione che &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b-iQU7HAGaqN8QeIn4GgDw&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22top+priority%22&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;top priority&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b-iQU7HAGaqN8QeIn4GgDw&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22highest+priority%22&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;highest priority&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b-iQU7HAGaqN8QeIn4GgDw&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22greatest+priority%22&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;greatest priority&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; siano perfettamente accettabili. Addirittura, per identificare la relazione 'ordine tra diversi elementi, si parla di &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b-iQU7HAGaqN8QeIn4GgDw&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=priority+queue&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;priority queue&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-06-15T21:16:43.690" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2024" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2025" CreationDate="2014-06-27T14:18:10.363" Score="4" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;A friend posted a picture of an &quot;idroscalo&quot; in Milan. The dictionary tells me that it means &quot;seaplane base&quot;, which I understand is similar to a seaport. However, the photo was of a sculpture by a small lake. Are there other meanings of this word in common usage?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user145" LastActivityDate="2014-06-29T00:58:53.867" Title="What does &quot;idroscalo&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2024" CreationDate="2014-06-27T14:24:21.930" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Idroscalo is the name of an artificial lake outside Milan. You can find info about it here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.idroscalo.info&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Idroscalo site&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's located here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/maps/place/Idroscalo/@45.46413,9.2874052,14z/data=!3m1!4b1!4m2!3m1!1s0x4786c8a4a02b7faf:0x6ec0485fe79df6bc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Link&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="703" LastActivityDate="2014-06-27T14:24:21.930" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2024" CreationDate="2014-06-29T00:58:53.867" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The confusion is justified, Idroscalo actually means &quot;seaplanes base&quot;; and behind Milan's Idroscalo there's a somewhat interesting story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the late twenties seaplanes were quite important in civilian airlines, and were thought by many as the future of aviation for Italy, also due to its strategic position on the Mediterranean sea; thus, a seaplane base was deemed important for Milan, which already was one of the most important cities in the North of Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Works for the Idroscalo started in 1928, and it's still quite clear from the elongated shape of the lake that it was originally intended as a landing strip for seaplanes (although the usage for sea sports was planned from the beginning).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/s9eHM.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Idroscalo and Airport of Milano Linate - Satellite View&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even though (for once) the works for the actual digging finished quickly, the second part of the works (administrative buildings, hangars, ...) took much longer than expected (as always in Italy), and at the same time the lake started being used for sport events (rowing, swimming, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, while seaplanes usage started declining, the sport usage of the lake consolidated, especially after it hosted several important international rowing competitions. At the end, they finally gave up with the idea of an important seaport, and the Idroscalo was left for leisure and sports, as still is today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, in the photo above you can also see that, below the Idroscalo, there's an actual airport (Milano Linate AKA Aeoroporto Forlanini, IATA code MIL), built to replace the older Taliedo aviation camp. They decided to place it here when the Idroscalo was still considered a future sailplane base (1934), to build an integrated planes and seaplanes hub. Fortunately, unlike the Idroscalo, the Forlanini Airport was actually completed, and is still in use today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sources:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.storiadimilano.it/citta/milanotecnica/volo/idroscalo.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.storiadimilano.it/citta/milanotecnica/volo/idroscalo.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idroscalo_di_Milano&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idroscalo_di_Milano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aeroporto_di_Milano-Linate&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aeroporto_di_Milano-Linate&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/maps/place/Idroscalo/@45.4656801,9.2871047,14z/data=!4m2!3m1!1s0x4786c8a4a02b7faf:0x6ec0485fe79df6bc&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.google.it/maps/place/Idroscalo/@45.4656801,9.2871047,14z/data=!4m2!3m1!1s0x4786c8a4a02b7faf:0x6ec0485fe79df6bc&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2014-06-29T00:58:53.867" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2027" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2029" CreationDate="2014-06-29T06:39:39.050" Score="3" ViewCount="850" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a quote that as been at times translated with the word &quot;rape&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dacc.coalliance.org/fedora/repository/coccc%3A6045/MachiavellisFortuna.pdf/Machiavelli%27s%20Fortuna&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;It&lt;/a&gt; is attributed to the Prince&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“I judge this indeed, that it is better to be impetuous than cautious, because &#xA;  fortune is a woman; and it is necessary, if one wants to hold her down, to &#xA;  beat her and strike her down. And one sees that she lets herself be won more &#xA;  by the impetuous than by those who proceed coldly. And so always, like a &#xA;  woman, she is the friend of the young, because they are less cautious, more &#xA;  ferocious, and command her with more audacity&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the original quote in Italian, and can it be translated to &quot;rape&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user708" LastEditorDisplayName="user708" LastEditDate="2014-06-29T06:55:20.303" LastActivityDate="2014-06-30T00:40:03.093" Title="Did Machiavelli really use the word &quot;rape&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2027" CreationDate="2014-06-29T08:41:57.297" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikiquote.org/wiki/Niccol%C3%B2_Machiavelli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikiquote&lt;/a&gt; reports&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La fortuna è donna: ed è necessario, volendola tenere sotto, batterla e urtarla. (cap. XXV)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the original text, at least according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.about.com/library/anthology/machiavelli/blprince25i.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this source&lt;/a&gt;, is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Concludo, adunque, che, variando la fortuna, e stando li uomini ne' loro modi ostinati, sono felici mentre concordano insieme, e, come discordano, infelici. Io iudico bene questo, che sia meglio essere impetuoso che respettivo; perché la fortuna è donna, et è necessario, volendola tenere sotto, batterla et urtarla. E si vede che la si lascia più vincere da questi, che da quelli che freddamente procedano. E però sempre, come donna, è amica de' giovani, perché sono meno respettivi, più feroci e con più audacia la comandano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your second question, I don't think &quot;rape&quot; is a good translation. &quot;Battere&quot;, in this context, is to beat; maybe &quot;urtare&quot; could be &quot;shove her, so that she stays at her place&quot;, or it could be a way to reinforce &quot;battere&quot;. But no raping is involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-06-29T08:41:57.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2027" CreationDate="2014-06-29T08:42:45.727" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's the last period of Chapter XXV from &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/m/machiavelli/il_principe/pdf/machiavelli_il_principe.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Il Principe&lt;/a&gt;&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Io iudico bene questo, che sia meglio essere impetuoso che respettivo; perché la fortuna è donna, et è necessario, volendola tenere sotto, batterla et urtarla. E si vede che la si lascia più vincere da questi, che da quelli che freddamente procedano. E però sempre, come donna, è amica de’ giovani, perché sono meno respettivi, più feroci e con più audacia la comandano.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verbs Machiavelli is using are &quot;battere&quot; and &quot;urtare&quot;, meaning &quot;to beat&quot; and &quot;to hurt&quot;, the last IMO also in the sense of &quot;not satisfying her requests&quot;. The general meaning is that you need to &quot;subdue&quot;, &quot;subjugate&quot; fortune like you would with an animal or … a woman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, you cannot use the verb &quot;to rape&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-06-30T00:40:03.093" LastActivityDate="2014-06-30T00:40:03.093" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2031" CreationDate="2014-06-29T18:34:55.657" Score="5" ViewCount="2083" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato la parola &quot;tiella&quot; nel menù di un ristorante italiano (napoletano, infatti) per riferirsi a un antipasto composto da arancini, mozzarella in carrozza, panzarotti... che viene servito in un recipiente piatto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe sapere se questa parola è dialettale e qual è la sua origine. Per curiosità vorrei sapere se l'origine di questo vocabolo ha qualcosa a che vedere con quello della parola catalana &quot;teula&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-27T19:29:32.037" LastActivityDate="2020-04-27T19:32:47.557" Title="La parola &quot;tiella&quot; è dialettale? Qual è l'origine di questo vocabolo?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2030" CreationDate="2014-06-29T21:06:47.507" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tiella/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &quot;tièlla&quot; deriva dal latino &quot;tegella&quot;, diminutivo di &quot;tegŭla&quot;, e si tratta di una forma antica e regionale (centro-meridionale) per &quot;teglia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per estensione, o più precisamente per metonimia, è anche il nome della specialità gastronomica della domanda sù ed è «diffusa in molte località dell’Italia centro-meridionale (con notevoli varianti anche nell’ambito di una stessa regione)».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel Lazio e in Campania viene chiamata &quot;tiella&quot; mentre è detta &quot;tigella&quot; a Modena, &quot;tièed&quot; in Puglia, &quot;tijella&quot; in Abruzzo (&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tiella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://fr.wiktionary.org/wiki/teula&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;teula&lt;/a&gt;&quot; deriva dal latino &quot;tegŭla&quot;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Teula&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; apparentemente proprio nel significato di &quot;tegola&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-06-29T21:12:01.847" LastActivityDate="2014-06-29T21:12:01.847" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1722" CreationDate="2014-06-30T09:55:41.543" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Altre lingue derivate dal latino hanno espressioni con il numero &quot;quattro&quot; nel senso di &quot;poco&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francese: &quot;à quatre pas d'ici&quot;, &quot;pour quatre jours qu'on a à vivre&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Catalano: &quot;quatre rals&quot; (con lo stesso significato che &quot;quattro soldi&quot;), &quot;quate gats&quot; (con lo stesso significato che &quot;quattro gatti&quot;), &quot;és a quatre passes&quot; (= è molto vicino), &quot;quatre gotes&quot; (pioggia molto debole o scarsa). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche letto che, durante il regno di Isabella II di Borbone, quando la peseta viene instaurata come moneta, questa si fece equivalere a &quot;quatre rals&quot;.  Con questo voglio dire che, in catalano, molto probabilmente la gente abbia usato l'espressione &quot;quatre rals&quot; per riferirsi a una peseta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@egreg: La traduzione al catalano di &lt;em&gt;Dreigroschenoper&lt;/em&gt; è proprio &lt;em&gt;L'Òpera dels quatre rals&lt;/em&gt; perché anche in catalano abbiamo l'espressione &quot;quatre rals&quot; (e non &quot;tres rals&quot;) con lo stesso significato che l'espressione italiano &quot;quattro soldi&quot;. &#xA;[Scusate, ma non ho ancora il permesso di scrivere commenti.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-06-30T10:47:50.433" LastActivityDate="2014-06-30T10:47:50.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2034" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2035" CreationDate="2014-06-30T14:57:54.407" Score="3" ViewCount="876" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conosco il significato di &quot;cerchio&quot; come oggetto matematico. Comunque, in un senso figurato, a volte si usano le parole &quot;cerchia&quot; e &quot;circolo&quot;. Mi piacerebbe sapere quale sono le differenze di significato tra queste tre vocaboli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-06-30T21:08:50.803" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;cerchio&quot;, &quot;cerchia&quot; e &quot;circolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2034" CreationDate="2014-06-30T21:08:50.803" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cerchia/&quot;&gt;Cerchia&lt;/a&gt;&quot; deriva da &quot;cerchio&quot; e significa &quot;giro&quot;. Si usava principalmente per la cerchia delle mura attorno a una città; oggi si usa soprattutto per indicare un giro ristretto di persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cerchio/&quot;&gt;Cerchio&lt;/a&gt;&quot; deriva da &quot;cĭrcŭlus&quot; ed è principalmente l'area interna della circonferenza, ma per estensione anche il bordo della circonferenza stessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/circolo/&quot;&gt;Circolo&lt;/a&gt;&quot; significa &quot;circonferenza&quot;; ma oggi si usa soprattutto come sinonimo di &quot;cerchia&quot; nel senso di gruppo ristretto di persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Piccola digressione&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il motivo per cui l'immagine della circonferenza veniva utilizzata in tanti contesti diversi è probabilmente il fascino che il mondo antico aveva per l'oggetto geometrico e le sue qualità e proprietà; si pensi ad esempio al &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Problema_di_Didone&quot;&gt;problema isoperimetrico di Didone&lt;/a&gt; che riguardava la determinazione della figura geometrica piana che massimizza l'area a parità di perimetro; nella leggenda Didone intuì che si trattasse del cerchio e delimitò i confini della futura Cartagine seguendo questa intuizione. Da qui l'idea che le mura debbano essere circolari? Secondo Wikipedia, le &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mura_%28fortificazione%29&quot;&gt;mura&lt;/a&gt; delle città medievali effettivamente erano spesso circolari, apparentemente per motivi religiosi (istruiti però da Aristotele e Tolomeo); ma che dietro quest'idea religiosa si nascondesse semplicemente la magia della circonferenza e delle sue proprietà matematiche?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-06-30T21:08:50.803" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2037" CreationDate="2014-07-01T10:21:01.583" Score="3" ViewCount="456" Body="&lt;p&gt;Frequentemente ho questo dubbio: non riesco a capire quando usare &quot;in&quot; e quando &quot;a&quot; dopo il verbo &quot;tradurre&quot;. Ad esempio, non so quando debba dire &quot;tradurre in italiano&quot; e quando invece &quot;tradurre all'italiano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-01T11:54:48.187" LastActivityDate="2015-04-19T09:48:48.727" Title="&quot;Tradurre in&quot; oppure &quot;tradurre a&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2036" CreationDate="2014-07-01T11:51:09.033" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tradurre&lt;/em&gt; è un verbo dal duplice significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In senso etimologico/letterale, significa &amp;quot;condurre, trasportare&amp;quot; e in tal caso può reggere la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; come ad esempio in &amp;quot;il capo tradusse gli scolari &lt;em&gt;a/verso&lt;/em&gt; scuola&amp;quot;. Ovviamente, a seconda del complemento di luogo, si usa la preposizione adeguata, quindi anche &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; è plausibile: &amp;quot;il condottiero tradusse le truppe &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; patria&amp;quot;. Questo uso del verbo è considerato piuttosto arcaico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In senso derivato, significa &amp;quot;volgere in un'altra lingua&amp;quot;: qui richiede la preposizione &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; prima della lingua stessa nei casi come: &amp;quot;ho tradotto questo romanzo &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; tedesco&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;non è sempre facile tradurre &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; italiano&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attenzione però, quando si specifica che la traduzione avviene da una&#xA;lingua ad un'altra, si usano le preposizioni &lt;em&gt;da/a&lt;/em&gt; e le loro&#xA;articolate, oppure (cosa che a me personalmente risulta meno gradevole) &lt;em&gt;da/in&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;e le articolate: &amp;quot;Egli ha tradotto la versione &lt;em&gt;dal&lt;/em&gt; latino&#xA;&lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt;'italiano&amp;quot; o anche &amp;quot;Egli ha tradotto la versione &lt;em&gt;dal&lt;/em&gt; latino &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; italiano&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tradurre/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;la voce Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-19T09:48:48.727" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2038" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2039" CreationDate="2014-07-01T22:03:56.083" Score="7" ViewCount="3263" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quando si debba usare &quot;di&quot; e quando &quot;per&quot; dopo la parola &quot;grazie&quot;. Ad esempio, ho letto &quot;grazie della tua correzione&quot;, ma anche &quot;grazie per la tua risposta&quot;. Sono tutte e due corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-07-03T09:39:26.753" Title="&quot;Grazie di&quot; oppure &quot;grazie per&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2038" CreationDate="2014-07-01T23:52:39.077" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono intercambiabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unica regola è che, quando c'è un verbo, l'azione deve essere compiuta. Non puoi dire &quot;grazie per chiedere&quot; (è orrendo!) ma piuttosto &quot;grazie per aver chiesto&quot;. Vanno bene i verbi all'infinito presente, se e solo se l'azione, pur presente, è compiuta: &quot;grazie di esser qui&quot;, &quot;grazie per esser qui&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Locuzioni come &quot;grazie per rispettare le regole&quot;, calcate sull'inglese, non sono accettabili in italiano ma debbono essere riformulate ricorrendo ad una qualche perifrasi. Secondo me per esempio &quot;grazie di voler rispettare le regole&quot; è accettabile (dando per scontato che tale volontà sussista): questa però è una mia opinione personale e, come fa notare DaG nel commento, è altamente discutibile; per evitare di far storcere il naso all'interlocutore, a seconda del contesto, può essere raccomandabile trovare una soluzione più condivisa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un paio di fonti autorevoli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/reggenza-grazie&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_441.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-03T09:39:26.753" LastActivityDate="2014-07-03T09:39:26.753" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2040" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2246" CreationDate="2014-07-02T12:32:29.110" Score="8" ViewCount="1609" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il sentiero dei nidi di ragno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Pin alle volte vorrebbe mettersi con i ragazzi della sua età, chiedere&#xA;  che lo lascino giocare a testa e pila, e che gli spieghino la via per&#xA;  un sotterraneo che arriva fino in piazza mercato, ma i ragazzi lo&#xA;  lasciano a parte, e a un certo punto si mettono a picchiarlo;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;giocare a testa e pila&quot;: in che cosa consiste questo gioco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="996" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T08:46:41.540" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T08:46:41.540" Title="Cosa significa &quot;giocare a testa e pila&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2040" CreationDate="2014-07-02T20:10:16.680" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente, questo gioco è più conosciuto come &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.se/books?id=V5RbAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PT225&amp;amp;ots=-HONMnozY5&amp;amp;dq=giocare%20a%20testa%20e%20pila&amp;amp;pg=PT225#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=testa%20o%20croce&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;testa o croce&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anticamente, era incisa una “croce” su di una faccia della moneta, mentre sull'altro lato c'era spesso la testa del sovrano. Con la stessa parola croce si definiva anche la parte mobile del conio, in contrapposizione alla “pila” che era invece la parte fissa sull'incudine, con la quale si otteneva la figura sul rovescio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo giocatore lanciava in aria i soldi. Il secondo poteva dire “testa” o “pila”. Se il secondo giocatore aveva indovinato testa, raccoglieva i soldi di quelli che avevano detto pila. Toccava al terzo giocatore dire testa o pila. Il primo giocatore tirava nuovamente i soldi in aria e il gioco continuava così. Alla fine se tutti avevano detto “testa” o “pila” e rimanevano dei soldi, venivano raccolti dal primo giocatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-02T20:27:17.173" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2042" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2132" CreationDate="2014-07-04T14:18:30.103" Score="5" ViewCount="516" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa come mai la locuzione latina &lt;em&gt;vice versa&lt;/em&gt; in italiano ha perso lo spazio diventando una parola unica (tra l'altro, non sono sicura che sia scorretto scriverla come due parole in italiano, presumo che in tal caso verrebbe percepita come forma latina)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si noti che in inglese si scrive in due parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-07-28T04:11:49.693" Title="Origine dell'elisione dello spazio in &quot;viceversa&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2045" CreationDate="2014-07-05T09:32:10.003" Score="7" ViewCount="2336" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto che &quot;sé&quot; è la forma forte del pronome riflessivo in espressioni come, per esempio, &quot;far da sé&quot;, &quot;essere fuori di sé&quot;, &quot;parlare di sé&quot;... Comunque, mi hanno detto che a volte non si deve mettere l'accento su questo pronome come, ad esempio, nella espressione &quot;se stesso&quot;. Non riesco a capire quando non debba scrivere l'accento nel suddetto pronome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-06T08:55:20.810" LastActivityDate="2019-02-10T09:52:23.100" Title="Quando non si deve mettere l'accento sul pronome &quot;sé&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2043" CreationDate="2014-07-05T09:37:26.103" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; l'accento dovrebbe essere messo &lt;em&gt;sempre&lt;/em&gt;. Cito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Assai spesso, come compl. oggetto ma anche con i complementi già&#xA;  veduti, è rafforzato da &lt;em&gt;stesso&lt;/em&gt; o da &lt;em&gt;medesimo&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;credendo d’ingannare gli altri inganna sé stesso&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;    non se la deve prendere con me ma con sé stessa&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;    E ’l fiorentino spirito bizzarro In sé medesmo si volvea co’ denti (Dante)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in questi casi il pron. è scritto spesso, &lt;strong&gt;ma senza&#xA;  valide ragioni che lo giustifichino&lt;/strong&gt;, senza accento: &lt;em&gt;se stesso, se&#xA;  medesimo&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;in ogni altro caso la grafia senz’accento è antiquata&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre parole &lt;em&gt;sé stesso&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sé medesimo&lt;/em&gt; possono essere scritti senza accento, ma &lt;em&gt;sarebbe più corretto scriverli &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; l'accento&lt;/em&gt;. In ogni altro caso l'accento &lt;em&gt;deve&lt;/em&gt; essere presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'Accademia della Crusca ha un articolo al riguardo, dove affermano la stessa cosa:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accentazione-pronome-stesso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accentazione del pronome se stesso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cito la conclusione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In conclusione, sebbene negli attuali testi di grammatica per le voci&#xA;  rafforzate &lt;em&gt;se stesso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;se stessa&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;se stessi&lt;/em&gt; non sia previsto l'uso&#xA;  dell'accento, è preferibile considerare non censurabili entrambe le&#xA;  scelte, mancando in realtà una regola specifica che ne possa stabilire&#xA;  il maggiore o minore grado di correttezza. Si raccomanda di tener&#xA;  conto di questa &quot;irrilevanza&quot; specialmente in sede di valutazione di&#xA;  elaborati scolastici e affini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche qui la conclusione è: &lt;em&gt;l'accento può essere usato &lt;strong&gt;sempre&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, ma le forme &lt;em&gt;se stesso&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;se medesimo&lt;/em&gt; si possono anche scrivere senza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/vademecum-sullaccento-indicarlo-pronunciarlo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vademecum sull'accento: quando indicarlo e dove pronunciarlo&lt;/a&gt; afferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alcuni, quando il pronome &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; è seguito da &lt;em&gt;stesso&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;medesimo&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  tralasciano di indicare l'accento, perché in questo caso il se pronome&#xA;  non può confondersi con &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; congiunzione: &lt;em&gt;se stesso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;se medesimo&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Noi,&#xA;  però, consigliamo di indicare l'accento anche in questo caso, e quindi&#xA;  di scrivere &lt;em&gt;sé stesso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sé medesimo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-10T09:52:23.100" LastActivityDate="2019-02-10T09:52:23.100" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2049" CreationDate="2014-07-05T15:15:41.013" Score="2" ViewCount="389" Body="&lt;p&gt;Immagino che queste siano parole di uso quotidiano: per acquistare un appartamento, ad esempio, oggi è frequente di andare in banca per chiedere un prestito. Comunque, non riesco a capire quando si usi &quot;prestito ipotecario&quot; e quando &quot;mutuo&quot; nel linguaggio comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale di queste espressioni è usata più frequentemente dagli italiani quando vanno in banca perché hanno bisogno di soldi per acquistare un appartamento?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-06T09:16:06.183" LastActivityDate="2015-05-26T06:19:43.843" Title="Cosa si chiede più frequentemente in banca per acquistare una casa: un &quot;prestito ipotecario&quot; oppure un &quot;mutuo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2043" CreationDate="2014-07-05T20:00:25.173" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una ragione che &lt;em&gt;potrebbe&lt;/em&gt; giustificare l'omissione dell'accento in locuzioni come &lt;em&gt;sé stesso&lt;/em&gt; e (l'antiquato) &lt;em&gt;sé medesimo&lt;/em&gt; è che in questi casi il pronome &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; è clitico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola sui monosillabi accentati che nessuno insegna è molto facile: non vogliono l'accento quelli che sono clitici (proclitici o enclitici), lo vogliono quelli che non lo sono. Naturalmente, condizione essenziale per l'accento è che il monosillabo abbia significati diversi, quindi &lt;em&gt;sto&lt;/em&gt; non vuole accento anche se non è clitico. Le note musicali non contano in questo ambito, quindi nemmeno &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; vuole accento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò l'avverbio &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; vuole l'accento, ma la particella pronominale &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt; non lo vuole; l'articolo &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; non vuole l'accento, l'avverbio &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; lo vuole. Analogamente il pronome &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; va senza e l'affermazione &lt;em&gt;sì&lt;/em&gt; va con l'accento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La congiunzione &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; è clitica, mentre il pronome &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; non lo è, tranne quando rafforzato da &lt;em&gt;stesso&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;medesimo&lt;/em&gt;. È una buona ragione per omettere l'accento in questi casi? Secondo me no: se ci pensiamo, sarebbe &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'unica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; parola italiana che cambia ortografia a seconda del contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non vale a questo proposito l'obiezione di &lt;em&gt;viceré&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ventitré&lt;/em&gt;, perché qui la parola non è &lt;em&gt;re&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;tre&lt;/em&gt;, ma una parola composta con l'accento tonico sull'ultima sillaba, quindi l'accento grafico è obbligatorio per regola generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giustificare &lt;em&gt;se stesso&lt;/em&gt; con il fatto che &lt;em&gt;non si può fare confusione&lt;/em&gt; è puerile: chi solleva il problema della possibile confusione, come se la cava con &lt;em&gt;sé stessi&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;se stessi&lt;/em&gt;? Scrive l'accento perché &lt;em&gt;se stessi&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere congiunzione più verbo? Con la &lt;em&gt;possibile confusione&lt;/em&gt; come criterio si arriva al ridicolo di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;se stesso, se stessa, sé stessi, sé stesse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che non vale la pena discutere oltre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-07-05T20:00:25.173" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2047" CreationDate="2014-07-05T22:16:17.770" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si dice accendere/aprire/chiedere/fare un mutuo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può parlare anche di &quot;chiedere un prestito per (comprare) la casa&quot; (solo &quot;prestito&quot;, &lt;em&gt;senza&lt;/em&gt; &quot;ipotecario&quot; a seguire: nessuno direbbe &quot;devo chiedere un prestito ipotecario&quot; in una normale conversazione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, perdona la digressione, l'unico termine simile a ipotecario che venga effettivamente utilizzato nel linguaggio comune è &quot;ipoteca&quot;. Esempi: &lt;br&gt;&quot;Mi serve un prestito, quindi penso di ipotecare la casa&quot; o &quot;Sono costretto a mettere/far mettere/aprire un'ipoteca sulla casa&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2014-07-05T22:16:17.770" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2050" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-06T08:55:54.290" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-06T08:55:54.290" LastActivityDate="2014-07-06T08:55:54.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2051" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-06T08:55:54.290" Score="0" Body="Correct spelling, use of accents, punctuation marks, etc." OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-06T14:51:29.787" LastActivityDate="2014-07-06T14:51:29.787" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2043" CreationDate="2014-07-06T12:09:05.583" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quando non debba scrivere l'accento nel suddetto pronome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando viene prima del verbo. Es.: &quot;Se ne va&quot; e &quot;se lo vede&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.locuta.com/comb.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; ai punti 8 e 10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2014-07-06T12:09:05.583" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2053" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2054" CreationDate="2014-07-06T17:14:05.300" Score="3" ViewCount="1642" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto alcune frasi contenenti l'avverbio &amp;quot;possibilmente&amp;quot;, ma in tali frasi questo avverbio aveva il significato di &amp;quot;se è possibile&amp;quot;. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Possibilmente prenota una camera a tre letti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Telefonami possibilmente.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se questo avverbio si usa anche col significato di &amp;quot;è possibile che ...&amp;quot;. Per esempio, posso scrivere &amp;quot;quest'uomo sembra molto preoccupato, possibilmente abbia dei problemi nel lavoro&amp;quot; nel senso di &amp;quot;è possibile che abbia dei problemi nel lavoro&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-18T10:24:14.910" Title="Si può usare l'avverbio &quot;possibilmente&quot; nel senso di &quot;è possibile che ...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2053" CreationDate="2014-07-06T17:27:24.027" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di “possibilmente” è proprio “se possibile”. Nel vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/possibile/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, alla fine della voce “possibile”, l'avverbio è definito ed esemplificato con&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avv. &lt;strong&gt;possibilménte&lt;/strong&gt;, potendo, se è possibile: &lt;em&gt;possibilmente, ti telefonerò domani; bisogna presentarsi possibilmente in abito da sera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'avverbio invece &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; si usa col senso di “è possibile che”.&#xA;Il tuo esempio quindi non va molto bene perché lì intendi «&lt;em&gt;è possibile&lt;/em&gt; che abbia dei problemi» (e comunque l'avverbio non sostituisce una proposizione principale, e quindi l'evento possibile non andrebbe al congiuntivo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel senso che dici si potrebbero usare “forse”, “chissà se”, “magari” (tutti con l'indicativo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-07-06T17:27:24.027" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2059" CreationDate="2014-07-07T20:22:22.807" Score="4" ViewCount="1099" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è riguardo a frasi come, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho viaggiato &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho viaggiato &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono andata &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono andata &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono stata &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono stata &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono arrivata &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono arrivata &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma considerata più corretta: &amp;quot;in Belgio&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;nel Belgio&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-10T23:26:54.747" Title="&quot;In Belgio&quot; oppure &quot;nel Belgio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2055" CreationDate="2014-07-07T21:33:30.990" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma più corretta e comunemente utilizzata è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho viaggiato &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Belgio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;In&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; è una preposizione semplice ed esprime un complemento di luogo, serve a rispondere alla domanda &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Dove?&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Nel&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; è una preposizione articolata, composta dalla preposizione &lt;strong&gt;&quot;In&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; e dall'articolo &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Il&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="720" LastActivityDate="2014-07-07T21:33:30.990" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2055" CreationDate="2014-07-07T22:42:12.693" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In linea di principio puoi pensare di aggiungere l'articolo (ne+il = nel) quando specifichi una qualità del paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In Italia è difficile trovare lavoro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nell'Italia &lt;em&gt;di oggi&lt;/em&gt; è difficile trovare lavoro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Senza una specificazione a seguire suona sbagliata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nell'Italia è difficile trovare lavoro (x)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho viaggiato in Belgio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Con la mia macchina del tempo ho viaggiato nel Belgio del secolo scorso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grazie al suo racconto ho rivisto il Belgio della mia infanzia/dei miei ricordi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2014-07-07T22:42:12.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1268" CreationDate="2014-07-09T08:13:27.383" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo un esempio dai Promessi Sposi (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/I_promessi_sposi/Capitolo_I&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/I_promessi_sposi/Capitolo_I&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che fare? tornare indietro, non era a tempo: darla a gambe, era lo stesso che dire, inseguitemi, o peggio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In genere, se c'è un gruppo di domande di fila si dovrebbe usare il minuscolo, anche se mi sa che la maggior parte degli insegnanti segnerebbe errore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T08:13:27.383" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2055" CreationDate="2014-07-09T09:29:50.410" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia impressione è che, almeno in passato, l'articolo fosse molto comune nel caso di nazioni o regioni di genere maschile: &lt;em&gt;nel Belgio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nel Veneto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nel Lazio&lt;/em&gt; (si veda &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1875/&quot;&gt;Perché non si dice 'in Lazio' ma 'nel Lazio'?&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=nel%20Belgio%2Cin%20Belgio&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cnel%20Belgio%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cin%20Belgio%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Questo Ngram&lt;/a&gt; mostra il cambiamento di tendenza intorno alla metà del ventesimo secolo. L'analogo Ngram per “nel Congo,in Congo” mostra che la prima forma ha il sopravvento anche fino a più tardi. Per “nel Giappone,in Giappone” l'inversione di tendenza è precedente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come sempre, i risultati degli Ngram vanno presi con le pinze, ma comunque sembrano suffragare l'impressione che la “regola” fosse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;articolo con i nomi maschili (&lt;em&gt;nel Belgio&lt;/em&gt;),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;niente articolo con i nomi femminili (&lt;em&gt;in Olanda&lt;/em&gt;),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sempre l'articolo con i nomi plurali (&lt;em&gt;nelle Fiandre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;negli Stati Uniti&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per i nomi singolari, però, sembra ormai prevalere l'uniformità, cioè senza articolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T09:29:50.410" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2060" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-09T15:48:35.757" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-09T15:48:35.757" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T15:48:35.757" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2061" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-09T15:48:35.757" Score="0" Body="For questions related to words, expressions or texts in English or to the English language. &#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-09T21:31:13.810" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T21:31:13.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2062" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-09T15:52:37.143" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-09T15:52:37.143" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T15:52:37.143" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2063" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-09T15:52:37.143" Score="0" Body="Questions regarding the gender of Italian words.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-09T21:31:09.080" LastActivityDate="2014-07-09T21:31:09.080" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2055" CreationDate="2014-07-10T23:26:54.747" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto usare 'in', ma, sebbene non per il Belgio - almeno nei casi proposti -, pure 'nel' può essere usato, eventualmente anche per esprimere il medesimo significato, né aprioristicamente è possibile escludere l'uso indifferente di 'nel' e 'il'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-07-10T23:26:54.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2065" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-11T18:55:56.097" Score="22" ViewCount="37005" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe it is NOT “Buon lavoro” because an Italian person online expressed that this was to wish someone a good day at work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So - what do teachers say to students to let them know they've done something well?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="729" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-16T19:48:18.550" LastActivityDate="2020-02-08T13:47:12.083" Title="How do you say &quot;Good job!&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="9" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-07-11T20:36:00.370" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;Teachers say 'Ottimo!' or 'Eccellente!' or 'Ottimo lavoro!' or 'Lavoro eccellente!', but they also say 'Buon lavoro!' when a job is a 'Good job!'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-07-11T20:36:00.370" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2067" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-11T21:16:02.903" Score="6" ViewCount="612" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why is it wrong to write 'Servi si nasce, noi lo nacquimo'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-07-14T07:25:08.043" LastActivityDate="2014-08-17T04:49:42.593" Title="What is wrong in the sentence &quot;Servi si nasce, noi lo nacquimo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2067" CreationDate="2014-07-11T21:30:26.427" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Servi si nasce, noi lo nascemmo&lt;/em&gt; is the correct sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Passato Remoto di Nascere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;io nacqui&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tu nascesti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;egli nacque&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;noi nascemmo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;voi nasceste&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;essi nacquero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-15T09:29:47.127" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-07-11T21:37:09.290" Score="29" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ben fatto&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is a useful expression used to indicate that you are satisfied with a job/ task which have been done well. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-02T17:31:09.920" LastActivityDate="2016-09-02T17:31:09.920" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-07-12T00:58:12.843" Score="23" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dictionary.reverso.net/italian-english/bravo/forced&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bravo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Brava&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; means &quot;Good job!&quot;.  In English, it's often used as an &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1880/730&quot;&gt;exclamation in the theatre&lt;/a&gt;, but it doesn't have to be an exclamation, nor is it restricted to the theatre context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="730" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-07-12T00:58:12.843" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-07-12T17:33:06.737" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;A common Italian expression is &quot;Ben Fatto,&quot; or &quot;well done.&quot; Here, the emphasis is on the adjectival modifier, &quot;ben.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other expressions are &quot;Bravo,&quot; &quot;eccellente,&quot; or &quot;ottimo,&quot; which are also adjectives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Bel lavoro&quot; is used, but is less common, because it would put the emphasis on &quot;job,&quot; rather than &quot;well&quot; or &quot;good.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="234" LastEditorUserId="234" LastEditDate="2016-09-02T16:43:09.493" LastActivityDate="2016-09-02T16:43:09.493" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1342" CreationDate="2014-07-12T17:46:43.463" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;village&quot; is the basic social unit in Italian culture. Most (traditional) Italians would think of a &quot;global village&quot; in reference to their country. Meaning that their (small) &quot;village&quot; is more important to them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &quot;paese&quot; refers to a village (or small town), unless the context says otherwise: e.g.&#xA;&quot;Il mio paese è Stati Uniti.&quot; &quot;Il mio paese è Italia.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="234" LastActivityDate="2014-07-12T17:46:43.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1421" CreationDate="2014-07-12T17:56:09.917" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;People in different professions appear to use the same words with different &lt;em&gt;frequencies.&lt;/em&gt; That appears to be true in English, and probably in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's seldom that a medical worker will use a word commonly used by a financial professional (or vice versa). But on the rare occasions when someone is &quot;visiting&quot; another field, the &quot;visitor&quot; will use (or try to use) the same words in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="234" LastActivityDate="2014-07-12T17:56:09.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-07-13T14:38:52.797" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to add to the other excellent answers: a simple translation as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bel lavoro!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is also very common. So, &lt;em&gt;good&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;beautiful/nice&lt;/em&gt; in the translation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &lt;em&gt;&quot;buon lavoro!&quot;&lt;/em&gt;  is used as an encouragement to someone who has to perform a task and you want to with her success.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-07-13T14:38:52.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-07-13T18:18:16.937" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bravo/Brava&lt;/em&gt; doesn't mean &quot;Good job&quot;, it's more stating a personal opinion about a person who did a good job, so &quot;brava/bravo, because of the way the job was completed&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best way to translate &quot;good job&quot; in Italian is, imho, &lt;em&gt;ben fatto&lt;/em&gt;: it sounds like &quot;properly done&quot;, so stating something related to the way the task was completed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="739" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-07-14T07:21:44.837" LastActivityDate="2014-07-14T07:21:44.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1400" CreationDate="2014-07-13T18:22:28.690" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard many times the expression &quot;verde d'invidia&quot;, which would mean something like &quot;green because of envy&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="739" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-07-14T07:23:32.940" LastActivityDate="2014-07-14T07:23:32.940" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2077" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-14T00:20:03.457" Score="2" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;My family comes from Torella del Sanio, in the Campobasso province of Molise. I learned standard Italian in school and I have difficulty understanding my family when they speak the dialect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a name for this dialect, or any way to find out more about its history and how its grammar and vocabulary differ from standard Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="736" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-07-15T11:09:05.463" LastActivityDate="2014-07-15T11:09:05.463" Title="What dialect is spoken in Torella del Sannio?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2077" CreationDate="2014-07-14T01:07:37.533" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all you need to clarify whether your relatives belong to any linguistic minority in Molise (Croatian? Albanese?): in that case that would not be Italian at all. Otherwise, chances are that your relatives speak Molisan dialect, probably Campobassan dialect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can read something very basic &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.promolise.it/dialetti.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialetto_molisano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;: it is probably a starting point (since the differences with Italian are very many, I will not summarise them here, please refer to the sources cited at the links above).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-07-14T01:07:37.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1400" CreationDate="2014-07-14T06:42:20.207" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un termine consueto soprattutto a Roma e nel Lazio, e senza sinonimi. Il &quot;rosicone&quot;. Invidioso, con rabbia e senza pace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="741" LastActivityDate="2014-07-14T06:42:20.207" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-07-16T04:32:22.170" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The equivalent for &quot;Good Job&quot; is Bravo or Brava, depending on who you're talking to. And you could simply emphasise the same by making that Bravissimo or Bravissima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then there are many other words, Ottimo (Excellent), Ben fatto (You did well) and a few others. Easiest to use is Bravo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="744" LastActivityDate="2014-07-16T04:32:22.170" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2081" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-16T06:57:11.313" Score="5" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sono accorto solo da poco che l'uso avverbiale di “giusto” nel senso di “soltanto” («Mi fermo giusto due minuti») è assente o appena accennato dai dizionari. Mi chiedo quindi: è un calco dall'inglese &lt;em&gt;just&lt;/em&gt; oppure è attestato in “buon” italiano, per esempio in scrittori più o meno classici?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-17T07:42:48.860" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T23:23:45.287" Title="“Giusto” nel senso di “soltanto”?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2082" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-16T15:08:35.603" Score="8" ViewCount="780" Body="&lt;p&gt;The text of Mozart's canon V'amo di core is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;V’amo di core teneramente, si, si!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io non vi posso altro amare no, no!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uh, che dolore, uh che tormento, uh, uh!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly the &amp;quot;V&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;vi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;you&amp;quot; here, but what is the exact grammatical role? Is it a single person or several persons? And does the second line indeed mean &amp;quot;I cannot love someone different from you?&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="746" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T12:24:32.963" Title="What is the translation of V/vi in the Mozart's canon V'amo di core?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2082" CreationDate="2014-07-16T20:49:44.240" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you say, it means &quot;you&quot;. It refers to a single person: the use of &quot;voi&quot; was a polite way to address to one person similar to the current use of &quot;Lei&quot;. The second line means &quot;I cannot but love you&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-07-16T20:49:44.240" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2082" CreationDate="2014-07-16T22:25:59.027" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vi1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vi&lt;/a&gt;&quot; is a personal pronoun, second person, plural, dative and accusative declension of pronoun &quot;voi&quot;. It used to be a common, very formal &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-allocutivi_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pronome allocutivo di cortesia&lt;/a&gt;&quot;  (&quot;courtesy allocutive pronoun&quot;) for the second person, singular. When elision is required &quot;vi&quot; loses the &quot;i&quot; and needs the apostrophe, &quot;v'&quot;. This honorific is still valid in extremely formal contexts or very particular settings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My opinion is that &quot;Io non vi posso altro amare&quot; is not very good Italian, the intention seems to use &quot;altro&quot; as an adverb, with the meaning of &quot;in another way&quot;, which is incorrect and also sounds weird (as they would have had to use &quot;altrimenti&quot; instead).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-17T12:24:32.963" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T12:24:32.963" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2081" CreationDate="2014-07-17T00:18:20.570" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, probabilmente è l'inglese &quot;just&quot; (dal latino &quot;iūstus&quot;) ad aver ereditato i suoi vari significati dalle lingue neolatine, forse dal francese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono convinto che in italiano &quot;giusto&quot; sia usato nel senso di &quot;soltanto&quot; quanto piuttosto di &quot;esattamente&quot;, &quot;precisamente&quot;, &quot;non più di&quot;, &quot;appena&quot;, &quot;proprio&quot;. Come osserva DaG, la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giusto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; al punto 4 ne considera gli usi avverbiali. Non vedo differenze sostanziali tra &quot;giusto due minuti&quot; e, per esempio, &quot;giusto un po'&quot; come in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/v/vassallo/guerra_in_tempo_di_bagni_racconto/pdf/guerra_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vassallo (ligure, 1924)&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;giusto appena&quot; come in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/v/vertua/carlo_e_carla/pdf/carlo__p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Anna Vertua Gentile (lombarda, 1922)&lt;/a&gt; o &quot;giusto un momento&quot; come in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/g/guerrazzi/paolo_pelliccioni/pdf/guerrazzi_paolo_pelliccioni.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guerrazzi (toscano, 1864)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per fare qualche altro esempio, anche se DaG li considera fuori tema, &quot;giusto in quel momento&quot; è usato da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/v/verga/tutte_le_novelle/html/coseilre.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Verga (siciliano, 1883)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/d/de_amicis/primo_maggio/pdf/primo__p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Amicis (piemontese, primi anni del 1900)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/c/capuana/scurpiddu/pdf/scurpi_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Capuana (siciliano, 1898)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/d/deledda/sino_al_confine/pdf/deledda_sino_al_confine.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Deledda (sarda, 1911)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/d/de_roberto/processi_verbali/pdf/proces_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Roberto (campano, 1889)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/s/svevo/senilita/pdf/svevo_senilita.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Svevo (friulano, 1898)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/s/serao/il_paese_di_cuccagna/pdf/il_pae_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Serao (campana, 1890)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/bertelli/il_giornalino_di_gian_burrasca/pdf/il_gio_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bertelli (toscano, 1907)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/c/castelnuovo/i_coniugi_varedo/pdf/castelnuovo_i_coniugi_varedo.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Castelnuovo (toscano, 1899)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/baffo/raccolta_universale_2/pdf/baffo_raccolta_universale_2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Baffo (veneziano, 1789)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.classicitaliani.it/pirandel/novelle/novelle_16_Appendice.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pirandello (siciliano, 1903)&lt;/a&gt;. &quot;Giusto allora&quot; in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/berneri/il_meo_patacca_ovvero_roma_etc/pdf/il_meo_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Berneri (romano, 1695)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spulciando tra gli autori meridionali si trova che &quot;giusto&quot; in senso avverbiale è molto diffuso (solo al link di Pirandello ne compaiono una decina di occorrenze!). Esempi spettacolari al link di Berneri (Meo Patacca), alcuni potrebbero essere proprio quelli ricercati dal DaG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB: Provvedo a cancellare i miei commenti sopra, raccolti in questa risposta, per evitare di fare confusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-17T01:18:31.353" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T01:18:31.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2086" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-17T14:41:51.477" Score="11" ViewCount="2948" Body="&lt;p&gt;Phrasal verbs: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A phrasal verb consists of a verb and a preposition or adverb that modifies or changes the meaning; 'give up' is a phrasal verb that means 'stop doing' something, which is very different from 'give'. The word or words that modify a verb in this manner can also go under the name particle. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ask someone out: invite on a date.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;break down: stop functioning (vehicle, machine)   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;do away with something:   discard.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not,why? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-17T21:15:10.733" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T08:33:09.557" Title="Does Italian language have 'phrasal verbs'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2086" CreationDate="2014-07-17T15:23:05.383" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian they are called &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-sintagmatici_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbi sintagmatici&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;. Yes, they do exist in Italian, read the link for lots of examples. They are &amp;quot;verbi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parole-polirematiche_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;polirematici&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;, i.e. composed of more than one word in such a way that the meaning cannot be obtained from its components.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some sources:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per intenderci subito, definirò i VS come sintagmi formati da una testa verbale e da un complemento costituito da una “particella” (originariamente un avverbio), uniti da una coesione sintattica di grado elevato al punto che non si può commutare il VS intero con una sola delle sue parti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Raffaele Simone, Esistono verbi sintagmatici in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Benché segnalati sporadicamente (De Mauro 1963: 385-386 parla, per es., di «particelle locative aggiunte al verbo, in posizione accentata»), i verbi sintagmatici sono oggetto di studi a sé solo a partire dai contributi di Schwarze (1985) e specialmente di Simone (1997; lavori recenti in Cini 2008a). Lo stesso termine &lt;em&gt;verbo sintagmatico&lt;/em&gt; (ormai affermatosi a scapito di soluzioni precedenti, come &lt;em&gt;verbo complesso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;verbo composto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;verbo perifrastico&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;verbo analitico&lt;/em&gt;) è quello proposto da Simone, sul modello dell'inglese &lt;em&gt;phrasal verb&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hanne Jansen, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-sintagmatici_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Verbi Sintagmatici&lt;/a&gt;, Enciclopedia dell'Italiano (2011)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il crescente interesse per i verbi a particella in Italiano (d'ora in poi V+Part) come &lt;em&gt;buttare giù&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tirare su&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fare fuori&lt;/em&gt; – definiti a partire da Simone (1997) ― &lt;strong&gt;verbi sintagmatici&lt;/strong&gt; – ha visto coinvolti negli ultimi decenni una pluralità di linguisti e studiosi i quali, nonostante la diversa prospettiva adottata, concordano nel riconoscere che i &lt;em&gt;phrasal verbs&lt;/em&gt; esistono nella lingua italiana parlata e che la loro pervasività e produttività non può più essere ignorata (Antelmi, 2002; Iacobini, 2007; Jansen, 2004).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://opar.unior.it/336/1/La_comunicazione_parlata_3_-_vol._I.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Atti del congresso internazionale sulla comunicazione parlata&#xA;(Napoli, 23-25 febbraio 2009)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T16:14:56.807" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2088" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2089" CreationDate="2014-07-17T17:07:21.783" Score="13" ViewCount="4797" Body="&lt;p&gt;My girlfriend is Italian and I've been learning Italian for some time now. I've always used &quot;Fa senso&quot; and she never corrected me. Recently I befriended a girl and when she heard me saying &quot;fa senso&quot;, she promptly corrected me and said that &quot;fare senso&quot; meant &quot;to be disgusted&quot;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it could be a regional thing, because my girlfriend is from the North and this girl is from central Italy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is, am I correct? Is this just a regional difference or one of them is wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="749" LastEditorUserId="749" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T13:47:42.140" LastActivityDate="2016-08-20T12:08:20.977" Title="“Avere senso” vs “fare senso”" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2088" CreationDate="2014-07-17T18:26:58.933" Score="17" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe your girlfriend did not want to be too picky on that one with you :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know there is no regional difference: I would definitely interpret &lt;em&gt;fa senso!&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;it's disgusting!&lt;/em&gt; and I would translate &lt;em&gt;makes sense&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;ha senso&lt;/em&gt; (or, depending on the context &lt;em&gt;è sensato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(as a side note: I am from Milan)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I ragni mi fanno senso!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  I am scared of spiders!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dire una cosa del genere non ha senso&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  It does not make sense to say something like that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Treccani dictionary, at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/senso/&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;senso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Molto com. nell’uso fam. l’espressione &lt;em&gt;fare senso&lt;/em&gt;, di cosa che produce una impressione forte e non gradevole (simile a disgusto o ripugnanza) o un turbamento psichico in genere: &lt;em&gt;vedergli perdere tutto quel sangue mi faceva senso; spettacoli di miseria che fanno senso.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Contenuto logico, contenuto d’idee sostanzialmente valido (in questa accezione si usa solo al sing.): &lt;em&gt;cerca di dire cose che abbiano senso&lt;/em&gt; (o che abbiano un s. comune, con lo stesso sign.); per lo più in frasi negative: &lt;em&gt;parole, frasi, discorsi senza s., privi di s., vuoti di senso; non c’è senso in quello che dici.&lt;/em&gt; Con sign. più ampio, anche riferito ad azioni e comportamenti: &lt;em&gt;ciò che fai non ha senso&lt;/em&gt;, non ha giustificazione, è illogico, inopportuno, inutile, assurdo; e similmente: &lt;em&gt;un mio intervento ora non avrebbe senso; una protesta da parte vostra sarebbe senza senso.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="5" LastEditDate="2014-07-17T19:37:03.620" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T19:37:03.620" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2081" CreationDate="2014-07-17T23:23:45.287" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;giusto cinque minuti&quot; è un'espressione colloquiale molto diffusa. Nella lingua scritta &quot;canonica&quot; non è utilizzato. Lo si trova in scritti di taglio più &quot;nazionale-popolare&quot; . &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="751" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T23:23:45.287" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2036" CreationDate="2014-07-17T23:35:45.677" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si utilizza normalmente il costrutto &quot;da... a&quot; ( e le sue varianti &quot;dallo ... allo&quot; ecc... ) per frasi del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tradurre dallo spagnolo al giapponese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meno usata, quantomeno nella lingua parlata, la costruzione &quot;da... in&quot; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece si utilizza, sempre in modo colloquiale, la costruzione &quot;tradurre a...&quot; in casi come il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tradurre a spanne (cioè in modo non rigoroso, grossolano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, di fronte ad una traduzione approssimativa di un testo dall'italiano all'inglese si può esclamare: &quot;è tradotto a spanne&quot; ... proprio per sottolineare una traduzione maldestra e poco aderente all'originale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="751" LastActivityDate="2014-07-17T23:35:45.677" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2053" CreationDate="2014-07-17T23:50:09.510" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possibilmente, ti telefonerò domani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è utilizzata normalmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito si ricorre a perifrasi del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei limiti del possibile, ti telefonerò domani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se riesco, ti telefono domani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;eccetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece è corretta una frase del tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti telefono domani, &lt;em&gt;possibilmente entro le cinque&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(nella lingua colloquiale si può omettere tranquillamente il futuro, ci si intende ugualmente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Possibilmente&lt;/em&gt; è quindi legato a una ulteriore specificazione: &lt;em&gt;possibilmente entro le cinque del pomeriggio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte, &lt;em&gt;possibilmente&lt;/em&gt; è utilizzato con una certa vena di sarcasmo e di ironia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un insegnante potrebbe ad esempio chiedere ad un alunno ritardatario e che si presenta a scuola sempre senza libri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domani vieni a scuola con i libri e, possibilmente, in orario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, il &lt;em&gt;possibilmente&lt;/em&gt; è utilizzato, appunto, con una sottile ironia. È infatti necessario che l'alunno si presenti a scuola puntuale e con tutti i libri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="751" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-18T10:24:14.910" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2093" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2096" CreationDate="2014-07-18T02:34:15.593" Score="14" ViewCount="731" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a standard form of pronunciation for programming languages in Italy? Is it preferable to pronounce in English or in Italian? In other words, suppose I'm explaining, in Italian, something about software development, will it sound more natural to say &lt;em&gt;&quot;C diesis&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;C Sharp&quot;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Note: I asked about C#, but the same applies to many other languages, such &lt;code&gt;C++&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;VB.NET&lt;/code&gt;, for example&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="749" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-07-18T08:27:25.647" LastActivityDate="2020-07-02T06:38:08.420" Title="How do Italians pronounce the names of programming languages?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2093" CreationDate="2014-07-18T08:27:11.987" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think every language gets pronounced in Italian in the original way, with the exception of C++ which usually is &quot;C più più&quot; (instead of &quot;plus plus&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for C#, it is definitely &quot;C sharp&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the examples above, phones are pronounced in the &quot;Italian way&quot;, that is, &quot;C&quot; is &lt;em&gt;chee&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;see&lt;/em&gt;. This applies to every language (php is &quot;pee acca pee&quot;). So a comprehensive answer is: we use original names but they're usually pronounced with  Italian phonetics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-07-19T10:38:34.080" LastActivityDate="2014-07-19T10:38:34.080" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2093" CreationDate="2014-07-19T09:09:19.713" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;The rules, as far as I can tell, are the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Letters are pronounced the Italian way&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;HTML: &lt;em&gt;acca-ti-emme-elle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;XML: &lt;em&gt;ics-emme-elle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;C: &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Nouns are pronounced as English, which often is similar to Italian&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Prolog&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;BASIC&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Smalltalk&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Exceptions&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;C++ is pronounced &lt;em&gt;ci-più-più&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; being &amp;quot;plus&amp;quot; in Italian), probably because the ++ unary operator is also called &amp;quot;più più'&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;C# is often pronounced with a unholy &lt;em&gt;ci-sciarp&lt;/em&gt;, because the lanugage C is &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; and the sharp translates as &amp;quot;cancelletto&amp;quot;, so &amp;quot;ci-cancelletto&amp;quot; doesn't sound right, it's hard to say.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;F# is also &lt;em&gt;effe-sciarp&lt;/em&gt;, similarly to C#.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;SQL is either &lt;em&gt;siquel&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;esse-cu-elle&lt;/em&gt; so it's either of the first two rules&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-07-22T22:45:13.030" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2097" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-20T04:19:53.267" Score="4" ViewCount="443" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte l'incertezza sull'annosa questione ritorna, e allora, visto che si può fare, per una volta propongo la domanda e offro la mia risposta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma più corretta, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ampissimo&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;strong&gt;amplissimo&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-20T21:36:16.903" LastActivityDate="2014-07-20T21:36:16.903" Title="Ampissimo o amplissimo?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2097" CreationDate="2014-07-20T04:19:53.267" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si possono usare entrambe le forme, sono entrambe corrette: &quot;&lt;em&gt;ampissimo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è il superlativo regolare dell'italiano &quot;&lt;em&gt;ampio&lt;/em&gt;&quot; mentre &quot;&lt;em&gt;amplissimo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; conserva la reminiscenza latina da &quot;&lt;em&gt;amplus-a-um&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;amplissimus-a-um&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Amplissimo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è una forma letteraria e maggiormente diffusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A favore dell'uso di entrambe le forme vi sono la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ampissimo-o-amplissimo_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, L'Accademia della Crusca (Lessicografia, dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/AMPISSIMO_ed1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1º edizione del 1612&lt;/a&gt; alla 5º edizione del 1863-1923) e persino il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/A/ampissimo-amplissimo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario del Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;. Anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www1.adnkronos.com/Archivio/AdnAgenzia/1998/01/16/Cultura/ACCADEMIA-CRUSCA-UN-GLOSSARIO-PER-EVITARE-GLI-STRAFALCIONI_124200.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Luca Serianni&lt;/a&gt;, nella Garzantina, è della medesima opinione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma, non vi è chi sia contrario all'uso di &quot;&lt;em&gt;ampissimo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Semplice: storicamente, &quot;&lt;em&gt;ampissimo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è sempre stato presente in lingua italiana, fin dagli inizi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È usato più volte da Boccaccio (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/boccaccio/elegia_di_madonna_fiammetta/pdf/boccaccio_elegia_di_madonna_fiammetta.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1343&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/boccaccio/decameron_branca/pdf/boccaccio_decameron_branca.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1351&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/boccaccio/trattatello_in_laude_di_dante/pdf/tratta_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1361&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.classicitaliani.it/boccaccio/prosa/Genealogia%202.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1368&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/boccaccio/il_comento_alla_divina_commedia_etc/pdf/il_com_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1375&lt;/a&gt;, etc.), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/bembo/gli_asolani/pdf/gli_as_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bembo (1505)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/e/euclides/euclide_megarense_etc/pdf/euclid_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Nicolo Tartalea Brisciano (1565)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.classicitaliani.it/tasso/discorsi/discorsi_poema_eroico_03_1824.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tasso (1570)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/i/intorcetta/compendiosa_narratione/pdf/intorcetta_compendiosa_narratione.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Intorcetta (1672)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/m/muratori_lodovico/della_forza_della_fantasia/pdf/muratori_della_forza.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Muratori (1745)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.classicitaliani.it/parini/parini16_2_poesie_varie.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Parini (1763)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/c/casti/gli_animali_parlanti/pdf/gli_an_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Casti (1802)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/v/villabianca/autoapologia/pdf/autoap_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Villabianca (1802)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/a/alfieri/vita/pdf/vita_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Alfieri (1803)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/v/volta/collezione_dell_opere_3/pdf/volta_collezione_dell_opere_3.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Alessandro Volta (1816)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/g/guerrazzi/beatrice_cenci_storia_del_secolo_xvi/pdf/beatri_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guerrazzi (1853)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/d/de_amicis/spagna/pdf/de_amicis_spagna.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Amicis (1872)&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/g/gozzano/tutte_le_poesie/pdf/gozzano_tutte_le_poesie.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gozzano (1907)&lt;/a&gt; e consultando &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=%22ampissimo%22&amp;amp;btnG=Cerca+nei+libri&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;tbo=1&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;google books&lt;/a&gt; se ne potrebbero raccogliere molte altre occorrenze, più o meno illustri (io mi sono limitato ai siti www.liberliber.it e www.classicitaliani.it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per accertarsi dell'uso corrente basta googlare un po', se ne trovano molte occorrenze un po' in tutti i contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare come &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=ampissimo%2C+amplissimo&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1200&amp;amp;year_end=2014&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Campissimo%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bampissimo%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BAmpissimo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Camplissimo%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bamplissimo%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BAmplissimo%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BAMPLISSIMO%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt; non sia molto d'aiuto in quanto sembra quasi totalmente ignorare &quot;ampissimo&quot; che invece, come si è visto, era alquanto comune sin dal Trecento. Conferma tuttavia quanto rilevato dalle maggiori fonti citate su, che &quot;amplissimo&quot; sia più frequente di &quot;ampissimo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-20T09:27:07.190" LastActivityDate="2014-07-20T09:27:07.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2093" CreationDate="2014-07-20T15:28:04.830" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no strict rule. Most of the times the pronunciation is a mixture of English and Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, C# is usually pronounced as &lt;em&gt;ci-sciarp&lt;/em&gt; mixing Italian pronunciation for &lt;em&gt;C&lt;/em&gt; and the English pronunciation for the symbol &lt;em&gt;#&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some languages are completely translated to an Italian pronunciation (such as &lt;em&gt;Ci&lt;/em&gt; for C, and &lt;em&gt;Ci più più&lt;/em&gt; for C++).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other cases the change is more subtle. For example, Python is usually pronounced something like &lt;em&gt;Pàiton&lt;/em&gt; (no &lt;em&gt;th&lt;/em&gt; sound and the accent in a different place).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; real rule is that acronyms are pronounced as every acronym: using Italian pronunciation for the letters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;PHP is &lt;em&gt;pi-acca-pi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;SQL is &lt;em&gt;esse-qu-elle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-07-02T06:38:08.420" LastActivityDate="2020-07-02T06:38:08.420" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2102" CreationDate="2014-07-21T12:43:57.703" Score="3" ViewCount="469" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2093/how-do-italians-pronounce-the-names-of-programming-languages&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;ho imparato che il carattere # viene chiamato &quot;cancelletto&quot; in italiano. Questo vocabolo mi è sembrato molto curioso. Sapreste dirmi quale sia l'origine di questa parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-12-30T19:10:04.487" Title="Origine della parola &quot;cancelletto&quot; per il carattere #" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2100" CreationDate="2014-07-21T12:59:09.320" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso (ma non ne sono sicura) che si riferisca al fatto che somiglia alle sbarre di un cancello&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastActivityDate="2014-07-21T12:59:09.320" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2100" CreationDate="2014-07-22T09:45:18.703" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il nome &lt;em&gt;cancelletto&lt;/em&gt; non è solamente tipico dell'italiano. Infatti anche in inglese si può chiamare &lt;em&gt;gate&lt;/em&gt; (cancello) e anche &lt;em&gt;fence&lt;/em&gt; (recinzione), e in molti altri modi elencati &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Number_sign#Other_names_in_English&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; (sebbene molti di questi siano raremente usati).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato nessuna fonte ufficiale riguardo l'etimologia del nome, sebbene sembri abbastanza plausibile che il nome derivi semplicemente dalla somiglianza con le sbarre di un cancello/di una recinzione in entrambe le lingue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2014-07-22T09:45:18.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2103" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2105" CreationDate="2014-07-23T08:34:22.110" Score="1" ViewCount="1533" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che l'espressione &quot;usare fare qualcosa&quot; significa &quot;essere solito fare qualcosa&quot;, ma non so se tutte e due le espressioni si usino con la stessa frequenza o abbiano usi diversi. Sapreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T12:49:10.743" LastActivityDate="2014-07-25T12:49:10.743" Title="&quot;Usare fare qualcosa&quot; versus &quot;Essere solito fare qualcosa&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2103" CreationDate="2014-07-23T09:05:02.433" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never heard of &quot;usare fare qualcosa&quot;. Actually it &lt;em&gt;sounds&lt;/em&gt; wrong, which usually means it is wrong, because the &quot;wrong&quot; feeling usually indicates that the person in question (in this case, me) has never heard of such combinations of words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I live near Milan, so maybe it's not used here but elsewhere in Italy, but I wouldn't have my hopes high. I am pretty convinced &quot;usare fare qualcosa&quot; is wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &quot;essere &lt;strong&gt;soliti&lt;/strong&gt; (not &lt;em&gt;solito&lt;/em&gt;) fare qualcosa&quot; is a common, used phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: It seems &quot;usare fare qualcosa&quot; is not, from a grammatical point of view, incorrect. It sounds strange because nobody actually uses it, since &quot;solito&quot; is so much more common. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="218" LastEditorUserId="218" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T12:08:24.423" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T12:08:24.423" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2103" CreationDate="2014-07-23T09:36:56.040" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza tra le due espressioni è minima; cercherò di essere più chiaro facendo degli esempi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Usare fare qualcosa&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Nel nostro paese si usa festeggiare ogni terza Domenica del mese.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Essere solito/i far qualcosa&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sono solito fare il bucato dopo pranzo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Entrambe&lt;/em&gt; le espressioni indicano un'azione ripetuta nel tempo. Tuttavia, la prima è più utilizzata per parlare di consuetudini e/o tradizioni, mentre la seconda è più utilizzata per parlare di abitudini personali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È bene notare che, come la maggior parte delle espressioni linguistiche, esse possono essere intercambiabili, in quanto entrambe hanno, come detto precedentemente, lo scopo di indicare un'azione ripetuta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastEditorDisplayName="user589" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T09:50:24.163" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T09:50:24.163" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2106" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2113" CreationDate="2014-07-23T09:44:20.077" Score="6" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to learn Italian and I've seen short forms like 'amor' and 'ancor' mainly in songs. Are they used solely to shorten the number of syllables in a verse in music and can more words be shortened in this way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="764" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T16:06:53.453" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T16:06:53.453" Title="What is the difference between 'ancor' and 'ancora'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2107" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-23T09:55:35.280" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T09:55:35.280" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T09:55:35.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2108" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-23T09:55:35.280" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T09:55:35.280" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T09:55:35.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2109" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-23T09:58:39.120" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T09:58:39.120" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T09:58:39.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2110" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-23T09:58:39.120" Score="0" Body="For questions seeking a phrase that fits a meaning." OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T13:41:36.933" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T13:41:36.933" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2111" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-23T10:07:38.620" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T10:07:38.620" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T10:07:38.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2112" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-23T10:07:38.620" Score="0" Body="For questions about how to use a particular phrase." OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T13:40:38.943" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T13:40:38.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2106" CreationDate="2014-07-23T10:12:58.997" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Are they used solely to shorten the number of syllables?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Yes and no.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have the opportunity to read poems or writings from the XIII-XIV century written by Italian authors like Dante or Petrarca, you will see tons of truncated words; an example can be the famous quotation from the &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Amor, ch'a nullo amato amar perdona&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, words truncation leads to two advantaging factors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The verse is a hendecasyllable; otherwise, it wouldn't have been and it would have contrasted with the structure of the entire &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The flow of words sounds better. This is an important thing, especially in the Italian language: many devices, like this one, are used to have a beautiful sound, when read.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Can more words be shortened in this way?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Of course.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are plenty of words that can be shortened. Nowadays, they are ruled by the modern Italian grammar rules, but in the past (like the times I was speaking about previously) poemwriters tended to shorten or transform words to have them fitting their writings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T11:59:48.323" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T11:59:48.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2114" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-23T10:37:27.577" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T10:37:27.577" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T10:37:27.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2115" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-23T10:37:27.577" Score="0" Body="Also called &quot;troncamento&quot; in Italian, it means to shorten a word by cutting off the last vowel or the last syllable.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-23T13:40:28.943" LastActivityDate="2014-07-23T13:40:28.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2117" CreationDate="2014-07-23T13:13:21.730" Score="9" ViewCount="781" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the origin of the Italian expression 'a tutta birra' meaning 'at full speed'? Is it really related to beer? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-05-13T08:41:58.573" Title="Origin of the expression 'a tutta birra'" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2116" CreationDate="2014-07-23T13:34:05.760" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, it probably isn't. I've found that &lt;em&gt;&quot;a tutta birra&quot;&lt;/em&gt; can be derived from a wrong translation of the French expression &lt;em&gt;à toute bride&lt;/em&gt;, which should be translated as &lt;em&gt;&quot;a tutta briglia&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &quot;Briglia&quot; means &lt;strong&gt;bridle&lt;/strong&gt;, so the original expression is used to indicate that someone goes/something is done at full speed, like a galloping horse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment, I've found very few references about this topic, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/B/birra.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this dictionary&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://paginedipergamena.blogspot.it/2013/06/perche-si-dice-andare-tutta-birra.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this blog entry&lt;/a&gt;. Nothing academical or proved, I'm sorry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;User @Federico found out an interesting fact. Comparing the frequency of the expressions &quot;a tutta birra&quot; and &quot;a tutta briglia&quot; in Italian books, using Google Ngram Viewer, shows that our beloved &quot;a tutta birra&quot; starts to appear around the '30s of last century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/s3C6w.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;graph showing the frequency of the two expressions in Italian literature.&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could it be related to the increasing use of cars which took place in those years? Here, we can just make hypothesis, but the use of this expression has been kept increasing for years, definitively surpassing the original &quot;a tutta briglia&quot; in the 70’s (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=a%20tutta%20birra%2Ca%20tutta%20briglia&amp;amp;year_start=1930&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ca%20tutta%20birra%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ca%20tutta%20briglia%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; you can play with Ngram).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;This interpretation can also be found in the book &lt;em&gt;Acqua in bocca! Tutto quello che vorresti dire in italiano... come lo direbbe un italiano!&lt;/em&gt; by Roberto Bortoluzzi (Edizioni Casa delle lingue, Barcellona, 2015). This book also mentions that another Italian idiom closely related to the French idiom &lt;em&gt;à toute bride&lt;/em&gt; (from which probably &quot;a tutta birra&quot; derives) is &quot;a rotta di collo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Are there other interpretations?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;User @randomatlabuser enlightened me about another possible interpretation of the expression &quot;a tutta birra&quot;. In fact, it seems that in the past horses were given beer as an energy drink, especially before going through hard parts of the travel. Also, modern diets for race horses include brewer's yeast, which is supposed to enhance the performance during the race (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.focus.it/cultura/storia/perche-si-dice-a-tutta-birra&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; it's briefly explained).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-13T08:41:58.573" LastActivityDate="2016-05-13T08:41:58.573" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2118" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2120" CreationDate="2014-07-23T22:55:54.743" Score="4" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se una coppia, di cognome &quot;Benigni&quot;, ha un negozio di regali, come si direbbe correttamente nell'insegna:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Benigni regali&quot;, &quot;Regali Benigni&quot;, oppure è corretto usare entrambi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille della delucidazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="768" LastEditorDisplayName="user589" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T13:14:10.507" LastActivityDate="2014-07-25T13:14:10.507" Title="Se una coppia ha un negozio di regali, come si dice?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2118" CreationDate="2014-07-24T00:00:34.093" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le forme vanno bene. Certo, &quot;Regali Benigni&quot; secondo me suona meglio e produce anche un bel doppio senso che potrebbe persino avere un valore in termini di marketing :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-07-24T00:00:34.093" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2122" CreationDate="2014-07-24T08:20:35.460" Score="7" ViewCount="952" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do I say &lt;em&gt;io vado &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; Bologna&lt;/em&gt; (city) and &lt;em&gt;io vado &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Italia&lt;/em&gt; (country)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I can’t say &lt;em&gt;io vado &lt;strong&gt;ad&lt;/strong&gt; Italia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why do we always use &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; (not &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;) for countries and &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (not &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;) for cities?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="567" LastEditorUserId="328" LastEditDate="2014-07-24T16:39:32.760" LastActivityDate="2014-07-24T16:39:32.760" Title="Why do we say &quot;a Bologna&quot; but &quot;in Italia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ClosedDate="2014-07-24T17:37:07.420" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2121" CreationDate="2014-07-24T09:38:31.257" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it is more a question of usage rather than logic. The following material can help: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La preposizione IN&lt;/strong&gt; esprime il complemento di luogo e quindi risponde alla domanda &quot;dove?&quot; o &quot;verso dove?&quot;, in particolare si usa con i verbi di stato o di movimento davanti a:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;nomi di nazione:&#xA;  Sono in Italia.&#xA;  Vado in Marocco.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;nomi di grandi isole e regioni:&#xA;  Abito in Sicilia.&#xA;  Lavoro in Normandia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;nomi delle vie:&#xA;  Abito in via San Vitale 10.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La preposizione A&lt;/strong&gt; esprime il complemento di luogo, ovvero risponde alla domanda &quot;dove?&quot; o &quot;verso dove?&quot; e si usa con i verbi di stato o di movimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a casa, a scuola, a teatro, a pranzo, a cena, a colazione, a letto.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si usa davanti ai nomi di città:&#xA;  Abito a Milano.&#xA;  Studio a Londra.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=385&quot;&gt;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=385&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2014-07-24T09:38:31.257" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2123" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-24T22:13:23.637" Score="5" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se, per esempio, un riparatore di impianti elettrici può essere chiamato elettricista o un lavoratore del marmo può essere chiamato marmista, può allora un riparatore di sistemi di allarme essere chiamato allarmista?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-24T23:42:35.077" LastActivityDate="2014-07-24T23:46:24.313" Title="Si può chiamare &quot;allarmista&quot; un riparatore di sistemi di allarme?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2123" CreationDate="2014-07-24T23:39:17.717" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come sappiamo &quot;allarmista&quot; è «chi va spargendo notizie che destano allarme o apprensione» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/allarmista/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;), così come un &quot;catastrofista&quot; è «chi […] prevede sempre catastrofi e tende a fare previsioni pessimistiche della realtà» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/catastrofista/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con un po' di fantasia si potrebbe chiamare &quot;allarmista&quot; chi installa/ripara sistemi/impianti di allarme e &quot;catastrofista&quot; chi gestisce emergenze e catastrofi naturali, perché no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma la domanda è: gli elettricisti che installano/riparano sistemi/impianti di allarme chiamano sé stessi &quot;allarmisti&quot;, magari con un pizzico di ironia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me no, come suggerito ad esempio da &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b5bRU8GxBcvC8gfsv4CwAg&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22allarmista%22+site:http:%2F%2Fwww.paginegialle.it&amp;amp;safe=active&quot;&gt;questa ricerca&lt;/a&gt; da cui si evince che nelle Pagine Gialle italiane c'è un solo allarmista in tutta Italia, a Pescara, evidentemente quello con il maggior senso dell'umorismo. Cercando invece &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b5bRU8GxBcvC8gfsv4CwAg&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22sistemi+di+allarme%22+site:http:%2F%2Fwww.paginegialle.it&amp;amp;safe=active&quot;&gt;sistemi di allarme&lt;/a&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=b5bRU8GxBcvC8gfsv4CwAg&amp;amp;gws_rd=cr#q=%22impianti+di+allarme%22+site:http:%2F%2Fwww.paginegialle.it&amp;amp;safe=active&quot;&gt;impianti di allarme&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, la ricerca dà ben altri risultati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la risposta è sì, in astratto si potrebbe anche dire; ma, allo stato attuale, in italiano corrente, non si dice, sempre a meno che la tua intenzione non sia principalmente umoristica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-24T23:46:24.313" LastActivityDate="2014-07-24T23:46:24.313" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2125" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-25T08:11:32.333" Score="5" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1141/95&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, mi è venuto in mente che non saprei come scrivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ho collezionato trentuno annate di &lt;em&gt;Uncinetto estremo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Annata&quot; è femminile, ma &quot;trentuno&quot; è invariabile; non ce la farei proprio a scrivere &quot;trentun'annate&quot;, mi spiace. Voi che fareste, a parte non fare né elisione o troncamento oppure girare la frase come nella barzelletta di chi scrive una lettera a un canile &quot;buongiorno, vorrei prendere due pastori belg...belgh... vabbè: vorrei prendere un pastore belga, anzi due&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-07-26T17:11:23.660" Title="Forma corretta in &quot;trentuno annate&quot;" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2126" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-07-25T12:56:53.607" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T12:56:53.607" LastActivityDate="2014-07-25T12:56:53.607" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2127" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-07-25T12:56:53.607" Score="0" Body="For questions about the difference in meaning or usage between certain words or expressions. &#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-07-25T13:14:38.567" LastActivityDate="2014-07-25T13:14:38.567" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2125" CreationDate="2014-07-25T19:53:35.507" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In passato si scriveva “ventuna pagina”, per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=MEdXAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=RA1-PA58&amp;amp;dq=%22ventuna%20pagina%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=nbLSU6Fag87KA4KFgcgN&amp;amp;ved=0CCEQ6AEwAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22ventuna%20pagina%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui (1756)&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=tz4wfXnjaqwC&amp;amp;pg=PA27&amp;amp;dq=%22ventuna%20pagina%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=nbLSU6Fag87KA4KFgcgN&amp;amp;ved=0CCsQ6AEwAg#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22ventuna%20pagina%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui (1780)&lt;/a&gt;, ma, sinceramente, “ventuno cavallo” mi parrebbe alquanto affettato e arcaico. Ne scriveva &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=N5QdAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22ventuno%20cavallo%22&amp;amp;dq=%22ventuno%20cavallo%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=G7PSU7uuGuXnygP_94GIBA&amp;amp;ved=0CCUQ6AEwAQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Luciano Satta&lt;/a&gt; suggerendo il problema di &lt;em&gt;ventuno cavallo bianchi&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ventuno cavallo bianco&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ormai si dice &lt;em&gt;trentun anni&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trentuno valigie&lt;/em&gt; e l'invariabilità dice che l'ortografia è &lt;em&gt;trentun annate&lt;/em&gt;. Il caso di &lt;em&gt;buono&lt;/em&gt; è diverso: da &lt;em&gt;buono amico&lt;/em&gt; viene &lt;em&gt;buon amico&lt;/em&gt; perché si può dire &lt;em&gt;buon compleanno&lt;/em&gt;; da &lt;em&gt;buona amica&lt;/em&gt; viene &lt;em&gt;buon'amica&lt;/em&gt; perché non si può elidere/troncare davanti a consonante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obiezione: non si può dire &lt;em&gt;trentun sedie&lt;/em&gt;! Vero, ma la parola è la stessa sia per il maschile sia per il femminile. E, ripensandoci, &lt;em&gt;trentun sedie&lt;/em&gt; non mi fa tutta questa impressione. Poi, fa' come ti pare. Se hai l'incertezza, scrivi &lt;em&gt;trentun'annata&lt;/em&gt; e aggiungi che per te i secoli non sono passati. Ma attento: &lt;em&gt;trentun'annata rilegata&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;trentun'annata rilegate&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;code&gt;;-)&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-07-25T19:53:35.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2129" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-27T08:14:56.737" Score="8" ViewCount="656" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani.it defines &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/Footing/&quot;&gt;footing&lt;/a&gt; as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;s. m. [anglicismo formato sul v. ingl. (to) foot «muovere i piedi»; l’ingl. footing ha soltanto i sign. di «appoggio per il piede, base, fondamento» e sim.]. – Nel linguaggio sport., esercizio di allenamento praticato da varî atleti e in partic. dai pugili (ma diffuso anche tra i non atleti); consiste nell’alternare marcia e corsa su strada o in campagna, per raggiungere un opportuno grado di forma fisica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The closest English meaning is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;the act of one who moves on foot, as in walking or dancing.&#xA;  Source:&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Footing&quot;&gt;http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Footing&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though somehow related to 'moving on foot', the term 'footing' has nothing to do with the way Italian use it. How come it is used to indicate 'exercise by walking and running' ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2020-11-01T12:07:46.847" Title="How did 'footing' come to mean 'correre' in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2129" CreationDate="2014-07-27T10:35:24.030" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually &quot;footing&quot; is completely different from the Italian &quot;correre&quot;... but you know, Italian people use to translate everything from English also if they are wrong...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="598" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:47:10.490" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:47:10.490" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2129" CreationDate="2014-07-27T16:01:37.577" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that the word &lt;em&gt;footing&lt;/em&gt; belongs to the family of the so-called &lt;em&gt;&quot;falsi-forestierismi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Briefly, a &lt;strong&gt;forestierismo&lt;/strong&gt; is a word borrowed from a foreign language; speaking about Italian, we can say that jazz, goal, gossip, tabloid,  are good examples of forestierismi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;And footing?&lt;/strong&gt; Footing is not a good one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, &lt;em&gt;footing&lt;/em&gt; is built following the model of words like &quot;training&quot; et similia, using the term &quot;foot&quot; from &quot;football&quot; as base. But, differently from English - where &quot;footing&quot; means &quot;moving on foot/feet&quot; - in the Italian language that word has assumed the meaning of &quot;training run&quot;. For a more accurated description (in Italian, I'm sorry), I leave you to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/forestierismi_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; page; however, for lazy ones, I'll copy here the &lt;em&gt;falsi-forestierismi&lt;/em&gt; section:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dai forestierismi andrebbero invece escluse quelle parole che, nonostante presentino un aspetto straniero, non hanno alle spalle un modello alloglotto e non provengono da un effettivo processo d’interferenza: i derivati di prestiti (camionista, snobismo, sportivo), che non hanno alcun corrispettivo nella lingua di partenza (camionista in francese si dice camionneur o più spesso routier, ecc.); i nomi propri stranieri passati a nomi comuni solo nella lingua ricevente (montgomery «tipo di giaccone» dal nome del generale inglese, mussolina «tipo di tessuto» dal nome della città irachena di Mosul, scotch «nastro adesivo» dal marchio Scotch-Tape); i falsi-forestierismi, parole create sulla base di un modulo formativo straniero ma indipendentemente da un preciso modello, come, ad es., certi pseudoanglicismi del francese e dell’italiano: footing «corsa di allenamento» fu inventato – senza alcun rapporto con l’inglese footing «appoggio» – nel linguaggio sportivo francese alla fine del XIX secolo, secondo il modulo di training e simili formazioni, dalla base foot già presente in football; così il francese recordman è nato dall’incrocio di record e sportsman per indicare colui che in inglese si direbbe record holder. A questi pseudoanglicismi possono essere accodati i prestiti decurtati, composti inglesi che in francese e in italiano appaiono in forma abbreviata: dancing invece di dancing-hall, lift per lift-boy, ecc. (Gusmani 19862: 99-116).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope that this answer will satisfy your curiosity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastActivityDate="2014-07-27T16:01:37.577" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2042" CreationDate="2014-07-28T02:11:30.397" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/viceversa/&quot;&gt;Viceversa&lt;/a&gt;&quot; è dal latino &quot;vice versā&quot; o anche &quot;versā vice&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ablativo/&quot;&gt;ablativo assoluto&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Vice&quot; è l'ablativo singolare di &quot;vicis&quot;, &quot;vicenda&quot;, sostantivo femminile; &quot;versa&quot; è il participio passato di &quot;vertĕre&quot;, &quot;volgere&quot;, terza coniugazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &quot;vice versā&quot; è &quot;rigirata la faccenda&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano il sintagma latino si è fuso in un elemento lessicale unico di natura avverbiale, benché raramente in passato sia rimasto in uso come locuzione avverbiale (forse solo come citazione colta in latino?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come osserva DaG, questo caso sembra essere molto simile agli &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/avverbi-di-maniera_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;avverbi italiani che finiscono in &quot;-mente&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, anche questi ottenuti per fusione di sintagmi latini originariamente in ablativo assoluto (&quot;fermamente&quot;, da &quot;firmā mente&quot;, &quot;con animo fermo&quot;). Si parla qui di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/univerbazione_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;univerbazione&lt;/a&gt; per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/grammaticalizzazione_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;grammaticalizzazione&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia opinione è che anche &quot;viceversa&quot; sia un caso di univerbazione, più che di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/composizione_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;composizione&lt;/a&gt; come avevo ritenuto inizialmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Citando Sabatini e Coletti, Livio Gaeta sostiene che «quanto più un’unità del genere è d’alto uso, abituale, tanto più se ne è affermata la variante grafica (e, in fondo, anche fonetica) univerbata».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per verificare se in italiano la forma &quot;vice versa&quot; sia stata in passato usata, si può cercare tra i testi di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=lXrVU7OJHMLC8gel84CIAg&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#filter=0&amp;amp;q=%22vice+versa%22+site:www.liberliber.it&amp;amp;safe=active&amp;amp;start=0&quot;&gt;liberliber&lt;/a&gt;: si nota che alcuni testi sono effettivamente in latino, altri in francese, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/m/marchesa_colombi/un_matrimonio_in_provincia/pdf/un_mat_p.pdf&quot;&gt;in un caso&lt;/a&gt; vi è addirittura una battutaccia (&quot;il Vice versa&quot;, sta versando). In alcuni casi, come nella lettera di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.classicitaliani.it/carducci/poesia/inno_satana.htm&quot;&gt;Quirico Filopanti&lt;/a&gt; ad Enotrio Romano (Giosuè Carducci), non si capisce se &quot;vice versa&quot; debba intendersi come espressione latina colta; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/f/fiacchi/el_sgner_pirein/pdf/fiacchi_el_sgner_pirein.pdf&quot;&gt;in alcuni casi&lt;/a&gt; si potrebbe ipotizzare che sia un refuso, quando nello stesso testo normalmente si usa in forma univerbata e vi si trova un'unica occorrenza alternativa; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/d/della_porta/l_olimpia/pdf/l_olim_p.pdf&quot;&gt;in altri casi ancora&lt;/a&gt; viene forse usata volutamente in maniera da evocare reminiscenze latine. Quindi, in conclusione, rimane il dubbio, non vi sono occorrenze in cui sia certo che l'autore non abbia intenzionalmente usato la forma latina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare anche che cercando nel sito &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=lXrVU7OJHMLC8gel84CIAg&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22vice+versa%22+site:www.classicitaliani.it&amp;amp;safe=active&quot;&gt;classicitaliani&lt;/a&gt;, si trova solo la lettera di Quirico Filopanti e due documenti in francese. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=vice+versa%2Cviceversa&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1300&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cvice%20versa%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bvice%20versa%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BVice%20versa%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cviceversa%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bviceversa%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BViceversa%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Google Books Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt; comunque suggerisce che in italiano la forma di gran lunga più diffusa sia sempre stata quella univerbata. I dizionari non contemplano l'uso della variante grafica separata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unige.ch/lettres/roman/italien/Articles/linguistique/EmilioManzotti/ViceversaSimmetrie.pdf&quot;&gt;Emilio Manzotti (Università di Ginevra)&lt;/a&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;Similarità e simmetrie tra stati di cose. Il caso di viceversa&lt;/em&gt; dedica un intero saggio agli usi di &quot;viceversa&quot; - è molto interessante, anche se non sembra dire nulla circa il passaggio da &quot;vice versa&quot; a &quot;viceversa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-28T04:11:49.693" LastActivityDate="2014-07-28T04:11:49.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2133" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2134" CreationDate="2014-07-28T18:45:08.763" Score="6" ViewCount="1658" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alcune parole cambiano genere al plurale. Che io sappia sono tutte parti del corpo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dito/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;braccio/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;orecchio/e&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ginocchio/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(soprac)ciglio/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(mi pare questa sia la lista completa, se ne esistono altre aggiungete pure nei commenti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi domandavo: che storia etimologica c'è dietro? &#xA;Come si sono venute a formare queste coppie singolare maschile/plurale femminile?&#xA;Se la lista è completa, c'è qualche motivo per cui è successo solo con parti del corpo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="765" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-11T20:33:33.100" LastActivityDate="2014-09-11T20:33:33.100" Title="Cambio genere al plurale, quali origini?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;plural&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2133" CreationDate="2014-07-28T19:10:12.653" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciò dipende principalmente da una reinterpretazione al femminile dell'originale neutro plurale dei nomi latini di seconda declinazione. Questi nomi sono detti in italiano &lt;em&gt;nomi sovrabbondanti&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parole-ambigeneri_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In latino i nomi neutri di seconda declinazione &lt;strong&gt;al nominativo&lt;/strong&gt; singolare hanno desinenza in &quot;&lt;em&gt;-um&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (come i nomi di seconda declinazione non neutri) mentre al plurale hanno desinenza in &quot;&lt;em&gt;-a&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (come i nomi di prima declinazione). I nomi latini di prima declinazione in italiano sono normalmente diventati nomi femminili terminanti in &quot;&lt;em&gt;-a&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; i nomi di seconda declinazione sono normalmente diventati nomi maschili terminanti in &quot;&lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, con tantissime eccezioni, ovviamente. Da qui la reinterpretazione di cui si diceva su.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di plurali irregolari ce ne sono a bizzeffe. Qualche altro esempio lo trovi &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plurali_irregolari#Plurali_con_cambio_di_genere&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, ai plurali con cambio di genere e ai plurali dei nomi sovrabbondanti. Come vedi non sono solo parti del corpo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che ci sono anche casi di nomi femminili al singolare e plurali al maschile, come &lt;em&gt;la eco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli echi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-07-28T19:10:12.653" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2135" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2137" CreationDate="2014-07-29T06:05:50.840" Score="9" ViewCount="9091" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da dove deriva l'espressione &quot;in quel di (luogo)&quot; volta a indicare un luogo? È un espressione che sento spesso, e personalmente trovo fastidiosa. Spero sia dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La conferenza si svolgerà in quel di Londra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="776" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-07-29T10:41:43.793" LastActivityDate="2019-11-17T05:32:21.503" Title="In quel di Milano" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2136" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-07-29T07:54:10.610" Score="5" ViewCount="8892" Body="&lt;p&gt;In merito al significato dell'interiezione &quot;boh&quot;, l'Accademia della Crusca scrive quanto segue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Boh&lt;/em&gt;&quot; esprime dubbio, indifferenza, reticenza a pronunciarsi su&#xA;  qualcosa; [omissis] sembrerebbe essere semplicemente un'espressione&#xA;  onomatopeica, cioè una trascrizione di un probabile suono che si&#xA;  produce quando si esprime incertezza.&#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/printpdf/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/linteriezione&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi voglio soffermare sul significato o sull'etimologia di &quot;boh&quot;. Piuttosto, &lt;em&gt;perché gli italiani producono il suono “boh” per esprimere incertezza?*&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A titolo di chiarimento, mi rendo conto che i suoni “&lt;em&gt;mm?&lt;/em&gt;” o “&lt;em&gt;eh?&lt;/em&gt;”, che gli italiani producono per esprimere incomprensione e di conseguenza domandare chiarimenti, sono prodotti in altre lingue con lo stesso significato (per esempio, francese e inglese). Invece, da quel che mi risulta, il suono “boh” non esiste nella lingua francese e in quella inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="779" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2014-07-29T08:14:44.377" LastActivityDate="2014-07-29T08:14:44.377" Title="Perché si dice &quot;boh&quot; per esprimere incertezza?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ClosedDate="2014-07-29T11:09:14.900" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2135" CreationDate="2014-07-29T09:49:22.170" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spero di non deludere Danny, ma &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quello/&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;in quel di&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt; è una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parole-polirematiche_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;polirematica&lt;/a&gt; perfettamente legittima in lingua italiana, e &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario_italiano.enacademic.com/85179/quello&quot;&gt;registrata&lt;/a&gt;. Più precisamente, è una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/locuzioni-preposizionali_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;locuzione preposizionale&lt;/a&gt; e deriva da &quot;&lt;em&gt;in quel territorio di&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Nel caso di Milano potrebbe forse derivare da &quot;&lt;em&gt;in quel Ducato di&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io trovo l'espressione gradevole perché per me, gusto personale, ha un sapore medioevale, affascinante. Certo l'espressione era usata anche in antichità, per esempio in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/b/bruni/della_vita_studi_e_costumi_di_dante/pdf/della__p.pdf&quot;&gt;Leonardo Bruni - Della vita, studi e costumi di Dante&lt;/a&gt; (1436).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-07-29T10:10:37.287" LastActivityDate="2014-07-29T10:10:37.287" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2138" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2139" CreationDate="2014-07-31T21:00:51.810" Score="11" ViewCount="43217" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho rinunciato, pensando che quando &lt;em&gt;fossi&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;sarei&lt;/em&gt; arrivato qui l'avrei preso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase sopra si usa &quot;fossi&quot; o &quot;sarei&quot;? O vanno bene entrambe a seconda delle situazioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-01T00:14:16.777" LastActivityDate="2020-09-06T15:20:26.273" Title="Congiuntivo &quot;fossi&quot; o condizionale &quot;sarei&quot; nella seguente frase" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2138" CreationDate="2014-07-31T23:54:24.797" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il tuo è un bellissimo esempio della difficoltà di interpretazione delle regole italiane sull'uso di congiuntivo e condizionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu vuoi dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ho rinunciato, pensando che poi sarei arrivato qui e l'avrei preso»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ho rinunciato, pensando che l'avrei preso dopo esser arrivato qui».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè quel &amp;quot;quando&amp;quot; introdurrebbe una subordinata temporale, non un'ipotetica: era certo fin dal principio che tu saresti arrivato lì dove adesso sei. E la temporale è quasi contemporanea rispetto all'azione successiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, il condizionale ci potrebbe pure stare &lt;em&gt;benché questo potrebbe&lt;/em&gt; (o possa?) essere considerato &amp;quot;substandard&amp;quot; da molti linguisti che forse preferirebbero l'uso del congiuntivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ho rinunciato, pensando che, quando fossi arrivato qui, l'avrei preso»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove però la temporale si confonde con l'ipotetica e qualsiasi diversa sfumatura si vanifica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considera anche che &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/Rubriche/Scioglilingua/2003/31ottobre.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giorgio De Rienzo&lt;/a&gt;, linguista del Corriere della Sera, considera accettabile la frase, simile alla tua:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Le ho detto che avresti richiamato non appena ti saresti liberata»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.achyra.org/cruscate/viewtopic.php?t=1432&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; si dà per buona la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Avrei aspettato fino a quando sarebbe arrivato»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come osserva nico nel commento, si tratta di un'applicazione della regola del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/futuro-nel-passato_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;futuro nel passato&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo e altri casi simili, la scelta sta a te: usare il condizionale e correre il rischio di incappare in qualche caso perverso da far storcere il naso all'interlocutore, oppure usare il congiuntivo e andare sul sicuro? Se scegli la prima strada e ci azzecchi potresti uscirtene fuori in maniera brillante; altrimenti ci fai una figuraccia!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noto che ne hanno parlato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.achyra.org/cruscate/viewtopic.php?t=4365&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; pochi giorni fa, con altri esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«I suoi resti sarebbero rimasti abbandonati al suolo fino a che le streghe non li avrebbero raccolti»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Quando avrebbe lasciato la sua casa per trasferirsi, allo stadio avrebbero dovuto dedicarle uno striscione»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(la prima è OK; la seconda potrebbe essere corretta o far impallidire, a seconda del contesto …).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-01T20:51:01.297" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2140" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2141" CreationDate="2014-08-01T03:01:07.927" Score="4" ViewCount="1179" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, a person who loves books is known as a bibliophile. The only translation that I can find for this word in Italian is bibliofilo which is deeply disappointing, given that the language is so adaptive. Is there a word which is not an Italian conversion of a word stolen from French by English for this sort of person?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-03T17:55:42.490" LastActivityDate="2014-08-03T17:55:42.490" Title="What is the word for a book lover?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2140" CreationDate="2014-08-01T08:14:11.833" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not really sure why you are disappointed... but that is the word commonly used and I am not aware of any common synonym, unless you use a periphrasis and say &lt;em&gt;collezionista di libri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the issue of whether it is a French loan-word I am not completely sure, but then again, the French word comes from Greek as well (βιβλίον &quot;book&quot; and ϕιλία &quot;love&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could find an usage of &lt;em&gt;bibliofilo&lt;/em&gt; already &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=MulVAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA220&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;in the early 18th century&lt;/a&gt;, and Goldoni uses it in his &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.co.uk/books?id=QRotAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA239&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Memorie&quot;&lt;/a&gt; (1795).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; following from egreg's comment, I looked for instances of &lt;em&gt;bibliophile&lt;/em&gt; in other languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google Books lists a &lt;em&gt;Bulletin du bibliophile, du bibliothécaire et de la Société des amis de la Bibliothèque nationale et des grandes bibliothèques de France&lt;/em&gt; dated 1833&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As noted by egreg, the OED has a 1824 quote for &lt;em&gt;bibliophile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1824 Dibdin Libr. Comp. 780 The work‥has been reprinted by the Society of *Bibliophiles at Paris.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This suggests the word pre-dates this time, at least in France (since a Society of Bibliophiles apparently existed in Paris).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Data from Google Ngram shows pretty much the same trend (note that those peaks in the 1600 are spurious. Essentially they come from modern reprints of old books, and the word bibliophile is not actually in the body of the old book)&#xA;If anything I would say that the word started getting used pretty much at the same time in Italy and France, and was later adopted in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/6hs1B.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;nGram for &amp;quot;bibliophile&amp;quot; in various languages&quot;&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT 2:&lt;/strong&gt; I would also add another possibility, which is &lt;em&gt;bibliomane&lt;/em&gt;, corresponding to the English &lt;em&gt;bibliomaniac&lt;/em&gt;. This, however, has a slightly negative connotation, which is well explained by the Enciclopedia Treccani at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/bibliomania_%28Enciclopedia-Italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;bibliomania&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se l'amore dei libri è la bibliofilia, la mania per essi è chiamata da circa due secoli bibliomania. Si può dire, a mo' di definizione, che, sino a tanto che la scelta dei libri d'una collezione si fonda sull'interesse tipografico, letterario, storico o artistico ch'essi presentano, il raccoglitore è degno del titolo di bibliofilo; mentre, ogni volta ch'egli si lascia guidare dal capriccio o dalla moda, non è altro che un bibliomane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That page refers to a French book, called &lt;em&gt;De la bibliomanie&lt;/em&gt;, dated 1761. Furthermore, they explain how the phenomenon probably predates the word!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma la bibliomania riappare quando, per esempio, un compratore del Lattanzio di Subiaco (1465), il primo libro datato che si sia stampato in Italia, insisterà per avere - pagandolo assai caro - un esemplare contenente il foglietto di errata, cioè un esemplare della seconda impressione che, in virtù di questa moda inesplicabile, e contrariamente alla regola, varrà, per una volta, assai più della prima. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastEditorUserId="5" LastEditDate="2014-08-02T12:30:55.103" LastActivityDate="2014-08-02T12:30:55.103" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2140" CreationDate="2014-08-02T11:43:37.973" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It appears that &lt;em&gt;bibliofilo&lt;/em&gt; is the only word equivalent to the English &lt;em&gt;bibliophile&lt;/em&gt;. If you must really use a synonym, you can say &lt;em&gt;topo di biblioteca&lt;/em&gt;, which has the same meaning but belongs to a lower registry. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-08-02T11:43:37.973" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2143" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2144" CreationDate="2014-08-04T02:42:12.540" Score="9" ViewCount="622" Body="&lt;p&gt;I write a diary entry in Italian each day to practice my vocabulary and sentence structure. Currently, my theme is 'Chi sono?' so I am looking for words that describe me. Today, I want to write about shopping and would like to know what an Italian who is addicted to shopping would be called. Can someone help me, please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-04T08:07:17.663" LastActivityDate="2014-08-06T20:18:25.080" Title="Is there an idiomatic term for Shopaholic?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2143" CreationDate="2014-08-04T04:31:14.983" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;A medical term is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/oniomaniaco/&quot;&gt;oniomaniaco/a&lt;/a&gt;, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/oniomania/&quot;&gt;oniomania&lt;/a&gt;, with a clear Greek etymology. Only, it is not very common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might find it disappointing, but the most popular term is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/shopping-dipendente_(Neologismi)/&quot;&gt;shopping-dipendente&lt;/a&gt; or … &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/shopaholic_(Neologismi)/&quot;&gt;shopaholic&lt;/a&gt;, both derived from English. You may also try to use &quot;acquistomaniaco/a&quot;, derived from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/acquistomania_(Neologismi)/&quot;&gt;acquistomania&lt;/a&gt;, only in playful, ironic contexts though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably the best alternatives are &quot;oniomaniaco/a&quot; and &quot;shopping-dipendente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-08-04T04:31:14.983" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2145" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2146" CreationDate="2014-08-05T00:51:35.497" Score="7" ViewCount="802" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a blog on Italian language to which I subscribe the writer used the idiom &quot;schiacciare un pisolino&quot;. I love to know how language comes about and am very curious to know why one would squash a little nap. Does anyone know the origin of this term?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-08-06T02:19:15.993" LastActivityDate="2014-08-06T02:19:15.993" Title="Why do you say &quot;schiacciare un pisolino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2145" CreationDate="2014-08-05T06:36:06.573" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pesolo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Pesolo&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is from latin &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pēnsĭlis&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, hanging. It was used by Dante Alighieri in the Divine Comedy (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/a/alighieri/la_divina_commedia/html/testo_01.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Inferno, XXVIII&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E ’l capo tronco tenea per le chiome&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pesol con mano a guisa di lanterna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pisolino/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Pisolino&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is diminutive of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pisolo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pisolo&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, derived from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pisolare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pisolare&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and this from &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pesolo&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;. The image is that of a heavy head, reclining, due to drowsiness. Note that these are all associated with &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pensum&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, supine of &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pendĕre&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;to measure&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, whence &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;peso&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;weight&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Curiously &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pennica&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; is from &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pendicare&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, similar in etymology to &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;pisolare&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Agnolo Bronzino (1503-1572) used &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;stiacciare un sonnellino&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;a href=&quot;http://ww2.bibliotecaitaliana.it/xtf/view?docId=bibit001679/bibit001679.xml&amp;amp;chunk.id=d7186e15873&amp;amp;toc.depth=1&amp;amp;brand=bibit&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Rime in burla. Lo spedale&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E dopo desinare un sonnellino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;puoi stiacciare e poi desto trattenerti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con qualche altro malato tuo vicino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/03-03-2009/schiacciare_un_pisolino-1212404.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ivana Palomba&lt;/a&gt;, a user of Giorgio De Rienzo and Vittoria Haziel's forum &lt;em&gt;Scioglilingua&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;Il Corriere della Sera&lt;/em&gt;, the origin of this expression can be found in the Florentine goldsmith tradition (!) where molten gold was removed from the mould and left to rest. They used the verb &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;stiacciare&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; to indicate the molten gold resting and solidifying (&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;stiacciare&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; is Florentine for Italian &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;schiacciare&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;). This happened at night, and in the meantime the goldsmith went to … squash a little nap.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no idea where Palomba got this interpretation and whether or not it is a reliable source: it seems a bit elaborate, but quite plausible. Anyway, I wasn't able to find a better source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-05T07:00:28.587" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2147" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2158" CreationDate="2014-08-06T13:25:56.720" Score="4" ViewCount="1493" Body="&lt;p&gt;In occasione del 28 maggio, sono comparsi volantini e manifesti con lo slogan &quot;&lt;strong&gt;nessuna memoria condivisa&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;. Cosa significa, esattamente, &lt;em&gt;memoria condivisa&lt;/em&gt;, nel suo significato sociologico [in opposizione a quello informatico]? Memoria di cosa, e soprattutto, condivisa da chi?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Visto l'utilizzo, sospetto che questa sia un'espressione a sé stante, ma non ho trovato alcuna spiegazione del suo significato né su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.com/search?q=%22memoria%20condivisa%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google&lt;/a&gt; né su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/memoria-condivisa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-08-06T16:31:47.003" LastActivityDate="2014-08-08T02:14:48.703" Title="Cos'è la &quot;memoria condivisa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2148" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-06T19:58:48.190" Score="9" ViewCount="7520" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does this phrase mean?&#xA;What is an equivalent expression in English, and could you give some examples of usage?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="797" LastActivityDate="2016-07-26T12:18:41.783" Title="What does &quot;ci mancherebbe altro&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2149" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-06T20:05:10.947" Score="4" ViewCount="805" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between these two gestures:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;tips of fingers and tip of thumb together on one hand, pointing upwards, often with an up-and-down movement (i.e. the classic &quot;Che vuoi?&quot; gesture)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;tips of fingers of left hand lightly touching those of right hand, with the tips of the thumb of each hand also touching (separately), with an up-and-down movement&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that the two gestures are very similar, and all I can observe is that the first gesture is more aggressive.  How should they be used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="797" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:05:03.487" LastActivityDate="2014-08-14T13:11:21.987" Title="What is the difference between two gestures (&quot;gesti&quot;)" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;gestures&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2150" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-06T20:13:31.577" Score="21" ViewCount="41728" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand that one meaning of &quot;figurati&quot; is something like &quot;don't mention it&quot;, i.e. in response to &quot;grazie&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I've seen it is used in many more contexts than that, as an expression of surprise, something like &quot;you don't say&quot;.  It's difficult for me to understand the meaning of this phrase, and how the different contexts tie together.  How can I understand the meaning of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="797" LastActivityDate="2019-10-28T05:38:58.593" Title="What does &quot;figurati&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2143" CreationDate="2014-08-06T20:18:25.080" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As this would no doubt be a &quot;cool&quot; word, I have no doubt in my mind that most Italians would say &quot;shopaholic&quot;—assuming they understood what it meant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You hear people say &quot;lo shopping&quot; instead of their own (Italian) word, come on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="797" LastActivityDate="2014-08-06T20:18:25.080" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2149" CreationDate="2014-08-06T21:22:47.307" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second one is something like &quot;oh, please! Come on! Don't you get what you're saying is just nonsense?&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Unite hands, like in a prayer, and make the same up-and-down movement is much like a weaker version.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The first one you're talking about can have the same meaning as the second one. In this case you usually tilt your head to the right (if you've used the right hand), and you give the other person a look that speaks volumes (oh, please, are you listening to yourself?!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2014-08-06T21:22:47.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2148" CreationDate="2014-08-06T21:46:12.693" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can be used as an answer to &lt;em&gt;&quot;Grazie&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, like &lt;em&gt;&quot;prego&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;non c'è di che&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;figurati&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, but I dare say is the stronger one. To say something stronger you should come up with a long sentence, like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ma assolutamente, (non pensarci nemmeno) ci mancherebbe altro!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, you're refusing the idea the other person owes you something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its other meaning... well, the meaning is actually the same one, but the situation you're using it changes, so it doesn't appear so... Like I was saying, the &quot;other meaning&quot; is something like &lt;em&gt;&quot;that's out of discussion&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;it's not gonna happen&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;that's preposterous!&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.  For example, you could say, &quot;ci mancherebbe [altro] che dopo quello che è successo ti perdoni&quot;: &quot;ci mancherebbe che ti perdoni&quot; could be accurately translated as &quot;there's no way I can forgive you&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The literal meaning is &quot;(if what you're talking about would actually happen/go through/...) then something would be missing&quot;.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imagine you've received an absurd request, and the other person tells you &lt;em&gt;&quot;Well, are you gonna do me this favor?&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. you could say &lt;em&gt;&quot;And then what? I could clean your apartment and call you master for the rest of my life!?!&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, that's what's missing, an even more absurd request, which is unbelievable and still what you've been asked is not that different in its absurdity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, there's another use, the one Matteo was talking about in a comment.  This too comes after a request, but you can use it to express your agreement (!).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Yeah, the very opposite of the previous one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It depends on context, tone of voice etc. but you can also be more explicit.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The basic idea is the same one: &quot;(If......) then something would be missing&quot;.&#xA;Let's say someone asks you to stay at your place. You have two choice. You could answer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma ci mancherebbe altro (che ti ospitassi), non pensarci nemmeno!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The absurd idea is that you let him stay (&quot;che ti ospitassi&quot; means &quot;that I let you stay&quot;. Here you're refusing the request, as we already said.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However you could answer with something apparently similar, that means the opposite&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma ci mancherebbe altro (che NON ti ospitassi), non devi nemmeno chiederlo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This time, the absurd idea you can express or not, as you like, the one between parentheses, is the opposite, &quot;che NON ti ospitassi&quot; (that I won't let you stay). So with your expression &quot;ci mancherebbe altro&quot; you're saying that the opposite of the request you received is an absurd idea!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do remember you can always add something to be perfectly clear.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In this last example you can add &quot;you don't even have to ask!&quot; (non devi nemmeno chiederlo) to refuse the idea you may not listen to the other person's request.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Likewise you may add &quot;don't even think about it&quot; in the previous one, when your intention was to refuse the request.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastEditorUserId="714" LastEditDate="2014-08-08T15:04:54.473" LastActivityDate="2014-08-08T15:04:54.473" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2150" CreationDate="2014-08-07T10:50:16.787" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Figurati&quot; is equivalent to the English expressions 'don't mention it' or 'not at all'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be used also in different context to express  negative reactions or expectations. Usage is important  to familiarise with this expression. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Figurati se vado in vacanza con i miei genitori!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  No way/don't expect that I go on holiday with my parents! &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Figurati se il mio partito vince  le elezioni!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  No chance that my political party is going to win  the elections. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the implicit subject for &quot;figurati&quot; is &quot;tu&quot;; in a formal conversation, you would rather say &quot;si figuri&quot;, which employs &quot;Lei&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-10T07:53:55.863" LastActivityDate="2014-08-10T07:53:55.863" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2147" CreationDate="2014-08-07T13:32:03.277" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che il concetto di memoria &lt;em&gt;condivisa&lt;/em&gt; possa essere considerato equivalente a quello di memoria &lt;em&gt;collettiva&lt;/em&gt;. Quindi la memoria condivisa è quell'insieme di eventi storici, ricordi e ricorrenze che è posseduto da un gruppo generico di individui, sia esso una setta, un partito, una popolazione. La &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Memoria_collettiva&quot;&gt;pagina&lt;/a&gt; di Wikipedia relativa alla memoria collettiva sembra esporre un concetto molto simile a quello contenuto nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.presentepassato.it/150_anni/2_Memoria/prob_mem11-margalit_memoria_mito.htm&quot;&gt;pagina&lt;/a&gt; riportata da @randomatlabuser. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastActivityDate="2014-08-07T13:32:03.277" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2150" CreationDate="2014-08-07T16:26:20.860" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Figurati&quot; or  &quot;si figuri&quot; are used in response to &quot;scusami&quot; or &quot;mi scusi&quot; respectively, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="799" LastActivityDate="2014-08-07T16:26:20.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2147" CreationDate="2014-08-07T23:14:09.717" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con la locuzione 'memoria condivisa' si intende l'insieme degli eventi che due o più persone ricordano con la medesima empatia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-08-07T23:14:09.717" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2147" CreationDate="2014-08-08T00:41:55.733" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mettendo insieme gli spunti forniti da &lt;em&gt;uomoinverde&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;Elberich Schneider&lt;/em&gt;, azzardo un'interpretazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;'memoria condivisa'&lt;/em&gt; si intende un insieme di racconti storici o mitici che mantengono vivi in una data comunità senso d'identità, valori, ideali, aspirazioni, usanze, contribuendo insieme ad altri fattori a far da collante tra gli aderenti a quella comunità stessa. Tali racconti debbono essere tali da suscitare emozioni e valutazioni simili e concordi tra i più, o almeno tra chi conta di più, ma senza suscitare eccessivi contrasti, senza scatenare eccessive conflittualità nella&#xA;comunità più ampia. Forse questa è la differenza rispetto alla &lt;em&gt;'memoria collettiva'&lt;/em&gt; citata da &lt;em&gt;uomoinverde&lt;/em&gt; che invece mi sembra possa contenere racconti molto discordi tra di loro, e quindi non abbia la funzione di collante: in questo caso la &lt;em&gt;'memoria condivisa'&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe considerarsi un sottoinsieme della &lt;em&gt;'memoria collettiva'&lt;/em&gt;? Da notare però che &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collective_memory&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; si dice che la memoria collettiva è anche condivisa, nel senso di &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot;, e si mette in collegamento con altri concetti quali &lt;em&gt;'intelligenza collettiva'&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;'coscienza collettiva'&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;'conoscenza distribuita'&lt;/em&gt;: secondo me è &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot; solo nel senso che è generata collettivamente e quindi a disposizione di tutti, ma non tale da generare le stesse risposte emotive come suggerito invece dall'aggettivo italiano &amp;quot;condiviso&amp;quot; che mi sembra più forte dell'inglese &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, per fare un esempio, i fatti relativi ad alcune stragi italiane, tra i quali la Strage di Portella della Ginestra (1947), la Strage di Piazza Fontana (1969), la Strage di Piazza della Loggia (1974), la Strage della stazione di Bologna (1980), le Stragi di Capaci e Via D'Amelio (1993), appartenengono tutti alla memoria collettiva italiana, tutti li ricordano; ma i racconti sono discordi, non è una memoria condivisa, le ricorrenze vengono vissute con emozioni contrapposte e tali non da rafforzare il senso d'identità nazionale quanto piuttosto tali da scatenare conflittualità aperte e apparentemente insanabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per come lo capisco io, il concetto di &lt;em&gt;'memoria condivisa'&lt;/em&gt; è associato a quello di &lt;em&gt;'mito fondante'&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;fondativo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.deportati.it/static/upl/pr/present_cereda.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato alcune opinioni interessanti, ne cito un paio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La memoria è soggettiva, non può essere condivisa; può essere confrontata, ma non condivisa. Ciò che si può cercare di condividere non è una memoria, ma una storia (Walter Barberis)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Memoria collettiva […] non equivale necessariamente a memoria condivisa […]: perché l‟una rimanda ad un unico passato, cui nessuno di noi può sottrarsi e che coincide appunto con la nostra storia; mentre l‟altra sembra presumere un‟operazione più o meno forzosa di azzeramento delle identità e di occultamento delle differenze. Il rischio di una memoria condivisa è una &amp;quot;smemoratezza parteggiata&amp;quot;, la comunione della dimenticanza. (Sergio Luzzatto)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.presentepassato.it/150_anni/2_Memoria/00_memoria_intervento_fabio.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; c'è invece un discorso più ampio in cui si discute di memoria collettiva, condivisa, comune, pubblica, uso pubblico della storia, e altro. Ma ci stiamo allontanando dalla lingua italiana per addentrarci nei meandri insidiosi della filosofia, della storia, della sociologia e della politica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-08T02:14:48.703" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2149" CreationDate="2014-08-08T08:19:58.350" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your observation is correct: the first gesture carries an aggressive feel, whereas the second one is more apt to a lecture, specifically a telling-off. However, I think there is also a subtle difference in meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we were to &quot;translate&quot; the first gesture into words, the result would be akin to either &quot;che vuoi?&quot; o &quot;ma cosa dici?&quot;, in an aggressive tone: respectively, you're displaying your annoyment with the other person and &quot;mocking&quot; them for making a statement you deem to be fake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second one, instead, would sound more like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;ma per favore&quot;, that is, &quot;come on! [That's obviously false!]&quot;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;I'm disappointed with what I'm talking about, I can't stand it&quot; - this is how you would translate it, when a person is complaining about something, or lecturing you.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, I believe the first gesture is more typical of southern regions, but don't quote me on that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-08-08T08:19:58.350" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2150" CreationDate="2014-08-09T21:50:20.750" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/figurare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;figurare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is directly from Latin, &lt;em&gt;figurare&lt;/em&gt;, derived from &lt;em&gt;figura&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;image&lt;/em&gt;, and this from &lt;em&gt;fingĕre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to shape&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to model&lt;/em&gt;. It has always been used in Italian since the very beginning (Dante, Boccaccio, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Figurarsi&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;figurare a sé&lt;/em&gt;, to mentally depict a real or hypothetic person, thing or situation, without possessing any previous experience, with the aim to figure out how it would be for real.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Figùrati&lt;/em&gt; is imperative mood, &lt;em&gt;figure it out by yourself&lt;/em&gt;, and is used to resolutely confirm or deny. It usually means &lt;em&gt;of course not&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;yes, of course&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can you distinguish between the two opposite meanings? By the context, body language, face expressions, etc., there is no other way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Disturbo?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ma figùrati», smiling in a friendly way --&amp;gt; «Of course not!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Disturbo?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ma figùrati», smiling with gritted teeth --&amp;gt; «Of course you are, can't you figure it out by yourself? And, of course, if you can't, I can't do it for you and let you know - I just hope you can make it quick and leave soon».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-09T21:50:20.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2161" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2162" CreationDate="2014-08-11T04:48:06.497" Score="7" ViewCount="544" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have decided to be very brave and put my Italian out there in a blog. I will admit that the first entry I am writing is mostly done from a translator site but I want to try it on my own eventually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my first entry, I am writing about how I came to be so interested in Italy and the language. I want to say about the person who first made me focus on Italian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;He made the language sing&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The translator gave me &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lui fa cantare dalla lingua.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which translates back as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;He does sing in a language.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which does not say what I want to say. Can someone help me, please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Based on the advice given, I have edited my composition and published on my new blog -&lt;a href=&quot;http://iosonoinitalia.wordpress.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://iosonoinitalia.wordpress.com/&lt;/a&gt; Polite critic of my Italian is always wlecome there :)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="785" LastEditDate="2014-08-12T06:06:40.873" LastActivityDate="2014-10-19T13:40:40.100" Title="How would I translate &quot;He makes the language sing.&quot; into Italian" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2161" CreationDate="2014-08-11T07:50:15.433" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no literal equivalent to &quot;making a language sing&quot;, we don't have any such idiom. A literal translation would be &lt;em&gt;far cantare una lingua&lt;/em&gt;: an educated native speaker would understand what you mean, although it isn't a common idiom -  in fact, I never heard it.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;A more natural translation would be something along the lines of &quot;esaltare la &lt;em&gt;musicalità&lt;/em&gt; della lingua&quot;: in my opinion, that's how a native speaker would translate it. In your case, you could write &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi ha fatto apprezzare la musicalità dell'italiano.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  They made me appreciate the music-like aspect of spoken Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a final note, your translator failed quite a bit. The literal translation of &quot;he made the language sing&quot; is &quot;[lui] ha fatto cantare la lingua&quot;; the translation it gave said &quot;lui fa cantare dalla lingua&quot;, which doesn't make any sense, as it literally means: &quot;he makes singing from the tongue&quot;, but could be also interpreted as &quot;he makes people sing from the language&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="943" LastEditDate="2014-10-19T13:40:40.100" LastActivityDate="2014-10-19T13:40:40.100" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2161" CreationDate="2014-08-11T08:28:41.810" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think an appropriate translation is :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mi fece apprezzare la sonorità della lingua italiana. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/S/sonorita.aspx?query=sonorit%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sonorità&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fig. Ricchezza di suono, riferito a espressioni linguistiche:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;la s. dei versi del Monti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-11T09:47:15.113" LastActivityDate="2014-08-11T09:47:15.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1453" CreationDate="2014-08-11T10:13:37.223" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, here is my 2 cents:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cosare&lt;/em&gt; is very informal and slightly humorous in tone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find if &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; hard to capture its &lt;em&gt;tone&lt;/em&gt; in English, and as a native speaker of Italian I think that &amp;quot;doing stuff with the thing&amp;quot; doesn't quite cut it, although it's pretty close.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The thing is, &amp;quot;cosa&amp;quot; is a &lt;strong&gt;noun&lt;/strong&gt; which is used as a verb, which is somewhat less common in Italian than in English - e.g. we say &amp;quot;cercare su Google&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Google it&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Googlare&amp;quot; still sounds wrong to the native ear - it is pretty much a &lt;em&gt;deliberate act&lt;/em&gt; of grammatical sabotage, which is why it's both &lt;em&gt;humorous&lt;/em&gt; in tone and &lt;em&gt;low-registry&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It′s hard to give a translation of &amp;quot;cosare&amp;quot; because it basically &lt;em&gt;doesn′t mean anything&lt;/em&gt;, it′s essentially a placeholder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To convey the meaning as well as the tone I think one should &lt;strong&gt;rewrite the entire sentence&lt;/strong&gt; in, well, pretty much this style, using a bit of creativity: &lt;a href=&quot;http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/BuffySpeak&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/BuffySpeak&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Any of a variety of speech patterns used to indicate that a character, while&#xA;intelligent, is perhaps too young, too inexperienced and/or&#xA;insufficiently educated (or simply talks too fast) to properly express&#xA;the complex ideas and thoughts that they clearly possess.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;One of the most obvious elements is a &lt;strong&gt;lack of relevant vocabulary&lt;/strong&gt;, leading to both&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;unconventional adjectival-noun structures like &amp;quot;shooty-gun thing&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, and incomplete, floundering similes that turn back on themselves in&#xA;frustration: &amp;quot;That idea went over like... like... like a thing that&#xA;doesn't go over very well.&amp;quot; Metaphorgotten is frequently a side&#xA;effect. Often includes Oh God, with the Verbing! or similar. And&#xA;sometimes Name McAdjective is employed.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice &amp;quot;lack of relevant vocabulary&amp;quot; (check) and &amp;quot;unconventional structures&amp;quot; (check).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Taking  a (perhaps extreme) example from that wiki:&#xA;&amp;quot;People Who Fight And Stuff For Money And It's Fake&amp;quot; (meaning professional wrestlers) would probably be aptly rendered in Italian as &amp;quot;i tizi muscolosi in costume che si &lt;strong&gt;cosano&lt;/strong&gt; per finta&amp;quot; (~~the ripped, costumed guys who fake-&lt;em&gt;cosano&lt;/em&gt; each other).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope it helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-11T10:13:37.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2165" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-11T22:58:18.717" Score="8" ViewCount="8557" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo un giornale, ho notato questo titolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Avevamo prenotato tutto // il dietrofront del governo &lt;strong&gt;è stato&lt;/strong&gt; l'ultima umiliazione&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire 'è stato' lì, o si dovrebbe dire 'è stata'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è, se esiste, la regola che governa questa struttura morfosintattica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/qm0Rx.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T09:09:32.857" LastActivityDate="2020-02-21T11:23:51.340" Title="Quando usare &quot;è stato&quot; o &quot;è stata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2165" CreationDate="2014-08-12T01:01:53.390" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le declinazioni sono valide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dietrofront è stato l'ultima umiliazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;Il dietrofront&amp;quot; è il soggetto;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;È stato&amp;quot; è il &lt;em&gt;verbo&lt;/em&gt;, o più in particolare la &lt;em&gt;copula&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;L'ultima umiliazione&amp;quot; è il &lt;em&gt;nome&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;È stato l'ultima umiliazione&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è un elemento a sé stante detto &amp;quot;predicato nominale&amp;quot;. A differenza del predicato verbale, in questo caso il verbo può &lt;strong&gt;concordare&lt;/strong&gt; o con il soggetto, o con il nome del predicato. Perciò, è altrettanto corretto dire &amp;quot;Il dietrofront è stato l'ultima umiliazione&amp;quot;, e &amp;quot;Il dietrofront è stata l'ultima umiliazione&amp;quot;, le due espressioni sono equivalenti (anche nella frequenza di utilizzo, oserei dire).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/concordanza_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;concordanza&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è quella regola per cui diverse parti del discorso (in questo caso, 'soggetto e verbo' o 'verbo e nome del predicato') condividono il genere, il numero e la persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il predicato verbale, la concordanza può avvenire solamente tra soggetto e verbo. Per quanto riguarda il predicato nominale, questa può avvenire o tra soggetto e verbo, o tra verbo e nome del predicato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si vuole far concordare la copula e il nome del predicato, bisogna fare attenzione in primo luogo a non confondere il predicato verbale con quello &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Predicato_nominale&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;nominale&lt;/a&gt;, cosa che non sempre riesce facilmente anche ai madrelingua italiani (che pure adoperano questa seconda forma &amp;quot;inconsciamente&amp;quot;, senza riflettere se si tratti di predicato verbale o nominale, perchè viene loro naturale).&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;In alternativa, si può andare sul sicuro e coniugare sempre il soggetto con il verbo. Questa è la &lt;em&gt;rule of thumb&lt;/em&gt; che consiglierei a uno studente di italiano, perchè consente di costruire più velocemente una frase corretta senza alterare la scorrevolezza del discorso o introdurre forme poco naturali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-12T01:51:44.513" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="86" CreationDate="2014-08-12T08:41:24.513" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was a kid, my teacher would correct &quot;scordare&quot; by saying &quot;you are not a guitar&quot;. The joke was that &quot;scordare&quot; sounds like the opposite of &quot;accordare&quot; (to tune). Because of this early imprinting, I tend to use &quot;&lt;em&gt;dimenticare&lt;/em&gt;&quot; but I noticed that &quot;&lt;em&gt;scordare&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is being used more and more in everyday Italian.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="803" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-12T12:47:39.150" LastActivityDate="2014-08-12T12:47:39.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1412" CreationDate="2014-08-12T08:44:09.860" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is more and more common and it drives me crazy. I would not use it but it is useful to know that some speakers might be using it in the wrong way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="803" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-12T12:47:43.223" LastActivityDate="2014-08-12T12:47:43.223" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2169" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2240" CreationDate="2014-08-12T09:06:13.410" Score="9" ViewCount="658" Body="&lt;p&gt;On Sicilia there are a number of towns or cities that end with &quot;usa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples include: Ragusa, Siracusa, and Ravanusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;usa&quot; mean anything specific, like burgh (Pittsburgh) or ville (Jacksonville, Bartlesville)? And does it come from another language in the same way that burgh comes from German and ville comes village from Middle English from Old French from Latin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for any help - I'm just curious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="804" LastActivityDate="2019-10-09T18:50:56.810" Title="What does -usa suffix mean in town names?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2170" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2171" CreationDate="2014-08-12T09:49:44.783" Score="7" ViewCount="1995" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è il sostantivo che descrive l'azione dell'impersonare: &quot;impersonazione&quot; o &quot;impersonamento&quot;?&lt;br&gt;Cercando i termini online ho trovato utilizzi per tutt'e due: per citare un esempio, esistono due libri dai titoli &quot;Persona e &lt;em&gt;impersonazione&lt;/em&gt;: Uso rituale delle maschere presso gli Zuni&quot; e &quot;Classificatori e &lt;em&gt;impersonamento&lt;/em&gt; nella lingua dei segni italiana&quot;.&lt;br&gt;Consultando vocabolari online della lingua italiana non ho, invece, trovato definizioni per nessuna delle due parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="805" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:18:57.623" Title="Qual è il sostantivo per &quot;Impersonare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2170" CreationDate="2014-08-12T11:09:32.600" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=impersonamento%2C%20impersonazione&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt; sembra indicare che i due termini sono usati all'incirca con la stessa frequenza, anche se apparentemente negli ultimi anni l'uso di &lt;em&gt;impersonazione&lt;/em&gt; pare più comune. Google Search (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=impersonazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=impersonamento&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;) conferma questo &lt;em&gt;trend&lt;/em&gt;, fornendo 900 risultati per &lt;em&gt;impersonamento&lt;/em&gt; contro i 3.800  di &lt;em&gt;impersonazione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò non significa che &lt;em&gt;impersonamento&lt;/em&gt; abbia una connotazione antiquata, o che non suoni altrettanto &quot;naturale&quot;; tra le due parole non c'è nessuna sfumatura di significato, e un interlocutore comprenderà entrambi i termini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-08-12T11:09:32.600" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2172" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-12T17:05:41.347" Score="6" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you please translate the sentence below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non rimpiango le persone che ho perso col tempo, &#xA;  ma rimpiango il tempo che ho perso con certe persone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="806" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-09T14:04:40.253" LastActivityDate="2018-02-09T14:04:40.253" Title="Meaning of a sentence with chiastic structure" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2172" CreationDate="2014-08-12T17:16:09.347" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would translate it as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I have no regrets about the people whom I've lost over time, but I regret the&#xA;  time I've lost with certain people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T09:05:50.513" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T09:05:50.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2170" CreationDate="2014-08-12T20:22:42.937" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso si debba dire che sono, oramai, entrambe scorrette, perché completamente in disuso. La risposta alla domanda &quot;qual'è il sostantivo per impersonare?&quot;, in vari casi è &quot;imitazione&quot;. Se invece si tratta di una situazione che non permette l'uso di questo termine, si usa l'infinito o l'infinito passato:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He was arrested for &lt;em&gt;impersonating&lt;/em&gt; a police officer&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  È stato arrestato per l'imitazione di un agente di polizia (*)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  È stato arrestato per aver impersonato un agente di polizia &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Identicamente, volendo riscrivere oggigiorno le frasi che suggerivi penso andrebbero cambiate (a meno di volersi atteggiare ad esperti del campo che coniano o riesumano il linguaggio di settore)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La persona e l'impersonare: Uso rituale delle maschere presso gli Zuni&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &quot;I classificatori e l'impersonare nella lingua dei segni italiana&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2014-08-12T20:22:42.937" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2178" CreationDate="2014-08-13T00:55:55.037" Score="3" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa se il suffisso latino &lt;em&gt;-osus&lt;/em&gt;, da cui deriva il suffisso aggettivale denominale &lt;em&gt;-oso&lt;/em&gt; in italiano (&lt;em&gt;pieno di, ricco di, portatore di&lt;/em&gt;), derivi a sua volta dal greco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile che l'origine sia il participio presente nominativo singolare e plurale &lt;em&gt;οὖσα&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;οὖσαι&lt;/em&gt; del verbo essere &lt;em&gt;εἰμί&lt;/em&gt;? (Il dubbio mi è venuto leggendo il commento di egreg &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2169/what-does-usa-suffix-mean-in-town-names&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-20T19:14:44.263" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T19:14:44.263" Title="Etimologia del suffisso -oso" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2176" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-13T05:06:10.787" Score="1" ViewCount="617" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am preparing a new entry about the 1966 flood in Firenze for my blog. I want to say &quot;after many days of rain&quot;. Is there a good way to translate this phrase, please? I am not sure if it's straight forward or it more complicated?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="785" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T10:34:19.873" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T10:34:19.873" Title="How would I say &quot;After many days of rain&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ClosedDate="2014-08-13T09:38:18.643" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2176" CreationDate="2014-08-13T08:07:41.407" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would translate it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo tanti giorni di pioggia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T08:26:25.257" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T08:26:25.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2175" CreationDate="2014-08-13T08:58:05.387" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo fonti accademiche, è una opinione comune ma scorretta.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È stato spesso considerato che aggettivi in &lt;em&gt;-osus&lt;/em&gt; appartenevano alla lingua epica ed erano influenzati da loro equivalenti greci &lt;em&gt;-οεις&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;πολυ-&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia P.E. Knox dimostra che questo punto di vista dovrebbe essere cambiato, e che la formazione proviene dalla tradizione romana, soprattutto dal vocabolario descrittivo di latino rustico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(traduzione libera da &lt;em&gt;Chantal Kircher, 2010, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.studia.ubbcluj.ro/download/pdf/564.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Formations latines en -osus et formations françaises en -eux&lt;/a&gt;. Philologia, 4/2010, 99-110.&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;Vedi anche &lt;em&gt;Peter E. Knox, 1986, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jstor.org/stable/40266741&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Adjectives in -osus and Latin Poetic Diction&lt;/a&gt;. Glotta&#xA;64. Bd., 1./2. H., pp. 90-101.&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-20T18:28:53.930" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T18:28:53.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2169" CreationDate="2014-08-13T10:55:45.667" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thre is no particular meaning attached to -usa, it is not a suffix.&#xA;The fact that the three mentioned towns have the same ending is not related to etymology, is simply fortuitous.&#xA;The towns were founded in different ages by different people speaking different languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;considerare -usa come un suffisso e un suffisso di toponimi é solo una forzatura che può essere suggestiva ma non è legittima. Basta confrontare l'etimologia delle varie città &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ravanusa&lt;/strong&gt; viene dal greco &quot;raphanusa&quot; dove -usa non é un suffisso &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ragusa&lt;/strong&gt; viene dall'&lt;em&gt;Arabo&lt;/em&gt; &quot;Rakkusa&quot;, fu fondata dai &lt;em&gt;bizantini&lt;/em&gt; e con i greci o il greco non c'entra proprio niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usando questo metodo disinvolto, perché non aggiungere &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Susa&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; (toponimo di origine gallico) o tutte le città italiane che terminano in -usa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suffissi della Toponomastica italiana sono stati studiati per secoli e classificati da specialisti. &lt;em&gt;Non si può improvvisare&lt;/em&gt;, se si vuole portare un contributo scientifico bisogna documentare l'origine e mostrare il significato del suffisso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2019-10-09T18:50:56.810" LastActivityDate="2019-10-09T18:50:56.810" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2181" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2183" CreationDate="2014-08-13T11:15:04.130" Score="1" ViewCount="1246" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra &quot;precedente&quot; e &quot;previo&quot;? In un colloquio di lavoro, ad esempio, è corretto dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Quali sono le sue esperienze di lavoro &lt;em&gt;previe&lt;/em&gt;?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure si dovrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Quali sono le sue esperienze di lavoro &lt;em&gt;precedenti&lt;/em&gt;?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T11:34:44.850" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:26:19.510" Title="&quot;Precedente&quot; versus &quot;previo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2181" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:14:10.453" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;previo&lt;/em&gt; non può essere usato con funzione predicativa.&#xA;Si puo usare davanti a un sostantivo in quella che si chiama &lt;em&gt;costruzione assoluta&lt;/em&gt;, che richiama il classico &lt;em&gt;ablativo assoluto&lt;/em&gt; (in latino)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dunque dire &quot;le mie precedenti esperienze&quot; o &quot;le mie esperienze precedenti&quot;,&#xA;ma non &quot;le mie previe esperienze&quot; e sopratutto non &quot;&lt;em&gt;le mie esperenze previe&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;previo&lt;/strong&gt; pagamento della tassa di soggiorno&quot;, significa :&quot; &lt;strong&gt;essendo avvenuto/ dopo che sia stato effettuato&lt;/strong&gt; il pagamento....&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come notato, questo appartiene al linguaggio della burocrazia, ma può essere usato in maniera scherzosa o ironica &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:26:19.510" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:26:19.510" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2181" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:14:24.210" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In generale, &lt;em&gt;previo&lt;/em&gt; ha un utilizzo diverso. Lo si trova spesso in forme come &lt;em&gt;previo accordo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;previo consenso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;previo pagamento&lt;/em&gt;, nel significato di &quot;a condizione che&quot;. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Agiremo previo consenso dell'interessato&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è un classico esempio per questa frase, che si potrebbe trovare in un contratto e in genere in documenti legali. Significa &quot;a condizione che l'interessato ci dia il consenso, noi agiremo&quot;; &quot;agiremo, solo se l'interessato ci darà il consenso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Previo&lt;/em&gt; letteralmente significa &quot;precedente&quot;, ma viene usato solo in contesti burocratici (nei testi scritti più che nelle comunicazioni orali) o negli avvisi sui giornali. Utilizzarlo in contesti diversi susciterebbe perplessità nell'interlocutore, a causa dell'inusuale formalità della parola; è d'obbligo usare &lt;em&gt;precedente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rispondere specificamente alla tua domanda, un colloquio di lavoro non rientra nei &quot;contesti burocratici&quot; citati prima, quindi è opportuno usare &lt;em&gt;precedenti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:14:24.210" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2185" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:31:34.313" Score="8" ViewCount="9895" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedevo se qualcuno potesse darmi una spiegazione tecnica della differenza fra &quot;avrei dovuto/voluto/potuto&quot; e &quot;dovevo/volevo/potevo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente ho sempre percepito la variante con &quot;avrei&quot; come una frase che descrive qualcosa di meno importante rispetto alla controparte con l'imperfetto. Ad esempio &quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&quot; mi sembra abbia meno enfasi di &quot;dovevo chiamarlo&quot;. Quindi &quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&quot; mi trasmette che sarebbe stato  meglio chiamarlo ma che non importa poi molto se non l'ho fatto (o almeno non importa come importerebbe se usassi &quot;dovevo&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, se presi così singolarmente e senza contesto, &quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&quot; mi fa capire chiaramente che non ho chiamato mentre &quot;dovevo chiamarlo&quot; potrebbe anche essere parte di &quot;non ho potuto farne a meno, dovevo chiamarlo...&quot; dove è quindi chiaro che invece ho chiamato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se torniamo per un momento alle due varianti prese singolarmente (&quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&quot; e &quot;dovevo chiamarlo&quot;), se supponiamo per entrambe che non abbiamo chiamato (qui manca il contesto ma facciamo questa supposizione per un momento), allora potrebbero sembrare uguali. Questo è quello che mi hanno detto due insegnanti di italiano di professione. Secondo me invece non sono uguali ma c'è una sfumatura di significato che da meno enfasi alla frase con &quot;avrei&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se potete fornire una spiegazione tecnica ve ne sarei grato. Se possibile includete varianti con &quot;volevo&quot; e &quot;potevo&quot; nel caso ci sia differenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="232" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T14:11:58.127" LastActivityDate="2019-07-14T10:01:31.633" Title="&quot;avrei dovuto/voluto/potuto&quot; VS &quot;dovevo/volevo/potevo&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2184" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:44:22.047" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La spiegazione più chiara, più semplice e allo stesso tempo più tecnica sta nell'analisi grammaticale: un &lt;em&gt;[indicativo] imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; e un &lt;em&gt;condizionale passato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il secondo ha solo una interpretazione di una condizione/possibilità che non è avvenuta.&#xA;Come giustamente sai e dici:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&quot; mi fa capire chiaramente che non ho chiamato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'imperfetto ha molteplici interpretazioni che dipendono dal contesto. Senza contesto sono tutte perfettamente legittime.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;..&lt;strong&gt;.dovevo chiamarlo&lt;/strong&gt; ....&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;..., ma non avevo il coraggio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... e poi m'è uscito di mente/ e non ho trovato un telefono/ non ho fatto in tempo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...eppure non l'avevo fatto/ perché non lo facevo?&lt;strong&gt;/perché non l'avevo fatto?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...l'avrei fatto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;..., era un imperativo categorico!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...prima che fosse troppo tardi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;..., oppure no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se torniamo per un momento alle due varianti prese singolarmente&#xA;  (&quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&quot; e &quot;dovevo chiamarlo&quot;), se supponiamo per&#xA;  entrambe che non abbiamo chiamato (qui &lt;strong&gt;manca il contesto ma facciamo&#xA;  questa supposizione&lt;/strong&gt; per un momento), allora potrebbero sembrare&#xA;  uguali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Senza contesto le due forme &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; possono essere considerate &lt;em&gt;equivalenti&lt;/em&gt; (uguali non lo sono mai comunque). Se manca il contesto non puoi fare nessuna supposizione. Anche nella lingua parlata, in qualsiasi registro  : &quot;...dovevo chiamarlo...&quot; non può dare nessuna informazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;se li consideriamo per un momento in un &lt;strong&gt;contesto con parità di&#xA;  significato&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo (ma non l'ho fatto)&quot; e &quot;dovevo&#xA;  chiamarlo (ma non l'ho fatto)&quot;, pensi che la mia impressione, sul&#xA;  fatto che &quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&quot; dia meno rilievo al mancato dovere,&#xA;  sia corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che trae in inganno te e &lt;em&gt;silvia&lt;/em&gt; è che quello che chiami il contesto (&lt;em&gt;con parità di significato&lt;/em&gt; non ha senso), cioè l'informazione su ciò che e poi accaduto, può essere sottinteso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricapitoliamo: &lt;em&gt;&quot;avrei dovuto chiamarlo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; contiene l'informazione di per sé, è chiaro&#xA;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;dovevo chiamarlo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; non la contiene e permette quindi tutte le varianti date sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora vediamo cosa ti porta fuori strada:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maria a Rosa: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Carlo si è offeso! ...&quot;&lt;/em&gt; Questa frase è ellittica perché l'informazione (su ciò che  è accaduto) è nota ai due parlanti. (ma ancora non a te)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rosa a Maria: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Eh, sì...(che stupida)...dovevo chiamarlo....&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Questo caso rientra fra le varianti di cui sopra (probabilmente la seconda), la frase è incompleta perché l'informazione condivisa è ridondante (e tu a questo punto deduci che non l'ha chiamato, perché si è offeso). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è un registro &lt;strong&gt;&quot;parlato&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, non c'è &lt;strong&gt;&quot;enfasi&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;: è una legittima scelta e, da italiano, sai bene che è dovuta alla pigrizia: si sceglie la formula più breve&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-08-18T20:25:13.843" LastActivityDate="2014-08-18T20:25:13.843" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2186" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:46:20.947" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is intended for questions about correctly using a phrase, idiom, exclamation, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the usage of a single word in a given context, please use the tag &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/word-usage&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;word-usage&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;word-usage&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the choice between two phrases or idioms in a given context, please use the more specific &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/phrase-choice&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;phrase-choice&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;phrase-choice&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are asking about the meaning of an idiom, please use &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/meaning&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;meaning&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;meaning&lt;/a&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-26T23:44:14.127" LastActivityDate="2014-08-26T23:44:14.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2187" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:46:20.947" Score="0" Body="Questions about correctly using a phrase, idiom, exclamation, etc. " OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-26T23:44:14.127" LastActivityDate="2014-08-26T23:44:14.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2188" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:51:01.907" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is intended for questions about the words that could replace a whole (possibly, lengthy) phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some examples of a question with this tag include:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1852/una-persona-che-vuol-subdolamente-troncare-e-sopire-si-dice&quot;&gt;Una persona che vuol subdolamente troncare e sopire si dice …&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1681/playdate-in-italian&quot;&gt;Playdate in Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:51:01.907" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:51:01.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2189" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:51:01.907" Score="0" Body="for parts of speech, represented by a single word." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:51:01.907" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:51:01.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2190" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:52:00.007" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about choosing between two (or more) phrases or idioms in a given context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:52:00.007" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:52:00.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2191" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:52:00.007" Score="0" Body="for questions about choosing between two (or more) phrases" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:52:00.007" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:52:00.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2192" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:54:55.280" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions related to the use of numbers or numerals in speaking or writing Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:54:55.280" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:54:55.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2193" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:54:55.280" Score="0" Body="for questions related to the use of numbers or numerals" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:54:55.280" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:54:55.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2194" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:55:27.420" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions about the use of Latin words and phrases in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:55:27.420" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:55:27.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2195" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:55:27.420" Score="0" Body="Questions about the use of Latin words and phrases in Italian" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:55:27.420" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:55:27.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2196" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:56:16.420" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Homographs are words that are spelled the same but have different meanings. They aren't necessarily pronounced the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:56:16.420" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:56:16.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2197" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:56:16.420" Score="0" Body="for questions about the words that are spelled the same but have different meanings" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:56:16.420" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:56:16.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2198" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:57:05.943" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A simple truth that expresses an idea or fact.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:57:05.943" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:57:05.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2199" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T12:57:05.943" Score="0" Body="A simple truth that expresses an idea or fact." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T12:57:05.943" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T12:57:05.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2200" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:00:31.973" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about sounds of words, letters, or syllables in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For questions about word stress, intonation, correct pronunciation, please use more specific &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/pronunciation&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;pronunciation&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;pronunciation&lt;/a&gt; tag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:00:31.973" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:00:31.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2201" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:00:31.973" Score="0" Body="for questions about sounds of words, letters, or syllables" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:00:31.973" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:00:31.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2202" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:02:21.930" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions related to issues involving spelling of a word or phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:02:21.930" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:02:21.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2203" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:02:21.930" Score="0" Body="for questions related to spelling issues" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:02:21.930" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:02:21.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2204" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:06:37.207" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is for questions about the use of gestures to convey the meaning of a word or a phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:06:37.207" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:06:37.207" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2205" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:06:37.207" Score="0" Body="for questions about the use of gestures in Italian" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:06:37.207" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:06:37.207" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2206" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:15:14.797" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions about negative words and sentences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:15:14.797" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:15:14.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2207" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:15:14.797" Score="0" Body="for questions about negative words and sentences" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:15:14.797" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:15:14.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2208" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:16:08.657" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A hypernym is a word whose definition includes the definition of another word (its hyponym).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:16:08.657" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:16:08.657" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2209" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:16:08.657" Score="0" Body="A hypernym is a word whose definition includes the definition of another word (its hyponym)." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:16:08.657" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:16:08.657" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2210" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:17:03.780" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions about grammaticality of comparisons&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:17:03.780" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:17:03.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2211" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:17:03.780" Score="0" Body="Questions about grammaticality of comparisons" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:17:03.780" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:17:03.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2170" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:18:57.623" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cercando i termini online ho trovato utilizzi per tutt'e due: per&#xA;  citare un esempio, esistono due libri dai titoli &quot;Persona e&#xA;  impersonazione: Uso rituale delle maschere presso gli Zuni&quot; e&#xA;  &quot;Classificatori e impersonamento nella &lt;strong&gt;lingua dei segni&lt;/strong&gt; italiana&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;impersonamento&lt;/em&gt; è un termine tecnico della LIS e probabilmente ha la medesima origine anglosassone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;impersonazione&lt;/em&gt; è stato pian piano mutuato dall'inglese prima nella psicoanalisi, nel gergo teatrale &lt;em&gt;(&quot;la sua impersonazione di Amleto&quot;)&lt;/em&gt; e pian piano si farà strada come tanti neologismi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:18:57.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2213" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:19:10.573" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;For questions on writing, formatting and speaking of a group of connected or related items.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:19:10.573" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:19:10.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2214" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:19:10.573" Score="0" Body="For questions on writing, formatting and speaking of a group of connected or related items." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:19:10.573" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:19:10.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2215" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:19:50.200" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;for questions regarding formal, versus informal words and usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:19:50.200" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:19:50.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2216" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:19:50.200" Score="0" Body="for questions regarding formal, versus informal words and usage." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:19:50.200" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:19:50.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2217" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:22:19.577" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions about verbs in their basic (unchanged) form, as they are presented in a dictionary, such as &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:22:19.577" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:22:19.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2218" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:22:19.577" Score="0" Body="Questions about verbs in their basic (unchanged) form" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:22:19.577" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:22:19.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2219" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:24:51.057" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conjunctions are words used to connect clauses or sentences or to coordinate words in the same clause, such as &lt;em&gt;e, ma, però&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:24:51.057" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:24:51.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2220" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:24:51.057" Score="0" Body="Conjunctions are words used to connect clauses or sentences or to coordinate words in the same clause, such as *e, ma, però*." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:24:51.057" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:24:51.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2221" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:25:53.570" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;for questions related to usage of the past tense of verbs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:25:53.570" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:25:53.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2222" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:25:53.570" Score="0" Body="for questions related to usage of the past tense of verbs" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:25:53.570" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:25:53.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2223" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:26:58.270" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions about the present-participle form of verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:26:58.270" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:26:58.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2224" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:26:58.270" Score="0" Body="Questions about the present-participle form of verbs." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:26:58.270" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:26:58.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2225" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:28:06.180" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;for questions about words and phrases, borrowed in Italian from other languages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:28:06.180" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:28:06.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2226" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:28:06.180" Score="0" Body="for questions about words and phrases, borrowed from other languages" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:28:06.180" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:28:06.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2227" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:28:37.333" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;a word that means the same, or almost the same thing, as another word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:28:37.333" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:28:37.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2228" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:28:37.333" Score="0" Body="a word that means the same, or almost the same thing, as another word." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:28:37.333" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:28:37.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2229" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:29:36.247" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions about past participle forms of verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:29:36.247" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:29:36.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2230" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:29:36.247" Score="0" Body="Questions about past participle forms of verbs." OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:29:36.247" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:29:36.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2231" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:30:06.490" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions regarding the subjunctive verb mood &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:30:06.490" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:30:06.490" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2232" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:30:06.490" Score="0" Body="Questions regarding the subjunctive verb mood " OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:30:06.490" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:30:06.490" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2233" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:30:27.620" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questions regarding the conditional verb mood &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:30:27.620" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:30:27.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2234" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:30:27.620" Score="0" Body="Questions regarding the conditional verb mood " OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:30:27.620" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:30:27.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2235" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:32:10.917" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Topics related to given names, surnames, and linguistic aspects of naming in Italian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:32:10.917" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:32:10.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2236" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:32:10.917" Score="0" Body="Topics related to given names, surnames, and linguistic aspects of naming in Italian" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T13:32:10.917" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T13:32:10.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1279" CreationDate="2014-08-13T13:51:40.030" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il valore vocativo è stato ottimamente illustrato da nico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per maggiore informazione vorrei solo aggiungere che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When I stay &lt;strong&gt;in Rome&lt;/strong&gt; I hear people using&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) - non è uso dei &lt;strong&gt;soli romani&lt;/strong&gt;: questa variante dell'o vocativo si può sentire in gran parte dell'Italia meridionale, da  Napoli: &lt;em&gt;&quot;a 'nfame!&lt;/em&gt;&quot; a tutta la Puglia: &lt;em&gt;&quot;a ricchio'...&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;specially&lt;/strong&gt; in cases in which a criticism or an insult is involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) -  non è particolarmente dovuto ad una ingiuria: &lt;em&gt;'a more'...&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;a Nando&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, *&quot;a &lt;em&gt;tutta bbona!&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;a strafica&lt;/em&gt;!&quot;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;a paraculo!&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c) infine una forma di interiezione vocativa è presente in &lt;strong&gt;tutta Italia&lt;/strong&gt;, con leggere varianti: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a Firenze è rimasto il classico 'o' : &lt;em&gt;&quot;o ragazzi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, al sud &lt;em&gt;&quot;a raga'..&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, al Nord 'oè, ué': &lt;em&gt;&quot;uè ragasi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, a Milano: : &lt;em&gt;&quot;oè pirla!&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, a Bologna :  &quot;&lt;em&gt;oè ragassuolo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d) infine &quot;&lt;strong&gt;a vedi questo&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; è errato e non è assimilabile al vocativo.&#xA;la forma corretta è &quot; .&lt;em&gt;.'anvedi&lt;/em&gt; 'sto fijode...&quot; ed è una deformazione di: &lt;em&gt;&quot;non/ma vedi 'sto...&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-08-14T13:13:36.263" LastActivityDate="2014-08-14T13:13:36.263" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2184" CreationDate="2014-08-13T14:42:15.697" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I verbi modali all'imperfetto non ci comunicano se l'azione è avvenuta o no. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;volevo studiare (desideravo/avevo la volontà di), dovevo uscire (avevo la necessità/l'obbligo di) &gt; non sappiamo se poi l'azione si è verificata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in cui l'azione non si sia verificata il modale all'imperfetto comunica la stessa cosa del condizionale passato anche se a un registro linguistico meno controllato (lingua parlata).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dovevo chiamarlo/avrei dovuto chiamarlo ma non ho avuto tempo e non l'ho fatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa è la mia opinione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="809" LastEditorUserId="809" LastEditDate="2014-08-13T14:49:29.903" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T14:49:29.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2149" CreationDate="2014-08-13T15:40:45.730" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tips of fingers and tip of thumb together on one hand, pointing&#xA;upwards, often with &lt;strong&gt;an up-and-down movement&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tips of fingers of left hand lightly touching those of right hand,&#xA;with the tips of the thumb of each hand also touching (separately),&#xA;with an &lt;strong&gt;up-and-down movement&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giusto una precisazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel primo caso, il movimento di una mano (di solito la destra) non è verticale ma indietro-avanti con una leggera rotazione del polso. Il movimento, inoltre, è rapido, secco e si ripete solo una/due volte. Questo gesto non è aggressivo, dipende dall'espressione del volto, che può indicare sorpresa (con la fronte aggrottata): &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;what are you looking for?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;mind your f&lt;/em&gt; business&amp;quot;*, scherno (con un ghigno o risolino): &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;who asked your opinion?&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt; o risentimento/minaccia con un cipiglio , un secco scuotimento del capo etc.: &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;are you looking for trouble?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel secondo caso il movimento delle mani è più o meno lento (= mi fai cadere le braccia!), e il capo si piega in giù o lateralmente: &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;what the f&lt;/em&gt; are you talking about?&amp;quot;*&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-08-14T13:11:21.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2169" CreationDate="2014-08-13T21:55:51.690" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A very wide class of Greek adjectives (and also participles) has the feminine nominative ending in -ούσα. At least part of the town names can be explained by this Greek derivation. Some of them have a different etymology, so the common ending is just out of chance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="812" LastActivityDate="2014-08-13T21:55:51.690" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2241" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2242" CreationDate="2014-08-14T10:39:21.743" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;La crisi economica in molti paesi di Europa mette espressioni come queste all'ordine del giorno. Ho letto tutte queste espressioni, ma non riesco a capire quando si debba usare l'una o l'altra. Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, cosa dovrei dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;i tagli &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; spesa nell'ambito sanitario&quot;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;i tagli &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; spesa nell'ambito sanitario&quot;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;i tagli &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt; spesa nell'ambito sanitario&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;i tagli &lt;em&gt;sulla&lt;/em&gt; spesa nell'ambito sanitario&quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-14T14:48:01.073" LastActivityDate="2014-08-14T17:09:42.940" Title="&quot;Tagli di spesa&quot;, &quot;tagli della spesa&quot;, &quot;tagli alla spesa&quot; oppure &quot;tagli sulla spesa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2241" CreationDate="2014-08-14T12:47:15.173" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;tagli di spesa&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione generica, generale, versatile di carattere tecnico: &lt;em&gt;&quot;...tagli di spesa o maggiori entrate/imposte&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;tagli della spesa&quot;&lt;/em&gt; sottindende, ed è spesso seguita, da 'pubblica'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;tagli alla spesa&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è la più usata, l'ultima è poco accettabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse può essere d'interesse sapere che questa accezione di 'taglio' è nuova (ancora non registrata dalla Treccani, mi pare) e viene dall'inglese &quot;spending &lt;strong&gt;cuts&lt;/strong&gt; /review&quot; che significa &quot;riduzione&quot;. Propriamente 'taglio' in senso figurato indica una brusca chiusura: &quot;&lt;em&gt;dare un taglio a...lla conversazione&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, o una soppressione: &quot;&lt;em&gt;il taglio di una scena scabrosa&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Il termine inglese spiega anche l'uso preponderante del plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-14T17:09:42.940" LastActivityDate="2014-08-14T17:09:42.940" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2040" CreationDate="2014-08-14T21:40:14.560" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Azzardo un'ipotesi:&#xA;Calvino, cresciuto a Sanremo, può aver italianizzato il nome francese del gioco, che è &quot;pile ou face&quot;, vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pile_ou_face&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;È un'ipotesi perché la frase &quot;giocare a testa e pila&quot; proviene da un libro e non è usata comunemente nella lingua italiana, ciononostante provo ad aggiungere alcune considerazioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il sentiero dei nidi di ragno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è ambientato nell'estremo Ponente ligure, area geografica molto vicina alla Francia, dove le influenze reciproche tra lingua italiana e francese sono piuttosto comuni (solo a titolo di esempio la salsa di basilico, olio e pinoli si chiama &quot;pesto&quot; in Italia e &quot;pistou&quot; in Francia).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'assonanza &quot;pila&quot;, &quot;pile&quot; mi sembra evidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'educazione dell'autore, nato a Cuba ma cresciuto e educato a Sanremo (Ponente ligure), per cui ha sicuramente ascoltato (o usato lui stesso) parole e modi di dire locali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="814" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-15T08:34:44.507" LastActivityDate="2014-08-15T08:34:44.507" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2245" CreationDate="2014-08-15T00:13:14.030" Score="5" ViewCount="1031" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recently I saw the Italian movie &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0068902/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;The Italian Connection&lt;/a&gt;, its original title is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;La mala ordina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. (Probably it means Manhunt). I supposed it's in Italian, but Google translator doesn't recognize it as Italian, it detects it as Esperanto and doesn't give any reasonable translation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question: Is it Italian? How it's translated to English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="813" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-08-15T11:16:01.563" LastActivityDate="2014-08-15T11:16:01.563" Title="Is the sentence &quot;La mala ordina&quot; proper Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2244" CreationDate="2014-08-15T01:05:09.177" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mala&quot; is short for &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/malavita/&quot;&gt;malavita&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, formed by &quot;mala&quot; and &quot;vita&quot;, literally &quot;dishonest life&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a synonym of &quot;criminalità&quot;, &quot;Crime&quot; (properly intended as &quot;criminality&quot;), &quot;local mobsters&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &quot;ordinare&quot; can mean &quot;to give orders&quot;, &quot;to rule&quot;, &quot;to be in charge&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &quot;la Mala ordina&quot; means &quot;Crime is in charge&quot;, &quot;local mobsters rule&quot;, but with a particular nuance, you would expect the sentence to be completed with the actual orders. In fact, normally, if you want to say that someone is in charge, someone rules, without further explanations, you would use the verb &quot;comandare&quot;, not &quot;ordinare&quot;. The fact that they used &quot;ordinare&quot; suggests that some actual orders have been given but these are intentionally omitted in the sentence (ordina cosa? What orders do they give?) - perhaps because you are supposed to find out while you watch the movie? Or perhaps you are supposed to complete the sentence by yourself, &quot;if they give an order, whatever the order is, the order must be followed&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that sometimes &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/malavita_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot;&gt;mala&lt;/a&gt;&quot; is used as synonym of mafia, organised crime (in the '70s/'80s &quot;la Mala del Brenta&quot; was famous, Felice Maniero's &quot;Venetian mafia&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-15T01:20:35.730" LastActivityDate="2014-08-15T01:20:35.730" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2040" CreationDate="2014-08-15T10:32:17.977" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il brano citato in una risposta lo si può leggere integralmente, anche nell'originale dialetto piemontese, qui:&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chambradoc.it/Dzuva-e-damouroet-di-notri-parein-35Concours-Cerlogne.1.page&quot;&gt;http://www.chambradoc.it/Dzuva-e-damouroet-di-notri-parein-35Concours-Cerlogne.1.page&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;GIOCO CON I SOLDI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I nostri genitori non erano contenti. Tiravano una&#xA;  riga o giocavano vicino ad un muro. Quasi sempre tiravano una riga.&#xA;  Lanciavamo i soldi e cercavamo di andare vicino alla riga. Se i soldi&#xA;  andavano oltre la riga si era già eliminati. Quello che aveva lanciato&#xA;  il soldo più vicino alla riga iniziava il gioco e raccoglieva i soldi&#xA;  degli altri. Il secondo poteva dire “testa” o “pila”. Il primo&#xA;  giocatore lanciava in aria i soldi. Se il secondo giocatore aveva&#xA;  detto testa, raccoglieva i soldi di quelli che avevano fatto pila.&#xA;  Toccava al terzo giocatore dire testa o pila. Il primo giocatore&#xA;  tirava nuovamente i soldi in aria e il gioco continuava così. Alla&#xA;  fine se tutti avevano detto “testa” o “pila” e rimanevano dei soldi,&#xA;  venivano raccolti dal primo giocatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi questa non è semplicemente una variante vernacolare di &quot;testa o croce&quot; in cui si sostituisce 'croce' con 'pila', perché come noto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Testa o croce &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è una comune tecnica utilizzata per selezionare una scelta tra due&#xA;  possibili, con uguale probabilità, utilizzando una moneta. Essa&#xA;  consiste semplicemente nell'associare a priori le due scelte possibili&#xA;  alle due facce della moneta, quindi nel lanciare quest'ultima in aria,&#xA;  e considerare estratta la scelta relativa alla faccia mostrata dalla&#xA;  moneta dopo la caduta....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Talora, ci si riferisce anche al &lt;strong&gt;gioco del testa o croce,&lt;/strong&gt; che&#xA;  consiste semplicemente nello scommettere su di una delle due facce, e&#xA;  quindi nell'effettuare l'estrazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il gioco piemontese è piuttosto diverso, molto più complesso, ha in comune solo l'uso di monete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-08-15T10:39:37.997" LastActivityDate="2014-08-15T10:39:37.997" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2067" CreationDate="2014-08-17T04:49:42.593" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence is an adaptation of Totò's famous sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«signori si nasce; e io modestamente lo nacqui»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which could be roughly translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«noblemen are such by birth alone; and I, if you allow me to say so, was born such»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Totò's sentence has an exhilarating comic effect in Italian because it is pointlessly pompous, aristocratic; from a grammatical point of view it is correct, but totally inappropriate, extravagant. It is an authentic flash of genius. Grammatically, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sapere.it/enciclopedia/lo+(pronome).html&quot;&gt;&quot;lo nacqui&quot;&lt;/a&gt; means &quot;I was born that&quot; and, although it is correct, nobody would ever use it in everyday Italian, it would sound ridiculous. As suggested by Charo, you can watch the gag &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.antoniodecurtis.net/toto-signori-si-nasce-1960/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; at minute 8:40.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The adaptation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«servi si nasce, noi lo nacquimo»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is grammatically incorrect because, as pointed out by Josh61, the plural second person simple past of &lt;em&gt;&quot;nascere&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;&quot;nascemmo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;&quot;nacquimo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. The intentional error has an ironic effect, which is consistent with the meaning of the sentence, which could be roughly translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«servants are by birth, and we were &lt;strong&gt;beared&lt;/strong&gt; such»&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;beared&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;born&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-08-17T04:49:42.593" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2249" CreationDate="2014-08-17T18:19:40.997" Score="9" ViewCount="9379" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simple question. I'm confused about when to use &quot;ancora&quot; vs &quot;di nuovo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They both mean &quot;again&quot;, but there seems to be a slight difference in meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone explain the difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="56" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-08-17T20:07:03.477" LastActivityDate="2020-06-21T07:56:27.313" Title="“Ancora” vs “di nuovo”" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2248" CreationDate="2014-08-17T19:15:19.547" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;While &lt;em&gt;di nuovo&lt;/em&gt; means only &lt;em&gt;again&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ancora&lt;/em&gt; can have different meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example it may be translated with &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; when it refers to the continuity of an action/state in time:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono ancora stanco del viaggio. (I'm &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; tired for the trip)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or it can mean &lt;em&gt;yet&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non è ancora giunto il momento. (The moment has &lt;em&gt;yet&lt;/em&gt; to come)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can even mean &lt;em&gt;more&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ancora un quarto d'ora e ho finito (One &lt;em&gt;more&lt;/em&gt; quarter of an hour and I'll finish this).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Examples taken from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ancora_res-d49bd28d-000d-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2014-08-17T19:15:19.547" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2250" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-19T05:30:12.490" Score="3" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like someone to explain simply the difference between using 'a' or 'in' when talking about a place. An example of what I mean is a page title 'Walking in Florence'. Should it be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;camminare a Firenze&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;camminare in Firenze&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am finding it hard to shake the English language idea that you do something 'inside' a place rather than 'at' a place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-19T10:29:46.547" LastActivityDate="2014-08-19T10:29:46.547" Title="Using a or in about a place" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ClosedDate="2014-08-19T11:59:34.633" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2251" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-20T03:26:17.313" Score="0" Body="" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-20T03:26:17.313" LastActivityDate="2014-08-20T03:26:17.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2252" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-20T03:26:17.313" Score="0" Body="Questions regarding letters used in the Italian alphabet" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-20T03:26:17.313" LastActivityDate="2014-08-20T03:26:17.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2253" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-20T03:31:31.090" Score="0" Body="" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-20T03:31:31.090" LastActivityDate="2014-08-20T03:31:31.090" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2254" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-20T03:31:31.090" Score="0" Body="Questions regarding emphatic phrases or interjections" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-20T03:31:31.090" LastActivityDate="2014-08-20T03:31:31.090" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2256" CreationDate="2014-08-20T06:06:02.457" Score="16" ViewCount="8933" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have searched past questions but cannot find an answer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I have reached a point in my learning when I am brave enough to use more then the present tense. I am confused about the difference between &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; when selecting verb tenses. It appears that even Italians vary in their use as something I have read says that the &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; tenses are used more often the further South one goes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to know when &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; kicks in. Is it 10 years ago, 100 years ago, in Roman times? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-08-20T11:29:16.023" LastActivityDate="2019-03-12T22:59:30.343" Title="When does passato prossimo become passato remoto?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2255" CreationDate="2014-08-20T07:34:48.013" Score="20" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is not a specific time limit at which one or the other tense kicks in: the distinction is rather given by whether the action you are describing, and all its effects, are &lt;em&gt;concluded&lt;/em&gt;, in which case you use &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; (for instance, “Giovanni Boccaccio visse nel XIV secolo”); or it happening or beginning in the past, but its effect being still with us, in which case you use &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; (e.g., “In un certo senso la società capitalistica di tipo moderno ha avuto inizio nel XIV secolo”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, there is not a rigid distinction; the fact itself you use one tense rather than the other might mean you intend to convey a sense of distance or, on the contrary, an involvement in what you are telling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other, Luca Serianni's, words, «[il passato remoto] inserisce l'azione entro coordinate temporali nette, marcandone la compiutezza, lo stacco rispetto al presente», while a sentence expressed with &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; «rivive il processo nei suoi riflessi successivi, collegando il fatto [...] con un implicito risultato attuale» (Luca Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, XI, 377).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make the point clearer, and taking an example from Serianni's passage quoted above, you may use any of the two tenses in the same sentence, according to what you mean: if you say «da giovane lessi molto» you might imply now you don't read anymore and don't consider that as a true part of your education; if you say «da giovane ho letto molto», you probably mean that that had a lasting effect: for instance, you might add «e oggi mi considero istruito» or «e non mi lascio attrarre dall'ultimo premio letterario».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sense that &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; refers to events far in the past while &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; refers to recent ones is a &lt;em&gt;consequence&lt;/em&gt; of the above. Events of one thousand years ago are often less relevant to our lives than events of just yesterday, but not necessarily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then again, not all Italians make full use of these potentialities; Tuscans, Romans and other living in Central Italy are most aware of them. Northern Italians tend to use almost exclusively &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt;, even for historical facts, while in parts of Southern Italy &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; is widely used as the unique past tense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-03-12T18:57:14.440" LastActivityDate="2019-03-12T18:57:14.440" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2255" CreationDate="2014-08-20T07:35:53.853" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; tense and the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; tenses have always existed in Italian, to mark the difference, respectively, between an past action performed in the &quot;far past&quot; and in the &quot;near&quot; past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Far and near have here a relative meaning, one year ago is far past in a sentence which compares to today, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi torno a Milano per un evento, ci andai pure l'anno scorso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the same footing, near past may be yesterday, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado oggi a Milano perché ieri non sono riuscita ad andarci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, whether to use one or the other of the two tenses is a fuzzy choice, and there may be preferences by parts of the peninsula. As an example, I tend to use more passato remotos than the average person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This said, the difference is roughly the same occurring between simple past (passato remoto) and present perfect (passato prossimo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-08-20T07:35:53.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2259" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2260" CreationDate="2014-08-21T10:55:29.190" Score="5" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto queste due parole col significato di &quot;ridotto in frammenti minuti&quot;, comunque non sono sicura se ci sia alcuna differenza di uso tra questi vocaboli. Sapreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo? Ad esempio, nel contesto di una ricetta di cucina, cosa dovrei scrivere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;erbe aromatiche &lt;em&gt;trite&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;o &quot;erbe aromatiche &lt;em&gt;tritate&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-08-21T11:46:43.563" Title="&quot;Trito&quot; versus &quot;tritato&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2259" CreationDate="2014-08-21T11:35:02.370" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che la differenza sia sottile e banale, ma spesso trascurata. Andando a vedere le voci sul vocabolario Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tritare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tritare&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trito/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;trito&lt;/a&gt;), risulta che &quot;trito&quot; è &lt;em&gt;aggettivo&lt;/em&gt;, mentre &quot;tritato&quot; è &lt;em&gt;participio passato&lt;/em&gt; con possibilità di essere usato come aggettivo o addirittura come &lt;em&gt;sostantivo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, prendendo l'esempio della ricetta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Se vuoi indicare che le erbe devono essere precedentemente lavorate da chi fruisce della ricetta, a mio avviso è meglio usare &lt;em&gt;tritate&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Se vuoi indicare che le erbe sono già state lavorate in un contesto esterno, è meglio usare &lt;em&gt;trite&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nel caso tu voglia usare un altro formato, puoi scrivere di usare un &lt;em&gt;tritato&lt;/em&gt; di erbe.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, non dovrebbe esserci prevalenza nell'utilizzo di uno o dell'altro, tranne nel caso di sostantivo dove &lt;em&gt;tritato&lt;/em&gt; risulta essere l'unica opzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastEditorDisplayName="user589" LastEditDate="2014-08-21T11:46:43.563" LastActivityDate="2014-08-21T11:46:43.563" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2261" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2262" CreationDate="2014-08-22T02:06:25.883" Score="8" ViewCount="1188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a bit confused about using the infinitive of verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He used a map to find the village.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Should I translate this as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha usato una mappa trovare il villaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OR&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha usato una mappa a trovare il villaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen examples of both and I don't know which is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-22T04:03:55.840" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T11:34:32.663" Title="Should I use the preposition before the infinitive verb form?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2261" CreationDate="2014-08-22T03:54:40.870" Score="6" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ha usato una mappa&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the main/independent clause;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; trovare il paese&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is a subordinate/dependent implicit final clause.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The implicit final clause usually requires&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;infinitive mood of the verb&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the main clause has a verb expressing movement, you can use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;infinitive mood of the verb&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Si è messo &lt;em&gt;a cercare&lt;/em&gt; il paese sulla mappa&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some cases you can also use &quot;allo scopo di&quot;, &quot;al fine di&quot;, &quot;onde&quot;, etc. (these are more formal, more common in writing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the subject of an implicit final clause is the same subject of the main clause; if this is not the case you need to use an explicit final clause (&lt;em&gt;affinché, perché, etc.&lt;/em&gt;). Example: &quot;Lui tirò fuori la mappa &lt;em&gt;affinché/perché&lt;/em&gt; lei cercasse il paese&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that in this answer I am assuming that the question is about final clauses - although there are obviously many other cases where you use the infinitive of a verb, and it would be too long to describe each case here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-22T04:11:12.863" LastActivityDate="2014-08-22T04:11:12.863" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2263" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2264" CreationDate="2014-08-22T10:59:48.723" Score="4" ViewCount="1889" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il corso delle cose&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, il primo romanzo di Andrea Camilleri, ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Nell'anticamera dovette attardarsi perché la porta d'ingresso faceva&#xA;  resistenza ad aprirsi e intese Vasalicò esclamare a voce alta un - eh,&#xA;  povero Vito! - che era un invito alla sparla, a &lt;em&gt;tagliargli il vestito&#xA;  addosso&lt;/em&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato che &quot;tagliare il vestito addosso a qualcuno&quot; significa criticare, parlar male, sparlarne alle spalle di qualcuno. Mi domando, però, da dove provenga questa curiosa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-22T12:10:49.327" LastActivityDate="2014-08-22T23:44:45.437" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;tagliare il vestito addosso a qualcuno&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2263" CreationDate="2014-08-22T15:06:01.030" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;tagliare il vestito addosso&lt;/em&gt; proviene dal mondo della sartoria, ed è un'analogia tra le seguenti immagini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il sarto che prende le misure delle diverse parti del corpo, confeziona una prima versione del vestito e lo prova sul cliente, per poi rimuoverne le imperfezioni, sistemarlo e consegnare a questi il prodotto finito.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La persona che mette in evidenza particolari, difetti, azioni di altre persone per poi iniziare un discorso di critica nei loro confronti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambe le situazioni l'azione è quella di ricerca di particolari, finezze, errori; tuttavia, il sarto lo fa per migliorare il proprio lavoro, chi critica lo fa per aver più punti di appoggio nel proprio discorso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato fonti di primo livello, ma solo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oggi7.info/2007/11/14/462-il-linguaio-tagliare-alzare-i-panni-ed-i-tacchi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://faustoraso.blogspot.it/2012/08/tagliare-i-panni-addosso-qualcuno.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella seguente &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/P/panno.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pagina&lt;/a&gt;, viene fornita un'interpretazione dell'espressione equivalente a &quot;tagliare, lacerare i vestiti di una persona per metterne a nudo le debolezze ed i difetti&quot; (grazie a @randomatlabuser per la segnalazione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastEditorDisplayName="user589" LastEditDate="2014-08-22T23:44:45.437" LastActivityDate="2014-08-22T23:44:45.437" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2265" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-08-22T16:26:48.510" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-08-22T16:26:48.510" LastActivityDate="2014-08-22T16:26:48.510" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2266" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-08-22T16:26:48.510" Score="0" Body="Words created by combining two or more other words together" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-22T18:59:06.360" LastActivityDate="2014-08-22T18:59:06.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2270" CreationDate="2014-08-23T16:45:40.903" Score="4" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il corso delle cose&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di Andrea Camilleri ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Per scrupolo, camminò ancora fino alla piazzetta dove Corbo gli aveva&#xA;  spiegato che quello abitava, ma non notò niente che meritasse, c'erano&#xA;  solo due persone che parlavano nella parte più scura della piazza,&#xA;  dalla voce impastata si capiva che &lt;em&gt;avevano la stiva carica&lt;/em&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco che in questa frase &quot;avere la stiva carica&quot; significa &quot;essere ubriaco&quot; per analogia a una nave carica di merci. Comunque mi domando se &quot;avere la stiva carica&quot; con questo significato sia un'espressione idiomatica della lingua italiana. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-08-23T21:51:26.570" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T14:39:25.057" Title="&quot;Avere la stiva carica&quot; è un'espressione idiomatica?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2267" CreationDate="2014-08-24T08:14:00.783" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, 'avere la stiva carica' non è italiano idiomatico, ma, in generale, non è raro che scrittori italici introducano, italianizzandole, forme dialettali nei loro romanzi con la speranza che possano diventare idiomi.&#xA;I fallimenti al riguardo sono innumerevoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T08:14:00.783" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2261" CreationDate="2014-08-24T11:34:32.663" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una frase composta da una proposizione principale &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha usato una mappa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e di una subordinata in forma implicita di tipo finale (specifica quindi un fine o scopo legato al verbo usare) che si rende con la proposizione &quot;per&quot; seguita dal verbo all'infinito (forma implicita, infatti)&#xA;La seconda forma &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha usato una mappa a trovare il villaggio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ritengo sia errata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="799" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T11:34:32.663" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2267" CreationDate="2014-08-24T14:39:25.057" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.academia.edu/7868028/Alle_radici_dellidioletto_camilleriano._Sulle_varianti_dei_Corso_delle_cose_1978_e_1998_&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;saggio di Gigliola Sulis&lt;/a&gt; (Alle radici dell'idioletto camilleriano. Sulle varianti de &lt;em&gt;Il corso delle cose&lt;/em&gt; (1978, 1998)) affronta la questione del mistilinguismo di Andrea Camilleri nella prima opera di narrativa estesa dell'autore siciliano, ripercorrendo anche le vicende editoriali, i notevoli rimaneggiamenti resi necessari da un mercato editoriale che forse non era pronto, o forse gli editori non ritenevano pronto, ad un esperimento del genere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel saggio l'espressione viene inserita, insieme a molte altre, nell'Appendice A, pagina 263, in &lt;em&gt;Regionalismi fraseologici&lt;/em&gt; («avevano la stiva carica 88 / ubriaco che non reggeva il carico 103»). Si tratta quindi di fraseologia regionale - siciliana - che viene parzialmente italianizzata con lo scopo di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;rendere il racconto realistico, utilizzando la lingua e l'immaginario dei personaggi&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;sperimentare un innovativo stile narrativo/espositivo&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;sdoganare il dialetto siciliano, portarlo fuori dagli angusti confini isolani&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;rendere l'espressione la più comprensibile possibile ad un pubblico non siciliano.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, in conclusione, forse non si tratta di un'espressione idiomatica della lingua italiana, e neanche di un'espressione puramente dialettale - più che altro il frutto di un esperimento di contaminazione linguistica, un'espressione forse idiomatica del dialetto siciliano (o forse del tutto inventata dallo scrittore) che viene resa/proposta in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che alla fine l'esperimento debba considerarsi riuscito, se è vero che il significato si riesce a ricavare dal contesto. Rimane comunque incerto che poi l'espressione si diffonda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T14:39:25.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2277" CreationDate="2014-08-24T21:50:40.000" Score="2" ViewCount="1576" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does the sound &quot;eh&quot; mean (with rising intonation)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's difficult to describe the sound I mean, but I suppose it's a drawn out /œ/ or /ø̞/, with quickly rising intonation.  Some speakers rise a lot the intonation, but others start high already and so don't rise the intonation very much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italians often reply this sound when asked a question to which the answer would be &quot;yes,&quot; but it's something more than that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. something like &quot;Has your wife got a dog?&quot;, to which the reply is &quot;Eh!&quot; (meaning that she not only has 5 dogs, but runs a dog breeding business).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain the meaning to me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I live in Piedmont, I don't know if it's common across all of Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="833" LastEditorUserId="833" LastEditDate="2014-09-03T19:53:31.023" LastActivityDate="2014-09-03T19:53:31.023" Title="What does the sound &quot;eh&quot; (rising intonation)—as an answer to a question—mean?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2273" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-24T22:08:50.383" Score="3" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do people say &quot;la Giulia&quot;, &quot;la Paola&quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been told this is considered incorrect, but everyone seems to say it anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="833" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-12-28T09:23:47.047" LastActivityDate="2014-12-28T09:23:47.047" Title="Articles with proper names (e.g. la Giulia)" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ClosedDate="2014-08-25T09:00:00.177" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2255" CreationDate="2014-08-24T23:11:10.523" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Isn't the easiest thing, for a native English speaker, to just look at how English is used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;English has basically the same tenses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;passato prossimo = present perfect (e.g. I've been to the cinema)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;passato remoto = past (e.g. I went to the cinema)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, you can say &quot;I saw him a minute ago&quot;, i.e. use the past tense for something relatively recent.  In Italian it's the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What &quot;remoto&quot; (i.e. remote) means is how the speaker &lt;em&gt;perceives&lt;/em&gt; the action.  With &quot;I went to the cinema&quot; the action is perceived as remote.  It's a done thing, a point in the past when something happened (even if it's only a minute ago).  That's why it's used in story telling—which is a series of things that happened (when it's set in the past of course).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the passato prossimo (which like in English, is actually a &lt;em&gt;present&lt;/em&gt; tense, not a true past tense) the action is &lt;em&gt;perceived&lt;/em&gt; as relating to the present.  When you say &quot;I've been to the cinema&quot;, the consequence of that action is brought to the present.  The implication might be that you're tired, and you don't want to go out again (for example).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The choice of tense is a &lt;em&gt;choice&lt;/em&gt; of the speaker.  It's the speaker that &lt;em&gt;chooses&lt;/em&gt; how to describe an action.  The choice of tense is not necessarily dictated by the event itself (i.e. how long ago it happened).  Language learners tend to forget that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, of course there are differences, the most obvious being that Italians in the North don't actually use the passato remoto in spoken Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, &quot;Yesterday, I've been to the cinema&quot; is wrong.  But not in Italian (especially in the North).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even in English, &quot;I went to the cinema already&quot; is correct in American English, but not British English (and sounds distinctly American), where you should use the present perfect instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But fundamentally the two tenses have the same meaning in each language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="833" LastEditorUserId="833" LastEditDate="2014-08-24T23:19:19.430" LastActivityDate="2014-08-24T23:19:19.430" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2273" CreationDate="2014-08-24T23:13:47.613" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually that is a dialect-driven form. For instance, in Parma (place where I live) we say &quot;&lt;em&gt;la Giulia&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;la Paola&lt;/em&gt;&quot; - but this is only true for female names. However, in Milan, people say &quot;&lt;em&gt;il Giulio&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;il Paolo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (male names), but &lt;em&gt;Giulia&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Paola&lt;/em&gt; (female names).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some dialects, especially in the North of Italy, use one of the two forms (or both). Some other dialects, especially in Southern regions, do not use any determinative article before proper names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-25T03:03:20.473" LastActivityDate="2014-08-25T03:03:20.473" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-08-25T00:23:05.807" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that the closest Italian translation of &quot;Good job!&quot; is &quot;hai fatto un buon/ottimo lavoro&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user415" LastActivityDate="2014-08-25T00:23:05.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2272" CreationDate="2014-08-25T11:47:46.480" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understood correctly what you mean, I think the most appropriate onomatopoeia is &quot;eh!&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;It is indeed pronounced roughly like &quot;ö!&quot; (although the sound can be more or less open depending on the speaker), but it's longer than a normal vowel and the intonation is ascending.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The meaning of this sound is, &quot;altro che!&quot;, &quot;eccome!&quot;: your answer is not simply affirmative, but &lt;strong&gt;strongly&lt;/strong&gt; affirmative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Tua moglie ha dei cani?&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &quot;Eh! [&lt;em&gt;as in:&lt;/em&gt; Altro che se ne ha!&lt;em&gt;,&lt;/em&gt; Ne ha parecchi!&lt;em&gt;, etc.&lt;/em&gt;]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-08-25T19:21:57.853" LastActivityDate="2014-08-25T19:21:57.853" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2278" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2280" CreationDate="2014-08-26T11:34:07.383" Score="5" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm searching for conjugation of verb &quot;adire&quot; and found different results on different places&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.verbix.com/webverbix/Italian/adire.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.verbix.com/webverbix/Italian/adire.html&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Here I found it is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io   ado&#xA;tu   adi&#xA;lui  ade&#xA;noi  adiamo&#xA;voi  adite&#xA;loro adono&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But on other website &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ITverbs.aspx?v=adire&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ITverbs.aspx?v=adire&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;I found this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;adisco&#xA;adisci&#xA;adisce&#xA;adiamo&#xA;adite&#xA;adiscono&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What of these two is correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="835" LastActivityDate="2014-08-26T15:35:53.150" Title="&quot;adire&quot; in indicative present" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2278" CreationDate="2014-08-26T15:35:53.150" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/adire/&quot;&gt;online Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; has&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;adire&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;adire&lt;/em&gt;, comp. di &lt;em&gt;ad-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ire&lt;/em&gt; «andare»] (&lt;em&gt;io adisco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tu adisci&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). – Propr., andare verso un luogo, ma solo in senso fig., nelle frasi del linguaggio giur.: &lt;em&gt;a. le vie legali, l’autorità giudiziaria&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a. il magistrato, il tribunale&lt;/em&gt;, ricorrere alla giustizia, dar corso a un’azione giudiziaria; &lt;em&gt;a. un’eredità&lt;/em&gt;, accettarla a norma di legge. ◆ Part. pass. &lt;strong&gt;adìto&lt;/strong&gt; (con pronuncia piana, diversamente dal lat. &lt;em&gt;adĭtum&lt;/em&gt;, supino di &lt;em&gt;adire&lt;/em&gt;), usato con valore verbale in espressioni giuridiche come, in partic., &lt;em&gt;giudice adito&lt;/em&gt;, al quale si è fatto ricorso, &lt;em&gt;eredità adita&lt;/em&gt;, accettata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Several verbs of the third conjugation (&lt;em&gt;-ire&lt;/em&gt;) use the &lt;em&gt;-isc-&lt;/em&gt; infix in the singular forms and the third person plural of the present indicative. I don't think &lt;em&gt;io ado&lt;/em&gt; has ever appeared (the Latin form is &lt;em&gt;adeo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verbi_incoativi#Lista_dei_verbi_incoativi&quot;&gt;this Wikipedia page&lt;/a&gt; for a list of the verbs that use (or can use) the infix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-08-26T15:35:53.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2272" CreationDate="2014-08-27T12:34:54.373" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can check , chose and hear the sound you mean &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPA_vowel_chart_with_audio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;You where right it is a sound in the quadrant of u, but it has no &lt;em&gt;r-colour&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;It is not listed in IPA, as is not a single sound but it is like a glide between '&lt;strong&gt;ɵ&lt;/strong&gt;' and '&lt;strong&gt;ʊ&lt;/strong&gt;', and maybe still a bit backward (to u): / &lt;strong&gt;ɵɵɵʊ&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has been explained that it means: '&lt;em&gt;e[c]come&lt;/em&gt; (no)!', another good equivalent is : '&lt;em&gt;hai voglia!&lt;/em&gt;'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-08-27T16:00:06.483" LastActivityDate="2014-08-27T16:00:06.483" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2282" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-27T21:48:04.630" Score="7" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;The saying '&lt;em&gt;levare le tende&lt;/em&gt;' meaning '&lt;em&gt;to leave&lt;/em&gt;' is quite common in informal Italian language. I guess its origin may come from the military jargon but could not find any evidence on this issue. I'd like to know if my assumption is correct or what other origin this expression has. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2014-08-28T09:46:03.440" LastActivityDate="2014-08-28T09:46:03.440" Title="Origin of the saying 'levare le tende'" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2282" CreationDate="2014-08-28T02:01:00.997" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian word &lt;em&gt;tenda&lt;/em&gt; is from late Latin &lt;em&gt;tenda&lt;/em&gt;, meaning &lt;em&gt;tent&lt;/em&gt;. In earlier Latin it was &lt;em&gt;tentorium&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typically, in ancient times, you would have nomadic tents or military tents. So, presumably, that is the origin of the idiomatic expression &lt;em&gt;levare le tende&lt;/em&gt; (~ &lt;em&gt;disassemble and remove the tents&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/libri/b/bibbia/index.php&quot;&gt;La Bibbia di Gerusalemme&lt;/a&gt; the word appears several times, mainly in a nomadic and religious context. Itinerant people mount and unmount their tents all the time. In the Vulgata, the word &lt;em&gt;tentorium&lt;/em&gt; has countless occurrences. The &lt;em&gt;tenda del convegno&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;tabernaculum&lt;/em&gt;) was sacred. However I have not been able to find an Early Italian example where the expression was used in a nomadic context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the contrary I have found one occurrence in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/libri/l/leggenda_di_tristano/index.php&quot;&gt;La Leggenda di Tristano&lt;/a&gt; (i.e. &lt;em&gt;Tristano Riccardiano&lt;/em&gt; which was probably written in the early XIV century in Florentine dialect) where the context was military (&lt;em&gt;levare le tende&lt;/em&gt;). An alternative expression which was used in the same context is &lt;em&gt;levare lo campo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Anyway, my personal bias is that the origin was probably nomadic rather than military)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-08-28T02:23:50.853" LastActivityDate="2014-08-28T02:23:50.853" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2284" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2288" CreationDate="2014-08-28T17:14:06.817" Score="3" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;When trying to write in Italian, I always feel insecure about the use of partitive articles. For instance, what should I say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In questa fotografia ci sono piccole case in legno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In questa fotografia ci sono &lt;em&gt;delle&lt;/em&gt; piccole case in legno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella mia scuola ci sono insegnanti italiani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella mia scuola ci sono &lt;em&gt;degli&lt;/em&gt; insegnanti italiani?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2014-08-28T17:43:35.650" LastActivityDate="2014-08-30T23:39:57.823" Title="Use of partitive articles" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2285" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-29T09:33:04.190" Score="11" ViewCount="3406" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a &lt;em&gt;complete&lt;/em&gt; list of all Italian irregular verbs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would appreciate it in particular to find a table that includes the various subregularities, too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-03T15:07:16.423" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T10:36:33.027" Title="Complete table of Italian irregular verbs" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2285" CreationDate="2014-08-30T13:35:01.517" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know any online complete list of irregular Italian verbs, but I think a good book is this one: Roberto Tartaglione, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Verbissimo: tutti i verbi italiani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (Firenze: Alma Edizioni, 1999), &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.almaedizioni.it/en/catalogue/scheda/verbissimo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.almaedizioni.it/en/catalogue/scheda/verbissimo/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-21T18:42:00.417" LastActivityDate="2017-03-21T18:42:00.417" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2285" CreationDate="2014-08-30T14:21:15.263" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a complete (I believe: it says “i verbi irregolari dell'italiano moderno”), accurately annotated list of Italian irregular verbs in Serianni's Italian grammar, in paragraphs 125-355 of Ch. XI (pages 300-320 in Garzanti edition, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;; there is also an edition by UTET).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-08-30T14:21:15.263" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2284" CreationDate="2014-08-30T23:39:57.823" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;In questa fotografia ci sono delle piccole case in legno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you are saying that you see a bunch of small wooden houses, more than two but relatively few. The form '&lt;em&gt;delle piccole case&lt;/em&gt;' is the plural of '&lt;em&gt;una piccola casa&lt;/em&gt;', the partitive article &lt;em&gt;delle&lt;/em&gt; acts as the plural of indefinite article &lt;em&gt;una&lt;/em&gt; and can easily be replaced with '&lt;em&gt;alcune&lt;/em&gt;', i.e. '&lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt;' in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;In questa fotografia ci sono piccole case in legno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without any particular emphasis, most people would understand that there are at least two small wooden houses, without making specific assumptions whether these are few or many; as per egreg's comment, this might be enough. However, as pointed out by Bakuriu, depending on intonation, pauses, context, etc., people might even think that small wooden houses is all that you can really see in the picture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same applies to your other example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My point of view is that the use of partitive articles depends on whether you intend to specify the relative scarcity of something or not. For example, in poetry, partitive articles can be omitted to create a sense of indefiniteness, vagueness:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Navi vanno laggiù e cercano nel vento il nuovo orientamento della rotta alle Indie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are all ships going there? Only few of them? More and more everyday? After all, the fact that ships are going there is more important than their number: they are changing the world alright.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-08-30T23:39:57.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2289" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2290" CreationDate="2014-08-31T05:38:11.873" Score="6" ViewCount="707" Body="&lt;p&gt;In conversation with Italian (specifically Sicilian) friends, a word has come up which we are struggling to reach a shared understanding of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Italian word is &lt;em&gt;&quot;sballati&quot;&lt;/em&gt; and, when fed through Google Translate, it comes back as &quot;How High&quot; which is confusing to me as a mainly English speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They say it is used when someone drinks, gambles, takes drugs, etc. to excess, so to me it seems to mean something like &lt;em&gt;vice&lt;/em&gt;; but maybe someone can translate into English to clarify its meaning so that I do not use it inappropriately?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="845" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T09:52:07.410" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T10:28:11.350" Title="What does &quot;sballati&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2289" CreationDate="2014-08-31T09:43:24.440" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The noun &lt;em&gt;sballo&lt;/em&gt; can have different usages. It can mean something that is able to provide &quot;&lt;em&gt;a thrill of pleasurable, often reckless excitement&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; it can also mean &quot;&lt;em&gt;the sharp stimulant effect of alcohol or a drug&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. In these cases the word you might be looking for could be &quot;&lt;em&gt;kick&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, or even &quot;&lt;em&gt;trip&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The adjective &quot;&lt;em&gt;sballato&lt;/em&gt;&quot; can mean something that is absurd, illogical, nonsensical; or it can mean a person that is under the effects of alcohol or heavy drugs; it is also used for people who live a reckless, highly irregular, almost insane life.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Typically, a person who is &quot;sballata&quot; could be someone who has just spent the night in a disco, perhaps drinking too much or taking drugs and dancing uninterruptedly until sunrise, or just having extreme fun, probably more than the body can - or should - actually take.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &quot;&lt;em&gt;sbàllati&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is the imperative mood of the verb &quot;&lt;em&gt;sballare&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, and it is an invitation to have wild and reckless fun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T09:43:24.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2289" CreationDate="2014-08-31T10:28:11.350" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In conversation with Italian .. a word has come up which we are&#xA;  struggling to reach a shared understanding of...The Italian word is&#xA;  &quot;sballati&quot;... maybe someone can translate into English to clarify its&#xA;  meaning so that I do not use it inappropriately?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;sballato&quot; is the past participle of the verb &quot;sballare&quot; which has the root 'balla'  which means 'a stupid, exaggerated statement': fib, bunkum, baloney&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore, if it is used in relation to things like 'price', 'extimate' etc. it means just 'exaggerated', 'out of proportions'; in relation to 'result', 'calculation' etc. it means 'wrong'; in relation to a mechanical device such as 'motore', 'contatore' it means 'out of order', 'busted'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When it is used with relation to people its root is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1)'sballare' as an intransitive verb that means 'to go wrong/bust', 'to go beyond the acceptable limit'. &quot;è uno sballato&quot; means he is 'nuts', 'a twit'.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2) 'sballo': &quot;Nel gergo dei drogati, il particolare e temporaneo effetto di eccitazione e di benessere psicologici e fisici provocato dall’assunzione di droga&quot;. Therefore 'sballato' means 'drug-addict': 'quel bar è un covo di sballati&quot;, &quot;è entrata in un giro di sballati&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T10:28:11.350" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2292" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-08-31T11:42:42.730" Score="2" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having troubles translating this expression into English. I know the expression &quot;hollow cheeks&quot; exists, but I can't find a way to translate &quot;scavate nel volto&quot; using the same structure (e.g., &lt;em&gt;carved into the face&lt;/em&gt;; which appears to be wrong, unfortunately).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="846" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-08-31T15:37:00.913" LastActivityDate="2014-08-31T15:37:00.913" Title="How would you translate &quot;le guance magre, scavate nel volto&quot; in English?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ClosedDate="2014-09-01T10:24:03.970" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2293" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2295" CreationDate="2014-09-01T16:01:37.477" Score="3" ViewCount="341" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio riguardo all'uso della parola &quot;consultazione&quot;. Ho letto nel dizionario che opere come, ad esempio, vocabolari, dizionari, enciclopedie, atlanti, guide... si possono chiamare &quot;opere di consultazione&quot;. Non sono sicura, però, che l'uso della parola &quot;consultazione&quot; in questa frase sia corretto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A casa ho un libro di grammatica italiana per studenti stranieri che&#xA;  uso per &lt;em&gt;consultazione&lt;/em&gt; quando ho dei dubbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-02T09:14:37.643" LastActivityDate="2014-09-02T09:14:37.643" Title="Uso della parola &quot;consultazione&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2293" CreationDate="2014-09-01T16:11:42.960" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sebbene non ci siano dubbi sul significato della frase, l'utilizzo di &lt;em&gt;consultazione&lt;/em&gt; in questo caso suona piuttosto strano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io direi invece:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho un libro di grammatica che consulto quando ho dei dubbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A parte nell'espressione (che non penso sia veramente molto usata) &quot;opere di consultazione&quot;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/consultazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;il dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; riporta anche altri usi, come ad esempio quello di &quot;visita&quot; di un medico/avvocato/etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;consultazioni ogni giorno dalle quattro alle sei. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5" LastActivityDate="2014-09-01T16:11:42.960" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2293" CreationDate="2014-09-01T19:45:26.420" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Consultazione” come atto del consultare è un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/consultazione/&quot;&gt;termine normalissimo&lt;/a&gt;, in tutti i sensi del “consultare” (un libro, un medico, i partiti per formare un governo etc.). Nel caso specifico di quella frase si vuole sottolineare che la grammatica in questione non viene tenuta per leggerla da cima a fondo (o per farne la base per un corso etc.), ma appunto per cercarvi qualcosa di specifico in caso di bisogno.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;E “opere di consultazione” è un termine standard di qualsiasi biblioteca o libreria (persino &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.amazon.it/b?node=508864031&quot;&gt;Amazon&lt;/a&gt;!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-09-01T19:45:26.420" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2296" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2313" CreationDate="2014-09-02T08:34:12.517" Score="11" ViewCount="13650" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel testo di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2293/uso-della-parola-consultazione&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; qualcuno ha corretto le parole “Ho un dubbio riguardo all'uso della parola...” in “Ho un dubbio riguardo l'uso della parola...” commentando “riguardo all'uso is sloppy italian”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Controllando sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riguardo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, vedo che questo presunto “sloppy italian” è lì pienamente avallato (“&lt;em&gt;riguardo a&lt;/em&gt;, in relazione a, in quanto a, com. soprattutto nell’uso burocr. e comm.: &lt;em&gt;riguardo alla vostra richiesta dobbiamo rispondere negativamente&lt;/em&gt;”). Ma in effetti la situazione è strana: “riguardo (a)” è tecnicamente un sostantivo, usato in questo tipo di frase come se fosse una sorta di locuzione preposizionale, forse come forma ellittica di “con riguardo a” o simili. Come stanno veramente le cose?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-09-05T02:33:44.313" Title="“Riguardo” o “riguardo a”?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2297" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2298" CreationDate="2014-09-02T14:18:53.447" Score="12" ViewCount="8116" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a linguistic project I need a lot of text in Italian in TXT format (not PDF or anything else). Preferably novels, not technical or scientific. To avoid any copyright issues it would be better if they are written at least 100 years ago.&#xA;Could anyone please send me a link for such online library?&#xA;Grazie mille!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="855" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-02T21:42:19.050" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T21:54:54.590" Title="Where I can download a lot of novels/texts in Italian?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2297" CreationDate="2014-09-02T14:51:55.340" Score="17" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find lots of Italian books in a variety of formats which include TXT in these sites:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/&quot;&gt;http://www.liberliber.it/&lt;/a&gt; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;(site of Liber Liber, a non-profit cultural association which provides all the texts available from the Manuzio project)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gutenberg.org/&quot;&gt;http://www.gutenberg.org/&lt;/a&gt;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;(site of Project Gutenberg)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-10-05T08:48:03.227" LastActivityDate="2014-10-05T08:48:03.227" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2299" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-02T15:30:41.927" Score="3" ViewCount="1096" Body="&lt;p&gt;In alcune novelle di Luigi Pirandello ho letto le parole &quot;arzigogolo&quot; e &quot;arzigogolato&quot;, che mi sono sembrate molto curiose. Ad esempio, nella &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tragedia d'un personaggio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; c'è questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avere il privilegio inestimabile di esser nato personaggio, oggi come&#xA;  oggi, voglio dire oggi che la vita materiale è cosí irta di vili&#xA;  difficoltà che ostacolano, deformano, immiseriscono ogni esistenza;&#xA;  avere il privilegio di esser nato personaggio vivo, ordinato dunque,&#xA;  anche nella mia piccolezza, all'immortalità, e sissignore, esser&#xA;  caduto in quelle mani, esser condannato a perire iniquamente, a&#xA;  soffocare in quel mondo d'artifizio, dove non posso né respirare né&#xA;  dare un passo, perché è tutto finto, falso, combinato, &lt;em&gt;arzigogolato&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel racconto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il buon core&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; appare questo stesso aggettivo: &quot;arzigogolato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella novella &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;La maschera dimenticata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E chi sa da che strambe ragioni era stato perciò indotto a presentarsi&#xA;  ora lí non invitato; e che cosa, nei misteriosi &lt;em&gt;arzigogoli&lt;/em&gt;, nelle&#xA;  segrete previsioni del suo spirito conturbato, doveva rappresentare&#xA;  per lui questa sua partecipazione alla lotta politica in favore del&#xA;  figlio di don Francesco Laleva; che beneficii sbardellati se ne&#xA;  riprometteva, che tremendi pericoli e responsabilità si immaginava di&#xA;  dovere affrontare...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Persino nella novella &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;La veste lunga&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; un personaggio, un prete, viene chiamato &quot;don Arzigogolo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato nel dizionario che &quot;arzigogolato&quot; e &quot;arzigogolo&quot; sono parole che si usano per indicare qualcosa di artificioso, complicato, fatto in modo bizzarro, contorto. Mi domando, però, quale sia l'origine di queste curiosi vocaboli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-25T10:23:39.600" Title="Etimologia delle parole &quot;arzigogolo&quot; e &quot;arzigogolato&quot;" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2299" CreationDate="2014-09-02T16:39:41.320" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arzigogolo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e lo Zingarelli se la cavano con “etimo incerto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si sbilancia di più il vecchio dizionario etimologico Battisti-Alessio: «sembra voce di struttura greca, forse da un latinizzato * &lt;em&gt;archaeologāre&lt;/em&gt;, dal gr. &lt;em&gt;archaiologéō&lt;/em&gt;, discuto di antichità o di cose fuori tempo; adopero uno stile archaicizzante», etimo ripreso dal Devoto-Oli che ho sotto mano (non il più recente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-09-02T16:39:41.320" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2301" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2303" CreationDate="2014-09-02T19:42:35.077" Score="8" ViewCount="14025" Body="&lt;p&gt;Durante una discussione ho sentito una persona usare l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;fare il pesce in barile&lt;/strong&gt; con riferimento a qualcuno che, se ho ben capito, stava facendo di tutto per tenersi fuori da una situazione spinosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sapete dire se è proprio questo il senso della frase? Sarei inoltre curiosa di sapere da dove nasce questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2014-09-02T21:11:24.283" Title="Origine e significato dell'espressione &quot;Fare il pesce in barile&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2299" CreationDate="2014-09-02T20:01:42.903" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/vocabolarioetim00piangoog&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vocabolario etimologico della lingua italiana di Ottorino Pianigiani&lt;/a&gt; (1907):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;arzigògolo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (dial. &lt;em&gt;arcigògolo&lt;/em&gt;). Secondo alcuni comp. di ARCI, che usato come prefisso dà forza superlativa (a cui altri sostituisce il lat. ARS &lt;em&gt;arte&lt;/em&gt;) e GÒGOLO per GOLGOLO alterazione dì vòlvolo dal lat. VÒLVO &lt;em&gt;volgo in giro&lt;/em&gt;. Meglio il Caix da GIRIGÒGOLO, allungamento di girigòro (v. &lt;em&gt;Girigogolo&lt;/em&gt;) mediante trasposizione di lettere nel primo elemento, cioè &lt;em&gt;argi, arzi&lt;/em&gt; per GIRI. — Raggiro; Giro di parole ingegnoso e bizzarro; Cavillo; Invenzione grandemente artificiosa e involuta; Ordigno fatto con minuta ricercatezza.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Deriv. Arzigogolare; Arzigogolóne. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/novodizionarios00petrgoog&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Novo dizionario scolastico della lingua italiana dell'uso e fuori uso di Policarpo  Petrocchi&lt;/a&gt; (1899)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;arzigogolo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; [da &lt;em&gt;girigogolo&lt;/em&gt;] Trovata cavillosa. Parole rigirate. || &lt;strong&gt;arzigogolare&lt;/strong&gt; Fantasticare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-09-02T20:14:23.213" LastActivityDate="2014-09-02T20:14:23.213" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2301" CreationDate="2014-09-02T20:52:01.363" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fare il pesce in &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/P/pesce.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;barile&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mostrare di non vedere e non sentire nulla, di non accorgersi di quello che accade intorno, come non può vedere nulla uno dei tanti pesci tenuti in conserva dentro un barile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;rimaner neutrale fra due partiti opposti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'origine non è' chiara ma è' evidente il riferimento all'attività ittica tipica del nostro paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.felicebelisario.it/2012/04/16/ministro-severo-fa-pesce-in-barile/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ministro Severino&lt;/a&gt; fa pesce in barile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(16 aprile 2012 in Comunicati Stampa, Giustizia, Politica e Valori)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“Anche il ministro Severino fa il pesce in barile, ma così rischia di restare sepolta dalle indagini in corso che rivelano ogni giorno di più la corruzione devastante che avvolge come un cancro il nostro Paese.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-02T21:11:24.283" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2304" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2308" CreationDate="2014-09-03T01:42:53.500" Score="3" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wish to describe a mobile stand that sells food in the street. I have constructed &lt;em&gt;bancarelle mobile di cibo&lt;/em&gt; but I feel uncertain about my choice. Have I done it correctly or is there an Italian idiomatic phrase for caravans with a flap on the side for selling street-food? I am particularly interested in a Tuscan/Florentine term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-09-03T06:50:27.803" LastActivityDate="2014-09-11T12:32:00.003" Title="Is it correct to say bancarella mobile di cibo?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2305" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-09-03T07:15:06.313" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-09-03T07:15:06.313" LastActivityDate="2014-09-03T07:15:06.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2306" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-09-03T07:15:06.313" Score="0" Body="For questions asking about resources related to Italian language." OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-03T15:07:12.357" LastActivityDate="2014-09-03T15:07:12.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2304" CreationDate="2014-09-03T12:26:27.830" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I wish to describe a mobile stand that sells food in the street. I&#xA;  have constructed bancarelle mobile di cibo but I feel uncertain about&#xA;  my choice. Have I done it correctly or is there an Italian idiomatic&#xA;  phrase for &lt;strong&gt;caravans&lt;/strong&gt; with a flap on the side for selling street-food? I&#xA;  am particularly interested in a &lt;strong&gt;Tuscan/Florentine term.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine toscano/fiorentino è 'banchino', è tipico il 'banchino di trippaio' , questo sarebbe 'banchino di lampredottaio'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non credo che si possa usare per un mezzo motorizzato, altrove si direbbe 'chiosco (vendita alimenti) ambulante', 'autonegozio', 'lampredotteria ambulante' etc, ma gli italiani amano l'inglese persino chi vuole combattere il 'fast food' si definisce 'slow food, quindi 'caravan', 'camper' &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...dalla porchetta di Ariccia alla trippa e al &lt;em&gt;lampredotto&lt;/em&gt; fiorentini,&#xA;  dalle bombette di Alberobello allo &lt;em&gt;street food&lt;/em&gt; siciliano .. dagli&#xA;  arrosticini abruzzesi al Pastin che arriva dalle dolomiti bellunesi.&#xA;  Non mancherà il cibo di strada locale con scagliozzi e torcinelli,&#xA;  ospitati dal &lt;strong&gt;caravan&lt;/strong&gt; vintage..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc:&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.turismoallariaaperta.com/2012/09/26/7%C2%B0-festival-internazionale-del-cibo-di-strada/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.turismoallariaaperta.com/2012/09/26/7%C2%B0-festival-internazionale-del-cibo-di-strada/&lt;/a&gt;, &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.alibaba.com/product-gs/stainless-steel-mobile-food-catering-cart-hot-dog-caravan-596394928.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://italian.alibaba.com/product-gs/stainless-steel-mobile-food-catering-cart-hot-dog-caravan-596394928.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-09-03T14:28:09.633" LastActivityDate="2014-09-03T14:28:09.633" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2304" CreationDate="2014-09-03T12:55:40.220" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;A generic definition that I think can be understood in all Italy can be &lt;strong&gt;chiosco ambulante&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;chiosco mobile&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that this is the best word choice to describe waht you are talking about, and I also found that this is the description used in some websites that talk about this job:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un buon sbocco di lavoro, senza investire eccessivo denaro, è diventare imprenditore di un &lt;strong&gt;chiosco ambulante&lt;/strong&gt;; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://lavoroefinanza.soldionline.it/aprire-un-chiosco-ambulante-168453.html&quot;&gt;http://lavoroefinanza.soldionline.it/aprire-un-chiosco-ambulante-168453.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Come Aprire un Chiosco Ambulante&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aprire un &lt;strong&gt;chiosco ambulante&lt;/strong&gt; può essere un processo complicato, richiede una cospicua quantità di denaro per avviarlo e molta pazienza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikihow.com/Aprire-un-Chiosco-Ambulante&quot;&gt;http://it.wikihow.com/Aprire-un-Chiosco-Ambulante&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to underline the fact that the mobile stall is actually a caravan with a mobile stall, you should choose &lt;strong&gt;furgone ambulante&lt;/strong&gt;, but &lt;strong&gt;chiosco&lt;/strong&gt; better indicates the fact that food is sold from the mobile stall.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2014-09-03T12:55:40.220" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2312" CreationDate="2014-09-04T12:25:01.750" Score="4" ViewCount="900" Body="&lt;p&gt;I due verbi afferiscono allo stesso significato e reggono anche la stessa preposizione (di). &lt;em&gt;Tacciare&lt;/em&gt; è naturalmente meno frequente e più ricercato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono contesti/esempi in cui i due verbi non possano essere scambiati perché non equivalenti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sì, dove, nella storia ed etimologia, si trova la radice della differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-09-04T12:38:31.423" LastActivityDate="2014-09-05T10:05:08.470" Title="Diverse sfumature di significato di &quot;tacciare&quot; e &quot;accusare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2310" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2311" CreationDate="2014-09-04T12:32:58.873" Score="2" ViewCount="19324" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma corretta, con o senza la preposizione &quot;a&quot;? Ad esempio, cosa si dovrebbe dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La settimana &lt;em&gt;precedente al&lt;/em&gt; primo esame...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La settimana &lt;em&gt;precedente il&lt;/em&gt; primo esame... ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-09-04T12:37:58.260" Title="&quot;Precedente a qualcosa&quot; o &quot;precedente qualcosa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2310" CreationDate="2014-09-04T12:37:58.260" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono ammesse entrambe le costruzioni (cf. per esempio il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/precedente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, che esemplifica «&lt;em&gt;la settimana p. alla partenza&lt;/em&gt; (o, con costrutto diretto, &lt;em&gt;p. la partenza&lt;/em&gt;)»).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Direi che, anche se non è la stessa cosa, sia una situazione simile a quella di altri aggettivi e sostantivi che originariamente erano participi presenti: in genere si dice “i componenti della commissione”, ma se uno “sente” il participio di “comporre” può dire “i componenti la commissione”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-09-04T12:37:58.260" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2309" CreationDate="2014-09-04T21:58:35.650" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'etimolgia dei due termini è molto diversa ma il significato attuale è simile nel senso di attribuire una colpa o una responsabilità a qualcuno. Accusare a differenza di tacciare è il termine che viene usato in ambito legale, inoltre accusare ha altri significati : Manifestare e palesare. ( vedi sotto). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tacciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tacciare:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Accusare, imputare di una colpa o di un vizio (si intende, in genere, d’imputazione non giudiziale): lo tacciarono a torto di tradimento; era tacciato di essere una spia. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=taccia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tacciare etimologia: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;da tacia o tacca  che, per l'influsso francese di &lt;em&gt;tache&lt;/em&gt;, ha assunto il significato di macchia in senso metaforico ( pecca, colpa o accusa) da cui &lt;em&gt;tacciare&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/Accusare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accusare: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Attribuire una colpa, muovere un’accusa: nelle note informative, il direttore lo accusava di eccessiva negligenza; &lt;em&gt;in partic., chiamare una persona davanti ai giudici per rispondere di un fatto previsto dalla legge come reato&lt;/em&gt;: a. qualcuno d’aver rubato, di aver ucciso; fu accusato di omicidio, di furto, di peculato. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Manifestare, dichiarare: a. un disturbo, un dolore al piede, ecc.; a. il ricevimento di una lettera (nell’uso burocr., a. ricevuta); per estens., a. il colpo, lasciare chiaramente intendere di essere stato colpito (in senso proprio o, più spesso, fig.). Con accezione partic., a. i proprî peccati, dichiararli in confessione. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=Accusare&amp;amp;find=Cerca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accusare etimologia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;da causa o cagione. Accagionare ossia attribuire ad altri la cagione, la colpa. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditDate="2014-09-05T07:40:20.010" LastActivityDate="2014-09-05T07:40:20.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2296" CreationDate="2014-09-05T01:54:12.203" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/riguardo-a-o-riguardo_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, la forma corretta è &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;riguardo a&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, la «forma senza la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, anche se molto diffusa, è scorretta».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;riguardare&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;guardare di nuovo&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso di dedicare particolare attenzione a qualcosa o qualcuno. Ha lo stesso significato e la stessa costruzione del verbo &lt;em&gt;rispettare&lt;/em&gt;, da &lt;em&gt;respicĕre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;guardare indietro, tornare a guardare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un vocabolo antichissimo entrato fin da subito nel lessico cortese/cavalleresco. Nei suoi vari significati compare ben 55 volte nella sola &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt;, 149 volte nel &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt;, 49 volte nell'&lt;em&gt;Orlando Furioso&lt;/em&gt; (curiosamente è del tutto assente dal &lt;em&gt;Canzoniere&lt;/em&gt;!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il riguardo &lt;em&gt;si ha&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;si porta&lt;/em&gt;, a qualcosa/qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano antico si diceva &lt;em&gt;avendo riguardo a&lt;/em&gt; per introdurre una proposizione parentetica spesso modale o causale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così compare ad esempio nel Decameron, in alcune indimenticabili scene erotiche boccacciane:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«La giovane, che non era di ferro né di diamante, assai agevolmente si piegò a’ piaceri dell’abate: il quale, abbracciatala e basciatala più volte, in su il letticello del monaco salitosene, &lt;strong&gt;avendo forse riguardo al grave peso della sua dignità e alla tenera età della giovane&lt;/strong&gt;, temendo forse di non offenderla per troppa gravezza, non sopra il petto di lei salì ma lei sopra il suo petto pose, e per lungo spazio con lei si trastullò».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Alessandro, quantunque non la conoscesse, &lt;strong&gt;avendo riguardo alla compagnia che ella avea&lt;/strong&gt;, lei stimò dovere essere nobile e ricca, e bellissima la vedea: per che senza troppo lungo pensiero rispose che, se questo a lei piacea, a lui era molto a grado. Essa allora levatasi a sedere in su il letto, davanti a una tavoletta dove Nostro Signore era effigiato postogli in mano uno anello, gli si fece sposare; e appresso insieme abbracciatisi, con gran piacer di ciascuna delle parti quanto di quella notte restava si sollazzarono»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Il famigliar d’Osbech, il cui nome era Antioco, a cui la bella donna era a guardia rimasa, ancora che attempato fosse, veggendola così bella, senza servare al suo amico e signor fede di lei s’innamorò: e sappiendo la lingua di lei (il che molto a grado l’era, sì come a colei alla quale parecchi anni a guisa quasi di sorda e di mutola era convenuta vivere, per lo non aver persona inteso né essa essere stata intesa da persona), da amore incitato cominciò seco tanta familiarità a pigliare in pochi dì, che non dopo molto, &lt;strong&gt;non avendo riguardo al signor loro che in arme e in guerra era&lt;/strong&gt;, fecero la dimestichezza non solamente amichevole ma amorosa divenire, l’uno dell’altro pigliando sotto le lenzuola maraviglioso piacere»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ora avvenne, dopo certo spazio di tempo, che la fortuna apparecchiò caso da poter lo scolare al suo disiderio sodisfare; per ciò che, essendosi il giovane che dalla vedova era amato, &lt;strong&gt;non avendo alcun riguardo allo amor da lei portatogli&lt;/strong&gt;, innamorato d’un’altra donna e non volendo né poco né molto dire né fare cosa che a lei fosse a piacere, essa in lagrime e in amaritudine si consumava»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei contesti citati su, &lt;em&gt;aver riguardo&lt;/em&gt; significa propriamente &lt;em&gt;portare rispetto&lt;/em&gt;. Ma è già presente in Boccaccio quell'uso di &lt;em&gt;avendo riguardo a&lt;/em&gt; che poi in italiano moderno sarebbe diventato &lt;em&gt;riguardo a&lt;/em&gt;. Eccone un esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Niuna cosa mi poté mai far credere, avendo riguardo a’ vostri costumi, che altro mi dovesse seguir della mia venuta che quello che io veggio che voi ne fate; di che io vi sarò sempre obligata.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui &lt;em&gt;avendo riguardo a&lt;/em&gt; può essere anche visto come locuzione prepositiva che introduce un complemento di argomento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che, sempre nel Decameron, si trova anche la locuzione &lt;em&gt;avendo rispetto a&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di &lt;em&gt;rispetto a&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Venuta la fine della lunga novella d’Emilia, non per ciò dispiaciuta a alcuno per la sua lunghezza, ma da tutti tenuto che brievemente narrata fosse stata &lt;strong&gt;avendo rispetto alla quantità e alla varietà de’ casi in essa raccontati&lt;/strong&gt;, per che la reina, alla Lauretta con un sol cenno mostrato il suo disio, le diè cagione di così cominciare».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-05T02:33:44.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2314" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2316" CreationDate="2014-09-05T09:42:56.157" Score="5" ViewCount="1428" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura su come si debba fare l'accordo del verbo in una frase il cui soggetto è &quot;alcuni di voi&quot; o &quot;alcuni di noi&quot;. Il verbo si deve coniugare in seconda (o prima) persona plurale o in terza persona plurale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-20T18:32:07.377" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T18:32:07.377" Title="Accordo del verbo con il soggetto &quot;alcuni di voi (noi)&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2309" CreationDate="2014-09-05T10:05:08.470" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;come già scritto, &quot;tacciare&quot; non può sostituire &quot;accusare&quot; in ambito legale. Nel linguaggio comune io sento una leggera differenza di significato: se taccio qualcuno può esserci una sfumatura scherzosa, mentre se lo accuso no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-09-05T10:05:08.470" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2314" CreationDate="2014-09-05T11:38:42.177" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Poiché il soggetto della frase &quot;Alcuni di noi/voi [verbo]&quot; è &quot;Alcuni&quot;, mentre il pronome personale (&quot;noi&quot; o &quot;voi&quot;) funge da complemento partitivo, è corretto coniugare il verbo alla terza persona plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user572" LastActivityDate="2014-09-05T11:38:42.177" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2352" CreationDate="2014-09-05T15:09:51.650" Score="4" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel testo della canzone &quot;Generale&quot;, di Francesco de Gregori, si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Generale, &lt;strong&gt;queste cinque stelle&lt;/strong&gt;, queste cinque lacrime sulla mia pelle, &lt;strong&gt;che senso hanno dentro al rumore di questo treno&lt;/strong&gt; [...]?    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco come viene utilizzata la preposizione &lt;em&gt;dentro&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto. Qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-15T09:36:07.087" LastActivityDate="2014-09-15T10:49:33.573" Title="&quot;Dentro al rumore di questo treno&quot;: perché &quot;dentro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2014-09-05T21:12:14.610" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La soluzione è molto più semplice: deriva dal latino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non est.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In piemonte sono diffuse le varianti &lt;em&gt;neh&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si dice per confermare la frase precedente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;döman as vedduma neh (domani ci vediamo neh).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="862" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-05T21:35:44.680" LastActivityDate="2014-09-05T21:35:44.680" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2319" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2320" CreationDate="2014-09-06T17:06:11.680" Score="3" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è qualche differenza di uso tra il &quot;si passivante&quot; e la &quot;forma passiva&quot; in frasi come, per esempio, queste?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto alcune composizioni del tipo che si possono chiedere in&#xA;  questi esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto alcune composizioni del tipo che possono essere chieste in&#xA;  questi esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-09-07T07:58:37.197" Title="Forma passiva versus si passivante" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2319" CreationDate="2014-09-07T07:53:17.923" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La domanda è se vi siano differenze nell'&lt;strong&gt;uso&lt;/strong&gt; tra la &lt;em&gt;costruzione del si passivante&lt;/em&gt; e altre &lt;em&gt;costruzioni passive&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/costruzione-passiva_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ci spiega come vengono usate le varie costruzioni ma non ci dice molto sulle differenze nell'uso. Similmente il blog della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=4024&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Zanichelli&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso, mantenendo la struttura proposta, la frase si può scrivere equivalentemente nei modi seguenti, senza che ad orecchio si avvertano differenze significative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) vien[e] chiesto in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) può venir[e] chiesto in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) si chiede in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) si può chiedere in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) può chiedersi in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che &amp;quot;tipo&amp;quot; è singolare - io in questo caso userei il singolare. Un ulteriore quesito potrebbe essere: «questo tipo di esami si chiede» o «questo tipo di esami si chiedono»? Ma questa è tutta un'altra domanda e forse meriterebbe un approfondimento a parte. Se si accetta la &lt;em&gt;sillessi, la costruzione a senso&lt;/em&gt;, si può anche dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) vengon[o] chieste in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) posson[o] venir[e] chieste in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) si chiedono in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) si posson[o] chiedere in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho svolto alcune composizioni del tipo che (normalmente) posson[o] chiedersi in questi esami&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-07T07:58:37.197" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2322" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2324" CreationDate="2014-09-07T10:20:09.073" Score="6" ViewCount="506" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa domanda è stata suggerita da &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/2320/707&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si deve fare l'accordo del verbo in una frase subordinata introdotta da un'espressione della forma &amp;quot;sostantivo plurale&amp;quot; + &amp;quot;del tipo che&amp;quot; + &amp;quot;si passivante&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;che&amp;quot; è l'oggetto della frase) o &amp;quot;forma passiva&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;che&amp;quot; è il soggetto della frase)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, queste frasi sono corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di esercizi del tipo che normalmente &lt;em&gt;si chiedono&lt;/em&gt; in questi esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di esercizi del tipo che normalmente &lt;em&gt;vengono chiesti&lt;/em&gt; in questi esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure si dovrebbe coniugare il verbo della subordinata al singolare in questo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di esercizi del tipo che normalmente &lt;em&gt;si chiede&lt;/em&gt; in questi esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di esercizi del tipo che normalmente &lt;em&gt;viene chiesto&lt;/em&gt; in questi esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T18:34:05.267" Title="Accordo del verbo in una frase introdotta da &quot;del tipo che&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2322" CreationDate="2014-09-07T11:00:10.773" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le due coppie di frasi sono entrambe corrette, ciò che cambia è a cosa si riferisce il pronome relativo &quot;che&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nella prima coppia di frasi, sostituisce &quot;esercizi&quot; (Dividendo le due proposizioni, otteniamo: Si tratta di esercizi del tipo. Gli esercizi si chiedono/vengono chiesti normalmente in questi esami);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nella seconda, rimpiazza &quot;tipo&quot; (Si tratta di esercizi del tipo. Il tipo [di esercizi] si chiede/viene chiesto normalmente in questi esami).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user572" LastActivityDate="2014-09-07T11:00:10.773" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2322" CreationDate="2014-09-08T02:02:58.910" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Indipendentemente da subordinate e forme passive, si tratta come accennato in precedenza di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/concordanza-a-senso_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;concordanze a senso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; che, secondo me, più che solo &lt;em&gt;a senso&lt;/em&gt; funzionano anche e forse soprattutto &lt;em&gt;ad orecchio&lt;/em&gt;: a volte queste costruzioni suonano bene, a volte no, a volte possono persino causare corto-circuiti logici, ambiguità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consideriamo le frasi seguenti. Benché corrette in entrambe le concordanze (morfologica/grammaticale e a senso), non è sempre ovvio quale sia quella che suona meglio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;questo tipo di&lt;/em&gt; dubbi (a) sorge / (b) sorgono anche ai più esperti --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;questo genere di&lt;/em&gt; storie non (a) solletica / (b) solleticano il mio interesse --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un esercito di&lt;/em&gt; zanzare (a) infestava / (b) infestavano la zona --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(a) partecipò / (b) parteciparono &lt;em&gt;un sacco di&lt;/em&gt; persone --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ci (a) vuole / (b) vogliono &lt;em&gt;un mucchio di&lt;/em&gt; soldi per permettersi una villa così --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un paio di&lt;/em&gt; cucchiaini (a) è / (b) sono anche (a) troppo (b) troppi --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;non (a) basterà / (b) basteranno &lt;em&gt;una decina di&lt;/em&gt; esempi --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;una dozzina di&lt;/em&gt; monetine (a) fu / (b) furono tutto ciò che servì --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un centinaio di&lt;/em&gt; centesimi (a) fa / (b) fanno un euro --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un migliaio di&lt;/em&gt; soldati (a) si diresse / (b) diressero verso il confine --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;la maggior parte di&lt;/em&gt; loro non se ne (a) rende / (b) rendono conto --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;una gran quantità di&lt;/em&gt; specie animali (a) è / (b) sono a rischio di estinzione --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un piccolo numero di&lt;/em&gt; industrie (a) si spartiva / (b) si spartivano il mercato --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(a) c'era / (b) c'erano solo &lt;em&gt;un gruppetto di&lt;/em&gt; studenti --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;una manciata di&lt;/em&gt; esercenti (a) rimase / (b) rimasero (a) aperta (b) aperti --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un oceano di&lt;/em&gt; emozioni in tempesta le si (a) frastornava / (b) frastornavano dentro --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la (a) travolgeva / (b) travolgevano &lt;em&gt;un uragano di&lt;/em&gt; sensazioni contrastanti --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;una folla di&lt;/em&gt; fan deliranti (a) spingeva (b) spingevano per uscire --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;si (a) presentò / (b) presentarono alla prova &lt;em&gt;una moltitudine di&lt;/em&gt; candidati --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(a) seguì / (b) seguirono &lt;em&gt;una serie di&lt;/em&gt; tentativi disastrosi --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;gli anni seguenti (a) fu / (b) furono &lt;em&gt;una successione di&lt;/em&gt; insuccessi --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;non (a) fu / (b) furono &lt;em&gt;una sequenza di&lt;/em&gt; provocazioni, ma vero e proprio mobbing --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (a)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(a) s'era / (b) s'erano (a) vista / (b) visti passare &lt;em&gt;una sfilata di&lt;/em&gt; personaggi equivoci --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;allo stadio (a) sventolò / (b) sventolarono &lt;em&gt;un tripudio di&lt;/em&gt; tricolori --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;opterei per (b)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si provi a fare quest'esercizio ogni due/tre giorni e si noterà che, tranne eccezioni, le risposte varieranno sensibilmente: un giorno una costruzione suonerà bene e un altro la stessa costruzione suonerà meno bene. Si provino anche a modificare lievemente gli esempi sopra e si noterà che la stessa costruzione suona meglio o peggio anche a seconda del contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La costruzione specifica proposta su - sostantivo plurale seguito dalla locuzione &quot;&lt;em&gt;del tipo che&lt;/em&gt;&quot; - secondo me genera ancor più dubbi. Tecnicamente però è corretto usare sia il singolare (concordanza morfologica/grammaticale) che il plurale (concordanza a senso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-09-08T02:02:58.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2325" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10886" CreationDate="2014-09-08T10:45:54.507" Score="4" ViewCount="1028" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto queste due frasi che contengono l'espressione &quot;alcuna differenza&quot; o &quot;qualche differenza&quot;, la prima è una negazione, mentre la seconda è una frase interrogativa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Matematicamente non c'è &lt;em&gt;alcuna differenza&lt;/em&gt; tra particelle e&#xA;  antiparticelle, a parte il segno della carica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è &lt;em&gt;qualche differenza&lt;/em&gt; tra le due teorie?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: sarebbe corretto usare &quot;alcuna differenza&quot; nella frase interrogativa? Cioè, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è &lt;em&gt;alcuna differenza&lt;/em&gt; tra le due teorie?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è una costruzione corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T11:02:28.523" Title="L'espressione &quot;alcuna differenza&quot; in una frase interrogativa" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2325" CreationDate="2014-09-08T12:47:36.693" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, puoi perfettamente dirlo. Nel tuo esempio, alcuna e qualche significano un numero indeterminato di cose (astratte).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Principali significati di &lt;code&gt;alcuno/a&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Un numero &lt;strong&gt;indeterminato&lt;/strong&gt;, limitato e circoscritto, di persone o cose:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto alcuni amici (Non specifichi esattamente quanti)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qualche&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per alcun tempo (~ per qualche tempo)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nessuna&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non hai voglia alcuna (~ Non hai nessuna voglia)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I principali significati di &lt;code&gt;qualche&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alcuni, pochi&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Resta solo qualche giorno di tempo (Restano solo pochi giorni)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Numero &lt;strong&gt;inderterminato&lt;/strong&gt; di una cosa astratta (~ alcuno/a):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho accettato dopo qualche esitazione (Ho accettato con alcuna esitazione)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, molto spesso questi aggettivi/pronomi possono scambiarsi, solo col tempo capirai quando usare uno piuttosto che l'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user801" LastEditorDisplayName="user801" LastEditDate="2014-09-08T13:22:57.920" LastActivityDate="2014-09-08T13:22:57.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2327" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-09-08T13:02:40.813" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-09-08T13:02:40.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-08T13:02:40.813" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2328" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-09-08T13:02:40.813" Score="0" Body="For questions that deal with grammatical number: “singular” versus “plural.”" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-08T21:25:39.677" LastActivityDate="2014-09-08T21:25:39.677" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2330" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-09T12:34:43.177" Score="7" ViewCount="557" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to make an essential list of the top-ten most representative Italian literary works ever, something like a &lt;em&gt;Canon of Italian Literature&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;Italian books everyone should read at least once in their lifetime&lt;/em&gt;). The works should be representative of Italian language&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;throughout the centuries&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;across literary genres&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;across geographic areas&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The list should be as objective as possible, i.e. it should be based on &lt;em&gt;solid historical foundations&lt;/em&gt;, not just personal taste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, the list would not be well-balanced if ten works by the same author were provided, or ten written in the same century or ten belonging to the same literary genre or ten written by authors from the same geographic area. Analogously, the list would not be good if it neglected historically illustrious authors or glorious masterpieces in favour of minor authors or works, or authors or works touched by short-lived glory.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each work in the list should have the format&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[name and surname of author]. [year]. &lt;em&gt;[title]&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and sorted in chronological order.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My list could be something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dante Alighieri. 1321. &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni Boccaccio. 1351/1353. &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francesco Petrarca. 1374. &lt;em&gt;Canzoniere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Niccolò Machiavelli. 1513. &lt;em&gt;Il Principe&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ludovico Ariosto. 1532. &lt;em&gt;Orlando Furioso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ugo Foscolo. 1802. &lt;em&gt;Le ultime lettere di Jacopo Ortis&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giacomo Leopardi. 1837. &lt;em&gt;Canti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alessandro Manzoni. 1842. &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Pirandello. 1904. &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Umberto Eco. 1980. &lt;em&gt;Il nome della rosa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is just an example and, although it reflects pretty well the criteria above, it also comes with some major drawbacks: it is entirely focused towards the past; contemporary Italian is virtually missing; it is not sufficiently representative of Italian areas; not a single female author is in there (in my opinion Grazia Deledda's &lt;em&gt;Canne al vento&lt;/em&gt; is no match compared to others in the list and many other candidates).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the reasons above, feel free to propose your own lists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/alessandro-manzoni/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Apparently&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt; was edited between 1840 and 1842 (after &lt;em&gt;la risciacquatura in Arno&lt;/em&gt;, known as &lt;em&gt;edizione quarantana&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found a &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Wikisource:Canone_delle_opere_della_letteratura_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Canon of 137 Italian literary works from Italian Wikisource&lt;/a&gt;. Seems &lt;strong&gt;very authoritative&lt;/strong&gt;. More details in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Discussioni_Wikisource:Canone_delle_opere_della_letteratura_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;talk page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-10-05T09:19:54.387" LastActivityDate="2014-10-05T09:19:54.387" Title="Essential list of the top-ten most representative Italian literary works ever" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2331" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2336" CreationDate="2014-09-10T02:16:31.523" Score="4" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel parlare di alcuni caduti antifascisti, mi è capitato di riferirmi a loro come &lt;em&gt;martiri del fascismo&lt;/em&gt;, col significato di &lt;em&gt;persone rese martiri dal fascismo&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia, nel rileggere una seconda volta il testo, ho notato l'ambiguità dell'espressione, che può essere intesa come &lt;em&gt;persone rese martiri perché associate al fascismo&lt;/em&gt;. Perciò, mi sono posto il dubbio: &lt;strong&gt;è legittimo/consigliabile far seguire &quot;martire di&quot; dall'agente?&lt;/strong&gt; Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/martire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; riporta un solo esempio di questo utilizzo, contro una decina di esempi dove utilizza &quot;di&quot; come complemento di causa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, &lt;strong&gt;come posso disambiguare tra i due utilizzi? C'è un'espressione equivalente a &quot;martire&amp;nbsp;di&quot;&amp;nbsp;+&amp;nbsp;agente?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-09-10T15:18:20.367" Title="In &quot;martire di qualcosa&quot;, si può usare &quot;di&quot; come complemento d'agente?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2332" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2333" CreationDate="2014-09-10T05:53:39.140" Score="4" ViewCount="865" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English we have an idiom - the tourist trail - to talk about the popular route of tourist through a place. My translation is strada di turismo but I am sure that this is not right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can some kind soul help me with this, please, as I am sure that Italians have a lot to say about tourists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="785" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-09-10T14:33:09.893" LastActivityDate="2014-09-15T14:51:18.690" Title="How can I get on the 'tourist trail'?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2332" CreationDate="2014-09-10T07:15:07.890" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, this idiom does not get a straightforward translation in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would express it as &lt;em&gt;percorso turistico&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note, if you want to talk about some very popular route people use (also in a metaphorical sense, so not necessarily a real path, but maybe a path in life, habits ...), you can say &lt;em&gt;percorso battuto/strada battuta&lt;/em&gt;, where the adjective means &quot;something which many people use, go through, wlak through&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2014-09-10T07:15:07.890" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2332" CreationDate="2014-09-10T07:42:38.273" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.glosbe.com/en/it/touristic%20route&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Itinerario turistico &lt;/a&gt; is a common and useful expression:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;An established or selected course for travel consisting, typically, of secondary roads with significant scenic, cultural, historic, geological or natural features and including vistas, rest areas, and interpretive sites matching the scenic characteristics of the course. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.roma2000.it/visite.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt; Sei itinerari turistici a piedi a Roma&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;le sei proposte di itinerario che si presentano non hanno certo l'ambizione di esaurire la conoscenza dei luoghi che si visitano, ma di trasmettere al turista, spesso frettoloso, una visione d'insieme della città attraverso l'evoluzione del suo patrimonio monumentale ed artistico. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=itinerario%20turistico%2Cpercorso%20turistico&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Citinerario%20turistico%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cpercorso%20turistico%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2014-09-11T06:40:52.663" LastActivityDate="2014-09-11T06:40:52.663" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2331" CreationDate="2014-09-10T08:39:57.747" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Martire, come hai giustamente citato da Treccani, significa 'testimone', chi si sacrifica per un ideale. Col signficato di 'vittima' è errato o regionale, e si è diffuso nell'esempio citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_8/interventi/3193.shtml.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sito della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;martire del fascismo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giammai. Martire significa &quot;testimone&quot;, non &quot;vittima&quot;. I martiri del&#xA;  fascismo sono coloro che sono morti (e&#xA;  qualcuno ce ne fu) per quella che si chiamava &quot;rivoluzione fascista&quot; e&#xA;  cui si dedicavano, in genere collettivamente, vie e piazze. Sul numero&#xA;  dei &quot;martiri fascisti&quot; non saprei darle ragguagli. Una curiosità:&#xA;  Urbisaglia, prima della guerra, era chiamata ufficialmente &quot;Urbisaglia&#xA;  Bonservizi&quot; in omaggio a un &quot;martire fascista&quot;. Io sarei più parco nel&#xA;  tributare il titolo di martire: morire per un ideale è nobil cosa,&#xA;  essere perseguitati per motivi politici o religiosi è un'afflizione&#xA;  che domanda virtù, ma morire per testimoniare è altra cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel meridione è diffuso l'uso di 'martire' col significato di 'perseguitato', 'tormentato' : &quot;M'ha fatto martire per tutta la serata!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è forse un caso che l'unico esempio citato sia di Pirandello. Forse la parola che cerchi, a seconda del contesto, è 'perseguitato' o (se morto) 'vittima'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-10T15:18:20.367" LastActivityDate="2014-09-10T15:18:20.367" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2337" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2330" CreationDate="2014-09-11T01:16:26.793" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Due to the difficulty to make the list, I propose here lots of candidates. Feel free to add more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francesco d’Assisi. 1224. &lt;em&gt;Il Cantico di Frate Sole&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cielo d'Alcamo. 1231-1250. &lt;em&gt;Contrasto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Anonimo fiorentino. 12?. &lt;em&gt;Novellino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Marco Polo. 1298. &lt;em&gt;Il Milione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dante Alighieri. 1321. &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni Boccaccio. 1351/1353. &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francesco Petrarca. 1374. &lt;em&gt;Canzoniere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Anonimo. 1476. &lt;em&gt;I fioretti di san Francesco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Niccolò Machiavelli. 1513. &lt;em&gt;Il Principe&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Pietro Aretino. 1524. &lt;em&gt;Sonetti lussuriosi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ludovico Ariosto. 1532. &lt;em&gt;Orlando Furioso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Anonimo. 15?. &lt;em&gt;La Venexiana&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Annibal Caro. 1566. &lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Torquato Tasso. 1575. &lt;em&gt;Gerusalemme liberata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giordano Bruno. 1584. &lt;em&gt;La Cena de le Ceneri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giulio Cesare Croce. 1602. &lt;em&gt;Le sottilissime astuzie di Bertoldo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tommaso Campanella. 1623. &lt;em&gt;La città del Sole&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovan Battista Marino. 1623. &lt;em&gt;Adone&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Galileo Galilei. 1630. &lt;em&gt;Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del mondo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giuseppe Berneri. 1695. &lt;em&gt;Meo Patacca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Carlo Goldoni. 1751. &lt;em&gt;La locandiera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cesare Beccaria. 1764. &lt;em&gt;Dei delitti e delle pene&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giuseppe Parini. 1765. &lt;em&gt;Il giorno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vittorio Alfieri. 1782. &lt;em&gt;Saul&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giuseppe Parini. 1790. &lt;em&gt;Odi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ugo Foscolo. 1802. &lt;em&gt;Le ultime lettere di Jacopo Ortis&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ippolito Pindemonte. 1822. &lt;em&gt;Odissea&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vincenzo Monti. 1825. &lt;em&gt;Iliade&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ugo Foscolo. 1827. &lt;em&gt;Poesie e carmi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giacomo Leopardi. 1832. &lt;em&gt;Zibaldone di pensieri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giacomo Leopardi. 1837. &lt;em&gt;Canti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alessandro Manzoni. 1842. &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ippolito Nievo. 1858. &lt;em&gt;Le confessioni di un italiano&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giuseppe Gioachino Belli. 1863. &lt;em&gt;Sonetti romaneschi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Carlo Collodi. 1881. &lt;em&gt;Le avventure di Pinocchio. Storia di un burattino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni Verga. 1881. &lt;em&gt;I Malavoglia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Emilio Salgàri. 1884. &lt;em&gt;Le tigri di Mompracem&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gabriele D'Annunzio. 1888. &lt;em&gt;Il piacere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Edmondo De Amicis. 1886. &lt;em&gt;Cuore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni Verga. 1888. &lt;em&gt;Mastro Don Gesualdo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Svevo. 1892. &lt;em&gt;Una vita&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Federico De Roberto. 1893. &lt;em&gt;I Viceré&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Antonio Fogazzaro. 1895. &lt;em&gt;Piccolo mondo antico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Emilio Salgàri. 1898. &lt;em&gt;Il Corsaro Nero&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Svevo. 1898. &lt;em&gt;Senilità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giosuè Carducci. 1901. &lt;em&gt;Poesie&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giovanni Pascoli. 1903. &lt;em&gt;Myricae&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Pirandello. 1904. &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Pirandello. 1908. &lt;em&gt;L'umorismo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vamba. 1908. &lt;em&gt;Il giornalino di Gian Burrasca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grazia Deledda. 1913. &lt;em&gt;Canne al vento&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Federigo Tozzi. 1919. &lt;em&gt;Con gli occhi chiusi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Pirandello. 1921. &lt;em&gt;Sei personaggi in cerca d'autore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Svevo. 1923. &lt;em&gt;La coscienza di Zeno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Pirandello. 1926. &lt;em&gt;Uno, nessuno e centomila&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alberto Moravia. 1929. &lt;em&gt;Gli indifferenti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ignazio Silone. 1933. &lt;em&gt;Fontamara&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Pirandello. 1936. &lt;em&gt;Novelle per un anno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dino Buzzati. 1940. &lt;em&gt;Il deserto dei Tartari&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Carlo Levi. 1944. &lt;em&gt;Cristo si è fermato ad Eboli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elio Vittorini. 1944. &lt;em&gt;Uomini e no&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Carlo Emilio Gadda. 1946. &lt;em&gt;Quer pasticciaccio brutto de via Merulana&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Primo Levi. 1947. &lt;em&gt;Se questo è un uomo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cesare Pavese. 1948. &lt;em&gt;La casa in collina&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cesare Pavese. 1949. &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vasco Pratolini. 1952. &lt;em&gt;Metello&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alberto Moravia. 1954. &lt;em&gt;Racconti romani&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Pier Paolo Pasolini. 1955. &lt;em&gt;Ragazzi di vita&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino. 1957. &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elsa Morante. 1957. &lt;em&gt;L'isola di Arturo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giuseppe Tomasi di Lampedusa. 1957. &lt;em&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Carlo Cassola. 1959. &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Leonardo Sciascia. 1961. &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giorgio Bassani. 1962. &lt;em&gt;Il giardino dei Finzi-Contini&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Primo Levi. 1962. &lt;em&gt;La tregua&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino. 1963. &lt;em&gt;Marcovaldo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Beppe Fenoglio. 1963. &lt;em&gt;Il partigiano Johnny&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Beppe Fenoglio. 1963. &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Natalia Ginzburg. 1963. &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino. 1964. &lt;em&gt;Il sentiero dei nidi di ragno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dino Buzzati. 1968. &lt;em&gt;La boutique del mistero&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino. 1972. &lt;em&gt;Le città invisibili&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gianni Rodari. 1972. &lt;em&gt;Filastrocche in cielo e in terra&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Conferenza Episcopale Italiana. 1973. &lt;em&gt;La sacra Bibbia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elsa Morante. 1974. &lt;em&gt;La storia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Primo Levi. 1975. &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Italo Calvino. 1979. &lt;em&gt;Se una notte d'inverno un viaggiatore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Oriana Fallaci. 1979. &lt;em&gt;Un uomo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Umberto Eco. 1980. &lt;em&gt;Il nome della rosa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Primo Levi. 1982. &lt;em&gt;Se non ora quando?&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stefano Benni. 1983. &lt;em&gt;Terra!&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino. 1983. &lt;em&gt;Palomar&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Primo Levi. 1986. &lt;em&gt;I sommersi e i salvati&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Umberto Eco. 1988. &lt;em&gt;Il pendolo di Foucault&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Oriana Fallaci. 1990. Insciallah_.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alessandro Baricco. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Oceano mare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Antonio Tabucchi. 1994. &lt;em&gt;Sostiene Pereira&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Umberto Eco. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Baudolino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Margaret Mazzantini. 2001. &lt;em&gt;Non ti muovere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tiziano Terzani. 2004. &lt;em&gt;La fine è il mio inizio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-13T13:40:07.403" LastActivityDate="2014-09-13T13:40:07.403" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2339" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2340" CreationDate="2014-09-11T14:45:17.360" Score="3" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sapresti dirmi come e perché gli episodi di una serie televisiva o radiofonica, o le parti di un'opera letteraria pubblicata a più riprese vengono chiamati &quot;puntate&quot;? Qual è l'origine di questo uso della parola &quot;puntata&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-09-11T16:03:15.560" Title="Origine di &quot;puntata&quot; per gli episodi di una serie televisiva o radiofonica" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2339" CreationDate="2014-09-11T16:03:15.560" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=puntata%202&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; l'origine deriva da &lt;em&gt;punto&lt;/em&gt; usato per bloccare  una quantità  di fogli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puntata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ciascuna delle parti di una trasmissione televisiva o radiofonica, mandata in onda in più riprese successive: l’ultima puntata di un teleromanzo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ciascuna delle parti di un’opera pubblicate separatamente, in fascicoli o sui numeri di un periodico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Etimologia&lt;/strong&gt; ← deriv. di &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=punto%201&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;punto &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; con riferimento alla quantità di fogli che si può fermare con un punto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=puntata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Puntata&lt;/a&gt;:  il Dizionario etimologico online parla di '&lt;em&gt;porzione di un'opera&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;dispensa&lt;/em&gt; ma non suggerisce l'origine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-11T16:03:15.560" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2341" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2342" CreationDate="2014-09-11T17:57:40.327" Score="4" ViewCount="1883" Body="&lt;p&gt;After listening to this very funny song (with Mina and Celentano) and even though I know what this question means: “&lt;em&gt;Che t'aggia di'?&lt;/em&gt;” = “What do I have to say to you?”, I still don't know and can't find what “aggia” is or means.&#xA;I have been told that this phrase is from Naples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-09-11T18:25:16.020" LastActivityDate="2014-09-12T07:32:29.223" Title="“Che t'aggia di'” what does “aggia” mean&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2341" CreationDate="2014-09-11T18:20:32.173" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a regional form in &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.languagesbysongs.eu/Che-t-aggia-di.html&quot;&gt;dialetto pugliese&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (the dialect spoken in the Apulia region of Italy) of the first person singular in the present tense of the verb &quot;avere&quot; (to have). In standard Italian it would be &quot;Che ho da dirti?&quot; o &quot;Che ti devo dire?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find it in &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialetto_brindisino#Verbo_Avere_.28Aviri.29&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-12T07:32:29.223" LastActivityDate="2014-09-12T07:32:29.223" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2343" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2344" CreationDate="2014-09-12T09:44:05.943" Score="14" ViewCount="6394" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho osservato che alcuni autori usano l'accento acuto sulla &quot;i&quot; o sulla &quot;u&quot; nelle loro opere letterarie, cioè scrivono &quot;í&quot; o &quot;ú&quot; invece di &quot;ì&quot; o &quot;ù&quot;. Perché si fa questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi tratti da due libri pubblicati da Einaudi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cesare Pavese. &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Lo starnuto di un cane, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;piú&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; vicino, e un &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;rotolío&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di pietre mi fece&#xA;  saltare.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Primo Levi. &lt;em&gt;Se questo è un uomo&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Era &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cosí&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: per la prima volta dal giorno del mio arresto, mi trovavo&#xA;  libero, senza custodi armati, senza reticolati fra me e la mia casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A forse quattrocento metri dal campo, giacevano le patate: un tesoro.&#xA;  Due fosse lunghissime, piene di patate, e ricoperte di terra alternata&#xA;  con paglia a difesa dal gelo. Nessuno sarebbe &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;piú&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; morto di fame.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-13T22:25:02.160" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T15:01:20.077" Title="Perché a volte si scrive l'accento acuto sulla &quot;i&quot; o sulla &quot;u&quot;?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2343" CreationDate="2014-09-12T09:52:09.227" Score="19" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto, non sono gli autori a decidere, ma le norme redazionali della casa editrice (la più famosa a usare gli accenti acuti su “i” e “u” è l'Einaudi), come per quali virgolette («» o “”) usare, come impostare i dialoghi (virgolette, trattini etc.) e altre minuzie tra il tipografico e lo stilistico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In secondo luogo, il motivo per cui alcuni sostengono che sia meglio usare l'accento acuto su queste due vocali è che ognuna di esse corrisponde a un unico fonema vocalico (a differenza di “e” e “o”), e questo fonema è chiuso (a differenza di quello della “a”). In altre parole, in italiano non c'è per esempio la “i aperta” dell'inglese &lt;em&gt;bit&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Data questa unicità, la convenzione prevalente (che si è fossilizzata con la diffusione delle macchine per scrivere moderne e poi delle tastiere per computer) consiste nell'usare su tutte le vocali l'accento grave, tranne per le “e” e “o” chiuse; invece la convenzione minoritaria è quella che hai notato, con “í” e “ú”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-09-12T09:52:09.227" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2345" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2347" CreationDate="2014-09-13T08:55:56.347" Score="3" ViewCount="2154" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che l'aggettivo &quot;saracinesco&quot; significa &quot;proprio dei Saraceni&quot; e, per questa ragione, sempre mi è sembrato molto curioso che la chiusura metallica scorrente verticalmente che hanno molti negozi venga chiamata &quot;saracinesca&quot; in italiano. Sapreste dirmi quale sia l'origine di questo uso della parola &quot;saracinesca&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-09-16T17:41:26.167" Title="Perché si chiama &quot;saracinesca&quot; la chiusura metallica scorrente verticalmente che hanno molti negozi?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2346" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2353" CreationDate="2014-09-13T12:43:52.960" Score="7" ViewCount="1469" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la seguente frase in &lt;em&gt;Quel ramo del lago di Como…&lt;/em&gt;, capitolo 30º, dell'ottimo Ermanno Detti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Gli era capitato altre volte di sembrargli di vedere o sentire una persona quando desiderava incontrarla e poi rendersi conto di essersi sbagliato»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase avrebbe potuto essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Gli era capitato altre volte &lt;strong&gt;che gli sembrasse&lt;/strong&gt; di vedere o sentire una persona quando desiderava incontrarla e di rendersi poi conto di essersi sbagliato»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e non avrebbe destato perplessità sul piano grammaticale, a parte la contorsione/involuzione sintattica che forse riflette lo stato d'animo interiore del protagonista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece quella di Detti mi sembra una costruzione alquanto bizzarra (forse volutamente provocatoria?): entrambi i verbi &lt;em&gt;capitare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sembrare&lt;/em&gt; sono impersonali. In questo caso la costruzione implicita (verbo + preposizione &amp;quot;di&amp;quot; + verbo al modo infinito) è ammissibile, si tratta di una forzatura, o è un errore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conoscete altri casi in cui sia stata usata una costruzione simile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per le risposte. Riporto qui alcune precisazioni che potrebbero essere utili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le tre proposizioni si possono riscrivere così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Era capitato a lui che a lui sembrasse che lui vedesse»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Gli era capitato che gli sembrasse che (lui) vedesse»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-impersonali_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ci spiega che &lt;em&gt;sembrare&lt;/em&gt; è un verbo impersonale; e anche &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capitare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;capitare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; lo è. Alcuni esempi che fa la Treccani sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«mi sembra di star meglio»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«mi càpita spesso di dimenticare le chiavi»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è dubbio quindi che &lt;em&gt;capitare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sembrare&lt;/em&gt; siano due verbi impersonali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Treccani dà una regola molto chiara:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I verbi che formano una proposizione soggettiva come &lt;em&gt;sembrare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;parere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;risultare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;accadere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;succedere&lt;/em&gt; possono trovarsi in proposizioni sia implicite, sia esplicite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;• Si trovano in una proposizione &lt;em&gt;implicita&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– quando il significato della frase è pienamente impersonale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sembra di volare, successe di perdere la strada&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– quando il soggetto logico della proposizione principale coincide con il soggetto grammaticale della proposizione soggettiva&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra di star meglio (= a me sembra che io stia meglio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli succede di svegliarsi di notte (= a lui succede che lui si svegli di notte)»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E ci siamo, il problema è proprio questo: il &lt;strong&gt;soggetto logico&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;em&gt;capitare&lt;/em&gt; coincide con il &lt;strong&gt;soggetto logico&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;em&gt;sembrare&lt;/em&gt; (e &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt;) ma non con il suo &lt;strong&gt;soggetto grammaticale&lt;/strong&gt;. Infatti il &lt;strong&gt;soggetto grammaticale&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;em&gt;gli era capitato&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;che gli sembrasse&lt;/em&gt;; il &lt;strong&gt;soggetto grammaticale&lt;/strong&gt; di quest'ultimo è &lt;em&gt;che (lui) vedesse&lt;/em&gt; dove &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;strong&gt;soggetto grammaticale&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;em&gt;vedesse&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola enunciata dalla Treccani nulla dice circa il caso in cui &lt;em&gt;il soggetto logico della proposizione principale coincida con il soggetto logico della proposizione soggettiva ma non con il suo soggetto grammaticale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È proprio come se l'autore, sapendolo, facesse l'occhiolino e dicesse «e adesso dimostratemi che non si può dire!».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-19T09:58:48.133" Title="Verbo impersonale che regge verbo impersonale: costruzione implicita?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2345" CreationDate="2014-09-13T13:10:50.313" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui bastava aprire un buon dizionario... Per esempio, il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/saracinesca/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; spiega: «femm. sostantivato dell’agg. &lt;em&gt;saracinesco&lt;/em&gt;, prob[abilmente] perché ritenute di provenienza saracena, o perché messe alle porte dei paesi costieri per proteggersi dalle scorrerie dei saraceni» e lo Zanichelli conferma più laconicamente facendolo risalire all'espressione “porta saracinesca”, mentre il &lt;a href=&quot;http://etimo.it/?term=saracinesca&amp;amp;find=Cerca&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pontigiani&lt;/a&gt;, a volte più fantasioso, oltre a questa spiegazione (spiegando meglio come sarebbe stato fatto questo tipo di chiusura saracena), riporta anche l'ipotesi che ci si debba rifare al latino «&lt;em&gt;sera&lt;/em&gt;, “serratura”, onde prima “Seracinesca”, che leggesi nelle antiche cronache, e poi “Saracinesca”».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-09-13T13:29:47.427" LastActivityDate="2014-09-13T13:29:47.427" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2348" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2349" CreationDate="2014-09-14T09:17:16.627" Score="3" ViewCount="6574" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sento insicura sull'uso della congiunzione &quot;&lt;em&gt;mentre&lt;/em&gt;&quot; con valore avversativo. A volte non so se sia meglio usare &quot;&lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;mentre&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, oppure non so se debba scrivere &quot;&lt;em&gt;mentre&lt;/em&gt;&quot; oppure &quot;&lt;em&gt;mentre che&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, cosa si dovrebbe usare per completare queste frasi? &quot;&lt;em&gt;Mentre&lt;/em&gt;&quot;? &quot;&lt;em&gt;Mentre che&lt;/em&gt;&quot;? &quot;&lt;em&gt;Invece&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Giovanni studia molto, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ tu non fai niente.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'antipasto era molto buono, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ la pasta era un po' salata.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In catalano, l'accento sulla &quot;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è sempre grave, sulla &quot;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e sulla &quot;&lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è sempre acuto, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ sulla &quot;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e sulla &quot;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&quot; può essere grave o acuto.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il governo esige tagli alla spesa, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ i sindacati chiedono aumenti salariali.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La Patagonia è una delle regioni con la temperatura più diversa del pianeta. Fino ad una estremità [?] potete viaggiare attraverso dei bellissimi fiordi e ghiacciai, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in altri percorsi potete andare attraverso campi pieni di fiori silvestri.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ultimo esempio l'ho tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.australis.com/site/ita/blog/che-cose-dovete-mettere-in-valigia-per-la-vostra-crociera-alla-patagonia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Internet&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sono sicura che sia del tutto corretto (mi sa che è una cattiva traduzione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-20T11:04:49.990" LastActivityDate="2014-09-20T11:04:49.990" Title="Uso della congiunzione &quot;mentre&quot; con valore avversativo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2348" CreationDate="2014-09-14T13:40:34.087" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza principale tra &lt;em&gt;mentre&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt; è che la prima è una congiunzione mentre il secondo è un avverbio. Gli esempi che proponi possono risolversi usando indifferentemente l'una o l'altro con l'accortezza di usare il punto e virgola nel secondo caso. Puoi persino fondere &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/sulluso-invece&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;insieme i due elementi&lt;/a&gt; con uso rafforzativo (benché, come spesso accade nella lingua italiana, l'interlocutore potrebbe avere in ubbia quest'ultima opzione e storcere il naso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1a. Giovanni studia molto, &lt;strong&gt;mentre&lt;/strong&gt; tu non fai niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1b. Giovanni studia molto; &lt;strong&gt;invece&lt;/strong&gt; tu non fai niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1c. Giovanni studia molto &lt;strong&gt;mentre invece&lt;/strong&gt; tu non fai niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2a. L'antipasto era molto buono, &lt;strong&gt;mentre&lt;/strong&gt; la pasta era un po' salata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2b. L'antipasto era molto buono; &lt;strong&gt;invece&lt;/strong&gt; la pasta era un po' salata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2c. L'antipasto era molto buono &lt;strong&gt;mentre invece&lt;/strong&gt; la pasta era un po' salata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3a. In catalano, l'accento sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è sempre grave, sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; e sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è sempre acuto, &lt;strong&gt;mentre&lt;/strong&gt; sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; e sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; può essere sia grave che acuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3b. In catalano, l'accento sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è sempre grave; sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; e sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è sempre acuto; &lt;strong&gt;invece&lt;/strong&gt; sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; e sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; può essere sia grave che acuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3c. In catalano, l'accento sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è sempre grave, sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; e sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è sempre acuto, &lt;strong&gt;mentre invece&lt;/strong&gt; sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; e sulla &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; può essere sia grave che acuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4a. Il governo esige tagli alla spesa, &lt;strong&gt;mentre&lt;/strong&gt; i sindacati chiedono aumenti salariali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4b. Il governo esige tagli alla spesa; &lt;strong&gt;invece&lt;/strong&gt; i sindacati chiedono aumenti salariali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4c. Il governo esige tagli alla spesa, &lt;strong&gt;mentre invece&lt;/strong&gt; i sindacati chiedono aumenti salariali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;5a. La Patagonia è una delle regioni con la temperatura più disomogenea del pianeta. Fino ad una estremità [?] potete viaggiare attraverso dei bellissimi fiordi e ghiacciai, &lt;strong&gt;mentre&lt;/strong&gt; in altri percorsi potete andare attraverso campi pieni di fiori silvestri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;5b. La Patagonia è una delle regioni con la temperatura più disomogenea del pianeta. Fino ad una estremità [?] potete viaggiare attraverso dei bellissimi fiordi e ghiacciai; &lt;strong&gt;invece&lt;/strong&gt; in altri percorsi potete andare attraverso campi pieni di fiori silvestri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;5c. La Patagonia è una delle regioni con la temperatura più disomogenea del pianeta. Fino ad una estremità [?] potete viaggiare attraverso dei bellissimi fiordi e ghiacciai, &lt;strong&gt;mentre invece&lt;/strong&gt; in altri percorsi potete andare attraverso campi pieni di fiori silvestri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È chiaro che &lt;em&gt;mentre&lt;/em&gt;, che viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;dŭm ĭntĕrim&lt;/em&gt;, ti offre una sfumatura di simultaneità temporale che non è garantita da &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;. Nota anche che &lt;em&gt;mentre che&lt;/em&gt; è ormai raro, benché sia presente in italiano sin da Dante e almeno fino agli autori del Novecento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-14T13:50:51.007" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2343" CreationDate="2014-09-14T15:27:45.913" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'accento grafico italiano deriva da un apostrofo che indicava la caduta di una sillaba. In Dante si trovano sia &lt;em&gt;virtute&lt;/em&gt; sia &lt;em&gt;virtù&lt;/em&gt;. Ovviamente le esigenze metriche spiegano l'uso delle due varianti, ma è evidente che ai suoi tempi la sillaba finale non era ancora definitivamente caduta. Il pennacchio si spostò sulla vocale, probabilmente per distinguere i due usi dell'apostrofo e divenne essenzialmente obbligatorio segnare il pennacchio su tutte le parole ossitone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma grafica in stampa è stata per secoli quella dell'accento “grave”, senza distinzioni. Solo nel ventesimo secolo, credo su influsso del francese, si cominciò a distinguere tra accento grave e acuto sulla “e finale” per indicarne la pronuncia aperta o chiusa. Come ho già fatto notare, in &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=7UkTAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;dq=promessi%20sposi&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=En4CU_OqDYLhywPK_oCwAQ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=promessi%20sposi&amp;amp;f=false&quot;&gt;questa edizione del 1830 dei &lt;em&gt;Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; non compaiono accenti acuti, ma è facile controllare che lo stesso accade per libri molto posteriori (per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=0UxdAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;dq=pirandello%20il%20fu%20mattia%20pascal&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;source=gbs_navlinks_s&quot;&gt;questo di Pirandello del 1922&lt;/a&gt; dove c'è sempre &lt;em&gt;perchè&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulle macchine per scrivere vendute in Italia comparivano queste vocali accentate: &lt;em&gt;à è é ì ò ù&lt;/em&gt; (solo minuscole). Nessuna parola propriamente italiana ha la “o finale” chiusa; anche i prestiti meno recenti dal francese come &lt;em&gt;borderò&lt;/em&gt; hanno pronuncia aperta mentre in francese sarebbe chiusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La storia degli accenti in catalano è diversa. Non so chi abbia cominciato per primo a segnare gli accenti: catalani, castigliani o portoghesi; sta di fatto che le regole sulla segnatura dell'accento sono molto simili nelle tre lingue. In castigliano non c'è la distinzione tra vocali aperte e chiuse, che invece esiste in catalano, che ha un sistema vocalico molto simile a quello dell'italiano. In particolare, il catalano deve distinguere tra &lt;em&gt;ò&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ó&lt;/em&gt; in posizione intermedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sostiene che anche in italiano l'accento dovrebbe essere acuto sulle vocali chiuse (&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;), con buoni argomenti. Tuttavia la tradizione è diversa. Alcune case editrici hanno come prassi editoriale quella di adoperare &lt;em&gt;í&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ú&lt;/em&gt;, altre seguono la tradizione con la sola eccezione per &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può notare che il Touring Club Italiano usa, nelle sue carte, sempre l'accento acuto (per esempio &lt;em&gt;Venézia&lt;/em&gt;) per indicare semplicemente la vocale tonica, senza prendere posizione sulla pronuncia aperta o chiusa: i veneti dicono senza alcuna esitazione &lt;em&gt;Venèzia&lt;/em&gt; e un &lt;em&gt;Venézia&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe accolto con alzate di sopracciglio se non con risatine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-14T16:01:27.117" LastActivityDate="2014-09-14T16:01:27.117" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2317" CreationDate="2014-09-15T10:49:33.573" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che il vero significato della figura retorica usata nella canzone sia &lt;em&gt;«dentro questo treno rumoroso»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In sé e per sé, &lt;code&gt;dentro&lt;/code&gt; è qui usato nel suo senso abituale. L'uso di &lt;code&gt;dentro a&lt;/code&gt; o &lt;code&gt;dentro di&lt;/code&gt; al posto di &lt;code&gt;dentro&lt;/code&gt; e basta non è insolito né sbagliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &quot;stranezza&quot;, che ovviamente è dovuta al fatto che è un testo poetico o comunque letterario che permette virtuosismi di questo genere, è semmai nell'usare il rumore del treno per indicare il treno rumoroso. Questo tropo è una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/metonimia_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;metonimia&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2014-09-15T10:49:33.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2346" CreationDate="2014-09-15T11:08:50.443" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra &quot;un errore&quot; o perlomeno una costruzione volutamente stridente dal punto di vista sintattico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Gli era capitato di sembrargli&lt;/code&gt; vorrebbe dire in modo naturale un'altra cosa. Poniamo che Marco sia il padre di Matteo. Matteo è un adulto e Marco è ormai anziano. Marco fa fatica ad alzarsi dal letto e chiede aiuto al figlio. La voce narrante commenta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli era capitato altre volte di sembrargli vecchio, ma mai così tanto.&#xA;  Marco sapeva che Matteo lo vedeva ormai come una mummia decrepita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il lui a cui capita è il soggetto della subordinata e quindi non è lo stesso lui a cui sembra qualcosa. Se volessimo dire che Marco sembra vecchio a sé stesso, useremmo appunto la forma riflessiva:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli era capitato altre volte di sembrarsi vecchio, ma mai così tanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ha un suono strano, perché la soluzione più ovvia sarebbe semmai &lt;code&gt;sentirsi&lt;/code&gt; e non &lt;code&gt;sembrarsi&lt;/code&gt;, ma non è sbagliato né ambiguo. Il punto è che se la subordinata ha l'infinito il soggetto logico resta lo stesso della principale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prosecuzione della frase, certo, toglie l'ambiguità, perché c'è una subordinata della subordinata (&lt;code&gt;vedere o sentire&lt;/code&gt;), anche questa all'infinito, e quindi anche questa che eredita lo stesso soggetto logico delle due precedenti. Leggendo la frase così com'è dunque sappiamo che a X capita qualcosa e che X vede/sente qualcosa, ci tocca per forza dedurre, a dispetto della sintassi, che &lt;em&gt;a X sembra qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; (e non che &lt;em&gt;X sembra qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;), e per l'appunto gli sembra di vedere/sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra difficile credere che l'errore sia passato inosservato all'autore: è voluto e mi sembra buona l'ipotesi che volesse esprimere un pensiero contorto usando una sintassi contorta. Del resto stiamo parlando di tre &quot;forse&quot; di fila (gli capita, gli sembra e poi c'è anche una disgiunzione... ma alla fine si era sbagliato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2014-09-19T08:46:32.830" LastActivityDate="2014-09-19T08:46:32.830" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2354" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9054" CreationDate="2014-09-15T14:16:38.823" Score="3" ViewCount="9822" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La testa perduta di Damasceno Monteiro&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Tabucchi ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Naturalmente rispose la signorina Odette e gli attaccò un bottone,&#xA;  poveretta, dalla sua sedia a rotelle il suo unico contatto con il&#xA;  mondo era il telefono.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato dell'espressione &quot;attaccare un bottone a qualcuno&quot; e ho trovato che significa obbligarlo ad ascoltare un discorso lungo e noioso. Mi domando, però, quale sia l'origine di questa curiosa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-31T08:48:04.140" LastActivityDate="2018-01-31T08:48:04.140" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;attaccare un bottone a qualcuno&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2332" CreationDate="2014-09-15T14:51:18.690" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the maps you will find &quot;percorso turistico&quot; or &quot;itinerario turistico&quot;.&#xA;In your meaning, sometimes the word &quot;strada&quot; is used, but in connection with &quot;panoramica&quot; and not &quot;turistica&quot;:    &quot;strada panoramica&quot;.   But this last one is more referred to the landscape that you can watch driving on that road (and this usually is what the tourists like :)   )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="874" LastActivityDate="2014-09-15T14:51:18.690" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2354" CreationDate="2014-09-15T18:38:11.110" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Attaccare un b. a qualcuno, o attaccare bottone con qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, trattenerlo con una conversazione lunga e noiosa (v. anche attaccabottoni) (www.treccani.it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'origine non è certa.  Secondo la seguente fonte:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ogni_occasione.enacademic.com/68/attaccare_bottone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;attaccare bottone&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Tediare qualcuno con un discorso lungo e noioso, privo di interesse per lui. Non è nota l'origine della locuzione; &lt;strong&gt;sembra che un tempo volesse dire parlar male di uno. L'immagine suggerita potrebbe anche essere quella del seccatore che, quasi afferrando fisicamente per la giacca il riluttante interlocutore, non lo molla finché non abbia finito di ricucirgli un immaginario bottone.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: www.ogni_occasione.enacademic.com, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire per ogni occasione&lt;/em&gt;, 2013.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T16:28:37.937" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T16:28:37.937" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2357" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2359" CreationDate="2014-09-16T02:12:26.843" Score="12" ViewCount="4336" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, the suffixes listed above are sometimes appended in informal contexts (often, but not always, with humorous intentions) to create an adjective or adverb form of a noun. Are there any similar things in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="308" LastActivityDate="2014-09-17T05:59:16.130" Title="Italian phrases, prefixes, or suffixes that have meanings similar to those of the English suffixes &quot;-ish&quot;, &quot;-like&quot;, and &quot;-ishly&quot;?" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2357" CreationDate="2014-09-16T03:47:57.470" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As other Romance languages, Italian language is highly inflecting: it has about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/suffissi_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;80 prefixes and 160 suffixes&lt;/a&gt;. At &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suffissi_della_lingua_italiana&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; you may find an incomplete list (for example it misses suffixes &quot;&lt;em&gt;-ognolo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;-eggiante&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;-igno&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is hard to determine an equivalent for English &quot;&lt;em&gt;-like&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;-ish&lt;/em&gt;&quot; unless you provide more information: how exactly do you wish to modify the meaning of the noun? It seems that you are looking for suffixes that in Italian are named &lt;em&gt;&quot;suffissi aggettivali alterativi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (roughly &lt;em&gt;&quot;alterative, i.e. modifying adjectival suffixes&quot;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, for colors you often use the suffix &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ognolo/&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;-ognolo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, so something &quot;&lt;em&gt;greenish&lt;/em&gt;&quot; would become &quot;&lt;em&gt;verdognolo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; something &quot;&lt;em&gt;yellowish&lt;/em&gt;&quot; would become &quot;&lt;em&gt;giallognolo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, but it could also be &quot;&lt;em&gt;giallastro&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, using the suffix &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/astro/&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;-astro&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt; (which may add a pejorative nuance).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A very productive suffix is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/oso/&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;-oso&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt; which you can use to invent countless neologisms: something &quot;&lt;em&gt;sugary&lt;/em&gt;&quot; would become &quot;&lt;em&gt;zuccheroso&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility may be &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esco/&quot;&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;-esco&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;&lt;em&gt;animalish&lt;/em&gt;&quot; would be &quot;&lt;em&gt;animalesco&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be more precise I need more details from the question, perhaps some examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-09-16T03:47:57.470" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2357" CreationDate="2014-09-16T08:26:52.187" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adverb form does not exist in Italian:&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.morewords.com/most-common-ends-with/ishly/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.morewords.com/most-common-ends-with/ishly/&lt;/a&gt;) these English adverbs can be translated by a phrase: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-ishly&lt;/strong&gt;': '&lt;em&gt;in modo/una maniera piuttosto&lt;/em&gt; generosa/stupida/passiva/febbrile'&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sometimes appended in informal contexts (often, but not always, with&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;humorous intentions&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;) to create an adjective or adverb form of a &lt;em&gt;noun&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We must distinguish the suffix appended to a noun: '&lt;em&gt;sheepish&lt;/em&gt; behaviour' (or: he behaved &lt;em&gt;sheepishly&lt;/em&gt;) which you can translate with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; : comportamento da pecora', or, (more idiomatically),: 'si è comportato da &lt;em&gt;pecorone&lt;/em&gt;. You can't say 'pecor-esco'. You can use it also in most occurrences of '-like'&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;'-esco'&lt;/strong&gt; is a tricky suffix as it is used regularly with &lt;em&gt;peoples&lt;/em&gt; (arabesco, barbaresco, romanesco), &lt;em&gt;persons&lt;/em&gt; (dantesco, petrarchesco), &lt;em&gt;centuries, years&lt;/em&gt; (trecentesco, quattrocentesco, sessantottesco). It can also be used with adjectives: (avvocatesco, cavalleresco, fiabesco, guerresco, poliziesco, popolaresco) it can be interpreted as a pejorative suffix in: (scimmiesco, animalesco, pazzesco) but , careful, the pejorative register is often only in the original word.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most frequently used suffix are: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;'&lt;strong&gt;-ile&lt;/strong&gt;', 'ino','-evole': (febbrile, 'giovanile' only if this is &lt;em&gt;referred to a mature person&lt;/em&gt;, canterino, ragionevole, arrendevole, socievole)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;'&lt;strong&gt;eggiante&lt;/strong&gt;' translates '-like': (tondeggiante, pianeggiante) and in other contexts takes the meaning of 'imitating', 'after the fashion of' and keeps the hyphen (pop-eggiante, rock-eggiante)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;'&lt;strong&gt;-ale&lt;/strong&gt; can also translate '-like' and can have a pejorative connotation: (tono professorale)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;'&lt;strong&gt;iccio&lt;/strong&gt;' is the neutral suffix for colour: (gialliccio, rossiccio), not used with all colours&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;'&lt;strong&gt;-astro&lt;/strong&gt;' can be tricky too, as it is usually pejorative with nouns: (medicastro, giovinastro, poetastro), but &lt;em&gt;not with all&lt;/em&gt; adjectives: 'sordastro' means 'a little deaf', 'durastro' 'a lot hard': with colour or taste may mean both neutral: 'vague, not defined' and pejorative 'not pleasant': (rossastro, giallastro, biancastro, dolciastro, salmastro)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;-ognolo is used in limited contexts &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most humorous suffixes cannot be transalated by a suffix &quot;this soup is &lt;em&gt;tomato-ish&lt;/em&gt; = questa minestra &lt;strong&gt;sa di&lt;/strong&gt; pomodoro'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-09-17T05:59:16.130" LastActivityDate="2014-09-17T05:59:16.130" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2345" CreationDate="2014-09-16T17:41:26.167" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal Cotelazzo-Colli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Saracinesca&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da &lt;em&gt;saracino&lt;/em&gt; 'saraceno': &quot;l'uso pare venuto o creduto venire dai&#xA;  Saraceni&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anticamente, cancellata di ferro o di travi calata con catene o funi&#xA;  per sbarrare l'accesso al castello o alla città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Porta saracinesca&lt;/em&gt; è attestata nel latino medievale di Treviso nel XIV secolo (P. Sella, &lt;em&gt;Glossario latino italiano. Stato della Chiesa -&#xA;  Veneto - Abruzzi&lt;/em&gt;, Città del Vaticano, 1944); italiano &lt;em&gt;saracinesca&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;  fine secolo XV [?], &lt;em&gt;Libro di sonetti&lt;/em&gt;; 1514-1520, N. Machiavelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-09-16T17:41:26.167" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2368" CreationDate="2014-09-16T18:47:34.697" Score="5" ViewCount="513" Body="&lt;p&gt;A common saying to express a misunderstanding in Italian is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prendere fischi  per fiaschi. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are other expressions or sayings that can be used to convey the same concept? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-05-13T11:24:39.447" LastActivityDate="2016-05-13T11:24:39.447" Title="Different ways to express a misunderstanding" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2363" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2367" CreationDate="2014-09-17T17:37:04.680" Score="4" ViewCount="2662" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando si deve usare &quot;&lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e quando &quot;&lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;&quot; dopo la locuzione &quot;&lt;em&gt;non sono sicuro/a&lt;/em&gt;&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per contestualizzare, si discuta quale sia la forma corretta fra le seguenti 1) e 2):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1) Non sono sicura &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; questa parola sia ben scritta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) Non sono sicura &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; questa parola sia ben scritta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-23T04:36:44.377" LastActivityDate="2014-09-24T00:30:05.310" Title="Non sono sicuro/a + &quot;che&quot; o &quot;se&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2365" CreationDate="2014-09-17T20:20:11.870" Score="2" ViewCount="907" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't trust online translators very much, would much rather speak to people who know what they're on about!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe it means &lt;em&gt;&quot;Love knows no labour&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, is this correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="319" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-09-18T06:57:08.573" LastActivityDate="2014-09-18T11:10:16.597" Title="What does &quot;amor non conosce travaglio&quot; mean please?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2364" CreationDate="2014-09-17T20:36:55.727" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a native Italian speaker, I would say, it means &quot;love does not know fatigue/anguish/distress&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="881" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-09-18T11:10:16.597" LastActivityDate="2014-09-18T11:10:16.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2364" CreationDate="2014-09-18T09:03:59.260" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;don't trust online translators very much, would much rather speak to&#xA;  people who know what they're on about!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I believe it means &quot;&lt;em&gt;Love knows no labour&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, is this correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose that as an Englishman you realize that the translation is not so elegant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A better translation is &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Love never tires&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The meaning is obvious, then you can find out if there is a better way to wxpress this concept in your language&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastActivityDate="2014-09-18T09:03:59.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2363" CreationDate="2014-09-19T01:04:02.397" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo specifico caso userei la prima, mi sembra una &lt;strong&gt;proposizione subordinata oggettiva&lt;/strong&gt;. Il secondo caso mi sembra invece un'&lt;strong&gt;interrogativa indiretta&lt;/strong&gt; (qui il messaggio sarebbe &lt;em&gt;«non sono sicura ma mi domando se sia così»&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe comunque andrebbero bene, seppur con significati forse non del tutto equivalenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diverso sarebbe stato il caso in cui avessi usato il verbo &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;: avresti allora dovuto dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«non so se questa parola sia ben scritta»&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;interrogativa indiretta&lt;/strong&gt;);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre invece sarebbe stato un errore dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«non so che questa parola sia ben scritta»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avresti potuto dire però&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«che questa parola sia ben scritta o meno, non lo so»&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;interrogativa indiretta disgiuntiva&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significativamente, al positivo e con l'indicativo andrebbe bene:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«so che questa parola è ben scritta»&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;oggettiva&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece al negativo e al tempo passato, puoi dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«non sapevo che questa parola fosse ben scritta (ma adesso lo so)»&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;oggettiva&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vedi, usando il verbo &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;, diventano più chiare le diverse sfumature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-24T00:30:05.310" LastActivityDate="2014-09-24T00:30:05.310" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2362" CreationDate="2014-09-19T04:27:44.420" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many ways to convey the meaning of a misunderstanding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho frainteso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho travisato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho equivocato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho capito male&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho fatto confusione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho preso un abbaglio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho preso un granchio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho preso una cantonata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho fatto una gaffe&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho preso lucciole per lanterne&lt;/em&gt; (literally, &lt;em&gt;I mistook glow-worms for lamps&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As they are used in different ways, it is advisable to consult a dictionary to identify the expression that best matches the intended message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-09-19T04:27:44.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2369" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2371" CreationDate="2014-09-19T17:03:40.950" Score="3" ViewCount="26270" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito l'espressione &lt;em&gt;mi fa una pippa&lt;/em&gt; diverse volte. &#xA;Però non ho mai capito cosa significhi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="884" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-20T09:33:36.670" LastActivityDate="2014-09-20T09:33:36.670" Title="Espressione &quot;mi fa una pippa&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2362" CreationDate="2014-09-19T20:50:47.457" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see already many suggestions, I could add also &quot;qui pro quo&quot; or &quot;capire roma per toma&quot; (the latter is very colloquial)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastActivityDate="2014-09-19T20:50:47.457" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2369" CreationDate="2014-09-20T08:26:49.790" Score="5" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il significato letterale è a sfondo sessuale. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Un significato acquisito è 'mi fa un baffo', 'non mi interessa'.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra interpretazione è 'non è alla mia altezza', 'non mi intimorisce'.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="888" LastActivityDate="2014-09-20T08:26:49.790" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2372" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2373" CreationDate="2014-09-20T11:10:03.260" Score="10" ViewCount="23754" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho la tendenza a scrivere la congiunzione &quot;però&quot; fra virgole in frasi come, per esempio, questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi domando, però, quale sia l'origine di quest'espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non sono sicura che quest'uso della virgola sia corretto. Ho l'impressione che sia un'influenza della mia lingua (il catalano). Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-02T21:12:23.257" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T21:12:23.257" Title="Uso della virgola con la congiunzione &quot;però&quot;" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2372" CreationDate="2014-09-20T12:30:48.317" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che non abbia niente che non vada, anche se l'italiano tollera anche una relativa scarsità di virgole: io probabilmente scriverei «Mi domando però quale sia l'origine di quest'espressione».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A favore dell'uso tra virgole, cito dal solito Serianni un passo di Pirandello: «Non esce mai di casa, però, la sua figliuola!», &lt;em&gt;Così è (se vi pare)&lt;/em&gt;, V 27. (A scanso di equivoci: la battuta compare in una conversazione in cui qualcuno ipotizza che la figlia della signora Frola faccia certe cose, e qualcun altro, rivolgendosi direttamente alla signora, osserva che così non può essere perché la ragazza non esce mai di casa.)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/p/pirandello/cosi_e_se_vi_pare_1918/html/testo.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare il testo della pièce pirandelliana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per l'uso senza virgole, ecco un esempio da Natalia Ginzburg: «La casa di via Pastrengo era molto grande [...]; era però molto buia», &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;, 31.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-09-21T08:16:43.883" LastActivityDate="2014-09-21T08:16:43.883" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2372" CreationDate="2014-09-20T13:19:27.513" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dopo la congiunzione 'però' la virgola non ci vuole&#xA; &quot;non vorrai &lt;em&gt;negare però che&lt;/em&gt; sia un gran lavoratore&quot;, &quot;aspettami a casa, &lt;em&gt;se però non&lt;/em&gt; sarò arrivato per le sei, esci pure&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tuo esempio nella forma normale sarebbe: &quot; la frase l'ho capita...., però mi domando quale...&quot;, inverrtendo l'ordine la punteggiatura non cambia: &quot;, &lt;em&gt;mi domando però&lt;/em&gt; quale...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le virgole sono possibili quando si aggiunge una &lt;em&gt;precisazione&lt;/em&gt; o correzione a quanto già detto: &quot;...è quasi la stessa cosa, con questa sola &lt;em&gt;differenza, però, che&lt;/em&gt; ...&quot;, &lt;em&gt;non sono però obbligatorie&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;... sono molto debole, non tanto però da non poter camminare&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, qualunque parola può essere messa tra virgole per varie ragioni, non ultima quella stilistica, in quanto suggeriscono una pausa e aggiungono enfasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricapitolando: la tua frase sempra proprio una precisazione, quindi le virgole ci possono stare, anche se non sono obbligatorie come in catalano. In ogni caso le puoi sempre mettere con la motivazione che vuoi dare un po' d'enfasi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proposito della frase citata da DaG, si può ricordare che forse è un uso particolare: in genere all’inizio o alla fine di una frase &lt;em&gt;'però,'&lt;/em&gt; viene seguito da una virgola e viene pronunciato con tono interiettivo, come un'esclamazione per esprimere (finta) sorpresa o altro sentimento, per constatare una realtà apparentemente insospettata o contraria all’apparenza: &quot;però, quella ragazza non è poi così male!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa non è una interpretazione obbligata (ho detto: 'forse'), giustificata,però, dalla presenza di una virgola e dal punto esclamativo:&quot;lui non esce molto, però, sua figlia quanto &lt;em&gt;(non)&lt;/em&gt; esce (poverina)!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*nota: positivo o negativo, a chiunque si riferisce, non cambia il valore interiettivo, come già detto, è una interpretazione possibile che è servita &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt; a introdurre un nuovo concetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-09-21T08:10:02.040" LastActivityDate="2014-09-21T08:10:02.040" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2375" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2377" CreationDate="2014-09-21T14:11:14.037" Score="8" ViewCount="6539" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you translate the expression &quot;by the way&quot; into Italian? I think it can be translated as &quot;a proposito&quot;, but I don't know if there are other possible translations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:52:34.740" Title="Translation of the expression &quot;by the way&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2014-09-21T14:19:51.167" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;The perfect translation would be &quot;fra l'altro&quot;.&#xA;I wouldn't translate it as &quot;a proposito&quot;, in my opinion the meaning is slightly different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="759" LastActivityDate="2014-09-21T14:19:51.167" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2014-09-21T14:39:36.283" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;As always, there is not a single translation that always fits. &lt;em&gt;A proposito&lt;/em&gt; is often appropriate; depending on the register, also &lt;em&gt;incidentalmente&lt;/em&gt;, the already-mentioned &lt;em&gt;fra l'altro&lt;/em&gt;, or a periphrasis like &lt;em&gt;dimenticavo&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;già che ci siamo&lt;/em&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Added from a comment of mine:] To confirm that certain uses of “by the way” map perfectly on &lt;em&gt;a proposito&lt;/em&gt;, let me point out that, while the original meaning of &lt;em&gt;a proposito&lt;/em&gt; is something like “about the above, as regards what we said”, it is now used more generally to coordinate a not necessarily connected sentence. It is meaningful that Treccani for &lt;em&gt;a proposito&lt;/em&gt; and the Oxford Dictionary of English in my computer for “by the way” give quite similar examples: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a p., dimenticavo di dirti che è arrivata una lettera per te&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;oh, by the way, while you were away I had a message.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-09-22T18:21:57.077" LastActivityDate="2014-09-22T18:21:57.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2378" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2380" CreationDate="2014-09-21T20:12:03.863" Score="3" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/E8ngp.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does “dittatura legalizzata” mean in this context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="890" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-22T04:38:48.230" LastActivityDate="2014-09-22T04:38:48.230" Title="What does “dittatura legalizzata” mean?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2378" CreationDate="2014-09-21T23:16:59.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means &quot;legalized dictatorship&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Fascism could be considered a &quot;legalized dictatorship&quot; because it basically acted like a dictatorship without formally breaking the laws of the time.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;For instance, as described in this article, they used &quot;decreto legge&quot; - which was meant as an &quot;exceptional&quot; tool to pass urgent laws quickly and with less opposition - as their standard way to pass laws.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="891" LastActivityDate="2014-09-21T23:16:59.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2394" CreationDate="2014-09-22T04:13:30.720" Score="6" ViewCount="1141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono uno studente di italiano e vorrei alcuni libri per migliorare il mio &#xA;italiano, il mio livello è A1. Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="727" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2014-09-23T16:42:15.180" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T10:33:47.197" Title="Libri per imparare l'italiano" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2382" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2386" CreationDate="2014-09-22T07:25:24.447" Score="-3" ViewCount="13239" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can you please tell me what is the meaning in Italian of the word&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;KAKA&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="892" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-22T14:01:08.807" LastActivityDate="2018-11-25T03:00:46.977" Title="What's the meaning of the word “Kaka” in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" ClosedDate="2018-11-25T16:40:08.480" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2383" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-22T12:11:05.883" Score="11" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;This &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2255/when-does-passato-prossimo-become-passato-remoto&quot;&gt;question&lt;/a&gt; deals with the usage of &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; vs &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; from a grammatical perspective and the answers cover the subject quite extensively. There is a hint at the geographical differences which are quite marked with respect to their  common everyday  usage.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;My Sicilian  friends would normally say &quot;Che disse?&quot; to refer to something just mentioned, while in Milan you are likely to hear &quot;Dove sei stato in vacanza l'anno scorso?&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What are the likely reasons for this remarkable difference in usage between the two tenses from a regional perspective? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same question in Italian, expressed in a different way (it's not a translation of the previous text):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più o meno chiunque che abbia vissuto in più parti d'Italia ha sicuramente notato che, nell'Italiano parlato, c'è &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2255/when-does-passato-prossimo-become-passato-remoto&quot;&gt;una spiccata differenza geografica nella formazione del tempo passato&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italia settentrionale, il passato prossimo è essenzialmente l'unico tempo usato (e.g. &lt;em&gt;Nel dodicesimo secolo la Chiesa ha attraversato un periodo di riforma&lt;/em&gt;). In Italia meridionale invece la situazione si inverte, e il passato remoto domina (non do esempi venendo io stesso dal nord Italia, se qualcuno potesse inserirne uno ne sarei grato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, il passato prossimo è un tempo relativamente recente: inesistente in latino è una delle caratteristiche più tipiche della &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Average_European&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sprachbund europea&lt;/a&gt;, e si è andato ad innestare sopra il passato remoto, discendente diretto del &lt;em&gt;perfectum&lt;/em&gt; latino, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q&lt;/strong&gt; Per quale motivo il passato prossimo ha questa ineguale distribuzione d'uso nella penisola italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riesco a pensare a due spiegazioni: forse il passato prossimo è giunto &quot;dal nord&quot; attraverso le alpi e semplicemente non ha fatto in tempo a penetrare fino al sud Italia, o forse la differenza d'uso è dovuta alle dominazioni straniere che hanno influenzato fortemente le differenze culturali in Italia. Ma non ho prove in una direzione o nell'altra e sospetto che la vera risposta non sia nessuna delle due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-10T10:56:15.923" LastActivityDate="2018-06-10T10:56:15.923" Title="Present perfect vs simple past from a geographical perspective" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2014-09-22T14:49:13.233" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think we can use &quot;Comunque&quot; as equivalent of &quot;By the way&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="884" LastActivityDate="2014-09-22T14:49:13.233" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2014-09-22T15:45:21.273" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;By the way&lt;/em&gt; can be used in many context. As some have correctly identified, &lt;em&gt;Fra l'altro&lt;/em&gt; is a correct translation. Another equivalent is &lt;em&gt;Comunque&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;ad ogni modo&lt;/em&gt; which can also obtain a different meaning (literally, &lt;em&gt;comunque&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;anyway&lt;/em&gt;, and so does &lt;em&gt;ad ogni modo&lt;/em&gt;).&#xA;In Italian, the three of them can all be used as a translation for &lt;em&gt;by the way&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;By the way, I told him not to worry. - Comunque/Ad ogni modo, gli ho detto di non preoccuparsi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Let's talk about Francesco who, by the way, is her husband. - Parliamo di Francesco che, tra l'altro/comunque, è suo marito.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A proposito&lt;/em&gt; can still be used in the second case, but is a rather awkward translation for the expression &lt;em&gt;by the way&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:50:57.840" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:50:57.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2382" CreationDate="2014-09-22T17:01:50.690" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not an Italian word as somebody pointed out in the comments.&#xA;Since the letter K in Italian does not exist, you might have been referring the whole time to &lt;em&gt;CACA'&lt;/em&gt; which, in some parts of Italy, would be a rather unpolite shortening for the vulgar verb &lt;em&gt;cacare&lt;/em&gt;, which means &lt;em&gt;to poop&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="633" LastEditDate="2014-09-22T18:58:53.837" LastActivityDate="2014-09-22T18:58:53.837" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2383" CreationDate="2014-09-22T17:21:52.323" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;A fantastic question. I reserve to edit and further add details to this answer as soon as I get some.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many texts that acknowledge the differences in the usage of the past that you mentioned, but none of them digs into the reasons why this difference exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the moment, I have found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.verbum-analectaneolatina.hu/pdf/12-2-24.pdf&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; reference, which links the differences in the usage of the past to the heritage of the Greek influence in the southern part of Italy, reporting a similarity between the tendency of using &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; in southern dialects and Greek.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastActivityDate="2014-09-22T17:21:52.323" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2388" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2390" CreationDate="2014-09-22T19:23:21.213" Score="7" ViewCount="714" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'ambito di un uso non sessista della lingua italiana, in cui se si parla di una persona di sesso femminile appartenente alla Camera dei deputati o all'avvocatura la si chiama “deputata” o “avvocata”, in cui si cerca di privilegiare le forme neutre a quelle maschili e così via, quale ritenete che sia la formulazione migliore tra le seguenti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lise Meitner fu uno dei più grandi fisici nucleari del Novecento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Era una donna e quindi si vorrebbe evitare di chiamarla “fisico”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lise Meitner fu una delle più grandi fisiche nucleari del Novecento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sembra che la si stia confrontando solo con le altre fisiche, mentre l'intenzione è di dire che fu una delle persone più grandi in assoluto in quel settore.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O un'altra formulazione ancora, che però sia sempre concisa, quasi come uno slogan per mettere in evidenza l'importanza della Meitner (e quindi cercando di evitare sia cose come “fisiche e fisici” che perifrasi come quella che ho usato sopra con “persone che si occupano etc.”)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T10:14:25.193" Title="“Uno dei più grandi fisici” o “una delle più grandi fisiche”, detto di una donna?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2388" CreationDate="2014-09-23T00:06:51.767" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco di esplorare le varie possibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se dici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lise Meitner fu &lt;strong&gt;uno&lt;/strong&gt; dei più grandi &lt;strong&gt;fisici&lt;/strong&gt; nucleari del Novecento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;stai dicendo che Lise Meitner fu un uomo, e la cosa disturba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se dici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lise Meitner fu &lt;strong&gt;una&lt;/strong&gt; delle più grandi &lt;strong&gt;fisiche&lt;/strong&gt; nucleari del Novecento.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;stai dicendo che Lise Meitner fu importante limitatamente al sottoinsieme femminile delle persone che si occupavano di fisica. Per confermare questa interpretazione, considera ad esempio Rita Levi Montalcini (2008), &lt;em&gt;Le tue antenate&lt;/em&gt;, Carlo Gallucci editore, dove a pagina 30 si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Maria Cunitz fu la più importante astronoma di quei tempi»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ed è chiaro che non può significare che fosse superiore a Giovanni Keplero, Galileo Galilei o Isaac Newton.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alternativamente potresti dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lise Meitner fu &lt;strong&gt;una&lt;/strong&gt; dei più grandi &lt;strong&gt;fisici&lt;/strong&gt; nucleari del Novecento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e stai dicendo che fu donna e fu importante tra fisici, uomini e donne. Stona la costruzione &lt;em&gt;una (femminile) dei (maschile)&lt;/em&gt; ma forse è il massimo di correttezza politica di genere a cui puoi ambire in italiano dove, notoriamente, la regola è quella di usare il sostantivo maschile plurale per indicare collettivi di genere diverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A sostegno di questa scelta, che forse in futuro sarà quella che prevarrà, puoi cercare su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=%22una+tra+i+pi%C3%B9%22&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google&lt;/a&gt; per verificarne l'uso (con l'accortezza di scartare i tanti errori che pure vi si incontrano). Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Franziska Van Almsick, destinata a impadronirsi della scena internazionale per lo straordinario appeal che la renderà una dei più ricercati personaggi simbolo del nuoto e dello sport mondiale» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nuoto_(Enciclopedia-dello-Sport)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«[Gae Aulenti] è diventata una tra i più importanti e significativi esponenti dell'architettura moderna» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/persone/2012/11/01/news/e_morta_gae_aulenti-45711755/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;la Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«solo la settimana scorsa Intesa Sanpaolo, una dei più grandi istituti italiani, ha annunciato» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/economia/affari-e-finanza/2014/03/17/news/telefonino_e_dati_in_cloud_lo_sportello_digitale_e_la_filiale_cambia_pelle-81175304/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;la Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«L'ha scritto una tra i più colti giornalisti italiani, Marina Valensise» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/cultura/libri/12_marzo_14/cazzullo-napoli-primavera-sicilia-estate_0b253150-6de4-11e1-98c2-a788cd669a01.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;« È bionda, ha 39 anni, è madre di due bambine: ed è anche una dei più feroci 'serial killer' della Russia» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/cronache/10_giugno_08/russia-serial-killer-vecchiette_0c88f4fa-72ff-11df-80b7-00144f02aabe.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«All’epoca [Caterina] Ferrero era assessore regionale ai Lavori pubblici ed era considerata una tra i possibili candidati alla Provincia nel 2004» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilfattoquotidiano.it/2011/06/15/scandalo-sanita-arrestata-a-torino-lex-assessore-pdl-ferrero/118300/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Fatto Quotidiano&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Il Washington Post, in un lungo articolo, ripercorre la vita di “una dei più influenti scienziati della sua generazione, particolarmente ammirevole per gli ostacoli che, quando iniziò la sua carriera, le donne di tutto il mondo incontravano lavorando nella scienza”» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilfattoquotidiano.it/2012/12/31/montalcini-nyt-rivoluzionaria-nello-studio-del-cervello-oggi-camera-ardente/458605/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Fatto Quotidiano&lt;/a&gt;, su Rita Levi Montalcini)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se questa soluzione non soddisfa, volendo schivare l'ostacolo, si potrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lise Meitner fu una delle più grandi menti della fisica nucleare del Novecento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lise Meitner fu una delle menti più brillanti della fisica nucleare del Novecento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma questo trucco, che non risponde davvero alla domanda, non fa che esaltare il fatto che, quando un elemento di genere grammaticale femminile è presente insieme ad un collettivo di genere misto, o accetti la regola menzionata su, sul maschile plurale, oppure sei costretto ad esprimerti in maniera più creativa e distrarre il destinatario del messaggio con qualche fuoco d'artificio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Elberich, non sono sicuro che questo sia lo spazio più adatto per esprimere opinioni &quot;politiche&quot;. L'esigenza di neutralizzare il linguaggio dal punto di vista del genere esiste in tutto il mondo ed è fenomeno rilevante in quanto il dibattito che ne segue modifica il modo di parlare in lingua italiana: qualche link che mostra fino a che livelli ciò accade (Treccani, Accademia della Crusca, istituzioni UE, pubblica amministrazione, etc.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.funzionepubblica.gov.it/media/962032/il%20sessismo%20nella%20lingua%20italiana.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alma Sabatini, Il sessismo nella lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ec.europa.eu/translation/italian/rei/drafting/documents/neutralita_genere_it.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Parlamento europeo, La neutralità di genere nel linguaggio usato al Parlamento europeo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/speciali/femminile/Robustelli.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cecilia Robustelli, Il sessimo nella lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rai.it/dl/docs/1354527785476guida_robustelli.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cecilia Robustelli, Linee guida per l’uso del genere nel linguaggio amministrativo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-23T05:21:43.193" LastActivityDate="2014-09-23T05:21:43.193" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2381" CreationDate="2014-09-23T15:40:25.467" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci sono alcune collane di letture graduate per stranieri, libri con esercizi e attività che hanno disponibili anche CD audio per poter ascoltare i testi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Collana &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Italiano facile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.almaedizioni.it/it/catalogo/progetti/ADULTI/LET/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alma Edizioni&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Collana &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Primiracconti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.edilingua.it/it-it/Prodotti.aspx?ElementID=ca6410a9-f0dd-4308-90ce-405b9560565a&amp;amp;Action=First&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;edizioni Edilingua&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Collana &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Imparare leggendo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blackcat-cideb.com/6-italian-catalogue&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cideb Editrice&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se preferisci leggere le storie a fumetti, ci sono anche queste collane:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Collana &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;L’italiano con i fumetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.almaedizioni.it/it/catalogo/progetti/ADULTI/FUM/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alma Edizioni&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Collana &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Imparare l'italiano con i fumetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.edilingua.it/it-it/Prodotti.aspx?ElementID=e93596e6-e34a-4958-a88c-e2d8190b2a89&amp;amp;Action=First&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;edizioni Edilingua&lt;/a&gt; (di livello un po' più alto, però).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-20T10:33:47.197" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T10:33:47.197" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2395" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2401" CreationDate="2014-09-23T18:08:35.290" Score="1" ViewCount="2366" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La testa perduta di Damasceno Monteiro&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Tabucchi ho letto queste frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«L'avvocato gongolò fra sé e sé»&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«E poi mormorò fra sé e sé: considerazioni cretine»&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono domandata cosa significasse &quot;fra sé e sé&quot; e se si potessero scrivere altre frasi con questa locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato quest'esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Andava ragionando fra sé e sé,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con la spiegazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;nell’intimità della propria mente, del proprio spirito&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe però avere più dettagli sul significato e altri esempi di uso di quest'espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T08:55:17.357" Title="Significato e uso della locuzione &quot;fra sé e sé&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2398" CreationDate="2014-09-24T00:00:38.123" Score="6" ViewCount="829" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se entro in un supermercato di piccole dimensioni, perché non lo chiamo semplicemente &quot;mercato&quot;? Non è contro senso chiamarlo &quot;piccolo supermercato&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="849" LastActivityDate="2014-09-27T13:55:33.223" Title="Quando usare: mercatino, mercato, supermercato, ipermercato" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2396" CreationDate="2014-09-24T05:20:45.507" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché si tratta di esposizioni e vendite di merci organizzate in maniera significativamente diversa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/mercato.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Mercato&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Riunione di venditori e compratori in luoghi e tempi fissi: il m. settimanale; il luogo generalmente all'aperto deputato a tali scambi commerciali; fiera: m. del bestiame; andare al m. || m. all'ingrosso, quello in cui si vendono esclusivamente in grandi quantità merci per il commercio al dettaglio | m. generali, nelle grandi città, quelli in cui si raccolgono beni di consumo provenienti dalla produzione, da smistare ai m. al minuto | m. delle pulci, quello in cui si vendono oggetti vecchi o usati.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/supermercato.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Supermercato&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vasta struttura organizzata per la vendita di prodotti, soprattutto alimentari e domestici, in cui il cliente si serve da solo pagando l'importo totale alle casse poste all'uscita.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-24T05:41:41.913" LastActivityDate="2014-09-24T05:41:41.913" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2396" CreationDate="2014-09-24T05:29:58.820" Score="11" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Se entro in un supermercato di &lt;strong&gt;piccole dimensioni&lt;/strong&gt;, perché non lo chiamo semplicemente &quot;mercato&quot;? Non è contro senso chiamarlo &quot;piccolo&#xA;  supermercato&quot;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il prefisso 'super' non si riferisce alla grandezza. Fino agli anni settanta le licenze comunali per le 'botteghe' o 'negozi' erano rigidamente regolate: la 'latteria' poteva vendere solo latte, fino agli anni '50 (nel '53 Roma ebbe una delle prime 'centrale del latte'), il vinaio o 'cantina' vendeva vino e olio, la 'drogheria' (fino agli anni '50) e poi 'salumeria' poteva vendere salumi etc., il 'fruttivendolo' ancora oggi può vendere solo frutta, ortaggi edi recente succhi di frutta etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negli anni sessanta si cominciò a concedere deroghe limitate, aggiungendo qualche articolo industriale collegato al settore merceologico. Se si eccedeva si veniva multati dai 'vigili urbani' che pattugliavano le strade e controllavano che venisse rispettato rigorosamente l'orario di chiusura (alle 8:30 d'estate) e alle 8:40 già fioccavano le multe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negli anni settanta e ottanta si adeguò la normativa allo stile europeo ed americano, permettendo ai negozianti al dettaglio di vendere ogni genere di merci (con il self-service) ma mancava un termine adeguato, quelli con una licenza più ampia provarono a metter l'insegna 'alimenti', 'alimentari', ma non potevono vendere, ad esempio i detersivi, chi poteva farlo usavano un vecchio termine 'emporio'. Dall'altro canto c'erano i 'grandi magazzini' ( da prima della guerra), tra cui la mitica STANDA (che fu la prima, solo a Milano, però, nel'60 a sperimentare il self-service) che vendevano di tutto tranne gli alimentari. Solo in seguito, come certo sapete, hanno avuto il permesso di vendere ortofrutta. Dapprima si diffusero le insegne straniere 'self-service', 'supermarket' (che erano anche piccolissimi), poi hanno recuperato le forme italiane:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;supermercato&lt;/em&gt; vende di tutto (dall'inglese)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;superette&lt;/em&gt; (dal francese) è un supermercato che ha anche un angolo con un 'salumaio' che affetta mortadella, provolone, etc su richiesta del cliente. Praticamente una salumeria allargata, un mini-market&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ipermercato&lt;/em&gt;, questo sì è un &lt;strong&gt;grande&lt;/strong&gt; supermercato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;mercato&lt;/em&gt; (comunale) è tutta un'altra cosa: uno spazio (chiuso o all'aperto) che viene concesso ai venditori ambulanti tutti i giorni&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;mercatino&lt;/em&gt; può essere o un mercato &lt;em&gt;rionale&lt;/em&gt; aperto una volta alla settimana, o uno privato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-09-27T13:55:33.223" LastActivityDate="2014-09-27T13:55:33.223" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2395" CreationDate="2014-09-24T08:32:38.313" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si riferisce a quando una persona ragiona nel proprio pensiero su qualcosa, creando una specie di dialogo interno alla propria mente con sé stesso. È un'espressione molto conosciuta, può essere usata tranquillamente anche in un dialogo formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Decise fra sé e sé di affrontare quel problema&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è un altro esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-09-24T08:34:03.487" LastActivityDate="2014-09-24T08:34:03.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2396" CreationDate="2014-09-25T08:45:52.640" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;perché in &quot;supermercato&quot; il senso originale della parola &quot;super&quot; si è perso (ma anche quello di &quot;mercato&quot;, in un certo senso). Per indicare un &quot;piccolo supermercato&quot; si usano così prestiti da altre lingue, come &quot;minimarket&quot; e &quot;superette&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T08:45:52.640" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2395" CreationDate="2014-09-25T08:55:17.357" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'idea di &lt;em&gt;fra sé e sé&lt;/em&gt; è semplice: comportarsi come se si avesse un interlocutore o uno spettatore, ma che questo interlocutore o spettatore sia la stessa persona. Si può essere da soli o in compagnia, in tal caso l'idea è che l'azione o il sentimento non traspaiano all'esterno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'avvocato gongolò tra sé e sé&lt;/em&gt; significa che costui avrebbe voluto &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gongolare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gongolare&lt;/a&gt; ma non potendo farlo, forse perché in presenza di altre persone e dovendo mantenere un contegno, si accontentò di immaginarsi mentre gongolava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;E poi mormorò tra sé e sé: considerazioni cretine&lt;/em&gt; è di uno che sta ragionando su qualcosa e si scopre a parlare con sé stesso per soppesare le varie possibilità. O forse uno dei presenti ha fatto una considerazione sciocca e il personaggio avrebbe desiderato dire questa sua opinione a qualcuno e, non potendo, la dice a sé stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andava ragionando tra sé e sé&lt;/em&gt; mi dà l'idea di qualcuno che è impegnato in un ragionamento che lo prende interamente tanto da apparire fuori dal mondo e in conversazione intima con sé stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si trova talvolta solo &lt;em&gt;tra sé&lt;/em&gt;, ma probabilmente non è del tutto corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T08:55:17.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2388" CreationDate="2014-09-25T09:56:59.357" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra giusto porsi il problema :-) Senz'altro &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; si può usare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Lise Meitner fu uno dei più grandi fisici nucleari del Novecento.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La femminilizzazione della lingua non si liquida con criteri estetici (&quot;è brutto, suona male, è buffo&quot;); la presenza sempre più frequente delle donne in posizioni e ruoli prima non ricoperti la impone; il linguaggio rende visibili tali ruoli (tanto più che l'italiano prevede il maschile e il femminile tra i generi grammaticali...). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo il maschile il genere inclusivo (sic!), siamo d'accordo che &quot;i più grandi fisici&quot; contiene scienziati della fisica uomini e donne. Quindi se il senso della frase è esprimere l'appartenenza di Lise Meitner all'insieme dei più grandi fisici, si sostituisca &quot;&lt;em&gt;una di&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;uno di&lt;/em&gt;&quot; con &quot;&lt;em&gt;essere tra&lt;/em&gt;&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Lise Meitner fu tra i più grandi fisici nucleari del Novecento.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Lise Meitner si annovera tra i più grandi fisici nucleari del Novecento.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oltre al tuo caso specifico, anche negli altri esempi giornalistici l'uso &quot;&lt;em&gt;si annovera tra&lt;/em&gt;&quot;  &quot;&lt;em&gt;appartiene a&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;è tra&lt;/em&gt;&quot; avrebbe avuto la stessa valenza di &quot;&lt;em&gt;una/uno dei&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, col vantaggio però che la forma è epicena, contrariamente a &quot;&lt;em&gt;una/uno dei&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="900" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-25T10:14:25.193" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T10:14:25.193" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2403" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2404" CreationDate="2014-09-25T12:33:29.913" Score="1" ViewCount="664" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che in italiano si deve scrivere l'accento grafico quando l'accento tonico è sull'ultima sillaba della parola, ma a volte ho visto parole sdrucciole (ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;fascìcolo&lt;/em&gt;) o piane (per esempio, &lt;em&gt;quaternióne&lt;/em&gt;) con l'accento grafico. Si tratta di un fatto usuale in alcuni dizionari, ma ho anche visto alcuni di questi vocaboli accentati in qualche romanzo. Qual è la ragione per cui si scrivono tali accenti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T13:51:52.123" Title="Perché a volte si scrive l'accento grafico in parole sdrucciole o piane?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2403" CreationDate="2014-09-25T13:51:52.123" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci possono essere vari motivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il più frequente è quello di distinguere tra omografi (parole che si scrivono nello stesso modo) non omofoni (e che quindi si pronunciano diversamente). Un caso frequente è quello dei plurali di “principe” e di “principio”, che diventano entrambi “principi” (anche se il secondo si potrebbe, o dovrebbe, scrivere “principii” o “principî”). In questo caso, specie se il contesto dà adito ad ambiguità (“i principi della filosofia”) si tende a mettere l'accento grafico per chiarire quale delle due parole si stia usando, talvolta anche nel caso di una parola piana: «i princìpi della matematica». Un caso simile vale per “àncora” e “ancóra”, “càpitano” e “capitàno” etc. (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/omografi_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; per più lumi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi c'è una scuola di pensiero minoritaria che vorrebbe indicare l'accento grafico su tutte le parole non piane: lo scrittore &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carlo_Dossi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Carlo Dossi&lt;/a&gt; ne era persuaso al punto da rendere quasi illeggibili i suoi scritti. La sua &lt;em&gt;Desinenza in A&lt;/em&gt; ha addirittura un'avvertenza iniziale in cui spiega: «l'“&lt;em&gt;accento grave&lt;/em&gt; (`)” [...], seguendo la regola di Carlo Cattaneo, già seguita da Pàolo Gorini e da altri, fu impiegato a segnare tutte le parole non solo tronche (&lt;em&gt;precipitò&lt;/em&gt;) ma semitronche (&lt;em&gt;precipitài&lt;/em&gt;) nonché sdrucciole (&lt;em&gt;precìpiti&lt;/em&gt;), bisdrùcciole (&lt;em&gt;precìpitano&lt;/em&gt;) e trisdrucciole (&lt;em&gt;precìpitanosi&lt;/em&gt;). Le parole senza accento dèbbono quindi considerarsi come piane (&lt;em&gt;precipitare&lt;/em&gt;) o semipiane (&lt;em&gt;precipuo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Dell'accento acuto (´) non s'è fatto caso, ritenendolo superfluo; né si adoperò il &#xA;circonflesso che a semplice indicazione delle parole sincopate (&lt;em&gt;raccôrre&lt;/em&gt; per &#xA;&lt;em&gt;raccògliere&lt;/em&gt;)». &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;¿Da qual caminetto di letterato o banco di drogherìa, da qual latrina di gazzettiere o biblioteca in saccheggio bonghiano, hai tù, mio temerario editore, saputo salvarmi questa copia rarìssima della prima edizione della «Desinenza in A», che t'intestasti a ristampare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(La grafia del Dossi aveva anche altre peculiarità, come si vede, tra cui i punti esclamativo e interrogativo ribaltati all'inizio delle frasi, sul modello spagnolo. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/libri/d/dossi/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; se ne possono trovare alcune opere.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, l'esempio del “quaternióne” sarà probabilmente dovuto anche a un desiderio di chiarire, per una parola insolita, che quella “o” è chiusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T13:51:52.123" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2372" CreationDate="2014-09-25T15:08:56.560" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le virgole intorno a &quot;però&quot; si possono sia mettere, sia non mettere. A mio avviso, vi è solo una lieve differenza tra le due possibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Se le virgole ci sono, come ha già osservato bobie, c'è una maggiore enfasi sul &quot;però&quot;, e dunque sul fatto che la frase è contrapposta ad un'altra affermazione precedente.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Se le virgole non ci sono, viene a mancare questa enfasi, dunque quello che viene esaltato è il significato della frase, piuttosto che la sua opposizione alla precedente.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A riguardo della frase in esame, nel primo caso io intendo che la persona che parla esprime un certo dubbio sul fatto che esista una spiegazione ragionevole all'origine dell'espressione di cui si discute (e, quindi, potrebbe anche mettere in discussione la liceità stessa dell'espressione, in un'interpretazione un po' esagerata). Nel secondo caso esprime piuttosto la curiosità di sapere l'origine dell'espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiaramente si tratta comunque di una differenza piuttosto lieve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-09-25T15:08:56.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2406" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-25T21:04:11.377" Score="5" ViewCount="4339" Body="&lt;p&gt;È più corretto dire '&lt;em&gt;Le assicuro che ...&lt;/em&gt;' o '&lt;em&gt;La assicuro che ...&lt;/em&gt;'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Supponiamo che si voglia esprimere contrarietà allorché qualcuno, nell'ambito di relazioni non confidenziali, affermi erroneamente qualcosa, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... tutte le ciambelle riescono col buco ...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si dovrebbe rispondere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) &lt;em&gt;La assicuro che non è così, anzi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) &lt;em&gt;Le assicuro che non è così, anzi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E se volessimo usare — ancorché forse meno propriamente — il verbo 'rassicurare'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a.1) &lt;em&gt;La rassicuro che non è così, anzi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b.1) &lt;em&gt;Le rassicuro che non è così, anzi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io preferisco b) e a.1), ma non capisco quale differenza fra 'assicurare' e 'rassicurare' incida al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-09-26T08:02:05.440" LastActivityDate="2014-10-02T09:39:29.967" Title="'La/Le assicuro ...', 'La/Le rassicuro ...': quali sono le forme corrette?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2407" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2408" CreationDate="2014-09-26T05:11:01.637" Score="2" ViewCount="3437" Body="&lt;p&gt;Osservo che in Italia, in contesti informali, talvolta si usa un breve schiocco della lingua in luogo di &quot;No&quot;, tipicamente in risposta a una domanda del tipo sì/no.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Esiste una parola che indichi appropriatamente l'azione di schioccare la lingua in segno di diniego? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2017-03-22T13:31:00.633" Title="Esiste una parola per &quot;schioccare la lingua&quot;?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2407" CreationDate="2014-09-26T07:11:56.727" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si chiama &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/clic/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;consonante clic&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; o, come hai visto, 'click' &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In termini tecnici 'fonetici' si definisce una &lt;em&gt;consonante non polmonare centrale dentale (o anche alveolare)&lt;/em&gt; e si indica con un punto esclamativo &lt;strong&gt;/ ! /&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano comune non si può definire schiocco: con questo termine si indica il rumore o di un &lt;em&gt;bacio&lt;/em&gt; (tramite aspirazione: '&lt;em&gt;smack&lt;/em&gt;') o di una frusta o della sua imitazione con la lingua per incitare un cavallo, in questo caso è un 'clic laterale'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se conosci l'inglese questo suono, che ripetuto indica disapprovazione anche in italiano, si trascrive '&lt;em&gt;tut-tut&lt;/em&gt;' in BE and 'tsk-tsk' in AE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-09-27T06:45:44.150" LastActivityDate="2014-09-27T06:45:44.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2406" CreationDate="2014-09-26T08:22:11.717" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Assicurare&quot; e &quot;rassicurare&quot; hanno due significati diversi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Assicurare&quot; significa (in questo caso) garantire con certezza che una certa cosa è vera, tipicamente a qualcuno che ne dubita.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Rassicurare&quot; significa fare qualsiasi cosa (non necessariamente dicendo qualcosa) per portare qualcuno in uno stato di maggiore tranquillità rispetto ad un eventuale pericolo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho mai sentito l'uso di &quot;assicurare&quot; come &quot;rassicurare&quot;, che suggerisce bobie. Mi sembra quanto meno una forma molto antiquata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente è possibile, assicurando qualcosa a qualcuno, che questo qualcuno ne risulti anche rassicurato. Non è per nulla necessario che, per rassicurare qualcuno, sia necessario assicurargli la verità di qualcosa (per esempio, in un contesto di paura e smarrimento una carezza o un sorriso possono avere un effetto rassicurante, senza peraltro assicurare nulla).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel merito delle frasi proposte, tra a) e b) è certamente da scegliere b), perché l'oggetto di &quot;assicurare&quot; è la verità che si intende asserire, mentre la persona a cui ci si rivolge va in dativo. Tra a.1) e b.1) è da preferire a.1), perché l'oggetto di &quot;rassicurare&quot; è la persona che viene rassicurata. In questo caso l'utilizzo della subordinata &quot;che non è così&quot; mi suona un po' strano, però non mi sembra sbagliato. Di sicuro sarebbe possibile dire &quot;La rassicuro, non è così, anzi&quot;. In tal caso le due frasi sono semplicemente coordinate (e &quot;rassicurare&quot; può benissimo stare senza la subordinata, mentre invece &quot;assicurare&quot; dovrebbe comunque tenersi come complemento oggetto ciò che viene assicurato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-09-26T08:22:11.717" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2406" CreationDate="2014-09-26T10:01:20.200" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le assicuro che non è così&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;va bene: dici con certezza a qualcuno che non è così come questi crede; rendi certo qualcosa a qualcuno. Questa è la costruzione che tutti capiscono. Stai esprimendo all'interlocutore contrarietà: lo stai contraddicendo e glielo stai comunicando efficacemente, mostrandoti sicuro del fatto tuo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La assicuro che non è così&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non ha molto senso, a meno che tu non stia cercando di ipnotizzare il tuo interlocutore. Potresti dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;La vorrei assicurare che non è così&lt;/em&gt;&quot;: non credo che questa scelta sia né comune né molto elegante ma la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/assicurare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ci assicura che si tratta di una scelta grammaticalmente corretta («&lt;em&gt;lo assicurai che suo figlio stava bene&lt;/em&gt;»); ma comunemente si userebbe il verbo &lt;em&gt;rassicurare&lt;/em&gt;. Come che sia: non stai contraddicendo l'interlocutore, lo stai rassicurando circa qualcosa di &lt;strong&gt;sgradevole&lt;/strong&gt; che l'interlocutore &lt;strong&gt;crede&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;teme&lt;/strong&gt;. Ma lui invece è &lt;strong&gt;orgoglioso&lt;/strong&gt; che tutte le ciambelle escono col buco!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gli assicurai che non era così&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;va bene: hai assicurato a lui che non era così come credeva. L'hai contraddetto: esattamente quello che volevi fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo assicurai che non era così&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;va anche bene (e si suppone che tu abbia qualche elemento per ritenere che il tuo interlocutore si sentisse poi effettivamente rassicurato). Rimane da capire come faccia a sentirsi rassicurata una persona che hai appena contraddetto circa qualcosa di cui è orgogliosamente convinta: si sentirà semmai più insicura, immagino, o persino irritata. Ma comunque sia, &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; stai contraddicendo l'interlocutore: la tua attenzione è focalizzata sulla sua serenità interiore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La rassicuro che non è così&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;suona male, a meno che non si intenda nel senso di &quot;&lt;em&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;voglio&lt;/strong&gt; rassicurare che non è così&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Ma anche così ha poco senso: vuoi rassicurare qualcuno che qualcosa che costui orgogliosamente ritiene vera sia invece falsa?! Come detto sopra sembra piuttosto che tu lo stia destabilizzando. Normalmente si rassicura qualcuno riguardo a qualcosa di &lt;strong&gt;sgradevole&lt;/strong&gt; che questi &lt;strong&gt;crede&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;teme&lt;/strong&gt;. Ad ogni modo: &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; lo stai contraddicendo, lo stai rassicurando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le rassicuro che non è così&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non va bene: non puoi rassicurare qualcosa a qualcuno. È errato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo rassicurai che non era così&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;va bene se pensi di averlo tranquillizzato. Ma sostenendo l'opinione opposta lo hai tranquillizzato? È cosa che devi valutare tu. Ma, come prima, &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; lo stai contraddicendo, ti stai concentrando sulla sua serenità interiore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A parziale integrazione di quanto detto su, in italiano si può dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;stai (pur) tranquillo che non è come dici tu&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Spesso questa costruzione viene accompagnata da note e toni di sarcasmo e aggressività: stai dicendo all'interlocutore &quot;&lt;em&gt;stai tranquillo, non ti scomodare, rimani al tuo posto&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e intendi &quot;&lt;em&gt;non infastidirmi&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2014-09-29T14:29:33.417" LastActivityDate="2014-09-29T14:29:33.417" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2412" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2413" CreationDate="2014-09-26T21:43:54.867" Score="6" ViewCount="830" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione inglese &lt;em&gt;in italics&lt;/em&gt; ossia  &lt;em&gt;in corsivo&lt;/em&gt; ha origini proprio in Italia. Secondo Etymonline.com il veneziano Aldus Manutius fu il primo ad  usare nella stampa  questa forma di scrittura  nel 16esimo secolo. Altri esempi di scrittura 'in italics' esistevano anche prima (15esimo secolo), come ad esempio alcuni manoscritti di Niccolò de Niccoli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?allowed_in_frame=0&amp;amp;search=Italic&amp;amp;searchmode=none&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Italic&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;1610s (adj.), 1670s (n.) &quot;italic type,&quot; from Latin italicus &quot;Italian&quot; (see Italian); &lt;strong&gt;so called because it was introduced in 1501 by Aldus Manutius, printer of Venice (who also gave his name to Aldine), and first used in an edition of Virgil dedicated to Italy&lt;/strong&gt;. Earlier (1570s) the word was used for the plain, sloping style of handwriting, as opposed to Gothic. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come mai questa espressione non ha preso piede anche in Italia e diciamo invece &lt;em&gt;in corsivo&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-27T09:21:22.153" LastActivityDate="2014-09-28T07:07:06.070" Title="Perché si dice 'in corsivo' e non 'in Italico'?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2412" CreationDate="2014-09-27T07:43:53.277" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I nomi e i cognomi di provenienza si usano in genere dovunque tranne in quel luogo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'Italia è piena di persone che si chiamano DiRoma o DaMilano etc.: i loro antenati si sono trasferiti diciamo a Bari e venivano riconosciuti dal loro accento. Ancora oggi chiunque avrà esperienza di gente di cui si conosce meno il nome o cognome e viene indicato come: &quot;chi?, il bolognese?&quot;. Da 'il milanese' si passa facilmente all'anagrafe: Da Milano, DiRoma, etc. (questo nel passato). Ovviamente a Milano nessun milanese viene identificato come 'da Milano'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso criterio comprensibile vale in genere anche per i nomi: a Bologna la grossa salsiccia si chiama 'mortadella', in America si chiama 'bologna', la zuppa inglese in Inghilterra si chiama 'trifle' e la crema inglese si chiama 'custard' e nessuno sa che sono inglesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è l'aspetto socio-psico-linguistico, tornando alla tua domanda, il carattere fu chiamato 'aldino' in onore del suo creatore, come hai detto, e quindi ribattezzato nel Rinascimento 'italicus' e in questa forma si diffuse all'estero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italia si usa prevalentemente 'corsivo', perchè è un termine più ampio, che indica sia la scrittura a stampa che a mano e diversi stili di quest'ultima: l''italico' esiste e viene usato dagli 'addetti ai lavori' ed è una forma particolare del corsivo: 'italico corsivo' usata in calligrafia, anche 'aldino' è ancora usato dai tipografi e indica un particolare tipo di corsivo. I termini antichi originali sono usati come termini specialistici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altro canto in AE si il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Cursive.svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;'cursive'&lt;/a&gt; si usa per una particolare calligrafia e che in BE si chiama 'joined-up writing', che si ottiene quando la penna non si solleva dalla carta durante la scrittura, adottata dai copisti dell'Umanesimo (e ad un di essi &lt;em&gt;Poggio Bracciolini&lt;/em&gt;, si ispirò &lt;em&gt;Aldo Manuzio&lt;/em&gt;); questi termini rientrano tutti nell'ampio termine italiano di 'corsivo'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusione 'scrivere in italico' si può dire, si dice, ma ha un significato diverso da 'scrivere in corsivo'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-28T07:07:06.070" LastActivityDate="2014-09-28T07:07:06.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2414" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-27T11:48:28.087" Score="9" ViewCount="1843" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certe volte gli italiani scrivono i numeri in cifre piuttosto che in lettere, come può accadere in frasi come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1) ... l'ottanta percento dei giovani è disoccupato ...,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) ... l'undici ottobre a Roma c'è una manifestazione contro il governo ...,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Supponiamo ora che 'ottanta' e 'undici' si vogliano scrivere in cifre, quali delle seguenti sono corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.a) ... l'80% dei giovani è disoccupato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2.a) .... l'11 ottobre a Roma c'è una manifestazione contro il governo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1.b) ... lo 80% dei giovani è disoccupato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2.b) .... il 11 ottobre a Roma c'è una manifestazione contro il governo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, come si gestisce l'articolo davanti ai numeri scritti in cifre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esattamente come se fossero scritti in lettere o ci sono regole o usi diversi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-09-28T09:02:11.850" LastActivityDate="2018-02-01T15:57:36.290" Title="Come si gestisce l'articolo davanti ai numeri scritti in cifre?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3530" CreationDate="2014-09-27T17:32:10.373" Score="8" ViewCount="769" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si può usare 'è' alla fine di questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La questione dei 'Quota 96' è emblematica del caos in cui l'Italia è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O, anteponendo 'è' a 'l'Italia', sarebbe meno cacofonico dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La questione dei 'Quota 96' è emblematica del caos in cui è l'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure fra le due costruzioni c'è una differenza di enfasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che si potrebbe usare 'versa' o 'si trova', ma nel contesto del discorso vorrei comunque usare 'è'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T20:19:51.917" Title="Usare 'è' alla fine di una frase" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2417" CreationDate="2014-09-27T20:33:42.307" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le due costruzioni proposte sono entrambe valide. Come osservi, però, lasciare la vocale accentata da sola a fine frase non è molto comodo da pronunciare (ed è anche un po' strano da leggere). Per cui, se vuoi utilizzare il vocabolo &quot;è&quot;, io sceglierei la seconda versione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io personalmente non sento alcuna differenza di enfasi tra le due frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-09-27T20:33:42.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2417" CreationDate="2014-09-27T22:52:06.640" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me non suona bene la prima versione con &quot;è&quot; in fondo alla frase, sembra un errore o una frase non terminata. Mi aspetterei alla fine, se dovessi leggere questa frase, un:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... in cui l'Italia è caduta, o finita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè una frase con un passato prossimo e non un tempo presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="875" LastActivityDate="2014-09-27T22:52:06.640" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2414" CreationDate="2014-09-27T22:58:22.123" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio parere 1.a e 2.a sono corrette, mentre le altre due sono errate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto a tal proposito a volte scrivere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'1 gennaio = l'uno gennaio / non corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma in questo caso andrebbe scritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il 1° gennaio = il primo gennaio / corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ha scritto Alb, bisogna considerarli come se fossero scritti in lettere e stare attenti a scriverli nella giusta forma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="875" LastActivityDate="2014-09-27T22:58:22.123" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2421" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2443" CreationDate="2014-09-28T08:53:31.993" Score="4" ViewCount="1735" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa domanda mi è stata suggerita da questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/2415/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;. Il quesito sarebbe: quando si deve usare &quot;&lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e quando &quot;&lt;em&gt;in lettere&lt;/em&gt;&quot; dopo il verbo &quot;scrivere&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il post citato ha alcuni esempi che contengono l'espressione &quot;&lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt;&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere &lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt; d'oro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere &lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt; da speziali.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere &lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt; da appigionasi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere &lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt; di scatola.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere &lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt; maiuscole.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato su Internet esempi di uso di &quot;&lt;em&gt;scrivere in lettere&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere i numeri &lt;em&gt;in lettere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere una cifra &lt;em&gt;in lettere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivere un importo &lt;em&gt;in lettere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non so se in questi ultimi casi si possa anche usare &quot;&lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe corretto dire che &lt;em&gt;&quot;a lettere&quot;&lt;/em&gt; si usa di più in espressioni di tipo idiomatico (come quelle summenzionate), mentre &lt;em&gt;&quot;in lettere&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è più frequentemente usato in frasi con un senso più letterale? Ad esempio, può darsi che &quot;scrivere &lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt; maiuscole&quot; si usi di più nel senso figurato di &quot;dire qualcosa con grande chiarezza&quot; e invece con &quot;scrivere &lt;em&gt;in lettere&lt;/em&gt; maiuscole&quot; si intenda più frequentemente un significato letterale? Ecco due frasi che illustrano quest'idea (che non so se sia corretta):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Meglio parlare &lt;em&gt;a lettere&lt;/em&gt; maiuscole» (frase tratta da &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.es/books?id=6N50_eCCaf4C&amp;amp;pg=PA37&amp;amp;lpg=PA37&amp;amp;dq=%22Meglio+parlare+a+lettere+maiuscole%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=gcoee3-j9u&amp;amp;sig=7B1UE6A-KNrYJWeaz1E5VVU81fw&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=SGQxVK7GLMLUarL4gZgI&amp;amp;ved=0CCEQ6AEwAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22Meglio%20parlare%20a%20lettere%20maiuscole%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«In origine l'alfabeto latino veniva scritto solo &lt;em&gt;in lettere&lt;/em&gt; maiuscole che erano ben delimitate inferiormente e superiormente» (frase tratta da &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minuscolo#Origine_della_minuscola_dell.27alfabeto_latino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-10-07T00:47:16.287" Title="&quot;Scrivere a lettere&quot; versus &quot;scrivere in lettere&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2422" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2423" CreationDate="2014-09-28T17:52:47.440" Score="3" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa spesso l'espressione &quot;fare bene&quot; in riferimento a qualcosa che è salutare.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nel caso in cui si voglia fare un paragone del tipo &quot;questo cibo è più salutare di quest'altro&quot;, è corretto utilizzare &quot;questo cibo fa meglio di quest'altro&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-29T14:46:42.333" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T14:46:42.333" Title="&quot;Fare meglio&quot; nel senso di &quot;essere più salutare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2422" CreationDate="2014-09-28T18:04:54.110" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico del cibo non userei dire che uno '&lt;em&gt;fa meglio&lt;/em&gt;' di un altro, cosa che invece non apparirebbe strana se riferita ad un farmaco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso dire che un cibo 'fa bene' è corretto, ma, come detto sopra, da qui a inferire la possibilità di un confronto fra cibi usando l'accennata terminologia non è consigliabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi frasi come, p.e., '... la frutta fa meglio della carne ...' sono inconsistenti, mentre usare '... è più salutare ...' è perfetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-09-28T18:04:54.110" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2421" CreationDate="2014-09-28T19:09:48.617" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Scrivere a lettere' è corretto solo nel caso di frasi idiomatiche come, p.e., 'scritto a chiare lettere' o 'scritto a lettere maiuscole', diversamente occorre usare 'in'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, 'scrivere le cifre/i numeri in lettere' è corretto, mentre 'scrivere le cifre/i numeri a lettere' è errato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-09-28T19:09:48.617" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2422" CreationDate="2014-09-29T06:34:34.543" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si usa spesso l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&quot;fare bene&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; in riferimento a qualcosa&#xA;  che è salutare. Nel caso in cui si voglia fare un paragone del tipo&#xA;  &quot;questo cibo è più salutare di quest'altro&quot;, è corretto utilizzare&#xA;  &quot;questo cibo fa meglio di quest'altro&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'espressione 'fare bene alla salute' 'fare bene' è da considerare un tutt'uno idiomatico = &lt;strong&gt;giova&lt;/strong&gt; e sostituisce la espressione ordinaria 'è buono/a per la salute', quindi una sua parte non può essere alterata come se fosse un normale avverbio: 'nel primo trimestre ha fatto bene, nel secondo suo figlio ha fatto meglio'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;fa bene &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt; salute = è buono &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; la salute&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa considerazione vale per il cibo, per un farmaco, per lo sport e per tutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo fare una comparazione bisogna tornare alla frase di base e qui fare il comparativo di maggioranza; &lt;em&gt;'+ buono = migliore/meglio'&lt;/em&gt; : &quot;questo alimento/farmaco&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?num=100&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=%22%C3%A8+meglio+per+la+salute%22&amp;amp;oq=%22%C3%A8+meglio+per+la+salute%22&amp;amp;gs_l=hp.12...2232.14858.0.16907.25.25.0.0.0.0.260.3784.0j23j2.25.0....0...1c.1.54.hp..9.16.2359.0.etDCHFvcTps&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;è meglio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; per la salute&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user808" LastEditorDisplayName="user808" LastEditDate="2014-09-29T06:46:02.273" LastActivityDate="2014-09-29T06:46:02.273" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2417" CreationDate="2014-09-29T20:49:26.537" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Porre &quot;è&quot; in fondo alla frase, pur essendo grammaticalmente corretto e comprensibile, rende molto più difficile interpretare la frase: è estremamente insolito vedere una tale struttura. La continuazione &quot;naturale&quot; sarebbe un participio passato, per formare un tempo composto - &quot;in cui l'Italia è caduta&quot;, per dire - e invece si trova un punto, che costringe l'interlocutore ad analizzare nuovamente la frase, interrompendo il &lt;em&gt;flow&lt;/em&gt;.     &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo genere di frase è detto &lt;strong&gt;garden path sentence&lt;/strong&gt;. Un esempio classico che aiuta a comprenderlo, se sai l'inglese, è &quot;the old man the boat&quot;: il lettore interpreta la frase nel modo standard, giunge a una frase incoerente (the man who is old; the boat), e deve interpretare nuovamente il testo per comprenderlo (the boat is manned by old people). Lo stesso avviene ponendo &quot;è&quot; in fondo alla frase; sostituiscilo con un verbo più specifico e non ausiliare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-09-29T21:21:56.440" LastActivityDate="2014-09-29T21:21:56.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2429" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-29T20:54:58.877" Score="2" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi stavo pensando a come tradurre in inglese la parola &quot;paturnie&quot;, e mi sono resa conto che anche la definizione italiana è diversa dall'uso che ne faccio di solito. &#xA;Quale sarebbe il modo corretto in italiano (o in inglese, non so se la richiesta di traduzione sia OT) di dire &quot;non voglio farti venire le paturnie come a me&quot;? Non voglio farti venire le mie stesse preoccupazioni? &#xA;Mi piaceva la parola paturnia perchè ho l'impressione che sia una cosa piu intensa di &quot;preoccupazione&quot; ma detta mantenendo un modo scherzoso. Sul dizionario on-line pero' la definizione è umore scontroso e malinconico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastActivityDate="2014-09-29T20:54:58.877" Title="Paturnie nella traduzione" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2014-10-06T15:41:17.643" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2430" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2431" CreationDate="2014-09-30T16:11:49.627" Score="5" ViewCount="465" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/2404/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; ho imparato che il plurale di &lt;em&gt;principio&lt;/em&gt; si può scrivere &lt;em&gt;principî&lt;/em&gt;. È stata una sorpresa per me scoprire l'esistenza di accenti circonflessi in italiano: non li avevo mai visti prima. Leggendo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/assicurare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; a proposito di quest'altro &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/2406/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato un altro esempio di vocabolo con un accento circonflesso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Assicurare l’avvenire ai &lt;em&gt;proprî&lt;/em&gt; figli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta in questi due casi del plurale di parole finite in &lt;em&gt;-io&lt;/em&gt;. Ci sono altri usi dell'accento circonflesso nella lingua italiana? L'uso di tale accento è piuttosto declinante?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-09-30T16:59:00.370" Title="Accenti circonflessi nella lingua italiana" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2430" CreationDate="2014-09-30T16:59:00.370" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'italiano standard contemporaneo l'accento circonflesso è pressoché scomparso, usato in certi testi che tengono molto all'ortografia classica (come appunto il dizionario Treccani) e altrove al massimo per risolvere certe ambiguità, come il già citato principi/principî, assassini/assassinî (plurali di assassino e di assassinio), geni/genî (plurali di gene e di genio) e alcuni altri. Nella pratica, spesso anche questi si omettono e si usa la grafia alternativa in -ii, o semplicemente ci si affida al contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altri tempi l'accento circonflesso veniva usato in italiano anche per altre contrazioni, come “tôrre” per “togliere”, soprattutto in ambito poetico dove queste contrazioni erano utili a fini metrici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-09-30T16:59:00.370" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2432" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-30T18:39:04.990" Score="1" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste una parola per definire una &quot;persona che si lamenta del suo gruppo di appartenenza ma si guarda bene dal lasciarlo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi giorni, fra colleghi e conoscenti, sento dire, per significare quanto sopra, &quot;sei un civati&quot;, ma non trovo questa parola neanche fra i neologismi della settimana del Traccani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-09-30T20:12:12.500" Title="Una parola per 'persona che si lamenta del suo gruppo di appartenenza ma si guarda bene dal lasciarlo'" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2433" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-09-30T19:06:48.980" Score="3" ViewCount="5168" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devo scrivere una lettera molto formale dove userò il Lei maiuscolo, della quale qui sotto c'è un passaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, nonostante Lei abbia concorso a formare il 40,8%, non &lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt; sconforti, a breve saranno indette nuove elezioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda è: Quel &lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt;, visto che si riferisce alla persona riferita dal &lt;strong&gt;Lei&lt;/strong&gt; con la &lt;em&gt;L&lt;/em&gt; maiuscola, deve essere scritto &lt;strong&gt;Si&lt;/strong&gt; con la &lt;em&gt;S&lt;/em&gt; maiuscola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-10-01T21:05:43.467" Title="Come scrivere le particelle pronominali in una lettera molto formale dove 'Lei' è scritto maiuscolo" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2432" CreationDate="2014-09-30T20:12:12.500" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tuoi colleghi si riferiscono a &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giuseppe_Civati&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pippo Civati&lt;/a&gt;, un giovane politico del PD che, nonostante le continue critiche al suo partito, rimane all'interno dello stesso. Una persona con questo tipo di comportamento può essere definita come &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/I/incoerente.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;incoerente&lt;/a&gt; ma si potrebbero usare altri aggettivi come indecisa od  opportunista, dipende dalle motivazioni che generano questo comportamento. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2014-09-30T20:12:12.500" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2435" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-01T01:03:33.103" Score="14" ViewCount="2683" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un'interiezione usata in italiano, principalmente in romanesco, è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ammàzza!&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;Ammàzzate!&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;Ammàzzete!&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ammàzza oh!&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;Ammàzzate oh!&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;Ammàzzete oh!&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o altre simili varianti (&lt;em&gt;Ammàzzalo!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Ammàzzelo!&lt;/em&gt;, anche al femminile e al plurale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La canzone del 1973 di Luciano Rossi, &lt;em&gt;Ammàzzate oh!&lt;/em&gt;, ebbe momenti di gloria (&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;non te smove 'na cannonata | hai detto basta e te ne sei annata | ammazzate oh&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'interiezione esprime sorpresa per una situazione esagerata o inattesa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è tuttavia chiaro quali possano esserne le &lt;em&gt;origini semantiche&lt;/em&gt;, per così dire. Chi ammazza chi, in che senso, e perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Intuitivamente verrebbe da pensare: la cosa è così esagerata o inattesa che dopo di essa ci si può solo attendere che &lt;em&gt;è la fine del mondo&lt;/em&gt;, ci si può anche ammazzare, &lt;em&gt;è finita&lt;/em&gt;, non c'è altro da fare. Potrebbe essere un'espressione di origine militare, &lt;em&gt;uccidi, uccidi!&lt;/em&gt;, un letterale incitamento ad uccidere, a reagire in maniera folle ed esagerata (incitamento che nel tempo forse è diventata un'interiezione dal senso ironico).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste interpretazioni vanno nella giusta direzione? Ve ne sono altre? Esiste qualche fonte al riguardo? In che periodo l'espressione è stata usata per la prima volta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finora ho cercato nel &lt;em&gt;Meo Patacca&lt;/em&gt; di Giuseppe Berneri e non ho trovato riferimenti utili. Ho cercato nei sonetti di Giuseppe Gioachino Belli (dove la radice &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;ammazz&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; compare un centinaio di volte) e ho trovato un paio di riferimenti, ma non di facile comprensione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ammazz’ammazza sò ttutt’una razza&lt;/em&gt; (detto dei cardinali, nel sonetto 2150, &lt;em&gt;Er cardinale bbono&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«Sette de coppe? Ammazza, Margherita»&lt;/em&gt; (detto durante una partita di briscola, nel sonetto 2264, &lt;em&gt;La bbriscola&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Nel primo esempio &lt;em&gt;ammazz'ammazza&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;stringi stringi&lt;/em&gt;. Nel secondo esempio il termine si riferisce ad &lt;em&gt;ammazzare la briscola&lt;/em&gt;, superare la briscola dell'avversario. Non sono sicuro che gli esempi siano pertinenti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2020-11-06T08:13:09.167" LastActivityDate="2020-11-06T08:13:09.167" Title="Origini dell'interiezione &quot;Ammàzza!&quot;" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;interjections&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2433" CreationDate="2014-10-01T06:20:15.563" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I pronomi allocutivi di cortesia sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu, Te, Ti, Ella, Lei, La, Le, Voi, Vi, Loro, Li&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi vi sono i relativi aggettivi possessivi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tuo, Tua, Tuoi, Tue, Suo, Sua, Suoi, Sue, Vostro, Vostra, Vostri, Vostre, Loro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi per convenzione vanno in maiuscolo in documenti molto ufficiali (per esempio nelle comunicazioni tra organi dello Stato). Che io sappia le maiuscole di reverenza alla seconda persona singolare si usano esclusivamente quando ci si rivolge a dèi, dee e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forme come &lt;em&gt;Glielo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Gliela&lt;/em&gt; e simili sono sconsigliati in quanto mescolano a forme solenni un registro linguistico di rango inferiore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I pronomi riflessivi invece non sono considerati allocutivi di cortesia e non richiedono la maiuscola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user912" LastEditorDisplayName="user912" LastEditDate="2014-10-01T21:05:43.467" LastActivityDate="2014-10-01T21:05:43.467" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2437" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2438" CreationDate="2014-10-02T17:06:24.207" Score="3" ViewCount="11152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La testa perduta di Damasceno Monteiro&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Tabucchi ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Sono già tutti qua, disse, freschi freschi, Francisca è andata a comprarli alle otto, è un bello scandalo, ne parla tutta la stampa, il Titânio ha proprio una bella &lt;em&gt;gatta da pelare&lt;/em&gt;, se non c'eravate voi giornalisti la polizia in quei locale non ci sarebbe mai andata, per fortuna c'è  la stampa.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato che, in questo contesto, una &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/G/gatto.shtml#14&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gatta da pelare&lt;/a&gt; significa una incombenza fastidiosa, un problema, un guaio o una situazione difficile. Mi domando, però, quale sia l'origine di questa curiosa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-29T07:34:49.793" LastActivityDate="2020-04-29T07:34:49.793" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;una gatta da pelare&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2437" CreationDate="2014-10-02T23:45:19.747" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è una domanda più complessa di quanto sembri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Innanzitutto, perché una gatta e non un gatto? Come giomasce molto correttamente suggerisce, è folklore che le gatte siano più irritabili, più sornione e, se allarmate, più aggressive dei gatti; con probabile ammiccamento all'analoga idea esistente sul conto delle donne. Inoltre tutti sanno che le gatte sono streghe sotto mentite spoglie, no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significativamente in inglese esiste l'espressione idiomatica &lt;em&gt;&quot;There are more ways than one to skin a cat&quot;&lt;/em&gt;: cioè &lt;em&gt;&quot;esistono tanti modi diversi per fare una cosa difficile&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. L'utente Callithumpian, &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/32123/origin-of-the-phrase-theres-more-than-one-way-to-skin-a-cat&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, ha trovato un'espressione simile datata &lt;em&gt;1712&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Well! more ways may be found than one, To kill a Witch that Will not drown&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, cioè letteralmente &lt;em&gt;&quot;Beh, c'è più di un modo per uccidere una strega che non riesci ad affogare&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Wow!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va poi ricordato come la gatta sia un'assidua frequentatrice di &lt;a href=&quot;http://aforismi.dossier.net/proverbi-italiani/proverbi1691.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;proverbi italiani&lt;/a&gt;. Anche al maschile plurale, &lt;a href=&quot;http://aforismi.dossier.net/proverbi-italiani/proverbi1692.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;i gatti&lt;/a&gt; hanno spesso a che fare con le donne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il manto dei gatti veniva usato per ricavarne pellicce: vi era la credenza che i gatti venissero spellati, scuoiati vivi. &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/32123/origin-of-the-phrase-theres-more-than-one-way-to-skin-a-cat&quot;&gt;Qualcuno&lt;/a&gt; persino sostiene di aver assistito ad una simile scena. Apparentemente occorre spellare l'animale in fretta in quanto sembra che, dopo la morte, la pelle si irrigidisca rapidamente rendendo il compito molto difficoltoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano &lt;em&gt;pelare una gatta&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe non avere necessariamente lo stesso significato truculento ma potrebbe semplicemente significare toglierle il &lt;em&gt;pelo&lt;/em&gt; (non la pelle!), nel senso di tosarglielo, e forse anche lavarglielo e pettinarglielo. L'espressione idiomatica si riferirebbe pertanto all'idea che i gatti non amino questo tipo di attenzioni e reagiscano disperatamente graffiando con gli artigli (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wikihow.com/Bathe-a-Cat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wikihow.com/Shave-a-Cat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; qualche idea in proposito).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È peraltro vero che &lt;em&gt;pelare&lt;/em&gt; può, per estensione, significare anche &lt;em&gt;spellare, scuoiare&lt;/em&gt;. Quindi forse potrebbe anche voler dire scuoiarla viva, la povera gatta. E &lt;em&gt;viva&lt;/em&gt; non significa necessariamente &lt;em&gt;vigile, cosciente&lt;/em&gt;. (Detto per inciso questa è anche la mia opinione personale)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella 4º edizione del Vocabolario degli accademici della Crusca (1729-1738) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/PELARE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;si legge&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Pelar l'orso; si dice figuratam. e in modo basso, di Cosa, che abbia in se gran polso, e gagliardía»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'edizione del 1829 del &lt;em&gt;Dictionnaire des idiotismes italiens-français et français-italiens&lt;/em&gt; di Giacomo Polesi, a pagina 267, &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=BYUCAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA267&amp;amp;dq=gatta+da+pelare&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=RPQtVPbJHtChoQTV0IGADQ&amp;amp;ved=0CCQQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=gatta%20da%20pelare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;si legge&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«[Tailler] des croupières à quelqu'un. &lt;em&gt;Dar gatta da pelare ad alcuno. Dar briga&lt;/em&gt;»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Segnalo che i commenti su contengono vari riferimenti utili di cui mi sono servito per rispondere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2014-10-03T13:25:19.790" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2014-10-03T05:36:25.793" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's difficult to analyse this without more context, but ”By the way, I told him not to worry&quot;, might be something we'd say if referring back to an earlier subject or conversation or if saying something that indirectly related to the current subject,  but you could also hear &quot;in any case/anyway I told him not to worry&quot;, with the latter having an element of closure in it for a subject. I think the former is better translated by a proposito, while the latter would be better translated by comunque/ad ogni modo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="918" LastActivityDate="2014-10-03T05:36:25.793" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2440" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-03T21:49:15.483" Score="6" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mostra alla Fondazione Galleria Civica di Trento è parte di un più ampio &lt;em&gt;progetto retrospettivo&lt;/em&gt; che include le mostre tenutesi, nel 2010, presso Villa Arson, Centre national d’art contemporain di Nizza e Salzburger Kunstverein di Salisburgo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non erro, o, come dicono certi, non vado errato, un progetto è qualcosa che si riferisce al futuro e, per contro, retrospettiva è una cosa che si riferisce al passato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se così, cosa significa precisamente 'progetto retrospettivo' lì sopra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-10-05T15:23:39.543" Title="Sul significato di 'progetto retrospettivo'" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2440" CreationDate="2014-10-03T23:58:19.493" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che “retrospettivo” qui non sia nel senso generale di “rivolto all'indietro”, ma mutui il significato da quello della forma sostantivata “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/retrospettiva/&quot;&gt;retrospettiva&lt;/a&gt;”, nel senso di mostra con un ampio respiro storico. Quindi un “progetto retrospettivo” sarà un programma composto da varie mostre di questo tipo collegate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però è vero, alla lettera è un bell'ossimoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-10-03T23:58:19.493" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2442" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-04T10:24:38.837" Score="1" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uno mi ha detto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La commissione europea deciderà sul DEF senza la Mogherini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io ho risposto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non so quanto sia peggio, però.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei anche voluto aggiungere 'anzi', così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non so quanto sia peggio, però, anzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domanda: È un costrutto corretto quel 'però, anzi' finale? O 'anzi' è superfluo, se non addirittura ridondante?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-10-04T21:21:07.533" Title="'però' seguito da 'anzi'" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2421" CreationDate="2014-10-04T12:21:17.527" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si può tentare di fare una ricerca sui testi letterari italiani per verificare l'uso delle diverse espressioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercare &quot;a lettere&quot; sui testi di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22a+lettere%22+site:www.liberliber.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;liberliber&lt;/a&gt; è futile: si trova di tutto di più, ma non un numero scritto a lettere. Purtroppo cercare &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22in+lettere%22+site:www.liberliber.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;in lettere&quot;&lt;/a&gt; è similmente poco utile: c'è troppo, e troppo poco rilevante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia è ragionevole supporre che &quot;a lettere&quot; sia simile a &quot;a cifre&quot; e &quot;in lettere&quot; sia simile a &quot;in cifre&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se cerchi &quot;a cifre&quot; su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22a+cifre%22+site:www.liberliber.it&amp;amp;start=30&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;liberliber&lt;/a&gt; non troverai nulla di rilevante. Ovviamente troverai tanto di &lt;strong&gt;non rilevante&lt;/strong&gt;: «a cifre enormi», «a cifre altissime», «a cifre grosse», «a cifre di 40 bit», «a cifre attinenti alla realtà», «a cifre romane», «a cifre inferiori», «a cifre favolose», «a cifre singolarmente diverse», «a cifre d'oro», «a cifre indelebili», «tutto a cifre numeriche», «a cifre inaudite», «a cifre tonde», «a cifre iperboliche», «ghirigoro a cifre», «a cifre dorate», «a cifre esigue», «si soggioga a cifre», «a cifre davvero molto elevate», «ridurre a cifre le umane passioni», «a cifre favolose», «a cifre leggendarie», «a cifre fantastiche», «a cifre insperabili», «a cifre di perle», «a cifre arabiche». Basta controllare per verificare che si tratta di contesti in cui l'oggetto rilevante non è la cifra per come viene scritta o riportata ma spesso qualche qualità dei caratteri che la compongono; spesso si trova in complementi che richiedono la preposizione &quot;a&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se cerchi &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22in+cifre%22+site:www.liberliber.it&amp;amp;start=30&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;in cifre&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, come per miracolo spuntano fuori risultati in cui l'oggetto rilevante è proprio il numero per la modalità in cui è riportato: «è in grado di indicarmi, in cifre anche approssimative, la percentuale», «calcolare in cifre», «esprimere in cifre», «ha tradotto in cifre il valore», «tradurre in cifre», «scrivere le ricette in cifre e in latino», «espose in cifre le sue entrate e i suoi esborsi», «era scritto in cifre chiarissime un numero», «in cifre tonde e facili a ricordarsi», «impresso, in cifre romane, il numero», «tradotto in cifre», «telegrammi in cifre», «numeri in cifre», «fissate in cifre», «“Vini scelti” in cifre rosse», «si ottiene in cifre», «una lettera in cifre», «scrisse qualche parola in cifre», «scrivere i numeri alla distesa, più tosto che in cifre», «registrati in cifre», «valutazione razionale della loro intensità in cifre precise», «Possiamo dire in cifre rotonde», «scritta in cifre», «È scritto in lettere e non in cifre», «rivoluzione in cifre», «addizione in cifre». A volte a &quot;cifre&quot; è associato un aggettivo qualificativo, ma l'oggetto d'interesse rimane il numero per come è scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul sito della Treccani compaiono vari articoli rilevanti (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/numerali_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_257.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/aggettivi-numerali-ordinali_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;) in cui si dice &quot;in lettere&quot;, &quot;in cifre&quot;; mai &quot;a lettere&quot;, &quot;a cifre&quot; nel senso richiesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sui &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?ie=UTF-8#q=%22in+lettere%22+site:www.altalex.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;testi di legge&lt;/a&gt;, si dice &quot;in cifre&quot; e &quot;in lettere&quot; (si può anche cercare sul sito del &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?ie=UTF-8#q=%22in+lettere%22+%22in+cifre%22+site:www.senato.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Senato&lt;/a&gt; e della &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?ie=UTF-8#q=%22in+lettere%22+%22in+cifre%22+site:www.camera.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Camera&lt;/a&gt;). Si provi a fare la stessa ricerca con &quot;a lettere&quot; e &quot;a cifre&quot;, non si troverà nulla di rilevante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si cerchi su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22a+lettere%22+%22a+cifre%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google&lt;/a&gt; l'uso congiunto di &quot;a lettere&quot; e &quot;a cifre&quot;: pochi risultati (~1.940).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si cerchi su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22in+lettere%22+%22in+cifre%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google&lt;/a&gt; l'uso congiunto di &quot;in lettere&quot; e &quot;in cifre&quot;: tanti risultati (~232.000).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si cerchi su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com.au/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=%22a+lettere%22+%22a+cifre%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; l'uso congiunto di &quot;a lettere&quot; e &quot;a cifre&quot;: 78 risultati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si cerchi su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=09MvVKaFOquN8QeRqIC4Aw&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22in+lettere%22+%22in+cifre%22&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; l'uso congiunto di &quot;in lettere&quot; e &quot;in cifre&quot;: 5490 occorrenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui i numeri parlano da soli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per concludere: è errato «scrivere un numero &quot;a lettere&quot; o &quot;a cifre&quot;»? No, questo non credo si possa dire. L'espressione è del tutto comprensibile. È però inusuale e forse - dico forse - sarebbe raccomandabile scrivere &quot;in lettere&quot; e &quot;in cifre&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. La mia opinione sull'utente bobie l'ho già espressa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/questions/167/repeated-abusive-behaviour-from-user&quot;&gt;su IL meta&lt;/a&gt;. Quindi la precisazione che qui segue non è tanto per l'utente in questione quanto per l'occasionale lettore che si trovi a passare di qui, legga gli interventi molto aggressivi dell'utente e rimanga confuso dal trambusto generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si può vedere &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/review/suggested-edits/628&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, Elberich Schneider ha proposto una modifica minore ad una risposta di Alba (che, sia detto per inciso, inspiegabilmente e senza alcun merito, ha ricevuto un bella manciata di voti); Charo ed io abbiamo approvato l'edit che modificava &lt;em&gt;&quot;scritti a lettere&quot;&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;&quot;scritti in lettere&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come argomento su, normalmente si scrive &lt;em&gt;&quot;in lettere&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, non &lt;em&gt;&quot;a lettere&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Quindi l'edit di Elberich Schneider non è errato. Si può dire che non fosse indispensabile, e sono d'accordo: io mi sono limitato ad approvare la modifica e con quest'azione ho fondamentalmente detto &quot;L'edit di Elberich Schneider non è senza qualche giustificazione&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2414/come-si-gestisce-larticolo-davanti-ai-numeri-scritti-in-cifre/&quot;&gt;Come già spiegato&lt;/a&gt;, «i motivi per approvare un edit sono molteplici, non ultimo dar la possibilità ai nuovi utenti di partecipare più attivamente per migliorare il testo di domande e risposte, e sentirsi [così] più responsabili della qualità del sito».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poiché non è stata introdotta alcuna imprecisione, né tantomeno alcun errore, anzi una forma rara e discutibile è stata sostituita con una forma più normale e comprensibile, nessuno avrebbe di che lamentarsi. Tuttavia, l'utente, se lo volesse, potrebbe rifiutare l'edit e nessuno si sognerebbe mai di scatenare un'edit war su una quisquilia del genere: in tanti mesi in questo sito non si è mai verificata una singola edit war, neanche su questioni ben più spinose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ultima osservazione: so che Alba e bobie hanno votato contro questa risposta perché li ho osservati e me ne sono accorto. Si può fare, non ho usato poteri magici, non ho corrotto gli amministratori, non ho spie infiltrate nel sistema, non ho hackerato alcun computer, non ho nemmeno ricevuto rivelazioni personali dall'alto (e nemmeno dal basso). È piuttosto il comportamento degli utenti in discussione ad essere &lt;em&gt;strano&lt;/em&gt; e ad indurre, come certamente induce me, a sospettare che vi siano sockpuppet e/o meatpuppet in libera uscita per alterare il sistema di voto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per concludere, visto che gli abusi continuano, e continuano anche qui, in questa pagina, devo nuovamente rivolgermi ai moderatori: volete davvero che questo diventi un campo di guerra, pieno di aggressioni, insulti, ricostruzioni false, citazioni fraudolente? I troll si bannano: non ha senso esporre gli utenti onesti alle aggressioni degli utenti disonesti, a meno che non sia in corso un esperimento sociale, al quale però io non desidero prendere parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user193" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-10-07T00:47:16.287" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2444" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-04T17:41:59.333" Score="3" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Unicum' è una parola che ricorre piuttosto frequentemente ed è assai evocativa, forse si dice che è icastica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una parola latina, sì, ma fa parte dell'italiano corrente e forse anche del vocabolario italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda è: Esiste una parola latina, comunque facente parte del vocabolario corrente, che sia altrettanto icastica come 'unicum', ma che significhi il contrario?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-10-07T14:10:23.210" LastActivityDate="2014-10-23T05:43:19.153" Title="Il contrario di 'unicum'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2442" CreationDate="2014-10-04T21:21:07.533" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella lingua parlata (che è il tuo caso) è del tutto accettabile. In quella scritta forse è meglio evitare, perché è difficile capire il rapporto tra le parole (io ho dovuto leggerlo un paio di volte per capire l'intonazione giusta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-10-04T21:21:07.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2440" CreationDate="2014-10-05T15:23:39.543" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe anche darsi che si intenda un insieme futuro (da cui il &quot;progetto&quot;) di rievocazioni del passato (da cui &quot;retrospettivo&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-10-05T15:23:39.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2448" CreationDate="2014-10-06T05:02:06.547" Score="12" ViewCount="2616" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yesterday I had an exam  of Italian. I was asked to write a letter, so I wrote it.  After the teacher qualified the exam, he said that writing &lt;em&gt;la tua casa&lt;/em&gt; was wrong and that the correct way was &lt;em&gt;casa tua&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The letter was about setting a date so at the moment when you set the place I asked to the person:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Passo alla tua casa o ci vediamo direttamente al concerto?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He did not explain to me why and I have not found anything on the web about this. Any help would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="727" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-11-06T11:40:32.213" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T11:43:50.990" Title="&quot;La tua casa&quot; o &quot;casa tua&quot;?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2447" CreationDate="2014-10-06T06:16:22.023" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Victor, it depends on context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You say &lt;em&gt;andiamo a casa tua&lt;/em&gt; but not &lt;em&gt;andiamo alla tua casa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter is not wrong, just unusual in most contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course there may be many exceptions: For example, as pointed out by egreg's comment below, you can say &lt;em&gt;andiamo alla tua casa di campagna&lt;/em&gt;, while &lt;em&gt;andiamo a casa tua &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; campagna&lt;/em&gt; would be very unusual and you should adapt it appropriately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andiamo a casa tua &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; campagna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you can say both &lt;em&gt;la tua casa è ben arredata&lt;/em&gt; (a bit more formal) and &lt;em&gt;casa tua è ben arredata&lt;/em&gt; (a bit more informal).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user912" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditorDisplayName="user912" LastEditDate="2014-11-06T11:43:50.990" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T11:43:50.990" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2449" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2452" CreationDate="2014-10-06T08:28:46.283" Score="4" ViewCount="517" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che &quot;dopodiché&quot; ha lo stesso significato che &quot;dopo di che&quot;, ma quello che ha attirato la mia attenzione è l'uso di entrambe le forme nello stesso testo letterario. Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La testa perduta di Damasceno Monteiro&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Tabucchi ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Dunque, specificò l'avvocato, per lo meno fino alle due il Monteiro è rimasto nel commissariato, &lt;em&gt;dopo di che&lt;/em&gt; il Torres ha pensato che era opportuno rientrare a casa e se n'è andato.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello stesso libro, però, c'è anche quest'altra lunghissima frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«E a quel punto si discussero le emicranie di Titânio Silva, di questa parte Firmino colse qualche spezzone, l'esibizione di un certificato medico che attestava che il sergente Silva era affetto da terribili emicranie derivanti dalle lesioni a un timpano per lo scoppio di una mina che gli era esplosa accanto in Angola, ma che lui non aveva mai preteso una pensione dallo Stato, e che a causa dei suoi disturbi era dovuto rientrare a casa sua per prendere un'iniezione di Sumigrene, lasciando il cadavere del Monteiro sul pavimento, &lt;em&gt;dopodiché&lt;/em&gt; i due agenti cominciarono a balbettare che sì, effettivamente ora capivano, ora si rendevano conto che l'imputazione poteva essere occultamento di cadavere, ma quella sera non avevano pensato al codice penale, fra l'altro loro il codice penale lo conoscevano male, erano talmente angosciati, talmente impressionati, e così avevano portato via il corpo e l'avevano lasciato nel parco comunale.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto la frase completa perché, secondo me, si tratta di un ricorso dell'autore per esprimere la sensazione di fatti che accadono molto in fretta che ha Firmino, il giovane giornalista che sta presenziando il processo contro un sergente e due agenti della &quot;Guarda Nacional&quot;. Non so se l'uso di &quot;dopodiché&quot; abbia qualcosa a che vedere con questo ricorso stilistico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando il vocabolo &lt;em&gt;dopodiché&lt;/em&gt; nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dopodiche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dopodiché&lt;/strong&gt; locuz. avv. – Grafia unita, rara, per &lt;em&gt;dopo di che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma questo mi sembra molto curioso perché io credo di aver letto la forma &lt;em&gt;dopodiché&lt;/em&gt; parecchie volte in testi recenti. Potreste dirmi qualcosa sull'uso attuale di &lt;em&gt;dopodiché&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-10-06T23:21:43.677" Title="Sull'uso attuale di &quot;dopodiché&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2014-10-06T09:20:06.493" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;For me the correct translation is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tuttavia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, for example, WordReference &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/by%20the%20way&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;translate it&lt;/a&gt; in: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a proposito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that &lt;code&gt;by the way&lt;/code&gt; have a &lt;strong&gt;one to many&lt;/strong&gt; relation with Italian dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="924" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T13:52:34.740" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T13:52:34.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="2451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2447" CreationDate="2014-10-06T10:54:47.180" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;To me the difference sounds more or less like between &lt;em&gt;house&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;home&lt;/em&gt; in English. &lt;em&gt;Casa tua&lt;/em&gt; refers to the house as a place of living (like &lt;em&gt;home&lt;/em&gt; in English), while &lt;em&gt;la tua casa&lt;/em&gt; refers to the house as a building. There probably exceptions, but this rule seems to be a good way to start.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your specific case, you probably to indicate the place of living, you do not really care about the building. So I would write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Passo a casa tua o ci vediamo direttamente al concerto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Passo da casa tua o ci vediamo direttamente al concerto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-10-06T10:54:47.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2449" CreationDate="2014-10-06T11:11:50.730" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io non lo trovo né particolarmente raro né desueto. È una forma blandamente colloquiale, direi, per cui non è frequentissimo trovarlo scritto (ed in effetti in entrambi i casi che citi tu è parte di un discorso diretto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi sembra che nello stralcio lungo che citi da Tabucchi l'uso della forma  unita concorra particolarmente a dare il tono affrettato del pezzo. Io personalmente non vedo motivazioni importanti per aver scelto in un caso una grafia e in un altro l'altra. Le trovo veramente equivalenti da ogni punto di vista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-10-06T11:11:50.730" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2447" CreationDate="2014-10-06T12:10:42.727" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In usage &lt;em&gt;andiamo a casa tua&lt;/em&gt; is more commonplace,  &lt;em&gt;andiamo alla tua casa&lt;/em&gt; is more anachronistic and formal, but not strictly incorrect.  The latter is also more common-place with compound verbs and/or more questioning tone such as: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;dobbiamo andare alla tua casa?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;dove andiamo? alla tua casa?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many linguistic usages which are more and less common, and I would suggest that a discussion with your tutor may well allow for remarking on that point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It may also be that your tutor marked it down on the tense of &lt;em&gt;passo&lt;/em&gt;;  I would have tended to go with &lt;em&gt;Passerò alla tua casa, o ci vediamo direttamente al concerto?&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Shall I come past your house, or meet you at the concert?&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="926" LastActivityDate="2014-10-06T12:10:42.727" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2447" CreationDate="2014-10-06T14:18:53.707" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Victor, as you can see the main difference is due to the presence of the determinative article &quot;la&quot;.&#xA;It is assumed that a person has a home - &lt;em&gt;only one&lt;/em&gt; - &quot;casa tua&quot;.&#xA;Instead, if we refer to a person who owns more than one house, in this case we use the article &quot;la&quot; to differentiate among them. Eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Passo dalla tua casa di via Roma o da quella di piazza Verdi?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Passo dalla tua casa di campagna o da quella in città?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that &quot;la tua casa&quot; is followed by a preposition, to specify &lt;em&gt;which one&lt;/em&gt; you are referring to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="927" LastActivityDate="2014-10-06T14:18:53.707" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2449" CreationDate="2014-10-06T23:21:43.677" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È ben possibile che si tratti di una scelta dell'autore per contribuire a velocizzare, almeno nella lettura, un tratto specifico di un periodo molto ingarbugliato in cui i fatti si susseguono in rapida successione ma anche in modo confuso, con le accelerazioni e decelerazioni improvvise di un flusso di coscienza. Ma come dice giomasce potrebbe anche non aver importanza: i due termini sono altrimenti del tutto intercambiabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Treccani ha ragione a riportare &lt;em&gt;&quot;dopodiché&quot;&lt;/em&gt; come forma &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=dopodich%C3%A9%2Cdopo+di+che&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=0&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cdopodich%C3%A9%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bdopodich%C3%A9%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BDopodich%C3%A9%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cdopo%20di%20che%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bdopo%20di%20che%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BDopo%20di%20che%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;più rara&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;em&gt;&quot;dopo di che&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, sebbene guardando il grafico sia ragionevole prevedere che la situazione in futuro si ribalti (o che lo sia già ora).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sui siti de &lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt; e de &lt;em&gt;Il Corriere della Sera&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=aVQyVPm2G-PC8geosYDgDA&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22dopo+di+che%22+site:www.repubblica.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1a&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=aVQyVPm2G-PC8geosYDgDA&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22dopodich%C3%A9%22+site:www.repubblica.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1b&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=aVQyVPm2G-PC8geosYDgDA&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22dopo+di+che%22+site:www.corriere.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2a&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=aVQyVPm2G-PC8geosYDgDA&amp;amp;gws_rd=ssl#q=%22dopodich%C3%A9%22+site:www.corriere.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2b&lt;/a&gt;) prevale nettamente la grafia disgiunta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se mi posso permettere una piccola digressione, secondo me &lt;em&gt;&quot;dopodiché&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è un &lt;em&gt;avverbio&lt;/em&gt; e non una &lt;em&gt;locuzione avverbiale&lt;/em&gt; come riporta il Treccani; &lt;em&gt;&quot;dopo di che&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è invece una &lt;em&gt;locuzione avverbiale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per me la regola è semplice: le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/locuzione_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;locuzioni&lt;/a&gt; sono composte da &lt;strong&gt;più&lt;/strong&gt; parole; una parola è una stringa di lettere senza spazi intermedi: &lt;em&gt;&quot;wxyz&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è una parola, &lt;em&gt;&quot;wx yz&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è una locuzione. La stringa di lettere &lt;em&gt;&quot;dopodiché&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è senza spazi interni, quindi è una singola parola, non una locuzione, benché sia pacifico che sia &lt;em&gt;originata&lt;/em&gt; da una locuzione. Nessuno direbbe che &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tuttavia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tuttavia&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt; sia una locuzione avverbiale in quanto originariamente prevalente in grafia disgiunta, &lt;em&gt;&quot;tutta via&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user193" LastActivityDate="2014-10-06T23:21:43.677" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2456" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2457" CreationDate="2014-10-07T04:59:37.773" Score="5" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;While reading Gianrico Carofiglio's book,&quot;Né qui né altrove&quot;, I came across the word &quot;fottitura&quot; whose definition I can't find.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Un sacco di miei clienti avevano comprato gli appartamenti e si sono ritrovati questa bella  &lt;strong&gt;fottitura&lt;/strong&gt; senza nessuna colpa.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastActivityDate="2014-10-07T16:35:31.880" Title="What does &quot;fottitura&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2456" CreationDate="2014-10-07T07:37:41.993" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a very colloquial and vulgar term, from &lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt;, which apart from its literal sense of “to fuck” is often used for “to swindle”. So a &lt;em&gt;fottitura&lt;/em&gt; is a swindle, a rip-off. In the same figurative sense, the colloquial word &lt;em&gt;fregatura&lt;/em&gt; (from &lt;em&gt;fregare&lt;/em&gt;) is more widely used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-10-07T16:35:31.880" LastActivityDate="2014-10-07T16:35:31.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3700" CreationDate="2014-10-07T23:06:56.483" Score="5" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra che l'uso del «'», già diffuso in posizione postposta come in «po'» o «gliel'ho», si stia diffondendo anche in posizione anteposta per indicare un'elisione/troncamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, l'altro giorno ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Putin, fammi 'sta grazia, chiudi il gas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora sono a chiedere: È ormai italiano standard usare, quando si ritiene sia il caso, «'sta» al posto di «questa»?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sì, quand'è il caso di usare l'una piuttosto che l'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-10-07T23:15:17.183" LastActivityDate="2014-12-09T10:52:10.347" Title="È «'sta» ormai italiano standard?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2459" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-07T23:13:48.720" Score="4" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Supposto che &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se sì, quand'è il caso di usare l'una piuttosto che l'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sia corretta, è anche corretta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se sì, quand'è &lt;em&gt;che è&lt;/em&gt; il caso di usare l'una piuttosto che l'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E qual è la differenza fra le due espressioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-10-08T07:29:31.153" LastActivityDate="2014-10-08T08:57:35.837" Title="Sull'inserimento di 'che è' in «Se sì, quand'è 'che è' il caso di usare l'una piuttosto che l'altra?»" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2458" CreationDate="2014-10-08T05:37:55.353" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;'sto&lt;/em&gt; in luogo di &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; è un'elisione dialettale, originaria delle regioni del Centro e Sud Italia. Viene usata solo nell'italiano parlato, e sempre in contesti informali e amichevoli, perché viene considerata indice di un linguaggio popolare (mentre &quot;questo&quot; ha una connotazione neutrale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a &lt;em&gt;rule of thumb&lt;/em&gt;, direi che si usa &quot;'sta&quot; quando si vuole evidenziare il registro basso della conversazione; nel dubbio, conviene usare &quot;questa&quot; per evitare di irritare l'interlocutore che si aspetta un tono più formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-10-08T05:37:55.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2459" CreationDate="2014-10-08T08:51:54.263" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, la seconda frase è corretta, dal punto di vista della grammatica. Il suo significato è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando &lt;em&gt;avviene&lt;/em&gt; (è) che &lt;em&gt;conviene&lt;/em&gt; (è il caso di]...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come forma non è troppo elegante, ma può comunque essere usata in qualsiasi contesto (anche se andrebbe evitata quando è richiesto un linguaggio forbito). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima e la seconda espressione hanno lo stesso significato, ma la prima è da preferire perché evita la sgradevole ripetizione. Se non vi fosse stata tale ripetizione (&quot;Quand'è che conviene...&quot;), le due forme sarebbero state equivalenti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una nota: entrambe le forme sono usate, ma nel parlato si tende a pronunciare qualcosa tipo &quot;quand'è ch'è il caso di...&quot;, cioè legando insieme le due E. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-10-08T08:57:35.837" LastActivityDate="2014-10-08T08:57:35.837" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2463" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="2465" CreationDate="2014-10-09T12:00:21.840" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand the following. It's from a fifteenth century text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Furono istorie dieci tutti in casamenti colla ragione che l'occhio li&#xA;  misura e veri in modo tale, stando remoti da essi appariscano&#xA;  rilevati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't understand what the meaning of 'e veri' is. I'd appreciate any help (in either English or Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find a sample of the text &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=7JsRPSCkzSoC&amp;amp;pg=PA50&amp;amp;lpg=PA50&amp;amp;dq=Furono+istorie+dieci+tutti+in+casamenti&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=c9TVAJZG6r&amp;amp;sig=xasDmxwrHqJ3mJa9YCYkCNHNDlY&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=5Mg2VL3RLIbAObuFgfgG&amp;amp;ved=0CCgQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Furono%20istorie%20dieci%20tutti%20in%20casamenti&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-10-09T18:10:17.737" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T08:40:41.587" Title="Meaning of 'e veri' in a fifteenth century text" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2463" CreationDate="2014-10-09T12:08:47.400" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It could be &quot;veri&quot; = plural of &quot;vero&quot; (true).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guessing from the context, that looks a narration from a painter: &#xA;&quot;and so much realistic (that) when you are far from them they look protruding&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But myself I found difficult the first part.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-11T09:20:54.070" LastActivityDate="2014-10-11T09:20:54.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2463" CreationDate="2014-10-09T17:58:59.957" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una frase presa da un'opera incompiuta di un architetto e scultore vissuto a cavallo tra il XIV e il XV secolo, Lorenzo Ghiberti. Proprio in quel periodo si incomincia a parlare di prospettiva e della proprietà che hanno gli oggetti che allontanandosi sembrano più piccoli all'osservatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io parafraserei cosi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Erano dieci raffigurazioni (istoriare vuol dire &quot;Adornare una superficie con la raffigurazione (in pittura, scultura, ecc.) di immagini relative a fatti storici o sacri o leggendarî&quot; - Treccani) in costruzioni con l'impression che danno all'occhio  e talmente verosimili tanto che, allontanandosi da esse, sembravano sollevati (in rilievo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi 'e ueri' significherebbe 'verosimili'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="799" LastActivityDate="2014-10-09T17:58:59.957" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2466" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-09T18:13:25.953" Score="5" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da un articolo su &lt;em&gt;Irpinia Report&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ognuno ha portato una pietanza, &lt;strong&gt;che l’ha divisa&lt;/strong&gt; con gli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;di che tipo di fenomeno linguistico si tratta?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;si può classificare come un fenomeno linguistico di stampo regionale/meridionale?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="338" LastActivityDate="2014-10-09T21:40:00.167" Title="relativo + oggetto diretto" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2466" CreationDate="2014-10-09T20:19:35.623" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra più un refuso che un fenomeno linguistico di qualche tipo. Refusi simili possono derivare da una variazione fatta ad una frase, ma non portata a termine. P.es., potrebbe essere che la frase fosse, ad un certo punto,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ognuno ha portato una pietanza, &lt;strong&gt;e l'ha divisa&lt;/strong&gt; con gli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e che l'intenzione fosse di farla diventare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ognuno ha portato una pietanza, &lt;strong&gt;che ha diviso&lt;/strong&gt; con gli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure può darsi che la frase iniziale fosse quest'ultima. La frase iniziale potrebbe eventualmente avere avuto vita solo nella testa dello scrivente, che ha cambiato idea &quot;frase facendo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo, il risultato è una sorta di raddoppio del pronome che sta per &lt;em&gt;pietanza&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;). Come evidenziato da @DaG, è possibile sentire raddoppi simili nella lingua parlata («un posto che ci vado spesso», «un problema che gli abbiamo dedicato molta attenzione»), ma si tratta di lingua parlata &lt;strong&gt;male&lt;/strong&gt;, di cui non conosco la distribuzione regionale. Dubito però che l'autore di un articolo di giornale possa arrivare coscientemente a tanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2014-10-09T21:40:00.167" LastActivityDate="2014-10-09T21:40:00.167" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2468" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-09T20:26:21.410" Score="4" ViewCount="880" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se, nella descrizione di una foto in cui sono presenti varie persone in posa (rivolte verso chi guarda), si dice che «alla destra di B c'è A», secondo voi si intende che nella foto osserviamo A a destra di B oppure che in quel momento B aveva alla propria destra A e quindi, per noi che guardiamo, A è a sinistra di B?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E cambia qualcosa se fosse stato detto «a destra di B c'è A»?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-10-13T11:47:20.423" Title="Significato di «alla destra/a destra di B c'è A»" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2468" CreationDate="2014-10-09T22:19:10.480" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui di seguito i miei 2 centesimi, come si direbbe in inglese...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Alla destra di B c'è A» è terribilmente ambiguo. Non saprei dire se la maggior parte dei lettori prenderebbe la propria destra come riferimento in questo caso oppure no, ma a rigore è specificato che la destra è &lt;strong&gt;di B&lt;/strong&gt;. Personalmente (ma non penso di fare testo) mi baserei, per disambiguare, sulla mia valutazione della precisione di chi scrive, oltre che su altri elementi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«A destra di B c'è A» è più facilmente interpretabile nel primo modo (cioè nel sistema di riferimento del lettore), perché non c'è l'appartenenza di una cosa (la destra) a qualcuno, bensì la locuzione &lt;em&gt;a destra di&lt;/em&gt;, che vale tanto quanto una singola preposizione. Ipotizzo quindi che la maggior parte dei lettori (me compreso) riferirebbe la destra alla propria persona, ma resta comunque un certo grado di ambiguità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Off topic&lt;/strong&gt;: Questa domanda mi fa venire in mente la questione del perché lo specchio scambia la sinistra con la destra ma non l'alto con il basso ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2014-10-13T11:47:20.423" LastActivityDate="2014-10-13T11:47:20.423" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2470" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3475" CreationDate="2014-10-11T07:35:30.597" Score="4" ViewCount="839" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any Italian proverb to express something like &quot;take no notice of the stupid things people say&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, in Spanish one can say &quot;A palabras necias, oídos sordos&quot; (literally, &quot;for foolish words, deaf ears&quot;). I was wondering if there exists something similar in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-10-13T09:55:20.623" Title="Is there any Italian proverb to express something like &quot;take no notice of the stupid things people say&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2471" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3472" CreationDate="2014-10-11T18:42:18.310" Score="8" ViewCount="4022" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dammi un giornale &lt;strong&gt;qualunque&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Farebbe &lt;strong&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/strong&gt; lavoro per vivere.&quot; Are these two adjective always interchangeable? Can we say, for example:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Dammi un giornale &lt;strong&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Farebbe &lt;strong&gt;qualunque&lt;/strong&gt; lavoro per vivere.&quot; I already know that if a concessive phrase contains the present subjunctive of &quot;essere&quot;, then &quot;qualunque should be used. Is there any other case where the two adjectives are not interchangeble?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastActivityDate="2014-10-12T13:10:48.557" Title="&quot;qualunque&quot; and &quot;qualsiasi&quot;, are they always interchangeble?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2472" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-11T19:29:51.147" Score="2" ViewCount="522" Body="&lt;p&gt;Supponendo si voglia scrivere la seguente frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È mai possibile che i media italiani non parlino del TTIP&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per esprimere la convinzione che i media italiani dovrebbero parlarne diffusamente ma non lo fanno, con quale punteggiatura si dovrebbe chiudere, '.', '!?', '?' o '!'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima impressione è che l'uso del '?' si attagli bene alla struttura della frase essendo la stessa, sotto il profilo sintattico, una domanda, ma, in realtà, per quanto innanzi spiegato, non lo è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorDisplayName="user941" LastEditDate="2014-10-16T18:20:25.653" LastActivityDate="2014-10-16T18:20:25.653" Title="Uso della punteggiatura alla fine di affermazioni che hanno la medesima struttura sintattica delle domande" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="2473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3474" CreationDate="2014-10-11T19:42:39.113" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;È noto come in Italia si usi parlare di 'angeli del fango' per definire le persone che volontariamente e con senso civico intervengono a spalare il fango dalle strade a seguito di incredibili alluvioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho mai trovato gradevole quest'espressione, sicché sono a chiedere: Come potremmo chiamare queste persone senza ricorrere a perverse forme retoriche?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-10-13T00:40:15.123" Title="Espressione alternativa a 'angeli del fango'" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2472" CreationDate="2014-10-11T20:34:01.093" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una domanda, ancorché retorica, e quindi è giusto che abbia il punto interrogativo. Che una domanda sia retorica si deve capire dal contesto e dalla formulazione, non dalla punteggiatura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un eventuale punto esclamativo in più si potrebbe anche mettere, ma ritengo dia un'enfasi eccessiva e controproducente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-10-11T20:34:01.093" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2471" CreationDate="2014-10-11T23:36:49.950" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not able to provide neither rules nor references, I can only tell you my opinion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Qualunque&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/em&gt; both mean &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/em&gt; is slightly more &lt;em&gt;whatever/whichever&lt;/em&gt; (implying a choice), because the etymology is somewhat clearer to Italian ears: &quot;quale si sia&quot;. Today we would say &quot;quale che sia&quot;, but anyways, &lt;em&gt;sia&lt;/em&gt; is clearly contained in &lt;em&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/em&gt;, and is also the reason why you cannot say &quot;qualsiasi sia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &quot;dammi un giornale qualunque&quot; means slightly more &quot;give me just any newspaper (I don't care)&quot;, while &quot;dammi un giornale qualsiasi&quot; means slightly more &quot;give me whichever newspaper you want to give me&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the same reason, if I look up in Google &quot;scegliere una carta qualunque&quot;, I get 10 results, while if I look up &quot;scegliere una carta qualsiasi&quot; I get about 15800.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italy there has been (from 1946 to 1949) a political party called &quot;Fronte dell'Uomo Qualunque&quot; (&quot;Common Man's Front&quot;). It couldn't have been called &quot;Fronte dell'Uomo Qualsiasi&quot;, because it didn't refer to a randomly chosen man, but to the common, average man.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you see, I slightly disagree with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/qualsiasi-o-qualunque_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, and I must say that it's not the first time this happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2014-10-12T13:10:48.557" LastActivityDate="2014-10-12T13:10:48.557" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2473" CreationDate="2014-10-13T00:40:15.123" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ragazzi di buona volontà...?&#xA;O semplicemente volontari?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi rifiuto categoricamente di riconoscere una qualunque altra espressione assurdamente retorica, più o meno &lt;em&gt;religiosamente evocativa&lt;/em&gt; che sia.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fanno qualcosa di splendido, ma perché (mi auguro) sono (o dovrebbero essere) persone dal grande senso civico e trovo che mitizzarli sia solo una scusa per autogiustificarsi ed esimersi dal fare altrettanto, o qualcos'altro che abbia comunque valore umano e civile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="714" LastActivityDate="2014-10-13T00:40:15.123" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2470" CreationDate="2014-10-13T05:28:56.773" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know there is no equivalent proverb, however in such a situation you could use a verse from the &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non_ragioniam_di_lor,_ma_guarda_e_passa&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;non ragioniam di lor, ma guarda e passa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence is said by Virgilio to Dante before entering the hell. Virgilio wants to tell Dante to ignore the &lt;em&gt;indolents&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ignavi&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The meaning of the sentence is broader than the Spanish proverb, and you could use it in a much wider range of circumstances to tell someone to ignore something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastActivityDate="2014-10-13T05:28:56.773" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2470" CreationDate="2014-10-13T09:55:20.623" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to refer to the person who is saying the foolish words, you can say &quot;Un bel tacer non fu mai scritto.&quot; (see Treccani: «la bellezza del saper tacere non è mai stata lodata abbastanza»)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastActivityDate="2014-10-13T09:55:20.623" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3477" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3487" CreationDate="2014-10-14T18:19:29.980" Score="3" ViewCount="550" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giuseppe Mazzini non propagandò politiche proletarie né nascose nulla circa il suo/proprio essere benestante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicuro se nella frase sopra epigrafata sia corretto scrivere 'suo' o 'proprio' o, ancora, se sono corretti entrambi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se l'asserzione, anziché chiudersi con 'essere benestante', si fosse chiusa con 'modo di essere', allora - secondo me - 'suo' e 'proprio' sarebbero stati intercambiabili, ma, non so perché, con la conclusione scelta si ha come l'impressione che 'proprio' non funzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, qual è la risposta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-10-27T18:54:55.883" LastActivityDate="2014-10-27T18:54:55.883" Title="Sulla differenza tra gli aggettivi &quot;suo&quot; e &quot;proprio&quot; in una frase particolare" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3479" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-15T21:51:48.720" Score="4" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nello scrivere un metapost mi sono chiesto se questa frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dispiace davvero tanto, lui (o lei), con @DaG e pochi altri, ha dato al sito un grandissimo contributo di qualità in questo primo - e forse ultimo - anno di vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fosse corretta circa l'uso di 'ha' piuttosto che di 'hanno'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella risposta si noti che 'con @DaG e pochi altri' è fra le virgole, che se così non fosse stato certamente avrei scritto 'hanno' lì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, qual è la risposta, 'ha' o 'hanno'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E come cambia, se cambia, la risposta se avessi scritto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dispiace davvero tanto, lui (o lei) - con @DaG e pochi altri - ha dato al sito un grandissimo contributo di qualità in questo primo - e forse ultimo - anno di vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè sostituendo le virgole parentetiche con i trattini?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-10-16T21:18:54.590" LastActivityDate="2014-10-16T21:18:54.590" Title="Sull'incidenza delle virgole parentetiche nella declinazione del verbo" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3479" CreationDate="2014-10-15T22:14:23.433" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ciascuno dei casi che citi in realtà è corretto utilizzare &amp;quot;ha&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A con B e C ha dato un contributo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A, con B e C, ha dato un contributo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A -- con B e C -- ha dato un contributo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso il soggetto è sempre e solo A. Gli altri due, B e C, stanno sempre nel complemento e quindi non partecipano a formare il numero del soggetto. Il verbo si coniuga in numero solo con il soggetto. Devo però anche aggiungere che secondo me le virgole (o i trattini) sono piuttosto consigliate in questa frase; la prima variante che propongo è un po' poco leggibile, per quanto grammaticalmente corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe invece diverso il caso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A, B e C hanno dato un contributo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso tutti e tre sono soggetti, quindi danno un numero plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-10-15T22:14:23.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3481" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3482" CreationDate="2014-10-16T06:41:39.103" Score="5" ViewCount="458" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inebriare: (v. tr.): (Diz.Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rendere ebbro, ubriacare: un bicchiere di vino basta a inebriarlo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fig. Produrre uno stato di eccitazione, di esaltazione: il Profumo lo inebriava.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(v. intr.) pronom. Inebriàrsi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Diventare ebbro, ubriacarsi: inebriarsi di vino, di liquori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;fig. Provare un senso di eccitazione, di esaltazione o di commozione: a quel dolce canto s'inebriava&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inebriare o inebriarsi sono sinonimi di ubriacare o ubriacarsi. Penso  che inebriare/inebriarsi siano usati soprattutto in senso figurato, mentre in senso fisico si usi maggiormente ubriacare/ubriacarsi. È corretta questa mia impressione? O forse l'uso nei due significati dipende da fattori storici o geografici?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-01-16T19:40:45.157" Title="Cosa differenzia &quot;inebriarsi&quot; da &quot;ubriacarsi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3481" CreationDate="2014-10-16T08:05:08.670" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi di sì: inebriarsi (da cui &quot;ubriacarsi&quot; deriva) è una voce più aulica. Si potrebbe usare per le bevute di Noè, o di D'Annunzio. Oggi è usata soprattutto in senso figurato; direi che usata in senso fisico richiama comunque gli aspetti psicologici della alterazione alcolica (eccitazione esaltazione ecc). Oppure naturalmente, potrebbe essere usata invece di &quot;ubriacarsi&quot; con intento ironico. Notare anche l'uso nel linguaggio giuridico: &quot;guida in stato di ebbrezza&quot;. &amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-10-16T21:42:11.167" LastActivityDate="2014-10-16T21:42:11.167" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3481" CreationDate="2014-10-16T08:08:39.323" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra che dal punto di vista dell'uso proprio/figurato i due vocaboli &quot;inebriare&quot; ed &quot;ubriacare&quot; siano più o meno equivalenti. Per me la differenza principale sta nel fatto che &quot;inebriare&quot; è più leggero di &quot;ubriacare&quot;. Una persona &quot;inebriata&quot; non è del tutto lucida, ma diciamo che può camminare. Una persona &quot;ubriaca&quot; è completamente incapace di fare qualsiasi cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al di là di questo, come indica Pietro Majer, &quot;inebriare&quot; è un pochino più aulico. Nel parlato, per indicare lo stesso significato, io userei &quot;alticcio&quot;, &quot;allegro&quot; o &quot;brillo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-10-16T08:08:39.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1801" CreationDate="2014-10-16T13:44:30.540" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Jobs act&lt;/code&gt; viene tradotto con &lt;code&gt;Piano per il lavoro&lt;/code&gt; dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/parole/delleconomia/Jobs_act.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trovo però che il termine &lt;code&gt;decreto&lt;/code&gt; sia molto più accattivante, anche perchè di un &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Decreto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;decreto&lt;/a&gt; si tratta. Direi quindi &lt;code&gt;Decreto sul lavoro&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user941" LastActivityDate="2014-10-16T13:44:30.540" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3486" CreationDate="2014-10-16T21:34:26.020" Score="6" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che sa cosa significhi quella erre puntata (&quot;R.&quot;) prima di &quot;QUESTURA&quot; nel fonogramma—risalente al 1943—rappresentato qui sotto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7C5iT.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse 'rispettabile'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prego indicare qualche fonte attendibile, non si accettano opinioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-18T10:03:24.827" LastActivityDate="2014-10-18T10:03:24.827" Title="Sul significato di &quot;R&quot; in &quot;R. QUESTURA&quot; in un fonogramma del 1943" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;abbreviations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3485" CreationDate="2014-10-17T05:25:17.210" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sta per &quot;Regia&quot;: &quot;Regia Questura&quot; era la dicitura completa all'epoca, è sufficiente &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=regia+questura&quot;&gt;una ricerca su Google&lt;/a&gt;   per rintracciare trascrizioni e fotografie di documenti di epoca fascista (o anteriore) che riportano la dicitura abbreviata o per esteso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastEditorUserId="132" LastEditDate="2014-10-17T05:47:21.080" LastActivityDate="2014-10-17T05:47:21.080" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3477" CreationDate="2014-10-17T07:42:19.330" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In generale l'Italiano segue, in modo meno rigido, la regola latina, che vuole l'aggettivo personale &lt;em&gt;suus&lt;/em&gt; invece di &lt;em&gt;eius&lt;/em&gt;, se è riferito al soggetto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla questione &lt;em&gt;suo&lt;/em&gt; vs &lt;em&gt;proprio&lt;/em&gt;: &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/impiego&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/impiego&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui dunque entrambe le forme sono corrette. L'uso di &lt;em&gt;suo&lt;/em&gt; mi pare più naturale; mi  pare che &lt;em&gt;proprio&lt;/em&gt; aggiungerebbe una connotazione di qualità caratterizzante/specifica del soggetto: come se si parlasse del modo personale del Mazzini di essere benestante. Per esempio direi &quot;non nascose nulla dei propri ideali/ delle proprie idee politiche&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastEditorUserId="634" LastEditDate="2014-10-17T08:45:52.753" LastActivityDate="2014-10-17T08:45:52.753" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3488" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-18T08:40:19.117" Score="1" ViewCount="32" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo queste dinamiche fossero chiarissime sia prima che durante la scrittura del sistema di regole all'uopo congegnato/e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È preferibile usare 'congegnato' o 'congegnate' lì?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-18T08:46:44.557" LastActivityDate="2014-10-18T12:39:26.370" Title="'sistema di regole congegnato' vs. 'sistema di regole congegnate'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3489" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-10-18T10:05:35.697" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-10-18T10:05:35.697" LastActivityDate="2014-10-18T10:05:35.697" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3490" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-10-18T10:05:35.697" Score="0" Body="Abbreviations are shortened forms of words or phrases. " OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-21T16:14:39.307" LastActivityDate="2014-10-21T16:14:39.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3491" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-18T10:51:12.187" Score="1" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un tizio mi ha detto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È una constatazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e io ho risposto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se è una constatazione è surreale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi sarebbe necessario, o anche solo opportuno, mettere una virgola dopo 'constatazione', o la frase sta bene come è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-18T18:10:21.633" LastActivityDate="2014-10-24T12:18:08.437" Title="'Se è una constatazione è surreale' vs. 'Se è una constatazione, è surreale'" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3488" CreationDate="2014-10-18T12:39:26.370" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambi corretti: intendi dire che è il sistema a essere stato congegnato oppure le regole? Per fare un esempio più lampante, è come se dicessi “una pizza con i peperoni molto buona” rispetto a “una pizza con i peperoni molto buoni”: in un caso sottolinei la bontà della pizza nel complesso, nell'altro caso solo dei peperoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-10-18T12:39:26.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3494" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-18T12:46:54.727" Score="4" ViewCount="728" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che sa cosa significhi 'spirtusa' in siciliano, se di siciliano trattasi, e quale sia l'origine del termine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto scritta questa parola su questa maglietta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/FJqJo.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-08T07:51:01.173" LastActivityDate="2019-08-08T07:51:01.173" Title="Sul significato e l'origine del termine 'spirtusa'" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3495" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3496" CreationDate="2014-10-18T14:13:42.497" Score="3" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premesso che per equivalente non intendo un equivalente culturale come potrebbe essere il siciliano parlato dai mafiosi, nella cultura inglese c'è questo dialetto parlato dai pirati. Ora, io non so se in Italia ci fosse questa gran fioritura di pirati, ma sono curioso di come parlassero rispetto all'italiano corrente del tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="943" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-10-19T15:00:54.280" LastActivityDate="2014-10-19T15:00:54.280" Title="Esiste un equivalente del &quot;Pirate-English&quot; in italiano? Pirate-Italian?" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3495" CreationDate="2014-10-18T14:45:09.270" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non penso proprio che esista un analogo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto non mi risulta che in Italia ci sia stata una tradizione di pirateria propriamente detta (la Wikipedia italiana, per quel che vale, ne conosce &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Categoria:Pirati_italiani&quot;&gt;tre di numero&lt;/a&gt;). E poi, anche nel mondo anglosassone, il “pirate talk” è quasi del tutto &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Talk_Like_a_Pirate_Day#Linguistic_background&quot;&gt;un'invenzione recente&lt;/a&gt;, soprattutto cinematografica, a partire dai primi film (sonori) tratti dall'&lt;em&gt;Isola del tesoro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-10-18T14:45:09.270" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3494" CreationDate="2014-10-18T15:41:53.847" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tanti libri di Andrea Camilleri, che adesso capisco un po' il siciliano. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spirtusare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;bucare, forare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.unice.fr/site/henneboi/SVG-lirces/langues/real/dialectes/spriparato.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;, questa parola proviene dal latino &lt;em&gt;pertundere&lt;/em&gt;, che significa proprio  &lt;em&gt;bucare, forare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-07T14:51:44.613" LastActivityDate="2019-08-07T14:51:44.613" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3498" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-19T12:12:12.827" Score="6" ViewCount="6261" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che le preposizioni &quot;tra&quot; e &quot;fra&quot; sono in principio equivalenti; ma sono sempre completamente interscambiabili? Per esempio, in questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/2395/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; si è discusso sul significato e l'uso della locuzione &quot;fra sé e sé&quot;. Si potrebbe anche dire &quot;tra sé e sé&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono differenze regionali o di registro nell'uso di queste preposizioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fra1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa spiegazione&lt;/a&gt; sul &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, ma mi sembra un po' difficile di capire e mi piacerebbe avere la vostra interpretazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T09:38:47.397" Title="&quot;Tra&quot; e &quot;fra&quot; sono sempre interscambiabili?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3499" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-19T22:10:17.990" Score="9" ViewCount="1710" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fare alla romana, riferito alla divisione di un conto da pagare (in genere del ristorante), significa dividere in parti uguali. Che origine ha questo modo di dire? È un'espressione usata sia al nord che al sud o ha una connotazione geografica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-20T04:43:22.610" LastActivityDate="2016-05-12T17:19:24.530" Title="Perché si dice 'fare alla romana'?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3500" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3501" CreationDate="2014-10-20T18:44:05.137" Score="8" ViewCount="318" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the Repubblica.it website today, there is a series of &quot;foto carine&quot;, with the headline: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/ambiente/2014/10/19/foto/ops_mi_si_incastrato_il_cucciolo-98491064/1/#1&quot;&gt;Oops, mi si è incastrato il cucciolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have never seen this type of construction with &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; next to one another. I figure the meaning is something like &quot;My puppy trapped himself.&quot; If that is the case, couldn't one say &quot;si è incastrato il mio cucciolo?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What sort of construction is this? Are there other similar constructions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2014-10-27T18:52:07.827" Title="What construction is &quot;mi si è incastrato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3500" CreationDate="2014-10-20T20:56:19.190" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a quite usual construct in Italian: often, when in English you would use a possessive adjective (“I wash my face”), in Italian you use a possessive pronoun instead: &lt;em&gt;mi lavo la faccia&lt;/em&gt;. Here, &lt;em&gt;lavo la mia faccia&lt;/em&gt; would sound like something a foreigner (or perhaps Google Translate) would say. And where in English you shake someone's hand, in Italian &lt;em&gt;gli stringi la mano&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other common phrases of this kind include &lt;em&gt;mi fa male il/la [parte del corpo]&lt;/em&gt; = “my [body part] hurts”; or &lt;em&gt;le tengo i bambini&lt;/em&gt; = “I babysit her children”, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, it is accidental that the verb is reflexive, so needing a further pronoun &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;. It could as well be, say, &lt;em&gt;mi è caduto il cucciolo&lt;/em&gt; for “I dropped my puppy”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-10-20T20:56:19.190" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3502" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3503" CreationDate="2014-10-21T10:51:21.987" Score="2" ViewCount="1902" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un contesto scritto, quale può essere il contrario di &quot;verbalmente&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&#xA;&quot;Come da accordi presi verbalmente, si decide di...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;può diventare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Come da accordi presi per iscritto, si decide di...&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretta la forma &quot;per iscritto&quot;, è ancora utilizzata/utilizzabile o è troppo desueta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="946" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-10-22T16:01:15.497" LastActivityDate="2014-10-22T16:01:15.497" Title="Il contrario di &quot;verbalmente&quot; è &quot;per iscritto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3502" CreationDate="2014-10-21T12:14:31.227" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;strong&gt;per iscritto&lt;/strong&gt; è assolutamente corretta, specialmente se fa da contraltare agli avverbi &lt;strong&gt;verbalmente&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;oralmente&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sinonimi-contrari.it/mettere+per+iscritto/&quot;&gt;sito di sinonimi e contrari&lt;/a&gt; viene proposto il verbo &lt;em&gt;verbalizzare&lt;/em&gt; come alternativa a &lt;em&gt;mettere per iscritto&lt;/em&gt;, ma questo termine contiene in sè un significato più formale, come possiamo vedere da questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/v/verbalizzare.aspx?query=verbalizzare&quot;&gt;dizionario online&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;verbalizzare&lt;/strong&gt; [ver-ba-liʒ-ʒà-re] (verbalìzzo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;verbo transitivo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;[burocratico]&lt;/em&gt; Mettere a verbale: v. le dichiarazioni di un testimone&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;verbo intransitivo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;(ausiliario avere)&lt;/em&gt; Compilare, stendere il verbale&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di aver risposto al tuo dubbio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2014-10-21T12:14:31.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3498" CreationDate="2014-10-21T15:17:23.933" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tra&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fra&lt;/em&gt; sono quasi sempre interscambiabili, e hanno identico significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tra&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fra&lt;/em&gt; risalgono a due voci latine semanticamente distinte &lt;em&gt;intra&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;infra&lt;/em&gt;, ma la differenza è persa già nella Commedia (dove c'è una forte preferenza per &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La fonte più attendibile è Niccolò Tommaseo (1802-1874) che riporta una serie di esempi in cui cerca di distinguere le due preposizioni. La conclusione è che &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fra&lt;/em&gt; sono perlopiù interscambiabili, ma per per evitare cacofonie si preferisce talora l'uno o l'altro (&lt;em&gt;fra&lt;/em&gt; trentatré giorni, &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; fratelli invece che il contrario). Sebbene&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; noi tre ci s'intende&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non sia semanticamente sbagliata, alcuni lo considerano cattivo stile. Si tratta comunque di una scelta soggettiva, difendibile invocando la licenza poetica, dichiarando che la cacofonia (o presunta tale) era deliberata, o addirittura ricordando che Virgilio stesso, durante una passeggiata al limitare di un bosco, disse: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Tra tutto l'altro ch'i' t'ho dimostrato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="75" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-24T18:03:54.003" LastActivityDate="2014-10-24T18:03:54.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3491" CreationDate="2014-10-21T15:34:30.170" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trattandosi di una subordinata ipotetica, la virgola è quantomeno opportuna e direi fortemente consigliata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se non metti la virgola, ti vengo a cercare a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se qualcuno chiede citazioni nei commenti, bisogna accontentarlo. Gabrielli nel suo &quot;Come parlare e scrivere meglio&quot; (un libro che ho letto ma che chiaramente non ho interiorizzato) scrive (pag. 84) che la virgola è appunto opportuna (e fortemente consigliata) per separare diverse proposizioni all'interno del periodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel paragrafo sul periodo ipotetico, solo un esempio su sette non contiene la virgola. Ecco perché scrivo &quot;opportuna e fortemente consigliata&quot; invece che &quot;obbligatoria&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="75" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-10-24T12:18:08.437" LastActivityDate="2014-10-24T12:18:08.437" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3506" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3510" CreationDate="2014-10-21T18:07:22.587" Score="5" ViewCount="47311" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I want to say &quot;take care&quot; to somebody either orally or at the end of a letter what is the right expression? Can I use &lt;strong&gt;in gamba&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;stammi bene?&lt;/strong&gt; Do they mean the same thing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-04T11:14:00.660" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:07:40.057" Title="How can I say &quot;take care&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3507" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-21T20:36:08.527" Score="2" ViewCount="1622" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi quale sia l'origine e il significato di 'bollinatura', di cui qui sotto vedete un esempio d'uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, oltre a quello che ne fa il MEF, conoscete altri contesti in cui si usi? Per esempio, è ammissibile dire 'Oggi ho impostato il master plan, domani devo bollinarlo'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/SUCWf.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-10-21T21:56:17.097" Title="Sull'origine e significato di 'bollinatura'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3507" CreationDate="2014-10-21T21:56:17.097" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che e' un termine  'burocratese', non di uso comune. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sapere.it/enciclopedia/bollinare.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bollinare&lt;/a&gt;: (da Sapere.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;v. tr. [sec. XX; da bollino]. Apporre determinati bollini per rinnovare un documento, per dimostrare la validità di un certificato e simili: bollinare la patente. Per estensione, convalidare mediante un qualunque contrassegno: bollinare una tessera, una ricetta mutualistica. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://archiviostorico.corriere.it/1994/giugno/25/Zzz_ultimo_confine_dell_italiano_co_0_94062513120.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bollinare&lt;/a&gt;: (da Archivio Corrire Sera- 1994) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Proprio nei giorni scorsi, ha fatto la sua comparsa sui giornali un verbo di cui i dizionari, e nemmeno gli &quot;Addenda&quot; del Treccani, registrano l' esistenza. Si tratta di un verbo che appartiene al linguaggio della Ragioneria Generale dello Stato, la quale, quando critica un documento governativo ma finisce con il dare l' approvazione, lo &quot;bollina&quot;, indicativo presente di un &quot;bollinare&quot; che appartiene ai cieli imperscrutabili della burocrazia. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2014-10-21T21:56:17.097" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2014-10-21T22:23:57.573" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should say 'abbi cura di te' (abbia cura di lei) or 'riguardati' (si riguardi); 'in gamba' and 'stammi bene', even if not completely wrong, seem excessively friendly, anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-10-21T22:23:57.573" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3510" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3506" CreationDate="2014-10-22T00:04:29.370" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In gamba&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;stammi bene&lt;/strong&gt; are the correct informal ways to say 'take care'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, when I want to wish 'take care' in Italian to somebody formally or in a less friendly way, I would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prenditi cura di te&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;strong&gt;si prenda cura di lei&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;courtesy form&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;abbi cura di te&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;strong&gt;abbia cura di lei&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;courtesy form&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;riguardati&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;strong&gt;si riguardi&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;courtesy form&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="948" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T16:07:40.057" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:07:40.057" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3511" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3512" CreationDate="2014-10-22T08:02:03.173" Score="4" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;Passando vicino alla stazione ferroviaria ho notato un vecchissimo cartello indicante &quot;impostazione&quot; che si riferiva ad un ufficio postale ora dismesso. Ho riflettuto sul fatto che è abbastanza naturale che alla stazione ci sia un ufficio postale e mi chiedevo se l'assonanza &quot;stazione&quot; - &quot;impostazione&quot; fosse casuale o meno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra di capire che &quot;stazione&quot; deriva da &quot;stare&quot; e si riferisce ai punti in cui fermarsi durante un viaggio (prima per far riposare i cavalli, ora per fermare i treni). Mi pare anche di capire che &quot;stazione&quot; si può anche dire &quot;posta&quot;, con la stessa etimologia, come in &quot;fare la posta&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Impostazione&quot; invece sembra derivare da &quot;imporre&quot; cioè &quot;mettere sopra&quot;. Qui, con molti dubbi, mi pare di capire che la &quot;posta&quot; sono le lettere che vengono messe da qualche parte (in una cassetta?) per essere inviate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un legame con il fatto che la &quot;posta&quot; per viaggiare deve essere portata alla &quot;stazione&quot;? Oppure l'affinità delle due parole è puramente casuale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="282" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T12:03:19.843" Title="&quot;posta&quot; e &quot;stazione&quot; sono etimologicamente legate?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3511" CreationDate="2014-10-22T08:07:43.607" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, non c'è alcun legame etimologico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Semplificando, come si può verificare in qualunque dizionario: “posta” (e derivati) deriva dal latino &lt;em&gt;ponere&lt;/em&gt;, “porre”, mentre “stazione” deriva dal latino (e italiano) &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;. Come vedi, non c'è niente in comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-11-06T12:03:19.843" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T12:03:19.843" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3513" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-22T16:02:51.717" Score="3" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho detto ad uno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sorry, non c'è alcun presupposto per sperare nulla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O avrei dovuto dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sorry, non c'è alcun presupposto per sperare qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, qual è la differenza fra dire 'nulla' e dire 'qualcosa' qui?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-10-27T00:25:15.290" LastActivityDate="2014-10-27T00:25:15.290" Title="Sulla differenza fra 'nulla' e 'qualcosa' in 'non c'è alcun presupposto per sperare nulla/qualcosa'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3513" CreationDate="2014-10-22T21:45:11.167" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first expression:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sorry, non c'è alcun presupposto per sperare nulla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is incorrect, as it has a triple negation (&lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt;, alcun = &lt;em&gt;nessun&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;nulla&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An appropriate version (though rather old-fashioned) could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non c'è alcun presupposto per sperare alcunché&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note how &quot;alcuno&quot; maps nicely to &quot;alcunché&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a guide to consider the other phrase (&quot;...sperare qualcosa&quot;).  While it is not incorrect (double negation!), it does not sound equally good, because of a sort of clash between alcuno and qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, to make things even more complicated, it is correct to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non c'è nessun presupposto per sperare qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the latter possibly sounds the best of all of the above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="949" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-10-22T22:41:41.807" LastActivityDate="2014-10-22T22:41:41.807" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2444" CreationDate="2014-10-22T22:01:23.143" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bisogna distinguere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Unicum&quot; in quanto parola latina ha diversi &quot;contrari&quot; in latino, ad esempio &quot;pluralis&quot; [numeroso].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quanto termine usato in italiano in modo pregnante (con un corredo di  sfumature al di là del significato latino), non ha un contrario di simile peso (ed il contrario latino non è usato in un contesto italiano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola stessa rappresenta un unicum...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="949" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-10-23T05:43:19.153" LastActivityDate="2014-10-23T05:43:19.153" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3516" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-23T07:48:42.217" Score="9" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;Facendo ricerche su mio nonno, ammiraglio di squadra al termine della carriera militare, ho scoperto che ci si riferisce spesso (almeno per iscritto) alle navi come Nave, con la N maiuscola, seguita dal nome, ma non preceduta dall'articolo determinativo. Ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mio nonno è stato comandante &lt;strong&gt;di Nave Alpino&lt;/strong&gt; fino al 1941,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche se colloquialmente, quando è chiaro il contesto, si dice semplicemente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mio nonno è stato comandante &lt;strong&gt;dell'Alpino&lt;/strong&gt; fino al 1941,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o, se è necessario specificare,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mio nonno è stato comandante &lt;strong&gt;del cacciatorpediniere Alpino&lt;/strong&gt; fino al 1941.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre come esempio, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.marina.difesa.it/noi-siamo-la-marina/mezzi/forze-navali/Pagine/Alghero.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui c'è un articolo su Nave Alghero&lt;/a&gt; (la prima in ordine alfabetico sul sito della Marina Militare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono riuscito a trovare notizie su questo curioso uso di Nave XYZ senza articolo determinativo, e quindi mi chiedo e vi chiedo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come e quando è nato quest'uso?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quanto è frequente?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Si ritrova anche nel parlato?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esistono usi simili anche in ambiti diversi dalla Marina Militare?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2021-01-31T12:15:45.163" LastActivityDate="2021-01-31T12:15:45.163" Title="Nave XYZ senza articolo determinativo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3516" CreationDate="2014-10-23T13:34:17.627" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra un uso insolito riferito a nomi di navi, secondo questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/I/il-mario-la-maria.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt; (Corriere.it):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il nome proprio può appartenere a una nave, e qui l’articolo è di solito femminile perché si concorda con il sottinteso “nave&amp;quot;: la Santa Maria, la Michelangelo, la Garibaldi, la Bismark; ma il Rex (perché si sottintende “transatlantico”).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo il pezzo  su Nave Alghero, la mancanza dell'articolo sembra un uso proprio della Marina, del loro gergo. Sembra quasi che parlino della nave come una entità viva, di una persona. Infatti Nave Alghero o la Nave vengono scritte con le maiuscole (quasi fossero un nome e un cognome). Forse per questo loro non usano l'articolo mentre nel linguaggio comune si usa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-10-24T16:29:25.480" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3518" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-23T20:24:44.700" Score="2" ViewCount="1941" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto questo dialogo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Persona A: La Svizzera attira le imprese italiane con piani di pressione fiscale a bassi livelli e costanti nel tempo e noi ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Persona B: Le pigne, le pigne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che significa &amp;quot;Le pigne, le pigne&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È per caso un'espressione regionale? Se sì, di dove?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-01T20:15:07.620" Title="Sul significato dell'espressione &quot;Le pigne, le pigne&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3518" CreationDate="2014-10-24T11:59:25.087" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Avere le pigne in testa&quot; è un'espressione molto usata a Roma e dintorni, ma è anche riportata da molti dizionari della lingua italiana (a volte con la specificazione di voce regionale o romanesca).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-10-24T15:51:31.203" LastActivityDate="2014-10-24T15:51:31.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3500" CreationDate="2014-10-24T12:24:49.233" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A more strict (literal) translation could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;the puppy trapped himself to me&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This kind of construction is used to highlight the emotional or personal involvement of someone who isn't not the subject of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Few other examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre caro mi fu questo ermo colle - Always dear to me was this solitary hill (Leopardi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi si è rotta la lavatrice - The washing machine is broken to me (this is not used, meaning it is wrong, but the literal translation would be written in this way, though you actually need to translate with &lt;em&gt;my washing machine has broken&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-10-27T18:52:07.827" LastActivityDate="2014-10-27T18:52:07.827" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3521" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-24T18:00:11.237" Score="5" ViewCount="540" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho letto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/2390/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; mi sono sorpresa di trovare la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Se questa soluzione non &lt;em&gt;soddisfa&lt;/em&gt;, ...»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perché qui io avrei messo &lt;em&gt;soddisfà&lt;/em&gt;. Ho cercato la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ITverbs.aspx?v=soddisfare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;coniugazione del verbo soddisfare&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato che ammette diverse forme. La mia domanda è: tutte queste forme sono usate in modo uguale in tutti i registri della lingua? Alcune forme sono più formali delle altre? Alcune forme sono cadute in disuso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-05-03T10:08:53.097" Title="Sull'uso dei diversi modi di coniugare il verbo soddisfare" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3522" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-24T18:39:38.817" Score="4" ViewCount="791" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;'Houston, abbiamo un problema'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste una parola per indicare come una frase di questo tipo possa essere definita in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voglio dire, è una frase pressoché mitica, tutti la usano quando in un processo si presenta un problema che, ancorché piccolo, rischia di mettere a repentaglio l'esito del processo stesso,  sebbene—sempre con riferimento al processo—abbia anche un valore esorcizzante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono in cerca di una parola molto dotta, di quelle che usano o userebbero le persone colte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-10-27T18:46:50.297" LastActivityDate="2014-11-30T10:09:00.257" Title="Parola che definisca una frase come 'Houston, abbiamo un problema'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3498" CreationDate="2014-10-25T20:53:39.973" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me ci sono alcuni contesti in cui potrebbe essere definito &amp;quot;non corretto&amp;quot; l'uso di una piuttosto che dell'altra preposizione, a prescindere dalla gradevolezza dei suoni (es. &amp;quot;fra i frati&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;tra i treni&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi che mi sono venuti in mente ragionando (ammetto che forse sono soltanto mie preferenze personali...):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Tra l'altro&amp;quot;. Io non credo sia molto usato &amp;quot;Fra l'altro&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Tra il dire e il fare&amp;quot;... mi suona scorretto dire &amp;quot;Fra il dire e il fare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Fra Milano e Torino&amp;quot; lo userei per evidenziare differenze in generale, mentre &amp;quot;Tra Milano e Torino&amp;quot; lo userei per esempio per la distanza chilometrica o informazioni geografiche: &amp;quot;fra Milano e Torino vi è una grande differenza culturale&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;mi trovo ora tra Milano e Torino&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;tra Milano e Torino c'è una distanza di 150 chilometri&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho poi trovato su internet un interessante approfondimento che riporto qui (&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/showthread.php?t=518397&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Fra deriva dal latino “infra”, contrazione di “infera”, che significa “parte inferiore”, cioè ‘sotto’, ‘di sotto’. Dovremmo dire, per fare un esempio, che l’ascensore si è bloccato fra (non tra) il quarto e il quinto piano, cioè “sotto” il quinto piano. Tra, invece, e il latino “intra”, vale a dire “in mezzo”. Secondo queste distinzioni si dovrebbe dire, quindi, “tra amici”, vale a dire “in mezzo” ad amici; non “fra” che etimologicamente starebbe per “sotto gli amici”.&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine riporto una risposta ufficiale al quesito posto da un utente all'Accademia della Crusca:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Le due preposizioni sono del tutto analoghe, a tal punto che quando&#xA;si vuole fare un esempio di sinonimi perfetti si ricorre proprio&#xA;all'esempio di tra e fra. L'unico criterio che può indurre a scegliere&#xA;l'una piuttosto che l'altra è di tipo fonico: per evitare l'accumulo&#xA;di suoni dentali, ad esempio, si può scegliere fra in sequenze del&#xA;tipo &amp;quot;un tributo tra tanti&amp;quot; (meglio: &amp;quot;un tributo fra tanti&amp;quot;); d'altro&#xA;canto sarà più eufonico tra dove ricorrano più suoni fricativi (com'è&#xA;appunto la f), quindi, ad esempio &amp;quot;un frutto tra le fronde&amp;quot; è&#xA;decisamente meglio di &amp;quot;un frutto fra le fronde&amp;quot;. Ma, come vede, si&#xA;tratta di casi &amp;quot;limite&amp;quot;, artificialmente inventati per&#xA;esemplificazione e sicuramente poco ricorrenti nella lingua reale. In&#xA;generale quindi le due preposizioni sono perfettamente&#xA;intercambiabili.&#xA;Cordiali saluti,&#xA;Raffaella Setti&#xA;Redazione Consulenza Linguistica Accademia della Crusca&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="875" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T09:38:47.397" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3513" CreationDate="2014-10-26T07:08:44.617" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le due frasi sono entrambe corrette, con una differenza di significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella prima il risultato atteso è &lt;em&gt;nullo&lt;/em&gt;; nella seconda è &lt;em&gt;scarso&lt;/em&gt; o insufficiente. In generale nelle frasi negative &quot;qualcosa&quot; al posto di &quot;alcuno&quot; vale &quot;di qualche entità o rilevanza&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T07:08:44.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3525" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3526" CreationDate="2014-10-26T11:27:23.510" Score="3" ViewCount="2654" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ieri mentre leggevo un testo in inglese ho trovato &quot;the invading army&quot;. Non volendo usare &lt;em&gt;esercito&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;l'esercito invasore&quot; sarebbe la traduzione più immediata) ma &lt;em&gt;orda&lt;/em&gt; per ragioni di contesto (vedi commenti), come potrei traslare al femminile l'aggettivo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giacché non credo (potrei sbagliarmi) che &quot;invasrice&quot; esista, mi chiedo se esiste però un modo per rendere l'aggettivo al femminile senza usare una perifrasi per esprimere il concetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chi mi aiuta?&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-10-26T17:07:10.320" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T17:07:10.320" Title="Versione femminile di alcuni nomi/aggettivi come &quot;invasore&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3525" CreationDate="2014-10-26T12:48:39.487" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso tu possa tradurre come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;L'invasione armata o l'armata che invade. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il femminile  di invasore e' &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=invasore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;invaditrice&lt;/a&gt;, ma non e' di uso comune. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2014-10-26T13:06:06.043" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T13:06:06.043" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3525" CreationDate="2014-10-26T13:36:04.610" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'armata che invade&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La versione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'armata invadente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Benché corretta, è poco utilizzata nel parlato moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se potessi aggiungere maggiore contesto della frase che stai cercando di tradurre potrebbe essere più semplice comprenderne il significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="955" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-10-26T13:38:26.860" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T13:38:26.860" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3528" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-10-26T15:53:19.447" Score="1" ViewCount="528" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si parafrasa 'chiederle' in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quali authority, se posso chiederle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in modo che non sembri&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quali authority, se posso chiederLe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò per evitare che quel 'le'—che è riferito alle authority—sembri 'a Lei' in una conversazione dove due persone si danno del Lei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-10-27T00:26:38.340" LastActivityDate="2014-10-27T08:48:50.183" Title="Parafrasare 'chiederle' in 'Quali authority, se posso chiederle?' in modo che non sembri 'chiedere a Lei'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3529" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3532" CreationDate="2014-10-26T19:22:52.707" Score="13" ViewCount="8887" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most phrases like &quot;il mio cane&quot; for instance have &quot;mio&quot; before the noun. Why is it after it in &quot;casa mia&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="956" LastActivityDate="2014-11-01T14:45:55.577" Title="Why is it &quot;casa mia&quot;, not &quot;la mia casa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2417" CreationDate="2014-10-26T20:05:12.513" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Grammaticalmente entrambe le frasi sono ineccepibili; farei però queste osservazioni: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La parola in fondo alla frase, in cui la frase si risolve, qui è la più rilevante. Il caos in cui  l'Italia &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;: cioè,  in cui  concretamente e stabilmente si trova.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il caos in cui è &lt;em&gt;l'Italia&lt;/em&gt;: cioè, non quello in cui sono il Portogallo o la Finlandia. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'aspetto fonologico non mi pare rilevante: lo iato non produce necessariamente un effetto sgradevole da evitare, e qui casomai dà un maggiore risalto  al verbo. In ogni caso no, non mi pare che la seconda versione sia più cacofonica. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La scelta del verbo: si possono scegliere altri verbi o costruzioni per rendere l'idea  di una condizione di caos più o meno transitoria e più o meno casuale: per es. &lt;em&gt;in cui l'Italia si trova/è venuta a trovarsi/è capitata&lt;/em&gt;. Il verbo essere mi pare la scelta più semplice e più la più forte e pregnante  (e la più veritiera, oimé: si parla del caos in cui l'Italia &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;, più o meno dalle origini, non dello stato di alta pressione meteorologica in cui &lt;em&gt;si trova&lt;/em&gt; dall'inizio della settimana).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In riferimento al titolo: &quot;usare 'è' alla fine di una frase&quot; non è poi così inusuale, specialmente se fa parte di una proposizione relativa corta, come nelle frasi riportate nella domanda (bisogna fare il fuoco con la legna che c'è; è quello che è, lasciare tutto come è; e io so dove è…) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente avrei scritto la prima frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastEditorUserId="634" LastEditDate="2014-10-26T20:19:51.917" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T20:19:51.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3529" CreationDate="2014-10-26T21:32:09.690" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's like a kind of collocation in English, the meaning is the same, but it would sound strange hearing people say &quot;la mia casa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="957" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T21:32:09.690" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3529" CreationDate="2014-10-26T23:40:19.633" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;The postponed possessive is used only in rare cases: for instance &lt;em&gt;caro mio&lt;/em&gt; is quite different from &lt;em&gt;mio caro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;caro mio, non si fa così&lt;/em&gt; (exhortation)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mio caro, ti scrivo da Milano&lt;/em&gt; (start of a letter)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, the exclamation is &lt;em&gt;mamma mia!&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;mia mamma!&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase &lt;em&gt;casa mia&lt;/em&gt; can be translated into English with &lt;em&gt;my home&lt;/em&gt;, while &lt;em&gt;la mia casa&lt;/em&gt; would be &lt;em&gt;my house&lt;/em&gt;. Note the missing article: &lt;em&gt;casa mia&lt;/em&gt; is not a building that can be distinguished from other ones, it's the place where I live, so it's unique.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The postponed possessive can also appear with the article: &lt;em&gt;il mio paese&lt;/em&gt; is pretty much the same as &lt;em&gt;il paese mio&lt;/em&gt;, perhaps the latter shows more affection. Such inversion can also depend from regional usage. However, &lt;em&gt;casa mia&lt;/em&gt; (without the article) always has the meaning explained above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-10-26T23:40:19.633" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3528" CreationDate="2014-10-27T08:48:50.183" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La domanda &lt;em&gt;Quali xyz, se posso chiederle?&lt;/em&gt; ha, indipendentemente dal genere di &lt;em&gt;xyz&lt;/em&gt; un solo significato: quello in cui si sta dando del lei all'interlocutore&#xA;(anche se forse nel parlato può scappare con il pronome riferito a &lt;em&gt;xyz&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quali collane/vigne/montagne/autocarri, se posso chiederle?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il pronome non sottindende l'aggettivo “quale” e &lt;em&gt;se posso chiedere le vigne&lt;/em&gt; non sembra corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più conforme all'uso mi pare una delle tre seguenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quali vigne, se posso chiedere?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Quali vigne, se posso chiederlo?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Quali vigne, se lo posso chiedere?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il pronome (al maschile, ma in realtà di genere indefinito) si riferisce alla domanda stessa, cioè &lt;em&gt;quali vigne?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-10-27T08:48:50.183" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3534" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3536" CreationDate="2014-10-27T15:37:14.847" Score="3" ViewCount="3668" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho dei dubbi sull'uso dei verbi &quot;profittare&quot; e &quot;approfittare&quot;. Non so se in alcuni contesti sono sinonimi o hanno invece diverse sfumature di significato o perfino usi totalmente differenti. Per fare un esempio, quale di queste due frasi sarebbe la corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cerco di &lt;em&gt;profittare&lt;/em&gt; di quelle rare occasioni in cui si può ascoltare in diretta un'opera barocca qui a Barcellona.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cerco di &lt;em&gt;approfittare&lt;/em&gt; di quelle rare occasioni in cui si può ascoltare in diretta un'opera barocca qui a Barcellona.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-10-28T14:44:48.457" Title="Quali sono le differenze di uso dei verbi &quot;profittare&quot; e &quot;approfittare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3534" CreationDate="2014-10-27T18:26:12.710" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assolutamente è corretto dire «&lt;em&gt;Cerco di &lt;em&gt;approfittare&lt;/em&gt; di quelle rare occasioni in cui si può ascoltare in diretta un'opera barocca qui a Barcellona&lt;/em&gt;», sebbene non possa escludersi che esistano &lt;em&gt;profittevoli&lt;/em&gt; occasioni quali, in specie, quelle connesse ad un effettivo vantaggio immediato e materiale—alla cui categoria l'ascolto di opere barocche, in diretta o no, non appare sussumibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-10-27T18:33:46.617" LastActivityDate="2014-10-27T18:33:46.617" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3534" CreationDate="2014-10-27T19:22:53.817" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generalmente sinonimi nel senso di trarre beneficio  da qualcosa, approfittare è  spesso   usato in contesti negativi, come sinonimo di 'abusare'. Nelle due frasi riportate sopra, entrambi i verbi possono essere usati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/profittare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Profittare&lt;/a&gt;: (Treccani.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vocabolario on line&#xA;v. intr.  (aus. avere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fare profitto, avanzare, progredire: p. nello studio, nella carriera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Trarre profitto, beneficio, vantaggio: ha profittato molto delle lezioni; mi sembra che profitti poco dei miei consigli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Volgere a proprio vantaggio, usare a proprio beneficio, sfruttare: voglio p. dell’occasione; profitterò senz’altro del vostro invito; profittò della confusione per squagliarsela; con senso pegg., &lt;strong&gt;abusare, servirsi di qualcuno: p. della buona fede altrui; si profitta di me; loro se ne profittano (in questi sign. è più com. approfittare).&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-10-28T14:44:48.457" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3537" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3539" CreationDate="2014-10-27T20:42:21.180" Score="5" ViewCount="5450" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generalmente i sostantivi che terminano con la vocale 'o' sono maschili, il sostantivo 'mano' è una eccezione. Perché 'mano' è considerato un sostantivo femminile? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-10-28T11:44:39.520" LastActivityDate="2014-10-28T11:44:39.520" Title="Perché si dice 'la mano' e non 'il mano'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3538" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3540" CreationDate="2014-10-27T21:33:16.347" Score="7" ViewCount="811" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella lingua inglese scritta, specialmente in alcune guide di stile nate dopo l'avvento della videoscrittura, si pone l'enfasi su entità diverse dettagliate in &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/2116/when-should-i-use-an-em-dash-an-en-dash-and-a-hyphen&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il sito della Crusca divide l'uso solamente in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/punteggiatura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trattino lungo e trattino corto&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono regole di stile consolidate per l'uso dei diversi segni di punteggiatura disponibili nei comuni &lt;em&gt;font&lt;/em&gt; tipografici, per quanto concerne l'uso della lingua italiana ed in particolare per la stesura di manuali tecnici?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="559" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2014-10-28T09:11:54.813" Title="Uso dei trattini e delle lineette in Italiano" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3537" CreationDate="2014-10-27T22:01:43.337" Score="20" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mano deriva dal latino &quot;&lt;em&gt;manus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;manus&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, sostantivo femminile della IV declinazione.&#xA;In italiano la parola è rimasta come &quot;mano&quot; e non &quot;mana&quot; perché quasi tutte le parole latine che hanno desinenza &lt;em&gt;-us&lt;/em&gt; (che in genere sono della II declinazione) sono passate con la desinenza &lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="961" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-10-28T09:15:06.913" LastActivityDate="2014-10-28T09:15:06.913" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3538" CreationDate="2014-10-28T09:11:54.813" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Compendiando quello che prevedono la grammatica di Serianni, il &lt;em&gt;Manuale di stile&lt;/em&gt; di Lesina e la pagina della Crusca che citi, in italiano si usano effettivamente (per lo più) due lunghezze: il trattino breve e quello lungo. (Qualcuno li chiama rispettivamente trattino e lineetta, mentre altri usano il termine “trattino” o “lineetta” per entrambi, e quindi è meglio specificare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il trattino breve si usa (in genere senza spazi prima né dopo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;per andare a capo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;per collegare “due membri di un composto che non presenti una stabile univerbazione” (“socio-linguistica”, “mini-bus”, se non si preferisce scriverli uniti) e in termini formati giustapponendo due sostantivi (“guerra-lampo”);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;per gli intervalli numerici (“alle pagine 120-135”);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;per separare due nomi propri o comuni che formano un qualche nesso (“il derby Milan-Inter”, “gli incontri governo-sindacati”), o analogamente due aggettivi (“gli aspetti linguistico-filologici”);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;con alcuni prefissi e prefissoidi, specie in formazioni occasionali (“i movimenti anti-apartheid”).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il trattino lungo si usa (in genere preceduto e seguito da uno spazio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;per introdurre il discorso diretto (in alternativa ai due punti e le virgolette);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;per racchiudere un inciso (“Malgrado ciò – o forse grazie a questo fatto – aveva ottenuto un notevole successo”).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Raramente si usa anche un tratto ancor più lungo per usi tipografici speciali (a volte per contrassegnare le singole voci di un elenco, o per indicare parti mancanti di un testo lacunoso, e in questo caso la lunghezza del tratto può essere proporzionale a quella della parte mancante).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-10-28T09:11:54.813" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3545" CreationDate="2014-10-28T11:59:09.623" Score="6" ViewCount="1406" Body="&lt;p&gt;In generale esistono tre tipi di virgolettatura:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le virgolette alte, &quot; &quot;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le virgolette basse, « »;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;gli apici ' ' &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La virgolettatura si usa solitamente per riferire del discorso diretto, per indicare una citazione o per segnalare una parola o frase che identifica una certa fonte (sia essa un giornale, un libro o qualcosa di simile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente credo di utilizzare sempre le prime in quanto quelle basse mi risultano poco pratiche da digitare (semplice pigrizia) mentre gli apici non mi paiono appropriati allo scopo. Di fatto uso gli apici veramente di rado e magari solo nel caso di citazioni innestate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, le fonti web più autorevoli che si possano trovare, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/virgolette_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/punteggiatura&quot;&gt;Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, non sembrano identificare una netta distinzione tra le tipologie di virgoletta. A me pare però che, forse complice l'utilizzo di dispositivi a tastiera digitale e l'aumentata pigrizia di tutti quando scriviamo, gli apici la facciano da padroni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sbaglio? Esiste una distinzione precisa nell'uso dei tre tipi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-10-28T12:09:32.340" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T14:25:00.017" Title="Uso dei tre tipi di virgolette in italiano" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3562" CreationDate="2014-10-28T20:23:11.780" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uno mi ha detto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... all'inizio i sindacati difendevano realmente i diritti dei lavoratori ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e io ho risposto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, all'inizio inizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che differenza c'è fra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, all'inizio inizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, all'inizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, ma solo all'inizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che appaiono alternative possibili nel contesto illustrato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-02T09:51:03.030" Title="Sulla differenza fra ‘Sì, all'inizio inizio.’ ‘Sì, all'inizio.’ e ‘Sì, ma solo all'inizio.’" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3542" CreationDate="2014-10-29T07:58:03.480" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutte e tre le forme sottolineano come soltanto all'inizio i sindacati abbiano aiutato i lavoratori, ma con alcune differenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Inizio inizio&quot; è una forma per sottolineare il concetto (ripetendolo) usata non spesso nell'italiano parlato, e non è un'espressione formale. Non si trova se non in dialoghi tra amici...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tra la seconda e la terza scelta ci sono poche differenze. Probabilmente la terza, con l'uso del &quot;ma&quot;, riesce a dare più enfasi e a sottolineare ancora di più il concetto&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastActivityDate="2014-10-29T07:58:03.480" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3541" CreationDate="2014-10-29T20:40:18.093" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Virgolette alte e caporali (come io preferisco chiamare «») sono intercambiabili, nel senso che sono scelte stilistiche della fonte; ogni casa editrice, come diceva DaG, ha il suo manuale di stile. Gli apici semplici sono usati in genere nel discorso virgolettato all'interno di un altro virgolettato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi io per esempio in un testo formale tendo a usare i caporali per le citazioni e le virgolette alte per avvisare che la parola è usata in maniera speciale, ma in un testo meno formale uso &quot;&quot; (e non “”) senza fare quella distinzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-10-29T20:40:18.093" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3541" CreationDate="2014-10-30T06:50:53.950" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io preferisco adoperare le virgolette alte per evidenziare specifiche parole all'interno di una frase o per una citazione di media lunghezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le virgolette basse preferisco usarle per per evidenziare discorsi nel testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La differenza, invece, tra virgolette tipografiche “” e doppi apici &quot; è, secondo me, sostanziale. Le prime servono, appunto, a evidenziare una porzione di testo (distinguendo, tra l'altro, tra apertura e chiusura) le seconde sono usate per indicare, per esempio, un valore numerico (secondi) o un'unità di misura (pollici) a seconda del caso. Le ultime vengono anche usate in programmazione poiché nella maggior parte dei linguaggi di programmazione non è consentito usare caratteri &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Unicode&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="955" LastActivityDate="2014-10-30T06:50:53.950" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3546" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3549" CreationDate="2014-10-30T17:36:31.940" Score="7" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi &lt;em&gt;l'Ebola&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;il virus dell'Ebola&lt;/em&gt;. Probabilmente tenderei anche a scriverlo senza la maiuscola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta tecnicamente di un nome proprio, ma perché non viene &quot;comunizzato&quot; come le altre patologie infettive, quali ad esempio &lt;em&gt;l'influenza&lt;/em&gt;? Quale decisione determina la mancanza dell'articolo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A titolo di esempio, giornali scrivono cose come &quot;si teme per la vita della persona X infettata &lt;em&gt;da Ebola&lt;/em&gt; ...&quot; (invece che &lt;em&gt;dall'Ebola&lt;/em&gt;). Come dicevo inoltre, non è chiaro nemmeno se si debba usare la maiuscola o no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-10-31T08:19:58.527" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T15:20:01.470" Title="Come mai 'Ebola' si sente spesso nominare senza articolo?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3548" CreationDate="2014-10-30T18:18:23.197" Score="4" ViewCount="286" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3546/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; mi sono accorta di non saper come pronunciare &quot;Ebola&quot; in italiano, cioè, di non saper dove mettere l'accento tonico in questo vocabolo. In spagnolo, &quot;Ébola&quot; è una parola sdrucciola, mentre in catalano &quot;Ebola&quot; è piana. Com'è in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-10-31T18:36:24.033" Title="La parola &quot;Ebola&quot; in italiano è sdrucciola o piana?" Tags="&lt;accents&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3547" CreationDate="2014-10-30T21:11:32.640" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si pronuncia &lt;s&gt;Ébola&lt;/s&gt; Èbola. In altre lingue, come in inglese, ebòla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="961" LastEditorUserId="961" LastEditDate="2014-10-31T18:36:24.033" LastActivityDate="2014-10-31T18:36:24.033" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3546" CreationDate="2014-10-31T08:33:46.950" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;come proposto &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2014/10/07/articolo-nomi-patologie/&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, presumibilmente non usare l'articolo è un effetto del riprendere, diciamo, &quot;letteralmente&quot; i testi in inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-10-31T08:33:46.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3546" CreationDate="2014-10-31T09:18:44.607" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che si possa fare riferimento alla figura retorica della &quot;personificazione&quot; per spiegare sia la mancanza di articolo che la lettera maiuscola. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso infatti che si tenda a dare dell'ebola una rappresentazione tale per cui il virus viene percepito come una &quot;entità&quot; cosciente (pensiamo al fatto che hanno anche realizzato i peluche del virus ebola...) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certamente per l'uomo questa malattia è pericolosissima, ma il virus di per sé sta solo facendo quello che sa fare per sopravvivere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastEditorDisplayName="user525" LastEditDate="2014-11-06T15:20:01.470" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T15:20:01.470" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3522" CreationDate="2014-10-31T09:42:13.833" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tecnicamente si tratta di un &quot;eufemismo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli astronauti avevano ben chiaro che rischiavano seriamente la pelle, dopo l'esplosione del serbatoio di ossigeno liquido. Probabilmente quando dissero qualla frase si consideravano già condannati a morte per l'impossibilità di manovrare e quindi di rientrare sulla Terra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece di dirlo chiaramente hanno scelto una locuzione minimale: &quot;a typical British understatement&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase &quot;Houston, we have a problem&quot; &lt;strong&gt;NON&lt;/strong&gt; indica mai un &quot;piccolo problema&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="968" LastActivityDate="2014-10-31T09:42:13.833" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3552" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3553" CreationDate="2014-10-31T15:06:01.297" Score="5" ViewCount="8097" Body="&lt;p&gt;Avevo sempre pensato che le lettere h &amp;amp; q fossero le uniche lettere italiane che non vengono raddoppiate come le altre consonanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, di recente, mi sono accorto che esiste la parola 'soqquadro':&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;soqquadro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ‹soqquàdro›&#xA;  s.m.&#xA;  Completo disordine e scompiglio&#xA;  Mettere a soqquadro, mettere sottosopra, in scompiglio: i ladri hanno messo a s. la casa (anche fig. : la notizia ha messo a s. il mondo politico).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ETIMOLOGIA Dalla loc. sotto quadro, propria del linguaggio dei muratori, a proposito di elementi strutturali fuori squadra che possono provocare il cedimento della struttura&#xA;  DATA sec. XVI.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, visto che c'è questa parola che fa eccezione, esistono altre parole con la doppia q e se ci sono, perché accade di rado?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-02-17T14:39:22.170" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T00:18:17.880" Title="Esistono parole con la doppia 'q' in italiano?" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;&lt;geminate-consonants&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3552" CreationDate="2014-10-31T18:41:37.837" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_213.html&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, esiste anche, per quanto possa essere ostica, la parola &quot;biqquadro&quot;, ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;segno del sistema moderno di notazione musicale, la cui funzione è di&#xA;  annullare l’effetto del bemolle e del diesis&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastActivityDate="2014-10-31T18:41:37.837" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3554" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-01T10:12:46.313" Score="2" ViewCount="779" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, ma non si può non riconoscere che quel governo fece nulla sul piano dei privilegi, però.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, ma non si può non riconoscere che quel governo &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; fece nulla sul piano dei privilegi, però.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi le frasi di cui sopra hanno significati diversi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non li hanno, come si spiega che l'aggiunta o l'omissione di quel 'non', rispettivamente nella seconda o nella prima, non produca alcun effetto semantico?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-02T13:39:33.860" Title="&quot;Fare nulla&quot; vs.&quot;Non fare nulla&quot; in una frase particolare: significati diversi?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;negation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3555" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3563" CreationDate="2014-11-01T10:25:53.850" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato nei dizionari che il verbo &quot;riformare&quot; può avere il significato di &quot;rinnovare&quot; o &quot;trasformare allo scopo di migliorare, dando forma diversa e migliore&quot;. Ho dei dubbi però sull'uso di questo verbo in tale senso. In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/riformare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa frase a modo di esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il parlamento ha deciso di &lt;em&gt;riformare&lt;/em&gt; la legge sul lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe anche scrivere, per esempio, questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Recentemente &lt;em&gt;ho riformato&lt;/em&gt; la cucina del mio appartamento. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-11-02T11:12:51.437" Title="Sull'uso del verbo &quot;riformare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3554" CreationDate="2014-11-01T11:13:28.730" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/negazione_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, la forma che omette il &amp;quot;non&amp;quot;, cioè la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, ma non si può non riconoscere che quel governo fece nulla sul piano dei privilegi, però&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;viene usata in diverse varietà colloquiali, soprattutto settentrionali, e non ha nessuna differenza semantica rispetto all'altra forma. Nell'italiano più formale o standard&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la presenza o assenza di &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; con un secondo elemento negativo (&lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mai&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mica&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.) è regolata da queste due restrizioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(a) se gli elementi negativi seguono il verbo, il &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; è obbligatorio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;non lo sapevo mica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;non mi dice mai niente nessuno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(b) se gli elementi negativi precedono il verbo, il &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; è escluso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mica lo sapevo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;nessuno mi dice mai niente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Treccani riporta questi esempi di omissione di &amp;quot;non&amp;quot; in frasi con elementi negativi postverbali in diverse varietà colloquiali&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;siamo mica matti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;c’era nessuno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fa niente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e afferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste costruzioni possono riflettere il sostrato dialettale a negazione postverbale di alcuni dialetti gallo-italici: &lt;em&gt;sta fomna la m pyaz mia&lt;/em&gt; «questa donna non mi piace» (lomb. orientale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, si può concludere che la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, ma non si può non riconoscere che quel governo &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; fece nulla sul piano dei privilegi, però&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è italiano standard, mentre la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, ma non si può non riconoscere che quel governo fece nulla sul piano dei privilegi, però&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è più colloquiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-02T13:39:33.860" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3555" CreationDate="2014-11-01T12:18:51.900" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Recentemente ho &lt;em&gt;riformato&lt;/em&gt; la cucina del mio appartamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso di 'riformare' in questa frase è improprio; occorre usare 'rinnovare'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa 'riformare' quando si deve modificare uno status che ha una valenza giuridica derivante da atti o provvedimenti di natura pubblicistica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-11-01T12:18:51.900" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3558" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-01T13:28:42.713" Score="6" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italia sento spesso dire «Fatti curare».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È questa un'espressione alternativa di «abbi cura di te»?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2014-11-06T07:37:53.943" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T07:37:53.943" Title="Usare correttamente 'fatti curare'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3529" CreationDate="2014-11-01T14:45:55.577" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;When the possessive adjective follows the noun it carries an emphatic or emotional meaning*.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As in the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mamma mia!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Figlio mio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Andiamo a casa mia!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is even a very early instance of devotional poetry from Jacopone da Todi (1230 - 1306) with a flipped possessive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Figlio, chi dà consiglio&#xA;al cor mio angustiato? (&lt;em&gt;Il Pianto della Madonna&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;al cor mio&lt;/em&gt; being &lt;em&gt;al mio cuore&lt;/em&gt; has a personal emotional meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this does not account for the occurrences of &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;casa mia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; where there is seemingly no emphatic or emotional meaning, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lui abita vicino &lt;em&gt;a casa mia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps, over time, the emotional sense of &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;casa mia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; just became the expected usage, or maybe the emotion of &lt;em&gt;my home&lt;/em&gt; is always present:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Casa mia, casa mia, per piccina che tu sia, tu mi sembri una badia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*Reference: &lt;em&gt;Routledge Modern Italian Grammar&lt;/em&gt; § 3.7.2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-01T14:45:55.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3558" CreationDate="2014-11-01T15:04:18.823" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;No. In questo caso, &lt;em&gt;curare&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce alla salute mentale: si dubita della sanità mentale, e quindi della capacità di fare ragionamenti corretti, dell'interlocutore. Non è un dubbio &quot;reale&quot;; viene usato solamente per insultare l'interlocutore e la sua tesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione può essere usata anche in senso letterale, chiaramente in contesti appropriati, ma per evitare incompresioni userei qualcosa di meno ambiguo e potenzialmente offensivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è possibile che sia un'espressione alternativa ad &lt;em&gt;abbi cura di te&lt;/em&gt;, perché in italiano &quot;farsi curare&quot; significa solamente &lt;em&gt;ricevere cure mediche&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-11-01T15:04:18.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3555" CreationDate="2014-11-01T15:14:53.930" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Riformare&quot; nel senso di &quot;rinnovare&quot; è un termine che si applica solo a leggi: &lt;em&gt;riformare [la legge sul] lavoro&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;[le leggi sulla] sanità&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;[le leggi sulla] scuola&lt;/em&gt;. Infatti, in questi contesti si può sostituire con il sinonimo &lt;em&gt;rinnovare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, il contrario non è possibile. &quot;Rinnovare&quot; è una parola più generica: &lt;em&gt;rinnovare un locale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rinnovare la grafica&lt;/em&gt;. Non si può dire &lt;em&gt;riformare un locale&lt;/em&gt;, perché &quot;riformare&quot; ha un uso più ristretto, e in genere non si può sostituire &quot;rinnovare&quot; con &quot;riformare&quot; all'interno di una frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2014-11-01T15:14:53.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3542" CreationDate="2014-11-02T09:39:15.437" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una nota sulla prima variante: in generale la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reduplicazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reduplicazione&lt;/a&gt;  è un procedimento usato nel linguaggio colloquiale soprattutto infantile (ma non solo), per intensificare  il grado di aggettivi (&lt;em&gt;piccolo piccolo&lt;/em&gt;) e avverbi (&lt;em&gt;bene bene&lt;/em&gt;), l'azione di verbi (&lt;em&gt;cammina cammina, senti senti&lt;/em&gt;),&#xA;e  il significato di nomi,  come in questo caso. &lt;em&gt;Sono nato a Milano Milano&lt;/em&gt;: dentro le mura spagnole; &lt;em&gt;vorrei un caffè caffè&lt;/em&gt;: un vero caffè. &lt;em&gt;All'inizio inizio&lt;/em&gt;: proprio all'inizio, nella primissima fase iniziale.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il resto le differenze fra le tre varianti mi sembrano più un fatto di logica che di lingua (&lt;em&gt;solo all'inizio&lt;/em&gt;: dopo non più). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto citato  tutte e tre  le risposte suonano come una parziale concessione all'affermazione fatta dall'interlocutore, ma anche un suo ridimensionamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-11-02T09:51:03.030" LastActivityDate="2014-11-02T09:51:03.030" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3555" CreationDate="2014-11-02T11:12:51.437" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come le altre risposte già indicano, &quot;riformare&quot; è un termine molto tecnico che si usa solamente per le leggi. Anche usarlo per un regolamento privato suona strano (ad esempio, non direi mai &lt;em&gt;Nell'ultima assemblea dei soci, abbiamo riformato il regolamento del tennis club&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la frase sulla cucina:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;ristrutturare&quot;, o anche informalmente &quot;rifare la cucina&quot;, dà più l'idea di un grosso cambiamento che richiede dei muratori (abbattere un muro, ripiastrellare il pavimento);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;rinnovare&quot;, o &quot;rimettere a nuovo&quot; si usa anche per modifiche minori (ad es. cambiare gli elettrodomestici, spostare tutti i mobili).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2014-11-02T11:12:51.437" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3554" CreationDate="2014-11-02T11:33:42.323" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;If in English and German double negation makes the sentence affirmative in Italian it is not always true. &#xA;So, for example, a good translation for the sentence &quot;I have nothing&quot; is &quot;Non ho nulla&quot;; but the sentence &quot;I do not have nothing&quot; cannot be translated into &quot;Non ho nulla&quot; since it would be misunderstood by many, and it is preferably to translate it into &quot;Ho qualcosa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Back to your question the sentences are both correct, but I would prefer &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sì, ma non si può non riconoscere che quel governo non fece nulla sul&#xA;  piano dei privilegi, però.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;since it would be the most used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="334" LastActivityDate="2014-11-02T11:33:42.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3521" CreationDate="2014-11-02T11:35:28.730" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Mw0Q7ljW5dIC&amp;amp;lpg=PA58&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;pg=PA178#v=twopage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scrivere bene (o quasi)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Elisabetta Perini (Giunti Editore, 2011) ho trovato questa interessante spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono corretti &lt;strong&gt;entrambi&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;soddisfo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;soddisfaccio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anzi, per il verbo &lt;em&gt;soddisfare&lt;/em&gt; esiste addirittura una terza forma per la 1ª persona del presente indicativo, che però è meno comune: io &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;soddisfò&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo libro ammette &quot;forme parallele&quot; per il presente indicativo, per il futuro semplice e per il condizionale che non erano precedentemente elencate nella risposta e che ho aggiunto adesso.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finalmente posso concludere che le forme normalmente usate al giorno d'oggi sono le seguenti. Non includo i tempi composti perché non hanno niente di speciale: si costruiscono con il verbo avere e il participio passato nel modo usuale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;infinito&lt;/strong&gt;: soddisfare &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;gerundio&lt;/strong&gt;: soddisfacendo  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;participio presente&lt;/strong&gt;: soddisfacente &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;participio passato&lt;/strong&gt;: soddisfatto &lt;br&gt;    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;INDICATIVO&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;presente&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io soddìsfo/soddisfaccio/soddisfò&#xA;tu soddìsfi/soddisfài&#xA;lui, lei, Lei, egli soddìsfa&#xA;noi soddisfiamo/soddisfacciamo&#xA;voi soddisfate&#xA;loro, Loro, essi soddìsfano/soddisfànno&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;imperfetto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io soddisfacevo&#xA;tu soddisfacevi&#xA;lui, lei, Lei, egli soddisfaceva&#xA;noi soddisfacevamo&#xA;voi soddisfacevate&#xA;loro, Loro, essi soddisfacevano&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;passato remoto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io soddisfeci&#xA;tu soddisfacesti&#xA;lui, lei, Lei, egli soddisfece&#xA;noi soddisfacemmo&#xA;voi soddisfaceste&#xA;loro, Loro, essi soddisfecero&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;futuro semplice&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io soddisferò/soddisfarò&#xA;tu soddisferai/soddisfarai&#xA;lui, lei, Lei, egli soddisferà/soddisfarà&#xA;noi soddisferemo/soddisfaremo&#xA;voi soddisferete/soddisfarete&#xA;loro, Loro, essi soddisferanno/soddisfaranno&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CONGIUNTIVO&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;presente&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io soddisfaccia/soddisfi&#xA;tu soddisfaccia/soddisfi&#xA;lui, lei, Lei, egli soddisfaccia/soddisfi&#xA;noi soddisfacciamo/soddisfiamo&#xA;voi soddisfacciate/soddisfiate&#xA;loro, Loro, essi soddisfacciano/soddìsfino&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;imperfetto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io soddisfacessi&#xA;tu soddisfacessi&#xA;lui, lei, Lei, egli soddisfacesse&#xA;noi soddisfacessimo&#xA;voi soddisfaceste&#xA;loro, Loro, essi soddisfacessero&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CONDIZIONALE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;presente&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;io soddisferei/soddisfarei&#xA;tu soddisferesti/soddisfaresti&#xA;lui, lei, Lei, egli soddisferebbe/soddisfarebbe&#xA;noi soddisferemmo/soddisfaremmo&#xA;voi soddisfereste/soddisfareste&#xA;loro, Loro, essi soddisferebbero/soddisfarebbero&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;IMPERATIVO&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&#xA;(tu) soddisfai&#xA;(lui, lei, Lei, egli) soddisfaccia&#xA;(noi) soddisfacciamo&#xA;(voi) soddisfate&#xA;(loro, Loro, essi) soddisfacciano&#xA;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-03T10:08:53.097" LastActivityDate="2015-05-03T10:08:53.097" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3566" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3567" CreationDate="2014-11-03T08:05:04.263" Score="21" ViewCount="2598" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli annunci immobiliari italiani mi sono sempre sembrati molto curiosi. Perché si scrive &quot;vendesi&quot; o &quot;affittasi&quot; e non &quot;si vende&quot; o &quot;si affitta&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-15T12:17:50.737" LastActivityDate="2015-05-15T12:24:38.890" Title="Perché &quot;vendesi&quot; e non &quot;si vende&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3566" CreationDate="2014-11-03T14:51:23.153" Score="30" Body="&lt;p&gt;La posposizione del pronome riflessivo nella terza persona era un tempo molto comune nella lingua scritta. Nella lingua moderna non è più usata se non in forme cristallizzate e, naturalmente, nel linguaggio burocratico o volutamente aulico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei libri di matematica fino a un paio di decenni fa si trovavano spesso frasi come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'equazione di secondo grado dicesi spuria se…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiamasi derivata il limite…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;vendesi&lt;/em&gt;, diffusa appunto nella lingua scritta di quel tipo, venne comoda per gli annunci economici che si pagano a parola:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vendesi appartamento bicamera termoautonomo&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Affittasi villa vistamare&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Cercasi apprendista patentauto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma è rimasta in molti ambiti commerciali, in particolare quello immobiliare. Da notare che &lt;em&gt;vendesi&lt;/em&gt; è comunemente usato anche per il plurale (&lt;em&gt;vendesi villette a schiera&lt;/em&gt;) invece del corretto &lt;em&gt;vendonsi&lt;/em&gt;, a riprova che si tratta di una forma cristallizzata, quasi un complemento più che un verbo: &lt;em&gt;vendesi appartamento&lt;/em&gt; è come &lt;em&gt;appartamento in vendita&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La posposizione è naturalmente viva nel caso del participio, gerundio e infinito: &lt;em&gt;trasferitosi&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;chiamandosi&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;lavarsi&lt;/em&gt;. Non più per i tempi finiti; perciò &lt;em&gt;si recò a Rapallo&lt;/em&gt; e non l'antiquato &lt;em&gt;recossi a Rapallo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota personale: trovo &lt;em&gt;vendesi&lt;/em&gt; bruttissimo, molto meglio &lt;em&gt;casa in vendita&lt;/em&gt;; la forma plurale &lt;em&gt;vendonsi&lt;/em&gt; è tristissima e orrenda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-15T12:24:38.890" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3568" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-04T08:44:41.393" Score="5" ViewCount="7265" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le espressioni &quot;in genere&quot; e &quot;in generale&quot; mi sono sempre sembrate molto simili. Non capisco bene le diverse sfumature di significato o le differenze di uso tra queste locuzioni. Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-29T17:13:40.133" LastActivityDate="2014-12-29T20:46:21.770" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;in genere&quot; e &quot;in generale&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3568" CreationDate="2014-11-04T16:16:59.087" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In genere: (locuzione avverbiale):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la &lt;strong&gt;locuz. avv. in genere, che, come l’analoga locuz. in generale (di cui non è sempre sinon.),&lt;/strong&gt; significa «generalmente, senza scendere a particolari, di solito» e sim. (Treccani)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;avv. generalmente, in genere, solitamente: generalmente vado a dormire verso le undici. (Dizionario corriere sera).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Treccani online dice che le due locuzioni non sono sempre sinonimi, mentre altri dizionari non fanno questa distinzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=generalmente%2C%20in%20genere%2C%20in%20generale&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cgeneralmente%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cin%20genere%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cin%20generale%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;: mostra che &lt;em&gt;in genere, generalmente e in generale&lt;/em&gt; sono tre espressioni molto usate. Non mi vengono in mente casi in cui non siano intercambiabili e, a mio avviso, sono sostanzialmente dei sinonimi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-04T16:16:59.087" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3570" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-04T19:00:48.170" Score="7" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da chi/come è deciso l'accento delle parole straniere o delle parole nuove? Domanda ispirata da &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/3547/la-parola-ebola-in-italiano-%C3%A8-sdrucciola-o-piana&quot;&gt;La parola &amp;quot;Ebola&amp;quot; in italiano &amp;#232; sdrucciola o piana?&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-12-22T18:28:02.653" Title="Accento delle parole straniere" Tags="&lt;accents&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3571" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-04T20:41:08.540" Score="2" ViewCount="611" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ero alla scuola primaria, quella prima nota come elementare, gli insegnanti usavano valutare i compiti con termini quali, fra l'altro, 'bene'  e 'benissimo'. E c'era anche 'benino', sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora mi chiedo, se c'erano 'bene', 'benissimo' e 'benino', perché non c'era anche 'benone'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-11-04T22:21:05.083" LastActivityDate="2014-11-04T22:21:05.083" Title="Sull'uso, o—meglio—sul non uso, di 'benone' quale valutazione dei compiti scolastici" Tags="&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3571" CreationDate="2014-11-04T21:01:04.290" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.org/d/?pageurl=benone-17039&quot;&gt;Benone&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avverbio  (informale) accrescitivo  di &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt;. &#xA;Usato principalmente riferendosi allo stato di salute:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Come stanno i tuoi? Benone!!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usato speso con intento ironico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Come va l'economia in Italia? Benone direi!!.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Date le caratteristiche e l'uso comune, il termine non si presta ad essere usato come giudizio di un lavoro scolastico. &amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-11-04T21:17:32.387" LastActivityDate="2014-11-04T21:17:32.387" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3558" CreationDate="2014-11-04T21:04:01.623" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;No. &quot;Fatti curare&quot; è generalmente usato in senso offensivo, nel senso che si crede che l'interlocutore abbia problemi mentali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="969" LastActivityDate="2014-11-04T21:04:01.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3546" CreationDate="2014-11-06T11:26:49.003" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vi sono costrutti in italiano coinvolgenti i nomi di malattie che sottilmente trattano le stesse come un qualcosa di &quot;uncountable&quot; delle quali i vari casi costituiscono mere istanze. Quando si dice &quot;affetto da ebola&quot; o &quot;in presenza di varicella&quot;, ad esempio, si intende che dette malattie si pensando come una qualche forma di contaminazione estesa, della quale il caso in questione costituisce solo una piccola parte, quasi si parlasse di un unico fluido o sporcizia che possa infettare di volta in volta organismi differenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="973" LastEditorUserId="973" LastEditDate="2014-11-06T13:27:42.987" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T13:27:42.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3575" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3576" CreationDate="2014-11-06T20:28:26.283" Score="3" ViewCount="1780" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato le parole &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/affezionato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;affezionato&lt;/a&gt;&quot; e &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/appassionato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;appassionato&lt;/a&gt;&quot; nei &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/appassionato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionari&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;affezionato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Legato da affezione nei confronti di qcn. o di qcs.; attaccato, dedito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esempi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scolaro affezionato al maestro, agli studi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È affezionato al lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;appassionato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Participio passato dei verbi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;appassionare:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Attrarre fortemente, interessare vivamente; avvincere. Destare in qcn. una passione, un grande interesse per qcs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;appassionarsi:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prendere passione, provare grande interesse per qcs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli studenti si sono appassionati alla lettura dei classici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli appassionati della musica lirica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un appassionato della montagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, si può essere affezionati agli studi o al lavoro e si è appassionati alla lettura, alla musica, ecc. Mi chiedo se è possibile interscambiare questi termini (con sfumature di significato diverse) in frasi di questo tipo. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Era molto &lt;em&gt;appassionata&lt;/em&gt; della montagna.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Era molto &lt;em&gt;affezionata&lt;/em&gt; alla montagna.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mio fratello era un &lt;em&gt;appassionato&lt;/em&gt; di partite di calcio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mio fratello era &lt;em&gt;affezionato&lt;/em&gt; alle partite di calcio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-07T14:30:10.857" LastActivityDate="2014-11-07T14:30:10.857" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;appassionato&quot; e &quot;affezionato&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3575" CreationDate="2014-11-06T23:39:35.150" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Intanto, l'affetto e la passione sono – quanto meno – due gradazioni molto diverse. La seconda denota un amore, un trasporto molto maggiore, quasi esclusivo, mentre l'affetto si può provare per parenti, amici, gatti, una vecchia borsa, una strada abituale. Uno può essere affezionato agli amici o ai colleghi, ma si mostrerà appassionato nei confronti della persona amata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è un caso che negli esempi che hai trovato si sia affezionati ad aspetti della vita pressoché obbligatori (studi e lavoro) ma appassionati, paradossalmente, agli aspetti più voluttuari (musica e altri piaceri della vita).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certo, uno può essere “appassionato” al lavoro (più probabilmente uno scienziato che studia qualcosa di molto promettente che non un impiegato delle poste), ma se ti esprimi così stai usando il termine in un senso più pregnante. Viceversa, se uno fosse solo “affezionato” a un'attività a cui dedica il poco tempo libero che ha (e magari si alza presto, e magari ci spende un bel po' per praticarla), be', forse è meglio se cambia hobby.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-11-06T23:39:35.150" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3575" CreationDate="2014-11-07T11:49:04.763" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pensa all'etimologia: &lt;em&gt;appassionato&lt;/em&gt; viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;passio&lt;/em&gt; che a sua volta è legato a verbo &lt;em&gt;patior&lt;/em&gt; (patire, soffrire). L'aspetto di sofferenza non è necessariamente implicito, ma certamente &lt;em&gt;patior&lt;/em&gt; indica un sentimento molto intenso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;appassionare&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ad&lt;/em&gt;+&lt;em&gt;patior&lt;/em&gt;) è più blanda perché contiene l'idea di un andare verso la passione vera e propria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;passione&lt;/em&gt; ha, al giorno d'oggi, solo il significato “sentimentale”, direi di un sentimento che si esprime con tutto di sé stessi. Sopravvive nelle locuzioni cristallizzate riguardanti la &lt;em&gt;passione di Cristo&lt;/em&gt;. Il &lt;em&gt;paziente&lt;/em&gt; che si reca dal medico ha la stessa etimologia, il termine ha ovviamente il senso di patimento fisico piuttosto che spirituale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Affetto&lt;/em&gt;, viceversa viene da &lt;em&gt;adficio&lt;/em&gt; (fare qualcosa a qualcuno, influenzare il corpo o la mente per portarli in un certo stato, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=afficio&amp;amp;fromdoc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Lewis-Short&lt;/a&gt;) e denota qualcosa di molto meno intenso della passione, almeno esteriormente: la passione può essere simulata o artificiosa, l'affetto no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-11-07T11:49:04.763" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3578" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3579" CreationDate="2014-11-07T17:28:21.813" Score="2" ViewCount="721" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando casi di uso di &quot;appassionato&quot; per porre &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3575/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, ho scoperto che si possono scrivere diverse preposizioni dopo tale aggettivo. Ecco alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gli studenti si sono appassionati &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt; lettura dei classici. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È un appassionato &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; montagna.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È molto appassionato &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; la caccia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quale preposizione si debba usare in queste espressioni. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-11-07T21:12:12.963" Title="Quale preposizione usare dopo &quot;appassionato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3578" CreationDate="2014-11-07T21:12:12.963" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La preposizione più comune sembra essere &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; come suggerito dal Diz. Garzanti è come risulta da Ngram. Altre preposizioni vengono  usate e sono, a mio avviso, accettabili. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=appassionato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Appassionato&lt;/a&gt;: ( Diz. Garzanti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;che, chi coltiva un interesse particolare per qualcosa &lt;strong&gt;[+ di]&lt;/strong&gt;: mio padre era un lettore appassionato &lt;strong&gt;di gialli&lt;/strong&gt;; sei un appassionato &lt;strong&gt;della fotografia&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=appassionato%20a%2Cappassionato%20di%2Cappassionato%20per&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cappassionato%20a%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cappassionato%20di%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bappassionato%20di%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BAppassionato%20di%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cappassionato%20per%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bappassionato%20per%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BAppassionato%20per%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; appassionato di/per/a.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2014-11-07T21:12:12.963" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3580" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-08T11:17:07.390" Score="3" ViewCount="259" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ancora un'altra domanda sull'uso dell'aggettivo &quot;appassionato&quot; + la preposizione &quot;di&quot;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3575/707&quot;&gt;Questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; e anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/3579/707&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt; a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3578/707&quot;&gt;quest'altra domanda&lt;/a&gt; riportano esempi di uso della costruzione &quot;appassionato&quot; + &quot;di&quot; + articolo determinativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Gli appassionati della musica lirica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Un appassionato della montagna.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Un appassionato della fotografia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutti questi esempi sono tratti da dizionari. Alcuni commenti in questi post, però, sembrano suggerire che questa costruzione sia caduta piuttosto in disuso e che sia molto più comune l'uso di &quot;appassionato&quot; + &quot;di&quot; senza articolo determinativo. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gli appassionati di musica lirica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Un appassionato di fotografia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-11-08T14:05:21.477" Title="Sull'uso dell'articolo determinativo dopo &quot;appassionato&quot; + &quot;di&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3580" CreationDate="2014-11-08T11:40:34.953" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista dell'analisi grammaticale, la costruzione varia solamente nel senso che o viene usata la preposizione semplice &lt;em&gt;&quot;di&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, oppure si ricorre all'utilizzo delle preposizioni articolate: &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;delle&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, sono più abituato all'uso della preposizione semplice. Il fatto che essa prevalga sulla preposizione articolata potrebbe avere sia motivazioni &lt;em&gt;eufoniche&lt;/em&gt; - per chi è abituato, suona meglio &quot;di&quot; piuttosto che &quot;della&quot; - sia di &lt;em&gt;semplificazione&lt;/em&gt; della lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastActivityDate="2014-11-08T11:40:34.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3580" CreationDate="2014-11-08T14:05:21.477" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli appassionati &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; musica lirica sono quelli che si limitano ad ascoltarla, magari andando qualche sera a teatro, mentre quelli &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; musica lirica la studiano e la praticano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un appassionato &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; montagna è colui che usa andarci qualche fine settimana durante l'anno o che non resiste ad adandarci se ha opportunità di farlo, mentre l'appassionato &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; montagna ci va sempre, ci permane lunghi periodi o ci vive anche se potrebbe vivere altrove.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un appassionato &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; fotografia è colui a cui piace studiare fotografia in senso generale, e magari fare qualche scatto di tanto in tanto, mentre l'appassionato &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; fotografia è colui che darebbe chissà cosa per farsi un safari fotografico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di aver chiarito a sufficienza la differenza; differenza che consiste nel fatto che il &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; esprime un grado di coinvolgimento molto maggiore di &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-11-08T14:05:21.477" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3583" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3584" CreationDate="2014-11-09T08:28:13.663" Score="2" ViewCount="2748" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato queste parole nel dizionario: &amp;quot;interscambiabile&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;intercambiabile&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;intercambio&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;interscambio&amp;quot;. Non riesco a capire però quali siano le differenze di significato e di uso tra tali vocaboli. Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-11T06:37:03.253" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T06:37:03.253" Title="Differenze tra &quot;interscambiabile&quot; e &quot;intercambiabile&quot; e tra &quot;intercambio&quot; e &quot;interscambio&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3583" CreationDate="2014-11-09T12:10:18.967" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Intercambio&lt;/em&gt; non è molto usato, almeno &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.internazionale.it/dizionario/lemma/58322/intercambio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;secondo il De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;: io lo userei solo per definire il rapporto di cambio tra due monete. Per quanto riguarda &lt;em&gt;interscambiabile&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;intercambiabile&lt;/em&gt; direi che le differenze sono proprio minime: userei il primo quando A e B si scambiano tra di loro (&quot;i loro ruoli sono interscambiabili&quot; significa che possiamo mettere uno nella posizione dell'altro e non cambia nulla) e il secondo quando si possono cambiare dei pezzi in un singolo oggetto (&quot;il robot da cucina ha varie parti intercambiabili&quot;: resta sempre lo stesso robot, solo con il macinacarne o la frusta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-09T13:41:27.893" LastActivityDate="2014-11-09T13:41:27.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3585" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-09T16:42:27.987" Score="10" ViewCount="6372" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ospite&quot;&gt;Ospite:&lt;/a&gt; sta ad indicare sia chi ospita che chi è ospitato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ospite è il termine della lingua italiana per designare tanto chi riceve ospitalità quanto chi la dona. È una parola enantiosemica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'uso comune del termine, a mio parere, per ospite si intende la persona ospitata e non chi ospita. È corretta questa mia impressione? Quale altro termine è meglio usare per la persona ospitante per evitare malintesi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-11-10T11:51:50.200" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T11:48:22.690" Title="Il termine &quot;ospite&quot; indica colui che ospita o colui che è ospitato?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3585" CreationDate="2014-11-09T16:51:49.557" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stando a quanto dice il sito web dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/chi-effettivamente-l-ospite&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, si può utilizzare &quot;ospitante&quot;, oppure, in contesti meno formali, espressioni come &quot;padrone di casa&quot; o &quot;l’amico che mi ospita&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="996" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T11:48:22.690" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T11:48:22.690" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3585" CreationDate="2014-11-09T22:39:54.207" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come parziale risposta alla prima domanda, l'uso di &quot;ospite&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;ospitato&quot; dipende fortemente dal contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come controesempio, in biologia si usa frequentemente l'espressione &quot;organismo ospite&quot; per indicare un organismo al cui interno si sviluppa un altro organismo simbionte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7" LastActivityDate="2014-11-09T22:39:54.207" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3585" CreationDate="2014-11-10T06:15:23.983" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che in generale, la regola per distinguere tra i due significati è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando &lt;em&gt;ospite&lt;/em&gt; è preceduto da un sostantivo, si intende &amp;quot;ospitante&amp;quot; : famiglia ospite, organismo ospite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altrimenti, significa &amp;quot;ospitato&amp;quot;: partecipare come ospite, essere ospite di qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungerei una nota: nello scritto, conviene usare appropriatamente &amp;quot;ospitante&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;ospitato&amp;quot; proprio per evitare queste ambiguità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-10T06:15:23.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3585" CreationDate="2014-11-10T11:55:15.073" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per indicare il “padrone di casa”, soprattutto nel caso di cene e simili, esiste anche il termine più ricercato “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/anfitrione/&quot;&gt;anfitrione&lt;/a&gt;”, in ricordo dell'omonimo personaggio leggendario che concesse ospitalità a Giove e Mercurio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-11-10T11:55:15.073" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3585" CreationDate="2014-11-10T13:53:48.670" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da un noto romanzo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La risoluzione di Lodovico veniva molto a proposito per i suoi ospiti, i quali, per cagion sua, erano in un bell’intrigo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quel suono risposer subito di dentro le urla e le strida di mastini e di cagnolini; e, pochi momenti dopo, giunse borbottando un vecchio servitore; ma, veduto il padre, gli fece un grand’inchino, acquietò le bestie, con le mani e con la voce, introdusse l'ospite in un angusto cortile, e richiuse la porta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poiché la seccatura non si poteva scansare, si risolvette di affrontarla subito, e di liberarsene; s’alzò da tavola, e seco tutta la rubiconda brigata, senza interrompere il chiasso. Chiesta poi licenza agli ospiti, s’avvicinò, in atto contegnoso, al frate, che s'era subito alzato con gli altri; gli disse «eccomi a’ suoi comandi»; e lo condusse in un’altra sala.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Del resto, tra [Agnese e Lucia] e i loro ospiti era nata subito una grand’amicizia; e dove nascerebbe, se non tra beneficati e benefattori, quando gli uni e gli altri son buona gente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allo spuntar del giorno, eran tutt’e due in cucina; Renzo in arnese da viaggio, con la sua cintura nascosta sotto il farsetto, e il coltellaccio nel taschino de’ calzoni: il fagottino, per andar più lesto, lo lasciò in deposito presso all’ospite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;ospite&lt;/em&gt; appare molte altre volte nell’accezione di &lt;em&gt;persona ospitata&lt;/em&gt;, come in due dei casi precedenti. Ma in tre di quei passi (e in altri non riportati) l’accezione è di &lt;em&gt;persona ospitante&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il contesto non rende chiaro altrimenti, &lt;em&gt;ospite&lt;/em&gt; è, in genere, la persona ospitata. Il significato originale del latino &lt;em&gt;hospes&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;chi ospita&lt;/em&gt;, ma già nel latino classico si trova anche con il significato di &lt;em&gt;persona ospitata&lt;/em&gt;. Quindi l'ambiguità è molto antica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-10T13:53:48.670" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3592" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-11T19:43:02.880" Score="2" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno &lt;strong&gt;tanti pochi sono&lt;/strong&gt; i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno &lt;strong&gt;tanto pochi sono&lt;/strong&gt; i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c) Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno &lt;strong&gt;quanti sono pochi&lt;/strong&gt; [o 'pochi sono'] i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d) Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno &lt;strong&gt;quanto sono pochi&lt;/strong&gt; [o 'pochi sono'] i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale dovremmo preferire e perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T15:40:46.477" Title="'Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno tanto/tanti/quanto/quanti pochi sono i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3593" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3595" CreationDate="2014-11-12T01:57:17.460" Score="6" ViewCount="751" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it correct to use 'c'è' or 'ci sono' with the idiomatic 'un sacco di'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have heard the expression 'ci sono un sacco di belle ragazze / bei ragazzi qui a Roma'. This struck me as odd that the person didn't make the verb agree with the singular &quot;bag / sack&quot; instead of the plural &lt;em&gt;ragazze / ragazzi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What should the verb &lt;em&gt;esserci&lt;/em&gt; agree with: the &lt;em&gt;sacco&lt;/em&gt; or the &lt;em&gt;ragazze&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2014-11-20T16:23:12.097" Title="Is 'c'è' or 'ci sono' used with &quot;un sacco di&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3593" CreationDate="2014-11-12T08:35:32.317" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;The theoretical correct form would indeed be “c'è un sacco di...”, since “sacco” is singular. But Italian language, since its onset, is very tolerant of the so called &lt;em&gt;accordo&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;concordanza&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;a senso&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. having the verb agree with the meaning of the subject, rather than with its actual number, especially with some very used collective nouns or phrases (&lt;em&gt;un sacco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;una massa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un mucchio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un (bel) po'&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un milione&lt;/em&gt;...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you read Italian, you can read some about it &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;: «Con la terza persona [plurale], in genere un soggetto plurale o la presenza di più soggetti coordinati prevede l’accordo alla terza plurale. Deviazioni da questo principio sono di due tipi. Da un lato, un soggetto singolare può indurre un accordo al plurale, specialmente nel caso dei nomi collettivi che ricorrono come testa di sintagmi nominali complessi. In questi casi l’accordo può essere sia con il nome testa collettivo, sia con il nome dipendente al plurale (il cosiddetto accordo a senso):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(11) a. è venuta una massa di amici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b. sono arrivati un mucchio di invitati»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-11-12T10:57:37.307" LastActivityDate="2014-11-12T10:57:37.307" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3596" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3597" CreationDate="2014-11-12T13:24:26.787" Score="5" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Ligabue's &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zd0RXi0QaKc&quot;&gt;Cosa vuoi che sia?&lt;/a&gt;&quot; he has the line &quot;sembra un posto in cui si scivola.&quot; I was under the impression that the verb sembrare requires the subjunctive making the correct verb form 'si scivoli'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this correct or is something else at work here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2014-11-13T19:36:14.217" Title="Should the 'si scivola' in &quot;sembra un posto in cui si scivola&quot; be in the subjunctive?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3596" CreationDate="2014-11-12T14:48:51.293" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Transform your sentence into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;sembra che sia un posto in cui si scivola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you'll see where the subjunctive finds its good place. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the shorter sentence you are examining, the entire phrase &lt;em&gt;un posto in cui si scivola&lt;/em&gt; is the object to &lt;em&gt;sembra&lt;/em&gt;, so the verb's mood is (or can be) independent of subordination.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not saying that &lt;em&gt;scivoli&lt;/em&gt; is incorrect, but it's at least rather old fashioned. I'd not use it, notwithstanding I'm a fan of subjunctive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-11-12T14:48:51.293" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3599" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3702" CreationDate="2014-11-13T22:08:07.397" Score="10" ViewCount="2035" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho osservato che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Conducente&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;ciò che conduce&lt;/em&gt;, e viene usato in riferimento a chi guida - conduce - un veicolo (es. &quot;Non parlare al conducente&quot;);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Anche &lt;em&gt;conduttore&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;ciò che conduce&lt;/em&gt;, ma viene usato in riferimento a materiali che conducono energia termica o elettrica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I due termini sembrano equivalenti; perché, allora, non si può dire &lt;em&gt;il conduttore di un veicolo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;i metalli sono buoni conducenti&lt;/em&gt;? È semplicemente una regola, o ci sono ragioni etimologiche/grammaticali che differenziano i due termini?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tentando di risolvere il quesito ho osservato che &lt;em&gt;conducente&lt;/em&gt;, essendo un participio presente, caratterizza il sostantivo a cui si riferisce nell'azione &lt;strong&gt;presente&lt;/strong&gt; di condurre (ciò che sta conducendo), mentre &lt;em&gt;conduttore&lt;/em&gt; lo caratterizza nell'azione &lt;strong&gt;abituale&lt;/strong&gt; di condurre (ciò che è solito condurre, o che ha il ruolo di condurre).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Benché quest'osservazione chiarisca perché si dice &lt;em&gt;il rame è un buon conduttore&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;un buon conducente&lt;/em&gt;, ancora non spiega perché un autista di professione, perciò qualcuno che è solito condurre, sia chiamato &lt;em&gt;conducente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-11-28T19:57:58.340" LastActivityDate="2019-10-25T21:04:33.407" Title="Perché non si può dire &quot;conduttore di un veicolo&quot; o &quot;materiale conducente&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3600" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3604" CreationDate="2014-11-14T08:20:37.930" Score="8" ViewCount="885" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi al lavoro è sorto un dilemma non da poco circa la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il processo avviene in modo totalmente trasparente all'utente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci siamo resi conto che circa metà delle persone presenti (me compresa) interpretava questa frase come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'utente rimane totalmente ignaro che stia succedendo qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre l'altra metà di noi la interpretava come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'utente è pienamente consapevole e viene avvisato del processo che si sta svolgendo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa fornirmi qualche riferimento che indichi quale interpretazione della frase è quella corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2014-11-16T16:50:01.090" Title="Corretta interpretazione della frase &quot;il processo avviene in modo totalmente trasparente all'utente&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3601" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3605" CreationDate="2014-11-15T10:27:17.407" Score="5" ViewCount="460" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace molto leggere &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; treno prima di cominciare a lavorare.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace molto leggere &lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt; treno prima di cominciare a lavorare. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase andrebbe in un testo nel quale ho spiegato in precedenza che ogni mattina prendo un treno locale per andare al lavoro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-16T10:17:01.340" LastActivityDate="2014-11-16T10:17:01.340" Title="&quot;In&quot; versus &quot;nel&quot; in una frase particolare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3601" CreationDate="2014-11-15T12:52:47.003" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devi usare 'in' perché ha la necessaria genericità che 'nel' non ha.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se usi 'nel' sembra come se ti stessi riferendo a un particolare treno, magari anche fermo in un deposito ferroviario,  e non al treno in senso astratto, cioè inteso quale forma modale di trasporto—che, invece, è quanto tu vuoi intendere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-11-15T12:52:47.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3601" CreationDate="2014-11-15T15:01:23.633" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Davanti a tutti i &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mezzi di trasporto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, tipo &lt;em&gt;treno, macchina, aereo, e così via&lt;/em&gt;, si usa la preposizione semplice 'in'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono andato in macchina a Roma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace leggere in treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota bene: Quando c'è una modificazione al nome con un altro preposizione o aggettivo, come nei seguenti esempi si cambia alla preposizione articolata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace leggere nella macchina di Pietro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non posso dormire nel treno affollato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-15T15:28:46.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3600" CreationDate="2014-11-15T16:27:30.563" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se il processo è trasparente all'utente significa che egli può essere totalmente ignaro di ciò che accade o comunque non c'è bisogno che faccia qualcosa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, se un utente invia una mail, egli non sa che essa deve passare per vari server, essere tradotta in codice binario e cose così. La cosa si rifà al discorso del back-end. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È altrettanto vero che però, in politica o cose simili, se c'è trasparenza, vuol dire che le cose si fanno in modo chiaro ed il cittadino può capire ciò di cui si parla. In questo caso, comunque, la parola &quot;utente&quot; fa capire che non siamo in questo campo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come scrive DaG: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;#171;in politica o cose simili, se c&amp;#39;&amp;#232; trasparenza, vuol dire che...&amp;#187;: Infatti, in quegli ambiti “trasparenza” &amp;#232; usato in modo erroneo. Se una pratica burocratica, o l&amp;#39;iter con cui si arriva ad approvare una legge sono “trasparenti”, vorrebbe dire che non li si vede, che &amp;#232; l&amp;#39;esatto contrario di quello che dovrebbe accadere in una nazione democratica, e in ogni modo l&amp;#39;esatto contrario di quello che intende chi usa questa parola cos&amp;#236;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="969" LastEditorUserId="969" LastEditDate="2014-11-16T16:50:01.090" LastActivityDate="2014-11-16T16:50:01.090" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3601" CreationDate="2014-11-15T23:03:29.513" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; se si vuole parlare del mezzo di trasporto in generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace leggere &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi piace leggere &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; macchina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa &lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt; quando si fa riferimento ad una situazione o ad un certo tipo di mezzo di trasporto, di solito attraverso un complemento di specificazione o un aggettivo. Questa situazione può essere molto generica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace leggere &lt;strong&gt;nei&lt;/strong&gt; treni Eurostar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o più specifica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace leggere &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; treno &lt;em&gt;che prendo per andare al lavoro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si fa riferimento ad una situazione descritta indipendentemente dal mezzo di trasporto (ad es. con un complemento di tempo), allora si ritorna nel caso precedente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace leggere &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; treno &lt;em&gt;quando vado al lavoro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-15T23:03:29.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3608" CreationDate="2014-11-16T10:16:23.397" Score="3" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale tra queste due frasi è quella corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Vado sempre al lavoro &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; un treno locale.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Vado sempre al lavoro &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt; un treno locale.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-17T14:43:45.637" LastActivityDate="2014-11-17T14:43:45.637" Title="&quot;In&quot; versus &quot;con&quot; in una frase particolare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3606" CreationDate="2014-11-16T11:12:11.970" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un treno locale -&gt; lavori sul treno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con un treno locale -&gt; Vai al lavoro per mezzo del treno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per dire il mezzo puoi anche usare &lt;em&gt;in treno&lt;/em&gt;, ma senza aggettivi: quindi non &lt;em&gt;in treno locale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="961" LastActivityDate="2014-11-16T11:12:11.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3606" CreationDate="2014-11-16T13:58:13.963" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Visto che vuoi indicare la modalità con la quale vai a lavoro devi usare il complemento di modo o maniera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usano &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;col&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;con il&lt;/em&gt;) quando il modo è un mezzo di trasporto generico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado sempre a lavoro &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado sempre a lavoro &lt;strong&gt;col&lt;/strong&gt; treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa &lt;em&gt;con un&lt;/em&gt; quando ci si riferisce ad un certo tipo di mezzo di trasporto (ad es. + aggettivo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado sempre a lavoro &lt;strong&gt;con un&lt;/strong&gt; treno &lt;em&gt;locale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado sempre a lavoro &lt;strong&gt;con un&lt;/strong&gt; treno &lt;em&gt;affollatissimo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa &lt;em&gt;col&lt;/em&gt; quando ci si riferisce ad un esatto mezzo di trasporto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado sempre a lavoro &lt;strong&gt;col&lt;/strong&gt; treno delle 7:30, quello sempre affollato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la prima frase non è corretta. Sforzandosi, uno può dedurne che una volta hai affermato di fare un lavoro che si svolge all'interno di un treno locale e che quella affermazione sia ancora vera, nel senso che non sei stata promossa ai treni nazionali. Ma per se uno avvesse voluto dire questo avrebbe detto piuttosto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lavoro sempre in un treno locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Continuo a lavorare in un treno locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-16T13:58:13.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3499" CreationDate="2014-11-17T11:28:08.780" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buon giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io vengo dal nord Italia e fare alla romana non vuol dire dividere in parti uguali, ma ognuno per se, cioè ognuno paga quello che ha realmente consumato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vista la domanda, quindi, l'espressione ha sicuramente una connotazione geografica e un significato diverso in funzione a dove viene detta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2014-11-17T11:28:08.780" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3610" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-17T17:22:56.453" Score="5" ViewCount="502" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quali sono le differenze di uso delle locuzioni &quot;rispetto a&quot; e &quot;in confronto a&quot;? Si possono usare indistintamente in frasi come, per esempio, queste?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Penso che ci siano molti vantaggi nel viaggiare in treno &lt;strong&gt;rispetto a&lt;/strong&gt; farlo in macchina.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Penso che ci siano molti vantaggi nel viaggiare in treno &lt;strong&gt;in confronto a&lt;/strong&gt; farlo in macchina.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-12-22T10:40:21.833" LastActivityDate="2014-12-22T10:40:21.833" Title="&quot;Rispetto a&quot; versus &quot;in confronto a&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3610" CreationDate="2014-11-18T10:44:30.453" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, puoi usare entrambe le forme, ma è meglio risparmiare parole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso che ci siano più vantaggi a viaggiare in treno che in macchina&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Penso che sia molto più vantaggioso viaggiare in treno che in macchina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono meno prolissi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-11-18T10:44:30.453" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3612" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-19T07:59:52.183" Score="3" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'era una recente domanda posta su English Language &amp;amp; Usage con la quale era chiesto se la parola '&lt;em&gt;denigrate&lt;/em&gt;' dovesse essere evitata in quanto, derivando da 'negro', sarebbe razzista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/209021/is-denigrate-a-racist-word&quot;&gt;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/209021/is-denigrate-a-racist-word&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A giudizio dei rispondenti lì pare che questo problema non si ponga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora mi chiedo, è così anche nella lingua italiana per 'denigrare'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sì, potremmo anche porci analoghi problemi sull'uso della parola 'sbianchettare'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2014-11-22T08:44:55.923" Title="'denigrare' &amp; 'sbianchettare': possibili parole razziste" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3612" CreationDate="2014-11-19T09:21:24.420" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il Garzanti deriva dal latino, e significherebbe &quot;oscurare&quot; &quot;annerire&quot;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=denigrare&quot;&gt;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=denigrare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre secondo il Garzanti &quot;sbianchettare&quot; deriva da &quot;bianchetto&quot; (il liquido per cancellare) con il prefisso &quot;s-&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambe le etimologie non c'è nulla che possa associarle a significati razzisti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al momento nell'uso comune credo di non di averle mai sentite utilizzare con accezioni razziste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="991" LastActivityDate="2014-11-19T09:21:24.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3499" CreationDate="2014-11-19T13:20:46.800" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho purtroppo fonti per confermare la mia impressione, quindi prenda questa spiegazione con precauzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi pare che l'uso di dividere in parti uguali il conto al ristorante si diffonda a partire dagli anni '60, come alternativa a quello in cui uno invita in anticipo e offre la cena a tutti, caratteristico di una epoca precedente, in cui il ristorante era frequentato maggiormente da classi più abbienti e con regole di comportamento più formali. Dagli anni del boom economico cenare al ristorante  diventa  più frequente e socialmente più diffuso, e spesso si fa in modo non programmato (per esempio, con tavolate di persone raccolte dopo il cinema). In questa situazione, continuare a invitare tutti diviene problematico (per la spesa imprevista, non &quot;socialmente&quot; utile,  e per gli antipatici confronti di gerarchia sociale). La soluzione pratica di dividere in parti uguali viene allora detta &lt;em&gt;alla romana&lt;/em&gt;, probabilmente dal luogo di origine di questo uso, ma anche con intento di sciogliere l'imbarazzo, appellandosi alla autorità della capitale &quot;a Roma si fa  così, sono uomini di mondo&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece in Italia l'uso di pagare ciascuno la propria consumazione è successivo e ancora non molto diffuso; personalmente per anni l'ho incontrato solo a New York --dove le condizioni economiche e le abitudini di vita lo rendono comprensibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastActivityDate="2014-11-19T13:20:46.800" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3615" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-19T19:37:18.967" Score="7" ViewCount="7871" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che le locuzioni &amp;quot;a mano a mano&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;man mano&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;mano a mano&amp;quot; significano successivamente, progressivamente, a poco a poco. Mi chiedo però se queste si usano ugualmente o se invece qualcuna si usa di più delle altre, o se ci sono differenze di registro nell'uso di queste espressioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato esempi di uso di tali locuzioni in alcuni libri che ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A mano a mano:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si sentiva a mano a mano, col sangue, mancar la vita, a mano a mano le forze raffievolendo scemare; era già fredda... (Luigi Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Scialle Nero&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A mano a mano ho postillato il mio libro, ho aggiunto fogli e foglietti e il mio viaggio non è più alle mie spalle, è presente e futuro, si specchia negli occhi delle mie donne (Maria Bellonci, &lt;em&gt;Marco Polo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Man mano:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Man mano che avanzavano verso lo studio, una girava l'interruttore e l'altra lo spegneva nella stanza precedente col ritmo e la sincronia di un balletto privo di musica (Simonetta Agnello Hornby, &lt;em&gt;La mennulara&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Man mano che procedeva nella scrittura l'autore era assalito dall'ansia della comunicazione (dalla &lt;em&gt;Premessa&lt;/em&gt; di Giocchino Lanza Tomasi per l'edizione di Feltrinelli di &lt;em&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt; di Giuseppe Tomasi di Lampedusa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Man mano che procedeva la corsa sentiva calmarsi la furia che lo aveva posseduto per tutta la vita (Mariolina Venezia, &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;mano a mano&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; non ho trovato nessun esempio nei miei libri, ma sì su Google Books:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mano a mano che il monologo procede, percepisco, nelle sue parole, un formidabile disprezzo per “gli altri”, per quella insulsa parte del genere umano che non figura nel novero degli “iniziati” alla politica (Giancarlo de Cataldo, &lt;em&gt;In giustizia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-12T12:34:37.523" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;a mano a mano&quot;, &quot;man mano&quot; e &quot;mano a mano&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3615" CreationDate="2014-11-19T21:10:06.000" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=man%20mano%2Ca%20mano%20a%20mano%2Cmano%20a%20mano&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cman%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bman%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BMan%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Ca%20mano%20a%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Ba%20mano%20a%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BA%20mano%20a%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cmano%20a%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bmano%20a%20mano%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BMano%20a%20mano%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; mostra che tutte e tre le espressioni sono molto comuni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/a-mano-a-mano-a-poco-a-poco-a-due-a-due_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani online&lt;/a&gt;   'a mano a mano' è preferibile rispetto 'mano a mano' in caso di locuzione avverbiali,  ma quando invece queste locuzioni vengono usate in funzione di sostantivo, la prima 'a' va sempre omessa. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;USI: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Al posto della locuzione 'a mano a mano', è molto frequente l’espressione 'man mano': &#xA;  Man mano che si scende, il Po si ingrossa. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-20T08:51:54.250" LastActivityDate="2014-11-20T08:51:54.250" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3615" CreationDate="2014-11-19T21:20:43.287" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le locuzioni &quot;a mano a mano&quot;, &quot;man mano&quot; e &quot;mano a mano&quot; sono perfettamente equivalenti e interscambiabili, sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;registro linguistico&quot; cui appartengono è quello usato da coloro che preferiscono esprimere concetti astratti attraverso metafore, cioè quasi tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui la metafora è quella della corda che tirata alternativamente e ciclicamente, prima con una mano e poi con l'altra, solleva un qualche carico fino a portarlo progressivamente ad un predefinito punto d'arrivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io, comunque, non gradisco lo scrivere o il parlare per metafore e, nel caso in questione, preferirei usare formulazioni differenti.(†)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, a &quot;Mano a mano che il monologo procede, ...&quot; preferirei &quot;Al procedere del monologo, ...&quot; e a &quot;Man mano che procedeva nella scrittura l'autore ...&quot; preferirei &quot;A misura che procedeva nella scrittura[,] l'autore ...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(†) Ovviamente la scrittura di Luigi Pirandello, essendo corretta in sé e di per sé, è fuori da qualsiasi discussione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-11-19T21:20:43.287" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3615" CreationDate="2014-11-20T15:46:49.823" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Man mano&quot; è l'espressione generalmente più usata, probabilmente perché più breve e scorrevole. Nella scrittura personalmente preferisco &quot;a mano a mano&quot; ma nell'espressione orale utilizzo &quot;man mano&quot;. Considerala pure come una forma contratta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2014-11-20T15:46:49.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3593" CreationDate="2014-11-20T16:23:12.097" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Good question! I've never thought of that maybe because I've learn the expression before the grammar. Just consider &quot;un sacco di&quot; an abstract concept since many girls can't stay inside a bag.&#xA;So replace in your mind &quot;un sacco di&quot; with &quot;molti/e&quot;. If it is a real concept you can use &quot;C'è un sacco di patate&quot; or &quot;Ci sono due sacchi di patate&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="994" LastActivityDate="2014-11-20T16:23:12.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3620" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3621" CreationDate="2014-11-21T15:36:11.290" Score="5" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/punteggiatura.htm&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt; ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prima di 'ma', la virgola può essere presente o mancante, a seconda della struttura logica del discorso e degli effetti stilistici ricercati. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi questa affermazione? Quando si deve mettere e quando non si deve mettere la virgola prima di &quot;ma&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-11-21T19:14:41.580" Title="Uso della virgola prima di &quot;ma&quot;" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3620" CreationDate="2014-11-21T18:59:03.633" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me la risposta dipende molto dalla sensibilità di chi risponde, non ci sono regole precise. Se metti la virgola, vuol dire che vuoi indicare un piccolo stacco nella frase. Se non la metti, vuol dire che la frase deve essere pronunciata tutta insieme. Questo in alcuni casi può spostare leggermente quale parte della frase vuoi evidenziare maggiormente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, se confronto le due frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei venuto a trovarti ma pioveva troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei venuto a trovarti, ma pioveva troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel secondo caso c'è un'evidenza leggermente maggiore sulla principale, mentre nel secondo c'è un'evidenza leggermente maggiore sulla subordinata. Però la differenza è veramente lieve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A parte questo, direi che tendenzialmente se si è indecisi o no sulla virgola prima del &amp;quot;ma&amp;quot;, allora è meglio metterla. Questo è particolarmente vero nei periodi lunghi, perché la presenza della virgola aiuta maggiormente a scandire la lettura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-21T18:59:03.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3620" CreationDate="2014-11-21T19:14:41.580" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando il 'ma' introduce una specificazione inessenziale per la comprensione della proposizione principale usa la virgola, altrimenti no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è tutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-11-21T19:14:41.580" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3623" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3627" CreationDate="2014-11-22T11:36:06.490" Score="2" ViewCount="1297" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/riagganciare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario&lt;/a&gt; questa definizione per il verbo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;riagganciare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Appoggiare il ricevitore del telefono interrompendo la comunicazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, nei romanzi di Andrea Camilleri appaiono molte telefonate ed è sempre il verbo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;riattaccare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; quello che viene usato. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Catarella riattaccò, Montalbano macari e principiò a tornari in càmmara di letto. A mezza strata si fermò, santianno. Ma che minchia di telefonata era? Catarella lo chiamava alle sett’albe solo per vidiri se il sò ralogio caminava giusto? In quel momento il telefono sonò nuovamente, il commissario fu lesto a isare la cornetta al primo squillo.» (Andrea Camilleri, &lt;em&gt;La pazienza del ragno&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe sapere se ci sono differenze regionali o di registro nell'uso dei verbi &quot;riagganciare&quot; e &quot;riattaccare&quot; per indicare la conclusione di una telefonata &quot;appoggiando&quot; il ricevitore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-22T12:00:23.043" LastActivityDate="2015-08-07T15:26:04.087" Title="&quot;Riagganciare&quot; versus &quot;riattaccare&quot; (per il ricevitore del telefono)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3623" CreationDate="2014-11-22T23:11:35.587" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando il ricevitore del telefono era la cornetta erano comuni entrambi, ora che di cornette non ce ne sono quasi più si dice 'chiudere'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, dubito esistano italiani con meno di vent'anni — cioè italiani che non hanno conosciuto la cornetta — che conoscano il significato 'telefonico' di quelle parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In più, il testo stralciato nella domanda (&lt;em&gt;Catarella riattaccò, Montalbano macari e principiò a tornari in càmmara di letto. […]&lt;/em&gt;) non puo dirsi scritto in lingua italiana, peraltro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="174" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T10:00:06.950" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T10:00:06.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1381" CreationDate="2014-11-23T09:25:19.950" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La preposizione &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; per indicare gli edifici (o i borghi) è ora fuori moda e quindi non più molto usata. Si trova però in molti nomi noti, espressioni fisse e nel linguaggio ufficiale (o che vuole sembrare ufficiale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono moltissimi casi in cui il nome ufficiale o comunemente usato, essendo stato stabilito tempo fa, usa la preposizione &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'opedale Fatebenefratelli &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Roma&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fatebenefratelli-isolatiberina.it/Download/Fund%20rising%20-%20Raccolta%20Fondi_privacy.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.fatebenefratelli-isolatiberina.it/Download/Fund%20rising%20-%20Raccolta%20Fondi_privacy.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Basilica di San Giovanni &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Laterano&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basilica_di_San_Giovanni_in_Laterano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basilica_di_San_Giovanni_in_Laterano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;San Giovanni &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Persiceto&lt;/em&gt;: perché nel ducato di Persiceto (i.e. &lt;em&gt;pescheto&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/San_Giovanni_in_Persiceto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/San_Giovanni_in_Persiceto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T09:25:19.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3626" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-23T10:55:40.283" Score="7" ViewCount="900" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il termine &quot;water&quot;, è l'abbreviazione (pronunciata all'italiana) dell'inglese water-closet (letteralmente: stanzino dell'acqua). Il termine viene usato dall'inizio degli anni 60 e diventa sempre più popolare dagli anni 80 come risulta da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=tazza%20del%20water%20&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ctazza%20del%20water%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; (tazza del water).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'adozione e l'uso di anglicismi è un fatto comune per la lingua italiana, ma in particolare per questo termine mi chiedo come mai abbiamo adottato il corrispettivo inglese.  Forse perché i primi bagni erano importati dall'Inghilterra o per qualche altro motivo?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T19:22:26.290" LastActivityDate="2014-12-20T16:44:19.317" Title="L'origine del water!" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3623" CreationDate="2014-11-23T11:28:45.503" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, nel parlato uso senza distinzione sia &lt;em&gt;riattaccare&lt;/em&gt; che &lt;em&gt;riagganciare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;chiudere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parlando di qualcuno che ha interrotto una comunicazione al telefono potrei dire senza problemi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Boh, &lt;em&gt;ha riattaccato.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Boh, &lt;em&gt;ha riagganciato.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Boh, &lt;em&gt;ha chiuso.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello scritto, ad esempio raccontando quest'evento ad un conoscente, non avrei problemi a dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi, ad un certo punto, &lt;em&gt;ha riagganciato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembrerebbe troppo &quot;confidenziale&quot; scrivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi, ad un certo punto, &lt;em&gt;ha riattaccato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;però lo potrei scrivere se volessi dare l'impressione di &quot;scrivere come mangio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non userei invece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi, ad un certo punto, &lt;em&gt;ha chiuso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O meglio, lo userei solo se il contesto fosse ben chiaro e l'azione di cui si sta parlando (chiudere il telefono/la telefonata) ovvia. Il verbo &lt;em&gt;chiudere&lt;/em&gt; si usa per moltissime cose e &lt;em&gt;chiudere il telefono&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;chiudere la conversazione&lt;/em&gt; non sono proprio le prime azioni che quel verbo richiama alla mente.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T15:49:56.897" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T15:49:56.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3628" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3632" CreationDate="2014-11-23T11:44:00.313" Score="3" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Marco Polo&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«All'uscita di un passo più degli altri pericoloso vedemmo un altare buddista di pietra informa conica, eretto su un piedistallo quadrato.» &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ordine delle parole in &quot;&lt;em&gt;un passo più degli altri pericoloso&lt;/em&gt;&quot; mi è sembrato molto curioso perché là io avrei scritto &quot;un passo più pericoloso degli altri&quot;. Sapreste spiegarmi il perché di tale ordine dei vocaboli? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T17:05:44.533" Title="Sull'ordine delle parole in una frase particolare" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3629" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-23T14:05:27.963" Score="9" ViewCount="1021" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto questa frase: &quot;Mio padre, per primo, strinse amicizia con voi e l'ha protratta fino alla fine della vita&quot;. Ma è corretto l'uso del passato prossimo (&quot;ha protratta&quot;) nella seconda frase se nella prima ho usato quello remoto (&quot;strinse&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un dubbio simile mi è venuto per quest'altra: &quot;Dopo che l'esercito penetrò in Asia, non mi allontanai mai dal comandante&quot;. Va bene &quot;penetrò&quot; o dovrei dire &quot;fu penetrato&quot;? Il verbo nella principale è corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastActivityDate="2015-02-08T13:39:15.790" Title="Qual è l'uso corretto dei tempi verbali in queste frasi?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3628" CreationDate="2014-11-23T14:24:26.080" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'All'uscita di &lt;em&gt;un passo più degli altri pericoloso&lt;/em&gt; vedemmo un altare buddista di pietra in forma conica, eretto su un piedistallo quadrato.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una mera questione di enfasi, e funziona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quell'ordine di parole significa che già gli altri passi incontrati erano di per loro particolarmente pericolosi — per ragioni peculiari anche se non specificate — e che quello in argomento lo era finanche di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tuo ordine di parole ('un passo più pericoloso degli altri') lascerebbe invece pensare, per gli altri, ad una pericolosità molto generica come quella tipica di tanti altri passi nel mondo; un po' come quando su una strada trovi il segnale di pericolo generico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T14:30:02.073" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T14:30:02.073" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3629" CreationDate="2014-11-23T14:43:09.510" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Mio padre, per primo, strinse amicizia con voi e l'ha protratta fino alla fine della vita.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considerato che quel padre è morto, sarebbe preferibile '... e la protrasse fino ...', c'è più enfasi, epica e retorica così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giusto noto che il verbo 'protrarre', avendo generalmente una connotazione negativa, non sembra funzionare lì; è un po' come se il prolungarsi dell'amicizia fosse stato — per questo padre — una sorta di concessione o, comunque, qualcosa di non particolarmente desiderabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'Dopo che l'esercito penetrò in Asia, non mi allontanai mai dal comandante.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui 'penetrò' funziona, ma la tua prospettazione di sostituirlo con 'fu penetrato' assolutamente no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se infatti dicessi 'Dopo che l'esercito &lt;em&gt;fu penetrato&lt;/em&gt; in Asia, ...', staresti intendendo che l'esercito era già penetrato in Asia, ma lì, a sua volta, fu penetrato, p.e., dall'esercito nemico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sicché, semmai, dovresti prospettare un confronto con 'ebbe penetrato'(†), forma che, però, appare piuttosto arcaica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(†) 'Dopo che l'esercito ebbe penetrato in Asia, non mi allontanai mai dal comandante.'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T19:04:41.683" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T19:04:41.683" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3628" CreationDate="2014-11-23T16:09:59.000" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già risposto da Elberich Schneider, è una questione di enfasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La figura retorica è quella dell'inversione, spesso abusata dagli scrittori alle prime armi per darsi un tono (classico esempio è l'aggettivo prima del sostantivo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'inversione funziona perché il tono della voce (anche quella interiore di quando si legge silenziosamente) è costretto a seguire un percorso più tortuoso rispetto a quello normale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un passo &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; pericoloso &lt;em&gt;degli altri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il tono della voce ha un andamento quasi lineare: si riprende fiato scandendo la frase in &quot;un-passo&quot;, &quot;più-pericoloso&quot;, &quot;degli-altri&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un passo &lt;em&gt;più degli altri&lt;/em&gt; pericoloso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;lo spostamento del complemento di specificazione costringe il tono di voce ad innalzarsi per più tempo: &quot;un-passo&quot;, &quot;più-degli-altri&quot;, &quot;pericoloso&quot;. Questo fa cadere l'attenzione su &quot;&lt;strong&gt;p&lt;/strong&gt;ericoloso&quot; piuttosto che su &quot;&lt;strong&gt;p&lt;/strong&gt;iù&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastEditorUserId="174" LastEditDate="2014-11-23T17:05:44.533" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T17:05:44.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3633" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3638" CreationDate="2014-11-23T19:47:47.307" Score="6" ViewCount="1048" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a rule, transitive verbs in Italian use the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ho camminato, avrò camminato&lt;/em&gt;) when conjugating in any of the compound tenses. However, &lt;em&gt;camminare&lt;/em&gt; &amp;amp; &lt;em&gt;viaggiare&lt;/em&gt; are intransitive and seem to be in the category as other verbs of motion: scendere, andare, cadere, etc. that use essere as a helping verb. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why are these verbs exceptions to the rule?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there other examples of verbs that are intransitive yet use &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; as an auxiliary verb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2014-11-24T09:08:14.173" Title="Why is the auxiliary 'avere', as opposed to 'essere', used when conjugating the verbs 'camminare' &amp; 'viaggiare'?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3634" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3635" CreationDate="2014-11-23T21:58:15.843" Score="7" ViewCount="918" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that a very strong way to answer a phrase like &quot;Don't think this is going to grant you any special treatment&quot; or the like, is &quot;I will sing for my supper, I don't expect it for free&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least, I like this English expression very much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an equivalent expression in Italian? &#xA;Even though I am Italian I did not find anything like it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="999" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-11-28T20:01:12.320" LastActivityDate="2014-11-28T20:01:12.320" Title="How to translate I'll sing for my supper?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3634" CreationDate="2014-11-23T23:14:25.200" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Guadagnarsi il pane&lt;/strong&gt; (la vita) col sudore della fronte&lt;/em&gt; is similar to &amp;quot;sing for one's supper.&amp;quot; (Reference: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/guadagnare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind, however, that it has some cultural history (detailed below) not to mention alliteration, that one can't easily duplicate. There is also something about it that is slightly archaic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To &lt;a href=&quot;http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/sing+for+one%27s+supper&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sing for one's supper&lt;/a&gt;, meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Work for one's pay or reward, as in &lt;em&gt;Entertaining visiting scientists&#xA;is part of the job; you know I have to sing for my supper&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This metaphoric term alludes to wandering minstrels who performed in&#xA;taverns and were paid with a meal. First recorded in 1609, it gained&#xA;currency with the familiar nursery rhyme, “Little Tommy Tucker, sings&#xA;for his supper” (c. 1744).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the text of the nursery rhyme, &amp;quot;Little Tommy Tucker, sings for his supper&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zOS0y.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The saying was further popularized with a musical number &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=laE3dcf_dDw&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sing For Your Supper&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; from the &amp;quot;The Boys from Syracuse&amp;quot; in 1938.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-23T23:14:25.200" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3636" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3637" CreationDate="2014-11-23T23:51:12.793" Score="7" ViewCount="1719" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I miss my mother everyday because we are hundreds of kilometres apart and I only get to talk to her on the internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I say this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Manco molto mia madre perché stiamo a centinaia di chilometri di distanza e solo posso parlare con lei su internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1000" LastEditorDisplayName="user589" LastEditDate="2014-11-26T15:59:53.310" LastActivityDate="2014-11-26T15:59:53.310" Title="How can I translate &quot;we are hundreds of kilometers apart&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3636" CreationDate="2014-11-24T00:43:37.137" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, “stiamo [o siamo, o ci troviamo] a centinaia di chilometri di distanza” va benissimo. È nel resto che c'è qualche problema. Complessivamente, direi: «Mi manca molto mia madre perché siamo a centinaia di chilometri di distanza e posso parlare con lei [o “le posso parlare”] solo su internet».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-11-24T00:43:37.137" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3633" CreationDate="2014-11-24T00:55:27.080" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;For intransitive verbs, unfortunately, the general rule is that «non esiste una regola che permetta di stabilire quale ausiliare debba essere usato con ciascun verbo» («there is no rule that allows to know which auxiliary verb is to be used with each verb»). There are very vague rules: you can see something about it and about a tentative 3-part classification in transitive, intransitive, “inaccusative” verbs &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-ausiliari_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, where the quotation above is taken from. However, there are &lt;em&gt;lots&lt;/em&gt; of intransitive verbs to be used with &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; as their auxiliary verb: for instance, apart from the ones you mentioned, &lt;em&gt;esagerare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;navigare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;riposare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sbandare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;marciare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sorridere&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-11-24T09:08:14.173" LastActivityDate="2014-11-24T09:08:14.173" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3639" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3642" CreationDate="2014-11-24T04:07:40.847" Score="10" ViewCount="2047" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand the rules but I don't seem to find a proper pattern.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem is my Spanish and French conflict with Italian...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io voglio andare a USA?&#xA;Io voglio andare ai USA?&#xA;Io voglio andare in USA?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Spanish I would use a, in French I would use aux, which is ai... but what about Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1000" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-29T13:43:39.023" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T13:44:52.017" Title="When to use &quot;andare a&quot; vs &quot;andare al, allo, alla, ai, agli, alle&quot; vs &quot;andare in&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3640" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-24T05:24:11.127" Score="5" ViewCount="642" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gettare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lanciare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tirare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scagliare&lt;/em&gt; all mean “to throw”. Which word is used as to throwing a ball? What situations are the other words used in?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1002" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-11-24T09:07:28.873" LastActivityDate="2014-11-24T09:56:23.960" Title="When to use what translation of the word “to throw”" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3640" CreationDate="2014-11-24T09:50:06.297" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;This list is sorted by use frequency:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;tirare: this is classical &quot;to throw&quot;, by hand or by foot&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;lanciare: usually when the ball is thrown by hand&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;scagliare: this is very uncommon, it's usually used when you throw the ball &lt;strong&gt;against&lt;/strong&gt; someone, and that's usually specified. &quot;Gli ha scagliato la palla contro&quot; is an example. Since it represents an offensive act, intended to hurt someone, its use is very uncommon for a ball.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gettare (as &lt;strong&gt;buttare&lt;/strong&gt;) isn't used with this meaning, it rather means &quot;to throw away&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1003" LastEditorUserId="1003" LastEditDate="2014-11-24T09:56:23.960" LastActivityDate="2014-11-24T09:56:23.960" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3639" CreationDate="2014-11-24T16:26:58.083" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The preposition you must use in sentences with the structure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;andare&quot; or &quot;stare&quot; + name of country, state, continent, region or big island&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mi piacerebbe andare &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Liguria.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Quest'estate andremo &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Francia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Voglio andare in campeggio &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Corsica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sei stato &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Africa?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if such names are in plural or if they are followed by a specification (e.g. an adjective), you must use the so-called &quot;preposizioni articolate&quot;, that is, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nello&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nell'&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;negli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nelle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non sono mai stato &lt;strong&gt;nella&lt;/strong&gt; Francia meridionale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Voglio andare &lt;strong&gt;negli&lt;/strong&gt; Stati Uniti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that with the name of cities or small islands, you must use the preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; Firenze.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Andiamo &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; Capri.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: Fedrica Colombo, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (edizioni ELI, 2006). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-29T13:44:52.017" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T13:44:52.017" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3643" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-25T20:58:43.180" Score="3" ViewCount="2606" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Stanti così le cose, traiamone le conseguenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Stando così le cose, traiamone le conseguenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritenete sia preferibile, o — eventualmente — corretto, 'stanti' o 'stando' lì?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-26T16:37:31.080" Title="'Stanti così le cose' vs. 'Stando così le cose'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3643" CreationDate="2014-11-26T02:46:02.303" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ambedue sono grammaticalmente corrette. La sola differenza tra le due è la precisione temporale del contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi spiego meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese o in spagnolo (lingue molto più attente nell'uso del tempo in cui l'azione si svolge), la prima si tradurrebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given so, let us draw the consequences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dadas estas circunstancias&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre la seconda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being so, let us draw the consequences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siendo ese el caso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il mio parere in italiano c'è meno precisione per esprimere la consequenzialità di un'azione rispetto ad un'altra. Quindi, per essere pignoli userei &lt;em&gt;Stanti&lt;/em&gt; per esprimere la contemporaneità, e &lt;em&gt;Stando&lt;/em&gt; per esprimere l'anteriorità dell'azione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma attenzione, nell'uso quotidiano della lingua è meno probabile ascoltare &lt;em&gt;Stanti&lt;/em&gt;, mentre non mi sorprenderebbe ascoltare tale espressione in un contesto formale quale per esempio uno studio notarile o un tribunale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stanti:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; Il participio (presente) è un modo verbale molto vicino all'aggettivo e al sostantivo. Deve il suo nome al fatto che partecipa. Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Participio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Participio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stando:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; Il gerundio è un modo della lingua italiana utilizzato per indicare un processo considerato nei suoi riferimenti ad un secondo avvenimento. Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gerundio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gerundio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il participio presente può essere usato come aggettivo o può concordare in genere e numero con il sostantivo a cui si riferisce. Questa è una struttura molto potente, perché permette di abbreviare frasi relative (un bambino che scrive - un bambino scrivente). Il participio presente può sostituire una frase in merito perché può concordare in genere e numero con il sostantivo esatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il gerundio in merito non può essere usato come frase relativa, perché il gerundio è invariabile e non può concordare con un sostantivo. Sia in spagnolo che in italiano il participio presente è scomparso come sistema produttivo (non si può formare il participio presente di qualsiasi verbo). In tedesco e inglese è del tutto normale sostituire una frase relativa ad un participio presente ed anche in francese, una lingua romanza, è possibile in determinate condizioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.curso-de-italiano.de/gramatica/capitulo13/13_3_5_participio_presente.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.curso-de-italiano.de/gramatica/capitulo13/13_3_5_participio_presente.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1005" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-11-26T16:37:31.080" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3647" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3649" CreationDate="2014-11-26T12:46:37.520" Score="7" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;The imperative of &quot;distrarre&quot; is &quot;distrai!&quot;. This is like &quot;fare&quot;, whose imperative is &quot;fa'&quot; or &quot;fai&quot;. With an object particle it becomes &quot;fallo&quot;. Does that happen with &quot;distrarre&quot; (and &quot;trarre&quot;) as well? Because &quot;distrallo&quot; and &quot;trallo&quot; sound terrible to me, but a friend of mine is convinced they're right. I would say &quot;distràilo&quot; and &quot;tràilo&quot;. Which is right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastActivityDate="2017-12-29T12:11:22.153" Title="Imperative of &quot;distrarre&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3647" CreationDate="2014-11-26T14:59:42.633" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a native Italian speaker and I agree with you, I say &quot;Distràilo&quot; and not &quot;Distrallo&quot; which is incorrect. Same goes for the verb &quot;Trarre&quot;, &quot;Trailo&quot; is the correct form while &quot;Trallo&quot; is incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1011" LastActivityDate="2014-11-26T14:59:42.633" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3647" CreationDate="2014-11-26T16:48:48.313" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(dis)tràilo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tràilo&lt;/em&gt; are &lt;strong&gt;correct&lt;/strong&gt;.&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&#xA;(About the mere words and their existence in Italian it comes to my mind only &lt;em&gt;strallo&lt;/em&gt;: a steel cable for buildings or in boats)&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But why in &lt;em&gt;tràilo&lt;/em&gt; the &quot;i&quot; pre-clitic is preserved while in &lt;em&gt;dallo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fallo&lt;/em&gt; is &quot;lost&quot;?&lt;p&gt;&#xA;Probably because &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; (together with &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;) don't follow the &quot;usual&quot; pattern of conjugation and have an apocopated/shortened form. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source:&lt;p&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/imperativo_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/imperativo_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1010" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-11-29T16:22:07.990" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T16:22:07.990" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3592" CreationDate="2014-11-26T20:53:10.890" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà in questa frase &lt;em&gt;&quot;tanto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è usato con valore conclusivo e non di quantità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allo stesso modo, potresti rimpiazzarlo per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;dopotutto&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; oppure &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;in ogni modo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cui, potremmo riformulare la B: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno dopotutto sono pochi i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1005" LastActivityDate="2014-11-26T20:53:10.890" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3652" CreationDate="2014-11-27T12:32:40.863" Score="6" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing I find interesting about the imperative in Italian is that in general for -are verbs the 2nd and 3rd person are swapped around (but only for -are verbs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Present:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu guardi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui guarda&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imperative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(Tu) guarda!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(Lui) guardi!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know the origin of this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="56" LastActivityDate="2014-11-27T15:52:47.613" Title="Etymology of the Imperative" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3651" CreationDate="2014-11-27T15:52:47.613" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The imperative is really second person only; the other forms are supplied by the subjunctive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the third person &lt;em&gt;guardi&lt;/em&gt; is the same as the present subjunctive. The second person ending comes from Latin, notwithstanding &lt;em&gt;guardare&lt;/em&gt; is not of Latin origin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the imperative, &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt; has &lt;em&gt;ama/amate&lt;/em&gt; (same as Latin), &lt;em&gt;leggere&lt;/em&gt; has &lt;em&gt;leggi/leggete&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;lege/legite&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;salire&lt;/em&gt; has &lt;em&gt;sali/salite&lt;/em&gt; (same as Latin).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the present indicative, the Latin &lt;em&gt;amas&lt;/em&gt; has become &lt;em&gt;ami&lt;/em&gt;; the desinence &lt;em&gt;-i&lt;/em&gt; is common for the second person in all conjugations. The present subjunctive of &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;ami/ami/ami/amiamo/amiate/amino&lt;/em&gt; (Latin &lt;em&gt;amem/ames/amet/amemus/ametis/ament&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-11-27T15:52:47.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3653" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3655" CreationDate="2014-11-27T19:17:04.643" Score="3" ViewCount="6602" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che il congiuntivo si usa dopo espressioni che indicano dubbio o incertezza, e ho letto alcune frasi con la struttura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;è probabile che&quot; + congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È probabile che arrivi (o che sia arrivato) prima di me (fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/probabile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio è: se si scrive l'avverbio &quot;probabilmente&quot; al posto dell'espressione &quot;è probabile che&quot;, si deve usare il congiuntivo o l'indicativo? Per esempio, quali sono le forme corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Probabilmente arrivi prima di me.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente arriverà prima di me.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente sia arrivato prima di me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente è arrivato prima di me.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente si possano trovare soluzioni più interessanti.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Probabilmente si possono trovare soluzioni più interessanti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:11:33.040" Title="Probabilmente + indicativo o congiuntivo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2014-11-27T19:26:41.813" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Probabilmente arrivi prima di me.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Probabilmente arriverà prima di me.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Probabilmente sia arrivato prima di me.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È errato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Probabilmente è arrivato prima di me.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Probabilmente si possano trovare soluzioni più interessanti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È errato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Probabilmente si possono trovare soluzioni più interessanti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la risposta è: Usa l'indicativo opportunamente declinato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-11-27T19:26:41.813" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2014-11-28T00:29:13.543" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il succo è che non è il solo fatto di esprimere un'azione possibile o eventuale a richiedere il congiuntivo; è il fatto che questa azione sia espressa in una &lt;em&gt;subordinata&lt;/em&gt;. È rarissimo che in una proposizione principale il verbo sia al congiuntivo.  Quindi “È probabile che io arrivi” ma “Probabilmente arrivo/arriverò” e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-11-28T00:29:13.543" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3656" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-28T02:32:00.950" Score="3" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse dipende dal mio orecchio non abituato, ma secondo voi i romani usano raddoppiare la 'b' in parole come 'robba', 'nubbi', 'vibbra' e altre ancora o, appunto, è solo una mia impressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-29T10:14:12.217" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T12:29:46.113" Title="Uso di consonante 'b' raddoppiata nella pronuncia romana dell'italiano" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3656" CreationDate="2014-11-28T08:46:28.570" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Molti raddoppiamenti intervocalici sono tipici del dialetto romano e della varietà romana dell'italiano (e di conseguenza spesso anche della pronuncia romana dell'italiano standard).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La migliore illustrazione è data dai sonetti del Belli, in cui abbondano “giubbileo”, “subbito”, “abbitava”, “abbati” (e anche all'inizio della parola, specie dopo una vocale: “cquanno bbutta”, ma anche isolatamente: “Bbravo!”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-11-28T08:46:28.570" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3599" CreationDate="2014-11-28T14:00:45.370" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La preferenza a &quot;conducente&quot; sembra essere solo apparente e dovuta all'uso e ciò non implica un vero errore, ma solo acquiescenza all'abitudine.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Conduttore&lt;/em&gt; è usato da più tempo e forse è rimasto invariato per le forme di trasporto più antiche (vi è anche il conduttore di carro (&lt;em&gt;cfr. Cortelazzo-Zolli più in basso&lt;/em&gt;).&#xA;A questo proposito su &lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.it/books?id=fL34CD4W1ZUC&amp;amp;dq=conducente%20conduttore%20-fisica&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;pg=PA109#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=conducente%20conduttore%20-fisica&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gbooks&lt;/a&gt; in una stessa pagina di una Raccolta degli atti del governo per il regno di Sardegna (1845) si fa riferimento a &lt;strong&gt;conducente&lt;/strong&gt; (di &lt;em&gt;mulo, bestie, vettura, carrozza, carretta, carrettone&lt;/em&gt;) e &lt;strong&gt;conduttore&lt;/strong&gt; (di &lt;em&gt;barroccio&lt;/em&gt;). Il barroccio era ed è un mezzo di trasporto di sole merci, senza spazio (in teoria) per sedersi &quot;a cassetta&quot; né sull'animale trainante.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il conduttore sarebbe colui che conduce &quot;dall'esterno&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ma tutto questo potrebbe essere una distinzione non generalizzabile in altri regni e stati d'Italia o, al peggio, una trovata del burocrate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dizionario etimologico, &lt;strong&gt;Cortelazzo-Zolli&lt;/strong&gt;, Zanichelli&lt;br&gt;&#xA;conducente,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;s. m. &lt;em&gt;‘chi dirige una squadra d'operai, un gruppo d'artigiani’ (1513, Statuto dell'arte della seta), ‘guidatore d'un veicolo’ (1913, F. Paolieri)&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&#xA;conduttore,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;agg. e s. m. &lt;em&gt;‘che conduce, che guida’ (conducitore: av. 1294, Guittone; conduttore: 1304-08, Dante)&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&#xA;s. m. &lt;em&gt;‘guidatore di veicoli’ (conducitore: sec. XIII, Novellino; conduttore: av. 1676, C. R. Dati), ‘corpo nel quale si può avere passaggio di calore, di elettricità’ (av. 1798, F. Milizia), ‘affittuario, locatario’ (1301-57, Form. not. ar.),&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conduttore/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conduttore/&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;Treccani&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conducente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conducente/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/C/conduttore.aspx?query=conduttore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/C/conduttore.aspx?query=conduttore&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;Hoepli&lt;/strong&gt;)&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/C/conducente.aspx?query=conducente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/C/conducente.aspx?query=conducente&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/conduttore.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/conduttore.shtml&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;Sabatini- Coletti&lt;/strong&gt;)&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/conducente.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/conducente.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/conduttore.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/conduttore.php&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;Hoepli&lt;/strong&gt;)&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/conducente.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/conducente.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo a &quot;materiale/corpo conducente&quot; non è improprio.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Conducente&lt;/em&gt; nella locuzione è un participio aggettivato, cfr. &lt;strong&gt;resistore a corpo conducente&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/resistore/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/resistore/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;È probabile che il  neologismo di Desaguliers (sempre &lt;strong&gt;Cortelazzo-Zolli&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Il conduttore elettrico è l'“ingl. conductor: termine tecnificato da Desaguliers (1739)” (Migl. Onom.)&lt;/em&gt;) pesi più della storia italiana nello studio dell'elettricità perché sempre su gbooks la locuzione &quot;corpo conducente&quot; scompare via via nel tempo:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.it/search?q=%22materiale%20conducente%22&amp;amp;btnG=Cerca%20nei%20libri&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;tbo=1&amp;amp;hl=it#hl=it&amp;amp;tbs=cdr:1%2Ccd_min:1800%2Ccd_max:1899&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=%22corpo%20conducente%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;XIX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.google.it/search?q=%22materiale%20conducente%22&amp;amp;btnG=Cerca%20nei%20libri&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;tbo=1&amp;amp;hl=it#q=%22corpo%20conducente%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;tbs=cdr:1,cd_min:1900,cd_max:1999&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;XX&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;XXI ...   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1010" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user1010" LastEditDate="2019-10-25T21:04:33.407" LastActivityDate="2019-10-25T21:04:33.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3659" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-28T14:44:34.647" Score="4" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho dubbi sull'uso degli avverbi &quot;specialmente&quot; e &quot;particolarmente&quot;, che mi sono sempre sembrati molto simili. Non riesco a capire le diverse sfumature di significato tra questi vocaboli. Ad esempio, quali tra queste frasi sono corrette? E se due forme sono corrette, qual è la differenza tra una e l'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono specialmente i quartetti d'archi di Shostakovich.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono particolarmente i quartetti d'archi di Shostakovich.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il lugubre timbro del controfagotto mi sembra specialmente misterioso e intrigante. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il lugubre timbro del controfagotto mi sembra particolarmente misterioso e intrigante. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-28T20:20:58.173" LastActivityDate="2016-06-01T20:13:12.520" Title="&quot;Specialmente&quot; versus &quot;particolarmente&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3659" CreationDate="2014-11-28T15:52:38.703" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle frasi che hai scritto effettivamente non ci sono differenze di significato, ma in altre frasi a volte si preferisce l'uso di specialmente o di particolarmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi Luca è particolarmente nervoso!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è corretta, chiara nel significato ed è comunemente usata&#xA;(Luca è normalmente nervoso, ma oggi in maniera particolare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi Luca è specialmente nervoso!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;suona davvero strana, e credo che non venga utilizzata.&#xA;Ovviamente è corretta, ma non usata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1019" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-28T15:56:32.150" LastActivityDate="2014-11-28T15:56:32.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3661" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3662" CreationDate="2014-11-29T03:35:56.850" Score="5" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't understand the meaning of &lt;em&gt;rapporti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;rotelline&lt;/em&gt; here... clearly the second one is not tires.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain to me the specific meaning or translation of these two words?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1000" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-29T10:17:12.083" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T10:17:12.083" Title="Translating “La vita è come una bicicletta con dieci rapporti... Tutti noi abbiamo rotelline che non usiamo mai”" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3661" CreationDate="2014-11-29T08:04:16.487" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence refers to a 10-speed bicycle, where you are unlikely to use all possible speeds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More specifically, &lt;em&gt;rapporto&lt;/em&gt; means here “speed” or “gear”, or literally “ratio”, because in a bike different speeds correspond to different ratios (turns of the pedals) / (turns of the rear wheel). In a car, for comparison, you'd say &lt;em&gt;marcia&lt;/em&gt;. (The Italian word &lt;em&gt;rapporto&lt;/em&gt; has a number of other meanings not referred to here, including “report” and “relationship”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And &lt;em&gt;rotelline&lt;/em&gt; (literally, “small wheels”) refers to the sprocket wheels of the shift mechanism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T08:04:16.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3663" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-29T10:53:24.620" Score="6" ViewCount="1442" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;allibito&quot; nel dizionario e ho trovato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esterrefatto, sbigottito, assalito da un intenso ed improvviso stupore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma &quot;stupore&quot; vuol dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;grande meraviglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e si può provare meraviglia come un sentimento gradevole. Comunque, io credo di aver letto la parola &quot;allibito&quot; soltanto in frasi con senso negativo. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono rimasto allibito di fronte a tanta ingratitudine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, la mia domanda è: l'aggettivo &quot;allibito&quot; ha sempre una connotazione negativa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/allibito&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T20:53:52.500" Title="L'aggettivo &quot;allibito&quot; ha sempre una connotazione negativa?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3663" CreationDate="2014-11-29T12:22:43.713" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che dizionario hai consultato? Il Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/allibire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/allibire/&lt;/a&gt;) non sembra lasciare molto spazio a usi positivi, come fa pensare anche l'etimo della parola, che è lo stesso di “livido” (aggettivo), per la paura o simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T12:22:43.713" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3663" CreationDate="2014-11-29T13:59:35.587" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al di là di quello che dicono i dizionari, 'allibito' non è sinonimo di 'meravigliato', ma, piuttotto, di 'basito'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È chiaro che sia nell'essere 'basito' che nell'essere 'allibito' esiste una componente di meraviglia, ma è una meraviglia che, però, lascia sconcertati in senso critico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-11-29T20:53:52.500" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T20:53:52.500" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3599" CreationDate="2014-11-29T19:04:36.723" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono consuetudini d'uso, che vanno a orecchio e come tali possono cambiare nel tempo. D'Annunzio ancora poteva scrivere combattitore, e il battente della porta per quanto batta abitualmente non sarà accettabile come battitore, a differenza di un percussore che non sarà mai un percuotente, ecc. Per ogni &quot;regola&quot; si trovano subito due eccezioni, ma per fortuna non è necessario regolamentare tutto (anzi, quanti danni alla lingua ha fatto l'eccesso di regolamentazione stabilita a tavolino...). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T19:04:36.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3667" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-11-29T21:41:38.070" Score="4" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Supposto che la virgola lì sotto produca la descritta variazione di significato, come si legge la proposizione senza virgola? Nell'un modo o nell'altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/u0pop.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-11-30T18:58:12.250" LastActivityDate="2014-11-30T18:58:12.250" Title="Uso della virgola" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3667" CreationDate="2014-11-29T21:58:26.257" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase senza virgola è ambigua. Non credo che esista nessuna regola &quot;standard&quot; di risoluzione di queste ambiguità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, la versione che mette la virgola dopo la parola &quot;donna&quot; è secondo me leggermente più naturale, per cui io sono portato ad intendere quella (quanto meno, leggendo per la prima volta la frase io ho inteso in quel significato; ho dovuto rileggere con più attenzione per convincermi che ce n'era anche un altro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-11-29T21:58:26.257" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3672" CreationDate="2014-11-30T19:01:16.377" Score="3" ViewCount="31522" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dopo l'espressione &quot;sembra indicare che&quot; si deve usare il congiuntivo o l'indicativo? Questo dubbio mi ha assalito mentre scrivevo un commento a questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/3664/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;. Là ho scritto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo sembra indicare che &quot;allibito&quot; abbia sempre una connotazione negativa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè, ho usato il congiuntivo. Non so però se la frase corretta sia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo sembra indicare che &quot;allibito&quot; ha sempre una connotazione negativa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2020-12-10T04:50:22.013" Title="&quot;Sembra indicare che&quot; + indicativo o congiuntivo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3669" CreationDate="2014-11-30T19:25:52.937" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sia 'abbia' che 'ha' sono corretti lì, il congiuntivo differendo dall'indicativo solo perché lascia un'alea di incertezza sull'asserzione; alea che, in un'ipotetica conversazione, consente all'assertore di negare l'asserzione senza doversi scusare, se del caso, di aver affermato una corbelleria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-11-30T19:25:52.937" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2343" CreationDate="2014-11-30T22:52:32.880" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come qualcuno ha giustamente notato, in italiano la &quot;i&quot; e &quot;u&quot; hanno solo suono chiuso quindi l'accento corretto sarebbe quello acuto; gli accenti sono stati &quot;semplificati&quot; prima dai tipografi (al tempo del piombo) e poi definitivamente standardizzati dalle macchine per scrivere, che hanno normalizzato l'accento grave anche dove non c'entrava nulla. C'è stata opposizione a questo piccolo scempio e in tempi recenti un grande linguista come il Gabrielli ancora vi si opponeva strenuamente. Con poco successo, purtroppo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2014-11-30T22:52:32.880" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3669" CreationDate="2014-12-01T15:57:00.303" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non considero scorretto l'indicativo, tuttavia suona un po' male per via del verbo reggente &lt;em&gt;sembra&lt;/em&gt;, il quale introduce un'opinione più che una certezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con i verbi di opinione il congiuntivo è meglio; naturalmente quando si può:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sembra che domani farà bel tempo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sembra che stia tornando il bel tempo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al futuro si adopera l'indicativo, senza esitazioni: la forma&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sembra che domani possa fare bel tempo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è corretta, ma affettata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;sembra che sta tornando il bel tempo&lt;/em&gt; mi lascia l'orecchio ferito, sebbene sia una forma molto comune nel parlato: l'uso del congiuntivo purtroppo regredisce. Cerchiamo almeno di rallentarne la scomparsa, di più è difficile fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-12-01T15:57:00.303" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3673" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3675" CreationDate="2014-12-02T07:56:23.657" Score="3" ViewCount="753" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune, quando l'avverbio &quot;sempre&quot; è accompagnato da un verbo, deve esso seguire necessariamente al verbo? O si può anche scrivere &quot;sempre&quot; prima del verbo? Ad esempio, nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho sempre la curiosità di sapere se c'è qualche novità interessante nel mondo della cultura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho messo &quot;sempre&quot; dopo il verbo. Sarebbe anche corretto scrivere &quot;sempre&quot; prima del verbo, in questo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sempre ho la curiosità di sapere se c'è qualche novità interessante nel mondo della cultura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-12-03T07:37:24.587" Title="Posizione di &quot;sempre&quot; quando è accompagnato da un verbo" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3673" CreationDate="2014-12-02T18:39:33.530" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre caro mi fu quest'ermo colle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è l'inizio di una bella e famosa poesia, ma qui parliamo del linguaggio comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'avverbio “sempre” è normalmente posposto al verbo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho sempre la curiosità di sapere …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e lo stesso vale per &lt;em&gt;mai&lt;/em&gt; che però attira il &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; rafforzativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non ho mai la curiosità di sapere …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il modo &lt;em&gt;sempre ho&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;mai ho&lt;/em&gt; è, a quanto mi risulta, in via di sparizione se già non è sparito, a parte linguaggi settoriali (leggi, burocrazia) o la poesia. Forse &lt;em&gt;mai ho&lt;/em&gt; è meno infrequente. Entrambi corretti, sia chiaro, ma desueti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che gli avverbi “approssimativi” (termine certamente non tecnico) come &lt;em&gt;raramente&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;spesso&lt;/em&gt; vanno indifferentemente prima o dopo, dando sfumature diverse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;raramente ho la curiosità di sapere …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho raramente la curiosità di sapere …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;potrebbero suggerire interpretazioni leggermente differenti, ma si tratta, come detto, di sfumature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-02T18:39:33.530" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3673" CreationDate="2014-12-03T07:24:04.423" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È meglio mettere &quot;sempre&quot; dopo il verbo (esempio: “mi fermo sempre all'edicola quando esco per andare al lavoro”). Metterlo prima suona molto enfatico: va bene solo nelle poesie, nelle canzoni, nelle opere teatrali...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-12-03T07:37:24.587" LastActivityDate="2014-12-03T07:37:24.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3677" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-04T08:46:55.790" Score="6" ViewCount="592" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spesso mi capita di sentire, leggere o utilizzare l'espressione &quot;I potenti mezzi...&quot;, quasi sempre come incipit ironico e sarcastico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma da dove deriva? È un riferimento a qualche frase famosa o è solo una consuetudine senza una particolare origine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="167" LastActivityDate="2014-12-04T20:26:38.713" Title="Espressione &quot;potenti mezzi&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3677" CreationDate="2014-12-04T13:36:40.603" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%20potenti%20mezzi&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cpotenti%20mezzi%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; sembra che l'espressione 'potenti mezzi' fosse più in uso in passato che ora. Potrebbe forse avere una relazione con  i maggiori periodi bellici, ma in realtà l'uso è diminuito gradualmente dall'inizio del '900.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non penso che l'espressione abbia un'origine precisa. Mi sembra più un comune modo di dire in riferimento a qualcosa di cospicuo ed efficace. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-12-04T20:26:38.713" LastActivityDate="2014-12-04T20:26:38.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3679" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3680" CreationDate="2014-12-04T19:05:30.000" Score="6" ViewCount="766" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho notato in questi giorni che il correttore automatico del mio &lt;em&gt;smartphone&lt;/em&gt; suggerisce con una certa insistenza “scì” al posto di “sci”, anche all'interno di parole composte (ad es. “portascì”). È una grafia più corretta? Non l'ho mai incontrata prima, ma dato che la mia maestra delle elementari pronunciava “sciare” senza lo iato ho poche certezze in campo di sport invernali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastActivityDate="2014-12-04T23:25:07.407" Title="La grafia “scì” è corretta?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3679" CreationDate="2014-12-04T23:25:07.407" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente “sci” da solo si scrive senza accento, come puoi verificare in qualsiasi vocabolario (per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sci/&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece “portascì” – come eventuali altri nomi composti del genere – richiede sicuramente l'accento grafico, perché in italiano lo vogliono tutte le parole tronche di più di una sillaba. È ben spiegato per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accento-grafico_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;:&#xA;«[l'accento tonico viene indicato graficamente] sulla vocale finale dei polisillabi tronchi (bontà, portò), anche quando sono composti da monosillabi che da soli non lo richiederebbero (trentatré, Oltrepò, nontiscordardimé)».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-12-04T23:25:07.407" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3669" CreationDate="2014-12-05T08:18:48.370" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Te la metto giù più facile: con i verbi di opinione (penso, credo, mi immagino, mi sembra) quando si riferiscono ad un'altra persona o ad una situazione usa sempre il congiuntivo e vai sul sicuro! Esempi:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Mi sembra che tu sia una brava studentessa.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Tutto sembra indicare che la crisi economica vada peggiornado.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricordati che i verbi di opinione quando si riferiscono a se stessi richiedono il &quot;di  + infinito&quot;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Mi sembra di aver fatto progressi nell'apprendimento dello spagnolo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-12-05T13:19:48.593" LastActivityDate="2014-12-05T13:19:48.593" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3685" CreationDate="2014-12-05T15:25:51.803" Score="3" ViewCount="7516" Body="&lt;p&gt;La regola grammaticale è chiara: prima delle consonanti labiali “b” e “p” va sempre la lettera “m“.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si dice “bambino” e non “banbino”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Compleanno” e non “conpleanno&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine di questa regola? A livello di pronuncia non mi sembra che la lettera 'n' sia più difficile da pronunciare rispetto alla 'm' nel contesto di cui sopra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-12-05T15:42:16.490" LastActivityDate="2017-11-02T10:18:23.073" Title="L’uso della “m” prima delle lettere “p” e &quot;b&quot;" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3683" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3684" CreationDate="2014-12-05T16:16:55.797" Score="4" ViewCount="7117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quando si deve usare l'indicativo e quando il congiuntivo dopo l'espressione &quot;succede che&quot;. Cercando su Internet, ho trovato alcuni esempi di uso sia dell'indicativo che del congiuntivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.bab.la/dictionary/italian-english/succede&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://en.bab.la/dictionary/italian-english/succede&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;E succede che si sta lentamente espandendo all'esterno di quella forma originaria.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.es/books?id=bjRXDwWyuekC&amp;amp;pg=PA29&amp;amp;lpg=PA29&amp;amp;dq=%22succede+che%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://books.google.es/books?id=bjRXDwWyuekC&amp;amp;pg=PA29&amp;amp;lpg=PA29&amp;amp;dq=%22succede+che%22&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Succede che cambia tutto, e l'indice non è più un valore indicativo per dedurre il carico.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.es/books?id=XiEy3QhkS1MC&amp;amp;pg=PA102&amp;amp;lpg=PA102&amp;amp;dq=%22succede+che%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://books.google.es/books?id=XiEy3QhkS1MC&amp;amp;pg=PA102&amp;amp;lpg=PA102&amp;amp;dq=%22succede+che%22&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Succede che il motivo delle guerre sia ingiusto, p. es., per la mancanza di una giusta causa per scatenare una guerra.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://books.google.es/books?id=fi0lzmlyJgAC&amp;amp;pg=PA21&amp;amp;lpg=PA21&amp;amp;dq=%22succede+che%22#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22succede%20che%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://books.google.es/books?id=fi0lzmlyJgAC&amp;amp;pg=PA21&amp;amp;lpg=PA21&amp;amp;dq=%22succede+che%22#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22succede%20che%22&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Succede che un uomo venga indagato per un delitto mesi e mesi dopo che il fatto è accaduto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-12-09T15:52:59.430" Title="&quot;Succede che&quot; + indicativo o congiuntivo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3683" CreationDate="2014-12-05T16:44:17.267" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi scuso perché questa è più un'opinione che una risposta argomentata, che avrebbe bisogno di fonti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Succede che costruzioni come questa possono reggere entrambi i modi verbali. Spesso sarà preferibile l'indicativo, se veramente si parla di qualcosa che “succede”, e non che si ipotizza, o spera, o immagina. Ma la locuzione “succede che” si può usare anche con una sfumatura molto vicina a “può succedere che”, e allora ha senso usare il congiuntivo. Anzi, è proprio la scelta del modo verbale della subordinata che chiarisce in che senso stiamo usando quel “succede che”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Poi succede anche che qualcuno usa il congiuntivo per un automatismo da scuola media per cui nelle subordinate che suonano in quel modo si usa il congiuntivo senza pensarci troppo su...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noto un fenomeno analogo, per esempio, con “il fatto che”. Spesso regge l'indicativo, perché si parla proprio di &lt;em&gt;un fatto&lt;/em&gt;. (Da un esempio in rete: «Il fatto che sei mio fratello non ti autorizza a trattarmi così».) Ma a molti “suona meglio il congiuntivo”, oppure temono di passare per ignoranti se non lo usano, ma a volte lo si usa a ragion veduta perché si parla sì di un fatto, ma ipotetico: «Il fatto che ci siano macchie visibili non significa che il pavimento non sia pulito», che è un po' come dire «Anche se fossero visibili delle macchie, non significherebbe etc.».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Prendo gli esempi del fratello e delle macchie da &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/showthread.php?t=1639043&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questa discussione in rete&lt;/a&gt; che non ha alcuna autorità, ma dà spunti interessanti.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-12-06T00:34:19.027" LastActivityDate="2014-12-06T00:34:19.027" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3682" CreationDate="2014-12-06T03:41:44.813" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una regola di derivazione fonetica/glottologica, in parole povere.&#xA;Se si pronuncia un suono nasale seguito immediatamente da un suono labiale senza interruzione di aria e in assenza di vocale fra i due suoni – ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;np&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nb&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mp&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mb&lt;/em&gt; – succede che il movimento di avvicinamento delle labbra in seguito al suono nasale dà come risultato la naturale formazione del suono &lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La pronuncia veneta che cita l'utente egreg non rispetta quanto sopra, poiché in effetti avviene una interruzione (seppur minima e quasi impercettibile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-12-08T14:19:53.210" LastActivityDate="2014-12-08T14:19:53.210" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3686" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3690" CreationDate="2014-12-06T16:13:15.077" Score="3" ViewCount="4940" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato nel dizionario questi due aggettivi, &quot;scorretto&quot; e &quot;incorretto&quot;, che a me sembrano molto simili. Una semplice ricerca su Google mostra però che &quot;incorretto&quot; è molto meno usato di &quot;scorretto&quot;. Potreste spiegarmi le differenze di uso tra questi due vocaboli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-12-06T23:43:38.193" Title="&quot;Scorretto&quot; versus &quot;incorretto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3686" CreationDate="2014-12-06T17:22:10.993" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Scorretto' implica malafede, la mancanza di rispetto di regole. Esempi: 'giocatore scorretto', 'guidare in modo scorretto'. Tradurrei in inglese con 'unfair'.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'Incorretto' invece è simile a 'non esatto'. Esempio: se rispondo che 2 + 2 = 5, la mia risposta è incorretta. Tradurrei in inglese con 'incorrect' o 'wrong'.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le due parole derivano ovviamente da 'corretto', che ha entrambi i significati positivi (rispettoso delle regole / esatto), l'esatta accezione si evince dal contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1032" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-06T17:38:50.750" LastActivityDate="2014-12-06T17:38:50.750" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3686" CreationDate="2014-12-06T20:23:58.813" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Scorretto', che è tutto ciò che non è corretto, è di uso comune tanto nella lingua parlata che in quella scritta, tanto nell'università quanto al fruttivendolo, sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'Incorretto' è un vocabolo inesistente nella realtà — ancorché esistente nel vocabolario — tanto che ad usarlo potresti generare una fragorosa risata dell'interlocutore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'alternativa a 'scorretto', comunque meno enfatica e meno usabile, è 'non corretto'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-12-06T22:17:01.853" LastActivityDate="2014-12-06T22:17:01.853" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3683" CreationDate="2014-12-06T21:47:20.067" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io sono uno di quelli cui suona meglio il congiuntivo dopo l'espressione &quot;succede che&quot;... ma non sono un esperto di lingua italiana, quindi il mio è solo un parere personale. Comunque mettendo il congiuntivo non sbagli di certo...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-06T22:20:56.887" LastActivityDate="2014-12-06T22:20:56.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3686" CreationDate="2014-12-06T23:43:38.193" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;scorretto&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;non corretto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sbagliato&lt;/em&gt;. L'accezione richiamata da EndovenosaSorella (corrispondente all'inglese &lt;em&gt;unfair&lt;/em&gt;) non è l'unica di &lt;em&gt;scorretto&lt;/em&gt;. Un ragionamento può essere &lt;em&gt;scorretto&lt;/em&gt; senza che l'autore sia in malafede. La semplificazione della frazione 64/16=4/1 in cui si cancellano i due 6 è scorretta, pur producendo un risultato corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incorretto/&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;incorretto&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;non corretto&lt;/em&gt; nel senso che &lt;em&gt;non è stato sottoposto a correzione&lt;/em&gt; ed è di uso raro come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;scorretto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece che &lt;em&gt;raro&lt;/em&gt;, la mia opinione è che sia un anglismo: in inglese &lt;em&gt;scorretto&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di errato/sbagliato si dice &lt;em&gt;incorrect&lt;/em&gt; e la nota mania di italianizzare l'inglese fa il resto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-12-06T23:43:38.193" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2435" CreationDate="2014-12-07T12:34:26.827" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da buon italiano del centro appennino ti descrivo l'accezione che l'espressione &quot;ammàzza&quot; assume dalle mie parti: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Significa che la caratteristica/la situazione/il soggetto/l'oggetto&#xA;osservata/o è talmente esagerato che potrebbe uccidere (spesso in&#xA;senso figurato). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per esempio: &quot;Ammàzza se pìcca 'sto peperoncino...&quot;&#xA;    significa tradotto in italiano &quot;questo peperoncino è&#xA;    talmente piccante che potrebbe uccidere...&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Da quanto sopra, si&#xA;    evince quindi con immediatezza, che il soggetto dell'azione&#xA;    dell'ammazzare sia la caratteristica/la situazione/il&#xA;    soggetto/l'oggetto osservata/o,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mentre la vittima potenziale&#xA;    potrebbe essere chi si dovesse trovarsi ad affrontare tale soggetto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo non riesco a corroborare la mia risposta con delle citazioni celebri, speriamo che qualcun altro possa contribuire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-07T12:52:56.270" LastActivityDate="2014-12-07T12:52:56.270" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3692" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-07T18:40:19.267" Score="3" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto l'espressione &quot;il caso è che&quot; su alcuni siti web, ma non sono sicura che tale espressione sia corretta. Se è corretta, non so come si debba usare. Per esempio, se sto spiegando un incidente accaduto in un liceo, sarebbe corretto scrivere questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il caso è che i professori hanno dovuto chiamare un'ambulanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi aiutereste a chiarire i miei dubbi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni degli esempi che ho trovato su Internet: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il caso è che Washington sta tentando di fare pressioni sulla Turchia per entrare nel territorio siriano, ma allo stesso tempo per non permettergli di portare a termine un intervento che sembri un attacco totale contro il governo del paese arabo. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il caso è che perfino la costruzione della sede delle Nazioni Unite in New York fa parte di quegli stratagemmi utili.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il caso è che studiandosi in dettaglio gli svenimenti presidenziali, si trovò il possibile vincolo degli stesso col sistema elettrico del cuore, quello che produrrebbe tendenze alla lipotimia e pertanto svenimenti. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il caso è che piano piano e dopo aversi sentito dire di tutto, Google sta iniziando a dare nuove e utili funzionalità allo strumento parole chiave di Adwords, tra le quali la novità che ti segnalo in seguito.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; Forse l'espressione corretta in italiano sarebbe &quot;il fatto è che&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-08T11:02:36.060" LastActivityDate="2015-06-10T21:06:54.943" Title="Sull'uso dell'espressione &quot;il caso è che&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3692" CreationDate="2014-12-08T10:47:29.950" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Il caso è che' tanti costrutti che si leggono in internet sono scritti da persone che a scuola prendevano al massimo quattro in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli stessi esempi riportati nella domanda mostrano quanto sopra, addirittura nell'ultimo—ed è eclatante—c'è un 'dopo aversi' che doveva essere 'dopo essersi'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usa quindi il costrutto in discorso solo dopo che ti hanno chiesto 'Qual è il caso?'  ed evita di usarlo come forma di stile per introdurre qualsivoglia proposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-06-10T21:06:54.943" LastActivityDate="2015-06-10T21:06:54.943" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2014-12-08T11:27:42.127" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;em&gt;assai&lt;/em&gt; is fine used conversationally to mean &quot;much/very&quot; as described by several people above. Certainly it is used in this way in Lazio, Tuscany and Emilia-Romagna. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It has a more poetic, old-fashioned tone when used adverbially or adjectivally &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the expression/word it is qualifying, which is more common in the south, esp. Naples. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Neapolitan, it is &quot;assaje&quot;, as in the very famous folk song &quot;&lt;em&gt;Te voglio bene assaje&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, referenced in Lucio Dalla's song &quot;&lt;em&gt;Caruso&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Showing you have a knowledge and awareness of this part of Italian heritage would be impressive to your Italian friends, if they are not too ignorant to know it themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1035" LastActivityDate="2014-12-08T11:27:42.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3695" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3703" CreationDate="2014-12-08T19:26:16.307" Score="5" ViewCount="12372" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Internet ho trovato esempi di uso di tutte e due queste locuzioni, ma non riesco a capire quali siano le differenze tra l'una e l'altra. Per fare un esempio, quale sarebbe la forma corretta, &amp;quot;in modo di&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;in modo da&amp;quot;, in una frase come questa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Penso che, in tali circostanze, sia meglio lasciar passare un po' di tempo &lt;em&gt;in modo di&lt;/em&gt; essere più sereni e poter esprimersi meglio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Penso che, in tali circostanze, sia meglio lasciar passare un po' di tempo &lt;em&gt;in modo da&lt;/em&gt; essere più sereni e poter esprimersi meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-10T15:03:32.283" Title="&quot;In modo di&quot; versus &quot;in modo da&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3695" CreationDate="2014-12-08T19:56:08.770" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente 'in modo da' è la forma corretta lì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-12-09T20:47:14.560" LastActivityDate="2014-12-09T20:47:14.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3695" CreationDate="2014-12-08T20:30:06.990" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Treccani, alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/modo/&quot;&gt;voce “modo”&lt;/a&gt; (vedi punto 6.c), contempla solo la forma “in modo da” (oltre ovviamente ad altre costruzioni di significato analogo, ma che si costruiscono diversamente, come “in modo che” e “di modo che”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-12-08T20:30:06.990" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3683" CreationDate="2014-12-09T00:26:26.397" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà, la grammatica detta regole chiare in questo come in altri casi in cui troviamo coinvolti i verbi al modo congiuntivo, per semplicità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;in presenza di periodi ipotetici, in cui la situazione è (ancora)&#xA;incerta, il congiuntivo è d'obbligo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mentre di fronte a realtà fattuale innegabile, è corretto&#xA;l'indicativo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso (ipotesi, probabilità, incertezza o anche per esprimere un opinione non necessariamente condivisa da tutti):&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Corretto:&lt;/strong&gt; Fermando una lista di sospettati succede a volte che &lt;strong&gt;sia&lt;/strong&gt; possibile arrestare il vero colpevole.&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Errato:&lt;/strong&gt;  Fermando una lista di sospettati succede a volte che &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; possibile arrestare il vero colpevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel secondo (certezza inconfutabile, fatti già avvenuti e noti):&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Corretto:&lt;/strong&gt; Sulla Terra, lanciando un oggetto dall'alto succedde che tale oggetto &lt;strong&gt;cade&lt;/strong&gt; a causa della gravità.&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Errato:&lt;/strong&gt; Sulla Terra, lanciando un oggetto dall'alto succedde che tale oggetto &lt;strong&gt;cada&lt;/strong&gt; a causa della gravità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considerazioni sul linguaggio parlato correntemente in Italia sono corrette da un punto di vista pratico (in fondo qualsiasi lingua viva è e sarà sempre in perenne evoluzione e cambiamento), ma esulano dal rigore grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-09T15:52:59.430" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3682" CreationDate="2014-12-09T10:22:56.163" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono d'accordissimo con quanto spiegato da &quot;in Cina&quot; nell'altra risposta. Aggiungo soltanto che non mi sembra assolutamente una regola specifica dell'italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, in inglese non esistono parole di uso comune che contengano &lt;em&gt;-np-&lt;/em&gt; se non quelle che sono la combinazione di due parole e quindi si pronunciano separate (oppure... si pronunciano con &lt;em&gt;-mp-&lt;/em&gt;). L'unica che ho trovato usando un metadizionario online è &lt;em&gt;enplane&lt;/em&gt;: verificatelo voi stessi in questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.onelook.com/?w=*np*&amp;amp;loc=scworef&amp;amp;scwo=1&amp;amp;sswo=1&amp;amp;ls=a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lista di parole in inglese di uso comune che contengono &lt;em&gt;-np-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Per confronto ecco invece una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.onelook.com/?w=*mp*&amp;amp;loc=scworef&amp;amp;scwo=1&amp;amp;sswo=1&amp;amp;ls=a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lista di parole in inglese di uso comune che contengono &lt;em&gt;-mp-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: sono tantissime.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Risultati del tutto analoghi si trovano confrontando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.onelook.com/?w=*nb*&amp;amp;loc=scworef&amp;amp;scwo=1&amp;amp;sswo=1&amp;amp;ls=a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;-nb-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; con &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.onelook.com/?w=*mb*&amp;amp;loc=scworef&amp;amp;scwo=1&amp;amp;sswo=1&amp;amp;ls=a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;-mb-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2014-12-09T10:53:10.267" LastActivityDate="2014-12-09T10:53:10.267" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2458" CreationDate="2014-12-09T10:52:10.347" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le forme elise &lt;em&gt;'sto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;'sta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;'sti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;'ste&lt;/em&gt; sono comprensibili da qualunque parlante ma restano colloquiali. Solo in un contesto estremamente formale potrebbero essere considerate &quot;irritanti&quot;, di solito passano abbastanza inosservate nel parlato e non è affatto insolito sentirle usare anche in un contesto professionale. Nello scritto si usano quasi esclusivamente per riportare il discorso parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'origine centromeridionale dell'elisione non influenza più né la diffusione né il &quot;suono&quot; di queste parole. Un parlante settentrionale probabilmente sa che a Roma e in molte zone del Mezzogiorno in dialetto &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;questa&lt;/em&gt; ecc. sono sostituiti dalle forme elise ma non per questo si sentirà a disagio nell'utilizzarle in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diverso è il caso di espressioni come &lt;em&gt;stavolta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stasera&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stamane&lt;/em&gt;, che non sono colloquiali e possono essere usate sempre (e vanno scritte senza apostrofo). Forse il fatto che queste parole siano standard anche nello scritto contribuisce a nobilitare anche &lt;em&gt;'sta&lt;/em&gt; e i suoi fratelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2014-12-09T10:52:10.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3570" CreationDate="2014-12-09T16:08:51.027" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La massima autorità nel campo dello studio della lingua italiana è l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/pagina-d-entrata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, che fra i propri propositi ha proprio quello di catalogare i neologismi, fissandone le convenzioni morfografiche e fonetiche. Anche se non è un'istituzione ufficiale dello Stato italiano, la sua autorevolezza è di fatto indiscussa. &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accademia_della_Crusca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Qui una breve descrizione su Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-12-09T22:02:34.230" LastActivityDate="2014-12-09T22:02:34.230" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3599" CreationDate="2014-12-10T11:11:57.850" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Segnalo altri casi analoghi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;dirigente&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;direttore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;agente&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;attore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;docente&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;dottore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà vedo una sfumatura di significato diverso nelle due terminazioni, anche se sicuramente in molti casi si impone semplicemente un uso convenzionale. Lo dice lo stesso Giulio nella domanda: il conducente è chi si trova in quel momento a condurre, il conduttore è chi ha stabilmente il ruolo di condurre. In un caso abbiamo la funzione, nell'altro il ruolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso dei veicoli, la parola &lt;em&gt;conducente&lt;/em&gt; non indica la professione dell'autista bensì chi in una data circostanza si trova al volante: se un malintenzionato dirotta un pullman obbligando l'autista a lasciare il posto di guida (un esempio davvero molto inverosimile, ma tant'è), diventa il conducente del mezzo. Un conduttore di elettricità può condurla oppure no, a seconda della differenza di potenziale che c'è ai suoi estremi, ma continua ad essere conduttore a prescindere dal fatto che in un dato momento sia conducente o non lo sia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un autista non si chiama &lt;em&gt;conduttore&lt;/em&gt; perché si chiama già &lt;em&gt;autista&lt;/em&gt;. Ma per esempio chi di professione conduce una trasmissione televisiva o radiofonica si chiama, per l'appunto, &lt;em&gt;conduttore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente, la distinzione non opera sempre con coerenza perché i due significati sono davvero molto vicini. Per esempio, se è vero che &lt;em&gt;docente&lt;/em&gt; è a rigore una funzione momentanea e non una professione (mi è capitato di tenere occasionalmente dei brevi corsi e in quella circostanza ero considerato il docente di quella lezione), è anche vero che il nome di chi lo fa di professione è &lt;em&gt;insegnante&lt;/em&gt; che a logica dovrebbe essere esattamente la stessa parola...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2014-12-10T11:11:57.850" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3695" CreationDate="2014-12-10T15:03:32.283" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tra le due frasi indicate, quella giusta è esclusivamente la seconda. Infatti, in italiano esiste la locuzione congiuntiva &lt;em&gt;in modo da&lt;/em&gt; che introduce una proposizione subordinata all'infinito. Se il soggetto della subordinata è lo stesso della sua principale, si può quindi usare &lt;em&gt;in modo da&lt;/em&gt; + infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste anche una locuzione simile che può essere usata come congiunzione consecutiva, &lt;em&gt;in modo che&lt;/em&gt;, la quale regge una proposizione subordinata in un modo finito e permette di avere una subordinata con un soggetto diverso. Non esiste invece &lt;em&gt;in modo di&lt;/em&gt; come congiunzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, si può trovare &lt;em&gt;fare in modo di&lt;/em&gt;. Questa frase usa sia &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; che &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; in una maniera che può aiutare a mettere in luce la differenza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fa' in modo di arrivare in tempo, in modo da non trovare una coda troppo lunga alle casse del cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si noti la virgola, che ci dà un'indicazione interessante, perché sarebbe assurdo mettere la virgola tra &lt;em&gt;fa'&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;in modo di&lt;/em&gt;. Infatti, nel primo caso, &lt;em&gt;fare in modo&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione indivisibile, è come se fosse un verbo a sé stante. L'espressione &lt;em&gt;fare in modo&lt;/em&gt; funziona come qualsiasi altro verbo che introduca una subordinata e regge &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; + infinito oppure &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; + finito. Ecco quindi come dobbiamo pensare (e pronunciare!) la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fa'-in-modo di arrivare in tempo, in-modo-da non trovare una coda troppo lunga alle casse del cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo spiega la regola che sembra arbitraria (e che si trova per esempio mal espressa &lt;a href=&quot;http://faustoraso.blogspot.it/2014/02/in-modo-di-o-in-modo-da.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;qui&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;) che può essere riassunta in questo modo: si usa sempre &lt;em&gt;in modo da&lt;/em&gt; tranne quando si dice &lt;em&gt;fare in modo di&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proposito di &lt;em&gt;fare in modo da&lt;/em&gt;: a me sembra semplicemente sbagliato. Si è portato nei commenti sotto un'altra domanda l'esempio di una pagina di Treccani che cita &lt;em&gt;farò in modo da contentarti&lt;/em&gt;; l'esempio sembra obsoleto e sospetto che l'equivoco nasca dalla quasi omofonia con &lt;em&gt;farò in modo d'accontentarti&lt;/em&gt; (già dicendo &lt;em&gt;farò in modo da soddisfarti&lt;/em&gt; l'esempio suona molto peggio). Se tuttavia si trattasse di un frammento di una frase anche solo leggermente più lunga, dove fosse possibile immaginare una virgola dopo &lt;em&gt;farò&lt;/em&gt;, per quanto spiegato sopra sarebbe accettabile. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo farò, in modo da accontentarti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2014-12-10T15:03:32.283" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3704" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-10T19:15:13.507" Score="3" ViewCount="374" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/estremo_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;estremo&lt;/em&gt; proviene di un superlativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;estremo&lt;/strong&gt; /e'strɛmo/ (ant. &lt;strong&gt;stremo&lt;/strong&gt;) [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;extremus&lt;/em&gt;, superl. di &lt;em&gt;exter&lt;/em&gt; o extĕrus* &quot;che sta fuori&quot;, trattato anche in ital. come superl. di &lt;em&gt;esterno&lt;/em&gt;].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questa ragione (credo che non si possa dire, per esempio, &quot;molto bellissimo&quot;), vi chiedo: è corretto dire &quot;idee molto estreme&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;estremo&lt;/em&gt; come superlativo di &lt;em&gt;esterno&lt;/em&gt; si veda anche questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/grado-degli-aggettivi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-18T15:49:10.990" LastActivityDate="2020-05-18T15:49:10.990" Title="È corretto dire &quot;idee molto estreme&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3705" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-10T21:11:19.783" Score="0" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'Italia &lt;em&gt;non potrà neanche mai&lt;/em&gt; iniziare a pensare di uscire dalla recessione strutturale se prima non sopprime regioni e authority.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto scrivere &lt;em&gt;non potrà neanche mai&lt;/em&gt; lì? O, invece, sarebbe il caso di omettere il &lt;em&gt;mai&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2014-12-16T15:40:28.607" Title="'non potrà neanche mai'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3704" CreationDate="2014-12-10T22:49:08.353" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suona piuttosto bruttino. Mi sembra accettabile solamente in un contesto fortemente colloquiale oppure con licenza poetica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2014-12-10T22:49:08.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3704" CreationDate="2014-12-11T01:46:31.173" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;'idee molto estreme' è una forma che certamente lascia sconcertati tanto è brutta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sconsiglio di usarla e, se proprio si deve affermare il concetto che sottende, io userei 'idee &lt;em&gt;davvero&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;particolarmente&lt;/em&gt; estreme' oppure — ed è equivalente in taluni contesti — 'idee &lt;em&gt;estremistiche&lt;/em&gt;'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-12-11T21:41:24.717" LastActivityDate="2014-12-11T21:41:24.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3704" CreationDate="2014-12-11T10:41:54.603" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho provato a fare una &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=pi%C3%B9%20intimo%2Cpi%C3%B9%20estremo&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cpi%C3%B9%20intimo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cpi%C3%B9%20estremo%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ricerca con NGram&lt;/a&gt; con “più estremo” e ”più intimo”. Ci sono parecchi falsi positivi (per esempio una domanda se “si può dire più estremo”). Ma fra i positivi veri trovo questa chicca:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per gli ateniesi era il punto più estremo della loro umiliazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autore è Valerio Massimo Manfredi (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=-g1pAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22pi%C3%B9%20estremo%22&amp;amp;dq=%22pi%C3%B9%20estremo%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=Um6JVMCjAa-y7Qa7wYDIBQ&amp;amp;ved=0CEUQ6AEwCA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Akropolis: la grande epopea di Atene”, pagina 109&lt;/a&gt;). In italiano sarebbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era l'estrema umiliazione degli ateniesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Brutta letteratura a parte, in aggettivi come &lt;em&gt;estremo intimo prossimo infimo&lt;/em&gt; la carica di superlativo è meno avvertita, così come &lt;em&gt;anteriore posteriore esteriore inferiore superiore&lt;/em&gt; vengono poco sentiti come comparativi. Trovi abbastanza facilmente frasi come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Godono così le Rane del potere di mantenersi a una temperatura un poco più superiore a quella del mezzo ambiente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e sto citando un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=et0cAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA514&amp;amp;dq=%22poco%20pi%C3%B9%20superiore%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=CnGJVPLWKdPTaI3ogfgC&amp;amp;ved=0CCIQ6AEwAA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;libro del 1851&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente evito &lt;em&gt;più estremo&lt;/em&gt;, ma non mi scandalizzo se lo sento o lo leggo; però mi faccio un'opinione dello scrittore anche vedendo come adopera la lingua. Il primo esempio dovrebbe far capire che quello scrittore non è fra i miei preferiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il linguaggio pubblicitario è esente da vincoli, naturalmente: un marchio abbastanza noto è il superlativo del superlativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-12-11T10:41:54.603" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3709" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-11T21:45:45.907" Score="2" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il prezzo del petrolio &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; è ormai dimezzato rispetto a giugno scorso, ma quello dei carburanti è sceso a malapena del 10%.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritenete che il 'si' sia necessario in questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2014-12-12T10:31:34.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-12T10:31:34.813" Title="il prezzo si è dimezzato vs. il prezzo è dimezzato" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3709" CreationDate="2014-12-11T22:20:09.840" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è indispensabile, ma va benissimo: vedi la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dimezzare/&quot;&gt;voce “dimezzare” sul Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, per cui “dimezzarsi” significa “ridursi alla metà”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con o senza “si” si hanno due sfumature appena diverse: “si è dimezzato” è un'azione, ancorché compiuta da un oggetto inanimato, e dà un'idea lievemente più dinamica di “è dimezzato”, che dice solo che ora è la metà di allora. In altre parole: nel primo caso ”si è ridotto alla metà”, nel secondo “è pari alla metà”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2014-12-11T22:20:09.840" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2065" CreationDate="2014-12-13T08:56:13.410" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that the best is &quot;Ottimo lavoro!&quot;... I always use this (I'm Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T16:08:41.867" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:08:41.867" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3713" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-13T11:21:19.413" Score="1" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho notato sulla confezione dei biscotti che accompagnano la mia colazione la scritta “[nome del biscotto] &amp;amp; Co. presenta i [altro nome di biscotto]”. Mi suona un po' male, forse perché sembra diverso dalla tipica denominazione delle ditte (“ACME &amp;amp; Co.” vorrebbe sicuramente il singolare). È tanto diverso il caso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="98" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-13T15:54:55.593" LastActivityDate="2014-12-13T22:50:04.113" Title="La forma “[nome proprio] &amp; Co.” regge sempre il singolare?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3714" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-12-13T11:50:10.750" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-12-13T11:50:10.750" LastActivityDate="2014-12-13T11:50:10.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3715" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-12-13T11:50:10.750" Score="0" Body="For questions about grammatical agreement, that is, the correspondence in number, case, gender, person, or some other formal category between syntactically connected words such as a verb and its subject, an adjective and a noun, etc.&#xD;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-15T17:26:48.463" LastActivityDate="2014-12-15T17:26:48.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3716" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3719" CreationDate="2014-12-13T13:16:13.440" Score="5" ViewCount="2866" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questi avverbi, &quot;ormai&quot; e &quot;adesso&quot;, hanno sfumature diverse che mi sfuggono. Mi sa (ma non sono sicura) che &quot;ormai&quot; si usa soprattutto in frasi che esprimono qualcosa di inevitabile o di &quot;irreversibile&quot; in un certo senso (non sempre nel senso stretto della parola, ma col significato che è molto difficile ritornare allo stadio precedente). Ad esempio, una delle domande su questo sito è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/2458/707&quot;&gt;È «'sta» ormai italiano standard?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La risposta afferma che &quot;'sta&quot; è adesso usuale nel parlato in tutta l'Italia, ma secondo me la presenza di &quot;ormai&quot; nella domanda significa che si ritiene difficile il ritorno a uno stato previo della lingua nel quale l'uso di &quot;'sta&quot; era geograficamente più ristretto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi le varie sfumature di significato e le differenze di uso tra questi vocaboli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-12-13T22:46:46.717" Title="&quot;Ormai&quot; versus &quot;adesso&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3713" CreationDate="2014-12-13T15:51:33.417" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo si usi il singolare perché il soggetto va inteso come &quot;l'azienda&quot;, &quot;&amp;amp; Co.&quot; sta solo ad indicare la partnership con altri associati, ma il soggetto è comunque l'azienda stessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Comunque dipende sempre dal nome della società/prodotto, perché i biscotti (stando al tuo esempio) spesso hanno un nome al plurale, quindi in quel caso l'uso del verbo al singolare sarebbe decisamente sbagliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastEditorUserId="1042" LastEditDate="2014-12-13T22:50:04.113" LastActivityDate="2014-12-13T22:50:04.113" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3716" CreationDate="2014-12-13T16:05:46.333" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ormai&lt;/strong&gt; si usa per indicare lo stato attuale, per esprimere il compimento di un processo, per sottolineare l’inevitabilità o l’irrimediabilità di una situazione, di un evento. Può avere anche accezione negativa per esprimere rassegnazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Adesso&lt;/strong&gt; è un sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt;: può esprimere un momento passato da poco ma anche un evento che sta per accadere da un momento all'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/adesso/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/O/ormai.shtml&quot;&gt;Corriere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastActivityDate="2014-12-13T16:05:46.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3716" CreationDate="2014-12-13T22:18:49.403" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Adesso&amp;quot; si riferisce semplicemente al momento attuale (cfr. &amp;quot;ara&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;ahora&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adesso andiamo al cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adesso non posso, sto lavorando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ormai&amp;quot; (o &amp;quot;oramai&amp;quot;) contiene sempre un riferimento a qualcosa che si è concluso o sta per concludersi, a qualche cambiamento che è avvenuto o avverrà, o a qualche scadenza che è passata o sta per passare, e sottolinea le conseguenze o le condizioni che ne derivano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono già le 22, ormai (siccome sono le 22) è tardi per andare al supermercato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono due mesi che lavora a questo progetto, ormai (dato che ci lavora da due mesi) dovrebbe averlo completato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente si può anche usare senza premesse (che però sono implicite):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ormai non si trovano più libri di carta (sottinteso: dato che sono tutti ebook)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si possono anche combinare &amp;quot;adesso&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;ormai&amp;quot;, anche se suona un po' colloquiale e ridondante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adesso ormai non funziona più (implica: tempo fa invece funzionava)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;quot;ormai&amp;quot; si può anche usare in senso positivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ormai hanno superato le difficoltà iniziali (cioè: dopo un inizio difficile, sono arrivati al punto in cui ce l'hanno quasi fatta, manca poco affinché tutto vada bene).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ormai ho risolto il problema (cioè: non ho bisogno di ulteriore aiuto, smettete di aiutarmi/non aiutatemi più. Ma anche: l'ho quasi risolto/sono sul punto di risolverlo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-13T22:46:46.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3705" CreationDate="2014-12-13T23:03:09.190" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se la frase precedente dice che l'Italia non potrà (mai) fare qualcosa, allora potrebbe essere corretto (ossia il significato sarebbe &quot;né l'una né l'altra cosa&quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'Italia non potrà mai fare X. .... e non potrà neanche mai fare Y.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-13T23:03:09.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3566" CreationDate="2014-12-14T06:33:16.467" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Vendesi&quot; si usa solo nel linguaggio immobiliare (e io credo che sia anche per risparmiare spazio sui cartelli che pubblicizzano la vendita... di solito lo spazio non basta mai, soprattutto se si vuole descrivere con dovizia di particolari l'immobile). Riferito a più immobili si dovrebbe dire &quot;vendonsi&quot; (che suona maluccio), comunque sono termini che si usano solo nella compravendita di immobili, automobili ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-14T08:39:25.360" LastActivityDate="2014-12-14T08:39:25.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3566" CreationDate="2014-12-14T11:00:20.783" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È possibile incontrare anche le forme &quot;si vende&quot;/&quot;si affitta&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://encrypted.google.com/search?hl=en&amp;amp;q=%22si%20affitta%20appartamento%22&quot;&gt;esempi&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://encrypted.google.com/search?hl=en&amp;amp;q=%22si%20vende%20appartamento%22&quot;&gt;esempi&lt;/a&gt;) però la forma arcaica con il &quot;si&quot; posposto sembra essere ancora la più comune in quest'ambito, probabilmente per le ragioni già spiegate nelle altre risposte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma con il &quot;si&quot; posposto è così comune che esistono cartelli prestampati (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.marbaro.it/pics/cartello-vendesi-1.jpg&quot;&gt;esempio&lt;/a&gt;). Ovviamente, nel caso in cui ciò che l'annunciante propone sia plurale, diventano automaticamente incorretti dal punto di vista grammaticale, anche se questo fatto non sembra scoraggiare chi li usa (&lt;a href=&quot;http://trucioli.it/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/Alassio-vendesi-posti-auto.jpg&quot;&gt;esempio&lt;/a&gt;); e d'altronde non ho mai visto cartelli con prestampato &quot;vendonsi&quot;, &quot;affittansi&quot; e similari, anche se non posso escludere che esistano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-14T11:00:20.783" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3692" CreationDate="2014-12-14T12:10:04.593" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un'espressione comune (anche se non del tutto equivalente) è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si dà il caso che ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che potrebbe approssimativamente corrispondere allo spagnolo &quot;el caso es que ...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-14T12:10:04.593" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3724" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3726" CreationDate="2014-12-14T12:35:31.703" Score="4" ViewCount="588" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe avere dei chiarimenti sull'uso del verbo impersonale &quot;bisognare&quot;. Ho l'impressione (ma non ne sono sicura) che si usi soltanto in un registro formale e che &quot;essere necessario&quot; o &quot;doversi&quot; (con un uso impersonale) siano molto più frequenti nel linguaggio comune. È così? Ad esempio, parlando con qualcuno della febbre commerciale di questi giorni, potrei dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La pubblicità ci fa credere che &lt;em&gt;bisogni&lt;/em&gt; spendere molti soldi per dimostrare amore a una persona&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non so se sarebbe meglio dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La pubblicità ci fa credere che &lt;em&gt;sia necessario&lt;/em&gt; spendere molti soldi per dimostrare amore a una persona&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La pubblicità ci fa credere che &lt;em&gt;si debbano&lt;/em&gt; spendere molti soldi per dimostrare amore a una persona.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-14T14:01:37.060" LastActivityDate="2014-12-15T07:51:19.373" Title="&quot;Bisognare&quot; versus &quot;essere necessario&quot; o &quot;doversi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3724" CreationDate="2014-12-14T13:18:06.800" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta pragmatica è che ormai si usa solo come verbo modale e solo nella terza persona singolare: &quot;bisogna&quot;, &quot;bisognerebbe&quot;, &quot;bisognerà&quot;, etc. e anche così, certi tempi/modi verbali, pur corretti, suonano strani (ad es. il congiuntivo &quot;bisogni&quot;). In quei casi si usano perifrasi come &quot;si deve&quot;, &quot;è necessario&quot;, &quot;c'è bisogno&quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso, la prima frase non si userebbe comunemente (per quanto ne so io), mentre la seconda e la terza sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-14T13:18:06.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3724" CreationDate="2014-12-14T15:03:09.643" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho ancora abbastanza &quot;reputation&quot; per un commento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, @Charo, non corrisponde al caso 1 perché stai usando, giustamente, il congiuntivo. Come ha detto @Karoshi, &quot;bisognare&quot; si usa ancora ma limitato alla terza persona dell'indicativo. Quindi se tu dicessi: &quot;bisogna spendere molti soldi...&quot; suonerebbe bene, ma visto che la tua frase richiede il congiuntivo io sceglierei &quot;che sia necessario&quot; o &quot;che si debbano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1045" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-14T15:11:31.380" LastActivityDate="2014-12-14T15:11:31.380" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3724" CreationDate="2014-12-14T16:55:05.323" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Siccome il congiuntivo presente è usato per indicare eventi visti come non reali o non obiettivi o non rilevanti, non puoi usarlo con 'bisognare' perché in italiano se una cosa bisogna bisogna e basta, senza se e senza ma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre 'bisogna' non è un vocabolo che si usa in contesti formali perché, contrariamente alla sua natura apodittica, lì è necessario argomentare ed essere interlocutòri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-12-15T07:51:19.373" LastActivityDate="2014-12-15T07:51:19.373" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3729" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-15T12:43:39.153" Score="7" ViewCount="1282" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Händel's &lt;em&gt;Giulio Cesare in Egitto&lt;/em&gt;, the libretto to Cleopatra's famous aria reads:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E pur così in un giorno &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; perdo fasti e grandezze? Ahi fato rio! &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; Cesare, il mio bel nume, è forse estinto; &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; Cornelia e Sesto inermi son, né sanno &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; darmi soccorso. O dio! &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; Non resta alcuna speme al viver mio. &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; Piangerò la sorte mia, &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; sì crudele e tanto ria, &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; finché vita in petto avrò. &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; Ma poi morta &lt;strong&gt;d'ogn'intorno&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; il tiranno e notte e giorno &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; fatta spettro agiterò. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The opera was written during the baroque period at the end of the 18th century, but I'm assuming the libretto is older, though not very much older. The author of the libretto is Nicola Francesco Haym, who based them on a libretto by Giacomo Francesco Bussani, whose text was used no earlier than 1676. Am I assuming wrongly that this is unlikely to still be old Italian? What, then, is the Italian of this era called and what is the appropriate translation for the phrase? The translations I have seen (French, English, and German) simply do not translate the phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may wish to listen to a recording of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://youtu.be/b86ALmacV3U?t=3h13m12s&quot;&gt;aria from 'Ma poi morta'&lt;/a&gt; onwards. I retrieved the libretto from &lt;a href=&quot;http://opera.stanford.edu/iu/libretti/giulioces.htm&quot;&gt;Stanford Opera Glass&lt;/a&gt;, which is usually a reliable source.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1049" LastActivityDate="2016-10-06T16:37:48.797" Title="What is the appropriate translation for &quot;d'ogn'intorno&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3729" CreationDate="2014-12-15T12:57:26.987" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;«D'ogn'intorno» means something like «every which way», with a sense of going around (compare with Cherubino who, according to Figaro in Da Ponte's libretto for &lt;em&gt;Le nozze di Figaro&lt;/em&gt;, won't go anymore «notte e giorno &lt;em&gt;d'intorno&lt;/em&gt; girando»). Cleopatra is saying here that she, as a spectre, will torment the “tyrant”, night and day, wherever he will go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am puzzled by the question about “old Italian”. In Italian language there are not distinct phases comparable to Old English, Middle English etc. Written, literary Italian is quite unitary since the prevailing of Florentine dialect with Dante, Petrarch and Boccaccio, and indeed their works are still mostly readable today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2014-12-15T13:58:08.183" LastActivityDate="2014-12-15T13:58:08.183" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3731" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3739" CreationDate="2014-12-15T19:43:32.850" Score="3" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella fotografia di questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.succedeoggi.it/2014/09/elogio-silenzio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt; si vede Claudio Abbado che fa il cenno a cui si riferisce la mia domanda. Come si deve dire? Il Maestro fa il cenno &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; silenzio con il dito? Il Maestro fa il cenno &lt;em&gt;del&lt;/em&gt; silenzio con il dito?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-17T15:23:40.233" LastActivityDate="2014-12-17T15:23:40.233" Title="&quot;Il cenno di silenzio&quot;, &quot;il cenno del silenzio&quot; o qualcos'altro?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2014-12-16T02:51:33.207" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono abbastanza certo si dica &quot;cenno DI silenzio&quot;, anche se suona strano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastActivityDate="2014-12-16T02:51:33.207" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2014-12-16T10:36:08.143" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Il cenno &lt;strong&gt;del&lt;/strong&gt; silenzio&quot; significherebbe che esiste un cenno specifico usato per fare silenzio, un po' come &quot;il segnale &lt;strong&gt;della&lt;/strong&gt; partenza&quot;. Quindi, se proprio volessi usare quel costrutto e non un'altra frase come indicato nei commenti su, direi &quot;il cenno &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; silenzio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-16T14:04:20.640" LastActivityDate="2014-12-16T14:04:20.640" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2014-12-16T15:33:29.917" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il cenno del silenzio&lt;/em&gt; se intendi propriamente quel particolare gesto, mentre &lt;em&gt;un cenno di silenzio&lt;/em&gt; rappresenta un qualsiasi cenno effettuato per chiedere silenzio ed è molto meno specifico.&#xA;Insomma l'articolo determinativo specifica specificità, quindi, in questo caso, è proprio usare &quot;del&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1056" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-12-17T09:29:09.950" LastActivityDate="2014-12-17T09:29:09.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3705" CreationDate="2014-12-16T15:40:28.607" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il mai lo metti se intendi che non potrà mai farlo.&#xA;Se invece puoi dire che può farlo ma non in un futuro prossimo allora togli il mai.&#xA;Per il neanche, confermo appunto che dovrebbe esserci una negazione in una frase precedente nello stesso paragrafo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1056" LastActivityDate="2014-12-16T15:40:28.607" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3737" CreationDate="2014-12-16T17:03:32.873" Score="4" ViewCount="2218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3695/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, ho messo la frase &quot;per farne un esempio&quot;, ma poi mi è stata corretta in &quot;per fare un esempio&quot;. Avevo pensato che si dovesse usare la particella pronominale &quot;ne&quot; per indicare &quot;per fare un esempio di quello che ho scritto prima&quot;. Questo tipo di costruzione con la particella &quot;ne&quot; è molto usuale nella mia lingua, il catalano, e credevo che fosse lo stesso in italiano. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: perché non è corretto mettere la particella &quot;ne&quot; in tale contesto?   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T16:14:40.310" Title="Perché &quot;farne&quot; non è corretto (in un contesto particolare)?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3736" CreationDate="2014-12-16T18:05:34.410" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Farne&lt;/em&gt;&quot; si usa in riferimento a qualcosa di cui hai già parlato in precedenza, come appunto hai scritto in riferimento alla particella &lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt;. Stai quindi sottintendendo il complemento oggetto della frase.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapendo questo, scrivere &quot;&lt;em&gt;Farne un esempio&lt;/em&gt;&quot; non è concettualmente sbagliato, in quanto stai specificando che &quot;fai un esempio di qualcosa&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Diciamo che è uso comune dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;Fare un esempio&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, dando per scontato che è riferito a quello di cui si sta già parlando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Farne&lt;/em&gt; invece si usa piuttosto in frasi come &quot;&lt;em&gt;Non riesco a &lt;strong&gt;farne&lt;/strong&gt; a meno&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;Vorrei &lt;strong&gt;farne&lt;/strong&gt; parte&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastEditorUserId="1042" LastEditDate="2014-12-16T18:35:14.580" LastActivityDate="2014-12-16T18:35:14.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3736" CreationDate="2014-12-16T19:07:24.263" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto anche &quot;farne&quot;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;ne&quot; in italiano ha la stessa funzione grammaticale che ha in catalano (entrambe le lingue infatti mettono in difficoltà i parlanti del castigliano, che non ha queste particelle, quando le studiano).&#xA;Però l'uso corrente può a volte essere diverso (nel senso che un certo uso può essere idiomatico in una lingua e un po' meno nell'altra, e viceversa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(btw, vale anche per il &quot;ci&quot;/&quot;hi&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-16T19:07:24.263" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3731" CreationDate="2014-12-16T22:21:57.287" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma migliore con &lt;em&gt;cenno&lt;/em&gt; è, secondo me,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il maestro Abbado fa un cenno di silenzio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se il gesto è generico. Nel caso della fotografia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il maestro Abbado fa il gesto del silenzio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è un cenno, ma un gesto ben preciso. Muovere la mano dall'alto in basso per chiedere meno rumore sarebbe un cenno. Mettere l'indice davanti alla bocca, almeno per gli italiani, è un gesto inequivocabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'origine di &lt;em&gt;cenno&lt;/em&gt; è una parola tardolatina che significa &lt;em&gt;l'atto di ammiccare&lt;/em&gt;, mentre &lt;em&gt;gesto&lt;/em&gt; viene da &lt;em&gt;gerere&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &lt;em&gt;compiere&lt;/em&gt; (fonte: dizionario Treccani). Sebbene simili, vedo in &lt;em&gt;gesto&lt;/em&gt; qualcosa di più eloquente di un segno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-12-16T22:21:57.287" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3740" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-17T10:12:19.410" Score="5" ViewCount="52224" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&#xA;sono stato recentemente criticato per avere utilizzato l'espressione &quot;Avrei piacere di...&quot; rispetto a &quot;Mi farebbe piacere...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto ne so, il verbo &quot;avere&quot; può essere utilizzato con riferimento a sensazioni, stati d'animo o sentimenti come sinonimo di &quot;provare&quot; (ad esempio &quot;avere freddo&quot;, &quot;avere fame&quot; o &quot;avere paura&quot;) ed il piacere, in quanto &quot;sensazione di diletto&quot; può certamente essere &quot;provato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso continuare a guardarmi allo specchio anche se occasionalmente mi esprimo dicendo &quot;Avrei piacere di trascorrere del tempo con te&quot; rispetto a &quot;Mi farebbe piacere trascorrere del tempo con te&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1059" LastActivityDate="2014-12-17T12:42:57.593" Title="È corretta l'espressione &quot;Avrei piacere di...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3741" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3743" CreationDate="2014-12-17T11:19:35.417" Score="9" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci ho pensato un po' di volte, e tra Stati Uniti e Canada non mi viene in mente nessuna città oltre a Baltimora che abbia il nome italianizzato. Ce ne sono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ai fini di questa domanda, &lt;strong&gt;non contano&lt;/strong&gt;, se hanno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;grafia uguale ma pronuncia diversa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;grafia diversa ma pronuncia uguale (dunque no &quot;Filadelfia&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non sono più usati (dunque no &quot;Nuova York&quot; o simili)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T12:10:20.273" LastActivityDate="2015-07-13T11:41:33.083" Title="Baltimora è l'unica città nordamericana col nome italianizzato?" Tags="&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3740" CreationDate="2014-12-17T12:42:57.593" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto mi riguarda, &quot;avrei piacere di&quot; anziché &quot;mi piacerebbe&quot; è tecnicamente corretto, ma mi suona molto burocratico e formale. Per esempio, &quot;Avrei piacere di invitarLa al ricevimento&quot; è sicuramente preferibile a &quot;Mi piacerebbe invitarla al ricevimento&quot;, che tra l'altro può addirittura sembrare dire &quot;però non la invito...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2014-12-17T12:42:57.593" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3741" CreationDate="2014-12-17T14:21:59.983" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so portare una fonte, ma quando tempo fa con un amico c'eravamo posti la stessa domanda, eravamo giunti alla conclusione che fossero appunto solo Baltimora e Filadelfia (c'eravamo evidentemente dati regole lievemente diverse, e poi &lt;a href=&quot;http://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=4540&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;la pronuncia di “Philadelphia” non è proprio “Filadelfia”, ma quasi “Fluffya”&lt;/a&gt;...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; Ho trovato anche una fonte. La rivista &lt;em&gt;Internazionale&lt;/em&gt;, nelle sue &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.internazionale.it/dalla_redazione/2015/06/25/libro-stile-internazionale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;norme editoriali&lt;/a&gt;, che quindi prevedono anche quali nomi stranieri italianizzare etc., menziona specificamente: «Le città degli Stati Uniti con un nome italiano sono due: Baltimora, Filadelfia».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-13T11:41:33.083" LastActivityDate="2015-07-13T11:41:33.083" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3566" CreationDate="2014-12-17T15:32:02.857" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In passato gli annunci immobiliari venivano pubblicati come brevi testi dai quotidiani e venivano fatturati a parola, quindi se &quot;vendesi appartamento&quot; erano, diciamo, 200 lire &quot;si vende un appartamento&quot; erano 400 lire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastActivityDate="2014-12-17T15:32:02.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3745" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3747" CreationDate="2014-12-17T18:32:01.990" Score="2" ViewCount="1588" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco molto bene quali siano le differenze di uso tra queste due parole, &quot;linea&quot; e &quot;riga&quot;. Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-12-18T07:45:37.253" LastActivityDate="2014-12-18T17:13:01.113" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;linea&quot; e &quot;riga&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3748" CreationDate="2014-12-17T20:01:15.943" Score="6" ViewCount="940" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the major uses of the &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; is to describe the weather. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il sole splendeva mentre camminavo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you ever use the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; toward the same end?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example could you say, &quot;ieri ha fatto bel tempo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T10:19:58.270" LastActivityDate="2014-12-27T10:19:58.270" Title="Can you ever use the passato prossimo to describe atmospheric conditions?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3745" CreationDate="2014-12-17T20:50:03.610" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linea&lt;/strong&gt; si usa in ambito geometrico, indica un segno grafico, generalmente sottile, tracciato da un punto a un altro su una superficie. Vale anche in ambito sportivo, le linee che delimitano il campo di gioco. Può indicare anche un profilo, le linee delle mani e molto altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Riga&lt;/strong&gt; si usa principalmente per indicare una riga di testo, ovvero un insieme di parole su una stessa linea. Si usa anche per indicare una serie di persone o di cose allineate una a fianco dell'altra. Un altro uso comune è la &quot;riga dei capelli&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastActivityDate="2014-12-17T20:50:03.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3746" CreationDate="2014-12-17T20:57:45.370" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;We prefer the use of &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; because it describes an event that has lasted for a while, like could be the wheather.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; describing something that has ended, like rain or snow for example:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- &lt;em&gt;Ieri ha piovuto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- &lt;em&gt;Ieri ha nevicato.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Ieri ha fatto bel tempo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; sounds a bit weird.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastActivityDate="2014-12-17T20:57:45.370" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3745" CreationDate="2014-12-18T09:41:31.777" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oltre a ciò che @pinckerman ha già detto, ci sono alcune espressioni più o meno fisse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(Ri)mettere in riga (riportare all'ordine una persona indisciplinata).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Leggere tra le righe (interpretare, trovare significati non espliciti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Rompere le righe (soprattutto militare, disfare l'allineamento di un gruppo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sopra le righe (detto di qualcuno o qualcosa un po' esagerato o anticonformista).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A grandi linee (lo stesso che &amp;quot;a grandes rasgos&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prima linea (militare, il punto più avanzato della battaglia, usato anche metaforicamente, per esempio, &amp;quot;un poliziotto in prima linea nella lotta alla criminalità&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente ce ne sono molte altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-18T17:13:01.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3746" CreationDate="2014-12-18T13:13:10.477" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can, and the weather is no special case as far as verb tenses are concerned. The choice between &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; is made according to the usual grammar rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Piovve così tanto che i fiumi esondarono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pioveva quando ci siamo baciati la prima volta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sposa è preoccupatissima perché ha piovuto ininterrottamente per una settimana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As with sentences unrelated to weather, in the South the &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; is used more often while in the North the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; tends to cannibalise sentences that a balanced usage of all tenses would render as &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with your sentence is that &lt;em&gt;splenduto&lt;/em&gt; is not commonly used (read &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/verbi-difficili&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Crusca's opinion&lt;/a&gt;), &lt;em&gt;splendere&lt;/em&gt; is one of the verbs that lack the &lt;em&gt;participio passato&lt;/em&gt; therefore you cannot simply change the tense to &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; without rewording the sentence in some way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/verbo-piovere-vuole-lausiliare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;according to the Crusca&lt;/a&gt; you can use both &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;piovere&lt;/em&gt; and similar verbs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È piovuto, è nevicato, è grandinato. Ha piovuto, ha nevicato, ha grandinato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some sources hold the opposing view that only &lt;em&gt;è piovuto&lt;/em&gt; etc. are OK, but in the everyday language both forms can be heard (perhaps &lt;em&gt;ha piovuto&lt;/em&gt; is even a little more common).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-18T21:52:20.497" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3752" CreationDate="2014-12-18T18:02:16.653" Score="2" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando devo usare &amp;quot;finalmente&amp;quot; e quando &amp;quot;infine&amp;quot;? Per fare un esempio, immaginate che sto descrivendo tre fotografie e scrivo alcune frasi che cominciano così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella prima fotografia, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda immagine mostra ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa posso scrivere dopo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Finalmente&lt;/em&gt;, nella terza fotografia ...?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Infine&lt;/em&gt;, nella terza fotografia ...?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-18T18:34:48.203" Title="&quot;Finalmente&quot; versus &quot;infine&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3751" CreationDate="2014-12-18T18:34:48.203" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Finalmente&quot; in questo caso io non lo userei. In italiano ha un significato simile a &quot;¡por fin!&quot;, in quanto esprime sollievo o soddisfazione per la conclusione di qualcosa: &quot;finalmente sei arrivato, sono venti minuti che ti aspetto&quot;, &quot;finalmente (dopo tanti tentativi/dopo tanto tempo) sono riuscito a prendere la patente&quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo esempio: &quot;infine&quot;. Puoi anche dire, ovviamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(Nel)la terza e ultima fotografia ...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(Nel)l'ultima fotografia ...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-18T18:34:48.203" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3753" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3754" CreationDate="2014-12-19T06:35:42.290" Score="8" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono da Mèxico e ho trovato che &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Avete il mio libro?&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; si traduce come &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;¿Tienes mi libro?&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Tienes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è il verbo &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Tener&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; coniugato per la seconda persona del singolare in spagnolo e  &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Tienes&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  significa &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Hai&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; in italiano; ma so anche che &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Avete&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt;   è il verbo &lt;em&gt;&lt;code&gt;Avere&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; coniugato per la seconda persona del plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: si deve usare &lt;code&gt;Hai&lt;/code&gt; o &lt;code&gt;Avete&lt;/code&gt; nella domanda e perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tatoeba.org/spa/sentences/show/2422899&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; è dove ho incontrato questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-19T22:22:17.483" LastActivityDate="2014-12-19T22:22:17.483" Title="Avete il mio libro o Hai il mio libro?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3753" CreationDate="2014-12-19T07:07:29.500" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa la seconda persona singolare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Hai il mio libro?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ed è corretto in generale, eccetto per i seguenti casi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte quando si parla ad una persona più importante, in segno di rispetto, &quot;si da del lei&quot; (ovvero ci si riferisce alla persona con la terza persona singolare) o &quot;si da del voi&quot; (e quindi con la seconda persona plurale). Quindi se la domanda che hai trovato è riferita ad una persona verso cui chi chiede deve rispetto, copre un grado inferiore (come uno studente ad un professore, ad esempio) è possibile che tu abbia trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Avete il mio libro?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ha il mio libro?&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rispettivamente in seconda persona plurale e terza singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi in generale è corretto il primo caso, ma su fatto che tu abbia trovato &lt;code&gt;Avete&lt;/code&gt;, dipende da chi chiede la domanda e chi risponde&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastActivityDate="2014-12-19T07:07:29.500" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3753" CreationDate="2014-12-19T20:44:16.513" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei tempi passati, la forma di cortesia prevalente in italiano era il “voi”, cioè la seconda persona plurale. La forma è ancora viva nell'Italia meridionale, specialmente a Napoli, dove è normale che la gente si rivolga a una persona che non conosce con il “voi”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma di cortesia più comune, ormai, è il “lei” (con la terza persona singolare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia è piuttosto comune usare il “voi” in modo impersonale. Se vado in una libreria in cerca di un titolo, chiederò&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avete un'edizione pregiata dei “Promessi Sposi” per un regalo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perché mi sto rivolgendo al personale della libreria. Se invece vado dal salumiere e so che la persona dietro al banco è il proprietario, chiederò&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha salame di Felino?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non sarebbe strano domandare anche in questo caso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avete salame di Felino?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(nota per gli stranieri: non si tratta di salame di gatto, ma del famoso salame di suino che si produce nei dintorni di Felino, provincia di Parma).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In mancanza di contesto è difficile dire come tradurre la frase. Potrebbe essere uno che si rivolge a un ufficio oggetti smarriti e quindi adopera “avete” impersonale; oppure la domanda potrebbe essere rivolta agli occupanti di una stanza che forse hanno il mio libro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-12-19T20:44:16.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3756" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-20T10:48:29.037" Score="1" ViewCount="437" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questi due avverbi, &quot;precisamente&quot; e &quot;appunto&quot;, mi sono sempre sembrati molto simili. Potreste spiegarmi le differenze di uso tra questi due vocaboli? Per esempio, potrei scrivere queste frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In Spagna ci sono state molte proteste contro la nuova legge sulla sicurezza cittadina, ma questa legge cerca &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;precisamente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di farla finita con le proteste dei movimenti sociali.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In Spagna ci sono state molte proteste contro la nuova legge sulla sicurezza cittadina, ma questa legge cerca &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;appunto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di farla finita con le proteste dei movimenti sociali.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale sarebbe la forma corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-20T11:24:22.800" LastActivityDate="2014-12-20T14:28:10.650" Title="&quot;Precisamente&quot; versus &quot;appunto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3756" CreationDate="2014-12-20T12:08:23.057" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da dove stai traducendo (se stai traducendo)? Tutte e due le frasi suonano strane e secondo me ci potrebbe stare un rimaneggiamento in italiano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio qualcosa come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;In Spagna ci sono state molte proteste contro la nuova legge sulla sicurezza cittadina, legge che cerca appunto di porre fine alle proteste dei movimenti sociali.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O meglio ancora per non ripetere &quot;proteste&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;In Spagna ci sono state molte proteste contro la nuova legge sulla sicurezza cittadina, legge che cerca appunto di porre fine a quelle da parte dei movimenti sociali.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se però vuoi proprio mantenere il &quot;ma&quot; (che suona stranissimo e forse anche sbagliato se questa frase viene lasciata da sola) probabilmente la migliore delle due è quella con &quot;appunto&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Precisamente&quot; in questo genere di frasi non viene molto usato. Esempi di frasi con &quot;precisamente&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un cavallo (più precisamente quello di Maria) non voleva essere pulito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ora ti dirò precisamente cosa ho visto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È poco usato, spesso al suo posto si usa &quot;esattamente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1046" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2014-12-20T13:50:19.323" LastActivityDate="2014-12-20T13:50:19.323" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3756" CreationDate="2014-12-20T14:28:10.650" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo esempio puoi usare tanto &amp;quot;precisamente&amp;quot; come &amp;quot;appunto&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Appunto&amp;quot; si userebbe più comunemente, direi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Spagna ci sono state molte proteste ..., ma questa legge cerca &lt;strong&gt;[precisamente | proprio | appunto | per l'appunto]&lt;/strong&gt; di farla finita con le proteste dei movimenti sociali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;per l'appunto&amp;quot; è un'espressione idiomatica con lo stesso significato, rafforzato, di &amp;quot;appunto&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancora meglio (IMO):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... ma questa legge è stata approvata &lt;strong&gt;[proprio | precisamente | apposta | appositamente | espressamente | esattamente | appunto]&lt;/strong&gt; per ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale però, i due termini non sempre sono equivalenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quindi vuoi dire che lo faresti?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Precisamente&amp;quot;. (non &amp;quot;appunto&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mio fratello è calciatore. (Più) precisamente, un centrocampista. (non &amp;quot;appunto&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Precisamente non lo so, comunque sono circa duecento metri. (non &amp;quot;appunto&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora non mi sovvengono esempi in cui &amp;quot;appunto&amp;quot; non sia sostituibile con &amp;quot;precisamente&amp;quot; (il che non vuol dire che non ce ne siano!), forse qualcosa del genere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome gli esseri umani sono, appunto, umani, possono fare errori. (non &amp;quot;precisamente&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però è un po' forzato e retorico (anche se è una costruzione che si usa con una certa frequenza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-20T14:28:10.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3759" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3826" CreationDate="2014-12-20T14:32:39.643" Score="1" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le vocali italiane possono portare degli &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alfabeto_italiano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accenti&lt;/a&gt;. Vorrei sapere come faccio a sapere quando usare l'accento grave o l'accento acuto. Che differenza c'è tra i due? So che per esempio la terza persona singolare del presente indicativo del verbo essere si scrive 'è' con l'accento grave, mentre 'perché' si scrive con l'accento acuto. Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; è bravo a elencare le differenze, ma mi confonde un po' dato che usa l'accento grave anche per denotare lo stress, e dato che questo stress non si scrive nello scritto, talvolta non so se l'accento che appare nel Treccani indica stress o grafia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi potrebbe cortesemente elencare quali sono le regole grammaticali e sintattiche pertinenti ai vari accenti sulle vocali italiane?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-29T15:00:29.477" LastActivityDate="2015-01-07T18:11:54.623" Title="Significato e uso degli accenti (diacritici, gravi e acuti) sulle vocali di parole italiane" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3759" CreationDate="2014-12-20T14:36:10.943" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che nessuno qui possa essere più esauriente delle voci dell'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano sull'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accento_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accento&lt;/a&gt; in generale e sull'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accento-grafico_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accento grafico&lt;/a&gt; (o segnaccento). Le hai lette? Poi ti potremo rispondere su eventuali dubbi che ti siano rimasti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-07T18:11:54.623" LastActivityDate="2015-01-07T18:11:54.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3626" CreationDate="2014-12-20T16:30:03.153" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è un granché, ma ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://rociodiazgomez.blogspot.com.es/2010/03/wc.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; secondo il quale molte lingue usano forestierismi per designare il &quot;water&quot; per un meccanismo simile all'eufemismo. Ad esempio, la Wikipedia afferma che il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flush_toilet#Water_closet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;water closet&quot;&lt;/a&gt; è stato coniato in Inghilterra intorno al 1870, ma adesso gli inglesi usano il vocabolo d'origine francese &quot;toilet&quot; e non più WC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra che l'origine dell'articolo sia il giornale spagnolo ABC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-20T16:44:19.317" LastActivityDate="2014-12-20T16:44:19.317" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3762" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-20T22:15:30.167" Score="4" ViewCount="1508" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quest'anno non &lt;em&gt;farò&lt;/em&gt; gli auguri a nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quest'anno non &lt;em&gt;darò&lt;/em&gt; gli auguri a nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quest'anno non &lt;em&gt;porgerò&lt;/em&gt; gli auguri a nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale è più corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-21T09:48:21.463" LastActivityDate="2014-12-21T09:48:21.463" Title="Quest'anno non farò/darò/porgerò gli auguri a nessuno" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3762" CreationDate="2014-12-21T00:29:32.847" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Augurio&lt;/em&gt; viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;augurium&lt;/em&gt;, la cerimonia con cui gli àuguri ricavavano presagi, tipicamente dal volo degli uccelli o anche dall'esame dei visceri di animali. Offrire &lt;em&gt;buoni auguri&lt;/em&gt; significa quindi offrire o sperare buoni presagi e quindi, in senso traslato, un destino felice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò gli auguri non si possono &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt;. Diverso è il caso di una benedizione che infatti si dà o si impartisce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fra il burocratico &lt;em&gt;porgere&lt;/em&gt; e il semplice &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; preferisco certamente il secondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2014-12-21T00:29:32.847" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3765" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-21T09:23:59.990" Score="0" ViewCount="1210" Body="&lt;p&gt;These days I was involved in a discussion with friends of mine who are studying Italian, and I realize that they are very confused on the use of pronouns in Italian, on the other side, they manage unexpectedly the use of verbs quite well. So I'd like to ask the friends of this site, possibly foreigners who are studying Italian, in your experience, the hardest thing to learn studying Italian is the use of: 1.verbs? 2.or pronouns? 3.or something else? Please explain the reason and list your mother tongue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Answers from Italian users are also warmly welcome, if they have experience to share on this subject with their foreign friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1031" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2014-12-22T10:32:41.880" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:09:44.067" Title="What's, if any, the hardest thing to learn in Italian for foreigners?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2014-12-22T10:33:19.343" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3765" CreationDate="2014-12-21T10:51:28.577" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian, so it's likely that my opinion will be quite biased, but the use of the verbal forms, especially the subjunctive mood, seems to me one of the hardest things to learn. The nuances of verbal forms are also difficult for native speakers to learn. If you listen to not so well-educated italians speaking, chances are that you'll hear plenty of expressions like &lt;em&gt;se io avrei&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;penso che è&lt;/em&gt; and so on and so forth. But even those who are very well-educated, in informal conversations, hardly get all the congiuntivi and condizionali right &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2014-12-21T15:42:14.590" LastActivityDate="2014-12-21T15:42:14.590" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3767" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3858" CreationDate="2014-12-21T10:53:42.293" Score="5" ViewCount="16357" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, si dice &lt;em&gt;È un'attività intellettualmente stimolante&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;intellettivamente stimolante&lt;/em&gt;? Si dice &lt;em&gt;capacità intellettive&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;intellettuali&lt;/em&gt;? Qual è la differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T14:30:42.717" Title="Qual è la differenza tra gli aggettivi &quot;intellettuale&quot; e &quot;intellettivo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3570" CreationDate="2014-12-21T12:09:58.227" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/forestierismi_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Oggi sono i mezzi di comunicazione di massa che hanno un ruolo decisivo nella stabilizzazione grafica e fonetica dei forestierismi, per i quali si tende ad approssimarsi il più possibile al modello alloglotto, talora anche nel caso di voci che già avevano assunto una forma adattata.» &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, come è stato detto da @egreg, l'accento dei forestierismi è deciso dall'uso, ma sono principalmente i mezzi di comunicazione di massa quelli che stabiliscono tale uso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra curiosa l'affermazione «si tende ad approssimarsi il più possibile al modello alloglotto» perché nel caso precedentemente discusso del vocabolo «Ebola» non è stato così, come si può vedere da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.salon.com/2014/09/28/the_problem_with_ebola_the_troubling_xenophobic_language_of_disease/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-22T18:28:02.653" LastActivityDate="2014-12-22T18:28:02.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3765" CreationDate="2014-12-21T12:53:12.990" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if it is the hardest thing, but an aspect which I find difficult to learn in Italian and in other languages is the correct use of prepositions, probably because such uses are quite different from a language to another.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My mother tongues are Catalan and Spanish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-12-21T12:53:12.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3767" CreationDate="2014-12-21T16:13:46.133" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Intellettuale&lt;/strong&gt; è riferito all’intelletto, che concerne l’intelletto e la sua attività, di solito in contrapposizione al sentimento, alla fantasia, alla volontà, al senso morale. Anche inteso come complesso delle facoltà mentali e dell’attività culturale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio si dice &quot;&lt;em&gt;proprietà intellettuale&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, o nel tuo caso è corretto dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;attività intellettualmente stimolante&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Intellettivo&lt;/strong&gt; riguarda l’attività dell’intelletto, la capacità d’intendere con l’intelletto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio si dice &quot;&lt;em&gt;quoziente intellettivo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (il QI), o nel tuo caso è corretto dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;capacità intellettive&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intellettuale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;intellettuale&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intellettivo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;intellettivo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastActivityDate="2014-12-21T16:13:46.133" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3774" CreationDate="2014-12-21T17:57:27.557" Score="5" ViewCount="35295" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi fa un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/baffo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;baffo &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione molto comune. Qual è la sua origine? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi fa un b.&lt;/em&gt; (locuz. di uso colloquiale ma di tono volg. e d’intenzione offensiva), non m’importa nulla; anche riferito a persona, per significare che non la si teme, che non s’intende tenerne conto. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-21T18:10:42.713" LastActivityDate="2017-10-05T07:41:22.763" Title="Origine di 'fare/farsene un baffo'" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3771" CreationDate="2014-12-21T19:03:47.260" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quello che so io è che significa che la cosa a cui si riferisce non è importante, e nascerebbe dal fatto che &lt;em&gt;ha la stessa importanza di un paio di baffi&lt;/em&gt;. è molto popolare, non conosco spiegazioni migliori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastActivityDate="2014-12-21T19:03:47.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3765" CreationDate="2014-12-21T22:15:04.010" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian. I guess the hardest part of our language are the verbs. Lots of forms, lots of exceptions. Some of them are hard even for the average Italian speaker. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1046" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T16:09:44.067" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:09:44.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3771" CreationDate="2014-12-21T22:19:34.543" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo una rubrica del &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/21-03-2011/fare-un-baffo-e-da-capo-a-dodici-1751755.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I baffi, (dal greco &lt;em&gt;baphé&lt;/em&gt; = tintura, forse a indicare una macchia sopra le labbra) sono, od almeno erano, simbolo apprezzato di virilità la cui forma e misura varia a seconda delle mode da una sottile striscia a imponenti e autoritari cespugli pelosi. Proprio i capricci della moda sono colpevoli di alcuni modi di dire, ormai desueti.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio l'espressione colloquiale dal tono ironico &quot;&lt;em&gt;fare un baffo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; col significato di infischiarsene, ostentare quindi una sicurezza davanti a una minaccia. Il detto richiama l'epoca nella quale i baffi si diffusero maggiormente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1042" LastActivityDate="2014-12-21T22:19:34.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3777" CreationDate="2014-12-22T10:35:24.743" Score="2" ViewCount="1300" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un po' di confusione sull'uso di queste parole nel senso di &quot;relazione, rapporto, attinenza...&quot;. In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/2296/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; si è discusso sulla locuzione &quot;riguardo a&quot; e in un commento (e anche in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3610/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;) si è menzionato anche la locuzione &quot;rispetto a&quot;. Dunque, sarebbe corretta questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio &lt;em&gt;rispetto all&lt;/em&gt;'uso di questa parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So anche dell'esistenza di locuzioni come &lt;em&gt;a riguardo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;al riguardo&lt;/em&gt;, che si possono usare in frasi come, per esempio, queste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Potreste dirmi qualcosa &lt;em&gt;al riguardo&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La luna è molto piccola &lt;em&gt;a riguardo&lt;/em&gt; della terra (esempio tratto dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riguardo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe corretto usare &lt;em&gt;rispetto&lt;/em&gt; in queste frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Potreste dirmi qualcosa &lt;em&gt;al rispetto&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La luna è molto piccola &lt;em&gt;rispetto&lt;/em&gt; della terra.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-12-23T08:07:59.807" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;riguardo&quot; versus &quot;rispetto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3775" CreationDate="2014-12-22T11:07:13.963" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio rispetto all'uso di questa parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase è corretta. Si può anche dire, più semplicemente e comunemente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio sull'uso di questa parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche se così, ovviamente, non si usa la parola oggetto della discussione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulle ultime due frasi: la 1. è corretta, mentre per quanto riguarda la 2., la preposizione è &quot;a&quot;, quindi puoi dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La luna è molto piccola &lt;em&gt;rispetto alla&lt;/em&gt; terra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-22T11:07:13.963" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3775" CreationDate="2014-12-22T15:41:42.640" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I due termini non sono perfettamente intercambiabili, &lt;em&gt;riguardo a X&lt;/em&gt; si usa per indicare il soggetto della frase (un'altra opzione diffusa è &lt;em&gt;in merito a X&lt;/em&gt; che ha lo stesso uso e significato), mentre &lt;em&gt;rispetto a X&lt;/em&gt; si usa per esplicitare un termine di paragone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di conseguenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Potreste dirmi qualcosa al rispetto ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa domanda per molti sarebbe priva di significato (con risposta immediata &quot;rispetto a cosa?&quot; dell'interlocutore, che si aspetta il secondo &quot;soggetto&quot; con cui operare il paragone).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo modo la frase diventa una richiesta di ulteriori dettagli sullo stesso soggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La Luna è molto piccola rispetto alla Terra.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe &lt;em&gt;La Luna è molto piccola a confronto con la Terra&lt;/em&gt; (perfettamente corretta e comprensibile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un ultimo esempio mettendo insieme le due frasi diventerebbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La Luna è molto piccola rispetto alla Terra. Potreste dirmi qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parafrasabile come &lt;em&gt;La Luna è molto piccola se messa a confronto con la Terra. Potreste dirmi qualcosa che abbia come soggetto la Luna?&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;la Luna&quot; è il soggetto della frase precedente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="227" LastEditorUserId="227" LastEditDate="2014-12-23T08:07:59.807" LastActivityDate="2014-12-23T08:07:59.807" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3779" CreationDate="2014-12-23T09:00:18.303" Score="4" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi ho letto in una pubblicità: &quot;Ultima chance per i tuoi regali di Natale: invia un Buono Regalo!&quot; La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;ultima chance&quot;. Si tratta di un calco dell'inglese &quot;last chance&quot;? Esiste un modo di dire &quot;più italiano&quot; per esprimere la stessa idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-12-23T11:11:20.463" Title="&quot;Ultima chance&quot;" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3778" CreationDate="2014-12-23T11:11:20.463" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che sia più un calco del francese, o almeno mi sembra che la gente tenda a dire &quot;ultima scians&quot;, ossia con la pronuncia francese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono certamente (come in molti altri casi) espressioni italiane equivalenti, per esempio: &quot;ultima occasione&quot;, &quot;ultima opportunità&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però si sa, agli italiani piacciono molto le espressioni straniere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2014-12-23T11:11:20.463" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3780" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3782" CreationDate="2014-12-24T09:52:51.217" Score="6" ViewCount="4673" Body="&lt;p&gt;Frequentemente ho letto frasi che hanno le strutture “pensare che”, “credere che”, “ammettere che”, ecc. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;senza la congiunzione &quot;che&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Ecco alcuni esempi tratti da Internet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Penso sia necessario un chiarimento tra l’allenatore e la società. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chiara Luna&lt;/em&gt; è un romanzo ambientato in Inghilterra nel 1880 ed ho voluto misurarmi con una storia ambientata in un contesto storico ben preciso ed è una cosa che credo non farò mai più.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il tempo invece del tunnel è di circa 20 minuti che devo ammettere passano in fretta e senza problemi di pressione o altro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire però quando si debba togliere la congiunzione &quot;che&quot; da tali espressioni. Potreste spiegarmelo?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-24T14:54:27.003" LastActivityDate="2014-12-24T16:19:11.623" Title="Quando si deve togliere il &quot;che&quot; di &quot;pensare che&quot;, &quot;credere che&quot;, &quot;ammettere che&quot;, ecc?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3780" CreationDate="2014-12-24T10:36:40.627" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come spiegato dall'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-oggettive_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle proposizioni subordinate oggettive, soprattutto di secondo grado, si&#xA;può omettere la congiunzione che, per evitare l’accumulo di&#xA;congiunzioni; i modi usati sono il congiuntivo o il condizionale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, dei tre esempi proposti, solo nel primo il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; introdurrebbe una proposizione oggettiva, ed è pertanto omissibile, mentre nel secondo e nel terzo no, in quanto marca due proposizioni relative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-24T10:36:40.627" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3780" CreationDate="2014-12-24T16:08:07.437" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una regola approssimativa: &lt;em&gt;solo con certi verbi&lt;/em&gt; della frase principale, se il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; è congiunzione, e il verbo nella subordinata è al congiuntivo o al condizionale, il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; si può omettere. In certi casi funziona anche col futuro indicativo, specialmente se il verbo della subordinata è negato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che sia stato Marco -&amp;gt; Penso sia stato Marco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppongo che sarebbe stato meglio venire in treno -&amp;gt; Suppongo sarebbe stato meglio venire in treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero che verrai -&amp;gt; Spero verrai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non credo che andrò al cinema domani -&amp;gt; Non credo andrò al cinema domani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però non sempre funziona col futuro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che domani studierò -&amp;gt; *Penso domani studierò (o quantomeno, credo che nessuno lo direbbe)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I verbi della frase principale con i quali è possibile l'omissione del &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; congiunzione alle condizioni sopra indicate non sono poi tanti: quelli usati nel 99% dei casi sono &amp;quot;credere&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;pensare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sperare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;supporre&amp;quot; e similari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tuoi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso sia necessario un chiarimento tra l’allenatore e la società.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ok, il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; dopo &amp;quot;penso&amp;quot; viene omesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... è una cosa che credo non farò mai più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui è stato omesso il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; dopo &amp;quot;credo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tempo ... è di circa 20 minuti che devo ammettere passano in fretta ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui, secondo me, l'unica lettura possibile è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tempo ... è di circa 20 minuti che, devo ammettere, passano in fretta ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quindi non c'è omissione di nessun &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;. Devo comunque ammettere (eh) che non sono del tutto sicuro che &amp;quot;ammettere&amp;quot; non sia un verbo con cui si può omettere il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ammetto che tu ti sia divertito -&amp;gt; Ammetto tu ti sia divertito (?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La versione senza il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; non mi suona benissimo, però neanche totalmente sbagliata. Propendo comunque per il &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tutti i casi, nel tuo esempio il verbo della presunta subordinata sarebbe al presente indicativo (&amp;quot;passano&amp;quot;), quindi questa costruzione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tempo ... è di circa 20 minuti che devo ammettere che passano in fretta ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è &amp;quot;semplificabile&amp;quot; togliendo il secondo &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;. Se si toglie, la frase cambia e va letta come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tempo ... è di circa 20 minuti che, devo ammettere, passano in fretta ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in cui &amp;quot;devo ammettere&amp;quot; passa al ruolo di inciso, perché se il verbo è al presente indicativo il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; non si può togliere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ammetto che il tempo passa in fretta -&amp;gt; *Ammetto il tempo passa in fretta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per finire (e dopo averci pensato un po' di più), ci sono effettivamente rari casi in cui il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; non congiunzione (ossia, pronome) si può omettere, anche se non sono del tutto sicuro di come la cosa sia classificabile dal punto di vista grammaticale. Sono casi in cui il &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;, pur non essendo congiunzione, suona pleonastico, e gli unici esempi che mi vengono in mente sono del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che bel disegno che ha fatto Marco! -&amp;gt; Che bel disegno ha fatto Marco!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guarda che bel ragazzo che è diventato! -&amp;gt; Guarda che bel ragazzo è diventato!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-24T16:19:11.623" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3783" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3784" CreationDate="2014-12-25T12:35:40.490" Score="3" ViewCount="1084" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Verde acqua&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Poco tempo dopo l'inizio dell'anno scolastico gli zii andarono ad abitare proprio di fronte all'Istituto Campostrini, in un bell'appartamento nuovo situato in un complesso di case costruite da una cooperativa della Sidarma, società &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;/em&gt; la quale lo zio era stato assunto come impiegato.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa preposizione,  &quot;presso&quot;, mi è sempre sembrata molto curiosa perché non esiste una preposizione simile nella mia lingua. Per questa ragione, non capisco bene quali siano gli usi di tale preposizione. Potreste spiegarmeli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-12-26T10:56:19.250" Title="Sull'uso della preposizione &quot;presso&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3783" CreationDate="2014-12-25T13:20:07.917" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa soprattutto per indicare che qualcosa si trova vicino a un'altra, o nei suoi dintorni, o nella zona circostante (cfr. &amp;quot;cerca de&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;a prop de&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;al voltant de&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;en los alrededores de&amp;quot; e similari):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un paese presso Milano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il museo si trova presso la stazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quest'uso si può sostituire quasi sempre con &amp;quot;vicino a&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nei dintorni di&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nelle vicinanze di&amp;quot;. C'è anche un'espressione idiomatica (&lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;nei pressi di&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;) con lo stesso significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ha un orto nei pressi del lago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però, come forse già immagini, l'uso da te citato è un po' differente (meraviglie dell'italiano).&#xA;In combinazione con certi verbi (mi vengono in mente &amp;quot;lavorare&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;abitare&amp;quot;) il significato cambia leggermente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario abita ancora presso i suoi genitori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa: abita ancora coi suoi genitori, abita ancora dai suoi, abita ancora a casa dei suoi (anche: abita presso di loro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario lavora presso la nostra azienda&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa: lavora qui da noi, lavora nella nostra azienda (anche: lavora presso di noi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa anche in un certo tipo di linguaggio commerciale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Presso di noi troverete [le ultime novità | le migliori marche] etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'espressione più comune e colloquiale è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da noi troverete ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro uso idiomatico è in riferimento alle pubblicazioni editoriali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autore ha pubblicato il suo nuovo libro presso Bompiani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo secondo uso, &amp;quot;presso&amp;quot; non si può sostituire con &amp;quot;nei pressi di&amp;quot; o con &amp;quot;vicino a&amp;quot;; se si fa, il significato cambia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vive presso una comunità (== vive in una comunità)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vive nei pressi di una comunità (== la sua abitazione si trova nelle vicinanze di una comunità)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Presso di noi troverete ... (== nel nostro negozio troverete ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vicino a noi troverete ... (== da qualche parte qui nelle vicinanze, però non da noi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-26T10:56:19.250" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3785" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3786" CreationDate="2014-12-26T08:54:46.763" Score="2" ViewCount="585" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Verde acqua&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri (pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto queste frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Mentre sorseggiava il solito caffè in cucina, gli è caduto lo sguardo sulla mia lavatrice in funzione e, scuotendo il capo, l'ha definita l'invenzione piú utile del secolo per l'enorme risparmio di fatica ch'essa comporta. Di &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;«liscie»&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ne aveva fatte tante in vita sua.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;La mamma scaldava pazientemente dei pentoloni d'acqua, li versava fumanti in una grande mastella nello sgabuzzino e lasciava la roba a mollo per una notte con la lisciva. L'indomani portava il tutto nella &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lisciaia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; comune, strofinava a lungo col sapone, curva sulla vasca di cemento, e sciacquava con l'acqua gelida.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il contesto rende chiaro che le parole &amp;quot;liscia&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;lisciaia&amp;quot; hanno a che vedere col bucato, ma cosa significano esattamente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-26T11:31:35.067" Title="Significato di &quot;lisciaia&quot; e &quot;liscia&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3785" CreationDate="2014-12-26T11:15:40.003" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che siano termini parzialmente o totalmente dialettali (potrei però sbagliarmi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;lisciaia&lt;/strong&gt; è una stanza in cui si fa il bucato (simile al &quot;safareig&quot; che sicuramente conosci). Un altro termine è &lt;strong&gt;lavatoio&lt;/strong&gt;. &#xA;Ormai nelle case moderne non esiste più, o si è trasformato in un ripostiglio generico e multiuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla &lt;strong&gt;liscia&lt;/strong&gt;, credo che sia una versione dialettale friulana dell'italiano &lt;strong&gt;liscivia&lt;/strong&gt; (&quot;lleixiu&quot;), che è una sostanza ottenuta dalla bollitura della cenere e che si usava per togliere le macchie dai panni prima di lavarli. Suppongo che per estensione, &quot;fare la liscia&quot; potesse significare appunto &quot;fare il bucato&quot; o quantomeno &quot;applicare la liscia al bucato&quot;.&#xA;In tutti i casi, attività che sono state interamente sostituite dalla lavatrice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario-goriziano-italiano.blogspot.com.es/p/jkl.html#Liscia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo link&lt;/a&gt; che sembra confermare che si tratta di un termine dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-26T11:30:27.513" LastActivityDate="2014-12-26T11:30:27.513" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3787" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-26T23:35:46.713" Score="3" ViewCount="2290" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone find the original of this quote by Machiavelli? «Men generally judge more by the eye than the hand,for everyone can se few can feel. Everyone sees what you appear to be, few really know what you are.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1072" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2014-12-29T11:40:39.687" LastActivityDate="2014-12-29T11:40:39.687" Title="A quote by Niccolò Machiavelli" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3787" CreationDate="2014-12-27T08:36:55.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;code&gt;Il Principe&lt;/code&gt;, capitolo XVIII&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Gli uomini in universale giudicano più agli occhi che alle mani, perché tocca a vedere&#xA;a ciascuno, a sentire a pochi. Ognun vede quel che tu pari, pochi sentono quel che tu sei.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastActivityDate="2014-12-27T08:36:55.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3789" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-12-27T12:13:48.683" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T12:13:48.683" LastActivityDate="2014-12-27T12:13:48.683" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3790" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-12-27T12:13:48.683" Score="0" Body="A proper noun or proper name is a noun representing a unique entity as opposed to a common noun, which represents a class of entities or nonunique instances of that class. A proper name may be capitalized if it refers to people." OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T16:03:54.270" LastActivityDate="2014-12-27T16:03:54.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3791" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-27T18:37:45.000" Score="7" ViewCount="2384" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un motivo per cui si dice Babbo Natale e non Papà o Padre Natale ad esempio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=Babbo%20Natale&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2CBabbo%20Natale%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; l'espressione si è diffusa dagli anni '50. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T18:40:17.717" LastActivityDate="2020-11-26T20:26:25.000" Title="Perché si chiama Babbo Natale?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3792" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3795" CreationDate="2014-12-27T19:30:57.593" Score="2" ViewCount="1573" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/accidenti/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo del vocabolario Treccani sull'interiezione &quot;accidenti!&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, sono stata stupita dalla frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«è spesso alterato eufemisticamente in &lt;em&gt;acciderba!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;accidempoli!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;accipicchia!&lt;/em&gt;»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prima perché l'esclamazione &quot;accidenti!&quot; non mi è mai sembrata tanto volgare per necessitare un eufemismo e poi perché non sapevo dell'esistenza di queste interiezioni (&lt;em&gt;acciderba!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;accidempoli!&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;accipicchia!&lt;/em&gt;). Per questa ragione, vi chiedo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'interiezione &quot;accidenti!&quot; è considerata un volgarismo?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Acciderba!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;accidempoli!&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;accipicchia!&lt;/em&gt; sono interiezioni comunemente usate attualmente?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T19:44:39.800" LastActivityDate="2014-12-28T11:53:06.813" Title="&quot;Acciderba!&quot;, &quot;accidempoli!&quot; e &quot;accipicchia!&quot; come eufemismi di &quot;Accidenti!&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;interjections&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3793" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2014-12-27T19:32:41.523" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T19:32:41.523" LastActivityDate="2014-12-27T19:32:41.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3794" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2014-12-27T19:32:41.523" Score="0" Body="Words such as &quot;oh&quot;, &quot;uh&quot; or &quot;ahi&quot;, which are used to indicate an isolated emotion on the part of the speaker, without an explicit grammatical relationship to the rest of the sentence. " OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T21:23:47.387" LastActivityDate="2014-12-27T21:23:47.387" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3792" CreationDate="2014-12-27T19:48:54.760" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) Non è assolutamente un volgarismo. È piuttosto da considerarsi un po' obsoleto semmai. Probabilmente si considera offensivo perchè sottointende &quot;ti vengano&quot; o &quot;ti auguro&quot;, come nella simile espressione &quot;accidenti a te&quot; in cui si augurano appunto degli accidenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Non sono mai usate se non ironicamente, a parte &quot;accipicchia&quot; che in effetti ancora ogni tanto ho sentito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1073" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-27T20:10:09.467" LastActivityDate="2014-12-27T20:10:09.467" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3798" CreationDate="2014-12-28T12:11:51.597" Score="5" ViewCount="2145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa domanda mi è stata suggerita da questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/3795/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;. Là ho letto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«È piuttosto da considerarsi un po' obsoleto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;semmai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quali siano gli usi dell'avverbio &quot;semmai&quot;. Potreste spiegarmeli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2014-12-28T14:25:05.330" Title="Come e quando si usa l'avverbio &quot;semmai&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3797" CreationDate="2014-12-28T13:59:07.647" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Semmai&amp;quot; è simile a &amp;quot;casomai&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;tutt'al più&amp;quot;. In generale, si usa quando si parla di condizioni in cui dovrebbero verificarsi casi o eventi ipotetici o improbabili. Normalmente si può omettere e la frase conserva il suo significato ed è ugualmente comprensibile, anche se perde un po' di forza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente la spiegazione più facile è attraverso alcuni esempi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non pago 10 euro per un film così brutto. Semmai è il cinema che dovrebbe pagarmi per vederlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se, per qualche strano caso del destino, dovessi/volessi guardare questo film (evento comunque già di per sé improbabile), sarebbe il cinema che dovrebbe pagarmi per farlo, non viceversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è assolutamente un volgarismo. È piuttosto da considerarsi un po' obsoleto semmai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(A me suona meglio: &amp;quot;è semmai, piuttosto, da considerarsi un po' obsoleto&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è un volgarismo. Se proprio volessimo dire qualcosa, anche se poco importante, potremmo dire al massimo che è obsoleto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco perché ti lamenti. Qui semmai chi dovrebbe lamentarsi è Mario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se c'è qualcuno che ha motivo di lamentarsi (anche se non lo fa), quello è Mario, certamente non tu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra maniera di interpretarlo è sostituire &amp;quot;semmai&amp;quot; con &amp;quot;se mai&amp;quot; + la parte sottintesa (solo a scopo esplicativo; in pratica, quasi sempre, farlo implica cambiamenti nella frase). Con &amp;quot;se mai&amp;quot; si indicano eventi improbabili o sconosciuti; in questo caso il &amp;quot;mai&amp;quot; è semplicemente un rafforzativo del &amp;quot;se&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se mai dovessi riuscire a dimagrire fino a 70 Kg, dovrei ringraziare il medico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in cui ci riuscissi, dovrei ringraziare il medico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi i nostri esempi potremmo anche interpretarli come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non pago 10 euro per un film così brutto. Semmai è il cinema che dovrebbe pagarmi per vederlo -&amp;gt; Se mai (nel caso in cui) dovessi vederlo, sarebbe il cinema che ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è un volgarismo. Se mai (nel caso in cui) volessimo dire qualcosa, potremmo piuttosto dire che è da considerarsi un po' obsoleto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se mai (nel caso in cui) ci fosse qualcuno che ha diritto a lamentarsi, quello sarebbe Mario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2014-12-28T14:25:05.330" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3800" CreationDate="2014-12-29T14:37:26.017" Score="3" ViewCount="1265" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho visto tutte queste espressioni (&quot;vita mia&quot; e &quot;mia vita&quot;, &quot;vita tua&quot; e &quot;tua vita&quot;, &quot;vita sua&quot; e &quot;sua vita&quot;, ecc.) nei testi che ho letto. Per esempio, questa frase appartiene al libro &lt;em&gt;Verde acqua&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Di «liscie» ne aveva fatte tante in &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;vita sua&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quest'altra frase è tratta dal romanzo &lt;em&gt;Marco Polo&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Dio ha dato la &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sua vita&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; per gli uomini e tu distruggi la vita.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so quando si debba usare una o l'altra forma. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire questo dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2014-12-29T15:40:09.307" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;vita mia&quot; e &quot;mia vita&quot;, &quot;vita tua&quot; e &quot;tua vita&quot;, &quot;vita sua&quot; e &quot;sua vita&quot;, ecc" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3799" CreationDate="2014-12-29T15:08:03.817" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tl;dr&lt;/strong&gt;: nel caso di &quot;in vita&quot; + possessivo si tratta di un'espressione fissa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In vita mia&lt;/strong&gt; non ho mai incontrato una persona come te&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si direbbe anche normalmente. L'alternativa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nella mia vita&lt;/strong&gt; non ho mai incontrato una persona come te&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è comunque anch'essa corretta, anche se meno idiomatica.&#xA;Negli altri casi il possessivo tende a stare davanti, quindi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ha dato la sua vita&lt;/strong&gt; (non: &lt;strong&gt;ha dato la vita sua&lt;/strong&gt;, a meno di contesti speciali come poesie o canzoni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Canzone-esempio dell'eccezione: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JGSW_gxmkqc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La vita mia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Spiegazione più lunga&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In molti casi è una questione di stile; l'aggettivo anteposto generalmente suona più letterario o poetico, e naturalmente rafforza la qualità descritta dall'aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però ci sono casi in cui il significato cambia; un esempio tipico è l'aggettivo &quot;grande&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un uomo grande&lt;/strong&gt;  (un uomo alto e/o corpulento)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un grand'uomo&lt;/strong&gt;   (una persona di valore, un eroe, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però con certe parole non c'è differenza semantica, al di là di quella che potrebbe essere percepita soggettivamente dal ricevente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Una piazza grande&lt;/strong&gt; == &lt;strong&gt;una grande piazza&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro caso è l'aggettivo &quot;vecchio&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un amico vecchio&lt;/strong&gt; (un amico non più giovane)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un vecchio amico&lt;/strong&gt; (un amico di lunga data, che conosco da molto tempo; può anche essere giovane)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/posizione-dellaggettivo-qualificativo-italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; l'argomento è trattato bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono poi aggettivi che preferibilmente precedono il nome a cui si riferiscono, anche in contesti non letterari: tipicamente, i possessivi (&quot;il mio libro&quot;, non &quot;il libro mio&quot;) e i numerali (&quot;il quarto concorrente&quot;, non &quot;il concorrente quarto&quot;). Qui è la posposizione che dà un effetto speciale, ma si usa poco. Però un esempio è proprio quello da te citato, ossia &quot;in vita sua&quot;, che è un'espressione fissa (&quot;in vita&quot; + possessivo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una regola? Purtroppo no. Al di là del differente &quot;suono&quot; a livello sintattico, i cambiamenti semantici derivanti dal cambio di posizione dell'aggettivo sono in parte legati a espressioni più o meno fisse o modi di dire, in parte al contesto, e in parte alla percezione soggettiva del lettore o ascoltatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altra parte, è anche vero che se, come studentessa di italiano, sei già arrivata a porti queste questioni, hai già una conoscenza avanzata della lingua :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2014-12-29T15:40:09.307" LastActivityDate="2014-12-29T15:40:09.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3568" CreationDate="2014-12-29T20:46:21.770" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per come la percepisco io, la differenza è che &quot;in genere&quot; sta per &quot;solitamente&quot;.&#xA;&quot;In generale&quot; è il contrario di &quot;nello specifico&quot;.&#xA;Potrebbe anche essere una differenza regionale, però, per esempio, direi: &quot;in genere vado a dormire alle dieci&quot;; &quot;in generale l'esame è andato bene, ma io non l'ho passato&quot;, ma non li scambierei. &quot;Generalmente&quot; lo vedo sinonimo di &quot;in genere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1077" LastActivityDate="2014-12-29T20:46:21.770" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3659" CreationDate="2014-12-29T20:52:28.160" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Amo la musica classica. Mi piacciono specialmente/particolarmente i quartetti d'archi di Shostakovich.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi piacciono particolarmente i quartetti d'archi di Shostakovich.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Il lugubre timbro del controfagotto mi sembra particolarmente misterioso e intrigante.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Specialmente&quot; forse suonerebbe strano senza altre premesse. Ma un &quot;particolarmente&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;molto/abbastanza&quot; è usato frequentemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1077" LastActivityDate="2014-12-29T20:52:28.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3803" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2014-12-30T14:49:48.590" Score="8" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché l'italiano, una lingua con pochissime &quot;h&quot; (eccetto dopo &quot;c&quot; e &quot;g&quot; e alcune forme del verbo avere), ha tante interiezioni che contengono la &quot;h&quot; nella loro grafia? &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ah! Ahi! Ahimè! Ahó! Oh! Ohe! Ohi! Ohimè! Eh! Bah! Boh! Beh! Ehi! Ehm! Uh! Uhm! Mah! Ih!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T10:07:37.860" Title="Perché ci sono tante interiezioni che contengono la &quot;h&quot;?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;interjections&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3803" CreationDate="2014-12-30T18:01:16.583" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Domanda molto interessante. Azzardo una possibile spiegazione (che meriterebbe forse di essere un commento più che una risposta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;code&gt;h&lt;/code&gt;, anche in parole straniere, perlopiù in italiano non viene pronunciata. Mi sembra che talvolta venga usata per rendere nella scrittura di queste interiezioni un 'allungamento' della vocale a cui si attacca, più che un suono consonantico. È un uso molto simile a quello che assume nel francese moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2014-12-30T18:01:16.583" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3803" CreationDate="2014-12-30T18:08:34.960" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quelle &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; spesso modificano le vocali in un qualche modo, es. con suoni aspirati oppure allungandole. Nelle altre parole è raro che ci siano queste cose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico caso di parola quasi &quot;normale&quot; con la &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; usata in quel modo che mi viene in mente è &lt;em&gt;vabbè&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;va bene&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;vabbene&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;vabbe(ne)&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;vabbè&lt;/em&gt;) che si può scrivere correttamente anche come &lt;em&gt;va beh&lt;/em&gt;. &#xA;Cosa cambia? Come lo dico io (accento lombardo) è con la h e senza la doppia b (il raddoppio a nord non si fa), quindi scrivo &lt;em&gt;va beh&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque quando la gente le scrive (sempre in chat perché a meno che scrivi novelle non le usi, e quindi senza fare attenzione all'ortografia corretta ma basandosi sulla propria pronuncia) tende a scriverle in modi diversi o &quot;sbagliati&quot; perché sono un po' ambigue secondo me, soprattutto se non se ne conosce l'origine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1061" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2014-12-30T18:11:21.883" LastActivityDate="2014-12-30T18:11:21.883" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3807" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-01T08:03:00.730" Score="5" ViewCount="769" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La radura&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri (pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Nei giorni piú turbolenti della sua relazione, la zia Augusta faceva a tutti &lt;em&gt;la testa come un cesto&lt;/em&gt; con le sue disavventure amorose.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significhi &quot;la testa come un cesto&quot; posso più o meno immaginarlo dal contesto (mi piacerebbe però avere le vostre spiegazioni per esserne più sicura). Comunque, sapreste spiegarmi qual è l'origine di questa curiosa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-25T15:57:58.180" LastActivityDate="2019-01-25T15:57:58.180" Title="Significato e origine dell'espressione &quot;la testa come un cesto&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3807" CreationDate="2015-01-01T16:19:22.300" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di questa espressione viene spiegato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/T/testa.shtml#27&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fare la testa come un cestone&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(raro)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fig.:&lt;/strong&gt; frastornare, rintronare di chiacchiere, di raccomandazioni, di rumore, di confusione o d'idee.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Var.:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;avere il capo come un cestone; fare una testa come un cestone; avere una testa come un cestone.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;avere il capo come un cestone&quot; appare nel poema eroicomico &lt;em&gt;Il Malmantile Racquistato&lt;/em&gt; del fiorentino Lorenzo Lippi (1606-1665).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Google Books si trova un'&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=pIrcshzKMfEC&amp;amp;pg=PA72&amp;amp;lpg=PA72&amp;amp;dq=cestone#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cestone&amp;amp;f=false&quot;&gt;edizione del 1815 di questo poema&lt;/a&gt; con interessantissime &quot;note di Puccio Lamoni e d'altri&quot;. In una di queste note si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«IL CAPO ELL'HA COME UN CESTONE. Gli si confonde il cervello. Fa capo grosso. Quando diciamo Fa il capo grosso, o Se gl'ingrossa il capo, intendiamo Se gli confonde il giudizio. E Cestone è un gran Paniere fatto di vinciglie di castagno intessute, ed è capace di mezza soma: e perchè ha la figura del capo dell'uomo, si fa questa comparazione.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, il &quot;cestone&quot; era un grande paniere (capace di &quot;mezza soma&quot;) fatto di strisce di castagno intessute, con una forma che assomigliava alla testa di una persona. Con questa espressione si voleva evocare l'immagine di una testa che &quot;ingrandiva&quot; perché era tutta piena &quot;di chiacchiere, di raccomandazioni, di rumore, di confusione o d'idee&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-01T16:19:22.300" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3809" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3810" CreationDate="2015-01-02T14:21:51.440" Score="5" ViewCount="8209" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/spettacoli/14_novembre_28/agon-channel-sogno-serie-b-chi-all-ultima-spiaggia-e70f184e-76c8-11e4-90d4-0eff89180b47.shtml&quot;&gt;questo articolo del Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt; ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Il sogno di serie B per chi è all'ultima spiaggia.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;all'ultima spiaggia&quot;? Sapreste dirmi qual è l'origine di questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-01-15T10:02:05.077" Title="Significato e origine dell'espressione &quot;all'ultima spiaggia&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3809" CreationDate="2015-01-02T14:29:05.590" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Essere all'ultima spiaggia&quot; significa (in poche parole) &quot;essere disperati&quot;.&#xA;Similmente, se qualcosa rappresenta &quot;l'ultima spiaggia&quot; significa che è l'ultima speranza, l'ultima possibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiaggia/&quot;&gt;lo spiega bene&lt;/a&gt; e dà anche una spiegazione dell'origine (che non conoscevo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con uso fig., ultima s., ultima speranza, estrema possibilità di&#xA;  risolvere una situazione: per molti lavoratori stranieri il nostro&#xA;  paese è l’ultima s.; analogam.: essere, trovarsi all’ultima spiaggia.&#xA;  Tale locuz. deriva dal titolo italiano, L’ultima spiaggia, del romanzo&#xA;  On the beach (1957) dello scrittore ingl. N. Shute, e dell’omonimo&#xA;  film statunitense (1959) del regista S. Kramer (film ambientato in&#xA;  Australia, dove, dopo una guerra nucleare che ha annientato gli&#xA;  abitanti di tutto il resto del mondo, la popolazione attende, con&#xA;  l’arrivo della contaminazione atomica, la morte).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-01-02T14:29:05.590" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3812" CreationDate="2015-01-02T18:57:40.320" Score="3" ViewCount="516" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Da quel che si dice pare che Monica &lt;strong&gt;sia&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; innamorata di Nino.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is correct here, the &quot;indicativo&quot; or the &quot;congiuntivo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-02T19:28:57.483" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T10:04:17.130" Title="Is the &quot;congiuntivo&quot; used after this verb?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3811" CreationDate="2015-01-02T20:13:53.337" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The subjunctive is used after impersonal constructions with verbs which express uncertainty such as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pare che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;sembra che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;può darsi che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the most correct way to write your sentence would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Da quel che si dice pare che Monica sia innamorata di Nino.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-03T08:46:43.383" LastActivityDate="2015-01-03T08:46:43.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3813" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3814" CreationDate="2015-01-03T10:34:00.410" Score="3" ViewCount="2164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quando devo usare la preposizione &quot;su&quot; e quando invece la preposizione &quot;a&quot; dopo il verbo &quot;riflettere&quot; (nel senso di meditare). Ecco alcuni esempi che ho trovato sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riflettere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Rifletteva &lt;em&gt;sulla&lt;/em&gt; sua imbarazzante situazione.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Rifletti &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; ciò che ti dico.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non hai certo riflettuto &lt;em&gt;sulle&lt;/em&gt; gravi conseguenze che potrebbe avere il tuo gesto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-31T23:18:57.083" Title="&quot;Riflettere su&quot; versus &quot;riflettere a&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3813" CreationDate="2015-01-03T12:26:45.503" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi &quot;rifletti su ciò che ti dico&quot;, ossia userei &quot;su&quot; anche nel secondo esempio. &quot;Riflettere a&quot; mi sembra strano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%28riflettere%20a%20quello%20che%29%2C%28riflettere%20su%20quello%20che%29&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2C%28riflettere%20a%20quello%20che%29%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2C%28riflettere%20su%20quello%20che%29%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alcune&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%28riflettere%20alle%29%2C%28riflettere%20sulle%29&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2C%28riflettere%20alle%29%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2C%28riflettere%20sulle%29%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;ricerche&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%28riflettere%20a%20ci%C3%B2%20che%29%2C%20%28riflettere%20su%20ci%C3%B2%20che%29&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2014&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2C%28riflettere%20a%20ci%C3%B2%20che%29%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2C%28riflettere%20su%20ci%C3%B2%20che%29%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;con ngrams&lt;/a&gt; sembrano mostrare che &quot;riflettere a&quot; è quantomeno una forma antiquata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In sostanza, credo che si possa usare tranquillamente sempre &quot;riflettere su&quot; senza problemi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ok, forse c'è un caso in cui si usa &quot;a&quot;, però è un po' diverso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Avete già deciso se vi sposate?&quot; &quot;No, non abbiamo ancora riflettuto &lt;strong&gt;al riguardo&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma direi che è l'unica eccezione (correzioni benvenute), e comunque si direbbe più correntemente &quot;non ci abbiamo ancora riflettuto (su/sopra)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-01-03T15:24:18.870" LastActivityDate="2015-01-03T15:24:18.870" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3813" CreationDate="2015-01-03T23:03:03.937" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Rifletti &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; ciò che dico/dici' è una forma idiomatica usabile — e si usa — come tale, negli altri casi usa &lt;em&gt;su&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-01-03T23:03:03.937" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3817" CreationDate="2015-01-04T11:09:56.933" Score="3" ViewCount="3841" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho visto queste due espressioni, &quot;in tempo&quot; e &quot;a tempo&quot;, nei testi che ho letto. Per esempio, questa frase appartiene al racconto &lt;em&gt;La radura&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Se non la smette &lt;em&gt;in tempo&lt;/em&gt;, finirà col coprirsi di ridicolo.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quest'altra frase invece è tratta da un &lt;a href=&quot;http://bari.repubblica.it/cronaca/2014/12/23/news/ilva-103624719/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo del giornale La Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Un commissariamento che avrà una durata &lt;em&gt;a tempo&lt;/em&gt;, di massimo 36 mesi, perché poi l'azienda dovrà essere venduta al miglior offerente che dovrà garantire produzione e ambiente ma non necessariamente i numeri dell'attuale forza lavoro.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so quando devo usare &quot;in tempo&quot; e quando invece &quot;a tempo&quot;. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-04T14:11:07.340" Title="&quot;In tempo&quot; versus &quot;a tempo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3816" CreationDate="2015-01-04T14:11:07.340" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In tempo&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;non in ritardo. Supponiamo che devi fare una cosa entro un certo termine, se la fai prima, allora l'avrai fatta &lt;em&gt;in tempo&lt;/em&gt;. &#xA;Es. &quot;sono arrivato in tempo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa anche in espressioni del tipo &quot;non ho fatto in tempo a mangiare prima di prendere il treno&quot;. È un po' diverso perché non è che puoi mangiare in ritardo, semplicemente non hai fatto in tempo a farlo prima. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A tempo&lt;/strong&gt;: ci sono 2 modi di usarlo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per indicare che una cosa è a termine. Ad es. un contratto &lt;em&gt;a tempo determinato&lt;/em&gt; vuol dire che dopo tot tempo finisce. Prima o poi finisce. Il commissariamento è &lt;em&gt;a tempo&lt;/em&gt; nel senso che non può andare avanti per una durata indeterminata. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Si usa anche con lo stesso significato di &lt;em&gt;in tempo&lt;/em&gt;, es. &quot;non ho neanche fatto a tempo a bere il caffé prima di dover andare&quot;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne aggiungo uno per completezza: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per tempo&lt;/strong&gt;: il dizionario lo dà come sinonimo di &quot;di buon'ora&quot;, ma per me significa semplicemente che devi fare una cosa con un certo anticipo rispetto al termine così che non la fai in ritardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad es. se devi prendere un aereo, allora devi partire &lt;em&gt;per tempo&lt;/em&gt;. Vuol dire che parti abbastanza prima così da non arrivare in ritardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1061" LastActivityDate="2015-01-04T14:11:07.340" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3818" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3819" CreationDate="2015-01-05T08:30:40.820" Score="3" ViewCount="439" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La conchiglia&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Vedendo che la popolazione dell'isola andava lentamente espandendosi e rendendosi conto che altre migrazioni erano impossibili, per evitare future contese pensò di dividere il territorio in &lt;em&gt;spicchi&lt;/em&gt;, partendo dal centro verso la costa assegnando a ciascun villaggio uno di questi &lt;em&gt;spicchi&lt;/em&gt;.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il significato di &lt;em&gt;&quot;spicchi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto? Ho cercato il vocabolo  &lt;em&gt;&quot;spicco&quot;&lt;/em&gt; nel dizionario, ma non ho trovato nulla che abbia a che vedere con questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-05T10:11:47.020" LastActivityDate="2015-01-05T10:11:47.020" Title="Cosa significa &quot;spicchi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3818" CreationDate="2015-01-05T08:58:26.370" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il singolare è &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spicchio/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;spicchio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, tipicamente si riferisce a una delle parti in cui si può dividere un agrume, ad esempio un'arancia o un mandarino (cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.freshplaza.it/images/2013/0227/orange_slices.jpg&quot;&gt;immagine&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per estensione si può anche utilizzare per indicare una parte di un tutto, soprattutto se si tratta di una cosa circolare divisa in parti triangolari (ad esempio una pizza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-01-05T08:58:26.370" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3820" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3821" CreationDate="2015-01-06T06:32:12.937" Score="5" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La conchiglia&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto (uso l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/2344/707&quot;&gt;ortografia della casa editrice Einaudi&lt;/a&gt;, che ha pubblicato la versione che ho letto):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Mio padre li avrebbe legati assieme, sí da formare una semplice e solida imbarcazione per la pesca.»  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene come viene usato il vocabolo &quot;sì&quot; in questa frase. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-01-07T08:13:37.623" Title="Qual è l'uso di &quot;sì&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3820" CreationDate="2015-01-06T09:46:30.527" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Sì” è, in questo caso, la forma abbreviata di “così”, e quindi in questa frase ha il senso di “in modo da”. In Dante e altri scrittori classici si trova spesso; oggi è un po' ricercato, a parte nella frase fatta “fare sì che” cioè, appunto, “fare in modo che”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-06T09:46:30.527" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3822" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3825" CreationDate="2015-01-07T08:18:35.757" Score="2" ViewCount="4936" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La radura&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;L'allergia s'era &lt;em&gt;acuita&lt;/em&gt; procurandole febbre da fieno e violenti attacchi d'asma, che le impedivano perfino di parlare.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conoscevo questo verbo, &quot;acuire&quot;; io là avrei usato il verbo &quot;acutizzare&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: c'è qualche differenza di uso o qualche sfumatura di significato che distingua questi due verbi, &quot;acuire&quot; e &quot;acutizzare&quot;?   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-07T11:39:23.500" LastActivityDate="2015-01-07T12:16:11.167" Title="Ci sono differenze di uso o di significato tra &quot;acuire&quot; e &quot;acutizzare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3823" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3824" CreationDate="2015-01-07T10:57:09.850" Score="16" ViewCount="171363" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, it is usual to ask &quot;How are you?&quot; as a salutation. How can I say a similar thing in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-07T14:29:00.347" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T01:27:40.670" Title="How can I say &quot;How are you?&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3823" CreationDate="2015-01-07T11:11:00.307" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;The typical idioms are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Come stai?&lt;/strong&gt; (informal, with known people or friends)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Come sta?&lt;/strong&gt;  (formal, with unknown people or important people)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Come va?&lt;/strong&gt;   (always possible)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-21T08:02:10.093" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3822" CreationDate="2015-01-07T12:16:11.167" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;acuire&lt;/em&gt; viene dato dal De Mauro come &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/lemma/1761/acuire&quot;&gt;nato nel XIV secolo&lt;/a&gt;, mentre &lt;em&gt;acutizzare&lt;/em&gt; è riferito al &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/lemma/1784/acutizzare&quot;&gt;1901&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, userei &lt;em&gt;acutizzare&lt;/em&gt; solo in senso medico, ma è adoperato anche come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;acuire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di sicuro &lt;em&gt;acutizzare&lt;/em&gt; è più “facile da capire”, per via del suffisso &lt;em&gt;-izzare&lt;/em&gt;, ma, come tutti i verbi di questo tipo è anche più brutto (sempre meno del derivato &lt;em&gt;acutizzazione&lt;/em&gt;, naturalmente) e dannoso perché riduce la ricchezza lessicale della lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I gerghi tecnici, come quello medico, hanno bisogno di termini più precisi di quelli generici come &lt;em&gt;acuire&lt;/em&gt;  che letteralmente sarebbe “dare/prendere la forma di ago”: &lt;em&gt;il dolore si è acuito&lt;/em&gt; significa che lo percepisco come un ago che mi punge e fa più male. Un medico parlerebbe di “dolore acutizzato” per indicare una specifica caratteristica sintomatologica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio del De Mauro &lt;em&gt;la crisi ha acutizzato i problemi&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe molto meglio reso con &lt;em&gt;la crisi ha acuito i problemi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-01-07T12:16:11.167" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3759" CreationDate="2015-01-07T18:11:19.647" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come @DaG ha detto, le regole complete sull'uso dell'accento in italiano sono sull'Enciclopedia Treccani. Possiamo però cercare di fare un riassunto delle regole più importanti sull'uso dell'accento grafico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È obbligatorio segnare l'accento nei seguenti casi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In parole polisillabiche tronche (cioè, con l'accento fonico sull'ultima sillaba): per esempio, &lt;em&gt;caffè&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;parlerà&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;così&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;arriverò&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In alcune parole monosillabiche che contengono due vocali perché, senza l'accento grafico, potrebbero essere lette come parole piane: ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;può&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giù&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;già&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In alcune parole monosillabiche per non confonderle con omonimi (parole con la stessa forma fonica e grafia simile): per esempio, &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt; (verbo), &lt;em&gt;sì&lt;/em&gt; (affermazione), &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; (avverbio), &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; (avverbio), &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; (pronome) sono distinte da &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; (congiunzione), &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; (pronome), &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; (articolo o pronome), &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt; (pronome), &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; (congiunzione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma grafica standard dell'accento in italiano è quella chiamata “grave” (`), eccetto sulle &amp;quot;e&amp;quot; che hanno un suono chiuso, sulle quali si scrive l'accento chiamato &amp;quot;acuto&amp;quot; (′).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti: Maria Cristina Peccianti, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Giunti Editori, 2013) e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accento-grafico_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-07T18:11:19.647" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3827" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3828" CreationDate="2015-01-08T05:56:47.797" Score="3" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La radura&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Amanda lo aveva sempre disprezzato a causa della sua malcelata propensione per le fresche coccinelle, che l'età non aveva &lt;em&gt;punto&lt;/em&gt; scoraggiato.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire qual è l'uso del vocabolo &quot;punto&quot; in questa frase. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-08T06:19:03.667" Title="Qual è l'uso di &quot;punto&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3827" CreationDate="2015-01-08T06:19:03.667" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa circostanza è sinonimo di &quot;affatto&quot;, &quot;per niente&quot;. Non si sente troppo spesso nella lingua attuale, tranne che in Toscana, dove è molto usato (addirittura come aggettivo in significato di &quot;nessuno&quot;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="132" LastActivityDate="2015-01-08T06:19:03.667" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3829" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3830" CreationDate="2015-01-09T05:48:41.870" Score="5" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la preposizione corretta nell'espressione &quot;consumato/a &amp;nbsp; _ _ _  &amp;nbsp; casa&quot;, &quot;in&quot; oppure &quot;a&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, qual è la forma corretta fra le seguenti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Una buona parte dell'energia consumata &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; casa viene usata per il riscaldamento. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Una buona parte dell'energia consumata &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; casa viene usata per il riscaldamento. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-09T09:42:24.603" Title="&quot;Consumato/a in casa&quot; oppure &quot;consumato/a a casa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3829" CreationDate="2015-01-09T09:42:24.603" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso io direi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una buona parte dell'energia consumata &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; casa viene usata per il riscaldamento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per riferirmi alla casa come luogo fisico. Con &amp;quot;in casa&amp;quot; l'affermazione suona neutrale e generale, come se stessimo parlando del risultato di qualche studio o statistica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece diciamo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una buona parte dell'energia consumata &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; casa viene usata per il riscaldamento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il lettore o ascoltatore ha l'impressione che l'autore della frase stia parlando della propria casa (o quantomeno, più che se avesse detto &amp;quot;in casa&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In certi contesti, come nell'esempio, &amp;quot;in casa&amp;quot; è più neutrale rispetto a &amp;quot;a casa&amp;quot;, che spesso comunica invece un aspetto o implicazione personale. In altri casi c'è poca differenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che se aggiungiamo un possessivo, gli esempi diventano praticamente equivalenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una buona parte dell'energia consumata in casa &lt;strong&gt;nostra&lt;/strong&gt; viene usata per il riscaldamento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una buona parte dell'energia consumata a casa &lt;strong&gt;nostra&lt;/strong&gt; viene usata per il riscaldamento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-09T09:42:24.603" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3831" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3834" CreationDate="2015-01-10T09:40:44.680" Score="1" ViewCount="517" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci sono differenze di uso o diverse sfumature di significato tra &quot;circa&quot;, nel senso di approssimativamente, e l'avverbio &quot;quasi&quot;? Ad esempio, posso dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Dopo &lt;em&gt;circa&lt;/em&gt; un'ora di attesa, ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Dopo &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; un'ora di attesa, ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non so se questi avverbi sono sempre interscambiabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-10T21:31:32.160" Title="Differenze tra &quot;circa&quot; e &quot;quasi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3832" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3837" CreationDate="2015-01-10T11:12:11.253" Score="4" ViewCount="8712" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un modo di dire piuttosto famoso in italiano è &lt;em&gt;conciare per le feste&lt;/em&gt;. Esso viene adoperato con un significato che si distanzia diametralmente da quello letterale, il quale implicherebbe un'accezione positiva di vestire a festa, quindi preparare per un evento allegro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà però, il detto sta a significare l'opposto: lo si usa per dire il contrario di quello che si esprime letteralmente. &lt;em&gt;Conciare per le feste&lt;/em&gt; significa ridurre in cattivo stato, malmenare, o, figurativamente, sgridare, rimproverare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Dizionario online dei modi di dire del Corriere della Sera &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/C/conciare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;menziona&lt;/a&gt; sbrigativamente un'origine nel fatto che fino a qualche generazione fa il volgo usava i vestiti &quot;buoni&quot; solo per i giorni di festa, appunto. Pur affermando la natura ironica del detto, non se ne giustifica l'uso e non si riporta una spiegazione dettagliata della sua origine e del suo sviluppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiedo se ne sapete qualcosa di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-06T09:07:53.803" LastActivityDate="2020-02-06T09:07:53.803" Title="&quot;Conciare per le feste&quot;: trasmutazione ossimorica del significato e storia" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3831" CreationDate="2015-01-10T11:24:18.403" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Circa&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;approssimativamente&lt;/em&gt;, mentre &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;non del tutto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi una quantità &lt;em&gt;circa&lt;/em&gt; uguale ad un'altra può essere di poco minore, uguale, o di poco maggiore, mentre una quantità &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; uguale ad un'altra è solitamente di poco minore, anche se in alcuni rari casi, se l'avvicinamento avviene dalle quantità maggiori a quelle minori, può essere di poco maggiore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, in questo caso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Circa un'ora = un'ora precisa o un'ora più o meno un numero di minuti o secondi il cui massimo dipende dal contesto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quasi un'ora = un'ora meno un numero di minuti o secondi il cui massimo dipende dal contesto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2015-01-10T21:31:32.160" LastActivityDate="2015-01-10T21:31:32.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3831" CreationDate="2015-01-10T11:47:50.690" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È spesso conveniente guardare l'origine latina delle parole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;circa&lt;/em&gt; è, in latino, una forma alternativa di &lt;em&gt;circum&lt;/em&gt; che, a sua volta è l'accusativo di &lt;em&gt;circus&lt;/em&gt;, ciò che circonda qualcosa e, per estensione, le immediate vicinanze;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; è “come se”.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se dico &lt;em&gt;ho aspettato circa un'ora&lt;/em&gt; sto dando una misura approssimata del tempo di attesa, senza giudizi. Se dico &lt;em&gt;ho aspettato quasi un'ora&lt;/em&gt; intendo che l'attesa è stata più lunga del previsto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio non tragga in inganno, perché &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; può avere anche un'accezione positiva: &lt;em&gt;ho quasi finito i compiti&lt;/em&gt; (cioè mi manca poco a finirli). Non vedo la possibilità di usare &lt;em&gt;circa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dire &lt;em&gt;quasi sempre&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;quasi tutti&lt;/em&gt; ma non &lt;em&gt;circa sempre&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;circa tutti&lt;/em&gt;. Un uso come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'aspetto del tuo nato, Iperione,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  quivi sostenni, e vidi com'si move&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  circa e vicino a lui Maia e Dione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel Canto XXII del Paradiso è desueto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-01-10T11:47:50.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3835" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3836" CreationDate="2015-01-10T14:18:59.687" Score="8" ViewCount="452" Body="&lt;p&gt;The saying &quot;Signori si nasce non si diventa&quot; and other occurrences of this construction (tipo il cortometraggio: &quot;Bulli si nasce&quot;) strike me as odd considering there isn't agreement between the subject and the verb: &lt;em&gt;signori&lt;/em&gt; being plural and &lt;em&gt;si nasce&lt;/em&gt; singular. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why wouldn't the construction be &lt;em&gt;Signori nascono&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Signore si nasce&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2015-05-04T20:56:19.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:12:29.747" Title="How does the grammar of &quot;Signori si nasce&quot; and other &quot;x si nasce&quot; constructions work?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3835" CreationDate="2015-01-10T15:05:39.637" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's an impersonal construction, which is used quite a bit in Italian but very little in other languages like English. Impersonal constructions are used to express ideas, actions or orders in a general way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples of this construction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bisogna stare attenti&lt;/strong&gt;   (roughly: one must be careful/pay attention etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non si deve fare rumore&lt;/strong&gt;  (roughly: do not make noise, one should not make noise)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qui si mangia bene&lt;/strong&gt;  (roughly: here one eats well)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although these sentences don't have a real grammatical subject, they're always built with the verb conjugated in the third person singular, sometimes using the &amp;quot;si&amp;quot; particle (depending on the verb). That's the general idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the verb &amp;quot;nascere&amp;quot;, it's possible to build sentences like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io nacqui povero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io sono nato libero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when we turn them into general impersonal statements, we use the plural:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si nasce liberi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we change the word order, the meaning becomes that of some quality or feature that is already present at birth, as opposed to being developed later:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Liberi si nasce   (you are either already free at birth, or never)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Signori si nasce&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the example you cite translates roughly (but not literally) to &amp;quot;a (real) gentleman is born (not made)&amp;quot;.&#xA;It's an idiomatic phrase, and as such it's not immediately explainable in a very logical way. In particular, I can't really tell you why in the impersonal formulation the plural is used; it's just the way it is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase is the title of an old Totò movie (a famous Italian comedian). In the movie he actually says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Signori si nasce; e io lo nacqui, modestamente!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the part after the semicolon, although strictly speaking grammatically correct (if a bit questionable), sounds quite peculiar and funny, which is of course part of the intended effect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:12:29.747" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3832" CreationDate="2015-01-10T15:52:15.100" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Lapucci dà anche una citazione, ma in realtà non aggiunge quasi nulla a quello che scrive Martina, su un capovolgimento ironico del vestirsi per i dì di festa. Comunque ecco tutto quello che riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conciare uno per le feste&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Conciarlo male malmenandolo o rendendogli un cattivo servizio. Rovinarlo.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  «L'ironia è tutta popolare; e il popolo nel formarla ebbe in vista il mutare ch'ei fa di vestimenta nei giorni festivi, le quali al popolano abbelliscono la persona: quindi è bellamente ironica la frase suddetta, che viene a dire sconciamento e dissestamento dell'altrui persona» (P. L. di Vassano)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E la citazione, scopro, è dai &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/modididireprove00passgoog&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Modi di dire proverbiali e motti popolari italiani, spiegati e commentati da Pico Luri di Vassano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che era poi uno pseudonimo (e un anagramma) di Ludovico Passarini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lapucci accosta il modo di dire, per significato e, direi, per intento ironico, a “servire uno di barba e parrucca”, dove il senso è sempre quello di “abbellire”, usato con aspra ironia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-10T15:52:15.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3838" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3840" CreationDate="2015-01-10T18:31:28.207" Score="10" ViewCount="117884" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many situations in which we would wish someone &quot;Good luck!&quot;, for instance when someone is embarking in something difficult or dangerous. How can we express a similar thing in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T08:18:41.907" Title="How can I say &quot;Good luck!&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3838" CreationDate="2015-01-10T19:00:20.783" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Buona fortuna&quot; is the literal translation of &quot;Good luck&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If you're in an informal context (eg talking to friends), you may want to use &quot;In bocca al lupo&quot; (literally: [go] into the wolf's mouth) instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastActivityDate="2015-01-10T19:00:20.783" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3838" CreationDate="2015-01-10T19:01:14.233" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;neutral&quot; way is the literal translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Buona fortuna!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The more colloquial way (not rude or offensive, &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; generally be used with anyone, though it might depend on the situation) is an idiomatic expression:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In bocca al lupo!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to which the person who is wished luck usually replies:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Crepi (il lupo)!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-01-10T19:30:09.557" LastActivityDate="2015-01-10T19:30:09.557" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3841" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-10T23:25:14.910" Score="2" ViewCount="4376" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Unitamente alla presente e-mail si trasmette(ono) copia del file richiesto nonché del relativo codice di accesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cos'è corretto: 'si trasmette' o 'si trasmettono'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-01-10T23:40:20.803" LastActivityDate="2015-01-11T17:01:57.983" Title="«Unitamente alla presente e-mail si trasmette[ono] copia del file richiesto nonché del relativo codice di accesso»" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3841" CreationDate="2015-01-11T03:52:01.623" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa frase &lt;em&gt;nonché&lt;/em&gt; assume il valore di congiunzione copulativa, al pari di &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;, di conseguenza riterrei più sensato adottare il plurale. Se fosse stato presente un avverbio – &lt;em&gt;assieme (a)&lt;/em&gt;, per esempio – allora sarebbe stata corretta la forma singolare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1106" LastEditorUserId="1106" LastEditDate="2015-01-11T17:01:57.983" LastActivityDate="2015-01-11T17:01:57.983" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3848" CreationDate="2015-01-11T09:34:27.840" Score="2" ViewCount="1186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Riccardo e la sirena&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Con maglione, berretto e merenda, Riccardo prese il largo con papà Matteo e zio Nando, in un'ora in cui di solito già &lt;em&gt;dormiva saporitamente&lt;/em&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato che il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/saporitamente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &lt;em&gt;saporitamente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in questo contesto è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con placida e beata soddisfazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'avverbio &lt;em&gt;saporitamente&lt;/em&gt; però proviene di &quot;sapore&quot; e, per questa ragione, mi chiedo e vi chiedo: qual è l'origine di questo uso del vocabolo &quot;saporitamente&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-11T13:00:56.003" LastActivityDate="2015-01-12T05:37:19.963" Title="Perché si dice &quot;dormire saporitamente&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3844" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-11T14:20:12.453" Score="1" ViewCount="708" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'Italia è in ginocchio a causa di una pressione fiscale, unicamente finalizzata a mantenere &lt;em&gt;l'élite&lt;/em&gt;, che è senza precedenti in occidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa frase «l'élite» significa «la élite» intesa come un'unica entità o «le élite» intese come una pluralità di gruppi di persone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, come funziona quel «'» lì?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-01-25T15:19:26.310" Title="«l'élite» significa «la élite» o «le élite»?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3844" CreationDate="2015-01-11T14:25:03.033" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui “élite” è senz'altro al singolare. In italiano contemporaneo l'elisione di “le” è pressoché inesistente. Per citare Serianni, «già cinquant'anni fa Bruno Migliorini osservava che “la forma apostrofata comincia a prendere una sfumatura di sostenutezza, di pretenziosità o viceversa di pronuncia plebea: &lt;em&gt;l'armi&lt;/em&gt; [...], &lt;em&gt;l'ali&lt;/em&gt; sanno di letterario, &lt;em&gt;l'ernie&lt;/em&gt; di troppo popolare”». Migliorini scriveva nel 1938, e la situazione è ormai solidificata come la stava descrivendo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-11T14:25:03.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3846" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-11T15:49:39.483" Score="2" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su un quotidiano online c'è scritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Muore un grande regista e lascia uno &lt;em&gt;spazio diserbato&lt;/em&gt; di dolore e rimpianto, uno strappo senza rimedio, per chi gli è stato accanto negli ultimi giorni, nelle ultime ore, amici stretti e devoti come Tornatore, Giordana, Andò, Scola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che è in grado di capire cosa significhi &lt;em&gt;diserbato&lt;/em&gt; nel frammento 'uno spazio diserbato di dolore e rimpianto'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-11T15:57:43.780" LastActivityDate="2015-01-11T17:15:41.133" Title="Che significa 'diserbato' in «uno spazio diserbato di dolore e rimpianto»?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3846" CreationDate="2015-01-11T17:15:41.133" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Diserbare&lt;/em&gt; significa eliminare le erbacce (da un terreno), i &lt;em&gt;diserbanti&lt;/em&gt; sono infatti prodotti che svolgono questa funzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso della frase in questione si tratta evidentemente di un uso figurato del participio del verbo. &#xA;Interpreterei lo &quot;spazio diserbato&quot; come uno spazio brullo, privato di ogni componente fertile: lo &lt;em&gt;spazio diserbato di dolore e rimpianto&lt;/em&gt; è quindi un metaforico terreno privo di qualunque cosa eccetto il dolore e il rimpianto. Chi scrive sta descrivendo un'emozione, quella della tristezza che accompagna la morte di una persona cara.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente non mi piace molto questo uso del verbo, in quanto &lt;em&gt;diserbare&lt;/em&gt; ha il significato (anche letterale) di estirpare qualcosa di cattivo (le erbacce che impediscono la coltivazione, un terreno diserbato è dunque un terreno fertile); nella frase in questione si dà invece a &lt;em&gt;diserbato&lt;/em&gt; un'accezione negativa, come a dire che lo spazio diserbato è qui uno spazio sterile, triste, solo. &#xA;Forse l'autore mirava a raggiungere un senso di paradosso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2015-01-11T17:15:41.133" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3843" CreationDate="2015-01-11T21:41:35.780" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Deriva dall'uso dell'avverbio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/saporito/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;saporitamente&lt;/a&gt; in senso figurato. L'idea è quella che un buon sonno possa essere 'gustato' come un buon cibo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;◆ Avv. saporitaménte, in modo saporito: una vivanda saporitamente condita; di gusto, con vivo piacere, beatamente: cominciava a ber sì saporitamente questo suo vino, che egli n’avrebbe fatto venir voglia a’ morti (Boccaccio); &lt;strong&gt;per estens., molto com., dormire saporitamente.&lt;/strong&gt;     (Treccani online) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=dormire%20saporitamente&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cdormire%20saporitamente%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; l'espressione viene usata da circa dalla metà del XIX secolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-12T05:37:19.963" LastActivityDate="2015-01-12T05:37:19.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3849" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3850" CreationDate="2015-01-12T06:20:21.467" Score="1" ViewCount="7217" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I barattoli&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La Fiorella gli &lt;em&gt;andava a genio&lt;/em&gt; perché era rispettosa e aveva imparato a non toccare mai le sue cose senza il suo permesso.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/G/genio.shtml#1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;andare a genio&quot; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;piacere, essere gradito, attirare, invogliare; anche risultare congeniale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono curiosa di sapere quale sia l'origine di questa espressione. Mi potreste dire qualcosa al riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-12T06:31:45.753" LastActivityDate="2015-01-12T09:06:39.917" Title="Perché si dice &quot;andare a genio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3849" CreationDate="2015-01-12T09:06:39.917" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/genio1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Secondo la Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;genio&quot; significa, tra l'altro, &quot;carattere, indole, gusto&quot;, da cui l'espressione &quot;a genio&quot; e altre:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;secondare il proprio g., il g. di altri; non è cosa conforme al mio&#xA;  g.; persona o cosa di mio, tuo g., ecc., che s’accorda con l’indole e&#xA;  con le opinioni nostre o d’altri: è un lavoro di mio g.; mi pare che&#xA;  non sono riuscito di suo g.; finalmente avete trovato un’occupazione&#xA;  di vostro g. (anche iron.); dare nel g. a qualcuno, andargli a g.,&#xA;  incontrarne il g., piacergli, riuscirgli simpatico, impressionarlo&#xA;  favorevolmente: la tua proposta non mi va a g.; è un giovanotto che&#xA;  incontra poco il mio g.; fare una cosa di g., con g., volentieri, con&#xA;  piacere, con soddisfazione, in quanto conforme alla propria indole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi comunque che, a parte l'espressione &quot;(non) andare a genio&quot;, le altre sono antiquate (e anche &quot;andare a genio&quot; non si usa moltissimo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-01-12T09:06:39.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3852" CreationDate="2015-01-12T16:27:14.537" Score="2" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune, quando si parla del tempo, come si esprime il  contrario di &quot;le temperature salgono&quot;? Le temperature calano? Le temperature si abbassano? Le temperature diminuiscono? Le temperature scendono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T09:51:07.423" Title="Qual è il contrario di &quot;le temperature salgono&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2015-01-12T16:45:52.160" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;A seconda della zona d'Italia in cui ti trovi, puoi trovare tutti i modi che hai citato.&#xA;Nel sud d'Italia, ho spesso sentito utilizzare l'espressione &#xA;&quot;Le temperature scendono / si abbassano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al nord ho sentito spesso la prima che hai citato col verbo &lt;em&gt;calare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="633" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-12T16:51:05.893" LastActivityDate="2015-01-12T16:51:05.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2015-01-12T19:10:14.233" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono tutti utilizzabili, ma forse quello che personalmente uso di più è &lt;code&gt;le temperature scendono&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-12T19:11:19.197" LastActivityDate="2015-01-12T19:11:19.197" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3854" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3860" CreationDate="2015-01-13T08:15:36.223" Score="3" ViewCount="8010" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I barattoli&lt;/em&gt; di Marisa Madieri ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ripensava agli anni in cui, con molto decoro, lavorava come commesso presso un'importante compagnia di assicurazioni, rivedeva la sua casa viva e rumorosa, con i figli che studiavano &lt;em&gt;assieme&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;assieme&lt;/em&gt; giocavano.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conoscevo il vocabolo &quot;assieme&quot;, ma cercando il suo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/assieme/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato&lt;/a&gt; mi sembra molto simile a la parola &quot;insieme&quot;, che sì conoscevo. La mia domanda è: questi due termini sono completamente equivalenti o ci sono invece differenze di uso tra loro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T16:57:53.550" Title="Ci sono differenze di uso tra &quot;assieme&quot; e &quot;insieme&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3851" CreationDate="2015-01-13T09:51:07.423" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so la risposta grammaticalmente corretta, ma quella che mi sembra più formale è &quot;Le temperature si abbassano&quot;. &#xA;Invece, &quot;la temperatura scende&quot; mi sembra molto più informale e usato nel parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T09:51:07.423" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3811" CreationDate="2015-01-13T10:04:17.130" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should use the subjunctive to convey uncertainty in your opinion, or in someone else's opinion.&#xA;Ex: &quot;Non sono sicuro che mio fratello sia andato a scuola&quot;&#xA;    &quot;Dicono che sia un ottimo film&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T10:04:17.130" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3803" CreationDate="2015-01-13T10:07:37.860" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo sia semplicemente un tentativo di riprodurre la pronuncia: quando dici &quot;oh!&quot; &quot;Beh!&quot; &quot;Ahi!&quot; espiri, ossia mandi fuori l'aria dalla bocca, in modo più prolungato ed evidente che nelle normali conversazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T10:07:37.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3767" CreationDate="2015-01-13T10:17:58.993" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Intellettivo&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; si riferisce alla capacità fisica del cervello e della mente di ragionare: infatti si dice &quot;quoziente intellettivo&quot;. &#xA;Si dice &lt;em&gt;&quot;capacità intellettive&quot;&lt;/em&gt; se vuoi indicare le capacità di ragionamento di qualcuno. Ad esempio nella frase &lt;em&gt;&quot;Le capacità intellettive del bambino sono già elevate due anni&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. O anche per un animale: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Le capacità intellettive di una scimmia sono considerevoli&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (considerevoli = molto alte).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Intellettuale&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; può essere un sostantivo che indica un gruppo di persone di alta cultura e istruzione, che si occupano di studi in qualche campo (politica, filosofia, sociologia...) come in &lt;em&gt;&quot;Gli intellettuali di sinistra si sono schierati contro la proposta di legge&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come avverbio:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&quot;È un'attività intellettualmente stimolante&quot;&lt;/em&gt; significa che stimola la tua personale riflessione su un argomento, e che l'attività è interessante a livello culturale e di pensiero. È più una cosa astratta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è corretto dire &quot;intellettivamente stimolante&quot;, perchè così ti riferiresti al &quot;cervello&quot; e alle sue funzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="1111" LastEditDate="2015-10-27T14:30:42.717" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T14:30:42.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3859" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4043" CreationDate="2015-01-13T10:36:42.127" Score="6" ViewCount="2137" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste una forma di voyeurismo alla rovescia in cui si prova piacere a mostrare nudo il proprio partner. In inglese prende nome da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/candaule/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;re Candaule di Lidia&lt;/a&gt; ed è detta &lt;em&gt;candaulism&lt;/em&gt;. Per l'italiano non trovo la forma corrispondente su alcun dizionario (né inglese-italiano né monolingue), mentre in rete trovo entrambe le forme “candaulismo” e “candaulesimo” (la seconda soprattutto sulla &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Candaulesimo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia italiana&lt;/a&gt;, di cui non mi fido in generale e tanto meno per questa voce, in cui sono più i “tag” di avvertimento del testo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conoscete qualche fonte affidabile (magari un dizionario medico o un sito attendibile, e non uno generico di consigli psicologici) su quale forma sia più corretta in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per chiarire meglio: non mi interessano citazioni dalla wikipedia o da suoi cloni, non mi interessano citazioni da siti generici di psicologia (tutte queste cose le ho già trovate anch'io); conosco le differenze d'uso tra “-ismo” ed “-esimo”; non mi interessano più di tanto opinioni personali se non nei commenti. Vorrei solo sapere se in testi medici, articoli scientifici, saggi pubblicati, documenti ufficiali italiani è comparso finora il termine di cui parliamo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-14T09:49:04.090" LastActivityDate="2017-01-09T21:07:23.337" Title="“Candaulismo” o “candaulesimo” (o altro)?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3854" CreationDate="2015-01-13T17:11:18.800" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/assieme-o-insieme_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;assieme&quot; ed &quot;insieme&quot; non presentano alcuna differenza di significato e possono essere usati indifferentemente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;L'unica eccezione a questa regola è l'insieme matematico, per il quale non esiste il corrispondente con &quot;assieme&quot;; inoltre in espressioni come &quot;Per un insieme di ragioni&quot; l'uso di &quot;assieme&quot; in vece di &quot;insieme&quot; è difficilmente riscontrabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T16:57:53.550" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T16:57:53.550" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3859" CreationDate="2015-01-13T20:32:50.537" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cuckoldismo sembra essere un alternativa a candaulesimo/candaulismo. In effetti questi termini sembrano non essere ancora entrati in dizionari di medicina o psicologia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://infatti-italiano.it/candaulesimo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Candaulesimo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il termine candaulesimo indica la pratica umana di tipo sessuale con la quale il soggetto prova soddisfacimento nell'osservare il partner durante l'atto sessuale con un'altra persona (Borneman, 1988). Il nome deriva da una vicenda narrata da Erodoto nelle sue Storie a proposito di Candaule, re di Lidia dell'VIII secolo a.C., e di sua moglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio contemporaneo è frequente usare come sinonimo &lt;strong&gt;l'anglicismo &amp;quot;cuckoldismo&amp;quot; dalla parola inglese &amp;quot;cuckold&amp;quot;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nienteansia.it/articoli-di-psicologia/atri-argomenti/calofilia-calofobia-oggetti-di-desiderio-oggetti-di-rappresentanza-%E2%80%93-candaulesimo-la-giustizia-di-afrodite/613/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cuckoldismo o candaulesimo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Esporre le nudità comporta un’occasione per rivelare ciò che abitualmente potrebbe essere solo intravisto o immaginato. Svelare una qualche parte del corpo, che siano le gambe, le spalle, il seno, equivale a puntare su quel fascino parziale, reso feticcio di sé, in base all’idea che ci si è fatti della propria capacità di attirare attenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Chi espone con disinvoltura, in toto o in parte, questi aspetti non trascurabili del proprio essere “oggetto”, ricerca gli sguardi attenti, purché siano discreti, onde viverli con un buon dosaggio di gratificazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Una soddisfazione questa condivisibile dal partner che ha puntato sul valore di rappresentanza dell’oggetto. &lt;strong&gt;Il “cuckoldismo” (da cuculo), o meglio candaulesimo (commistione di voyeurismo ed esibizionismo indiretto per identificazione con l’anima gemella)&lt;/strong&gt;,  in fondo, verrebbe esplicitato su questo tavolo da gioco. La rappresentanza predomina sul desiderio e l’oggetto viene spostato sul medesimo desiderio di chi viene sedotto (Ernest Borneman: “Lexicon der Liebe”,1984).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-13T20:32:50.537" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3862" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3863" CreationDate="2015-01-13T23:13:25.903" Score="2" ViewCount="314" Body="&lt;p&gt;Upon searching for a figurative sense for &lt;em&gt;addictive&lt;/em&gt; in Italian, I have not found an entry that is sufficient for describing the sense of being drawn to something so much that you want to do it often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Social media is so addictive; I could stay on Facebook for days.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/addictive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wordreference.com&lt;/a&gt; fails to find a sufficient term for this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;addictive&lt;/em&gt; adj &lt;em&gt;figurative&lt;/em&gt; (activity: habit-forming)    &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;traduzione non disponibile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A lot of people find yoga addictive after a month or so.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T23:27:02.413" Title="Is there an Italian equivalent for something that is figuratively addictive?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3862" CreationDate="2015-01-14T00:39:18.117" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best translation derives from &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/assuefazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;assuefare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Which means exactly what you want to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;describing the sense of being drawn to something so much that you want to do it often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translation of your examples using &lt;em&gt;assuefare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I social media sono molto &lt;strong&gt;assuefacenti&lt;/strong&gt;; posso stare su Facebook per giorni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Molte persone trovano lo yoga &lt;strong&gt;assuefacente&lt;/strong&gt; dopo un mese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and to confirm it, I found right now a reference to a dictionary Italian to English: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano-Inglese/A/assuefacente.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;assuefacente&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1093" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-14T07:07:23.190" LastActivityDate="2015-01-14T07:07:23.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3859" CreationDate="2015-01-14T01:03:25.283" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;-ismo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;-esimo&lt;/em&gt; sono solo dei suffissi che hanno lo stesso identico scopo. Quello più antico e usato nella formazione di nuove parole è &lt;em&gt;-ismo&lt;/em&gt;. Poche sono le eccezioni che usano &lt;em&gt;-esimo&lt;/em&gt; (cristian-esimo, feudal-esimo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cui, senza sapere cos'abbiano scelto medici-psicologi propenderei per la forma in &lt;em&gt;-ismo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra esserci una sorta di regola per cui le parole che terminano in &lt;em&gt;-ano&lt;/em&gt; e sono nei settori: filosofico, letterario, scientifico, artistico; preferiscono &lt;em&gt;-esimo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una spiegazione approfondita sui suffissi la trovi &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.fr/books?id=ITchAAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA256&amp;amp;lpg=PA256&amp;amp;dq=suffisso%20ismo%20esimo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=k0Md_iu2kI&amp;amp;sig=BL61SbxruNBdqiHfkwI13TgRT-o&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=uby1VNWMIoTLaIKUgeAC&amp;amp;ved=0CFMQ6AEwCA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=suffisso%20ismo%20esimo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1093" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-14T06:54:14.350" LastActivityDate="2015-01-14T06:54:14.350" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3862" CreationDate="2015-01-14T09:26:17.037" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The literal meaning can be given in Italian as &lt;em&gt;che dà assuefazione&lt;/em&gt; (or the uncommon, and already recorded, &lt;em&gt;assuefacente&lt;/em&gt;), but in the figurative uses one would rather use &lt;em&gt;avvincente&lt;/em&gt; (having a not-too-distant literal meaning: “something that binds”), &lt;em&gt;appassionante&lt;/em&gt; and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-14T09:26:17.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3866" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3871" CreationDate="2015-01-14T10:15:11.330" Score="4" ViewCount="11612" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto questo dubbio quando ho scritto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3849/707&quot;&gt;questa mia domanda&lt;/a&gt;. Infatti, prima ho scritto &quot;sono curiosa di sapere quale è l'origine&quot;, ma poi ho modificato il testo e finalmente ho messo &quot;sono curiosa di sapere quale sia l'origine&quot;. Mi potreste dire se si dovrebbe usare l'indicativo o il congiuntivo in questo costrutto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-03-07T00:41:49.943" Title="&quot;Sono curioso/a di sapere&quot; + indicativo o congiuntivo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3867" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-14T10:35:11.840" Score="6" ViewCount="1876" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to translate some text from English to Italian for a formal document. A friend of mine living in Italy (Rome) sent me this translation but I feel is not right. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Bank Name:         Banca           &#xA;IBAN:              IBAN              &#xA;Swift Code:        Codice Swift/BIC        &#xA;Bank Address:      Indirizzo Agenzia      &#xA;Account Name:      Intestatario c/c           &#xA;Account Address:   Indirizzo                      &#xA;Reference:         Rif/Causale&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I feel is a bit wrong. Googling &lt;code&gt;Agenzia&lt;/code&gt; it seems to mean agency and I'm wondering why &lt;code&gt;Account Address&lt;/code&gt; is translated simply as &lt;code&gt;Indirizzo&lt;/code&gt; but Bank address &lt;code&gt;Indirizzo Agenzia&lt;/code&gt;. Can someone who lives in Italy and knows this stuff help me with this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1113" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T14:05:38.593" LastActivityDate="2016-05-03T13:49:20.907" Title="How to translate bank address details in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3867" CreationDate="2015-01-14T13:06:04.303" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could translate &quot;Bank Address&quot; in a more pertinent &quot;Indirizzo Filiale&quot; but they are basically the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree with you regard &quot;Account Address&quot;. I would translated it more as &quot;Indirizzo Intestatario&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1115" LastActivityDate="2015-01-14T13:06:04.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3867" CreationDate="2015-01-14T13:24:22.683" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd translate as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nome della Banca&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;IBAN (codice identificativo della banca e del cliente)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Codice SWIFT&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Indirizzo della Banca (Sede, Filiale o Agenzia di pertinenza) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Intestazione del conto corrente&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Indirizzo dell'intestatario del conto corrente&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Riferimento/Causale. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope it helps!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-14T13:56:52.613" LastActivityDate="2015-01-14T13:56:52.613" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3866" CreationDate="2015-01-14T14:56:00.410" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono giuste entrambe e a rigore hanno lo stesso significato, ma in qualche modo usare il congiuntivo fa sembrare la domanda più &quot;dubbiosa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Altre due risposte, che dicono che uno dei due modi sarebbe fortemente preferibile all'altro, una dando per obbligatorio il congiuntivo, l'altra dicendo praticamente l'opposto, mi hanno fatto riflettere. Sono convinto che sia possibile usare entrambe le forme, come di fatto avviene nella lingua sia parlata sia scritta, ma vorrei provare a spiegare come mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I verbi che esprimono dubbio, pensiero, opinione, reggono di norma il congiuntivo nella loro subordinata. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dubito che l'origine sia questa.&#xA;  Penso che l'origine sia questa.&#xA;  Credo che l'origine sia questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;, invece, regge l'indicativo se si deve affermare una conoscenza che è posseduta dal soggetto della principale. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;So che l'origine è questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eppure, ed è qua l'inghippo, se si usa &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt; per dire che &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; si possiede una certa conoscenza, le due regole entrano in conflitto. Naturalmente si può ancora dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non so se l'origine è questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però, in fondo, questa frase non assomiglia un bel po', come significato, a quella sopra che inizia con &lt;em&gt;Dubito&lt;/em&gt;? E allora ecco qua:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non so se l'origine sia questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Molto meglio. Il verbo &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt; usato per dire che in realtà qualcuno &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; sa qualcosa, regge pure, e oserei dire preferibilmente, il congiuntivo, come i verbi che esprimono pensiero, opinione, dubbio. Lo stesso vale per &lt;em&gt;ignorare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;domandare&lt;/em&gt; ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio in questione, il soggetto è curioso di sapere qualcosa, dunque non lo sa. La frase resta sospesa tra &lt;em&gt;sapere qual è l'origine&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;non sapere quale sia l'origine&lt;/em&gt; e quindi entrambe le forme sono valide, con una leggerissima sfumatura di mistero o dubbio in più nella versione col congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T15:15:24.957" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T15:15:24.957" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3866" CreationDate="2015-01-14T15:05:16.557" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una interrogativa indiretta totale e sono corrette entrambe: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-indirette_(Enciclopedia_dell&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-indirette_(Enciclopedia_dell&lt;/a&gt;'Italiano)/&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Le interrogative indirette possono avere il verbo all’indicativo, come in (62), (63) e (64); al congiuntivo, come in (65) e (66); al condizionale, come in (67), (68) e (69); all’infinito presente, come in (70), (71) e (72):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(62) mi domando che cosa ho fatto di male&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(63) spiegami chi è il tuo amico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(64) ditemi se verrete a cena&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(65) nessuno sa dove sia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(66) ignoro che cosa stia combinando&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(67) non so se verrebbe volentieri&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(68) mi chiedo che cosa avresti fatto se fossi stato al mio posto&lt;/strong&gt;...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua domanda si puo riscrivere come &quot;Mi domando quale sia/è l'origine&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="923" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T19:17:01.280" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T19:17:01.280" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3872" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-14T16:30:29.420" Score="4" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;roerso&quot; mean in an expression such as &quot;mondo &quot;roerso&quot;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[The whole sentence is: &lt;em&gt;i paradossi della realtà e del linguaggio vengono scoperti dallo sguardo di Alice in chiave di folle infanzia e di insinuante immaginazione, in una serie di quadri che del resto riportano al tema antico del &quot;mondo rovescio&quot; (mondo &quot;roerso&quot; di certe vecchie stampe venete)&lt;/em&gt;].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1117" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-14T17:18:16.700" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T13:59:25.590" Title="What does &quot;roerso&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3866" CreationDate="2015-01-14T19:03:58.220" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vado controcorrente e ti dico che è giusto l'indicativo. Prova a sostituire &lt;em&gt;sono curiosa&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;mi piacerebbe&lt;/em&gt; e sentirai che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi piacerebbe sapere quale sia l'origine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;stride, mentre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi piacerebbe sapere qual è l'origine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;scivola liscia. Almeno al mio orecchio. Dunque&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sono curiosa di sapere qual è l'origine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;va benissimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un'interrogativa indiretta subordinata a un verbo che esprime volontà, desiderio; non c'è alcun “dubbio“ implicito o esplicito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se poi vuoi metterci il congiuntivo, nessuna obiezione, naturalmente. Un punto di partenza può essere la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-indirette_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29%2F&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce nell'enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T19:15:04.320" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T19:15:04.320" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3872" CreationDate="2015-01-14T21:24:56.307" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dialetto-veneto.it/vocabolario/Voc-r2.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Roerso/roesso&lt;/a&gt;: rovescio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Roerso&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;rovescio&lt;/em&gt; (upside-down) in Veneto dialalect, probably old Venetian dialect. Other versions of more inland parts of Veneto like Padua or Vicenza are: &lt;em&gt;roesso&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;roverso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T13:59:25.590" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T13:59:25.590" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3875" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3876" CreationDate="2015-01-15T01:36:30.983" Score="6" ViewCount="816" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a specific idiomatic meaning for &quot;barchette di carta&quot; (in English). I'm trying to translate the following sentence but it refuses to make sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Montale 'fanciullo invecchiato' vede dalla lontananza o in una specie di ravvicinato ormai incomprensibile le barchette di carta, è nella 'fine dell'infanzia'.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Montale, 'aged child' seen from the distance or in a kind of already incomprehensible reconciliation (of?) the paper boats, is in the 'end of childhood'.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1117" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T11:04:59.907" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T11:04:59.907" Title="What does &quot;le barchette di carta&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3875" CreationDate="2015-01-15T07:44:42.717" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it refers to the 'small paper boats' that he used to make and play with as a child.   I think they are used as a sort of symbol of his childhood to which he makes a specific reference in the sentence (&quot;è nella fine dell'infanzia&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/86Wph.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;barchetta di carta&amp;#39;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T10:37:17.183" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T10:37:17.183" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3875" CreationDate="2015-01-15T08:44:45.380" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Josh61 explains, the “barchette di carta” are just small toy boats made of paper (especially out of newspapers). Maybe you are just baffled by the sentence structure. Read it as «Montale ‘fanciullo invecchiato’ vede le barchette di carta dalla lontananza o in una specie di ravvicinato [= da un punto di vista solo apparentemente vicino] ormai incomprensibile; è nella ‘fine dell'infanzia’».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T08:44:45.380" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3878" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-15T12:52:35.417" Score="13" ViewCount="5465" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do Italians typically resolve the issue of entering uppercase vowels with diacritics on a PC (Windows or Linux) with an Italian keyboard, given that these are missing from the printed text appearing on the keys and by default cannot entered via &lt;code&gt;Shift&lt;/code&gt; (also known on Italian keyboards as the &lt;code&gt;Maiusc&lt;/code&gt; key), &lt;code&gt;Ctrl&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;Alt&lt;/code&gt; key combinations (unless some modification is made to the default layout with the Microsoft MSKLC application)? On Windows 7 I have tried both the &lt;code&gt;Italiano&lt;/code&gt; and the &lt;code&gt;Italiano (142)&lt;/code&gt; keyboards and both lack this functionality by default. I cannot understand why those who created these keyboard layouts, however long ago that may be, never thought about adding key combinations for inserting uppercase Italian vowels with diacritics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-16T21:21:57.173" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:15:41.367" Title="How do Italians customarily insert uppercase Italian vowels with diacritics with an Italian keyboard on a PC?" Tags="&lt;accents&gt;&lt;letters&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="12" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-15T13:48:38.193" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Windows: I guess there's only one way to do it (corrections are welcome): ALT+Numerical keyboard combination. For example È is ALT+0200.&#xA;Since the moment there are very few cases that requires diactritics uppercase and È is the most common, learning the combination will do the job easily even if most people will write: &quot;E'&quot;. Programs like Word should correct it automatically (Writer from Libre Office does), while if you use other editors you should check it. If you're writing a web page, there's a code: &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;Egrave;&lt;/code&gt; (&amp;Egrave;) or &lt;code&gt;&amp;amp;Eacute;&lt;/code&gt; (&amp;Eacute;) that you should use always anyway for compatibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mac users have a combination that actually I can't remember (just open virtual keyboard).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Linux is an alien world to me, so I don't know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1116" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2015-01-16T09:49:49.553" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T09:49:49.553" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-15T14:24:57.227" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;On the PC, special Italian characters, many of which are not present on Italian keyboards, can be inserted using the following ALT codes. To use these, first ensure that the Num Lock key has been pressed once so that it has become enabled (this key is also known as the BI Num key on Italian keyboards); usually a green LED above the keyboard will light up once this key has been enabled. Next hold down the Alt key, type the four-digit numeric code, then release the Alt key. Here is the list:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;À   ALT+0192 (Uppercase Stressed A)&#xA;È   ALT+0200 (Uppercase Stressed Open E)&#xA;É   ALT+0201 (Uppercase Stressed Closed E)&#xA;Ì   ALT+0204 (Uppercase Stressed I written with grave accent)&#xA;Í   ALT+0205 (Uppercase Stressed I written with acute accent)&#xA;Ò   ALT+0210 (Uppercase Stressed Open O)&#xA;Ó   ALT+0211 (Uppercase Stressed Closed O)&#xA;Ù   ALT+0217 (Uppercase Stressed U written with grave accent)&#xA;Ú   ALT+0218 (Uppercase Stressed U written with acute accent)   &#xA;Î   ALT+0206 (Uppercase (Ending Truncated Stressed) I with circumflex)&#xA;&#xA;à   ALT+0224 (Lowercase Stressed A)&#xA;è   ALT+0232 (Lowercase Stressed Open E)&#xA;é   ALT+0233 (Lowercase Stressed Closed E)&#xA;ì   ALT+0236 (Lowercase Stressed I written with grave accent)&#xA;í   ALT+0237 (Lowercase Stressed I written with acute accent)&#xA;ò   ALT+0242 (Lowercase Stressed Open O)&#xA;ó   ALT+0243 (Lowercase Stressed Closed O)&#xA;ù   ALT+0249 (Lowercase Stressed U written with grave accent)&#xA;ú   ALT+0250 (Lowercase Stressed U written with acute accent)&#xA;î   ALT+0238 (Lowercase (Ending Truncated Stressed) I with circumflex)&#xA;&#xA;º   ALT+0186 (Masculine Ordinal)&#xA;ª   ALT+0170 (Feminine Ordinal)&#xA;«   ALT+0171 (Left Angle Quote)&#xA;»   ALT+0187 (Right Angle Quote)&#xA;€   ALT+0128 (Euro Currency Symbol)&#xA;£   ALT+0163 (Old Italian Lira Currency Symbol (Same as UK Pound Currency Symbol))&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Euro (&lt;code&gt;€&lt;/code&gt;) symbol can also be inserted via the &lt;code&gt;AltGr+e&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;AltGr+5&lt;/code&gt; keyboard combinations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Microsoft Word as well as in LibreOffice, when lowercase letters such as &lt;code&gt;è&lt;/code&gt; are inserted at the beginning of a sentence the software automatically converts them to uppercase letters such as &lt;code&gt;È&lt;/code&gt;. In both software products it is also possible to switch between title case, all caps, and lowercase, by highlighting the given text and entering the &lt;code&gt;SHIFT+F3&lt;/code&gt; key combination. This significantly reduces the need for being able to enter uppercase letters with diacritics directly via the keyboard when using these software products.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also possible to produce these characters inside other software products including text editors by installing &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=22339&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Microsoft Keyboard Layout Creator&lt;/a&gt; and using it to assign special characters to unused keyboard combinations (e.g. combinations resulting from pressing the &lt;code&gt;AltGr&lt;/code&gt; key in combination with other keys, given that &lt;code&gt;AltGr&lt;/code&gt; is present on Italian keyboard but on Windows most of such combinations do not output any characters by default).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reagards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In support of one of the given responses which mentions that Italians will often append a diacritic to a vowel rather than including both as part of the same character when conventient to do so I have taken a few pictures in an Italian supermarket where two items have been spelled out using (a) an appended apostrophe/quote character acting as a  grave accent and (b) an appended backquote acting as an acute accent:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/nM99D.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/AJyTM.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also found the following samples of written text in Italy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/RKuDN.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the above picture the word being spelled out is &lt;code&gt;qualità&lt;/code&gt;, but IMHO given that all letters are in uppercase, in order to make the text stand out even more, the person who wrote the sign decided to append an apostrophe at the end instead of a grave accent, so there are also marketing reasons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example is the name of the chain of Italian supermarkets Alí (which has now been operating in the country for at least thirty years) and has its last vowel spelled with an acute accent (although, as mentioned, it is possible to use this as less common alternative to the grave accent on written &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt; vowels appearing at the end of the word):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/h4h5k.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, there is one finer point to mention. The people who came up with the Unicode standard, which is a very well known standard in the computer world and can be used to represent all characters, diacritics, etc... in every language in the world, has noticed that if Unicode is to truly represent languages internationally then the forward quote (') and backquote (`) found on all standard US ASCII keyboards (and where the forward quote has also been always also used as an apostrophe when composing English plaintext) need to be considered as separate characters from the apostrophe, grave accent, and acute accent, so much so that these five entities have received their own Unicode encodings (as standalone diacritics), with three types of double quotes (left, right, and neutral) also receiving their own characters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;U+0022  QUOTATION MARK  &quot;&#xA;U+0027  APOSTROPHE  '&#xA;U+0060  GRAVE ACCENT    `&#xA;U+00B4  ACUTE ACCENT    ´&#xA;U+2018  LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK  ‘&#xA;U+2019  RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK ’&#xA;U+201C  LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK  “&#xA;U+201D  RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK ”&#xA;U+0302  COMBINING CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT ^&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To type the above Unicode characters on Windows, hold down the &lt;code&gt;Alt&lt;/code&gt; key, hit the &lt;code&gt;+ on the numeric keypad&lt;/code&gt; key, then type the &lt;code&gt;hexadecimal digits&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. 201c), then &lt;code&gt;release the Alt key&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you simply cut and paste these Unicode characters, you will see that they are all different. So, my guess is, one could write the more proper variants:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;à, è, é, ì (which in some texts appears consistently as í), ò, ó, ù (which in some texts appears consistently as ú)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, alternatively, especially in those cases where for marketing purposes one may want the letters to stand out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a` , e` , e´ , i` (or i´), o`, o´, u` (or u´)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the latter form would not be entirely wrong, since, technically, the appended diacritics are grave and acute accents and not apostrophes (although I do admittedly think this would indeed look somewhat funny inside proper printed texts)!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although my original question had to do with the use of Italian hardware keyboards on Windows, for completeness, it is also worth mentioning that on Windows users of US hardware keyboards can easily add support for entering Italian vowels with diacritics adding a &lt;code&gt;US International&lt;/code&gt; keyboard in Control Panel -&gt; Regional and Language Options -&gt; Keyboards and Languages -&gt; Change Keyboards... -&gt; Add... -&gt; English (United States) -&gt; Keyboard -&gt; Check &lt;em&gt;US - International&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; Apply -&gt; OK, and the keyboards can then be switched from the switcher in the lower-right hand side of the windows taskbar. With this keyboard one can type:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Apostrophe (') then uppercase or lowercase vowel to produce a vowel with grave accent.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Backquote (`) then uppercase or lowercase vowel to produce a vowel with acute accent.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Apostrophe or backquote, then SPACE or any other character to produce an apostrophe or backquote on its own. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T20:16:39.413" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T20:16:39.413" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-15T15:59:23.927" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/QWERTY#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When using Microsoft Windows, the standard Italian keyboard layout&#xA;  does not allow one to write 100% correct Italian language, since it&#xA;  lacks capital accented vowels, and in particular the È key. The common&#xA;  workaround is writing E' (E followed by an apostrophe) instead, or&#xA;  relying on the auto-correction feature of several word processors when&#xA;  available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you seem to be interested in writing in Italian with that already has a different set of characters written on it, I recommend you to use a different layout where you have dead keys for diacritis, such as a Portuguese or Spanish layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I cannot understand the reason, either. &lt;strong&gt;Specially&lt;/strong&gt; when already providing an &lt;code&gt;Alt Gr&lt;/code&gt; key with little use. &lt;i&gt;(On Linux you will probably find many &lt;/i&gt;undocumented&lt;i&gt; &lt;code&gt;Alt Gr&lt;/code&gt; combinations adding extra characters).&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1121" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T16:15:41.367" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:15:41.367" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3592" CreationDate="2015-01-15T17:21:09.123" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quanto sono pochi è corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Motivo: Quando c'è il verbo essere e un'aggettivo (anche al plurale) si usa &lt;strong&gt;Quanto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1123" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T17:21:09.123" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-15T17:44:47.187" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe I'm missing the point here, but if you set your language to US International, and I assume various others, this is easy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apostrophe (') then shift-E produces É.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Backquote (`) then shift-E produces È.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Various other combinations are available. I don't know about using the Italian language profile itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1124" LastEditorUserId="1124" LastEditDate="2015-01-15T19:50:32.070" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T19:50:32.070" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-15T18:59:19.923" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using Linux you may use &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Compose Keys&lt;/a&gt; and map the right control, for example, to be the Compose key. This can be done under Keyboard/Keymapping settings tool of your Desktop Manager. Then you'll be able to use several default mappings as well as create your own set of key mapping. I was not able to use Compose Keys on OS/X although they work well on FreeBSD. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1127" LastEditorUserId="1130" LastEditDate="2015-01-16T10:08:48.300" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T10:08:48.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-15T21:49:24.770" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the Italian keyboard layout on Linux (at least on Ubuntu 14.04), you can get the uppercase versions by engaging caps lock. For example, to type É, I turn on caps lock and press shift-è. I'm not sure whether this works on Windows and Mac, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In practice, I've noticed that Italians will often append an apostrophe in place of a grave accent when the diacritic is not available, or is too inconvenient to produce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/A6rB7.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;E&amp;#39; VIETATO INTRODURRE cicli e motocicli&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1128" LastActivityDate="2015-01-15T21:49:24.770" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3887" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3889" CreationDate="2015-01-16T06:10:41.273" Score="3" ViewCount="1118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questi tre vocaboli, &quot;testimone&quot;, &quot;testimonio&quot; e &quot;testimonianza&quot;, mi sembrano molto simili. Non capisco bene quali sono le differenze di uso e di significato tra loro. Me le potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-03-29T17:06:57.833" Title="Differenze tra &quot;testimone&quot;, &quot;testimonio&quot; e &quot;testimonianza&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-16T07:32:34.977" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;To enter diacritics in Windows I would suggest &lt;a href=&quot;https://code.google.com/p/usialtgr/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this keyboard layout&lt;/a&gt;. Certainly, you can create a &quot;layout of your dream&quot; :) with &lt;a href=&quot;http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964665.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Microsoft Keyboard Layout Editor&lt;/a&gt;. However it's a bit boring, so I'd stay with the first option (which essentially is the product of such a generator).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this layout you could enter lowercase diacritics with &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;right-alt&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;base_letter&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and uppercase with &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;right-alt&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;shift&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;base letter&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;. I use this layout when I write Spanish (huh, ¡Español! :) or e.g. Ágil and found it the most conventient solution for Windows, especially when you need to do a lot of programmings, and thus have to enter &quot;strings&quot; or 'c'haracters all the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Linux which is my primary desktop OS, I use the following xkb settings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;xkb_keymap {&#xA;    xkb_keycodes  { include &quot;evdev+aliases(qwerty)&quot; };&#xA;    xkb_types     { include &quot;complete&quot;      };&#xA;    xkb_compat    { include &quot;complete&quot;      };&#xA;    xkb_symbols   { include &quot;pc+us(altgr-intl)+ru(ruu):2+inet(evdev)+altwin(left_meta_win)+group(lctrl_lshift_toggle)+terminate(ctrl_alt_bksp)+keypad(pointerkeys)+level3(caps_switch)&quot;        };&#xA;    xkb_geometry  { include &quot;pc(pc104)&quot;     };&#xA;};&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This allows me to write English with all ' (quotes), &quot; (double-quotes), and ` (backticks) as usual plus diacritics like á or ¡ by pressing &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;CapsLock&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;base_letter&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; (it's more convenient than &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;alt&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;base_letter&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;, because &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;alt&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;letter&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; are often used for shortcuts). Also I have a completely separate layout for Cyrillic (Russian + sometimes Ukrainian), turned on and off by left &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;ctrl&amp;gt;+&amp;lt;shift&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1131" LastEditorUserId="1131" LastEditDate="2015-01-16T08:18:31.313" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T08:18:31.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3887" CreationDate="2015-01-16T08:39:57.370" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il testimone o la testimone è la persona che testimonia. Per estensione, anche una cosa che svolge lo stesso ruolo può essere chiamata &lt;em&gt;testimone&lt;/em&gt; (Come in &lt;em&gt;L'unica testimone del delitto è stata la videocamera di sorveglianza&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/testimone/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/testimone/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La testimonianza è ciò che afferma il testimone, è il ruolo svolto dal testimone. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/testimonianza/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/testimonianza/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;testimonio&lt;/em&gt; (ormai poco utilizzata, ma da cui derivano entrambe le altre) può indicare sia il testimone sia la testimonianza. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/testimonio/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/testimonio/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T08:39:57.370" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3892" CreationDate="2015-01-16T13:21:35.840" Score="6" ViewCount="11446" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've noticed that in Italian, besides è and é, which are pronounced differently (the first with the mouth more open than in the second case, thus producing different sounds; examples include the very frequent words &lt;code&gt;è&lt;/code&gt; which means &lt;code&gt;he/she/it is&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;perché&lt;/code&gt; which means &lt;code&gt;why or because&lt;/code&gt;), the only other vowel which can take both diacritics is o (ò and ó) which can also be pronounced in two ways: with the mouth more open in the former case and with the mouth more closed in the latter case. The other three vowels can only take one accent which by convention is written in most texts as a grave accent (thus à, ì, and ù) and in any case take only one pronunciation. From what I've seen on the Internet it appears as though á is not part of Italian orthography whereas í and ú are not part of the most common, conventional, written Italian orthography. The letter a with an acute accent on top never appears and is not valid anywhere in Italian text. On the other hand, some Italian publishing companies write í and ú in a somewhat unconventional manner in place of ì and ù throughout the entirety of some of their texts. Thus, when writing, one must make a decision as to whether to follow the most common convention of spelling ì and ù throughout the text, or the unusual convention of spelling í and ú throughout the text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian it is possible to produce both open and closed sounds corresponding to the Italian vowel &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; which may be written with or without diacritics / accent marks. Here are just a few of the most common examples: the word &lt;code&gt;però&lt;/code&gt; (which means &lt;code&gt;but&lt;/code&gt;) is pronounced as an open oh, just as the verb &lt;code&gt;ho&lt;/code&gt; (which means &lt;code&gt;I have&lt;/code&gt;) which is also pronounced as an open oh (the h in front of the oh is silent here), but the word &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; (which means &lt;code&gt;or&lt;/code&gt;) is pronounced as a closed oh.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, I am also not sure where 'ó' would be used, but &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accento_acuto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; lists it. Quoting from the &lt;code&gt;Accento acuto&lt;/code&gt; section of the Italian Wikipedia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'accento acuto è presente in molte lingue per indicare una&#xA;particolare intonazione su diverse vocali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lingua italiana: sulla vocale é, ó, ma anche, nelle scritture più ricercate e forti di una solida base fonetico-linguistica, sulle&#xA;vocali í, ú&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly enough, Wikipedia also references &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.achyra.org/infarinato/files/iu.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this paper&lt;/a&gt; on the subject matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As pointed out by @Charo below, accent marks are always used to denote stress, but with &amp;quot;e&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; they also tell you how to pronounce the vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, how can I decide whether to write plain &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt;, when to write &lt;code&gt;ò&lt;/code&gt;, and when to write &lt;code&gt;ó&lt;/code&gt;, and what is the exact difference between these?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-07-18T06:44:43.343" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T15:49:45.583" Title="Difference between ò and ó?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3891" CreationDate="2015-01-16T14:12:32.357" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The phonetic system of standard Italian has seven vowels: a (in IPA, /a/), closed e (/e/), open e (/ɛ/), i (/i/), closed o (/o/), open o (/ɔ/), u (/u/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The accent is usually only written to denote the main stress on a word when it is on the last syllable, so you cannot normally graphically distinguish between &lt;em&gt;botte&lt;/em&gt; meaning “barrel” (and pronounced /'bot:e/) and &lt;em&gt;botte&lt;/em&gt; meaning “blow, thump” (/'bɔt:e/), unless you explicitly write them as &lt;em&gt;bótte&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;bòtte&lt;/em&gt;, normally done only in dictionaries and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to ì/ù vs. í/ú, see a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2343/perch%C3%A9-a-volte-si-scrive-laccento-acuto-sulla-i-o-sulla-u&quot;&gt;previous question&lt;/a&gt;; finally, writing “á” in Italian is just plain wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, all graphical accents apart from those on last syllables (&lt;em&gt;città&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt;) are only used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in dictionaries,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to be extra clear on one's meaning («Ho detto bòtte, non bótte, perdinci!»), or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;by some odd exception (for instance, some people write &lt;em&gt;dèi&lt;/em&gt; meaning “gods”, to distinguish it from the preposition &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;, plural form of “del”).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another relevant question and answer is &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2403/perch%C3%A9-a-volte-si-scrive-laccento-grafico-in-parole-sdrucciole-o-piane&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T16:22:16.497" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-16T14:50:37.820" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;French here. We have accents as well, and academic rules state that you don't have to put accents on uppercase letters.&#xA;While handwriting, it can be diffidult to put accents, as it was on machine typing.&#xA;The exception was likely made due to the uselessness of accents on first-letter uppercase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, you have several ways to put accents. First is to let your word processor auto-upper the letter. Then you have the ctrl-shift-u shortcut. And finally, the alt codes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1135" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T14:50:37.820" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3894" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3895" CreationDate="2015-01-16T15:45:55.847" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa la frase &quot;sta sul discrime&quot;? Non si trova la parola &quot;discrime&quot; nel dizionario...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1117" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T15:55:36.917" Title="Cosa signfica &quot;sta sul discrime&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3894" CreationDate="2015-01-16T15:55:36.917" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sarà un refuso (o una forma obsoleta?) per &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/discrimine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;discrimine&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T15:55:36.917" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3896" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3898" CreationDate="2015-01-16T16:46:51.527" Score="13" ViewCount="4621" Body="&lt;p&gt;If using a grave accent as opposed to an acute accent on top of letters &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; in Italian is used to denote a difference in pronunciation when these appear on the last syllable of the word, and such syllable happens to be stressed, with è being an open e and é a closed e, then why is the Italian word &lt;code&gt;perché&lt;/code&gt; sometimes written as &lt;code&gt;perchè&lt;/code&gt; across the Internet instead of as &lt;code&gt;perché&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After all, I've always heard the last vowel of this word being pronounced as a closed &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt;. Could the reason for this orthographic rule be due to differences in regional pronunciations, or is there some other reason?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In response to a comment in one of the answers given below, his is an image of a magazine for kids that was popular in the late 1980s and early 1990s, perhaps even later (not sure if it still exists, haven't checked!). Anyways, it illustrates two different spellings of one particular word, one using the grave accent, and the other using the acute accent, on the very same place (and this is not a misprint, this is a sample representative of thousands of magazines each of whose cover page is similar): &lt;code&gt;PIÙ&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Piú&lt;/code&gt;. Of course, in the case of 'u' there is only way to pronounce this vowel in Italian; there is no distinction made between an open pronunciation and a closed pronunciation as is the case with the letters &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt;, so perhaps this does not matter much here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7hfbq.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&amp;quot;PIÙ&amp;quot; Magazine&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(SOURCE: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oasidelleanime.com/minisiti/giornali-libri/giornalino-piu/index.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Link to the page where I downloaded this image&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-06-01T09:45:11.047" LastActivityDate="2020-06-01T09:45:11.047" Title="Why is perché sometimes written perchè instead of perché?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3891" CreationDate="2015-01-16T16:47:32.853" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Everything has been said already, however you ask when you should use &lt;strong&gt;ò&lt;/strong&gt; vs. &lt;strong&gt;ó&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; (and, I guess, similarly for &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; vs. &lt;strong&gt;é&lt;/strong&gt; etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; it's relatively easy: the only case where an accent needs to be written is if it's on the last letter of a word (with exceptions for monosyllables and a few other cases which however we won't go into here), and in those cases you always write &lt;strong&gt;ò&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of trailing &amp;quot;e&amp;quot;, or if you are unsure between plain and accented version, or if you just want to explicitly write an otherwise not mandatory accent for &amp;quot;o&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;e&amp;quot; (i.e., in the middle of a word), to clear ambiguities or whatever, then I'm afraid you just have to know which one it is (normally, dictionaries indicate accents explicitly, so you can look it up). To tell the truth, there are some patterns and guidelines that might help somewhat, but there are exceptions and thus no real hard and fast rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, the fact that many people don't use the right pronunciation in everyday speech (and even that has many regional variations) doesn't help, so you can't normally guess based upon what you hear from natives (unless we're talking about trained actors with knowledge of elocution or similar situations).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-08-09T15:49:45.583" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T15:49:45.583" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3896" CreationDate="2015-01-16T18:12:00.767" Score="19" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's more than one reason for that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;The structure of the Italian keyboard&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe that the major reason has to be researched in the Italian keyboard: indeed, the key for è and é is the same. If it is pressed without any other keys, it outputs &amp;quot;è&amp;quot;, while if it's used in combination with &amp;quot;Maiusc&amp;quot;, it outputs &amp;quot;é&amp;quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;My guess is that many people simply forget to press &amp;quot;Maiusc&amp;quot;, they're too lazy to do that or they don't know that doing so will output the &amp;quot;e&amp;quot; with an other accent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Lack of knowledge of the difference&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are plenty of Italians that simply don't know the difference between the two accents, hence they tend to always use the grave one.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This is mostly caused by the education in primary school: indeed, children are often taught the existance of just one, generic accent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Belief that the difference between the two accents is irrelevant&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian mother-tongues often don't need to distinguish between the two accents in order to spell a word (relatively) correctly, so they might think that the difference between them is so minimal that it's not worth distinguishing them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T12:30:44.947" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3901" CreationDate="2015-01-16T18:43:12.297" Score="6" ViewCount="757" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've stumbled upon the following cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;Da&lt;/code&gt; (spelled this way this word means &lt;code&gt;from&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;Dà&lt;/code&gt; (spelled this way this word means &lt;code&gt;he/she/it gives&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;Da'&lt;/code&gt;(spelled this way this word means &lt;code&gt;give (second person imperative form of &quot;to give&quot;&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clearly in this case one needs to distinguish between two verb forms and hence must choose whether to write a grave accent or an apostrophe accordingly in proper writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder whether there are other &quot;trichotomous&quot; words like this, or perhaps even &quot;quadrichotomous&quot; ones involving the acute accent as well, involving the use the apostrophe to produce a word having yet another separate meaning. (?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did not realize it at first, but perhaps, besides for reasons of disambiguation, another reason why &lt;code&gt;Da'&lt;/code&gt; is written with an apostrophe is that it is a shortened version of &lt;code&gt;Dai&lt;/code&gt; which can also work as a second person imperative in some contexts (e.g. &lt;code&gt;Dai a Cesare quel che è di Cesare&lt;/code&gt;, (literally: &lt;code&gt;Give Julius Caesar what Julius Caesar owns&lt;/code&gt;)). Hence, the apostrophe works just like in the word &lt;code&gt;po'&lt;/code&gt; which is an abbreviation of &lt;code&gt;poco&lt;/code&gt; (not to be confused with &lt;code&gt;Po&lt;/code&gt; which is the name of the longest river entirely contained within Italy and is its only other near homonym) or the definite feminine article &lt;code&gt;l'&lt;/code&gt; which is an abbreviation of the full definite feminine article &lt;code&gt;la&lt;/code&gt; used before nouns starting with a vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-16T19:59:00.113" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T16:30:58.843" Title="List of uses of the apostrophe as opposed to the grave accent on an &quot;a&quot; with separate meanings (as in Da versus Dà versus Da')?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;writing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3899" CreationDate="2015-01-16T19:27:50.233" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Off the top of my head, hoping in further contributions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; meaning “and”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt; meaning “(he/she/it) is”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;e'&lt;/em&gt; ancient (also used in modern Tuscan), truncated form for &lt;em&gt;ei&lt;/em&gt;, that is, &lt;em&gt;egli&lt;/em&gt; (“he”) or &lt;em&gt;essi&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;they&quot;). As this word is a proclitic word, it is pronounced together with the following word which is the one that is stressed. Another archaic and modern Tuscan usages of &lt;em&gt;e'&lt;/em&gt; include alternatives to &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; (masculine plural article) or &lt;em&gt;e i&lt;/em&gt; (the conjunction &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; followed by the masculine plural article).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-16T23:06:12.007" LastActivityDate="2015-01-16T23:06:12.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3899" CreationDate="2015-01-16T19:35:03.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know &quot;trichotomous&quot; or &quot;quadrichotomous&quot; words other than the ones mentioned in the question and by @DaG, but there are plenty &quot;dicotomous&quot; words, whose third form represents a common error:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fa =&gt; musical note, third person of the present indicative of &quot;fare&quot; (to do) / fa' =&gt; imperative of fare, second person singular;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sta =&gt; third person singular of the present indicative for stare (to stay)/ sta' =&gt; second person singular of the imperative of stare;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La =&gt; musical note, definite article/ là =&gt; there;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Li =&gt; pronoun/ lì =&gt; there;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Va =&gt; must be, has-have to be, third person singular of the present indicative for andare (to go)/ va' =&gt; imperative for andare, second person singular;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ne =&gt; pronoun/ né =&gt; nor/ ne' =&gt; in (elision of nei);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Si =&gt; pronoun/ Sì =&gt; yes;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Te =&gt; pronoun/ Tè =&gt; beverage.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fà, stà, la', li', và, ne', si' and te', as I said before, represent common orthographic errors and should be avoided.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;s&gt;Fa', sta' and va' are a shortened version of &quot;fai&quot;, &quot;stai&quot; and &quot;dai&quot;, where the last letter has been suppressed and replaced by an accent. This happens in order to make those verbs easier to pronounce in some cases, but it is absolutely correct to use the extended forms.&lt;/s&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: it seems that fa',sta' and va' developed indipendently from fai, stai and dai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-17T16:30:58.843" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T16:30:58.843" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3899" CreationDate="2015-01-17T01:08:53.917" Score="4" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Di&lt;/strong&gt;: preposition, &quot;of&quot;, &quot;from&quot; and others. &lt;em&gt;Il libro di Marco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dì&lt;/strong&gt;: substantive, a bit antiquated/literary but still used here and there, &quot;day&quot;. &lt;em&gt;La sera del dì di festa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Di'&lt;/strong&gt;: imperative of &quot;dire&quot;. &lt;em&gt;Di' la verità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: perhaps also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ne&lt;/strong&gt;: adverb, pronoun (does not have an english counterpart). &lt;em&gt;Non ne sapevo nulla&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Né&lt;/strong&gt;: conjunction, &quot;neither/nor&quot;. &lt;em&gt;Né l'uno né l'altro mi piacciono&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ne'&lt;/strong&gt;: poetic/literary/regional variant for &quot;nei&quot;, no longer used. &lt;em&gt;Già mi pasco ne' tuoi sguardi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-01-17T11:20:18.420" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T11:20:18.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3903" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-17T09:36:41.820" Score="4" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sì, ma sono giovani ragazze, nonché cittadine italiane, lì destinate a morte certa o a schiavitù. Ciò era raccapricciante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il 'certa' dopo 'morte' confligge con la 'o' che segue e che prospetta un'alternativa o la frase è corretta così com'è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T08:43:28.963" Title="Sulla presenza di 'certa' in 'destinate a morte certa o a schiavitù'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3905" CreationDate="2015-01-17T10:41:15.397" Score="3" ViewCount="2336" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Bàrnabo delle montagne&lt;/em&gt; di Dino Buzzati ho letto questo paragrafo di un testo nel quale si parla dei lavori di costruzione di una strada di montagna:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Uno dei lavoranti va, una notte, a rubare in una casa. Danno allora la colpa a Bettoni perché non sorveglia abbastanza gli operai. Un suo concorrente che aveva perduto l'appalto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;soffia nel fuoco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Minacciano di far saltare il deposito di esplosivi.» &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potreste spiegare cosa significa l'espressione &quot;soffiare nel fuoco&quot;? Sarei inoltre curiosa di sapere da dove nasce questo modo di dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-02T22:21:45.913" LastActivityDate="2018-02-02T22:21:45.913" Title="Significato e origine dell'espressione &quot;soffiare nel fuoco&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3904" CreationDate="2015-01-17T11:22:51.617" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di solito si dice &lt;em&gt;soffiare sul fuoco&lt;/em&gt;, ma non è diverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si accende un fuoco, occorre soffiarci sopra per aumentare la quantità di ossigeno a disposizione della fiamma e anche per eliminare il fumo che la potrebbe soffocare. Il soffio deve essere delicato per non spegnere la fiamma, naturalmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &lt;em&gt;soffiare sul fuoco&lt;/em&gt; significa alimentare la fiamma e, in senso figurato, rendere la situazione più tesa, fomentare contrasti, risentimenti, passioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soffiare/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soffiare/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T11:22:51.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-17T20:31:42.877" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience, I have found that many people simply resort to &lt;code&gt;E'&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;È&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;É&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;A'&lt;/code&gt; for &lt;code&gt;À&lt;/code&gt;, and so on. However, there are also some OS-specific tricks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Windows&lt;/strong&gt;: there is no easy way. Some may employ Alt combinations (just like &lt;code&gt;Alt+125&lt;/code&gt; prints &lt;code&gt;}&lt;/code&gt;, there are Alt combinations for uppercase accented letters), some may use &lt;code&gt;charmap&lt;/code&gt;, some may use word processors which auto-capitalize the first letter of sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mac&lt;/strong&gt;: if you long-press a vowel, a menu appears, asking which letter to enter (eg. long-pressing &lt;code&gt;E&lt;/code&gt; gives &lt;code&gt;È&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;É&lt;/code&gt;, and possibly other characters). Alternatively, one may use the Character Map.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linux&lt;/strong&gt;, specifically Ubuntu: pressing &lt;code&gt;è&lt;/code&gt; with Caps Lock on prints &lt;code&gt;È&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;é&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;code&gt;Shift+è&lt;/code&gt;) prints &lt;code&gt;É&lt;/code&gt;, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some also use the US International keyboard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T20:31:42.877" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3903" CreationDate="2015-01-17T22:42:33.353" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gran bella domanda. È un errore di concetto, non di grammatica: &quot;certa&quot; è errato, poiché se può accadere o la morte o la schiavitù, la morte non è certa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-17T23:06:24.190" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T23:06:24.190" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3592" CreationDate="2015-01-17T22:48:58.377" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta più adatta è la &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;. In alternativa potresti girare la frase dicendo:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&quot;I telespettatori sono così pochi che non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;o&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Così pochi sono i telespettatori, che non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T22:48:58.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3862" CreationDate="2015-01-17T23:20:45.217" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the above &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;avvincente&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; doesn't convey the exact meaning of &amp;quot;addicting&amp;quot; at all. In fact, &amp;quot;avvincente&amp;quot; means something that is exciting, absorbing or really interesting: &amp;quot;una storia avvincente&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Assuefacente&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; sounds too complicated a word (even for Italian standards) for every-day speech.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have two different translations for &amp;quot;addicting&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Social media is so addictive; I could stay on Facebook for days&amp;quot; = &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;I social network &lt;strong&gt;sono una droga&lt;/strong&gt;; potrei stare su Facebook per giorni&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;. This is a very informal expression, that you can use with friends or family. It perfectly reflects the English meaning of &amp;quot;something addictive like a drug.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;A lot of people find yoga addictive after a month or so&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;In molte persone lo yoga &lt;strong&gt;crea dipendenza&lt;/strong&gt; dopo un mese circa&amp;quot;. This expression can be used in a formal context, but won't sound unnatural even if you use it with friends: it will just show that you have proper knowledge of the language!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Crea&amp;quot; is the verb &amp;quot;creare&amp;quot;: io creo, tu crei, egli crea, noi creiamo, voi create, essi creano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the expression &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;I'm addicted to....&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-&amp;quot;I'm addicted to you&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;Mi crei dipendenza&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;Sei la mia droga&amp;quot; (Watch out: don't say &amp;quot;Sono dipendente da te&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;dipendo da te&amp;quot; has a slightly different meaning: it means &amp;quot;I depend on you&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-&amp;quot;I'm addicted to yoga&amp;quot; can be translated with &amp;quot;Lo yoga è la mia droga&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Sono drogato di yoga&amp;quot; (both informal), &amp;quot;Non posso fare a meno dello yoga&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;non posso vivere senza lo yoga&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-17T23:27:02.413" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-18T03:44:09.810" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;With an Italian keyboard, if you press alt+9, you get a combination that lets you insert a grave accent over any vowel (even uppercase); alt+8 gives you the acute accent. But most people don't bother; they just put an apostrophe after the uppercase vowel (especially E', to distinguish it from the conjunction. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1136" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T03:44:09.810" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3903" CreationDate="2015-01-18T08:43:28.963" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non conosco bene la situazione a cui si riferisce la frase, ma in astratto è certamente possibile avere un'alternativa tra “morte certa” e schiavitù («o ti facciamo schiavo o ti buttiamo nell'oceano infestato da squali»), contrapposta a un'alternativa tra, diciamo, “morte possibile” e schiavitù («o ti facciamo schiavo o scendi in arena e combatti»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T08:43:28.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3912" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3917" CreationDate="2015-01-18T11:52:25.203" Score="4" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un mio conoscente mi ha spiegato qualche tempo fa un fatto che gli accadeva spesso da bambino. Gli piaceva arrampicarsi sugli alberi, ma poi non poteva scendere e suo padre doveva venir sempre per aiutarlo. Mi spiegava che, una volta a terra, tutta la faccenda finiva &quot;con la sonata di Čajkovskij&quot; o &quot;come la sonata di Čajkovskij&quot;, qualcosa così, il che stava a significare che tutto finiva con una grande &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/suonata_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;suonata&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato informazione su Internet su questo modo di dire con l'espressione &quot;la sonata di Čajkovskij&quot;, ma non ho trovato nulla. Mi potreste confermare se questa espressione si usa in alcuna regione o in tutta Italia? Se è così, come si usa e qual è il suo origine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-18T12:25:29.097" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T18:36:20.760" Title="C'è un modo di dire con l'espressione &quot;la sonata di Čajkovskij&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3592" CreationDate="2015-01-18T15:40:46.477" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come dice AltGei la risposta corretta tra quelle proposte è sicuramente la &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b) Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno &lt;strong&gt;tanto pochi sono&lt;/strong&gt; i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però, come suggerisce mau, quello che molti direbbero nella vita di tutti i giorni è &lt;strong&gt;B2&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b2) Non se ne sarebbe accorto nessuno &lt;strong&gt;tanto sono pochi&lt;/strong&gt; i telespettatori per quel programma televisivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La versione B (&quot;tanto pochi sono&quot;) suona eccessivamente formale e pomposa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T15:40:46.477" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3896" CreationDate="2015-01-18T15:52:41.810" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Historical note.&lt;/strong&gt; Until about the '50s (I do not have a precise date) in Italian books some accents were written &quot;the other way around&quot;, i.e. using the grave accents where one would use the acute one today and the other way around. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Perché&lt;/em&gt;&quot; was one of these words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, have a look at the following page of this novel from 1902, third paragraph:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[…] Lo avevo detto io che piangevi! &lt;strong&gt;Perchè&lt;/strong&gt; piangi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/k12KP.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Page 8 from &amp;quot;Dopo il divorzio&amp;quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T15:52:41.810" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3915" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-18T16:18:43.997" Score="11" ViewCount="1480" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di capire cosa significa la parola &quot;giammai&quot;. Io vengo dal nord d'Italia e sinceramente non ho mai sentito nessuno usarla, proprio mai!&#xA;Sul dizionario ho trovato questo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 lett. Mai e poi mai: non lo farò giammai!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2 ant. Qualche volta, talvolta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa se questa parola viene magari usata nel Sud? Devo intenderla come &quot;mai e poi mai&quot; oppure come &quot;qualche volta&quot;? Sono proprio confusa dal dizionario. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="224" LastEditDate="2015-01-18T19:51:56.837" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T19:51:56.837" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;giammai&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3915" CreationDate="2015-01-18T16:29:15.810" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'uso moderno, per il raro uso che se ne fa, significa esclusivamente “mai”, in modo rafforzato, specialmente in frasi dal tono sostenuto, magari scherzosamente («Non lo sposerò giammai»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è specificamente un termine meridionale; anzi, molti esempi classici vengono dai toscani («Perch’ i’ no spero di tornar giammai, Ballatetta, in Toscana», appunto da una ballata di Guido Cavalcanti), da Leopardi («Spira nel pensier mio la bella imago, / Da cui, se non celeste, altro diletto / Giammai non ebbi, e sol di lei m’appago») e addirittura dal settentrionale Salgari («Se Negapatnan giammai tremò, il capitano Macpherson giammai ebbe paura»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T16:29:15.810" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3912" CreationDate="2015-01-18T18:15:56.273" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guarda, io credo che sia un modo di dire locale dovuto al fatto che, molti anni fa, il Milan (una delle due squadre di calcio di Milano) aveva un allenatore molto simpatico, famoso per le sue battute, che rispondeva al nome di Nereo Rocco. Una volta il Milan doveva incontrare una squadra straniera, il cui allenatore si chiamava proprio Čajkovskij. All'intervistatore che gli chiedeva un pronostico sulla partita, Rocco rispose con la frase poi divenuta famosa tra i milanisti: &quot;Beh, speriamo di assistere alla sonata di Čajkovskij...&quot; giocando sul termine sonata, che oltre che indicare una composizione musicale, in gergo si usa con il significato di una serie di percosse e quindi di una sonora sconfitta. &#xA; Un'altra battuta di Rocco prima di una partita contro una squadra molto forte: all'intervistatore che concludeva la sua intervista con la frase &quot;Allora signor Rocco cosa possiamo dire? Che vinca il migliore!&quot; Rocco rispose: &quot;Mah... speriamo proprio di no!&quot;&#xA;La più celebre delle frasi di Rocco è stata messa tra leggi di Murphy: rivolgendosi al suo stopper che si chiamava Rosato e tremava di paura perché doveva marcare un attaccante molto pericoloso, gli disse: &quot;Adesso tu, Rosato, entri in campo e butti giù tutto quello sta sopra l'erba... e si ti capita di colpire la palla... pazienza!&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-18T18:36:20.760" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T18:36:20.760" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1349" CreationDate="2015-01-18T20:50:47.017" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The distinction between the pronunciation of &lt;code&gt;gli&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;li&lt;/code&gt; (or even between that of &lt;code&gt;gni&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ni&lt;/code&gt;) is perhaps one of the most difficult ones for foreign learners of Italian to pronounce as it is perhaps the most subtle one of the entire Italian language, but some practice can sure make perfect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you need to do for 'l' is make an 'l' sound making sure the tip of your tongue touches the front palate just above the upper teeth while taking care not to touch the upper palate with the middle of your tongue: you should imagine keeping your tongue straight along a line   pointing upwards towards just behind the top of your teeth and pronounce the 'l'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, when pronouncing 'gl', while the tip of your tongue touches that very same place behind the top of your top teeth on the hard palate, push the middle of your tongue up towards the soft palate; your tongue should now not be straight, but bent, making a convex arch making much more contact with the top of your mouth / palate; imagine shaping your tongue like a dome as you do this. Then pronounce the 'l'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And for the difference between &lt;code&gt;gni&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ni&lt;/code&gt; the concept is the same, just this time point the tip of your tongue lower (for instance towards the middle part of your top teeth, as you are now making an 'n' sound instead of an 'l' sound). The straight tongue principle versus dome-like tongue principle will produce the difference between the 'ni' and 'gli', respectively, here too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, having said that, having been exposed to Italian at a young age, I've noticed that in North America, several people, when speaking English, and without realizing it (even people living in the very same geographical locations) pronounce 'l' as Italian 'l', while others pronounce 'l' as Italian 'gl' (and the same is true of 'n' versus 'gn'). Why? Here is the theory: some tongues are shorter and thinner and thus produce 'l' and 'n' sounds by default so as to speak, whereas other longer and fatter tongues have a natural tendency to produce 'gl' and 'gn' sounds). Admittedly, in English different words can also produce different results because of the fact that adjacent phonemes can steer the tendency towards making 'l/gl' or 'n/gn' sound rather than the other by affecting the change in tongue shape that takes place when moving from pronouncing one sound to the next. Isn't that funny? Well, so here's the good news: no matter what kind of tongue you've got, with a little bit of practice anyone can train their tongue to produce two distinct and authentic sounds for both of these cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So just practice, practice, practice... and good luck!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-08-17T14:10:43.320" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T14:10:43.320" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3919" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3926" CreationDate="2015-01-18T21:51:51.900" Score="8" ViewCount="1045" Body="&lt;p&gt;In modern standard Italian, common written text (text which does not appear within dictionaries where stressed syllables take accent marks, and text which does not use accent marks on vowels which are not ending vowels in order to produce emphatic visual differentiation effects based on differences in pronunciation) is written using the following diacritic-carrying letters and no others, with such accent mark-carrying letters occurring only as last letters of words: &lt;em&gt;à&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;ì&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ò&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;ù&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given that the only letter that can carry two different accent marks in such manner (i.e. when appearing in the final position of a word) is the letter &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt;), are there any pairs of Italian words of the form &lt;code&gt;...è&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;...é&lt;/code&gt; where the &lt;code&gt;...&lt;/code&gt; part is the same in both and the only differing letter is the final &lt;code&gt;è&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;é&lt;/code&gt;, and the two words have incompatible distinct meanings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be interested in the list of all such pairs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-07-05T15:07:44.697" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T15:07:44.697" Title="List of pairs of words (having different meaning) differing only in a stressed final e vowel (which must be either è or é)?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;accents&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="38" CreationDate="2015-01-18T22:32:52.117" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The online Treccani dictionary does not list an entry for this expression. It does list an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/be/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;entry for the word &lt;code&gt;be'&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (which is an abbreviation of bene which according to this dictionary has apparently made it into standard Italian, and I have quoted the online reference below):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Be’&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;be’&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;‹bè›&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;beh&lt;/strong&gt;) interiez. – Troncamento fam. di &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt;, usato, con il senso di «bene, ebbene», in frasi interrogative o di&#xA;  concessione: &lt;em&gt;be’, che succede?; beh! ... fate voi.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, I wouldn't write &quot;va be'&quot;, which is two words, because the b is pronounced as a double sound and since (1) in Italian double sounds only occur in the middle of words (they cannot occur at the beginning or at the end of a word like in other languages), and since, just as important, (2) the given word is part of nonstandard Italian, one can conclude that the best to write it as it is pronounced, ignoring everything else. Hence, IMHO, the most proper way to write this word is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;vabbè&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2015-01-18T22:32:52.117" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3921" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3948" CreationDate="2015-01-19T00:12:37.427" Score="7" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having checked out the definitions of the Italian word &lt;code&gt;eh&lt;/code&gt; (IPA pronunciation: &lt;em&gt;/ɛ/&lt;/em&gt;) in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/eh/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani online dictionary&lt;/a&gt; and contrasted its meanings with those for the English word &lt;code&gt;eh&lt;/code&gt; (IPA pronunciation: &lt;em&gt;/ei/&lt;/em&gt;) so common in Canadian English in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/eh&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Merriam-Webster online dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, it seems to me as though besides the fact that these words have the same spelling the ways these words are used in both languages are extremely close to one another.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could these two words be linked from an etymological point of view, or is the similarity pointed out just a coincidence that comes about as a result of the fact that many languages share a common set of one or two letter interjections and exclamations which tend to somewhat overlap by virtue of being few and conveying a similar array of meanings at the same time?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-06-14T17:09:29.760" LastActivityDate="2020-06-14T17:09:29.760" Title="Any etymological relationship between the Italian &quot;eh&quot; and the (mostly Canadian) English &quot;eh&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;interjections&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3922" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3924" CreationDate="2015-01-19T05:43:49.687" Score="2" ViewCount="480" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale tra queste forme, &quot;mettere loro a disposizione&quot;, &quot;mettere a loro disposizione&quot; oppure &quot;mettere alla loro disposizione&quot;, è quella corretta? Ad esempio, quale sarebbe la frase corretta tra le seguenti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Grazie ai mezzi &lt;em&gt;messi loro a disposizione&lt;/em&gt;, hanno potuto portare avanti le loro ricerche. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Grazie ai mezzi &lt;em&gt;messi a loro disposizione&lt;/em&gt;, hanno potuto portare avanti le loro ricerche. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Grazie ai mezzi &lt;em&gt;messi alla loro disposizione&lt;/em&gt;, hanno potuto portare avanti le loro ricerche. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T00:36:30.657" Title="&quot;Mettere loro a disposizione&quot;, &quot;mettere a loro disposizione&quot; oppure &quot;mettere alla loro disposizione&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3922" CreationDate="2015-01-19T08:56:36.150" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta più corretta secondo me è la seconda: &lt;em&gt;messi a loro disposizione&lt;/em&gt; suona più fluida rispetto alla terza possibilità, che risulta molto più pesante per la presenza della presposizione articolata &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Riguardo alla prima possibilità mi sembra che sia scorretta, o che sia una forma in disuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1143" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-19T16:11:06.413" LastActivityDate="2015-01-19T16:11:06.413" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3922" CreationDate="2015-01-19T09:42:03.330" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi le prime due. A istinto direi che normalmente si userebbe la seconda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella prima &quot;loro&quot; è pronome (== a essi), nella seconda è un possessivo (== di essi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per finire, in teoria anche la terza potrebbe essere corretta, ma dubito che qualcuno la userebbe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-01-19T09:42:03.330" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3925" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-19T14:15:22.353" Score="4" ViewCount="545" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian elementary school children learn the following spelling rules, usually via a set of vertically stacked syllables inside tables written on large &lt;code&gt;cartelloni&lt;/code&gt; (posters) with the sequences of letters shown below handwritten on them in a large font (without the IPA symbols which I have attached for convenience's sake for new learners). The teacher typically reads out these letter sequences aloud in sets of five, first alone, then several times with the children who thus learn how to read them. Here is the complete list (the sounds of the IPA letters in square brackets ease the sound drift from the letter that precedes them and the letter following them and can be pronounced softly or omitted from pronunciation altogether without affecting word identity and meaning):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;| ca  (IPA: /ka/)  |  ga  (IPA: /ga/)  |  cia  (IPA: /tʃ[i]a/)  |  gia (IPA: /dʒ[i]a/)  |&#xA;| cu  (IPA: /ku/)  |  gu  (IPA: /gu/)  |  ciu  (IPA: /tʃ[i]u/)  |  giu (IPA: /dʒ[i]u/)  |&#xA;| co  (IPA: /kɔ/)  |  go  (IPA: /gɔ/)  |  cio  (IPA: /tʃ[i]ɔ/)  |  gio (IPA: /dʒ[i]ɔ/)  |&#xA;| che (IPA: /ke/)  |  ghe (IPA: /ge/)  |  ce   (IPA: /tʃe/)     |  ge  (IPA: /dʒe/)     |&#xA;| chi (IPA: /ki/)  |  ghi (IPA: /gi/)  |  ci   (IPA: /tʃi/)     |  gi  (IPA: /dʒi/)     |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|  qua  (IPA: /kwa/)  |  scia  (IPA: /ʃia/)  |&#xA;|  qu  (IPA: /ku/)    |  sciu  (IPA: /ʃiu/)  |&#xA;|  quo  (IPA: /kwɔ/)  |  scio  (IPA: /ʃiɔ/)  |&#xA;|  que  (IPA: /kwe/)  |  sce   (IPA: /ʃe/)   |&#xA;|  qui  (IPA: /kwi/)  |  sci   (IPA: /ʃi/)   |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I think about it, it seems to me that the main reason backing the development of these spelling rules is probably the principle that sequences of letters occurring more frequently among Italian words as a whole should be spelled with less letters to make writing Italian faster. Perhaps there are also other reasons, perhaps someone can comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following are typically not listed on classroom walls but children also learn:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The pronunciation of n (IPA: /n/) versus gn (IPA: /ɲ/) and of l (IPA: /l/) versus gl (IPA: /ʎ/).&#xA;The writing of the extra c in the word acqua (water) (IPA: /akwa/).&#xA;The writing of cuo instead of quo in the word scuola (school) (IPA: /skuɔla/).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Children also learn about the silent h (Italian has no equivalent of the English aspirated h sound):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;The writing of a (IPA: /a/, English: at) versus ha (IPA: /a/, English: he/she/it has)/&#xA;The writing of o (IPA: /ɔ,, English: or) versus ho (IPA: /ɔ/, English: I have).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that's about it. I think this is almost everything kids learn about spelling in elementary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above rules can be contrasted with the much more onerous and case-by-case work carried out by children of English-speaking schools who in order to memorize the spellings are often taught to &quot;sound out&quot; words when reading them out or writing them down. By &quot;sounding out&quot; I mean looking at word spelling, identifying various word-by-word similarities and differences on a case-by-case basis, and using these to make sounds which do not correspond to the real English sound of the word, with such sound being a &quot;mock-up&quot; sound used to memorize word spelling. To me, many of these &quot;mock-up&quot; sounds often sound more or less like some Italian sounds, with the different sounds used to differentiate one spelling from the next. I wonder whether all kids are taught spelling in this way, or whether there are other methodologies as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, here is my contribution. If anyone has any other details pertaining to the finer points of learning Italian versus learning English, and how the two can be contrasted to one another, then I'd really like to know of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-05-22T05:55:48.730" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T05:55:48.730" Title="How do (Italian speaking vs. English speaking) children learn spelling and pronunciation (in elementary school)?" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ClosedDate="2015-01-20T12:18:33.470" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3919" CreationDate="2015-01-19T16:04:23.990" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know of any pair where the final acute or grave accent distinguishes the words and would bet there aren't any. There are only minimal pairs of words where the accent is not marked: &lt;em&gt;pésca&lt;/em&gt; (fishing) and &lt;em&gt;pèsca&lt;/em&gt; (peach) is the classical example, but both are simply written &lt;em&gt;pesca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question why two forms of the graphic accents are used (&lt;em&gt;acuto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;grave&lt;/em&gt;) on words ending with a tonic &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; has been dealt with in &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/3896/&quot;&gt;Why is perch&amp;#233; sometimes written perch&amp;#232; instead of perch&amp;#233;?&lt;/a&gt; and also in&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2343/&quot;&gt;Perch&amp;#233; a volte si scrive l&amp;#39;accento acuto sulla &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; o sulla &amp;quot;u&amp;quot;?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My opinion is that the accent on oxytone words (words where the stress is on the last syllable) is just a historical artifact and is by no means necessary nor useful. We learn how to read &lt;em&gt;tavolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tallero&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andiamocene&lt;/em&gt; without any need of marking a graphic accent, so we might as well learn to correctly read &lt;em&gt;citta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;virtu&lt;/em&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A policy on graphic accents similar to the norm in Spanish, Portuguese and Catalan would be much better &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However the prevailing norm is to mark the accent on oxytone words and distinguish between &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;, so I follow it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-01-19T16:27:37.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3927" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3958" CreationDate="2015-01-19T16:40:37.943" Score="7" ViewCount="315" Body="&lt;p&gt;A: &quot;Sbagliai apposta quella domanda.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: &quot;Certo, non mi è passato per la testa neanche per un secondo che tu &lt;em&gt;abbia potuto&lt;/em&gt; sbagliare.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio su quell'&lt;em&gt;abbia potuto&lt;/em&gt;. Forse avrei dovuto usare &lt;em&gt;avresti/avesti/avessi&lt;/em&gt;? O quale altro tempo? Qual è la regola in questo caso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-23T14:12:52.227" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T17:11:45.747" Title="Domande sull'uso dei tempi verbali in una frase" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3927" CreationDate="2015-01-19T16:57:55.443" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso si usa &lt;code&gt;avresti&lt;/code&gt;, quindi il tempo verbale condizionale, e non congiuntivo come hai usato tu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti per la concordanza dei tempi (&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concordanza_dei_tempi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concordanza_dei_tempi&lt;/a&gt;) la frase principale è al passato (&lt;code&gt;è passato&lt;/code&gt;) e rispetto al momento in cui si compie l'azione descritta dal verbo passare, &lt;code&gt;poter sbagliare&lt;/code&gt; è posteriore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastActivityDate="2015-01-19T16:57:55.443" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3929" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-19T17:14:46.287" Score="6" ViewCount="587" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, the following (possibly wrong!) points seem to summarize the use of the letter &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In Italian the letter &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; (commonly known as &lt;code&gt;acca&lt;/code&gt; but also known as &lt;code&gt;acca muta&lt;/code&gt;) never produces a sound of its own. According to Wikipedia, the letter &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; used to be pronounced as a &lt;em&gt;slightly aspirated h&lt;/em&gt; in most if not all words in &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scrittura_e_pronuncia_del_latino#Le_consonanti&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Latin&lt;/a&gt; (with possible exceptions made for words where the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; is both preceded and followed by a vowel), but such pronunciation is lost in modern Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whenever the letter &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; appears in a medial position within a word which is not a loanword (e.g. some extremely infrequent foreign words from French, German, etc...) it always affects the pronunciation of the letter immediately preceding it which must necessarily be the consonant &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; (which must appear as part of one the syllables &lt;code&gt;che&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;chi&lt;/code&gt;) or the consonant &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; (which must appear as part of one the syllables &lt;code&gt;ghe&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ghi&lt;/code&gt;), with a few &lt;strong&gt;exceptions&lt;/strong&gt; (e.g. I was able to find the words &lt;code&gt;ahó&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;ohimè&lt;/code&gt;in the Treccani online dictionary).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whenever the letter &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; appears as the first letter of a word, the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; does not affect the word's pronunciation. The only possibilities here are loanwords (several of which have been borrowed from English), plus four exceptions, all of which happen to be indicative mood present tense conjugated forms of the verb &lt;code&gt;avere&lt;/code&gt; (to be), namely the words: &lt;code&gt;ho&lt;/code&gt; (I have), &lt;code&gt;hai&lt;/code&gt; (you have), &lt;code&gt;ha&lt;/code&gt; (he/she/it has), and &lt;code&gt;hanno&lt;/code&gt; (they have). &lt;strong&gt;There seem to be no other exceptions in this case&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whenever the letter &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; appears as the last letter of a word, the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; may or may not have an effect on the pronunciation of preceding letter, which in this case must always be a vowel. examples are: &lt;code&gt;ah&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;òh&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;beh&lt;/code&gt; (alternative spelling of the word &lt;code&gt;be’&lt;/code&gt;), &lt;code&gt;boh&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;possibly others&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what I want to know is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is this list correct, or is something still wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If correct, then what is the complete list of possible &quot;&lt;strong&gt;exceptions&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;strong&gt;possibly others&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; as listed above?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-05-10T11:56:15.710" LastActivityDate="2020-05-10T11:56:15.710" Title="Complete list of nonforeign spelling exceptions involving the use of the letter &quot;h&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3931" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3932" CreationDate="2015-01-20T06:28:24.060" Score="2" ViewCount="2713" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene quale siano le differenze di uso tra i verbi &quot;comparare&quot; e &quot;confrontare&quot;. Potreste spiegarmele? Ad esempio, cosa direbbe un professore a uno studente?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Compara i risultati del tuo esercizio con quelli della tua compagna&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Confronta i risultati del tuo esercizio con quelli della tua compagna&quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-01T12:59:22.553" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;comparare&quot; e &quot;confrontare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3931" CreationDate="2015-01-20T07:00:59.183" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=comparare%2Cconfrontare&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ccomparare%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cconfrontare%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; comparare vs confrontare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/comparare.shtml&quot;&gt;Comparare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[sogg-v-arg-prep.arg] Confrontare una cosa con un'altra SIN paragonare: c. il francese con l'italiano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[sogg-v-arg] Confrontare due cose tra loro: c. due lingue&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono in sostanza due sinonimi. Comparare è un po' più formale e meno usato di confrontare (vedi Ngram) ma il significato è lo stesso. In particolare tra i loro sostantivi, &lt;em&gt;confronto&lt;/em&gt; è di gran lunga più comune di &lt;em&gt;comparazione&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=comparazione%2C%20confronto&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ccomparazione%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cconfronto%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; comparazione vs confronto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un professore con uno studente potrebbe usare entrambi i termini, più probabilmente direbbe &lt;em&gt;confronta&lt;/em&gt; nel contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-20T08:55:16.540" LastActivityDate="2015-01-20T08:55:16.540" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3929" CreationDate="2015-01-20T14:10:19.033" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The list is wrong about pronunciation. The rule is much simpler: you never pronounce the H, it's only used to tell a hard C/G (&lt;em&gt;call&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gall&lt;/em&gt;) from a soft C/G (&lt;em&gt;choke&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;joke&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The graphic usage of H in words that are not loanwords is limited to &lt;em&gt;-che-&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-chi-&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-ghe-&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-ghi-&lt;/em&gt;, interjections (&lt;em&gt;ehi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ah&lt;/em&gt; etc. and short forms used as interjections like &lt;em&gt;toh&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;beh&lt;/em&gt; - also written as &lt;em&gt;to'&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;be'&lt;/em&gt;) and these words: &lt;em&gt;ho&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ha&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;hai&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;hanno&lt;/em&gt; (verb &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;, to avoid confusion with &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ai&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;anno&lt;/em&gt;). In all these cases it still has no sound.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2015-01-20T14:25:22.963" LastActivityDate="2015-01-20T14:25:22.963" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3922" CreationDate="2015-01-20T16:09:09.360" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer your question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The phrase &lt;code&gt;&quot;mettere loro a disposizione&quot;&lt;/code&gt; means &quot;to make the group of people we are implicitly talking about availabe for the carrying out of some task at hand  (e.g. &quot;mettere a disposizione di &quot;qualcuno&quot;). The phrase must be followed by the preposition word &quot;di&quot;, followed by a group of one or more words acting as a noun, which represent the object which is made available to such group of people. Anyways, I was misled by the OP's title and now I realize he was talking about something different: &quot;i mezzi messi loro a disposizione&quot; means &quot;i mezzi messi a disposizione per loro&quot;, which means that &lt;code&gt;the means or tools required for carrying out the task at hand have been made available to someone or some group of people in order to satisfy the needs of the same people, or, possibly the needs of some other group of people&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The phrase &lt;code&gt;&quot;mettere a loro disposizione&quot;&lt;/code&gt; means &quot;&lt;code&gt;to make (something or several things) available to the group of people we are implicitly talking about&lt;/code&gt;&quot;.The phrase must be followed by a group of one or more words acting as a noun, which represent the object which is made available to such group of people.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The phrase &lt;code&gt;&quot;mettere alla loro disposizione&quot;&lt;/code&gt; is a more verbose-sounding phrase carrying the same meaning as the second. In practice I would use it if I were trying to make a catchy, slowly-articulated, and emphatic speech and wanted to put particular emphasis on the point I was trying to make. The first construct is shorter than this one and flows better in normal everyday speech.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In response to a comment saying that &lt;code&gt;&quot;loro&quot;&lt;/code&gt; can mean &lt;code&gt;&quot;to them&quot;&lt;/code&gt; after the word &lt;code&gt;&quot;mettere&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, I decided to point out the following rather unfortunate thing (which I would't have had the guts to explain were it not for the fact that this newsgroup is filled with experts who understand the fine aspects of Italian language and culture):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &quot;mettere&quot;, the only way to get a &quot;to them&quot; meaning, is to use the words &quot;mettere a&quot;, but then the only possibility is the rather vulgar (and hopefully not too shoking!) expression &quot;gliel'ho messo su per il culo&quot; which, is grammatically equivalent to the sentence &quot;l'ho &lt;strong&gt;messo&lt;/strong&gt; su per il culo &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; lui/lei/loro&quot; (not to be shocked here, in this sentence the subject can be male or female, the object can be male, female, or a group, and the case where the object can be a group makes you realize, I hope, that this expression conveys the feeling abstractness: regardless of sexuality, you cannot stick something in more than one place at the same time, and, it is precisely this abstract aspect of this very expression which makes it just as likely from anyone towards anyonw irrespective of the geneder of the people involved or their number). OK, enough said for the vulgar side, the grammatical side, and the abstract side. Now the meaning of the expression, which is &lt;strong&gt;not vulgar but on the other hand rather cunning!&lt;/strong&gt; and has no equivalent expression in English, so much so that the only way to translate this expression is: &quot;&lt;em&gt;I've managed to deceive or trick the person or people in question in order to get what I wanted out of them at their own expense or loss and I'm quite happy about it&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Sounds terrible? Well, yes it is. While talking to a group of friends some people could make use of this expression to point out what they have done to the other party which could even be a political party disliked by the group; they could even have befriended the other party in a false manner, or, someone could also use this expression to describe what a false friend could have done to them after they found out the truth, in which case the attitude tends to be one of deep disappointment and resentment! So much for sexual gratification! :-D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I see the full example with the words put in context. The first meaning of &quot;mettere loro a disposizione&quot; I gave above, is the one in sentences of the form &quot;mettere loro a disposizione di qualcuno&quot; which is what I originally the OP meant but I overlooked the example that was given. In the sentence &quot;Grazie ai mezzi messi loro a disposizione, hanno potuto portare avanti le loro ricerche.&quot; the meaning conveyed is the fact that &quot;i mezzi sono messi a disposizione per loro&quot;, hence we are talking about &quot;mettere per&quot; and not &quot;mettere a&quot; (because in English &quot;to&quot; corresponds to both &quot;a&quot; and &quot;per&quot;, hence the confusion. Anyways, the expression appearing in the first case is archaic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The second expression is the best, more natural choice.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T00:36:30.657" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T00:36:30.657" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3791" CreationDate="2015-01-20T19:11:55.807" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al liceo, durante le lezioni di storia, studiammo che l'utilizzo di &quot;babbo&quot; piuttosto che &quot;papà&quot; si diffuse soprattutto con il fascismo, a causa della tendenza ad eliminare i termini di origine straniera: se non sbaglio &quot;papà&quot; dovrebbe essere di origine francese (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/papa/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/papa/&lt;/a&gt;). Quindi le trasmissioni radio e la stampa fascista utilizzavano solo il termine &quot;babbo&quot;. &#xA;Probabilmente si è utilizzata di più l'espressione &quot;Babbo Natale&quot; anche per questo motivo, e poi è diventata di uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1143" LastEditorDisplayName="user1143" LastEditDate="2015-01-20T19:45:27.273" LastActivityDate="2015-01-20T19:45:27.273" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3936" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-20T20:08:48.600" Score="2" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to know, regarding standard and literary Italian, on what letters and in which letter positions the circumflex character (^) can appear in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;standard Italian&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;literary or archaic Italian&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps, the given answers do not fully cover my question, which, as stated, also asks the following which are not answered in the given threads, and I have listed them once again below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Besides the letter &lt;code&gt;î&lt;/code&gt;, what other letters can the circumflex appear on in standard Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Are there any Italian words which are not loanwords and take the circumflex on a letter other than the letter &quot;i&quot;? If these exist, then what are some of these words?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;re there any Italian words which are not loanwords and can take a circumflex on a letter that does not occupy the final position of the word, like for instance can happen in French?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What about loanwords?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T02:55:46.123" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T18:42:32.080" Title="On what letters and in which letter positions can the circumflex character (^) appear?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2015-01-21T13:10:00.153" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3937" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-20T22:49:57.540" Score="10" ViewCount="13402" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Bella Zio' è un'espressione molto in voga tra i giovani italiani.  Cosa significa e che origine ha?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-30T08:06:22.727" LastActivityDate="2021-05-16T21:02:45.183" Title="Perché i giovani dicono 'Bella Zio'?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3937" CreationDate="2015-01-20T23:29:11.683" Score="17" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è un'espressione veramente moderna, diciamo che è tornata di moda. &quot;Bella zio&quot; esiste da un bel po'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Origine: nasce molto probabilmente nei sobborghi milanesi almeno almeno 20 anni fa, e data l'etimologia incerta, penso che la sua nuova ridiffusione attuale sia dovuta ai testi rap tipo J-ax, club Dogo o Fabri Fibra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Significato: si dice  quando si è d'accordo tipo per un appuntamento o è stata fatta la cosa &quot;giusta&quot;. Si presume che &quot;zio&quot; sia l'equivalente nostrano dell'americano &quot;bro&quot;, brother (fratello), tipo appellativo nell'ambito ghetto/rap/gangsta music made in USA.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Esempio 1: &quot;Ci vediamo alle 4?&quot; Risposta: &quot;Bella zio.&quot; In seguito si può battere il 5, unire i pugni o altri siparietti manuali (più o meno coordinati). In caso negativo puoi rispondere: &quot;No zio, non ci sto dentro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Esempio 2: &quot;Mi son comprato la nuova PS.&quot; Risposta: &quot;Bella&#xA; zioooo, sei un grande!!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Esempio 3: &quot;Non ho fatto i compiti.&quot; Risposta: &quot;Bella zio, troppo sbatti&quot; (trad: &quot;Hai fatto bene, troppa fatica&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Varianti : bella zì, bella lì, bella raga, bella storia. Esiste anche &quot;ZIA&quot; per le ragazze, insomma per le zie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Utilizzo: fra gli amici, ultra informale, poco elegante, amichevole, ghetto, ghetto-borghese - da evitare l'utilizzo in presenza di veri parenti onde evitare confusioni familiari. &#xA;Attualmente il termine non è riconosciuto dall'Accademia della Crusca, cioè l'Istituto nazionale per la salvaguardia e lo studio della lingua italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1144" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T16:38:08.523" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T16:38:08.523" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3936" CreationDate="2015-01-21T02:45:58.040" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;My understanding is that no Italian word which is not a loanword can be spelled with a circumflex except for some nouns and adjectives whose plural ends in &quot;ii&quot;. These can also be spelled with an ending &quot;î&quot; written in place of such &quot;ii&quot;. In recent times, the use of such spellings, which up until recently were used as alternate spellings in some literary works for the sole purpose of making the text look more elegant, seems to have become even rarer if not almost completely nonexistent. Up until the beginning of the twentieth century, such circumflexed &quot;î&quot; could also be spelled as a &quot;j&quot;. The letter &quot;î&quot; can be pronounced (IPA: /i/), (IPA: /ii/), or anywhere in between.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rule for deciding whether to write the ending of a plural of a word ending in &quot;io&quot; as &quot;i&quot; or &quot;ii&quot; is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;When a word ends in &quot;io&quot; and is stressed as &quot;ìo&quot;, the plural ends in &quot;ii&quot; which is stressed &quot;ìi&quot;. In this case both vowels must be pronounced separately by all Italians.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If a word ends in an unstressed &quot;io&quot; then the plural is always single unstressed &quot;i&quot; (for example, &quot;secchi&quot;, plural of &quot;secchio&quot;, or &quot;vari&quot;, plural of &quot;vario&quot;). Using a circumflexed &quot;î&quot; at the end of such words would be wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the list of examples of some of the more common uses of the &quot;î&quot; runs into the hundreds if not the thousands, a few examples of Italian words which can optionally be spelled with a circumflex are the following (each bulleted entry given below lists all alternate spellings of an example plural form containing a circumflex in square brackets, and such spellings are listed from most frequent to least frequent):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;[principi,principii,principî] (IPA: /prinˈcipi/): &quot;principî&quot; (circumflex version of &quot;principii&quot;, plural of &quot;principio&quot;, &lt;em&gt;principle&lt;/em&gt;, pronounced &quot;princìpi&quot;) not to be confused with &quot;principi&quot; (plural of &quot;principe&quot;, &lt;em&gt;prince&lt;/em&gt;, pronounced &quot;prìncipi&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;[geni,genii,genî] (IPA: /ˈgeni/ or /ˈgenii/): genî (circumflex version of &quot;genii&quot;, also spelled &quot;geni&quot;, plural of &quot;genio&quot;, &lt;em&gt;genius&lt;/em&gt;) not to be confused with &quot;geni&quot; (IPA: /ˈgeni/), plural of &quot;gene&quot;, &lt;em&gt;gene&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;[assassini,assassinii,assassinî] (IPA: /assassˈinii/) (plural of assassinio, &lt;em&gt;murder&lt;/em&gt;, not to be confused with &quot;assassini&quot; (IPA: /assassˈini/), plural of &quot;assassino&quot;, &lt;em&gt;murderer&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;[oli,olii,olî] (IPA: /ˈoli/ or /ˈolii/): olî (circumflex version of &quot;olii&quot;, plural of &quot;olio&quot;, &lt;em&gt;oil&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;[propri,proprii,proprî] (IPA: /ˈpropri/ or /proprii): proprî (circumflex version of &quot;proprii&quot;, plural of &quot;proprio&quot;, &lt;em&gt;belonging to one's self, of one's own&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T18:42:32.080" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T18:42:32.080" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3940" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-21T03:38:48.867" Score="13" ViewCount="1351" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've always heard both of the words &quot;pésca&quot;, fishing, and &quot;pèsca&quot;, peach, both pronounced as &quot;pésca&quot;. Obviously here the accent mark can used to distinguish between the two words although this is not usually needed. However, is there any other way to pronounce this pair of word, perhaps, either mimicking the accents in their spellings exactly, or, perhaps, even pronouncing both words in the exact opposite way as &quot;pèsca&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ASIDE: I once had a teacher whose Italian was a bit different from that of most of the kids in school. So, when kids wouldn't understand, she would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Non riesco proprio a capire perché non sentite la differenza tra 'è' e 'e'!&quot;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;literally, &quot;I really can't understand why you cannot hear the difference between 'is' and 'and'!), but she would pronounce this sentence as follows (notice the last bit of the sentence):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Non riesco proprio a capire perché non sentite la differenza tra é é é!&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, of course, upon hearing this, all the kids would burst out laughing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I still haven't been able to figure out is whether she would say this because she may have come from a place in Italy where all e's are pronounced the same way (where could this be, anyone know?), as closed e's, or whether she might have had a voice defect, but even then, how can one have a voice defect that prevents them from pronouncing open &quot;è&quot;? From a phonological point of view, isn't opening your mouth a bit wider everything that's required to produce such sound, I can understand people that may have a lisp or not be able to pronounce a rolling r, which I think is perfectly normal, but what about this case? Who knows, perhaps I'm just the typical &lt;code&gt;&quot;ignorante&quot;&lt;/code&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-05-27T13:57:43.463" LastActivityDate="2019-05-14T10:14:01.103" Title="Any Italians pronouncing pèsca and pésca differently?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;sound&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="15" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3941" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-21T11:04:31.933" Score="5" ViewCount="492" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering if there is are any good (free) resources online for learning how to write or improving written Italian. Most resources that I have found relate to speaking the language. Moocs, books, anything?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1151" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T11:14:54.977" LastActivityDate="2019-01-01T10:50:59.383" Title="Any good resources on how to write better in Italian?" Tags="&lt;writing&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3941" CreationDate="2015-01-21T17:55:56.317" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would recommend you this site:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.busuu.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.busuu.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if this resource is nowadays as good as it was in the past because I haven't been using it very much lately and some people told me that it has changed in worse (I don't know if that's true). But I can assure you that my written Italian has improved a lot with it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works as a social network of people interested in learning languages. The site proposes you writing exercises that you can submit so that you'll get a correction from a native speaker. Each user of the network is both a student of a foreign language and a &quot;teacher&quot; of its own mother tongue. The interesting fact is that you can make your own circle of reliable Italian friends so as to send them your own written exercises.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-22T12:38:57.807" LastActivityDate="2015-01-22T12:38:57.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3943" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-21T18:37:08.587" Score="3" ViewCount="307" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Bàrnabo delle montagne&lt;/em&gt; di Dino Buzzati ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Bàrnabo si è accorto che Bertòn si è allontanato improvvisamente ma non osa rompere il silenzio per chiamarlo. Arrampicatosi per una obliqua cengia, Bertòn è voltato fuori, sulla parete che chiude il canalone. Dopo poco tutti lo vedono aggrappato a delle rocce verticali, sotto gli ultimi lastroni. &lt;em&gt;Purché&lt;/em&gt; non succeda un altro disastro.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ne sono sicura, ma la mia impressione è che il vocabolo &quot;purché&quot; sia usato in questo contesto per esprimere un desiderio (si desidera che non succeda un altro disastro). Potreste confermarmelo? Se è così, potreste farmi altri esempi di questo uso di &quot;purché&quot;?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T22:25:29.233" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T22:25:29.233" Title="Si può usare &quot;purché&quot; per esprimere un desiderio?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3943" CreationDate="2015-01-21T19:38:57.120" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Più che per esprimere un desiderio, a me sembra che 'purché' venga usato per scongiurare una disgrazia. Il significato mi sembra vicino ad affinché.  (Affinché non succeda un altro disastro). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/P/purche.aspx?query=purch%C3%A9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Purché&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A patto che, a condizione che&lt;/strong&gt; (si usa per introdurre una propos. condizionale con il v. al congiunt.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Purché se ne vada sono disposto ad accettare ogni sua pretesa; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;andrei volentieri a trovarlo purché mi accogliesse con simpatia.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-21T19:43:08.333" LastActivityDate="2015-01-21T19:43:08.333" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3940" CreationDate="2015-01-21T20:19:38.330" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;I personally pronounce &quot;pésca&quot; and &quot;pèsca&quot; in the same way. In most cases, the difference is understood from the context, not from the accent. The accent may vary from region to region: in Veneto, the closed &quot;e&quot; is the most used, while in Lombardia people use open &quot;e&quot; more often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, quite nobody in Italy pays attention to this pronunciation difference while they're speaking: everyone pronounces the word according to where he lives. Nevertheless you should prefer the closed pronunciation (pésca) to the opened one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example of the same scenario could be &quot;vènti&quot; (winds) and &quot;vénti&quot; (twenty); like I said above, the difference is understood from the context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La bora e il maestrale sono dei vènti che soffiano da Nord a Sud.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vénti giorni fa mi sono laureato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Bora&quot; and &quot;Maestrale&quot; are both winds, so it's clear we're talking about these, but we pronounce these two sentences in the same way!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1152" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-01-23T20:38:44.420" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T20:38:44.420" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3947" CreationDate="2015-01-22T13:26:21.267" Score="3" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ItVerbs.aspx?v=riflettere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;participio passato del verbo &quot;riflettere&quot;&lt;/a&gt; può essere sia &quot;riflettuto&quot; che &quot;riflesso&quot;. Ci sono differenze di uso tra questi due vocaboli? Potreste spiegarmele?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-22T15:32:22.190" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;riflettuto&quot; e &quot;riflesso&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3946" CreationDate="2015-01-22T14:28:19.140" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io userei la forma &quot;riflettuto&quot; per riflettere nel significato di pensare, mentre &quot;riflesso&quot; per riflettere nel significato di specchiarsi, di un raggio di sole riflesso sul lago e via dicendo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linkuaggio.com/2011/11/riflesso-o-riflettuto-la-forma-corretta.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Una breve ricerca online&lt;/a&gt; aiuta a confermare la mia impressione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/verbi-difficili&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; scrive qualcosa a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-22T15:32:22.190" LastActivityDate="2015-01-22T15:32:22.190" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3921" CreationDate="2015-01-22T14:42:07.417" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;eh&quot; doesn't have any meaning by etymology, it is just an exclamation. &#xA;I cited the link that you posted: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Esclamazione che può esprimere VARI SENTIMENTI.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It hasn't a meaning by itself, it is just used sometimes to forerun an exclamation, to underline and strengthen it.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, coming back to your question, I would say that it is just a coincidence, due to the strong tone of the &quot;e&quot; vowel, that can make its sound very sharp and suitable in many situations. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-22T18:42:58.890" LastActivityDate="2015-01-22T18:42:58.890" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3949" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3950" CreationDate="2015-01-22T17:18:30.070" Score="9" ViewCount="4691" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently saw the term &quot;il porco maiale&quot; pop up a few times on my facebook feed. Upon google translating it, I was given the translation &quot;pork pork&quot;, which was not at all helpful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sus_scrofa_domesticus&quot;&gt;Italian Wikipedia page&lt;/a&gt; for the pig gives the following quote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il suino (&lt;em&gt;Sus scrofa domesticus&lt;/em&gt; L.), chiamato comunemente maiale o porco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Suino&quot; and &quot;maiale&quot; redirect to the page with the scientific name, and &quot;porco&quot; redirects to a disambiguation page, which states that &quot;porco&quot; is the common name of &lt;em&gt;Sus scrofa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the nuanced difference between the terms that cannot be captured in an automated translation program?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-22T17:52:57.833" LastActivityDate="2015-01-22T17:52:57.833" Title="Difference between &quot;suino&quot;, &quot;porco&quot; and &quot;maiale&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3949" CreationDate="2015-01-22T17:28:00.223" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Suino&lt;/em&gt; is the most formal, scientific, commercial term, and also more generic (boars are &lt;em&gt;suini&lt;/em&gt;, even not being &lt;em&gt;maiali&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maiale&lt;/em&gt; is the most neutral term, and probably the one to be preferred when talking about both the live animal and its meat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Porco&lt;/em&gt; is pretty synonymous of &lt;em&gt;maiale&lt;/em&gt;, for both the animal and its meat, but is more colloquial and may carry more overtones of filthiness (both actual, and figurative). If you make a mess when eating, or look at a woman who is not your partner, she might tell you: «Sei un porco!» («Sei un maiale» is less used, and only in the first case, I'd say).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-22T17:28:00.223" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2015-01-22T18:29:20.270" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally, I use the US-International layout, which has the benefit of using the Alt-Gr key to negate the need to switch between different keyboard layouts. It works correctly with Caps Lock and with shift (the letters are correctly converted to their uppercase equivalents). It also has the added advantage of not requiring you to learn new layouts when learning a new language with diacritics such as German or Spanish. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example is given at &lt;a href=&quot;http://symbolcodes.tlt.psu.edu/bylanguage/italian.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this website&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additional benefits of US-International are that it can type non-standard Latin characters in multiple languages (eg Spanish ñ, Nordic å, æ and ø, Old English þ, ð, German ä,ü,ö). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A drawback is the &quot;dead key&quot; feature of US-International, which is especially grating for programmers, who use the dead keys frequently in programming. To prevent this, you can download the custom keyboard layout &lt;a href=&quot;http://answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_7-desktop/disable-dead-keys-for-us-international-keyboard/1de44160-83d9-4cd8-9eb3-e6b06b8604a4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; which disables dead keys. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1154" LastActivityDate="2015-01-22T18:29:20.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3952" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3953" CreationDate="2015-01-23T06:11:08.717" Score="3" ViewCount="1714" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma corretta, &quot;a solo &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; anni&quot; oppure &quot;a soli &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; anni&quot;? (dove &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; è un numero naturale). Ad esempio, quale tra queste due frasi sarebbe la forma giusta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si è laureata &lt;em&gt;a solo 20 anni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si è laureata &lt;em&gt;a soli 20 anni&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-24T16:21:41.187" Title="&quot;A solo n anni&quot; oppure &quot;a soli n anni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3952" CreationDate="2015-01-23T08:02:59.727" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Corretto è &quot;a soli 20 anni&quot;, perché &quot;soli&quot; qui è aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi anche usare l'avverbio, ma suona agrammaticale se lo metti in mezzo al sintagma &quot;a 20 anni&quot;. Puoi dire &quot;solo a 20 anni&quot; (ma il significato è diverso), o &quot;a 20 anni soltanto&quot;, &quot;a 20 anni solamente&quot;, &quot;a 20 anni solo&quot; (tre opzioni in ordine decrescente di accettabilità; solo la prima normalmente considerabile corretta, direi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1158" LastEditorUserId="1158" LastEditDate="2015-01-23T08:08:54.070" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T08:08:54.070" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3838" CreationDate="2015-01-23T08:18:41.907" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll depart from the obvious answers, and suggest you to say: &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Auguri!&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the most neutral greeting in most cases: no particular register, doesn't assume a good or bad occasion, doesn't invoke the &lt;em&gt;sorte&lt;/em&gt; etc. Can sometimes be sarcastic; but if you are sincere it won't, just like &quot;Good luck&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm pointing this alternative out because it happens to me almost daily that I think &quot;Auguri!&quot; for someone who only speaks English, but I'm prevented from saying it because in English any translation may be ambiguous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1158" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T08:18:41.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3823" CreationDate="2015-01-23T08:21:50.917" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;IMHO the other answer is translating &quot;how are you doing&quot;. If you are unsure what register to use etc., you can use &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Tutto bene&lt;/strong&gt;?&quot;. It's not as common, but it's never wrong: in Bakuriu's example, &quot;Buongiorno professore, tutto bene?&quot; is as formally correct as such a question can possibly be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1158" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T08:21:50.917" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2463" CreationDate="2015-01-23T08:40:41.587" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's worth quoting &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=kbcpj4QnX5UC&amp;amp;pg=PR34&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a modern edition&lt;/a&gt;: «li misura, e veri in modo tale, [che]». So, as laika says, you can just read it as &quot;e&quot; conjunction + &quot;veri&quot; adjective, attribute of the object &quot;li&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, però, la frase ha una chiara influenza latina. La mia prima impressione qui è che &quot;e&quot; non stia per la congiunzione moderna, ma per il latino &lt;em&gt;et&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;etiam&lt;/em&gt;. Sarebbe quindi un secondo rafforzativo di &quot;veri&quot;, che in italiano parlato uno tradurrebbe &quot;tanto ma tanto veri&quot; o simile. Oppure, potrebbe anche avere un sapore correlativo, stando per &quot;etiam... quod&quot;. In entrambi i casi la traduzione sarebbe la stessa offerta da laika, ma forse interessa sapere come arrivarci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry for switching languages, it's hard for me to talk of Latin in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1158" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T08:40:41.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3957" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3971" CreationDate="2015-01-23T13:48:42.457" Score="5" ViewCount="1571" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to ask the following question: besides people from Rome, what other Italians make frequent use of the word &quot;mò&quot; (meaning &quot;now&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-23T13:55:11.430" LastActivityDate="2019-04-07T13:50:17.917" Title="Besides people from Rome, what other Italians make frequent use of the word &quot;mò&quot; (meaning &quot;now&quot;)?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3927" CreationDate="2015-01-23T17:11:45.747" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Che tu ____ sbagliare&amp;quot; è una proposizione subordinata completiva oggettiva retta da un'espressione di tipo dubitativo (&amp;quot;passare per la testa&amp;quot;) che &lt;a href=&quot;http://paduaresearch.cab.unipd.it/4276/1/tesi_dottorato.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;regge il congiuntivo&lt;/a&gt;. Dunque, il condizionale non è possibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo Maria Cristina Peccianti, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Giunti Editori, 2013):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando la proposizione subordinata richiede il verbo al modo congiuntivo, se nella proposizione reggente c'è un tempo passato, si seguono queste regole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Per esprimere &lt;strong&gt;contemporaneità&lt;/strong&gt;, si usa l'&lt;strong&gt;imperfetto&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Non mi è passato per la testa che tu potessi sbagliare&lt;/em&gt; (come @DaG ha spiegato, se B ha sentito dire che A aveva sbagliato e si è detto: &amp;quot;Non è possibile!&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Per esprimere &lt;strong&gt;anteriorità&lt;/strong&gt;, si usa il &lt;strong&gt;trapassato&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Non mi è passato per la testa che tu avessi potuto sbagliare&lt;/em&gt; (se l'azione di B pensando è posteriore allo sbaglio di A).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-23T17:11:45.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3952" CreationDate="2015-01-24T04:31:07.233" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi pare  corretto e  di uso abbastanza comune avere una preposizione che introduce un complemento modificato da un avverbio. &quot;Di circa un metro&quot;, &quot;A solo vent'anni&quot;, &quot;Da neppure tanto&quot;, &quot;In troppo pochi&quot;, &quot;Con quasi tutti&quot;… &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;edit&lt;/em&gt;)  Mi pare che nelle altre lingue, inclusi il latino e il greco, e forse anche in un italiano meno recente, nella frase della domanda si userebbe senz'altro l'avverbio, e ciò abbastanza indipendentemente dalla sua posizione o dalla presenza di una preposizione. Di certo: (1) &quot;&lt;em&gt;sono venute solo tre persone&lt;/em&gt;&quot; = &quot;c'era poca gente&quot;; (2) &quot;&lt;em&gt;sono venute tre persone sole&lt;/em&gt;&quot; = &quot;non accompagnate&quot;, o anche, &quot;ognuno per conto suo&quot;. Mi pare invece che  (3) &quot;&lt;em&gt;sono venute tre sole persone&lt;/em&gt;&quot; vorrebbe avere il significato della forma (1), ma l'esistenza di un aggettivo &quot;solo&quot; induce a usarlo e  a fare la concordanza, con correttezza un po' dubbia (lessicale, non grammaticale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastEditorUserId="634" LastEditDate="2015-01-24T16:21:41.187" LastActivityDate="2015-01-24T16:21:41.187" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3960" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4006" CreationDate="2015-01-24T10:38:49.050" Score="2" ViewCount="454" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune, come si esprime un'interruzione di fornitura di corrente elettrica? Per esempio, come potrei completare questa frase per esprimere che la causa del non funzionamento del router è l'interruzione di  fornitura della corrente elettrica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non abbiamo connessione a Internet: il router non funziona perché &amp;nbsp; _________________.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-25T18:06:19.140" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T05:56:07.970" Title="Interruzione di fornitura di corrente elettrica: come si esprime nel linguaggio comune?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3960" CreationDate="2015-01-24T11:03:39.607" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dipende dal contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il router non funziona perché &lt;em&gt;manca l'energia elettrica&lt;/em&gt; (ad esempio a causa di un temporale). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il router non funziona perché &lt;em&gt;non siamo allacciati alla rete elettrica&lt;/em&gt; (in caso di trasloco o di una casa nuova ad esempio).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il router non funziona perché &lt;em&gt;hanno sospeso la fornitura di energia elettrica&lt;/em&gt; (per non avere pagato la bolletta ad esempio). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-24T14:22:53.673" LastActivityDate="2015-01-24T14:22:53.673" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3960" CreationDate="2015-01-24T14:49:21.193" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se vuoi dirlo in un linguaggio molto colloquiale devi dire — come suggerisce @karoshi in un commento sotto questa domanda — '... perché è andata via la luce'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-25T10:02:10.730" LastActivityDate="2015-01-25T10:02:10.730" CommentCount="3" CommunityOwnedDate="2015-01-24T14:49:21.193" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3963" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3965" CreationDate="2015-01-25T08:30:14.313" Score="5" ViewCount="4263" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale verbo si usa per esprimere che una persona comincia a esercitare una professione, &amp;quot;diventare&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;divenire&amp;quot;? Ad esempio, quale tra queste due frasi sarebbe la forma corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;All'età di 25 anni &lt;em&gt;è diventato&lt;/em&gt; assistente del professor Cinci all'Università di Bologna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;All'età di 25 anni &lt;em&gt;è divenuto&lt;/em&gt; assistente del professor Cinci all'Università di Bologna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-01-20T20:22:35.653" Title="&quot;Diventare&quot; o &quot;divenire&quot; per una professione?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3963" CreationDate="2015-01-25T10:32:45.997" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come suggerisce Treccani online, diventare è il verbo più comunemente usato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/diventare_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot;&gt;Diventare vs divenire&lt;/a&gt;: (Treccani online). &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=diventare%2C%20divenire&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cdiventare%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cdivenire%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Benché divenire e diventare siano perfettamente sinonimi e intercambiabili in tutti i contesti, diventare è di gran lunga più frequente nella lingua parlata, mentre divenire è sentito come parola ricercata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il concetto di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/divenire_%28Dizionario-di-filosofia%29/&quot;&gt;divenire&lt;/a&gt; (non diventare) è usato in filosofia: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Concetto filosofico opposto a quello dell’essere ( ➔), quando quest’ultimo sia concepito come eternamente immobile e sottratto a ogni mutazione.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-01-25T13:02:45.447" LastActivityDate="2015-01-25T13:02:45.447" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3844" CreationDate="2015-01-25T15:19:26.310" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si mette l'apostrofo solo nelle parole singolari, in quelle plurali non si usa perché, come in questo caso, potrebbe creare confusione. Ad esempio si dice al singolare l'analisi (= la analisi) e al plurale le analisi, perché altrimenti non sarebbe chiaro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="580" LastActivityDate="2015-01-25T15:19:26.310" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3963" CreationDate="2015-01-25T16:23:26.343" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma regolare del passato prossimo sarebbe &quot;&lt;em&gt;è divenuto&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, sebbene &quot;&lt;em&gt;è diventato&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è accettato ed è anche molto più comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però devo notare che l'esempio dato suggerisce che  parliamo forse di una rassegna biografica, in cui caso il modo corretto sarebbe invece il passato remoto &lt;em&gt;divenne&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All'età di 25 anni divenne assistente del professor Cinci all'Università di Bologna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del passato remoto è oggigiorno piuttosto raro nel parlare quotidiano. Personalmente, credo che questo sia sfortunato. Secondo me, la lingua italiana è molto più bella quando si mantiene l'uso corretto e completo di tutte le coniugazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="211" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-20T20:22:35.653" LastActivityDate="2020-01-20T20:22:35.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3968" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3970" CreationDate="2015-01-26T06:17:09.077" Score="4" ViewCount="1850" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Internet, su siti commerciali o di pubblicità, ho trovato molte volte l'espressione &quot;prodotti da tenere presente&quot;, ma anche alcune (poche) volte &quot;prodotti da tenere presenti&quot;. Quale tra queste due è la forma corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T08:47:16.793" Title="&quot;Prodotti da tenere presente&quot; oppure &quot;prodotti da tenere presenti&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3968" CreationDate="2015-01-26T06:30:20.513" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso la seconda formula è sbagliata. Il termine &quot;tenere presente&quot; dovrebbe fare riferimento &quot;all'attenzione&quot; che il lettore dà al/ai prodotto/i. In altre parole, la frase completa suonerebbe &quot;prodotti (sui quali l'attenzione è) da tenere presente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non direi proprio che si faccia riferimento ai prodotti stessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considera che non è affatto raro trovare inesattezze, errori e simili su giornali, TV e pubblicità varie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Aspetta: potrebbe però esserci un secondo significato. Se l'intenzione di chi scrive è quella di &quot;prodotti da tenere presenti (sullo scaffale)&quot;, allora è accettabile. Direi che dipende dal contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1163" LastEditorUserId="1163" LastEditDate="2015-01-26T06:35:42.830" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T06:35:42.830" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3968" CreationDate="2015-01-26T09:16:46.570" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma corretta è senz'altro “tener(e) presenti”: il dizionario Devoto-Oli (di cui ho sotto mano l'edizione 1990), alla voce &lt;em&gt;presente&lt;/em&gt;, esemplifica tra l'altro «bisogna tener presenti alcune difficoltà». In frasi così l'accordo è con il complemento oggetto, non diversamente da quel che succede per «tenere aperta la giacca», «tener desta l'attenzione» etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il motivo per cui si trova anche il singolare, probabilmente, è che nella mente di alcuni “tenere presente” è trattato come una forma unica, invariante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T09:16:46.570" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3957" CreationDate="2015-01-26T14:24:33.573" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nowadays the word &lt;em&gt;mo'&lt;/em&gt; (with or without the apostrophe), is commonly used in the center and south of Italy (I'm a northern, so please correct me if I'm wrong!).&#xA;For instance, I heard it from people who live in Abruzzo and in Umbria, but also from people who live in Naples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of its usage can be something like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho visto il tuo messaggio mo'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that means &quot;I just saw your text message&quot;, or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mo' chiamo Alessia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is &quot;I'm calling Alessia now&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1143" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T14:24:33.573" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3968" CreationDate="2015-01-26T14:27:24.523" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che la tua domanda possa  trarre in inganno anche gli italiani per via dell'uso idiomatico del verbo &quot;tenere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu sei spagnola e in spagnolo &quot;tenere&quot; equivale all'italiano &quot;avere&quot;, ma in realtà il corretto significato è quello di &quot;mantenere&quot;. Accade che nel sud dell'Italia, per via della dominazione spagnola, si continui a usare nel linguaggio colloquiale, dialettale  o comunque da parte di chi è poco istruito &quot;tenere&quot; nel senso di &quot;avere&quot;, ad esempio: &quot;tengo fame&quot;, che è sbagliato in italiano. Quando usi  il verbo &quot;tenere&quot; pensa sempre a se lo puoi sostituirlo con &quot;avere&quot;. Casi in cui è sicuramente corretto usare &quot;tenere&quot; sono: &quot;tenere il punto&quot;,  &quot;tenere un comportamento&quot;, &quot;tenere una pistola in pugno&quot;. Puoi   sostituirlo con &quot;mantenere&quot;, salvo nell'ultimo caso, perché ripeteresti due volte il riferimento alla mano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per significare &quot;ricordare&quot; meglio &quot;aver presente&quot; o &quot;tener presente&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale è preferibile &quot;avere&quot;, ad esempio: &quot;Ho presente quello che mi hai detto.&quot;, ma, quando si passa alla seconda persona (imperativo), puoi dire sia &quot;abbi presente che ...&quot; sia &quot;tieni presente che ...&quot;.&#xA;La seconda è una forma idiomatica, che funge da rafforzativo: &quot;Ti esorto a mantenere nella tua mente questo concetto.&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque &quot;tener presente&quot; è a tutti gli effetti equivalente al verbo &quot;ricordare&quot;, come nell'inglese &quot;to keep in mind&quot;. Questa equazione è oramai automatica nei parlanti: &quot;tenere presente = ricordare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, con riferimento alla tua frase:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Prodotti il cui ricordo va tenuto presente nella propria mente = Prodotti da tenere presente = Prodotti da ricordare&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il singolare sembra preferibile poiché tu, non vuoi &lt;em&gt;tenere&lt;/em&gt; nella tua mente i singoli prodotti, ma il &lt;em&gt;ricordo&lt;/em&gt; dei prodotti. &#xA;Inoltre, poiché l'associazione mentale  &quot;tenere presente = ricordare&quot; è molto forte, &quot;tenere presenti&quot;, genera un immediato fastidio all'orecchio di chi ti ascolta o legge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attenzione!  Tutto questo non vale (come ti è già stato fatto notare) se, invece di voler conservare il ricordo dei prodotti, vogliamo conservare i prodotti stessi negli scaffali di casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di norma le pubblicità vogliono indurre i consumatori a ricordare i prodotti di cui trattano, ma è di certo corretto dire: &quot;Tenete sempre presenti nelle vostre cucine le nostre bottiglie di acqua minerale e vivrete più a lungo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-27T08:47:16.793" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T08:47:16.793" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3973" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3974" CreationDate="2015-01-26T16:17:40.787" Score="16" ViewCount="6446" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I say &quot;Got it!&quot; in Italian? Google Translate gives &quot;Fatto!&quot; and &quot;Ce l'ho!&quot;, but I think these are not correct answers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-26T17:40:59.157" LastActivityDate="2019-07-03T16:58:10.163" Title="How can I translate the expression &quot;Got it!&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3973" CreationDate="2015-01-26T17:45:33.970" Score="23" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Capito!&#xA;Tutto chiaro!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am from Italy and I think the best ways to express what &quot;got it&quot; means are those :) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-26T17:58:36.357" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T17:58:36.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3975" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-26T17:51:03.060" Score="5" ViewCount="1813" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di trovare l'aggettivo italiano che traduca il tedesco &lt;em&gt;&quot;stumpf&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, che significa, nel caso di un coltello specificamente, che &lt;strong&gt;non taglia più&lt;/strong&gt;. &#xA;Nel dizionario trovo &quot;spuntato&quot;, però questo non è esatto! Nemmeno appuntito funziona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voi che aggettivo usereste? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-26T19:00:01.337" LastActivityDate="2015-02-05T16:53:27.050" Title="Qual è l'aggettivo che esprime &quot;non essere affilato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3975" CreationDate="2015-01-26T17:54:35.940" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Due possibilità sono &lt;strong&gt;smussato&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;ottuso&lt;/strong&gt; (nel senso letterale, anche se lo si usa più in senso figurato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T17:54:35.940" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3937" CreationDate="2015-01-26T17:58:59.313" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In inglese equivale al &quot;hey bro&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta del saluto milanese in voga tra i giovani (vorrei specificare che non riguarda TUTTI i giovani italiani. Qui ci si riferisce per la maggior parte ai milanesi, anche se conosco persone in città come Roma e Bologna che lo dicono). &#xA;È decisamente più informale di ciao. La si usa per suonare simpatici e diretti. A mio parere, se usata con persone che non si conoscono molto bene, suona troppo informale e maleducato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Letteralmente significa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;**Bella** (&quot;ciao&quot; o &quot;hei&quot; o &quot;ueii&quot;, ecc) **zio** (socio, cumpà, amico, ecc).&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-26T18:05:12.027" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T18:05:12.027" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3973" CreationDate="2015-01-26T19:10:33.800" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Elisabetta's answer, you could use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(Ho) capito (literal translation)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ok&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Va bene&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What Google Translates says is however wrong and far from the intended meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T19:10:33.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3973" CreationDate="2015-01-26T19:28:28.373" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you're thinking about something you can't remember and suddenly you got it, you can say &quot;Ce l'ho&quot; too, but it's quite &lt;strong&gt;informal&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FWhite&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1152" LastActivityDate="2015-01-26T19:28:28.373" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3980" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-26T20:24:49.643" Score="7" ViewCount="735" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-oide:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[dal greco -oeidḗs, da êidos, forma]. Ultimo elemento di parole composte derivate dal greco o formate modernamente, che ha il significato di “simile a, affine a”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;usato come suffisso di molti termini del linguaggio scientifico e sta a indicare una somiglianza, una relazione, una affinità con il concetto o la cosa espressa dalla parola a cui viene aggiunto (per esempio: sferoide, metalloide).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In medicina e in psichiatria è usato per indicare una sintomatologia meno grave, uno stato morboso la cui tipicità è solo apparente (per esempio: paranoide, mongoloide).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché  quando viene usato nel linguaggio comune gli aggettivi spesso assumono una connotazione negativa? Come ad esempio, umanoide, genialoide, sinistroide, intellettualoide etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-01T20:16:23.903" Title="Uso del suffisso -oide" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3981" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3984" CreationDate="2015-01-27T03:58:48.527" Score="10" ViewCount="834" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm completely lost on the use of prepositions with the present infinitive and also &lt;em&gt;cui&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt; (they could be used the same way; I'm not sure).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just want to point out I know how to use these grammar points themselves, but I don't get which prepositions to place with them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example with questions that have to be changed to this form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono in molti che hanno imparato l'italiano in questo corso.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Sono in molti _____ l'italiano in questo corso.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Here I know it's &lt;em&gt;aver imparato&lt;/em&gt;, but I don't know how to work out the preposition! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a list of infinitives with prepositions in my work book, and it says &lt;em&gt;imparare + a&lt;/em&gt;. So it should make sense that it is &lt;em&gt;ad aver imparato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But then I try to follow that logic with another verb.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The list says &lt;em&gt;dimenticare + di&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So I figure that:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Ieri è stato un giorno che si dovrebbe dimenticare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;= &lt;em&gt;Ieri è stato un giorno di dimenticare&lt;/em&gt;. But the answer sheet says it's &lt;em&gt;DA dimenticare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do you work this out?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1170" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-27T08:42:23.960" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T08:43:59.343" Title="Using prepositions with present infinitives" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3940" CreationDate="2015-01-27T08:00:45.503" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Like PWhite answered you, most Italians will understand from context and the use of &quot;è&quot; and &quot;é&quot; will vary from regions to regions and city to city.&#xA;Personally: yes my pronunciation, in this case, is different as it should be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1116" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T16:17:48.547" LastActivityDate="2019-02-24T16:17:48.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="3983" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3985" CreationDate="2015-01-27T08:27:28.540" Score="2" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale tra queste due frasi è la forma corretta&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Enrico Fermi morì di un cancro dovuto forse agli esperimenti &lt;em&gt;a cui&lt;/em&gt; aveva preso parte a Los Alamos.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Enrico Fermi morì di un cancro dovuto forse agli esperimenti &lt;em&gt;cui&lt;/em&gt; aveva preso parte a Los Alamos.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T09:29:45.067" Title="&quot;Esperimenti a cui aveva preso parte&quot; oppure &quot;esperimenti cui aveva preso parte&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3981" CreationDate="2015-01-27T08:36:18.713" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The bad news about the meaning and use of the different Italian prepositions is that they have actually to be learnt one by one, just like any other word, taking into account that each may have more than one use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, your &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; in “&lt;em&gt;è stato un giorno da dimenticare&lt;/em&gt;” pertains to one of the uses of &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, to describe purposes (“&lt;em&gt;proposizioni finali&lt;/em&gt;”): “a day to be forgotten”. Other examples of this use of &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; include: “&lt;em&gt;una persona da ammirare&lt;/em&gt;” (= “to be admired”), “&lt;em&gt;c'è molto da fare&lt;/em&gt;” and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; itself has many other meanings, from its basic one, “from”, to denote a starting point (“&lt;em&gt;questo treno va da Roma a Milano&lt;/em&gt;”), a second basic one more or less corresponding to “by” (“&lt;em&gt;un romanzo scritto da Umberto Eco&lt;/em&gt;”) to figurative meanings of the above, and other ones as well. Prepositions have to be learned individually, as well as their use with single verbs: &lt;em&gt;sperare&lt;/em&gt; is used with &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; (“&lt;em&gt;spero di vincere&lt;/em&gt;”), while &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt; requires no preposition (“&lt;em&gt;voglio vincere&lt;/em&gt;”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, there is no better way than having ready a good, possibly one-language dictionary or grammar book with lots of examples, study them, but above all reading with attention good Italian texts, noticing how words are used (perhaps underlining them or taking notes or whatever works for you).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The good news is that the Italian fundamental (“semplici”) preposizioni are very few, and the actually tricky ones even less: I'd say &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, in particular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, patterns as «&lt;em&gt;dimenticare + di&lt;/em&gt;» given in your book are not to be interpreted as you do: they do not mean you have to write something like *«&lt;em&gt;un giorno di dimenticare&lt;/em&gt;», which is not Italian. As a commenter remarks, it is correct to say “&lt;em&gt;dimenticare di fare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;.” Analogously, “&lt;em&gt;imparare + a&lt;/em&gt;” must refer to the fact that the usual construction is “&lt;em&gt;imparare a fare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;.” So they explain how to use that verb, i.e. which preposition is to be used &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-27T08:43:59.343" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T08:43:59.343" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3983" CreationDate="2015-01-27T09:29:45.067" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambe corrette, la forma con il &quot;cui&quot; da solo è un po' più letteraria.&#xA;Come dice &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cui/&quot;&gt;la Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nei casi nei quali è usato come compl. di termine si può usare anche&#xA;  senza la preposizione a: la persona cui mi sono rivolto;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esclusivam. letter. è l’uso senza prep., come compl. di termine (Voi&#xA;  cui fortuna ha posto in mano il freno ..., Petrarca) o come compl.&#xA;  ogg. (Al passegger, cui semivivo e nudo Lascia in breve tra’ sassi,&#xA;  Leopardi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;nei casi in cui &lt;em&gt;non è&lt;/em&gt; complemento di termine, la preposizione non si può omettere: &lt;em&gt;il libro &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; cui ti ho parlato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;l'obiettivo &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; cui hai combattuto&lt;/em&gt;, etc.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;se si usano &quot;[il/la quale]/[i/le quali]&quot; invece di &quot;cui&quot; come complementi indiretti, la preposizione è obbligatoria (anche quando è complemento di termine): &lt;em&gt;gli esperimenti ai quali aveva preso parte&lt;/em&gt; (sbagliato: &lt;s&gt;gli esperimenti i quali aveva preso parte&lt;/s&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T09:29:45.067" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3973" CreationDate="2015-01-27T13:45:56.157" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ce l'ho&quot; may be correct, as in the example from Narmer, if it means that you possess something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When it means that you understood something, as black and Elisabetta said, you can translate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;&quot;OK&quot;&#xA;&quot;Capito&quot;&#xA;&quot;Chiaro&quot;&#xA;&quot;Va bene&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the latter case the use of &quot;Ce l'ho&quot; is quite uncommon...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="923" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T13:45:56.157" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3975" CreationDate="2015-01-27T14:21:05.583" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Consunto&quot;, nel senso che la lama è consumata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="923" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T14:21:05.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3988" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-27T18:47:32.580" Score="5" ViewCount="1555" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sapreste chiarire cosa significhi e quale sia l'origine di 'alla buona' che vedete scritto in questa pubblicità del 1932?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, è ancora in uso nella lingua contemporanea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/sfgqt.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T20:11:11.623" Title="Significato di 'alla buona' in una pubblicità del 1932" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3988" CreationDate="2015-01-27T19:21:28.963" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione 'alla buona' è ancora vastamente utilizzata, soprattutto nel parlato, per indicare qualcosa di non particolarmente ricercato, informale: per citare &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glossario_delle_frasi_fatte#Alla_buona&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, è 'alla buona' qualcosa di fatto &lt;code&gt;senza particolare puntiglio o precisione&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto concerne le sue origini, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=alla%20buona&amp;amp;year_start=1000&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Calla%20buona%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Ngram viewer&lt;/a&gt; suggerisce che questa locuzione non è stata utilizzata prima della seconda metà del '500 (ma questo non significa necessariamente che sia quello il periodo in cui compare come elemento a sè, in quanto può essere anche utilizzata accostata ad un nome femminile), ma non si trova nulla riguardo la sua etimologia: è possibile tuttavia supporre che l'uso di &quot;buona&quot; voglia essere una forma di apprezzamento per ciò che non è particolarmente ricercato ed è quindi &quot;senza pretese&quot; e che può a volte sembrare familiare e rassicurante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-27T20:11:11.623" LastActivityDate="2015-01-27T20:11:11.623" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3990" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-28T07:12:58.880" Score="6" ViewCount="381" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Food for thought&lt;/em&gt; is very common English expression meaning: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;An idea or issue to ponder, as in 'That interesting suggestion of yours has given us food for thought.'  (It is a  metaphoric phrase that uses  the idea of digestion to indicate something  in the mind.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cibo per la mente&lt;/em&gt; is generally used as a translation. What other expressions can best convey the meaning of  'food for thought'? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T16:34:44.757" LastActivityDate="2015-01-30T05:48:28.580" Title="Food for thought!" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3991" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-28T10:35:07.900" Score="4" ViewCount="3507" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono piuttosto confusa sul significato di &quot;di volta in volta&quot;. Per intuizione io direi che vuol dire &lt;strong&gt;solo qualche volta&lt;/strong&gt;, però leggendo su internet trovo che in realtà lo si intende come &lt;strong&gt;ogni volta&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che cosa significa? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T01:00:34.070" Title="Cosa significa &quot;di volta in volta&quot; ?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3991" CreationDate="2015-01-28T14:34:33.077" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse ti aiuta anche una canzone di Ivano Fossati (&quot;I treni a vapore&quot;)&#xA;dove al ritornello dice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come i treni a vapore &lt;br&gt;&#xA;come i treni a vapore &lt;br&gt;&#xA;di stazione in stazione &lt;br&gt;&#xA;e di porta in porta &lt;br&gt;&#xA;e di pioggia in pioggia &lt;br&gt;&#xA;e di dolore in dolore &lt;br&gt;&#xA;il dolore passerà. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di ... e di ... danno a me un senso di continuità ma precisa e ripetuta. Quindi dipende dal contesto. Di quante &quot;volte&quot; si tratta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1182" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T17:18:19.000" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T17:18:19.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3980" CreationDate="2015-01-28T14:43:10.717" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Concordo con @Roberto. L'aggettivo che descrive un sostantivo ma ha -oide come suffisso, implica imprecisione, inverificabilità o suggerisce una deformazione (vera o presunta) che può solo essere negativa/diminutiva rispetto alla realtà del sostantivo descritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1182" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T17:20:36.757" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T17:20:36.757" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3991" CreationDate="2015-01-28T16:57:04.760" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alla voce “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/volta1/&quot;&gt;volta&lt;/a&gt;” del dizionario Treccani è riportata esplicitamente l'espressione “di volta in volta”, parafrasata con “a volta a volta, a turno, secondo un dato avvicendamento”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, sì, significa “ogni volta” con in più un esplicito riferimento a “turni” o occasioni distinte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Modificando lievemente un buon esempio di @Josh61, potremmo scrivere «I requisiti per essere candidabili alle elezioni saranno determinati dagli Stati membri di volta in volta», indicando che a ogni tornata elettorale verrà emanata una norma specifica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T16:57:04.760" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3996" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="3997" CreationDate="2015-01-28T18:40:46.667" Score="4" ViewCount="50686" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you translate the English expression &quot;what's your name?” into Italian? Is it &quot;qual è il tuo nome?&quot; or something else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T21:12:15.597" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T22:13:18.003" Title="Translation of &quot;what's your name?” in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ClosedDate="2015-01-29T15:50:58.603" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3996" CreationDate="2015-01-28T19:04:48.183" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Qual è il tuo nome?&quot; is correct, but it's rarely used. &quot;Come ti chiami?&quot; is more frequent.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Moreover, please note that while in English &quot;You&quot; is used even with strangers, in Italian there's a difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you know who you're talking with, or you're in a very informal context, you have to use the second person singular (eg &quot;Come ti chiami?&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Else, you have to use the third person singular feminine (eg &quot;Come si chiama [implied: lei]?&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T19:10:18.637" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T19:10:18.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3996" CreationDate="2015-01-28T19:06:23.340" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most common Italian form used to ask a person's name is &lt;em&gt;&quot;Come ti chiami?&quot;&lt;/em&gt; which can be translated into English as something like &lt;em&gt;&quot;How are you called?&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. To be honest, its literal translation would be &lt;em&gt;&quot;How do you call yourself?&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, which would sound funny.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As pointed out in other answers, one can distinguish two situations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In informal contexts, like everyday life, flirting, getting to know new classmates, &lt;em&gt;&quot;put-your-situation-here&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, you can safely (and it is common practice too) use the phrase &lt;em&gt;&quot;Come ti chiami?&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In formal contexts, like talking with important people, you are encouraged to use a &lt;strong&gt;forma di cortesia&lt;/strong&gt;. It is not contemplated in contemporary English, but it can be found in languages such as Italian or German. Thus, some formal phrases are &lt;em&gt;&quot;Qual è il Suo nome?&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;Come si chiama Lei?&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. In German, it would sound like &quot;Entschuldigen Sie bitte, &lt;em&gt;wie heißen Sie?&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Note that, when referring to a person with formal phrases, the third singular feminine form of the personal pronoun is used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user589" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T21:46:42.990" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T21:46:42.990" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="3999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3990" CreationDate="2015-01-28T19:48:03.830" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to wordreference, you can also translate it with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/food+for+thought&quot;&gt;&quot;spunto di riflessione&quot; or &quot;stimolo per una riflessione&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T20:44:49.017" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T20:44:49.017" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3996" CreationDate="2015-01-28T20:37:53.913" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could say it as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come ti chiami?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come si chiama?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one is informal but the second one is formal. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would use the first one when talking to friends, family, or anyone your age. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would use the second one when talking to professors and older people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps!!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="1184" LastEditDate="2015-01-28T22:13:18.003" LastActivityDate="2015-01-28T22:13:18.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4001" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4004" CreationDate="2015-01-28T23:24:05.323" Score="2" ViewCount="10886" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to say &quot;what time is it&quot; so I did some research. But there are two ways to say it. The first way is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;che ora è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the second one is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;che ore sono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure if the second one makes sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-29T23:02:04.623" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T23:02:04.623" Title="Which way to say &quot;What time is it&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4002" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4003" CreationDate="2015-01-28T23:45:04.923" Score="1" ViewCount="131295" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do you say &quot;Good morning&quot; in Italian? For instance, when I get up and go to my living room, I like to say &quot;good morning&quot; to my family members. I know that it is not &quot;buon &lt;em&gt;mattina&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. I'm not sure if it is &quot;buon &lt;em&gt;giorno&lt;/em&gt;&quot; because it means &quot;good day&quot; and not &quot;good morning&quot;. If you can say &quot;buon giorno&quot; in my case (my example) then please tell me the reason!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-17T20:20:57.467" LastActivityDate="2017-07-28T11:33:11.437" Title="Translation of &quot;Good morning&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4002" CreationDate="2015-01-29T00:46:12.750" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Buona mattina&quot; is not an used expression even if it's correct. &quot;Buongiorno&quot; is used both to to greet after wake up, than for the people you meet in the morning.&#xA;For friends and family you can also use &quot;buondì&quot;, it's more &quot;carefree&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-29T06:04:47.650" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T06:04:47.650" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4001" CreationDate="2015-01-29T00:49:55.027" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are both corrects. Here the reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/C/che-ora-e-che-ore-sono.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/C/che-ora-e-che-ore-sono.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T00:49:55.027" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3991" CreationDate="2015-01-29T01:00:34.070" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che viene preso in considerazione quando è necessario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Comprare le cose quando servono, di volta in volta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T01:00:34.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3960" CreationDate="2015-01-29T02:47:23.203" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per dire che la luce è andata via per colpa di disguidi tecnici imprevisit si usa: &quot;è andata via la luce&quot; oppure &quot;è saltata la luce&quot;. Se è un'operazione in corso per lavori si usa &quot;hanno tagliato la corrente&quot;, se invece è permanente per questioni di mancati pagamenti o trasferimenti di abitazione si usa &quot;mi hanno staccato la luce/corrente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-29T05:56:07.970" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T05:56:07.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3931" CreationDate="2015-01-29T03:04:33.153" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono sinonimi ma hanno accezioni di significato un po' diverse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comparare ha la radice latina di Paro, disporre. Quindi disporre insieme. Confrontare ha la radice latina di Frons, fronte. Quindi porre insieme di fronte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comparare ha un significato tendenzialmente neutro, mentre confrontare ha un significato tendenzialmente antagonistico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre si compara qualcosa perchè ci si aspetta risultati simili. Si confronta qualcosa perchè ci si aspetta risultati diversi, soprattutto, se in uno dei due casi migliori. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le forme:&#xA;&quot;Confronta quello che ho fatto io con quello che hai fatto tu e ti renderai conto che ho lavorato il doppio&quot; e &quot;Ho comparato i dati e non c'erano discrepanze&quot; suonerebbero più corrette delle forme con l'utilizzo dell'altro verbo.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="1187" LastEditDate="2015-01-29T03:12:26.770" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T03:12:26.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4008" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4009" CreationDate="2015-01-29T04:06:41.703" Score="-2" ViewCount="1070" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to say good-bye to my professor but I said &quot;salve&quot;. &quot;Salve&quot; is to say hi and is formal (more than &quot;ciao&quot;). Then she said that it was not &quot;salve&quot; but did not tell me how to say good-bye. So can anybody tell me how to say it please? :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="1184" LastEditDate="2015-01-29T22:52:50.010" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T22:52:50.010" Title="Translation of bye (formal) in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4008" CreationDate="2015-01-29T06:18:44.140" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Arrivederci&quot; is the most appropriate form to say goodbye to someone if you're in a formal context: please note that it theoretically expresses a wish to see the person you've talked to again; if you're on the phone, you could use &quot;A risentirci&quot; instead.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If you're looking for something even more formal, you can use &quot;A rivederLa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-29T12:49:34.213" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T12:49:34.213" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4010" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4049" CreationDate="2015-01-29T07:48:08.717" Score="7" ViewCount="1309" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to translate a lot of terms in a IT-Application like buttons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;close&#xA;next&#xA;exit&#xA;search&#xA;etc...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone translate these or is there any site with a list of common terms for Italian? I'm not searching a generic translation, but technical IT terminology.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1188" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-30T20:12:35.113" LastActivityDate="2020-10-30T10:37:44.643" Title="Translation of IT terms like close, next, search, etc" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4011" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4015" CreationDate="2015-01-29T08:16:08.530" Score="3" ViewCount="4719" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sento insicura sull'uso degli avverbi &quot;dopo&quot; e &quot;poi&quot; in senso temporale. Ad esempio, posso dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; te lo spiego&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;poi&lt;/em&gt; te lo spiego,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non so se questi avverbi con senso temporale si possano interscambiare in qualsiasi frase o invece ci siano costrutti nei quali sia preferibile usare uno o l'altro. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T21:37:43.093" Title="&quot;Dopo&quot; e &quot;poi&quot; (in senso temporale): sono sempre interscambiabili?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4011" CreationDate="2015-01-29T15:38:29.060" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono avverbi che sono sinonimi solo quando il tempo è indefinito (come nei tuoi esempi). Quando il tempo è determinato &quot;poi&quot; non si può usare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dopo 10 minuti te lo spiego,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;poi&quot; in questo caso non si potrebbe usare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-29T16:38:30.023" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T16:38:30.023" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3791" CreationDate="2015-01-29T18:48:51.913" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È vero che &amp;quot;papà&amp;quot; è nato come francesismo per &amp;quot;babbo&amp;quot;. &lt;em&gt;Babbo&lt;/em&gt; era stato incluso già nella prima edizione del Vocabolario degli Accademici della Crusca (1612), mentre la voce &lt;em&gt;papà&lt;/em&gt; non è stata registata nei dizionari prima del 1825. Ormai è molto divertente leggere la critica dei &amp;quot;gallicismi nella lingua italiana&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pappà e Papà che abbiamo prese ai Francesi, in iscambio delle amorevoli Babbo e Mamma ora com'ora pur troppo in tutta Italia, salvo che in Toscana, sono sulla bocca del ceto signorile (&lt;em&gt;Lessico della corrotta italianità&lt;/em&gt; di Pietro Fanfani e Costantino Arlìa (1877))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Babbo è voce da fanciulli, ed è usata anche dagli adulti a significazione di affetto, e suol dirsi parlando del proprio padre o del padre di colui a cui parliamo. – La voce Papà è una leziosaggine francese che suona nelle bocche di quegli sciocchi, i quali si pensano di mostrarsi più compiti scimmiottando gli stranieri. (&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario dei sinonimi della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Pietro Fanfani (1865))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quel momento in poi &lt;em&gt;babbo&lt;/em&gt; pian piano ha perso terreno rispetto a &lt;em&gt;papà&lt;/em&gt; nella lingua parlata. Ci sono alcune espressioni come &lt;em&gt;figlio di papà, aspirante papà, neopapà, festa del papà&lt;/em&gt; che non si usano (o sono meno diffuse) con l'alternativa &lt;em&gt;babbo&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/nomi-padre&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; (citata anche qui sopra) pertanto conclude che, nel caso di Babbo Natale,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...In controtendenza è invece il rapporto tra &lt;em&gt;babbo Natale&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;papà Natale&lt;/em&gt; (11.900.000 a 11.100 occorrenze per le pagine in italiano il 15 dicembre scorso); anzi in alcuni casi, &lt;em&gt;babbo Natale&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;Il Babbo&lt;/em&gt; per antonomasia... &lt;strong&gt;è più probabile che sia una sorta di specializzazione, un insolito percorso dal nome comune al nome proprio.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-10-06T08:50:23.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="4014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3990" CreationDate="2015-01-29T20:28:46.100" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Possible equivalent sentences:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Il suo interessante suggerimento/intervento  ci ha dato molto su cui pensare/ riflettere&quot; (= Your interesting suggestion gave us a lot to think about).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Il suo spunto ci ha dato molto su cui riflettere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An expression with related meaning:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Digerire qualcosa (to digest something).&#xA;Example: &quot;Quanto mi dici non è facile da digerire!&quot; (= What you're telling me is not easy to accept/ absorb).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, &quot;cibo per la mente&quot; is definitely not used as an idiom like &quot;food for thought&quot; is in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1190" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-30T05:48:28.580" LastActivityDate="2015-01-30T05:48:28.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4011" CreationDate="2015-01-29T21:30:24.747" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se ci limitiamo all'uso come avverbio, in generale sì, anche se IMHO dipende anche un po' dell'ordine delle parole. Ci sono alcuni esempi in cui a me personalmente suona meglio uno dei due:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bene: &lt;strong&gt;Te lo spiego dopo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meno bene: &lt;strong&gt;Te lo spiego poi.&lt;/strong&gt; (anche se è certamente usato)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In certi casi &amp;quot;dopo&amp;quot; è l'unica possibilità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lo rividi dieci anni dopo&lt;/strong&gt;.  (non: &lt;s&gt;dieci anni poi&lt;/s&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono anche alcune espressioni idiomatiche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Prima o poi&lt;/strong&gt;   (non: prima o dopo, anche se non posso escludere che qualcuno lo dica)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A dopo&lt;/strong&gt;   (non: &lt;s&gt;a poi&lt;/s&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Colloquialmente si usa anche, ad esempio, in una elencazione di fatti o cause:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tempo era ostile, e &lt;strong&gt;poi bisogna anche dire che l'avversario era più forte&lt;/strong&gt;  (non: &lt;s&gt;e dopo bisogna anche dire...&lt;/s&gt;. Comunque il &amp;quot;poi&amp;quot; qui è solo un rafforzativo, si può omettere e il senso non cambia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Poi&amp;quot; si usa anche per indicare &amp;quot;dopotutto&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;in fin dei conti&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra molto difficile, &lt;strong&gt;ma non è poi tanto complicato&lt;/strong&gt;. (non: &lt;s&gt;ma non è dopo tanto complicato&lt;/s&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per finire, nel parlato è abbastanza comune (soprattutto al nord, direi) l'uso pleonastico delle due parole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di quest'argomento ne parliamo &lt;strong&gt;poi dopo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-29T21:37:43.093" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4016" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4019" CreationDate="2015-01-29T23:48:21.953" Score="2" ViewCount="2926" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che ci si può cimentare in un'attività, o con qualcosa. Ma è anche possibile cimentarsi a (!) qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio: sarebbe corretto dire 'Io mi cimento a porre domande su StackExchange?'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1191" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-01-30T10:45:56.753" LastActivityDate="2015-01-30T22:57:10.267" Title="Uso di preposizioni col verbo cimentarsi" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4017" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4023" CreationDate="2015-01-30T04:39:21.620" Score="5" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;One source pronounces scuola as &quot;sk'WOH-lah,&quot; and another says &quot;sk'WAH-la&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one is it, or are there differing dialects in Italian for scuola? Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-30T05:44:39.173" LastActivityDate="2015-02-01T18:20:31.347" Title="How is &quot;scuola&quot; pronounced?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4017" CreationDate="2015-01-30T08:02:55.373" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian “u” can only be pronounced either “oo” (IPA /u/) or, in diphthongs as this one, something like “w” (IPA /w/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the “o”, it is only ever pronounced as a closed or open “o” (IPA /o/ or /ɔ/); here it is /ɔ/.&#xA;No way it can be pronounced “a”; where did you find it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-01-30T08:02:55.373" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4016" CreationDate="2015-01-30T09:36:15.210" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia, cimentarsi richiede o l'oggetto diretto o le preposizioni &quot;con&quot; e &quot;in&quot; nella forma riflessiva. Il Treccani offre questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cimentare la vita (nel senso di rischiare);&#xA;Cimentarsi in un'impresa rischiosa;&#xA;Cimentarsi in una ricerca;&#xA;Cimentarsi con qualcuno (nel senso di affrontare qualcuno).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cimentare/&quot;&gt;Cimentare su Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1193" LastActivityDate="2015-01-30T09:36:15.210" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4020" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4021" CreationDate="2015-01-30T12:49:16.293" Score="2" ViewCount="3384" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle mie domande ho usato molte volte costrutti come &quot;non riesco a capire quando&quot;,  &quot;non so quando&quot;, &quot;non riesco a capire quali&quot;, ecc. Quando pongo queste domande ho sempre il dubbio se dopo si debba usare il congiuntivo o l'indicativo. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-12T06:51:26.873" Title="&quot;Non riesco a capire quando&quot; / &quot;Non so quando&quot; + congiuntivo o indicativo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4020" CreationDate="2015-01-30T13:28:36.390" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A queste espressioni segue una proposizione subordinata interrogativa indiretta, che generalmente ammette sia il congiuntivo che l'indicativo, per citare il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-indirette_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In linea generale, un’interrogativa indiretta dipendente da uno dei&#xA;  verbi, nomi o aggettivi che rientrano nei gruppi elencati in&#xA;  precedenza ammette sia l’indicativo sia il congiuntivo, con le&#xA;  seguenti precisazioni:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (a) se è retta dal presente indicativo del verbo sapere nella forma&#xA;  affermativa, l’interrogativa indiretta ha il verbo all’indicativo; &lt;br&gt; (b)&#xA;  se il presente di sapere è alla forma negativa, se sapere è al&#xA;  passato, se l’interrogativa indiretta precede la frase reggente per&#xA;  ragioni di messa in evidenza, possono aversi sia l’indicativo sia il&#xA;  congiuntivo; &lt;br&gt;(c) se è retta da una forma del verbo dire,&#xA;  l’interrogativa indiretta ha sempre l’indicativo, a meno che non sia&#xA;  anteposta alla reggente per ragioni di messa in evidenza, nel qual&#xA;  caso può avere anche il congiuntivo;&lt;br&gt; (d) se è retta da un verbo di&#xA;  percezione in forma affermativa, l’interrogativa indiretta ha sempre&#xA;  l’indicativo, a meno che essa non sia anteposta alla reggente per&#xA;  ragioni di messa in evidenza, nel qual caso può avere anche il&#xA;  congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso, tengo a precisare che personalmente sento (e leggo) spesso formulazioni che non rispettano le eccezioni sopra indicate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastActivityDate="2015-01-30T13:28:36.390" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4022" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-01-30T14:02:05.970" Score="3" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian normally adjectives come after the noun; hence &quot;Anna gentile&quot; and &quot;professore gentile&quot;. But if the use is a special one, as with a book title, would it normally be reversed, so to say, giving &quot;Gentile Anna - Gentile Professore&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1195" LastActivityDate="2015-02-17T19:30:03.450" Title="Use of adjectives: As a book title would it be &quot;Anna gentile - professore gentile&quot; or &quot;Gentile Anna - Gentile professore&quot;?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4017" CreationDate="2015-01-30T18:57:27.957" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.forvo.com/word/scuola/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.forvo.com/word/scuola/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;BakaSara, lad5450:  /'skwɔːla/&lt;br&gt;&#xA;DelidiC, sales: /'skwoːla/&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How close or open the 'o' is depends on local accent.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Standard pronunciation is /'skwɔːla/, as can be heard here (first audio): &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=12292&amp;amp;r=932&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=12292&amp;amp;r=932&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1190" LastEditorUserId="1190" LastEditDate="2015-02-01T18:20:31.347" LastActivityDate="2015-02-01T18:20:31.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3629" CreationDate="2015-01-30T19:51:51.523" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mio padre, per primo, strinse amicizia con voi e l'ha protratta fino alla fine della vita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il passato remoto &lt;em&gt;strinse&lt;/em&gt; indica un'azione sentita come lontana nel tempo e che non ha nessuna relazione con il presente; invece il passato prossimo &lt;em&gt;l'ha protratta&lt;/em&gt; indica che l'azione è avvenuta fino a un momento molto recente e in certo senso si sente ancora come presente. Puoi scrivere anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mio padre, per primo, strinse amicizia con voi e la protrasse fino alla fine della vita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma il significato è diverso: il passato remoto &lt;em&gt;la protrasse&lt;/em&gt; indica che quest'azione si sente come conclusa nel passato e la frase non vuole avere nessun riferimento al presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo Maria Cristina Peccianti, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Giunti Editori, 2013):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il trapassato remoto indica un'azione o uno stato del passato, anteriore ad un altro fatto passato. Ha ormai un uso raro e limitato alle proposizioni temporali. Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Solo quando il treno &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fu partito&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; mi ricordai che non avevo convalidato il biglietto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Appena &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ebbe visto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; la casa, decise di rimanere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua frase ha una struttura molto simile a questi esempi riportati nel libro citato e anche a quest'altro esempio tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/trapassato-remoto_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo che le ragazze &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;furono partite&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, i genitori se ne tornarono a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o a quest'altro tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grammaticaitaliana.eu/trapassato_remoto.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica italiana.eu&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo che gli invitati &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;furono andati&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; via, andai a dormire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, per indicare che l'azione di penetrare in Asia fatta dall'esercito è anteriore a quella di non allontanarsi dal comandante, siccome il verbo &amp;quot;penetrare&amp;quot; con uso intransitivo richiede l'ausiliare &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot;, la frase dovrebbe essere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo che l'esercito &lt;em&gt;fu penetrato&lt;/em&gt; in Asia, non mi allontanai mai dal comandante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=_a7hAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22fu+penetrato%22&amp;amp;dq=%22fu+penetrato%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=dWTXVLXOE7fCsASvlYEo&amp;amp;ved=0CEMQ6AEwBQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo libro&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare una frase simile alla tua:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ma dopo di ciò, quando tutto l'esercito &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fu penetrato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, vinti dalle grandi masse di uomini si ritirarono nelle varie città, ciascuno a portare soccorso alla propria patria.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, secondo l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/indicativo-trapassato-remoto_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; questo uso del trapassato remoto appartiene a un registro alto della lingua scritta. In un uso più comune il trapassato remoto può essere sostituito dal passato remoto, come appunto hai fatto tu nella frase che hai scritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo che l'esercito penetrò in Asia, non mi allontanai mai dal comandante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-08T13:39:15.790" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4025" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4026" CreationDate="2015-01-30T20:04:57.477" Score="1" ViewCount="2334" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since I like singing opera, I sing “Nella fantasia” but I always wondered what does &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; mean in this phrase? I know that &lt;em&gt;fantasia&lt;/em&gt; means “fantasy”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-07-21T11:00:41.433" LastActivityDate="2019-07-21T11:00:41.433" Title="Translation of &quot;nella&quot; in the sentence &quot;nella fantasia&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="4026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4025" CreationDate="2015-01-30T20:35:01.017" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, it means &quot;In&quot;: &quot;Nella fantasia&quot; (&quot;In the fantasy&quot;) answers (even if figuratively) to the question &quot;Where?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-01-31T12:06:28.897" LastActivityDate="2015-01-31T12:06:28.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4025" CreationDate="2015-01-30T21:39:08.720" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Nella&quot; is the contraction of the preposition &quot;in&quot; and the article &quot;la&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;in&quot; + &quot;la&quot; = &quot;nella&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For other contractions of Italian prepositions with articles, you can see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.uvm.edu/~cmazzoni/3grammatica/grammatica/prepositions.html&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-01-30T21:39:08.720" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4029" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4031" CreationDate="2015-01-31T09:13:15.093" Score="2" ViewCount="1574" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che il verbo inglese &amp;quot;to keep&amp;quot; si può tradurre come &amp;quot;tenere&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;conservare&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;mettere da parte&amp;quot;, ma non riesco a capire quali sono le differenze di uso tra questi tre verbi. Potreste spiegarmele? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, immaginate che io prenda un foglio con dei compiti a uno studente perché non voglio che lo perda. Cosa dovrei dirgli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo foglio lo &lt;em&gt;tengo&lt;/em&gt; io perché non si perda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo foglio lo &lt;em&gt;conservo&lt;/em&gt; io perché non si perda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo foglio lo &lt;em&gt;metto da parte&lt;/em&gt; io perché non si perda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-31T20:45:26.063" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;tenere&quot;, &quot;conservare&quot; e &quot;mettere da parte&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4029" CreationDate="2015-01-31T11:00:07.813" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutte e tre le tue proposte vanno bene. Non saprei decidere quale sia la migliore, perché penso che tutte quante suonino perfettamente corrette e anche comuni. &#xA;Così per intuizione da madrelingua ti consiglierei di usare la prima frase o la terza che hai proposto. Però ripeto, tutte e tre vanno bene secondo me. Magari in diverse zone d'Italia si sceglierebbe una piuttosto che l'altra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso, i tre verbi &quot;tenere&quot;, &quot;conservare&quot; oppure &quot;mettere da parte&quot;, possono nettamente essere usati come sinonimi. &#xA;Tenere può indicare che tu tieni in mano qualcosa o che lo trattieni ( = metti da parte). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1) &lt;strong&gt;TENERE&lt;/strong&gt; è il verbo dal significato più ampio e vario&#xA;      Ho cercato di riassumere la lunga lista di connotazioni alle più comuni e usate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Trattenere, afferrare qualcuno o qualcosa con le mani perché non sfugga o non cada o stia fermo (sinonimo reggere): &lt;em&gt;tieni la scala mentre salgo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Conservare qualcosa per un certo tempo: &lt;em&gt;t. una buona media di voti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Prendere, conservare per sé qualcosa: &lt;em&gt;può t. il resto&lt;/em&gt;; in contesto noto. La cosa in se può essere sottintesa: &lt;em&gt;tieni!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Contenere una certa quantità o un certo numero di oggetti o di persone: &lt;em&gt;lo stadio tiene centomila spettatori, l’aula tiene 30 studenti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Procedere secondo una stessa direzione (sinonimo mantenere) : &lt;em&gt;t. la destra&lt;/em&gt;; anche in senso figurato seguire un certo modo di vivere, di agire, di comportarsi: &lt;em&gt;t. un contegno esemplare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Curare l'organizzazione di qualcosa, provvedere alla sua realizzazione: &lt;em&gt;t. una conferenza, un discorso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Mantenere qualcuno o qualcosa per un certo tempo in una determinata condizione o posizione: &lt;em&gt;t. un prigioniero; t. gli occhi bassi&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Trattenere qualcosa in un certo posto, non lasciarlo andar via: &lt;em&gt;t. i bambini in casa; l'influenza mi tiene a letto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Mantenere, conservare qualcosa in un determinato posto: &lt;em&gt;t. le mani in tasca, un dolce al fresco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Conservare, occupare qualcosa per altri: &lt;em&gt;vai pure, ti tengo io il posto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• (sinonimo di reggere): &lt;em&gt;il chiodo tiene&lt;/em&gt;; fare presa: &lt;em&gt;una colla che non tiene&lt;/em&gt;; detto di discorso, di ragionamento, essere valido, convincente: la tua ipotesi tiene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Parteggiare per qualcuno o per qualcosa; nel l. sport, fare il tifo: &lt;em&gt;t. per l'Inter/ Milan ecc&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Attribuire importanza, essere molto interessato a qualcuno o a qualcosa, anche nella forma tenerci: &lt;em&gt;t. molto a una persona; Giorgio ci tiene al denaro&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tenersi&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Sorreggersi, aggrapparsi a un appiglio per evitare di cadere: &lt;em&gt;t. a una corda&lt;/em&gt;; in contesto noto l'argomento può essere sottinteso: &lt;em&gt;tenetevi forte!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Trattenersi dal fare una cosa, con l'argomento espresso più spesso da un infinito in funzione di sostantivo: &lt;em&gt;non riusciva a t. dalle risa, dal ridere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Con valore di restare, mantenersi in una certa posizione, direzione, condizione (sinonimo rimanere, stare): &lt;em&gt;t. pronto&lt;/em&gt;; (t. bene, su) o da un nome retto da una preposizione (&lt;em&gt;t. al corrente&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) &lt;strong&gt;CONSERVARE&lt;/strong&gt; = Tenere con cura un oggetto o un bene; custodire, serbare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Mantenere qualcuno preservare qualcosa da alterazioni: &lt;em&gt;c. i funghi sott'aceto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Custodire, serbare qualcosa, spesso con specificazione del luogo: &lt;em&gt;c. i gioielli in cassaforte&lt;/em&gt; || fig. &lt;em&gt;c. l'innocenza, l'onore&lt;/em&gt;, non perderli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esiste anche il verbo riflessivo &lt;strong&gt;conservarsi&lt;/strong&gt;, che a mio parere è estremamente simile in significato e uso a tenersi. Ecco degli esempi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Detto di cose, restare immune da alterazioni; detto di persone, rimanere in buona salute&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Con valore di permanere in un certo stato: &lt;em&gt;c. onesto;&lt;/em&gt; il compl. predicativo può essere espresso anche da un avverbio (&lt;em&gt;c. male&lt;/em&gt;) o da un nome retto da prep. (&lt;em&gt;c. in buona salute)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;3)  &lt;strong&gt;METTERE DA PARTE&lt;/strong&gt; è di uso più colloquiale e significa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• riporre in un luogo (da parte, via) &lt;em&gt;Metti via i giochi e vieni a tavola.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• mettere da parte come riserva &lt;em&gt;mettere via i soldi per comprare la casa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-01-31T11:20:40.810" LastActivityDate="2015-01-31T11:20:40.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4029" CreationDate="2015-01-31T11:09:30.887" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo esempio le prime due sono corrette (direi che la prima è quella che si userebbe comunemente, soprattutto nel parlato), la terza suona un po' strana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Mettere da parte&amp;quot; si usa tipicamente quando si parla di denaro, cibo o altre risorse che non si consumano immediatamente ma si conservano per un uso futuro. Normalmente suggerisce un processo graduale, in cui ciò che si mette da parte si accumula un po' alla volta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Alcuni animali mettono da parte il cibo per l'inverno.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I soldi che aveva messo da parte durante i suoi anni in America gli permisero di comprarsi la casa in cui viveva.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un proverbio che dice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Impara l'arte e mettila da parte.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Tenere&amp;quot; ha vari significati. Uno è quello del tuo esempio (&amp;quot;quedarse algo&amp;quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il libro puoi tener(te)lo, te lo regalo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro è quello di &amp;quot;reggere&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;sorreggere&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;aguantar&amp;quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Puoi salire, ti tengo io la scala.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso si usa col significato di &amp;quot;mantenere&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi tengo informato su ciò che accade.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sta tenendo un comportamento strano.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regionalmente si usa anche col significato di &amp;quot;avere&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tengo famiglia.&lt;/strong&gt; (espressione, questa, ormai entrata nel linguaggio comune)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche nella lingua standard possono darsi contesti in cui i due concetti si sovrappongono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teneva in mano uno strano oggetto.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più molti altri significati (vedi ad es. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tenere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Conservare&amp;quot;, infine, implica normalmente che si vuole impedire che ciò che si conserva venga usato, consumato o rovinato (in certo qual modo simile a &amp;quot;guardar&amp;quot;, anche se non sempre):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conserva ancora gelosamente il suo primo contratto.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un contesto tipico in cui si usa &amp;quot;conservare&amp;quot; è quando si parla di cibo. Su molte confezioni di cibo c'è scritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conservare in frigorifero&lt;/strong&gt; (tra 0 e 4 gradi o similare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altro esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il freddo aiuta a conservare gli alimenti.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri usi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ha perso tutto ma ha conservato il suo tipico senso dell'umorismo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In quel museo si trovano alcune opere molto ben conservate.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-01-31T11:25:43.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4025" CreationDate="2015-02-01T03:00:39.973" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even if what other people have answered is true, the translation is not correct. That depends on the fact that this is a irregular construct. Generally speaking &quot;Nella&quot; means in + la, so it translates to in + the. Nella casa = In the house. In this case, though, it doesn't mean in the fantasy, it means In Fantasy; it can also be translated with In fantasies. The closest translation, though, is probably In Dreams, as Fantasy in English has a stronger &quot;Something I can think of, but won't happen&quot; connotation, in Italian, in this contest, it's closer to &quot;Something dreamy I really wish it would happen, whether it will or not&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastActivityDate="2015-02-01T03:00:39.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4034" CreationDate="2015-02-01T09:43:30.687" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/3899/list-of-uses-of-the-apostrophe-as-opposed-to-the-grave-accent-on-an-a-with-sep&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; e cercando la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ITverbs.aspx?v=dare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;coniugazione del verbo dare&lt;/a&gt; mi sono accorta che la seconda persona singolare dell'imperativo del verbo dare ha tre forme diverse: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;da'&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. La mia domanda è: tutte e tre queste forme si usano per uguale, in modo indistinto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-02-01T16:18:59.087" Title="Sull'uso delle diverse forme dell'imperativo di &quot;dare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4033" CreationDate="2015-02-01T11:05:26.487" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/D/da-dai.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Corriere&lt;/a&gt;, sono tutte e tre corrette:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt; è la trasposizione diretta della seconda persona singolare&#xA;  dell’imperativo del verbo latino &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt; (da cui è derivata poi &lt;em&gt;da'&lt;/em&gt; attraverso l'elisione)&#xA;  ripete, evidentemente, la seconda persona singolare dell’indicativo&#xA;  presente; la quale nell’italiano, come già nel latino, assume spesso&#xA;  la funzione dell’imperativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è differenza di significato tra le tre, ma credo che le forme &lt;em&gt;da'&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt; siano ad oggi più utilizzate di &lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt; per esprimere l'imperativo, anche per evitare di confonderlo con la terza persona singolare dell'indicativo presente del verbo, anzi sembrerebbe che il suo uso in questa accezione rappresenti un errore (a differenza di quanto dice il Corriere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-02-01T16:18:59.087" LastActivityDate="2015-02-01T16:18:59.087" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3980" CreationDate="2015-02-01T13:55:46.997" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso fenomeno è avvenuto in spagnolo dalla fine del secolo XIX, come viene spiegato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/1251096/oide_un_sufijo_cosmopolita&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; del professor Antonio Rifón dell'Universidade di Vigo, pubblicato nella rivista &lt;em&gt;Cuadernos del Instituto Historia de la Lengua&lt;/em&gt;. La lettura dell'articolo mi ha fatto capire che questa domanda non ha una facile risposta perché l'apparizione della connotazione negativa nelle parole costrutte col suffisso -oide è ancora un tema di studio tra linguisti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo spiega che nel 1856 il suffisso -oide non aveva ancora in spagnolo questa connotazione semantica peggiorativa, ma era usato esclusivamente in derivati di parole colte nell'ambito scientifico. Secondo l'ipotesi dell'autore, l'acquisto di questa connotazione negativa è associata alla scoperta nel XIX secolo di nuove razze umane che vengono chiamate &lt;em&gt;mongoloide&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;caucasoide&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;europoide&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;negroide&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;australoide&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;laponoide&lt;/em&gt;. Queste parole appaiono prima in inglese con il suffisso &quot;-oid&quot;, ma poi vengono incorporate in altre lingue europee. Si trattava in teoria di termini scientifici che non dovrebbero avere nessuna connotazione negativa. Tuttavia, lo studio delle razze non era mai privo di una certa sfumatura spregiativa o diminutiva o dell'idea che queste razze erano ad un gradino inferiore sulla linea evolutiva rispetto alla razza europea. Quando questi vocaboli cominciano a essere conosciuti, si comincia a associare il suffisso -oide a un significato spregiativo o diminutivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-01T20:16:23.903" LastActivityDate="2015-02-01T20:16:23.903" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4036" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-02T11:42:51.533" Score="3" ViewCount="412" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing a project whose name nicely acronyms to &quot;ecci&quot;. Google translate says &quot;ecci&quot; is Italian for &quot;energized&quot;, but there's no example available. Additionally, I've found eccì means achoo :) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the translation correct and appropriate? Does this word work out of context, i. e. as a standalone term? Can someone give a couple of usage examples if its correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1200" LastActivityDate="2015-02-02T14:44:48.387" Title="Ecci meaning and usage examples" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4036" CreationDate="2015-02-02T11:57:16.723" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Google Translate is wrong in this case, probably is associating &quot;ecci&quot; to &quot;eccitato&quot;, which means &quot;excited&quot; or &quot;energized&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Eccì&quot; can be recognized as a sneeze onomatopea, but I think &quot;etciù&quot; is more common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-02T14:44:48.387" LastActivityDate="2015-02-02T14:44:48.387" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3629" CreationDate="2015-02-02T13:43:48.413" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Andando per gradi: la prima frase &quot;Mio padre, per primo, strinse amicizia con voi e l'ha protratta fino alla fine della vita&quot;. Guardando soltanto strettamente la grammatica: &quot;l'ha protratta&quot;: Come qualcuno ha già risposto potrebbe essere corretta nel caso in cui la dipartita del padre in questione sia recente. Ma in linea di massima mi sentirei di dire che la forma corretta è il passato remoto, quindi &quot;la protrasse&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la frase sarebbe: &quot;Mio padre, per primo, strinse amicizia con voi e, la protrasse fino alla fine della sua vita.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota a margine: Il tono di questa frase è molto polemico, se questa è l'intenzione, allora ignora pure la prossima frase: Il verbo protrarre ha un'accezione di &quot;Qualcosa che si continua a fare nel tempo controvoglia&quot; (Dal latino: Pro + Traho, tirare avanti). Riferito ad un'amicizia, ovviamente assume un tono particolare. Un verbo più neutro o tendenzialmente positivo potrebbe essere Mantenere (e la mantenne). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la seconda domanda, non sono tanto i tempi verbali, ad essere fuori posto, ma gli avverbi, anche se, come ho risposto per quanto riguarda la domanda precedente, la forma temporale corretta per indicare anteriorità, in questo caso è il trapassato remoto &quot;fu penetrato&quot;:&#xA;&quot;Dopo che&quot; è entrata nell'uso comune per reggere una temporale con senso di anteriorità, ma le forme &quot;Una volta che&quot; e &quot;Da quando&quot; sono più corrette. Un'altra forma utilizzabile è spezzare il periodo in due reggenti: &quot;L'esercito penetrò in Asia, dopodichè, ...&quot; In questo ultimo caso l'unica forma corretta è il passato remoto.&#xA;L'avverbio mai invece è decisamente sbagliato. Mai indica qualcosa che non è mai (per l'appunto) accaduto nel tempo. Qui l'avverbio corretto è più, che indica qualcosa che prima era vera e ha smesso di esserlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Una volta che l'esercito fu penetrato in Asia, non mi allontanai più dal comandante.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="1187" LastEditDate="2015-02-07T18:28:54.633" LastActivityDate="2015-02-07T18:28:54.633" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4039" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4040" CreationDate="2015-02-02T20:26:41.533" Score="-2" ViewCount="32424" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to write my address in Italian but don't know how. I searched on Google but  I got confused  because  a few sites had different answers. The problem is that I don't know the structure of how to write an address in Italian. I know that the addresses in America have a different order than Italy but don't know how people write it in Italy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain how to write an address in Italian and show me the steps, how to transform an address, written according to the American order, into the Italian order address?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-02-05T00:54:03.163" LastActivityDate="2019-10-27T22:47:50.110" Title="How to write address in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4039" CreationDate="2015-02-02T20:51:39.723" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to write it like this:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Via/Corso (meaning street)/Viale (boulevard)/Piazza (square) [road] (,) [civic number], [city] ([abbreviation of province*]).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Via Garibaldi 374, Torino (TO)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Piazza San Pietro, 325, Cerveteri (RM)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also add the CAP (Postal Code) of the city before its name if you want to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*You can omit the abbreviation if the city is a province.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-02-04T16:50:03.500" LastActivityDate="2015-02-04T16:50:03.500" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4041" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4042" CreationDate="2015-02-03T01:39:25.093" Score="0" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my book, I learned that &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;is,&quot; &quot;it is,&quot; etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Later on, it reads:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Lei é l'allievo.&lt;/em&gt; = &quot;You are the pupil.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei é l'allievo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; sounds like &quot;You is the pupil,&quot; when I was expecting &quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei sono l'allievo&lt;/em&gt;,&quot; such as &quot;You are the pupil.&quot; It seems like a weird translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, why is it using &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;sono&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another similar case: &quot;&lt;em&gt;No, Lei é in piedi.&lt;/em&gt;&quot; I keep thinking &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt; is &quot;is&quot; or &quot;it is&quot;, which I'm assuming also means &quot;are&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-03T08:22:46.687" LastActivityDate="2015-02-03T14:46:24.693" Title="How to interpret é with &quot;Lei é l'allievo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4041" CreationDate="2015-02-03T02:20:42.637" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;First: The correct way to spell the third person singular of the indicative of &quot;to be&quot; (terza persona singolare dell'indicativo di &quot;essere&quot;) is &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt;; if your book is reporting otherwise, it's wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, in Italian there are three different ways of translating the (singular) personal pronoun &quot;you&quot;, each more formal than the other:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;&quot;: this is the most informal form, it's used with friends, family, between young people and sometimes long standing acquaintances. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Tu&lt;/em&gt;&quot; uses the second person singular of verbs: &quot;&lt;em&gt;tu sei, tu hai, tu vai&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (notice capital letter): this is the most common formal form, it's used between colleagues, students and professor or any other normal formal context. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;&quot; uses the third person singular of verbs: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei ha, Lei è, Lei va&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Voi&lt;/em&gt;&quot;: this is an old and almost unused form, it's used when you are speaking to extremely important people, like the President of the Republic or the Pope. It's still used in some parts of southern Italy in place of &quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Voi&lt;/em&gt;&quot; uses the second person plural of verbs: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Voi siete, Voi avete, Voi andate&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About this: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Lei é l'allievo&quot; sounds like &quot;You is the pupil,&quot; when I was expecting &quot;Lei sono l'allievo,&quot; such as &quot;You are the pupil.&quot; It seems like a weird translation.&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;You is the pupil&quot; would be wrong in English, there is no other way of saying this than &quot;You are the pupil&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Sono&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is the first person singular or the third person plural of the indicative of &quot;to be&quot;, the only places where you'll find it is in sentences like &quot;&lt;em&gt;io sono l'allievo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;essi&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;sono gli allievi&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-03T08:21:24.553" LastActivityDate="2015-02-03T08:21:24.553" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3859" CreationDate="2015-02-03T09:54:26.507" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=Vys0RazGiJsC&amp;amp;pg=PA338&amp;amp;dq=Candaulismo&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=bpHQVLLxGYToaPDNgsAJ&amp;amp;ved=0CDEQ6AEwAw#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Candaulismo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fondamenti di sessuologia&lt;/a&gt; di Salvatore Capodieci, Leonardo Boccadoro (Libreriauniversitaria ed., 2012), p.338:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Triolismo, o triolagnia, o candaulismo, parafilia consistente nel provare piacere a osservare il/la propria partner impegnato/a in attività sessuali con un'altra persona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=TIPt9oWsrtkC&amp;amp;lpg=PA104&amp;amp;ots=bqXaRUvBG-&amp;amp;dq=triolagnia&amp;amp;pg=PA104#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=triolismo&amp;amp;f=falsesa=X&amp;amp;ei=15LQVJ7eFIXkaNy8gOAJ&amp;amp;ved=0CDgQ6AEwAw#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=triolismo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Trattato moderno di psicopatologia della sessualità&lt;/a&gt; di Fernando Liggio (Libreriauniversitaria ed., 2010), p. 104.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2015-02-03T09:54:26.507" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4041" CreationDate="2015-02-03T11:41:23.130" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, the right way to understand something like &quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei è l'allievo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;So, you are the ‘pupil/student’&quot;, but it is used to enforce something that has been expressed before this, like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Teacher: Someone did something amazing with the last test, but unfortunately I can't find the last page with the name of the student.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Student: Hello professor, I am sorry, but at the last test I forgot to sign the test at the end.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Teacher: Ah, so &lt;em&gt;you are the pupil&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1205" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-03T14:46:24.693" LastActivityDate="2015-02-03T14:46:24.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4045" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4046" CreationDate="2015-02-03T17:27:35.997" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/tutt-oggi-o-tuttoggi_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo nell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; che riguarda l'espressione &quot;tutt'oggi&quot;. Non riesco a capire però quale sia l'uso di tale espressione. Potreste fare qualche esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-02-03T17:33:13.603" Title="Uso dell'espressione &quot;tutt'oggi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4045" CreationDate="2015-02-03T17:33:13.603" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di solito l'espressione è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a tutt'oggi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e significa (dipendendo un po' dal contesto) &amp;quot;ancora oggi&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;finora&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fino a questo momento&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono problemi che a tutt'oggi restano ancora irrisolti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A tutt'oggi nessuno è riuscito a vincere il primo premio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-03T17:33:13.603" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11568" CreationDate="2015-02-04T07:37:22.783" Score="5" ViewCount="474" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Le città invisibili&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Ma la città non dice il suo passato, lo contiene come le linee di una mano, scritto negli spigoli delle vie, nelle griglie delle finestre, negli scorrimano delle scale, nelle antenne dei parafulmini, nelle aste delle bandiere, ogni segmento rigato a sua volta di graffi, seghettature, intagli, &lt;em&gt;svirgole&lt;/em&gt;.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;svirgole&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;svirgola&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma nessuna delle definizioni che ho trovato sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-04T15:24:21.783" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T16:35:15.700" Title="Cosa significa &quot;svirgola&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4047" CreationDate="2015-02-04T07:51:20.023" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dato il significato del verbo e il suo contesto, Calvino sta usando una licenza poetica per significare più o meno &quot;curve&quot; o meglio &quot;curve appena accennate&quot;. &quot;Svirgolare&quot; è letteralmente il gesto che si fa con la mano quando si disegna una virgola, un gesto veloce, che appunto, abbozza una curva. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-04T15:25:13.720" LastActivityDate="2015-02-04T15:25:13.720" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4010" CreationDate="2015-02-05T10:07:24.193" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several ways you can do that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Most universal approach is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.microsoft.com/Language/en-US/Default.aspx&quot;&gt;Microsoft Language Portal&lt;/a&gt;. You can find translations of those words, find in which Microsoft projects it used and description of it. It is quite handy.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://dev.windows.com/en-us/develop/multilingual-app-toolkit&quot;&gt;Multilingual App Toolkit&lt;/a&gt;. It is targeting Windows application, however you can use it for any projects. Visit a website for more info. If you have any difficulties leave a comment and I will try to enhance my answer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Another option is to use &lt;a href=&quot;https://hub.microsofttranslator.com/&quot;&gt;Microsoft Translator Hub&lt;/a&gt;. I recommend this if you have to translate a large project and have a consistency.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Next my recommendation is to use &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/toolkit/&quot;&gt;Google Translator Toolkit&lt;/a&gt;. However I am not sure that there is a way to set subject or target as IT.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="76" LastEditorUserId="76" LastEditDate="2015-02-05T11:56:55.773" LastActivityDate="2015-02-05T11:56:55.773" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4050" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4051" CreationDate="2015-02-05T10:24:40.417" Score="2" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale preposizione si deve usare dopo l'aggettivo &quot;esente&quot;? &quot;Di&quot; oppure &quot;da&quot;? Cercando su Google ho trovato esempi di uso sia di &quot;esente di&quot; che di &quot;esente da&quot;,  cosa che mi ha fatto pensare che forse siano ambedue corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-02-05T12:48:39.427" Title="&quot;Esente&quot; + &quot;di&quot; o &quot;da&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4050" CreationDate="2015-02-05T11:44:43.670" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho mai trovato esempi di &quot;esente di&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa &quot;esente da&quot;, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esente dal servizio militare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esente dal pagare le tasse&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esente dal mettere la divisa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e così via&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-05T12:48:39.427" LastActivityDate="2015-02-05T12:48:39.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3975" CreationDate="2015-02-05T16:53:27.050" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi &lt;strong&gt;spuntato&lt;/strong&gt;, anche se di fatto penso non esista un termine preciso in Italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="683" LastActivityDate="2015-02-05T16:53:27.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4056" CreationDate="2015-02-05T23:50:22.017" Score="-1" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;Tramonti&quot; Italian? I'm not sure. I went to google translate, wrote &quot;Tramonti&quot; and it was translated as &quot;sunsets&quot;. I know that &quot;Tramonto&quot; is &quot;sunset&quot;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-02-09T18:46:21.843" LastActivityDate="2015-02-09T18:46:21.843" Title="Is &quot;Tramonti&quot; Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4055" CreationDate="2015-02-06T00:31:42.557" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's correct: &quot;tramonti&quot; is the plural of &quot;tramonto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most nouns with an &quot;-o&quot; ending will change it to &quot;-i&quot; to indicate plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1193" LastEditorUserId="1193" LastEditDate="2015-02-06T00:37:02.433" LastActivityDate="2015-02-06T00:37:02.433" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4057" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-07T09:52:02.760" Score="5" ViewCount="531" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Cristina Peccianti (Giunti Editori, 2013) ho letto queste spiegazioni in riferimento all'uso del trapassato remoto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Il &lt;strong&gt;trapassato remoto&lt;/strong&gt; è un tempo composto che si forma con il passato remoto dell'ausiliare (&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;) e il participio passato del verbo. Anch'esso indica un'azione o uno stato del passato, anteriore ad un altro fatto passato.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Il trapassato remoto ha ormai un uso molto raro, e limitato alle proposizioni temporali.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco gli esempi di uso del trapassato remoto che appaiono in questo libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Solo quando il treno &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fu partito&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; mi ricordai che non avevo convalidato il biglietto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Appena &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ebbe visto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; la casa, decise di rimanere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dubbio sull'uso del trapassato remoto mi ha assalito quando ho letto questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/4038/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;. Non so se si tratti di una buona risposta poiché al momento presente non ha ricevuto nessun voto. Questo post propone la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Mio padre, per primo, ebbe stretto amicizia con voi e, la protrasse fino alla fine della sua vita.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che mi sembra strano è che il trapassato remoto &amp;quot;ebbe stretto&amp;quot; non venga usato in una proposizione temporale. Per questa ragione, vi chiedo: è l'uso del trapassato remoto in questa frase da considerarsi arcaico? Qual è lo stato dell'uso del trapassato remoto nell'italiano contemporaneo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-08T13:01:03.100" Title="Sull'uso attuale del trapassato remoto" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4057" CreationDate="2015-02-07T11:06:48.347" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso del trapassato remoto, anche  in campo letterario, è ormai raro. Come fa notare  Mari Cristina Peccianti, il trapassato remoto è molto raro nel linguaggio contemporaneo. La stessa frase sarebbe  comunemente scritta: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mio padre  per primo strinse  amicizia con voi e la protrasse fino alla fine della sua vita. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=ebbe%20stretto%2Cstrinse&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cebbe%20stretto%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cstrinse%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;: ebbe stretto - strinse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/indicativo-trapassato-remoto_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;USI&lt;/a&gt;: (Treccanionline) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il trapassato remoto ha ormai un uso molto raro e limitato ai registri alti della lingua scritta.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nell’uso comune, molto spesso il trapassato remoto è sostituito dal ➔passato remoto o dal ➔trapassato prossimo. Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&#xA;  Non appena finì di mangiare, se ne andò &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Dopo che mia sorella aveva sentito la notizia, è corsa a spifferarla in giro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Non è possibile costruire la forma passiva del trapassato remoto dell’indicativo.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-08T13:01:03.100" LastActivityDate="2015-02-08T13:01:03.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4057" CreationDate="2015-02-07T15:35:07.087" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il trapassato remoto non è frequente ed è adatto a un registro – come si suol dire – sorvegliato, ma non lo considererei desueto o qualcosa del genere. È l'unica forma corretta (se in linguistica vogliamo parlare di “correttezza”) in frasi come le prime due riportate da Charo. Le alternative (“solo quando il treno partì mi ricordai” etc.) avrebbero un senso diverso, di contemporaneità anziché di successione nel tempo; se proprio si vuole evitare il trapassato, si deve ricorrere a qualche perifrasi, magari senza usare un verbo (“solo dopo la partenza del treno...”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che il trapassato non sia trapassato (mi scuso per il gioco di parole) lo testimonia il solito Google Ngram Viewer: per “&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=fu%20andato&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cfu%20andato%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fu andato&lt;/a&gt;” sembra che tra alti e bassi sia tuttora vitale; con altri verbi, si osserva un certo declino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per completezza, vedo che Serianni dice cose molto simili alla Peccianti sulla rarità (ed «è addirittura disusato nell'ausilire &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;fui stato&lt;/em&gt;) e nei passivi (&lt;em&gt;fui stato amato&lt;/em&gt;)») e sull'attuale uso solo nelle proposizioni temporali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-07T15:42:26.577" LastActivityDate="2015-02-07T15:42:26.577" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4060" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4062" CreationDate="2015-02-07T18:01:14.883" Score="3" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a translation exercise, I was asked to translate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;She went to see the doctor&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in Italian. I answered &lt;em&gt;sei andata dal dottore&lt;/em&gt;; however, it was marked wrong. The correct answer appears to be &lt;em&gt;lei andava dal dottore&lt;/em&gt;: why is it so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="591" LastEditDate="2015-02-14T22:19:47.393" LastActivityDate="2015-02-14T22:19:47.393" Title="Why is this sentence wrong?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4060" CreationDate="2015-02-07T18:29:56.763" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sei andata dal dottore&quot; means &quot;you went to see the doctor&quot; because &quot;sei&quot; is second person singular. The translation of the sentence should be &quot;è andata dal dottore&quot;. &#xA;The sentence &quot;lei andava dal dottore&quot; means &quot;she was going to see the doctor.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-07T18:36:32.027" LastActivityDate="2015-02-07T18:36:32.027" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4063" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-08T12:50:01.723" Score="7" ViewCount="3064" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/vanvera.shtml&quot;&gt; a vanvera&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è molto comune e significa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;a casaccio, senza riflettere, ed è usata soprattutto nell'espressione: parlare a vanvera. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=a%20vanvera&amp;amp;year_start=1700&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ca%20vanvera%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; la locuzione ha cominciato  a diventare sempre più usata  dall'inizio del 1800. Altre fonti la fanno risalire al XVI secolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sull'&lt;a href=&quot;http://etimoitaliano.blogspot.it/2014/03/vanvera.html&quot;&gt;origine&lt;/a&gt; di questo modo di dire ci sono varie ipotesi, una di queste molto curiosa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1)  Alcuni riconducono l'etimologia di vanvera &lt;strong&gt;all'antico lemma onomatopeico fanfera dal suono fan-fan  (da cui fanfarone = chiacchierone, spaccone, sbruffone, millantatore)&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2)  Altro etimo, &lt;strong&gt;dallo spagnolo bambàra dall'omonimo gioco di carte&lt;/strong&gt;, a sua volta da bambarria che nel gioco del biliardo indica un tiro sbagliato ma casualmente vincente. Per cui, chi parla a vanvera è colui che parla a casaccio, diremmo con una perifrasi moderna, chi utilizza le labbra senza connetterle col cervello...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;3) Una meno diffusa ma non meno interessante etimologia del termine vanvera riconduce l'etimo ad &lt;strong&gt;uno strumento in uso nel Seicento presso i Veneziani che era chiamato appunto vanvera: si trattava di un contenitore per i gas intestinali utilizzato da chi soffrisse di meteorismi incontrollabili,&lt;/strong&gt; che permetteva di scaricare, anche in pubblico, ed immagazzinare momentaneamente tali miasmi un un sacchetto di pelle, e di scaricarli successivamente, una volta non in presenza di altre persone!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale tra queste, o eventualmente altre, potrebbe essere la più affidabile origine di questo termine curioso ma molto comune? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-02-21T12:18:54.967" LastActivityDate="2015-02-21T12:18:54.967" Title="Origine di 'a vanvera'" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4063" CreationDate="2015-02-08T19:33:49.657" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Dizionario etimologico online pare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=vanvera&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;concordare con la tua prima ipotesi&lt;/a&gt;. Le altre due sono interessanti (specialmente la terza) ma credo la prima regga senza bisogno di folklore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1193" LastActivityDate="2015-02-08T19:33:49.657" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4063" CreationDate="2015-02-08T20:23:43.050" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=x9U9AAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA175&amp;amp;dq=vanvera&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=TL3XVIugDPO0sATpsYKICQ&amp;amp;ved=0CCkQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=vanvera&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt; sembra concordare con la prima ipotesi. Ma quest'&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=WxFaAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA11&amp;amp;dq=bambera&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=Lb_XVOKtCs7jsASb2IGwCg&amp;amp;ved=0CDwQ6AEwBDgK#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=bambera&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;altro libro del 1840&lt;/a&gt; afferma che il modo avverbiale &quot;&lt;em&gt;a vanvera&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è anche detto &quot;&lt;em&gt;a bambera&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e &quot;&lt;em&gt;a fanfera&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bambara/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; conferma che &quot;&lt;em&gt;bambara&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è un gioco di carte e che si tratta di una parola proveniente dallo spagnolo &quot;&lt;em&gt;bambarria&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&quot;tiro sbagliato ma fortunato&quot; nel biliardo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-08T20:28:44.787" LastActivityDate="2015-02-08T20:28:44.787" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4066" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4067" CreationDate="2015-02-09T01:39:29.427" Score="1" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Translation question&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;She didn't want to eat, my translation is &quot;non vuole mangiare&quot;, which is wrong. The  answer given is &quot;non vuose mangiare&quot;, which I haven't encountered till now. Is it a new tense? And why my answer is wrong? Grazie mille.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-09T06:00:25.143" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T10:36:46.857" Title="What is the difference between &quot;vuose&quot; and &quot;vuole&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4066" CreationDate="2015-02-09T02:30:36.197" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non vuole mangiare&quot; is wrong because it is present tense, whereas &quot;she didn't want to eat&quot; is simple past. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &quot;Vuose&quot; is not an Italian word. What you are looking for is the word &quot;volle&quot;, the 3rd person singular of the passato remoto tense of the verb &quot;volere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the correct translation for &quot;She didn't want to eat&quot; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non volle mangiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need help with Italian tenses, I usually recommend this resource to my students: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italian-verbs.com/italian-verbs.htm&quot;&gt;ITALIAN VERBS&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1193" LastActivityDate="2015-02-09T02:30:36.197" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4066" CreationDate="2015-02-09T03:22:52.620" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;She didn't want to eat&quot; is Simple Past, which in Italian is translated with either &lt;em&gt;Passato Prossimo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Passato Remoto&lt;/em&gt; of the &lt;em&gt;Indicativo&lt;/em&gt; form. You translated it with a &lt;em&gt;Presente&lt;/em&gt;, which would be translated to &quot;She doesn't want to eat.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The correct translations are &lt;em&gt;&quot;Non volle mangiare&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or, the more frequently used, &lt;em&gt;&quot;Non ha voluto mangiare&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="1187" LastEditDate="2015-02-09T07:24:36.653" LastActivityDate="2015-02-09T07:24:36.653" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4069" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-09T14:40:44.523" Score="11" ViewCount="77791" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire in quali situazioni è necessario o conveniente usare i pronomi &quot;egli&quot;, &quot;ella&quot;, &quot;esso&quot;, &quot;essa&quot;, &quot;essi&quot;, &quot;esse&quot; invece di &quot;lui&quot;, &quot;lei&quot; o &quot;loro&quot;. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-24T07:38:51.520" LastActivityDate="2019-06-24T07:38:51.520" Title="Quando si usano &quot;egli&quot;, &quot;ella&quot;, &quot;esso&quot;, &quot;essa&quot;, &quot;essi&quot;, &quot;esse&quot; invece di &quot;lui&quot;, &quot;lei&quot; o &quot;loro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="4070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4073" CreationDate="2015-02-09T16:19:19.577" Score="8" ViewCount="704" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devo scrivere una e-mail alla segreteria di una scuola italiana, ma sono incerto riguardo al termine da usare nel preambolo che di solito (almeno nel mio caso) dice &quot;Alla cortese attenzione di [omissione]&quot;. Ho il grande dubbio che potrei suonare &lt;em&gt;patronizing&lt;/em&gt; (non conosco il termine in Italiano, chiedo perdono) riguardo al lavoro che la segreteria svolge, pur non volendo implicare questo in alcun modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consigli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-02-09T19:45:28.370" LastActivityDate="2015-02-10T16:08:29.697" Title="A chi indirizzo l'e-mail in questo caso specifico?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4069" CreationDate="2015-02-09T17:05:53.590" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Egli, ella, essi ed esse&lt;/strong&gt;, come suggerisce &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=Egli&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2CEgli%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Begli%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BEgli%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Ngram&lt;/a&gt;, sono stati quasi completamente rimpiazzati da &lt;strong&gt;lui, lei e loro&lt;/strong&gt;, tuttavia è possibile utilizzarli in contesti molto formali, oppure se si desidera conferire un sapore di &quot;antico&quot; a livello stilistico: infatti, fino a pochi decenni fa, &lt;em&gt;lui, lei e loro&lt;/em&gt; erano considerati un errore se utilizzati in funzione di soggetto, e si raccomandava l'uso di &lt;em&gt;egli, ella, essi ed esse&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diverso discorso va fatto per &lt;strong&gt;esso ed essa&lt;/strong&gt;, che vengono spesso utilizzati per riferirsi a sostantivi neutri (come oggetti ed animali). Si usano sia &quot;essi&quot; ed &quot;esse&quot; che &quot;loro&quot; per indicarne il plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-29T22:03:29.380" LastActivityDate="2015-08-29T22:03:29.380" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4069" CreationDate="2015-02-09T17:09:25.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In generale, &lt;strong&gt;esso&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;essa&lt;/strong&gt; si usano solo per gli oggetti (e anche in quel caso si tende a formulare le frasi in modo da evitare di usare questi pronomi). Per gli animali, dipende dal grado di &quot;umanizzazione&quot; che vuoi esprimere, comunque praticamente sempre si usa &lt;strong&gt;lui/lei&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altra questione è quella riguardante l'uso di &lt;strong&gt;egli/ella&lt;/strong&gt; vs. &lt;strong&gt;lui/lei&lt;/strong&gt;. La tendenza è decisamente verso l'uso di &lt;strong&gt;lui/lei&lt;/strong&gt; in tutti i casi, soggetto incluso, relegando &lt;strong&gt;egli/ella&lt;/strong&gt; a contesti prettamente poetici o letterari.&#xA;Per quanto riguarda il plurale, direi che &lt;strong&gt;loro&lt;/strong&gt; è più comune di &lt;strong&gt;essi/esse&lt;/strong&gt;, anche se forse la disproporzione non è così grande come nel caso del singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che, molto tempo fa, &lt;strong&gt;egli/ella/essi/esse&lt;/strong&gt; erano riservati per l'uso in funzione di soggetto, e &lt;strong&gt;lui/lei/loro&lt;/strong&gt; in funzione di complemento. Oggi la lingua si è evoluta, e anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/soggetto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;la Crusca&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; riconosce &lt;strong&gt;lui/lei/loro&lt;/strong&gt; come soggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-02-09T17:21:48.360" LastActivityDate="2015-02-09T17:21:48.360" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4070" CreationDate="2015-02-09T17:20:54.000" Score="7" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Alla cortese attenzione di&lt;/em&gt;.... non è affatto eccessiva o fuori luogo come espressione da usare in una mail.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È un modo molto comune e cortese per rivolgersi all'attenzione di qualcuno in senso generico, senza usare il più formale &lt;em&gt;Egregio o Alla spettabile attenzione di...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.docenti.unina.it/downloadPub.do?tipoFile=allegatoAvviso&amp;amp;idAvviso=1606&amp;amp;nomeFile=FRNRLF_1234191483157.doc&amp;amp;nome=modulo%20crediti%20aggiuntivi.doc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Alla cortese attenzione della Segreteria&lt;/a&gt;....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-10T16:08:29.697" LastActivityDate="2015-02-10T16:08:29.697" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4076" CreationDate="2015-02-10T14:33:31.103" Score="3" ViewCount="357" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale preposizione si deve usare in questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha una grande attitudine &amp;nbsp;___ &amp;nbsp;lavorare in gruppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Per&quot;, &quot;a&quot;, &quot;in&quot; oppure altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-11T18:55:38.593" LastActivityDate="2015-02-11T18:55:38.593" Title="&quot;Attitudine ___ lavorare in gruppo&quot;: qual è la preposizione corretta?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4075" CreationDate="2015-02-10T14:39:31.047" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;In&quot; sicuramente no, io userei &quot;a&quot; e &quot;per&quot; in quest'ordine di preferenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: dopo averci pensato un po', anche se &quot;attitudine per&quot; è sicuramente comprensibile e nessuno si sorprenderebbe, io userei sicuramente &quot;a&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit2&lt;/strong&gt;: però effettivamente dipende. Per esempio se sostituiamo il verbo con un sostantivo, anche &quot;per&quot; suona bene, anzi forse perfino meglio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha una grande attitudine per il lavoro di gruppo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-02-10T15:27:52.060" LastActivityDate="2015-02-10T15:27:52.060" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4075" CreationDate="2015-02-10T15:29:07.327" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'unica forma corretta è &quot;Ha una grande attitudine a lavorare in gruppo&quot;, perché &quot;lavorare in gruppo&quot; è una subordinata. In caso di complemento, sarebbe stato &quot;Ha una grande attitudine al lavoro di gruppo&quot;. In quest'ultimo caso è anche corretto &quot;per&quot;, ma non nel caso da te portato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1224" LastActivityDate="2015-02-10T15:29:07.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4075" CreationDate="2015-02-10T15:41:30.803" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/attitudine_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Attitudine&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Predisposizione per una particolare attività&lt;/strong&gt; mentale o fisica, (sin.)  &lt;strong&gt;vocazione, inclinazione, talento&lt;/strong&gt;: avere a. per lo studio; idoneità: certificato medico di a. al lavoro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La preposizione maggiormente usata con attitudine è &quot;a&quot; come risulta evidente da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=attitudine%20a%2C%20%20attitudine%20per%2C%20attitudine%20verso&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cattitudine%20a%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cattitudine%20per%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cattitudine%20verso%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;&quot;Per&quot; e &quot;verso&quot;  sono corrette ma meno diffuse. Il contesto è importante e la scelta della preposizione  dipende dal  significato che il termine assume in quel contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Attitudine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; fare nuove conoscenze: tendenza/inclinazione  a fare nuove conoscenze.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Attitudine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; le cose nuove: inclinazione/curiosità per le cose nuove. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Attitudine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;verso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; le persone di potere: atteggiamento/predisposizione nei confronti delle persone di potere.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-10T16:06:03.080" LastActivityDate="2015-02-10T16:06:03.080" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4079" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-11T18:07:47.803" Score="18" ViewCount="12626" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know all the rules about how to form the articulated prepositions in Italian, so I don't have to understand how to construct them, but rather I have a doubt on when to use the simple and when to use the articulated one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado a scuola.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado all'università.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why don't we say &quot;alla scuola&quot;, but we use only the simple preposition? In what other cases does something like this happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1226" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-01T17:14:44.093" LastActivityDate="2015-03-02T14:22:55.373" Title="Preposition &quot;a&quot; or &quot;al&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4080" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-11T18:58:56.050" Score="4" ViewCount="895" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usando il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/difficile&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che posso fare frasi con la struttura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È + nome + difficile + preposizione + verbo all'infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È un'equazione difficile &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; risolversi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È un lavoro difficile &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; eseguire.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È una lingua difficile &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; imparare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È un argomento difficile &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; trattarsi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: cosa si deve fare con queste preposizioni se si pospone il nome al verbo? Si deve mantenere la stessa preposizione? Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È difficile da imparare questa lingua.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si deve usare un'altra preposizione? Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È difficile di imparare questa lingua.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si deve togliere la preposizione? Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È difficile imparare questa lingua.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-02-15T16:59:56.807" Title="Uso delle preposizioni con la struttura &quot;è difficile&quot; + verbo all'infinito" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4080" CreationDate="2015-02-11T19:10:05.763" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mantenere la preposizione ponendo il nome alla fine genera frasi che si utilizzano soprattutto nel parlato, spesso aggiungendo una virgola dopo il verbo:&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È difficile da imparare, questa lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si desidera ottenere una frase grammaticalmente corretta, è necessario togliere la preposizione e rimuovere l'eventuale &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; riflessivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È difficile imparare questa lingua.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  È difficile trattare questo argomento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-02-15T16:59:56.807" LastActivityDate="2015-02-15T16:59:56.807" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4083" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4084" CreationDate="2015-02-12T08:33:06.297" Score="16" ViewCount="2333" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che a volte si deve scrivere un verbo all'infinito senza la &quot;e&quot; finale. Per esempio, scrivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cerca di calmarti per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;poter&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; pensare con chiarezza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;invece di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cerca di calmarti per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; pensare con chiarezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire però quale sia la regola a seguire in queste situazioni. Quando si deve togliere la &quot;e&quot; finale di un verbo all'infinito? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-04T08:27:36.833" LastActivityDate="2019-08-10T11:56:44.110" Title="Quando si deve togliere la &quot;e&quot; finale di un verbo all'infinito?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4083" CreationDate="2015-02-12T08:44:43.297" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il troncamento del doppio infinito è sempre facoltativo e infatti in alcune regioni è considerato troppo affettato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La categoria lessicale in cui il troncamento si presenta più diffusamente è quella del verbo. Tra una forma verbale e la parola successiva il troncamento può verificarsi, purché le due parole siano strutturalmente vicine, e quindi appartengano allo stesso gruppo intonativo. Questo è il caso, ad es., &lt;em&gt;di parlar chiaro, vuol fare, andiam bene, venivan tutti&lt;/em&gt;. [...] Il fenomeno è invece scarsamente diffuso nelle regioni centromeridionali, in cui compare comunemente solo in espressioni cristallizzate nell’uso, come &lt;em&gt;vuol dire, si suol dire&lt;/em&gt;, ma è per il resto piuttosto raro e da molti percepito come caratteristica di un parlato ricercato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/troncamento_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot;&gt;Treccani Online&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1193" LastEditorUserId="1193" LastEditDate="2015-02-12T08:51:29.057" LastActivityDate="2015-02-12T08:51:29.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4086" CreationDate="2015-02-12T15:43:22.743" Score="8" ViewCount="2446" Body="&lt;p&gt;I nomi composti, ossia i nomi che derivano dall'unione di due parole diverse (“altopiano”, “purosangue”, “grattacapo” e “caffelatte” ad esempio) sono molto comuni. Il problema con questi termini è quando si devono usare al plurale: altopiani o altipiani?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Qual è la regola per fare il plurale di un nome composto? Si devono usare al plurale entrambi i termini o, a seconda dei casi uno dei due?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-12T18:48:05.630" LastActivityDate="2015-02-13T08:46:12.037" Title="Sul plurale dei nomi composti" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4085" CreationDate="2015-02-12T16:41:24.780" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste un ottimo articolo dell'Accademia delle Crusca che spiega come formare il plurale dei nomi composti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovarlo qui: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/plurale-alcuni-nomi-composti&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Plurale Nomi Composti&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola generale è mutare la desinenza del sostantivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es. verbo + nome singolare maschile =&gt; &lt;code&gt;il grattacapo&lt;/code&gt; diventa &lt;code&gt;i grattacapi&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es. verbo + nome singolare femminile =&gt; &lt;code&gt;l'asciugamano&lt;/code&gt; diventa &lt;code&gt;gli asciugamani&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esistono, tuttavia, delle eccezioni.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo, per fare un esempio, parla dei nomi composti con la parola &quot;capo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo alle parole che hai citato...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;l'altopiano&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; &lt;code&gt;gli altipiani&lt;/code&gt; o &lt;code&gt;gli altopiani&lt;/code&gt; (secondo Treccani ambedue sono accettabili, ma la prima forma è la più usata nella lingua parlata)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;il purosangue&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; &lt;code&gt;i purosangue&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;il grattacapo&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; &lt;code&gt;i grattacapi&lt;/code&gt; (citato nell'articolo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;il caffellatte&lt;/code&gt; =&gt; &lt;code&gt;i caffellatte&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di esserti stato d'aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="646" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-13T08:46:12.037" LastActivityDate="2015-02-13T08:46:12.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4087" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-12T20:35:28.907" Score="1" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.urbandictionary.com/define.php?term=rep%20whore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Rep whore: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;A person who is obsessed with their status on an internet forum so bribes/ does favours for members of that forum in an attempt to achieve higher rep points. I on the other hand am simply a whore and proud of it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a common (and derogatory) definition for the kind of Internet user described above. Is there an  appropriate Italian term that covers that definition? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-02-12T20:35:28.907" Title="What's the Italian for 'rep-whore'?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1861" CreationDate="2015-02-14T09:43:43.963" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a native of both languages, the best way to describe their usages would be as such:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indossare - to wear (formal, for writing)&#xA;Eg. In formal situations, Romans wore togas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vestirsi - to wear&#xA;Eg. I like to wear clothes that are environmentally friendly (broad).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Portare - to wear &#xA;I wear sunnies even when it's cloudy (informal).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mettersi - to put on&#xA;It's so bright today, I'm gonna chuck on my sunnies (informal).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1234" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-17T19:35:30.597" LastActivityDate="2015-02-17T19:35:30.597" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4090" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4092" CreationDate="2015-02-14T22:32:06.487" Score="6" ViewCount="3942" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence &lt;em&gt;La mia madre è una segretaria&lt;/em&gt; has been marked wrong, but I don't understand why. I thought that, when describing a single family member, the article is optional, so using both &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mia&lt;/em&gt; should be correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently it's not the case. What am I missing here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2020-10-16T21:22:45.660" LastActivityDate="2020-10-17T13:20:47.593" Title="When is “la mia madre” correct?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="4091" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4093" CreationDate="2015-02-14T23:07:37.630" Score="5" ViewCount="2154" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence &lt;em&gt;&quot;Parla con LA guardia&quot;&lt;/em&gt; doesn't change to &lt;em&gt;&quot;il guardio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; even though it might be a male guard. But the case &lt;em&gt;&quot;mio nipote /mia nipota&quot;&lt;/em&gt; will change the gender according to the situation. So I am a little confused as to when does the noun change according to gender.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="1217" LastEditDate="2015-02-16T02:38:37.997" LastActivityDate="2015-02-16T02:38:37.997" Title="When does the noun change the gender?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4090" CreationDate="2015-02-14T23:36:49.170" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian the article is not used with single persons, with respect to family names, and the possessive adjectives, if there's no further specification:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;tuo fratello&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;il tuo fratello minore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;mio zio&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;il mio zio d'America&lt;/em&gt; (the one who lives in America)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;mia madre&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;la mia madre adottiva&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;suo padre&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;i tuoi cugini&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;le sue cognate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no hard and fast rule for the article when a specification is used, though, so also &lt;em&gt;tuo fratello minore&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mio zio d'America&lt;/em&gt; can be used. The important aspect is that &lt;em&gt;without specification&lt;/em&gt; the article is refused.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't apply to other living beings, persons or not: one says &lt;em&gt;il mio cane&lt;/em&gt; and never &lt;em&gt;mio cane&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can surely find the article used in old texts; for instance, the old translation of John's Gospel had (19:26-27, CEI/Bibbia di Gerusalemme)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;26&lt;/sup&gt;Gesù allora, vedendo la madre e lì accanto a lei il discepolo che egli amava, disse alla madre: «Donna, ecco il tuo figlio!». &lt;sup&gt;27&lt;/sup&gt;Poi disse al discepolo: «Ecco la tua madre!». E da quel momento il discepolo la prese nella sua casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most recent translation (Nuova Riveduta) has instead&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;26&lt;/sup&gt;Gesù dunque, vedendo sua madre e presso di lei il discepolo che egli amava, disse a sua madre: «Donna, ecco tuo figlio!» &lt;sup&gt;27&lt;/sup&gt;Poi disse al discepolo: «Ecco tua madre!» E da quel momento, il discepolo la prese in casa sua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The article in the old version is at least antiquate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are exceptions: &lt;em&gt;mamma&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;babbo/papà&lt;/em&gt; tend to attract the article and  &lt;em&gt;la mia mamma&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il mio papà&lt;/em&gt; are frequently heard. Actually &lt;em&gt;il mio babbo&lt;/em&gt; is the only used form and &lt;em&gt;mio babbo&lt;/em&gt; would be deemed incorrect. Whether adding the article with &lt;em&gt;mamma&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;papà&lt;/em&gt; depends on regional background: personally I'd never say &lt;em&gt;la mia mamma&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;il mio papà&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-10-17T13:20:47.593" LastActivityDate="2020-10-17T13:20:47.593" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="4093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4091" CreationDate="2015-02-15T01:04:30.890" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quite a few things here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Guadia&lt;/em&gt; is not an Italian word, you probably meant &lt;em&gt;guardia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Welcome to Italian, the language of irregularities: &lt;em&gt;Guardia&lt;/em&gt; is an irregular noun, it has no male variant. Profession names are divided into two kinds: Simple variance &lt;em&gt;&quot;Il cuoco/La cuoca&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (The cook) and variance with the enclitic particle -essa &lt;em&gt;&quot;Il dottore\La dottoressa&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;Il professore\La professoressa&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nipote&lt;/em&gt; is a terrible example, and a wrong one, since, once again, it's an irregular noun. The male and female variants use the same word &quot;&lt;em&gt;nipote&lt;/em&gt;&quot;: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Il nipote/la nipote&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;Mio nipote/mia nipote&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, this, as you said, is not usually the case: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Il figlio/la figlia&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;il gatto/la gatta&lt;/em&gt;&quot;: (The son\the daughter, the cat)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why does this happen? It usually has different reasons, due to how words were written in the original language (usually Latin) and how they came to be translated into Italian. Since they are irregulars, there is no rule about it and you have to learn all the different cases.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you want to be confused further: Note that this is a different scenario than collective names like &lt;em&gt;&quot;La flotta&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (The fleet), &lt;em&gt;&quot;Lo stormo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (The bird pack) etc. But &quot;&lt;em&gt;La guardia&lt;/em&gt;&quot; may, like in English, both be a singular noun or a collective one (The guard as a single individual vs The guard as the collective group of the guards).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastActivityDate="2015-02-15T01:04:30.890" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4091" CreationDate="2015-02-15T01:04:31.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand correctly the question, you are asking why linguistic gender does not strictly follow actual gender.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Genders in Italian do not strictly follow real gender. Some nouns related to people are always feminine no matter the gender of the described person, some others are always masculine. There is no strict rule, but a dictionary always helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;La guardia&quot; is always feminine even though the guarding person may be a man. On the other hand, &quot;il ministro&quot; is always masculine even if it describes female ministers -- although &quot;la ministra&quot; is sometimes used in an informal, ironic or jocular context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=4159&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this blog to know more about gender in professions&lt;/a&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1193" LastActivityDate="2015-02-15T01:04:31.680" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4095" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-15T09:28:25.137" Score="5" ViewCount="801" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/4081/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; si è detto che la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È difficile da imparare, questa lingua&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si usa nel parlato, ma è grammaticalmente scorretta. È veramente così? A me pare si tratti di una dislocazione a destra per dare più enfasi al soggetto «questa lingua». Questo fenomeno è frequente in altre lingue romanze, ma non so se in italiano si considera grammaticalmente scorretta. Ecco alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Esempio in francese: «Qu'elle est jolie, cette fille!».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Esempio in castigliano: «Tiene conversación, ese peluquero» (esempio tratto da questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=kjdw8yaGlsIC&amp;amp;pg=PA387&amp;amp;dq=%22tiene+conversaci%C3%B3n,+ese+peluquero%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=zj7eVJKNFsntUq7TgogI&amp;amp;ved=0CDAQ6AEwAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22tiene%20conversaci%C3%B3n%2C%20ese%20peluquero%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;libro&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Esempio in catalano: «Diuen moltes mentides, els nens» (esempio tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.romanistik.uni-freiburg.de/pusch/zfk/20/12_Mayol.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo documento&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-01T07:01:48.530" Title="È grammaticalmente corretta la frase &quot;È difficile da imparare, questa lingua&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4095" CreationDate="2015-02-15T09:50:48.313" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come accennavo in un commento a quel post, le dislocazioni a destra (come questa) e a sinistra («A Gigi le cose gliele dobbiamo sempre dire mille volte»), più che “corrette” o “scorrette” – che sono categorie che non hanno molto senso nella linguistica moderna – sono strutture molto diffuse tipiche del registro parlato (o di quello scritto molto informale o che imita il parlato) e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dislocazioni_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;ampiamente studiate dai linguisti&lt;/a&gt;: «un tipo di costruzione tipica della lingua parlata (ma riscontrabile, fin dall’italiano antico, anche in alcune varietà di quella scritta ...), nella quale alcuni costituenti (l’oggetto o un complemento indiretto, ma anche altri) non occupano le posizioni normalmente previste dalla struttura della lingua (nel caso dell’italiano: Soggetto-Verbo-Oggetto, o SVO), ma sono spostati in posizione «non canonica» ... per effetto di una focalizzazione ..., svolgendo così una particolare funzione pragmatica ed esprimendo un particolare significato in relazione alla progressione dell’informazione».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto, usarle o no dipende esclusivamente dal contesto e dalla padronanza del registro appropriato, non diversamente da quello che accade in ambito lessicale con la scelta tra “mamma” e “madre”, o tra “faccia”, “viso” e “volto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-15T10:25:46.090" LastActivityDate="2015-02-15T10:25:46.090" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4097" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4101" CreationDate="2015-02-16T04:08:18.783" Score="7" ViewCount="12069" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm learning to speak Italian (along with my wife and 2 year old), and so we were watching Peppa Pig the other day.  We heard a phrase used that seemed like a response to “&lt;em&gt;mi dispiace&lt;/em&gt;”, and we think it was “&lt;em&gt;meno male&lt;/em&gt;.”  Is this roughly the equivalent to the English &quot;no problem&quot;/&quot;no worries&quot; after someone apologizes?  If not, what would be a phrase for this meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-16T10:23:24.107" LastActivityDate="2019-04-02T11:51:02.233" Title="Meaning of “meno male”" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4098" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4099" CreationDate="2015-02-16T04:13:44.997" Score="3" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;My son has been wondering around Rome and has found quite a few disgusting things to touch.  Is there a good translation of the English phrase &quot;Yucky!&quot;, as in &quot;that's gross, don't touch that&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-16T10:11:43.353" LastActivityDate="2015-02-16T10:11:43.353" Title="Translation of &quot;Yucky!&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4098" CreationDate="2015-02-16T05:16:21.113" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Schifo!&lt;/em&gt;&quot; means &quot;Gross!&quot;. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Che schifo!&lt;/em&gt;&quot; means &quot;How gross!&quot; I believe this is the closest translation in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastActivityDate="2015-02-16T05:16:21.113" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4097" CreationDate="2015-02-16T08:46:16.343" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;meno male&quot; is not the equivalent of &quot;no problem&quot; / &quot;no worries&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This phrase is used when you want to explain that you have prevented a possible situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An Italian synonym of &quot;Meno male&quot; is &quot;Per fortuna&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ITA)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Meno male che ho studiato altrimenti non avrei risposto alle domande.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Meno male che ho portato l'ombrello altrimenti mi sarei bagnato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ENG)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fortunately, I have studied otherwise I would not have answered questions.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fortunately, I brought my umbrella otherwise I would have wet.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="300" LastEditDate="2015-02-16T15:43:11.550" LastActivityDate="2015-02-16T15:43:11.550" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4097" CreationDate="2015-02-16T10:31:05.987" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;To set somebody's mind at rest when they say «&lt;em&gt;Mi dispiace&lt;/em&gt;», you might want to say «&lt;em&gt;Non ti preoccupare&lt;/em&gt;», «&lt;em&gt;Non fa niente&lt;/em&gt;», «&lt;em&gt;Figurati&lt;/em&gt;». In some situations one could say – to look for something similar to &lt;em&gt;meno male&lt;/em&gt; – «&lt;em&gt;Poco male&lt;/em&gt;», as in «No (too much) harm done».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-02-16T10:31:05.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="4103" CreationDate="2015-02-16T13:24:16.040" Score="9" ViewCount="501" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reading the following excerpt for a book entitled &lt;em&gt;L'arte di annacarsi&lt;/em&gt;, I noticed the use of 'si dispiace':&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I siciliani toccano. Ti toccano un braccio mentre cercano di capire di cosa hai bisogno e anche di cosa non sai ancora di avere bisogno. La sensazione di essere toccati può rivelarsi sgradevole, per il viaggiatore, ma anche lui a poco a poco si abitua, e alla fine qualcuno persino &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;si dispiace&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; quando poi nessuno lo tocca più. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dispiacere (as well as piacere, mancare, bastare, occorrere) behave differently from other verbs. They are formed with the structure, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;indirect object + verb + subject&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, where the subject is the thing that is (dis)liked (missed, sufficient, necessary) and the indirect object is the one doing the action. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given that, why is the verb in the above context not &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;gli dispiace&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or does &lt;em&gt;dispiacere&lt;/em&gt; break the usual rules when used in a reflexive sense?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2015-02-17T01:02:42.493" LastActivityDate="2015-02-17T01:02:42.493" Title="Is 'si dispiace' ever an acceptable form of the verb dispiacere?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4102" CreationDate="2015-02-16T14:15:33.310" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this context, &amp;quot;si dispiace&amp;quot; is correct; &amp;quot;gli dispiace&amp;quot; would be wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here you have an example of the meaning marked with &lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dispiacere2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subject is &amp;quot;qualcuno&amp;quot;, the verb is reflexive (not impersonal) and is &amp;quot;dispiacersi&amp;quot;, so it follows the same pattern as, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qualcuno si stupisce se ...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qualcuno si arrabbia se ...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qualcuno si dispiace se ...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example with another person to make the distinction clearer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi stupisco della tua sconfitta&lt;/strong&gt;   (reflexive, &amp;quot;io&amp;quot; is the implicit subject, &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; is the direct object)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi stupisce la tua sconfitta&lt;/strong&gt;   (here &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;a me&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;la tua sconfitta&amp;quot; is the subject)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar example with &amp;quot;dispiacere&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi dispiaccio della tua sconfitta&lt;/strong&gt;  (reflexive, &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; is the direct object)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi dispiace [la tua sconfitta|che tu sia stato sconfitto]&lt;/strong&gt;   (here &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;a me&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;la tua sconfitta&amp;quot; etc. is the subject)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in the sentence you cite the difference could be made explicit, for example, as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;e alla fine qualcuno persino si dispiace quando ...&lt;/strong&gt;  (reflexive, &amp;quot;qualcuno&amp;quot; is the subject)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;e alla fine &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; qualcuno persino dispiace quando ...&lt;/strong&gt;  (&amp;quot;[a] qualcuno&amp;quot; is an indirect object)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-16T14:23:11.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4104" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-16T20:31:26.867" Score="9" ViewCount="783" Body="&lt;p&gt;My book has the following format when asking a question:&#xA;&quot;È verde il libro grande?&quot; &#xA;I write it as such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what's the difference with writing &quot;È il libro grande verde?&quot; &#xA;Would Italians tilt their head? Or can it be used interchangeably?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1192" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-02-17T09:59:09.917" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T13:43:25.563" Title="Is there a proper format when asking a question?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4105" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4104" CreationDate="2015-02-16T21:02:33.593" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;«&lt;em&gt;È il libro grande verde?&lt;/em&gt;» is understandable but would sound quite unnatural (if anything, if you really want to attract attention to the possible bigness of the book, you might say «&lt;em&gt;È il libro grande, quello verde?&lt;/em&gt;»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally, you would say as your book prescribes, or also simply «&lt;em&gt;Il libro grande è verde?&lt;/em&gt;» and the interrogative intonation would take care of it being understood as a question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-02-16T21:02:33.593" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4104" CreationDate="2015-02-17T00:06:50.683" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È verde il libro grande?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would never say so, it sounds neither natural nor right to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some questions, like the one you posted, tend to follow this pattern:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Subject + verb + complements&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, considering your sentence, I'd opt for&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il libro grande è verde?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here some other examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tua nonna ha 80 anni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Tu] potresti passarmi il libro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't always apply though, especially when using pronouns.&#xA;Unlike English, I don't think in Italian there is a fixed structure for questions actually.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;===&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È il libro grande verde?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is plain &lt;strong&gt;wrong&lt;/strong&gt; :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1241" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-17T11:17:41.900" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4104" CreationDate="2015-02-17T09:56:24.713" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, in contrast to English, the adjectives (especially those that describe colors) &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1248/what-is-the-rule-for-adjective-order/&quot;&gt;usually stay &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the noun&lt;/a&gt; they describe. Therefore, &quot;È il libro grande verde?&quot; reads almost like &quot;Is the big green book?&quot;, that is as an unfinished question, &quot;Is the big green book...&quot; what?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To avoid such misunderstanding, it's necessary to divide the question itself (&quot;È verde?&quot; - &quot;Is it green?&quot;) from the description of the object (&quot;il libro grande&quot; - &quot;the big book&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-02-17T09:56:24.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="4108" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-17T11:22:57.510" Score="6" ViewCount="491" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ad_interim&quot;&gt;Ad interim: &lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La locuzione latina ad interim significa &quot;per ora&quot; (interim significa &quot;frattanto&quot;, &quot;nel frattempo&quot;). È utilizzata per indicare che una determinata funzione o carica è assunta provvisoriamente da una persona, nell'attesa della nomina di un titolare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto usare l'espressione 'ad interim' con riferimento a cose? Ad esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il vecchio edificio è ad interim la sede del Partito.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;questo è il regolamento ad interim della nuova scuola. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-17T12:43:28.583" LastActivityDate="2015-02-18T07:22:43.463" Title="Sull'uso della locuzione 'ad interim'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4022" CreationDate="2015-02-17T19:16:18.627" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want specify that they are gentle or kind, say: &quot;Anna è gentile, il professore è gentile&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are speaking with an important person say &quot;gentile Anna, gentile professore&quot; to open a &lt;em&gt;formal&lt;/em&gt; speech.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;N.B: &quot;gentile Anna&quot; and &quot;gentile professore&quot; don't mean that Anna and the teacher are gentle or kind, but only that you are speaking in a formal language to them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1242" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-17T19:30:03.450" LastActivityDate="2015-02-17T19:30:03.450" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4108" CreationDate="2015-02-17T23:54:00.273" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ad interim&quot; è una locuzione latina che, come scritto, significa nel frattempo, ma nell'utilizzo moderno, si usa solo per indicare una carica provvisoria.&#xA;Per le cose è più adatto provvisorio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-18T07:22:43.463" LastActivityDate="2015-02-18T07:22:43.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5110" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-18T14:16:16.927" Score="4" ViewCount="540" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale tra queste frasi è quella corretta o preferibile? Perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Gli adolescenti hanno sempre bisogno di avere adulti accanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Gli adolescenti hanno sempre bisogno di avere degli adulti accanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Gli adolescenti hanno sempre bisogno di avere accanto adulti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Gli adolescenti hanno sempre bisogno di avere accanto degli adulti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-18T22:14:44.137" Title="Qual è la frase corretta?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5110" CreationDate="2015-02-18T14:22:09.737" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono tutte corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quelle con 'degli' appaiono un po' più enfatiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La terza non la userei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-02-18T14:22:09.737" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5110" CreationDate="2015-02-18T15:11:53.407" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutte e 4 le frasi sono corrette ma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adopererei la seconda e la quarta (in ordine di priorità indifferente)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima la userei con priorità inferiore alle due già specificate sopra, ed infine la terza eviterei di usarla perché per come è impostata esprime il concetto in modo più complesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2015-02-18T15:11:53.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5115" CreationDate="2015-02-18T20:01:49.847" Score="10" ViewCount="964" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavoro la mattina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavoro di mattina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viene a mezzogiorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bevo caffè alla mattina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently all of them are correct! &#xA;I am completely confused as to when to use &quot;di&quot;, &quot;a&quot; or &quot;in&quot; in front of a time period, and whether to use definite article or not. I did some research online but it seems there is no good summary about preposition in front of a time. Would someone be kind enough to do a summary for me or direct me to a link? Would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T08:20:22.680" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T08:20:22.680" Title="About preposition in front of a time period" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5110" CreationDate="2015-02-18T22:09:25.200" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;degli&quot; è un partitivo, che in questo esempio fa la funzione di articolo indeterminativo plurale (in spagnolo e in catalano il partitivo non c'è, ma in compenso in queste lingue esistono dei veri articoli indeterminativi plurali - unos, unas, uns, unes - che l'italiano invece non ha).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se usato al singolare, abbiamo la vera e propria funzione originale di &quot;partitivo&quot; (una parte di) come viene usato in francese, ad esempio &quot;ho bevuto dell'acqua&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le opinioni sul partitivo sono discordanti, però certamente si usa moltissimo nel parlato. Nello scritto ci sono contesti in cui risulta un po' pesante, soprattutto quando appare accompagnato da preposizioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si è messo in dei brutti giri&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si è salvato con degli ingegnosi stratagemmi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte è proprio decisamente da evitare (per non dire sbagliato):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venivano da delle terre lontane&lt;/strong&gt;    # No, anche se non mi stupirebbe sentirlo nel parlato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi ha parlato di dei libri interessanti*&lt;/strong&gt;   # No, in nessun caso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi casi si può generalmente omettere del tutto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si è messo in brutti giri&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venivano da terre lontane&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o riformulare la frase per usare &quot;alcuni&quot;, &quot;certi&quot;, &quot;qualche&quot; etc. ove possibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si è salvato con alcuni ingegnosi stratagemmi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi ha parlato di certi libri interessanti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei tuoi esempi (tutti corretti) il &quot;degli&quot; sta da solo, quindi direi che non ci sono problemi ad usarlo. Il mio personale ordine di preferenza è 4, 2, 1, 3&#xA; (la 3 effettivamente suona un po' insolita, dubito che si userebbe correntemente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-02-18T22:14:44.137" LastActivityDate="2015-02-18T22:14:44.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5113" CreationDate="2015-02-18T23:44:27.467" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a native speaker I'm not aware of detailed rules on the matter. There are a lot of implicit rules unknown to most natives which non-native speakers need to learn, so I searched online, but in this case it seems there are no special rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you understand academic Italian you can read this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-preposizioni&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-preposizioni&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a detailed explanation by &lt;em&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;, the most authoritative institution for Italian language. Briefly, they say that choice of preposition depends on the word it precedes, the verb it follows, and the nuance you want to convey.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Their style is a bit difficult, but if you can understand their writing I suggest you always refer to their website when in doubt. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica&quot;&gt;You can also directly ask questions to academy linguists&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some general rules:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Different words and phrases need different prepositions:&lt;/strong&gt; you can say &lt;em&gt;«in mattinata»&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;«in serata»&lt;/em&gt;, meaning «in the morning» and «in the evening», but you can't say &lt;em&gt;«in mattina»&lt;/em&gt; nor &lt;em&gt;«in sera»&lt;/em&gt;. Conversely, you can say &lt;em&gt;«la mattina»&lt;/em&gt; but you can't say &lt;em&gt;«la mattinata»&lt;/em&gt;. Also, you can't use &lt;em&gt;a/alla&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;notte&lt;/em&gt;: you can say &lt;em&gt;«la notte»&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;«di notte»&lt;/em&gt;, but you can't say &lt;em&gt;«a notte»&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/&quot;&gt;A good dictionary&lt;/a&gt; will help you here.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hours need &lt;em&gt;a/alla/alle&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt; same as in English; you say &lt;em&gt;«viene a mezzogiorno»&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;«viene alle tre»&lt;/em&gt;, and you don't say &lt;em&gt;«viene in mezzogiorno»&lt;/em&gt; just as you don't say «he's coming &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; three o'clock».&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Months preceded by &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; are not temporal expressions (&lt;em&gt;complementi di tempo&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;«a maggio»&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;«in maggio»&lt;/em&gt; both mean «in May»; &lt;em&gt;«di maggio»&lt;/em&gt; means «of May».&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Adverbs of time don't need a preposition when used in temporal expressions&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;ieri&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;domani&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; and similar adverbs form by themselves temporal expressions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Locutions make special usage of prepositions and must be memorized&lt;/strong&gt;: examples are &lt;em&gt;«di prima mattina»&lt;/em&gt;, which only allows &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;«a notte fonda»&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;«a tarda notte»&lt;/em&gt;, which make use of &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; before &lt;em&gt;notte&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As regards the definitive article, I feel it as a bit colloquial. I would not write &lt;em&gt;«la mattina»&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;«la sera»&lt;/em&gt;. It's fine when joined with the preposition (&lt;em&gt;al/alla/del/della&lt;/em&gt;), but only with words allowing it (e.g. hours). &lt;em&gt;«Bevo caffè alla mattina»&lt;/em&gt; sounds a bit old-fashioned where I live (Rome), though I think it's common in other regions. Better is to use &lt;em&gt;«alla mattina»&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;«alla sera»&lt;/em&gt; in the beginning of a sentence, meaning «when the morning comes» and «when the evening comes».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1248" LastEditorUserId="1248" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T00:11:22.007" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T00:11:22.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5135" CreationDate="2015-02-19T10:04:25.677" Score="6" ViewCount="399" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve! Come da titolo, vorrei delle fonti &lt;em&gt;accreditate&lt;/em&gt; (es. studi universitari, enciclopedie...) che trattino dell'origine del famoso modo di dire &quot;in bocca al lupo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Non mi occorrono risposte (o commenti) sull'interpretazione ma eventuali fonti bibliografiche accreditate che trattino dell'argomento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'Accademia della Crusca pone le radici del detto nelle usanze dei cacciatori, come &lt;em&gt;augurio&lt;/em&gt; (riuscire a trovare un Lupo è davvero raro, quindi equivale a &quot;Buona Caccia&quot;). La negatività della figura del lupo pare essersi rafforzata durante il Medioevo anche se fin dalla cultura classica (per non parlare della Bibbia!) il lupo è il male e l'agnello/la pecora il bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato anche altre interpretazioni (che sinceramente preferisco) delle quali, appunto, non trovo una fonte accreditata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I genitori di lupo per spostare i cuccioli e portarli al sicuro li prendono in bocca (quindi il luogo più sicuro per un lupetto) =&gt; augurare di trovarsi in bocca ad un lupo significa essere al sicuro.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Romolo e Remo, nella leggenda, sono stati salvati da una lupa  =&gt; augurare di trovarsi in bocca ad un lupo significa essere al sicuro.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La bocca di lupo, in gergo marinaresco, era una lavagna sulla quale venivano riportati i nomi delle persone e delle cose rientrate da un lungo viaggio in mare =&gt; augurare ad una persona che tutto vada &lt;em&gt;in porto&lt;/em&gt; (= tornare sana e salva ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Ho già letto le altre domande e risposte. Sto cercando fonti accreditate oltre a quelle dell'Accademia della Crusca che sostengano le tre versioni di cui sopra.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1245" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-13T11:12:33.280" LastActivityDate="2017-12-13T11:12:33.280" Title="&quot;In bocca al lupo!&quot; - FONTI delle varie interpretazioni?" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4104" CreationDate="2015-02-19T10:51:29.660" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question is: what do you want to ask?&#xA;In general verb + subject + complement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;em&gt;Hai (tu) la mia penna?&lt;/em&gt; , &lt;em&gt;Ha lui il libro?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fact is that in Italian you did not put all the adjectives before (or after) the word; you have to use the conjunction &quot;e&quot; (also &quot;,&quot; if you have more than two adjectives) e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il libro grande e verde&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; emphasizes both features&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il grande libro verde&lt;/em&gt; -&gt;  the size is the most important characteristic &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Niceties aside, the subject is a book that has two features:  big and green&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BUT you don't find  &lt;em&gt;Il verde grande libro&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Il grande verde libro&lt;/em&gt; (perhaps you will find it in poetry but here we enter a different matter).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;THEN:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;È grande e verde il libro?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; = &quot;&lt;em&gt;Il libro è grande e verde?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; =&gt; You're asking if the book is both green and big.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;È verde il grande libro?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; = &quot;&lt;em&gt;È verde il libro grande?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; = &quot;&lt;em&gt;Il libro grande è verde?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; = &quot;&lt;em&gt;Il grande libro è verde?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; =&gt; Is  the big book green? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-dirette_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-dirette_(Enciclopedia_dell'Italiano)/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1245" LastEditorUserId="1245" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T13:43:25.563" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T13:43:25.563" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1731" CreationDate="2015-02-19T13:42:12.450" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dipende da come viene posta l'affermazione.&#xA;Se l'interlocutore è a conoscenza dei fatti accaduti, ad esempio se si tratta di un evento &quot;buffo&quot;, è implicito che stai dando un taglio ironico alla frase. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un banale esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ti ricordi il famigerato forzuto del paese?&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(magari riferendosi ad un fatto di cronaca del paese noto a tutti e in questo caso tutti sanno che si sta alludendo ad una persona per nulla forzuta ma che si spacciava per tale)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stesso discorso se ci si riferisce ad un evento triste, positivo etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse, dato il suono della parola stessa che è meno &quot;melodiosa&quot; di &quot;famoso&quot;, si usa nella maggior parte dei casi in contesti negativi.. (ma è una mia personale opinione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: Attira di più &quot;il famigerato assassino di Londra&quot; o &quot;il famoso assassino di Londra&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/famigerato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/famigerato/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1245" LastEditorUserId="1245" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T13:59:53.320" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T13:59:53.320" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2354" CreationDate="2015-02-19T14:39:22.557" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il modo di dire &quot;attaccare bottone&quot; ha generalmente una connotazione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attaccabottoni/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;negativa&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prova a immaginare di stare fermo in piedi mentre qualcuno ti cuce un bottone sulla giacca che hai addosso: questa persona ti sta molto vicina e ti senti annoiato non vedendo l'ora che il bottone venga cucito per così poi andare via! &#xA;Così chi attacca bottone (l'&lt;em&gt;attaccabottone&lt;/em&gt;) è una persona che effettivamente ha un modo di approciarsi pedante e noioso nei confronti di chi ha di fronte; l'attaccabottoni è anche quello che trova i momenti meno opportuni per intraprendere un dialogo (o meglio monologo!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalle mie parti si dice anche &quot;&lt;em&gt;attaccare una pezza&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;attaccare pezza&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, per esempio: &quot;quella signora mi ha attaccato pezza proprio oggi che avevo fretta!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altre fonti:&#xA; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilpiaceredisaperlo.net/?p=438&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.ilpiaceredisaperlo.net/?p=438&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’origine di tale espressione va ricercata nel gergo militare durante la Prima Guerra Mondiale. Infatti, durante le snervanti attese in trincea, ai soldati capitava spesso di dover cucire bottoni, attività spesso accompagnata da chiacchiere futili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/B/bottone.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/B/bottone.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1245" LastEditorUserId="1245" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T16:13:15.300" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T16:13:15.300" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5120" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5121" CreationDate="2015-02-19T14:42:18.857" Score="3" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my street name in Napoli. I wonder what does it mean. Mezzo means half I guess. Cannone, I do not remember.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Via mezzocannone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1253" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T15:11:42.337" Title="What does &quot;mezzocannone&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5120" CreationDate="2015-02-19T14:59:49.033" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the name means half cannon. The story of this name is interesting and dates back to the XV century. It is a derogatory reference to the upper part of a fountain that the King of Naples wanted in that place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.napolitoday.it/cronaca/via-mezzocannone-fontana-nome.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.napolitoday.it/cronaca/via-mezzocannone-fontana-nome.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T15:11:42.337" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T15:11:42.337" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5123" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5124" CreationDate="2015-02-19T18:30:13.233" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scrivendo un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5116/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, mi sono accorta di non saper come dire &quot;related question&quot; in italiano. Là ho messo &quot;domanda correlata a questa&quot;, ma non sono sicura se questa espressione sia corretta o se si possa esprimere questo concetto in un altro modo. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T18:57:47.007" Title="&quot;Related question&quot; in italiano" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5123" CreationDate="2015-02-19T18:57:47.007" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Domanda correlata a questa&quot; è perfetto.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Volendo usare un sinonimo, potresti ricorrere a &quot;Domanda simile a questa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T18:57:47.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5125" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-19T19:33:49.230" Score="2" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;I came across this sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;C'è uno zoo nella città&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why can't I say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;C'è un zoo nella città&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; is a number and &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt; is an indefinite article. So it seems to me &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt; is more appropriate a use in this sentence. So what am I missing here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-19T22:15:10.513" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T22:15:10.513" Title="When to use uno, when to use un" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ClosedDate="2015-02-20T06:08:54.377" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5125" CreationDate="2015-02-19T20:11:33.337" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;These are the rules to follow: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’articolo maschile singolare &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/articoli-indeterminativi_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;uno&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si usa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– davanti a parole che cominciano con i o j con il valore di ➔semiconsonante, gn di gnomo, ps, pn, s seguita da consonante, sci-, sce-, x, y, z.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;uno iettatore, uno juventino, uno gnocco, uno psicologo, uno pneumotorace, uno storico, uno sciocco, uno xilofono, uno yen, uno zio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– davanti a parole che cominciano con una consonante seguita da un’altra consonante (diversa da l o r).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;uno pterodattilo, &#xA;uno ’ndranghetista, &#xA;&lt;em&gt;ma un flusso, un gradino.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;-La forma con ➔troncamento un si usa in tutti gli altri casi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un amico,&#xA;un dado,&#xA;un terreno,&#xA;un erede.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T20:11:33.337" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5127" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-19T21:18:00.370" Score="5" ViewCount="1618" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;in soldoni&lt;/strong&gt; significa  &lt;em&gt;in modo approssimativo ma molto semplice e chiaro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dire in soldoni&lt;/strong&gt;; ossia dire in maniera chiara e semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Metterla in soldoni&lt;/strong&gt;; mettere la questione in maniera approssimativa ma chiara.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%20in%20soldoni&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cin%20soldoni%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; l'espressione sembra essere in uso dall'inizio del '900 e come risulta dal l'estratto che segue, sembra avere origini dialettali venete:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il fatto, gittato proprio &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=PDkyAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22in%20soldoni%22&amp;amp;dq=%22in%20soldoni%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=q0_mVOr3I6bNygO_-oHwDg&amp;amp;ved=0CDEQ6AEwBTgK&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;in soldoni&lt;/a&gt;, come dicono i veneti è che le Società traevano un cospicuo, un enorme vantaggio dal loro esercizio. Ne lavoravano, certo, per i begli occhi del Re di Prussia. Ora è naturale che il vantaggio che traevano le ...(Atti del Parlamento italiano: Discussioni, Volume 14, 1907).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine di questo modo di dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T17:49:08.863" Title="Origine di 'in soldoni'" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5129" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5130" CreationDate="2015-02-19T22:55:35.363" Score="-1" ViewCount="11040" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you say &quot;I am 25 years old&quot; in Italian and ask &quot;How old are you?&quot; in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T22:59:42.120" Title="How to ask and say how old you are?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2015-02-20T10:22:50.430" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5129" CreationDate="2015-02-19T22:59:42.120" Score="6" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quanti anni hai? Ho venticinque anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a question even &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#en/it/How%20old%20are%20you%3F%20I%20am%2025%20years%20old.&quot;&gt;Google Translate can answer&lt;/a&gt;. Bear in mind that numbers in Italian are always written in letters unless they are dates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1193" LastActivityDate="2015-02-19T22:59:42.120" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5131" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5133" CreationDate="2015-02-20T06:50:54.227" Score="6" ViewCount="1950" Body="&lt;p&gt;I  am &#xA;confused by the use of object in the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Io me ne sono ricordato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the meaning of &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="1094" LastEditDate="2015-04-16T14:15:41.073" LastActivityDate="2015-04-16T14:15:41.073" Title="The use of &quot;ne&quot; in a sentence" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5131" CreationDate="2015-02-20T07:56:38.103" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/N/ne_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ne&lt;/a&gt;: (it is a personal pronoun in this case which may refer to persons or things)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;pron. pers. Forma atona del paradigma dei pron. di 3ª m. e f. sing. e pl. (meno freq., di 1ª e 2ª m. e f. sing. e pl.), con riferimento, anche generico, a cose, animali o persone già nominati o che verranno nominati, o con valore neutro, con riferimento a una frase; è usata come proclitica (davanti al verbo, anche con un'altra particella: p.e. me ne sono accorto) o come enclitica (dopo il verbo, anche insieme a un'altra particella, sempre in grafia unita: p.e. parlagliene)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-02-20T07:56:38.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5131" CreationDate="2015-02-20T11:35:44.337" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;In currently spoken Italian, the pronoun &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; would be omitted in this case, but it's not the main aspect of the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;me ne sono ricordato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the verb is &lt;em&gt;ricordarsi&lt;/em&gt; which is not, as several grammar say, the reflexive form of &lt;em&gt;ricordare&lt;/em&gt;, but an intensive form. The conjugation is the same as for reflexive verbs. There's a slight difference between &lt;em&gt;ricordo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mi ricordo&lt;/em&gt;. In the former case I'm just stating a fact, in the latter something more personal than the “mechanical” remembrance is implicit. So it would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mi sono ricordato di comperare il pane&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rather than &lt;em&gt;ho ricordato di comperare il pane&lt;/em&gt;, because this would have almost no meaning. On the contrary, compare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mi sono ricordato dei begli anni trascorsi insieme a te&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ho ricordato i begli anni trascorsi insieme a te&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first case some emotion is clearly involved, which is at least not expressed in the second sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to say what you remembered, with the intensive form you need a &lt;em&gt;complemento di specificazione&lt;/em&gt; and not a direct object, as you see in the examples above. So, if the remembered thing is in pronominal form, you have to use &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;, that exactly means &lt;em&gt;di ciò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;di questo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;di quello&lt;/em&gt;. Such a pronoun is quite difficult to place for foreigners; in this case it goes &lt;em&gt;before&lt;/em&gt; the verb, but after the direct object that also precedes the verb in medial/reflexive conjugation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mi sono ricordato di ciò/questo/quello&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;me ne sono ricordato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, another small rule: the pronoun &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; has two forms for the oblique cases, which are &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;. As a direct object it can be either, depending on the context. It's &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; when no other particle is involved, it's &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; otherwise. (Actually the rule is more complicated.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same alternation can happen when it's in dative form, I show a case where the pronouns are after the verb (imperative mood):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;dammi da bere; dammene ancora&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-02-20T11:35:44.337" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6" CreationDate="2015-02-20T14:01:28.903" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano non si mette la -s del plurale alla fine delle parole inglesi a meno che non si tratti di neologismi di &quot;sicura provenienza inglese&quot;. Meglio usare le regole italiane per l'italiano!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/Rubriche/Scioglilingua/2004/23luglio.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.corriere.it/Rubriche/Scioglilingua/2004/23luglio.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1259" LastActivityDate="2015-02-20T14:01:28.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5116" CreationDate="2015-02-20T14:16:48.513" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe here you will not find anything other than &lt;em&gt;comments&lt;/em&gt;: perhaps it is best to look at the library. Try to look at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://cultura.biografieonline.it/perche-si-dice-in-bocca-al-lupo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; but it unfortunately not cite sources. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1259" LastEditorUserId="1259" LastEditDate="2015-02-20T14:23:46.427" LastActivityDate="2015-02-20T14:23:46.427" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5136" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5137" CreationDate="2015-02-20T16:07:55.787" Score="4" ViewCount="837" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Le città invisibili&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Tre ipotesi si dànno sugli abitanti di Bauci: che &lt;em&gt;odino&lt;/em&gt; la Terra; che la rispettino al punto d'evitare ogni contatto; che la amino com'era prima di loro e con cannocchiali e telescopi puntati in giù non si stanchino di passarla in rassegna, foglia a foglia, sasso a sasso, formica per formica, contemplando affascinati la propria assenza.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato che &quot;odino&quot; fosse la terza persona plurale del presente congiuntivo del verbo odiare, ma cercando la coniugazione in questi link&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ItVerbs.aspx?v=odiare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ItVerbs.aspx?v=odiare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italian-verbs.com/italian-verbs/conjugation.php?verbo=odiare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.italian-verbs.com/italian-verbs/conjugation.php?verbo=odiare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho trovato che questa forma del verbo odiare è &quot;odiino&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: quale verbo e quale forma del verbo è &quot;odino&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T11:28:14.720" Title="Quale verbo è &quot;odino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5136" CreationDate="2015-02-20T16:17:51.233" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Odino” è senz'altro la terza persona plurale del congiuntivo presente di “odiare”, e i dizionari (almeno lo Zingarelli in rete, che dà la flessione completa) la riportano in questa forma. Nell'oscillazione tra “-ii-” e “-i-” succede qui qualcosa di molto simile alla vexata quaestio &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1321/plural-form-of-olio&quot;&gt;olii vs. olî vs. oli&lt;/a&gt;, soprattutto per le forme “odi/odii” dell'indicativo e del congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-02-20T16:26:24.050" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5136" CreationDate="2015-02-20T16:18:33.027" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto e dal resto della frase è chiaro che il verbo è, come avevi pensato, &quot;odiare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.achyra.org/cruscate/viewtopic.php?t=1686&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo thread&lt;/a&gt; di un forum dove si discutono questioni linguistiche, sembra addirittura che la versione con la doppia &quot;i&quot; sia riservata solo ai casi di ambiguità, ad es. &quot;odi&quot; (udire) vs. &quot;odii&quot; (odiare). Mi sembra sensato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-02-20T16:18:33.027" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5140" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5144" CreationDate="2015-02-20T21:09:25.297" Score="13" ViewCount="41402" Body="&lt;p&gt;Google translate says piano is &quot;plan&quot;, &quot;floor&quot;, etc.  However, I've heard that &quot;piano, piano&quot; could translate to &quot;little by little&quot;.  Is that an accurate translation?  Does &quot;piano&quot; mean other things than just &quot;floor&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T05:31:56.360" Title="Che significa piano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5140" CreationDate="2015-02-20T21:42:10.980" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;It could have several meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Floor&lt;/strong&gt; (noun):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abito al secondo piano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slow/gently&lt;/strong&gt; (adverb):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non correre, vai piano!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avvicinati piano piano &lt;em&gt;(little by little)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Piano&lt;/strong&gt; (musical instrument)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suoni il piano? &lt;em&gt;(also &amp;quot;pianoforte&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Plan&lt;/strong&gt; (noun)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il tuo piano? &lt;em&gt;(What's your plan?)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1260" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-20T21:42:10.980" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5142" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5143" CreationDate="2015-02-20T22:00:11.083" Score="4" ViewCount="334" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a translation exercise for «forty years passed» the correct answer is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;quarant'anni sono passati&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but if I understand correctly, the past participle for &lt;em&gt;passare&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;passato&lt;/em&gt; and it doesn't need to be conjugated. So why &lt;em&gt;passati&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;passato&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-16T08:48:03.697" LastActivityDate="2018-12-16T08:48:03.697" Title="&quot;Passato&quot; or &quot;passati&quot;" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5142" CreationDate="2015-02-20T22:37:11.837" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The exercise is correct: when making the composite tenses of intransitive verbs having &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; as their auxiliary verb, the participle has to agree with the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, for instance:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;È passato un anno.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;È passata una settimana.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Sono passati tre anni.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Sono passate tre settimane.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Luigi è andato a casa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Maria è andata a casa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;I due amici sono andati a casa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Le due amiche sono andate a casa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With transitive verbs using &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; as their auxiliary, the situation is different: the participle definitely doesn't agree with the subject, and is in general in the masculine singular, but under some conditions it agrees with the object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Luigi&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;Maria&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;I due amici&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;Le due amiche&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;ha/hanno mangiato la bistecca.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;L'ha mangiato Luigi&lt;/em&gt; (talking about a masculine singular &lt;em&gt;pesce&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;L'ha mangiata Luigi&lt;/em&gt; (talking about a feminine singular &lt;em&gt;bistecca&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Li ha mangiati Luigi&lt;/em&gt; (talking about masculine plural &lt;em&gt;pesci&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;* &lt;em&gt;Le ha mangiate Luigi&lt;/em&gt; (talking about feminine plural &lt;em&gt;bistecche&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-21T09:03:13.820" LastActivityDate="2015-02-21T09:03:13.820" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5140" CreationDate="2015-02-21T04:32:07.887" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Piano&lt;/em&gt; is a very peculiar word in Italian because it has several meanings, all deducted by context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It means: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Softly\Slowly\Quietly\Soft\Slow\Quiet (Adv\Adj.) as in your case: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Ci siamo conosciuti piano piano&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. We knew each other little by little. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Parla più piano!&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;Speak quieter!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Flat (Adj.): &quot;&lt;em&gt;La strada era abbastanza piana&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;The road was quite flat&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Flat\Plane land (Noun): &quot;&lt;em&gt;La casa era costruita in piano&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;The house was built on flat land.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Plane (Noun): As in mathematics: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Piano cartesiano&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;Cartesian Plane&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Piano (Noun): As in the instrument (better, &lt;em&gt;pianoforte&lt;/em&gt;): &quot;&lt;em&gt;Lei ha suonato il piano&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;She played the piano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Plan (Noun): &quot;&lt;em&gt;Abbiamo un ottimo piano&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;We have a great plan&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Floor (Noun): &quot;&lt;em&gt;Abitare al primo piano&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;Living on the first floor&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Slow Down! (Adverb): &quot;&lt;em&gt;Piano!&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &quot;Slow down!&quot;. This is true both for the figurative and the literal meaning. You can also find the form &quot;&lt;em&gt;Vai piano!&lt;/em&gt;&quot; for the literal and the form &quot;&lt;em&gt;Vacci piano!&lt;/em&gt;&quot; for the figurative.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-01-24T15:42:06.330" LastActivityDate="2019-01-24T15:42:06.330" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5146" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5147" CreationDate="2015-02-21T15:37:52.297" Score="4" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Siccome &quot;aumentare&quot; significa &quot;rendere maggiore, accrescere, salire a valori più alti&quot;, non sono sicura che &quot;aumentare di più&quot; sia un'espressione corretta. Per esempio, questa frase sarebbe corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il governo ha aumentato l'età della pensione e, probabilmente, l'aumenterà ancora di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-02-21T16:00:34.337" Title="È corretto dire &quot;aumentare di più&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5146" CreationDate="2015-02-21T15:50:19.440" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì. &quot;Di più&quot; significa sia &quot;maggiormente&quot; che &quot;ulteriormente&quot;, il primo caso è il caso di:&#xA;&quot;Lavora di più!&quot; o &quot;Dormire di più aiuta la salute&quot;. Il secondo caso è quello che hai citato. &#xA;La differenza è sottile: si usa maggiormente quando si parla di quantità generiche. Si usa ulteriormente quando si parla di quantità che hanno una soglia che può venire oltrepassata. Sono a volte intercambiabili. (Maggiori profitti è uguale ad ulteriori profitti, la sfumatura di significato è impercettibile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-21T16:00:34.337" LastActivityDate="2015-02-21T16:00:34.337" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5148" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5149" CreationDate="2015-02-21T20:30:55.720" Score="9" ViewCount="440" Body="&lt;p&gt;To conjugate verbs in the passato prossimo (and other compound tenses) where a modal verb is needed the following formation is required:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;AUXILIARY VERB (avere or essere) + MODAL VERB (past participle form) + INFINITIVE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rule for determining which auxiliary verb to use is determined by the infinitive (as opposed to the modal verb) Take for example the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ho&lt;/strong&gt; potuto comprare un biglietto (&lt;em&gt;I was able to buy a ticket&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as well as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sono&lt;/strong&gt; potuto andare al cinema (&lt;em&gt;I was able to go to the movies&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difficulty arises when looking at reflexive verbs that universally require essere as an auxiliary verb. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sono svegliato alle 6.00 di mattina. (&lt;em&gt;I woke up at 6 in the morning.&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you add a modal verb to this structure, how is it correctly rendered?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ho dovuto svegliarmi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono dovuto svegliarmi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the first example is correct, why does it not follow the rule that the auxiliary verb is determined by the infinitive 'svegliarmi' as it normally is? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2015-02-22T15:41:12.827" LastActivityDate="2015-02-23T22:39:23.740" Title="Which auxiliary verb is used with compound tenses that combine modal verbs and reflexives?" Tags="&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5148" CreationDate="2015-02-21T23:43:09.163" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;In theory both forms are correct (see below), but in this case, in my opinion, it is by far more usual to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sono dovuto svegliare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be generalised. Quoting Serianni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se il verbo servile regge un infinito pronominale, cioè combinato con un pronome atono, l'ausiliare del verbo reggente sarà &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; se il pronome è anticipato (&lt;em&gt;non ci sono potuto entrare&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; se il pronome è posticipato (&lt;em&gt;non sono potuto entrarci&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;non ho potuto entrarci&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If the modal verb is followed by an infinitive with a pronoun [as &lt;em&gt;svegliarsi&lt;/em&gt; in your example], the auxiliary verb for the main verb is &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; if the pronoun is put before the verb (&lt;em&gt;non ci sono potuto entrare&lt;/em&gt;), and either &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; if the pronoun appears after the verb (&lt;em&gt;non sono potuto entrarci&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;non ho potuto entrarci&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-23T22:39:23.740" LastActivityDate="2015-02-23T22:39:23.740" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5150" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-22T08:26:17.147" Score="5" ViewCount="69090" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il titolo di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5145/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; (adesso è cancellato, ma era &quot;Cambiare tutto per non cambiare niente&quot;) ha attirato la mia attenzione. Leggendolo, mi sono subito domandata se questa frase fosse veramente un proverbio italiano o avesse qualcosa a che vedere col romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt; di Giuseppe Tomasi di Lampedusa. Una ricerca su Google conferma che molti siti web attribuiscono questa frase a Tomasi di Lampedusa. Ecco un &lt;a href=&quot;http://diario_di_borgo.ilcannocchiale.it/2013/04/28/percezionitutto_per_non_cambia.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempio&lt;/a&gt;:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«&quot;Bisogna cambiare tutto per non cambiare niente&quot;, così scriveva Giuseppe Tomasi di Lampedusa ne &quot;Il Gattopardo&quot;. La formazione del nuovo governo ha realizzato pienamente ciò che ha scritto Tomasi di Lampedusa, ingannando per l'ennesima volta gli italiani onesti, quelli che sono sempre andati a votare onestamente, quelli che lavorano onestamente, rispettano le leggi e pagano le tasse onestamente.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tomasi di Lampedusa, però, non ha mai scritto questa frase ne &lt;em&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt;. La frase che appare in questo romanzo, pronunciata da Tancredi, è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Se vogliamo che tutto rimanga come è, bisogna che tutto cambi.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è l'origine della frase &quot;cambiare tutto per non cambiare niente&quot;? Appare forse nella versione cinematografica di &lt;em&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-30T19:14:07.317" LastActivityDate="2020-05-30T19:14:07.317" Title="Da dove proviene la frase &quot;cambiare tutto per non cambiare niente&quot; (scritta esattamente così)?" Tags="&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5150" CreationDate="2015-02-22T08:38:56.687" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso sia una frase coniata proprio ne &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Il_Gattopardo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/a&gt; in quanto incarna lo spirito siciliano che è uno dei temi principali dell'opera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'autore  compie all'interno dell'opera un processo narrativo che è sia storico che attuale. Parlando di eventi passati, Tomasi di Lampedusa parla di eventi del tempo presente, &lt;strong&gt;ossia di uno spirito siciliano citato più volte come gattopardesco (&amp;quot; Se vogliamo che tutto rimanga come è, bisogna che tutto cambi&amp;quot;)&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La frase è stata poi in seguito  formulata diversamente, senza comunque modificarne il significato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gattopardismo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gattopardismo&lt;/a&gt;: (Treccanionline)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;s. m. (anche, meno comunem., gattopardite s. f.). – Nel linguaggio letter. e giornalistico, l’atteggiamento (tradizionalmente definito come trasformismo) proprio di chi, avendo fatto parte del ceto dominante o agiato in un precedente regime, si adatta a un nuova situazione politica, sociale o economica, simulando d’esserne promotore o fautore, per poter conservare il proprio potere e i privilegi della propria classe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;**Il termine, così come la concezione e la prassi che con esso vengono espresse, è fondato sull’affermazione paradossale che «tutto deve cambiare perché tutto resti come prima»,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;che è l’adattamento più diffuso&lt;/strong&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;con cui viene citato il passo che nel romanzo Il Gattopardo&lt;/strong&gt; (v. la voce prec.) si legge testualmente in questa forma «Se vogliamo che tutto rimanga come è, bisogna che tutto cambi» (chi pronuncia la frase non è però il principe di Salina ma suo nipote Tancredi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-22T09:37:20.910" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5155" CreationDate="2015-02-23T15:47:46.747" Score="6" ViewCount="11516" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English we use the expression &quot;I don't care&quot; to express that we don't feel interest or concern about something. How can we say a similar expression in Italian? Google Translate gives &quot;Non mi interessa&quot;, which I think it's &quot;It doesn't interest me&quot;, so probably there are better translations. It would be interesting to learn a variety of idiomatic expressions which convey this sense that can be used in different situations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastActivityDate="2015-02-23T18:52:06.130" Title="How can I translate the expression &quot;I don't care&quot; into Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5154" CreationDate="2015-02-23T16:05:26.947" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non mi interessa&lt;/em&gt; is correct, but perhaps not always strong enough. You might want to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;non m'importa&lt;/em&gt; (the most neutral and standard solution), its variant &lt;em&gt;chi se ne importa&lt;/em&gt; (= who cares?) or the stronger &lt;em&gt;non me ne importa niente&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;non me ne frega niente&lt;/em&gt; (even stronger) or its variants &lt;em&gt;chi se ne frega?&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;me ne frego&lt;/em&gt; (the latter of which, however, has Fascist overtones, since it was used as a kind of motto by the Blackshirts);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;me ne infischio&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;then there are some truly vulgar versions, such as &lt;em&gt;me ne sbatto&lt;/em&gt; (optionally: &lt;em&gt;me ne sbatto i coglioni&lt;/em&gt; and the like).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-02-23T16:05:26.947" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5157" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5158" CreationDate="2015-02-24T07:11:42.627" Score="5" ViewCount="341" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a phrase that would be roughly equivalent to the English &quot;Quality vs. Quantity.&quot;  Is there any catchy Italian phrase for this meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastActivityDate="2015-02-24T19:14:31.463" Title="Quality vs. Quantity" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5157" CreationDate="2015-02-24T08:08:28.243" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you mean Quality is better than Quantity, then I would use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;La qualità è più importante della quantità&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chefuturo.it/2013/10/big-data-la-qualita-e-piu-importante-della-quantita/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't think of any idiomatic expression or anything catchier than that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: if you mean the comparison between the two (I'm envisioning the case when you're doing a presentation and you want to talk about pros and cons), then the English expression will be perfectly understood, especially in a business environment. And used within an Italian sentence, unfortunately.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-24T15:38:26.713" LastActivityDate="2015-02-24T15:38:26.713" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5159" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-24T10:58:50.827" Score="18" ViewCount="21926" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Se mia nonna  avesse le ruote, sarebbe  una carriola&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;‘If my grandmother had wheels, she would be a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.theflorentine.net/articles/article-view.asp?issuetocId=6635&quot;&gt;wheelbarrow&lt;/a&gt;.' That's what Italians say when they want to interrupt your rambling hypothetical scenario. After all, if a rolling granny doesn't bring you to a standstill, nothing will. '&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a curious but quite common saying. What is its origin? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-25T01:06:43.057" LastActivityDate="2020-11-20T08:24:22.537" Title="‘Se mia nonna avesse le ruote, sarebbe una carriola’" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="24" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3615" CreationDate="2015-02-24T16:10:39.407" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già detto, &quot;a mano a mano&quot; è più scritto che parlato e viceversa per &quot;man mano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io ne farei anche una questione di ritmo: &quot;a mano a mano&quot;, ripetuto e scandito, rende (personalmente) l'idea di un'azione che scorre più lentamente. &quot;man mano&quot; è più &quot;rapido&quot; e immediato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli esempi riportati nella domanda mi danno la stessa impressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-02-24T16:10:39.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5157" CreationDate="2015-02-24T16:33:26.770" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Chi più spende meno spende&quot; is an Italian proverb, but it is a very loose translation, suitable when you want to focus only on quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Literally it means &quot;If you spend more, you spend less&quot;, meaning that the expensive high quality is an investment (for example, I buy cheap plastic shoes that I have to replace in 1 month, but you buy quality shoes 10X more expensive that will last for years).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: it's equivalent to &quot;You get what you pay for&quot;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-02-24T19:14:31.463" LastActivityDate="2015-02-24T19:14:31.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5162" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-24T19:56:50.603" Score="6" ViewCount="1682" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consultando il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/macchina.shtml&quot;&gt;macchina&lt;/a&gt; in un dizionario, tra i vari significati si trova: automobile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1) Congegno meccanico ideato per compiere un lavoro che potenzia quello che può svolgere l'uomo con le sue forze o che trasforma un'energia in un'altra; estens. qualunque congegno la cui natura e funzione è precisata da un complemento.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2) In uso assol., qualsiasi macchina in generale, dispositivo o congegno che compie qlco. meccanicamente e la cui esplicitazione si ricava dal contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;3) fig. Usato come termine di confronto per indicare una persona che lavora molto SIN robot: non è un uomo, è una m.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;4)  &lt;strong&gt;Per antonomasia, l'automobile&lt;/strong&gt; o, anche, altri mezzi di locomozione terrestre, aerea o marittima destinati al trasporto di persone SIN auto: vendere la m.; &#xA;  l'automobile | posto m., spazio riservato al parcheggio di un'automobile.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Etc. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà il termine macchina è molto usato per indicare una vettura, anzi sembra essere  più usato del termine automobile: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=guidare%20la%20macchina%2Cguidare%20l%27automobile%2C%20parcheggiare%20la%20macchina%2C%20parcheggiare%20l%27automobile&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cguidare%20la%20macchina%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cguidare%20l%27%20automobile%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cparcheggiare%20la%20macchina%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cparcheggiare%20l%27%20automobile%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli  inglesi la chiamano 'car' e i francesi 'voiture' (non 'machine'). Perché noi italiani invece la chiamiamo 'macchina'? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-24T20:59:47.233" LastActivityDate="2015-03-08T00:12:03.600" Title="Perché la chiamiamo 'macchina'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5162" CreationDate="2015-02-24T20:57:30.567" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nello Zingarelli 2010, alla voce &quot;macchina&quot;, viene evidenziato che il termine ha, tra gli altri, il significato di automobile per antonomasia: sembrerebbe quindi che, nel linguaggio comune, l'automobile sia ritenuta &quot;La&quot; macchina per eccellenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È inoltre interessante sottolineare quanto si può leggere alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Automobile#Etimologia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce &quot;Automobile&quot; su Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nel linguaggio comune sia scritto che parlato, prevalse il femminile [per la parola automobile]&#xA;  soprattutto perché l'espressione &quot;l'automobile&quot; venne intesa quale&#xA;  sinonimo della più popolare e generica &quot;la macchina&quot;. A tale&#xA;  trasformazione linguistica contribuì anche l'autorevole opinione di&#xA;  Gabriele d'Annunzio che, in una lettera inviata nel 1920 al senatore&#xA;  Giovanni Agnelli, si esprimeva a favore della declinazione al&#xA;  femminile del termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-24T21:02:15.327" LastActivityDate="2015-02-24T21:02:15.327" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5164" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5168" CreationDate="2015-02-24T22:02:19.950" Score="18" ViewCount="2929" Body="&lt;p&gt;I do not speak a word Italian but I wanted to solve the obligatory dispute amongst ignorants about the pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;gnocco&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;gnocchi&lt;/em&gt; by looking up the IPA pronunciation on the Internet. Unfortunately my results were non-satisfactory (for reasons I list below), so I ask you:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is the pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;gnocco&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;gnocchi&lt;/em&gt; in IPA? (Or is this a case of &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Allophone&quot;&gt;allophones&lt;/a&gt; with multiple “correct” pronunciations?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Unless the answers are [ɲɔko] and [ɲɔki], how can my issues (see below) be explained?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;How is &lt;em&gt;cch&lt;/em&gt; realised?&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[ɲɔkki] or [ɲɔk.ki] – Found in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/gnocchi&quot;&gt;the Italian Wiktionary&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://de.langenscheidt.com/italienisch-deutsch/gnocco&quot;&gt;the Langenscheidt dictionary&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/gnocchi&quot;&gt;the English Wiktionary&lt;/a&gt;. Contains probably the most reliable sources on the list. However the [kk] sound seems like something to me that would be quickly replaced by [k] unless it distinguishes between meanings. I also fail to hear a [kk] in all&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vpi5PFJgDMQ&quot;&gt;¹&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AVuRQr-F-xk&quot;&gt;²&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://de.langenscheidt.com/italienisch-deutsch/gnocco&quot;&gt;³&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.howdoyousaythatword.com/word/gnocchi/&quot;&gt;⁴&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.forvo.com/word/gnocco/&quot;&gt;⁵&lt;/a&gt; but one&lt;a href=&quot;http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:De-Gnocchi-pronunciation.ogg&quot;&gt;⁶&lt;/a&gt; of the pronunciation samples I found – but then again, I know how ears can be deceiving you with such a thing. Finally, no non-IPA pronunciation instruction I found contains this, though it could have been easily represented (e.g., &lt;em&gt;nok-key&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;nokey&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[ɲɔki] – I couldn’t find this in dictionaries but it has surprisingly many findings on the Internet and would probably be en par with 1., if it weren’t for Wiktionary clones. Also what I hear from most audio samples&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vpi5PFJgDMQ&quot;&gt;¹&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AVuRQr-F-xk&quot;&gt;²&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://de.langenscheidt.com/italienisch-deutsch/gnocco&quot;&gt;³&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.howdoyousaythatword.com/word/gnocchi/&quot;&gt;⁴&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.forvo.com/word/gnocco/&quot;&gt;⁵&lt;/a&gt;, though I know that I am fallible here. Finally, what seems most plausible to me linguistically, since it seems to be the way of least resistance.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[ɲɔkːi] – Found on some Wikipedias, amongst others &lt;a href=&quot;http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nocken_(Gericht)&quot;&gt;German&lt;/a&gt;. Lengthening the [k] does not make sense to me, as it is by nature a punctual sound and thus cannot be lengthened (it’s like lengthening the sound of a clap). When I try to lengthen it, it becomes something like [χ].&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;How is &lt;em&gt;gn&lt;/em&gt; realised?&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the singular form, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/gnocco&quot;&gt;Italian Wiktionary&lt;/a&gt; claims that it is pronounced [ɲɲɔkko] and not [ɲɔkko], while the pronunciation of the plural form is given as [ɲɔkki]. As pluralisation happens at the end of the word orthographically as well as in all Indoeuropean and in particular all Romance languages that I am aware of, this seems rather unlikely (though not impossible) to me, moreover so as there seem to be other clear means to distinguish the plural from the singular form. I also do not hear anything like this in the pronunciation samples&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vpi5PFJgDMQ&quot;&gt;¹&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AVuRQr-F-xk&quot;&gt;²&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://de.langenscheidt.com/italienisch-deutsch/gnocco&quot;&gt;³&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.howdoyousaythatword.com/word/gnocchi/&quot;&gt;⁴&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.forvo.com/word/gnocco/&quot;&gt;⁵&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:De-Gnocchi-pronunciation.ogg&quot;&gt;⁶&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1273" LastActivityDate="2015-02-26T09:49:14.587" Title="On the pronunciation of gnocco and gnocchi" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="16" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5165" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-24T23:08:05.493" Score="1" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vi risulta che quest'espressione esista e significhi coerentemente qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Quando c'è l'alta marea anche i relitti galleggiano. Noi siamo i relitti»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sì, qual è l'origine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-25T07:04:24.223" LastActivityDate="2015-02-25T14:32:02.020" Title="«Quando c'è l'alta marea anche i relitti galleggiano. Noi siamo i relitti»" Tags="&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5164" CreationDate="2015-02-24T23:17:10.833" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is pronounced as nyawk-kee. Gn is pronounced as an Spanish accent ñ. Cch is pronounced as a k.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gnocco is pronounced as nyawk-koo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps!!! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastActivityDate="2015-02-24T23:17:10.833" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5165" CreationDate="2015-02-24T23:30:16.087" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra che la frase sia stata coniata da JFK riferendosi alle dinamiche di crescita dell'economia  e il sogno americano: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Forza alimentatrice di tale ascensore sociale – la famosa “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.smartweek.it/per-far-galleggiare-tutte-le-barche-ci-vogliono-le-istituzioni-disuguaglianza-nellamerica-del-xx-secolo/#&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l'alta marea che fa galleggiare tutte le barche&lt;/a&gt;&quot; di J.F. Kennedy – è l’aumento della produttività del fattore lavoro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione nella domanda sembra una elaborazione di questa più nota e penso  si riferisca al fatto che, se l'economia riprende, ne beneficiano anche le entità più inefficienti (i relitti). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase è stata pronunciata da Matteo Salvini a Ballaro, riferendosi alla difficile condizione economica italiana. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-25T14:32:02.020" LastActivityDate="2015-02-25T14:32:02.020" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5164" CreationDate="2015-02-24T23:49:38.797" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Doubled consonants” are a distinctive characteristic of Italian; depending on the regional variant, this “doubling” can be more or less long. Typically, in Italian of the northern regions the amoung of “doubling” is usually weak, while it's more evident in central and southern Italy. The English term is &lt;em&gt;geminate&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The digraph &lt;em&gt;gn&lt;/em&gt; is almost always realized as [ɲ], except in some loan words such as &lt;em&gt;gneiss&lt;/em&gt;. In central Italy the sound is usually geminated, so we hear [compa'ɲːo]. The same if the word is after the article and the phenomenon is made stronger by the usual &lt;em&gt;raddoppiamento sintattico&lt;/em&gt;, so we have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[lo'ɲːokːo] and [ʎi'ɲːokːi]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that sometimes instead of [kː] the geminated consonant is denoted by [kk], but it denotes the same: a single sound longer than the simple one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I said, actual pronunciation of the geminated consonants may vary; I find myself using different length depending on the context and where I'm speaking (I almost never do the &lt;em&gt;raddoppiamento sintattico&lt;/em&gt;, however).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that while grammar imposes the articles &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; before &lt;em&gt;gnocco&lt;/em&gt; and the other masculine words starting with &lt;em&gt;gn&lt;/em&gt;, regional variants may well use &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; (albeit “ungrammatical”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note also that the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;cch&lt;/em&gt; is just a graphic device for stating the non palatal sound of &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt;, that is, [k].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-02-25T15:21:16.180" LastActivityDate="2015-02-25T15:21:16.180" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5164" CreationDate="2015-02-25T13:27:29.657" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I may be able to shed some more light on the issue with &lt;a href=&quot;//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemination&quot;&gt;geminated consonants&lt;/a&gt;.  While I don't speak more than a few words of Italian, my native language is Finnish, which also makes a phonemic distinction between long and short consonants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, let me mention that I do hear a long [k:] in most of the pronunciation samples that you link to &amp;mdash; &lt;em&gt;except&lt;/em&gt;, curiously, &lt;a href=&quot;//commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:De-Gnocchi-pronunciation.ogg&quot;&gt;the last one&lt;/a&gt;, where you claim to hear it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vpi5PFJgDMQ&quot;&gt;The first of your samples&lt;/a&gt; is particularly illustrative, since the same speaker says the word &lt;em&gt;gnocchi&lt;/em&gt; three times, with different speeds and stress patterns.  To my ear (which, of course, is calibrated for Finnish consonants, and therefore may not perfectly match what a fluent Italian-speaker would hear) the second (slow) pronunciation has a &lt;em&gt;clear&lt;/em&gt; long [k:] (and a long [o:]), while the last (fast) one sounds like a short [k] to me, with the first one falling somewhere into the gray area between the two.  (Of course, a native Italian-speaker might have a different threshold, and might hear them all as [k:].)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for how to pronounce [k:], remember that [k] is a &lt;a href=&quot;//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stop_consonant&quot;&gt;stop consonant&lt;/a&gt;: you pronounce it by raising your tongue so that it blocks the airflow, and then releasing it.  The basic distinction between a short [k] and a geminated [k:] is simply the length of time that you hold the airway closed; in [k], the release is almost immediate, so that there's only a momentary &quot;clap&quot; in the airflow, whereas for [k:], the airflow is held closed for a noticeable time (comparable to the length of surrounding vowel sounds), producing an audible &lt;em&gt;pause&lt;/em&gt; between the closing and the opening of the airway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, since the length of the stop is really a continuous variable, the line between [k] and [k:] is necessarily somewhat arbitrary, and may vary between different speakers and listeners, and also depending on context.  Still, in languages that make a distinction between short and long stops, there is generally sufficient agreement between speakers to get the point across.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1276" LastActivityDate="2015-02-25T13:27:29.657" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5164" CreationDate="2015-02-25T14:57:23.023" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am Italian. I have &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vsy9kwm7A0E&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;recorded a short video&lt;/a&gt; that shows exactly how to pronounce both gnocco and gnocchi. Gnocco is tentatively pronounced: ñawk-ko, gnocchi is pronounced: ñawk-kee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am sure a recording is going to give the best representation of the words involved, better than any graphing, Wiki and whatever could achieve.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some additions:&#xA;I have some additional answers to the original post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How is cch realised?&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Your 1 and 3 findings are mostly correct.&#xA;To get the exact sound, imagine saying: &quot;Kentuky&quot;. Now take the second &quot;k&quot; and hold on releasing its sound for half a second. Visually speaking, imagine you &quot;lag&quot; while you are halfway done pronouncing the &quot;k&quot; so it doubles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How is gn realised?&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;This is harder. The closest way to express it is to pronounce the &quot;incipit&quot; of a &quot;g&quot; with an attached ñ. We Italians refer to two kinds of &quot;g&quot;: soft and hard. What English gets by default is the hard version, whereas Italians by default use the soft version and write: &quot;gh&quot; for the hard version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1133" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-26T09:49:14.587" LastActivityDate="2015-02-26T09:49:14.587" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2375" CreationDate="2015-02-25T16:22:44.163" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;By the way&quot; is different from &quot;comunque&quot; or &quot;a proposito&quot; or &quot;tuttavia&quot; etc.  In Italian, you say &quot;per inciso&quot; or &quot;incidentalmente&quot; or &quot;di passaggio&quot;. The meaning is the same as the French &quot;en passant&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2015-02-25T16:22:44.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3973" CreationDate="2015-02-25T16:30:09.077" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the context of understanding something, &quot;capito!&quot; is the correct translation. By the way, etymologically it means &quot;got it!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ce l'ho&quot; doesn't mean anything in that context and only applies to having (got) an object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-25T16:56:05.733" LastActivityDate="2015-02-25T16:56:05.733" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5174" CreationDate="2015-02-25T21:30:47.563" Score="6" ViewCount="2324" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;em&gt;buon&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;buono&lt;/em&gt;? Are there any rules to use them? I know they are masculine because &lt;em&gt;buon'&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;buona&lt;/em&gt; are feminine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-26T05:49:20.573" LastActivityDate="2015-02-26T05:49:20.573" Title="Diffrence between Buon and Buono" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5173" CreationDate="2015-02-25T21:40:05.577" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/buono1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Buono&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;si tronca in buon&lt;/strong&gt; davanti a &lt;strong&gt;vocale e davanti a consonante seguita da vocale o da l o da r&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Buon Anno&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;buon pasto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;buon lavoro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;buon ritorno &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-02-25T21:40:05.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5178" CreationDate="2015-02-26T08:32:36.517" Score="4" ViewCount="600" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo quest'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chi1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo del Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; il pronome &quot;chi&quot;, può avere, come relativo, funzione di soggetto, di oggetto o di complemento di termine, o può persino compiere due funzioni sintattiche diverse dentro della stessa frase. Come pronome interrogativo può avere funzione di soggetto, di predicato o di complemento. Potreste spiegarme tutte queste funzioni di &quot;chi&quot; facendo alcuni esempi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-02-26T09:42:02.330" Title="Usi del pronome &quot;chi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5177" CreationDate="2015-02-26T09:22:00.647" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Chiedo scusa in anticipo per la poca fantasia delle frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pronome relativo soggetto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non ricordo chi me l'ha detto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pronome relativo oggetto diretto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non ricordo chi ho visto ieri&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pronome relativo complemento di termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non ricordo a chi l'ho dato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pronome interrogativo soggetto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chi l'ha detto?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pronome interrogativo complemento diretto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chi hai visto ieri?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pronome interrogativo complemento di termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A chi l'hai dato?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come predicato (nominale):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chi sei?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chi credi sia stato?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono vari usi che sono permessi o obbligatori in spagnolo e catalano ma non in italiano, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio amico, &lt;s&gt;chi&lt;/s&gt; &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; si chiama Marco, è di Milano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio amico, &lt;s&gt;chi&lt;/s&gt; &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; anche tu conosci, è di Milano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La persona &lt;s&gt;a chi&lt;/s&gt; &lt;strong&gt;[alla quale|a cui]&lt;/strong&gt; ho dato il libro, è di Milano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, questi casi si hanno quando il pronome relativo si riferisce a una persona precedentemente menzionata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-02-26T09:42:02.330" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5180" CreationDate="2015-02-27T05:55:08.130" Score="6" ViewCount="2905" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I say &quot;I have no idea&quot; in Italian in a very emphatic way? I think I have sometimes heard or read some idiomatic expressions, such as &quot;non ne ho la più pallida idea&quot;, but I don't remember them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-03-01T01:05:17.810" Title="&quot;I have no idea&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5179" CreationDate="2015-02-27T06:36:45.460" Score="12" Body="&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non lo so&#xA;Non lo so proprio&#xA;Non ne ho idea&#xA;Non ne ho la più pallida idea&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ordine crescente di intensità&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente &lt;code&gt;ne&lt;/code&gt; si riferisce a qualcosa che è già stato menzionato, ma immagino che tu lo sappia già. Se vuoi dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;I have no idea what to do in this situation&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si possono usare tutti e quattro, allo stesso modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non so cosa fare&#xA;Non so proprio cosa fare&#xA;Non ho idea di cosa fare &#xA;Non ho la più pallida idea di cosa fare&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, trovo la versione con &quot;pallida&quot; un po' trita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Bo[ooo]h!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1142/what-does-boh-mean-precisely&quot;&gt;discusso qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-03-01T01:05:17.810" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5182" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5183" CreationDate="2015-02-27T21:56:33.753" Score="4" ViewCount="7836" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'asciugacapelli viene comunemente chiamato fon. L'origine sembra essere tedesca, ma perché questo termine è usato per indicare un asciugacapelli? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/asciugacapelli/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Asciugacapelli&lt;/a&gt; (Treccani):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Apparecchio elettrodomestico, comunem. chiamato fon (forma italianizzata del ted. Föhn), che asciuga in breve tempo i capelli bagnati, convogliando su questi una massa d’aria, per lo più calda.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asciugacapelli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Asciugacapelli&lt;/a&gt; (Wikipedia): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(colloquialmente chiamato fon o fohn /fɔn/, ma spesso riportato, meno giustificatamente, nella variante grafica phon) è un piccolo elettrodomestico che genera un getto di aria calda allo scopo di asciugare i capelli, ossia disperdere l'umidità in essi contenuta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-27T23:40:20.223" LastActivityDate="2015-02-28T09:19:36.273" Title="Perché lo chiamiamo fon?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5182" CreationDate="2015-02-27T23:35:56.213" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il nome viene dal tipo di vento caldo e secco chiamato in tedesco &lt;em&gt;Föhn&lt;/em&gt;, tipico dell'Europa continentale (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Foehn_wind&quot;&gt;Wikipedia inglese&lt;/a&gt; o &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Favonio&quot;&gt;italiana&lt;/a&gt;). La parola viene a sua volta dal latino &lt;em&gt;favonius&lt;/em&gt;, che indicava un vento e la sua personificazione come divinità; in italiano si chiama anche, appunto, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/favonio/&quot;&gt;favonio&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto a perché fu scelto proprio questo nome, deriva dal marchio registrato “Fön” (senza “h”, per richiamare il nome del vento ma avere una parola depositabile) con cui la ditta Sanitas commercializzò nel 1908 i suoi primi asciugacapelli, marchio poi acquisito dalla AEG. (Vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Haartrockner&quot;&gt;Wikipedia tedesca&lt;/a&gt; e altri siti tedescofoni.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-02-28T09:19:36.273" LastActivityDate="2015-02-28T09:19:36.273" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5184" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5185" CreationDate="2015-02-28T09:08:42.643" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale vocabolo si usa per designare la valutazione che fa un insegnante di un esame o di un lavoro scolastico? Nei dizionari ho trovato &quot;voto&quot;, ma non so se questa è la parola che veramente si usa in tutti gli ambiti scolastici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-02-28T09:26:06.647" Title="Valutazione di un lavoro scolastico" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5184" CreationDate="2015-02-28T09:19:52.980" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tradizionalmente si usa(va) &lt;strong&gt;voto&lt;/strong&gt; per valori numerici (6, 4, 9 etc.), e &lt;strong&gt;giudizio&lt;/strong&gt; per espressioni come &quot;buono&quot;, &quot;insufficiente&quot;, &quot;scarso&quot;, &quot;ottimo&quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi naturalmente non ci sono regole eccessivamente rigide, quindi uno studente a cui l'insegnante ha dato un &quot;ottimo&quot; potrebbe dire &quot;ho preso un bel|buon voto&quot;, anche se un po' impropriamente, e si capirebbe ugualmente senza problemi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è anche un termine più generico come &lt;strong&gt;valutazione&lt;/strong&gt; (o &quot;valutazione di merito&quot;) con cui ci si può riferire tanto a un voto come a un giudizio, e con il contesto, nel caso ce ne sia bisogno, si può chiarire di cosa si stia parlando esattamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-02-28T09:26:06.647" LastActivityDate="2015-02-28T09:26:06.647" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5186" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-02-28T15:40:11.403" Score="5" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché nelle forme di tipo dammelo, portamelo, ecc. si è preferito l'ordine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Verbo + compl. di termine + compl. oggetto&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Verbo + compl. oggetto + compl. di termine&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quest'ultima forma è per esempio usata in francese or in inglese, e anche in italiano sembra leggermente migliore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dai la penna a Luca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dai a Luca la penna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="614" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-02-28T16:30:27.707" LastActivityDate="2015-03-01T01:04:24.313" Title="Dammelo vs dallome" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5186" CreationDate="2015-03-01T00:54:58.547" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano moderno, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;il complemento di termine precede il complemento oggetto nei pronomi accoppiati&lt;/a&gt;. Si dice &lt;em&gt;me lo, te ne, glielo&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;La coppia di pronomi di norma precede il verbo; segue invece il verbo e assume in tutti i casi la forma univerbata con i verbi di modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;gerundio&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;giocandomelo / avendomelo giocato&lt;br&gt;&#xA;cantandoglieli / avendoglieli cantati&lt;br&gt;&#xA;parlandocene /avendocene parlato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;infinito, con la caduta della consonante finale del verbo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;margiarmeli /avermeli mangiati&lt;br&gt;&#xA;cantarvela / avervela cantata&lt;br&gt;&#xA;giocarcela / avercela giocata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;più raramente, participio passato, quando introduce una proposizione subordinata&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;giocatomela&lt;br&gt;&#xA;mangiatovelo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;imperativo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;cantamelo!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;giocatela!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso degli imperativi con troncamento di’, fa’, va’, sta’, da’ l’unione dei pronomi porta al raddoppiamento della consonante iniziale del primo pronome, eccetto il caso della 3a persona singolare:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;dimmelo! vammene! diccelo! diglielo!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano più antico invece, secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=RGMVAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;dq=&amp;amp;pg=PA108#v=twopage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica ragionata della lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt; di Carlo Antonio Vanzon (1834), esistevano tutte e due forme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Dw0f7.png&quot; alt=&quot;pagina 108&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/22ZZ9.png&quot; alt=&quot;pagina 109&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-03-01T01:04:24.313" LastActivityDate="2015-03-01T01:04:24.313" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5189" CreationDate="2015-03-01T09:42:40.770" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Le città invisibili&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Il viaggiatore riconosce Costantinopoli nella città che incorona a tre rive un lungo stretto, un golfo sottile e un mare chiuso; ricorda che Gerusalem sovra &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;duo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; colli è posta, d'impari altezza, e volti fronte a fronte; non esita nell'indicare Samarcanda e i suoi giardini.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa &quot;duo&quot; in questa frase? Cercandolo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/duo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ho pensato che fosse un sinonimo di &quot;due&quot;, ma non ne sono sicura, tra l'altro perché tutto il libro di Calvino è scritto in italiano contemporaneo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-03-01T09:58:46.403" Title="È &quot;duo&quot; in questa frase sinonimo di &quot;due&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5188" CreationDate="2015-03-01T09:58:46.403" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il libro è in italiano contemporaneo, però proprio quella frase è tratta dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.classicitaliani.it/tasso/tasso03.htm&quot;&gt;&quot;Gerusalemme liberata&quot; del Tasso&lt;/a&gt; (quindi italiano arcaico), dove alla strofa 55 si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Gierusalem sovra duo colli è posta&#xA;d'impari attezza, e vòlti fronte a fronte.&#xA;Va per lo mezzo suo valle interposta,&#xA;che lei distingue, e l'un da l'altro monte.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua interpretazione è corretta, in questa frase &quot;duo&quot; significa &quot;due&quot;. Naturalmente in italiano moderno &quot;duo&quot; ha un altro significato (gruppo di due persone/artisti etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-03-01T09:58:46.403" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5190" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5192" CreationDate="2015-03-01T12:11:49.837" Score="6" ViewCount="2785" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;scherzare&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scherzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;è intransitivo&lt;/a&gt; e quindi non prevede nessun altro argomento oltre al soggetto, oppure prevede un secondo argomento introdotto dalle preposizioni: &lt;em&gt;il gatto scherza con il rocchetto&lt;/em&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/stream/dizionariomodern00panzuoft#page/436/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario moderno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Panzini (1905) registra l'uso transitivo dialettale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scherzare:&lt;/strong&gt; usano a Milano questo verbo transitivamente: &lt;em&gt;scherzare uno&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di &lt;em&gt;farsi giuoco&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;beffe&lt;/em&gt; di qualcuno, &lt;em&gt;minchionare, canzonare&lt;/em&gt;, e non solo nel dialetto, ma altresi nel linguaggio familiare: idiotismo a cui non è facile sottrarsi; comunissimo, ad es., nelle scuole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma la canzone di Elio e le storie tese &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.testitradotti.it/canzoni/elio-e-le-storie-tese/john-holmes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;John Holmes&quot;&lt;/a&gt; inizia con &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quand’ero piccolo, tutti mi scherzavano...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;D'amore e d'odio&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Rosa Cutrufelli&#xA;(Frassinelli, 2008) si legge &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prima di tagliarle, però, il signor Colajanni volle mettermi in posa: &quot;Per ricordare il punto di partenza&quot;, mi scherzò al momento dello scatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ormai diventa comune l'uso transitivo? Oppure esiste un contesto particolare dove si usa &lt;em&gt;scherzare qlc.&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-11T13:38:33.897" LastActivityDate="2019-12-11T13:45:22.800" Title="L'uso transitivo del verbo &quot;scherzare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4079" CreationDate="2015-03-01T17:11:31.213" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As stated by Maria Cristina Peccianti in &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Giunti Editori, 2013) and by Federica Colombo in &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (edizioni ELI, 2006):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the place is the name of a country, state, continent, region or big island, we always use the simple preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;in&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Mia figlia è andata &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Francia&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Mi piacerebbe andare &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Liguria&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Voglio andare in campeggio &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Corsica&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Sei stato &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; Africa?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;However, if such names are in plural or if they are followed by a specification (e.g. an adjective), you must use the articulated prepositions, that is, &quot;nel&quot;,&quot;nello&quot;, &quot;nell'&quot;, &quot;nella&quot;, &quot;nei&quot;, &quot;negli&quot;, &quot;nelle&quot;. For instance: &lt;em&gt;Non sono mai stato &lt;strong&gt;nella&lt;/strong&gt; Francia meridionale.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;Voglio andare &lt;strong&gt;negli&lt;/strong&gt; Stati Uniti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the place is the name of a small island, we use the simple preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;a&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Andiamo &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; Capri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the place is the name of a city or town, we always use the simple preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;a&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Il 2 luglio andremo &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; Siena&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the place is the name of a street or square, usually we use the simple preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;in&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Laura abita &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; via Buozzi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the place is the name of a store or shop, usually we use the simple preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;in&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Devo andare &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; farmacia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;However, if the name of such store or shop is followed by some specification, one must use the articulated preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;a&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or the articulated preposition &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;in&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Ho comprato queste pillole &lt;strong&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; farmacia dei Quattro Cantoni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;When the place refers to people, we use always the preposition  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;da&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, simple or articulated, following the rules of use of articles: &lt;em&gt;Starò &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; Antonio due giorni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There are lots of usual expressions of place with which one uses the prepositions &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;a&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;in&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, simple or articulated, which don't follow any rule or regularity. Some examples stated in the book by Peccianti are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vado (sono)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; letto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; casa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; cucina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; camera da letto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; salotto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; bagno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; soggiorno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nello&lt;/strong&gt; studio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; scuola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; lezione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;'università&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; biblioteca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; segreteria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; città&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; campagna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; centro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; periferia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; villeggiatura&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; vacanza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; montagna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; mare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; cinema&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; bar&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; teatro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; discoteca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; piscina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; palestra&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other examples are reported in the comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vado (sono)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; mercato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; posta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; fabbrica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; ufficio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; lavoro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;'ospizio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;allo&lt;/strong&gt; stadio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-02T14:22:55.373" LastActivityDate="2015-03-02T14:22:55.373" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5190" CreationDate="2015-03-01T22:31:40.380" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mai sentito usare il verso 'scherzare' transitivamente, né a Milano né altrove. Eviterei e non raccomanderei di usarlo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A riguardo può essere d'aiuto questo estratto dall'Accademia della Crusca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/valenze-reggenze-verbi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scherzare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il verbo &lt;strong&gt;scherzare è comunemente usato nella forma intransitiva&lt;/strong&gt; con il significato di ‘comportarsi in modo leggero e divertito, fare scherzi, prendersi gioco di qualcuno’ e, in questa accezione, può essere monovalente e quindi non prevedere nessun altro argomento oltre al soggetto (“i ragazzi hanno scherzato tutto il pomeriggio”), oppure prevedere un secondo argomento introdotto dalle preposizioni con (“scherzare con qualcuno”) e su (“scherzare su qualcosa”).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esiste anche un uso transitivo, raro e di &#xA;  provenienza lombarda&lt;/strong&gt;, con significato di ‘deridere, beffare, canzonare, prendere in giro’ attestato già da Panzini nel suo Dizionario moderno (1905), dove si legge: «Nel parlar familiare (Piemonte, Lombardia) questo verbo è usato transitivamente nel senso di schernire, minchionare, canzonare, “I compagni mi scherzano”». &lt;strong&gt;L’uso transitivo del verbo scherzare trova quindi le sue origini nei dialetti di area nord-occidentale e risulta prevalente nei registri familiare e nell’uso giovanile; anche le attestazioni d’autore vanno nella direzione di tale provenienza con esempi da Pavese e Fenoglio, con qualche estensione anche in autori di altre aree (come ad esempio Cardarelli).&lt;/strong&gt; Presente anche nelle scelte linguistiche della scrittrice milanese Anna Radius Zuccari, in arte Neera che, nel suo Il marito dell’amica (Libreria Editrice Galli, 1891), scrive: “Nel momento che un fanciullo già grandicello, passandole accanto, la scherzò sulla sua pelle scura e sull’abito dimesso” (p. 81). Pressoché tutti i principali vocabolari dell’uso contemporanei contemplano la forma transitiva del verbo, alcuni (come Devoto-Oli e Sabatini-Coletti) marcandolo come dialettale, altri (come il GRADIT e lo ZINGARELLI) segnalandone il basso uso. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sta di fatto che, anche nella lingua contemporanea, l’uso transitivo compare, talvolta con intenti mimetici (come nel caso del romanzo di Ernesto Ferrero, L’anno dell’indiano, Einaudi, 2001, in cui, a p. 194, si legge: “l’avvocato lo scherzò affettuosamente: Ecco il nostro ribelle!”), oppure con chiare finalità ironiche e scherzose, come nella canzone di Elio e le storie tese, John Holmes che inizia con “quand’ero piccolo, tutti mi scherzavano...”. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fatti salvi questi particolari contesti, il verbo in italiano è normalmente intransitivo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-03-01T22:31:40.380" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5190" CreationDate="2015-03-02T00:40:42.500" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, l'uso della forma transitiva del verbo scherzare è incorretta.&#xA;Si può solo in casi di licenze poetiche oppure, come nel caso di Elio e le storie tese, volutamente  ironici e comici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1292" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-02T06:17:43.453" LastActivityDate="2015-03-02T06:17:43.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5194" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5195" CreationDate="2015-03-02T14:32:07.870" Score="2" ViewCount="1271" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5146/%C3%88-corretto-dire-aumentare-di-pi%C3%B9&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, il mio tentativo di frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I prezzi hanno aumentato di più in febbraio che in gennaio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è stato corretto in questo modo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I prezzi sono aumentati di più a Febbraio che a Gennaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'ausiliare &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot; è chiaro perché in questa frase si sta facendo un uso intransitivo del verbo &amp;quot;aumentare&amp;quot;. Quello che non è chiaro a me è l'uso delle maiuscole e della preposizione &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; con i nomi dei mesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Cristina Peccianti (Giunti Editori, 2013) ho letto questa spiegazione in riferimento all'uso delle preposizioni con i nomi dei mesi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Con &lt;strong&gt;i mesi&lt;/strong&gt; si può usare la preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, o la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, o la preposizione &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, tutte semplici:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Di&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; giugno ci saranno gli esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; giugno ci saranno gli esami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; giugno ci saranno gli esami.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho notato che, negli esempi di questo libro, il mese &amp;quot;giugno&amp;quot; viene scritto con la minuscola. Le mie domande sono: è corretto scrivere i nomi dei mesi con la maiuscola? Nella frase che si riferisce ai prezzi, è preferibile per qualche ragione usare la preposizione &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; e non la preposizione &amp;quot;in&amp;quot;? Perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-02T22:45:32.353" Title="Sull'uso delle maiuscole e le preposizioni con i nomi dei mesi" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5194" CreationDate="2015-03-02T14:55:54.887" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;A&quot; e &quot;in&quot; secondo me vanno entrambe bene coi mesi, con piccole variazioni regionali (direi che al nord si usa più &quot;in&quot;, e al sud &quot;a&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Di&quot;, invece, non l'ho mai visto né sentito e mi suona sbagliato se usato nel senso di cui sopra. Naturalmente possiamo dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest'esercizio sarà nell'esame di giugno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma stiamo già cambiando il senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: ok, forse capisco a cosa si riferisce il &quot;di&quot; È un uso piuttosto ristretto, e io l'ho sempre sentito con i giorni della settimana, mai coi mesi (anche se ammetto che in via teorica potrebbe forse applicarsi ai mesi, ma non ne sono sicuro):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli esami [saranno|si terranno] &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; lunedì&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa: ogni volta che si svolgerà qualche esame, sarà un lunedì (ad esempio, perché gli esami si svolgono tutti i lunedì, o perché vengono programmati sempre in modo che cadano in un lunedì, etc.). Una formulazione alternativa è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli esami [saranno|si terranno] &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; lunedì&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi se lo usiamo per i mesi &lt;em&gt;potrebbe&lt;/em&gt; saltare fuori qualcosa del genere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli esami saranno di giugno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma, come dicevo, suona stranissimo e io personalmente non l'ho mai sentito; la forma corrente è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli esami saranno &lt;strong&gt;in|a&lt;/strong&gt; giugno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla questione maiuscolo/minuscolo, generalmente i giorni della settimana e i mesi si scrivono in minuscolo, su questo sembra esserci abbastanza accordo (vedi ad esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-delle-maiuscole_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/alcuni-quesiti-nomi-mesi-giorni-settimana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, puoi trovare ulteriori conferme con google). Poi, naturalmente, non c'è una regola che vieti di scriverli in maiuscolo, in fin dei conti sono pur sempre nomi propri, pertanto suppongo che sia ancora possibile incontrarli in maiuscolo. Però direi che è un uso molto minoritario o addirittura ormai scomparso (come d'altronde anche altri usi delle maiuscole, suppongo influiscano anche ragioni di comodità e praticità).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-03-02T22:45:32.353" LastActivityDate="2015-03-02T22:45:32.353" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5196" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-03T17:47:31.213" Score="6" ViewCount="1810" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella lingua italiana, ci sono molti costrutti con le preposizioni semplici &quot;a&quot; o &quot;in&quot;. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado a casa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado a scuola.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado a teatro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado in farmacia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado in biblioteca.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ecc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho osservato che, in alcuni di questi casi, le preposizioni diventano la preposizione &quot;a&quot; articolata quando si aggiunge qualche specificazione, ma non so se sia sempre così. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado all'altra casa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado alla Scuola Ufficiale di Lingue di Barcellona. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado al Teatro alla Scala.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado alla farmacia dei Quattro Cantoni.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le mie domande sono: si deve fare sempre così? Cioè, si devono cambiare le preposizioni semplici &quot;a&quot; e &quot;in&quot; nella preposizione &quot;a&quot; articolata quando il nome è seguito da qualche specificazione? Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vado alla biblioteca dell'università.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può usare anche la preposizione &quot;in&quot; articolata in alcuni casi? Per esempio, si potrebbe dire &quot;Vado nella biblioteca dell'università&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-04T06:13:31.180" LastActivityDate="2015-04-15T18:07:44.770" Title="Strutture con preposizioni semplici: quando e come diventano preposizioni articolate?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5197" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-04T13:00:31.950" Score="7" ViewCount="1033" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi ho detto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bastava che trovasse qualcuno che glielo prestasse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma sono stato ripreso. È sbagliata? Perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastActivityDate="2015-03-04T17:43:39.183" Title="Qual è il tempo verbale giusto in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5197" CreationDate="2015-03-04T14:16:52.677" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devi usare il condizionale: &quot;Sarebbe bastato che&quot; oppure &quot;basterebbe&quot; a seconda del significato che vuoi dare, che nel tuo caso non è chiarissimo. È la formula tipica di una frase condizionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa spesso il tempo imperfetto, ma non è corretto. La forma della frase è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Condizionale + che + congiuntivo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi hai i due casi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sarebbe bastato trovare qualcuno che glielo avesse prestato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Basterebbe che trovasse qualcuno che glielo prestasse&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso, ormai è tardi: non troverà nessuno. Nel secondo caso c'è ancora della speranza, e può essere resa senza il primo &quot;che&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Basterebbe trovasse qualcuno che glielo prestasse&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit-----------------------------------------------&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse dobbiamo passare a un caso reale per capirci meglio. &#xA;Esempio: il nostro amico aveva un appuntamento a cui non è andato perché nessuno gli ha prestato la bici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caso 1&lt;/strong&gt;: L'appuntamento è oggi pomeriggio e il nostro amico è in giro in cerca di uno che gli presti la bici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Basterebbe trovasse qualcuno che glielo prestasse&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caso 2&lt;/strong&gt;: L'appuntamento era ieri pomeriggio e il nostro amico prima di ieri pomeriggio ha cercato di farsi prestare la bici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sarebbe bastato trovare qualcuno che glielo avesse prestato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caso 3&lt;/strong&gt;: L'appuntamento è nell'immediato futuro, ma ormai è tardi ed è impossibile trovare una bici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sarebbe bastato trovare qualcuno che glielo avesse prestato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caso 4&lt;/strong&gt;: L'appuntamento è oggi pomeriggio e il nostro amico avrebbe bisogno di farsi prestare una bici proprio ora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sarebbe bastato trovare qualcuno che gliela prestasse&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caso 1&lt;/strong&gt;: l'appuntamento è nell'immediato futuro e ho ancora possibilità di farcela (quindi uso il presente in entrambi i verbi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caso 2-3&lt;/strong&gt;: l'appuntamento è passato o è troppo vicino e non ho possibilità di farcela (quindi uso il passato in entrambi i verbi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caso 4&lt;/strong&gt;: l'appuntamento è nell'immediato futuro ed il mio amico è andato ieri a cercare una bici, senza successo. L'atto del farsi prestare la bici avverrebbe ora (quindi posso usare il presente), ma ormai sta diventando troppo tardi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-04T17:43:39.183" LastActivityDate="2015-03-04T17:43:39.183" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5201" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-05T19:49:34.297" Score="3" ViewCount="506" Body="&lt;p&gt;Torna con forza l'idea che la lingua italiana sia in pericolo per l'eccessiva contaminazione da parte di termini stranieri, in particolare inglesi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;“&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.i-siena.it/2015/02/salviamo-la-lingua-italiana-dallinvasione-inglese-vola-la-petizione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Salviamo&lt;/a&gt; la lingua italiana dall’invasione inglese”. Vola la petizione&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nella petizione si legge: “Una petizione per invitare il governo italiano, le amministrazioni pubbliche, i media, le imprese a parlare un po’ di più, per favore, in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma qual è il termine più corretto per descrivere questo fenomeno? Imbastardimento della lingua, contaminazione o qualche altro? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. Questa domanda è attiva anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/233187/an-appropriate-term-for-the-contamination-of-a-language&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;https://linguistics.stackexchange.com/questions/11643/what-is-a-proper-term-for-the-contamination-of-a-language&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:54:12.773" LastActivityDate="2017-01-03T14:44:16.547" Title="&quot;Salviamo la lingua italiana&quot; : come definire il fenomeno dell'invasione dei termini stranieri" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5201" CreationDate="2015-03-05T20:41:02.373" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Volendo essere più precisi e diretti, si potrebbe descrivere questo fenomeno semplicemente come un &lt;em&gt;abuso degli anglicismi nella lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;. Più chiaro di così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Imbastardimento&lt;/em&gt; va bene, ma è un concetto molto ampio al quale si possono ascrivere, per esempio, gli influssi dialettali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Contaminazione&lt;/em&gt; non mi sembra una buona scelta, perché ha anche una connotazione positiva: si parla infatti di &lt;em&gt;contaminazione culturale&lt;/em&gt; come di un fenomeno che può portare a un arricchimento e che magari è bidirezionale. Siamo invece di fronte a un impoverimento culturale e a un abuso degli anglicismi che è soprattutto un fenomeno sociale. Risulta infatti difficile spiegare con la linguistica le ragioni di chi dice &quot;scusa sono in &lt;em&gt;call&lt;/em&gt;, ci sentiamo poi?&quot; e personalmente faccio fatica a chiamare questo fenomeno &quot;contaminazione&quot;. Credo che ad occuparsene debbano essere gli psicologi e i sociologi, non i linguisti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastEditorUserId="340" LastEditDate="2015-03-05T20:46:10.367" LastActivityDate="2015-03-05T20:46:10.367" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3866" CreationDate="2015-03-07T00:41:49.943" Score="1" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sarei curioso di sapere quale sia il suo nome (meno diretto = molto formale)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sarei curioso di sapere quale sia il tuo nome&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono curioso di sapere qual è il suo nome&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono curioso di sapere qual è il tuo nome&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quel è il tuo nome? (molto diretto = più informale)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle risposte precedenti è stata presa in considerazione solo la &quot;sfumatura del dubbio&quot; del congiuntivo, ma questo esprime anche una maggior formalità rispetto all'indicativo, proprio perché meno diretto (&quot;Le andrebbe di...&quot; &gt; &quot;Ti va di...&quot;).&#xA;Quindi secondo me questa è una zona grigia, in cui la scelta del congiuntivo propende per restare più sul dubbio e sul formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1303" LastActivityDate="2015-03-07T00:41:49.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="122" CreationDate="2015-03-07T00:49:25.947" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are both masculine but there are some rules to use both of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Un&amp;quot; is used for any Italian nouns exept starting with z or s + consonant, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un&lt;/strong&gt; albergo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Un&lt;/strong&gt; gatto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Uno&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Uno&amp;quot; is used for any nouns starting with z or s + consonant, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Uno&lt;/strong&gt; stadio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Uno&lt;/strong&gt; zio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answer to your question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Difference between 1 and 3 is that 1 is correct because like I said, &lt;code&gt;un&lt;/code&gt; is used for any nouns except ending in z or s + consonant and the noun does not start with any of them. But for 3, it is incorrect because like I also said, &lt;code&gt;uno&lt;/code&gt; is used for nouns ending in z or s + consonant, so therefore 3 does not even exist!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For extra information, feminine nouns that begin with a vowel, you use &lt;code&gt;un'&lt;/code&gt;, but for feminine nouns that begin with any consonant, you use &lt;code&gt;una&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T08:56:07.607" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5162" CreationDate="2015-03-07T18:43:20.553" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Temo che sia dovuto all'uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto allo Zingarelli, da un lato fa bene a chiarire che &lt;code&gt;macchina&lt;/code&gt; è un termine utilizzato - nel gergo comune - in luogo di &lt;code&gt;automobile&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viceversa, così facendo avalla un modo di dire errato (a mio avviso). Un caso analogo è &lt;code&gt;obiezione&lt;/code&gt; che in alcuni vocabolari viene declinato anche come &lt;code&gt;obbiezione&lt;/code&gt;, quest'ultimo errato, ma di uso comune come &lt;code&gt;macchina&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1304" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-03-08T00:12:03.600" LastActivityDate="2015-03-08T00:12:03.600" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5206" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5207" CreationDate="2015-03-08T09:16:05.743" Score="4" ViewCount="1374" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe sapere se ci sono differenze di uso tra &amp;quot;verso&amp;quot;, nel senso figurato che viene spiegato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/verso2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, e le espressioni &amp;quot;nei riguardi di&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;nei confronti di&amp;quot;. Per esempio, sono corrette tutte queste frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Molti studenti hanno sentimenti negativi &lt;em&gt;verso&lt;/em&gt; la matematica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Molti studenti hanno sentimenti negativi &lt;em&gt;nei riguardi della&lt;/em&gt;  matematica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Molti studenti hanno sentimenti negativi &lt;em&gt;nei confronti della&lt;/em&gt;  matematica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-08T14:32:53.340" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;verso&quot;, &quot;nei riguardi di&quot; e &quot;nei confronti di&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5206" CreationDate="2015-03-08T13:16:06.427" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5206/differenze-di-uso-tra-verso-nei-riguardi-di-e-nei-confronti-di&quot;&gt;Nei riguardi di&lt;/a&gt;: (Treccanionline)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Perifr. prep.: nei riguardi di [per introdurre cose o persone su cui si esprime un giudizio o si precisa qualcosa: sono sempre stato critico nei suoi r.; sono stati presi severi provvedimenti nei r. dei funzionari colpevoli] ≈ &lt;strong&gt;nei confronti di, verso&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le tre espressioni sono sostanzialmente sinonimi e quindi sono intercambiabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-08T13:16:06.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5206" CreationDate="2015-03-08T14:32:53.340" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La prima e terza frase sono corrette. Per quanto riguarda la seconda, l'espressione più usata è &quot;riguardo a&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Molti studenti hanno sentimenti negativi riguardo alla matematica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e comunque sarebbe, secondo me, la meno comune delle tre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente &quot;verso&quot; ha anche altri significati, non sostituibili con &quot;nei confronti di&quot; o &quot;riguardo a&quot; (eg vado verso il mare etc.), un po' come accade con &quot;envers&quot; in catalano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-03-08T14:32:53.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5222" CreationDate="2015-03-09T05:41:49.863" Score="2" ViewCount="2254" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scrivendo un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5136/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; mi sono accorta di aver dubbi sulle preposizioni da usare nella mia frase. Quale sarebbe la forma corretta: una tra le seguenti o qualcos'altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ho dovuto aspettare finora per poter prenderlo &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; prestito &lt;em&gt;dalla&lt;/em&gt; biblioteca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ho dovuto aspettare finora per poter prenderlo &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; prestito &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; biblioteca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ho dovuto aspettare finora per poter prenderlo &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; prestito &lt;em&gt;dalla&lt;/em&gt; biblioteca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ho dovuto aspettare finora per poter prenderlo &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; prestito &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; biblioteca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-10T08:22:27.527" Title="Quali sono le preposizioni giuste in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5209" CreationDate="2015-03-09T09:17:41.923" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si può adoperare sia la preposizione &lt;code&gt;in&lt;/code&gt; sia la &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; quando si adopera la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prendere &lt;code&gt;XX&lt;/code&gt; prestito (dove al posto di XX puoi usare in o a).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece non si usa &lt;code&gt;nella&lt;/code&gt; biblioteca ma solo &lt;code&gt;dalla&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso, &lt;code&gt;dalla biblioteca&lt;/code&gt; indica un &lt;code&gt;complemento di origine&lt;/code&gt; quindi bisogna adoperare la preposizione articolata &lt;code&gt;dalla&lt;/code&gt; e non &lt;code&gt;nella&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il risultato finale (le frasi corrette) è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho dovuto aspettare finora per poter prenderlo in prestito dalla biblioteca.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho dovuto aspettare finora per poter prenderlo a prestito dalla biblioteca.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-09T14:09:51.940" LastActivityDate="2015-03-09T14:09:51.940" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5209" CreationDate="2015-03-09T09:28:41.153" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sebbene entrambe le preposizioni &lt;em&gt;a e in&lt;/em&gt; siano corrette, il loro uso dipende dal  contesto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A prestito: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prendere a prestito&lt;/em&gt; si usa generalmente con riferimento ai soldi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prendere a prestito una somma, degli euro etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In prestito: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prendere in prestito&lt;/em&gt; si usa generalmente in tutti gli altri casi (soldi inclusi). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prendere in prestito un libro o dei  soldi. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=prendere%20a%20prestito%2C%20prendere%20in%20prestito&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cprendere%20a%20prestito%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cprendere%20in%20prestito%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;: prendere a prestito vs prendere in prestito. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La preposizione che segue è generalmente &lt;em&gt;da/dalla&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Nella&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce  a &lt;em&gt;dentro il luogo dove ho preso in prestito&lt;/em&gt; qualcosa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-09T14:12:09.647" LastActivityDate="2015-03-09T14:12:09.647" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5214" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5217" CreationDate="2015-03-09T20:33:03.063" Score="5" ViewCount="1211" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una frase certamente valida è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho il permesso di farlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la forma riflessiva, invece:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non posso permettermi di farlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/permettere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;perméttere&lt;/a&gt;, è citata una sua versione riflessiva (punto b)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la debolezza non gli permette di alzarsi dal letto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domanda: &lt;strong&gt;sarebbe grammaticalmente corretto usare una versione indiretta di tale riflessione&lt;/strong&gt;?  Ossia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Egli non &lt;em&gt;è permesso di&lt;/em&gt; alzarsi dal letto a causa della debolezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io non sono permesso di farlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi, perché?&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;La seconda frase è piuttosto ambigua ma, leggermente meno, la prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-09T23:13:56.723" Title="Può &quot;essere permessi&quot; essere considerato valido?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5214" CreationDate="2015-03-09T20:53:43.620" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le versioni corrette sono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non gli è permesso (di) alzarsi dal letto...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi è permesso (di) farlo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure, se si vuole sottolineare la persona oggetto della proibizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A lui non è permesso (di) alzarsi dal letto... (ma a un altro sì)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me non è permesso (di) farlo (invece a Mario sì)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si vuole enfatizzare specialmente l'atto della proibizione in sé, si può usare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non gli viene permesso ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è simile, ma qui il lettore o ascoltatore può quasi immaginare qualcuno o qualcosa che attivamente impedisce l'azione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-09T20:53:43.620" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5214" CreationDate="2015-03-09T22:15:22.113" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, è una costruzione probabilmente presa in prestito dall'inglese ma che non trova posto in italiano, fatto salvo forse per eventuali regionalismi, di cui comunque non ho notizia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualunque madrelingua con una sensibilità linguistica anche media te lo può confermare e credo che non sia necessario investigare oltre. Sul perché, la motivazione è la stessa che rende sbagliata la frase &quot;il co-creatore dei Simpson Sam Simon muore invecchiato 59&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2015-03-09T22:15:22.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5214" CreationDate="2015-03-09T23:00:30.753" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le due frasi sono “scorrette” (nel senso che non trovano riscontro nell'uso grammaticale italiano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto al perché, ovviamente è più facile dimostrare la correttezza di una costruzione (esibendone esempi da autori classici o da opere di consultazione) che non la sua scorrettezza, ma ragionerei così, con una specie di dimostrazione per assurdo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;consideriamo la frase di cui parliamo: «egli non è permesso di alzarsi dal letto a causa della debolezza»; qui “egli” è il soggetto di “(non) è permesso”;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;quindi, nella corrispondente costruzione attiva, “egli” dovrebbe essere il complemento oggetto di “permette”: «(qualcuno, o la debolezza etc.) non lo permette di alzarsi»;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ma il verbo “permettere” usato transitivamente (dove l'oggetto è una subordinata o raramente un nome) richiede che il complemento oggetto sia la cosa permessa, come in «non permetto che si fumi», «l’ufficiale permise ai soldati una sosta di poche ore» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/permettere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qed. Se vogliamo esprimere quel concetto in forma passiva, semmai avremo una struttura del tipo «la cosa X non è permessa alla persona Y dal fatto/persona Z» («alzarsi dal letto non gli è permesso dalla debolezza», che non suona meravigliosamente ma è coerente con il modo in cui si costruisce “permettere”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più in generale, se un verbo ammette un complemento oggetto e un complemento di termine (“io permetto la sosta ai soldati”, “Gino dà una mela a Dina”, “la maestra insegna le tabelline agli scolari”), è il complemento oggetto che diventerà soggetto delle rispettive forme passive (“la sosta è permessa ai soldati da me”, “una mela è data da Gino a Dina”, “le tabelline vengono insegnate agli scolari dalla maestra”) e non il complemento di termine (*“i soldati sono permessi...”, *“Dina è data...”, *“gli scolari sono insegnati...”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-09T23:07:41.190" LastActivityDate="2015-03-09T23:07:41.190" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1225" CreationDate="2015-03-10T01:48:50.120" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;forte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bello&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fantastico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;buono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Buono is used more for good even though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T22:52:24.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5221" CreationDate="2015-03-10T05:30:53.937" Score="6" ViewCount="1442" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;code&gt;bravo&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;buono&lt;/code&gt;? They both mean &quot;good&quot;, right? Are there any rules to use them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="95" LastEditDate="2015-03-10T10:25:52.310" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T13:49:05.993" Title="Difference between Bravo and Buono" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5220" CreationDate="2015-03-10T06:36:30.293" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bravo&lt;/em&gt; generally expresses skills:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suo figlio è bravo in matematica: His/Her/Your son is good at Math&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also in manners and behavior&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suo figlio è un bravo ragazzo: His/Her/Your son is a good kid&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tuo cane è proprio bravo, non abbaia mai : Your dog is really good, it never barks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Buono&lt;/em&gt; expresses quality:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un uomo buono: a good man (kind and friendly, but not necessarily skilled)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa torta è molto buona! : This cake is very good!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a general rule (&lt;a href=&quot;http://italingua.ning.com/profiles/blogs/bello-buono-bravo-bene&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;from this link&lt;/a&gt;), &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; goes only with people and animals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The link adds also &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt; to the mix.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T13:49:05.993" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5209" CreationDate="2015-03-10T07:43:53.787" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione più comune è &quot;Ho dovuto aspettare finora per poter prenderlo in prestito dalla biblioteca&quot;. Se utilizzi &quot;prendere in prestito&quot; stai tranquilla che non sbagli... &quot;Prendere a prestito&quot; non mi piace ed è una frase poco usata... si utilizza solo nel linguaggio burocratico delle banche.&#xA; &quot;Dalla&quot; è corretto, mentre &quot;nella&quot; in questo caso stona perché l'enfasi della frase è sulla parola &quot;prestito&quot; che sottintende la precisazione &quot;da chi&quot;. Al contrario se uno ti chiedesse:  &quot;Dove hai comprato questo libro?&quot; allora potresti eventualmente utilizzare &quot;nella&quot; per rispondere alla sua domanda. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-10T08:22:27.527" LastActivityDate="2015-03-10T08:22:27.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5224" CreationDate="2015-03-10T17:34:02.307" Score="6" ViewCount="1699" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essere contro alla / la pena di morte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La palla sbatte contro il / al muro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambe corrette? Quale forma devo preferire in un tema?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="975" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T09:14:15.157" Title="&quot;Contro il&quot; o &quot;Contro al&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5223" CreationDate="2015-03-10T17:38:58.740" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/contro-a-o-contro-di-contro_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, sono entrambe corrette, tuttavia &quot;contro a&quot; è raramente utilizzata nel linguaggio attuale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La preposizione impropria contro si può trovare prima di un nome o&#xA;  prima di un pronome personale. Prima di un nome, lo precede&#xA;  direttamente: &quot;Si scagliò contro il nemico&quot;. Oppure, secondo un uso oggi&#xA;  molto più raro (ma non scorretto), può essere seguita dalla&#xA;  preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;Si scagliò contro al nemico&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastActivityDate="2015-03-10T17:38:58.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5225" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5228" CreationDate="2015-03-10T23:21:59.110" Score="-3" ViewCount="1066" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two types of &lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt;, the number and the conjugation of &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you figure out which &lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt; the person is talking about?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="1267" LastEditDate="2015-03-11T07:05:56.677" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T09:34:40.377" Title="Which sei? The number or the conjugation of essere?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1561" CreationDate="2015-03-11T00:30:24.127" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A questo punto mi sorge spontanea la domanda: si tratta dell'ennesimo caso in cui, per seguire l'inglese, abbiamo coniato un'espressione &quot;italiana&quot; che italiana non è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'accordo al 100%. L'interpretazione della traduzione non è corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, usando la frase:&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Have you seen that truck with ridiculous tyres?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e cercando di tradurla allo stesso modo:&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Hai visto quel camion con le ruote ridicole?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Effettivamente, se letta in italiano, non rivela per niente che il camion ha delle ruote fuori misura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1221" LastEditorUserId="1221" LastEditDate="2015-03-11T00:38:05.907" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T00:38:05.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5225" CreationDate="2015-03-11T06:50:17.687" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given that &lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt; as a verb is singular and &lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt; is a number so generally goes with plural nouns, it is next to impossible to mess it up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei pazzo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;You're crazy&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei pazzi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Six crazy people&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simply looking at the words behind it, it'll be easy to tell. Also if the subject is expressed&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu sei pazzo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that'll be even easier. If you have an example where you feel confused, post it so we can show you the reasoning behind it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T06:50:17.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5225" CreationDate="2015-03-11T09:34:40.377" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not the only Italian word that has different meanings: we call them &lt;em&gt;parole omografe&lt;/em&gt;, that is, with the same spelling. There are homographs also in English, like &lt;em&gt;bow&lt;/em&gt;, but in Italian the situation is different, because same spelling implies “almost identical pronunciation”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the monosyllabic homographs are distinguished with an accent; in the past it used to be required to mark an accent also on the verbal forms &lt;em&gt;dài&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dànno&lt;/em&gt;, a rule which is nowadays not observed any more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Words like &lt;em&gt;venti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pesca&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;botte&lt;/em&gt; can be distinguished in speech by the fact that the different meanings are conveyed by the quality of the tonic vowel (but not all Italian speakers mark it and several even use the wrong vowel, open instead of closed or vice versa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The numeral/verbal form &lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt; is just one of the &lt;em&gt;many&lt;/em&gt; homographs; in this case the quality of the vowel is the same, but the context will usually make clear the intended meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-03-11T09:34:40.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5229" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5238" CreationDate="2015-03-11T21:37:05.560" Score="2" ViewCount="579" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;code&gt;Piccolo&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Basso&lt;/code&gt;? They both mean &lt;code&gt;Small&lt;/code&gt;, right??&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="1184" LastEditDate="2015-03-11T22:36:40.983" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T19:47:18.350" Title="Difference between &quot;Piccolo&quot; and &quot;Basso&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5229" CreationDate="2015-03-12T01:05:56.090" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Basso means small in height (so short) and piccolo small in size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1312" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T01:05:56.090" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5231" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5234" CreationDate="2015-03-12T03:50:41.127" Score="5" ViewCount="2600" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;em&gt;vecchio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;anziano&lt;/em&gt;? They both mean &quot;old&quot;. Which one would you use to say a place is old, &lt;em&gt;vecchio&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;anziano&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-30T08:57:17.273" LastActivityDate="2017-03-30T08:57:17.273" Title="Difference between &quot;vecchio&quot; and &quot;anziano&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5232" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-12T03:51:50.483" Score="7" ViewCount="918" Body="&lt;p&gt;So a long time ago, there was this Italian chemist (at least I think he was Italian, because he published in Italian journals of chemistry), whose last name was Job. He invented a really useful tool that chemists still use to this day called a Job plot (useful for predicting trends in reactivity of similar kinds of molecules). However, no one seems to know how to pronounce it: some say it so that it rhymes with &quot;rob&quot;, and some say it so that it rhymes with &quot;robe&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I did some digging, and found out he was probably Italian; I thought it might be best to ask some native Italian speakers how that name would be pronounced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1313" LastActivityDate="2018-03-15T20:02:24.167" Title="I need to know how to pronounce the name &quot;Job&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5231" CreationDate="2015-03-12T06:21:58.493" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vecchio&lt;/strong&gt; is a general term meaning old. When referring to an old man &lt;strong&gt;anziano&lt;/strong&gt; is the term that is generally considered more respectful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to refer to a place &lt;strong&gt;vecchio&lt;/strong&gt; is the term you should use. It has the same connotation as in English meaning both a place that is many years old and a place were you used to go, &lt;em&gt;your old school!&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T06:21:58.493" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5231" CreationDate="2015-03-12T08:21:12.637" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, it depends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anziano&lt;/em&gt; is always inappropriate for places, unless we are under an allegory or some sort of personification, or any other figure of speech, however sophisticated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are referring to the old bus stop, and there is a new one 100 meters ahead, you should say &quot;la &lt;em&gt;vecchia&lt;/em&gt; fermata&quot;, as opposed to the new one. For a crumbling building, you may say &quot;quell'edificio è molto &lt;em&gt;vecchio&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, even if I would prefer to use a more precise term, such as &lt;em&gt;cadente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fatiscente&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;pericolante&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you are talking about an old church, you should use &lt;em&gt;antico&lt;/em&gt; or opt for a high-register term such as &lt;em&gt;vetusto&lt;/em&gt;. &quot;Una chiesa &lt;em&gt;vecchia&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is a poor word choice: either you want to say &quot;la &lt;em&gt;vecchia&lt;/em&gt; chiesa&quot; (because there is a new one) or &quot;una chiesa &lt;em&gt;antica&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. If you say &quot;Quella chiesa è molto &lt;em&gt;vecchia&lt;/em&gt;&quot; people may think you are pointing out that the church was built in the Seventies, and some handymen have to be hired because it needs some &lt;strong&gt;refurbishment&lt;/strong&gt;. Well, that's really not the case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastEditorUserId="340" LastEditDate="2015-03-12T08:40:58.477" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T08:40:58.477" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5232" CreationDate="2015-03-12T09:33:51.550" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are you talking about P. Job? who wrote the paper about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Job_plot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Job Plot&lt;/a&gt; in 1928 in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.worldcat.org/title/annali-di-chimica-applicata/oclc/4414603&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Annali di chimica applicata&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think he was not originally from Italy, or at least his father was not, because native Italian words (and therefore last names) do not contain &quot;j&quot;, &quot;k&quot;, &quot;w&quot;, &quot;x&quot;, &quot;y&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would it pronounce just like I would pronounce &quot;Job&quot; in English. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;p.s. I could not find any info about him, so if you at least know his first name please share!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T09:33:51.550" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5232" CreationDate="2015-03-12T09:51:08.290" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cannot find a source but I'd bet the pronunciation was /job/ (IPA: the first is a semivocalic sound, as in “yard”, not an English “j”), as in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.europeana.eu/portal/record/9200369/BibliographicResource_3000113671661.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;ancient Italian form of the name of the prophet Job&lt;/a&gt; (in modern Italian, Giobbe).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is at least another famous Italian named Job: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Enrico_Job&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enrico Job&lt;/a&gt;, art director and writer (and the husband of movie director Lina Wertmüller). In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mediatecaroma.it/mediatecaRoma/canali/Arte_e_Spettacolo.html?show=14&amp;amp;index=0&amp;amp;jsonVal=&amp;amp;filter=&amp;amp;query=&amp;amp;id=BdR000000266&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this video&lt;/a&gt; Wertmüller pronounces his name as described above (at 1:19 approx.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T09:51:08.290" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5231" CreationDate="2015-03-12T16:51:39.717" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Same as with &quot;old&quot; and &quot;elder/ly&quot;.  Elder/Elderly (&lt;em&gt;anziano&lt;/em&gt;), old (&lt;em&gt;vecchio&lt;/em&gt;).  The former applies to individuals the second with either. Some religious sects and orders have anziani, viz. &quot;elders.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1317" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-12T17:05:51.777" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T17:05:51.777" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5229" CreationDate="2015-03-12T19:36:04.943" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Basso&lt;/em&gt; is not only &lt;em&gt;short&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;piccolo&lt;/em&gt; is not only &lt;em&gt;small in size&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Piccolo&lt;/em&gt;, as laika remarked, can also mean &quot;[very] young&quot; when referred to a person. &lt;em&gt;Basso&lt;/em&gt; can be used to refer to a small amount of money (&quot;una cifra &lt;em&gt;bassa&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;uno stipendio &lt;em&gt;basso&lt;/em&gt;&quot;). We say &lt;em&gt;basse aspettative&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;low expectations&quot;), while &lt;em&gt;piccole aspettative&lt;/em&gt; sounds awkward. We say &lt;em&gt;un piccolo problema&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;a small problem&quot;) while &lt;em&gt;un problema basso&lt;/em&gt; is absurd. Quantity can be &lt;em&gt;piccola&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;small quantity&quot;), whereas quality can be &lt;em&gt;bassa&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;low quality&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Talking about sound, &lt;em&gt;basso&lt;/em&gt; can mean &quot;low-pitched&quot; but also &quot;low in volume&quot;. Basically, when you are not talking about people, &lt;em&gt;basso&lt;/em&gt; translates to &quot;low&quot; in most cases, not &quot;short&quot;, and it is not always about height...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fun fact: &lt;em&gt;Basso Medioevo&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;Late Middle Ages&quot;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not that simple, and you should address each case individually depending on the domain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastEditorUserId="340" LastEditDate="2015-03-12T19:47:18.350" LastActivityDate="2015-03-12T19:47:18.350" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5240" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-13T12:35:35.690" Score="8" ViewCount="31023" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tenendo conto del fatto che sono una donna, quale tra queste due frasi sarebbe la scelta giusta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cerco di avere molta pazienza con i miei alunni e di essergli &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cerco di avere molta pazienza con i miei alunni e di essergli &lt;em&gt;vicina&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1994/707&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;, ma non è chiaro a me se in questo contesto se si debba usare l'aggettivo o l'avverbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr/&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo i commenti al Canto XXIX dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; di Dante Alighieri da due fonti diverse, ho trovato degli esempi interessanti sull'uso di &quot;vicino&quot; e &quot;vicina&quot; per esprimere la stessa idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;È qui riassunta la mitica pestilenza di Egina, isola &lt;strong&gt;vicino&lt;/strong&gt; ad Atene, [...]. (Bianca Garavelli, BUR).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Egina&lt;/em&gt;: isoletta &lt;strong&gt;vicina&lt;/strong&gt; ad Atene, che [...]. (Anna Maria Chiavacci Leonardi, Einaudi).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-18T10:58:50.623" LastActivityDate="2020-04-30T08:57:53.413" Title="Essere vicino o vicina?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5240" CreationDate="2015-03-13T15:32:01.517" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Teoricamente, poiché il complemento oggetto sarebbe &quot;alunni&quot; dovrebbe essere &quot;Cerco di avere molta pazienza con i miei alunni e di esser loro vicini.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto questo, ovviamente, se hai intenzione di usare &quot;vicino&quot; riferito agli alunni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1319" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-13T18:21:57.027" LastActivityDate="2015-03-13T18:21:57.027" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5240" CreationDate="2015-03-13T15:38:47.447" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi, nel tuo caso, &lt;em&gt;vicina&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I commenti sembrano dare una buona spiegazione: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si ha &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt; ,  hai un &lt;em&gt;predicato nominale&lt;/em&gt;, quindi coniughi l'aggettivo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono sempre vicina ai miei alunni nel momento del bisogno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altrimenti, ad esempio quando hai un verbo di movimento, usi &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt; come avverbio, da solo o per formare una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/locuzioni-preposizionali_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;locuzione preposizionale&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se vai troppo vicino alla porta scatta l'allarme&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-03-13T15:38:47.447" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5244" CreationDate="2015-03-13T23:22:05.483" Score="9" ViewCount="1790" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides the fact that 'i frutti' can assume a metaphoric meaning which 'la frutta' does not have, is there any other difference between these two wordings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-14T07:21:58.000" LastActivityDate="2015-03-16T23:36:42.610" Title="Difference between 'la frutta' and 'i frutti'" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5243" CreationDate="2015-03-13T23:36:22.693" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes. Besides the metaphoric meaning you already mentioned (that is widely used), in gereral &lt;em&gt;frutta&lt;/em&gt; refers to a type of food, whereas &lt;em&gt;frutti&lt;/em&gt; indicates multiple &lt;em&gt;pieces of fruit&lt;/em&gt; grouped according to some criterion, usually the fact that they come from a given plant. For instance, you say &lt;em&gt;i frutti di quell'albero sono molto dolci&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the fruits of that tree are very sweat&quot;), and &lt;em&gt;la frutta è un alimento sano&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;fruit is healthy&quot;). As usual, handle with care: you may be tempted to say &lt;em&gt;porta i frutti&lt;/em&gt; to mean &quot;bring the fruit&quot;, but you should use &lt;em&gt;frutta&lt;/em&gt; instead. There are grey areas: &lt;em&gt;i frutti più buoni sono quelli appena colti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;la frutta più buona è quella appena colta&lt;/em&gt; sound both fine to me, but YMMV and regionalisms may kick in of course.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2015-03-13T23:36:22.693" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5196" CreationDate="2015-03-14T17:28:03.723" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so se c'è una regola generale, ma, come fai notare tu stessa negli esempi, quando chi parla suppone che l'interlocutore abbia bisogno di maggiori specifiche rispetto alla consuetudine allora si usa la preposizione articolata per specificare/determinare meglio quel che si vuol dire.&#xA;Esempi:&#xA;- &quot;Vado a scuola&quot; -&gt; L'interlocutore capisce che vado alla solita scuola o alla scuola dell'obbligo, o che sono studente.&#xA;- &quot;Vado alla Scuola Ufficiale di Lingue di Barcellona&quot; -&gt; Voglio che l'interlocutore sappia che vado in una scuola ben specifica.&#xA;Tornando a &quot;Vado alla biblioteca dell'università&quot; credo lo direi se solitamente andassi nella biblioteca sotto casa per chiarire che stavolta vado a quella dell'università, mentre direi &quot;Vado in biblioteca all'università&quot; se questa fosse la biblioteca che frequento in questo periodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="775" LastActivityDate="2015-03-14T17:28:03.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5246" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-14T18:58:10.343" Score="3" ViewCount="6681" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stavo cercando di capire quale fosse l'origine di 'processo alle intenzioni' che spesso sento dire in frasi come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;'&lt;em&gt;bla bla bla&lt;/em&gt;, ma non vorrai mica fare il processo alle intenzioni?'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che ne sa qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;bonus question&lt;/em&gt;: E perché secondo molti sarebbe una cosa da non farsi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-13T11:10:12.907" LastActivityDate="2017-12-13T11:10:12.907" Title="Origine di 'processo alle intenzioni'" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5246" CreationDate="2015-03-14T22:45:33.697" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il processo alle intenzioni è, come dice il nome, un giudizio su ciò che una persona ha (o aveva) intenzione di fare. Naturalmente, siccome nessuno a parte il diretto interessato può sapere esattamente quali siano questi pensieri, un processo alle intenzioni si basa necessariamente su supposizioni, che per loro natura possono essere false.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In uno stato di diritto, si viene giudicati e/o processati per ciò che si fa (ossia azioni concrete la cui portata puo essere percepita oggettivamente) e non per ciò che si pensa.&#xA;In altre parole, nessuno può processarti se pensi che bisognerebbe uccidere tutti gli X (dove X è una qualsiasi categoria di persone); però nel momento in cui torci anche un solo capello a un X, allora ti si può processare per la tua azione, perché siamo di fronte a qualcosa di concretamente valutabile.&#xA;Attenersi a fatti concreti è l'unico metro di giudizio possibile se si vogliono evitare situazioni ambigue (e anche così, succede ugualmente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa la teoria; in pratica le cose non sono sempre (forse quasi mai) così chiare e nettamente definite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-15T08:24:39.603" LastActivityDate="2015-03-15T08:24:39.603" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5248" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-16T13:45:36.637" Score="5" ViewCount="2637" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho iniziato un tandem qualche tempo fa e la ragazza che aiuto nella pratica dell'italiano mi ha chiesto come mai si dice &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'esame è &lt;strong&gt;andato&lt;/strong&gt; bene&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma invece &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è &lt;strong&gt;andata&lt;/strong&gt; bene&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quando si parla in generale di qualcosa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io non so proprio spiegarmi perché quando si parla in generale si dica &quot;è andata bene/ male&quot;. Perché usare il femminile? A cosa si allude? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-16T18:44:26.333" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T17:33:46.817" Title="Perché si dice &quot;l'esame è andato bene&quot; ed &quot;è andata bene&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5249" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-16T13:52:26.877" Score="7" ViewCount="1071" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio sulla parola &lt;strong&gt;fidanzato&lt;/strong&gt;. In inglese o anche in tedesco lo si traduce come &lt;em&gt;fiancé&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;der Verlobte&lt;/em&gt;. &#xA;In entrambi i casi lo si intende come una persona che &lt;strong&gt;è prossima al matrimonio&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io però penso che in italiano venga anche e molto spesso usato quando una persona è in una relazione seria, anche se non c'è ancora stata alcuna proposta di matrimonio. Mi sbaglio? &#xA;Non mi pare che in italiano si riferisca esclusivamente a chi si sta per sposare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile che l'originale significato della parola sia &quot;prossimo al matrimonio&quot; ma che sempre più l'uso che se ne fa stia cambiando? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-16T15:29:13.760" LastActivityDate="2015-03-16T18:01:54.230" Title="Differenza nel significato e nell'uso di &quot;fidanzato&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5250" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-16T13:56:46.417" Score="8" ViewCount="1268" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Moroso&lt;/strong&gt; sta per &lt;em&gt;ragazzo, fidanzatino&lt;/em&gt;. Lo si usa molto spesso in Valtellina, l'area d'Italia da cui provengo. &#xA;Mi domandavo se si trattasse solo di una parola dialettale oppure se in qualche altra zona di Italia si usi e se si tratti effettivamente di Italiano!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-03-19T17:48:06.550" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T17:48:06.550" Title="Uso della parola &quot;moroso&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5249" CreationDate="2015-03-16T14:22:35.587" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io ho sempre sentito usare i termini &quot;fidanzato&quot;/&quot;fidanzata&quot; nel senso di &quot;persone che hanno una relazione senza essere sposati&quot;, indipendentemente da futuri piani di matrimonio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fidanzato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che o chi intrattiene una relazione amorosa (ed ha eventualmente&#xA;  scambiato promessa di matrimonio; in tal caso, come sost., promesso&#xA;  sposo, promessa sposa)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so se ci sia mai stato un tempo in cui &quot;fidanzato&quot; implicava necessariamente che dovesse seguire il matrimonio; se ci fu, non sono abbastanza vecchio da ricordarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-03-16T18:01:54.230" LastActivityDate="2015-03-16T18:01:54.230" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5250" CreationDate="2015-03-16T15:26:26.863" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;“&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/moroso1/&quot;&gt;Moroso&lt;/a&gt;” è una normale parola italiana e denota chi è in ritardo con un pagamento (viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;mora&lt;/em&gt; che significa “indugio”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'omonima parola che significa “fidanzato” e simili è un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/moroso2/&quot;&gt;settentrionalismo&lt;/a&gt;, in parte usato anche fuori del Nord, ma per lo più percepita come locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-03-16T15:26:26.863" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5253" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-16T21:05:09.303" Score="5" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the origin of the expression 'un ficosecco' meaning something of very little importance or very little value?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=ficosecco&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ficosecco&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;fico seccato al sole o nel forno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;un ficosecco, (fam.) nulla: non capisce un ficosecco |fare le nozze coi fichisecchi, fare con pochi mezzi ciò che richiederebbe una spesa molto maggiore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T09:18:44.537" Title="On the etymology of figurative usage of 'ficosecco'" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5259" CreationDate="2015-03-17T08:11:33.830" Score="7" ViewCount="12794" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5240/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; si è menzionato che usare &amp;quot;gli&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;loro&amp;quot; per la terza persona plurale del pronome personale complemento di termine  &amp;quot;si sente sempre di più ma è ufficialmente scorretto&amp;quot;. Si è detto anche che molti italiani sbagliano su questo aspetto, cioè usano &amp;quot;gli&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;loro&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, i miei libri di grammatica per studenti stranieri ammettono &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; come forma atona della terza persona plurale del pronome personale complemento di termine. In &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Federica Colombo (edizioni ELI) appaiono questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ho parlato con Cristina e Mario, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; ho chiesto se stasera vogliono venire a cena da noi.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ho parlato con Cristina e Mario, ho chiesto &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; se stasera vogliono venire a cena da noi.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo libro afferma che la forma col pronome &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; è più comune oggi, soprattutto nel parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino dunque che non si tratti di &amp;quot;forma corretta&amp;quot; versus &amp;quot;forma sbagliata&amp;quot;, ma di forma più formale o meno. È così? E se è così,  fino a che punto questo uso del pronome &amp;quot;gli&amp;quot; è da considerarsi informale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-12-31T21:59:44.863" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;gli&quot; come terza persona plurale del pronome personale complemento di termine" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5256" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-17T08:27:39.127" Score="5" ViewCount="965" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste una regola specifica per dire se un nome composto della forma “verbo+sostantivo” è maschile o femminile? All'inizio pensavo che fosse sempre maschile (il tergicristallo, il reggilibri, lo stendibiancheria, il calzascarpe), ma poi mi è venuto in mente che dico &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; lavastoviglie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voi che ne pensate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-22T16:28:43.933" LastActivityDate="2015-03-22T16:28:43.933" Title="Genere dei nomi composti verbo+sostantivo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5256" CreationDate="2015-03-17T08:27:39.127" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia ipotesi è che tutto dipenda dal fatto che inconsciamente io penso a una &lt;strong&gt;macchina&lt;/strong&gt; per lavare le stoviglie e uno &lt;strong&gt;strumento&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;oggetto&lt;/strong&gt;  per stendere la biancheria, ma ammetto che è una teoria poco fondata...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2015-03-17T08:27:39.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5255" CreationDate="2015-03-17T10:41:35.990" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: (Treccanionline) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L’uso della forma pronominale atona gli in funzione di complemento di ➔termine in riferimento non solo al maschile singolare, ma anche al maschile plurale &lt;strong&gt;è ormai da considerarsi accettabile in quasi tutti i livelli di lingua.&#xA;  Nel parlato colloquiale, quest’uso è molto comune.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ho incontrato i suoi genitori e gli ho chiesto di salutarmelo&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Senti Mario e Paola: domandagli se ci raggiungono per l’aperitivo&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ma si trova ampiamente attestato anche in tutta la tradizione letteraria:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Chi si cura di costoro a Milano? Chi gli darebbe retta? (A. Manzoni, I promessi sposi)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A favorire l’uso di gli al plurale c’è anche il fatto che il pronome loro è bisillabico&lt;/strong&gt; (e dunque tonico, a differenza di tutti gli altri pronomi personali di questo tipo) e dev’essere sempre posto dopo il verbo&#xA;  i suoi familiari non seppero nulla per quattro anni. Non venne mai detto loro se era stato accusato di qualche reato, processato o imprigionato («Corriere della Sera»).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-03-17T10:47:00.067" LastActivityDate="2015-03-17T10:47:00.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5255" CreationDate="2015-03-17T12:22:18.297" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oltre al già citato Treccani, anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/uso-per&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;la Crusca&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; lo riconosce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per riassumere, l'uso di gli in luogo di loro, a loro, a essi e a esse&#xA;  è da considerare senz'altro corretto (Ora vado dai tuoi amici e gli&#xA;  dico che la devono smettere di fare chiasso), tranne che, forse, nel&#xA;  caso di registri altamente formali (Il parroco espresse loro le sue&#xA;  più sentite condoglianze).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me personalmente non piace, ma questa è un'altra storia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-03-17T12:22:18.297" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5261" CreationDate="2015-03-17T13:26:35.107" Score="4" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si può rendere in italiano l'espressione &quot;early+nome di giorno&quot;?&#xA;Il contesto è &quot;FIFA officially announced an investigation early wednesday&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="975" LastActivityDate="2015-03-18T14:16:58.390" Title="Equivalente italiano dell'espressione &quot;early+name of day&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5260" CreationDate="2015-03-17T13:33:47.193" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non c'è molto meglio che ricorrere a una perifrasi: “la mattina di mercoledì”, “mercoledì, nelle prime ore della mattinata” (o qualcosa di più specifico se lo sapessimo, come “all'alba di”) e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-03-17T13:33:47.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5260" CreationDate="2015-03-17T21:25:07.297" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'equivalente più prossimo - benché probabilmente meno usato in italiano - credo sia l'espressione &quot;nel primo mattino&quot;, &quot;di primo mattino&quot;, &quot;nelle prime ore di&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Di primo mattino&quot; è il più prossimo all'espressione originale ma ha un registro lievemente più arcaico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Renderei la frase dell'OP con:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Nelle prime ore di mercoledì la FIFA ha ufficialmente annunciato [l'apertura di] un'indagine&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alternativa (ma a mio parere meno preferibile per le questioni di registro menzionate sopra), &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Nel primo mattino di mercoledì la FIFA ha ufficialmente annunciato [l'apertura di] un'indagine&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastEditorUserId="1184" LastEditDate="2015-03-18T06:40:31.867" LastActivityDate="2015-03-18T06:40:31.867" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5260" CreationDate="2015-03-17T22:02:20.033" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could say it like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;FIFA ha annunciato ufficialmente un'inchiesta&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;la mattina di mercoledì&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mercoledì&lt;/strong&gt;, nelle prime ore della &lt;strong&gt;mattinata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The best way to say that something happened in the morning of a day, you could say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mattina di [Day of week]&lt;strong&gt;...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-18T14:16:58.390" LastActivityDate="2015-03-18T14:16:58.390" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5265" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5273" CreationDate="2015-03-18T21:55:07.913" Score="5" ViewCount="651" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto guardando questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ewQpb4HwsSE&amp;amp;list=PLY27cJTUBR0tGFLrLcR9VDKfNyNwFnY7B&amp;amp;index=21&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;video&lt;/a&gt;. Il titolo della lezione è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che cosa farò quando sarò guarita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo titolo è usato il verbo &lt;code&gt;essere&lt;/code&gt;. In spagnolo useremmo il congiuntivo presente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che cosa farò quando sia guarita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere quale tempo si deve usare e perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="727" LastEditorUserId="340" LastEditDate="2015-03-18T22:16:10.617" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T14:04:32.330" Title="Futuro semplice oppure Congiuntivo presente" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5272" CreationDate="2015-03-19T05:33:00.860" Score="2" ViewCount="1281" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the noun is both feminine and masculine, then what would be the definite article?? For example, for &lt;code&gt;gente&lt;/code&gt;, it is both feminine and masculine, so what would the definite article be?? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-19T06:15:14.580" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T05:42:37.933" Title="Definite article both feminine and masculine" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5269" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-19T06:23:43.653" Score="7" ViewCount="4136" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'efficace espressione napoletana si sente usare spesso negli ultimi tempi, probabilmente dopo la &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kuIPnryWXIA&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sceneggiata di pianto in televisione&lt;/a&gt; dell'ex Ministro Fornero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Chiagne e fotte&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;'espressione vernacolare napoletana chiagni e fotti (o chiagne e fotte) ; in italiano: «piangi e fotti») è un volgarismo che costituisce una formula proverbiale della tradizione partenopea. Viene usata, di solito, per sottolineare e stigmatizzare un tipico atteggiamento umano, opportunista e ipocrita. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste  un  modo di dire analogo in Italiano? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-03-19T11:14:45.380" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T15:08:06.610" Title="&quot;Chiagne e fotte&quot; in Italiano" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5269" CreationDate="2015-03-19T08:45:18.827" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Piangere il morto per fregare il vivo&quot;, prevalente in settentrione ma italiano e attestato a stampa (cercando su Google Books).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T08:45:18.827" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5269" CreationDate="2015-03-19T08:46:42.973" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è la stessa cosa, ma è imparentato con le “lacrime di coccodrillo” (in cui si finge di rammaricarsi per un problema altrui di cui siamo causa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T08:46:42.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5267" CreationDate="2015-03-19T10:10:56.817" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no “generic gender” in Italian: every name is either masculine or feminine. The word &lt;em&gt;gente&lt;/em&gt; is feminine, so it wants the article &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; even when you're referring to a group of male people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another instance is &lt;em&gt;persona&lt;/em&gt;: if you're talking about a male, you have to use the article &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; (that is, &lt;em&gt;la persona&lt;/em&gt;) nonetheless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Words like &lt;em&gt;gente&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;persona&lt;/em&gt; don't have gender variations like &lt;em&gt;figlio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;figlia&lt;/em&gt;, so for them the feminine article will always be used. If a word has gender variation, when talking about “mixed” situations the masculine form is used: &lt;em&gt;Giacomo ha quattro figli, due maschi e due femmine&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few words &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; receive both articles because the masculine and feminine forms share the word; you find some of them at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parole-ambigeneri_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this article on Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Going on with the example above we would say &lt;em&gt;Giacomo ha salutato i suoi quattro nipoti&lt;/em&gt; even if some of them are male and some female.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-20T05:42:37.933" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T05:42:37.933" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5265" CreationDate="2015-03-19T13:36:22.317" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si usa il futuro indicativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che cosa farò quando sarò guarita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è un motivo preciso, probabilmente perché il parlante qui è sicuro di guarire, mentre il congiuntivo è il modo della possibilità. Per esempio qui si usa il congiuntivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che cosa farò domani ammettendo che io sia guarita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="19" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T13:36:22.317" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5248" CreationDate="2015-03-19T17:29:55.033" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle costruzioni impersonali il participio o complemento predicativo selezionano un accordo generico, generalmente al maschile: &lt;em&gt;se non si è ben legati/attenti, si rischia di cadere; ieri è piovuto&lt;/em&gt;.  Deviazioni da questo principio si registrano in &lt;strong&gt;espressioni fisse&lt;/strong&gt; come &lt;em&gt;è fatta!&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;è andata bene!&lt;/em&gt;  (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il clitico che ricorre qui non ha funzione di rinvio anaforico rispetto a un sintagma nominale. Tuttavia, in alcune espressioni come &lt;em&gt;farsela addosso, prenderle o darla&lt;/em&gt;, il parlante è in grado di risalire al referente che il pronome indica, anche se non compare nel cotesto precedente. In tal caso il pronome rimanda a oggetti extralinguistici (di solito tabuizzati: le feci o l’urina in &lt;em&gt;farsela addosso&lt;/em&gt;, le botte in &lt;em&gt;prenderle&lt;/em&gt;, l’organo genitale femminile in &lt;em&gt;darla&lt;/em&gt;). In altri casi la referenza del clitico è divenuta opaca; il parlante non è più in grado di individuare l’entità extralinguistica cui ricondurre il clitico oggetto (&lt;em&gt;finirla, smetterla, piantarla, avercela, prendersela, tirarsela&lt;/em&gt;). (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/oggetto_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;, 3.4 Pronomi oggetto di verbi procomplementari)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se la ragazza è inglese, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=RszKAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PA103&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;A Reference Grammar of Modern Italian&lt;/a&gt; conferma che il femminile nelle espressioni idiomatiche non dovrebbe necessariamente avere senso:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/sOOav.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T17:29:55.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5276" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5277" CreationDate="2015-03-19T19:08:49.753" Score="10" ViewCount="2604" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always thought that when asking &lt;strong&gt;quale + è&lt;/strong&gt; questions that you used the form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;qual è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The common error that people commit is to use an apostrophe with &lt;strong&gt;qual'è&lt;/strong&gt;, thinking that you have to elide the 'e' on the end of quale. However, this is incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I recently saw the following in a textbook (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Avanti! Beginning Italian&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Aski &amp;amp; Musumeci&lt;/em&gt; 3rd ed. pg. 317):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quale è migliore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've never seen this kind of question written this way before. Is there some reason that it is not written simply &lt;em&gt;qual è migliore&lt;/em&gt;? Also, is it incorrect to write it this way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2015-03-19T20:52:35.190" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:18:50.407" Title="Qual è migliore? vs Quale è migliore?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;interrogatives&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5276" CreationDate="2015-03-19T21:17:45.883" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some truncations/elisions are essentially mandatory: &lt;em&gt;l'orso&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;l'amica&lt;/em&gt; are the only used forms. Similarly, &lt;em&gt;un elicottero&lt;/em&gt; doesn't admit the non truncated form &lt;em&gt;uno elicottero&lt;/em&gt; (while some grammars say that there are two indeterminate masculine articles &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt;, the former is clearly just the truncation of the latter).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Truncation in &lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt; is not as mandatory. There's no substantial difference between &lt;em&gt;qual è migliore&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;quale è migliore&lt;/em&gt;, but in an example such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi hai detto che Firenze e Roma sono belle città, ma quale è più bella?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the missing elision denotes greater emphasis on &lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt;, so you'd read it with a tonic accent on &lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt; that wouldn't be in &lt;em&gt;qual è migliore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that if you ask &lt;em&gt;ma qual è la più bella?&lt;/em&gt; the truncation would be preferred, because the emphasis is clearly on &lt;em&gt;la più&lt;/em&gt;; however &lt;em&gt;ma quale è la più bella?&lt;/em&gt; wouldn't sound too strange either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-03-19T21:17:45.883" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5276" CreationDate="2015-03-20T10:17:55.737" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;When a word starts with a vocal it is a good rule to truncate the article:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;la formica&lt;/em&gt; --- not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;mica&lt;/em&gt; --- yes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;il sole&lt;/em&gt; ---- not&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'&lt;strong&gt;u&lt;/strong&gt;ccello&lt;/em&gt; --- yes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A rule establishes that it is correct &lt;strong&gt;qual è&lt;/strong&gt; instead of qual'è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non così per qual e tal, in cui anche la forma femminile si deve a&#xA;  troncamento (si dice anche qual vista, la tal via), e dunque non va&#xA;  mai scritta con l’apostrofo qual è tuo marito / qual è tua moglie? il&#xA;  tale e il tal altro / la tale e la tal altra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/apostrofo_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/apostrofo_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE2&#xA;I had more time to search and there isn't anything referred to the form &lt;em&gt;quale è&lt;/em&gt; (as @I.M. noted, it does not say that it is forbidden)  but the correct way is &lt;strong&gt;qual è&lt;/strong&gt; respect to &lt;em&gt;qual'è&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/lesatta-grafia-qual&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/lesatta-grafia-qual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another pretty link &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=65&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=65&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1245" LastEditorUserId="1245" LastEditDate="2015-03-20T16:13:43.067" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T16:13:43.067" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5279" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-20T11:19:01.627" Score="0" ViewCount="35" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/G/guercio.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Guercio&lt;/a&gt;, come i principali dizionari indicano, ha più di un significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Affetto da strabismo; per estens., che è cieco da un occhio o ha la vista difettosa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espessione più usata è di solito &lt;em&gt;un vecchio guercio&lt;/em&gt;. Ma a quale significato di guercio si riferisce? È cosigliabile usare altri aggettivi per evitare malintesi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-20T12:20:14.607" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T12:20:14.607" Title="Cosa significa 'vecchio guercio'" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5269" CreationDate="2015-03-20T15:08:06.610" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chi piange frega chi ride&lt;/em&gt; è la versione italiana di un altro detto napoletano (&lt;em&gt;chi chiagn fott a chi rir&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In termini meno colloquiali potrebbe essere utilizzato &quot;ipocrita raggiratore&quot; o, in termini più giornalistici, &quot;inciucio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T15:08:06.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5281" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5282" CreationDate="2015-03-20T15:16:33.850" Score="3" ViewCount="324" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sostenere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &quot;sostenere&quot; significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;tenere sollevata una cosa o una persona sopportandone il peso dal di sotto; sorreggere, tenere sollevato o sospeso;(...) sorreggere una cosa o&#xA;  una persona perché non cada&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uno dei significati di &quot;tenere&quot; è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;avere in mano o tra le mani; stringere qualcuno o qualcosa con le mani, tra&#xA;  le braccia o in altro modo perché non cada, non si muova, non fugga&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi è chiaro quali siano le differenze di uso tra &quot;sostenere&quot; e &quot;tenere&quot; con questo significato. &#xA;Me le potreste spiegare? Ad esempio, cosa si dovrebbe dire o qual è la differenza tra queste due frasi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Teneva un fazzoletto in mano.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sosteneva un fazzoletto in mano.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-03-20T17:27:08.307" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T17:27:08.307" Title="Differenze tra &quot;tenere&quot; e &quot;sostenere&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5281" CreationDate="2015-03-20T15:57:35.857" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot; si sottolinea che si sta facendo un certo sforzo, o comunque si sta mantenendo una postura apposita. Se si parla di &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot; un oggetto fisico o una persona, normalmente si implica l'idea che c'è un pericolo di caduta, e &amp;quot;sostenendo&amp;quot; si evita che cada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In castigliano e catalano esistono i verbi &amp;quot;sostener&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;sostenir&amp;quot;, che hanno un ambito di applicazione più ampio rispetto all'italiano &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot;, ma che comunque include anche il significato italiano. In queste lingue esiste anche un altro verbo che, tra gli altri, può avere il significato di &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;aguantar&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Sostenere un fazzoletto&amp;quot; potrebbe evocare un'immagine di un fazzoletto pesante che richiede uno sforzo per evitare che cada, quindi qualcosa di abbastanza insolito, oppure di una persona con un braccio esteso sulla cui mano si trova un fazzoletto; in questo caso si &lt;em&gt;potrebbe&lt;/em&gt; dire &amp;quot;sostenere il fazzoletto&amp;quot;, se si vuole marcare molto il fatto che altrimenti cadrebbe, però direi che si userebbe piuttosto &amp;quot;(sor)reggere&amp;quot; o semplicemente &amp;quot;tenere in mano&amp;quot; un fazzoletto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo sforzo evocato dal verbo &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot; non è necessariamente fisico, e si può usare il termine anche in senso metaforico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ha dovuto sostenere (il peso di) una famiglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ha sostenuto dei costi molto alti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alcuni casi si può usare sia &amp;quot;tenere&amp;quot; che &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot;, anche se c'è sempre una certa differenza di significato (che dipendendo dal contesto può essere anche significativa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Teneva lo scatolone (semplicemente ce l'aveva, probabilmente in mano o tra le mani)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sosteneva lo scatolone (lo scatolone era in qualche modo in equilibrio precario e solo grazie a lui non cadeva)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-20T17:24:49.563" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5283" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5286" CreationDate="2015-03-20T20:33:42.327" Score="7" ViewCount="534" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Fontana della Barcaccia has been in the news recently and I wondered about the meaning. Unfortunately &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fontana_della_Barcaccia&quot;&gt;English Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; says &quot;Fountain of the ugly boat&quot; as does Wikipedia French (&lt;em&gt;vilain bateau&lt;/em&gt;), while &lt;a href=&quot;https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fontana_della_Barcaccia&quot;&gt;Dutch Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; says &quot;Fountain of the leaky boat&quot; (&lt;em&gt;lekkende boot&lt;/em&gt;) and I found a German site saying &quot;Fountain of the old boat&quot; (&lt;em&gt;alten Bootes&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No doubt a boat can be old, ugly and leaky all at once, but which is correct in this case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1336" LastEditorUserId="1184" LastEditDate="2015-03-21T09:16:10.777" LastActivityDate="2015-03-22T10:44:54.700" Title="Fontana della Barcaccia meaning" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5283" CreationDate="2015-03-20T20:56:29.397" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the Italian &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fontana_della_Barcaccia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; extract the name refers to an old boat in very bad conditions, close to sinking. Actually a &lt;em&gt;barcaccia&lt;/em&gt; was a kind of flattish boat used in ancient Rome to transport barrels of wine up and down the river Tiber. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il nome “barcaccia” richiama una vecchia imbarcazione prossima all’affondamento. Più verosimilmente, era chiamata “barcaccia” quel tipo di imbarcazione che, nell’antica Roma, veniva usata per il trasporto fluviale di botti di vino, e che, molto simile all'opera berniniana, aveva appunto le fiancate particolarmente basse per facilitare l’imbarco e lo sbarco delle botti stesse.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/iVmKH.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;The fountain before restoration &quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wpIeT.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;The fountain after restoration&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-03-22T10:44:54.700" LastActivityDate="2015-03-22T10:44:54.700" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5283" CreationDate="2015-03-21T12:58:44.400" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general, &lt;em&gt;-accia&lt;/em&gt; is the feminine form of &lt;em&gt;-accio&lt;/em&gt;, both being pejorative suffixes: a &lt;em&gt;giornataccia&lt;/em&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;giornata&lt;/em&gt;, day, in which nothing goes well, while a &lt;em&gt;donnaccia&lt;/em&gt; is a not-to-elegant, not-to-honest &lt;em&gt;donna&lt;/em&gt;, “woman” (ok, that would be more like a whore). So, in general, a &lt;em&gt;barcaccia&lt;/em&gt; is simply a defective (ugly, damaged, irregularly shaped, whatever) &lt;em&gt;barca&lt;/em&gt;, “boat”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This term, however, came to be used in particular to designate a specific type of mercantile boats, something like a barge (see for instance 1.b of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/barcaccia/&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; for a more generic definition, which in any case shows it to be not just a generic bad boat).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even more in particular, the boat represented in this fountain by Bernini &lt;em&gt;had&lt;/em&gt; to have a low hull and to appear partially sunken under the street level, since it commemorated 1598 flooding of part of Rome by Tiber river, but mainly because the Acqua Vergine aqueduct feeding it had too low a pressure to allow a higher structure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-03-21T12:58:44.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5256" CreationDate="2015-03-22T14:22:51.077" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/genere-dei-nomi_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; trovi le regole riguardanti il genere dei sostantivi elencate nella Treccani; non ne ho lette riguardanti i nomi composti, quindi suppongo che rimanga &quot;una convenzione esclusivamente linguistica &quot;, come scritto nella sopra citata enciclopedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="497" LastActivityDate="2015-03-22T14:22:51.077" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5289" CreationDate="2015-03-22T15:23:42.040" Score="6" ViewCount="10350" Body="&lt;p&gt;Supponiamo che oggi sia mercoledì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se il significato di &quot;lunedì questo&quot; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il lunedì di questa stessa settimana&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il lunedì della settimana prossima&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre vorrei sapere se il significato di &quot;lunedì prossimo&quot; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il lunedì della settimana prossima&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il lunedì che segue il lunedì delle settimana prossima&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho fatto &lt;a href=&quot;https://ell.stackexchange.com/questions/53291/the-expressions-this-monday-and-next-monday/53309#53309&quot;&gt;la stessa domanda&lt;/a&gt; a riguardo dell'uso di queste due espressioni sul sito Stack Exchange English Learners dove ho ottenuto delle risposte pertinenti al loro uso in lingua Inglese. Mi domando se in italiano queste espressioni seguano un significato più rigido / meno flessibile che in Inglese, o se le stesse ambiguità esistono anche in Italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1338" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:55:17.480" LastActivityDate="2019-05-26T21:08:49.670" Title="Qual è il significato giusto delle espressioni &quot;lunedì questo&quot; e &quot;lunedì prossimo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5288" CreationDate="2015-03-22T16:15:28.160" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia esperienza è che ci sono (almeno) due categorie di persone: quelle che con &amp;quot;prossimo&amp;quot; intendono realmente &amp;quot;il prossimo&amp;quot;, ossia il primo che verrà cronologicamente, e quelle che differenziano tra &amp;quot;questo&amp;quot; (il più vicino cronologicamente nel futuro) e &amp;quot;il prossimo&amp;quot; (il seguente a &amp;quot;questo&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un comunissimo esempio di questa dicotomia si può osservare in un qualsiasi autobus, in cui si possono sentire dialoghi (secondo me molto surreali, ma autentici) come il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A: Mi scusi, scendo alla prossima fermata.&#xA;B: A questa o alla prossima?&#xA;A: No, a questa.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una simile confusione è possibile anche in altri contesti, come appunto quello del tuo esempio in cui si parla di date o giorni della settimana. Generalmente il contesto dovrebbe chiarire, ma non è infrequente dover chiedere espressamente ulteriori dettagli per eliminare i dubbi. Se vuoi evitare malintesi puoi aggiungere il giorno del mese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lunedì prossimo 12 febbraio&lt;/strong&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;: Come giustamente ricorda @DaG, anche il momento in cui &amp;quot;lunedì prossimo&amp;quot; viene menzionato è importante. Se oggi è martedì o mercoledì e dici &amp;quot;lunedì prossimo&amp;quot;, è praticamente certo che tutti penseranno al lunedì seguente, però se oggi è venerdì, sabato o domenica, è molto più probabile che l'espressione &amp;quot;lunedì prossimo&amp;quot; venga interpretata differentemente da differenti ascoltatori o lettori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'ulteriore complicazione, nel caso dei giorni della settimana, è che &amp;quot;questo&amp;quot; si può usare anche per riferirsi al passato per indicare &amp;quot;l'ultimo&amp;quot; (il più vicino cronologicamente nel passato). In questo caso le possibilità di confusione sono limitate, in quanto il tempo del verbo sarà differente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Questo lunedì sono andato&lt;/strong&gt; ... (chiaramente si parla del lunedì passato)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Questo lunedì andrò&lt;/strong&gt; ... (è nel futuro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per evitare qualsiasi ambiguità puoi usare &amp;quot;scorso&amp;quot;, che se usato dopo una indicazione temporale si riferisce inequivocabilmente al passato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lunedì scorso sono andato&lt;/strong&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-23T10:20:15.330" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5290" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-24T10:26:52.707" Score="10" ViewCount="385" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that in Italian the word for &quot;carrying out a mobile phone top-up&quot; (UK) or &quot;carrying out a mobile phone refill&quot; (US), i.e., adding credit to a mobile phone's network operator account, is the same as the word for &quot;recharging a mobile phone&quot;, i.e., connecting a mobile phone to a source of electricity to make sure the battery has enough charge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;ricaricare&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what's the best way to construct a sentence in Italian so as to make it clear whether &quot;ricaricare&quot; means topping up / refilling or recharging?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1338" LastActivityDate="2015-03-27T18:05:08.650" Title="How to disambiguate the meaning of &quot;ricaricare&quot; when talking about mobile phones?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5290" CreationDate="2015-03-24T11:40:54.903" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the word is the same. I never really thought of the possible confusion though. &#xA;I would use different expressions, or in most cases people would understand it from the context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono senza soldi sul cell, devo ricaricare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I'm out of money (credit) on my cellphone, I have to top-up&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Devo comprare una ricarica del cellulare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I have to buy phone credit/top-up&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;VS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho la batteria scarica, devo ricaricare il cellulare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;My battery is (almost) dead, I have to recharge my phone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-03-24T11:40:54.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5290" CreationDate="2015-03-24T15:31:01.613" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to disambiguate without using additional context, I suggest&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;caricare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for charging the battery and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fare una ricarica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for topping up the credit. I am pretty sure that these are not prone to confusion in any part of Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2015-03-24T15:31:01.613" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5276" CreationDate="2015-03-24T23:30:18.537" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The last vowel of &quot;Quale&quot; is usually dropped in that case, unless one is looking for some kind of effect or stress. When dropping the last vowel of any word, one has to determine whether it is an &lt;em&gt;elision&lt;/em&gt; or a &lt;em&gt;truncation&lt;/em&gt;: elisions require an apostrophe, truncations reject it. &quot;Qual&quot; is easy because it is always a truncation, so it never wants an apostrophe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But how do we tell a truncation from an elision? It is actually quite easy. A shortened word is always a truncation when it can stand like that in front of a word (of the same gender, if a noun or adjective) that begins with a consonant. So it is &quot;un uomo&quot; because one can also say &quot;un cavallo&quot;, and conversely it is &quot;pover'uomo&quot; because one cannot say &quot;pover cavallo&quot;, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In (old) poetry one can find some exceptions, but they are due to metrical necessities and would be unacceptable in prose.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastEditorUserId="1021" LastEditDate="2015-03-24T23:41:05.917" LastActivityDate="2015-03-24T23:41:05.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5294" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-25T22:03:41.960" Score="0" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se dico a qualcuno di mettere un cosa lì, posso dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mettila lì&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se invece dico a qualcuno di fascicolare una carta in un certo posto, dico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fascicolala lì&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domanda: In analogia con 'fascicolala lì', posso dire 'mettilala lì'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sì, perché? e se no, perché no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-26T16:17:08.540" LastActivityDate="2015-03-26T16:17:08.540" Title="'mettila' o 'mettilala'" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5294" CreationDate="2015-03-25T22:20:38.070" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di &quot;fascicolala&quot; il verbo è &quot;fascicolare&quot;, imperativo &quot;fascicola&quot; + pronome &quot;la&quot;, risultato &quot;fascicolala&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di &quot;mettila&quot; il verbo è &quot;mettere&quot;, imperativo &quot;metti&quot; + pronome &quot;la&quot;, risultato &quot;mettila&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se esistesse un verbo &quot;mettilare&quot; (il che non mi risulta, e in ogni caso credo avrebbe un altro significato), potresti dire &quot;mettilala&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Naturalmente esiste &quot;mettila là&quot;, ma in questo caso non c'entra assolutamente nulla.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-03-25T22:48:13.223" LastActivityDate="2015-03-25T22:48:13.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5296" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5297" CreationDate="2015-03-26T03:50:06.417" Score="12" ViewCount="1884" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &lt;em&gt;insegnante&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;maestro&lt;/em&gt;? From what I know, they both mean “teacher”, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-26T16:16:47.023" LastActivityDate="2019-04-04T07:43:26.177" Title="Difference between &quot;insegnante&quot; and &quot;maestro&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5296" CreationDate="2015-03-26T07:32:30.310" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;em&gt;maestro and insegnante&lt;/em&gt; are used to refer to a teacher of primary schools in Italy. Insegnante is the more general term to indicate a teacher also at other levels of education. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/maestro/&quot;&gt;Maestro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Con il nome di maestro sono designati comunemente gli insegnanti di scuola primaria e quelli di scuola dell’infanzia. (With the name of maesto are commonly designated the primary school  teachers and those of kindergarten.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/insegnante/&quot;&gt;Insegnante&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Chi si dedica all’insegnamento, chi esercita la professione d’insegnare.&#xA;  (Those dedicated to teaching, those who exercise the profession of teaching).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;insegnante . elementare o di scuola elementare, maestro o maestra; insegnante medio o di scuola media, professore o professoressa (nell’uno e nell’altro caso, si adopera anche, quando non ci sia possibilità di equivoco, &lt;strong&gt;il solo sost. insegnante, che indica tuttavia, più spesso, il maestro elementare&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(teacher. elementary or primary school teacher or teacher; middle or secondary school teacher, professor or teacher (in either case, is also working, when there is no possibility of misunderstanding, &lt;strong&gt;the only noun. teacher, indicates, however, more often, the primary school teacher&lt;/strong&gt;);.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that maestro is also used to indicate a &lt;em&gt;master, a leader or a very skilled artisan&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-03-26T08:39:04.753" LastActivityDate="2015-03-26T08:39:04.753" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5296" CreationDate="2015-03-26T14:29:50.557" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As well as the slight semantic difference already outlined, when talking to their teacher children wouldn't call him &lt;code&gt;insegnante&lt;/code&gt;, they'd call him &lt;code&gt;maestro&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1346" LastActivityDate="2015-03-26T14:29:50.557" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5299" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5358" CreationDate="2015-03-26T17:25:36.707" Score="8" ViewCount="400" Body="&lt;p&gt;In studying the passato remoto one notes immediately the variation on the 2nd conjugation (-ere stem) verbs in the io, lui/lei, loro forms. For example a verb like &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;credere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is conjugated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;credei / credetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, credesti, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;credè / credette&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, credemmo, credeste, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;crederono / credettero&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does this occur? Is one form favored more than another based on the time period in which it is written or is there another reason?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-05-27T13:57:04.290" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:04:08.593" Title="Variation with 2nd conjugation verbs in the passato remoto in the io, lui and loro forms" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5300" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-03-26T22:14:44.550" Score="4" ViewCount="2417" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un discorso sono rimasto perplesso sul se usare 'incinta' o 'incinte'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) Sarà per questo che le donne &lt;em&gt;incinta&lt;/em&gt; non avranno più diritto a una serie di esami?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) Sarà per questo che le donne &lt;em&gt;incinte&lt;/em&gt; non avranno più diritto a una serie di esami?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda è: È corretta la a) o la b)? e perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-03-26T22:21:40.073" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T00:26:21.307" Title="'donne incinte' o 'donne incinta'?" Tags="&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5300" CreationDate="2015-03-26T23:16:42.660" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretta la b in quanto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;L'aggettivo in italiano si declina come il sostantivo. &lt;em&gt;Donne&lt;/em&gt;, sostantivo femminile plurale, per cui &lt;em&gt;incinte&lt;/em&gt; aggettivo femminile plurale. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: in questo caso la declinazione al maschile non esiste. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-27T01:33:04.947" LastActivityDate="2015-03-27T01:33:04.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5300" CreationDate="2015-03-26T23:19:16.433" Score="-5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct answer is B) because &lt;code&gt;donne&lt;/code&gt; is the plural of donna, so if the noun is plural, the verb will also have to be plural. The plural will be &lt;code&gt;incinte&lt;/code&gt;. If it is not plural then it would mean &quot;The women &lt;strong&gt;is&lt;/strong&gt; pregnant&quot;. That does not make sense, because it is suppose to be &quot;The Women &lt;strong&gt;are&lt;/strong&gt; pregnant&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a rule to know if the noun is singular or plural: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the noun ends with &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; it is singular, but is ends with &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; it is plural. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastActivityDate="2015-03-26T23:19:16.433" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5305" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5309" CreationDate="2015-03-27T07:03:55.450" Score="6" ViewCount="636" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been studying Italian for a few months, and I've learned that verbs end with are, ere or ire.  However, I've started reading some Italian and I've seen many cases where the &quot;e&quot; seems to be dropped.  I understand cases such as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;dargli&#xA;ribellarsi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because the e is replaced by the direct object.  But why is the &quot;e&quot; dropped in cases like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Come poter dar torto a ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would have expected the above to be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Come potere dare torto a ...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and I would really like to understand the rule for when the following &quot;e&quot; is dropped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastActivityDate="2015-03-29T08:01:00.873" Title="When do verbs end in ar/er/ir instead of are/ere/ire?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2015-03-29T04:25:00.973" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5290" CreationDate="2015-03-27T18:05:08.650" Score="1" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(ri)caricare la batteria (del telefonino). (to charge the battery (of the mobile phone))&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;effettuare una ricarica (to top-up one's phone).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your helpful replies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1338" LastActivityDate="2015-03-27T18:05:08.650" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5308" CreationDate="2015-03-28T10:11:23.127" Score="5" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale avverbio devo usare per esprimere che si parla ad alta voce facendo molto rumore? Per esempio, quale avverbio posso usare per completare la frase seguente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scusa, non ti sento bene perché gli altri parlano molto __________.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2015-03-28T17:00:43.543" LastActivityDate="2015-03-28T17:00:43.543" Title="Avverbio per esprimere il fatto che si parla facendo molto rumore" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5307" CreationDate="2015-03-28T10:25:54.643" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alcune possibilità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;parlano (molto|troppo) forte&lt;/strong&gt;  (la forma di gran lunga più comune)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;parlano a voce (molto|troppo) alta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fanno rumore&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fanno (troppo|un gran) chiasso|baccano&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fanno (troppo|un gran) casino&lt;/strong&gt; (molto colloquiale, spec. usato nel nord)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Teoricamente anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;parlano (molto|troppo) rumorosamente&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non lo direbbe nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-03-28T14:46:51.320" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5305" CreationDate="2015-03-29T00:08:50.423" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's called &quot;troncamento&quot; in Italian (and it's not limited to verbs, compare &quot;dottor Rossi&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This may provide some guidance: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/troncamento_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/troncamento_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note section 2, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tra una forma verbale e la parola successiva il troncamento può verificarsi, purché le due parole siano strutturalmente vicine, e quindi appartengano allo stesso gruppo intonativo (➔ pronuncia; ➔ prosodia). Questo è il caso, ad es., di parlar chiaro, vuol fare, andiam bene, venivan tutti. Non c’è cancellazione invece in *deve partir – se non sbaglio – domani, in cui se inizia un nuovo gruppo intonativo costituito dalla frase parentetica (cfr. Nespor 1993).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, in the case of &lt;strong&gt;verbs&lt;/strong&gt; it is &lt;strong&gt;optional&lt;/strong&gt; and used for &lt;strong&gt;euphonic&lt;/strong&gt; and economical reasons inside a &lt;strong&gt;tone group&lt;/strong&gt; - provided examples convey the idea quite well, most importantly: avoid it in front of parentheticals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that - according to the link and to my experience - it doesn't always sound &quot;right&quot; to native ears and, especially with overuse, has a &lt;strong&gt;high risk of sounding affected&lt;/strong&gt; (it is a stereotypical feature of older Italian in movies and such) or &lt;strong&gt;plain weird/wrong&lt;/strong&gt;, while only in extremely rare examples (mostly shibboleths and sayings) &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; using it doesn't sound right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Troncamento in verbs is also often used to avoid a spurious rhyme or consonance which &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; sound just a bit funny, as it's precisely the case with &quot;potere dare&quot; in your example - &quot;come poter dar torto&quot; is a bit of a set phrase as well (see above); note that &quot;potere dare&quot; &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; generally acceptable, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the above reasons, beginner-to-intermediate speakers should best &lt;strong&gt;avoid it&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastEditorUserId="794" LastEditDate="2015-03-29T08:01:00.873" LastActivityDate="2015-03-29T08:01:00.873" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5312" CreationDate="2015-03-30T11:26:48.940" Score="10" ViewCount="71841" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking up in dictionaries I found that &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;bella&lt;/em&gt; are related to beauty. Still the noun is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt;: individuo di particolare fascino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I've heard it in a context that I would just translate like &lt;em&gt;guy&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;girl&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;man&lt;/em&gt;. I've heard people who tell unknowns &lt;em&gt;'grazie bella'&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;'grazie bello'&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is that normal without even know each other? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Has there the connotation of &lt;em&gt;beautiful&lt;/em&gt; been lost?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="643" LastEditorUserId="643" LastEditDate="2015-08-14T08:56:02.543" LastActivityDate="2017-02-19T21:02:11.450" Title="What's the exact meaning of 'bella' or 'bello', when people say 'ciao bella!'?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5311" CreationDate="2015-03-30T11:32:02.093" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both as an adjective and a noun, &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; means of course “beautiful (person)”. But, as you have noticed, it is being used (increasingly?) as a generic appellative, in perhaps not a dissimilar way from English forms such as British “luv”, which is not used just to mean that one “loves” the person being addressed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a different use of &lt;em&gt;bella!&lt;/em&gt; (only in the feminine form) as a «Saluto amichevole, usato diffusamente anche per esprimere consenso o intesa o come semplice intercalare» («Friendly greeting, also widely used to express agreement or mutual understanding, or just as a stock phrase»), as defined in Ambrogio &amp;amp; Casalegno, &lt;em&gt;Scrostati gaggio!&lt;/em&gt;, an excellent dictionary of slang and youth languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-30T12:04:51.020" LastActivityDate="2015-03-30T12:04:51.020" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5314" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5370" CreationDate="2015-03-30T20:17:11.487" Score="2" ViewCount="4753" Body="&lt;p&gt;Supponiamo io abbia partecipato ad una gara e, per un evento sfortunato ed evitabile, sono arrivata seconda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come potrei grammaticalmente esprimere ciò? con a) o con b)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) Sarei potuta essere arrivata prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) Sarei potuta arrivare prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) e b) sembrano entrambe grammaticalmente corrette, ma è possibile che non ci sia una qualche differenza di significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiedo perché non mi capacito di non riuscire a pensarne neanche una.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T20:52:40.573" Title="&quot;Sarei potuta essere arrivata prima&quot; vs. &quot;Sarei potuta arrivare prima&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5314" CreationDate="2015-03-30T20:34:00.990" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L’uso dell’ausiliare con i verbi servili in italiano non risponde ad un’unica norma. Per quanto riguarda la circostanza in cui dopo il verbo servile (dovere, potere, volere) ci sia il verbo essere, &lt;strong&gt;la norma specifica stabilisce che l’ausiliare è il verbo avere.&lt;/strong&gt; Dunque diremo e scriveremo: avrei dovuto essere, hanno potuto essere, aveva voluto essere ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo perchè con i verbi servili volere, potere e dovere per formare i tempi composti bisogna usare l'ausiliare del verbo successivo, a eccezione del verbo essere che vuole come ausiliare avere!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne segue che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sarei potuta arrivare prima&lt;/em&gt;, è  la frase corretta ( essere si coniuga con arrivare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase al punto a) è completamente sgrammaticata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-01T10:46:04.890" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5321" CreationDate="2015-03-31T06:24:37.363" Score="4" ViewCount="1910" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo un libro, e ho incontrato la parola &quot;mica&quot;. Che significa?  In Google Translate, la traduzione è la stessa parola e credo che significhi &quot;torta&quot;. Ecco un esempio del libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Mica la faccio saltare in aria&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato che questa parola significhi lo stesso di &quot;forse&quot;, ma questa è solo un'ipotesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-31T07:21:12.797" LastActivityDate="2015-03-31T08:56:30.980" Title="Che significa &quot;mica&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2015-03-31T10:06:13.580" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5318" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5320" CreationDate="2015-03-31T06:35:56.893" Score="4" ViewCount="1184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto imparando l'italiano, e ho imparato che la parola per &quot;please&quot; è &quot;per favore&quot;.  Ma io abito a Roma, e non sento spesso questa parola. Il mio italiano non è buono, ma credo di aver sentito &quot;prego&quot; al posto di &quot;per favore&quot;. È possibile? Posso usare &quot;prego&quot; per dire &quot;please&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-31T07:12:52.310" LastActivityDate="2015-03-31T07:12:52.310" Title="Posso usar &quot;prego&quot; al posto di &quot;per favore&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5317" CreationDate="2015-03-31T06:51:28.887" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una negazione, usata in dialoghi informali.  Può essere paragonato ad &lt;code&gt;affatto&lt;/code&gt;. Diciamo che si usa in casi in cui si vuole sottolineare che l'eventualità che si sta descrivendo è praticamente impossibile, un evento irrealizzabile, un'esagerazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="895" LastActivityDate="2015-03-31T06:51:28.887" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5318" CreationDate="2015-03-31T06:53:51.450" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, ma dipende dal contesto: &lt;strong&gt;prego&lt;/strong&gt; si usa generalmente in risposta ad un &quot;grazie&quot;. Oppure in modo più formale, per esempio nel fare un'offerta &lt;em&gt;&quot;Prego, si accomodi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; oppure nel fare una richiesta formale: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Prego, potrebbe indicarmi la via per...?&quot;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Please, can you help me?&quot;&lt;/em&gt; lo puoi tradurre come &lt;em&gt;&quot;Scusi, può aiutarmi?&quot;&lt;/em&gt; ma se vuoi usare il termine &lt;em&gt;prego&lt;/em&gt; diventerebbe &lt;em&gt;&quot;Prego, mi potrebbe aiutare?&quot;&lt;/em&gt;; utilizzando il termine &lt;strong&gt;prego&lt;/strong&gt; la frase diventa più formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="388" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-31T07:11:52.670" LastActivityDate="2015-03-31T07:11:52.670" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5317" CreationDate="2015-03-31T07:20:06.783" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In origine “mica” significava “briciola”[1] e quindi “cosa piccolissima, quasi inesistente”. Lo si è poi cominciato a usare per rafforzare una negazione: «Non gliel'ho detto io.» -&gt; «Non gliel'ho detto mica io.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso si usa anche da solo con valore negativo, come nel tuo esempio, che si potrebbe parafrasare «Non la faccio saltare affatto in aria», con in più un senso sottinteso quasi di «Per chi mi hai preso? Per uno che fa saltare per aria le cose?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] È collegato etimologicamente con il settentrionale “michetta”, un tipo di panino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-03-31T08:56:30.980" LastActivityDate="2015-03-31T08:56:30.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5322" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5323" CreationDate="2015-04-02T15:09:15.910" Score="8" ViewCount="1264" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Spagna è abituale emettere un suono simile a quello di una sirena per segnare la fine di una lezione. Immagino sia qualcosa simile in Italia, ma come si chiama quello che suona per segnare la fine di una lezione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-06T11:31:52.173" Title="Come si chiama quello che suona per segnare la fine di una lezione?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5322" CreationDate="2015-04-02T15:19:13.693" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italia si chiama comunemente &lt;em&gt;la campanella della scuola&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=campanella%20della%20scuola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;La campanella&lt;/a&gt; (il suono) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/campanella.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Campanella&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A scuola, campanello elettrico, un tempo piccola campana che si suonava tirando una cordicella, che scandisce le fasi dell'orario scolastico: &lt;em&gt;non si entra in classe dopo la campanella.&lt;/em&gt; (Garzanti) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wired.it/play/cultura/2014/09/15/scuole-digitalizzazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ricomincia la scuola&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il suono della campanella è sempre lo stesso. I problemi, purtroppo, anche. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-09-06T11:31:52.173" LastActivityDate="2016-09-06T11:31:52.173" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5324" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-03T06:56:54.490" Score="3" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da dove deriva questo detto popolare molto comune? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=Natale%20con%20i%20tuoi%2C%20Pasqua%20con%20chi%20vuoi&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2CNatale%20con%20i%20tuoi%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2CPasqua%20con%20chi%20vuoi%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; si è diffuso dagli anni '50. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-13T11:09:25.327" LastActivityDate="2017-12-13T11:09:25.327" Title="Natale con i tuoi e Pasqua con chi vuoi" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5324" CreationDate="2015-04-03T13:23:42.590" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono note, per quanto io sappia, le origini di questo proverbio.&#xA;Si può, tuttavia, ipotizzare che sia stato coniato come compromesso per conciliare i desideri delle generazioni più giovani con le usanze imposte dalla religione.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Infatti, Natale e Pasqua sono due delle festività più importanti e, pertanto, era tradizione trascorrerle in famiglia in modo quasi solenne. Con il tempo, però, è diminuita l'importanza attribuita dalla società a queste due feste, pertanto è pressochè caduto &quot;l'obbligo morale&quot; a riunirsi con la famiglia durante questi periodi. Essendo Natale considerato gerarchicamente più importante della Pasqua, sarebbe nato così il compromesso &quot;Natale con i tuoi e Pasqua con chi vuoi&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1374" LastActivityDate="2015-04-03T13:23:42.590" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5326" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-03T19:14:55.473" Score="2" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Merriam–Webster 'pescatarian' is a noun which means 'one whose diet includes fish but no other meat' and its derivation is 'probably from Italian pesce fish (from Latin piscis) + English vegetarian'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question: Is there an Italian word which have the same meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-03T22:33:42.940" LastActivityDate="2015-04-08T20:51:42.327" Title="A word whose meaning is &quot;one whose diet includes fish but no other meat&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5326" CreationDate="2015-04-03T19:26:51.643" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pescatarian -&gt; Pescetariano&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Pescetarianism -&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pescetarianismo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pescetarianismo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1374" LastActivityDate="2015-04-03T19:26:51.643" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5329" CreationDate="2015-04-03T20:18:29.020" Score="13" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;The particle &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is often used when replacing a prepositional phrase introduced by &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; [+ location]. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei andato a Parigi questo weekend? No, non ci sono andato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But why does the following example need the particle &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei andato al supermercato? Sì, ne sono appena uscito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it have anything to do with the change in the verb &lt;em&gt;uscire&lt;/em&gt; in the response, since &lt;em&gt;uscire is often followed by &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; usually replaces prepositional phrases that use &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2015-04-08T18:07:18.767" LastActivityDate="2015-04-08T18:07:18.767" Title="The use of ci when specifying locations" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5328" CreationDate="2015-04-03T21:33:16.473" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the first answer, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;moto a luogo&lt;/em&gt; (motion to), whereas in the second answer &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;moto da luogo&lt;/em&gt; (motion from).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you expand them, you get&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No, non sono andato a Parigi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sì, sono appena uscito dal supermercato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/ci1/&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;moto da luogo&lt;/em&gt; is uncommon (&lt;em&gt;non com.&lt;/em&gt;). See also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/ne1/&quot;&gt;entry for &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-04-03T21:33:16.473" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5330" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5331" CreationDate="2015-04-04T17:07:59.700" Score="1" ViewCount="1202" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5322/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; si sono menzionati alcuni usi dei vocaboli &quot;campanello&quot; e &quot;campanella&quot;, che a me sembrano molto curiosi perché corrispondono a una unica parola (&quot;timbre&quot;) nella mia lingua (eccetto quando si tratta di una vera piccola campana, allora usiamo il vocabolo &quot;campana&quot;). Ultimamente stavo leggendo il romanzo &lt;em&gt;Testimone inconsapevole&lt;/em&gt; di Gianrico Carofiglio e ho osservato che là appare un altro uso del termine &quot;campanella&quot;: la campanella usata in aula durante un giudizio per avvertire che l'udienza sta per cominciare. Potreste elencarmi i diversi usi di &quot;campanello&quot; e di &quot;campanella&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-04-09T06:36:08.640" Title="Usi di &quot;campanello&quot; e di &quot;campanella&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5330" CreationDate="2015-04-04T17:29:48.240" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La campanella è semplicemente una piccola campana, intesa come oggetto/dispositivo. Quella che suona a scuola è (o suppongo fosse in origine) anch'essa una piccola campana, quindi si usa &quot;campanella&quot;. In tempi recenti era elettrica, ma il suono era più o meno sempre quello di una campanella. Oggigiorno non so come sia, ma suppongo si chiami ancora &quot;campanella&quot; per tradizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il campanello (maschile) si usa al 90% solo per indicare il &quot;timbre&quot; delle abitazioni o dei condomini (per esempio, quando si va a trovare qualcuno si suona il campanello per avvisare che siamo arrivati e perché ci apra la porta). Il campanello è normalmente elettrico; certe case antiche o di campagna hanno una vera e propria campana come &quot;campanello&quot;, quindi in quei casi si dice &quot;suonare la campana&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è poi, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/campanello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;informa il Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, uno strumento musicale chiamato &quot;campanelli&quot; (plurale), che non conoscevo, che sarebbe il termine italiano per il carillon (lo strumento musicale vero e proprio, non la scatola che riproduce melodie).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine c'è un uso idiomatico: &quot;il campanello d'allarme&quot; è ciò che suona (metaforicamente) quando si sospetta o intravede qualche problema, o (realmente) se scatta qualche sistema d'allarme (anche se in molti casi si usano sirene o altri dispositivi). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'oggetto che suona durante la messa o in tribunale io direi che è una &quot;campanella&quot;; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/campanella/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;secondo il Treccani&lt;/a&gt; è sinonimo di &quot;campanello&quot; perlomeno nel significato di &quot;piccola campana&quot;, quindi si possono usare entrambe le versioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="1043" LastEditDate="2015-04-04T22:05:47.277" LastActivityDate="2015-04-04T22:05:47.277" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5332" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5335" CreationDate="2015-04-05T01:47:25.010" Score="12" ViewCount="354" Body="&lt;p&gt;I saw this sentence in a textbook, and I'm not sure how to read the meaning of the second question. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come mai tua sorella non esce più con noi? Che &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ne è&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di lei?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What is the meaning of the &lt;em&gt;ne è&lt;/em&gt; in the second question?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is this an idiomatic expression formed from &lt;em&gt;essere + ne&lt;/em&gt;? If so, what does it mean?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-08T18:56:53.380" LastActivityDate="2015-04-14T06:53:51.297" Title="Che ne è di lei?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5333" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5334" CreationDate="2015-04-05T05:56:10.483" Score="9" ViewCount="1323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Google Translate dice che &quot;to try&quot; è &quot;provare&quot;, ma credo che questo è &quot;to try&quot; come &quot;I'd like to try the gelato&quot;. Vorrei capire come si dice &quot;to try&quot; come &quot;I tried to hit the ball&quot; o qualcosa simile. Sto leggendo un po', e in un libro, dice &quot;Lui cercò di carpirgli la lettera.&quot; Sembra che questo uso sia il modo che sto cercando, ma non so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-05T21:23:59.937" LastActivityDate="2015-04-05T21:23:59.937" Title="Come si dice &quot;to try&quot; in italiano? Provare, cercare, o qualcos'altro?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5333" CreationDate="2015-04-05T06:47:02.897" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cercare&lt;/em&gt;  nel senso di &lt;em&gt;cerare di carpirgli la lettera&lt;/em&gt; is to try: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To try:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;cercare di + infinitive --&gt; to try to do something (attempting to do something)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato di chiamare lo studio del dentista per prenotare una visita, ma mi rispondeva sempre la segreteria telefonica.&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;I tried calling the dentist’s office to schedule an appointment, but I always got the voice mail.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dovete cercare di cambiare macchina.&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;You have to try to get a new car.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cercava di non intromettersi nella conversazione, ma non era un tipo silenzioso.&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;He tried not to intrude on the conversation, but he wasn’t the silent type.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sinonimi di &lt;em&gt;cercare&lt;/em&gt; in questo senso sono: &lt;em&gt;provare e tentare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.newsinslowitalian.com/catalog/italian-grammar-online/55/special-verbs.html&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; contains useful information on usage. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-04-05T07:04:51.293" LastActivityDate="2015-04-05T07:04:51.293" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5332" CreationDate="2015-04-05T08:44:16.787" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it's an idiomatic expression. It's used to ask about a person (usually when there has been no news in a while), so the meaning is roughly a mixture of &quot;what's happened to her&quot;, &quot;what's up with her&quot;, &quot;how is she doing&quot;, &quot;what is she doing&quot; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2015-04-05T08:44:16.787" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5336" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5354" CreationDate="2015-04-05T14:47:12.537" Score="3" ViewCount="13179" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Auguri!&lt;/em&gt;&quot; -&gt; &quot;&lt;em&gt;Grazie, anche a te.&lt;/em&gt;&quot; -&gt; &lt;strong&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che frase usereste voi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei ringraziare, ma per farlo un &quot;&lt;em&gt;grazie&lt;/em&gt;&quot; semplice mi sembra riduttivo. Sarei tentato di rispondere &quot;grazie, anche a te&quot;, ma non posso per perché ho fatto gli auguri per primo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un modo di rispondere che mi permetta di rispondere in maniera più elegante di un &quot;&lt;em&gt;prego, grazie&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una screen di Whatsapp qua sotto. Si tratta di conversazioni diverse per cui la mia prima frase per è sempre un &quot;&lt;em&gt;Auguri!&lt;/em&gt;&quot; secco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8ert3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Screen di Whatsapp&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="943" LastEditorUserId="943" LastEditDate="2015-04-08T08:28:02.827" LastActivityDate="2015-04-09T13:16:05.023" Title="Rispondere ad una risposta a degli auguri? &quot;Auguri.&quot; -&gt; &quot;Grazie, anche a te.&quot; -&gt;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5337" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-05T19:56:48.047" Score="5" ViewCount="433" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si dice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gli 80 €&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;le 80 €&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il contesto è questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai preso &lt;em&gt;gli/le&lt;/em&gt; 80 € questo mese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-04-05T20:45:28.190" LastActivityDate="2015-04-06T07:33:24.797" Title="'gli 80 €' vs. 'le 80 €'" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5337" CreationDate="2015-04-05T21:05:50.253" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Euro” è un sostantivo maschile e quindi l'articolo  corretto è &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt;. In realtà quando si  parla  di cifre in Euro generalmente non si usa l'articolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ho speso 80 euro&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;costa 20 euro,  etc. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ci si riferisce a una specifica somma – ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;gli ottanta euro che ti ho dato ieri&lt;/em&gt; – si deve usare l'articolo maschile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hai preso gli ottanta euro questo mese? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. L'Euro non si usa mai al plurale. Può capitare di sentire ..gli Euri, ma si tratta di un errore o più probabilmente un uso scherzoso del termine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-04-06T07:22:34.317" LastActivityDate="2015-04-06T07:22:34.317" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5337" CreationDate="2015-04-05T23:25:37.683" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza tra &lt;code&gt;le&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;gli&lt;/code&gt; è che Gli è la forma corretta. Con &lt;code&gt;le&lt;/code&gt;, non ha senso perché &lt;code&gt;le&lt;/code&gt; viene utilizzato &lt;strong&gt;per tutti i nomi femminili&lt;/strong&gt;, ma euro è maschile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Le&lt;/strong&gt; ragazze sono così carine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con &lt;code&gt;gli&lt;/code&gt;, ha senso perché è usato per i nomi maschili &lt;strong&gt;che iniziano con una vocale&lt;/strong&gt; o con &lt;strong&gt;z o s + consonante&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli zii sono così divertenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-06T07:33:24.797" LastActivityDate="2015-04-06T07:33:24.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5340" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5341" CreationDate="2015-04-06T09:58:05.440" Score="3" ViewCount="1914" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Google, ho trovato frasi sia con &quot;a partire di&quot; che con &quot;a partire da&quot;. Non riesco a capire però quali siano le differenze di uso tra queste due espressioni. Me le potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-06T11:06:25.487" Title="Differenze tra &quot;a partire di&quot; e &quot;a partire da&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5340" CreationDate="2015-04-06T10:18:20.280" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;A partire di&amp;quot; è sbagliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Delle frasi che si trovano in google con &amp;quot;a partire di&amp;quot;, il 99% è sbagliato, e il resto sono frasi in cui è vero che le tre parole appaiono in sequenza ma sono parte di una frase più ampia e con un altro significato, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho riparato la macchina e sono pronto a partire di nuovo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il libro &amp;quot;pronti a partire&amp;quot; di Mario Rossi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito si tende a partire di mattina|lunedì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con prezzi a partire, di solito, da 100 euro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ecc. ecc.) Quello che voglio dire è che l'espressione corretta è &amp;quot;a partire da&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-06T10:18:20.280" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5340" CreationDate="2015-04-06T11:06:25.487" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il complemento di moto da luogo può essere introdotto dalla preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, ma solo in poche situazioni: &lt;em&gt;uscire di qui&lt;/em&gt; è usato e corretto, &lt;em&gt;partire di qui&lt;/em&gt; è meno usuale. Un ipotetico &lt;em&gt;partire di Milano&lt;/em&gt; mi suonerebbe piuttosto antiquato, se non scorretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/di1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Equivale in qualche caso alla preposizione &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; per indicare provenienza: &lt;em&gt;uscire di casa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;venire di lontano&lt;/em&gt;; e passaggio da uno stato all’altro: &lt;em&gt;di scolaro divenne maestro&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;andare di male in peggio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono quasi certo che &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; per la provenienza fosse più usato in passato. Non nella lingua attuale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-04-06T11:06:25.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5344" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-06T19:44:44.380" Score="1" ViewCount="825" Body="&lt;p&gt;As stated in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1144/707&quot;&gt;this post&lt;/a&gt;, 'boh' means 'I do not know', with all its nuances:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't know&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I know but I am not gonna tell you&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I don't know and I don't care&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I am confused&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been looking around for the etymology of this word but it seems not to be available on the Internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there anyone who knows its etymology?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-04-07T08:20:37.780" Title="Etymology of 'boh'" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ClosedDate="2015-04-07T08:16:32.383" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5344" CreationDate="2015-04-06T21:38:46.737" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would not obsess over the etymology of interjections like &quot;boh&quot;, &quot;mah&quot;, &quot;bah&quot;, &quot;tze&quot;, &quot;pah&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless evidence of the contrary, they &lt;em&gt;likely&lt;/em&gt; don't have one as such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be interesting to compare them with the facial expression they result in, however, or analyze them from an &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ideasthesia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ideasthetic&lt;/a&gt; point of view - there is probably scholarly research on the matter, although I wouldn't know where to start to look for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastActivityDate="2015-04-06T21:38:46.737" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5344" CreationDate="2015-04-07T05:25:41.173" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find an explanation about the etymology of &quot;boh&quot; in this article by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/printpdf/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/linteriezione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'etimologia delle interiezioni («per quanto», come scrive Nencioni nel libro citato, «in questo &#xA;  settore sia possibile fare dell'etimologia») non è sempre accertata, anche se ci sono casi in &#xA;  cui essa risulta più chiara; ad esempio l'interiezione &lt;em&gt;beh&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;bè&lt;/em&gt; è una forma apocopata di &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  oppure &lt;em&gt;mah&lt;/em&gt; che altro non è che la congiunzione avversativa &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; usata in funzione interiettiva &#xA;  per indicare incertezza, perplessità di fronte a una domanda a cui non si sa rispondere; e &#xA;  ancora &lt;em&gt;to'&lt;/em&gt; che è l'imperativo apocopato di &lt;em&gt;togliere (togli)&lt;/em&gt; nell'accezione arcaica di prendere. &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Boh&lt;/em&gt; esprime dubbio, indifferenza, reticenza a pronunciarsi su qualcosa; è caratteristica, ma &#xA;  non esclusiva, dell'uso regionale romano, come si ricava da diversi esempi pasoliniani di &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Ragazzi di vita&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia, sembrerebbe essere semplicemente un'espressione onomatopeica &#xA;  (così T. De Mauro nel &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario italiano dell'Uso&lt;/em&gt;, UTET, Torino, 2000), cioè una trascrizione di un probabile suono che si produce quando si esprime incertezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, the origin of &quot;boh&quot; seems to be onomatopoeic: it's the transcription of a sound used to express uncertainty. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-07T08:20:37.780" LastActivityDate="2015-04-07T08:20:37.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5348" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5349" CreationDate="2015-04-07T16:58:38.283" Score="4" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se &lt;em&gt;esprimere&lt;/em&gt; possa reggere l'oggettiva. Altri verbi che ricadono nella stessa classe semantica lo fanno senza problemi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Dico che quella casa è lontana&#xA;Proclamo che il lavoro è difficile&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Esprimere&lt;/em&gt; non mi sembra suonare bene con l'oggettiva, ma non ho una spiegazione. Vorrei sapere se è accettabile nel linguaggio scritto, se è un errore o meno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T09:38:06.923" Title="Uso dell'oggettiva col verbo &quot;esprimere&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5348" CreationDate="2015-04-07T22:25:11.213" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Etimologicamente “esprimere” significa “premere fuori”, ma, usato nel comune senso di «Manifestare con parole, a voce o in scritto, i proprî pensieri o sentimenti: &lt;em&gt;gli ho espresso le mie idee in proposito&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;e. il proprio parere&lt;/em&gt;» (Treccani), non c'è motivo per cui non si possa costruire con un'oggettiva. E infatti in Google Books, pescando un po' a caso, si trovano esempi come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Se voi con tali vocaboli intendete esprimere che cotesti beni appartennero un tempo a qualche individuo della nazione, il fatto è vero, ma falsa la conclusione che se ne suol dedurre...» (Gabriele De Rosa, Luigi Taparelli d'Azeglio)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«... chi segue tale via deve trovare un qualche modo per esprimere che la legge da lui accettata ... soddisfa alla condizione sopra accennata» (Vilfredo Pareto)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«...per esprimere che a va moltiplicato per b si scrive ab, od anche a.b...» (Enrico Garnier)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma, soprattutto, il Tommaseo alla voce “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tommaseobellini.it/#/items/44293&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;esprimere&lt;/a&gt;” esemplifica tra l'altro con «Si vuol esprimere che giacciono tutti oppressi non solo dalle tenebre, ma anche dal sonno».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-04-13T09:38:06.923" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T09:38:06.923" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5350" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5351" CreationDate="2015-04-08T07:21:11.433" Score="1" ViewCount="2594" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene quali siano le differenze di uso tra questi vocaboli: &quot;ombrello&quot;, &quot;ombrella&quot; e &quot;ombrellone&quot;. Me le potreste spiegare? Ad esempio, qual è il termine comunemente usato per indicare quello che si usa per ripararsi dal sole in spiaggia? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-08T07:51:25.100" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;ombrello&quot;, &quot;ombrella&quot; e &quot;ombrellone&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5350" CreationDate="2015-04-08T07:32:58.023" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ombrello&quot; è per la pioggia, o parasole, ma in generale portatile;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ombrellone&quot; è quello che ripara dal sole, fisso o poco mobile e per più persone (&lt;a href=&quot;http://img.orchidee.biz/immagini/003/Ombrelloni-da-esterno_m.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;o un tavolo in giardino&lt;/a&gt;);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ombrella&quot; è secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ombrella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; una infiorescenza, che ha in comune con gli altri due l'idea del gambo che si apre in steli multipli. Credo che sia usata anche come sinonimo di &quot;ombrello&quot;, ma in regionalismi e sicuramente molto poco, come dimostra anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=ombrello%2C+ombrella&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Combrello%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Combrella%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="1267" LastEditDate="2015-04-08T07:51:25.100" LastActivityDate="2015-04-08T07:51:25.100" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5326" CreationDate="2015-04-08T20:51:42.327" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano non esiste una parola che indica il solo consumo di pesce in una dieta; il termine &quot;pescetariano&quot; è arcaico e non comprensibile attualmente da nessuno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1390" LastActivityDate="2015-04-08T20:51:42.327" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5336" CreationDate="2015-04-09T08:10:04.217" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normalmente, quando ci si scambiano gli auguri, il dialogo segue una struttura simile alla seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Auguri!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: Grazie, anche a te  (o: anche a te e famiglia, o similari)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è bisogno che la persona che ha iniziato il dialogo aggiunga altro; in fin dei conti, ha fatto gli auguri per prima, come la si può accusare di maleducazione? Ha già fatto la sua parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se proprio si vuole rispondere, non si può sbagliare con un semplice &amp;quot;grazie&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Auguri!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: Grazie, anche a te&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma ripeto, la terza frase non è obbligatoria, e si può evitare tranquillamente senza rischiare di passare per maleducati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-09T13:16:05.023" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5355" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5356" CreationDate="2015-04-10T16:41:36.137" Score="9" ViewCount="1313" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English we use &quot;on a second thought&quot; to express that we're thinking again about a previously made choice. I've seen this expression in a comment to this post, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5326/a-word-whose-meaning-is-one-whose-diet-includes-fish-but-no-other-meat&quot;&gt;A word whose meaning is &amp;quot;one whose diet includes fish but no other meat&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, and I wondered how to express that in Italian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example:  we can say, &quot;You know, on a second thought, I think I'll go to watch that film&quot; if we previously decided not to watch it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can we say a similar expression in Italian?    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-04-11T11:15:30.043" Title="How can I say &quot;on a second thought&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5355" CreationDate="2015-04-10T17:04:10.410" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say &lt;em&gt;a ripensarci&lt;/em&gt; (slightly more formal) or &lt;em&gt;ora che ci penso&lt;/em&gt;, where something like &lt;em&gt;di nuovo&lt;/em&gt; (“again”) or &lt;em&gt;meglio&lt;/em&gt; (“better”) is implied.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-04-10T17:04:10.410" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5355" CreationDate="2015-04-10T17:59:31.303" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ora che ci penso&lt;/em&gt; - in case when you just want to add some more details or clarify something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Pensi a questo: il vestitino, per caso, non era perfettamente asciutto?&quot; &quot;Oddio!&quot; sclamò il dottore. &quot;Ora che ci penso... sì, era asciutto.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anzi&lt;/em&gt; - in case when you change your mind, so that your second thought is completely different from the first one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Anche nei laboratori e nella serra è tutto okay, ma in ogni caso non è che lui li frequentasse molto. Anzi, non ricordo per niente l'ultima volta che è stato qui.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2015-04-10T17:59:31.303" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5299" CreationDate="2015-04-10T23:52:49.777" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the reasons for this, among others, is the merging of 2nd (-ēre) and 3rd (-ĕre) Latin conjugations into the 2nd Italian conjugation. As you may know, 2nd Latin conjugation has the long &quot;e&quot;, while 3rd has the short &quot;e&quot;. You can still notice this in Italian when you compare &quot;crédere&quot; (notice the accent) and &quot;tenére&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice how &quot;credere&quot; is a 3rd conjugation verb in Latin (with short &quot;e&quot;, sounding just like its Italian counterpart), and its perfect form is &quot;credidi&quot; (1st person singular). &quot;Credidit&quot; and &quot;crediderunt&quot; are, in turn, 3rd person singular and plural. You can see, (especially from &quot;crediderunt&quot;, and following the common rules of shifting from Latin to Italian), that &quot;credetti&quot;, &quot;credette&quot; and &quot;credettero&quot; are more or less direct descendants of their Latin counterparts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now notice how, for example, sedere (2nd Latin conjugation, long &quot;e&quot;) is &quot;sederunt&quot; on 3rd person plural (perfect). This, following the same rules, becomes &quot;sederono&quot;. Still, just like &quot;credettero&quot; has its &quot;crederono&quot; form, &quot;sederono&quot; has its &quot;sedettero&quot; form. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The merging of the two conjugation into one probably gave birth to double forms like these. To further confuse things, many 2nd conjugation Latin verbs changed their ending and shifted to 3rd Italian conjugation &quot;-ire&quot;; &quot;-are&quot; became the &quot;dominant&quot; conjugation and there has been a tendency to conjugate most verbs following the rules of the first conjugation (you can see that &quot;credei&quot;, &quot;credè&quot; and &quot;crederono&quot; follow the pattern of the  most common 1st conjugation regular verbs, compare with &quot;mangiai&quot;, &quot;mangiò&quot;, &quot;mangiarono&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note, I'm Italian and &quot;credei&quot; sounds so strange to me... don't use it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1396" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-03T09:04:08.593" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:04:08.593" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5355" CreationDate="2015-04-11T11:15:30.043" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ripensandoci&lt;/em&gt; has the exact meaning you're looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1398" LastActivityDate="2015-04-11T11:15:30.043" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5360" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5361" CreationDate="2015-04-12T09:36:24.297" Score="5" ViewCount="4215" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse questa domanda vi sembrerà troppo semplice. Tenete conto però che, per qualcuno che non ha mai abitato in Italia, non è tutto così evidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se i vocaboli &quot;perfino&quot; e &quot;persino&quot; si usano sempre ugualmente. Cioè, c'è alcuna situazione in cui è preferibile usare uno o l'altro? Esiste qualche differenza regionale di uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-12T14:52:11.483" Title="&quot;Perfino&quot; e &quot;persino&quot; si usano sempre ugualmente?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5360" CreationDate="2015-04-12T10:41:29.097" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono perfettamente intercambiabili, come suggerisce il dizionario Treccani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/persino/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Persino&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;persino avv. [comp. di per-, con valore rafforzativo, e sino]. – &lt;strong&gt;Lo stesso che perfino (v.), con cui si alterna nell’uso.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=perfino%2Cpersino&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cperfino%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cpersino%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;persino  e  perfino&lt;/em&gt;  sono comunemente usati senza particolare preferenza per l'uno o per l'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vale la pena notare che sia come avverbio che  preposizione  &lt;em&gt;sino&lt;/em&gt; è meno comune e un po'  più  formale rispetto a  &lt;em&gt;fino&lt;/em&gt;. Lo stesso vale per i termini composti ad eccezione dei &lt;em&gt;perfino e persino&lt;/em&gt; come notato sopra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sino/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sino &lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;prep. e avv. [alteraz. di fino, prob. per incrocio con il lat. sic]. – Variante di fino, prep. e avv., nei suoi varî sign.: sino a ieri, sin qui, sin d’ora, sino da Milano; ha impegnato sino la camicia. &lt;em&gt;È meno com. di fino, e in genere di tono più elevato; a volte la preferenza per l’una o per l’altra forma è suggerita da ragioni di eufonia (sino a Firenze, ma fin sopra i capelli).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Analogam. per i composti sinora, insino, persino e i meno com. sinché, sintantoché, sinattantoché, varianti di finora, infino, perfino, finché, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-12T14:52:11.483" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5363" CreationDate="2015-04-12T16:31:49.310" Score="3" ViewCount="864" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vicino vs vicina: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il supermercato è vicino al ponte.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sounds right, as both &quot;supermercato&quot; and &quot;ponte&quot; are masculine.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La libreria è vicina al parco.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doesn't make sense to me because &quot;parco&quot; is masculine.  Is it because &quot;libreria&quot; is feminine?  Does it take the gender of the subject?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1402" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-13T04:07:04.423" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T08:04:20.620" Title="Vicino vs vicina" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2015-04-13T09:36:33.080" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5362" CreationDate="2015-04-12T16:36:50.070" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the adjective governed by the verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (to be) takes the gender of the subject, and in your sentence &lt;em&gt;libreria&lt;/em&gt; is indeed the subject. Think “&lt;em&gt;la libreria è bella&lt;/em&gt;”, and compare with “&lt;em&gt;la libreria è vicina (al parco)&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-13T08:04:20.620" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T08:04:20.620" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5332" CreationDate="2015-04-13T08:44:26.797" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As for the meaning, it’s “What has happened to her?” or rather “What has become of her?”. This idiom implies that you have not heard of her in a while, haven’t had the chance to get any information about her, and don’t know what her fate is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might be needless to point out that the meaning of ”ne” in this idiom is useless to understand the meaning of the idiom as a whole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, with this warning in mind, you can construe that ”ne” as a sort of demonstrative pronoun (=‘da ciò’, “from that”). As you can see, the meaning of the pronoun is blurred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is confirmed by the &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, s.v. “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/essere1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Essere&lt;/a&gt;”, meaning 3e, where &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; combines with a particle with no clear-cut meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avvenire, accadere […] con la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che c’è?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, che&#xA;  cosa succede?; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;chissà che ne è stato di lui&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, Luca Serianni in &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, Milano: “Garzanti”, 2000, § VII.55 wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In molte locuzioni cristallizzate il valore di &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;, locativo o pronominale, appare attenuato, quasi irriconoscibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-04-14T06:53:51.297" LastActivityDate="2015-04-14T06:53:51.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5253" CreationDate="2015-04-13T09:18:44.537" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the main reason why some sayings use the 'fico secco' or 'ficosecco' words to indicate valuelessness is that the fig plant is an endemic and fast growing plant. It is not unlikely (it was more common in the past, though) to find this plant in the countryside, in nobody's land, carrying abundant harvest withering on the plant with nobody caring to harvest them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fig tree is diffused in temperate and warm climates, in Italy and in many other regions, yet robust enough to stand freezing winters. It needs little water and prefers calcareous and poor soils. Contrary to most fruit plants in the Mediterranean area, it is not grafted, and does not require any care to bear plenty of fruits. If you want to have your own fig tree, you do not buy seeds or a small plant to grow, just throw a couple of fig fruits in the ground (nearby a plot surrounding wall for example, as it prefers calcareous soils) to have a fruit bearing tree in just a few years.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There might be other, may be less important but supporting, reasons.&#xA;One could be that although the dry fig fruits you buy are nice looking (and somewhat expensive), when on the tree they look withered and wrinkled, giving a feeling of somethind passed-away and disposable.&#xA;A second might be that the 'c' (k) and 'cc' sequence in the two words give it a rather sharp pronunciation, a pretty distinctive feature in the Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1320" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T09:18:44.537" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5367" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5368" CreationDate="2015-04-13T12:35:17.267" Score="7" ViewCount="697" Body="&lt;p&gt;In comune all'inglese, &quot;guardare&quot; è una forma che implica un'attenzione maggiore rispetto a &quot;vedere&quot;. Il caso più diffuso è quello della televisione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io sto guardando la televisione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, &quot;vedere&quot; produrrebbe una diversa interpretazione rispetto a quella intesa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non utilizzerei mai &quot;guardare&quot; piuttosto che &quot;vedere&quot; nel caso di una proiezione cinematografica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andiamo a &lt;s&gt;guardare&lt;/s&gt; vedere un film al cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è strano perché, del resto, in inglese il verbo &quot;watch&quot; verrebbe utilizzato dato che si tratta di un'osservazione prolungata nel tempo, equivalente a quella di un programma televisivo che richiederebbe anche meno sforzo, se vogliamo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché dunque è &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=vedere+un+film%2C+guardare+un+film&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cvedere%20un%20film%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cguardare%20un%20film%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;comune usare&lt;/a&gt; questa formazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-13T13:04:43.150" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T15:34:34.417" Title="Ci andiamo a vedere un film?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5367" CreationDate="2015-04-13T13:06:12.940" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;&quot;andiamo a vedere&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è usatissima per indicare un'attività di svago/turismo che si svolge in un altro posto in cui si &lt;em&gt;va&lt;/em&gt; e consiste nell'assistere a qualche forma di spettacolo o ammirare monumenti o paesaggi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Come giustamente sottolinea @DaG, è molto vero anche che &quot;guardare&quot; tende ad essere usato quando è in corso l'azione &quot;meccanica&quot; e istantanea di &lt;em&gt;guardare&lt;/em&gt; e il film sta scorrendo nel proiettore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando il film è stato &lt;em&gt;visto&lt;/em&gt; per intero, interiorizzato e ricordato come una cosa unitaria si preferisce, appunto, &quot;visto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pertanto, si dice &quot;andiamo a &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt; il Colosseo&quot;, si dice &quot;andiamo a &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt; la partita&quot;, &quot;andiamo a &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt; Arma Letale&quot;, ma una volta che si è già &lt;em&gt;dentro&lt;/em&gt; la sala cinematografica, si dice &quot;sto guardando il film&quot; (e &quot;sto guardando la partita&quot;); una volta usciti si dice di nuovo &quot;abbiamo visto Arma Letale&quot; (oppure: &quot;è scoppiato un incendio mentre stavamo guardando il film e ci hanno fatto uscire&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analogamente per ascoltare/sentire: &quot;andiamo a sentire il concerto di Maurizio Pollini?&quot; vs. &quot;sto ascoltando il concerto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che il &quot;&lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in &quot;&lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; andiamo a vedere un film&quot;, come titola il tuo post originale, benchè ammissibile in un contesto informale, non è particolarmente standard ma non è in questo senso determinante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastEditorUserId="794" LastEditDate="2015-04-13T15:34:34.417" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T15:34:34.417" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5314" CreationDate="2015-04-13T15:29:15.847" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L’espressione del passato, nel caso in esame, è affidata soltanto al verbo servile. Perciò l’unica frase corretta è «Sarei potuta arrivare prima». La frase «*Sarei potuta essere arrivata prima» è agrammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto all’ausiliare, se è vero che la norma prevede che il verbo servile (&lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt;) prenda l’ausiliare del verbo retto, per cui si dice «Sarei potuto arrivare» come si dice «Sono arrivato», è altrettanto vero che non è scorretto scrivere «&lt;em&gt;Avrei&lt;/em&gt; potuto arrivare», anche se certamente è meno consigliabile sia perché minoritario nell’uso e, generalmente, ritenuto (a torto) meno corretto, sia per il rispetto della tradizione letteraria (cfr. Pietro Bembo, &lt;em&gt;Prose della volgar lingua&lt;/em&gt;, Libro III, XLI).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A tale riguardo, mette conto riportare ciò che scrive Giuseppe Patota in Luca Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, Milano: «Garzanti», 2000, s.v. «Ausiliari, verbi» (sezione «Glossario e dubbi linguistici»):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se l’infinito è un verbo intransitivo, il verbo reggente può costruirsi anche con &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ho dovuto uscire&lt;/em&gt;)[.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I verbi servili che reggono il verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; prendono invece di norma sempre l’ausiliare &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;: es. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;avrei&lt;/strong&gt; potuto essere un pilota&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ha&lt;/strong&gt; dovuto essere esaminato&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, anche con &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; e un verbo servile si può avere l’ausiliare &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, in un caso: quando il verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; retto da &lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt; ha un pieno valore verbale, e non è né copula né ausiliare del passivo. Si confrontino questi due esempi boccacciani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Portatelo in pace, che quello che stanotte non &lt;strong&gt;è potuto essere&lt;/strong&gt; sarà&#xA;  un’altra volta. [VIII giornata, novella VII]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se io non &lt;strong&gt;avessi voluto essere al mondo&lt;/strong&gt;, io mi sarei fatta monaca […].&#xA;  [V giornata, novella X]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo esempio, &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; vale ‹avvenire, accadere› (cfr. &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/essere1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Essere&lt;/a&gt;», accezione 3e); nel secondo è un verbo funzionale e, piú precisamente, concorre alla formazione del predicato nominale con «al mondo».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-04-13T20:52:40.573" LastActivityDate="2015-04-13T20:52:40.573" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5371" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-14T18:17:27.413" Score="6" ViewCount="543" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've recently found, to my surprise,  that pantheon in English also means: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;a group of persons most highly regarded for contributions to a field or endeavour&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. :   &lt;em&gt;the pantheon of modern physics&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This connotation is quite intuitive given the origin of the term: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c. 1300, from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?allowed_in_frame=0&amp;amp;search=Pantheon%20&amp;amp;searchmode=none&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pantheon&lt;/a&gt;, name of a temple for all the gods built in Rome c. 25 B.C.&lt;/strong&gt; E. by Agrippa (since 609 C.E. made into the Christian church of Santa Maria Rotonda), &lt;strong&gt;from Greek Pantheion (hieron) &quot;(shrine) of all the gods,&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; from pantheion, neuter of pantheios, from pan- &quot;all&quot; (see pan-) + theios &quot;of or for the gods,&quot; from theos &quot;god&quot; (see theo-). &lt;strong&gt;Sense of any group of exalted persons is first found 1590s.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thinking about an Italian term with the connotation of &lt;em&gt;a highly regarded group of people&lt;/em&gt;, the only that comes to mind is &lt;strong&gt;élite&lt;/strong&gt;,  a &lt;em&gt;French expression.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ironically &lt;em&gt;pantheon&lt;/em&gt;,  a term from Ancient Rome, is  used only in English with that connotation, while  in Italian a we need a French term to convey the same concept.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an Italian term with the same meaning but with a connotation and usage as effective and common as &lt;em&gt;élite&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-16T13:44:54.420" LastActivityDate="2015-04-16T13:44:54.420" Title="We all know what the Pantheon is and means, don't we?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5371" CreationDate="2015-04-14T18:58:43.917" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think there are other terms that satisfies both your conditions: effective and common. But there are similar &lt;strong&gt;expressions&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;words&lt;/strong&gt; that are as effective but not as common:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'aristocrazia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il fior fiore&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;la crema (indicato da karoshi)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'olimpo (indicato da DaG)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only possibile alternative that I could think of is &lt;em&gt;il meglio&lt;/em&gt;, as in &lt;em&gt;il meglio del calcio&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;il meglio della fisica&lt;/em&gt;. But it usually used to refer to the best results of some field, more than the best practitioners. Il &lt;em&gt;non plus ultra&lt;/em&gt; has similar connotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Expressions such as &lt;em&gt;i campioni&lt;/em&gt;, could be used; but outside of sport-related activities seems odd. I imagine somebody using something like &quot;i campioni della logica&quot; only with an ironical connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maestri&lt;/em&gt; as in &lt;em&gt;è uno dei maestri del settore&lt;/em&gt; could be employed to indicate the best practitioners of a field, but more frequently indicates only a high degree of competence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1409" LastEditorUserId="1409" LastEditDate="2015-04-15T07:49:28.713" LastActivityDate="2015-04-15T07:49:28.713" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5373" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5375" CreationDate="2015-04-14T19:12:45.870" Score="3" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1) È strano come una deportazione appaia, grazie alla propaganda manovrata dagli intellettuali, un'azione umanitaria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) È strano &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; come una deportazione appaia, grazie alla propaganda manovrata dagli intellettuali, un'azione umanitaria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La 1) appare grammaticalmente ineceppibile, ma sono quasi certo che la 2)—quella con il &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;—si usi comunemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda è: È corretta o accettabile la 2)? O si deve necessariamente usare la 1)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-15T04:39:44.430" LastActivityDate="2015-04-15T07:53:58.737" Title="'È strano come ...' vs. 'È strano *di* come ...'" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5373" CreationDate="2015-04-15T07:53:58.737" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le proposizione completive soggettive rette dal verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; in unione con un aggettivo o un avverbio sono introdotte da &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; o da &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; nel costrutto esplicito. Non sono possibili altri introduttori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È strano &lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; una discesa, vista dal basso, &lt;strong&gt;assomigli&lt;/strong&gt; a una salita.&#xA;  [Citazione spuria di Pippo.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«*È strano di come una deportazione appaia…» è dunque agrammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il costrutto implicito, invece, generalmente non richiede alcun introduttore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che non &lt;strong&gt;è giusto aver&lt;/strong&gt; ciò ch'uom si toglie [Esempio dalla voce «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tommaseobellini.it/#/items/53514&quot;&gt;Giusto&lt;/a&gt;» del Tommaseo-Bellini]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In passato, però, erano frequenti casi di reggenza preposizionale dell’infinito. Il Serianni (Luca Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, Milano: «Garzanti», 2000, § XVI.72) afferma che questo tipo di costrutto «non [può] dirsi desuet[o] neppure nella prosa contemporanea», e porta poi alcuni esempi letterari dei secoli passati (ne riporto un paio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i quali fatti combinati &lt;strong&gt;è affatto impossibile&lt;/strong&gt; alla mente umana&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;d’intendere&lt;/strong&gt; [Vico, &lt;em&gt;Scienza nuova&lt;/em&gt;, 137]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;voglio avvertirla d’una cosa che &lt;strong&gt;le sarà utile di sapere&lt;/strong&gt; [Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I&#xA;  Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XIX 12]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-04-15T07:53:58.737" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5196" CreationDate="2015-04-15T07:58:29.300" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vado a scuola -&gt; Non ritengo necessario specificare quale scuola. Ci vado tutti i giorni. È LA scuola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado alla Scuola Ufficiale di Lingue di Barcellona -&gt; Ho bisogno di specificare QUALE scuola. È una scuola particolare e voglio comunicarti esattamente quale scuola è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso anche dire &quot;Vado alla scuola elementare&quot; o &quot;vado alla scuola superiore&quot;. In questo caso voglio indicare (specificare) quale tipo di scuola, dato che nel contesto potrebbe essere necessario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1413" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-15T16:47:50.673" LastActivityDate="2015-04-15T16:47:50.673" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5196" CreationDate="2015-04-15T18:07:44.770" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se il complemento di moto a luogo retto dalle preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; è formato da un’&lt;em&gt;espressione definita&lt;/em&gt;, allora sarà necessario usare la forma articolata di queste preposizioni. Gli esempi da Lei forniti sono sufficientemente indicativi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado &lt;strong&gt;a casa&lt;/strong&gt;. ~ vado &lt;strong&gt;all’altra casa&lt;/strong&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; *vado ad altra casa) &lt;br /&gt; Vado &lt;strong&gt;in biblioteca&lt;/strong&gt;. ~ vado &lt;strong&gt;alla&#xA;  biblioteca dell’università&lt;/strong&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; *vado a biblioteca dell’università)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso dell’articolo determinativo in riferimento a espressioni inerentemente definite è però soggetto ad alcune restrizioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’uso dell’articolo determinativo (definito) con nomi o sintagmi&#xA;  nominali inerentemente definiti non è però sempre obbligatorio. Ad&#xA;  es., il grado di accettabilità dell’articolo determinativo (definito)&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;coi nomi propri di persona&lt;/strong&gt; varia secondo condizionamenti diatopici […]. Anche la combinabilità di articolo determinativo (definito) con&#xA;  altri nomi propri (&lt;strong&gt;nomi di marche o di industrie, nomi di popoli, di&#xA;  nazioni&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.) è soggetta a variazione […]. [&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell’Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/articolo_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt;», grassetto mio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di norma, i nomi propri di persona non prendono mai l’articolo determinativo. Ci sono, è vero, differenze geografiche in quest’uso, come ricordato nel passo sopra citato, ma queste differenze non affiorano nella lingua modello, se non nel caso di consapevole riproduzione o imitazione di parlate locali. In quanto ai nomi di marche e organizzazioni, si può dire «Lavora &lt;em&gt;in RAI&lt;/em&gt;» o «Lavora &lt;em&gt;alla RAI&lt;/em&gt;», senza differenze di sorta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Occorre tuttavia occuparsi di un’apparente eccezione. L’articolo determinativo si può trovare talvolta in contesti nei quali esso non è interpretabile né nel suo ruolo determinativo (perché non accompagna espressioni inerentemente definite), né in funzione anaforica (ripresa di un nome già introdotto nel discorso), né in funzione deittica (riferimento al contesto extralinguistico). Si tratta della cosiddetta referenza omoforica, ossia dell’uso dell’articolo per riferirsi a realtà del mondo esterno che si presume esser parte della conoscenza comune. Si veda quest’esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ha &lt;strong&gt;la morosa&lt;/strong&gt; e sta tutto il tempo &lt;strong&gt;al bar&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso è evidente che l’articolo determinativo non è usato in riferimento a una precisa occorrenza discorsiva precedente, né a una precisa realtà extralinguistica, bensí allude a oggetti di conoscenza comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sgombrato il campo da questi casi particolari, la regola che è stata accennata sopra — l’articolo si usa in genere con espressioni inerentemente definite — rimane valida.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quanto alla Sua ultima domanda, c’è una differenza semantica tra &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; nell’espressione del moto: &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; indica una direzione verso la quale ci si muove; &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; il moto in luogo, ossia l’ingresso in un luogo. Pertanto, «Vado &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt; biblioteca dell’università» vuol dire che mi muovo verso quel luogo; «Vado &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; biblioteca dell’università» significa invece che mi muovo verso la biblioteca e vi entro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-04-15T18:07:44.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5378" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5379" CreationDate="2015-04-16T12:52:50.337" Score="6" ViewCount="359" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si deve dire e scrivere,  &quot;le n:m ore&quot; oppure &quot;le ore n:m&quot; (dove n indica le ore e  m indica i minuti)? Ad esempio, quale tra queste due frasi sarebbe la forma corretta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La conferenza si terrà alle 17:00 ore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La conferenza si terrà alle ore 17:00.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Internet ho trovato esempi di tutte e due queste espressioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-16T13:35:12.783" Title="&quot;Le ore 17:00&quot; oppure &quot;le 17:00 ore&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5378" CreationDate="2015-04-16T13:04:42.263" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senza ombra di dubbio il secondo (“ore 17:00”): il primo sembra frutto di un &lt;em&gt;template&lt;/em&gt; mal programmato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si tratta di un'ora tonda, meglio “...si terrà alle ore 17” (senza “00”), e ancora meglio e meno burocratichese “...si terrà alle 17”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-16T13:35:12.783" LastActivityDate="2015-04-16T13:35:12.783" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5380" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-16T18:50:55.497" Score="11" ViewCount="8415" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a general question and then a specific one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone list four or five ways to say &quot;shut up&quot; or &quot;be quiet&quot; or &quot;hush&quot; in Italian, perhaps ranked from most common to least common? Or most polite to least polite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think &quot;stai/sta' zitto&quot; and &quot;taci&quot; (from &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/tacere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tacere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;) fall into this category. I think I have also heard &quot;piantate&quot; or something close to that. (Sorry, I am a total novice.) And very slangy (amongst teenagers): &quot;muto!&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Specific question&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In this short scene in &lt;em&gt;Una Grande Famiglia&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rai.tv/dl/RaiTV/programmi/media/ContentItem-b9b661a5-3506-4ad2-a86e-eba583673357.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Serie 1, Puntata 6&lt;/a&gt; (here is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unagrandefamiglia.rai.it/dl/ray/media/Una-grande-famiglia---6-Puntata-418db31b-a711-4a70-8761-34c80a4efc7f.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;another link&lt;/a&gt;), beginning at 14:42, does Nicoletta tell her brother, Stefano: &quot;Taci!...&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think it's the second time I've heard Nicoletta saying this word (maybe both times to Stefano, poor guy). But, on the other hand, I have had more than one Italian tell me that &quot;taci&quot; is an &quot;outdated&quot; word, or one used in poetry (only?)....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Le Nozze di Figaro&lt;/em&gt; it's used three or four times, including, Atto I, Scena I:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Or bene: ascolta e taci!&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1419" LastEditorUserId="1267" LastEditDate="2015-04-19T08:53:30.830" LastActivityDate="2015-04-28T16:41:41.537" Title="Taci, Sta zitto!: Ways to say &quot;shut up&quot; / &quot;be quiet&quot; / &quot;hush&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5380" CreationDate="2015-04-16T19:30:46.937" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here are some ways to say &quot;Shut up&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per piacere, fa'/faccia silenzio (the most polite one)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Silenzio!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sta'/stia zitto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Taci!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chiudi il becco!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To these expression we can also add the &quot;shhhhhhhh&quot; sound, while touching the tip of your nose with the index finger in vertical position. That can be found in many other languages/cultures.&#xA;Perhaps you've heard &quot;Piantala/piantatela&quot; (cut it out), which doesn't exactly mean &quot;Shut up&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;(Sta'/Devi stare) Muto!&quot; means &quot;Hush!&quot; or &quot;You've gotta shut up&quot; in a very rude way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I personally would not consider &quot;Taci&quot; as &quot;outdated&quot;, but it is true, according to &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=taci&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ctaci%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Ngram&lt;/a&gt;, that its use is slowly decreasing. We also must consider that the usage and frequency of words change across the country.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="909" LastEditDate="2015-04-28T16:41:41.537" LastActivityDate="2015-04-28T16:41:41.537" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5382" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5383" CreationDate="2015-04-18T16:47:17.500" Score="8" ViewCount="1425" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Essere/stare sul piede  di guerra&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione molto comune. Si usa soprattutto per far sapere che ci si sta preparando o si è pronti alla lotta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni titoli dalla stampa recente: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pd sul piede di guerra. E Renzi vola da Obama.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il mondo della scuola sul piede di guerra contro la riforma del Governo. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;730&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Professionisti e caf sul piede di guerra. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=sul%20piede%20di%20guerra&amp;amp;year_start=1750&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csul%20piede%20di%20guerra%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; l'espressione &lt;em&gt;sul piede di guerra&lt;/em&gt; si è diffusa dalla fine del '700 e, sembra fosse usata già da allora in senso metaforico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facile pensare che l'origine sia di natura bellica, ma a cosa fa riferimento questo modo di dire? Perché di dice &lt;strong&gt;&quot;sul piede&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; di guerra? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-09T09:15:50.220" LastActivityDate="2017-12-09T09:15:50.220" Title="Sul piede di guerra!" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5382" CreationDate="2015-04-18T18:56:12.353" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da quanto ho trovato, l'espressione deriva dal francese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento più indietro nel tempo è Le &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=qI0NAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT393&amp;amp;dq=%22pied+de+guerre%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=Jp8yVeaQOeeBywPGqoDgBg&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22pied%20de%20guerre%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dictionnaire militaire : portatif, contenant tous les termes propres à la guerre&lt;/a&gt; che, parlando di Centurie identifica tre modalità: sul piede di pace, sul piede di guerra e sul gran piede di guerra. Quando una centuria era messa sul piede di guerra, quindi mobilitata, cambiava la composizione delle compagnie, modificando il numero di soldati, ufficiali e sottufficiali (non entro nel dettaglio perché il mio francese del 1758 non è &lt;em&gt;à point&lt;/em&gt;). In ogni caso si parla proprio di una riorganizzazione completa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche dizionari e manuali militari italiani la usano dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=MYbQY3LqMc4C&amp;amp;pg=PA13&amp;amp;dq=%22piede+di+guerra%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=5aIyVdKEK4P6ygOr9IDoBQ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22piede%20di%20guerra%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1760&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese compare più tardi (&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/war%20footing&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;war footing&lt;/a&gt;&quot;), che è riferito esclusivamente al caso bellico e non ha la valenza figurata, che invece ho trovato in Balzac, &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pap%C3%A0_Goriot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Le Père Goriot&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a trovare PERCHÉ si dica &quot;piede&quot;, ma suppongo che rappresenti la mobilitazione dell'esercito. Inoltre ho trovato un altro link che parla di Nativi d'America, ma senza fonti (e secondo me si sono confusi con &quot;sentiero&quot;...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se non è una vera e propria risposta, magari altri riusciranno a ricostruire l'etimologia da quello che ho trovato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="1267" LastEditDate="2015-04-19T16:45:31.983" LastActivityDate="2015-04-19T16:45:31.983" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5384" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5387" CreationDate="2015-04-19T08:57:12.370" Score="4" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che l'espressione inglese &quot;in such a way that&quot; si possa tradurre come &quot;in modo che&quot;. Ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dovresti tradurre il tuo post in inglese &lt;em&gt;in modo che&lt;/em&gt; tutti gli utenti lo possano capire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo però se esistano altri modi di tradurre questa espressione in italiano, più adatti magari ad altri contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-04-19T09:23:36.773" LastActivityDate="2015-04-20T13:17:53.667" Title="Diversi modi di tradurre &quot;in such a way that&quot; in italiano" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5384" CreationDate="2015-04-19T09:21:17.617" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usa 'affinché', 'acché', 'di talché'—e anche, magari, 'perché'—che sono parole molto più eleganti di 'in modo che'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, in ultimo, non dimenticare 'dimodoché', che è una parola molto interessante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-19T09:41:03.913" LastActivityDate="2015-04-19T09:41:03.913" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5386" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-20T04:26:14.090" Score="1" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both of them have the same idea of no to remember or to forget. So what is the difference between those two?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1184" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-20T04:39:20.020" LastActivityDate="2015-04-20T04:39:20.020" Title="Difference between &quot;dimenticare&quot; and &quot;non ricordare&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2015-04-20T08:41:46.683" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5384" CreationDate="2015-04-20T13:11:39.447" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso, &quot;in such a way that&quot; potrebbe essere sostituito con &quot;so that&quot; a dare un fine, quindi &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cosicché&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dimodoché&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;di modo che&lt;/em&gt; + congiuntivo sono tutti appropriati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La traduzione letterale di &quot;in such a way that&quot; è però &quot;in modo tale che&quot;, che ha più una sfumatura... &quot;modale&quot;. Se lo uso voglio porre l'accento sulla maniera in cui faccio qualcosa, al fine di raggiungere il mio obiettivo. Come userei &quot;in such a&#xA; way&quot; invece di &quot;so&quot; in inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/showthread.php?t=2510946&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Esempio (al contrario)&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La lista degli account deve essere ordinata in modo tale che gli account di tipo feedback vengano elaborati prima degli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-20T13:17:53.667" LastActivityDate="2015-04-20T13:17:53.667" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5388" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5389" CreationDate="2015-04-20T14:55:33.493" Score="2" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Meglio morti&lt;/em&gt; di Marcello Fois ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Una bambina che ha imparato quello che bisogna fare: dare una mano per la &lt;em&gt;sgrossata&lt;/em&gt; del sabato pomeriggio, passare il panno umido per far risplendere il lavello della cucina,  strizzare lo straccio per l'ultimo risciacquo sui pavimenti,  prima della cera.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sgrossata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sgrossata&lt;/a&gt; nel dizionario e ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sgrossata&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [der. di sgrossare]. – Atto, operazione di sbozzare, di cominciare a lavorare qualcosa: &lt;em&gt;dare una s. a qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire però il senso di questo vocabolo nella frase citata. Si riferisce a qualche lavoro domestico che si fa di sabato pomeriggio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T15:19:44.777" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sgrossata&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5388" CreationDate="2015-04-20T15:05:33.463" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che si riferisca semplicemente alle pulizie della casa: si parte dal “grosso” (spazzare per terra, buttare i rifiuti...) e in un secondo momento si passa a lavare e lucidare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-04-20T15:05:33.463" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5390" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-20T19:30:50.300" Score="5" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certe volte sono perplessa su come scrivere le parole precedute dal prefisso 'anti', e ciò quando la parola da precedere inizia con la 'i'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peraltro poi, i vocabolari spesso non aiutano perché non tutte le &lt;em&gt;antiparole&lt;/em&gt; sono presenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pertanto, c'è una regola generale o dipende da parola a parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.e., si scrive 'antislamico' o 'antiislamico' o, magari, 'anti-islamico'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-04-21T17:37:36.710" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T14:58:29.777" Title="'antislamico' o 'antiislamico' o 'anti-islamico'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5390" CreationDate="2015-04-20T19:53:32.220" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/anti_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sull'uso di  &lt;strong&gt;ANTI-&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono in italiano due prefissi anti-.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il primo – dal latino ante ‘davanti, prima’ – indica anteriorità, precedenza nel tempo o nello spazio e si trova all’inizio di parole derivate dal latino&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;anticipare (dal latino ante ‘prima’ e càpere ‘prendere’)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;antimeridiano (dal latino antemeridianum, da ante meridiem ‘prima di mezzogiorno’)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;o di parole formate modernamente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;antibraccio, anticamera, antidiluviano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il secondo, dal greco antì ‘contro’, è usato in parole composte in cui il secondo elemento può essere un sostantivo (antincendio, antiruggine), un aggettivo (antigiuridico, anticlericale), un participio presente (antiabbagliante, antiappannante) e assume diversi significati.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;• Opposizione, avversione, antagonismo verso qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;antipapa, antischiavista, antidemocratico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;• Attitudine a combattere o prevenire qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;antiallergico, antisettico, antispasmodico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;• Capacità di evitare o impedire qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;anticoagulante, antifurto, antisismico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;• Contraddizione, contrasto, o anche indipendenza da qualcosa (con significato simile all’alfa privativo, ➔a-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;antiestetico, antistorico&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Posizione contraria, movimento in senso opposto, posizione speculare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;anticiclone, antipodi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DUBBI&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nella scrittura, tra anti- (nel significato di ‘contro’) e il secondo elemento composto si può usare il trattino, specie quando si tratta di neologismi o di composti occasionali o rari. Il trattino viene usato con maggiore frequenza quando la parola successiva comincia per vocale: l’uso resta comunque molto oscillante, e si alterna anche alla grafia separata dei due elementi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nei giornali degli ultimi anni, tra le centinaia di nuovi prefissati con anti-, si possono trovare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;antiburqa, anti-burqa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;anti-carovita, anti carovita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;antidegrado, anti-degrado, anti degrado&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nei casi in cui anti- precede una parola che comincia per i, si tende a evitare la sequenza di due vocali identiche: antincendio è molto più frequente di anti-incendio o di antiincendio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte Treccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=antislamico%2Canti-islamico%2Canti%20islamico&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cantislamico%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Canti%20-%20islamico%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;anti-islamico  vs antislamico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-21T01:17:39.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5392" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5395" CreationDate="2015-04-21T07:28:55.967" Score="4" ViewCount="7204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quali siano le differenze di uso tra &quot;forse&quot; e &quot;magari&quot;. Per esempio, in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5384/diversi-modi-di-tradurre-in-such-a-way-that-in-italiano&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, io avevo scritto la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo però se esistano altri modi di tradurre questa espressione in italiano, più adatti &lt;em&gt;forse&lt;/em&gt; ad altri contesti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che poi è stata corretta in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo però se esistano altri modi di tradurre questa espressione in italiano, più adatti &lt;em&gt;magari&lt;/em&gt; ad altri contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché è meglio usare &quot;magari&quot; in questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-04-21T09:16:48.497" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;forse&quot; e &quot;magari&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5392" CreationDate="2015-04-21T09:16:48.497" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Magari&lt;/em&gt;, nel linguaggio colloquiale, assume una serie di significati piú o meno affini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cong., fam., con valore concessivo, seguito da congiuntivo, anche se, quandanche: &lt;em&gt;andrò, magari fosse l’ultima cosa che faccio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avv., probabilmente, forse: &lt;em&gt;magari verrà domani&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;magari si è offeso&lt;/em&gt; | eventualmente, semmai: &lt;em&gt;magari chiamami prima di venire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avv., addirittura, persino: &lt;em&gt;sarebbe disposto magari a rimetterci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avv., fam., piuttosto: &lt;em&gt;magari aspetto un’ora, ma devo assolutamente parlargli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;De Mauro, «&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/magari&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Magari&lt;/a&gt;»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le frasi da Lei portate ad esempio hanno il medesimo significato; non vi sono nemmeno differenze distributive tra &lt;em&gt;magari&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;forse&lt;/em&gt;. L’unica differenza è, per l’appunto, di registro: &lt;em&gt;magari&lt;/em&gt; è piú informale di &lt;em&gt;forse&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-21T09:16:48.497" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5388" CreationDate="2015-04-21T12:16:00.507" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come riferisce la definizione, per sgrossata si intende in genere il &quot;fare il grosso del lavoro&quot; a cui poi possono seguire delle fasi di rifinitura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rimanere nel campo dell'esempio riportato, si può dire &quot;dare una sgrossata ai pavimenti&quot; intendendo una pulizia (e. g. passare lo straccio) che tolga il grosso dello sporco. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia nell'esempio credo che per sgrossata si intenda &quot;grosso lavoro&quot; (di pulizia, in questo caso) poiché viene riferito ad uno specifico momento temporale dedicato completamente alle pulizie (sabato pomeriggio) e poiché si indicano anche lavori di rifinitura (e.g. passare la cera). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2015-04-21T12:16:00.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5397" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5398" CreationDate="2015-04-22T06:29:16.677" Score="4" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un'informazione riferente a un'istituzione ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alle ore 12, nel nostro giardino verrà inaugurata la Fontana-Scultura creata appositamente per questo spazio dall’artista ..., &lt;em&gt;che ne fatto dono&lt;/em&gt; all’Istituto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;che ne fatto dono&quot; in questa frase mi è sembrata strana.  È corretta? Non dovrebbe essere &quot;che ne ha fatto dono&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T12:35:42.437" Title="&quot;Che ne fatto dono&quot; oppure &quot;che ne ha fatto dono&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5397" CreationDate="2015-04-22T07:09:12.987" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, è un errore,&#xA;'che ne ha fatto dono' è indubbiamente la forma corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-04-22T12:35:42.437" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T12:35:42.437" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5397" CreationDate="2015-04-22T09:03:21.820" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senza alcun dubbio &quot;che ne ha fatto dono&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1429" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T09:03:21.820" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5397" CreationDate="2015-04-22T09:08:15.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il participio passato &lt;code&gt;fatto&lt;/code&gt; non può essere usato da solo in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente è stato omesso l'ausiliare avere. In aggiunta alle altre risposte, si possono ottenere altre forme accettabili cambiando il tempo del verbo, ad esempio usando il presente o il passato remoto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che (nell'occasione) ne fa dono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che ne fece dono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1311" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T09:08:15.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5136" CreationDate="2015-04-22T09:15:02.643" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È il verbo “odiare”. Non è una buona idea cercare riferimenti di termini letterari su vocabolari online, perché spesso non registrano le forme auliche e gli arcaismi. Anche le grafie alternative (forme con accenti circonflessi) non sono presenti, come nel termine omografo “principi”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1429" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-22T11:28:14.720" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T11:28:14.720" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5405" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5406" CreationDate="2015-04-22T17:59:26.080" Score="5" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;And what if &quot;Stars&quot; is a group's name? Can &quot;viaggi di stelle&quot; also mean &quot;Stars' journeys&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am working on a title for an article I write. Thank you for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1433" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T19:11:26.287" Title="Is it correct and natural to translate: &quot;journeys of the stars&quot; -&gt; &quot;viaggi di stelle&quot; &quot;path of stars&quot; -&gt; &quot;cammino delle stelle&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5405" CreationDate="2015-04-22T19:09:22.467" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Litterally &lt;em&gt;journey of the stars&lt;/em&gt; corresponds to &lt;em&gt;i viaggi delle stelle&lt;/em&gt;. As a  title of an article it sounds a bit poetic or fantastic. In a more scientific context you would probably say  &lt;em&gt;traiettoria delle stelle&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;movimento delle stelle&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-22T19:11:26.287" LastActivityDate="2015-04-22T19:11:26.287" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5407" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-23T09:19:33.090" Score="4" ViewCount="343" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Crescent&lt;/em&gt; is a common adjective used to indicate a street or terrace of houses forming an arc.&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/or0Gz.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the most appropriate way to call or describe this kind of road in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-04-23T14:34:18.040" LastActivityDate="2015-04-23T14:34:18.040" Title="What's the Italian for a 'crescent' street?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5407" CreationDate="2015-04-23T10:43:54.740" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano-Inglese/S/strada.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this source&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Strada a mezzaluna&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've never heard of it. It's not a common expression at all, although these streets &lt;a href=&quot;https://goo.gl/maps/RtaUD&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;exist&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another possibility is a &lt;em&gt;locuzione&lt;/em&gt; with &amp;quot;arco&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;semicerchio&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La strada fa/disegna un arco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.bab.la/dizionario/inglese-italiano/crescent&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fila di case disposte su una strada a semicerchio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it is bent like a horseshoe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ferro di cavallo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular, a &amp;quot;hairpin&amp;quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.altarezianews.it/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/4382233_6_ce89_le-col-du-stelvio-a-2-758-m-d-altitude-est_b40292e98194806b948238d6312d509a.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;on a mountain road&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tornante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-23T14:02:58.363" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5407" CreationDate="2015-04-23T12:23:30.377" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's a street near to my home, this one: &lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/cmNp9.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and we call it &quot;Virgolone&quot;, which means &quot;big comma&quot;, but I don't know if it's a local name or it's used for this kind of street...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2015-04-23T12:23:30.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5410" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5411" CreationDate="2015-04-24T04:45:34.673" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/forma/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;forma&quot;&lt;/a&gt; nel vocabolario Treccani, ho trovato questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; In senso più astratto, modo di essere, di presentarsi; così, con riferimento alla struttura, all’ordinamento, alla costituzione politica, si parla di &lt;em&gt;forme di governo&lt;/em&gt;, di &lt;em&gt;f. monarchica, repubblicana&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; in economia, &lt;em&gt;forma di mercato&lt;/em&gt;, configurazione, regime, struttura di mercato. In medicina, e nel linguaggio com., il modo con cui determinate malattie insorgono e si sviluppano: &lt;em&gt;f. atipiche, infettive, f. benigne o maligne, f. lievi o gravi&lt;/em&gt;. In altre espressioni equivale spesso a genere, qualità: &lt;em&gt;inventare nuove f. d’arte, di spettacolo, di divertimenti; quanto tempo ha che tu sei ridotto a cotesta f. di vita?&lt;/em&gt; (Leopardi). In altre ancora, si riferisce piuttosto al modo con cui un’azione è fatta: &lt;em&gt;celebrare, commemorare in f. solenne; assistere, partecipare a una cerimonia in f. privata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: fino a che punto si può usare il vocabolo &quot;forma&quot; in questo senso come sinonimo di &quot;modo&quot;? Per esempio, ecco il titolo di una mia domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Diversi &lt;em&gt;modi&lt;/em&gt; di tradurre “in such a way that” in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe corretto sostituire qui &quot;diversi modi&quot; con &quot;diverse forme&quot; per ottenere questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Diverse &lt;em&gt;forme&lt;/em&gt; di tradurre “in such a way that” in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-24T05:01:12.140" Title="Si può usare &quot;forma&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;modo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5410" CreationDate="2015-04-24T05:01:12.140" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mentre spesso si può sostituire tranquillamente &quot;modo&quot; con &quot;forma&quot; (aggiustando le concordanze), ci sono alcuni casi in cui è sbagliato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nell'espressione &quot;a modo mio&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nella domanda &quot;in che modo?&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nell'espressione &quot;in modo da&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quando è accompagnato da un aggettivo con funzione di complemento di modo (&quot;in modo alacre&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Più in generale, è necessario utilizzare &quot;modo&quot; rispetto a &quot;forma&quot; quando è riferito ad un'azione. Ad esempio: &quot;in che modo cucini la pasta?&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastActivityDate="2015-04-24T05:01:12.140" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5412" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5413" CreationDate="2015-04-24T15:31:23.737" Score="6" ViewCount="740" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono stato corretto nel dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;[...] al tempo del &lt;strong&gt;fu&lt;/strong&gt; Giovanni.&quot;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove &quot;fu&quot; indica, similmente a quanto avviene nel noto titolo &quot;Il &lt;em&gt;fu&lt;/em&gt; Mattia Pascal&quot;, la persona dell'ormai defunto Giovanni. La frase non è precisamente quella, ma l'errore attribuito al significato da me &quot;assunto&quot; sì.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È pertanto, sia nel contesto colloquiale  che in quello scritto (&quot;formale&quot;), una forma accettabile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="536" LastEditDate="2015-04-24T17:40:16.440" LastActivityDate="2015-04-24T19:49:14.430" Title="Il fu [nome]: errato?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5412" CreationDate="2015-04-24T15:47:27.693" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Treccani lo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fu/&quot;&gt;registra&lt;/a&gt; senza nessuna marca d'uso del tipo “colloquiale” o simili; Pirandello, come menzioni giustamente, ne fa il titolo di un romanzo. Come si può pensare che sia errato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-04-24T15:47:27.693" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5414" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-04-24T19:11:07.533" Score="8" ViewCount="500" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è una domanda un po'... personale, ma penso che possa essere utile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rivolgersi in modo formale a una persona, in inglese si dice &lt;em&gt;Sir&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Ma'am&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Miss&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano, non ho problemi a usare &quot;Signora&quot; e &quot;Signorina&quot;, ma &quot;Signore&quot; mi sembra sempre fuori luogo. &#xA;Forse per l'uso religioso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che il Signore sia con voi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;forse perché mi sembra un po'... &quot;infantile&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Signore, mi sono perso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;forse perché assume quasi un tono accusatorio/sarcastico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi scusi &quot;signore&quot;, le sembra il caso di buttare la carta per terra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi uso soltanto &quot;scusi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un mio blocco mentale, oppure altri la pensano allo stesso modo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nel caso, esiste un modo migliore per tradurre &lt;em&gt;Sir&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-04-24T21:05:44.703" Title="Come tradurre &quot;Sir&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5412" CreationDate="2015-04-24T19:46:21.930" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Il fu&quot; è un corrispettivo quasi 1:1 dell'inglese &quot;the late Joe Public&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una variante di registro leggermente più formale (non &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;formale) di &quot;il defunto Mario Rossi&quot;, ma è comunque una forma diffusissima e valida in quasi tutti i contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insieme a &quot;il defunto Mario Rossi&quot; copre il 90% dei casi che non richiedono una particolare connotazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-24T19:49:14.430" LastActivityDate="2015-04-24T19:49:14.430" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5414" CreationDate="2015-04-24T20:36:24.567" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;SIR&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; usage: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir n   formal (mister) signore nm&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;      How can I help you, sir?&#xA;      Come posso aiutarla, signore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir n   (title) (titolo)    Sir nm&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;      Sir Walter Raleigh is famous.&#xA;      Sir Walter Raleigh è famoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sir [sb] vtr    (use sir with)  chiamare signore vtr&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;      Don't sir me! I'm not that old.&#xA;      Non mi chiamare signore! Non sono così vecchio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dear Sir    formal (letter: formal greeting) (apertura di lettera)&lt;/strong&gt; egregio signore, pregiatissimo signore nm&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No sir interj   formal (expressing polite negation) (forma di rispetto) no signore, nossignore&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;      No sir, I will not polish your shoes. No sir, you can put me in jail, but I refuse to fight.&#xA;    No signore, non le luciderò le scarpe. Nossignore, mi può anche mettere in galera, ma mi rifiuto di combattere. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yes sir&lt;/strong&gt;       sì, signore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/signore/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; illustra molto bene l'uso di Signore nei modi odierni più comuni: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Signore: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nell’uso odierno, &lt;strong&gt;appellativo rispettoso, premesso al cognome&lt;/strong&gt;: il signor Rossi; o al nome: il signor Mario; o al nome e cognome: il signor Mario Rossi; nell’indirizzo di lettere o di altre missive (di solito nell’abbreviazione grafica sig.): al sig. Mario Rossi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Premesso a un titolo professionale o nobiliare, è di uso volutamente deferente e ormai disusato:&lt;/strong&gt; il signor avvocato la riceverà tra pochi minuti; il signor presidente, il signor ministro, formule ufficiali dopo l’abolizione del titolo di eccellenza; e &lt;strong&gt;ugualmente antiquato è l’uso con un nome che esprime rapporto di parentela&lt;/strong&gt; mi saluti il suo signor padre (o anche il signore suo padre); in questi casi, e quando è seguito dall’avverbio affermativo o negativo (signor sì, signor no), è usata sempre la forma tronca signor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Talvolta con tono iron.&lt;/strong&gt; i signori dirigenti farebbero bene a migliorare il servizio. &lt;strong&gt;Con uso assol., come appellativo rispettoso:&lt;/strong&gt; Signori della Corte; Signore e Signori, iniziando una conferenza o altro discorso; Ill.mo Signore, a principio di una lettera; anche rivolgendo la parola a un estraneo: signore, può dirmi l’ora? In risposte affermative o negative: sì signore, no signore; signor sì, signor no, formule preferite in alcuni ambienti come meno secche, più cortesi del semplice sì e no (anche in una sola parola: sissignore, nossignore, signorsì, signornò). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Talvolta con funzione di soggetto, o di complemento, come equivalente di un pronome di terza persona sing. o plur., con tono di maggiore rispetto:&lt;/strong&gt; il s. desidera?, domanda che il negoziante rivolge al cliente; il s. è servito; se i signori vogliono accomodarsi; come desiderano lor signori; in questi ultimi casi il plur. signori può intendersi riferito all’insieme di signori e signore. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al di fuori di questi casi, in senso più generale rivolgendosi ad un estraneo, userei la terza persona singolare come forma di rispetto senza l'uso dell'appellativo  &lt;em&gt;signore&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;mi scusi, mi può dire che ore sono? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;mi scusi, le sembra il caso di buttare la carta per terra? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le spiace darmi una mano per favore? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-04-24T21:05:44.703" LastActivityDate="2015-04-24T21:05:44.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5418" CreationDate="2015-04-24T22:18:04.060" Score="7" ViewCount="2227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è capitato di scrivere la parola “approcciabile” e notare che veniva segnalata come errata dal correttore automatico. Una ricerca su qualche dizionario online non porta ad alcun risultato. Il che, di per sé, sembrerebbe attestare la sua inesistenza. D'altronde un controllo sui motori di ricerca rivela un certo uso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre ai tempi scolastici, e parliamo di più di dieci anni fa, ricordo che fosse usata con due significati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;riferito a persona, usata come somma di avvicinabile e disponibile, ovvero nel senso di persona sentimentalmente disponibile e generalmente amichevole. Es. &lt;em&gt;Ma Michela è approcciabile? No, sta con X./No, è una (insulto).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;riferito a cose, usata per indicare una questione facilmente risolvibile. Es. &lt;em&gt;L'equazione del compito in classe era approcciabile.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È chiaro che, se ne ammettiamo l'esistenza, il suo è ristretto ad una popolazione giovanile, ma vorrei sapere se qualcun altro ne può attestare l'uso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1409" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-04-25T07:10:13.187" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T08:47:24.203" Title="La parola “approcciabile”. Esiste o no?" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5417" CreationDate="2015-04-24T23:02:43.780" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;L’assenza d’una parola da un dizionario non ne decreta l’inesistenza. Il dizionario, anche un dizionario dell’uso, è necessariamente in ritardo rispetto al rapido sviluppo della lingua. Inoltre, i compilatori debbono necessariamente fare un lavoro di selezione della mole di neologismi che ogni anno vengono creati, la maggior parte dei quali è classificabile tra gli occasionalismi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò detto, bisogna aggiungere che i dizionari in genere non includono tutti i derivati di una parola, in specie se il derivato non assume un significato sostanzialmente diverso da quello della sua base. Per fare un esempio, &lt;em&gt;arabescatore&lt;/em&gt; con ogni probabilità non è messo a lemma da nessun dizionario; tuttavia, è una parola possibile, e può essere adoperata senza problemi, nonostante l’assenza dai dizionari, nei contesti adeguati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In breve, ci sono parole escluse dai dizionari ma esistenti in potenza, formate rispettando le regole di derivazione italiane, e perfettamente comprensibili a tutti i parlanti nativi. &lt;em&gt;Approcciabile&lt;/em&gt; è tra queste: come si dice — in un modo d’esprimersi che ad alcuni può risultare indigeribile — «Approcciare una ragazza» o «Approcciare un compito in classe», cosí si può dire anche «Ragazza &lt;em&gt;approcciabile&lt;/em&gt;» o «Compito in classe &lt;em&gt;approcciabile&lt;/em&gt;».&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-04-25T14:08:49.067" LastActivityDate="2015-04-25T14:08:49.067" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5419" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5421" CreationDate="2015-04-26T07:23:43.150" Score="3" ViewCount="602" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel vocabolario Treccani appare questa accezione del vocabolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stringato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;stringato&quot;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; fig. Breve e conciso, ridotto all’essenziale ma al tempo stesso esauriente, detto di scritti, discorsi e sim.: &lt;em&gt;una relazione, un’esposizione s.; un’argomentazione s. e rigorosa; uno stile secco e s.; seguitava a parlare ... senza misura e in modo forse non troppo s.&lt;/em&gt; (Landolfi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, se ho capito bene questa spiegazione, l'aggettivo &quot;stringato&quot; può avere sia una connotazione positiva (per esempio, &lt;em&gt;&quot;un’argomentazione stringata e rigorosa&quot;&lt;/em&gt;) sia un'accezione negativa (come in &lt;em&gt;&quot;uno stile secco e stringato&quot;&lt;/em&gt;). È così? Potreste aiutarmi a capire le diverse sfumature di questo aggettivo facendo altri esempi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T08:59:59.750" Title="Sfumature dell'aggettivo &quot;stringato&quot; usato per descrivere il modo di esprimersi" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5419" CreationDate="2015-04-26T08:04:50.547" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personalmente considero &quot;stringato&quot; un sinonimo di &quot;schietto&quot;. L'accezione positiva o negativa può dipendere molto dal contesto in cui viene inserito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, se dico che una persona ha dei modi di fare molto stringati, posso intendere che quella persona non è di molte parole, quindi non molto socievole (attribuendo a stringato un'accezione negativa) o posso intendere che è una persona molta pratica, schietta (quindi attribuendogli un'accezione positiva).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T08:04:50.547" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5419" CreationDate="2015-04-26T08:30:49.427" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La definizione del &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt; è corretta. Come si può comprendere, però, la stringatezza è una virtú relativa: imprescindibile in alcuni casi, insoddisfacente in altri. Si vedano questi due esempi giornalistici:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mattinata l’hanno trascorsa leggendo il documento congressuale,&#xA;  nella nuova stesura supervisionata dallo stesso Natta: un testo più&#xA;  agile e &lt;strong&gt;stringato&lt;/strong&gt;, con una parte politica generale di una ventina&#xA;  di cartelle e una serie di schede programmatiche per altre quaranta,&#xA;  in tutto meno di 70 pagine. [&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/1985/11/29/77-saggi-del-pci-esaminano.html&quot;&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, 29 novembre 1985]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Del cambio al vertice non si è parlato fino a ieri (anche se&#xA;  l’istituto ne aveva dato notizia con uno &lt;strong&gt;stringato&lt;/strong&gt; comunicato) quando&#xA;  è stato presentato il 48° Rapporto sulla situazione sociale del Paese,&#xA;  il fiore all'occhiello del Censis. [&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/2014/12/06/de-rita-mio-figlio-direttore-curriculum-adeguato04.html&quot;&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, 6 dicembre 2014]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’esempio dato dal &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stringato&lt;/em&gt; in «uno stile secco e stringato» &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; ha una connotazione necessariamente negativa. Anzi, è vero piú spesso il contrario: sono gli aggettivi &lt;em&gt;ampolloso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;barocco&lt;/em&gt;, riferiti allo stile, a caricarsi di un’accezione negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T08:30:49.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5419" CreationDate="2015-04-26T08:35:33.473" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ritengo che il termine: &quot;stringato&quot; non abbia alcuna connotazione positiva o negativa. Lo considero un sinonimo di: &quot;sintetico&quot;, da cui può essere sostituito senza che si perda alcuna sfumatura di significato. Non riesco a vedere (forse è un mio difetto) alcuna connotazione negativa nell'esempio che hai portato: &quot;uno stile secco e stringato&quot;; solo il contesto può dirci se la caratteristica della comunicazione (essere stringata) è o meno &lt;em&gt;appropriata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="190" LastEditorUserId="190" LastEditDate="2015-04-26T08:59:59.750" LastActivityDate="2015-04-26T08:59:59.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5427" CreationDate="2015-04-26T21:22:52.623" Score="5" ViewCount="550" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Avere un bel fegato&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ci vuole un bel fegato&lt;/em&gt; sono espressioni molto comuni usate per esprimere il concetto che ci vuole un bel coraggio o bisogna essere sfrontati per poter fare qualcosa di riprovevole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci vuole un bel fegato a derubare la povera gente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bisogna avere fegato per viaggiare in treno senza biglietto. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/F/fegato.shtml&quot;&gt;Avere un bel fegato &lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere impudenti, sfrontati; commettere azioni spudorate o riprovevoli senza porsi problemi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché &lt;em&gt;il fegato&lt;/em&gt; viene usato come metafora di &lt;em&gt;coraggio o impudenza&lt;/em&gt;? Ci sono ragioni storiche o letterarie che hanno dato origine a questi modi di dire? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-09T09:13:29.697" LastActivityDate="2017-12-09T09:13:29.697" Title="Ci vuole un bel fegato!" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5425" CreationDate="2015-04-27T04:49:49.780" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione sembrerebbe derivare dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Teoria_umorale&quot;&gt;teoria umorale&lt;/a&gt; di Ippocrate, secondo cui la bile gialla, presente nel fegato, è associata al fuoco, quindi alla collera e all'avventatezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastActivityDate="2015-04-27T04:49:49.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5425" CreationDate="2015-04-27T09:29:45.173" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il legame tra fegato e coraggio è antichissimo. In latino lo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059%3Aentry%3Djecur&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;iecur&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, il fegato, era la sede dell’anima e degli affetti. Allo stesso modo, in greco lo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0058%3Aentry%3Dh%28%3Dpar&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ἧπαρ&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (hḗpar) era la sede delle passioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’accezione è passata anche in italiano ed è rimasta come relitto di concezioni mediche arcaiche, nell’espressione idiomatica in esame e in altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Tommaseo-Bellini&lt;/em&gt;, alla voce «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tommaseobellini.it/#/items/47179&quot;&gt;fegato&lt;/a&gt;», dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aver fegato&lt;/strong&gt;; Coraggio ardimentoso, ma in cose materiali. &lt;em&gt;Uomo che ha fegato&lt;/em&gt;. Il modo vien forse dall'avere gli antichi posta nel fegato&#xA;  la sede degli appetiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Coraggio […] in cose materiali», coerentemente con la concezione greca, esposta per esempio nel &lt;em&gt;Fedro&lt;/em&gt; di Platone, del dualismo tra ragione e passione, intesa come concupiscenza, appetito materiale, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-04-27T10:40:17.110" LastActivityDate="2015-04-27T10:40:17.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5429" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5430" CreationDate="2015-04-28T07:37:39.113" Score="4" ViewCount="729" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1601/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;, sono stata stupita da queste frasi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono i &lt;em&gt;dispetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace quando mi fanno i &lt;em&gt;dispetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che vengono proposte come possibili traduzioni dell'inglese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I like when I am teased.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ho capito bene la spiegazione del post, in questo contesto i &amp;quot;dispetti&amp;quot; sarebbero certi scherzi piuttosto infantili. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato la definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dispetto2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;dispetto&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;  nel vocabolario Treccani e ho trovato questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Atto compiuto espressamente e con malignità per far dispiacere altrui, per irritare o procurare danno: &lt;em&gt;fare un d., dei d.; ricevere un d.; l’ha detto solo per fare un d. a me&lt;/em&gt;. Anche, il sentimento, l’intenzione per cui l’atto si compie: &lt;em&gt;l’ha fatto per d.&lt;/em&gt; (talora, lo stesso che &lt;em&gt;per ripicca&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;pare che faccia per d. a non capire&lt;/em&gt;. Riferito a fatti, eventi, circostanze, la locuz. &lt;em&gt;per d.&lt;/em&gt; è spesso adoperata come inciso: &lt;em&gt;io lo so, ma, per d., non te lo dico&lt;/em&gt;; e con sign. attenuato: &lt;em&gt;finalmente il salto gli riuscì, ma proprio in quel momento, per d., non c’era nessuno a guardarlo; quante volte, tornandoci sopra,... gli venivano in mente, quasi per d., parole che tutte sarebbero state meglio di quell’insulso ‘si figuri!’&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo tutto questo, a me non sembra che si tratti proprio di scherzi, ma invece di cose abbastanza serie. Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &amp;quot;dispetti&amp;quot; nelle frasi precedenti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-04-28T08:56:23.350" Title="Può &quot;dispetto&quot; essere sinonimo di &quot;scherzo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5429" CreationDate="2015-04-28T08:34:32.937" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto del comportamento infantile (e anche di rapporti amichevoli tra adulti), il dispetto è un atto volto a infastidire ma senza intenzioni malevole: è piuttosto, come ha intuíto, qualcosa che si fa per amor di scherzo. Si veda la definizione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/D/dispetto.shtml&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sabatini-Coletti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Azione che ha il solo fine di infastidire qlcu., dettata da malignità,&#xA;  o, al contrario, &lt;strong&gt;da un'intenzione scherzosa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C’è però una differenza semantica rispetto a &lt;em&gt;scherzo&lt;/em&gt;: se chi scherza si prende gioco di qualcuno, chi fa a un’altra persona un dispetto le dà noia in maniera scherzosa, ma non cerca di beffarla, facendole credere ciò che non è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;dispetto&lt;/em&gt;, nella sua connotazione scherzosa, si applica molto piú spesso ai bambini che agli adulti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A conferma dell’affinità semantica — ma, si badi, non dell’equivalenza — tra &lt;em&gt;scherzo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dispetto&lt;/em&gt;, ecco una possibile traduzione italiana della celebre domanda posta dai bambini alla vigilia di Ognissanti (&lt;em&gt;Halloween&lt;/em&gt;), «treat or tricks?», cosí come la riporta il quotidiano &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://archiviostorico.corriere.it/2000/ottobre/31/cardinale_sconfessa_Halloween_co_0_0010312082.shtml&quot;&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; in un suo articolo del 31 ottobre 2000:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Treats or &lt;strong&gt;tricks&lt;/strong&gt;, dolcetti o &lt;strong&gt;dispetti&lt;/strong&gt;? Secondo il cardinale Carlo&#xA;  Maria Martini, più che altro si tratta di dispetti, un brutto &lt;strong&gt;scherzo&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  che stiamo giocando alla nostra cultura […].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’uso prevale «dolcetto o scherzetto?», ma quest’alternativa (decisamente minoritaria) rende bene l’idea della natura bambinesca degli scherzetti e del loro scopo di dar noia, per scherzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-04-28T08:56:23.350" LastActivityDate="2015-04-28T08:56:23.350" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5432" CreationDate="2015-04-29T06:28:22.623" Score="4" ViewCount="55889" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho guardato &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=EvNqzBHCdwc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo video&lt;/a&gt; nel quale si cerca di fare una rappresentazione letterale di alcuni modi di dire italiani. Nelle prime sequenze del video si vede un ragazzo che cerca di mettere due piedi in una scarpa. Ho cercato informazione sul modo di dire corrispondente a queste immagini e ho trovato questo in &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glossario_delle_frasi_fatte#D&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Due piedi in una scarpa/Due piedi in una staffa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non decidersi tra due possibilità (ma è più corretta la frase &amp;quot;un piede in due scarpe&amp;quot;). Più usata invece col significato di sentirsi in difficoltà o in imbarazzo nei confronti di una persona per aver commesso qualcosa (stare con due piedi in una scarpa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si deve dire? Avere due piedi in una scarpa? Avere un piede in due scarpe? Stare con due piedi in una scarpa? Stare con un piede in due scarpe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste anche chiarire il significato di questo modo (o modi) di dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-12T18:29:34.633" Title="&quot;Due piedi in una scarpa&quot; oppure &quot;un piede in due scarpe&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5431" CreationDate="2015-04-29T06:43:36.877" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piede/&quot;&gt;piede/staffa&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tenere il piede in due staffe&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;meno comume tenere due piedi in una staffa, o anche tenere un piede in due scarpe, o due piedi in una scarpa&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tenere un contegno ambiguo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tenere il piede in due staffe o in due scarpe sembrano essere le espressioni più usate (anche per quel che mi riguarda).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come specificato si usa per indicare un comportamento ambiguo ma anche insicuro, quando non si sa o non ci si vuol decidere. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si usa spesso in riferimento ad un comportamento di comodo, per proprio vantaggio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Franco non sa decidere  tra le due ragazze che frequenta. Per il momento sta con il piede in due scarpe. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Secondo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=due%20piedi%20in%20una%2Cun%20piede%20in%20due&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cdue%20piedi%20in%20una%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cun%20piede%20in%20due%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; entrambe le versioni sono comunemente usate&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-04-29T08:02:51.687" LastActivityDate="2015-04-29T08:02:51.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5433" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5435" CreationDate="2015-04-29T08:02:00.200" Score="3" ViewCount="2489" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando parlo in inglese (o tedesco), mi capita comunque spesso di infilarci dei &quot;boh&quot;, spesso lasciando i miei interlocutori internazionali un po´ interdetti. Che voi sappiate, esiste una &lt;strong&gt;interiezione&lt;/strong&gt; (massimo 1-2 parole) che renda l´equivalente di &quot;boh&quot; in altre lingue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Should I also translate the question into English? This is my first question here)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastActivityDate="2015-04-29T08:16:16.760" Title="&quot;boh&quot; in English?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;exclamations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ClosedDate="2015-04-29T09:22:40.793" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5431" CreationDate="2015-04-29T08:11:48.240" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un piede in due scarpe&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;due piedi in una scarpa&lt;/em&gt; sono espressioni equivalenti, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piede/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (punto 2a).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella pubblicistica politica, si trovano tutt’e due le espressioni, talvolta con un significato particolare, ossia «tenere due incarichi tra loro incompatibili»:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parole forti, qualche imbarazzo, distinguo, accuse e precisazioni, ma&#xA;  nella sostanza per alcuni degli esponenti più in vista del partito di&#xA;  Epifani, De Luca non può più restare con &lt;strong&gt;due piedi in una scarpa&lt;/strong&gt;. […]&#xA;  Spiega il deputato europeo Andrea Cozzolino: «È un errore mantenere i&#xA;  due incarichi […].» [&lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/2013/09/04/pd-in-pressing-su-de-luca-che.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, 4 settembre 2013]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In genere, però, il significato è «tenere un comportamento ambiguo o contraddittorio»:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il capo dell’Assemblea esecutiva di Belfast appena eletta, David&#xA;  Trimble, è stato accusato da Gerry Adams, presidente del movimento&#xA;  cattolico indipendentista Sinn Fein, di voler «&lt;strong&gt;tenere un piede in due&#xA;  scarpe&lt;/strong&gt;». Di invocare il dialogo, cioè, per poi «spargere il terrore»&#xA;  nella regione agitando lo spettro di «tremende» conseguenze nel caso&#xA;  di un ritorno al confronto civile. [&lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/1998/07/11/ulster-para-pronti-all-attacco.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, 11 luglio&#xA;  1998]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ed è per questa stessa ragione che essi mi sembrano condannati a&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;tenere&lt;/strong&gt; costantemente &lt;strong&gt;un piede in due scarpe&lt;/strong&gt;; ad esempio, a non opporsi&#xA;  al rifinanziamento della nostra missione militare in Iraq e a&#xA;  partecipare alle marce di chi ne chiede il ritiro, beccandosi l’accusa&#xA;  di «delinquenti politici» da Gino Strada. [&lt;a href=&quot;http://archiviostorico.corriere.it/2004/marzo/13/interesse_liberale_per_riformisti_sinistra_co_9_040313054.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;  13 marzo 2004]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si può essere tifosi del Bari e nello stesso tempo di Milan, Inter o&#xA;  Juventus? […] «Non si possono &lt;strong&gt;avere due piedi in una scarpa&lt;/strong&gt;», il&#xA;  concetto di Lele21, ribadito da nandolopiano che scrive che «il Bari&#xA;  viene prima di tutto, nella gioia e nel dolore». [&lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/2011/08/20/ira-degli-ultra-chi-tifa-biancorosso.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La&#xA;  Repubblica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, 20 agosto 2011]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-04-29T08:11:48.240" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5433" CreationDate="2015-04-29T08:16:16.760" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Boh&lt;/em&gt; è un’interiezione propria, senza un significato proprio. Se si cerca un equivalente inglese anche sotto l’aspetto grammaticale, un’interiezione inglese di uguale significato, si cerca invano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dire però &lt;em&gt;dunno&lt;/em&gt;, grafia che ricalca la pronuncia trascurata, rilassata di «(I) don’t know» (si veda in proposito la voce «&lt;a href=&quot;http://oxfordparavia.it/lemmaIta4057&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Boh&lt;/a&gt;» del dizionario bilingue &lt;em&gt;Oxford Paravia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-04-29T08:16:16.760" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5436" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5438" CreationDate="2015-04-30T13:04:08.780" Score="6" ViewCount="1916" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un altro dei modi di dire che appare in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=EvNqzBHCdwc&quot;&gt;questo video&lt;/a&gt; è &quot;berci sopra&quot;. Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/sopra.php&quot;&gt;questa spiegazione&lt;/a&gt; nel dizionario Hoepli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fig. per riuscire a dimenticare qualcosa o qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, &quot;berci sopra&quot; significa bere per cercare di dimenticare qualcosa o qualcuno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-04-30T13:42:49.883" Title="Cosa significa &quot;berci sopra&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5437" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5440" CreationDate="2015-04-30T13:41:12.053" Score="6" ViewCount="281" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutti conosciamo la regola per cui i prestiti da lingue straniere non si declinano secondo il numero, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono i &lt;em&gt;film&lt;/em&gt; di Fellini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vale anche per il genere di un aggettivo (in particolare, in francese)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma che gonna &lt;em&gt;démodée&lt;/em&gt;, è di tua nonna?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei simpatica quando sei così &lt;em&gt;tranchante&lt;/em&gt;, ma è un vestito tuo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Touchée&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ciascuno di questi tre esempi ho aggiunto una E secondo le regole del francese, perché i tre aggettivi si riferiscono a sostantivi di genere femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-02T09:49:16.990" Title="Un aggettivo in prestito dal francese va declinato secondo il genere?" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5436" CreationDate="2015-04-30T13:42:49.883" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa non pensare più a un problema e bere degli alcoolici per distrarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2015-04-30T13:42:49.883" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5437" CreationDate="2015-04-30T16:05:20.523" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La morfologia della lingua di partenza di un prestito non adattato è di solito «invisibile» alla lingua d’arrivo, qualora il prestito sia acclimato, e non si tratti quindi di una citazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso dovrebbe valere anche gli aggettivi. Tuttavia, i dizionari riportano esempi non concordi. Ecco il &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt; alla voce «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/demode/&quot;&gt;démodé&lt;/a&gt;»:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fuori moda, passato di moda: &lt;em&gt;un cappellino d.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;una camicetta d.&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;  fig., di cosa antiquata, desueta: &lt;em&gt;teorie ormai démodées&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La declinazione secondo la lingua di partenza è rispettata solo per un esempio, si può dire, «colto», nel quale il francesismo ha piú l’aspetto di una citazione che di un prestito. Infatti, il &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt; non riporta l’aggettivo per esteso per «una camicetta démodé», sottintendendo che, in quel caso, l’aggettivo rimane invariato nel genere e non diventa &lt;em&gt;démodée&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;De Mauro&lt;/em&gt; invece è meno ambiguo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/demode&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;demodé&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;/demo'de*/ dé|mo|dé agg.inv.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indica come invariabile anche &lt;em&gt;tranchant&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/tranchant&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tranchant&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tran|chant agg.inv.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scelta dipende da come si considera quell’aggettivo: citazione prestigiosa oppure parola straniera di uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-04-30T16:05:20.523" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5441" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5443" CreationDate="2015-05-01T00:37:07.380" Score="8" ViewCount="341" Body="&lt;p&gt;I currently have a limited understanding of Italian grammar (I plan to take Italian when I go to college but as of right now I'm entirely self-taught [well, in a Duolingo-guided sort of way]) so I apologize in advance if this seems like an overly simple thing to ask.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word-order with &quot;piace&quot; is already sort of unfamiliar to me. For the most part, I can figure out elementary uses of the word, but I don't know how to use it in a question sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, how would you ask something like, &quot;How many pieces of cake does your turtle like to eat?&quot; I suppose this is the same thing as asking, &quot;How many pieces of cake does your turtle like eating?&quot; (Obscure, but within my vocabulary, I think.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks for your time and patience!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="308" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-05-01T15:39:38.023" LastActivityDate="2015-05-01T15:39:38.023" Title="Using &quot;piace&quot; in a &quot;how-many&quot; question" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5441" CreationDate="2015-05-01T07:31:37.420" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the sentence you are referring to &lt;em&gt;How many pieces of cake does your turtle like to eat&lt;/em&gt; if you want to use the verb &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/P/piacere.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;piacere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; you could say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quante fette  di torta le (the turtle) piace mangiare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On how to use the verb &lt;em&gt;piacere&lt;/em&gt; in a sentence you can refer &lt;a href=&quot;http://italyamonews.com/2014/08/25/pillole-costruzione-del-verbo-piacere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.locuta.com/piace_cos.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il verbo piacere ha una costruzione particolare e spesso rappresenta un ostacolo difficile per gli studenti stranieri. Ciò che piace, infatti, non è l’oggetto della frase ma il soggetto, e la persona che prova “il piacere” è espressa sotto forma di complemento indiretto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The verb &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;piacere&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; has a particular construction and is often a difficult obstacle for foreign students. What you like, in fact, is not the object of the sentence but the subject, and the person who feels the &amp;quot;liking &amp;quot; is expressed in the form of indirect object.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-01T08:06:25.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5441" CreationDate="2015-05-01T11:09:01.173" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no direct translation of &lt;em&gt;I like cookies&lt;/em&gt; that doesn't change the meaning. One could say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gradisco i biscotti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that's more similar to &lt;em&gt;I appreciate cookies&lt;/em&gt; and sounds more formal than &lt;em&gt;mi piacciono i biscotti&lt;/em&gt;. So it would be rather inappropriate to dub this way the &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cookie_Monster&quot;&gt;Cookie Monster&lt;/a&gt; saying &lt;em&gt;I like cookies&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The correct translation would indeed be &lt;em&gt;mi piacciono i biscotti&lt;/em&gt;. Your question about the turtle should become&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;quanti pezzettini di torta piace mangiare alla tua tartaruga?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This adds another complication, because the subject &lt;em&gt;seems&lt;/em&gt; plural, but is singular as the verbal form tells us: it's &lt;em&gt;piace&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;piacciono&lt;/em&gt;, because the subject is &lt;em&gt;mangiare quanti pezzettini di torta&lt;/em&gt;, the infinitive &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; is used as noun and so it requires the singular form for the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the word order in &lt;em&gt;mangiare quanti pezzettini di torta&lt;/em&gt; is wrong, I used it just for clarity: the interrogative adjective &lt;em&gt;quanti&lt;/em&gt; should come as soon as possible, leading to the correct order in the quoted question. In the case of a plain sentence, you'd say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;alla mia tartaruga piace mangiare pezzettini di torta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;again with a peculiar word order, the same as in &lt;em&gt;mi piacciono i biscotti&lt;/em&gt;. Something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i biscotti piacciono ad AsianSquirrel&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is not ungrammatical, but not very common either, unless the sentence is in coordination with others: a complete analysis would be too long. To the contrary, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i biscotti piacciono molto ad AsianSquirrel&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't sound stranger than&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ad AsianSquirrel piacciono molto i biscotti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ad AsianSquirrel i biscotti piacciono molto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because of the adverb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The three forms have slight different emphasis on the various parts, but basically convey the same idea. The first form puts emphasis on the cookies, the second on the person who likes them, the third on the fact that AsianSquirrel likes cookies very much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-05-01T11:09:01.173" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5444" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5445" CreationDate="2015-05-01T14:05:35.003" Score="5" ViewCount="1095" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an expression that means &quot;I'm working on it&quot;, translated inexpertly by me as &quot;Sto lavorando su di esso&quot;, that stands in generality? Or do you alter the statement to match the object that is being worked on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-05-01T15:33:17.137" LastActivityDate="2015-05-01T15:33:17.137" Title="Expression/phrase for &quot;I'm working on it&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5444" CreationDate="2015-05-01T14:11:51.403" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd simply say “&lt;em&gt;ci sto lavorando&lt;/em&gt;”, where this &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is a particle meaning – in this case – something like “on it, about it” (as in “&lt;em&gt;ci penso io&lt;/em&gt;”, or “&lt;em&gt;che ci vuole?&lt;/em&gt;”; see meaning 4 in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ci1/&quot;&gt;Treccani's article&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-01T15:32:39.080" LastActivityDate="2015-05-01T15:32:39.080" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5447" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-02T07:55:10.917" Score="5" ViewCount="5795" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un'altra delle sequenze di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&amp;amp;v=EvNqzBHCdwc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo video&lt;/a&gt;, nel quale si cerca di fare una rappresentazione letterale di alcuni modi di dire italiani, un ragazzo con delle fette di prosciutto nelle orecchie grida &amp;quot;Non ti sento!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando informazione sul modo di dire corrispondente nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/O/orecchio.shtml#5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;avere gli orecchi foderati di prosciutto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non sentire o fingere di non sentire, come se si avessero le&#xA;orecchie coperte da grosse fette di prosciutto che non lasciano passare i&#xA;suoni.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://lang-8.com/607985/journals/110051010399191773446712839214677313095&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;  ho trovato che si possa anche dire &amp;quot;avere il prosciutto nelle orecchie&amp;quot;, ma non so fino a che punto questo sia un sito autorevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, questo modo di dire mi è sembrato molto curioso e divertente. Qualcuno ne sa qualcosa delle sue origini?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-12-06T15:42:53.660" Title="Origine del detto &quot;avere gli orecchi foderati di prosciutto&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5437" CreationDate="2015-05-02T09:49:16.990" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono usate tutte e due le varianti. Un tempo il francese era la seconda lingua dei &quot;salotti buoni&quot;, e parole di questo tipo erano usate anche per darsi un tono. Oggi mi aspetto di vedere queste parole usate soprattutto da persone che vogliono sfoggiare una cultura un po' &lt;em&gt;démodé&lt;/em&gt;, e sempre per lo stesso motivo di leggerle nella forma declinata più spesso che il contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2015-05-02T09:49:16.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5447" CreationDate="2015-05-02T11:18:52.667" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consultando &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=occhi%20foderati&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cocchi%20foderati%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; il modo di dire in italiano risale alla seconda metà dell'800 e ci sono molti riferimenti a detti dialettali dell'Emilia/Romagna e della Toscana, zone famose per la produzione di salumi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste infatti la versione dialettale bolognese da cui penso derivi quella italiana:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://speradisole.wordpress.com/lantico-dialetto-bolognese-4/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Avàir i ûc' fudrè d'parsótt = Avere gli occhi foderati di prosciutto.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-02T13:06:13.187" LastActivityDate="2015-05-02T13:06:13.187" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5450" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5453" CreationDate="2015-05-02T12:02:44.590" Score="2" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La Basilica  Palladiana&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (uno degli edifici storici più belli e famosi  d'Italia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;è un edificio pubblico che affaccia su Piazza dei Signori a Vicenza. Il suo nome è indissolubilmente legato all'architetto rinascimentale Andrea Palladio, che riprogettò il Palazzo della Ragione aggiungendo alla preesistente costruzione gotica le celebri logge in marmo bianco a serliane.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Un tempo sede delle magistrature pubbliche di Vicenza, oggi la Basilica Palladiana, dotata di tre spazi espositivi indipendenti, è teatro di mostre d'architettura e d'arte.&#xA;Dal 1994 è, con le altre architetture di Palladio a Vicenza, nella lista dei patrimoni dell'umanità dell'UNESCO. (Wikipedia)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/jfDbI.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.focus.it/tecnologia/architettura/qual-e-la-differenza-tra-duomo-basilica-e-cattedrale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;basilica&lt;/a&gt; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;letteralmente, la casa del re e cioè del Signore. Viene infatti dal greco basileus, che significa re, e da oikos, che vuol dire casa. Ogni chiesa, quindi, può essere considerata una basilica, ma la Chiesa attribuisce solo ad alcune di esse tale definizione: ciò avviene in funzione della loro importanza e valore artistico.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La basilica Palladiana non ha mai avuto negli ultimi secoli la funzione di una chiesa, anzi aveva la funzione di sede pubblica delle magistrature, perché quindi si chiama &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;basilica&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-02T15:23:23.237" Title="La Basilica Palladiana" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5451" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5465" CreationDate="2015-05-02T12:02:55.630" Score="3" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand the following phrase from a text of the seventeenth century:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Immediatemente seguiranno doi monaci con le Cotte, et Torcie accese et appresso quattro coppie de Monaci Cucallati senza Lume et in ogni interstitio di quattro in quattro seguono li doi Monaci con la Cotta et torcie Accese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's describing a procession, but I'm not sure what 'di quattro in quattro' means. Could somebody explain, either in Italian or English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastEditorUserId="569" LastEditDate="2015-05-03T13:15:00.880" LastActivityDate="2015-05-05T09:34:26.487" Title="&quot;di quattro in quattro&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5452" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-02T12:22:41.190" Score="4" ViewCount="266" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand the following. It is a text from the seventeenth century that describes a procession:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si dovrà pigliare un quadro di sito alla strada croce detta Borgo di S. Pietro in modo che le Carrozze possino uscire dalla porta della Città medesima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I'm not sure what 'quadro di sito' means. Can anybody explain, either in Italian or English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-02T17:59:53.413" LastActivityDate="2015-10-29T07:09:31.463" Title="Pigliare un quadro di sito alla strada croce" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="29" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5450" CreationDate="2015-05-02T12:46:45.600" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È proprio il Palladio a coniare per l'edificio un nome coerente con le sue convinzioni: «Basilica», come nell'antica Roma veniva chiamato il luogo dove si gestivano la politica e gli affari più importanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Basilica significa casa regale: e anco perché vi stanno i giudici a render ragione al popolo. Queste basiliche de’ nostri tempi sono in questo dall'antiche differenti, che l'antiche erano in terreno, o vogliam dire a piè piano, e queste nostre sono sopra i vòlti; ne’ quali poi si ordinano le botteghe per diverse arti, e mercatantie della città; e vi si fanno anco le pregioni» (Andrea Palladio, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=7ap84OP_BW8C&amp;amp;dq=Queste%20basiliche%20de%E2%80%99%20nostri%20tempi%20sono%20in%20questo%20dall&amp;#39;antiche%20differenti&amp;amp;pg=PA121#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;I quattro libri dell'architettura&lt;/a&gt;, libro III, cap. 20). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/nNvYg.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2015-05-02T12:46:45.600" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5454" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-03T08:03:42.460" Score="6" ViewCount="1096" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://academia.stackexchange.com/a/15330/856&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt; su Academia SE, un utente sostiene che se la particella del cognome è di origine nobiliare, questa va scritta maiuscola e ne è parte integrante, &lt;strong&gt;altrimenti&lt;/strong&gt; va scritta minuscola e può da questo essere separata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Di Martino, Emilia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Martino, Emilia di&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda forma a me pare platealmente sbagliata: non ho mai visto nulla del genere, e credo sia del tutto campata in aria, magari valida in altre lingue, ma mai in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Particella_nobiliare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; non lo dice esplicitamente ma prende in considerazione solo il primo caso. Altrove non ho trovato nulla. Dunque?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nota bene&lt;/strong&gt;: sebbene il discorso originale faccia anche distinzione tra maiuscola e minuscola, ai fini di questa domanda mi interessa &lt;strong&gt;solamente dove piazzare la particella&lt;/strong&gt;: che questa sia maiuscola o minuscola può essere interessante ma non è questa la domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:49:57.350" LastActivityDate="2015-05-03T08:43:19.387" Title="Le particelle sono sempre parte integrante del cognome?" Tags="&lt;particles&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5454" CreationDate="2015-05-03T08:43:19.387" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Nuovo manuale di stile&lt;/em&gt; di Roberto Lesina dice a p.134 (anche se dissento sull'uso di maiuscole e minuscole: vedi il mio commento alla domanda):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In generale, la particelle posta davanti al cognome si scrive con iniziale minuscola quando il cognome è preceduto dal nome personale; con iniziale maiuscola quando il cognome compare da solo:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Luca della Robbia, Della Robbia&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Giuseppe di Stefano, Di Stefano&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Carlo Alberto dalla Chiesa, Dalla Chiesa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [esempi con nomi stranieri]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A parte appunto il discorso discutibile sulle maiuscole, è chiaro che sta dicendo che la particella è parte integrante del cognome (Della Robbia, Di Stefano etc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-05-03T08:43:19.387" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5457" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5460" CreationDate="2015-05-04T15:02:19.030" Score="10" ViewCount="700" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si usano le espressioni &lt;strong&gt;mezz'ora&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;un quarto d'ora&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire &lt;strong&gt;un terzo d'ora&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1458" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-04T15:15:25.407" LastActivityDate="2015-08-07T15:45:37.127" Title="È corretto dire “un terzo d'ora”?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5457" CreationDate="2015-05-04T15:14:55.317" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe dire e – se l'interlocutore ha familiarità con l'aritmetica – si capirebbe che cosa si intende, ma suonerebbe scherzoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Ho un amico che ogni tanto dice cose come «Sono le 11 meno un quinto», cioè le 10.48, ma appunto per scherzo.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-05-04T15:14:55.317" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5457" CreationDate="2015-05-04T15:33:11.320" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dipende&lt;/strong&gt; da cosa intendi con &quot;corretto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@DaG giustamente sostiene che grammaticalmente è valida, e che l'interlocutore può capirla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma è bene notare che non è un'espressione d'uso comune, con tutta probabilità se lo dici a qualcuno, questi non l'ha mai sentito dire prima d'ora, e su due piedi potrebbe non cogliere al volo cosa intendi. Chi non è bravo in matematica probabilmente non avrà idea di cosa intendi neanche se gli dai tempo per pensarci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma, &lt;strong&gt;se il tuo scopo è essere capito&lt;/strong&gt;, di' &quot;20 minuti&quot;, che è l'espressione corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastActivityDate="2015-05-04T15:33:11.320" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5457" CreationDate="2015-05-04T17:03:39.517" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione, per quanto insolita, sembra essere stata usata in passato più di quel che si possa immaginare. Dagli esempi che si possono trovare sembra si tratti comunque di un uso poco comune, forse arcaico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=un%20terzo%20d%27ora&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cun%20terzo%20d%27%20ora%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; “un terzo d'ora”: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Aggiunsi di nuovo ugual quantità di acqua, e pur i lombrichi vi morirono &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in poco più di un terzo d' ora&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. E di nuovo aggiuntavi nuova a quaidugiarono altri lombrichi a morirvi più di quattr' ore. Hanno molta ragione i Medici, per esterninare i verni ...(&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=olpCAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=RA2-PA120&amp;amp;dq=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=RdxHVaCiEozTUbiigcgL&amp;amp;ved=0CB4Q6AEwAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22un%20terzo%20d&amp;#39;ora%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario degli accademici della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;, 1804&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;... facilità a venir fuora per le vie della orina conforme talvolta ha fatto. Continui dunque il siero. Lo pigli al solito peso delle sei once. Lo pigli la mattina intorno alle dodici ore non importando &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;un terzo d'ora prima, ovvero un terzo d'ora dopo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=M9JQAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;dq=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=u9lHVYSGMofeUc_LgYgK&amp;amp;ved=0CCUQ6AEwAQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Consulti Medici&lt;/em&gt;, Francesco Redi&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Perciò tornai indietro in direzione della carovana, mettendo in pratica il sistema che avevo appreso dalla guida, e mi misi a correre velocemente &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;per circa un terzo d'ora&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, cercando ogni tanto di afferrare qualche voce e qualche luce della ...(&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=QBIUAAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;dq=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=u9lHVYSGMofeUc_LgYgK&amp;amp;ved=0CDAQ6AEwAw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gli annali dell'Africa Italiana&lt;/em&gt;, Ministero dell'Africa Italiana&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'operazione durò, ricordo benissimo, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;meno di un terzo d'ora&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e si compì assai felicemente. La bella bionda dormiva, cloroformizzata, e in quel sonno di cloroformio, a tratti, sospirava o si lamentava sotto l'incubo morale e direi quasi fisico, con ...(&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=tN8bAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;dq=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=u9lHVYSGMofeUc_LgYgK&amp;amp;ved=0CE0Q6AEwCQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La vita a Napoli&lt;/em&gt;, Salvatore Di Giacomo&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;PIPPA. Che ladra. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  NANNA. In questo io compariva in sala, ed egli: «Io vengo a far riverenzia a vostra Signoria»; e pigliandomi la mano, me la basciucchiava bavosamente. E postosi a giornear meco, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;stato così un terzo d'ora,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=80JRAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;dq=%22un%20terzo%20d%27ora%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=5NpHVbesFMbSU6ergNAG&amp;amp;ved=0CC8Q6AEwBDgK&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sei giornate&lt;/em&gt;, Pietro Aretino&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-05T22:13:00.460" LastActivityDate="2015-05-05T22:13:00.460" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5461" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-04T23:21:15.233" Score="6" ViewCount="566" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using the verb &quot;piacere&quot; with collective nouns: to say 'he doesn't like the people'. Would I say &quot;non gli piace la gente&quot;, or &quot;non gli piacciono la gente&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1460" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-05T07:18:12.330" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:05:47.517" Title="The verb &quot;piacere&quot; with collective nouns" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5461" CreationDate="2015-05-05T07:27:35.837" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even it's a collective noun, &quot;la gente&quot; is singular. Thus the correct sentence is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non gli piace la gente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-05-05T07:27:35.837" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5461" CreationDate="2015-05-05T09:08:23.610" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to accord the verb &amp;quot;piacere&amp;quot; with the subject. Try to think at the phrase like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La gente (singular) non gli piace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le persone (plural) non gli piacciono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually &amp;quot;gente&amp;quot; as a collective noun is a bit measleading since its plural is not so common in Italian (genti). You might use &amp;quot;gruppo-gruppi&amp;quot; as an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli piace il suo gruppo di amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli piacciono i gruppi numerosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:05:47.517" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5457" CreationDate="2015-05-05T09:11:27.840" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrà essere formalmente corretto ma assolutamente non utilizzato e arcaico. Si usano &lt;strong&gt;tre quarti d'ora&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;meno un quarto&lt;/strong&gt; oltre alle espressioni citate, ma mai sentito dire un terzo d'ora in vita mia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-05T13:54:16.767" LastActivityDate="2015-05-05T13:54:16.767" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5451" CreationDate="2015-05-05T09:34:26.487" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would translate that roughly as &quot;every four by four&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Immediately two Monks will follow with the Cotte and torches lit and afterwards four couples of Monks Cucallati without Lights (or candles or torches, maybe) and in the place every four by four (couples of Cucallati) the two monks with the Cotta and the torches lit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, the procession is, as far as I understand, as follow: 2 monks with torches, 4 couples of monks without torches, 2 monks with torches, 4 couples without, etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastActivityDate="2015-05-05T09:34:26.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5466" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5468" CreationDate="2015-05-06T07:54:34.637" Score="1" ViewCount="2767" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In molte città moderne è ancora evidente la struttura a forma di croce, eredità del &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;castrum&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;l’accampamento romano che si distingueva per la pianta ortogonale e le strade tra di loro perpendicolari chiamate&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cardo e Decumano&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È proprio a questa struttura che si ispira il disegno del Sito Espositivo di Expo Milano 2015. Semplice e intuitivo, il progetto gestisce in modo inedito la partecipazione dei Paesi e aiuta il visitatore a orientarsi all’interno dell’area tra esperienze, racconti, eventi e mostre da cui partire per assaporare i gusti delle tradizioni enogastronomiche del Pianeta. Un vero e proprio giro del mondo!&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aMalJ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali sono i termini contemporanei per riferirsi a queste grandi vie ancora presenti in molte nostre città? I termini romani sono ancora usati in contesti  tecnici ad esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/uoyJ9.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-06T16:06:56.173" Title="Cardo e Decumano" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5466" CreationDate="2015-05-06T08:32:47.273" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non posso dire nulla sulla terminologia tecnica, ma non credo ci siano termini di uso comune che si riferiscano nello specifico a quelle vie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono rimasti in italiano il sostantivo &lt;code&gt;cardine&lt;/code&gt; e l'aggettivo &lt;code&gt;cardinale&lt;/code&gt;. Il primo può indicare la base, il fondamento di qualcosa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il punto cardine della teoria&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma anche una delle due parti del meccanismo (cerniera) che pemette di aprire e chiudere una porta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...portone di legno che si reggeva a malapena sui cardini arrugginiti...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.ch/books?id=0cACV51frdMC&amp;amp;pg=PA98&amp;amp;lpg=PA98&amp;amp;dq=si+reggeva+su+cardini+arrugginiti&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=75mLkGUW70&amp;amp;sig=52HTlIKdTJiXsm2MzDmP8OvT4Ok&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=8M9JVaTLC9P5ap_agZgF&amp;amp;ved=0CB8Q6AEwAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=si%20reggeva%20su%20cardini%20arrugginiti&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cardinale, come aggettivo, da non confondere con il sostantivo che indica i prelati della Chiesa, indica ciò che fa da cardine, che è principale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i principi cardinali della teoria esposta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono quindi rimasti riferimenti architettonici specifici e non vi è più traccia del termine &lt;code&gt;decumano&lt;/code&gt; nell'uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastActivityDate="2015-05-06T08:32:47.273" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5466" CreationDate="2015-05-06T16:06:56.173" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I termini romani &lt;em&gt;decumano&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;cardo&lt;/em&gt; (ma sarebbe piú coerente &lt;em&gt;cardine&lt;/em&gt;) hanno connotazione tecnico-specialistica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/decumano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;decumano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;TS&lt;/strong&gt; stor.&#xA;  […]&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; s.m., strada che attraversava da est a ovest l’accampamento o la città romana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/cardo_2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cardo&lt;/a&gt; TS&lt;/strong&gt; stor. negli accampamenti militari romani, la via principale che andava da nord a sud&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono questi termini a designare le due grandi strade che caratterizzano molte città d’impianto romano. Non ci sono sinonimi; esiste soltanto la variante adattata di &lt;em&gt;cardo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/cardine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cardine&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-06T16:06:56.173" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5469" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5470" CreationDate="2015-05-07T07:18:58.213" Score="1" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho preso in prestito dalla biblioteca il libro di Roberto Tartaglione, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Verbissimo: tutti i verbi italiani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (Firenze: Alma Edizioni, 1999), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.almaedizioni.it/catalogo/scheda/verbissimo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.almaedizioni.it/catalogo/scheda/verbissimo/&lt;/a&gt;. Penso si tratti di un buon libro, anche se la coniugazione di tutti i verbi veramente non c'è. Sulla coniugazione del verbo soddisfare, che è stata discussa in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3521/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, il libro afferma che si può coniugare seguendo il modello del verbo &quot;fare&quot; e aggiunge questa nota:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oltre alla coniugazione simile a quella di tutti gli altri composti di fare, dispone anche di una coniugazione autonoma e regolare. Coniugato come composto di fare prende l'accento nella III persona del presente indicativo (&quot;soddisfà&quot;, raro) e provoca raddoppiamento consonantico nel pronome assimilato all'imperativo (&quot;soddisfallo&quot;, raro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il libro non indica qual è questa &quot;coniugazione autonoma e regolare&quot;, ma i commenti di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3521/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; mi hanno reso chiaro che la forma &quot;soddisfà&quot; è ormai caduta in disuso. La mia domanda è: se &quot;soddisfallo&quot;/&quot;soddisfalla&quot;/&quot;soddisfalli&quot;/&quot;soddisfalle&quot; per la seconda persona singolare dell'imperativo più il pronome &quot;lo&quot;/&quot;la&quot;/&quot;li&quot;/&quot;le&quot; sono anche forme rare, quali sarebbero le forme usuali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-05-07T08:16:27.667" Title="Seconda persona singolare dell'imperativo di &quot;soddisfare&quot; + pronome &quot;lo&quot;/&quot;la&quot;/&quot;li&quot;/&quot;le&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5469" CreationDate="2015-05-07T08:16:27.667" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Soddisfare&lt;/em&gt; è un verbo che, nel tempo, ha accolto numerose forme analogiche nella sua coniugazione. Ciò è dovuto alla crescente opacità della parola, di cui non si riconosce piú la composizione (&lt;em&gt;soddis&lt;/em&gt; [&lt;em&gt;satis&lt;/em&gt;] + &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=14893&amp;amp;r=13987&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DOP&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, piú fedele alla tradizione, riporta tre forme d’imperativo alla seconda persona singolare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;imper. &lt;strong&gt;soddisfai&lt;/strong&gt; [&lt;em&gt;soddisfài&lt;/em&gt;] (in procl. &lt;strong&gt;soddisfa’&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  [&lt;em&gt;soddisfà&lt;/em&gt;]) o &lt;strong&gt;soddisfà&lt;/strong&gt; [id. o &lt;em&gt;soddisfà+&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Coerentemente, in unione con un clitico, il verbo si comporta come &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;, il quale ha tre varianti d’imperativo (&lt;em&gt;fai&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fa’&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fa&lt;/em&gt;) ma, quand’è accompagnato da un clitico, seleziona solo la piú antica, &lt;em&gt;fa&lt;/em&gt;, che attiva la cogeminazione: &lt;em&gt;fallo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fanne&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;falli&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, &lt;em&gt;soddisfallo&lt;/em&gt;, benché benedetto dalla tradizione, non è forma d’uso comune. L’uso, invece, ha sancito anche in questo caso una forma analogica: l’imperativo è &lt;em&gt;soddísfa&lt;/em&gt;, con accento sul tema. In unione con un clitico diventa &lt;em&gt;soddísfalo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/soddisfare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; riporta queste forme, ma solo dopo le due piú tradizionali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nell’imp. &lt;em&gt;soddisfai&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;soddisfa’&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;soddisfa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;soddisfate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tendenza è però quella a normalizzare l’intera coniugazione secondo il modello dei verbi in -&lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt;, perciò non solo è piú comune sentire &lt;em&gt;soddísfalo&lt;/em&gt; piuttosto che &lt;em&gt;soddisfàllo&lt;/em&gt;, ma anche altri modi e tempi subiscono l’effetto dell’analogia, come l’imperfetto &lt;em&gt;soddisfava&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;soddisfaceva&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;soddisfava&lt;/em&gt; è, al momento, una forma sconsigliata).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-07T08:16:27.667" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5471" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5472" CreationDate="2015-05-07T09:36:58.753" Score="6" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho improvvisamente notato che non ho idea di come si chiami il tipico &quot;cartellone&quot; che si usa mettere fuori dai bar, sul marciapiede, che in genere sui due lati ha una lavagna (o simile superficie per scrivere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/htlHk.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;esempio&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="79" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-07T11:26:35.260" LastActivityDate="2015-05-07T11:26:35.260" Title="Come si chiama il cartellone &quot;ad A&quot; che molti bar piazzano sul marciapiede?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5471" CreationDate="2015-05-07T10:12:06.510" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Commercialmente si chiama &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/#q=+lavagna+sandwitch+o+mono+&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lavagna mono o sandwich &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a seconda che abbia una singola facciata o due a cavalletto come nella foto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/MKHtu.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;lavagna sandwich &quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-05-07T10:12:06.510" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5481" CreationDate="2015-05-08T09:17:24.540" Score="5" ViewCount="2227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho ricevuto un messaggio di posta elettronica con questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I gesti delle mani sono un modo perfetto per rafforzare ciò che stai dicendo, ma fai attenzione... poiché possono avere tanti significati diversi &lt;em&gt;in base alla&lt;/em&gt; cultura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'espressione &quot;in base a&quot; in tale frase mi è sembrato piuttosto strano, quindi ho cercato informazioni nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/base/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Ecco quello che ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Frequente la locuz. &lt;em&gt;in base a&lt;/em&gt;, e più corretta ma meno com. &lt;em&gt;sulla b. di&lt;/em&gt;, sul fondamento di: &lt;em&gt;è stato arrestato in b. a gravi indizî; sulla base delle ricerche fatte, si può legittimamente dedurre&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me sembra però che, nella frase precedente, &quot;in base alla cultura&quot; non significhi &quot;sul fondamento della cultura&quot;, ma &quot;a seconda della cultura&quot; (le frasi seguenti nel messaggio rendono completamente chiaro questo significato). Perciò&amp;nbsp;chiedo: l'uso della locuzione &quot;in base a&quot; nella frase precedente è corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-05-09T20:52:01.050" LastActivityDate="2015-05-11T21:43:23.193" Title="L'uso dell'espressione &quot;in base a&quot; in questa frase è corretto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5474" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5475" CreationDate="2015-05-08T17:28:36.363" Score="10" ViewCount="2068" Body="&lt;p&gt;I once asked how to say the equivalent of the English expression &quot;more or less&quot; to an Italian speaker (non-native) and they replied that it could most accurately be translated as: &quot;Pi&amp;ugrave; meno&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I have never been able to verify this with any second source as accurately conveying the meaning of the expression. What is an appropriate phrase that conveys this sentiment in an informal tone, regardless of the closeness to the actual translation in English? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2015-05-08T21:49:40.883" Title="Expression/phrase for &quot;more or less&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5474" CreationDate="2015-05-08T19:53:54.637" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;As already stated in comments, &quot;più o meno&quot; is the best way to translate &quot;more or less&quot;, which is its literal meaning.&#xA;However, there are some alternatives, like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Press'a poco&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All'incirca&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A grandi linee&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the second and third ones may sound more formal and, in some cases, might not perfectly fit in the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="909" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-08T21:49:40.883" LastActivityDate="2015-05-08T21:49:40.883" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5476" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5477" CreationDate="2015-05-10T15:51:14.937" Score="3" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5473/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho scritto la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'espressione &quot;in base a&quot; in tale frase mi è sembrato piuttosto strano, quindi ho cercato &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma il vocabolo &quot;informazione&quot; è stato poi corretto come &quot;informazioni&quot;. Tale correzione ha attirato la mia attenzione perché nella mia lingua (in catalano, ma anche in castigliano) la parola &quot;informazione&quot; dopo verbi come &quot;cercare&quot; o &quot;chiedere&quot; viene usata come un nome &quot;non numerabile&quot;, quindi è scritta al singolare. Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/informazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Trecani&lt;/a&gt; sembra riportare esempi di uso di questo termine come nome &quot;non numerabile&quot;, ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per una più esauriente &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt; sull’argomento si vedano i volumi ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma anche esempi in cui ha chiaramente un uso numerabile, come in questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;informazioni&lt;/em&gt; rivolgersi alla segreteria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questa ragione chiedo: in italiano, è corretto/usuale dare un uso &quot;non numerabile&quot; al vocabolo &quot;informazione&quot;? Se sì, in quali situazioni viene usato come nome &quot;non numerabile&quot;?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-05-11T04:38:34.183" Title="Il vocabolo &quot;informazione&quot; può avere un uso &quot;non numerabile&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5476" CreationDate="2015-05-10T17:44:41.497" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;In «Per una piú esauriente &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt;, si vedano…», &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt; è usato nell’accezione di «[a]tto dell’informare o dell’informarsi» (&lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/informazione/&quot;&gt;Informazione&lt;/a&gt;»). I nomi che denotano azioni o processi in quanto tali, in astratto, non possono esser resi al plurale, per un’ovvia restrizione semantica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al contrario, nell’accezione concreta, &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt; descrive il risultato concreto, appunto, dell’azione d’informarsi o informare, ossia una notizia o un elemento «che consente di avere conoscenza più o meno esatta di fatti, situazioni, modi di essere, ecc.» (cito sempre dalla voce del &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;). In tal caso, la parola è numerabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Occorre rimarcare il fatto che la non numerabilità dei nomi d’azione, come &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;mezzi d’informazione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;libertà d’informazione&lt;/em&gt; e simili, è legata all’accezione astratta della parola. Prendiamo, ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;nuoto&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;nuotata&lt;/em&gt;: sono entrambi nomi d’azione, ma mentre il primo non può essere pluralizzato in *&lt;em&gt;i nuoti&lt;/em&gt;, il secondo è normalmente declinabile (&lt;em&gt;una nuotat&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;piú nuotat&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;). Questo avviene perché &lt;em&gt;nuoto&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce all’azione in sé, &lt;em&gt;nuotata&lt;/em&gt; invece alle singole istanziazioni di quell’azione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quanto all’ultima domanda, l’uso astratto del sostantivo &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt; è, secondo la mia esperienza, piuttosto inusuale e per lo piú limitato a frasi fisse, come le già ricordate locuzioni &lt;em&gt;mezzi d’informazione&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;libertà d’informazione&lt;/em&gt;. Con verbi come &lt;em&gt;cercare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trovare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ricevere&lt;/em&gt; e simili, che presuppongono oggetti concreti, &lt;em&gt;informazione&lt;/em&gt; normalmente si considera numerabile, sicché si dice &lt;em&gt;cercare/trovare/ricevere informazion&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-05-10T18:11:38.393" LastActivityDate="2015-05-10T18:11:38.393" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1945" CreationDate="2015-05-11T17:30:33.603" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In «Aver&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; il diritto» &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; non è un dativo. &lt;em&gt;Diritto&lt;/em&gt; non regge solamente la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, ma anche &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, sia in proposizioni all’infinito («il diritto &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; fare qualcosa») sia nel semplice complemento di specificazione («diritto &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; prelazione», «diritto &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;’intervento», ecc.). &lt;em&gt;Ne&lt;/em&gt; mantiene dunque il suo significato: «Avere il diritto &lt;em&gt;di ciò&lt;/em&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-11T17:30:33.603" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5479" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5480" CreationDate="2015-05-11T17:52:55.910" Score="5" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei commenti a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5473/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; si è accennato un'argomento interessante: quello dell'ordinamento delle parole in una frase interrogativa. Ho pensato che questo argomento meriti una domanda perché, almeno per me, non è per niente chiaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato informazioni sull'ordine delle parti della frase in una frase interrogativa nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Federica Colombo (edizioni ELI) e ho trovato questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per le frasi interrogative senza interrogativi l'ordine di base delle parti della frase è uguale a quello delle frasi affermative; come per queste, esso varia a seconda del valore che si vuole attribuire ai singoli elementi. Normalmente si tende a mettere in fondo alla frase la parte su cui si concentra la domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo libro appaiono questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Milena parte? (possibile completamento: Oppure resta qui?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Parte Milena? (possibile completamento: Oppure parte Maria?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dai il libro a Piero? (possibile completamento: Oppure a Milena?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dai a Piero il libro? (possibile completamento: O gli dai il giornale?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consideriamo una frase interrogativa con la struttura che appare nel titolo della domanda, cioè&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È corretto ...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;... è corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È ... corretto?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ammettiamo che si vogliano mettere in rilievo le parole che sostituiscono i punti di sospensione &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;l'uso del congiuntivo in questa frase&amp;quot;, per esempio) appunto perché su queste parole si vuol concentrare la nostra domanda. Dopo aver riflettuto un po', mi pare che &amp;quot;È ... corretto?&amp;quot; sia un calco della struttura tipica della frase interrogativa in inglese (&amp;quot;Is that correct?&amp;quot;) e che non abbia molto senso in italiano. Riguardo alle altri due alternative però, quali sarebbero corrette? Se ambedue sono corrette, quale forma mette più di rilievo che la nostra domanda è precisamente sulle parole che sostituiscono i punti di sospensione &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È corretto l'uso del congiuntivo in questa frase?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo in questa frase è corretto?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5457/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È corretto dire &amp;quot;un terzo d'ora&amp;quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dire &amp;quot;un terzo d'ora&amp;quot; è corretto?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-12T13:22:31.563" Title="Frase interrogativa: &quot;È corretto ...?&quot;, &quot;... è corretto?&quot; oppure &quot;È ... corretto?&quot;" Tags="&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;&lt;interrogatives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5479" CreationDate="2015-05-11T20:48:29.813" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma «È [qualcosa] corretto?» non è idiomatica, e suona piuttosto come un calco sintattico dall’inglese. Premesso che stiamo parlando di interrogative dirette totali, ossia di domande che riguardano l’intera frase e non solo un suo elemento, vediamo quel che ci dice l’&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell’Italiano&lt;/em&gt; («&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-dirette_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Interrogative dirette&lt;/a&gt;», par. 3.1, grassetto mio) riguardo alla disposizione degli elementi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nelle interrogative dirette totali la disposizione degli elementi che&#xA;  costituiscono la frase è notevolmente libera, come dimostrano gli&#xA;  esempi che seguono, nei quali i costituenti frasali sono sempre gli&#xA;  stessi, ma la loro collocazione è di volta in volta diversa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(21) Carla, domani, potrà prendere l’aereo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(22) potrà prendere l’aereo domani, Carla?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(23) l’aereo, domani, Carla potrà prenderlo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(24) l’aereo, Carla, potrà prenderlo domani?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(25) domani, Carla potrà prendere l’aereo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(26) Carla potrà prendere l’aereo, domani?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Naturalmente, &lt;strong&gt;la diversa collocazione delle parole non è priva di&#xA;  conseguenze sul significato della domanda e sull’orientamento della&#xA;  risposta. A seconda di dove vengono collocati, i diversi costituenti&#xA;  frasali vengono tematizzati o focalizzati&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè messi in evidenza (➔&#xA;  focalizzazioni), diventando in questo modo l’argomento centrale della&#xA;  domanda: così, per es., mentre in (21) e in (22) il centro della&#xA;  domanda è Carla, in (23) e in (24) il centro della domanda è l’aereo;&#xA;  infine, in (25) e in (26) il centro della domanda è domani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un elemento assumerà rilievo se verrà posto «ai margini» della frase, in quelle che, comunemente, si chiamano «dislocazioni a sinistra/destra» (ma che, razionalmente, sarebbe meglio chiamare «anticipazioni/posticipazioni», giacché la lingua parlata ha il primato su quella scritta e, parlando, non c’è una destra e una sinistra).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Venendo dunque alla domanda, e al nostro esempio, se vogliamo mettere in rilievo un particolare elemento, poniamo «l’uso del congiuntivo», che in questo caso funge da soggetto, dobbiamo metterlo in fondo alla frase, rompendo il normale ordine soggetto-predicato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È corretto, in questa frase, &lt;strong&gt;l’uso del congiuntivo&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viceversa, se volessimo concentrarci sulla &lt;strong&gt;correttezza&lt;/strong&gt; dell’uso del congiuntivo, non dovremo far altro che rispettare il normale ordine della frase affermativa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’uso del congiuntivo in questa frase &lt;strong&gt;è corretto&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualora invece fosse la frase portata ad esempio il tema della nostra domanda, dovremo mettere «in questa frase» in un posizione di rilievo, dislocandola a sinistra, anzi, «anticipandola» o, viceversa, posticipandola: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In questa frase&lt;/strong&gt;, l’uso del congiuntivo è corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’uso del congiuntivo è corretto, &lt;strong&gt;in questa frase&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-11T20:48:29.813" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5473" CreationDate="2015-05-11T21:43:23.193" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio parere è corretto l'uso indicato anche se la frase è piuttosto sgraziata nella sua costruzione.&#xA;Come da te giustamente detto &quot;in base a&quot; nel tuo esempio è assimilabile a &quot;a seconda di&quot;, e non a &quot;sulla base di&quot;. A istinto mi viene da dire che questo è l'uso più frequente, quantomeno nel linguaggio colloquiale.&#xA;Ti faccio alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In base a dove ti trovi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In base a qual è il tuo braccio più forte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In base all'umore del momento&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono tutte espressioni accettate e che non fanno riferimento al &quot;fondamento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1472" LastActivityDate="2015-05-11T21:43:23.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5482" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5483" CreationDate="2015-05-11T22:03:44.093" Score="7" ViewCount="418" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have to translate a site for a client and I came to the word &quot;About&quot;. I could translate it as &quot;Riguardo a&quot;, but is it the right translation in the context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1473" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:07:06.713" Title="How would you translate the word &quot;About&quot; in a blog menu option?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5482" CreationDate="2015-05-11T23:07:41.150" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Commonly the standalone &quot;about&quot; in computer related texts is translated as &quot;informazioni&quot;. It is far from litteral but is the most intuitive word for the Italian reader, and the one he is used to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1472" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-03T09:07:06.713" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:07:06.713" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5479" CreationDate="2015-05-11T23:44:35.427" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Partirei citando il tuo passo sposandone la tesi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per le frasi interrogative senza interrogativi l'ordine di base delle parti della frase è uguale a quello delle frasi affermative; come per queste, esso varia a seconda del valore che si vuole attribuire ai singoli elementi. Normalmente si tende a mettere in fondo alla frase la parte su cui si concentra la domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'interrogativa diretta ha una precisa cadenza nell'intonazione della frase che la distingue da un periodo semplice. Il problema principale è che questa intonazione varia molto da regione a regione e non di rado capita che due italiani di regioni lontane parlandosi non si accorgano quando una frase è interrogativa poichè non è l'ordine delle parole a far scaturire l'effetto interrogativo ma l'intonazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Precisato questo è la stessa tonalità che porta ad evidenziare quale parte della frase sia l'oggetto principale della richiesta, non la collocazione all'interno della frase. L'intonazione può infatti portare a chiedere due cose diverse mantenendo l'esatto ordine di parole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un esempio (nota che sono messe in maisucolo le parole da leggere accentuate con la pronuncia):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo è corretto IN QUESTA FRASE?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;. In questo caso si sta chiedendo se è questa la frase in cui il congiuntivo è corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo È CORRETTO in questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso si sta chiedendo se il congiuntivo è corretto in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per lo scritto è buona idea rifarsi alle indicazioni dell'estratto già citato, mantendo vicino al punto interrogativo, ossia alla fine, il principale oggetto di richiesta. (es. l'ultima frase citata potrebbe diventare &quot;L'uso del congiuntivo in questa frase è corretto?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1472" LastActivityDate="2015-05-11T23:44:35.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5482" CreationDate="2015-05-12T06:13:30.987" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen also &quot;su di me&quot; if it's a single person and &quot;su di noi&quot; if it's a company. It gives more of a personal, approachable feeling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-05-12T06:13:30.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5482" CreationDate="2015-05-12T07:12:44.913" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually, in commercial/institutional websites, the Engish title &lt;em&gt;About&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;About us&lt;/em&gt;) is translated into &lt;em&gt;Chi siamo&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;Chi sono&lt;/em&gt;, for individuals). The correspondence between &lt;em&gt;Chi siamo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;About (us)&lt;/em&gt; is made clear by launching a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=chi%20siamo%20about%20us&amp;amp;biw=1215&amp;amp;bih=937&amp;amp;dpr=1&amp;amp;ei=_qVRVca2I8GsUa_ggNgH&amp;amp;emsg=NCSR&amp;amp;noj=1&quot;&gt;web search in &lt;em&gt;Google&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-12T07:12:44.913" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5479" CreationDate="2015-05-12T09:58:46.090" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli esempi riportati dal libro che usi come riferimento sono esemplificativi. I casi che riporti possono essere completati, per chiarire su quali aspetti si concentri la domanda, così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È corretto l'uso del congiuntivo in questa frase?  (possibile completamento: Oppure va usato l'indicativo?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo in questa frase è corretto?  (possibile completamento: Oppure è assolutamente sbagliato?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5457/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È corretto dire &amp;quot;un terzo d'ora&amp;quot;?  (possibile completamento: Oppure si usa 20 minuti?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dire &amp;quot;un terzo d'ora&amp;quot; è corretto?  (possibile completamento: Oppure non è mai utilizzato?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come inoltre detto nell'altra risposta, le inflessioni sono ugualmente utilizzate per dare enfasi all'aspetto che interessa nell'italiano orale. È nello scritto che l'enfasi va sottolineata utilizzando un ordine che rispetti le regole indicate nella grammatica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-12T13:22:31.563" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5488" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-12T18:56:51.103" Score="6" ViewCount="9985" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;“Con questi chiari di luna”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un espressione molto comune usata per indicare un momento critico, un periodo difficile, soprattutto sotto il profilo economico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente viene chiamata in causa la luna, in senso figurato, perché la sua luce fioca (chiaro) rende poco visibili  i particolari e le immagini. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma qual è la vera origine di questo modo di dire? E soprattutto, perché si usa in riferimento a questioni di soldi e di disagio economico? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-06T15:41:52.877" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T10:16:22.793" Title="Qual è l'origine dell'espressione &quot;con questi chiari di luna&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5488" CreationDate="2015-05-12T22:12:16.683" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come noto, nella 'cultura' contadina di un tempo l'entità dei raccolti era immaginata come correlata ai cicli lunari, nella 'lettura' dei quali assumevano rilevanza preminente le lune piene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando 'ste lune piene erano irregolari si attendevano raccolti magri; quando no, ottimi raccolti—e quindi anche condizioni di benessere economico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco perché 'con questi chiari di luna' ha assunto il significato descritto nella domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-14T12:24:56.690" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T12:24:56.690" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5491" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5492" CreationDate="2015-05-13T12:50:47.260" Score="7" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;When using an informal tone, is it common to drop Demonstrative Pronouns? For instance in English your grand father might stand at his door looking out at people outside making noise and say &quot;darn kids!&quot; instead of &quot;Those darn kids!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does the same apply for Italian? Would my Italian grand-father say something like &quot;quei fastidiosi ragazzi!&quot; or can you simply drop the &quot;quei&quot; and say &quot;fastidiosi ragazzi!&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-05-14T12:15:33.373" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T12:15:33.373" Title="Dropping Demonstrative Pronouns" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5491" CreationDate="2015-05-13T13:59:20.193" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can either use the demonstrative or not, but we don’t usually use “quello”: we use ”questo”, and above all “’sto”, the aphaeretic form of “questo” common in everyday, informal speech and in several dialects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you’re angry, you’re more likely to say “’Sti maledetti ragazzini!” rather than “Questi maledetti ragazzini!” (which sounds more calm, polite). You can certainly say just “Maledetti ragazzini!”. “’Sto” here is more like an intensifier than a plain demonstrative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-13T13:59:20.193" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5493" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5496" CreationDate="2015-05-14T17:50:42.593" Score="3" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Sardegna come un'infanzia&lt;/em&gt; di Elio Vittorini ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci presentano bei dignitari in gardenia, dame dal ventaglio piumato, e uno che parla forte fa come da padrone di casa, comincia a svelarci segreti, ci consiglia circa le ragazze con le quali ballare, poi ci porta a bere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;gardenia&quot; nei dizionari e ho trovato che si tratta di una pianta, ma non mi sembra che questo abbia molto senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione chiedo: qual è il significato del vocabolo &quot;gardenia&quot; in questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T20:40:16.077" Title="Cosa significa &quot;in gardenia&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5494" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5495" CreationDate="2015-05-14T18:13:31.917" Score="5" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia lingua madre è l'italiano, ma non riesco a capire come tradurre la seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Das geozentrische Weltbild wurde durch das heliozentrische&#xA;  abgelöst&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;La geocentrica concezione del mondo è stata sostituita  ____?____  l'eliocentrica&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiaramente ho un problema con la preposizione &quot;&lt;em&gt;durch&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, se ho studiato bene in questo caso questa preposizione si lega con il verbo &quot;&lt;em&gt;ablösen&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, ho anche consultato due dizionari (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dict.leo.org/itde/index_de.html#/search=abl%C3%B6sen&amp;amp;searchLoc=0&amp;amp;resultOrder=basic&amp;amp;multiwordShowSingle=on&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hier&lt;/a&gt; und &lt;a href=&quot;http://deit.dict.cc/?s=abl%C3%B6sen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;hier&lt;/a&gt;), ma non ho trovato niente. &#xA;Anche se non sono sicuro ho pensato alle seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;La geocentrica concezione del mondo è stata sostituita con quella eliocentrica&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;La geocentrica concezione del mondo è stata sostituita da quella eliocentrica&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda soluzione mi sembra funzionare bene in quanto è esplicito il complemento d'agente che in una forma passiva (dai miei studi) è reso dalla preposizione &quot;&lt;em&gt;da ____&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; desidero un chiarimento, ringrazio a priori!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="270" LastEditorUserId="1267" LastEditDate="2015-05-18T17:08:44.047" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T17:08:44.047" Title="Come tradurre in italiano la frase tedesca &quot;Das geozentrische Weltbild wurde durch das heliozentrische abgelöst&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5494" CreationDate="2015-05-14T19:32:30.807" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La visione geocentrica della Terra è stata / fu sostituita da quella eliocentrica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quanto so / &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italotedesco.de/Texte/BREVE%20GRAMMATICA%20TEDESCO%20_2_.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ho trovato&lt;/a&gt; (pagina 16), &lt;em&gt;durch&lt;/em&gt; può introdurre il complemento d'agente, ma inteso come un mezzo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Die Tür wurde durch einen Stoß geöffnet / La porta fu&#xA;  aperta da un colpo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, &lt;em&gt;abgelöst werden durch&lt;/em&gt; sembra essere una espressione idiomatica, che ho trovato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Renaissance&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dict.cc/deutsch-englisch/abgel%C3%B6st+werden+durch.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dict.cc&lt;/a&gt; e su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linguee.it/tedesco-italiano/traduzione/abgel%C3%B6st+durch.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;linguee.it&lt;/a&gt;, che linka a un documento ufficiale della Commissione Europea, tradotto con &quot;sostituita da&quot;/ &quot;superseded by&quot;. Io mi fiderei delle traduzioni europee :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: In inglese è &quot;to make way (for)&quot;, ma in italiano non direi &quot;lasciare spazio (a)&quot;, almeno in questo caso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T19:32:30.807" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5493" CreationDate="2015-05-14T19:54:01.703" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che si tratti proprio del fiore che, come puoi leggere sotto, nell'Ottocento cominciò  ad essere portato all'asola  delle giacche maschili  come ornamento. Oggigiorno si una quasi esclusivamente negli abiti da sposo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Oggi, nelle giacche di fattura non sartoriale, l’asola sul risvolto il più delle volte è chiusa, eppure, nonostante sia resa inutilizzabile, qualcuno a volte vi infila una piccola spilla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L’abitudine di creare quell’asola nel revers, nasce, nell’Ottocento,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; sulle giubbe, perché si potessero chiudere fino al collo. Con il passare del tempo, l’asola, diventa solamente un ornamento, utilizzato per infilarvi il gambo di qualche fiore raro e attraente. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A fine Ottocento sbocciano &lt;a href=&quot;http://tempusvitae.it/2006/04/11/il-fiore-allocchiello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gardenie&lt;/a&gt; negli occhielli delle giacche di Jean Cocteau, che ne faceva arrivare una fresca ogni mattina da Londra,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; garofani verdi sui revers di Oscar Wilde e orchidee su quelli di Montesquiou.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(tempusvitae.it)&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aim2Q.gif&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T20:40:16.077" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2297" CreationDate="2015-05-14T21:54:54.590" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can try in these sites:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.letteraturaitaliana.net/opere/a.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.letteraturaitaliana.net/opere/a.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/texts?and[]=languageSorter%3A%22italian%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://archive.org/details/texts?and[]=languageSorter%3A%22italian%22&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://manybooks.net/language.php?code=it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://manybooks.net/language.php?code=it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.feedbooks.com/publicdomain&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://it.feedbooks.com/publicdomain&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="270" LastActivityDate="2015-05-14T21:54:54.590" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5498" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-15T10:27:10.757" Score="7" ViewCount="381" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando un aggettivo che corrisponda al significato di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/it/definizione/inglese/winsome&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Winsome&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Attractive or appealing in a fresh, innocent way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Charming, often in a childlike or naive way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I vari dizionari suggeriscono aggettivi come, '&lt;em&gt;seducente, attraente o affascinante&lt;/em&gt;', ma nessuno di questi ha la specifica connotazione dell'aspetto &lt;em&gt;innocente, non malizioso&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;winsome&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Altro termine suggerito è '&lt;em&gt;amabile&lt;/em&gt;'  al quale manca la connotazione dell'attraenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste in italiano un aggettivo che racchiuda questi due aspetti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-30T00:23:28.987" Title="Attraente e seducente, ma in modo innocente" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5498" CreationDate="2015-05-15T11:12:29.540" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non esistono aggettivi che corrispondano perfettamente all’accezione dell’inglese &lt;em&gt;winsome&lt;/em&gt;, e che faccian riferimento soprattutto a un’innocenza infantile. Per trovare qualcosa che ci si avvicini, dobbiamo ricorrere a &lt;em&gt;grazioso&lt;/em&gt; (derivato di &lt;em&gt;grazia&lt;/em&gt;, ossia «l’insieme delle caratteristiche estetiche o di comportamento che rendono qcn. o qcs. attraente e affascinante», &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/grazia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;) oppure a &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/leggiadro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;leggiadro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, aggettivo dal sapore letterario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va da sé che l’innocenza è quasi un presupposto della bellezza di chi è leggiadro o grazioso. Il &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario degli Accademici della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;, prima impressione (1612), alla voce «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?E=310;1451748;&amp;amp;c1=113;-7;3;-176437357;-1092164176;&amp;amp;c2=131;64;65;40;67;1;128;32;3;0;64;1;131;64;3;51;167;64;128;1025;3;0;75;12;128;63;65;40;1856636988;-184005499;&amp;amp;qi=LEGGIADRIA&amp;amp;q1=null&amp;amp;q2=null&amp;amp;q3=null&amp;amp;q4=null&amp;amp;qr=null&amp;amp;num=20&amp;amp;o=115;-38489505;-1185594668;&amp;amp;idV=123120;-174184881;1451299624;&amp;amp;TDE=&amp;amp;TDNE=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Leggiadria&lt;/a&gt;» riporta la definizione di monsignor Giovanni della Casa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non è altro leggiadria, che una, cotal quasi luce, che risplende dalla&#xA;  convenevolezza delle cose, che sono ben composte, e ben divisate l'una&#xA;  con l'altra, e tutte insieme, senza la qual misura, eziandio il bene&#xA;  non è bello, e la bellezza non è piacevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;S’implica qui l’antica concezione platonica, e greca in generale, della corrispondenza tra bellezza e bontà. Una donna leggiadra o graziosa ha una bellezza angelica e pura, e non potrebbe far ribollire il sangue a chi la guarda. Da un lato sta l’attrattività terragna di chi è seducente, procace; dall’altro la compostezza e la leggerezza quasi celeste di una persona graziosa e leggiadra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giacché &lt;em&gt;winsome&lt;/em&gt;, secondo il dizionario &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.macmillandictionary.com/dictionary/british/winsome&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Macmillan&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, è prevalentemente letterario, credo che &lt;em&gt;leggiadro&lt;/em&gt; ne sia una traduzione adeguata; anzi, se l’aggettivo si applicasse a un bambino, non sarebbe inappropriato neanche il diminutivo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?lemma=LEGGIADRETTO_ed1&amp;amp;rewrite=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;leggiadretto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scendendo di registro, troviamo poi &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/carino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;carino&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, che non ha implicazioni morali, e trasmette, nell’uso famigliare, l’idea di qualcosa di delicatamente piacevole alla vista: una bellezza non vistosa che suscita tenerezza. Inoltre, comunemente, in riferimento all’aspetto di donne o uomini, è quasi a metà strada tra &lt;em&gt;ordinario&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt;. Una ragazza carina non ha un aspetto sgradevole, anzi, piace a molti; ma non può nemmeno dirsi bella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2015-08-30T00:23:28.987" LastActivityDate="2015-08-30T00:23:28.987" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5500" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-15T17:01:30.373" Score="7" ViewCount="17387" Body="&lt;p&gt;È scorretto scrivere &quot;Scrivete un email&quot; senza apostrofo?&#xA;A me email suona come un nome femminile e quindi io l'apostrofo lo metterei. Tuttavia il dizionario riporta: e-mail s. ingl. inv.; in it. s.f. inv. &lt;strong&gt;(anche m.)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-16T06:59:28.430" LastActivityDate="2016-03-28T08:07:10.860" Title="È scorretto scrivere &quot;Scrivete un email&quot; senza apostrofo?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5500" CreationDate="2015-05-15T17:13:35.137" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;e-mail&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: (secondo Treccani  è   un sostantivo femminile), quindi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;un e-mail&quot; non è corretto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;e-mail ‹i mèil› locuz. ingl. [comp. di e-2 e mail «posta»], usata in ital. come s. f.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; – Nel linguaggio delle telecomunicazioni e dell’informatica, lo stesso che posta elettronica (v. posta1, n. 3 f); estens., il messaggio trasmesso con tale mezzo: scrivere, inviare, ricevere una e-mail (o per ellissi, una mail); mi dai la tua e-mail?; comunicare, mandare un documento per e-mail; anche in funzione attributiva (posposto al sost.): avere più di un indirizzo e-mail.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;un'e-mail&quot; o &quot;una e-mail&quot;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;L’elisione è un fenomeno che comporta la perdita della vocale terminale non accentata di una parola davanti alla vocale iniziale della parola successiva. Nell’italiano scritto contemporaneo il fenomeno, perfettamente regolare, sembra in netta regressione. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Entrambe le forme, un’e-mail e una e-mail sono comunque corrette.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Al plurale, l’elisione è meno usata se non rara; è di sapore antiquatamente letterario se la vocale iniziale della parola seguente è diversa dalla marca del plurale con cui termina l’articolo o l’aggettivo (l’edere è ricercato e raro; quell’anime è decisamente affettato, a meno che non si stia mettendo su pagina una parodia dell’italiano letterario antico).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_140.html&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-05-15T17:19:06.790" LastActivityDate="2015-05-15T17:19:06.790" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5502" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5503" CreationDate="2015-05-15T19:34:18.987" Score="15" ViewCount="1975" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not surprisingly American English has accents that help identify what part of the country you might be from, but more defined by a larger general region than by city which is more common in European countries. It is commonly remarked that the most &quot;unaccented&quot; or &quot;standard&quot; American English can be found spoken in middle Ohio, dubbed the Upper-Midland or North Midland dialect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there such an accent or dialect that has the same general identification for the Italian language? Is there any specific reason why, and what are some of the main linguistic features of that accent?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-16T09:18:24.790" LastActivityDate="2015-05-16T09:18:24.790" Title="What accents/dialects are considered &quot;standard Italian&quot;?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5502" CreationDate="2015-05-15T20:50:55.553" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Luciano Canepàri in his &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/guida/&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;DiPI&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Dizionario di Pronuncia Italiana&lt;/em&gt;) defines Tuscany, Umbria, Marche, Lazio and Rome as “regioni standardizzanti” (regions where a standard-like pronunciation of standard Italian is used), and separates Rome from Lazio, as the capital has some peculiar characteristics, closer to those of Tuscany.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those regional pronunciations are similar to each others, as are the respective local dialects. There are historical reasons for it. However, one has to point out that, although they’re close to each others, central Italian dialects such as those of Lazio, Umbria and (part of) Marche must be separated from the Tuscan dialects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Tuscan pronunciation of standard Italian shows the following features:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tuscan &lt;em&gt;gorgia&lt;/em&gt;: /k/, /t/ and /p/ between vowels are pronounced as fricatives, that is [h] (similar to the ‹h› in &lt;em&gt;hard&lt;/em&gt;), [θ] (similar to the ‹th› in &lt;em&gt;thanks&lt;/em&gt;), [ɸ] (hard to find an English comparison here, just see this &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Voiceless_bilabial_fricative&quot;&gt;Wikipedia entry&lt;/a&gt; about this sound). If you are curious about the origins of this phenomenon, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.achyra.org/matteucci/files/feft.pdf&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; essay (in Italian).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Weakening of /dʒ/ (for &lt;em&gt;gelo&lt;/em&gt;) and /tʃ/ (for &lt;em&gt;cena&lt;/em&gt;) between vowels, which become [ʒ] and [ʃ] respectively.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Affrication of /s/ after /l/, /n/, /r/: borsa becomes bor[ts]a. That feature is not common everywhere in Tuscany.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The features of the central Italian pronunciation (that of Umbria, Marche, Lazio and Rome) are pretty much the same, except for the &lt;em&gt;gorgia&lt;/em&gt;, which is typical of the Tuscan dialect only. Also, central Italian people tend to pronounce /b/ as [bb] and /dʒ/ as [ddʒ] between vowels: e.g. &lt;em&gt;abete&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced as &lt;em&gt;abbete&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;progetto&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;proggetto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Romanesco dialect has also some other minor features, such as a slight sonorisation of /t/, /p/ and /k/, so &lt;em&gt;andato&lt;/em&gt; might sound vaguely similar to &lt;em&gt;andado&lt;/em&gt; to an untrained ear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Italian pronunciation in Tuscany, Umbria, Marche, Lazio and Rome — and in the southern regions as well, but that is unrelated here — also includes the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syntactic_gemination&quot;&gt;syntactic gemination&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It’s important to remark that those features are only regional, and are not part of the standard Italian pronunciation, except for the syntactic gemination. In standard Italian, largely an artificial way of speaking only used by actors, newsreaders and dubbers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;/k/, /t/ and /p/ are always pronounced as such.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The grapheme ‹g› is always pronounced as /dʒ/.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The grapheme ‹c› is always pronounced as /tʃ/.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;/l/, /n/ and /r/ + /s/ are always pronounced as such, with no insertion of a dental stop: therefore, &lt;em&gt;borsa&lt;/em&gt; is always bo[rs]a and never bo[rts]a.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The syntactic gemination is always applied, except for the preposition &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, the conjunction and adverb &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt;, and the adverb &lt;em&gt;dove&lt;/em&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;Da&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dove&lt;/em&gt; only activate the syntactic gemination in Tuscan.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-05-16T07:12:50.640" LastActivityDate="2015-05-16T07:12:50.640" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5504" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5506" CreationDate="2015-05-16T09:51:09.307" Score="4" ViewCount="401" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3566/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; ho scritto la frase «ci si scrive  &quot;vendesi&quot; o &quot;affittasi&quot;», ma poi mi è stata corretta in «si scrive  &quot;vendesi&quot; o &quot;affittasi&quot;», con questo commento alla correzione: «&quot;ci&quot; non si usa/scrive in quella domanda». Ho usato la particella &quot;ci&quot; per sostituire &quot;negli annunci immobiliari italiani&quot;, cioè&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Negli annunci immobiliari italiani&lt;/em&gt; si  scrive  &quot;vendesi&quot; o &quot;affittasi&quot; --&gt; &lt;em&gt;Ci&lt;/em&gt; si scrive &quot;vendesi&quot; o &quot;affittasi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire perché la particella &quot;ci&quot; non si usi in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-05-23T16:11:52.493" Title="Perché l'uso di &quot;ci&quot; non è corretto (in un contesto particolare)?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5504" CreationDate="2015-05-17T10:08:37.063" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il &quot;ci&quot; sarebbe una ripetizione. Avendo già scritto &quot;negli annunci immobiliari&quot; (complemento di luogo) all'interno della frase, non c'è bisogno di specificare ulteriormente il luogo in cui &quot;si scrive vendesi&quot;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano, la particella &quot;ci&quot; può assumere diversi significati. I più frequenti sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Avverbio di luogo&lt;/strong&gt; (come nella tua frase). Ad esempio:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Sto andando dal fornaio.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Ci sto andando anche io!&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pronome riflessivo&lt;/strong&gt;. Per esempio:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Noi ci guardiamo&quot; (ossia &quot;noi guardiamo noi stessi&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pronome dimostrativo&lt;/strong&gt;. Ad esempio:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Ci ho parlato&quot; (cioè &quot;ho parlato con lui&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Nei commenti mi è stato fatto notare che la frase &quot;incriminata&quot; non è quella sopra citata, bensì «Gli annunci immobiliari italiani ... sono ... curiosi. Perché ci si scrive &quot;vendesi&quot; o &quot;affittasi&quot;?»  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tal caso l'uso del &quot;ci&quot; non è scorretto, a mio parere. Anche se non è strettamente necessario inserirlo per mantenere il significato della frase, il suo utilizzo non sembra violare alcuna regola grammaticale e sintattica. L'italiano non è una lingua &quot;rigida&quot;, secondo me bisogna tollerare (se non incoraggiare) l'uso di queste piccole variazioni all'interno delle frasi. Ognuno ha il suo personale stile di scrittura, con piccole sfumature che lo distinguono da quello di un altro. Perché dunque intraprendere la folle via dell'omologazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1374" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-23T16:11:52.493" LastActivityDate="2015-05-23T16:11:52.493" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5507" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-17T16:12:41.103" Score="4" ViewCount="573" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Sardegna come un'infanzia&lt;/em&gt; di Elio Vittorini ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È prestissimo, a giudicare dai negozi tutti chiusi. Passa &lt;em&gt;piccola gente&lt;/em&gt; frettolosa e uno in maniche di camicia lancia acqua con un secchio, violentemente, contro il marciapiede. Poi spazza e tira fuori dei tavolini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piccolo1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;piccolo&lt;/em&gt; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In genere, inferiore alla misura ordinaria, in senso proprio o figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt; Con riguardo alle dimensioni, alla grandezza: &lt;em&gt;una casa p., un p. giardino; un p. tavolo; un p. quadro; un p. libro, o un libro p.; una p. automobile; mani p., piedi p.; un paio di scarpe troppo piccole per lui;&lt;/em&gt; [...] Riferito a persona (per lo più posposto), può indicarne l’altezza, la statura: &lt;em&gt;un uomo p.; una donna p. ma ben proporzionata&lt;/em&gt;; talvolta anche raddoppiato: &lt;em&gt;una donna piccola piccola&lt;/em&gt; (e fig., &lt;em&gt;farsi piccolo piccolo&lt;/em&gt;, cercare di non farsi notare tra altri, di passare inosservato); precisando: &lt;em&gt;essere p. di statura, p. di persona&lt;/em&gt;; oppure può indicare l’età: &lt;em&gt;ha due figli p., ancora p.; sei p., non puoi capire queste cose; è troppo p. per andare ai giardini da solo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt; Rispetto alla quantità: &lt;em&gt;solo una p. parte dei presenti ha votato la mozione; raccogliere un p. numero di adesioni; ne ho ricavato un p. guadagno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: qual è il significato di &amp;quot;piccola gente&amp;quot; nel testo precedente? Gente di piccola statura? Poca gente? O si tratta forse di bambini?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T19:13:42.437" Title="Cosa significa “piccola gente” in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5507" CreationDate="2015-05-17T20:24:38.283" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lì 'piccola gente' - considerato il contesto - significa 'popolino', che è, come recita il Treccani, la 'parte del popolo meno progredita culturalmente e socialmente'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È plausibile che l'autore preferisca usare 'piccola gente' per evitare il senso spregiativo di 'popolino' (in modo simile a come lo fa Guareschi nel suo &lt;em&gt;Mondo piccolo&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-05-18T19:13:42.437" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T19:13:42.437" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5500" CreationDate="2015-05-18T06:42:31.920" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il genere dei forestierismi in italiano è ampiamente discusso (e risolto) dall'Accademia della Crusca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Attribuire il genere che ha la parola corrispondente in italiano o che ha originariamente nella lingua d'origine (per le lingue come l'italiano che attribuiscono il genere ai sostantivi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In caso di parole molto recenti o non radicate la questione si fa più complessa, non essendo stabilito un uso comune:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per molte parole inglesi (l'inglese come è noto classifica come neutri i sostantivi) che entrano nell'italiano è difficile rintracciare un corrispondente italiano da cui trarre il genere; inoltre per i forestierismi molto recenti e ancora non radicati nella nostra lingua non possiamo avvalerci neanche dell'aiuto dei dizionari che ancora non li registrano.  &lt;strong&gt;Nessuna delle due forme è sbagliata&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in questione quindi, oltre all'uso comune al femminile, e-mail è tradotto come &lt;em&gt;posta elettronica&lt;/em&gt; e dunque va considerato femminile in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/genere-forestierismi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T06:42:31.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5511" CreationDate="2015-05-18T10:30:33.657" Score="4" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think 'censi passivi' must be some sort of tax, but can anybody elaborate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The original sentence (in a list of sums of money spent) is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Item paga per censi passivi per denari pigliati ad interesse sin oggi per diversi bisogni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="569" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T12:54:08.120" Title="Meaning of &quot;Censi passivi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5510" CreationDate="2015-05-18T10:46:23.153" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/censo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Censo&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Patrimonio, ricchezza sottoposti a tributo: famiglia di alto, di basso c.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;estens. Tributo pagato allo Stato in proporzione ai propri averi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Censo refers  to  the property (real estate and other income generating assets you own) on which taxes are levied by the State and also the taxes paid on those assets. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;With that respect, &lt;em&gt;censi passivi&lt;/em&gt; refers to taxes/interest that must be paid on that specific asset. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Censo&lt;/em&gt; used with the meaning explained above is dated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-05-18T12:54:08.120" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T12:54:08.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5512" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5513" CreationDate="2015-05-18T19:44:48.160" Score="5" ViewCount="964" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di scrivere un testo in cui vorrei descrivere il movimento di un liquido (birra) nello stomaco del protagonista al suo risveglio dopo una &quot;notte brava&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sciabordare è uno dei pochi che al momento mi viene in mente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&#xA;&quot;... E ancora poteva sentire la birra [sciabordare??] nel ventre dopo la folle serata... &quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste un verbo più appropriato di &lt;em&gt;sciabordare&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastEditorUserId="77" LastEditDate="2015-05-18T22:50:31.640" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T22:50:31.640" Title="Verbo per descrivere movimento di liquidi in un recipiente" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5512" CreationDate="2015-05-18T20:24:21.613" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sciabordare&lt;/em&gt; significa «[c]on riferimento ad acqua o altri liquidi, frangersi, battere ripetutamente contro un ostacolo, producendo un caratteristico rumore continuato» (&lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sciabordare/&quot;&gt;Sciabordare&lt;/a&gt;»). Si presta dunque a descrivere la condizione di chi si risvegli coi postumi di una sbornia e lo stomaco ancora pieno di birra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altre parole di significato affine sono &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/sciaguattare&quot;&gt;sciaguattare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, toscanismo molto espressivo che si riferisce a liquidi e significa «agitarsi in un recipiente» (&lt;em&gt;De Mauro&lt;/em&gt;, «Sciaguattare»), &lt;em&gt;sguazzare&lt;/em&gt; (ma in quest’accezione non è comune, cfr. &lt;em&gt;De Mauro&lt;/em&gt;, «&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/sguazzare&quot;&gt;Sguazzare&lt;/a&gt;», acc. 5) e &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/diguazzare&quot;&gt;diguazzare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, voce letteraria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-18T20:24:21.613" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5514" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-19T06:30:05.817" Score="7" ViewCount="1323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sono sempre chiesto se esista una regola per l'ordine nei casi di doppia nazionalità . &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi spiego: una persona con nazionalità italiana e americana si dice &lt;strong&gt;italo-&lt;em&gt;americana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, una inglese e italiana &lt;strong&gt;anglo-&lt;em&gt;italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (ma si usa anche &lt;strong&gt;italo-&lt;em&gt;inglese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;), una francese e italiana &lt;strong&gt;italo-&lt;em&gt;francese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (anche qui l'uso di &lt;strong&gt;franco-&lt;em&gt;italiano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è comune), una francese e tedesca &lt;strong&gt;franco-&lt;em&gt;tedesca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste una regola sull'ordine degli aggettivi o si va &quot;a sentimento&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastEditorUserId="1395" LastEditDate="2015-05-19T07:36:45.137" LastActivityDate="2018-12-24T18:41:38.223" Title="C’è una regola per l’ordine degli elementi in aggettivi composti di nazionalità?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5514" CreationDate="2015-05-19T08:39:34.450" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pare ci sia un ordine determinante-determinato, com’è normale in italiano. Solo il secondo elemento infatti porta le informazioni grammaticali sul genere e il numero, mentre il primo sembra fungere da prefissoide, e quindi da attributo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, &lt;em&gt;italoamericano&lt;/em&gt; indica un americano d’origini italiane, non un italiano di origini americane. &lt;em&gt;Francocanadese&lt;/em&gt;, allo stesso modo, si riferirà a un canadese di lingua francese; &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italo-francesi&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;italofrancese&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; a un francese di origini italiane; &lt;em&gt;angloitaliano&lt;/em&gt; a un italiano di discendenza inglese, e cosí via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra inoltre che non sempre sia possibile creare un aggettivo composto. Una persona francese di origini tedesche non è un &lt;em&gt;germanofrancese&lt;/em&gt;, ma un francese di origini tedesche. Ciò dipende anche dalla possibilità di ricavare o no un prefissoide dal demonimo: da &lt;em&gt;italiano&lt;/em&gt; si è fatto &lt;em&gt;italo&lt;/em&gt;-; per &lt;em&gt;inglese&lt;/em&gt; c’è &lt;em&gt;anglo&lt;/em&gt;-; per &lt;em&gt;francese&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;franco&lt;/em&gt;-; per &lt;em&gt;spagnolo&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;ispano&lt;/em&gt;-. Elementi come &lt;em&gt;svizzero&lt;/em&gt;- o &lt;em&gt;german&lt;/em&gt;(&lt;em&gt;ic&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;- usati come prefissoidi risultano piuttosto pesanti e «antieconomici».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altri casi il prefissoide esisterebbe, ma il miscuglio di nazionalità è cosí raro che non si è potuto creare un aggettivo composto: per esempio, esiste &lt;em&gt;luso&lt;/em&gt;- per &lt;em&gt;portoghese&lt;/em&gt; («&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lusofono/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;luso&lt;/strong&gt;fono&lt;/a&gt;»), ma non esiste &lt;em&gt;lusoitaliano&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lusoinglese&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-19T08:39:34.450" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5516" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5517" CreationDate="2015-05-20T03:28:23.813" Score="6" ViewCount="8984" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying to find out how to translate the word &quot;only&quot; and found three separate words. Could someone help me understand when each of these is used and what the differences are between them? Examples would be amazing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="36" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-20T06:10:41.633" LastActivityDate="2015-05-20T12:53:18.293" Title="Solo vs soltanto vs solamente?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5516" CreationDate="2015-05-20T05:28:17.110" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hope the following &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/solo-solamente-e-soltanto.46748/?hl=it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extract &lt;/a&gt;may help: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Solo, soltanto and solamente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;are both adverbs and conjunctions and their use as such is interchangeable.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;As an adverb&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; their meaning would be equivalent to the English adverb &quot;only&quot; (as in solely, merely or exclusively). For example: Parlo solo/soltanto/solamente inglese. I speak only English&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;As a conjunction&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; their meaning would be equivalent to the English conjunction &quot;only&quot; and convey an adverse meaning by describing a negative quality to something otherwise positive. For example: La pizza e buona, solo/soltanto/solamente un po' salata. (The pizza is good, only a little salty).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Solo, in addition to being an adverb and a conjunction is also an adjective and a noun:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;as an adjective&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; it means something similar to &quot;alone&quot; as in &quot;without company&quot;. For example: Viaggio sempre solo. I travel always alone. Or this other one: Dopo la partenza della mia fidanzata sono rimasto solo nella stanza. After the departure of my fiancèe I remained alone in the room.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;as a noun (male)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; it means sole, single, and its meaning is similar to that of the adjective &quot;only&quot; in English (as in &quot;the one&quot;; &quot;the one person&quot;; &quot;the only person&quot;; &quot;the only one&quot; - This is kind of interesting considering that in English &quot;only&quot; does not have a noun function but it uses a noun to approximate its meaning to the equivalent of the Italian noun solo). For example: Credo che tu non sia il solo ad avere questi dubbi. I think that you are not the only one to have these doubts. In music jargon its meaning would be &quot;soloist or solo&quot;. For example: Questa e una composizione per solo. This is a composition for (a) soloist/solo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recap:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Solo/Soltanto/Solamente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  When used as an adverb or as a conjunction they can be interchanged. These three words translate to &quot;only&quot; (adverb and conjunction) in English.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Solo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is also an adjective and a noun. When it functions as an adjective or as a noun its use cannot be interchanged with soltanto/solamente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In all three cases (adjective, adverb and conjunction) solo can be translated as only using the corresponding adjective, adverb and conjunction function that the word only has in English&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. In the case of the noun function it can be translated as &quot;the only one&quot; because only does not have a noun function in the English language.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-05-20T12:53:18.293" LastActivityDate="2015-05-20T12:53:18.293" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5516" CreationDate="2015-05-20T05:57:03.380" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no difference between the adverbs &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;solamente&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;soltanto&lt;/em&gt; in terms of meaning and usage. The only difference I can think of comes down to a matter of style: if you have already used adverbs ending with -&lt;em&gt;mente&lt;/em&gt; in your sentence, then it’s better to choose either &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;soltanto&lt;/em&gt; rather than &lt;em&gt;solamente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt; dictionary says that &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt; “[s]i alterna a &lt;em&gt;solamente&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;soltanto&lt;/em&gt; (rispetto ai quali è più fam.)” [trad.: “alternates with &lt;em&gt;solamente&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;soltanto&lt;/em&gt;, compared to which is more familiar”] (sub voce “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/solo/&quot;&gt;solo&lt;/a&gt;”). Actually, I would say that &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt; is slightly more common, but not limited to a specific register, as you can find it in every kind of texts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt; is more immediate and spontaneous than the other two synonyms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest’auto mi è costata solo diecimila euro! [This car only set me&#xA;  back € 10,000!]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use &lt;em&gt;soltanto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;solamente&lt;/em&gt;, of course, but, given that it’s a colloquial sentence, &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt; turns out to be more spontaneous and direct, as it’s shorter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastActivityDate="2015-05-20T05:57:03.380" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5498" CreationDate="2015-05-20T06:55:36.587" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente l'aggettivo italiano più vicino a &lt;em&gt;winsome&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;accattivante&lt;/em&gt;, (&lt;em&gt;captivating&lt;/em&gt;). Anche questo aggettivo esclude automaticamente qualsiasi associazione grossolana; non lo direi direttamente di una persona, ma per qualificarne la bellezza: &quot;è di una bellezza accattivante&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2015-05-20T06:55:36.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5520" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-20T19:03:14.647" Score="6" ViewCount="1110" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Per la quale&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; viene spesso usata come espressione idiomatica con i seguenti significati: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(loc. agg. inv.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(fam.) Di persona, perbene, raccomandabile: &lt;em&gt;un uomo per la quale; non mi pare tanto per la quale.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ben fatto, apprezzabile: &lt;em&gt;un lavoretto proprio per la quale.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(loc. avv.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(fam.) Egregiamente, in modo soddisfacente: &lt;em&gt;il compito non è andato troppo per la quale.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che origine ha questa espressione e perché si usa sempre al femminile? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-06T15:40:41.307" LastActivityDate="2017-12-06T15:40:41.307" Title="Origine e uso di &quot;Per la quale&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5521" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-21T07:54:45.903" Score="2" ViewCount="2020" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fino a poco tempo fa non sapevo dell'esistenza del vocabolo &amp;quot;connotato&amp;quot;. L'ho visto per la prima volta nei commenti a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/5508/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; là dove io avrei usato &amp;quot;connotazione&amp;quot;. Ho cercato il significato di questi due termini nel vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/connotato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;connotato&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; s. m. [comp. di &lt;em&gt;con-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;notato&lt;/em&gt;, part. pass. di &lt;em&gt;notare&lt;/em&gt;]. – Ciascuno dei tratti esteriori (colore degli occhi, dei capelli, forma del naso, del viso e altri segni caratteristici) che determinano l’aspetto fisico di una persona e che in documenti personali, passaporti e sim. vengono notati insieme con le generalità per il riconoscimento della persona stessa; si adopera comunem. al plur.: &lt;em&gt;i suoi c. furono resi noti&lt;/em&gt;; pop. e scherz., &lt;em&gt;cambiare i c. a qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, deformargli i lineamenti con percosse o sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/connotazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;connotazione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; s. f. [dal lat. mediev. &lt;em&gt;connotatio -onis&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;connotare&lt;/em&gt; «segnare insieme, in aggiunta»]. – In linguistica, elemento accessorio che, insieme con la &lt;em&gt;denotazione&lt;/em&gt;, contribuisce a costituire il significato di una parola in un determinato contesto; consiste nelle sfumature di ordine soggettivo, e cioè i valori allusivi, evocativi, affettivi, che accompagnano l’uso della parola aggiungendosi ai suoi tratti significativi permanenti (per es., &lt;em&gt;piccino, bambino, pupo, fanciullo, bimbo&lt;/em&gt; hanno uguale denotazione, ma diversa connotazione, in quanto, pur indicando la stessa classe d’oggetti, evocano risonanze affettive e ambientali diverse; nella parola &lt;em&gt;cuore&lt;/em&gt;, alla denotazione di organo anatomico si accompagnano nella comune coscienza varie connotazioni, di disponibilità affettiva ed emotiva, di coraggio, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ho capito bene le definizioni del Treccani, questi due vocaboli hanno significati diversi. Non riesco a capire l'uso di &amp;quot;connotato&amp;quot; che se ne fa nei commenti a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/5508/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;: non penso che là si parli dei tratti esteriori di una persona. Potreste spiegarmi quali sono le differenze di significato e di uso tra &amp;quot;connotato&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;connotazione&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-21T22:07:36.010" Title="Differenze tra &quot;connotato&quot; e &quot;connotazione&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5522" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-21T08:45:19.783" Score="5" ViewCount="1450" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto facendo un tandem con una ragazza austriaca e vorrei riuscire a spiegarle la differenza tra verbi intransitivi e transitivi. &#xA;Per me, in quanto madrelingua, basta domandarmi se il verbo risponde alla domanda &quot;chi, che cosa&quot; senza bisogno di una preposizione (insomma se il verbo regge un oggetto direttamente o no), in quel caso si tratta di transitivi. Altrimenti intransitivi. &#xA;Purtroppo però questa consapevolezza manca a chi non è madrelingua italiano. &#xA;Come potrei spiegare quindi come funzionano questi verbi? &#xA;C'è una lista o qualcosa di simile che si possa seguire o imparare a memoria? Esiste qualche regola? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Specifico meglio&lt;/strong&gt;: qualcuno tra di voi ha una lista di verbi transitivi e intransitivi in italiano? Il concetto in sè è chiaro, però a me interesserebbe proprio una lista con i verbi transitivi e quelli intransitivi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="1140" LastEditDate="2015-05-22T08:22:01.210" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T09:17:57.407" Title="Come si spiega a uno straniero la differenza tra verbi transitivi e intransitivi?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5522" CreationDate="2015-05-21T10:04:14.957" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La distinzione tra verbi transitivi e intransitivi non è propria della lingua italiana, essa esiste in francese, spagnolo e anche tedesco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E come in italiano, anche in tedesco i verbi transitivi sono verbi seguiti dall'accusativo che rispondono alla domanda “Wen/Was?”/ “Chi/Che cosa?”. Sono inoltre verbi che possono formare il passivo e in tal caso il complemento oggetto diventa soggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I verbi intransitivi, al contrario, sono quei verbi che NON sono seguiti dal complemento oggetto e che normalmente non formano il passivo poichè manca il complemento oggetto da poter trasformare in soggetto nella frase passiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono verbi transitivi in una lingua che sono intransitivi in un'altra, ma la regola grammaticale non cambia da una lingua all'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1457" LastActivityDate="2015-05-21T10:04:14.957" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5522" CreationDate="2015-05-21T13:12:57.860" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Queste spiegazioni sono tratte dai libri &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Federica Colombo (edizioni ELI) e &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Cristina Peccianti (Giunti Editori). Penso che si tratti proprio di spiegazioni facili da capire dagli studenti stranieri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si chiamano &lt;strong&gt;transitivi&lt;/strong&gt; i verbi che possono avere un &lt;strong&gt;complemento oggetto&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;complemento diretto&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si chiamano &lt;strong&gt;intransitivi&lt;/strong&gt; i verbi che non possono avere un &lt;strong&gt;complemento oggetto&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;complemento diretto&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;complemento oggetto&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;complemento diretto&lt;/strong&gt;) è il tipo di complemento che serve a determinare la persona o la cosa che subisce l'azione da parte del soggetto. Per esempio: Mangio &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;la mela&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; --&amp;gt; &amp;quot;la mela&amp;quot; è il complemento oggetto di questa frase. Dunque, &amp;quot;mangiare&amp;quot; è un verbo transitivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono generalmente intransitivi i verbi che indicano movimento (&lt;em&gt;andare, venire, partire, ecc.&lt;/em&gt;), i verbi che indicano uno stato o un cambiamento della persona (&lt;em&gt;guarire, arrossire, invecchiare, morire, ecc.&lt;/em&gt;), i verbi pronominali (&lt;em&gt;vergognarsi, pentirsi, annoiarsi, ecc.&lt;/em&gt;) e altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.saenaiulia.com/_01/verbi-italiani/lista-verbi.php?chr=A&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo link&lt;/a&gt; si trova una lista di verbi transitivi e intransitivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T09:17:57.407" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5521" CreationDate="2015-05-21T14:57:59.017" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Connotato è un aggettivo e un nome&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Come nome viene esclusivamente usato in riferimento ai tratti fisici di una persona, come aggettivo si riferisce al significato di &lt;strong&gt;connotare&lt;/strong&gt;;  ossia di &lt;em&gt;definire, caratterizzare qualcosa per mezzo di una sua proprietà&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=connotato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Connotato&lt;/a&gt;: (Garzanti) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;♦ agg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(m&#xA;  f. -a; pl.m. -i, f. -e)&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;nei significati del verbo&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=connotare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;connotare&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;♦ n.m.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(m pl. -i /&#xA;  spec. pl.) &lt;em&gt;ciascuno dei tratti somatici e dei segni caratteristici che identificano una persona&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In termini linguistici si usa il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;connotazione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; per riferirsi ad un   &lt;em&gt;elemento accessorio che, insieme con la denotazione, contribuisce a costituire il significato di una parola in un determinato contesto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che usare il termine &lt;em&gt;connotato&lt;/em&gt; con il significato di &lt;em&gt;connotazione&lt;/em&gt; sia un estensione del termine stesso (&lt;em&gt;tratti, aspetti fisici vs tratti e aspetti linguistici&lt;/em&gt;) e sotto questo aspetto sia un espressione accettabile. Credo che  questo sia il senso usato nella frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*la parola “popolino” lo ha eccome, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;un connotato negativo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-05-21T22:07:36.010" LastActivityDate="2015-05-21T22:07:36.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5526" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-21T20:31:38.290" Score="1" ViewCount="2244" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo post “&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5522/come-si-spiega-a-uno-straniero-la-differenza-tra-verbi-transitivi-e-intransitivi&quot;&gt;Come si spiega a uno straniero la differenza tra verbi transitivi e intransitivi?&lt;/a&gt;” è scritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sto facendo un &lt;em&gt;tandem con una ragazza austriaca&lt;/em&gt; e vorrei riuscire a spiegarle la differenza tra verbi intransitivi e transitivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significhi lì &lt;em&gt;tandem con una ragazza austriaca&lt;/em&gt; è, per me, incomprensibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che saprebbe spiegarlo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T09:56:26.667" Title="Cosa significa “Sto facendo un tandem con una ragazza austriaca”?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2015-05-22T12:32:12.720" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5526" CreationDate="2015-05-21T21:54:42.830" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un uso figurato del termine &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tandem&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bicicletta a due posti, uno dietro l'altro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/h8veY.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il tandem linguistico&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;è un metodo di apprendimento delle lingue. Si può imparare una lingua straniera trovando un partner madrelingua e attivando una conversazione. Ciascuno dei due partecipanti è madrelingua della lingua che l'altro vuole apprendere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Molte scuole e università in tutto il mondo organizzano corsi di lingue anche attraverso questo metodo. Alcuni esempi di questo metodo si possono anche trovare in siti web, come per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lang-8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lang-8&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tandem_linguistico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T06:45:09.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5526" CreationDate="2015-05-22T08:19:33.470" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ahahh quel post è mio! &#xA;Ti spiego subito. &#xA;Per tandem lì intendo il &quot;tandem linguistico&quot;, non andare in bicicletta in due (&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tandem_linguistico&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tandem_linguistico&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un metodo geniale di praticare e migliorare nella conoscenza della lingua parlata. Due madrelingua che vogliono imparare la lingua dell'altro si incontrano e parlano e si correggono! &#xA;Di base può essere organizzato come si vuole, noi di solito ci incontriamo in un bar e parliamo un'ora italiano e un'ora tedesco. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-05-22T09:56:26.667" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T09:56:26.667" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5529" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5530" CreationDate="2015-05-22T11:43:48.107" Score="7" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte succede che mi manca un adeguato vocabolario per esprimere i fatti della vita quotidiana. Quando si è in un bar, un ristorante, una trattoria o qualche altro locale di ristorazione e si vuol ordinare dell'acqua per bere, quale aggettivo o espressione si deve usare per indicare che si vorrebbe l'acqua a temperatura ambiente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-05-22T20:21:25.053" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T20:21:25.053" Title="Acqua fredda o ...?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5529" CreationDate="2015-05-22T12:07:21.347" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;“A temperatura ambiente”! Credo che sia il modo più diffuso; ho anche sentito, per sottolineare la richiesta, “non di frigo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T12:07:21.347" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5529" CreationDate="2015-05-22T16:02:49.850" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Propongo, come opzione alternativa, &quot;acqua (naturale / frizzante) non fredda&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2015-05-22T16:02:49.850" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5533" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5536" CreationDate="2015-05-23T09:34:28.537" Score="2" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si deve dire: &amp;quot;nell'Unione Sovietica&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;in Unione Sovietica&amp;quot;? Dato che la forma corretta è &amp;quot;negli Stati Uniti&amp;quot; e non &amp;quot;in Stati Uniti&amp;quot;, tendo a pensare che anche in questo caso si debba usare la preposizione articolata. Una ricerca su Google di &amp;quot;in Unione Sovietica&amp;quot; però mostra un gran numero di risultati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, quale tra queste due frasi sarebbe corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dmitrij Šostakovič raggiunse la fama come compositore &lt;em&gt;nell'&lt;/em&gt; Unione Sovietica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dmitrij Šostakovič raggiunse la fama come compositore &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; Unione Sovietica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-23T17:22:29.913" Title="&quot;Nell'Unione Sovietica&quot; oppure &quot;in Unione Sovietica&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5533" CreationDate="2015-05-23T13:59:09.973" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia, la forma corretta (o perlomeno quella di uso comune) è &quot;nell'Unione Sovietica&quot;. Posso affermare con certezza di non aver mai sentito nemmeno la forma &quot;in USA&quot;, al contrario è molto popolare dire &quot;in Arabia Saudita&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ciò fa ipotizzare l'assenza di una rigida regola ufficiale per queste espressioni  che, al contrario, sono determinate prevalentemente in base all'uso comune.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Probabilmente questa ambiguità si è generata nel momento in cui sostantivi di uso quotidiano, come &quot;stati&quot; e &quot;unione&quot;, sono diventati parte del nome di alcuni Paesi. A sostegno di questa tesi, si pensi all'espressione &quot;in Stati Uniti&quot;: la pronuncia (e la lettura) risultano decisamente disturbanti!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1374" LastActivityDate="2015-05-23T13:59:09.973" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5533" CreationDate="2015-05-23T16:23:51.403" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'andamento della diffusione relativa di “nell'Unione Sovietica” e di “in Unione Sovietica”, quale lo rappresenta (grazie Josh61!) &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=in+Unione+Sovietica%2Cnell%27Unione+Sovietica&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cin%20Unione%20Sovietica%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cnell%27Unione%20Sovietica%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt; (potrebbe essere necessario cliccare su “Search lots...”) di Google Books, sembra privilegiare in un primo momento una netta prevalenza della preposizione articolata, fin verso gli anni Sessanta, nel corso dei quali questa forma tende a declinare mentre guadagna terreno la preposizione semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ipotizzo che finché il nome della nazione era relativamente “nuovo”, era sentito etimologicamente: si parlava effettivamente di un'unione di un certo tipo, così come in altri tempi si parla della Triplice Alleanza, della Società delle nazioni e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Col passare del tempo, sembrerebbe che lo si sia considerato sempre più un normale nome (come “Francia” o “America”) e quindi usato con la preposizione semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è più uno spunto che altro e lo inserisco come risposta quasi solo per avere lo spazio per esporlo per bene. È chiaro che ci sono vari possibili controesempi (uno per tutti “Regno Unito”, in cui però forse l'articolo ha resistito grazie al suo uso minoritario rispetto agli impropri “Gran Bretagna” e “Inghilterra”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-05-23T16:23:51.403" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5533" CreationDate="2015-05-23T17:22:29.913" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo non c'è nulla da chiedersi al riguardo, né il presupposto della domanda—atteso che 'Stati Uniti' è plurale, ma 'Unione Sovietica' no—appare fondato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Occorre dire 'nell'Unione Sovietica' quando s'intende evocare un'idea che eccede il mero dato geografico, sennò si usa 'in':&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Timošenko nacque nell'Unione Sovietica di Stalin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Timošenko nacque in Unione Sovietica nel 1952.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sopra, nel primo caso, si intende circostanziare un particolare contesto storico, mentre nel secondo caso no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò, peraltro, è vero in genere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi viviamo nell'Italia dei balocchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono nata in Italia il 12 gennaio 1986.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche qui, nel primo caso, si intende evocare un'idea che è solo marginalmente—se non per nulla—geografica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-23T17:22:29.913" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5538" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-23T22:16:52.080" Score="7" ViewCount="4376" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolario Treccani riporta, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/palla1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;alla sottoaccezione &lt;strong&gt;2.n&lt;/strong&gt; di &lt;strong&gt;palla¹&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pop. Locuz. &lt;em&gt;a palla&lt;/em&gt;, al massimo, a tutta velocità: &lt;em&gt;sentire la musica a&#xA;  p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mettere la radio a p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;gli piace il brivido di andare a palla in&#xA;  macchina!&lt;/em&gt;; oppure &lt;em&gt;avere gli occhi a p.&lt;/em&gt;, sgranati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco perché l'espressione &lt;em&gt;avere gli occhi a palla&lt;/em&gt; sia accomunata con le altre espressioni riportate, ma la domanda è: qual è l'origine della locuzione &lt;em&gt;a palla&lt;/em&gt; nelle altre espressioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso ipotizzare che la locuzione &lt;em&gt;a palla&lt;/em&gt; sia stata dapprima utilizzata nel senso di &lt;em&gt;alla velocità di un proiettile&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &lt;em&gt;ad altissima velocità&lt;/em&gt;, per poi passare al senso di &lt;em&gt;alla massima intensità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente la conoscevo, sin dagli anni '70, solo in quest'ultimo senso. Quindi non avrei mai detto &lt;em&gt;andare a palla in macchina&lt;/em&gt;, mentre non mi suonerebbe strano se qualcuno mi dicesse di avere fatto un tratto di strada &lt;em&gt;con il gas a palla&lt;/em&gt; (cioè &lt;em&gt;a tutto gas&lt;/em&gt;). Curiosamente però mi suonerebbe meglio se il gas fosse stato dato tramite una manopola piuttosto che tramite un pedale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-06T15:38:49.430" LastActivityDate="2017-12-06T15:38:49.430" Title="“A palla” (p.es.: “mettere la radio a palla”) - origine della locuzione" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5538" CreationDate="2015-05-24T14:14:42.360" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è diffusa in tutta l'Italia ed il significato è esattamente quello da te riportato, ossia &quot;a tutta velocità&quot; e (per estensione) &quot;al massimo&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;L'origine non è chiara, ma potrebbe derivare da un'espressione apparentemente presente solo al Sud, probabilmente nei pressi di Reggio Calabria: &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italysoft.com/curios/dizio-giovani/index.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;a tiro di palla&lt;/a&gt;&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;L'origine di quest'ultima è altrettanto incerta: &quot;palla&quot; potrebbe indicare un pallone o una palla di cannone; entrambi gli oggetti difatti si muovono a gran velocità. Da questo modo di dire, molto probabilmente, deriva l'estensione del concetto prima a tutto ciò che viaggia velocemente, poi a tutto ciò che è al massimo, a piena potenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1374" LastEditorUserId="1374" LastEditDate="2015-05-24T19:27:11.863" LastActivityDate="2015-05-24T19:27:11.863" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5541" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5548" CreationDate="2015-05-25T09:41:17.207" Score="3" ViewCount="1316" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale tra questi due costrutti è quello che si usa in italiano per dare alla frase un senso superlativo in modo enfatico: &quot;mai ... fu/furono ...&quot; oppure &quot;mai ... non fu/furono ...&quot;? (o un altro verbo coniugato al passato al posto del verbo &quot;essere&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, se sto scrivendo su certe scelte che si avrebbero dovuto fare e voglio esprimere che tali scelte furono le più difficili di tutte quelle fatte fino a quel momento, quale tra le seguenti sarebbe la frase giusta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mai tali scelte furono così difficili.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mai tali scelte non furono così difficili.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-25T15:51:06.867" LastActivityDate="2015-05-27T06:24:06.070" Title="&quot;Mai ... fu/furono ...&quot; oppure &quot;mai ... non fu/furono ...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5541" CreationDate="2015-05-25T12:27:14.070" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dipende cosa vuoi esprimere, in larga parte. La prima, forma abbastanza magniloquente, indica che le scelte che si stanno affrontando sono le più difficili mai fatte. La seconda esprime esattamente il contrario perché in questo caso le due negazioni si annullano a vicenda, ma il costrutto non può definirsi corretto in italiano. Se invece la frase fosse stata costruita così: «Tali scelte non furon mai così difficili», avrebbe espresso lo stesso significato della prima da te scritta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In definitiva, credo il tuo dubbio sia se in italiano si usi o meno il mai con un altra negazione. La risposta è: entrambe, ma di solito è meglio usarne solo una, dato che le doppie negazioni non rispondono a regole precise, per esempio in «Non mi fu mai così chiaro» si verifica esattamente l'opposto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1497" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-25T12:31:39.593" LastActivityDate="2015-05-25T12:31:39.593" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5543" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5544" CreationDate="2015-05-25T18:11:58.710" Score="6" ViewCount="2042" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;&quot;Tuo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; followed by the name meant as an intimate sign off or is it like the English term &quot;yours&quot; which can be used for anyone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1499" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-05-27T13:54:00.667" LastActivityDate="2015-05-27T13:54:00.667" Title="The use of &quot;Tuo&quot; as a sign off in a letter" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5543" CreationDate="2015-05-25T18:32:42.200" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yours&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; used in commercial letters corresponds to the following set formal phrases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sincerely yours&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;   (letter: used to sign off) (chiusura di lettere)    is:   &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cordialmente, or Cordiali Saluti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yours faithfully&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  formal,  (formula for ending correspondence) (chiusura di lettera)  is: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In Fede or Distinti Saluti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yours sincerely&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;   formal, (formula for ending correspondence) (chiusura di lettera) is :  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cordialmente, Cordiali Saluti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are referring to a private letter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yours&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  adverb (formula used to end letter) (lettera: formula conclusiva)  is: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tuo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  (adjective) usually followed by a noun or a name.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The Italian  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tuo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; has a more intimate nuance  with respect to the more general English usage of &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;yours&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-25T18:44:00.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5543" CreationDate="2015-05-25T19:24:12.037" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Signing off with &quot;Tuo &lt;em&gt;nome&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is something I'd reserve for people you are actually close to: friends, girlfriend/boyfriend, wife/husband. Even to friends it feels too intimate, though something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il tuo (aggettivi e.g. caro, lontano[per distanza], sempre) amico Jeff&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is very friendly. OTOH, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il tuo Jeff&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sounds excessive, IMHO. As an advice I would give, you should complement &quot;Tuo&quot; with the position you have towards that person, as shown in the first example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-25T19:26:38.170" LastActivityDate="2015-05-25T19:26:38.170" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5541" CreationDate="2015-05-26T15:32:54.943" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco di fare qui un riassunto di tutto quello che ho ricavato  dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I costrutti usati solitamente in italiano sono &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; + verbo + &lt;em&gt;mai&lt;/em&gt; (nei tempi composti, &amp;quot;mai&amp;quot; si colloca tra l’ausiliare e il participio passato) o, per dare un valore enfatico alla frase, &lt;em&gt;mai&lt;/em&gt; ... + verbo senza &amp;quot;non&amp;quot;. Si veda la definizione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/mai&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;, accezione 1b.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio della domanda, queste due possibilità sarebbero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tali scelte non furono mai così difficili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mai tali scelte furono così difficili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mai/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (accezione 2b), nella seconda costruzione si può aggiungere il &amp;quot;non&amp;quot; per un sovrappiù d’enfasi, ottenendo la frase &amp;quot;Mai tali scelte non furono così difficili&amp;quot;. Un altro esempio tratto dal Treccani è: &amp;quot;Mai non si vide una cosa simile&amp;quot;. Quest'ultima possibilità, però, si usa talmente poco nell'italiano attuale che sarebbe comprensibile a pochi ed è pertanto sconsigliabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-27T06:24:06.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5549" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-26T16:11:53.447" Score="8" ViewCount="2394" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'intestazione di una lettera, quando ci si rivolge al destinatario, è corretto usare la forma seguente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciao, Tizio.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [corpo del testo]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Convinto di dover usare un vocativo come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ehi, Tizio!&#xA;  Ciao, Caio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre usato questa forma, ma vedo molto frequentemente utilizzata quest'altra versione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciao Caio,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [corpo del testo]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale dei due formati è più corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="805" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-05-27T13:51:54.403" LastActivityDate="2015-05-27T13:51:54.403" Title="Intestazione lettera: &quot;Ciao Tizio&quot; o &quot;Ciao, Tizio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;interjections&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5550" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5552" CreationDate="2015-05-26T16:27:38.980" Score="2" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto la prima frase di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/5548/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho avuto il dubbio su quale fosse la posizione giusta dell'avverbio &amp;quot;qui&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cerco di fare &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; un riassunto di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Qui&lt;/em&gt; cerco di fare un riassunto di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cerco di fare un riassunto &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cerco &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; di fare un riassunto di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-05-27T21:49:11.713" Title="Posizione di &quot;qui&quot; in una frase" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5549" CreationDate="2015-05-26T18:33:25.387" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io preferisco la seconda. Prima di esplicarne le motivazioni sia da considerare che, essendo una lettera colloquiale, queste differenze hanno meno valore, perché semplicemente non si presta attenzione a ciò poiché non dovrebbe esserci interesse nel farlo, a differenza di una lettera formale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciao, Tizio.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [corpo del testo]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mostra subito il &quot;problema&quot;: il messaggio da comunicare sembra già terminato dal punto fermo; tale forma la vedrei più appropriata alla chiusura del messaggio. D'altra parte, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciao Caio,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [corpo del testo]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la virgola ha funzione sospensiva del messaggio effettivo, introducendolo, se vogliamo. Infatti, l'effetto desiderato è esattamente quello che ti ritroveresti a riprodurre se il messaggio fosse comunicato oralmente, con una intonazione naturale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certo, se il tuo intento è quello la prima versione sarebbe preferibile, almeno per me. Dipende da cosa vuoi esprimere e come.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2015-05-26T18:33:25.387" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5550" CreationDate="2015-05-26T22:13:06.943" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ti posso dire, da italiano, come interpreto quelle quattro frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cerco di fare qui un riassunto di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Qui&quot;, &quot;in questo articolo/post&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qui cerco di fare un riassunto di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come sopra, però questa non suona molto bene. È corretta, ma la prima suona meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cerco di fare un riassunto qui di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa la considero sbagliata. &quot;di tutto quello&quot; è &lt;strong&gt;separato&lt;/strong&gt; da &quot;riassunto&quot;, a cui si riferisce. Decisamente da evitare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cerco qui di fare un riassunto di tutto quello che ho ricavato dai vostri commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa frase, invece, &quot;qui&quot; lo potremmo sostituire con: &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt; questo post. Quindi tu fai un riassunto &lt;em&gt;tramite&lt;/em&gt; il post piuttosto che &lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt; post. Oppure un'altra sfumatura è interpretarlo come &quot;in questo momento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certo, le sfumature disponibili sono più di una, e spesso a seconda del contesto userei una forma rispetto ad un'altra. Comunque sia, l'importante è che eviti la terza. Le altre sono tutte accettabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1505" LastActivityDate="2015-05-26T22:13:06.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5553" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-27T09:04:50.023" Score="4" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il Treccani, il termine inglese non ha ancora trovato la legittimazione nei nostri dizionari, mentre il termine &lt;em&gt;competitore&lt;/em&gt; sembra essere usato in contesti non economici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quindi quale termine dovrei usare in italiano con significato di competitor nel senso economico/commerciale?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  &amp;quot;Concorrente&amp;quot; mi suona molto da quiz, e &amp;quot;antagonista&amp;quot; mi sembra un po' pesante come termine.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tornando a “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/articoli/paroledelleconomia/competitor.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;competitor&lt;/a&gt;”, noteremo che il vocabolo non ha comunque ricevuto piena legittimazione dai dizionari dell’uso: il Sabatini-Coletti 2006 non lo registra, così come il Devoto-Oli 2006. Lo registrano invece lo Zingarelli 2007, il Grande dizionario della lingua italiana di De Mauro e il dizionario specialistico Neologismi quotidiani di Giovanni Adamo e Valeria Della Valle. Con una sorpresa aggiuntiva:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;mentre, com’è ovvio, i nostri dizionari registrano “competitore” nel tradizionale significato di ‘rivale’, ‘concorrente’, sulla stampa, quando si tratta di argomenti economici e commerciali, non di rado viene usato “competitore” nel significato tecnico di “competitor”; mentre, come spesso succede, dal significato tecnico del termine si diramano numerosi usi di “competitore” con significato allargato ed estensivo di ‘concorrente, antagonista’. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;“Competitore” viene usato, insomma, in contesti diversi da quello economico-commerciale&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-02T15:54:34.363" Title="Competitor o competitore?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5553" CreationDate="2015-05-27T09:11:42.627" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine corretto è senza ombra di dubbio &lt;strong&gt;concorrente&lt;/strong&gt;. L'accezione che ci interessa è definita dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/concorrente/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; come «In commercio, chi gareggia con altri per conquistare un mercato o avere più clienti» etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E se restasse ancora qualche dubbio, basti pensare che il termine fa parte anche del linguaggio legale ed economico relativo al commercio e alle attività imprenditoriali: esiste un reato di “concorrenza sleale”, norme che regolano la concorrenza, studi che la indagano etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-05-27T09:11:42.627" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5550" CreationDate="2015-05-27T21:49:11.713" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me vanno bene tutte e quattro, a &quot;orecchio&quot; io userei la prima e la quarta che mi piacciono di più. La seconda andrebbe bene come conclusione di un testo svolto nelle righe precedenti perché dà molto risalto alla parola &quot;qui&quot;...La terza risulta un po' strana, il &quot;qui&quot; risulta un po' slegato, meglio evitarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1026" LastActivityDate="2015-05-27T21:49:11.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5556" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-27T21:55:07.377" Score="2" ViewCount="332" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine di 'per giunta' così com'è usata da &amp;quot;B&amp;quot; nella seguente conversazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: &amp;quot;Con l'exit o con il default la Grecia ci impone, di fatto, una nuova tassa.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;B: &amp;quot;Invece le pensioni d'oro chi ce le impone? E, &lt;em&gt;per giunta&lt;/em&gt;, c'è qualcuno che impone che i consiglieri regionali debbano guadagnare 200.000 € all'anno, a parte il successivo vitalizio?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:40:26.070" Title="Sull'origine di &quot;per giunta&quot; quale locuzione alternativa a &quot;in aggiunta&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5556" CreationDate="2015-05-28T06:49:31.003" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Deriva da &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giunta1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;giunta&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ossia  &lt;em&gt;l’atto dell’aggiungere, e più spesso concretamente, ciò che si aggiunge; aggiunta&lt;/em&gt;. Come cita Treccani la locuzione era già in uso nel '300.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Per giunta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Frequente la locuz. avv. per giunta, inoltre, per di più (di solito in senso irononico o in tono amaro)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;s’è fatto pagare bene, e per giunta ho dovuto ringraziarlo; sei un ingrato, e per g. ti fai beffe di me!;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;anticamente, con il signigicato proprio, anche ellitticamente giunta (senza cioè il per): &lt;em&gt;e avevasi un’oca a denaio e un papero giunta&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In aggiunta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in aggiunta a quanto ho già comunicato, devo fare altre due precisazioni. Anche, ciò che si dà in più &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(v. giunta, che in questo significato è più comume)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-05-28T06:49:31.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="19" CreationDate="2015-05-28T19:51:02.647" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;''Con gli amici'' sounds much better than ''con amici.''&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use ''alcuni''... both ''degli'' and ''alcuni'' mean ''some'', whereas ''gli'' means ''the'' [in English wouldn't be OK, but in Italian is fine.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1511" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-05-29T04:41:38.230" LastActivityDate="2015-05-29T04:41:38.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3940" CreationDate="2015-05-29T13:08:34.380" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Those are two different sounds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe many Italians don't know what's the difference, but when they speak actually they use different sounds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The “e” in &lt;em&gt;pèsca&lt;/em&gt; (“peach”) is an open vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The “e” in &lt;em&gt;pésca&lt;/em&gt; (“he fishes”) is a closed vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.attori.com/dizione/Diz15.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.attori.com/dizione/Diz15.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1019" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-29T19:40:11.710" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T19:40:11.710" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5561" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-31T09:05:55.167" Score="9" ViewCount="400" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Sardegna come un'infanzia&lt;/em&gt; di Elio Vittorini ho letto questo brano nel quale descrive la visita a un museo a Cagliari (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Dentro un Museo deserto sorvegliato da un tale che pareva occupatissimo a spolverare i vetri delle &lt;em&gt;careghe&lt;/em&gt;, ho visto e ammirato gli idoletti nuraghici e una collezione di pitture catalane.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;carega&quot; in questa frase: cosa spolverava il custode del museo? Ho cercato su Internet e ho trovato su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/carega&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikizionario&lt;/a&gt; che può essere una parola del ligure o del veneto col significato di &quot;sedia&quot;. A me però sembra che non abbia molto senso in questo contesto: il custode spolverava i vetri delle sedie? Per di più, né Vittorini né questo libro, un diario di un viaggio in Sardegna, sembrano avere niente a che vedere con le lingue ligure o veneta. Qualcuno di voi mi sa spiegare cosa significa &quot;careghe&quot; in questa frase? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-01T09:20:36.483" LastActivityDate="2015-06-24T10:17:49.173" Title="Cosa significa &quot;careghe&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5562" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-05-31T12:34:59.270" Score="4" ViewCount="572" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché il dispositivo usato per dare un allarme o un segnale viene chiamato &lt;em&gt;sirena&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/sirena.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sirena&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Apparecchio generatore di segnali acustici di grande intensità, essenzialmente costituito da un disco girevole, mosso velocemente da un motore a vapore o elettrico, che spinge con forza l'aria attraverso una serie di ugelli, provocando vibrazioni tanto più intense quanto più velocemente gira; è usato spec. da veicoli di impiego urgente e in alcune aziende industriali come segnale di inizio e fine dell'orario di lavoro: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la sirene delle navi, dell'autoambulanza, dei vigili del fuoco; le sirene delle fabbriche&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'entra con il mitologico canto delle sirene? Il suono delle odierne sirene è tutt'altro che melodioso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-05-31T16:20:51.750" Title="La sirena della polizia" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5561" CreationDate="2015-05-31T13:15:41.450" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Careghe, in effetti, potrebbe significare SEDIE. Anche in Sardegna, come in Veneto e in altre regioni, ha questo significato, con alcune varianti ovviamente, come CADIRA. C'è però un altro possibile riferimento. La parola &lt;strong&gt;Càriga&lt;/strong&gt;, non, &lt;strong&gt;Carìga&lt;/strong&gt; significa NASO. Di solito si usa al plurale perché indica entrambe le narici &quot;is carigasa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1514" LastEditorUserId="1514" LastEditDate="2015-06-01T12:39:18.743" LastActivityDate="2015-06-01T12:39:18.743" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5562" CreationDate="2015-05-31T14:10:20.140" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quel che dice il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sirena2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, sì, c'entrano le sirene mitologiche, ma non tanto per l'armonia del canto quanto «per allusione alla capacità delle sirene mitologiche di richiamare l’attenzione».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-05-31T14:10:20.140" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5562" CreationDate="2015-05-31T16:20:51.750" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo articolo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siren_%28alarm%29#History&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; spiega che i primi apparecchi generatori di segnali acustici chiamati &quot;sirene&quot; erano strumenti musicali. Il Barone Charles Cagniard de la Tour inventò uno strumento capace di produrre suono sott'acqua come le sirene mitologiche e per questa ragione lo chiamò &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=weA3AAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA167&amp;amp;hl=en#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=sir%C3%A8ne&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;sirène&quot;&lt;/a&gt; in francese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-05-31T16:20:51.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5566" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-01T12:10:43.563" Score="4" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/varco/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Varco: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: (Treccani) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Valico montano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: i varchi delle Alpi, degli Appennini. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Con questo significato è raro; comune  invece con il significato più generico di passaggio, luogo o apertura per dove si passa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressioni molto comuni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;aprirsi un varco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: riuscire a trovare uno spazio per passare: aprirsi un v. nella fitta foresta, nei reticolati, tra la folla.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;aspettare o cogliere  (qualcuno) al varco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &#xA;&lt;em&gt;appostarsi per sorprenderlo al passaggio di un luogo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fig.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;prenderlo alla sprovvista, aspettarlo alla prova, attendere l'occasione propizia per rivalersi su di lui&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché l'uso di questo termine è così diffuso in senso figurato nel linguaggio comune? È legato a storie o specifici eventi del passato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-02T15:56:10.170" LastActivityDate="2015-06-07T08:18:45.447" Title="Sull'uso del termine &quot;varco&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5567" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-01T21:19:34.147" Score="4" ViewCount="941" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Pirkei Avot 2:21 there is a saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;לא עליך המלאכה לגמור, ולא אתה בן חורין לבטל ממנה&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are not obligated to complete the work, but neither are you free&#xA;to desist from it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would sound like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non hai l'obbligo di terminare l'opera, ma allo stesso tempo non sei libero di evitarla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is if there a saying or a proverb with a similar meaning in Italian, such that it is recognizable by people with an Italian cultural background&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1516" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-03T14:33:32.433" Title="Is there an equivalent saying for &quot;you don't have to finish the work but you have to do it&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5567" CreationDate="2015-06-02T08:47:46.567" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The accepted &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pirkei_Avot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;translation into Italian&lt;/a&gt; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sta a te compiere l'opera, ma non sei libero di sottrartene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...and other variations of this phrase, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sta a te compiere l'opera ma non sei libero di sottrarti al tuo compito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sta a te compiere l'opera, ma non puoi nemmeno sottrarti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.e-brei.net/uploads/Tefillah/Avot.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Non sta a te portare a termine l'opera ma nemmeno sei  libero  di  desistere  da  quella&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the Italian context, it almost always goes with a note that it's a passage from Talmud (&lt;em&gt;detto del rabbino Tarfon&lt;/em&gt;) or a Hebrew proverb (&lt;em&gt;detto ebraico&lt;/em&gt;). Although, Google finds at least &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/eliasbecciu/status/573822628575772672&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;one tweet&lt;/a&gt;, where it goes without any context, probably in the hope that it could be understood anyway (as a deep and wise thought, given the hashtag #pensierodelgiorno).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-03T14:33:32.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5570" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5571" CreationDate="2015-06-02T12:08:45.717" Score="4" ViewCount="890" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5529/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho avuto il dubbio su quale parola usare, &quot;ristoro&quot; oppure &quot;ristorazione&quot;. La frase è stata poi scritta così: &quot;Quando si è in un bar, un ristorante, una trattoria o qualche altro locale di &lt;em&gt;ristorazione&lt;/em&gt; e si vuol ordinare dell'acqua per bere, quale aggettivo o espressione si deve usare per indicare che si vorrebbe l'acqua a temperatura ambiente?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi quali sono le differenze di uso tra &quot;ristoro&quot; e &quot;ristorazione&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-06-03T21:39:42.827" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;ristoro&quot; e &quot;ristorazione&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5570" CreationDate="2015-06-02T12:31:40.993" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ristoro&lt;/em&gt; nel suo significato più lato (e anche più alto) significa benessere o conforto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;locale di ristoro&lt;/em&gt; non mi suona familiare, mentre invece sento spesso &lt;em&gt;luogo/posto di ristoro&lt;/em&gt;, che probabilmente è la scelta più idiomatica. Anche se &lt;em&gt;locale di ristoro&lt;/em&gt; è perfettamente comprensibile personalmente userei &lt;em&gt;locale di ristorazione&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;luogo di ristoro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che la parola &lt;em&gt;ristorazione&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce a un settore commerciale ed è piuttosto fredda. &lt;em&gt;Luogo di ristoro&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione più calda che evoca immagini positive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastEditorUserId="340" LastEditDate="2015-06-02T12:36:55.980" LastActivityDate="2015-06-02T12:36:55.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5573" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5574" CreationDate="2015-06-03T21:37:13.187" Score="2" ViewCount="663" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tanto&quot; e &quot;talmente&quot; possono essere usati come avverbi. Quando ho redatto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/5548/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, ho scritto la frase &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest'ultima possibilità, però, si usa &lt;em&gt;tanto&lt;/em&gt; poco nell'italiano attuale che sarebbe comprensibile a pochi ed è pertanto sconsigliabile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che poi mi è stata corretta così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest'ultima possibilità, però, si usa &lt;em&gt;talmente&lt;/em&gt; poco nell'italiano attuale che sarebbe comprensibile a pochi ed è pertanto sconsigliabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene quali siano le differenze di uso tra gli avverbi &quot;tanto&quot; e &quot;talmente&quot;. Me le potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-06-04T07:45:58.037" Title="Differenze di uso tra gli avverbi &quot;tanto&quot; e &quot;talmente&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5573" CreationDate="2015-06-04T00:44:38.713" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando lo storico delle modifiche... Qualcuno ha prima ristrutturato la tua frase in modo da eliminare la costruzione &lt;code&gt;tanto&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;che&lt;/code&gt;, forse perché la presenza di &lt;code&gt;poco&lt;/code&gt; immediatamente dopo può sembrare una nota stonata. Poi tu hai ripristinato questa costruzione usando &lt;code&gt;talmente&lt;/code&gt;. Non saprei, secondo me è un lavoro inutile, perché &lt;code&gt;tanto&lt;/code&gt;...&lt;code&gt;che&lt;/code&gt; va bene:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;5 In correlazione con “che” o “da”, introduce una propos. consecutiva:&#xA;  dice tante sciocchezze che non lo sopporto; ha t. bisogno che non si&#xA;  vergogna di chiedere; tante risate da scoppiare; ho tanta paura da non&#xA;  sapere cosa fare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/tanto.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/tanto.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto alle differenze tra &lt;code&gt;tanto&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;talmente&lt;/code&gt;, il primo è molto più versatile (come certamente saprai), &lt;code&gt;talmente&lt;/code&gt; fa quasi sempre da antecedente per &lt;code&gt;che&lt;/code&gt; o &lt;code&gt;da&lt;/code&gt; in questa costruzione qui, anche se qualcuno di tanto in tanto lo usa da solo (&lt;code&gt;Ah, sono talmente arrabbiato!&lt;/code&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: sulla questione avverbio/aggettivo, credo manchi solo l'esempio. Io dico tranquillamente &lt;code&gt;Carla si è dimostrata tanto brava che si merita [o da meritarsi] un premio&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastEditorUserId="340" LastEditDate="2015-06-04T07:45:58.037" LastActivityDate="2015-06-04T07:45:58.037" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5575" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5577" CreationDate="2015-06-05T12:46:43.203" Score="3" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scontro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;informazioni sulla parola &quot;scontro&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato che si può usare sia con la preposizione &quot;tra&quot; sia con la preposizione &quot;di&quot;. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Scontri &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; Romani e Cartaginesi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Lo scontro fisico &lt;em&gt;delle&lt;/em&gt; due opposte fazioni di studenti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire però quando si debba usare una o l'altra preposizione. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-06T08:39:31.337" Title="Quando usare &quot;tra&quot; e quando &quot;di&quot; dopo &quot;scontro&quot; o &quot;scontri&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5575" CreationDate="2015-06-05T13:16:11.270" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=scontro%20tra%2Cscontro%20di%2C%20scontro%20dei%2C%20scontro%20delle&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cscontro%20tra%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cscontro%20di%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cscontro%20dei%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cscontro%20delle%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scontro tra vs scontro di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per indicare uno scontro che coinvolge due  più entità generalmente sono  entrambi corretti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Uno scontro tra rivali, uno scontro di rivali. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La preposizione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si usa per definire il tipo/luogo di scontro: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lo scontro di Roncisvalle. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Vedi anche i vari esempi in Ngram.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-06T08:39:31.337" LastActivityDate="2015-06-06T08:39:31.337" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5575" CreationDate="2015-06-05T14:55:37.900" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In linea di massima, direi che quando c'è &lt;code&gt;tra&lt;/code&gt; si tratta &lt;em&gt;quasi sempre&lt;/em&gt; di un complemento di relazione e quando c'è &lt;code&gt;di/...&lt;/code&gt; si tratta &lt;em&gt;molto spesso&lt;/em&gt; di un complemento di specificazione. Sicuramente c'è una zona grigia nella quale si concentrano i miei (e i tuoi) dubbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scontri &lt;code&gt;tra Romani e Cartaginesi&lt;/code&gt; è complemento di relazione, mentre uno scontro &lt;code&gt;di civiltà&lt;/code&gt; e lo scontro &lt;code&gt;di Roncisvalle&lt;/code&gt; sono complementi di specificazione. Lo scontro &lt;code&gt;di Giulia e Giovanna&lt;/code&gt; mi lascia perplesso. Benché introdotto da &lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; potrebbe essere considerato complemento di relazione, ma se lo vediamo come lo scontro di Giulia e Giovanna nel senso di &lt;em&gt;quello scontro in particolare&lt;/em&gt; invece di quell'altro, si potrebbe dire che è complemento di specificazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono sicuro che &lt;code&gt;c'è stato uno scontro di Giulia e Giovanna&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;non va assolutamente bene&lt;/strong&gt;, ma Josh61 in una replica a un mio commento ha sottolineato come &lt;code&gt;Lo scontro di Giulia e Giovanna è stato molto sgradevole&lt;/code&gt; invece sia assolutamente corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che sia il caso di andare per esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;C'è stato uno scontro &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; Giulia e Giovanna&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;s&gt;C'è stato &lt;strong&gt;uno&lt;/strong&gt; scontro &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; Giulia e Giovanna&lt;/s&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lo scontro &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; Giulia e Giovanna è stato molto&#xA;sgradevole&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lo scontro &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; Giulia e Giovanna è stato sgradevole&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lo scontro &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; Roncisvalle (qui non ti sogneresti mai di mettere &lt;code&gt;tra&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressioni idiomatiche in cui &lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;tra&lt;/code&gt; andrebbero entrambi bene ma si preferisce uno dei due perché l'espressione si è cristallizzata così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;scontro &lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; civiltà&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;scontro &lt;code&gt;tra&lt;/code&gt; titani&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2015-06-05T14:55:37.900" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5520" CreationDate="2015-06-05T20:46:44.080" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente (ricerca originale) contrazione di &quot;cosa per la quale vale la pena [verbo]&quot;. Dato l'accostamento di due modi di dire di cui uno autonomo (vale la pena), questo viene eliso dalla frase e lasciato al contesto culturale. Non l'ho sentito spessissimo (veneto orientale) ma sicuramente in più di qualche occasione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre probabilmente (sempre ricerca originale), per via della forma generica &quot;cosa/situazione&quot;, il modo di dire conserva un genere femminile nel sostantivo sottointeso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1051" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-05T22:20:35.837" LastActivityDate="2015-06-05T22:20:35.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5579" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5580" CreationDate="2015-06-06T09:58:24.760" Score="5" ViewCount="642" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente sono andata a vedere il balletto &lt;em&gt;Pulcinella&lt;/em&gt; di Igor Stravinskij in versione concerto. Prima del concerto vi hanno spiegato cos'erano i zanni, i personaggi dei servi nella commedia dell’arte. Questo nome, &quot;zanni&quot;, mi è sembrato molto curioso e mi sono chiesta da dove provenisse. Ho cercato informazioni su &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zanni&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/zanni/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Nel Treccani ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;propr. &lt;em&gt;Zanni&lt;/em&gt;, forma toscanizzata del veneto &lt;em&gt;Zani&lt;/em&gt;, corrispondente al tosc. &lt;em&gt;Gianni&lt;/em&gt;, ipocoristico del nome proprio &lt;em&gt;Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E su Wikipedia ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il nome di Zanni, come Zuan, è una versione veneta del nome Gianni, un nome molto diffuso nel contado veneto-lombardo da dove venivano la maggior parte dei servitori dei nobili e dei ricchi mercanti veneziani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: sapreste dirmi qualcosa sul perché di questo nome proprio, Zanni o Zuan, nella commedia dell’arte? C'è stato forse qualche personaggio con questo nome?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-15T19:52:52.037" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T15:18:36.490" Title="Qual è l'origine del vocabolo &quot;zanni&quot; per i servi della commedia dell'arte?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5579" CreationDate="2015-06-06T14:17:10.300" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci sono due spiegazioni diverse sull'origine di questo termine.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://etimo.it/?term=zanni&amp;amp;find=Cerca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Vocabolario Etimologico di Pianigiani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (1907) suggerisce a) provenienza latina, e b) provenienza dal nome del villano bergamasco:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/pEYZy.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima versione è più vecchia e corrisponde a quello che scrive Vincenzo De Amicis nel libro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=H5_zAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;dq=Il%20nome%20stesso%20di%20Zanni%20dato%20alle%20maschere%20della%20commedia%20dell&amp;#39;arte%2C%20ne%20indica%20appunto%20la%20origine%2C%20ch%C3%A8%20esso%20non%20%C3%A8%20altro%20che%20il%20latino%20Sannio&amp;amp;pg=PA20#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'imitazione latina nella commedia italiana del XVI secolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (1871, p.20):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il nome stesso di Zanni dato alle maschere della commedia dell'arte, ne indica appunto la origine, chè esso non è altro che il latino Sannio &amp;lt;...&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/HauP0.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E così scrive anche Francesco Saver Quadrio in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=9_tsTzg6sVoC&amp;amp;pg=PA213#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Storia e della Ragione d'Ogni Poesia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (1744, II, p. 213):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dico adunque, che la voce Zanni è a noi derivata originalmente dal Greco &lt;em&gt;Sannos&lt;/em&gt;, voce da Gratino, e da altri Greci usata, a lignificare uno stolto, o scempio, dalla quale trassero i Latini Cornici la lor voce &lt;em&gt;Sannio&lt;/em&gt;, e &lt;em&gt;sanniu&lt;/em&gt;. &amp;lt;...&gt; E perché appunto quelli Scempi, e Stolti fanno con le lor positure, aspetti, e gesti, mille morfie, onde movere il riso, disse però ottimamente Tullio cosi scrivendo: &quot;E che ci può essere tanto ridicolo, quanto un Sannione, il quale con la bocca, col volto, con imitare i movimenti, con la voce, finalmente con tutto il corpo è motivo di riso?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ujVpn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda spiegazione, proprio quella che viene suggerita in tutti i dizionari moderni, è più recente. Per esempio, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=zanni&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario&lt;/a&gt; di De Mauro e Mancini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;zanni&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  1. personaggio della commedia dell’arte che rappresenta il servo scaltro e imbroglione, oppure il servo sciocco o finto sciocco dalle trovate burlesche e ridicole&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  2. (non com.) buffone, pagliaccio: &lt;em&gt;fare lo zanni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Etimologia&lt;/strong&gt; ← forma toscanizzata del ven. &lt;em&gt;zani&lt;/em&gt;, riduzione dial. del nome proprio &lt;em&gt;giovanni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa spiegazione viene attribuita a Carlo Dati, come citato da Gilles Ménage nel libro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=iIVMAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA498#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Le origine della Lingua Italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (1685, p.498):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ZANI. ZANNI. Buffone. Dissi nelle mie origini Francesi, che questo vocabolo Italiano derivava dal Greco-Barbaro sanniu, voce dello stesso significato. E questo è anche il sentimento di quel gran Letterato Claudio Salmasio, sopra l'istoria Augusta. &amp;lt;..&gt; Ora sono del parere del Signor Carlo Dati, quel celebre Accademico della Crusca, a cui tanto debbono le Lettere Toscane, il quale tien per fermo che sia stata corrotta questa voce da quella di Giovanni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ménage poi recita la lettera completa di Carlo Dati (che è troppo lunga per riprodurla qui) e conclude che &quot;Sig. Ferrari seguita il Salmasio&quot; (cioè Ottavio Ferrari nelle &lt;em&gt;Origini della lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;), ma che Ménage stesso non è &quot;di parere di cangiar sentimento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quadrio, menzionato sopra, è molto scettico per quanto riguarda la provenienza di questo termine dal nome Giovanni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io ben so, che Carlo Dati, riferito dal Menagio, l'ha creduto che quello nome di Zanni fosse derivato da Giovanni, che in Lingua Toscana per abbreviazione si dice Gianni, e che i Lombardi dicono Zanni, conghietturando che forse per essersi uno de' primi Arlichini chiamato Giovanni sia rimesa questa denominazione a tutti gli altri susseguiti Arlichini. Io non mi maraviglio pero tanto di esso Dati, che abbia abbondonata la primiera etimologia &amp;lt;...&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... ma, ovviamente, l'opinione di Dati, uno degli Accademici della Crusca, ha guadagnato più rispetto e credibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TL;DR&lt;/strong&gt; La spiegazione vecchia è che &lt;em&gt;zanni&lt;/em&gt; proviene dalla voce latina &lt;em&gt;sannio&lt;/em&gt; con lo stesso significato. La versione &quot;moderna&quot; è stata introdotta nel 1685 e insiste che Zanni non significhi altro che Giovanni (=Gianni), come si pronuncia in Lombardia e per lo più a Bergamo. Gli esperti in etimologia e nella storia dell'arte hanno considerato credibili tutte e due versioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-10T15:18:36.490" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T15:18:36.490" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5581" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5583" CreationDate="2015-06-06T16:15:05.640" Score="6" ViewCount="571" Body="&lt;p&gt;Interrogandomi sull'analisi logica della frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sono molto abile negli esercizi al computer&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi è sorto un dubbio riguardo al valore logico di &quot;al computer&quot;. Penso ad espressioni come &quot;esercizi alle parallele&quot; o &quot;manovre al volante&quot;, in cui mi sembra che la stessa struttura entri in gioco. Mi verrebbe da dire che si tratti di complementi di luogo (almeno in origine) di cui la ripetizione in locuzioni piuttosto rigide ha alterato almeno in parte il valore logico in un complemento di mezzo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno può illuminarmi a riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1522" LastActivityDate="2015-06-08T14:11:26.567" Title="Valore logico di &quot;al computer&quot; nella frase &quot;Sono molto abile negli esercizi al computer&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5579" CreationDate="2015-06-06T16:28:20.650" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alle fonti citate da I.M. aggiungo quello che scrivevano Carlo Battisti e Giovanni Alessio nel loro &lt;em&gt;Dizionario etimologico&lt;/em&gt; (1966):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;personaggio ridicolo della commedia bergamasca, arlecchino; ‘Giovanni’. È il nome con cui nel XVI sec. si chiamavano i servi bergamaschi. Cfr. il piem. &lt;em&gt;gianàs&lt;/em&gt; sciattone e i diversi &lt;em&gt;zaneìn&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;s'oanìn&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;zanìn&lt;/em&gt; l'acaro del formaggio. Ne dipende il rom[ano] ‘zagnotta’. Nel Lippi (a. 1676) e nel Magalotti (1667) &lt;em&gt;nanni&lt;/em&gt;, con assimilazione e col senso di minchione. Cfr. ‘giandùia’. – Il calabrese n'ha dedotto un verbo &lt;em&gt;z'annïari&lt;/em&gt; burlare. – Il vecchio collegamento coi &lt;em&gt;sanniones&lt;/em&gt; delle atellane (a. 1669, Perrucci) fu già combattuto da Carlo Dati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il più recente Cortelazzo-Zolli conferma l'ipotesi “Giovanni”, con un possibile variante, e dà per superate altre tra cui quella “sannita”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal n[ome] pr[oprio] &lt;em&gt;Zanni&lt;/em&gt; ‘Giovanni’. Già il T[ommaseo-]B[ellini] &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tommaseobellini.it/#/items/120471&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spiegava&lt;/a&gt;: “è voce bergamasca, accorciata dall'intero nome Giovanni, che rappresenta un Servo semplice e goffo bergamasco” e Migl[iorini] &lt;em&gt;[Dal] N[ome ]P[roprio al nome comune]&lt;/em&gt; 226, accettando questa spiegaz[ione], accennava all'inverosimilità di vedere nel n[ome] della maschera il lat[ino] &lt;em&gt;Sannio&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia, il problema dell'orig[ine] remota resta, così, aperto. Una possibile soluzione è stata proposta da L. Lazzerini, &lt;em&gt;Preistoria degli Zanni: mito e spettacolo nella coscienza popolare&lt;/em&gt; (negli Atti del Convegno su &lt;em&gt;Scienze, credenze occulte, livelli di cultura&lt;/em&gt;, Firenze, 1982, pp. 445-475), che ritiene, con l'appoggio di una appropriata documentazione, che &lt;em&gt;Giovanni&lt;/em&gt; si sia sovrapposto a &lt;em&gt;Zan&lt;/em&gt;, continuatore di &lt;em&gt;Dianus&lt;/em&gt;, corrispondente m[aschile] di &lt;em&gt;Diana&lt;/em&gt;, diventata un ‘essere demoniaco’ presso le popolazioni romane cristianizzate. Inutile richiamare una eventuale contaminazione con &lt;em&gt;zana&lt;/em&gt; ‘cesta’, ma anche ‘chi s'incaricava di recapitare qualcosa dietro commissione e a pagamento’, come ha il Machiavelli in una lettera a Francesco Vettori del 25 febbraio 1514 (R[ivista ]D[ialettale] I 1975 466-467). – Bibl[iografia] sul personaggio: V. Pandolfi, &lt;em&gt;La commedia dell'arte&lt;/em&gt;, I, Firenze, 1957, pp. 155-293.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-15T18:15:29.507" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T18:15:29.507" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5581" CreationDate="2015-06-06T18:24:37.453" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo sia &lt;em&gt;complemento di limitazione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;complemento di limitazione&lt;/strong&gt; delimita il campo entro il quale è&#xA;  valido un giudizio o va inteso un predicato. È retto dalle&#xA;  preposizioni &lt;strong&gt;a, da, di, in, per&lt;/strong&gt; e dalle locuzioni &lt;strong&gt;in fatto di, a&#xA;  giudizio di, rispetto a, a parere di, riguardo a&lt;/strong&gt;, e simili: ad&#xA;  esempio, &lt;em&gt;bravo in matematica, generoso a parole, cieco di un occhio,&#xA;  stare male a quattrini, sordo da un orecchio, indegno di perdono,&#xA;  degno di considerazione, lodevole per il suo impegno, a mio parere sei&#xA;  forbito nel linguaggio, riguardo alla forma il componimento è buono,&#xA;  quel giocatore è abile nel dribbling&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/grammatica-italiana-05.htm&quot;&gt;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/grammatica-italiana-05.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come nota personale, ho sempre trovato l'esercizio &quot;indovina il nome del complemento&quot; piuttosto inutile. Almeno a me, la conoscenza dei nomi dei quaranta e passa complementi (e ce ne sono di davvero fantasiosi!) non ha mai aiutato. Per dire, su un sito Internet ho trovato questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;complemento di stima&lt;/strong&gt; indica il grado, la misura della stima che si&#xA;  attribuisce ad una persona o ad un avvenimento (&quot;Stimo moltissimo&#xA;  quelli che lottano contro la droga&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-06T18:39:10.920" LastActivityDate="2015-06-06T18:39:10.920" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-06T22:21:53.437" Score="5" ViewCount="506" Body="&lt;p&gt;Obviously it is not incorrect to say &lt;em&gt;lavo le mie mani&lt;/em&gt; (c.f. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Salmi%2026%3A6-8&amp;amp;version=LND&quot;&gt;Salmi 26:6&lt;/a&gt;), but &lt;em&gt;mi lavo le mani&lt;/em&gt; (also &lt;em&gt;mi lavo la faccia&lt;/em&gt;) is more common. Why is this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a special use of reflexive verbs to stand in for possessive adjectives. Can you also say &lt;em&gt;mi lavo la macchina&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;lavo la mia macchina&lt;/em&gt; or is it only something that works for items that are related to (or owned by) the subject?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2015-06-11T11:35:56.800" Title="Is it incorrect to say &quot;lavo le mie mani&quot; vs. the more common &quot;mi lavo le mani&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5585" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5587" CreationDate="2015-06-07T07:55:51.083" Score="4" ViewCount="331" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the form &lt;em&gt;&quot;mi sa che mi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;  considered correct or should I avoid to use it? These are some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Mi sa che mi perderò la partita&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Mi sa che mi sono innamorato&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-07T08:25:05.960" LastActivityDate="2015-06-08T04:51:27.070" Title="The use of the form &quot;mi sa che mi&quot; is consider correct proper Italian?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5566" CreationDate="2015-06-07T08:18:45.447" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il mio dizionario dà:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 Passaggio, di solito angusto e superabile a fatica: uno stretto v.&#xA;  fra le rocce; aprirsi un v. tra la folla; fig. , il passaggio dalla&#xA;  vita alla morte. 2 Come nome di azione, attraversamento, valico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambi i casi che menzioni sono sì espressioni idiomatiche, ma usano varco nel suo significato. Ciò che è figurato è l'intero detto (non aspetti veramente qualcuno ad un varco, ma all'interno di questa analogia &quot;varco&quot; è usato nel suo senso originario). Il fatto, poi, che non sia una parola molto comune ha fatto sì che si senta soprattutto in relazione a queste espressioni. Come Walter Tross scrive nei commenti, &quot;varco&quot; riferito ad un accesso della ZTL è un uso legittimo e non figurato (al di là della stranezza di &quot;varco non attivo&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1525" LastActivityDate="2015-06-07T08:18:45.447" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5585" CreationDate="2015-06-07T09:51:49.937" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I scan the sentence I see no &lt;code&gt;mi sa che mi&lt;/code&gt;, I have &lt;code&gt;mi sa &amp;lt;subordinate clause&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; and if &lt;code&gt;&amp;lt;subordinate clause&amp;gt;&lt;/code&gt; happens to contain &lt;code&gt;mi&lt;/code&gt;, this doesn't tell me there is or there should be any relationship between that &lt;code&gt;mi&lt;/code&gt; and the previous one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are worried about the sound, due to the presence of a repetition, as a native speaker I personally don't have any problem with that (do you?). Bottom line, I think &lt;code&gt;mi sa che mi perderò la partita&lt;/code&gt; is just fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2015-06-07T09:51:49.937" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5585" CreationDate="2015-06-07T20:10:26.233" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the form &amp;quot;mi sa che mi&amp;quot; considered correct or should I avoid to use it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, it is correct. The phrase &amp;quot;Mi sa che&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;I have the impression that... &amp;quot;, &amp;quot;I think that...&amp;quot; followed by a subjective sentence (&amp;quot;...mi...&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Mi sa che mi perderò la partita&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Mi sa che mi sono innamorato&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The examples you reported are correct. In addition, the sentence &amp;quot;Mi sa che...&amp;quot; can be followed by the future (Futuro Semplice, first example), the present (Indicativo, second example) and also followed by the &amp;quot;Congiuntivo&amp;quot; (ex: &amp;quot;mi sa che mi debba aggiornare&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1526" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-08T04:51:27.070" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5584" CreationDate="2015-06-07T21:44:45.053" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;When washing your own body parts, it is appropriate to use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.about.com/library/verb/blverb_lavarsi.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;reflexive version&lt;/a&gt; of the verb: &lt;em&gt;lavarsi&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;lavare&lt;/em&gt;, or often simply omit the specification. It's not very usual to wash someone else's body parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavarsi le mani, &quot;Lavati i capelli!&quot;, Mi lavai i denti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or (less frequently)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavare le mani, &quot;Lava i capelli!&quot;, Lavai i denti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can always use the active form and specify whose body parts you are washing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavare le proprie mani, &quot;Lava i tuoi capelli!&quot;, Lavai i miei denti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, since the version without the adjective is very common, this version sounds overwrought and is seldom used unless you are washing someone else's body parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavare le mani di qualcuno, &quot;Lava i suoi capelli!&quot;, Lavai i suoi denti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In which case you can also use the form with the joined complement, like so&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavarle le mani, &quot;Lavagli i capelli!&quot;, Le lavai i denti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However you can not specify both: the presence of the reflexive form of the verb and the adjective are redundant and are not correct Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavarsi le proprie mani, &quot;Lavale i suoi capelli!&quot;, Mi lavai i miei denti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastEditorUserId="18" LastEditDate="2015-06-08T15:31:12.570" LastActivityDate="2015-06-08T15:31:12.570" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5590" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-08T13:07:55.910" Score="3" ViewCount="1601" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5579/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho scritto la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Recentemente sono &lt;em&gt;andata ad ascoltare&lt;/em&gt; il balletto Pulcinella di Igor Stravinskij in versione concerto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma ho ricevuto questo commento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un parlante nativo direbbe preferibilmente &quot;andata a sentire&quot;, o molto più facilmente &quot;andata a vedere&quot;. Meglio ancora: &quot;sono stata a vedere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi è chiaro quando debba usare un verbo o l'altro con un brano di musica, uno spettacolo musicale o un concerto. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1921/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; correlata a questa, ma è molto generica. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T16:59:05.247" Title="&quot;Ascoltare&quot;, &quot;sentire&quot;, &quot;vedere&quot; per un brano di musica, uno spettacolo musicale o un concerto: quando usare un verbo o l'altro?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5581" CreationDate="2015-06-08T14:05:12.337" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse &lt;em&gt;&quot;negli esercizi al computer&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è complemento di limitazione, mentre &lt;em&gt;&quot;al computer&quot;&lt;/em&gt; a sé è complemento di luogo, in quanto specifica il contesto della limitazione. &#xA;Sottinteso &lt;em&gt;&quot;Sono molto abile negli esercizi (&lt;strong&gt;svolti&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;che si svolgono&lt;/strong&gt;) al computer&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1526" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-08T14:11:26.567" LastActivityDate="2015-06-08T14:11:26.567" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5584" CreationDate="2015-06-08T15:55:09.120" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll be bold and state that, while “lavo le mie mani” and “lavo le mani” are not technically agrammatical (nouns and verbs agree as they should and so on), they are so unusual with respect to “mi lavo le mani” that – if we agree that the rules are made by the actual usage and not by some combinatorics of morphological items – the former are plain wrong, in the sense that they attract the attention of the listener to the phrasing rather than to what is being said, and as such are either mistakes or poetic choices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give at least a statistical basis to the above, we may compare the &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=lavo%20le%20mani%2Cme%20ne%20lavo%20le%20mani%2Bmi%20lavo%20le%20mani&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Clavo%20le%20mani%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2C%28me%20ne%20lavo%20le%20mani%20%2B%20mi%20lavo%20le%20mani%29%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Ngrams graphs&lt;/a&gt; for “lavo le mani” with those for “me ne lavo le mani” and for “mi lavo le mani“ added together, and see that the two graphs virtually coincide. “lavo le mie mani”, on the other hand, doesn't even show up.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I am grateful to Sklivvz for our exchange of opinions on this.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-06-08T15:55:09.120" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5593" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5594" CreationDate="2015-06-09T14:03:56.657" Score="7" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'etimologia di &lt;code&gt;manifattura&lt;/code&gt; è &quot;fatto a mano&quot;, da &lt;code&gt;manufactus&lt;/code&gt; (latino). Oggi però il termine ha perso il senso originario e si riferisce a qualsiasi mezzo produttivo: mani o macchine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi suona strano però associare questa parola a quelle tipologie di industrie che si servono quasi esclusivamente di robot piuttosto che a quelle che si servono di un equo mix di uomini e macchine. Per esempio, nell'industria dei semiconduttori e delle nanotecnologie, Intel ha reso pubblici alcuni video dove viene mostrato il livello di automazione quasi totale delle proprie fabbriche: dal trasporto dei materiali ai vai reparti della fabbrica, all'inserimento automatico di tali materiali all'interno delle macchine, alla fabbricazione autonoma, al collaudo robotizzato, al confezionamento meccanico e infine al magazzino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma, questa è &lt;code&gt;manifattura&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1527" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-12T08:47:42.503" LastActivityDate="2015-06-12T08:47:42.503" Title="Può considerarsi &quot;manifattura&quot; la fabbricazione di oggetti totalmente robotizzata?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5593" CreationDate="2015-06-09T15:44:15.517" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certo: molte parole rimangono in uso anche quando i dettagli del loro etimo sono venuti meno. Si parla ancora – per rimanere a esempi simili al tuo – di &lt;strong&gt;manoscritto&lt;/strong&gt; (di un libro o un articolo) anche se quasi sempre l'autore lo ha scritto al computer (e in precedenza con la macchina per scrivere), così come oggetti di vario tipo, più o meno astratti, si possono &lt;strong&gt;maneggiare&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;manipolare&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;manovrare&lt;/strong&gt; senza usare le mani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si parla poi di &lt;strong&gt;navigazione&lt;/strong&gt; anche riferendosi agli aerei o ad altri veicoli, di &lt;strong&gt;film&lt;/strong&gt; anche se la pellicola non si usa quasi più, e lo stesso &lt;strong&gt;libro&lt;/strong&gt; si riferisce a un supporto (uno strato della corteccia) che non si usa più da millenni per scrivere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che gli esempi siano innumerevoli, e sono affascinanti perché nelle parole moderne sopravvivono, a mo' di fossili, tracce di usi e tecniche precedenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-06-09T15:44:15.517" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5596" CreationDate="2015-06-09T17:16:50.580" Score="12" ViewCount="914" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am brand new to Italian and have only studied it for a few days.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was listening to the song &quot;Certamente&quot; by Madreblu and reading along with the lyrics and noticed how when a word that ends with a vowel is followed by a word that begins with a vowel, the ending vowel seems to disappear. Here are some examples from the song. I have bolded and asterisked the letters that seem to disappear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;il temporal&lt;strong&gt;e*&lt;/strong&gt; aspetto&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;non riesc&lt;strong&gt;o*&lt;/strong&gt; a dormire&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;che questo caldo arriv&lt;strong&gt;i*&lt;/strong&gt; alla fine&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;completamente torner&lt;strong&gt;ò*&lt;/strong&gt; alla realtà&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do vowels flow into each other this way, with the ending vowel being silenced? Am I mishearing it, or is this a form of liaison?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="36" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T07:00:48.763" Title="Are there liaisons in Italian?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5595" CreationDate="2015-06-09T17:45:02.267" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not a real &lt;em&gt;liaison&lt;/em&gt;, but a phenomenon that is formalised most in prosody, for poems and song lyrics: it is called &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synalepha&quot;&gt;synaloepha&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian, &lt;em&gt;sinalefe&lt;/em&gt;), and consists in having two consecutive syllables count – and be uttered – as one. It happens when the first ends, and the second starts, with a vowel (as you have seen in that song).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a more classical example, take the second line of Dante's &lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi ritrovai per una selva oscura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(“I found myself through a dark forest”), which is read almost as if the last two words were “selvoscura”. This is both the natural way of reading it, and the “correct” one if one is to reckon correctly the syllables of this hendecasyllable (which has the last tonic accent on the last-but-one syllable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-06-09T17:45:02.267" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5598" CreationDate="2015-06-09T21:21:29.670" Score="7" ViewCount="2701" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente su un noto quotidiano online ho trovato il seguente titolo &quot;ecco come avrebbe dovuto finire&quot;. Io ho pensato fosse un grave errore grammaticale tant'è che dopo pochi minuti il titolo è stato cambiato. Discutendo con un collega però è nato il dubbio che fosse corretta anche la forma con il verbo avere. Chi ha ragione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1101" LastActivityDate="2015-07-01T20:16:37.747" Title="È corretto usare 'avrebbe dovuto finire'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5597" CreationDate="2015-06-09T21:31:25.100" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per me hai ragione tu. Per quanto ne so, salvo eccezioni, per i verbi modali l'ausiliare è quello del verbo che segue. In questo caso &lt;code&gt;finire&lt;/code&gt; è intransitivo e vuole essere, quindi la forma corretta è &lt;code&gt;ecco come sarebbe dovuto finire&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è anche la faccia transitiva di finire (&lt;code&gt;finire il compito&lt;/code&gt;) e &lt;code&gt;avrebbe dovuto finire il compito&lt;/code&gt; (dove &lt;code&gt;il compito&lt;/code&gt; è complemento oggetto e c'è un misterioso soggetto sottinteso) va bene. Quindi se prendi la stringa &lt;code&gt;ecco come avrebbe dovuto finire&lt;/code&gt; avulsa da ogni contesto, effettivamente il tuo collega ha ragione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2015-06-09T21:31:25.100" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5600" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5605" CreationDate="2015-06-11T02:47:28.950" Score="8" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;My parents and grandparents used to say something like &quot;Pippi Agire&quot; which supposedly meant &quot;Hurry up.&quot; I cannot find a reference to it anywhere. Does the word (or such combination of words) exist? Or is it made up? Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1530" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-12T08:42:25.757" LastActivityDate="2015-06-12T12:30:15.970" Title="Language from my parents" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5601" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5602" CreationDate="2015-06-11T07:45:58.057" Score="10" ViewCount="455" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per motivi professionali, ho dovuto leggere gli enunciati di alcuni problemi di matematica per bambini. In uno di questi enunciati ho letto la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giulio ha nel suo astuccio 18 &lt;em&gt;pennarelli&lt;/em&gt; ma si accorge che 5 non scrivono più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;pennarelli&lt;/em&gt; ha attirato la mia attenzione: conoscevo il termine &lt;em&gt;penna&lt;/em&gt; come strumento per scrivere, ma non &lt;em&gt;pennarello&lt;/em&gt;. L'ho cercata sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pennarello/&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato questa definizione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nome commerciale di un tipo di penna per disegnare e scrivere, nella quale il pennino è costituito da un pezzetto di feltro a forma di cilindro o di parallelepipedo (per ottenere tratti piuttosto spessi) oppure da una punta di nailon (che dà un segno molto sottile), e pesca in un serbatoio contenente un ammasso fibroso saturo di un inchiostro all’alcol, in varî colori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/pennarello&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato persino che si tratta di un marchio commerciale registrato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso che se fa nel linguaggio comune di questo vocabolo: si adopera veramente come un marchio commerciale o se ne fa un uso più ampio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si tratta di un marchio registrato, lo stesso oggetto fabbricato da un altro marchio viene anche chiamato commercialmente &quot;pennarello&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-11T07:54:40.567" LastActivityDate="2015-06-11T08:17:07.723" Title="Uso del vocabolo &quot;pennarello&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5601" CreationDate="2015-06-11T07:56:48.030" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un termine comunissimo, a prescindere dalla sua origine, usato anche dai bambini a scuola (o anzi, fuori scuola, perché a scuola sono preferite le matite colorate).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Linguisticamente, è un esempio di &lt;em&gt;volgarizzazione&lt;/em&gt;, in cui un termine nato come marchio registrato entra poi nell'uso comune, tanto che a volte non si ha neppure presente la sua origine commerciale: “candeggina”, “borotalco” etc. C'è qualche esempio in &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2015/05/07/volgarizzazione-marchi/&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt;, tra cui appunto “pennarello”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come mostra la foto che segue, di confezioni di due marche diverse, il termine è tanto entrato nell'uso (e presumibilmente non più protetto) che viene usato anche dai produttori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/QM3Su.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-11T08:17:07.723" LastActivityDate="2015-06-11T08:17:07.723" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5600" CreationDate="2015-06-11T16:22:22.553" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can make some guess:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Pippi is the nick from your name (your name is probably Philippe - - &gt; Filippo in Italian - - &gt; &quot;Pippo&quot;  is the nick for Filippo) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Agire&quot; means &quot;act&quot;... if you didn't speak Italian at that time,  it could be they were using an Italian term (I. e.&quot; agire&quot;) that in their opinion you would understand &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;they were basically saying &quot;Phil, hurry up&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not really sure about &quot;agire&quot;. It sounds like a dialect term I can't really get the meaning of.  However I'm pretty sure that it's general meaning was &quot;hurry up&quot; or &quot;let's go&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="77" LastActivityDate="2015-06-11T16:22:22.553" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5600" CreationDate="2015-06-12T12:08:48.930" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's quite likely to be a local pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;per piacere&lt;/em&gt;, which literally means “please”, but may be used to exhort one to do something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Charo remarks, the not-too-different Sicilian version &lt;em&gt;pi piaciri&lt;/em&gt; is often found in Andrea Camilleri's books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-12T12:30:15.970" LastActivityDate="2015-06-12T12:30:15.970" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5606" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-13T09:07:04.527" Score="2" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto il testo di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5601/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; ho usato il termine &quot;marchio&quot;, ma ho osservato che @DaG ha usato &quot;marca&quot; nella sua risposta. Non riesco a capire quale sia la differenza di uso tra questi due vocaboli quando si tratta del nome commerciale di un prodotto o del nome della dita che lo produce. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per aumentare di più la mia confusione, nei commenti alla risposta di @DaG, è stato introdotto un terzo vocabolo per esprimere questo tipo di concetto: &quot;marchionimo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T09:50:02.453" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;marchio&quot; e &quot;marca&quot; per un nome commerciale" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5606" CreationDate="2015-06-13T12:48:01.977" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/marchio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Marchio&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/marca1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Marca&lt;/a&gt; sembrano entrambi essere, in ultima istanza, termini di origine germanica che hanno il significato originario di &quot;segno&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambi possono essere usati in modo intercambiabile &lt;strong&gt;nel contesto di ditta produttrice&lt;/strong&gt;. I termini hanno anche altri significati, come &lt;em&gt;marca da bollo&lt;/em&gt; per indicare una certa tassa da applicare ai documenti, per cui i due termini non sono intercambiabili. &lt;em&gt;Marca&lt;/em&gt; viene usato specificatamente per molte espressioni simili a &lt;em&gt;marca da bollo&lt;/em&gt;, come &lt;em&gt;marca della zecca&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;marca tipografica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste anche un'espressione particolare: &lt;em&gt;di marca&lt;/em&gt;, usata per indicare un prodotto di una marca prestigiosa, per cui non si può usare il termine &lt;em&gt;marchio&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se vogliamo essere pignoli la differenza d'uso tra i due termini, in questo contesto, è che solitamente &lt;em&gt;marca&lt;/em&gt; indica genericamente la ditta produttrice, &lt;em&gt;marchio&lt;/em&gt; viene usato più per indicare il segno stesso usato per rappresentare la marca. Ad esempio, marca: Ferrari, marchio: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ferrari#/media/File:Logo_della_Ferrari_S.p.A..svg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;logo della Ferrari&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Onestamente marchionimo non lo avevo mai sentito, dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/marchionimo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce sul Treccani&lt;/a&gt; indica il nome di un prodotto di una specifica marca che è in uso per indicare tutti i prodotti di quel tipo. Non mi vengono in mente esempi in italiano, ma gli americani usano &lt;em&gt;to google&lt;/em&gt; per intendere &quot;usare un motore di ricerca&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1409" LastEditorUserId="1409" LastEditDate="2015-06-15T09:50:02.453" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T09:50:02.453" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5606" CreationDate="2015-06-13T14:36:31.637" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.themarketingfreaks.com/2014/03/logo-marca-e-marchio-simili-ma-non-troppo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Marketing Freaks&lt;/a&gt;&quot; traccia un'interessante distinzione tra i due termini. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Marchio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando parliamo di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;marchio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; alcuni lo intendono come logotipo, definendolo come equivalente a quest'ultimo. È più corretto però sottolineare, a livello di marketing, la differenza sostanziale: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;il marchio è la denominazione statica, il simbolo distintivo che ha la principale funzione di far riconoscere e differenziare l’azienda, è anche definito come trademark&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.  Tutto ciò implica ovviamente il diritto ad utilizzare certi colori e certi grafie e permette di proteggere la proprietà intellettuale legalmente.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Possono essere registrati come marchi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Parole,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Nomi,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Disegni,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Lettere,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Cifre,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Suoni,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Forma di un prodotto,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Packaging,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Combinazioni cromatiche.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fondamentalmente si suddividono in tre macrocategorie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Marchio figurativo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (una o più parole in una determinata grafia/disegno)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Marchio verbale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (una o più dicitura costituita da grafia normale)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Altre tipologie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (3D, sonoro, olfattivo…)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Marca: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;La marca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un elemento complesso e molto più intangibile, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;riguarda soprattutto il valore che l’azienda è capace di trasmettere al cliente  ed è legata al posizionamento nella mente di quest’ultimo o meglio, si crea proprio nella sua mente.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La marca comprende la storia aziendale, l’insieme dei prodotti /servizi di tutti gli elementi facenti parti dell’azienda e che permettono di renderla più o meno unica e differenziarla dalla concorrenza, si tratta di un elemento dinamico. Non si limita però solamente agli aspetti interni all’attività ma anzi il maggior peso è dovuto all’awareness, all’opinione degli stakeholders e dei clienti, alle aspettative, ai valori.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In questo senso Kotler suddivide così le dimensioni a cui appartengono i significati della marca: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Attributi, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Benefici, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Valori, &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Cultura,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Personalità. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune &lt;em&gt;marca&lt;/em&gt; viene usato per riferirsi al &lt;em&gt;brand&lt;/em&gt; di un prodotto, mentre il termine corretto sarebbe &lt;em&gt;marchio&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Di che marca sono le tue scarpe? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-14T07:52:43.360" LastActivityDate="2015-06-14T07:52:43.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5609" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5614" CreationDate="2015-06-14T09:27:49.487" Score="1" ViewCount="7037" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un termine per definire uno che si atteggia ad essere quello che non è nella realtà, in particolare uno che si atteggia come una persona ricca o benestante senza esserlo (e si vorrebbe esserlo)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-06-15T19:38:03.573" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T19:38:03.573" Title="Termine per uno che si atteggia" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5609" CreationDate="2015-06-14T21:16:43.570" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/F/finto.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;finto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;• agg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1 Che finge, inganna; (anteposto al s.) che vuole apparire diverso da ciò che è: &lt;em&gt;fare il f. tonto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;• s.m.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1  Dissimulatore, impostore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uno che cerca di imitare il modo di fare e di atteggiarsi come un uomo ricco fino ad assumere la propria identità, come &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Il_talento_di_Mr._Ripley&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tom Ripley&lt;/a&gt;, sarebbe un &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impostore_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;impostore&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (letteralmente: chi fa credere cose non vere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T07:18:12.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5590" CreationDate="2015-06-14T23:16:50.273" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci provo a cominciare con un argomento a contrario. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel 1835 Michele Ponza &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=JttCb4GHLqsC&amp;amp;lpg=PA38&amp;amp;ots=PzV0MT7Vjb&amp;amp;pg=PA38#v=onepage&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ha criticato&lt;/a&gt; Tommaso Grossi per aver usato l'espressione &lt;em&gt;sentire messa&lt;/em&gt; nel suo romanzo &quot;Marco Visconti&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sentire la messa&quot; è modo di dialetto: la messa si ode, si ascolta, alla messa si assiste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'argomento qui è che la gente non va a messa per godersi, passare una bella mattina, magari con un po' di musica d'organo e i cantanti a capella, e chiacchierare con i vicini. Si intende (almeno in teoria) l'ascoltazione, la partecipazione, la massima attenzione dalla parte di ognuno presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più o meno lo stesso dice il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ascoltare-finestra-di-approfondimento_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ascoltare è intercambiabile con sentire, di cui &lt;strong&gt;spesso rappresenta un sinonimo di grado più intenso («prestare attenzione a ciò che si percepisce con l’udito»)&lt;/strong&gt;. E dunque si può &lt;em&gt;ascoltare o sentire, la radio, una canzone, una discussione&lt;/em&gt;, ecc., ma in genere &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ascoltare&lt;/em&gt; implica un maggior coinvolgimento del soggetto rispetto a &lt;em&gt;sentire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;lt;...&gt; Ancora più specifico è ascoltazione, che si riferisce all’ascolto concentrato da parte di un professionista: l’ascoltazione di un brano musicale da parte di un musicista o di un fonico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In caso di un concerto, uno spettacolo, o un brano musicale, quindi, vanno bene sia &lt;em&gt;sentire&lt;/em&gt;, sia &lt;em&gt;ascoltare&lt;/em&gt;, ma il significato può essere diverso, per es.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono andata a sentire un concerto&lt;/em&gt;: ho avuto un bel tempo, la musica mi è piaciuta tantissimo, mi sono goduta al massimo questa esperienza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono andata ad ascoltare un concerto&lt;/em&gt;: sono stata a sentire molto attentamente, perché ci sono interpretazioni diverse di questa opera e volevo fare un paragone con la mia interpretazione preferita, perché il fagotto di qualsiasi orchestra sbaglia sempre nel secondo atto, perché sono un biografo di Igor Stravinskij e cerco di capir meglio il suo carattere ascoltando la sua musica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come hanno detto gd1 e Josh61, quando c'è qualcosa da vedere (come un balletto, un spettacolo, un film), andrebbe meglio &lt;em&gt;sono andata a vedere&lt;/em&gt;  che &lt;em&gt;sono andata a sentire&lt;/em&gt;, se si sottintende la stessa &quot;piacevole esperienza&quot;. E quando qualcuno &lt;em&gt;ascolta la musica&lt;/em&gt; a casa, generalmente sceglie secondo i suoi gusti la melodia, il/la cantante, le parole, il genere musicale - cioè presta sempre attenzione a quello che suona, forse anche canta insieme a questa musica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-15T16:59:05.247" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T16:59:05.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5609" CreationDate="2015-06-15T09:19:24.830" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Delle varie opzioni che mi vengono in mente quella che preferisco in questo caso è &lt;strong&gt;impostore&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=impostore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=impostore&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;impostore&lt;/strong&gt; [im-po-stó-re] n.m.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi falsifica o deforma la verità, approfittando della credulità altrui, &#xA;    per trarne vantaggio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma credo che la scelta della parola specifica dipenda anche dalla sfumatura che si vuole dare nella frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T09:19:24.830" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5613" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5615" CreationDate="2015-06-15T15:40:39.657" Score="5" ViewCount="701" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/legnoso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; menziona questo uso figurato del termine &quot;legnoso&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;stile legnoso&lt;/em&gt;, secco, eccessivamente stringato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo vocabolo però l'ho visto usato per la prima volta per descrivere il modo di esprimersi in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5410/si-pu%c3%b2-usare-forma-come-sinonimo-di-modo#comment7896_5410&quot;&gt;questo commento&lt;/a&gt;: «...suonerebbe un po' &lt;em&gt;legnoso&lt;/em&gt;, ...». Penso che in questo caso il significato sia diverso di quello spiegato dal Treccani. È così? Potreste spiegarmi le diverse sfumature dell'aggettivo &quot;legnoso&quot; usato per descrivere il modo di esprimersi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T16:25:59.673" Title="Cosa significa esprimersi in modo legnoso?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5609" CreationDate="2015-06-15T16:06:35.707" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di termini per definire chi mente o chi esagera la realtà ce ne sono diversi, alcuni con significati particolari, ma che possono essere usati anche nel tuo caso come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gradasso&lt;/strong&gt;: Chi si vanta di imprese e abilità inesistenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Spaccone&lt;/strong&gt;: Chi si vanta di aver fatto o di essere capace di fare cose&#xA;  inverosimili&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sbruffone&lt;/strong&gt;: Chi racconta fandonie o fa vanterie esagerate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fanfarone:&lt;/strong&gt; Chi si vanta di aver compiuto o di poter compiere grandi imprese di&#xA;  cui non è realmente capace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine forse più corretto potrebbe essere millantatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Millantare&lt;/strong&gt;: Vantare con molta esagerazione: millantare le proprie ricchezze&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/millantare/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/millantare/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="55" LastEditDate="2015-06-15T16:16:13.530" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T16:16:13.530" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5613" CreationDate="2015-06-15T16:25:59.673" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il “colpevole” del commento era il sottoscritto. Lì usavo “legnoso” nel senso che il Treccani (nella stessa voce citata nella domanda ma riferendolo solo alla persona e ai suoi movimenti) parafrasa come «che manca di grazia, o di scioltezza, di agilità, rigido, impacciato». Anche lo Zanichelli dà, tra i significati figurati di “legnoso”, «privo di scioltezza, morbidezza, elasticità, disinvoltura e sim.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando un po' a casaccio qualche esempio di questo uso (evitando la ricca messe di usi più letterali dell'aggettivo), trovo tra gli altri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei film esaminati, gli elementi discorsivi vengono affrontati con una tecnica mista, che mostra quanto sia difficile trasferirli adeguatamente in tedesco. Succede che questi elementi vengono tralasciati sistematicamente, e la loro omissione, insieme ad altri aspetti della sintassi e del lessico, fa sì che &lt;strong&gt;un personaggio che nella versione originale parlava in modo naturale e informale diventi invece formale e legnoso&lt;/strong&gt;, si veda ad esempio il capostazione nel film La Stazione / Der Bahnhof.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;(Da un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.intralinea.org/archive/article/Quanto_e_tedesco_Mimi_Metallurgico&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo sul doppiaggio in tedesco&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche chi usa termini che appartengono al &lt;strong&gt;modo di esprimersi tendenzialmente involuto e legnoso della lingua in uso oggi&lt;/strong&gt;, dal poco simpatico taglio &amp;quot;sociologico&amp;quot;, per così dire, lo fa sempre nell'ambito della &amp;quot;buona battaglia&amp;quot; per la difesa della vera fede, che ognuno combatte con i mezzi di cui è capace, tutti buoni e tutti validi.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;(Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://chiesaepostconcilio.blogspot.it/2015/03/il-cardinal-muller-gettare-le.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;una discussione sulla Chiesa&lt;/a&gt;, che ha preso una deriva linguistica.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche quando, parlando dello stile di chi scriva in una lingua che non gli è del tutto congeniale, &lt;a href=&quot;http://ilmiolibro.kataweb.it/booknews_dettaglio_news.asp?tipoord=news&amp;amp;id_contenuto=3763911&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qualcuno commenta&lt;/a&gt; «quello che ieri era un'eccezione (dall'inglese travolgente del polacco Joseph Conrad allo stile legnoso di Italo Svevo che, ci hanno insegnato a scuola, in tedesco avrebbe scritto più fluidamente, ma ha deciso di essere italiano nello pseudonimo e nella lingua), oggi è una scelta piuttosto comune», direi proprio che – condivisibile o meno che sia il discorso – usi “legnoso” nel senso di “rigido e privo di scioltezza” e non in quello di “secco e stringato”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-15T16:25:59.673" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5616" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5618" CreationDate="2015-06-16T01:18:12.060" Score="6" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;The translation I have been given for &quot;Remove Follower&quot; is &quot;Follower remoto&quot;.  This doesn't seem correct to me.  This is the title on a button that removes or deletes a &quot;Follower&quot; (subscriber) from a list.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Remoto&quot; seems like &quot;removed&quot; as in &quot;far removed&quot; which I think is not the right meaning.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a lot of translations for the word &quot;remove&quot;.  There's togliere, levare, allontanare, rimuovere, eliminare but I don't know which is the best for this.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1261" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-16T08:51:47.707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-24T07:32:50.293" Title="What is an appropriate translation for &quot;Remove Follower&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5616" CreationDate="2015-06-16T04:55:59.510" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;If by &lt;em&gt;remove follower&lt;/em&gt; you mean  &lt;em&gt;remove subscriber&lt;/em&gt;  from a list, you can use: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;eliminare/rimuovere l'abbonato&lt;/em&gt; (dalla lista) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Levare and togliere&lt;/em&gt; could also work, but they are more  colloquial, while &lt;em&gt;allontanare&lt;/em&gt; is not correct in the context. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-06-16T05:01:00.953" LastActivityDate="2015-06-16T05:01:00.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5616" CreationDate="2015-06-16T10:45:10.917" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;If by &quot;follower&quot; you mean a social network friend (e.g. twitter users), we're using &quot;Rimuovi follower&quot;. You can leave &quot;follower&quot; as is if you don't need a complete translation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="796" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-16T15:02:22.153" LastActivityDate="2015-06-16T15:02:22.153" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5619" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5622" CreationDate="2015-06-16T14:24:24.433" Score="5" ViewCount="1827" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Un sabato, con gli amici&lt;/em&gt; di Andrea Camilleri ho letto la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ti va bene se arrivo domani pomeriggio &lt;em&gt;armi e bagagli&lt;/em&gt;?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conoscevo l'espressione &amp;quot;armi e bagagli&amp;quot;, quindi ne ho cercato informazioni nei dizionari. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bagaglio&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bagàglio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto ciò che viene trasportato al seguito di truppe in marcia o in guerra (oltre la dotazione personale, armi, zaino, tascapane, ecc.); è sinon. di &lt;em&gt;salmerie&lt;/em&gt;. Con questo sign. è usato spec. nella locuz. &lt;em&gt;armi e bagagli&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;furono fatti prigionieri con armi e bagagli&lt;/em&gt;; anche in senso fig., tutte le proprie robe, tutto ciò che uno si porta dietro: &lt;em&gt;andarsene, sloggiare con armi e bagagli; abbiamo perso armi e bagagli&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/bagaglio&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt; si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Locuzione: &lt;strong&gt;Armi e b.&lt;/strong&gt; tutto ciò che uno possiede: Esempio: sloggiare con armi e b.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho nessun problema a capire il significato di questa espressione. Quello che non mi è chiaro è l'uso che se ne fa. Negli esempi dei dizionari sembra avere valore di sintagma nominale, invece nel brano di Camilleri sembra avere un uso avverbiale. È così? Qualcuno può aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi a riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-16T19:16:54.047" Title="La locuzione &quot;armi e bagagli&quot; può avere un uso avverbiale?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5619" CreationDate="2015-06-16T18:48:00.827" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/armi-e-bagagli&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Armi e bagagli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;loc.s.f.pl. tutto ciò che una persona possiede: prendere armi e bagagli e partire.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'espressione è solitamente nominale: fare/prendere/partire (con) armi e bagagli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso avverbiale che ne fa Camilleri non è insolito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È arrivato a casa mia un mio amico, armi e bagagli, e si fermerà per un mese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Me ne andrei, armi e bagagli, a vivere all'estero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Spero solo di incassare in un modo o nell'altro; e sarà proprio stasera, o va fuori, la vagabonda, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;armi e bagagli&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;». &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=4kr3VOpXFO4C&amp;amp;pg=PA152&amp;amp;dq=%22armi%20e%20bagagli%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0CD8Q6AEwBmoVChMIpayCvPCUxgIViFgsCh1-2QM1#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22armi%20e%20bagagli%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il vicario di Wakefield&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«A domare le loro resistenze il primo ad intromettersi fu monsignor Cioja16, il 12 marzo; fallito il suo tentativo, intervennero quindi, l'indomani, i tre canonici della Basilica che, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;armi e bagagli&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, erano passati incondizionatamente dallA parte dei Francesi.» &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=_3xGqUIiG1IC&amp;amp;pg=PA173&amp;amp;dq=%22armi%20e%20bagagli%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0CCAQ6AEwATgKahUKEwjm8q-B8ZTGAhXLjSwKHTA8ABY#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22armi%20e%20bagagli%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;I romani e la nascita dei re di Roma&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«Quando però ci fu il collasso dell'esercito italiano, gli ex occupanti passarono &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;armi e bagagli&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; nella nostra Resistenza diventando quindi degli alleati. In seguito ho partecipato ad una dura lotta contro i tedeschi e contro gli inglesi. Churchill ...» &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Qe-Qcy6c9t8C&amp;amp;pg=PA9&amp;amp;dq=%22armi%20e%20bagagli%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0CD0Q6AEwBjgUahUKEwjWo5eF9JTGAhUBmiwKHWoGA-c#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22armi%20e%20bagagli%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Xenakis&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-16T19:16:54.047" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5623" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5624" CreationDate="2015-06-17T16:46:04.177" Score="2" ViewCount="3790" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/filo1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; afferma che il plurale di &quot;il filo&quot; è &quot;i fili&quot;, ma, con valore collettivo e in locuzioni particolari, è anche &quot;le fila&quot;. Potreste spiegarmi quali sono le principali differenze di uso tra &quot;i fili&quot; e &quot;le fila&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-17T17:30:17.363" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;i fili&quot; e &quot;le fila&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5623" CreationDate="2015-06-17T17:30:17.363" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Le fila del partito.” D’onde viene questo strano plurale? Vediamo.&#xA;  Esiste un sostantivo femminile singolare la fila, serie di persone o cose più o meno allineate una dietro l’altra, che ha un plurale regolare le file. Diciamo perciò che davanti ai negozi si formano lunghe file (oggi è più in uso code), e che i militari rompono le file (oppure le righe), cioè rompono il loro allineamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esiste poi un secondo sostantivo, ma di genere maschile, il filo, propriamente il prodotto della filatura (un filo di lana, di cotone). Ecco il colpevole! Filo ha due plurali: uno regolare maschile, i fili, e uno irregolare femminile, le fila. Perché mai? Perché il nome d’origine, in latino, è neutro: filum singolare, fila plurale, e accanto al nostro plurale regolare fili è sopravvissuta anche la forma originale latina fila. La quale, mancando in italiano il genere neutro, si è rifugiata nel femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciò premesso, il plurale più comune è quello regolare, i fili: “i fili del telegrafo”, “tre fili di perle”. Il plurale femminile le fila è d’uso più limitato: si incontra in senso collettivo, per indicare molti fili presi insieme: abbiamo così “le fila dell’ordito”, e diciamo che il formaggio fuso “fa le fila”; ma più spesso lo incontriamo in frasi figurate, come “le fila della congiura”, “le fila del partito”, “tenere in pugno le fila del movimento”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa definizione è la più facilmente comprensibile a mio parere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti rimando alla fonte della mia risposta: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/F/fili.shtml?refresh_ce-cp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fonte Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="521" LastActivityDate="2015-06-17T17:30:17.363" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5626" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-18T09:40:09.907" Score="8" ViewCount="2084" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se dico &quot;Via Garibaldi, 1 - Roma&quot; o &quot;Lungarno Corsini, 10 - Firenze&quot;, &quot;Roma&quot; e &quot;Firenze&quot; si definiranno &lt;em&gt;località&lt;/em&gt;, in seno all'indirizzo formulato, e &quot;1&quot; e &quot;10&quot; saranno i &lt;em&gt;numeri civici&lt;/em&gt;; ma come si chiamano tecnicamente le parti che indicano la via, piazza, viale, corso, ripa, strada, discesa, eccetera?&#xA;E, in modo ancora più specifico, all'interno di quelle parti come si chiama la particella che indica il tipo di infrastruttura (&quot;via&quot;, nell'esempio) e quella che ne indica il &quot;titolare&quot; (&quot;Garibaldi&quot;)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1550" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-18T11:33:03.830" LastActivityDate="2017-01-14T15:44:28.650" Title="Come si chiama la particella che indica la via o la piazza ecc. all'interno di un indirizzo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5626" CreationDate="2015-06-18T12:00:02.053" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.poste.it/postali/cap/standard_composizione_indirizzi.pdf&quot;&gt;guida ufficiale delle Poste Italiane&lt;/a&gt; la parte che contiene &quot;via&quot;, &quot;piazza&quot;, ecc... si chiama &lt;strong&gt;qualificatore&lt;/strong&gt;. Non so cosa intendi quando parli di &quot;titolare&quot;, visto che alcune vie si chiamano qualcosa come &quot;Via Larga&quot;, &quot;Viale dell'Università&quot; o &quot;Corso Bologna&quot; e non c'è alcun titolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="340" LastActivityDate="2015-06-18T12:00:02.053" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5628" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5630" CreationDate="2015-06-18T19:22:52.553" Score="2" ViewCount="688" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il papiro di laurea: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;è un manifesto di dimensioni considerevoli (all'incirca 50x100 cm) nel quale il neolaureato viene messo alla berlina con aneddoti goffi sulla sua infanzia, allusioni sessuli oppure inventate su improbabili avventure erotiche protrattesi dall'asilo fino all'università. Si tratta, ovviamente,  di mera goliardia. [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/solferino/severgnini/07-11-19/11.spm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/eSjwA.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa tradizione goliardica sembra essere tipica delle università del nord, in particolare del nord-est. Qualcuno ne conosce l'origine? E perché si chiama &quot;papiro&quot;? Esiste questa tradizione anche in qualche università all'estero? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-19T00:16:10.050" LastActivityDate="2015-06-19T20:21:17.187" Title="Il papiro di laurea" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5457" CreationDate="2015-06-18T22:13:47.097" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È tecnicamente corretto, ma non lo dice/scrive nessuno attualmente. Il concetto stesso di corretto è  aleatorio, grammaticalmente  l'espressione lo è , ma le lingue sono &quot;composte&quot; dalle persone che le parlano e dato che nessuno lo direbbe, tendenzialmente è &quot;sbagliato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1553" LastActivityDate="2015-06-18T22:13:47.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5628" CreationDate="2015-06-19T09:03:14.927" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare più informazioni alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Goliardia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Goliardia&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; di Wikipedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Le matricole e i papiri&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È più o meno a cavallo tra XIX e XX secolo, che si affermò il costume del fare la matricola e dei papiri. Gli studenti con più bolli, ossia quelli con più anni di università alle spalle, andavano a caccia dei nuovi iscritti (le matricole) per prendersi gioco di loro, riscuotere un piccolo obolo o più semplicemente farsi pagare da bere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una volta “pelata”, alla matricola veniva rilasciata una pergamena a testimonianza dell'avvenuto pagamento, cosicché altri studenti anziani non potessero pretendere pagamenti ulteriori. Queste pergamene, riempite con disegni sconci e frasi ironiche, erano denominate papiri; i loro autori, in alcuni casi dei veri e propri artisti, erano ingaggiati dagli studenti anziani anche per immortalare le proprie gesta goliardiche in papiri di laurea, da affiggere in città una volta terminati gli studi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa dei papiri di laurea è una tradizione che sopravvive ancora oggi, diffusa in particolar modo tra gli studenti degli atenei di Padova, di Verona e di Venezia, oltre che di Trieste e Udine. Sempre a Padova peraltro, ma soltanto in ambiente goliardico, continua la tradizione del Papiro Matricolare, di fatto però demandata alle Accademie ed agli Ordini Goliardici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1555" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-19T20:21:17.187" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5631" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-19T10:32:18.497" Score="6" ViewCount="5672" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usando l'espressione &lt;em&gt;paventare un'ipotesi&lt;/em&gt; ho controllato alcuni dizionari e in rete ho trovato che il mio dubbio era già stato espresso da altri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È veramente scorretto l'uso di paventare nel senso di &lt;em&gt;avanzare, esporre&lt;/em&gt;? Eppure sono sicuro che il termine viene usato in questo senso. Può essere considerata una mutazione semantica? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/22-04-2010/paventare-1529776.html?refresh_ce-cp&quot;&gt;Paventare&lt;/a&gt;: (Corriere della Sera) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il verbo &quot;paventare&quot; risulta, in tutti i vocabolari che ho avuto modo di consultare, un sinonimo di temere, aver paura, spaventarsi... Eppure viene comunemente usato come &quot;prospettare&quot;. E non solo nel parlato: lo trovo continuamente,in articoli di giornale e scritti vari. Del resto basta digitare &quot;paventare un'ipotesi&quot; su un motore di ricerca e analizzare i risultati trovati, per accorgersi che non viene utilizzato come sinonimo di temere, bensì di prospettare. Perché? E' corretto? Se lo è, perché tale significato non è testimoniato dai dizionari?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/per-aver-paura-usare-paventare&quot;&gt;Paventare&lt;/a&gt;: (Accademia della Crusca) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;«Antonio Mattioli ci segnala usi a suo avviso impropri del verbo paventare. Gli sembra che soprattutto in ambito giornalistico il verbo venga usato come sinonimo di avere intenzione, avere in animo di (l'esempio riportato, purtroppo senza contesto, dal nostro lettore è &quot;La Regione paventa la realizzazione di un nuovo ospedale&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-19T10:42:09.067" LastActivityDate="2015-06-23T20:21:09.253" Title="Sull'uso del verbo &quot;paventare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5631" CreationDate="2015-06-19T10:41:45.400" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non solo è sbagliato, ma è un esempio classico di errore, come “comminare” detto di quello che fa un giudice o una sentenza (è la legge che commina una pena, come previsione generale, non il giudice in uno specifico processo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi basta pensare all'etimologia. “Paventare”, come accenna una delle citazioni, è imparentato col latino &lt;em&gt;pavere&lt;/em&gt; (a cui sono collegati anche “paura” e “spavento”), cioè “temere”: se io pavento un certo fatto, vuol dire che temo che si realizzi, spero di evitarlo, non certo che me lo auguro. Nell'altro senso si possono usare “proporre”, “prospettare”, “caldeggiare” etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(E “comminare” contiene la radice del latino &lt;em&gt;minari&lt;/em&gt;, cioè “minacciare”. La legge “minaccia” certe pene a chi fosse intenzionato a commettere certe malefatte. Il giudice non minaccia un bel niente: il reato è stato commesso e lui condanna alla pena relativa.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;((Sempre a proposito di latinismi usati spesso male e in cui aiuta anche mnemonicamente aver presente l'etimo, un esercizio: se io “non mi perito” di fare una cosa, vuol dire che la faccio o che mi trattengo dal farla?))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-06-19T10:41:45.400" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5633" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-19T20:05:27.820" Score="17" ViewCount="339" Body="&lt;p&gt;If we take a look at the conjugation of many Romance languages, we will see that their forms come from Latin. However there are some peculiarities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If we just look at French and Spanish, we will see that, in the 2nd person singular, the verbs have a common &quot;-s&quot; ending (&lt;em&gt;tu parle&lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;). However, Italian does not. Instead, it has an &quot;-i&quot; ending (&lt;em&gt;tu lasc&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, why do we have the &quot;-i&quot; ending instead of the &quot;-s&quot; ending then? Is it due to some phonetic changes? Could someone could give me an example of how the verbs in this form changed over time?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1558" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-10-28T12:51:29.390" LastActivityDate="2019-10-28T12:51:29.390" Title="Etymology of conjugation 2-person singular" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5634" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-20T08:12:44.123" Score="20" ViewCount="3834" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been learning Italian for several months now and I am looking for a book --- the genre is not important --- suitable for someone with a rather basic understanding of the language. It need not be a book; any substantial text that keeps the language simple will do. Any recommendations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; (June 21st 2015). Several people from this community have offered helpful suggestions in the form of answers and comments. Unfortunately, I can only accept a single answer and I am not sure whether it is fair to do so as all the answers are of sufficient quality and each of them deserves to be accepted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below is a compiled list of suggestions; it is essentially the union of the suggestions in the answers to this question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le avventure di Pinocchio&lt;/em&gt; by Carlo Collodi;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cuore&lt;/em&gt; by Edmondo De Amicis (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/online/autori/autori-d/edmondo-de-amicis/cuore/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F3JcSATErbQ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;video&lt;/a&gt;);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;several books by Emilio Salgari (especially the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emilio_Salgari#Pirates_of_Malaysia_.28Sandokan.29&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Malaysia cycle&lt;/a&gt;);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;children's literature in general;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;La solitudine dei numeri primi&lt;/em&gt; by Paolo Giordano;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lyrics of various &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Festival_di_Sanremo_2015#Campioni&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;pop songs&lt;/a&gt; or, for something older and classier, songs by &lt;em&gt;cantautori&lt;/em&gt; like De André (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.testimania.com/testi/testi_fabrizio_de_andre_1059/testi_in_direzione_ostinata_e_contraria_17307/testo_via_del_campo_200197.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;lyircs 1&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.testimania.com/testi/testi_fabrizio_de_andre_1059/testi_in_direzione_ostinata_e_contraria_17307/testo_volta_la_carta_200231.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;lyrics 2&lt;/a&gt;) and De Gregori (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.angolotesti.it/F/testi_canzoni_francesco_de_gregori_125/testo_canzone_generale_1939005.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sample lyrics&lt;/a&gt;); beyond the &lt;em&gt;cantautori&lt;/em&gt; there are also folk and political singers-songwriters of which &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fausto_Amodei&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fausto Amodei&lt;/a&gt; is an example;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a particular song, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zrOJpHL8Yfo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Meno male che&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1559" LastEditorUserId="1559" LastEditDate="2015-10-28T08:51:14.607" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T22:41:02.040" Title="An Italian book suitable for a beginner" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="7" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5634" CreationDate="2015-06-20T08:37:59.487" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest you to read books that you already read in your own language. This way is simpler to follow the story. I used this method to learn English and it helped me a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alternative, for a easy reading, you could choose Italian juvenile fiction, who has a simple language. Some example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le avventure di Pinocchio&lt;/em&gt; by Carlo Collodi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cuore&lt;/em&gt; by Edmondo de Amicis&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Emilio Salgari, a lot of books&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are considered books for youths, but I think they are interesting for everyone. Further you can learn Italian language but also something about Italian culture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-20T14:50:41.113" LastActivityDate="2015-06-20T14:50:41.113" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5634" CreationDate="2015-06-20T11:02:39.343" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you prefer to read more recent literature which is not intended for youths, I can tell you that the first book I read in Italian was &lt;em&gt;La solitudine dei numeri primi&lt;/em&gt; by Paolo Giordano and I found it quite easy to understand. It may help if you have a translation to your own language with you: if you find something difficult to understand you can have a look to the translation. This is a method I have used whenever I started with a foreign language. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-20T11:02:39.343" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5631" CreationDate="2015-06-20T11:33:03.457" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, non è scorretto, è solo che ha un significato diverso da 'esporre/presentare/fare/ideare ... un'ipotesi'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa infatti 'paventare' quando si ritiene che l'ipotesi oggetto di paventazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;sia sbagliata a priori, o perché la persona che la paventa è incapace di fare ipotesi o perché l'ipotesi—nell'intendimento del paventante—persegue in sé finalità autodimostrative di una tesi la cui dimostrazione sarebbe, invece, tutta da verificare;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ponga un problema critico nel contesto in cui è espressa.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-06-23T20:21:09.253" LastActivityDate="2015-06-23T20:21:09.253" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5638" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5639" CreationDate="2015-06-20T17:25:37.207" Score="8" ViewCount="909" Body="&lt;p&gt;I encountered the following two sentences in my Italian Rosetta Stone program:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vanno a cavallo sulla spiaggia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va in bicicletta sulla spiaggia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I can't understand why the former uses &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; while the latter uses &lt;code&gt;in&lt;/code&gt; in preposition. Both use &lt;code&gt;andare&lt;/code&gt; and express what to ride in to &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;spiaggia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any explicit criterion on when to use &lt;code&gt;in&lt;/code&gt; vs &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-20T21:31:36.250" Title="How to distinguish in vs a in andare when you express the means of going?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5638" CreationDate="2015-06-20T20:42:08.640" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;As with all prepositions, there won't always be hard and fast rules for why you use one over the other. Both in and a can be used to refer to a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;means&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; of doing something. Your example, &lt;em&gt;andare a cavallo vs andare in bicicletta&lt;/em&gt;, reveals the following general rules:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You often use &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; with means of transportation dealing with &lt;em&gt;vehicles&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e.g. andare in macchina, in treno, in aereo, in pullman&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are also cases where you employ &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; for means of transportation that is &lt;em&gt;animate&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e.g. andare a piedi, andare a cavallo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2015-06-20T21:31:36.250" LastActivityDate="2015-06-20T21:31:36.250" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5634" CreationDate="2015-06-20T21:47:04.513" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you say &lt;em&gt;It need not be a book; any substantial text that keeps the language simple will do&lt;/em&gt;; have you tried &lt;strong&gt;song texts&lt;/strong&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sadly) the texts of most of today's &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Festival_di_Sanremo_2015#Campioni&quot;&gt;pop songs&lt;/a&gt; are quite simple from a linguistic point of view. For something older and classier you can listen for instance to &lt;em&gt;cantautori&lt;/em&gt; like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.testimania.com/testi/testi_fabrizio_de_andre_1059/testi_in_direzione_ostinata_e_contraria_17307/testo_via_del_campo_200197.html&quot;&gt;De&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.testimania.com/testi/testi_fabrizio_de_andre_1059/testi_in_direzione_ostinata_e_contraria_17307/testo_volta_la_carta_200231.html&quot;&gt;André&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.angolotesti.it/F/testi_canzoni_francesco_de_gregori_125/testo_canzone_generale_1939005.html&quot;&gt;De Gregori&lt;/a&gt;. Some of their texts, such as the linked ones, need very little grammar to be understood, and I believe that the words are easy to discern (with the song text available).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2015-06-20T21:47:04.513" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5641" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11242" CreationDate="2015-06-22T09:46:31.730" Score="4" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Figura gigante&lt;/em&gt; di Nico Orengo ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo pregò di attendere sulla panchina di pietra di fronte all’ingresso, a ridosso proprio dei grandi ciuffi di bambú nero, chiedendogli se avrebbe preferito un bicchiere di massaira o vermentino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vermentino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;vermentino&quot; è un tipo di uva e anche il vino che se ne estrae, ma non ho trovato nulla sul vocabolo &quot;massaira&quot;. Si tratta anche in questo caso di un vino?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-08T08:56:36.953" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T08:29:52.150" Title="Cosa significa &quot;massaira&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5642" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-22T21:19:15.247" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao, sono qui a chiedere spiegazioni circa un problema cui pensai mentre scrivevo questo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sì, esiste un legame preciso fra &quot;a&quot; e &quot;b&quot;, sono &lt;em&gt;costruzioni&lt;/em&gt; culturali figlie della medesima propaganda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà, per rendere l'idea che &quot;a&quot; e &quot;b&quot; fossero &lt;em&gt;costruzioni&lt;/em&gt; culturali surrettizie, avrei voluto usare &lt;em&gt;artefatti&lt;/em&gt; al posto &lt;em&gt;costruzioni&lt;/em&gt;, poi ho notato che operando la sostituzione avrei dovuto usare 'figli' dopo - perché artefatti è maschile - e non 'figlie', ma desistetti perché 'figli della medesima propaganda' sembrava strano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una mia impressione? o c'è una ragione per cui dovremmo preferire 'figlie di' lì, piuttosto che 'figli di'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-06-26T11:17:42.397" Title="&quot;figlie di&quot; vs. &quot;figli di&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5643" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11539" CreationDate="2015-06-22T21:47:37.063" Score="10" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'ultima strofa di una poesia di Angelo Maria Ripellino, la n. 84 di &lt;em&gt;Lo splendido violino verde&lt;/em&gt;, trovo la parola “sdrusolina”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dovrò sempre tenere con me in un cartone,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  in una smancerosa scatolina,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  una maschera ardente di bellimbusto e imbroglione,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  da indossare se appare una sdrusolina,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  non bussola di speranza, ma stella di perdizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non trovo questa parola in nessun dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto, qui e nell'unico altro esempio che trovo in rete, «Il Signore, in casa del Conte, gli fa sposare istasera una bella sdrusolina per maladetto suo dispetto», da &lt;em&gt;Il Marescalco&lt;/em&gt; di Pietro Aretino, deduco che sia una figura femminile (una giovinetta? una seduttrice? una nobildonna?), ma non so veramente che cosa significhi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno lo sa, e possibilmente anche l'etimo? (A naso, si direbbe derivata da una forma settentrionale di “sdrucciolo”...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-02T17:13:44.080" LastActivityDate="2020-03-02T17:13:44.080" Title="Significato di “sdrusolina”" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5643" CreationDate="2015-06-22T22:05:13.767" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra che tu abbia ragione sul significato di una figura femminile. Secondo la fonte che ho citato sotto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5b3pW.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;sdrusolina. Toscana. appellativo carezzevole di fanciulla vispa e graziosa&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viene dal libro: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=_Jie4lOTXG0C&amp;amp;pg=PA888&amp;amp;lpg=PA888&amp;amp;dq=sdrusolina&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=xfhPBk4JPc&amp;amp;sig=kyqg3yJajSlmQzfG_Zh1pBgzhjw&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=doOIVfaUFIPYggSzwa_IBg&amp;amp;ved=0CCsQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=sdrusolina&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario dell'uso toscano compilato da Pietro Fanfani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2015-06-22T22:05:13.767" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5643" CreationDate="2015-06-23T13:13:24.600" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche io ho trovato dei riferimenti della parola alla figura femminile e probabilmente, stando a quello che ho letto, ha in effetti origini toscane. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &quot;Supplimento a' vocabolarj italiani proposto da Giovanni Gherardini: T-Z. 6&quot; dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Tx4nn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com.au/books?id=WnXbcLt72yQC&amp;amp;dq=sdrusolina&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;pg=PA473#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=sdrusolina&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Supplimento a' vocabolarj italiani proposto da Giovanni Gherardini: T-Z. 6&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=HnUTAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;q=Vocabolario%20lucchese%20sdrusolina&amp;amp;dq=Vocabolario%20lucchese%20sdrusolina&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=MFqJVeP0AqWJygOInZXQAQ&amp;amp;ved=0CCIQ6AEwAA&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario lucchese&lt;/a&gt; è una variante della parola &lt;strong&gt;drusolina&lt;/strong&gt;, con &quot;s intensivo&quot;, ma di questa variante non ho trovato altre informazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wDWSM.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fanno entrambi riferimento al &quot;Marescalco dell'Aretino&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="55" LastEditDate="2015-06-23T13:20:48.517" LastActivityDate="2015-06-23T13:20:48.517" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5643" CreationDate="2015-06-23T13:30:52.757" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È presente anche nel &lt;em&gt;World of Words&lt;/em&gt;, il vocabolario italiano-inglese pubblicato da &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Florio&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;John (o Giovanni) Florio&lt;/a&gt; a cavallo tra '500 e '600: la sdrusolina è definita in inglese (nell'ortografia dell'epoca) come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a prettie trull, a handsome wench, a slie whore, a quaint wench, used for a nickname for a woman that is light, or slipperie in the heeles&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pbm.com/~lindahl/florio/500.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si noti che tra le possibili sfumature si allude (come nella definizione del Gherardini citata in un'altra risposta) più volte al meretricio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello &lt;em&gt;slipperie&lt;/em&gt; (corrispondente all'odierno &lt;em&gt;slippery&lt;/em&gt;) fa pensare a un nesso con “sdrucciolare” (quasi una donnina “sgusciante”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-23T13:44:07.010" LastActivityDate="2015-06-23T13:44:07.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5616" CreationDate="2015-06-24T07:32:50.293" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A stricter translation would be &quot;Rimuovi Seguace&quot;, but since &quot;Follower&quot; has never been translated into Italian on mainstream social networks (probably due to the fact that it's a rather old fashioned old, and would sound better if you were talking about religious followers - &quot;Seguaci&quot; or &quot;Discepoli&quot;), in the end you can keep it &quot;Rimouovi Follower&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Facebook does translate &quot;Follow&quot; with &quot;Segui&quot; (world related to &quot;Seguace&quot;, the one who segue/follows), but solves the problem avoiding the term Followers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="975" LastActivityDate="2015-06-24T07:32:50.293" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5652" CreationDate="2015-06-24T07:33:13.397" Score="8" ViewCount="1364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between the two phrase &lt;code&gt;la settimana scorsa&lt;/code&gt; vs &lt;code&gt;la scorsa settimana&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, I found the following sentence in my Rosetta Stone program:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio padre è morto la scorsa settimana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But while I don't remember the sentence, I also read the sentence that uses &lt;code&gt;la settimana scorsa&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, does the &lt;code&gt;la settimana prossima&lt;/code&gt; have the same meaning as &lt;code&gt;la prossima settimana&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T00:41:42.277" Title="The difference between &quot;la settimana scorsa&quot; vs &quot;la scorsa settimana&quot;?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5651" CreationDate="2015-06-24T09:42:05.617" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;No there is no difference in meaning between:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la settimana scorsa/prossima&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vs &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la scorsa/prossima settimana&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=la%20settimana%20scorsa%2Cla%20scorsa%20settimana%2C%20la%20settimana%20prossima%2C%20la%20prossima%20settimana&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cla%20settimana%20scorsa%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cla%20scorsa%20settimana%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cla%20settimana%20prossima%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cla%20prossima%20settimana%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; shows that usages of both forms are common. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You can refer &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1248/what-is-the-rule-for-adjective-order&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for rules regarding adjectives order in the Italian language: &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-06-24T09:47:31.217" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5654" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5655" CreationDate="2015-06-24T10:53:15.560" Score="3" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a list of Italian names used to describe the qualitative and quantitative properies of a person's voices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2015-06-24T15:39:31.473" Title="List of Italian names used to describe voices" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5654" CreationDate="2015-06-24T15:28:14.320" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;These names might be universal to languages given the historical development of classical Operas. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For men you have (from lower to higher in pitch):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Basso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Baritono&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tenore&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For women you have (from lower to higher in pitch):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Contralto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mezzosoprano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Soprano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are of course voices in between categories. You find a complete list &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Categoria:Registri_vocali&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, along with the vocal extension of each.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2015-06-24T15:39:31.473" LastActivityDate="2015-06-24T15:39:31.473" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5656" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5657" CreationDate="2015-06-24T17:22:37.470" Score="4" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Figura gigante&lt;/em&gt; di Nico Orengo ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A Garavan il carro si era dapprima inoltrato in una pianura di limoni e poi in una gola di rocce rosse, stretta, a strapiombo su &lt;em&gt;cascate&lt;/em&gt; di agavi e dature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cascata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;cascata&quot;&lt;/a&gt; nel vocabolario Treccani, però nessuna delle accezioni sembra avere senso in questo contesto dato che &quot;agavi&quot; e &quot;dature&quot; sono piante. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato di &quot;cascate&quot; nella frase precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T05:56:38.107" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;cascata&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5656" CreationDate="2015-06-24T20:05:29.320" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=cascata&quot;&gt;Cascata&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;successione copiosa e continua. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per cascata di agavi e dature si intende una serie di piante che degradano verso un pendio, in questo caso in una gola  di rocce a strapiombo. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-06-24T20:05:29.320" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5656" CreationDate="2015-06-24T20:09:10.147" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il dizionario etimologico a cascata viene associato anche il significato di «drappo, panno che si lascia ricadere per ornamento». Potrebbe quindi significare una distesa di agavi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=cascata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cascata&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-25T05:56:38.107" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T05:56:38.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5651" CreationDate="2015-06-25T00:41:42.277" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two options are identical in the meaning, in some regions &quot;la scorsa settimana&quot; is used more often than &quot;la settimana scorsa&quot; in others is the opposite ( depends on the dialect influence),anyway depends also to the position in the sentence: &quot;la settimana scorsa sono stato in montagna&quot; is more common than &quot;la scorsa settimana sono stato in montagna&quot;. But you have to know that the difference is pratically zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1553" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T00:41:42.277" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5660" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5662" CreationDate="2015-06-25T06:56:23.943" Score="5" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire &quot;il giro di un film&quot;? Se questa espressione non si usa in italiano, come si può esprimere l'azione di girare un film?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T13:05:41.290" Title="È corretto dire &quot;il giro di un film&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5661" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-25T07:47:55.173" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the following set of sentences in my Rosetta Stone program:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove vuole andare? - Voglio andare in albergo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove volete andare? - Vogliamo andare a teatro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove vuoi andare? - Voglio andare allo stadio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vai a scuola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vai al lavoro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does the &lt;code&gt;albergo&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;teatro&lt;/code&gt;, and &lt;code&gt;scuola&lt;/code&gt; not have an article, but the &lt;code&gt;stadio&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;lavoro&lt;/code&gt; have? Is there any rule that some nouns take an article while others don't?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, does this depend on the specific word or on the specific usage of a word (i.e. do some words take an article sometimes while not on other times)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T11:32:46.983" Title="Why do some words require articulated prepositions while others require simple prepositions?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2015-06-25T11:40:01.000" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5660" CreationDate="2015-06-25T07:49:45.020" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Il giro di un film&lt;/b&gt; non è corretto, perché il sostantivo &lt;b&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/G/giro.shtml&quot;&gt;giro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt; non ha sempre lo stesso significato del verbo &lt;b&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/G/girare.shtml&quot;&gt;girare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione è corretta utilizzando un altro sostantivo, per esempio &lt;b&gt;le riprese di un film&lt;/b&gt; o &lt;b&gt;la registrazione di un film&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1315" LastEditorUserId="1315" LastEditDate="2015-06-25T08:21:39.613" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T08:21:39.613" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5660" CreationDate="2015-06-25T13:05:41.290" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Corretta la risposta di XDrake99. Aggiungerei che, se non hai necessità di usare un vero sostantivo, anche il verbo sostantivato può andare bene. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi sono sempre chiesto quanto possa costare &lt;strong&gt;girare&lt;/strong&gt; un film&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può anche usare con l'articolo, anche se può sembrare un po' più formale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il girare&lt;/strong&gt; un film d'azione comporta sempre dei rischi elevati per le controfigure.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="681" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T13:05:41.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5664" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5666" CreationDate="2015-06-25T14:26:15.387" Score="10" ViewCount="4743" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, we use the word &quot;kidding&quot; in expressions such as I'm kidding, just kidding, you must be kidding me... to express that we are teasing one another for fun. How can I convey this meaning in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:09:19.387" Title="How can I translate &quot;kidding&quot; to Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5664" CreationDate="2015-06-25T14:36:34.467" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb kidding is translated with &lt;strong&gt;scherzare&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hey, I'm just kidding&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hey, sto solo scherzando&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please, note that the last expression is translated a bit differently. When you're talking about something unusual, despite the English language, in Italian we tend not to use the kidding verb related to ourselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You must be kidding (me) -&gt; Devi star scherzando. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1578" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-03T09:09:19.387" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T09:09:19.387" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5664" CreationDate="2015-06-25T14:42:13.047" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;“To kid” often corresponds to Italian &lt;em&gt;scherzare&lt;/em&gt; (which has a similar meaning to “to joke” too). So, «I'm kidding» is &lt;em&gt;Sto scherzando&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other cases, it may correspond more to &lt;em&gt;prendere in giro&lt;/em&gt; (which also means “to make fun of”, “to tease”). An idiomatic way to say “you must be kidding me” is &lt;em&gt;stai scherzando?&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;mi stai prendendo in giro?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-06-25T14:42:13.047" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5667" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-25T23:29:41.573" Score="9" ViewCount="1757" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read a conversation between two friends of mine on instagram DM and I can't help but wonder how would Italians say what they (my friends) have said in Italian. Here is what they were talking about:&#xA;&quot;God! I've got too many stalkers to count! Tired to block them!&quot;- friend A&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Good luck dealing with a mentally unstable online stalker on here! I said &quot;a&quot; 'cause I'm sure they are just one person.&quot;- friend B&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I searched the word &quot;stalker&quot; in Italian and I'm amazed that it's &quot;stalker&quot; as well? Is there a pure Italian word for stalker (or in this case online stalker)? Grazie mille in advance for translation and helping me to understand. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1579" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-26T08:54:20.800" LastActivityDate="2015-08-28T13:36:36.147" Title="Is there an Italian word for &quot;stalker&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5668" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5669" CreationDate="2015-06-26T07:13:04.177" Score="6" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche giorno fa, ho sentito parte della conversazione tra due italiani, in particolare queste frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Puoi aiutarmi con la macchina fotografica? Puoi vedere se &lt;em&gt;funge&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del verbo &quot;fungere&quot; ha subito attirato la mia attenzione, dunque ne ho cercato informazioni sui dizionari. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fungere/&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esercitare un ufficio, per lo più a carattere provvisorio o temporaneo, o comunque adempiere una funzione che non costituisce una carica particolare: &lt;em&gt;l’assessore anziano fungeva da sindaco; f. da presidente, da segretario in una riunione; f. da padrino; f. da ufficiale di collegamento&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/fungere&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Di persona, esercitare temporaneamente o provvisoriamente determinate funzioni: &lt;strong&gt;Esempio:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;il professor Mori fungerà da preside&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Di cosa, servire per un determinato uso, genrl. diverso da quello originario: &lt;strong&gt;Esempio:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;questa camera funge da ripostiglio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me sembra però che gli usi di &quot;fungere&quot; che vengono spiegati in questi dizionari non corrispondano del tutto a quello che se ne fa nella frase della conversazione. Potreste spiegarmi qual è questo uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-26T08:07:42.887" Title="Sull'uso del verbo &quot;fungere&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5668" CreationDate="2015-06-26T07:24:40.787" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un uso scherzoso, e anche piuttosto recente, di “fungere” come se fosse un sinonimo di “funzionare”. Non è però ben attestato e penso che nella stragrande maggioranza dei casi chi lo dice sia conscio della spiritosaggine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noto ora che il Treccani, nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fungere_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot;&gt;parte relativa ai sinonimi e contrari&lt;/a&gt;, registra anche questo uso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;scherz.&lt;/em&gt;) [assol., essere in grado di operare] ≈ funzionare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-26T08:07:42.887" LastActivityDate="2015-06-26T08:07:42.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5667" CreationDate="2015-06-26T08:04:45.903" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say if you really do not want to use an English&#xA; word just say &quot;uno (o una) che mi perseguita&quot;, maybe even more neutral with &quot;uno (o una) che mi pedina&quot;. In case of a non coresponded lover it is just a &quot;spasimante&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course there are many &quot;slang&quot; alternatives of stalker in Italian but they are only locally understood and most probably only by young people... ;)&#xA;&quot;un peso&quot;, &quot;una palla&quot;, &quot;uno psicopatico&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1581" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-26T08:08:59.560" LastActivityDate="2015-06-26T08:08:59.560" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5667" CreationDate="2015-06-26T09:45:06.797" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;stalker&quot; is often used in the Italian language without a direct translation. In fact, also in the Italian legislation, the crime related to &quot;stalking&quot; exists, without any translation from English. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A close translation, however, could be &quot;&lt;code&gt;molestatore&lt;/code&gt;&quot; (from verb &quot;molestare&quot;, that's &quot;to bother&quot;, &quot;to molest&quot;) or &quot;&lt;code&gt;persecutore&lt;/code&gt;&quot; (&quot;persecutor&quot;, in English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusion, you are fine also by saying &quot;stalker&quot; in Italy too! Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="69" LastEditDate="2015-08-28T13:36:36.147" LastActivityDate="2015-08-28T13:36:36.147" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5664" CreationDate="2015-06-26T09:46:59.930" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want a colloquial way of saying the closest equivalent to &quot;kidding&quot; in Italian, then just use the word &quot;scherzo&quot;. Literally it means &quot;I joke&quot; but it's the most typical way that's said in day-to-day Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: Davvero, ho battuto Kasparov a scacchi.... scherzo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since I'm new to stackexchange, I can't reply to the other comments, but &quot;Devi star scherzando&quot; sounds awful. No Italian would ever use it. So you shouldn't either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only parallel I can think of is if an Italian said you you &quot;You must be making joke to me&quot;. That's how fluent it sounds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1583" LastEditorUserId="340" LastEditDate="2015-07-03T19:18:24.207" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T19:18:24.207" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5642" CreationDate="2015-06-26T10:08:50.750" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;É corretto che il genere cambi, la parola è il soggetto della frase subordinata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Artefatto&lt;/code&gt; è di genere maschile, quindi è corretto &lt;code&gt;figlio/figli&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Costruzione&lt;/code&gt; è di genere femminile, quindi è corretto &lt;code&gt;figlia/figlie&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse un diverso uso della punteggiatura renderebbe la frase più chiara (riporto entrambe):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, esiste un legame preciso fra &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;b&amp;quot;: sono costruzioni culturali, [le quali sono] figlie della medesima propaganda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, esiste un legame preciso fra &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;b&amp;quot;: sono artefatti culturali, [i quali sono] figli della medesima propaganda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra possibilità è mantenere il genere di &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;b&amp;quot; a prescindere (questo potrebbe far suonare &amp;quot;strana&amp;quot; la frase in caso di discordanza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="227" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-26T11:17:42.397" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5674" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-26T18:21:01.367" Score="12" ViewCount="12827" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linguistic_issues_concerning_the_euro#Summary&quot;&gt;According to Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, Euro amounts should be written as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1.006,28 €&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the currency symbol behind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are other websites that show it going in front for Italy, but behind for the other countries:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;€ 1.006,28&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.evertype.com/standards/euro/formats.html&quot;&gt;http://www.evertype.com/standards/euro/formats.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://trigeminal.fmsinc.com/samples/setlocalesample2.asp&quot;&gt;http://trigeminal.fmsinc.com/samples/setlocalesample2.asp&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the proper (preferred) way to write currency in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1584" LastActivityDate="2017-04-14T21:08:34.280" Title="What is the correct way to format currency in Italian?" Tags="&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5634" CreationDate="2015-06-26T19:39:19.820" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I strongly recommend anything by Gianni Rodari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Favole al telefono&quot; is truly a gem.&#xA;Easy to read, good and small stories, perfect to learn and practice written Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il protagonista è il ragionier Bianchi, di Varese, rappresentante&#xA;  farmaceutico in giro per l'Italia condannato ad un settimanale&#xA;  pendolarismo, interrotto soltanto la domenica. Ogni sera, alle nove in&#xA;  punto, raccontava una favola al telefono alla figlioletta che non&#xA;  riusciva a dormire. Le storie toccavano tanto il cuore, che le&#xA;  centraliniste interrompevano il loro lavoro per ascoltarle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Favole_al_telefono&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Favole_al_telefono&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="684" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-26T19:46:11.823" LastActivityDate="2015-06-26T19:46:11.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5674" CreationDate="2015-06-26T23:46:19.130" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://publications.europa.eu/code/it/it-370303.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;European Commission style guide for Italian texts&lt;/a&gt; is actually explicit on the topic:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the code EUR or the symbol € should be placed &lt;strong&gt;after&lt;/strong&gt; the number: &lt;code&gt;una somma di 30 EUR&lt;/code&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the opposite is accepted only for texts in English, Irish, Latvian, and Maltese, where the code or the symbol go before the number: &lt;code&gt;an amount of EUR 30&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there's also such thing as traditions and historic conventions. Prior to adopting euro, Italians used &lt;em&gt;lira&lt;/em&gt;, and the amounts were written with the symbol &lt;code&gt;L.&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;before&lt;/strong&gt; the number, for various reasons. First, it was common sense for Medieval merchants and bankers to write &lt;code&gt;symbol+number&lt;/code&gt; in the ledger, because &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/34013/why-is-the-unit-of-measure-placed-before-the-value-for-currencies-are-there-oth&quot;&gt;it made it harder to modify or to forge the entry&lt;/a&gt;. Another reason is that the numbers in lire tended to be rather long - if one needed to write a long number (especially when it should be written in words and spanned across several lines), it'd make sense to place the symbol first and then write the full amount.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So, when Italy adopted euro, many pre-filled documents and papers - postal receipts, fiscal reports...&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; - didn't change the format, they simply got the symbol of lira replaced with the symbol of euro.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/etI2f.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/etI2f.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Compare, for example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.centrofelix.it/images/bollettino.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ricevuta in lire&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://bonifico.org/images/sampledata/modulo%20bonifico%20postale.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ricevuta in euro&lt;/a&gt;. The formats did change over time, of course, and finally became machine-readable, but it still didn't mean that anyone would bother with changing the placement of the currency symbol for this kind of documents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; ...old ledgers, museum artifacts, &lt;a href=&quot;http://download.microsoft.com/download/b/c/9/bc941591-4242-4c22-97d6-dfebc7aa6869/ita-ita-StyleGuide.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Microsoft Windows regional settings&lt;/a&gt;...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; They did so mainly for the purpose of making it easier for the people to adapt to the new currency, as if &quot;nothing had changed but the symbol.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2017-04-14T21:08:34.280" LastActivityDate="2017-04-14T21:08:34.280" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5677" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5680" CreationDate="2015-06-27T06:54:27.457" Score="2" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Portare il nome di un parente può rappresentare un &lt;em&gt;vincolo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;vincolo&quot; nella frase precedente. L'ho cercato sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vincolo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non mi è chiaro come si debba interpretare in questo contesto. Significa &quot;una catena&quot; in senso figurato? O si tratta piuttosto di &quot;un legame affettivo&quot; con il parente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-27T07:42:25.180" Title="Significato di &quot;vincolo&quot; in questa frase" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5678" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5679" CreationDate="2015-06-27T07:15:16.333" Score="6" ViewCount="334" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il succo di frutta è sul piano cucina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il frigorifero è accanto al piano cucina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is the &lt;code&gt;cucina&lt;/code&gt; treated as a masculine noun here? If &lt;code&gt;cucina&lt;/code&gt; is feminine, it should be transformed into &lt;code&gt;la piana cucina&lt;/code&gt;, right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-27T07:53:34.640" Title="Why is &quot;piano cucina&quot; a masculine noun?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5678" CreationDate="2015-06-27T07:38:18.400" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;piano cucina&lt;/em&gt; the main noun is &lt;em&gt;piano&lt;/em&gt; (meaning “surface”, “top”), while &lt;em&gt;cucina&lt;/em&gt; (“kitchen”) is a kind of attribute.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more traditional form might be &lt;em&gt;piano da cucina&lt;/em&gt; or something like that, but in Italian it is not infrequent to find phrases of the form noun+noun, written together or apart. Consider &lt;em&gt;pescespada&lt;/em&gt; (“swordfish”), &lt;em&gt;scuola guida&lt;/em&gt; (“driving school”), &lt;em&gt;busta paga&lt;/em&gt; (“pay packet”), &lt;em&gt;carrozza ristorante&lt;/em&gt; (“dining car”), &lt;em&gt;treno merci&lt;/em&gt; (“goods train”) and lots of other ones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all these cases the second noun modifies, makes more specific the first one, which is the one to be considered for the gender and number of the whole expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-27T07:53:34.640" LastActivityDate="2015-06-27T07:53:34.640" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5677" CreationDate="2015-06-27T07:42:25.180" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come hai visto “vincolo” significa in vari sensi, letterali e metaforici, “legame”, ma nel contesto di questa frase il legame è visto come qualcosa che limita, quasi ostacola, impedisce di agire liberamente (quindi non un legame affettivo o simili).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Presumibilmente qui si parla di qualcuno che è parente di un personaggio famoso e quindi già il solo nome crea delle aspettative, limita ciò che quella persona può fare e dire, mentre se si chiamasse Mario Rossi potrebbe vivere più liberamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-06-27T07:42:25.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5683" CreationDate="2015-06-27T12:00:44.173" Score="8" ViewCount="890" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italy, it seems common to use city names (rather than names of other things) when spelling words out in noisy environments where the words themselves cannot be heard clearly. I have gathered a list of these and have used, for each letter, the name of the largest (or most well known) Italian city I was aware of which begins with such letter (this way the names should be more likely to be recognized across all of Italy):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A di Ancona o Agrigento&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;B di Bari o Bologna o Bergamo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;C di Cagliari o Como&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;D di Domodossola&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;E di Empoli o Enna&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;F di Firenze&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;G di Genova&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;H di ???&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I di Imperia o Imola&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;J di ???Jesolo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;K di ???&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L di Lecce o Lucca o Lecco&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;M di Modena o Mantova&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;N di Napoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;O di Oristano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;P di Palermo o Pordenone o Pisa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Q di ???Quintilio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;R di Roma&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;S di Salerno o Savona&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;T di Torino&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;U di Urbino&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;V di Venezia o Varese o Vercelli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;W di ???&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;X di ???&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Y di ???&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Z di ???&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What's the best way to fill in the blanks above, and is there a standard assignment anywhere of letters to (city) names that works for Italians? (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mangeruca.com/towns.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; may help answer the question).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NATO_phonetic_alphabet&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;NATO Phonetic Alphabet&lt;/a&gt; is an example of a standardized code which maps each letter to a word, just as described above, in a standardized manner, (and is only used by people who work in specific areas such as the military and law enforcement). I wonder whether in Italy standardized codes made up in this manner exist.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-06-28T05:42:48.180" LastActivityDate="2015-06-28T05:42:48.180" Title="In spoken Italian, is there a standard way to encode the letters of words when there is too much noise and the words cannot be heard?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5681" CreationDate="2015-06-27T12:29:39.000" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A meno che non si faccia  riferimento all'alfabeto NATO, comunemente  io sento usare queste definizioni, (trattandosi di lettere non comuni all'alfabeto italiano): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;H di hotel&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;K di K (come si pronuncia)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Q di quadro&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;W di Washington &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Y ( ipsilon)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Z (zeta)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;K Y e Z sono chiaramente distinguibili nella loro definizione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-06-27T12:29:39.000" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5681" CreationDate="2015-06-27T12:57:41.013" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your assignation is not standard (even if there is not an official standard): for instance, for M most people would pick &lt;em&gt;Milano&lt;/em&gt;, and to connect a letter and a city name one often uses &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; (“D come Domodossola”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, there is an &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alfabeto_telefonico_italiano&quot;&gt;Italian Wikipedia article&lt;/a&gt; about the so-called “Alfabeto telefonico italiano”, which gives the following table (here simplified to a single option when there is more than one; see the complete table and its sources in the article):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A come Ancona&lt;br&gt;&#xA;B come Bari&lt;br&gt;&#xA;C come Como&lt;br&gt;&#xA;D come Domodossola&lt;br&gt;&#xA;E come Empoli&lt;br&gt;&#xA;F come Firenze&lt;br&gt;&#xA;G come Genova&lt;br&gt;&#xA;H come hotel&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I come Imola&lt;br&gt;&#xA;J semplicemente &quot;i lunga&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;K semplicemente &quot;cappa&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;L come Livorno&lt;br&gt;&#xA;M come Milano&lt;br&gt;&#xA;N come Napoli&lt;br&gt;&#xA;O come Otranto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;P come Palermo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Q semplicemente &quot;qu&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;R come Roma&lt;br&gt;&#xA;S come Savona&lt;br&gt;&#xA;T come Torino&lt;br&gt;&#xA;U come Udine&lt;br&gt;&#xA;V come Venezia&lt;br&gt;&#xA;W semplicemente &quot;vu doppia&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;X semplicemente &quot;ics&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Y semplicemente &quot;ipsilon&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Z come Zara&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In specialised contexts, especially aviation, NATO alphabet (Alfa, Bravo, Charlie...) is commonly used in Italy too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-27T13:32:52.677" LastActivityDate="2015-06-27T13:32:52.677" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1960" CreationDate="2015-06-28T06:44:27.937" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You would use POTERE in this case. &#xA;This is common for beginner Italian speakers and not just of English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;RIUSCIRE means literally (to) 'come-out/exit again' so if you can't even make an attempt to vote, you can't even come out of trying to vote successful or not. That is what we interpret as.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, if you are able to be there to vote and attempted at it: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sono riuscito (a votare) perché ero/sono stato troppo malato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That would make sense and be correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;POTERE is correct because you are not capable to even (try to) vote being sick cause you simply while not be there at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. 'Posso' would have been just fine given 'domani' is close future wise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1589" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-06-28T09:39:36.873" LastActivityDate="2015-06-28T09:39:36.873" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5685" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-28T12:10:06.813" Score="4" ViewCount="1093" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche giorno fa, mentre ascoltavo il telegiornale di Euronews, ho sentito questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'attentatore ha agito &lt;em&gt;in solitaria&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono stata stupita dall'espressione &quot;in solitaria&quot;: conoscevo &quot;in solitario&quot; come locuzione avverbiale, ma non &quot;in solitaria&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/solitario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato &quot;in solitario&quot; come locuzione avverbiale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;come locuz. agg. e avv., &lt;em&gt;in solitario&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;una regata, una traversata transatlantica in solitario&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non menziona niente su &quot;in solitaria&quot; come locuzione avverbiale. Cercando su Google però si trovano alcuni esempi di uso di questa locuzione. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: &quot;in solitaria&quot; si usa nello stesso modo di &quot;in solitario&quot;? Tutte e due queste locuzioni si usano per uguale o una è più frequente dell'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-29T06:32:50.373" Title="Sull'uso della locuzione avverbiale &quot;in solitaria&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5685" CreationDate="2015-06-28T13:22:46.360" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Devoto-Oli 2007, alla voce &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;solitario&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, scrive: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;loc. in s[olitario], in assoluta solitudine: crociera, navigazione in s.; scalata in s. (o la solitaria s.f.).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scorrendo Ngram si può notare che l'espressione &lt;em&gt;in solitaria&lt;/em&gt; è abbastanza diffusa, in particolare in riferimento ad imprese (spesso sportive)  difficili e pericolose. La locuzione sembra fare riferimento appunto  ad un &quot;impresa&quot; solitaria. Si tratta  di un uso al femminile di &quot;in solitario&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;... successivamente, tra il 1991 e il 1997, sono nate l'Associazione Surfisti Italiani (ASI) e la Federazione Italiana Surfing (FISURF), che sono entrambe al di fuori del sistema C.O.N.I. (15) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le regate transoceaniche in solitaria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sono divenute oggi  ... &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=1ZMI6c84nUEC&amp;amp;pg=PA85&amp;amp;dq=%22in%20solitaria%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=NvOPVeK8JoyR7Aaki7nQCg&amp;amp;ved=0CEYQ6AEwCA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22in%20solitaria%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sport estremi e responsabilità&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  di Laura Santoro&#xA;  &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;... in Italia, a un raduno di alpinisti di livello internazionale che avevano &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scalato l'Eigerwand in solitaria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, d'inverno. Incredibile! E lì, in una diapositiva, c'era l' ottantaseienne Fritz Wiesner che faceva un passaggio di 5.11 (una difficoltà 116  ... &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=XWQB_5WA-tkC&amp;amp;pg=PT68&amp;amp;dq=%22in%20solitaria%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ei=NvOPVeK8JoyR7Aaki7nQCg&amp;amp;ved=0CEsQ6AEwCQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22in%20solitaria%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parlino le montagne, scorrano i fiumi&lt;/em&gt; di David R. Brower, Steve Chapple&#xA;  &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=in%20solitaria&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cin%20solitaria%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; in solitaria&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-29T06:32:50.373" LastActivityDate="2015-06-29T06:32:50.373" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5687" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-28T17:38:33.687" Score="1" ViewCount="1223" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know where I might be able to find a list of 5000-20000 common Italian words with translations ? I learn to read languages very efficiently by cramming vocabulary but I can't find such resources (beyond dictionaries).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1590" LastActivityDate="2015-06-28T17:38:33.687" Title="Italian word lists" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ClosedDate="2015-06-28T18:19:28.237" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5688" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5689" CreationDate="2015-06-29T11:48:13.433" Score="3" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Le certezze del dubbio&lt;/em&gt; di Goliarda Sapienza ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;O sei di quelle che vanno solo al bar Euclide e &lt;em&gt;rimuovono&lt;/em&gt; continuamente che a due passi c'è il malfamato Bar del Metrò?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quale sia il significato del verbo &quot;rimuovere&quot; in questa frase. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-06-29T13:56:10.700" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rimuovere&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5688" CreationDate="2015-06-29T12:59:32.920" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rimuovere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rimuovere&lt;/a&gt;&quot; significa &quot;dimenticare&quot;, e sottintende anche una certa predisposizione al farlo, il tutto per una più o meno lontana analogia col processo di rimozione inteso in senso psicoanalitico; citando Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In psicanalisi, respingere ed escludere dalla coscienza, mediante il processo della rimozione (v.), contenuti che potrebbero costituire fonte di angoscia e senso di colpa per il soggetto (v. rimozione, n. 2). ◆ Part. pass. rimòsso (ant. anche rimòto), anche come agg. (rovistare tra le macerie rimosse), spec. nella terminologia psicanalitica freudiana, riferito a ciò che è oggetto di rimozione: impulso, ricordo, pensiero rimosso (e assol., come s. m., il rimosso). Nell’uso ant. e letter., anche con il sign. di «lontano»: Già eravam da la selva rimossi Tanto ... (Dante: qui però eravam rimossi può essere inteso come forma di trapassato prossimo intr.); talora con uso avverbiale, e quindi invar.: ivi forse una balestrata rimosso dall’altre abitazioni ... comperò una possessione (Boccaccio).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-06-29T13:56:10.700" LastActivityDate="2015-06-29T13:56:10.700" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5690" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5692" CreationDate="2015-06-29T13:38:48.297" Score="9" ViewCount="2193" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my Rosetta Stone program, I have found the following two sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ha comprato nessun vestito nuovo quest'anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non abbiamo vinto nessuna partita questo autunno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does the former sentence use &lt;code&gt;quest'&lt;/code&gt; while the latter uses &lt;code&gt;questo&lt;/code&gt; to express &lt;code&gt;this ~&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://iltavoloitaliano.com/learning_about_Italian_words_for_This_That_These_Those/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;This page&lt;/a&gt; says that you use &lt;code&gt;quest'&lt;/code&gt; when used to modify a noun starting with a vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quest’: Used with all singular nouns starting with a vowel&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo: Used with all other masculine singular nouns&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-25T06:04:16.107" Title="Why &quot;quest'anno&quot; but &quot;questo autunno&quot;?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5690" CreationDate="2015-06-29T13:58:27.987" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=questo%20autunno%2Cquest%27autunno&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cquesto%20autunno%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cquest%27autunno%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;questo autunno vs quest'autunno&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;,  both are correct and commonly used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad explained  below, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;questo/a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; may be written and pronounced as &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;quest'&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; if the following word start with a vowel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quest'ultimo&amp;quot; si scrive con l'apostrofo o no? (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_030.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; online)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, si scrive con l'apostrofo. Siamo di fronte a un caso di elisione, fenomeno che comporta la perdita della vocale terminale non accentata di una parola davanti alla vocale iniziale della parola successiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Questo (aggettivo e pronome dimostrativo) può elidersi davanti a parola che comincia con vocale sia al maschile (quest'anno; quest'ermo colle; quest'uomo; quest'ultimo), sia al femminile (quest'ansia; quest'epoca; quest'isola).&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  Al plurale, l'elisione è meno usata se non rara; è di sapore antiquatamente letterario se la vocale iniziale della parola seguente è diversa dalla marca del plurale con cui termina questo (quest'impegni è ancora plausibile - ed è normale nella realizzazione orale; quest'amiche è ormai disusato e suona affettato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-29T14:03:50.037" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5690" CreationDate="2015-06-29T14:21:08.943" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In fact &quot;quest'&quot; and &quot;questo&quot; / &quot;questa&quot; are totally interchangable in case of the following word starting with a vowel, however the &quot;quest'&quot; form happens to be spellable with more ease due to its missing trailing vowel, which if present as in the &quot;questo&quot; / &quot;questa&quot; form would result in the speaker having to pronounce two consecutive vowels.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the two sentences above may well be written in all these forms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non ha comprato nessun vestito nuovo quest'anno.&#xA;Non ha comprato nessun vestito nuovo questo anno.&#xA;Non abbiamo vinto nessuna partita quest'autunno.&#xA;Non abbiamo vinto nessuna partita questo autunno.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, as egreg pointed out in his answer and as nico pointed out in the comments to this answer, &quot;Non ha comprato nessun vestito nuovo questo anno.&quot; and &quot;Non abbiamo vinto nessuna partita questo autunno.&quot; (the former in particular) both sound pretty weird to hear, and you'd better drop the &quot;quest'&quot; form in favor of the &quot;questo&quot; / &quot;questa&quot; form in both of these cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-06-30T15:42:56.720" LastActivityDate="2015-06-30T15:42:56.720" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5693" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-30T01:31:07.880" Score="7" ViewCount="471" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found the following sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi non sono vestiti adatti per sciare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa è la palla adatta per giocare a calcio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo tavolo non è della grandezza giusta per quest'uomo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can you distinguish &lt;code&gt;addato&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;giusto&lt;/code&gt; to modify a noun? In other words, why don't you say &lt;code&gt;Questi non sono vestiti giusti per sciare.&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;Questo tavolo non è della grandezza adatta per quest'uomo.&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-30T07:34:59.697" Title="The difference between &quot;adatto&quot; and &quot;giusto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5693" CreationDate="2015-06-30T06:21:53.470" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Adatto/i&amp;quot; mean appropriate whereas giusto means correct. So &amp;quot;adatto&amp;quot; is used when something is fit for a purpose while &amp;quot;giusto&amp;quot; when something is the correct choice for a purpose. The meaning is almost the same, but if you translate into English your sample phrases using my explanation you might see the difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are not appropriate clothes for skiing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are not the right clothes for skiing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is an appropriate ball for playing soccer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the right ball for playing soccer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This table is not the appropriate height for this man.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This table is not the correct height for this man.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the words were chosen to express a particular nuance in meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1045" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-30T07:34:59.697" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5695" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-30T08:16:33.393" Score="6" ViewCount="61216" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I want to say someone &quot;I am missing you&quot;, how it is translated in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1593" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-06-30T08:29:46.440" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T10:37:20.880" Title="&quot;I am missing you&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5695" CreationDate="2015-06-30T10:06:51.647" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say either, from which in my experience is the most used form to which in my experience is the least used form, &quot;Mi manchi&quot;, &quot;Sento la tua mancanza&quot; or (hold on before using this one) &quot;Mi stai mancando&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one is, in my experience, definetly the most widespread; it's in present tense, and it translates to English more or less literally as &quot;I miss you&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second one it's still in present tense, and it translates to English more or less literally as &quot;I feel your absence&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third one it's in gerund tense, and it translates to English more or less literally as &quot;I'm missing you&quot; (hence this is the form which matches the example the most); however, despite this being a perfectly correct form, it sounds a bit weird and I'd rather discourage its use in favour of each of the previously mentioned forms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the (I think pretty remote) case you're asking for how to say &quot;I am missing you&quot; in the case you're missing someone while throwing objects at them, then I'd say either &quot;Ti sto mancando&quot; or &quot;Ti manco&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one it's in gerund tense, and it translates to English more or less literally as &quot;I'm missing you&quot;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second one it's in present tense, and it translates to English more or less literally as &quot;I miss you&quot;; however again, despite this being a perfectly correct form, it sounds a bit weird (I think even more than &quot;Mi stai mancando&quot; in the other meaning of &quot;I am missing you&quot;), so again, I'd discourage its use in favour of the &quot;Ti sto mancando&quot; form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On a side note: as addressed by Riccardo I. in the comments, &quot;Ti manco&quot; might be used also to tell someone we're missing them while trying to catch up with them, although while this is a perfectly correct form, it's also definetly not the most common form of saying this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-07-20T09:01:23.623" LastActivityDate="2015-07-20T09:01:23.623" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5697" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-06-30T10:13:38.930" Score="5" ViewCount="824" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo brano appartiene al libro &lt;em&gt;Le certezze del dubbio&lt;/em&gt; di Goliarda Sapienza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quasi mi dispiace, e se avessi un qualche soldo in più allungherei la corsa per continuare a &lt;em&gt;stronarmi&lt;/em&gt; con questo ennesimo compagno di strada. Fu a Parigi, credo, che chiacchierai tutta la notte con un vecchio taxista oriundo nizzardo e che all'alba non mi fece sconti ma mi offrì in un locale speciale - non so in quale periferia - i croissants più buoni che abbia mai assaporato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significhi &amp;quot;stronarsi&amp;quot;: ho cercato il vocabolo nei dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Qualcuno di voi potrebbe spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, previo a questo brano, c'è un altro esempio di uso del verbo &amp;quot;stronarsi&amp;quot; nel dialogo tra Goliarda e il taxista (che parla un po' in romanesco):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Caldo eh, signora? Se cominciamo ad aprile cost'afa chi ci arriva a settembre!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Non è solo caldo, amico, è che ho bevuto e m'ero scordata di fare colazione...»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il taxista per me è come un confessore o un analista, non c'è pudore che resista alla loro sapienza dei fatti raccolti per la strada. Perché mentire quando è chiaro che hanno visto tutto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti dallo specchietto retrovisore - come sapevo - un gran sorriso comprensivo mi viene incontro, mentre la voce calda romana dice rassicurante: «E che male c'è! Fa bene &lt;em&gt;stronarsi&lt;/em&gt; qualche volta! Aiuta a sopportà sto monnaccio che non dico, l'avemo voluto noi, ma ciò malgrado voluto o non voluto ce punisce a tutti i 'na maniera troppo esagerata, nun è così?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-04-26T10:13:12.243" Title="Cosa significa &quot;stronarsi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5697" CreationDate="2015-06-30T11:37:23.453" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso si riferisca al fatto di &lt;strong&gt;parlare tanto da diventare &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;stonato&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;. Il riferimento a lunghe chiacchierate notturne è chiaro in &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;chiacchierai tutta la notte con un vecchio taxista&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stonare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;v.intr. (aus. avere) [sogg-v] Andare fuori tonalità, provocando un suono sgradevole. (Sabatini Coletti)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure : &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/stonare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stonare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Provocare un senso di malessere, di stordimento: il lungo viaggio lo aveva stonato. (Repubblica)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, &lt;em&gt;parlare tanto fino allo sfinimento, allo stordimento.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-06-30T12:15:58.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5690" CreationDate="2015-06-30T13:56:31.813" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main difference between the elided form and the full one is that the former doesn't carry a tonic accent and the whole group is pronounced as if it were a single word; this applies also to truncation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The hypothetical sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ha comprato nessun vestito nuovo questo anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would sound quite strange; a case where &lt;em&gt;questo anno&lt;/em&gt; could be used is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In questo anno ho avuto difficoltà, ma penso di poterle superare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where emphasis is on &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt;, because the missing elision forces to place a tonic accent on the word. On the other hand, a better form for the sentence would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest’anno ho avuto difficoltà, ma penso di poterle superare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and here &lt;em&gt;questo anno&lt;/em&gt; would certainly cause eyebrow raising. The meaning of the two sentences is not exactly the same, but just by a nuance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd not use &lt;em&gt;questo autunno&lt;/em&gt; in the sentence you report, but context would help: if the sentence is followed by something in opposition, then emphasis might very well go on &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in several cases the elision is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; optional. For instance, “lo amico” is never used in current Italian (it used to be in ancient times) and it would seem talking like Vittorio Gassmann in &lt;em&gt;L'armata Brancaleone&lt;/em&gt;, where a mock medieval language was spoken.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Elisions that were taught until rather recent times were &lt;em&gt;gl’inglesi&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;l’estati&lt;/em&gt;, but they have been unused for several decades in spoken Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-06-30T13:56:31.813" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5700" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5701" CreationDate="2015-07-01T09:25:35.040" Score="7" ViewCount="4428" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Le certezze del dubbio&lt;/em&gt; di Goliarda Sapienza ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«E tu sei insopportabile con questi appuntamenti a cacchio che mi dai! Insomma, si può sapere qual è questa sorpresa che mi avevi annunciato? Spero che non sia lo scherzo - e ne saresti capace - di portarmi a bere un &lt;em&gt;whisky&lt;/em&gt; pessimo in questo lurido bar!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;cacchio&quot; in alcuni dizionari, comunque non capisco cosa significhi &quot;a cacchio&quot; in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-07-01T14:50:44.037" Title="Qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;a cacchio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5700" CreationDate="2015-07-01T11:22:10.640" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto &quot;a cacchio&quot;, come &quot;a cavolo&quot;, è un'espressione utilizzata per sostituire la più famosa e sicuramente più volgare &quot;a cazzo&quot; (da notare il fatto che iniziino tutte con &quot;ca&quot;, e curioso credo anche il fatto che questi riferimenti siano sempre rivolti al mondo vegetale); significa approssimativamente &quot;fatto male&quot;, &quot;fatto disorganizzatamente&quot; o &quot;fatto non bene&quot;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cacchio1/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non cita quest'accezione, comunque posso confermare che da me è usata molto comunemente. Citando &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cacchio&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La parola cacchio è un termine agricolo che indica propriamente i germogli della vite o di alcuni tipi di piante rampicanti o infestanti. Tuttavia la parola cacchio, come peraltro succede alla sua omologa più volgare, viene utilizzata in moltissimi contesti, spesso dialettali, assumendo significati anche molto diversi e per nulla scurrili.&#xA;  [...] Per quanto riguarda invece l'uso in contesti differenti, sembra più opportuno pensare che si tratti di una forma sostitutiva, probabilmente dovuta al dialetto romanesco, della parola cazzo con un termine agricolo, sentito come meno volgare, piuttosto che una modifica di questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-07-01T14:50:44.037" LastActivityDate="2015-07-01T14:50:44.037" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5597" CreationDate="2015-07-01T20:02:20.067" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto ne so io, i verbi servili (come erano noti i verbi modali nelle &amp;quot;vecchie&amp;quot; grammatiche) possono utilizzare l'ausiliare avere pure con i verbi intransitivi, anche se di preferenza si usa l'ausiliare del verbo principale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cito dalla mia grammatica &amp;quot;Dardano-Trifone, &lt;em&gt;La Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;, 1985, Zanichelli&amp;quot;, sezione &lt;strong&gt;7.9 VERBI SERVILI E VERBI FRASEOLOGICI&lt;/strong&gt;, pag.220:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Verbi servili&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono &lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt;; [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A sottolineare lo stretto legame tra il verbo servile ed il verbo che lo segue, il primo ha per lo più l'ausiliare del secondo: [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma è frequente trovare i verbi servili con l'ausiliare &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;, anche quando il verbo che reggono richiede l'ausiliare &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;sono tornato&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;ho dovuto (potuto, voluto) tornare&lt;/em&gt;. In particolare, i verbi servili hanno l'ausiliare &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; quando sono seguiti dal verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;ho dovuto (potuto, voluto) essere magnanimo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &amp;quot;Ecco come avrebbe dovuto finire&amp;quot; è perfettamente accettabile, anche se &amp;quot;Ecco come sarebbe dovuto finire&amp;quot; rispecchia un uso più comune dell'ausiliare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo inoltre una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/ausiliare-verbi-servili&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte dal sito dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, che conferma quanto sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="681" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-01T20:16:37.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3518" CreationDate="2015-07-01T20:15:07.620" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;le pigne&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto sembra essere analoga alla più volgare &lt;em&gt;le balle&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;ste balle&lt;/em&gt;) usata per esprimere scetticismo, spesso in modo sarcastico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può darsi che si tratti di un'espressione regionale, ma in Lombardia e dintorni non l'ho mai sentita usare, nemmeno in altri contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1598" LastActivityDate="2015-07-01T20:15:07.620" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5704" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-02T08:49:19.443" Score="4" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si deve dire: &quot; d'Australia&quot; oppure &quot;dell'Australia&quot;? Per esempio, quale tra queste due sarebbe la forma corretta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Una cittadina d'Australia&quot;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Una cittadina dell'Australia&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto questo dubbio perché so che si dice &quot;le regioni d'Italia&quot;, &quot;le città d'Italia&quot;, &quot;il giro d'Italia&quot;, &quot;la banca d'Italia&quot;... e non capisco perché dovrebbe essere diverso per altri paesi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe fare la stessa domanda con il nome di un altro paese: si deve usare la preposizione &quot;di&quot; semplice o la preposizione articolata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-02T23:12:59.143" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T15:05:33.037" Title="&quot;D'Australia&quot; oppure &quot;dell'Australia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5704" CreationDate="2015-07-03T09:03:02.593" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco di fare qui una raccolta di quello che è stato detto nei commenti. Vi invito ad aggiungere altri casi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come affermato da @gd1, per sapere se usare la preposizione &amp;quot;di&amp;quot; semplice o la preposizione articolata prima del nome di un paese, si devono imparare i singoli casi separatamente. In parole di @DaG, l'oscillazione tra la presenza e l'assenza degli articoli con i nomi di nazioni dipende dalla nazione, dall'uso, da frasi fatte...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio della domanda è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una città/cittadina dell'Australia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi che sono stati menzionati nella discussione sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Città/cittadina d'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Regione d'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il Giro d'Italia, il Derby d'Italia, la Banca d'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il PIL dell'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La capitale può essere tanto &amp;quot;d'Italia&amp;quot; quanto &amp;quot;dell'Italia&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La capitale, il presidente, il PIL... della Francia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Con i re si usa quasi sempre &amp;quot;di&amp;quot;, come &amp;quot;il re di Francia&amp;quot;, ma &amp;quot;il re del Belgio&amp;quot; fa eccezione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Secondo quanto riportato da Wikipedia, un tale Amadeo Giannini fondò la &amp;quot;la Banca d'America e d'Italia&amp;quot;, ma &amp;quot;Reserve Bank of Australia&amp;quot; si traduce con &amp;quot;Banca nazionale dell'Australia&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T15:05:33.037" CommentCount="3" CommunityOwnedDate="2015-07-03T14:14:58.100" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5704" CreationDate="2015-07-03T10:10:53.927" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mentre si dice normalmente &lt;em&gt;una città d'Italia&lt;/em&gt;, suonerebbe davvero bizzarro &lt;em&gt;una città di Germania&lt;/em&gt;. A orecchio, &lt;em&gt;città di Francia&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;di Spagna&lt;/em&gt; mi suonerebbero forse affettate, ma non “sbagliate”; con altre nazioni andrei direttamente per la preposizione articolata, con molte eccezioni (vedi più avanti il riferimento a Nicosia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri casi: &lt;em&gt;la regina Elisabetta d'Inghilterra&lt;/em&gt; va bene, ma si deve dire &lt;em&gt;il re Filippo del Belgio&lt;/em&gt; (sebbene dovrebbe essere, più propriamente, &lt;em&gt;il re Filippo dei Belgi&lt;/em&gt;). Tuttavia, Oxford è una città &lt;em&gt;dell'Inghilterra&lt;/em&gt;, come Anversa è una città &lt;em&gt;del Belgio&lt;/em&gt;. Alla domanda &lt;em&gt;dov'è Oxford/Anversa?&lt;/em&gt; risponderei però &lt;em&gt;in Inghilterra&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;in Belgio&lt;/em&gt;. Al contrario, Maputo è una città &lt;em&gt;del Mozambico&lt;/em&gt; e si trova &lt;em&gt;nel Mozambico&lt;/em&gt; (ma forse anche &lt;em&gt;in Mozambico&lt;/em&gt;); Nicosia è una città &lt;em&gt;di Cipro&lt;/em&gt; e si trova &lt;em&gt;a Cipro&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;nell'isola di Cipro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dubito che si possa stabilire una regola d'uso della preposizione articolata con i nomi geografici senza dover aggiungere una caterva di eccezioni. Vedi, per esempio, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1192/usage-of-prepositions-a-and-in-in-statements-about-places-and-directions/1212?s=1|0.0457#1212&quot;&gt;Usage of prepositions &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; in statements about places and directions&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; ha gli stessi problemi. Sebbene si dica &lt;em&gt;in Egitto&lt;/em&gt;, la locuzione &lt;em&gt;città d'Egitto&lt;/em&gt; verrebbe forse intesa come parte del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/egitto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;noto modo di dire&lt;/a&gt;. Ma il nome della seconda città di quella nazione è, naturalmente, &lt;em&gt;Alessandria d'Egitto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.reggiocal.it/on-line/Home.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Reggio di Calabria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;em&gt;Reggio nell'Emilia&lt;/em&gt; sono i nomi ufficiali di due capoluoghi di provincia italiani (ma il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.municipio.re.it/retecivica/urp/pes.nsf/web/Hmttl?opendocument&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito istituzionale&lt;/a&gt; del secondo ha &lt;em&gt;Reggio Emilia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riassumendo: non c'è una regola. Questo tipo di problemi va risolto caso per caso, magari tenendo conto dell'eufonia: &lt;em&gt;in Liechtenstein&lt;/em&gt; suona meno bene di &lt;em&gt;nel Liechtenstein&lt;/em&gt;, almeno secondo le regole eufoniche del toscano che rifiuta certe combinazioni di consonanti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T10:10:53.927" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5708" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5709" CreationDate="2015-07-03T12:14:54.993" Score="4" ViewCount="657" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto la frase seguente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uomo però non ha rinunciato e, &lt;em&gt;sprezzando il pericolo&lt;/em&gt;, ha continuato a seguire lo squalo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma poi ho avuto il dubbio se l'espressione &quot;sprezzando il pericolo&quot; fosse corretta. È così? Ho trovato alcuni esempi di uso di tale espressione su Google Books, ma sembrano essere tutti libri antichi. Se si trattasse di un'espressione in disuso, potresti suggerirmi un'alternativa? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T13:04:34.500" Title="È corretto dire &quot;sprezzando il pericolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5708" CreationDate="2015-07-03T13:04:34.500" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tecnicamente è corretto, perché “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sprezzare1/&quot;&gt;sprezzare&lt;/a&gt;” è un verbo transitivo, sinonimo non più molto usato di “disprezzare”. Come accennato in un commento, oggi può far però pensare a una certa propaganda patriottica di altri tempi, dannunziana se non addirittura fascista (non che ci sia nulla di fascista nel verbo “sprezzare” in sé, ovviamente, usato da poeti e scrittori di varie epoche).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente oggi diremmo “disprezzando il pericolo”, o in modo ancor più naturale, “ignorando il/sfidando il/incurante del pericolo” o simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T13:04:34.500" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5710" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5716" CreationDate="2015-07-03T15:22:23.327" Score="5" ViewCount="437" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have encountered the following sentence in my Rosetta Stone program:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non c'è niente di nuovo in questa camera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does the adjective &lt;code&gt;nuovo&lt;/code&gt; not directly modify the noun &lt;code&gt;niente&lt;/code&gt;? In other words, why does the whole sentence not become the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non c'è niente nuovo in questa camera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-04T11:08:28.410" LastActivityDate="2015-07-04T11:08:28.410" Title="Why &quot;niente di nuovo&quot;, not &quot;niente nuovo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5711" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5712" CreationDate="2015-07-03T18:50:16.483" Score="8" ViewCount="1192" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio riguarda la correttezza dell'uso dell'imperfetto in un contesto in cui stai parlando con un amico di cosa farai il venerdì sera e gli dici:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Volevo leggere un libro che mi hanno prestato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto questo uso dell'imperfetto? Essendo un'azione che poi si compie nel futuro, sarebbe più corretto &quot;voglio leggere&quot; o &quot;vorrei leggere&quot;? Oppure l'imperfetto dà una sfumatura di &quot;ho pensato di leggere&quot; e quindi esprime il concetto di una pianificazione avvenuta nel passato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1603" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-03T19:22:40.103" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T19:22:40.103" Title="&quot;Volevo leggere&quot; o &quot;vorrei leggere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5711" CreationDate="2015-07-03T19:15:28.127" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che sia un uso molto simile a quello che Serianni, nel suo &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (XI, 374), chiama “imperfetto di modestia” o “d'intenzione”, spiegando:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non indica un'azione di tempo passato, ma si adopera per esprimere «un desiderio con un tono garbato di apparente rinuncia: ‘&lt;em&gt;volevo&lt;/em&gt; la tal cosa’, ‘&lt;em&gt;cercavo&lt;/em&gt; di te’, ‘&lt;em&gt;venivo&lt;/em&gt; per parlarti’ invece che ‘&lt;em&gt;voglio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cerco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vengo&lt;/em&gt;’: quasi che il soggetto volesse dire ‘volevo questo, ma, se non è possibile, non importa, ne fo a meno’ e simili» (Ronconi). Forse più che di «imperfetto di modestia» sarebbe preferibile parlare di «imperfetto d'intenzione»: infatti questo tempo verbale può essere adoperato non solo per presentare in forma attenuata una richiesta o un'affermazione, ma anche per disporsi all'ascolto (così, entrando in un negozio, il commesso può rivolgercisi con un «Desiderava?» oltre che con l'usuale «Desidera?»). In sostanza, si tratta di una modalità che può confrontarsi con altri costrutti con valore «attenuato», quali l'indicativo e il condizionale di cortesia ... e che può essere accostata all'imperfetto conativo. Ecco un esempio di Cassola (&lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt;, 32-33): «– Be' parla allora –. – Prima di tutto &lt;em&gt;volevo&lt;/em&gt; dirti che vado a stabilirmi a San Donato».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'imperfetto conativo menzionato è quello di frasi come «Per poco non mi ammazzavo».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Poi – osservazione personalissima – anch'io in certe circostanze lo trovo curioso, come quando qualche studente mi scriveva: «Le volevo chiedere [la tal cosa]» e mi veniva da pensare «E adesso? Non me la vuoi chiedere più?»&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T19:15:28.127" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5710" CreationDate="2015-07-03T20:59:55.947" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer: it's not a noun in the context you provided, but a pronoun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically mentioned in: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/niente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/niente/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c. Col sign. del pron. indef. qualcosa, per lo più in proposizione&#xA;  interrogativa: sai n.?, c’è n. di nuovo?, desidera nient’altro? Con&#xA;  uso e valore simile nella locuz. non per n., formula di attenuazione&#xA;  con cui si introduce una domanda o un’affermazione che si presume&#xA;  indiscreta: non per n., ma si potrebbe sapere dove andate?; con altro&#xA;  sign., non per n., non a caso, non senza un motivo: non per n. hanno&#xA;  scelto proprio lui!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-03T21:10:42.950" LastActivityDate="2015-07-03T21:10:42.950" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5714" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-04T07:09:16.637" Score="3" ViewCount="198" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'Oxford Dictionary da come prima definizione di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/ceremonious&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ceremonious&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;cerimonial&lt;/em&gt;) il significato di &quot;related to grand and formal occasions&quot; e solo come secondo significato indica quello legato ad un comportamento eccessivamente formale e complimentoso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1) Relating or appropriate to grand and formal occasions:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;a Great Hall where ceremonious and public appearances were made&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2) Excessively polite; punctilious:&#xA;  he accepted the gifts with ceremonious dignity&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cerimonioso:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In italiano l'aggettivo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cerimonioso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cerimonioso&lt;/a&gt; sembra essere usato unicamente in riferimento ad un comportamento eccessivamente complimentoso e affettato. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mentre con riferimento al rito o alle occasioni solenni si usa &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/cerimoniale%20/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cerimoniale&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le mie domande:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È errato usare 'cerimonioso' al posto di 'cerimoniale' in qualsiasi caso?&#xA;Il &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ceremonious&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; di &quot;ceremonious and public appearance&quot; a cui fa riferimento l'Oxford Dictionary come potrebbe essere correttamente tradotto in italiano? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-04T07:29:35.697" LastActivityDate="2015-10-19T17:31:30.257" Title="Cerimoniale vs cerimonioso" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5715" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-04T10:19:55.540" Score="3" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un atto amministrativo degli anni '60 ho letto che la comunicazione richiesta doveva essere prodotta con 'bollo tonto'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Presumo 'tonto' significhi 'annullato', però non trovo riferimenti al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi aiuti, non posso vivere con questa lacuna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-07-10T22:27:26.137" Title="Sul significato di 'tonto' in 'bollo tonto'" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5710" CreationDate="2015-07-04T10:31:13.667" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As explained by @Tobia, &quot;niente&quot; is an indefinite pronoun, which in this sentence is synonym to &quot;qualcosa&quot;, followed by &quot;di nuovo&quot; which has the function of what is called a &quot;complemento partitivo&quot;, as you can see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=qualcosa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;in this link&lt;/a&gt;. In can't be &quot;nuovo&quot; without the preposition &quot;di&quot; because such a complement is always introduced with preposition &quot;di&quot;, &quot;tra&quot; o &quot;fra&quot; as you can see in these links:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italiano-online.it/complemento_partitivo.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Complemento partitivo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/complemento-partitivo_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Complemento partitivo nella Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian-grammar.italianforyou.com/syntax/sentence/complements/partitive/syntax-sentence-complements-partitive.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;Complemento partitivo&quot; explained in English&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-04T10:55:34.333" LastActivityDate="2015-07-04T10:55:34.333" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5715" CreationDate="2015-07-05T15:56:11.417" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta molto probabilmente di un fenomeno di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ipercorrezione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ipercorrezione&lt;/a&gt; da parte di un parlante di uno di quei dialetti italiani nei quali si ha sonorizzazione delle consonanti sorde dopo nasale e dopo &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt;, ovvero &lt;em&gt;nt&lt;/em&gt;→&lt;em&gt;nd&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mp&lt;/em&gt;→&lt;em&gt;mb&lt;/em&gt;, eccetera. I dialetti che hanno questa caratteristica appartengono al gruppo dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialetti_italiani_mediani&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dialetti italiani mediani&lt;/a&gt; (con la notevole eccezione del &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialetto_romanesco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;romanesco&lt;/a&gt;) e al gruppo dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialetti_italiani_meridionali&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dialetti italiani meridionali&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre parole, l'impiegato che ha scritto &lt;em&gt;bollo tonto&lt;/em&gt; ha pensato che &lt;em&gt;bollo tondo&lt;/em&gt; fosse la pronuncia dialettale di quello che aveva in mente (il timbro tondo a secco o a inchiostro usato per vidimare documenti e per scopi simili), e ha cercato di risalire alla forma scritta &quot;in buon italiano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto un'ipercorrezione molto simile con i miei occhi in un commissariato di polizia di Roma negli anni '80: la libera trascrizione dattiloscritta di un mio resoconto aveva prodotto l'espressione &lt;em&gt;all'orquanto&lt;/em&gt; (sic).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2015-07-10T22:27:26.137" LastActivityDate="2015-07-10T22:27:26.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5721" CreationDate="2015-07-06T06:08:59.683" Score="5" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto usare &quot;alla domanda di ...&quot; per esprimere in modo indiretto una domanda seguita dalla risposta? Per esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alla domanda di dove avesse (abbia?) trovato il coraggio, il pescatore ha ammesso che tutto il merito era dell'alcool che aveva bevuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-06T18:17:40.370" LastActivityDate="2015-07-09T07:30:01.163" Title="Esprimere una domanda e la sua risposta in modo indiretto" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5720" CreationDate="2015-07-06T12:57:37.373" Score="8" ViewCount="8795" Body="&lt;p&gt;Giving a time estimate in days is always written in this way&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;10gg&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &quot;gg&quot; refers to days, more precisely &quot;giorni&quot;, but here there's only one g present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is where &quot;gg&quot; is coming from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it from the date format?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;gg/MM/aaaa&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="567" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-06T14:49:34.797" LastActivityDate="2019-02-07T18:45:31.153" Title="Meaning of &quot;gg&quot; in indicating days" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;abbreviations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5719" CreationDate="2015-07-06T15:02:51.087" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vedi la tabella allegata per le abbreviazioni più comuni e il loro corrispettivo in inglese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the linked table for the most common abbreviations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://homes.chass.utoronto.ca/%7Engargano/corsi/corrisp/abbreviazioni.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Abbreviazioni&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;giorno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;g. - giorno (d. -day)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;giorni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;gg. - giorni (dd. -days)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La doppia g viene usata come plurale della singola g.&#xA;Vedi ad esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The double g is used as plural of the single g, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sig. -  Signore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sigg. - Signori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-07T11:12:42.143" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5718" CreationDate="2015-07-07T12:14:38.007" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me suona un po' strano. Userei piuttosto &quot;su&quot;, o ancora meglio una locuzione tipo &quot;relativa a&quot; o &quot;riguardante&quot;, ma queste ultime suonano un po' accademiche - dipende dal contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riformulerei così: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Alla domanda su dove avesse trovato il coraggio, il pescatore ammise che tutto il merito era dell'alcool che aveva bevuto.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastActivityDate="2015-07-07T12:14:38.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5714" CreationDate="2015-07-07T21:01:39.113" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se in passato sono stati sinonimi non saprei.&#xA;Attualmente credo abbiano significati diversi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cerimoniale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cerimoniale&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ceremonial&lt;/em&gt;) è l'insieme di regole e consuetudini che devono essere adottate e rispettate durante un cerimonia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cerimonioso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cerimonioso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ceremonious&lt;/em&gt;) è un aggettivo usato con chi fa le cerimonie, nella sua accezione di fare complimenti, fare convenevoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2015-07-07T21:01:39.113" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5723" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-08T08:55:12.307" Score="1" ViewCount="241" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/afferrare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ci sono alcuni esempi di uso del verbo &quot;afferrare&quot; con la preposizione &quot;per&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a. qualcuno per le mani, per le vesti, per il collo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, immagino che &quot;afferrare un pesce &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; la coda&quot; sia un'espressione corretta. Io però ho cercato di scrivere una frase con l'espressione &quot;afferrare un pesce&quot; ed ecco quello che è venuto fuori:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uomo ha afferrato il pesce &lt;em&gt;dalla&lt;/em&gt; coda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura però che la preposizione &quot;dalla&quot; sia corretta in questa frase. È così? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se entrambi i costrutti sono corretti, c'è qualche differenza di significato, di uso o di frequenza di uso tra i due? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-18T19:50:27.450" LastActivityDate="2015-07-18T21:08:55.697" Title="È corretto dire &quot;afferrare un pesce dalla coda&quot; invece di &quot;afferrare un pesce per la coda&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5725" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5726" CreationDate="2015-07-08T17:39:33.557" Score="4" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo puoi fare così ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Versus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Puoi lo fare così ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one is correct? Are both version correct? If so, is there any differences or preferences between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1612" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-07-09T09:53:08.657" LastActivityDate="2015-07-09T09:53:08.657" Title="Lo puoi/puoi lo fare così?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5726" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5725" CreationDate="2015-07-08T17:51:04.287" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two possible correct forms: your first one (&lt;em&gt;Lo puoi fare così?&lt;/em&gt;) and the one where the pronoun &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; is appended to the infinitive &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;, yielding &lt;em&gt;farlo&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Puoi farlo così?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preference among the two forms is mostly subjective and euphonic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Something more can be found in the answer to a question that touches on a similar topic: «&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/15/are-there-rules-for-the-positioning-of-clitic-pronouns&quot;&gt;Are there rules for the positioning of clitic pronouns?&lt;/a&gt;»)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-07-08T17:51:04.287" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5723" CreationDate="2015-07-08T22:47:01.543" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista della grammatica sono corrette entrambe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia c'è una leggera differenza: di solito, prendere &quot;dalla&quot; coda sta a significare che l'animale è nelle vicinanze e lo catturi senza spostarti, mentre prendere &quot;per la&quot; coda dà più l'immagine di un inseguimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito non si rincorre... un pesce! Quindi forse è preferibile la prima, &lt;em&gt;suona meglio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece si fosse trattato, ad esempio, di un topo o una lucertola sarebbe stata più sensata la seconda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="879" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-18T21:08:55.697" LastActivityDate="2015-07-18T21:08:55.697" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5729" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5731" CreationDate="2015-07-10T11:43:50.030" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale tra queste due è la forma corretta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prepararsi a un esame&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prepararsi (o preparare) un esame.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Google ho trovato esempi di entrambe le forme. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-07-10T15:32:52.053" Title="&quot;Prepararsi a un esame&quot; oppure &quot;prepararsi un esame&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5729" CreationDate="2015-07-10T15:32:52.053" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che tutte possono essere corrette. Quella che suona un po' strana effettivamente è &quot;Prepararsi un esame&quot;.&#xA;Diciamo che così le userei:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Prepararsi mentalmente ad un esame / Prepararsi mentalmente per un esame&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Preparare un esame studiando a fondo le materie&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1617" LastActivityDate="2015-07-10T15:32:52.053" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5641" CreationDate="2015-07-10T18:49:54.493" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già è stato detto molto probabilmente è un errore. Un vino abbastanza conosciuto è quello proveniente dalla cantina &quot;Massaia&quot;.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/V7ObQ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Vino Massaia&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1617" LastActivityDate="2015-07-10T18:49:54.493" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5641" CreationDate="2015-07-10T19:21:14.470" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembrerebbe essere un vitigno poco noto, che trovo citato solo in un altro libro dello stesso Orengo, &lt;em&gt;Gli spiccioli di Montale: requiem per un uliveto&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/9XYiv.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e nella silloge di testi di Francesco Biamonti &lt;em&gt;Scritti e parlati&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/09k90.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo ho trovato soltanto questi striminziti estratti da Google. Visto che Orengo è piemontese, che lo è il rossese bianco e che lo può essere il vermentino, possiamo ipotizzare che il massaira sia un vitigno bianco che alligna in Piemonte (o un nome alternativo di un vitigno più noto con un nome diverso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-07-10T19:21:14.470" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5159" CreationDate="2015-07-10T21:39:48.277" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure, but I think that the origin is a macabre joke between two friends talking togheter...&#xA;When two adult persons talk, their grandmothers/grandfathers have often passed away since long and rest in peace within a &lt;em&gt;coffin&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;The joke states that should they had a weels instead of a leg or an arm, they will turn their coffin in a wheelbarrow. So that is the sencence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1619" LastActivityDate="2015-07-10T21:39:48.277" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5737" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5745" CreationDate="2015-07-12T08:16:20.637" Score="5" ViewCount="1015" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are the origins of the expression &quot;a occhio e croce&quot; meaning &quot;approximately&quot;? Anything perhaps to do with the term &quot;heads or tails&quot; (&quot;testa o croce&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:38:50.750" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:38:50.750" Title="A occhio e croce" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5738" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5746" CreationDate="2015-07-12T08:32:32.283" Score="3" ViewCount="565" Body="&lt;p&gt;A che cosa si riferisce la parola &quot;nostri&quot; nell'espressione idiomatica &quot;arrivano i nostri!&quot; che, se capisco bene, significa che si è oramai arrivati alla conclusione? Qual è l'etimologia di questo costrutto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:37:25.640" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:37:25.640" Title="What is the etymology of &quot;Arrivano i nostri!&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5741" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5743" CreationDate="2015-07-12T14:42:35.487" Score="6" ViewCount="273" Body="&lt;p&gt;How did the term &quot;di sana pianta&quot; come to mean &quot;del tutto, completamente&quot;. Where is the hidden relationship?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:36:17.410" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:36:17.410" Title="Etymology of &quot;di sana pianta&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5738" CreationDate="2015-07-12T20:41:19.973" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non penso abbia un'etimologia particolare, penso derivi semplicemente dal fatto che il soggetto viene troncato, diventando implicito, e l'espressione quindi diventa applicabile a molti casi (e in ultimo idiomatica). E.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arrivano i nostri [alleati]!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arrivano i nostri [amici]!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arrivano i nostri [compagni]!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-13T15:22:12.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5741" CreationDate="2015-07-12T20:42:09.603" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per pianta in architettura/edilizia si intende il disegno preliminare di ogni progetto. Quindi con &quot;fare una cosa di sana pianta&quot; si intende ripartire dalle fondamenta, ma anche in modo completo, radicale, come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Inventato di sana pianta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pianta/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Pianta&lt;/a&gt; su Traccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2015-07-12T20:42:09.603" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5737" CreationDate="2015-07-13T09:38:49.767" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Deriva probabilmente dal gergo di antichi tessitori i quali, qualora vi fossero verificati degli errori di filatura, dovevano &quot;ad occhio&quot; rimettere i fili sfuggiti tesi a croce. E' riportato nel libro “&lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.org/stream/lartedellasetai00garggoog/lartedellasetai00garggoog_djvu.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;L’arte della seta in Firenze&lt;/a&gt;”, trattato del secolo XV con dialoghi raccolti da Girolamo Gargiolli per i tipi di Barbera nel 1868. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably it comes from the jargon of ancient weavers who, if there were filature errors, had, in an approximately way,  put the theads escaped tight and cross. It's reported in the book &quot;The Art of Silk in Florence&quot; treaty of the century XV with dialogues collected by Girolamo Gargiolli for the types of Barbera in 1868. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1535" LastEditorUserId="1535" LastEditDate="2015-07-14T07:40:51.017" LastActivityDate="2015-07-14T07:40:51.017" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5737" CreationDate="2015-07-13T11:38:05.403" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is, for what's worth, what Carlo Lapucci says in his &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; (Garzanti-Vallardi, 1979):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fare a &lt;em&gt;occhio&lt;/em&gt; e croce&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Misurare, stimare a vista, all'ingrosso, alla peggio, con un'occhiata per lungo e una per traverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[To measure, to estimate approximately, roughly, in the ballpark of, with a look along and one by the side.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So this author apparently suggests that the “cross” refers to two different lines of sight to give a quick estimate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-13T12:57:19.410" LastActivityDate="2015-07-13T12:57:19.410" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5738" CreationDate="2015-07-14T07:50:24.587" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glossario_delle_frasi_fatte&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;Si dice solitamente quando arriva qualcuno in soccorso di chi è in difficoltà. La frase ha origine dai classici film western, nei quali il provvidenziale arrivo della cavalleria salvava i protagonisti da morte certa.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glossario_delle_frasi_fatte&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;It is usually said when someone comes to the rescue of those in need. The phrase originates from the classic Western movies, where the providential arrival of the cavalry saved the protagonists from a certain death. &quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1535" LastActivityDate="2015-07-14T07:50:24.587" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5747" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-14T08:17:54.407" Score="2" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;To seguo ricambi? &#xA;Cosa significa questo? Mi è stato chiesto questa domanda su un altro sito sociale, ma non so cosa voglia dire per favore mi aiuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1627" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-07-14T19:55:37.693" LastActivityDate="2015-07-14T19:55:37.693" Title="Cosa significa questo? se si può preghiamo di rispondere in inglese sarebbe molto apprezzato" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5747" CreationDate="2015-07-14T08:41:02.650" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;I presume the question was &quot;Ti seguo, ricambi?&quot; (missing comma added because the question looks appalling without it), and I assume it was asked on Twitter or on some social network of some sort where users can follow each others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically the user is stating that he followed you and he's asking you if you're willing to follow him in exchange.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Ti seguo&quot;: &quot;I'm following you&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;ricambi?&quot;: &quot;will you do the same [in exchange]?&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2015-07-14T08:41:02.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5749" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-14T14:32:56.550" Score="2" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why would &quot;darla a intendere&quot; mean &quot;ingannare&quot;? Dopo tutto se qualcuno fa intendere qualcosa a qualcuno ciò significa che glielo spiega o per lo meno glielo fa capire. Dunque come mai quest'espressione è andata ad indicare pressoché l'opposto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2015-07-17T23:35:49.177" Title="Meaning of &quot;darla a intendere&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5749" CreationDate="2015-07-14T14:41:51.397" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solitamente con &quot;darla a intendere&quot; si intende &quot;raccontare la propria versione&quot; ma con alcune distorsioni (o magari omettendo volutamente certi particolari), in modo da cercare di alterare la reale versione in cui si è svolta la vicenda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il verbo intendere assume una connotazione più prossima a &quot;raccontare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-14T16:20:19.637" LastActivityDate="2015-07-14T16:20:19.637" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5749" CreationDate="2015-07-14T15:23:10.763" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is an idiomatic expression whose meaning is not to be taken literally. I don't know its origin but its usage appears to be from the 18th century. Similar expression are &lt;em&gt;'dare ad intendere lucciole per lanterne'&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;'darla a bere'&lt;/em&gt; as shown below.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/I/intendere.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dare ad intendere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un'espressione idiomatica che significa  &lt;em&gt;indurre a credere, far credere ciò che non è&lt;/em&gt;. (Hoepli) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Far intendere o far capire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sono espressioni solitamente usate col significato di “spiegare qualcosa a qualcuno”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so quale sia l'origine di questa espressione che sembra essere in uso dal '700 secondo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=dare%20ad%20intendere&amp;amp;year_start=1700&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cdare%20ad%20intendere%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste anche il modo di dire &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dare ad intendere lucciole per lanterne&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ossia:  far intendere una cosa per l’altra, ingannare, far cadere in errore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro modo di dire analogo è: &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/B/bere.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;darla a bere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a qualcuno, dare a intendere, far credere cosa non vera: &lt;em&gt;non me la dai a bere.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-07-17T23:35:49.177" LastActivityDate="2015-07-17T23:35:49.177" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5752" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5764" CreationDate="2015-07-14T18:43:59.270" Score="7" ViewCount="1015" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian words with the format vowel + s + vowel are typically pronounced /z/, like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;me&lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;e&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;co&lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;e&lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;ercizio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But some words break this rule, and are pronounced /s/, like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sta&lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;era (because it comes from &quot;sera&quot;, which has an initial s and is always pronounced /s/)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pre&lt;strong&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;idente (I don't know if there's a reason for this one)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any other words that follow the pattern of &quot;stasera&quot; and &quot;presidente&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1625" LastEditorUserId="1625" LastEditDate="2015-07-14T18:50:18.660" LastActivityDate="2015-08-20T11:23:25.257" Title="What words that have vowel + s + vowel are pronunced /s/ instead of /z/?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5752" CreationDate="2015-07-14T19:17:19.133" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;You claim your first examples to be an &quot;S sonora&quot;. I couldn't understand the difference, because in my Italian pronunciation (I am a native Italian speaker) all your examples sound the same.&#xA;So I did some research and it turns out that, as a general rule, vowel + s + vowel should be a &quot;S sorda&quot; (your second list of examples), but exceptions might arise depending of the region in Italy, making your question very interesting to me.&#xA;I hope this wikipedia page helps you: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/S_sorda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/S_sorda&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1630" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-14T19:31:56.157" LastActivityDate="2015-07-14T19:31:56.157" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5755" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5756" CreationDate="2015-07-15T08:06:06.067" Score="5" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt; di Leonardo Sciascia ho letto (il grassetto è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il lampo di tentazione a riprendere l'ascensore, a tornare dal presidente, fu appunto un lampo che subito si spense nel ricordo, piuttosto cinico data la circostanza, di Innocenzo quando punta il revolver contro il professore  schopenhaueriano (G.K. Chesterton, &lt;em&gt;Manalive&lt;/em&gt;): &quot;Non lo farei per il primo venuto, ma voi ed io siamo diventati così amici!&quot;. Diretta al presidente, naturalmente: cui forse in quel momento il revolver di Cres stava per saldare il conto. La frase, visivamente ripetendosi in bel corsivo, fece da &lt;strong&gt;cimosa&lt;/strong&gt; alle riflessioni che andava svolgendo; e stava svanendo in ritmo, in musica (&quot;non-lo-fa-rei-per-il-pri-mo-ve-nu-to&quot;, sul motivo di una canzonetta balneare; e poi &quot;ma poi ed io - siamo diventati così amici!&quot; a frase larga, pucciniana, piglio e timbro baritonale), quando si accorse che già da un pezzo era sull'autobus; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;cimosa&quot; nei dizionari, comunque non riesco a capire cosa significhi in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-12T13:56:36.010" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cimosa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5755" CreationDate="2015-07-15T08:21:47.117" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;A orecchio direi che si riferisca al cancellino (una striscia di pezza grigia spessa, arrotolata strettamente in modo da formare un tozzo cilindro, utilizzata per cancellare le scritte da una lavagna).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui, metaforicamente, quella frase “cancellerebbe”, farebbe sbiadire e sparire progressivamente, tutte le altre riflessioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-07-15T08:21:47.117" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5757" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5759" CreationDate="2015-07-15T11:35:12.367" Score="4" ViewCount="2334" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was recently in italy in a high class hotel restaurant and after the waiter served me wine I said &quot;grazie&quot; and he returned something that sounded like &quot;Grazie bui&quot; (or &quot;Grazie piu&quot; but I think it was the first one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I never heard that before. Normally I get an answer like &quot;prego&quot; or similar. What does &quot;Grazie bui&quot; mean? According to wikitionary &quot;bui&quot; could be the plural of &quot;buio&quot; meaning &quot;darkness&quot; or &quot;dark&quot; but that wouldn't match up I believe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-12-27T10:48:37.803" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T10:48:37.803" Title="What does &quot;Grazie bui&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5758" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5767" CreationDate="2015-07-16T14:46:21.990" Score="3" ViewCount="555" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sfuggire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbo &amp;quot;sfuggire&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; ha la funzione transitiva è coniugato con l'ausiliare &amp;quot;avere&amp;quot;, ma quando ha invece la funzione intransitiva viene costruito con l'ausiliare &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot;. La mia domanda è, se con questo verbo, una stessa idea si potrebbe esprimere sia in modo transitivo che in modo intransitivo. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lo squalo ha sfuggito la presa del pescatore e si è allontanato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lo squalo è sfuggito alla presa del pescatore e si è allontanato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il pescatore ha sfuggito il pericolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il pescatore è sfuggito al pericolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se entrambe le forme sono corrette, esiste qualche differenza di uso tra le due? Per esempio, una di queste costruzioni potrebbe essere molto formale o caduta piuttosto in disuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-19T10:27:42.373" Title="Verbo &quot;sfuggire&quot;: una stessa idea si può esprimere sia in modo transitivo che in modo intransitivo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5757" CreationDate="2015-07-16T17:33:58.340" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe it was actually &lt;em&gt;Grazie a voi&lt;/em&gt; (= “Thank &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;!” with a respectful form for “you”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some parts of Italy, especially in the South, some consonants are pronounced as more voiced than in standard Italian; so “v” tends towards “b” and “t” towards “d” (as in the parody of a politician of some time ago, who was described as saying “Dorondondario” for “Toronto, Ontario”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-16T17:51:11.290" LastActivityDate="2015-07-16T17:51:11.290" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2015-07-17T12:20:02.930" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;short answer: NO!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;long answer: you should use either bravO or bravA or bravE or bravI, it depends on the gender and the number of persons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;single male person: bravO&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;single female person: bravA&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;many male persons: bravI&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;many female persons: bravE&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;many male and female persons: bravI&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1532" LastActivityDate="2015-07-17T12:20:02.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5752" CreationDate="2015-07-18T12:34:55.510" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &quot;Dizionario di Pronuncia Italiana&quot; of L. Canepari, the modern and neutral pronunciation tends to use /&lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;/ (unvoiced) between vowels only in the case of composite words, in which the second element starts with -&lt;em&gt;sV&lt;/em&gt;- (V is any vowel) and maintains an independent semantic value. This is the case of &quot;&lt;em&gt;stasera&lt;/em&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;em&gt;presidente&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (comes from the Latin present participle &lt;em&gt;praesidēre&lt;/em&gt; formed by &quot;&lt;em&gt;siedere&lt;/em&gt;&quot; with &quot;&lt;em&gt;pre&lt;/em&gt;&quot; as a prefix). Other examples are: &quot;&lt;em&gt;controsenso&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;caposala&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;presalario&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;risalire&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;risaltare&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;girasole&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, etc. Despite this general rule you can hear /-&lt;em&gt;VzV&lt;/em&gt;-/ in the South.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1640" LastEditorUserId="1229" LastEditDate="2015-08-20T11:23:25.257" LastActivityDate="2015-08-20T11:23:25.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5762" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-18T13:01:14.523" Score="1" ViewCount="2226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to know how compatible are  &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ed&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ad&lt;/em&gt;. My understanding is that the &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; is added when the following word starts with a vowel, but since this also makes things sound somewhat more formal, such construct is not always employed in the construction of sentences in standard Italian. Is this observation correct, or am I missing something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2015-07-18T13:01:14.523" Title="The use of &quot;a&quot; versus &quot;ad&quot; or &quot;e&quot; versus &quot;ed&quot;" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2015-07-19T08:30:37.253" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5752" CreationDate="2015-07-18T19:06:25.510" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is not a fixed rule for which words in which an intervocalic “s” occurs are to be pronounced with a /s/ and which ones with a /z/. Short of having well clear the origin and evolution of each word, one has to check each on a dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of the examples in the question, the tradizional, standard Italian pronunciation for &lt;em&gt;mese&lt;/em&gt; is /'mese/ (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=39794&amp;amp;r=7197&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario di ortografia e pronunzia&lt;/a&gt; by Migliorini et al., &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mese/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/mese&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, the paper ones I have checked – Devoto-Oli, Zingarelli – etc.), for &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; is /'kɔsa/ (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=75177&amp;amp;r=888&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DOP&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cosa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/cosa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;), while for &lt;em&gt;esercizio&lt;/em&gt; is /ezer'tʃitsjo/ (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=60600&amp;amp;r=11167&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;DOP&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esercizio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/esercizio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;). So two out of three have /s/ rather than /z/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other works, like the already mentioned one by Canepari, take into account regional variants which can differ from these.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Especially for a foreigner studying Italian, personally I'd suggest to begin by following “standard Italian” pronunciation, while at the same time – if so inclined – paying attention to the different regional variants. For instance, one will notice that &lt;em&gt;zio&lt;/em&gt; (“uncle”) is often pronounced /dzio/ rather than the “standard” /tsio/; and some people, especially in the North, open their closed vowels, so that /per'ke/ (&lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;, “why/because”) becomes /per'kɛ/, orthographical cue notwithstanding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-18T19:27:10.977" LastActivityDate="2015-07-18T19:27:10.977" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5765" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-18T20:21:50.187" Score="4" ViewCount="1522" Body="&lt;p&gt;What other ways are there other than &quot;alla romana&quot; (where the bill is split into equal parts and everyone pays one part) are there of paying at a restaurant in Italy?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is about &quot;modi di dire&quot; and idiomatic expressions. For instance, besides &quot;pagare alla romana&quot;, is there also a &quot;pagare alla napoletana&quot; or other similar &quot;pagare alla X&quot;, where X is a noun derived from a city name? And, if so, what exactly does each of these expressions mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Preso dal sito clubmacchiavelli.it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Prendiamo ad esempio la classica proposta di &quot;pagare alla romana&quot;, frequente quando al ristorante arriva il momento di provvedere al saldo del conto. Generalmente il pagamento alla romana viene inteso come il metodo più sbrigativo per pagare il conto, in quanto si prescinde dall’effettivo consumo di ciascun commensale, procedendo invece ad una divisione della spesa in parti uguali fra tutti i partecipanti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia also states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Going Dutch&quot; is a term that indicates that each person participating in a group activity pays for themselves, rather than any person paying for anyone else, particularly in a restaurant bill. It is also called Dutch date, Dutch treat (the oldest form) and &quot;doing Dutch&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But what do you say when one parson pays for everyone else, and the next time the other person or another person pays and so on?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;OK, I've found it on context.reverso.net:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Facciamo alla napoletana: uno paga per tutti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Let's do it Neapolitan-style, one pays for all.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any other ways? :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1572" LastEditDate="2015-07-20T08:40:25.740" LastActivityDate="2015-07-22T16:45:28.183" Title="Ways of paying the bill at a restaurant" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5768" CreationDate="2015-07-19T09:10:01.370" Score="5" ViewCount="369" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to know whether there is any difference between the following two terms which I think both refer to boiling: &lt;em&gt;bollire&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lessare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-19T09:41:39.600" LastActivityDate="2015-07-19T11:00:13.660" Title="Bollire versus lessare. Any difference at all?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5758" CreationDate="2015-07-19T10:27:42.373" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando il verbo &quot;sfuggire&quot; ha la funzione transitiva è coniugato con l'ausiliare &quot;avere&quot;, ma quando ha invece la funzione intransitiva viene costruito con l'ausiliare &quot;essere&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è vero, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sfuggire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;come Treccani stesso cita&lt;/a&gt;, quindi direi che ogni dubbio sulla correttezza grammaticale di tutte le forme citate possa essere fugato senza problemi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assodato il fatto che entrambi i costrutti sono di per se corretti, resta da vedere quanto rientrino in un uso contemporaneo e comune della lingua; analizzando (molto brevemente) il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=avere+sfuggito%2Cessere+sfuggito%2Cha+sfuggito%2C+%C3%A8+sfuggito&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cavere%20sfuggito%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cessere%20sfuggito%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cha%20sfuggito%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2C%C3%A8%20sfuggito%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; nel commento postato da Josh61 è palese la differenza nell'uso dei due e come questa sia andata ad accrescersi nel tempo (e, per quel che vale dopo una prova così robusta, anche a me &quot;avere sfuggito il&quot; suona molto peggio di &quot;essere sfuggito al&quot;, in tutte le coniugazioni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi sono decisamente corrette tutte e due, ma altrettanto decisamente &quot;avere sfuggito il&quot; suona molto peggio di &quot;essere sfuggito al&quot;, il che probabilmente è dovuto al molto più largo utilizzo (specialmente ad oggi) della seconda forma; quindi, se puoi, ti suggerisco di usare quella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2015-07-19T10:27:42.373" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5766" CreationDate="2015-07-19T10:53:14.457" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lessare&quot; refers to a way of cooking food by boiling it, whereas &quot;bollire&quot; has a more general use. For instance, you can say &quot;l'acqua bolle a cento gradi&quot;o &quot;l'olio bolle a temperatura maggiore dell'acqua&quot;, but not &quot;l'acqua lessa&quot; o &quot;l'olio lessa&quot;. Note that in those cases, &quot;bollire&quot; is an intransitive verb. But when &quot;bollire&quot; acts as a transitive verb and it refers to food, it is essentially synonym of &quot;lessare&quot;: you can say either &quot;far bollire le patate&quot; or &quot;far lessare le patate&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another fact of the verb &quot;bollire&quot; is that it has some figurative uses that you can't express with the verb &quot;lessare&quot;. For instance, you can say &quot;bollire di rabbia&quot;, &quot;bollire dalla rabbia&quot;, &quot;bollire d'ira&quot; to express that you are very angry, &quot;avere il sangue che bolle&quot; to mean having a passionate temperament or &quot;qui si bolle&quot; to say that you are suffering because is very hot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-19T11:00:13.660" LastActivityDate="2015-07-19T11:00:13.660" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5769" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5770" CreationDate="2015-07-20T11:47:12.203" Score="3" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel telegiornale di Euronews, in una notizia sulla FIFA, sul comitato esecutivo straordinario previsto per oggi, ho sentito questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All’ordine del giorno del comitato la preparazione delle &lt;em&gt;tappe&lt;/em&gt; per un congresso straordinario per eleggere un nuovo presidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tappa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;tappa&quot;&lt;/a&gt;  nei dizionari, ma nessuna delle accezioni sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato di &quot;tappe&quot; nella frase precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-07-20T12:05:18.097" Title="Cosa significa &quot;tappa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5769" CreationDate="2015-07-20T12:05:18.097" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che sia un uso figurato del senso militare o di quello ciclistico: il comitato starebbe preparando le fasi, i passaggi intermedi (gli &lt;em&gt;step&lt;/em&gt;, per usare un anglismo non indispensabile) necessari per arrivare al congresso. Per usare un altro anglismo, è una metafora simile a quella della &lt;em&gt;roadmap&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-07-20T12:05:18.097" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5772" CreationDate="2015-07-20T13:34:01.193" Score="3" ViewCount="1154" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any Italian words which describe being arrogant as in wanting to do stuff or achieve something regarded as hard by others, with such word or words having a &lt;em&gt;positive&lt;/em&gt; connotation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance: ambizioso. Here is what the Devoto Oli has to say about it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dominato dall'ambizione {so basically as though &quot;possessed&quot; by ambition: I read this as a negative connotation. And then the example:} pochi ambiziosi dichiareranno giustizia e pubblica necessità quello che non è se non capriccio e ambizione loro {so, as though by chance, the example also points out a negative attitude towards the (so-called) &quot;ambiziosi&quot;, and then...}&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Che rivela un eccesso di ottimismo e presunzione (eg. progetto ambizioso).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I am finding is that many, if not most, Italian words involving ambition as part of their dictionary definitions, end up having at least one quasi-neutral and one totally negative hue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, the saying &quot;andarono come i pifferi di montagna&quot; is an example of this: it is used to depict people who were too sure of their strengths {hence, arrogant}, and were subsequently defeated. This is just one example of how the Italian language always tends to view arrogance in a negative light.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it not so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;baldanza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;disinvolta fiducia in sé stesso e nella fortuna: &lt;em&gt;la naturale baldanza dei giovani&lt;/em&gt;; anche, presunzione, spavalderia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1572" LastEditDate="2015-07-21T21:07:12.967" LastActivityDate="2015-07-21T21:07:12.967" Title="Words describing being arrogant but in a positive way?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5771" CreationDate="2015-07-20T16:02:59.633" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;While not commonly used (it's a bit of an high/formal/obsolete term), I'd say that the best word to use for your meaning would be &quot;baldanzoso&quot; (from the substantive &quot;baldanza&quot;). I can't really associate it with a negative perception of the term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&#xA;As pointed out in the comment, a more commonly used term is &quot;audace&quot; (from &quot;audacia&quot;). It's also more generic: the &quot;baldanza&quot; is the &quot;audacia&quot; typical of the youth, while the latter is generic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="1644" LastEditDate="2015-07-21T08:37:55.010" LastActivityDate="2015-07-21T08:37:55.010" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5773" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5774" CreationDate="2015-07-21T08:23:24.240" Score="6" ViewCount="4833" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa l'espressione &quot;Sono vivo e vegeto&quot; per esprimere il fatto di stare bene. Però cercando sul dizionario, sotto &quot;vegetare&quot; si trova la definizione: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vivere in uno stato di incoscienza, limitandosi ad adempiere alle funzioni biologiche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è una definizione che rimanda a uno stato di salute. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è dunque il significato di &quot;vegeto&quot; in questa situazione, qual è la sua origine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-10-07T10:10:04.183" LastActivityDate="2015-10-07T10:10:04.183" Title="Cosa significa &quot;vegeto&quot; nell'espressione “sono vivo e vegeto”" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5773" CreationDate="2015-07-21T08:31:36.587" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è una voce verbale, è l'aggettivo “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vegeto/&quot;&gt;vegeto&lt;/a&gt;”: «Che è in pieno vigore, che ha bell’aspetto e florida salute» (Treccani), dal latino &lt;em&gt;vegēre&lt;/em&gt;, «essere vivace».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-07-21T08:31:36.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5778" CreationDate="2015-07-22T08:13:37.637" Score="1" ViewCount="1656" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Sul far del giorno&lt;/em&gt;, una &quot;cosmicomica&quot; di Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi ci volle un po' di tempo a rendermi conto, a tastoni, che mia sorella, &lt;em&gt;cincischiando&lt;/em&gt; con questa specie di mota, aveva tirato su una montagnola tutta pinnacoli, merlature e guglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'azione ha luogo nel momento in cui le nebule di gas e polveri che era nostro sistema solare comincia a condensarsi (per questa ragione è tutto buio: il sole non esiste ancora) e quindi a formare materia solida. La sorella di Qfwfq, il narratore della storia, ha stato giocando con questa nuova materia solida per costruire &quot;cose&quot; (fino a quel momento non esistevano le &quot;cose&quot; poiché tutto era materia gassosa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;cincischiare&quot; nei dizionari e ho trovato che significa tagliare, spiegazzare, sgualcire... Comunque tutto questo non sembra avere molto senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste dirmi cosa significa &quot;cincischiare&quot; nella frase precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T07:53:35.203" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T07:53:35.203" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;cincischiare&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5776" CreationDate="2015-07-22T08:42:31.103" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non conosco il contesto più ampio del brano, ma penso che si riferisca al significato riportato sotto di fare qualcosa tanto per fare, giusto per far passare il tempo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra che la sorella, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;giocherellando con la sabbia bagnata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, abbia  fatto uno di quei piccoli castelli di sabbia che i bambini fanno sulle spiagge. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/cincischiare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cincischiare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Agire, operare di malavoglia: cincischia da ore senza risultato&#xA;  || Perdere tempo in modo inconcludente. (Hoepli) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ge2Ih.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-07-22T08:47:36.370" LastActivityDate="2015-07-22T08:47:36.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5776" CreationDate="2015-07-22T08:44:43.577" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico significa grossomodo &quot;perdere tempo senza concludere nulla&quot; (l'espressione è molto popolare in Toscana); probabilmente anche nel contesto specifico risulta che effettivamente una montagnola tutta pinnacoli, merlature e guglie sia di poco utilizzo; citando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cincischiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Usato assol., perder tempo in lavori senza concluder nulla: è un’ora che stai cincischiando!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la frase in oggetto potrebbe essere benissimo parafrasata come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi ci volle un po' di tempo a rendermi conto, a tastoni, che mia sorella, &lt;em&gt;perdendo tempo senza concludere nulla&lt;/em&gt; con questa specie di mota, aveva tirato su una montagnola tutta pinnacoli, merlature e guglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2015-07-22T08:44:43.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5779" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5780" CreationDate="2015-07-22T09:58:11.353" Score="3" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è per caso una differenza tra essere sfrontati ed essere sfacciati?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-22T12:01:23.630" LastActivityDate="2015-07-22T12:01:23.630" Title="Differenza tra sfrontatezza e sfacciatezza?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5779" CreationDate="2015-07-22T10:12:23.220" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono sinonimi, anche come aggettivi (sfacciato o sfrontato). Sfacciatezza è un termine meno comune. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=sfrontatezza%2Csfacciatezza%2Csfacciato%2C%20sfrontato&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csfrontatezza%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csfacciatezza%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csfacciato%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csfrontato%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; mostra un minor uso di &lt;em&gt;sfacciatezza&lt;/em&gt;, mentre gli altri termini sono molto più comuni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune direi che sono entrambi usati senza particolari distinzioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-22T11:59:14.233" LastActivityDate="2015-07-22T11:59:14.233" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5765" CreationDate="2015-07-22T14:03:55.860" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Pagare alla romana&quot; is the only widely-spread expression linking a city (or geographical area) to a method of splitting restaurant bills.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since Italian costumes vary a lot following geographical patterns, different people living in different regions are looked upon based on common prejudices, which can lead to funny alteration of the original &quot;pagare alla romana&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;These are mostly jokes, hence they are not widely spread, but most Italians could understand them anyway, and hopefully smile a bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The ones I know or have heard of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;alla genovese&quot;: everybody pays for what he/she consumed (most often called &quot;ognuno per sé&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;alla ligure&quot;: the same as &quot;alla genovese&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;alla calabrese&quot;: somebody pretends going to the toilet, but in fact he just leaves the restaurant leaving the bill to others&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;alla portoghese&quot;: everybody leaves, nobody pays, problem solved.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not really the same, but I find it correlated, the Neapolitan tradition of &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caff%C3%A8_sospeso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;Caffè sospeso&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, in which somebody enters a bar and asks for one coffee, paying for two. The second coffee will be served free of charge to the next needy person ordering a coffee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't claim these prejudices are correct, and if anybody knows more of these jokes I'll be happy to complete the list.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-22T16:45:28.183" LastActivityDate="2015-07-22T16:45:28.183" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5783" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-22T22:17:19.683" Score="0" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;“Ogni scarrafone è bello ‘ a mamma soja”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo detto viene usato quando una donna esalta la presunta avvenenza del proprio figlio, bellezza che poi, in genere è totalmente assente. Sta ad indicare come un figlio, bello o brutto che sia, agli occhi della madre, è sempre perfetto ed incantevole. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Per tale ragione viene usato ‘o scarrafone, animale sgradevole, vestigio del brutto e dell’orrido, in particolar modo nella cultura partenopea. Agli occhi di mamma scarafaggio però il cucciolo è e sarà sempre un animale perfetto, gradevole, amabile.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In senso più ampio il detto viene usato per esprimere il concetto che qualsiasi cosa appare bella al proprio creatore. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esiste il corrispettivo in italiano, o quale modo di dire più si avvicina a questo detto popolare napoletano? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-07-23T05:50:36.950" LastActivityDate="2015-07-23T05:50:36.950" Title="Ogni scarrafone è bello a mamma soja" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5785" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-23T11:24:01.947" Score="7" ViewCount="1124" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Lo zio acquatico&lt;/em&gt;, una &quot;cosmicomica&quot; di Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eppure, il suo giudizio continuava ad avere un'autorità su tutti noi: finivamo per chiedergli consiglio su fatti di cui non capiva niente, benché sapessimo che poteva &lt;em&gt;avere torto marcio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conoscevo l'espressione &quot;avere torto&quot;, ma non &quot;avere torto marcio&quot;. In Garzanti Linguistica ho trovato che l'aggettivo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=marcio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;marcio&quot;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;si usa per rafforzare un concetto negativo: &lt;em&gt;sono sudato marcio&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;avere torto marcio&lt;/em&gt;, completamente torto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e mi è sembrato davvero curioso. Sapreste dirmi qual è l'origine di questo uso del vocabolo &quot;marcio&quot;? Ci sono altri esempi di questo uso per rafforzare un concetto negativo diversi da quelli citati sopra (&quot;sono sudato marcio&quot;, &quot;avere torto marcio&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T07:55:18.360" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T07:55:18.360" Title="Perché si dice &quot;marcio&quot; nel modo di dire &quot;avere torto marcio&quot;? Si può usare &quot;marcio&quot; in modo analogo in altre espressioni?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5785" CreationDate="2015-07-23T11:56:50.337" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso  che la connotazione negativa di un termine molto comune come 'marcio'  venga naturalmente usata per enfatizzare alcune espressioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.newsinslowitalian.com/catalog/italian-expressions-proverbs/69/avere-torto-marcio.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Avere torto marcio&lt;/a&gt; significa essere completamente in errore su qualcosa. L’aggettivo marcio si riferisce allo stato di decomposizione della materia organica, come la frutta, la verdura o il legno. Una mela marcia, ad esempio, è un oggetto repellente e non commestibile.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In senso figurato, marcio significa corrotto, moralmente guasto a livello individuale o collettivo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Una società marcia è una società moralmente corrotta. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spesso l’aggettivo marcio assume un ruolo enfatico, sottolineando un concetto negativo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: avere torto marcio. Se provassimo a sostituire la parola “marcio” con alcuni avverbi, come totalmente, completamente o assolutamente, il significato sarebbe lo stesso.&#xA;  (www.newsinslowitalian.com)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'espressione 'torto marcio' sembra essere usata dagli inizi dell'Ottocento. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=torto%20marcio%2Cmarcio&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ctorto%20marcio%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cmarcio%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;em&gt;marcio vs torto marcio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-07-23T12:26:08.953" LastActivityDate="2015-07-23T12:26:08.953" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5787" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5789" CreationDate="2015-07-23T23:06:38.413" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some verbs are followed by &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono ossessionato &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt;lla vostra lingua.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono spaventato &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt;lla morte.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il secondo pianeta era abitato &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; un vanitoso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Era disprezzato &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; tutti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And others by &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono soddisfatto &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; avere fatto questo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui ha sognato &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; possederle.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a rule? If not, is there a list where I can get more examples of either?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1625" LastEditorUserId="1625" LastEditDate="2015-07-24T10:33:11.083" LastActivityDate="2015-07-24T10:57:02.770" Title="Is there a rule to know what verbs in past participle are followed by &quot;da&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5787" CreationDate="2015-07-24T07:31:55.070" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @Charo remarks, all the examples in the first group include transitive verbs in the passive voice, where the agent (i.e., the person or thing actually performing the action: &lt;em&gt;la vostra lingua&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la morte&lt;/em&gt;...) is introduced by &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verbs in the second group &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; have an agent introduced by &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; too, if constructed in the passive: “&lt;em&gt;I desideri del bambino vengono soddisfatti dalla mamma&lt;/em&gt;”, “&lt;em&gt;Greta Garbo viene sognata ogni notte da tutti i suoi ammiratori&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vice versa, when not in the passive, the verbs in the first examples don't need &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; (nor any other preposition, being transitive verbs): &lt;em&gt;La nostra lingua ossessiona nachocab&lt;/em&gt;, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, finally, it is typical of certain constructions of certain verbs, such as those in the question and several other, especially about thinking, asking or relating stuff (“&lt;em&gt;Penso &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; arrivare in tempo&lt;/em&gt;”, “&lt;em&gt;Gli ho chiesto &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; portare un amico&lt;/em&gt;”...). Notice that some of these verbs may have other constructions too (&lt;em&gt;Ho sognato uno gnomo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Gli ho chiesto che cosa volesse&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-24T10:57:02.770" LastActivityDate="2015-07-24T10:57:02.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5787" CreationDate="2015-07-24T07:35:24.503" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The examples you reported with preposition &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; correspond to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://ilgur.com/2013/05/07/008-passive-passivo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;passive voice&lt;/a&gt; in which the agent is always preceded by the preposition &amp;quot;da&amp;quot;. You can distinguish them because you can always rewrite the sentence in the active voice an then the agent preceded by &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; becomes the subject of the sentence. Let's do it in your examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sono ossessionato dalla vostra lingua --&amp;gt; La vostra lingua mi ossessiona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sono spaventato dalla morte --&amp;gt; La morte mi spaventa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il secondo pianeta era abitato da un vanitoso --&amp;gt; Un vanitoso abitava il secondo pianeta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Era disprezzato da tutti --&amp;gt; Tutti lo disprezzavano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can't do that in the examples with preposition &amp;quot;di&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-24T07:35:24.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5773" CreationDate="2015-07-24T15:02:32.660" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da &quot;Il Nuovo Ragazzini/Biagi - Dizionario Inglese e Italiano, 1991:&#xA;&quot;vegeto&quot; (agg.) 1 thriving 2 (di persona) strong, vigorous. Vivo e vegeto, alive and kicking. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-07-24T15:02:32.660" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5738" CreationDate="2015-07-24T15:25:12.047" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suggerisco di sentire &quot;Arrivano i nostri&quot; di Natalino Otto (1951) &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2lAN-_1cvME&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2lAN-_1cvME&lt;/a&gt; che conferma la risposta di Marco, che ovviamente sottoscrivo (sono del 1943 ...)&#xA;Essenso stato invitato a completare la risposta, aggiungo gli elementi western della canzone: squiulli di trombe, un bandito, i nostri, un generale, i monti del Far West, spari, lo sceriffo ...&#xA;Quella è l'origine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="1657" LastEditDate="2015-08-05T14:54:00.680" LastActivityDate="2015-08-05T14:54:00.680" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5793" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-25T19:14:17.423" Score="7" ViewCount="1347" Body="&lt;p&gt;In terms of vocabulary, may the word 'per', as in canto 1 of the Inferno, be translated into the English phrase 'by means of'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's the excerpt in question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel mezzo del cammin di nostra vita&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  mi ritrovai per una selva oscura&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ché la diritta via era smarrita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1661" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-27T08:21:39.903" LastActivityDate="2015-08-02T11:20:41.427" Title="Translating Italian prepositions in poetry" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5793" CreationDate="2015-07-27T06:59:09.993" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel mezzo del cammin di nostra vita&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  mi ritrovai per una selva oscura&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ché la diritta via era smarrita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; means something like &lt;em&gt;through&lt;/em&gt;: the poet is in a dark forest and wandering through it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-07-27T06:59:09.993" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5793" CreationDate="2015-07-27T12:38:50.020" Score="5" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Midway upon the journey of our life&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  I found myself within a forest dark,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  For the straight-forward pathway had been lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, himself a poet, &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/The_Divine_Comedy/Inferno/Canto_I&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;translated it as &quot;within&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. My guess is that he did not choose something like &lt;em&gt;through&lt;/em&gt;, as others have suggested, because &lt;em&gt;through&lt;/em&gt; indicate that the action is over or the subject knows where is going. Dante is travelling inside the forest, but he is not passing through as if he knows where is going. He is wandering inside of it, he doesn't know even how has arrived there (&quot;I found myself&quot;); he is lost.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Within&lt;/em&gt; represent the idea that he is moving inside the forest while not really moving forward to his destination. Indeed Dante doesn't even know where he should go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1409" LastEditorUserId="1409" LastEditDate="2015-07-27T15:30:20.123" LastActivityDate="2015-07-27T15:30:20.123" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5798" CreationDate="2015-07-28T11:36:33.053" Score="0" ViewCount="930" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;La spirale&lt;/em&gt;, una &quot;cosmicomica&quot; di Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Certo, vivevo un po’ concentrato in me stesso, questo è vero, non c’è paragone con la vita di relazione che si fa adesso; e ammetto pure d’esser stato – un po’ per l’età, un po’ per influsso dell’ambiente – quel che si dice leggermente narcisista; insomma stavo lì a osservarmi tutto il tempo, vedevo in me tutti i pregi e tutti i difetti, e mi piacevo, sia negli uni sia negli altri; termini di confronto non ne avevo, va tenuto conto anche &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La presenza della preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; in questa frase ha attirato la mia attenzione perché io ho sempre pensato che si potesse dire &quot;tenere conto questo&quot; senza tale preposizione. Per questa ragione, ho cercato informazioni sull'espressione &quot;tenere conto&quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conto2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ed ecco quello che ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;tenere conto&lt;/em&gt; (seguito da un complemento di specificazione o da una prop. introdotta dall’espressione &lt;em&gt;del fatto che&lt;/em&gt; o semplicem. da &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;), fare la debita valutazione di una circostanza: &lt;em&gt;bisogna tener conto delle sue reazioni; tieni conto (del fatto) che è già molto tardi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, uno degli esempi dal Treccani viene costruito con la preposizione articolata &quot;della&quot;, ma non so se sarebbe anche corretto omettere tale preposizione. Insomma, la mia domanda è: sarebbe giusto dire &quot;tenere conto questo&quot; oppure si deve dire &quot;tenere conto &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; questo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T07:58:04.707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T07:58:04.707" Title="È corretto dire &quot;tenere conto questo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5797" CreationDate="2015-07-28T12:02:02.660" Score="5" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tenere conto (seguito da un complemento di specificazione o da una prop. introdotta dall’espressione del fatto che o semplicem. da che), fare la debita valutazione di una circostanza: bisogna tener conto delle sue reazioni; tieni conto (del fatto) che è già molto tardi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi dopo &amp;quot;tenere conto&amp;quot; o c'è &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; o c'è sempre un complemento di specificazione; citando ancora &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/complemento-di-specificazione_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;SPECIFICAZIONE, COMPLEMENTO DI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’analisi logica, il complemento di specificazione indica una persona, un oggetto o un fatto che servono a specificare, precisare meglio il significato della parola da cui dipende. Può istituire numerosi tipi di rapporti: i più comuni sono quello attributivo (la luce del giorno), di possesso (la casa di Franco), di parentela (la madre di Giulio), di pertinenza (questo è compito della polizia) ecc. È introdotto dalla preposizione di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;È introdotto dalla preposizione di&amp;quot; va inteso come &amp;quot;È &lt;em&gt;sempre&lt;/em&gt; introdotto dalla preposizione di&amp;quot;: non esiste un caso in cui non succeda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi se dopo &amp;quot;tenere conto&amp;quot; c'è un complemento di specificazione (il che succede in tutti i casi tranne il caso in cui c'è &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;), &amp;quot;di&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;del&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;dello&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;degli&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;della&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;delle&amp;quot;) &lt;em&gt;devono&lt;/em&gt; essere presenti affinché il complemento di specificazione possa essere introdotto in un modo grammaticalmente corretto; quindi non può esistere un caso in cui &amp;quot;tenere conto&amp;quot; sia seguito da un qualcosa che non sia &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; senza che quest'ultimo non sia preceduto da una preposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-07-28T12:02:02.660" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5824" CreationDate="2015-07-28T14:00:26.327" Score="7" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sto arrovellando per trovare una traduzione elegante di &quot;Product Backlog&quot;. Si tratta di un concetto della programmazione agile che indica un elenco delle caratteristiche di un prodotto software che non sono ancora soddisfatte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale nella letteratura specializzata si tende a lasciare il termine inglese, ma forse è possibile fare meglio. Ho pensato ad alcune soluzioni ma nessuna mi entusiasma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ordinativi del prodotto&quot; &#xA;&quot;Ordinativi arretrati/inevasi del prodotto&quot;&#xA;&quot;Preordini del prodotto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastActivityDate="2015-08-03T21:51:25.473" Title="Traduzione elegante di &quot;Product Backlog&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5800" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5801" CreationDate="2015-07-28T14:07:03.420" Score="5" ViewCount="367" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho incontrato per caso un gruppo di ragazze italiane sull'autobus. So che loro non sono di queste parti ed io vorrei chiedere loro cosa fanno a Montreal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerco un modo alternativo e più colloquiale per chiederlo di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa fate a Montreal?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese direi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What brings you to Montreal?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1668" LastEditorUserId="1668" LastEditDate="2015-07-29T15:54:07.297" LastActivityDate="2015-07-29T15:54:07.297" Title="Come si dice &quot;What brings you to [place]&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5800" CreationDate="2015-07-28T14:36:12.423" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Espressioni colloquiali che potresti usare sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Siete in vacanza qui a Montreal?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cosa fate di bello qui a Montreal?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come mai da queste parti?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cosa vi porta a Montreal? as you suggest in English.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-07-28T14:47:32.710" LastActivityDate="2015-07-28T14:47:32.710" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5799" CreationDate="2015-07-28T15:32:20.507" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che la traduzione di termini specialistici debba essere uniforme e riconoscibile dai propri utenti[1]. Altrimenti si rischia di confonderli, anche per concetti semplici. Ad esempio, se nella traduzione dell'interfaccia di un sito invece di scegliere &lt;em&gt;account&lt;/em&gt; si usasse la sua traduzione &lt;em&gt;conto&lt;/em&gt;, penso che molte persone rimarrebbero interdette, perché non è quello che si aspettano. Probabilmente penserebbero ad un &lt;em&gt;conto in banca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questo personalmente uso il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.microsoft.com/Language/it-it/Search.aspx?sString=backlog&amp;amp;langID=it-it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Portale linguistico di Microsoft&lt;/a&gt; per conoscere come viene generalmente tradotto un termine. In questo caso suggerisce di usare &lt;em&gt;backlog di prodotto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercherei una traduzione più &quot;italianeggiante&quot; se gli usufruitori della stessa non fossero professionisti del settore, ad esempio se fosse parte di un documento didattico per studenti alle prime armi o uno da sottoporre a dirigenti per approvazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Venendo ad una possibile traduzione io proverei con:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;desiderata del prodotto/software&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;priorità del prodotto/software&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;criteri del prodotto/software&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] non sono un traduttore professionista, quindi potrei sbagliarmi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1409" LastEditorUserId="1409" LastEditDate="2015-07-28T22:46:37.240" LastActivityDate="2015-07-28T22:46:37.240" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5803" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-07-28T16:13:26.007" Score="2" ViewCount="7868" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei commenti a questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/5798/707&quot;&gt;risposta a una mia domanda sull'espressione &quot;tenere conto&quot;&lt;/a&gt; si è menzionata la locuzione &quot;tenere in conto&quot;. Io però non capisco bene se ci sono differenze di uso o di significato tra queste due espressioni. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2021-02-18T20:22:09.957" Title="Ci sono differenze tra &quot;tenere conto&quot; e &quot;tenere in conto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5793" CreationDate="2015-07-28T22:16:08.570" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning that is conveyed here is &quot;wading through&quot;: &quot;I found myself wading through a dark forest&quot;. That action in itself does not imply being lost, however &quot;Mi ritrovai...&quot; (&quot;I found myself...&quot;) makes it clear that entering the forest wasn't intentional, and &quot;ché la diritta via era smarrita&quot; makes the fact of having lost the way quite explicit.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2015-07-28T22:16:08.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5803" CreationDate="2015-07-29T06:45:59.893" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista del significato, non c'è nessuna differenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente uso &quot;tenere conto&quot;, che è molto più usato. &quot;Tenere in conto&quot; o  &quot;tenere da conto&quot; mi danno l'idea di essere un po' antiquate e/o affettate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbero essere però più utilizzate in altre regioni (es: il mezzogiorno), ma non ho la competenza per dirlo con certezza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-29T07:40:43.093" LastActivityDate="2015-07-29T07:40:43.093" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5803" CreationDate="2015-07-29T08:30:30.403" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tenere conto di X&quot; e &quot;Tenere in conto X indicano entrambi scenari dove bisogna considerare anche X come fattore che ha un effetto su qualcosa -&gt; &quot;Per spiegare la crisi economica, bisogna tenere conto della situazione politica&quot; / &quot;Per spiegare la crisi economica, bisogna tenere in conto la situazione politica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tenere da conto X&quot; indica uno scenario in cui X è un oggetto di valore che bisogna conservare con riguardo -&gt; &quot;Ti ho prestato il mio libro preferito, tienilo da conto!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-29T08:40:42.480" LastActivityDate="2015-07-29T08:40:42.480" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5799" CreationDate="2015-07-29T08:53:07.160" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come suggerito da Gabriele, tradurre l'espressione potrebbe portare a più incomprensioni che il contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo una parola senza corrispettivo diretto, direi che vada tradotta con un'espressione. Informalmente un buon candidato potrebbe essere &quot;lista delle cose da fare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Renderla più formale richiederebbe usare termini un po' desueti come appunto &quot;desiderata&quot; (&quot;lista delle desiderata&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Letteralmente di traduce come &quot;traccia scritta degli arretrati&quot;, ma cercare un adattamento letterale non è una buona opzione in questo caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, cercherei di mantenere il termine &quot;lista&quot;, in quanto enfatizza il fatto che le &quot;task&quot; siano ordinate (per priorità).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-07-29T09:03:05.613" LastActivityDate="2015-07-29T09:03:05.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5793" CreationDate="2015-07-29T09:58:42.283" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;My two cents on this one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &quot;ritrovare&quot;, in its reflexive form &quot;ritrovarsi&quot;, means, roughly, per se in this context, &quot;to find oneself in some place without having explicitly wanted such thing to happen&quot;; quoting &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ritrovare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[...] b. [...] accorgersi di essere capitati in qualche posto, senza averlo esplicitamente voluto o senza aspettarselo: Mi ritrovai per una selva oscura (Dante) [...]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apologize in advance for the bolded text, which always makes me picture OPs like they are screaming, but I believe that here resides the key for the correct interpretation of &quot;per&quot; in this context, and I think that to remark it it's necessary: &lt;strong&gt;mind that &quot;ritrovarsi&quot;, whilst it indeed implies the subject having been in movement until the action of &quot;ritrovarsi&quot; itself takes place, doesn't imply, anywhere, the subject being still in movement whatsoever, because &quot;ritrovarsi&quot;'s meaning itself (as mentioned by Treccani) means else, and addresses the fact that the subject &lt;em&gt;realized and became conscious&lt;/em&gt; of the fact that they are in some place they didn't explicitly wanted to be in&lt;/strong&gt;, and hence really says nothing about the subject being or not being in movement; so thinking of the subject as being still in movement at the time of this happening would be rather an assumption.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, on the following &quot;per&quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/per/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; mentions &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt; different acceptations of &quot;per&quot; (excluding variations); I went through all of them, and, for the above, I believe that this is the acceptation that best describes the meaning of &quot;per&quot; in this context (I italicized the relevant part):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[...] b. Per indicare il luogo entro il quale avviene un movimento (compl. di moto entro luogo), senza riferimento alla direzione di tale moto: passeggiare, girare per la città; andare, viaggiare, cercare per monti e per valli. &lt;em&gt;Acquista in simili casi funzioni analoghe a quelle della prep. in, e ciò avviene anche con verbi di quiete per indicare una distribuzione entro una certa area&lt;/em&gt;: le quali [macchie] nelle braccia e per le cosce ... apparivano a molti (Boccaccio); avere dolori per le ossa, per tutto il corpo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Roughly translated: &quot;[...] It acquires, in similiar cases, functions comparable to those of the preposition &quot;in&quot;, and this happens also with &quot;verbi di quiete&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&quot; to indicate a distribution within a certain area [...]&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in my opinion, being &quot;ritrovarsi&quot; &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; a &quot;verbo di movimento&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&quot; &lt;strong&gt;but rather&lt;/strong&gt; a &quot;verbo di quiete&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&quot;, and being Dante not in a specific point of the dark forest but rather vaguely somewhere inside it, &lt;em&gt;this is the acceptation that best describes the meaning of &quot;per&quot; in this context&lt;/em&gt;; what comes after in the plot, such as Dante being wandering through the dark forest, should be excluded from the interpretation, as it just comes after.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence, for the above, coming to the translation, I'd either second &quot;within&quot;, which I think has the privilege over &quot;in&quot; to also express that the subject is inside a certain boundary, or, more simply, just &quot;in&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1: &quot;Verbi di movimento&quot;, as opposed to &quot;verbi di quiete&quot;, quoting &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-di-movimento_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;express in various ways a change of position of an entity from a point to another in the space or, figuratively, in the time.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-08-02T11:20:41.427" LastActivityDate="2015-08-02T11:20:41.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5810" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5814" CreationDate="2015-07-29T20:54:08.953" Score="6" ViewCount="2195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come - fra l'altro - vedete nella pagina internet qui sotto, il passato prossimo del verbo dirimere non esiste, ciò che ho dovuto accertare - perché suonava male - proprio oggi quando stavo per scrivere 'Peppa, giusto ieri, &lt;em&gt;ha dirimesso&lt;/em&gt; ogni incertezza al riguardo'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò premesso, chiedo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Perché il passato prossimo di 'dirimere' non esiste?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Cosa è opportuno fare in questo caso per esprimere che l'azione del 'dirimere' è avvenuta nel passato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/lMlKp.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/lMlKp.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-29T21:06:46.473" LastActivityDate="2015-07-30T19:32:14.677" Title="Sul passato prossimo, che non c'è, di ‘dirimere’" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5810" CreationDate="2015-07-30T06:59:01.790" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche in Italiano, come in altre lingue, esistono i verbi irregolari o 'difettivi' e derimere è uno di questi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Premessa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Con questa scheda speriamo di risolvere i dubbi di molti lettori su forme verbali irregolari o avvertite come &quot;strane&quot; e inconsuete. Si tratta di una lista (ordinata alfabeticamente) di verbi irregolari o difettivi di cui vengono messi in evidenza congiuntivi, participi passati e altre forme che possono far nascere qualche incertezza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/verbi-difficili&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dirimere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, passato remoto e participio passato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La coniugazione del passato remoto del verbo dirimere prevede, per alcune persone, doppie forme, ambedue corrette: io dirimei/dirimetti, tu dirimesti, egli dirimé/dirimette, noi dirimemmo, voi dirimeste, essi dirimerono/dirimettero; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;il participio passato non è in uso.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.accademiadellacrusca.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungerei che non è un verbo molto comune e un sinonimo può essere usato a seconda dei casi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_sinonimi_contrari/D/dirimere.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dirimere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; v.tr.(sinonimi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(una controversia) mettere fine, concludere, terminare, porre fine, definire. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(un litigio, una discussione) risolvere, appianare, aggiustare, comporre, giudicare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/dirimere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wiktionary&lt;/a&gt; cita la seguente frase:(penso che &lt;em&gt;dirento&lt;/em&gt; non  sia corretto o veramenre raro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;I collegianti rimandarono la discussione a quando la Corte &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;avesse dirento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; il conflitto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-30T13:22:19.100" LastActivityDate="2015-07-30T13:22:19.100" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5810" CreationDate="2015-07-30T15:39:25.197" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riguardo il come esprimere quello che penso sia il senso della frase originale in linguaggio comune:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Peppa, giusto ieri, ha chiarito ogni dubbio al riguardo&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il verbo in sé, &lt;code&gt;dirimere&lt;/code&gt; difetta (in quanto appunto verbo difettivo) di alcune forme (che semplicemente non esistono) e non è usato comunemente, si preferisce il sinonimo &lt;code&gt;risolvere&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="227" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-07-30T16:01:55.087" LastActivityDate="2015-07-30T16:01:55.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5810" CreationDate="2015-07-30T19:32:14.677" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;dirimere&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/dirimere/&quot;&gt;viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;ĕmĕre&lt;/em&gt; con il prefisso &lt;em&gt;dis&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059%3Aentry%3Demo&quot;&gt;dizionario Lewis-Short&lt;/a&gt; la coniugazione è &lt;em&gt;ĕmo, ēmi, emptum, ĕmĕre&lt;/em&gt;, il cui significato è “prendere” (lo stesso di &lt;em&gt;accipere&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una parola come &lt;em&gt;promptus&lt;/em&gt; ha, in italiano, l'esito &lt;em&gt;pronto&lt;/em&gt;. Quindi forse “dirento” &lt;em&gt;potrebbe&lt;/em&gt; essere un participio passato accettabile, ammesso che sia usato; i dizionari lo negano, sembra. Viceversa, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/redimere/&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;redimere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che è composto di &lt;em&gt;red&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ĕmĕre&lt;/em&gt;, il participio passato ce l'ha, &lt;em&gt;redento&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bizzarrie dell'uso della lingua. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Escluderei recisamente &lt;em&gt;dirimesso&lt;/em&gt; come participio passato; se proprio ti serve al passato, adopera un sinonimo come &lt;em&gt;sciogliere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;decidere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;troncare&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Peppa, giusto ieri, ha sciolto ogni incertezza al riguardo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-07-30T19:32:14.677" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5815" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5816" CreationDate="2015-07-31T19:26:57.973" Score="2" ViewCount="258" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5797/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, quando ho scritto la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cioè, uno degli esempi dal Treccani viene &lt;em&gt;costruito&lt;/em&gt; con la preposizione articolata &quot;della&quot;, ma non so se sarebbe anche corretto omettere tale preposizione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho avuto il dubbio se fosse corretto usare il vocabolo &quot;costruito&quot; o se si dovesse invece usare &quot;costrutto&quot;. I siti web che coniugano verbi danno tanto &quot;costruito&quot; quanto &quot;costrutto&quot; come participio passato del verbo &quot;costruire&quot; e su Google Libri si trovano esempi di frasi con &quot;viene costruito&quot;, ma anche di frasi con &quot;viene costrutto&quot; (forse questi sono più antichi). Sono entrambi corretti? Ci sono differenze di uso tra uno e l'altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-08-01T04:49:21.597" Title="&quot;Costruito&quot; oppure &quot;costrutto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5815" CreationDate="2015-07-31T19:50:54.867" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Costrutto è molto meno usato di costruito come p.p. di costruire come evidenziato da Treccani e come risulta da Ngram: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/costruire_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot;&gt;Costruire&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;v. tr. [dal lat. construĕre, der. di struĕre &quot;ammassare, costruire&quot;, col pref. con-] (io costruisco, tu costruisci, ecc.; pass. rem. costruìi o costrussi, costruisti, ecc.; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;part. pass. costruito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;meno com., costrutto).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%C3%A8%20costruito%2C%C3%A8%20costrutto%2Cviene%20costruito%2Cviene%20costrutto&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2C%C3%A8%20costruito%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2C%C3%A8%20costrutto%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cviene%20costruito%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cviene%20costrutto%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;: costruito vs costrutto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/costrutto.shtml&quot;&gt;Costrutto&lt;/a&gt; viene più comunemente usato come sostantivo nei seguenti casi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(gramm.) Disposizione, ordine dei sintagmi nella frase: un ampio costrutto; struttura sintattica: &lt;em&gt;costrutto irregolare&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(estens.) Significato logico di una frase, di un'espressione (sinonimi) senso, coerenza: &lt;em&gt;discorso senza costrutto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(fig.) Risultato concreto, proficuo (sinonimi) profitto: &lt;em&gt;spendere senza costrutto.&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  • sec. XIV&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-01T04:49:21.597" LastActivityDate="2015-08-01T04:49:21.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5799" CreationDate="2015-08-01T15:10:25.720" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pensando anche all'aspetto &quot;commerciale&quot; della possibile soluzione, suggerirei &quot;perfezionamento in corso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-01T15:10:25.720" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5818" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5819" CreationDate="2015-08-01T17:33:53.070" Score="8" ViewCount="325" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a beginner in Italian language and I am wondering about the 'Lo' in different sentences, like &quot;Lo faccio subito.&quot;. What does it mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="404" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-08-02T09:46:38.027" LastActivityDate="2015-08-07T10:37:05.900" Title="The 'Lo' in &quot;Lo faccio subito.&quot;" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5818" CreationDate="2015-08-01T18:45:39.000" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's the equivalent for &quot;I do &lt;strong&gt;it&lt;/strong&gt; immediately&quot; or &quot;I do &lt;strong&gt;that&lt;/strong&gt; immediately&quot;; in the same way &lt;em&gt;lo vedo&lt;/em&gt; is the equivalent for &quot;I see it&quot; or &quot;I see that.&quot;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2015-08-01T18:45:39.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5820" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5821" CreationDate="2015-08-01T19:06:18.453" Score="3" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suppose somebody says &lt;em&gt;mi sono svegliato 10 minuti alle 7:00&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;mi sono collegato 14 minuti alle 21:00&lt;/em&gt;, which preposition is implicit in those sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For how I understand it, &lt;em&gt;10 minuti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;14 minuti&lt;/em&gt; means for how long the action last. So in the first case, I was sleeping before 7:00 AM, and I was still sleeping after 7:10 AM.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could it be those sentences mean respectively, &quot;I woke up at 10 to 7:00&quot; and &quot;I came online at 14 minutes to 9:00 PM&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For how I understand them, the implicit preposition is &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;for&lt;/em&gt;); in the other case would be &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;at&lt;/em&gt;). Which is the case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am asking because it seems that some Italians don't understand those sentences the way I understand them; for those Italians, the implicit preposition would be &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, and the sentences I used as example would be saying when the actions happened.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2015-08-07T15:05:57.400" Title="Which preposition is implicit in this sentence?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5820" CreationDate="2015-08-01T20:24:11.773" Score="5" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose somebody says &lt;em&gt;mi sono svegliato 10 minuti alle 7:00&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;mi sono collegato 14 minuti alle 21:00&lt;/em&gt;, which preposition is implicit in those sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preposition you're talking about (either &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;per&amp;quot;) is not meant to be implicit, it's plainly missing, making those sentences wrong:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono svegliato &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; 10 minuti alle 7:00&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Mi sono collegato &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; 14 minuti alle 21:00&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Mi sono svegliato &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; 10 minuti alle 7:00&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Mi sono collegato &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; 14 minuti alle 21:00&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For how I understand it, &lt;em&gt;10 minuti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;14 minuti&lt;/em&gt; means for how long the action last. So in the first case, I was sleeping before 7:00 AM, and I was still sleeping after 7:10 AM.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could it be those sentences mean respectively, &amp;quot;I woke up at 10 to 7:00&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I came online at 14 minutes to 9:00 PM&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; would address a specific moment in time, while &amp;quot;per&amp;quot; would address a lapse of time;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the above, depending on which preposition you're using they either mean the former (using &amp;quot;per&amp;quot;) or the latter (using &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-02T11:15:48.737" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5820" CreationDate="2015-08-03T09:38:41.090" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Formally speaking, it's ambiguous and you should specify the preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Informally speaking, and in a spoken context, the fact that you are specifying the word &quot;minuti&quot; would lead most native speaker to interpret your sentences as &quot;per&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is because, when you want to specify an hour of the day in the format &quot;10 to 7&quot;, you would simply say &quot;10 alle 7&quot;. No native speaker would ever say &quot;10 minuti alle 7&quot; in an informal/spoken context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, a native speaker would interpret &quot;mi sono svegliato (per) 10 minuti alle 7:00&quot; as &quot;I was awaken for 10 minutes at 7.00&quot;, and &quot;mi sono svegliato (a) 10 alle 7:00&quot; as &quot;I woke up at 10 to 7.00&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But let me stress this once more: this only holds in an informal/spoken context. If you want to be grammatically correct, you should specify your preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2015-08-03T09:38:41.090" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5823" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-03T20:21:11.337" Score="1" ViewCount="723" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Calabria, how would one close family member bid goodbye to another family member, especially when they will not be reunited for a long time? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1682" LastActivityDate="2015-09-13T14:17:00.847" Title="How to say &quot;Goodbye&quot; in Calabria" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5799" CreationDate="2015-08-03T21:51:25.473" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Faccio una proposta che può andar bene in certi casi e che ha, secondo me, una sua eleganza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;agenda del prodotto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastActivityDate="2015-08-03T21:51:25.473" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5826" CreationDate="2015-08-05T12:56:25.763" Score="0" ViewCount="1571" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Se una notte d'inverno un viaggiatore&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E il &#xA;  mio braccio non regga una &lt;em&gt;borsa a soffietto&lt;/em&gt;, gonfia e un po' &#xA;  logora, ma spinga una valigia quadrata di materia plastica rigida &#xA;  munita di piccole ruote, manovrabile con un bastone metallico &#xA;  cromato e pieghevole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando il vocabolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soffietto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;soffietto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nel vocabolario Treccani si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Elemento (talora detto anche &lt;em&gt;mantice&lt;/em&gt;) estensibile mediante piegatura a libretto, di pelle o di altro materiale flessibile, che costituisce le pareti di una camera deformabile di apparecchiature e strumenti varî o di particolari oggetti: &lt;em&gt;il s.&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;il mantice&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;della fisarmonica; il s. degli scarponi&lt;/em&gt; (da montagna), costituito da due strisce di morbida pelle cucite lungo i bordi laterali della grossa linguetta, che si piegano allacciando lo scarpone e impediscono l’infiltrazione di acqua, neve, pietrisco, e sim.; con questo sign. è soprattutto usata la locuz. &lt;em&gt;a soffietto&lt;/em&gt;, con funzione di agg.: &lt;em&gt;una valigia, una borsa a s.; tasche, tasconi a s.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, non riesco a capire cosa sia una borsa a soffietto. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-08-05T13:29:06.377" Title="Cos'è una borsa a soffietto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5825" CreationDate="2015-08-05T13:16:52.257" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo è un &amp;quot;soffietto&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/sqvD4.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/sqvD4.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Soffietto&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica si tratta di una giuntura estensibile, come ad esempio quella di una fisarmonica o di un mantice, fatta da un pezzo di materiale piegato a falde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una borsa a soffietto è semplicemente un tipo di borsa (tipicamente una femminile), la cui apertura utilizza la stessa tecnica per dilatarsi / comprimersi, tipo questa (quella grande nella foto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zHp5p.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zHp5p.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Borsa a soffietto&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio che può magari aiutarti è quello di certi tipi di portafogli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-05T13:29:06.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5827" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5828" CreationDate="2015-08-05T18:52:08.810" Score="10" ViewCount="874" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following quote from the film &quot;Radiofreccia&quot; the expression 'fare sangue' or 'fare un gran sangue' is used in referring to a character's mother. Here is the quote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei stato sempre becco papà. Lo sapevano tutti, e secondo me lo sapevi anche te. Però io ti capisco, perché… sì, insomma… io non ne so niente di Freud, non Freud: però la mamma &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fa proprio un gran sangue&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Insomma io lo capisco che per una così si può perdere la testa, il problema però è che non si può avere l’esclusiva su di una come lei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Despite looking for the expression in dictionaries, I am having trouble finding a definitive meaning for the expression in this context. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-05T20:46:16.863" LastActivityDate="2015-08-06T12:19:26.350" Title="What does &quot;fa proprio un gran sangue&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5827" CreationDate="2015-08-05T19:49:25.763" Score="7" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The meaning has a sexual nuance. The author is saying that his mother is &quot;sexy&quot; and that fact  in part explains why she has been an unfaithful wife. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I think it is a regional idiomatic expression and the idea is of blood going to your head because of strong emotions. So &quot;far sangue&quot; literally &quot;make blood&quot; refers to her sensuality that arouses strong emotions in those who look at her. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You can find similar definitions &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20110323065235AAbhG2Q&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A more common  and widely understood expression with a similar meaning is &quot;fare sesso&quot; as in &quot; lei mi fa un gran sesso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-08-06T12:19:26.350" LastActivityDate="2015-08-06T12:19:26.350" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5818" CreationDate="2015-08-06T22:13:14.140" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is also the equivalent of &quot;I'll do it at once&quot; (the use of future for a decision with immediate effect). For a beginner, I think it would be better to &#xA;remember that &quot;that&quot; in Italian is normally &quot;quello&quot; or &quot;quella&quot; (and also &quot;che&quot;). &quot;Lo&quot; and &quot;la&quot; should really be the equivalent of &quot;it&quot; or &quot;him&quot; or &quot;her&quot;. &#xA;Of course one could say &quot;I'll do that at once&quot; instead of &quot;I'll do it at once&quot;, but that's another story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-06T22:13:14.140" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5818" CreationDate="2015-08-07T10:37:05.900" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; can be either an article or a pronoun. You can distinguish between the two cases by looking at what follows: if it's a noun (or a pair adjective-noun), then &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; is an article; otherwise it's most likely a pronoun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case the next word is &lt;em&gt;faccio&lt;/em&gt;, which is a verb and the role is of pronoun. The meaning is “I'll do it at once” where &lt;em&gt;it&lt;/em&gt; corresponds to &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;. The tense is different: present in Italian, future in English; but it's just how the two languages work. Also in Italian one can say &lt;em&gt;lo farò subito&lt;/em&gt;, with essentially the same meaning; using the present gives the idea that the thing will be done really immediately (like in &lt;em&gt;I'm already at it&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is another big difference: the article &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; can be used only before vowels (with elision), &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;s+consonant&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gn&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ps&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;pn&lt;/em&gt; (in this case, many people use &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;, though); otherwise the article should be &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The pronoun &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; is used before &lt;em&gt;any&lt;/em&gt; word: it has no alternative form (for masculine singular, of course). The feminine singular form is &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, the plural is &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-08-07T10:37:05.900" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5820" CreationDate="2015-08-07T15:05:57.400" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Tuscany people would say &quot;mi sono svegliato alle sette meno dieci&quot; and &quot;mi sono collegato un quarto alle nove&quot; or better &quot;alle nove meno un quarto&quot; (14 minutes do not exist in the spoken language of my region). The first might just about be transformed into &quot;10 alle sette&quot;, but the second, frankly, would sound like another language. If one must be really precise (whatever the reason) the second might become &quot;esattamente quattordici minuti prima delle nove&quot;. And, by the way, the prepositions don't seem to be a problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-07T15:05:57.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3623" CreationDate="2015-08-07T15:26:04.087" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Molti anni fa si poteva soltanto &quot;riagganciare&quot;, perché il ricevitore (molto simile a quello che usiamo oggi, quindi dopo l'uso della cornetta, che non ho mai avuto il piacere di usare) veniva davvero appoggiato su una specie di gancio metallico, sulla destra del telefono a muro che si abbassava e così chiudeva la conversazione. Un po' come nei più recenti telefoni pubblici. &quot;Riagganciare&quot; è quindi semplicemente più classico, ma oggi è come dire &quot;riattaccare&quot; o &quot;chiudere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-07T15:26:04.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5835" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5837" CreationDate="2015-08-08T11:39:09.327" Score="10" ViewCount="6655" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito dire più di una volta la frase seguente in aereo prima del decollo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tenere allacciate le cinture fino a quando l'apposito segnale verrà spento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me suona strana, io direi invece:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tenere allacciate le cinture fino a quando l'apposito segnale non verrà spento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale delle due è corretta? Per me, la prima frase suona strana perché il &quot;fino a quando&quot; dà l'idea di continuità di un'azione che sta avvenendo adesso (il segnale è acceso). &quot;Fino a quando il segnale resta acceso&quot; suona bene, ma &quot;fino a quando il segnale verrà spento&quot; suona male per me. &quot;Fino a quando il segnale (che adesso è acceso) non verrà spento&quot; suona bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1669" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-12T16:07:41.353" LastActivityDate="2015-08-12T16:07:41.353" Title="&quot;Fino a quando verrà&quot; o &quot;fino a quando non verrà&quot;?" Tags="&lt;negation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5835" CreationDate="2015-08-08T13:40:23.153" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che in casi come questo, dove la frasi di per sé sono ambigue in primo luogo, sia necessario fare riferimento all'intuizione più che a una regola vera e propria;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono, ovviamente, grammaticalmente, tutte e due corrette; &lt;em&gt;credo&lt;/em&gt; che la differenza sia da ricercarsi piuttosto in cosa debba essere dedotto da ognuna delle due forme:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Tenere allacciate le cinture fino a quando l'apposito segnale verrà spento&quot; -&gt; l'azione di tenere allacciate le cinture deve perdurare &lt;em&gt;fino al momento in cui&lt;/em&gt; l'apposito segnale viene spento;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Tenere allacciate le cinture fino a quando l'apposito segnale non verrà spento&quot; -&gt; l'azione di tenere allacciate le cinture deve perdurare &lt;em&gt;per tutto il tempo durante il quale&lt;/em&gt; l'apposito segnale non &quot;viene&quot; (ovvero &quot;è&quot;) spento;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero semplicemente le due si riferiscono, non grammaticalmente, ma intuitivamente, a due momenti, se si vuole, complementari e opposti, perché il primo è il momento in cui l'azione deve cessare, mentre il secondo è il momento in cui l'azione deve perdurare; questo porta all'ambiguità &quot;logica&quot; di entrambe, dove una è negata e l'altra non lo è;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per venire alla domanda vera e propria: sono corrette tutte e due; semplicemente si riferiscono, implicitamente, a due momenti nel tempo diversi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2015-08-08T13:40:23.153" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5835" CreationDate="2015-08-08T16:26:36.530" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Treccani, alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/finche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (che non è altro che una contrazione di &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt;), prevede due casi: con una condizione (non negata) che indica il periodo (&quot;finché c'è vita c'è speranza&quot;), e con una condizione negata che indica il suo termine (&quot;non ti muovere finché non lo dico io&quot;). Ma questo significa che, per &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;, Treccani prevede un solo caso. Per esempio, in &quot;finché non si spegne il segnale&quot;, la condizione che è verificata durante tutto il periodo è il &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; spegnersi del segnale. Il caso previsto è soltanto quello in cui la condizione sia verificata per tutto il periodo in questione e non più verificata al suo termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fino2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;fino&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; invece il Treccani dice una cosa diversa (punto &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; della voce): &lt;em&gt;fino a&lt;/em&gt; è seguito dal punto (temporale) d'arrivo. Quando questo punto è espresso tramite una condizione, la condizione è esattamente la negazione logica della condizione di cui alla voce &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi spiego meglio: esistono due tipi di condizione, l'una la negazione logica dell'altra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La condizione che è verificata per tutto il periodo in questione e che non è più verificata quando il periodo termina (chiamiamola &lt;strong&gt;condizione di continuazione&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La condizione che si verifica nel momento in cui il periodo in questione termina, e non prima (chiamiamola &lt;strong&gt;condizione di terminazione&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il Treccani, con &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; va usata la condizione di continuazione, mentre con &lt;em&gt;fino a&lt;/em&gt; va usato il momento di termine, che, visto come condizione, è la condizione di terminazione. La frase corretta sarebbe quindi &quot;Tenere allacciate le cinture fino a quando l'apposito segnale verrà spento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'italiano corrente, però, non è necessariamente quello descritto dal Treccani (basta leggere l'ultima frase della voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fintantoche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;fintantoché&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; per convincersene), e, di fatto, &lt;em&gt;fino a&lt;/em&gt; viene usato sia con la condizione di continuazione che con quella di terminazione, risolvendo l'ambiguità in base ad altre informazioni. Per esempio, la frase &quot;leggo fino a quando resto solo&quot; può significare che quando arriva qualcuno smetto di leggere, oppure che leggo in compagnia fino al momento in cui resto solo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente, anzi, una condizione è più spesso interpretata come condizione di continuazione, come nel caso di &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;. Per questo motivo, secondo me, a te la frase suona meglio con l'inserimento del &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt;. E per lo stesso motivo, la seconda interpretazione della frase &quot;leggo fino a quando resto solo&quot; è più comunemente resa come &quot;leggo fino a quando non resto solo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, invece, e non perché mi voglia attenere a quanto dice il Treccani, preferisco interpretare la condizione di &lt;em&gt;fino a&lt;/em&gt; come condizione di terminazione. In altre parole, preferisco interpretare &quot;quando l'apposito segnale verrà spento&quot; come il momento in cui ha termine il periodo in cui vanno tenute allacciate le cinture. Mi sembra più coerente con i casi in cui a &lt;em&gt;fino a&lt;/em&gt; segue il termine, come in &lt;em&gt;fino alla fine&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu invece, e credo che tu stia con la maggioranza degli italiani (non ho nulla da ridire, insomma), preferisci interpretare la condizione come condizione di continuazione, il che comporta la necessità di negarla tramite un &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma c'è dell'altro: il &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; viene inserito ormai automaticamente (quando è possibile, naturalmente), anche quando la frase risultante, a rigor di logica, perde di senso. Questo avviene, a mio parere, a causa delle frequenza con cui capita che una condizione di terminazione debba essere convertita in una condizione di continuazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase &quot;Tenere allacciate le cinture fino al momento in cui l'apposito segnale non verrà spento&quot; è comprensibile a tutti e non pare errata. Ma qual è questo momento, il &quot;momento in cui l'apposito segnale &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; verrà spento&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;EDIT&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi rendo conto che questa risposta andrebbe riscritta per due motivi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;è troppo lunga&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non tiene conto del fatto che l'inserimento di un &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; che non cambia il significato di una frase è un fenomeno linguistico riconosciuto e codificato, detto &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non_pleonastico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;non pleonastico&lt;/a&gt;&lt;sup&gt;*&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;* probabilmente lo ignoravo perché il tedesco, la mia lingua &quot;scolastica&quot;, non ce l'ha&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2015-08-09T11:09:02.707" LastActivityDate="2015-08-09T11:09:02.707" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5839" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5841" CreationDate="2015-08-10T18:23:21.597" Score="4" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Se una notte d'inverno un viaggiatore&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dalle macchie di calce sullo stipite, e dal berretto che s'affaccia sopra una giacca di fatica imbottita di &lt;em&gt;pecora&lt;/em&gt;, hai l'impressione che il locale sia chiuso per restauri, e vi si trovi solo un imbianchino o un addetto alle pulizie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So cos'è una pecora, comunque non riesco a capire cosa possa significare tale vocabolo in questo contesto. Ho fatto una cerca in alcuni dizionari, ma nessun significato figurato di &quot;pecora&quot; sembra avere senso qui. Potreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;pecora&quot; nella frase precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-08-23T15:58:48.130" Title="Cosa significa &quot;pecora&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5839" CreationDate="2015-08-11T00:48:27.863" Score="6" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;giacca di fatica imbottita di pecora&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ragionevolmente non è una giacca di fatica imbottita &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; pecora, ma una giacca di fatica imbottita &lt;em&gt;di pelo&lt;/em&gt; di pecora; &amp;quot;giacca di fatica imbottita di pelo di pecora&amp;quot; che non è un'espressione usata per riferirsi ad un particolare tipo di giacca ma alle &lt;em&gt;qualità&lt;/em&gt; della stessa giacca (di fatica e imbottita di pelo di pecora).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tralasciando il &amp;quot;di fatica&amp;quot; che non è l'oggetto della domanda e focalizzandosi su &amp;quot;giacca imbottita di pecora&amp;quot;, espressioni come questa sono molto usate in Italiano, e sono delle sineddoche&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;; specialmente se si sta cercando di imparare l'Italiano è bene tenere a mente che esistono, per evitare di finire a cercare un'oggetto che idiomaticamente &amp;quot;non esiste&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste espressioni sono usate per riferirsi ad un oggetto citandone un altro che ha un certo tipo di relazione col primo, relazione che può essere della natura di uno dei seguenti casi (citando quelli elencati dal Treccani&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;parte / tutto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;singolare / plurale&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;genere / specie&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;materia prima / oggetto prodotto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso sussiste la prima (o come Walter Tross precisa anche la quarta): si indica la pecora (il tutto / la materia prima) per indicare il pelo della pecora (la parte / l'oggetto prodotto); normalmente nel primo caso si ritrova più spesso il caso contrario (ovvero la parte per il tutto), ma in una pagina del Treccani&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; più approfondita si trova esplcitamente che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] Nel Novecento, per Lausberg (1969) la sineddoche consiste in «uno spostamento della denominazione della cosa che si intende sul piano del contenuto concettuale», secondo un processo in cui il significato si sposta secondo due direttrici specifiche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(a) locus a maiore ad minus «dal più al meno»: il tutto per la parte; il genere per la specie; il plurale per il singolare; il prodotto finito per la materia grezza;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(b) locus a minore ad maius «dal meno al più»: la parte per il tutto; la specie per il genere; il singolare per il plurale. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E che [pertanto]:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] Si distinguono di solito la sineddoche generalizzante, che procede dal più al meno, e la sineddoche particolarizzante, che procede dal meno al più. Il primo tipo indica il tropo che si esercita su un concetto più generale come simbolo del concetto che vi si può includere [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come esempio viene portato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] (a) il tutto per la parte: leggere la Commedia di Dante (per leggere pagine della …) [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per citare un esempio per ogni tipo di relazione elencata (citando quelli elencati dal Treccani&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;singolare per il plurale: &amp;quot;lo straniero&amp;quot; per &amp;quot;gli stranieri&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;genere per la specie: &amp;quot;i mortali&amp;quot; per &amp;quot;gli uomini&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;materia prima per l'oggetto prodotto: &amp;quot;un bronzo&amp;quot; per &amp;quot;una scultura in bronzo&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;1: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;2: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sineddoche_(Enciclopedia_dell'Italiano)/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-11T10:41:57.263" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5842" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5844" CreationDate="2015-08-11T06:38:01.573" Score="5" ViewCount="331" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to translate the following for my trip to Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;My son is allergic to all nuts (including for example walnuts, almonds&#xA;  and hazelnuts) ,beans, pulses, peas, lentils and egg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Google Translate&lt;/code&gt; offers this but I am not very confident about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio figlio è allergico a tutti i dadi (tra cui ad esempio le noci,&#xA;  mandorle e nocciole), fagioli, legumi, i piselli, lenticchie e&#xA;  uova.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be very much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1694" LastActivityDate="2015-08-11T13:25:06.117" Title="How to translate allergy information" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5842" CreationDate="2015-08-11T12:32:35.617" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;My attempt, reorganizing &lt;em&gt;beans, peas, and lentils&lt;/em&gt; under &lt;em&gt;pulses&lt;/em&gt;, for clarity and safety:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio figlio è allergico a tutta la &lt;strong&gt;frutta secca a guscio&lt;/strong&gt; (ad esempio&#xA;  noci, mandorle, nocciole, ecc.), a tutti i &lt;strong&gt;legumi&lt;/strong&gt; (ad esempio fagioli,&#xA;  piselli, lenticchie, ecc.) e alle &lt;strong&gt;uova&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As egreg points out, the technical term for &lt;em&gt;nuts&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;frutta a guscio&lt;/em&gt; (literally: &lt;em&gt;shell fruits&lt;/em&gt;), but what most people would say informally is &lt;em&gt;frutta secca&lt;/em&gt; (literally: &lt;em&gt;dried fruits&lt;/em&gt;). For the sake of safety I would leave the combination of both: &lt;em&gt;frutta secca a guscio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2015-08-11T13:25:06.117" LastActivityDate="2015-08-11T13:25:06.117" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5842" CreationDate="2015-08-11T13:09:10.193" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The official European regulation can be found at &lt;a href=&quot;http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/IT/TXT/?uri=celex:32011R1169&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/IT/TXT/?uri=celex:32011R1169&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the “Allegato II” we find the list of allergenic substances or products, which contains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;8&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Frutta a guscio, vale a dire:&#xA;  mandorle (&lt;em&gt;Amigdalus communis L.&lt;/em&gt;), nocciole (&lt;em&gt;Corylus avellana&lt;/em&gt;), noci (&lt;em&gt;Juglans regia&lt;/em&gt;), noci di acagiù (&lt;em&gt;Anacardium occidentale&lt;/em&gt;), noci di pecan [&lt;em&gt;Carya illinoiensis&lt;/em&gt; (Wangenh) K. Koch], noci del Brasile (&lt;em&gt;Bertholletia excelsa&lt;/em&gt;), pistacchi (&lt;em&gt;Pistacia vera&lt;/em&gt;), noci macadamia o noci del Queensland (&lt;em&gt;Macadamia ternifoliae&lt;/em&gt;), e i loro prodotti, tranne per la frutta a guscio utilizzata per la fabbricazione di distillati alcolici, incluso l’alcol etilico di origine agricola.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it seems that the technical term is &lt;em&gt;frutta a guscio&lt;/em&gt;; the list should be known to all restaurant owners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32011R1169&amp;amp;from=IT&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;English version&lt;/a&gt;, “Annex II” contains&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;8&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Nuts, namely: almonds (&lt;em&gt;Amygdalus communis L.&lt;/em&gt;), hazelnuts (&lt;em&gt;Corylus avellana&lt;/em&gt;), walnuts (&lt;em&gt;Juglans regia&lt;/em&gt;), cashews (&lt;em&gt;Anacardium occidentale&lt;/em&gt;), pecan nuts (&lt;em&gt;Carya illinoinensis&lt;/em&gt; (Wangenh.) K. Koch), Brazil nuts (&lt;em&gt;Bertholletia excelsa&lt;/em&gt;), pistachio nuts (&lt;em&gt;Pistacia vera&lt;/em&gt;), macadamia or Queensland nuts (&lt;em&gt;Macadamia ternifolia&lt;/em&gt;), and products thereof, except for nuts used for making alcoholic distillates including ethyl alcohol of agricultural origin;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A translation that should be understood in restaurants and cafeterias might be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio figlio è allergico a tutta la frutta a guscio (comprese, per esempio, noci, mandorle e nocciole), ai legumi (come fagioli, piselli e lenticchie) e alle uova.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-08-11T13:09:10.193" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5847" CreationDate="2015-08-11T17:14:32.600" Score="8" ViewCount="2192" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una cosa che non ho mai capito in italiano è la differenza tra &quot;di&quot; e &quot;da&quot;. Per esempio, se si va in Italia si vedono molti ristoranti con il nome come &quot;trattoria da Luca&quot; &quot;ristorante da Carlone&quot;, ma per come la vedo io dovrebbe essere &quot;di Luca&quot; visto che la trattoria è di Luca. Scusate per qualche sbaglio, sto ancora imparando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1697" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-08-11T18:10:32.957" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T19:42:11.080" Title="Differenza tra &quot;di&quot; e &quot;da&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5846" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-11T21:12:06.837" Score="2" ViewCount="708" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;troppo è come niente&quot; an Italian proverb meaning &quot;too much is like nothing&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1699" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-12T16:06:37.250" LastActivityDate="2015-08-12T16:06:37.250" Title="Is &quot;troppo è come niente&quot; an Italian proverb meaning &quot;too much is like nothing?&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5845" CreationDate="2015-08-11T21:22:14.853" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certo, “la trattoria di Luca” è corretto, ma ha un significato diverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come avrai già notato, la preposizione “da” ha molti usi, oltre ai più frequenti come il moto da luogo («vengo da Roma») e il complemento d'agente («sono stato pizzicato dalle zanzare»). Vari altri li trovi per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/da/&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, tra cui quello che ci interessa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con verbi di quiete (compl. di stato in luogo), si adopera per lo più davanti a nomi di persona: &lt;em&gt;sono stato dall’avvocato&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ti attendo dal meccanico&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mi servo dal droghiere qui di fronte&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;frequenta l’asilo dalle suore&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sarò a cena da mio zio&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;da noi non c’è quest’uso&lt;/em&gt; (in questi ultimi casi equivale in genere a: «presso»)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta cioè di un caso particolare dello stato in luogo, che fa riferimento alla casa, al negozio, al locale di qualcuno. Tra gli esempi del Treccani non ce ne sono con nomi propri, ma è molto usato anche così: «Stasera ci si vede da Mario».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E quindi i ristoranti e simili con nomi del tipo “Da Luca” si richiamano a questo uso di “da”, che tende anche a suggerire che quella trattoria sia accogliente e familiare, quasi come se si andasse “da Luca” nel senso di “a casa di Luca”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-08-11T21:22:14.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5846" CreationDate="2015-08-11T22:03:50.107" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian and honestly I've never heard of this, although if I had to guess then yes, it would mean something like &quot;too much is like nothing&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other proverbs with similar words are &quot;il troppo stroppia&quot; meaning &quot;too much (of something) can be annoying&quot; and &quot;chi troppo vuole nulla stringe&quot;, meaning &quot;who wants too much will get nothing&quot;. They are both much more famous proverbs about &quot;troppo&quot;. I tried googling yours and I couldn't find anything of significance. Where did you find it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1700" LastActivityDate="2015-08-11T22:03:50.107" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5849" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-12T22:05:42.003" Score="4" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una conversazione avrei voluto dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eppure c'è gente che crede a simili fandonie, che, peraltro, è la ragione per cui stiamo inesorabilmente &lt;strong&gt;declinando&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però, poco prima di pronunciare la frase testé riportata, ho pensato che 'stiamo inesorabilmente declinando' — col senso 'siamo inesorabilmente in declino' — poteva non essere una forma corretta dell'uso del verbo 'declinare'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora ho detto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eppure c'è gente che crede a simili fandonie, che, peraltro, è la ragione per cui stiamo inesorabilmente &lt;strong&gt;collassando&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che conferma se 'stiamo declinando', nel senso di 'siamo in declino', è corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fatto è che a me suona male, ma non sono riuscito a capire perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-13T09:24:40.913" LastActivityDate="2015-08-13T09:24:40.913" Title="È corretto dire 'stiamo declinando'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5849" CreationDate="2015-08-12T23:38:16.127" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;E' perfettamente corretto usare &quot;stiamo declinando&quot;; &quot;declinare&quot; ha un'accezione figurata che giudicando dal contesto potrebbe corrispondere perfettamente a quello che volevi dire; citando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/declinare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  1. intr. (aus. avere)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  b. fig. Volgere verso il termine: il giorno ormai declinava; anche sostantivato: il declinare della vita; sul d. del secolo. Diminuire, dileguarsi: la potenza, la gloria, la fama declinano; la sua salute declina a poco a poco; abbassarsi: la febbre sta declinando.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;collassare&quot; ha allo stesso modo un'accezione figurata che, sempre giudicando dal contesto, potrebbe corrispondere anch'essa perfettamente a quello che volevi dire; citando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/collassare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  3. v. intr.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  c. fig. Essere nell’impossibilità di funzionare: il sistema dei semafori ha collassato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi come vedi tecnicamente andrebbero bene tutte e due, ma il loro significato è in effetti differente; dipende da cosa vuoi dire esattamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;collassare&quot; è una parola più forte di &quot;declinare&quot;, perché nelle sue accezioni più comuni è usata per descrivere situazioni di grave compromissione, come quella di un'organo / di un'organismo in campo medico (e ovviamente anche di contesti molto più generali), dove la situazione non è più recuperabile;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;declinare&quot; invece è una parola meno forte di &quot;collassare&quot;, perché nelle sue accezioni più comuni è usata per descrivere situazioni non ancora gravemente compromesse, anche se in fase di peggioramento e volte alla compromissione totale (eventualmente) in un termine più o meno lungo;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In definitiva, se la situazione fosse ancora recuperabile userei &quot;declinare&quot;; se la situazione non fosse più recuperabile userei invece &quot;collassare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2015-08-12T23:38:16.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5851" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-13T09:28:07.523" Score="4" ViewCount="386" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre avuto dei dubbi su quando si debba usare il termine &quot;maiuscola&quot; e  quando invece si adoperi &quot;maiuscolo&quot;. Infatti, nel commento a una correzione che ho fatto recentemente ho scritto &quot;maiuscole&quot;, ma non ero sicura se dovessi invece usare &quot;maiuscoli&quot;. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-08-13T14:08:21.213" LastActivityDate="2015-08-14T10:04:17.613" Title="Quando usare &quot;maiuscola&quot; e quando &quot;maiuscolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5851" CreationDate="2015-08-13T13:19:43.037" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo un punto fermo si pone uno spazio seguito dal maiuscolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del maiuscolo denota l'inizio di un nuovo periodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;questo perché &lt;em&gt;maiuscolo&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce più generalmente all'&lt;em&gt;azione&lt;/em&gt; di capitalizzare una lettera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maiuscola&lt;/em&gt;, invece, è specifico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo un punto fermo la lettera successiva è maiuscola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, nella maggior parte dei casi, &lt;em&gt;maiuscola&lt;/em&gt; sarà implicitamente riferito alla lettera in questione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese però l'uso della (&lt;em&gt;lettera&lt;/em&gt;) maiuscola è più largo che in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungerei che è molto spesso possibile usare i due termini intercambiabilmente, con i dovuti apporti; ad esempio, la terza frase potrebbe essere riformulata nel seguente modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo un punto fermo la lettera successiva è &lt;em&gt;in maiuscolo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-13T15:27:05.217" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5851" CreationDate="2015-08-13T15:16:41.970" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Semplicemente, come ogni aggettivo, &quot;maiuscolo&quot; si declina concordemente al genere e al numero del sostantivo che lo regge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una lettera &lt;em&gt;maiuscola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Delle lettere &lt;em&gt;maiuscole&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Un errore &lt;em&gt;maiuscolo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Degli errori &lt;em&gt;maiuscoli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che tu ti riferisca a questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/posts/5835/revisions&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;; &quot;lettera&quot; è un sostantivo femminile quindi in questo caso quindi le hai azzeccate tutte e due (revisioni 3 e 5); nella revisione 3 ne hai corrette 2 (quindi corretto l'uso di &quot;[lettere] maiuscole&quot;, plurale di &quot;[lettera] maiuscola&quot;), mentre nella revisione 5 ne hai corretta una (quindi corretto l'uso di &quot;[lettera] maiuscola&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se tu avessi citato come ragione dell'edit ad esempio &quot;maiuscolo&quot; &lt;em&gt;credo&lt;/em&gt; che sarebbe stato comunque abbastanza chiaro, penso che tutti avrebbero capito che intendevi &quot;[uso del] maiuscolo&quot;; tuttavia &quot;maiuscoli&quot; sarebbe stato sbagliato, perché non avrebbe concordato né col genere di &quot;lettera&quot; né col numero di &quot;uso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-08-14T10:04:17.613" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5854" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-13T15:55:19.477" Score="4" ViewCount="1066" Body="&lt;p&gt;Parzialmente ispirato &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5851/1377&quot;&gt;da questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi capita spesso di citare una frase od un breve estratto racchiudendolo tra doppie virgolette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato che spesso la costruzione di un periodo è molto più chiara quando l'ordine è &lt;code&gt;soggetto -&amp;gt; verbo -&amp;gt; [...]&lt;/code&gt;, se mi devo riferire alla frase o all'estratto in oggetto mi capita quindi di metterlo, nella costruzione del periodo, all'inizio della frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo mi pone un dubbio; partiamo dal fatto che indubbiamente se nella frase o nell'estratto a cui mi devo riferire la prima lettera è già maiuscola di suo il problema non si pone, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il primo verso dell'Inferno di Dante è &quot;Nel mezzo del cammin di nostra vita&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &quot;Nel mezzo del cammin di nostra vita&quot; è il primo verso dell'Inferno di Dante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma quando la prima lettera della frase o dell'estratto &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; è già maiuscola di suo trovo giusto &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; scriverla con la maiuscola, altrimenti sarebbe (per quanto magari banale) comunque un'interpolazione che vorrei evitare fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il secondo verso dell'Inferno di Dante è &quot;mi ritrovai per una selva oscura&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &quot;mi ritrovai per una selva oscura&quot; è il secondo verso dell'Inferno di Dante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trovo che sia giusto non scrivere con la maiuscola nemmeno la prima lettera della parola che segue la frase o l'estratto citato, perché difatto non è la prima lettera del periodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo però lascia il secondo caso, in cui l'ordine della costruzione è &lt;code&gt;soggetto -&amp;gt; verbo -&amp;gt; [...]&lt;/code&gt; senza una maiuscola in assoluto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho il dubbio su quanto sia corretto fare così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pertanto, è grammaticalmente corretto &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; usare la maiuscola né nella prima lettera di una frase o di un'estratto citato né nella prima lettera della parola che lo segue quando la frase o l'estratto citato sono racchiusi tra virgolette e posti all'inizio del periodo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-08-15T12:33:05.640" Title="Come usare correttamente la maiuscola quando un estratto racchiuso tra doppie virgolette si trova all'inizio di un periodo?" Tags="&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5311" CreationDate="2015-08-13T23:07:19.317" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the film &quot;High Society&quot; Bing Crosby says to the very young sister of his former wife (Grace Kelly) &quot;Hello Beautiful&quot;. That's one way we use &quot;bello&quot; and &quot;bella&quot; in Italy. In this case it shows more affection than actual appreciation of beauty. There are others, of course. Sometime they are just compliments (not necessarily true ...). Sometimes they are used for teasing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-13T23:07:19.317" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5752" CreationDate="2015-08-14T11:39:08.620" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: I am Italian native speaker but not a linguist nor an expert of any sort.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my experience this is highly regional and maybe even simply north / south.&#xA;F.ex. I cannot imagine anyone from Napoli (south Italy) pronouncing &quot;mese&quot; or &quot;cosa&quot; with the /z/ (it's always /s/) and I cannot imagine anyone from Bologna (north Italy) pronouncing them with /s/ (it's always /z/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually - as I lived many years in the north - I'm trying to think of any &quot;vowel + s + vowel&quot; non-composite word that a northerner would pronounce with /s/ and none is coming to my mind. I will update this post if some does come to my mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastEditorUserId="1229" LastEditDate="2015-08-20T10:16:43.037" LastActivityDate="2015-08-20T10:16:43.037" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5857" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5860" CreationDate="2015-08-14T11:50:45.150" Score="1" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Se una notte d'inverno un viaggiatore&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avevo un bel dire ogni volta: che sollievo, rimetto il &#xA;  contachilometri a zero, passo la spugna sulla lavagna: l'indomani &#xA;  del giorno in cui ero arrivato in un paese nuovo già questo zero era diventato un numero di tante cifre che non stava più sui &lt;em&gt;rulli&lt;/em&gt;, &#xA;  che occupava la lavagna da un capo all'altro, persone, posti, &#xA;  simpatie, antipatie, passi falsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;rulli&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;rullo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma nessuna delle accezioni sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato di &quot;rulli&quot; nella frase precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-08-14T13:29:25.647" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rullo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3896" CreationDate="2015-08-14T12:12:24.993" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;IMO it's because 99% (my estimate) of Italians with an education level below university - and at least 50% of Italians with a non-language-related university education - have never, ever heard of this distinction, leave alone being taught about it in school. If one has access to a number of Italians with the above mentioned education, he/she should definitely try asking them; I'm very confident that would confirm my estimate.&#xA;I personally became aware of this difference only a few years ago and by accident.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also under the impression that - except in Italian language-related studies - no teacher would correct &quot;perchè&quot; or even perceive it as a mistake and a teacher who would correct that would likely be considered pedantic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastActivityDate="2015-08-14T12:12:24.993" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5823" CreationDate="2015-08-14T12:42:51.830" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;My parents are from Calabria and, although I've never heard anything like that, I would probably say: &lt;em&gt;Ndi vidimu prestu&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;Stai attentu, ndi sintimu&lt;/em&gt; (Take care, we'll keep in touch).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other ways to say goodbye would be more similar to the italian &lt;em&gt;Mi mancherai&lt;/em&gt; (I'll miss you).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1705" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-08-14T13:37:25.127" LastActivityDate="2015-08-14T13:37:25.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5857" CreationDate="2015-08-14T13:29:25.647" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che si riferisca ai rulli nel senso di piccoli cilindri rotanti con impresse le cifre da 0 a 9, che formano il numero dei chilometri percorsi in un contachilometri, così:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1el7V.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1el7V.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;contachilometri&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-08-14T13:29:25.647" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5311" CreationDate="2015-08-14T20:05:50.193" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Che belle persone&quot; could easily translate into &quot;what good people&quot; not physically, but by nature: &quot;belli&quot; like 'goodhearted'. Growing up with Italian as my 1st language, &quot;bello/bella&quot; was used a lot, more as a term of endearment. It was also used lovingly or in respect/appreciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-08-15T22:07:06.707" LastActivityDate="2015-08-15T22:07:06.707" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5862" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-14T22:26:06.617" Score="8" ViewCount="1598" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scatola/&quot;&gt;A scatola chiusa&lt;/a&gt; è un modo di dire  molto comune che viene usato soprattutto in espressioni come: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;comprare a scatola  chiusa,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; senza accertarsi della qualità della merce, per fiducia nella bontà del prodotto, o per ingenuità e simili.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/em&gt; riguardo ad un espressione analoga dice: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;vendere a scatola chiusa,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;in origine con riferimento soprattutto all’acquisto di opere cinematografiche&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=a%20scatola%20chiusa&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ca%20scatola%20chiusa%3B%2Cc0&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; l'espressione &lt;em&gt;'a scatola chiusa'&lt;/em&gt; si e diffusa a partire agli anni '40. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'origine di tale modo di dire sembrerebbe essere, secondo Treccani, legato al mondo del cinema. Qualcuno ha altre informazioni a riguardo? In che senso le opere cinematografiche venivano vendute &lt;em&gt;a scatola chiusa&lt;/em&gt;? È questa la sua vera origine? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:34:49.713" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:34:49.713" Title="A scatola chiusa" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5862" CreationDate="2015-08-15T09:15:39.287" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non credo che Treccani imputi l'origine del termine al mondo cinematografico. Semplicemente ne sottolinea il largo utilizzo in tale settore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Difatti, sebbene ciò sia veritiero, la prima verificata comparsa del termine è datata 1902, in un'opera scritta da Myrtle Reed intitolata &lt;em&gt;Lavender and Old Lace&lt;/em&gt;. Ovviamente si parla del corrispettivo statunitense &lt;code&gt;sight unseen&lt;/code&gt;. La Reed scrive: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, when she wrote, asking me to take charge of her house while she went to Europe, I gladly consented, &lt;strong&gt;sight unseen&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La citazione proviene dalla scansione digitale del libro del 1902, attuata dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gutenberg.org/files/1266/1266-h/1266-h.htm#link2H_4_0005&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Progetto Gutenberg&lt;/a&gt;, al quale peraltro ho collaborato per alcune opere italiane e in esperanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni dizionari, tra cui lo statunitense &lt;a href=&quot;http://idioms.thefreedictionary.com/sight+unseen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Farlex&lt;/a&gt;, addirittura predatano il primo uso del termine alla fine del 1800, talvolta indicando la data del 1892, ma per quanto ho avuto modo di constatare non citano fonti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la comparsa del termine nei documenti italiani, invece, non sono riuscito a trovare fonti utili in merito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1706" LastActivityDate="2015-08-15T09:15:39.287" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5854" CreationDate="2015-08-15T12:33:05.640" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anzitutto, se si tratta di riportare una citazione, sarebbe piú consono l'uso delle virgolette francesi &lt;code&gt;« »&lt;/code&gt;, o tuttalpiú delle virgolette a sergente &lt;code&gt;“ ”&lt;/code&gt; piuttosto che utilizzare i semplici doppi apici &lt;code&gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt;, i quali sono maggiormente adatti a racchiudere parole di rilievo all'interno delle frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciòdetto, sia per quanto riguarda la scelta delle virgolette sia per quanto in merito alle maiuscole/minuscole a inizio citazione all'avvio di una frase, non esiste una regola ferrea; gli stessi editori seguono un regolamento interno che potrebbe variare l'uno dall'altro. Vedasi, a titolo esemplificativo, le differenze editoriali optate dall'editore &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rivistaprogressus.it/wp-content/uploads/Norme-redazionali-Progressus.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Progressus&lt;/a&gt; e dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bottegaeditoriale.it/questionidieditoria.asp?id=32&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bottega Editoriale&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È altresí vero che è prassi condivisa dai piú mantenere la maiuscola laddove la citazione originale la preveda, anche se tale citazione viene immessa all'interno di un nuovo costrutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo verso dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; di Dante è «Nel mezzo del cammin di nostra vita».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il secondo verso dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; di Dante è «mi ritrovai per una selva oscura».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosí come non è norma regolamentata ma, nuovamente, prassi condivisa dai piú, inserire la maiuscola alla citazione sebbene l'originale non la preveda quanto questa è inserita all'avvio di un nuovo costrutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Nel mezzo del cammin di nostra vita» è il primo verso dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; di Dante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Mi ritrovai per una selva oscura» è il secondo verso dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; di Dante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Piuttosto è importante adottare uno stile e mantenerlo per tutta la durata dello scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1706" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-15T12:33:05.640" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5866" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-16T04:53:36.147" Score="5" ViewCount="562" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?term=prosciutto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;prosciutto (n.)&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;      Italian spiced ham, 1911, from Italian,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  alteration (probably by influence of prosciugato &quot;dried&quot;) of presciutto,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  from &lt;em&gt;pre-&lt;/em&gt;, here an intensive prefix, + &lt;em&gt;-sciutto&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  from Latin &lt;em&gt;exsuctus&lt;/em&gt; &quot;lacking juice, dried up,&quot; past participle of &lt;em&gt;exsugere&lt;/em&gt; &quot;suck out, draw out moisture,&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  from &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ex-&lt;/em&gt; &quot;out&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?term=ex-&amp;amp;allowed_in_frame=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ex-&lt;/a&gt;) + &lt;em&gt;sugere&lt;/em&gt; &quot;to suck&quot; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?term=sup&amp;amp;allowed_in_frame=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sup (v.2)&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The above implies Italian's neglect or omission of the Latin prefix &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ex-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Am I right?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Why was &lt;em&gt;pre-&lt;/em&gt; conserved? What exactly did &lt;em&gt;pre-&lt;/em&gt; intensify? Why did &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ex-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; not suffice? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1708" LastEditorUserId="1708" LastEditDate="2015-10-02T02:15:12.870" LastActivityDate="2015-10-02T02:15:12.870" Title="Why did Italian omit the Latin prefix 'ex-' in 'prosciutto'?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5866" CreationDate="2015-08-16T09:04:11.093" Score="11" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;No. The prefix &lt;em&gt;ex-&lt;/em&gt; is not vanished: it has turned the alveolar sound [s] into a postalveolar one, [ʃ]. Otherwise, we'd have something like *“prosutto”.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;and 3. By the above, there is no disappearance to explain. Moreover, “laziness” and “irrationality”, per se, are not very scientific or useful concepts, are they? Either we limit ourselves to some precise question (the decreased emission of breath when emitting a given phoneme, say), or we are talking about nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-08-16T10:07:41.093" LastActivityDate="2015-08-16T10:07:41.093" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9648" CreationDate="2015-08-16T17:25:13.150" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;My guess here is simple: the more a word is used in commmon parlance, the more it can violate rules--look at the conjugations for &quot;be&quot; and &quot;go&quot;--a less common verb couldn't support irregularity. &quot;Thrive&quot; may not be common enough to support the irregular past participle &quot;thriven&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The rules for numbers 20-29, 30-39, etc., all have the formation of the first digit (venti/trenta/etc) and then the second digit.  While the teens in Latin were consistent as a set, they were irregular with respect to other large numbers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;11 and 12 are common enough to support irregularity in any language.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For 15 and 14, they were common enough to support irregularity in Spain and Italy, but higher sums didn't have enough commonality, so people fell-back to the rule for most large numbers: first digit first, second digit second. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no hard-and-fast rule to determne when a word goes under the commonality threshold, so it might be different in different regions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1709" LastActivityDate="2015-08-16T17:25:13.150" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5869" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5870" CreationDate="2015-08-17T06:59:27.517" Score="2" ViewCount="12951" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo le notizie in Euronews Express ho trovato questa frase nella quale ha attirato la mia attenzione il vocabolo &quot;distonia&quot; (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;distonia&lt;/em&gt; fra Pechino e le autorità locali è però clamorosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;distonia&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato soltanto significati medici, non ho visto nessuna accezione di senso figurato. Resta chiaro però che questa frase fa un uso figurato del termine &quot;distonia&quot; per significare che il governo di Pechino e le autorità locali non vanno d'accordo. La mia domanda sarebbe: è usuale questo uso figurato del vocabolo &quot;distonia&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-01-10T14:29:50.427" Title="È usuale questo uso figurato del vocabolo &quot;distonia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5869" CreationDate="2015-08-17T13:11:58.680" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;No. Molto probabilmente si è pensato di impiegarlo liberamente come contrario di &quot;sintonia&quot;, oppure interpretando (forse, ipotizzo) &quot;-tonia&quot; come &quot;tono&quot;, colore, e quindi volere intendere &quot;diversità/errata relazione/non stare bene insieme&quot; di due colori, toni. Come due colori che non stanno bene insieme e &quot;stonano&quot;, anche Pechino e le autorità locali hanno &quot;stonia&quot; (invento ora cercando di capire cosa ha portato all'errore), distonia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Distonia&quot; è però un termine esclusivamente medico ed indica un &lt;em&gt;disordine del movimento&lt;/em&gt;. Sicuramente non è corretto usarlo, anche se ciò che si voleva comunicare è chiaro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo alla risposta alcuni link ai primi risultati che ho trovato online: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/distonia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/distonia/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/D/distonia.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/D/distonia.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/D/distonia.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/D/distonia.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/d/distonia.aspx?query=distonia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/d/distonia.aspx?query=distonia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1046" LastEditorDisplayName="user1046" LastEditDate="2015-08-17T13:36:24.913" LastActivityDate="2015-08-17T13:36:24.913" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5871" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5872" CreationDate="2015-08-17T17:12:09.050" Score="3" ViewCount="400" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando parlo con persone italiane è normale io dire &quot;Grazie mille&quot; e loro rispondono &quot;Grazie a voi&quot; o soltanto &quot;a voi&quot; anche quando io sono solo. Mi piacerebbe di sapere perché questo succede.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1697" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-08-23T16:17:39.973" LastActivityDate="2015-08-23T20:58:19.440" Title="Perché &quot;voi&quot; è usato quando si parla con solo una persona?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5871" CreationDate="2015-08-19T09:13:57.993" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si chiamano allocutivi di cortesia. Per rivolgersi ad altre persone si usano pronomi a seconda del contesto o dell'età (un tempo anche dell'importanza sociale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Lei e il Voi si utilizzano ora generalmente in contesti formali o con persone più anziane:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-allocutivi_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Allocutivi di cortesia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel corso della storia il  loro significato ed il loro utilizzo sono però cambiati spesso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.alfacert.unibo.it/resources/progetti/corsi_moduli/ita_b1/moduli/schede/files/a2/m02p08_brevestoria.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Breve storia del tu, del Lei e del voi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="55" LastEditDate="2015-08-19T18:18:36.287" LastActivityDate="2015-08-19T18:18:36.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5873" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5875" CreationDate="2015-08-21T16:18:28.270" Score="4" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm new to Italian, and I'm grappling the concept of gender. For example, the word &lt;em&gt;scimmia&lt;/em&gt; (monkey) is feminine, but sure there are male monkeys. What do we do if we want to specify a male monkey?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2015-08-21T17:48:41.327" LastActivityDate="2015-08-21T21:28:12.180" Title="Gender of words that have a natural gender" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5871" CreationDate="2015-08-21T18:11:14.107" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono d'accordo con Walter Villa e con la &quot;Breve Storia&quot; (come ho indicato). Aggiungo che le mie cugine in Toscana (ora intorno ai 70 anni) hanno dato del Voi alla nostra nonna, fino alla sua morte, mentre io (che vivevo a Genova) le ho sempre dato del tu. In Toscana il Voi è andato avanti per molto tempo. &#xA;Una curiosità: se il Lei sembrava sotto il &quot;regime&quot; poco italiano, il Voi lo è ancora di meno: è una chiara abitudine inglese, parlato allora da un circa un terzo del mondo. Ora anche di più. Insomma il Voi non è per niente antico.  Sono semmai quelli che non lo usano che sono sempre di meno ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-21T18:11:14.107" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5873" CreationDate="2015-08-21T21:28:12.180" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You would simply refer to them as: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la scimmia femmina &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la scimmia maschio &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are talking/writing about monkeys you would just say, il maschio (the male) e la femmina (the female). See the example below: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.greenreport.it/news/aree-protette-e-biodiversita/femmine-che-tirano-sassate-per-attirare-i-maschi-corteggiamento-estremo-in-natura-video/&quot;&gt;Lo strano amoreggiamento dei cebi della Serra da Capivara. &#xA;Femmine che tirano sassate per attirare i maschi: corteggiamento estremo in natura&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-08-21T21:28:12.180" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5876" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5877" CreationDate="2015-08-22T16:22:39.137" Score="2" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte mi risulta sorprendente l'uso di vocaboli di origine inglese che se ne fa in testi italiani. Frequentemente mi chiedo se non sia possibile in tali casi usare dei termini più italiani. Nelle notizie di Euronews ho letto questa frase (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tra le vittime ci sono tre &lt;em&gt;contractor&lt;/em&gt; della Nato, ha confermato il portavoce dell’Alleanza Atlantica in Afghanistan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: sarebbe giusto riscrivere questa frase in questo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tra le vittime ci sono tre &lt;em&gt;lavoratori&lt;/em&gt; della Nato, ha confermato il portavoce dell’Alleanza Atlantica in Afghanistan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O forse così si perda qualche sfumatura (che io non riesco a cogliere)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il modo in cui ho riscritto la frase non è corretto o non è il più adatto, esiste alcuna espressione alternativa a &lt;em&gt;contractor&lt;/em&gt; più italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-23T06:47:03.963" LastActivityDate="2015-09-10T14:55:46.147" Title="Sarebbe corretto sostituire &quot;contractor&quot; con &quot;lavoratori&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5876" CreationDate="2015-08-22T20:21:16.170" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Inglese/C/contractor.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;contractor&lt;/a&gt; è un'impresa o un imprenditore che lavora per conto terzi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(Comm) appaltatore m. (f. -trice), imprenditore m. (f. -trice), impresario m. (f. -a).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo probabilmente si riferisce a persone che lavoravano in nome e per conto della NATO. Il termine &lt;em&gt;lavoratori&lt;/em&gt; è troppo generico per definire un contractor. Un lavoratore potrebbe essere un dipendente della NATO, mentre  un  contractor no. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una possibile alternativa in italiano ; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;tra le vittime ci sono tre (lavoratori) terzisti della NATO&quot;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-08-25T07:45:05.857" LastActivityDate="2015-08-25T07:45:05.857" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5871" CreationDate="2015-08-23T15:55:31.247" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;È in disuso. In passato, soprattutto nel sud Italia (meridione) ma non solo, veniva usato al posto di &quot;Lei&quot; quando si parlava con persone ritenute importanti o di alto rango a volte anche con familiari stretti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1718" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-23T20:58:19.440" LastActivityDate="2015-08-23T20:58:19.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5880" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-24T02:05:07.767" Score="3" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Any help with the translation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or any ideas on what's going on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's PDF page 38 in the document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entire document: &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://hroarr.com/manuals/other/pistofilo-bonaventura-oplomachia-1621.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://hroarr.com/manuals/other/pistofilo-bonaventura-oplomachia-1621.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1719" LastEditorUserId="1719" LastEditDate="2015-08-24T12:31:24.143" LastActivityDate="2015-08-24T12:31:24.143" Title="I ran across this in a 1621 fencing manual and I'm stumped" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5880" CreationDate="2015-08-24T02:43:02.787" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La pagina specifica sembra riferirsi a diverse unità di misura. I &quot;diti&quot; mi fanno pensare ad una forma arcaica per &quot;dita&quot;.&#xA;Piede sembra un'altra unità di misura. Altra unità di misura il palmo.&#xA;Si parla di &quot;mezzo piede&quot;, &quot;un quarto di piede&quot;, etc.&#xA;Si specifica anche &quot;piede Romano&quot; (credo che Romº sia una abbreviazione di Romano, anche perché a metà della pagina dice &quot;piede Romº o di Parigi).&#xA;L'oncia e il punto (plurale = &quot;punti&quot;) credo che compaiono come sotto multipli.&#xA;Il Porto e il Galeano credo siano cognomi di autori a cui si fa riferimento, mentre Euclide è il filosofo greco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1720" LastActivityDate="2015-08-24T02:43:02.787" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5882" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5883" CreationDate="2015-08-24T10:47:08.140" Score="6" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo brano è stato tratto dalle notizie di Euronews (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giancarlo Manieri, il parroco della chiesa don Bosco, accusato di &lt;em&gt;ignavia&lt;/em&gt; per non aver impedito lo svolgersi della cerimonia però, non ci sta a passare per l’unico colpevole e respinge le accuse al mittente: “Cinquecento persone che stavano lì – dei Casamonica – Lei li avrebbe fermati? Se questo era il boss, se questo ha fatto questo e quest’altro e quest’altro come mi avete detto, si può sapere perché era a piede libero?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;ignavia&quot;, vocabolo a me sconosciuto, in alcuni dizionari. Comunque, non riesco a capire cosa significhi esattamente in questo contesto. Di che cosa si accusa a questo prete secondo Euronews?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-08-24T11:17:43.557" Title="&quot;Ignavia&quot;: di che cosa è accusato il parroco?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5882" CreationDate="2015-08-24T11:12:27.427" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ignavia è la colpa (o il peccato, teologicamente) di chi, pur non compiendo attivamente un atto criminoso o comunque molto discutibile, tollera che lo si compia, non si oppone, lascia fare, arrivando eventualmente a collaborare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per qualunque italiano il riferimento implicito è agli ignavi come vengono descritti da Dante, fuori dall'Inferno vero e proprio, nel III canto della prima cantica, quali «coloro / che visser sanza ’nfamia e sanza lodo». Sono uniti agli «angeli che non furon ribelli / né fur fedeli a Dio, ma per sé fuoro» quando Lucifero si ribellò a Dio. La pena per gli ignavi è di correre eternamente dietro a una bandiera (per contrappasso, perché in vita non si schierarono mai), senza essere ammessi neppure nell'Inferno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-08-24T11:17:43.557" LastActivityDate="2015-08-24T11:17:43.557" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5884" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5885" CreationDate="2015-08-25T12:45:02.037" Score="1" ViewCount="1054" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle notizie di Euronews ho letto questa frase (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In Francia vengono celebrati come eroi i passeggeri, fra i quali due soldati statunitensi, che hanno disarmato l’uomo salito con un kalashnikov, nove caricatori, una pistola e un &lt;em&gt;taglierino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato la parola &quot;taglierino&quot; nei principali dizionari d'italiano online e in quasi tutti appare un tipo di pasta come unica definizione. Soltanto nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/T/taglierino.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato l'accezione di &quot;taglierino&quot; come &quot;temperino&quot;. Alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/T/temperino.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;temperino&quot;&lt;/a&gt; si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Piccolo coltello tascabile con una o più lame ripiegabili nel manico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fatto che questa definizione non si trovi in altri dizionari ha attirato la mia attenzione. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: è usuale l'uso di &quot;taglierino&quot; con questo significato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-08-25T13:03:18.343" Title="È usuale questo uso del vocabolo &quot;taglierino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5884" CreationDate="2015-08-25T12:52:44.377" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche lo Zingarelli (che non è consultabile liberamente) riporta, come seconda accezione: «piccolo attrezzo fornito di una sottile lama retrattile, usato per tagliare carta e sim. SIN. cutter».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, per il poco che vale, a me è più familiare questo significato che quello delle tagliatelle sottili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-08-25T12:52:44.377" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5884" CreationDate="2015-08-25T12:58:11.203" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=taglierino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Taglierino&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (Garzanti) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;attrezzo manuale con lama retrattile per tagliare materiale in fogli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/N8ncj.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/N8ncj.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è anche al femminile &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/T/taglierina.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;taglierina&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Piccolo attrezzo formato da una lama a scorrimento fissata a un manico da una vite.&#xA;  (a. 1931)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso al maschile sembra essere più recente come risulta da &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=taglierina%2Ctaglierino&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ctaglierina%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ctaglierino%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; taglierina vs taglierino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-08-25T13:03:18.343" LastActivityDate="2015-08-25T13:03:18.343" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5887" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-25T19:40:37.130" Score="1" ViewCount="534" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard the word &quot;sega&quot; is rude in Italian, and that Sega, the video game company, had marketing difficulties because of this. But isn't there also a coffee company named Segafredo operating in Italy? Last I heard Segafredo was huge and popular. Does that company's name also elicit sniggers? Or does it make a big difference that in this case sega is only part of the word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1729" LastActivityDate="2015-08-25T19:40:37.130" Title="How are the brand words Sega and Segafredo interpreted in Italy?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2015-08-25T20:54:18.633" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5888" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-26T07:50:23.203" Score="1" ViewCount="1052" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Oves et boves&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; locuz. lat. (propr. «pecore e buoi»):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Espressione di origine non classica, con cui si vuole indicare, in tono tra scherz. e polemico, un aggruppamento eterogeneo di persone, per lo più prive di meriti e di qualità distintive (con senso analogo alla più pop. espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cani e porci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;): è un concorso poco serio, che metterà in cattedra oves et boves.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani sembra lasciare intendere che l'attuale espressione &quot;cani e porci&quot; derivi dalla più antica &quot;oves et boves&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una ragione per la quale si è passati da un'espressione all'altra? Oppure esistevano entrambe ed è sopravvissuta solo la seconda? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:32:42.313" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:32:42.313" Title="&quot;Oves et boves&quot; o &quot;cani e porci&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5889" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5890" CreationDate="2015-08-26T08:04:20.393" Score="5" ViewCount="488" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been noticing several uses of guardarci as a demonstrative pronoun:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Guardarci il cielo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Guardarci i film&lt;/em&gt; (The full sentence is &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.glosbe.com/it/en/guardarci&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tanto non potrei più guardarci i film&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stavo per avvicinarmi e guardarci dentro, ma ho ricevuto un messaggio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a reason or a rule to not use &quot;guardare&quot; in these cases?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1625" LastEditorUserId="1625" LastEditDate="2015-08-26T14:07:54.647" LastActivityDate="2015-08-29T21:24:43.540" Title="When to use &quot;guardarci&quot; vs &quot;guardare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5889" CreationDate="2015-08-26T09:36:11.517" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;This &lt;em&gt;-ci&lt;/em&gt; particle just means “with it”, “in it” and the like. (It is not to be confused with the homonymous &lt;em&gt;-ci&lt;/em&gt; meaning “to us”, as in &lt;em&gt;Devi darci una risposta&lt;/em&gt;, “You have to give us an answer”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a sentence like &lt;em&gt;Stavo per guardarci dentro&lt;/em&gt;, you are saying “I was about to look in it”. You might well say &lt;em&gt;Stavo per guardare dentro&lt;/em&gt;, just like in English you might say something like “I was about to look inside”: in both cases you are not explicitly specifying &lt;em&gt;dentro&lt;/em&gt;, or “inside” what, but often it will be clear from the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analogously, if you have a sentence like &lt;em&gt;Ho costruito un telescopio per guardarci il cielo&lt;/em&gt; (“I built a telescope to look at the sky with”), you might modify it in &lt;em&gt;Ho costruito un telescopio per guardare il cielo&lt;/em&gt; (“I built a telescope to look at the sky”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that this &lt;em&gt;-ci&lt;/em&gt; (just like the &lt;em&gt;-ci&lt;/em&gt; meaning “to us”) can also be used by itself, rather than as a suffix: &lt;em&gt;Ci guardo dentro&lt;/em&gt; (“I look in it”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-08-26T09:36:11.517" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5891" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5889" CreationDate="2015-08-26T10:52:05.180" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Guardarci le stelle / i film =~ &quot;The act of looking at the stars / watching &quot;the&quot; movies &lt;em&gt;for ourself&lt;/em&gt;&quot; &lt;strong&gt;or&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;The act of looking at the stars / watching &quot;the&quot; movies &lt;em&gt;in there&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apologizes for the &quot;for ourself&quot; part, which is hard to translate (at least for me), but I think I've got pretty close with it: expanding its meaning a bit, &quot;for ourself&quot; should be intended as &quot;in a way so that the purpose of the whole thing is just for us to enjoy it&quot;. Again, still not quite there, but to understand this meaning thoroughly try to consider also, e.g., &quot;Mi mangio una mela&quot; compared to &quot;Mangio una mela&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I second Josh61 in stating that the first acceptation is probably dialectical; &lt;em&gt;However that doesn't make it incorrect, it's perfect italian&lt;/em&gt;. It's just that, in my experience, I've never heard of it, e.g., being used in Tuscany but I've heard of it, e.g., being used in Puglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, as remarked in the comments by DaG already, the first two probably miss a context regardless; in that case, the &quot;-ci&quot; particle &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; mean &quot;for ourself&quot; as much as it could mean &quot;in there&quot; (&quot;in there&quot; in the same way it does in the third one). As you may know the &quot;-ci&quot; particle is very tricky in italian and its meaning can vary within a wide range depending on the actual context; therefore adding some context to both we could make four correct sentences out of them, two with &quot;-ci&quot; actually meaning &quot;for ourself&quot; and two with &quot;-ci&quot; actually meaning &quot;in there&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andiamo a guardarci le stelle?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Andiamo a guardarci i film?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Cosa sei andato a fare nel giardino? - Sono andato a guardarci le stelle&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Cosa sei andato a fare nella sala proiezioni? - Sono andato a guardarci i film&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Answering the question itself: &quot;Andiamo a guardarci le stelle / i film?&quot; and &quot;Cosa sei andato a fare nel giardino / nella sala proiezioni? - Sono andato a guardarci le stelle / i film&quot; &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; be substituted with &quot;Andiamo a guardare le stelle / i film?&quot; and &quot;Cosa sei andato a fare nel giardino / nella sala proiezioni? - Sono andato a guardare le stelle / i film&quot; leaving the phrases grammatical, but in both cases part of the meaning would be lost (in the first case due to the reasons explained above and in the second case due to a missing implicit remark of &quot;in there&quot;);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Stavo per avvicinarmi e guardarci dentro, ma ho ricevuto un messaggio&quot; &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; be substituted with &quot;Stavo per avvicinarmi e guardare dentro, ma ho ricevuto un messaggio&quot; as well but again, part of the meaning would be lost (again, due to a missing implicit remark of &quot;in there&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-08-26T10:59:16.953" LastActivityDate="2015-08-26T10:59:16.953" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5888" CreationDate="2015-08-26T11:27:22.053" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche secondo me, come suggerisce egreg, le due espressioni non derivano una dall'altra, ma sono semplicemente analoghe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cosa si intenda per &quot;origine non classica&quot;, ma &lt;strong&gt;Oves et boves&lt;/strong&gt; è una citazione biblica (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lachiesa.it/bibbia.php?ricerca=citazione&amp;amp;Cerca=Cerca&amp;amp;Versione_CEI2008=3&amp;amp;Versione_CEI74=1&amp;amp;Versione_TILC=2&amp;amp;VersettoOn=1&amp;amp;Citazione=Gv%202,13-25&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giovanni 2-14&lt;/a&gt;), presa dall'episodio in cui, dopo aver visto i mercanti vendere appunto buoi, pecore e colombe, Gesù li caccia dal tempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che la prima espressione sia semplicemente caduta in disuso, mentre la seconda, probabilmente di origine più popolare (visto la mancanza di fonti), si è maggiormente diffusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2015-08-26T11:27:22.053" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5893" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-27T16:30:33.527" Score="4" ViewCount="1049" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Se una notte d'inverno un viaggiatore&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarà la regola della clandestinità che &lt;em&gt;glie lo&lt;/em&gt; impone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le parole &amp;quot;glie lo&amp;quot; in questa frase hanno attirato la mia attenzione perché nei miei libri di grammatica ho imparato che questa combinazione di pronomi si scrive &amp;quot;glielo&amp;quot;. Ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/G/glielo-glie-lo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli &amp;quot;Si dice o non si dice?&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; che alcuni scrittori usano &amp;quot;glie lo&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;glielo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso che si fa di questa forma, &amp;quot;glie lo&amp;quot;, e anche &amp;quot;glie la&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;glie li&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;glie le&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;glie ne&amp;quot;: si tratta di forme poco usate? Ci sono veramente alcuni scrittori attuali che preferiscono queste forme?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-25T12:04:24.387" LastActivityDate="2020-08-25T12:04:24.387" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;glie lo&quot; invece di &quot;glielo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5893" CreationDate="2015-08-27T18:32:58.177" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'evidenza che ci offre &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=glie%20lo%2C%20glielo&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cglie%20lo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cglielo%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;  è di un uso poco comune  della forma staccata  &lt;em&gt;glie lo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/glielo-potremmo-spiegare-cos&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alla terza persona, invece, i due pronomi atoni si fondono normalmente in un'unica parola: glielo, gliela, glieli, gliele. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La grafia corretta e diffusa è oggi dunque quella unita&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;; quella staccata è certamente possibile, ma di uso letterario e antico, oggi assai raro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_503.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Consigliamo l’uso della moderna e contemporanea forma univerbata glielo, nonostante l’italiano antico – fin dentro il Novecento di uno scrittore atipico come Federigo Tozzi, per esempio - conosca bene la forma analitica glie lo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Esiste una dissimmetria, rispetto alle forme composte con le particelle pronominali di prima, seconda, quarta e quinta persona (me lo, te lo, ce lo, ve lo), che forse un giorno si colmerà con l’uso, attraverso un riallineamento. Per ora, atteniamoci alla grafia vigente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il commento che segue cerca di spiegare perché viene usata la versione in due termini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/G/glielo-glie-lo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Glielo o glie lo&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dicono le grammatiche che il pronome personale gli seguíto dai pronomi lo, la, li, le, ne, si fonde con questi in un’unica parola, variando la forma in glie: e abbiamo così glielo, gliela, glieli, gliele, gliene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Però le stesse grammatiche insegnano anche che i pronomi mi, ti, si, ci, vi, seguíti dagli stessi pronomi lo, la ecc., trasformandosi in me, te, se, ce, ve, formano i pronomi composti me lo, te ne, se li, ce la, ve le eccetera, sempre scritti coi due termini ben distinti. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;È evidente che questa differenza di trattamento non può avere nessuna giustificazione né logica né grafica.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L’uso e anche molti scrittori stanno facendo giustizia di questa stranezza, per cui possiamo sentirci liberi di adottare, se vogliamo, una grafia più coerente, separando anche glielo e famiglia: glie lo, glie la, glie li, glie le, glie ne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;S’intende che quando questi pronomi composti hanno funzione di suffisso di una forma verbale non si potranno scrivere che in una parola sola: dirglielo, fargliene eccetera, come del resto accade anche per dirtelo, farmelo e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-08-27T18:52:55.843" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5895" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5896" CreationDate="2015-08-28T10:10:12.570" Score="5" ViewCount="1096" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È un soldato tedesco, &lt;em&gt;irto&lt;/em&gt; d'armi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Né il Treccani né il Garzanti riportano un significato adeguato alla frase; almeno per quanto io possa vedere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il significato che l'aggettivo vuole conferire al soldato tedesco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-08-28T10:17:51.520" LastActivityDate="2015-08-28T10:21:00.907" Title="Cosa significa &quot;irto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5895" CreationDate="2015-08-28T10:21:00.907" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che la seconda accezione riportata dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/irto/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; calzi appieno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Determinato da complemento, detto di superficie da cui sporgano punte aguzze: montagna i. di abeti; costa i. di scogli; sentiero, cammino i. di spine (anche in senso fig., alludendo a difficoltà che si frappongono per il raggiungimento di uno scopo, di un ideale). Fig.: impresa i. di ostacoli; discorso i. di citazioni, di cifre, e sim. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci viene mostrato un soldato da cui, forse iperbolicamente, spuntano armi in tutte le direzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-08-28T10:21:00.907" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5897" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-28T12:55:02.047" Score="1" ViewCount="395" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tizio: &quot;Caro Caio, fino a che non scendesse sotto il 11,5% Sempronio perderebbe voti che ha comunque guadagnato lui.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CONTESTO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si fa riferimento a un tal Sempronio che è divenuto leader di un partito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Subito dopo tale circostanza il partito, che era all'11,5%, è passato prima al 15%, ma dopo un po' ha iniziato a perdere voti passando al 14%, poi al 13% e ora al 12%.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DOMANDA&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcosa di sgrammaticato nell'affermazione di Tizio in ordine all'uso del congiuntivo 'scendesse'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CONSIDERAZIONI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io avrei detto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tizio: &quot;Caro Caio, fino a che non scenderà sotto il 11,5% Sempronio perderà voti che ha comunque guadagnato lui.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, peraltro, la 'mia' versione conserva anche il carattere ipotetico ed eventuale che Tizio, forse, voleva assolutamente trasparisse nella di Lui versione originale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, sempre secondo me, a voler proprio usare una forma farcita al congiuntivo, meglio sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tizio: &quot;Caro Caio, fino a che non dovesse scendere sotto il 11,5% Sempronio perderà voti che ha comunque guadagnato lui.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che ne dite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-08-31T08:22:06.190" LastActivityDate="2015-08-31T08:22:06.190" Title="Congiuntivo/condizionale vs. futuro/futuro [futuro ipotetico]" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5898" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5900" CreationDate="2015-08-29T13:53:31.587" Score="4" ViewCount="798" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;em&gt;Il Barone Rampante&lt;/em&gt; by Italo Calvino: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...che venisse a tavola con una tasca piena d’ossicini già spolpati, da lasciare nel suo piatto al posto dei quarti di tacchino fatti sparire sani sani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the sense - the nobleman is stuffing his pockets with large bits of turkey and replacing them with little bones he's prepared specially for this purpose. But what does the expression &quot;sani sani&quot; mean ? I can't find it in my dictionary under &lt;em&gt;sano&lt;/em&gt; or easily online. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1590" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-08-29T20:01:09.340" LastActivityDate="2015-09-24T13:18:34.333" Title="What does &quot;sani sani&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5898" CreationDate="2015-08-29T14:07:52.723" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sano&lt;/em&gt; può significare &lt;em&gt;intero&lt;/em&gt;, quindi proporrei &lt;em&gt;fatti sparire interi&lt;/em&gt; (in tasca al posto degli ossicini).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-08-29T14:07:52.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5898" CreationDate="2015-08-29T19:51:52.593" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general, in Italian repeating an adjective is sometimes used to make its superlative form. As an native Italian speaker, I'd say it is rare in speech and almost only used by children or by people talking to children. &lt;em&gt;Un gattino bello bello&lt;/em&gt; would mean &lt;em&gt;A very beautiful kitten&lt;/em&gt;, giving the impression a child is speaking. Of course there are exceptions, as this Calvino's excerpt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I haven't read the book, so the context is not completely clear to me, but I'd say &lt;em&gt;sani sani&lt;/em&gt; is used as a superlative of (the plural of) &lt;em&gt;integer&lt;/em&gt; (I mean not just a part and not fractioned) and it is used to add emphasis to the action of the Barone stuffing them in his pockets without eating them (it seems that he either was expected to eat them or to leave them there).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1737" LastEditorUserId="1737" LastEditDate="2015-08-29T22:38:11.493" LastActivityDate="2015-08-29T22:38:11.493" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5889" CreationDate="2015-08-29T21:24:43.540" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) They three phrases are all in perfect Italian and perfect Tuscan. I was born in San Miniato - between Pisa and Florence, from a Tuscan father and mother and I had four Tuscan grandparents.&#xA;2) &quot;Guardarci i film&quot; (considering the full sentence) could not mean &quot;let's go and watch a movie&quot; (movies, more precisely). That &quot;ci&quot; could only mean &quot;in it&quot; (say, a room) or &quot;with it&quot; (say, a projector) and not &quot;for us&quot; or &quot;ourselves&quot; or similar.&#xA;3) In the third case, &quot;guardarci dentro&quot; can only be &quot;in it&quot;.&#xA;4) Only in the first phrase, the &quot;ci&quot; can relate to &quot;us&quot;. In that case it reinforces the idea of &quot;on our own&quot;, &quot;alone&quot;, &quot;for our pleasure&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-29T21:24:43.540" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5876" CreationDate="2015-08-29T21:47:35.370" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I contractors che accompagnano i trasporti terrestri all'interno (per esempio) dell'Iraq e dell'Afghanistan durante i periodi di guerra sono dipendenti armati di società private che offrono servizi di sicurezza. La loro presenza normalmente è prevista da particolari condizioni di assicurazione del trasporto che si chiamano &quot;warranties&quot;. Sono condizioni davvero molto particolari: se non vengono rispettate, gli assicuratori possono dichiarare la polizza non valida dall'inizio. Per farla breve: senza contractors non si assicura alcun trasporto in zona di guerra. I rischi che si possono assicurare in casi di guerra sono un'altra storia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-08-29T21:47:35.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5897" CreationDate="2015-08-30T10:11:31.757" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/finche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, la congiunzione &quot;finché&quot;, che ha lo stesso uso dell'espressione &quot;fino a che&quot;, è generalmente usata con il modo indicativo. Come si spiega nel Treccani, l'uso che se ne fa in una frase negativa indica che una cosa, la perdita di voti in questo esempio, non può accadere fino al momento in cui non se ne verifica un’altra, la scesa sotto il 11,5%. Cioè, la scesa sotto il 11,5% deve avvenire prima della perdita di voti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tenendo conto del fatto che la frase è in futuro, si tratta di una situazione nella quale si dovrebbe usare il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/futuro-anteriore_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;futuro anteriore&lt;/a&gt; in questo modo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... fino a che non sarà sceso sotto il 11,5%, Sempronio perderà voti ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per esprimere che la scesa sotto il 11,5% dovrà avvenire prima della perdita di voti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/futuro-anteriore_%28Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; indica che «nel parlato l’uso temporale del futuro anteriore è piuttosto sporadico»: frequentemente «il rapporto di anteriorità tra due eventi collocati nel futuro non è segnalato». E fa questo esempio di tale fenomeno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quando arriverà Luca, inizieremo a cenare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;spiegando che «non vi è coincidenza temporale tra le due azioni; tuttavia si ricorre al futuro semplice in entrambe le proposizioni». Questo viene a significare che, nella lingua parlata, sarebbe usuale esprimere la frase così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... fino a che non scenderà sotto il 11,5%, Sempronio perderà voti ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-30T10:45:06.870" LastActivityDate="2015-08-30T10:45:06.870" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5904" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-08-30T19:24:14.060" Score="4" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ogni persona contribuisca al sostegno della famiglia di un uomo dall'esemplare coraggio ed altruismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ogni persona contribuisca al sostegno della famiglia di un uomo di esemplare coraggio ed altruismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scelta fra &lt;code&gt;dall'esemplare&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;di esemplare&lt;/code&gt; è questione di stile o, com'è balenato nella mia mente, la prima opzione non è affatto corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1647" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-08-31T12:07:07.747" LastActivityDate="2015-11-09T14:28:05.780" Title="'Un uomo dall'esemplare coraggio' vs. 'un uomo di esemplare coraggio'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5904" CreationDate="2015-08-31T10:13:53.210" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso è un complemento di qualità, nel secondo complemento di specificazione. Io direi che la prima è più giusta, volendo mettere l'attenzione sull'uomo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1721" LastActivityDate="2015-08-31T10:13:53.210" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5906" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-01T11:28:15.133" Score="3" ViewCount="415" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apostrofo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; ci dice che l'apostrofo, nella lingua italiana, può essere usato in tre casi: &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elisione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Troncamento&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Aferesi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si consulta la pagina sull'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elisione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;elisione&lt;/a&gt;, si viene subito a sapere che quando, per esempio, si contrae un &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, come in &lt;em&gt;c'impedisce&lt;/em&gt;, questa è sempre un'elisione. La mia domanda si collega a questa definizione. Wiki dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci dev’essere continuità con la grafia normale dei suoni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quel che si può capire qui, quindi, la contrazione di, per esempio, &lt;em&gt;al riguardo&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;a'riguardo&lt;/em&gt; (pronunciato &lt;em&gt;arriguardo&lt;/em&gt;) non è ortograficamente corretta, o sbaglio? C'è una continuazione morfologica, ovvero sia &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt; che &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; sono due consonanti liquide, ma non c'è una continuazione ortografica, cosa che mi fa sorger il dubbio sopracitato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="2995" LastEditDate="2016-11-09T17:27:57.223" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T17:26:43.923" Title="Sull'esistenza della &quot;contrazione&quot; nella lingua italiana" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5907" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-01T20:36:47.997" Score="3" ViewCount="837" Body="&lt;p&gt;Charo: &quot;Elberich, sai che domani c'è pioggia?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Elberich: &quot;Chissà, comunque Josh dice &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; sì.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto—o, per ragioni idiomatiche, magari necessario—quel &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; fra 'dice' e 'sì' o potrebbe essere omesso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E se lo si omette, ammesso non sia necessario,  c'è qualche variazione di significato o enfasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-01T21:21:37.067" LastActivityDate="2017-04-29T11:29:43.777" Title="'Dice di sì' o 'dice sì', a cosa serve quel 'di'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5907" CreationDate="2015-09-01T21:21:14.433" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dire di sì&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione idiomatica che significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;acconsentire, dare risposta affermativa. (Treccani.it)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dicendo di sì Josh dice di essere anche lui del parere che domani piove.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Omettendo la preposizione &amp;quot;di&amp;quot;, l'espressione assume un significato letterale e verrebbe usata in un dialogo diretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cosa dice Josh?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Josh dice  &amp;quot;sì&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-05T17:03:38.983" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5909" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-01T22:45:52.030" Score="4" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual'è l'origine del suffisso &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;-aggine&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che generalmente da una connotazione negativa alle parole a cui viene aggiunto? Ad esempio: stupidaggine, dabbenaggine, sfacciataggine e bambinaggine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-09-01T23:32:46.957" Title="Sul suffisso -aggine" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5909" CreationDate="2015-09-01T23:32:46.957" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/aggine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; deriva dal suffiso latino &quot;-ago, -agĭnis&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] L’antico valore del suffisso lat., mediante il quale si formavano nomi di vegetali, si conserva in borraggine, fusaggine, piantaggine e pochi altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono date ulteriori informazioni purtroppo, comunque dovrebbe essere sufficiente a spiegarne l'origine: il suffisso originale veniva utilizzato come desinenza per formare nomi di vegetali, in alcuni dei quali in Italiano tra l'altro rimane (nella forma &quot;-aggine&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2015-09-01T23:32:46.957" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5912" CreationDate="2015-09-02T08:57:42.863" Score="5" ViewCount="1115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using Duolingo to learn Italian and I came across this translation exercise: &quot;I eat when I want&quot;. I answered: &quot;mangio mentre voglio&quot;. However it is marked wrong. The right answer is: &quot;mangio quando voglio&quot;. &#xA;Can someone please show me the difference between the two?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-02T10:35:02.120" LastActivityDate="2015-09-02T10:36:05.070" Title="Mentre or quando, what is the difference?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5911" CreationDate="2015-09-02T09:26:09.133" Score="7" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quando&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;when&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mentre&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;while&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Would you say &quot;I eat while I want&quot; or &quot;...when I want&quot;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(same difference as in English)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-02T10:36:05.070" LastActivityDate="2015-09-02T10:36:05.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5913" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-02T19:36:31.680" Score="1" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'indulgere&lt;/em&gt; nello struggersi non produce altro che la continuazione perenne delle guerre in corso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Indulgere&lt;/em&gt; nello struggersi non produce altro che la continuazione perenne delle guerre in corso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi, cari amici, le testé trascritte frasi, sono differenti o, magari, no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E quali sono le ragioni per cui un parlante italiano dovrebbe preferire la prima alla seconda o viceversa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-03T13:35:47.890" Title="“L'indulgere” o “Indulgere”, differenze e contesti d'uso" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5913" CreationDate="2015-09-02T20:26:25.117" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;L'indulgere&quot; mi sembra cacofonico. &#xA;Dal punto di vista logico-grammaticale non vedo motivi per preferire l'una all'altra.&#xA;Ma la vera domanda è &quot;cos'è un utteratore?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1721" LastActivityDate="2015-09-02T20:26:25.117" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5915" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5919" CreationDate="2015-09-02T20:51:57.467" Score="3" ViewCount="1014" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho visto molte volte l'uso di pronomi insieme a verbi, come in &quot;esserci&quot;, &quot;portarmi&quot; etc.&#xA;E ho pure visto, ed imparato, anche &quot;mi portare&quot;, come, per esempio, nella seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elberich, non &lt;em&gt;mi portare&lt;/em&gt; a casa stasera, preferisco restare qui.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei interssato a sapere perché dovrei preferire la frase testé scritta piuttosto che la seguente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elberich, non &lt;em&gt;portarmi&lt;/em&gt; a casa stasera, preferisco restare qui.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1697" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-09-02T22:27:44.897" LastActivityDate="2015-09-03T13:36:20.643" Title="Quando usare il pronome unito alla fine dei verbi?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5916" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5918" CreationDate="2015-09-03T09:51:23.463" Score="7" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;A while ago I asked the Galleria Borghese if I was allowed to film there, and they sent me this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gentilissimo, le comunico che sarà possibile scattare fotografie&#xA;  durante la sua visita in Galleria, senza cavalletto e per esclusivo&#xA;  uso personale. Non è altresì possibile filmare le sale e le opere&#xA;  esposte. Rimango a disposizione per eventuali chiarimenti e le auguro&#xA;  un buon soggiorno a Roma. Cordialmente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, since I don't speak Italian, I used Google Translate on it, and it gave me this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dear, I inform you that you can take pictures during his visit to the&#xA;  gallery, without a tripod and for personal use only. It is also not&#xA;  possible to film the rooms and the works on display. I am available&#xA;  for any questions and wish you a good stay in Rome. Sincerely&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The actual question I asked concerned filming, and I still don't know if that is allowed because of that &lt;strong&gt;&quot;also&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, as the translation gives me no clue about what else is not possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me if I'm allowed to film there or not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1745" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-09-03T22:22:55.920" LastActivityDate="2015-09-05T10:49:31.040" Title="Unclear translation; need help" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5916" CreationDate="2015-09-03T10:07:49.130" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non è altresì possibile filmare le sale e le opere esposte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are not allowed to film.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can only take pictures, without a tripod, only for personal use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1746" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-09-03T22:19:20.610" LastActivityDate="2015-09-03T22:19:20.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5916" CreationDate="2015-09-03T11:03:53.990" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It actually says quite explicitly that filming is not allowed. &quot;Altresì&quot; here simply adds this second piece of information: &quot;&lt;strong&gt;In addition&lt;/strong&gt; (to what I inform you about), filming of the rooms and art works is not possible.&quot; It doesn't mean that there are two things forbidden, it means &quot;I inform you that you can make photos. Also (I inform you), you can't film&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-05T10:49:31.040" LastActivityDate="2015-09-05T10:49:31.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5915" CreationDate="2015-09-03T13:21:52.080" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sebbene ci potrebbe essere una qualche preferenza stilistica o grammaticale di cui non sono a conoscenza, quello che posso dirti nella mia esperienza di madrelingua è che non c'è alcuna differenza nell'uso comune delle due forme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma contratta è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;leggermente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; preferita nel parlato, e viceversa nello scritto, ma sono entrambe valide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-03T13:36:20.643" LastActivityDate="2015-09-03T13:36:20.643" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5913" CreationDate="2015-09-03T13:30:34.990" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'articolo determinativo è a volte usato con il fine di &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) trasformare un verbo in un sostantivo o &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) per nobilitare un'istanza di un concetto. Ad esempio, questa frase può essere pronunciata con un enfasi verbale su IL:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Rolling Stone è IL locale [per eccellenza] di Milano!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico, siamo nel tipo a): &lt;em&gt;&quot;l'indulgere&quot;&lt;/em&gt; sta in realtà ad indicare &lt;em&gt;&quot;l'atto di indulgere&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ai fini semantici, le due frasi nel tuo esempio sono comunque equivalenti, si tratta soltanto di una preferenza stilistica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-03T13:35:47.890" LastActivityDate="2015-09-03T13:35:47.890" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5916" CreationDate="2015-09-04T10:13:52.740" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're right in having doubts. The original Italian text is bad: it should be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;È invece vietato filmare le sale e le opere esposte.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's wrong to use &lt;em&gt;altresì&lt;/em&gt; (which is the same as &lt;em&gt;anche&lt;/em&gt;, but more bureaucratic) for adding something that cannot be done to something that &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-09-04T10:13:52.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5923" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5929" CreationDate="2015-09-04T14:37:33.130" Score="2" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'autore di un articolo che ho letto recentemente in un giornale del mio paese si lamentava del fatto che la stampa spagnola non usa mai il vocabolo &quot;uxoricida&quot; (in spagnolo e anche in catalano si scrive in modo identico all'italiano, cambia solamente la pronuncia). Leggendo questo articolo ho subito pensato che conoscevo il significato di questa parola in italiano per averla letto in un romanzo di Leonardo Sciascia, ma non avevo idea se fosse usata o meno nella stampa italiana. Una semplice cerca su Google sembra indicare di sì, comunque non so si usa con molta frequenza. Potreste chiarirmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-09-06T21:17:05.883" Title="Il vocabolo &quot;uxoricida&quot; è frequente nella stampa italiana?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5923" CreationDate="2015-09-04T15:10:42.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, l'ho letta e sentita spesso; forse, però, azzarderei a dire più di frequente in passato rispetto a ora, ma magari è soltanto un caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1751" LastActivityDate="2015-09-04T15:10:42.680" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5925" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-04T18:22:31.553" Score="1" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a) Uno o è cattolico o è comunista, that's all.&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&#xA;  b) Uno è cattolico o comunista, that's all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso soggiunge l'esigenza di asserire concetti secondo i quali esistono solo due opzioni alternative, di talché ricorre l'uso della 'o' per indicare—anche a fini contrappositivi—ciò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che sappia, in tali casi gli italiani usano anche &quot;delle due, l'una: o X o Y&quot;, dove, p.e., X potrebbe essere 'zuppa' e Y 'pan bagnato'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io sono in difficoltà con la 'o' quando devo usarla come in a) perché &quot;Uno o&quot;—cioè la 'o' che segue 'Uno'—appare, quantomeno a me, strana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stante ciò, tendo ad usare forme come la b) anche laddove preferirei la a) perché dà una maggiore idea di contrapposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domande:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Secondo la grammatica italiana, la a) è corretta quanto la b)?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Se sono entrambe grammaticalmente corrette, c'è una ragione per cui uno, in dipendenza del contesto, dovrebbe preferire l'una all'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-05T08:04:48.487" LastActivityDate="2015-09-09T15:39:31.810" Title="Usare bene la 'o' per contrapporre efficacemente opzioni ritenute mutuamente escludentisi" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5925" CreationDate="2015-09-04T19:21:21.987" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza tra &lt;code&gt;a)&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;b)&lt;/code&gt; risiede nell'origine della loro struttura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le &lt;code&gt;o...o&lt;/code&gt; in &lt;code&gt;a)&lt;/code&gt; sono quelle latine di &lt;code&gt;aut ..aut&lt;/code&gt;, di cui oggi conosciamo il significato con l'operazione logica XOR.&#xA;La &lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt;in &lt;code&gt;b)&lt;/code&gt; deriva dalla &lt;code&gt;vel&lt;/code&gt; latina, di cui oggi conosciamo l'operazione logica OR.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si intende dire che la verità è una soltanto, che non ci può essere ambiguità, che non ci sono altre alternative, che le possibili soluzioni si escludono a vicenda allora si usa XOR: &lt;code&gt;o nero o bianco&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;o paghi l'affitto o te ne vai&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;o getti la pistola o sparo&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;o la colonna regge o il soffitto crolla&lt;/code&gt;. In genere si usa in contesti importanti e delicati, proprio per via della forza dell'affermazione; è molto usato nei discorsi &quot;teatrali&quot; perchè capace di convicere che si tratti o di vita o di morte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando la verità è incerta o non è costretta a ricadere nelle scelte che proponiamo (come il più delle volte nella vita ordinaria) allora si usa OR: &lt;code&gt;vado al mare o in montagna?&lt;/code&gt;,&lt;code&gt;vuole la pasta o la minestra? (ma se le vuole entrambe può mangiarle entrambe!)&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1753" LastActivityDate="2015-09-04T19:21:21.987" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1711" CreationDate="2015-09-05T14:54:04.750" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;From Il Nuovo Ragazzini/Biagi Dizionario Inglese/Italiano (1991): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mucca f. cow (nothing else) - vacca f. 1 cow ... 2 (fig. spreg.) bitch. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;mucca&lt;/em&gt; is definitely better. Furthermore, from Free Dictionary Online: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;bitch: 3 (vulgar) a) A prostitute considered in relation to a pimp. b) A person in a subservient sexual role ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(So not only bitch = stronza).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My suggestion (Italian from Tuscany) is never to use the word &lt;em&gt;vacca&lt;/em&gt; unless you are talking about a woman of very questionable morals. And, even when you do, you might find somebody around you who will not be pleased with the style of your conversation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-11-02T12:43:59.673" LastActivityDate="2019-11-02T12:43:59.673" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5923" CreationDate="2015-09-05T19:18:05.430" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Femminicidio&lt;/em&gt; è da qualche anno una parola molto più usata di &lt;em&gt;uxoricidio&lt;/em&gt;, e non soltanto perché il primo concetto comprende anche il secondo, ma anche perché la stampa da qualche anno ha (finalmente) puntato i riflettori sul problema, e quindi usa come parola chiave quella del concetto più ampio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che comunque &lt;em&gt;uxoricidio&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;uxoricida&lt;/em&gt; fossero già da prima termini usati dalla stampa, ma non ad ogni occasione opportuna, probabilmente perché c'è sempre qualcuno che non li conosce (forse anche qualche giornalista, a giudicare dalle sgrammaticature che mi capita di leggere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastActivityDate="2015-09-05T19:18:05.430" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5714" CreationDate="2015-09-06T17:45:42.477" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cerimoniale&quot; è anche aggettivo, ma credo che sia usato soprattutto (preferisco le tradizionali due t, come si usa ancora oggi in Toscana) come sostantivo. Mi sembra che &quot;secondo il cerimoniale&quot; sia più chiaro. &#xA;Bisogna anche tenere presente che spesso &quot;Cerimonioso&quot; non è un complimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="1657" LastEditDate="2015-10-19T17:31:30.257" LastActivityDate="2015-10-19T17:31:30.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5904" CreationDate="2015-09-06T19:05:48.287" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Più giusta o meno giusta non esiste. È questione di stile e sicuramente potrebbe capitare che un autore utilizzi &quot;dall'esemplare&quot; volendo enfatizzare qualcosa, come un altro autore utilizzi sempre &quot;dall'esemplare&quot; per enfatizzare tutt'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In aggiunta anche a me sembrano entrambi complementi di qualità, ma non sono un grande esperto in materia quindi lascerei rispondere a qualcun altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1617" LastActivityDate="2015-09-06T19:05:48.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5933" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5934" CreationDate="2015-09-07T09:04:32.713" Score="1" ViewCount="3759" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato l'espressione &quot;smaltire i rifiuti&quot; in un esercizio d'italiano. Si tratta di un'espressione nuova per me, quindi ho consultato alcuni dizionari per cercarne di chiarirne il significato. Comunque, non riesco a capire se si tratta di portare via i rifiuti o di farli sparire per mezzo del riciclaggio, per esempio. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa esattamente &quot;smaltire i rifiuti&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-09-08T03:49:03.200" Title="Cosa significa &quot;smaltire i rifiuti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5933" CreationDate="2015-09-07T09:57:29.223" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &amp;quot;smaltire&amp;quot; in generale è da considerarsi simile al significato di &amp;quot;eliminare / trasformare&amp;quot;, e quindi in questo caso uno può ridurlo tranquillamente alla sola &amp;quot;eliminazione / trasformazione dei rifiuti&amp;quot; in senso stretto (nel caso della domanda quindi al solo processo di riciclaggio) senza dire niente di sbagliato; citando l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/rifiuto/#smaltimentodeirifiuti-1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Smaltimento dei rifiuti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] Prescindendo dai sistemi che hanno solo un valore storico e documentario, le principali tecniche di smaltimento sono: la discarica controllata (discarica), l’incenerimento mediante l’uso di inceneritori attrezzati con impianti di controllo e purificazione dei fumi emessi, il compostaggio e il riciclaggio . [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque generalmente nell'uso comune &amp;quot;smaltire i rifiuti&amp;quot; si riferisce per estensione, molto genericamente e più largamente, all'intero processo di trattamento dei rifiuti; molto genericamente perché oltre ad essere &amp;quot;smaltire&amp;quot; già di per se un verbo piuttosto generico (basta dare un'occhiata al numero e alla variegatura di tutte le accezioni riportate dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/smaltire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, che tuttavia ricordano tutte almeno concettualmente l'accezione menzionata) l'intero processo include nello specifico varie fasi (raccolta, trasporto, ...) seguite da varie possibili procedure di trattamento (incenerimento, riciclaggio, stoccaggio, ...), che non sono sempre le stesse per ogni generico &amp;quot;rifiuto&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A supporto di questo, inoltre, la TARSU (TAssa per lo smaltimento dei Rifiuti Solidi Urbani, una tassa che avevamo qui in Italia ora sostituita dalla TARI), che si riferiva nell'acronimo stesso allo &amp;quot;smaltimento dei rifiuti&amp;quot;, includeva in realtà nell'importo pagato anche per esempio il servizio di raccolta e il servizio di trasporto; citando &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tassa_per_lo_smaltimento_dei_rifiuti_solidi_urbani&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'applicazione è demandata ai comuni, sulla base del costo totale del servizio di raccolta e successivo smaltimento dei rifiuti usando come parametro la superficie dei locali di abitazione e di attività dove possono avere origine rifiuti di varia natura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-08T03:49:03.200" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5935" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-08T14:32:47.087" Score="9" ViewCount="3875" Body="&lt;p&gt;La situazione è questa: chiedo ad un mio amico di contattarmi dopo il suo esame per dirmi com'è andato e lui si scorda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come fosse andato&quot; &#xA;o &#xA;&quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come sarebbe andato&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1762" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-09T09:07:30.203" LastActivityDate="2015-11-09T08:30:00.357" Title="Dubbi sul tempo verbale corretto" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5936" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5937" CreationDate="2015-09-09T07:19:40.307" Score="2" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5933&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho scritto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non riesco a capire se si tratta di portare via i rifiuti o di farli sparire &lt;em&gt;per mezzo del&lt;/em&gt; riciclaggio, per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non ero sicura se &quot;per mezzo di&quot; fosse l'espressione più adatta in questo contesto. Che ne pensate? Potreste propormi preposizioni o locuzioni preposizionali alternative a &quot;per mezzo di&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-09-12T18:12:15.503" Title="&quot;Per mezzo di&quot; è l'espressione più adatta?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5936" CreationDate="2015-09-09T07:56:04.757" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potresti dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...o farli sparire (eliminarli) riciclandoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...o farli sparire (eliminarli) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tramite/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tramite&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; il riciclaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;( prep.) per mezzo di, attraverso : &lt;em&gt;tramite il competente ufficio; gli diede sue notizie tramite un amico.&lt;/em&gt; (Treccani.it) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La locuzione '&lt;em&gt;per mezzo del&lt;/em&gt;' è comunque corretta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-09-09T14:27:37.100" LastActivityDate="2015-09-09T14:27:37.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2015-09-09T10:01:18.683" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ritengo che la forma in &quot;fosse&quot; sia quella corretta. Prova ad aggiungere un contesto temporale: &quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come fosse andato, una volta finito&quot;, VS. &quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come sarebbe andato, una volta finito&quot;. Come sottolinea DaG nei commenti, il &quot;sarebbe&quot; sarebbe appropriato in caso di previsione, ma siccome l'azione è richiesta una volta terminato l'esame, e cioè quando ormai è un fatto al passato, la forma in &quot;fosse&quot;  è, a mio parere, quella corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, in contesto colloquiale, anche dire &quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di farmi sapere come andava&quot; è del tutto accettabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-09T15:22:05.313" LastActivityDate="2015-09-09T15:22:05.313" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5925" CreationDate="2015-09-09T10:13:47.827" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uh. In veste di informatico / logico adoro questo problema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, la questione non è definita: nell'uso colloquiale la gente tende ad usare le due forme (doppia o VS singola o) in modo intercambiabile per entrambi i significati di OR e XOR, addirittura a volte usato persino come NAND: &quot;Eh no! ti compro [o] i gormiti o il videogioco [implicito -&gt; o niente]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tendenzialmente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; la forma con doppia o (o A o B) viene usata più come XOR, mentre la singola o come OR (&quot;Vuoi un primo o un secondo?&quot; -&gt; o entrambi), come specificato da Sandra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro punto interessante a questo riguardo è l'uso dell'&quot;ovvero&quot;. In contesto colloquiale &quot;ovvero&quot; viene usato per introdurre una spiegazione di qualcosa, ma in contesto legale (i.e. tribunali, trascrizioni, testi legislativi, etc.) l'&quot;ovvero&quot; sta ad indicare esattamente il connettivo logico OR (&quot;Il proprietario di un tratto di strada, ovvero di passo carraio, è tenuto al suo mantenimento&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La questione in realtà è più ampia: i linguaggi naturali sono ambigui, e le ambiguità sui connettivi logici sono una delle classi di ambiguità più comuni in assoluto, in quasi tutte le lingue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre parole, segui il tuo istinto :) Nessuna delle due forme è fondamentalmente scorretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-09T15:39:31.810" LastActivityDate="2015-09-09T15:39:31.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5940" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5941" CreationDate="2015-09-10T07:41:01.713" Score="3" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ti con zero&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quello che non cambia è il rapporto tra me freccia leone in quest'attimo d'incertezza che si ripete uguale, incertezza che &lt;em&gt;ha per posta la morte&lt;/em&gt;, però bisogna riconoscere che se questa morte incombente è la morte d'un io con diverso passato, d'un io che ieri mattina non è stato a cogliere radici insieme a mia cugina, cioè a ben vedere d'un altro io, d'un estraneo, magari d'un estraneo che ieri mattina è stato lui a cogliere radici insieme a mia cugina, quindi d'un nemico, comunque se qui al mio posto le altre volte invece d'esserci io c'era un altro, non è che m'importi più molto di sapere se la volta prima o la volta dopo la freccia ha colpito o no il leone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;posta&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;avere per posta&quot; nella frase precedente. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-09-10T09:23:19.703" Title="Cosa significa &quot;avere per posta&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5940" CreationDate="2015-09-10T07:49:55.020" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso la parola &quot;posta&quot; si usa con il significato di &quot;ciò che si rischia con le proprie azioni&quot;, come puoi vedere a questo link (significato 6):&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/posta.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario Corriere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Posta:&lt;/strong&gt; Importo di una scommessa o di una puntata in un gioco d'azzardo; in senso figurato, ciò che si arrischia, che si mette in gioco con le proprie azioni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All'interno della frase, quindi, si parla di una &quot;incertezza in cui è in gioco la morte&quot;. Estendendo l'interpretazione, l'autore ci parla di una incertezza in cui è in gioco la sua vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-10T09:23:19.703" LastActivityDate="2015-09-10T09:23:19.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5940" CreationDate="2015-09-10T07:50:35.077" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui “posta” è usato nel senso in cui si usa nel contesto dei giochi d'azzardo e delle scommesse: «Somma di denaro che si arrischia in un gioco: &lt;em&gt;stabilire la p.&lt;/em&gt; ... . In senso fig., ciò che si può vincere o perdere in un’impresa di vario genere (anche un bene morale, o la vita stessa): &lt;em&gt;fino a ieri giocavi con la p. della tua vit&lt;/em&gt;a (Monelli); &lt;em&gt;la p. in gioco è molto, troppo alta&lt;/em&gt;» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/posta1/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, 4.a). Quindi Calvino parla qui di un'incertezza in cui è in gioco (= si rischia) la vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-09-10T07:50:35.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5876" CreationDate="2015-09-10T12:06:37.617" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, dato che ogni lingua ha termini che &lt;em&gt;convenzionalmente&lt;/em&gt; descrivono in una singola parola un concetto che in altre lingue richiederebbe una frase intera, una volta che il concetto espresso da quel termine diventa di uso comune, si può prendere in considerazione l'opzione di lasciarlo nella sua lingua originaria.&#xA;Per esempio se io fossi francese lascerei &quot;computer&quot; invece di tradurlo, &quot;ordinateur&quot;, e personalmente sono lieto che in Italia diciamo &quot;accendo il computer&quot; invece di &quot;accendo l'elaboratore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me dipende tutto da quanto il termine diventa di uso frequente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non saprei dire se &quot;contractor&quot; è già di uso abbastanza frequente, immagino sia questione di opinioni e soprattutto di contesto. Se no, &quot;terzista&quot; come suggerito da @Josh61 sembra anche a me la traduzione migliore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-10T13:06:17.550" LastActivityDate="2015-09-10T13:06:17.550" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3973" CreationDate="2015-09-10T12:54:53.383" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree that it highly depends on the meaning, and when it means that you understood something, especially if it's not said in response to a question but after doing some thinking - in my opinion the best translation is &quot;Ci sono!&quot; (&quot;I'm there / I got there!&quot;) as suggested by @laika because it is of common use and it is as informal as &quot;I got it!&quot;.&#xA;I'm from the north as well (Emilia Romagna) but &quot;Ce l'ho!&quot; in my experience is not common at all, personally I believe it's regional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastActivityDate="2015-09-10T12:54:53.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5876" CreationDate="2015-09-10T14:55:46.147" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generalmente in zone di guerra con il termine &quot;contractor&quot; si definiscono quegli operatori di sicurezza normalmente dipendenti di aziende private che operano più o meno in parallelo rispetto ai corpi ufficiali (polizia o esercito locale/transnazionale), che vigilano su strutture o altre risorse strategiche (incluse persone).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio una grande azienda in una zona &quot;calda&quot; potrebbe assumere un corpo di contractor per coadiuvare la polizia locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se proprio si vuole tradurre il termine &quot;contractor&quot; in questo caso (seppur ormai in uso anche in italiano), lo tradurrei forse con &quot;Tra le vittime ci sono tre guardie di sicurezza della Nato, ha confermato il portavoce dell’Alleanza Atlantica in Afghanistan.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1768" LastActivityDate="2015-09-10T14:55:46.147" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5947" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5948" CreationDate="2015-09-10T16:24:56.767" Score="1" ViewCount="1050" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo il libro di Gianrico Carofiglio &lt;em&gt;Né qui né altrove&lt;/em&gt;.  Vorrei che qualcuno mi spiegasse bene il significato dell'espressione &quot;sguardo d'intesa&quot; in riferimento a un brano del libro e mi dicesse come esprimere lo stesso in un altro modo. Conosco quest'espressione, ma non riesco a capirla in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco il brano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Avevamo un vecchio amico tornato a Bari dopo tanti anni e volevamo fare bella figura, disse Giampiero. &lt;strong&gt;Sguardo d'intesa,&lt;/strong&gt; volete che ci pensi io? Grazie, ma mi raccomando, questo signore - Giampiero mise una mano sulla spalla di Paolo - deve tornarsene a Chicago sapendo quello che si è perso andando a fare l'americano. Faremo del nostro meglio: &lt;strong&gt;altro sguardo d'intesa&lt;/strong&gt;. Faccio io anche per il vino? Fai tu, come al solito.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-11T13:41:34.047" LastActivityDate="2015-09-11T13:41:34.047" Title="&quot;Sguardo d'intesa&quot;: come posso dire lo stesso in un altro modo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5947" CreationDate="2015-09-11T08:21:30.030" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il brano descrive una conversazione tra due personaggi. L'autore non utilizza però la punteggiatura tradizionale per i dialoghi e questo può difficoltare la comprensione. Quando Carofiglio fa uso dell'espressione &quot;sguardo d'intesa&quot; vuol dire che i personaggi si capiscono con un semplice sguardo tra loro. Come ha detto @egreg, in inglese potresti dire &quot;a look of understanding&quot; oppure &quot;a  knowing look&quot; (&quot;both characters are exchanging a look of understanding, they are giving each other a knowing look&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un sinonimo in italiano potrebbe essere &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/occhiata1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;occhiata d'intesa&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-11T08:54:02.787" LastActivityDate="2015-09-11T08:54:02.787" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5949" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5951" CreationDate="2015-09-11T14:03:03.587" Score="2" ViewCount="948" Body="&lt;p&gt;So I came across this sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho un lavoro per te.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Someone explains the reason to use &quot;te&quot; instead of &quot;ti&quot; is because &quot;ti&quot; is clitic (unstressed), while &quot;te&quot; is tonic (stressed), and clitics should be placed before the verb. However, I still don't understand what &quot;stressed&quot; means. When shall I use tonics and when shall I use clitics? Is it only a fancy way to say word in different position in a sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, can I say &quot;ti ho lavoro&quot;?&#xA;Grazie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-11T14:11:36.743" LastActivityDate="2015-10-11T14:51:12.603" Title="Clitics and tonics: what is the difference?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5950" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5952" CreationDate="2015-09-11T14:09:15.417" Score="7" ViewCount="12878" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se tu non ce l'hai, allora dov'è la borsa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I totally lost the function of &quot;ce&quot; in this sentence. Any input would be helpful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-11T14:28:57.020" LastActivityDate="2017-11-04T13:32:13.220" Title="&quot;Ce&quot; in &quot;ce l'hai&quot;: what is its function?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5949" CreationDate="2015-09-11T14:14:39.107" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is an example, maybe it could help you:&#xA;&quot;I love &lt;strong&gt;you&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;: Io &lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt; amo.&#xA;&quot;This book is &lt;strong&gt;for you&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;: Questo libro è &lt;strong&gt;per te&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use &quot;ti&quot; in place of &quot;a te&quot; (to you) but you can't use it in place of &quot;per te&quot; (for you). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can't say &quot;ti ho lavoro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1769" LastEditorUserId="1769" LastEditDate="2015-09-11T14:25:09.413" LastActivityDate="2015-09-11T14:25:09.413" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5950" CreationDate="2015-09-11T15:58:53.407" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ce&amp;quot; is the form that the &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; particle assumes when put in front of &amp;quot;lo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;la&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;li&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;le&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;ne&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ce&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; pron. e avv. – Forma che il pron. o avv. atono &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; assume davanti a &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;; per es.: &lt;em&gt;ce lo disse&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ce le diede&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ce ne vollero&lt;/em&gt;; anche in posizione enclitica: &lt;em&gt;spiegàrceli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pàrlacene&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ce1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Speaking of &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; itself, &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; in this case is known as &amp;quot;ci attualizzante&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] Nel parlato e nello scritto informale è molto diffuso l’uso di &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; per rafforzare il verbo &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; (il cosiddetto &lt;em&gt;ci attualizzante&lt;/em&gt;) [...]&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;In alcuni casi, l’uso di &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; è obbligatorio [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ci_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giving up finding a translation of &amp;quot;ci attualizzante&amp;quot; which could convey the exact meaning the expression has in Italian, the concept is that putting &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; in front of &amp;quot;avere&amp;quot; strengthens the meaning of the verb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C(i) ho caldo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C(i) hai sonno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C(i) avevamo fame&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ci_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in an handful of cases, such as this one, &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;ce&amp;quot; is straight mandatory:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«ce l’hai l’ombrello?» «ce l’ho» (non l’ho)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ci_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(as Fabio F. remarks, differently from what Treccani seems to state, in &amp;quot;non l'ho&amp;quot; &amp;quot;ce&amp;quot; is mandatory as well, and the phrase should rather be &amp;quot;non ce l'ho&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which, in the end, narrows down the reasons behind the use of &amp;quot;ce&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Se tu non ce l'hai, allora dov'è la borsa?&amp;quot; simply to an idiomatic matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-11T17:17:10.057" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5953" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-11T22:06:42.680" Score="4" ViewCount="1345" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No, nessun problema al riguardo, gliela manutengono le donne—loro schiave—mentre fra &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; loro parlano della conquista dell'Occidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi, cari amici, quel &quot;di&quot; lì è corretto o andrebbe scritto &quot;fra loro&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sono corrette entrambe le versioni, qual è la differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-12T08:27:43.093" LastActivityDate="2017-04-29T12:03:06.003" Title="&quot;fra loro&quot; vs. &quot;fra di loro&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2015-09-12T18:01:57.470" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suggerisco: &quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come era andata&quot; (la cosa, la faccenda, l'avventura) o &quot;come era andato&quot; (l'esame). Mi sembra più semplice e chiarissimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-09-12T18:01:57.470" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5936" CreationDate="2015-09-12T18:12:15.503" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Invece di &quot;o di farli sparire per mezzo del riciclaggio&quot;, (in effetti non spariscono) suggerirei &quot;o di disporne col riciclaggio&quot;. Se fosse il Comune a parlare (o un ente incaricato dal Comune), potrebbe dire &quot;o di disporne  riciclandoli&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-09-12T18:12:15.503" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5431" CreationDate="2015-09-12T18:29:34.633" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tenere il piede in due staffe o in due scarpe&quot; mi sembrano espressioni chiarissime e le ho sempre sentite dire (sono un giovane 71enne). La versione dei due piedi in una scarpa non mi sembra per niente chiara e neanche tanto bella, oltre a indicare una cosa - di solito - fisicamente impossibile. Certo, potrei sempre chiedere al calzolaio di farmi una scarpa numero 82 ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-09-12T18:29:34.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5953" CreationDate="2015-09-13T13:52:25.567" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso sono corrette entrambe le versioni e non hanno differenze significative, l'aggiunta del &quot;di&quot; è molto comune in italiano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1777" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-13T14:33:23.943" LastActivityDate="2015-09-13T14:33:23.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5958" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5961" CreationDate="2015-09-13T17:32:13.763" Score="4" ViewCount="481" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a very simple question. I would like to know whether when writing Italian it is best to include a space after the apostrophe or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastActivityDate="2015-09-14T08:39:58.003" Title="Whether to include a space after the apostrophe or not" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5960" CreationDate="2015-09-13T20:14:43.323" Score="6" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;È lecito dire: &quot;Ho la certezza che l'algoritmo funziona&quot;, oppure bisogna usare il congiuntivo &quot;Ho la certezza che l'algoritmo funzioni&quot;? E se occorre il congiuntivo, come si giustifica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1778" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-13T21:55:21.857" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:04:22.647" Title="Problemi col congiuntivo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5959" CreationDate="2015-09-13T20:18:30.557" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il congiuntivo è il modo del dubbio, dell'ipotesi, dell'eventualità. Se stiamo parlando di certezze, di fatti – fossero anche tali solo nell'opinione di chi parla – usiamo l'indicativo. Pensa, per analogia, alla differenza tra «Spero che l'algoritmo funzioni» e «So che l'algoritmo funziona».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-09-13T20:18:30.557" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5958" CreationDate="2015-09-13T22:28:42.470" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The apostrophe must not be followed by a space (and it's better avoiding breaking a line at it, if not under severe constraints like typesetting in narrow columns), &lt;em&gt;except&lt;/em&gt; in a few cases where, by historical reasons, it marks &lt;em&gt;troncamento&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;elisione&lt;/em&gt;. The cases are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;po’ (poco)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  mo’ (modo)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ca’ (casa)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ve’ (vedi)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  to’ (togli)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  be’ (bene)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(possibly some others that I can’t remember now).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last three can be also written &lt;em&gt;veh&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;toh&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;beh&lt;/em&gt; (see, for instance, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/to-o-toh_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;To’ o toh&lt;/a&gt;). It would be incorrect writing these words with an accent (but it can be seen, unfortunately).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The apostrophe can be &lt;em&gt;preceded&lt;/em&gt; by a space, but this is seen only in poetry (where other cases of truncation marked by the apostrophe, so followed by a space can be found, here the reason is metric):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Allor fu la paura un poco queta&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  che nel lago del cor m'era durata&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  la notte ch’i’ passai con tanta pieta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E come quei che con lena affannata&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  uscito fuor del pelago a la riva&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  si volge a l’acqua perigliosa e guata,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;così l’animo mio, ch’ancor fuggiva,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  si volse a retro a rimirar lo passo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  che non lasciò già mai persona viva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi ch’ei posato un poco il corpo lasso,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ripresi via per la piaggia diserta,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sì che ’l piè fermo sempre era ’l più basso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Inferno, canto I, 19–30)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A different case is that of the imperative forms&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;da' &#xA;  di'&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  fa'&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sta'&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  va'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the apostrophe actually denotes neither truncation nor elision; these are alternative forms to &lt;em&gt;dai dici fai stai vai&lt;/em&gt; that developed along with them. The apostrophe here is just an orthographic convention. Also these forms should have a space after them (unless, of course, punctuation follows).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-09-14T08:39:58.003" LastActivityDate="2015-09-14T08:39:58.003" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5962" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5965" CreationDate="2015-09-14T01:19:19.653" Score="3" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;As stated in the title. I am not sure why &quot;venite prima possibile&quot; is not correct.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-14T06:46:43.670" LastActivityDate="2015-09-14T12:42:42.010" Title="What is the function of il in &quot;venite il prima possibile&quot;？" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5962" CreationDate="2015-09-14T10:13:07.857" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Prima possibile&quot; in &quot;venite prima possibile&quot; is an adverb, while &quot;il prima possibile&quot; in &quot;venite il prima possibile&quot; is something known as &quot;avverbio sostantivato&quot;; you can understand how the two expression are interpreted differently by comparing e.g. the English expression &quot;come quickly&quot; to &quot;come the quickest you can&quot;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When changing an adverb to an &quot;avverbio sostantivato&quot; it's mandatory to prepend, depending on the case, either &quot;il&quot; or &quot;al&quot; (much as in the English expression &quot;come quickly&quot; it's mandatory to prepend the &quot;the&quot; article: &quot;come quickly&quot; -&gt; &quot;come the quickest you can&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So they are both correct, but syntactically &quot;prima possibile&quot; is an adverb, while &quot;il prima possibile&quot; is an &quot;avverbio sostantivato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-09-14T12:42:42.010" LastActivityDate="2015-09-14T12:42:42.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5966" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5970" CreationDate="2015-09-14T23:20:34.903" Score="3" ViewCount="2688" Body="&lt;p&gt;From my understanding, &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; as a clitic is reserved for tonic clitics (stressed). And as indirect pronoun, in this instance shouldn't we use &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: this is one of the translation question from Duolingo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-15T09:23:51.013" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T18:58:11.670" Title="In &quot;Me l'ha data&quot;, why &quot;me&quot; instead of &quot;mi&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5967" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5971" CreationDate="2015-09-14T23:37:38.820" Score="1" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, both &quot;Lei è diventata donna&quot; and &quot;Lei è diventata una donna&quot;&#xA;are acceptable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But sometimes the article is not optional. Is there a general rule with omitting article?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-15T14:19:06.303" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T14:19:06.303" Title="&quot;Lei è diventata donna&quot;: when is the article optional?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5968" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5969" CreationDate="2015-09-15T02:33:54.470" Score="4" ViewCount="1034" Body="&lt;p&gt;Example: «&lt;em&gt;Siamo entrati senza la chiave&lt;/em&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought the passato prossimo form for &lt;em&gt;entrare&lt;/em&gt; was &lt;em&gt;entrato&lt;/em&gt; and that the conjugation should have affected only &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;But apparently that is not the case. So what is the general rule here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-09-15T07:48:41.493" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T07:48:41.493" Title="Present perfect: when do we need to change the gender and number of the past participle in accordance with the subject?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5968" CreationDate="2015-09-15T06:55:01.380" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;With intransitive verbs the past participle in the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; always agrees with the subject in its gender and number: &lt;em&gt;siamo entrati&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sono andata&lt;/em&gt; (if the speaker is a female) and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For transitive verbs, the situation is trickier. In “normal”, subject-verb-object, sentences, the past participle is used in the singular masculine (&lt;em&gt;Abbiamo mangiato la bistecca&lt;/em&gt;), independently on the subject and the object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when the object is a pronoun and precedes the verb, the participle agrees &lt;em&gt;with the object&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;l'ho mangiata&lt;/em&gt; (where &lt;em&gt;l(a)&lt;/em&gt; refers to a &lt;em&gt;bistecca&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;ci hanno battuti&lt;/em&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T06:55:01.380" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5966" CreationDate="2015-09-15T07:51:33.593" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt;, if followed by the pronoun &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;, become &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;te&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ve&lt;/em&gt;. The same happens if they are followed by &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Me lo ha detto lui&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Lui mi ha detto una cosa&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Te la ha data lei, questa notizia&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Ti ha dato lei questa notizia&lt;/em&gt;); “&lt;em&gt;Te l'ha data&lt;/em&gt;” is the same as “&lt;em&gt;te la ha data&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-15T08:10:01.020" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T08:10:01.020" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5967" CreationDate="2015-09-15T08:18:47.880" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;articolo indeterminativo&quot; (un, uno, una) is different from the &quot;articolo determinativo&quot; (il, lo, la, i, gli, le) in that it tends to indicate one (any) among many, while the latter tends to indicate one (specific) among many.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this particular case there is no formal difference in the two usages. The only case where there is a difference is when you promote the noun to a capitalized one, to dignify the concept to the more abstract one: &quot;Lei è diventata Donna&quot;, is used to indicate that she has developed those traits typical of an idealized woman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, you cannot use the &quot;articolo indeterminativo&quot;, because that cannot be used with capitalized nouns, nor you can use the &quot;articolo determinativo&quot;, because we are talking about the concept of woman, not an instance of woman, and therefore you are forced to drop the article completely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T08:18:47.880" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5967" CreationDate="2015-09-15T08:22:58.613" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you use the article, &quot;donna&quot; is a noun, as in &quot;Lei è diventata una statua&quot;; without article, it can be intended as an adjective, as in &quot;Lei è diventata bionda&quot;. The sense of the phrase is slightly different, if you use the article the change is perceived as stronger, more radical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T08:22:58.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5966" CreationDate="2015-09-15T18:58:11.670" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;When followed by a &lt;strong&gt;direct object pronoun&lt;/strong&gt;, the pronouns &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; are replaced with &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;te&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ve&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;, respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same rule applies to &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, but together with the direct pronoun it must be replaced with a contracted form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gli + lo =&gt; glielo, gli + la =&gt; gliela, etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find a better and more thorough explanation &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=2144&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1737" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T18:58:11.670" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5974" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5975" CreationDate="2015-09-15T21:17:16.320" Score="5" ViewCount="380" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo la &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/grammaticastori00meyegoog&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Grammatica storica della lingua e dei dialetti italiani&lt;/a&gt;, a pagina 13, mi sono trovato di fronte al verbo &lt;strong&gt;gire&lt;/strong&gt;. Non sapendo nulla riguardo all'esistenza di tale verbo, l'ho cercato su Google e a quanto pare è un verbo in tutto e per tutto. La mia domanda è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;In quante e quali regioni viene utilizzato, in modo significativo, il suddetto verbo?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-25T06:59:13.267" LastActivityDate="2019-04-07T16:20:47.527" Title="Sulla frequenza dell'uso del verbo &quot;gire&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5974" CreationDate="2015-09-15T22:11:45.857" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Più che una forma dialettale sembra essere una forma arcaica/letteraria del verbo &quot;andare&quot;, personalmente non l'ho mai visto o sentito usare (tranne che da Dante) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/G/gire.php&quot;&gt;Gire&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;v.intr. (aus. essere)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Andare: lasciammo il muro, e gimmo in vêr lo mezzo (Dante)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;dif., usato solo nelle forme del pres.indic. noi giamo, voi gite, in quelle dell’imperf.indic. io givo, tu givi, egli giva o gia, essi gìvano, in tutte le forme del pass.rem. e del fut.semplice indic., del pres.cond. e dell’imperf.congiunt., nel part.pass. gito e in tutti i tempi composti&#xA;  a&#xA;  aus. essere&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(ant., lett.) andare: lasciammo il muro e gimmo inver’ lo mezzo (DANTE Inf. X, 134)&#xA;  Etimologia: ← lat. īre.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli e Garzanti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui c'è un accenno a &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dialetti-umbro-marchigiani_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;gire&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; come forma dialettale umbro/marchigiana: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;L'area umbro-marchigiana, anche a causa della sua conformazione ..... (sud-est), donna e femmina, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare e gire o ire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, ascoltare e sentire, accendere e appicciare. .... &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Treccanionline)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-09-15T22:25:17.283" LastActivityDate="2015-09-15T22:25:17.283" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5977" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-15T23:29:14.890" Score="4" ViewCount="11208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ex: &quot;ho deciso &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; portare una bottiglia di vino.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Vado &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; prendere la macchina.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Voglio &lt;strong&gt;__&lt;/strong&gt; chiedere il suo nome.&quot;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, are there any tricks or reasons behind different choice of preposition? Or I just have to memorize them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-16T06:09:20.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-19T12:19:44.780" Title="About the general rule regarding preposition in front of an infinitive" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5978" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-16T00:45:43.693" Score="2" ViewCount="2484" Body="&lt;p&gt;Eg: &quot;mi piace guardare la gente&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I used &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt; in this sentence but it was marked wrong. I'd like to know the difference between the two.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;There are some explanations online but it is in Italian and my Italian is not that good.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.skuola.net/grammatica-italiana/vedere-guardare-differenze.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.skuola.net/grammatica-italiana/vedere-guardare-differenze.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-16T06:01:55.923" LastActivityDate="2015-09-16T12:04:47.217" Title="What is the difference between guardare and vedere" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5979" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5981" CreationDate="2015-09-16T08:47:32.327" Score="2" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'inseguimento&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Insomma colui che in questo momento è il mio nemico capitale si trova disperso in&#xA;  mezzo a tanti altri corpi solidi sui quali la mia avversione e paura è obbligata a distribuirsi e a &lt;em&gt;far attrito&lt;/em&gt;, così come la sua volontà omicida per quanto diretta esclusivamente contro di me si trova come sparpagliata e deviata tra un gran numero di oggetti intermedi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;attrito&quot; in alcuni dizionari, comunque non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;far attrito&quot; nella frase precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-09-17T21:18:13.003" LastActivityDate="2015-09-17T21:18:13.003" Title="Cosa significa &quot;far attrito&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5978" CreationDate="2015-09-16T09:01:48.610" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian has the idiom &lt;em&gt;vedere gente&lt;/em&gt; which can be translated into &lt;em&gt;meet with people&lt;/em&gt;. The sentence &lt;em&gt;mi piace vedere la gente&lt;/em&gt; is, at least, incomplete, if not wrong; on the other hand,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi piace vedere la gente che fa festa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;em&gt;guardare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt; have a meaning connected to sight. The sentence &lt;em&gt;mi piace guardare la gente&lt;/em&gt; means you like to look at people, independently on what they do. Using &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt; requires you realize what those people are doing and decide you like it. This is because &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt; implies more involving an action than simply &lt;em&gt;guardare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5367/707&quot;&gt;Ci andiamo a vedere un film?&lt;/a&gt; for other details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-09-16T09:01:48.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5979" CreationDate="2015-09-16T11:46:49.893" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/attrito.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Attrito&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fis. forza che contrasta il moto relativo di un corpo rispetto a un altro, per  estensione  &lt;em&gt;sfregamento&lt;/em&gt;. (Sabatini Coletti)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fare attrito, ossia sfregare contro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Nel testo viene usata in senso metaforico per indicare un contatto sgradevole, quello della sua avversione e paura contro i corpi solidi.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La metafora della paura che non scivola ma è costretta a fare attrito contro i corpi solidi amplifica l'effetto del disagio e dello spavento  che l'autore percepisce. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-09-16T15:39:28.923" LastActivityDate="2015-09-16T15:39:28.923" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5978" CreationDate="2015-09-16T12:04:47.217" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aside from idiomatic structures (such as the suggested &quot;Vedere gente&quot;), it's a bit like in English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Guardare = Look (at)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vedere =  See&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;You &lt;em&gt;saw&lt;/em&gt; something happens because you were &lt;em&gt;looking&lt;/em&gt; in its direction&quot;&#xA;= &quot;&lt;em&gt;Hai visto&lt;/em&gt; succedere qualcosa perche' &lt;em&gt;stavi guardando&lt;/em&gt; in quella direzione&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I &lt;em&gt;have seen&lt;/em&gt; a nice exhibition at the museum, but I think the guard &lt;em&gt;was looking&lt;/em&gt; at me suspiciously&quot; = &quot;&lt;em&gt;Ho visto&lt;/em&gt; una bella mostra al museo, ma credo che la guardia &lt;em&gt;mi guardasse&lt;/em&gt; con sospetto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2015-09-16T12:04:47.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5977" CreationDate="2015-09-16T14:31:27.790" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm afraid you have to memorize them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a list (quite complete, I hope) of the possible cases; as you can see there is not a simple rule or trick or reason.&#xA;Moreover, the verb &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt; has different rules depending on the meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;so di avere sbagliato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;sai ballare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following verbs require the preposition &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;accettare,&#xA;cercare,&#xA;credere,&#xA;decidere,&#xA;dimenticare,&#xA;dire,&#xA;domandare,&#xA;evitare,&#xA;finire,&#xA;impedire,&#xA;meravigliarsi,&#xA;pensare,&#xA;permettere,&#xA;pregare,&#xA;preoccuparsi,&#xA;proibire,&#xA;promettere,&#xA;rendersi conto,&#xA;ricordarsi,&#xA;rifiutare,&#xA;ringraziare,&#xA;rischiare,&#xA;sapere (in the sense of knowledge),&#xA;scegliere,&#xA;smettere,&#xA;sognare,&#xA;sperare,&#xA;tentare,&#xA;valere la pena.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following verbs require the preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;abituarsi,&#xA;aiutare,&#xA;andare,&#xA;continuare,&#xA;divertirsi,&#xA;esitare,&#xA;forzare,&#xA;imparare,&#xA;impegnarsi,&#xA;incominciare,&#xA;incoraggiare,&#xA;insegnare,&#xA;invitare,&#xA;mandare,&#xA;mettersi,&#xA;persuadere,&#xA;prepararsi,&#xA;provare,&#xA;rinunciare,&#xA;riuscire,&#xA;servire,&#xA;stare,&#xA;uscire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following verbs require no preposition:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the &lt;em&gt;verbi servili&lt;/em&gt; potere, dovere, volere; and:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;amare,&#xA;ascoltare,&#xA;desiderare,&#xA;fare,&#xA;guardare,&#xA;lasciare,&#xA;osare,&#xA;preferire,&#xA;sapere (in the sense of being able),&#xA;sembrare,&#xA;sentire,&#xA;vedere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2015-09-18T12:36:10.273" LastActivityDate="2015-09-18T12:36:10.273" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5984" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5985" CreationDate="2015-09-16T21:46:38.923" Score="5" ViewCount="5189" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ho detto quello&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I use &quot;quel&quot; instead? What is the difference between the two?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-24T17:34:25.617" LastActivityDate="2016-12-24T17:34:25.617" Title="&quot;Quello&quot; or &quot;quel&quot;? What is the difference?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5984" CreationDate="2015-09-17T06:38:31.367" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can't say &lt;em&gt;&quot;Non ho detto quel&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; is used as a pronoun, only the form &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; is possible.&#xA;When it is used as an adjective, you must follow the same rule used for the articles il/lo. Il -&gt; quel / lo -&gt; quello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;prendi quello straccio (lo straccio)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;prendi quel gatto (il gatto)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;guarda quell'uomo (l'uomo)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;guarda quello&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same rule applies to the plural form &lt;em&gt;quei/quegli&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2015-09-17T06:38:31.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5977" CreationDate="2015-09-17T18:56:12.360" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prepositions in front of an infinitive are not related to the infinitive verb itself, but they are needed to specify the type of information conveyed by that non-main (i.e., not the verb nor the subject) part of the phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;ho deciso di portare&quot; -&gt; is split as &quot;ho deciso&quot; (I decided) and the verb &quot;decidere&quot; needs a part-of-the-phrase with the preposition &quot;di&quot; to convey the information of what was decided, if it was an action.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;vado a prendere&quot; -&gt; verbs of motion typically require the preposition &quot;a&quot; in parts-of-the-phrase that tell where somebody moved (if the location does not contain. In that case, the preposition would be &quot;in&quot;). You can find it also with non-verb destinations: &quot;vado a casa&quot;, &quot;vado al mare&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;voglio chiedere&quot; -&gt; as is typical in many languages, direct objects do not need a preposition. What do you want? I want to ask (voglio chiedere). In this situation, &quot;chiedere&quot; (to ask) is direct object, so it does not need a preposition.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: TL;DR answer is yes, you have to memorize them, but they don't come from the verb you are putting in the infinitive mode, but from the ones that are used for the part-of-phrase you are putting the infinitive verb into.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit #2: Adding a link that may be useful to the OP (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=4401&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=4401&lt;/a&gt;) it contains a list of main verbs and the required preposition for the infinitive verb associated. There are 4 main groups: verbs not requiring prepositions before an infinitive, verbs requiring &quot;A&quot; (and a &quot;figurative static place&quot; as part-of-phrase, which is why in some verbal situation the preposition may be replaced with &quot;NEL&quot;), verbs requiring &quot;DI&quot; (and a &quot;specification&quot; part-of-phrase), and verbs supporting both &quot;DI&quot; and &quot;PER&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1051" LastEditorUserId="1051" LastEditDate="2015-09-19T12:19:44.780" LastActivityDate="2015-09-19T12:19:44.780" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5988" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5989" CreationDate="2015-09-18T11:33:41.143" Score="2" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'inseguimento&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto la frase seguente, che descrive i pensieri che ha il narratore mentre è in un ingorgo di traffico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono dunque i corpi a determinare lo spazio circostante, e se&#xA;  quest'affermazione sembra in contrasto con l'esperienza tanto mia che del mio inseguitore - dato che noi due non riusciamo a determinare un bel niente, né spazio per fuggire né spazio per inseguire - è perché si tratta d'una proprietà non dei singoli&#xA;  corpi ma di tutto l'insieme dei corpi nelle loro relazioni reciproche, nelle loro iniziative e indecisioni e messe in marcia, nei loro lampeggiamenti e strombettii e mordicchiamenti di unghie e continui rabbiosi strappi del cambio: &lt;em&gt;folle&lt;/em&gt;, prima, seconda, &lt;em&gt;folle&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;folle&lt;/em&gt;, prima, seconda, &lt;em&gt;folle&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui &quot;i corpi&quot; sono le macchine intrappolate nell'ingorgo. Ho cercato la parola &quot;folle&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non capisco cosa possa significare in questa frase. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-09-18T11:59:54.790" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;folle&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5988" CreationDate="2015-09-18T11:59:54.790" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È semplicemente la posizione del cambio che fa sì che il motore di un'automobile giri a vuoto e non sia in contatto con la trasmissione (significato 2.b &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/folle1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;). Qui descrive una guida concitata in mezzo al traffico in cui non si riesce mai ad andare oltre la seconda marcia e spesso si deve premere la frizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-09-18T11:59:54.790" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5991" CreationDate="2015-09-19T00:05:14.240" Score="1" ViewCount="1001" Body="&lt;p&gt;As the translation of &quot;how do you write your name&quot;, I find it hard to wrap my head around using the third person conjugation. Can I say &quot;come si scrivi il tuo nome&quot; instead? I would appreciate the reasoning behind it, or simply a confirmation: it's just idiomatic?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-20T08:08:08.433" LastActivityDate="2015-09-20T10:56:19.177" Title="&quot;Come si scrive il tuo nome&quot;: why &quot;si scrive&quot; instead of &quot;si scrivi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5990" CreationDate="2015-09-19T12:07:22.267" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand correctly, you ask why this phrase uses the third person conjugation instead of the second person conjugation even when you address someone directly. The answer is simple: because the subject in this phrase is not the person, whom you ask, it's the name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Come si scrive il tuo nome?&lt;/em&gt; literally means &lt;em&gt;How is your name written?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(or, totally ungrammatical in English, but slightly closer to the Italian structure and, maybe, easier for you to understand: &lt;em&gt;How your name writes itself?&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The subject of this sentence is &quot;your name&quot; and the verb, accordingly, requires the third person conjugation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you say it using the second person conjugation (that is, &lt;em&gt;Come (tu) scrivi il tuo nome?&lt;/em&gt;)? Usually, no. Italian is more impersonal than English (and many other languages), so we don't ask a person &quot;How do you - you in particular - write your name?&quot; We ask how the name is written, by anybody, on any occasion.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some rare situations, you could hear &quot;you&quot; used as a subject, but it, probably, would be a situation, when a person is asked to spell (out) their name. So, when it's not enough just to know how the name is usually written, you'd like to know it letter-by-letter. But the sentence structure would be different (because it would require either the imperative mood or a modal verb, expressing a polite request) and the verb would be different as well, so you'd use something like &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/compitare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;compitare&lt;/a&gt;&quot; instead of &quot;scrivere&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Puoi compitare il tuo nome, per favore?&lt;/em&gt;, meaning &lt;em&gt;Can you spell (out) your name, please?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-20T10:56:19.177" LastActivityDate="2015-09-20T10:56:19.177" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5992" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5993" CreationDate="2015-09-20T09:35:42.613" Score="1" ViewCount="5061" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo brano appartiene al racconto &lt;em&gt;L'inseguimento&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora che abbiamo abolito il concetto di spazio (penso che anche il mio inseguitore in quest'attesa sia giunto alle mie stesse conclusioni) e che il concetto di moto non implica più la continuità del passaggio d'un corpo attraverso una serie di punti ma soltanto scambi discontinui e irregolari di corpi che occupano questo o quel punto, forse riuscirò ad accettare con meno impazienza la lentezza della coda, perché quello che conta è lo spazio relativo che si definisce e si trasforma intorno alla mia macchina come intorno a ogni altra macchina della coda. Insomma ogni macchina si trova al centro d'un sistema di relazioni che in pratica equivale a un altro, cioè le macchine sono intercambiabili tra loro, dico le macchine ognuna col suo guidatore dentro; ogni automobilista potrebbe benissimo scambiarsi di posto con un altro automobilista, anch'io con i miei vicini e il mio inseguitore con i suoi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi scambi di posizione si possono individuare localmente delle direzioni privilegiate: per esempio il senso di marcia della nostra colonna, il quale anche se non implica che in realtà si stia marciando, esclude però che si possa marciare nella direzione opposta. Per noi due, poi, quella dell'inseguimento è una direzione privilegiata, difatti il solo scambio di posizioni che non può avvenire è quello tra noi due, e qualsiasi altro scambio che sia in contraddizione col nostro inseguimento. Ciò dimostra che in questo mondo di apparenze intercambiabili il rapporto inseguitore-inseguito continua ad essere l'unica realtà a cui ci possiamo attenere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il punto è questo: se ogni macchina - &lt;em&gt;fermo&lt;/em&gt; restando il senso di marcia e il senso d'inseguimento - equivale a ogni altra macchina, le proprietà d'una qualsiasi macchina possono essere attribuite anche alle altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco l'uso né il significato del vocabolo &amp;quot;fermo&amp;quot; che se ne fa nell'ultima frase. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-25T12:26:37.893" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;fermo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5992" CreationDate="2015-09-20T09:54:17.700" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/F/fermo_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fermo restando (che)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è un modo di dire che significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;stabilito che&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/F/fermo_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;restando stabilito che&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/F/fermo.aspx?query=fermo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un modo di dire molto comune usato per introdurre un presupposto, un assunto, un'ipotesi fissa sui cui basare i successivi ragionamenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto che proponi, viene usato nel senso di &amp;quot;a parte, escludendo&amp;quot; (il senso di marcia e il senso di inseguimento) ossia,     &amp;quot;fermo restando quanto detto&amp;quot; (in relazione al senso di marcia e di inseguimento), se ogni macchina equivale a ogni altra macchina....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-09-25T12:26:37.893" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5994" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5995" CreationDate="2015-09-20T11:32:19.710" Score="4" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;Whilst looking up the verb conjugations for &lt;em&gt;viaggiare&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/conj/ITverbs.aspx?v=viaggiare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt;, I began thinking about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.imgur.com/aFTdaWh.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.imgur.com/aFTdaWh.png&quot; alt=&quot;conjugation table for viaggiare&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(blue text means it's an irregular form)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I don't quite understand is why these would be considered irregular forms. I can understand that the second-person singular conjugation would be, but why is it the case for the first-person plural? Would it be due to pronunciation or is there something else I'm missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is there an explanation as to why these are considered irregular?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1735" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-06-23T06:35:10.733" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T06:35:10.733" Title="Why are these two conjugations of 'viaggiare' irregular forms?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="5995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5994" CreationDate="2015-09-20T13:01:57.783" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The forms &lt;em&gt;viaggi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;viaggiamo&lt;/em&gt; are irregular because they would be formed (tu) &lt;em&gt;viaggi&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (noi) &lt;em&gt;viaggi&lt;strong&gt;iamo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; if you were following the normal rules of conjugating present tense verbs. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One forms the stem for present tense conjugations by chopping the -are, -ere or -ire ending and then adding the present endings. So if you create the stem &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;viaggi-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and add the present endings you get a double -i in the second person singular and first person plural conjugations.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, however, that sometime verbs do double the &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, but only when the -i is stressed in the 1st person present indicative: i.e. sc&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;o, inv&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;o (I send), sp&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;o (I spy). The correct conjugation for these is (tu) &lt;em&gt;sc&lt;strong&gt;ii&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (invii, spii).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-20T17:11:36.910" LastActivityDate="2015-09-20T17:11:36.910" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5996" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-20T13:58:01.160" Score="2" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...i vecchi e i giovani, che erano rimasti a casa, furono consumati dal fuoco, i piccoli furono trascinati &lt;em&gt;dal grembo delle madri&lt;/em&gt; come pesci dalla piena; alle balie venne sottratto l'abbraccio dei loro neonati..&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (Salvatore Lo Bue, &lt;em&gt;La storia della poesia&lt;/em&gt;, Volume 1. FrancoAngeli, 2000, p.77)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase di cui sopra è per me impossibile capire se &lt;em&gt;dal grembo delle madri&lt;/em&gt; è corretto o se, invece, non dovrebbe scriversi a) o b) che seguono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) dai grembi delle madri&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) dai grembi della madre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che risponde?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-20T17:32:06.527" LastActivityDate="2015-09-23T16:32:29.793" Title="“... i piccoli furono trascinati dal grembo delle madri / dai grembi delle madri / dai grembi della madre”" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5994" CreationDate="2015-09-20T23:19:51.633" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, they aren't irregular forms. The verb belongs to the first conjugation (in &lt;em&gt;-are&lt;/em&gt;), the same as &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;amo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ami&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ama&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  amiamo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  amate&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  amano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only difference is the presence of the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, which is just an orthographic device for telling the palatal pronunciation of the preceding (geminated) &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt;. So this is a very different situation than &lt;em&gt;cambiare&lt;/em&gt;, where there is an &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in the root of the verb. However, the final realization is the same: in both cases the desinence remains &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt;; in both cases the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in the desinence is absorbed: it's not really heard in &lt;em&gt;viaggiamo&lt;/em&gt; and it's not doubled in &lt;em&gt;cambiamo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a general rule in Italian that pairs of &lt;em&gt;non-tonic&lt;/em&gt; identical vowels contract to a single one: the plural of &lt;em&gt;olio&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;oli&lt;/em&gt; and, similarly, any desinence starting with &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is absorbed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;cambio&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cambi (not cambii)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cambia&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cambiamo (not cambiiano)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cambiate&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cambiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &lt;em&gt;viaggiare&lt;/em&gt;, the “purely orthographic” &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is removed when there is one in the desinence, which avoids any doubt in the pronunciation: so &lt;em&gt;tu viaggi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;noi viaggiamo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somebody supports writing plurals of words ending in the diphthong &lt;em&gt;-io&lt;/em&gt; with a double &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;. Somebody disagrees. But &lt;em&gt;viaggio&lt;/em&gt; doesn't end with a diphthong, so there should be no doubt that the graphic &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is dropped when it doesn't serve its purpose any more because a phonetic &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-09-20T23:19:51.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5998" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="5999" CreationDate="2015-09-21T02:43:05.157" Score="2" ViewCount="1674" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand &lt;em&gt;dammi&lt;/em&gt; probably is a combination of &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;, but I would like to know how to construct it. And what is the grammar phenomenon behind it so I can search about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I translated the above sentence to &lt;em&gt;mi dai un bacio&lt;/em&gt;. This was marked wrong and the hint was &lt;em&gt;mi dia un bacio&lt;/em&gt;. According to word reference, this is the third person singular form of imperativo. I understand the answer probably used the formal you &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt;, but that doesn't make using &lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;, the second person singular form of imperativo wrong, does it? Much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-21T08:26:17.427" LastActivityDate="2017-04-22T08:12:44.700" Title="&quot;Dammi un bacio&quot;: How to construct &quot;dammi&quot; from &quot;dare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="5999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5998" CreationDate="2015-09-21T07:37:48.377" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dammi&lt;/em&gt; is simply the usual unified form for &lt;em&gt;da'&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;), the second person singular imperative of the verb &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt; (= “to give”), and the pronoun &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;, that is, &lt;em&gt;a me&lt;/em&gt; (= “to me”). All in all, &lt;em&gt;dammi&lt;/em&gt; is just “give me” (and hence &lt;em&gt;dammi un bacio&lt;/em&gt; means “kiss me”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The “m” is doubled since in such juxtapositions a phenomenon called &lt;em&gt;raddoppiamento fonosintattico&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syntactic_gemination&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;syntactic doubling&lt;/a&gt;) happens, in which – simplifying a bit – when a vowel (a stressed one or the only vowel in certain one-syllable words) at the end of a word meets a consonant at the beginning of the next one, the consonant is doubled. Most of time, this is just heard in pronunciation (&lt;em&gt;è vero&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced as if it were written “evvéro”); but in single words formed by the joining of two words as above, the phenomenon appears in spelling too: &lt;em&gt;davvero&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ebbene&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;frattanto&lt;/em&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attaching the direct or indirect or indirect object (or both) to the verb is the rule for imperatives, with or without doubling, as the case may be. For instance: &lt;em&gt;prendilo&lt;/em&gt; (“catch it”), &lt;em&gt;falle&lt;/em&gt; (“do [something] to her”), &lt;em&gt;dimmelo&lt;/em&gt; (“say it to me”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;, be aware of the fact that it is both one form of the imperative (“give!”) and the second person singular of the indicative mood (“you give”). Which one we are using is often understood by the structure of the sentence. In your example, &lt;em&gt;mi dai un bacio&lt;/em&gt; could only mean “you give me a kiss”, as in “you are giving me, right now, a kiss”, not an order or a request.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;em&gt;mi dia un bacio&lt;/em&gt; is what you would say formally, to a person with whom you use &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;, while &lt;em&gt;dammi un bacio&lt;/em&gt; is what you'd say to some with whom you have more familiarity (addressing them with &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;). (In either case, I wouldn't ask peremptorily for a kiss...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(A final piece of advice: When in doubt, forget WordReference; it's not exactly an authoritative source.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-04-22T08:12:44.700" LastActivityDate="2017-04-22T08:12:44.700" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5996" CreationDate="2015-09-22T19:12:19.420" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le varie versioni hanno significati diversi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) dal grembo delle madri: indica che ogni madre ha un grembo e che ogni bambino è stato strappato dal grembo della propria madre. Dato che i bambini sono tanti, anche le madri sono tante, per questo si ha grembo singolare e madri plurale;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) dai grembi delle madri: non è molto corretto perché sarebbe come se ogni madre avesse più di un grembo, cosa impossibile;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c) dai grembi della madre: in questa versione, oltre a dire che una madre ha più grembi, si indica una sola madre per tutti i bambini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, la versione corretta è quella del testo originale, mentre le altre versioni potrebbero andare bene in altri contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-23T08:52:05.480" LastActivityDate="2015-09-23T08:52:05.480" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5992" CreationDate="2015-09-23T13:55:47.010" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Fermo restando&quot; è una forma idiomatica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello specifico caso vuol dire &quot;fissato/determinato&quot; o &quot;stabilito&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uso degli esempi per far capire meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Frase in esame:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fermo restando&lt;/em&gt; il senso &lt;strong&gt;di marcia&lt;/strong&gt; e il senso &lt;strong&gt;d'inseguimento&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio con &quot;fissato&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fissato&lt;/em&gt; il senso &lt;strong&gt;di marcia&lt;/strong&gt; e il senso &lt;strong&gt;d'inseguimento&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio con &quot;stabilito&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;stabilito&lt;/em&gt; il senso &lt;strong&gt;di marcia&lt;/strong&gt; e il senso &lt;strong&gt;d'inseguimento&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra sostituzione potrebbe essere &quot;considerando un determinato (che è fissato, stabilito, o considerato in un solo modo) senso di marcia e senso d'inseguimento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Fermo restando&quot; --&gt; spezzando l'espressione e analizzandola singolarmente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-&lt;strong&gt;Fermo:&lt;/strong&gt; come sinonimi si può usare, fissato, determinato, definito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-&lt;strong&gt;Restando:&lt;/strong&gt; viene tralasciato, riscrivendo la frase senza l'espressione. Serve a specificare insieme a &quot;fermo&quot;, che mantenendo una certa considerazione, si deve continuare il ragionamento non considerando entrambe le opzioni in questo caso i &quot;sensi di marcia&quot; e &quot;d'inseguimento&quot;, ma considerandone soltanto un'opzione, ovvero un singolo &quot;senso di marcia&quot; e &quot;d'inseguimento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1804" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-23T14:12:44.833" LastActivityDate="2015-09-23T14:12:44.833" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5996" CreationDate="2015-09-23T16:10:21.053" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dai grembi della madre&quot; è sbagliato, perché implica più grembi posseduti da una sola madre (cosa impossibile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dal grembo delle madri&quot; e &quot;dai grembi delle madri&quot; sono corrette tutte e due, ma hanno una sfumatura differente;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò che fisicamente è: ci sono diversi &quot;specifici&quot; grembi ciascuno posseduto da una madre;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò che (per il narratore) ai fini della narrazione conta: c'è lo stesso &quot;generico&quot; grembo posseduto da tutte le madri;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il punto è che è chiaro che in &quot;i piccoli furono trascinati dal grembo delle madri&quot; il narratore voglia focalizzare l'attenzione sulla situazione generale di &quot;trascinamento dal grembo&quot;; essendo in questo contesto il resto meno rilevante ai fini della narrazione, si può (e secondo me funziona bene farlo) passare da una descrizione che rispecchia la situazione &quot;fisica&quot; effettiva (&quot;dai grembi delle madri&quot;, che indica gruppi di uno o più bambini separati ciascuno da un diverso &quot;specifico&quot; grembo ciascuno posseduto da una madre, quello che fisicamente è) ad una più generale che non rispecchia la situazione &quot;fisica&quot; effettiva ma che d'altro canto è molto più espressiva (&quot;dal grembo delle madri&quot;, che indica gruppi di uno o più bambini separati ciascuno dallo stesso &quot;generico&quot; grembo posseduto da tutte le madri, quello che ai fini della narrazione conta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per me &quot;Dal grembo delle madri&quot; e &quot;dai grembi delle madri&quot; sono corrette tutte e due ma in questo caso, intuendo l'intenzione del narratore, &quot;dal grembo delle madri&quot; secondo me trasmette molto meglio il concetto di quanto non lo farebbe &quot;dai grembi delle madri&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-09-23T16:32:29.793" LastActivityDate="2015-09-23T16:32:29.793" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6006" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-24T08:53:11.360" Score="4" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho ricevuto una correzione a questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5979/707&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;, accompagnata dal commento «Qui non si può proprio scrivere &quot;d'Italo&quot;. È corretto &quot;di Italo&quot;». Cercando informazioni sull'apostrofo con la preposizione &quot;di&quot;, ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mtcube.com/manuali/le-basi/RegoleDimenticate.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa spiegazione&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La preposizione DI si elide di norma nei nomi propri e in determinate espressioni &#xA;  avverbiali: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Santa Teresa d’Avila, d’accordo, ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In tutti gli altri casi l’elisione è facoltativa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;parola d’amico e parola di amico &#xA;    ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire perché scrivere &quot;un romanzo d'Italo Calvino&quot; non è corretto. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-09-28T18:26:50.073" Title="Perché &quot;d'Italo&quot; non è corretto?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6006" CreationDate="2015-09-24T10:30:41.183" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è un problema di correttezza, riguarda il soggetto o contesto a cui ti stai riferendo, ed è più per un discorso di &quot;scorrevolezza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio un esempio semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se in una frase si volesse fare un esempio come sto facendo io, &lt;strong&gt;dicendo &quot;e ad esempio&quot; sarebbe corretto&lt;/strong&gt;. Ma se decidessi di scrivere &lt;strong&gt;&quot;ed ad esempio&quot;, sarebbe corretto comunque&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/A/a-ad.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/A/a-ad.shtml&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La differenza è che, mentre si parla, è normale non essere letterali totalmente, e quindi non scandire le lettere finali. Dovrebbe essere naturale invece, cercare di &quot;addolcire&quot; e rendere più scorrevole il testo o la lingua parlata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, come hai già notato, dire &quot;d'Italo&quot; o dire &quot;di Italo&quot; è indifferente, l'unica differenza a livello, non di correttezza ortografica, ma piuttosto di rispetto verso la persona, è utilizzare un apostrofo o no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio altri due esempi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Supponiamo di avere un amico, che si chiama appunto, Italo. Italo ha comprato un'auto che vediamo per strada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possiamo dire che &quot;l'auto è d'Italo&quot; (pronunciandolo, suona scorrevole).&#xA;Oppure possiamo dire &quot;l'auto è di Italo&quot; (ma sembra che ci stiamo riferendo all'autore delle opere, e non all'amico).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In genere, in ambito formale, si tenta di diminuire il numero di apostrofi, e contrazioni, dando meno &quot;confidenza&quot; all'interlocutore. Sono differenze sottili, che possiamo trovare sempre tra amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Utilizzando l'espressione &quot;l'amico mio&quot; si dimostra confidenza con la persona in questione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dicendo invece &quot;al mio amico&quot;, suona più &quot;&lt;em&gt;friendly&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, meno confidenziale e meno restrittivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tornando al tuo discorso, ti porto un paio di esempi di nomi, con cui si usa &quot;di&quot;, sempre di scrittori. (Oltretutto, leggendolo, sembra una forma arcaica, mettere la preposizione con apostrofo a volte.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le opere di Omero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le poesie di Emily Dickinson.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dorian Gray di Oscar Wilde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ce ne sono molti di esempi. In sostanza, cerca di evitare di usare la forma contratta con nomi propri perché suona male, perché per essere corretto è corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1804" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-24T12:51:19.197" LastActivityDate="2015-09-24T12:51:19.197" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6006" CreationDate="2015-09-24T16:11:50.290" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ritengo sia un problema di accenti: Italo si pronuncia accentando la i (&lt;em&gt;ì-talo&lt;/em&gt;) ma d'Italo è difficile da pronunciare &lt;em&gt;dì-talo&lt;/em&gt;, diventa piuttosto &lt;em&gt;dita-lo&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;diita-lo&lt;/em&gt; o peggio &lt;em&gt;ditta-lo&lt;/em&gt;), perdendo completamente il nesso con l'originale. A questo punto, per conservare il tono della &lt;em&gt;ì&lt;/em&gt;, meglio raddoppiarla risultando in &lt;em&gt;diì-talo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-09-24T16:11:50.290" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6010" CreationDate="2015-09-24T19:28:27.797" Score="3" ViewCount="807" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=boiata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;boiata&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione informale che significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;cosa fatta male, malriuscita: quel film è una boiata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;frase sciocca, stupida | (non com.) azione indegna e scorretta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Controllando l'origine della parola, il dizionario Garzanti dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Etimologia: ← deriv. di boia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale può essere il nesso tra un termine come &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=boia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;boia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (chi esegue le condanne capitali) e boiata, il cui significato non sembra richiamare la crudezza della definizione di boia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T10:42:23.853" Title="Da dove viene la 'boiata'" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6009" CreationDate="2015-09-24T19:47:01.233" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/boiata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; dà una diversa origine: «dal milan. &lt;em&gt;boiada&lt;/em&gt;, propr. «abbaiamento, latrato», der. di &lt;em&gt;boià&lt;/em&gt;, var. di &lt;em&gt;baià&lt;/em&gt;, «abbaiare»; cfr. baiata» (e una baiata è uno «Schiamazzo fatto per canzonatura o scherno contro qualcuno» oppure una «Sciocchezza, discorso senza senso»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece il Devoto-Oli, lo Zingarelli e il classico dizionario etimologico Battisti-Alessio danno tutti come origine la derivazione da “boia”, senza ulteriori spiegazioni. Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/boiata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; è appena più cauto, con «forse der. di boia».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Cortelazzo-Zolli aggiunge altri considerazioni e un'altra possibilità: «Se il sentimento ling. com. può collegare &lt;em&gt;boiata&lt;/em&gt; nella seconda accezione [cioè “cosa fatta o riuscita molto male”] con ‘(azione da) &lt;em&gt;boia&lt;/em&gt;’ (DEI, come in realtà è per il rom. &lt;em&gt;bojerìa&lt;/em&gt;, ‘ribalderia, furfanteria’: 1952 Prati &lt;em&gt;Pront.&lt;/em&gt;), l'analisi ling. la porta, piuttosto, accanto al sett. &lt;em&gt;boiada&lt;/em&gt;, che, dal senso primitivo di ‘pappolata’ (da &lt;em&gt;boj&lt;/em&gt; ‘bollire’: p. es. nel piacentino: 1882, Foresti), è passata già nel parmigiano del 1856 (Malaspina) a ‘cosa vile e propria solo della plebe’ (...)». (Il DEI è il già citato Battisti-Alessio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-10-27T10:42:23.853" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T10:42:23.853" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6009" CreationDate="2015-09-25T07:42:35.250" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;boiata&lt;/em&gt; si può intendere &lt;em&gt;azione da boia&lt;/em&gt;, ovviamente, per quanto faccia bene il suo lavoro, l'opera del boia non si può intendere come ben fatta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allo stesso modo può derivare il significato di azione scorretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-09-25T07:42:35.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6014" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6015" CreationDate="2015-09-25T15:27:13.353" Score="2" ViewCount="1452" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte succede che mi manca il vocabolario adeguato per esprimere i fatti della vita quotidiana. Qual è il vocabolo più usuale per chiamare lo strumento della  fotografia? Ho trovato &quot;righello&quot;, ma anche &quot;riga graduata&quot; su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riga_(strumento)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;. Anche l'immagine è tratta da Wikipedia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/GnrVp.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/GnrVp.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-09-25T15:45:43.843" Title="&quot;Righello&quot; oppure &quot;riga graduata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6014" CreationDate="2015-09-25T15:45:43.843" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io non direi altro che “righello”. “Riga graduata”, per quanto corretto e chiaro, è un'espressione più formale, che penserei di trovare semmai su un catalogo o un testo di legge; o in un testo di matematica, ma solo se strettamente necessario (per esempio per specificare che le classiche costruzioni geometriche con riga e compasso contemplano una riga &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; graduata).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-09-25T15:45:43.843" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6016" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6017" CreationDate="2015-09-26T09:38:15.170" Score="5" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa frase è tratta da &quot;Carlo Martello ritorna dalla battaglia di Poitiers&quot; di De André:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Deh, cavaliere, non v'accostate, già ad altri &lt;strong&gt;è gaudio&lt;/strong&gt; quel che cercate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Descrive il momento in cui la fanciulla dà il due di picche al Re in un primo momento, che non vede una donna da molto tempo per via della guerra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa in questo caso &quot;è gaudio&quot;; so che &quot;gaudio&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gaudio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significa &quot;gioia intensa&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco  ad inquadrarlo bene nel contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1813" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-09-26T18:03:24.480" LastActivityDate="2015-10-04T07:39:40.270" Title="Cosa significa &quot;è gaudio&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6017" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6016" CreationDate="2015-09-26T09:58:41.820" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che la fanciulla stia dicendo al Re di non avvicinarsi a lei e che quello che lui cerca (il piacere, la gioia (gaudio) di stare con una fanciulla) è cosa già conosciuta  da altri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che De André abbia voluto usare un linguaggio ricercato dato il contesto della vicenda. 'Gaudio' non è un termine molto comune tranne che nel modo di dire 'mal comune mezzo gaudio'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gaudio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gaudio&lt;/a&gt;: Treccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Con sign. più generico, gioia, piacere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, soprattutto nel prov. &lt;em&gt;mal comune mezzo g.&lt;/em&gt;, le sofferenze sembrano meno gravi quando sono divise con altri. Raro il plur., e solo in frasi di tono elevato: &lt;em&gt;ore di gaudii Lunghe ci son davanti&lt;/em&gt; (D’Annunzio).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-27T07:15:00.540" LastActivityDate="2015-09-27T07:15:00.540" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6018" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-26T18:01:23.847" Score="0" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;a) ... perseverare non è nenche diabolico, ma proprio una pessima idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) ... perseverare è non diabolico, ma proprio una pessima idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c) ... perseverare non è diabolico, ma proprio una pessima idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i) La seconda parafrasa più aderentemente il noto detto 'perseverare è diabolico, ma quel 'non' dopo la 'è' suona brutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ii) La terza è ineccepibile, ma induce a usare un 'neanche' ulteriore come è fatto nella prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;iii) La prima, volendo significare che una 'pessima idea' è peggio che 'diabolico', non funziona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le tre asserzioni di cui sopra (i, ii e iii) sono sensate o, magari, sono prive — tutte o qualcuna — di fondamento logico-grammaticale-linguistico?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... perseverare in questo caso è peggio che diabolico, solo una pessima idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, cari amici, quale delle tre formulazioni (a, b e c) corrisponde meglio alla frase blockquotata qui sopra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come scrive @DaG in un commento sopraggiunto &quot;il senso della frase in discussione, a prescindere da come è esattamente formulata, è proprio quello di creare un paradosso, quasi – mutatis mutandis – à la Oscar Wilde (come a dire: la tal cosa non è solo un peccato mortale, e passi, ma addirittura non sta bene con questo abito)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-09-27T11:59:52.150" LastActivityDate="2015-09-27T11:59:52.150" Title="'perseverare *è*/*è non*/*non è neanche* diabolico ...'" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6018" CreationDate="2015-09-26T23:19:14.997" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buona sera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Provo ad interpretare quello che dici. Parto dalla frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;perseverare in questo caso è peggio che diabolico, solo una pessima idea&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per me non ha molto senso. Una cosa &quot;diabolica&quot; è una cosa molto brutta, &quot;peggio che diabolica&quot; è ancora più brutta, &quot;una pessima idea&quot; è invece estremamente lieve. Quindi, leggendo la frase precedente per me c'è un controsenso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece lo scopo è dire che perseverare non è così male da considerarlo diabolico ma comunque un modo sbagliato di agire, la formulerei nella versione c). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La b) è uguale, ma suona male: il non si mette in questo caso davanti all'è perché se viene messo davanti all'aggettivo, ci si aspetta (nel continuo della frase) non un alleggerimento (come è il caso) ma una definizione ancora più pesante, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... perseverare è non male, è diabolico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sto cioè mettendo l'accento sul primo aggettivo per dare una definizione peggiore di perseverare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La a) è uguale alla c) solo che inserisci &quot;neanche&quot;. Ma in questo caso non serve perché non stai rafforzando una definizione, ma rendendola più leggera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di essere stato di aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-09-26T23:19:14.997" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6020" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-27T12:05:22.430" Score="4" ViewCount="667" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cari amici,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;secondo il vostro qualificato parere, è corretto usare due apostrofi in una stringa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I buonisti dell'ultim'ora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;'st'ultima volta. (dove &amp;quot;'st&amp;quot; abbrevia &amp;quot;quest&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stringa nel primo caso è «dell'ultim'ora» e nel secondo è «'st'ultima».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-07T10:55:08.563" Title="Usare due apostrofi in un'unica stringa" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6020" CreationDate="2015-09-27T13:25:31.077" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buon giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è un errore usare 2 apostrofi in una sola stringa, ma è raro. E, come per tutte le cose rare, non bisogna usarlo continuamente altrimenti diventa &quot;pesante&quot; per chi legge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-09-27T13:25:31.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6020" CreationDate="2015-09-27T13:38:12.773" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usare due apostrofi è lecito, ma rendono meno scorrevole la lettura. L'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elisione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;elisione&lt;/a&gt; si utilizza più nella lingua parlata che nella lingua scritta. Dove non è indispensabile credo sia meglio evitarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per riproporre i tuoi esempi, credo che suonerebbero meglio così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I buonisti dell'ultima ora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o,nel secondo caso, eliminando entrambi gli apostrofi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;questa ultima volta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considerata la discussione che è emersa, integro la risposta citando un articolo dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/elisione-troncamento-nellitaliano-contempora&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; nel quale si spiega come diversi linguisti propendano alla conservazione dell'interezza della parola dove non è necessario un troncamento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fenomeno, già da tempo riscontrato nell'italiano contemporaneo: la&#xA;  tendenza al regresso delle forme tronche ed elise rispetto alle forme&#xA;  piene delle parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-10-07T10:55:08.563" LastActivityDate="2015-10-07T10:55:08.563" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6023" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-28T09:47:35.187" Score="2" ViewCount="6105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian names like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Paganini &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Berlusconi&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Antonioni&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pasolini&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fellini&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;share the same suffix “-ni”. What does that mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1815" LastEditorUserId="1815" LastEditDate="2015-09-28T10:21:46.900" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T22:03:08.753" Title="What does 'ni' mean as the suffix of people's names?" Tags="&lt;suffix&gt;&lt;name&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6024" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6031" CreationDate="2015-09-28T10:00:44.613" Score="9" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pull-back&quot;&gt;pullback di una forma&lt;/a&gt; è definito in questo articolo di Wikipedia. Ora, io di solito lo chiamo pullback, ma il mio relatore mi ha detto di chiamarlo tirato-indietro. Però su wikipedia lo chiamano pullback, gli &lt;a href=&quot;http://peano.matapp.unimib.it/~conti/note14.pdf&quot;&gt;appunti di Geometria 3&lt;/a&gt; (corso tenuto da un altro professore nella mia università) lo chiamano pullback, l'esercitatrice del mio relatore pure lo chiamava pullback, il prof di Fisica 2 parla di «mappa pull-back», e in breve &quot;tirato-indietro&quot; sembra una parola di uso esclusivo del mio relatore. Quindi se pullback è veramente più &quot;standard&quot; di tirato-indietro, io non cambierei tutte le occorrenze di pullback nella mia tesi in tirato-indietro. Secondo voi è più &quot;standard&quot; chiamarlo pullback o tirato-indietro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-23T22:44:44.177" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T22:44:44.177" Title="Pullback o tirato-indietro?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6023" CreationDate="2015-09-28T10:08:55.443" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is not a single meaning, and &lt;em&gt;-ni&lt;/em&gt; cannot be considered to be a single suffix. The three examples you give show at least two different cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;-ini&lt;/em&gt; is often the plural form of an original &lt;em&gt;-ino&lt;/em&gt;, which is most of times the suffix for a diminutive form (&lt;em&gt;coltello&lt;/em&gt;, knife; &lt;em&gt;coltellino&lt;/em&gt;, little knife, cutter).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;-oni&lt;/em&gt; is, analogously, often the plural of &lt;em&gt;-one&lt;/em&gt;, the way augmentative words end (&lt;em&gt;libro&lt;/em&gt;, book; &lt;em&gt;librone&lt;/em&gt;, big book).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, some of those surnames might have originally been nicknames for some little or big person (“Antonione” could be a big man whose name is Antonio); and then the plural denoted their relatives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are not the only possibilities, though. For instance, &lt;em&gt;-ano&lt;/em&gt; (plural &lt;em&gt;-ani&lt;/em&gt;) often denotes the place someone comes from (&lt;em&gt;Romano&lt;/em&gt;, from Rome; &lt;em&gt;Padovano&lt;/em&gt;, from Padua). Several Italian surnames were born like this (Romani, Padovani).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TL;DR: There is not a single &lt;em&gt;-ni&lt;/em&gt; suffix; at the very least, one has to consider the last vowel before it (&lt;em&gt;-ani&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-ini&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-oni&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-09-28T10:08:55.443" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6023" CreationDate="2015-09-28T10:25:25.150" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;They share the same suffix, but for different reasons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Antonioni could be a &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gentilizio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;gentilizio&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (en: gentilitial), that indicates the family's origin (Antonio family).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The others, as DaG said, could indicate nickname or provenance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are curious you can find meaning and origin of Italian surnames here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cognomix.it/origine.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cognomix&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-09-28T16:41:46.850" LastActivityDate="2015-09-28T16:41:46.850" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6027" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6039" CreationDate="2015-09-28T13:39:20.703" Score="7" ViewCount="1244" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does the &quot;della&quot; in the sentence &quot;Vorrei dell'uva&quot; mean? I checked it with the following website: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.analisi-grammaticale.biz&quot;&gt;http://www.analisi-grammaticale.biz&lt;/a&gt; and the result was, that it stands for an &quot;articolo indeterminativo&quot;. But wouldn't that be &quot;una&quot; in this case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="404" LastActivityDate="2015-11-02T08:28:54.067" Title="The &quot;della&quot; in &quot;Vorrei dell'uva&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6006" CreationDate="2015-09-28T18:26:50.073" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al mio paese (provincia di Pisa) l'auto di mio cugino è certamente &quot;la macchina d'Ivano&quot; e non è coinvolta alcuna mancanza di rispetto. Lo stesso per &quot;la casa d'Ivano&quot;. E i fiori della vicina di mia nonna, in un paesino un po' più in là, erano &quot;i gerani d'Ivonne&quot;. A Genova, si direbbe &quot;di Ivano&quot; e &quot;di Ivonne&quot;. A pochi km da casa mia (provincia di Gorizia) c'è &quot;San Pier d'Isonzo&quot;, se può essere utile. Gusti son gusti. Non mi risulta che ci siano le regole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-09-28T18:26:50.073" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6033" CreationDate="2015-09-28T21:34:16.730" Score="0" ViewCount="380" Body="&lt;p&gt;As stated in the title, the question &quot;What are the advantages&quot; is translated into &quot;cosa sono i vantaggi&quot; even though &quot;cosa&quot; is singular for &quot;things&quot; and the plural should be &quot;cose&quot;, as far as I am aware of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-09-28T21:43:58.360" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T12:06:24.497" Title="&quot;cosa sono i vantaggi&quot; why &quot;cosa&quot; instead of &quot;cose&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6024" CreationDate="2015-09-28T22:00:56.220" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei cinque anni che ho passato in un università italiana (Pisa) non ho mai sentito &quot;tirato indietro&quot; se non come verbo informale (e.g. &quot;Prendiamo questa forma, la tiriamo indietro sull'altra varietà e integriamo..&quot;) e onestamente mi fa un po' strano. Notare che nella mia specialità il pullback si usa parecchio per cui se fosse un uso comune probabilmente l'avrei sentito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È interessante notare che per un concetto simile (il pullback di fasci) Grothendieck in francese usa &quot;image réciproque&quot;, mentre Cartan chiama il pullback di forme &quot;changement de variable&quot; (e.g. nel suo libro &quot;Formes différentielles&quot;). Perciò se dovessi inventare un termine italiano io proporrei &quot;immagine inversa&quot; o &quot;preimmagine&quot; (secondo me &quot;cambio di variabili&quot; è meno comprensibile). In ogni caso si tratterebbe di una terminologia non standard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente consiglio &quot;pullback&quot;, poi è chiaro che nella stesura della tesi l'opinione del relatore è importante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentalmente il termine &quot;pullback&quot; in teoria delle categorie è un concetto completamente diverso, anche se sicuramente collegato, ed anche lì ho sentito solo &quot;pullback&quot; (anche se &quot;pullback square&quot; si può tradurre con &quot;quadrato cartesiano&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2015-09-29T16:47:53.423" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T16:47:53.423" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6032" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6037" CreationDate="2015-09-29T10:34:32.520" Score="6" ViewCount="14063" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sebbene sia madrelingua italiano, ho un dubbio che mi assilla da tempo, riguardo l'utilizzo di una parola...spero possiate aiutarmi! Mi riferisco, in particolare, alla parola &quot;calligrafia&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fin dalle scuole elementari, ho sempre sentito parlare di &quot;bella calligrafia&quot;. Effettivamente lo si dice, quando si vuole sottolineare la bella scrittura di qualcuno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma su alcune fonti, ricordo di aver letto che &quot;bella calligrafia&quot; sarebbe errato, perché la parola &quot;calligrafia&quot; significa di per sé &quot;bella scrittura&quot; e, pertanto, bisognerebbe dire &quot;bella grafia&quot;. Ma, all'atto pratico, non ho mai sentito nessuno dire &quot;hai una bella grafia&quot; in una conversazione reale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno saprebbe fare chiarezza sul suo utilizzo? Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-06T20:58:11.390" LastActivityDate="2019-02-06T21:11:16.127" Title="&quot;Bella calligrafia&quot;: si può dire, o sarebbe meglio &quot;bella grafìa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6030" CreationDate="2015-09-29T12:06:24.497" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cosa&lt;/em&gt; is (or, better, is used as) an interrogative pronoun, so it doesn't agree with the subject of the sentence in which it appears. So we say &lt;em&gt;Cos'è un carciofo?&lt;/em&gt; (“What is an artichoke?”), &lt;em&gt;Cos'è una penna?&lt;/em&gt; (“What is a pen?”), &lt;em&gt;Cosa sono le Erinni?&lt;/em&gt; (“What are Erinyes?”), and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, the complete expression would be &lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt; (literally, something like “which thing”). So one asks, more or less, “which thing is an artichoke?” and the like, independently of the gender of the thing asked about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if you already know what a pen is, but are asking which out of a jumble of pencils, markers, and other similar stationery items is the pen, in Italian you'll ask &lt;em&gt;qual è la penna?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more about &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt;, see &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1964/are-che-che-cosa-and-cosa-interchangeable-in-simple-what-questions&quot;&gt;a previous question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T12:06:24.497" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6034" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-09-29T12:12:00.080" Score="4" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a question about the following text, which is supposed to give information about the &quot;Festa di Sant'Anna&quot;, which apparently takes place on the island &quot;Ischia&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La festa si svolge sul mare. C'è una sfilata di barche decorate che vanno al Castello Aragonese e c'è un premio per la barca più bella.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ok, so this festivity takes place at a coast (next to the sea), and there are boats in the water and the most beautiful one gets a price. But what is meant with &quot;sfilata di barche&quot; exactly? So are the boats going by the people on the coast or are people walking by and the boats stand still? Or is it simply not clear from that piece of information?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="404" LastEditorUserId="404" LastEditDate="2015-09-29T12:19:12.580" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T13:08:05.603" Title="Meaning of &quot;sfilata di barche&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6034" CreationDate="2015-09-29T13:08:05.603" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The dictionary (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/sfilata.shtml?refresh_ce-cp&quot;&gt;this version&lt;/a&gt;, in particular) reports, as the main definition of &quot;sfilata&quot;: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Passaggio di persone o di mezzi in successione, perlopiù ordinata&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, translatable as &quot;&lt;em&gt;Passage of people or vehicles, one after another, mostly in an organized way&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, boats are navigating the sea, and people can look at them from the coast.&#xA;This definition lets &quot;&lt;strong&gt;sfilata&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; be translatable into &quot;&lt;strong&gt;parade&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T13:08:05.603" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6024" CreationDate="2015-09-29T14:56:48.643" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, pullback è la forma corretta, da utilizzare anche in Italiano. Si tratta di uno di quei vocaboli &quot;ereditati&quot; dall'inglese, che non si possono tradurre senza una perdita di significato. Si può pensare a termini di altre branche scientifiche, come l'informatica: vocaboli come &quot;account&quot;, &quot;desktop&quot;, &quot;server&quot; non vengono tradotti! Inoltre, trattandosi di un operatore utilizzato in matematica, penso sia importante mantenere un &quot;dizionario&quot; comune a tutti i ricercatori, laddove traduzioni &quot;improvvisate&quot; potrebbero compromettere la formalità di eventuali trattazioni (come la tua tesi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io, fossi in te, cercherei di convincere il mio relatore a mantenere la forma originaria mostrandogli la pagina Wikipedia italiana per il vocabolo &quot;Pull-back&quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pull-back&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pull-back&lt;/a&gt; : come vedi, il nome della voce resta in Inglese!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T14:56:48.643" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6032" CreationDate="2015-09-29T14:57:12.000" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buon giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Calligrafia è la composizione di calli e grafia che appunto vuol dire bella scrittura. Quindi, sì, dire bella calligrafia sarebbe come dire bella bella scrittura: un doppio inutile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La pratica, poi, come succede spesso, è diversa dalla teoria: la maggior parte delle persone non sanno il significato di calli-, quindi usano calligrafia con il significato di grafia. Quindi, per loro, è necessario aggiungere &quot;bella&quot; per poter dire bella grafia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, per riassumere: il modo corretto di dire e scrivere sarebbe bella grafia ma dato che pochi usano la parola grafia e molti la confondono con la parola calligrafia, nel parlato si sente quasi sempre bella calligrafia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di essere stato utile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-06T20:58:52.767" LastActivityDate="2019-02-06T20:58:52.767" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6032" CreationDate="2015-09-29T15:08:38.100" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aldo Gabrielli invitava a non essere pedanti. A una maestra che gli poneva una simile domanda rispondeva:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'osservazione è teoricamente giusta. [Salto una parte in cui spiega l'etimo di “calligrafia”.] Ma presto il significato della voce si dilatò per assumere quello più generico di maniera di scrivere, di scrittura; e senza tener più conto di quel prefisso che indicava appunto bellezza, si cominciò a dire «bella calligrafia», non solo, ma anche «brutta calligrafia», «orribile calligrafia», che parrebbero davvero un controsenso. Dunque, la mia maestrina metta da parte le sue paure, e stia tranquilla: in un compito scolastico «bella calligrafia», «brutta calligrafia» non sarà mai da segnare errore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Aldo Gabrielli, &lt;em&gt;Si dice o non si dice?&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori 1969)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T15:08:38.100" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6027" CreationDate="2015-09-29T15:13:10.920" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Della&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, as other people told in their comments, is an &quot;&lt;em&gt;articolo partitivo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, that is a composition of a &lt;em&gt;preposizione&lt;/em&gt; (usually: &quot;&lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;&quot;) and a &lt;em&gt;articolo determinativo&lt;/em&gt; (for example &quot;&lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;&quot;). As an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;di + il = del (vorrei del pane) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;di + lo = dello (vorrei dello zucchero) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;di + la = della (ho comprato della carne)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is used when you are addressing something whose quantity is not exactly defined.&#xA;As in the example of yours (&lt;em&gt;vorrei dell'uva&lt;/em&gt;), you are not specifing the quantity of grapes that you want: you can have three grapes, or maybe five, or even ten: you just want &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. This concept is even more evident when you talk about sugar, or water: you hardly ever specify the exact quantity of sugar that you want, nor even the water (you usually ask for some water - &lt;em&gt;dell'acqua&lt;/em&gt; - not for 30 cl of water - &lt;em&gt;30 centilitri d'acqua&lt;/em&gt; -!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastActivityDate="2015-09-29T15:13:10.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6040" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6041" CreationDate="2015-09-30T08:54:28.650" Score="1" ViewCount="524" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa frase appartiene al racconto  &lt;em&gt;Il conte di Montecristo&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ormai non so più se quello che sento scavare come una talpa è il vero Faria che apre brecce nelle mura della vera fortezza d'If o è l'ipotesi di un Faria &lt;em&gt;alle prese&lt;/em&gt; d'una fortezza ipotetica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco molto bene il significato dell'espressione &quot;alle prese&quot; in questa frase. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/presa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con riferimento al sign. che il termine ha nella lotta, l’espressione dell’uso com. &lt;em&gt;venire alle prese&lt;/em&gt; (propriam., degli avversarî che iniziano la lotta afferrandosi l’uno all’altro), venire a contesa, anche di parole; con sign. più generico, &lt;em&gt;essere alle p. con&lt;/em&gt;, essere impegnato in qualche cosa di difficile, di complicato: &lt;em&gt;lo trovai alle prese con la dichiarazione dei redditi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa questo che questo personaggio, l'abate Faria, sta in certo modo lottando contro la fortezza d'If? Questo Faria, come nel romanzo di Alexandre Dumas,  è un prigionero della fortezza che da anni cerca di evadersi senza riuscirne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-09-30T09:16:32.327" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;alle prese&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6040" CreationDate="2015-09-30T09:16:32.327" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buon giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conosco la storia, quindi mi baso sul brano che hai copiato all'inizio e quello che hai detto alla fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'abate Faria sta scavando per aprire un passaggio nelle mura da cui vuole scavare. Questo è quello che dice all'inizio. Ovviamente, scavando fa un rumore che l'abate stesso sente. Quindi l'abate è &quot;alle prese&quot; con una vera fortezza da cui cerca di scappare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla fine della frase &quot;alle prese d'una fortezza ipotetica&quot; fa un confronto: è come se nella testa del nostro abate ci sia un'altra fortezza (probabilmente l'idea di fuggire, di essere prigioniero e voler ottenere la libertà, ... non posso dire molto su questo perché dovrei conoscere la storia) in cui lui sta &quot;scavando&quot; per raggiungere un obiettivo. Come nel mondo reale, anche questo scavare nella sua testa produce &quot;un rumore&quot; (interpreta come pensieri, preoccupazioni, idee, ...) al punto che non riesce più a distinguere tra lo scavare reale e quello all'interno della sua testa. Questo scavare nella testa è talmente reale per lui che è come se fosse &quot;alle prese&quot; con una seconda fortezza da cui vuole scappare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, la definizione del vocabolario è esatta: solo che deve essere riportata ad un ambito figurato e non concreto, quindi alla fortezza che si trova nella testa dell'abate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di essere stato utile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-09-30T09:16:32.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6045" CreationDate="2015-09-30T14:07:00.530" Score="8" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;I thought the negative imperative was done using the infinitive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sto facendo dei calcoli, non parlare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I've also seen it conjugated in the present:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quindi, non parli a me di disperazione.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the rule I should keep in mind? Are both correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1625" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-10-07T10:12:59.730" LastActivityDate="2015-10-07T10:12:59.730" Title="non parli vs. non parlare (imperativo negazione)" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;negation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6043" CreationDate="2015-09-30T14:30:53.243" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;non parli a me di disperazione&lt;/em&gt; the verb is in the subjunctive mood. In the specific case, one cannot use the imperative, because the &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; form is used: you are talking with someone not in familiar terms with you, so the verb must be in the third person and the imperative mood lacks it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the verb conjugations, the imperative is often showed with five voices (of course the first person singular doesn't make sense), but properly it has only two, like in Latin. The additional three forms are from the subjunctive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It should be mentioned that the &lt;em&gt;congiuntivo esortativo&lt;/em&gt; (exhortative subjunctive) is a common form, but here it's not the case. If the person you're talking to is in familiar terms, the sentence would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quindi, non parlare a me di disperazione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the imperative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As DaG remarks in a comment, the sentence could be interpreted as referring to a third person: Tizio is saying to Caio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sempronio dice di essere disperato.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and Caio says to Tizio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La mia disperazione è immensa. Quindi, non parli a me di disperazione.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;referring to Sempronio; in this case it would still be an imperative (with the substitute form from the subjunctive) but it could be interpreted as an exhortative subjunctive: the distinction is quite blurred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-09-30T15:01:46.527" LastActivityDate="2015-09-30T15:01:46.527" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6047" CreationDate="2015-10-01T13:27:18.330" Score="2" ViewCount="649" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La Luna come un fungo&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sentivo le grida dei compagni che salivano dal&#xA;  mare: stavano passandosi la voce, indicandomi, facendomi le beffe, e le loro parole&#xA;  sembrava mi giungessero da un altro mondo: - &lt;em&gt;Vè&lt;/em&gt; Qfwfq lì, ah ah!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo «vè» in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Tuttavia, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ve/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ve’&lt;/strong&gt; ‹&lt;em&gt;vé&lt;/em&gt;› interiez. – &lt;em&gt;Troncamento&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;vedi&lt;/em&gt;, imperativo del v. vedere, col sign. di «guarda!»: &lt;em&gt;ve’ che non par che luca Lo raggio da sinistra a quel di sotto&lt;/em&gt; (Dante). Frequente in usi region. come esclam. (anche nella grafia &lt;em&gt;veh&lt;/em&gt; ), col sign. di «bada!», per rafforzare espressioni di avvertimento, di ammonizione e di minaccia: &lt;em&gt;attento, ve’, che cadi!; bada, ve’, che me la paghi!; non ci provare, ve’!&lt;/em&gt; Anche rafforzativo, talora, di sì e no, a cui aggiunge una particolare sfumatura: &lt;em&gt;sì ve’; io no, ve’&lt;/em&gt;. Più raram. con funzione più tenue, quasi a sottolineare le parole che precedono: &lt;em&gt;era buono, ve’, il vino; scusate, ve’; aspetta, ve’&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: quel «vè» che appare nel brano di Calvino è lo stesso di «ve’»? Si tratta, come spiegato dal Treccani, del troncamento dell'imperativo del verbo vedere con il significato di «guarda!»?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-10-01T17:36:49.063" Title="«Vè» è lo stesso di «ve’»?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;&lt;interjections&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6046" CreationDate="2015-10-01T15:16:15.740" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che in questo caso vè sia da intendere come una forma dialettale o colloquiale di ve', dato che si tratta di pescatori che si fanno beffe di un vecchio compagno che è rimasto insabbiato con la sua barca in un mondo senza spiagge.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso nei discorsi diretti si trovano espressioni popolari che non sono perfette dal punto di vista grammaticale, e sottolineano il contensto non formale in cui sono formulate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque penso proprio che il senso sia «guarda lì Qfwfq! ha ha!» detto in modo colorito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-01T17:36:49.063" LastActivityDate="2015-10-01T17:36:49.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6048" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-02T02:24:19.560" Score="8" ViewCount="623" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?term=trattoria&quot;&gt;trattoria (n.)&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;      &quot;Italian restaurant,&quot; 1832, from Italian &lt;em&gt;trattoria&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  from &lt;em&gt;trattore&lt;/em&gt; &quot;host, keeper of an eating house,&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;from &lt;em&gt;trattare&lt;/em&gt; &quot;to treat,&quot; from Latin &lt;em&gt;tractare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, frequentative of&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;trahere&lt;/em&gt; (past participle tractus) &quot;to draw&quot; (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?term=tract&amp;amp;allowed_in_frame=0&quot;&gt;tract (n.1)&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask only about the 3rd bolded line above.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;How did a frequentative of &quot;to draw&quot;, evolve to mean &quot;to treat&quot;?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Please expose and explain the connecting notions and hidden semantic drifts. How should the etymology be interpreted, to connect the Latin etymon with the subsequent Italian acceptation? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1708" LastActivityDate="2016-11-01T01:46:59.980" Title="How did the Latin 'tractare' evolve to mean the Italian 'trattare'?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6016" CreationDate="2015-10-02T14:10:43.600" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io intenderei gaudio come godimento, parafrasando, quindi, &lt;em&gt;è godimento altrui ciò che lei cerca&lt;/em&gt;. In questo modo si sottolinea anche l'assonanza tra le due parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-02T15:50:57.830" LastActivityDate="2015-10-02T15:50:57.830" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6052" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-02T17:40:06.673" Score="5" ViewCount="1317" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio. Ho visto l'espressione in un articolo e non so cosa vuol dire. Che cosa significa “da urlo”? Nell'articolo appare l'espressione “capelli da urlo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa “da urlo”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1828" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-10-02T17:49:59.967" LastActivityDate="2020-03-22T22:47:20.173" Title="Cosa significa “da urlo”?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6052" CreationDate="2015-10-02T19:30:20.807" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;da urlo&quot; viene utilizzata (nel linguaggio parlato e direi piuttosto giovanile) per indicare qualcosa di talmente bello, straordinario, ... da meritare un &quot;urlo&quot; di meraviglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, &quot;capelli da urlo&quot; sono capelli che si notano molto, pettinati in modo molto bello o comunque che non passano inosservati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-10-02T19:32:24.800" LastActivityDate="2015-10-02T19:32:24.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6054" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6056" CreationDate="2015-10-03T07:43:15.750" Score="6" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La Luna come un fungo&lt;/em&gt;, una &quot;cosmicomica&quot; di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per Bm Bn il trovarsi lì era solo un'occasione per nuove piraterie, &lt;em&gt;bracconerie&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  devastazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;bracconeria&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-04T08:01:07.823" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T14:57:44.997" Title="Cosa significa &quot;bracconeria&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6054" CreationDate="2015-10-03T08:10:30.560" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;braccare: (dal vocabolario Sabatini Coletti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nella caccia, inseguire, stanare la selvaggina&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(fig.) Dare la caccia a qualcosa o qualcuno senza tregua.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bracconeria (o bracconaggio) di solito si usa soprattutto relativo alla caccia di frodo, cioè cacciare animali protetti o comunque in zone dove è vietato. Per estensione, si può usare nel senso di &quot;ruberia&quot; o di eseguire azioni illecite come la frode o simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorDisplayName="user986" LastEditDate="2015-10-03T09:47:06.003" LastActivityDate="2015-10-03T09:47:06.003" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6054" CreationDate="2015-10-03T08:56:25.900" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso sia una variante dialettale/regionale di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/B/bracconaggio.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bracconaggio: &lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Caccia illegale, fatta in tempi o luoghi non consentiti, o senza regolare licenza; caccia di frodo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani online ci dice che l'origine viene dal francese &lt;em&gt;bracconage,&lt;/em&gt; da cui deriva anche il verbo (raro) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bracconare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bracconare&lt;/a&gt; ossia cacciare con il bracco.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bracconaggio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bracconaggio&lt;/a&gt; s. m. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(dal fr. braconnage, der. di braconner: v. bracconare)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ci dice &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bracconaggio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; il bracconaggio è una pratica molto antica e, a mio avviso, il termine può avere assunto declinazioni dialettali nel corso dei secoli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bracconeria assomiglia molto al verbo bracconare. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Con la nascita della proprietà privata tribale e con il sopraggiungere del medioevo, la selvaggina divenne un esclusivo patrimonio dei feudatari, dei regnanti e dei loro ospiti. Ciò privò il popolo di una delle fonti alimentari, dando vita al bracconaggio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-10-04T13:09:11.287" LastActivityDate="2015-10-04T13:09:11.287" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6016" CreationDate="2015-10-04T07:39:40.270" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io lo interpreto come un modo molto arzigogolato di dire che è sposata: &lt;em&gt;quel che cercate&lt;/em&gt; (=giacere con lei) &lt;em&gt;è già gaudio ad altri&lt;/em&gt; (=è un piacere che spetta già ad un'altra persona, il marito).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2015-10-04T07:39:40.270" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5300" CreationDate="2015-10-05T00:26:21.307" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si dice, ovviamente, donne &lt;strong&gt;incinte.&lt;/strong&gt; Incinta è un aggettivo e come tutti gli aggettivi si declina. Dire &quot;incinta&quot; al plurale è sbagliato proprio come lo sarebbero *donne bella, *donne sposata o *donne emancipata. Il motivo per cui molti fanno questo errore è che considerano &quot;incinta&quot; come se avesse in qualche modo a che fare con il sostantivo &quot;cinta&quot; e quindi lo trattano come se fosse una inesistente locuzione avverbiale *in cinta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1833" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T00:26:21.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6059" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6060" CreationDate="2015-10-05T02:06:37.803" Score="1" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Passata&quot; is not even in the conjugation table:  listed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ItVerbs.aspx/%22passare%20conjugation%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;passare conjugation&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T17:49:16.250" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T17:49:16.250" Title="Why &quot;passata&quot; instead of &quot;passato&quot; in &quot;L'ambulanza non sarebbe passata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2015-10-05T08:28:54.140" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6059" CreationDate="2015-10-05T02:23:52.393" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian when a verb is conjugate to a compound tense and the auxiliary verb is &quot;essere&quot; (to be) the past participle has to agree with the subject in gender and number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The past participle of &quot;passare&quot; is &quot;passato&quot; &lt;em&gt;in the masculine singular form&lt;/em&gt;, but since the ambulance is a feminine noun in italian the participle needs to be declined to the feminine singular version, which is indeed &quot;passata&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T02:23:52.393" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6043" CreationDate="2015-10-05T13:33:09.560" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non mi parli&quot; is the subjunctive tense used as an exortation. But it has really become part of the Italian imperative tense, as you can see from the following list, which I studied over sixty years ago:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Che io parli; &#xA;Parla;&#xA;Che egli parli (that's our case);&#xA;Parliamo;&#xA;Parlate;&#xA;Che essi parlino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Our use of &quot;Che&quot; (That) is similar to the use of &quot;Let&quot; in the English imperative tense:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Let me speak;&#xA;Speak;&#xA;Let him speak;&#xA;Let us/Let's speak;&#xA;Speak;&#xA;Let them speak.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you have certainly noticed, the list does include the pronoun Io (I in English) even though today most sources will tell you that there are only 5 cases (Tu to Essi). I am an old man, but I come from Tuscany and I love my language and mine definitely still includes the six cases (I to Essi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Think of somebody who during a debate stands up and says &quot;Che io parli!&quot; or &quot;Che io possa parlare!&quot;. It is true that it would not be used very often today, but our language includes also the one which was spoken by Alfieri and Boccaccio and Dante.&#xA;Some people prefer to speak and understand only the language used in my Country today: they don't know what they are missing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;N.B. In my answer He and Egli of course mean also She and Ella/Lei. It is simply easier and doesn't indicate any disrespect for Ladies (To the contrary: I actually still prefer Ladies. I'm old style)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T13:33:09.560" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6032" CreationDate="2015-10-05T14:00:13.433" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to add that once in some Italian schools people had to study &quot;Calligrafia&quot;, which was simply the name of the subject: it meant that yours could be ugly and the school was going to help you to make it beautiful.&#xA;So &quot;calligrafia&quot; has meant &quot;grafia&quot; for a very long time.&#xA;My mother (before the Second World War) certainly had that subject, which was considered very important. I didn't have that subject, but I still had to learn &quot;Bella Calligrafia&quot; during my Elementary (Primary) School when we had only one teacher (wonderful: sometimes she was almost like a second mother to us) and no separate subjects. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please see: &lt;a href=&quot;http://lascuoladiunavolta.altervista.org/43/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://lascuoladiunavolta.altervista.org/43/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei aggiungere che in alcune scuole italiane la &quot;Calligrafia&quot; era semplicemente una materia di studio: la tua poteva essere brutta e la scuola ti avrebbe aiutato a farla diventare bella.&#xA;Quindi il termine &quot;Calligrafia&quot; è stato usato da tanti anni per dire grafia. Mia madre (prima dell'ultima guerra) certamente aveva quella materia di studio, che era considerata molto importante. A me non è toccata la materia, ma ho dovuto comunque imparare la &quot;Bella Calligrafia&quot; durante le mie Scuole Elementari, quando avevamo una sola insegnante (fantastico: qualche volta era quasi come una seconda mamma per noi) e non c'erano materie formalmente separate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T14:00:13.433" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6020" CreationDate="2015-10-05T14:10:48.103" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, è corretto, come anche: un'altr'ora, un'altr'onda ... corretti, ma - scritti e oggi - sono semplicemente terribili.&#xA;Parlando di Dante (meraviglioso), mia nonna diceva l'oriolo, invece di orologio, ma oggi sarebbe davvero brutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T14:10:48.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6054" CreationDate="2015-10-05T14:57:44.997" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;bracconeria/e&lt;/em&gt; non è corretto. È da richiamare il fatto che i soggetti che praticano &lt;em&gt;bracconaggio&lt;/em&gt; sono i &lt;em&gt;bracconieri&lt;/em&gt;, termine di uso molto più comune rispetto ai sopracitati, almeno nel colloquiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso ci siano stati dei bracconieri =&gt; comune&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Penso ci sia stato del bracconaggio  =&gt; raro  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, per sviluppo dialettale, direi che la &lt;em&gt;bracconeria&lt;/em&gt; è derivante dal termine &lt;em&gt;bracconiere&lt;/em&gt; come oggetto del verbo &quot;bracconare&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso ci siano state delle &lt;em&gt;bracconerie&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2015-10-05T14:57:44.997" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6065" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-06T13:32:22.943" Score="-1" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Qualcosa mi dice che lui le abbia trovate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translation: “Something told me he found &lt;strong&gt;them&lt;/strong&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Isn't the third person plural direct pronoun &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1217" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-10-06T14:12:58.340" LastActivityDate="2015-10-06T14:12:58.340" Title="Why “le” instead of “li” to translate them?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ClosedDate="2015-10-06T14:12:40.507" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6065" CreationDate="2015-10-06T13:53:41.333" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this sentence &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; is used to refer to a feminine object. For example: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Pensi abbia trovato le prove? Qualcosa mi dice che lui le abbia trovate&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Li&lt;/em&gt; is used for masculine objects. For example: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Dove hai messo i libri? Li ho messi lì&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-10-06T13:53:41.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6020" CreationDate="2015-10-07T09:14:04.933" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me è giusto e può essere usato senza nessun problema. Non vedo differenze tra lingua scritta e parlata rispetto all'apostrofo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo esempio ha un suono assolutamente normale. Il secondo esempio fatto è brutto e non verrebbe usato né nella lingua parlata né in quella scritta, ma non perché ci siano due apostrofi: infatti anche &lt;em&gt;'sta ultima volta&lt;/em&gt; ha un suono cattivo. Diremmo semmai &lt;em&gt;quest'ultima volta&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale l'elisione di &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;'sto&lt;/em&gt;, che suona sempre leggermente dialettale o colloquiale fuori da certe espressioni codificate (che non vogliono più l'apostrofo: &lt;em&gt;stavolta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stasera&lt;/em&gt;), non può essere applicata con la stessa noncuranza con cui si elide la vocale finale di molte parole. Noto che talvolta gli stranieri abusano di questa elisione appena la imparano, confondendola con altre elisioni più diffuse (come &lt;em&gt;che cos'è&lt;/em&gt;) o addirittura quasi obbligatorie (come &lt;em&gt;l'albero&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2015-10-07T09:14:04.933" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6068" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-07T09:21:48.877" Score="4" ViewCount="545" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti, &#xA;sto cercando di capire il concetto di sintagma. Leggendo diverse pagine su internet ho finora capito ciò che ho così riassunto (vedi la foto in allegato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/yhsA4.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/yhsA4.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda a questo punto è: posso pensare al sintagma come a un sinonimo di complemento? &#xA;Entrambi in fondo analizzano le funzioni di un gruppo di parole all'interno della frase e si trovano appunto a un livello intermedio tra parole e frase. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-10-07T22:24:23.570" LastActivityDate="2015-10-14T08:23:11.603" Title="Il sintagma pensato come sinonimo di complemento" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6071" CreationDate="2015-10-09T16:43:40.140" Score="1" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Le figlie della luna&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seduta alle mie spalle sulla &lt;em&gt;capote&lt;/em&gt; ribaltata della mia macchina c'era la ragazza nuda che indicava in direzione della Luna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei voluto dirle che si mettesse giù, che non potevo attraversare la città con lei così in vista in quello stato, ma non osavo distrarla, tutta intenta com'era a non perdere di vista la macchia luminosa che ora spariva ora riappariva al fondo della Avenue. E poi, - quel che era più strano - nessun passante sembrava notare questa apparizione femminile ritta su una macchina scoperta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ritto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato quest'accezione dell'aggettivo &amp;quot;ritto&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di persona, dritto in piedi, in posizione eretta: &lt;em&gt;stava r. in mezzo alla stanza; si piantò r. davanti a lui; non restare lì r., mettiti a sedere; su, r.!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo leggerla ho subito pensato che il senso di &amp;quot;ritta&amp;quot; nel brano citato fosse che la ragazza era in piedi sulla macchina, ma quello che mi confonde è che previamente si dice che la ragazza era seduta sulla &lt;em&gt;capote&lt;/em&gt;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: che la ragazza era &amp;quot;ritta&amp;quot; sulla macchina significa necessariamente che era &amp;quot;in piedi&amp;quot;? O può semplicemente significare che era &amp;quot;in posizione verticale&amp;quot; (cioè, in questo contesto potrebbe significare che stava seduta, ma con la schiena molto  dritta)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-13T13:05:57.817" Title="Sul significato di &quot;essere ritto su una macchina&quot; (una persona)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6070" CreationDate="2015-10-09T17:41:22.333" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A orecchio, propendo per la seconda ipotesi (che cioè la ragazza fosse seduta ma a torso dritto), anche perché se si sta seduti sulla &lt;em&gt;capote&lt;/em&gt; abbassata – anziché in un sedile – si sporge di molto dalla sagoma dell'automobile, dando appunto l'idea di qualcosa in verticale sopra l'auto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-10-09T17:41:22.333" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6072" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-11T17:14:37.757" Score="3" ViewCount="1154" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i miei amici e io&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is a bad translation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be the grammatically correct way to say it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1846" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-10-11T18:22:26.620" LastActivityDate="2016-06-05T04:41:37.867" Title="How would you say &quot;my friends and I&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6072" CreationDate="2015-10-11T18:25:25.713" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;My friends and I&quot; would be generally  translated as &quot;Io e i miei amici&quot;, &quot; I miei amici ed io&quot; is also correct. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=io%20e%20i%20miei%20amici%2C%20I%20miei%20amici%20ed%20io%20&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cio%20e%20i%20miei%20amici%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2CI%20miei%20amici%20ed%20io%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Io e i miei amici&lt;/em&gt;  vs &lt;em&gt;I miei amici ed io&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-10-11T18:25:25.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6074" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6079" CreationDate="2015-10-11T20:54:03.210" Score="5" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro di Hofer-Zehnder, Symplectic Invariants and Hamiltonian Dynamics, ad un certo punto si dice &quot;distinguished bilinear form&quot;, e più avanti &quot;distinguished symplectic invariant&quot;. Il senso di &quot;distinguished&quot; pare essere &quot;particolare, specificato, distinto, speciale, specifico&quot;. Mi chiedevo se ci fossero altri modi (magari migliori di questi) per tradurre questo aggettivo in Italiano. Qualcuno ha qualche idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi sono alcuni esempi di uso di &quot;distinguished&quot; in questo senso tratti dall'Hofer. &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/XL3gp.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/LseVa.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/LpllS.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/B7rEa.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;4&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/twlYY.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;5&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/nKue7.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;6&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/i09Da.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;7&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-26T12:37:07.997" LastActivityDate="2020-03-26T12:37:07.997" Title="Come tradurre &quot;distinguished bilinear form&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6072" CreationDate="2015-10-12T07:46:03.683" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;I miei amici ed io&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is the better translation that you can do. Please, note two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;ed&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, instead of &quot;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&quot; has the final &quot;&lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, which is better suited since the following letter is a vowel;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In Italian, it is better to put the first person at the last &quot;place&quot;: putting it at the beginning (&quot;&lt;em&gt;io e i miei amici&lt;/em&gt;&quot;) sounds too &quot;egocentric&quot;, and it should be avoided (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/node/7913&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; also). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="69" LastEditDate="2015-10-12T09:52:21.053" LastActivityDate="2015-10-12T09:52:21.053" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6070" CreationDate="2015-10-13T13:05:57.817" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fra i sinonimi di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilsinonimo.com/R/ritto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ritto&lt;/a&gt; c'è anche &lt;em&gt;impettito&lt;/em&gt; che, a parer mio, è adeguato a questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-10-13T13:05:57.817" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6077" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6078" CreationDate="2015-10-13T14:57:40.377" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I meteoriti&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mia moglie agitava un &lt;em&gt;ventaglio a stecche&lt;/em&gt; per smuovere l'aria sempre un po' polverulenta attorno ai nostri visi; io reggevo, a ripararci da possibili raffiche di pioggia meteorica, un ombrello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So cos'è un &quot;ventaglio&quot; e so anche cos'è una &quot;stecca&quot;, ma non capisco il significato di &quot;ventaglio a stecche&quot;. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-10-14T07:18:39.687" Title="Cos'è un &quot;ventaglio a stecche&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6077" CreationDate="2015-10-13T15:23:55.400" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilventaglio.org/tipi__di__ventagli.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;: il ventaglio a stecche, come prevedibile, è quello che si può &quot;richiudere&quot;, proprio perchè è formato dalle stecche, che ne permettono l'&quot;estensione&quot;. L'altro tipo viene invece chiamato &quot;ventaglio rigido&quot; (nel link che ho messo).&#xA;Tuttavia, come ben saprai, al giorno d'oggi, quasi tutti i ventagli rientrano nella prima categoria. Pertanto, quando si usa il termine &quot;ventaglio&quot; in una conversazione attuale, si fa quasi sempre riferimento a quello &quot;a stecche&quot;. Quindi, per un italiano madrelingua, il termine &quot;ventaglio a stecche&quot; usato in una conversazione risulta leggermente fuori luogo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/2sR2e.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/2sR2e.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Ventaglio a stecche&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/79q0H.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/79q0H.gif&quot; alt=&quot;Ventaglio rigido&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="69" LastEditDate="2015-10-14T07:18:39.687" LastActivityDate="2015-10-14T07:18:39.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6074" CreationDate="2015-10-13T15:31:20.343" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;A naso io userei &quot;una data forma bilineare&quot; oppure &quot;una fissata forma bilineare&quot; per tradurre &quot;a distinguished bilinear form&quot;. E.g. il primo esempio che viene dato nella domanda lo tradurrei con&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Uno spazio vettoriale simplettico è uno spazio vettoriale finito dimensionale insieme ad una data forma bilineare che è antisimmetrica e non degenere&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Uno spazio vettoriale simplettico è uno spazio vettoriale finito dimensionale insieme ad una fissata forma bilineare che è antisimmetrica e non degenere&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Grazie a @Dag per il suggerimento di usare &quot;fissata&quot; invece di &quot;data&quot; che è molto più pulito)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2015-10-13T22:07:36.760" LastActivityDate="2015-10-13T22:07:36.760" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6080" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6085" CreationDate="2015-10-13T20:19:20.833" Score="1" ViewCount="856" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretta la frase seguente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo, alla fin fine, Dante Alighieri sia l'unica persona cui ambisca — senza esito — ad essere come.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò che mi lascia perplesso è quel 'cui ambisca ad essere come'; frammento che, più comunemente, molti riscriverebbero 'a cui vorrei essere uguale', eventualmente anche senza 'a' prima di 'cui'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2015-10-17T05:53:35.263" LastActivityDate="2015-10-17T05:53:35.263" Title="È corretto &quot;...cui ambisca ad essere come&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6080" CreationDate="2015-10-13T20:43:03.030" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, in italiano non direi così, mi sembra quasi una traduzione fatta con un traduttore automatico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Credo che Dante Alighieri sia l'unica persona a cui vorrei assomigliare, ma senza successo.&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo usare il verbo &quot;ambire&quot; (anche se mi sembra molto formale):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Credo che la sola persona a cui ambisca assomigliare, ma senza successo, sia Dante Alighieri.&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Alla fin fine&quot; è più da linguaggio parlato e stona un po' con un &quot;ambire&quot; che non è certo da linguaggio parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-10-13T20:43:03.030" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6068" CreationDate="2015-10-14T08:17:42.363" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso sia una domanda molto interessante, E.V., spero di riuscire a risponderti bene! Premetto che sono partito da Wikipedia, nel costruire questa risposta, quindi troverai la trattazione completa anche lì (che potrebbe però essere eccessivamente articolata). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partiamo dal quesito specifico: &quot;&lt;em&gt;sintagma&lt;/em&gt;&quot; &lt;strong&gt;non&lt;/strong&gt; è sinonimo di &quot;&lt;em&gt;complemento&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Complemento_%28linguistica%29&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;complemento&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;è un elemento della frase che ha la funzione di completare, arricchire o specificare il significato del predicato verbale&lt;/em&gt;. E', quindi, un'informazione che fornisci allo scopo di aggiungere contenuto informativo. Ad esempio, prendiamo la frase &quot;Luigi è stato aiutato da Mario&quot;. Questa frase utilizza uno dei più noti complementi, ovvero quello &lt;em&gt;d'agente&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;da Mario&quot;): se non ci fosse, avremmo comunque l'informazione inerente il fatto che Luigi sia stato aiutato; l'aggiunta del complemento, però, aggiunge ulteriore contenuto informativo alla frase: stiamo dicendo anche &lt;em&gt;chi&lt;/em&gt; lo ha aiutato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sintagma&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sintagma&lt;/a&gt;, invece, è una singola unità della struttura complessiva della frase. In parole povere, qualunque frase può essere &quot;scomposta&quot; in sintagmi.&#xA;I criteri che hai riassunto sono corretti, e sono quelli proposti da Salvi &amp;amp; Vanelli, come &quot;trucchi&quot; per identificarli. Per chi non dovesse riuscire a leggere bene i tuoi appunti, li trova &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/tipi-di-sintagma_%28Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendendo un esempio del link di Wikipedia, e tornando al tuo quesito originale, considera questa frase (con la divisione esplicita in sintagmi):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario gioca in camera sua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a[ b[Mario]b c[gioca d[in e[camera f[sua]f ]e ]d ]c ]a.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;a = l'intera frase&#xA;b = Mario&#xA;c = gioca in camera sua&#xA;d = in camera sua&#xA;e = camera sua&#xA;f = sua&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vedi, &quot;Mario&quot; è il soggetto della frase (e non un complemento!) tuttavia, da solo, costituisce un sintagma: il &lt;em&gt;sintagma nominale&lt;/em&gt; della frase.&#xA;Abbiamo anche &quot;in camera sua&quot;, che è sia sintagma che complemento (di luogo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="69" LastEditDate="2015-10-14T08:23:11.603" LastActivityDate="2015-10-14T08:23:11.603" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6080" CreationDate="2015-10-14T12:39:20.387" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È inusuale, e stona all'orecchio, ma non la riterrei di per sé grammaticalmente sbagliata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se rimpiazzi &quot;essere come&quot; con l'equivalente &quot;assomigliare&quot; suona benissimo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Credo, alla fin fine, Dante Alighieri sia l'unica persona cui ambisca — senza esito — ad assomigliare.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-14T12:50:24.873" LastActivityDate="2015-10-14T12:50:24.873" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6084" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-15T08:08:11.080" Score="6" ViewCount="324" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da dove deriva il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stecca/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;stecca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; comunemente usato in referimento a: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(gerg). Compenso illecitamente dato o ottenuto in cambio di determinati favori, mazzetta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Deriva da uno dei comuni significati di stecca o ha un'origine completamente diversa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2019-11-14T03:02:15.230" Title="Origine della 'stecca'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6080" CreationDate="2015-10-15T10:52:51.333" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Terminare una relativa con una proposizione è una costruzione abbastanza comune in inglese, ma in italiano non si usa proprio. Le proposizioni vanno attaccate al pronome relativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the road (&lt;strong&gt;that&lt;/strong&gt;) I arrived &lt;strong&gt;from&lt;/strong&gt; / This is the road &lt;strong&gt;from which&lt;/strong&gt; I arrived.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa è la strada &lt;strong&gt;da cui&lt;/strong&gt; sono venuto / Questa è la strada &lt;strong&gt;dalla quale&lt;/strong&gt; sono venuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra l'altro, la frase citata dice &lt;em&gt;credo Dante Alighieri sia&lt;/em&gt;, non &lt;em&gt;credo &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; Dante Alighieri sia&lt;/em&gt;: omettere quel &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; è molto comune in inglese, ma anche questa abbastanza sconosciuta in italiano. È un altro indizio che fa pensare che sia una frase tradotta troppo letteralmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è però un altra questione più importante: in inglese &lt;em&gt;like&lt;/em&gt; è in tutto e per tutto una preposizione, come confermano &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/like&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diversi&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/like&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolari&lt;/a&gt;, ma in italiano è un avverbio che introduce un complemento; più ci penso e più mi sembra un oggetto abbastanza strano. In particolare mi sembra che non si possa usare per introdurre una relativa: tecnicamente immagino che si debba costruire così&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*Credo, alla fin fine, &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; Dante Alighieri sia l'unica persona &lt;em&gt;come la quale&lt;/em&gt; ambisca — senza esito — ad essere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(o forse &lt;em&gt;ambisco&lt;/em&gt;, che mi suona meglio). Una relativa con &amp;quot;come la quale&amp;quot;, o &amp;quot;come cui&amp;quot;, però non l'ho mai sentita, appunto perché &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; non è una proposizione. Insomma, direi che è una costruzione che in italiano non esiste. L'unica soluzione è riformulare la frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-15T10:52:51.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6086" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-15T15:46:43.507" Score="4" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La vera domanda è: possiamo fidarci?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La vera domanda è, possiamo fidarci?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La vera domanda è (:) &quot;possiamo fidarci?&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La vera domanda è possiamo fidarci?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le prime due mi sembrano sbagliate, perché mi è sempre stato insegnato che il verbo e il complemento oggetto, e così la copula e il predicato nominale, non vanno separati da segni di interpunzione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Escluderei anche la quarta, perché potrebbe risultare ambigua scritta così e, oltretutto, nella lingua parlata ci sarebbe una breve pausa tra 'è' e la domanda, e questa pausa non verrebbe riportata se mancasse del tutto la punteggiatura. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La terza, poi, mi sembra corretta ma non mi convince: la punteggiatura mi sembra, al contrario della quarta, troppa, e le virgolette mi dànno l'idea di discorso diretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è allora la forma giusta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastActivityDate="2015-10-18T19:13:57.367" Title="Punteggiatura: quale forma è corretta?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6084" CreationDate="2015-10-15T21:17:52.963" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;'stecca' nasce nel dopoguerra dal linguaggio dei marittimi che, per piccoli imbrogli, venivano ricompensati con una 'stecca' di sigarette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-10-15T21:17:52.963" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1225" CreationDate="2015-10-16T17:36:45.207" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Splendido&quot; is a perfect translation of cool; of course only one of them. In the Free Dictionary Online you will find &quot;excellent&quot; and &quot;first rate&quot; (from the American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language 2011) and &quot;sophisticated&quot; and &quot;elegant&quot; (from the Collin's English Dictionary). Sometimes that is exactly what &quot;cool&quot; means.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The use of &quot;splendido&quot; has also another advantage: whoever wants to learn our language does not really need to learn fico, figo and figata, which I simply find ghastly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I imagine that the downvote does not refer to the first paragraph. So there must be somebody around who actually prefers the definitions: fico, figo and figata. My warmest wishes (real, not joking) for the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just two days ago I recommended to two teachers of our primary and secondary schools, where the use of those words is unfortunately common, to try all they can to explain to their students that ours is a beautiful language which has much better words for the same meaning, so there is no need to use vulgar expressions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here's the Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Splendido&quot; è una perfetta traduzione di &quot;cool&quot;; naturalmente solo una fra le tante. Nel Free Dictionary Online possiamo trovare &quot;excellent&quot; e &quot;first rate&quot; (dall'American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language 2011) e &quot;sophisticated&quot; ed &quot;elegant&quot; (dal Collin's English Dictionary). A volte quello è esattamente ciò che si intende per &#xA;&quot;cool&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;L'uso di &quot;splendido&quot; ha anche un altro vantaggio: chiunque voglia imparare la nostra lingua non ha davvero bisogno di imparare fico, figo and figata, che trovo semplicemente terribili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che il voto negativo non si riferisca al primo partagrafo. Quindi ci deve essere qualcuno che preferisce davvero le definizioni: fico, figo and figata. I miei più sentiti auguri (sinceri, non scherzo), per il futuro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Proprio due giorni fa ho raccomandato a due insegnanti delle nostre scuole elementari e medie, dove l'uso di quelle parole è sfortunatamente comune, di cercare di fare tutto quello che possono per spiegare ai loro studenti che la nostra è una bella lingua che ha parole molto migliori con lo stesso significato, quindi non c'è bisogno di usare espressioni volgari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="1657" LastEditDate="2015-10-30T10:39:15.213" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T10:39:15.213" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6091" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6092" CreationDate="2015-10-17T23:54:55.040" Score="4" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've learned a little Italian over the past 2 weeks.  I thought until now that when you encounter a double consonant, like &lt;strong&gt;cc&lt;/strong&gt; in &lt;em&gt;zucchero&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;tt&lt;/strong&gt; in &lt;em&gt;frutta&lt;/em&gt;, you pause for a moment mid-word giving a word that &quot;bouncy&quot; quality.  But today I learned that &lt;em&gt;il cavallo&lt;/em&gt; means “the horse” and the Italian speaker I heard in the recording did not pause mid-word at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the rules for when you pause mid-word on a syllable and when you don't?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: I have received comments that indicate I am not explaining this as well as I could.  So here are two examples using Google Translate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#it/en/mela&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://translate.google.com/#it/en/mela&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#it/en/caramella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://translate.google.com/#it/en/caramella&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you listen to both phrases using the &quot;listen&quot; button (little speaker icon below text entry box),  you can hear the &quot;pause&quot; I am talking about.  (Perhaps it is better to say that the effect seems to alter significantly the stress applied to the syllable?)  But to my ears, the amount of time spent on &quot;&lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in &lt;em&gt;caramella&lt;/em&gt; versus the &quot;&lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in mela feels almost like a pause on that syllable.  That is, it sounds like that syllable is held a bit longer before moving on to the next syllable when there's a double consonant ending or following it.  In words with the double consonant &lt;strong&gt;tt&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;cc&lt;/strong&gt; (e.g. - &lt;em&gt;fritto&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;cioccolato&lt;/em&gt;), due to the plosive nature of those consonant sounds, it literally feels like a tiny period of silence before the next syllable is spoken.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE 2: The plot thickens.  Here is the same pronunciation sample pair but on Forvo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forvo.com/word/mela/#it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://forvo.com/word/mela/#it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forvo.com/search/caramella/it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://forvo.com/search/caramella/it/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And &lt;em&gt;caramella&lt;/em&gt; with a Catalan pronunciation (see Charo's comment below):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forvo.com/search/caramella/ca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://forvo.com/search/caramella/ca/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With these examples spoken by humans rather than text to speech voices used by  DuoLingo and Google Translate (computer generated voices), the effect is very subtle and perhaps non-existent.  Although as Charo pointed out, the Catalan pronunciation does seem to have a more pronounced stress accent on &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;caramella&lt;/em&gt; than the Italian pronunciation does.  Unfortunately Forvo did not have a Catalan pronunciation for &lt;em&gt;mela&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given the above test I am now quite worried that I am picking up some bad habits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1856" LastEditorUserId="1856" LastEditDate="2015-10-18T13:47:44.820" LastActivityDate="2018-06-26T21:32:04.437" Title="What are the rules for which letter combinations require a mid-word pause?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6091" CreationDate="2015-10-18T13:58:33.570" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The is no  mid-word pause when you pronounce Italian words with double consonants. You may have come across pronunciation exercises such the one below, where, just for the sake of learning the longer sound  of double consonants, they suggest to pronounce them slowly. Normal, common pronunciation are just plain, without any pause. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Poiché in italiano esistono alcune parole che si differenziano soltanto per la durata della consonante, è importante prestare molta attenzione alla pronuncia delle &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=233&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;consonanti doppie&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè due consonanti scritte due volte di seguito.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando una parola presenta due consonanti doppie, il suono della consonante stessa si rafforza e la vocale precedente si accorcia.&#xA;  Al contrario, quando si allunga il suono di una vocale, la consonante che segue ne uscirà inevitabilmente indebolita.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Provate a leggere le seguenti parole facendo attenzione alle doppie. Vi suggerisco di scandire bene le sillabe, per esempio di pronunciare CAR-RO con una pausa tra le due sillabe, in modo che si senta bene la prima “R”.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;caro / carro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fato / fatto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cane / canne&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;casa / cassa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;capello / cappello&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(zanichellibenvenuti.it) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-10-18T14:15:50.643" LastActivityDate="2015-10-18T14:15:50.643" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6093" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6094" CreationDate="2015-10-18T14:20:45.653" Score="2" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the sentence below from an Italian song I heard on YouTube:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Gli elefanti vanno a ballare in cimiteri sconosciuti&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; in &lt;em&gt;vanno a ballare&lt;/em&gt; to me is completely silent.  Note, I referring to the single vowel word &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; in that phrase (English word &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt;).  I cross checked this with the somewhat suspect computer generated voice on Google Translate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#it/en/Gli%20elefanti%20vanno%20a%20ballare%20in%20cimiteri%20sconosciuti&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://translate.google.com/#it/en/Gli%20elefanti%20vanno%20a%20ballare%20in%20cimiteri%20sconosciuti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In both cases I literally can't hear the word &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;at all&lt;/em&gt;.  Is that just my ears or do Italian speakers completely drop certain single syllable vowel sounds in certain cases? (Note I mean the sound of the single vowel word and not spelling, e.g.- &lt;strong&gt;ho&lt;/strong&gt; sounds to me like just plain &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've noticed this phenomenon in several places, especially when one or more single vowel words are strung together and lead into a &lt;em&gt;noun&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;adjective&lt;/em&gt; that starts with a vowel (E.g. - Io ho un uovo, uova, uomini, etc.  Here, to me, the &lt;strong&gt;ho&lt;/strong&gt; sound isn't distinguishable but seems to simply make the &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;strong&gt;io&lt;/strong&gt; a little longer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some cases it appears like although the single vowel word isn't distinguishable from the syllables surrounding it, but does cause a &lt;em&gt;dipthong-like&lt;/em&gt; change to neighboring vowel sounds, and at other times it seems like there's simply a tiny pause added to where the single vowel word sound should be heard, but isn't (audible).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any hard and fast rules here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1856" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-18T16:13:44.943" LastActivityDate="2015-10-18T16:13:44.943" Title="Are certain single vowel words merely dropped?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6093" CreationDate="2015-10-18T14:43:47.980" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Disclaimer: I am just an armchair linguist and my only qualification here is being a native speaker of Italian with a mild interest in grammar and pronunciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually in spoken Italian when there are two adjacent vowels in a sentence (for example because a word ends in a vowel and the following word starts with one) we tend to &quot;merge&quot; the two corresponding syllables. So in &quot;vanno a ballare&quot; you can hear only five syllables. However this is pronounced differently than if someone just said &quot;vanno ballare&quot; because of the difference in the vocalic sound (a sort of &quot;diphtong&quot; oa although I am not sure if it is correct to call it so).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an addendum, the letter &quot;h&quot; in Italian is never pronounced but it is only used in the written language to differentiate homophones (&quot;hanno&quot;/&quot;anno&quot;, &quot;ha&quot;/&quot;a&quot;) or in combination with &quot;c&quot; and &quot;g&quot; to denote the presence of the hard (velar) sound instead of the soft (palatalized) sound (&quot;chi&quot; /ki/ vs &quot;ci&quot; /tʃi/). I &lt;em&gt;think&lt;/em&gt; that in &quot;Io ho&quot; there should be two syllables (so that even if &quot;h&quot; is not pronounced it separates the two vocalic sounds) but I can certainly imagine someone speaking quickly so that the &quot;merging&quot; happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2015-10-18T14:43:47.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6086" CreationDate="2015-10-18T19:13:57.367" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ordine di erroneità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vera domanda è possiamo fidarci?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è corretta perché non c'è nessuna pausa, cosa che, come correttamente     obbietti, ci sarebbe nel parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vera domanda è (:) &quot;possiamo fidarci?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I due punti con virgolette introducono tipicamente quanto riportato da  fonti esterne alla comunicazione, in modo diretto. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alice disse a Bob: &quot;Come stai?&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con un discorso indiretto avremmo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alice chiese a Bob come stesse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vera domanda è, possiamo fidarci?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La virgola introduce una piccola pausa nel discorso ma mi sembra grammaticalmente scorretto l'introduzione di una proposizione oggettiva, proprio per la separazione tra verbo e complemento oggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vera domanda è: possiamo fidarci?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è il metodo corretto; i due punti, infatti, hanno funzione principalmente clarificatoria di quanto appena detto ed enumerativa (lista di elementi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altro segno di interpunzione valido sarebbero i puntini sospensivi in caso volessi delineare una sospensione maggiore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vera domanda è...(pausa grande) possiamo fidarci?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2015-10-18T19:13:57.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6074" CreationDate="2015-10-19T12:51:24.893" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel senso usato da Hofer e Zehnder in tutti i luoghi menzionati,  &quot;distinguished&quot; si riferisce ad un oggetto scelto e fissato una volta per tutte, che definisce una struttura matematica, o che comunque è associato canonicamente ad essa. Si tratta di un uso abbastanza comune nell'inglese matematico. Per fare un esempio ancora più elementare: &quot;A pointed set is a set together with a distinguished element, called the base point.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo senso l'italiano matematico usa comunemente &quot;fissato&quot;, &quot;assegnato&quot;, o anche &quot;dato&quot;. &lt;em&gt;&quot;Uno spazio vettoriale simplettico è uno spazio vettoriale reale di dimensione finita munito di una forma bilineare fissata, antisimmetrica e non degenere&quot;.&lt;/em&gt;  Si può anche omettere del tutto, così come nelle altre lingue. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastActivityDate="2015-10-19T12:51:24.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6097" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6100" CreationDate="2015-10-19T16:28:56.507" Score="3" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il cielo di pietra&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto questa frase (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma per Rdix, attratta come sempre dal raro e dall'&lt;em&gt;inconsulto&lt;/em&gt;, c'era l'impazienza d'appropriarsi di qualcosa d'unico, buono o cattivo che fosse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inconsulto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;definizione dell'aggettivo &quot;inconsulto&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Comunque, non sono sicura di aver capito cosa sia &quot;l'inconsulto&quot; nella frase precedente. Significa che Rdix era attratta dal rischio in modo imprudente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-10-26T15:16:00.680" Title="Cos'è &quot;l'inconsulto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5159" CreationDate="2015-10-19T17:24:58.440" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tanti anni fa a Genova si diceva (forse si dice ancora) “se mia nonna avesse le ruote, sarebbe un tramvai”. Un po' meglio come grammatica, con lo stesso risultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo può essere di qualche interesse (mia sottolineatura, usando le maiuscole).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Corriere della Sera (18-9-1997)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;… Psicologia e alternative immaginarie Se mia nonna avesse le ruote... &#xA;I paradossi dell'intelligenza. I proverbi di molti Paesi ci mettono in guardia contro la tentazione di pensare cosa sarebbe successo, se non fosse successo quello che, di fatto, e' successo. …&#xA;… &quot;se mia nonna avesse avute le ruote...&quot;  …&#xA;Nel gergo accademico, queste speculazioni si chiamano &quot;controfattuali&quot; e il loro attento studio da parte dei logici, filosofi e psicologi HA UNA LUNGA STORIA e occupa pagine e pagine di pubblicazioni. Tali ragionamenti spontanei offrono, infatti, una preziosa finestra sul modo di operare della nostra mente. Una vasta sintesi delle ricerche psicologiche in questo settore, e' stata appena pubblicata sullo Psychological Bulletin da Neil J. Roese della Northwestern University. Vi si apprendono dati curiosi e molto interessanti. Per esempio, si e' attentamente sondato il livello di soddisfazione e di orgoglio dei campioni olimpionici, sia al momento stesso della premiazione che dopo qualche anno. Il risultato, a prima vista sorprendente, e' che coloro che hanno vinto una medaglia di bronzo sono, in media, molto piu' soddisfatti di coloro che hanno vinto una medaglia d'argento. Infatti, mentre chi arriva secondo sente lo smacco di non avercela fatta, per un pelo, a vincere la medaglia d'oro, chi arriva terzo e', invece, molto soddisfatto di avercela fatta, sempre per un pelo a non essere quarto. In cuor loro, i terzi si dicono: &quot;Pensa, avrei potuto essere quarto, e allora niente podio, niente inno nazionale, nessun ingresso nel medagliere ufficiale&quot;. Un perfetto esempio, questo, della forza del ragionamento per controfattuali, e delle sue durature conseguenze emotive. …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-19T17:24:58.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5452" CreationDate="2015-10-19T17:39:09.567" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra che &quot;pigliare un quadro di sito&quot; possa significare &quot;prendere misure, fare disegni e piani&quot; per permettere all'amministrazione locale di  tentare di risolvere il problema dell'incrocio (&quot;strada croce&quot;) vicino all'uscita della città. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that &quot;pigliare un quadro di sito&quot; may mean &quot;take the necessary measures, drawings and make plans&quot; to allow the local administration to try to solve the problem of the crossing (&quot;strada croce&quot;) near the city gate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-19T17:39:09.567" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6097" CreationDate="2015-10-19T17:53:32.080" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/I/inconsulto.php&quot;&gt;Inconsulto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un aggettivo, usato some sostantivo nel testo di Calvino, che si riferisce ad atti,  gesti o altre azioni fatte in maniera avventata, con imprudenza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Fatto senza riflettere, in modo avventato, temerario, imprudente: &lt;em&gt;atto, gesto inconsulto; un'impresa inconsulta.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato sembra riferirsi al fatto che Rdix sia attratta dalle cose rare e dalle azioni fatte in maniera inconsulta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-19T21:46:13.263" LastActivityDate="2015-10-19T21:46:13.263" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6101" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-20T20:12:59.777" Score="1" ViewCount="624" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) Singolarmente Lei è insignificante, ma insieme agli altri come Lei costituisce quella massa che le élite manipolano psico-sociologicamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Singolarmente Lei è insignificante, ma insieme agli altri come Lei costituite quella massa che le élite manipolano psico-sociologicamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Singolarmente Lei è insignificante, ma insieme ad altri come Lei costituisce quella massa che le élite manipolano psico-sociologicamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Singolarmente Lei è insignificante, ma insieme ad altri come Lei costituite quella massa che le élite manipolano psico-sociologicamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con riferimento al modo di accoppiare ad/agli con costituisce/costituite, le frasi di cui sopra sono corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-10-21T08:00:55.620" LastActivityDate="2015-12-22T14:03:01.400" Title="Come scrivere correttamente questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6104" CreationDate="2015-10-20T22:50:24.940" Score="6" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the prologue of Francesca Caccini's &lt;em&gt;La Liberazione di Ruggiero&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Meco venite, e con sonore voci, /&#xA;  Numi dell'acque, reverite in pace, /&#xA;  Chi vinse in guerra il Moscovita e'l Trace, /&#xA;  E servirese i Tartari feroci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;servirese&quot; an archaic conjugation of &quot;servire&quot;? (Passato remoto forse?) It doesn't make grammatical sense as an infinitive + reflexive pronoun, and furthermore it is set musically so that the 3rd syllable is stressed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1862" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-21T17:09:33.523" LastActivityDate="2015-10-21T17:09:33.523" Title="Meaning/Conjugation of &quot;servirese&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6101" CreationDate="2015-10-20T22:50:44.200" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono corrette la 1 e la 3.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“A insieme a B”, come soggetto, richiede il singolare (a differenza di “A e B”). E quindi – lasciando solo gli elementi essenziali – la forma corretta è “Lei ... insieme ad altri ... costituisce quella massa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto alla scelta “agli altri/ad altri”, sono due possibilità con significati diversi. Come sempre, “gli altri” si riferisce a tutti gli altri di quella data categoria, mentre il semplice “altri” ad alcuni tra tanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-10-20T22:50:44.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6102" CreationDate="2015-10-20T23:32:25.057" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe there is a missing space and the correct phrase is &lt;em&gt;servi rese&lt;/em&gt;, that is, “enslaved”; literally, &lt;em&gt;servi rese&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;rese servi&lt;/em&gt; = “made slaves” (the inversion is usual in poetry).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-10-20T23:32:25.057" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6107" CreationDate="2015-10-21T10:55:39.207" Score="4" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would I be able to translate the phrase '&lt;em&gt;X&lt;/em&gt; to come' to use in Italian? What counterpart exists for it in the language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Example:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;'worse to come'&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Over in the centre, we've got worse to come in terms of weather: quite a few thunderstorms throughout the middle part of the country accompanied by very strong rain, but still a little bit of sunshine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1735" LastActivityDate="2015-10-22T08:13:36.727" Title="Using the phrase 'X to come' in Italian" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6105" CreationDate="2015-10-21T12:47:09.943" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In some situations it can be translated literally with &lt;em&gt;&quot;a venire&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, as in &lt;em&gt;&quot;years to come&quot;&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;&quot;anni a venire&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. This however works mainly with time expressions (I'm sorry I cannot think of an hard and fast rule).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all other cases you have to translate less literally by using periphrases and in generally restructuring the sentence. This is how I'd translate your example sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel centro dobbiamo aspettarci un tempo più brutto: parecchie tempeste lungo la parte mediana del paese accompagnate da pioggia molto forte, con tuttavia degli sprazzi di sereno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see I translated &lt;em&gt;&quot;We've got worse to come in terms of weather&quot;&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;&quot;Dobbiamo aspettarci un tempo più brutto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; that is &lt;em&gt;&quot;we should expect a worse weather&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(This sentence sounds a little clunky to me honestly, I probably would rather say &lt;em&gt;&quot;delle giornate più brutte&quot;&lt;/em&gt; but I wanted to stay as close as possible to the example you provided).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2015-10-21T12:47:09.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6105" CreationDate="2015-10-22T08:13:36.727" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can add that &quot;Il peggio deve ancora venire&quot; is a common, idiomatic way of saying &quot;The worst is yet to come&quot;, so your sentence might be rephrased as something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel centro, per quanto riguarda il tempo, il peggio deve ancora venire [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1864" LastActivityDate="2015-10-22T08:13:36.727" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6108" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6109" CreationDate="2015-10-23T10:13:03.203" Score="1" ViewCount="416" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, out of the four choices given below, what is the proper / standard way of formatting a currency amount (does the currency symbol go before or after the amount and should there be a separating space between the currency symbol and the amount)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;300 €&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;€ 300&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;300€&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;€300&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NOTE: My question is related to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5674/what-is-the-correct-way-to-format-currency-in-italian&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt; but goes beyond that question as I am also asking about the spacing between the currency symbol and the numeric amount.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1063" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-10-23T15:07:40.203" Title="Placement of currency symbols: before or after numeric amount and with or without a separating space?" Tags="&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2015-10-23T15:00:08.003" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6108" CreationDate="2015-10-23T11:42:35.777" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian you can write &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;1.300,00 €&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;€ 1.300,00&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally, people make use of the first of these two formats. You must add a space between the number and the currency symbol, you must use a period (&quot;.&quot;) to group digits as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;1.300 €&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and you must use a comma (&quot;,&quot;) before the start of the decimal part of a numeric amount. Normally, for currency in euros, two digits are written for the fractional part.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorUserId="1063" LastEditDate="2015-10-23T12:27:00.443" LastActivityDate="2015-10-23T12:27:00.443" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3823" CreationDate="2015-10-23T22:05:23.447" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Be careful, Italian &quot;Come stai/sta?&quot; is indeed asking about health or state of mind. Most likely, I would use it only if I know that something happened to the person in front of me. English usage of &quot;how are you?&quot; is closer to Italian &quot;ciao&quot;, isn't it? &#xA;&quot;Come va?&quot; could be ok, if it is told with a salutation tone, so to speak. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-24T08:04:21.767" LastActivityDate="2015-10-24T08:04:21.767" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6101" CreationDate="2015-10-23T22:20:14.163" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A, insieme a B, va allo zoo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A e B insieme vanno allo zoo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A è stanco, ma, insieme a B, va allo zoo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A è stanco, ma insieme a B va allo zoo.  (accettabile)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;* A è stanco, ma insieme a B vanno allo zoo. (non suona bene)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A è stanco, ma incontra B e insieme vanno allo zoo. (ok)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A, che è stanco, e B vanno allo zoo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="1871" LastEditDate="2015-12-22T14:03:01.400" LastActivityDate="2015-12-22T14:03:01.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6122" CreationDate="2015-10-23T23:17:27.503" Score="4" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to translate this sentence into Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialectical_materialism&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialectical_materialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main idea of dialectical materialism lies in the concept of the evolution of the natural world and the emergence of new qualities of being at new stages of evolution. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'idea principale del materialismo dialettico si trova nel concetto dell'evoluzione del mondo naturale e la comparsa di nuove qualità di essere ai nuovi certi punti della evoluzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is my translation correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's not , what would a native speaker suggest ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastActivityDate="2015-10-26T17:14:02.910" Title="The main idea of dialectical materialism" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6114" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-23T23:37:51.947" Score="12" ViewCount="5156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since I'm not a native Italian speaker, I don't exactly know what the difference between &lt;em&gt;hotel&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;albergo&lt;/em&gt; is. &#xA;Would you mind telling me the difference, please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-24T09:17:32.783" LastActivityDate="2015-11-08T19:47:53.317" Title="What is the difference between albergo and hotel" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6113" CreationDate="2015-10-23T23:42:37.273" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Althoug it seems the quoted sentence is a bit floppy under a syntactic perspective, the best translation I can perform is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'idea centrale del &lt;em&gt;materialismo dialettico&lt;/em&gt; risiede nel concetto evolutivo del mondo naturale e dell'emergere di nuove qualità sostanziali al procedere dell'evoluzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just I precise I'm not a native speaker. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Goodnight and see you in your dreams.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-10-23T23:42:37.273" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6114" CreationDate="2015-10-23T23:50:00.030" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are no differences in meaning and usage, albeit 'hotel' is somewhat often related to luxury buildings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-10-23T23:50:00.030" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6117" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6118" CreationDate="2015-10-24T10:08:27.063" Score="3" ViewCount="610" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to translate this sentence into Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pity that my daughter lives 5000 kilometers away from me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peccato che mia figlia vive a 5000 chilometri da me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is my translation correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be glad if you answered my question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T08:10:24.783" Title="Pity that my daughter lives 5000 kilometers away from me" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6117" CreationDate="2015-10-24T12:04:30.027" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si usa il congiuntivo, in questo caso, al posto del presente inglese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Peccato che mia figlia viva a 5000 chilometri da me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, di solito, non si dice &quot;da me&quot; perché è sottinteso, quindi in italiano direi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Peccato che mia figlia viva a 5000 chilometri di distanza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian we use the subjunctive in this case, instead of the English present tense:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Peccato che mia figlia viva a 5000 chilometri da me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, usually the &quot;da me&quot; (from me) is not translated because it is implied in the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Peccato che mia figlia viva a 5000 chilometri di distanza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2015-10-25T14:43:22.893" LastActivityDate="2015-10-25T14:43:22.893" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6119" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6120" CreationDate="2015-10-24T12:37:40.800" Score="2" ViewCount="622" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alla domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In che ristorante sei?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale tra le seguenti è la frase corretta da usare come risposta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono nel ristorante messicano Zapata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono nel Zapata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono da Zapata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono al Zapata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono al ristorante messicano Zapata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="224" LastEditDate="2015-10-24T19:16:08.383" LastActivityDate="2015-10-24T19:16:08.383" Title="Sono nel / al / da ristorante messicano Zapata" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6119" CreationDate="2015-10-24T14:27:03.523" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono nel ristorante messicano Zapata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I'm in / inside the Mexican restaurant Zapata.&quot;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not wrong, but it focuses more on the fact that you're inside the restaurant than on the fact that you're at the restaurant having dinner;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It would be good to tell the listener where you're at if e.g. you lost each other and you're unable to regroup.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono nel Zapata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I'm in / inside the Zapata.&quot;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is definetly wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono da Zapata.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Sono al Zapata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I'm at Zapata's.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I'm at the Zapata (?)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are quite similar; the first one is the equivalent of the English &quot;I'm at X's place&quot; or &quot;I'm at X's&quot;; the second one requires the listener to know what Zapata is already, because &quot;(?)&quot; might be almost anything and is implied; in this case what is implied is &quot;restaurant&quot; (&quot;Sono al (ristorante) Zapata&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono al ristorante messicano Zapata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I'm at the Mexican restaurant Zapata.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is perfect to tell the listener where you're at in case Zapata is not a place which the speaker is familiar with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-24T15:24:18.203" LastActivityDate="2015-10-24T15:24:18.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6114" CreationDate="2015-10-24T17:20:47.000" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to Elberich's answer, I'll also add - but be aware that this might be a bias of mine, possibly due to regional usage (Italian has quite a lot of regional variations) - that &lt;em&gt;Hotel&lt;/em&gt; is more often used in proper nouns (possibly due to delusions of grandeur on the part of the management). So you might use both in a sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Staremo in albergo, all'Hotel Edelweiss.&#xA;&#xA;We're going to lodge at Hotel Edelweiss.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; say &quot;staremo in hotel&quot;, but at least in Tuscany you usually say &quot;stare in albergo&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2015-10-24T17:20:47.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6113" CreationDate="2015-10-24T17:37:47.693" Score="5" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'idea principale del materialismo dialettico si trova nel concetto&#xA;  dell'evoluzione del mondo naturale e la comparsa di nuove qualità di&#xA;  essere ai nuovi certi punti della evoluzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You go really great up to &quot;nuovi&quot;. I'd translate (making some more changes that are mostly a matter of personal taste) as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'idea principale del materialismo dialettico &lt;strong&gt;consiste&lt;/strong&gt; nel concetto&#xA;   &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; evoluzione del mondo naturale e &lt;strong&gt;nell'**emergere di nuove qualità&#xA;   dell'essere **nei nuovi stadi dell'evoluzione&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You usually use an apostrophe with &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dello&lt;/em&gt; if the next word starts with vowel).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;: I'm not too clear if the original meaning is similar to &quot;lies in *the twin concepts of evolution and appearance of new qualities&quot;, or to &quot;lies in the concept of both evolution and appearance&quot;. My translation reflects the first interpretation. In the second you would have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'idea principale del materialismo dialettico &lt;strong&gt;consiste&lt;/strong&gt; nel concetto&#xA;   &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; evoluzione del mondo naturale e &lt;strong&gt;dell'**emergere di nuove qualità&#xA;   dell'essere **nei nuovi stadi dell'evoluzione&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i.e., both &lt;em&gt;di evoluzione&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;di comparsa&lt;/em&gt; depend by &lt;em&gt;concetto&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;UPDATE&lt;/em&gt;: for the difference between &lt;em&gt;di essere&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dell'essere&lt;/em&gt;, as well as that between &lt;em&gt;comparsa&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;emergere&lt;/em&gt;, see the comment by Mauro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2015-10-26T17:14:02.910" LastActivityDate="2015-10-26T17:14:02.910" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6123" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-24T19:32:07.407" Score="1" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il servilismo &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; ripugna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O, come credo -- sebbene non sappia spiegarne la ragione --, il &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; è incorretto lì?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato qualcosa online per capire se 'ripugnare' fosse un verbo riflessivo e se tale circostanza assumesse rilievo al riguardo, ma, non solo non sono riuscito a trovare alcunché, ho ora anche le idee più confuse di prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è un altro esempio che, apparentemente, può essere diversamente articolato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; ripugni, fai schifo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu sei ripugnante, fai schifo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu ripugni, fai schifo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se nella risposta cennate anche a questa terna sarei grato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-25T07:59:00.843" Title="Il servilismo mi ripugna - Il servilismo ripugna" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6123" CreationDate="2015-10-24T20:34:25.530" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una qualsiasi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ripugnare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce di dizionario&lt;/a&gt; ci rassicura sul fatto che “ripugnare” si costruisce con “a” (per esempio, «gli ripugna parlare della sua vita passata»). Nella voce che cito c'è anche un esempio con “mi”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto alla terna di frasi, la prima va senz'altro bene e la seconda pure (anche se non c'entra direttamente col resto del discorso).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;La terza – così come anche «Il servilismo ripugna» – è ammissibile, anche se suona lievemente monca. Sarebbe come dire «Elberich piace», senza specificare a chi, quasi sottintendendo “piace a tutti, piace a chiunque lo conosca” o simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I verbi riflessivi non c'entrano.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-10-24T20:34:25.530" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6123" CreationDate="2015-10-24T20:43:50.617" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono due frasi dal significato differente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi ripugna&quot; = ripugna a me, ma può non ripugnare ad altri (per es., &lt;em&gt;la trippa mi ripugna&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ripugna&quot; senza specifiche indica che l'oggetto ripugna (o si afferma che ripugni, o che &lt;em&gt;debba&lt;/em&gt; ripugnare) &lt;strong&gt;a tutti&lt;/strong&gt;, senza distinzione. Dal contesto, credo che tu abbia ragione e che il senso inteso dall'autore fosse «il servilismo ripugna a tutti».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso si applica a &quot;fare schifo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &quot;ripugnare&quot; originariamente significava «opporsi, resistere, fare resistenza»:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;...questa è viscosità, che ripugna al moto per tutti i versi, e&#xA;      quella è gravità, che ripugna al solo moto in su.&lt;/em&gt; [Galileo Galilei, Dialogo sopra i Massimi Sistemi]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2015-10-24T20:49:52.080" LastActivityDate="2015-10-24T20:49:52.080" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6123" CreationDate="2015-10-24T20:58:41.293" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le diverse versioni, secondo me, sono tutte corrette ma cambia il significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Il servilismo mi ripugna&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;indica che ripugna &quot;a me&quot;, ma non dice nulla sul fatto che possa ripugnare altre persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Il servilismo ripugna&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ha invece un senso assoluto: qualsiasi persona è ripugnata dal servilismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stessa cosa si può dire per le tre frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Tu mi ripugni, fai schifo!&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;indica che la persona a cui ci si rivolge ripugna &quot;a me&quot; e quindi che fa schifo a me. Niente viene detto riguardo a sensi di schifo o di ripugnanza per altre persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Tu sei ripugnante, fai schifo!&#xA;&lt;br /&gt;Tu ripugni, fai schifo!&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ha invece un senso assoluto. Le due frasi hanno significato uguale e assoluto (se si guarda, cambia solo la costruzione: nella prima si usa il verbo e nella seconda si usa l'aggettivo corrispondente con il verbo essere mantenendo il presente, il tempo usato per indicare qualcosa di assoluto), indicando che il senso di schifo e ripugnanza vale per qualsiasi persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come diceva DaG nella sua risposta, non è un problema di verbi riflessivi, ma di significato assoluto e relativo della frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-25T07:59:00.843" LastActivityDate="2015-10-25T07:59:00.843" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6127" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-25T16:58:47.120" Score="2" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Elberich mi ripugna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è una frase ambigua?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, supponiamo un parlante pronunci quella frase, come possiamo capire se è Elberich che ripugna al parlante o il parlante che ripugna a Elberich?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-10-26T13:23:59.227" LastActivityDate="2015-10-26T13:23:59.227" Title="&quot;Elberich mi ripugna&quot; è una frase ambigua?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6127" CreationDate="2015-10-25T19:19:59.070" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, non è una frase ambigua. Vediamo perché:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;Elberich&lt;/em&gt; non è preceduta da nessuna preposizione. Di conseguenza può essere solo un soggetto o un complemento oggetto (ok, ok, sto semplificando.. in questo caso è chiaro però).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; è un pronome personale complemento (mentre il pronome personale soggetto sarebbe &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;), di conseguenza non può essere il soggetto. Senza altre preposizioni può svolgere il ruolo di complemento oggetto o di complemento di termine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ripugna&lt;/em&gt; è un verbo coniugato alla terza persona singolare. Quindi il soggetto non può essere &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; in ogni caso, che è un pronome di prima persona. In più è un verbo intransitivo, di conseguenza non può avere un complemento oggetto. Quindi &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; è necessariamente un complemento di termine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che in quest'analisi non ho utilizzato la posizione delle parole; ad esempio &lt;em&gt;Mi ripugna Elberich&lt;/em&gt; ha esattamente lo stesso significato. La posizione delle parole in italiano spesso comunica l'enfasi invece del ruolo grammaticale (come ad esempio è comune in inglese).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finalmente vediamo una frase quasi identica ma dal diverso significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Elberich, mi ripugna!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa frase la virgola separa &lt;em&gt;Elberich&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;em&gt;mi ripugna&lt;/em&gt;. Di fatto qui &lt;em&gt;Elberich&lt;/em&gt; viene a diventare un'invocazione ad un ipotetico interlocutore o qualche altro tipo di escalamazione. A seconda del contesto questa frase potrebbe rappresentare una persona che si lamenta con Elberich di una cosa che gli ripugna oppure &lt;em&gt;Elberich&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere un nome collegato alla cosa che ripugna (ad esempio &lt;em&gt;uccidere Elberich&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;sposare Elberich&lt;/em&gt;). In particolare, al contrario del primo esempio, è impossibile dedurre senza ulteriori informazioni se l'opinione del parlante su Elberich sia positiva o negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-26T06:12:09.510" LastActivityDate="2015-10-26T06:12:09.510" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6113" CreationDate="2015-10-25T19:34:21.257" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an issue with the English too. Do you mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The main idea lies in the concept of (the evolution and the emergence)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e., there is a unique concept composed by, so to speak, evolution + emergence; or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The main idea lies in the concept of the evolution and [in] the emergence, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e., the idea lies in two different entities, the concept and the emergence (note: not &lt;em&gt;the concept of emergence&lt;/em&gt;) (and it seems to me that you need a second 'in' in English too, don't you)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, you would have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'idea principale si trova nel concetto &lt;strong&gt;dell'&lt;/strong&gt; evoluzione del mondo naturale e &lt;strong&gt;dell'&lt;/strong&gt; emergere di nuove qualità&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and respectively&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'idea principale si trova &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; concetto dell' evoluzione del mondo naturale e &lt;strong&gt;nell'&lt;/strong&gt; emergere di nuove qualità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They both sound grammatically correct to me; however, unless there is a reason against, I would use the plural 'concetti', which would make the statements symmetrical, so to speak: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'idea principale si trova nei concetti dell'evoluzione del mondo naturale e dell'emergere di nuove qualità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(in English too?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-25T22:29:10.433" LastActivityDate="2015-10-25T22:29:10.433" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6130" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6141" CreationDate="2015-10-26T00:00:57.957" Score="6" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to say in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've been awake for 5 days.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono cinque giorni che sono sveglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this translation correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastActivityDate="2020-09-29T20:06:54.220" Title="I've been awake for 5 days" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6130" CreationDate="2015-10-26T00:15:27.037" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Sono cinque giorni che sono sveglio” è una traduzione particolarmente enfatica, ma è corretta. Un'alternativa priva della predetta enfasi è “Sono rimasto† sveglio per cinque giorni”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;†'rimasto' può essere sostituito da 'stato' senza apprezzabile variazione di significato.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Sono cinque giorni che sono sveglio” is correct, albeit it carries out a particular emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want that emphasis, you could say “Sono rimasto† sveglio per cinque giorni”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;†'rimasto' can be replaced with 'stato' without any change in meaning.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-09-29T20:06:54.220" LastActivityDate="2020-09-29T20:06:54.220" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6132" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-26T00:36:44.850" Score="2" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;a) Sono cinque giorni che sono sveglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) Sono rimasto sveglio per cinque giorni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che coglie una differenza di enfasi fra a) e b)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-26T11:14:35.220" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T20:08:45.493" Title="&quot;Sono cinque giorni che sono sveglio.&quot; Vs. &quot;Sono rimasto sveglio per cinque giorni.&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6132" CreationDate="2015-10-26T07:53:35.320" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le due frasi sono molto simili. Se proprio si vuole cercare una differenza, direi che la prima pone più l'accento sul momento in cui ho iniziato a stare sveglio (5 giorni fa) mentre la seconda più sulla durata senza dare indicazioni su quando questa cosa è iniziata (i 5 giorni di veglia potrebbero esserci stati il mese scorso e non ora).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-10-26T07:53:35.320" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6097" CreationDate="2015-10-26T15:16:00.680" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just voted for John61's answer, but the following may be of some interest. (Ho appena votato per la risposta di Josh61, ma quanto segue può essere di qualche interesse)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From Dizionario Inglese - Italiano - Ragazzini/Biagi, 1991: &quot;Inconsulto: ill-advised; unadvised, rash&quot; and &quot;malaccorto, sconsiderato, imprudente, avventato, inconsiderato, impetuoso, precipitoso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Word Reference adds: &quot;sudden, thoughtless&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would add, though not for that particular case (Aggiungerei, anche se non per il caso specifico): &quot;malconsigliato, sconsigliato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-26T15:16:00.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6136" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6138" CreationDate="2015-10-27T00:58:18.283" Score="4" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to translate &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.allaboutgod.com/truth-topics/kindness.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this sentence&lt;/a&gt; into Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;May the LORD reward you for your kindness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possa Dio ricompensarti per la tua gentilezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is my translation correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T15:13:37.660" Title="May the LORD reward you for your kindness" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6117" CreationDate="2015-10-27T08:10:24.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei solo aggiungere una cosa: in italiano parlato spesso il congiuntivo viene erroneamente sostituito da altri tempi verbali. Se ti capitasse di sentire &quot;Peccato che mia figlia viv&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt; a 5000 km da me&quot;, o se ti capitasse di dirlo, non sarebbe un errore gravissimo (&lt;strong&gt;Nel parlato e in un contesto informale, fra amici e parenti!&lt;/strong&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono contesti informali in cui è diventato quasi accettabile non usare il congiuntivo. In generale, però, non usarlo correttamente è ritenuto un segno di ignoranza. Ovviamente essendo tu non madrelingua non darai la stessa impressione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T08:10:24.783" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6136" CreationDate="2015-10-27T10:17:42.543" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;While in English you must double the pronouns (you/your), in Italian they &lt;em&gt;feel&lt;/em&gt; redundant. I'd better prefer this translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Possa Dio ricompensare la tua gentilezza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-27T15:13:37.660" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T15:13:37.660" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6139" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6142" CreationDate="2015-10-27T13:18:45.980" Score="3" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;When trying to express the sentiment &quot;not well, not well at all&quot; I would be inclined to say &quot;non bene, non bene a tutti&quot;, but is there an idiomatic expression that is used by native speakers, or a more correct translation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T17:47:01.940" Title="Expressing &quot;not well at all&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6139" CreationDate="2015-10-27T14:16:14.460" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;not well, not well at all&quot; can be translated, depending on the context, as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) &quot;non bene, affatto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) &quot;non bene, proprio non bene&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) &quot;non bene, per niente&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whatever the choiche were among 1), 2) and 3), note that &quot;a tutti&quot; — that you have used as translation of &quot;at all&quot; — is incorrect at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hoping you are satisfied, please don't forget to cast an upvote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-10-27T14:54:40.330" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T14:54:40.330" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6130" CreationDate="2015-10-27T15:02:05.457" Score="3" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Sono sveglio da cinque giorni&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is the best one and most neutral one. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Sono &lt;strong&gt;cinque giorni&lt;/strong&gt; che sono sveglio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; it's emphatic and more colloquial. It's emphatic because you move &quot;cinque giorni&quot; from its standard position in the sentence to another position.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;È cinque giorni&lt;/strong&gt; che sono sveglio&quot; it's even more colloquial and, I believe, grammatically wrong, if writtten in a formal text. You can say it in informal oral speech. This sentence, too, emphasizes the &quot;5 days&quot; period. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why are the sentences number 2 and 3 more emphatic? That is because in the Italian language the normal and non-emphatic order of words is &lt;strong&gt;subject-verb-object.&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;If you move one part (if it is possibile to do so) the emphasis changes. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;La mamma ha comprato il pane&quot; (subject-verb-object).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il pane&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ha comprato la mamma!&quot; (Object-verb-subject --&gt; emphasis on the object). In oral speech you will pronounce &quot;il pane&quot; with a higher tone of voice. You want to emphasize that the mother bought the bread and NOT something else, like milk or juice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;La mamma &lt;strong&gt;il pane&lt;/strong&gt; ha comprato!&quot; same as the previous one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;il pane l'ha comprato &lt;strong&gt;la mamma&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; emphasis on the fact that the mother bought the bread, and not someone else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry, this might not be directly related to your question, but I wanted to emphasize that the choice you proposed was emphatic and I also wanted to explain why.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-28T14:40:39.603" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T14:40:39.603" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6139" CreationDate="2015-10-27T17:47:01.940" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;To the question &quot;How are you feeling today?&quot; / &quot;Come stai oggi?&quot; I would answer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non tanto bene...anzi, per niente bene&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Male, proprio male&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Male, davvero male&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To the question &quot;Can you play golf?&quot; &quot;Sai giocare a golf?&quot; I would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non troppo bene&quot; (not quite well)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non molto bene&quot; (not very well)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Per niente bene&quot; (not well at all)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can combine these sentences but everyone stands by itself&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2015-10-27T17:47:01.940" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6143" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-27T20:45:17.803" Score="4" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have come across the word &quot;centralina&quot;, and more specifically &quot;centralina privata&quot;. The building is found in a rural mountainous setting. Having looked up the word in various dictionaries I have come up with the following translations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;centralina telefonica (telephone branch exchange)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;centralina elettrica (electrical power plant)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;centralina termica (thermal power plant)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;centralina idraulica (hydrdaulic plant)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I'm not sure which one to choose. Given that the setting is a village of roughly 2,000 people, I was thinking it would be an &quot;electrical power plant&quot;, perhaps someone can comment on this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, it seems to me, that when talking about PBX (private telephone branch exchanges), the words &quot;centralina&quot; and &quot;centralino&quot; are used interchangeably. Is this correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1881" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T11:03:45.467" Title="How to interpret the word &quot;centralina&quot; (and the word &quot;centralino&quot;) correctly?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6143" CreationDate="2015-10-28T01:25:06.880" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;centralina&quot; is used for a place where there is a control. There are two types of controls: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a place where switch on or off some lines (both in a dedicated place how in power plants or only a box where there are the controls). This is just control and doesn't need big place;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a place where reduce or increase the power of line (in Italy, the big lines of power use many KV but in the homes we receive only 230V, so they are necessary some places where transformer the voltage of input line to the local voltage). This type of &quot;centralina&quot; can be very little if the new line is little or if just isolation is necessary but also big size where new lines with big power are created starting from main power line. For example, we can think to power line as a tree and every time that we add a branch we need a &quot;centralina&quot; to control the power conversion and isolate the main line from local line. This until the leaf that for power are homes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For this reason, the definition found in dictionary is correct: we can have just control (first point) or part of a power plant (second point).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's possible to use &quot;centralina&quot;, especially with the first meaning, for phone lines, thermal or hydraulic plants. But also in these cases, both types of &quot;centralina&quot; are necessary (for example, for phone lines are necessary places where local lines are connected with main line: some servers done this work).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;centralino&quot;, normally, is used with a little different meaning: in the past it was necessary a person that manually switch phones lines. &quot;Centralino&quot; is used for this person or this group of people that control switch in phone lines. Changing the way how switch is done (not a long manually but automatically) the word &quot;centralino&quot; has been used also for a control part that done switches and, with this means, it's possible to use it for every place as in first point also for not phone lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm sorry if the English is not good, but I hope that explanation is clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T01:25:06.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6143" CreationDate="2015-10-28T05:16:58.350" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Altough I'm Italian I'm not sure about the meaning of centralina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;centralino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, it means a device you use to answar to phone calls and then redirect them to difefrent phones (like in an office).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But personally I use the word centralino only in this way: &lt;em&gt;centralino telefonico&lt;/em&gt;. This means a place like a call-centre, where many people work and are ready to  answer the phone and the questions of customers. I am not sure this meaning exists, but I wait for someone to agree or disagree with this usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-28T06:00:19.637" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T06:00:19.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6146" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6151" CreationDate="2015-10-28T15:23:07.747" Score="6" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;My/The dog ate it&quot; is a common joke response in English for what a student can give as an excuse when he didn't do his homework. I found the following phrase while looking for the equivalent in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se l'è mangiato il cane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would of thought a more direct translation would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'ha mangiato il cane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone clarify what is going on grammatically and provide other examples of similar constructions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T21:15:36.443" Title="Grammatical analysis of the construction &quot;Se l'è mangiato il cane&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6147" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6149" CreationDate="2015-10-28T16:59:45.447" Score="4" ViewCount="5066" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English when asked things like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do you play basket ball?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do you read?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do you speak Italian?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A common answer could be &quot;very little&quot;, so I am wondering if &quot;Molto poco&quot; is an appropriate response to: &quot;Parli italiano?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, what is used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1407" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T12:33:24.137" Title="Does &quot;Very little&quot; Translate?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6147" CreationDate="2015-10-28T18:55:15.607" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it is an appropriate response. Other good answers are &lt;em&gt;un pochino&lt;/em&gt; (a little bit) which is slightly more informal and &lt;em&gt;non molto&lt;/em&gt; (not much).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T18:55:15.607" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6147" CreationDate="2015-10-28T19:25:39.443" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's take every example in consideration:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Parli italiano?&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Leggi?&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non molto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non tanto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un pochino (informal)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;molto poco&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pochissimo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when anwering to &quot;Leggi?&quot; or &quot;Fai sport?&quot; &#xA;you can also add the adverb &lt;strong&gt;&quot;spesso&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; = often&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;non molto / non molto spesso &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;non tanto / non tanto spesso&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &quot;non..(verb)...spesso&quot; (non faccio spesso sport / non leggo spesso) you say that you don't do it often. But actually the meaning of the two variants is the same. You just smooth it out in the second way. Italian like to smooth out meanings, to use long sentences to say one thing! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="1111" LastEditDate="2015-10-29T06:57:33.897" LastActivityDate="2015-10-29T06:57:33.897" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6132" CreationDate="2015-10-28T20:08:45.493" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;a) implica che lo stare sveglio continua ancora ora e forse continuerà nel futuro, il periodo non si è concluso;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) indica  che sono stato sveglio nel passato, compreso il caso che il passato si sia concluso nel momento appena passato; il periodo si è comunque concluso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T20:08:45.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6146" CreationDate="2015-10-28T21:15:36.443" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both of your Italian sentences are correct: the first one makes use of a so-called “intensive” use of the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, assume the sentences are in the present tense. In this case we would have, for the two Italian sentences, &lt;em&gt;Se lo mangia il cane&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Lo mangia il cane&lt;/em&gt;. Here the only difference is that we have in the first case an additional personal pronoun to give some emphasis and to convey a sense of involvement in the action. It is a common construction, especially in the spoken language: &lt;em&gt;Mi bevo una birra&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Bevo una birra&lt;/em&gt; (“I drink a beer”), &lt;em&gt;Ci vediamo un bel film&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Vediamo un bel film&lt;/em&gt; (“We watch a great movie”). In these utterances, the first construction conveys a sense that we really enjoy the experience, so to say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beware, this are &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; reflexive verbs: &lt;em&gt;mi vedo allo specchio&lt;/em&gt; (“I see myself in a mirror”) is a reflexive construction; &lt;em&gt;mi vedo “Guerre stellari”&lt;/em&gt; (“I watch &lt;em&gt;Star Wars&lt;/em&gt;”) isn't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, apart for the pronoun, there is another grammatical difference. All these examples involve transitive verbs which, usually, use the verb &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; as their auxiliary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bevo una birra&lt;/em&gt;  -&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Ho bevuto una birra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vediamo un film&lt;/em&gt;  -&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Abbiamo visto un film&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The “intensive” construction, on the contrary, requires &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; as its auxiliary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi bevo una birra&lt;/em&gt;  -&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Mi sono bevuto una birra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ci vediamo un film&lt;/em&gt;  -&gt;  &lt;em&gt;Ci siamo visti un film&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Notice &lt;em&gt;visti&lt;/em&gt; rather than &lt;em&gt;visto&lt;/em&gt;, agreeing with the subject, as is usual when the auxiliary verb is &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we have arrived to your example. The pronoun &lt;em&gt;l[o]&lt;/em&gt; is just a normal object (referring to &lt;em&gt;il compito&lt;/em&gt;, the homework, in this case). So we may have either &lt;em&gt;L'ha mangiato il cane&lt;/em&gt; (corresponding to &lt;em&gt;Vediamo un film&lt;/em&gt;) or &lt;em&gt;Se l'è mangiato il cane&lt;/em&gt; (corresponding to &lt;em&gt;Ci siamo visti un film&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some further fine points:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subject (&lt;em&gt;il cane&lt;/em&gt;) is at the end for emphasis; &lt;em&gt;Il cane se l'è mangiato&lt;/em&gt; would emphasise &lt;em&gt;mangiato&lt;/em&gt;, as in, he didn't rip it or hide it, but actually eat it;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Here &lt;em&gt;mangiato&lt;/em&gt; doesn't agree with &lt;em&gt;il cane&lt;/em&gt; (or it does, but by chance) but with the implicit &lt;em&gt;il compito&lt;/em&gt;. This is normal when the participle follows an object expressed by a pronoun and isn't a consequence of the intensive verb: &lt;em&gt;ho mangiato la bistecca&lt;/em&gt; but &lt;em&gt;l'ho mangiata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find some more information (in Italian) about this kind of construction &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-pronominali_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_084.html&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-10-28T21:15:36.443" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5452" CreationDate="2015-10-28T22:29:34.970" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pigliare un quadro di sito&lt;/em&gt; seems to mean more or less &lt;em&gt;occupy an area&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luca_Landucci&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Luca Landucci&lt;/a&gt; writes in 1505 in his &lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.org/stream/diariofiorentino00land/diariofiorentino00land_djvu.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Florentine Diary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;E questo è un disegno di fare un tempio a San Giovanni Vangiolista, in quel luogo ove egli è, dirimpetto a San Lorenzo; cioè &lt;strong&gt;pigliare un quadro&lt;/strong&gt; quanto tiene la piazza di San Lorenzo, ch'è circa cento braccia per ogni verso, come per una scritta l'ò avvisato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;And this is a plan to build a church to St. John the Evangelist, in that area in front of S. Lorenzo; that is, to &lt;strong&gt;take|reserve|occupy an area&lt;/strong&gt; as wide as S. Lorenzo square, which is around one hundred yards in each direction, as I notified him in writing...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;sito&lt;/em&gt; usually means a location, so that you would say &amp;quot;Nel sito sono stati ritrovate sepolture del 1300&amp;quot; (Burials from 1300 have been found at the site). It is also an old participle for &lt;em&gt;situato&lt;/em&gt;, meaning &lt;em&gt;located&lt;/em&gt;: &amp;quot;l'immobile sito in Vicolo Stretto...&amp;quot; (&lt;em&gt;The building located in Narrow Alley...&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;strong&gt;But&lt;/strong&gt; it also has&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; an archaic meaning of &lt;em&gt;space&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;occupare quanto più sito possibile&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;occupy as much space as possible&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that case, &lt;em&gt;sito&lt;/em&gt; would have been needed to specify what the &lt;em&gt;quadro&lt;/em&gt; was to be taken of: a &lt;em&gt;quadro&lt;/em&gt; of meadow, of water, of empty air?, hence &lt;em&gt;quadro di sito&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not clear whether this area is to be kept free as to allow passage for the coaches, or whether the procession is to be constrained inside the area so that space enough for the coaches is left around it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; As a curiosity, in Tuscan vernacular it has the further meaning of &lt;em&gt;especially bad smell&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pong&lt;/em&gt;: if you hear &lt;em&gt;senti che sito&lt;/em&gt; in Florence, they're not complimenting the site - they're bemoaning the horrible smell (there was even a local newspaper title on the Florence landfill, Case Passerini, making a pun and referring to the &lt;em&gt;site&lt;/em&gt; of the landfill with an ambiguous &lt;em&gt;il sito di Case Passerini&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-10-29T07:09:31.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6156" CreationDate="2015-10-29T16:12:44.367" Score="3" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il cielo di pietra&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Correvo trasportato dalla colata di lava tra orti appartati e templi di marmo. Udii il canto e un arpeggio; due voci s'alternavano; riconobbi quella di Rdix - ma quanto cambiata! - che teneva dietro alla voce ignota. Una scritta sull'archivolto, in caratteri greci: Orpheos. Sfondai l'uscio, &lt;em&gt;dilagai&lt;/em&gt; oltre la soglia. La vidi, solo un istante, accanto all'arpa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dilagare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;definizione del verbo &quot;dilagare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Comunque non riesco a capire il suo significato in questo contesto. Ha forse qualcosa a che vedere col fatto che il narratore è trasportato dalla lava di un vulcano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-10-29T17:24:57.547" Title="Cosa significa &quot;dilagare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6153" CreationDate="2015-10-29T16:39:48.167" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;Riferito ad acque, diffondersi rapidamente e largamente sul terreno, in modo da formare come un lago&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Diffondersi largamente e rapidamente, detto soprattutto di costumi e comportamenti sociali negativi&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano Calvino dice che il protagonista ha sfondato la porta e l'ha attraversata in modo molto rapido (questa la &quot;traduzione&quot; letterale). Immagina di avere la camera piena d'acqua e ad un tratto la porta viene sfondata. L'acqua della camera irrompe dall'altro lato. Questa è un po' l'immagine che Calvino vuole descrivere: l'atto di attraversare la porta come un fiume o un lago in piena.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-10-29T16:39:48.167" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6153" CreationDate="2015-10-29T16:40:15.750" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che è l'unico significato plausibile.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo Calvino tende ad avere un uso molto &lt;em&gt;personale&lt;/em&gt; dell'italiano: non credo che, in nessun altro contesto, si possa usare &lt;em&gt;dilagare dall'uscio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-10-29T16:40:15.750" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6153" CreationDate="2015-10-29T17:12:33.547" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha forse qualcosa a che vedere col fatto che il narratore è trasportato dalla lava di un vulcano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi di sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si capisce dal testo che il protagonista è in balia della lava, altrimenti non ne verrebbe trasportato; quindi si può anche dire che il protagonista è un tutt'uno con la lava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per costruzione se la lava dilaga dentro la casa anche il protagonista dilaga dentro la casa; quindi direi che in questo caso il protagonista che &quot;dilaga&quot; oltre la soglia è una &quot;mezza&quot; (mezza perché tecnicamente non è falso che il protagonista &quot;dilaga&quot; con la lava che lo trasporta, ma è anche vero che una persona non &quot;dilaga&quot;, e quindi qui secondo me il gioco di parole è intenzionale) metafora per descrivere la veemenza e l'invasività con cui il protagonista la attraversa, che sono pari a quelle della lava che lo sta trasportando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-10-29T17:24:57.547" LastActivityDate="2015-10-29T17:24:57.547" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6157" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-10-30T08:46:39.657" Score="5" ViewCount="3929" Body="&lt;p&gt;And is it just dialect or does it have a meaning in standard Italian? If so, is it the same meaning or does it have another meaning? Thank you. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1887" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-30T10:59:22.153" LastActivityDate="2019-05-22T14:56:57.837" Title="What does &quot;e chi te molla&quot; mean in dialetto Romano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6157" CreationDate="2015-10-30T09:48:22.187" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;This phrase is used to express esteem, admiration and respect to a person.&#xA;Literally it means that no one can even think to leave that person's company.&#xA;The verb &lt;em&gt;mollare&lt;/em&gt; in this case has the meaning of &quot;to leave someone&quot;.&#xA;In Italian the correct preposition is &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;, instead of &lt;em&gt;te&lt;/em&gt;, that is dialetto romano.  So in Italian you could say &quot;e chi ti molla?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other similar forms are &quot;e chi te molla più!&quot; o &quot;chi te molla a te!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-30T11:04:34.633" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T11:04:34.633" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6130" CreationDate="2015-10-30T10:57:54.103" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra che la risposta più giusta sia nel commento di egreg: non ho mai sentito dire - né nella realtà, né in un film o in una commedia - &quot;Sono sveglio da .. giorni&quot;, ma sempre: &quot;Non dormo da ... giorni&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo non rende le altre versioni sbagliate. Semplicemente - credo - non molto usate generalmente nel nostro Paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T10:57:54.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6143" CreationDate="2015-10-30T11:03:45.467" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Referring to the original question, the electrical power plant is not a &quot;centralina elettrica&quot;, but a &quot;centrale elettrica&quot;. The rest has already been clearly explained above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T11:03:45.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6114" CreationDate="2015-10-30T11:23:44.603" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first difference is that &quot;Albergo&quot; is an Italian word and &quot;Hotel&quot; is a French/English imported word. You won't find many Italian words starting with H and the ones you can find are normally imported.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second difference is a consequence of the first: Albergo is used more by older people. You might know that between the two world wars Italian were &quot;warmly encouraged&quot; to avoid &quot;foreign&quot; words ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third is more practical and has already been explained above: often an Albergo is a simpler place. A Hotel often enjoys a 3, 4 or 5 star classification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once there may have also been some difference in taxation. Our Tuscan restaurant in Genoa was a &quot;Trattoria&quot; also because my grandparents wanted to save a little money in taxes. I hope that doesn't apply any longer, but in this Country you never know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-30T21:35:58.057" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T21:35:58.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6147" CreationDate="2015-10-30T11:29:26.720" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Also &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;non molto bene&lt;/em&gt;. And in some cases you might have to answer &lt;em&gt;Magari!&lt;/em&gt; (something similar to &quot;I wish I did&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-30T12:33:24.137" LastActivityDate="2015-10-30T12:33:24.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6163" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6164" CreationDate="2015-10-30T21:10:21.687" Score="5" ViewCount="23720" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard you can say goodbye in several ways in Italian. What are the ways to say goodbye in Italian and when should I use each goodbye?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1892" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-10-30T21:30:58.293" LastActivityDate="2018-09-09T03:46:44.933" Title="Are there different ways to say goodbye in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6163" CreationDate="2015-10-30T21:56:48.397" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, there different ways to tell goodbye:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Arrivederci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally it's used in formal environments with person that aren't friends (but it's not mandatory)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciao&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's used only between friends or colleagues. Children use this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Addio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's used rarely but it's used when one leaves a person and doesn't know when they will meet them again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Buona giornata / Buona serata / Buona notte / Buon pomeriggio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are used in place of &lt;em&gt;Arrivederci&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Ciao&lt;/em&gt;. They can be used both in formal environment or between friends. Pay attention to the fact that we use &lt;em&gt;Buona sera/Buon giorno&lt;/em&gt; when we meet a person and &lt;em&gt;Buona serata/Buona giornata&lt;/em&gt; when we leave them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-10-31T14:26:28.760" LastActivityDate="2015-10-31T14:26:28.760" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6157" CreationDate="2015-10-31T08:47:45.117" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with the comment above. I just want to provide a different context for the sentence. For example, you could say it also for a situation, not only for a person:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ho trovato un &lt;strong&gt;lavoro&lt;/strong&gt; vicino a casa, che mi piace e in cui guadagno tantissimo. E chi &lt;strong&gt;lo&lt;/strong&gt; molla più?&quot; --&gt;  here it means: I will try all my best to stay and work there. I am not intentioned to leave this work, because I like it very much. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, for a person:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;La mia &lt;strong&gt;ragazza&lt;/strong&gt; è intelligente e anche stupenda. E chi &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; molla?&quot; --&gt; I like very much my girlfriend and I don't want us to be parted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, &quot;&lt;em&gt;Mollare&lt;/em&gt;&quot; means &quot;lasciare&quot;, &quot;leave&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-22T14:56:57.837" LastActivityDate="2019-05-22T14:56:57.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6169" CreationDate="2015-11-01T08:33:11.160" Score="1" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il cielo di pietra&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La corazza del rumore s'estendeva di là in poi sulla superficie del globo: la fascia che delimita la vostra vita extraterrestre, con le antenne inalberate sui tetti a trasformare in suono le onde che percorrono invisibili e inudibili lo spazio, coi transistor appiccicati agli orecchi per riempirli in ogni istante della &lt;em&gt;colla acustica&lt;/em&gt; senza la quale non sapete se siete vivi o morti, coi jukebox che immagazzinano e rovesciano suoni, e l'ininterrotta sirena dell'ambulanza che raccoglie ora per ora i feriti della vostra carneficina ininterrotta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;colla&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Comunque non riesco a capire cosa significa &quot;colla acustica&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-01T16:28:13.647" LastActivityDate="2015-11-02T14:55:44.440" Title="Cos'è la &quot;colla acustica&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6167" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6172" CreationDate="2015-11-01T12:08:20.753" Score="2" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for the correct translation of &quot;whisky prices&quot;. It looks like &lt;em&gt;prezzo&lt;/em&gt; is singular and &lt;em&gt;prezzi&lt;/em&gt; is plural. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I am wondering if one needs an article or a declension to form this phrase in Italian. I translated it as &lt;em&gt;whisky prezzi&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;prezzi del whisky&lt;/em&gt;. Which one of these two forms is correct? Or is there another form perhaps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1894" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-11-01T17:10:17.703" LastActivityDate="2015-11-02T15:06:30.577" Title="&quot;Whisky prices&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6166" CreationDate="2015-11-01T18:00:09.750" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui &quot;colla acustica&quot; è sicuramente una metafora (molto lontana) di &quot;trasmissione radiofonica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque non è semplicissimo interpretare il collegamento con la colla. La mia migliore ipotesi è che citare la colla voglia essere un rimarco del fatto, successivamente precisato, che &quot;senza quella non sapremmo se siamo vivi o morti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Colla&quot; perché dipendevamo così strettamente da tali trasmissioni radiofoniche (quantomeno al tempo della stesura del racconto) da essere di fatto &quot;appiccicati&quot; ad esse come colla (o forse meglio espresso, risultavano talmente utili / interessanti da &quot;appiccicarsi&quot; a noi come colla).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-11-02T14:55:44.440" LastActivityDate="2015-11-02T14:55:44.440" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6027" CreationDate="2015-11-02T00:04:42.430" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is in fact a reason why the website www.analisi-grammaticale.biz is classifying 'della' as an indefinite article.&#xA;Coming to explaining the why in a second, but before that, yes, it is true that articles like 'della' are classified as &lt;em&gt;articoli partitivi&lt;/em&gt;, as was already answered, in the 'classical' grammar (the one that, for Italian at least, is derived form Latin and that most of lower grade students study at school).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the explanation. In modern grammar, the article has the function of determinator, specifying whether the noun is denoting a specific item that is known to the speaker and to the listener, like in 'I have seen THE cat in the garden', or a generic item, like 'I have seen A cat in the garden'.&#xA;Now, Italian uses 'uno, una' as English uses 'a'. But Italian, in classical grammar, does not have a plural for the indefinite article. What would you say if you have seen a number of unknown cats in the garden? In Spanish, for example, you could say 'unos gatos', but in Italian 'uno' also means the number one, so it would sound very strange to make it plural, one way or the other.&#xA;In such a sentence Italian uses 'dei, delle': '(io) ho visto dei gatti nel giardino' which literally translates to 'I have seen some cats in the garden'.&#xA;Classical grammar introduces the concept of &lt;em&gt;articolo partitivo&lt;/em&gt; to classify 'del', the singular form, which also has masculine and feminine genders, and singular and plural. Many believe that this &lt;em&gt;articolo partitivo&lt;/em&gt; is artificial as it is not clear what new function it serves in the speech.&#xA;The school text books often say it is &lt;em&gt;partitivo&lt;/em&gt; as it is extracting (parting) a number of generic cats out of the class of all cats. But this is precisely the function of an indefinite article! By this logic, also 'un' should be considered an &lt;em&gt;articolo partitivo&lt;/em&gt;, as also 'un' extracts a generic cat out of the class of all cats.&#xA;This reasoning applies both to countable and uncountable nouns (cats are countable, sugar, rice and many others are uncountable): you can ask for THE sugar, for example at breakfast, while at the grocery you will likely ask for SOME sugar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, some grammar text books go on saying that 'del' is composed by the preposition 'di' and the indefinite article 'il', and similarly for the other forms (della, dei, delle)... Although this might be true from an evolutionary point of view, unfortunately this explanation is more confusing than else, as it generates confusion with a different meaning of 'del' as composed by 'di' and 'il'. Consider the sentence 'il gatto del vicino' or, 'il gatto di+il vicino', that is 'the cat owned by the neighbour': the neighbour is not indeterminate here, and 'del' is in fact introducing a complement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusion, all this rather confused situation is much semplified if you consider 'del' and its feminine and plural forms as indefinite articles, as is done in the website. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;some references:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;about the evolution and synchronic profile of indefinite articles:&#xA;chapter 4, Indefinite Articles, in&#xA;Cognitive Foundations of Grammar, Oxford University Press 1997,&#xA;Bernd Heine Professor of Linguistics,&#xA;Institute of African Studies University of Cologne &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;about the use of partitive articles for plural indefinite articles:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cyberitalian.com/en/html/gra_na.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.cyberitalian.com/en/html/gra_na.html&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.about.com/od/grammar/a/italian-indefinite-article-forms.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://italian.about.com/od/grammar/a/italian-indefinite-article-forms.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;about the use of partitive articles as determiner:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://mylanguages.org/italian_articles.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://mylanguages.org/italian_articles.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;exercise about changing singular indefinite into plural indefinite:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.tolearnfree.com/free-italian-lessons/free-italian-exercise-78095.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://italian.tolearnfree.com/free-italian-lessons/free-italian-exercise-78095.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1320" LastEditorUserId="1320" LastEditDate="2015-11-02T08:28:54.067" LastActivityDate="2015-11-02T08:28:54.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6163" CreationDate="2015-11-02T09:36:56.097" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apart the ones cited by @andreatosoni there are many informal ways to say goodbye:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stammi bene!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that means &lt;em&gt;take care&lt;/em&gt; and has also an informal equivalent in &lt;strong&gt;Si riguardi!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In gamba!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quite similar to the aforementioned&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un bacio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Baci!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un abbraccio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which are affectionate ways of saying good bye or even take care.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-11-02T09:36:56.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6167" CreationDate="2015-11-02T10:52:30.720" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prezzi del whisky&lt;/em&gt; is the correct form, &lt;em&gt;whisky prezzi&lt;/em&gt; is surely an error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This type of preposition (&lt;em&gt;del&lt;/em&gt;) is a preposition combined with an article (&lt;em&gt;preposizione articolata&lt;/em&gt;) and is built by a simple preposition + definite article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oneworlditaliano.com/english/italian-grammar/articulated-prepositions-in-italian.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.oneworlditaliano.com/english/italian-grammar/articulated-prepositions-in-italian.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take care in Italian the word whisky is used for both singular and plural. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1897" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-11-02T15:06:30.577" LastActivityDate="2015-11-02T15:06:30.577" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6176" CreationDate="2015-11-03T22:16:00.013" Score="6" ViewCount="5471" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto il mio commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/6172/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, ho avuto il dubbio se dovessi scrivere &quot;un po' più&quot; o &quot;un po' di più&quot;. Una ricerca su Google conferma che esistono queste due espressioni, ma non capisco bene quale sia la differenza tra l'una e l'altra. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-11-06T15:54:57.417" Title="&quot;Un po' più&quot; oppure &quot;un po' di più&quot;?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6178" CreationDate="2015-11-04T11:12:13.157" Score="3" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;La domanda è già stata posta per la &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/102963/whats-the-english-equivalent-for-the-french-expression-veille-technologique&quot;&gt;lingua inglese&lt;/a&gt; ed ora io mi trovo nella stessa difficoltà per una frase in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &quot;veglia tecnologica&quot; è una attività costante di ricerca delle ultime novità in ambito tecnologico o scientifico, solitamente condotta in una attività commerciale col fine di assicurare ai propri clienti il miglior possibile prodotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi rendo conto in ambito lavorativo che pochi comprendono la traduzione letterale, esiste una formula equivalente in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2015-11-04T21:33:25.653" Title="Qual è l'equivalente italiano per l'espressione francese: “veille technologique”?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6173" CreationDate="2015-11-04T11:17:05.383" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bisogna partire dalla frase originaria, senza &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri più velocemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri più veloce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri più kilometri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste frasi diventano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri un po' più velocemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri un po' più veloce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri un po' più kilometri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco invece un altro caso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase diventa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri un po' &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt; ad avere due forme, è la coppia &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;di più&lt;/em&gt; che fa la differenza. &lt;em&gt;Più&lt;/em&gt; si usa per modificare un avverbio, un aggettivo o un sostantivo che seguono, &lt;em&gt;di più&lt;/em&gt; si usa da solo. In entrambi i casi &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt; ha funzione avverbiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non si può dire &lt;em&gt;corri più&lt;/em&gt; e non si può dire &lt;em&gt;corri di più veloce&lt;/em&gt;, dunque non si può dire &lt;em&gt;corri un po' più&lt;/em&gt; e non si può dire &lt;em&gt;corri un po' di più veloce&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia esiste una terza forma, strana ma non sbagliata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corri un po' più di kilometri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco una frase dove suona meglio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio &lt;strong&gt;un po' più di&lt;/strong&gt; pasta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso stiamo modificando un'altra frase dove &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt; ha valore di sostantivo, cioè questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio un po' di pasta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungiamo l'avverbio &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;dopo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;un po'&lt;/em&gt; per indicare che quel po' di pasta che vogliamo è aggiuntivo rispetto a quella che abbiamo già avuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda l'esempio portato da Charo, la forma giusta è sicuramente solo questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Potresti spiegare un po' di più?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2015-11-04T11:17:05.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2015-11-04T11:45:00.170" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'esame di Biagio si è tenuto lunedì 2 novembre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Domenica 1° novembre Alice ha detto a Biagio: &lt;em&gt;«Appena saprai come sarà andato l'esame, dimmelo, per favore»&lt;/em&gt;. Avrebbe anche potuto dirgli così, in modo più colloquiale: &lt;em&gt;«Appena sai come è andato l'esame, dimmelo, per favore»&lt;/em&gt;. Mercoledì 3 novembre Biagio ha saputo che l'esame è andato bene ma non ha detto niente ad Alice. Oggi Alice ha incontrato Biagio e, offesa, gli ha detto: &lt;em&gt;«Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come &lt;strong&gt;sarebbe&lt;/strong&gt; andato»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Domenica 1° novembre Alice ha detto a Biagio: &lt;em&gt;«In bocca al lupo»&lt;/em&gt;. Avrebbe anche potuto dirgli un'altra frase meno educata che coinvolge una balena. La mattina di mercoledì 3 novembre Biagio ha saputo che l'esame è andato bene. Nel pomeriggio di mercoledì 3 novembre Alice ha scritto un SMS a Biagio: &lt;em&gt;«Come è andato l'esame?»&lt;/em&gt;; Biagio non le ha risposto. Oggi Alice ha incontrato Biagio e, offesa, gli ha detto: &lt;em&gt;«Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come &lt;strong&gt;fosse&lt;/strong&gt; andato»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero si capisca la differenza tra i due casi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per un motivo piuttosto sottile, ad ogni modo, usare la frase 2 nel contesto 1 è meno sbagliato che usare la frase 1 nel contesto 2. Ecco perché:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ti avevo chiesto&lt;/em&gt; = 1° novembre (nel contesto 1)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;di dirmi&lt;/em&gt; = 3 novembre&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;come &lt;strong&gt;fosse/sarebbe&lt;/strong&gt; andato&lt;/em&gt; = 2 novembre&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il 2 novembre è il futuro del 1° novembre ma è anche il passato del 3 novembre. Se lo pensi come passato del 2 novembre, va bene anche usare &lt;em&gt;fosse&lt;/em&gt;, ma la cosa più logica è pensarlo come futuro del 1° novembre, quindi usare &lt;em&gt;sarebbe&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vediamo invece perché nel contesto 2 è giusto solo &lt;em&gt;sarebbe&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ti avevo chiesto&lt;/em&gt; = 3 novembre&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;di dirmi&lt;/em&gt; = 3 novembre&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;come &lt;strong&gt;fosse&lt;/strong&gt; andato&lt;/em&gt; = 2 novembre&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il 2 novembre è il passato di entrambi gli altri verbi: sia del &lt;em&gt;chiedere&lt;/em&gt; di Alice sia del &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt; di Biagio, che succedono entrambi il 3 novembre. Si può quindi usare solo &lt;em&gt;sarebbe&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2015-11-04T11:45:00.170" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6175" CreationDate="2015-11-04T21:33:25.653" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sapevo che esistesse questo termine! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:C:2001:240E:0120:0123:IT:PDF&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sorveglianza tecnologica&lt;/a&gt; o &lt;a href=&quot;http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=COM:2011:0822:FIN:IT:PDF&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Monitoraggio Tecnologico&lt;/a&gt; (fai una ricerca per parola per trovarla nel testo). Nei testi corrispondenti in inglese si usa proprio &lt;em&gt;Tecnology watch&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non penso che nessuno di questi tre termini sia noto al grande pubblico, come discusso nei commenti. Sarebbe più comprensibile con una perifrasi/spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il capo mi ha incaricato di informarmi sulle ultime tecnologie disponibili&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In termini più ampi, fai un lavoro simile quando prepari un &lt;em&gt;benchmark&lt;/em&gt;, anche se sostituire un'espressione straniera con un'altra non aiuta molto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2015-11-04T21:33:25.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6182" CreationDate="2015-11-04T21:54:22.373" Score="2" ViewCount="900" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è una ragione per cui un insieme di &lt;em&gt;clienti&lt;/em&gt; è chiamato &lt;em&gt;clientela&lt;/em&gt;, ma un insieme di &lt;em&gt;utenti&lt;/em&gt; è chiamato &lt;em&gt;utenza&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;utentela&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-11-05T09:44:38.900" Title="C'è una ragione per cui un insieme di *clienti* è chiamato *clientela*, ma un insieme di *utenti* è chiamato *utenza* e non *utentela*?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6180" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-04T22:01:41.670" Score="1" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Elberich è lì &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; aspetta di essere assunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile che il &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; lì sopra equivalga a &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;, cioè:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Elberich è lì perché aspetta di essere assunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non è così, che differenza sintattica e grammaticale c'è fra quel &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; e quel &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se, invece, è così, non dovrebbe quel &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; essere scritto &lt;em&gt;ché&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-11-04T22:09:27.727" Title="C'è differenza o equivalenza fra 'che' e 'perché' in &quot;Elberich è lì *che*/*perché* aspetta di essere assunto" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6180" CreationDate="2015-11-04T22:09:27.727" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me non sono la stessa cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella prima frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Elberich è lì che aspetta di essere assunto.&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il che è usato per indicare uno stato. Con aspettare suona male, ma il &lt;em&gt;che aspetta&lt;/em&gt; può essere trasformato nel participio presente &lt;em&gt;aspettante&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella seconda frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Elberich è lì perché aspetta di essere assunto.&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il perché introduce chiaramente una causa e non può essere trasformato in un participio presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono un linguista, però non mi sembrano identiche le due forme (anche se non sono ovviamente lontane tra loro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-11-04T22:09:27.727" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6179" CreationDate="2015-11-05T09:10:10.433" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano, come, direi, in ogni lingua europea, non esistono regole univoche per derivare sostantivi da altri sostantivi, sostantivi da verbi ecc. e anche le regolarità che esistono sono difficili da generalizzare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Già in latino non esistevano regole simili e regolarità e irregolarità del latino determinano molte delle coerenze e delle incoerenze dell'italiano. Qui si tratta proprio di un caso di questo tipo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se in latino &lt;em&gt;*ūtēntia&lt;/em&gt; non è attestato, trarre &lt;em&gt;utenza&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;em&gt;utente&lt;/em&gt; (lat. &lt;em&gt;ūtēns&lt;/em&gt;, participio presente del verbo &lt;em&gt;ūtor&lt;/em&gt;) significa seguire una regolarità frequente in quella lingua: &lt;em&gt;īnfāns&lt;/em&gt; dà &lt;em&gt;īnfantia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dēmēns&lt;/em&gt; dà &lt;em&gt;dēmentia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;violens&lt;/em&gt; dà &lt;em&gt;violentia&lt;/em&gt; ecc. Tra l'altro non è un caso che &lt;em&gt;*ūtēntia&lt;/em&gt; non esistesse in latino: è un concetto moderno legato all'economia dei servizi, mentre &lt;em&gt;ūtēns&lt;/em&gt; era usato in un altro senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;clientēla&lt;/em&gt;, da &lt;em&gt;cliens&lt;/em&gt;, è invece attestata già in latino. Questo perché le clientele di un senatore esistevano già nell'antica Roma, &quot;l'utenza dell'Anfiteatro Flavio&quot; non è invece un concetto che abbia molto senso in quella società:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;scis quam diligam Siculos et quam illam clientelam honestam iudicem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Questo è Cicerone che dice quanto gli piacciono i siculi e le loro oneste clientele...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Clientēla&lt;/em&gt; assomiglia a parole come &lt;em&gt;tūtēla&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;querēla&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;loquēla&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;corruptēla&lt;/em&gt; ecc., che sono tutte rimaste simili in italiano. Anche &lt;em&gt;candēla&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;tēla&lt;/em&gt; sono formate con lo stesso suffisso a partire da verbi che significano &quot;splendere&quot; e &quot;tessere&quot;, anche se al parlante italiano questa origine non sembra più ovvia. Da quel calco ci si è inventati in latino medievale la parola che è arrivata in italiano: &lt;em&gt;curatela&lt;/em&gt;, invece di &lt;em&gt;*curanza&lt;/em&gt; (anche se esiste &lt;em&gt;noncuranza&lt;/em&gt;!). Che l'imporsi di un suffisso piuttosto che un altro sia arbitrario si vede dalla coppia &lt;em&gt;loquela&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;eloquenza&lt;/em&gt;, dove la differenza di significato è data solo dal prefisso &lt;em&gt;e-&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il concetto in tutti questi esempi non è &quot;insieme di X&quot;, ma è semplicemente la sostantivazione di un verbo (sembra la sostantivazione di un sostantivo a volte, ma solo perché quel sostantivo è a sua volta un participio presente che si è cristallizzato come sostantivo a sé stante). In italiano come in latino spesso si usa la stessa parola per indicare l'astrazione di un verbo e l'insieme di coloro che eseguono ciò che quel verbo indica. Mi spiego: la clientela non è solo l'insieme di coloro che fanno i clienti di qualcuno, ma è anche il rapporto (di clientela, appunto) che lega ciascuno di loro alla persona cui si rivolgono; l'utenza non è solo l'insieme degli utenti ma è anche il rapporto tra utente e fornitore, infatti se mi tagliano la luce si dice che mi hanno &quot;sospeso l'utenza&quot;, anche se ciò riguarda solo me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conclusione: se una parola derivata esisteva già in latino classico, la cosa più probabile è che sia rimasta tale in italiano, portandosi dietro eventuali irregolarità latine; se non esisteva, quando è servita è stata derivata ricalcando altre derivazioni già esistenti e lì spesso ci sono vari suffissi candidati e l'evoluzione della lingua prende una strada che se non è del tutto casuale poco ci manca. Tra l'altro spesso queste scelte arbitrarie non sono avvenute in italiano ma altrove e sono arrivate in italiano tramite il latino medievale, il francese o altre lingue romanze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2015-11-05T09:44:38.900" LastActivityDate="2015-11-05T09:44:38.900" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6183" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6184" CreationDate="2015-11-05T10:53:37.303" Score="5" ViewCount="480" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'uistitì è una scimmietta sudamericana.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il whisky è un superalcoolico.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi vengono in mente altre parole che inizino con &lt;em&gt;ui-&lt;/em&gt; (e chiarisco che la U ha in entrambi i casi un suono semiconsonantico). Come mai in un caso si usano gli articoli &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt; e nell'altro &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt;? e soprattutto come mai all'orecchio degli italofoni suona giusta e direi naturale questa distinzione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: Una risposta qua sotto mi ha ricordato un altro prestito che inizia &quot;foneticamente&quot; per &lt;em&gt;ui-&lt;/em&gt; ed è pure molto più usato della scimmietta e del superalcoolico citati: &lt;em&gt;il week-end&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2015-11-05T16:28:39.290" LastActivityDate="2015-11-06T10:23:33.203" Title="L'uistitì beve il whisky. Perché in un caso usiamo &quot;lo&quot; e nell'altro &quot;il&quot;?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6183" CreationDate="2015-11-05T11:30:31.843" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani qui offre un'ottima &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/whisky-il-o-lo_(La_grammatica_italiana)/&quot;&gt;spiegazione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in base alle regole di selezione dell’articolo determinativo, la forma corretta davanti alla parola straniera whisky dovrebbe essere l’, con l'elisione, come per tutte le parole che iniziano con il suono u (come per l’uomo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nell’uso comune prevale la forma con l’articolo il, probabilmente per via del fatto che la w è percepita come consonante a pieno titolo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1901" LastActivityDate="2015-11-05T11:30:31.843" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6186" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-05T15:46:02.443" Score="1" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che significa 'cadere come un peso *** '?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si può spiegare anche in inglese, mi sarebbe veramente utile.&#xA;Però in italiano va anche bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1902" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-05T20:07:05.120" LastActivityDate="2015-11-06T17:38:08.483" Title="Non so che significa questo 'cadere come un peso *** '" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6186" CreationDate="2015-11-05T16:13:48.927" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess you are referring to the expression &quot;&lt;em&gt;cadere come un peso morto&lt;/em&gt;&quot; which corresponds to the English expression &quot;&lt;em&gt;fall/drop/sink  &lt;a href=&quot;http://dictionary.cambridge.org/it/dizionario/inglese/drop-fall-sink-like-a-stone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;like a stone&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. (Cambridge Dictionary)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-11-05T16:13:48.927" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6163" CreationDate="2015-11-05T16:29:25.507" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;And many others:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci vediamo! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A presto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bona!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A domani!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti saluto / La saluto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1532" LastActivityDate="2015-11-05T16:29:25.507" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2015-11-05T23:08:30.850" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me suona meglio &quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come sia andata&quot;, ma non saprei spiegarmi perchè. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peggio mi suona &quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come sarebbe andato&quot;, che mi suona rinviare comunque a un qualche condizionale: &quot;Meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come l'esame sarebbe andato [secondo te]  se la commissione fosse stata al completo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1  - Io chiedo [oggi] di dirmi [oggi] come l'esame [domani] andrà.  &#xA;[chiedo oggi una previsione su quello che domani succederà]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale delle due seguenti suona corretta? Se 2a), come distinguere il significato tra 2a) e 1)? E, 2b) è  grammaticalmente corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2a - Io chiedo [oggi] di dirmi [domani] come l'esame [domani] andrà. &#xA;[chiedo che domani mi sia detto il risultato]&#xA;&#xA;2b - Io chiedo [oggi] di dirmi [domani] come l'esame [domani] sarà andato    &#xA;[chiedo che domani mi sia detto il risultato]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Versioni con tempo passato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1*/2a* - Io chiesi [ieri] di dirmi [ieri] come l'esame  [oggi] sarebbe andato       &#xA;[ricordo di aver chiesto una previsione] &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seguente potrebbe essere la versione  di 2b)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2b* - Io chiesi [ieri] di dirmi [oggi] come l'esame [oggi] sia andato            &#xA;[avevo chiesto che oggi il risultato mi sia detto] &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="1871" LastEditDate="2015-11-06T23:39:43.090" LastActivityDate="2015-11-06T23:39:43.090" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6186" CreationDate="2015-11-06T07:45:30.677" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta di Josh61 è perfetta, la mia è solo una considerazione sull'uso dell'espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano si dice (almeno dalle mie parti) &quot;cadere &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; peso morto&quot;. Se si vuole usare &quot;&lt;em&gt;come un&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è forse meglio dire &quot;cadere come una pera cotta&quot; che siginifica &quot;cedimento improvviso e vistoso (dovuto per esempio alla fatica)&quot; oppure usare &quot;cadere come un &lt;em&gt;corpo&lt;/em&gt; morto&quot; (Dante scriveva &quot;E caddi come corpo morto cade&quot; nell'Inferno).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1901" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-06T17:38:08.483" LastActivityDate="2015-11-06T17:38:08.483" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5935" CreationDate="2015-11-06T09:21:51.417" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma corretta e' &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come fosse andato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa forma, che usa il modo Congiuntivo (&lt;em&gt;fosse andato&lt;/em&gt;), e' la forma corretta da usare nel caso in cui l'esito descritto dalla frase subordinata sia ormai noto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma 'meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come sarebbe andato', che usa il modo Condizionale (&lt;em&gt;sarebbe andato&lt;/em&gt;), deve invece essere usata nel caso in cui la comunicazione  avvenga prima dello svolgimento dell'esame, situazione nella quale sussite un dubbio &#xA;sull'esito dell'esame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/futuro-nel-passato_%28La_grammatica_italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; su l'uso del Condizionale Passato per esprimere il concetto di futuro nel passato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Introducendo un dato temporale nelle frasi, senza modificarne la sostanza del significato, si possono mettere in evidenza queste differenze nella struttura temporale. Si confronti infatti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi &lt;strong&gt;dopo&lt;/strong&gt; come fosse andato'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi &lt;strong&gt;dopo&lt;/strong&gt; come *sarebbe andato'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che suona evidentemente stonata appunto per l'uso del Condizionale (una forma dubitativa) in riferimento ad un fatto ormai avvenuto. Similmente, la frase &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come &lt;strong&gt;speravi che&lt;/strong&gt; sarebbe andato'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;suona corretta dal punto di vista dei tempi, mentre la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi come &lt;strong&gt;speravi che&lt;/strong&gt; fosse andato'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ci rende l'immagine mentale che l'esame sia stato sostenuto, ma gli esaminatori si siano riservati di esprimersi sull'esito, che quindi non e' ancora noto all'esaminando. Questa seconda frase di per se' e' corretta, ma ha un significato diverso da quello che si voleva dare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La differenza tra le due frasi potrebbe forse essere colta piu' facilmente riconducendo i modi verbali all'Indicativo, pratica comune nel linguaggio parlato ma grammaticalmente scorretta. Le formulazioni che dal punto di vista della sequenza temporale degli eventi sono corrette, sono: &#xA;'meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi (dopo l'esame) come *era andato'&#xA;e&#xA;'meno male che ti avevo chiesto di dirmi (prima dell'esame) come *andra''&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1320" LastEditorUserId="1320" LastEditDate="2015-11-09T08:30:00.357" LastActivityDate="2015-11-09T08:30:00.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6163" CreationDate="2015-11-06T10:51:29.153" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Goodbye comes from &quot;God be with you&quot; (Dominus vobiscum) and it is a close relative of Addio, Adieu (Fr. Like the &quot;Adieu, Adieu to you and you&quot; from the children just going to bed in &quot;The Sound of Music&quot;), Adios (Sp, used more often), Mandi (Friuli, from &quot;Mane in Deo&quot;, used all the time, also to mean arrivederci, ciao, buon giorno) and (less close) to &quot;Gruss Gott&quot; (Austria and Bavaria, used all the time, to mean good morning, good evening, ciao).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many years ago addio was used in Italy also when parting for a short period. It is less and less used today, but it is worth knowing that it can still be used that way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-11-06T10:51:29.153" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6195" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6210" CreationDate="2015-11-06T15:32:44.607" Score="5" ViewCount="609" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'Italiano parlato (perlomeno in Brianza e a Milano) si usa spesso la &quot;parola&quot; /nɛ/ per fare una &quot;question tag&quot;, quello che in Inglese si fa ripetendo il verbo al negativo e mettendo un pronome soggetto. Chi lo usa nello scritto (tipicamente sui social) lo scrive tipicamente &quot;neh&quot;. Io ho pensato che potrebbe avere origine da &quot;no è&quot; = &quot;non è [vero/così]&quot;, e quindi andrebbe scritto &quot;n'è&quot;. C'è qualche fonte più autorevole che abbia questa opinione? Meglio &quot;neh&quot;, &quot;n'è&quot; o (altra forma più rara) &quot;nè/né&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-11-07T10:14:04.847" LastActivityDate="2017-11-26T00:07:01.633" Title="&quot;Question tag&quot; /nɛ/: n'è, neh o nè?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6196" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6274" CreationDate="2015-11-06T19:30:08.727" Score="11" ViewCount="32802" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can we use “&lt;em&gt;ti amo&lt;/em&gt;” for expressing love between siblings?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And we use “&lt;em&gt;ti voglio bene&lt;/em&gt;” for expressing love between two passionate lovers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-02T17:12:45.207" LastActivityDate="2015-12-03T08:14:27.010" Title="What is the difference between “ti amo” and “ti voglio bene”?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6196" CreationDate="2015-11-06T20:46:58.377" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it's possible to use &quot;TI AMO&quot; between siblings but normally it's used between lovers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There isn't a specific environment where use only &quot;TI AMO&quot; or only &quot;TI VOGLIO BENE&quot;. Maybe, it's possible to tell that I use &quot;TI VOGLIO BENE&quot; when I'd like put in evidence that I want give you something and I hope that you are fine. More times it's used by parents for their children, it's used between friends, ... Using &quot;TI VOGLIO BENE&quot; there is one I and one you but it's not necessary that there is one we.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use &quot;TI AMO&quot; when I'd like to put in evidence that I need you to be fine and of course I want that you are fine to so that I'm fine. Using &quot;TI AMO&quot; it's how there isn't one I and one you but one we.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastActivityDate="2015-11-06T20:46:58.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5633" CreationDate="2015-11-06T22:55:14.887" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many Classic Latin words end with a consonant, mostly -m, -t and -s. While in Florentine generally the final -m and -t have disappeared, most words in -s have seen their final vowel changed due a phenomenon called palatalization.&#xA;Specifically, verbs from the first three Latin conjugations have seen their ending -s transforming their final vowel to -i, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;from cant-as to cant-i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;from persuad-es to persuad-i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;from vend-is to vend-i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the verbs from the fourth Latin conjugation, the ending -s disappeared:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;from ven-is to ven-i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, for the verbs of the 1st conjugation in old Florentine texts we can sometime find the intermediate ending in -e:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;from cant-as through cant-e to cant-i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that while this phenomenon can be observed not only in standard Italian, but also in other Italian languages (e.g. Sicilian, Neapolitan), there are Italian languages which have kept the ending in -s, e.g. Sardinian (cantas), Friulan (favelis).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1908" LastEditorUserId="1908" LastEditDate="2015-11-08T22:23:30.017" LastActivityDate="2015-11-08T22:23:30.017" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6114" CreationDate="2015-11-07T01:47:51.793" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the level and luxury of the place is not connected at all with the use of &amp;quot;Hotel&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Albergo&amp;quot;, that are in my opinion &lt;strong&gt;synonyms&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Hotel&amp;quot; is more recent in Italian language, so &amp;quot;Albergo&amp;quot; is used more by older people because the French/English word &amp;quot;Hotel&amp;quot; wasn't used so much in Italy in the past. By the way: this word derives from the Latin word &amp;quot;Hospitium&amp;quot; that in Italian took different branches:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ostello&amp;quot;, place to spend a night, like &amp;quot;Youth Hostel&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;Ostello della Gioventù&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Osteria&amp;quot;, a small restaurant or place where mainly offer wine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ospizio&amp;quot;, house for elder people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ospedale&amp;quot;, place to cure ill or injured people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say &amp;quot;Albergo a 5 Stelle di Lusso&amp;quot; and no one will look at you like you said something wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="875" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-11-08T19:47:53.317" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6200" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6201" CreationDate="2015-11-07T09:44:59.143" Score="3" ViewCount="478" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fino a che dura il Sole&lt;/em&gt; d'Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Invece, basta che lei senta parlare di&#xA;  qualche sistema stellare che funziona in tutt'altro modo, per esempio le oscillazioni di luminosità delle «R R Lyrae», e cominciano le smanie: che là magari si fa una vita più varia, &lt;em&gt;si è più nel giro&lt;/em&gt;, mentre noi restiamo confinati in quest'angolo, in un punto morto dove non succede mai niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta d'una famiglia che di tanto in tanto deve trasferirsi da una stella a un'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco molto bene il significato dell'espressione &quot;si è più nel giro&quot; nella frase precedente. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/G/giro.shtml#5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;essere nel giro (&lt;em&gt;fam&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Appartenere a un determinato gruppo, specialmente di potere o di malavita; avere solidi legami con una data cerchia di persone e quindi poterne sfruttare i privilegi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi sembra che quest'espressione nel brano di Calvino abbia niente a che vedere con &quot;appartenere a un gruppo di malavita&quot;. Quello che vuol dire il personaggio femminile del racconto è che nelle &quot;R R Lyrae&quot; è più facile conoscere gente &quot;interessante&quot; dalla quale si può estrarne dei benefici?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-07T11:27:05.433" LastActivityDate="2015-11-07T15:07:37.917" Title="Cosa significa &quot;essere nel giro&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6200" CreationDate="2015-11-07T11:00:40.943" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso che hai citato è l'unico che riconosco. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso direi che l'autore associa gli abitanti di &lt;em&gt;R R Lyrae&lt;/em&gt; a quelli di un centro cittadino nel quale &lt;em&gt;c'è molta più vita&lt;/em&gt; che non in periferia, essere fuori dal giro diventa, quindi, essere fuori dalla cerchia che &lt;em&gt;fa la bella vita&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-07T11:31:37.987" LastActivityDate="2015-11-07T11:31:37.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6204" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-07T22:48:34.433" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been told that the language of the libretti penned by Piave (for Verdi) and Illica (for Puccini) are written in some kind of &quot;old&quot; and &quot;dated&quot; language that no Italian of today can easily understand without training. Is this true?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1912" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2015-11-08T11:46:42.027" LastActivityDate="2015-11-08T14:30:34.603" Title="Illica vs. Today's Language" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6204" CreationDate="2015-11-08T02:04:43.433" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;No that is completely false. While the language is clearly poetic (and so a little &quot;harder&quot; than everyday conversation) and from 150 to 100 years old, it is not substantially different from standard Italian and can be understood by any native speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a proof I bring myself at the age of 13, when I first went to &lt;em&gt;La Traviata&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;L'Aida&lt;/em&gt; without having any problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This in my experience is valid for all opera librettos at least from Pergolesi onwards (Baroque opera is a slightly different matter because Baroque poets loved playing with the language a bit too much; it is still understandable with a mild effort though).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover a lot of expressions from the librettos of di Piave actually migrated into sayings, somehow similar to what happened to English with Shakespeare. For example &lt;em&gt;croce e delizia&lt;/em&gt; (to mean that something is both a pleasure and a sorrow) and &lt;em&gt;i bollenti spiriti&lt;/em&gt; (to mean the impulsiveness, especially of youth), both from the libretto of &lt;em&gt;La Traviata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; To answer the criticism in the comments. Of course the language is a little harder than usual spoken Italian: it is poetry. However I think you are underestimating the capability of the average person. In my experience everyone &lt;strong&gt;can&lt;/strong&gt; understand those words and I think it is very dangerous to perpetuate the idea that they need some special training to do so. This myth is in fact part of what pushes people away from even trying. Ok I'll stop here or it becomes a rant; so if you still disagree, downvote away :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2015-11-08T14:30:34.603" LastActivityDate="2015-11-08T14:30:34.603" CommentCount="28" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6206" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6207" CreationDate="2015-11-08T20:29:36.743" Score="4" ViewCount="331" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the second act of &quot;Tosca,&quot; the title character moves towards the door of the torture chamber and asks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ti straziano ancora?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whoever is responsible for the subtitles (most American opera theatres use some form of subtitles these days) translates the line as &quot;Are they still torturing you?&quot; which sometimes (depending on how good (or bad) the performance is) causes the audience to laugh. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my (not at all humble) opinion, if only you get rid of the &quot;still&quot; part, the problem would go away (&quot;Are they torturing you?&quot;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I would like to know, though, is the exact meaning of the original. To the best of my (severely limited) knowledge, &quot;ti&quot; means &quot;you,&quot; &quot;straziano&quot; means &quot;lacerate,&quot; and &quot;ancora&quot; means &quot;again.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My question is:&lt;/strong&gt; did Illica (and Puccini, always breathing down Illica's neck) lay a dramatic egg here, or does the line mean something other than &quot;Are they &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; torturing you?&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(To an American ear it sounds like a housewife inquiring with genteel politeness (while applying lipstick, perhaps) - &quot;Hey, honey, are they still torturing you, or are they about done?&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1912" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2015-11-10T19:04:03.173" LastActivityDate="2015-11-10T19:04:03.173" Title="Another Opera Question" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6206" CreationDate="2015-11-08T20:36:31.673" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hopefully this answer is less controversial than my previous one :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Yes&lt;/strong&gt; it means exactly &lt;em&gt;Are they still torturing you?&lt;/em&gt;, although I always intended it as an awkward way of asking &lt;em&gt;Have they stopped torturing you?&lt;/em&gt;, to confirm what Scarpia told her (since she clearly does not trust him).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2015-11-08T20:36:31.673" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1246" CreationDate="2015-11-09T00:08:11.657" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le frasi 'si vendono appartamenti' e 'si vende posto auto' sono entrambe forme passive, nelle quali rispettivamente &lt;em&gt;gli appartamenti&lt;/em&gt; ed &lt;em&gt;il posto auto&lt;/em&gt; sono i soggetti. Il verbo quindi deve concordare in numero e genere con essi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle forme portate ad esempio e' il 'si' a svolgere un ruolo passivante, si veda in proposito&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/usi-funzioni-pronome-clitico-si&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/usi-funzioni-pronome-clitico-si&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa costruzione puo' essere fatta solo con la terza persona singolare e la terza persona plurale (o sesta persona) e prende appunto il nome di &lt;strong&gt;si passivante&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puo' essere interessante ricordare che esistono, oltre a questa con il si passivante ed a quella piu' comune costruita con l'ausiliare &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, altre due costruzioni passive: sono quelle costruite con i verbi &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt;, come in 'vengono venduti appartamenti' e 'questi appartamenti vanno venduti'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1320" LastEditorUserId="1320" LastEditDate="2015-11-09T00:13:33.323" LastActivityDate="2015-11-09T00:13:33.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6195" CreationDate="2015-11-09T10:38:12.120" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; è presente molto simile in varie lingue di Paesi vicini (in portoghese come contrazione di &lt;em&gt;não é&lt;/em&gt;, in tedesco &lt;em&gt;nö&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;neh&lt;/em&gt; al posto di &lt;em&gt;nein?&lt;/em&gt;); se provenisse dal francese (come corruzione di &lt;em&gt;n'est-ce pas?&lt;/em&gt;), questo potrebbe spiegare perché sia diffusa nel nord Italia, ma non al centro o al sud, e specialmente nella zona di Milano, visto che il dialetto meneghino &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tesionline.it/consult/brano.jsp?id=13492&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mutua molti termini dal francese&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste la forma &quot;n'è&quot; per &quot;non è&quot;, la usava anche il Manzoni, ma è rara (&lt;a href=&quot;http://promessisposi.weebly.com/capitolo-xxxviii.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ne abbiam passate di brutte, n'è vero, miei giovani?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;) e per quanto riesco a trovare, è sempre usata nella forma &quot;n'è vero&quot;. Può darsi che &quot;neh&quot; derivi da una contrazione di &lt;em&gt;non è vero?&lt;/em&gt;, ma in tal caso andrebbe probabilmente scritta &quot;ne'&quot;, come forma elisa di &lt;em&gt;nevvero&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Soprattutto, nel rileggere &quot;n'è&quot;, almeno io interpreterei come &quot;ne è&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò, tutto sommato, io lascerei indicato &lt;em&gt;neh&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2015-11-09T11:31:56.967" LastActivityDate="2015-11-09T11:31:56.967" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5904" CreationDate="2015-11-09T14:28:05.780" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Concordo anch'io che sono entrambi complementi di qualità. Cambia solo l'attributo eliso: nel primo caso l'uomo è &quot;caratterizzato&quot; dal coraggio, nel secondo è &quot;dotato&quot; di coraggio. Logicamente sono due frasi equivalenti; la prima versione appartiene ad un registro leggermente più alto, solo per il fatto che viene usata raramente nel linguaggio parlato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1919" LastActivityDate="2015-11-09T14:28:05.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6212" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6214" CreationDate="2015-11-10T05:04:00.920" Score="2" ViewCount="383" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a simple question. Can I say &quot;I can tell you more about myself&quot; like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso dirti di più circa me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main doubts I have is if I can use &quot;di più&quot; like this, if circa is right and if I should use &quot;me&quot; or &quot;mi&quot; (I might have imagined it, but I thought I read somewhere that me is used after a preposition).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1920" LastActivityDate="2015-11-10T21:46:46.863" Title="&quot;I can tell you more about myself&quot;" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6212" CreationDate="2015-11-10T07:36:14.627" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Italian I use &quot;&lt;em&gt;posso dirti di più su di me&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;posso dirti di più di me&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Or even better &quot;&lt;em&gt;posso dirti qualcosa in più su di/di me&lt;/em&gt;&quot; that is &quot;I can tell you something more about myself&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1901" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-10T17:23:22.107" LastActivityDate="2015-11-10T17:23:22.107" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6212" CreationDate="2015-11-10T10:35:03.030" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not a grammatical issue  but a more common translation is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Posso dirti di più di me/su di me. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;em&gt;circa&lt;/em&gt; I'd probably say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Posso dirti di più circa me stesso. (Not a common use of &quot;circa&quot; anyway) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-11-10T21:46:46.863" LastActivityDate="2015-11-10T21:46:46.863" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6216" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-11T09:04:50.233" Score="5" ViewCount="493" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Tutti i santi giorni&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;&quot;tutto il santo giorno&quot;&lt;/em&gt; sono espressioni molto comuni usate per esprimere, generalmente con una connotazione negativa, un concetto di continuità e stanchezza riferendosi ad un dovere o spesso ad un lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tutti i santi giorni mi devo alzare per andare a lavorare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ho studiato tutto il santo giorno. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=tutti%20i%20santi%20giorni%2C%20tutto%20il%20santo%20giorno&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ctutti%20i%20santi%20giorni%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ctutto%20il%20santo%20giorno%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; questo modo di dire cominciò ad essere usato nella seconda metà del 19esimo secolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione risulta presente nell'edizione del &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=t6Q-AAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA543&amp;amp;dq=%22tutti%20i%20santi%20giorni%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0CCkQ6AEwAGoVChMI0vDhzqiIyQIVhqMOCh3fkgsg#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22tutti%20i%20santi%20giorni%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;1872&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  del &lt;em&gt;Dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Niccolò Tommaseo e Bernardo Bellini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Agg. [T.] Tutti i santi giorni, &lt;em&gt;come dire Tutti i giorni che fa Iddio; Sempre.&lt;/em&gt; — Tutto il santo giorno, &lt;em&gt;Quant'egli è lungo; sottint. Lavorando, Aspettando, Dolendosi.&lt;/em&gt; — Tutta la santa giornata, &lt;em&gt;segnatam. d'opera o di dolore.&lt;/em&gt; [G.M.] Tutta la santa notte.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine dell'uso di questa espressione? Perché ha assunto una connotazione negativa nonostante l'uso del termine 'santo'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-11-11T12:04:57.867" LastActivityDate="2015-11-11T12:04:57.867" Title="Tutti i &quot;santi&quot; giorni!" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6216" CreationDate="2015-11-11T09:46:25.337" Score="8" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché ha assunto una connotazione negativa nonostante l'uso del termine 'santo'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché è un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/eufemismo/&quot;&gt;eufemismo&lt;/a&gt;, ovvero si usa un termine al posto di un altro per &quot;ammorbidire&quot; l'impatto dell'espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un eufemismo piuttosto &quot;estremo&quot; (tant'è che il valore letterale dell'espressione invece di semplicemente sfumare verso un un'accezione più morbida assume proprio la connotazione opposta di ciò che in realtà si vuole esprimere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi direi che è l'opposto; non è che l'espressione &quot;ha assunto una connotazione negativa&quot;, ma piuttosto che un'altra espressione (per esempio &quot;Tutti i maledetti giorni mi devo alzare per andare a lavorare.&quot; o &quot;Ho studiato tutto il maledetto giorno.&quot;) &quot;ha assunto un valore letterale positivo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-11-11T10:27:57.877" LastActivityDate="2015-11-11T10:27:57.877" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6219" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6222" CreationDate="2015-11-11T21:24:05.577" Score="5" ViewCount="570" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stavo discutendo oggi riguardo una canzoncina svedese per bambini, che fa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;En kulen natt, natt, natt&#xA;  min båt jag styrde&#xA;  på havets vågade, vågade våg&#xA;  så skummet yrde.&#xA;  Och vart jag sågade, sågade, såg&#xA;  på havets vågade, vågade, våg&#xA;  långt ner i djupetti, petti, pe&#xA;  en fisk jag såg, och det var du... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è stato detto che le ultime due frasi si traducono in italiano, letteralmente, con&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ho visto un pesce, e questo era tu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, il punto della discussione è stato: nella frase finale il soggetto è &quot;questo&quot;, predicato è il verbo essere alla terza persona e complemento oggetto è il &quot;tu&quot;.&#xA;Sia in italiano che in svedese però esiste una particella apposita per i complementi: te/dej.&#xA;In italiano frasi simili si pongono sempre con soggetto la seconda persona, e la traduzione non letterale sarebbe quindi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ho visto un pesce, ed eri tu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa traduzione aggira il problema, perciò la domanda resta: quale frase è corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sia &quot;questo era tu&quot; che &quot;questo era te&quot; suonano così strane, ma suppongo esista una forma corretta per usare il verbo essere alla terza persona con complemento una seconda persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-12T16:55:40.513" LastActivityDate="2015-11-13T07:09:44.247" Title="Uso delle particelle pronominali in frasi col verbo essere" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6219" CreationDate="2015-11-12T08:36:06.700" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase &lt;em&gt;&quot;questo era tu&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è decisamente sbagliata: innanzi tutto il pronome da usare è &lt;em&gt;te&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; in quanto il soggetto del predicato nominale è il pesce.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Quando il predicato nominale indica una relazione di identità, inoltre, si preferisce sempre usare la prima e la seconda persona invece della terza; dato che questa relazione è simmetrica, sul piano logico non ci sono differenze.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Io sono quel pesce oppure quel pesce sono io, invece di quel pesce è me.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Tu sei quel pesce o quel pesce sei tu, invece di quel pesce è te.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Dunque direi che è melgio tradurre: &lt;em&gt;&quot;e quel pesce eri tu&quot; &quot;e quello eri tu&quot;&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;&quot;ed eri tu&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. L'ultima traduzione è senz'altro migliore anche dal punto di vista musicale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2015-11-13T07:09:44.247" LastActivityDate="2015-11-13T07:09:44.247" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6219" CreationDate="2015-11-12T11:55:16.617" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La traduzione proposta inizialmente è inequivocabilmente sbagliata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho visto un pesce, e questo era tu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A parte l'uso insolito di &quot;questo&quot; (sembra un anglicismo), le uniche traduzioni giuste prevedono che si usi la seconda persona singolare, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho visto un pesce, e il pesce eri tu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grammaticalmente il soggetto è &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; e per questo il verbo si coniuga così. Non è proprio la stessa cosa dire &lt;em&gt;tu sei il pesce&lt;/em&gt; oppure dire &lt;em&gt;il pesce sei tu&lt;/em&gt;, ma se per indicare l'enfasi si usa l'ordine delle parole grammaticalmente &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; assorbe sempre il predicato, così come farebbero &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;noi&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt;. Si tratta di una anomalia, probabilmente dovuta soltanto al fatto che sentire &lt;em&gt;...era tu&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;...è io&lt;/em&gt; suscita un senso di errore di coniugazione anche quando a logica dovrebbero essere ammissibili, ma una lingua viva non funziona a logica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un caso interessante, che dimostra che il problema è proprio evitare quella discordanza apparente, è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu sei me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa questa espressione, che non ha senso perché il verbo essere non è transitivo e quindi non vuole complemento oggetto, pur di evitare entrambe le inascoltabili alternative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu sei io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu sono io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scegliere fra questi due orrori sarebbe impossibile e si adotta la soluzione che taglia la testa al toro, pur sacrificando la razionalità grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove non c'è via di scampo si cede e si sceglie a caso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voi siete noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Noi siamo voi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voi siamo noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Noi siete voi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2015-11-12T11:55:16.617" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6223" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-13T12:54:01.570" Score="1" ViewCount="4089" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dopo aver letto questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/6201&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;mi sono posta la domanda sul significato dell'espressione &quot;fare la bella vita&quot;. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare la bella v.&lt;/em&gt; (anche, ma meno com., in forma graficamente unita &lt;em&gt;la bellavita&lt;/em&gt;), vivere spensieratamente, da scioperato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sa però che ci sono altre sfumature del significato non spiegate dal Treccani o forse sono io che non colgo bene tutte queste sfumature.  Potreste spiegarmele?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-11-15T11:03:45.967" Title="Sul significato di &quot;fare la bella vita&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6223" CreationDate="2015-11-13T13:03:09.667" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un'espressione molto comune, forse molto italiana, e il significato &#xA;  è simile nei vari dizionari. Generalmente viene usata con una connotazione 'negativa' per suggerire il desiderio, la volontà di vivere senza responsabilità o doveri, ma solo dedicandosi  ai piaceri  della vita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/bella-vita&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bella vita&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;loc.s.f. - vita comoda, agiata, o anche mondana, scapestrata: &lt;em&gt;fare la bella vita, darsi alla bella vita&lt;/em&gt;. (De Mauro)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/V/vita.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fare la bella vita &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vivere spensieratamente, concedendosi svaghi e piaceri, divertendosi senza preoccuparsi di nulla. (Hoepli)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-14T10:22:38.300" LastActivityDate="2015-11-14T10:22:38.300" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6223" CreationDate="2015-11-13T16:09:20.910" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello spiegato da Treccani. &#xA;Aggiungerei che viene da fare l'accostamento al film di Fellini &quot;La dolce vita&quot;.&#xA;Infine, mi viene anche un accostamento, alla lontana, con l'espressione &quot;fare la vita&quot; che si riferisce alla prostituzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1720" LastEditorUserId="1720" LastEditDate="2015-11-14T01:23:26.863" LastActivityDate="2015-11-14T01:23:26.863" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6227" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-14T12:51:05.573" Score="3" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo &lt;em&gt;La Locandiera&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Goldoni. La mia domanda è sulla scena nella quale il Conte d'Albafiorita offre degli orecchini di diamanti a Mirandolina, la locandiera. Ecco la risposta di Mirandolina e del Cavaliere di Ripafratta, personaggio misogino che ha una grande antipatia per la locandiera, e anche del Marchese di Forlipopoli, un nobile pretendente di Mirandolina ma senza un soldo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;MIRANDOLINA: Perché mi vuol ella donare quegli&#xA;  orecchini?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;MARCHESE: Veramente sarebbe un gran regalo! Ella&#xA;  ne ha de' più belli al doppio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CONTE: Questi sono legati alla moda. Vi prego riceverli per amor mio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CAVALIERE: (Oh che pazzo!). (&lt;em&gt;Da sé.&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;MIRANDOLINA: No, davvero, signore...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CONTE: Se non li prendete, mi disgustate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;MIRANDOLINA: Non so che dire... mi preme tenermi&#xA;  amici gli avventori della mia locanda. Per non disgustare il signor Conte, li prenderò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CAVALIERE: (Oh che forca!). (&lt;em&gt;Da sé&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il quesito è sul significato della parola &quot;forca&quot; in questa frase pronunciata dal Cavaliere. Nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/forca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce &quot;forca&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;faccia da f.&lt;/em&gt;, oggi meno com. che &lt;em&gt;arnese&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;avanzo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;faccia da galera&lt;/em&gt;; usato assol. e riferito a persona, uomo degno della galera: &lt;em&gt;è una f.&lt;/em&gt; (anche come titolo d’ingiuria: &lt;em&gt;forca!&lt;/em&gt;); con senso attenuato, di ragazzo impertinente, indisciplinato: &lt;em&gt;quel figliolo è una vera forca&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa questo che il Cavaliere pensa che la locandiera è una persona degna della galera per quello che ha fatto (accettare gli orecchini di diamanti dal Conte)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-15T09:33:37.780" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T11:07:59.867" Title="Cosa significa &quot;forca&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6227" CreationDate="2015-11-14T18:14:41.760" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che l'esclamazione si riferisca alla lingua biforcuta (non sincera) della locandiera. Come spiegato sotto 'forca' in senso idiomatico viene usata in questo senso. Il Cavaliere misogino esclama :&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;oh che lingua biforcuta!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://unaparolaalgiorno.it/significato/F/forca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Forca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La forca, più che un arnese per spostare paglia e fieno, è una forma archetipica: il manico lungo che infine si separa in più denti richiama l'incrocio di una strada, il delta di un fiume, un valico stretto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;E infatti il nome di questo attrezzo suggerisce fantasiose espressioni idiomatiche, legate alla sua terminazione biforcuta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: ad esempio, con &amp;quot;fare la forca&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;fare le forche&amp;quot; si intende &amp;quot;fare il doppio gioco&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;fingere di ignorare qualcosa&amp;quot;, mentre parlando di scuola &amp;quot;fare forca&amp;quot; vuol dire non andarci - nel senso che, arrivati al bivio che porta a scuola, si prende l'altra strada.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(unaparolaalgiorno.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T11:07:59.867" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6229" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-15T14:31:17.227" Score="7" ViewCount="466" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esistono differenze nel'uso? Mi riferisco esclusivamente all' &lt;em&gt;em dash&lt;/em&gt; , ovvero il trattino lungo utilizzato per separare parti della frase —e non singole parole. Faccio alcuni esempi dell'uso inglese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;He is the friend —the only one— that helped me in that situation.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Tim —my little nephew— is very shy&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Approfondendo lo studio dell'inglese, ho preso l'abitudine di usare questo tipo di punteggiatura anche in italiano. Ma non sono sicura sia corretto: possibili differenze possono riguardare sia l'aspetto grafico che l'uso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Per esempio in inglese consigliano di evitarlo in testi molto formali. In italiano mi sembra di trovare più spesso le virgole o le parentesi, che vengono usate in modo simile.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1932" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-11-29T08:49:46.383" Title="Differenze tra l'uso delle lineette [dash] in inglese ed in italiano" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;writing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6229" CreationDate="2015-11-15T14:52:37.997" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io uso ordinariamente il “—” e, ormai, vedo che è comunemente usato nei libri e sulla stampa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi due esempi mostrano come il “—” talvolta (a) può essere direttamente usato al posto della virgola, aumentando la leggibilità del periodo, ma talvolta (b) no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(a) La società moderna — pur consapevole che l'era del petrolio è prossima alla fine — non investe adeguatamente nelle energie realmente alternative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(b) Cotanto alte asserzioni — nella specie, “che minchiata” — dovrebbero essere motivate, sennò è come non esistessero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, non vedo nessuna ragione per evitarne l'uso in 'testi formali', anzi, io l'ho trovato spesso lì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-11-15T16:22:26.400" LastActivityDate="2015-11-15T16:22:26.400" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6231" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-16T11:02:44.653" Score="19" ViewCount="639" Body="&lt;p&gt;Osservo che in tempi recenti si è molto diffusa la locuzione “fortemente voluto”, specie in “aziendalese” e “politichese”, in frasi del tipo (prendo quasi a caso da Google Books):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È uno dei rari esempi di collaborazione transfrontaliera di tipo bottom-up, fortemente voluto dagli operatori locali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fortemente voluto proprio in questi mesi dal Ministro Profumo il programma propone una grande possibile interazione...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un risultato fortemente voluto in oltre mezzo secolo di impegno dalle forze politiche, economiche e sociali del Friuli-Venezia Giulia...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ometto le citazioni specifiche perché non mi interessano le singole istanze, quanto il tipo di contesto in cui si adopera).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=fortemente%20voluto&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cfortemente%20voluto%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;consultazione dell'Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt; di Google Books conferma empiricamente che, con la diffusione attuale, è un fenomeno relativamente recente, decollato negli anni Ottanta e asceso rapidamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/U0kOs.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/U0kOs.png&quot; alt=&quot;Grafico dell'ascesa dell'uso di “fortemente voluto”&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora: qualcuno sa che cosa abbia provocato questa rapida ascesa dell'uso di “fortemente voluto”? È un calco da qualche espressione in un'altra lingua? Lo usò qualche personaggio famoso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2021-01-30T17:02:50.310" Title="“Fortemente voluto”" Tags="&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6232" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-16T16:01:21.023" Score="4" ViewCount="1163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know of some sample letters written in Italian?&#xA;Any online source would be greatly appreciated.&#xA;E.g. letters to estate agents/lawyers, etc.&#xA;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1939" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-16T17:58:41.430" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T21:47:34.253" Title="Letter writing: sample Italian formal letters" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6232" CreationDate="2015-11-16T16:27:35.310" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=3596&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt; from Zanichelli or at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/lettere-commerciali-e-ufficiali-prontuario_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;. The first one is easier to understand for a non-Italian, the second is a bit more difficult IMHO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you aren't able to translate some part of these links ask in a comment and I will help you! (For your letter: Remember that English people say &quot;you&quot; for a formal communication, but in Italian is very informal say &quot;tu&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1901" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-16T21:47:34.253" LastActivityDate="2015-11-16T21:47:34.253" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2150" CreationDate="2015-11-16T21:59:41.603" Score="19" Body="&lt;p&gt;The expression &lt;em&gt;figurati&lt;/em&gt; can be used in different contexts, with different meanings. It seems to me useful to add a well-organised summary of the word-usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's interesting to look at the etymology, but unhelpful: it's difficult to relate it to the modern usage and most Italians just know by heart how to use the word, without ever thinking about it. The mood is imperative, second person, usually limited to one-to-one conversation. Otherwise, with more people it would become &quot;figuratevi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;1. Usage as a short single-word reply.&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these cases &lt;em&gt;figurati&lt;/em&gt; on its own is a complete answer; the extra words shown give the meaning but normally remain unspoken.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thank you&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi hai fatto davvero un favore, ti ringrazio(/grazie)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Figurati!&lt;/em&gt; Non c'è di che. [&lt;em&gt;don't mention it&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sorry&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scusami&lt;/strong&gt; tanto, sono sempre in ritardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Figurati.&lt;/em&gt; Sono arrivato da poco anch'io. [&lt;em&gt;don't worry&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;They told me that...&lt;/strong&gt; (looking for agreement/support)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sai che cosa mi ha detto oggi? Che era in ritardo perché il gatto stava male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ah! &lt;em&gt;Figurati&lt;/em&gt;... E' la solita scusa. [&lt;em&gt;no way!&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;2. Usage in longer sentences&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these cases &lt;em&gt;figurati&lt;/em&gt; cannot stand alone, as a further explanation is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Did you know that...&lt;/strong&gt; (asking for opinion/chatting)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho sentito dire che il capo ha deciso di cambiare lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Figurati se&lt;/em&gt; è vero! Non lo farebbe mai. [very strong &lt;em&gt;I don't think that..&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I discovered that...&lt;/strong&gt; (statement, something true)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho scoperto che Franz è bilingue: parla francese e tedesco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oh &lt;em&gt;figurati&lt;/em&gt;... Due lingue così diverse!  [surprised &lt;em&gt;you don't say&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facial expression, intonation and so on can play an important role. However, when they change the meaning, it's just for the opposite. So, if you know these five possibilities it's very likely that you can understand also some added irony or Italian hand gestures ;-).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1932" LastEditorUserId="2488" LastEditDate="2017-01-26T11:33:01.890" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T11:33:01.890" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6231" CreationDate="2015-11-20T01:58:46.353" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La rapida ascesa dell'uso di “fortemente voluto” nel corpus di Google dipende dal fatto che le ivi presenti pubblicazioni comprendono dagli '80 in poi tipologie o raccolte 'letterarie' prima assenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, in altri termini, nello scritto e nel parlato reale non c'è stato alcun incremento esponenziale nell'uso della predetta locuzione. Siamo, piuttosto, di fronte ad una distorsione dovuta al processo di formazione del corpus di Google.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-11-20T08:14:11.447" LastActivityDate="2015-11-20T08:14:11.447" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6244" CreationDate="2015-11-20T13:19:52.200" Score="1" ViewCount="286" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo &lt;em&gt;La Locandiera&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Goldoni. La mia domanda è su questa frase pronunciata da Mirandolina, la locandiera, a proposito del Marchese di Forlipopoli, un nobile decaduto ospite della locanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che arsura! Non gliene cascano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arsura/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;arsura&quot;&lt;/a&gt; nella frase precedente l'ho trovato nel vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ant., scherz. Estrema povertà, assoluta mancanza di denaro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, il Treccani riporta questa frase di Goldoni come esempio di questa accezione del vocabolo &quot;arsura&quot;. Quello che non capisco bene è il senso di &quot;cascare&quot; in questo contesto.  Significa che non gli &quot;cascano&quot; i denari perché è senza un soldo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-11-20T17:06:10.927" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cascare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6239" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6241" CreationDate="2015-11-20T13:33:35.410" Score="2" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the XVIIth century sentence &quot;Sono cosi diversi i sentieri per li quali s’incamina al possesso del buono nella Pittura,&quot; how would you translate &quot;s’incamina al possesso del buono nella Pittura&quot;? Possess the good in painting isn't right. Master excellence in painting?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1953" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-20T14:43:19.390" LastActivityDate="2015-11-20T14:47:15.067" Title="&quot;Possesso del buono&quot; in a XVIIth century sentence" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6242" CreationDate="2015-11-20T14:03:18.927" Score="9" ViewCount="967" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apparently&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Never do that by proxy which you can do yourself&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is an Italian proverb (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2015/p0022r1.html&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bartleby.com/345/authors/259.html&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;). So what would be the proverbial version of said quote in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="454" LastEditorUserId="454" LastEditDate="2015-11-20T14:12:46.860" LastActivityDate="2017-02-17T10:02:46.757" Title="Never do that by proxy which you can do yourself" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6239" CreationDate="2015-11-20T14:47:15.067" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;First your sentence is incomplete, I'll do my best to guess how it should continue (because the translation might depend on that). I think&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The paths to reach mastery in Painting are so different [...]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is a good free translation. Depending on how the sentence continues you could also say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;There are so many different paths towards skill in Painting [...]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want a more strict translation you could say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The paths through whom one can set forth to own the skill in Painting are so different [...]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(yes, it sounds a bit clunky in English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2015-11-20T14:47:15.067" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2015-11-20T14:50:46.890" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that the proverb you quote is a (very) free translation of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi fa da sé fa per tre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(literally &lt;em&gt;who does things by himself works like three people&lt;/em&gt;). I cannot think of any traditional proverb which is more similar and there is nothing in the Wikipedia page on Italian proverbs that is better than this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-20T15:52:39.030" LastActivityDate="2015-11-20T15:52:39.030" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2015-11-20T14:53:57.617" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The nearest I can think of is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi fa da sé fa per tre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(literally, «Who does something on his own does it as if he were three», more or less). In a collection of proverbs, I also find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non v'è più bel messo che sé stesso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(«There is no better messenger than oneself»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that book, Augusto Arthaber, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario comparato di proverbi e modi proverbiali&lt;/em&gt;, both are considered to correspond to «If a man will have his business well done, he must do it himself» or «If you want a thing done, do it yourself».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-11-20T14:53:57.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6238" CreationDate="2015-11-20T14:57:07.787" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Google ho trovato questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;.. quando parla direttamente ai suoi interlocutori Mirandolina è sempre&#xA;  educata e garbata, ed usa un linguaggio di impeccabile proprietà; ma&#xA;  quando parla fra sé manifesta la sua vera natura, la sua sostanziale&#xA;  volgarità di piccola borghese attaccata al denaro ( ad esempio nel&#xA;  monologo della scena IX dell'atto I usa espressioni gergali tipo “Mi&#xA;  piace l'arrosto e del fumo non so che farne”, mentre nel dialogo con&#xA;  il marchese spiantato dice “&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Che arsura! Non gliene cascano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;”)..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi direi che &quot;non gliene cascano&quot; si riferisca proprio ai soldi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(!) aggiunta personale:  più che cascargli i soldi, credo sia cascar&lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; i soldi. Molto probabilmente significa che il marchese non dà neanche qualche moneta a Mirandolina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1901" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-20T17:06:10.927" LastActivityDate="2015-11-20T17:06:10.927" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2015-11-20T16:43:37.287" Score="8" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quel che tu stesso puoi dire e fare, che altri lo faccia mai non aspettare.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;For that thou canst do thyself, rely not on another.&quot; (Sources: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=kYaF6Kj_zUsC&amp;amp;lpg=PT125&amp;amp;ots=ShFI5e9VM0&amp;amp;dq=Quel%20che%20tu%20stesso%20puoi%20e%20dire%20e%20fare%2C%20che%20altri%20il%20faccia%20mai%20non%20aspettare&amp;amp;pg=PT125#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Quel%20che%20tu%20stesso%20puoi%20e%20dire%20e%20fare,%20che%20altri%20il%20faccia%20mai%20non%20aspettare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=RzctBgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PA235&amp;amp;ots=sprvZQZSzM&amp;amp;dq=Quel%20che%20tu%20stesso%20puoi%20e%20dire%20e%20fare%2C%20che%20altri%20il%20faccia%20mai%20non%20aspettare&amp;amp;pg=PA235#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Quel%20che%20tu%20stesso%20puoi%20e%20dire%20e%20fare,%20che%20altri%20il%20faccia%20mai%20non%20aspettare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=Irx3oPMEwmUC&amp;amp;lpg=PA284&amp;amp;ots=gftZVJKOG4&amp;amp;dq=Quel%20che%20tu%20stesso%20puoi%20e%20dire%20e%20fare%2C%20che%20altri%20il%20faccia%20mai%20non%20aspettare&amp;amp;pg=PA284#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Quel%20che%20tu%20stesso%20puoi%20e%20dire%20e%20fare,%20che%20altri%20il%20faccia%20mai%20non%20aspettare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's an old Tuscan proverb. The meaning here is &quot;If you are able to do it yourself, don't let anybody else to do things (for you).&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its meaning is different from &lt;em&gt;Chi fa da sé fa per tre&lt;/em&gt;, which is closer to the English saying &quot;Want to have things done well, do it yourself.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2017-02-17T10:02:46.757" LastActivityDate="2017-02-17T10:02:46.757" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6247" CreationDate="2015-11-21T10:30:33.760" Score="4" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo brano appartiene a &lt;em&gt;La Locandiera&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Goldoni (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;DEJANIRA: Verranno i nostri compagni, e subito ci sbianchiranno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ORTENSIA: Per oggi non possono arrivare a Firenze. Da Pisa a qui in navicello vi vogliono almeno tre&#xA;  giorni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;DEJANIRA: Guardate che bestialità! Venire in navicello!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ORTENSIA: &lt;em&gt;Per mancanza di lugagni&lt;/em&gt;. È assai che siamo venute noi in calesse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;per mancanza di lugagni&quot;. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;lugagno&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessun dizionario in rete. Curiosamente però questa stessa espressione appare anche&#xA;in &lt;a href=&quot;http://notizie.comuni-italiani.it/foto/65145&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;. Dopo aver letto questo testo, ho pensato che &quot;per mancanza di lugagni&quot; forse significasse &quot;per mancanza di soldi&quot;. È così? Si tratta di un'espressione di uso regionale? &quot;I lugagni&quot; erano una moneta usata nel passato in qualche parte d'Italia? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-21T10:45:43.380" LastActivityDate="2015-11-21T21:55:27.597" Title="Cosa sono &quot;i lugagni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6246" CreationDate="2015-11-21T12:51:54.887" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, con  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://renatomastro1954.files.wordpress.com/2014/10/la-locandiera.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lugagni&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si intendevano &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;denari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel gergo dei commedianti: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;74)  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lugagni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:denari (sempre gergo dei commedianti: Goldoni che lo conosceva bene data la sua pratica del teatro, si compiace a riprodurlo con fedeltà.) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2015-11-21T21:55:27.597" LastActivityDate="2015-11-21T21:55:27.597" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6266" CreationDate="2015-11-22T09:13:15.723" Score="3" ViewCount="757" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'altro giorno volevo redigere un messaggio di posta elettronica in italiano. Stavo per cominciare scrivendo &quot;Buongiorno&quot; quando ho avuto il dubbio se si potesse usare la forma staccata, &quot;Buon giorno&quot;. Ho cercato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/buongiorno1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;buongiorno&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e, per aumentare la mia confusione, ecco quello che ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;buongiórno&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;bongiórno&lt;/strong&gt;; più com. &lt;strong&gt;buòn giórno&lt;/strong&gt;) locuz. e s. m. – Formula di saluto e d’augurio che [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa questo che la forma &quot;buon giorno&quot; è (o era)  la più comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-22T09:22:58.560" LastActivityDate="2015-11-30T19:24:39.590" Title="&quot;Buongiorno&quot; versus &quot;buon giorno&quot;: qual è la forma più usata?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6252" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-23T20:43:01.860" Score="7" ViewCount="449" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/becco1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Becco&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; viene spesso usato in locuzioni con riferimento alla bocca. L'analogia è chiara ma mi chiedo se questi modi di dire abbiano un'origine precisa, antichi modi di dire (greci o latini)  o la commedia dell'arte ad esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Becco:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alcune locuzioni famigliari,  indica scherzosamente  la bocca dell’uomo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bagnarsi il becco&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, bere vino; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mettere il becco&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  in un affare, in un discorso, voler dire la propria, interloquire, soprattutto senza esserne richiesti o senza intendersene; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;aprire il becco&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, parlare, dire qualcosa; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;chiudere il becco&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, smettere di parlare, stare zitto (spec. in forma imperativa: chiudi il becco tu!); &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;senza batter becco,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; senza aprire bocca, senza parlare; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a becco asciutto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, senza niente: restare, rimanere, tornare a becco asciutto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-02-17T05:07:23.853" Title="Perché si dice becco per dire bocca?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6253" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-24T07:47:15.913" Score="5" ViewCount="948" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that to say &quot;They told me to call you&quot; would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi hanno detto &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; chiamarti&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this correct? And if so, why do we use the preposition 'di' here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen endless 'explanations' that prepositions are just too hard and you need to memorize, but that cannot be the case here. Can anyone suggest a resource that explains this in a clear and accurate way? I get very confused between the uses of 'di', 'da', and 'a' in anything other than their simple use to mean 'of', 'from' and 'to'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1920" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-11-25T08:17:52.697" LastActivityDate="2015-11-25T10:24:12.770" Title="&quot;They told me to call you&quot; - prepositions" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6253" CreationDate="2015-11-25T05:54:55.613" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The explanations are correct: in Italian, different constructions such as &lt;em&gt;evito &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; chiamarti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;provo &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; chiamarti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;preferisco &lt;strong&gt;(no preposition)&lt;/strong&gt; chiamarti&lt;/em&gt; exist, and there is no clear rule to tell which verb mandates which; you need to memorize which verb goes with which prepositions. I have seen many Italian learners struggle with this aspect of grammar. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That shouldn't be surprising: prepositions and other grammatical constructs are often somewhat arbitrary. No matter which language you are learning, a moment will come when you have to memorize a list of seemingly random valid and invalid constructs. When learning English, for instance, one needs to know if an expression demands a gerund (&lt;em&gt;I love sailing&lt;/em&gt;) or an infinitive (&lt;em&gt;I need to go&lt;/em&gt;). Why do you say &lt;em&gt;I love sailing&lt;/em&gt; but &lt;em&gt;I'd love to sail&lt;/em&gt;? It's completely arbitrary, as far as I know, and there are no effective rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2015-11-25T10:24:12.770" LastActivityDate="2015-11-25T10:24:12.770" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6256" CreationDate="2015-11-27T12:26:28.350" Score="1" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa frase in un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/6252&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ha attirato la mia attenzione perché non capivo l'uso che se ne fa del verbo &quot;rifarsi&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le espressioni che &lt;em&gt;si rifanno&lt;/em&gt; a delle metafore sono molte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che ho trovato di più simile alla frase precedente nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rifare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;rifare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; è questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;rifarsi a qualcosa, a qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, riallacciarsi, prendere spunto: &lt;em&gt;molti drammi (o drammaturghi) moderni si rifanno alla tragedia greca (o ai tragici greci)&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;vorrei ora rifarmi a un’obiezione polemica del mio avversario&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, se questa è l'interpretazione corretta della frase sopra citata, non riesco a capirla molto bene. In che senso le espressioni si riallacciano o prendono spunto dalle metafore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-11-27T13:42:51.403" Title="Qual è questo uso del verbo &quot;rifarsi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6255" CreationDate="2015-11-27T13:42:51.403" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oltre a quello che hai scritto nella tua domanda, aggiungerei che rifarsi può anche essere interpretato come &quot;fare riferimento a&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso della frase da te citata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le espressioni che si &lt;em&gt;rifanno&lt;/em&gt; a delle metafore sono molte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vuol dire che molte espressioni fanno a riferimento delle metafore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti porto un esempio, che magari può essere più esplicativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partiamo dalla metafora:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giuseppe è un pallone gonfiato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione comune è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere un pallone gonfiato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, dalla metafora, abbiamo ricavato (facendo riferimento alla stessa) una espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2015-11-27T13:42:51.403" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6229" CreationDate="2015-11-28T14:32:19.320" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso del trattino lungo in italiano è stato introdotto dalle traduzioni di libri dall'inglese.&#xA;Ha generalmente lo scopo di inserire un'interruzione nel testo, per introdurre un discorso diretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rif. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/trattino_%28Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1650" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-29T08:49:46.383" LastActivityDate="2015-11-29T08:49:46.383" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6259" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7296" CreationDate="2015-11-29T10:29:27.893" Score="3" ViewCount="1260" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto svolgendo dell'analisi del periodo e o le cose non mi sono totalmente chiare oppure molto spesso mi capita di avere diverse possibilità di analisi, come se la decisione fosse soggettiva! È mai possibile? &#xA;Io seguo la grammatica del Dardano Trifone (così ci capiamo sulla terminologia). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di seguito un testo che ho analizzato e i dubbi e le varie possibilità di analisi che ho trovato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui il testo diviso in periodi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1) Questa mattina, mentre andavo a scuola, ho incontrato un vecchio compagno delle elementari. &#xA;2) Abbiamo parlato un po' e ad un tratto il mio amico mi ha chiesto se volevo abbandonare per un giorno la scuola e andare con lui al parco. &#xA;3) Ho risposto che non potevo, che per l’assenza avrei dovuto portare la giustificazione, ecc… ma lui ha insistito e mi ha convinto. &#xA;4) Girovagare per il parco era noioso, quindi ci siamo diretti al centro per comprare una pizza. &#xA;5) E qui è accaduta la disgrazia! &#xA;6) Improvvisamente ho visto mio zio, che mi ha guardato con sorpresa, ma non mi ha fermato.&#xA;7) Ho notato però che ha subito fatto una telefonata&#xA;e ho capito immediatamente a chi telefonava. &#xA;8) Potete immaginare il resto della storia: sgridate e una brutta punizione. &#xA;9) Così è finita la mia avventura che sicuramente non si ripeterà.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui la mia analisi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1)&lt;/strong&gt; Questa mattina ho incontrato un vecchio compagno delle elementari = principale; &#xA;mentre andavo a scuola = subordinata temporale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2)&lt;/strong&gt; Abbiamo parlato un po' = principale;&#xA;e ad un tratto il mio amico mi ha chiesto = coordinata alla principale;&#xA;se volevo abbandonare per un giorno la scuola = subordinata interrogativa; &#xA;e andare con lui al parco = &lt;em&gt;coordinata alla subordinata interrogativa / subordinata interrogativa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui mi viene il dubbio che &quot;e andare con lui al parco&quot; possa essere sia una coordinata alla subordinata interrogativa, che una vera e proprio subordinata interrogativa. Di fatto il &quot;se&quot; manca ma potrebbe essere stato omesso per non ripetersi. Allo sesso modo la congiunzione &quot;e&quot; mi fa pensare a una coordinata copulativa. Secondo voi di che si tratta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3)&lt;/strong&gt; Ho risposto = principale; &#xA;che non potevo = subordinata oggettiva 1 grado;&#xA;che per l'assenza avrei dovuto portare la giustificazione = &lt;em&gt;subordinata causale 2 grado / subordinata oggettiva 1 grado&lt;/em&gt;; &#xA;ma lui ha insistito = coordinata avversativa;&#xA;e mi ha convinto = coordinata copulativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui invece della frase &quot;che per l'assenza avrei dovuto portare la giustificazione&quot; ci sarebbero due interpretazioni. Potrebbe essere una causale: lui non può perché poi deve portare la giustificazione e finirebbe nei guai. Potrebbe però anche essere un'ulteriore subordinata oggettiva, visto che funge in un certo senso da complemento oggetto alla frase &quot;ho risposto&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4)&lt;/strong&gt; Girovagare per il parco = subordinata soggettiva 1 grado;&#xA;era noioso = principale; &#xA;quindi ci siamo diretti al centro = subordinata consecutiva 1 grado;&#xA;per comprare una pizza = subordinata finale 2 grado.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5)&lt;/strong&gt; Improvvisamente ho visto mio zio = principale;&#xA;che mi ha guardato con sorpresa = subordinata relativa di 1 grado;&#xA;ma non mi ha fermato = &lt;em&gt;coordinata avversativa / subordinata relativa 1 grado&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui il dubbio sorge sull'ultima parte. Visto che c'è il &quot;ma&quot; mi viene da dire che è una coordinata avversativa. Però ho pensato anche a una relativa, in cui il &quot;che&quot; è stato omesso. Possibile? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6)&lt;/strong&gt; Ho notato però = principale;&#xA;che ha subito fatto una telefonata = subordinata oggettiva; &#xA;e ho capito immediatamente = coordinata copulativa;&#xA;a chi telefonava = subordinata oggettiva 1 grado.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7)&lt;/strong&gt; Così è finita la mia avventura = principale; &#xA;che sicuramente non si ripeterà = subordinata relativa 1 grado.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono molto grata delle vostre correzioni e opinioni! &#xA;A me parrebbe proprio che la soggettività giochi un certo ruolo nell'analisi, ma in ogni caso spererei di sbagliarmi. Vorrei che ci fosse una sola possibilità di analisi, quella giusta! Voi che pensate? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-11-29T12:52:52.967" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T10:04:55.460" Title="La soggettività dell'analisi del periodo, seriamente?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6261" CreationDate="2015-11-29T14:33:12.767" Score="7" ViewCount="2571" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my mother tongue &quot;zingaro&quot; and &quot;tzigano&quot; have the same translation.  Are they synonyms?  I can remember two Italian songs where these words are used: &quot;Il cuore è uno zingaro&quot; and &quot;Il violino tzigano&quot; and they seem to be interchangeable.  Are they?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-29T14:57:59.717" LastActivityDate="2016-08-25T12:13:07.110" Title="What's the difference between &quot;zingaro&quot; and &quot;tzigano?&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6260" CreationDate="2015-11-29T15:55:33.947" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both words denote so-called Gypsies. &lt;em&gt;Tzigano&lt;/em&gt; (more often spelt &lt;em&gt;zigano&lt;/em&gt;) is an old-fashioned word, especially connected with travelling players and the like. &lt;em&gt;Zingaro&lt;/em&gt; is the more usual word, often perceived as somewhat derogatory with respect to more precise ethnic terms such as &lt;em&gt;Rom&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Sinti&lt;/em&gt; (as in “Il sindaco ha incontrato rappresentanti dei Rom”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the context of the songs you mention, I'd say that “Il cuore è uno zingaro” (The heart is a Gypsy) alludes to Gypsies as nomads, characterising whoever's heart as a bit inconstant; while the “Violino zigano” (Gypsy violin) of course refers to Gypsies' renown as players.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both words might share the same etymology, from medieval Greek Ατσίγγανος (Atsinganos), “untouchable”, denoting a sect of Phrygian Manichaeans (source &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/zingaro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-11-30T13:04:52.283" LastActivityDate="2015-11-30T13:04:52.283" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6196" CreationDate="2015-11-30T10:40:32.773" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;TI AMO&quot; has a strong meaning. It's used between lovers, but there are many forms of love. A parent can say &quot;TI AMO&quot; to its child. When we say &quot;TI AMO&quot; it means the we are strongly linked to that person, we care care about he/she as ourself or more.&#xA;&quot;TI VOGLIO BENE&quot; has no romantic meaning. It's less strong than &quot;TI AMO&quot;, even if emotions are always involved. It means: I care about you and I wish you all the best. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1974" LastActivityDate="2015-11-30T10:40:32.773" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6263" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-30T13:12:28.227" Score="3" ViewCount="312" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ci rispose che ci sarebbero state cose più serie DI CUI LAMENTARSI.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi viene un gran dubbio su come vada interpretata la frase &quot;di cui lamentarsi&quot;. Si tratta di una subordinata comparativa oppure di una causale? &#xA;-Direi comparativa perchè viene espresso un confronto: ci sono cose più serie di altre. &#xA;-Direi invece anche causale perchè in realtà potrei cambiare la frase in &quot;a causa delle quali lamentarsi&quot; e il significato non cambia. &#xA;Come faccio a distinguere e sapere quale è giusta?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T19:17:14.043" Title="&quot;DI CUI LAMENTARSI&quot;: comparativa o causale? (Analisi del periodo)" Tags="&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6264" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6276" CreationDate="2015-11-30T13:58:30.200" Score="1" ViewCount="674" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un &lt;em&gt;dubbio sostanziale&lt;/em&gt; sull'analisi del periodo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considero &lt;strong&gt;e andare con lui al parco&lt;/strong&gt; dell'esempio seguente una semplice &lt;em&gt;coordinata alla subordianta interrogativa indiretta&lt;/em&gt; (lo è rispettivamente a &quot;se volevo abbandonare per un giorno la scuola&quot;) oppure la considero a sua volta una &lt;em&gt;subordinata interrogativa indiretta&lt;/em&gt;  (lo è se penso che potrei mettere un se nella frase e avrebbe esattamente lo stesso valore di &quot;se volevo abbandonare per un giorno la scuola&quot;). E se fosse una subordinata interrogativa a sua volta di che grado sarebbe? Primo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Abbiamo parlato un po’ e ad un tratto il mio amico mi ha chiesto se volevo abbandonare per un giorno la scuola e andare con lui al parco&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abbiamo parlato un po’ =principale&#xA;e ad un tratto il mio amico mi ha chiesto=coordinata alla principale&#xA;se volevo abbandonare per un giorno la scuola=subordinata interrogativa indiretta&#xA;e andare con lui al parco=coordinata alla subordinata interrogativa / subordinata interrogativa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="1140" LastEditDate="2015-11-30T15:47:19.980" LastActivityDate="2015-12-08T12:19:35.860" Title="Può una coordinata essere una subordinata allo stesso tempo? (considerando la relazione ad altre frasi)" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6265" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-30T14:09:37.397" Score="5" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggo sul mio libro di grammatica che nell'analisi del periodo, la subordinata causale può anche risultare dalla semplice giustapposizione tra frasi, senza un perchè che la introduce. Secondo voi questo potrebbe essere un esempio corretto? Il perchè non è esplicito, però se lo metto la frase ha perfettamente senso. &#xA;Si tratta quindi di una subordinata causale? O sbaglio? Avete altri esempi che chiarificano questa cosa? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Oggi io e mio papà abbiamo fatto i mestieri. Non avevamo scelta, &lt;strong&gt;DOMANI VIENE LA NONNA A PRENDERE IL TÈ DA NOI&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi io e mio papà abbiamo fatto i mestieri. Non avevamo scelta, &lt;em&gt;perchè&lt;/em&gt; DOMANI VIENE LA NONNA A PRENDERE IL TÈ DA NOI. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="1140" LastEditDate="2015-11-30T15:42:14.383" LastActivityDate="2015-12-05T15:56:01.860" Title="Esempio di subordinata causale attraverso la semplice giustapposizione" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6248" CreationDate="2015-11-30T14:34:53.847" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambe corrette. A quanto pare da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=Buongiorno%2C%20buon%20giorno&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2160&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2CBuongiorno%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3BBuongiorno%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bbuongiorno%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BBUONGIORNO%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cbuon%20giorno%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3BBuon%20giorno%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bbuon%20giorno%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Ngram&lt;/a&gt; la forma più usata a partire dagli anni 50 (almeno nella letteratura) è diventata &lt;strong&gt;buongiorno&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiega il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_669.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, l'unico caso in cui è da utlizzare esclusivamente la forma &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Univerbazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;univerbata&lt;/a&gt; è quando &lt;strong&gt;buongiorno&lt;/strong&gt; si usa come sostantivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dare il &lt;strong&gt;buongiorno&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-11-30T19:24:39.590" LastActivityDate="2015-11-30T19:24:39.590" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6267" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-30T15:54:55.760" Score="1" ViewCount="627" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste la regola o linea guida per cui nell'analisi del periodo si identificano le proposizioni andando a contare quanti sono i verbi in una frase. &#xA;Quindi a ogni verbo corrisponde una proposizione. &#xA;La mia domanda è questa: vale sempre questa regola? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo esempio &quot;L’auto parcheggiata poco fa davanti al portone verrà rimossa&quot;: &#xA;→ “parcheggiata ecc” può essere una relativa implicita, corrispondente alla forma “la quale è stata parcheggiata ecc ecc”&#xA;→ però se penso a &quot;parcheggiata&quot; come a un semplice aggettivo, allora si tratta di una parte della principale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che pensate? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2015-12-06T22:57:30.217" Title="Riflessioni sulla regola: a ogni verbo una proposizione dell'analisi del periodo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-11-30T17:00:32.373" Score="11" ViewCount="546" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutte le fonti di cui dispongo concordano nell'affremare che &quot;mafia&quot; è un termine di origine incerta, al punto che non è neanche chiaro quando sia stato introdotto in italiano. La voce di Wikipedia è un disastro. Il resto che circola su Internet è un'accozzaglia di teorie più o meno fantasiose, c'è chi addirittura ipotizza che derivi dal piemontese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono ipotesi accreditate sull'origine di questa parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1976" LastActivityDate="2020-08-29T06:41:05.037" Title="Origini della parola &quot;mafia&quot;" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6268" CreationDate="2015-11-30T17:53:58.537" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel complesso, pare che l'ipotesi più accreditata sia quella che fa risalire il termine “mafia”, attraverso tappe intermedie, all'arabo &lt;em&gt;maḥǰaṣ&lt;/em&gt;, “millanteria”. Sono di questa opinione il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/mafia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;, il Devoto-Oli (l'edizione cartacea che ho io specifica: «Dal siciliano &lt;em&gt;mafia&lt;/em&gt;, ‘baldanza, braveria’, forse dall'arabo &lt;em&gt;maḥiaṣ&lt;/em&gt;, ‘millanteria’; in origine voce tipica di Palermo, si è diffusa a partire dal 1863, a seguito del dramma dialettale di G[iuseppe] Rizzotto &lt;em&gt;I mafiusi della Vicaria&lt;/em&gt;»), lo Zingarelli e, anch'esso con un “forse”, il classico Battisti-Alessio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Treccani si limita a un «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mafia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etimo incerto&lt;/a&gt;», mentre il vecchio dizionario etimologico di Ottorino Pianigiani, disponibile in rete, come spesso accade è &lt;a href=&quot;http://etimo.it/?term=mafia&amp;amp;find=Cerca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;più fantasioso&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oltre al Devoto-Oli, anche le altre fonti che ho consultato fanno risalire la diffusione del termine agli anni '60 dell'Ottocento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'ipotesi lievemente diversa appare in &lt;em&gt;FAQ Mafia&lt;/em&gt; di Attilio Bolzoni (Bompiani, 2010): «Quasi certamente ha la sua etimologia nell'espressione araba &lt;em&gt;maha fat&lt;/em&gt; che vuol dire protezione, immunità».&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Bolzoni aggiunge che la prima comparsa ufficiale della parola “mafia” risale al 25 aprile 1865, in un rapporto del prefetto di Palermo, Filippo Antonio Gualterio, al ministro degli Interni (mentre il termine non compare mai, al di fuori dei &lt;em&gt;mafiusi&lt;/em&gt; del titolo, nel testo della citata pièce di Rizzotto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-05T22:10:12.860" LastActivityDate="2016-01-05T22:10:12.860" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6267" CreationDate="2015-12-01T12:06:31.990" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Diffido sempre dalle regole troppo generali e troppo sintetiche allo stesso tempo. Prendi questo esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'auto è parcheggiata in strada, la moto in garage&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda frase potrebbe essere un esempio di ellittica del predicato (non ne sono certo). La mia risposta alla tua domanda è: IMHO no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1977" LastActivityDate="2015-12-01T12:06:31.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3931" CreationDate="2015-12-01T12:59:22.553" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti la differenza tra i due è sottile, ma c'è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Confrontare è più usato quando si vogliono individuare delle differenze tra due oggetti, persone, cose, ect.&#xA;Ad esempio due avversari messi a confronto, mi aspetto che uno sia il vincitore o che abbia la meglio sull'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comparare è usato quando si vogliono individuare delle uguaglianze tra oggetti, persone, cose.&#xA;Esempio comparare delle zollette di zucchero, mi aspetto che abbiano lo stesso peso, la stessa forma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritornando alle zollette di zucchero quindi potrei dire:&#xA;Ho comparato due zollette di zucchero, avevano peso e forma simile, ma confrontandole, il sapore di una era migliore dell'altra, la seconda doveva essere stantia (ovvero vecchia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1978" LastActivityDate="2015-12-01T12:59:22.553" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6240" CreationDate="2015-12-02T13:44:29.653" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste anche &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Non far fare agli altri ciò che puoi fare da te&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1984" LastActivityDate="2015-12-02T13:44:29.653" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6274" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6196" CreationDate="2015-12-02T17:03:39.577" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even though the verb &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt; is supposed to cover all meanings implied by the English verb &lt;em&gt;to love&lt;/em&gt;, this is not how it is currently used. You would still say like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ama il prossimo tuo come te stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You shall love your neighbour as yourself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would start to sound slightly awkward, but still not necessarily incestuous, with a sentence like the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Amo mia sorella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I love my sister.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the serious problem arises with &lt;em&gt;ti amo&lt;/em&gt;. This is a fixed way of saying &lt;em&gt;I love you&lt;/em&gt; in a romantic sense, notwithstanding a long tradition of poor translations in movies. There are teens using the sentence in a &amp;quot;creative&amp;quot; way, like &lt;em&gt;ti amo come amico&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;ti amo di bene&lt;/em&gt;, but it's more a way of being silly or overly sentimental or it's just a way of mocking wanna-be boyfriends being &amp;quot;friendzoned&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you care for somebody in a non-romantic sense, go for the standard&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti voglio bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I care for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be used in a romantic relationship, in order to highlight the more altruistic, tender (perhaps... extra-sexual?) side of the feeling felt for the other person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti amo, ma ti voglio anche molto bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm in love with you, but I also care for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, you could contrast &lt;em&gt;amore&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;voler bene&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ti voglio bene ma non ti amo più&amp;quot;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ibs.it/code/9788879727006/marshall-andrew-g-/voglio-bene-non.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;un libro di Andrew G. Marshall&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;I Love You But I'm Not in Love with You&amp;quot;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://andrewgmarshall.com/book/i-love-you-but-im-not-in-love-with-you-seven-steps-to-saving-your-relationship/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;a book by Andrew G. Marshall&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't be misled by the last example, though: &lt;em&gt;to be in love&lt;/em&gt; is not always translated as &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt;, because the Italian language often uses &lt;em&gt;essere innamorato&lt;/em&gt; as opposed to &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt; to express the nuanced difference between being in love and loving. The point here is that the underlying implication of using &lt;em&gt;innamoramento&lt;/em&gt; vs &lt;em&gt;amore&lt;/em&gt; by many speakers is that there are two distinct phases of romantic love: the early, exhilarating stage and the subsequent developments. I don't believe that this distinction is as popular in English-speaking cultures where you are expected to &lt;em&gt;fall in love&lt;/em&gt; and then stay... down there. Actually, the two-stage theory has supporters everywhere but not all languages have it embedded like Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Summing up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;voler bene&lt;/em&gt; = non-romantic altruistic love, caring for somebody&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt; = romantic love (in general or later, deeper stage of it) or old-fashioned description of caring for somebody&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere innamorati&lt;/em&gt; = romantic love (in general or earlier, honeymoon-like stage of it) or infatuation of any kind&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-03T08:14:27.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6196" CreationDate="2015-12-02T17:09:01.083" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's possible to use &quot;TI AMO&quot; for siblings, but it will sound very strange.&#xA;It's used for lovers, or between a child and a parent, or for other few special occasions (&quot;Gesù ti ama&quot;, &quot;Jesus loves you&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;TI AMO&quot; is a very strong statement: Instead, &quot;TI VOGLIO BENE&quot; could be use for a frendship relations, and no one will ever think that the people who said you &quot;TI VOGLIO BENE&quot; il your lover... but if somen&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1985" LastActivityDate="2015-12-02T17:09:01.083" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6264" CreationDate="2015-12-03T12:01:00.030" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì. La coordinazione e la subordinazione sono rapporti tra proposizioni, non sono attributi della proposizione a sé stante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(1) Abbiamo parlato un po’ &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(2) ad un tratto il mio amico mi ha chiesto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;se&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;(3) volevo abbandonare per un giorno la scuola &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;    &#xA;    &lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;    &#xA;    &lt;p&gt;(4) [volevo] andare con lui al parco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il rapporto tra (1) e (2) è di coordinazione. Il rapporto tra (2) e (3) è di subordinazione. Il rapporto tra (3) e (4) è di coordinazione. Il rapporto tra (2) e (4) è di subordinazione. Tra la (1) e la (3) o la (4) non c'è nessun rapporto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La (4) è una subordinata della (2) e anche una coordinata della (3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2015-12-03T12:01:00.030" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6277" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-05T09:31:34.097" Score="2" ViewCount="742" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fino a che dura il Sole&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Invece ogni volta la gran preoccupazione è non perdere di vista &lt;em&gt;i pacchi&#xA;  e i pacchetti&lt;/em&gt; del trasloco, e i bambini che piangono, e la figliola che le si infiammano&#xA;  gli occhi, e il genero che gli si fonde la dentiera...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase ha subito attirato la mia attenzione perché io sempre avevo pensato che &quot;i pacchi&quot; e &quot;i pacchetti&quot; fossero la stessa cosa. Immagino che il problema provenga del fatto che nella mia lingua esiste un'unica parola per esprimere questi concetti: &quot;paquet&quot; in catalano o &quot;paquete&quot; in castigliano. Ho appreso dai dizionari che &quot;un pacchetto&quot; è un &quot;piccolo pacco&quot;, ma la mia domanda è: esiste qualche differenza di uso o di significato tra questi due vocaboli oltre alle dimensioni fisiche? Fino a che punto deve essere piccolo un pacco per poter essere chiamato &quot;pacchetto&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-07T16:01:43.807" Title="Differenze tra &quot;pacco&quot; e &quot;pacchetto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6277" CreationDate="2015-12-05T10:24:24.537" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ci sono particolari dimensioni specifiche che indichino la differenza tra pacco e pacchetto. Solitamente pacchetto viene utilizzato sia per indicare piccoli pacchi che più specificamente per indicare pacchetti regalo o doni. Inoltre, piccola curiosità, pacco può essere utilizzato come modo per dire fregatura (ad esempio, mi ha venduto questa cosa ma non funziona, mi ha tirato un pacco).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1989" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-05T10:44:16.173" LastActivityDate="2015-12-05T10:44:16.173" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6277" CreationDate="2015-12-05T11:26:00.893" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico, l'autore vuole sottolineare la confusione dovuta al trasloco: ci sono pacchi di varie dimensioni, grandi e piccoli, e potrebbero sfuggire quelli piccoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale sia il confine tra pacco e pacchetto non è determinabile. Il &lt;em&gt;pacchetto&lt;/em&gt; che porgo come regalo potrebbe essere più grande di un &lt;em&gt;pacco&lt;/em&gt; che spedisco per posta. Un &lt;em&gt;pacchetto da regalo&lt;/em&gt; è probabilmente più gradito del &lt;em&gt;pacco regalo&lt;/em&gt; aziendale, indipendentemente dalle dimensioni, perché dimostra affetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-12-05T11:26:00.893" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6265" CreationDate="2015-12-05T15:56:01.860" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/frasi-subordinate_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;contiene alcuni esempi di subordinate causali attraverso la giustapposizione di frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le relazioni tra frasi sono relazioni concettuali che collegano processi completi. Un esempio è la causa (➔ &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/espressione-della-causalita_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;causalità, espressione della&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;). Quando diciamo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(22) il fiume è straripato perché è piovuto a lungo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;consideriamo due processi entrambi saturi, completi (&lt;em&gt;è piovuto a lungo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il fiume è straripato&lt;/em&gt;) e li colleghiamo con una relazione che ha un contenuto concettuale: la causa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La seguente lista di forme esemplifica diverse strategie di&#xA;  espressione della causa, alcune grammaticali, altre testuali,&#xA;  caratterizzate da gradi diversi di codifica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(25) la neve si è sciolta perché il föhn ha soffiato tutta la notte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(26) dopo che ha soffiato il föhn, la neve si è sciolta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(27) il föhn ha soffiato tutta la notte e la neve si è sciolta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(28) il föhn ha soffiato tutta la notte: la neve si è sciolta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(29) il föhn ha soffiato tutta la notte; per questo la neve si è sciolta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(30) il föhn ha soffiato tutta la notte: a causa di ciò, la neve si è sciolta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le frasi complesse (25) e (26) e la coordinazione (27) impongono ai&#xA;  processi atomici una struttura grammaticale unitaria. Gli esempi (28-30)&#xA;  sono giustapposizioni di frasi autonome: la relazione si instaura in&#xA;  regime di coerenza testuale. Solo (30) codifica in modo totale e univoco&#xA;  una relazione di causa, grazie alla presenza del nome &lt;em&gt;causa&lt;/em&gt;. In (25), la congiunzione &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt; è compatibile anche con i motivi, e la causa è inferita. Lo stesso si può dire della locuzione anaforica &lt;em&gt;per questo&lt;/em&gt; presente in (29). In (26) è codificata una relazione di successione temporale, e la causa è inferita. In (27) e (28) la causa è completamente inferita. È sullo sfondo di questo ventaglio di opzioni diverse che il periodo contenente una subordinata causale trova il suo&#xA;  posto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, nelle frasi (28), (29) e (30), la proposizione &quot;il föhn ha soffiato tutta la notte&quot; diventa una subordinata causale attraverso la giustapposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendendo il tuo esempio, possiamo costruire alcune frasi simili agli esempi precedenti per esprimere la causa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Non avevamo scelta perché domani viene la nonna a prendere il tè da noi.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Domani viene la nonna a prendere il tè da noi; per questo non avevamo scelta.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Domani viene la nonna a prendere il tè da noi: a causa di ciò, non avevamo scelta.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, la tua frase messa nel suo contesto è un esempio di quello che spiega l'Enciclopedia Treccani nel brano sopra citato: la relazione di causa &quot;si instaura in regime di coerenza testuale&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-05T15:56:01.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6084" CreationDate="2015-12-05T23:33:46.390" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Josh, come riporta il dizionario che hai citato è una espressione gergale, di tipo cosiddetto &quot;coatto&quot; (per dirla con un altro termine gergale). L'origine di questi termini non è dotta e in certi casi si tratta di espressioni completamente prive di significato, che si usano come sono e per quel che sono. È un po' come chiedersi il significato di &quot;sdrenare&quot; o &quot;sdrumare&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="1990" LastEditDate="2015-12-07T15:54:22.950" LastActivityDate="2015-12-07T15:54:22.950" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6267" CreationDate="2015-12-06T07:29:25.377" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio che citi nella domanda succede una cosa interessante: se espliciti la relativa, compaiono un verbo (supponendo che parcheggiata fosse prima aggettivo) e una proposizione, che si bilanciano secondo la regola di cui parli. Se invece consideri il participio come un aggettivo non hai nè proposizione nè verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che questa regola sia abbastanza buona come &quot;linea di massima&quot; da seguire per orientarsi nell'analisi del periodo, ma trovo sia più utile a livello logico (quando pensiamo al significato della frase, e cerchiamo di capirla al di là delle esatte parole che sono usate) che morfologico (quando guardiamo alle parole esatte che compongono la frase): ogni verbo regge una proposizione nella frase, il che più o meno generalmente conferma la regola di cui parli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Due commenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'italiano offre molti modi di esprimere una frase omettendo o sottintendendo blocchi logici anche importanti: &quot;L'auto è parcheggiata in strada, la moto in garage&quot; (vedi sopra) elide un verbo. Quindi ci sono frasi in cui la subordinata non è retta da alcun verbo esplicito, ma un ragionamento sul significato della frase porta a concludere che un verbo c'è.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'analisi del periodo si presta a considerazioni soggettive (che sono parte della ricchezza della lingua) che talvolta la rendono ambigua: non c'è modo di analizzare la frase &quot;l'auto parcheggiata in cortile verrà rimossa&quot; senza fare una scelta. Però la corrispondenza verbo - proposizione sembra reggere abbastanza bene questa scelta. Un esempio sono i verbi sostantivati, &quot;mi piace correre&quot;, se &quot;correre&quot; è verbo, parleremo di una subordinata soggettiva, altrimenti lo si considera sostantivo, ed avremo solo la principale e solo il verbo &quot;piace&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1522" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-06T22:57:30.217" LastActivityDate="2015-12-06T22:57:30.217" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6283" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6284" CreationDate="2015-12-06T09:55:35.937" Score="1" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi,  ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gheri era a lezione. Stava seguendo Diritto commerciale, e certo che a quel punto si distrasse: con quella &lt;em&gt;sberla&lt;/em&gt; di sms da non crederci! Cosa voleva dire? Si alzò scombinando una ventina di compagni che contrassero ginocchia e libri per farla passare, e sparí nell’atrio a smanettare sul telefonino, a chiamare quella Cami per parlarle a voce, per capirci qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso che se ne fa del vocabolo &quot;sberla&quot;. È chiaro che si tratta di un uso figurato, ma non ho trovato nulla al riguardo nei dizionari che ho consultato. È un'invenzione dell'autrice? Oppure tale uso è diventato comune nella lingua italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-06T14:49:01.537" Title="Sull'uso figurato del vocabolo &quot;sberla&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6283" CreationDate="2015-12-06T13:38:19.387" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/sberla&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sberla&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1888; voce di area sett., di orig. incerta.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;schiaffo, ceffone: riceversi una bella sberla, una sberla ogni tanto ci vuole, prendere a sberle qcn.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;sport spec. nel gioco del calcio, tiro particolarmente forte: una sberla che ha preso il palo. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso più generale e figurato si usa  &quot;sberla&quot; per indicare qualsiasi  cosa che abbia un  forte impatto  fisico e/o emotivo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il conto al ristorante è stato una vera sberla,&lt;/em&gt; (un conto salato) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Una sberla di ragazza,&lt;/em&gt; (una bella ragazza)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso citato l'sms ha creato sconcerto e preoccupazione in Gheri, che corre fuori per telefonare e capire di cosa si tratta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-06T14:49:01.537" LastActivityDate="2015-12-06T14:49:01.537" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6285" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-06T13:46:25.343" Score="2" ViewCount="509" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è una parola per esprimere il senso di “misurare a occhio”? Per chi sa l'inglese, ho in mente qualcosa di analogo a &lt;em&gt;to eyeball&lt;/em&gt; come viene usato nella frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The inspector eyeballed the room and guessed it to be twenty feet in length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="663" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-06T16:45:05.443" LastActivityDate="2015-12-15T18:38:57.613" Title="Parola per dire “misurare a occhio” (corrispondente a “to eyeball”)" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6285" CreationDate="2015-12-06T16:19:31.230" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto lo tradurrei come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;misurare la stanza con una stima visiva.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1799" LastActivityDate="2015-12-06T16:19:31.230" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6285" CreationDate="2015-12-06T18:46:55.903" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una traduzione un po' libera, ma io esprimerei l'esempio in italiano come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ispettore esaminò la stanza ed a occhio stimò che fosse lunga venti piedi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente tradurrei &lt;em&gt;eyeball&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;stimare a occhio&lt;/em&gt;, ma ho preferito spostarlo come traduzione del secondo verbo perchè &lt;em&gt;stimò la stanza a occhio e la stimò a venti piedi&lt;/em&gt; è orribile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2015-12-06T18:46:55.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6289" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6305" CreationDate="2015-12-07T09:10:31.943" Score="4" ViewCount="3693" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi,  ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi fosse insomma il colpevole - e se fosse il caso d'individuare sempre, anche per le cause naturali piú naturali e imprevedibili, un colpevole -, non &lt;em&gt;era dato sapere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;era dato sapere&quot; in questa frase ha subito attirato la mia attenzione perché io avevo sempre pensato che fosse necessario usare la preposizione &quot;di&quot; prima dell'infinito &quot;sapere&quot;. Infatti, cercando su Internet, ho trovato esempi di uso della costruzione verbo &quot;essere&quot; + &quot;dato di&quot; + infinito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non a tutti è dato di fare un bambino al momento opportuno&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non ci è dato di guardare oltre la piccola licenza per la ristrutturazione del bagno&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;A quanto mi è dato di capire&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma anche di verbo &quot;essere&quot; + &quot;dato&quot; + infinito senza la preposizione &quot;di&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Quanto è dato sapere sulla beccaccia e dintorni&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non era dato riscontrare nel contratto quell'elemento essenziale&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non era dato conoscere l'andamento futuro dei tassi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: qual è la differenza tra questi due costrutti? Quando e quando non si deve usare la preposizione &quot;di&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-11T11:22:29.363" LastActivityDate="2015-12-18T10:17:31.740" Title="Differenze tra i costrutti &quot;è dato di&quot; + infinito e &quot;è dato&quot; + infinito" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6285" CreationDate="2015-12-07T10:17:46.263" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io renderei implicito quel &quot;ad occhio&quot;, così&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ispettore osservò la stanza e la stimò essere lunga 20 piedi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure, usando il congiuntivo per la seconda frase, come ha fatto Dennis&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ispettore osservò la stanza e stimò che fosse lunga 6 metri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proposito, traduci pure i &quot;piedi&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1210" LastActivityDate="2015-12-07T10:17:46.263" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6285" CreationDate="2015-12-07T13:23:01.667" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non conosco bene l'utilizzo di &lt;em&gt;eyeballed&lt;/em&gt;, ma ho visto che tra i suoi sinonimi c'è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scrutinize&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che secondo me, in questo caso, potrebbe essere tradotto con &lt;strong&gt;esaminare&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ispettore esaminò la stanza e stimò che fosse lunga sei metri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. Quando i numeri non riguardano un discorso matematico è preferibile scriverli in lettere e non in cifre. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/N/numeri.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionari Corriere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2015-12-07T13:23:01.667" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6277" CreationDate="2015-12-07T14:51:38.847" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un pacco mi fa pensare a qualcosa di generico. Una scatola, un involucro contenente qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un pacchetto può essere semplicemente un pacco più piccolo (come mi sembra nell’esempio fatto) oppure un regalo.&#xA;Può essere anche l’involucro del regalo, in un negozio dopo aver fatto un acquisto (soprattutto in questo periodo natalizio) si può chiedere: Mi fa un pacchetto? – è sottinteso: pacchetto regalo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso il pacchetto è legato a qualcosa fatto con cura e che si vuole donare. Perché se per esempio devo spedire qualcosa per posta tenderò a definirlo pacco indipendentemente dalla dimensione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe pacchetto corrispondere in spagnolo a &quot;cajetilla&quot;?&#xA;Come nel caso:&#xA;&quot;pacchetto di sigarette&quot;, &quot;cajetilla de cigarrillos&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1974" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-07T16:01:43.807" LastActivityDate="2015-12-07T16:01:43.807" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6285" CreationDate="2015-12-07T14:56:22.863" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe anche usare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;l’ispettore squadrò la stanza&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche se squadrare è più comunemente usato per le persone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1974" LastActivityDate="2015-12-07T14:56:22.863" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6301" CreationDate="2015-12-08T08:49:13.610" Score="1" ViewCount="1376" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt;, di Paola Mastrocola, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si chiese anche, nel segreto dei suoi pensieri, se nella giornata ci si dovesse aspettare &lt;em&gt;l'onda di piena&lt;/em&gt; e in quale misura sarebbe potuta essere, eventualmente, disastrosa: in poche parole, se i ponti della sua città rischiassero o meno di crollare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il personaggio femminile che ha questi pensieri è in quel momento contemplando un fiume in crescita dovuta alle intense piogge.&#xA;La mia domanda è: cosa significa &quot;l'onda di piena&quot;? Ho cercato questa espressione in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-08T11:07:02.363" LastActivityDate="2015-12-09T11:23:30.513" Title="Cos'è &quot;l'onda di piena&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6294" CreationDate="2015-12-08T20:44:05.047" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'onda di piena descrive come si muove il punto a massima portata di un fiume, verso valle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per fare una analogia, immagina una pista in discesa (il fiume) con tante macchinine in fila (portata normale) e ad un certo punto metti in pista una  macchinina molto più alta delle altre (l'onda di piena), che procederà insieme alle altre lungo la pista. Se questa pista ha dei tunnel (come i ponti sul fiume del racconto) in cui normalmente passano le macchinine piccole, c'è il rischio che la macchinina alta non passi nel tunnel, così come c'è il rischio, nel racconto, che l'onda di piena abbia un impatto troppo forte sui ponti che deve attraversare e che quindi questi crollino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1997" LastActivityDate="2015-12-08T20:44:05.047" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6299" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6302" CreationDate="2015-12-09T10:24:20.117" Score="3" ViewCount="640" Body="&lt;p&gt;Navigando su Internet, sono andata a finire su un sito web nel quale appariva la scritta &quot;sito oscurato&quot; e nient'altro. Cercando il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/oscurare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;oscurare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per estens., nel linguaggio giornalistico, disattivare un ripetitore radiofonico o televisivo mediante interventi tecnici, da eseguirsi in seguito a un provvedimento dell’autorità, allo scopo di bloccare la ricezione delle trasmissioni e impedire di conseguenza, in modo indiretto, alle stazioni emittenti di proseguire temporaneamente la loro attività o di trasmettere determinate notizie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa questo che quel sito web era disattivato in modo che non si potessero vedere più i contenuti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-13T17:21:00.650" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sito oscurato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6300" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-09T10:35:22.807" Score="3" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analisi_logica_del_periodo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, per quanto riguarda l'analisi del periodo, leggo che: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'infinito usato come soggetto non forma predicato. Esempio: &quot;Sciare è la mia passione&quot; è un'unica proposizione;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma è sempre vero? Sono piuttosto confusa. Ecco due esempi in cui non so proprio decidermi. Quale regola devo seguire? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il capire qualcosa&lt;/strong&gt; è una gioia ma solo se legato a uno sforzo.&lt;/em&gt; &#xA;Analisi del periodo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il capire qualcosa=sub. sogg. 1st grado&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;è una gioia=princ. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ma solo se legato a uno sforzo=sub condizionale 1st grado&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Leggere una guida&lt;/strong&gt;, saltando da un aeroporto all’altro, non equivale alla lenta faticosa acquisizione per osmosi degli umori della terra cui, con il treno, si rimane attaccati.&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;Analisi del periodo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Leggere una guida non equivale alla lenta faticosa acquisizione per osmosi degli umori della terra=princ.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;saltando da un aeroporto all’altro=sub. modale 1st grado&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;cui, con il treno, si rimane attaccati=sub. relativa 2nd grado&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-09T16:49:09.570" LastActivityDate="2015-12-09T17:11:34.127" Title="L'infinito usato come soggetto non forma predicato?" Tags="&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6294" CreationDate="2015-12-09T11:23:30.513" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al di là dei significati tecnico-scientifici più rigorosi, vorrei spiegare quello che in linguaggio comune (o giornalistico) si intende come &lt;em&gt;onda di piena&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A causa di forti piogge o di fenomeni che provocano irregolarità nel flusso di un fiume può succedere che una grande massa d'acqua si venga a trovare concentrata in uno spazio relativamente ristretto dell'alveo dello stesso, e continui a muoversi col flusso normale dell'acqua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo tanta acqua in poco spazio, non rimane piana sul fiume ma arriva ad un altezza molto superiore al livello normale. Questa massa d'acqua viene ad assomigliare all'onda che si forma in mare, pur essendo dovuta a fenomeni completamente diversi, da cui il suo nome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il punto più alto di questa onda può facilmente andare a scontrarsi con i ponti disposti lungo il fiume (pensati per il flusso normale del corso d'acqua) provocando i disastri che la scrittrice teme per la sua città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-12-09T11:23:30.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6299" CreationDate="2015-12-09T13:40:18.990" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esatto, la dicitura &quot;sito oscurato&quot; indica che il sito è stato disattivato. Tipicamente questo succede quando il sito conteneva materiale coperto da copyright (per esempio siti di streaming) e quindi violava le leggi in materia, per cui è stato chiuso dalle autorità competenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del verbo &lt;em&gt;oscurare&lt;/em&gt; in questo senso ha un connotato metaforico, pari a quello che hai trovato e che si applica al gergo giornalistico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-13T17:21:00.650" LastActivityDate="2015-12-13T17:21:00.650" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6303" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6300" CreationDate="2015-12-09T17:11:34.127" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'il capire' direi sia il soggetto della principale, e anche (sottointeso) della subordinata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Il capire è una gioia solo se (il capire) è legato a uno sforzo.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non direi che cambia nel caso di 'il capire qualcosa', anche se non saprei come qualificare grammaticalmente 'qualcosa', forse una apposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2015-12-09T17:11:34.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6299" CreationDate="2015-12-09T19:42:45.497" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oscuramento_(informatica)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'oscuramento&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (informatico):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;in genere, serve per rendere nascosto o non visibile o non riconoscibile qualche cosa. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In informatica, si intende la tecnica usata per quei siti che non rispettano le leggi di un paese,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; genericamente per violazioni di copyright, pedofilia, incitamento alla violenza o diffamazione, ma nel caso di false democrazie o vere e proprie dittature, anche di siti sgraditi al regime politico vigente (come ad esempio in Cina).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In questi casi il riferimento verso quel sito viene cancellato e/o bloccato o reindirizzato l'instradamento da un nodo, detto anche router di internet verso un computer della polizia, non rendendo più visibile il sito.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-09T19:42:45.497" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6289" CreationDate="2015-12-10T10:33:40.740" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le forme sono corrette e utilizzabili, praticamente con lo stesso significato.&#xA;Usare l'una o l'altra è una questione più che altro di gusto personale e di stile.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Direi che la forma senza preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; è più usata, come testimonia anche una &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%C3%A8+dato+sapere&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2C%C3%A8%20dato%20sapere%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;ricerca sull'Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt; di Google Books.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-10T10:33:40.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6308" CreationDate="2015-12-10T10:57:27.760" Score="3" ViewCount="879" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt;, di Paola Mastrocola, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Solo il padre, il saggio e coltissimo notaio Gualtiero Cantirami, sembrava possedere &lt;em&gt;un certo qual&lt;/em&gt; saldo equilibrio, e con fare sornione soleva dire: «Non importa, è una femmina, troverà marito».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Internet, ho trovato altre costruzioni con &quot;un certo qual&quot;. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In un certo qual modo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In un certo qual senso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per un certo qual carattere ignobile che vi domina&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non riesco a capire qual è la funzione o il significato dell'espressione &quot;un certo qual&quot; nelle frasi precedenti. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-10T13:48:36.210" Title="Cosa significa &quot;un certo qual&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6306" CreationDate="2015-12-10T13:30:06.943" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un certo qual&lt;/em&gt; viene utilizzato per aggiungere un senso di vaghezza al nome che segue. Ad esempio si veda nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (significato 5b)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un certo qual&lt;/em&gt; (una certa qual) serve (come &lt;em&gt;non so quale&lt;/em&gt;, di cui al n. &lt;em&gt;1 b&lt;/em&gt;) a dare alla frase un senso di indeterminatezza: &lt;em&gt;sentiva dentro di sé una certa qual voglia di vendicarsi&lt;/em&gt;. V. inoltre i pron. qualche, qualsia, qualsisia, qualsivoglia, e gli avv. qualora e qualvolta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio &lt;em&gt;sentiva dentro di sé una certa qual voglia di vendicarsi&lt;/em&gt;, la locuzione &lt;em&gt;un certo qual&lt;/em&gt; indica che la voglia di vendicarsi non è precisa e definita (&lt;em&gt;voglio strozzarlo!&lt;/em&gt;) ma al contrario un generico desiderio di pareggiare i conti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-10T13:48:36.210" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6310" CreationDate="2015-12-11T11:27:13.013" Score="3" ViewCount="2308" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt;, di Paola Mastrocola, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quanto a lui, faceva esattamente le stesse cose di tutti i giorni, solo che non le faceva in ufficio ma all'aperto, magari sotto un albero o ai bordi della piscina, con la sua polo color pastello e uno dei costumi a fiori che gli comprava sua moglie: sbrigava la corrispondenza (elettronica e cartacea), sfogliava i maggiori quotidiani (italiani ed esteri), imbastiva lo schema di certe nuove pratiche, si studiava meglio certe &lt;em&gt;gabole&lt;/em&gt; legali insidiose, e a volte, proprio quando si voleva concedere il massimo di libertà, si leggiucchiava avidamente i numeri arretrati di certe sue riviste giuridiche. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;gabola&quot; in alcuni dizionari: la spiegazione più dettagliata l'ho trovata nel&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/G/gabola.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;. Comunque, nessuno dei significati elencati lì sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;gabola&quot; nella frase precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-12T08:38:20.710" LastActivityDate="2020-01-12T08:38:20.710" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;gabola&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6309" CreationDate="2015-12-11T12:09:54.270" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti non tutti i dizionari lo riportano. Quelli che lo fanno, come il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/gabola&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; e lo Zingarelli (non accessibile gratuitamente) lo definiscono, parola più parola meno, come «bugia, frottola | intrigo, imbroglio». Direi che qui il personaggio stia studiando certi cavilli legali lievemente loschi, modi al limite del lecito per sfruttare la lettera della legge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che il De Mauro dà come marca “centrosett.”, mentre lo Zingarelli lo definisce solo “sett.”, e a me personalmente, che sono romano, suona più settentrionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-12-11T12:09:54.270" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6312" CreationDate="2015-12-12T10:09:12.797" Score="4" ViewCount="697" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosí bambina (una bambina mai cresciuta, ripeteva il fratello sconsolato), che a Natale per vederla sorridere dovevi regalarle peluche, &lt;em&gt;babaccetti&lt;/em&gt; di stoffa colorati, macchinine e soldatini da collezione; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;babaccetto&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-17T20:04:00.153" LastActivityDate="2015-12-17T20:04:00.153" Title="Cos'è un &quot;babaccetto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6311" CreationDate="2015-12-12T11:12:31.820" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In dialetto piemontese &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://protorino.altervista.org/pdf/piemontese-base.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;babaciu&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;pupazzo, fantoccio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso si tratti di un diminutivo/vezzeggiativo  del termine dialettale  visto che la scrittrice &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paola_Mastrocola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Paola Mastrocola&lt;/a&gt; è  di Torino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-13T10:32:23.533" LastActivityDate="2015-12-13T10:32:23.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6313" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-13T21:28:05.153" Score="3" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo @DaG (&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/6299/cosa-significa-sito-oscurato/6302#comment12309_6302&quot;&gt;Cosa significa &amp;quot;sito oscurato&amp;quot;?&lt;/a&gt;) questo scritto sarebbe impeccabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esatto, la dicitura &quot;sito oscurato&quot; indica che il sito è stato disattivato. Tipicamente questo succede quando il sito conteneva materiale coperto da copyright (per esempio siti di streaming) e quindi violava le leggi in materia, per cui è stato chiuso dalle autorità competenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, invece, 'conteneva' e 'violava' sono sbagliati perché:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;non rendono la contestualità dell'atto di oscuramento con la presenza, in quel preciso momento, di materiali illegali nel sito, come se l'oscuramento è avvenuto dopo che i medesimi materiali sono stati rimossi,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;né comprendono l'opzione che quei materiali siano ancora presenti nel sito dopo l'atto di oscuramento, come se l'oscuramento corrispondesse ex sé al toglierli,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;di talché io avrei usato 'contiene' e 'viola'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... questo succede quando il sito &lt;em&gt;contiene&lt;/em&gt; materiale coperto da copyright (per esempio siti di streaming) e quindi &lt;em&gt;viola&lt;/em&gt; le ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno disposto a discutere questa questione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2015-12-14T12:13:19.393" Title="È corretto usare l'imperfetto quando, invece, dovrebbe usarsi il presente?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6313" CreationDate="2015-12-13T22:33:42.810" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il 1° del mese il sito &lt;em&gt;conteneva&lt;/em&gt; materiale illecito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il 2 del mese viene oscurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il 3 del mese, nel chiuso della sua inaccessibilità, il sito può contenere o meno quel materiale; è irrilevante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scrivere che un sito &lt;em&gt;è stato disattivato&lt;/em&gt; (passato) perché &lt;em&gt;contiene&lt;/em&gt; (presente) del materiale illecito può far sembrare che lo si sia disattivato prima ancora che contenesse quel tal materiale, o comunque creare un senso di confusione nel lettore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-12-13T22:33:42.810" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6313" CreationDate="2015-12-14T12:13:19.393" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Effettivamente c'è una carenza nella coordinazione dei tempi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia l'uso del presente implicherebbe una correlazione diretta fra causa ed effetto che non trova riscontro nella realtà dei fatti: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I siti vengono oscurati quando contengono materiale coperto da copyright.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa che tutti i siti contenenti materiale pirata dovrebbero essere oscurati. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Visto che la causa reale non è la presenza di contenuti illegali ma la decisione di un autorità giudiziaria di limitare l'accesso al sito, lascerei l'imperfetto variando leggermente la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tipicamente questo &lt;em&gt;può succedere perché&lt;/em&gt; il sito conteneva materiale coperto da copyright...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo modo sottolineiamo che il problema non è la presenza al tempo attuale di contenuti illeciti, ma che questi erano probabilmente presenti nel momento in cui il sito è stato oscurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2015-12-14T12:13:19.393" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6316" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-15T05:00:13.837" Score="8" ViewCount="722" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/ci#Italian&quot;&gt;Wiktionary claims&lt;/a&gt;  that the etymology of the accusative first person plural pronoun  &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is &amp;lt; L. &lt;em&gt;ecce hic&lt;/em&gt; &quot;look at this here&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is uncommon in the Romance languages, which have largely retained reflexes of L. &lt;em&gt;nos&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Granted that sometimes things happen in language change without an obvious cause, was there any reason in Italian why this pronoun alone did not descend analogically like &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; L. &lt;em&gt;vos&lt;/em&gt; did? (I know &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; did not either, but it does descend from L. &lt;em&gt;illorum&lt;/em&gt; so it's still not a novel form unlike &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1186" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T13:51:19.620" Title="Why is the accusative pronoun 'ci' the only one that doesn't descend from Latin?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6319" CreationDate="2015-12-15T08:45:54.130" Score="2" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt;, di Paola Mastrocola, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E finalmente entrava in sala portando trionfale il vassoio del dolce. Lo depose in centro tavola. La ciambella bavarese rosa e bianca, gigante, ora troneggiava un po' tremula, come di dovere. Accanto, un bricco di cioccolato fuso ancora caldo da versare sopra, e una ciotolina di nocciole sminuzzate, per chi volesse &lt;em&gt;strafare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/strafare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;strafare&quot; significa &quot;fare più del necessario o del conveniente&quot;. Comunque, non riesco a capire il suo significato nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-15T19:20:08.007" LastActivityDate="2015-12-16T07:10:43.703" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;strafare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6318" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6321" CreationDate="2015-12-15T11:49:45.437" Score="9" ViewCount="726" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often, reading mathematical papers in English, I see at the beginning an introductory chapter called 'Background' in which it is explained the required knowledge needed to understand the paper itself.  I would like to have a similar chapter in a mathematical paper I am writing in Italian.  The best guess I came out with as a translation of &quot;Background&quot; is the word 'Preliminari', but I am unsure if this word is appropriate.  The uncertainty comes from the results I obtain googling 'preliminari':  something like &quot;Preliminari sessuali&quot;,  &quot;Sesso, ecco i preliminari giusti per lui e per lei&quot;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it appropriate in the context of a paper?  What alternatives are there?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="585" LastEditorUserId="585" LastEditDate="2015-12-15T18:31:18.010" LastActivityDate="2016-01-05T21:58:59.620" Title="How can I translate 'Background'?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6317" CreationDate="2015-12-15T11:54:03.913" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciò che hai trovato nel vocabolario Treccani è, ovviamente, corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase da te postata, &lt;em&gt;strafare&lt;/em&gt; indica il fatto che si voglia mangiare il dolce arricchendolo ancora di più (la bavarese di suo è una torta già bella pesante e calorica). Infatti ci si riferisce ad &lt;em&gt;un bricco di cioccolato fuso ed una ciotola di nocciole sminuzzate&lt;/em&gt; oltre a quello che già c'era da mangiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="300" LastEditDate="2015-12-16T07:10:43.703" LastActivityDate="2015-12-16T07:10:43.703" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6318" CreationDate="2015-12-15T12:37:54.160" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use propedeuticità, which is used to define something you need to learn before studying a new discipline. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/propedeutico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/propedeutico/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2010" LastActivityDate="2015-12-15T12:37:54.160" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6318" CreationDate="2015-12-15T13:05:13.740" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Preliminari&lt;/em&gt; is perfectly fine (and if it brings to mind only sexual references you should probably read less magazines... :)). Furthermore it is already widely used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other alternatives are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prerequisiti&lt;/em&gt;: This has a somewhat scholastic tone. I'm not sure I'd use it in a scientific paper but on the other hand maybe yes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fondazioni&lt;/em&gt;: I'm a bit uncertain about this but I wanted an alternative that emphasizes the &quot;foundational&quot; aspect of the English word &lt;em&gt;background&lt;/em&gt;. Moreover I could swear I've seen it used like this somewhere, although I do not remember the exact place.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And remember: a scientific paper should be also enjoyable to read and not overly formal. There are already too many boring papers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: I'll add a couple of sentences about how I see the &lt;em&gt;Background&lt;/em&gt; section of the paper, so that it might be clear the context of this answer. In my mind it is different from the &lt;em&gt;Introduction&lt;/em&gt;, where you briefly explain the contents of the paper without many details (of course this might involve the exposition of some background). Instead it is the section where you quickly review material which, while present in the literature, cannot be taken for granted but it is nonetheless important for the remainder of the paper. Let me give an example of the structure of an imaginary paper:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) &lt;em&gt;Introduction&lt;/em&gt;: This paper is about descending thick subcategories along flat maps. This is important because blah blah and it will be done by realizing the simplicial objects as blah blah...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) &lt;em&gt;Background on GHM obstruction theory&lt;/em&gt;: Let us quickly review the foundations of GHM obstruction theory. A more comprehensive account can be found in [1]. Blah blah...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) &lt;em&gt;The main theorem&lt;/em&gt; ...&#xA;Etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2015-12-15T17:22:58.237" LastActivityDate="2015-12-15T17:22:58.237" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6322" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6323" CreationDate="2015-12-15T13:58:29.403" Score="4" ViewCount="2226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm already level 6 in Italian on Duolingo. I can speak some Italian. If I complete the lessons and internalize all of it, can I be sure that I would be understood in Italy? Will I not sound like a &quot;book&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2009" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-17T17:47:26.800" LastActivityDate="2020-04-20T00:19:58.517" Title="Is Duolingo's approach effective?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6322" CreationDate="2015-12-15T14:26:06.580" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TL;DR:&lt;/strong&gt; With only Duolingo you will sound not like a book, but like a tourist who has somehow memorized a very long phrasebook. However Duolingo together with other learning aids can be a very powerful tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I use Duolingo for other languages (German and Russian) and I think it is an invaluable and powerful resource. However it is not sufficient by itself to learn a language. In particular there are three things that Duolingo lacks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grammar&lt;/strong&gt;. Duolingo goes from downright awful to barely sufficient for learning the grammar. In this it shows its roots as a tool for learning English (a language in which most of the parts of grammar that cannot be figured out on one's own are advanced topics). A good grammar book with exercises is essential here to complement. Seriously, this is the part where Duolingo sucks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conversation&lt;/strong&gt;. As all self-learning methods, Duolingo cannot replicate the challenge of being actively engaged in conversation with someone. Unfortunately there's not much to do about it, except finding someone to practice with (possibly a native speaker).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reading&lt;/strong&gt;. Here Duolingo is serviceable, but you should actively seek articles and short stories compatible with your learning level. The 1-2 sentences of Duolingo exercises just don't cut the mustard.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand Duolingo is very useful for other parts of the learning process:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Learning words&lt;/strong&gt;. Practice practice practice. After doing Duolingo's course you will have at least a sufficient starting vocabulary.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example sentences&lt;/strong&gt; Duolingo also makes you memorize sentences, which is very useful for cementing the grammar rules by knowing many examples. However you have to seek somewhere else to learn the actual rules.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In practice I tend to read the relevant chapters of the grammar books before doing Duolingo's skills and it seems to be working fine so far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2015-12-15T15:47:07.437" LastActivityDate="2015-12-15T15:47:07.437" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6318" CreationDate="2015-12-15T16:23:18.617" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Premesse&lt;/em&gt; seems like an appropriate translation with no double meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="591" LastActivityDate="2015-12-15T16:23:18.617" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6326" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-16T10:08:48.517" Score="0" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Contratta sulla sedia peggio di un merluzzo essicato, Gheri non aveva proferito mezza sillaba, non aveva mosso mezzo muscolo facciale. In compenso, proprio mentre la zia canterina si esibiva, s'era alzata da tavola di botto, senza chiedere permesso. Ed era tornata poi ancora piú &lt;em&gt;intrufagnita&lt;/em&gt;, se possibile, piú scura, intorbidata, aggrovigliata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;intrufagnito&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato. Dal contesto, immagino che abbia qualcosa a che vedere con &quot;essere di cattivo umore&quot;. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-16T15:25:38.443" LastActivityDate="2015-12-19T20:04:22.850" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;intrufagnito&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="21" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6318" CreationDate="2015-12-16T10:40:08.887" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd use &quot;nozioni richieste&quot; / &quot;conoscenze richieste&quot; or variations along the same line (I'm pretty sure I've heard of variations of this many times, usually at the start of some test).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;nozioni&quot; / &quot;conoscenze&quot; =~ &quot;notions&quot; (intended as &quot;concepts&quot;, &quot;ideas&quot;);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;richieste&quot; =~ &quot;needed&quot;, &quot;necessary&quot;, &quot;required&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2015-12-16T10:40:08.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6328" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-16T11:37:09.503" Score="1" ViewCount="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/D/detta.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Detta&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;usato solo nella locuzione  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a detta  di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, secondo quel che dice: &lt;em&gt;a detta dell'avvocato la causa sarà presto discussa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in realtà &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;il termine detta ha altri &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/D/detta.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;due&lt;/a&gt; significati&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che vengono usati raramente (fortuna e debito).&#xA; (Garzanti e Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario etimologico non spiega l'origine del significato più comune &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=detta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a detta di&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe derivare da uno degli altri due usi? Qual è l'origine di questo modo di dire? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-16T14:31:54.063" LastActivityDate="2015-12-16T14:31:54.063" Title="Origine del modo di dire &quot;a detta di&quot;" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6289" CreationDate="2015-12-16T14:57:26.350" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La presenza del &quot;di&quot; all'interno del costrutto verbale in questione ha una sottointesa funzione comparativa che invece non è presente nella frase verbale priva della preposizione. Proverò ad illustrare il concetto usando le frasi di esempio sopra riportate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non a tutti è dato di fare un bambino al momento opportuno, ma a tutti è dato di provarci.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non ci è dato di guardare oltre la piccola licenza per la ristrutturazione del bagno, e neppure di sapere quando potremo farlo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;A quanto mi è dato di capire, ma non di sapere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da madrelingua italiano quale sono, omettendo il &quot;di&quot; nella prima frase di ciascuna proposizione, percepisco le tre proposizioni che seguono come grammaticalmente incomplete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;* Non a tutti è dato fare un bambino al momento opportuno, ma a tutti è dato di provarci&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;* Non ci è dato guardare oltre la piccola licenza per la ristrutturazione del bagno, e neppure di sapere quando potremo farlo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;* A quanto mi è dato capire, ma non di sapere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente il senso di incompletezza sintattica svanisce qualora solo la prima frase di ciascuna proposizione sia presente. In conclusione, la presenza o l'assenza del &quot;di&quot; nella costruzione verbale non cambia tanto il significato della frase in sé, ma restringe le aspettative su come può continuare il discorso a partire dalla frase in questione - qualora il discorso dovesse continuare, beninteso.&#xA;Rimuovendo la preposizione &quot;di&quot; da entrambe le frasi verbali, le proposizioni tornano a essere percepite come grammaticali (ad eccezione della terza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non a tutti è dato fare un bambino al momento opportuno, ma a tutti è dato provarci.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non ci è dato guardare oltre la piccola licenza per la ristrutturazione del bagno, e neppure sapere quando potremo farlo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;* A quanto mi è dato capire, ma non sapere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2014" LastEditorUserId="2014" LastEditDate="2015-12-18T10:17:31.740" LastActivityDate="2015-12-18T10:17:31.740" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6322" CreationDate="2015-12-17T02:07:30.003" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @Denis has answered, Duolingo should be used in conjunction with other tools. I have been using Duolingo to learn Italian, but I was not able to make proper conversation at all. And I feel Duolingo lacks useful sentences which are used in daily life or normal conversations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1993" LastActivityDate="2015-12-17T02:07:30.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6331" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-17T11:31:50.297" Score="5" ViewCount="579" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the best way to start learning Italian language? I googled up and ended on couple of free online resources that help you learn Italian or any other language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But all those exercises seems like more of memorizing the phrases which are translation of an equivalent phrase in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Isn't there a way to learn it from scratch, like learn alphabets, learn to make words, classify them as verbs/nouns etc. and then form sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is appreciated, I am sure I will feel forget in a matter of days what 'Buongiorno' means if I don't memorize it everyday!! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2016" LastActivityDate="2021-01-02T02:33:57.747" Title="What is the best way to start learning Italian language?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6332" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-17T14:14:14.583" Score="4" ViewCount="308" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché si dice &quot;comprare &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;&quot; qualcosa? Perché si deve usare la preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2019" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-12-17T14:17:52.440" LastActivityDate="2015-12-17T14:22:15.127" Title="Quale preposizione usare dopo &quot;comprare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6332" CreationDate="2015-12-17T14:22:15.127" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si dice “comprare il giornale”, “comprare un libro”. Si &lt;em&gt;può&lt;/em&gt; dire “comprare delle uova”. In questo caso “delle” è l'articolo partitivo, in sostanza il plurale dell'articolo indeterminativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/partitivo_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29%2F&quot;&gt;l'articolo sull'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-12-17T14:22:15.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6331" CreationDate="2015-12-17T17:24:39.613" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know if it's the best way, but it has worked for me: I've always learned Italian as an autodidact. I started with the Assimil method, based on reading and listening in such a way that you end up memorizing some sentences with the basic structures of Italian.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then I used the site &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.busuu.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.busuu.com&lt;/a&gt; to do writing exercises (I didn't find very useful the other kind of exercises proposed by this site).  It works as a social network of people interested in learning languages. The site proposes you writing exercises that you can submit so that you'll get a correction from a native speaker. Each user of the network is both a student of a foreign language and a &quot;teacher&quot; of its own mother tongue. The interesting fact is that you can make your own circle of reliable Italian friends so as to send them your own written exercises. I'm not sure if this resource is nowadays as good as it was in the past because I haven't been using it very much lately and some people told me that it has changed in worse. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the same time, I got an Italian grammar book for foreigners that I consulted whenever I had doubts, but not to do grammar exercises. I tried instead to use the language by doing these writing exercises and by communicating with my Italian Busuu friends.  And I tried to read a lot (real Italian literature, I hate adapted books for foreigners) and watch some Italian films.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-17T17:24:39.613" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6335" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6342" CreationDate="2015-12-18T12:57:54.360" Score="5" ViewCount="4787" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avessero potuto, l'avrebbero fatta in briciole quella loro figlia, che era cosí da quando era nata: musona, indispettita, critica, scettica, cinica. Che brutto carattere. Sempre &lt;em&gt;sversa&lt;/em&gt; col mondo intero. Sempre a criticare.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sulla parola &quot;sversa&quot; nel brano precedente.  Ha qualcosa a che vedere col verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sversare_res-47000c52-89ed-11e8-a7cb-00271042e8d9_(Neologismi)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;sversare&quot;&lt;/a&gt;? O si tratta anche questo di un vocabolo di origine dialettale? Nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://protorino.altervista.org/pdf/piemontese-base.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lista di termini dialettali piemontesi&lt;/a&gt; trovata da @Josh61 appare &quot;svers&quot; col significato di &quot;sconvolto&quot;, ma non so se questo significato abbia molto senso in questo contesto. Qualcuno sa dirmi cosa significa esattamente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-26T09:01:51.660" LastActivityDate="2020-01-12T10:46:22.457" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sverso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6335" CreationDate="2015-12-18T13:13:21.860" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vedo che è assente da molti dizionari, ma c'è per esempio sul Devoto-Oli (cartaceo, edizione 1990): «Stravolto, in subbuglio: &lt;em&gt;Sentite, Braida, io ho l'anima sversa perché oggi...&lt;/em&gt; (Fenoglio) [tratto da &lt;em&gt;sversato&lt;/em&gt;]», il che pare confermare quel repertorio di termini piemontesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sversato&lt;/em&gt;, a sua volta, è dato come «Goffo» o «Sgarbato, sguaiato, sgraziato».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente (Italia centrale) ho sentito di rado il termine e non lo uso, ma mi avrebbe dato più l'idea di significare “di malumore, scontroso, contrariato” o simili, che sembra anche più pertinente nel brano citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-18T13:24:25.907" LastActivityDate="2015-12-18T13:24:25.907" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6337" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6339" CreationDate="2015-12-18T21:28:14.717" Score="6" ViewCount="755" Body="&lt;p&gt;My partner has gone back to Italy to visit family for christmas - I'm flying out in a few days, and she asked me to buy for her sister a t-shirt that says &quot;My sister goes to [university/city name] and all I got was this lousy t-shirt&quot;. I couldn't find one in the shops so I thought I'd make one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was thinking maybe I'd write it in English on the front and Italian on the back. My Italian è molto male, and I could ask my partner but that would ruin the surprise. So I was wondering whether someone could advise me on whether there is a usual phrasing for this kind of t-shirt joke in Italy, or if not, of a good way to translate it. Off the top of my head, I think the best thing I could come up with on my own would be something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mia sorella studia in [place], e io ho solo questa maglietta male! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1766" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-19T10:07:57.000" LastActivityDate="2015-12-25T10:51:52.233" Title="&quot;All I got was this lousy t-shirt&quot;-type slogan in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6337" CreationDate="2015-12-18T21:59:16.557" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a translation you might use: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mia sorella studia all'università di ...e tutto quello che mi ha portato è questa schifosissima maglietta. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2015-12-18T22:35:27.030" LastActivityDate="2015-12-18T22:35:27.030" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6337" CreationDate="2015-12-19T00:48:05.770" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;A slight variation on Josh61's answer: “&lt;em&gt;Mia sorella studia a ... e non mi ha portato altro che questo schifo di maglietta&lt;/em&gt;”, or with “&lt;em&gt;mi ha portato solo&lt;/em&gt;” in the place of “&lt;em&gt;non mi ha portato altro che&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-12-19T00:48:05.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6335" CreationDate="2015-12-19T13:11:38.453" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta di DaG è corretta: anzi in Toscana (Firenze, Pisa, Livorno) è proprio presente il termine &lt;em&gt;inversato&lt;/em&gt;, nel significato di &quot;contrariato, scontroso&quot;, da &quot;verso&quot; nel significato di &lt;em&gt;direzione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è però una ambiguità perché il sostantivo &lt;em&gt;sverso&lt;/em&gt; è proprio collegato al verbo &lt;em&gt;sversare&lt;/em&gt; (anche se in genere si usa il termine &lt;em&gt;sversamento&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;sverso di liquidi inquinanti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;non è consentito lo sverso...&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2015-12-19T13:11:38.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6341" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-19T18:17:07.527" Score="2" ViewCount="3366" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;-- Non si deve preoccupare, signora. Fil mi sembrava a posto, sereno. Stava bene, ecco. Addirittura m'è sembrato un po' ingrassato... &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  -- Ma cosa vi siete detti, Cami? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  -- Niente. L'ho salutato da lontano. Ma lui non mi ha neanche vista. Ero andata cosí, avavo letto che lui c'era, mi sembrava carino fare un salto, ma &lt;em&gt;niente di che&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  -- Ma come &lt;em&gt;niente di che&lt;/em&gt;? Adesso non potresti chiedergli per favore che cosa... &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  -- Ma signora, io adesso sono in Francia! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  -- Ah, non sei piú lí... &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  -- No...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta del colloquio telefonico tra una madre e Cami,  l'ex fidanzata di suo figlio Fil. Questa donna ha saputo che Cami ha trovato Fil a Oxford e le telefona per averne notizie, perché lei, la madre, non riesce più a comunicare con suo figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/niente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione della locuzione &quot;niente di che&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;niente di che&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  loc.avv. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  loc.agg.inv. &lt;strong&gt;CO&lt;/strong&gt; che è di scarso valore o di qualità bassa: un libro niente di che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, non riesco a capire il significato di questa espressione nel brano precedente. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-24T08:41:14.167" LastActivityDate="2015-12-24T10:32:48.437" Title="Cosa significa &quot;niente di che&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6335" CreationDate="2015-12-19T18:47:06.907" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sversa&quot; è, come intuito da Charo, un vocabolo di origine dialettale piemontese. In Piemonte è un aggettivo molto comune, che indica uno stato d'animo &lt;em&gt;temporaneo&lt;/em&gt;. Si può rendere con &quot;musona, di malumore, contrariata&quot;. Ma è essenziale capire che si tratta di una condizione passeggera. Non a caso nel testo di Matrocola è preceduta da &quot;sempre&quot;. In Piemonte non si descrive una persona dicendo che &quot;è sversa&quot;. Si dice che &quot;oggi è sversa&quot;, o &quot;è spesso sversa&quot;, o &quot;è sempre sversa&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2025" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-12T10:20:02.910" LastActivityDate="2020-01-12T10:20:02.910" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6326" CreationDate="2015-12-19T20:04:22.850" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pur essendo di Torino, non conosco questo termine. Sicuramente &quot;suona&quot; piemontese (in dialetto sarebbe &quot; 'ntrufagnì &quot;), e che ad orecchio lo renderei in italiano con &quot;ingrugnito&quot;. Si tratta di un termine che, anche se inesistente o desueto, evoca comunque l'idea dell'espressione ingrugnita a chiunque conosca il dialetto piemontese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2025" LastActivityDate="2015-12-19T20:04:22.850" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6341" CreationDate="2015-12-19T21:28:39.810" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, nel contesto riportato significa che questa che dice 'niente di che' ha fatto un salto lì senza una ragione particolarmente importante o, comunque, senza che fosse certa di ottenere un apprezzabile risultato, come se avesse voluto fare un mero tentativo di suscitare qualcosa in qualcuno, a prescindere dall'apprezzamento dell'esito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciononostante, sottolinerei che, spesso, quando un italiano -- e soprattutto un'italiana -- dice 'niente di che' c'è da aspettarsi che tenda a celare un concreto senso d'aspettativa non corrisposta; è difficile capire dallo stralcio se questo è il caso della citata tipa della Mastrocola, comunque.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2015-12-19T21:28:39.810" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6345" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-20T10:28:56.987" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ognuno ha il suo modo di non dormire, la notte, il suo stile, le sue tecniche di insonnia. C'è chi [...]. E c'è chi si ribella, non ammette, non concepisce che possa capitare a lui, è ostile, sbuffa, &lt;em&gt;sbraita&lt;/em&gt;, finge di dormire, strizza gli occhi perché il sonno arrivi, si sforza di non pensarci e ci pensa sempre di piú, finendo per restare a letto teso come una corda di violino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome non conoscevo il significato del verbo &quot;sbraitare&quot;, l'ho cercato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sbraitare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, dove ho trovato questa accezione del termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;protestare manifestando a voce alta il proprio risentimento: &lt;em&gt;s. contro il governo, contro le tasse; tutti sbraitano, ma nessuno ha il coraggio di ribellarsi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, non mi sembra il caso di mettersi a gridare durante la notte quando si ha l'insonnia. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: il verbo &quot;sbraitare&quot; può avere un uso figurato che non implichi parlare a voce alta o gridare? Si tratta di un uso letterario o è invece comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-20T12:29:13.143" LastActivityDate="2015-12-20T15:40:35.833" Title="Sull'uso figurato del verbo &quot;sbraitare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6345" CreationDate="2015-12-20T11:05:11.067" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La definizione del Treccani è obsoleta, scorretta o, comunque, imprecisa, ciò perché 'sbraitare' non implica necessariamente una 'voce alta'. Infatti, essa -- la voce --, può anche essere normale, giusto quello che serve acché possa essere sentita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peraltro, a suffragio di quanto sopra, 'sbraitare silenziosamente' non è neanche riportato nell'elenco degli ossimori italiani, sebbene uno che sbraitasse silenziosamente dovrebbe essere portato subito al più vicino centro d'igiene mentale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-12-20T11:10:47.347" LastActivityDate="2015-12-20T11:10:47.347" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6345" CreationDate="2015-12-20T13:09:19.567" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/sbraitare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sbraitare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel brano  viene probabilmente usato nel senso figurato di protestare, indignarsi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vociare concitatamente, scompostamente, quasi urlando: sbraitava come un ossesso di avere ragione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(per  estensione) Protestare, ribellarsi, mostrarsi indignato contro qualcuno o qualcosa: &lt;em&gt;sbraitare contro il governo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-20T15:40:35.833" LastActivityDate="2015-12-20T15:40:35.833" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6345" CreationDate="2015-12-20T13:38:27.023" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Comunque, non mi sembra il caso di mettersi a gridare durante la notte quando si ha l'insonnia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beh, sicuramente non è il caso, ma se lo vedi come un gesto di disappunto ha senso che capiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il verbo &quot;sbraitare&quot; può avere un uso figurato che non implichi parlare a voce alta o gridare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non che io sappia (salvo il caso citato da Josh61), oltretutto appunto, come ho già detto implicitamente sopra ritengo che nel brano sia usato in modo letterale. Se ci fai caso nessuna delle altre azioni è usata in senso figurato (in particolare &quot;sbuffa&quot;, &quot;finge di dormire&quot;, e &quot;strizza gli occhi&quot; sembrano voler descrivere la situazione in senso letterale), il che suggerisce che anche lo sbraitare non lo sia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un uso letterario o è invece comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È molto comune, assolutamente non letterario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-20T15:33:39.703" LastActivityDate="2015-12-20T15:33:39.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6350" CreationDate="2015-12-20T15:12:01.130" Score="3" ViewCount="2947" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, one might say &quot;Best Dad&quot; or &quot;Number one Dad&quot;. What is the Italian equivalence (or better yet, a saying) of this meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something that can be stated regarding a father other than one's own father.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2028" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-20T15:30:35.687" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T17:12:13.150" Title="How to say &quot;Best Dad&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6349" CreationDate="2015-12-20T20:48:31.877" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd  say: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il migliore dei papà.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il numero uno dei papà. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-12-20T20:48:31.877" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6351" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-20T21:24:08.390" Score="2" ViewCount="1126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &quot;bulgaro&quot; viene usato con riferimento ad atteggiamenti intolleranti o a discipline tipiche dei regimi totalitari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse il caso più noto è quello dell'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Editto_bulgaro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;editto bulgaro&lt;/a&gt; di Berlusconi. In altri casi si fa riferimento a &lt;em&gt;percentuali bulgare&lt;/em&gt;, quando la partecipazione a delle  elezioni sono altissime senza che ci siano molte opzioni nella scelta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domanda: perché si fa riferimento all'aggettivo &quot;bulgaro&quot; in questi casi e non ad esempio a &quot;russo&quot;, &quot;cinese&quot; o &quot;cubano&quot; etc. per far riferimento ad un regime totalitario? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T15:32:17.690" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T11:11:52.697" Title="Il caso &quot;bulgaro&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6349" CreationDate="2015-12-21T10:13:15.223" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;These ones sound slightly more idiomatic to me: &lt;em&gt;il papà migliore del mondo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il papà più bravo del mondo&lt;/em&gt;. But I must say that this expression is not common in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T10:13:15.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6351" CreationDate="2015-12-21T11:48:19.623" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione presa a riferimento è la &lt;strong&gt;maggioranza bulgara&lt;/strong&gt; che indica maggioranza schiaccante di consensi senza un dibattito libero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione prende spunto dalla situazione politica della Bulgaria (nell'epoca socialista), quando era il più fedele alleato dell'U.R.S.S., ma anche quello in cui il dibattito politico interno era inesistente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il caso Berlusconi e l'editto bulgaro rientrano in questa accezione, coincidenza volle, all'epoca che il Primo Ministro fosse in visita a Sofia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul sito della Treccani, c'è un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/articoli/scritto_e_parlato/parole_bulgare.html&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;approfondimento&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; a tal proposito, nel paragrafo &lt;em&gt;Cose da socialismo reale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T11:48:19.623" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6354" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6355" CreationDate="2015-12-21T11:58:36.620" Score="1" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ragazzi ho bisogno di un piccolo aiuto per una traduzione. &#xA;Farò due domande, una generale che può tornare utile a più persone ed una più specifica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DOMANDA 1 - Generale:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si può tradurre in italiano '&lt;strong&gt;To look forward&lt;/strong&gt;'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DOMANDA 2 - Specifica:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come tradurreste in italiano:  '&lt;strong&gt;The organizers of the event are looking forward to meet you&lt;/strong&gt;'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T16:01:46.787" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T16:01:46.787" Title="Come tradurre 'to look forward'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6354" CreationDate="2015-12-21T12:49:20.717" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come livello zero, partirei da:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non veder l'ora&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Gli organizzatori dell'evento sono impazienti di incontrare i partecipanti.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T12:49:20.717" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6356" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6386" CreationDate="2015-12-21T12:54:28.173" Score="2" ViewCount="291" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'italiano per &lt;code&gt;scunire&lt;/code&gt; i panni (appendere i panni in terrazzo finché sgocciolano poi magari portarli in lavanderia al chiuso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Scunire&lt;/code&gt; proviene da un dialetto emiliano e da chissà quanti altri dialetti padani e non.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T13:55:19.590" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T21:26:11.357" Title="Rendere in italiano `scunire` i panni" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6357" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6358" CreationDate="2015-12-21T15:10:06.793" Score="5" ViewCount="600" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di solito cerco di usare poco termini tecnici in lingua straniera, e preferisco l'equivalente italiano. Nel caso di &lt;em&gt;patch&lt;/em&gt;, inteso come file creato per risolvere uno specifico errore di programmazione, non mi vengono in mente altre traduzioni se non &lt;em&gt;pezza&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;rattoppo&lt;/em&gt;, che non mi piacerebbe usare in questo contesto.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Mentre scrivevo &lt;em&gt;&quot;la patch&quot;&lt;/em&gt; però mi è venuto un dubbio sul genere, e cercando in giro per la rete ho visto che viene usato sia il maschile che il femminile.&#xA;Qual è il genere corretto da usare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T15:15:07.920" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T16:53:08.600" Title="Quale genere ha il termine tecnico patch?" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6357" CreationDate="2015-12-21T15:17:29.053" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Zingarelli 2016, che è l'unico fra quelli che ho consultato che riporta questa parola, la dà come femminile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[vc. ingl., propr. ‘pezza, toppa’ ☼ 1997]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;s. f. inv. (pl. ingl. &lt;em&gt;patches&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;● (&lt;em&gt;inform.&lt;/em&gt;) file che rimedia a un errore di programmazione del software, consentendo al sistema di funzionare correttamente in attesa di una nuova versione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T15:31:15.177" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6357" CreationDate="2015-12-21T16:53:08.600" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso possa servirti, una possibile traduzione del termine è &quot;correzione&quot;, o in maniera più generica &quot;aggiornamento&quot; anche se ovviamente così perde l'accezione di aggiustamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Rilasciare una correzione&quot; è una frase che ho sentito molte volte, per quanto possa sembrare strana a sentirla la prima volta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2037" LastActivityDate="2015-12-21T16:53:08.600" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6360" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6361" CreationDate="2015-12-21T19:03:17.987" Score="1" ViewCount="647" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che origine ha il termine figurato e dispregiativo &lt;strong&gt;ottuso&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;eg.: &lt;code&gt;ma sei proprio o.!&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia curiosità nello specifico è se ha qualche legame con il numero 8, che sdraiato rappresenta l'infinito che a sua volta, con un po' di immaginazione, è un concetto che può essere collegato alla stupidità umana che a quanto pare (o così si dice) non ha limiti (¿).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure se la sua origine è legata alla geometria che per qualche ragione ha portato a credere che gli angoli acuti (minore di un angolo retto e maggiore di 0°) dimostrino maggiore perspicacia di quelli ottusi (cioè superiore a 90° e inferiore a 180°).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="346" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-21T19:18:22.947" LastActivityDate="2015-12-22T08:25:05.553" Title="Origine del termine ottuso" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6360" CreationDate="2015-12-21T22:55:51.160" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso letterale di “ottuso” (dal latino &lt;em&gt;obtundĕre&lt;/em&gt;) è quello di ”smussato, spuntato” detto di lame e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il suo senso figurato, detto di un intelletto non brillante, l'idea fondamentale, come riporta per esempio il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ottuso/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, è «che manca di penetrazione». La metafora vecchia di millenni è quella che una persona sveglia è acuta, ha aguzzato l'ingegno, ha un intelletto penetrante, un cervello fine, una mente sottile, va a fondo delle cose. Per una più tarda di comprendonio vale tutto il contrario, e cioè appunto è come una lama che non taglia, smussata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-22T08:25:05.553" LastActivityDate="2015-12-22T08:25:05.553" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6363" CreationDate="2015-12-22T12:08:09.457" Score="4" ViewCount="545" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suppose this is really about Latin, but since there is no Latin SE an answer using modern Italian would be welcome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the days of my youth we had a Latin teacher who used the phrase &lt;em&gt;nota benissime&lt;/em&gt; when he wanted us to take extra special notice. I may have misremembered the phrase, and in any case it may not be proper Latin. I would be interested to know what if any the proper Italian would be (bonus points if you can provide the Latin as well).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically, if &lt;em&gt;nota bene&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;note well&lt;/em&gt; what would be the phrases for &lt;em&gt;note very well&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;note as well as you possibly could&lt;/em&gt;? I would only ever be using these phrases to English speakers (physics students!) in a tongue in cheek context so there is no need to strive for great precision.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2040" LastActivityDate="2015-12-22T13:20:05.060" Title="Emphatic form of nota bene" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6362" CreationDate="2015-12-22T13:20:05.060" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a Latin phrase, but it more or less works in Italian too. In Italian, “note very well” would be &lt;em&gt;nota benissimo&lt;/em&gt;, while “note as well as you possibly could” could be phrased &lt;em&gt;nota meglio possibile&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Latin superlative of &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt;, however, was &lt;em&gt;optime&lt;/em&gt;; so, &lt;em&gt;nota optime&lt;/em&gt;, if anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-12-22T13:20:05.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6374" CreationDate="2015-12-22T17:08:41.417" Score="5" ViewCount="1790" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho visto diverse volte la parola &quot;maggiore&quot;, ma ho anche visto &quot;più grande&quot; molte volte. C'è qualche differenza tra &quot;maggiore&quot; e &quot;più grande&quot; o è una scelta mia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1697" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-29T14:42:55.683" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T14:42:55.683" Title="Maggiore e più grande" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6365" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6369" CreationDate="2015-12-22T18:04:28.737" Score="3" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have difficulty understanding the meaning of the expression &quot;in occasione di&quot; in this sentence. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This text is about Big Ben.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tradizionalmente il nome viene riferito, per estensione, anche all'orologio e all'intera torre dell'orologio, alta 96,30m e costruita in stile neogotico. Il nome ufficiale di quest'ultima è pero diventato Elizabeth Tower a fine giugno 2012, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in occasione del&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; giubileo di diamante della regina Elisabetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does the expression &quot;in occasione di&quot; in this sentence mean &quot;due to&quot; or &quot;because of&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-24T17:39:44.483" LastActivityDate="2015-12-25T02:26:47.693" Title="What does &quot;in occasione di&quot; mean in this sentence?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6366" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-22T21:14:46.773" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quest'anno sembra davvero &lt;em&gt;nera&lt;/em&gt; per il commercio prenatalizio, ciò quantomeno è ciò che appare osservando negozi vuoti e strade semideserte, .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quest'anno sembra davvero &lt;em&gt;nero&lt;/em&gt; per il commercio prenatalizio, ciò quantomeno è ciò che appare osservando negozi vuoti e strade semideserte, .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;nero&lt;/em&gt;, che preferisco, e &lt;em&gt;nera&lt;/em&gt; sembrano entrambi corretti lì, c'è qualcuno che spiega perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T19:51:03.307" Title="Quest'anno sembra davvero *nera* vs. Quest'anno sembra davvero *nero*" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6366" CreationDate="2015-12-22T21:25:17.933" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambe corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso il soggetto sottinteso di &amp;quot;nera&amp;quot;, ossia poco favorevole, è la situazione, la condizione (per il commercio natalizio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nel secondo caso &amp;quot;nero&amp;quot; ossia negativo, si riferisce all'anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T12:50:13.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6364" CreationDate="2015-12-22T22:35:48.687" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono equivalenti, ma a volte uno suona meglio dell'altro... Per esempio, puoi dire &quot;mio fratello maggiore&quot;,  però se dovessi fare un paragone fra due cose/persone, io userei &quot;più grande&quot;.  Esempio:  io sono più grande di te,  la mia casa è più grande della tua, etc.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-23T08:06:51.327" LastActivityDate="2015-12-23T08:06:51.327" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6365" CreationDate="2015-12-22T22:48:20.207" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il nome ufficiale di quest'ultima è pero diventato Elizabeth Tower a fine giugno 2012, in occasione del giubileo di diamante della regina Elisabetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Due to&quot; and &quot;because of&quot; roughly mean &quot;a causa di&quot;, and &quot;a causa di&quot; expresses a causality link;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;In occasione del&quot; &lt;em&gt;itself&lt;/em&gt; doesn't really &lt;em&gt;imply&lt;/em&gt; a causality link, it implies that both events happened at the same time, although it also &lt;em&gt;strongly suggests&lt;/em&gt; that two events were a good fit one for each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take vacations as an example: you may well say that &quot;In occasione delle vacanze sei andato a trovare dei parenti&quot;, but you'd probably never say that &quot;A causa delle vacanze sei andato a trovare dei parenti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So no, it doesn't mean exactly the same as &quot;due to&quot; or &quot;because of&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're reasonably sure that the two events are causally linked, then you may well use &quot;a causa di&quot; in place of &quot;in occasione del&quot; (and hence also &quot;because of&quot; / &quot;due to&quot; e.g. in a translation), but &lt;em&gt;mind that this implies a loss in the meaning, since the temporality link between the two events is lost; in a translation you're better off using (as suggested in the comments by Elberich Schneider and egreg) the English equivalent &quot;on the occasion of&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to just convey that the two events happened at the same time, hardening the sense of causality disjunction, you can use another adverb altoghether (such as &quot;durante&quot; / &quot;during&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you're reasonably sure that the two events are causally linked, then you may well use &quot;a causa di&quot; in place of &quot;in occasione del&quot; (and hence also &quot;because of&quot; / &quot;due to&quot; e.g. in a translation), but again, the temporality link between the two events is lost:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The official name of the latter however became Elizabeth Tower at the end of june 2012, &lt;em&gt;because of&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;due to&lt;/em&gt; Queen Elizabeth's diamond Jubilee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't want to lose the temporality link between the two events, in a translation you're better off using the English equivalent &quot;on the occasion of&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The official name of the latter however became Elizabeth Tower at the end of june 2012, &lt;em&gt;on the occasion of&lt;/em&gt; Queen Elizabeth's diamond Jubilee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to just convey that the two events happened at the same time, hardening the sense of causality disjunction, you can use another adverb altoghether (such as &quot;durante&quot; / &quot;during&quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The official name of the latter however became Elizabeth Tower at the end of june 2012, &lt;em&gt;during&lt;/em&gt; Queen Elizabeth's diamond Jubilee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-12-25T02:26:47.693" LastActivityDate="2015-12-25T02:26:47.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6370" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6371" CreationDate="2015-12-23T09:11:08.150" Score="1" ViewCount="5511" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste il modo di dire &quot;fare il gambero&quot;? Cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt;, di Paola Mastrocola, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gelsa le chiese se era pazza, e cosa stava facendo,  se le pareva il caso di andare a parlare con tutta quella gente vent'anni dopo, cosa s'era messa in testa di fare? &lt;em&gt;Il gambero&lt;/em&gt;? Fil era quello che era, ma soprattutto era suo figlio,  lei lo sapeva benissimo che figlio aveva, e che la smettesse di andarlo a chiedere agli altri, camminando all'indietro, poi era il colmo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il testo si riferisce a una donna che, per cercare di saperne di più di suo figlio, è andata a visitare alcune delle persone che l'hanno frequentato nell'infanzia e nell'adolescenza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato dell'espressione &quot;fare il gambero&quot; e ho trovato questo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/G/gambero.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fare come i gamberi&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  • &lt;strong&gt;Fig&lt;/strong&gt;.: andare all'indietro, quindi peggiorare, regredire in generale. Più raramente, anche ritirarsi da un'impresa. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Normalmente il gambero non procede a ritroso, ma in caso di pericolo spesso si flette e scatta all'indietro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non sono sicura che sia lo stesso del &quot;fare il gambero&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato e che alcuno di questi significati figurati sia l'adatto al testo precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2015-12-23T16:57:18.130" LastActivityDate="2015-12-23T16:57:18.130" Title="Esiste il modo di dire &quot;fare il gambero&quot;? Cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6370" CreationDate="2015-12-23T09:33:01.263" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come hai evidenziato nella tua domanda, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare come i gamberi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un modo di dire che    si usa  quando uno torna indietro, sui propri passi, specialmente in senso figurato.&#xA;Nel brano il riferimento a tornare indietro dopo vent'anni a parlare con &quot;tutta quella gente&quot; viene inteso in questo senso. &#xA;La donna in questione torna indietro nel tempo, va probabilmente a rivangare vecchie questioni che riguardano suo figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2015-12-23T09:33:01.263" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6364" CreationDate="2015-12-23T09:43:59.047" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo Maria Cristina Peccianti, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Giunti Editori, 2013):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli aggettivi qualificativi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;buono&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cattivo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;grande&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;piccolo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, oltre ad avere le normali forme di comparativo e superlativo, hanno anche &lt;strong&gt;forme speciali&lt;/strong&gt; che non derivano dall'aggettivo di base, ma dal latino. Nell'uso le due forme sono equivalenti: &lt;em&gt;Gregorio è &lt;strong&gt;il più grande&lt;/strong&gt; dei miei nipoti, Claudio invece è &lt;strong&gt;il minore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre secondo Maria Cristina Peccianti, per l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;grande&lt;/em&gt; esistono queste forme equivalenti di comparativo di maggioranza e di superlativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Comparativo di maggioranza&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;più grande/maggiore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Superlativo relativo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;il più grande/il maggiore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Superlativo assoluto&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;grandissimo/massimo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-23T11:26:17.593" LastActivityDate="2015-12-23T11:26:17.593" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6364" CreationDate="2015-12-23T15:48:40.210" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;La storia viene da lontano, cioè dal latino. Gli aggettivi &lt;em&gt;bonus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;malus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;magnus&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;parvus&lt;/em&gt; avevano forme del comparativo prese da altri aggettivi ormai in disuso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;bonus/melior/optimus&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;malus/peior/pessimus&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;magnus/maior/maximus&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;parvus/minor/minimus&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A dire il vero, per &lt;em&gt;magnus&lt;/em&gt; si tratta solo di varianti, la radice è sempre &lt;em&gt;mag&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste forme, proprio perché diverse dal modo usuale di formare comparativo e superlativo, come &lt;em&gt;purus/purior/purissimus&lt;/em&gt;, sono passate in italiano come forme indipendenti, con significato leggermente distinto dalla forma normale con &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così in matematica si adoperano &lt;em&gt;maggiore&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;minore&lt;/em&gt; con un certo significato tecnico e &lt;em&gt;maggiore&lt;/em&gt; si trova in certe forme cristallizzate come &lt;em&gt;fratello minore&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;sorella maggiore&lt;/em&gt;. Non è certo raro, però, sentire &lt;em&gt;mia sorella più grande&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano &lt;em&gt;malus&lt;/em&gt; non ha dato esito e si dice &lt;em&gt;cattivo&lt;/em&gt;, ma rimangono &lt;em&gt;peggiore&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;pessimo&lt;/em&gt;. Così per &lt;em&gt;parvus&lt;/em&gt;, per il quale usiamo &lt;em&gt;piccolo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le forme più comuni sono, credo, &lt;em&gt;migliore&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;peggiore&lt;/em&gt;, mentre &lt;em&gt;maggiore&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;minore&lt;/em&gt; sono adoperate quasi solo nei sensi speciali detti prima (non sono gli unici).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sbagli se dici &lt;em&gt;più grande&lt;/em&gt;, potresti dicendo &lt;em&gt;maggiore&lt;/em&gt;, almeno nella lingua “di tutti i giorni” (escludendo i linguaggi settoriali). Nota che &lt;em&gt;maggiore&lt;/em&gt; come sostantivo ha il significato arcaico di &lt;em&gt;antenato&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;chi fuor li maggior tui?&lt;/em&gt; chiede Farinata degli Uberti a Dante. In questo caso ovviamente non si può sostituire altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-12-23T15:48:40.210" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6356" CreationDate="2015-12-23T18:53:16.613" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non esiste un verbo transitivo, che io sappia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa invece colloquialmente &quot;sgocciolare i panni&quot; (che in realtà non sarebbe corretto, perché i panni sgocciolano, non sono sgocciolati), oppure &quot;appendere i panni a sgocciolare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2015-12-23T18:53:16.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6341" CreationDate="2015-12-24T01:25:31.543" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia interpretazione di quel &lt;em&gt;niente di che&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;niente di più&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;niente di particolare&lt;/em&gt;. Cioè che lei è andata lì perché sapeva che lui era lì, ma voleva giusto fare un salto lì e niente di più di quello. Cioè non voleva intrattenersi a lungo né farsi notare più di tanto, nella speranza che lui la notasse ma non capisse che era andata lì apposta per lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre parole secondo me il &lt;em&gt;niente di che&lt;/em&gt; non si riferisce alla ragione per cui Cami ha voluto fare un salto lì, ragione che invece mi sembra molto forte e con grandi aspettative, bensì si riferisce al tipo di visita che aveva intenzione di fare, cioè giusto un'apparizione estemporanea invece di una presenza più marcatamente &quot;premeditata&quot;, ad es. concordata in anticipo con lui o con altri, protratta nel tempo, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me quando la madre chiede con stupore &lt;em&gt;Ma come niente di che?&lt;/em&gt; intende qualcosa di questo tipo: &lt;em&gt;Cosa ?? Se sapevi che lui era lì, perché hai pensato di fare solamente un salto ? Saresti dovuta andare lì con decisione e con la chiara intenzione di incontrarlo e parlargli.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastEditorUserId="1229" LastEditDate="2015-12-24T10:32:48.437" LastActivityDate="2015-12-24T10:32:48.437" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6377" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6378" CreationDate="2015-12-24T09:16:36.970" Score="3" ViewCount="1299" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; -- E si capisce, -- cominciò a dire, -- basta guardare i genitori come si occupano dei figli. O li lasciano allo sbando, senza una dritta, un'attenzione, o peggio ancora li massacrano di richieste, e fai questo e fai quello, e guai a uscire dai binari... Una babele, signora Cantirami, una vera babele! Non come vostro figlio. Filippo sí che sa cosa vuole! Determinato, deciso. Uno che se ne fa anche due baffi della famiglia, se decide...!&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Come sarebbe se ne fa due baffi della famiglia? Cosa mi vuol dire questa &lt;em&gt;psicologa del piffero&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piffero/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;piffero&quot; può avere questo significato figurato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fam. In frasi colloquiali, con valore negativo, niente, nulla: &lt;em&gt;non capisci un piffero!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non so se questa definizione abbia senso nel contesto sopra citato: una psicologa &quot;del nulla&quot;? Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;psicologa del piffero&quot; nel brano precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-24T16:10:42.500" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;una psicologa del piffero&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6377" CreationDate="2015-12-24T09:59:52.283" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Del piffero&quot;, riferito a cose e persone, ha proprio quell'accezione che hai trovato tu. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una &quot;psicologa del piffero&quot; è una psicologa da poco, che non vale niente. Non conosco il testo, ma potrebbe addirittura significare che non è una vera psicologa, ma qualcuno che si atteggia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione originale, ben più volgare, sarebbe &quot;del cazzo&quot;. Per... analogia di forma, si sostituisce con &quot;piffero&quot; ed è accettabile in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilfattoquotidiano.it/2013/10/22/intellettuali-del-piffero-libro-sugli-showmen-del-pensiero-ad-ogni-costo/752244/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;articoli&lt;/a&gt; e testi di linguaggio colloquiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2015-12-24T16:10:42.500" LastActivityDate="2015-12-24T16:10:42.500" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6380" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6473" CreationDate="2015-12-24T18:41:37.573" Score="4" ViewCount="1663" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/QwXRj.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Ferrovie della regione Friuli Venezia Giulia&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il significato del trattino visibile sotto e sopra ad alcune vocali di quella frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché  la prima &quot;E&quot; di Venezia ha un trattino sopra ma la seconda &quot;E&quot; non lo ha? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2046" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-12-25T23:27:08.653" LastActivityDate="2016-01-13T11:56:34.057" Title="Perché si usava mettere un trattino sotto e sopra alcune vocali?" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6337" CreationDate="2015-12-24T22:44:05.983" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;An expression that matches the spirit I perceive from the English slogan is &lt;em&gt;Mia sorella studia a... e tutto quello che ci ho guadagnato è questa stupida maglietta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would use &lt;em&gt;ci ho guadagnato&lt;/em&gt; because I think the joke relies strictly on the idea that someone is doing something supposedly important, &quot;high-flying&quot; (even just sarcastically, and not necessarily traveling or residing in some away place) and someone else connected to this person is expecting to obtain from that some advantage for himself / herself (which also carries a sarcastic value, and also not limited to receiving a souvenir from the place where the first person traveled / resided).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used &lt;em&gt;stupid&lt;/em&gt; because I think it's important that the joke points to the T-shirt being something simply useless or of little value because it's just a T-shirt, regardless of whether it's ugly or beautiful as a T-shirt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case mind @N74's comment about the proposition, it might cause errors. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastEditorUserId="1229" LastEditDate="2015-12-25T10:51:52.233" LastActivityDate="2015-12-25T10:51:52.233" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6382" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6383" CreationDate="2015-12-25T09:28:30.087" Score="6" ViewCount="553" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola ho letto (il corsivo è mio): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Probabilmente Elda pensava di dover salvare Gheri dalla sua anima qualunquista. E Gheri pensava che avrebbe potuto far qualcosa per arginare l'inevitabile &lt;em&gt;trombonismo&lt;/em&gt; verso cui vedeva andare Elda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;trombonismo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-25T11:26:46.140" Title="Cos'è il &quot;trombonismo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6382" CreationDate="2015-12-25T11:26:46.140" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vedi il significato c. nella voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trombone/&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;trombone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; del dizionario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Persona (spec. oratore, scrittore, o intellettuale in genere) piena di sé, che si esprime in modo enfatico e retorico, esagerando la propria importanza e servendosi di parole ricercate ma vacue (e analogam., di attore che recita con enfasi esagerata); comune spec. l’espressione vecchio trombone. Anche, chi abitualmente assume toni da smargiasso; spaccone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola “trombonismo” (coniata lì per lì, direi) può significare l'atteggiamento o stato dell'essere trombone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-12-25T11:26:46.140" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6384" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-26T09:03:33.037" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; In meno di due minuti, Gheri &lt;em&gt;sfrittellò&lt;/em&gt; a quel beduino nel deserto tutta la faccenda del fratello. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Che sbaglio! Confidarsi con uno che si credeva un giornalista! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sfrittellare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;sfrittellare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sfrittellare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [der. di &lt;em&gt;frittella&lt;/em&gt;, col pref. s- (nel sign. 5)] (&lt;em&gt;io sfrittèllo&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). – Macchiare di unto un indumento: &lt;em&gt;hai già sfrittellato il vestito nuovo&lt;/em&gt;; più com. nella forma &lt;em&gt;sfrittellarsi&lt;/em&gt;, con la particella pron. in funzione di dativo, seguita da un compl. oggetto, oppure con valore rifl.: &lt;em&gt;ti sei sfrittellato la giacca&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sta’ attento a non sfrittellarti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È chiaro che questo non è il significato di &quot;sfrittellare&quot; nel brano sopra citato, ma che si tratta di un senso figurato che più o meno si può capire dal contesto. Potreste spiegarmi qualcosa di più su questo significato figurato di &quot;sfrittellare&quot;? Si usa nel linguaggio comune o è invece qualcosa di inventata dalla scrittrice? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T16:07:32.530" Title="Sull'uso figurato di &quot;sfrittellare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6385" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6387" CreationDate="2015-12-26T09:24:18.913" Score="1" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading Carofiglio's book, &quot;Né qui, né altrove&quot;, but seem to be stuck in the meaning of the first sentence of this paragraph. Can someone tell me if my translation is close to meaning? I have written the whole paragraph for a better understanding of what the writer wants to say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Come si fossero dati un cenno d'intesa, un sacco di personaggi in cerca di autore o perlomeno di prima occupazione, possibilmente non faticosa e che consentisse di rimorchiare, si scatenarono nell'apertura di ogni tipo di locali e ritrovi notturni, quasi tutti realizzati come variazioni sul tema: circolo alternative di sinistra, ma aperto alla città.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;As they may be given a sign of understanding, a lot of people in search of an author, or at least, in the early stage of the occupation, possibly not tired  and  open  to communication, went wild with every opening of all types of  places and nightspot, almost all of which were like variations of the same theme, an alternative society of evil, but open to the city.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-26T09:38:51.843" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T10:30:20.200" Title="&quot;Di prima occupazione&quot;: what does it mean in this text?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6356" CreationDate="2015-12-26T09:29:20.697" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non concordo con la risposta di Iserni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sgocciolare&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sgocciolare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;è sia transitivo che intransitivo&lt;/a&gt; (non solo il Treccani lo riporta come tale, anche il mio Devoto-Oli edizione del 1971 lo riporta sia come transitivo che come intransitivo; magari più tardi aggiungo una foto per cr), quindi &quot;sgocciolare i panni&quot; è tanto corretto quanto &quot;mettere i panni a sgocciolare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Toscana usiamo anche &quot;sgrondare&quot; (che con mia sorpresa non è riportato come regionale, nemmeno dal Devoto-Oli), che &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sgrondare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;è altrettanto sia transitivo che intransitivo&lt;/a&gt; (di nuovo, non solo il Treccani lo riporta come tale, anche il mio Devoto-Oli edizione del 1971 lo riporta sia come transitivo che come intransitivo), il che rende corretto anche &quot;sgrondare i panni&quot; / &quot;mettere i panni a sgrondare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque se l'intento è semplicemente quello di intendersi credo che il modo più comune di esprimere l'azione sia di dire &quot;stendere i panni&quot; (tecnicamente solo transitivo, in Toscana usiamo sbagliando anche &quot;mettere i panni a stendere&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è proprio la stessa cosa perchè non implica lo sgocciolamento, ma ritengo sia il modo più comune di esprimere l'azione (e oltretutto non l'ho mai sentito usare per descrivere qualcos'altro, quindi credo che non ci sia nemmeno il rischio di essere ambigui).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-12-26T21:26:11.357" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T21:26:11.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6385" CreationDate="2015-12-26T10:30:20.200" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &lt;em&gt;prima occupazione&lt;/em&gt; is simply the first job one person gets in their life, generally after finishing school. So, your characters are looking for an author (an allusion to Pirandello's &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Six_Characters_in_Search_of_an_Author&quot;&gt;Sei personaggi in cerca d'autore&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;) or, at least, for a first job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the rest of the text, there are a few points you seem not to understand correctly. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Come si fossero dati un cenno d'intesa&lt;/em&gt; means more or less “just like they exchanged a nod of complicity”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;faticoso&lt;/em&gt; is “tiring”, not “tired”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;rimorchiare&lt;/em&gt; in this context means “to pick up” (as in “to pick up a girl in a bar”);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;circolo alternative di sinistra&lt;/em&gt; should read &lt;em&gt;circolo alternativ&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; di sinistra&lt;/em&gt; and means “left-wing radical club”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Might I suggest that you work on your Italian comprehension on some easier text?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2015-12-26T10:30:20.200" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6388" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6389" CreationDate="2015-12-27T07:50:18.060" Score="1" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi,  ho letto (il corsivo è mio): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Entro nel pub che lui è già lí, seduto su uno degli &lt;em&gt;sgabelli trampolo&lt;/em&gt; al banco. Ha davanti un boccale pieno, lo guarda. Non beve, non parla con nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;sgabello trampolo&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="300" LastEditDate="2015-12-28T14:17:59.763" LastActivityDate="2015-12-28T14:17:59.763" Title="Cos'è uno &quot;sgabello trampolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6388" CreationDate="2015-12-27T10:17:09.000" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I trampoli sono quei bastoni con inserti per appoggiare i piedi e così poter essere più in alto. Si adoperavano in campagna per compiti di sorveglianza o per attraversare rii e acquitrini, ma ormai l'uso più comune è quello degli acrobati da circo o di strada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sedersi su certi sgabelli nei bar assomiglia ad arrampicarsi e stare sui trampoli, vista l'altezza: simili a questo, probabilmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/oMeEz.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/oMeEz.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2015-12-27T10:17:09.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6391" CreationDate="2015-12-28T09:10:03.130" Score="4" ViewCount="824" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non era una storia tanto semplice, due amici che si scambiano un po' la vita e vediamo come butta. Era una storia che aveva anche delle implicazioni filosofiche, per Jeremy. Ad esempio: se tu devi passare la tua vita a un altro raccontandogliela, la devi vivere normalmente come ti viene o la devi già vivere diversa, &lt;em&gt;tarandola&lt;/em&gt; su di lui? Ma se è cosí, vuol dire che non vivi piú la tua, di vita, ma quella che farebbe l'altro. Quindi tu non sei piú tu, sei diventato l'altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;tarare&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire il suo significato in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-08T18:53:34.893" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tarare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6390" CreationDate="2015-12-28T09:41:42.883" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tara è la differenza tra il peso lordo e il peso netto di un oggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tarare una bilancia significa impostare una bilancia in modo tale che escluda il peso dello tara e che il peso mostrato sia il peso netto dell'oggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per analogia / metafora si può usare &quot;tarare&quot; per descrivere in generale un'operazione che &quot;imposta qualcosa in funzione di qualcos'altro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi in &quot;se tu devi passare la tua vita a un altro raccontandogliela, la devi vivere normalmente come ti viene o la devi già vivere diversa, tarandola su di lui?&quot; viene descritto un indugiare tra il prediligere il &quot;vivere la vita normalmente come viene&quot; e il &quot;&quot;vivere la vita in modo diverso &lt;em&gt;impostandola in funzione dell'altro&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato che tarare una bilancia è un operazione che &quot;sottrae&quot; al peso lordo di un oggetto, spesso si usa &quot;tarato&quot; / &quot;tarata&quot; anche per descrivere una una persona con una qualche sorta di deficienza mentale, ed è piuttosto offensivo, quindi dovrebbe essere usato con attenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-12-28T09:50:11.530" LastActivityDate="2015-12-28T09:50:11.530" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6390" CreationDate="2015-12-28T14:12:35.213" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Charo,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto, la domanda che Jeremy si pone è, data la descrizione della vita dell'altro che gli viene data, deve quindi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Usare tale descrizione come un punto di partenza e, da lì in poi, usare il proprio giudizio nel prendere decisioni e decidere come condurre il resto della vita o;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ad ogni &quot;bivio&quot;, cercare di immagine come l'altro avrebbe reagito e, anche se questo andrebbe contro l'istinto o le preferenze di Jeremy, agire comunque in base a ciò.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero, &quot;tarare&quot; in questo caso assume la funzione di sinonimo di &quot;calibrare&quot; o &quot;pre-impostare&quot;, cioè giungere a conclusioni dal punto di vista dell'altro invece che dal proprio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2050" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-28T14:22:11.877" LastActivityDate="2015-12-28T14:22:11.877" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6393" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-29T01:03:59.993" Score="8" ViewCount="403" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando si scrive un'attività come &quot;mangio piselli&quot; l'articolo non è necessario. Certamente posso dire &quot;mangio dei piselli&quot; e anche &quot;mangio i piselli che abbiamo comprato stamattina&quot; ma cambia il senso del frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma la frase &quot;preparo cena&quot; non è corretta per quello che so e si dice &quot;preparo la cena&quot;. &quot;Preparo cena&quot; sembra simile a &quot;mangio piselli&quot; (cioè un'attività generale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una spiegazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2052" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2015-12-29T02:29:02.777" LastActivityDate="2016-01-29T00:14:30.740" Title="Perché si usa l'articolo determinativo qui?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6394" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2015-12-29T15:13:16.667" Score="1" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt;, di Paola Mastrocola, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ancora peggio l'esame successivo. Fil non lo passa. Bocciato. E no ne vuol parlare, &lt;em&gt;slitta&lt;/em&gt;. Chiuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato del verbo &quot;slittare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il suo significato nel brano precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel libro, questo stesso verbo appare in un contesto simile, in questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giuliana gli fece qualche timida domanda su Fil ma il Duca, sempre molto gentilmente, &lt;em&gt;slittava&lt;/em&gt; su altri argomenti, che perlopiú la riguardavano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-31T12:16:46.837" LastActivityDate="2015-12-31T12:16:46.837" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;slittare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6349" CreationDate="2015-12-29T17:12:13.150" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would suggest &quot;Un padre ideale&quot; (Il Tempo.it 9.3.2013: «Il padre ideale? Vero e sincero con i suoi difetti») (and: Biblioteca digitale di psicanalisi - Il Padre Ideale). If he is ideal, he must be the best.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T17:12:13.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6394" CreationDate="2015-12-29T17:27:28.967" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/slittare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Slittare&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  in senso figurato viene usato per indicare  un modo per evitare qualcosa (una deviazione), in questo caso di  parlare dell'esame non passato. Più comunemente si direbbe  &amp;quot;cambiare discorso&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(estens.)  Scivolare su una superficie viscida o gelata o incoerente per improvvisa mancanza di attrito, spec. riferito ad autoveicoli: la macchina è slittata in curva a causa della pioggia; la moto ha slittato sul ghiaccio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;fig. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Deviare da un principio, da una linea di condotta,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  spec. in politica: partiti di centro che slittano a sinistra, a destra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T17:37:33.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6393" CreationDate="2015-12-29T23:25:21.350" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il problema sono le preposizioni articolate come &quot;del, dello, della, degli, dei, delle&quot; quando usate come articoli partitivi (cioè quando si vuole indicare solo una parte, oppure una quantità indeterminata): &quot;ho mangiato del pesce&quot;, &quot;ho visto delle persone&quot;, &quot;ha avuto dei dispiaceri&quot;, &quot;dammi del riso&quot;, ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'italiano infatti, a differenza del francese (da cui ne ha mutuato per imitazione l'uso sovrabbondante) potrebbe farne spesso tranquillamente a meno. Potremmo infatti dire, senza perdere in chiarezza e anzi recuperando un po' di eleganza: &quot;ho mangiato un po' di pesce&quot;, &quot;ho visto persone (o alcune persone)&quot;, &quot;ho avuto dispiaceri&quot;, &quot;dammi un po' di riso&quot;, ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo partitivo in italiano è più naturale quando preceduto da preposizione (&quot;con della&quot;, &quot;a delle&quot;, &quot;per degli&quot; ecc.). Di questo uso, a differenza dell'altro, ne esistono molti esempi classici da Bembo a Manzoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2015-12-29T23:25:21.350" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6398" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6793" CreationDate="2015-12-30T09:12:43.630" Score="3" ViewCount="3797" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E poi, chi altri poteva aiutarla in quel momento? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa frase, scritta nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, l'uso del pronome &quot;altri&quot; ha attirato la mia attenzione. La mia domanda è: perché si usa &quot;altri&quot; invece di &quot;altro&quot;? Sarebbe anche corretto scrivere &quot;chi altro poteva aiutarla?&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; All'inizio avevo scritto «plurale &quot;altri&quot;» e «singolare &quot;altro&quot;» perché non sapevo dell'esistenza del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/altri/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pronome indefinito singolare &quot;altri&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, siccome il pronome singolare &quot;altri&quot; sembra essere di uso raro, formale e letterario, la domanda rimane la stessa. Cioè, come si esprimerebbe questa stessa idea nel linguaggio comune? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2016-01-01T01:50:59.537" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T15:36:54.010" Title="&quot;Chi altri poteva aiutarla?&quot;: perché &quot;altri&quot; e non &quot;altro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;interrogatives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6399" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6400" CreationDate="2015-12-30T18:20:21.533" Score="1" ViewCount="3986" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a literal translation of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Assisa a' piè d'un salice,  &lt;br/&gt; &#xA;  immersa nel dolore,  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  gemea traffita Isaura &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  dal più crudele amore:  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  L'aura tra i rami flebile  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ne ripetva il suon. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I ruscelletti limpidi  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  a' caldi suoi sospiri,  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  il mormorio mesceano &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  de' lor diversi giri:  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  L'aura fra i rami flebile  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ne ripetva il suon. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Salce d'amor delzia!  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Ombra pietosa appresta,  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  di mie sciagure immemore,  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  all'urna mia funesta;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  nè più ripeta l'aura &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  de' miei lamenti il suon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far I found: &#xA;Seated at a foot of a willow,&#xA;immersed in grief,&#xA;complained the hapless Isaura,&#xA;about the most cruel love;&#xA;the breeze amid the mournful boughs&#xA;repeated the sound.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The lucid rills mixed&#xA;her burning sighs &#xA;with the murmur of its passing ways.&#xA;The breeze amid the mournful boughs&#xA;repeated the sound.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Willow of love's joy &#xA;??? merciful shadow&#xA;of my misfortune ???&#xA;at my sad urn,&#xA;??? the breeze repeats&#xA;the sound of my laments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2060" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2015-12-30T20:31:22.420" LastActivityDate="2015-12-31T10:43:01.633" Title="Literal translation of Desdemona's Willow-Song (by Rossini): Assisa a un piè d'un salice" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6399" CreationDate="2015-12-31T10:31:28.710" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my best shot at the translation (do we do translations here? I'm not sure. Feel free to delete this answer if it is off-topic). It is as literal as I am able to make it without completely slaughtering English grammar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Seated at the feet of a willow &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  immersed in grief&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Isaura moaned, pierced&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  by the most cruel love:&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  the air among the branches weakly&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  repeated their sound&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The clean creeks&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  to her warm sighs&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  mixed the murmur&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  of their different turns:&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  the air among the branches weakly&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  repeated their sound&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;O Willow delight of love!&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Prepare a merciful shadow,&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  that does not remember my misfortunes,&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  for my unfortunate urn&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  And let the air no more&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  repeat the sound of my laments&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2015-12-31T10:43:01.633" LastActivityDate="2015-12-31T10:43:01.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6401" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6402" CreationDate="2015-12-31T11:37:27.823" Score="0" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Grigio, dovessimo indicare un colore, come son quei cieli nuvoli e nebbiosi, &lt;em&gt;incombenti come cappe&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il senso della parola &quot;cappe&quot; nell'espressione &quot;incombenti come cappe&quot;: a quali &quot;cappe&quot; si riferisce? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2015-12-31T11:52:35.720" Title="A quali &quot;cappe&quot; si riferisce questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6401" CreationDate="2015-12-31T11:52:35.720" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è metaforico: è un'espressione utilizzata per creare un'atmosfera di oppressione, come si evince da quanto riporta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/cappa.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario&lt;/a&gt; de &lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt;, in particolare alla voce n°3:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;3 fig. &lt;strong&gt;Oppressione, peso&lt;/strong&gt;: una c. di nuvole, di calore, di nebbia&#xA;  || &lt;em&gt;Trovarsi sotto una cappa di piombo&lt;/em&gt;, oppresso da un'atmosfera soffocante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2015-12-31T11:52:35.720" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6398" CreationDate="2015-12-31T18:52:17.927" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Propongo una spiegazione alternativa, conoscendo la provenienza geografica dell'autrice. &quot;Chi altri poteva...&quot; potrebbe essere semplicemente un piemontesismo. Ad esempio, la domanda &quot;Chi altro c'era alla festa?&quot; inizierebbe in dialetto con &quot;Chi autri a iera...&quot; che &lt;em&gt;suona&lt;/em&gt; come &quot;chi altri&quot; in italiano ed ha il verbo al singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2025" LastActivityDate="2015-12-31T18:52:17.927" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6404" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-01T10:17:01.207" Score="7" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo il bel racconto pieno di ironia &quot;Skating-Ring&quot; della Marchesa Colombi (pseudonimo di Maria Antonietta Torriani, 1840-1920), dalla raccolta &quot;Donne allo specchio&quot; a cura di Guido Davico Bonino, mi imbatto in un'espressione velata che non riesco a... svelare! Potete aiutarmi? &#xA;Vi riporto il brano (a p. 82): il protagonista, inglese di buona nascita (&quot;il mio babbo era membro della Camera dei Lordi&quot;) e di bella presenza, avvezzo ai divertimenti nella vita elegante di Londra, dopo aver ereditato un cospicuo patrimonio da uno zio e arrivato ai trent'anni, è spinto da indicazione paterna a procurarsi un erede legittimo. Spaventato dalla vita coniugale e dalla troppa libertà delle signore inglesi... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La prima idea che mi s'affacciò alla mente fu d'andare a pigliar moglie in Turchia. Là le fanciulle sono coperte fino agli occhi; nessuno le vede, nessuno le corteggia prima dello sposo. - Ma - c'era un guaio! Le donne turche portano i... come dire? Gli inesprimibili!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa sono questi inesprimibili?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="900" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-01T10:43:20.167" LastActivityDate="2016-01-01T16:08:43.223" Title="Cosa sono &quot;... Gli inesprimibili!&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6404" CreationDate="2016-01-01T15:51:26.743" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che orrore per un vero e proprio gentiluomo, chiamare le calze le calze...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Gli inesprimibili&quot; riferiscono a mutande, calze o guepières (La Repubblica: &lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/2000/03/13/se-vietato-nominare-la-guepiere.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Se è vietato nominare la guepière&lt;/a&gt;). Le donne turche portavano qualcosa di questo genere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PuILY.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PuILY.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.algeria.com/forums/womens-corner/15661-turkish-traditional-bridalwear.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;image source&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente, nel 1877 questo era il costume dell'estrema libertà di stile, adatto forse per la spiaggia ma non per la vita a Londra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le più modeste &lt;em&gt;ladies&lt;/em&gt;, che cadrebbero coscienziosamente svenute se il loro marito osasse chiamare col suo vero nome quella parte del loro vestiario che loro definiscono pudicamente &lt;em&gt;gli inesprimibili&lt;/em&gt;, non esitano a mostrarsi sulla spiaggia, succintamente vestite di inesprimibili anch'esse, lasciando tutta all'estremità delle gambe che ne sporgono... (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=OpwOCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PT127&amp;amp;dq=%22gli%20inesprimibili%22&amp;amp;pg=PT127#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22gli%20inesprimibili%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La gente per bene&lt;/em&gt; di Marchesa Colombi, Booklassic, 2015&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2016-01-01T16:08:43.223" LastActivityDate="2016-01-01T16:08:43.223" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6390" CreationDate="2016-01-01T17:49:37.157" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tarare significa anche &quot;adattare&quot;. Volendo parlare della mia vita a qualcuno, posso tarare il racconto a seconda degli interessi, dei gusti e delle capacità dell'ascoltatore.&#xA;(Uno dei sinonimi di &quot;Tarare&quot; è &quot;aggiustare&quot;, che a sua volta è sinonimo di &quot;adattare&quot; - isinonimi.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2016-01-01T17:49:37.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6407" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6408" CreationDate="2016-01-02T09:26:44.147" Score="2" ViewCount="1247" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La notizia che avevano disperatamente atteso per anni: in Italia l'allora primo ministro tanto poco da loro amato si era dimesso. Era salito al Colle, come si usava dire allora, intendendo per Colle il Quirinale, sede del presidente della Repubblica italiana, &lt;em&gt;rimettendo&lt;/em&gt; il suo mandato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato del verbo &quot;rimettere&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso di &quot;rimettendo&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-03T00:53:39.660" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rimettere&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6407" CreationDate="2016-01-02T09:59:13.643" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un termine relativo all'atto di rassegnare le dimissioni, come si evince da quanto si riporta alla voce n°1 del significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/D/dimissione.shtml&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;dimissione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 (spec. pl.) Atto con cui una persona o un gruppo dirigente &lt;strong&gt;rimette&lt;/strong&gt; il mandato che ha avuto, rinuncia a una carica, a un ufficio: &lt;em&gt;dare, rassegnare le d.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più precisamente, il termine assume una particolare connotazione nell'ambito giuridico, come riporta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rimettere/&quot;&gt;vocabolario&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt; (6,b):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b. Nel linguaggio giur. e amministr., demandare o trasmettere ad altro giudice, organo, ufficio o ente: &lt;em&gt;r. una causa penale ad altro giudice per legittimo sospetto, r. una causa civile al giudice competente, dopo l’istruttoria&lt;/em&gt; (v. rimessione); &lt;em&gt;r. un caso alla Corte costituzionale, al Ministro&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-02T09:59:13.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6407" CreationDate="2016-01-03T00:53:39.660" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;rimettere&lt;/em&gt; viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;remitto&lt;/em&gt; che significa “mandare indietro”, “restituire”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Presidente della Repubblica nomina il Presidente del Consiglio dei Ministri, dandogli mandato di formare il governo. Se questi rinuncia, rimette quel mandato, cioè lo restituisce a chi gliel'aveva dato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spesso accade, il linguaggio giuridico tende a mantenere il significato originale della parola latina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-01-03T00:53:39.660" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6410" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6411" CreationDate="2016-01-03T09:43:20.983" Score="3" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A parte il fatto che Daniela non aveva voluto studiare. Lei che poteva, non aveva voluto. Non ne aveva voglia. Diceva che &lt;em&gt;non era portata&lt;/em&gt;. Proprio vero nella vita chi vuole non può, e chi può non vuole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;non era portata&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-03T13:33:01.323" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;portare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6410" CreationDate="2016-01-03T11:13:10.387" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essere portati per (qualcosa) vuol dire avere un dono o attitudine particolare...  Per esempio &quot;non sono portato per la matematica&quot; significa &quot;non sono bravo / non ho un dono (o attitudine) / non mi riesce bene studiare la matematica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-03T13:19:07.740" LastActivityDate="2016-01-03T13:19:07.740" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6410" CreationDate="2016-01-03T13:33:01.323" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come riporta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/portato_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot;&gt;vocabolario&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, sinonimi di &lt;em&gt;essere portato per&lt;/em&gt; sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(essere) &lt;em&gt;adatto, incline (a), predisposto, tagliato, versato (in)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-03T13:33:01.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6414" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6415" CreationDate="2016-01-04T09:02:39.587" Score="0" ViewCount="392" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piaceva. Poi con quelle pecore &lt;em&gt;mi aveva stesa secca&lt;/em&gt;, non ti nascondo...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste frasi sono parte del dialogo nel quale una ragazza parla del suo amico Fil, un brillante studente che fa un master di Economia a Londra. &quot;Con quelle pecore&quot; si riferisce al fatto che, a un certo momento, Fil comincia a lavorare come aiutante di un pastore di pecore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;mi aveva stesa secca&quot; nel brano precedente. Si tratta di un modo di dire? Qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-04T10:44:41.570" LastActivityDate="2016-01-04T13:51:37.483" Title="Esiste il modo di dire &quot;stendere secco&quot;? Cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6414" CreationDate="2016-01-04T09:12:11.293" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Stendere secco” = “fulminare”, “sconfiggere”, “uccidere”, “buttare giù”.  Simile, in significato, all'inglese “&lt;em&gt;(to) knock down&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio  citato nella domanda è usato non alla lettera ma in senso figurato, col senso di “mi aveva tramortita”, “mi aveva lasciata senza parole”, detto di qualcuno che fa qualcosa di sbalorditivo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-04T13:51:37.483" LastActivityDate="2016-01-04T13:51:37.483" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6414" CreationDate="2016-01-04T09:52:45.520" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Interpretando il passo citato, &quot;stava stesa secca&quot;, vuol dire che lei, di fianco alle suddette pecore, giaceva rilassata. In italiano &quot;fare secco qualcuno&quot; è equivalente a dire &quot;uccidere qualcuno&quot;, perciò l'autore voleva sottolineare l'immobilitá del soggetto narrato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2065" LastActivityDate="2016-01-04T09:52:45.520" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6318" CreationDate="2016-01-05T08:06:43.170" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe you may also use a set of words like &quot;Partendo da&quot; meaning starting from some concepts or a list of things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2073" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-05T21:58:59.620" LastActivityDate="2016-01-05T21:58:59.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6418" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6419" CreationDate="2016-01-05T09:58:50.400" Score="2" ViewCount="1433" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Noi, io e gli altri di Occupy Wall Street, andavamo da Fil qualche volta la domenica, nei suoi prati. Lo abbiamo fatto per un po'. E lí sí che mettevamo le tende... A volte ci stavamo anche una settimana. Tanto era una tenuta cosí grande... Solo che poi, sai cosa? Tutte quelle pecore, sinceramente, a me stavano un po' sulle palle. Va bene schierarsi, però poi Fil si era schierato troppo, secondo me. Cioè, le pecore se le poteva anche risparmiare. Io alla fine &lt;em&gt;mi sono rotta&lt;/em&gt;. Andavo da lui, ma le pecore no grazie. Quando lui doveva pascolare o riordinare l'ovile, lo aspettavo in casa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;mi sono rotta&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-05T13:54:30.130" Title="Cosa significa &quot;mi sono rotto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6418" CreationDate="2016-01-05T10:13:58.820" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;È lo stesso che &lt;em&gt;mi sono seccata&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso di &lt;em&gt;perdere la pazienza nell'aspettare/fare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più precisamente, come riporta il vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rompere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; alla voce &lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In alcune espressioni di tono volg., talvolta eufemistiche in luogo di altre più crude, &lt;strong&gt;seccare&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;annoiare&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;infastidire&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;molestare&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;r. i coglioni, le palle, e r. i corbelli, gli zebedei, le scatole, le tasche, gli stivali; mi hai rotto le scatole!; r. l’anima,&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o, ancora, secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/rompere.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il Corriere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (voce &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;volg., &lt;em&gt;le palle, i coglioni a qlcu.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;infastidirlo&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;importunarlo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È equivalente all'&lt;a href=&quot;http://idioms.thefreedictionary.com/sick+of&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;inglese&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;(to) get sick of...&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sick (and tired) of somebody/something&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;annoyed&lt;/strong&gt; by someone or something, &lt;strong&gt;fed up&lt;/strong&gt; (with somebody/something) &lt;em&gt;They visited so often that she was sick of them by the end of the summer&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;I'm sick and tired of hearing the same old excuses!&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  Usage notes: usually said about something that you have accepted for too long.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edit:&lt;/em&gt; come suggerito da @MauroVanetti una forma molto utilizzata - la stessa dell'esempio riportato dall'autrice del post - è quella abbreviata &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/hashtag/misonorotta?src=hash&amp;amp;ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mi sono rotto/a&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, in cui l'oggetto è sottinteso. Il significato è il medesimo delle espressioni sopra riportate, ma l'essenzialità della stessa espressione tende a comunicare una sensazione di assolutezza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-05T13:54:30.130" LastActivityDate="2016-01-05T13:54:30.130" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6318" CreationDate="2016-01-05T10:33:13.340" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prerequisiti&lt;/em&gt; is much better than &lt;em&gt;Preliminari&lt;/em&gt;, and without any overtone.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Prerequisiti&lt;/em&gt; refers to something the reader should know about the subject as to understand the paper.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you just wish to tell something about how you got to develop the main body of the paper, I would use &lt;em&gt;Premessa&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Introduzione&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2016-01-05T10:33:13.340" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6422" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6431" CreationDate="2016-01-05T17:11:30.367" Score="7" ViewCount="687" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vedo che qualcuno usa la parola “rotolacampo” per designare quei cespugli rotolanti tipici di certe atmosfere semidesertiche americane (i &lt;em&gt;tumbleweed&lt;/em&gt;, in inglese). Ma esiste veramente, questa parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente, visto che c'è chi la usa, la risposta da un certo punto di vista è senz'altro “sì”, ma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non la trovo su nessun dizionario (ha una voce sulla Wikipedia italiana, ma questo significa solo che qualcuno ci si è messo e l'ha fatta);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in Google Books ne trovo &lt;strike&gt;tre occorrenze in tutto, e tutte e tre in traduzioni&lt;/strike&gt; poche occorrenze, per lo più in traduzioni;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in rete Google ne dà &lt;strike&gt;350&lt;/strike&gt; circa 1500 occorrenze in tutto, che è un numero bassissimo, minore di quello ottenuto per esempio prendendo una parola qualsiasi e scrivendola in modo sbagliato: “sbaliato” ne dà alcune migliaia (non sto dicendo che “rotolacampo” sia una parola sbagliata; sto solo dicendo che compare pochissimo in rete).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa se questa parola è attestata in qualche senso (usata da qualche “addetto ai lavori”, riportata da qualche opera di consultazione affidabile) o chi l'ha coniata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-07T09:14:08.397" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T19:00:42.257" Title="Esiste la parola “rotolacampo”?" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6423" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-06T08:10:48.217" Score="1" ViewCount="338" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma perché era stata cosí indiretta e oscura? Anche un briciolo vigliacca. Non poteva parlar piú chiaro? Invece di sperare che Fil cogliesse il senso risposto, il lato metaforico del suo circospetto alludere... non poteva parlare apertamente, santo cielo? No, aveva preferito andar di sbieco, &lt;em&gt;s'era sdilinquita a dire&lt;/em&gt; quanto secondo lei era bello essere dimenticati in un autogrill, e veder ripartire il pullman con tutti gli altri sopra, e rimanere lí da soli, a terra, liberi e sganciati...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;s'era sdilinquita a dire&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare? Ho cercato il termine &quot;sdilinquire&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma quello che ho trovato non sembra avere senso qui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T10:01:11.860" Title="Cosa significa &quot;s'era sdilinquita&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6423" CreationDate="2016-01-06T10:01:11.860" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo, ma non sono sicura di ciò, che il significato dell'espressione sia quello di &lt;em&gt;profondersi fino ad estenuarsi&lt;/em&gt;, parlando cioè con tanta enfasi da diventare esausta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T10:01:11.860" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6425" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-06T14:10:37.007" Score="2" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcuno che mi aiuta a trovare una parola che possa sostituire 'frasi fatte', quelle che si ripetono per significare qualcosa, ma che in realtà sono vuote, cioè dette come fosse un rito ripeterle -- tanto che alla fine appaiono vere e proprie banalià, come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Pieno impegno dell'Italia nella lotta al terrorismo&quot;;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Un pensiero particolare alle persone con disabilità, agli anziani che sono o si sentono soli, ai malati&quot;; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-06T18:05:45.270" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T18:05:45.270" Title="Una parola per 'frasi fatte'" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6425" CreationDate="2016-01-06T17:39:46.210" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che ne dici di &lt;em&gt;stereotipo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;luogo comune&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;cliché&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'espressione che mi ha sempre colpito è anche quella di &quot;frase precofenzionata&quot;, che trasmette proprio l'idea di qualcosa detta senza la minima partecipazione o il minimo sforzo da parte del parlante, ma partorita in maniera assolutamente asettica e propinata all'interlocutore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T17:39:46.210" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6427" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6429" CreationDate="2016-01-06T19:32:36.350" Score="7" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the sentence I would like to say in Italian: &lt;em&gt;&quot;He does not come from the United States&quot;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;(formal)&lt;/em&gt;. I think it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui non viene dagli Stati Uniti.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the correct word for &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;from&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in this instance?&#xA;I know it has to be plural, I think because of the plural 'Stati', but I am at sea, here!&#xA;Is it one of these, or something else? Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;dagli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;delle&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;dalle&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-06T22:00:52.700" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T22:11:01.780" Title="What is the correct form of &quot;from&quot; in the following sentence?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6427" CreationDate="2016-01-06T21:45:26.633" Score="6" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui non viene &lt;strong&gt;dagli&lt;/strong&gt; Stati Uniti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the right option, as you wrote. Here using &lt;em&gt;dagli&lt;/em&gt; is correct since the compound preposition is followed by a plural and masculine noun, &lt;em&gt;Stati&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Delle&lt;/em&gt; is not appropriate: the preposition &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; can be used to specify a provenience, but mainly if followed by the name of a city, &lt;em&gt;e.g.:&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; Napoli &lt;em&gt;(I'm from Naples)&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;dalle&lt;/em&gt; must be followed by a feminine and plural noun:&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui non viene &lt;strong&gt;dalle&lt;/strong&gt; Azzorre &lt;em&gt;(He does not come from the Azores)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-06T22:11:01.780" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T22:11:01.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6427" CreationDate="2016-01-06T21:59:10.613" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lui non viene dagli Stati Uniti&quot; is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Da&quot; can be combined with each of the 6 forms of the article &quot;the&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;da&quot; + &quot;lo&quot; -&gt; &quot;dallo&quot; (M, S, used when the next word starts with a vowel, z-, x-, y-, pt-, gn-, pn- or the so called &quot;s impura&quot;, which is s+consonant)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;da&quot; + &quot;il&quot; -&gt; &quot;dal&quot; (masculine, singular, used in the remaining cases)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;da&quot; + &quot;la&quot; -&gt; &quot;dalla&quot; (feminine, S)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;da&quot; + &quot;gli&quot; -&gt; &quot;dagli&quot; (M, P, used as &quot;lo&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;da&quot; + &quot;i&quot; -&gt; &quot;dai&quot; (M, plural, used as &quot;il&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;da&quot; + &quot;le&quot; -&gt; &quot;dalle&quot; (F, P)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, &quot;Stati&quot; is plural, masculine (most of the nouns ending in -i are masculine and plural) and starts with &quot;s&quot; + consonant, hence we use &quot;dagli&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2077" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T21:59:10.613" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6430" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-06T23:01:58.563" Score="4" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ricordo di aver letto in un libro la frase &quot;L'obiettivo era questi quadri&quot; e di aver subito avuto l'impressione che non suonasse bene; se fossi stato al posto dell'autore, avrei probabilmente scritto &quot;L'obiettivo erano questi quadri&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che siamo d'accordo che il significato generale della frase non cambi da una versione all'altra: si parla in entrambi i casi di qualcuno che ha questi quadri come obiettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda diventa quindi: se doveste costruire la frase &quot;l'obiettivo + (verbo essere) + questi quadri&quot;, scegliereste &quot;era&quot; o &quot;erano&quot;? Ovvero, a priori, quale scegliereste come soggetto della frase, &quot;obiettivo&quot; o &quot;quadri&quot;? (Non rispondete che &quot;obiettivo&quot; è soggetto perché l'autore del libro ha usato &quot;era&quot; e non &quot;erano&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le due possibilità sono supportate dalle seguenti motivazioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'autore sceglie &quot;obiettivo&quot; come soggetto perché si trova in prima posizione nella frase;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Io sceglierei &quot;quadri&quot; come soggetto perché è dei quadri che si specifica una proprietà (quella di essere l'obiettivo).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi rendo conto che la questione è abbastanza soggettiva e non penso si possa arrivare ad una risposta definitiva, ma mi piacerebbe sentire che cosa pensate in merito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale delle due versioni vi convince di più?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2077" LastActivityDate="2016-01-13T17:04:25.797" Title="&quot;L'obiettivo era questi quadri&quot; o &quot;L'obiettivo erano questi quadri&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6431" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6422" CreationDate="2016-01-06T23:02:12.393" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su Google Books trovo molto più di tre occorrenze, anche se pur sempre poche: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?tbm=bks&amp;amp;tbo=p&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;q=rotolacampo&quot;&gt;https://www.google.com/search?tbm=bks&amp;amp;tbo=p&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;q=rotolacampo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste un racconto di Čechov che si chiama proprio &quot;Rotolacampo&quot;, ovvero è stato tradotto così in un'edizione del 1996 curata da Fausto Malcovati per Garzanti. Questo significa che la parola gira in ambito letterario almeno da vent'anni ed è stata ripresa da altri libri, tra cui la traduzione di &quot;Infinite Jest&quot; e se Google Books non mi inganna anche un Benni e un Baricco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La voce su Wikipedia è stata creata da un utente anonimo nel 2009, da un indirizzo IP che ha scritto solo la bozza di quella pagina, il che non milita a suo favore. So che Wikipedia è usata spesso dai traduttori per parole insolite come &lt;em&gt;tumbleweed&lt;/em&gt; quindi in effetti questo potrebbe essere stato un canale non secondario per la diffusione di questa traduzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Resta il fatto che così stando le cose si potrebbe ben dire che la parola esiste, in fondo non esiste quella pianta in Italia o a Nizza o nel Canton Ticino quindi a decidere originariamente il modo &quot;giusto&quot; di chiamarla è proprio la ristretta comunità dei traduttori e a sdoganarla è l'uso, in primo luogo degli scrittori. Dubito che i botanici la chiamino così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2016-01-06T23:02:12.393" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6430" CreationDate="2016-01-07T00:03:14.017" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io mi concentrerei sull'&lt;em&gt;obiettivo&lt;/em&gt; dell'obiettivo, e cioè su &lt;em&gt;questi quadri&lt;/em&gt;, optando per &quot;l'obiettivo erano questi quadri&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-07T00:03:14.017" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6390" CreationDate="2016-01-07T14:50:02.057" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;taratura&lt;/em&gt; di uno strumento è l'operazione che permette di correggerne la lettura per fare in modo che il valore mostrato sia quello corretto (ossia quello mostrato da qualunque altro strumento).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analogamente in questo contesto per &lt;em&gt;tarare la vita&lt;/em&gt; si intende modificare i propri comportamenti per fare in modo che dall'esterno risultino indistinguibili da quelli dell'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2016-01-07T14:50:02.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6434" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-08T10:50:56.040" Score="1" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Non so niente di te&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Mastrocola, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anche quando ha ragione, anche quando basterebbe una frase per mettere tutti in riga, e lui, novantanove volte su cento ce l'avrebbe quella frase, eccome se ce l'avrebbe! Ma non la usa. Semplice, non la dice. Anzi, piú è convinto di aver ragione, di avere in tasca la risposta giusta, piú sta zitto. È come se dicesse: «Che bisogno c'è?» Quello è il suo motto, Jeremy glielo ha sentito dire cosí tante volte. «Che bisogno c'è?» Per Fil non c'è mai bisogno di fare niente. Lui preferisce &lt;em&gt;levarsi dalla mischia&lt;/em&gt;, incamminarsi per certi suoi sentierini ombreggiati, per certi praticelli digradanti che si porta disegnati nella mente, sicuro che se li porta, Jeremy lo sa bene!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome una ricerca su Google mi dà alcune occorrenze dell'espressione &quot;levarsi dalla mischia&quot; nelle quali il vocabolo &quot;mischia&quot; non sembra inteso in senso letterale, mi chiedo e vi chiedo: si tratta di un modo di dire? Penso che, dopo aver letto la definizione di &quot;mischia&quot; in alcuni dizionari, il significato l'abbia più o meno capito dal contesto. Tuttavia, mi piacerebbe leggere le vostre spiegazioni sul senso di questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2016-01-09T03:09:33.263" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T03:09:33.263" Title="Esiste il modo di dire &quot;levarsi dalla mischia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6434" CreationDate="2016-01-08T11:12:17.693" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato più appropriato è quello di &quot;estromettersi&quot; (levarsi) dal contesto (mischia), per non venire interpellato da chi nel contesto è presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altri termini, &quot;non interessarsi della discussione, non partecipando&quot; in questo caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2084" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-08T17:30:33.303" LastActivityDate="2016-01-08T17:30:33.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6434" CreationDate="2016-01-08T11:16:56.893" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un uso particolare del verbo &lt;em&gt;levare&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rifl., &lt;strong&gt;levarsi da un luogo&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;andar via&lt;/strong&gt;, spec. in frasi imperiose: &lt;em&gt;lèvati di qui&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;levatevi di torno&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;lèvati dai piedi&lt;/em&gt; (pop. dagli stivali, ecc.). &lt;em&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/levare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rilf., &lt;strong&gt;Togliersi da un luogo&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;andarsene&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;levarsi dal sole e mettersi all'ombra&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;|| &lt;em&gt;Levati di mezzo, di torno, dai piedi!&lt;/em&gt;, vattene!&#xA;|| fig. &lt;em&gt;Levarsi da un guaio&lt;/em&gt;, liberarsene, uscirne. &lt;em&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/L/levare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui, come hai ben intuito, il termine &amp;quot;mischia&amp;quot; è utilizzato nell'accezione di &amp;quot;moltitudine disordinata&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;folla&amp;quot; (di pensieri), ed è scelto in maniera tale da comunicare l'idea di una condizione di caos imperante. Di seguito riporto il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mischia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato&lt;/a&gt; letterale (1.a, 1.b) e quello figurato (2):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1 a. Ammassamento fitto e disordinato di persone che si azzuffano o di uomini armati in battaglia: &lt;em&gt;entrare, gettarsi, buttarsi, cacciarsi nella m.; uscire dalla m.; far m., provocare una m.&lt;/em&gt; [...];&#xA;&lt;br/&gt; b. estens., ant. Moltitudine confusa di persone o di bestie;&#xA;&lt;br/&gt; 2. Con sign. più recente, &lt;strong&gt;mescolanza&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In definitiva, &amp;quot;levarsi dalla mischia&amp;quot; ha il significato di &amp;quot;abbandonare una condizione pericolosa o caotica e mettersi al riparo&amp;quot;, sempre in senso figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-01-08T11:22:40.307" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6434" CreationDate="2016-01-08T12:19:11.350" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, il modo di dire esiste, ed è in uso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa che, se sei in mezzo ad una folla di persone non proprio tranquille (mischia), te ne vai in un posto più tranquillo. Da ricordare infatti che &quot;mischia&quot; significa anche &quot;scontro armato di più persone&quot;, quindi &quot;levarsi&quot;, o &quot;allontanarsi&quot; dalla mischia vuol dire allontanarsi dai pericoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alternativa, puoi dire &quot;togliersi/trarsi d'impiccio&quot;, che è un po' più generico, e significa &quot;togliersi/levarsi dai guai&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1210" LastActivityDate="2016-01-08T12:19:11.350" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6438" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6439" CreationDate="2016-01-08T13:50:09.127" Score="7" ViewCount="26288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'insieme delle galline? E delle oche? Per le pecore è il gregge, per le vacche la mandria, ma per le galline mi viene solo covata che è solo per i pulcini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2035" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2016-01-16T10:58:50.120" LastActivityDate="2016-01-16T11:53:55.943" Title="Nome collettivo degli animali dell'aia" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6438" CreationDate="2016-01-08T14:43:34.183" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Facendo alcune &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stormo&quot;&gt;ricerche&lt;/a&gt; pare che &lt;em&gt;stormo&lt;/em&gt; sia il corrispettivo di &lt;em&gt;branco&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;EDIT:&lt;/em&gt; [Grazie a @PaoloFranchi] generalmente riferito ad un insieme di mammiferi, &lt;em&gt;ma si veda la citazione&lt;/em&gt;) per designare una moltitudine di uccelli, specie se in volo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/stormo.shtml&quot;&gt;Il Corriere&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;Branco&lt;/em&gt; di uccelli o di insetti in volo: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;s. di oche selvatiche&lt;/strong&gt;, di cavallette&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e se ne trova qualche esempio in letteratura sia per le &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=ubuntu&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;q=stormo+di+oche&amp;amp;ie=utf-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=Y8uPVuusCsHD8geuo4qAAw#q=stormo+di+oche&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot;&gt;oche&lt;/a&gt; che per le &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=ubuntu&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;q=stormo+di+oche&amp;amp;ie=utf-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=Y8uPVuusCsHD8geuo4qAAw#channel=fs&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=stormo+di+galline&quot;&gt;galline&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altro termine utilizzato (col significato di &quot;addensamento&quot;) è quello di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nugolo/&quot;&gt;nugolo&lt;/a&gt;, anche qui sia per le &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=ubuntu&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;q=nomi+collettivi&amp;amp;ie=utf-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=18OPVqyqDqyI8Qfr9J6wBQ#q=nugolo+di+oche&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot;&gt;oche&lt;/a&gt; che per le &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?hl=it#q=nugolo+di+galline&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot;&gt;galline&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come sinonimo di &quot;branco&quot; &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/F/frotta.shtml&quot;&gt;Il Corriere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; riporta anche &quot;frotta&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gruppo numeroso di persone o di animali che procede senza alcun ordine SIN branco, moltitudine, stuolo: &lt;em&gt;una f. di ragazzi; una f. di cavalli&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche in questo caso il termine viene adottato per l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?hl=it#hl=it&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=frotta+di+galline&quot;&gt;una&lt;/a&gt; e per l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?hl=it#hl=it&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=frotta+di+oche&quot;&gt;altra&lt;/a&gt; specie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, nonostante quanto riporta la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stormo&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt; precedentemente citata, si trovano esempi di uso di &quot;branco&quot; per gruppi di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?hl=it#hl=it&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=branco+di+oche&quot;&gt;oche&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?hl=it#hl=it&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=branco+di+galline&quot;&gt;galline&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto concerne &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/covata/&quot;&gt;covata&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, il termine viene utilizzato nel significato di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Insieme delle uova che vengono deposte e covate nel nido dagli uccelli; nell’uso com., anche (seppure impropriam.) l’insieme dei pulcini dischiusi dopo ogni incubazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e infatti la ricerca secondo i metodi adottati precedentemente non dà risultati apprezzabili, né in un &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?hl=it#hl=it&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=covata+di+galline&quot;&gt;caso&lt;/a&gt; né nell'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?hl=it#hl=it&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=covata+di+galline&quot;&gt;altro&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-08T15:22:50.117" LastActivityDate="2016-01-08T15:22:50.117" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6390" CreationDate="2016-01-08T18:48:04.623" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che la potresti intendere come &quot;devi già vivere diversa, &lt;em&gt;basandola&lt;/em&gt; su di lui&quot;. &#xA;Basando, calibrando, impostando... la vita di una persona su quella di un'altra persona significherebbe, ad un estremo, il lasciare la propria personalità finendo con l'imitare l'altro (&quot;Quindi tu non sei più tu, sei diventato l'altro?&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vivere &lt;em&gt;in funzione&lt;/em&gt; di un'altra persona per me significa (spignolando sul concetto) più il sacrificare aspetti della propria vita per quella persona facendone il centro della propria esistenza, ma non l'immedesimarsi in quella persona che, invece, sembra sia il dubbio del personaggio del libro. Per esempio una madre può vivere in funzione di un figlio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-08T18:53:34.893" LastActivityDate="2016-01-08T18:53:34.893" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6434" CreationDate="2016-01-08T19:12:26.240" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste &quot;levarsi dalla mischia&quot; come opposto di &quot;buttarsi nella mischia&quot;,  il mettersi in gioco, entrare in relazione con altri, di cui il personaggio non sembra sentire il bisogno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-08T19:14:41.100" LastActivityDate="2016-01-08T19:14:41.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6434" CreationDate="2016-01-09T02:47:31.403" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dico la mia,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;vi chiedo: si tratta di un modo di dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non che io sappia (o almeno non l'ho mai sentito utilizzare con particolare frequenza da poterlo definire tale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono molto d'accordo con le altre interpretazioni, salvo che con quella di Erik vanDoren, che secondo me riassume bene il punto rilevante: &quot;il personaggio non sente il bisogno di mettersi in gioco&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per me il brano rilevante è questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;piú è convinto di aver ragione, di avere in tasca la risposta giusta, piú sta zitto. È come se dicesse: «Che bisogno c'è?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per me in questo contesto il levarsi dalla mischia corrisponde all'&quot;evitare di pronunciare la propria opinione&quot;, o all'&quot;evitare di prendere una posizione&quot;, per la consapevolezza (nella mente del personaggio) dell'inutilità del pronunciare la propria opinione o del prendere una posizione. Questo perché&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui preferisce levarsi dalla mischia, incamminarsi per certi suoi sentierini ombreggiati, per certi praticelli digradanti che si porta disegnati nella mente, sicuro che se li porta, Jeremy lo sa bene!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero nella mente del personaggio l'esprimere un opinione o il prendere una posizione sono cose totalmente irrilevanti, perché ciò a cui lui importa veramente è l'&quot;incamminarsi per certi suoi sentierini ombreggiati [...]&quot; e trarre le proprie conclusioni per se stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero: al personaggio importa molto più delle sue personali riflessioni e conclusioni di quanto non gli importi di esprimerle agli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, riassumendo, il &quot;levarsi dalla mischia&quot; per me qui corrisponde al &quot;distinguersi dalla massa nel &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; esprimere un opinione o prendere una posizione&quot; (che va implicitamente in contrapposizione a quello che &quot;gli altri&quot; fanno).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T02:47:31.403" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6444" CreationDate="2016-01-09T08:01:17.190" Score="2" ViewCount="1242" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fino a che dura il Sole&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La famiglia di nonna Ggge sono in non so quanti, sparsi un po' per tutte le costellazioni: e ad ogni cataclisma lei s'aspetta d'incontrarne qualcuno. Il fatto è che non si sbaglia: ogni volta che il Colonnello esplode nello spazio si ritrova in mezzo a cognati o a &lt;em&gt;cugini d'acquisto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato cos'è un &quot;cugino d'acquisto&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino dal contesto che siano i cugini della moglie, ma si può chiamare anche così al marito della cugina (in modo simile al &quot;cousin-in-law&quot; inglese)? Facendo una cerca su Google ho trovato anche l'espressione &quot;cugino acquisto&quot;, che penso sia lo stesso, ma non so se sia più comune. Che ne dite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T10:30:36.540" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;cugini d'acquisto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6443" CreationDate="2016-01-09T09:18:02.877" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto credo che nell'esempio riportato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.girodivite.it/Il-cugino-di-Howard-Beach.html&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; ci sia un errore tipografico: &lt;em&gt;d'acquisto&lt;/em&gt; lo si trova con il significato di &lt;em&gt;cugino indiretto&lt;/em&gt;, sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;cugino acquisito&lt;/em&gt; (pare senza troppe distinzioni), ad esempio &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=RoVi_AuxLocC&amp;amp;lpg=PT29&amp;amp;dq=cugino%20d&amp;#39;acquisto&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;pg=PT29#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cugino%20d&amp;#39;acquisto&amp;amp;f=false&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=ejxDeoFlNv8C&amp;amp;pg=PT71&amp;amp;dq=cugino+d%27acquisto&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjtpavFr5zKAhUEPBQKHcUQCI8QuwUIQjAF#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cugino%20d%27acquisto&amp;amp;f=false&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, ma &lt;em&gt;cugino acquisto&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=ubuntu&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;q=cugino+d%27acquisto&amp;amp;ie=utf-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=wsyQVoH2O8bD8ge-yIyQBg#channel=fs&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=cugino+acquisto&quot;&gt;non si trova&lt;/a&gt;. Dunque la forma utilizzata da Calvino (e cioè &lt;em&gt;cugino d'acquisto&lt;/em&gt;) è meno comune di &lt;em&gt;cugino acquisito&lt;/em&gt;, come evidenziato da @DaG, ma presente anche in testi di altri autori; di &lt;em&gt;cugino acquisto&lt;/em&gt;, a parte il link da te riportato, non riesco a trovare altri esempi in rete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;parente acquisito&lt;/em&gt; designa più genericamente un legame di parentela indiretto, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/acquisito.shtml&quot;&gt;significato&lt;/a&gt; dell'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;acquisito&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 Fatto proprio, &lt;strong&gt;assimilato nel corso del tempo e non&lt;/strong&gt; innato o &lt;strong&gt;naturale&lt;/strong&gt; [...] || &lt;em&gt;parente a.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;non consanguineo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-09T10:30:36.540" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T10:30:36.540" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6446" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6447" CreationDate="2016-01-09T14:35:18.427" Score="3" ViewCount="396" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei tradurre questa frase: 'He reads as many books as possible.'. Come si dice 'as many as possible' in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2088" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-10T09:44:42.650" LastActivityDate="2016-01-11T14:17:37.493" Title="Come si dice 'as many as possible'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6446" CreationDate="2016-01-09T14:38:41.330" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Lui) legge più libri possibili&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;(lui) legge più libri che può&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2087" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-09T17:33:57.300" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T17:33:57.300" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6546" CreationDate="2016-01-09T17:21:37.153" Score="5" ViewCount="577" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si dice &quot;Shut up, and get in the cart&quot; as a command with the &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; form, not &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;? &#xA;I want to convey a strict command to GET IN THE CART, like a parent might do with emphasis, as a last resort, and in a very imperative sense. (But, I want the more formal &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; forms, not the &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; form.) I can't find the right verb, they all seem to miss the mark.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have considered;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Zitto e ottenere nel carrello&lt;/em&gt;  (wrong verb meaning ~ used more to&#xA;  indicate an achievement or goal?&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Zitto, e si mettersi nel carrello&lt;/em&gt; (Put yourself into the cart?) My choice, so far... &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Zitto, e entra nel carrello.&lt;/em&gt;  (Too polite, not enough emphasis?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-09T20:07:47.053" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T11:26:34.490" Title="Come si dice &quot;Shut up, and get in the cart&quot; as a strict command with the &quot;lei&quot; form, not &quot;tu&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6448" CreationDate="2016-01-09T17:31:28.673" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say &lt;em&gt;Stia zitto e salga sul carrello&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stia&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;salga&lt;/em&gt; are in the subjunctive, third-person form used in formal phrasing (the corresponding &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;-form would be &lt;em&gt;Stai zitto e sali sul carrello&lt;/em&gt;, in the imperative mood).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;As for your attempts:&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;- &lt;em&gt;ottenere&lt;/em&gt; means “to get” in such contexts as “I got a great result”;&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;- &lt;em&gt;si mettersi&lt;/em&gt; isn't correct; &lt;em&gt;Zitto e si metta nel carrello&lt;/em&gt; would be acceptable;&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;- &lt;em&gt;Zitto, e entra nel carrello&lt;/em&gt; would be acceptable (and quite brusque) for the &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;-form; the corresponding &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt;-form would be &lt;em&gt;Zitto, e entri nel carrello&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-09T17:55:11.403" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T17:55:11.403" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6422" CreationDate="2016-01-09T19:00:42.257" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ottima risposta di @MauroVanetti mi ha spinto ad approfondire il titolo del racconto di Čechov, e sospetto che il termine “rotolacampo” venga proprio da una resa letterale del corrisponde termine russo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Delle edizioni che ho, quella BUR tradotta da Alfredo Polledro del 1953 titola il racconto «Ruzzola-campi», mentre in quella Sansoni del 1966 questo racconto è tradotto da Giovanni Faccioli col titolo «Granello errante», ma una nota spiega «è stato sostituito il titolo russo &lt;em&gt;Perekatì-pole&lt;/em&gt;, letteralmente “rotolacampo”, nome popolare di una pianta spinosa che cresce nella steppa (in latino &lt;em&gt;eryngium campestre&lt;/em&gt;), così chiamata perché, quando è secca, il vento la strappa via e la fa rotolare per i campi, spesso a grandi distanze».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Amici russi aggiungono che in realtà il termine non designa una sola ben precisa specie vegetale, e in più si usa figuratamente anche per designare un vagabondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T19:00:42.257" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6448" CreationDate="2016-01-09T23:22:23.113" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following four options are literal translations of the given sentence; the differences between them concern the tone of the speech and cover some possible relations between the speaker and the listeners (how friendly/funny/sarcastic you want to be).&#xA;In brackets there is the corresponding plural version, used if the speech is addressed to more than one listener.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Option 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Zitto e in macchina! (Zitti e in macchina!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is direct and gives emphasis, but if said with a half-smile face, it should be funny. Note that this can be used in both informal and formal speeches, due to the absence of verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Option 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stia zitto e salga in macchina. (State zitti e salite in macchina.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably the closest translation to the English sentence. It is as formal and strict as required, but also hides some fun behind it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Option 3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Faccia silenzio e salga in macchina. (Fate silenzio e salite in macchina.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expression &quot;fare silenzio&quot; is a synonym of &quot;stare zitto&quot;, but usually it is felt to be less rude. In a standard formal speech, one tries to avoid to say &quot;stare zitto&quot;, because it sounds inappropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Option 4&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le impongo di fare silenzio e di salire in macchina. (Vi impongo di fare silenzio e di salire in macchina.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This version is usually said with sarcasm, imitating (and making fun) of some excessively formal, snooty and full of deference speeches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Other options&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the translation needs not to be 100% literal, I would suggest also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Poche chiacchiere e si sbrighi (Poche chiacchiere e sbrigatevi);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chiuda il becco e allunghi il passo (Chiudete il becco e allungate il passo).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2077" LastActivityDate="2016-01-09T23:22:23.113" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6452" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-10T12:16:47.740" Score="10" ViewCount="7564" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa domanda mi è stata suggerita dai commenti a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/6447&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;. Dopo aver letto questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_350.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo della Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho pensato che la forma corretta fosse &quot;legge (quanti) più libri possibili&quot; perché si deve fare la concordanza tra l'aggettivo &quot;possibile&quot; e il sostantivo &quot;libri&quot;. È stato detto però che la forma &quot;legge (quanti) più libri possibile&quot; è anche corretta perché può essere interpretata come &quot;legge quanti più libri [gli è] possibile&quot;. Anzi, la formulazione &quot;legge (quanti) più libri possibili&quot;, anche se corretta, suona piuttosto bizzarra all'orecchio di un italiano. Tuttavia, l'articolo della Treccani sopra citato afferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È vero, però, che spesso si sente dire, nella lingua di tutti i giorni, &lt;em&gt;possibile&lt;/em&gt; in enunciati simili a quello citato. Perché? Perché quel &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; non è così trasparente, riguardo al numero, e dunque tendiamo a pensarlo come a un elemento “neutro”, poiché è invariabile, e non riusciamo a immaginarlo come plurale, anche quando si accorda con un sostantivo plurale (come &lt;em&gt;amici&lt;/em&gt;, nel nostro caso). Inoltre, circolano nella testa dei parlanti enunciati frequentissimi come “&lt;em&gt;non è più possibile&lt;/em&gt; dire, fare qualcosa, ecc.”, o, per l'appunto, “vorrei risparmiare &lt;em&gt;il più possibile&lt;/em&gt;”, o “&lt;em&gt;il più presto possibile&lt;/em&gt;”, in cui sembra che l'accoppiata &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;possibile&lt;/em&gt; (al singolare) sia l'unica corretta. Invece, quando è dovuto (cioè accompagnato a un sostantivo plurale), in un uso appropriato della lingua scritta di una certa formalità, quel &lt;em&gt;possibile&lt;/em&gt; va flesso al plurale: «Cercò più amici possibili».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo brano mi ha fatto pensare a questa interpretazione, che non so però se sia corretta: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Enunciati tanto frequenti come &quot;legge quanti più libri gli è possibile&quot; inducono a credere in modo sbagliato che la forma &quot;legge quanti più libri possibile&quot; sia la più corretta. Invece, come afferma l'articolo della Treccani, &lt;em&gt;in un uso appropriato della lingua scritta di una certa formalità&lt;/em&gt; si dovrebbe scrivere &quot;legge quanti più libri possibili&quot;, con l'aggettivo &quot;possibili&quot; al plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T19:45:28.863" Title="&quot;Legge (quanti) più libri possibile&quot; è corretto? O invece si dovrebbe scrivere &quot;legge (quanti) più libri possibili&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;plural&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6446" CreationDate="2016-01-10T14:30:03.387" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una possibile traduzione è &quot;più che può&quot;, quindi in questo caso sarebbe &quot;(Lui) legge più libri che può&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2091" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-11T14:17:37.493" LastActivityDate="2016-01-11T14:17:37.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6456" CreationDate="2016-01-10T15:50:10.753" Score="1" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sempre più frequentemente, a seguito di una variazione delle mie abitudini alimentari, sento l'espressione &quot;timore di passare di cibo&quot; come riferimento, ironico, al fatto che tendo a mangiare di meno. L'unica informazione che sono riuscita a ricavare chiedendo a coloro i quali adottano una simile espressione è che le sue origini risalgono &lt;em&gt;ai tempi della guerra&lt;/em&gt; (quale? La seconda guerra mondiale, forse?), ma nulla di più, e anche le ricerche fatte in rete si sono rivelate infruttuose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque mi rivolgo a voi: avete mai sentito usare simili parole? Se sì, in che contesto? Ne conoscete l'origine? &#xA;&lt;br/&gt; Non credo si tratti di un regionalismo; in ogni caso, se può aiutare, vengo dalla Campania.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:30:05.333" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:30:05.333" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;passare di cibo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6452" CreationDate="2016-01-10T20:35:37.490" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato cambia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Update) Mi sembra corretta e chiara, anche se inusuale, una frase come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cerco più rapidamente possibile possibili amici&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e ciò mi suggerisce le considerazioni successive. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;cerco più amici possibil&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (plurale) significa che mi sto guardando intorno per individuare qualche persona (più di una ma non necessariamente tante) che potrebbe essermi amico, appunto dei possibili amici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;cerco più amici possibil&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (singolare) significa che sto cercando  il numero più grande di amici (attuali o potenziali a seconda del contesto), il numero appunto più grande possibile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ps.&lt;/strong&gt; ovviamente non cerco &lt;em&gt;un numero&lt;/em&gt; ma &lt;em&gt;amici&lt;/em&gt;, quindi   &lt;em&gt;cerco tanti amici quanti il massimo numero di amici che è possibile ricercare nelle circostanze&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso dei libri, la prima opzione è forse esprimibile, ma appare bizzarra per ragioni non grammaticali ma semantiche, non essendo usualmente possibile leggere libri possibili :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la traduzione richiesta nel post originario, tra le due la corretta è solo la seconda, e forse non in modo ottimale.  Sulla base della discussione sotto, direi perchè si tratta di subordinazione comparativa, e non di grado comparativo di &lt;em&gt;possibile&lt;/em&gt; come aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qualche altra considerazione&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;(alcune delle frasi sotto elencate sono chiaramente impronunciabili, ma spero che nell'insieme aiutino a capire cosa è cosa)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cerco amici&#xA;&#xA;cerco rapidamente amici&#xA;&#xA;cerco più rapidamente di ogni altra volta amici&#xA;&#xA;cerco più rapidamente possibile amici&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in queste frasi, &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; forma il grado comparativo dell'avverbio &lt;em&gt;rapidamente&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;possibile&lt;/em&gt; in qualche modo permette l'espressione del termine di paragone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cerco amici&#xA;&#xA;cerco alcuni/diversi/molti amici&#xA;&#xA;cerco più amici&#xA;&#xA;cerco più amici di quanti ne ho cercati ieri&#xA;&#xA;cerco più amici di quanti (se) ne possa cercare&#xA;&#xA;cerco più amici possibile&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in queste frasi, &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; è parte della congiunziona comparativa, e ove compare sono esempi, mi sembra, di proposizione comparativa (sottointesa nel terzo caso?).  &lt;em&gt;possibile&lt;/em&gt; in qualche modo sta per la subordinata comparativa, non lo vedo come aggettivo e non credo debba concordare in quantità con &lt;em&gt;amici&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;cerco amici&#xA;&#xA;cerco amici possibili&#xA;&#xA;cerco amici molto possibili&#xA;&#xA;cerco amici più possibili dei tuoi&#xA;&#xA;cerco amici più possibili di quelli cercati ieri&#xA;&#xA;cerco amici più possibili&#xA;&#xA;cerco amici possibilissimi&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in queste frasi, &lt;em&gt;possibile&lt;/em&gt; è aggettivo (amici possibili come amici potenziali), nei vari gradi, e deve concordare in genere e quantità. In alcuni casi suona strano per ragioni direi semantiche (più possibili?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; cerco più amici possibile&#xA;&#xA; cerco amici più possibili&#xA;&#xA; cerco più amici possibili&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nell'ultima &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; è come nella prima, non come nella seconda, ovvero l'ultima io credo debba intendersi come: &lt;em&gt;cerco più amici possibili/potenziali possibile&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="1871" LastEditDate="2019-05-20T19:45:28.863" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T19:45:28.863" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6454" CreationDate="2016-01-10T21:29:41.347" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fornisco qui una mia interpretazione, basata più su impressioni personali che su fonti verificabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Passare&quot; potrebbe significare &quot;morire&quot;: si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php&lt;/a&gt; alla voce passare (verbo intransitivo, punto 21). In ogni caso, potrebbe essere una variazione di &quot;trapassare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Di cibo&quot; sarebbe dunque un complemento di causa (come in &quot;morire di peste&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto &quot;avere il timore di passare di cibo&quot; significherebbe &quot;avere il timore di morire per il troppo cibo&quot;, e quindi si adatta ad una situazione di rifiuto del cibo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, il collegamento con la guerra. In un tempo in cui il cibo scarseggia, si capisce che l'atto di rifiutare del cibo possa destare molta sorpresa e incredulità, al punto che chi volesse commentare con ironia, stravolgerebbe la situazione attribuendo il rifiuto alla volontà di non morire per il troppo cibo (quando è evidente che mangiare non farebbe comunque male, anzi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2077" LastActivityDate="2016-01-10T21:29:41.347" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6459" CreationDate="2016-01-11T16:15:26.820" Score="0" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Tempesta solare&lt;/em&gt;  di Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La rotta è sicura, il mare è calmo, domani saremo in vista delle familiari coste del Galles, tra due giorni imboccheremo &lt;em&gt;l'estuario&#xA;  bituminoso&lt;/em&gt; della Mersey, getteremo l'ancora nel porto di Liverpool, termine del viaggio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;bituminoso&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Comunque non capisco cosa intenda dire l'autore con  &quot;estuario bituminoso&quot;. Si riferisce al fatto che la foce del fiume è contaminata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-11T20:17:59.583" Title="Un &quot;estuario bituminoso&quot; è una foce contaminata?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6458" CreationDate="2016-01-11T17:29:39.793" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La Mersey era uno dei fiumi europei più inquinati fino agli anni '80, quando fu finalmente ripulito con successo. Fin dalla seconda metà del 1700 l'area ha visto un enorme aumento in popolazione con la crescita industriale di Manchester e del porto di Liverpool. Negli anni '60 non solo l'area diventò enormemente industrializzata (era anche il luogo di maggior sviluppo dell'industria chimica) rilasciando nel fiume ogni sorta di rifiuto, ma anche le fognature, che servivano una popolazione di 5 milioni di persone, finivano nella Mersey. A Liverpool c'era il detto che non si potesse annegare nella Mersey, si sarebbe morti avvelenati prima.&#xA;In più l'estuario della Mersey ha una notevole variazione di livello dovuta alla marea, che alza parecchio sedimento, da foto del &quot;Mascheretto&quot; puoi notare come l'acqua appaia &quot;densa&quot; e grigioscura.&#xA;La definizione di &quot;bituminoso&quot; può riferirsi ad una delle due cose o ad entrambe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-11T20:03:33.940" LastActivityDate="2016-01-11T20:03:33.940" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6458" CreationDate="2016-01-11T18:20:20.783" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riferendosi ad un fiume e ad una zona notoriamente inquinati a causa degli scarichi industriali di varia natura, &quot;bituminoso&quot; molto probabilmente si riferisce all'inquinamento visibile delle acque del fiume: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/B/bitume.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bitume&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sostanza infiammabile, untuosa, liquida e giallastra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o nera e solida, formata da una miscela di idrocarburi, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;estratta da giacimenti naturali oppure ricavata da rocce asfaltiche o dai residui della distillazione del petrolio, usata per pavimentare le strade, per opere di impermeabilizzazione in edilizia e per vernici&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/B/bituminoso.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Bituminoso&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;agg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Che contiene o produce bitume&#xA;  || estens. Che ha l'aspetto, il colore del bitume&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-11T20:17:59.583" LastActivityDate="2016-01-11T20:17:59.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6448" CreationDate="2016-01-11T20:11:40.927" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some expressions and jokes can lose all their wittiness and power when ported from a language to another. If the expression is intended to be directed to English speaking people that are familiar with it and the translation is to add another level of fun by saying it in the language of the country you are in, then you can go on and say &quot;&lt;em&gt;Stia zitto e salga sul golf cart&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, or simply &quot;Stia zitto e salga&quot; like others suggested, your friends would understand the point. But if you try to use that sentence with an Italian person that is not familiar with the English correspondent you would simply end with a case of &quot;lost in translation&quot;, so I'm with Tobia Tesan in suggesting to find a sentence Italian golfers use, there might be none. Be careful your meaning is really clear when using sentences like some of the alternatives suggested in other posts, you could sound really rude if the person didn't get the point of it. For example &quot;&lt;em&gt;chiuda il becco&lt;/em&gt;&quot; would be like saying &quot;&lt;em&gt;shut your piehole&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, which isn't the best thing to say to someone in most of the situations.&#xA;The word &lt;em&gt;cart&lt;/em&gt;, as per &lt;em&gt;buggy&lt;/em&gt;, in Italian is translated as &lt;em&gt;carrozzino&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;calesse&lt;/em&gt;, more elegant and refined than a &lt;em&gt;carro&lt;/em&gt; that would mean a wagon/farm cart to haul materials, we don't use any of these names for a golf cart, we keep the English name. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Get in&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, with the Lei form, is translated as &quot;&lt;em&gt;salga&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;entri&quot; (where to get in doesn't follow it since that's usually clear from the context).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-01-12T12:30:12.540" LastActivityDate="2016-01-12T12:30:12.540" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6462" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-11T20:55:30.557" Score="0" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Circondati da pericoli e non avere &lt;em&gt;altra&lt;/em&gt; possibilità che soccombere o reagire è il futuro che aspetta gl'italiani, uno sgradevole farwest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;altra&lt;/em&gt; è corretto lì? O, invece, è prescritto usare &lt;em&gt;altre&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2016-01-12T06:01:41.970" Title="“*altra* possibilità che soccombere o reagire” Vs. “*altre* possibilità che soccombere o reagire”" Tags="&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6462" CreationDate="2016-01-11T21:16:58.437" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certo, è corretto.  Si riferisce a &quot;soccombere OPPURE reagire&quot;, quindi una sola possibilità, al singolare. Ma non credo che sia sbagliato usare &quot;altre&quot;, riferendosi a tutt'e due le possibilità.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastActivityDate="2016-01-11T21:16:58.437" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6316" CreationDate="2016-01-11T21:49:54.550" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It could be that as an adverb of place &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; (here) making a parallel to &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; as abbreviated from &lt;em&gt;ivi&lt;/em&gt; (lat. &lt;em&gt;ibi&lt;/em&gt; = there),  one was referring to where the person that was talking was, while the other referred to a location &lt;strong&gt;other than&lt;/strong&gt; where the person was. As such they could be a sliding from abverb of place to clitic personal pronoun as &lt;em&gt;us&lt;/em&gt; intended as &quot;people here&quot; and &lt;em&gt;them&lt;/em&gt; intended as &quot;people there&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-02-11T13:51:19.620" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T13:51:19.620" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6462" CreationDate="2016-01-11T22:04:00.273" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo puoi riferire alla mancanza di una terza alternativa (un'altra possibilità) altro che soccombere o reagire che sono le uniche due scelte possibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso stai esprimendo l'idea di una terza alternativa puoi usare &lt;em&gt;altra&lt;/em&gt;, o se vuoi dare l'idea di più di una alternativa alle due che seguono l'espressione puoi usare &lt;em&gt;altre&lt;/em&gt;. Entrambe sono corrette per conto mio e non cambiano il concetto espresso dalla frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-12T06:01:41.970" LastActivityDate="2016-01-12T06:01:41.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6430" CreationDate="2016-01-12T09:47:15.960" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che la risposta sia da cercare nel contesto di quella frase.&#xA;Presa singolarmente opterei anche io per &lt;code&gt;&quot;l'obbiettivo erano questi quadri&quot;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un contesto in cui potrebbe essere il soggetto o si volesse mettere in risalto l'obbiettivo, come ad esempio una frase simile a &lt;code&gt;&quot;Il ladro aveva un solo obbiettivo, l'obbiettivo era questi quadri&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, potrebbe anche andare bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="784" LastActivityDate="2016-01-12T09:47:15.960" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6380" CreationDate="2016-01-12T14:39:09.983" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quoto JoeTaras. Il Friulano, come linguaggio, mantiene le varie indicazioni fonetiche, anni fa c'era una pubblicazione in proposito per un dizionario Italiano-friulano. È però la prima volta che li vedo usati per parole in italiano piuttosto che puro dialetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono d'accordo che non può essere una semplice scelta di genere di carattere tipografico visto che alcune vocali hanno forma normale, non è da escludere però che la scelta di porre il trattino al di sotto della lettera sia una cosa inventata per l'occasione. Visto che nelle parole dialettali usano sia l'accento circonflesso che quello grave (Friuli per esempio lo si scrive Friûl in dialetto) possibile che qui forse abbiano deciso di renderli con trattino sopra e trattino sotto nel tentativo di portare l'uso dialettale su parole Italiane?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-12T15:24:46.663" LastActivityDate="2016-01-12T15:24:46.663" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6468" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-12T20:05:51.163" Score="0" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Curiosando su Internet ho notato che esistono relativamente molte occorrenze per 'discorso perifrastico', ma nessuna per 'argomentazione perifrastica'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome poi un 'discorso' non è un'entità concettuale molto diversa da un' 'argomentazione', mi chiedo, e chiedo, perché nessuno usa 'argomentazione perifrastica'? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-13T07:00:49.287" LastActivityDate="2016-01-13T11:08:27.910" Title="'Discorso perifrastico' vs. 'argomentazione perifrastica'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6469" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6472" CreationDate="2016-01-13T03:24:57.773" Score="9" ViewCount="19898" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, while it is acceptable to end a less formal letter with &quot;Best regards&quot;, when writing officially it seems appropriate to use a more formal closing, such as &quot;Yours truly&quot; or &quot;Sincerely yours&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there such a formal equivalent in Italian, or &quot;Cordiali saluti&quot; is acceptable when writing to, say, a public official?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2099" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-13T18:18:13.420" LastActivityDate="2016-01-27T14:50:18.080" Title="Is it appropriate to end an official letter with &quot;Cordiali saluti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6469" CreationDate="2016-01-13T04:34:10.063" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want something a bit more formal than &quot;Cordiali Saluti&quot;, you could use &quot;Distinti Saluti&quot;,  which I think is more appropriate when writing to a public official. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastActivityDate="2016-01-13T04:34:10.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6468" CreationDate="2016-01-13T11:08:27.910" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;discorso perifrastico&quot; non è molto comune, con essa si intende un discorso che usa una o più perifrasi, ovvero dei giri di parole al posto di termini precisi.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Certo si può dire anche &quot;argomentazione perifrastica&quot;, ma non mi sorprende che sia una espressione ancora meno comune. Se non è usata, è solo perché raramente si parla di queste cose, ed esistono espressioni più popolari e semplici, come appunto &quot;giro di parole&quot; per dire la stessa cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-01-13T11:08:27.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6469" CreationDate="2016-01-13T11:30:28.593" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=3596&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; (nr. &lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;), &lt;em&gt;distinti saluti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;cordiali saluti&lt;/em&gt; are almost equivalent; more precisely &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/C/cari-saluti.shtml&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; it is said that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt; in tutti i casi meno intimi, [sarebbe] meglio un &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cordiali saluti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, non dimenticando che &lt;em&gt;cordiale&lt;/em&gt; significa “che viene dal cuore” (latino &lt;em&gt;cor, cordis&lt;/em&gt;). &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt; (when you're not intimate with the person you're writing to, &lt;em&gt;cordiali saluti&lt;/em&gt; would be better (do not forget that &lt;em&gt;cordiale&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;that comes from the heart&lt;/em&gt; (from the Latin noun &lt;em&gt;cor, cordis&lt;/em&gt;))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quanto a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;distinti saluti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, è la soluzione per tutte le situazioni formali in cui manca ogni familiarità.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt; (for what concerns &lt;em&gt;distinti saluti&lt;/em&gt;, this latter is the solution for all those situations where there's absolutely no familiarity involved.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-13T11:42:28.933" LastActivityDate="2016-01-13T11:42:28.933" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6380" CreationDate="2016-01-13T11:56:34.057" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I trattini non hanno alcun significato linguistico e sono solo un accorgimento grafico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per dirimere la questione, ho posto la domanda direttamente all'Ufficio per le relazioni con il pubblico della Regione Autonoma Friuli Venezia Giulia, tramite il loro &lt;a href=&quot;http://filodiretto.regione.fvg.it/filodiretto2011/filodiretto/Osserva.aspx&quot;&gt;modulo in rete&lt;/a&gt;, che mi ha risposto in modo cortese e sollecito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sig. Gewurz buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i &quot;trattini&quot; presenti nel logotipo della Regione Autonoma Friuli Venezia Giulia non hanno nessuna implicazione di carattere linguistico e non esprimono alcun suono dialettale. Sono una scelta puramente grafica che prende spunto direttamente dalle iscrizioni lapidee romane di Aquileia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cordiali saluti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Grazie per il suo interessamento ed il suo contributo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Filo diretto con i cittadini&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ufficio relazioni con il pubblico&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Valter Cabas - URP&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  regurp.ud@regione.fvg.it &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://filodiretto.regione.fvg.it&quot;&gt;http://filodiretto.regione.fvg.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-01-13T11:56:34.057" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6469" CreationDate="2016-01-13T12:15:59.863" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use «Cordiali saluti» in a letter where:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I invite people for a some &quot;familiar&quot; for example a wedding;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some commercial letter, in which I want to be &quot;closer&quot; to the customer, and the customer is a private;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If i am a doctor (or a lawyer or another professionist) and reply online to the question of an user.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would prefer «Distinti saluti» if I am in a professional context, for example if I am replying to an application letter (expecially if the letter is negative!), or sending a letter to a customer, but I represent the firm and the customer is a firm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BUT:&#xA;remember that both are interchangeable, AND nowadays, the formal context is always less and less used:&#xA;often people, also in a professional context including corporation, write mails informally (expecially after the very first contact), and this happens also in Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2102" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-27T14:50:18.080" LastActivityDate="2016-01-27T14:50:18.080" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6477" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6478" CreationDate="2016-01-14T14:29:15.933" Score="0" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Tempesta solare&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Io guardavo Rah nella notte: l'acconciatura fastosa, i gioielli, l'abito cangiante. -- Ti&#xA;  sei messa di gala, -- dissi. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; -- Devo ben festeggiare il tuo ritrovamento -- rispose. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Per me non c'era niente da festeggiare; ero ricaduto in un'antica &lt;em&gt;soggezione&lt;/em&gt;; il mio&#xA;  paziente progetto era fallito. -- Sei sempre più bella -- ammisi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;soggezione&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire del tutto bene quale sia il suo significato in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-14T14:43:59.950" Title="Cosa significa &quot;soggezione&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6477" CreationDate="2016-01-14T14:43:59.950" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Essere in soggezione&quot; ha un significato simile ad &quot;avere un timore reverenziale&quot; , una specie di paura causata da qualcosa di, per esempio, estremamente bello o potente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso sta ad indicare come qualsiasi schema preparato dalla voce narrante si fosse sciolto di fronto alla bellezza di Rah: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ne era stregato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un po' come l'equivalente inglese di &quot;to be under someone's spell/charm&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-01-14T14:43:59.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6479" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6481" CreationDate="2016-01-15T19:17:32.637" Score="0" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da piccola Artemisia era anche crudele e ora fa l’atto di gettare la cavalletta sull’amica: il suo viso s’increspa fingendo &#xA;  uno sforzo e una soddisfazione così truculenta, che solo per quella si giustifica l’urlo &lt;em&gt;spasimante&lt;/em&gt; di Cecilia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;spasimante&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cosa significa in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-15T21:57:57.147" Title="Cosa significa &quot;spasimante&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6479" CreationDate="2016-01-15T21:57:57.147" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Spasimante” è il participio presente di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spasimare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;“spasimare”&lt;/a&gt;; da solo, “spasimante” è usato più spesso nel senso di “corteggiatore” e simili, ma qui evidentemente l'uso è letterale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-01-15T21:57:57.147" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6482" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-16T10:13:05.827" Score="1" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Par che non s'accorga d'Artemisia, ma i dolci li posa sul davanzale. Vedo il gesto sforzato e tremulo con cui Cecilia li spinge verso l'amica, la pelle lucida della sua manina: non so come Artemisia li prenda. E vedo anche il moto di stanchezza segreta, quasi austera, che abbassa sulle pupille celesti le palpebre violette -- le ciglia son rade -- e il riaffondare delle piccole spalle nel cuscino, mentre la bocca forma un broncio infantile e poi s'inarca in una smorfia adulta di spregio, linguaggio innocente di una sofferenza troppo dura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Forse per questa smorfia, resa più delicata e altera dal soffio dell'adolescenza, Artemisia disse segretamente addio a Cecilia, un anno dopo, che in primavera &quot;s'era fatta donna&quot; e si cingeva stretta sotto il piccolo seno, come le ragazze &lt;em&gt;casigliane&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta della pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi da ragazzina. L'altro personaggio che appare in questo brano è Cecilia Bari, una bambina paralitica di buona famiglia. Costretta a rimanere nella sua stanza, Cecila passa le ore affacciata alla finestra dove Artemisia va a trovarla spesso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La finestra del soffitone dov'è la stanza di Cecilia sporge su un balzo a dirupo che Artemisia raggiunge scendendo a salti dalla Trinità dove abita in una casupola; dei Nari, appunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;casigliano&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato che può essere un coinquilino o qualcuno che abita in un altro appartamento della stessa casa. Tuttavia, a me non sembra che questo sia il senso di questo vocabolo nel brano precedente. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: cosa significa &quot;casigliana&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel libro, il vocabolo &quot;casigliana&quot; appare di nuovo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il marito di Artemisia, da piccolo, già trafficava noci, medaglie di stagno benedette, mastice per pentole rotte, statuine di cera per incantesimi e ogni genere di bagattelle. Tutto metteva in mostra sul giardino della soglia di casa, e Artemisia, ancora bambina e già sua &lt;em&gt;casigliana&lt;/em&gt;, ci sputava sopra, dalla finestra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-27T17:39:37.877" LastActivityDate="2018-02-02T15:11:53.907" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;casigliana&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6438" CreationDate="2016-01-16T11:53:55.943" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stormo indica un insieme di uccelli in volo. Anche se è spesso utilizzato per le galline, non credo sia esattamente corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le galline possono essere inserite nelle categorie &quot;animali da reddito&quot; o &quot;animali da cortile&quot;, i nomi collettivi più adeguati credo siano &lt;strong&gt;pollame&lt;/strong&gt; e per estensione &lt;strong&gt;bestiame&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pollame/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pollame&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Denominazione collettiva e generica delle razze domestiche di gallinacei allevati per uso alimentare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bestiame/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bestiame&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:In senso più ampio, vengono inclusi nel bestiame anche i cosiddetti animali da cortile (conigli, polli e altri volatili domestici).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2016-01-16T11:53:55.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6482" CreationDate="2016-01-16T13:02:28.820" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo anch'io, come @Josh61, che l'aggettivo sia &quot;cas&lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt;igliane&quot; e aggiungo che probabilmente si tratta di un refuso - ipotesi indubbiamente azzardata e che, in quanto tale, cercherò di giustificare al meglio in quel che segue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facendo qualche ricerca del termine risultano presenti esempi di uso di &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=ms-android-google&amp;amp;biw=360&amp;amp;bih=249&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=zTyaVt-8EcmfsgGAhLTIDA&amp;amp;q=donne+castigliane&amp;amp;oq=donne+castigliane&amp;amp;gs_l=mobile-gws-serp.3..30i10.13255.14514.0.14983.5.5.0.0.0.0.256.998.0j3j2.5.0....0...1c.1.64.mobile-gws-serp..0.3.677.VNNwweiyEt0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;donne&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=fanciulle+castigliane&amp;amp;client=ms-android-google&amp;amp;biw=360&amp;amp;bih=249&amp;amp;prmd=ivmn&amp;amp;source=lnms&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjO2aLQr67KAhWBXiwKHSAXDMgQ_AUICygG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fanciulle&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=ms-android-google&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=QzeaVoy8M8uZsAG7-5_QDA&amp;amp;q=ragazze+castigliane&amp;amp;oq=ragazze+castigliane&amp;amp;gs_l=mobile-gws-serp.3..30i10.8305.8305.0.8790.1.1.0.0.0.0.230.230.2-1.1.0....0...1c.1.64.mobile-gws-serp..0.1.229.qFHElGa7bVs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ragazze&lt;/a&gt; castigliane&lt;/em&gt;, in particolare in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=_ytYAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA34&amp;amp;dq=ragazze+castigliane&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwimg-3Xq67KAhWGEywKHXtZAtoQ6AEIPjAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=ragazze%20castigliane&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;quest'opera&lt;/a&gt; di Byron, di cui suggerisco di leggere la pagina 34, in cui si descrive un'immagine di simili fanciulle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-16T13:02:28.820" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6482" CreationDate="2016-01-16T14:35:09.647" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come suggerito da @Charo nel suo commento, attraverso il confronto con una traduzione inglese, possiamo interpretare la frase &quot;le ragazze casigliane&quot; con &quot;le ragazze del vicinato&quot;, &quot;le concittadine&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta evidentemente di uno stile molto ricercato; l'autrice sembra aver voluto estendere il significato di &quot;casigliano&quot; (&quot;qualcuno che abita nella stessa casa&quot;) per includere anche &quot;persone che vivono nella stessa città&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2077" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-16T16:28:39.107" LastActivityDate="2016-01-16T16:28:39.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6486" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6487" CreationDate="2016-01-17T09:41:42.417" Score="1" ViewCount="456" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non teneva più garzoni, da sei mesi aveva dato licenza all'ultimo, il britanno dagli occhi bianchi e i capelli di stoppa che sulla porta della casipola la sera urlava: «&lt;em&gt;Miscia&lt;/em&gt;, dannata, vieni mangiare». &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato del vocabolo &quot;miscia&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Sapreste dirmi cosa vuol dire in questo brano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-17T11:20:02.047" LastActivityDate="2018-12-02T16:01:36.693" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;Miscia&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6486" CreationDate="2016-01-17T13:39:56.900" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come ha detto @DaG, si tratta di un nome proprio. Dall'aggettivo &quot;dannata&quot; si può vedere che è un nome femminile. Il personaggio del brano è un garzone che lavora nella casupola dove abita la famiglia Gentileschi (il pittore Orazio Gentileschi con i suoi figli). Quindi, si può capire che &quot;Miscia&quot; è il diminutivo che usa questo garzone per chiamare Artemisia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-17T19:03:51.103" LastActivityDate="2016-01-17T19:03:51.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6488" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-17T14:15:11.693" Score="6" ViewCount="405" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle pubblicità di auto alla radio si parla spesso di offerte di finanziamenti &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;salvo&lt;/em&gt; approvazione [nome banca]&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi stesso, mentre facevo un bonifico, è comparsa l'informazione che il bonifico sarà addebitato &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;salvo&lt;/em&gt; buon fine&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/salvo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Salvo&lt;/a&gt;: In funzione di cong., col sign. di “a meno di”, introduce una frase eccettuativa implicita con il v. all'inf.: l'opera non si potrà realizzare, s. ridurre di molto il costo; nell'uso colloquiale, equivale a “ma con la possibilità di”: dice di non avere bisogno di nulla, s. poi chiederti un prestito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zanichellibenvenuti.it/wordpress/?p=4508&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Salvo&lt;/a&gt; → usata da sola: col significato di eccetto, all’infuori di ⇒ posso mangiare tutto, salvo la cioccolata;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Perché in ambito bancario/borsistico (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/salvo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;4b&lt;/a&gt;) è permesso quest'uso di &lt;em&gt;salvo&lt;/em&gt; con il significato di &lt;em&gt;previo&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-03-17T14:14:46.230" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;salvo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6488" CreationDate="2016-01-18T09:14:28.730" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ritengo che &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/salvo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;salvo&lt;/a&gt;&quot; nel primo caso sia erroneamente utilizzato&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, e che nel secondo caso l'accezione intesa sia in effetti la &lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt; e non la &lt;strong&gt;4b&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In costruzione assoluta, è forma ellittica per «a condizione che sia salvo, che non patisca danno o pregiudizio»: deve prevalere l’interesse della comunità, salvi tuttavia i diritti dei singoli; si arresero, salvi la vita e gli averi, a condizione di conservarli. È usata anche l’espressione salvo il vero, se non mi sbaglio (propr.: sempre rispettando il vero, se questo fosse diverso da ciò che io affermo): s. il vero, la spesa si aggira sui cinquemila euro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove &quot;salvo&quot; ha un valore più letterale e opposto a quello comunemente inteso di &quot;ad eccezione di&quot;, e significa effettivamente citando letteralmente il Treccani &quot;a condizione che sia salvo, che non patisca danno o pregiudizio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero più precisamente nel secondo caso si intende &quot;a condizione che il buon fine &lt;em&gt;sia salvo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (o &quot;a condizione che il buon fine &lt;em&gt;non patisca danno o pregiudizio&lt;/em&gt;&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti da questo punto di vista si potrebbe anche dire che sia più logico intendere &quot;salvo&quot; in questo modo piuttosto che come &quot;ad eccezione di&quot;, anche se indubbiamente &quot;ad eccezione di&quot; è l'accezione più comunemente utilizzata e normalmente intesa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Potrebbe essere stato utilizzato sia come nella &lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt; ma senza concordare l'aggettivo col genere (sarebbe dovuto essere &quot;&lt;em&gt;salva&lt;/em&gt; approvazione banca&quot;) che come nella &lt;strong&gt;4b&lt;/strong&gt; ma volendo intendere effettivamente l'opposto, ma in ogni caso direi che sia scorretto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1377" LastEditorUserId="1377" LastEditDate="2016-01-18T10:18:13.420" LastActivityDate="2016-01-18T10:18:13.420" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2016-01-18T13:36:55.703" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's common in most part of northern Italy. I live in Piedmont where habits change according to the area. In some city or village people use the definite article both for female and male names, in other areas people don't use article in front of names at all. Contrary to a comment I've read, to use articles isn't a mistake in our regional Italian. It's a mistake to  use it for written standard Italian we take at school. Regional Italians aren't a grammar mistake in spoken language. The thing is, Italian language was born from a Tuscan dialect of Latin, after the unification of Italy the country needed an official language. Each region of Italy spoke a dialect of Latin, albeit many Italians think they're dialect of Italian. These dialects influence our accents and way of saying, and the use of the definite article in front of names comes from our culture. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2112" LastActivityDate="2016-01-18T13:36:55.703" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6493" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6497" CreationDate="2016-01-19T10:31:58.563" Score="4" ViewCount="8932" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe conoscere le origini di entrambe le forme (che a quanto parte risultano entrambe corrette) sebbene &quot;vado a lavoro&quot; è più tipicamente usato nel sud Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="698" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-19T12:13:29.560" LastActivityDate="2018-10-27T12:46:42.347" Title="Vado &quot;al lavoro&quot; oppure &quot;a lavoro&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6493" CreationDate="2016-01-19T10:34:15.497" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto 'Vado al lavoro', al massimo si può usare 'Vado a lavorare'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che 'Vado a lavoro' sia una distorsione dialettale, ma sono convinto che qualcuno ti sappia dare maggiori informazioni al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2113" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-19T10:45:46.677" LastActivityDate="2016-01-19T10:45:46.677" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2016-01-19T11:34:14.487" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's of course slangish and should be avoided (in any form in my opinion: either written and verbal). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is not &quot;the John&quot;, &quot;der Johann&quot;, &quot;le Jean&quot;, &quot;el Juan&quot; ... hence there isn't &quot;il Giovannino&quot; and &quot;la Pasqualina&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;None of the western European languages has this rule, and Italian is just in line with the others (eastern European languages don't have articles at all as they use declinations). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="1990" LastEditDate="2016-01-19T13:10:13.500" LastActivityDate="2016-01-19T13:10:13.500" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6493" CreationDate="2016-01-19T13:33:48.770" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutti i sostantivi maschili ad occhio pare che vogliano &quot;al/allo&quot;: &#xA;vado al cinema, vado al bar, vado al lavoro, vado al mercato, vado allo stadio... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrei sbagliare, ma con il femminile le cose si complicano un po' e mi pare che ci siano delle eccezioni: vado a casa, ma vado alla casa di cura, vado a scuola, vado alla cerimonia, vado alla festa, vado alla sinfonia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non saprei nemmeno dire perché si va alle città (vado a Londra), ma si va dentro gli stati (vado in Inghilterra) :) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che quando si usa 'a', si tratta di eccezioni, al fine di garantire una maggiore eufonia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-19T14:27:41.037" LastActivityDate="2016-01-19T14:27:41.037" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6499" CreationDate="2016-01-20T06:47:43.177" Score="1" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Agostino veniva tutti i giorni, no? Veniva con quell'aria, mo' vestito da turco, mo' da cavaliere, la collana in petto. Era bravo a &lt;em&gt;fare Rugantino&lt;/em&gt;, ci faceva ridere noi ragazzi, che era una degnazione, uno che si teneva omo grande.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;fare Rugantino&quot; in questo brano. Tenete conto che il personaggio che dice queste parole è la pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi, e lo fa nel seicento, e che l'autrice ha scritto il romanzo tra il 1944 e il 1947. Quindi, non può riferirsi a questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rugantino_(commedia_musicale)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Commedia musicale&lt;/a&gt;. Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di questa espressione in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-20T07:55:39.780" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;fare Rugantino&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6498" CreationDate="2016-01-20T07:39:19.090" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rugantino è una maschera tradizionale della commedia dell'arte romana, definito come &lt;em&gt;er bullo de Trastevere, svelto co' le parole e cor cortello&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Fare Rugantino dunque significa impersonare quella parte, non solo in una rappresentazione teatrale, ma anche in modo giocoso con gli amici.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Dato che la commedia dell'arte era in voga nel XVII secolo in Italia, è ben credibile che nel seicento qualcuno si divertisse a fare Rugantino nelle case degli amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-01-20T07:55:39.780" LastActivityDate="2016-01-20T07:55:39.780" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6493" CreationDate="2016-01-20T14:37:10.140" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premessa: vivo in Lombardia, ho sentito dire molte volte &lt;em&gt;a lavoro&lt;/em&gt; e non vedo perché considerarlo un errore. Si tratta di una variante della complicata questione dell'omissione dell'articolo determinativo per astrarre la funzione di un luogo/oggetto/individuo familiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio tipico è la casa: se parlo di casa mia, non metto l'articolo, è come se &lt;em&gt;casa&lt;/em&gt; fosse il suo nome proprio. In effetti i bambini dicono &lt;em&gt;mamma&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;papà&lt;/em&gt; come se fosse il nome dei genitori (lo si potrebbe anche scrivere con la maiuscola), uso che in genere resta tutta la vita, specie parlando con fratelli o con l'altro genitore, e viene facilmente esteso ad altri parenti. Questo non rende sbagliato dire &lt;em&gt;la mamma&lt;/em&gt;, di solito mia mamma è la mia mamma. Però due gemelli che scoprono di essere stati adottati potrebbero dire una frase come questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Caspiterina, Romolo: mamma non è veramente la nostra mamma!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso vale per altri luoghi che diventano in qualche modo astratti, dei luoghi dello spirito. Vado &lt;em&gt;a teatro&lt;/em&gt;, cioè mi reco là dove si fa teatro. Potremmo dire &lt;em&gt;a teatro in spiaggia&lt;/em&gt; per parlare di uno spettacolo teatrale fatto all'aperto, senza che ci sia un vero teatro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se però due amanti si incontrano a notte fonda in un teatro e vengono scoperti, diremmo &lt;em&gt;Atti osceni nel teatro&lt;/em&gt;, perché se dicessimo &lt;em&gt;Atti osceni a teatro&lt;/em&gt; penseremmo che gli atti si siano consumati o sulla scena o al massimo tra il pubblico durante lo spettacolo. A proposito di atti osceni, &lt;em&gt;andare a letto con qualcuno&lt;/em&gt; è possibile anche in assenza di veri e propri letti, controprova del fatto che senza articolo si coglie la funzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, attenzione però: questa non è una regola per derivare espressioni valide, ma per interpretare espressioni esistenti. Non da ogni sostantivo con l'articolo si può estrarre la versione astratta, funzionale, senza articolo. Per esempio, in contrasto con &lt;em&gt;teatro&lt;/em&gt;, non si può fare con &lt;em&gt;cinema&lt;/em&gt;, che vuole sempre l'articolo. Qualcuno potrebbe anche provarci, dicendo che va &lt;em&gt;a cinema&lt;/em&gt;, sicuramente sarebbe capito da tutti e si capirebbe anche in che senso ciò è leggermente diverso da andare &lt;em&gt;al cinema&lt;/em&gt;, tuttavia sarebbe un uso insolito. Non credo che si possa stabilire una regola per cui le parole che indicano alcuni luoghi si sono sdoppiati in luogo con articolo e funzione senza articolo, mentre altri no: si tratta quasi di lessico più che di grammatica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arriviamo al dunque: si va al lavoro o si va a lavoro? Qua &lt;em&gt;lavoro&lt;/em&gt; è metonimia per &lt;em&gt;ufficio&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;fabbrica&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;negozio&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;cantiere&lt;/em&gt; ecc. E in effetti si va &lt;em&gt;in ufficio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in fabbrica&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in negozio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in cantiere&lt;/em&gt; (per misericordia non apriamo un altro capitolo dolente cioè quello dell'alternanza tra &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;em&gt;Lavoro&lt;/em&gt; è anche il contraltare di &lt;em&gt;casa&lt;/em&gt;, quindi vado via &lt;em&gt;da casa&lt;/em&gt; per andare &lt;em&gt;a lavoro&lt;/em&gt;, torno &lt;em&gt;da lavoro&lt;/em&gt; per andare &lt;em&gt;a casa&lt;/em&gt;. Ecco perché non mi sembra strano che si dica anche senza articolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non agisce questo meccanismo di caduta dell'articolo, e in effetti pare che agisca in certe zone del Paese e non in altre, si torna alla regola generale e quindi, siccome stiamo parlando proprio di quel lavoro lì, di quello che faccio io, allora lo chiamo &lt;em&gt;il lavoro&lt;/em&gt; e quindi quando vado a farlo &lt;em&gt;vado al lavoro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome mi piacciono i casi limite, che spesso sono i più istruttivi, ora ne escogito un altro. Poniamo che io faccia due lavori, uno stabile in città e uno saltuario fuori città e in posti che cambiano (tra l'altro, è proprio così). Mi telefona la ragazza e chiede dove sono. Io mi trovo fuori città per il lavoro saltuario. Risposta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono a lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi verrebbe più naturale formulare così la risposta perché se avessi usato l'articolo avrebbe potuto pensare che mi trovassi nel mio solito ufficio (ossia, un po' paradossalmente, &lt;em&gt;in ufficio&lt;/em&gt;, senza articolo). Così sto dicendo, più vagamente, che sto lavorando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2016-01-20T14:37:10.140" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6501" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6504" CreationDate="2016-01-21T06:11:57.233" Score="7" ViewCount="1799" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, we would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am a boy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We are boys.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using the indefinite article in the singular case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this the case with Italian as well? In other words, would you translate the above sentences as follows?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io sono un ragazzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noi siamo ragazzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, as a complete beginner student of the Italian language, can I generally assume English and Italian articles to function the same way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1436" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-01-21T15:53:47.917" Title="Use of the indefinite article in Italian vs. English" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6501" CreationDate="2016-01-21T08:33:20.287" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your translation is ok. In Italian we may also use in the plural the &quot;partitivo&quot;: &lt;em&gt;Noi siamo &lt;strong&gt;dei&lt;/strong&gt; ragazzi&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main difference I remember in English vs. Italian articles is that we don't have the distinction bewteen countable and uncountable names: &lt;em&gt;Steel is strong&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;acciaio è robusto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2016-01-21T08:33:20.287" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6501" CreationDate="2016-01-21T08:52:40.683" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your translations are correct. In particular, in Italian the indefinite article can never have plural meaning (although it can have collective meaning), as in English. Sometimes you can use the partitive article (&quot;dei&quot;), but it is not very common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no systematic knowledge of when you use the articles in the two languages, but I would say that regarding the usage of the indefinite article they are quite similar. Incidentally the sentence I have just written provides a counterexample:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I have no systematic knowledge of ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ho &lt;em&gt;una&lt;/em&gt; conoscenza sistematica di ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I go running once &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; week&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a correre una volta &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt; settimana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the indefinite article becomes preposition + definite article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, differently from the first example which is applicable to more or less every negative sentence, the second example seems to me more specific, tied to a particular idiomatic construction in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I would say that the usage of indefinite articles is mostly similar, except in negative sentences like mine above where the English particle &quot;no&quot; stands in the position of an indefinite article. Since Italian has no way to produce a negation just by changing an article or pronoun (you always have to negate the verb itself with &quot;non&quot;), the English &quot;no&quot; particle has to be traslated with an entirely negative sentence; so the &quot;no&quot; particle itself can become an ordinary indefinite article (it could also become &quot;alcuno&quot; or &quot;nessuno&quot;, which are more properly translations for &quot;any&quot; and would stress even more the negation in Italian). Then there are many other situations where the usage of the definite or indefinite article (or no article at all) depends on a specific idiom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me just mention an occurrence which I find funny: the three expressions &quot;il giovedì&quot;, &quot;un giovedì&quot;, &quot;giovedì&quot; &lt;em&gt;roughly&lt;/em&gt; translate to English as &quot;(usually) every Thursday&quot;, &quot;one of the next Thursdays (when we have time, probably)&quot; and &quot;next Thursday&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the definite article the issue is more involved. Again, I have no systematic knowledge, but my general feeling is that English tends to use it a bit less. For example it does not use it in front of uncountable nouns and plural nouns with a specification:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Little children are pretty&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which in Italian is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; bambini piccoli sono carini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However the matter is much more complicated and is not the subject of your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-21T15:53:47.917" LastActivityDate="2016-01-21T15:53:47.917" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6501" CreationDate="2016-01-21T09:33:49.637" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;The rules are significantly different, which is why Italians speaking in English often get their articles wrong. Good news for you: the other way round is much easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a thumb rule, if you have an indefinite article in English, keep it in Italian; if you have a definite article, keep it in Italian; if you have no article in English, put a definite article in Italian. This applies to both singulars and plurals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Democracy is a delusion. La democrazia è un'illusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Boys don't cry. I ragazzi non piangono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The neighbour screamed: blood was all over the sheets. Il vicino urlò: il sangue era sparso sulle lenzuola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A clown was smiling to children passing by. Un pagliaccio stava sorridendo ai bambini che passavano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many exceptions and one is precisely what you picked for your example: a sentence with no article in English that would use the indefinite article in the singular form. I'll use another example (yours has a defect I'm going to explain later):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There was a flower on the bed. C'era un fiore sul letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There were fresh flowers on the bed. C'erano [dei/alcuni] fiori freschi sul letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There were some fresh flowers on the bed. C'erano [dei/alcuni] fiori freschi sul letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All three translations are OK (but the last one sounds worse) and convey the same meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'erano fiori freschi sul letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'erano dei fiori freschi sul letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'erano alcuni fiori freschi sul letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt; does not mean &lt;em&gt;of the&lt;/em&gt;, it's called a partitive article and it's like the plural of &lt;em&gt;un/uno&lt;/em&gt;, sort of like &lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The problem with your example is that it's OK to say &lt;em&gt;Noi siamo ragazzi&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Noi siamo dei ragazzi&lt;/em&gt; but there is a slight difference in meaning, in these sentences. With no article, it sounds as if you are underlining the age, as opposed to &lt;em&gt;Noi siamo adulti&lt;/em&gt;; notice that &lt;em&gt;adulti&lt;/em&gt; is an adjective which makes &lt;em&gt;ragazzi&lt;/em&gt; sound like an adjective too, even if it is not. This is why I wouldn't pick it as an example, you could say &lt;em&gt;Quando ero ragazzo&lt;/em&gt; with no article for the same reason and it has nothing to do with the plural and article rules, it's just &lt;em&gt;ragazzo&lt;/em&gt; being used as a kind of adjective.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2016-01-21T09:33:49.637" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6505" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6506" CreationDate="2016-01-21T19:53:03.080" Score="2" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was thinking about this expression in English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Absence makes the heart grow fonder.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In others words we can translate like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Out of sight, near the heart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian I translated it like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lontano dagli occhi, vicino al cuore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found this translation on the Internet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lontano dagli occhi, vicino dal cuore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the correct translation? And what is the real difference between &quot;al&quot; and &quot;dal&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2131" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-22T10:27:56.207" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T12:50:14.763" Title="Expression in Italian language" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6505" CreationDate="2016-01-21T19:59:43.127" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;You say &quot;vicino al cuore&quot;. I don't think there is any specific reason, prepositions just work like this. More in general, &quot;da&quot; is usually employed when something is moving &quot;away&quot; from something (away from the eyes in this case). &quot;A&quot; generally expresses instead the motion &quot;towards&quot; or &quot;close&quot; to something (here, close to the heart). But both of them allow exceptions in idiomatic expressions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2016-01-21T19:59:43.127" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6505" CreationDate="2016-01-22T06:32:51.787" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct Italian idiom would be &quot;Lontano dagli occhi, vicino al cuore&quot;. &#xA;DA è una preposizione di moto DA luogo, mentre A è una preposizione di moto A luogo - DA e A hanno dunque un significato opposto. &#xA;Infatti esiste anche un proverbio dal significato contrario &quot;Lontano dagli occhi, lontano dal cuore&quot;. &#xA;Quindi: &quot;Lontano da&quot; e &quot;vicino a&quot;.&#xA;La forma &quot;vicino da&quot; non è corretta. &#xA;Hope it helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2133" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-22T12:50:14.763" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T12:50:14.763" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2016-01-22T06:38:59.837" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This usage is well spread in northern Italy, but it is considered as neither correct or polite in standard Italian. &#xA;So, it should be avoided as much as you can&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2133" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T06:38:59.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5595" CreationDate="2016-01-22T07:00:48.763" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sinalefe or synaloepha is just a prosodic phenomenon and should not affect the way words are pronounced in a normal speech or reading. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;The answer by DaG is precise but potentially misleading. &quot;Selva oscura&quot; should be read actually precisely, and not like &quot;selvOscura&quot;. &lt;br&gt;When it comes to singing, though, the prononciation may actually vary.&#xA;&lt;br&gt; Synaloepha is infact used as a common singing technique (not only by italian singers or with Italian text!) - so 2 consequent vowels are pronounced as one. In this way, it is easier to keep the tune, rythm and there is a better breath-control. &#xA;In normal speech instead, a sentence like &quot;non riesco a dormire&quot; would be said exactly as written and not as &quot;non riescadormire&quot; - and if that happens, then your interlocutore si sta mangiando le parole ;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2133" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T07:00:48.763" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6511" CreationDate="2016-01-22T13:43:03.570" Score="0" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tuo padre che aveva scritta la denuncia nella prima collera partì per Frascati, non ti voleva vedere. Eri in mano dei vicini, dei piagnoni Stiattesi, di madonna Tuzia &lt;em&gt;mezzana&lt;/em&gt;, di Cosimo furiere: chi ti suggeriva una cosa, chi un'altra, tu volesti fare a modo tuo come in confessione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;mezzano&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire qual è il suo senso in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T14:45:58.543" Title="Cosa significa &quot;mezzano&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6510" CreationDate="2016-01-22T14:45:58.543" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come indica il dizionario Treccani, &quot;mezzano/-a&quot; significa &quot;intermediario/-a&quot;, e, più comunemente, chi facilita incontri d'amore, solitamente illeciti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T14:45:58.543" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6469" CreationDate="2016-01-22T21:48:58.073" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's consider &lt;em&gt;&quot;distinti saluti&quot;&lt;/em&gt; more butler and servile language, therefore more suitable for a more formal message. &#xA;As I tend to be &quot;cordiale&quot; I rather prefer the form: &lt;em&gt;&quot;cordiali saluti&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't have strict requirement (lot of formality) both are correct, both are formals, and I wouldn't care too much: choose the one that fits your mood. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="1990" LastEditDate="2016-01-22T21:55:12.257" LastActivityDate="2016-01-22T21:55:12.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6513" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6514" CreationDate="2016-01-23T10:22:57.853" Score="0" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Eravamo soli in sala. Madonna Tuzia batteva il tagliere in cucina. Dissi, ho la febbre, lasciatemi stare. Disse, ho più febbre di voi; e mi prese per mano, volle che andassimo avanti e indietro passeggiando: l'uscio della mia camera era aperto. Mi tenne a forza sul letto con le pugna e coi denti, ma io avevo visto sulla cassa il coltellino di Francesco, mi allungai, lo &lt;em&gt;agguantai&lt;/em&gt;, e menavo di sotto in su, tagliandomi la palma.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con queste parole Artemisia Gentileschi descrive lo strupo subito da parte di Agostino Tassi quando lei era un'adolescente. Non capisco bene il senso che ha il verbo &quot;agguantare&quot; nel brano precedente. Si referisce forse a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/agguantare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questa accezione&lt;/a&gt; che ho trovato nel vocabolario Treccani?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’uso fam., anche colpire giusto: &lt;em&gt;se l’agguantava con quella sassata, gli spaccava la testa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-23T10:42:19.093" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;agguantare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6513" CreationDate="2016-01-23T10:33:49.150" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo brano, il significato è il principale: &quot;prendere, afferrare rapidamente, con forza&quot;. Artemisia si allunga, prende il coltellino di Francesco e lo agita, lo muove (&quot;menavo&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-23T10:42:19.093" LastActivityDate="2016-01-23T10:42:19.093" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6517" CreationDate="2016-01-24T07:57:38.847" Score="1" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Questa figlia, signor Orazio, tiene una faccia poco buona. Parlo per coscienza, ché alle Zoccolette vogliono &lt;em&gt;ragazze toste&lt;/em&gt; e la superiora ve la rimanda a casa. Io dico sempre: aria bona e divozione mantengono la salute&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste sono le parole che Tuzia dice a Orazio Gentileschi per cercar di convincerlo che sua figlia Artemisia dovrebbe andare a spasso. Così potrà prendere questa &quot;aria bona&quot; che le darà salute e poi essere ammessa dalle suore senza problema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;tosto&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;ragazze toste&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-24T09:01:09.347" LastActivityDate="2016-01-26T10:06:54.140" Title="Cosa sono &quot;ragazze toste&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6516" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6518" CreationDate="2016-01-24T08:09:43.657" Score="3" ViewCount="875" Body="&lt;p&gt;While reading Carofiglio's &quot;Una notte a Bari&quot; I came across the expression &quot;Dagli all'untore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Quando abbiamo finito magari andiamo a cena all'osteria 'Dagli all'untore'.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;Hit the scapegoat&quot; what it means?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-01-24T08:41:31.463" LastActivityDate="2016-01-24T08:41:31.463" Title="What is the meaning of &quot;Dagli all'untore&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6515" CreationDate="2016-01-24T08:20:02.890" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione viene spesso utilizzata con accezione negativa (si veda nel seguito); tuttavia nel passo citato il significato è un altro &lt;em&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tosto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio fam., &lt;strong&gt;riferito anche a persona, con il sign. di ostinato, testardo&lt;/strong&gt;, che non cede facilmente, come valutazione non necessariamente negativa, anzi spesso associata a un giudizio di energia e risolutezza:è un &lt;strong&gt;tipo t.,&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;che non cede e non si scoraggia alla prima difficoltà.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La ragazza di cui si parla nel brano ha una «faccia &lt;em&gt;poco buona&lt;/em&gt;» (cioè poco raccomandabile o che comunque non ispira molta fiducia), non come le ragazze che cercano alle Zoccolette, dove vogliono «tipe toste» (cioè &lt;em&gt;risolute e determinate&lt;/em&gt;, cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_sinonimi_contrari/T/tosto.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Il Correre&lt;/a&gt;), con «aria &lt;em&gt;buona&lt;/em&gt; e devozione», cioè manifestanti volontà alla sottomissione ed alla dedizione al culto religioso o ad &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://roma.repubblica.it/dettaglio/quelle-zoccolette-nel-palazzo-la-casa-delle-fanciulle-senza-marito/1302705&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;altre attività&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (e qui non nascondo il sospetto che tutto il passo sia velatamente ironico ed antifrastico).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato originario dell'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tosto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tosto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è quello di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[lat. tostus, part. pass. di torrere«disseccare, tostare»]. – &lt;strong&gt;Duro, sodo, non molle e cedevole&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;pane t.; carni t.&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato, dunque, l'espressione &lt;em&gt;faccia tosta&lt;/em&gt; e, per estensione, &lt;em&gt;persona tosta/tipo tosto&lt;/em&gt; vengono utilizzate anche (e soprattutto) per descrivere un individuo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sfacciato_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sfacciato&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, sfrontato, che resta imperturbabile di fronte alle azioni - spesso negative - che commette o alle parole - non di rado inopportune o indelicate - che proferisce &lt;em&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/tosto.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fig. &lt;strong&gt;Faccia tosta&lt;/strong&gt;, sfrontatezza, sfacciataggine: &lt;em&gt;mi ha chiesto di favorirlo con una faccia tosta da sbalordire;&lt;/em&gt; estens.&lt;strong&gt;persona sfrontata&lt;/strong&gt;, sfacciata: &lt;em&gt;sei una bella faccia tosta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-26T10:06:54.140" LastActivityDate="2016-01-26T10:06:54.140" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6516" CreationDate="2016-01-24T08:36:36.003" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It comes directly from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.letteraturaitaliana.net/pdf/Volume_8/t337.pdf&quot;&gt;“I promessi sposi”&lt;/a&gt; (see page 630 in the linked file): &lt;em&gt;untori&lt;/em&gt; were people accused of smearing substances which caused the plague (or other disease). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the mentioned scene, Renzo is asking for Lucia at the house where she had been lodged, but a servant refuses to open the door and he's seen in the act of knocking at the door; a passer-by accuses him of being a smearer and people start screaming “dagli all'untore!”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-01-24T08:36:36.003" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6519" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6520" CreationDate="2016-01-25T11:13:51.850" Score="2" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto (il corsivo è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il sole si scoperse quando imboccavate lo stradale di San Giovanni, un fiume di polvere pesante che le carrozze, &lt;em&gt;rovinando&lt;/em&gt;, sollevavano fino al cielo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;rovinare&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa significa &quot;rovinando&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-07T08:12:52.947" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rovinare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6519" CreationDate="2016-01-25T11:21:51.007" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo rovinare può indicare un'azione di movimento, quindi in questo caso indica le carrozze che, procedendo ad &quot;elevata&quot; velocità, sollevavano un certo quantitativo di polvere. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rovinare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare alcuni esempi come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a. Cadere giù crollando, franando, disfacendosi con violenza, riferito a edifici, a strutture e costruzioni edilizie: il palazzo, colpito da una bomba, rovinò con fragore; il pavimento rovinò nella stanza sottostante; il soffitto, il tetto, l’impalcatura, il muro, il ponte minaccia di r.; che rovinare possa questa casa infino ai fondamenti (Sacchetti); riferito a elementi naturali del terreno: durante la mareggiata un gran tratto di costa è rovinato a mare;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2145" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-16T08:01:02.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-16T08:01:02.813" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6519" CreationDate="2016-01-25T11:56:58.407" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui l'autrice sta estendendo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rovinare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato originario&lt;/a&gt; intransitivo di “rovinare”, che è di “precipitare, venir giù crollando”, per dar l'idea di un moto velocissimo e magari anche rischioso, sulla falsariga di quando si dice “correre a precipizio” e simili, cioè per descrivere una persona o un oggetto che si muove a una velocità tale che sembra stia cadendo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio di un uso simile del verbo “rovinare” si trova in un racconto di Tommaso Landolfi (“Mani”, in &lt;em&gt;Dialogo dei massimi sistemi&lt;/em&gt;). Si parla di un topo che si è nascosto tra le assi di legno della base di un cassone e di una cagna che cerca di afferrarlo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con tutta probabilità il topo, protetto a mezzo dalle sbarre dell'intelaiatura, avendo al sicuro le sue parti più vulnerabili, non combatteva che col terribile grifo. Infine, la situazione divenendogli intollerabile, inganno la cagna con un'abile finta e &lt;strong&gt;rovinò&lt;/strong&gt; verso il cortile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-07-07T08:12:52.947" LastActivityDate="2018-07-07T08:12:52.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6522" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-25T19:04:14.197" Score="1" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito descrivere al telegiornale l'inverno che stiamo vivendo come: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/siccitoso.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;siccitoso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: (agg.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Che è soggetto a lunghi periodi di siccità. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il termine mi sembrava  insolito e controllando con &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=siccitoso&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csiccitoso%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che si tratta di un aggettivo in uso in particolare fino agli anni 50'/60'. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dubito che non ci siano stati periodi di siccità negli ultimi cinquant'anni, per cui probabilmente l'aggettivo, per qualche motivo,  è stato sostituito da qualche altra espressione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cos'è successo a questo termine? Con quali espressioni è stato sostituito? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-28T16:36:37.500" LastActivityDate="2020-06-28T16:38:18.660" Title="Perché l'aggettivo &quot;siccitoso&quot; si usa tanto poco?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6523" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-26T00:22:33.140" Score="3" ViewCount="1196" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verbs &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;credere&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;ritenere&lt;/em&gt; have similar meanings. However, are they always interchangeable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pensare&lt;/em&gt; is &quot;to think&quot; and &lt;em&gt;credere&lt;/em&gt; is &quot;to believe&quot;, but &lt;em&gt;ritenere&lt;/em&gt; seems like 1. it is a word for a higher register, perhaps more formal and literary, and 2. is used for when you are referring to belief in principles rather than just plain thought. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take for instance the sentence: &quot;penso di usare la rete ogni giorno&quot;. This isn't a problematic sentence. But the sentence, &quot;ritengo che lui usi il telefonino ogni cinque minuti&quot; sounds pretentious. The expressed thought is also not a deep conviction, it is a simple thought, so the use of &lt;em&gt;ritenere&lt;/em&gt; here doesn't seem correct. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-26T09:20:08.417" LastActivityDate="2016-01-26T09:22:08.117" Title="The use of pensare che / credere che vs. ritenere che (+ congiuntivo)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6523" CreationDate="2016-01-26T09:22:08.117" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ritenere&lt;/em&gt; is generally used in a higher register, as DaG says, but I may say &quot;ritengo di non farcela&quot; if I want to convey the fact that I thought about it and I eventually decided that I cannot possibly do it. This is different from &quot;penso/credo di non farcela&quot;, where I have a hunch that I won't be able to do it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;em&gt;penso/credo&lt;/em&gt;, besides the liturgic Creed :-) the latter should reflect a bit more confidence, but in practice they are interchangeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="95" LastActivityDate="2016-01-26T09:22:08.117" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6525" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6526" CreationDate="2016-01-26T09:41:43.317" Score="0" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Volevi andare a San Paolo?&quot; fece Agostino appena ebbe chiuso lo sportello e scoprendo i denti cattivi. &quot;Ci verrai con me. Tocca, cocchiere.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta dello sportello di una carrozza dove Agostino vuole condurre Artemisia per viaggiare fino a San Paolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conosco più o meno i significati di &quot;toccare&quot;. Comunque, non riesco a capire il senso di questo verbo nell'espressione &quot;Tocca, cocchiere&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-26T12:11:20.547" LastActivityDate="2016-01-26T12:24:34.890" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;Tocca, cocchiere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6525" CreationDate="2016-01-26T10:27:28.130" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente riferimento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=bDXioOXWdxkC&amp;amp;pg=PA607&amp;amp;dq=%22disse%20la%20fata:%20ol%C3%A0%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi1lZPooMfKAhXD7w4KHXsPCEQQ6AEILzAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22disse%20la%20fata%3A%20ol%C3%A0%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;La presa di San Miniato&lt;/a&gt;, poema comico di Ippolito Neri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ne vedo altro uso nella lingua italiana, a parte questo. Fatto sta che le rivalità fra i comuni toscani (in questo caso l'opponente è Empoli) riempiono gran parte della letteratura italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo il significato nel brano su riportato, direi che il cocchiere &lt;em&gt;tocca&lt;/em&gt; i cavalli del traino per farli partire: un cavallo si dirige toccandolo opportunamente, con le briglie o col fustino, in modo da fargli comprendere le intenzioni del fantino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastEditorUserId="1795" LastEditDate="2016-01-26T12:24:34.890" LastActivityDate="2016-01-26T12:24:34.890" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6525" CreationDate="2016-01-26T11:59:41.693" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicuro visto che non hai postato abbastanza frase, ma se lo sportello si riferisce ad una carrozza, direi che si tratta di un'esortazione a partire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cocchiere, tocca&quot; -&gt; tocca con la frusta i cavalli per farli muovere. Un po' come &quot;Parta, autista&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-01-26T11:59:41.693" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6528" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6529" CreationDate="2016-01-27T09:39:20.253" Score="0" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non cadde un sassolino, ma un frastuono inmenso riempì gli orecchi e tutti i sensi di Artemisia, il suo sangue pesò come piombo e il suo rossore, chi ne fosse curato, era &lt;em&gt;pesta&lt;/em&gt; lividura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;pesto&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia, non capisco cosa intenda dire l'autrice con &quot;pesta lividura&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-27T10:55:38.893" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;pesto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6528" CreationDate="2016-01-27T09:54:02.587" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste un'altra accezione per &lt;code&gt;pesto&lt;/code&gt;: scuro, profondo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me viene in mente solo un caso comune in cui questo viene usata questa accezione: &lt;code&gt;buio pesto&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastActivityDate="2016-01-27T09:54:02.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6528" CreationDate="2016-01-27T10:55:38.893" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riferendosi a dei lividi, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario-italiano.org/Pesto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pesto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel brano viene usato in senso figurato col significato di ammaccato, contuso, per sottolineare l'apparente gravità dei lividi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Aggettivo Ridotto in poltiglia o in polvere usando un pestello: aglio, pepe pesto; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Estensione, ammaccato, contuso: sentirsi tutto pesto ‖occhi pesto, lividi e gonfi per i colpi ricevuti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ~Figurativo, circondati da occhiaie per sonno o stanchezza ‖ Figurativo, buio pesto, totale, profondo&#xA;  Sostantivo Maschile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-01-27T10:55:38.893" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6531" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6532" CreationDate="2016-01-28T07:42:42.603" Score="0" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una freddezza &lt;em&gt;affranta&lt;/em&gt; le schiude, su queste basi, un avvenire solitario e rassegnato di reproba che sarà almeno il suo regno, come son suoi questo buio, questo letto dove s'è nascosta e il sonno che nessuno può impedirle di simulare, se un lume volesse forzarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;affranto&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può significare &lt;em&gt;stremato, logorato, abbattuto, sfinito&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia, non capisco il senso di &quot;freddezza affranta&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-28T08:15:04.020" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;affranto&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6531" CreationDate="2016-01-28T08:15:04.020" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Affranto&lt;/em&gt;, in questo contesto, potrebbe essere utilizzato come &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/affranto_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sinonimo&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;em&gt;sconsolato&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2. [che è in una condizione di abbattimento spirituale] ≈ abbattuto, accasciato, afflitto, avvilito, demoralizzato, desolato, prostrato, sconfortato, &lt;strong&gt;sconsolato&lt;/strong&gt;, travagliato, triste. ↔ contento, felice, rasserenato, soddisfatto, sollevato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se dunque s'intende &quot;freddezza&quot; come &quot;mancanza di entusiasmo&quot; (cfr. &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/freddezza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;freddezza affranta&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere utilizzata per designare una condizione di impassibilità inconsolabile e che apparentemente non mostra vie d'uscita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-28T08:15:04.020" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6533" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-28T21:15:29.780" Score="1" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un 'mercato' come quello UE, dove s'impongono quote latte, quote olio, quote arance e &lt;em&gt;quant'altre&lt;/em&gt;, è come l'URSS dei piani quinquennali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto nella sopra trascritta frase usare &lt;em&gt;quant'altre&lt;/em&gt;, essendo, o intendendosi, &lt;em&gt;altre&lt;/em&gt; riferita a &lt;em&gt;quote&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O si deve necessariamente scrivere &lt;em&gt;quant'altro&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastActivityDate="2016-01-28T21:57:30.870" Title="*quant'altro* Vs. *quant'altre*" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6533" CreationDate="2016-01-28T21:57:30.870" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è corretto utilizzare al femminile 'quant'altro' in quanto è un’espressione usata per dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e così via&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;eccetera&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi non va declinata al femminile e non si riferisce ad una parola della frase in particolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un'espressione probabilmente presa dal linguaggio giuridico/burocratico che ultimamente è molto in auge nella lingua parlata ma comunque il suo uso è sconsigliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-abuso-quantaltro&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-abuso-quantaltro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="587" LastActivityDate="2016-01-28T21:57:30.870" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6535" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-29T11:29:48.017" Score="1" ViewCount="390" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo la frase seguente nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, mi sono venuti due dubbi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per insidia che &lt;em&gt;imbastisse&lt;/em&gt; la persuasione d'esser sospettata e giudicata male, Artemisia non poté, questa volta, che rispecchiarsi innocente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo dubbio è sul significato di &quot;imbastire&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato questo vocabolo in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che i significati figurati sono ideare la linea d'azione o la trama di qualcosa. Tuttavia, non capisco il senso di questo verbo nel brano precedente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il secondo dubbio è quale sia il soggetto e quale il complemento oggetto del verbo &quot;imbastire&quot;, aspetto che è necessario chiarire per poter capire la frase. Secondo me, il soggetto è &quot;la persuasione d'esser sospettata e giudicata male&quot; e il complemento oggetto è la &quot;insidia&quot;.&#xA;Cioè, la frase afferma che &quot;la persuasione d'esser sospettata e giudicata male&quot; imbastiva la &quot;insidia&quot;. Tuttavia, nei commenti a una risposta a questa domanda si è affermato che non è così, che &quot;la persuasione d'esser sospettata e giudicata male&quot; sarebbe il complemento oggetto di &quot;imbastire&quot;: si imbastiva la persuasione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato che questa frase è come quando, ad esempio, si dice &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il pane che compro io ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che compro è &quot;il pane&quot; (complemento oggetto), ed &quot;io&quot; è il soggetto di &quot;compro&quot; che si scrive dopo il verbo per dargli più enfasi. Cioè, &quot;io compro il pane&quot;. Nello stesso modo, nella frase del romanzo, &quot;insidia&quot; è il complemento oggetto e &quot;la persuasione d'esser sospettata e giudicata male&quot; è il soggetto del verbo &quot;imbastire&quot;, scritto dopo il verbo per maggiore enfasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato di scrivere io stessa una frase ancor più simile a quella del testo, che penso sia venuta fuori un po' forzata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt; Per molti soldi che guadagnasse addesso Filippo, non poté pagare tutti i suoi debiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase afferma che &quot;Filippo guadagnava molti soldi&quot;, cioè &quot;Filippo&quot; è il soggetto del verbo &quot;guadagnare&quot; e invece &quot;molti soldi&quot; è il complemento oggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi e così poter finalmente capire il significato della frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-02T16:23:02.533" LastActivityDate="2016-02-13T18:56:19.053" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;imbastire&quot; in questa frase? E qual è il soggetto e il complemento oggetto del verbo &quot;imbastire&quot; nella frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6535" CreationDate="2016-01-29T14:55:34.587" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punto_imbastitura&quot;&gt;imbastitura&lt;/a&gt; è un particolare tipo di punto da cucito che si usa per fissare i margini della stoffa prima della cucitura vera e propria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato si usa in frasi come &lt;em&gt;imbastire un discorso&lt;/em&gt; proprio per dare il senso di preparativo, predisposizione pur non definitiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel testo &lt;em&gt;imbastire la persuasione d'esser sospettata&lt;/em&gt; significa semplicemente che &lt;em&gt;il suo comportamento poteva portare a farla sospettare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastEditorUserId="1795" LastEditDate="2016-01-29T15:03:28.243" LastActivityDate="2016-01-29T15:03:28.243" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6537" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-29T18:58:30.373" Score="-1" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si chiamano strutture verbali come &lt;em&gt;li li&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;se se&lt;/em&gt; usate come segue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... quelli &lt;em&gt;li li&lt;/em&gt; conosco benissimo ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... non sapevo &lt;em&gt;se se&lt;/em&gt; ne fosse andata ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-01-29T21:39:46.130" Title="Come si chiamano strutture come 'li li', 'se se' e strutture simili?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6537" CreationDate="2016-01-29T20:36:23.477" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei due esempi si trovano vicino due monosillabi di suono simile/uguale non per una ragione grammaticale o sintattica che li unisce, ma per la stessa casualità che fa stare vicine di posto in treno due persone che si somigliano. Nel primo caso &quot;lì&quot; è un avverbio legato a quelli (indica qualcuno lontano da chi parla) e &quot;li&quot; il pronome diretto legato al verbo &quot;conoscere&quot;. Nel secondo caso, il primo &quot;se&quot; è una congiunzione ipotetica che dipende dal verbo &quot;(non) sapere&quot; mentre il secondo &quot;se&quot; fa parte del verbo pronominale della frase subordinata, che è &quot;andarsene&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-01-29T21:39:46.130" LastActivityDate="2016-01-29T21:39:46.130" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6540" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6541" CreationDate="2016-01-30T12:03:42.513" Score="0" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dapprima non ci furono parole, ma, nello sguardo d'Orazio, quella luce gioviale di quando discorreva di pittura o gliene mostravano, specchio di una attività desiderosa e felice. Erano anni che la figliola non la ritrovava e fu un raggio di sole che le distese la mano chiusa sul lapis, illuminò il foglio, &lt;em&gt;disciolse&lt;/em&gt; le sue membra umiliate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È chiaro che l'autrice fa un uso figurato del verbo &quot;disciogliere&quot;, associato probabilmente a un certo senso di liberazione (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/disciogliere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezione &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;). Tuttavia, non capisco molto bene qual è il significato di &quot;disciogliere le membra umiliate&quot; nel brano precedente. Rilassare le membra in tensione? Liberare del senso di colpa e dell'umiliazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-30T13:59:29.297" Title="Cosa significa &quot;disciogliere&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6540" CreationDate="2016-01-30T13:59:29.297" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ricordo la parte precedente al brano che citi. Mi sembra che qui l'immagine usata da Anna Banti cominci da &quot;fu un raggio di sole&quot;. Immagina un paesaggio invernale, un campo coperto di neve che, appena il sole comincia a scaldare di più l'aria, si scioglie e torna a muoversi, dopo una lunga immobilità. Questo l'effetto dello sguardo di Orazio: un calore che fa dimenticare una dolorosa e tesa immobilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-01-30T13:59:29.297" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6545" CreationDate="2016-01-31T05:12:11.037" Score="0" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the poster what does Star Pons mean in English? &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Se0JE.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Se0JE.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2161" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-31T10:37:05.050" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T10:37:05.050" Title="What does Star Pons mean?" Tags="&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2016-01-31T10:37:46.873" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6543" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6544" CreationDate="2016-01-31T08:49:00.130" Score="0" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Violante, saputa, adulatrice che vuol essere adulata, mi mostrava certi suoi &lt;em&gt;impiastri di convento&lt;/em&gt;, certi santini divoti, lei che rideva di tutto: voleva elogi, umiliandosi falsamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quella che dice queste parole è la pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi, quindi l'espressione &quot;impiastri di convento&quot; potrebbe avere qualcosa a che vedere con la pittura. La stessa Artemisia spiega un poco prima di questa Violante e altre donne di Firenze:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tutte mi suplicavano di insegnar loro la pittura e il disegno, ma in segreto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;impiastri di convento&quot; nel brano precedente? Si riferisce forse all'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impiastro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezione &lt;strong&gt;2.b&lt;/strong&gt; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, cioè a un &quot;lavoro mal fatto, mal riuscito&quot; che sarebbero questi &quot;santini divoti&quot; menzionati nel testo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T09:10:58.280" Title="Cosa sono gli &quot;impiastri di convento&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6543" CreationDate="2016-01-31T09:10:58.280" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che quello citato sia proprio il significato dell'espressione in oggetto. &#xA;Il termine &quot;impiastro&quot; viene utilizzato come &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impiastro_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sinonimo&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;em&gt;pasticcio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pastrocchio&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Violante, in cerca di elogi, mostra queste opere indegne di soggetto religioso ad Artemisia, inconsapevole dello scarso valore del suo lavoro: quel che ne riceve, però, è null'altro che biasimo da parte della pittrice, che vede in questi «santini divoti» solo un'accozzaglia di colori e forme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Della stessa radice di &lt;em&gt;impiastro&lt;/em&gt; è il verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impiastrare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;impiastrare&lt;/a&gt; (o anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impiastricciare_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;impiastricciare&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spalmare, o anche insudiciare, imbrattare, con materia untuosa o vischiosa [...] Spreg.: &lt;em&gt;i. la tela&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;di pittore che distende male i colori&lt;/strong&gt; (anche &lt;em&gt;i. i colori&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;i. i fogli, le carte&lt;/em&gt;, con riferimento a cattivo scrittore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T09:10:58.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6542" CreationDate="2016-01-31T10:25:30.457" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Star Pons are a specific breed of Polish Lowland Sheepdogs. If you search online for &quot;Star Pons&quot; you will find several websites devoted to the breed. The logo and poster are in the style of the Star Wars movie poster. Therefore, the logo on the poster is an English-language play on words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing to do with the Italian Language, by the way, so doubtful it should be on this forum, but hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2163" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T10:25:30.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6448" CreationDate="2016-01-31T11:26:34.490" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's take it by parts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) If one wishes to say &quot;shut up&quot; in the sense that someone is being annoying (by getting to the hole in less strokes, say ;-), the word &quot;taci&quot; is used, as in &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Taci&lt;/strong&gt; e bevi un po' di vino!&quot; which means &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Shut up&lt;/strong&gt; and have a little wine!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) The imperative &quot;get in&quot; would be &quot;salga in&quot; as in &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Salga in&lt;/strong&gt; macchina!&quot; which means &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Get in&lt;/strong&gt; the car!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c) The phrase &lt;strong&gt;golf cart&lt;/strong&gt; is simply used in Italian as it is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &lt;strong&gt;Taci e salga in golf cart!&lt;/strong&gt; would seem to be closest in meaning and intent to &lt;strong&gt;Shut up and get in the golf cart!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2163" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T11:26:34.490" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6548" CreationDate="2016-01-31T14:26:12.597" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am listening to some Italian Language tapes to learn Italian.  They are having a conversation about coffee and sugar, etc., and one of them is supposed to say &quot;Yes, here it is&quot; (regarding the sugar) in Italian.  The response on the tape is;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sì, ecco.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Why isn't it the following? &quot;Sì, eccolo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(lo zucchero)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-01-31T15:41:43.903" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T20:09:32.363" Title="Here it is: why don't they use &quot;lo&quot; in the answer?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6547" CreationDate="2016-01-31T20:09:32.363" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/E/ecco.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ecco&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; : (adv.) is used to indicate that something or someone is coming. Personal pronouns  can be added to the expression:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si usa per richiamare l'attenzione su qualcuno o qualcosa che sopraggiunge, che sta per accadere e simili&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Ecco  la mamma che arriva; ecco, vengo!; ecco che mi torna la febbre.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Può essere unito ai pronomi personali  atoni&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; mi, ti, si, ci, vi, lo, la, li, le e ne in posizione encl.: &lt;em&gt;eccoci qua!; eccomi!; eccone uno!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T20:09:32.363" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6549" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6550" CreationDate="2016-01-31T20:32:43.357" Score="5" ViewCount="620" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am listening to Italian Language tapes that do not have any written material to go with them.  As I have made progress, (I am on lesson 45) I am getting a little confused.  I believe that there must be some ways of expressing things that are idIomatic - and I am wondering if the following question is because the tape is being idiomatic? &#xA;The tape is prompting me(in English) to say&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;But, how’s the weather over there in January?&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;My answer was;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Ma, come è il tempo lì a gennaio?&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;The tape's answer is;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Ma, fa tempo li en gennaio?&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Is the tape's answer right?  It is so different than what I was expecting, that I am just not sure.  Also, I just used &quot;there~lì&quot; in my answer, since they have not mentioned the word 'over' at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the answer they want me to learn more correct or more in common use than the answer I thought it was going to be?  Is my answer correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2016-02-06T09:59:59.510" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T09:59:59.510" Title="Translating &quot;How's the weather over there in January?&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6549" CreationDate="2016-01-31T20:52:06.833" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian when we want to know about the weather in a given location we generally ask:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come è il tempo lì?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che tempo fa lì?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Italiano/T/tempo.shtml&quot;&gt;both&lt;/a&gt; are translated into English as &lt;em&gt;What's the weather like over there?&lt;/em&gt;. They're two equivalent forms and I'd say they are used with the same frequency (although the latter sounds more informal). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the preposition, &lt;em&gt;en&lt;/em&gt; is not an Italian word: it might have been &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;. Anyway when you talk about a period of time with a proper noun like the name of a month you should use &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, as you did: &lt;em&gt;a gennaio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ad agosto&lt;/em&gt; (there's a vowel as first letter for the month, so you should use an euphonic &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;a settembre&lt;/em&gt;, etc., but you use &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, for example, when you're talking about a season:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Com'è il tempo lì &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; gennaio? &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Com'è il tempo lì &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; inverno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-01-31T21:13:29.727" LastActivityDate="2016-01-31T21:13:29.727" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6551" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-01-31T21:30:44.587" Score="6" ViewCount="409" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a term to indicate Italian words that contain exactly the 5 vowels (A,E,I,O,U), each one exactly once. The number of consonants is not important. What is the term for these words?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.about.com/library/weekly/aa081303a.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;aiuole&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2088" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-03T19:19:23.630" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T09:25:24.590" Title="What is the term for Italian words that contain exactly the 5 vowels AEIOU?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6552" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6553" CreationDate="2016-02-01T11:05:05.717" Score="0" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io me li gioco: si contenti, Artemisia, di quel che viene: oggi, il gruppo delle sue amiche fiorentine, sulla ghiaia aspretta del gran viale in salita, ognuna col suo nome -- Violante vedova, Giovanna Sorri, le due cognate Torrigiani, Caterina zitella -- ognuna con l'alto &lt;em&gt;trinato&lt;/em&gt; rigido che s'impiglia alla nuca nei capellucci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del vocabolo &quot;trinato&quot; in questo brano. I dizionari lo definiscono come un aggettivo, ma qui sembra un sostantivo e non capisco qual è il suo senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-02T17:50:22.947" Title="Cosa significa &quot;trinato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6552" CreationDate="2016-02-01T12:31:09.157" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &quot;alto&quot; e il riferimento alla nuca, più che a un copricapo mi fanno pensare a un colletto (qui si parla di &quot;collari di trina&quot; diffusi dal Cinquecento e che potevano stare sollevati intorno al collo: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/colletto_(Enciclopedia-Italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/colletto_(Enciclopedia-Italiana)/&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-02-02T17:50:22.947" LastActivityDate="2016-02-02T17:50:22.947" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6554" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-01T15:13:37.163" Score="3" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, a native speaker learns to spell based on the way words sound. Correspondingly, one learns to pronounce a word based on its spelling, using phonetics. This involves rules learned when quite young, such as &quot;I before E, except after C, or when sounded as A, as in neighbour or weigh.&quot; and the like. Most rules are simply absorbed as we grow up and obtain more vocabulary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, when learning another language, particularly as an adult, it can be more difficult to pick up these &quot;rules&quot; and it helps if they are explicitly stated somewhere. For example, in my Italian lessons, I have learned a couple, such as the &quot;soft&quot; G or C when followed by I (eg: &lt;em&gt;Giacomo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;città&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There must be many other grammatical rules such as these English and Italian examples. Does anyone know of such a list of rules for Italian, but in English so a beginner can understand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2163" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-01T16:24:24.120" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T20:00:11.297" Title="Where does one find pronunciation, spelling, and phonetic rules in English for Italian?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6555" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6556" CreationDate="2016-02-02T04:36:36.567" Score="6" ViewCount="595" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was talking to my Italian Professora and we were joking about my attempts to flirt with a person. However, when I told her about the line &lt;code&gt;Tu non sei il sole ma fate la mia mattina&lt;/code&gt; (You are not the sun, but you make up my morning); she said my Italian grammar was incorrect. Before she could offer an explanation, she had to charge off to a meeting. My Italian friend does not know why its wrong, and I can't tell either. Should &lt;code&gt;fate&lt;/code&gt; be &lt;code&gt;tu fai&lt;/code&gt;? Is that my issue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastActivityDate="2016-02-02T10:24:25.813" Title="How is this incorrect?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6555" CreationDate="2016-02-02T05:36:53.963" Score="11" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I was talking to my Italian &lt;em&gt;Professora&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all I should warn you that the most used feminine form of &quot;professore&quot; is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/professore/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;professor-&lt;em&gt;essa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;; &quot;professor-&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is not incorrect, but less usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your sentence, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tu&lt;/em&gt; non &lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt; il sole ma &lt;em&gt;fate&lt;/em&gt; la mia mattina,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from a grammatical point of view the problem is what you've understood: you begin the sentence using &lt;em&gt;tu... sei&lt;/em&gt; (singular), but conclude it using &lt;em&gt;(voi) fate&lt;/em&gt; (plural), as if you're referring not to the same person but to several people or also to the same person but &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1495/2056&quot;&gt;with a less informal tone&lt;/a&gt;. Unfortunately both pronouns (tu, voi) are translated by the English word &quot;you&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, I think you're attempting a literal translation of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.usingenglish.com/reference/idioms/make+your+day.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;an idiomatic sentence&lt;/a&gt; (or are you referring to &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/b3Qf6hLxT4M&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Elvis' song&lt;/a&gt;?) by saying «fate(/fai) la mia mattina»: if you're referring to the action of the Sun and to the fact that the person you're talking to warms your heart and makes you happy, note that we usually say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;illumini il mio giorno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;illumini il mio cielo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-02-02T10:24:25.813" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6557" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6558" CreationDate="2016-02-02T21:51:09.923" Score="3" ViewCount="517" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oramai di uso comune, mi è posta in dubbio l'esistenza di questa parola. Cercandola online ho constatato che figura su numerosi dizionari ma non ho trovato discussioni della Crusca in merito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa confermarmi o smentirmi la presenza di questo vocabolo nella lingua italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="341" LastActivityDate="2016-02-02T23:10:18.183" Title="Esiste la parola spannometrico in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6557" CreationDate="2016-02-02T23:10:18.183" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, esiste senz'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo riportano vari dizionari: quanto meno lo Zingarelli (definendolo «(&lt;em&gt;scherz.&lt;/em&gt;) approssimativo, impreciso: &lt;em&gt;valutazione spannometrica&lt;/em&gt;» e datandolo al 1988), il Grande Dizionario Italiano dell'uso della Utet (citato nell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://sspina.blogspot.ca/2008/06/spannometrico.html&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt; segnalato da Erik vanDoren in un commento) e altri; il Treccani non riporta l'aggettivo ma registra tra i neologismi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spannometria_(Neologismi)/&quot;&gt;spannometria&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, compare numerose volte in rete e qualche decina di volte persino nei libri censiti da &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=%22spannometrico%22&amp;amp;newwindow=1&amp;amp;safe=off&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non tragga in inganno l'origine e l'uso scherzoso della parola: una volta che un termine si è diffuso, che sia nato da una trattazione dottissima o da una spiritosaggine, fa parte della lingua a tutti gli effetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-02-02T23:10:18.183" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6560" CreationDate="2016-02-03T20:28:25.347" Score="5" ViewCount="1267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which would be the better way to say &quot;&lt;strong&gt;in October&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;?&#xA;Here is what I am trying to say in English;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;I did not know a word of Italian in October.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Non sapevo una parola di italiano &lt;strong&gt;nel mese di ottobre&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2) Non sapevo una parola di italiano &lt;strong&gt;in ottobre&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are they both correct?&#xA;If so, which is better; &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nel o in&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-03T20:49:03.003" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T05:59:25.433" Title="In October: &quot;nel&quot; vs &quot;in&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6559" CreationDate="2016-02-03T21:09:48.080" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think the second one is wrong, but surely it is less used. The first one sounds better and is more usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An alternative would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sapevo una parola di italiano &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ad&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ottobre,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(where an euphonic &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; could be added, but see the comments below).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-02-03T21:48:17.350" LastActivityDate="2016-02-03T21:48:17.350" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6559" CreationDate="2016-02-03T21:40:20.620" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, time determinations are often at the beginning of a sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hence, in my opinion, by far the most natural way of expressing your idea would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A ottobre non sapevo una parola di italiano&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-02-03T21:40:20.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6559" CreationDate="2016-02-04T01:33:14.580" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second one is wrong. I mean can, and is used, but is not correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non sapevo niente &lt;strong&gt;ad&lt;/strong&gt; Ottobre.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In/Ad&lt;/strong&gt; Ottobre cadono le foglie.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In&lt;/strong&gt; refers to something that is happening or it used to happen within that time period.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2175" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-02-04T05:59:25.433" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T05:59:25.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6551" CreationDate="2016-02-04T09:25:24.590" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;panvocalismo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(answered by Paolo Franchi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2088" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T09:25:24.590" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6565" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6566" CreationDate="2016-02-04T13:03:47.523" Score="4" ViewCount="332" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo un libro, e ho incontrato una parola: &quot;colui&quot;.  Ho cercato questa parola nel mio dizionario, ma è scritto che &quot;colui&quot; = &quot;he&quot;. E allora, quando devo usare &quot;colui&quot; e quando devo usare semplicemente &quot;lui&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1238" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-02-04T15:18:23.137" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T15:18:23.137" Title="Cosa significa &quot;colui&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6565" CreationDate="2016-02-04T13:14:01.707" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Colui: (pronome dimostrativo, formale)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;forma rinforzata del pronome  di terza persona &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, usata specialmente  nella forma relativa &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;colui che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, equivalente a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;chi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &lt;em&gt;colei e coloro&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Colui che pensa di essere senza peccato, alzi la mano.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chi pensa di essere senza peccato, alzi la mano.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-02-04T13:24:02.833" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T13:24:02.833" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6567" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6569" CreationDate="2016-02-04T14:17:19.503" Score="5" ViewCount="23640" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I am just starting out, I have come across many ways of saying &quot;You are welcome&quot;, and I would like to find the &lt;strong&gt;most gracious&lt;/strong&gt;  (or most traditional) way of saying it without being too &quot;breezy&quot;. Here are a few that I have found, with an approximate translation next to each.  I did not include the &quot;no worries&quot; rendition, since I find it dismissive in English, although it is widely used.    Also, are there any others that are generally used that I have missed?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No affatto - Not at all&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Prego - ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Non c'è di che - There is nothing to thank&lt;br&gt;&#xA;È stato un piacere - It was a pleasure&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Siete molto benvenuti- You are very welcome &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T23:19:14.880" Title="Ways of saying &quot;You are welcome&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6568" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6571" CreationDate="2016-02-04T14:49:32.293" Score="2" ViewCount="6033" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito diverse volte chiamare i segnaposto da scrivania &quot;cavalieri&quot;. Ho consultato alcuni vocabolari, ma non ho mai trovato la definizione di questo significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Google &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/?q=cavaliere%20da%20scrivania&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cavalieri da scrivania&lt;/a&gt;&quot; escono diversi risultati, quindi è evidentemente un modo di dire di uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno conosce il motivo e/o l'origine per i quali i segnaposto da scrivania vengono chiamati cavalieri?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T20:42:21.100" Title="Perché i segnaposto da scrivania si chiamano cavalieri?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6567" CreationDate="2016-02-04T14:49:33.337" Score="6" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prego - ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prego&lt;/em&gt;: for the origins of the word you may want to have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_371.html&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No affatto - Not at all&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We don't use «&lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt; affatto», but rather &lt;em&gt;di niente&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;di nulla&lt;/em&gt; or (more colloquial) &lt;em&gt;macché&lt;/em&gt;, which is similar to &lt;em&gt;non c'è di che&lt;/em&gt;. Even more colloquial is &lt;em&gt;Scherzi!&lt;/em&gt;, which can be literally translated as &lt;em&gt;are you joking?&lt;/em&gt;, to express minimal effort (probably similar in meaning to &lt;em&gt;don't mention it&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more polite way is &lt;em&gt;si figuri&lt;/em&gt; (formal), or &lt;em&gt;figurati&lt;/em&gt;, from the verb &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/figurare/&quot;&gt;figurare&lt;/a&gt;, which is the form I prefer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T14:49:33.337" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6567" CreationDate="2016-02-04T15:06:02.887" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can also find &quot;non c'è problema&quot;, &quot;ma si figuri&quot;, &quot;figurati&quot;, &quot;figuriamoci&quot; (the &quot;ma&quot; can be used or not), &quot;di nulla&quot;/ &quot;di niente&quot;, &quot;ci mancherebbe&quot;.&#xA;The &quot;no affatto&quot; is also used sometimes simply as &quot;affatto&quot;.&#xA;Sometimes in English, you can hear &quot;my pleasure&quot; used as &quot;you're welcome&quot;, in this case translate that as the &quot; è stato un piacere&quot;, as you listed, rather than the literal &quot;piacere mio&quot;.&#xA;The go-to reply to &quot;grazie&quot; is the simple &quot;prego&quot; you can basically use that in every situation. Note that we use the word &quot;prego&quot; even when an English speaker uses &quot;please&quot; i.e. &quot;prego, entri&quot; - &quot;please, come in&quot;, like when you let someone go ahead of you &quot;prego&quot; - &quot;please&quot;, or when please is used as &quot;pardon?&quot; like when you want somebody to repeat something you didn't catch.&#xA;The word &quot;benvenuti&quot;, while I wouldn't say its completely wrong, isn't much used in this context, I probably heard it twice in all my life used that way and I think that it would steer you in the wrong direction when you will translate the different meanings of the English &quot;welcome&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-02-04T23:19:14.880" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T23:19:14.880" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6568" CreationDate="2016-02-04T20:42:21.100" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola non mi suona nuova. L'ho usata e sentita usare tante volte, partecipando a presentazioni di libri e convegni. Digitando cavaliere significato dizionario su Google, si possono leggere molti significati della parola &quot;cavaliere&quot;. L'ultima definizione, quella che potrebbe esserci utile, è: «11. Cartoncino posto all'interno della custodia trasparente di una cassetta di registrazione, che reca l'intestazione e i titoli contenuti nella stessa».&#xA;Il cavaliere è quell'oggetto in plastica trasparente nel quale si può inserire un cartoncino o un foglio con il nome del relatore di un convegno o di una conferenza, in modo che chi vi assiste lo possa vedere. Direi che più che &quot;da scrivania&quot;, i cavalieri sono oggetti per &quot;tavoli da convegno o conferenza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-04T20:42:21.100" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6572" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6573" CreationDate="2016-02-05T11:39:15.743" Score="3" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando, alla voltata, compare la gran mole arida del palazzo, l'ingiustizia del mio arbitrio mi sa d'amaro e mi spinge a raccogliere, come un oggetto perduto, l'oro ottobrino di Roma, &lt;em&gt;dentrovi&lt;/em&gt; Artemisia chinata sulla cassa a pigiarci indumenti, suppellettili, quel che le preme al mondo, il resto lo butterà in Tevere, tanto a Roma non tornerà. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;dentrovi&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-07T08:37:27.067" LastActivityDate="2016-02-07T08:37:27.067" Title="Cosa significa &quot;dentrovi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6572" CreationDate="2016-02-05T13:22:04.243" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo quanto riporta il vocabolario Treccani alla voce &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dentro/&quot;&gt;dentro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Dentro) anticam. era talvolta seguito dalla particella &quot;vi&quot; enclitica (&lt;strong&gt;déntrovi&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè «&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ivi/&quot;&gt;ivi&lt;/a&gt; dentro&lt;/strong&gt;»): &lt;em&gt;trasse d’un armario una cassetta. Dentrovi pane, bicchieri e coltella&lt;/em&gt; (Machiavelli). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il frammento del passo citato, dunque, può esser letto come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] &lt;em&gt;lì all'interno&lt;/em&gt; [cioè nel palazzo menzionato precedentemente] (si trovava) Artemisia chinata sulla cassa a pigiarci indumenti, suppellettili, quel che le preme al mondo [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-02-05T13:22:04.243" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6574" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6575" CreationDate="2016-02-05T13:56:21.867" Score="3" ViewCount="932" Body="&lt;p&gt;Okay - Here is the context.&#xA;I have found it helpful in my quest to speak Italian to think about things I want to say, and then to attempt translations of them. I have been relying heavily on the dictionary, Google Translator (dangerous, but helpful) and something called Reverso-Contexto, which is very helpful, if confusing. (It shows me actual usages of whatever phrase I am using, pronunciation, and (sometimes very wrong) translations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I decided that I wanted to say &lt;strong&gt;&quot;My mouth is fighting back. It is a problem.&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; in re; the difficulty I have in pronouncing some words and phrases in Italian.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My translation, I think, would be as follows;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;La mia bocca sta contrattaccando. È un problema.&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;BUT - I keep seeing the following treatment&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Si tratta di un problema.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;WHY would I add those extra words?  Which version of the sentence most nearly captures the intent of the one I am trying to translate?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="2076" LastEditDate="2016-02-05T14:27:55.513" LastActivityDate="2016-02-05T15:29:30.537" Title="&quot;Si tratta di un problema&quot; versus &quot;È un problema&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6574" CreationDate="2016-02-05T15:24:20.930" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say that, in this context, the two forms are equivalent. Your version, &quot;È un problema&quot;, is more colloquial than the other, but both are commonly used. &#xA;&lt;em&gt;È un problema&lt;/em&gt; is more direct: generally speaking, when you use it you're not going to provide further explanation on what you're talking about. It's more like a consideration (it is a &lt;em&gt;problem&lt;/em&gt;, stop). &lt;em&gt;Si tratta di un problema&lt;/em&gt; leaves the question half open: it is generally followed by some words about the problem you're talking about (but this is not a rule).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;trattarsi&lt;/em&gt;, followed by the preposition &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, comes from &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trattare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;trattare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and is usually &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/trattare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;translated&lt;/a&gt; by the English forms &lt;em&gt;to deal with&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to concern&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to be about&lt;/em&gt;. From the &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt; entry (4):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Molto com. l’espressione impers. &lt;strong&gt;trattarsi di ...&lt;/strong&gt; (e spec. &lt;strong&gt;si tratta di ...&lt;/strong&gt;) per indicare l’oggetto di un discorso, l’essenza di una questione, la vera natura di un fatto, la cosa che più importa in un determinato momento: &lt;em&gt;1. vi dirò subito di che cosa si tratta; 2. posso sapere anch’io di che si tratta?; 3. devi pensarci tu, perché è del tuo avvenire che si tratta; 4. non si tratta soltanto di te, ma di tutti noi;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  [The impersonal expression &lt;em&gt;trattarsi di...&lt;/em&gt; (and mainly &lt;em&gt;si tratta di...&lt;/em&gt;) is a very common one and is used to illustrate the subject of a speech, the essence of a matter, the real nature of an issue, what matters most in a certain moment: &lt;em&gt;1. I'll tell you what it is about; 2. May I know what it is about?; 3. You have to take care of it since it concerns your future; 4. It's not only about you, but it concerns all of us.&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/si-tratta-trattarsi.10520/?hl=it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; you may find more examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-02-05T15:29:30.537" LastActivityDate="2016-02-05T15:29:30.537" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6577" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-06T08:21:24.763" Score="0" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non avrebbero saputo che fare se, accanto alla finestra, rovesciato su una coltre, a testa all'ingiù, il torso nudo, non avessero scorto Anastasio, il gigante greco, un &lt;em&gt;facchino di piazza&lt;/em&gt; che due anni prima aveva divertito Firenze per la sua statura; e ora campava la vita senza che nessuno ne facesse più meraviglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione, &lt;em&gt;facchino di piazza&lt;/em&gt;, appare più avanti nel libro alcune altre volte, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eccolo che si avanza confidenziale e quasi ammicca: non è più il garzone di tanti anni fa, è invecchiato male, macro e nero, già canuto, col costume sbrindellato del &lt;em&gt;facchino di piazza&lt;/em&gt;, mestiere che la padrona gli permette di esercitare a tempo perduto, per economia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro brano afferma che questo personaggio era &quot;un facchino del mercato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;facchino&quot; in alcuni dizionari; tuttavia, non riesco a capire cos'è o cos'era un &quot;facchino di piazza&quot;. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-02-06T13:13:15.327" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T13:13:15.327" Title="Cos'è (o era) un &quot;facchino di piazza&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6577" CreationDate="2016-02-06T10:50:41.590" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di lavoratori che usano il luogo pubblico della piazza come se fosse il loro ufficio. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Vuol dire semplicemente che la gente che ha bisogno del facchino, sa che può trovarlo nel suo ufficio, ovvero nella piazza. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;In tempi più recenti (circa 20 anni fa) mi ricordo i traslocatori di piazza, che stavano con la moto Ape ape parcheggiata in una piazzetta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="1990" LastEditDate="2016-02-06T10:58:14.347" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T10:58:14.347" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6577" CreationDate="2016-02-06T11:20:50.240" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cftlogistica.it/pagineLibro/Libro-CFT-Uomini-con-le-spalle-larghe.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Uomini con le spalle larghe&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, nel primo capitolo, viene spiegata l'origine del termine e come abbia assunto il significato contemporaneo.&#xA;Nel mondo arabo i &lt;em&gt;faqih&lt;/em&gt; erano dei giuristi che si occupavano di dirimere questioni relative alla dogana. Successivamente tra i secoli XI-XVI, erano definiti con questa parola, semplicemente dei funzionati di dogana.&#xA;Nei secoli XIV-XV, con il decadimento economico del mondo arabo-islamico, i facchini iniziarono anche a svolgere mansioni più manuali, da questa pratica nasce l'utilizzo sarcastico, da parte dei veneziani, della parola facchino come uomo di fatica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella Roma rinascimentale i facchini erano coloro che prestavano servizio al Papa, trasportando acqua per la città, fino a quando gli acquedotti romani furono rispristinati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;molto probabilmente sono tutte fantasie popolari perchè questo busto&#xA;  rappresenta un &quot;acquarolo&quot;, impropriamente soprannominato &quot;facchino&quot;,&#xA;  uno di coloro cioè che di notte riempivano botti e botticelle con&#xA;  l'acqua del Tevere o dell'abbondante acqua della Fontana di Trevi e di&#xA;  giorno la vendevano per strada o direttamente per le case. Questo&#xA;  mestiere durò circa fino alla fine del Cinquecento, quando cioè i&#xA;  pontefici ripristinarono gli antichi Acquedotti romani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'età moderna fino ad alcuni decenni fa, erano lavoratori &quot;a giornata&quot;, di bassa estrazione sociale, che si trovavano nelle piazze e aspettavano che qualcuno gli desse un incarico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[..] della coop “Redenta” che fin dai primi del ‘900 riuniva i facchini del&#xA;  vecchio mercato di piazza Ghiberti. Tutti ex detenuti del carcere&#xA;  delle Murate, che caricando e scaricando camion di frutta ogni giorno&#xA;  cercavano un’occasione di riscatto sociale. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.agenziaimpress.it/quarantanni-di-storia-per-la-cooperativa-di-facchini-da-300mln-di-fatturato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il testo è ambientato nel seicento forse la parola ha ancora il suo significato originario. Nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=27QYCdSWWfwC&amp;amp;pg=RA1-PA92&amp;amp;lpg=RA1-PA92&amp;amp;dq=facchino%20di%20piazza&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=77Hq7NBVXf&amp;amp;sig=XtzpGM8swJFalHryHK75j8_PjsM&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;sqi=2&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjb8Iakk-PKAhXF1ywKHWpODugQ6AEINzAE#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=facchino%20di%20piazza&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Leggi del Gran-Ducato della Toscana&lt;/a&gt; vengono ancora descritti come incaricati a attività di dogana e supervisione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="55" LastEditDate="2016-02-06T12:43:01.477" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T12:43:01.477" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6581" CreationDate="2016-02-06T13:43:53.793" Score="1" ViewCount="991" Body="&lt;p&gt;This phrase has appeared several times while I was looking up the word tondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bello bello, chiaro chiaro e tondo tondo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pretty pretty, clear clear and round round?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Really?  Or is it just a repetitive sentence that sounds nice in Italian to calm someone or some animal down?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Why would you say this?&lt;/strong&gt; What would be its closest meaning?  Are there other phrases like this that are commonly used?  Is THIS a commonly used phrase? &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7W0dk.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7W0dk.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Okay - I have been looking further...  I am also finding the phrase &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;chiaro e tondo&lt;/strong&gt;  which &lt;em&gt;seems&lt;/em&gt; to mean clear and simple, or bluntly or pure and simple. Could it be that the original phrase is just &quot;verbal filler&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-02-06T16:28:03.140" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T16:28:03.140" Title="&quot;Bello bello, chiaro chiaro e tondo tondo&quot;. What does this mean?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6580" CreationDate="2016-02-06T15:40:35.163" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given the clarification in the comments, I am quite confident that this is simply a case of repetition for emphasis. The sentence in question is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo è il fatto... bello bello, chiaro chiaro e tondo tondo. Mio padre mi insegnò che è obbligo dare soccorso a mare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Incidentally this sentence sounds a bit weird. It's not wrong but I would not consider it an example of &quot;good Italian&quot;. Apparently it comes from some subtitle but I was unable to track down the movie in question. I have to assume that there is some visual context that explains it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My interpretation is that it is a modification of the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo è il fatto... Bello, chiaro e tondo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That we can roughly translate as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This is the long and short of it, without any possible ambiguity&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(From &lt;em&gt;chiaro e tondo&lt;/em&gt;, which means &lt;em&gt;plainly&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;without mincing words&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;unambiguously&lt;/em&gt;, with an added &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; for emphasis)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The speaker however repeats all the words in the expression twice in order to add further emphasis. This is not something I would commonly use. However the expression &lt;em&gt;chiaro e tondo&lt;/em&gt; is quite common (ex: &lt;em&gt;Te lo dico chiaro e tondo&lt;/em&gt;, I'm telling you plainly).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to add to your initial motivation for looking up this word: &lt;em&gt;tono tondo&lt;/em&gt; is not a common Italian turn of phrase either. I can imagine using it to discuss some singer or musician (as in &lt;em&gt;Her voice has a beautiful, round, tone in that passage&lt;/em&gt;) but that's about it, and even this is fairly uncommon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T15:40:35.163" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6582" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6592" CreationDate="2016-02-06T16:18:15.220" Score="0" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;What sign languages spoken in Italy can be regarded as Italian sign languages and what are the sign languages spoken in Italy called (in Italian)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2016-02-08T17:29:16.020" Title="Sign languages spoken in Italy" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6583" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-06T17:18:10.643" Score="0" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could somebody give me the meaning of &quot;murattiano&quot;, which I encountered in this paragraph from Gianrico Carofiglio's book, &lt;em&gt;Né qui né altrove&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vista di Bari arrivando da sud, di notte, è la mia  preferita. C'è il mare, scuro ma non minaccioso, c'è la linea del lungomare e poi del porto, piena di luci e promesse, ci sono gli edifici più alti, la torre della Provincia, il campanile della cattedrale di San Sabino, il grattacielo della Motta, construito dove un tempo esisteva la prima casa del &lt;strong&gt;Borgo murattiano&lt;/strong&gt; - che danno ritmo alla silhouetta della città, ci sono i lampioni di ghisa e gli zampolli nel mare. Tutto, entrando da quella parte, comunica un senso di piccola metropoli, cordiale e accogliente. È bello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-06T17:26:54.277" LastActivityDate="2016-02-07T10:55:27.677" Title="&quot;Borgo murattiano&quot;: what does it mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6554" CreationDate="2016-02-06T19:49:57.763" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am hoping that as I learn to &lt;em&gt;read&lt;/em&gt; Italian, that my &lt;em&gt;spelling&lt;/em&gt; will necessarily improve as well, since I will understand the &lt;em&gt;phonetics&lt;/em&gt; better, and when to use all the accent marks, etc. that we do not really have in English, because I will have seen them written over and over while I am hearing them.  If you can hear the words as you see them in writing, I am finding that my brain just begins 'sussing out' the rules behind the punctuation and spelling and punctuation. We are all different - but this is working for me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I like &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Italian in 10 minutes a day&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; by Bilingual Books. This is paperback book that I&#xA;bought to start off with.  It has English phonetic spellings of the&#xA;Italian words.  It is VERY basic, but I found it to be very helpful&#xA;in 'reminding' me what the words should sound like.  I don't think&#xA;it has much grammar in it, but I am trying to learn that with&#xA;different books.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Also, I have found that the site below has been helpful. The accent&#xA;is questionable, I think (I have no reference, really, to make a&#xA;judgement on the Italian accent, but I have heard the English one)&#xA;but it helps me &lt;strong&gt;read&lt;/strong&gt; a sentence or two and &lt;strong&gt;hear&lt;/strong&gt; it at the&#xA;same time, so I am gradually becoming better with the phonetics. I think (but do not know) that the examples are sentences that are actually in usage on Italian sites.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://context.reverso.net/translation/italian-english/Pronuncia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://context.reverso.net/translation/italian-english/Pronuncia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Also, I use Google/Translate the same way.  While the translations&#xA;and accent are suspect, it IS useful, and I have been building up my phonetic understanding of speaking and comprehension speed this way as well, since I can read&#xA;and hear at the same time. I find that it is an easy way to learn, and my &quot;out loud&quot; reading is becoming more accurate.    &#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;On the FULL site, (not the mobile one)&#xA;you can actually highlight one word out of a sentence, see&#xA;alternative translations, (suggested, I guess by anyone who cares to&#xA;do so), and hear one word of a phrase over and over if you wish. &#xA;The information that you can glean this way is interesting, in&#xA;addition to being helpful in elementary phonetics.  You are presented with different information depending on whether you are translating FROM or TO Italian from the English, so I often reverse the process, just to see what happens.  Once I have refined and polished a sentence, I 'star' it, which saves it to a phrase book.  This phrasebook, in turn, syncs with my phone, so I can review things while I am out and about, or I can have it printed out for me as a pdf.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a picture of the kind of phonetic spelling that &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Italian in 10 minutes a day&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; has.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/WaVJb.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/WaVJb.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="2076" LastEditDate="2016-02-06T20:00:11.297" LastActivityDate="2016-02-06T20:00:11.297" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6585" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6589" CreationDate="2016-02-07T09:13:34.653" Score="2" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non c'era che da prevedere cose semplici, inevitabili e insopportabili, tutta quella polvere di Porta a Prato dove le vetture torneavano in una nuvola bianca soffocante e i viaggiatori salivano e scendevano quasi già avvolti dalle nebbie della distanza e già irriconoscibili, in un frastuono di gerghi ultramontani, di urlaci toscani: e mosche sui cavalli sudati e rotolar di mercanzie e bagagli;  dove i piedi di chi si fermava a guardare, a salutare, non sapevano dove &lt;em&gt;consistere&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato del verbo &quot;consistere&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa vuol dire che &quot;i piedi non sapevano dove consistere&quot;. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-07T11:15:45.627" Title="Cosa significa &quot;consistere&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6583" CreationDate="2016-02-07T10:39:27.873" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Murattiano&lt;/strong&gt;: adjective from &quot;of Murat&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Joachim_Murat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gioacchino Murat.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm from Bari, I can tell you we speak and write it &quot;Murattiano&quot;, with two 'T'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2181" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-07T10:55:27.677" LastActivityDate="2016-02-07T10:55:27.677" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6585" CreationDate="2016-02-07T10:52:11.497" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Consistere&quot; solitamente viene usato col significato di &quot;&lt;strong&gt;costituito da&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;es: &lt;em&gt;Questa frase consiste in una serie di parole.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia in questo caso assume il significato di &quot;&lt;strong&gt;trovare consistenza&lt;/strong&gt; (solidità)&quot;, riferendosi al pavimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2181" LastActivityDate="2016-02-07T10:52:11.497" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6585" CreationDate="2016-02-07T11:04:07.113" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che qui il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/consistere.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;consistere&lt;/a&gt; sia usato in senso più arcaico, forse dialettale di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(ant.) Avere stabilità. (Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;(ant.) Reggersi.  (Treccani)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il riferimento è ad una scena caotica dove gli astanti non sanno dove &amp;quot;consistere&amp;quot; ossia dove stare, dove mettere i piedi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-02-07T11:04:07.113" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6585" CreationDate="2016-02-07T11:15:45.627" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;consistere&lt;/em&gt; viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;cum&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;sistĕre&lt;/em&gt;. A sua volta &lt;em&gt;sistĕre&lt;/em&gt; è un intensivo di &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; e significa &lt;em&gt;fermarsi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul Treccani c'è un esempio da Guicciardini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;terre … che … verso il polo meridionale consistono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel senso di &lt;em&gt;trovarsi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passo in esame, i piedi non sanno trovare una posizione stabile perché il movimento della folla trascina chiunque cerchi di fermarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spesso accade, le parole acquistano significati traslati rispetto a quello etimologico e &lt;em&gt;consistere&lt;/em&gt; si adopera in genere per dire &lt;em&gt;avere fondamento&lt;/em&gt; o simili. Anna Banti era fiorentina e il lessico toscano, fiorentino in particolare, ha termini che altrove suonano quanto meno strani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-02-07T11:15:45.627" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6591" CreationDate="2016-02-08T16:23:10.610" Score="3" ViewCount="1332" Body="&lt;p&gt;Am I missing something?  Is there no other &lt;strong&gt;commonly&lt;/strong&gt; used word for elevated temperatures when speaking about the weather other than &quot;caldo&quot;?  All I see is this word used with some sort of modifier...  What about warm?  What about sizzling?  Am I missing something?  The only other word I have encountered is &lt;strong&gt;afoso&lt;/strong&gt;.   The same kind of thing seems to happening on the other side of the temperature scale with &quot;freddo&quot;.  Just cold?  Not chilly, or freezing or mild, etc. to imply a degree of hot or coldness?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps, it is just my (very) limited exposure to the language, so far?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not looking for a list of synonyms, I am looking for information about commonly used words actually used in expressions, as you would encounter if you were inside and asking someone who just came in if you needed a sweater or a heavy coat, or if it was so hot that you needed to dress in shorts and a sleeveless top. In English, we would say, &quot;It is &lt;strong&gt;warm&lt;/strong&gt; but not really hot.&quot;  Or, &quot;It is very &lt;strong&gt;mild&lt;/strong&gt; outside, you do not need a sweater.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastEditorUserId="2076" LastEditDate="2016-02-08T16:33:09.983" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T06:31:42.753" Title="When talking about the weather, there doesn't seem to be any way of saying &quot;Warm&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6590" CreationDate="2016-02-08T16:32:44.037" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are words for warm / mild, but they aren't commonly used in the normal speech.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One can say &quot;&lt;em&gt;temperato&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (more referred to a regional climate than a specific day), &quot;&lt;em&gt;piacevole&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (literally &quot;&lt;em&gt;pleasant&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, which indicates a just-right warmth), &quot;&lt;em&gt;tiepido&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (literally &quot;&lt;em&gt;mild&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, also used in its variation &quot;&lt;em&gt;tiepidino&lt;/em&gt;&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiously enough, there is a widely used term for &quot;&lt;em&gt;chilly&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, which is &quot;&lt;em&gt;fresco&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (often used in the spoken language in its variation &quot;&lt;em&gt;freschino&lt;/em&gt;&quot; -&gt; &quot;&lt;em&gt;fa freschino oggi!&lt;/em&gt;&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can translate the usages in a non literal way: something like &quot;&lt;em&gt;It is warm but not really hot&lt;/em&gt;&quot; would possibly become &quot;&lt;em&gt;Fa caldo, ma non da morire/ci/ne&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;It is very mild outside, you do not need a sweater&lt;/em&gt;&quot; could become either &quot;&lt;em&gt;Non ti serve il maglione, non fa [così] freddo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;Non ti serve il maglione, si sta bene [anche senza]&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-08T16:57:27.377" LastActivityDate="2016-02-08T16:57:27.377" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6582" CreationDate="2016-02-08T17:29:16.020" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see from Wikipedia, the sign language used in Italy is called &quot;lingua dei segni italiana&quot;. You can find more information about this sign language at these Wikipedia articles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_Sign_Language&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_Sign_Language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lingua_dei_segni_italiana&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lingua_dei_segni_italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-08T17:29:16.020" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6593" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6594" CreationDate="2016-02-09T00:14:44.817" Score="5" ViewCount="604" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why is &lt;strong&gt;mangia&lt;/strong&gt; pronounced with a &quot;ja&quot; sound of &lt;strong&gt;one syllable&lt;/strong&gt; at its end, and &lt;strong&gt;genealogia&lt;/strong&gt; pronounced with &lt;strong&gt;two syllables&lt;/strong&gt;, with the sounds &quot;gee&quot; and &quot;ah&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are both spelled gia.  I thought the rules for pronouncing Italian were pretty fixed, but here is an difference I am at a loss to understand.  Is it just an exception that I need to learn, or is there a reason for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope that I have not asked this in the wrong place.  I have searched for the answer to this with no success, and I notice that there is a tag for pronunciation on this site...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastActivityDate="2020-07-12T03:37:26.567" Title="Why are the endings to these two words pronounced differently? Mangia ~ Genealogia" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6593" CreationDate="2016-02-09T00:40:15.603" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference here is the stress. If you look up those words in a dictionary you'll see that the last &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;genealogia&lt;/em&gt; is stressed, while the last &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt; is not. That is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;màngia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;genealogìa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the last &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;genealogìa&lt;/em&gt; is stressed it is not part of the digraph &lt;em&gt;gi&lt;/em&gt;, but a vowel on its own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE&lt;/strong&gt;: Actually, you won't find the word &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt; in the dictionary, because it is a form of the verb &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; and in Italian verbs are listed in the dictionary at the infinitive form. Nothing actually changes, since the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;mangiàre&lt;/em&gt; is not stressed either so you know that it is part of the digraph &lt;em&gt;gi&lt;/em&gt;, and this gets inherited by the various forms of the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-02-09T00:40:15.603" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6593" CreationDate="2016-02-09T05:32:35.423" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As other users have already pointed out, the difference here is in the position of the stress: &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/G/genealogia.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;genealogia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: [ge-ne-a-lo-&lt;strong&gt;gì&lt;/strong&gt;-a] vs. &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/M/mangiare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mangiare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: [man-&lt;strong&gt;già&lt;/strong&gt;-re] (&lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italian-verbs.com/verbi-italiani/coniugazione.php?id=5931&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;infinitive tense&lt;/a&gt; of the word &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have a doubt about a word pronunciation, you can look it up in a phonetic dictionary such as &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/guida/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dipi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (and if you are lucky enough you may even find it! ) and look at the &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aiuto:IPA_per_l%27italiano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;phonetic transcription&lt;/a&gt; of your word or of a similar word. For example, you'll find &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/dizionario/ricerca?lemma=genealogia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;genealogia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (/ʤenealoˈʤia/), but you won't find &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt;; anyway, if you type &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt; in the research bar, you'll get similar words, such as &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/dizionario/ricerca?lemma=Mangia%2C%20Torre%20del&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Torre del Mangia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (/ˈtorre delˈmanʤa/) and deduce that the pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt; is /manʤa/. However, this is a very fortuitous situation...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A very useful tool for Italian language learners is &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.forvo.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Forvo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, a website filled with the pronunciation of hundreds of words by native Italian language speakers. Here I've found both the pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.forvo.com/search/Genealogia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;genealogia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and the pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.forvo.com/search/mangio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mangia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-02-09T06:10:26.300" LastActivityDate="2016-02-09T06:10:26.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6596" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-09T08:37:20.800" Score="1" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Gervasio, creatura, avvisa Antonio che c'è la sua Artemisia. T'ha aspettato tutti i giorni: un boccone e un sospiro. Ma sai com'è attento, e oggi è giorno di banco a Piazza Navona.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;giorno di banco&quot; in questo brano. Vuol dire giorno di mercato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-09T10:06:30.623" Title="Cosa significa &quot;giorno di banco&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6596" CreationDate="2016-02-09T10:01:26.587" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si rifericse a quelle che comunemente sono chiamate &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bancarella/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;bancarelle&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;bancarèlla (non com. bancherèlla) s. f. [der. di banca, forma ant. per panca o banco]. – Banco o carretto su cui espongono la loro merce i venditori ambulanti. (Teccani.it)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da  (&lt;a href=&quot;http://mercatidiroma.com/pulci/natalizio-navona&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mercatidiroma.com&lt;/a&gt;): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Come Luca, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;un banco di statuine per il presepe&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che racconta: “Io sono  figlio di un'artigiana di piazza Navona....&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Da cui, giorno di banco significa giorno di mercato. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-02-09T10:06:30.623" LastActivityDate="2016-02-09T10:06:30.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6598" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6608" CreationDate="2016-02-09T13:18:15.807" Score="1" ViewCount="1807" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there an Italian idiomatic expression for &quot;I've forgotten more than you'll ever know&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="999" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-09T21:50:20.467" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T09:49:23.077" Title="Is there an Italian expression for &quot;I've forgotten more than you'll ever know?&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6598" CreationDate="2016-02-09T14:21:04.903" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;My answer doesn't really fit, however if you say: &quot;ne ho ingoiati di rospi&quot;, it would be about the same kind of thing that you try to say. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Maybe somebody will come with a better answer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="1990" LastEditDate="2016-02-10T11:16:46.033" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T11:16:46.033" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6590" CreationDate="2016-02-10T06:31:42.753" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;We say &quot;mite&quot;, which is like &quot;mild&quot; in English. Like you said, it's not very common but &quot;oggi il tempo è mite&quot; will do. A more common but less literal translation is &quot;Si sta bene&quot;, it feels good. Ciao.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2191" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T06:31:42.753" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6598" CreationDate="2016-02-10T09:41:30.097" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say &quot;Sapessi quante ne ho passate&quot; or a more idiomatic &quot;Ne ho passate di cotte e di crude&quot;  - lit. - &quot;I went through cooked and raw ones (all range of situations)&quot;. Hope this helps. Ciao.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2191" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T09:41:30.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6598" CreationDate="2016-02-10T09:51:42.887" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, or at least not exactly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can have literal translations that suit the meaning such as &quot;&lt;em&gt;Ho scordato più di quanto tu potrai mai imparare&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, but no strictly idiomatic way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-02-10T10:11:29.100" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T10:11:29.100" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6384" CreationDate="2016-02-10T12:45:08.753" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Azzardo una risposta, perché quando si chiede cosa abbia inteso una persona usando in maniera figurata un vocabolo che usualmente non lo è, rispondere estrapolandolo dal contesto è quasi sempre un azzardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che il termine sia stato sì usato in senso figurato, ma partendo dall'altra accezione di &lt;em&gt;&quot;sfrittellare&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, ovvero  da  &lt;em&gt;&quot;il cucinare frittelle &lt;strong&gt;in grande quantità&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.org/stream/nvodizionrio00petr#page/950/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;[Il Nuovo De Mauro] &lt;sup&gt;(1)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  o &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Far di gran frittelle&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.org/stream/nvodizionrio00petr#page/950/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;[Petrocchi 1887] &lt;sup&gt;(2)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se conosci l'amore per la cucina e per la mimica tipico degli italiani, potrebbe richiamarti alla memoria il gesto usato per sottolineare la locuzione &lt;em&gt;&quot;... e ancora, e ancora, e ancora...&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, molto simile a quello usato per girare l'impasto delle frittelle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il suo uso al posto di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiattellare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spiattellare &lt;sup&gt;(3)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; andrebbe a sottolineare il perdurare dell'azione e la sua non estemporaneità: non è che ti &lt;em&gt;&quot;è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scappare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;scappato &lt;sup&gt;(4)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di dirlo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, al contrario lo hai detto ed hai continuato a dirlo come avresti continuato a mischiare l'impasto delle frittelle o a rovesciare cucchiaio dopo cucchiaio l'impasto per fare frittelle &lt;em&gt;in grande quantità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ricordo un uso comume come inteso dalla Mastracola, semmai puoi trovare un altro esempio sempre figurato ed in un significato non riportato nei vari vocalbolari (diventare/comportarsi come una frittella) in un libro di una nota comica &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... mettono uno dentro una teca di serpenti, gli fanno mangiare gli scarafaggi, gli mettono due petardi nelle narici, lo appendono per i piedi e vedono quanto resiste, lo fanno &lt;strong&gt;sfrittellare contro un muro&lt;/strong&gt; vestito da ape Maia. Ma siamo impazziti? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&quot;I dolori del giovane Walter&quot; di Luciana Littizzetto&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-10T16:07:32.530" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T16:07:32.530" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6604" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6606" CreationDate="2016-02-10T15:02:28.070" Score="1" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto questa frase che descrive la pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Imperterrita, come una giocatrice, prepara la nuova tavolazza, mostra come s'impieghi il nero di seppia acciò non sia &lt;em&gt;sordo&lt;/em&gt;, morde sul pennello un pelo dispettoso: che impasto, che sprezzo, che colorito!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco i significati dell'aggettivo &quot;sordo&quot; che appaiono nei dizionari, ma non riesco a cogliere il senso di questo aggettivo nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-10T18:04:12.770" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T18:04:12.770" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sordo&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6604" CreationDate="2016-02-10T15:24:40.507" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto &lt;em&gt;sordo&lt;/em&gt;, normalmente riferito al suono, potrebbe essere impiegato come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;cupo&lt;/em&gt; (v. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/sordo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;2 b&lt;/a&gt;). Il nero di seppia, quindi, verrebbe disteso sulla tavolozza affinché non appaia troppo &lt;em&gt;cupo&lt;/em&gt;; quanto viene aggiunto dopo, &lt;em&gt;«che impasto, che sprezzo, che colorito»&lt;/em&gt; lascia intendere che il risultato finale è un'opera dai colori &quot;sprezzanti&quot; (~ &quot;vivaci&quot;), come desiderato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T15:24:40.507" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6604" CreationDate="2016-02-10T15:36:08.097" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella pittura si chiama &quot;colore sordo&quot; un colore che manca di brillantezza, tipico delle mezzetinte. Il nero di seppia, se veniva preparato in modo sbagliato, risulta smorto e perde le qualità e riflessi brunastri che lo fanno un particolare tipo di nero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-02-10T16:02:20.367" LastActivityDate="2016-02-10T16:02:20.367" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6316" CreationDate="2016-02-11T06:30:48.210" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nice and controversial question. Quite certainly VI doesn't come from VOS but from the adverb IBI. No doubts that in early Tuscan, the &lt;em&gt;pronome atono&lt;/em&gt; VO derives from VOS (Guittone d'Arezzo &quot;...gente che &lt;em&gt;vo&lt;/em&gt; vede&quot; people see &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;) but is soon replaced by &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt;. The source is the &lt;em&gt;bible&lt;/em&gt; of the history of Italian grammar: Gerhard Rohlfs &quot;Grammatica storica della lingua italiana&quot; -  Einaudi, Vol 2 pag. 161:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(...) Nella lingua letteraria questa &lt;em&gt;vo&lt;/em&gt; venne presto sostituito da &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ve&lt;/em&gt;). Che questa forma provenga dal più antico &lt;em&gt;vo&lt;/em&gt; per indebolimento (Parodi, R I8, 619) è poco probabile. Questo &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; sarà piuttosto da identificare coll'avverbio di luogo &lt;em&gt;vi ( &amp;lt; ibi)&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Vi scrivo&lt;/em&gt; significava dunque originariamente '&lt;em&gt;io scrivo costì&lt;/em&gt;. Questa forma s'è estesa in tutt'ltalia, cfr. già nell'antico milanese &lt;em&gt;ve digo&lt;/em&gt; (Uguccione,96), &lt;em&gt;ve stoverà sofrir&lt;/em&gt; (97), antico veneto &lt;em&gt;ve domando&lt;/em&gt; (Monad, I46), &lt;em&gt;ve voio dire&lt;/em&gt; (377), antico napoletano &lt;em&gt;ve scrivo&lt;/em&gt; (553) (...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2191" LastEditorUserId="2191" LastEditDate="2016-02-11T06:40:48.830" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T06:40:48.830" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6598" CreationDate="2016-02-11T09:49:23.077" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;An idiom I've heard occasionally is &quot;Ne devi mangiare, di pastasciutta...&quot;, implying that the listener hasn't eaten enough pasta (which is the same as to say that they are young) to be as knowledgeable as the speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1864" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T09:49:23.077" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6609" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6610" CreationDate="2016-02-11T12:17:28.110" Score="1" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto questa frase che descrive la pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lei non ha mai saputo scrivere che la sua firma e non ha &lt;em&gt;calepini&lt;/em&gt; che per le invenzioni delle sue Ester e Cleopatre e Betsabee: senza dire che una madre priva di marito, madre di famiglia non è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;calepino&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire del tutto bene cosa vuol dire che Artemisia &quot;non ha calepini&quot;. Significa che non ha libri?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T15:17:17.427" Title="Cosa significa &quot;calepino&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6609" CreationDate="2016-02-11T14:23:09.327" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Calepino è sinonimo di dizionario/vocabolario, a volte è inteso come un librone. In senso figurato si può anche riferire ad una persona istruita. Betsabea, Ester e Cleopatra (qui prese al plurale, dipinte più di una volta) sono i soggetti di vari dipinti della Gentileschi. Il che probabilmente significa che a parte il conoscere i racconti riguardanti quei personaggi di cui dipingeva non aveva altra istruzione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se poi intendi calepino come libro è anche possibile che &quot;non abbia altri libri a parte quelli riguardanti storie su ecc. ecc.&quot; Si dice che la Gentileschi (da giovane almeno, visto che apparentemente ci sono lettere da anziana) non sapesse scrivere ma sapesse leggere un poco, quindi non la vedo un'interpretazione improbabile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-02-11T15:17:17.427" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T15:17:17.427" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6611" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-11T21:59:38.357" Score="4" ViewCount="561" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;elenco&quot; specifically for a phone book type list and &quot;lista&quot; referring to every other kind of list? I have found it in the dictionary as just list and only one (by Langenscheidt) referring to a phone book. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2198" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-11T22:42:04.247" LastActivityDate="2018-05-03T06:38:41.420" Title="Proper usage of the noun &quot;elenco&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6611" CreationDate="2016-02-11T22:15:38.390" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Elenco can be any type of list. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Elenco dei libri necessari =  list of needed books &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fammi un elenco di quello che ti serve =  Make a list (for me) of what you need&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T22:15:38.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6611" CreationDate="2016-02-11T22:48:21.200" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a &lt;em&gt;phonebook&lt;/em&gt; sense &lt;em&gt;elenco&lt;/em&gt; translates as &lt;em&gt;directory&lt;/em&gt;. As you probably saw in that one dictionary a phone book should be &quot;&lt;em&gt;elenco telefonico&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (directory of phone suscribers). For us calling the phonebook as just &lt;em&gt;elenco&lt;/em&gt; is a bit like when an English person refers to a list of phone extensions as just &quot;&lt;em&gt;directory&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&#xA;Like for the English &lt;em&gt;directory&lt;/em&gt; an &lt;em&gt;elenco&lt;/em&gt; should follow a certain ordering system but more often than not we use the word in the same way we use &lt;em&gt;lista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastActivityDate="2016-02-11T22:48:21.200" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6614" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6615" CreationDate="2016-02-12T08:21:25.920" Score="3" ViewCount="1122" Body="&lt;p&gt;What would be the formal equivalents of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Dove vi siete conosciuti?&#xA;Stavo parlando con voi.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I read everywhere that &lt;code&gt;Loro&lt;/code&gt; as plural formal 'you' is restricted only to very formal written work. What would be the spoken equivalent, and which verb conjugation would that pronoun take?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T17:30:50.317" Title="Which pronoun for formal second person plural?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6614" CreationDate="2016-02-12T09:50:23.900" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer: it's really uncommon to use &lt;code&gt;loro&lt;/code&gt; in this case. You may want to use &lt;code&gt;voi&lt;/code&gt; even in a formal conversation. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Why? I don't really know. Perhaps, because &lt;code&gt;voi&lt;/code&gt; was used in the past for the &lt;code&gt;plurale maestatis&lt;/code&gt;, hence it already contains this formal meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, even if it's uncommon, you could use loro: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;Stavo parlando con loro&lt;/code&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;Dove si sono conosciuti loro?&lt;/code&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;But, believe me, the person to whom you are talking will probably not understand. He'll look around and then ask you &quot;loro chi?&quot; :) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="1990" LastEditDate="2016-02-12T10:11:38.703" LastActivityDate="2016-02-12T10:11:38.703" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6617" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-12T14:20:50.410" Score="2" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto questo testo che descrive l'incontro in Inghilterra della pittrice con la regina Enrichetta di Francia, sposa del re Carlo I d'Inghilterra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sospirava Artemisia, e in un rimescolio poco solenne fece il suo ingresso Enrichetta. Marciava alla scudiera come avesse il frustino sulla coscia, figurava senza collo fra tutti quei riccioli finti. Dietro, le brache &lt;strong&gt;inciarpate&lt;/strong&gt; dei francesi, rosse, bianche, giallette; le francesi dipinte; preti, frati in copia, colla cintola o senza, bianchi neri violetti e berrettini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;inciarparto&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato nei dizionari. Ho visto però che appare anche nel libro &lt;em&gt;La vita di Giulio Pane&lt;/em&gt; di Giulio Tanini, che si può leggere su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/t/tanini/la_vita_di_giulio_pane/pdf/tanini_la_vita_di_giulio_pane.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Liber Liber&lt;/a&gt;. Si trova in questo brano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I «&lt;em&gt;Vicoli Duchessa&lt;/em&gt;», perchè erano dieci o dodici, I, II, III, IV ecc. erano veramente curiosi; piccole botteguccie non più grandi d'una cantina; nere, sudice, e dove si vendeva d'ogni cosa un po', pesce e&#xA;  aranci, maccheroni e peperoni fritti, radici e cedri; un miscuglio&#xA;  di mille oggetti disparati, messi fuori delle porte, sulle scale fetide&#xA;  e &lt;strong&gt;inciarpate&lt;/strong&gt;; e fra le robe sciorinate, le facce dei marmocchi, le&#xA;  camice da donna, le vecchie camiciole, le ciabatte, le granate e le&#xA;  poltrone!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;inciarpato&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-12T16:16:47.913" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T09:14:04.077" Title="Cosa significa &quot;inciarpato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6617" CreationDate="2016-02-12T16:26:43.307" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Controllando i vari significati in diversi dizionari etimologici sono finito al significato di fascia, bandoliera ecc.&#xA;Una ricerca per &quot;inciarpati&quot; mi porta risultati dove il significato è &quot;con la sciarpa&quot;. Per esempio (Il Bel Paese di A. Stoppani):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In genere però, tutti hanno una gran smania di correre; tutti sono più affaccendati del solito, e tiran diritto intabarrati, incappottati, incappucciati, inciarpati,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attorno al periodo della Gentileschi la moda francese usava una fascia alla vita tipo cintura. Una ricerca piazza la moda attorno alla metà del '600. In quel senso &quot;brache inciarpate&quot; sarebbero pantaloni con la fascia alla cinta.&#xA;Nel secondo brano invece direi che si intende più come &quot;piene di ciarpame&quot; come indicano DaG e Denis Nardin nel commento alla domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-12T16:39:58.033" LastActivityDate="2016-02-12T16:39:58.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6617" CreationDate="2016-02-12T16:27:13.087" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che il termine &lt;em&gt;inciarpato&lt;/em&gt; venga utilizzato con due significati diversi nei due contesti; in entrambi i casi la parola su cui focalizzare l'attenzione è &lt;em&gt;ciarpa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso si fa appello al &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=sciarpa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato letterale&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;em&gt;ciarpa&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/OKrPI.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;«Lunga fascia di seta e con nappe,»&lt;/em&gt; etc.): dunque &quot;inciarpato&quot; starebbe a significare &quot;munito di &lt;em&gt;ciarpa&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, dove si adotta il termine col significato precedente.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nel secondo caso, invece, il verbo &lt;em&gt;inciarpare&lt;/em&gt; viene utilizzato con il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;url=http://www.xeniaeditrice.it/vernacolosiocrpdf.pdf&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi9sofs0fLKAhUEuxQKHfBgAy4QFggmMAM&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNFa9J5QSl9LcQr9USx-K8WzGbrxSA&amp;amp;sig2=4mofprtVq0xwnLzOtbNZnw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato&lt;/a&gt; di &quot;mettere in disordine&quot;; l'uso di &lt;em&gt;ciarpa&lt;/em&gt;, qui, è per estensione e nel senso di &quot;cosa vecchia divenuta inutile e senza pregio&quot;. Le &quot;scale inciarpate&quot; sarebbero quindi scale piene di &lt;em&gt;ciarpe&lt;/em&gt;, con il termine utilizzato in questa seconda accezione.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2018-12-29T08:07:22.123" LastActivityDate="2018-12-29T08:07:22.123" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6620" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6621" CreationDate="2016-02-12T17:11:25.440" Score="1" ViewCount="3629" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always want to say the phrase like &quot;Good luck&quot; or &quot;More power to you&quot; when I'm leaving from some workplace where there are some workers who are still working or when I'm leaving but my friends still are studying. I'm searching -  maybe it's because of my country of origin. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because in Turkish we say &quot;Kolay gelsin&quot; which can be translated into English as &quot;May it be easy&quot; and I've never found this kind of phrase in any Latin languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2061" LastEditorUserId="2061" LastEditDate="2016-02-12T22:19:56.523" LastActivityDate="2016-06-01T11:46:29.950" Title="Is there an equivalent word or phrase for &quot;May it be easy&quot; or &quot;Good Luck&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6620" CreationDate="2016-02-13T02:40:04.120" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As noted in the comments &lt;em&gt;Good luck&lt;/em&gt; is usually said &lt;em&gt;Buona fortuna!&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;In bocca al lupo!&lt;/em&gt; (the latter similar to the English &lt;em&gt;Break a leg!&lt;/em&gt;). However in the context of the question, if I'm leaving when people are still working I'd say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Buon lavoro!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(lit. &lt;em&gt;Have a good work!&lt;/em&gt;) or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Buono studio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of people studying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-02-13T02:40:04.120" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6622" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6625" CreationDate="2016-02-13T12:15:54.880" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, il pittore Orazio Gentileschi dice queste parole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Ho finito a Monte Cavallo, non voglio più lavorare a Roma, mi bisogna viaggiare. Per ora si va a Firenze, il Granduca m'ha fatto parlare, le condizioni convengono. C'entra anche una &lt;strong&gt;corsa&lt;/strong&gt; a Pisa.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/corsa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni del vocabolo &quot;corsa&quot; sul Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a capire quale sia il suo significato nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-21T18:09:13.503" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;corsa&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6623" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6626" CreationDate="2016-02-13T12:22:42.977" Score="0" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am reading an essay on Pinocchio that contains the following sentence.  I can not find a meaning for &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;boutade.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;That Pinocchio is the literary text that more than any other has been read by Italians in the twentieth century must make one wary about dismissing Prezollini's judgement as a mere &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;boutade.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2076" LastActivityDate="2016-02-13T14:02:27.170" Title="What does boutade mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ClosedDate="2016-02-13T16:34:55.190" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6535" CreationDate="2016-02-13T12:36:42.530" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto, vorrei ringraziare @N74: la sua risposta alla domanda mi ha fatto capire il senso di &quot;imbastire&quot; in questo contesto. Come ha detto @N74, in modo figurato questo verbo ha il significato di preparare, predisporre. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, la risposta di @N74 non chiarisce il mio secondo dubbio, cioè, quale sia il soggetto e quale il complemento oggetto del verbo &quot;imbastire&quot; nella frase citata. Come ho già spiegato nel testo della domanda, secondo me, il soggetto è &quot;la persuasione d'esser sospettata e giudicata male&quot; e il complemento oggetto è la &quot;insidia&quot;. Se è così, penso che il significato della frase sia che la persuasione d'esser sospettata e giudicata male predisponeva o preparava Artemisia ad aspettarsi un'insidia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-13T18:56:19.053" LastActivityDate="2016-02-13T18:56:19.053" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6622" CreationDate="2016-02-13T13:02:53.147" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho finito a Monte Cavallo, non voglio più lavorare a Roma, &lt;em&gt;mi bisogna viaggiare&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quest'ultima frase suggerisce che l'accezione in cui è utilizzato il termine &lt;em&gt;corsa&lt;/em&gt; è quella della voce n°2 del vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/corsa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per estens., &lt;strong&gt;il percorso di un mezzo pubblico di locomozione&lt;/strong&gt; (treno, tram, autobus, ecc.): &lt;em&gt;partire con la prima c.; arrivare con l’ultima c.; conservare il biglietto per tutta la durata della corsa;&lt;/em&gt; anche il tragitto che si compie con una vettura di piazza: &lt;em&gt;combinare il prezzo della corsa&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un termine utilizzato più frequentemente in quest'accezione è &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tappa_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tappa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso di parte di viaggio compresa fra due soste. Inoltre, come l'utente @mario fa notare sotto, l'espressione più comune per una situazione simile è &lt;em&gt;fare un &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/salto.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;salto&lt;/a&gt; a&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso di «compiere una breve visita o una rapida puntata».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-02-16T22:13:14.647" LastActivityDate="2016-02-16T22:13:14.647" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6623" CreationDate="2016-02-13T14:02:27.170" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/boutade&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Boutade&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is the same as &lt;em&gt;caprice&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;whim&lt;/em&gt;. The meaning of the quoted sentence, therefore, is that &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.unz.org/Pub/SaturdayRev-1940feb17-00014&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Prezzolini's idea&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; - that &lt;em&gt;Pinocchio&lt;/em&gt; isn't just a children's book, but it's the key for a deeper understanding of Italy - should be taken seriously and shouldn't be considered a &lt;em&gt;mot d'esprit&lt;/em&gt;, a mere witticism.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-02-13T14:02:27.170" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6535" CreationDate="2016-02-13T18:49:56.300" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La presenza del complemento oggetto non è necessaria né obbligatoria. Se dico: &quot;Ieri, mentre leggevo, mi ha telefonato un amico&quot;, sto usando il verbo &quot;leggevo&quot; all'imperfetto, il soggetto è &quot;io&quot;, il complemento oggetto manca, ma l'azione del verbo è comprensibile.&#xA;Secondo me, nella frase &quot;Per insidia che imbastisse la persuasione d'essere sospettata o giudicata male&quot;, &quot;Per insidia che&quot; è una congiunzione che introduce una costruzione di causa/ragione (per quale ragione Artemisia &quot;non poté che rispecchiarsi innocente&quot;?), mentre &quot;imbastisse&quot; è una forma passivante/impersonale senza il &quot;si&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-13T18:49:56.300" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6628" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6629" CreationDate="2016-02-14T12:14:57.310" Score="1" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti,  la pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi dice queste parole descrivendo il comportamento di una sua conoscente, Giovanna:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si trattava da dama, aveva denaro e gioielli, comandava a suon di zuccherini la suocera golosa. Smaniava di grandezze, per quattro passi volle accompagnarmi a casa in carrozza; mi venne dietro per la scala a curiosare, mi entrò sino in camera. Io mi sentivo &lt;strong&gt;avveduta&lt;/strong&gt; come una matrona e la lasciavo fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato del verbo &quot;avvedersi&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che significa accorgersi, rendersi conto, prendere coscienza di qualcosa. Tuttavia non riesco a capire cosa significa che Artemisia si sentiva &quot;avveduta&quot;. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-16T21:53:00.187" Title="Cosa significa &quot;avveduta&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6628" CreationDate="2016-02-14T12:50:58.260" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;avveduto&lt;/em&gt; significa &quot;scaltro, accorto, giudizioso, prudente&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avveduto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avveduto/&lt;/a&gt;), e indica qualcuno che sa come comportarsi in certe situazioni. Credo che qui si voglia dire che Artemisia sa come trattare Giovanna, e la lascia curiosare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-14T12:50:58.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6611" CreationDate="2016-02-15T00:46:33.103" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;'Elenco' derives from 'elencare' = 'to list', therefore yes 'elenco' is a list of things, things to buy, tasks to do, places, places to visit, names, people, phone numbers, emails and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of those cases (e.g. things to buy or shopping list) are so rarely used till the point that some people may refer to them as wrong or deprecated as they would use 'lista' = 'list' but still is not wrong to use them as someone listed them and therefore  'elencato'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope I didn't confused you, but as you noticed Italian is kind of strange language ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2175" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-15T08:33:21.367" LastActivityDate="2016-02-15T08:33:21.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6631" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6632" CreationDate="2016-02-15T08:35:30.300" Score="2" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La luce pioveva di sghembo da una finestra &lt;strong&gt;spericolata&lt;/strong&gt; e il suo viso s'increspava come un'acqua morta: brividi sul ciglio, agli angoli della bocca, per le narici: da ragazzo lo chiamavano il coniglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari ho trovato che &quot;spericolato&quot; significa &lt;em&gt;che si espone a pericoli con temerarietà&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia, non capisco il senso di &quot;finestra spericolata&quot; nel brano sopra citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-15T12:09:40.077" Title="Cos'è una &quot;finestra spericolata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6631" CreationDate="2016-02-15T12:09:40.077" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe essere semplicemente un modo (piuttosto contorto) per dire che la finestra è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esposto/&quot;&gt;esposta&lt;/a&gt;, nel senso seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[Esposto:] Di persona o &lt;strong&gt;cosa che si offra liberamente a un’azione esterna&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;essere e. all’aria, alle correnti;giardino e. al sole; una torre e. a tutti i venti;&lt;/em&gt; anche di spazio o ambiente situato in luogo aperto e quindi soggetto ai venti e al sole: &lt;em&gt;un prato molto e.; casa con la facciata e. (cioè rivolta) a mezzogiorno; edificio, appartamento bene o male e.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concludo ciò osservando che tra i &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spericolarsi_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot;&gt;sinonimi&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;em&gt;spericolarsi&lt;/em&gt; (di cui &lt;em&gt;spericolato&lt;/em&gt; è participio passato), compare proprio la voce &lt;em&gt;esporsi&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;spericolarsi v. intr. pron. [der. di pericolo, col pref. s- (nel sign. 5)] (io mi sperìcolo, ecc.), non com. - [esporsi temerariamente a un pericolo, a un rischio] ≈ arrischiarsi, osare, rischiare. ↓ &lt;strong&gt;esporsi&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-02-15T12:09:40.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6252" CreationDate="2016-02-15T16:53:18.053" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Dizionario filosofico-pratico della lingua Italiana compilato da Vincenzo Tuzzi lo spiega per benino. Gli uccelli mangiano con il becco, così come fa l'uomo con le labbra. Il naso dell'uomo &quot;sporgente dalla faccia e appoggiato sulle labbra forma una specie di becco&quot;; oltre alla similitudine della forma serve anche all'azione del cibarsi allo stesso modo che fanno gli uccelli col becco. Così il becco in senso proprio resta agli ucceli e nel senso figurato agli uomini. Per questo &quot;il becco&quot; è entrato nei modi di dire e ha sostituito &quot;la bocca&quot; umana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2116" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-02-17T05:07:23.853" LastActivityDate="2016-02-17T05:07:23.853" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6634" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6635" CreationDate="2016-02-16T08:22:43.057" Score="2" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le era venuta una gran placidezza: l'uscio chiuso e il tranquillo compagno le davano un agio, un calore che non aveva mai provati, né sola né in compagnia, e neppure con suo padre. Non si ricordava di essere la Gentileschi, pittrice e figlia di pittore. Riscuoteva antichi crediti di benevolenza familiare, di familiare rispetto. Aveva -- e la parola continuava a &lt;strong&gt;esaudire&lt;/strong&gt; il suo pensiero -- aveva un marito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esaudire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &quot;esaudire&quot; significa &quot;dare ascolto e concedere ciò che viene richiesto&quot;. Tuttavia, non capisco cosa significa che la parola che era in quel momento nella mente di Artemisia esaudiva il suo pensiero. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-16T16:54:11.993" LastActivityDate="2016-02-16T19:21:51.890" Title="Cosa significa &quot;esaudire&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6634" CreationDate="2016-02-16T13:08:58.140" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/esaudire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbo esaudire&lt;/a&gt; significa anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;soddisfare, accontentare qcn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Artemisia sta pensando al marito, e di fatto &lt;strong&gt;ha&lt;/strong&gt; un marito. Quasi sembra che non fosse sposata ma il fatto di averlo in realtà &lt;em&gt;soddisfa&lt;/em&gt; i suoi pensieri verso il marito con cui non ha vissuto. La parola fa coincidere realtà e pensiero.&#xA;Senza contesto l'impressione è che la frase sia più diretta alla condizione dell'essere sposata piuttosto che alla persona del marito. Sarebbe plausibile visto che, nella situazione in cui era la Gentileschi, l'essere sposata o no faceva differenza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-16T18:02:30.860" LastActivityDate="2016-02-16T18:02:30.860" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6634" CreationDate="2016-02-16T19:21:51.890" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aveva -- e la parola continuava a esaudire il suo pensiero -- aveva un marito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo quel che ho inteso io, &quot;la parola&quot; si riferisce ad &quot;Aveva&quot;; essendo &lt;em&gt;esaudire&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esaudire_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sinonimo&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;em&gt;soddisfare&lt;/em&gt; ed avendo &lt;em&gt;soddisfare&lt;/em&gt; anche il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soddisfare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato&lt;/a&gt; di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;essere in accordo con, rispondere a&lt;/strong&gt;, in espressioni come &lt;em&gt;s. a una premessa, a un principio, s. a una condizione&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il verbo &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; è proprio quello che esprime nella maniera più completa in assoluto quello che era il pensiero della pittrice: l'&lt;em&gt;essere in possesso&lt;/em&gt; di un marito (quasi equiparato ad un bene), l'essersi finalmente ricongiunta a lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-02-16T19:21:51.890" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6628" CreationDate="2016-02-16T21:28:57.040" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso può significare che la sua tranquillità nel lasciarla fare e il non preoccuparsi derivino da un saper veder lucidamente la situazione, con intelligenza: come di una persona esperta o di una persona appunto, con esperienza, come una matrona che era la signora della casa e che dell'alto dei suoi anni  è in grado di aiutare e consigliare, un pò come fanno le nonne, che danno conforto davanti ai problemi, proprio perché avvedute della vita e consepevoli che tutto si risolve.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2213" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-16T21:53:00.187" LastActivityDate="2016-02-16T21:53:00.187" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6638" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-17T09:34:10.693" Score="0" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma le più volte, al calar del sole, Artemisia se ne sta in altana a pigliare il fresco senza che nessuno la veda. Guarda il mare cresputo e irrequieto, i vascelli che giostrano, &lt;strong&gt;grifagni&lt;/strong&gt; come mostri, gonfi di vento, ispidi di alberature e di corde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel libro, questi &quot;grifagni&quot; riferiti ai vascelli appaiono di nuovo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli operai dei vascelli in riparazione, intorno alle gran caldaie di pece fumante, gli uomini di quelli in partenza, i barcaioli da trasporto, i pescatori che facevan colazione a bordo, lanciavano domande, auguri, saluti. Solo dai vascelli da guerra, due galere francesi e un galeone spagnolo, non partì voce, pur colmi di soldati e galeoti com'erano. La &lt;em&gt;Jonathan&lt;/em&gt; ci girò intorno, radendo con certa bravura guardigna gli ornati &lt;strong&gt;grifagni&lt;/strong&gt;, le formidabili macchine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo brano, la &lt;em&gt;Jonathan&lt;/em&gt; è la nave che trasporta la pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi in Inghilterra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;grifagno&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato che si tratta di un aggettivo che può riferirsi a un uccello rapace o agli occhi di una persona che assomigliano a quelli di un uccello rapace. Non capisco però cosa intenda dire l'autrice qualificando i vascelli come &quot;grifagni&quot;. Si riferisce forse agli ornamenti dei vascelli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-17T10:06:08.707" Title="Cosa significa &quot;grifagno&quot; riferito a un vascello secentesco?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6638" CreationDate="2016-02-17T10:06:08.707" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grifagno&lt;/em&gt; significa &quot;torvo, minaccioso, sinistro&quot;. Tutta la prima descrizione mi sembra caratterizzata da un senso di cupezza: il mare inquieto, i vascelli che sembrano mostri minacciosi e ispidi...&#xA;Nel secondo caso, &lt;em&gt;grifagni&lt;/em&gt; dovrebbe essere un sostantivo, e forse si riferisce, appunto, a quegli ornamenti che si mettevano sulle navi per spaventare un eventuale nemico durante le battaglie o il mare stesso (il &quot;nemico&quot; per eccellenza). Questi ornamenti, che dunque non servivano a rendere più belle le navi, erano di solito figure mitologiche o animali predatori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-17T10:06:08.707" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6642" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-17T14:39:11.540" Score="0" ViewCount="1121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a name to be called by my new granddaughter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2218" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T13:26:25.773" Title="How to say best grandma" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2016-02-18T21:35:45.880" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6643" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6644" CreationDate="2016-02-18T10:26:11.950" Score="0" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo presentimento fu certezza il diciannove ottobre, durante le ultime &lt;strong&gt;leghe&lt;/strong&gt; prima di Beaune e le rocce brulicavano di capre nere bianche e brune, persin bionde, ferme a barba levata fra gli arbusti a veder passar la vettura: come persone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano precedente, la pittrice Artemisia Gentileschi è in viaggio in Francia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un po' più avanti nel libro questo vocabolo appare di nuovo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando Delfina cantava dimenticava d'essere serva d'osteria e non pensava a far nulla, le braccia le si distendevano lungo i fianchi e la sua bocca morbida dolcemente increspata di suono rimaneva semiaperta, quasi attenta a una risposta. Così la disegnò Artemisia, su un sudicio cartone, mentre di sotto strepitavano vetturali e viaggiatori e la padrona la cercava: nessuna delle due se ne accorse. Sicché la ragazza fu scacciata e l'italiana non seppe neppure che era partita all'alba, sotto la pioggia, per la sua capanna fra i boschi, a piedi per venti  &lt;strong&gt;leghe&lt;/strong&gt;, a patir la fame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;leghe&quot; in questi testi. Si riferisce al gruppo di comuni (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lega1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezione &lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;) che si trovavano prima di Beaune nel primo brano e a quello che c'era tra l'osteria e la capanna di Delfina nel secondo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T10:42:12.540" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;leghe&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6643" CreationDate="2016-02-18T10:42:12.540" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;lega&lt;/em&gt; è anche una unità di misura della distanza. In italiano indica circa tre miglia (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lega3/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lega3/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T10:42:12.540" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6642" CreationDate="2016-02-18T11:24:49.003" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Nonna&quot; is definitely the most used way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If they are being mocking/playful, they may go for the diminutive &quot;Nonnina&quot;, but in all honesty they will likely pick what to call you, not you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, since the proper noun for grandmother is already fairly short, we don't really have a specialized shorter version like grandma / granny&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T11:24:49.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6642" CreationDate="2016-02-18T13:26:25.773" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As it has already been stated, the most common word for &quot;grandma&quot; is &lt;em&gt;nonna&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nonna/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;terms of endearment&lt;/a&gt;, similar to the English words &quot;Granny&quot;/&quot;Nana&quot;/&quot;Nanny&quot;, are used: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dim. e vezz. &lt;strong&gt;nonnétta&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;nonnettina&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;nonnina&lt;/strong&gt;; vezz. &lt;strong&gt;nonnùccia&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T13:26:25.773" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6648" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6649" CreationDate="2016-02-18T16:40:05.650" Score="4" ViewCount="1025" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tempo fa pensavo di sapere cosa significasse il verbo &quot;implementare&quot;, che ho sempre usato nel senso di &quot;realizzare praticamente qualcosa che prima era stato specificato solo a livello di progetto&quot;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre più spesso però vedo che questo verbo viene impiegato con un altro significato, per me piuttosto diverso, ovvero &quot;migliorare&quot; o &quot;rendere più performante qualcosa&quot;, come nella frase: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il sistema è stato implementato con un aumento della memoria, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove non si intende che il sistema è stato realizzato con più memoria rispetto a quanto previsto nel progetto, ma semplicemente che si è aggiunta memoria ad un sistema già esistente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su alcuni dizionari ho trovato entrambi i significati, addirittura &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=implementare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato indicato prima il significato che io ritenevo errato.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato che in molti casi i due significati contrastanti potrebbero trarre in inganno, vorrei sapere qual è il vero significato del verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-18T16:52:48.677" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T17:06:39.487" Title="Sul significato in uso del verbo implementare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6648" CreationDate="2016-02-18T17:06:39.487" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari di cui personalmente mi fido di più, il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/implementare/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e lo Zingarelli, è presente solo il significato di base che dici: «dare pratica realizzazione a un piano» e sue sfumature, coerentemente con l'etimo. Il verbo, anche con questo significato, è un calco dall'inglese molto recente (lo Zingarelli lo fa risalire al 1983); ritengo che l'altro significato sia ancor più recente e forse originato da un uso erroneo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altro canto, è innegabile che venga usato anche nell'altro senso: quale dei due sensi sia prevalente quantitativamente si potrebbe sapere solo esaminando un corpus di testi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, spero che non si diffonda più di tanto il secondo senso, proprio per evitare i malintesi a cui accenni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T17:06:39.487" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6611" CreationDate="2016-02-18T17:12:57.847" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Elenco&lt;/em&gt; is a synonym of &lt;em&gt;lista&lt;/em&gt;, but it has a nuance in meaning; if you has an ordered list of items, &quot;elenco&quot; seems to me more meaningful than simply using &quot;lista&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2222" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-02-27T11:34:54.013" LastActivityDate="2016-02-27T11:34:54.013" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6614" CreationDate="2016-02-18T17:30:50.317" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In modern Italian language &quot;voi&quot; means you (plural). The pronoun &quot;loro&quot; means they and is used even as honorific plural form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However in northern Italy old people used &quot;voi&quot; as honorific form when they talked to their parents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2222" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T17:30:50.317" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6593" CreationDate="2016-02-18T17:38:10.120" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pronunciation of -gia and -cia is a bit tricky, however in this case 'genealogia' derives from Greek, so it is pronounced -gì-a.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2222" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-07-11T18:22:57.450" LastActivityDate="2020-07-11T18:22:57.450" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6593" CreationDate="2016-02-18T21:09:23.260" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The puzzle is easily solved: there is no “i” sound in &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt;, it is just a graphic device for denoting the palatal pronunciation of “g”, like in &lt;em&gt;gelato&lt;/em&gt;. So, apart from the different vowel following it, the sound is the same /ʤ/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's the same for “c”: the palatal pronunciation is denoted by inserting an “i” before “a”, ”o” or “u”: &lt;em&gt;goccia&lt;/em&gt; (drop), &lt;em&gt;gancio&lt;/em&gt; (hook), &lt;em&gt;ciuco&lt;/em&gt; (donkey).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To the contrary, the “hard” sound is denoted by inserting an “h” before “e” and “i”: &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; (conjunction or pronoun), &lt;em&gt;chi&lt;/em&gt; (who), &lt;em&gt;alghe&lt;/em&gt; (seeweed), &lt;em&gt;ghiro&lt;/em&gt; (dormouse).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the verb &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; has no “i” in its root; indeed the future tense is &lt;em&gt;mangerò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mangerai&lt;/em&gt;, because there's no need to denote the palatal pronunciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, however, for etymological reasons (but the real reason is some imposition by grammarians), the “i” is preserved; it's the case of plurals, so &lt;em&gt;camicia&lt;/em&gt; (shirt) becomes &lt;em&gt;camicie&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ciliegia&lt;/em&gt; (cherry) becomes &lt;em&gt;ciliegie&lt;/em&gt;. In both cases the “i” still has no sound.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The case of &lt;em&gt;cielo&lt;/em&gt; (sky) and &lt;em&gt;cieco&lt;/em&gt; (blind) is a bit different: ancient Italian (Tuscan) pronounced this “i”; it's still heard in southern Italian speakers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some words, though, the “i” sound is present and it is tonic, like &lt;em&gt;farmacia&lt;/em&gt; (apothecary) or &lt;em&gt;genealogia&lt;/em&gt;. Of course, in this case, it is pronounced with palatal sound.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A curious case are the adverbs &lt;em&gt;già&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;giù&lt;/em&gt; where there is no diphthong (/ʤa/ and /ʤu/), but they're written with an accent in analogy with &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T21:09:23.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6654" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6656" CreationDate="2016-02-18T21:34:43.317" Score="4" ViewCount="2754" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a practical list of minimal pairs to help with learning Italian pronunciation, but can't find anything in the public domain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If anyone has a list it would be most helpful if they could post it, or failing that, I'd be grateful for a recommendation to a good source &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2220" LastEditorUserId="2220" LastEditDate="2016-02-18T22:34:54.700" LastActivityDate="2017-01-29T22:33:27.210" Title="Phonology: what is the most useful list of Italian minimal pairs?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6655" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-18T22:21:04.667" Score="1" ViewCount="971" Body="&lt;p&gt;I baroni in contesto universitario: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Per baroni si intendono quei professori di ruolo che al contempo coprono &#xA;  all'interno della stessa università per cui lavorano, un qualche incarico di responsabilità (per esempio Rettore, Direttore di un Dipartimento, Preside di facoltà, Preside di Corso di Laurea e via dicendo). &#xA;  Più è importante il posto di responsabilità e quindi il potere che i baroni hanno, più hanno possibilità di influenzare le scelte dell'Università stessa. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-02-18T22:21:04.667" Title="Perché si chiamano &quot;baroni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6654" CreationDate="2016-02-18T23:12:06.233" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;A complete set of minimal pairs for every possible pair of phonemes is quite sizeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I copy here the one from Serianni's &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (p. 4) for vowels:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  i      e      ɛ      a      ɔ      o      u&#xA;e venti&#xA;ɛ pezzo  esse&#xA;a pazzo  fatta  pazzo&#xA;ɔ fola   spola  trono  botte&#xA;o pozzo  groppo pozzo  pozzo  botte&#xA;u puzzo  pura   puzzo  puzzo  lutto  puzzo&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Every word yields the pair when the vowel corresponding to its row is substituted with the one corresponding to its column.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably the most interesting minimal pair here are the ones for e/ɛ (&lt;em&gt;ésse&lt;/em&gt;, plural feminine form of &lt;em&gt;esso&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;èsse&lt;/em&gt;, name of letter &lt;em&gt;S&lt;/em&gt;) and for o/ɔ (&lt;em&gt;bótte&lt;/em&gt;, “barrel” and &lt;em&gt;bòtte&lt;/em&gt;, “blows”); notice that in these words the accents aren't usually written down.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Serianni's book has on pp. 6-7 an analogous table for consonant sounds. To just give one example for one of the troublesome ones, take the two phonemes corresponding to the letter &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt;, /ts/ and /dz/: &lt;em&gt;razza&lt;/em&gt; (respectively “race” and “ray”, the fish).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, if this is to learn pronunciation, note that in Italian – as in other languages – there happen to be single phonemes corresponding to more than an actual sound. For instance, there is a single phoneme /n/ in Italian, but it corresponds to different allophones: [n] in &lt;em&gt;numero&lt;/em&gt;, [ŋ] in &lt;em&gt;angolo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-02-19T08:57:47.863" LastActivityDate="2016-02-19T08:57:47.863" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6657" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-19T10:47:51.197" Score="1" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma non c'è gusto né rischi a fendere oggi questa folla di Toledo &lt;strong&gt;stracciata&lt;/strong&gt; e pomposa, attenta solo agli equipaggi ricchi, ai funerali, ai lazzi dei lazzari, alle ceste delle ciambelle e dei mandorlati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stracciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbo &quot;stracciare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Comunque, non riesco a immaginare cosa possa essere una &quot;folla stracciata&quot;. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-19T06:12:34.227" Title="Cosa significa &quot;stracciato&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6657" CreationDate="2016-02-19T12:06:54.247" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prova a considerare insieme i due aggettivi: &lt;em&gt;stracciata&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;pomposa&lt;/em&gt; indicano due qualità opposte. Immagina un abito lacero e uno lussuoso: sono entrambi &quot;eccessivi&quot;, &quot;esagerati&quot;. La folla di Toledo, in questa descrizione, è così e non solo per gli abiti che indossa, ma anche (forse, soprattutto) per le cose a cui si interessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-19T12:06:54.247" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6659" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-19T15:49:34.113" Score="2" ViewCount="296" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &quot;stivale&quot; viene stesso usato in riferimento alla morfologia del territorio italiano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stivale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Stivale&lt;/a&gt;: (Treccani.it) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In senso fig., per antonomasia, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo Stivale, l’Italia,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; così detta per la sua forma geografica che somiglia a quella di uno stivale: Goti e Vandali ... venuti a manomettere, a vituperare e a imbarbarire il nostro bellissimo e gloriosissimo Stivale (Baretti), &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione viene, ad esempio, spesso usata in riferimento alle condizioni atmosferiche: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?sclient=tablet-gws&amp;amp;site=&amp;amp;source=hp&amp;amp;q=pioggia%20lungo%20tuttp%20lo%20stivale%20&amp;amp;oq=pioggia%20lungo%20tuttp%20lo%20stivale%20&amp;amp;gs_l=tablet-gws.3..30i10.1735.8583.0.8909.33.31.1.1.1.0.341.4657.0j27j3j1.31.0....0...1c.1.64.tablet-gws..1.26.3585.IcSn-a1-oqw#q=maltempo%20lungo%20lo%20stivale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Maltempo lungo tutto lo stivale&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se questa espressione abbia avuto origine nella poesia (risorgimentale ad esempio, quindi con riferimento all'Italia come unico territorio) o se sia solo un'espressione comune &#xA;che si è diffusa con la diffusione delle prime mappe geografiche. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-02-19T15:57:00.427" LastActivityDate="2016-02-19T19:52:46.050" Title="Lo Stivale italiano" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6659" CreationDate="2016-02-19T19:25:28.507" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è senza dubbio antecedente al periodo Risorgimentale. Una rapida ricerca in Google Books ha prodotto il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=MAMR9frHaGQC&amp;amp;pg=PA229&amp;amp;dq=%22stivale%20d%27%20italia%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiAlsHFxoTLAhUIdD4KHbR_BssQ6AEIHzAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22stivale%20d%27%20italia%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Saggio di congetture su i terremoti del dottore Cristofano Sarti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; del 1783&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giova anche farsi un'idea della situazione della suddetta provincia della Calabria. [...] Il pezzo meridionale forma ciò, che chiamasi Metutasio, e punta del piede del famoso Stivale d'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sospetto che l'uso risalga a molto più indietro di così, almeno fino al tardo medioevo, ma le limitazioni di Google books mi impediscono una ricerca più approfondita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre vale la pena di notare che il riferimento all'Italia come unico territorio (anche se non come entità politica) risale al periodo romano ed è utilizzato ininterrotamente da allora sino ad oggi (vedasi, ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;Italia mia, benché il parlar sia indarno&lt;/em&gt; del Petrarca).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-02-19T19:52:46.050" LastActivityDate="2016-02-19T19:52:46.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6661" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6662" CreationDate="2016-02-20T08:27:56.533" Score="1" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Risuonarono, fra la &lt;strong&gt;polvere manomessa&lt;/strong&gt;, gagliarde rampogne che datavano dal milleseicentodieci, dal milleseicentoquindici: come gli anni di sdegnoso silenzio, d'esilio, di separazione e disinteresse, pesassero meno di un'ora. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che si riferisca alla polvere dello studio di Orazio Gentileschi a Londra, menzionata prima nel romanzo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le giovavano certe faccenduole domestiche -- lavare fazzoletti, lucidare una scatola o un piatto -- che a poco a poco s'era messa ad amare e a prodigare senza necessità intorno al vecchio; dicendosi, al modo delle donne casalinghe inveterate, che lui ne aveva bisogno, che stava a lei il combattere la gloriosa polvere dello studio: perché Orazio non vivesse in tanta sporcizia, appena soccorsa da una scopata dei garzoni. Cominiciava a ragionare [...]. E poiché Orazio usava assentarsi all'improvviso e uscire senza dir dove andasse, era un'avventura insinuarsi, con cencio e piumaccio, fra telai, cartoni, tele arrotolate, quaderni, vecchie lettere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/manomettere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;manomettere nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda &quot;manomessa&quot; nel primo brano. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-20T14:14:12.577" LastActivityDate="2016-02-20T14:52:39.433" Title="Cosa significa &quot;polvere manomessa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6661" CreationDate="2016-02-20T14:46:49.547" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dato il contesto credo che il significato in questione sia quello sotto la lettera (c) del dizionario Treccani: &lt;em&gt;disordinare, travisare&lt;/em&gt;. La protagonista è nello studio di Orazio Gentileschi, un posto dove la polvere tende ad accumularsi indisturbata, e lei, per l'appunto, la disturba con le sue pulizie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-20T14:52:39.433" LastActivityDate="2016-02-20T14:52:39.433" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6663" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6666" CreationDate="2016-02-20T17:37:00.680" Score="1" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a sentence that I would like to translate into Italian. I have a very, very limited knowledge of the Italian language so I'm a little stumped, ha, ha.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence I would like translated is: &quot;I struggle but I'll survive&quot;. It's to be used as a standalone sentence in a tattoo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google Translate translates this to &quot;Faccio fatica ma io sopravviverò&quot;. Is this accurate? As I know GT can't really be trusted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you,&#xA;Andy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="319" LastEditorUserId="319" LastEditDate="2016-02-20T18:17:07.883" LastActivityDate="2016-02-21T12:57:26.507" Title="Would like a sentence as a tattoo - having trouble translating English to Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6664" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-21T08:53:37.517" Score="1" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lei ebbe posto nel seguito di lady Arabella che andava a messa per contraddire: scollata, con vesti &lt;strong&gt;trinciate dall'antica&lt;/strong&gt; e il ventaglio in mano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;trinciate dall'antica&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trinciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbo &quot;trinciare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sono sicura di aver capito. Il suo senso in questo brano sarebbe &quot;tagliare&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-23T17:46:09.920" LastActivityDate="2016-02-23T17:46:09.920" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;trinciate dall'antica&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6664" CreationDate="2016-02-21T11:21:06.967" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conviene cercare l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;trinciato&lt;/em&gt;, che può significare sia &quot;tagliato&quot; sia &quot;aperto&quot;. Cercando &quot;vestito trinciato&quot; ho trovato un dizionario parmigiano-italiano (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=NZ4WAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA78&amp;amp;lpg=PA78&amp;amp;dq=vestito+trinciato&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=tCdFuAf--7&amp;amp;sig=OyijVXLPwp6AGtnhsvlHUGBHapk&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjh2pSd2YjLAhVBFiwKHWYxDy8Q6AEILTAG#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=vestito%20trinciato&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=NZ4WAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA78&amp;amp;lpg=PA78&amp;amp;dq=vestito+trinciato&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=tCdFuAf--7&amp;amp;sig=OyijVXLPwp6AGtnhsvlHUGBHapk&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjh2pSd2YjLAhVBFiwKHWYxDy8Q6AEILTAG#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=vestito%20trinciato&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;) in cui si dice che &lt;em&gt;trincio&lt;/em&gt; è «il rotto d'un vestito trinciato», cioè aperto in modo che sembri tagliato.&#xA;Poi, nella definizione del Vocabolario Treccani di &lt;em&gt;trinciato&lt;/em&gt;, si fa riferimento all'araldica. Uno scudo trinciato è quello diviso in due parti da una linea diagonale. Ho trovato un elenco di stemmi (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.leonemarinato.it/famiglie.php?c=S&amp;amp;pg=10&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.leonemarinato.it/famiglie.php?c=S&amp;amp;pg=10&lt;/a&gt;). In quello della famiglia Soelder c'è un guerriero con vestito trinciato oro e nero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la descrizione di lady Arabella, se si pensa al &lt;em&gt;trancio&lt;/em&gt;, a una veste aperta in modo che sembri tagliata, possiamo immaginare una gonna con una profonda piega centrale; se seguiamo la seconda ipotesi, la veste è a due colori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-21T11:21:06.967" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6663" CreationDate="2016-02-21T12:57:26.507" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure this is worth an answer, but here it is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While not uncorrect the translation from Google translate has some points that mark it as a little unnatural:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Using the verbal form &lt;em&gt;Faccio fatica&lt;/em&gt; has a connotation of physical or mental effort that, while also present in the English &lt;em&gt;I struggle&lt;/em&gt;, is more pronounced in Italian. I think it would be a good translation in sentences like &lt;em&gt;I struggle with grammar&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;He even struggles to walk&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The subject is often omitted in Italian when it is a pronoun. Again, this is not a mistake, per se, but it disrupts the flow of the sentence, putting more emphasis on the subject&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;sopravviverò&lt;/em&gt; (I'll survive) is not what I'd use. I do not have any good rationale for this, but to me at least it has some undertones of &quot;shrugging&quot; (like someone said &lt;em&gt;Oh well, I'll live&lt;/em&gt; in English). It is a personal interpretation and I'm sure other Italian speakers will disagree strongly with me on this.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most idiomatic translation I'm able to make is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarà dura, ma ce la farò&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that literally means &lt;em&gt;It will be hard, but I'll make it&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-02-21T12:57:26.507" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6622" CreationDate="2016-02-21T18:09:13.503" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &quot;corsa a Pisa&quot; può anche essere soltanto &quot;un salto a Pisa&quot;. Parlando di un nuovo lavoro, potrebbe anche significare che potrà fare &quot;ogni tanto un salto a Pisa&quot;. Con mezzi pubblici o privati. In Toscana &quot;fo una corsa a Empoli&quot; vuol dire andarci, anche col proprio mezzo di trasporto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2016-02-21T18:09:13.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6611" CreationDate="2016-02-21T18:22:12.413" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would add that you should use &quot;elenco&quot; also for long lists, for instance one 30 pages long. There you simply could not use &quot;lista&quot;, which is really for short lists. Like in &quot;La Lista del Giorno&quot; once used for menus (foreign word, once not encouraged). So, to sum it up in a practical and easy way, I would suggest &quot;elenco&quot; for long and short lists; &quot;lista&quot; for short lists only.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2016-02-21T18:22:12.413" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6669" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6493" CreationDate="2016-02-22T06:13:51.243" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non mi risulta che le forme &quot;vado a lavoro&quot;, &quot;vado a mare&quot; e &quot;vado a fiume&quot; siano accettate come corrette. Non ci sono riferimenti letterari di rilievo e proprio questi diventano il metro di valutazione vista la dichiarata incapacità di risalire alle ragioni dell'affermazione di una preposizione invece di un'altra. Si dice &quot;vado a teatro&quot;, ma &quot;vado al cinema&quot;, &quot;vado al lavoro&quot;, ma &quot;vado in ufficio o in fabbrica&quot;, &quot;vado al bar&quot;, ma &quot;vado in edicola&quot;, &quot;vado a scuola&quot;, ma &quot;vado in chiesa&quot;. È invece più evidente, nei casi in cui è prevalsa la preposizione semplice, come l'apparire dell'articolo assuma l'incisività di un aggettivo dimostrativo: &quot;vado a scuola&quot;, ma &quot;vado alla scuola dietro l'angolo&quot;, &quot;vado a teatro&quot;, ma &quot;vado al teatro che mi hai suggerito&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2229" LastActivityDate="2016-02-22T06:13:51.243" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6670" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6671" CreationDate="2016-02-22T07:44:03.497" Score="0" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A terra, sostenuta dal piede forcuto di un arcolaio d'argento, la Sant'Agata, &lt;strong&gt;in stralucido&lt;/strong&gt;, pareva corrucciata irrespettosamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di questa Sant'Agata il romanzo spiega un po' prima:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Precedeva la pittrice un maggiordomo vecchissimo che strasciava i piedi, la seguiva un paggio cresciutello, con le ginocchia nodose scoperte: e portava, avvolto in un drappo, il complimento, che era poi una Sant'Agata dalle poppe mozze, curiosa scelta di Orazio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un dono che fanno i Gentileschi alla regina Enrichetta di Francia, sposa del re Carlo I d'Inghilterra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;in stralucido&quot; nel primo brano. Ha qualcosa a che vedere con la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stralucido&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tecnica decorativa&lt;/a&gt; spiegata da Wikipedia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-22T17:48:02.053" Title="Cosa significa &quot;in stralucido&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6670" CreationDate="2016-02-22T15:15:10.543" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo stralucido è una tecnica artistica, usata di solito per le ceramiche e cotti vari, praticamente lucidando prima della cottura l'oggetto avrà una maggiore riflettanza. Di solito non lo si fa su tutto l'oggetto perché è una tecnica usata per dare contrasto vicino a zone più opache. Se si tratta di questa allora o non è un dipinto su tela o è un busto.&#xA;Potrebbe anche riferirsi a come la luce colpisce l'oggetto, di sbieco, tra i vari riflessi del dipinto l'espressione della santa che così potrebbe sembrare un po' diversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-22T17:48:02.053" LastActivityDate="2016-02-22T17:48:02.053" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6672" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6673" CreationDate="2016-02-23T08:30:29.987" Score="0" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Vien buono l'alberello della lacca&quot; pensò Artemisia per darsi animo: ma già l'ha colta quel presentimento insopportabile che a ogni nuovo lavoro d'impegno si ripete: dipingerà, anche questa volta, il solito ritratto &lt;strong&gt;baldanzoso&lt;/strong&gt; di cui è così facile gloriarsi, così difficile contentarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;baldanzoso&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato questo vocabolo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/baldanzoso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato che significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che ha o mostra baldanza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e cercando il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/baldanza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di baldanza&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Grande (e talvolta eccessiva) fiducia nelle proprie forze, nella sorte: &lt;em&gt;b. giovanile; pigliare b.; togliere b.; Li occhi a la terra e le ciglia avea rase D’ogne b.&lt;/em&gt; (Dante); talora anche presunzione o spavalderia: &lt;em&gt;parlare con troppa baldanza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non capisco cos'è un &quot;ritratto baldanzoso&quot;. Significa che il ritratto mostra che la pittrice ha fiducia nelle sua capacità per fare quel lavoro? Vuol dire che la persona ritratta è quella che mostra baldanza, cioè, fiducia nella propria sorte? Significa un ritratto presuntuoso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-23T10:26:56.833" LastActivityDate="2016-02-23T15:22:03.433" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;baldanzoso&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6672" CreationDate="2016-02-23T09:57:12.490" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me con l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;baldanzoso&lt;/em&gt; Anna Banti vuole dire il rapporto di Artemisia con la propria arte: la pittrice sente, da una parte, che il suo ritratto sarà ben eseguito (&quot;è facile gloriarsi&quot;), dall'altra, che non ne sarà pienamente soddisfatta (&quot;difficile contentarsi&quot;).&#xA;L'atteggiamento baldanzoso è l'atteggiamento di qualcuno che ha molta fiducia nelle proprie capacità ma spesso questa fiducia non corrisponde alla realtà. Di solito, chi è baldanzoso, spavaldo, non è consapevole di esserlo, ma Anna Banti vuole dire che Artemisia lo è. Gli artisti non sono mai soddisfatti delle loro opere: anche quando la tecnica e l'esperienza li aiuta a fare qualcosa di bello, sentono che possono fare ancora meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Baldanzoso&lt;/em&gt; non significa semplicemente che una persona ha fiducia nelle proprie capacità, ma che questa fiducia è eccessiva, cioè che le sue capacità non sono così grandi. Di solito, una persona spavalda non pensa di esserlo, sono gli altri a giudicarlo così. In questo caso, Anna Banti vuole dire che Artemisia riconosce che il ritratto che farà avrà la presunzione di essere un grande ritratto, ma in realtà non sarà poi così bello. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-02-23T15:22:03.433" LastActivityDate="2016-02-23T15:22:03.433" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6331" CreationDate="2016-02-23T18:57:24.530" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.penpaland.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://www.penpaland.com&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Penpaland is the free social networking site for online correspondence, cultural exchange, learning foreign languages, sharing photos, files and videos.&#xA;Language exchange based website, on penpaland you can learn/teach Italian or any other language.&#xA;By the way you can post articles about your language or read articles on penpaland.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2237" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-23T20:54:16.400" LastActivityDate="2016-02-23T20:54:16.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6676" CreationDate="2016-02-24T06:55:03.300" Score="2" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa frase, tratta dal romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt; di Anna Banti, descrive il pensiero che ha la pittrice prima di cominciare a lavorare su un ritratto della regina Enrichetta di Francia, sposa del re Carlo I d'Inghilterra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come, d'altronde, meditare &lt;strong&gt;l'impianto&lt;/strong&gt; e studiare il soggetto davanti a una regina in posa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;impianto&quot; in questo testo. Ho cercato questo vocabolo in alcuni dizionari, ma tutte le accezioni che ho trovato si riferiscono a macchine oppure sono termini medici. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;impianto&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-24T09:20:45.493" Title="Cosa significa &quot;impianto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6675" CreationDate="2016-02-24T08:07:45.200" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/I/impianto.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;impianto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; può essere usato anche in riferimento alla struttura di un pensiero o di un libro ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Struttura, organizzazione, impostazione: &lt;em&gt;un ragionamento di impianto razionalistico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La pittrice sta pensando  a come impostare il dipinto (i soggetti, le pose, i colori etc.) trattandosi di un soggetto così importante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-02-24T09:20:45.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6679" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-24T17:08:46.150" Score="4" ViewCount="627" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che è una domanda un po' assurda; l'uso di &lt;code&gt;c'è&lt;/code&gt; o di &lt;code&gt;è qui&lt;/code&gt; mi sono charissimi. Eppure dopo anni di vita all'estero, ora che mi trovo ad insegnare l'italiano a dei principianti, scopro che forse mi si sono arrugginite le parti italiane del cervello. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una mia studentessa, alla quarta lezione, mi ha chiesto che differenza ci fosse fra &lt;code&gt;c'è&lt;/code&gt; o di &lt;code&gt;è qui&lt;/code&gt;, dato che in due momenti diversi avevo tradotto entrambe queste locuzioni con la stessa frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così mi sono impappinato cercando di spiegare in modo semplice che si tratta due alternative per esprimere la stessa cosa, e che la prima si usa per dire che qualcosa o qualcuno sono presenti, mentre la seconda per dire dove sono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voi come spieghereste questa differenza in un linguaggio graduato e semplificato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2238" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-25T15:35:36.627" LastActivityDate="2016-02-28T16:56:49.857" Title="Qual è la differenza fra 'c'è' e 'è qui'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6679" CreationDate="2016-02-25T00:07:54.037" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le espressioni &quot;c'è&quot; ed &quot;è qui&quot; hanno in realtà significati differenti. &quot;C'è&quot; si usa quando si vuol comunicare che qualcuno o qualcosa è presente o esiste, senza indicare dove o quando, oppure indicandolo vagamente. &quot;È qui&quot; invece si usa per dire che qualcuno o qualcosa è qui in questo momento nello stesso posto dell'interlocutore. Le due forme, dunque, non sono affatto equivalenti; infatti la prima ha più un'accezione esistenziale e generica mentre la seconda più definita e materiale. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1a) Dov'è Mario Rossi?&#xA;È qui (nel senso che Mario Rossi si trova esattamente dove si trova chi risponde)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1b) Dov'è il mio quaderno di italiano?&#xA;È qui (il quaderno si trova nella stessa posizione di chi risponde)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2a) C'è una macchina che va a 300 Km/h?&#xA;Sì, c'è! (significa che esiste davvero una macchina che va 300 Km/h)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2b) Insegnante: &quot;C'è l'alunno appena arrivato?&quot;&#xA;Sì, c'è (cioè l'alunno è presente, ma non si sa dove di preciso)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2203" LastEditorUserId="2203" LastEditDate="2016-02-28T16:56:49.857" LastActivityDate="2016-02-28T16:56:49.857" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6683" CreationDate="2016-02-25T05:57:04.897" Score="1" ViewCount="6833" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalla finestra aperta, la dura pioggia estiva comincia a battere &lt;strong&gt;a stravento&lt;/strong&gt;, ma lei non può muoversi per chiuderla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &amp;quot;stravento&amp;quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Ricercando su Google, però, ho visto alcune frasi con questo termine che si riferiscono anche alla pioggia. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Incominciò a piovere a scrosci gelidi, &lt;strong&gt;di stravento&lt;/strong&gt;, e nella chiesa in rovina le fiamme si spensero in fretta. (Ken Follett, &lt;em&gt;I pilastri della terra&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pioveva che Dio la mandava. Il tempaccio, &lt;strong&gt;stravento&lt;/strong&gt; e acquazzoni, continuava da ore, ma il Calatafimi non aveva voluto sentire ragioni: «No, che non si rimanda. Se piove vuol dire che non vanno in giro e stanno chiusi in osteria. Quando arriviamo, li troviamo già mezzi cotti e dargliele sarà più facile». (Sergio Banali, &lt;em&gt;Avanti popolo: le lotte e le speranze dei &amp;quot;lauradur&amp;quot; in un romanzo padano&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Entro in casa, l'entrata è allagata, l'acqua è entrata da sotto la porta, come succede quando piove forte &lt;strong&gt;di stravento&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Piove forte, tra raffiche rabbiose; proprio mentre mi avvicino, lo &lt;strong&gt;stravento&lt;/strong&gt; manda uno scroscio a sciacquare i vetri fuligginosi. (Guido Morselli, &lt;em&gt;Un dramma borghese&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: cosa significa &amp;quot;stravento&amp;quot; in queste frasi? In particolare, qual è il significato delle espressioni &amp;quot;a stravento&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;di stravento&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-07-10T07:08:03.203" Title="Cosa significa &quot;stravento&quot; riferito alla pioggia?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6682" CreationDate="2016-02-25T06:26:15.227" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato riferimenti a &lt;em&gt;stravento&lt;/em&gt; in glossari e dizionari dialettali, e anche in manuali sulla manutenzione delle case. La pioggia a stravento è una pioggia molto forte e intensa che, per via del vento, cade non verticalmente ma obliquamente, e per questo può entrare nelle case attraverso porte e finestre se queste non sono ben sigillate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A stravento&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;di stravento&lt;/em&gt; sono equivalenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, il prefisso &lt;em&gt;stra-&lt;/em&gt; (latino &lt;em&gt;extra&lt;/em&gt;) in italiano può servire ad aumentare l'intensità della parola. Es. È un premio strameritato = È un premio meritatissimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-02-25T13:21:00.817" LastActivityDate="2016-02-25T13:21:00.817" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6684" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6685" CreationDate="2016-02-26T06:59:57.230" Score="0" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt;, di Anna Banti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A norma di Universo le grandi stragi non son neppure un brivido, sebbene l'Universo della umana memoria protesti. E s'erano affidati alla carta, al legno, alle pietre, queste materie più salde di un corpo umano, perché l'umanità civile continuasse. Ma ecco scritture, intagli, colori violentemente &lt;strong&gt;sbaragliati&lt;/strong&gt; e incineriti, mentre l'ingegnoso che li concepì è ridotto un meschino senza volto, scacciato dal sasso dove univa i piedi tremando, all'orlo di una voragine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sbaragliare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;definizione di &quot;sbaragliare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa significa che i colori sono &quot;violentemente sbaragliati&quot;. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-26T09:21:50.063" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sbaragliato&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6684" CreationDate="2016-02-26T09:21:50.063" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sbaragliati&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;incineriti&lt;/em&gt; si riferiscono a &quot;scritture, intagli e colori&quot;, non solo a &quot;colori&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sbaragliare&quot; si usa quando si parla di guerre, battaglie, contese. Qui immagino che Anna Banti voglia dire che se è vero che le &quot;grandi stragi&quot;, in confronto all'immensità dell'universo, sono piccole, insignificanti, gli uomini, raccontandole o dipingendole o raffigurandole in bassorilievi, hanno voluto conservarne la memoria. Però, anche le parole, anche i colori, anche gli intagli nel marmo si perdono, sbiadiscono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece di dire &quot;si perdono&quot;, &quot;sbiadiscono&quot; (o altre parole migliori di queste...), l'autrice ha cercato delle parole nel campo semantico delle &quot;stragi&quot;, perché è a queste che si riferisce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-02-26T09:21:50.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6611" CreationDate="2016-02-27T00:27:50.963" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senza nessuna fonte e senza pretese, mi invento quanto segue. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;La lista è semplice e non organizzata. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Di fatto un elenco è qualcosa a metà tra una lista è un dizionario, con una struttura organizzata. Una sorta di dizionario semplificato: nome -&gt; numero, suddiviso per lettere: A, B, C...&#xA;Per questo anche in inglese, l'elenco telefonico, non è &lt;code&gt;list&lt;/code&gt; ma &lt;code&gt;directory&lt;/code&gt;, perché la directory è una struttura organizzata. &lt;br&gt; &#xA;Forse l'inglese è più preciso in tal senso, infatti le parole non si interscambiano come succede in italiano. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;code&gt;List of items&lt;/code&gt; non è mai &lt;code&gt;directory of items&lt;/code&gt;. Anche in italiano dovrebbe essere così, ma è cosi solo in un senso: la struttura organizzata in italiano non la chiami lista. Quindi non hai la &quot;lista telefonica&quot;, ma la &quot;lista delle telefonate&quot;, organizzata solo in sequenza, ma senza indici. ;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1990" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-27T08:42:51.090" LastActivityDate="2016-02-27T08:42:51.090" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6687" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6688" CreationDate="2016-02-27T08:44:34.053" Score="0" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa frase, tratta dal romanzo &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt; di Anna Banti, descrive quello che pensano della pittrice nella Corte di Inghilterra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Donna bizzarra, più di &lt;strong&gt;ventura&lt;/strong&gt; che virtuosa, e se non fosse stato suo padre, mai l'avremmo chiamata da queste bande.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;ventura&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che significa &quot;sorte&quot;, &quot;fortuna&quot;, &quot;destino&quot;. Tuttavia non capisco il senso di questo vocabolo nella frase precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-02-28T12:04:39.597" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;ventura&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6687" CreationDate="2016-02-27T11:48:09.797" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Virtuosa&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere letto come persona dotata di virtù con doti morali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Di ventura&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto potrebbe essere nell'accezione di mercenaria, persona che agisce solo per tornaconto personale non badando a questioni etiche o ideologiche, quindi senza grandi virtù.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parlando di Corte di Inghilterra, probabilmente si vuole mettere in evidenza che la pittrice era stata presa in considerazione solo in virtù del padre (forse persona stimata), dal momento che lei non brillava per particolari doti morali apprezzate generalmente a corte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1799" LastActivityDate="2016-02-27T11:48:09.797" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6689" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6691" CreationDate="2016-02-28T07:49:04.553" Score="0" ViewCount="205" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco i quattro ciliegi che fiancheggiavano il vialetto oltre il cancello appena accostato, ecco i due faggi&#xA;che &lt;strong&gt;svettavano&lt;/strong&gt; di molto oltre il tetto scuro e lucido.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso del verbo &amp;quot;svettare&amp;quot; in questa frase. Cercando il vocabolo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svettare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, tenendo conto che si tratta di alberi ma che si parla anche del tetto di una casa, a me sembra che possa avere questi due significati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.a.&lt;/strong&gt; letter. Di alberi, agitare la vetta: &lt;em&gt;i cipressi di sotto la Rocca svettavano, i lecci di sotto il castello tumultuavano&lt;/em&gt; (D’Annunzio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.c.&lt;/strong&gt; Emergere tra altre cose o persone: &lt;em&gt;la ragazza, per la sua inusuale altezza, svettava tra le altre compagne&lt;/em&gt;; anche in senso fig.: &lt;em&gt;è uno studente che svetta per ingegno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sapreste spiegare a quale di queste due accezioni si riferisce la frase sopra citata? Cioè, i faggi agitavano la vetta oltre il tetto della casa oppure i faggi oltrepassavano di molto il tetto della casa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-02-29T17:09:23.613" Title="Cosa significa &quot;svettare&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6687" CreationDate="2016-02-28T12:04:39.597" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso generale di “ventura”, come si diceva, è quello di “sorte”, “destino”. Di qui ha però assunto accezioni specifiche in locuzioni specifiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'italiano contemporaneo si usa quasi solo nella locuzione “andare alla ventura”, cioè affidarsi al caso, e per i “capitani di ventura”, che più che al caso si affidavano a chi pagava di più. E a pensarci, anche “fortuna” – che nell'accezione classica poteva essere positiva o negativa e in quella moderna è quasi solo positiva – ha un senso relativo al successo economico (“ha gudagnato una fortuna”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il richiamo a questi mercenari può far pensare che a quel personaggio di &lt;em&gt;Artemisia&lt;/em&gt; si attribuiscano interessi materiali e quasi meschini (non a caso, “mercenaria” si dice anche di una prostituta). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa interpretazione è coerente con una delle interpretazioni dell'enigmatico verso 61 del II canto dell'Inferno, in cui Beatrice definisce Dante «l'amico mio, e non della ventura». Una delle letture più accreditate è appunto che Dante perseguisse la dottrina delle cose divine (personificata da Beatrice) di per sé e non ambendo a ricompense o vantaggi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi queste considerazioni, insieme alla contrapposizione alla virtù, fanno pensare che chi parla considera la pittrice nella migliore delle ipotesi poco costante nelle sue intenzioni, e nella peggiore attaccata a bassi interessi materiali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-02-28T12:04:39.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6689" CreationDate="2016-02-28T12:05:40.017" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo sia la seconda delle accezioni confrontate, scartando la prima che, se il verbo &quot;svettare&quot; non fosse seguito da &quot;di molto oltre il tetto scuro e lucido&quot;, probabilmente avrebbe potuto riferirsi all'ampiezza delle oscillazioni descritte dalle punte degli alberi agitate dal vento. Un altro &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svettare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato&lt;/a&gt; che ben descrive il senso di &lt;em&gt;svettare&lt;/em&gt; nella frase citata è, a mio avviso,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b. &lt;strong&gt;Elevarsi, slanciarsi con la vetta contro uno sfondo di cielo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;il campanile svettava nel cielo azzurro; montagne che svettano superbe&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in cui il verbo è utilizzato come &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svettare_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sinonimo&lt;/a&gt; di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ergersi, innalzarsi, spiccare, stagliarsi, torreggiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-02-28T14:05:21.493" LastActivityDate="2016-02-28T14:05:21.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6692" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6693" CreationDate="2016-02-29T07:31:42.547" Score="2" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi,  ho letto questo dialogo tra due partigiani, Ivan e Milton: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;– Non è questione di pazienza, ma di pelle. Quassú è&#xA;  pericoloso. Le pattuglie.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;– Non si azzardano fin quassú. Al massimo arrivano&#xA;  alla strada ferrata.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;– Da’ retta a me, Milton, &lt;strong&gt;pompiamo&lt;/strong&gt;. L’asfalto non mi&#xA;  piace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;pompare&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il significato del vocabolo in alcuni dizionari, ma le diverse accezioni non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa intende Ivan quando dice &quot;pompiamo&quot; a Milton?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T09:17:05.360" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;pompare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6692" CreationDate="2016-02-29T10:43:07.047" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pompare può significare &quot;spingere forte sui pedali della bicicletta&quot; (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pompare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;), dunque in questo contesto &quot;camminare a passo rapido e serrato&quot;. Probabilmente &quot;l’asfalto non mi piace&quot; è anche una vera e propria allusione scherzosa al ciclismo: per il corridore partigiano è certo più adatto lo sterrato!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2223" LastActivityDate="2016-02-29T10:43:07.047" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6694" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-29T15:30:28.470" Score="4" ViewCount="520" Body="&lt;p&gt;I saw a sentence that read: &lt;em&gt;A lui piace il tè&lt;/em&gt;.  I could not find an explanation for the use of &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; before &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2250" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-02-29T17:41:51.930" LastActivityDate="2016-03-01T07:49:12.207" Title="Preposition “a” before a pronoun" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6695" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-02-29T16:36:54.330" Score="5" ViewCount="357" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Vedi che ti metto allesso e arrosto: ecco cosa vuol dire l'esserti piaciuta Vittorina&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Background: This excerpt is from a letter between Manzoni and his son-in-law found in Ginzburg's &quot;La famiglia Manzoni&quot;.  The part that I cannot decipher is the first phrase, which reads literally as &quot;See what I place for you boiled and roasted&quot;. He is not discussing a meal, so whatever this means may be allegorical.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie, Joe D'Alessandro &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the entire paragraph:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Avevo ricevuta la buona notizia dal bravo Montanelli, e rispondendogli ho parlato del concerto preso con te. Si rimane dunque che tu mi fai il piacere di rimborsargli le spese vive, fino al nostro per me arcicarissimo rivederci a Genova.  E lascio a te la cura di trovare quello che si possa fare di piu conveniente per riconoscere in qualche maniera la sua nobile e felice opera.  Vedi che ti metto allesso e arrosto: ecco cosa vuol dire l'esserti piaciuta Vittorina&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is some explanation for context. Note that this book is not unlike a &quot;soap opera&quot; in that there are all kinds of interpersonal disputes interposed with other life events, but it is not fiction as far as I know.  Ginzburg narrates in a very entertaining style, but these letters between the characters are I believe authentic, that is, they were written by these persons.  For me, the letters are often hard to decipher:  they often contain run-on sentences, some Milanese and Tuscanese dialect, colloquialisms and idioms, and even some passages in French, which I do not read (Google translate has helped with those, sometimes).   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Manzoni is writing to Bista, his future son-in-law, who is going to marry Vittoria, one of Manzoni's 9 children from his first marriage, which ended in the death of his wife Enrichetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Montanelli is a lawyer working on a lawsuit for Manzoni, which involves a book Manzoni wrote and I think the dispute is over an illicit publication (the copyright laws not being completely enforceable at that time).  But the lawsuit is unrelated to the upcoming marriage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &quot;living expenses&quot; that Manzoni offers to reimburse refer to the cost of maintaining Manzoni's youngest daughter,  Matilde, who Bista has suggested be relocated to Lucca to live with Bista's grandmother and Bista's sister,  to enhance her life experiences and remove her from Manzoni's second wife and maybe her son by her first marriage, neither of whom are well liked by most of the extended Manzoni clan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As I have thought over this expression &quot;ti metto allesso e arrosto&quot;, I wonder if this is some way of saying &quot;I have prepared everything for you in every way&quot;, but employing culinary terms, much as Americans might say &quot;stick a fork in him, he's done&quot; when referring to someone who has been beaten badly in a boxing match.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next paragraph discusses Matilde's delicate stomach but I do not think this clarifies the phrase in question.  I am only including the first few sentences. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Saprai che Matilde e' incomodata d'una gastrica (malattia qui dominante), la quale pero non ha mai avuto un carattere grave, e ora e' sul declinare.  Ma cos'ho detto?  non ho pensato che Vittorina leggera' questa lettera, e che trovando la parola &quot;grave&quot; quantunque accompagnata dal &quot;non&quot;, s'inquietera'&quot;.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2147" LastEditorUserId="2147" LastEditDate="2016-03-01T15:29:09.473" LastActivityDate="2016-03-01T17:10:38.430" Title="Can someone explain what this idiom or expression means (in English)?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6694" CreationDate="2016-02-29T16:57:32.327" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The literal meaning of the sentence is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tea is pleasant to him&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is how &lt;em&gt;He likes tea&lt;/em&gt; is usually expressed in Italian. Here the preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; is the exact translation of the preposition &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt; in English: it introduces what's called the &lt;em&gt;complemento di termine&lt;/em&gt; or in English &lt;em&gt;indirect object&lt;/em&gt;. See for example &lt;em&gt;Parlo a lui&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;I speak to him&quot; or &lt;em&gt;Ho dato quel libro a mia sorella&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;I've given that book to my sister&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more  detailed on how to translate the verb &lt;em&gt;to like&lt;/em&gt; in Italian see the excellent answer linked by DaG in the comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-02-29T16:57:32.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6689" CreationDate="2016-02-29T17:09:23.613" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli alberi superavano di molto in altezza il tetto della casa. Era distinguibile dunque, una notevole differenza di altezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1553" LastActivityDate="2016-02-29T17:09:23.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6695" CreationDate="2016-02-29T21:49:36.700" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems like Manzoni wants to say &quot;beware that I'll cook you boiled and roasted if you go on with that Vittorina&quot; it's part a premonition and part a warning... Like the advice of a wise father.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But without a bit of context I may be wrong...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2252" LastActivityDate="2016-02-29T21:49:36.700" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6694" CreationDate="2016-03-01T07:49:12.207" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are two sources for confusion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the subject is at the end&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;piacere&lt;/em&gt; has a very peculiar construction in Italian&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the sentence the subject is &lt;em&gt;il tè&lt;/em&gt;; it's similar to &lt;em&gt;Roberto piace ad Alice&lt;/em&gt; (which in English would be &lt;em&gt;Alice likes Bob&lt;/em&gt;). So Italian places the person that actually likes somebody/something as the grammatical indirect object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When this grammatical indirect object is a pronoun, usually the word order becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;⟨indirect object pronoun⟩ piace ⟨subject⟩&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the pronoun is normally in weak form &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; So it should really be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gli piace il tè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The long form would be used if there's some opposition to be underlined:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A lui piace il tè, a lei il caffè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(in the second part, the verb &lt;em&gt;piace&lt;/em&gt; is implied).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; I &lt;em&gt;know&lt;/em&gt; that grammars prescribe a postponed &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; for the third person plural. But it's much more common in spoken and also in written language to use &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; both for the plural and the singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-03-01T07:49:12.207" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6700" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6701" CreationDate="2016-03-01T09:35:03.650" Score="0" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era stata Fulvia a imporgli di scriverle, al termine del&#xA;  primo invito alla villa. L’aveva chiamato su perché le traducesse i versi di &lt;em&gt;Deep Purple&lt;/em&gt;. Penso si tratti del sole&#xA;  al tramonto, gli disse. Lui tradusse, dal disco &lt;strong&gt;al minimo&#xA;  dei giri&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;al minimo dei giri&quot; nel brano precedente. Immagino che abbia qualcosa a che vedere con il disco in vinile, ma non riesco a cogliere il suo senso. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-01T21:06:30.040" Title="Cosa significa &quot;al minimo dei giri&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6700" CreationDate="2016-03-01T13:11:18.093" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento sicuramente è rivolto ai dischi in vinile. &quot;Al minimo dei giri&quot; secondo me indica che per tradurre più agevolmente il brano in riproduzione, il soggetto di &quot;tradusse&quot; abbia preferito rallentare il disco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2203" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-01T21:06:30.040" LastActivityDate="2016-03-01T21:06:30.040" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6695" CreationDate="2016-03-01T17:10:38.430" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the added context I can now try a more reliable translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I received the good news from Montanelli, and answering I spoke of the agreement made with you. Hence we go on as planned: you make me the favor of reimbursing him the living expenses until our most dear meeting in Genova. And I leave to you also the problem of finding what's most convenient to do to recognize his noble and happy work. You see I put you to roast and boil: that's what having liked Vittorina means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;em&gt;I put you to roast and boil&lt;/em&gt; means that he's giving him a lot of hard work and disagreeable obligations (to anticipate the living expenses of Montanelli, find some kind of reward for the job he has done etc.). Since he's the fiancé of his daughter Manzoni treats him more like family and feels free to drop in his lap any problem needing help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-03-01T17:10:38.430" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6703" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6704" CreationDate="2016-03-02T06:25:51.827" Score="0" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ivan si alzò dal tronco e appoggiando le mani sul sedere si accorse che il fondo dei calzoni piú che &lt;strong&gt;spazzolato&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  andava strizzato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo i dizionari, &quot;spazzolare&quot; significa pulire o sistemare con la spazzola oppure, in senso figurato, mangiare voracemente o con avidità. Tuttavia, non capisco cosa possa significare un fondo di calzoni &quot;spazzolato&quot; nella frase precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-02T08:31:07.507" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;spazzolato&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6703" CreationDate="2016-03-02T08:31:07.507" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per pulire i vestiti si usano delle spazzole speciali, morbide, che consentono di togliere polvere o piccoli residui dalla stoffa. Si possono pulire i pantaloni anche con le mani. Se mi capita di stare seduta su un prato o sulla spiaggia, quando mi rialzo il primo gesto è quello di passare le mani sulle gambe, sui pantaloni, per &quot;pulirli&quot;. Così fa Ivan, dopo essere stato seduto sul tronco, per togliere piccoli pezzi di corteccia. Ma il tronco è bagnato (piove molto in quei giorni), quindi i pantaloni non si sono sporcati ma bagnati, vanno quindi strizzati e non spazzolati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-03-02T08:31:07.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6705" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-02T11:02:30.653" Score="2" ViewCount="8851" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio su questa frase: &quot;Ho due figli vivaci che spesso bisticciano tra...&quot;. Devo scrivere &quot;loro&quot; oppure &quot;di loro&quot;? In un certo senso mi suonano tutti e due corretti. Posso usare entrambi? Oppure uno è magari più colloquiale dell'altro? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-02T14:01:24.857" LastActivityDate="2016-03-03T19:05:07.853" Title="Si dice &quot;tra loro&quot; o &quot;tra di loro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" ClosedDate="2017-05-02T13:26:40.313" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6705" CreationDate="2016-03-02T12:06:03.453" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambe corrette ma è piu &quot;udibile&quot; la forma: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho due figli vivaci che spesso bisticciano tra di loro &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2255" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-02T15:55:30.647" LastActivityDate="2016-03-02T15:55:30.647" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6707" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-03T11:53:15.900" Score="2" ViewCount="8076" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un grande dubbio. &quot;C'aveva&quot; si può scrivere o viene considerato errore? &#xA;Vorrei sapere se esiste magari un modo più convincente di scrivere la particella rafforzativa in oggetto, che tenta, così apostrofata, di rendere il parlato, ma che mi pare impropria. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2016-03-26T12:56:44.313" Title="&quot;C'aveva&quot; si può scrivere?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6707" CreationDate="2016-03-03T12:21:54.977" Score="-4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;C'aveva&quot; è scorretto. È usato impropriamente nel parlato e nello scritto risulta essere ulteriormente meno opportuno. Usa semplicemente &quot;aveva&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2203" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-04T19:36:35.680" LastActivityDate="2016-03-04T19:36:35.680" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6709" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6710" CreationDate="2016-03-03T15:43:19.283" Score="0" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel buio la casa l’aveva trovata a tentoni, ma la conosceva a memoria. Era bassa e sbilenca come se si fosse ricevuta sul tetto una tremenda manata e non si fosse mai&#xA;  piú riassestata. Era grigia del medesimo grigio del tufo&#xA;  del vallone, con finestrelle slabbrate e quasi tutte ma-&#xA;  scherate da assiti fradici per le intemperie, con un ballatoio di legno anch’esso marcio e rattoppato con parti di&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;latte da petrolio&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;latte da petrolio&quot;. Non l'ho trovata nei dizionari che ho consultato, ma una ricerca su Google conferma che appare anche in altri testi. Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-03T16:22:40.987" LastActivityDate="2016-03-03T16:22:40.987" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;latte da petrolio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6709" CreationDate="2016-03-03T15:55:32.250" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Latte&lt;/em&gt; è il plurale di &lt;em&gt;Latta&lt;/em&gt;. La latta è una lamiera di acciaio e, in questo caso, indica un contenitore fatto con questo tipo di materiale. Il suo diminutivo &lt;em&gt;lattina&lt;/em&gt; indica i contenitori cilindrici per le bevande gassate. Le latte sono più grandi e possono contenere olio oppure petrolio (o benzina).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-03-03T15:55:32.250" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6705" CreationDate="2016-03-03T19:05:07.853" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che &quot;tra di noi&quot; sia molto più bello, oltre che più usato. Non necessariamente dai più giovani, che si sono ormai abituati ai doppiaggi dei film in inglese (between us) e a dire &quot;Non avevo realizzato che&quot; al posto di &quot;Non mi ero reso conto che&quot;. Come fonte &quot;autorevole&quot; suggerisco amichevolmente di ascoltare la canzone &quot;Te lo leggo negli occhi&quot;, cantata da Dino (1964): &quot;Tra di noi forse nascerà un amore vero, te lo leggo negli occhi, tu lo leggi nei miei&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2016-03-03T19:05:07.853" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6712" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6713" CreationDate="2016-03-04T11:23:43.590" Score="2" ViewCount="952" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stava male, in particolare gli dolevano i polmoni, pareva si sfregassero l’uno contro l’altro con punte&#xA;  fattesi da cartilagine in metallo, e &lt;strong&gt;gli davano senso&lt;/strong&gt; e sofferenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel libro questo vocabolo, &quot;senso&quot;, appare di nuovo in contesti che a me sembra possano essere simili:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Masticava con violenza, la fetta di lardo era cosí&#xA;  spessa e ricca che a Milton &lt;strong&gt;faceva quasi senso&lt;/strong&gt; incontrarla coi denti pur dopo l’alto spessore del pane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La maestra faceva ancora qualche &lt;strong&gt;mossa di sofferenza o di senso&lt;/strong&gt; e la gonna le montò&#xA;  piú su, ora mostrava le giarrettiere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;senso&quot; in queste espressioni: &quot;dare senso&quot;, &quot;fare senso&quot;, una &quot;mossa di senso&quot;.  Si riferiscono all'accezione &lt;strong&gt;2 b&lt;/strong&gt; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/senso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’avvertimento di sensazioni interne, di natura fisica o, talora, psichica, spec. se non ben definite: &lt;em&gt;avvertire un s. di fame; provare un s. di benessere, di malessere, di stanchezza, di pesantezza alla testa, di languore allo stomaco, d’amaro in bocca,&lt;/em&gt; ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-04T14:57:25.363" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;dare senso&quot;, &quot;fare senso&quot; o &quot;una mossa di senso&quot; in questi brani?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6712" CreationDate="2016-03-04T14:45:40.147" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che in tutti e tre i casi il significato è più quello indicato nella accezione 3 a della voce citata del dizionario Treccani, ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;uno stato d’animo, una sensazione, un atteggiamento psichico: &lt;em&gt;sentiva dentro di sé come un s. di vuoto; la sua partenza ha lasciato in tutti noi un s. di rimpianto; provare un s. di tristezza, d’amarezza, di sconforto&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. Molto com. nell’uso fam. l’espressione &lt;em&gt;fare senso&lt;/em&gt;, di cosa che produce una impressione forte e non gradevole (simile a disgusto o ripugnanza) o un turbamento psichico in genere: &lt;em&gt;vedergli perdere tutto quel sangue mi faceva senso; spettacoli di miseria che fanno senso&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-04T14:57:25.363" LastActivityDate="2016-03-04T14:57:25.363" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6714" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6716" CreationDate="2016-03-05T08:37:08.277" Score="1" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tossí a scoppi, a schianti, con stelle e&#xA;  lampi rossi e gialli nel cielo nero degli occhi serrati, sussultando sul terreno come un serpe trafitto. Poi, con le&#xA;  labbra sporche di fango, &lt;strong&gt;rispianò&lt;/strong&gt; gli occhi al ponte. I&#xA;  soldati non avevano sentito, fumavano e scorrevano con&#xA;  gli occhi ogni strato della collina piramidale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il personaggio che svolge questa azione è Milton, il protagonista del romanzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;rispianò gli occhi al ponte&quot; nel brano precedente. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;rispianare&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che significa &quot;spianare di nuovo o meglio&quot;, ma questa definizione non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-05T12:04:58.737" LastActivityDate="2016-03-05T13:24:43.347" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rispianare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6714" CreationDate="2016-03-05T11:18:28.050" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con l'espressione &lt;em&gt;rispianò gli occhi al ponte&lt;/em&gt; Fenoglio dice due azioni, quasi contemporanee. Dice che Milton riaprì gli occhi che prima erano serrati, li distese cioè dopo il momento di tensione, e li volse verso il ponte. Con il solo verbo &lt;em&gt;rispianare&lt;/em&gt; ci dice che il momento della tosse, violento (come dicono le parole usate: scoppi, schianti, lampi, sussultando), si placa. In più, Milton aveva dovuto nascondere il colpo di tosse per non farsi sentire dai soldati, e si accorge che ci è riuscito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-03-05T11:35:06.597" LastActivityDate="2016-03-05T11:35:06.597" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6714" CreationDate="2016-03-05T13:24:43.347" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di solito si può &lt;em&gt;spianare un'arma&lt;/em&gt;, cioè metterla in posizione di tiro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui Fenoglio ne dà un'estensione un po' stiracchiata, secondo me, ma l'uso di parole in sensi leggermente diversi dal solito è comune nella letteratura: Milton pose di nuovo gli occhi in modo da poter tenere sotto tiro il ponte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-03-05T13:24:43.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6717" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2016-03-05T14:46:16.133" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premise: &quot;Bravo&quot;, as an exclamation (hence indeclinable) came into use in French, English and other European languages from the (declinable) Italian adjective through the Italian Opera,  since around the half of 18° century  (there has been a little issue of priority about it: yet it seems the term is documented in French since 1738, while in English it dates 1761. The use in German is only documented since 1854). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian , while of course  &quot;bravo&quot; is a declinable adjective, and should be used as such, the artistic and theatre jargon  may  borrow, and does, the French- English term, so it is perfectly correct and polite (yet not very common) to express appreciation to a female performer yelling &quot;bravo&quot; , or  writing it in an art review, especially in a context of classic music and opera. In this case it would be understood as a foreign  term, and not Italian, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="634" LastActivityDate="2016-03-05T14:46:16.133" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6719" CreationDate="2016-03-06T00:10:44.813" Score="3" ViewCount="751" Body="&lt;p&gt;My daughter, aged 14, is learning Italian. I'm thinking about subscribing to some Italian magazine for teenage girls. Which one would you recommend?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2265" LastActivityDate="2016-03-06T11:00:13.577" Title="Italian magazine for teenage girls?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2020-06-23T20:12:58.083" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6719" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6718" CreationDate="2016-03-06T02:04:30.213" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Based on the size of their sales, I have three weekly magazines to suggest:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Topolino (&lt;a href=&quot;http://topolino.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://topolino.it/&lt;/a&gt;) is the most popular Italian magazine for the youth. Besides the Disney cartoons, it features articles of general interest for children and teenagers. Despite the fact that the publisher is a US based corporation, the content is originally developed and tailored specifically for Italian young readers. It might be easier to read for a beginner. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il Giornalino (&lt;a href=&quot;http://ilgiornalino.g-web.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://ilgiornalino.g-web.it/&lt;/a&gt;) is the magazine for&#xA;the youth published by Edizioni Paoline (known in the US as the&#xA;&quot;Pauline Books and Media&quot;). It is targeted for an audience slightly&#xA;older than Topolino. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Cioè&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cioe.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.cioe.it/&lt;/a&gt;) - published by Panini. Unlike the previous two, this is a publication specifically for teenage girls, with a &quot;gossip&quot; magazine format.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wanted to give you more than one choice since only you, the parent, can evaluate how proficient is your daughter with the Italian language and what type of content you think is appropriate for her.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Buona lettura!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-06T11:00:13.577" LastActivityDate="2016-03-06T11:00:13.577" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6720" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6721" CreationDate="2016-03-06T08:58:13.653" Score="1" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma poi uno dei soldati scoppiò in una risata e tutti gli altri lo seguirono a ridere. Poi un altro&#xA;  puntò precipitosamente il dito al ventre della collina piramidale e un paio si buttarono dietro la mitragliatrice.&#xA;  Ma non fecero niente, e dopo un momento &lt;strong&gt;si arressarono&lt;/strong&gt; tutti a picchiar sulla schiena quello del dito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;arressarsi&quot; nell'ultima frase. Non ho trovato questo verbo in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Più avanti nel libro questo vocabolo appare di nuovo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli &lt;strong&gt;si arressarono&lt;/strong&gt; davanti agli occhi le facce smunte e infantili dei ragazzi fucilati, i loro nudi petti, magri&#xA;  che lo sterno vi sporgeva come una prua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;arressarsi&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-06T09:31:04.760" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;arressarsi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6720" CreationDate="2016-03-06T09:31:04.760" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho mai sentito né letto il verbo “arressare”, ma non è difficile capire che significa, perché è costruito secondo lo schema “fetta &gt; affettare”. Dunque&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fare ressa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ressa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;senso 2 del Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Affollamento di gente che preme, che si accalca per entrare, per avvicinarsi, ecc.; la massa stessa di persone che così si affolla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-03-06T09:31:04.760" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6722" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6723" CreationDate="2016-03-07T07:32:48.347" Score="1" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si frugò in tasca, estrasse le due sigarette e le confrontò. Una si era tagliuzzata a metà e l’altra perdeva tabacco da un capo. Si mise tra le labbra quest’ultima, ma poi non gli riuscí di trovare la minima superficie asciutta su cui sfregare lo zolfanello. C’erano sí le guance zigrinate del calcio della Colt, ma non si sentí di farlo. Con&#xA;  un risolino di disperazione rimise in tasca la sigaretta e &lt;strong&gt;si&#xA;  cacciò&lt;/strong&gt; avanti per il ciglione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il personaggio che svolge questa azione è Milton, il protagonista del romanzo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;si cacciò avanti per il ciglione&quot; nell'ultima frase del brano. Ho letto tutte le accezioni del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cacciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbo &quot;cacciare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma nessuna sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-07T10:27:13.610" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cacciarsi&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6722" CreationDate="2016-03-07T09:18:15.507" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cacciarsi&quot; può essere usato nel senso di &quot;infilarsi&quot;/&quot;muoversi verso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Si cacciò in una brutta situazione -&gt; si infilò in una brutta situazione&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, indica il fatto che il protagonista si incamminò in avanti per il ciglione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-07T10:27:13.610" LastActivityDate="2016-03-07T10:27:13.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6724" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6725" CreationDate="2016-03-07T11:06:37.007" Score="6" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assumed that it was being replaced by the passato prossimo without the avere/essere, but this doesn't appear to be the case. I'm very confused on this point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2270" LastActivityDate="2016-03-07T12:23:55.090" Title="I've been told that the passato remoto is going extinct and is now rarely used in northern Italy. What do people use instead?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6724" CreationDate="2016-03-07T12:05:13.903" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't say that the passato remoto is going extinct, but it is certainly true that in northern Italy it is rarely used.&#xA;Actually in northern Italy we tend to always use the passato prossimo, even if the past event has no relation with the present, and we should use the passato remoto instead. This use in general doesn't pose great problems of communication, but it isn't strictly correct.&#xA;Those who speak correct italian use both the passato prossimo and the passato remoto, today as in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, it is correct to say &quot;&lt;em&gt;Fermi ricevette nel 1938 il Premio Nobel per la fisica&lt;/em&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;em&gt;Fermi ha ricevuto nel 1938 il Premio che oggi riceverai anche tu&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, but it is not correct to say &quot;&lt;em&gt;Fermi ha ricevuto nel 1938 il Premio Nobel per la fisica&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyways, the last phrase is perfectly understandable, and no one will correct you if you use it in an informal context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-03-07T12:23:55.090" LastActivityDate="2016-03-07T12:23:55.090" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6726" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6727" CreationDate="2016-03-08T08:40:26.597" Score="0" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto questo dialogo tra Milton (un giovane partigiano) e una vecchia signora:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Che fate? Io non ho piú bisogno di niente.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Aspetta a dirlo. Ho una cosa che ti potrebbe interessare. Voleva uscire a dirtela mio genero ma io l’ho&#xA;  convinto a restarsene al chiuso e lasciar fare a me.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Che cosa?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Una cosa che da tempo volevamo dire al piú vecchio dei miei nipoti che sono nella Stella Rossa. Ma ora&#xA;  avremmo deciso di dirla a te che ne hai bisogno urgente&#xA;  e non puoi aspettare di piú.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Ma che cos’è?&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – È che io posso &lt;strong&gt;darti il filo&lt;/strong&gt; per il fascista che cerchi. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Milton posò il sandwich sull’orlo del contenitore. –&#xA;  Intendiamoci. Io cerco un soldato, non un fascista borghese.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – E io ti segnalo un soldato. Un sergente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;darti il filo&quot; nel brano precedente. Si tratta di un modo di dire? L'ho cercata nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/F/filo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, ma non l'ho trovata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel libro, questa vecchia signora dice a Milton un'altra frase con questa stessa espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Aspetta. E se ti andasse male? Se ti va male, dirai che siamo stati noi a &lt;strong&gt;darti il filo&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;dare il filo&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-08T15:15:24.303" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;dare il filo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6726" CreationDate="2016-03-08T10:23:02.790" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho sentito l'espressione prima d'ora, ma dal contesto direi che si tratta di &quot;metterti sulla giusta pista/strada&quot;, &quot;darti una dritta per quel che cerchi&quot;. In altre parole vogliono indicare a Milton l'identità di un militare fascista (probabilmente per catturarlo / fargli un'imboscata).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-08T10:26:47.497" LastActivityDate="2016-03-08T10:26:47.497" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6726" CreationDate="2016-03-08T15:15:24.303" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse è un po' azzardata. Ma se derivasse dal &lt;strong&gt;filo di Arianna&lt;/strong&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi guidare, condurre, segnare la strada per, indicare ..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="343" LastActivityDate="2016-03-08T15:15:24.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6729" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-09T07:55:42.910" Score="2" ViewCount="1908" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto questo dialogo tra due partigiani che si sono appena trovati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Non dirmi che ti ho messo paura, – disse Milton sedendoglisi accanto.&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Ti giuro. Ormai sono debole di cuore. Questo mestiere per dar sul cuore è peggio del palombaro. Hai&#xA;  spalancato l’uscio come una cannonata. E poi, sai che&#xA;  faccia hai? Di’ un po’, è molto che non ti specchi?  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Milton &lt;strong&gt;si sdrumò&lt;/strong&gt; la faccia con le mani. – Che stavate facendo? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;  – Niente. Fino a cinque minuti fa abbiamo giocato alla mano del soldato. Da cinque minuti a questa parte sto&#xA;  pensando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene cosa vuol dire che &quot;Milton si sdrumò la faccia&quot;. Ho letto la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sdrumare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;definizione del verbo &quot;sdrumare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sono sicura di aver colto il senso in questo contesto. &#xA;Significa che Milton si picchiò violentemente la faccia con le mani?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-09T16:41:39.953" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T10:04:27.050" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sdrumarsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6729" CreationDate="2016-03-09T10:58:18.213" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo voglia dire che si diede degli schiaffi sul viso. Subito dopo, si spiega che fino a cinque minuti prima stavano giocando alla mano del soldato, un gioco che si chiama anche schiaffo del soldato (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schiaffo_del_soldato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schiaffo_del_soldato&lt;/a&gt;). La mano può stare o dietro la schiena o accostata al viso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-03-09T20:19:32.513" LastActivityDate="2016-03-09T20:19:32.513" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6731" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-09T19:33:58.423" Score="5" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cari amici,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;riflettevo sull'uso di 'mainstream media' — che, secondo Garzanti Linguistica, sono i 'media tradizionali (contrapposti all’informazione via Internet)' — e, in particolare, riflettevo se 'sto sintagma deve intendersi al plurale o al singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato su Google Libri e ho notato che alcuni autori usano dire 'il mainstream media' (singolare 'il'), mentre altri scrivono 'nei mainstream media' (plurale 'nei').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stante quanto sopra, tenuto conto che se plurale o singolare potrebbe pure dipendere dal contesto, sono a chiedere se nella seguente frase è più proprio usere 'nei' o 'nel'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È sconcertante notare come il referendum del 17 aprile sia pressoché assente &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;nei&lt;/strong&gt; mainstream media, come non fosse neanche in programma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un cordiale saluto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-09T19:58:58.070" LastActivityDate="2016-03-10T15:48:10.757" Title="'Mainstream media' è plurale o singolare?" Tags="&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6732" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6733" CreationDate="2016-03-09T21:37:56.737" Score="0" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;Was yesterday called dia della donna or dia delle donne? I was unsure which was the correct name. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2278" LastActivityDate="2016-03-09T22:26:33.073" Title="Dia della donna or Dia delle donne?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;name&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6732" CreationDate="2016-03-09T22:03:09.093" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian the 8th of March holiday is called: &quot;la festa della donna&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The translation of a &quot;woman's day&quot; means literally: &quot;il giorno della donna&quot;, but in Italian we use more &quot;la festa della donna &quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase you wrote in your question is in Spanish I guess...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2116" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-09T22:26:33.073" LastActivityDate="2016-03-09T22:26:33.073" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6734" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6737" CreationDate="2016-03-10T11:22:08.447" Score="1" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Be’, a parte mio fratello, io dico che dovremmo pensare un po’ di piú a&#xA;  quelli di noi che son finiti in Germania. Ne hai mai sentito parlare una volta che è una? Mai uno che si ricordi di loro. Invece dovremmo, dico io, tenerli un po’ piú presenti. Dovremmo schiacciare un po’ di piú l’acceleratore anche per loro. Ti pare? Si deve stare tremendamente male dietro un reticolato, si deve fare una &lt;strong&gt;fame caína&lt;/strong&gt;, e c’è da perdere la ragione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco del tutto bene il significato di &quot;caína&quot; nell'ultima frase. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;caíno&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma appare sempre come un sostantivo. Qui invece sembra usarsi come aggettivo. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: cos'è esattamente &quot;una fame caína&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-10T14:04:24.943" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T10:37:48.270" Title="Cos'è &quot;una fame caína&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2150" CreationDate="2016-03-10T14:15:17.883" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Figurati significa: &quot;immagina&quot;, &quot;prova a figurarti (nel senso di immaginare la situazione attraverso illustrazioni mentali)&quot;. Infati posso dire &quot;si figuri&quot; o &quot;si immagini&quot; come fossero sinonimi nella stessa situazione. Le &quot;figure&quot; in italiano sono le immagini delle persone e delle cose. Ad esempio a teatro esistono i &quot;figuranti&quot;, cioè le comparse che servono alla scenografia, a creare la situazione, lo scenario. &quot;Figurati&quot; nella mente degli italiani non è altro che una rappresentazione scenica di una situazione inverosimile che normalmente capita nella classica commedia teatrale italiana. Per questo si dice &quot;figurati&quot;. Agli italiani serve per respingere le scuse o i complimenti ricevuti dagli altri quando sono poco realistici come le caricature di taluni personaggi della commedia classica che si vedono rappresentati a teatro. Gli italiani tendono a scusarsi in maniera eccessiva o a fare complimenti eccessivi rispetto alla realtà, per questo motivo esiste la parola &quot;figurati&quot;. Serve a riportare in equilibrio e alla realtà situazioni non correttamente descritte da una sola parte. Figurati è detto da chi reagisce a scuse o complimenti, o da chi sta rappresentando a parole una situazione che presenta parti più o meno ampie di esagerazioni in eccesso o in difetto della realtà, fatta da altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2279" LastActivityDate="2016-03-10T14:15:17.883" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6738" CreationDate="2016-03-10T14:21:21.497" Score="6" ViewCount="6202" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– I'm in love! &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  – Really!?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is a good match in Italian for the word &quot;really&quot;? Here the word does not carry any doubt, just excitement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2016-03-11T08:53:02.107" Title="How can I say &quot;really!?&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6734" CreationDate="2016-03-10T14:30:39.673" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt; di Dante, la Caìna è una delle parti più inferiori dell'Inferno, dove le pene sono terribili (vi sono puniti i traditori dei parenti, ed è il luogo che &quot;attende&quot; l'uccisore di Paolo e Francesca, secondo quanto Francesca stessa racconta a Dante nel V canto dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt;). Potrebbe quindi essere qui un sinonimo espressivo e forte di &quot;infernale&quot;, &quot;terribile&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T10:37:48.270" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T10:37:48.270" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6736" CreationDate="2016-03-10T14:52:21.343" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best match for &quot;really&quot; in the context that you mention is &quot;davvero&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– I'm in love! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  – Really!? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Mi sono innamorato/a! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  – Davvero!?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2025" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-10T15:39:37.513" LastActivityDate="2016-03-10T15:39:37.513" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6731" CreationDate="2016-03-10T15:25:24.787" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che dipenda dalla parola &quot;media&quot;. Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mass-media/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si dice &quot;i media&quot; (plurale) e &quot;un medium&quot; (singolare). Per esempio, se dici &quot;Facebook e Twitter sono i social media più usati&quot;, appare chiaro che la parola &quot;media&quot; è plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2116" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-10T15:48:10.757" LastActivityDate="2016-03-10T15:48:10.757" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6740" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6742" CreationDate="2016-03-10T15:38:43.183" Score="2" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Learning German I'd write flashcards with &lt;em&gt;summer&lt;/em&gt; on the front and &lt;em&gt;der Sommer&lt;/em&gt; on the back. However, learning Italian, the back would say &lt;em&gt;l'estate&lt;/em&gt;, with no way to tell whether the word is masculine or feminine. Is there a good way of solving this problem that I haven't thought of?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course I could write &lt;em&gt;estate (f)&lt;/em&gt;, but it adds a step in the thought process and feels unnatural. I could also write &lt;em&gt;la estate&lt;/em&gt; but maybe that would even be detrimental to my Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1347" LastActivityDate="2016-03-20T00:55:39.617" Title="How to memorize words including gender with flashcards?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6740" CreationDate="2016-03-10T16:24:18.333" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Add the symbols ♂ and ♀ to the flash card? Or you can use different colors like pink and blue but that might became too laborious. I think the brain would automatically pick those up without any extra thinking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastActivityDate="2016-03-10T16:24:18.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6740" CreationDate="2016-03-10T16:46:45.803" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;You might add to every flashcard an example of the word in use (which is useful independently of the gender determination) – a proverb, or a poetic line, or a quotation including it, say, perhaps from &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikiquote.org/wiki/Estate&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikiquote&lt;/a&gt; – taking care, for a noun, that in the sentence an unambiguous article or an adjective is apposed to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-03-10T16:46:45.803" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6736" CreationDate="2016-03-11T08:53:02.107" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another common option is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ci credo/non posso crederci (I can't believe it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-03-11T08:53:02.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6744" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6745" CreationDate="2016-03-11T11:42:41.940" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto questo dialogo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – E racconta.&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Fascista fino alla punta delle unghie, – continuò&#xA;  Maté. – Era una di quelle che sognavano di fare un figlio&#xA;  con Mussolini. Ed era anche cotta per quel porco di&#xA;  Graziani. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Un momento, – fece Pinco. – Era giovane, era bella? È importante saperlo subito. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Era sui trent’anni, – specificò Maté, – ed era una&#xA;  bella pianta di donna. Un po’ robusta, un po’ mascolina,&#xA;  ma ben messa e ben distribuita come carne. E soprattutto aveva una carnagione magnifica, una vera seta. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Meno male, – disse Pinco, – se era vecchia e brutta&#xA;  potevi &lt;strong&gt;avanzare&lt;/strong&gt; di raccontare, anche se fosse il fatto piú&#xA;  interessante del mondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;avanzare&quot; nell'ultima frase del brano. Ho letto &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questa definizione nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sono sicura di aver capito il senso in questo contesto. Significa &quot;rispiarmare&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2016-03-17T19:15:44.073" LastActivityDate="2016-03-17T19:15:44.073" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;avanzare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6744" CreationDate="2016-03-11T13:48:37.650" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Avanzare&quot;, tra le altre cose, ha il significato di &quot;lasciare da parte&quot;. In questo caso ne intende una versione un po' distorta che sta per &quot;evitare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Meno male, – disse Pinco, – se era vecchia e brutta potevi &lt;em&gt;evitare&lt;/em&gt; di raccontare, anche se fosse il fatto piú interessante del mondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-03-11T13:48:37.650" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6744" CreationDate="2016-03-11T14:10:22.407" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono d'accordo con la tua interpretazione di avanzare come &quot;&lt;em&gt;risparmiare&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Sorprende l'uso diretto del verbo, che nel linguaggio comune si trova piú spesso nella forma riflessiva &lt;em&gt;&quot;risparmiarsi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tommaseobellini.it/#/items&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Tommaseo-Bellini&lt;/a&gt; dà come primo significato di avanzare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;V. a. Da AVANZO. Mettere in avanzo, Acquistare, Accumulare. T. Differisce da &#xA;Restare, perchè in quello è l'idea di cosa che resta oltre all'adoprato o al &#xA;necessario. Prov. Tosc. 270. Chi digiuna, e altro ben non fa, Avanza il pane, &#xA;e a casa il diavol va. = Bocc. Nov. 13. 6. (C) In pochi anni grandissima &#xA;quantità di danari avanzarono. [Cam.] G. B. Gell. 184. Tu avanzavi ogni anno &#xA;buona quantità di danari.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo senso Maté &lt;em&gt;&quot;risparmierebbe tempo e fiato&quot;&lt;/em&gt; a non raccontare il resto della storia se la donna in questione fosse brutta. C'è una sfumatura di significato che ritengo intenzionale: il &lt;em&gt;risparmio&lt;/em&gt; non sarebbe stato solo a vantaggio di Maté e quindi un vantaggio, riflessivo, per lui stesso. Ma anche un vantaggio per Pinco che non dovrebbe ascoltare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2266" LastActivityDate="2016-03-11T14:10:22.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6747" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-12T06:09:16.857" Score="0" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Uno che si chiamava Polo si incaricava lui dell’operazione e chiese le forbici alla madre della maestra. La vecchia stava tutta incantata, era contenta che&#xA;  non gliela fucilavamo ma nel medesimo tempo sbalordita dalla novità dello sfregio che le avremmo fatto, e cosí non dava retta a Polo. «Sbrigati, zia, – le diceva Polo toccandole i fianchi, i capelli ricrescono, la pelle no». Intanto l’avevano presa e la &lt;strong&gt;insaccarono&lt;/strong&gt; su una sedia, a cavalcioni. La gonna le montò su, mostrava mezze le coscie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;insaccare&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo nel vocabolario Treccani, ma non riesco a capire a quale accezione&#xA;corrisponda. Si riferisce all'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/insaccare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezione &lt;strong&gt;3 d&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ammassare persone o cose in uno spazio stretto: &lt;em&gt;insaccarono i prigionieri in pochi carri bestiame e li trasportarono in un campo di concentramento&lt;/em&gt;. Come intr. pron., e più raram. come intr. (aus. &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;), finire in una sacca, entrare pigiandosi in luogo stretto e chiuso, e spec. in luogo da cui sia difficile uscire: &lt;em&gt;nel tentativo di evitare l’ingorgo del traffico, ci eravano incautamente insaccati in una strada senza sbocco; dalla piazza de’ Mercanti, la marmaglia insaccò, per quell’altr’arco, nella via de’ fustagnai&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-12T17:54:10.837" Title="Cosa significa &quot;insaccare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6747" CreationDate="2016-03-12T17:37:41.753" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che in questo contesto assuma il significato di &quot;ficcare&quot;.&#xA;Il Treccani  nella prima accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ficcare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;ficcare&quot;&lt;/a&gt; riporta &quot;Spingere dentro con forza&quot;.&#xA;In questo caso quindi &quot;la spinsero (immagino prendendola e mettendola sulla sedia di forza facendo un movimento dall'alto verso il basso) con cosi tanta forza che la gonna le si alzò&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2282" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-12T17:54:10.837" LastActivityDate="2016-03-12T17:54:10.837" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6750" CreationDate="2016-03-13T08:53:39.787" Score="1" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Uscí al torrente e i soldati riaccostarono la porta. Il tenente restò fermo un attimo solo, poi si riportò in fretta verso il centro del cortile. Ma anche lí non si senti di rimanere, quasi che la raffica potesse uccidere anche lui attraverso il muro. Si diresse a grandi passi al &lt;strong&gt;defilato&lt;/strong&gt;, verso la mensa ufficiali. Come ne raggiunse lo spigolo, crepitò la raffica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;defilato&quot; nel brano precedente. Ho cercato il vocabolo in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato che si tratta di un aggettivo col significato di qualcosa che si trova  appartata o sottratta all'osservazione. Tuttavia, qui sembra che se ne fa uso come sostantivo. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il suo senso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-13T09:48:31.287" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;defilato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6749" CreationDate="2016-03-13T09:48:31.287" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno Charo, per estensione l'aggettivo &lt;strong&gt;defilato&lt;/strong&gt; viene qui utilizzato come sostantivo per indicare una zona defilata, appartata.&#xA;Nel caso più specifico riferito al contesto in cui si svolge la scena, ovvero un contesto militare, il termine &lt;strong&gt;defilato&lt;/strong&gt; indica un posto o una zona defilata alla vista del nemico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2282" LastActivityDate="2016-03-13T09:48:31.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2016-03-13T12:41:23.783" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Can&lt;/strong&gt; you say &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; to a female performer? Yes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Should&lt;/strong&gt; you say &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; to a female performer? No. As you observed, it might be perceived as queer or even mocking/disrespectful, even if non-native speakers can get a free pass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The correct form &lt;strong&gt;in Italian&lt;/strong&gt; is &quot;brava&quot; (&quot;brave&quot; for a plurality of females, &quot;bravo&quot; for a male, &quot;bravi&quot; for the mixed case).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, when you say &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt; to a female performer, this may fall in two categories:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you are clearly an Italian, or can be mistaken for Italian, i.e., it will be expected of you that you use the proper Italian form - which you &lt;strong&gt;didn't&lt;/strong&gt;. People will either re-evaluate you as non-Italian and point out to you with a smile that you should have said &lt;em&gt;brava&lt;/em&gt;, assume that you're using the English invariant form (see below) and say nothing, or politely rebuke you by congratulating for your otherwise flawless Italian (it might also be a genuine congratulation, though); &lt;strong&gt;or they will assume that you're mocking the performer&lt;/strong&gt; or accusing her of something (in this case, however farfetched, it might be of being a closet lesbian, of taking male hormones - it may happen at a sporting event -, or even to be a transvestite).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you are clearly &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; an Italian: your appearance, accent, or context (e.g. in a group of English persons) shows that Italian is not your native language. In that case, intelligent people will assume that you're using the English term 'bravo', which while borrowed from Italian, is invariant. This will be even more apparent if there's more than one performer, so that 'bravo' matches neither sex nor number. There's still a risk of some slow-witted person not 'getting it', but then it will be more clearly his fault.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since you &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt; know the difference, I'd go for the Italian correct form in all cases. At worst, some non-Italian speaker will politely enquire on why you don't say &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt;, and you will be able to educate him at no loss for you, and some gain for him.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2017-03-14T11:55:34.093" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T11:55:34.093" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6752" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-13T15:46:07.140" Score="5" ViewCount="524" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just when you think you've got your ear attuned to when one ought to drop a note/ tone (or whatever it should be called) when speaking an Italian sentence, you listen to words that don't seem to follow this &quot;pattern&quot;.&#xA;Can anyone give a concise explanation of when one &quot;dips&quot; in sentences such as the one below (Many apologies - I cheated and simply used GT! - correct at will, please!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a Roma in estate e mi piacerebbe davvero vedere il Colosseo la mattina presto, prima che le folle arrivino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dan&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2284" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2016-03-15T00:07:53.713" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T14:29:00.323" Title="Prosodic stress in Italian" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6753" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-14T07:47:48.753" Score="2" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, pubblicato da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con &lt;strong&gt;una zecca del pollice&lt;/strong&gt; sbottonò la fondina, ma&#xA;  non estrasse la pistola. Nell’istante in cui il soldato piú&#xA;  vicino dirigeva su di lui gli occhi frastornati dall’acqua,&#xA;  Milton ruotò seccamente all’indietro. Non gli arrivò&#xA;  l’urlo dell’allarme, solo un rantolo di stupore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;una zecca del pollice&quot;. Secondo i dizionari, i significati del termine &quot;zecca&quot; sono il luogo dove si coniano le monete e il nome di un acaro parassita, ma non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cos'è &quot;una zecca del pollice&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-11T22:11:09.517" Title="Cos'è &quot;una zecca del pollice&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6753" CreationDate="2016-03-14T09:15:06.060" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho mai sentito l'espressione usata in questo modo prima d'ora, ma se dovessi indovinare dal contesto direi che si riferisca ad un colpo secco del pollice, come quelli usati per lanciare in aria una moneta nel &quot;testa o croce&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Zecca&quot; potrebbe venire dal fatto che, se un colpo del genere ti colpisse, potrebbe &quot;pungere&quot; come una puntura di zecca. Un po' come per il &quot;tirare una stecca&quot; si riferisce al colpire in modo goliardico una persona con il lato dell'indice tenendo pollice ed anulare con i polpastrelli congiunti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="1644" LastEditDate="2016-03-15T14:02:28.447" LastActivityDate="2016-03-15T14:02:28.447" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6755" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-14T20:17:09.570" Score="3" ViewCount="1701" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Peso el tacon del sbrego&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, ossia &quot;&lt;em&gt;è   peggio il rattoppo dello strappo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Veneto questa espressione viene usata quando si vuole significare che il rimedio è peggiore del fatto che si voleva rimediare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale l'espressione in lingua italiana che più si avvicina a questa dialettale? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-14T20:27:01.427" LastActivityDate="2016-03-19T20:28:23.567" Title="C'è in italiano un'espressione equivalente a &quot;peso el tacon del sbrego&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6755" CreationDate="2016-03-14T20:30:48.103" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse l'espressione  &quot;cura peggiore della malattia&quot;  ?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastActivityDate="2016-03-14T20:30:48.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6757" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6759" CreationDate="2016-03-15T08:22:42.403" Score="1" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Un matrimonio in provincia&lt;/em&gt; della Marchesa Colombi (pseudonimo di Maria Antonietta Torriani) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La sala vasta, quadrata, chiara, troppo chiara, perché non c'erano né tende, né cortine, né &lt;strong&gt;trasparenti alle finestre&lt;/strong&gt;, era mobigliata con un divano addossato alla parete principale di contro alle finestre, quattro poltrone due a destra e due a sinistra del divano, appoggiate al muro, ed otto sedie lungo le pareti laterali, quattro per parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;trasparenti&quot; in questa frase. È chiaro che si tratta di un sostantivo. Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trasparente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolo &quot;trasparente&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma nessuna delle accezioni come sostantivo sembra essere qualcosa da mettere alle finestre. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono &quot;i trasparenti&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-15T08:54:12.650" Title="Cosa sono &quot;i trasparenti&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6757" CreationDate="2016-03-15T08:47:19.773" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me in questo contesto sci si riferisce ai &lt;strong&gt;vetri&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&#xA;La mia interpretazione è evidentemente sbagliata, concordo con l'interpretazione di @egreg&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="343" LastEditorUserId="343" LastEditDate="2016-03-15T08:54:12.650" LastActivityDate="2016-03-15T08:54:12.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6757" CreationDate="2016-03-15T08:52:20.970" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul Treccani trovo questa accezione alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trasparente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;trasparente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; come sostantivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;e.&lt;/strong&gt; Nella scena teatrale, schermo di garza o di rete dipinta che, visibile se illuminato dal davanti, diventa invisibile se illuminato da dietro, usato per ottenere effetti speciali o mutamenti di scena a vista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi “tenda leggera”, probabilmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-03-15T08:52:20.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6760" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-15T09:49:17.210" Score="4" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering about the conjugation of the verb &quot;sparire&quot; (to disappear). I have the book &quot;Verbi in tasca&quot;, and noticed there that, for instance the passato prossimo is &quot;hanno sparito&quot;. But when I did a web check I noticed that far far more often the passato prossimo is given as &quot;sono sparito&quot;. Are both acceptable? Thanks in anticipation!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2291" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-15T10:23:24.530" LastActivityDate="2016-03-15T10:24:01.013" Title="Conjugation of &quot;sparire&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6760" CreationDate="2016-03-15T10:24:01.013" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Indeed, the auxiliary verb for &lt;em&gt;sparire&lt;/em&gt;, as for most intransitive verbs, is &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (as can be checked in any real &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sparire/&quot;&gt;dictionary&lt;/a&gt;), so the passato prossimo is &lt;em&gt;sono sparito&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sei sparito&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;è sparito&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;siamo spariti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;siete spariti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sono spariti&lt;/em&gt; (mind the fact that the past participle agrees for its number, singular/plural, with the subject: &lt;em&gt;sparito&lt;/em&gt; vs. &lt;em&gt;spariti&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know that &lt;em&gt;Verbi in tasca&lt;/em&gt; book, but if this is not an occasional “bug”, the book looks less than useless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-03-15T10:24:01.013" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6762" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6764" CreationDate="2016-03-16T09:31:03.973" Score="2" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Un matrimonio in provincia&lt;/em&gt; della Marchesa Colombi (pseudonimo di Maria Antonietta Torriani) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I nostri letti erano di quelli primitivi, fatti di cavalletti e panchette, &#xA;  con &lt;strong&gt;un saccone di cartocci&lt;/strong&gt; ed una materassa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;cartoccio&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato questo vocabolo in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cosa possa essere riferito a un letto. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-16T15:04:38.953" Title="Cos'è &quot;un saccone di cartocci&quot; riferito a un letto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6762" CreationDate="2016-03-16T09:43:28.093" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa frase è probabile che &quot;saccone di cartocci&quot; voglia dire che la coperta con il quale si coprivano era niente di più di un &quot;sacco&quot; pieno di carta / cartone. Notoriamente questo tipo di materiale tiene caldo (basti pensare che è molto usato da chi vive per strada come imbottitura dei vestiti durante la notte) ed essendo inoltre un materiale &quot;povero&quot; rientra nel contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2292" LastActivityDate="2016-03-16T09:43:28.093" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6762" CreationDate="2016-03-16T13:18:11.103" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;cartoccio&lt;/em&gt; è anche il gruppo di foglie (brattee) che copre una pannocchia di granoturco (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cartoccio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezione &lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt; del Treccani&lt;/a&gt;). &#xA;Era uno dei materiali poveri che si usavano per imbottiture ecc.&#xA;I dizionari spesso lo danno come significato ma non lo connettono all'uso che se ne faceva a meno che non cerchi la parola &lt;em&gt;pagliericcio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ti va, una lettura giusto per informazione: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.carraraonline.com/racconti/materassi_e_sacconi.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Materassi e sacconi&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagina un letto così, con un'imbottita non molto diversa dal materasso stesso (alla &quot;tedesca&quot; dove, se non si è abituati, ti viene da dire che si sono dimenticati di mettere lenzuola e coperte sul tuo letto):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5k2vs.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5k2vs.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-16T15:04:38.953" LastActivityDate="2016-03-16T15:04:38.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6765" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-17T06:07:59.247" Score="7" ViewCount="835" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was just wondering how does one form questions when you use the tense &quot;passato prossimo&quot;. Is it necessary that the verb comes first before the subject/doer? Or the syntax doesn't matter? For example, between the 2 sentences below, which one is correct? Or are both sentences accepted?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Che ha mangiato Paolo?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Che Paolo ha mangiato?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2298" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-17T13:58:05.290" LastActivityDate="2016-03-19T22:31:08.100" Title="How do you form questions in &quot;passato prossimo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6488" CreationDate="2016-03-17T14:14:46.230" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella tecnica bancaria italiana nella pratica commerciale in genere, la clausola di &quot;salvo buon fine&quot; significa che il titolo (il caso tipico riguarda un pagamento effettuato con assegno bancario, ma vale anche per il bonifico) viene accettato con &lt;strong&gt;presunzione temporanea di validità&lt;/strong&gt; e dal momento dell'accettazione possono immediatamente farsi decorrere conseguenze pratiche del pagamento (ad esempio la consegna di un bene o l'erogazione di un servizio o l'esecuzione di una prestazione); tuttavia, l'eventuale successivo &lt;strong&gt;mancato buon fine&lt;/strong&gt; comporta giuridicamente &lt;strong&gt;che il pagamento non è stato effettuato.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vantaggio di questa clausola è di consentire di dare immediato effetto alle obbligazioni contrattuali legate al pagamento, senza dover attendere i tempi per la negoziazione dell'assegno, che in Italia non è ancora in tempo reale, anzi ci mette una vita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2116" LastActivityDate="2016-03-17T14:14:46.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6765" CreationDate="2016-03-17T17:42:35.147" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unlike languages like German and English, in Italian when you have an interrogative clause you do not separate the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; from the main one. Hence, the first sentence you write is correct and the second is wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another correct possibility would be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Paolo che ha mangiato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There can be cases when the second sentence you propose would be correct, but not when you mean &lt;em&gt;what has Paolo eaten?&lt;/em&gt;. One case is the one Arcsn mentions, another one could be when you mean to ask &lt;em&gt;which Paolo has eaten&lt;/em&gt;, as in &quot;which among the Paolos&quot;, albeit this would be a borderline wrong usage of the determinant &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; used in place of &lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2016-03-17T17:42:35.147" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6765" CreationDate="2016-03-18T13:28:49.790" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem you are facing here (which is the correct order of words) has nothing to do with the fact you are using the &quot;passato prossimo&quot; to construct the sentence, but with the use of the interrogative pronoun &quot;che&quot; to begin the question. That is, you will have the same problem if trying to write a question beginning with &quot;che&quot; in present or future simple tense, for instance (&quot;Che Paolo mangia?&quot; or &quot;Che mangia Paolo?&quot; / &quot;Che Paolo mangerà?&quot; or &quot;Che mangerà Paolo?&quot;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These kind of questions are called &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-dirette_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;interrogative parziali&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (&quot;partial interrogatives&quot;) because you are making a question about some specific part of the sentence. In your example, assuming that Paolo is the subject of the sentence, you are asking about the direct object of the verb &quot;mangiare&quot;. As this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-dirette_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;article of the &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; explains, an &quot;interrogativa parziale&quot; is always introduced by which is called an &quot;interrogative operator&quot; that can be an interrogative pronoun (such as &quot;che&quot; or &quot;chi&quot;), an adverb (such as &quot;come&quot; or &quot;quando&quot;) or an adjective (such as &quot;quale&quot;). In English, they are also called &lt;em&gt;wh-questions&lt;/em&gt; because most of the interrogative operators begin with &quot;wh-&quot; (&lt;em&gt;who&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;what&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;when&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;where&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;which&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This Treccani article also explains that, if you begin the interrogative sentence with the interrogative operator (as it happens in your example: you begin the sentence with the interrogative pronoun &quot;che&quot;) and you want to express the subject of the sentence (and this subject is not the interrogative pronoun), you should usually write this subject at the end of the sentence. The Treccani article makes this example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quando è arrivato Marco?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sentence begins with the interrogative operator &quot;quando&quot; and the subject &quot;Marco&quot; is written at the end. Similarly, the standard way of writting your question would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Che ha mangiato Paolo?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the subject &quot;Paolo&quot; at the end of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-18T14:30:24.977" LastActivityDate="2016-03-18T14:30:24.977" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6781" CreationDate="2016-03-19T15:01:28.550" Score="8" ViewCount="4676" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yesterday when I was leaving from my classmate I told him:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ci vediamo dopo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and he answered me by saying: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ci vediamo. Bella!&quot; (He meant that of my Italian by saying this I believe)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And after I paused and said &quot;Ciao&quot; as a normal way of saying goodbye.&#xA;But he said you should have said &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Bella lì&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I couldn't ask him at that moment what he meant by saying this phrase and searched for it but couldn't find anything. Is there any specific meaning of it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2061" LastActivityDate="2016-03-22T16:41:24.477" Title="What is the meaning of &quot;Bella lì&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6771" CreationDate="2016-03-19T15:24:07.470" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I bet you're in Rome or around. Or, your friend must be from there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bella&lt;/em&gt; is used in the jargon of the capital as a very informal greeting, so interpret it as a &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="22" LastActivityDate="2016-03-19T15:24:07.470" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6755" CreationDate="2016-03-19T20:28:23.567" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fino a dieci secondi fa, avrei detto che in italiano si dice &quot;toppa peggiore del buco&quot;; però non sono troppo lontano dal Veneto, magari è un regionalismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2301" LastActivityDate="2016-03-19T20:28:23.567" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6765" CreationDate="2016-03-19T22:31:08.100" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an Italian I would only say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cos'ha mangiato Paolo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; is informal and not very correct, like asking &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che fai?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa stai facendo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it's almost never written in a question... It could be used in an indirect question, for example in an e-mail among colleagues:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ditemi che devo fare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you don't want to be very serious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This, instead, is totally wrong: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che Paolo ha mangiato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2302" LastActivityDate="2016-03-19T22:31:08.100" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6740" CreationDate="2016-03-20T00:55:39.617" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could use the indefinite article. Un &lt;strong&gt;'&lt;/strong&gt; estate :) I think it's the best trade-off, considering that you will be able to learn when to use effectively apostrophes (a bad grammar mistake if you want to write correctly).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2231" LastActivityDate="2016-03-20T00:55:39.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6778" CreationDate="2016-03-20T19:27:04.140" Score="1" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;In America we say the fuel economy of car as miles/gallon (miles per gallon). I know in some countries people use Liter/100 km (liter per 100 km). Some countries use km/Liter (km per liter).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: which format Italian people use? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L/100 km or km/L?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2016-03-21T11:14:07.023" Title="Liter/100 km or km/Liter used in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6776" CreationDate="2016-03-20T21:41:33.247" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The traditional way is km/l, for instance in such questions as: «Quanti chilometri fa con un litro?» («How many kilometres does it do with one litre?»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, perhaps as a result of foreign cars and customs, even a classical Italian magazine such as &lt;em&gt;Quattoruote&lt;/em&gt; gives its data in “litri per 100km” (see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.quattroruote.it/auto/ford/b-max/b-max-16-105-cv-powershift-plus-112135201510&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; for a random example).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-03-21T11:14:07.023" LastActivityDate="2016-03-21T11:14:07.023" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6779" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-21T15:07:43.610" Score="6" ViewCount="6667" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il saluto &quot;buon pomeriggio&quot; si usa soltanto in alcune zone d'Italia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/formule-di-saluto_(Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo dell'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt; mi sono stupita al vedere che, accanto al saluto &quot;buon pomeriggio&quot;, c'è scritto tra parentesi &quot;solo in talune zone&quot;. Significa questo che tale saluto si usa soltanto in alcune regioni italiane? Sapreste dirmi in quali zone si usa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-21T15:23:59.967" LastActivityDate="2021-05-01T09:50:25.017" Title="Il saluto &quot;buon pomeriggio&quot; si usa soltanto in alcune zone d'Italia?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6771" CreationDate="2016-03-21T22:37:09.323" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Bella&quot;, &quot;Bella lì&quot; and &quot;Bella zio&quot; express approval and appreciation for a person, a situation, an idea or a plan. They are diffused, with some variations, in different regions (e.g., &quot;Bella zi&quot;/&quot;Bella zio&quot; exist around both Rome and Milan).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some differences between the three expressions. &quot;Bella zio&quot; put more focus on the person saying/doing something and can be used as a greeting. &quot;Bella&quot; and &quot;Bella lì&quot; are more related to an idea or a plan. I would say that &quot;Bella lì&quot; puts more stress on the fact that the idea/plan is definitive, recognizing that all the people involved agree on that, while &quot;Bella&quot; is more of a personal appreciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could have therefore answered &quot;Bella lì&quot;, to stress that the plan (&quot;Ci vediamo&quot;) was definitive and both you and your friend agreed on that. On the other hand, &quot;bella lì&quot; is not the only possible response to &quot;Bella&quot;. In that situation you could have said millions of things (just &quot;Bella&quot;, but also &quot;Perfetto! Ciao&quot;, &quot;Ok! Ciao&quot;).&#xA;Just &quot;Ciao&quot; would be fine too, but in that situation, one could have expected another word to confirm that you recognize that you agreed on a plan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am pretty sure that these expressions are used in this way around Milan. In different parts of Italy there might be some differences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2308" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-22T07:50:35.743" LastActivityDate="2016-03-22T07:50:35.743" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6771" CreationDate="2016-03-22T16:41:24.477" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am Italian and, in this context,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ci vediamo. Bella!&quot; (He meant that of my Italian by saying this I believe)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;em&gt;Bella&lt;/em&gt; is not used with the meaning of &lt;em&gt;beautiful&lt;/em&gt; but is somewhat alike to &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Voice_procedure&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Roger and out&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. With the same meaning, in Florence you will hear said &lt;em&gt;Buona&lt;/em&gt; (actually pronounced &lt;em&gt;bona&lt;/em&gt;, or exaggerated in &lt;em&gt;bonaaaa&lt;/em&gt;). It's a very familiar form of &lt;em&gt;arrivederci&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;see you&lt;/em&gt;) or &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not answering is acceptable, at least in Florence, but if anything you just reply with the same: &lt;em&gt;Bella!&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;bona!&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bella lì&lt;/em&gt; is usually employed with the same meaning of &quot;Good take!&quot; in the film industry; it means that some idea, concept, or procedure is being approved. I usually employ it to stop someone from further working on something that (in my opinion) is now more than good enough. I could translate it with &lt;em&gt;good&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;that's cool&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;perfect!&lt;/em&gt; or as I said, &lt;em&gt;good take&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also used as a greeting, where it is synonymous with *Bella zì&quot;. You could then welcome someone by saying &quot;&lt;em&gt;Bella zì, come butta?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (Nice to see you, how's it hanging?). It is an &lt;strong&gt;extremely&lt;/strong&gt; familiar and informal way of addressing someone, only ever used between friends.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would most definitely &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; expect &lt;em&gt;Bella lì&lt;/em&gt; in answer to &lt;em&gt;Bella&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-03-22T16:41:24.477" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1656" CreationDate="2016-03-22T18:58:11.010" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mica&quot; is not at all (one could say &quot;non è mica&quot;..) a strange colloquial interjection to be safely ignored: perhaps it is useful to remember that it comes straight from Latin and as a noun it means &quot;briciola&quot;, -- a crumb of bread. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When we use &quot;mica&quot; as an adverb, we mean &quot;not in the least&quot;, &quot;not at all&quot; (&quot;not a crumb of it&quot;); check the Emilian dialect &quot;brisa&quot; that has the same meaning and is used in the same way: &quot;brisa par criticher&quot; = &quot;mica per criticare&quot; = &quot;not to criticise in the least&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not so strange, -- the French have taken a similar word meaning a small unit, (&quot;pas&quot; = &quot;step&quot;) and made it indispensable to form a regular negative sentence, losing its original meaning.... :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly, in old French one can find the French equivalent of &quot;mica&quot; (&quot;mie&quot;) used in lieu of &quot;pas&quot; in negative sentences (they also used &quot;goutte&quot; or &quot;drop&quot; before settling for &quot;pas&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2016-03-22T18:58:11.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6784" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6785" CreationDate="2016-03-22T19:58:36.990" Score="2" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard this phrase in Italian blogs, Instagram accounts etc.., I know a little bit of Italian and couldn't co-relate this to anything. &#xA;My hunch is that it means stay beautiful (or well). Does the baell come from Neapolitan or some other dialect? In what circumstance is this phrase used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2312" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-23T13:55:39.863" LastActivityDate="2016-03-23T13:55:39.863" Title="Meaning of this Italian Phrase - Stay Baell" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6784" CreationDate="2016-03-23T10:42:32.750" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to be a new entry in the language of youths. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blitzquotidiano.it/foto-notizie/giosada-vince-x-factor-foto-ma-che-vuol-dire-baell-2339679/&quot;&gt;http://www.blitzquotidiano.it/foto-notizie/giosada-vince-x-factor-foto-ma-che-vuol-dire-baell-2339679/&lt;/a&gt; this word has been invented by an Italian singer/actor named &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giosada&quot;&gt;Giosada&lt;/a&gt; as a variant of “bell” (Bari dialect for &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word spread rapidly in the social networks (never heard before, to be honest). So &lt;em&gt;stay baell&lt;/em&gt; could mean &lt;em&gt;be nice&lt;/em&gt; or variants thereof.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-03-23T10:42:32.750" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1484" CreationDate="2016-03-24T06:38:53.180" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It happens in most of the languages. The native speakers adapt the pronunciation in accordance with their tongue. Let me give you two examples from a non European perspective&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mangalore&lt;/strong&gt; is a coastal city in the Indian state of Karnataka. The name of this city is different in different languages&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mangalore&lt;/em&gt; in English/ Hindi &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Mangaluru&lt;/em&gt; in Kannada (Official language of Karnataka state) &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Kodial&lt;/em&gt; in Konkani (Regional Language) &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Kudla&lt;/em&gt; in Tulu (Regional Language) &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Mangalapuram&lt;/em&gt; in Malayalam (Official language of Kerala State) &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Maikala&lt;/em&gt; in Beary (Regional Language) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indian state of Kerala has a lot of Catholics who follow the Syrian Rite. Some of their Christian names have evolved to suit the Malayalam (language) tongue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Jacob -&gt; Chacko &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Alexander -&gt; Chandy, Idicula &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Job -&gt; Iyob &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Anna -&gt; Annamma &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Susan -&gt; Shoshanna &lt;br /&gt;&#xA;George -&gt; Varghese, Geevarghese (St. George is called Geevarghese)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2312" LastEditorUserId="2312" LastEditDate="2016-03-24T10:40:41.403" LastActivityDate="2016-03-24T10:40:41.403" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6787" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6790" CreationDate="2016-03-25T17:56:16.207" Score="1" ViewCount="2552" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Un matrimonio in provincia&lt;/em&gt; della Marchesa Colombi (pseudonimo di Maria Antonietta Torriani) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un giorno, che era a caccia coi soliti amici, avevano incontrato una vecchia; — e la descrisse, come le vecchie dei romanzi, curva, sdentata, e colla voce &lt;strong&gt;chioccia&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari ho trovato che una &quot;chioccia&quot; è una gallina quando cova le uova, ma in questa frase è chiaro che &quot;chioccia&quot; è un aggettivo. Mi sapreste spiegare cos'è una &quot;voce chioccia&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-27T14:05:31.557" LastActivityDate="2016-03-27T14:05:31.557" Title="Cosa significa una &quot;voce chioccia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6707" CreationDate="2016-03-26T12:56:44.313" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Coletti (Il Mulino, Bologna, 2015) si può leggere questa spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il problema è anche grafico, come abbiamo visto al capitolo I. Come si scrive &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; davanti a voci del verbo &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; che hanno per consuetudine grafica la &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;: «c'ho»?,  «ci ho»? È il caso di tornare alle vecchie &lt;em&gt;ò/à&lt;/em&gt; della scuola elementare di un tempo, col rischio di scrivere «c'à» o «ci  à», «c'ò» o «ci  ò» (che sembra proprio   «ciò»)? Ma neppure dove non c'è &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; siamo tanto sicuri: «c'aveva» o «ci aveva»? Perché c'è questo problema? Semplicemente perché, essendo questo un uso soprattutto del parlato, non si è ancora consolidata una soluzione grafica. Ma succederà, tranquilli. Nel frattempo scriviamo &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; intero («ci ho», «ci aveva»), fidandoci del consiglio di Francesco Sabatini (che giudica le altre soluzioni «decisamente inaccettabili»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-26T12:56:44.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6787" CreationDate="2016-03-26T16:36:10.917" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &quot;voce chioccia&quot; si intende una voce che suona roca o stridula come, appunto, il suono emesso da una gallina che cova.&#xA;Una tale voce risulta in genere sgradevole a chi l'ascolta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chioccio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chioccio&lt;/a&gt; deriva dal verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chiocciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chiocciare&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2321" LastActivityDate="2016-03-26T16:36:10.917" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6787" CreationDate="2016-03-26T17:59:16.457" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già detto, “chioccia” è qui il femminile dell'aggettivo “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chioccio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;chioccio&lt;/a&gt;”, che detto di una voce o simili la caratterizza come rauca e stridula.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per un italiano il riferimento più o meno obbligato (come ricorda Denis Nardin) sono i versi danteschi «“Pape, Satàn! pape, Satàn! aleppe!...” / cominciò Pluto con la voce chioccia» (If, VII, 1-2)».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne commenta l'&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia Dantesca&lt;/em&gt;: «la voce di Pluto è &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt;, ossia “rauca”, “aspra”, “di tono rauco e cupo” (Fallani); ma c'è nell'aggettivo una sfumatura che riguarda non soltanto il suono della voce, bensì anche l'&lt;em&gt;animus&lt;/em&gt; del personaggio cui la voce appartiene; bene quindi il Sapegno: “rauca, rabbiosa” (“stridente e rotta”, Buti); il Sapegno continua: “È una spia dello stile ‘aspro’ a cui tutta la prima parte del canto s'intona, attraverso la ricerca di rime difficili, e quindi intensamente espressive, alla luce della tecnica e della poetica medievale (&lt;em&gt;-eppe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-occia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-abbia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-acca&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-ipa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-iddi&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.)”. / Lo stile ‘aspro’ cui allude il Sapegno riappare nel secondo dei due passi in cui troviamo l'aggettivo, &lt;em&gt;le rime aspre e chiocce&lt;/em&gt; (“idest, rigidas”, Benvenuto) di &lt;em&gt;If&lt;/em&gt; XXXII 1, dove lo stile comico è necessario per descrivere il &lt;em&gt;tristo buco&lt;/em&gt;, cioè il nono cerchio dell'Inferno, che ospita i traditori».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo però che, se l'aggettivo suona tuttora un po' “comico”, oggi raramente si porta dietro i connotati di asprezza e rabbia che caratterizzano il Pluto dantesco, e “con (la) voce chioccia” è rimasta un'espressione quasi fossilizzata, con pochissime varianti come “con tono chioccio” e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-03-26T19:23:41.447" LastActivityDate="2016-03-26T19:23:41.447" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6791" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6792" CreationDate="2016-03-27T07:58:15.573" Score="1" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Un matrimonio in provincia&lt;/em&gt; della Marchesa Colombi (pseudonimo di Maria Antonietta Torriani) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è l'uso in tutto il Novarese, di mandare in giro il giorno della mezza quaresima una sega. Nel popolo la fanno portare &lt;strong&gt;scarabocchiata&lt;/strong&gt; col gesso sul dorso, o rinvoltata e nascosta ingegnosamente, in modo che chi la porta non se ne accorga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;scarabocchiare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma tutte le accezioni che ho trovato si riferiscono alla scrittura, cosa che non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa che portavano la sega &quot;scarabocchiata col gesso sul dorso&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-27T14:06:17.013" LastActivityDate="2016-04-07T12:55:47.600" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;scarabocchiata&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6791" CreationDate="2016-03-27T09:22:21.937" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non importa che la sega sia reale: può anche essere &lt;em&gt;scarabocchiata&lt;/em&gt; (cioè disegnata alla buona) sulla schiena di qualcuno con il gesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-03-27T09:22:21.937" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6398" CreationDate="2016-03-27T11:53:48.203" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco quello che ho trovato nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Coletti (Il Mulino, Bologna, 2015):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una delle ragioni che possono affrettare il decadimento di una parola grammaticale, quando ne esista un suo succedaneo funzionale, può essere la sua equivocità formale. Prendiamo ancora tra gli indefiniti: &lt;em&gt;altro/altri/altra/altre&lt;/em&gt;. Nella lingua antica esisteva anche un &lt;em&gt;altri&lt;/em&gt;  pronome singolare (Dante, &lt;em&gt;Inf.&lt;/em&gt; V: «s'altri  nol niega») che si è ancora usato fino a qualche decennio fa nello scritto o in testi comunque di buona formalità. Ma oggi non lo si adopera più, evitando equivoci col plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stessa ragione che ha messo in crisi l'esistenza di &lt;em&gt;altri&lt;/em&gt; pronome singolare si ritrova dietro la scomparsa ormai imminente, se non già avvenuta, di &lt;em&gt;questi&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quegli&lt;/em&gt; pronomi singolare soggetto (nella lingua letteraria anche complemento): «Questi, che mai da me non fia diviso, / la bocca mi baciò tutto tremante» (Dante); «mentre quegli girava la chiave nella toppa» (Manzoni). La sovrapposizione ai plurali di &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; e di &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; ha favorito la caduta in disuso di queste forme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, nel linguaggio comune attuale, si usa &amp;quot;altro&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;altri&amp;quot; come pronome indefinito singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo anche la risposta di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.blogger.com/profile/08803191616661954000&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fausto Raso&lt;/a&gt;, giornalista che si è occupato da tempo di problematiche linguistiche, a &lt;a href=&quot;https://faustoraso.blogspot.com/2016/01/la-sobrieta.html?m=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo quesito&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gentile amico, si possono adoperare indifferentemente: chi altro o chi altri, anche se quest'ultimo pronome è preferibile riservarlo al campo letterario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo la mia esperienza, il pronome singolare &amp;quot;altri&amp;quot; si trova ancora con una certa frequenza in testi di un certo grado di formalità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T15:36:54.010" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5500" CreationDate="2016-03-28T08:07:10.860" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vittorio Coletti nel suo libro &#xA;&lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; (Il Mulino, Bologna, 2015) spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il problema dell'assegnazione del genere si pone anche quando importiamo parole straniere, specie dall'inglese, che non fa distinzioni di genere nei nomi. Sembra che una parte la faccia il traducente, cioè la parola italiana che traduce quella del prestito. Per cui in italiano &lt;em&gt;hobby&lt;/em&gt; è maschile («un hobby costoso») perché &lt;em&gt;svago&lt;/em&gt;, maschile, lo traduce meglio di &lt;em&gt;passione&lt;/em&gt;, femminile. Così diciamo &lt;em&gt;la Panda&lt;/em&gt; perché l'iperonimo è &lt;em&gt;automobile&lt;/em&gt;, ma &lt;em&gt;il panda&lt;/em&gt; perché il nome cui è più associabile è &lt;em&gt;orso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;orsetto&lt;/em&gt;, maschile, e &lt;em&gt;chador&lt;/em&gt;  forse è maschile per via di &lt;em&gt;velo&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;E-mail&lt;/em&gt; si sta stabilizzando al femminile per la pressione del traducente &lt;em&gt;posta&lt;/em&gt;, anche se resiste ancora il maschile (su messaggio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, secondo questo autore, non sembra che la forma maschile &quot;un e-mail&quot; possa considerarsi &quot;scorretta&quot;, anche se la forma al femminile è quella che si usa di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-28T08:07:10.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6795" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6801" CreationDate="2016-03-28T18:24:57.420" Score="1" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un testo su Pasolini ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo tema ritorna nel primo film dedicato all'antico, &lt;em&gt;Edipo Re&lt;/em&gt; (1967), dove Pasolini realizza una reinvenzione incredibilmente &lt;strong&gt;straniata&lt;/strong&gt; del testo di Sofocle: Edipo viene spostato in un mondo barbarico, primitivo (il Morocco), e Franco Citti – che lo impersona – conduce una recita elementare, infantile, a tratti inconsapevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco qual è il senso di &quot;straniata&quot; in questa frase. Ho letto quello che spiegano alcuni dizionari sul significato di &quot;straniare&quot; (rendere straneo, allontanare, distogliere) e ho visto che il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/straniare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; menziona che &quot;straniato&quot; può significare anche &quot;fuori di sé, quasi impazzito&quot;, ma questo non sembra avere senso nella frase sopra citata. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il senso di &quot;straniata&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-03-31T13:13:34.743" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;straniata&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6795" CreationDate="2016-03-28T20:50:19.900" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Straniata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  ossia &quot;resa estranea rispetto a&quot;. La reinvenzione dell'Edipo Re è talmente diversa (estranea) rispetto l'originale da renderla quasi irriconoscibile. I tempi e i luoghi di narrazione sono diversi rispetto al contesto originale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-03-28T22:42:07.380" LastActivityDate="2016-03-28T22:42:07.380" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6799" CreationDate="2016-03-28T23:47:31.870" Score="12" ViewCount="4212" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was talking to my Italian professoressa and we were basically discussing how our long weekend went. Being an Italian class, she expected me to describe the whole endeavor in Italiano. However, our conversation stopped when I said the phrase, &lt;code&gt;Noi avevamo molto divertiti.&lt;/code&gt; To this, my professoressa responded, &lt;em&gt;That is incorrect. Italians do not &lt;strong&gt;have&lt;/strong&gt; fun.&lt;/em&gt; (she emphasized the &quot;have&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this point, she was about to explain herself, but one of the higher board members came in to talk to her and eventually she had to leave the classroom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does &lt;code&gt;Noi avevamo molto divertiti&lt;/code&gt; not work as a phrase? I'm assuming that in Italian, some other verb must be used; however, I am not exactly sure which one that could possibly be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastEditorUserId="22" LastEditDate="2016-04-01T21:05:45.077" LastActivityDate="2016-04-01T21:05:45.077" Title="Correct usage of the verb &quot;divertirsi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6797" CreationDate="2016-03-29T00:29:31.940" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb in Italian for 'to have fun' is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;divertirsi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. (Notice it is reflexive as is often indicated by the -irsi ending.) &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/hqAtQ1-nVAk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Reflexive verbs&lt;/a&gt; are conjugated with the auxiliary verb essere (as opposed to avere). The correct conjugation your professoressa was looking was: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ci siamo divertiti molto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Side note: This kind of mistake happens often in the beginning Italian classroom when translating from English. My personal favorite mistake of a mistranslation is &quot;abbiamo avuto un buon tempo&quot; when a student wants to say &quot;we had a good time&quot; when in reality they were saying &quot;We had a good weather.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2016-03-29T18:22:26.033" LastActivityDate="2016-03-29T18:22:26.033" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6797" CreationDate="2016-03-29T00:33:17.040" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your misconception arises from trying to translate too literally idiomatic expressions. To give a simpler example, in English you &lt;em&gt;pay&lt;/em&gt; attention but in Italian &lt;em&gt;fai attenzione&lt;/em&gt; (you do attention). In English you &lt;em&gt;have&lt;/em&gt; a shower but in Italian &lt;em&gt;fai una doccia&lt;/em&gt; (you do a shower).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, in English you &lt;em&gt;have&lt;/em&gt; fun, but in Italian &lt;em&gt;ti diverti&lt;/em&gt; (you fun yourself). That is we use a verb which literally means &quot;to have fun&quot;. This verb is &lt;em&gt;divertirsi&lt;/em&gt; and it has the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (to be). So the correct translation is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci siamo divertiti molto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&quot;We funned ourselves a lot&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-03-29T13:44:57.300" LastActivityDate="2016-03-29T13:44:57.300" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6797" CreationDate="2016-03-29T09:30:33.727" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Italian mother-tongue speaker I approve the explanation of gbutters, but the correct translation is: &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Noi ci siamo divertiti&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2327" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-29T13:14:57.487" LastActivityDate="2016-03-29T13:14:57.487" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6795" CreationDate="2016-03-29T10:53:47.457" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'effetto di straniamento è una delle possibili tecniche utilizzate nel teatro, soprattutto in quello novecentesco (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/effetto-di-straniamento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/effetto-di-straniamento/&lt;/a&gt;). Può essere usato anche in letteratura. L'effetto nello spettatore o nel lettore è quello della messa a fuoco di un binocolo. Secondo l'Enciclopedia Treccani: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Secondo la teoria drammatica elaborata da B. Brecht, l’effetto di ‘distanza’ che l’attore suscita nello spettatore non identificandosi con il personaggio o con l’ambiente, ma rappresentandolo, grazie alla recitazione e, secondariamente, alla musica e alla scenografia, come diverso da sé, fino a farne qualcosa di noto e di estraneo al tempo stesso. Questa concezione, che ha radici nella cultura teatrale di alcuni paesi orientali o di altri secoli, come nel teatro medievale europeo, è legata alle idee di Brecht sulla funzione sociale e civile del teatro, cioè a un’ideologia che vuole rappresentare in chiave marxista la realtà in divenire. Lo scopo dello s. è infatti non solo quello di evitare il coinvolgimento emotivo dello spettatore, ma anche di suscitare un atteggiamento analitico e critico rispetto ai fatti rappresentati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-03-31T13:13:34.743" LastActivityDate="2016-03-31T13:13:34.743" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6802" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-03-29T16:17:02.797" Score="3" ViewCount="7080" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Raffaella Carrà's song &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n7_MRQTCOjo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;A far l'amore comincia tu&lt;/a&gt; is quite famous in Europe and was popularized by the Bob Sinclar's remix, part of the soundtrack of the beautiful Paolo Sorrentino's movie &quot;La Grande Bellezza&quot;. You can find the lyrics &lt;a href=&quot;http://genius.com/Raffaella-carr-a-far-lamore-comincia-tu-liebelei-lyrics&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My mother tongue being French, a first naive approach to the expression &quot;a far l'amore comincia tu&quot; would be &quot;you begin to make love&quot;, but I do not think it fits with the spirit of the movie scene. I haven't been able to find a reliable translation and it is why I am asking here what it does really mean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My guess would be it means something like &quot;You eventually allow yourself to love&quot; in the context, but I would like that to be confirmed/invalidated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2331" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-29T16:27:29.813" LastActivityDate="2018-04-12T11:38:01.737" Title="Meaning of the expression &quot;A far l'amore comincia tu&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6802" CreationDate="2016-03-29T17:18:06.267" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian, the exact meaning of the expression is imperative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;be the first to make love&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is an inusual structure, common in spoken Italian: it is an invitation to her partner to make the first move.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2085" LastActivityDate="2016-03-29T17:18:06.267" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6779" CreationDate="2016-03-29T17:42:51.207" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so se dalle mie parti si usi molto o poco, ma quello che posso confermare è che io - toscano che abita in Venezia Giulia - lo uso moltissimo. &#xA;E non mi pare che sia considerato strano, anzi molti mi rispondono allo stesso modo. Un'altra cosa che può interessare è la seguente: lo uso soltanto all'arrivo (per esempio quando entro in un negozio o in un ufficio), ma mai alla partenza, quando preferisco dire &quot;arrivederci&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1657" LastActivityDate="2016-03-29T17:42:51.207" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6805" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6807" CreationDate="2016-03-30T08:27:35.413" Score="1" ViewCount="192" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to translate &quot;date from / date to&quot; to Italian in a report (see picture). &#xA;&lt;br /&gt; &#xA;Is it correct to translate &quot;date from / date to&quot; as &quot;Data di / Data da&quot; ?&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Or is it rather &quot;Data da / Data a&quot; ?&#xA;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Or would you rather use &quot;a partire da  / entro&quot;, or something else ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7yrEe.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7yrEe.png&quot; alt=&quot;Report&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2335" LastEditorUserId="2335" LastEditDate="2016-03-30T12:45:36.257" LastActivityDate="2016-03-30T15:56:09.630" Title="Translation for date from / date da" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6805" CreationDate="2016-03-30T12:27:14.867" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Date from&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; as you can see from the online dictionary &lt;strong&gt;Word reference&lt;/strong&gt; can be translated with &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;risalire a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; whereas &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;date to&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; with &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;datare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more examples I suggest you to look at it here &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/date&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/date&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2333" LastActivityDate="2016-03-30T12:27:14.867" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6805" CreationDate="2016-03-30T12:31:51.280" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your case I think is better to write: &quot;Da Data:&quot; and &quot;a Data:&quot;. I'm Italian :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2337" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-03-30T15:56:09.630" LastActivityDate="2016-03-30T15:56:09.630" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6779" CreationDate="2016-03-30T13:27:42.583" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo non ho dati di utilizzo da fornirti, ma in base alla mia esperienza è utilizzato un po' ovunque, solo in modo molto meno frequente di &quot;buongiorno&quot; e &quot;buona sera&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-20T10:56:53.063" LastActivityDate="2016-05-20T10:56:53.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2248" CreationDate="2016-04-01T20:29:59.443" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess it may be difficult to get for a non native. &#xA;The main difference is that &quot;ancora&quot; in some cases is used to highlight that something is still happening, so to highlight that something started in the past and is still going on at present (or even future).&#xA;&quot;Di nuovo&quot; means instead that something is happening again /anew.&#xA;I suggest that you should have a look at these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://de.bab.la/woerterbuch/italienisch-englisch/ancora&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://de.bab.la/woerterbuch/italienisch-englisch/ancora&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://de.bab.la/woerterbuch/italienisch-englisch/di-nuovo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://de.bab.la/woerterbuch/italienisch-englisch/di-nuovo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2346" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-01T22:02:33.327" LastActivityDate="2016-04-01T22:02:33.327" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6813" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-02T16:09:17.757" Score="1" ViewCount="6576" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi, si dice 'i cittadini belgi' o 'i cittadini belga'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, 'i cittadini belga' è corretto certamente nella misura in cui s'accetti il sottinteso 'di nazionalità' lì, cioè 'i cittadini &lt;em&gt;di nazionalità&lt;/em&gt; belga', ma, forse, potrebbe essere corretto in assoluto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;'I cittadini belgi' potrebbe essere corretto, tuttavia appare cacofonico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa ne pensate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="725" LastEditorUserId="725" LastEditDate="2016-04-02T19:14:33.173" LastActivityDate="2016-06-30T12:34:05.930" Title="'I cittadini belgi' Vs. 'i cittadini belga'" Tags="&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6814" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-02T16:35:14.930" Score="2" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Le conchiglie e il tempo&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo &lt;strong&gt;spaccato&lt;/strong&gt; della crosta terrestre ha dovuto far riaffiorare i nostri gusci abbandonati cento trecento cinquecento milioni d'anni prima, perché la dimensione verticale del tempo si aprisse a voi e vi liberasse dal giro sempre ripetuto della ruota degli astri in cui continuavate a incasellare il corso del vostro esistere frammentario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con &quot;i nostri gusci abbandonati cento trecento cinquecento milioni d'anni prima&quot; l'autore si riferisce alle conchiglie calcaree prodotte più di cento milioni d'anni fa che si sono conservate come fossili negli strati geologici. Non capisco bene il significato di &quot;spaccato della crosta terrestre&quot; nel brano precedente. È chiaro che &quot;spaccato&quot; ha qui la funzione di sostantivo. Ho letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spaccato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni di &quot;spaccato&quot; come sostantivo del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;e quella che mi è sembrata più coerente col testo è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In geologia, &lt;em&gt;s. geologico&lt;/em&gt;, lo stesso che &lt;em&gt;profilo geologico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;profilo geologico&quot; e nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/profilo-geologico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;geol. rappresentazione di una sezione verticale del terreno che riporta la struttura e la successione degli strati e delle formazioni rocciose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nel testo di Calvino, &quot;spaccato della crosta terrestre&quot; non sembra essere una rappresentazione del terreno, ma qualcosa che è accaduto veramente nella crosta terrestre per far venir fuori i fossili delle conchiglie. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;spaccato della crosta terrestre&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-03T17:56:34.067" LastActivityDate="2018-09-11T15:27:01.303" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;spaccato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6815" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-02T19:33:31.347" Score="10" ViewCount="4138" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence &quot;&lt;em&gt;Scusa se non mi sono fatta più sentire&lt;/em&gt;&quot; means, as I understand it: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Sorry if I didn't get in touch with you anymore&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Or is there a better translation? Anyway, what seems strange to me is the &quot;if&quot;. It's somehow the same as &quot;I am sorry in case I didn't get in touch with you anymore&quot;. But I know if I got in touch with the person or not, it's not that I need to say &quot;if thats the case I am sorry&quot;. So basically &quot;Sorry I didn't get in touch with you&quot; or in Italian &quot;Scusa non mi sono fatta più sentire&quot;. I asked an Italian native and she told me this sounds wrong/like a foreigner. I then asked if &quot;&lt;em&gt;Scusa che non mi sono fatta più sentire&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is better and she meant it also doesn't sound quite right, but she couldn't explain me the details. So question to you: Do I need the &quot;se&quot; in the sentence? Why? Is there maybe another meaning of &quot;se&quot; that actually fits better? I am native German by the way and maybe it just seems strange to me because I wouldn't say it that way in my language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="404" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-03T12:57:50.340" LastActivityDate="2016-06-05T23:05:43.227" Title="Additional meanings of 'se'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6817" CreationDate="2016-04-03T13:29:27.997" Score="1" ViewCount="593" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/6814/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho messo &quot;qualcosa che è accaduto veramente nella crosta terrestre&quot;, ma poi mi è venuto il dubbio se dovessi scrivere &quot;qualcosa che è accaduta&quot; tenendo conto che &quot;cosa&quot; è femminile. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-16T09:49:30.807" LastActivityDate="2020-12-16T09:49:30.807" Title="&quot;Qualcosa che è accaduto&quot; oppure &quot;qualcosa che è accaduta&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6816" CreationDate="2016-04-03T15:06:36.053" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; non è femminile (nonostante &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; lo sia), ma neutro e viene usualmente concordato al maschile. Per citare il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/qualcosa/&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Indica in modo indeterminato una o alcune cose e può essere sostituito dalla locuz. qualche cosa, dalla quale deriva; ha valore neutro e concorda per lo più come masch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi anche ad esempio l'espressione &lt;em&gt;qualcos'altro&lt;/em&gt; (e non &lt;em&gt;qualcos'altra&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la forma giusta è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qualcosa che è accaduto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-04-03T15:06:36.053" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6814" CreationDate="2016-04-03T16:56:49.283" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che qui Calvino usi correttamente il termine &quot;spaccato&quot;, e proprio nel senso di &quot;profilo&quot; (geologico). Lo dimostra anche il riferimento alla &quot;dimensione verticale del tempo&quot; (che libera dalla ciclicità).&#xA;Se si fa uno spaccato geologico si possono osservare i vari strati delle rocce; ogni strato rappresenta un'epoca (&quot;cento, trecento, cinquecento&quot; milioni di anni fa). Guardando lo spaccato, dunque, il tempo appare come lineare (le epoche si susseguono, sempre diverse) e non come circolare (con le stesse cose che tornano a ripetersi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-04-03T16:56:49.283" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6819" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-03T21:48:42.377" Score="8" ViewCount="518" Body="&lt;p&gt;Innanzi tutto, l'italiano è praticamente la mia seconda lingua, quindi lo parlo direi molto bene. Gli errori che farei in italiano li farei anche nella mia lingua madre, e li farei perché la mia testa non riesce a fare di meglio. Comunque, mi è venuto il dubbio se si può dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli darò un'ascoltata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quando qualcuno per esempio ti suggerisce di ascoltare una canzone. Penso che comunque uno direbbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli darò un'occhiata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche se appunto quello che potrei fare in verità è ascoltare la canzone...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa ne pensate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user801" LastActivityDate="2016-04-08T02:47:19.677" Title="Si può dire: &quot;Gli darò un'ascoltata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6821" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-05T11:30:44.063" Score="2" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il niente e il poco&lt;/em&gt; di Italo Calvino ho letto questa lunghissima frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A noi sembrava già una gran cosa, e lo era certamente, perché solo se cominci a esistere virtualmente, a fluttuare in un campo di probabilità, a prendere in prestito e a restituire cariche d'energia ancora tutte ipotetiche, ti può capitare una volta o l'altra&#xA;  d'esistere di fatto, cioè di curvare intorno a te un lembo di spazio-tempo anche minimo: come successe a una quantità sempre crescente di &lt;strong&gt;nonsocosa&lt;/strong&gt; -- chiamiamoli&#xA;  neutrini perché è un bel nome, ma allora i neutrini nessuno se li era mai sognati -- ondeggianti uno addosso all'altro in una zuppa rovente d'un calore infinito, spessa&#xA;  come una colla di densità infinita, che si gonfiava in un tempo così infinitamente&#xA;  breve che non aveva niente a che fare col tempo -- e difatti il tempo non aveva avuto&#xA;  ancora tempo di dimostrare cosa sarebbe stato -- e gonfiandosi produceva spazio dove&#xA;  lo spazio non s'era mai saputo cosa fosse. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato molto curiosa e divertente la parola &quot;nonsocosa&quot; e mi sono chiesta fino a che punto potessi usarla anch'io. Ho visto che non si trova nei dizionari, perlomeno in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=nonsocosa&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1950&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cnonsocosa%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; però si trova qualche occorrenza. La mia domanda è sull'uso che se ne fa nell'italiano attuale: si usa ancora molto raramente o si usa sempre di più? Il suo uso è limitato a contesti molto informali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-08T09:22:29.743" Title="Sull'uso del vocabolo &quot;nonsocosa&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6821" CreationDate="2016-04-05T15:17:41.233" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano parlato è abbastanza frequente riferirsi a un &lt;em&gt;coso&lt;/em&gt; se di quell'oggetto o concetto non ci ricordiamo il nome. Oppure non ce l'ha proprio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui Calvino vuole dire che forse un nome c'è, ma che non lo conosce. Si inventa un “segnaposto” facendo della locuzione &lt;em&gt;non so cosa&lt;/em&gt; un nome unico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La questione se si adopera in italiano corrente è mal posta. È una “parola temporanea”, si potrebbe dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più frequente, almeno in tempi passati, &lt;em&gt;nonsoché&lt;/em&gt; per indicare qualcosa di sfuggente, indeterminato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese si può trovare un corrispondente &lt;em&gt;whatsit&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-04-05T15:17:41.233" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6823" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6824" CreationDate="2016-04-06T08:27:08.563" Score="1" ViewCount="5058" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vi chiedo su un modo di dire per esprimere che una persona ha un senso pratico e realistico delle cose. Penso che abbia sentito dire a un'italiana un'espressione con le parole &quot;piedi&quot; e &quot;terra&quot;, ma adesso non la ricordo. Era qualcosa simile a &quot;toccare con i piedi in terra&quot;. Usava questa espressione con la negazione in una frase simile a &quot;non tocca con i piedi in terra&quot; per esprimere giusto il contrario: una persona che ha delle idee strambe, non realistiche, non pratiche. L'ho cercato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/index.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, ma non l'ho trovato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-23T19:54:09.290" LastActivityDate="2020-04-23T19:54:09.290" Title="Modo di dire per una persona pratica e realista" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6823" CreationDate="2016-04-06T10:12:30.313" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/terra.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;'espressione&lt;/a&gt; che cerchi è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stare con i piedi per terra&lt;/strong&gt;, non fantasticare, pensare e agire con realismo: &lt;em&gt;non fare progetti impossibili, stai con i piedi per t.&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in contrapposizione a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.comitatolinguistico.com/it/modi-di-dire-in-italiano-avere-la-testa-fra-le-nuvole/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;stare con la testa tra le nuvole&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, che è proprio di chi è distratto o fa progetti poco concreti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solitamente lo &lt;em&gt;stare con i piedi per terra&lt;/em&gt; è associato all'&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/testa.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;avere la testa sulle spalle&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (cioè all'essere «a posto, comportarsi con giudizio, in modo riflessivo») e, talvolta, all'&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/testa.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;essere una testa quadra&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (ovvero essere una «persona particolarmente logica», razionale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-04-06T18:02:03.430" LastActivityDate="2016-04-06T18:02:03.430" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6826" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6827" CreationDate="2016-04-06T20:12:35.003" Score="4" ViewCount="700" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the use of 'sentirci' restricted to the physical ability of the listener?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, you can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ci sento più da un orecchio. (A loss of physical ability.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but could you also say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hai sentito la musica per la strada ieri sera?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, veramente non ci sento niente da casa mia. (Inability to hear because of proximity to noise.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-04-07T09:45:01.987" Title="The use of 'sentirci'" Tags="&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6826" CreationDate="2016-04-07T08:24:41.627" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is not a strict rule, but in general the expression &lt;em&gt;sentirci&lt;/em&gt; refers to the ability of the auditory system, so if you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ci sento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sento molto bene&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ci sento da un orecchio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is clear that you are speaking about your auditory ability.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are referring to external problems that affect your capability to hear, you'd better use &lt;em&gt;sentire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ti sento, c'è troppo rumore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sento nient'altro che la musica, tanto è forte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu mi parli ma io non ti sento, il telefono non funziona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-04-07T09:45:01.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6791" CreationDate="2016-04-07T12:55:47.600" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche se si tratta di un disegno, che viene fatto necessariamente di volata per non farsi accorgere dal 'supporto', 'scarabocchiata' mi sembra proprio una bella scelta nella frase citata. 'Schizzata', 'tracciata', 'tratteggiata' potevano essere altre scelte plausibili ma 'scarabocchiata' riassume in una sola parola: 'disegnata di corsa e di nascosto in un momento rubato al volo'. 'Scarabocchio' viene usato, tuttavia, anche per indicare i tracciati senza senso o incomprensibili lasciati dai bambini più piccoli con una matita su un foglio di carta, non necessariamente simboli riconoscibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2359" LastActivityDate="2016-04-07T12:55:47.600" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6819" CreationDate="2016-04-08T02:47:19.677" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei rispondere perché mi è capitato di utilizzare e di sentire già questo termine. Ad esempio, un amico ti sta suggerendo alcuni brani di un artista del quale hai chiesto informazioni,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ok, gli do un'ascoltata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine non è formalmente corretto, non è riportato nel dizionario, ma nel contesto giusto è perfettamente comprensibile e difficilmente sostituibile: infatti è difficile indicare altrimenti l'atto con quella sfumatura di distacco o disinteresse. Dire  - Ok, li ascolto - è diverso, forse è parafrasabile con qualcosa del tipo - Appena ho tempo provo a sentirli un po' -.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo, la risposta della Crusca alla famelica vicenda di &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/laccademia/notizie-dallaccademia/parola-petaloso-possibilit-entrare-vocabolari&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Petaloso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; credo calzi altrettanto bene alla tua domanda. La parola è un sostantivo derivato, ben formato, coprirebbe una lacuna (come sottolieato da @egreg), quindi direi in lizza per una possibile ufficializzazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra curiosità, cercando ho trovato la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tag/ascoltamento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ascoltamento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, avrei giurato che non esistesse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="445" LastActivityDate="2016-04-08T02:47:19.677" CommentCount="20" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6821" CreationDate="2016-04-08T09:22:29.743" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nonsocosa&lt;/em&gt;, come unica parola, è un termine specifico dell'interazione colloquiale ed è da evitare nello scritto, a parte che non si stia riportando un discorso diretto o un pensiero (come nel caso evidenziato dall'OP).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Deriva, in modo quasi onomatopeico, dalla frettolosità con cui si risolve un'indecisione durante il colloquio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando l'ho incontrato aveva fra le mani un... &lt;em&gt;nonsocosa&lt;/em&gt; che continuava ad agitare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si ha che il parlante voleva definire un oggetto ma, non sapendolo meglio descrivere, dopo l'indecisione è stato costretto a dargli un &lt;em&gt;nome posticcio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si volesse rappresentare lo stesso episodio in uno scritto sarebbe meglio una frase del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando l'ho incontrato non so cosa avesse fre le mani, ma continuava ad agitarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2016-04-08T09:22:29.743" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6831" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-08T10:26:25.857" Score="4" ViewCount="16255" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/6823&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; ho avuto dubbi su quando usare l'aggettivo &quot;realista&quot; e quando invece l'aggettivo &quot;realistico&quot;. Ho letto le definizioni del vocabolario Treccani, ma non sono sicura di aver capito le differenze. L'aggettivo &quot;realista&quot; si usa per qualificare una persona mentre &quot;realistico&quot; invece descrive un'idea o un modo di pensare, di esprimersi, ecc? Potresti aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco il tipo di frasi in cui avevo avuto il dubbio su quale aggettivo usare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Una persona ha un senso pratico e &lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt; delle cose (cioè, sta con i piedi per terra, come mi si è detto nella risposta all'altra domanda): ho usato &quot;realistico&quot; in modo adatto oppure dovrebbe essere &quot;realista&quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Possiamo dire che questa persona è pratica e &lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt;: dovrebbe essere &quot;realistica&quot; invece di &quot;realista&quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-23T20:41:30.397" LastActivityDate="2020-05-19T17:23:24.537" Title="Differenze di uso tra gli aggettivi &quot;realista&quot; e &quot;realistico&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6831" CreationDate="2016-04-08T20:35:15.930" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buonasera Charo,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Parte 1&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per quanto riguarda il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  esso è un aggettivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Del realismo, fondato sul realismo; proprio dei realisti, da realista:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;correnti filosofiche, pedagogiche, artistiche r.; pensatori, scrittori, pittori, registi r., e tesi r., metodi pedagogici r., il&#xA;  romanzo r. borghese dell’Ottocento, l’arte r. sovietica, il cinema r.&#xA;  francese&lt;/em&gt;. Nell’uso com., fondato sul realismo, che ha e dimostra&#xA;  senso concreto della realtà: &lt;em&gt;mi ha fatto una r. descrizione della sua&#xA;  situazione finanziaria&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/realistico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedi realistico su treccani.it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;derivato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (sostantivo maschile e femminile e aggettivo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Seguace del realismo in filosofia, in pedagogia, in letteratura e in&#xA;  arte, in politica: &lt;em&gt;le dispute tra realisti e nominalisti; come agg.:&#xA;  un romanziere, un pittore, un regista, un politico r.; la narrativa r.&#xA;  dell’Ottocento; il cinema o un film realista&lt;/em&gt;. Nell’uso com., chi&#xA;  tende a risolvere un problema, una difficoltà, basandosi soprattutto&#xA;  sulla realtà di fatto: &lt;em&gt;non ci facciamo troppe illusioni: bisogna&#xA;  essere realisti&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/realista2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedi realista su treccani.it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a sua volta derivato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;reale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (aggettivo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che è, che esiste veramente, effettivamente e concretamente&#xA;  (contrapp., nell’uso com. e generico, a immaginario, illusorio e anche&#xA;  a apparente, ideale, possibile): &lt;em&gt;le mie affermazioni sono basate su&#xA;  fatti r.; i suoi non sono mali r.!; portami delle prove r. e ti&#xA;  crederò; lo conosco poco, e non so quali siano le sue r. capacità; fa&#xA;  il coraggioso, ma non so come si comporterebbe in caso di r. pericolo;&#xA;  sostantivato al masch., il reale, ciò che è reale, la realtà dei&#xA;  fatti: fra l’ideale e il reale c’è un abisso; non fare tanti sogni,&#xA;  attieniti al reale!&lt;/em&gt; Usi e sign. scient. e tecn... &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/reale2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedi reale su treccani.it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Parte 2&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adesso passiamo invece ad analizzare il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (sostantivo maschile e femminile) inteso però in un' accezione completamente diversa da quella precedentemente analizzata ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Del partito del re; sostenitore, fautore dei diritti di un determinato&#xA;  sovrano, in un momento in cui tali diritti non sono riconosciuti (per&#xA;  es., in Inghilterra, i seguaci degli Stuart durante la repubblica di&#xA;  Cromwell; in Francia, i seguaci dei Borboni durante la Rivoluzione e&#xA;  il periodo napoleonico); essere più r. del re, frase dello statista e&#xA;  storico francese A. Thiers a proposito di legittimisti intransigenti&#xA;  durante la Restaurazione, usata spesso a proposito di chi è osservante&#xA;  e rigoroso più del giusto, di chi difende un diritto o una teoria con&#xA;  più accanimento delle persone direttamente interessate. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/realista1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedi REALISTA su treccani.it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il termina realista è derivato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;reale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (aggettivo), ma inteso con un'accezione diversa da quella vista precedentemente ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di re, del re o dei re: famiglia, casa, stirpe, ceppo r.; sangue r.;&#xA;  Maestà r.; Altezza r., titolo che si dà ai principi di sangue reale;&#xA;  decreto, discorso r.; palazzo, appartamento r.; marcia r.; guardia r.;&#xA;  stemma r.; corona, manto r., ecc.; galea r., nelle antiche marine, la&#xA;  galea destinata al servizio personale del monarca; nella moderna&#xA;  marina militare italiana si chiamava yacht r. la nave destinata ai&#xA;  viaggi di rappresentanza del re... &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/reale1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedi REALE su treccani.it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2282" LastActivityDate="2016-04-08T20:35:15.930" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6831" CreationDate="2016-04-09T22:18:13.870" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bella domanda. Ci ho pensato su e cercherò di spiegare quello che ho notato nell'uso comune. Realistico si usa per descrivere le &quot;cose&quot;: un disegno realistico, un progetto realistico, una pianta realistica (una pianta di plastica) etc.&#xA;Invece le persone possono essere realiste (così come ottimiste e pessimiste). &#xA;Realismo: è un modo di vedere la vita basandosi su fatti reali e concreti. Il realista ragiona pensando a ciò che può realmente accadere, per esempio, in una giornata piovosa l'ottimista dirà che domani ci sarà sicuramente il sole, mentre il realista penserà, che possa essere vero, ma siccome siamo a Marzo (mese pazzerello) l'ombrello se lo porta dietro comunque.&#xA;In poche parole: realista è chi pensa con concretezza. &#xA;Nell'italiano parlato si sente avvolte &quot;realistico&quot; riferito alle persone (ad esempio: &quot;sii realistico&quot;), ma è una sovraestensione analogica motivata da costrutti impersonali seguiti da proposizione aggettiva, ad esempio: siamo realistici e accettiamo questa proposta. &#xA;Definire una persona &quot;(un uomo) realistico&quot; suona molto strano in quanto &quot;realistico&quot; è usato solitamente per gli oggetti. Ma se usi &quot;realistico&quot; per definire i pensieri o dei comportamenti umani, nella lingua parlata può passare. Non ho nessuna fonte da citare, ho soltanto quello che ho notato imparando la lingua. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2116" LastActivityDate="2016-04-09T22:18:13.870" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6836" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6837" CreationDate="2016-04-11T06:27:55.233" Score="4" ViewCount="923" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa &quot;disassare&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Certi la chiamano Torre della Vedetta, benché da lassù&#xA;  in cima non si veda quasi nulla per via di una persistente foschia. In&#xA;  cuor mio, ho sempre pensato si dovesse chiamarla piuttosto Torre&#xA;  della Vendetta. Una vendetta gentile, s'intende; forse nemmeno il termine&#xA;  &quot;vendetta&quot; è giusto, bisognerebbe dire ripicca o rivalsa, e non solo la&#xA;  mia personale ma quella di tutti coloro che in questo borgo ci sono&#xA;  nati e morti negli anni, e che hanno strappato al bosco un metro dopo&#xA;  l'altro di terreno, che hanno scavato con la vanga &lt;strong&gt;disassando&lt;/strong&gt; zolla dietro zolla, cercando di non guardare quell'orizzonte di boschi scoscesi,&#xA;  senza fine come le onde del mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso di &quot;disassando zolla dietro zolla&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il significato del verbo &quot;disassare&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-13T09:01:28.527" Title="Cosa significa &quot;disassare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6836" CreationDate="2016-04-11T07:15:19.900" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il gerundio &lt;em&gt;disassando&lt;/em&gt; è assai probabilmente un neologismo inventato dall'autrice per dire il lavoro tenace e faticoso per avere terra coltivabile. Il neologismo nasce con l'utilizzo del prefisso dis- in senso &quot;sottrattivo&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/differenze-prefissi-dis&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/differenze-prefissi-dis&lt;/a&gt;). &quot;Disassare&quot; significa qui &quot;togliere i sassi&quot; (il terreno, evidentemente, non è fatto solo di terra e/o è duro da lavorare). Un verbo simile (nella formazione e curiosamente anche nel suono), ma usato più di frequente, è &quot;disossare&quot;, cioè &quot;togliere le ossa&quot; ad es. di un pollo, per cucinarlo.&#xA;&quot;Zolla &lt;em&gt;dietro&lt;/em&gt; zolla&quot; significa &quot;zolla &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; zolla&quot;. &lt;em&gt;Dietro&lt;/em&gt;, quindi, qui ha un significato temporale e non spaziale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-04-11T07:55:20.633" LastActivityDate="2016-04-11T07:55:20.633" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6836" CreationDate="2016-04-11T12:39:47.210" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;strong&gt;disassare&lt;/strong&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disassare&lt;/strong&gt;: inclinare o spostare rispetto ad un asse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo corrispettivo, &lt;strong&gt;disassato&lt;/strong&gt;, si usa in linguaggio tecnico parlando di elementi meccanici o costruttivi non &quot;in asse&quot; tra loro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso penso che l'autore lo usi per indicare che prima del passaggio dell'uomo la superficie della terra è uniforme, mentre dopo il passaggio le zolle di terra lavorata si inclinano ugnuna in una direzione diversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2016-04-11T12:39:47.210" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6840" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6843" CreationDate="2016-04-12T21:13:03.887" Score="8" ViewCount="747" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering if there is a short form(s) of Italian name Adriano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Googled but could not find anything. Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user601" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-24T08:45:13.897" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T15:44:32.473" Title="Short form of name Adriano" Tags="&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6842" CreationDate="2016-04-13T07:26:44.247" Score="3" ViewCount="1958" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il suo nome per intero ha un suono musicale e magico, alle mie orecchie infantili, Maria Guadalupe Juana Isabel.&#xA;  Musicale quanto il cognome peruviano della madre, Barrinechea de Winder, e magico quanto l'enigmatica figura – lei, ritratta di tre quarti – che arreda il salotto dei miei genitori: una donna dall'espressione severa, vestita di scuro e adorna solo di un medaglione d'oro e di un nastro di velluto al collo; dalle maniche, tagliate sotto il gomito, sporgono sbuffi di merletto bianco, a trama fitta; in una mano regge un libro; sull'altro braccio, invece, ha un pappagallo verde e rosso, con qualche piuma gialla sulla testa e un becco affilato e ricurvo, quasi una grossa virgola, e un occhio vitreo e ostile; almeno così sembra a me bambina, che non capisco perché il pittore abbia voluto ritrarre mia nonna con quella bestia &lt;strong&gt;spaventevole&lt;/strong&gt; placidamente appollaiata sul braccio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolo &quot;spaventevole&quot; in questo brano ha attirato la mia attenzione perché non lo conoscevo. Ho letto la sua definizione nel vocabolario Treccani, ma non riesco a capire se c'è qualche differenza con &quot;spaventoso&quot;, che mi è più familiare. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-13T16:16:49.847" Title="C'è qualche differenza tra &quot;spaventevole&quot; e &quot;spaventoso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6841" CreationDate="2016-04-13T07:58:13.657" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli aggettivi spaventevole e spaventoso si possono considerare sinonimi in quasi tutte le circostanze, però il primo è meno usato, quindi nel linguaggio comune e nella comunicazione diretta è meglio usare il secondo.&#xA;Ci si può aspettare che un titolo di giornale contenga la frase &quot;spaventoso incidente&quot;, ma non &quot;spaventevole incidente&quot;.&#xA;Per la stessa ragione l'aggettivo spaventevole si presta meglio a sottolineare la particolarità di una certa situazione, o a rendere una frase più ricercata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo spaventoso è più pratico da usare anche dal punto di vista fonetico, questa può essere una delle ragioni per cui è preferito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-04-13T09:08:17.253" LastActivityDate="2016-04-13T09:08:17.253" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6840" CreationDate="2016-04-13T08:40:51.780" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only abbreviation I'm aware of is &amp;quot;Adri&amp;quot;, like &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/6840/short-form-of-name-adriano/6919#comment13772_6840&quot;&gt;user519 states&lt;/a&gt;. It can be used for the less frequent female name &amp;quot;Adriana&amp;quot; as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that, like many Italian name abbreviations ending with the &amp;quot;i&amp;quot; sound, it can both be written locally ending with an &amp;quot;i&amp;quot;, or with an &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; to give it an international tone. Apart of being some sort of Anglicism, I'm positive many people see abbreviations ending with a &amp;quot;y&amp;quot; more suited for female names.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, also if no official rule is defined (I'm only giving my view on what's more informally used based on my experience), you could abbreviate Adriano in &amp;quot;Adri&amp;quot; and Adriana in &amp;quot;Adry&amp;quot;, although the sound is the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that near Rome and central Italy (Lazio region), but in the south as well (Campania and in particular Naples come to mind), almost every name that has an &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; (even if it sounds strange in case the &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; is in the first syllable) is abbreviated by putting an accent on it and cutting the name there.&#xA;So, Adriano becomes &amp;quot;Adrià&amp;quot;, Pasquale is shortened to &amp;quot;Pasquà&amp;quot; and Giovanni to &amp;quot;Giovà&amp;quot;.&#xA;Please note that, apart of being a rather regionalized use, such abbreviations are more common when speaking directly to the interested person (more commonly, when calling out loud to catch his/her attention, maybe when seeing him by chance and greeting him).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2370" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-07-27T15:44:32.473" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T15:44:32.473" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6836" CreationDate="2016-04-13T09:01:28.527" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le zolle di terra vanno periodicamente ribaltate con la vanga e spaccate per prepararle alla nuova semina (ed è probabilmente a questo processo che fa riferimento il verbo &lt;em&gt;disassare&lt;/em&gt; utilizzato), ed è un processo simile al &lt;em&gt;dissodare&lt;/em&gt;, che di solito però si intende come operazione fatta su un terreno non coltivato da molto tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1768" LastActivityDate="2016-04-13T09:01:28.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6841" CreationDate="2016-04-13T10:17:25.643" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oltre ad essere &lt;code&gt;spaventevole&lt;/code&gt; un termine più arcaico ed altisonante, &lt;code&gt;spaventoso&lt;/code&gt; vuol dire anche &quot;che si spaventa facilmente&quot;, &quot;molto soggetto ad aver paura&quot;, mentre &lt;code&gt;spaventevole&lt;/code&gt; significa esclusivamente &quot;che incute spavento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota inoltre che sono entrambi usati in modo figurato come sinonimo di &lt;code&gt;enorme&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;ingente&lt;/code&gt; e simili. Per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le azioni della sua società hanno avuto un incremento spaventoso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'incremento delle azioni non è certo materia di spavento, il termine si pone con il significato di &lt;code&gt;vertiginoso&lt;/code&gt;, anche con connotazione positiva. Si tende probabilmente ad identificare un generale trasalimento che si può provocare con uno spavento, anche se non è il caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2370" LastEditorUserId="2370" LastEditDate="2016-04-13T16:16:49.847" LastActivityDate="2016-04-13T16:16:49.847" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6157" CreationDate="2016-04-13T13:58:55.690" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just wanted to add the origin of the expression. It doesn't come from &lt;code&gt;molla&lt;/code&gt; as a noun (which means spring, coil), but from &lt;code&gt;molle&lt;/code&gt; as an adjective (which means soft, squishy or soaked). From this is derived the immediate and true correct meaning of the verb &lt;code&gt;mollare&lt;/code&gt;, which is a synonym to &lt;code&gt;allentare&lt;/code&gt; and means slacken, loose. From this, and the idea of loosening a rope or slackening a knot, comes the figurative expression of letting something go, lose the grasp or something, or desist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also note that the verb &lt;code&gt;mollare&lt;/code&gt; is much more used than the strictly correct &lt;code&gt;lasciare&lt;/code&gt; in current speaking, but you should never use it in any formal context, as it is a rather colloquial and almost slangy term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2370" LastActivityDate="2016-04-13T13:58:55.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6847" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-14T05:51:08.420" Score="2" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si definisce una persona o un partito che sostiene il cosiddetto stato sociale (welfare state)? Socialista, socialdemocratico o come?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="683" LastActivityDate="2016-04-14T09:01:38.067" Title="Socialdemocratico o socialista o cosa?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ClosedDate="2016-04-15T09:18:28.333" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6849" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6852" CreationDate="2016-04-15T04:31:07.130" Score="8" ViewCount="1353" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was talking to my Italian professoressa and we were basically discussing how couples in Italy interact. Raised in Italy, she insisted that the phrase &lt;code&gt;Ti amo&lt;/code&gt; is actually very uncommon in Italy and that people do not really say that specific phrase out loud.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I questioned an Italian friend for an alternative, he emphasized upon the commonality of the phrase &lt;code&gt;Ti voglio bene&lt;/code&gt; while another friend said he has heard the phrase &lt;code&gt;Il mio amore per te è forte.&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With Italy being a very romantic country, along with Italian being a Romance language, I know there must be plenty of ways to express love. Thus, what I want to figure out is, &lt;em&gt;what is the most universally accepted way to infer the phrase &lt;strong&gt;I love you&lt;/strong&gt; in Italian?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-26T20:58:57.657" LastActivityDate="2018-10-26T20:58:57.657" Title="Commonality of specific romantic phrases in Italian" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6850" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6851" CreationDate="2016-04-15T09:22:12.913" Score="1" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; In viaggio di nozze andammo a Parigi.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Scendemmo al Lotti e risultò evidente già dopo qualche giorno che nemmeno i cavalli avrebbero mai potuto avvicinarci. Camminavamo in faubourg St-Honoré e mentre io tentavo di respirare Parigi stipandone ogni vetrina, ogni caffè, ogni passante nella memoria, mio marito esibiva un tono annoiato e blasé, come di colui che ha tutto già visto e sperimentato; e forse i suoi amici in Cavalleria, con i loro racconti di donnine allegre e corse a Longchamps, gli avevano davvero rovinato la sorpresa; forse Francesco cercava a Parigi altre emozioni, non questi souvenir di lusso &lt;strong&gt;spendibili&lt;/strong&gt; facilmente, al nostro rientro, nei salotti di Torino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato dell'aggettivo &quot;spendibile&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il suo senso in questo brano. Significa che erano souvenir che si potevano spiegare facilmente nei salotti di Torino?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-15T09:54:49.543" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;spendibile&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6850" CreationDate="2016-04-15T09:54:49.543" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che sia meglio parafrase il senso di tutto il periodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suoi amici sono stati a Parigi, hanno vissuto determinate esperienze, e le hanno raccontate al marito della protagonista nei salotti di Torino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questo, lui li considera come dei souvenir. Così come, quando vai in un posto esotico, compri qualche oggetto tipico sia come ricordo, sia per mostrarlo agli altri e vantartene un po', allo stesso modo lui considera queste cose: i suoi amici hanno raccontato cosa hanno provato e vissuto a Parigi per vantarsene, dissacrando un po' le emozioni di quelle esperienze, e quindi sono state declassate a meri oggetti che provano che sei stato in quel dato posto, ossia i classici souvenir.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che, così come quando spendi dei soldi, vuol dire che stai facendo svolgere loro la loro funzione (comprare beni e servizi), allo stesso modo l'idea di &lt;code&gt;spendere&lt;/code&gt; qui assume il significato di &quot;adempiere alla loro funzione&quot;, che è dire agli amici &quot;io sono stato a Parigi e ho fatto questo&quot;, per vantarsene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre parole, una volta che visiti la città e fai determinate cose, è come avere un buono per farti bello con gli amici, &lt;code&gt;spendibile&lt;/code&gt; appunto nel loro caso nei salotti di Torino. Lui cercava qualcosa di autentico, non delle esperienze degradate ad oggetti da mostra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2370" LastActivityDate="2016-04-15T09:54:49.543" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6849" CreationDate="2016-04-15T10:14:48.287" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use &lt;code&gt;ti amo&lt;/code&gt; a lot, even with additions that intensify the claim. However, it isn't the exact translation of &lt;code&gt;I love you&lt;/code&gt; de facto, as it is a real intense claim. &lt;code&gt;Ti voglio bene&lt;/code&gt; is a claim you could use more often and even in public joking with your friends, when your partner says some harsh remark that really makes you proud, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DaG accurately explained that you can use &lt;code&gt;ti voglio bene&lt;/code&gt; for relatives and intimate friends as well, while &lt;code&gt;il mio amore per te è forte&lt;/code&gt; is a sentence you'll never hear. You'll probably find it in a grammar book as an example, as it is very unnatural and forced. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wanted to add the precise meaning of the two expressions. Even if both things are translated to &lt;code&gt;I love you&lt;/code&gt; in English, &lt;code&gt;ti voglio bene&lt;/code&gt; means you feel for that person, hope the best for him/her and feel really sorry when something bad happens to him/her. It's like an empathic issue. &lt;code&gt;Ti amo&lt;/code&gt; adds, to a more intense version of all this, most probably a physical attraction as well, and very likely a sexual desire. It is, again, something you would say to your partner when looking him/her intensely straight in the eyes, before kissing him/her, or when making peace after a minor, or even intense, bicker, to remind that despite some little differences you may have, way bigger feelings unite the two of you, and those can't be mined by tiny things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;code&gt;il mio amore per te è forte&lt;/code&gt; translates to &quot;my love to you is strong&quot;. How natural is it in English? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2370" LastActivityDate="2016-04-15T10:14:48.287" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1163" CreationDate="2016-04-15T16:49:27.417" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another reason is related to the fact that the Italian imperative must be conjugated.&#xA;For example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Turn off the lights&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;might be translated, using the imperative, as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spegni la luce&lt;/em&gt; (informal, 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; singular person);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spegnete la luce&lt;/em&gt; (2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; plural person);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spenga la luce&lt;/em&gt; (formal).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spegni&lt;/em&gt; would sound rude, because of the use of the informal 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; singular person, and it wouldn't be an appropriate way to address someone having a higher status than the author of the command, or even a stranger (regardless of his/her social status).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spegnete&lt;/em&gt; would sound awkward if there were a single person in the room (e.g., in a bathroom).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spenga&lt;/em&gt; might seem appropriate, but it would actually be a somewhat weird way to address, e.g., a child (children are not usually addressed by using the formal third-person singular).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a result, the most appropriate tense to be used in road signs is the infinitive, which doesn't refer to a particular number or social status of the addressed people.&#xA;Note that, as far as I know, the use of the infinitive tense to give orders derives from Latin, because the second-person singular of the Latin imperative, in the passive form, is the same as the present infinitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-04-16T09:54:05.320" LastActivityDate="2016-04-16T09:54:05.320" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1163" CreationDate="2016-04-15T20:16:02.347" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think a big reason could be that the infinitive conveys a greater sense of authority. For example a football trainer might urge the players to run by shouting &quot;Correte!&quot; (imperative) or make it sound more of an order by saying &quot;Correre!&quot; (infinitive).&#xA;It might be the same reason why in the military it's more common to issue orders using the infinitive. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastEditorUserId="1229" LastEditDate="2016-04-15T20:33:18.807" LastActivityDate="2016-04-15T20:33:18.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6858" CreationDate="2016-04-16T20:20:48.560" Score="5" ViewCount="8030" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a famous Italian proverb and I am trying to discover its most authentic wording. It is as follows, according to a forum posting:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando finisce la partita, i pedoni, le torri, i cavalli, i vescovi, i&#xA;  due re e le due regine tutti vanno nello stesso scatolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(When the game is over, the pawns, rooks, knights, bishops, the two kings and two queens - all go in the same box.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, the proverb I have heard is &quot;At the end of the game, the king and the pawn are returned to the same box.&quot; which is somewhat different than the quote above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a particular wording that is known to be correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2388" LastActivityDate="2016-04-18T18:52:48.307" Title="The chess proverb" Tags="&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6856" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6857" CreationDate="2016-04-17T16:04:32.117" Score="1" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le calle, rigide sui loro steli – quei fiori così frigidi e chic e &lt;em&gt;moderni&lt;/em&gt; –, stavano a significare che la baronessa sapeva – oh, se sapeva! – che lì fuori, sui grandi boulevard, impazzava qualcosa che si chiama “il nuovo gusto”, che tanta &lt;strong&gt;mobilia stuccata&lt;/strong&gt; avrebbe dovuto andare in soffitta, perché le case alla moda oggi sono rarefatte conchiglie di lacca nera e tappeti chiari – la tinta unita è più facile, non si scivola sul gusto –, ma la baronessa è una tenace marescialla dell'antico, come i suoi tanti cognomi e predicati stanno a ricordare, e non s'arrende con facilità alle aberrazioni del contemporaneo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stuccare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho letto che &lt;em&gt;stuccare&lt;/em&gt; un mobile o altri oggetti può significare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Applicare sulla superficie di un oggetto, con una spatola flessibile, dello stucco per livellarla e renderla uniforme riempiendo i vuoti e gli interstizî, e lisciandola quindi con carta vetrata, come preparazione per la tinteggiatura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma penso che questo non sia il senso di &quot;mobilia stuccata&quot; nel brano precedente. Sembrano piuttosto mobili decorati in certo modo o in qualche stile che, nei tempi descritti nel libro, non è più alla moda. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono i &quot;mobili stuccati&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-17T16:18:03.803" LastActivityDate="2016-04-18T13:50:34.897" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;mobili stuccati&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6856" CreationDate="2016-04-17T23:14:11.483" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente si riferisce a stucchi decorativi (che erano spesso applicati sui mobili di un tempo, non tutte le decorazioni erano infatti risultato di intagli ed intarsi). Lo stucco usato varia in composizione da gessi di varie qualità a paste di legno e cellulose varie inclusa la cartapesta. Le decorazioni a stucco erano a volte coperte in pigmenti a similoro o con foglia d'oro. Se si vuole un esempio la cosa era ancora usata per le cornici ornate del dopoguerra. Un'altra lavorazione che richiede una preparazione a stucco è il metodo &quot;a sandracca&quot; che imita lo stile laccato orientale, di moda agli inizi '800 in Italia, il veneziano era una delle aree che produceva molti di questi mobili.&#xA;Alla fine degli anni '20 e negli anni '30 prese piede l'arredamento &quot;razionalista&quot; dove le decorazioni vennero abbandonate e le linee molto più semplificate. Poi venne la guerra ed il dopoguerra portò nuovi cambiamenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto capirai se i mobili di cui si parla sono &quot;stuccati&quot; per intendere vecchi/antichi e riparati/restaurati o se si tratta di mobili antichi decorati con tecniche a stucco. Non ho letto il libro ma siccome si parla di baronessa non credo che i mobili fossero roba riparata... e se fosse una baronessa decaduta e senza troppo denaro probabilmente non si farebbe riparare i mobili (a meno che non lasci debiti dappertutto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: visto che hai chiesto una foto come esempio, questa è una foto generica presa dalla rete e mostra una cornice. La lavorazione comunque era la stessa con poche variazioni nella composizione dello stucco (un mobile deve essere un poco più resistente di una cornice). È visibile la parte danneggiata dove lo stucco si è perso e mette in mostra il legno sottostante.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/2mKww.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/2mKww.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-18T13:50:34.897" LastActivityDate="2016-04-18T13:50:34.897" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6855" CreationDate="2016-04-18T13:38:33.643" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard it a lot more in English than in Italian but it seems it's generally agreed that it is an old Italian proverb. It appears described as such in several books written in English, from various parts of the world (one example I found was an Indian journal). One of the oldest, &quot;The Westminster Papers: A Monthly Journal of Chess, Whist, Games of Skill and Drama&quot;, Vol. 6, dates 1873-74 and writes &quot;We shall all follow, cousin, that is certain, whether we be first rates, or lowly recipients of the Queen 'At the end of the game,' says the old Tuscan Chess proverb, 'the King and the Pawn both go into the bag.'&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Normally only king and pawn are mentioned as &quot;&lt;em&gt;Alla fine del gioco, re e pedone finiscono nella stessa scatola&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (Once the game is over, the King and the pawn end in the same box)...  once dead, rich and poor are in the same situation.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;You might find &lt;em&gt;tornano&lt;/em&gt; rather than &lt;em&gt;finiscono&lt;/em&gt; and other small variation in wording but the meaning is always the same and the chess pieces are just the most and least valuable in the group, adding the rest just makes a mess of the meaning.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Easily enough, some variation in wording could be due to translation from the different dialects used in Italy. It seems to be a Tuscan proverb however.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;As for the real origins it could be that the proverb wasn't even born in Italy, it might be that it's an Indian/Persian/Arabic proverb that simply followed the game in its history.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;During an exchange in the comments, looking for references I came across a book called &quot;Miscellanea sul giuoco degli scacchi&quot;. It appears to be a collection of texts about the game of chess by various authors. At the bottom of page 61 they show a sonnet by Francesco Bracciolini (1566 – 1645) dedicated to Lena Fornaia that reads &quot;&lt;em&gt;Un proverbio toscano dice: &lt;strong&gt;Alla fin del gioco tanto va nel sacco il Re quanto la pedina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-18T18:52:48.307" LastActivityDate="2016-04-18T18:52:48.307" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6859" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6862" CreationDate="2016-04-19T07:55:40.767" Score="0" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quegli industriali&lt;/em&gt; erano, secondo mia madre, coloro che facevano dei loro – e dei nostri – passatempi la loro principale occupazione: “gli automobili,” lei diceva così, e &quot;le films, buone solo per le cameriere e i lattai”, e l'opinione di mio padre era altrettanto limitata. [...] E che &lt;strong&gt;scalzassero&lt;/strong&gt; la vecchia guardia, chiedendo di essere ammessi al Club o comprando le ville della collina... E con vero raccapriccio mia madre rifletteva sulla sorte della vecchia contessa di St-Pierre, costretta a vendere a un certo Fenoglio i pezzi più importanti della sua collezione d'arte... O dei Costamagna, che avevano ceduto il palazzo di famiglia a un industriale laniero, figlio di un maestro di scuola... che aveva dato un ballo esageratamente costoso... tartufi e ostriche &lt;em&gt;pour épater... épater&lt;/em&gt; chi, poi?... Insomma, la prudenza suggeriva di tenersene saldamente alla larga, tanto poi quelli nemmeno ti invitavano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso del verbo &quot;scalzare&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il suo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scalzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma nessuna delle accezioni riportate sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;che scalzassero la vecchia guardia&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-21T07:16:55.960" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;scalzare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6860" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6861" CreationDate="2016-04-20T08:13:52.150" Score="4" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Guardo la folla allegra e vociante, e m'immedesimo nel fastidio che deve provare la nostra ospite da quando un numero sempre crescente dei suoi invitati ha preso il vizio di indossare, al posto del frac, una lugubre &lt;strong&gt;uniforme di regime&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;uniforme di regime&quot;. Si tratta forse di un'uniforme militare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-20T11:18:52.533" Title="Cos'è &quot;un'uniforme di regime&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6860" CreationDate="2016-04-20T09:33:41.260" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Visto che l'azione del romanzo si svolge negli anni Trenta, e quindi durante il fascismo, probabilmente si tratta del cosiddetto &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/orbace/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;orbace&lt;/a&gt;, la divisa del Partito Nazionale Fascista, come per esempio qualcosa del genere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/tZUbh.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/tZUbh.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Manichino in camicia nera&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://uniformisgaggero.altervista.org/index.php?pagina=ItalianiInCamiciaNera&amp;amp;numpag=1&amp;amp;subpag=07&amp;amp;numarr=9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In rete si possono trovare molte immagini e documentazione, anche se vari siti sono di “lugubri” nostalgici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(A proposito del frac, aggiungo, anche se qui è di interesse solo marginale, che quando nel 1938 Enrico Fermi ritirò a Stoccolma il premio Nobel per la fisica, i giornali italiani lo criticarono perché indossava il frac anziché un'uniforme, nel suo caso quella dell'Accademia d'Italia. Ma in realtà, anche se non si sapeva, Fermi aveva già rotto col regime: da Stoccolma ripartì con la famiglia direttamente alla volta degli Stati Uniti.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-20T11:18:52.533" LastActivityDate="2016-04-20T11:18:52.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6859" CreationDate="2016-04-20T11:47:30.727" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riporto la risposta di Josh61 nei commenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto significa: Rimuovere o far rimuovere qualcuno dal posto che&amp;gt; occupa: scalzare qlcu. dalla carica di direttore. &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/scalzare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/scalzare.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto sembra che gli industriali volessero liberarsi del vecchi nobili (la vecchia guardia) entrando nel loro Club o comperando le loro proprietà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-04-20T11:47:30.727" CommentCount="0" CommunityOwnedDate="2016-04-20T11:47:30.727" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6849" CreationDate="2016-04-20T16:15:09.877" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;She's right, at least for my generation (currently aged 40). &lt;code&gt;Ti amo&lt;/code&gt; is too strong and too ruined by thousands of movies. Like eating too much sugar makes you tired of it. In fact, to an Italian it would sound fake even in a context when you actually mean it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We use more elaborate phrasings, like &lt;code&gt;ti voglio bene&lt;/code&gt; but not only (it's really the most basic one), or funny nicknames, to convey our affection. For example, we tend to use possessive, like &lt;code&gt;sei il mio amore&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;sei la mia stella&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2397" LastActivityDate="2016-04-20T16:15:09.877" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6864" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-20T21:05:06.653" Score="3" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can any native Italians please give me feedback on my pronunciation please?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://vocaroo.com/i/s0Ky9i1XlQNT&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://vocaroo.com/i/s0Ky9i1XlQNT&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, I'm not looking for near native pronunciation, just 1) to be understood, and hopefully 2) not so bad that people will try switching to English, or maybe even 3) a foreign accent that, whilst not necessarily pleasing, but at least not repulsively strong/irritating to native listeners. Are there any particular sounds that I should focus on? Are there any that I'm getting (broadly) right, so I can concentrate on other sounds? Overall, how is the intonation and linking of individual sounds? Any other advice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2016-04-21T07:32:07.773" Title="Could any native Italian speakers give me pronunciation advice please?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ClosedDate="2016-05-05T14:55:24.760" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1218" CreationDate="2016-04-21T02:41:49.620" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm from Trentino, Val di Non. In our dialect, called Nones, we also have that expression. It is actually the only way to form the gerund. &lt;em&gt;E.g. son dria a far bergot - I'm doing something&lt;/em&gt;. Thus, I would assume that this is a characteristic shared with other northern Italian dialects too. In standard Italian, the one of the Accademia della Crusca, it is not accepted. It is a phenomenon of language contact between the two languages, as many northern Italians are bilingual in the two. Because in Italy, speaking differently from the imposed norm is socially looked down upon, I would reccomend you to learn the actual gerund &lt;em&gt;e.g. sto facendo qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;. But linguistically speaking it is not incorrect if you use it when speaking with people that understand it (basically northern Italians). It is just a phenomenon of language contact, just as the ones that created other accepted features of the vulgar that later became what we know as Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2402" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-21T13:47:33.103" LastActivityDate="2016-04-21T13:47:33.103" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6871" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6872" CreationDate="2016-04-22T11:12:13.820" Score="3" ViewCount="1581" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=BRUTTO100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario Italiano Olivetti&lt;/a&gt; l'espressione &quot;fare una brutta figura&quot; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dare un'impressione negativa impressionando sfavorevolmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è sembrato sempre un modo di dire italiano molto curioso. Sapreste dirmi qualcosa sulla sua origine? Perché si usa la parola &quot;figura&quot;? Potrebbe avere qualcosa a che vedere con qualche spettacolo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:28:46.843" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:28:46.843" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;fare una brutta figura&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6871" CreationDate="2016-04-22T12:06:01.010" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;figura&lt;/em&gt; è l'aspetto esteriore di una cosa o di una persona (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/figura/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/figura/&lt;/a&gt;). Più che a uno spettacolo, fa quindi riferimento alle arti plastiche. Con uno slittamento di significato, indica il modo di apparire, di essere o di comportarsi di una persona in una situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-04-22T12:06:01.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6873" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-22T20:09:14.983" Score="6" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which preposition is the correct one to use with 'terra'? I have seen different uses of each one. Are they interchangeable in the examples below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the ground (i.e. giacere) = a/per terra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To the ground (i.e. cadere) = a/in/per terra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2016-04-26T12:36:13.367" Title="A/in/per terra?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6874" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6876" CreationDate="2016-04-23T04:42:59.007" Score="7" ViewCount="1021" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a passionate Italian learner, I find myself on this website a lot. What I enjoy about the website is that askers might find themselves posting their question in English or even Italian. For the most part, I am able to fully comprehend what the asker is confused about when the question is written in Italian. What intrigues me, however, is a commonality I find in many Italian-written questions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This commonality is the phrase &lt;em&gt;Secondo il...&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Secondo me...&lt;/em&gt;, even &lt;em&gt;Secondo voi&lt;/em&gt;. From studying Italian so far, I've only seen the word &lt;em&gt;secondo&lt;/em&gt; used in the context of inferring &lt;strong&gt;second&lt;/strong&gt;. Thus, this brings me to my question, how exactly is &lt;em&gt;secondo&lt;/em&gt; being used in these types of phrases? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2031" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-24T20:28:33.860" LastActivityDate="2016-04-24T20:28:33.860" Title="Use of 'secondo' in different contexts" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6874" CreationDate="2016-04-23T05:32:27.450" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means &quot;from one's point of view&quot; and &quot;regarding&quot; also.&#xA;&quot;Secondo me...&quot; :  in my opinion...&#xA;&quot;Secondo il risultato ottenuto...&quot; : regarding the obtained results...&#xA;&quot;Secondo piano&quot;  : second floor&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2412" LastActivityDate="2016-04-23T05:32:27.450" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6874" CreationDate="2016-04-23T12:57:32.230" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience, this question about &lt;em&gt;secondo&lt;/em&gt; comes up fairly early when beginning speakers start talking about their opinions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;English speakers infer that Italians are saying &lt;em&gt;second&lt;/em&gt; like 'he's second in line', and while there is a direct correspondence to that particular meaning -- Italians also use &lt;em&gt;secondo&lt;/em&gt; as an ordinal number for 2 -- this is not the sense to which you refer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More commonly, &lt;em&gt;secondo&lt;/em&gt; is used to &lt;strong&gt;express opinions&lt;/strong&gt;, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;secondo me, lui è molto bravo in matematica ma stenta in italiano.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In my opinion, he is very good at math, but struggles with Italian.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, secondo is used in the sense of &lt;strong&gt;according to&lt;/strong&gt;, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;secondo la fonte&lt;/em&gt; (according to the source)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;secondo Antonio Gramsci&lt;/em&gt; (according to Antonio Gramsci)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-04-23T13:32:14.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6873" CreationDate="2016-04-23T14:18:42.697" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia impressione è che le tre preposizioni siano intercambiabili. Google Books mostra una preferenza per la preposizione &quot;a&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I think that the three prepositions are interchangeable. Google books shows a preference for &quot;a&quot;: ) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=cadere%20a%20terra%2Ccadere%20per%20terra%2Ccadere%20in%20terra&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ccadere%20a%20terra%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ccadere%20per%20terra%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ccadere%20in%20terra%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; cadere in/a/per terra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=giacere%20a%20terra%2Cgiacere%20per%20terra%2Cgiacere%20in%20terra&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cgiacere%20a%20terra%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cgiacere%20per%20terra%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cgiacere%20in%20terra%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; giacere in/a/per terra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-04-24T07:44:50.650" LastActivityDate="2016-04-24T07:44:50.650" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6878" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6890" CreationDate="2016-04-24T07:35:29.060" Score="1" ViewCount="4047" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ieri in Catalogna si è festeggiato &lt;a href=&quot;https://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diada_de_Sant_Jordi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;San Giorgio&lt;/a&gt;. Si tratta della &quot;festa&quot;  delle rose e dei libri (non so se &quot;festa&quot; sia la parola più adeguata perché di solito questo giorno si lavora). È tradizionale comprare un libro (e anche una rosa alle donne) in questa data. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parlando di possibili libri da acquistare per San Giorgio, ho voluto dire che io forse comprerei qualche romanzo di Elena Ferrante. Allora mi sono accorta di non saper come pronunciare il nome Elena: non sapevo se far la parola sdrucciola oppure piana. Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=58975&amp;amp;r=1680&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nome &quot;Elena&quot; sul Dizionario d’ortografia e di pronunzia della RAI&lt;/a&gt;, ma questo non ha chiarito il mio dubbio perché riporta tutte e due le possibilità di pronuncia,  &quot;&lt;em&gt;èlena&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e anche &quot;&lt;em&gt;elèna&lt;/em&gt;&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/0pQYD.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/0pQYD.gif&quot; alt=&quot;Elena nel DOP&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;So che non si sa quasi nulla di Elena Ferrante, ma si conosce perlomeno la pronuncia che lei fa del suo pseudonimo (o nome)? Qual è il modo più frequente di pronunciare questo nome?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-27T06:10:51.087" Title="Sulla pronuncia del nome Elena" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6879" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6881" CreationDate="2016-04-25T06:36:29.683" Score="4" ViewCount="274" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma non meno assurdo, se mi volto indietro, è accorgersi che mio fratello, cresciuto in un'epoca stretta fra due guerre e &lt;strong&gt;falcidiata&lt;/strong&gt; dall'influenza spagnola, sia andato a cercarsi una morte lontana, nel cuore dell'Africa, grazie al difetto di fabbricazione di una cartuccia da caccia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene il senso di &quot;un'epoca falcidiata dall'influenza spagnola&quot;. Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/falcidiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;falcidiare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fare una falcidia, in senso fig&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato anche il significato di &quot;falcidia&quot;, ma non sono sicura di aver capito. Significa che l'influenza produsse una forte reduzione della populazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-25T15:39:38.693" Title="Cosa significa &quot;falcidiato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6879" CreationDate="2016-04-25T08:25:16.323" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/F/falcidiare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Falcidiare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fare una falcidia; decimare, ridurre considerevolmente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'epidemia falcidiò la popolazione; il suo patrimonio è stato falcidiato da quell'affare&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sì, falcidiare si usa spesso in riferimento ad eventi catastrofici che hanno avuto come conseguenze la perdita di cose o persone. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=falcidia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Falcidia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Forte riduzione: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;gli introiti hanno subito una pesante falcidia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Strage (anche in senso figurato): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;una falcidia di vite umane; gli esami sono stati una vera falcidia&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Garzanti) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Etimologia:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ← dal lat. (quărtam) falcidĭa(m) ‘quarto d’eredità’, dal nome del tribuno della plebe Publio Falcidio, che propose la legge (40 a.c.); ma con influsso di fălx fălcis ‘falce’.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-25T09:11:03.377" LastActivityDate="2016-04-25T09:11:03.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6879" CreationDate="2016-04-25T08:27:57.417" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;code&gt;falcidiare&lt;/code&gt; è in relazione con la parola &lt;code&gt;falce&lt;/code&gt; e all'azione di &lt;code&gt;falciare&lt;/code&gt;. La &lt;code&gt;falcidia&lt;/code&gt; è il sostantivo che ha un significato più che altro metaforico e drammatico. L'azione può essere paragonata al &lt;code&gt;mietere vittime&lt;/code&gt;. L'immagine che vi corrisponde è l'angelo della morte che reca in mano una falce. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'immagine allegata è tratta da Il Settimo Sigillo di Bergman (notare il capofila a destra).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/slsk5.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/slsk5.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2419" LastActivityDate="2016-04-25T08:27:57.417" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6879" CreationDate="2016-04-25T10:33:39.423" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che per &quot;influenza&quot; qui si intenda la malattia (vedi l'articolo su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Influenza_spagnola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;). Quindi sì, la tua interpretazione è corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="923" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-25T15:39:38.693" LastActivityDate="2016-04-25T15:39:38.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6883" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6884" CreationDate="2016-04-26T06:28:48.763" Score="2" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Quella sera Iris era sublime: perfettamente padrona di sé, ci faceva ridere alle lacrime con certe storielle assurde e succose che aveva, credo, inventato o arricchito lì per lì.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; Almerighi, che era un bell'uomo, le stava seduto accanto e &lt;strong&gt;le porgeva la battuta&lt;/strong&gt;: facevano del cabaret.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa che Almerighi &quot;le porgeva la battuta&quot;. Ho cercato &quot;porgere la battuta&quot; nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmi il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-26T06:47:42.147" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;porgere la battuta&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6883" CreationDate="2016-04-26T06:47:42.147" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione viene dal linguaggio del teatro. La &lt;em&gt;battuta&lt;/em&gt; è la frase di un attore o di un'attrice. Nella definizione 5 del vocabolario Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/battuta/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/battuta/&lt;/a&gt;) si trova «dare [= porgere] la b., dare all’attore lo spunto per la replica, da parte del suggeritore o dell’interlocutore».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autrice vuol dire che Iris e Almerighi sono come una coppia collaudata di attori: Almerighi dice frasi o fa domande perché Iris possa raccontare cose divertenti, assurde, succose. &quot;Fare del cabaret&quot; significa che facevano divertire tutti come fossero al cabaret (i cui spettacoli avevano proprio queste caratteristiche).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio del teatro, l'attore che porge la battuta di solito si chiama &lt;em&gt;spalla&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-04-26T06:47:42.147" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5697" CreationDate="2016-04-26T08:46:35.717" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stronato&lt;/em&gt; è una versione dialettale per frastornato, stordito, intontito, rintronato, spesso messo in relazione con l'uso/abuso di alcool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel centro Italia e in Sardegna è un termine colloquiale abbastanza diffuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1768" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-26T10:13:12.243" LastActivityDate="2016-04-26T10:13:12.243" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6886" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6889" CreationDate="2016-04-26T09:15:47.263" Score="15" ViewCount="10108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando si usa &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt; e quando &lt;em&gt;adesso&lt;/em&gt;? &#xA;Sembra che le due parole abbiano lo stesso significato. Ci sono differenze? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2022" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-26T13:17:24.170" LastActivityDate="2016-05-08T08:32:49.320" Title="“Ora” vs. “adesso”. What are the differences?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6873" CreationDate="2016-04-26T12:36:13.367" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The three prepositions in these examples nowadays have become more or less interchangeable, even though &quot;cadere&quot; means that something is moving towards something else, so &quot;in&quot; should be wrong and &quot;a&quot; should be a better choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The opposite should be true for &quot;giacere&quot;. Since there is no movement, it should be better to use &quot;in&quot; and &quot;a&quot; should be wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But languages keep changing over time, and so did Italian, that's why nobody is really going to notice it as a mistake anymore if you say &quot;cadere in terra&quot; or &quot;giacere a terra&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2118" LastActivityDate="2016-04-26T12:36:13.367" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6888" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-26T12:53:40.363" Score="6" ViewCount="776" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've noticed that a lot of nouns and verbs which begin with s- + consonant denote a negative and/or opposite idea. This doesn't seem to be a feature of other Latin-derived languages. How did this come about in Italian? Is there a list of such words that I could study?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2425" LastActivityDate="2016-06-01T13:46:40.557" Title="The initial s- which expresses a negative idea" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6886" CreationDate="2016-04-26T14:08:00.640" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, they are mostly synonyms; for instance, the Treccani dictionary defines &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/adesso/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;adesso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sinon[imo] più com[une] e fam[iliare] di &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt;, spec[ialmente] nell’Italia settentr[ionale].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(A more common and familiar synonym of &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt;, especially in Northern Italy.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, nineteenth century writer and lexicographer &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Niccol%C3%B2_Tommaseo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Niccolò Tommaseo&lt;/a&gt;, who had a very sensitive ear for shades of meaning, gave these differences (§2920, s.v. “Quando”):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Adesso&lt;/em&gt; accenna relazione più diretta al passato | Dante: «O gente, in cui fervore acuto adesso Ricompie forse negligenza e indugio Da voi per tiepidezza in ben far messo» |. &lt;em&gt;Ora&lt;/em&gt; accenna il momento presente, o i momenti prossimi al presente, guardati in sé; &lt;em&gt;adesso&lt;/em&gt; accenna il presente in paragone del tempo passato. &lt;em&gt;Prima usava l'ipocrisia della fede; adesso quella del dubbio.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Ora&lt;/em&gt; indica anche un punto più breve.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Per rincalzo, dicono in Toscana: ora adesso; come dire: ora stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Summarising, Tommaseo feels that &lt;em&gt;adesso&lt;/em&gt; was used especially when contrasting or comparing the present to the past, while &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt; while speaking just of the present. And &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt; would also refer to a shorter range of time.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-26T19:36:14.510" LastActivityDate="2016-04-26T19:36:14.510" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6878" CreationDate="2016-04-27T06:10:51.087" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La pronuncia contemporanea del nome Elena è sempre &quot;Èlena&quot;. Si può facilmente notare come molti video in italiano su Elena Ferrante utilizzino questa pronuncia (esempi: Carlo Lucarelli &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f8SxSBSOCYA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f8SxSBSOCYA&lt;/a&gt;; Antonio Monda &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RR7mtGjVm7Q&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RR7mtGjVm7Q&lt;/a&gt;), mentre la pronuncia &quot;Elèna&quot; viene utilizzata soprattutto da autori stranieri - in quanto più somigliante alla pronuncia di Elena e della variante Helena in inglese, spagnolo, greco - o da autori italiani di fronte ad un pubblico internazionale, magari all'estero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la pronuncia &quot;Elèna&quot;, il suo impiego da parte dei poeti tra il XIV e il XVII secolo potrebbe essere semplicemente dovuto a ragioni metriche e di rima. Ad esempio, la prima citazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La reputò sì di bellezza piena,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;che la propose con seco ad Elena&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;formerebbe una rima baciata solo con la pronuncia &quot;Elèna&quot;, e così via. Lo spostamento dell'accento per ragioni metriche e di rima è tipico della poesia, da Omero fino a certi testi rap attuali. Tra i tanti esempi, si può citare il primo verso delle Bucoliche di Virgilio :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ti&lt;/strong&gt;tyre, &lt;strong&gt;tu&lt;/strong&gt; patul&lt;strong&gt;ae&lt;/strong&gt; recub&lt;strong&gt;ans&lt;/strong&gt; sub &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;gmine &lt;strong&gt;fa&lt;/strong&gt;gi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in cui &lt;em&gt;patulae&lt;/em&gt; ha l'accento sull' ultima sillaba, a differenza della pronuncia corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo spiegherebbe perché &quot;Elena&quot; venisse pronunciato alla greca, a differenza di altri nomi greci, come Alessandro, che invece non conservavano la pronuncia originale (in questo caso, Alèssandro, da Αλέξανδρος).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastActivityDate="2016-04-27T06:10:51.087" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6891" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-27T06:44:22.750" Score="5" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/320665/any-equivalent-to-this-persian-proverb-the-yellow-dog-is-the-jackals-brother&quot;&gt;question &lt;/a&gt; the user is asking for the English equivalent of a Persian proverb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The concept is that of someone/something bad which is substituted by someone/something that isn't any better so that you can't tell which is worse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It there an Italian equivalent proverb or common expression to convey the same concept?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:38:15.993" LastActivityDate="2016-04-29T15:58:30.383" Title="Italian equivalent of a Persian proverb" Tags="&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6892" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6916" CreationDate="2016-04-27T15:38:37.100" Score="5" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;What ages (roughly) would refer to the people listed below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bimbo/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;neonato/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bambino/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ragazzo/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;giovane&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;giovanotto/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;figlio/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;uomo/donna&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ragazzo/a &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fidanzato/a&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-04-27T16:32:31.213" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T09:12:32.887" Title="What ages are these nouns used to refer to?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6891" CreationDate="2016-04-27T16:15:56.177" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The closest that come to my mind are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Uscire dalla porta e rientrare dalla finestra &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Se non è zuppa è pan bagnato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I am not sure that they have the same negative meaning &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastActivityDate="2016-04-27T16:15:56.177" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6894" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6896" CreationDate="2016-04-28T06:03:51.567" Score="1" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Colpa dell'amido, la sua &lt;strong&gt;camicia è stata stirata ad arte&lt;/strong&gt;, e lo sparato è così rigido da non piegarsi nemmeno sotto il peso di un torace grosso quanto il suo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire che la &quot;camicia è stata stirata ad arte&quot;. Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arte/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce &quot;arte&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come locuz. avv., &lt;em&gt;ad arte&lt;/em&gt;, con artificio, o apposta, deliberatamente: &lt;em&gt;diffondere ad a. voci calunniose, notizie false&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non capisco il significato in questo contesto. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-29T09:20:28.760" Title="Cos'è &quot;una camicia stirata ad arte&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6894" CreationDate="2016-04-28T06:22:49.803" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/A/arte.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Arte&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;estens. Capacità nel fare qualcosa; abilità, destrezza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stirata ad arte significa una camicia stirata benissimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fare qualcosa &amp;quot;ad arte&amp;quot; si usa in riferimento a qualcosa che viene  fatto con grande cura ed attenzione. A seconda del contesto puo avere una connotazione positiva o negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi anche &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tuttopercasa.pianetadonna.it/come-stirare-ad-arte-49812.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Come stirare ad arte&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In questo articolo vogliamo aiutarvi a capire in che modo poter &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;imparare a stirare ad arte&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, per poter avere sempre dei capi lavati, stirati e perfetti!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a regola d'arte&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-04-29T09:20:28.760" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6897" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-04-28T19:14:51.510" Score="8" ViewCount="357" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often in school in the US teachers prepare collections of photocopied notes and exercises to give to students. They are usually bound by a single staple in the corner. I'm not entirely sure of whether this practice exists in Italy, but as a teacher in the US, I am often looking for this term. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The closest that I have found is &lt;em&gt;fascicolo&lt;/em&gt;, but I wonder if this is closer to the English &lt;em&gt;dossier&lt;/em&gt; which would not be accurate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can somebody who went to school in Italy provide me with the appropriate term for this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2016-05-01T17:03:45.360" Title="What is the Italian term for a packet (of paper) used by a teacher?" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6897" CreationDate="2016-04-28T20:27:11.653" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe  that the proper term is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/D/dispensa.shtml&quot;&gt;dispensa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, sometimes used in the plural form which is &lt;em&gt;dispense&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(dispensa universitaria,) sintesi delle lezioni tenute da un docente durante l'anno accademico. (Sabatini Colletti) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, I've only seen this happening when I was a university student.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-04-28T20:40:50.067" LastActivityDate="2016-04-28T20:40:50.067" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6897" CreationDate="2016-04-28T22:55:08.410" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian and I don't know terms for your description. When I went to the pre-university school teachers give rarely photocopies. I remember some generic terms like 'schede' for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2431" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-29T09:44:23.290" LastActivityDate="2016-04-29T09:44:23.290" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6900" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6901" CreationDate="2016-04-29T09:48:27.203" Score="0" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Immobile tra le lenzuola sgualcite, mi rendo conto che sto fuggendo, non solo da Villaforesta ma anche da una vita di finzione di una noia irridemibile; da un'immagine di me che mi hanno cucita addosso, che credevo &lt;strong&gt;fusa&lt;/strong&gt; come l'uniforme del soldatino di piombo e che invece scopro d'improvviso, non andarmi più bene. Anzi, stringe e fa male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fuso_res-af3a0465-001d-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;fuso&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;fusa come l'uniforme del soldatino di piombo&quot; in questo brano. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-29T10:26:46.667" Title="Cosa significa &quot;fusa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6900" CreationDate="2016-04-29T10:00:33.407" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I soldatini di piombo sono fusi in un pezzo unico; anche l'uniforme fa parte della fusione e quindi non è separabile dal corpo del soldatino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto del romanzo, una possibile rielaborazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Immobile tra le lenzuola sgualcite, mi rendo conto che sto fuggendo,&#xA;  non solo da Villaforesta ma anche da una vita di finzione di una noia&#xA;  irridemibile; da un'immagine di me che mi hanno cucita addosso, che&#xA;  credevo &lt;strong&gt;parte integrante di me&lt;/strong&gt; come l'uniforme del soldatino di piombo e che invece&#xA;  scopro d'improvviso, non andarmi più bene. Anzi, stringe e fa male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto fusa è da interpretare come: facente parte di me, non distinta e quindi non separabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="688" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-04-29T10:26:46.667" LastActivityDate="2016-04-29T10:26:46.667" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6891" CreationDate="2016-04-29T15:58:30.383" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several idioms in Italian and its regional dialects, but no proverbs that I know of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that an exact match would be the two equivalent Tuscan sayings, &quot;maledetto il peggio&quot; and &quot;accidenti al peggio&quot; (where &lt;em&gt;peggio&lt;/em&gt; should actually be &lt;em&gt;peggiore&lt;/em&gt;). Literally it means, &quot;Damned be the worst of them&quot;; but the construction &quot;Damned be &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;&quot; actually means that one can't find or decide which the &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt; (for example in Berni's &lt;em&gt;Capitolo del Diluvio&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;...e maladetto quel gambo di biada / che non andasse al nimico del vino&quot; means that not a single stalk of wheat avoided falling prey of the water), so it could be rendered as &lt;em&gt;damned if there's one of them worse than any other&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've also heard the phrase &lt;em&gt;aiutami a dire chi è peggio&lt;/em&gt; (help me in telling who the worst is) and &lt;em&gt;non si sa cos'è peggio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the south of Italy you could say *focu e fiumara (, aundi pigghia, a lleva para)&quot; (&lt;em&gt;fire and flood, whatever they get to, they destroy likewise&lt;/em&gt;: so that's there little to choose between the one and the other).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the two things are equivalent, but &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; necessarily bad (in English, six of one and half a dozen of the other), you'd say &lt;em&gt;se non è zuppa è pan bagnato&lt;/em&gt;: both foods are bland, but nourishing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you actually &lt;strong&gt;have a choice of two equally bad alternatives&lt;/strong&gt;, you're said to be &lt;em&gt;fra Scilla e Cariddi&lt;/em&gt; (between Scylla and Charybdis, two mythical monsters from Homer's Odyssey). If these are simultaneous constraints, and it's their simultaneity the problem, then you're &lt;em&gt;fra l'incudine e il martello&lt;/em&gt; (between a rock and a hard place; literally between the anvil and the hammer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are several sayings that refer to something being worse than whatever it follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il rimedio è peggiore del male&lt;/em&gt; (the medicine is worse than the ailment);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in Venetian, the above translates as &lt;em&gt;xe peg(g)io el tacon del buso&lt;/em&gt; (the patch is worse than the hole);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;cadere dalla padella nella brace&lt;/em&gt; (escape from the frying pan only to fall onto the hot coals);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Re Serpe&lt;/em&gt; (a reference to one of Phaedrus' fables, in which the frogs asked Zeus for a king; unsatisfied by the unmoving log Zeus had thrown them, they asked another, and Zeus sent a snake that started eating them). You'll find this form implied in &lt;em&gt;contèntati di Re Travicello!&lt;/em&gt; (be satisfied with King Log!, implying &lt;em&gt;...lest King Snake come next&lt;/em&gt;: for in Italian, &lt;em&gt;al peggio non c'è mai fine&lt;/em&gt; (it can always get worse), and when it does get worse, usually under guise of actually becoming better, you'll comment &lt;em&gt;si stava meglio quando si stava peggio&lt;/em&gt; (we were better off when we were worse off).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-04-29T15:58:30.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6903" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6904" CreationDate="2016-04-30T07:38:27.277" Score="0" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sellavo il cavallo e andavo, lo lasciavo correre fino a sfiancarlo il mio mezzosangue giù dalla querceta, a rotta di collo, rischiando la scivolata, l'incidente, cercando il pericolo; a volte arrivavo addirittura a lasciare &lt;strong&gt;lasco&lt;/strong&gt; il sottopancia; cosa cercassi, non lo so; che Trott e il mondo intero stessero in pena per me, forse; e magari che a qualcuno importasse, che so, di dove stavo andando, di cosa facevo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'aggettivo &quot;lasco&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lasco/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;lasco&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma tutte le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;lasciare lasco il sottopancia del cavallo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-04-30T08:06:24.590" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;lasco&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6903" CreationDate="2016-04-30T08:06:24.590" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sottopancia/&quot;&gt;sottopancia&lt;/a&gt; è la cinghia che tiene ferma la sella, stretta attorno all'addome del cavallo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lasciarlo &lt;em&gt;lasco&lt;/em&gt;, cioè non ben stretto, allentato, è molto rischioso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-04-30T08:06:24.590" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6905" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6906" CreationDate="2016-05-01T07:26:36.053" Score="2" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dice che, a guardar bene tra le macerie, si vedono ancora schegge di legno dorato, chissà, forse le seggioline della sala da ballo, che mia madre non ha voluto portar via – “roba &lt;strong&gt;rifatta&lt;/strong&gt;, non val la pena”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase si riferisce alle macerie della casa dei nonni della narratrice, distrutta durante la guerra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rifatto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;rifatto&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non capisco cosa vuol dire la madre della narratrice qualificando di &quot;roba rifatta&quot; le seggioline della sala da ballo. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-01T13:58:23.390" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rifatta&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6905" CreationDate="2016-05-01T10:20:47.627" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uno dei significati di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/R/rifare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;rifare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Imitare, contraffare, rappresentare o raffigurare copiando fedelmente: &lt;em&gt;ha rifatto la casa di quando era piccolo; rifece un quadro di Caravaggio&lt;/em&gt; (Hoepli)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La made si riferisce  al fatto che non si tratta di mobili originali, ma rifatti imitando  uno stile, per cui di poco valore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-01T13:58:23.390" LastActivityDate="2016-05-01T13:58:23.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6907" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-01T14:43:20.743" Score="5" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sento e leggo ogni tanto locuzioni temporali introdotte da “ora di X” nel senso di “giunto X”. Per esempio “ora di sera, Gianni era tornato a casa” nel senso appunto di “giunta la sera, Gianni era tornato a casa” o “a sera Gianni era ormai tornato a casa”. (È una costruzione piuttosto simile a uno degli usi dell'inglese &lt;em&gt;by&lt;/em&gt;: “by evening, Gianni...”)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Lo stesso può valere per altre indicazioni di tempo: “ora di giugno”, “ora di mezzanotte” e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alle mie orecchie non sembra un uso del tutto standard, bensì forse regionale (settentrionale?). Fonti alla mano, me lo sapreste confermare o smentire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Purtroppo è particolarmente difficile compiere ricerche testuali, perché “ora di” compare in molte altre costruzioni: “ora di pranzo”, “ora di Mosca” etc. E persino “ora di sera”, per esempio, può venire da altre costruzioni, come “Chi può bussare a quest'ora di sera?”)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-05-07T11:05:10.080" Title="Uso di “ora di”" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6907" CreationDate="2016-05-01T16:57:17.623" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;bensì forse regionale (settentrionale?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abito nell'Italia settentrionale (Veneto) e non ho mai sentito usare questa locuzione. Mi sembra anzi quasi &lt;em&gt;fastidiosa&lt;/em&gt; da sentire. A mio parere non è una forma corretta in italiano, sembra che sia stata omessa una parte. Avrebbe più senso se fosse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All'ora di sera, Gianni [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nota:&lt;/strong&gt; Ciò mi ricorda un'altra locuzione poco corretta (ma più diffusa e più tollerata), cioè &quot;Settimana scorsa&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Settimana scorsa sono andato al mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma corretta sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La settimana scorsa sono andato al mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1505" LastActivityDate="2016-05-01T16:57:17.623" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6897" CreationDate="2016-05-01T17:03:45.360" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In elementary school and middle school, they are referred as &lt;em&gt;schede&lt;/em&gt;. In high school the term &lt;em&gt;fotocopie&lt;/em&gt; is much more common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is because thinking about the teacher giving you a &lt;em&gt;scheda&lt;/em&gt; might even make you feel childish or something, although this is subjective.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the university, a handout is almost always called &lt;em&gt;dispensa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1505" LastActivityDate="2016-05-01T17:03:45.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6910" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6913" CreationDate="2016-05-01T20:17:25.643" Score="7" ViewCount="1301" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been learning Italian recently just by myself on a very casual basis. One thing that I find confusing is which syllable to stress. I've read the rules - i.e. usually the penultimate syllable is stressed, unless there is an accent mark on the last syllable. However, there are many, many examples where the third-from-last syllable is stressed instead. So, for example, when I see a word like &lt;em&gt;telefono&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;illeggibile&lt;/em&gt;, how can I tell that it's the third-from-last syllable that is stressed, and not the penultimate one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2443" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-05-02T07:42:28.097" LastActivityDate="2016-05-02T07:42:28.097" Title="Stressed syllable" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6912" CreationDate="2016-05-02T06:53:02.547" Score="1" ViewCount="944" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se capisse, gli direi che tutte le lacrime – e non solo quelle per Enrico – che non possono solcarti le guance se ne vanno da un'altra parte, scavano dentro, sotterranee come certi fiumi, anzi, incanalate così hanno una forza e una violenza che brucia e corrode, consuma il cuore e &lt;strong&gt;allappa il cervello&lt;/strong&gt; come i cachi acerbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/allappare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato del verbo &quot;allappare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Allegare i denti, dare alla bocca la sensazione acre che producono i frutti aspri o acerbi: &lt;em&gt;un sugo che allappa la bocca&lt;/em&gt; (o assol. &lt;em&gt;che allappa&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;un sapore amarognolo gli allappava il palato&lt;/em&gt; (Cicognani).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non capisco il senso di &quot;allappare il cervello&quot; nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-03T09:56:43.867" Title="Cosa significa &quot;allappare il cervello&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6911" CreationDate="2016-05-02T07:36:20.000" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello descritto ma viene usato in senso figurato. Mangiare   un frutto  acerbo provoca  una sensazione astringente, come se la bocca fosse legata e incapace di svolgere la propria funzione normalmente. Per analogia un cervello &quot;allappato&quot; è un cervello incapace di funzionare come dovrebbe. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Allappare:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;provocare una sensazione astringente in bocca come se i denti e la lingua fossero legati, effetto tipico della frutta aspra o non matura e di alcuni sali&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;il cachi acerbo allappa particolarmente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wiktionary &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'espressione piu comune e' &quot;offuscare il cervello o la mente&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-05-03T09:56:43.867" LastActivityDate="2016-05-03T09:56:43.867" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6910" CreationDate="2016-05-02T07:41:59.237" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a number of word endings the stress is predictable. For instance, all superlative forms in &lt;em&gt;-issimo&lt;/em&gt; are “&lt;em&gt;sdrucciole&lt;/em&gt;” (i.e., stressed on the third-from-last syllable): &lt;em&gt;bellìssimo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;velocìssimo&lt;/em&gt; and so on. The same holds for most moods and tenses of verbs, and suffixes, and other regular modifications of words. You can find many of them in the online &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/static.aspx?treeID=35&quot;&gt;Dizionario di Ortografia e Pronunzia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, under “Suffissi”, “Desinenze grammaticali” and “Terminazioni con varianti di forma”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for single words themselves, short of knowing well their etymology (and often even then), there is no alternative to looking them up in a good dictionary. Italians themselves often have to do so (and Italians themselves often get a stress wrong).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your particular examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;illeggibile&lt;/em&gt; falls within the “predictable” case: &lt;em&gt;-abile&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-ibile&lt;/em&gt; suffixes denote something that “can be done” (&lt;em&gt;leggere&lt;/em&gt; = to read; &lt;em&gt;leggere&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;-ibile&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;leggibile&lt;/em&gt; = readable; in your case the prefix &lt;em&gt;in-&lt;/em&gt; negates this, yielding the meaning of “unreadable”) and they are always stressed on the third-from-last syllable;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;telefono&lt;/em&gt;, on the contrary, like some modern formations from Latin and Greek roots, is a mess. Compare &lt;em&gt;telèfono&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;telescòpio&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;motoscàfo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;piròscafo&lt;/em&gt;, for instance. You have to just look them up, unfortunately.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-05-02T07:41:59.237" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6914" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6915" CreationDate="2016-05-02T14:15:15.157" Score="4" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;La metà più uno&quot; is singular or plural? Which option do you think is better?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Sia presente la metà più uno» (singular), or «Siano presenti la metà più uno» (plural)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank for your suggestions,&#xA;Andy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gentili amici,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;l'espressione &quot;la metà più uno&quot; è singolare o plurale? Secondo voi è meglio scrivere «sia presente la metà più uno» al singolare, oppure «siano presenti la metà più uno» al plurale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per l'aiuto,&#xA;Andy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2336" LastActivityDate="2016-05-02T15:02:35.107" Title="La metà più uno" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6914" CreationDate="2016-05-02T15:02:35.107" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi – ma apprezzerei una conferma – che sia preferibile usare il singolare perché, nonostante l'apparenza, “più” non è una congiunzione e quindi non si comporta necessariamente come “e”.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;“Più” è qui un avverbio, e quindi proviamo a pensare ad altre frasi in cui “la metà” venga modificato usando avverbi: “Sia presente la metà compiutamente” o, più vicino come significato, “Sia presente la metà insieme a chi la sostiene”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-05-02T15:02:35.107" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6892" CreationDate="2016-05-02T20:31:04.160" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Numeri indicativi, per dare un'idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bimbo/a         [0 - 7 anni]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;neonato/a       [Primi mesi di vita]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bambino/a       [1 - 10 anni]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ragazzino/a     [10 - 15 anni]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ragazzo/a       [15 - 29 anni]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;giovane         [15 - 29 anni]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;giovanotto/a    [18 - 25 anni]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;uomo/donna      [dopo i 30 anni]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2126" LastEditorUserId="2126" LastEditDate="2016-05-04T09:12:32.887" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T09:12:32.887" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6917" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6918" CreationDate="2016-05-03T00:10:26.870" Score="4" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are the Italian equivalents of the English expression &quot;reading between the lines&quot;? One could say &quot;intravedere le vere motivazioni o i veri sentimenti di qualcuno&quot; but I'm not sure if there are better ways to say it. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-05T17:42:54.860" LastActivityDate="2016-05-22T18:56:34.690" Title="Reading between the lines" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6917" CreationDate="2016-05-03T01:14:54.323" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quite simply we say &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/R/riga.shtml&quot;&gt;leggere tra le righe&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;leggere tra le righe&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Riuscire a capire anche quello che non viene chiaramente espresso oppure deliberatamente taciuto, riferito a uno scritto, a un discorso e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-05-03T01:14:54.323" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6840" CreationDate="2016-05-03T12:54:24.623" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/6840/short-form-of-name-adriano/6919#comment13772_6840&quot;&gt;@user519 on &amp;quot;Adri&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; and I would like to add something about its pronunciation.&#xA;Due to the effort in articulating the cluster /d/ + /r/, the voiced alveolar fricative may sound doubled and the /a/ shorter (/addri/). Just to make myself understood, this also happens in some regional dialects with the word &amp;quot;libro&amp;quot; which becomes /libbro/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2446" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-07-27T15:44:10.087" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T15:44:10.087" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6922" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6923" CreationDate="2016-05-04T08:27:08.887" Score="4" ViewCount="664" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rossovermiglio&lt;/em&gt; di Benedetta Cibrario ho letto questa frase, che fa parte di una lettera:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non siamo certo davanti – questo Lei lo sa bene – a un individuo raccomandabile; quanto, pare certo, a un personaggio privo di saldi princìpi e incline a certi raggiri – prevalentemente diretti &lt;strong&gt;a scapito di&lt;/strong&gt; signore – che hanno sempre come scopo ultimo il danaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scapito/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato dell'espressione &quot;a scapito di&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ed ecco quello che ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;frequente la locuz. &lt;em&gt;a scapito di&lt;/em&gt;, con grave pregiudizio e danno: &lt;em&gt;la diminuzione dei costi non deve essere a s. della qualità della produzione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non capisco bene il senso di questa espressione nel brano precedente. Significa che gli atti del personaggio descritto nel testo facevano diminuire la sua reputazione come &quot;signore&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T18:24:19.350" Title="Qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;a scapito di&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6922" CreationDate="2016-05-04T08:37:20.953" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, qui “signore” è femminile plurale. Il tale di cui si parla, evidentemente, è un truffatore ed è solito prendere in giro le donne a fini di lucro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T08:37:20.953" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6922" CreationDate="2016-05-04T10:25:01.250" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche lo Zingarelli ne dà una definizione simile, forse non proprio chiarissima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a scapito di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, con pregiudizio, danno: &lt;em&gt;agisce così a scapito della nostra amicizia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque &lt;em&gt;a scapito di signore&lt;/em&gt; ha più o meno lo stesso significato di &lt;em&gt;a danno di signore&lt;/em&gt;, qui nel senso dell'inglese &lt;em&gt;at the expenses of&lt;/em&gt;... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altre volte sento usare &lt;em&gt;a scapito di&lt;/em&gt; anche nel senso di &lt;em&gt;nonostante&lt;/em&gt;, per esempio &quot;A scapito del fatto di essere semplicemente bambini...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile che la locuzione venga usata con altri significati, ma questi mi sembrano senz'altro i più comuni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1976" LastEditorUserId="1976" LastEditDate="2016-05-04T18:24:19.350" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T18:24:19.350" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6925" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6926" CreationDate="2016-05-04T10:53:24.053" Score="8" ViewCount="1510" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;pensare/credere che&lt;/em&gt; always used with subjunctive? Isn't there any exception to this rule, even if you are 100% sure that your statement is true and that you say &lt;em&gt;credere&lt;/em&gt; –instead of, say, &lt;em&gt;I'm sure&lt;/em&gt;– just by courtesy? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe the question seems awkward to you, but we in Spanish do use the negative form of &lt;em&gt;non credere che&lt;/em&gt; with subjunctive, but the affirmative &lt;em&gt;credere che&lt;/em&gt; with the indicative mood. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="643" LastEditorUserId="643" LastEditDate="2016-05-04T12:09:33.963" LastActivityDate="2018-09-24T00:34:12.283" Title="Does &quot;credere che&quot; need always subjunctive?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6925" CreationDate="2016-05-04T13:56:27.217" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;credere&lt;/em&gt;, like all Italian verbs implying a desire, an expection, a fear and so on, usually requires the subjunctive mood. Among those listed by Serianni (XIV.48-54):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;accettare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;amare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;aspettare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;assicurarsi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;attendere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;augurare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;chiedere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;credere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;curarsi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on. On the contrary, verbs denoting a perception or a judgement require the indicative mood:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;accorgersi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;affermare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;confermare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;constatare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dichiarare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dire&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ricordare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sapere &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; is instead one of those admitting both moods, with different shades of meaning. Taking again from Serianni: &lt;em&gt;pensare che&lt;/em&gt; with the indicative mood has a meaning akin to &lt;em&gt;riflettere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;e pensare che erano costrette a cucir loro le camicie&lt;/em&gt;, Palazzeschi), while with the subjunctive means something like &lt;em&gt;supporre&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;mi parve una sciocchezza pensare che qualcosa potesse andare male&lt;/em&gt;, Fondagni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something similar holds for some other verbs, such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ammettere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;badare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;calcolare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;capire, comprendere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;considerare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;decidere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, apart for the careless use of the indicative in place of the subjunctive already remembered in the comments, there are occasions where the moods are exchanged. For instance, a subjunctive may be used in lieu of an indicative to express a speculative scenario (&lt;em&gt;dicono che sia stato fucilato&lt;/em&gt;) or in negative sentences (&lt;em&gt;non ricordo che avessimo mai litigato&lt;/em&gt;). Vice versa, the subjunctive mood lacking a future tense, that of the indicative mood is used: &lt;em&gt;credo che potrete farmi un piacere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T13:56:27.217" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6925" CreationDate="2016-05-04T15:03:22.367" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As explained by @DaG, the rule is that one should use the subjunctive with &quot;credere che&quot;. However, according to Vittorio Coletti in the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; (Il Mulino, Bologna, 2015), when the relative clause refers to a future moment with respect to the independent clause, one can use the &quot;indicativo futuro&quot; tense instead of the subjunctive: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Mario crede che i vicini non vengano/non verranno&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, if the sentence refers to the past, one can use the &quot;condizionale composto&quot; tense instead of the subjunctive: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Mario credeva che i vicini non venissero/non sarebbero venuti&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T15:03:22.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6925" CreationDate="2016-05-04T15:50:23.877" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A subjunctive is always needed. The only exception to this rule is in spoken language, when answering a question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;- Il lavoro è stato fatto?&#xA;- Credo.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not really a complete exception, because the subjunctive is implied by the question. But it's never repeated, when talking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2453" LastActivityDate="2016-05-04T15:50:23.877" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6907" CreationDate="2016-05-05T08:56:22.587" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Toscana questa locuzione viene usata abbastanza spesso, almeno a Pistoia dove vivo.&#xA;Io la uso proprio come nell'articolo indicato da @Charo. In questo caso &amp;quot;ora&amp;quot; significa adesso, negli ultimi tempi/giorni e &amp;quot;di sera&amp;quot; indica il vero tempo in cui si svolgono le azioni, che vengono quindi comparate a quello che accadeva nel passato.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un Far West, ora di sera temiamo pure gli adolescenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa che negli ultimi tempi, la sera, gli adolescenti sono diventati pericolosi, mentre nel passato questo non era vero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ora di sera non riesco più a guardare la televisione da quando è nato mio figlio&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ora di Maggio il biancospino ha già fiorito. Tutta colpa del riscaladamento globale&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2456" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-05T08:56:22.587" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6934" CreationDate="2016-05-05T09:02:31.860" Score="4" ViewCount="1640" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ricordo di aver imparato alle scuole medie che i verbi italiani si dividono in tre modelli di coniugazione a seconda della desinenza dell'infinito presente: i verbi in &lt;em&gt;-are&lt;/em&gt; nella prima coniugazione, i verbi in &lt;em&gt;-ere&lt;/em&gt; nella seconda e i verbi in &lt;em&gt;-ire&lt;/em&gt; nella terza coniugazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recentemente però ho scoperto che anche &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt;, nonstante la regola di cui sopra, vengono classificati come verbi di seconda coniugazione, il che a ripensarci non sembra neanche tanto strano considerando le voci degli altri modi verbali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono altri verbi di seconda coniugazione che non terminano in &lt;em&gt;-ere&lt;/em&gt; all'infinito presente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1976" LastActivityDate="2016-05-05T11:05:28.027" Title="Quali sono i verbi di seconda coniugazione che non terminano in &quot;-ere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6931" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6933" CreationDate="2016-05-05T10:25:48.743" Score="2" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una collega che ha vissuto per alcuni anni in Italia mi ha spiegato che aveva sentito alcune volte qualificare una persona come &amp;quot;meteoropatica&amp;quot;. Questo fatto mi è sembrato veramente curioso. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/meteoropatico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &amp;quot;meteoropatico&amp;quot; ha queste due accezioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; agg. Relativo a meteoropatia: &lt;em&gt;disturbi m.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;forma, sindrome meteoropatica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; agg. e s. m. Che soffre di meteoropatia: &lt;em&gt;soggetto m.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;un m., una meteoropatica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato anche il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/meteoropatia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato di &amp;quot;meteoropatia&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio medico, disturbo o complesso di disturbi determinati dalle condizioni e variazioni meteorologiche (temperatura, pressione, umidità, azione dei venti, stati pretemporaleschi, ecc.), frequenti spec. nei soggetti con particolare labilità del sistema neurovegetativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso che se ne fa nella lingua italiana. Secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;https://ca.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meteoropatia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia catalana&lt;/a&gt;, il vocabolo &amp;quot;meteoropatia&amp;quot; esiste anche nella mia lingua, ma io non l'avevo mai sentito prima, quindi immagino si tratti di un vocabolo tecnico che si usi soltanto nel linguaggio medico. È lo stesso in italiano o si usa anche nel linguaggio comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra domanda: quando una persona viene chiamata &amp;quot;meteoropatica&amp;quot; è perché è andata dal medico e questo le ha fatto la diagnosi dei disturbi descritti dal Treccani? O a volte si dà al vocabolo un senso diciamo &amp;quot;più ampio&amp;quot;? Potreste farmi alcun esempio di situazioni in cui si usa il vocabolo &amp;quot;meteoropatico&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-05T14:49:44.897" Title="Sull'uso del vocabolo &quot;meteoropatico&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6931" CreationDate="2016-05-05T10:39:18.387" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &quot;meteoropatico&quot; è utilizzato anche nel linguaggio comune, in assenza di precise diagnosi mediche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, in seguito a un brusco cambiamento delle condizioni meteorologiche (in genere da soleggiato a piovoso, o simili), si può dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo sai che non sopporto la pioggia, sono meteoropatico!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto ciò senza che si manifestino quei disturbi psichici che dovrebbero essere presenti per considerare un soggetto meteoropatico. In effetti, nell'accezione comune &quot;meteoropatico&quot; è chiunque non sopporti ad esempio la pioggia, pur rimanendo in un ambiente chiuso, mentre il termine medico, come ricordato da @Josh61, implica una serie di disturbi psicofisici anche seri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastActivityDate="2016-05-05T10:39:18.387" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6930" CreationDate="2016-05-05T10:47:31.490" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esistono diversi verbi di seconda coniugazione che non terminano in &lt;em&gt;-ere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;porre&lt;/em&gt; ed altri come &lt;em&gt;deporre&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;proporre&lt;/em&gt;,  &lt;em&gt;produrre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ridurre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trarre&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta quasi sempre di verbi derivanti dal latino, che terminavano in &lt;em&gt;-ere&lt;/em&gt; ed appartenevano dunque a pieno titolo alla seconda coniugazione. Esempi: &lt;em&gt;pōnĕre&lt;/em&gt; che è diventato &lt;em&gt;porre&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-05-05T11:05:28.027" LastActivityDate="2016-05-05T11:05:28.027" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6935" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-06T10:25:47.273" Score="4" ViewCount="1878" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando sono stata in un bar o in un ristorante in Italia, a volte ho sentito chiedere un &quot;bicchiere di vino&quot;, mentre altre volte era un &quot;calice di vino&quot; quello che si ordinava. Mi sa che &quot;calice di vino&quot; l'ho sentito più al Nord e &quot;bicchiere di vino&quot; al Sud, ma non ne sono sicura. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, esistono differenze regionali nell'uso di queste due espressioni? C'è qualche altra differenza di uso o di significato tra loro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-07T15:21:29.037" Title="Uso di &quot;bicchiere di vino&quot; versus &quot;calice di vino&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6815" CreationDate="2016-05-06T22:27:50.540" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;what seems strange to me is the &quot;if&quot;. It's somehow the same as &quot;I am sorry in case I didn't get in touch with you anymore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree with you, that seems a bit strange to me as well (and I am Italian). However, &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; also as a causal function as outlined in the comments to your question. Let me add this could also be used in an &quot;angry&quot; way to reply to one person if you are fed up with their request. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scusa&lt;/strong&gt; se quel giorno lavoro!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This literally means «sorry that I work on that day» but it can be read as «Oh come on, you know that I have to work and I can't go out with you, then why are you mad at me and acting like you are offended»... well, you get the idea. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, regarding whether you must use &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; or not:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I then asked if &quot;Scusa che non mi sono fatta più sentire&quot; is better and she meant it also doesn't sound quite right&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is indeed incorrect, however children or people who do not have a very good education level make this error quite often. You would still be understood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Do I need the &quot;se&quot; in the sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use the following form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scusa per non essermi fatta più sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note, you can also invert the order of &lt;em&gt;fatta&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1505" LastActivityDate="2016-05-06T22:27:50.540" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6935" CreationDate="2016-05-07T09:51:09.433" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, credo sia più corretto chiedere un &lt;code&gt;calice&lt;/code&gt;, anche se in alcuni casi potrebbe suonare eccessivamente affettato e pretenzioso. Il motivo sta nel fatto che &lt;code&gt;bicchiere&lt;/code&gt; è il generico nome di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un contenitore per bevande adatto per essere portato alla bocca utilizzando una mano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre il &lt;code&gt;calice&lt;/code&gt; è il nome della famiglia di bicchieri designati a contenere vino (la forma particolarmente larga è studiata per esaltarne l'aroma al gusto e all'olfatto, mentre il lungo gambo permette di prenderlo in mano senza riscaldarne il contenuto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certo che, se stai facendo una cena con gli amici, non chiederei mai &quot;un calice di vino&quot;, a meno che non voglia suonare altezzoso e snob (anche perché difficilmente in una cena qualunque si useranno dei calici). Ma, per esempio, al ristorante, ad una degustazione o un convegno di enologi, o ad una cena elegante, è molto più adatto chiedere un &lt;code&gt;calice&lt;/code&gt;, poiché in un generico bicchiere, magari lo stesso usato per l'acqua, al massimo si potrà bere un vino da tavola da pochi euro al litro. Chiaramente, se il vino è più ricercato e/o l'occasione più formale, il vino verrà servito sicuramente in un calice, perciò menzionarlo nella richiesta di servire la bevanda darà l'impressione di essere meno rozzi o ignoranti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come nota collaterale, molti pub e birrerie offrono anche dei vini, ovviamente venduti anche a bicchiere singolo per avere un prezzo abbordabile, e serviti rigorosamente nel calice (per quanto alla mano e più focalizzato sulla birra, se un locale serve del vino di sicuro lo servirà nel contenitore corretto). Non importa quanto il posto possa essere poco elegante, chiedere alla cameriera &quot;un calice di vino&quot; non suonerà mai strano, e anzi è la richiesta corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2370" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-05-07T15:21:29.037" LastActivityDate="2016-05-07T15:21:29.037" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6907" CreationDate="2016-05-07T10:57:58.407" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non credo che la locuzione abbia una specifica connotazione regionale, la considererei più una forma colloquiale universale. Come sottolineato da Andrea, essa deriva da una parziale elisione, che porta a sottointendere una parte della frase. Non sono però d'accordo che la forma completa sia &amp;quot;All'ora di&amp;quot;. Mentre considero corretta la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All'ora di cena molte reti trasmettono il telegiornale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che vuol dire che molti TG vengono mandati in onda ad un orario a cui molte persone cenano (19:30-20:30), togliendo &amp;quot;all&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora di cena, molte reti trasmettono il telegiornale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è assolutamente corretta o sensata, né l'ho mai sentita dire. Trovo invece che la forma completa sia &amp;quot;giunta l'ora di&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Giunta l'ora di&lt;/em&gt; cena non avevo ancora finito i compiti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ora di&lt;/em&gt; cena, non avevo ancora finito i compiti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vuole dire che, arrivato il momento di una certa cosa, successe il fatto specificato nel resto della frase. Infatti, espandendo il tuo esempio aggiugnendo &lt;em&gt;giunta l'ora di&lt;/em&gt;, come hai fatto tu, si ottiene il costrutto correto, mentre aggiungendo &lt;em&gt;all'ora di&lt;/em&gt; si ottiene una frase a mio parere cacofonica e scorretta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All'ora di sera, Gianni era tornato a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non esiste &amp;quot;l'ora di sera&amp;quot;, ma con &amp;quot;ora di sera&amp;quot; si intende &amp;quot;per il momento in cui si fece sera&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ribadisco che, in conclusione, la trovo una forma sicuramente colloquiale, formalmente scorretta e molto usata nel parlare comune, ma senza una specifica connotazione regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quanto al tuo altro esempio, &amp;quot;ora di Mosca&amp;quot;, la trovo una cosa completamente differente. La forma completa sarebbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo l'ora di Mosca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con il significato di &amp;quot;seguendo il fuso orario di Mosca&amp;quot;. L'abbreviazione non è per niente considerata scorretta, ed è comunemente usata dai giornalisti. Qualora ci fosse un particolare accadimento nella capitale russa, i giornalisti riporterebbero &amp;quot;Alle 11:32, ora di Mosca&amp;quot;, intendendo che a Greenwich erano le 8:32. Allo stesso modo, il GMT viene chiamato in Italiano &amp;quot;Ora di Greenwich&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, &amp;quot;Ora di Giugno&amp;quot; non l'ho mai sentito, e mi pare molto scorretto. Anche se in questo costrutto &amp;quot;ora&amp;quot; non sta per l'unità di misurazione del tempo, sta comunque per &amp;quot;momento&amp;quot;, e associarlo ad un lasso in larga scala e potenzialmente a grande distanza come un mese è inappropriato. Al posto di dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora di Giugno, le mie Surfinie si erano seccate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Giugno le mie Surfinie erano secche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arrivò Giugno e le mie Surfinie erano già secche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O, molto molto colloquiale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tempo Giugno e le mie Surfinie erano secche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi viene in mente nessun esempio per cui non esista alternativa a &amp;quot;ora di&amp;quot;, il quale è a mio parere scorretto pure nel parlato corrente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2370" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-07T11:05:10.080" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6940" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6944" CreationDate="2016-05-08T12:28:00.900" Score="3" ViewCount="908" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do you say &quot;don't take it to heart&quot; in Italian? I think it could be translated as &quot;fregatene&quot;. Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2016-05-08T17:49:56.300" Title="How to say &quot;don't take it to heart&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6940" CreationDate="2016-05-08T13:10:05.633" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, we say &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/C/cuore.shtml#30&quot;&gt;non prendertela a cuore&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prendere a cuore&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Interessarsi attivamente di qualcosa, curarsene in modo fattivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fregatene&lt;/em&gt; is in my opinion a bit too colloquial and slightly rude compared to the English expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-05-08T13:10:05.633" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6942" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6993" CreationDate="2016-05-08T15:22:44.113" Score="6" ViewCount="1320" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ciao a tutti!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a question. I know that “to stop doing something” is &lt;em&gt;smettere di fare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;. Nevertheless I’ve heard Italian speakers add the pronoun &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; when using the verb in the imperative mood. So instead of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Smetti di fare questo!&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hear instead&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;Smettila di fare questo!&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a reason why the &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; should be there? It doesn’t seem to be doing anything. And why is it feminine (&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;) rather than masculine (&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grazie in anticipo!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2467" LastActivityDate="2016-05-21T14:29:23.663" Title="“Smetti di” oppure “smettila di”?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6942" CreationDate="2016-05-08T15:44:44.510" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe because:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;smetti&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; = smetti di fare quel&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; cos&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (stop doing this)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which is related to &quot;la cosa&quot; that is &lt;strong&gt;feminine&lt;/strong&gt; in Italian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; at the end is used rarely, and it mostly changes the meaning, for example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you see two guys fighting and you say to the one of them: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Finisci&lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt;!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He understands that he has to stop fighting. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you say: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;finisci&lt;strong&gt;lo&lt;/strong&gt;!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He understands that he has to kill (or just to knock-out) the other guy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: &#xA;according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/oggetto_%28Enciclopedia_dell&amp;#39;Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian), &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(23) smetti di mangiare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(24) smettila di mangiare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase (24) expresses a higher degree of involvement of the speaker. &#xA;compared to the main form of the verb &quot;smetterla&quot; emphasizes the imperative, conveying even a negative connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2116" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-08T16:20:28.657" LastActivityDate="2016-05-08T16:20:28.657" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6940" CreationDate="2016-05-08T17:49:56.300" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fregatene&lt;/em&gt; would fit more either &lt;em&gt;don't care&lt;/em&gt; or even &lt;em&gt;don't give a ....&lt;/em&gt; because it's a little harsh.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How do you say &quot;don't take it to heart&quot; in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non prendertela (closest non-literal translation);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lascia perdere (&lt;em&gt;let go&lt;/em&gt;), and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non importa (&lt;em&gt;it doesn't matter&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2016-05-08T17:49:56.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6942" CreationDate="2016-05-08T18:03:51.847" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference is in its generality: &lt;em&gt;smetti di&lt;/em&gt; is very generic, whereas &lt;em&gt;smettila di&lt;/em&gt; is more specific because of the definite article &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; that represents the object involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let us analyze smoking. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smetti di fumare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, it largely depends on the situation; for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smetti di fumare (in generale, nella tua vita) - quit smoking&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Smetti di fumare (perché in questa stanza è vietato) - stop smoking here, it's forbidden her&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Smetti di fumare (la pipa, la sigaretta, il sigaro ecc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While &lt;em&gt;Smettila di fumare&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stai fumando la sigaretta? Se sì, &lt;em&gt;smettila&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;di farlo&lt;/em&gt; is implicit).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smetti di parlarmi!  (generic; can't use &lt;em&gt;smettila&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2016-05-08T18:03:51.847" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6946" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-09T09:52:45.933" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma, da un po’ di tempo, non invidiava più né &#xA;  Liliana, né nessun altra ragazza del paese. Le sembrava, per cominciare, di essere la più bella. Anche se i capelli le stavano ritti sulla testa a &lt;strong&gt;mazzetti&lt;/strong&gt;, che non c’era verso di tenerli a posto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mazzetto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;mazzetto&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho visto che si tratta di un&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;piccolo mazzo, o mazzo di elementi minuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può riferirsi a un mazzo di fiori, di erbe, di lacci da scarpe, di chiavi, ecc, ma non capisco del tutto bene qual è il suo senso nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-09T10:29:00.653" Title="Cosa significa &quot;mazzetto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6946" CreationDate="2016-05-09T10:29:00.653" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato un paio di occorrenze risalenti al primo Ottocento (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=VsdOAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA289&amp;amp;lpg=PA289&amp;amp;dq=mazzetti+di+capelli&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=IxZC_73UTa&amp;amp;sig=ZzsSzTZwyLVf57i4vsu3FLBX4BU&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjtyvK348zMAhUKvBQKHbFGBQkQ6AEIUjAK#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=mazzetti%20di%20capelli&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=VsdOAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA289&amp;amp;lpg=PA289&amp;amp;dq=mazzetti+di+capelli&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=IxZC_73UTa&amp;amp;sig=ZzsSzTZwyLVf57i4vsu3FLBX4BU&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjtyvK348zMAhUKvBQKHbFGBQkQ6AEIUjAK#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=mazzetti%20di%20capelli&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;) in cui &quot;&lt;em&gt;mazzette&lt;/em&gt; di capelli&quot; sta per &quot;&lt;em&gt;ciocche&lt;/em&gt; di capelli&quot;. Credo dunque che la descrizione si riferisca a quei capelli corti e lisci che, per quanti sforzi si facciano, restano dritti sulla testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-05-09T10:29:00.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6948" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-09T14:54:10.900" Score="1" ViewCount="688" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can someone please explain the exact meaning of the Italian expression &quot;fare il muso&quot;? I am trying to understand this expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How are some ways of translating the Italian expression &quot;fare il muso&quot;? My guess is that it can take on the transitive meaning &quot;to be cross at someone or something&quot; or the intransitive meaning &quot;to be upset&quot; (although perhaps for no particular reason).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I have a bit of an issue with this expression because it points out something about someone's facial expression and the meaning of such expression may not be universal. For instance I might knit the eyebrows and tense my lips because I am being and feeling self determined about reaching my goal, perhaps my inner character is such that inner anger stimulates thought, but someone may reinterpret that as &quot;fare il muso&quot;. I am perplexed. Thank you for your help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that this expression can mean several things, perhaps though all with a slightly negative connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-11T06:02:51.113" LastActivityDate="2016-05-11T06:02:51.113" Title="Meaning of the expression &quot;fare il muso&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6949" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-09T16:55:27.260" Score="4" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking to extend my vocabulary with Anki, so I'm on the hunt for vocabulary lists. I'm looking for something that is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Thematically grouped (so context reduces ambiguity of meaning, e.g. tempo can mean time or weather)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Includes IPA notation (I find it easier to remember and use words if I'm sure of the syllable stress and pronunciation. This also means that I don't have to run to the dictionary to double-check every other word)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Available in eBook/electronic format (to make it easier to import into Anki without manually typing out 5000+ words)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found some via Amazon that ticked these three boxes, published by T&amp;amp;P, however they were riddled with mistakes. Does anyone know of a good quality resource that fulfills the above criteria?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastEditorUserId="2398" LastEditDate="2016-05-10T02:23:07.687" LastActivityDate="2016-05-10T02:23:07.687" Title="Are there any thematic vocabulary resources with IPA notation?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6948" CreationDate="2016-05-09T20:23:02.243" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The expression &quot;fare il muso&quot;, not only does the facial expression, but in most of the time is used to indicate when you are sad, and in fact, you have a sad face. The expression &quot;fare il muso&quot; can also be called &quot;fare il broncio&quot;, or even &quot;essere imbronciato&quot; While the expression &quot;fare il muso&quot; is also used with a reinforcement, often also it feels &quot;fare il muso lungo&quot;. It could literally be translated as &quot;do the snout,&quot; or &quot;make the long snout.&quot; In English I think it is better to use &quot;Be sad&quot;, or if you want to get closer the correct translation &quot;make the sad face&quot;. However, &quot;fare il muso&quot;, it is a saying that Italian can not be translated correctly to 100%., But you can approach the proper way. If you want a little used so that it is 100% correct, the best way to say it will be &quot;to pull a long face.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2469" LastActivityDate="2016-05-09T20:23:02.243" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6953" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6954" CreationDate="2016-05-11T09:37:05.560" Score="3" ViewCount="870" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Finalmente mise insieme la roba che le sarebbe servita per il viaggio: due fazzoletti, un paio di mutande, il portamonete con pochi spiccioli dentro, il pettine, lo spazzolino, il dentifricio, cinque o sei nastri: solo di quelli aveva abbondanza, ma erano tutti scoloriti. Fece un fagottino, e aprì la valigia di Bube per mettercelo.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Bube. Bubino.»&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Egli si affacciò sulla porta, un po' sorpreso e contrariato di essere chiamato in quel modo.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «È tutta qui la tua roba?»&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sì; Perchè?»&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Perchè allora sei anche te povero in canna» disse Mara, e rise.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Eh, sì, sono un po' a terra come corredo» ammise Bube.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'ultima frase che dice Bube: «sono un po' a terra come corredo». Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/T/terra.shtml#1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;essere a terra&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Fig.: versare in cattive condizioni, fisicamente, moralmente, economicamente e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, immagino che la frase abbia qualcosa a che vedere col fatto di essere molto povero. Tuttavia, non so perché Bube dice «come corredo». Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-11T12:52:04.307" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;essere un po' a terra come corredo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6953" CreationDate="2016-05-11T10:18:01.537" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Essere a terra&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; non implica necessariamente il fatto di essere in difficoltà economiche o poveri.&#xA;L'espressione viene usata principalmente in senso emotivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ho perso il lavoro e mi sento veramente a terra (depresso)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;la mia fidanzata mi ha lasciato e ho il morale a terra.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano il senso è economico, il corredo probabilmente  è composto da poche cose a causa  di poche disponibilità economiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/corredo.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;corredo&lt;/a&gt; viene comunemente usato in riferimento alla dote nuziale di una sposa ma significa anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Complesso di indumenti necessari a una persona per un certo periodo di tempo e per determinati uffici: &lt;em&gt;il c. del soldato, del collegiale, della monaca; preparare il c. del nascituro; un c. ricco, lussuoso, scarso, misero&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-11T12:52:04.307" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6955" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6956" CreationDate="2016-05-11T13:42:13.180" Score="4" ViewCount="3573" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normalmente si usa il termine &lt;strong&gt;basso profilo&lt;/strong&gt; per indicare &lt;em&gt;fatti, situazioni, persone di scarsa rappresentatività&lt;/em&gt; (cit. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/profilo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma mi è capitato di usare in alcuni casi &lt;strong&gt;profilo basso&lt;/strong&gt;, ad esempio nella frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ragazzi, non esaltiamoci, manteniamo un profilo basso.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere, se la frase è corretta (con l'uso di &lt;code&gt;profilo basso&lt;/code&gt;) e se il significato non cambia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-11T13:56:05.280" LastActivityDate="2016-05-11T14:06:20.327" Title="Basso profilo Vs profilo basso" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6955" CreationDate="2016-05-11T14:01:35.673" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che non dipenda dal fatto di mettere prima il sostantivo  o l'aggettivo, ma dal contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;quando arriva un nuovo capo è consigliabile mantenere un profilo basso o un basso profilo (un atteggiamento prudente)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;molti programmi televisivi sono di basso profilo o di profilo basso (di scarsa qualità)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basso profilo probabilmente è l'espressione più comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dallo Zingarelli 2008, voce “profilo”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;6 (fig.) Sommaria descrizione delle caratteristiche di qlco. o di qlcu.: […]| &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Profilo basso, basso profilo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, linea di condotta che rifugge dall’ostentazione: mantenere un profilo basso; strategia del basso profilo | Di basso profilo, mediocre, di scarso valore: polemica di basso profilo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Come si vede, la locuzione “basso profilo” ha due significati ed è evidente che usare l’uno o l’altro fa una qualche differenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-11T14:06:20.327" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6957" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-12T10:41:21.630" Score="6" ViewCount="5516" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti,&#xA;domanda veloce :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando è corretto usare A e quando IN con i mesi dell'anno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“A gennaio nevica sempre” o “In gennaio nevica sempre”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una regola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-05-12T10:43:42.703" LastActivityDate="2016-08-05T18:10:12.003" Title="Preposizioni semplici: IN oppure A con i mesi dell'anno?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3499" CreationDate="2016-05-12T17:13:06.390" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questa spiegazione nel libro &lt;em&gt;Acqua in bocca! Tutto quello che vorresti dire in italiano... come lo direbbe un italiano!&lt;/em&gt; di Roberto Bortoluzzi (Casa delle lingue, Barcellona, 2015):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fare alla romana&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Significa dividere in parti uguali una spesa, soprattutto il conto del ristorante. L'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;romana&lt;/em&gt; deriva, molto probabilmente, dalle gite fuori Roma, in cui si facevano delle merende abbondanti e ogni partecipante pagava la propria quota. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa spiegazione concorda con quello che appare nell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/pagare-romana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; menzionato da @WalterTross. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-12T17:19:24.530" LastActivityDate="2016-05-12T17:19:24.530" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6967" CreationDate="2016-05-12T20:46:57.490" Score="3" ViewCount="1543" Body="&lt;p&gt;Giovedì scorso, dopo esserci incastrati su un esercizio, la prof ha aperto un libro e abbiamo risolto con un metodo diverso, che coinvolgeva un &quot;trucco&quot;, diciamo un escamotage. Nell'enunciarlo, la prof ha detto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ecco l'indianata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Indianata&quot;? Ho cercato sul Wikizionario (prima &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?search=indianata&amp;amp;title=Special:Search&amp;amp;go=Go&amp;amp;searchToken=2spewtfcswdv9spta5e7d0gi8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Inglese&lt;/a&gt; e poi &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?search=indianata&amp;amp;title=Special:Search&amp;amp;go=Go&amp;amp;searchToken=59ajfqvtkt1a7spno6cjtg7rn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Italiano&lt;/a&gt;) e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ricerca/indianata/1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (prime due pagine di risultati), e anche su &lt;a href=&quot;http://etimo.it/?term=indianata&amp;amp;find=Cerca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;etimo.it&lt;/a&gt;, e non ho trovato il termine. Cercando con Google, ho solo trovato &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20080716061059AAFPYPa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;riferimenti a un gioco&lt;/a&gt;, che sembra non entrarci un fico secco (perdonate il francesismo) col contesto in cui ho sentito la parola. Dunque mi chiedo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È una parola che si è inventata lei? Oppure esiste qualche fonte autorevole che la definisce precisamente? L'avete mai sentita questa parola, in questa accezione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusate il ritardo ma sono stato molto occupato ultimamente. Un po' più di contesto. Esercizio in questione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sia X uno spazio topologico localmente compatto di Hausdorff. Sia μ una misura su X tale che per ogni Boreliano B di X si abbia μ(B)=1 o μ(B)=0. Allora μ è una delta di DIrac.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'idea era ordinare l'insieme Y dei compatti di X di misura 1 per inclusione inversa e applicare Zorn. Quindi presa una catena in Y volevamo usare l'intersezione come maggiorante. Essa è compatta perché intersezione di chiusi, quindi chiusa, e contenuta in tanti compatti, quindi compatta. È non vuota perché la catena, totalmente ordinata com'è, ha certo la FIP, da cui l'intersezione di tutti i suoi membri è non vuota. Ma la misura? La continuità dall'alto funziona solo per catene numerabili. La regolarità non ci portava da nessuna parte. E riporto ora un estratto della registrazione della lezione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dunque dunque dunque dunque, ci siamo arrivati a una ìmpass. Eh sì. Eppure credo che, uh dunque, vediamo un attimo, dunque dunque dunque. [Suggerimento poco seguibile di un compagno.] Io mi stavo chiedendo se questa cosa qui… no, adesso mi stavo chiedendo io se, se, mm… che tutti gli spazi che io ho in mente sono spazi che, perlomeno, di solito sono metrizzabili, no? Uuuh, X topologico di Hausdorff localmente compatto, e adesso sto dicendomi, mumént, topologico di Hausdorff localmente compatto, magari chiede anche che sia metrizzabile, questa cosa qui. Ummmm, vado a prendere un libro. OK? Vado vado a dare un'occhiata a un libro, perché qui mi sembra che o siamo impantanati su qualcosa di stupido, oppure…. […] Probabilmente credo che in partenza si può pigliare qualcosa di un pochino più restrittivo, adesso vediamo un attimo eh. […] Allora, un attimo, lui dice… calma eh, adesso, calma calma calma calma un momento. Qui noi siamo in uno spazio topologico di Hausdorff localmente compatto. Perfetto. Adesso, adesso, lui, in realtà, restringe un attimino la cosa, nel senso che dice, OK, abbiamo trovato un sottoinsieme compatto di misura 1. Va bene? Adesso, uuuh, concentriamoci su quell'insieme compatto di misura 1, su K, quindi, uuuh, lasciamo perdere tutto X, ci concentriamo sul K compatto (io), K-segnato che avevo detto all'inizio (io). Perché tanto, se la misura è concentrata su K-segnato, posso pensare che…  il resto (io), ecco, perché tanto il complementare ha misura zero (io), che tutto il restoo, che tutto il resto non, uuuh, non esiste. Quindi quella Γ sono la famiglia degli aperti diii K (io)? Come? O degli aperti di X (io)? Quella Γ lì (io). Γ lì sono gli aperti di K. OK (io). Allora. Tutti gli aperti di K tale che μ(V)=0. OK. [Insomma Γ={V contenuto in K aperto tale che μ(V)=0.] Ecco lì (io). Allora, sì K-segnato (io), questo l'ho chiamato K-segnato (io), per ogni…, OK. Allora, dice, Γ non è vuoto perché, va beh, va beh (io), uummm (io), Γ non è vuoto (io)… perché c'è l'insieme vuoto (io), no la parte positiva (io)…, va beh, l'insieme vuoto appartiene a Γ. Va bene, quindi ∅∈Γ (io), come insieme misurabile, come insieme misurabile. Quindi Γ≠∅ (io). E dice, adesso, sia V l'insieme di tutti…, diciamo, vii, V-corsivo, V-segnato, adesso cancello un attimo qua (io), l'unione di tutti questi aperti. Ha-ha, ecco qui che, mm, ci siamo. Quindi sia il nostro V-corsivo (io)… l'unione di tutti questi aperti, l'unione per V in Γ di V (io). OK. Dice, adesso μ() è zero. Ah (io)! &lt;strong&gt;E qui c'è l'indianata, perché μ() è l'\esup\ delle misure dei compatti, contenuti in , ma un compatto contenuto in  si può coprire con un numero finito di elementi di di di coso.&lt;/strong&gt; Ah ecco il trucco (io)! &lt;strong&gt;Ecco l'indianata!&lt;/strong&gt; Va bene. Quindi sia K compatto contenuto in , implica esistono V&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt; (io), esiste una famiglia di aperti V&lt;sub&gt;1&lt;/sub&gt;,…,V&lt;sub&gt;n&lt;/sub&gt; (io), che chiaramente la famiglia Γ è un ricoprimento aperto del K (io), eh certo, e quindi c'è un ricoprimento… e quindi ho un sottoricoprimento finito tale che K è contenuto nell'unione dei V&lt;sub&gt;i&lt;/sub&gt; (io). Quindi μ(K) sarà minore o uguale della μ(∪V&lt;sub&gt;i&lt;/sub&gt;) (io), che è minore o uguale (io), ho qui (io), [ed essendo i $V_i$ in numero finito posso usare la subadditività per concludere μ(∪V&lt;sub&gt;i&lt;/sub&gt;)≤∑μ(V&lt;sub&gt;i&lt;/sub&gt;),] OK, che chiaramente è zero (io). OK. Cioè, mi sembrava che bisognasse usare tutte e due le regolarità della misura, però siam partiti sbagliati, col piede sbagliato. Quindi abbiamo trov (io), e quindi cos'abbiamo (io)… e quindi abbiamo trovato… che l'unione ha misura zero (io). Uh, abbiam trovato un insieme, uuuh, abbiam trovato… un aperto di misura zeroo massimale di fatto (io), esatto, e quindi vuol dire (io)… allora, il complementare sarà il famoso K&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt; che mi serviva (io), esatto, esattamente, cioè un, uuh, un A&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt; minimale chiuso, uuuh, quindi compatto, tale che μ(A&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt;)=1. OK (io), quindi (io). E quindi esiste K&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt; (io), che a questo punto potrò dire che è &lt;sup&gt;C&lt;/sup&gt; (io), massimale rispetto a quello che avevo detto prima (io), sì, compatto massimale rispetto alla relazione d'ordine inversa, oppure minimale rispetto alla relazione d'ordineee, allora (io), minimalità (io), che (io), per ogni compatto tale che μ(K)=1 (io), K⊇K&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt; (io). Questo è quello che possiamo dire (io). Cioè K contiene (io)… no, minimale, no, minimale, non che K⊇K&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt;, K non può esser contenuto in K&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt;. K (io)… Allora (io), diciamo (io), K⊆K&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt;=&gt;K=K&lt;sub&gt;0&lt;/sub&gt; (io). OK.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi l'&lt;em&gt;indianata&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe il trucco usato di passare al ricoprimento finito per concludere che μ()=0.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le volte che lei usa questo termine lo sento piuttosto chiaramente nella registrazione, quindi sono sicuro che non ho sentito male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nota fonetica&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;uuh&quot; (con un numero imprecisato di &quot;u&quot;) è uno spelling anglofono, quindi va pronunciato come /ǝǝ/ o /ʌʌ/, non /uu/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="1009" LastEditDate="2016-05-14T21:31:35.600" LastActivityDate="2016-05-14T23:02:03.097" Title="&quot;Indianata&quot;? Come è venuto ad essere questo termine?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6960" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6962" CreationDate="2016-05-13T07:55:48.320" Score="0" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il sole era ancora basso sull'orizzonte e un po' annebbiato. Si vedeva solo la sommità delle colline di fronte, perchè la base era cancellata dalla nebbia che &lt;strong&gt;indugiava&lt;/strong&gt; nel fondovalle. Un luccicore sinuoso indicava il corso del fiume. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del verbo &quot;indugiare&quot; nel brano precedente. Ho cercato questo vocabolo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/indugiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non ho saputo trovare in modo esplicito nessuna accezione in senso figurato che corrisponda alla citazione di sopra. Ho cercato di immaginare il significato della frase, ma non sono sicura di aver capito il senso corretto. Significa che la nebbia tardava a sparire del fondovalle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-13T09:42:02.893" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;indugiare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2362" CreationDate="2016-05-13T09:23:42.107" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've found in the book &lt;em&gt;Acqua in bocca! Tutto quello che vorresti dire in italiano... come lo direbbe un italiano!&lt;/em&gt; by Roberto Bortoluzzi (Edizioni Casa delle lingue, Barcellona, 2015) that you can also simply say &quot;si è trattato di un malinteso&quot; o &quot;è stato un malinteso&quot;. This is the example of usage that appears in this book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si è trattato solo di uno spiacevole &lt;strong&gt;malinteso&lt;/strong&gt;: non avevo nessuna intenzione di offenderti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-13T09:23:42.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6960" CreationDate="2016-05-13T09:42:02.893" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Indugiare&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;trattenersi&lt;/em&gt; (in un luogo), quindi, proprio come hai immaginato, significa che la nebbia restava nel fondovalle, non si alzava dissolvendosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-05-13T09:42:02.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6963" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6964" CreationDate="2016-05-11T17:45:47.393" Score="-1" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to find somewhere the Italian translation of the poem &quot;Stufen&quot; from Hermann Hesse (En:steps). I googled it several time and I cannot find anything! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what is it called in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" OwnerDisplayName="E.V." LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-13T13:09:34.367" LastActivityDate="2016-05-13T13:09:34.367" Title="Does anyone know the Italian title of the poem &quot;Stufen&quot; from Hermann Hesse (en: Steps)?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6963" CreationDate="2016-05-11T17:56:39.390" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;That should be &quot;Gradini&quot;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://sensodellavita.com/2008/07/01/gradini-hermann-hesse/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; are the lycris in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="Thomas" LastActivityDate="2016-05-11T17:56:39.390" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6965" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6968" CreationDate="2016-05-14T09:35:46.327" Score="1" ViewCount="1304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel Dizionario dei &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/A/acqua.shtml#6&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho letto che l'esclamazione &quot;acqua in bocca!&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è un invito a non divulgare una determinata notizia, a mantenere un segreto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La definizione che ne fa il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/acqua/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; è molto simile. Tuttavia, in &lt;em&gt;Acqua in bocca! Tutto quello che vorresti dire in italiano... come lo direbbe un italiano!&lt;/em&gt; di Roberto Bortoluzzi (Edizioni Casa delle lingue, Barcellona, 2015), un libriccino molto interessante che ho trovato in biblioteca, ho letto questa spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Acqua in bocca&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se abbiamo dell'acqua in bocca, non possiamo parlare. Per estensione significa &lt;em&gt;non parlare di qualcosa, non dare delle informazioni.&lt;/em&gt; È sottointeso il senso di mancanza di conoscenza: se non sappiamo qualcosa, non possiamo parlare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esempio:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il mese prossimo Valentini se ne va dell'azienda, quindi il suo posto di coordinatore rimarrà vuoto. Oh ma io non ti ho detto niente e tu non sai niente, eh? &lt;strong&gt;Acqua in bocca!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse sono io che non capisco bene, ma a me sembra che quest'ultima definizione non sia esattamente la stessa cosa &#xA;di quello spiegato dai dizionari Hoepli e Treccani. Sembra che si possa dire &quot;acqua in bocca!&quot; quando non si può parlare di qualcosa perché non se ne sa niente. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potresti spiegarmi come e quando (in quali contesti e in quale registro) si usa l'espressione &quot;acqua in bocca!&quot; facendo alcuni esempi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-15T09:12:14.477" Title="Sull'uso del modo di dire &quot;acqua in bocca!&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6965" CreationDate="2016-05-14T10:26:12.210" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio che hai indicato, «io non ti ho detto niente, tu non sai niente» è un'espressione iperbolica e figurata, evidentemente &quot;falsa&quot;, perché l'informazione (= Valentini se ne va, il suo posto rimane vuoto) è stata data, quindi chi parla &quot;ha detto&quot; e chi ascolta &quot;sa&quot;. Può succedere che qualcuno, dopo aver raccontato qualcosa di segreto o riservato, dica così. Aggiungere «acqua in bocca» significa chiedere di mantenere il segreto, di non divulgare la notizia o l'informazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-05-14T10:26:12.210" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6959" CreationDate="2016-05-14T23:02:03.097" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambi i termini discendono dallo stesso significato: &quot;qualcosa che fanno gli indiani / tipico degli indiani&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso, il gioco/bevuta, il riferimento è alla tradizione nativo-americana dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://teachingfirstnationsstudents.wordpress.com/communication-patterns/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cerchi di discussione&lt;/a&gt;. Ai primi del '900 in alcune &lt;em&gt;fraternity&lt;/em&gt; era diffusa una parodia di questo rituale, in cui i partecipanti sedevano in cerchio e bevevano a turno dopo un brindisi, o dopo aver recitato o inventato un verso di una canzone (adesso, credo, si beve &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fraternities_and_sororities#Alcohol&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;in maniera meno strutturata&lt;/a&gt;). Nella variante italiana la bevuta di solito deve farla chi &lt;em&gt;sbaglia&lt;/em&gt; a recitare il verso o il compito assegnatogli, e le regole per muoversi nel cerchio variano; ma l'origine del gioco rimane evidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel secondo caso, quello usato qui, ci si riferisce (apparentemente) alla fama dei nativi d'America, di usare abili trucchi quando scendevano in battaglia (fregare il nemico &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Counting_coup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;contava a volte più che ucciderlo&lt;/a&gt;). In alternativa, potrebbe anche essere nato come riferimento al &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cesnur.org/2005/mi_corda.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;trucco della corda indiana&lt;/a&gt;: in questa pagina ho per esempio trovato la parola come &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cornaro.net/124-indianata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;uscita da indiani, cosa strana&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fuorivia.com/forum/viewtopic.php?f=17&amp;amp;t=19384&amp;amp;start=30&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, dal contesto, l'uso è identico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-05-14T23:02:03.097" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6965" CreationDate="2016-05-15T09:12:14.477" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me risulta che “Acqua in bocca!” sia sempre e solo un invito a mantenere un segreto, adoperata in un registro amichevole. Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/acqua/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani, voce &lt;em&gt;acqua&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;8&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Locuzioni fig.: […] &lt;em&gt;a. in bocca!&lt;/em&gt;, esortazione a non parlare, a mantenere un segreto; […]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'origine è chiara: se hai acqua in bocca non puoi parlare. Il significato che il tuo libriccino attribuisce alla locuzione è scorretto. Mettere acqua in bocca è una precisa &lt;em&gt;azione&lt;/em&gt; (seppure figurata) che non avrebbe senso se il soggetto non sapesse nulla dell'argomento. Deve &lt;em&gt;fingere&lt;/em&gt; di non sapere nulla dell'argomento, che è ben diverso!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase precedente, “io non ti ho detto niente e tu non sai niente” è un  comune modo di dire; significa “fa' come se non ne sapessi niente, da parte mia negherei di averti detto qualcosa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso globale è: &lt;em&gt;ti ho rivelato un segreto perché sei mio amico/mia amica, ma non mettermi nei guai spiattellando che te l'ho detto io&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-05-15T09:12:14.477" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6969" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6973" CreationDate="2016-05-16T06:35:38.543" Score="2" ViewCount="3222" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi si mise sullo scalino con Arnaldo; e gli fece una &#xA;  quantità di domande, su Bube, sulla famiglia di Bube. E il ragazzo &lt;strong&gt;rispondeva a tono&lt;/strong&gt;, come se invece di avere quindici anni ne avesse venti o venticinque.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quella che faceva tutte queste domande è Mara, la protagonista del romanzo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;rispondere a tono&quot; in questo brano. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tono1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;rispondere a tono&lt;/em&gt;, rispondere a proposito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, continuo senza capire del tutto bene: non vedo la relazione tra rispondere a proposito delle domande di Mara e il fatto che Arnaldo rispondesse come se avesse venti o venticinque anni invece di quindici. Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;rispondere a tono&quot; in questo brano? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-08T09:30:52.180" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rispondere a tono&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6969" CreationDate="2016-05-16T09:03:01.890" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione indica una risposta completa e diretta, quella che darebbe una persona matura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="324" LastActivityDate="2016-05-16T09:03:01.890" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6972" CreationDate="2016-05-16T10:55:59.647" Score="3" ViewCount="340" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una volta ero a cena con un amico italiano e mentre versavo il vino nel suo bicchiere mi ha detto: &quot;tu sei di quelli che ti portano sulla cattiva strada&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere in quali altri situazioni si può usare questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2480" LastEditorUserId="2480" LastEditDate="2016-05-16T22:26:11.267" LastActivityDate="2016-05-16T22:26:11.267" Title="Utilizzo dell'espressione &quot;la cattiva strada&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6971" CreationDate="2016-05-16T11:53:46.373" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;La cattiva/brutta  strada&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si usa spesso in riferimento a cattive abitudini (bere, fumare, drogarsi etc.) che possono essere prese per avere seguito qualcuno che già le pratica. &#xA;L'espressione viene usata anche quando si intraprendono percorsi legati all'illegalità. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/S/strada.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Essere sulla cattiva strada:&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fig.: avere un comportamento discutibile, dimostrare propensione a comportamenti immorali o disonesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Var.: prendere una cattiva strada; prendere una brutta strada.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Da quando ha perso il lavoro ha intrapreso una brutta strada ( attività illegali ). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Un suo vecchio amico lo ha portato sulla cattiva strada della droga.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Le brutte compagnie spesso portano i ragazzi sulla brutta strada. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso specifico penso che il tuo amico abbia usato l'espressione in senso scherzoso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-05-16T16:49:52.570" LastActivityDate="2016-05-16T16:49:52.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6969" CreationDate="2016-05-16T14:52:47.620" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa che la risposta è adeguata alla domanda. In musica uno è &quot;in tono&quot; quando mantiene la tonalità degli altri. Similarmente il &quot;rispondere a tono&quot; significa che le risposte sono date nella stessa maniera in cui le domande erano poste. Mara fa domande in modo adulto, ed il ragazzino le risponde nello stesso modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio potrebbe essere il ritornare una risposta pungente a qualcuno che ti insulta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come espressione non è ristretta solo ad un colloquio, può essere estesa ad ogni reazione adeguata all'azione che la ha causata: un atleta per esempio può &quot;rispondere a tono&quot; quando offre una prestazione allo stesso livello degli altri atleti suoi avversari. Puoi usare quest'espressione sia per cose positive che negative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-16T15:05:42.380" LastActivityDate="2016-05-16T15:05:42.380" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6974" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6975" CreationDate="2016-05-17T07:18:36.963" Score="1" ViewCount="1586" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma si vede lontano un miglio che sei innamorata cotta... E &#xA;  di chi, poi. È proprio vera &lt;strong&gt;la storia del moscon d'oro&lt;/strong&gt;: te, sembrava chissà che pretese &#xA;  avessi, e ti sei contentata di quello scalzacane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;la storia del moscon d'oro&quot; in questo brano. Si tratta di un modo di dire? L'ho cercata nel Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli, ma non l'ho trovata. Mi potreste spiegare cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-17T09:32:55.750" Title="Cos'è &quot;la storia del moscon d'oro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6974" CreationDate="2016-05-17T09:32:55.750" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La storia del moscon d'oro è una favoletta morale che racconta di un moscone dorato, bellissimo e desiderato da tutti i fiori, che continuava a volare senza mai appoggiarsi su nessuno di essi. Alla fine, tratto in inganno, si appoggia per errore su di uno sterco, dove perde la sua lucentezza; dopo questo errore nessun fiore lo vuole più su di sé.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La morale della storia è adatta come monito per chi, superbo e altezzoso, rifiuta la compagnia degli altri, rischiando però di venire attratto da una cattiva compagnia che finisce per rovinarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conosco esattamente l'origine della storia, che per la verità non viene citata frequentemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-05-17T09:32:55.750" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1142" CreationDate="2016-05-17T13:51:20.537" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I live in Rome. The word &quot;boh&quot; usually is used to say &quot;I don't know&quot;. But you have to pay attention in which contest is used. In fact it could be used to say: &quot;I have no idea&quot;. This last mean's different from the first cause it is more general. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;-- What time does the match start? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  -- Boh (I didn't know it will be a match!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope you will understand! :)&#xA;Good bye&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2483" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-17T14:04:25.957" LastActivityDate="2016-05-17T14:04:25.957" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6977" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6978" CreationDate="2016-05-18T08:45:16.363" Score="4" ViewCount="665" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Signorina, stia bene attenta a non dir bugie. Le bugie, con noi, &lt;strong&gt;hanno le gambe corte&lt;/strong&gt;. E chi dice le bugie durante un interrogatorio, lo sa dove va a finire?» e la &#xA;  guardò di nuovo fisso, ma lei ormai si era ripresa e sostenne intrepida il suo sguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire che &quot;le bugie hanno le gambe corte&quot; in questo brano. &#xA;Si tratta di un modo di dire? L'ho cercato nel Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli, ma non l'ho trovato. Mi potreste spiegare qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-18T12:55:31.050" LastActivityDate="2016-05-18T12:55:31.050" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;avere le gambe corte&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6977" CreationDate="2016-05-18T08:52:19.263" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si intende che cercando di cavarsela con le bugie “non si va lontano”, cioè che chi mente prima o poi si tradisce o viene scoperto. «Le bugie hanno le gambe corte» è una frase fatta così com'è e risulta già per esempio nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Ag1aAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA146&amp;amp;dq=le+bugie+hanno+le+gambe+corte&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=true&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (per cura di Paolo Costa e Francesco Cardinali) del 1820:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si dice parimenti per proverb[io] Le bugie hanno le gambe corte; e significa, che presto si scuopre la verità. &lt;em&gt;Lat.&lt;/em&gt; falsum continuo palam est.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-05-18T09:14:19.097" LastActivityDate="2016-05-18T09:14:19.097" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6981" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-18T19:43:53.700" Score="5" ViewCount="719" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found a useful chart in Kinder &amp;amp; Saviani's 'Using Italian' reference book. It outlined different uses of modal verbs (dovere, potere, and volere) in different tenses and their impact on meaning. However, I noticed that a few possible combinations are missing from their list. Are the ones missing below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) permissible in Italian, and if so, 2) what is the precise shade of meaning that these constructions convey?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;deve dormire- she must/has to sleep&lt;br&gt;&#xA;dovrà dormire- she will have to sleep&lt;br&gt;&#xA;dovrebbe dormire- she should/ought to sleep; she should be asleep&lt;br&gt;&#xA;doveva dormire- she had to sleep; she used to have to sleep; she should have slept (R1-2)&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ha dovuto dormire- she had to sleep (= was obliged to sleep)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrà dovuto dormire- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrebbe dovuto dormire- she should have slept&lt;br&gt;&#xA;aveva dovuto dormire- she had had to sleep; she had been obliged to sleep&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;deve aver dormito- she must have slept&lt;br&gt;&#xA;dovrà aver dormito- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;dovrebbe aver dormito- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;doveva aver dormito- she had to have slept&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;può farlo- she can/may do it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;potrà farlo- she will be able to do it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;potrebbe farlo- she could/might be able to do it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;poteva farlo- she could do it; she used to be able to do it; she could have done it (R1-R2)&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ha potuto farlo- she managed to do it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrà potuto farlo- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrebbe potuto farlo- she could have done it/she would have been able to do it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;aveva potuto farlo- she had been able to do it&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;può averlo fatto- she may have done it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;potrà averlo fatto- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;potrebbe averlo fatto- she could have done it (= it could be the case that she did it)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;poteva averlo fatto- she could have done it (= it was possible that she did it)&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vuole lavorare- she wants to work&lt;br&gt;&#xA;vorrà lavorare- she will want to work&lt;br&gt;&#xA;vorrebbe lavorare- she would like to work&lt;br&gt;&#xA;voleva lavorare- she wanted to work; she used to want to work&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ha voluto lavorare; non ha voluto lavorare- she insisted on working; she refused to work&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrà voluto lavorare- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrebbe voluto lavorare- she would have liked to work&lt;br&gt;&#xA;aveva voluto lavorare- ?&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vuole aver lavorato- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;vorrà aver lavorato- ?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;vorrebbe aver lavorato- she would like to have worked; she wishes she had worked&lt;br&gt;&#xA;voleva aver lavorato- ?&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are my guesses as to the meaning of the missing combinations. Are these grammatical in Italian, and if so, do they reflect the differences in meaning that I've inferred?&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;avrà dovuto dormire ; she will have to have slept&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrà potuto farlo ; she will have been able to do it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avrà voluto lavorare ; she will have wanted to work&lt;br&gt;&#xA;aveva voluto lavorare; she had wanted to work&lt;br&gt;&#xA;dovrà aver dormito ; she will have to have slept&lt;br&gt;&#xA;dovrebbe aver dormito; she should have slept&lt;br&gt;&#xA;potrà averlo fatto ; she will be able to have done it&lt;br&gt;&#xA;vuole aver lavorato ; she wants to have worked&lt;br&gt;&#xA;vorrà aver lavorato ; she will want to have worked&lt;br&gt;&#xA;voleva aver lavorato ; she wanted to have worked&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is much appreciated :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2018-12-28T23:27:15.983" Title="Modal Verbs and Changes in Meaning" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6982" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-18T22:18:58.927" Score="9" ViewCount="443" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per rispondere a una domanda su un altro sito (Spanish.SE), stavo cercando l'origine dell'espressione &quot;¡Qué fuerte!&quot;, che spesso viene utilizzata per esprimere sorpresa. Siccome non trovavo niente, ho fatto quello che faccio di solito quando voglio conoscere l'etimologia di un termine: compararlo con altre lingue romanze. Allora ho pensato all'espressione italiana &quot;che forte!&quot; e francese &quot;trop fort!&quot;, ma queste decisamente vengono utilizzate in una maniera diversa, cioè per esprimere che qualcosa sia &quot;fantastica&quot;, &quot;stupenda&quot;. Queste accezioni, sebbene diverse da quella spagnola, sono anche interessanti, dato che si riferiscono a un senso che non è intrinseco al significato più evidente del termine &quot;forte&quot;. Quindi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si sa quando il termine &quot;forte&quot; ha cominciato a essere utilizzato col significato di &quot;fantastico&quot;, e quale possa essere stata la ragione (leggasi relazione col significato originale)? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Non so se questo sia &lt;em&gt;off-topic&lt;/em&gt; ma, si sa se ci sia qualche relazione tra l'espressione francese &quot;trop fort!&quot; e l'espressione italiana &quot;che forte!&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota: qui c'è una spiegazione di un madre lingua francese sul significato di &quot;trop fort&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Title: &lt;strong&gt;C'est trop fort!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Q: I assume this expression means in English &quot;It's too strong&quot;. But what I want to know is whether this is a commonly used expression in French that has another connotation. If someone wrote, &quot;C'est trop fort!!&quot; in response to something, what would you assume it to mean? Does it automatically have a bad or good connotation or would it depend on the context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: It is very commonly used in an informal discussion to express one's enthusiasm about something, it is the equivalent of &quot;It's awesome!&quot; or &quot;It's terrific!&quot;. Mostly used by young people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/cest-trop-fort.1231504/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/questions/16789/de-d%C3%B3nde-viene-la-expresi%C3%B3n-qu%C3%A9-fuerte&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; is the original question and &lt;a href=&quot;https://french.stackexchange.com/questions/19301/origine-%C3%A9tymologie-de-l-expression-trop-fort&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; is the same question on French.SE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2048" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-11T15:27:04.620" LastActivityDate="2017-11-11T15:27:04.620" Title="Etimologia/origine dell'espressione Che forte!" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6983" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6984" CreationDate="2016-05-19T10:33:06.953" Score="1" ViewCount="852" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  «Ha finito, maresciallo?» E nel contempo diede una guardata alla ragazza. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sì, signor tenente.» &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «E allora batta subito il verbale e glielo faccia firmare... Ah, e compili anche la &lt;strong&gt;lettera di trasmissione&lt;/strong&gt;: dobbiamo mandarlo via con la posta di stamattina.» &lt;br/&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Subito, signor tenente.» E con una faccia scura si alzò e andò a sedere davanti a una grossa macchina da scrivere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;lettera di trasmissione&quot; nel brano precedente. &#xA;Alla voce &quot;trasmissione&quot; del vocabolario Treccani non ho trovato nulla relativo a una lettera, ma una cerca su Google dà parecchi risultati corrispondenti a diversi modelli di lettere. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-20T08:08:42.927" Title="Cos'è una &quot;lettera di trasmissione&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6983" CreationDate="2016-05-19T13:11:47.253" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che si riferisca alla &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lettera di accompagnamento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; con la quale il verbale viene trasmesso, ossia inviato per posta, &#xA;  dove in genere si riepilogano i documenti allegati,  a chi sono diretti e qualsiasi altra utile informazione a seconda del contesto.  –Si tratta di un'espressione burocratica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando su Google si trovano vari esempi di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=lettera%20di%20trasmissione%20&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;lettere di trasmissione&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-05-20T08:08:42.927" LastActivityDate="2016-05-20T08:08:42.927" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6957" CreationDate="2016-05-19T15:27:35.860" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The form with &quot;a&quot; can certainly be used in sentences referring to the future like &quot;arrivederci a gennaio&quot;, and also sometimes in reference to the past, as in &quot;a dicembre nevicava&quot;. Note however that the form with &quot;in&quot; can be used as well in both examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The form with &quot;in&quot; seems dominant when referring to a date within a certain month (&quot;il giorno dell'Epifania è in gennaio&quot;), or when referring to a precise event within a month, as in &quot;sono nato in dicembre&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I would say that the two forms are not completely interchangeable: while &quot;in&quot; can replace &quot;a&quot; in most cases (but not all: &quot;rimandato a settembre&quot; looks like an exception), the form with &quot;a&quot; seems to have a much more limited application.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2016-05-19T15:27:35.860" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6779" CreationDate="2016-05-20T04:29:04.700" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so perché la Treccani  dica che &quot;buon pomeriggio&quot; è usato solo in talune zone. Io vengo dal nord però ho viaggiato in tutt'Italia e mi sembra che sia al nord che al sud &quot;buon pomeriggio&quot; non sia usato in comuni conversazioni. Credo che dipenda dal fatto che le persone tendono a pensare alla giornata in termini di giorno e sera o luce e buio. Quindi in un certo senso potremmo dire che &quot;pomeriggio&quot; non è necessario per definire la giornata. Tuttavia, &quot;buon pomeriggio&quot; può essere più comunemente usato in programmi televisivi o radiofonici perché definisce meglio il tempo della giornata. Per tornare alla sua domanda voglio specificare che non sono d'accordo con la definizione della Treccani  poiché ritengo che sia al nord che al sud sia un'espressione presente ma in rare circostanze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2494" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-13T19:44:49.047" LastActivityDate="2019-02-13T19:44:49.047" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="6987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6989" CreationDate="2016-05-20T11:25:13.533" Score="2" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ah, e sai chi è un altro? Carlino. Anche lui, sempre con l'“Uomo Qualunque” in tasca... Ricordatene, Mara: se si azzarda a venir qui, sbattigli la porta in faccia. Io tipi come lui non ce li voglio per casa. Razza di mascalzone! Dopo che &lt;strong&gt;gli s'era fatto grazia del passato&lt;/strong&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;gli s'era fatto grazia del passato&quot; in questo brano. Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/grazia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce &quot;grazia&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare grazia di una cosa&lt;/em&gt;, dispensare da un obbligo, da una seccatura o sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, continuo a non capire la frase del brano sopra citato. Significa che gli si era perdonato il passato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che la vicenda narrata nel libro accade giusto dopo la liberazione d'Italia in seguito alla Seconda guerra mondiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-21T08:46:35.590" LastActivityDate="2016-05-21T08:48:05.910" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;gli s'era fatto grazia del passato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6987" CreationDate="2016-05-20T14:14:54.337" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fare o concedere  la &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/G/grazia.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;grazia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione che originariamente si usava in riferimento al potere assoluto dei Re o dei Papi, nel perdonare e quindi risparmiare la vita dei condannati a morte. Attualmente si usa in riferimento ai Capi di Stato o agli alti prelati più col significato di perdonare delle colpe gravi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Atto di generosità, di pietà, di condiscendenza: concedere la grazia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fare grazia, risparmiare la vita a un vinto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fare grazia a qualcuno di qualcosa, &lt;em&gt;sollevarlo da un incarico gravoso, esonararlo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fare grazia del passato significa perdonare le colpe commesse in passato (non conosco il contesto, ma potrebbe essere usato anche in senso figurato).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-21T08:48:05.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6994" CreationDate="2016-05-21T09:09:35.350" Score="0" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ah, e sai chi è un altro? Carlino. Anche lui, sempre con l'“Uomo Qualunque” in tasca... Ricordatene, Mara: se si azzarda a venir qui, sbattigli la porta in faccia. Io tipi come lui non ce li voglio per casa. Razza di mascalzone! Dopo che gli s'era fatto grazia del passato... e anzi, a Volterra i compagni &lt;strong&gt;gli avevano anche rilasciato un foglio&lt;/strong&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che la vicenda narrata nel libro accade giusto dopo la liberazione d'Italia in seguito alla Seconda guerra mondiale. &quot;I compagni&quot; menzionati sono membri del partito comunista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;gli avevano rilasciato un foglio&quot; nel brano precedente. Immagino che si riferisca a qualche documento. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-22T06:51:57.307" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rilasciare un foglio&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6981" CreationDate="2016-05-21T12:46:46.123" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some possible translations (but there could be others depending on context) are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;avrà dovuto dormire - he/she/you would have to sleep; he/she/you will have had to sleep&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;dovrà aver dormito - he/she/you must have slept&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;dovrebbe aver dormito - he/she/you should have slept&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;avrà potuto farlo - he/she/you (probably) could have done it/done so/done this/ done that&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;potrà averlo fatto - he/she/you may have done it/done so/done this/ done that&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;avrà voluto lavorare - he/she/you would/will have wanted to work &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;aveva voluto lavorare - he/she/you had wanted to work&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;vuole aver lavorato - he/she wants to have worked; you want to have worked&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;vorrà aver lavorato - he/she/you will want to have worked &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;voleva aver lavorato - he/she/you wanted to have worked&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that I have included the &quot;you&quot; form as a possible translation because,  if you are addressing someone in Italian using the courtesy form &quot;lei&quot;, that would be translated as &quot;you&quot; in English, not as &quot;he&quot; or &quot;she&quot;. In Italian, for instance, if you are saying to someone &quot;you had wanted to work&quot; in a respectful way (e.g., to someone you don't know), you could say &quot;(lei) aveva voluto lavorare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-24T17:21:43.167" LastActivityDate="2016-11-24T17:21:43.167" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6981" CreationDate="2016-05-21T13:12:51.017" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The missing combination do not actually mean that they have no meaning or they are not admissible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As regards admissibility, in Italian all tenses - and therefore both simple forms (main verb only) and composite forms (auxiliary + main verb) are allowed. The point is that some tenses only may appear in subordinate sentences, in order to fulfil the &quot;consecutio temporum&quot;. That's why such forms were not explained: they are meaningless in a standalone primary sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Returning to the particular meaning that some forms convey, I think that the most interesting are the following ones, because they go beyond the bare translation of the modal verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ha / aveva dovuto dormire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This one, as you pointed out, denotes a forced action, in the present or in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Deve / doveva aver dormito&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Indicates a guess or an impression from the speaker: &quot;Maybe she has / had slept&quot; or &quot;It seems that she has slept&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dovrebbe aver dormito&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Very similar to the previous one, but with some kind of comparison to an expectation: &quot;I suppose she has slept&quot; or &quot;I'd expect her to have slept&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note, the present version of 2. and 3. can be rendered using &lt;strong&gt;dovere&lt;/strong&gt; + &lt;strong&gt;stare&lt;/strong&gt; + &lt;em&gt;gerundio&lt;/em&gt; (e.g.  &lt;strong&gt;deve star dormendo&lt;/strong&gt; = &quot;maybe she is sleeping&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Avrà dovuto dormire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This form conveys an obligation in the past: &quot;Maybe she had to sleep&quot; or even &quot;Maybe she couldn't help sleeping&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please notice that almost all these cases imply uncertainty, personal opinion and appearance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of these forms may appear convoluted and somehow pointless, but indeed they are used. IMHO, as a native Italian speaker, their &quot;secret&quot; lies in the meaning that the various tenses of the conjugation convey, so, once you get them completely, combinations of modal verbs become quite straight and clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2498" LastActivityDate="2016-05-21T13:12:51.017" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6942" CreationDate="2016-05-21T13:44:33.357" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The feminine pronoun &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; can be found with several verbs. Its purpose can go from an emphasis of the verb to a complete change of meaning (like in English phrasal verbs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Smetterla&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;finirla&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;piantarla&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; belong to the first case: they are synonyms and they all mean &lt;strong&gt;to quit&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;to stop&lt;/strong&gt; with a strong emphasis. The pronoun stands for a generic &lt;em&gt;quella cosa&lt;/em&gt; (= that thing), which is feminine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the contrary, there are verbs that change their meaning when &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; (with other pronouns) is appended. The following are some examples that come to my mind now:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;prendersela&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; = to get offended&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;avercela&lt;/strong&gt; con qualcuno&lt;/em&gt; = to be angry with s.o.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;farcela&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; = to succeed&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tirarsela&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; = to boast&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sentirsela&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; = to feel confident (to do s.t.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these cases, the pronouns have no own meaning. This is to underline that the case you asked is specific, i.e. it depends on the underlying verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2498" LastEditorUserId="2498" LastEditDate="2016-05-21T14:29:23.663" LastActivityDate="2016-05-21T14:29:23.663" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6990" CreationDate="2016-05-22T06:51:57.307" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, &amp;quot;rilasciare un foglio&amp;quot; in questo contesto significa &amp;quot;rilasciare un documento&amp;quot;, probabilmente per far sapere agli altri &lt;em&gt;compagni&lt;/em&gt; che Carlino era una persona di fiducia, nonostante il suo passato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti, in una parte precedente dello stesso romanzo, il padre di Mara dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli operai devono comandare, e i borghesi, più se ne mette al muro e meglio è. E senza pietà, questa volta: c'è qualcuno anche qui in paese che bisogna saldarglielo il conto. Vigliacchi che prima erano sempre in camicia nera... eh, me li ricordo, non dubitare. M'hanno fatto sputar sangue per vent'anni. Loro sempre al lavoro, e io niente...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;E un altro è Carlino&lt;/strong&gt;, il tuo compaesano... &lt;strong&gt;Quello è uno che ha picchiato&lt;/strong&gt;, altro che storie. Quando è ricomparso,&#xA;io l'ho affrontato e gliel'ho detto in faccia cosa pensavo di lui. E lui sai cosa mi ha risposto? Che &lt;strong&gt;era del comitato. E m'ha fatto vedere un foglio&lt;/strong&gt;... Questi sono gli sbagli, ti rendi conto, compagno? &lt;strong&gt;Non si dovevano rilasciare fogli a nessuno.&lt;/strong&gt; S'era detto sempre, quando viene il momento, si sradica una volta per sempre la malerba. Ma sì, è bastato che venisse la moglie a piangere, oppure i figlioli... Come se uno, perchè ha moglie e figlioli, gli si dovessero perdonare &lt;strong&gt;vent'anni di delinquenza&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poiché la vicenda è ambientata poco dopo la Liberazione, &amp;quot;vent'anni di delinquenza&amp;quot; sembra riferirsi a un passato di Carlino non solo come delinquente e &lt;em&gt;borghese&lt;/em&gt;, ma anche all'interno del partito fascista. Pertanto, il &amp;quot;foglio&amp;quot; era stato scritto perché gli altri compagni si fidassero di lui, pur sapendo che Carlino era stato un fascista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-22T06:51:57.307" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6995" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="6996" CreationDate="2016-05-22T12:13:36.763" Score="1" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La prima occhiata, come ogni sera, la diede alla sagoma nera della fabbrica, con la luce che &lt;strong&gt;fiottava&lt;/strong&gt; dalle vetrate. Nemmeno la domenica smettevano di lavorare. E con quell'immagine abbagliante negli occhi, e la dolce melodia del film dentro di sé, &#xA;  scivolò nel sonno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso del verbo &quot;fiottare&quot; in questo brano. L'ho cercato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiottare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma le diverse accezioni fanno referenza all'acqua o a una persona, non alla luce. Mi sapreste spiegare cosa significa che &quot;la luce fiottava dalle vetrate&quot; della fabbrica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-22T19:10:18.933" Title="Cosa significa &quot;fiottare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6995" CreationDate="2016-05-22T16:33:29.950" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La domanda è molto interessante perché in effetti tutti i dizionari riportano per il verbo &lt;em&gt;fiottare&lt;/em&gt; o per il sostantivo &lt;em&gt;fiotto&lt;/em&gt; significati legati ai liquidi, all'acqua in particolare. Molti sono invece i casi di testi letterari in cui si dice che la luce fiottava da una finestra (entrando in o uscendo da un luogo). Credo che questo uso si avvicini al significato di &quot;sangue che esce da una ferita&quot;, e voglia dare, in modo figurato, il senso della copiosità densa della luce, che esce - nell'esempio riportato - dalle vetrate, come il sangue esce da una ferita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio recente: «Il corridoio del quinto piano era silenzioso, deserto. La luce che fiottava dalle finestre si spegneva sulla moquette scura, sul legno spesso e opaco delle porte chiuse» (Romolo Bugaro, &lt;em&gt;Effetto domino&lt;/em&gt;, del 2015)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-22T17:17:10.293" LastActivityDate="2016-05-22T17:17:10.293" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6917" CreationDate="2016-05-22T18:56:34.690" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes... The meaning is &lt;em&gt;Leggere tra le righe&lt;/em&gt; but actually it is used in so many ways... For example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are having an argument with your girlfriend, and she says: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Devi anche saper leggere tra le righe! Una donna non dice sempre tutto!&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case your Italian GF wants you to understand something that she WANTS but she doesn't want to tell you... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes it is used when someone is disappointed! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2500" LastActivityDate="2016-05-22T18:56:34.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6995" CreationDate="2016-05-22T19:10:18.933" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La luce che fiottava non è un termine di uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viene utilizzata per indicare qualcosa (per esempio un liquido o in questo caso della luce) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso in generale appare essere come &quot;La luce entrava dalla finestra in modo irregolare e/o a pezzi.&quot; Un sinonimo può essere &quot;la luce che filtrava dalla finestra&quot;... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2500" LastActivityDate="2016-05-22T19:10:18.933" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="6999" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7000" CreationDate="2016-05-23T06:42:24.963" Score="2" ViewCount="1570" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il padre si era opposto che lei andasse a servizio: gli pareva una cosa contraria ai &#xA;  suoi principi. «Mia figlia non deve far la serva a nessuno» diceva. E anche quando Mara era tornata a casa per Natale, aveva insistito perchè non ripartisse. «Sì, e gli lascio tutta la mia roba» ribatté Mara. «Che c'entra: la roba, ci vado io a riprenderla.» «Ma non si può &lt;strong&gt;piantare una famiglia così su due piedi&lt;/strong&gt;.» &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;piantare una famiglia così su due piedi&quot; nel brano precedente. Si tratta di un modo di dire? L'ho cercato nel Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli, ma non l'ho trovato. Mi potreste spiegare qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-23T06:54:03.043" Title="Cosa significa &quot;piantare le persone su due piedi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6999" CreationDate="2016-05-23T06:54:03.043" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Su due piedi&lt;/em&gt; significa &quot;all'improvviso, immediatamente&quot;, mentre &lt;em&gt;piantare&lt;/em&gt; significa &quot;lasciare, abbandonare&quot; (di solito, si usa quando un uomo o una donna interrompono una relazione sentimentale). La frase significa che Mara non può interrompere il lavoro presso quella famiglia all'improvviso, senza avvisare per tempo, semplicemente non tornando lì come invece vorrebbe suo padre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-05-23T06:54:03.043" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7001" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7002" CreationDate="2016-05-24T07:30:12.353" Score="6" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il giovanotto entrò nel bagno: fischiettava. Lei intanto si vestì. Quello dovette sentir rumore, perché tornò sul pianerottolo: «Sei tu, Mara? Credevo che fossi uscita». Mara finalmente venne fuori; il giovanotto era sempre lì, e commentò: «Oh! come &lt;strong&gt;ci siamo fatte belle&lt;/strong&gt;». Mara tirò di lungo, e il giovanotto le gridò dietro: «Giacché ci sei, preparami il tè».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco del tutto bene il senso dell'espressione &quot;ci siamo fatte belle&quot; in questo brano. Significa che il giovanotto vuol dire a Mara che si è fatta bella? Se è così, perché usa la prima persona plurale invece della seconda persona singolare? Se non è così, potresti spiegarmi qual è il significato della frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti farmi alcuni altri esempi di questo uso della prima persona plurale del verbo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-02T09:51:17.723" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;ci siamo fatte belle&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7001" CreationDate="2016-05-24T08:19:19.330" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'esclamazione vuol proprio dire che Mara si è fatta bella nel senso che si è vestita in modo elegante, si è truccata, si è pettinata con particolare cura. L'uso della prima persona plurale quando ci si rivolge a una persona sola non è raro ed è un modo per non parlare direttamente a quella persona, perché le si sta facendo un complimento, o si fanno considerazioni personali oppure la si vuole rimproverare, o si usa un tono paternalistico. Si può dire, ad esempio, incontrando un bambino che non si vedeva da tempo: «Ma come siamo diventati grandi!». Oppure, un medico può accogliere un paziente chiedendo: «Come stiamo oggi?».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2016-05-24T13:20:15.193" LastActivityDate="2016-05-24T13:20:15.193" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7004" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7013" CreationDate="2016-05-25T13:44:50.670" Score="1" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conosco il verbo &quot;impostare&quot;, ma ho sempre trovato difficile capire come usarlo in modo corretto. Intendo l'accezione di &quot;impostare&quot; che non si riferisce a un’opera muraria, né alla voce di un cantante, né all'atteggiamento di una persona. Non mi riferisco neanche a quella che ha a che vedere con la posta. Cioè, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impostare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Determinare preventivamente un modo ordinato di procedere per giungere a una realizzazione concreta o a una soluzione: &lt;em&gt;i. un lavoro&lt;/em&gt;, gettarne le basi, disporre le varie parti secondo il disegno e le misure prestabilite, in modo da rendere più facile e spedita l’esecuzione; &lt;em&gt;i. la pagina di un giornale&lt;/em&gt;, stabilire e sistemare la disposizione degli articoli e dei titoli; &lt;em&gt;i. un problema, i. una questione&lt;/em&gt;, fissare i dati di fatto e precisare gli elementi da chiarire, le difficoltà da appianare e il fine a cui si tende; nel linguaggio finanz., &lt;em&gt;i. una spesa in bilancio&lt;/em&gt;, iscriverla nei varî capitoli di bilancio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, ho trovato questa frase riferita a una sveglia che suona sempre alle 7 di mattina:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;imposto&lt;/strong&gt; sempre per altri 5 minuti, ma schiaccio sempre il bottone “snooze” per altri 30 minuti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ho tratta di un frammento di un libro per Kindle che si può scaricare liberamente come mostra del testo. Per cominciare, non capisco del tutto l'uso che si fa qui del verbo &quot;impostare&quot;. Immagino che significhi che si fa in modo che la sveglia suoni di nuovo entro cinque minuti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi come e perché si usa il verbo &quot;impostare&quot; nella frase precedente? Potreste&amp;nbsp;farmi  e spiegarmi altri esempi di uso di &quot;impostare&quot; nel linguaggio comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1647" LastEditDate="2016-05-26T00:28:34.927" LastActivityDate="2016-05-29T17:01:13.300" Title="Esempi di uso del verbo &quot;impostare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7005" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-27T06:42:48.577" Score="4" ViewCount="6821" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra 'molto' e 'tanto'? Per esempio è corretto dire 'Ho avuto tanto tempo per fare qualcosa' o 'Ho avuto molto tempo per fare qualcosa'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2514" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-27T13:30:56.983" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T19:37:42.923" Title="Quando usare molto o tanto" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7006" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7012" CreationDate="2016-05-28T16:50:01.267" Score="1" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Cassola (collana BUR, Rizzoli) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo che &lt;strong&gt;abbero&lt;/strong&gt; mangiato, Vilma rigovernò e Mara la aiutò ad asciugare. Tonino mise il bimbo a letto, poi tornò in cucina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è su questo &quot;abbero&quot;. Si tratta di qualche variante di &quot;ebbero&quot; usata in qualche parte d'Italia oppure è un refuso? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-05-29T09:58:41.533" LastActivityDate="2016-05-29T10:06:38.303" Title="&quot;Dopo che abbero mangiato&quot;: è un refuso?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7007" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-28T19:31:27.527" Score="3" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm creating a XVIIth century Italian fictional character who had a vision: he believes he saw elements of a symbolic language he's now trying to decipher.&#xA;People make fun of him. They call him ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you can think of a (probably derogatory) nickname for someone who has visions, please let me know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also he went to a Jesuit college in Rome. Is there an ancient Italian slang term for Jesuits?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1953" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T17:17:48.727" Title="In search of a nickname for a fictional character" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7006" CreationDate="2016-05-28T23:17:11.847" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un errore. Non esiste questo termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2520" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-29T08:21:38.493" LastActivityDate="2016-05-29T08:21:38.493" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7007" CreationDate="2016-05-28T23:21:29.647" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say &quot;Visionario&quot; it is often used to indicate a person with some weird magical powers or with some weird ideas... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2520" LastActivityDate="2016-05-28T23:21:29.647" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7005" CreationDate="2016-05-28T23:27:15.357" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Native speaker here... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, you can say it in both ways.. In Italian saying &#xA;&quot;Ho avuto tanto tempo per...&quot; &#xA;It's grammatically correct but the second one ( &quot;Ho avuto molto tempo per...&quot; ) is more polite... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2520" LastActivityDate="2016-05-28T23:27:15.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7005" CreationDate="2016-05-29T07:29:55.037" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza principale è che mentre “molto” significa semplicemente “in gran quantità”, “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tanto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tanto&lt;/a&gt;” si può parafrasare con “in &lt;em&gt;così&lt;/em&gt; gran quantità” e richiede, esplicitamente o implicitamente, una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-consecutive_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;proposizione consecutiva&lt;/a&gt;: per esempio, “Ho avuto tanto tempo per fare qualcosa (che alla fine mi annoiavo)”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, anche se lo si usa da solo, mantiene (come accennato giustamente in un commento) un senso di eccesso, di abbondanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-05-29T07:29:55.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7006" CreationDate="2016-05-29T10:06:38.303" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con una breve ricerca su Google Books si trova &lt;em&gt;abbero&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;ebbero&lt;/em&gt; in Ciullo d'Alcamo e in pochi altri autori antichi (o in dialetti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=DYQEAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA500&amp;amp;dq=abbero&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=abbero&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=DYQEAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA500&amp;amp;dq=abbero&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=abbero&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un romanzo di Cassola propenderei per il refuso. Non si trova traccia in questa copia: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=bNHAV9C1socC&amp;amp;pg=PT20&amp;amp;dq=la+ragazza+di+bube&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=abbero&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=bNHAV9C1socC&amp;amp;pg=PT20&amp;amp;dq=la+ragazza+di+bube&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=abbero&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Confronta con &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=bNHAV9C1socC&amp;amp;pg=PT20&amp;amp;dq=la+ragazza+di+bube&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Vilma%20rigovern%C3%B2&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=bNHAV9C1socC&amp;amp;pg=PT20&amp;amp;dq=la+ragazza+di+bube&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Vilma%20rigovernò&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-05-29T10:06:38.303" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7004" CreationDate="2016-05-29T12:14:52.330" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Specie quando ci si riferisce ad oggetti di tecnologia, &lt;em&gt;impostare&lt;/em&gt; assume sovente il significato di &lt;em&gt;configurare&lt;/em&gt; come nell'inglese &lt;em&gt;to set up&lt;/em&gt;, o di &lt;em&gt;regolare&lt;/em&gt; (verbo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora non posso fornire riferimenti bibliografici, ma gli esempi di questo utilizzo sono ben frequenti nel parlato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imposto la destinazione nel navigatore e poi partiamo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Marco impostò il termostato a 20°C.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo il decollo, il pilota automatico viene solitamente impostato per raggiungere e mantenere un'altitudine di 28000 piedi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ulteriore esempio, in gran parte delle applicazioni per computer e dei sistemi operativi, il menù che permette di personalizzare il funzionamento degli stessi è denominato proprio &lt;em&gt;impostazioni&lt;/em&gt;, usato come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;preferenze&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;opzioni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta solo di una mia ipotesi, ma questo utilizzo del verbo &lt;em&gt;impostare&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere proprio un calco di &lt;em&gt;to set up&lt;/em&gt;, dato che è presente solo in campi semantici di nascita relativamente moderna come quelli dell'elettronica o dell'informatica, che sono composti in gran misura da termini prestati o ricalcati dall'inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il fatto che la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impostare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non faccia menzione esplicita di quest'uso, suppongo come già proposto da @DaG nel suo commento che esso venga fatto ricadere nel caso 1.b:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;disporre le varie parti secondo il disegno e le misure prestabilite&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alternativa, potrebbe essere un'estensione del caso 2 agli oggetti inanimati oltre che alle persone:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Atteggiare la persona nel modo più conveniente per compiere una determinata azione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi preparare un dispositivo nel modo più appropriato per compiere una determinata azione (scaldare una stanza, pilotare un aereo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le spiegazioni mi sembrano egualmente plausibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2204" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-05-29T17:01:13.300" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7015" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-05-30T06:35:05.763" Score="1" ViewCount="330" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio esaurire il tema di mia sorella, si tratta in tutto di due o tre episodi &lt;strong&gt;storicizzabili&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In seguito, l'autore spiega un paio di vicende accadute con sua sorella, quelle che lui ricorda della sua infanzia e giovinezza. Alla fine del brano, Gassman scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il terzo episodio non lo ricordo, forse di altrettanto coloriti non ce ne furono più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del termine &quot;storicizzabile&quot; nella frase precedente: non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-30T18:42:43.817" LastActivityDate="2016-06-15T15:59:17.387" Title="Cosa significa &quot;storicizzabile&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7015" CreationDate="2016-05-30T07:33:41.790" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;strong&gt;storicizzabili&lt;/strong&gt; (che possono essere storicizzati) deriva dal termine storicizzare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;storiciżżare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [der. di storico]. – &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Considerare, concepire come processo o divenire storico (s. la realtà,&#xA;  lo spirito), o come momento di un più vasto processo storico; più in&#xA;  generale, valutare in rapporto alla situazione storica, interpretare&#xA;  in una prospettiva storica: s. una corrente letteraria, una scuola&#xA;  filosofica. Fonte Enciclopedia Treccani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2523" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T07:33:41.790" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7017" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7018" CreationDate="2016-05-30T08:58:49.177" Score="3" ViewCount="1283" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è capitato qualche volta di sentire alcuni amici piemontesi usare il proverbio dialettale &lt;em&gt;&quot;La cativa lavandera a treuva mai la bona pèra&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, che tradotto significa &lt;em&gt;&quot;Una cattiva lavandaia non trova mai la pietra adatta&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, per stigmatizzare alcune situazioni in campo lavorativo in cui un lavoratore trovava pretesti nei difetti degli strumenti di lavoro per non compiere quanto doveva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recentemente mi è capitato di voler usare lo stesso proverbio in una certa situazione, ma, non sapendo pronunciare il piemontese, mi sono astenuto. Non mi è venuto in mente un equivalente italiano della stessa efficacia. Sapreste suggerirmi un detto o un proverbio analogo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T13:31:23.947" Title="Equivalente italiano del proverbio piemontese sulla cattiva lavandaia" Tags="&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7017" CreationDate="2016-05-30T13:31:23.947" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A buona lavandaia non mancò mai pietra&lt;/strong&gt; (su cui lavare)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La cativa lavandera treuva mai la bona pera (Piemonte)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A bona lavandara 'on manca petra (Calabria)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A la bbòna lavannare nin à mangate me' la prète (Abruzzo)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A 'na bona lavannara nu'jamancò mai pietra (Lazio)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A cattivo lavoratore ogni zappa dà dolore.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;A buon cavalier non manca lancia.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=vXlfAQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT12#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei proverbi italiani e dialettali&lt;/a&gt; di Riccardo Schwamenthal, Michele L. Straniero&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T13:31:23.947" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7007" CreationDate="2016-05-30T16:35:47.683" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the people mocking him are knowledgeable enough, they might liken him to Father &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Athanasius_Kircher&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Athanasius Kircher&lt;/a&gt;, SJ, who in those years was perhaps one of the preminent codebreakers and one of the first scholars to attempt deciphering Egyptian hyeroglyphs. This is not necessarily a slight; possibly the modern equivalent of calling someone an Einstein. It might be a compliment or a slander, depending.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another likely candidate for a likeness would be &lt;em&gt;Borrino&lt;/em&gt;, vulgar name for Joseph Francis Borri, Esq., a pictoresque and at times unsavory quack that graced the second half of the seventeenth century. Not universally known, though. To dub someone a &lt;em&gt;Borrino gesuita&lt;/em&gt; should have been slight enough to warrant a death duel (&lt;em&gt;Borrino&lt;/em&gt; hasn't a very nice sound in Italian even if one didn't know it was used as meaning &lt;em&gt;little Borri&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At that time, &quot;jesuit&quot; &lt;em&gt;was&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reappropriation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;a not too affectionate nickname&lt;/a&gt; for the members of the Society of Jesus, for they were expected to &quot;find Christ in all things&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T16:35:47.683" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7007" CreationDate="2016-05-30T17:17:48.727" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/strologo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Strologo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, also written &lt;strong&gt;Stròlogo&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;Strolago&lt;/strong&gt;, is a vernacular form of &lt;strong&gt;astrologo&lt;/strong&gt; (astrologist, soothsayer), often used with a pejorative meaning (see also the verb &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/strologare#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;strologare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which Wiktionary translates &lt;em&gt;to rack one's brains&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=strologo&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1000&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cstrologo%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bstrologo%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BStrologo%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BSTROLOGO%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google N-Gram&lt;/a&gt; shows that it was already in use around 1600-1700.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T17:17:48.727" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7005" CreationDate="2016-05-30T19:37:42.923" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's how I remember the difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;She has many cats. &lt;strong&gt;Molto&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;She has a ton of cats. &lt;strong&gt;Tanto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2526" LastActivityDate="2016-05-30T19:37:42.923" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7022" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7023" CreationDate="2016-05-31T07:30:56.427" Score="1" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io e mia madre litigavamo, come sempre, come sempre per futili motivi: con tenerezza accorata, con insofferenza per i toni e le smorfie che ognuno di noi sapeva di produrre in quanto li vedeva esattamente specchiati sul volto e nella voce dell'altro. Mary assisteva, era il pubblico. Stava infatti seduta, mentre io e la vecchia istriona &lt;strong&gt;carambolavamo&lt;/strong&gt; da un capo all'altro del salotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In seguito, c'è un dialogo che riproduce la discussione avvenuta tra Gassman e sua madre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene cosa vuol dire &quot;carambolare&quot; nel brano precedente. È chiaro che si tratta di un senso figurato perché i significati che danno i dizionari fanno riferimento al gioco del biliardo o a urtarsi rimbalzando come le palle del biliardo, ma qui non ci sono urti. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa? Fa riferimento alla discussione tra Gassman e sua madre, cioè,  sono le parole quelle che in certo modo &quot;carambolano da un capo all'altro del salotto&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-05-31T13:34:54.840" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;carambolare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7022" CreationDate="2016-05-31T09:22:25.190" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È esattamente un riferimento al modo in cui litigavano, con botta e risposta, punzecchiandosi a vicenda. Viene proprio dalla &lt;em&gt;carambola&lt;/em&gt; del biliardo, cioè una palla che colpisce un'altra palla che a sua volta colpisce un'altra palla. È dunque la mossa in cui devi colpire l'avversario ed è proprio questo che Gassman e sua madre facevano, si &quot;colpivano con le parole&quot;, e quindi le parole &lt;em&gt;rimbalzavano&lt;/em&gt; da un lato all'altro della stanza, come suppongo sia dimostrabile dal dialogo tra i due che segue questa descrizione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facendo una ricerca su Google Books ho trovato un riferimento nel libro &quot;I revisionisti&quot; di Thomas Mullen (nella traduzione di Gianni Pannofino visionabile, per l'appunto, su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=3gREVPbOUCcC&amp;amp;pg=PA2&amp;amp;lpg=PA2&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=carambolavano&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;) in cui alla pagina 60 è scritto &quot;Queste erano storie e domande a cui non poteva dar voce. Gli &lt;em&gt;carambolavano&lt;/em&gt; in testa come ecchi di parole non dette&quot;. Il senso è esattamente lo stesso, quello di rimbalzare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2527" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-05-31T13:34:54.840" LastActivityDate="2016-05-31T13:34:54.840" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7024" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-01T00:07:56.410" Score="4" ViewCount="487" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che differenza c'è tra il significato delle parole minestra, minestrone, e zuppa? Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-13T11:28:28.960" LastActivityDate="2020-04-13T11:28:28.960" Title="Minestra, minestrone, e zuppa" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;cooking&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7024" CreationDate="2016-06-01T01:16:11.833" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di tre pietanze diverse. Le descrivo qui di seguito, con il caveat che l'uso probabilmente varia nelle diverse regioni d'Italia (e, probabilmente, di casa in casa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minestra&lt;/strong&gt; Si tratta di pasta molto piccola e sottile (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.barilla.it/prodotto-barilla/filini-alluovo-0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;esempio&quot;&gt;esempio&lt;/a&gt;) cotta nel brodo. La procedura è essenzialmente la stessa che per cucinare la pasta, con la differenza che non si aggiunge il sale, che il tempo di cottura è molto più corto e che alla fine non si scola.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Zuppa&lt;/strong&gt; Si tratta grosso modo della stessa cosa che in inglese si chiama &lt;em&gt;soup&lt;/em&gt;: un misto di verdure e carne lessate e mangiate spesso mettendo pezzi di pane.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Minestrone&lt;/strong&gt; Grosso modo una zuppa con la pasta, io di solito la cucino con pasta lunga (spesso tagliatelle) ma è comune anche con pasta corta.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-06-01T01:16:11.833" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7024" CreationDate="2016-06-01T04:07:04.057" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La definizione di &lt;code&gt;minestra&lt;/code&gt; è decisamente regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Napoli, per esempio, si chiama &lt;strong&gt;minestra maritata&lt;/strong&gt; un piatto di verdure bollite in un brodo a base di carne. Sempre in ambito regionale, più in generale, di solito si intende per minestra un piatto in cui la pasta è cotta insieme agli altri ingredienti in poca acqua, fino a ridurre il tutto a una consistenza piuttosto cremosa (come per esempio nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://lacuocagalante.com/recipe-items/pasta-e-piselli/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;pasta e piselli&lt;/a&gt;), in un procedimento che ricorda quello dei risotti, anche se con differenze significative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minestra&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Secondo Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; la definizione italiana di &lt;code&gt;minestra&lt;/code&gt; è in realtà molto generica, e include tutti i primi piatti, comprese le zuppe e i minestroni, passando per le pastasciutte e perfino i timballi al forno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;code&gt;minestrone&lt;/code&gt; ci sono pochi dubbi: è un piatto di verdure miste cotte e servite in brodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;code&gt;zuppa&lt;/code&gt; è solitamente un piatto caldo a base di legumi accompagnato da pane raffermo o abbrustolito. Il fatto che siano zuppe sia la zuppa di fagioli che quella di pesce sottolinea che il punto in comune delle zuppe sia di fatto il pane. Un altro esempio particolare è la &lt;strong&gt;zuppa di latte&lt;/strong&gt;, in cui il pane viene immerso nel latte caldo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In sintesi, la differenza fra minestra, minestrone e zuppa dipende molto dalla cultura regionale, ma a grandi linee e con diverse significative eccezioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la &lt;strong&gt;minestra&lt;/strong&gt; è di solito un piatto in cui la pasta viene fatta cuocere, in maniera in qualche modo simile al risotto, insieme agli altri ingredienti, come nella pasta e piselli o nella pasta e patate.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;il &lt;strong&gt;minestrone&lt;/strong&gt; è un piatto connotato da una grande varietà di verdure cotte e servite in brodo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la &lt;strong&gt;zuppa&lt;/strong&gt; è un piatto dalle origini povere in cui il pane è accompagnato da altri ingredienti in preparazioni brodose o cremose: soprattutto legumi, ma anche pesce misto o carne.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2529" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-01T08:29:37.083" LastActivityDate="2016-06-01T08:29:37.083" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6888" CreationDate="2016-06-01T12:03:33.563" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the dictionary Sapere (De Agostini) : s- derives from the prep Latin. ex.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The prefix that confers meaning opposite verbs, nouns, adjectives&#xA;(for example: fiorire-sfiorire; fiducia-sfiducia;&#xA;contento-scontento).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In the derived adjectives from nouns and in some verbs derived&#xA;also from nouns, the prefix acquires value privative&#xA;pejorative (for example: natura-snaturato; ragione-sragionare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In some verbs derived from nouns or by other verbs indicates&#xA;away, exit, separation and the like, or suggests&#xA;the idea of excess (for example: buca-sbucare; parlare-sparlare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In other verbs derived from nouns or adjectives, buy&#xA;privative value or detrattivo (for example: cardine-scardinare;&#xA;vecchio-svecchiare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sometimes has intensive value (for example: gridare-sgridare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In other cases it has function only derivative (for example:&#xA;doppio-sdoppiare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sometimes represents the reduction of the prefix dis- (for example:&#xA;dischiodare-schiodare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2523" LastEditorUserId="2523" LastEditDate="2016-06-01T13:46:40.557" LastActivityDate="2016-06-01T13:46:40.557" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3659" CreationDate="2016-06-01T16:55:13.983" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che si tratta di una domanda relativamente vecchia, ma forse posso dare un contributo, visto che non vi sono risposte accettate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente un linguista potrebbe dare maggiori informazioni tecniche, ma da madrelingua credo che oltre il chiaro rapporto fra i due sinonimi ci sia una leggera differenza di connotazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Specialmente&lt;/strong&gt; viene usato per mettere in risalto un elemento che spicca rispetto alla massa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Particolarmente&lt;/strong&gt; viene usato per rimarcare un... ahem... particolare attributo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giocando con i tuoi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piace particolarmente Shostakovich, specialmente i suoi quartetti d'archi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero quel musicista ti piace molto, ma fra le sue opere ti piacciono soprattutto i quartetti d'archi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] specialmente il lugubre timbro del controfagotto mi sembra particolarmente misterioso e intrigante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero fra le tante caratteristiche di una sinfonia si individua qualcosa di speciale nel lugubre timbro del controfagotto, &lt;strong&gt;molto&lt;/strong&gt; misterioso e &lt;em&gt;intrigante&lt;/em&gt;. Per inciso condivido con egreg il commento su &lt;em&gt;intrigante&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente la confusione sta nel fatto che i domini semantici di &lt;em&gt;speciale&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;particolare&lt;/em&gt; sono molto simili se non uguali, ma gli avverbi &lt;em&gt;specialmente&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;particolarmente&lt;/em&gt; non sono completamente interscambiabili, almeno nella comune parlata italiana del 2016.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tornando alle tue frasi originali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono specialmente i quartetti d'archi di Shostakovich.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase sembra corretta, &lt;em&gt;specialmente&lt;/em&gt; se vuoi rimarcare che, fra tutte le opere del compositore o perfino fra tutte le opere di musica classica, proprio i suoi quartetti d'archi sono i tuoi preferiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacciono particolarmente i quartetti d'archi di Shostakovich.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'enfasi qui viene spostata leggermente sul fatto che i quartetti d'archi di Shostakovich ti piacciono proprio tanto, a prescindere dal resto del panorama musicale. Ma la frase, inserita in un particolare contesto, potrebbe anche avere lo stesso significato che se avessi usato &lt;em&gt;specialmente&lt;/em&gt; (es. &lt;em&gt;Ascolto spesso le sinfonie di Shostakovich, ma mi piacciono particolarmente i suoi quartetti d'archi&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il lugubre timbro del controfagotto mi sembra specialmente misterioso e intrigante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo e rileggendo questa frase, mi sembra che qualcosa non torni. Probabilmente la posizione dell'avverbio non corrisponde al suo significato: in quella posizione solo &lt;em&gt;particolarmente&lt;/em&gt; sembra avere davvero senso, mentre &lt;em&gt;specialmente&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere portato all'inizio della frase e riferirsi all'intero commento, come in uno dei miei esempi precedenti, in cui il timbro del controfagotto viene selezionato dal resto degli elementi in quanto &lt;em&gt;particolarmente speciale&lt;/em&gt; ;-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2529" LastEditorUserId="2529" LastEditDate="2016-06-01T20:13:12.520" LastActivityDate="2016-06-01T20:13:12.520" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7001" CreationDate="2016-06-02T09:51:17.723" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aggiungerei alla risposta di Benedetta che il plurale include la persona che sta parlando, come se fosse lei stessa coinvolta dall'affermazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato fonti a supporto, ma direi che è usato per &quot;mettersi sullo stesso piano&quot; della persona a cui si parla, appunto in senso paternalistico, come farebbe un genitore col figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="229" LastActivityDate="2016-06-02T09:51:17.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7034" CreationDate="2016-06-02T10:03:19.547" Score="3" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il fatto è che mio padre, Enrico Gassman, &lt;strong&gt;convogliava&lt;/strong&gt; l'idea del gigantesco in tutto, statura,  voce, collere, romantici abbandoni, tenerezze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul verbo &quot;convogliare&quot; in questo brano. Ho letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/convogliare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni di &quot;convogliare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ma non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi il significato del verbo &quot;convogliare&quot; nel brano precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-02T15:09:39.197" Title="Cosa significa &quot;convogliare&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7033" CreationDate="2016-06-02T15:09:39.197" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La terza accezione menzionata nel vocabolario Treccani si avvicina al significato di &quot;convogliare&quot; nella citazione di Gassman:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Trascinare con sé (riferito a corsi d’acqua): i torrenti convogliano materiali d’ogni specie.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così come un torrente trascina con sé materiali d'ogni specie, Enrico Gassman &quot;trascinava&quot;, in senso figurativo, l'idea del gigantesco in ogni suo gesto, atteggiamento, parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastActivityDate="2016-06-02T15:09:39.197" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7037" CreationDate="2016-06-03T00:49:06.977" Score="1" ViewCount="1288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some conditions have different response.&#xA;For example when someone dies we say condiliansa, when we welcome someone&#xA;we say bene venuti,&#xA;But when someone get a disease what do we say to him?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="134" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-03T09:53:54.623" LastActivityDate="2016-06-07T13:41:44.513" Title="What do we say to a person having an illness?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7036" CreationDate="2016-06-03T07:03:01.537" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;When someone dies we say &quot;condoglianze&quot; that means &quot;I am suffering with you.&quot;&#xA;When we welcome someone we say &quot;benvenuti&quot;.&#xA;When someone get a disease we say &quot;auguri di pronta guarigione&quot; or more simply &quot;tanti auguri&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="423" LastActivityDate="2016-06-03T07:03:01.537" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7038" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7040" CreationDate="2016-06-03T09:57:40.190" Score="2" ViewCount="617" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo fondo di religiosità mio padre lo mescolava a un forte senso del gioco e del cameratismo &lt;strong&gt;goliardico&lt;/strong&gt;: intratteneva rapporti di confidenza, più che di fede, con alcuni santi, gli era soprattutto «simpatico» il sant'Antonio di un'ala laterale della chiesa di San Camillo. E, attribuendogli doti particolari di lealtà e di fluido amicale, faceva con lui periodici patti od accordi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;goliardico&quot; nel brano precedente. Ho letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/goliardico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni di questo aggettivo nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire quale sia il suo senso in questo contesto. Vuol dire che il padre di Gassman considerava i santi come se fossero i suoi colleghi di studio all'università? Significa che trattava i santi in modo privo di serietà o perfino un po' irreverente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-03T12:51:12.967" Title="Cosa significa &quot;goliardico&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7038" CreationDate="2016-06-03T12:44:30.763" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che si possa trattare di un semplice slittamento semantico, una ricercatezza espressiva che ha consentito allo scrittore di esprimere bene quanto aveva intenzione di dire. Finché si tratta di esigenze letterarie le variazioni semantiche sono interessanti e ci sono esempi illustri tra i poeti dell'ermetismo. Altra cosa è quando lo slittamento diventa deriva, smottamento, frana e di esempi ne possiamo fare tanti; ad esempio, l'uso del termine &quot;clima&quot; per &quot;condizioni meteorologiche&quot;, errore commesso anche da giornalisti della TV i cui errori diventano linguaggio comune.&#xA;Per tornare alla domanda, alla quale non ho risposto, direi che la goliardia, l'esuberanza, l'entusiasmo di Gassman pervadeva ogni sua manifestazione vitale tra cui anche quella religiosa e quindi intratteneva rapporti &quot;goliardici&quot; anche con i santi. Non condivido questo atteggiamento religioso ma lo trovo simpatico e, comunque, innocuo; molto meglio di altre religiosità, che sono dannose, scure (altro slittamento), pervasive, costrittive, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="423" LastEditorUserId="423" LastEditDate="2016-06-03T12:51:12.967" LastActivityDate="2016-06-03T12:51:12.967" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7038" CreationDate="2016-06-03T12:44:46.267" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;goliardia&lt;/em&gt; è una tradizione all'interno delle università italiane in cui gli studenti si vestono con abiti &quot;medievali&quot; e prendono parte ad attività irriverenti, bizzarre e spesso volgari. Ad esempio la &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=video&amp;amp;cd=1&amp;amp;cad=rja&amp;amp;uact=8&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwijyOed8IvNAhVJVD4KHRiQCkUQtwIIHTAA&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DySvykCIeX34&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNHZNo16AWdbfoem-6cbH2Gj5yKLhA&amp;amp;sig2=sYgv6tqAiXmtM1Ga9w-0qQ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;seguente canzone (NSFW)&lt;/a&gt; è una canzone goliardica e il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aY_ahAUkNZE&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;seguente radiodramma (NSFW)&lt;/a&gt; è una rappresentazione di uno storico brano teatrale goliardico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il brano indica che il padre di Gassman aveva un rapporto molto familiare con i santi, al punto da far battute volgari mentre pregava (o forse è meglio dire chiaccherava) con loro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-06-03T12:44:46.267" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7041" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7042" CreationDate="2016-06-04T07:36:00.927" Score="4" ViewCount="380" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un articolo apparso ieri in un giornale di Barcellona afferma che Valentino Rossi ha rispolverato la &quot;teoria del biscotto&quot; riferendosi a qualche sorta di manipolazione delle corse da parte di Marc Márquez e Jorge Lorenzo. C'è scritto proprio così, &quot;teoria del biscotto&quot;, con la parola &quot;biscotto&quot; in italiano (&quot;teoria&quot; si scrive anche così in catalano). L'articolo però non spiega qual è il senso di questa espressione né perché si usa il termine &quot;biscotto&quot;. La mie domande sono: il vocabolo &quot;biscotto&quot; ha qualche significato figurato che possa avere senso in questa situazione? Qual è l'origine di questo uso di &quot;biscotto&quot;? Ho cercato questa parola in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla al riguardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T19:03:34.613" LastActivityDate="2017-11-05T19:03:34.613" Title="Cos'è la &quot;teoria del biscotto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7041" CreationDate="2016-06-04T09:08:11.160" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Biscotto&lt;/em&gt; è un vero o presunto accordo nel campo sportivo per ottenere vantaggi, anche a discapito di qualche altro concorrente. Trovi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilpost.it/2012/06/18/ma-perche-si-dice-biscotto/&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; una possibile spiegazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un famoso &lt;em&gt;biscotto&lt;/em&gt; fu preparato agli Europei di calcio del 2004: con un pareggio, Svezia e Danimarca si sarebbero qualificate, mentre la vittoria di una o dell'altra avrebbe qualificato l'Italia; finì due a due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il più recente avvenne all'ultima gara di MotoGP dello scorso campionato, quando Marc Márquez avrebbe potuto attaccare Jorge Lorenzo e, con la vittoria, togliergli i punti che avrebbero dato il titolo a Valentino Rossi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi non ci sono prove che l'accordo ci sia stato, ma la “teoria del biscotto” (cioè la teoria del complotto) è molto diffusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-06-04T09:08:11.160" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7047" CreationDate="2016-06-05T08:32:30.520" Score="2" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non soffrimmo mai la fame né il freddo, i miei vestiti spesso &lt;strong&gt;rivoltati&lt;/strong&gt; suggerivano un'involontaria eleganza démodée, ma non mi diedero mai il complesso vergognoso delle toppe. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso di &quot;vestiti rivoltati&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rivoltare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;rivoltare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ed ecco quello che ho trovato di riferente a vestiti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;r. la stoffa di un abito, r. una giacca, un cappotto&lt;/em&gt;, mettere al diritto, cioè esternamente, quello che prima era al rovescio, cioè all’interno (e che quindi si è conservato meglio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, questa definizione non sembra avere molto senso in questo contesto. Cosa ha a che vedere &quot;mettere al diritto un vestito che era al rovescio&quot; con avere &quot;un'eleganza démodée&quot;? Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;vestiti rivoltati&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-05T09:20:16.397" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rivoltati&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7046" CreationDate="2016-06-05T09:20:16.397" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un vestito consunto dall'uso poteva essere &lt;em&gt;rivoltato&lt;/em&gt;, cioè ricucito con l'interno all'esterno. Era molto comune farlo con i cappotti, in modo da prolungarne la durata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo svantaggio era che un vestito rivoltato si notava molto chiaramente, da qui probabilmente il &lt;em&gt;démodée&lt;/em&gt;: un uso comune un tempo, ma non più tra le classi elevate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-06-05T09:20:16.397" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7048" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-06T03:03:01.127" Score="5" ViewCount="406" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/6815/additional-meanings-of-se&quot;&gt;this discussion&lt;/a&gt; the conjuction &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; can have a causal function (rather than introducing a conditional clause) meaning that the sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;scusa se non ti piace il regalo&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;actually means “sorry that you don’t like the gift”, not “sorry if you don’t like the gift”. In other words, I know you don’t like the gift and I’m apologizing for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But suppose I want to say “sorry if you don’t like the gift” in Italian. In other words, I don’t know whether you’ll like the gift or not; if you don’t I apologize, if you do then all is well. Will the future tense work in this case? Or maybe the subjunctive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;scusa se non ti piacerà/piaccia il regalo (?)&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on my Google searches I’m not confident that either of these is right. It sounds even worse in the past tense: if&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;scusa se non ti è piaciuto il regalo&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;means “sorry that you didn’t like the gift”, then how would I say “sorry if you didn’t like the gift”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;scusa se non ti sarebbe/avesse piaciuto il regalo (??)&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2467" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-09-08T23:09:11.753" Title="Non-causal use of *se*" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7049" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7050" CreationDate="2016-06-06T06:51:55.080" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il primo di noi che osò parlare alla cartolaia «francese» (con scarso esito, suppongo) fu il ripetente Biagi. Aveva un anno, un anno e mezzo più di noi, era tarchiato e peloso, &lt;strong&gt;con grossi polsi sempre vanamente inseguiti dalle maniche&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di capire il significato dell'ultima frase di questo brano. &#xA;Il mio dubbio è se &quot;polso&quot; qui si riferisce alla parte terminale della manica oppure alla parte del corpo giusto sopra la mano. Tendo a pensare che il significato sia quest'ultimo, ma non ne sono sicura. La frase vuol dire che, essendo Biagi così corpulento, le maniche sempre gli andavano corte?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-06T07:09:53.283" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;polso&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7049" CreationDate="2016-06-06T07:09:53.283" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo proprio di sì anche perché, per definizione, il &quot;polso&quot; (nell'altra accezione) è sempre inseguito dalla manica e quindi non sarebbe necessario sottolineare questo aspetto, soprattutto alla luce della precedente descrizione fisica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastActivityDate="2016-06-06T07:09:53.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7051" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8234" CreationDate="2016-06-06T10:11:06.270" Score="4" ViewCount="1003" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Tampa” significa “buca” o “osteria” ed è un termine marcatamente piemontese, tanto che Riccardo Regis, nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/geosinonimi_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce “Geosinonimi” dell’&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell’italiano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; lo menziona fra gli esempi di “geosinonimi di rango dialettale, a volte difformi dal sistema fonomorfologico dell'italiano, con un'estensione d'uso e di notorietà locali”, contrapposti a quelli di rango nazionale o regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altronde Cesare Pavese lo usa in almeno due poesie per il resto in italiano standard: la giovanile “Il vino triste” (la prima di due omonime, a p. 306 dell’edizione einaudiana delle poesie), di cui riporto sotto i primi versi, e “Il tempo passa” in &lt;em&gt;Lavorare stanca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È un bel fatto che tutte le volte che siedo in un angolo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  d’una tampa a sorbire il grappino, ci sia il pederasta&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  o i bambini che strillano o il disoccupato&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  o una bella ragazza che passa di fuori,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tutti a rompermi il filo del fumo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno ha presente altri usi non dialettali, e possibilmente al di fuori del Piemonte, del termine “tampa”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-06T10:30:23.990" LastActivityDate="2017-05-14T21:13:06.333" Title="Sul termine “tampa”" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7052" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7054" CreationDate="2016-06-07T07:41:09.880" Score="0" ViewCount="295" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il primo di noi che osò parlare alla cartolaia «francese» (con scarso esito, suppongo) fu il ripetente Biagi. Aveva un anno, un anno e mezzo più di noi, era tarchiato e peloso, con grossi polsi sempre vanamente inseguiti dalle maniche. Era negato a tutte le materie, interrogato rispondeva spropositi comicissimi con il suo vocione roco. Ma esercitava su noi il forte fascino di un'esperienza non solo maggiore, ma anche più &lt;strong&gt;ruspante e grifagna&lt;/strong&gt;; fantasticavamo che avesse già avuto veri contatti con la donna, che sapesse tutto dei casini, dei preservativi e perfino dei segreti del &lt;em&gt;Kamasutra&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sugli aggettivi &quot;ruspante&quot; e &quot;grifagno&quot; in questo contesto. Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ruspante/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;ruspante&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;  e anche il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/grifagno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;grifagno&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Ho letto tutte le accezioni, ma non riesco a capire il senso di questi vocaboli nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-07T09:54:15.827" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;ruspante e grifagna&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7053" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-07T09:41:15.417" Score="3" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/americanata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Americanata&lt;/a&gt; è un sostantivo che si usa spesso col significato di: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;1905; (iron. o spreg.,)  cosa, azione o avvenimento caratterizzato da grandiosità ed esagerazione, secondo quello che si ritiene essere il gusto americano: &lt;em&gt;la sua festa di matrimonio è stata una vera americanata.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre pensato che il termine  avesse avuto origine con il cinema americano dove spesso si vedono azioni incredibili e volutamente esagerate, ma il De Mauro riporta come data  il 1905, ben prima della diffusione dell'industria cinematografica. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il periodo e soprattutto il contesto da cui l'espressione “americanata” ha avuto origine? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-07T09:58:50.437" LastActivityDate="2020-06-24T19:02:38.690" Title="Origine del concetto di americanata" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7052" CreationDate="2016-06-07T09:54:15.827" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il ripetente Biagi non solo è più grande dei suoi compagni di classe, ma ha un aspetto e un comportamento non usuali per dei ragazzini &quot;beneducati&quot; e che ancora non hanno avuto esperienze. Essere &lt;em&gt;ruspanti&lt;/em&gt; significa essere non raffinati, un po' grezzi, come riportato nel vocabolario Treccani. L'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;grifagno&lt;/em&gt;, invece, che è più usato per descrivere i tratti del viso, significa &lt;em&gt;rapace&lt;/em&gt;, quindi, di nuovo, non molto raffinato nei modi. Questi ragazzini immaginavano che Biagi non solo avesse già esperienze con le donne, ma anche che tali esperienze non fossero romantiche e sentimentali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-06-07T09:54:15.827" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7036" CreationDate="2016-06-07T13:41:44.513" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would not say &quot;tanti auguri&quot; to someone who is ill! That sounds weird.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would say: &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Guarisci presto!&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Rimettiti presto!&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; (2nd person singular, that is, for people you address with &quot;tu&quot;) / &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Guarisca presto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Si rimetta presto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; (3rd person singular, that is, for people you address with &quot;lei&quot;/&quot;signora&quot;/&quot;signore).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rimettersi&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;get better&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need to be very formal, like if you are writing a card to bring to someone who is in hospital or very ill, you can write: &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Auguri di pronta guarigione&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;. This is ok for people you address with &quot;tu&quot; and &quot;lei&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2016-06-07T13:41:44.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7056" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7057" CreationDate="2016-06-08T08:39:29.843" Score="2" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il 10 giugno del 1940, io e Luigi stavamo giocando in una pausa di studio. Era ancora una volta (fu l'ultima, ed era tempo, avevamo diciassette anni) il nostro gioco preferito, il &lt;strong&gt;refrain&lt;/strong&gt; simbolico del circuito. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcune pagine prima nel libro si spiega in cosa consisteva il gioco del &quot;circuito&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Finita la ceremonia, corsi a trovare un mio amico, giocai con lui tutto il pomeriggio a un nostro gioco usuale (il «circuito», con le fiches e i bottoni a simulare i campioni del ciclismo di allora), ma che quel giorno mi parve più reale e insieme più magico del solito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;refrain&quot; nel primo brano. Ho letto la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/refrain/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di questo vocabolo nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;refrain&quot; nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-07T16:44:15.830" LastActivityDate="2018-12-07T16:44:15.830" Title="Cosa significa &quot;refrain&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7056" CreationDate="2016-06-08T10:18:41.510" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/refrain.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Refrain&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(estens.) ritornello.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;penso si riferisca ad una cosa ripetuta, fatta abitualmente, come un ritornello. &#xA;Nel caso specifico si riferisce al solito gioco che veniva (ripetutamente) fatto tra i due amici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-06-08T10:18:41.510" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7048" CreationDate="2016-06-08T12:35:09.303" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In some cases you could just say &lt;em&gt;scusa se non ti piace il regalo&lt;/em&gt;; it can have both meanings, depending on context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to be more formal, you should use &lt;em&gt;scusa se non dovesse piacerti il regalo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2547" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2016-09-07T04:31:38.937" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T04:31:38.937" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7059" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7060" CreationDate="2016-06-09T10:04:47.843" Score="2" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alessandro è tutto sommato un contemporaneo, un essere storico. Come superarà la gimcana del quotidiano, gli esami di maturità (ancora!), gli orecchioni, &lt;strong&gt;lo scolo&lt;/strong&gt;, la droga, il rincoglionimento da televisione, la sua sterminata voglia di non fare un tubo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a immaginare quale possa essere il significato dello &quot;scolo&quot; in questo elenco di cose a superare da Alessandro, figlio di Vittorio Gassman. Ho letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scolo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni di questo vocabolo nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma nessuna sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare cosa vuol dire &quot;lo scolo&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-09T10:13:19.347" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;scolo&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7059" CreationDate="2016-06-09T10:13:19.347" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo proprio che Gassman si riferisca alla gonorrea, la malattia venerea che viene (o veniva) appunto chiamata popolarmente “scolo” (vedi l'ultima accezione riportata dal Treccani), fra i possibili problemi grandi e piccoli che potrebbero colpire il figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-06-09T10:13:19.347" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7061" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7062" CreationDate="2016-06-10T11:18:02.337" Score="0" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco un frammento di una lettera che Vittorio Gassman scrisse a un suo compagno quando stava studiando nella Accademia d'arte drammatica. Il testo appare nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il prossimo anno non giocherò più. Non che io senta stanchezze o logorii; le gambe rispondono, scattano, «sanno» tutto del gioco. Sanno troppo, ecco il punto; non c'è più mistero, la bambola è sventrata, i congegni svelati. Gioco via via con sempre meno curiosità per l'evento puramente atletico, spio nelle sollecitazioni muscolari, nelle tattiche e nelle combinazioni il ponte analogico con &lt;strong&gt;l'agone teatrale&lt;/strong&gt; che ci ha ormai definitivamente ammaliati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano si riferisce al gioco della pallacanestro, praticato da Gassman quando era giovane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a cogliere il senso dell'espressione &quot;agone teatrale&quot; nel brano precedente. Ho letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/agone1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni del vocabolo &quot;agone&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma continuo a non capire bene il significato. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-10T19:34:40.893" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;agone&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7061" CreationDate="2016-06-10T19:34:40.893" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vedi l'&lt;em&gt;agone teatrale&lt;/em&gt; come &lt;em&gt;la sfida di mostrarsi sul palcoscenico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica la similitudine è fra la sfida atletica e quella teatrale, la prima ormai priva di interesse e la seconda molto più viva nel pensiero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2016-06-10T19:34:40.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7063" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-11T10:43:47.590" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; 1943. Lo stato di guerra cominciò a &lt;strong&gt;scozzonare&lt;/strong&gt; il nostro gruppo. Primo a partire fu uno degli amici non attori, Umberto, fiera natura di giramondo, striata di profumi rimbaldini. Partì infatti quasi contento, per il fronte africano, dove fu subito fatto prigioniero dagli inglesi e trascorse un paio d'anni dietro il filo spinato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;scozzonare&quot; in questo brano. Ho letto le due &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scozzonare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni che appaiono nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di questo verbo nel testo sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-18T20:45:41.290" Title="Cosa significa &quot;scozzonare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7063" CreationDate="2016-06-11T13:19:45.263" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso si riferisca al senso figurato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scozzonare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Il significato della frase è che lo stato di guerra cominciò insegnare  , far apprendere al gruppo di amici sia come  combattere ma anche come   crescere per affrontare l'aspetto più duro della vita: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In senso fig., &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;far apprendere i primi elementi di una disciplina, di un’arte, di un mestiere; rendere più esperto e capace; far diventare meno rozzo e impacciato:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ho mandato mio figlio da un mio amico pittore perché lo scozzoni nella tecnica dei colori; gli apprendisti, prima di lasciarli lavorare da soli, vanno un po’ scozzonati; volgarizzamenti, che tanto conferirono a s. la favella e scaltrirla (Carducci).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Btw (Il termine è molto raro) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-06-11T13:19:45.263" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7065" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7162" CreationDate="2016-06-13T06:15:09.310" Score="0" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  1943. Lo stato di guerra cominciò a scozzonare il nostro gruppo. Primo a partire fu uno degli amici non attori, Umberto, fiera natura di giramondo, striata di profumi &lt;strong&gt;rimbaldini&lt;/strong&gt;. Partì infatti quasi contento, per il fronte africano, dove fu subito fatto prigioniero dagli inglesi e trascorse un paio d'anni dietro il filo spinato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;rimbaldino&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Si riferisce forse a qualche personaggio di cognome Rimbaldo o Rimbaldi? Sapreste dirmi a quale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-13T10:17:15.873" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T13:12:35.620" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rimbaldino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7066" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7068" CreationDate="2016-06-14T08:48:48.527" Score="1" ViewCount="372" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo una mezz'ora che mi stavo arrabattando con le fasce, si formò intorno a me un capannello di volti assorti: mi guardavano come un animale di specie sconosciuta; qualche anima pietosa mi rivelò la chiave dell'operazione, il movimento elicoidale da dare alle fasce, la proporzione dei &lt;strong&gt;riporti&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase si riferisce all'uniforme militare che doveva indossare Gassman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riporto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;riporto&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a capirne il significato in questa frase. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-10-17T10:23:54.140" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;riporto&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7066" CreationDate="2016-06-14T09:16:28.653" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premesso che la frase mi è molto oscura, un possibile significato di &quot;riporto&quot; in questo contesto potrebbe essere quello di un ripiego di stoffa sulle maniche, come quello che c'è alla fine dei jeans, in cui l'orlo viene ripiegato e cucito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastActivityDate="2016-06-14T09:16:28.653" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7066" CreationDate="2016-06-14T19:04:21.377" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Le fasce&quot; normalmente si riferisce alle &lt;em&gt;fasce mollettiere&lt;/em&gt;. Nel nostro esercito i modi di avvolgerle erano due a seconda del corpo di appartenenza: a spirale semplice o a spina di pesce. In entrambi i modi si partiva dal ginocchio e scendeva alla caviglia per poi risalire al ginocchio. In pratica, una volta alla caviglia si deve essere a meta' della lunghezza. Se i sormonti dei vari giri (riporti) non erano fatti come si deve il soldato finiva corto prima del ginocchio o troppo lungo con un avanzo di fascia, se cercava di recuperare qualche errore mentre avvolgeva, l'aspetto delle fasce risultava disordinato. Hanno visto pure un evoluzione tra le due guerre con quelle della prima guerra più diritte ed il modello adottato in seguito (mod.29) era sagomato e più largo in centro che alle estremità e laccetti ai due capi  Probabilmente uno degli elementi dell'uniforme più maledetti da ogni soldato obbligato ad usarle (e la fonte di questo è mio padre che se le ritrovò all'addestramento di base nel nostro disastrato esercito del dopoguerra)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: anche eserciti di altre nazionalità usavano le fasce ma i regolamenti in proposito ed il metodo di avvolgerle non sono gli stessi per tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/52O31.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/52O31.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-06-15T19:42:53.060" LastActivityDate="2016-06-15T19:42:53.060" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7069" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7072" CreationDate="2016-06-15T01:38:13.523" Score="3" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;The Chicago Manual of Style&lt;/i&gt; is one of the oldest and most comprehensive English style guides. It's well-respected and widely used in the publishing industry, covering the areas of copy editing, grammar and typesetting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be the closest equivalent for Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bonus points if you can offer some insider info on what other sources typographers and editors think highly of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, what are some book, magazine or journal publishers that are known to pay special attention to good typography and typesetting?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2564" LastActivityDate="2016-06-15T14:48:12.520" Title="What is the Italian equivalent of The Chicago Manual of Style?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;writing&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7074" CreationDate="2016-06-15T06:07:55.073" Score="0" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quel che mi salvò dagli arresti perpetui fu la mia riputazione di cestista, il tenente Ruggiero mi affidò l'istruzione della squadra della compagnia. Compagnia o plotone? forse reggimento? che cosa comanda un tenente? Non lo sapevo e non lo seppi mai, come mai arrvai a distinguere i &lt;strong&gt;filetti&lt;/strong&gt; dalle losanghe, i maggiori dai colonnelli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado aver letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/filetto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;non capisco cosa intenda l'autore per &quot;filetti&quot; in questo brano né perché li paragoni alle losanghe. Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;filetti&quot; nel testo precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-16T15:08:55.993" LastActivityDate="2016-06-16T15:47:51.243" Title="Cosa significa &quot;filetto&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7069" CreationDate="2016-06-15T06:36:59.060" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Regarding grammar and style, there is a well reputed institution, named &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;url=http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj5nr2DtanNAhUExRQKHRNAAUYQFggcMAA&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNG5uOkt0pKz5E7JyLGFrAD445LHNQ&amp;amp;sig2=S7ClMX6YSxyCr12bF5eMkA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &#xA;which serves as main reference on the Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They have a number of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/pubblicazioni/collane&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;publications&lt;/a&gt; which could be what you look for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="229" LastActivityDate="2016-06-15T06:36:59.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7069" CreationDate="2016-06-15T14:48:12.520" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure there is a single Italian style guide accepted or used by all or most in the publishing industry (I am not sure this is the case for English either, at least if we consider together AmE and BrE). Most publishers have their own &lt;em&gt;Norme editoriali&lt;/em&gt;, especially for such stuff as punctuation, dialogues, several types of inverted commas, abbreviations, use of foreign words, upper and lower cases, and also actual linguistic issues.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;A well-thought, publicly available example of such norms is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.internazionale.it/dalla_redazione/2015/06/25/libro-stile-internazionale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;libro di stile&lt;/em&gt; of the magazine &lt;em&gt;Internazionale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For what concerns language in itself, there are several excellent grammars and reference works: one of the most complete and well-regarded is perhaps &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Luca Serianni (with Alberto Castelvecchi) published both by UTET and Garzanti (and mentioned as a reference by the above-mentioned &lt;em&gt;Internazionale&lt;/em&gt;). In everyday publishing practice, resorting to Serianni is often useful to settle disagreements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As regards editing and typesetting (and conventions about everything from internal divisions of the text to relevant ISO norms), a good and widespread reference is &lt;em&gt;Il nuovo manuale di stile&lt;/em&gt; by Roberto Lesina, published by Zanichelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-06-15T14:48:12.520" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7015" CreationDate="2016-06-15T15:59:17.387" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa &quot;degni di nota&quot; o in altri termini &quot;che meritano di essere ricordati&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio esaurire il tema di mia sorella, si tratta in tutto di due o tre episodi &lt;strong&gt;degni di nota / che meritano di essere ricordati&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota a margine: in gergo informatico, &quot;storicizzare&quot; significa &quot;archiviare&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="227" LastActivityDate="2016-06-15T15:59:17.387" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7070" CreationDate="2016-06-15T21:20:02.970" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si parla dei gradi militari, per esempio vedi il grado di colonnello nel paramano in foto (questi credo fossero ancora usati ai tempi di Gassman):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/37nM3.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/37nM3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trovi il gallone con 3 filetti, il più alto forma l'occhiello (per essere precisi la losanga vera e propria appartiene all'Aeronautica&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/GFBXF.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/GFBXF.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;... la Marina ha il giro di bitta &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/NMoDh.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/NMoDh.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ed il colonnello si chiama capitano di vascello).&#xA;Il tenente colonnello ha due filetti ed il maggiore ne ha uno solo. Poi togli il doppio binario e ricominci la tiritera per gli ufficiali inferiori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La terminologia cambia con gli anni, credo che sia dopo il suo periodo comunque, i gradi al paramano spariscono ad alcuni livelli, i filetti diventano binari ed il filetto diventa quello che separa i galloni dei gradi più bassi dove il colore del filetto ha un suo significato.&#xA;Quindi se prendi un sergente hai un gallone dorato separato da filetti neri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Rhcpj.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Rhcpj.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  (nella foto è un sergente maggiore: due filetti neri)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando io ero militare i gradi li facevano imparare tutti, indipendentemente dal corpo di appartenenza, e quindi sapevi cosa era la losanga, l'occhiello, il binario, ecc. Quello che Gassman intende è che non si è mai preso la briga di imparare niente a riguardo i gradi: né terminologia né il distinguere un grado dall'altro, quindi non sapeva che differenza c'era tra filetti e losanghe o tra un maggiore ed un colonnello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: per un po' di teatralità sta esagerando, ovviamente sa cosa è una losanga in generale e non ci si mette tanto a capire cosa è guardando i gradi militari, pure se uno se ne frega altamente basta essere militare un pochino per cominciare a riconoscere i gradi visto che li vedi continuamente ed ovviamente saprà che un tenente non comanda un reggimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-06-16T15:47:51.243" LastActivityDate="2016-06-16T15:47:51.243" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7077" CreationDate="2016-06-16T06:56:15.583" Score="0" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aveva letture raffinate, viaggiava molto, la sua imponente genealogia teatrale (figlia di Margherita Bagni, nipote di Ermete Zacconi) ne faceva la &lt;strong&gt;coccola&lt;/strong&gt; del mondo delle scene, l'autorizzava a darsi del tu con Laura Adani, Giulio Stival, la Maltagliati!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il testo si riferisce a Nora Ricci, compagna d'accademia di Gassman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco qual è il senso di &quot;coccola&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può significare una carezza o un gesto di tenerezza o affettuosità, ma questo non sembra avere senso nel testo precedente. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: cosa vuol dire &quot;coccola&quot; nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-16T10:13:26.603" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;coccola&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7075" CreationDate="2016-06-16T07:57:15.917" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;È ovviamente una metafora. Nora Ricci era appartenente a una &quot;imponente genealogia teatrale&quot;, un fatto ben conosciuto dai compagni artisti... Tenendo conto dell'appartenenza familiare, lei &quot;scivolava&quot; con tale dimestichezza nel mondo delle scene quasi come una carezza, una coccola... Questo si riconferma anche con la frase &quot;...l'autorizzava a darsi del tu con Laura Adani, Giulio Stival, la Maltagliati!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="139" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-16T08:13:14.750" LastActivityDate="2016-06-16T08:13:14.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7075" CreationDate="2016-06-16T10:13:26.603" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;coccola&lt;/em&gt; è come dire, in modo colloquiale, la &lt;em&gt;coccolata&lt;/em&gt;, la &lt;em&gt;vezzeggiata&lt;/em&gt;. Il sostantivo che indica il gesto, dunque, passa a significare una persona che riceve quel gesto. Un altro modo per dire &lt;em&gt;coccola&lt;/em&gt; secondo questo significato è &lt;em&gt;cocca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-06-16T10:13:26.603" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7103" CreationDate="2016-06-16T14:28:12.060" Score="2" ViewCount="2946" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa &quot;tornare sui propri passi&quot;? Significa per caso tornare indietro su un tracciato di scelte organizzate a labirinto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-16T17:20:41.690" LastActivityDate="2016-06-23T10:20:29.140" Title="Tornare sui propri passi" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7078" CreationDate="2016-06-17T07:58:52.433" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nessun bisogno di pensare a labirinti o a percorsi tortuosi... immagina di ripercorrere a ritroso le orme che hai lasciato sulla sabbia di una spiaggia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel senso metaforico significa &lt;em&gt;rivedere le proprie scelte&lt;/em&gt;, cambiare il modo di pensare o di affrontare un problema o, anche, la vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1795" LastActivityDate="2016-06-17T07:58:52.433" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7082" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-17T08:51:35.133" Score="3" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci sono altri modi di dire &amp;quot;chiusura tra virgolette&amp;quot; in italiano corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ero sicuro che &amp;quot;racchiudimento tra virgolette&amp;quot; fosse uno ma pare proprio di no (&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/7081/racchiudimento&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &amp;quot;quotare&amp;quot; mi pare sia meglio lasciarlo fuori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Edit:&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solo a titolo informativo, in questo momento l'espressione mi serve in un contesto di programmazione software: ho messo delle virgolette attorno a una parte di codice e deve esprimere in modo sufficientemente chiaro che sono stati messi proprio dei caratteri di virgolette.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Pertanto sono meno interessato a espressioni ambigue.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;La domanda però rimane generica, rischio di far restar fuori cose interessanti se la limito con un soggettivo &amp;quot;preciso&amp;quot;; vi avverto solo, giusto perchè non ci restiate male, che mostrerò meno entusiasmo per le proposte equivocabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per domande del genere mi pare sia giusto accettare una risposta (magari wiki) con un elenco completo, probabilmente fra qualche giorno; nel frattempo darò solo upvote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2569" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-06-17T10:51:14.400" Title="Alternative a &quot;chiusura tra virgolette&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7082" CreationDate="2016-06-17T09:10:03.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You may use the verb &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/virgolettare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;virgolettare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Racchiudere un testo tra virgolette: &lt;em&gt;virgolettare una parola straniera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from which: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/virgolettato.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;virgolettato&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• agg. Inserito tra virgolette&#xA;  • s.m. Testo inserito tra virgolette&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-17T09:23:13.120" LastActivityDate="2016-06-17T09:23:13.120" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7084" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7085" CreationDate="2016-06-18T08:22:05.250" Score="0" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non c'era un'anima per le strade, noi stavamo asserragliati in casa Formosa, temendo una retata, spiando dalle finestre i movimenti dei tedeschi, che si erano arroccati nel cortile della scuola Giulio Cesare, assiepandola di mortai e mitragliatrici. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Quando, ecco, dal portoncino del numero 43, vedemmo uscire, con la sigaretta spenta in bocca, la sagoma allampanata di Alberto Arbicone, uno dei decani del &lt;strong&gt;muretto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado aver letto tutte le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/muro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;accezioni di &quot;muro&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;muretto&quot; in questo brano. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-18T13:20:44.707" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;muretto&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7084" CreationDate="2016-06-18T11:24:22.917" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il vezzeggiativo &lt;em&gt;muretto&lt;/em&gt; è usato spesso per indicare un muro usato come luogo di ritrovo da un gruppo di giovani; spesso si tratta di un muro abbastanza basso da potercisi sedere sopra. Per esempio, una serie televisiva degli anni '90 era chiamata &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/I_ragazzi_del_muretto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I ragazzi del muretto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2016-06-18T13:20:44.707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-18T13:20:44.707" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7063" CreationDate="2016-06-18T20:45:41.290" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto mi sembra plausibile che Gassman si sia confuso fra due verbi simili, &quot;scozzare&quot; e &quot;scozzonare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scozzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Scozzare&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (un mazzo di carte) vale &lt;em&gt;rimescolare&lt;/em&gt;, generalmente prelevandone le estremità (i &lt;em&gt;cozzi&lt;/em&gt;) e reinserendole nel mezzo, o &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=scozzare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;prelevandone i singoli semi&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La guerra dunque non scozzona, ma &lt;em&gt;scozza&lt;/em&gt; il gruppo togliendone alcuni elementi e forse rimescolando gli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-06-18T20:45:41.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7087" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7088" CreationDate="2016-06-19T14:58:51.190" Score="4" ViewCount="789" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm training my dog by giving commands in Italian and wondering is there any specific word to tell a dog to drop something from a mouth. I believe both &quot;cadere&quot; or &quot;scendere&quot; could be used but I'm wondering is there a common &quot;doggy&quot; word for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And sorry for quite vague tag as I have no reputation to create specific one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2573" LastActivityDate="2016-06-23T17:50:45.730" Title="Dog command to drop in Italian" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7087" CreationDate="2016-06-19T15:29:40.933" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Best word is &quot;lascia&quot; from verb &quot;lasciare&quot;, as you can see from lots of websites (for instance, &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.m.wikihow.com/Insegnare-il-%22Lascia%22-al-tuo-Cane&quot;&gt;http://it.m.wikihow.com/Insegnare-il-%22Lascia%22-al-tuo-Cane&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.cani.it/magazine/comando-lascia/n271.html&quot;&gt;https://www.cani.it/magazine/comando-lascia/n271.html&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zampefelici.it/insegnare-al-cane-lasciare/&quot;&gt;http://www.zampefelici.it/insegnare-al-cane-lasciare/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2574" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-19T16:31:44.283" LastActivityDate="2016-06-19T16:31:44.283" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7089" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-20T08:31:49.810" Score="1" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste una parola che esprima il concetto di &quot;architettato alla perfezione&quot;, &quot;matematicamente studiato&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2575" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-20T11:01:14.440" LastActivityDate="2016-06-29T21:37:15.087" Title="Come posso sintetizzare questo concetto con una sola parola?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7090" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-20T11:14:50.907" Score="3" ViewCount="3285" Body="&lt;p&gt;This sentence is in my coursebook: &quot;Permette agli italiani di vivere una o due settimane &lt;strong&gt;a contatto&lt;/strong&gt; con la natura e di riscoprire piaceri perduti della vita in campagna.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Is it the same as &lt;strong&gt;in contatto&lt;/strong&gt;, because I can't find it in the dictionary? Is there a difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-20T11:46:16.477" LastActivityDate="2016-06-21T08:06:24.257" Title="A contatto o in contatto?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7090" CreationDate="2016-06-20T11:40:37.393" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this context no, I don't think there is any real difference. I find that &lt;strong&gt;I&lt;/strong&gt; feel more comfortable using &lt;em&gt;a contatto&lt;/em&gt; when referring to a physical contact (&lt;em&gt;stiamo a contatto&lt;/em&gt; = we are touching) and &lt;em&gt;in contatto&lt;/em&gt; when referring to a metaphorical one (&lt;em&gt;stiamo in contatto&lt;/em&gt; = we hear from one another).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;em&gt;a contatto con la natura&lt;/em&gt; conveys &lt;strong&gt;to me&lt;/strong&gt; an idea of greater intimacy with Nature. But I have no official source for this, except my Tuscan origins :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would use &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; if the &quot;contact&quot; is the means through which something works - e.g. &lt;em&gt;lenti a contatto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;azione a contatto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;interruttore a contatto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;BTW -- I think it's a typo, but just in case, country is &lt;em&gt;campagna&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;campagma&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-06-20T11:40:37.393" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7093" CreationDate="2016-06-20T16:19:05.190" Score="2" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Nino», disse il gran tragico, dopo una pausa interminabile, estraendo il suo famoso &lt;strong&gt;tono di testa&lt;/strong&gt;, che l'inflessione toscana tinteggiava di disinvoltura, «Nino, che succede? La ragazza è addolorata, parla di piantarti.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;tono di testa&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato se c'era qualcosa al riguardo nelle voci &quot;tono&quot; e &quot;testa&quot; del vocabolario Treccani, ma non ho trovato nulla. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;tono di testa&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;il gran tragico&quot; in questo brano è l'attore Renzo Ricci, suocero in quel momento di Vittorio Gassman. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-20T16:59:33.620" LastActivityDate="2016-06-20T17:47:36.530" Title="Cos'è il &quot;tono di testa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7092" CreationDate="2016-06-20T16:30:11.613" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si riferisce al modo di impostare il registro vocale: &quot;tono, timbro, o voce di testa&quot; (di petto, di gola, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo avviene sia nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dedalart.com/syllabus/voce.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;recitativo&lt;/a&gt; (che è il caso che ci interessa qui) che nel canto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A seconda del modo in cui la voce viene prodotta si possono&#xA;  distinguere diversi tipi di emissione: infatti tra la voce di petto e&#xA;  quella di falsetto esistono varie emissioni intermedie che sfruttano&#xA;  prevalentemente il registro di petto per i suoni gravi e quello di&#xA;  testa per le note acute.&#xA;                                     &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canto_(musica)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canto_(musica)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I diversi registri della voce, tra i quali quello di testa, si possono spiegare così (si parla di canto, ma è la stessa tecnica nel teatro):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I registri della voce assumono denominazione diversa a seconda della parte del corpo che entra in risonanza durante il canto. La vibrazione delle corde vocali sarebbe inavvertibile senza un elemento che la facesse risuonare. Se risuona la cassa toracica o almeno il mediastino, in particolare durante l'esecuzione di note di frequenza bassa, la voce si dice in registro di petto; se risuona, per note maggiormente acute, solo nella gola, si dice in registro di gola (e viene evitata assolutamente durante il canto perché produce un suono debole, stridulo e poco gradevole); se risuona in testa sfruttandone le cavità (compresi i seni nasali e frontali), durante l'esecuzione di note molto acute, si dice in &lt;strong&gt;registro di testa&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tecnica_del_canto#I_registri_della_voce&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tecnica_del_canto#I_registri_della_voce&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-20T17:47:36.530" LastActivityDate="2016-06-20T17:47:36.530" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7090" CreationDate="2016-06-21T07:38:55.420" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;in contatto&lt;/em&gt; is used to describe relations between two or more human beings. &lt;em&gt;a contatto&lt;/em&gt; is used to describe the relation with inanimate objects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;in contatto&lt;/em&gt; is used in friendly context, or in a direct relation between two people. It is often used in colloquial dialogues and involves direct talking.&#xA;Ex: &lt;em&gt;teniamoci in contatto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rimaniamo in contatto&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;A contatto&lt;/em&gt; is referred to objects or to indefinite groups of people. It is often used to describe in a non direct way, the role of a relation between people. Then, using this expression, the relation is always indefinite and doesn't specify that talking is involved.&#xA;Ex: &quot;A contatto con il pubblico&quot;, &quot;a contatto con il cliente&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2578" LastEditorUserId="2578" LastEditDate="2016-06-21T08:06:24.257" LastActivityDate="2016-06-21T08:06:24.257" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11528" CreationDate="2016-06-21T15:25:37.513" Score="1" ViewCount="498" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ne vennero fuori caratteri melodrammaticamente spartiti fra il buono e il malvagio: di me ho detto, non c'era scena in cui non &lt;strong&gt;cachinnassi&lt;/strong&gt; intento a qualche nuova vassallata, mordicchiando sadicamente dei fili di paglia o frustando le mie fidanzate con la cinghia;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con queste parole, Gassman descrive il suo ruolo nel film &lt;em&gt;Riso amaro&lt;/em&gt;. Non capisco il significato di &quot;cachinnare&quot; nel brano precedente. Questo verbo non appare nel vocabolario Treccani, ma si trova invece la definizione del termine &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cachinno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;cachinno&lt;/a&gt;&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;s. m. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;cachinnus&lt;/em&gt;], letter. – Scroscio di risa sguaiate, soprattutto per beffa: &lt;em&gt;«lo tuo riso sia sanza cachinno», cioè sanza schiamazzare come gallina&lt;/em&gt; (Dante).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dedurre che il senso di &quot;cachinnare&quot; è quello di ridere smodatamente facendo beffa di qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-03T09:44:44.827" Title="&quot;Cachinnare&quot; significa ridere per beffa?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7096" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-21T23:12:32.780" Score="1" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering what the meaning/function of 'per' is in the above sentence. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would the difference be between:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per mangio, ma non ingrasso&lt;br&gt;Vs.&lt;br&gt;Mangio, ma non ingrasso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2016-06-22T06:30:30.307" Title="Per mangiare/per mangio, ma non ingrasso" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7097" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-21T23:58:26.153" Score="3" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are these uses of prepositions interchangeable in the above example, or do they have different emphasis/meanings/uses?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2016-06-22T10:35:58.057" Title="Dietro di me vs. dietro a me" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7096" CreationDate="2016-06-22T06:30:30.307" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Per mangio, ma non ingrasso&lt;/em&gt; is not an Italian sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mangio, ma non ingrasso&lt;/em&gt; is correct, and means “I eat [and it is probably implied that I eat whenever and whatever I want], but I don't grow fat”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you had in mind something like &lt;em&gt;Per mangiare mangio, ma non ingrasso&lt;/em&gt;, which would simply mean “As to eating, I do eat, but I don't grow fat”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-06-22T06:30:30.307" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7102" CreationDate="2016-06-22T10:30:42.377" Score="2" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con Silvana ci fu un flirtarello, nelle lunghe sere di accampamento fra gli acquitrini, tormentate da nuvole di zanzare, &lt;strong&gt;tempate&lt;/strong&gt; dagli strdii dei grilli e delle ranocchie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;tempate&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato &quot;tempato&quot; e &quot;tempare&quot;, ma non ho trovato niente nei dizionari che ho consultato. Mi sapreste spiegare qual è il significato di questo termine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-22T13:40:11.953" Title="Cosa significa &quot;tempate&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7097" CreationDate="2016-06-22T10:35:58.057" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &quot;dietro a&quot; for verbs that indicate movement, like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare: go&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;correre: run&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;camminare: walk&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io cammino dietro a Luigi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use &quot;dietro di&quot; when it precedes a pronoun:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io corro dietro di te&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Remember that &quot;dietro a&quot; is more literary, for example Dante used it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Vien dietro a me, e lascia dir le genti&quot; (Purgatory)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2551" LastActivityDate="2016-06-22T10:35:58.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7100" CreationDate="2016-06-22T13:40:11.953" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che &lt;em&gt;tempate&lt;/em&gt; sia da considerare in questo contesto un sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;ritmate&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Lo deduco dal fatto che tempo e ritmo sono sinonimi in molti casi e gli strdii dei grilli e delle ranocchie sono suoni ritmici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certamente la parola non ha questo significato nell'italiano corrente, ma il senso in questa frase è chiaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-06-22T13:40:11.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7078" CreationDate="2016-06-23T09:36:34.283" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dopo aver fatto una serie di scelte ed essersi accorti che non portavano da nessuna parte, &quot;tornare sui propri passi&quot; indica metaforicamente il tentativo di cambiamento a posteriori di queste scelte ritornando indietro nella fase di scelta iniziale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2587" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-23T10:20:29.140" LastActivityDate="2016-06-23T10:20:29.140" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7104" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-23T11:26:57.023" Score="0" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Durante la serata, E. mi svela candida i piccoli segreti del retropalco; tutte le ragazze si erano accorte del mio &lt;strong&gt;appostamento&lt;/strong&gt;, e facevano scommesse su chi sarebbe stata la destinataria del bigliettino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un brano precedente a questo che penso possa aiutare a capire il contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sta lì sul palcoscenico, in uno stuolo di soubrettine in puntino, nella rivista &lt;em&gt;Paradiso per tutti&lt;/em&gt; con Ugo Tognazzi. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Io penso: «Che titolo azzeccato!» e giro fra le mani il bigliettino da visita già pronto per l'invito dopo lo spettacolo. È l'uso di quegli anni;  si va alla rivista come cani da punta, sulla segnalazione di qualche amico affezionato al genere.  «Va' al Valle. C'è la Masiero che è uno spettacolo, una triestina da svenire, una brunetta da capogiro, Flora Lillo. Poi c'è una polacca...» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; A chi lo mando, ora, il bigliettino? Quando E. fa il numero (immancabile) delle polinesiane, sciolgo ogni dubbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco molto bene il senso di &quot;appostamento&quot; nel primo brano. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/appostamento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che significa &quot;l'appostarsi&quot; o il &quot;luogo dove ci si apposta&quot; e, dalla voce &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/appostare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;appostare&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, apprendo che tale verbo vuol dire &quot;fare la posta a qualcuno&quot;. Ignoro però il significato di quest'ultima espressione: non appare nella voce &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/posta/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;posta&lt;/a&gt;&quot; di questo dizionario. Nel Sabatini Coletti ho trovato che &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/posta.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fare la posta a qualcuno&lt;/a&gt;&quot; significa &quot;attenderlo al varco&quot;, ma anche questa espressione mi è sconosciuta. Alla voce &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/varco.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;varco&lt;/a&gt;&quot; ho visto che può significare &quot;stare in agguato per coglierlo di sorpresa&quot;. Tuttavia, continuo a non capire del tutto bene il senso di &quot;appostamento&quot; nel brano sopra citato: che Gassman volesse cogliere qualche ragazza di sorpresa sembra contradirsi con l'affermazione che &quot;tutte le ragazze si erano accorte&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;appostamento&quot; nel primo brano che ho riportato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-23T18:13:12.407" LastActivityDate="2016-06-25T17:58:32.927" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;appostamento&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7087" CreationDate="2016-06-23T17:50:45.730" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Remember your dog does not speak Italian or English for that matter; the meaning of the word you use is more important to you than your dog.  Just be consistent with the word and visual cue you use for the action you want the dog to take.  I would consider give me, (Mi dia) with the emphasis on “dia” and point with my off hand, left if right handed, to the ground in front of my feet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="665" LastActivityDate="2016-06-23T17:50:45.730" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7117" CreationDate="2016-06-24T07:21:12.297" Score="2" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ero lì ogni sera in prima fila, a godermi la vista di quel corpo grande e caldo che si muoveva seminudo sotto le luci &lt;strong&gt;effettate&lt;/strong&gt;, esposto all'ammirazione di tutti eppure mio, tutto mio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'aggettivo &quot;effettato&quot; in questo brano: le definizioni che ho trovato in alcuni dizionari fanno tutte riferimento allo sport. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T19:26:43.523" Title="Cosa significa &quot;effettato&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7107" CreationDate="2016-06-24T10:57:40.393" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine viene usato principalmente in campo sportivo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(SPORT Di colpo, tiro, traiettoria,) a effetto, eseguito con effetto: &lt;em&gt;un tiro imprendibile perché effettato.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hoepli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nel contesto del brano penso si riferisca alla direzione, alla traiettoria delle luci, predisposte per creare un effetto di maggiore visibilità, di migliore esposizione allo sguardo degli altri. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-24T21:31:50.343" LastActivityDate="2016-06-24T21:31:50.343" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7109" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7112" CreationDate="2016-06-24T13:04:09.247" Score="1" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa &quot;mettere in cassa integrazione&quot;? Queste parole mi ricordano di una cassaforte, e non capisco che senso abbia la parola &quot;integrare&quot; in questo contesto. Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T14:44:02.983" Title="Cosa significa &quot;mettere in cassa integrazione&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7111" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-25T09:34:21.497" Score="3" ViewCount="2763" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto questo dubbio mentre scrivevo un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/7108&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;. So che in una proposizione subordinata dipendente del verbo &quot;pensare&quot; per esprimere un'opinione, in genere si deve usare il congiuntivo. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso che sia una buona risposta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio è su come si deve trasformare il tempo verbale in questa frase se voglio introdurre una proposizione per indicare una condizione dalla quale dipende il fatto che io pensi che la risposta sia buona. Nel commento che ho scritto nel post, ho usato il congiuntivo imperfetto nella condizionale (ipotesi possibile nel futuro) e il condizionale presente invece del congiuntivo presente nella proposizione reggente, ma non sono sicura che questo sia corretto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso che, se inserissi il contenuto del commento di @DaG nel tuo post, sarebbe una buona risposta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T13:13:16.977" Title="Inserimento di una proposizione condizionale in una frase con &quot;penso che&quot;: come si deve cambiare il tempo verbale?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7109" CreationDate="2016-06-25T16:45:13.200" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il nome completo è &lt;strong&gt;Cassa Integrazione Guadagni&lt;/strong&gt; (salari).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia ha tutta la spiegazione del funzionamento nelle varie lingue e rimando a quella per i dettagli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sostanzialmente è un fondo che permette ai lavoratori che sono in condizione di orario ridotto, o lasciati a casa, perché la loro ditta si trova in difficoltà economiche, di ricevere una sovvenzione da parte dello stato che va ad &quot;integrare&quot; (ad aggiungersi) il loro stipendio ridotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per un chiarimento delle parole &quot;cassa&quot;,&quot;integrazione&quot; e &quot;guadagni&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;da &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/cassa.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/cassa.php&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cassa&lt;/strong&gt; [càs-sa] s.f.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt; ECON Istituzione finanziaria pubblica creata per vari scopi, spec. previdenziali: &lt;em&gt;c. assistenza malattie; c. assistenza infortuni&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  || Istituto bancario o finanziario: *c. di risparmio, c. artigiana&#xA;  || &lt;strong&gt;Cassa del, per il Mezzogiorno&lt;/strong&gt;, per la promozione economica e sociale dell'Italia meridionale&#xA;  || &lt;strong&gt;Cassa integrazione salari, cassa integrazione&lt;/strong&gt;, organismo di previdenza sociale che stipendia per periodi limitati lavoratori sospesi a tempo da aziende in difficoltà transitorie&#xA;  || &lt;strong&gt;Essere in cassa integrazione&lt;/strong&gt;, usufruire di tale sovvenzione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;da &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/integrazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;treccani.it/vocabolario/integrazione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;integrazióne&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal lat. integratio -onis, con influenza, nel sign. 3, dell’ingl. integration].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; In senso generico, il fatto di integrare, di rendere intero, pieno, perfetto ciò che è incompleto o insufficiente a un determinato scopo, aggiungendo quanto è necessario&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con accezioni specifiche: &lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Cassa i. (propr. cassa i. guadagni)&lt;/em&gt;, nel linguaggio sindacale, lo speciale fondo che corrisponde l’i. salariale, cioè una somma pari all’80% della retribuzione globale, agli operai dipendenti da imprese industriali, o ai lavoratori dell’edilizia e affini, che effettuino prestazioni di lavoro a orario ridotto, per contrazione o sospensione dell’attività produttiva dovuta a fatti aziendali o a crisi economiche settoriali o locali: &lt;em&gt;mettere, essere, trovarsi in cassa integrazione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e da &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/G/guadagno.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/G/guadagno.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;guadagno&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  [gua-dà-gno]&#xA;  s.m. (pl. -gni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt; Ciò che si riceve come compenso per un'attività, una prestazione e sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mettere il lavoratore in cassa integrazione significa che la ditta richiede (ed ottiene) che lo stato sovvenzioni lo stipendio dei lavoratori perché si trova in difficoltà.  Quando la richiesta è accettata il lavoratore &quot;è in cassa integrazione&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-06-26T14:44:02.983" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T14:44:02.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7104" CreationDate="2016-06-25T17:58:32.927" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Appostamento viene utilizzato spesso quando le forze di polizia devono controllare un'uscita attendendo qualcuno (possibilmente per arrestarlo).&#xA;In questo contesto ha un significato ovviamente più leggero: significa che la persona sta ad aspettare qualcuno/a che deve passare/uscire da un luogo circoscritto. In questo caso per poi cercare una qualche interazione: consegnare un biglietto, evidentemente dato che tale azione era vistosa, le altre ragazze si erano accorte di tale comportamento, pertanto tale comportamento non era equivocabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1553" LastActivityDate="2016-06-25T17:58:32.927" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7111" CreationDate="2016-06-25T19:52:46.607" Score="-1" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Condizionale&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il condizionale è un modo verbale che indica fatti che possono avverarsi solo a determinate condizioni: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mangerei ---- verbo al condizionale&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;----- se avessi fame ----la condizione necessaria allo svolgimento dell’azione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;farei ---verbo al condizionale ----&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;una passeggiata se avessi tempo --- condizione necessaria allo&#xA;svolgimento dell’azione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il modo condizionale ha due tempi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;presente o semplice: si forma con il verbo principale &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  passato o composto: si forma unendo l’ausiliare essere o avere + verbo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;QUANDO SI USA IL CONDIZIONALE PRESENTE?&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel presente o nel futuro per: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fare una richiesta in modo gentile:&#xA;mi daresti un fazzoletto?; potrei avere un po’ di zucchero? &#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esprimere un desiderio o un’intenzione:&#xA;mi piacerebbe tanto venire in vacanza con voi. &#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esprimere un dubbio: &#xA;non so se riuscirei a fargli cambiare idea; riferire una notizia non &lt;li&gt;Confermata o di cui non si è certi&#xA;secondo il meteo domani sarebbe una giornata piovosa  &#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per esprimere un’opinione personale, dare un un consiglio o un ordine:&#xA;secondo me dovresti studiare di più &#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poiché il condizionale presente si forma dalla radice del futuro, i verbi della prima coniugazione trasformano la &quot;a&quot; dell'infinito in &quot;e&quot; e i verbi che sono irregolari nel futuro lo sono anche nel condizionale presente . Guarda qui un esempio con il verbo &lt;code&gt;parlare&lt;/code&gt;: &#xA;PARLARE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Io parlerei &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu parleresti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui/Lei parlerebbe&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Noi parleremmo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Voi parlereste&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Loro parlerebbero&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2590" LastEditorUserId="2590" LastEditDate="2016-06-25T20:14:35.097" LastActivityDate="2016-06-25T20:14:35.097" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7115" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-06-26T09:54:08.703" Score="2" ViewCount="792" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel film &lt;em&gt;Sciuscià&lt;/em&gt;, diretto da Vittorio de Sica, c'è una scena nella quale i due ragazzi protagonisti, Pasquale e Giuseppe, quando sono in carcere, stanno per azzuffarsi: Giuseppe accusa Pasquale di essere una spia. Una rissa sta per scoppiare tra i ragazzi del carcere quando appare un custode che dice &quot;State in gamba, ragazzi!&quot; e finalmente tutto si calma. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di capire il significato di questa frase detta dal custode. Ho cercato il significato di &quot;stare in gamba&quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/G/gamba.shtml#21&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; e anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gamba/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma le definizioni che ho trovato sembrano fare riferimento alla salute, cosa che non ha senso in questo contesto. La mia domanda è: il modo di dire &quot;stare in gamba&quot; può significare comportarsi bene? Se no è così, qual è il suo significato in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T17:16:11.327" Title="&quot;Stare in gamba&quot; può significare comportarsi bene?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7115" CreationDate="2016-06-26T13:00:21.013" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gamba&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;anche come raccomandazione, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sta’ in gamba!, sta’ attento!, bada a te stesso!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il custode sta avvertendo i ragazzi di stare attenti a non incorrere in eventuali punizioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-06-26T17:16:11.327" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T17:16:11.327" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7107" CreationDate="2016-06-26T19:26:43.523" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Credo&lt;/strong&gt; che Gassman stia usando un termine che io suppongo essere entrato nel gergo teatrale come calco dall'inglese &quot;effect lighting&quot; (che penso si possa rendere con &quot;illuminazione d'atmosfera&quot;?) e si riferisce ad una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.osram.com/osram_com/applications/effect-lighting/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;illuminazione&lt;/a&gt; progettata per rendere una particolare &quot;atmosfera&quot;, attraverso colori, contrasti, sfumature, chiaroscuri e a volte anche modifiche nel tempo (es. un colore che sfuma gradualmente in un altro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Effettato&quot; normalmente significa &quot;che ha ricevuto un effetto&quot; ma con riferimento, come ha precisato DaG, all'effetto Magnus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui probabilmente le luci erano dirette in modo da sottolineare il &quot;numero&quot; dell'artista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T19:26:43.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7118" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7119" CreationDate="2016-06-26T19:45:10.847" Score="2" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti, stasera sono uscito a cena con degli amici ed è saltato fuori un discorso che trovo interessante. La questione riguardava l'usanza dell'espressione &quot;e/o&quot;, che secondo me è &quot;ripetitiva&quot;, perché credo si possa usare solamente la congiunzione &quot;o&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio la domanda&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ti piacerebbe andare a mangiare una pizza e/o andare al cinema?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me ha lo stesso senso logico della domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ti piacerebbe andare a mangiare una pizza o andare al cinema?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io sostengo che le due frasi abbiano lo stesso senso, siccome la &quot;tabella della verità&quot; della congiunzione &quot;o&quot; è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/c89Kq.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/c89Kq.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e la tabella della verità della congiunzione &quot;e&quot; è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/4M3Eu.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/4M3Eu.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ognuno dei quattro possibili casi: &quot;niente pizza, né cinema; pizza, ma niente cinema; cinema, ma niente pizza, sia cinema che pizza&quot; la risposta alle due domande sarebbe la stessa, ovvero rispettivamente: &quot;no; sì; sì, sì&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, mi sembra chiaro che la congiunzione &quot;e/o&quot; si usi per aiutare la comprensibilità di un discorso ed evitare di dover ragionare ad uno stato puramente logico, ma mi chiedevo se nella lingua italiana, la congiunzione &quot;o&quot; avesse la stessa funzione della tabella mostrata sopra, oppure se avesse più un significato di &quot;o uno o l'altro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S.: mi ritorna in mente la seguente barzelletta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un logico è appena diventato padre ed un amico gli chiede: &quot;è maschio o feminna?&quot; &quot;Sì!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="628" LastEditorUserId="628" LastEditDate="2016-06-26T20:06:11.137" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T20:06:11.137" Title="Come mai si usa l'espressione &quot;e/o&quot; e non solamente &quot;o&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7118" CreationDate="2016-06-26T19:52:43.910" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente hai ragione tu, e chiunque sappia un minimo di logica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico vago argomento a favore dell'inutile “e/o” è che mentre in latino esistevano due congiunzioni distinte &lt;em&gt;vel&lt;/em&gt; (che indicava una disgiunzione inclusiva come appunto l'OR logico) e &lt;em&gt;aut&lt;/em&gt; (che indicava una disgiunzione esclusiva, come in logica lo XOR), in italiano la congiunzione “o” &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/o1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ha entrambi i possibili significati&lt;/a&gt; (oltre ad altri), e quindi a volte qualcuno sente il bisogno di sottolineare l'inclusività in quel modo (anche se spesso risulta inutile perché in molti casi l'“o” esclusivo non avrebbe senso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-26T19:58:25.800" LastActivityDate="2016-06-26T19:58:25.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7120" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7122" CreationDate="2016-06-26T23:42:32.710" Score="2" ViewCount="1366" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am learning indirect object pronouns and I am wondering why in some cases the 'a + pronoun' form is used instead of the contracted form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are both forms used interchangeably?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As another example, I often here 'ti amo' used and not 'amo a te', but are both technically correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2592" LastActivityDate="2016-06-27T09:43:12.590" Title="'Grazie a te' o 'Ti grazie'?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7123" CreationDate="2016-06-27T09:06:24.943" Score="2" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco il titolo di una notizia che ho letto su Euronews: &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.euronews.com/2016/06/26/petizione-anti-brexit-schizzano-a-oltre-2-milioni-le-firme/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;Petizione anti Brexit, &lt;strong&gt;schizzano&lt;/strong&gt; a oltre 2 milioni le firme&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Non capisco il senso del verbo &quot;schizzare&quot; in questa espressione. Il significato figurato che ho trovato sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/schizzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riferito a persona, esprimere con vivacità o in modo evidente un sentimento, una condizione morale o fisica, attraverso lo sguardo o con l’atteggiamento, le parole, i modi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;&lt;strong&gt;schizzano&lt;/strong&gt; a oltre 2 milioni le firme&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-27T13:26:21.327" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;schizzare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7120" CreationDate="2016-06-27T09:11:01.417" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;ti amo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt; is the direct object. It is not changeable into &lt;em&gt;amo a te&lt;/em&gt;, but only into &lt;em&gt;amo te&lt;/em&gt; (the same as the English “I love you”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;grazie a te&lt;/em&gt; there is an implicit verb: &lt;em&gt;(dico) grazie a te&lt;/em&gt;. In this case it's not possible to invert the position, because the “weak” pronoun &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt; can only be attached to the verb. So you can say &lt;em&gt;ti dico grazie&lt;/em&gt;, but not &lt;em&gt;ti grazie&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a slight difference between &lt;em&gt;ti amo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;amo te&lt;/em&gt;; the latter is more emphatic when used absolutely (I love you and nobody else). It is also mandatory when followed by some opposition: &lt;em&gt;amo te e non (add name here)&lt;/em&gt;. The former is more intimate: you won't whisper &lt;em&gt;amo te&lt;/em&gt; to your lover, but only &lt;em&gt;ti amo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-06-27T09:43:12.590" LastActivityDate="2016-06-27T09:43:12.590" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7121" CreationDate="2016-06-27T09:52:24.813" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, il verbo &amp;quot;schizzare&amp;quot; è riferito al &amp;quot;numero di firme&amp;quot; e ha i seguenti significati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;estens.&lt;/em&gt; Balzare, saltare via di scatto: il tappo dello spumante è schizzato contro il lampadario; al suono del campanello schizzò dal letto. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/schizzare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionari - la Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;estens.&lt;/em&gt;, di qcs., essere proiettato con forza, per lo più verso l’alto: lapilli incandescenti schizzano dalla bocca del vulcano (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/schizzare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario italiano - De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;i.e.&lt;/em&gt; il numero di firme è balzato (di scatto, rapidamente) oltre &amp;quot;2 milioni&amp;quot;, cioè, ha superato rapidamente i 2 milioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2157" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-06-27T13:26:21.327" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7124" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7125" CreationDate="2016-06-27T21:53:01.737" Score="2" ViewCount="2746" Body="&lt;p&gt;On Wiktionary the first person singular for &quot;fare&quot; both lists faccio and fo. I've asked an Italian and they have never heard of &quot;fo&quot;. I did some research on the net and found an &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/fo-saccio.338391/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;explanation&lt;/a&gt; (if I understood everything correctly) that fo is a regional form (Tuscan) and therefore not universally understood/used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-27T22:00:31.237" LastActivityDate="2016-06-28T07:03:54.403" Title="Verb fare, first person singular: faccio vs fo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7125" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7124" CreationDate="2016-06-28T05:57:56.427" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Io fo&amp;quot; is actually an alternative form for the present indicative of the first person. Its usage is mainly literary and archaic &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=io%20faccio%2C%20io%20fo&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cio%20faccio%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cio%20fo%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; (io faccio vs io fo). It is also used as a dialectal expression in Tuscany as far as I know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/F/fare_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fare&lt;/a&gt; (v).&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(ind.pres. faccio o fò&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, fai, fa, facciamo, fate, fanno, imperf. facévo ecc., pass.rem. féci, facésti, féce, facémmo, facéste, fécero, fut. farò ecc.; congiunt.pres. fàccia ecc., imperf. facéssi ecc.; cond. farèi ecc.; part.pres. facènte, pass. fatto; ger. facèndo; imp. fa o fa' o fai, fate)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;eh! io fo l'orecchio del mercante, (Manzoni)&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_026.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-06-28T07:03:54.403" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7126" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7127" CreationDate="2016-06-28T06:37:14.020" Score="1" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I nodi al pettine vennero con l'&lt;em&gt;Oreste&lt;/em&gt;, che io avevo scelto per il mio spettacolo. A Luchino, Alfieri non interessava: mi disse che l'avrebbe fatto ma a modo suo. Il modo suo sortì una rappresentazione sontuosa e barocca, con un'orchestra di ottanta professori che suonava Beethoven sul palcoscenico dietro un velario rosso trasparente, e la scena installata al centro della platea. Intorno alla &lt;strong&gt;pedana&lt;/strong&gt; campeggiavano cinque leoni in finta pietra, che avevano un doppio scopo, estetico e funzionale: vi si annicchiavano ogni sera, introducendosi per stretti cunicoli, cinque piccoli suggeritori destinati a Ruggero Ruggieri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &quot;Luchino&quot; Gassman intende Luchino Visconti. Non capisco il senso di &quot;pedana&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente relativo al teatro. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato di &quot;pedana&quot; in uno spettacolo teatrale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-28T08:55:33.933" Title="Cos'è &quot;la pedana&quot; in uno spettacolo teatrale?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7126" CreationDate="2016-06-28T08:25:17.233" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La pedana è una struttura in legno sulla quale si sale in piedi, con il doppio scopo di innalzare rispetto al pubblico e di amplificare la voce o i suoni, grazie ad un effetto di cassa di risonanza.&#xA;Spesso le orchestre sono poste su grandi pedane di forma semicircolare. Si chiama pedana anche il podio su cui sale il direttore d'orchestra.&#xA;Visto che in questa frase si descrivono cinque leoni che servono a nascondere i suggeritori, si deve pensare a qualcosa di grandi dimensioni, probabilmente si parla della pedana al centro della platea su cui si svolge la scena.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-06-28T08:55:33.933" LastActivityDate="2016-06-28T08:55:33.933" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7128" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7129" CreationDate="2016-06-28T16:08:42.320" Score="2" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono anni che mi imbatto in questo dubbio e ogni volta mi genera la stessa frustrazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si fa a trovare la desinenza giusta per un aggettivo che si riferisce a più parole che hanno &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;genere e quantità diversi?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Ecco! Ne ho appena fatto un esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;genere e quantità &lt;em&gt;diversi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quello che ne so si usa il plurale per rispecchiare il fatto che ci si sta riferendo a più cose, ma come si sceglie il genere maschile o femminile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso sopra sembra che il maschile, a orecchio, suoni meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma se dovessi scrivere qualcosa del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un'auto dal look e dalle prestazioni aggressivi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;suonerebbe peggio e sembrerebbe errato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usando il femminile invece suonerebbe un po' meglio, però poi se mi soffermo sulla frase ho comunque l'impressione che ci sia qualcosa che non va (il look non può essere &lt;em&gt;aggressiva&lt;/em&gt;!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale sarebbe in questo ultimo caso la forma corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una regola che definisce questo aspetto o si tratta di usare semplicemente la forma che suona &quot;meno peggio&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2598" LastEditorUserId="2598" LastEditDate="2016-06-29T03:39:56.343" LastActivityDate="2016-06-29T03:39:56.343" Title="Desinenza dell'aggettivo riferito a più parole di genere e quantità diversi" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7128" CreationDate="2016-06-28T16:56:18.877" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma corretta è quella che suona peggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un'auto dal look e dalle prestazioni aggressivi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/concordanza_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;grammatica italiana Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ne dà conferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando, in una frase, un aggettivo qualifica due o più nomi di genere diverso […], si seguono due semplici regole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Se i nomi sono tutti maschili o tutti femminili, l’aggettivo mantiene il loro genere e si declina al plurale, per evitare che la caratteristica espressa dall’aggettivo venga attribuita solo all’ultimo dei nomi&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Ho uno zaino e un portapenne rossi&lt;/em&gt; (Ho uno zaino e un portapenne rosso farebbe pensare che solo il portapenne sia rosso)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Se i nomi sono di genere diverso, l’aggettivo si declina al maschile plurale&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Ho conosciuto un ragazzo e una ragazza spagnoli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;N.B.&lt;/strong&gt; Attenzione al genere femminile di &lt;em&gt;auto&lt;/em&gt; (su cui si potrebbe aprire un altro tema!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2157" LastEditorUserId="2157" LastEditDate="2016-06-28T17:27:02.050" LastActivityDate="2016-06-28T17:27:02.050" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7130" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7131" CreationDate="2016-06-28T17:56:57.917" Score="3" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho appena cominciato a leggere &lt;em&gt;I Malavoglia&lt;/em&gt; e la prima frase è come segue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo racconto è lo studio sincero e spassionato &lt;strong&gt;del&lt;/strong&gt; come devono nascere e svilupparsi nelle più umili condizioni le primi irrequietudini pel benessere;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So (e ce ne sono anche molte &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/infinito-sostantivato_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spiegazioni in Internet&lt;/a&gt;) che certi verbi all'infinito, quando hanno la funzione di sostantivi, devono essere preceduti da un articolo. Però, qui non c'è un verbo all'infinito ma una proposizione finita. Capisco il significato della frase ma io avrei detto invece:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo racconto è lo studio sincero e spassionato &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; come devono nascere e svilupparsi nelle più umili condizioni le primi irrequietudini pel benessere;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È correcta anche quest'ultima frase, oppure avrei avuto torto se avessi omesso l'articolo? Perché mette il Verga l'articolo, se non c'è nessun verbo all'infinito?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2048" LastActivityDate="2016-06-28T20:54:54.373" Title="L'articolo prima di una proposizione sostantiva: &quot;studio del come devono...&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7130" CreationDate="2016-06-28T20:54:54.373" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, la tua frase è corretta. La scelta di Verga di usare &lt;em&gt;del&lt;/em&gt; invece che &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; è altrettanto corretta grammaticalmente, ma leggermente più letteraria e anche in parte attribuibile allo stile di Verga. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non bisogna dimenticare, inoltre, che spesso espressioni del genere subiscono, con il tempo, un declino, a favore di altre più colloquiali. Una ricerca comparata su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=del%20come%2C%20di%20come&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cdel%20come%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bdel%20come%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BDel%20come%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bdel%20Come%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cdi%20come%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bdi%20come%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bdi%20Come%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Ngram&lt;/a&gt; mostra come nei decenni &quot;di come&quot; sia finito per prevalere nei testi scritti (se non altro in quelli archiviati da Google). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/xGN41.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/xGN41.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2599" LastActivityDate="2016-06-28T20:54:54.373" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7111" CreationDate="2016-06-29T09:54:34.817" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che, se inserissi il contenuto del commento di @DaG nel tuo&#xA;post, sarebbe una buona risposta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è corretta. Un'alternativa, per preservare la struttura &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;penso che&lt;/strong&gt; + &lt;strong&gt;congiuntivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, potrebbe essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che la tua sia una buona risposta, a patto che tu inserisca il contenuto del commento di @DaG nel tuo post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seppure la costruzione risulti un po' più contorta in questo caso, e stilisticamente non vedo perché ci si dovrebbe intestardire nell'utilizzare i due congiuntivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rispondere alla tua domanda, non mi avventuro in spiegazioni che fanno uso di &amp;quot;manualistica&amp;quot; grammaticale (delle quali non sarei capace), ma mi limito a fornire un semplice criterio pratico per la costruzioni di simili frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Penso che...&amp;quot; può essere vista come una reggente, dalla quale possono diramarsi altre strutture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1º caso&lt;/strong&gt; - Se &amp;quot;penso che...&amp;quot; regge una singola frase &lt;strong&gt;al presente&lt;/strong&gt;, come nel caso di  &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;penso che tu sia troppo curioso&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, il congiuntivo è necessario per tener conto dell'&lt;em&gt;incertezza&lt;/em&gt; intrinseca nel verbo &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2º caso&lt;/strong&gt; - Se invece la struttura che segue è più complessa, come nel caso di una frase &lt;strong&gt;al futuro&lt;/strong&gt;, di un periodo ipotetico o di una subordinata temporale con sotto-strutture, &amp;quot;penso che...&amp;quot; rimane come reggente, ma tutto il resto viene coniugato normalmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiaramente, espressioni come &amp;quot;credo che...&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sono certo che...&amp;quot; e simili possono essere trattate allo stesso modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi di questo secondo caso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che Clara si stupirà quando vedrà cosa la aspetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che martedì prossimo andremo al cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che sarebbe giusto fermarsi qui, se ci fosse una tempesta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che, se Dio vorrà, arriveremo sani e salvi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che la situazione non sia delle migliori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2599" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-08-04T16:18:27.997" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6957" CreationDate="2016-06-29T10:00:58.393" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;A&quot; è preferibile in quasi tutti i contesti, seppure &quot;in&quot; sia corretto in molti casi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio con in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo avvenimento è accaduto in gennaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altrettanto corretto è l'uso di &quot;a&quot; in questo stesso caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;vice versa&lt;/em&gt; non è spesso vero, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho rimandato il tutto a Gennaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non può essere resa con &quot;in&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2599" LastActivityDate="2016-06-29T10:00:58.393" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7134" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7135" CreationDate="2016-06-29T11:16:39.467" Score="0" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo la recita, vi diedi uno strappo in auto, e il caso, un po' guidato dalla volontà di entrambi, fece sì che i tuoi amici scendessero per primi alla loro destinazione, e Luigi &lt;strong&gt;fosse scaricato a ruota&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;scaricare a ruota&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il significato di questa espressione su Internet, ma non ho trovato niente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-06-29T13:24:28.227" Title="Cosa significa &quot;scaricare a ruota&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7134" CreationDate="2016-06-29T13:08:51.613" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scaricare a ruota in questo caso significa scaricare subito dopo. Qui &quot;a ruota&quot; indicherebbe che l'azione è ripetuta dopo un breve intervallo di tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio (da &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/R/ruota.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/R/ruota.shtml&lt;/a&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Seguire a ruota&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fig.: venire subito dopo, seguire a brevissima distanza, pari a quella di una ruota di bicicletta; anche ottenere un risultato appena inferiore a quello di un altro, o &lt;strong&gt;in tempi leggermente più lunghi&lt;/strong&gt;.&#xA;      Viene dal linguaggio delle corse ciclistiche, dove indica due corridori che giungono al traguardo con uno scarto minimo, corrispondente al diametro della ruota della bicicletta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Var.: arrivare a ruota; tenere la ruota; stare a ruota; andare a ruota; venire a ruota&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda &quot;stare a ruota&quot;: il dizionario lo riporta come variazione del &quot;seguire a ruota&quot; io lo ho trovato anche col significato di &quot;tenere il passo&quot; ed in alcuni casi anche come &quot;dipendenza&quot; o, in gergo, &quot;crisi d'astinenza&quot;. Non sono sicuro se ci sia un'influenza dialettale o no nei differenti significati (eventualmente lo tolgo dalla citazione se complica le cose) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="1842" LastEditDate="2016-06-29T13:24:28.227" LastActivityDate="2016-06-29T13:24:28.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7089" CreationDate="2016-06-29T13:23:07.443" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, esiste, manca effettivamente il contesto, ma se dovessi sintetizzare qualcosa di &quot;architettato alla perfezione&quot; direi &quot;infallibile&quot; ovvero senza alcuna possibilità di fallire. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infallibile può riferirsi ad un piano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Questo è un piano infallibile&quot;&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure a una speciale dote di qualcuno: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;La sua mira è infallibile&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il concetto che tenti di esprimere sembra qualcosa con scarse possibilità di fallire... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcosa che essendo matematicamente studiato o progettato non è facile che &quot;vada storto&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2500" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-29T21:37:15.087" LastActivityDate="2016-06-29T21:37:15.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7137" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7140" CreationDate="2016-06-29T19:43:08.213" Score="1" ViewCount="417" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering when to use (me/te/lui/lei/noi/voi/loro) instead of (mi/ti/lo/la/ci/vi/li) following transitive verbs that take direct objects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example 1: I love him&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Direct object: him = lui or lo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Translations: &quot;amo lui&quot; or &quot;lo amo&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example 2: Do you love me?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Direct object: me = me or mi&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Translations: &quot;ami me?&quot; or &quot;mi ami?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the purpose of having (me/te/lui/lei/noi/voi/loro) if they seem to always be replaced in front of the verb with (mi/ti/lo/la/ci/vi/li)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For your information, I am using the 'contracted' terminology from this video:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ho59zl7EvqE&amp;amp;index=51&amp;amp;list=PLqV3q3GTbu4oMXTBReVb0UVk1TYFkBgFz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ho59zl7EvqE&amp;amp;index=51&amp;amp;list=PLqV3q3GTbu4oMXTBReVb0UVk1TYFkBgFz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie, ciao!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2592" LastActivityDate="2016-06-30T16:40:39.267" Title="When to use direct object pronoun vs. direct contracted object pronoun (te vs. ti)?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7137" CreationDate="2016-06-30T12:07:20.403" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both forms can be used interchangeably, and it is a matter of emphasis and context whether you want to use &amp;quot;amo lui&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Lo amo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you wanted to specify what or whom the object of the action is (example 1), you would use the construction &amp;quot;amo lui&amp;quot;; also, you would use this form where the object plays a role in a subordinate sentence (example 2).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all other cases you would say &amp;quot;Lo amo&amp;quot;(examples 3-4). In particular, if the object of the action (amare, in your example) appears already in another proposition (example 3), you will most definitely use &amp;quot;lo&amp;quot; to refer to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example 1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Chi ami?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Amo lui!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example 2:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesce a capire che io amo lui, e nessun altro!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example 3:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giacomo non riesce a capire che lo amo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example 4:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe potergli dire che lo amo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2599" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-06-30T12:13:24.260" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6813" CreationDate="2016-06-30T12:34:05.930" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Treccani, così come anche il Garzanti, dice: cittadini &quot;belgi&quot;, cittadine &quot;belghe&quot;.&#xA;&quot;Belga&quot; rimane la forma corretta per il sostantivo maschile e femminile singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò la tua variante &quot;cittadini belga&quot; è scorretta, mentre è corretta la &quot;cacofonica&quot; (a tuo dire!) cittadini &quot;belgi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2604" LastActivityDate="2016-06-30T12:34:05.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7137" CreationDate="2016-06-30T16:37:28.193" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you have called &quot;direct object pronouns&quot; and &quot;direct contracted object pronouns&quot; correspond respectively to which Italian grammar texts call &quot;forme toniche&quot; and &quot;forme atone&quot; of personal pronouns. As you have stated in your question, the &quot;forme atone&quot; are more common, but, according to Federica Colombo in the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt;, there are some situations in which the &quot;forme toniche&quot; are used (I report the exact text from the book and then I'll try to explain in English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le forme toniche dei pronomi personali vengono usate nei seguenti casi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;quando seguono una preposizione semplice o un'espressione con valore di preposizione: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Lo faccio per &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;! / Sono partiti senza (di) &lt;strong&gt;lui&lt;/strong&gt;.  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ciò accade anche dopo la preposizione &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;, quando esprimono il complemento di termine e si vuole dare particolare rilievo alla persona. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Regalo questo libro a &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;, perché so che ami l'arte romanica.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;senza preposizione, quando esprimono il complemento oggetto e si vuole dare particolare rilievo alla persona: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Cercavi &lt;strong&gt;me&lt;/strong&gt;? (Cercavi proprio me e non Luigi?)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;in alcune espressioni fisse dopo avverbi (&lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;secondo&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.) e aggettivi (&lt;strong&gt;povero&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;beato&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.): &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Secondo &lt;strong&gt;me&lt;/strong&gt; ha ragione Simona. / Beata &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt; che vai in vacanza! &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, the &quot;forme toniche&quot; of personal pronouns are used in these three cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;after a preposition or an expression with a prepositional function: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Lo faccio per &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;! / Sono partiti senza (di) &lt;strong&gt;lui&lt;/strong&gt;.  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;This happens also when the pronoun acts as indirect object complement and goes after preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; if you want to put a special emphasis on the person the pronoun refers to: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Regalo questo libro a &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;, perché so che ami l'arte romanica.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;when the pronoun acts as direct object complement if you want to put a special emphasis on the person the pronoun refers to: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cercavi &lt;strong&gt;me&lt;/strong&gt;? (Cercavi proprio me e non Luigi?)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;in some fixed expressions after adverbs (&lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;secondo&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.) or adjectives (&lt;strong&gt;povero&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;beato&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.): &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Secondo &lt;strong&gt;me&lt;/strong&gt; ha ragione Simona. / Beata &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt; che vai in vacanza! &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, in your question you are asking about direct object pronouns: this corresponds to the second point of the explained above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-06-30T16:40:39.267" LastActivityDate="2016-06-30T16:40:39.267" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7142" CreationDate="2016-06-30T17:02:52.607" Score="1" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La verità è che Lisa è sempre stata ed è tuttora una genovese purosangue; ne ha le &lt;strong&gt;stigmate antonomastiche&lt;/strong&gt;, una discrezione che rasenta la bruschezza dei modi, un controllo della parola e dei sentimenti che sono agli antipodi dell'espansività partenopea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;stigmate antonomastiche&quot; in questa frase. Malgrado aver letto le definizioni di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stimmate/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;stigmate&quot;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/antonomastico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;antonomastico&quot;&lt;/a&gt; nel vocabolario Treccani, non riesco a capire il senso di questa espressione. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-30T17:37:36.397" LastActivityDate="2016-06-30T17:40:06.957" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;stigmate antonomastiche&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7141" CreationDate="2016-06-30T17:10:01.327" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che con un giro di parole ricercato intenda che quella Lisa avesse tutte le caratteristiche (uso figurato di 2.a nella definizione Treccani di “stigmata”) che si attribuirebbero classicamente ai genovesi, è cioè una genovese per antonomasia (vedi, nella definizione di “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/antonomasia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;antonomasia&lt;/a&gt;”, il “riferimento a persona, o a cosa, a cui si riconosca o si attribuisca una qualità, una dote, una condizione in misura eccellente e perciò distintiva”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Evidentemente per Gassman il genovese tipico è chiuso e riservato (una certa vulgata umoristica lo vorrebbe anche tirchio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-06-30T17:40:06.957" LastActivityDate="2016-06-30T17:40:06.957" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7143" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-07-01T13:24:40.263" Score="4" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stamattina facevo un giro nel centro della città e ho visto un negozio dove si vendevano &lt;strong&gt;mele&lt;/strong&gt;. Sono entrato nel negozio e ho comprato &lt;strong&gt;mele&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;delle mele&lt;/strong&gt;). Mamma mia... come amo &lt;strong&gt;le mele&lt;/strong&gt;. Dopo, a distanza di 100 metri ho visto un fioraio che vendeva &lt;strong&gt;fiori&lt;/strong&gt;...&#xA;  Mi sono avvicinato al fiorario e ho chiesto quanto costavano i fiori. Ho comprato &lt;strong&gt;fiori&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;dei fiori&lt;/strong&gt;). Devo dire che amo &lt;strong&gt;i fiori&lt;/strong&gt;... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel paragrafo precedente ho scritto un testo in cui si parla di &quot;mele&quot; (e anche di &quot;fiori&quot;) in generale, non di &quot;mele specifiche&quot;. In alcune frasi si usa l'articolo determinativo, ma non in tutte: &quot;ho visto un negozio dove si vendevano &lt;strong&gt;mele&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;. Però... se scrivo &quot;si vendevano &lt;strong&gt;le mele&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, anche così vuol dire &quot;mele in generale&quot;, non &quot;queste mele&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio un altro esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Entro in un negozio e chiedo: avete &lt;strong&gt;candele&lt;/strong&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può anche chiedere &quot;avete le candele?&quot; per esprimere &quot;candele in generale&quot;, non &quot;candele specifiche&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2607" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-02T12:28:55.030" LastActivityDate="2017-05-01T12:39:59.330" Title="Uso dell'articolo determinativo come articolo generico" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7144" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7145" CreationDate="2016-07-02T07:56:10.013" Score="1" ViewCount="333" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lì ti dissi un giorno, con la sincerità brutale che io trovo soltanto nei momenti di panico o nei momenti di assoluta tranquillità, che ritenevo un errore sposarci, che non credevo di amarti più con piena convinzione. E tu piangesti e &lt;strong&gt;trepestasti&lt;/strong&gt;, Shelley, difendendo con caparbietà quella che forse non era più nemmeno per te la persuasione di un passo naturale, né l'obbedienza alle convenienze formali, ma l'approdo di un sogno romantico a cui non volevi rinunciare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire il verbo &quot;trepestare&quot; in questo brano: non l'ho trovato in nessun dizionario. Questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://kenoms3.altervista.org/altorenotoscano3/longobardismi1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt; lo definisce come &quot;battere i piedi&quot; e anche come &quot;far confusione&quot;, ma non so fino a che punto si tratta di una fonte affidabile. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato di &quot;trepestare&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-03T06:56:27.977" Title="Cosa significa &quot;trepestare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7145" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7144" CreationDate="2016-07-02T10:02:54.030" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine sembra di origine dialettale toscana ed  usato pricipalmente in contesti letterari. Il termine si trova nei vari di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT606IT607&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;ei=Vrp3V4ffNcTWsAHWyY_gDg&amp;amp;q=trepestio%20significato&amp;amp;oq=trepestio%20significato&amp;amp;gs_l=mobile-gws-serp.3..0i10.12796.17176.0.17371.17.17.0.0.0.0.161.2071.2j15.17.0....0...1c.1.64.mobile-gws-serp..4.13.1534...41j30i10j0i10i30j0i22i10i30.qq8tuyDUmas&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionari&lt;/a&gt; come sostantivo ma non come verbo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trepestio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Trepestìo &lt;/a&gt;s. m.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;[forse der. di treppicare, incrociato con calpestìo], tosc. o letter.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  – Confuso calpestìo o altro rumore simile: &lt;em&gt;Un gran trepestio S’udiva una sera Di zampe e di ruote&lt;/em&gt; (Giusti); &lt;em&gt;altre schiere sopraggiungevano con un tumultuoso, frenetico t.&lt;/em&gt; (E. Cecchi); &lt;em&gt;a un tratto gli parve di sentire a destra un t. frettoloso di passi&lt;/em&gt; (Jovine). V. anche trapestio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Trapestìo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. – &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Variante poco com. di trepestio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  (formatasi per un maggiore accostamento a calpestio o perché sentita formata col pref. tra-): &lt;em&gt;dalla finestra vennero esclamazioni, trapestio&lt;/em&gt; (Pavese); &lt;em&gt;fin da dietro l’uscio ... udì nell’interno delle stanze un trapestio&lt;/em&gt; (Morante).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;em&gt;Il cantico&lt;/em&gt;, romanzo di Antonio Beltramelli - Pagina 166 (1906):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ad un tratto udii un trepestare rapido di gente in corsa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, uno stioccare di vesti sbattute, un succedersi di brevi voci, onde mi soffermai sogguardando nell' incertezza di ciò che accadeva. Non trascorsero quattro secondi che vidi alcune donne ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=trepestare%2C%20trepest%C3%ACo&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ctrepestare%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ctrepest%C3%ACo%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; trepestare, trepestio.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-03T06:56:27.977" LastActivityDate="2016-07-03T06:56:27.977" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7146" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-07-03T07:08:03.660" Score="2" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;La lettura di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/7143&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; ha messo dei dubbi sull'uso dell'articolo anche a me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immaginate questa situazione. Sono entrata in un supermercato e voglio comprare farina. Cerco una farina qualsiasi e di qualsiasi marca perché non ho ancora deciso quale farina comprare, ma non la trovo. Voglio chiedere aiuto a un commesso del supermercato. Quale tra queste frasi è la corretta in questa situazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sto cercando farina.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sto cercando della farina.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sto cercando  la farina.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E se cerco un pane qualsiasi, cosa dovrei dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sto cercando pane.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sto cercando del pane.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sto cercando il pane.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-07-03T10:05:20.450" Title="Quale forma dell'articolo si deve usare in questa situazione?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7146" CreationDate="2016-07-03T09:23:30.137" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco &quot;della&quot; farina è generico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa che tu stai cercando un generico tipo di farina. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerco &quot;la&quot; farina significa che tu stai specificando il prodotto... Posso dirti che è corretto dire in entrambi i modi, ma sentirai dire &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cerco la farina 00&quot; per un tipo specifico di farina &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cerca della farina per una focaccia&quot; è più generico, sembra quasi non importare il tipo di farina. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo è corretto usare entrambi i modi, solamente una persona super puntigliosa potrebbe fare problemi su un argomento del genere...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre i primi due:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cerco farina&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cerco pane&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono completamente sbagliati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2500" LastActivityDate="2016-07-03T09:23:30.137" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7146" CreationDate="2016-07-03T09:43:39.350" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senz'altro l'unica forma idiomatica è, in entrambi i casi, la terza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È diverso il caso in cui, arrivati al banco del pane, lo ordiniamo: in quel caso, se non abbiamo ancora le idee chiare, diremo qualcosa come “Vorrei del pane” o “un po' di pane” (e ci chiederanno di che tipo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, l'articolo determinativo è molto più usato di quello che si dedurrebbe dalla semplice contrapposizione determinato/indeterminato (“dammi il libro (di cui abbiamo parlato)/un libro (qualsiasi)”). Per esempio, si direbbe “mi piacciono gli spinaci” (determinando quel tipo di verdura, ma non quali spinaci in particolare, se surgelati o dell'orto del vicino), “dobbiamo ricomprare lo zucchero”, “andiamo a Fiumicino a mangiare il pesce”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-07-03T10:05:20.450" LastActivityDate="2016-07-03T10:05:20.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7143" CreationDate="2016-07-03T19:36:22.270" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sia con l'articolo che senza, la frase dà l'impressione di esprimere un senso di oggetto generale. Però la prima frase, ovvero &quot;avete candele?&quot; esprime un senso maggiore di generalità. Giusto per essere ancora più preciso, &quot;avete le candele?&quot; potrebbe essere benissimo preso come richiesta di candele in generale ma dà la sensazione di una certa specificità.&#xA;Mi spiego meglio, io userei &quot;avete le candele?&quot; se, per esempio, avessi già parlato precedentemente col negoziante del fatto che avrei comprato delle candele.&#xA;In quel caso &quot;avete le candele?&quot; può essere interpretato come &quot;avete le candele di cui abbiamo parlato?&quot;.&#xA;Spero di essere stato utile :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2614" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-07-03T19:49:33.543" LastActivityDate="2016-07-03T19:49:33.543" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7150" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7161" CreationDate="2016-07-04T06:58:19.563" Score="0" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cercai di illustrarti i meccanismi della mia psicologia, ma probabilmente il mio inglese non era sufficiente per &lt;strong&gt;sondare&lt;/strong&gt; le sottigliezze della mia irrequietudine, la biologica inadeguatezza a tenere una rotta ferma nei sentimenti e nei comportamenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio è sul significato del verbo &quot;sondare&quot; in questa frase. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sondare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;. fig. Cercare di conoscere in anticipo, senza manifestare interamente i proprî intendimenti, la disponibilità, le intenzioni, le reazioni di una o più persone relativamente a una data proposta o iniziativa: &lt;em&gt;ho sondato le intenzioni di tuo padre; il presidente incaricato di formare il governo ha sondato i segretarî dei partiti di maggioranza; s. l’opinione pubblica su un tema; prima di chiedere il permesso bisogna che sondi gli umori del capufficio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, dal contesto, questo verbo nel brano precedente sembra piuttosto riferirsi a qualcosa simile a &quot;esprimersi&quot;: se non è così, non posso capire cosa c'entra che Gassman sapesse o no l'inglese. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;sondare&quot; nel testo sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-04T09:16:31.947" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T12:58:01.943" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sondare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3823" CreationDate="2016-07-04T23:09:20.890" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come stai (informal) or sta (formal). &quot;Come va&quot; is definitely informal, and means, &quot;how's it going,&quot; or &quot;how goes it.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2618" LastActivityDate="2016-07-04T23:09:20.890" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7152" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7160" CreationDate="2016-07-05T06:03:46.173" Score="0" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vittorio Coletti nel suo libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; spiega: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il parlante non ha dubbi su quando può o non può usare l'articolo e quando l'uno e quando l'altro. Ad esempio, è di norma omettere l'articolo in «compro oro» (dove &lt;em&gt;oro&lt;/em&gt; è complemento diretto), ma non potremmo dire «*oro costa caro», bensì «l'oro costa caro» (dove &lt;em&gt;oro&lt;/em&gt; è soggetto). Però si può dire «risolve problemi» e «problemi si pongono quando...», con &lt;em&gt;problemi&lt;/em&gt; ora complemento ora soggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va bene, forse i parlanti italiani non hanno dubbi sull'uso dell'articolo, ma io ho alcuni dubbi che spero potrete risolvere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immaginate che entro in un piccolo negozio di alimentari.  Si tratta di un negozio che non conosco, quindi non so quali articoli si vendono e, per questa ragione, voglio fare alcune domande. Cosa dovrei dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avete pane?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avete del pane?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avete il pane?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stessa domanda con &quot;riso&quot; come sarebbe? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avete riso?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avete del riso?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avete il riso?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di domande costruite col verbo &quot;avere&quot; e che riguardano &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-di-massa_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;nomi di massa&lt;/a&gt;. Vorrei sapere se in questo tipo di domande si usa l'articolo determinativo, l'articolo partitivo oppure l'articolo zero (cioè, nessun articolo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-05T08:49:58.087" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T10:37:09.770" Title="Quale forma dell'articolo si usa in questa situazione?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7152" CreationDate="2016-07-05T12:51:26.387" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io sono un nativo italiano e userei certamente l'articolo determinativo:&#xA;&quot;Avete il riso?&quot; / &quot;Avete il pane?&quot;. Mi sembra la forma più appropriata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2614" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-05T13:00:35.687" LastActivityDate="2016-07-05T13:00:35.687" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7155" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7159" CreationDate="2016-07-06T07:14:11.307" Score="1" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sulla piscina, Laughton aveva scaricato i suoi estri bizarri, facendone un calidarium con raffinati sistemi di regolazione termica. Là si inerpicavano in processione giovani attori desiderosi di &lt;strong&gt;stemperare&lt;/strong&gt; le dizioni regionali, o attori fatti alle prese coi problemi del verso classico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stemperare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;stemperare&quot;&lt;/a&gt; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso di questo verbo nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T08:35:49.457" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;stemperare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7156" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7157" CreationDate="2016-07-06T07:16:02.880" Score="1" ViewCount="383" Body="&lt;p&gt;Terence Hill told a story on the funeral of his friend, Bud Spencer, last week - &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GjuEmU8iP5Y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;video (with hungarian subtitle)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the hungarian subtitle, Bud used to repeat a phrase in Italian, which in English might mean:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We never had a fight.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;We really never had a fight.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can not understand the exact words by Terence Hill, what Bud had used to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non abbiamo...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you please help me finish the sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2540" LastEditorUserId="2540" LastEditDate="2016-07-06T07:31:18.330" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T07:31:18.330" Title="&quot;We never had a fight&quot; - in Italian (Terence Hill's spech on Bud Spencer's funeral)" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7156" CreationDate="2016-07-06T07:28:21.547" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentences that, according to Terence Hill, Bud Spencer used to say are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non abbiamo mai litigato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non abbiamo proprio mai litigato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T07:28:21.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7155" CreationDate="2016-07-06T07:41:55.473" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo passaggio si intende che gli attori di cui parla erano intenti a addolcire , rendere meno evidente il proprio accento di provenienza.&#xA;Stemperare in generale significa raffreddare qualcosa di caldo, e analogamente rendere meno forte una qualsiasi situazione difficile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2213" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T07:41:55.473" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7155" CreationDate="2016-07-06T07:53:58.107" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso sia questa la definizione di Treccani.it che corrisponde all'uso fatto nel brano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In senso fig., far perdere di vigore, di intensità, di efficacia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto si riferisce allo smussare, al rendere meno evidenti le dizioni regionali, ossia gli accenti locali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-07-06T08:35:49.457" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T08:35:49.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7152" CreationDate="2016-07-06T10:37:09.770" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso del partitivo non dipende tanto dal verbo quanto dal contesto. Se ci si riferisce ad un oggetto in particolare, allora diventa &lt;strong&gt;necessario&lt;/strong&gt; l'utilizzo dell'articolo determinativo, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Non riesco a trovare il riso! Eppure mi sembrava di averlo messo in questo scaffale...&amp;quot; (il riso che avevo messo nello scaffale, non del riso in generale)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Puoi passarmi l'acqua?&amp;quot; (sottintendendo la bottiglia d'acqua sul tavolo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Hai preso le crocchette del cane?&amp;quot; (le crocchette del cane, non delle crocchette &lt;em&gt;per cani&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece se ci si riferisce all'oggetto in senso generico &lt;strong&gt;si può&lt;/strong&gt; utilizzare il partitivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ho trovato del riso sul pavimento&amp;quot; (non so quale riso sia, nè da dove venga)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Può darmi dell'acqua?&amp;quot; (ho sete e vorrei dell'acqua, senza specificare quale)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Hai un cane? Vedo che hai comprato delle crocchette!&amp;quot; (delle crocchette in generale)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il partitivo è sempre corretto in questo secondo caso, ma è corretta anche la forma con l'articolo determinativo così come quella senza nessun articolo, sebbene a mio parere quest'ultima sia meno usata. Nel caso di frasi negative e interrogative vi è però una maggiore propensione all'utilizzo della forma senza articolo. In ogni caso sono sempre tutte e tre corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'uso quotidiano, a seconda della regione italiana si tende a preferire una forma in particolare, arrivando al punto in cui le forme alternative sembrano innaturali.&#xA;Quindi, per rispondere alla tua domanda, dipende dalla regione in cui si trova il negozio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2622" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T10:37:09.770" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7150" CreationDate="2016-07-06T12:44:40.020" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se prendiamo &lt;em&gt;sondare&lt;/em&gt; come &lt;em&gt;esplorare, rilevare, esaminare&lt;/em&gt;, in quel contesto sta esplorando sé stesso con lei quando le dà le spiegazioni in inglese. Forse se pensi alla coppia come una singola entità, e lui passa da &quot;interprete&quot;, il suo modo di scrivere il passaggio diventa un poco più semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-06T12:58:01.943" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T12:58:01.943" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7065" CreationDate="2016-07-06T13:12:35.620" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto abbiamo potuto ricavare da alcune fonti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=ysmZ67cdFKgC&amp;amp;pg=PA460&amp;amp;dq=rimbaldino&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=rimbaldino&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=ysmZ67cdFKgC&amp;amp;pg=PA460&amp;amp;dq=rimbaldino&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=rimbaldino&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.clarence.com/contents/cultura-spettacolo/societamenti/autorimz/rimbaud/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.clarence.com/contents/cultura-spettacolo/societamenti/autorimz/rimbaud/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=ysmZ67cdFKgC&amp;amp;pg=PA459&amp;amp;lpg=PA459&amp;amp;dq=rimbaud+rimbaldina&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=oYxWUWNVZx&amp;amp;sig=FkIDpO1wUfbg8wqhRT-iQ0kdwTs&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi289HS4qfNAhWBuBQKHWv9AiEQ6AEICzAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=rimbaud%20rimbaldina&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.es/books?id=ysmZ67cdFKgC&amp;amp;pg=PA459&amp;amp;lpg=PA459&amp;amp;dq=rimbaud+rimbaldina&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=oYxWUWNVZx&amp;amp;sig=FkIDpO1wUfbg8wqhRT-iQ0kdwTs&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi289HS4qfNAhWBuBQKHWv9AiEQ6AEICzAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=rimbaud%20rimbaldina&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.poesia2punto0.com/2013/10/27/generazione-p-con-oroscopo-generazionale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.poesia2punto0.com/2013/10/27/generazione-p-con-oroscopo-generazionale/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sembra che sia un aggettivo relativo a Rimbaud.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T13:12:35.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6957" CreationDate="2016-07-06T13:48:24.480" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;In&quot; gennaio è sicuramente la forma italiana più comune (almeno quando vuole semplicemente rappresentare un complemento di tempo). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma &quot;a&quot; gennaio sottintende quasi sempre un metaforico moto a luogo, come nell'espressione scolastica, una volta assai consueta, &quot;rimandato a settembre&quot;, che si diceva di un allievo che non aveva ottenuto direttamente la promozione a fine anno, e quindi doveva sostenere degli esami di riparazione subito prima della ripresa dei corsi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Aggiungo, anche tenendo conto delle osservazioni espresse da altri utenti, che la scelta tra l'una e l'altra preposizione potrebbe pure essere determinata principalmente da usi regionali. Io sono del Nordest, e quella che riferisco è in parte la preferenza della mia zona di appartenenza.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Segnalo che &lt;a href=&quot;http://www-old.accademiadellacrusca.it/faq/faq_risp.php%3Fid=7396&amp;amp;ctg_id=93.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;un articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; indicherebbe una sostanziale indifferenza nell'uso di a/in davanti al nome del mese. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2624" LastEditorUserId="2624" LastEditDate="2016-07-06T17:38:05.843" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T17:38:05.843" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7164" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7165" CreationDate="2016-07-06T18:22:54.463" Score="6" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading this article from la repubblica &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/politica/2016/07/06/news/cricca_delle_nomine_puntava_sui_tribunali_2_0_abbiamo_visto_legnini_ora_lotti_-143516669/?ref=HRER3-1&quot;&gt;http://www.repubblica.it/politica/2016/07/06/news/cricca_delle_nomine_puntava_sui_tribunali_2_0_abbiamo_visto_legnini_ora_lotti_-143516669/?ref=HRER3-1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first couple of sentences throw me off badly, I have asked a couple of italian native speakers and they assure me it is correct, but I still don't understand. The segment in question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nell'ufficio di via in Lucina, a pochi passi da Palazzo Chigi, Raffaele Pizza stava combinando con due imprenditori la &quot;mandrakata&quot;. Diventare fornitori esclusivi per la pubblica amministrazione della gestione del sistema Tiap, il &quot;Trattamento informatizzato Atti Processuali&quot;, in uso anche alla procura di Roma.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first sentence makes sense, but I don't understand what the second sentence refers to at all &quot;diventare fornitori...&quot; I know what the words mean, but to my (native English) mind, it's just a fragement with no subject. Can anyone explain what is going on here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1920" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-06T18:50:55.613" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T19:53:58.933" Title="Full stops and sentences in Italian" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7164" CreationDate="2016-07-06T19:53:58.933" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you replace that full stop with a colon (and turn the upper-case “D” into a lower-case one), it becomes a more standard sentence. The spirit in this “style” is to focus the attention of the reader on some elements that in a more traditional phrasing would be simply parts of a longer sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To learn about the spirit of such sentences, more than about this particular formulation, you may read about the &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/stile-nominale_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;stile nominale&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, which favours short sentences, arriving almost to a fragmentation of normal syntax, and is exemplified at its most extreme in such texts as Ilvo Diamanti's:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Li avevamo dati per dispersi. Da parecchio tempo. I giovani. Ci parevano invisibili. Indistinguibili dalle generazioni precedenti. Dai fratelli maggiori. Dai genitori. Analoghi atteggiamenti. E una incontenibile voglia di mascherarsi. Agili, per affrontare la complessità sociale. Incriptati nelle loro cerchie minime. Nei piccoli gruppi di amici. Nascosti in famiglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-07-06T19:53:58.933" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7168" CreationDate="2016-07-07T07:08:56.963" Score="1" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro autobiografico &lt;em&gt;Un grande avvenire dietro le spalle&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Gassman ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Il verso va sentito in ogni suo accento», gorgogliava il maestoso Charles, seminudo sotto un immenso accappatoio rosso: «ogni sillaba &lt;strong&gt;pari&lt;/strong&gt; il suo accento, Shakespeare deve essere ballabile, come Mozart, Dante e tutta la vera poesia».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo Charles che appare nel brano è Charles Laughton. No capisco il significato di &quot;pari&quot; in questo passaggio. &#xA;Immagino sia il verbo &quot;parare&quot;. Malgrado aver letto tutte le accezioni di questo verbo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non riesco a vedere qual è il suo senso in questa frase. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-07T16:19:16.120" LastActivityDate="2016-07-07T16:19:16.120" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;pari&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7166" CreationDate="2016-07-07T12:31:46.340" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sta dicendo che bisogna accentare in particolar modo le sillabe di posto pari (la seconda, la quarta etc.): «ogni sillaba [in posizione] pari [abbia] il suo accento». Ciò combacia col fatto che a parlare sia un inglese, lingua in cui il verso drammatico scespiriano per eccellenza è il pentametro giambico che – semplificando – è composto da dieci sillabe di cui sono accentate appunto quelle in posizione pari:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Arise, fair sun, and kill the envious moon,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Who is already sick and pale with grief&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Shakespeare, &lt;em&gt;Romeo and Juliet&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-07-07T13:52:33.390" LastActivityDate="2016-07-07T13:52:33.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7169" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7170" CreationDate="2016-07-08T06:24:43.687" Score="0" ViewCount="1188" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lila s’infilava sotto pelle la rugginosa &lt;strong&gt;spilla francese&lt;/strong&gt; che aveva trovato per strada non so quando ma che conservava in tasca come il regalo di una fata; e io osservavo la punta di metallo che le scavava un tunnel biancastro nel palmo, e poi, quando lei l’estraeva e me la tendeva, facevo lo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cos'è una &quot;spilla francese&quot;. Ho cercato &quot;spilla&quot; e &quot;francese&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente al riguardo. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;spilla francese&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-08T12:24:56.197" LastActivityDate="2016-07-08T12:24:56.197" Title="Cos'è una &quot;spilla francese&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7169" CreationDate="2016-07-08T12:05:09.260" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso anche io che si riferisca alla &lt;em&gt;spilla da balia&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;spilla di sicurezza&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Su internet (&lt;a href=&quot;http://lellobrak.blogspot.fr/2011/08/e-spingule-francese.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://lellobrak.blogspot.fr/2011/08/e-spingule-francese.html&lt;/a&gt;) ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[..]spingule francese significa(non letteralmente) spilla da balia&#xA;  viene chiamata cosí perchè sono appunto spille che venivano usate nel ‘700 dalle balie per chiudere i pannolini di stoffa dei bambini&#xA;  (viene chiamata spingule francese perchè sono stati appunto i francesi a portare la novità a Napoli)!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo Elena Ferrante di Napoli mi sembra che la cosa torni. In ogni caso personalmente è la prima volta che sento il termine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2622" LastActivityDate="2016-07-08T12:05:09.260" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7171" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7195" CreationDate="2016-07-09T06:53:37.010" Score="0" ViewCount="2502" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un esercizio di italiano (modello di esame per ottenere il certificato di livello B2 della &quot;Generalirat de Catalunya&quot;) ho trovato questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianluca, proprio in questa curva, l'anno scorso evitò uno scontro frontale &lt;strong&gt;che sarebbe potuto essere mortale&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, per quanto si spiega in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1468/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, a me sembra che questa frase si dovrebbe scrivere in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianluca, proprio in questa curva, l'anno scorso evitò uno scontro frontale &lt;strong&gt;che avrebbe potuto essere mortale&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È così oppure la presenza del pronome &quot;che&quot; fa cambiare la situazione rispetto a quella esposta in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1466/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-07-17T11:14:31.290" Title="&quot;Che sarebbe potuto essere mortale&quot; oppure &quot;che avrebbe potuto essere mortale&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7171" CreationDate="2016-07-10T09:59:06.950" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di solito nel parlato comune capita di ascoltare entrambe le forme, ma qualora tu volessi essere preciso e formale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quando hai il verbo modale &quot;&lt;strong&gt;potere&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;+verbo all'&lt;strong&gt;infinito&lt;/strong&gt; (diverso da essere)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/Rubriche/Scioglilingua/2003/18aprile.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.corriere.it/Rubriche/Scioglilingua/2003/18aprile.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&quot;La regola grammaticale dice che l'ausiliare da usare con i verbi servili è quello proprio del verbo all'infinito.&quot; &#xA;Per fare un esempio: si dice &quot;Non ho potuto rispondere al telefono&quot;. Infatti l'ausiliare del verbo rispondere è &quot;avere&quot;, è corretto dire &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Ho risposto&lt;/strong&gt; al telefono&quot;, non &quot;Sono risposto al telefono&quot;, dunque bisogna usare il verbo &lt;strong&gt;avere&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quando hai il verbo modale &quot;&lt;strong&gt;potere&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;+&lt;strong&gt;essere&lt;/strong&gt;+&lt;strong&gt;aggettivo&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_367.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_367.html&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&quot;La scelta del verbo ausiliare per i tempi composti del verbo servile seguito dall'infinito essere è semplice: si deve usare &lt;strong&gt;avere&lt;/strong&gt;. Dunque, &quot;avrebbero potuto essere.&quot;&#xA;Per fare un esempio: si dice &quot;Avrebbe potuto essergli utile&quot;, invece che &quot;Sarebbe potuto essergli utile&quot;. Ma, nella vita quotidiana, la seconda forma è molto più ricorrente della prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2633" LastEditorUserId="2633" LastEditDate="2016-07-10T14:22:38.580" LastActivityDate="2016-07-10T14:22:38.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7095" CreationDate="2016-07-10T16:11:34.607" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo cachinnare ha origini latine, e vuol dire &quot;ridere smoderatamente, in maniera beffarda&quot;. Per cui direi che si possa intendere come &quot;non smettevo di ridere mentre ero intento a qualche nuovo scherzo....&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: Uno dei miei film preferiti! &quot;Vivo morendo in caserma, non in tempo di guerra, ma in tempo di vita.&quot; Ha riassunto in una frase la vita di un'intera generazione! :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2633" LastActivityDate="2016-07-10T16:11:34.607" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7174" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7176" CreationDate="2016-07-11T12:15:05.170" Score="2" ViewCount="863" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A un certo punto mi lanciò uno sguardo dei suoi, fermo, con gli &lt;strong&gt;occhi stretti&lt;/strong&gt;, e si diresse verso la palazzina dove abitava don Achille.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado aver letto tutte le accezioni di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stretto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;stretto&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;occhi stretti&quot; in questo brano. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-12T19:51:32.443" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;occhi stretti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1175" CreationDate="2016-07-11T16:57:52.847" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a real problem when translating the Present Perfect tense into Italian.&#xA;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Ho camminato nel parco per un anno&lt;/em&gt;.&quot; is the Passato Prossimo which, in the North of Italy represents the simple past tense. &#xA;Should it be translated as &quot;I walked in the park for a year&quot;, or &quot;I have walked in the park for a year&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Northern Italians mostly never use the Passato Remoto so, in reality the have only one simple past tense - just like in English. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, in the South of Italy people almost invariably use the Passato Remoto and almost never the Passato Prossimo. This means they too have only one simple past tense - just like in English. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In spite of practically everything written on the Internet on this matter, the Italian Passato Prossimo is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; equivalent to the English Present Perfect. The Passato Prossimo is the recent past, while the Passato Remoto is the distant past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How recent or distant the past may be is irrelevant to the English Present Perfect tense. We make no distinction between recent and distant past. The consequence or relevance to the present in the Present Perfect tense is not affected by how recent or distant the event or action was.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The examples as follows demonstrate the problem of translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Peter went to Venice this morning&lt;/em&gt; (Simple Past tense)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Peter has gone to Venice this morning&lt;/em&gt; (Present Perfect tense)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The context in (1) and the information are entirely in the past (even if the recent past). It says nothing about the present. We know that Peter went to Venice, but we say nothing about where he might be now. We cannot infer anything about the present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The context in (2) is &quot;this morning&quot; (the present) and the information is in the present about an action started earlier (i.e. in the past). We can safely infer, in the present, that Peter is either in Venice or in transit. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the casual translator will translate both as:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Peter è andato a Venezia questa mattina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2640" LastActivityDate="2016-07-11T16:57:52.847" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7174" CreationDate="2016-07-11T20:57:13.540" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Occhi stretti&quot; in questo caso vuol dire &quot;serrati&quot; o &quot;semichiusi&quot;.&#xA;Mancava poco che gli occhi fossero completamente chiusi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2614" LastEditorUserId="2614" LastEditDate="2016-07-12T19:51:32.443" LastActivityDate="2016-07-12T19:51:32.443" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7174" CreationDate="2016-07-12T09:01:14.863" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;strétto1 agg. [part. pass. di stringere, che continua il lat. strĭctus, part. pass. di stringĕre]. – 1. a. Premuto, serrato fortemente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si intendono appunto gli occhi serrati (anche se più propriamente sono le palpebre a essere serrate).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però anche la seconda definizione è appropriata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Di dimensioni ridotte nel senso della larghezza, non ampio, angusto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti gli occhi serrati diventano più stretti del normale, riducendosi a due linee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi le due definizioni ci riportano alla stessa azione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2622" LastActivityDate="2016-07-12T09:01:14.863" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7178" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-07-14T07:36:01.880" Score="1" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Attraverso quelle aperture il buio poteva prenderci all’improvviso le bambole, a volte al sicuro tra le nostre braccia, più spesso messe di proposito accanto al reticolo ritorto e quindi esposte al respiro freddo dello scantinato, ai rumori minacciosi che ne venivano, ai fruscii, agli scricchiolii, al &lt;strong&gt;raspare&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano cerca di spiegare le paure infantili di due bambine che giocano con le loro bambine accanto a uno scantinato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;raspare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il suo significato nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-14T20:06:32.097" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;raspare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7178" CreationDate="2016-07-14T08:16:49.570" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Raspare indica l'azione di levigare con una raspa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A sua volta la raspa è un utensile che serve per levigare il legno e materiali duri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il rumore della raspa può essere a seconda la superficie dove utilizzata più o meno stridulo, di conseguenza il riferimento al &lt;code&gt;raspare&lt;/code&gt; indica dei suoni che per un bambino possono incutere timore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se vai &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mcello63.com/suonerie_varie/page_05.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e selezioni il file &lt;code&gt;39 - FABBRICA FALEGNAMERIA.mp3&lt;/code&gt; ti renderai conto del rumore della raspa su del legno e potrai assocaire l'immaginazione del bambino che ha timore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2016-07-14T08:16:49.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7180" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7181" CreationDate="2016-07-15T14:44:47.610" Score="2" ViewCount="1229" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Scaffale&quot; e &quot;mensola&quot;: questi due vocaboli mi sono sempre sembrati molto simili. Non capisco se ci sono differenze di uso o di significato tra loro. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire questo mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-15T15:46:22.417" Title="Differenze tra &quot;scaffale&quot; e &quot;mensola&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7180" CreationDate="2016-07-15T15:46:22.417" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In sintesi: uno scaffale ha le mensole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo scaffale, infatti, è un mobile di legno o di metallo con dei ripiani orizzontali. Di solito si usa per i libri o per oggetti non troppo pesanti e voluminosi. La mensola, invece, è un piano di legno o di metallo. È possibile anche attaccare al muro una o più mensole singolarmente per appoggiare oggetti da cucina, ad esempio, o di altro tipo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-07-15T15:46:22.417" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7178" CreationDate="2016-07-15T15:51:39.990" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto, direi che &quot;raspare&quot; va inteso nel senso di &quot;rumore di unghie/zampe che grattano la porta&quot;. Immagino che tale rumore sia considerato minaccioso perché indica che un animale sta tentando di &quot;aprire&quot; la porta ed entrare. Molte generazioni di bambini sono cresciute con la paura di un lupo che entra in casa e mangia i bambini, per via delle molte favole che lo raccontano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-07-15T15:51:39.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7178" CreationDate="2016-07-15T19:48:03.567" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Raspare è l'azione che compiono alcuni animali, nell'atto di raspare la terra, ovvero utilizzare le zampe per &quot;grattare&quot; il terreno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da qui il verbo viene trasformato in un sostantivo con il significato di &quot;rumore di zampe che grattano contro qualcosa&quot;, spesso usato anche in senso figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2638" LastActivityDate="2016-07-15T19:48:03.567" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5159" CreationDate="2016-07-16T04:48:31.413" Score="8" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Probable Origin&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://idiomation.wordpress.com/2011/01/03/if-my-grandmother-had-wheels/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Elyse Bruce&lt;/a&gt; indicates the earliest example to be in &quot;Jüdische Sprichwörter und Redensarten&quot; (Jewish Proverbs and Idioms), by Ignaz Bernstein and B.W. Segel, Frankfurt, Germany 1908.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sadly I'm unable to read the original German nor Yiddish, but the most likely version to be found there would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       אויב מיין באָבע האט ווילז, זי 'ד ווערן אַ טראַמווייַ&#xA;       Oyf mayn bobe hot vilz, zi 'd vern a tramvay.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If my grandmother had wheels, she'd have been a streetcar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bubbygram.com/yiddishglossary.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Adrienne E. Gusoff&lt;/a&gt;, the above is a less vulgar version of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       אויף מיין באָבע האט באַללס, זי וואָלט זייַן מיין זיידע&#xA;       Oyf mayn bobe hot balls, zi volt zayn mayn zeyde.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If my grandmother had balls, she'd be my grandfather.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Select Examples&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some equivalents of both versions of the expression seem to crop up across Europe as well as in Israel and the US.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I apologize for failing to quote in this section. New users aren't allowed to post &gt;2 url's, and all sources are - tragically - online.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Spanish&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       Si mi abuela tuviera ruedas, sería una bicicleta.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If my grandmother had wheels, she’d be a bicycle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;German&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       Wenn meine Großmutter Räder hätte, wär sie ein möbelwagen.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If my grandmother had wheels, she would be a van.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Hebrew&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       אם לסבתא היו גלגלים, היא הייתה אוטובוס&#xA;       Im le-sávta hayú gálgalim, hi haitá otobús.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If grandmother had wheels, she'd be a bus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Polish&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       Gdyby babcia miała wąsy, to byłaby dziadkiem.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If grandma had a mustache, she'd be a grandpa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Dutch&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       Als mijn tante kloten had gehad dan was zij mijn oom.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If my aunt had balls, she'd be my uncle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;English&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;Ireland, American English (US, Midwest?)&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       If my aunt had balls, she'd be my uncle.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;American English (US, Mayne/NY?)&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       If the queen had balls, she'd be the king.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;American English (US)&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;       If my aunt had wheels, she'd be a trolley.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2652" LastActivityDate="2016-07-16T04:48:31.413" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7185" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7189" CreationDate="2016-07-16T06:53:21.560" Score="6" ViewCount="712" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't get why stare should be used in the passive voice after essere. Look at these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La macchina è stata riparata da Max;&#xA;La carrozzeria è stata rifatta;&#xA;Due camicie sono state lavate;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My book says:&quot;The passive voice in Italian consists  of a form  of essere plus  the past participle, which agrees in gender and number with the subject of the sentence&quot;. It doesn't explain why stare is necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2653" LastActivityDate="2016-07-16T13:22:18.353" Title="What's the point of using &quot;stare&quot; in the passive voice?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7185" CreationDate="2016-07-16T11:14:02.737" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't use &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;, in general, for the passive voice. You are use &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; for the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; of the passive voice. For instance: “ The car is (being) washed by Max” is “&lt;em&gt;La macchina è&lt;/em&gt; [or, more idiomatically, &lt;em&gt;viene&lt;/em&gt;] &lt;em&gt;lavata da Max&lt;/em&gt;”. ”&lt;em&gt;La macchina è stata lavata da Max&lt;/em&gt;” means “The car has been washed by Max”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what we have here is the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; of the verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;sono, sei, è... stato&lt;/em&gt;), not a construction peculiar to passive voice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-07-16T11:14:02.737" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7185" CreationDate="2016-07-16T13:04:01.243" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your book is not very clear. It should have said that the passive voice in Italian consists of a form of &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; plus &lt;strong&gt;the past participle of the main verb&lt;/strong&gt;. In the car example, the main verb is &lt;em&gt;riparare&lt;/em&gt; (to repair).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's start with the active form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The car is in the garage now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Adesso la macchina è nel garage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The car has been two weeks in the garage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La macchina è stata due settimane nel garage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The car is repaired by Max right now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La macchina è riparata da Max proprio ora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The car has been repaired by Max two weeks ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La macchina è stata riparata da Max due settimane fa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; (to stay) in your examples: &lt;em&gt;stato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stata&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stati&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;state&lt;/em&gt; are not only the past participle of &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;, they are also the past participle of &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (to be).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;La macchina&lt;/em&gt; = the car&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt; = is (but in English you say: has)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;stata&lt;/em&gt; = been&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;riparata&lt;/em&gt; = repaired&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; use the same past participle as &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;? Because Latin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Italian past participle comes from the Latin perfect participle, but in Latin intransitive verbs had no perfect participle (exception: deponent verbs). This makes sense because in Latin the past participle is used only in passive sentences, and usually the passive form does not exist for intransitive verbs. In Italian (and in English!), though, the past participle is used for some past tenses, which made it necessary to assign past participles also to intransitive verbs and particularly to the active-only verb &lt;em&gt;esse&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (to be). So, the past participle for &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; was borrowed from the verb of similar meaning &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; (to stay); &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; is also lacking most passive forms, but it does own an impersonal third-person passive form, therefore it has a perfect participle: the word &lt;em&gt;status&lt;/em&gt; that several European languages are still using with the same spelling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="189" LastEditDate="2016-07-16T13:22:18.353" LastActivityDate="2016-07-16T13:22:18.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7190" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7191" CreationDate="2016-07-16T20:18:32.287" Score="2" ViewCount="506" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a beginner in Italian. I like to know how I can distinguish or determine the gender, masculine and feminine, of nouns. One indication is that if a word ends with an “a” like &lt;em&gt;ragazza&lt;/em&gt; then we will say &lt;em&gt;una ragazza&lt;/em&gt; but then why Italians say or write &lt;em&gt;una lezione&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;una stazione&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spiegatemi, per favore! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-07-17T07:37:20.070" LastActivityDate="2016-07-18T09:27:35.363" Title="How can a beginner assign masculine and feminine gender to nouns in the Italian language?" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7190" CreationDate="2016-07-16T22:46:16.340" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately there is no hard and fast rule for determining whether a noun is masculine or feminine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nouns ending in &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; are most frequently masculine and nouns ending in &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; are most frequently feminine. With exceptions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la mano (feminine, hand)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  il poeta (masculine, poet)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nouns ending in &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; can be either masculine or feminine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la lezione (lecture), la stazione (station), l'azione (action)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  il colore (color), l'androne (entrance hall), il pallone (big ball)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only way is to learn the gender together with the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-07-16T22:46:16.340" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7192" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7194" CreationDate="2016-07-17T08:42:58.710" Score="0" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All’inizio restavo nascosta dietro un angolo e mi sporgevo per vedere se Lila arrivava. Poi, visto che non si muoveva, mi costringevo a raggiungerla, le passavo le pietre, le tiravo anch’io. Ma lo facevo senza convinzione, ho fatto molte cose nella mia vita ma mai convinta, mi sono sempre sentita un po’ &lt;strong&gt;scollata&lt;/strong&gt; dalle mie stesse azioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;scollato&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia non riesco a capire il senso di questo termine nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-17T08:56:44.007" Title="Cosa significa &quot;scollato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6048" CreationDate="2016-07-17T08:54:28.880" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A related word, closer to the latin origin, is 'trarre', which can evoke 'moving something continuously in space', (see 'trattore', tractor).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;From there comes a nuance of 'managing', from which the meaning of treating carried by 'trattare'.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=trattare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.etimo.it/?term=trattare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1190" LastActivityDate="2016-07-17T08:54:28.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7192" CreationDate="2016-07-17T08:56:44.007" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;em&gt;scollata&lt;/em&gt;, qui, è quello del verbo &lt;em&gt;scollare&lt;/em&gt; (separare due parti prima unite dalla colla, quindi saldamente). Di solito si ritiene che le azioni di una persona siano sempre aderenti (attaccate, incollate) alle sue intenzioni, ai suoi pensieri, e viceversa. In questo caso, la protagonista dice che per lei non era così: spesso compiva azioni che in realtà non desiderava compiere. L'uso della parola, dunque, è figurato e serve a spiegare la psicologia del personaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-07-17T08:56:44.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7171" CreationDate="2016-07-17T11:14:31.290" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho appena installato l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=it.mit.lagrammaticaitaliana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;app &quot;La Grammatica italiana&quot; di Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt; sul mio cellulare. Là ho trovato questa spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;HO DOVUTO ESSERE O SONO DOVUTO ESSERE? &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anche sui giornali può capitare di leggere l’ausiliare &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; con il verbo servile e l’infinito passivo &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mancava il siero antiofidico in grado di salvargli la vita, che è dovuto essere recuperato, con una veloce staffetta della Polizia Stradale, a Foggia («La Repubblica»)&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La regola, che vale sia per l’infinito &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; sia per l’infinito passivo, prevede l’ausiliare &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ho dovuto&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;potuto&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;voluto&lt;/strong&gt; essere severo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ho dovuto&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;potuto&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;voluto&lt;/strong&gt; essere criticato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio di errore nell'uso dell’ausiliare tratto dal giornale &quot;La Repubblica&quot; è appunto una frase col pronome &quot;che&quot;. Quindi, come ha detto @Benedetta nel suo commento, la presenza del &quot;che&quot; nella frase non modifica la regola valida nella situazione della domanda. Cioè, la frase corretta in quel caso è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianluca, proprio in questa curva, l'anno scorso evitò uno scontro frontale &lt;strong&gt;che avrebbe potuto essere mortale&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-17T11:14:31.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7190" CreationDate="2016-07-17T19:16:27.523" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;When reading a text or listening to a conversation (that's the way I understand your question), your main source should be &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.iluss.it/free_iluss/beginner_free/articolo_free_09/exe1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;the article&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il forte is masculine&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  La sfinge is feminine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guesswork required with &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'iride&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in such a situation the context is your only (not dependable) chance if you don't know the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;iride is feminine ^^&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="688" LastEditorUserId="688" LastEditDate="2016-07-18T09:27:35.363" LastActivityDate="2016-07-18T09:27:35.363" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7197" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7207" CreationDate="2016-07-17T22:27:12.830" Score="7" ViewCount="1285" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a firm plan to attempt official Italian language exams. After searching on the internet I have come across about a few of them like CELI, CILS, and PLIDA. Can anyone suggest me which ones are most recognized and ideal and what should be the learning route for a foreign student whose native language is not Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please guide and provide authentic information. Grazie Mille :)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="4429" LastEditDate="2020-01-05T17:25:10.010" LastActivityDate="2020-01-05T17:25:10.010" Title="What are the most recognized Italian language certifications available for foreign language speakers?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7198" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-07-18T08:49:06.763" Score="2" ViewCount="3181" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Muro&quot; e &quot;parete&quot;: questi due vocaboli mi sono sempre sembrati molto simili. Non capisco se ci sono differenze di uso o di significato tra loro. Per esempio, se sto parlando dell'interno di un'abitazione, cosa devo usare: &quot;muro&quot; o &quot;parete&quot;? Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-18T09:27:10.613" LastActivityDate="2017-07-11T11:53:06.340" Title="Differenze tra &quot;muro&quot; e &quot;parete&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7198" CreationDate="2016-07-18T09:52:06.573" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con la parola &lt;em&gt;parete&lt;/em&gt; si indica uno dei lati di un &lt;em&gt;muro&lt;/em&gt;. Il muro è definito come una struttura parallelepipeda dall'altezza e dalla larghezza notevolmente più spessi rispetto alla terza dimensione (lo spessore). Perciò ogni muro avrà due pareti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guardando in questo link &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/muro/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/muro/&lt;/a&gt; c'è la definizione di muro e negli esempi è possibile leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;muro a scarpa&lt;/em&gt;, nel quale una parete è, anziché verticale, obliqua, in modo che lo spessore della struttura sia maggiore in basso che in alto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel parlato comune, parlando dell'interno di una casa, le due parole sono utilizzate per dire la stessa cosa. Ciò probabilmente è dovuto al fatto che il muro ha un solo lato in una stanza (quindi una sola parete per stanza legata a un determinato muro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1901" LastActivityDate="2016-07-18T09:52:06.573" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7200" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7205" CreationDate="2016-07-19T07:21:36.050" Score="0" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma intanto cominciarono a volare oggetti dalla finestra e fu tale la curiosità che mi liberai i timpani, come se avessi bisogno di suoni nitidi per capire. Melina però non gridava parole ma solo aaah, aaah, come se fosse ferita. Non la si vedeva, di lei non compariva nemmeno un braccio o una mano che lanciava le cose. Pentole di rame, bicchieri, bottiglie, piatti parevano volare dalla finestra per volontà propria e in strada Lidia Sarratore &lt;strong&gt;filava&lt;/strong&gt; a testa china, la schiena curva sulla carrozzella, le figlie dietro, e Donato s’arrampicava sulla carretta tra le sue proprietà, e don Nicola tratteneva il cavallo per il morso e intanto le cose urtavano sull’asfalto, rimbalzavano, si spezzavano schizzando schegge tra le zampe nervose della bestia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo passaggio,  Lidia Sarratore fa parte di una famiglia che in quel momento è in trasloco. Melina è una vicina che si è innamorata del marito di Lidia, Donato: presa dalla rabbia, grida e lancia oggetti dalla finestra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado aver letto tutte le accezioni del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/filare3/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;verbo &quot;filare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non riesco a capire qual è il suo significato in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-20T08:52:50.317" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;filare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7201" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-07-19T07:59:58.563" Score="7" ViewCount="503" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think this is a &quot;modo di dire&quot; - naturally I understand the words but not the meaning, please help. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che sia un modo di dire, ma anche se capisco le parole, non sono sicuro del senso, aiuto!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2659" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-14T07:46:03.600" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T21:27:02.450" Title="What is the meaning of &quot;mangia tu che mangio io&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7200" CreationDate="2016-07-19T11:22:56.217" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Andava veloce&quot;, nel contesto, può avere accezione di fuggire tanto quanto può averlo &quot;correva&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="494" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-20T08:52:50.317" LastActivityDate="2016-07-20T08:52:50.317" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7200" CreationDate="2016-07-19T16:37:33.737" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato corretto è il numero 4 della pagina a cui fai riferimento: si intende che Lidia procede velocemente, senza curarsi della baraonda che succede intorno a lei. Noi mi è chiaro (perché mi manca il contesto) se sia più adatto il significato 4a o 4b, probabilmente si tratta di una vita di mezzo: Lidia sta sia procedendo regolarmente che allontanandosi il prima possibile (quasi come se stesse scappando) dalla vicina che dà in escandescenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine è comunque da intendersi utilizzato in senso colloquiale: immagino che l'etimologia sia quella suggerita dalle definizioni precedenti nella stessa pagina; originalmente il termine si riferisce al &quot;ridurre in forma di filo&quot; delle fibre grezze (significato 1); in questa operazione, il filo che si forma un po' alla volta scorre regolarmente tra le mani e si arrotola sul fuso (significato 2): per analogia, si dice che &quot;fila&quot; chi si sposta con regolarità oppure, per &lt;em&gt;understatement&lt;/em&gt;, fugge via da qualcosa (significato 4).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2016-07-19T16:37:33.737" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7201" CreationDate="2016-07-19T16:49:31.420" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer might depend on the context, but it probably refers to a few corrupted people (probably politicians or something close), each of which knows that the others are corrupted but is not willing to report them in order to protect their own interests. In the analogy, &quot;to eat&quot; is to gain benefits from corruption: by not preventing others from &quot;eating&quot; (not reporting them) you can keep &quot;eating&quot; as well (because they do not report you).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the Camilleri's novel mentioned by Charo this is the actual use (the sentence is said about a mayor and other unnamed politicians).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2016-07-19T16:49:31.420" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7197" CreationDate="2016-07-19T21:09:33.037" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would be any exam compliant with the CEFR.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/Cadre1_en.asp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/linguistic/Cadre1_en.asp&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastActivityDate="2016-07-19T21:09:33.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7201" CreationDate="2016-07-20T07:54:18.880" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;action&lt;/em&gt; tu che &lt;em&gt;action&lt;/em&gt; io&quot; is a colloquial form to indicate that &lt;em&gt;we both&lt;/em&gt; are doing or should do something with a will and at the same time, possibly in (usually friendly) competition: &lt;em&gt;corri tu che corro anch'io&lt;/em&gt; = run, and I'm running too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also used for continuous actions: &lt;em&gt;ci siamo visti al pomeriggio, ma, chiacchiera tu che chiacchiero io, si è fatta notte&lt;/em&gt; - &lt;em&gt;we met in the afternoon and, one gossip after another, the night fell&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So literally &lt;em&gt;mangia tu che mangio anch'io&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;we are both eating heartily&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;let's go on eating&lt;/em&gt;. I have found this exact usage in a parody of a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guido,_i%27_vorrei_che_tu_e_Lapo_ed_io&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sonnet by Dante&lt;/a&gt; by Carlo Lapucci:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Guido i' vorrei che tu, Lapo ed io&#xA;fossimo presi per incantamento&#xA;e messi in un tinel, che a piacimento&#xA;da mangiar desse d'ogne ben di Dio.&#xA;&#xA;Ivi sbafando in tre per quattrocento&#xA;di bere insieme crescesse 'l disio;&#xA;indi, **mangiate voi che mangio anch'io,**&#xA;...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then there is a figurative sense for &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; which also means &lt;em&gt;grafting&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;accepting bribes&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore &lt;em&gt;mangia tu che mangio anch'io&lt;/em&gt; could translate to a reciprocal encouragement to accept (or continue accepting) bribes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2019-05-20T21:27:02.450" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T21:27:02.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7210" CreationDate="2016-07-20T12:27:45.573" Score="2" ViewCount="1852" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Certo, il padre, Fernando lo scarparo, quando &lt;strong&gt;gli prendevano i cinque minuti&lt;/strong&gt; diventava cattivo. Ma a tutti i padri venivano le furie. Tanto più che il suo, quando lei non lo provocava, era un uomo gentile, simpatico, gran lavoratore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;prendere i cinque minuti&quot; in questo brano. L'ho cercata nel Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli, ma non l'ho trovata. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-20T15:14:04.597" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;prendere i cinque minuti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7209" CreationDate="2016-07-20T14:52:46.067" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa arrabbiarsi, perdere la pazienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso è più conveniente cercare espressioni usando un motore di ricerca e mirando la ricerca ad un sito (può essere quello della Treccani o altro di tua preferenza) in questo modo arrivi a risultati utili che ti sarebbe difficile trovare usando le funzioni di ricerca del sito stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo, per esempio, lo si trova nel Treccani a riguardo della parola &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ribollire_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;ribollire&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (è solo un esempio di come puoi scavare un poco in profondità per le tue ricerche, l'espressione appare in altre parti del sito):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;● Espressioni: sentirsi ribollire il sangue [sentirsi molto nervoso] ≈ adirarsi, arrabbiarsi, (fam.) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;farsi venire i cinque minuti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, inalberarsi, (volg.) incazzarsi, incollerirsi. ↑ andare in bestia (o su tutte le furie), imbestialirsi, imbufalirsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In teatro &quot;dare i cinque minuti&quot; invece avverte che ci sono 5 minuti prima di entrare in scena&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-20T15:14:04.597" LastActivityDate="2016-07-20T15:14:04.597" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7211" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-07-20T22:24:42.500" Score="5" ViewCount="884" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho visto che l'inglese &lt;em&gt;let&lt;/em&gt; si traduce spesso con il verbo &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come on, &lt;strong&gt;let&lt;/strong&gt; me see! = Ma dai, &lt;strong&gt;fammi&lt;/strong&gt; vedere!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Let&lt;/strong&gt; me know if you need anything = &lt;strong&gt;Fammi&lt;/strong&gt; sapere se hai bisogno di qualcosa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito traduco &lt;em&gt;let&lt;/em&gt; come &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt;, ma mi sa che in questo caso &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt; non va. Dall'altra parte, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/L/lasciare.shtml?refresh_ce-cp&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Corriere della sera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; anche &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt; andrebbe bene:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;II.Seguito dall'inf.&lt;/strong&gt; di un v., &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt; assume valore causativo, nei sign. di permettere ad altri di fare qlco., produrre certi effetti: &lt;em&gt;l. partire il figlio; lasciami lavorare!.&lt;/em&gt; Oltre che dall'infinito, può essere seguito da frase (introd. da &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;lascia che decida da solo&lt;/em&gt; (...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutti i tre esempi riportati dal Corriere si possono costruire con &lt;em&gt;let&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lasciare&lt;/strong&gt; partire qualcuno = &lt;strong&gt;Let&lt;/strong&gt; someone go.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lasciami&lt;/strong&gt; lavorare! = &lt;strong&gt;Let&lt;/strong&gt; me work!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lascia&lt;/strong&gt; che decida da solo = &lt;strong&gt;Let&lt;/strong&gt; him decide for himself.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la mia domanda è: Le versioni di sopra sono le uniche possibilità, o si può anche dire...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ma dai, &lt;strong&gt;lasciami&lt;/strong&gt; vedere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lasciami&lt;/strong&gt; sapere se...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fare&lt;/strong&gt; partire qualcuno.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fammi&lt;/strong&gt; lavorare!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fai&lt;/strong&gt; che decida da solo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura se queste frasi siano ben formate (sopratutto le tre ultime). Se non lo sono: &lt;strong&gt;Come decidere tra &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2048" LastActivityDate="2016-07-21T08:24:50.483" Title="&quot;Fare&quot; o &quot;lasciare&quot; come traduzione di &quot;let&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7211" CreationDate="2016-07-20T23:11:11.870" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è una differenza sostanziale fra &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; in questi contesti che invece il verbo inglese &lt;em&gt;let&lt;/em&gt; non distingue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si dice &lt;em&gt;fammi sapere se hai bisogno di qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; perché si richiede un'azione specifica dell'interlocutore. Una costruzione come &lt;em&gt;lasciami sapere&lt;/em&gt; non ha molto senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dire &lt;em&gt;lasciami detto se hai bisogno di qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;, intendendo che l'interlocutore mandi una comunicazione di qualche genere, orale o scritta; ma, in questo caso, l'inglese non userebbe &lt;em&gt;let&lt;/em&gt;, bensì &lt;em&gt;leave&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;leave me a note if you need something&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al contrario, &lt;em&gt;lasciami lavorare&lt;/em&gt; richiede una “non azione” dell'interlocutore, cioè che la smetta di intralciarmi. L'esortazione &lt;em&gt;fammi lavorare&lt;/em&gt; è la richiesta che l'interlocutore mi procuri un lavoro. Si può anche dire &lt;em&gt;fammi lavorare&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto, purché il tono sia diverso: &lt;em&gt;ma fammi lavorare!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tradurre &lt;em&gt;let&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt; è spesso sbagliato: in molti casi è &lt;em&gt;permettere&lt;/em&gt;. Una frase come &lt;em&gt;let me see&lt;/em&gt; può anche essere resa con &lt;em&gt;lasciami guardare&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso di &lt;em&gt;permettimi di guardare&lt;/em&gt;; il contesto inglese dovrebbe chiarire la situazione. Per esempio, il mio interlocutore sta guardando dal buco della serratura: &lt;em&gt;lasciami guardare&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe andar bene, nel senso di &lt;em&gt;togliti di lì e fa' guardare anche me&lt;/em&gt;. Certamente, anche &lt;em&gt;fammi guardare&lt;/em&gt; andrebbe bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per concludere: in questi casi, con &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; rischi meno di sbagliare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-07-21T08:24:50.483" LastActivityDate="2016-07-21T08:24:50.483" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7213" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7215" CreationDate="2016-07-21T03:36:30.343" Score="2" ViewCount="1181" Body="&lt;p&gt;The both carry the same meaning: &quot;Excuse Me&quot;. But there has to be a difference in their usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please answer in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-21T08:30:40.360" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T01:39:36.660" Title="Qual è la differenza tra Scusa e Scusami?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7213" CreationDate="2016-07-21T06:23:04.047" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;More or less the difference that there is between &quot;sorry&quot; an &quot;excuse me&quot;.&#xA;The both convey the same meaning and they are informal in usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-07-21T06:23:04.047" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7213" CreationDate="2016-07-21T08:56:01.213" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are no difference, you can just choose the one that sounds better. &quot;Scusami&quot; literally means &quot;excuse me&quot; and &quot;scusa&quot; means &quot;excuse&quot;, but &quot;me&quot; is implied anyway (at least when &quot;scusa&quot; is used as an imperative verb; it can also be a noun, and that is a wholly different thing). Both can be used both as &quot;sorry&quot; and &quot;excuse me&quot;. Both are informal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2016-07-21T08:56:01.213" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7216" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7217" CreationDate="2016-07-21T18:30:00.420" Score="2" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a bit puzzled by this construction. My attempt is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;They're like this. It's not worth getting angry about&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand 'prendersela', but not the 'c'è da' part. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help is appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2016-07-28T23:47:35.000" Title="Sono fatti così. Non c'è da prendersela" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7216" CreationDate="2016-07-21T23:19:18.250" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;C'è da&lt;/em&gt; is another way to say &lt;em&gt;bisogna&lt;/em&gt;, so &lt;em&gt;non c'è da prendersela&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;(there's) no need to get angry&quot;, &quot;you should not get angry&quot;. Similar constructs are &lt;em&gt;non c'è da stupirsi, non c'è da preoccuparsi, c'è da fare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might hear &lt;em&gt;Sei da amare&lt;/em&gt; (and similar), i.e. &quot;You're a treasure&quot;, or something like &lt;em&gt;Quei tizi sono da evitare&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. &quot;You better avoid those guys&quot;. But do note it's different: the second person of &lt;em&gt;c'è da&lt;/em&gt; would be &lt;em&gt;ci sei da&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;this&lt;/strong&gt;, as well as &lt;em&gt;ci siete da, ci siamo da&lt;/em&gt;, is almost always (*) meaningless; however, &lt;em&gt;Ci sono ancora i bagni da pulire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Ci sono i condizionatori da aggiustare&lt;/em&gt; do make sense and are actually what you should say instead of &lt;em&gt;C'è ancora da pulire i bagni, C'è da aggiustare i condizionatori&lt;/em&gt;. In other words, if the verb is transitive, &lt;em&gt;c'è da&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;ci sono&lt;/em&gt; object &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; if the object is plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(*) &lt;em&gt;Ah dimenticavo, ci siete voi/ci sei tu da sistemare!&lt;/em&gt; is a very very rare exception.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2016-07-28T23:47:35.000" LastActivityDate="2016-07-28T23:47:35.000" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7218" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7224" CreationDate="2016-07-22T13:47:36.317" Score="1" ViewCount="438" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso abbiate visto tutti la pubblicità di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=pubblicit%C3%A0%20treccani%20carino&amp;amp;rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT606IT607&amp;amp;oq=pubblicita%20treccani%20&amp;amp;aqs=chrome.1.69i57j0l3.6682j0j8&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome-mobile&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;in  cui, sostanzialmente, si invita i giovani ad usare un maggior numero di vocaboli, e quindi  a fare un miglior uso della lingua italiana. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il termine, se esiste,  che definisce un linguaggio caratterizzato da un uso limitato dei vocaboli disponibili? (in sostanza quello che Treccani ci sta dicendo). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-22T21:13:48.933" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T09:15:40.983" Title="Carino, carinissimo, che carino!" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7218" CreationDate="2016-07-22T20:49:55.453" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un singolo termine non mi viene in mente, puoi tranquillamente dire che la persona della pubblicità ha un vocabolario limitato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2016-07-23T09:15:40.983" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T09:15:40.983" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7218" CreationDate="2016-07-22T21:56:23.157" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non credo che esista il termine che cerchi, che dovrebbe avere una connotazione leggermente negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una parola &lt;em&gt;simile&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;strong&gt;microlingua&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;/mi·cro·lìn·gua/ sostantivo femminile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Linguaggio settoriale molto semplificato sul piano morfosintattico e privo di connotazioni stilistiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però una microlingua è tipicamente oligosemica, o addirittura monosemica (ogni parola ha pochi, o un solo, significato molto preciso). Nel caso di chi dispone di un vocabolario limitato invece si assiste al fenomeno contrario, quello della polisemia, in cui poche parole servono a descrivere una quantità di significati (un po' come succede con la parola &lt;em&gt;coso&lt;/em&gt;), e non di rado il linguaggio viene supplementato da gesti o espressioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In genere chi parla una microlingua lo fa perché è in una situazione che lo richiede, e dispone di un vocabolario normalmente &lt;em&gt;più ampio&lt;/em&gt; della media. Per esempio è il caso degli avvocati o dei medici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe usare il termine &lt;strong&gt;gergo&lt;/strong&gt;, ma di solito un gergo contiene parole non esistenti nella lingua &quot;madre&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come aggettivo per un linguaggio potrei azzardare &lt;em&gt;colloquiale&lt;/em&gt; (anche questo però non è molto soddisfacente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se arriva ad essere un vero e proprio disturbo, il termine politicamente corretto è &lt;em&gt;disturbo specifico del linguaggio&lt;/em&gt;; una volta si chiamava &lt;em&gt;oligofasia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-07-22T21:56:23.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7213" CreationDate="2016-07-23T01:39:36.660" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Exactly the difference that there is between &quot;excuse&quot; and &quot;excuse me&quot;. Very few!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2680" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T01:39:36.660" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7225" CreationDate="2016-07-23T08:17:47.387" Score="1" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fu sul punto di mostrarmi anche i conti che aveva buttato giù, di nascosto da Rino, per capire quanto denaro serviva veramente per realizzarle. Poi si fermò, ripiegò i fogli &lt;strong&gt;smanacciati&lt;/strong&gt; e mi disse che era inutile perdere tempo: suo padre aveva ragione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;smanacciare&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia non capisco cosa intendi l'autrice per &quot;fogli smanacciati&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T08:44:44.303" Title="Cosa significa &quot;smanacciato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7218" CreationDate="2016-07-23T08:27:58.107" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lessico povero&quot;, &quot;vocabolario limitato&quot;. È quello che si legge nelle valutazioni di certi cómpiti scolastici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2682" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T08:27:58.107" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7223" CreationDate="2016-07-23T08:44:44.303" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=smanacciare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Smanacciare&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;manipolare qualcosa maldestramente: &lt;em&gt;smanacciare il pc.&lt;/em&gt; (Garzanti) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso si riferisca a fogli che erano stati manipolati senza cura, sgualciti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T08:44:44.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7226" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-07-23T10:29:31.490" Score="2" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm confused by this phrase. I understand that stirare means to iron or to stretch, but its use here has baffled me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dormono nel segreto della terra fino a che all'uno o all'altro pigli la fantasia di risvegliarsi. &lt;strong&gt;Allora di stira&lt;/strong&gt;, e sospinge da principio timidamente verso il sole un bellissimo ramoscello inoffensivo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be much appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2398" LastActivityDate="2016-07-24T10:42:56.407" Title="Allora di stira" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7226" CreationDate="2016-07-23T11:35:00.573" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Di stira&quot; is probably a typo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, the correct expression is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;si stira&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; which refers to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/stirarsi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;stirarsi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;to stretch,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; as when you wake up. (to extend one's muscles or limbs, as after prolonged sitting or on awakening) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;v.pronom.intr., distendere una parte del corpo per liberarla dal torpore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(De Mauro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-07-24T10:42:56.407" LastActivityDate="2016-07-24T10:42:56.407" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7228" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7230" CreationDate="2016-07-23T17:39:22.240" Score="7" ViewCount="2216" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Elephant in the room” or “Elephant in the living room”&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This idiom is used when we are referring to a big issue, an obvious truth, or an obvious problem that everybody is aware of, but  no one wants to discuss for various reasons, for example , because it is embarrassing or it may cause arguments. &#xA;It is based on the thought that an elephant in a room would be difficult to be unnoticed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;eg: The increase in homeless people is the state’s elephant in the room.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the Italian equivalent idiom or expression?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-24T11:28:21.593" LastActivityDate="2020-09-19T12:59:12.097" Title="&quot;Elephant in the room.&quot; What is the Italian equivalent?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7228" CreationDate="2016-07-23T17:54:05.100" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian equivalent expressions, according to context are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;presenza ingombrante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;problema imbarazzante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'aumento dei senzatetto è   un problema sempre più imbarazzante per lo Stato. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;also:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pesare come un macigno.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'aumento dei senzatetto pesa come un macigno sul governo. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-07-23T18:29:02.687" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T18:29:02.687" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7228" CreationDate="2016-07-23T22:50:58.053" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;As figurative terms, I've seen used &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/convitato-di-pietra&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;convitato di pietra&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, with reference to Mozart's &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Don_Giovanni_(opera)&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Don Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Usually, people treat it as Leporello did, and cower under the table rather than confronting its ominous presence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An imprecise alternative, which also exists in English, is &lt;strong&gt;la scritta sul muro&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;the writing on the wall&lt;/strong&gt;), referring to the biblical episode of &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.jw.org/it/pubblicazioni/libri/racconti-biblici/5/mano-scrive-sul-muro/&quot;&gt;Balthazar's banquet&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-07-23T22:50:58.053" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7231" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7228" CreationDate="2016-07-24T21:08:07.950" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read on Wikipedia that they used a literal translation: &quot;avere un elefante nel salotto &quot;, with the same explanation of its meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would also suggest an expression &quot;il segreto di Pulcinella&quot;. It refers to something obvious that is known to everybody despite of the attempts of hiding it by the people involved. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this expression there is missing an &quot;embarrassment &quot; factor although in some context it woul be present eg. &quot;La relazione di Mario con Anna è un segreto di pulcinella&quot; which means &quot;the relationship between Mario and Anna is obvious despite their attempts to keep it secret&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At least for me, as not Italian, it can have this factor as well. I would suggest an Italian to confirm (or not) my impressions, as they surely will catch the real meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2116" LastEditorUserId="2116" LastEditDate="2016-07-24T21:20:24.357" LastActivityDate="2016-07-24T21:20:24.357" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7232" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7238" CreationDate="2016-07-25T11:12:57.523" Score="3" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte uso un sito web nel quale posso fare esercizi scritti in italiano che poi vengono corretti da utenti italiani. In uno di questi esercizi ho scritto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se dovessi per forza &lt;strong&gt;mangiare melone&lt;/strong&gt;, preferirei quei meloni che tutti qualificano come &quot;cattivi meloni&quot; perché non sanno di niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quasi tutti gli utenti però mi hanno corretto la frase in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se dovessi per forza &lt;strong&gt;mangiare un melone&lt;/strong&gt;, preferirei quei meloni che tutti qualificano come &quot;cattivi meloni&quot; perché non sanno di niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il problema è che i meloni che abbiamo dalle mie parti sono molto grandi in modo che non si mangia mai un melone tutto intero. La mia domanda è: si può dire &quot;mangiare melone&quot; così come si dice &quot;mangiare riso&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-05T03:46:34.673" Title="Si può dire &quot;mangiare melone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7228" CreationDate="2016-07-25T14:04:26.767" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often the expression is simply translated literally as &amp;quot;elefante nella stanza&amp;quot;, its use is starting to be common so we could say we acquired it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other expressions we borrowed that involve the concept of situation that can't be ignored or that's obvious but we pretend it doesn't exist are &amp;quot;l'imperatore è nudo&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;i nuovi vestiti dell'imperatore&amp;quot; (from the &amp;quot;Keiserens Nye Klæder&amp;quot; tale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pretending to not see an obvious problem and acting like ignoring it would fix the situation is also rendered with the expression &amp;quot;fare come lo struzzo&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;mettere la testa nella sabbia&amp;quot; (this follows the myth that the ostrich would hide its head in the sand when scared).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1842" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-09-16T12:57:06.600" LastActivityDate="2020-09-16T12:57:06.600" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7236" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7239" CreationDate="2016-07-26T04:26:16.023" Score="5" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English it is very common to use the present-conjugation of 'to be' plus the ing-gerund form of the verb to describe an action in progress.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex: &quot;I am talking to Tom&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would both of the following be correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) &lt;em&gt;Parlo con/a Tom&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;2) &lt;em&gt;Sto parlando con/a Tom&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In contrast, if I wanted to say: &quot;I talk to Tom&quot;, meaning that I am not currently talking to him, but on occasion we talk with each other, how would you differentiate that from &lt;em&gt;Parlo con Tom&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is just an example using one verb, but I would like to know when either case is more appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2592" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-07-27T07:53:40.213" LastActivityDate="2016-07-28T04:34:16.760" Title="In italiano, quando si usa il presente e quando il gerundio?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7232" CreationDate="2016-07-26T13:55:59.193" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, si può certamente dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mangiare un melone&lt;/em&gt; significa che lo si consuma tutto intero. Per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ci mangiamo un melone?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sarebbe la forma corretta per proporre a una o più persone di mangiarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso la scelta è tra nessun articolo o l'articolo determinativo, per indicare la specie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se dovessi mangiare (il) melone, …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il caso è analogo a &lt;em&gt;mangiare riso&lt;/em&gt;, come giustamente osservi, sebbene ci sia qualche importante differenza: il riso fa parte della categoria che in inglese si chiamerebbe “uncountable” e infatti si dice &lt;em&gt;un chicco di riso&lt;/em&gt; se si vuole parlare dell'unità minima di riso. Ma si dice comunemente &lt;em&gt;bere caffè&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mangiare gelato&lt;/em&gt; e così via; nel tuo caso, &lt;em&gt;melone&lt;/em&gt; indica la specie generica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può darsi che la forma “grammaticalmente corretta” sia quella con l'articolo determinativo (ma non ci giurerei) che nel caso in esame andrebbe benissimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un caso leggermente diverso è quello del gelato o di altro alimento che si consuma interamente. Qui l'articolo indeterminativo andrebbe bene, ma proprio perché di solito si mangia tutto un gelato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un caso in cui uno qualsiasi dei modi va bene è quando si ordina al ristorante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vorrei risotto agli asparagi&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Vorrei un risotto agli asparagi&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Vorrei il risotto agli asparagi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-07-26T13:55:59.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7236" CreationDate="2016-07-27T05:07:33.677" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I reply as Italian mother tongue, I'm not an Italian teacher, hence my answer is practical, not technical.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think &lt;em&gt;stare + gerundio&lt;/em&gt; is more or less like the &lt;em&gt;-ing form&lt;/em&gt; in English: the present simple is used for habits, while &lt;em&gt;stare + gerundio&lt;/em&gt; is used for actions happening in this moment, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito leggo libri di fantascienza &lt;em&gt;(habit)&lt;/em&gt;, ma in questi giorni&#xA;sto leggendo un libro giallo &lt;em&gt;(now)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;--&amp;gt; correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is NOT correct to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito sto leggendo libri di fantascienza &lt;em&gt;(habit)&lt;/em&gt;, ma in questi&#xA;giorni leggo un libro giallo &lt;em&gt;(now)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;--&amp;gt; not correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Differently from English, we don't use &lt;em&gt;stare + gerundio&lt;/em&gt; for the near future, for example it is NOT correct to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domani sto andando al mercato &lt;strong&gt;--&amp;gt; not correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while it is correct:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domani andrò al mercato &lt;strong&gt;--&amp;gt; correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domani vado al mercato &lt;strong&gt;--&amp;gt; not completely grammatically correct but largely used in informal Italian&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-07-28T04:34:16.760" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7240" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7241" CreationDate="2016-07-27T07:56:24.540" Score="3" ViewCount="356" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Risposi volentieri: era la prima volta che qualcuno m’interrogava sulla mia amicizia con lei e ne parlai per tutto il tragitto con grande entusiasmo. Fu anche la prima volta che sentii come, dovendo cercare le parole per un tema per il quale non avevo parole pronte, tendessi a ridurre il rapporto tra me e Lila ad affermazioni tutte &lt;strong&gt;sopratono&lt;/strong&gt; e di esclamativa positività.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;sopratono&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato questo vocabolo in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto che questo termine, &quot;sopratono&quot;, appare più avanti nel libro in quest'altro passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Ha giurato fedeltà a mia madre davanti a Dio» esclamò di colpo &lt;strong&gt;sopratono&lt;/strong&gt;. «Non rispetta né lei né Dio». E balzò su tutto agitato, aveva occhi bellissimi e lucenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-17T13:38:52.583" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sopratono&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7240" CreationDate="2016-07-27T10:13:25.913" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato della parola sopratono è &quot;ad un tono più alto del normale&quot;.&#xA;Nella prima frase la parola viene usata per indicare uno stile esagerato, nella seconda invece si riferisce al tono della voce, ovvero all'intensità dei suoni emessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se la parola non compare in molti dizionari, il significato mi sembra evidente e non credo ci siano altre possibili interpretazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certamente non è un termine di uso comune.&#xA;È interessante vedere in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=sopratono%2Csottotono&amp;amp;year_start=1950&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csopratono%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csottotono%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngrams&lt;/a&gt; come l'uso di &lt;strong&gt;sopratono&lt;/strong&gt; sia in qualche modo correlato a quello del più comune vocabolo &lt;strong&gt;sottotono&lt;/strong&gt;. Probabilmente viene usato spontaneamente come opposto di quest'ultimo, che viene riportato da diversi dizionari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-24T17:23:33.163" LastActivityDate="2016-12-24T17:23:33.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7242" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7271" CreationDate="2016-07-29T10:38:40.160" Score="3" ViewCount="838" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Noi Greco non avevamo soldi, a casa mia il contributo ai fuochi di fine anno era scarso. Mio padre comprava una scatola di &lt;strong&gt;fitfit&lt;/strong&gt;, una di rotelle e una di esili razzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;fitfit&quot; in questo brano. Immagino siano qualche tipo di fuochi d'artificio, ma potreste spiegarmi meglio in che cosa consistono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-01T17:00:18.440" LastActivityDate="2017-12-08T15:40:49.940" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;fitfit&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7242" CreationDate="2016-07-29T14:50:00.810" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I &quot;fitfit&quot; o &quot;fit fit&quot; sono come immagini dei fuochi d'artificio; non so dirti come siano fatti con precisione ma dovrebbero essere dei piccoli petardi o miccette (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Miccetta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Miccetta&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2695" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-07-30T09:41:55.580" LastActivityDate="2016-07-30T09:41:55.580" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7245" CreationDate="2016-08-02T06:12:49.460" Score="3" ViewCount="6100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was curious how the English &quot;Past Continuous&quot; tense is translated in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In many cases online I have seen it written as either of the two options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1) Stare (l'imperfetto) + verbo (il gerundio)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;2) Verbo (l'imperfetto)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example: I was going home.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;1) Io stavo andando a casa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;2) Io andavo a casa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Are these both acceptable forms to convey the same message? Is one more common than the other? Does this also hold for verbs other than andare?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2592" LastEditorUserId="2592" LastEditDate="2016-08-02T15:15:10.733" LastActivityDate="2020-12-22T09:58:22.997" Title="Il passato progressivo (stare all'imperfetto + il gerundio o l'imperfetto)?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7244" CreationDate="2016-08-02T16:07:24.553" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I answered to your analogous question for the present continuous, now I do the same for the past :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, as DaG already told you, Italians don't usually say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io stavo andando a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but only:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stavo andando a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;unless you want to emphasize the subject, for example (here &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; are stressed):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi io ho cucinato, io ho lavato i piatti e tu hai solo mangiato, domani o cucini tu o mi porti al ristorante!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the &lt;em&gt;imperfetto di stare + gerundio&lt;/em&gt;, it is more or less like the past continuous in English, it is used to describe an action that was occurring in the past when some other action happened, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stavo andando tranquillamente a casa in macchina quando, all'improvviso, davanti a me è sbucata &lt;strong&gt;(not completely grammatically correct but used)&lt;/strong&gt; una volpe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stavo andando tranquillamente a casa in macchina quando, all'improvviso, davanti a me sbucò &lt;strong&gt;(correct but used only in formal Italian)&lt;/strong&gt; una volpe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; is used for habitual actions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando abitavo a Milano, andavo al lavoro in tram tutti i giorni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As suggested by DaG and Denis Nardin, in some cases the imperfetto is used to interpret the English past continuous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First example (a cultured Manzoni's quotation proposed by egreg):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per una di queste stradicciole, tornava bel bello dalla passeggiata verso casa, sulla sera del giorno 7 novembre dell'anno 1628, don Abbondio, curato d'una delle terre accennate di sopra […]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't dare to translate it in English but don Abbondio was coming back...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;When WWII happened I was working as a beautician&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando la seconda guerra mondiale scoppiò, lavoravo come estetista&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;here if you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando la seconda guerra mondiale scoppiò, stavo lavorando&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it seems that, when WWII was declared, you were at work :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-22T09:58:22.997" LastActivityDate="2020-12-22T09:58:22.997" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7247" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-04T20:28:16.170" Score="3" ViewCount="22213" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve,&#xA;Oggi leggevo un libro e a un tratto leggo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci Bagnamo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io pensavo che si scrivesse Ci bagniamo (Pensavo ci fosse un eccezione o qualcosa del genere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potete spiegarmi il perché di questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Premetto che sono Italiano però mi è sorto questo dubbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2668" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-05T03:42:03.820" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T10:28:37.870" Title="Bagniamo vs Bagnamo: qual è meglio?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7247" CreationDate="2016-08-04T21:47:59.703" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non c'è motivo per scrivere *“bagnamo”. La radice del verbo è “bagn-”, la desinenza della I persona plurale del presente indicativo è “-iamo” (come “amiamo”), e quindi: “bagniamo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la II persona, regolarmente, “bagn-” + “-ate” (cf. “amate”) = “bagnate”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche il congiuntivo, che per la I e II persona plurale può creare qualche dubbio, è regolare: “bagniamo” (come “amiamo”) e “bagniate” (come “amiate”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-08-04T21:47:59.703" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7232" CreationDate="2016-08-05T02:25:02.977" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un melone intero è troppo, se proprio vuoi mettere qualcosa tra &quot;mangiare&quot; e &quot;melone&quot; ci va una preposizione articolata del tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se devo mangiare del melone... (una parte)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se devo mangiare melone... (un po di)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se devo mangiare un melone (intero)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2709" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-05T03:46:34.673" LastActivityDate="2016-08-05T03:46:34.673" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7250" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7251" CreationDate="2016-08-05T10:00:46.193" Score="2" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esistono una serie di espressioni in italiano che possono essere scritte in  un unica parola o staccate nelle diverse parole da cui sono composte, ad esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anzitempo, &#xA;  Anzi tempo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anzitutto, &#xA;  Anzi tutto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Casomai, &#xA;  Caso mai&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciononostante, &#xA;  Ciò nonostante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Controvoglia, &#xA;  Contro voglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dappertutto, &#xA;  Da per tutto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dappoco, &#xA;  Da poco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma originale di queste espressioni sembra essere quella staccata, l'uso ripetuto ha poi probabilmente generato le forma in un unico termine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio da quanto risulta da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=per%20lo%20meno%2Cperlomeno&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cper%20lo%20meno%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cperlomeno%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; la forma attaccata di  &lt;em&gt;perlomeno&lt;/em&gt; si è  diffusa successivamente a quella staccata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il termine per definire questo tipo di fenomeno linguistico?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-08-06T07:12:39.710" LastActivityDate="2016-08-06T07:12:39.710" Title="Perlomeno, perlopiù, quantomeno, suppergiù etc" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7250" CreationDate="2016-08-05T10:52:25.387" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È il fenomeno dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/univerbazione_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;univerbazione&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’&lt;em&gt;univerbazione&lt;/em&gt; è il risultato di un processo diacronico che conduce alla «[f]usione – manifestata anche dalla grafia – di due parole originariamente autonome (&lt;em&gt;palco scenico&lt;/em&gt; - &lt;em&gt;palcoscenico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in vece&lt;/em&gt; - &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.)» (Serianni 1989: 750). Come si vede anche dagli esempi riportati, l’univerbazione riguarda casi molto diversi tra loro, che includono sintagmi preposizionali (come &lt;em&gt;almeno&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;) e altre unità di origine sintattica (&lt;em&gt;tuttavia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;malaria&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nontiscordardimé&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un caso particolare è la &lt;em&gt;concrezione&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;agglutinazione&lt;/em&gt;, «di una parola, in genere di carattere grammaticale, con un’altra di carattere lessicale», dove la prima può essere un prefisso (come “-mente” per gli avverbi), un articolo etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-08-05T10:52:25.387" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7252" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7253" CreationDate="2016-08-07T05:41:30.363" Score="2" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come tutti gli anni, i due fratelli viaggiavano avanti e indietro da giorni nel loro Millecento, il portabagagli carico dell’esplosivo che la notte di Capodanno avrebbe ucciso uccelli, spaventato cani gatti topi, fatto tremare le palazzine dagli scantinati fino al &lt;strong&gt;lastrico&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;lastrico&quot; in questo brano. Nel vocabolario Treccani ho visto che questo termine si usa per indicare un pavimento fatto di lastre. Tuttavia, in questo contesto sembra indicare qualche parte di una palazzina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto che questo vocabolo appare di nuovo più avanti nel libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Facemmo un brindisi alle cose meravigliose che sarebbero accadute nell’anno nuovo, quindi cominciammo a sciamare verso il &lt;strong&gt;lastrico&lt;/strong&gt;, i vecchi e i bambini con cappotti, sciarpe, perché faceva molto freddo. Mi accorsi che l’unico che si attardava svogliatamente di sotto era Alfonso. Lo chiamai per buona educazione, non mi sentì o fece finta di non sentirmi. Corsi di sopra. Mi ritrovai sulla testa un cielo tremendo, zeppo di stelle e di tenebra, gelato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E appare anche in quest'altro passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma appena chiusi la porta e fui sul pianerottolo Lila mi chiamò. Era all’ultimo piano, salii in punta di piedi. Se ne stava raggomitolata accanto alla porta del &lt;strong&gt;lastrico&lt;/strong&gt;, nella penombra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-07T07:22:01.947" LastActivityDate="2016-08-07T19:42:59.713" Title="Cos'è &quot;il lastrico&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7252" CreationDate="2016-08-07T06:48:05.427" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;lastrico solare&lt;/em&gt; è la copertura superiore di uno stabile, se non c'è il tetto con le tegole. Può essere simile al pavimento di un terrazzo, con la differenza che sul terrazzo condominiale ci si può andare normalmente, per esempio a stendere i panni, mentre sul lastrico solare no, anche se ovviamente c'è la porta per raggiungerlo nel caso in cui, ad esempio, si debbano fare dei lavori di manutenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica il terrazzo che fa da tetto ad alcuni palazzi è un lastrico con la ringhiera o il parapetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un esempio pratico per chiarire la differenza tra i due: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8g3ax.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8g3ax.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2016-08-07T19:42:59.713" LastActivityDate="2016-08-07T19:42:59.713" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7254" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-07T23:09:34.840" Score="2" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to understand how to create sentences using the infinitive after prepositions per, prima di, and senza.  I am searching for examples to help me study and not coming up with anything other than what is in my textbook - any suggestions or comments on how it is best to construct these sentences? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2714" LastActivityDate="2016-08-08T09:32:39.933" Title="Uses of the Infinitive" Tags="&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7254" CreationDate="2016-08-08T05:56:35.930" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usage examples with &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;corro per arrivare prima  (I run to arrive earlier)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mi avvicino per sentire meglio (I move closer to hear better)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;faccio ginnastica per dimagrire. (I exercise to lose weight) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples with &lt;em&gt;prima di&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;controllo i bagagli prima di partire ( I check my luggage before leaving)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;spegni le luci prima di andare a letto (switch off the light before going to sleep) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mi lavo sempre le mani prima di mangiare (I always wash my hands before eating) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples with &lt;em&gt;senza&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mio fratello è uscito senza salutare (my brother left without saying goodbye)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sono rimasto in piedi senza parlare per un'ora (I stood without saying a word for an hour) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non si può stare senza mangiare per giorni (you can't go without food for days) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope it helps. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-08-08T09:32:39.933" LastActivityDate="2016-08-08T09:32:39.933" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6831" CreationDate="2016-08-09T07:26:41.730" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che i due aggettivi abbiano significati molto diversi anche se entrambi legati al concetto di realtà e di realismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Realista&lt;/strong&gt; indica qualcosa che appartiene alla corrente filosofica, artistica, letteraria del realismo, oppure un modo di affrontare e valutare problemi, situazioni, eventi; si usa principalmente per le persone, ma in alcuni casi anche per cose:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nella prima accezione può riferirsi ai prodotti del lavoro o dell'arte di una persona: &lt;em&gt;pensiero realista&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;filosofia realista&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;romanzo realista&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quadro realista&lt;/em&gt; (e non realistico), anche &lt;em&gt;film neorealista&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nella seconda accezione si usa spesso in contrapposizione a &lt;em&gt;ottimista&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;pessimista&lt;/em&gt; e può riferirsi anche alle proprietà di una persona realista: &lt;em&gt;carattere realista&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;atteggiamento realista&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Realistico&lt;/strong&gt; invece indica qualcosa di molto simile, prossimo, corrispondente o assimilabile alla realtà e si riferisce soprattutto alle rappresentazioni e alle cose che le contengono: dipinti ('quadri'), disegni, immagini in generale, racconti (di fatti immaginari o pretesi reali), stime, previsioni, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce a pensieri o atteggiamenti viene spesso utilizzato come se il suo significato fosse legato a quello di &lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt; nella seconda accezione, ma non ne possiede le stesse connotazioni morali. È accompagnato in questo uso dagli aggettivi &lt;em&gt;ottimistico&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;pessimistico&lt;/em&gt; (riferiti a stime e aspettative) che non hanno le stesse connotazioni di &lt;em&gt;ottimista&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;pessimista&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente, come nota &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_386.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l'articolo trovato da @DenisNardin&lt;/a&gt;, si usa &lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt; anche riferito a persone (caso in cui, in realtà, non avrebbe senso), soprattutto in esortazioni («Sii realistico!») ma non ho mai sentito fare lo stesso con &lt;em&gt;ottimistico&lt;/em&gt; (nessuno dice ”sii più ottimistico&quot;, e credo che una frase del genere sembrerebbe sbagliata a chiunque).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per riassumere: un &lt;em&gt;quadro realista&lt;/em&gt; è l'opera di un pittore realista; un &lt;em&gt;quadro realistico&lt;/em&gt; è una rappresentazione fedele del suo soggetto. &lt;em&gt;«Il tuo racconto non è realistico!»&lt;/em&gt; (e non realista); &lt;em&gt;«È una stima molto realistica»&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;«Non sono né ottimista, né pessimista: sono realista!»&lt;/em&gt; (e non realistico).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorprendentemente non sono affatto appoggiato dal Treccani, che definisce &lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt; come derivato di &lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt;. Questo però non corrisponde all'uso comune, e a dire il vero in molti degli esempi forniti dal Treccani sarebbe più appropriato usare &lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt; invece che &lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia opinione sembra invece supportata dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=realistico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;realistico:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;che riproduce fedelmente la realtà; fondato sui fatti, sulla concretezza; che riguarda il realismo filosofico, letterario e artistico&lt;/em&gt;). A riprova della probabile mancanza del Treccani, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_386.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;l'articolo&lt;/a&gt; pubblicato sul loro sito cita il Garzanti e sembra in contraddizione con il loro stesso dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1248" LastEditorUserId="1248" LastEditDate="2016-08-09T15:03:20.243" LastActivityDate="2016-08-09T15:03:20.243" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7257" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7258" CreationDate="2016-08-09T15:16:53.487" Score="6" ViewCount="880" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read a book (&lt;em&gt;Io non ho paura&lt;/em&gt;, Niccolò Ammaniti) and I read a strange thing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli occhi mi sono riempiti di lacrime, ho aperto la porta e ho sceso le scale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why? Shouldn't it be &quot;Sono sceso dalla scala&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto un libro (&lt;em&gt;Io non ho paura&lt;/em&gt;,  Niccolò Ammaniti) e ho letto una strana cosa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli occhi mi sono riempiti di lacrime, ho aperto la porta e ho sceso le scale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché? Non dovrebbe essere &quot;Sono sceso dalla scala&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2719" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-26T09:10:57.620" LastActivityDate="2018-12-26T09:10:57.620" Title="Does the verb &quot;scendere&quot; need &quot;avere&quot; or &quot;essere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7257" CreationDate="2016-08-09T16:20:23.517" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scendere&lt;/em&gt; can be both intransitive and transitive. The transitive meanings are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Going down something:&lt;/strong&gt; this is the case you found in the book: &lt;em&gt;scendere le scale&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;going down the stairs&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bringing down something:&lt;/strong&gt; used in some local dialects: &lt;em&gt;«Scendi lo zaino»&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;«Bring down the backpack»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a reference, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scendere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani online dictionary&lt;/a&gt; has for &lt;strong&gt;scendere⁴&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;tr.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt; Percorrere in discesa: &lt;em&gt;sc. le scale, un’erta, un pendìo; fece un salto, scese il letto in furia (Manzoni)&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;b.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;region.&lt;/em&gt; Calare, spostare o portare in basso: &lt;em&gt;rinvoltammo il padrone dentro una pelliccia e delle coperte, lo scendemmo e caricammo nella macchina (Palazzeschi); l’avevamo sceso [il carro] dal crocevia e sistemato molto bene tra i cespugli (Arpino)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Transitive verbs in Italian require mostly the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;scendere&lt;/em&gt; makes no exception.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A number of related questions on the internet, as well as this very question and my previous erroneous answer, show that the transitive form of &lt;em&gt;scendere&lt;/em&gt; is perceived as wrong by some native speakers. This is probably an instance of &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hypercorrection&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;hypercorrection&lt;/a&gt;, due to the transitive form being used often in its second meaning in southern dialects (see also &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ipercorrettismo#L.27ipercorrettismo_e_i_dialetti&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l'ipercorrettismo e i dialetti&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/entrare-uscire-salire-scendere-transitivi-fu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;An article&lt;/a&gt; by &lt;em&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/em&gt; about the transitive forms of &lt;em&gt;entrare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;uscire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;salire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scendere&lt;/em&gt;, while being concerned mainly with new and dialectal forms, states in the second-last paragraph that transitive forms of &lt;em&gt;scendere&lt;/em&gt; are correct: &lt;em&gt;«[Salire e scendere] ammettono anche in lingua la possibilità di un uso transitivo e quindi [...] richiedono l’ausiliare avere: sono salito da te e sono sceso all'alba, ma anche &lt;strong&gt;ho salito la gradinata&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;ho sceso le scale&lt;/strong&gt;»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_971.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;an article&lt;/a&gt; on the Treccani website answering this same question states that the transitive form is correct and its meaning can be different from that of the intransitive form &lt;em&gt;«sono sceso dalle scale»&lt;/em&gt;, as pointed out by @DaG in a comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Historical usage&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/gv9Pa.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/gv9Pa.png&quot; alt=&quot;ngram for &amp;quot;avere_INF sceso,Avere_INF sceso&amp;quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=avere_INF%20sceso%2CAvere_INF%20sceso&amp;amp;year_start=1600&amp;amp;year_end=2016&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t3%3B%2Cavere_INF%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Baveva%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bha%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bavere%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bho%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Babbiamo%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bavevano%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B%3Bhanno%20sceso%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2CHo%20sceso%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The graph&lt;/a&gt; from google ngrams shows occurences dating back to 1808, but they come from even older texts, like Galileo Galilei's &lt;em&gt;Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del mondo&lt;/em&gt; (1632): &lt;em&gt;«[due pietre] fusser talmente differenti nelle loro velocità, che [...] l'altra si trovasse non &lt;strong&gt;avere&lt;/strong&gt; né anco &lt;strong&gt;sceso&lt;/strong&gt; dieci braccia»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use of the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; is more recent, yet old enough to be accepted as correct. This is probably due to this tense becoming increasingly common through the last century. The form is also used by many classical authors, as pointed out by @DaG. An example by Eugenio Montale: &lt;em&gt;«&lt;strong&gt;Ho sceso&lt;/strong&gt;, dandoti il braccio, almeno &lt;strong&gt;un milione di scale&lt;/strong&gt;»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1248" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-25T17:00:56.613" LastActivityDate="2018-12-25T17:00:56.613" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7259" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-11T05:28:51.960" Score="4" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La ricchezza, incarnandosi in Stefano, stava prendendo le sembianze di un giovane uomo col camice unto, stava mettendo lineamenti, odore, voce, esprimeva simpatia e bontà, era un maschio che conoscevamo da sempre, il figlio grande di don Achille. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  Mi agitai. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Comunque ti voleva pungere la lingua» dissi. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Era un ragazzino» lei replicò commossa, zuccherosa come non l’avevo mai sentita, tanto che solo in quel momento mi accorsi che s’era spinta di fatto ben più avanti di quanto mi avesse detto a parole. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nei giorni seguenti tutto diventò sempre più chiaro. Vidi come parlava a Stefano e come lui sembrava &lt;strong&gt;tornito&lt;/strong&gt; dalla sua voce. Mi adattai al patto che stavano stringendo, non volevo essere tagliata fuori. E complottammo per ore – noi due, noi tre – per fare in modo che mutassero in fretta le persone, i sentimenti, la disposizione delle cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;tornito&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato &quot;tornire&quot; e &quot;tornito&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato che può significare  lavorato al tornio, ben modellato, di forme tonde e armoniose..., ma tutte queste accezioni non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il senso di &quot;tornito&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-11T12:49:16.203" LastActivityDate="2016-09-19T14:32:11.083" Title="Cosa significa &quot;tornito&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="17" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7259" CreationDate="2016-08-12T10:09:15.577" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tornire v. tr. [der. di tornio] (io tornisco, tu tornisci, ecc.). – 1.Lavorare al tornio, arrotondare e levigare con la lavorazione al tornio: t. un pezzo metallico; t. il legno, l’avorio.2. fig. Elaborare, rifinire, condurre a perfezione formale: t. una frase, un periodo, un verso, e anche una pagina,un sonetto, un madrigale. ◆ Part. pass. tornito, anche come agg.: pezzi meccanici, elementi di legno torniti; un vaso di ceramica tornito, ben tornito;levò dalla sporta una scatola d’un legno ordinario, ma tornita e lustrata con una certa finitezza cappuccinesca(Manzoni); più spesso in senso estens. e fig.: braccia, gambe ben tornite, di rotondità perfetta e di forme molto armoniche, così da sembrare lavorate al tornio: la gamba t. risaliva a un seno procace e molle (Claudio Magris); versi, periodi perfettamente torniti, rifiniti con eleganza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tornire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, invece credo significhi qualcosa del tipo&lt;strong&gt;riempito&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;annebbiato&lt;/strong&gt; e forse era &lt;strong&gt;concentrato e sentiva solo la sua voce&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso io direi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E rimase avvolto dalla sua voce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che la parola &lt;em&gt;avvolto&lt;/em&gt; sia migliore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;avvolgere&#xA;  avvòlgere (letter. avvòlvere) v. tr. [dal lat. advolvĕre, rifatto su volgere] (coniug. come volgere). – 1. a. Girare una o più volte una cosa intorno a un’altra o su sé stessa: a. il filo sul rocchetto; a. un nastro intorno al cappello; si avvolse la sciarpa al collo;Erano i capei d’oro a l’aura sparsi Che ’n mille dolci nodi gli avolgea(Petrarca). b. Con altra costruzione, circondare un oggetto con un altro, involtare: avvolgersi il capo con un turbante; a. una scatola in carta velina; fig.: a. in una rete d’inganni (non com.a. uno, raggirarlo). Talora è soggetto l’involucro stesso: tolse la stagnola che avvolgeva la cioccolata; una benda gli avvolgeva il braccio ferito; anche fig.: le tenebre ci avvolgevano da ogni parte; si sentiva avvolto da una calda ondata di simpatia. 2. rifl. a.Girare, volgersi attorno, arrotolarsi: la fune s’avvolge alla campana dell’argano; Come sul capo al naufrago L’onda s’avvolve e pesa(Manzoni). b. Circondarsi, avvilupparsi: s’avvolse in un ampio mantello; Carlo Magno s’avvolgea tremando Nel lenzuol d’Aquisgrana(Carducci). c. ant. Aggirarsi per un luogo: Pel bosco Ferraù molto s’avvolse (Ariosto). ◆ Part. pres.avvolgènte, per lo più con valore verbale, usato soprattutto nel linguaggio milit.: manovra avvolgente, effettuata allo scopo di aggirare e circondare il nemico; con altro senso,suono avvolgente, il suono riprodotto da apparecchi ad alta fedeltà, quando si diffonde in modo uniforme e con timbro morbido. ◆ Part. pass.avvòlto, anche come agg.: essere,presentarsi avvolto in un mantello, in un lenzuolo; e fig.: casa avvolta nel silenzio; faccenda avvolta nel mistero;origini avvolte nella leggenda; la brezza atlantica cessò, dall’oceano arrivò una spessa cortina di nebbia e la città si trovò avvolta in un sudario di calura (Antonio Tabucchi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avvolgere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2719" LastEditorUserId="2719" LastEditDate="2016-08-12T10:17:31.100" LastActivityDate="2016-08-12T10:17:31.100" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5755" CreationDate="2016-08-12T13:56:36.010" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao, la cimosa è il bordo delle stoffe cucite. Quindi nel tuo contesto significa che il modo in cui lei parlava in qualche modo impreziosiva e rendeva più solido il suo discorso!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cimossa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cimossa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2727" LastActivityDate="2016-08-12T13:56:36.010" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7263" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-12T19:52:40.460" Score="1" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;A modern art critic refers to a 17th century Italian painter's pupil as his 'amorevole', quotes included. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this imply a possibly amorous relation between the master and his disciple or does it simply say that the young man was his favorite pupil?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1953" LastActivityDate="2016-08-15T13:01:08.170" Title="'Amorevole' innuendo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7263" CreationDate="2016-08-13T05:39:57.267" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I transform my comment into an answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually, &lt;em&gt;amorevole&lt;/em&gt; means affectionate and does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; imply a sexual relationship, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una mamma è sempre amorevole verso i suoi figli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but, if quotes are included, &lt;em&gt;'amorevole'&lt;/em&gt; may be ironic and take other meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il pittore Tizio era sempre accompagnato dal suo 'amorevole' allievo Caio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;may mean that Tizio and Caio were lovers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il capo a Tizio: &amp;quot;Perché mi disturbi per questa inezia? Non vedi che non ho tempo? Risolvila da solo!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il capo a Caio: &amp;quot;Hai preparato la presentazione? Doveva essere pronta per ieri! Non voglio sentire scuse, sei sempre lento! La voglio sulla mia scrivania tra un'ora!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tizio a Caio, in pausa caffè: &amp;quot;Oggi il capo è più 'amorevole' del solito, deve aver litigato con la moglie prima di venire in ufficio!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case &lt;em&gt;amorevole&lt;/em&gt; is an ironic way to say the boss is &lt;em&gt;hateful&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-08-13T05:39:57.267" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7265" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-13T13:27:46.240" Score="2" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;No reason&quot; è una espressione inglese che significa che non c'è nessuna ragione specifica per fare qualcosa. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: Why have you eaten the last cookie?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  B: No reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come direste &quot;no reason&quot; in italiano in una maniera idiomatica?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: Perché hai mangiato l'ultimo biscotto?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  B: ____.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2048" LastActivityDate="2016-08-16T00:47:51.107" Title="Come si dice &quot;no reason&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7265" CreationDate="2016-08-13T14:55:18.210" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi “Perché sì” o “Tanto per fare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-08-13T14:55:18.210" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-15T17:38:15.307" Score="1" ViewCount="682" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho passato qualche giorno a Firenze e là ho sentito usare l'espressione &quot;ce l'ha&quot; in frasi come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ce l'ha&lt;/strong&gt; qualcos'altro dopo? (Domanda fatta da una cameriera a mio marito, che aveva già finito il primo piatto, in una trattoria). &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Ce l'ha&lt;/strong&gt; bisogno (Frase pronunciata da un cliente, che aveva ordinato per lui solo una bottiglia d'acqua naturale e un'altra d'acqua frizzante in una trattoria, dopo che la cameriera l'aveva avvertito che le bottiglie erano grandi. Il cliente era solo, ma aveva un cane.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso che se ne fa di questa espressione. Immagino si adoperi nel parlato informale. È così? Il suo uso è frequente in tutta Italia o soltanto in alcune regioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-15T20:12:33.803" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T08:26:03.807" Title="Uso dell'espressione &quot;ce l'ha&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="22" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7265" CreationDate="2016-08-16T00:47:51.107" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche &quot;Senza motivo&quot; direi, è più letterale come traduzione. Oppure: &quot;così, senza motivo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2016-08-16T00:47:51.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7242" CreationDate="2016-08-16T12:17:28.783" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;A casa mia con il termine &quot;fitfit&quot; si indicano le stelline scintillanti, un tipo di fuochi d'artificio che emette scintille mentre brucia, sono dei bastoncini pirotecnici usati specialmente dai bambini perchè meno pericolosi rispetto agli altri tipi di botte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conosco il romanzo, ma su google books ho letto il passo menzionato (fonte google books &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=m9woCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT154&amp;amp;lpg=PT154&amp;amp;dq=stelline+o+fitfit+fuochi&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=qdYeD0no5M&amp;amp;sig=SHw-gN7AVRvENZTY4pTLM_jn5QI&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi36OWF78XOAhUC7xQKHbjgBQAQ6AEIHjAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=stelline%20o%20fitfit%20fuochi&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=m9woCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT154&amp;amp;lpg=PT154&amp;amp;dq=stelline+o+fitfit+fuochi&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=qdYeD0no5M&amp;amp;sig=SHw-gN7AVRvENZTY4pTLM_jn5QI&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi36OWF78XOAhUC7xQKHbjgBQAQ6AEIHjAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=stelline%20o%20fitfit%20fuochi&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;) e credo che il termine si riferisca alle stelline. Infatti, nel periodo citato la narratrice spiega che, essendo la sua famiglia povera, può permettersi solo pochi fuochi ed elenca tutti quelli che sono stati acquistati dal padre: fitfit, girandole e razzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel periodo seguente illustra che uso ne fanno, spiegando che lei mantiene le &quot;stelline&quot; o le girandole mentre il padre accende i razzi; i fitfit non sono più menzionati. Di conseguenza, secondo ciò che ha detto prima poichè non possono avere altri tipi di fuochi a disposizione credo che i &quot;fitfit&quot; corrispondano alle &quot;stelline&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui c'è un'immagine delle stelline:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chimicare.org/curiosita/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/scatole-di-bastoncini-pirotecnici-300x199.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.chimicare.org/curiosita/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/scatole-di-bastoncini-pirotecnici-300x199.jpg&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2734" LastActivityDate="2016-08-16T12:17:28.783" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7276" CreationDate="2016-08-16T15:11:21.737" Score="0" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, it is perfectly fine to use expressions like &quot;vocabulary &lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;grammar &lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt;&quot; to denominate a certain type of software that offers interactive exercises (often in the form of drill and practice).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The publishing house PONS apparently uses the expression &quot;&lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt; lessicale&quot; to translate &quot;vocabulary &lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt;&quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://itunes.apple.com/it/app/pons-trainer-lessicale/id452121028?l=it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://itunes.apple.com/it/app/pons-trainer-lessicale/id452121028?l=it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly, Google searches for the word &quot;&lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt;&quot; return very few results that concern the context of e-learning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Does the use of the word “&lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt;” appear strange in this context?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Why do you think PONS chose &quot;&lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt; lessicale&quot; over &quot;&lt;em&gt;trainer&lt;/em&gt; di&#xA;&lt;em&gt;vocaboli&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2735" LastActivityDate="2016-08-18T08:59:41.017" Title="&quot;trainer&quot; in the context of educational technology" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7275" CreationDate="2016-08-17T18:29:39.627" Score="6" ViewCount="494" Body="&lt;p&gt;Girando su Internet ho incontrato varie discussioni riguardo alla correttezza grammaticale dell'espressione &quot;a me mi piace&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A scuola e in famiglia ogni volta che un bambino utilizza tale forma per esprimersi gli adulti di solito tendono a sottolineare che è scorretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, sul sito dell'Accademia della Crusa riporta che in realtà dal punto di vista grammaticale non è sbagliato, in quanto non si tratta di una ripetizione inutile di due termini equivalenti, ma che ciascuno dei due abbia un suo significato indipendente e diverso dall'altro, ed è quindi possibile utilizzarla nel giusto contesto, che suppongo sia il parlato quotidiano piuttosto che lo scritto.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/forma-corretta&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/forma-corretta&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E quindi, dopo aver letto ciò mi sorge il dubbio fino a che punto sia corretto utilizzarla e in che contesto, poiché nella loro risposta citano diverse opere letterarie, tra l'altro anche abbastanza vecchie, senza dare una spiegazione diretta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Devo considerare che è possibile usarla solo quando si parla in circostanze informali come in famiglia o potrebbe essere inserita anche in lettere/testi informali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2734" LastEditorUserId="2734" LastEditDate="2016-08-17T19:24:50.640" LastActivityDate="2016-08-18T06:14:45.250" Title="Uso di &quot;a me mi piace&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7274" CreationDate="2016-08-17T23:02:46.460" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=a%20me%20mi%20piace%2Ca%20te%20ti%20piace&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ca%20me%20mi%20piace%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ca%20te%20ti%20piace%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; mostra un uso crescente delle espressioni  &quot;&lt;em&gt;a me mi piace, a te ti piace&lt;/em&gt;&quot; negli ultimi decenni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/a-me-mi-a-te-ti_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, come l'Accademia della Crusca, sostiene che l'uso non è scorretto ma ne raccomanda un utilizzo informale e sconsiglia di usarle in contesti formali come colloqui di lavoro o esami scolastici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;A ME MI, A TE TI&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;A me mi e a te ti sono casi particolari di quel fenomeno sintattico (detto dislocazione) che consiste nell’anticipare o posticipare un elemento della frase riprendendolo tramite un pronome.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Un fenomeno attestato nell’uso dell’italiano fin dalle sue origini. Qui la ripresa riguarda il pronome personale, usato prima nella forma tonica (me), poi in quella atona (mi). &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non si tratta propriamente di un pleonasmo (cioè di una ripetizione inutile), ma di una sottolineatura ottenuta mettendo in evidenza l’elemento che si ritiene più importante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;A me mi sembra che le cose stiano molto diversamente.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;USI&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nel linguaggio parlato informale, un costrutto come a me mi è certamente consentito.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ma nel parlato formale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (un colloquio di lavoro o una prova di esame orale, un dialogo con un superiore – docente, capoufficio ecc.) e ancor più nello scritto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;è decisamente da evitare, perché darebbe la sensazione che chi parla o scrive non sia capace di adeguare il proprio ➔registro linguistico alla situazione in cui si trova.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il costrutto è largamente attestato nell’uso letterario&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;A me mi par di sì: potete domandare nel primo paese che troverete andando a diritta (A. Manzoni, I promessi sposi)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;e ritorna con una certa frequenza nelle canzoni degli ultimi trent’anni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;coca cola sì coca cola / a me mi fa impazzire (V. Rossi, Bollicine)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;perché a me mi piace andare veloce (Jovanotti, La mia moto).&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/A/a-me-mi-piace.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sostiene che si tratta di una forzatura stilistica più che di una sgrammaticatura, di cui comunque, non è il caso di abusare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nella pubblicità televisiva di un caffè un famoso attore comico si è servito di questo “a me mi piace” pensando di fare una simpatica sgrammaticatura per attirare l’attenzione. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;L’attenzione c’è stata senz’altro; la sgrammaticatura no.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si tratta semplicemente dell’uso di un elemento sovrabbondante, inutile secondo la logica, ma utilissimo per dare alla frase un’efficacia particolare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; È insomma la scelta dello stile che giustifica la lieve forzatura grammaticale dell’espressione: il valore rafforzativo di quel mi pleonastico è chiaro. Altri esempi: “a me non me la dai a intendere”; “lo so che a te non ti va questa faccenda”, “a voi non vi dirò più niente”.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ma attenzione: non dimentichiamo che la frase non solo corretta, ma anche preferibile nel novanta per cento dei casi è “a me piace”, e così dicasi per gli altri esempi:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; “a me non la dai a intendere”, “lo so che a te non va questa faccenda”, “a voi non dirò più niente”.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;A me mi, a te ti, a noi ci, a voi vi eccetera, seppure ammissibili, sono licenze stilistiche: sarà il caso di non abusarne.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-08-18T06:14:45.250" LastActivityDate="2016-08-18T06:14:45.250" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7272" CreationDate="2016-08-18T08:59:41.017" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most literal (valid) translation, as pointed out by egreg, would probably be &lt;em&gt;Esercitatore lessicale&lt;/em&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it does sound &quot;clunky&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more natural (and less literal) translation that I would use is possibly &lt;em&gt;Eserciziario di lessico&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;eserciziario lessicale&lt;/em&gt;.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the other two you mentioned, you could use the same schema and go with &lt;em&gt;eserciziario di grammatica&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;eserciziario di (sulle?) coniugazioni&lt;/em&gt; , though the latter is also a bit odd-sounding. Probably sounds better with &lt;em&gt;sulle&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-08-18T08:59:41.017" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7278" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7279" CreationDate="2016-08-18T15:31:58.117" Score="3" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per strada, lui ricominciò a parlare dei lati buoni dei Solara. Conoscevano, le disse, gente importante al comune, erano ammanigliati con &lt;strong&gt;la Stella&lt;/strong&gt; e la Corona, coi missini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa intenda l'autrice con &quot;la Stella&quot; nel brano precedente. Ho cercato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stella_(disambigua)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questa pagina di Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; ma non ho saputo trovare niente che avesse senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato della &quot;Stella&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-18T19:10:12.520" Title="Cos'è &quot;la Stella&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7278" CreationDate="2016-08-18T15:36:53.210" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/FAbqf.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/FAbqf.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://biellamonarchica.blogspot.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Stella e Corona&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  fa riferimento ai movimenti nostalgici della monarchia in italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I monarchici di Italia Reale, nel più assoluto rispetto delle leggi dello Stato, intendono mantenere viva una questione monarchica, nel dibattito sociale, politico e culturale del Paese, attraverso la partecipazione attiva alle elezioni e proporre, così, una riforma delle istituzioni ed un ripensamento dello Stato, per garantire la dignità, la sicurezza, le identità del nostro popolo, a partire dalle realtà dei nostri Comuni.&#xA;I Monarchici propongono uno Stato, quale naturale prosecuzione delle famiglie, dei Comuni, delle Comunità di lavoro, degli organi intermedi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La stella del simbolo fa riferimento a:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stella_d%27Italia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La Stella d'Italia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, conosciuta popolarmente anche come Stellone, è una stella bianca a cinque punte che da molti secoli rappresenta la terra italiana. È il più antico simbolo patrio italiano, dato che risale all'antica Grecia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nei primi anni del XVI secolo iniziò ad essere associata con frequenza all'Italia turrita, personificazione nazionale allegorica della penisola italiana. La Stella d'Italia viene rievocata anche dall'emblema della Repubblica Italiana, dov'è sovrapposta a una ruota dentata d'acciaio e contornata da un ramo di quercia e da uno di ulivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-08-18T19:10:12.520" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7280" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7281" CreationDate="2016-08-19T09:24:56.127" Score="9" ViewCount="588" Body="&lt;p&gt;Giusto per distrarmi dalla noia lavorativa post-ferragostana, vi faccio questa domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negli ultimi anni ho notato che, almeno qui a Milano, l'uso del &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; sta diminuendo sensibilmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualche esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in ufficio diamo del &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; anche ai dirigenti, cosa impensabile anche&#xA;solo vent'anni fa;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le commesse dei negozi, anche se non le hai mai viste prima in vita&#xA;tua, si rivolgono a te come se fossi loro parente (è probabile che&#xA;qui l'atteggiamento amichevole sia dettato più che altro dal&#xA;tentativo di rifilarti qualcosa che non vuoi comprare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare, sicuramente per facilitare la comprensione, gli italiani danno del &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; agli stranieri, anche quando userebbero il &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; con un altro italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio: coda ad uno sportello pubblico, l'impiegato mi ha dato del &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; mentre alla persona straniera in fila prima di me ha dato del &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È così in tutta Italia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-19T10:03:16.600" LastActivityDate="2019-04-03T08:49:44.733" Title="L'uso del &quot;lei&quot; sta diminuendo in tutta Italia?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;curiosity&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7280" CreationDate="2016-08-19T09:47:58.583" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso del &amp;quot;tu&amp;quot; inceve che  del &amp;quot;lei&amp;quot; come pronome di cortesia sembra essere in aumento, come risulta anche dal seguente estratto da &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-del-lei_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'uso del lei&amp;quot; &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; da Treccanni.it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Negli ultimi decenni il tu ha gradualmente ampliato la sua sfera d’uso, estendendosi a situazioni in cui prima non era previsto, come il rapporto tra insegnanti e studenti in certi settori della scuola.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  Anche gli usi non reciproci degli allocutivi sono negli ultimi decenni in forte diminuzione (ad esempio, è del 1975 una circolare che elimina nell’esercito l’uso del lei da inferiore a superiore e del tu da superiore a inferiore).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Di fronte a una diversa sensibilità dei parlanti, è consigliabile non abusare del tu in situazioni formali e mantenere il lei, specie con persone che non si conoscono.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-08-19T09:47:58.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7282" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-19T12:45:11.037" Score="1" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una volta sola si sciacquò la faccia a lungo per cacciar via lo stordimento del vino, l’impressione di &lt;strong&gt;mondo scontornato&lt;/strong&gt;. Non ci riuscì, anzi le crebbe il sentimento che i suoi stessi gesti mancassero di coordinazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;scontornare&quot; e, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scontornare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella tecnica tipografica, eliminare da una fotografia, con opportune modalità, ciò che non interessa dell’immagine per riprodurre solo il particolare di cui si vuole dare l’illustrazione: &lt;em&gt;s. una moneta, una testa, il capitello di una colonna&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;statua, fontana scontornata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le definizioni di altri dizionari sono simili. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire il senso di &quot;mondo scontornato&quot; nel brano sopra citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-19T13:35:34.200" Title="Cosa significa &quot;mondo scontornato&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7282" CreationDate="2016-08-19T13:35:34.200" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando si beve troppo, in italiano si dice che &quot;si vede doppio&quot;, vale a dire che i contorni degli oggetti e delle persone sembrano &quot;doppi&quot;, non precisi, sfocati; un po' la sensazione che si ha quando si sta per svenire. La persona di cui si parla nella citazione vuole, con l'acqua (fredda, immagino), superare questa sensazione, ma non riesce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-08-19T13:35:34.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7259" CreationDate="2016-08-19T20:31:05.443" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho letto l'opera in questione, quindi la mia conoscenza del contesto è limitata, &lt;s&gt;ma da quel che leggo nell'estratto, la ricchezza si incarna in Stefano e gli parla, stringendo con lui un patto di qualche sorta, al quale la voce narrante aderisce con riluttanza.&lt;/s&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: a stringere il patto con Stefano è Raffaella, l'amica dell'io narrante. Il senso generale della risposta, però, non cambia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È probabile che l'interpretazione da dare sia più letterale di quanto non sembri: Raffaella si rivolge a Stefano, egli accetta le sue parole e ne viene condizionato; forse il narratore avverte un cambiamento in Stefano riconducibile proprio alle parole che l'amica gli rivolge, come se questa lo stesse plasmando a mo'di un artigiano che tornisce il suo pezzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi probabilmente si tratta di un significato simile a quello del verbo plagiare, se usato nello stesso contesto e avulso della sua sfumatura negativa, ovvero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;esercitare un particolare ascendente intellettuale e morale su un individuo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/plagiare_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2204" LastEditorUserId="2204" LastEditDate="2016-08-20T09:15:49.187" LastActivityDate="2016-08-20T09:15:49.187" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2088" CreationDate="2016-08-20T12:08:20.977" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it could be due to regional way of expressing yourself. It could also be misinterpreted for &quot;ha senso&quot; which means it makes sense. You have to consider the whole sentence and then it will make sense..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2742" LastActivityDate="2016-08-20T12:08:20.977" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7290" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7291" CreationDate="2016-08-20T14:20:54.733" Score="1" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A parenti e amici aveva detto che era caduta sugli scogli di Amalfi in una bella mattinata di sole, quando lei e il marito erano andati in barca fino a una spiaggia proprio sotto una parete gialla. Durante il pranzo per il fidanzamento di suo fratello e Pinuccia aveva usato, nel dire quella bugia, un tono ironico e tutti le avevano ironicamente creduto, specialmente le femmine, che sapevano da sempre cosa bisognava dire quando i maschi che volevano loro bene e a cui volevano bene picchiavano sodo. Per di più non c’era persona del rione, specialmente di sesso femminile, che non pensasse che lei avesse bisogno da tempo di una bella &lt;strong&gt;lisciata&lt;/strong&gt;. Perciò le botte non avevano fatto scandalo e anzi intorno a Stefano erano cresciuti simpatia e rispetto, ecco uno che sapeva fare l’uomo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;lisciata&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lisciata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, per esempio, ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;s. f. [der. di &lt;em&gt;lisciare&lt;/em&gt;]. – L’atto del lisciare una volta sola o rapidamente, alla lesta: &lt;em&gt;dare una l. all’asse con la pialla&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;si diede una l. ai capelli e uscì di corsa&lt;/em&gt;. ◆ Dim. &lt;strong&gt;lisciatina&lt;/strong&gt;, soprattutto in senso fig., adulazione, lusinga: &lt;em&gt;tutte queste lisciatine mirano a qualche cosa!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le definizioni che ho trovato in altri dizionari sono simili, ma non sembrano avere molto senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;lisciata&quot; nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-20T14:46:23.713" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;lisciata&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7290" CreationDate="2016-08-20T14:46:23.713" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lisciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lisciare&lt;/em&gt; significato 1a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un liscio e busso&lt;/em&gt; (o liscebusso), una bastonatura, o una strapazzata (v. liscebusso)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Liscio e busso&lt;/em&gt; sembra un uso meridionale (almeno secondo il vocabolario), ma in generale ho sentito altre volte &lt;em&gt;lisciare la schiena&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;accarezzare la schiena&lt;/em&gt; come eufemismo per indicare bastonare o picchiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-08-20T14:46:23.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5311" CreationDate="2016-08-21T01:10:57.897" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Bella can be used when talking with friends. &#xA;Women use it talking to their female friends. &#xA;I see it as a term of endearment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2749" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-21T09:30:42.930" LastActivityDate="2016-08-21T09:30:42.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3896" CreationDate="2016-08-21T16:04:33.773" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are four issues at hand:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;è stands for /ɛ/, é stands for /e/; in Middle and Southern Italy &quot;perché&quot; is pronounced with /e/, while in Northern Italy it's pronounced with /ɛ/; the official accent is acute because Italian is modeled upon the dialect of Florence, which uses the closed variant.&#xA;This means that children in the North have a hard time learning that they have to use the acute accent, because according to how they pronounce it they should use the grave accent (in Italian, letters correspond to the actual sound, more or less; much different from English); it may be that at least a part of the faulty spellers comes from this.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;typing the acute accent is a pain on keyboards (particularly so when you need capital letters), as it was said in other answers: so most people will just use &quot;è&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;printing houses have long disagreed on which accent to use: there are some important ones that nowadays are still using the acute accent for &quot;i&quot; and &quot;u&quot; (refer to Luca Serianni, Grammatica italiana, chapter 1, paragraph 179); this is actually the &quot;correct&quot; way, because &quot;i&quot; and &quot;u&quot; are both closed vowels: the acute accent is used with closed vowels, the grave one with open vowels; but for reasons I don't know the &quot;incorrect&quot; way has become mainstream.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2750" LastEditorDisplayName="user2750" LastEditDate="2016-08-22T14:42:55.623" LastActivityDate="2016-08-22T14:42:55.623" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7295" CreationDate="2016-08-21T16:33:53.913" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A una prima visione fui impressionata soprattutto da me stessa. Ero inquadrata due volte. La prima sul sagrato, accanto ad Antonio: mi vidi goffa, nervosa, il viso mangiato dagli occhiali; la seconda, seduta al tavolo con Nino, quasi non mi riconobbi: ridevo, muovevo mani e braccia con &lt;strong&gt;eleganza sprezzata&lt;/strong&gt;, mi ravviavo i capelli, giocherellavo col braccialetto di mia madre, mi sembrai fine e bella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;sprezzare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso di &quot;eleganza sprezzata&quot; nel brano precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-21T19:35:52.223" Title="Cosa significa &quot;eleganza sprezzata&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7294" CreationDate="2016-08-21T17:32:03.000" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra significhi 'con eleganza &lt;strong&gt;disinvolta&lt;/strong&gt;', e l'origine del termine la trovi direttamente su Wikipedia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sprezzatura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sprezzatura&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2752" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-21T19:35:52.223" LastActivityDate="2016-08-21T19:35:52.223" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6259" CreationDate="2016-08-22T10:23:08.443" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'analisi logica e l'analisi del periodo sono un residuo ormai obsoleto della vecchia cultura &quot;grammaticale&quot; che cercava di chiudere la lingua in tutta una serie di pedantissime regole logiche, su influsso della vecchia grammatica latina. Inevitabilmente per ogni regola ci sono centinaia di eccezioni, perché è impossibile catalogare un'entità così complessa come le lingue naturali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In età recente c'è stato un forte scontro tra linguisti: tra i sostenitori del vecchio modo, che mettono la grammatica standardizzata al centro, e quelli del nuovo modo, che la considerano nulla di più che una sistemazione di comodo (da usare per lo studio accademico e l'insegnamento), provvisoria e imperfetta, di una materia inevitabilmente magmatica e non incarcerabile in regolette, infatti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;la lingua si evolve seguendo percorsi del tutto caotici e &quot;creativi&quot; che la portano continuamente a deviare dagli esiti che ci aspetteremmo secondo regole, logica e buon senso (ad esempio: l'accento acuto su &quot;o&quot; ed &quot;e&quot; indica vocale chiusa, quello grave aperto; eppure quando si tratta di &quot;u&quot; e &quot;i&quot; usiamo l'accento grave, anche se sono vocali chiuse); questo significa un continuo proliferare di &quot;eccezioni&quot;: ci sono più eccezioni alla regola che regole&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'ambito dell'esperienza umana descritto dalla lingua è troppo complesso e variegato perché lo si possa racchiudere in regole logiche gestibili da un essere umano (ci hanno provato in molti, a partire da Leibniz, a creare lingue &quot;a priori&quot;, matematiche, del tutto inambigue e prevedibili; ma hanno tutti fallito)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La linguistica moderna è oggi in gran parte sulla seconda posizione; ma la scuola segue sempre in ritardo, quindi ancora i ragazzi devono sprecare tempo su queste sciocchezze (e si convincono che la scuola non serve a niente, e come dargli torto?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://for.indire.it/global_lms/uploads/pon_linguistica1213/19972.zip&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pallotti, Descrivere le lingue&lt;/a&gt;: &quot;la casa va a fuoco&quot;. &quot;a fuoco&quot; che complemento è? di sfiga? Un insegnante di scuola dirà complemento di moto a luogo figurato; il &quot;figurato&quot; è un po' la discarica di tutto quello che non si sa catalogare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per concludere, lasci perdere: è davvero una questione soggettiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2750" LastEditorDisplayName="user2750" LastEditDate="2016-08-29T10:04:55.460" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T10:04:55.460" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7298" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7300" CreationDate="2016-08-22T13:52:06.180" Score="6" ViewCount="1358" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi riferisco al significato della parola che viene spiegato &lt;a href=&quot;https://gamedev.stackexchange.com/questions/128479/what-are-affordances-in-game-design&quot;&gt;in questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste una parola (o un modo di dire o una parola equivalente) specifica che si riferisce al fatto che certe azioni sono percepite come possibili (a causa ad esempio della particolare forma o configurazione dell'ambiente)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il manico di una tazza &lt;em&gt;suggerisce&lt;/em&gt; che questa possa essere afferrata&lt;/strong&gt;, ma &quot;suggerisce&quot; è una parola molto generica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I buchi nelle prese elettriche suggeriscono ai bambini che sia possibile infilarci le dita (e restare fulminati).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola che cercavo non esiste in senso e va coniata, grazie alla risposta di DaG. La soluzione sembra essere una di queste due:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affordanza:&lt;/strong&gt; in pratica è la parola stessa ma &lt;em&gt;italianizzata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Permettenza:&lt;/strong&gt; è una parola forse corretta, ma che ho già sentito utilizzare, mi sembra in elettrotecnica per cui alla fine  forse è meglio la prima.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2756" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-28T13:28:56.717" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T19:09:59.700" Title="Come traduciamo in italiano &quot;affordance&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7298" CreationDate="2016-08-22T18:08:27.053" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;affordance&lt;/em&gt; è stato introdotto dallo psicologo James Gibson e rientra nella categoria dei forestierismi di necessità, cioè quelle parole che esprimono concetti che non hanno una controparte nel lessico italiano e a mio avviso non è mai stato tradotto con un neologismo italiano. L'italiano rispetto ad altre lingue (e.g. spagnolo) è abbastanza aperto verso l'adozione di termini provenienti da altre lingue. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque io credo che concetto che si avvicina di più sia quello di predisposizione, o alle volte intuitività.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastActivityDate="2016-08-22T18:08:27.053" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7298" CreationDate="2016-08-23T08:13:41.490" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come è stato ricordato, il termine inglese è piuttosto recente: risale al 1966, coniato da J.J. Gibson, e l'English Oxford Dictionary riporta quella che presumibilmente è la prima frase in cui compare (non considerando un diverso e più antico uso locale della parola):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When the constant properties of constant objects are perceived (the shape, size, color..[etc.]), the observer can go on to detect their &lt;em&gt;affordances&lt;/em&gt;. I have coined this word as a substitute for &lt;em&gt;values&lt;/em&gt;, a term which carries an old burden of philosophical meaning. I mean simply what things furnish, for good or ill. (J. J. Gibson, &lt;em&gt;Senses considered as Perceptual Systems&lt;/em&gt;, xiii. 285)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Quando vengono percepite le proprietà costanti di oggetti costanti (la forma, le dimensioni, il colore [etc.]), l'osservatore può procedere a rilevarne le [&lt;em&gt;affordances&lt;/em&gt;]. Ho coniato questa parola come sostituto per &lt;em&gt;valori&lt;/em&gt;, un termine che si porta dietro un vecchio fardello di significati filosofici. Intendo semplicemente ciò che le cose forniscono, nel bene e nel male.» (Traduzione di servizio mia, e sono conscio della precarietà di quel “forniscono”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo un neologismo anche per l'inglese, ci sono in italiano tre possibilità: 1) prendere di peso la parola inglese; 2) coniare un neologismo italiano; 3) risemantizzare una parola esistente italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Il prestito letterale attualmente è forse la soluzione più diffusa in vari ambiti, soprattutto scientifici e tecnici, da “computer” a “cupping”, ma personalmente non incoraggerei questa tendenza, sia perché non ne ha bisogno, sia perché si porta dietro il problema di introdurre termini spesso mal usati, mal pronunciati, di cui a volte non si sa formare il plurale e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Il meccanismo classico si limiterebbe semplicemente a adattare alla fonetica e alla grammatica italiane il termine straniero: &lt;strong&gt;affordanza&lt;/strong&gt;, così come avvenne in passato per innumerevoli parole entrate in italiano (fra cui viene spesso esemplificata la &lt;em&gt;beef-steak&lt;/em&gt; che divenne bistecca). Oppure, in una sorta di calco, si potrebbe coniare &lt;strong&gt;permettenza&lt;/strong&gt;, ovviamente spiegando di che si tratta quando si introduce il termine (ma anche l'autore anglofono lo fa); può suonare strano, ma dopo tutto è coerente con “urgenza”, “partenza”, “continenza”, “resistenza” etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) L'altro meccanismo che le lingue usano spesso per esprimere nuovi concetti è la risemantizzazione di termini esistenti, cioè prendere una parola e assegnarle un nuovo significato in aggiunta al preesistente. Il senso base di “applicazione” è “atto o effetto dell'applicare” (un cerotto, l'intonaco, una guarnizione, o figuratamente una legge, una regola e così via); nel moderno linguaggio informatico si riferisce invece a un certo tipo di programma; e lo stesso un “lettore” di dischi o file, la “scansione” di un'immagine etc. Anche questo fenomeno si verifica da sempre: pensiamo solo all'“albero” con le foglie, poi a quello della nave e infine a quello del motore dell'automobile.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Quale termine risemantizzare qui lo può decidere meglio chi è più addentro all'argomento, ma Gibson stesso ci suggerisce, anche se per fare una distinzione, &lt;strong&gt;valore&lt;/strong&gt;; oppure, come già proposto, &lt;strong&gt;predisposizione&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;La mia proposta principale è però &lt;strong&gt;invito&lt;/strong&gt;, che ha già anche il senso di «Qualsiasi accorgimento o artificio costruttivo atto a facilitare l’avvio o l’ingresso; per es., in una scala, il primo gradino, o la serie dei primi gradini, che sporge dagli altri e dalla ringhiera, costituendo quasi un invito a salire; nella viabilità stradale, l’imbocco di un passaggio, di un passo carrabile o anche di una via perpendicolare all’asse della strada principale, che si presenti svasato in modo da facilitare la svolta e l’ingresso di veicoli» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/invito2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, 5).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-08-23T08:24:52.340" LastActivityDate="2016-08-23T08:24:52.340" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7301" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7302" CreationDate="2016-08-23T10:18:10.587" Score="1" ViewCount="672" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  Alla fine lei stessa, come se in quello spazio fosse sola, cercò di sollevare il telaio, ma non ce la fece. Intervenne prontamente Marcello, intervenni io, lo appoggiammo alla parete. Poi tutti arretrammo verso la soglia, chi ridacchiando, chi torvo, chi esterrefatto. Il corpo in immagine di Lila sposa appariva crudelmente trinciato. Gran parte della testa era scomparsa, così la pancia. Restava un occhio, la mano su cui poggiava il mento, la macchia splendente della bocca, strisce in diagonale del busto, la linea delle gambe accavallate, le scarpe. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Cominciò Gigliola, contenendo a stento la rabbia: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Io non ci posso mettere una cosa così nel &lt;em&gt;mio&lt;/em&gt; negozio». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sono d’accordo» esplose Pinuccia, «qua dobbiamo vendere e invece con questo &lt;strong&gt;mamozio&lt;/strong&gt; la gente se ne scappa. Rino, di’ qualcosa a tua sorella, per favore».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mamozio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;entrata di Wikipedia sul termine &quot;Mamozio&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non mi è stata utile per capire il senso che ha questo vocabolo nel brano precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-23T20:12:11.970" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T05:05:02.503" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;mamozio&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7301" CreationDate="2016-08-23T11:27:59.727" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un termine dialettale napoletano il cui senso nel brano è: una figura sgraziata, non presentabile riferito alla figura della sposa, che appare compromessa (con parte della figura mancante).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spesso si definisce “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vesuviolive.it/cultura-napoletana/proverbi-napoletani/104113-sie-nu-mamozio-cosa-significa-e-da-dove-deriva-questo-modo-di-dire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mamozio&lt;/a&gt;” una persona credulona, buffa, stolta e un po’ strana: ma da dove deriva questo modo di dire?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Il tutto ha avuto inizio in un lontano giorno del 1704 quando a Pozzuoli durante gli scavi per la costruzione della chiesa di San Giuseppe venne ritrovata una statua senza testa &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;appartenente al console romano Quinto Flavio Mesio Egnazio Lolliano Mavorzio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EdLbG.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EdLbG.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Alla scultura venne integrata una nuova testa che però risultò essere sproporzionata e molto più piccola del corpo. Il risultato causò un’armonia inesistente che dava a Lolliano Mavorzio un’aria poco credibile e molto comica. Il nome del console venne poi storpiato dagli abitanti di Pozzuoli che iniziarono a chiamare la statua “Mamozio”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, termine che si è consolidato nel tempo assumendo il significato di persona tonta, stupida e dall’aria imbambolata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2016-08-24T05:05:02.503" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T05:05:02.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7303" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7304" CreationDate="2016-08-24T00:27:22.190" Score="2" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, a sentence in a conversation starts with &lt;em&gt;Guardate, …&lt;/em&gt;, but in this case, the person is speaking just to another person. So, are they using &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt; as a form  of politeness?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, una frase comincia con «Guardate …», ma pare che la persona parli solamente con un'altra persona. Si può usare il voi per essere più gentile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2761" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2016-08-24T05:01:45.810" LastActivityDate="2016-08-25T06:47:45.093" Title="Can &quot;voi&quot; be used instead of &quot;lei&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7303" CreationDate="2016-08-24T04:40:43.817" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, the polite pronoun used in Italian is &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt;, even though in some regions is still used &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt;, especially in the southern Italy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It could also be that the conversation involved more than one person, and that &lt;em&gt;guardate&lt;/em&gt; was referred to all those people. For example, a son tells his mother what he did with his friends. In that case, his mother could reply with (for example) &lt;em&gt;Guardate che è pericoloso, avvicinarsi troppo a quegli scogli&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T04:40:43.817" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6260" CreationDate="2016-08-24T05:05:05.163" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, &lt;em&gt;tzigane&lt;/em&gt; is the Hungarian word for &quot;a gypsy violinist&quot;. There's an old Italian song, titled &lt;em&gt;Violino Zigano&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;The Italian word for &quot;gypsy&quot; is &lt;em&gt;zingaro&lt;/em&gt; (masculine) or &lt;em&gt;zingara&lt;/em&gt; (feminine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Romany people originated in the subcontinent of India and many have 'settled' in Europe and the Americas. Yes, these 'traveling' gypsies are refereed to as Romani, (also Romany) or Roma &amp;mdash; but, the word does not, or should not imply that said people originated in Rome. It's more likely because the majority migrated to Hungary and Romania. Then later to Albania, Italy, England etc.&#xA;The Romany have no homeland: they are vagrants and they hold fealty to no one but their clans.&#xA;Those gypsies who have sought to find a 'stable', permanent home, have a difficult time with area governments. On-going disputes throughout Europe are very common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please do not confuse &lt;em&gt;Tzigane&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;Zingaro&lt;/em&gt;. These are two different languages; specifically Romany, not Italian, albeit the Italians may have 'adopted' the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2763" LastEditorDisplayName="user589" LastEditDate="2016-08-25T12:13:07.110" LastActivityDate="2016-08-25T12:13:07.110" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7311" CreationDate="2016-08-24T09:03:53.423" Score="1" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, &lt;em&gt;scare quote&lt;/em&gt; is used for those words or phrases put in quotes, where they aren't used for their literal meaning, as in the following sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;That was really a &quot;smart&quot; move.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an equivalent expression for the Italian? Google Translate gives &lt;em&gt;virgolette&lt;/em&gt; as translation, but that does apply also for a normal quote.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I know that, speaking, I could say &lt;em&gt;tra virgolette&lt;/em&gt; to mean I am using the word to mean the opposite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quella era, tra virgolette, una mossa brillante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T14:51:45.257" Title="What is the equivalent of &quot;scare quote&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7306" CreationDate="2016-08-24T09:13:08.207" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, When &lt;strong&gt;speaking&lt;/strong&gt; you can say:&#xA;- Quella era, tra virgolette, una mossa brillante&#xA;or&#xA;- Quella era, per così dire, una mossa brillante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;strong&gt;writing&lt;/strong&gt; you can use quotation marks, just like in English&#xA;-Quella era una mossa &quot;brillante&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T09:13:08.207" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7308" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7309" CreationDate="2016-08-24T12:47:32.680" Score="2" ViewCount="2353" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel verbale di una riunione un mio collega ha scritto &lt;em&gt;possiederanno&lt;/em&gt;, io pensavo si dicesse &lt;em&gt;possederanno&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Su WordReference ci sono entrambe le versioni:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ItVerbs.aspx?v=possedere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ItVerbs.aspx?v=possedere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è quella più corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T13:19:32.217" Title="Futuro semplice del verbo possedere: con la &quot;i&quot; o senza?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7308" CreationDate="2016-08-24T13:19:32.217" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;WordReference, personalmente, lo lascerei perdere, ma effettivamente i dizionari veri affermano che sono ammesse entrambe le possibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la precisione, lo Zingarelli, nella tavola della coniugazione, dà la doppia versione «essi possederànno, possiederànno» (e lo stesso per tutte le altre persone del futuro), mentre il Treccani per la coniugazione rimanda al verbo “sedere”, e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sedere2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, dopo aver dato alcune forme specifiche, conclude:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;le altre forme sono regolari, senza il dittongo: &lt;em&gt;sedévo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sedéssi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;seduto&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; nel fut. e condiz. si tende oggi, spec. nella lingua parlata, a usare le forme dittongate: &lt;em&gt;siederò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;siederèi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la versione tradizionale omette il dittongo (“[pos]sederò”), coerentemente con il fatto che il “dittongo mobile” cade quando non è accentato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T13:19:32.217" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7310" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7313" CreationDate="2016-08-24T14:02:12.057" Score="2" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una volta ci spingemmo fino alla Mostra d’Oltremare con due mie compagne di scuola, che però s’intimidirono quando seppero che era sposata da più di un anno, e si comportarono come se le avessi obbligate a uscire con mia madre, rispettose, compassate. Una le chiese incerta: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Hai un bambino?».  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Lila fece cenno di no.  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Non vengono?». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Lei fece cenno di no.  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La serata da quel momento fu &lt;strong&gt;un mezzo fiasco&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiasco/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;fiasco&quot; ha il senso figurato di &quot;grosso insuccesso&quot;, ma non sono sicura di cosa significhi &quot;un mezzo fiasco&quot;. Un &quot;mezzo insuccesso&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-25T12:03:57.607" Title="Cos'è un &quot;mezzo fiasco&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7306" CreationDate="2016-08-24T14:51:45.257" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non mi risulta un nome specifico, ma per esempio nell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/virgolette_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/a&gt; Treccani, descrivendo questa, fra le varie funzioni delle virgolette, si dice che sono una marca &lt;em&gt;di distanziamento&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ha funzione &lt;strong&gt;di distanziamento&lt;/strong&gt; la coppia di virgolette ... usata per contrassegnare un’espressione non ritenuta appropriata perché di uso settoriale, gergale o dialettale, e &lt;strong&gt;di cui è richiesta un’interpretazione ironica, allusiva o in generale di tipo traslato&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(4) Nel 1986 le manifestazioni studentesche di massa costringono il governo del gollista Chirac a ritirare la legge sulla selezione per l’ingresso all’università. Nel 1991 è sufficiente qualche dimostrazione per convincere il socialista Jospin a lasciar cadere la «sua» riforma universitaria (Antonio Caprarica, &lt;em&gt;Com’è dolce Parigi ... o no!?&lt;/em&gt;, Milano, Sperling &amp;amp; Kupfer, 2007, p. 58)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È stato notato come di questo tipo di virgoletta, nella lingua scritta contemporanea, si faccia spesso abuso, con il rischio di trasmettere un’impressione di scarsa competenza (Serianni 2003: 57).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(grassetti miei)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche Serianni (&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, I, 207, non lo stesso testo citato qui su) parla della funzione di «segnalare la presa di distanza dello scrivente» ed esemplifica con un testo giornalistico in cui a proposito di un fatto di cronaca si parla di “prova della verità” e “compare traditore”, e ovviamente l'autrice non abbracciava questa interpretazione dei fatti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-08-24T14:51:45.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7310" CreationDate="2016-08-25T11:45:02.513" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Risposta da Josh61 nei commenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, un mezzo fiasco si usa in riferimento a qualcosa (una festa, un evento etc.) che non è riuscito proprio come ci si aspettava. Una delusione. [...] Di solito si usa quando va male qualcosa ma l'evento o la festa non sono del tutto compromessi. O quando le attese sono alte ma non vengono rispettate del tutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se guardi &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=%20un%20mezzo%20fiasco&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cun%20mezzo%20fiasco%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, tra i mezzi fiaschi di vino, trovi esempi nel senso figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-08-25T11:45:02.513" CommentCount="0" CommunityOwnedDate="2016-08-25T11:45:02.513" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7316" CreationDate="2016-08-25T14:52:22.220" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tuttora mi ricordo di lui, lì sulla soglia, con simpatia. Fu il primo in assoluto a dimostrarmi praticamente com’è confortevole arrivare in un ambiente estraneo, potenzialmente ostile, e scoprire che sei stata preceduta dalla tua buona fama, che non devi far nulla per farti accettare, che il tuo nome è già noto, che di te si sa già abbastanza, che sono gli altri, gli estranei, a dover faticare per entrare nelle tue grazie e non tu per entrare nelle loro. Abituata com’ero all’assenza di vantaggi, quel vantaggio imprevisto mi diede energia, mi rese subito spigliata. Sparirono le ansie, non mi preoccupai più di quello che poteva fare o non fare Lila. Presa dalla mia inaspettata centralità, dimenticai persino di presentare ad Armando la mia amica né d’altra parte lui parve notarla. Mi fece strada come se fossi sola, insistendo con allegria su quanto la madre parlasse di me, sulle lodi che mi faceva. Lo seguii &lt;strong&gt;schermendomi&lt;/strong&gt;, Lila chiuse la porta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;schermirsi&quot; in alcuni dizionari e so che, in senso figurato, può significare proteggersi, ripararsi, difendersi e anche eludere o esimersi. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire il significato di questo verbo nel passaggio precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-25T15:16:13.543" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;schermirsi&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7315" CreationDate="2016-08-25T15:16:13.543" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'interpretazione che ne ricavo io è che la narratrice si stia schermendo &lt;em&gt;dalle lodi&lt;/em&gt; che riceveva. Cioè stava, per modestia, dicendo che le virtù che le venivano assegnate, non erano in fondo una gran cosa, che chiunque si comporterebbe in tal maniera, etc. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Armando&lt;/strong&gt;: Abbiamo sentito molto parlare del meraviglioso lavoro che hai fatto con gli orfani questo Natale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Narratrice&lt;/strong&gt;: Oh ma non è niente. Chiunque al posto mio avrebbe fatto simile o meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-08-25T15:16:13.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7318" CreationDate="2016-08-26T00:18:44.620" Score="10" ViewCount="3723" Body="&lt;p&gt;In casual, spoken English, there are certain &quot;filler-words&quot; which are very common, but don't really add much to the actual meaning of the sentence. For example: &quot;like, you know..., look....&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same thing seems to exist in Italian. I want to a) confirm that this true, b) find out what the common filler-words are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, are these common filler-words?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;guarda (look)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dai (come on now)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sai (you know)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What other Italian words or expressions would be in this category?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2761" LastActivityDate="2016-09-10T00:48:48.223" Title="Filler-words in spoken Italian" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7317" CreationDate="2016-08-26T09:51:27.103" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, there are filler words. Those you mentioned actually can be used meaningfully (&quot;&lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is an exhortation for example).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aside from those you mentioned, other examples may be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cioè&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mah&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mmm (though not exactly a word)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;eh&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and many others. An example dialogue using all of them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A) Sai, ho visto Luca in giro con l'auto nuova.&#xA;B) Eh? Strano.&#xA;A) Perché?&#xA;B) Eh, guarda, non so se posso parlartene... cioè...&#xA;A) Dai...&#xA;B) Mmm, è che pensavo gli avessero tolto la patente... mah...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-08-26T09:53:19.657" LastActivityDate="2016-08-26T09:53:19.657" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7319" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-26T10:56:54.067" Score="0" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato la locuzione preposizionale &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/sotto-forma-di&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&quot;sotto forma di&quot; nel dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sono sicura di saperla usare nel modo giusto. Ad esempio, sarebbe corretto adoperarla in questo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A volte succede che gli argomenti proposti dalle foto del giorno del National Geographic sono cose tanto lontane dalla mia vita quotidiana che mi è veramente molto difficile parlarne. Oggi posso scegliere tra il branco di elefanti di questa immagine, un gruppo di rinoceronti che va in fila per una strada sterrata oppure un gruppo di pesci che nuota nel fondo del mare, dei quali uno ha la bocca aperta. Neanche questi ultimi, &lt;strong&gt;sotto forma di&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;pesci morti adatti al consumo umano&quot;, sono veramente molto presenti nella mia vita: detesto il pesce e mio marito non ne può mangiare perché ne è allergico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo scritto faccio riferimento a degli esercizi di italiano consistenti a fare una descrizione di una fotografia del National Geographic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; Ho trovato anche  questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_290.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spiegazione della Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-27T08:22:09.127" LastActivityDate="2016-08-27T08:22:09.127" Title="Uso della locuzione &quot;sotto forma di&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7319" CreationDate="2016-08-26T12:01:16.470" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A volte succede che gli argomenti proposti dalle foto del giorno del National Geographic sono cose tanto lontane dalla mia vita quotidiana che mi è veramente molto difficile parlarne. Oggi posso scegliere tra il branco di elefanti di questa immagine, un gruppo di rinoceronti che va in fila per una strada sterrata oppure un gruppo di pesci che nuota nel fondo del mare, &lt;b&gt;&lt;em&gt;uno dei quali&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/b&gt; ha la bocca aperta. Neanche questi ultimi, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sotto forma di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/IjQtt.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/IjQtt.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &quot;pesci morti adatti al consumo umano&quot;, sono veramente molto presenti nella mia vita: detesto il pesce e mio marito non ne può mangiare perché ne è allergico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suona meglio &quot;Uno dei quali&quot; ma ovviamente non è un errore! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sotto forma di&quot; invece è corretta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viene molto utilizzata questa espressione! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Dissimulare insulti sotto forma di frasi innocue&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Era uno stranissimo animale! Il corpo bitorzoluto le gambe sottili e slanciate... Sembrava quasi un mostro leggendario sotto forma di gatto e con qualche leggero dettaglio da topo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2520" LastActivityDate="2016-08-26T12:01:16.470" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7321" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7324" CreationDate="2016-08-27T03:13:36.633" Score="3" ViewCount="858" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mela&quot; means apple, and &quot;melanzana&quot; means &quot;eggplant.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I note in this context, that &quot;manzana,&quot; which seems like a &quot;cross&quot; between mela and melanzana means &quot;apple,&quot; in Spanish, a closely related Romance language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the French use &quot;pomme de terre,&quot; that is &quot;apple of the earth&quot; as their description of potato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &quot;eggplant&quot; is translated &quot;aubergine&quot; in French and &quot;berenjena&quot; &quot;in Spanish. So I would expect the translation to be an Italian equivalent, something like &quot;berengina.&quot; Except that it is not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://dictionary.reverso.net/italian-english/melanzana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dictionary&lt;/a&gt; link that gives the definition, but makes no mention of apple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is there a context where &quot;eggplant&quot; is reasonably translated (in a non-English language) as &quot;apple plant?&quot; And is this actually the case in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="234" LastEditorUserId="234" LastEditDate="2016-08-27T13:19:32.277" LastActivityDate="2016-08-27T22:58:18.043" Title="Is &quot;mela&quot; somehow related to &quot;melanzana&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7322" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7330" CreationDate="2016-08-27T13:01:52.460" Score="3" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am studying Italian using Duolingo. I came across the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il cane ha &lt;strong&gt;la mia&lt;/strong&gt; scarpa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which translates to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The dog has my shoe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why are possessive adjectives preceded by definite articles such as &lt;code&gt;la&lt;/code&gt;, unlike Spanish?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2770" LastActivityDate="2016-09-02T11:49:55.773" Title="Why do definite articles precede possessive adjectives?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7321" CreationDate="2016-08-27T13:51:24.430" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Look at  the web version of the &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Etimologico della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt; by  Ottorino Pianigiani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For Melanzana see at: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=melanzana&amp;amp;find=Cerca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.etimo.it/?term=melanzana&amp;amp;find=Cerca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EgZId.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EgZId.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT rough translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;french mérangène, mélongène; [from late latin belangolus, merangolus]: from spanish BERENGÉNA [which has been considered close to MÉLA by false etymology], the latter from arab BADINDGIAN&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[[second paragraph, a botanical description of eggplants ... &lt;em&gt;called Melongèna Arabum&lt;/em&gt;]]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="1871" LastEditDate="2016-08-27T15:23:09.120" LastActivityDate="2016-08-27T15:23:09.120" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7321" CreationDate="2016-08-27T22:58:18.043" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/melanzana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, the word &quot;melanzana&quot; comes from Arabic &quot;bādingiān&quot; crossed with &quot;mela&quot;. This is explained with some more detail in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lastampa.it/2014/07/06/cronaca/rubriche/saper-spendere/storia-della-melanzana-una-mela-non-sana-6mJkUWzh21CJCeLBYSrdKP/pagina.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;La Stampa article&lt;/a&gt;. Latin word &quot;mālum&quot; means fruit and from this was derived the word &quot;mela&quot; or &quot;melo&quot; which, in the Middle Ages, was used to construct the name of some fruits: &quot;melagrana&quot;, &quot;melacotogna&quot;, &quot;melangolo&quot;, &quot;melone&quot;. In particular,  &quot;mela-bādingiān&quot; gave rise to the word &quot;melanzana&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/manzana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Merriam-Webster dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, the Spanish word &quot;manzana&quot; comes from from Old Spanish &quot;mazana&quot; or &quot;maçana&quot;, that derives from latin &quot;māla Matiana&quot;, which comes from the name of &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gaius_Matius&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gaius Matius&lt;/a&gt;, a 1st century b.c. Roman writer on gastronomy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Catalan word for &quot;eggplant&quot; is &quot;albergínia&quot;. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.enciclopedia.cat/EC-GDLC-e00005230.xml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Gran Diccionari de la llengua catalana&lt;/a&gt; this word also comes from Arabic &quot;al-bādingiān&quot; (note that &quot;al&quot; is the Arabic article). And according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://languagehat.com/the-multifarious-aubergine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this source&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?term=aubergine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;this other one&lt;/a&gt;, the Catalan term is at the origin of French and English &quot;aubergine&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-27T22:58:18.043" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7317" CreationDate="2016-08-28T14:46:17.937" Score="5" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mah&lt;/strong&gt; is used to convey uncertainty, as in: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Hai visto Marco ultimamente?&quot; &quot;Mah, sarà preso dallo studio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (I don't know where he is, but I think he might be busy studying) or &lt;em&gt;&quot;Cosa ne diresti se andassimo a correre domani?&quot; &quot;Mah, sono un po' stanco in questi giorni..&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (I'm not interested in going jogging because I am tired. I want to be polite and not openly say &quot;I don't want to come with you&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Insomma / cioè&lt;/strong&gt; / are used to better explain a point or to get to the real point of the conversation: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Maria ha un po' di problemi a casa e al lavoro, e esce meno con gli amici. Insomma, è sparita dalla circolazione&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ti richiamo dopo. Cioè...quando avrò finito di studiare e mettere in ordine la casa&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Allora&lt;/strong&gt; is kind of the equivalent of &quot;so&quot; in English. Used to start a conversation, to bring up a new topic or to call for attention: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Allora, come è andata in vacanza? Rcconta!&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;Allora, bambini, venite qui e mettetevi seduti&quot; in cerchio&quot;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NB &quot;cioè&quot; can sound like &quot;c'è&quot; in spoken language. I don't know if it is a northern Italy thing or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-08-30T10:00:38.460" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T10:00:38.460" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7326" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7327" CreationDate="2016-08-28T22:24:18.803" Score="1" ViewCount="406" Body="&lt;p&gt;We write kilometer as km. How do I write chilometro in Italian?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Also in English I write 'km/h' (km/hour). How to write it in Italian?&#xA;Can I write &lt;code&gt;km/ora&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2016-08-28T22:41:44.907" Title="How to write 'km/h' in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7326" CreationDate="2016-08-28T22:41:44.907" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If by «How do I write chilometro in Italian?» you mean how do you abbreviate it, remember that the symbols for physical quantities (as for chemical elements etc.) are international standards. So: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/km/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;km&lt;/a&gt; (see also the “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/chilometro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;chilometro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;” entry). Analogously for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/km-h/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;km/h&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, any English-Italian or Italian monolingual dictionary could answer such a question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-08-28T22:41:44.907" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7331" CreationDate="2016-08-29T00:28:22.740" Score="1" ViewCount="821" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;posso farla&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ce la faccio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a difference between these two phrases or do they both mean &quot;I can do it&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is one more common than the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2592" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-08-29T06:50:51.550" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T07:16:29.833" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;posso farla&quot; and &quot;ce la faccio&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7328" CreationDate="2016-08-29T03:34:30.657" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess in your first sentence you mean &quot;Posso farcela&quot;. In this case we can say both sentences have the same meaning... however saying &quot;Ce la faccio&quot; is a slightly stronger and more confident statement than &quot;Posso farcela&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2747" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T03:34:30.657" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7322" CreationDate="2016-08-29T04:06:12.147" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian there is the &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; before &lt;em&gt;mia&lt;/em&gt; because you're talking about that specific shoe. You could also have many shoes and talking about a generic shoe. In this case you can say &quot;Il cane ha una mia scarpa&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2747" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T04:06:12.147" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7328" CreationDate="2016-08-29T07:16:29.833" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Two equivalent ways of saying “I can do it” – in a generic way, with the meaning of “I'll manage” – are &lt;em&gt;ce la posso fare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;posso farcela&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ce la faccio&lt;/em&gt; denotes more confidence: “I am doing it”, “I'm almost there”, more or less.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;em&gt;posso farla&lt;/em&gt; would just mean “I can do [this particular thing]”, as in answering to a question like «&lt;em&gt;Puoi fare l'ultima parte?&lt;/em&gt;» (Can you do the last part?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T07:16:29.833" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7332" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-29T15:58:41.963" Score="2" ViewCount="855" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho consultato la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/durare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;voce &quot;durare&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; in cerca di esempi di uso dell'ausiliare &quot;essere&quot; con questo verbo. Sono rimasta perplessa quando ho letto questa spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;la guerra è durata sei anni&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;è durato a piovere per un’ora&lt;/em&gt; (ma: &lt;em&gt;ha durato a piovere per varî giorni&lt;/em&gt;, in base alla regola di solito seguita per l’uso dell’ausiliare con i verbi impersonali relativi a fenomeni atmosferici); &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quale regola si riferisce? Perché si dice &quot;è durato a piovere per un’ora&quot;, ma &quot;ha durato a piovere per varî giorni&quot;? Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T19:35:13.033" Title="Verbo &quot;durare&quot;: ausiliare &quot;avere&quot; o &quot;essere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7332" CreationDate="2016-08-29T17:31:50.483" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La regola è menzionata in Serianni, Grammatica italiana, capitolo 11, paragrafo 37. In breve, i verbi atmosferici vorrebbero avere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei paragrafi 34-36 troviamo la risposta all'esistenza di entrambe le versioni: la scelta dell'ausiliare con i verbi intransitivi è notevolmente variabile. Non si è ancora trovata una legge che spieghi in modo soddisfacente ogni singolo caso (&quot;ben pochi, dunque, i punti fermi&quot;). È probabile che alcuni parlanti abbiano seguito la prima strada (essere) in quanto in genere il verbo vuole &quot;essere&quot; se può essere usato come attributo (&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://goo.gl/JfJsBV&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Con lei ho avuto un flirt durato una sera&lt;/a&gt;&quot;); altri hanno seguito la seconda (avere) per la regola suddetta (ma personalmente non ho mai sentito usare questo costrutto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2750" LastEditorDisplayName="user2750" LastEditDate="2016-08-29T19:35:13.033" LastActivityDate="2016-08-29T19:35:13.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7334" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7338" CreationDate="2016-08-30T11:25:25.400" Score="0" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma che Bruno puntasse a me non mi convinse. Non mi aveva mai nemmeno guardata. Oltre al fatto che, se avesse avuto le mire che diceva Lila, sarebbe venuto lui all’appuntamento e non Nino. O almeno sarebbero venuti insieme. E comunque, vero o no, non mi piaceva: troppo basso, troppo ricciuto, senza fronte, denti da lupo. No e no. &lt;strong&gt;Tenermi in mezzo&lt;/strong&gt;, pensai. Farò così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato &quot;mezzo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;tenersi in mezzo&quot; nel brano precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T13:45:36.207" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tenersi in mezzo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5150" CreationDate="2016-08-30T11:46:59.360" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, la versione cinematografica riporta la citazione del libro. Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EKZRNuGpXYM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo spezzone su YouTube&lt;/a&gt; ed è divertente constatare come l'abbiano sbagliata nel titolo nonostante tutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo, penso che sia un caso simile a quello della Divina Commedia di Dante. Molti ad esempio dicono sempre &quot;non ti curar di loro ma guarda e passa&quot; (Inferno, canto III) al posto di &quot;non ragioniam di lor, ma guarda e passa&quot;, che è il verso originale. Si tratta di storpiature diffuse nella cultura popolare. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/non-ti-curar-di-lor-ma-guarda-e-passa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; un chiarimento della Treccani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="456" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T11:46:59.360" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7336" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-30T12:05:58.760" Score="3" ViewCount="707" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;danza&lt;/em&gt; in italiano può essere, a seconda del contesto, un sostantivo (&lt;em&gt;la danza&lt;/em&gt;) oppure un verbo (&lt;em&gt;egli danza&lt;/em&gt;). La parola &lt;em&gt;lingua&lt;/em&gt;, invece, ha due significati (parte del corpo oppure linguaggio), ma sono entrambi sostantivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esiste un nome per indicare le parole del primo tipo, ma non quelle del secondo?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Esiste una risorsa che fa un elenco di queste parole, per esempio ad uso degli enigmisti?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2016-08-30T14:48:39.087" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T15:06:21.397" Title="Parole italiane con due categorie grammaticali" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7334" CreationDate="2016-08-30T13:45:36.207" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di questa espressione è figurato: &quot;tenersi in mezzo&quot; vuol dire stare a metà strada tra un punto e un altro. Mi sembra di capire che la questione sia: &quot;piaccio a Bruno oppure no?&quot;. Il personaggio si interroga, prova a valutare le due opzioni e poi decide di tenersi in mezzo, né sì né no, in attesa - immagino - di ulteriori elementi per capire la situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T13:45:36.207" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7336" CreationDate="2016-08-30T14:17:14.953" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È semplicemente un casuale processo di omonimia, e non mi risulta abbia altro nome. Diverso il caso della derivazione zero, in italiano poco diffuso (ad esempio la sostantivazione di verbi e aggettivi), mentre ben noto in inglese (Google &gt; to google). Solo in quest'ultimo caso sarebbero effettivamente &quot;parole con diverse categorie grammaticali&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il punto cruciale della differenza è nel fatto che &quot;egli danza&quot; è alla terza persona, cioè non è alla prima persona dell'indicativo presente: vale a dire che si è formato per caso in seguito al banale meccanismo flessivo interno al verbo stesso, non come conversione da un'altra parte del discorso. Non c'è insomma un tentativo volontario di creare un collegamento tra le due parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo al trovarne una lista dovrai spulciare qualche lista di omonimi abbastanza ben curata da includere anche corrispondenze con parole non nella forma di dizionario (egli danza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto a &quot;lingua&quot;, è invece un caso di polisemia. Polisemia e omonimia sono entrambi casi di omografia, ma opposti: nei primi c'è un legame etimologico/semantico trai vari significati, nel secondo no. Dovrai cercare esplicitamente una lista di omonimi, non di omografi; in questo modo sarai ragionevolmente sicuro di non incorrere in parole polisemiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2750" LastEditorDisplayName="user2750" LastEditDate="2016-08-30T15:06:21.397" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T15:06:21.397" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7340" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-30T15:05:16.040" Score="2" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di tradurre il seguente testo (preso &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=bLIM7QP6A-EC&amp;amp;pg=PR17&amp;amp;lpg=PR17&amp;amp;dq=tragliatta&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Ozfenr0kog&amp;amp;sig=3fNIY0M8nJ4Nb1vsi4-BMrfd_qs&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjrk7ecuenOAhWEvxQKHUwmD-gQ6AEINzAE#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=tragliatta&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; da Google Books), e non riesco a capire il significato della parola &lt;strong&gt;tragliatta&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io dunque in tal caso, e da tale altezza posso chiaramente osservare il fondo, notare la di lui varietà, ed innoltre discernere quali corpi ivi si ritrovino; quando però egli sia solamente, o sassoso, o ghiaioso, poichè allora è assai limpido, e cristallino; ma per lo contrario essendo pantanoso, o arenoso, come accade al golfo di Venezia, l'acque sono alquanto torbide, nè permettono il vederci molto profondamente. Allora dunque volendo raccogliere o l'uno, o l'altro di que' corpi, lo fo con facilità, valendomi di una &lt;em&gt;Tanaglia&lt;/em&gt; alta due piedi, e di mascella ben grande, di cui un braccio nella sommità è inanellato ad una lunga asta di legno, a cui altre, occorrendo, aggiungere se ne ponno, e connettere. L'altro braccio della Tanaglia tiene un occhio alla sommità, a cui lego una funicella, che passando per una &lt;strong&gt;tragliatta&lt;/strong&gt;, che sta affissa alla sommità del primo braccio, scorre per tutta la lunghezza di tutto l'aste. Questa Tanaglia sostenuta dall'asse per un solo braccio, necessariamente resta aperta: la immergo allora, ed al corpo che aver desidero, l'addatto; stiro la corda, chiudo la Tanaglia e sollevandola poi prendo, e stringo ciò che più mi aggrada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si può capire dal contesto, una &quot;tragliatta&quot; è qualcosa per cui passa una funicella. Una versione francese traduce &quot;tragliatta&quot; come &quot;poulie&quot; (puleggia); ma è possibile che questa sia soltanto una supposizione sulla base del contesto. Sarei grato di informazione certe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola compare solo una volta nel testo; forse è un errore di stampa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sono inglese; scusate il mio italiano.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2779" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-08-30T19:18:04.353" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T17:37:18.773" Title="Qual è il significato di “tragliatta”?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7342" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-08-30T19:45:17.300" Score="-3" ViewCount="5755" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is an Italian married woman addressed as &quot;Lady&quot;.&#xA;such as, Lady Judy, or Lady Natalie....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried google, and every search engine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2781" LastActivityDate="2016-09-01T18:14:59.643" Title="Title of Lady for an Italian Married woman" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7342" CreationDate="2016-08-30T19:55:03.403" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;An italian married woman is usually addressed as &quot;signora&quot; followed by her surname/family name or the surname/family name of her husband.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2775" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T19:55:03.403" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5634" CreationDate="2016-08-30T20:16:00.387" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a beginner too (Duolinguo has helped a lot). I found 2 books by Cinzia Medaglia that were good for starters. The stories &amp;amp; characters are a bit rudimentary, but there's a lot of dialog and action (not just description). There is some slang, which I wouldn't dare use myself, though. Pinocchio was hard! Now I'm reading the Italian translation of Harry Potter--not Italian literature, but I'm not ready for D'Annunzio (I tried &amp;amp; it took me 1 hr per paragraph....). Song lyrics have helped too -Adriano Celentano, Zucchero. Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2782" LastActivityDate="2016-08-30T20:16:00.387" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7345" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7346" CreationDate="2016-08-31T14:02:51.277" Score="3" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La sera stessa, dopo la telefonata a Stefano, ce ne andammo tutt’e quattro in spiaggia a passeggiare e poi ci sedemmo sulla sabbia fredda e ci stendemmo a guardare le stelle, Lila poggiata sui gomiti, Nino con la testa sul suo stomaco, io con la testa sullo stomaco di Nino, Bruno con la testa sul mio stomaco. Stemmo con gli occhi alle costellazioni, e usammo &lt;strong&gt;formule collaudate&lt;/strong&gt; in lode dell’architettura portentosa del cielo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il verbo &quot;collaudare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;formule collaudate&quot; in questo brano. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-08-31T18:26:30.720" Title="Cosa significa &quot;formule collaudate&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7345" CreationDate="2016-08-31T18:26:30.720" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/collaudato&quot;&gt;collaudato&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; viene usato in senso figurato, con il significato di &quot;frasi fatte solitamente usate in queste circostanze&quot; (la contemplazione della volta celeste): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;agg.  estens., fig., &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che ha dimostrato nel tempo la sua validità; di provato e sicuro rendimento:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;un metodo collaudato di vendita, è una ricetta collaudata, ti puoi fidare; di notevole stabilità: un matrimonio collaudato; di assoluta fiducia: un amico collaudato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(De Mauro) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-08-31T18:26:30.720" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7370" CreationDate="2016-09-01T08:41:25.723" Score="4" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to learn basic Italian. One thing that, as a native English speaker, I find very confusing is the apparent lack of a need to supply in/definite articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So for example take the phrase &quot;Io cucino il pollo&quot;. The literal translation of this is &quot;I cook the chicken&quot;. However, I'm given to understand that the actual translation is &quot;I cook chicken&quot;. Another example might be &quot;Mangio formaggio&quot; which literally translates as &quot;Eat cheese&quot; but which is understood as &quot;I eat cheese&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While these differences may seem small in English the sentence structure does render them subtly different. &quot;I cook the chicken&quot; is a statement which implies a definite chicken to be cooked whereas &quot;I cook chicken&quot; is more of a question or a generalisation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do these subtle differences just not exist in Italian? Or is there another way of phrasing the sentences to make the difference understood? Either way, is there any consistency or rule here I can use as an aid to learning and remembering?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2788" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-01T09:54:20.150" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T10:07:49.287" Title="How does the lack of articles alter sentence meaning in Italian?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7342" CreationDate="2016-09-01T18:14:59.643" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lady in the UK is a title given to women as members of the British nobility or as part of the British honours system. Outside of that context it would never be used in daily life to address someone. In Italian, Signora or Signorina is the polite, normal way to address someone you don't know or with whom you have a formal relationship. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2791" LastActivityDate="2016-09-01T18:14:59.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7322" CreationDate="2016-09-01T22:23:42.593" Score="-1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Articles are very &quot;strong&quot; linguistic elements in Italian: they exercise great power over other elements, they are part of the noun, and are seldom omitted&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il mio cane è bello, il tuo è brutto, rumoroso e puzza!&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Il tuo cane è la tua responsabilità.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Cane tuo - responsabilità tua! = Il cane è tuo, quindi la responsabilità è tua. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Very close family members do not need articles, unless I am being very specific about the family member.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lei è mia sorella. Egli è suo fratello. Essa è sua nonna. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Lei è la mia sorella maggiore. Egli è il suo fratello minore. Essa è la sua nonna paterna. &lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Articles may be used in front of people's names, too, especially if these people are very close to you. Such unusual linguistic behaviour is observed mainly in northern Italy.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&#xA;La Giorgia adora il tuo cane!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[...] sono la Pia [...] (Dante)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il Marco ha un computer nuovo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dialogo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;&#xA;A: Io sono il tuo fratello maggiore! Tu sei la mia responsabilità. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;B: È una scelta mia, non tua!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;A: La scelta non è tua - non è un tuo problema! Ed una tua scelta sbagliata è anche un mio problema. Un problema tuo è anche un mio problema, perché io sono tuo fratello. Una scelta sbagliata può influenzare tutta la nostra famiglia, soprattutto la nostra sorella minore. &#xA;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possessive adjectives are still adjectives, and adjectives, in Italian, normally, wield very little influence within the articles' domain&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il cane [di Marco] è molto piccolo = Il [suo] cane è molto piccolo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2792" LastEditorUserId="2792" LastEditDate="2016-09-02T11:49:55.773" LastActivityDate="2016-09-02T11:49:55.773" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7350" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7352" CreationDate="2016-09-02T11:55:19.223" Score="1" ViewCount="2676" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;O preferivo che lei si privasse di quella gioia, che Nino ne soffrisse, che entrambi perdessero il lume della ragione finendo non per gestire con accortezza il loro desiderio ma per esserne pericolosamente travolti? Ci fu un momento, in quella notte, in cui arrivai a pensare, a forza di seguirla lungo il filo delle sue argomentazioni, che sostenerla nell’impresa, oltre a essere un punto d’arrivo importante per la nostra lunga &lt;strong&gt;sororanza&lt;/strong&gt;, era anche il modo di manifestare il mio amore – lei diceva amicizia, ma io disperata pensavo: amore, amore, amore – per Nino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;sororanza&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T21:27:43.043" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sororanza&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7350" CreationDate="2016-09-02T12:10:47.607" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fratellanza &amp;lt;==&gt; sorellanza&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;sorellanza&lt;/strong&gt; = sorellevolezza = sororanza = sororità != sororato &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2792" LastActivityDate="2016-09-02T12:10:47.607" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7350" CreationDate="2016-09-02T12:19:23.273" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola italiana &lt;em&gt;sorella&lt;/em&gt; deriva dal diminutivo del latino &lt;em&gt;soror&lt;/em&gt; (che significa per l'appunto &lt;em&gt;sorella&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da questo è possibile capire che &lt;em&gt;sororanza&lt;/em&gt; altro non è che una forma alternativa (e leggermente arcaicizzante) per &lt;em&gt;sorellanza&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &quot;l'essere sorelle&quot; (in questo caso in senso figurato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può essere utile notare che &lt;em&gt;sora&lt;/em&gt; è un sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;sorella&lt;/em&gt;, ancorchè poco usato, e ultimamente l'origine del termine italiano &lt;em&gt;suora&lt;/em&gt;. Come osserva DaG nei commenti quest'uso è però scollegato dall'uso di &lt;em&gt;sor&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sora&lt;/em&gt; come forme regionali delle parole italiane &lt;em&gt;signor&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-09-02T12:43:41.390" LastActivityDate="2016-09-02T12:43:41.390" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7353" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7354" CreationDate="2016-09-03T02:04:09.940" Score="2" ViewCount="1270" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it adding &quot;tanto&quot; twice the correct way to emphasise the &quot;so much&quot; in this sentence? i.e, so so much:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti voglio tanto tanto bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2708" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-14T11:04:36.153" LastActivityDate="2020-04-14T12:05:08.160" Title="&quot;Ti voglio tanto tanto bene&quot;: multiple usage of &quot;tanto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7353" CreationDate="2016-09-03T09:04:57.603" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, but to me it sounds rather childish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would say: &quot;Ti voglio &lt;strong&gt;tantissimo&lt;/strong&gt; bene&quot;. &#xA;&lt;em&gt;Tantissimo&lt;/em&gt; is the superlative form of the adjective (in Italian we say &lt;em&gt;superlativo assoluto&lt;/em&gt;). The superlatives are usually formed by eliminating the suffix, in this case -o, and adding -issimo/-issima/-issimi/-issime. As you can see, this is still an adjective and must be inflected according to the word it is referred to. &quot;Bene&quot; is gender masculine so the -o at the end of &quot;tantissimo&quot; should be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also say: &quot;Ti voglio &lt;strong&gt;davvero&lt;/strong&gt; bene&quot;&#xA;o &quot;Ti voglio &lt;strong&gt;un sacco di&lt;/strong&gt; bene&quot; (informal).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1111" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-04T07:08:45.707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-04T07:08:45.707" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7355" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7356" CreationDate="2016-09-03T16:59:23.730" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Napoli mi era servita molto a Pisa, ma Pisa non serviva a Napoli, era un intralcio. Le buone maniere, la voce e l’aspetto curati, la &lt;strong&gt;ressa&lt;/strong&gt; nella testa e sulla lingua di ciò che avevo imparato sui libri, erano tutti segnali immediati di debolezza che mi rendevano una preda sicura, di quelle che non si divincolano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;ressa&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso di questo vocabolo nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-10-05T07:36:23.483" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;ressa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7355" CreationDate="2016-09-03T20:02:29.270" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È il significato 2 nella voce del dizionario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Affollamento di gente che preme, che si accalca per entrare, per avvicinarsi, ecc.; la massa stessa di persone che così si affolla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente è figurato: ciò che l'io narrante ha imparato si affolla nella testa e sulla lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=ressa%20in%20testa#tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=%22ressa%20nella%20testa%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questa ricerca in Google Books&lt;/a&gt; trovi altri esempi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-09-03T20:02:29.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7317" CreationDate="2016-09-03T23:59:45.533" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Insomma..., ecco una lista:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;allora &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cioè &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dai &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;eh &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;guarda &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;insomma &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mah &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mmm &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quindi &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;senti &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sai&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho aggiunto 'quindi' e 'senti'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2761" LastActivityDate="2016-09-03T23:59:45.533" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5634" CreationDate="2016-09-04T00:14:29.403" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A book that I enjoyed using as a beginner is &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.ca/books?id=rOuX_ng0bCAC&amp;amp;lpg=PA317&amp;amp;ots=GOtHp_phDr&amp;amp;dq=berlitz%20self%20teacher%20italian&amp;amp;pg=PP1#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=berlitz%20self%20teacher%20italian&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot; title=&quot;link&quot;&gt;The Berlitz Self-Teacher - Italian&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it has a slow, gradual approach.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;every line of text is presented in 3 parts: Italian, how to pronounce the Italian (Doh-VEH eel seen-YOHR...), and its English translation (I like this design).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it was written in 1950. It uses the formal 'Lei' more often than in modern Italian. In addition, a few words here and there have fallen out of fashion, but that's not a big deal.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it's very much oriented towards conversational Italian.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it has minimal amounts of formal grammar.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2761" LastActivityDate="2016-09-04T00:14:29.403" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7359" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7360" CreationDate="2016-09-04T01:40:06.680" Score="2" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have gotten used to the idea that the subject is usually not explicitly said in conversational Italian, except for emphasis, since it is built into the verb. However, I have recently come across sentences with the subject after the verb instead of before or simply omitted. The meaning, so far as I can tell, is unchanged. Is there a difference here with emphasis?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex. What is conveyed beyond just the literal meaning in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Io scrivo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scrivo io.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2762" LastActivityDate="2016-09-04T08:20:09.097" Title="The implication of word order (subj. + verb)" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7359" CreationDate="2016-09-04T07:50:01.523" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;«The subject is usually not explicitly said» is an overgeneralisation. Of course the subject has to be mentioned at the very least the first time something new is mentioned, and then again, especially if several things or persons are mentioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not easy to give an answer about the position of the subject that is good for any possible situation: very much depends on the wider context (the sentences before and after, who is talking/writing to whom etc.), but as a very first approximation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;“&lt;em&gt;Scrivo&lt;/em&gt;” is the most neutral way of saying that I write.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;“&lt;em&gt;Io scrivo&lt;/em&gt;” is a more assertive way of saying it, perhaps to say that it is your profession (“&lt;em&gt;Io scrivo: so bene come usare le virgole&lt;/em&gt;”) or to stress that you are going to write something no matter what. The emphasis here is on &lt;em&gt;scrivo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;“&lt;em&gt;Scrivo io&lt;/em&gt;” is the least usual of the three, and would convey the sense that it's better that &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; am the one doing the writing. For instance, you are making too many mistakes, or losing time, so give me the pen and &lt;em&gt;scrivo io&lt;/em&gt;. The emphasis here is on &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mind that, in other situations, the subject after the verb may be way less marked, and sometimes is almost the only way: «“[Some statement]”, &lt;em&gt;ha dichiarato oggi il ministro&lt;/em&gt;», «“[Witty aphorism]”, &lt;em&gt;come usava dire Oscar Wilde&lt;/em&gt;», «&lt;em&gt;C'era un volta un re&lt;/em&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(See also &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1275/if-the-subject-of-a-sentence-is-normally-left-implicit-what-does-adding-it-to-a&quot;&gt;this previous question and its answer&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-09-04T08:20:09.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7353" CreationDate="2016-09-04T17:48:40.123" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As pointed out, &quot;tanto tanto bene&quot; could be used both in a childish context (for example, mum-child) or intimate, though in this case it sounds a little old-fashioned to my ears. I'd add that in a teen conversation &quot;ti voglio TROPPO bene&quot; could be used - I personally hate it, but it's rather commonplace, especially when texting. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-04T19:23:30.353" LastActivityDate="2016-09-04T19:23:30.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7362" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-05T16:16:32.587" Score="3" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da ragazzina mi ero immaginata che, oltre il rione, Napoli offrisse meraviglie. Il grattacielo della stazione centrale, per esempio, mi aveva colpita molto, decenni prima, per il suo ergersi piano dietro piano, uno scheletro di edificio che allora ci pareva altissimo, a lato dell’&lt;strong&gt;ardita&lt;/strong&gt; stazione ferroviaria. Come mi sorprendevo, quando passavo per piazza Garibaldi: guarda quant’è alto, dicevo a Lila, a Carmen, a Pasquale, ad Ada, ad Antonio, a tutti i compagni di allora con i quali mi spingevo verso il mare, ai margini dei quartieri ricchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il vocabolo &quot;ardito&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non riesco a capire il suo significato nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-05T18:59:04.153" Title="Cosa significa &quot;ardita&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7362" CreationDate="2016-09-05T16:55:53.963" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/ardito.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ardito&lt;/a&gt; (coraggioso, intrepido, baldanzoso) viene usato in senso figurato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fig. Innovatore, originale: &lt;em&gt;ipotesi ardita&lt;/em&gt; (Hoepli) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lo stile di cotruzione della stazione era  o pareva insolita, originale agli occhi della scrittrice. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.icpiazzagola.gov.it/siti/storiaromana/lavori/tecnichecostruttive.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sistemi di costruzione&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Opus latericium o lateritius: è il più utilizzato e famoso, che consiste nell'impilare mattoni di argilla cotta di varie dimensioni standard con leganti vari. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Questo sistema è quello che ha reso possibile costruzioni ardite quali la Basilica di Massenzio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; con le sue tre enormi arcate, o anche il Colosseo e le mura Aureliane.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/sQEMr.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/sQEMr.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &lt;a href=&quot;http://domenicosportelli.eu/tag/costruzioni-ardite/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ardito&lt;/a&gt; viene anche usato in senso critico in riferimento a costruzioni esteticamente e strutturalmente discutibili: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;/ Viaggi / costruzioni ardite, ecomostri, Liguria di ponente. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-09-05T18:59:04.153" LastActivityDate="2016-09-05T18:59:04.153" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7365" CreationDate="2016-09-06T15:53:04.530" Score="2" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C’erano state le lunghe conversazioni con Franco e quelle occasionali con Mariarosa, ormai confuse dentro un unico &lt;strong&gt;sfilaccio&lt;/strong&gt; di vapore (&lt;em&gt;il mondo è profondamente ingiusto e bisogna cambiarlo, ma sia la coesistenza pacifica tra l’imperialismo americano e le burocrazie staliniste, sia le politiche riformistiche dei partiti operai europei e specialmente italiani, puntano a tenere il proletariato in un attendismo subalterno che getta acqua sul fuoco della rivoluzione, con la conseguenza che se vince lo stallo mondiale, se vince la socialdemocrazia, sarà il capitale a trionfare nei secoli e la classe operaia diventerà preda della coazione al consumo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;sfilaccio&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-06T16:57:56.483" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sfilaccio&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7364" CreationDate="2016-09-06T16:57:56.483" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una stoffa o un cavo può &lt;em&gt;sfilacciarsi&lt;/em&gt;; i fili che escono dalla loro posizione prevista sono &lt;em&gt;sfilacci&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;sfilacciature&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso nel passo citato è figurato e ora dovresti aver capito il significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalle mie parti è piuttosto nota una specialità alimentare, gli &lt;em&gt;sfilacci di cavallo&lt;/em&gt;: carne di cavallo essiccata e poi ridotta appunto a sfilacci che si mangiano conditi con olio e parmigiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/DwNzr.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/DwNzr.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-09-06T16:57:56.483" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7366" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7368" CreationDate="2016-09-06T23:47:34.837" Score="1" ViewCount="1395" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a list of intensifiers that I use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;molto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;proprio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;veramente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;estremamente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;davvero&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;addirittura&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Are there any mistakes in the list?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's boring to always say 'molto'. So, I like to use different words from this list at different times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I use the above words interchangeably? Or are there uses I'm not aware of?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2761" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-24T17:29:27.807" LastActivityDate="2016-12-24T17:29:27.807" Title="Is there any differences in usage between intensifiers like molto, estremamente, and addirittura?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7366" CreationDate="2016-09-07T08:06:30.910" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adverbs that you listed are not exactly equivalents, even if they can all be used as intensifiers, as you say. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Molto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;estremamente&lt;/em&gt;, together with &lt;em&gt;tanto, assai, oltremodo, sommamente, straordinariamente and quanto mai&lt;/em&gt; have more or less the same meaning, and form with the adjective the &quot;superlativo assoluto&quot;.&#xA;They are the preferred way to give emphasis or force to the meaning of the adjective.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Proprio, veramente&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;davvero,&lt;/em&gt; but also &lt;em&gt;realmente&lt;/em&gt; have a different meaning, and you should use them to say that the adjective applies really, and not necessarily in great measure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Addirittura&lt;/em&gt; has still another meaning, as &lt;em&gt;perfino&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;nientemeno&lt;/em&gt; you should use it to stress the fact that the adjective is applicable even if it could be not credible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I advice you to check the adverbs on a dictionary and compare their meanings to better understand their use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T08:06:30.910" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7366" CreationDate="2016-09-07T08:41:44.017" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;All right, italian here, i'll try to be the most straight and easy as I can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;molto&lt;/strong&gt; just means &lt;em&gt;very much&lt;/em&gt; and it is used also as a pronoun, you can answer just with &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt; to make the other understand that you agree with what he just said.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;You can also use it just like &lt;em&gt;lot of&lt;/em&gt;, or as &lt;em&gt;much&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per innaffiare serve molta acqua &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;proprio&lt;/strong&gt; is very different by molto and it is, to make it simple, kinda like an intensifier of what you say near to it. You can also put it with molto, like &lt;em&gt;proprio molto&lt;/em&gt;, wich means &lt;em&gt;really a lot&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;To say you are right, but with more incisiveness, you could use &lt;em&gt;proprio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai proprio ragione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;veramente&lt;/strong&gt; is basically like &lt;em&gt;proprio&lt;/em&gt;, but it's closer to &lt;em&gt;actually&lt;/em&gt; in english, and is &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; like &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt;. It is used to say proverbial answers like &lt;em&gt;Really?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;Another usage of &lt;em&gt;veramente&lt;/em&gt; is when you are not sure of what you heard, because it is strange or not credible. Somebody tells you that exists a man 260 years old, you can answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma veramente 250 anni? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;estremamente&lt;/strong&gt; is barely used as sostitution of &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt; because it means &lt;em&gt;at the edge&lt;/em&gt;. Composed by &lt;em&gt;estrema = edge&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mente = basical ending of italian adverbs&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br/&gt; It is also used as &lt;em&gt;absolutely&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;Let's say that you put down a perfect argument, someone could answer you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo ragionamento è estremamente corretto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;davvero&lt;/strong&gt; is again an intensifier and is barely used as sostitution of &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt;, it's main usage is basically the same of &lt;em&gt;veramente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;As &lt;em&gt;veramente&lt;/em&gt; it can be used to prove the veracity of an argument.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt; Same example of before: somebody tells you that exists a man 260 yars old, you could answer:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Davvero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;addirittura&lt;/strong&gt; is absolutely different, it is kinda like &lt;em&gt;perfino&lt;/em&gt; but it's usage is pretty much restricted to answers which also tend to express a negative hopinion of the speaker. When someone answers you with &lt;em&gt;addirittura&lt;/em&gt; it means that he also thinks that you've gone too far from what was needed. &#xA;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;I'll try to make it simple: &#xA;your mother asks you to buy two bottles of milk, so you go out and you take them, but you forget how much milk you have to take and you do take five of them. When you will be back home, your italian mother will look badly at you while saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ne hai comprate cinque? &lt;strong&gt;Addirittura&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2809" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T08:41:44.017" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7347" CreationDate="2016-09-07T09:33:25.330" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You asked two things:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I eat cheese, why don't we use &lt;strong&gt;I&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I cook the chicken, why do we use &lt;strong&gt;the&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1 : I eat cheese, why don't we use 'I'?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The thing is that in italian we can omit the subject because any predicate has its own different declinations for each of the basical subjects. This means that if you say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mangio il formaggio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mangio&lt;/em&gt; is used just as first singular person, so it &lt;em&gt;always&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;strong&gt;I eat&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The reason why you always use &lt;strong&gt;I&lt;/strong&gt; is because the predicate is basically the same for first and second singular and plural persons. Indeed the sentence &lt;em&gt;eat cheese&lt;/em&gt; can be used &lt;em&gt;as it is&lt;/em&gt;, in english, by the following subjects: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I, you, we, you (multiple people), they&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italian things are different, predicates have their own subject implicitly exposed  their declination&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First singular&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;Mangio&lt;/code&gt; il formaggio  | (Hidden I: &lt;em&gt;Io&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second singular&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;Mangi&lt;/code&gt; il formaggio   |  (Hidden You: &lt;em&gt;Tu&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Third singular&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;Mangia&lt;/code&gt; il formaggio | (Hidden He/She: &lt;em&gt;Egli, Ella&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;First plural&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;code&gt;Mangiamo&lt;/code&gt; il formaggio | (Hidden We: &lt;em&gt;Noi&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second plural&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;code&gt;Mangiate&lt;/code&gt; il formaggio | (Hidden You (pl): &lt;em&gt;Voi&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Third plural&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;code&gt;Mangiano&lt;/code&gt; il formaggio | (Hidden They: &lt;em&gt;Essi, Loro&lt;/em&gt;) &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Please have a look here for further informations about italian regular predicates usage:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.about.com/library/fare/blverbs01.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://italian.about.com/library/fare/blverbs01.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2 : I cook the chicken, why do we use 'the'?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Because in italian we pretty much always use &lt;em&gt;articles&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;There are two types of articles, like in english: definite article, and indefinite article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Definite articles are &lt;code&gt;Il, lo, la, i, gli, le&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Undefinite articles are &lt;code&gt;Un, uno, una&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage is very close to the english but it has an addition: they have to be &lt;em&gt;ever&lt;/em&gt; used with common nouns or pronouns. The only exception is with proper nouns, which basically don't need the article (even if in some italian regions the dialect involves the use of it in this way).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's go over some example: &lt;br&gt;&lt;code&gt;Grandmom cooks chicken&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La nonna cucina il pollo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Kim cooks chicken&lt;/code&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Kim cucina il pollo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The exception involves just the proper nouns or pronouns, let's say that common nouns can't be used without articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course this also means that our definite articles aren't so tight as the english ones. Saying &lt;code&gt;the chicken&lt;/code&gt; in english means &lt;code&gt;that specific chicken&lt;/code&gt;, while in italian doesn't, even if it could.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another great example involves the possessive adjectives, here you don't put any kind of article, while we do: indeed &lt;code&gt;my car&lt;/code&gt; becomes &lt;code&gt;la mia macchina&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About italian possessive adjectives:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.about.com/library/fare/blfare132a.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://italian.about.com/library/fare/blfare132a.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2809" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T09:33:25.330" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7347" CreationDate="2016-09-07T10:07:49.287" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is another issue in your examples that complicates the problem, and it is the difference between present simple and present continuous. I believe that there are three different concepts that you may want to express; here they are with their most idiomatic translations (in my opinion).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I cook chicken, in general, as a habit: &lt;em&gt;Cucino il pollo&lt;/em&gt;. As you noted, in Italian definite articles are often used in a generic meaning that is not present in English. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I am cooking chicken, in this specific moment (but it doesn't matter which chicken): &lt;em&gt;Sto cucinando il pollo&lt;/em&gt;, or also &lt;em&gt;Sto cucinando un pollo&lt;/em&gt;, or also less formally &lt;em&gt;Cucino il/un pollo&lt;/em&gt;. In Italian the present simple is often used also in this sense, especially in spoken form. &lt;em&gt;Sto cucinando pollo&lt;/em&gt;, without an article, is less common but it sounds acceptable to me, especially in the form of an answer: &lt;em&gt;Cosa stai cucinando/Cosa cucini? Pollo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I am (now) cooking the chicken; I mean, that specific chicken that we bought yesterday: &lt;em&gt;Sto cucinando quel pollo&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;Sto cucinando il/quel pollo che abbiamo comprato ieri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T10:07:49.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7371" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7375" CreationDate="2016-09-07T18:46:39.487" Score="1" ViewCount="674" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Uscii dalla libreria, mi fermai in piazza Cavour. La giornata era bella, via Foria sembrava innaturalmente pulita e solida malgrado i &lt;strong&gt;barracani&lt;/strong&gt; che puntellavano la Galleria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;barracano&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può trattarsi di un tipo di veste o di tessuto, ma questo non sembra avere senso nel contesto del passaggio precedente. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;barracani&quot; in questo brano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-08T08:38:33.740" LastActivityDate="2016-09-08T12:38:03.617" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;barracani&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7372" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7374" CreationDate="2016-09-07T19:07:56.420" Score="6" ViewCount="309" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to know how to differentiate 'to remember' and 'to remind' in Italian. From a basic search, it seems as though 'ricordare' is used for both cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are three cases I can think of...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Someone remembering something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex1: I remember you from the party.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Someone reminding someone else about something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex2: I reminded him about the project deadline.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Someone stating that another person &quot;reminds&quot; them of someone else or is similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex3: You remind me of my wife Maria, you look just like her.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2592" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T23:25:13.797" Title="Difference between remind and remember in Italian?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7372" CreationDate="2016-09-07T23:25:13.797" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately there is almost never a 1:1 correspondence between words in different languages. Both &lt;em&gt;remember&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;remind&lt;/em&gt; are usually translated with &lt;em&gt;ricordare&lt;/em&gt;, and the meaning is inferred from context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your second and third meanings could also be translated as &lt;em&gt;rammentare&lt;/em&gt;, although it is a considerably less common word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also your third meaning could sometimes be rendered with &lt;em&gt;riportare alla mente&lt;/em&gt;, but this is used mostly with situations or events (&quot;this reminds me that time I went lion hunting...&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-09-07T23:25:13.797" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7371" CreationDate="2016-09-08T08:15:13.160" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine “barracani” non ha alcun senso in quel contesto. È certamente un refuso (dell'autrice o del tipografo) per &lt;em&gt;barbacani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/barbacane&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/barbacane&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-09-08T08:15:13.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7377" CreationDate="2016-09-08T16:39:57.320" Score="3" ViewCount="1899" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm very new to learning Italian and this has confused me about the site.  I know that &quot;in&quot; is translated nel or nello (if there are other forms, I'm as yet unaware).  In many question titles that are apparently asked in Italian, I still see the word &quot;in&quot; being used where I would have expected an Italian form of the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Has &quot;in&quot; been assimilated into Italian, has it always been a valid word to mean the same as it does in English, or is it just mixing of English and Italian in a sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2597" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-08T19:11:09.660" LastActivityDate="2016-09-12T11:19:32.427" Title="Why the use of &quot;in&quot; in Italian question titles?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7376" CreationDate="2016-09-08T17:37:36.963" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nel&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nello&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, we call them &lt;em&gt;preposizioni articolate&lt;/em&gt;, because &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; are articles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nei&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;negli&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;nelle&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;In&lt;/em&gt; is used also alone (as &lt;em&gt;preposizione semplice&lt;/em&gt;), for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italia si mangia bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi sono al mare ma domani devo andare in ufficio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;preposizioni semplici&lt;/em&gt; are &lt;em&gt;di, a, da, in, con, su, per, tra, fra&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The prepositions &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;su&lt;/em&gt; have all the &lt;em&gt;forme articolate&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example: &lt;em&gt;del&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;allo&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For these prepositions you have to use the &lt;em&gt;forma articolata&lt;/em&gt; if they are followed by an article:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Correct: &lt;em&gt;Vado dalla nonna.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wrong: &lt;em&gt;Vado da la nonna.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Con&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;articolata&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;col&lt;/em&gt; and with &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;coi&lt;/em&gt;, the other forms are less used or archaic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, however, also &lt;em&gt;con il&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;con i&lt;/em&gt; are correct and probably more common:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Correct: &lt;em&gt;Il gatto ha litigato col cane.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Correct: &lt;em&gt;Il gatto ha litigato con il cane.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the other prepositions the &lt;em&gt;forme articolate&lt;/em&gt; don't exsist or are archaic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-09-11T05:03:46.097" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7048" CreationDate="2016-09-08T23:02:15.670" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your example you are really just saying that if she didn't fancy the ice cream you are sorry about it. It's not clear whether you are implying that you know she didn't or you just have no idea. This depends on the context and I wouldn't regard it as grammar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/6815/additional-meanings-of-se&quot;&gt;The other case you mentioned&lt;/a&gt; was different:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusa se non mi sono fatta più sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why in this case the woman who says this sentence knows what happened &lt;em&gt;is because she did it&lt;/em&gt;. It's not a general meaning of &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;, it's just an extension of sentences like these:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusa se...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi dispiace se...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are used this way so often that the original meaning of &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; got lost in the formulaic expression, and they are commonly used as if they were the same as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusa che...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi dispiace che...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You don't use &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; that way in many sentences that do not mean apologising.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might use it in sentences that mean &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; apologising, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi dispiace se non mi sono fatta più sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Me ne frego se non mi sono fatta più sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this is again the effect of the formulaic expressions about apologising, because you would not say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono orgogliosa se non mi sono fatta più sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono orgogliosa che non mi sono fatta più sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you are a woman who's proud of resisting the urge of calling her ex, for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not about &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;, it's about &lt;em&gt;scusa&lt;/em&gt; and its siblings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The future sentence should be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusa se non ti piacerà il regalo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it sounds OK. It is ambiguous whether who says that already knows that the gift is not going to be liked or he genuinely doubt it or even he is just behaving modestly. Context can tell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusa se non ti è piaciuto il regalo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;doesn't sound bad at all. It's absolutely fine and it could imply anything about the giver's expectations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last sentence should be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusa se non ti fosse piaciuto il regalo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case it definitely means that the giver has no idea whether the receiver liked the gift or not. The subjunctive mood is used here to convey a sense of hypothesis in a stronger way. This form is used for impossible, unlikely or unknown conditions. It sounds a bit weird because tenses and moods are mixed up in an unusual fashion, but it's not wrong. I'd rather reshuffle it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non ti fosse piaciuto il regalo, scusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, as @DaG noticed above, if you change the order by separating &lt;em&gt;scusa&lt;/em&gt; from &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;, the ambiguity disappears and it becomes a proper causal &lt;em&gt;if&lt;/em&gt;. This reinforces my conviction that &lt;em&gt;scusa se&lt;/em&gt; is just a formulaic expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-09-08T23:09:11.753" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7379" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7380" CreationDate="2016-09-09T08:10:46.537" Score="0" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Enzo fece cenno di sì, ma capii che la preoccupazione per Lila gli aumentava a ogni gradino come aumentava a me, e sentiva la colpa di essersi distratto con quelle chiacchiere. Aprì la porta, disse ad alta voce siamo qua, mi indicò un uscio col &lt;strong&gt;mezzo vetro&lt;/strong&gt; smerigliato da cui veniva un chiarore di pochi watt. Bussai leggermente, entrai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene cos'è un &quot;mezzo vetro&quot;. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;vetro&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-09T08:44:45.120" Title="Cos'è un &quot;mezzo vetro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7379" CreationDate="2016-09-09T08:44:45.120" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uscio col mezzo vetro è una porta dotata di un vetro nella sola metà superiore.&#xA;Per avere un'idea di come siano queste porte, si può fare una ricerca di &lt;em&gt;porta mezzo vetro&lt;/em&gt; su internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare nel testo viene detto che il vetro è smerigliato, ovviamente per permettere alla luce di passare e allo stesso tempo evitare gli sguardi indiscreti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attraverso questo vetro è possibile vedere che all'interno è accesa la luce, ed avere una idea di quanto questa sia intensa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-09-09T08:44:45.120" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7383" CreationDate="2016-09-09T17:03:56.723" Score="4" ViewCount="599" Body="&lt;p&gt;The definition I've found is &quot;a northern wind&quot; blowing in Spain, France or Italy.  There's an old Italian song, however, where the word is used and such a definition would make no sense. To my non-native ears, it sounds like some colloquial usage.  The lyrics go something like this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piaccion nere, mi piaccion bionde,&#xA;  Mi piaccion tutte le donne al mondo, E per il pizzo di una sottana, Perdo sempre la tramontana. L'ho perduta e la perderò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS. Excuse me but my Italian is very poor so I have to write in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-09T17:56:51.220" LastActivityDate="2017-12-09T10:25:37.973" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;la tramontana&quot; in this context?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7381" CreationDate="2016-09-09T17:20:55.773" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tramontana/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani, &lt;em&gt;tramontana&lt;/em&gt;, meaning 2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;perdere la tramontana&lt;/em&gt;, lo stesso che perdere la bussola, disorientarsi, confondersi, o perdere il controllo di sé. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is in English&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;perdere la tramontana&lt;/em&gt;, the same as &lt;em&gt;perdere la bussola&lt;/em&gt;, losing the direction or losing one's self control&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case &lt;em&gt;tramontana&lt;/em&gt; is employed to indicate the North, that is the direction this wind blows from.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-09-11T10:47:15.407" LastActivityDate="2016-09-11T10:47:15.407" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7381" CreationDate="2016-09-09T20:19:30.773" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The song you are referring to is  &lt;a href=&quot;https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=Tt38kYDLVWk&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;La tramontana&lt;/a&gt;, sung by &lt;em&gt;Antoine&lt;/em&gt; in 1968, actually a French singer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the following source &amp;quot;la tramontana&amp;quot; in ancient times, before the compass was invented, was used by sailors to refer to the North Star. When the star was not clearly visible sailors could easily lose their way. This may be the origin of modern usage of &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;perdere  la tramontana&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; that is lose one's way or figuratively, be at a loss, not know what to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Prima dell'invenzione della bussola, i naviganti chiamavano tramontana la stella polare. Quando essa non era visibile a causa del cielo nuvoloso, l'orientamento era impossibile. Forse è in relazione a ciò che il detto citato viene riferito a chi non sa cosa fare. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.proverbi-italiani.com/cerca-75-P.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Proverbi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd add that the expression is dated and is not commonly used nowadays.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-09-10T18:55:11.463" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7317" CreationDate="2016-09-10T00:48:48.223" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll add the filler-words that I use the most, and which I also happen to find rather annoying (trying to get rid of this bad habit, with little success!): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tipo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;tipo che&lt;/em&gt; (the equivalent of &lt;em&gt;like&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Praticamente&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;in pratica&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastActivityDate="2016-09-10T00:48:48.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3878" CreationDate="2016-09-10T02:08:55.383" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Spanish International keyboard for Windows allows both types of accents by either pressing the tilde key (and releasing) for àèìòùÀÈÌÒÙ or holding down the Alt key and the appropriate keys to produce áéíóúÁÉÍÓÚ. I find this is the simplest method for Italian and Spanish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2815" LastActivityDate="2016-09-10T02:08:55.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7387" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7389" CreationDate="2016-09-11T01:00:25.557" Score="1" ViewCount="3903" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a huge number of children and grandchildren of Italian immigrants in my country and some of them are my friends.  More than once I heard a native Italian use the word &amp;quot;eco&amp;quot; at the end of a sentence and was curious about its meaning.&#xA;I then asked a friend of mine what his father meant when he said &amp;quot;eco&amp;quot; and the reply I got was &amp;quot;It doesn't mean anything&amp;quot;.  Well, even if it doesn't mean anything, there must be a reason for using the word.   My question is: what exactly does &amp;quot;eco&amp;quot; mean when used at the end of a sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried to find the meaning of &amp;quot;eco&amp;quot; (not sure that's the way it is spelled) in Italian-English online &lt;a href=&quot;http://dictionary.babylon-software.com/italian/english/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dictionaries&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; but found nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT - I've never seen the written word so I'm not sure how to spell it (Eco, Echo, Ecco, Eko)  It's pronounced with an open &amp;quot;e&amp;quot; and a closed &amp;quot;o&amp;quot;, with the stress on the first syllable.  I also heard it in the 1972 Italian movie &amp;quot;Il Caso Mattei&amp;quot; where the actor who plays Enrico Mattei uses it a few times at the end of sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT II - Now I know that the word is spelled &amp;quot;ecco&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditDate="2020-11-20T14:55:02.793" LastActivityDate="2020-11-20T14:55:02.793" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;eco&quot; at the end of a sentence? Edit - it spells &quot;ecco&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7387" CreationDate="2016-09-11T07:40:41.210" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be &lt;em&gt;ecco&lt;/em&gt;. Its usage as an interjection is informal and you can find it mainly in colloquial contexts, but it is shown in dictionaries: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/E/ecco.shtml&quot;&gt;Ecco&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In funzione di segnale discorsivo, slegato da rapporti sintattici e collocabile in vario modo nella frase, serve:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a) in posizione libera, a riempire momenti di incertezza e a modificare l'impianto della frase: “mi è sembrato…, ecco, … ho saputo che lui…”; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;b) all'inizio di un discorso, per prendere la parola: “Secondo te, chi è stato dei due?” “Ecco. Per me il vero responsabile è Franco”; per esprimere disappunto: “Ecco! Ho dimenticato di nuovo le chiavi!”; per riprendere il tema principale del discorso: “Ecco, vi dicevo che in quegli anni …”;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;c) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla fine, per commentare e rafforzare le proprie affermazioni precedenti: “Sei un opportunista. Ecco!”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;  • sec. XIII&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sabatini-Coletti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;English translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Is used with a discursive function, detached from the syntactic context and placed in various ways in a sentence in the following contexts:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;with no fixed position, to fill moments of uncertainty and to change the structure of the sentenve&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;I felt ..., &lt;em&gt;ecco&lt;/em&gt;, ... I knew he ...&quot;; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;b) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;at the beginning of a speech, to start a sentence&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;Which of the two do you think it was?&quot;,  &quot;&lt;em&gt;Ecco&lt;/em&gt;. For me, the real culprit is Franco&quot;; to express displeasure: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Ecco&lt;/em&gt;! I forgot the keys again!&quot;; to resume the main theme of the speech: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Ecco&lt;/em&gt;, I said that in those years ...&quot; ;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;c) &lt;strong&gt;finally , to comment and to strengthen its previous statements: &quot;You're an opportunist. &lt;em&gt;Ecco&lt;/em&gt;!&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; • 13th century&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-09-11T09:56:43.557" LastActivityDate="2016-09-11T09:56:43.557" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10401" CreationDate="2016-09-11T13:03:14.957" Score="10" ViewCount="15078" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella serie televisiva &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boris_(serie_televisiva)&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Boris&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (2007-2010) viene usato più volte il termine “smarmellare”, detto delle luci sul set: dal contesto si capisce che si riferisce all'uso di luci forti che illuminano uniformemente la scena, essenzialmente per evitare lo sforzo di creare giochi di luce più elaborati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non trovo questo termine su nessun dizionario, né su Google Ngram, e anche le occorrenze in rete precedenti al 2007 sono pressoché nulle, almeno con questo significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sapete dire – fonti alla mano – se è un termine tecnico usato effettivamente in ambito cinematografico e televisivo, o se è un'invenzione degli autori della serie (cosa possibilissima dato il tono generale di &lt;em&gt;Boris&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-11T14:08:17.590" LastActivityDate="2020-10-16T06:19:02.760" Title="La parola “smarmellare”" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="14" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7391" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-11T22:20:00.513" Score="1" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;In 1642, the painter and biographer Giovanni Baglione used the expression &lt;em&gt;bizzarro ammazzatore&lt;/em&gt; to qualify one of his contemporaries. The full sentence is quoted below. I understand what he's saying but have a problem with the expression itself. A bizarre murderer? An odd killer? It seems unnecessarily redundant. Unless there is a softer meaning to &lt;em&gt;ammazzatore&lt;/em&gt;? How would you translate it, bearing in mind it's ancient Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;E se havesse havuto l'animo volto alla professione, e non impiegato alle smargiasserie, e fare il furioso, e 'l bizzarro ammazzatore, molto più haverebbe fatto,...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1953" LastEditorUserId="1953" LastEditDate="2016-09-11T22:56:16.740" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T22:06:43.790" Title="Translation for &quot;bizzarro ammazzatore&quot; (1642)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7387" CreationDate="2016-09-13T15:19:49.610" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I also think you mean &quot;ecco&quot;, somehow it is like using &quot;I mean&quot; in english (it adds nothing to the meaning, but it &quot;styles&quot; your speech). &quot;Ecco&quot; should not be used in every sentence in written italian, only in the spoken one, being it a drastical choice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2821" LastActivityDate="2016-09-13T15:19:49.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7395" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7396" CreationDate="2016-09-13T18:50:45.063" Score="1" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tutto un trucco della mente: nella stanza, tranne Gennaro, nel lettino accanto, col suo respiro regolare, non c’erano persone e suoni veri. Ma questo non la calmò, anzi moltiplicò lo spavento. I battiti del cuore erano ormai così potenti che parevano capaci di far saltare l’&lt;strong&gt;indentatura&lt;/strong&gt; delle cose. La tenacia del morso che serrava tra loro le pareti della stanza si indeboliva, quegli urti violenti nella gola scuotevano il letto, aprivano crepe nell’intonaco, le dissaldavano la calotta cranica, forse avrebbero rotto il bambino, sì, lo avrebbero rotto come un pupazzo di celluloide, spaccandolo in petto e nella pancia e nella testa per svelarne l’interno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;indentatura&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia, le definizioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere molto senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa questo termine nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-14T17:10:09.283" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;indentatura&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7395" CreationDate="2016-09-14T07:49:24.230" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che in questo contesto il significato di indentatura sia da intendere come sinonimo di incastro, ovvero il collegamento meccanico che rende le cose solidali tra loro.&#xA;L'indentatura salta, e dunque le cose che sono state unite artificialmente si separano.&#xA;Si tratta ovviamente di una metafora, o di una immagine onirica, come, in un crescendo, le crepe nell'intonaco che si aprono, o le ossa del cranio che si separano, o addirittura il bambino che si rompe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-09-14T07:49:24.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7395" CreationDate="2016-09-14T09:23:00.283" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;CasaMich ha dato una buona risposta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra possibile interpretazione viene dal fatto che, in programmazione informatica, il codice viene &quot;indentato&quot; (formattato con spaziature) per renderlo più leggibile ed ordinato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa pratica è così importante che, di fatto, il codice non indentato viene considerato inusabile/illeggibile (v. qualsiasi domanda posta da utenti novizi su StackOverflow, il sito principale di StackExchange).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre parole, l'indentatura può essere letta come &quot;l'ordine fondamentale delle cose&quot;, che i battiti forti ed incessanti del cuore spazzano via, lasciando solo il caos.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-14T10:33:56.807" LastActivityDate="2016-09-14T10:33:56.807" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7398" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7399" CreationDate="2016-09-14T13:47:19.890" Score="2" ViewCount="1032" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti.&#xA;Vorrei chiedervi se secondo voi è corretto dire ai miei alunni che SC ha il suono duro se seguito da A O U (scale, bosco, scuro) ma &quot;soft&quot; se seguito da E e da I (scendere, scivolare, pesci etc..).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche:&#xA;questa regola c'entra niente con le pronunce di CI e CE?&#xA;Cinema (non &lt;em&gt;sinema&lt;/em&gt; come mi dicono gli inglesi), &#xA;cena,&#xA;ma: casa e cosa? Cinema e cena &quot;soft&quot;, casa e cosa &quot;hard&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;HELP! :)&#xA;zenkiuverymaaach!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-14T13:59:38.617" LastActivityDate="2016-09-15T19:36:35.247" Title="Pronuncia sce sci (e ce e ci?)" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;sound&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7398" CreationDate="2016-09-14T14:44:15.353" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italianlanguageguide.com/pronunciation/consonants/special-clusters.asp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;extract&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; may help: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Special clusters:  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;SC, SCA, SCO, SCU, SCE, SCI, SCIA, SCIE, SCIO, SCIU&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;The cluster sc only has a special sound when followed by vowels e and i&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, in which case it sounds like an English sh in sharp, shelf, cash, shop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scena  »  scene /&#xA;  Scesa  »  descent /&#xA;  Scimmia  »  monkey /&#xA;  Conoscere  »  to know /&#xA;  Crescere  »  to grow /&#xA;  Pesce  »  fish /&#xA;  Scena  »  scene /&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In any other case (sca, sco, scu)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; the pronunciation is like the English one in scar scorpion, scub, scootera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scala  »  scale / &#xA;  Sconto  »  discount /&#xA;  Scuola  »  school /&#xA;  Ascoltare  »  to listen /&#xA;  Pesca  »  peach /&#xA;  Scaloppine  »  cutlets&#xA;  Scarpa  »  shoe /&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;When the cluster sci is followed by a vowel (scia, scie, scio, sciu), the sound of i is lost&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;; thus scia sounds like English sha, scie is pronounced she, scio as sho, and sciu as shu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fascia  »  diaper /  Sceicco  »  sheik /&#xA;  Scialle  »  Scarf /&#xA;  Sciroppo  »  Syrup /&#xA;  Sciare  »  Sky&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;CE, CI, CIA, CIE, CIO, CIU&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;While ca, co and cu are pronounced as in English, ce and ci have a soft sound (palatal pronunciation)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, like in English che and chi.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;When the cluster ci is followed by a further vowel, the i loses its sound, and becomes merely graphic (only to show that c has to be pronounced as English &quot;ch&quot;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Therefore, cia sounds like cha (not chya), cie is pronounced che, cio as cho, and ciu as chu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cibo  »  food /&#xA;  Certo  »  Certainly /&#xA;  Ciao  »  Hello, goodbye /&#xA;  Cioccolata  »  Chocolate /&#xA;  Ciuccio  »  Baby’s pacifier&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;www.italianlanguageguide.com&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-09-14T14:44:15.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7395" CreationDate="2016-09-14T15:01:34.173" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &quot;indentatura&quot; si intende pure, nella meccanica e nell'edilizia, uno spazio creato con la finalità di accogliere un elemento portante, fisso, che possa sopportare un carico o delimitare un perimetro. Nel contesto specifico, credo possa essere interpretato come &quot;il giusto ordine delle cose&quot;, che prevede spazi riempiti e spazi lasciati vuoti. In particolare, il vuoto - in tale contesto - assume senso proprio perché permette di dare un significato allo spazio che invece è pieno. Ovvero non c'è pieno senza vuoto e viceversa, nella collocazione delle cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2823" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-14T17:10:09.283" LastActivityDate="2016-09-14T17:10:09.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7401" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-15T06:43:41.630" Score="1" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «C’è Nadia?».&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «No, è fuori». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Quando torna?».&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Mi dispiace, non lo so, tra dieci minuti, tra un’ora, fa quello che le pare». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Può dire che l’ha cercata Lina?». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «È una cosa urgente?». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sì». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Vuole dire a me?». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dire a lei cosa? Lila &lt;strong&gt;si sbandò&lt;/strong&gt;, le venne da guardare oltre la Galiani. Si intravedeva la vecchiaia aristocratica dei mobili e dei lampadari, la libreria stracolma che l’aveva incantata, i quadri preziosi alle pareti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un dialogo tra Lila (o Lina) e la professoressa Galiani. Lila è andata a casa della Galiani in cerca di Nadia, la figlia della professoresa. Il dialogo si svolge quando Lila è ancora all'uscio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il significato di &quot;sbandarsi&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non capisco bene il senso di questo vocabolo nel brano precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; Adesso mi sono accorta che questo verbo appare più avanti nel libro, in questo passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Com’erano al solito ben documentati i suoi testi, con quale logica stringente erano formulati. Sentii, come da ragazzina quando parlavo con lui, la necessità di chiudermi anch’io in una rete di proposizioni generali formulate ad arte che m’impedisse di seguitare a &lt;strong&gt;sbandarmi&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-18T09:28:36.760" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T08:21:59.303" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sbandarsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7398" CreationDate="2016-09-15T08:57:45.947" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le varie lingue romanze hanno scelto modi diversi per indicare la palatalizzazione, ma c'è anche da tener conto di come la pronuncia derivata dal latino si sia modificata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consideriamo per esempio la parola latina &lt;em&gt;scientia&lt;/em&gt;. In pronuncia classica sarebbe (approssimativamente, adoperando la grafia italiana moderna) &lt;em&gt;schientia&lt;/em&gt;; la parola si è evoluta diversamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;italiano: scienza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;francese: science&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;castigliano: ciencia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;catalano: ciència&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;portoghese: ciência&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;romeno: știință&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esito di &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; in latino diventa in italiano il suono palatale, nelle altre lingue l'esito è diverso. Per uniformità ortografica, la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; è caduta in molte lingue. In francese, più restio a razionalizzare l'ortografia e propenso a preservare il riferimento etimologico, è rimasta anche se muta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono varie ragioni per le quali lo stesso fonema /ʃ/ (quello che l'italiano usa per &lt;em&gt;scienza&lt;/em&gt;) viene reso diversamente nelle altre lingue romanze che ce l'hanno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;italiano: &lt;em&gt;sce&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; (nel secondo caso la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; può avere ruolo solo grafico) — &lt;em&gt;scena&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;scimmia&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;sciocco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;francese: &lt;em&gt;ch&lt;/em&gt; (che però in alcune parole ha il suono di &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt;, per motivi etimologici) — &lt;em&gt;chemin&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;chic&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;catalano: &lt;em&gt;ix&lt;/em&gt; — &lt;em&gt;baixa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;romeno: &lt;em&gt;ș&lt;/em&gt; — &lt;em&gt;și&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In portoghese la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; finale viene palatalizzata, ma non c'è un modo per indicare il fonema. Perché queste differenze? Proprio perché il fonema è l'esito di diversi fonemi latini, con ovvia influenza del substrato linguistico locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per un'introduzione alla fonologia dell'italiano in quanto derivata dal latino, si veda un'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/fonologia_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;interessante voce dell'enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I termini &lt;em&gt;hard&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;soft&lt;/em&gt;, pur se imprecisi, possono rendere l'idea. In italiano, &lt;em&gt;sce&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; sono sempre pronunciati &lt;em&gt;soft&lt;/em&gt;, cioè con il suono palatale. Nel caso di &lt;em&gt;sciocco&lt;/em&gt; la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; ha solo ruolo grafico e non va pronunciata; nel caso di &lt;em&gt;sciare&lt;/em&gt; invece c'è chi la pronuncia (fra i quali io) e chi no: ortograficamente la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; avrebbe solo ruolo grafico, come in &lt;em&gt;scialo&lt;/em&gt;, ma etimologicamente la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; c'è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece abbiamo &lt;em&gt;sca&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sco&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;scu&lt;/em&gt;, le due consonanti vanno pronunciate &quot;separatamente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il discorso è simile per la &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt;; il suono palatale (soft) si indica in italiano con &lt;em&gt;ce&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; (di nuovo, la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe avere solo ruolo grafico)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cena&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;circo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ciao (ruolo grafico)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cieco (la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; si pronuncia, ma l'intensità varia da regione a regione, vedi oltre)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per indicare il suono non palatale (hard) in presenza di &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, l'italiano adopera &lt;em&gt;ch&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;che&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;china&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La pronuncia è sempre &lt;em&gt;hard&lt;/em&gt; davanti a &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;cane&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cono&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cubo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ortografia_della_lingua_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ortografia_della_lingua_italiana&lt;/a&gt; per le regole principali dell'ortografia italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;china&lt;/em&gt;, in una sua accezione, ha un'origine curiosa: &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/china3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;inchiostro di china&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe &lt;em&gt;di Cina&lt;/em&gt;, ma siccome la locuzione è stata importata dal portoghese, la pronuncia ha seguito le regole generali dell'italiano scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'affermazione che la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;cieco&lt;/em&gt; si pronuncia forse farà sobbalzare qualcuno; ma chiunque abbia sentito pronunciare la parola da un napoletano non può avere dubbi. La grafia ha la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; perché si tratta di un caso di “dittongo mobile”: si noti che in &lt;em&gt;cieco&lt;/em&gt; la prima sillaba è tonica, mentre in &lt;em&gt;cecità&lt;/em&gt; la sillaba in questione non è tonica. Il caso non è affatto diverso da &lt;em&gt;nuovo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;novità&lt;/em&gt;, oppure &lt;em&gt;lieto&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;letizia&lt;/em&gt;. Il problema è solo che in &lt;em&gt;cieco&lt;/em&gt; è presente il fonema /tʃ/ che in molte parlate regionali, in particolare settentrionali, fa sparire la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; del dittongo. Aprire una discussione sul dittongo mobile qui è fuori luogo, si può vedere l'interessante &lt;a href=&quot;https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/handle/1887/3773&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;tesi di Bart van der Veer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-09-15T19:36:35.247" LastActivityDate="2016-09-15T19:36:35.247" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7403" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-15T18:19:13.113" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho l'impressione, correggetemi se sbaglio, che il termine &quot;narrazione&quot; sia sempre più usato, e forse abusato, da qualche tempo a questa parte.  La narrazione sembra essere sempre meno quella delle storie  di Rodari e sempre più quella giornalistica, di fatti e avvenimenti che, forse per essere più incisici, vengono non solo descritti, ma &quot;narrati&quot; come ad una  ipotetica platea.&#xA;A conferma, anche se solo parziale, di questa mia impressione c'è  &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=narrazione&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cnarrazione%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; che mostra  un visibile aumento del termine  dagli anni '70. Ma l'impressione che io ho si riferisce non solo alla carta stampata ma anche, anzi soptrattutto, al linguaggio usato spesso  in televisione dove tra telegiornali vari e programmi di attualità il termine sembra essere molto usato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi da programmi televisivi sono difficili da fornire, per cui includo alcuni esempi scritti come: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=ycJywu8a6UMC&amp;amp;pg=PA19&amp;amp;dq=%22narrazione%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwixqtSO-pHPAhXFPRoKHb-kDnEQ6AEIQTAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22narrazione%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Una nuova narrazione del mondo&lt;/a&gt;&quot; di Riccardo Petrella: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il sistema dominante non ha dimenticato questa lezione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;e ha creato una nuova narrazione della storia,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; una nuova retorica per raccontare e legittimare il suo dominio e quanto ... (2007) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=gpVXHAUt80cC&amp;amp;pg=PA14&amp;amp;lpg=PA14&amp;amp;dq=narrazione%20della%20cronaca%20televisiva&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=MW22dzMnTH&amp;amp;sig=nDBKgimwc670KNjpwDsozk_vgIo&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwin5_q2-5HPAhXBAxoKHQz0Bz0Q6AEIHTAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=narrazione%20della%20cronaca%20televisiva&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Dentro la televisione&lt;/a&gt; Gian Maria Corazza: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non è d'altronde il presente &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;il momento della narrazione e della cronaca televisiva?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  La memoria &quot;assoluta&quot; (che poi è memoria del mezzo e non di chi lo utilizza) e l'informazione &quot;istantanea&quot;... (1999)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domanda: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è veramente nella quotidianità un sensibile incremento dell'uso di questo termine? E se sì, l'uso contemporaneo di &quot;narrazione&quot; ha in qualche misura subito una mutazione semantica rispetto a quello più tradizionale? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-16T17:15:22.590" LastActivityDate="2016-09-16T17:15:22.590" Title="Uso e significato di &quot;narrazione&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7404" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7405" CreationDate="2016-09-16T17:37:20.973" Score="1" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Galiani stette ad ascoltarla e fu colpita dalla sua sincerità, dal tono &lt;strong&gt;spiazzante&lt;/strong&gt;, dalle frasi in un italiano molto intenso, dall’ironia abilmente governata. Dovette sentire in Lila, immagino, quel qualcosa di inafferrabile che seduceva e insieme allarmava, una potenza di sirena: succedeva a chiunque, successe anche a lei, e la chiacchiera s’interruppe solo quando Gennaro diede uno schiaffo a Marco gridandogli un insulto in dialetto e strappandogli una macchinina verde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto le definizioni di &quot;spiazzare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;tono spiazzante&quot; nel passaggio precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-17T08:12:16.500" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;spiazzante&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7404" CreationDate="2016-09-16T19:06:58.583" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spiazzante da &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/spiazzare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;spiazzare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel senso di: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sorprendere qualcuno, rendendolo incapace di reagire: &lt;em&gt;spiazzare i concorrenti.&lt;/em&gt; (Sabatini-Coletti)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tono spiazzante, ossia  inaspettato, che coglie  di sorpresa chi ascolta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-17T08:12:16.500" LastActivityDate="2016-09-17T08:12:16.500" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7406" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7409" CreationDate="2016-09-18T09:17:11.343" Score="1" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Disse che aveva sbagliato a seguire Enzo a San Giovanni a Teduccio, voleva tornare al rione. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Al rione?». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sì». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sei pazza». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Appena mi sento meglio lo faccio». &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La rimproverai, le dissi che era un pensiero indotto dalla febbre, che il rione l’&lt;strong&gt;avrebbe sfiancata&lt;/strong&gt;, che rimetterci piede era una stupidaggine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;sfiancare&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Tuttavia, non capisco molto bene qual è il senso di questo verbo nel passaggio precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-18T17:09:21.250" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sfiancare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7407" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-18T11:27:26.393" Score="0" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un compito di cui devo tradurre un brano. Una parte per esempio è «The letters from No One» con le lettere maiuscole di proposito. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tradurrei come &quot;Le lettere da nessuno&quot; ma una traduzione officiale dice «Lettere da nessuno».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A cosa serve così? Quando l'articolo può essere rimosso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2836" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-18T12:01:14.650" LastActivityDate="2016-09-18T12:11:20.900" Title="Traduzione di titoli vari" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7407" CreationDate="2016-09-18T12:11:20.900" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Chiarirò meglio la risposta quando la domanda sarà più chiara, ma se si deve citare il titolo di un libro, racconto, film etc. che sono stati pubblicati anche in italiano, la norma è di usare il titolo con cui sono apparsi in Italia, riportandolo con precisione anche se non è una traduzione letterale (quindi un articolo tolto o aggiunto è il meno).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, se devo parlare in italiano del romanzo &lt;em&gt;The Catcher in the Rye&lt;/em&gt; di J.D. Salinger, lo menzionerò col titolo con cui fu pubblicato ed è noto in Italia, e cioè &lt;em&gt;Il giovane Holden&lt;/em&gt;, magari indicando tra parentesi, per completezza, anche il titolo originale. Nel caso specifico in cui il testo che sto traducendo analizzi qualche aspetto specifico del titolo originale (se cioè nel nostro esempio si parlasse della distinzione fra &lt;em&gt;rye&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di “segale” e in quello di un tipo di whisky), chiarirò la cosa in nota o interpolando qualche parola nella traduzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Un problema separato è quello di mantenere o meno l'integrità del titolo in situazioni come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima versione dei &lt;em&gt;Promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima versione di &lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima versione de &lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ultima versione è da evitare perché non c'è motivo di usarla: “de” non è una parola della lingua italiana moderna: sarebbe una specie di preposizione articolata e poi disarticolata. La seconda versione va bene se è importante riferire letteralmente un titolo (magari la prima volta che lo si incontra). La prima versione è quella da utilizzare correntemente.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-09-18T12:11:20.900" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7406" CreationDate="2016-09-18T17:00:13.063" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/sfiancare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Sfiancare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è usato nel brano in senso figurato col significato di: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fig. Spossare: &lt;em&gt;il viaggio mi ha sfiancato.&lt;/em&gt;   Logorare, indebolire gravemente: &lt;em&gt;l'asma gli ha sfiancato polmoni e cuore.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autore vuol dire che ritornare  nel rione l'avrebbe stancata, logorata fisicamente e forse anche mentalmente (dipende dal contesto) per cui suggerisce di non farlo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-18T17:09:21.250" LastActivityDate="2016-09-18T17:09:21.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7410" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-18T21:32:13.570" Score="2" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verbal form of 'dorma' in the aria &lt;em&gt;Nessun dorma&lt;/em&gt; from Puccini's &lt;em&gt;Turandot&lt;/em&gt; recently struck me as strange given that there is nothing to trigger a subjunctive preceding the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is first what form of dormire is being used: formal imperative, present subjunctive or some other form?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, how should this line best be understood given the form?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2016-09-18T21:39:04.823" LastActivityDate="2016-09-18T21:49:20.993" Title="Verbal form in the famous aria &quot;Nessun dorma&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7410" CreationDate="2016-09-18T21:49:20.993" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's the subjunctive used for denoting &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Congiuntivo#Desiderio.2C_volont.C3.A0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;desire or will&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(I want that) nobody be sleeping (tonight)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nobody should be sleeping&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The imperative properly has only the second person (singular and plural); in the other persons it's substituted with the corresponding forms of the present subjunctive. So you can consider it as the imperative as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-09-18T21:49:20.993" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7412" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7413" CreationDate="2016-09-19T13:51:30.717" Score="0" ViewCount="4308" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui ha &lt;strong&gt;dei&lt;/strong&gt; cavalli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt; mean? The sentence comes from Duolingo, and it translates to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He has horses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked up &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt; in my dictionary, but I am still confused as to what it means in the sentence above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/uBJ55.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/uBJ55.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2770" LastActivityDate="2016-09-28T14:04:00.520" Title="Meaning of &quot;dei&quot; in this sentence" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2016-09-20T09:04:40.913" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7412" CreationDate="2016-09-19T14:12:25.653" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dei&lt;/em&gt; in this case is the so called &lt;em&gt;articolo partitivo&lt;/em&gt; (partitive article). It means &lt;em&gt;an undefined number of&lt;/em&gt;, and can be translated in English with some, a few, or, as in your example, nothing at all.&#xA;the name &lt;em&gt;partitivo&lt;/em&gt; expresses the concept that the quantity you are speaking about is a part of something that is numerable, and is approximate or uncertain, but greater than one.&#xA;You use &lt;em&gt;degli&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt; whith the same rules that apply to the article &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can think of the partitive article as the plural of the indefinite article, so, if you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ho scritto un libro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you might also say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ho scritto dei libri&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-09-28T14:04:00.520" LastActivityDate="2016-09-28T14:04:00.520" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7414" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7415" CreationDate="2016-09-20T22:42:13.197" Score="10" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;I bought an old book in Italian. It's a collection of letters, published in 1600 in Venezia. What is this strange letter (and word)? It's the first letter of the second word. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho comprato un libro antico italiano. &#xA;È una collezione di lettere, pubblicata nel 1600 a Venezia.&#xA;Qual è questa strana lettera, all'inizio della seconda parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/LjNIj.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/LjNIj.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2761" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-09-21T08:57:12.487" LastActivityDate="2016-09-21T08:57:12.487" Title="Italian from 1600 - what is this letter?" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7414" CreationDate="2016-09-21T03:43:44.697" Score="16" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it's the word &quot;perfetto&quot; (see &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scribal_abbreviation#Marks_with_relative_meaning&quot;&gt;this list of scribal abbreviations&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che sia la parola &quot;perfetto&quot; (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scribal_abbreviation#Marks_with_relative_meaning&quot;&gt;questo elenco di abbreviazioni scribali&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1186" LastEditorUserId="1186" LastEditDate="2016-09-21T06:30:13.563" LastActivityDate="2016-09-21T06:30:13.563" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7416" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-22T00:25:09.210" Score="0" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used Google translate to get the following sentences. Notice the &lt;code&gt;il&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;la&lt;/code&gt;, or &lt;code&gt;dello&lt;/code&gt; are placed in front of the country names. Sometimes nothing is added to the country name. Is there a rule that I can follow if I do my own translation instead of using Google?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Distanza tra il Giappone e il Tagikistan&#xA;Distanza tra il Giappone e la Tailandia&#xA;Distanza tra il Giappone e Guatemala&#xA;Distanza tra il Giappone e dello Swaziland&#xA;&#xA;Distanza tra il Tagikistan e il Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra la Thailandia e il Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra il Guatemala e il Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra Swaziland e il Giappone&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are the above translations correct? If I omit &lt;code&gt;il&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;la&lt;/code&gt; etc. completely, will it be acceptable (maybe not ideal)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Distanza tra Giappone e Tagikistan&#xA;Distanza tra Giappone e Tailandia&#xA;Distanza tra Giappone e Guatemala&#xA;Distanza tra Giappone e Swaziland&#xA;&#xA;Distanza tra Tagikistan e Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra Thailandia e Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra Guatemala e Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra Swaziland e Giappone&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastEditorUserId="2304" LastEditDate="2016-09-22T11:56:22.760" LastActivityDate="2016-09-22T11:56:22.760" Title="Rules of using il, la, and dello in front of place name" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7416" CreationDate="2016-09-22T10:21:20.317" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here you can find the rules you are looking for: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/I/il-lo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/I/il-lo.shtml&lt;/a&gt; (sorry, the link is in Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below the correct form: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Distanza tra il Giappone e il Tagikistan&#xA;Distanza tra il Giappone e la Tailandia&#xA;Distanza tra il Giappone e **il** Guatemala&#xA;Distanza tra il Giappone e **lo** Swaziland&#xA;&#xA;Distanza tra il Tagikistan e il Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra la Thailandia e il Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra il Guatemala e il Giappone&#xA;Distanza tra **lo** Swaziland e il Giappone&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2844" LastActivityDate="2016-09-22T10:21:20.317" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7418" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-22T19:12:35.990" Score="3" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere se qualcuno mi può aiutare a sapere come si dice &quot;stem cell research&quot; in Italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie, era da un po' che volevo usare questa parola, ma non so come si dice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-22T19:19:23.917" LastActivityDate="2016-09-23T07:02:39.270" Title="Come si dice &quot;stem cell research&quot; in Italiano?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7419" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7420" CreationDate="2016-09-22T19:22:51.847" Score="3" ViewCount="435" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to translate the lyrics of an old Italian song and I got stuck with a phrase.  What I've found with the help of dictionaries simply doesn't make sense and I wonder if it has been used metaphorically or, perhaps, if it's a set phrase or idiom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Da quando il vento mi ha sussurrato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che lei vai in giro col carro armato,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quando ho visto che &lt;strong&gt;fa l'indiana&lt;/strong&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho perduto la tramontana,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ho perduta seguendo lei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My doubt is &amp;quot;fa l'indiana&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;.  All Italian-English dictionaries I've found, translate &amp;quot;fa l'indiana&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;fa = make&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;l'indiana&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;the indian&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-09-22T22:21:44.840" Title="The meaning of &quot;fa l'indiana&quot; in a song" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7419" CreationDate="2016-09-22T20:06:15.373" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The literal meaning of the phrase &lt;em&gt;fa l'indiana&lt;/em&gt; (more commonly in the masculine form, &lt;em&gt;fa l'indiano&lt;/em&gt;) is “he/she does the Indian”, or “behaves like an Indian”, with the meaning of feigning not to understand what one is told, not to be interested, not to notice things, but being actually aware of everything; partially, something like “to turn a deaf ear”. Or, as Tommaseo wrote,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Far l'indiano, Fingere di non ne sapere, o Affettare fuor di proposito maraviglia; com'uomo estraneo che vien di lontano.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a quite old phrase, used at least by Manzoni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;era stato, facendo l’indiano, sulla porta del suo padrone, per veder quando Lucia usciva dal monastero&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and again&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho già visto certi visi, certi galantuomini che giran, facendo l'indiano, e notano chi c'è e chi non c'è: quando poi tutto è finito, si raccolgono i conti, e a chi tocca, tocca.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently, it refers to Native Americans, who were supposed to have such an attitude when confronting Europeans: «Il detto risale ai tempi della colonizzazione americana, quando i Pellerossa non comprendevano il linguaggio dei bianchi» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/I/indiano.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hoepli &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-22T22:21:44.840" LastActivityDate="2016-09-22T22:21:44.840" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5974" CreationDate="2016-09-23T02:08:14.523" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa ancora nel dialetto della città di Potenza nelle stesse forme di Dante. Nella città di Potenza andava si dice 'gia' come nel canto XXVII dell'Inferno, 'gisse' diventa 'gess' è così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2851" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-25T06:57:25.813" LastActivityDate="2016-09-25T06:57:25.813" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7422" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7418" CreationDate="2016-09-23T06:50:00.797" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine usato in italiano per tradurre &lt;em&gt;stem cell&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;cellula staminale&lt;/em&gt; o più raramente &lt;em&gt;cellula stipite&lt;/em&gt;, come puoi vedere in questo lemma del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/staminale2/&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani online&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Dunque &lt;em&gt;stem cell research&lt;/em&gt; si dice &lt;em&gt;ricerca sulle cellule staminali&lt;/em&gt;, oppure, usando l'aggettivo sostantivato, &lt;em&gt;ricerca sulle staminali&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Il termine &lt;em&gt;stem&lt;/em&gt; in inglese deriva come l'italiano &lt;em&gt;staminale&lt;/em&gt; dal latino &lt;em&gt;stamen -mĭnis&lt;/em&gt; «stame, filo».&#xA;Forse il tuo dubbio può nascere dal fatto che la parola inglese &lt;em&gt;stamina&lt;/em&gt; somiglia molto a &lt;em&gt;staminale&lt;/em&gt; ed ha un altro significato. In italiano si può tradurre con &lt;em&gt;energia, forza o resistenza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-09-23T07:02:39.270" LastActivityDate="2016-09-23T07:02:39.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7423" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-24T08:12:33.880" Score="0" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi occupai io della casa, cucinai, mi dedicai a Gennaro. Forse perché era già grandicello, un po’ aggressivo, capriccioso, trovai il bambino privo dell’&lt;strong&gt;inerme&lt;/strong&gt; seduzione che sprigionava Mirko, l’altro figlio di Nino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il significato di &quot;inerme&quot; in alcuni dizionari (ho visto che può significare &quot;disarmato&quot;, &quot;indifeso&quot;), non riesco a capire il suo senso in questo brano. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-10-24T19:42:20.497" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;inerme&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7423" CreationDate="2016-09-24T19:26:39.607" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia interpretazione della frase è che il fatto stesso che Mirko fosse inerme (cioè incapace completamente di difendersi) sia la cosa che produce la seduzione, mentre Gennaro, che ha un fare più aggressivo e deciso, non suscita gli stessi sentimenti nella narratrice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-09-24T19:26:39.607" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7426" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-26T15:57:53.307" Score="0" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;In his 1642 biography of Venetian painter Tintoretto, Carlo Ridolfi quotes him saying &quot;È faticoso lo studio della pittura, e sempre si fa il mare maggiore.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the meaning of &quot;mare maggiore&quot; in that context? Something to do with Venice perhaps?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1953" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-26T16:16:00.270" LastActivityDate="2016-09-26T19:53:56.733" Title="Tintoretto and the &quot;mare maggiore&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7426" CreationDate="2016-09-26T19:53:56.733" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the issue here is that the word order seems anomalous to an English speaker. It's not so much that it's &quot;a greater sea.&quot; It's that the sea gets wider or bigger. It's easier to see if we arrange it as &quot;il mare si fa sempre maggiore.&quot; At least that's my sense of it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2861" LastActivityDate="2016-09-26T19:53:56.733" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7381" CreationDate="2016-09-27T11:52:31.047" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto della frase perdere la Tramontana significa (come modo di dire) perdere la testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;lose your head&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;out of mind&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2862" LastEditorUserId="2862" LastEditDate="2016-09-27T12:14:35.080" LastActivityDate="2016-09-27T12:14:35.080" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7429" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7430" CreationDate="2016-09-28T07:57:37.627" Score="1" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando il dottore si concentrò finalmente su di lei interrogandola a lungo, gli rispose di malavoglia, in dialetto o in un brutto italiano che ricalcava formule dialettali. Spesso dovetti intervenire per ricordarle sintomi che mi aveva riferito o per dar peso a quelli che minimizzava. Infine si sottopose a una visita accuratissima e a esami &lt;strong&gt;cavillosi&lt;/strong&gt; con un’espressione corrucciata, come se io e il cardiologo le stessimo facendo un torto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;cavilloso&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire qual è il significato di &quot;esami cavillosi&quot; nel passaggio precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-09-28T12:17:47.117" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cavilloso&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7429" CreationDate="2016-09-28T08:44:29.497" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/cavillo.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cavillo&lt;/a&gt; è un termine usato principalmente nell'ambito giuridico in riferimento a dettagli  particolari e spesso insoliti usati per rendere un argomento più complesso e difficile da discutere:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Argomento sottile, ingegnoso, valido solo in apparenza, sostenuto per alterare, confondere o nascondere una verità: &lt;em&gt;cercare, usare cavilli; ricorre a ogni sorta di cavilli pur di avere ragione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'aggettivo cavilloso nel brano è un'estensione del significato più comune: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/cavilloso.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Cavilloso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Che presenta cavilli; che si basa su cavilli tortuosi: una dottrina cavillosa&#xA;  SIN. capzioso, arzigogolato. (Garzanti)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esami cavillosi nel senso di esami accurati,  dettagliati in maniera esagerata, attenti ai minimi particolari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-09-28T12:17:47.117" LastActivityDate="2016-09-28T12:17:47.117" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7431" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-28T09:59:53.033" Score="1" ViewCount="2295" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/M/misura.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;vincere di stretta misura&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vincere per pochissimo, con un minimo vantaggio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inoltre:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Viene dal linguaggio agonistico, dove si riferisce al momento del taglio del traguardo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è chiaro, ma a quale misura in particolare si fa riferimento? o è semplicemente un modo di dire del mondo delle corse dove la &quot;misura&quot; è un concetto generico di distanza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-09-28T10:59:28.117" LastActivityDate="2016-12-30T23:56:09.980" Title="A quale misura si riferisce il modo di dire &quot;di misura&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7434" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7435" CreationDate="2016-09-28T14:50:53.467" Score="2" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che &quot;qua sopra&quot; è corretto (almeno credo), ma mi chiedevo se &quot;quassopra&quot; (modellato su &quot;quassù&quot;) fosse anch'esso una forma corretta. Online non mi pare di trovare niente che dica che questa è una forma corretta, anche se viene usata su alcuni risultati di ricerca Google. Quindi voi che mi dite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastActivityDate="2016-09-28T23:28:25.070" Title="&quot;Quassopra&quot; vs. &quot;qua sopra&quot;: entrambe corrette?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7434" CreationDate="2016-09-28T14:57:03.083" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La forma in un unico termine &quot;quassopra&quot; sembra essere  rara e perlopiù letteraria secondo quanto risulta da Google Books. Il termine non risulta presente in nessun dizionario. Personalmente la eviterei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=qua%20sopra%2Cquassopra&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cqua%20sopra%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cquassopra%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; qua sopra vs quassopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione non risulta presente nella lista fornita dall'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/unite-separate&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Accademia della  Crusca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Dubbi relativi alla scrittura unita o separata di congiunzioni, avverbi, locuzioni avverbiali e preposizionali di alta frequenza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-28T15:12:22.207" LastActivityDate="2016-09-28T15:12:22.207" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7434" CreationDate="2016-09-28T23:28:25.070" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italiano fino ad ora mai letta o sentita, concordo con le altre risposte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico posto in cui non mi sarei meravigliato a leggere simili forme sarebbe in qualche poesia modernista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo detto, dopo aver letto la tua domanda, ho fatto una ricerca su Google, che riporta 1230 risultati. E sono anche rimasto sorpreso dal report su Ngram proposto da &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/users/519/xxxxxx&quot;&gt;xxxxxx&lt;/a&gt;, in tutta onestà mi sarei aspettato una frequenza minore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se ci possa essere una qualche influenza da parte delle altre lingue italiche, e.g. in Siciliano forme come accassupra, assupra, drassupra, accassutta, assutta, drassutta, accastabbanna, astabbanna, drastabbanna, sono perfettamente usuali, immagino che un madrelingua siciliano potrebbe magari trovare non innaturale tradurre e trascrivere accassupra in quassopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1908" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-09-28T23:28:25.070" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7438" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7439" CreationDate="2016-09-29T00:35:38.053" Score="4" ViewCount="11360" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am familiar with the phrase &quot;translator, traitor&quot; and have no issue with its meaning in English. But what is the pun referred to on this Wikipedia page:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Similarly, consider the Italian adage &quot;traduttore, traditore&quot;: a literal translation is &quot;translator, traitor&quot;. The pun is lost, though the meaning persists. (A similar solution can be given, however, in Hungarian, by saying a fordítás: ferdítés, which roughly translates as &quot;translation is distortion&quot;.)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Untranslatability&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Untranslatability&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2865" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-06T09:50:04.123" LastActivityDate="2018-09-06T09:50:04.123" Title="Double meaning of &quot;traduttore, traditore&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;puns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7438" CreationDate="2016-09-29T07:41:01.900" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The so-called pun lies simply in the fact that &lt;em&gt;traduttore&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;traditore&lt;/em&gt; are very similar words, differing just for a vowel (u/i) and a double letter that becomes simple (tt/t). That is, there is no double meaning, but just two very similar words, each used in its normal meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This saying is similar to other ones that use assonance, rhyme etc., especially to express the alleged faults of certain categories, like &lt;em&gt;Chi disse donna disse danno&lt;/em&gt; (literally, “Who said woman said damage”, but with the strong wordplay &lt;em&gt;donna/danno&lt;/em&gt;) or &lt;em&gt;Fratelli coltelli&lt;/em&gt; (lit., “Brothers knives”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More in general, several Italian proverbs and idioms get some of their effectiveness from such metrical or wordplay features.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-09-29T07:47:45.930" LastActivityDate="2016-09-29T07:47:45.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7440" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-09-29T14:16:34.240" Score="3" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso di &amp;quot;imparare&amp;quot; col significato di &amp;quot;insegnare&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;far apprendere&amp;quot; è ben noto come tratto &amp;quot;popolare, erroneo ma largamente diffuso&amp;quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/imparare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È usato d'altra parte anche in letteratura (il titolo della domanda è un verso di Carducci), ed è perfettamente giustificato da un punto di vista etimologico (&amp;quot;procurare nel(la mente)&amp;quot;, la propria ma anche quella di un altro), tanto che in francese questo doppio uso è parte della lingua standard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente anche in inglese &lt;em&gt;learn&lt;/em&gt; è stato abbondantemente usato col significato di &lt;em&gt;teach&lt;/em&gt; almeno dal 1382 e almeno fino al 1974 (Oxford English Dictionary), a quanto pare a causa della semplificazione fonetica di due antichi verbi distinti per &lt;em&gt;imparare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;insegnare&lt;/em&gt; che sarebbero diventati omofoni nella forma &lt;em&gt;learn&lt;/em&gt; (questa risposta su &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/a/176807/170635&quot;&gt;english.stackexchange&lt;/a&gt;); sembra che anche lì sia un uso dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo dunque:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;per quale motivo viene considerato &amp;quot;erroneo&amp;quot;: fu qualche &amp;quot;erudito&amp;quot; a stabilirlo, ad esempio la Crusca? oppure quest'accezione si è sviluppata solo in alcune aree, e la Toscana non era tra queste, quindi è stata rifiutata anche all'italiano standard?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;se esistano attestazioni &lt;strong&gt;letterarie&lt;/strong&gt; di quest'uso &lt;em&gt;in età premoderna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: grazie alle ricerche di @DaG è stato appurato che l'uso di &lt;em&gt;imparare&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;insegnare&lt;/em&gt; è perfettamente toscano, testimoniato dalla Crusca (che ne segnala il passaggio a uso arcaico), e ancora nel 1890 era difeso contro certi eruditi &amp;quot;troppo zelanti&amp;quot;. La sua fortissima stigmatizzazione nell'Italia contemporanea si potrebbe allora spiegare con la caduta in disuso dell'accezione: avendo dimenticato che è esistita legittimamente, oggi la si è creduta un errore di ignoranza/meridionalismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2750" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-23T07:43:11.670" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T16:08:37.450" Title="&quot;E dolce un canto le imparava&quot;: uso di &quot;imparare&quot; col significato di &quot;insegnare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7440" CreationDate="2016-09-29T18:28:56.700" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oltre a quanto esposto nei commenti, secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ballanti.it/articoli.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;sembra che anche influenze dialettali (calabresi e napoletane in questo caso) e una scarsa scolarizzazione siano responsabili dell'uso scorretto dei due verbi in questione (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capita spesso di sentir confondere due verbi come “insegnare” ed “imparare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alla base dell’errore c’è spesso l’ignoranza della lingua italiana, ma anche il dialetto incide molto su questo tipo di errori. Con la scolarità di massa, infatti, non c’è più molta gente che non conosce un verbo comunissimo come “imparare”, eppure si dice “te lo imparo io” anche fra la gente “imparata”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma perchè (&lt;em&gt;sic.&lt;/em&gt;) proprio questi due verbi e non altri?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Se parliamo in termini geografici, l’errore è diffuso un po’ in tutta Italia; in termini di età, invece, l’errore è molto frequente nei bambini non scolarizzati. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La cosa interessante è che anche nei paesi di lingua inglese i bambini in età pre-scolare confondono “learn” e “teach”, quindi si può dedurre che non è un problema di assonanza delle due parole italiane, ma di area semantica comune.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Influenze dialettali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ad un esame attento di alcuni dialetti italiani, si scopre che in provincia di Catanzaro la confusione è dovuta al fatto che in dialetto si usa un verbo unico che può avere entrambi i significati&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Una cosa analoga succede in Sicilia dove il verbo è lo stesso, ma viene usato in forma diversa (transitivo/intransitivo pronominale): ‘nzignari (insegnare) e ‘nzignarisi (imparare). “Mu ‘nzignai” significa “ho imparato” (lett: Me lo sono insegnato)... come dire che imparare equivale ad insegnare a se stessi!&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anche in napoletano si usa la stessa parola per esprimere i due concetti (imparare).&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;I periodi di dominazione francese hanno influenzato non poco quest’uso (come pure quello di utilizzare transitivamente verbi come salire, scendere, uscire ed entrare), ma i napoletani di oggi diranno “imparare” invece di “insegnare” per scelta, non certo per ignoranza. Allo stesso modo useranno come forma di cortesia il voi invece che il lei. Il lei infatti per un napoletano esprime distacco e distanza, mentre il voi rispetto: questo però è un retaggio spagnolo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possiamo concludere quindi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;che due possono essere i motivi della confusione: l’esecrabile ignoranza della lingua italiana (quando non è dovuta a motivi di età) e l’uso dei dialetti***, che devono essere invece studiati, tramandati e mantenuti vivi accanto alla lingua nazionale come patrimonio culturale di eccezionale valore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-23T15:36:07.140" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T15:36:07.140" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7446" CreationDate="2016-09-30T15:09:11.247" Score="0" ViewCount="738" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere se qualcuno mi poteva fare la definizione esatta del'espressione colloquiale &quot;che forte!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che significhi &quot;secondo me, questo è piacevole o interessante e attira gli altri&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato questa espressione nel dizionario, l'ho sentita varie volte, ma non saprei come spiegarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2016-10-05T07:49:52.040" Title="Exact meaning of colloquial expression &quot;che forte!&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;interjections&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7444" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7898" CreationDate="2016-09-30T23:00:33.593" Score="9" ViewCount="2466" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le due parole esistono in parallelo, dunque hanno diverso significato. Qual è la differenza tra aviazione e aeronautica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="391" LastActivityDate="2017-01-17T13:13:36.213" Title="Qual è la differenza tra aviazione e aeronautica?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7443" CreationDate="2016-10-01T09:19:18.107" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco la spiegazione sull'espressione &quot;Che forte!&quot; o semplicemente &quot;Forte!&quot; che si trova nel libro &lt;em&gt;Acqua in bocca! Tutto quello che vorresti dire in italiano... come lo direbbe un italiano!&lt;/em&gt; di Roberto Bortoluzzi (Edizioni Casa delle lingue, Barcellona, 2015):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Forte&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Un altro aggettivo a cui il gergo giovanile ha dato un senso diverso rispetto a quello della lingua standard: forte è tutto quello che è interessante e degno di ammirazione. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Esempio di uso:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Perché stasera non andiamo in spiaggia con le chitarre? Potremmo anche fare il bagno al chiaro di luna. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; – Forte! Sì, dai, andiamo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-10-01T09:19:18.107" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7448" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-01T15:54:12.907" Score="0" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ho sentito in una conversazione, ma non il resto,  volevo sapere perché si è usato &quot;ci stanno&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-02T07:54:22.293" LastActivityDate="2016-10-03T13:19:57.143" Title="Cosa significa la frase: le parole che ci stanno dentro?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7448" CreationDate="2016-10-01T17:16:35.597" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premesso che una risposta completa ce la potrebbero dare solo i due sconosciuti che conversavano, in una frase di questo tipo “ci” è un avverbio di luogo (come in “Conosci Firenze?” “Sì, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; vado spesso”). Perciò, “che ci stanno dentro” è equivalente al più goffo “che stanno dentro a ciò”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Evidentemente si stava parlando di qualcosa che contiene delle parole (un libro, un discorso) e, appunto, delle parole che esso conteneva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Un'altra cosa che in certe parti d'Italia può forse suonare poco abituale, ma non so se è a questo che si riferisce l'OP, è l'uso del verbo “stare” dove altri userebbero “essere”: “le parole che ci sono dentro”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-10-01T17:16:35.597" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7431" CreationDate="2016-10-01T21:33:43.407" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione, come già detto, significa vincere di poco ovvero che la vittoria non è stata netta a tal punto che in senso figurato c'è bisogno di misurare il minimo vantaggio del vincitore per rendersi conto che abbia vinto.&#xA;Un esempio classico è quello della corsa, quando due corridori arrivano all'unisono e per capire chi ha vinto si ricorre alla &quot;misura&quot; (fotofinish).&#xA;Nel calcio, &quot;vittoria di misura&quot; non significa semplicemente vincere con un solo gol di scarto, ma anche che le due squadre si solo equivalse in campo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1677" LastActivityDate="2016-10-01T21:33:43.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7451" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-02T07:38:37.883" Score="2" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found online how to say &quot;inverted question mark&quot; in Italian. It should be: &quot;invertita interrogativo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;May I ask what is its grammatical gender? If it masculine or feminine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Is it actually correct? Shouldn't it be &quot;punto interrogativo invertito&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-02T08:16:12.160" LastActivityDate="2016-10-03T08:44:47.657" Title="Inverted question mark, plus its gender" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7451" CreationDate="2016-10-02T08:47:43.030" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's an error. You could say either:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;punto interrogativo invertito: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punto_interrogativo#Il_punto_interrogativo_in_spagnolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E19455-01/806-2662/6jbs66vis/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Oracle&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;punto interrogativo rovesciato/rovescio: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.inspagnolo.it/2012/11/il-punto-di-domanda-rovesciato.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.wikihow.com/Fare-un-Punto-Interrogativo-Rovesciato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;punto interrogativo capovolto: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punto_esclarrogativo#Il_punto_esclarrogativo_in_spagnolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second seems to provide more results on search engines.&#xA;Gender is always masculine (because &quot;punto&quot; is masculine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2750" LastEditorDisplayName="user2750" LastEditDate="2016-10-03T08:44:47.657" LastActivityDate="2016-10-03T08:44:47.657" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7444" CreationDate="2016-10-02T09:16:02.417" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il sito &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.manualedivolo.it/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=815:aeronautica-o-aviazione&amp;amp;catid=35:generale&amp;amp;Itemid=57&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Manualedivolo&lt;/a&gt; sembra dare una spiegazione molto accurata e storica in riferimento alla questione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2862" LastActivityDate="2016-10-02T09:16:02.417" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7454" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-02T10:32:39.493" Score="0" ViewCount="293" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un tipo di giacca fatta come un telo, che mettiamo per un ora dopo la doccia per farci asciugare, prima che indossiamo i vestiti, però ha un nome difficile e non riesco trovarlo su internet neanche. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-02T10:58:49.250" LastActivityDate="2016-10-02T14:29:13.000" Title="Come si chiama la giacca che si mette dopo la doccia" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7454" CreationDate="2016-10-02T10:51:20.690" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si chiama accappatoio. Qui trovi la definizione da dizionario: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/accappatoio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/accappatoio/&lt;/a&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/fjDKx.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/fjDKx.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1425" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-10-02T14:29:13.000" LastActivityDate="2016-10-02T14:29:13.000" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7456" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-02T12:36:47.227" Score="2" ViewCount="495" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prima di sapere il significato,  non lo notavo nelle conversazioni, cioè,  o si pronuncia molto simile a perché o si utilizza molto poco,  ha anche un sinonimo? O si usa poco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-02T13:21:50.997" LastActivityDate="2016-10-02T13:24:13.733" Title="Quanto si usa la parola purché" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7457" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7456" CreationDate="2016-10-02T13:10:57.560" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Purché è, almeno nella conversazione, poco utilizzato.&#xA;È difficile confonderlo con &quot;perché&quot;, sopratutto perché sono di significato molto diverso: &quot;perché&quot;, infatti, introduce una frase causale o finale, mentre purché indica una condizione, come nella frase: &quot;Mangerò molto volentieri la carne, purché non sia troppo al sangue&quot;. Nella conversazione, però, si preferisce usare &quot;a patto che&quot;, &quot;sempre che&quot; o simili locuzioni seguite dal congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2638" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-02T13:24:13.733" LastActivityDate="2016-10-02T13:24:13.733" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7458" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7459" CreationDate="2016-10-03T06:00:42.667" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sentivo ormai parte di un potere legittimo, universalmente ammirato, aureolato di cultura d’alto livello, e volevo vedere quale veste chiassosa si stava dando il potere che avevo avuto sotto gli occhi fin dall’infanzia, il volgare piacere della sopraffazione, la pratica impunita del crimine, i trucchi sorridenti dell’ossequio alle leggi, lo sfoggio dello sperpero com’erano incarnati dai fratelli Solara.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I fratelli Solara sono i &quot;guappi&quot; del rione di Napoli dove la narratrice era cresciuta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il vocabolo &quot;ossequio&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;i trucchi sorridenti dell’ossequio alle leggi&quot;. In particolare, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ossequio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa spiegazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;burocr., &lt;em&gt;in ossequio alla legge, alle disposizioni&lt;/em&gt;, e sim., in obbedienza, in conformità a esse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma mi sembra contradittoria con quello che si può più o meno capire dal contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;i trucchi sorridenti dell’ossequio alle leggi&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-10-03T12:00:34.010" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;trucchi sorridenti dell’ossequio alle leggi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7458" CreationDate="2016-10-03T10:38:14.080" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Duplice interpretazione possibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima, e più probabile, è quella suggerita da DaG, ovvero che &quot;i trucchi&quot; (sotterfugi) sberleffino le leggi ed il sottostarvi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'altra è che i trucchi siano moralmente inaccettabili, ma non strettamente illegali (le zone grigie della legge), e quindi possono sorridere ed essere ossequiosi della legge, sebbene essendo scorretti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-03T12:00:34.010" LastActivityDate="2016-10-03T12:00:34.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7448" CreationDate="2016-10-03T13:19:57.143" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Starci dentro&quot; nel gergo giovanile può anche essere usato in riferimento a qualcosa di bello e/o divertente e/o &lt;em&gt;cool&lt;/em&gt;. &#xA;Vedi questo link per un esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://temi.repubblica.it/espresso-slangopedia/2008/11/19/starci-dentro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://temi.repubblica.it/espresso-slangopedia/2008/11/19/starci-dentro/&lt;/a&gt;. È quindi possibile che con l'espressione che hai sentito i due passeggeri (o forse intendevi &lt;em&gt;passanti&lt;/em&gt;, a meno che non ti trovassi in un aeroporto o luogo simile) volessero dire &quot;le parole &lt;em&gt;cool&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;le parole del momento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2875" LastActivityDate="2016-10-03T13:19:57.143" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7461" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7462" CreationDate="2016-10-04T03:06:53.720" Score="0" ViewCount="1143" Body="&lt;p&gt;My grandma used to say a word in Italian (it's the only language she spoke) that sounded something like this: &quot;assodida&quot;. I spell it as it sounds. It seemed like some sort of a swear word, because she usually would yell it when something happened. Any idea what it is? The meaning is driving us crazy! Thank you. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1530" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-04T06:52:54.340" LastActivityDate="2016-10-04T06:52:54.340" Title="What does this word mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7461" CreationDate="2016-10-04T03:49:48.493" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let me guess... the word is &lt;em&gt;assordita&lt;/em&gt;, meaning deafened, in the feminine form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The implication is that a particular situation was extremely loud, like children crying, dishes breaking, etc., as to make your grandma deaf.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2682" LastActivityDate="2016-10-04T03:49:48.493" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7461" CreationDate="2016-10-04T06:45:49.900" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could it be &lt;em&gt;a' soreta / assorreta&lt;/em&gt;? It is a rude answer to insults, not in Italian, but in Neapolitan dialect. It means &lt;em&gt;to your sister&lt;/em&gt;, literally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately the only references I can find come from Yahoo Answers (not the most reputable of sites, I know...): &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20091216132225AAzoCfc&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20090502042213AAh8ZST&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2016-10-04T06:45:49.900" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7464" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-04T21:06:01.970" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho tradotto &quot;miseria&quot;, ma non credo che sia questa la traduzione giusta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-04T23:24:36.987" LastActivityDate="2016-10-04T23:24:36.987" Title="Quale è l'equivalente della parola inglese &quot;pittance&quot;?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7464" CreationDate="2016-10-04T21:26:28.207" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Inglese/P/pittance.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;vocabolario Sansoni&lt;/a&gt; dà come possibili traduzioni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(small allowance) miseria, inezia, niente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(meagre remuneration) miseria, stipendiuccio, quattro soldi, tozzo di pane&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tralascio il significato storico di “offerta per il vitto comunitario”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio sul dizionario Oxford è &lt;em&gt;he paid his workers a pittance&lt;/em&gt;, che si può tradurre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pagava i suoi operai una miseria&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo senso, &lt;em&gt;miseria&lt;/em&gt; è usato in modo figurato: tanto poco che è lo stesso che essere in miseria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe anche essere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pagava i suoi operai quattro soldi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a seconda del contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-10-04T21:26:28.207" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7355" CreationDate="2016-10-05T07:36:23.483" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &quot;ressa&quot; è utilizzato in modo figurato e indica confusione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2016-10-05T07:36:23.483" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7468" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7469" CreationDate="2016-10-05T12:19:01.330" Score="0" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il mare era di piombo e il golfo lo stringeva come l’orlo di un crogiuolo. La massa densa delle nuvole nerissime ruzzolava arruffata fino a noi. Ma in fondo, tra mare e nuvole, c’era uno squarcio lungo che urtava contro l’ombra viola del Vesuvio, una ferita da cui grondava una &lt;strong&gt;biacca&lt;/strong&gt; abbagliante. Restammo a lungo a guardare, gli abiti incollati dal vento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;biacca&quot; in alcuni dizionari  e ho visto che può avere il significato di un colorante o pigmento di colore bianco ma, secondo me, questo non ha molto senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Sapreste spiegarme cosa vuol  dire &quot;biacca&quot; in questo passaggio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-10-05T12:30:12.713" Title="Cosa significa &quot;biacca&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7468" CreationDate="2016-10-05T12:30:12.713" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La descrizione usa immagini legate al piombo fuso. Il mare ne ha il colore, il golfo stringe il mare come in un crogiuolo. La biacca è «carbonato basico di piombo», e può diventare abbagliante visto il suo colore chiaro. L'immagine descrive quei momenti in cui tra mare scuro e cielo altrettanto scuro si vede una striscia di cielo da cui filtrano i raggi del sole, che sembrano ancora più abbaglianti nel contrasto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2016-10-05T12:30:12.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7470" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7472" CreationDate="2016-10-05T13:14:50.730" Score="6" ViewCount="590" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a slang-word or idiom, with emphasis on the fact that the person never pays his debts.  Such a person is always borrowing small amounts from friends and relatives (say, €20 or €50) because he knows it's much easier to get away with it. It can also involve bank loans and credit cards, but the main fact is that he is notorious for not paying back small amounts he borrows from friends. The term I'm looking for is a noun and would be used in a sentence such as this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attenzione, perché Giuseppe è un _____________ben noto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-05T13:47:11.110" LastActivityDate="2016-10-24T19:46:26.897" Title="Is there a term in Italian for someone who is always borrowing money from friends or relatives and never pays them back?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7470" CreationDate="2016-10-05T15:06:01.170" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/scroccone.shtml&quot;&gt;scroccone&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Chi ha l'abitudine di far pagare sempre gli altri o di ottenere qlco. gratis.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-10-05T15:06:01.170" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7475" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-06T15:24:58.623" Score="2" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Poi  metto anche la frase per sapere perché si è usato il verbo  possa invece di posso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;A parità di questa geometria,  io possa fare blah blah....&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2017-01-06T12:14:47.077" LastActivityDate="2017-01-06T12:14:47.077" Title="Cosa vuol dire a parità?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7475" CreationDate="2016-10-06T15:35:19.980" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/a-parita-di&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a parità di&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(loc.prep.) &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;nel caso in cui vi sia uguaglianza di&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;a parità di prezzo questo è più vantaggioso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;De Mauro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo &amp;quot;possa&amp;quot; dipende dalla costruzione della frase che sembra parte di un contesto più ampio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-10-06T15:35:19.980" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3729" CreationDate="2016-10-06T16:37:48.797" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just take out the apostrophes and replace them with the corresponding vowels:&#xA;&quot;da ogni intorno&quot; = &quot;from all around&quot;&#xA;A rough rendering, but quite understandable in both languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1021" LastActivityDate="2016-10-06T16:37:48.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6752" CreationDate="2016-10-07T09:48:48.867" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm going to give it a try, but I'm still unsure if this is what you are asking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your example sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a Roma in estate e mi piacerebbe davvero vedere il Colosseo la mattina presto, prima che le folle arrivino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are 3 points that one could be able to stress / put emphasis on according to what he wants to emphasize (any single or combination of them):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a Roma &lt;strong&gt;in estate&lt;/strong&gt; e mi piacerebbe &lt;strong&gt;davvero&lt;/strong&gt; vedere il Colosseo &lt;strong&gt;la mattina presto&lt;/strong&gt;, prima che le folle arrivino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In estate: You want to stress that you are not going &quot;soon&quot;, but in summer time. Maybe used for example because you want to stress that you are not conflicting with work (summer is usually a more relazed period for most professions), or because it's warmer, or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;davvero: You don't want to just visit the Colosseo, you crave it, you really can't wait to see it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la mattina presto (or just presto): you stress that timing is crucial, subsequently explaining in the subordinate sentence why that's the case.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think one could stress any other part of your example sentence, lest sounding a bit unnatural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-10-07T09:48:48.867" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7480" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-07T21:34:02.527" Score="1" ViewCount="974" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &amp;quot;riscontrare&amp;quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono sicura di saper usare questo vocabolo correttamente.  In concreto, la mia domanda è: si può adoperare questo verbo come sinonimo di &amp;quot;trovare&amp;quot;? Ecco alcuni esempi di frasi in cui l'ho usato con l'intenzione di esprimere tale senso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho l'impressione di aver riscontrato difficoltà particolari in questi compiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho studiato l'italiano da autodidatta, ma non ho riscontrato nessuna difficoltà a superare l'esame per ottenere il certificato di livello B2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono corrette? E se sono corrette, in quale registro linguistico sarebbe considerato naturale usarle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riscontrare_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei Sinonimi e Contrari Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho visto &amp;quot;trovare&amp;quot; tra i sinonimi di &amp;quot;riscontrare&amp;quot;, ma non sono sicura che mi sfugga qualche sfumatura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Forse il problema è che questi esempi non corrispondono ai contesti più adatti per usare questo verbo, a meno che non voglia sembrare una pedante o parlare come i politici. Ma ecco un esempio che ho trovato nel libro &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Loescher Editore, Torino, 2013), in una sezione in cui si elenca il lessico da usare per presentare e commentare dati statistici:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si riscontrano&lt;/strong&gt; differenze evidenti in tutti i settori. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si rileva&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;Si registra&lt;/strong&gt; una differenza tra lavoratori e studenti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho messo anche questi esempi con i verbi &amp;quot;rilevare&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;registrare&amp;quot; perché mi sembrano molto simili a &amp;quot;riscontrare&amp;quot;. Quindi, immagino che il contesto adatto per usare questo verbo sia un racconto di tipo tecnico nel quale sia necessario usare molti sinonimi per non ripetere eccessivamente gli stessi verbi come, per l'appunto, la presentazione di dati statistici. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-02-09T14:18:25.467" Title="Sull'uso del verbo &quot;riscontrare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7481" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-09T02:34:58.737" Score="3" ViewCount="320" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si dice in italiano &quot;n-gon&quot;, un poligono con n (o addirittura un numero imprecisato di lati)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-29T19:30:49.293" LastActivityDate="2020-03-29T19:30:49.293" Title="Nome di un poligono con un numero qualsiasi di lati" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7482" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-09T04:31:22.703" Score="2" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è una frase che non ho sentito spesso in italiano, e non riesco a   tradurla bene. Oppure quando si dice: &quot;there is misunderstanding&quot;: esiste  una frase tradotta direttamente? So che c'è &quot;non ci siamo capiti&quot;, ma questo è leggermente diverso.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-09T09:44:41.623" LastActivityDate="2016-10-20T19:22:00.447" Title="Come si dice &quot;I was wrong about him&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7481" CreationDate="2016-10-09T16:54:38.410" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel parlato, &quot;enne-agono&quot; è forse un po' colloquiale ma in uso tra i matematici, almeno quelli che ho frequentato io, e credo che sia compreso un po' ovunque (così come &quot;kappa-agono&quot;, o &quot;dueenne-agono&quot;, o qualunque altra espressione al posto della n). Se devi scriverlo in un libro, &quot;$n$-agono&quot; oppure &quot;poligono con $n$ lati&quot; secondo me vanno bene entrambi. (I dollari sono sintassi LaTeX -- se invece stai scrivendo un libro di matematica in Word, beh, tanti auguri.) :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2016-10-09T16:54:38.410" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7484" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-10T06:35:25.937" Score="1" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho visto un &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/WKmbRaFNOv8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;video intitolato &lt;em&gt;Straniero, che ti piace dell'Italia?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in cui l'umorista Enrico Brignano fa un monologo molto divertente sui turisti in Italia. In un certo momento, Brignano usa il verbo &quot;smozzare&quot;: l'ho cercato su alcuni dizionari e ho visto che si tratta di un sinonimo di &quot;mozzare&quot;, che può significare tagliare via, tranciare di netto, spesso con forza e persino con violenza. Ma non sono sicura di aver capito il significato di questo verbo nel contesto del video. Brignano si sta lamentando che i turisti non pronunciano bene le parole che usano per riferirsi alla cucina italiana: non pronunciano le due &quot;t&quot; di &quot;spaghetti&quot; (parlano invece di &quot;spagheri&quot;) e dicono &quot;piza&quot; con una sola &quot;z&quot;. E allora fa questa battuta: &quot;Perché da me pretendi che io pronunci bene le tue parole e tu, da me, quando parli &lt;strong&gt;smozzi&lt;/strong&gt;. Perché? Perché?&quot; Dal contesto ho pensato che &quot;smozzare&quot; possa significare &quot;mangiarsi&quot; alcuni suoni nel pronunciare le parole. È così? Si tratta di qualcosa di inventata da Brignano o è un'espressione che si usa (magari in ambito regionale)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-10T09:41:14.300" LastActivityDate="2016-10-10T09:41:14.300" Title="&quot;Smozzare&quot; può significare &quot;mangiarsi&quot; alcuni suoni nel pronunciare le parole?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7484" CreationDate="2016-10-10T07:25:04.393" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì,&lt;em&gt;&quot;smozzare&quot;&lt;/em&gt; nel senso della frase significa proprio mangiarsi i suoni delle parole e mi sembra una contrazione (forse dialettale) di &quot;smozzicare&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il dizionario italiano Olivetti (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?parola=smozzicare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?parola=smozzicare&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;smozzicare:&#xA;  spezzare in molte piccole parti; in senso figurato abbreviare, pronunciare malamente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2016-10-10T07:25:04.393" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7482" CreationDate="2016-10-10T10:05:55.140" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gio's comment, &quot;Mi sono sbagliato su di lui&quot;, is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other possible forms are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi ero fatto un'idea sbagliata su di lui&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Avevo (avuto) l'impressione sbagliata su di lui&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-10-10T10:05:55.140" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7480" CreationDate="2016-10-10T10:12:54.530" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il thread dei commenti fornisce già un po' di risposte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente credo ci sia una sottigliezza di significato (nota bene: questa è la mia interpretazione, potrei sbagliarmi):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Trovare&lt;/em&gt; ha un significato neutro. Puoi trovare una prova a sostegno o contro di qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Riscontrare&lt;/em&gt; tendenzialmente ha un significato positivo. Riscontri qualcosa che sostiene una tesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei due esempi che hai menzionato, abbiamo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non ho l'impressione di aver riscontrato difficoltà particolari in questi compiti.&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; La tesi è che i compiti in questione siano difficili, ma non ho trovato prove a favore di questa tesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho studiato l'italiano da autodidatta, ma non ho riscontrato nessuna difficoltà a superare l'esame per ottenere il certificato di livello B2.&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; La tesi è che l'esame di livello B2 sia di una difficoltà tale da penalizzare gli autodidatti rispetto a chi riceve un'istruzione formale, ma nel mio caso non ho prove a riguardo (anzi, se mai il mio caso è una disputa della tesi!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ripeto: questa è la mia interpretazione del termine. Potrei sbagliarmi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-10T17:26:23.723" LastActivityDate="2016-10-10T17:26:23.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7488" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7490" CreationDate="2016-10-11T14:22:39.800" Score="1" ViewCount="288" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo schifo che mi fa, quando qualcuno chiede quanti figli volete e lui &lt;strong&gt;sbruffoneggia&lt;/strong&gt;, dice: domandate a Gigliola, io di figli ne ho già e non so nemmeno quanti sono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il significato di &quot;sbruffoneggiare&quot; in questo brano? Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.today.it/cronaca/nuovo-zingarelli-2013.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; si tratta di un neologismo e appare nella nuova edizione dello Zingarelli del 2013, ma questo verbo non si trova in altri dizionari che ho consultato. Qualcuno potrebbe riportare la definizione dello Zingarelli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-28T13:27:03.977" LastActivityDate="2019-07-28T08:56:24.193" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sbruffoneggiare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7489" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-11T14:27:37.837" Score="2" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a term for verbs that follow the pattern 'Indirect object + verb + subject' called?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following are examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piace la sciarpa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu non mi basti mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi serve la giacca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I heard the term 'dative taking verbs' in my Latin studies, but I was wondering how native speakers talk about these verbs (if they do).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T16:13:06.137" Title="Grammatical term for verbs that follow the pattern 'Indirect object + verb + subject'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7488" CreationDate="2016-10-11T15:03:59.327" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco (questa è la voce come è data nello Zingarelli in rete, aggiornato all'edizione 2017, accessibile solo a pagamento):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ṣbruffoneggiàre&lt;/strong&gt; /zbruffonedˈdʒare/&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [1992]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. (pres. &lt;em&gt;io sbruffonéggio&lt;/em&gt;; fut. &lt;em&gt;io sbruffoneggerò&lt;/em&gt;; aus. &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ● fare lo sbruffone&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ● dire qlco. vantando meriti eccezionali e inverosimili&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-10-11T15:03:59.327" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7488" CreationDate="2016-10-11T15:08:13.833" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente il verbo deriva dall'aggettivo &quot;sbruffone&quot; che può essere sinonimo di &quot;arrogante&quot; o &quot;presuntuoso&quot;; o meglio, qualcuno che non da peso a ciò che dice vantandosi di cose che in realtà non ha fatto o dicendo di essere ciò che in realtà non è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'uomo in questione sta alludendo al fatto di non sapere quanti figli abbia come fosse qualcosa di cui vantarsi o esserne fieri, evidentemente per sfoggiare e/o enfatizzare la sua capacità di procreare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2614" LastActivityDate="2016-10-11T15:08:13.833" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4069" CreationDate="2016-10-11T15:16:46.253" Score="-5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dalla terza elementare ti scrivo un esercizio che mi rimase impresso:&#xA;lui (soggetto) mangia la mela (di chi?) di ella complemento&#xA;Lei (soggetto) mangia la mela (di chi?) di egli complemento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i complementi non vanno mai sottintesi, i soggetti puoi anche farlo per rendere più scorrevole il testo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diede uno schiaffo a Camilla = Le diede uno schiaffo = Egli diede uno schiaffo a lei&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2903" LastActivityDate="2016-10-11T15:16:46.253" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7493" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-11T15:18:17.340" Score="1" ViewCount="2455" Body="&lt;p&gt;What do you call a party where people drink a lot?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T16:59:38.697" Title="How do you call a party where people drink a lot?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7493" CreationDate="2016-10-11T15:24:50.773" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are basically two ways to call a party where people drink.&#xA;The most used term is just &quot;festa&quot;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stasera c'è una festa sul lungomare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can also say &quot;serata&quot; which is literally &quot;evening&quot; but it's like a 'slang' to refer to a party where there will be alchol and dancing people! You can use it in the same way you can use &quot;festa&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stasera c'è una serata sul lungomare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It makes perfectly sense&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2614" LastActivityDate="2016-10-11T15:24:50.773" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7493" CreationDate="2016-10-12T07:09:06.857" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A term with a meaning near to what you are looking for is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;bisboccia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: «Baldoria, allegra e abbondante mangiata e bevuta, fatta in compagnia» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bisboccia/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;) or, as Zingarelli defines it, «allegra riunione per mangiare e bere abbondantemente».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now it is rarely used, and mostly in the verbal phrase &lt;em&gt;far bisboccia&lt;/em&gt;, but a search for it in Google Books shows that it is still quite vital, even in contemporary texts: we find several “&lt;em&gt;compagni di bisboccia&lt;/em&gt;”, “&lt;em&gt;comincia una strepitosa bisboccia&lt;/em&gt;” (in a translation of Kerouac), “&lt;em&gt;Una bisboccia come tutte quelle del tropico, con una componente di gioia e una di incertezza&lt;/em&gt;” (in a translation of García Márquez), a definition of &lt;em&gt;bisboccia&lt;/em&gt; as “drinking binge” (in a &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=AM3UBAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA22&amp;amp;dq=%22bisboccia%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22bisboccia%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot;&gt;handbook about Italian&lt;/a&gt;) and more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also consider some of the terms offered by dictionaries as synonyms of &lt;em&gt;bisboccia&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;baldoria&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gozzoviglia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bagordo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;crapula&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;festino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stravizio&lt;/em&gt;, all pointing out to unordered eating and drinking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-10-12T07:09:06.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7493" CreationDate="2016-10-12T10:46:44.830" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Culturally, binge drinking isn't a thing in Italy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Young people tend to get more drunk in recent years, and everyone drinks, but alcohol-centric parties are not something so widespread yet to have its own name (not even a slang one). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MacmAwvJo8g&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;video&lt;/a&gt; can maybe explain it better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bisboccia is a more goliardic term that indicates &quot;noise&quot; more than &quot;alcohol&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are expressions like &quot;scorrerà vino/birra a fiumi&quot; to indicate that a lot of drinks will be there, but it's a more generic use (you could say it of any liquid... say soda).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-12T11:55:50.827" LastActivityDate="2016-10-12T11:55:50.827" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7499" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-13T06:13:47.163" Score="1" ViewCount="262" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Forse feci un movimento sbagliato, non so, di certo avvertii un &lt;strong&gt;guizzo&lt;/strong&gt; dolorosissimo al centro della natica destra che si allungò lungo la gamba come un ferro caldo. Tornai a casa zoppicando, mi misi a letto, passò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;guizzo&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può significare un movimento rapido, ma qui sembra piuttosto qualcosa simile a un dolore improvviso. È così? È comune usare il termine &quot;guizzo&quot; con lo stesso senso del brano oppure si tratta di un uso letterario più o meno inventato dall'autrice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T13:05:32.707" Title="Uso e significato di &quot;guizzo&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7501" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-13T15:00:00.273" Score="6" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti, oggi mentre facevo lezione sui pronomi combinati mi sono imbattuta in un paio di casi &quot;interessanti&quot; che mi han messa in difficoltà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare, i pronomi combinati con &quot;ci&quot;,&#xA;ad esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vi ci porto io dopo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ce li porto &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è semplice: perché nel secondo esempio &quot;ci&quot; diventa &quot;ce&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao e grazie! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Fiona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-13T15:27:53.933" LastActivityDate="2016-10-14T07:53:06.990" Title="Pronomi combinati con 'ci'" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="20" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7502" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-13T15:46:50.897" Score="6" ViewCount="1088" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have translated employee into Italian. I have found two translations. What is the difference between &quot;dipendente m&quot; or &quot;impiegato m&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sentences: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;1) Peter is an employee of Nestle. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;2) Microsoft has more than 50'000 employees worlwide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-14T16:36:05.047" LastActivityDate="2016-11-21T19:40:34.233" Title="What is the difference between &quot;dipendente&quot; and &quot;impiegato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7502" CreationDate="2016-10-13T15:56:33.193" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE&lt;/strong&gt;: I looked in various dictionaries and I cannot find a definition that shows a clear difference. What follows is simply my understanding of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;dipendente&lt;/em&gt; is pretty much a synonymous of &lt;em&gt;employee&lt;/em&gt;: someone who is employed by someone else to do a job (usually, but not necessarily, a long term job). The word &lt;em&gt;impiegato&lt;/em&gt; is used to mean an employee that works in an office, similar to what you might call in English &lt;em&gt;office-worker&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should add that the word &lt;em&gt;dipendente&lt;/em&gt; has a second, less common, meaning as &lt;em&gt;dependant&lt;/em&gt;, that is a person whose livelihood depends on someone else (e.g. children or elderly relatives). This is rarely used outside of legal writing though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-10-14T14:11:03.330" LastActivityDate="2016-10-14T14:11:03.330" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7504" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-14T07:06:16.903" Score="2" ViewCount="714" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa parola ha molti sinonimi come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apposito&#xA;Adeguata &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E tanti altri quando lo tradurro in Google &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma non so veramente quale usare dove &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/tNymK.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/tNymK.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastActivityDate="2017-03-19T16:18:12.457" Title="Quando si dice appropriato e quando i suoi sinonimi?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7501" CreationDate="2016-10-14T07:53:06.990" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La regola è che «davanti a &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; di un altro pronome atono si trasforma in &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;mi lo&lt;/em&gt;&gt;&lt;em&gt;me lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ci ne&lt;/em&gt;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ce ne&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. Inoltre &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; diventano &lt;em&gt;glie&lt;/em&gt; invariabile, che normalmente si scrive unito al pronome successivo: “se vedo tua sorella &lt;em&gt;glielo&lt;/em&gt; dico”» (Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, VII.62).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-10-14T07:53:06.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7506" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-14T17:46:15.783" Score="3" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che termine posso usare per riferirmi all'insieme della lingua italiana standard assieme a tutti i sui dialetti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2016-10-15T10:06:08.433" Title="Termine per riferirsi alla lingua italiana assieme ai suoi dialetti" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7506" CreationDate="2016-10-15T06:54:01.493" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le lingue italiane. Si può anche fare differenza tra i dialetti italiani (i dialetti/lingue parlati in Italia) ed i dialetti dell'italiano (che hanno origini toscane).   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guarda questo articolo: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.homolaicus.com/linguaggi/lingue_italiane.htm&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i cosiddetti dialetti italiani sono tutti lingue che si sono sviluppate in modo autonomo e diverso rispetto al fiorentino che ha costituito la base per l'italiano standard&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2915" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-10-15T10:06:08.433" LastActivityDate="2016-10-15T10:06:08.433" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7509" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-15T07:35:23.027" Score="1" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io ancora ho problemi a capire o ricordare se certe parole sono di genere maschile o femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono riuscito a trovare un sito per verificare le parole; se esiste,  sarò molto felice se me lo segnalate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-15T07:43:19.717" LastActivityDate="2016-10-15T07:43:19.717" Title="Problema con le parole femminili e maschili" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ClosedDate="2016-10-16T08:31:16.740" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7511" CreationDate="2016-10-15T12:28:28.220" Score="6" ViewCount="466" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vivo a Roma da un po' di tempo e ho visto che la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; a volte si pronuncia come una &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; sorda (cioè, /t͡s/) dopo una &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt;. Alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Persona&lt;/em&gt; spesso si pronuncia come &lt;em&gt;perzona&lt;/em&gt; o /pert͡sona/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Verso&lt;/em&gt; come &lt;em&gt;verzo&lt;/em&gt; o /vɛrt͡so/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Corso&lt;/em&gt; come &lt;em&gt;corzo&lt;/em&gt; o /kort͡so/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche visto che sebbene ci sia molta varietà interpersonale, non c'è praticamente varietà intrapersonale. In altre parole, non tutti pronunciano la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; come una &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; sorda ma quelli che lo fanno, lo fanno quasi sempre. Non sono uscita molto da Roma quindi non so se in altre regioni si pronunci la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; come una &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; sorda o meno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quanto è comune pronunciare la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; come una &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; sorda dopo una &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; (e forse dopo altre consonanti di cui non mi sono resa conto)? &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È un fenomeno limitato a Roma, o è una caratteristica dell'italiano standard?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2048" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-15T13:35:13.693" LastActivityDate="2016-10-15T13:35:13.693" Title="Pronuncia strana della &quot;s&quot; dopo una &quot;r&quot;: un fenomeno romano o di tutta l'Italia?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7510" CreationDate="2016-10-15T13:30:36.783" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Confermo empiricamente che a Roma (e, direi, almeno parte del Lazio) è un fenomeno piuttosto comune, ed è ben noto ai linguisti, insieme agli altri che caratterizzano il consonantismo dell'italiano di Roma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da segnalare, ancora in comune con la varietà toscana, oltre che con quelle meridionali, la resa dell’affricata sorda come fricativa in posizione intervocalica (&lt;em&gt;dice&lt;/em&gt; è reso come [ˈdiʃe]) e, come in tutte le varietà meridionali, la pronuncia intensa di /b/ e di /ʤ/ intervocaliche (&lt;em&gt;su[bː]ito&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ra[dːʒ]one&lt;/em&gt;), con perdita delle non numerosissime opposizioni fonologiche proprie dello standard (&lt;em&gt;libra/libbra&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;agio/aggio&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;regia/reggia&lt;/em&gt;). Entrambi i tratti sono diffusi anche in parlanti di livello medio e medio-alto; &lt;strong&gt;lo stesso vale per la resa di /s/ con [ʦ] dopo /n/, /l/, /r/ (&lt;em&gt;pen[ʦ]o&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fal[ʦ]o&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bor[ʦ]a&lt;/em&gt;, questa talvolta realizzata anche con la sonora), possibile anche in fonosintassi (&lt;em&gt;il [ʦ]indaco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;non [ʦ]i sente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;per [ʦ]icurezza&lt;/em&gt;), che può neutralizzare opposizioni fonologiche e determinare errori ortografici (&lt;em&gt;via Portuen[ʦ]e&lt;/em&gt; o, per ➔ ipercorrettismo, pomodori &lt;em&gt;San Mar[s]ano&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Paolo D’Achille, “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/italiano-di-roma_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot;&gt;Roma, italiano di&lt;/a&gt;”, in &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, Treccani)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-10-15T13:30:36.783" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7512" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-15T23:15:53.333" Score="4" ViewCount="712" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel mio libro di grammatica delle medie, per far capire l'importanza delle virgole, c'era una vignetta che mi è rimasta talmente impressa che me la ricordo ancora oggi, a distanza di decenni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un tizio al luna park, davanti ad una macchinetta della fortuna, leggeva un biglietto con questa frase:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;LAVORERAI MOLTO POCO GUADAGNERAI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il tizio era alquanto perplesso perché, a seconda di dove metteva la virgola, la frase cambiava di significato:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavorerai, molto poco guadagnerai&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavorerai molto, poco guadagnerai &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavorerai molto poco, guadagnerai&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;e quindi non sapeva se essere contento o triste.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe avere un esempio altrettanto divertente sull'uso degli accenti ed uno sull'uso degli apostrofi. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2016-10-16T08:33:30.807" LastActivityDate="2016-11-08T14:21:52.403" Title="Frasi curiose per imparare la grammatica" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7513" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-16T20:58:19.893" Score="1" ViewCount="608" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am studying the difference between &quot;cranio m&quot; and &quot;teschio m&quot; (the m stands for masculine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hypothesis number one&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;cranio m&quot; refers to set of bones of a person that is alive; &quot;teschio m&quot; is a symbol of skull, &quot;teschio m&quot; can be used to refer to a pirate flag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hypothesis number two&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;cranio m&quot; refers to a skull of a person that is alive or dead, if still has human tissue other than bones. &quot;Teschio m&quot; is used to refer to a skull of a person that has no other human tissue but the bones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-18T20:38:25.907" LastActivityDate="2016-10-18T20:38:25.907" Title="Difference between cranio and teschio" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7513" CreationDate="2016-10-18T08:59:06.667" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A famous passage from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/a/alfieri/rosmunda/pdf/alfieri_rosmunda.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rosmunda&lt;/em&gt; by Vittorio Alfieri&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ROSMUNDA. [...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Nol vegg'io sempre, a quella orribil cena&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (banchetto a me di morte) ebro d'orgoglio,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  d'ira, e di sangue, a mensa infame assiso,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ir motteggiando? e di vivande e vino&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  carco, nol veggio (ahi fera orrida vista!)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  bere a sorsi lentissimi nel teschio&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  dell'ucciso mio padre? indi inviarmi&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  d'abborrita bevanda ridondante&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  l'orrida tazza? E negli orecchi sempre&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  quel sanguinoso derisor suo invito&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  a me non suona? Empio ei dicea: «Col padre bevi,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Rosmunda». [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase “Bevi Rosmunda dal teschio di tuo padre” is commonly associated to it, coming from a parody by Achille Campanile of Alfieri's tragedy (see &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rosmunda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;). This should make clear that &lt;em&gt;teschio&lt;/em&gt; is not just a symbol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/teschio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; the word is used to denote the bones of the head, almost exclusively for dead bodies of human beings or animals. It comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;testulum&lt;/em&gt; (pottery vase), like &lt;em&gt;testa&lt;/em&gt; (head) comes from &lt;em&gt;testum&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/cranio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;cranio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; refers to the anatomic part and can be used both for living and dead bodies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-10-18T08:59:06.667" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7515" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-18T18:21:04.860" Score="3" ViewCount="321" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere perché si è usato “vi” nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bisogna fermarsi quando vi sono pedoni che attraversano la strada &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E perché non si è usato invece “ci”? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-19T10:12:55.987" LastActivityDate="2016-10-19T11:42:03.620" Title="Perché è utilizzato l'avverbio &quot;vi&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7515" CreationDate="2016-10-19T11:42:03.620" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;La natura grammaticale di &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt;, in questa frase, è avverbio. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vi1/&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avverbio di luogo equivalente a &lt;em&gt;ivi&lt;/em&gt; (in questo o in quel luogo, là, e per estens. in ciò, a ciò), usato con verbi di stato e di moto; equivale al più comune &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, ma è di tono più formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nessuno comincerebbe a raccontare una favola con &lt;em&gt;v'era una volta&lt;/em&gt;, ma dirà &lt;em&gt;c'era una volta&lt;/em&gt;, ma è assai probabile che un avvocato impegnato nella sua arringa dica &lt;em&gt;non vi è alcuna differenza&lt;/em&gt;, mentre, parlando al suo assistito direbbe &lt;em&gt;non c'è alcuna differenza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'avverbio &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; viene da &lt;em&gt;ibi&lt;/em&gt;, mentre &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; viene da &lt;em&gt;hic&lt;/em&gt;. I due avverbi sono essenzialmente intercambiabili, ma è effettivamente vero che &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; è più “ricercato”, “preciso” o, come dice il vocabolario, “formale”. Nel linguaggio parlato è difficile sentire &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt;, che invece è (o era) più usato nello scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sia &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; sia &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; hanno subito una trasformazione che li ha portati a essere usati anche come particelle pronominali; se ne trova una descrizione alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ci1/&quot;&gt;voce “ci”&lt;/a&gt;. Quando sono pronomi, non sono intercambiabili, perché &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce alla prima persona plurale (per esempio &lt;em&gt;a noi&lt;/em&gt;), mentre &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; alla seconda (per esempio &lt;em&gt;a voi&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-10-19T11:42:03.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7518" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-19T12:31:06.000" Score="5" ViewCount="261" Body="&lt;p&gt;Repulisti è un latinismo che è sopravvissuto e si è bene adattato al linguaggio contemporaneo soprattutto nell'espressione &quot;fare repulisti&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/repulisti/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Repulisti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [voce lat. dei Salmi (42, 2: quare me repulisti? «perché mi hai respinto?»; 43, 10, ecc.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;perfetto indic. (nel lat. classico reppulisti) del verbo repellĕre «respingere», ravvicinato scherz. a pulire]. – Nell’espressione fam. e scherz. fare repulisti, portare via, fare sparire tutto da un luogo, quasi lasciandolo pulito, spec. rubando o mangiando.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=repulisti&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Crepulisti%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;: repulisti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un motivo per cui questa parola è rimasta ben presente nel linguaggio contemporaneo, come ad esempio l'uso da parte di uno scrittore famoso o l'uso giornalistico?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2020-02-22T07:52:38.113" Title="Sull'espressione &quot;fare repulisti&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7518" CreationDate="2016-10-19T13:22:22.977" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato un paio di esempi in Google Books. &#xA;&quot;Il malmantile riacquistato&quot; del fiorentino Lorenzo Lippi (1606-1665),&#xA;da &quot;Raccolta dei più celebri poemi eroico-comici italiani con cenni biografici su i respettivi autori&quot;, Canto settimo, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=iwUtAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;q=repulisti#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=repulisti&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=iwUtAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;q=repulisti#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=repulisti&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;voltossi a' dieci pan da Meo provvisti,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;E in un momento fece repulisti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Bertoldo, Bertoldino e Cacasenno: poema giocoso&quot; (1670), da Giulio Cesare Croce e Adriano Banchieri,&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=7No-AAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;dq=bertoldo+bertoldino+e+cacasenno+repulisti&amp;amp;q=repulisti#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=repulisti&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=7No-AAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;dq=bertoldo+bertoldino+e+cacasenno+repulisti&amp;amp;q=repulisti#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=repulisti&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Com'ebbe il confortino ch'io vi accenno,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;E fece repulisti in un momento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-19T13:57:57.240" LastActivityDate="2016-10-19T13:57:57.240" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7520" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-19T14:25:46.523" Score="0" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è una frase che lo sento tanto in giro, non so se è completamente Informale o segue qualche regola grammatica?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastActivityDate="2016-10-20T07:52:56.797" Title="Cosa significa &quot;l'altro giorno avevo il mio gatto...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7522" CreationDate="2016-10-19T15:52:15.847" Score="3" ViewCount="3032" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho ascoltato la canzone &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://youtube.com/watch?v=zRDVQT_MT-o&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;L'italiano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Toto Cutugno, presentata al festival di Sanremo nel 1983. Nel suo testo appare l'espressione &quot;una Seicento giù di carrozzeria&quot; che non riesco a capire molto bene. So che l'avverbio &quot;giù&quot; può significare &quot;verso il basso&quot; ed è a volte usato in senso figurato per indicare qualcosa che sta diminuendo o peggiorando. Quindi, &quot;giù di carrozzeria&quot; nella canzone significa che la carrozzeria della Seicento non è in buon stato di conservazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-02-23T17:27:18.160" Title="Cosa significa &quot;una Seicento giù di carrozzeria&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7521" CreationDate="2016-10-19T17:05:55.740" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;È l'estensione dell'espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/G/giu.php&quot;&gt;Essere giù&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:  essere in cattive condizioni fisiche o morali. (Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una Seicento (automobile) giù (non in buone condizioni) di carrozzeria. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressioni analoghe: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Essere giù di corda&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; : stanco, depresso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Essere giù di morale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:  demoralizzato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-19T17:21:02.163" LastActivityDate="2016-10-19T17:21:02.163" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7523" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-19T17:14:40.597" Score="0" ViewCount="337" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono andato in banca, e quando l'impiegato parlava con me usava molto questa espressione; ad esempio: “Quando hai la carta in tutti effetti”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-21T07:39:20.950" LastActivityDate="2016-10-21T10:33:06.103" Title="Cosa significa &quot;In tutti effetti&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7523" CreationDate="2016-10-20T06:54:43.857" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una forma idiomatica. Significa &quot;completamente&quot; o &quot;da tutti i punti di vista&quot;. Tuttavia a volte assume delle sfumature più astratte. &#xA;Sfortunatamente il tuo esempio è incompleto quindi non riesco a contestualizzarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2926" LastActivityDate="2016-10-20T06:54:43.857" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7520" CreationDate="2016-10-20T07:52:56.797" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;avevo il gatto che saliva sui divani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è un espressione colloquiale per indicare che si è osservato il gatto salire sui divani. Non conosco il resto della frase, ma potrebbe anche indicare anche che questo comportamento interferiva in qualche modo con quello che la persona voleva fare, o comunque questa espressione può essere considerata una premessa o un antefatto per il resto del racconto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2016-10-20T07:52:56.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7482" CreationDate="2016-10-20T19:22:00.447" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste anche una variante &quot;mi sbagliavo su di lui&quot;. La scelta di questa o quella frase credo sia per lo più regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo alla tua seconda richiesta, ovvero &quot;there is misunderstanding&quot;, in italiano c'è il corrispettivo (letterale) &quot;c'è stato un malinteso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In teoria la traduzione alla lettera dovrebbe essere &quot;c'è un malinteso&quot;, ma sinceramente non credo di aver mai sentito la forma al presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2926" LastActivityDate="2016-10-20T19:22:00.447" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7527" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7523" CreationDate="2016-10-21T10:33:06.103" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto bancario per &lt;code&gt;effetto&lt;/code&gt; si intendono degli strumenti finanziari in uso nel sistema bancario e&#xA;nel regolamento di rapporti di credito e debito tra banche, imprese, privati,etc. e di solito ci si riferisce a cambiali, assegni e le ricevute bancarie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal sito &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/effetto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani nella definizione di effetto&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con accezione più partic.: &lt;em&gt;valido a tutti gli effetti&lt;/em&gt;, a tutti i fini,&#xA;  per ogni applicazione; nel linguaggio forense: &lt;em&gt;per ogni effetto di ragione&#xA;  e di legge&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2016-10-21T10:33:06.103" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7528" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7529" CreationDate="2016-10-22T15:11:24.897" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Dottor Niù. Corsivi diabolici per tragedie evitabili&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho trovato l'espressione &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=ENbfCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;q=%22riempito+la+rubrica%22#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=%22riempito%20la%20rubrica%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;riempire una rubrica&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. Ecco il brano in cui appare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In due mesi, i telefonini hanno enormemente mutato le loro funzioni, dice Niù. Dopo che si sarà collegato alla rete, avrà mandato un fax, &lt;strong&gt;avrà riempito la rubrica&lt;/strong&gt; con novecento nomi, avrà comprato i biglietti della partita e avrà giocato al serpentone mangiacoda, pensa di avere ancora il tempo di telefonare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene il significato di &quot;rubrica&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato questo vocabolo in alcuni dizionari, comunque mi sa che in questo contesto ha un senso associato alle nuove tecnologie che non ho trovato (o non ho saputo trovare) nei vocabolari che ho consultato. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-10-22T15:33:12.693" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rubrica&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7528" CreationDate="2016-10-22T15:27:52.043" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si sta parlando della &lt;em&gt;rubrica telefonica&lt;/em&gt;. Originariamente un libretto in cui una persona annotava i numeri di telefono, nel contesto dei telefonini è utilizzato principalmente per indicare il menu che contiene la lista dei numeri salvati nella scheda SIM o nella memoria del telefono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.navigaweb.net/2013/08/sincronizzare-la-rubrica-su-android.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;esempio&lt;/a&gt; (scelto completamente a caso dai risultati di Google per &lt;em&gt;rubrica telefonica&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel mio telefonino per esempio &lt;em&gt;Rubrica&lt;/em&gt; indica il menu che nella versione in inglese è chiamato &lt;em&gt;Contacts&lt;/em&gt; e nella versione in catalano &lt;em&gt;Contactes&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-10-22T15:33:12.693" LastActivityDate="2016-10-22T15:33:12.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6981" CreationDate="2016-10-22T21:42:36.337" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;avrà dovuto dormire- He/she will have had to sleep&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dovrà aver dormito- He/she will need to have slept&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dovrebbe aver dormito- He/she should have slept (=I think he/she slept)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;avrà potuto farlo- basically the same as &quot;potrà averlo fatto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;potrà averlo fatto- He/she will have had the possibility to do it (?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;avrà voluto lavorare- He/she will wish to have worked (before)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;aveva voluto lavorare- He/she wanted to work&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vuole aver lavorato- He/she wishes to have worked (before)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vorrà aver lavorato- He/she will wish to have worked (before)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;voleva aver lavorato- He/she wished to have worked&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Technically they're all correct in terms of grammar, but you're probably not going to use them that much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note: &#xA;&quot;ha dovuto dormire&quot; can mead &quot;he/she had to sleep (= was obliged to sleep)&quot;, like you said, but it can also mean that he/she had to sleep because he/she was tired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2930" LastEditorDisplayName="user2930" LastEditDate="2017-06-19T23:39:36.467" LastActivityDate="2017-06-19T23:39:36.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7531" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-24T07:51:33.877" Score="4" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come tradurreste &quot;Membership&quot; o &quot;Memberships&quot; in assenza di contesto? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Devo tradurre cose come &quot;User Membership&quot; o &quot;Membership Plan&quot; in un software per gestire &quot;Memberships&quot; in modo molto astratto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come rendere in Italiano &quot;una persona parte di una 'Membership'&quot;? Sarebbe &quot;Membro&quot;, ma, a parte un sottile ma equivoco riferimento andrologico, non c'è un corrispondente di quest'ultimo (Membro) per &quot;Membership&quot; (il membro è parte di &quot;una...&quot;? cosa? associazione, istituzione, società, gruppo, ecc. sono altre parole con altre radici).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppongo si potrebbero usare, in assenza di contesto, &quot;iscrizione&quot; e &quot;iscritto&quot;, ma non sono convinto. Vorrei evitare &quot;associazione&quot; e &quot;associato&quot; (o socio), perché mi sembrano propendere troppo in un contesto di associazione commerciale, societario. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei dei termini più neutrali possibili per connotare l'appartenenza ad un gruppo e qualificare l'appartenente al gruppo senza usare termini o espressioni lunghe e contorte come queste che ho appena utilizzato (anche la sola parola gruppo non va bene). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie delle opinioni in merito!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2932" LastActivityDate="2016-12-17T20:01:26.790" Title="Tradurre &quot;Membership&quot; o &quot;Memberships&quot;, &quot;Member&quot; in assenza di contesto" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7470" CreationDate="2016-10-24T19:41:12.657" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;An expression that can be alternatively used instead of &quot;scroccone&quot; or &quot;parassita &quot; could also be &quot;mangiapane a tradimento&quot;, with the meaning of profiteer. &#xA;It also exists the expression &quot;mangiatore a sbafo&quot; with a similar meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-10-24T19:46:26.897" LastActivityDate="2016-10-24T19:46:26.897" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7533" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7535" CreationDate="2016-10-25T10:50:23.517" Score="6" ViewCount="2252" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been listening to some Italian songs lately and I have noticed a fact that I don't know if it's a rule or it's done only in the spoken language of the song to improve the flow of the song.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, in the song &quot;&lt;em&gt;Gli Anni&lt;/em&gt;&quot; by 883, at some point it says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli anni del &quot;Tranquillo, &lt;strong&gt;siam&lt;/strong&gt; qui noi&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding what I know about Italian, shouldn't it be &quot;Tranquillo &lt;strong&gt;siamo&lt;/strong&gt; qui noi&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example, in the song &quot;&lt;em&gt;Il bello d'esser brutti&lt;/em&gt;&quot; by J-Ax, the title shouldn't be &quot;Il bello d'&lt;strong&gt;essere&lt;/strong&gt; brutti&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example, and the last one, in the song &quot;&lt;em&gt;La canzone del sole&lt;/em&gt;&quot; by Lucio Battisti, it says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma quante braccia ti hanno stretto tu lo sai per &lt;strong&gt;diventar&lt;/strong&gt; quel che sei&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shouldn't it be &quot;per &lt;strong&gt;diventare&lt;/strong&gt; quel che sei&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I want to know if this is some kind of rule that I don't know and also applies for the written language, or if it's just a spoken trick to make it sound better. In any case, I would like you to explain me when we have to use this form or the another. Since I'm learning Italian and these kind of things confuse me a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2937" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-25T11:05:47.507" LastActivityDate="2019-11-28T14:08:48.567" Title="Dropping the last letter of a verb in some cases" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7533" CreationDate="2016-10-25T12:37:33.770" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is an example of &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apocope&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;apocope&lt;/a&gt; or truncation (I linked the Italian wikipedia because it has a better explanation in the context of Italian language rather than general linguistic).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In brief, for euphonic reasons (that is, in order to make the sentence sound good) it is sometimes possible to remove the final vowel or the final syllable of a word. You can see the wikipedia page for a detailed treatment, but let me mention that it can happen only when the resulting word has a termination compatible with Italian phonology (that is, it has to end in vowel or &lt;em&gt;-l&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-r&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-n&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-m&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case under analysis here, the author has decided to use it in order to better fit the sentence into the meter of the song. Moreover &lt;em&gt;siam qui&lt;/em&gt; occurs relatively often in spoken language, so it does not sound weird to a native speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-28T14:08:48.567" LastActivityDate="2019-11-28T14:08:48.567" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7536" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7537" CreationDate="2016-10-25T16:34:44.947" Score="2" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find documented info about it, but apparently some &quot;.it&quot; Italian websites use it. Do we have gender declension for pronoun &quot;qualcuno&quot;; for example, here which one is correct:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non vedo nessuno! non c'e qualcuno stella nel cielo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or this way: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non vedo nessuna! non c'e qualcuna stella nel cielo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-25T16:55:33.313" LastActivityDate="2016-10-25T16:55:33.313" Title="Do we have gender declension for pronoun &quot;qualcuno&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7536" CreationDate="2016-10-25T16:51:13.953" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Neither is correct. Besides the fact that it is &lt;em&gt;c'è&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;c'e&lt;/em&gt;, did you mean “there are no stars in the sky” or “there are some stars in the sky”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the former case, it is &lt;em&gt;Non c'è nessuna stella in cielo&lt;/em&gt; (or the slightly more formal &lt;em&gt;Non c'è alcuna stella in cielo&lt;/em&gt;); in the latter, &lt;em&gt;C'è qualche stella in cielo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer the rest of your question, &lt;em&gt;qualcuno&lt;/em&gt; has indeed a masculine and a feminine (&lt;em&gt;qualcuna&lt;/em&gt;) form, but it is just a pronoun; in modern Italian it is not affixed to a noun. So, say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è qualche stella? Sì, ce n'è qualcuna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, in most cases you use a capital letter after an exclamation mark.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-10-25T16:51:13.953" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7512" CreationDate="2016-10-26T07:45:22.097" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Accetta l'accetta e lascia l'ascia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da una delle “tragedie in due battute” di Achille Campanile: QUANDO LUCIO LASCIA L'ASCIA &#xA;Personaggi: LUCIO LICIO &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lucio ha due asce, una scabra e una, invece, liscia. Il suo amico Licio gli chiede quest'ultima in prestito, pregandolo di lasciargliela sulla porta di casa. Licio, a sua volta, ha due porte, anch'esse una scabra e una liscia, perciò chiede all'amico a quale delle due desidera gli sia lasciato l'oggetto.&#xA;L'altro glielo dice e in più lo prega di dargli, in quella circostanza, una lustratina alla porta. Indi brindano. Ma lasciamo ai due la parola. &#xA;LICIO: Lucio, lascia l'ascia all'uscio. &#xA;LUCIO: L'ascia scabra o l'ascia liscia? &#xA;LICIO: Lascia all'uscio l'ascia liscia. &#xA;LUCIO: Licio, lascio l'ascia liscia all'uscio liscio? &#xA;LICIO: Lucio, esci e lascia l'ascia liscia all'uscio liscio, liscia l'uscio e mesci! (Sipario) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2945" LastEditorUserId="2945" LastEditDate="2016-10-27T09:00:53.640" LastActivityDate="2016-10-27T09:00:53.640" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7533" CreationDate="2016-10-26T09:48:17.523" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;example of apocope. In order to have the sentence in sync with the song rhythm some vowels are omitted. A similar thing in english: lyrics use &quot;I am&quot; or &quot;I'm&quot;, &quot;I have&quot; or &quot;I've&quot;. It depends on which one sounds best for the given rhythm &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1532" LastActivityDate="2016-10-26T09:48:17.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7512" CreationDate="2016-10-26T12:09:34.230" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una delle &lt;a href=&quot;http://linfoart.blogspot.it/2013/05/4497-le-microtragedie-di-campanile-1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;microtragedie di Achille Campanile&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non sappiamo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personaggi:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;DINORAH, cantante&lt;br&gt;&#xA;CORA, padrona di casa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;NORA, pianista che non parla  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un salotto, durante un trattenimento musicale. All’alzarsi del sipario, Cora ha pregato Dinorah di cantare qualche cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DINORAH&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Canterei volentieri la canzone intitolata “Signora”, ma temo che Nora, che dovrebbe accompagnarmi al piano, non la conosca. Qui non sapete se la conosce?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CORA&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Parola di Cora, signora Dinorah: sinora di Nora s’ignora se ignora “Signora”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(sipario)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-10-26T12:09:34.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7541" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-26T14:06:42.373" Score="4" ViewCount="678" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un giorno stavo cercando di esprimere l'idea di poter parlare con assoluta libertà di quegli aspetti dell'umanità o della vita delle persone dei quali di solito non si parla mai perché sono considerati tabù. Una persona italiana mi ha suggerito un modo di dire che adesso non ricordo bene. Penso che contenesse la parola &quot;museruola&quot;. Ho cercato modi di dire con questo vocabolo e ho trovato &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.impariamoitaliano.com/frasi10.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;mettere la museruola&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (&quot;far tacere, impedire a qualcuno di dire liberamente ciò che pensa, ridurne la libertà d'azione&quot;). Tuttavia, questa espressione non fa riferimento a &quot;parlare&quot;, ma invece a &quot;tacere&quot;. Poi ho trovato il titolo di un libro su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.amazon.es/Aforismi-massime-parole-senza-museruola-ebook/dp/B00U05YJYS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Amazon&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Aforismi, massime e parole senza museruola: La speranza è l'ultima a morire... prima tocca a noi!&lt;/em&gt; Quindi, posso dire &quot;parlare senza museruola&quot;? E se non si tratta di un modo di dire, me ne potreste indicare qualcuno per esprimere questa idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-26T15:38:58.823" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T13:39:05.443" Title="Modo di dire per esprimere &quot;parlare senza tabù&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7541" CreationDate="2016-10-26T15:26:34.880" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Parlare senza museruola&quot;&lt;/em&gt; non è, che io sappia, un modo di dire molto usato, ma il significato in questo contesto è chiaro: significa proprio parlare liberamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbero utilizzare espressioni come &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;parlare &lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2015/04/16/espressioni-idiomatiche-con-la-parola-dente/&quot;&gt;fuori dai denti&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che indica appunto il parlare apertamente, senza sottintesi o giri di parole; oppure mi viene in mente anche &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/P/pelo.shtml&quot;&gt;“non avere peli sulla lingua”&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; per indicare il fatto di esprimersi con schiettezza, senza la paura di dire il proprio pensiero o la preoccupazione di un eventuale giudizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Zanichelli, Hoepli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-10-26T18:07:38.587" LastActivityDate="2016-10-26T18:07:38.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7541" CreationDate="2016-10-26T16:25:24.067" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aggiungerei le espressioni: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parlare &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/senza-mezzi-termini&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;senza mezzi termini&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: francamente, chiaramente, e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parlare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/schietto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;schietto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, ossia in   in maniera chiara, senza remore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;De Mauro, Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-28T09:21:49.487" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T09:21:49.487" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7268" CreationDate="2016-10-26T21:54:52.377" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come dici tu &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ce l'ha&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; è una forma usata in un contesto piuttosto informale, anche se usando il condizionale (&lt;strong&gt;ce l'avrebbe&lt;/strong&gt;), il termine assume una connotazione più di cortesia e di formalità.&#xA;Detto questo la prima frase (&lt;strong&gt;ce l'ha&lt;/strong&gt; qualcos'altro dopo?) sarebbe corretta se fosse stato tuo marito a dirla alla cameriera. &#xA;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Ce l'ha&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; è usato per chiedere qualcosa per ottenerlo: si può anche dire &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ha&lt;/strong&gt; qualcos'altro?&quot; oppure &quot;&lt;strong&gt;avrebbe&lt;/strong&gt; qualcos'altro?&quot;&#xA;La seconda frase mi sembra scorretta dal punto di vista grammaticale (la frase non sta in piedi)... piuttosto penso che il signore abbia detto &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Ce n'è&lt;/strong&gt; bisogno&quot; oppure &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ne ha&lt;/strong&gt; bisogno (riferendosi al cane)&quot;, per indicare una necessità.&#xA;Detto questo, personalmente, ho riscontrato l'utilizzo di questi termini in maniera molto diffusa, indipendentemente dalla regione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2942" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-28T20:47:24.597" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T20:47:24.597" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7545" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-27T18:37:22.943" Score="2" ViewCount="1525" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have translated day into Italian. There are three translations there: &quot;giorno&quot;, &quot;dì&quot; and &quot;giornata&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am studying the difference between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hypothesis: &quot;giorno&quot; and &quot;dì&quot; mean the same, the latter is more formal. They both mean an interval of 24 hours. &quot;Giornata&quot; means the time interval when the sun is above the horizon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another question: is the difference between &quot;giorno&quot; and &quot;giornata&quot; the same as between &quot;notte&quot; and &quot;nottata&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I right? What is the difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-27T20:48:45.210" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T07:36:04.947" Title="&quot;Day&quot; in Italian: giorno, dì, giornata" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7545" CreationDate="2016-10-27T21:45:04.013" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dì&lt;/em&gt; is an archaic form, coming from the latin &lt;em&gt;dies,ei&lt;/em&gt; and distantly related to the English &lt;em&gt;day&lt;/em&gt;. It is essentially used in the same way as &lt;em&gt;giorno&lt;/em&gt; but it is far rarer. It is sometimes used in opposition with &lt;em&gt;notte&lt;/em&gt;, night.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Giorno&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;giornata&lt;/em&gt; are essentially synonyms, with slight differences of usage. &lt;em&gt;Giornata&lt;/em&gt; is often used when referring to the length of time corresponding to a single day (e.g. &lt;em&gt;Sembra che questa giornata non finisca mai&lt;/em&gt;, It feels like this day will never end; &lt;em&gt;È tutta la giornata che lavoro&lt;/em&gt;, I've been working all day) or when speaking about weather or other special characteristics of the day (&lt;em&gt;È una bella giornata&lt;/em&gt;, it's a beautiful day; &lt;em&gt;Che giornataccia che ho avuto&lt;/em&gt;, What a horrible day I've had).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Giorno&lt;/em&gt; is a more generic term, the default so to speak. It is often the one used when speaking about multiple days, or to specify durations (&lt;em&gt;Le vacanze dureranno dieci giorni&lt;/em&gt;, the holidays will last for ten days) or dates (&lt;em&gt;Verrà un giorno...&lt;/em&gt; A day will come).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are many more subtleties, but this should cover the most common usages. For more information consult a good monolingual dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-10-28T07:36:04.947" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T07:36:04.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7541" CreationDate="2016-10-28T09:08:59.607" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Parlare senza museruola&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è usato piuttosto sporadicamente, non è molto comune.&#xA;Ho sentito più volte il contrario, cioè &lt;em&gt;&quot;mettere la museruola&quot;&lt;/em&gt; a qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungerei anche le espressioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parlare chiaro e tondo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In funzione avv., parlare, dire chiaro e tondo, con franchezza e&#xA;  apertamente, senza preamboli o reticenze, soprattutto quando si&#xA;  debbano dire cose spiacevoli: e io in vece vi dico chiaro e tondo che&#xA;  il cuore in pace non lo metterò mai (Manzoni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parlare senza tanti giri di parole&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: parlare utilizzando termini facilmente comprensibili&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giro di parole, perifrasi, circonlocuzione: dimmi chiaramente le cose&#xA;  come stanno, senza tanti g. di parole; anche assol.: senza tante&#xA;  storie e senza tanti Giri, si può benone in due parole ... (Giusti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti: Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-28T10:58:34.037" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T10:58:34.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7541" CreationDate="2016-10-28T13:24:36.327" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io userei anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non avere peli sulla lingua&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/senza-peli-sulla-lingua.2385263/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Word Reference&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato molto su Internet oltre a questo topic su Word Reference, ma ti posso assicurare che l'espressione &quot;Non avere peli sulla lingua&quot; è molto usata (nel nord Italia, non so se nel sud si dica).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio può essere il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Marco è un bravo studente, la unica sua pecca è che non ha peli sulla lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(= non riesce a stare zitto e dice tutto ciò che pensa)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2925" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-28T13:39:05.443" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T13:39:05.443" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7489" CreationDate="2016-10-28T15:05:48.017" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verbs in your example are all special cases of the broader class of verbs called  &quot;verbi transitivi indiretti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I like the Wikipedia definition at &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transitivit%C3%A0_(linguistica)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transitività_(linguistica)&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sono verbi intransitivi particolarmente bisognosi di un oggetto su cui far passare l'azione (il che avviene attraverso un complemento indiretto)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, if your sentences did not contain the indirect pronoun, I'd ask &quot;a chi?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La sciarpa piace. [a chi?]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu non basti mai. [a chi? a che cosa?]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La giacca non serve. [a chi? &lt;em&gt;(but this one is fine also without an indirect pronoun)&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T15:05:48.017" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7550" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7551" CreationDate="2016-10-28T20:06:37.450" Score="2" ViewCount="637" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa la frase &quot;Ci fosse una volta che me ne va una giusta!&quot;? Mi ci sono imbattuta in un esercizio d'italiano sull'uso del congiuntivo. Ho cercato su Internet, ma non ho trovato niente a riguardo. Ho pensato a qualcuno che si sta lamentando che le cose non gli vanno mai bene, ma non sono sicura che questo sia il senso della frase. Potreste farmi un esempio di qualche contesto in cui potrei usarla?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-10-28T21:26:56.477" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T21:26:56.477" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;Ci fosse una volta che me ne va una giusta!&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7550" CreationDate="2016-10-28T20:37:57.003" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, è un'espressione comune che si usa quando una serie di cose vanno storte o quando uno ritiene di essere particolarmente sfortunato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso è :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;se almeno una volta le cose andassero per il verso giusto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-28T20:50:54.477" LastActivityDate="2016-10-28T20:50:54.477" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7499" CreationDate="2016-10-29T12:03:43.937" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;guizzo&lt;/em&gt; indica uno scatto o un salto (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/guizzo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/guizzo/&lt;/a&gt;). In questo caso è usato un po' in libertà per indicare una &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/fitta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;fitta&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o, più precisamente, un &lt;strong&gt;mioclono&lt;/strong&gt; (un innocuo spasmo involontario di un muscolo, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.medicina360.com/mioclonie-spasmi-muscolari.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;http://www.medicina360.com/mioclonie-spasmi-muscolari.html&lt;/a&gt;): il/la protagonista ha avvertito una fitta, arrivata senza preavviso e accompagnata da un dolore pungente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Visto che guizzo è un po' fuori luogo in una frase del genere, la scrittrice ha bisogno dell'aggettivo &quot;doloroso&quot; per fare capire al lettore a cosa si riferisce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastActivityDate="2016-10-29T12:03:43.937" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7553" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7557" CreationDate="2016-10-30T12:46:45.607" Score="3" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;While looking for the origin of the Spanish and Portuguese word &lt;em&gt;cana&lt;/em&gt;, which in several South-American countries means ‘jail’, ‘police’, and ‘police officer’, I came across the suggestion that it may come from the Italian &lt;em&gt;mettere in cana&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;mettere in canna&lt;/em&gt; perhaps?) which would mean ‘to arrest, to put in jail’ &lt;a href=&quot;https://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cana_(lunfardo)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;(Spanish Wikipedia)&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked up &lt;em&gt;canna&lt;/em&gt; (it looks as though &lt;em&gt;cana&lt;/em&gt; is not even an Italian word) in various Italian online dictionaries, including the rather detailed &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/canna/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, and could not find &lt;em&gt;mettere in canna&lt;/em&gt; or any sense of &lt;em&gt;canna&lt;/em&gt; related to jail or the police. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is or was &lt;em&gt;mettere in canna&lt;/em&gt; ever used to mean ‘to arrest’? Which sense of &lt;em&gt;canna&lt;/em&gt; would this come from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2954" LastActivityDate="2017-04-28T09:51:38.483" Title="Can “mettere in canna” mean ‘to put in jail’?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7554" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-10-30T18:18:29.930" Score="3" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;What would you call a world language in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google definition: &quot;a language known or spoken in many countries.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;World languages are English, Spanish, French.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*There seems to be a second definition: &quot;an artificial language for international use.&quot; But that is not what I mean.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that the one that I do NOT mean is this: lingua universale, lingua internazionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I am looking for translation of the first meaning (&quot;a language known or spoken in many countries.&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-31T08:02:18.827" LastActivityDate="2016-10-31T08:02:18.827" Title="World language in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7554" CreationDate="2016-10-30T18:28:59.467" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I offer two possible ways of saying something close to what you are looking for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One is &lt;strong&gt;lingua &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/veicolare1/&quot;&gt;veicolare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, a language used to work, teach, make business among people of different mother tongues, said especially, as you remark, of English, Spanish, French.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Slightly different is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lingua-franca/&quot;&gt;lingua franca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, which originally referred to a specific mixed language used to communicate across the Mediterranean, and nowadays is used in general for a language more than a community understand and use to communicate, but mostly for pidgins, Creoles and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-10-30T18:28:59.467" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7553" CreationDate="2016-10-30T20:57:39.213" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I never heard of an usage of  &quot;mettere in canna&quot; as &quot;to arrest&quot;.&#xA;On my experience,  &quot;canna&quot; here is meant as the barrel of a fire weapon (e.g. a shotgun). So &quot;mettere in canna&quot; means something like &quot;I have loaded the weapon and I am ready to fire&quot; a figurative expression that could mean &quot;everything is ready (to do something)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2016-10-30T20:57:39.213" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7553" CreationDate="2016-10-30T21:35:54.600" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The  expression &quot;mettere in canna&quot; has nothing to do with jail but it descends from  the habit/operation of putting the bayonet barrel, that is the knife attached to rifles used in the past especially by the Napoleonic army and during World War I. &#xA;Figuratively it means to prepare yourself to do something very challenging and difficult. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2016-10-30T21:35:54.600" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7558" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7559" CreationDate="2016-10-31T09:27:12.780" Score="6" ViewCount="8329" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the use of &quot;ciò&quot; in the sentence? In translation over dictionary it means &quot;that&quot; or &quot;it&quot;, but as a conjunction, pronoun, or demonstrative?&#xA;Since I've seen some other words as conjunction and demonstrative in Italian, then I guess it must be pronoun, but with which usage?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-31T10:38:30.217" LastActivityDate="2016-11-02T10:56:50.823" Title="The use of &quot;ciò&quot; in a sentence" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7558" CreationDate="2016-10-31T10:03:13.737" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a masculine pronoun, only singular, and it indicates or replaces the noun of a thing, generally referred as a verb or a phrase, it can be both subject and complement.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It has neutral value and it is mostly used with the relative che &lt;em&gt;: chiedimi &lt;strong&gt;ciò&lt;/strong&gt; che vuoi&lt;/em&gt;. In the past it could refer to plural nouns and people names used in conjunction to the verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (v. &lt;em&gt;cioè&lt;/em&gt;). With meaning and particular usages: &lt;em&gt;a ciò, a questo fine, a tal fine; a ciò che&lt;/em&gt; (v.&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;acciocché&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;da ciò&lt;/em&gt;, appropriate, suitable to the thing or to the aim you're talking about: &lt;em&gt;Ma non eran da&#xA;  ciò le proprie penne&lt;/em&gt; (Dante); and in conjunctive expressions: &lt;em&gt;per ciò (v.&#xA;  perciò), per ciò che (v. perciocché);&lt;/em&gt; or adversative: &lt;em&gt;con tutto ciò,&#xA;  ciò nonostante, ciò nondimeno&lt;/em&gt;. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cio/&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It can be used as &lt;em&gt;questa cosa&lt;/em&gt; (this thing), &lt;em&gt;quella cosa&lt;/em&gt; (that thing):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tutto &lt;strong&gt;ciò&lt;/strong&gt; è vero&lt;/em&gt;: that's all true.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Parlammo a lungo di &lt;strong&gt;ciò&lt;/strong&gt; che gli era accaduto&lt;/em&gt;: we talked a lot about what happened to him.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Hai fatto &lt;strong&gt;ciò&lt;/strong&gt; che ho detto?&lt;/em&gt;: have you done what I told you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-10-31T10:43:15.367" LastActivityDate="2016-10-31T10:43:15.367" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7560" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7563" CreationDate="2016-10-31T17:52:01.840" Score="2" ViewCount="1930" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Maria Montessori. Una biografia&lt;/em&gt; di Paola Giovetti ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma proseguiamo nella &lt;strong&gt;disanima&lt;/strong&gt; del contenuto de &lt;em&gt;Il Metodo&lt;/em&gt;. I bambini devono fare ginnastica, possibilmente all’aperto: e questo insistere sulla vita all’aria aperta è un elemento decisamente innovativo per quei tempi e avveniristico. Una ginnastica che sia per il bambino come un gioco, ma che serva a irrobustirlo e renderlo agile. Importante anche svolgere piccoli lavori agricoli, curare le pianticelle, assistere ai diversi momenti della natura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;disanima&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Ho visto però che esiste il termine &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/disamina/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;disamina&lt;/a&gt;&quot; che, secondo il vocabolario Treccani, ha questo significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esame attento, minuzioso: &lt;em&gt;sottoporre a d. una proposta, un’opera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, quel &quot;disanima&quot; nel brano precedente è forse un refuso? Dovrebbe essere &quot;disamina&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-11-01T19:13:25.717" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;disanima&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6048" CreationDate="2016-11-01T01:46:59.980" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &quot;to draw&quot; in that case means &quot;to draw a weapon&quot; that in Italian is &quot;estrarre&quot;. As you can see from this online dictionary &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario-latino.com/dizionario-latino-italiano.php?lemma=TRAHO100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Olivetti&lt;/a&gt;, the word &quot;estrarre&quot; is near to &quot;tirare fuori&quot; that means &quot;to take something out&quot;. In Italian (as in English) you can create words from verbs (ex in English: to love ---&gt; lover) in Italian (and in Latin) that word is in the same case of the past participle of the verb ---&gt; traho, trahis, traxi, TRACTUM, trahere = &quot;to pull&quot;...so how to call &quot;something made pulling something (like a &quot;track/road&quot;)&quot;? We Latins can call it TRACTUS! And since &quot;trahere&quot; also means &quot;to draw something out&quot;, the action of &quot;drawing out&quot; ideals and putting them down on a &quot;imaginary track&quot; can be called TRACTATUS.&#xA;Tractatus in Italian is &quot;trattato&quot; with its verb &quot;trattare&quot; and its English translation &quot;to treat&quot;.&#xA;The words &quot;trattore&quot; and &quot;trattoria&quot; have little different origins: the princeps used to give a letter called &quot;littera tractoria&quot; to messengers. Tractare (yeah I know too many translations) means &quot;to cure&quot; or &quot;to take care&quot;, in fact thanks to this letter the messengers could go to houses in the rural part of the city and &quot;take care of themselves&quot; with food and accomodation (exactly what happens in a trattoria).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2956" LastActivityDate="2016-11-01T01:46:59.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7512" CreationDate="2016-11-01T10:57:34.263" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so se siano tanto divertenti, ma queste frasi sull'uso dell'accento appaiono sulla ristampa 2011 della Dodicesima edizione del vocabolario Zingarelli che si può scaricare gratuitamente su Kindle:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Cose che càpitano al capitàno: ha perso ancóra l’àncora.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Prìncipi senza princìpi: amano la pésca e non la pèsca.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-11-01T10:57:34.263" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7560" CreationDate="2016-11-01T12:20:33.613" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scrivere o dire “disanima” al posto di “disamina” è un classico errore ortografico (se decidiamo di ammettere la categoria di errore in un'analisi linguistica), probabilmente influenzato dall'esistenza del verbo “disanimare”, quasi come se l'analisi approfondita giungesse fino all'anima della questione di cui si tratta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stefano Bartezzaghi evidenzia questa scorrettezza in una sua &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/online/lessico_e_nuvole/comari/comari/comari.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vecchia rubrica&lt;/a&gt;, affiancandola ad altre frequenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho appena letto su una rivista enigmistica l'ennesimo lapsus fra &amp;quot;disanima&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;disamina&amp;quot;. Non lo vedo comparire nella mia pagina preferita del dizionario Zanichelli. Nell'edizione 2002 è la pagina 645, sotto la voce &amp;quot;errore&amp;quot;. Ci sono segnati gli errori più comuni della lingua italiana, almeno secondo il giudizio dei redattori dello Zanichelli stesso. Lì si leggono parole meravigliose, come: accellerare, anedottico, appropiato, avvallo (nel senso di garanzia), areoporto, biricchino...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcune di queste il mio computer si rifiuta di scriverle nella grafia sbagliata, si ribella ai miei voleri. Fra questi errori non è compreso &amp;quot;disamina&amp;quot;, che molti scrivono &amp;quot;disanima&amp;quot;. Ora: &amp;quot;disaminare&amp;quot; dovrebbe voler dire &amp;quot;esaminare con scrupolo&amp;quot;, mentre &amp;quot;disanimare&amp;quot; è un'altra cosa: togliere l'anima, o l'animo, e dunque scoraggiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-11-01T19:13:25.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7564" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-01T14:42:17.423" Score="1" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;What would you call to &quot;slither up&quot; in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a verb that describes vertical movement of a snake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Image:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.livescience.com/images/i/000/028/036/original/cover11.jpg?interpolation=lanczos-none&amp;amp;downsize=660&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.livescience.com/images/i/000/028/036/original/cover11.jpg?interpolation=lanczos-none&amp;amp;downsize=660&lt;/a&gt;:*&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestion: arrampicarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-01T17:52:20.290" LastActivityDate="2016-12-02T20:16:50.287" Title="To slither up (verb) in Italian (for a snake)" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7566" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7567" CreationDate="2016-11-01T16:42:03.633" Score="0" ViewCount="1300" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't distinguish the difference! I know meaning of &quot;da&quot;, &quot;di&quot; and &quot;a&quot; separately, but I can't imagine perfectly the whole meaning with &quot;cui&quot;. for example am I right here with these suppositions?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il telefonino è un oggetto &lt;em&gt;con cui&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;per cui&lt;/em&gt; chiamiamo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La spiaggia è una posta &lt;em&gt;da cui&lt;/em&gt; mi piace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Arrivare tardi è un comportameno &lt;em&gt;a cui&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;di cui&lt;/em&gt;  non piacciono nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Pausa è un momento &lt;em&gt;per cui&lt;/em&gt; puo usare a risposarmi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fare rumore con la carta al cinema è una cosa &lt;em&gt;di cui&lt;/em&gt; dobbiamo evitare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastActivityDate="2016-11-01T18:40:31.630" Title="What is the difference among &quot;da cui&quot; , &quot;di cui&quot;, &quot;a cui&quot;?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7566" CreationDate="2016-11-01T18:40:31.630" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest trying to construct the sentence in a direct way, and then change it to the relative form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chiamiamo &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; il telefonino.&lt;/em&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Il telefonino è un oggetto &lt;strong&gt;con cui&lt;/strong&gt; chiamiamo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi piace &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; spiaggia.&lt;/em&gt; (not &lt;em&gt;dalla spiaggia&lt;/em&gt;) &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;La spiaggia è un posto &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; mi piace&lt;/em&gt; (posto is “place”; posta is “mail” or “post office”)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A nessuno piace XXX.&lt;/em&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;XXX è un comportamen&lt;strong&gt;t&lt;/strong&gt;o &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; non piac&lt;strong&gt;e a&lt;/strong&gt; nessuno.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence about the &lt;em&gt;pausa&lt;/em&gt; is to be completely rewritten, and I'll do so twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Posso usare la pausa per riposarmi.&lt;/em&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;La pausa è un momento &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; posso usare per riposarmi.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi posso riposare &lt;strong&gt;durante la&lt;/strong&gt; pausa.&lt;/em&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;La pausa è un momento &lt;strong&gt;durante cui&lt;/strong&gt; posso riposarmi.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last sentence is a bit tricky, since you use &lt;em&gt;evitare&lt;/em&gt; in two different ways: &lt;em&gt;evitare &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; fare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; (“avoid doing something”) and &lt;em&gt;evitare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; (“avoid something”), the latter without prepositions. So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dobbiamo evitare &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; fare rumore...&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;Fare rumore... è una cosa &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; dobbiamo evitare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-11-01T18:40:31.630" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7558" CreationDate="2016-11-01T19:37:36.200" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just adding some tips about usage of &lt;strong&gt;ciò&lt;/strong&gt;: in most of the cases you can replace &lt;strong&gt;ciò&lt;/strong&gt; by &lt;strong&gt;quello&lt;/strong&gt;, specially in spoken Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A says something, &#xA;B responds: Ciò è vero. Però devi tenere presente che....&#xA;(That's true. However you should also take into account...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono d'accordo con &lt;strong&gt;ciò/quello&lt;/strong&gt; che hai appena detto&#xA;&lt;em&gt;I don't agree with what you just said&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto &lt;strong&gt;ciò/quello&lt;/strong&gt; che...&#xA;&lt;em&gt;All that...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto &lt;strong&gt;ciò/quello&lt;/strong&gt; che so è che....&#xA;&lt;em&gt;All I know is that...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2958" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-02T10:56:50.823" LastActivityDate="2016-11-02T10:56:50.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7569" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7570" CreationDate="2016-11-02T08:16:43.967" Score="4" ViewCount="3245" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una scena del film &lt;em&gt;Italy in a day&lt;/em&gt; appare un ragazzo che dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il mio lavoro è quello di fare &lt;strong&gt;l'acchiappino&lt;/strong&gt;. Lavoro a Campo di Fiori, in una delle piazze più storiche di Roma. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il significato di &quot;acchiappino&quot; in questo contesto? Le definizioni che ho trovato nei dizionari fanno riferimento a un gioco infantile, ma una ricerca su Google riporta molte offerte di lavoro come acchiappino a Roma. Da quello che si vede nel film sembra qualcuno il cui compito è convincere i turisti di entrare nei ristoranti. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-17T08:03:57.777" LastActivityDate="2018-06-17T08:03:57.777" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;acchiappino&quot; a Roma?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;cinema&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7569" CreationDate="2016-11-02T09:04:15.473" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da come mi dice un collega romano, per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;acchiappino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si intende una persona che pubblicizza un locale tramite volantinaggio (ecco il riferimento alle offerte di lavoro che hai trovato su internet) oppure un personaggio che si trova davanti ad un locale (tipo ristorante, pizzeria, etc) e invita i passanti ad entrare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso è una persona che cerca di &quot;&lt;em&gt;acchiappare&lt;/em&gt;&quot; clienti per il locale per cui lavora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalle mie parti verrebbe indicato anche come &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;buttadentro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, cioè colui che è addetto a procacciare i clienti per un locale pubblico (spec. una discoteca o un locale notturno) e il cui opposto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;buttafuori&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; indica una persona dedicata alla selezione della clientela e in generale alla sicurezza del locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-02T09:12:30.813" LastActivityDate="2016-11-02T09:12:30.813" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7578" CreationDate="2016-11-02T10:06:47.153" Score="0" ViewCount="1073" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian &quot;-one&quot; suffix makes the noun as &quot;big one&quot; and &quot;-ino&quot; makes it &quot;small one&quot;; What about those words that basically has suffixes &quot;-one&quot; or &quot;-ino&quot; by their own such as &lt;em&gt;torrone&lt;/em&gt;? Is there any exception that doesn't follow this rule?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastEditorUserId="1923" LastEditDate="2016-11-03T07:33:26.177" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T18:15:12.453" Title="&quot;-one&quot; and &quot;-ino&quot; forms, what about those words that basically has suffixes &quot;-one&quot; or &quot;-ino&quot; by their own?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="19" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7564" CreationDate="2016-11-02T20:13:18.823" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually the verb &quot;strisciare&quot; is an inaccurate translation. You can use it with the adverb &quot;sopra&quot; or the preposition &quot;su&quot; (translated with the word &quot;up&quot;) to explain the movement of a snake slithering ON something. If you want to say that a snake is slithering UP something you have to use the verb &quot;salire&quot;.&#xA;Ex.&#xA;Il serpente sta strisciando sull'albero. = The snake is slithering on the tree.&#xA;Il serpente sta salendo sull'albero. = The snake is slithering up the tree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes you can hear the verb &quot;arrampicare&quot; referred to a snake but it's unformally used. In fact the verb &quot;arrampicare/si (it's a reflexive verb)&quot; should only be used for animals with arts as a direct translation of &quot;to climb&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2956" LastActivityDate="2016-11-02T20:13:18.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7575" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-02T23:35:43.800" Score="2" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've read &lt;em&gt;letterataggine&lt;/em&gt; in a sentence by Guglielmo Giannini (from &lt;em&gt;Le Vespe&lt;/em&gt;), but this is the only reference in which I can find this word used (also without any explanation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone tell me more about this? (I think that it is an error by Giannini).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: On suggestion here is the quote in which I found &lt;em&gt;letterataggine&lt;/em&gt;. Giannini was talking about the editor Longanesi, whom he despised, defining him: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«l'editore più maleducato d'Italia. Varrebbe&#xA;forse la pena di dire qualcosa di più sul conto di questo altero bassotto così&#xA;pieno di &lt;strong&gt;letterataggine&lt;/strong&gt;: ma forse è meglio fregarsene di lui altamente; e&#xA;altamente appunto perché si tratta d'un bassotto»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2962" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-03T09:55:46.280" LastActivityDate="2016-11-03T09:55:46.280" Title="Is &quot;letterataggine&quot; a correct Italian word?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7575" CreationDate="2016-11-03T00:08:44.823" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not a correct Italian word in the sense that it is not in the dictionaries. But &quot;being in dictionaries&quot; is only partially related to the ability of a word to convey meaning (and so be a functional part of the language).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This word is built using standard rules of the Italian language (in this case applying the suffix &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/aggine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;-aggine&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; to the adjective &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/letterato1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;letterato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;), so it is fairly clear its meaning: &quot;the fact of being lettered&quot; or &quot;a thing done by someone lettered&quot; (&quot;lettered&quot; in the sense of being well-read, well educated or otherwise scholarly).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will add that the excessive length of the word and the general connotation of the suffix &lt;em&gt;-aggine&lt;/em&gt; makes me suspect that this word has been used in a humorous fashion, something like &quot;The kind of crazy thing that only extremely well educated people write/do&quot;. I doubt that Giannini is making a mistake here, but rather that he decided to create a new word (using the established rules of the language) to better make his point. Context is key to understand neologisms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-11-03T00:18:07.347" LastActivityDate="2016-11-03T00:18:07.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7575" CreationDate="2016-11-03T00:12:59.860" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think this is an actual word, it looks like Giannini wanted to give the word &quot;letteratura&quot; the same meaning of &quot;something stupid or bad&quot; , like in the sentence &quot;è una stupidaggine&quot; (it's a stupid thing). &quot;Letterataggine&quot; so looks like he is giving a bad connotation about literature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2956" LastActivityDate="2016-11-03T00:12:59.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7571" CreationDate="2016-11-03T12:30:28.367" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are no “exceptions” because there is no “rule”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the “rule” not being such works both ways: there are many words you can't affix &lt;em&gt;-one&lt;/em&gt; to to mean a big specimen, unless jocularly (&lt;em&gt;pane&lt;/em&gt; is “bread”, but no one would say seriously &lt;em&gt;panone&lt;/em&gt;); and there are many, many words that end in &lt;em&gt;-one&lt;/em&gt; without implying that there is the big version of something, but just happen to end in &lt;em&gt;-one&lt;/em&gt;, like the above mentioned &lt;em&gt;torrone&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;mattone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bottone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;furgone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;montone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ottone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;canzone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;procione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;regione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cotone&lt;/em&gt; and lots more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, there are words in &lt;em&gt;-one&lt;/em&gt; that &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; related to another one, but have taken a different, specific meaning: for instance a &lt;em&gt;cassetto&lt;/em&gt; is a drawer, but a &lt;em&gt;cassettone&lt;/em&gt; is a chest of drawers, not a big drawer; similarly with &lt;em&gt;calza&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;calzone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;carta&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;cartone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;santo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;santone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;neutro&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;neutrone&lt;/em&gt; and so on. Or subtler cases where the meaning of “big” remains, but the words are nonetheless used only in some contexts, not as a generic big item of that kind: a &lt;em&gt;guantone&lt;/em&gt; is used only for boxing or baseball, not for a generic big &lt;em&gt;guanto&lt;/em&gt; (glove), and analogously for &lt;em&gt;tromba&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;trombone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tenda&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;tendone&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of the above, of course, also apply to &lt;em&gt;-ino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-04T00:19:46.623" LastActivityDate="2016-11-04T00:19:46.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7579" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7584" CreationDate="2016-11-04T11:04:44.500" Score="3" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre in italiano i diversi tipi di registrazione per un evento?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Early registration&lt;/strong&gt; (a volte mostrato anche come Early birds)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Normal registration&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Late registration&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-04T19:36:56.383" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T14:16:47.197" Title="Come tradurre le varie tipologie di registrazione ad un evento (Early - Normal - Late)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7581" CreationDate="2016-11-04T13:22:27.617" Score="1" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre Billing information in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google Translate mi da: Informazioni di fatturazione ma non suona bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso dire altrimenti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T10:11:47.407" Title="Come tradurre: Billing information?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7580" CreationDate="2016-11-04T17:06:30.243" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe andare bene &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;estremi di fatturazione&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, visto che il termine &quot;&lt;em&gt;estremo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è legato ad un ambito commerciale e bancario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe anche dire &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;riferimenti di fatturazione&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, ma questa alternativa  mi sembra un po' più forzata della precedente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-11-07T10:11:47.407" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T10:11:47.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7582" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-05T11:19:44.070" Score="1" ViewCount="500" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'altro giorno stavo cercando di scrivere qualcosa su un brano del libro &lt;em&gt;Dottor Niù. Corsivi diabolici per tragedie evitabili&lt;/em&gt;, di Stefano Benni, che avevo letto di recente. Un aspetto di questo testo  che ha attirato la mia attenzione è la maniera di esprimersi (molte volte in modo indiretto attraverso le parole del narratore) &quot;in italiano&quot; del dottor Niù, il &quot;consulente di aggiornamento tecnologico per famiglie&quot;, caratterizzata da un abuso di termini in inglese. Per &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=ENbfCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;q=&amp;quot;new+profession&amp;quot;#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=%22new%20profession%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempio&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi spiega che la sua è una new profession nata insieme alla new economy per una new way of life. Devo solo avere un old conto corrente con un po' di old fashion money per pagargli l'old onorary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco una frase che ho scritto per esprimere quello che penso che accadrà sicuramente nella situazione descritta nel libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella società descritta nel testo, la &quot;battaglia&quot; per salvare la lingua italiana &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;andava&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; definitivamente persa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Questa frase fa parte di un mio testo in cui ho usato il presente per parlare di quello che accade nel libro.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prima avevo fatto riferimento alla campagna di cui si è parlato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5201/salviamo-la-lingua-italiana&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;. La frase mi è venuta così in modo spontaneo (forse perché, in registri colloquiali, gli italiani e anche i catalani tendono a usare spesso l'imperfetto al posto del condizionale?). Ma poi ho pensato che stavo descrivendo una situazione irreale (quella del romanzo), dunque dovrei usare il condizionale (periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà) in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella società descritta nel testo, la &quot;battaglia&quot; per salvare la lingua italiana &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;andrebbe&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; definitivamente persa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ragionato che ciò che voglio esprimere sarebbe più o meno questo: &lt;em&gt;Se gli italiani parlassero come il dottor Niù, la &quot;battaglia&quot; per salvare la lingua italiana andrebbe definitivamente persa&lt;/em&gt;. Quindi dovrei usare il condizionale invece dell'imperfetto. Beh, forse non è esattamente la stessa cosa perché nella frase parlo della società descritta nel libro (che è irreale anche perché tutta la facenda del dottor Niù è un incubo del narratore), e non della vera società italiana presente o futura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi ho avuto il dubbio se il verbo &quot;andare&quot; fosse quello adatto perché, usato in modo idiomatico, tale verbo indica l'obbligo di fare qualcosa. Comunque, non è un obbligo quello che voglio esprimere,  ma un fatto che penso succederebbe di sicuro se si arrivasse a tale situazione. Quale verbo potrei usare al posto di &quot;andare&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi? Come posso esprimere questa idea in modo corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T13:26:41.647" Title="Quale verbo usare per parlare di un fatto che penso accadrà sicuramente in una situazione fittizia?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7582" CreationDate="2016-11-05T23:19:42.170" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Charo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra più correto così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella società descritta nel testo, la &quot;battaglia&quot; per salvare la&#xA;  lingua italiana &lt;strong&gt;sarebbe&lt;/strong&gt; definitivamente persa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: puoi dire sia &lt;strong&gt;persa&lt;/strong&gt; che &lt;strong&gt;perduta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2958" LastActivityDate="2016-11-05T23:19:42.170" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7579" CreationDate="2016-11-05T23:24:21.923" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;registrazione anticipata&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;registrazione normale&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;registrazione tardiva&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però le parole esatte dipendono un po' dal contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2958" LastEditorUserId="2958" LastEditDate="2016-11-06T10:52:06.017" LastActivityDate="2016-11-06T10:52:06.017" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7531" CreationDate="2016-11-05T23:29:17.933" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Unfulvio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Affiliazione e adesione sono le parole più italiane per dire membership. Allora potresti dire: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;una persona parte di un'affiliazione (o piuttosto: un affiliato)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi dare un'occhiata qui: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linguee.it/italiano-inglese/search?source=auto&amp;amp;query=membership&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.linguee.it/italiano-inglese/search?source=auto&amp;amp;query=membership&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2958" LastEditorUserId="2958" LastEditDate="2016-11-06T10:54:26.220" LastActivityDate="2016-11-06T10:54:26.220" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7504" CreationDate="2016-11-05T23:33:23.123" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Appropriato&lt;/strong&gt; è sinonimo di &lt;strong&gt;adeguato&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua traduzione su Google è giusta =)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io userei tutti e due senza distinzione, come in inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2958" LastEditorUserId="2958" LastEditDate="2016-11-06T10:50:40.573" LastActivityDate="2016-11-06T10:50:40.573" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7587" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-06T11:18:44.060" Score="0" ViewCount="1522" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendolo in un articolo, volevo sapere il loro nome italiano, perché non sono riuscito a trovarlo né in Google translate né in Google e neanche nel dizionario Word Reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-06T17:07:40.153" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T15:21:36.273" Title="Come si chiamano le mele &quot;Honey crisp&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7587" CreationDate="2016-11-06T12:03:09.877" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Queste? &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Honeycrisp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Honeycrisp&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non credo che abbiano un nome italiano, si usa l'inglese &lt;em&gt;Honeycrisp&lt;/em&gt; come per praticamente tutte le altre varietà di mela: Royal Gala, Granny Smith, Stark Delicious...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2016-11-06T12:22:40.817" LastActivityDate="2016-11-06T12:22:40.817" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7587" CreationDate="2016-11-07T01:44:12.480" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italia non modifichiamo i nomi dei prodotti che importiamo, per questo la nostra lingua è ricca di parole inglesi. L'Italiano medio distingue le mele associando il colore alla mela e raramente chiamandola per il nome proprio di appartenenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2985" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T01:44:12.480" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7590" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7596" CreationDate="2016-11-07T03:31:34.537" Score="5" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a large Italian-English bidirectional dictionary. Currently, the Oxford Paravia Italian Dictionary (third edition) with 450,000 translations is out of print, and the Collins Italian Dictionary (third edition) only has 230,000 translations. What paper dictionary can I use if I want more than 400,000 translations? I know about the Ragazzini published by Zanichelli, but I am not sure if an English speaker learning Italian can use it profitably (instead of an Italian speaker learning English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2964" LastActivityDate="2017-03-26T14:30:05.533" Title="Bidirectional Italian-English dictionary with more than 400,000 translations" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7591" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7590" CreationDate="2016-11-07T12:33:10.360" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've never used Ragazzini, but from my experience with other bidirectional dictionaries I can tell you they are always intended to be suitable for both directions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, once you've mastered the basics of a language I'd recommend you use an Italian-only dictionary as it will greatly increase your vocabulary and force you to think Italian (instead of making relations to your mother tongue).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2958" LastEditorDisplayName="user2964" LastEditDate="2016-11-08T21:20:49.907" LastActivityDate="2016-11-08T21:20:49.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7531" CreationDate="2016-11-07T13:50:56.310" Score="-2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;SOTTOSCRIZIONE = MEMBERSHIP&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;SOTTOSCRIZIONI = MEMBERSHIPS&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;MEMBRO oppure SOTTOSCRIVENTE = MEMBER&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto nasce dal fatto che Membership e Subscription in italiano hanno significato analogo, è un raro caso inverso perchè in realtà avviene più spesso il contrario cioè che una parola inglese abbia diverse traduzioni in contesti diversi in Italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2987" LastEditorUserId="2987" LastEditDate="2016-11-07T14:27:22.753" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T14:27:22.753" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7582" CreationDate="2016-11-07T13:53:56.257" Score="-1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella società descritta nel testo, la &quot;battaglia&quot; per salvare la&#xA;  lingua italiana sarebbe &lt;strong&gt;stata&lt;/strong&gt; definitivamente persa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ciao&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2987" LastEditorUserId="2987" LastEditDate="2016-11-07T14:24:51.690" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T14:24:51.690" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7587" CreationDate="2016-11-07T15:21:36.273" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Wikipedia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;U.S. Plant Patent 7197 and Report 225-1992 (AD-MR-5877-B) from the Horticultural Research Center indicated that the Honeycrisp was a hybrid of the apple cultivars 'Macoun' and 'Honeygold'.[2] However, genetic fingerprinting conducted by a group of researchers in 2004, which included those who were attributed on the US plant patent, determined that neither of these cultivars is a parent of the 'Honeycrisp', but that the 'Keepsake' (another apple developed by the same University of Minnesota crossbreeding program) is one of the parents. The other parent has not been identified, but it might be a numbered selection that could have been discarded since.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il che significa che come per tutte le cose, se sono state inventate in una certa nazione o chi le ha inventate era di una certa nazionalità o ancora se sono state brevettate in una certa nazione, bisogna chiamare le cose col nome in quella lingua di quella nazione. Esempio è Joules, cognome di origine francese di un celebre scienziato inglese. Si leggerebbe &quot;Giul&quot; e non &quot;Giaul&quot;. Ci sono professori universitari di fisica che ti mandano a casa se glielo pronunci all'inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2987" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T15:21:36.273" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7596" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7590" CreationDate="2016-11-07T15:40:25.430" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an English&gt;Italian (and occasionally Italian&gt;English) translator, I have been using Ragazzini daily for years and I believe it is perfectly symmetrical in its use. Even the foreword and other initial matter, the table of contents, the captions of pictorial tables etc. are bilingual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T15:40:25.430" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7444" CreationDate="2016-11-07T15:51:09.120" Score="-1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aviazione: Studio degli aeromobili e annesse applicazioni tecnologiche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MENTRE:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aeronautica: Scienza e tecnica di costruzione e impiego degli aerei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che la differenza sia evidente per definizione e potremmo quasi dire che la prima comprende in toto la seconda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2987" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T15:51:09.120" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7571" CreationDate="2016-11-07T18:15:12.453" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what @DaG said (there are no rules), there are some ways to make an &lt;em&gt;accrescitivo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;diminutivo&lt;/em&gt; of words that happen to end with &lt;em&gt;-one&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;-ino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One technique is to use the alternative suffixes &lt;em&gt;-cione&lt;/em&gt; and  &lt;em&gt;-cino&lt;/em&gt;. In the case of &lt;em&gt;torrone&lt;/em&gt;, the smaller version of if would be &lt;em&gt;torroncino&lt;/em&gt;. Jokingly, one could also construct words like &lt;em&gt;torroncinone&lt;/em&gt; (a big small &lt;em&gt;torrone&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other cases, to make a diminutive of a word that ends in &lt;em&gt;-ino&lt;/em&gt;, one can change the suffix to &lt;em&gt;-etto&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;-uccio&lt;/em&gt;. A small or young &lt;em&gt;bambino&lt;/em&gt; (that is already small or young by definition), would be a &lt;em&gt;bambinetto&lt;/em&gt;, for example. However, being the diminutive of something that is already small, words like these usually carry some additional context-dependant meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In yet other cases, you just cannot use a suffix. For example, from the word &lt;em&gt;passione&lt;/em&gt; you could construct &lt;em&gt;passioncina&lt;/em&gt;, but a word like &lt;em&gt;*passionona&lt;/em&gt; would sound too weird (at least to my ears).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="174" LastActivityDate="2016-11-07T18:15:12.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7512" CreationDate="2016-11-08T13:58:30.993" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io dalle elementari conoscevo anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Qui, quo, qua l'accento non ci va.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Are, ere, ire, la mutina (la lettera h) va a dormire.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2991" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-08T14:21:52.403" LastActivityDate="2016-11-08T14:21:52.403" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7601" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7602" CreationDate="2016-11-08T16:14:00.310" Score="2" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know in the case of only &quot;essere&quot; as an auxiliary verb, the past participle should have agreement with gender or number of subject, but in this sentences there are no subjects in both two sentences and with the same auxiliary verb  &quot;avere&quot; &lt;strong&gt;Once&lt;/strong&gt; it has declension and agrees with object and &lt;strong&gt;another time&lt;/strong&gt; it doesn't! &#xA;Why participle here (lasciato) doesn't correspond with direct object in the case of gender&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ieri mi ha lasciato (without correspondence with &quot;La macchina&quot;) di nuovo a piedi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while in following sentence (descritta) it does?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da come me l'ha descritta (correspondence with &quot;la macchina della mia amica&quot;) credo che sia un'occasione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T16:59:33.063" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T16:59:33.063" Title="Participle declension with object" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ClosedDate="2016-11-08T21:23:08.603" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7601" CreationDate="2016-11-08T17:35:20.233" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the case of object with the pronouns that are placed as &quot;object&quot; (such as lo, la, li, le) the agreement is essential:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da come me l'ha descritta (correspondence with &quot;la macchina della mia amica&quot;) credo che sia un'occasione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, in other case, If we have a conjunction:&#xA;a) the verb is not reflexive, the agreement is optional:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La frutta che Carla ha comprato(a)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b)In the case of reflexive verb, it doesn't have agreement or declension: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il libro che Carla si è comprata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the last case (where these conditions above don't occur, the past participle doesn't agree with object; so we don't have declension in this third case.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastEditorUserId="1923" LastEditDate="2016-11-09T07:35:50.210" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T07:35:50.210" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7582" CreationDate="2016-11-09T13:26:41.647" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TL;DR:&lt;/strong&gt; secondo me la confusione nasce da una frase impostata male in partenza. Personalmente riscriverei la seconda parte della frase in modo da evitare di finire in una situazione come questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partendo da questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella società descritta nel testo, la &quot;battaglia&quot; per salvare la&#xA;  lingua italiana andava definitivamente persa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lettà così, senza contesto, questa frase significa che la battaglia per salvare la lingua italiana &lt;em&gt;va&lt;/em&gt; persa (è necessario che vada persa), che non è il significato che vuoi trasmettere. Quindi direi che, così com'è, la frase non funziona per quello che intendi dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo mi porta alla seconda frase a cui hai pensato, quella in cui usi il condizionale. Qua c'è un po' di confusione secondo me, specialmente dopo aver letto il filo logico che hai seguito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma poi ho pensato che stavo descrivendo una situazione irreale (quella&#xA;  del romanzo), dunque dovrei usare il condizionale (periodo ipotetico&#xA;  dell'irrealtà)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Piccolo excursus: non confonderti tra irrealtà nel &lt;em&gt;tuo&lt;/em&gt; mondo fisico e la realtà del romanzo. Solo perché un romanzo è opera di fantasia, non significa che tu debba per forza usare il condizionale. Quando parli di un'opera, quello è l'universo che ti trovi a dover analizzare. Dal punto di vista del mondo rappresentato nel romanzo, quello &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; il mondo reale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se, nel tuo esempio specifico, questa realtà esiste all'interno dell'incubo di uno dei personaggi, questo concetto continua a valere. Non prendere le regole per l'utilizzo del condizionale troppo alla lettera. Seguendo il tuo criterio, non dovresti usare il condizionale in moltissimi altri contesti dove invece viene usato anche in caso di assenza di situazioni irreali (se vuoi fare una richiesta in modo molto gentile, spesso si usa il condizionale - &quot;Mi faresti un favore?&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiusa la parentesi condizionale (che, più che rappresentare situazioni irreali, viene usato se esiste una precondizione che, se soddisfatta, renderebbe vera la frase con il condizionale, ma evito di partire per la tangente), a questo punto tu dici:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Comunque, non è un obbligo quello che voglio esprimere, ma un fatto&#xA;  che penso succederebbe di sicuro se si arrivasse a tale situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se vuoi esprimere certezza, il tempo corretto nel tuo caso è il futuro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella società descritta nel testo, la &quot;battaglia&quot; per salvare la&#xA;  lingua italiana verrà definitivamente persa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, soprattutto se decidi di mantenere l'inizio della frase così, io eviterei di usare questo formato, e scriverei qualcosa come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella società descritta nel testo, non ci saranno speranze per la lingua italiana, destinata a scomparire definitivamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo modo eviteresti anche di dover usare le virgolette per l'utilizzo improprio del termine &quot;battaglia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T13:26:41.647" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7604" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7607" CreationDate="2016-11-09T13:36:33.623" Score="5" ViewCount="735" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adjective &quot;maledetto&quot; is translated into English as &quot;accursed&quot;, &quot;damned&quot; or &quot;cursed&quot;.  Is it current usage in Italian?  Is it a regional term?  Is it a swearword?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-09T13:54:44.280" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T02:28:23.753" Title="Is the adjective &quot;maledetto&quot; current usage in Italian? Where in Italy is it used?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7604" CreationDate="2016-11-09T13:59:28.050" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maledetto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is a perfectly correct and widely used word with the meanings you suggested. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not technically a swearword but rather an expression of outburst, sometimes with an irritated tone sometimes joking, towards someone else that is procuring you bother or annoyance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cosa pretende ancora da me, quel &lt;strong&gt;maledetto&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;(What does that unbearable man expect from me yet?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in a more colloquial form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vinci sempre tu a poker, &lt;strong&gt;maledetto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;(You always win when playing poker, bastard!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another use is with a religious meaning, and in this case the English translation would be &lt;em&gt;cursed, damned&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Andate via da me, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;maledetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, nel fuoco eterno preparato per il diavolo e i suoi angeli&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;(Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T13:59:28.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7609" CreationDate="2016-11-09T14:13:20.253" Score="20" ViewCount="14827" Body="&lt;p&gt;Of all Latin derived languages, I presume Italian is the closest to Latin. This is just an assumption which I presume is correct. For this reason, I've always wondered whether an average educated Italian can read and understand a text in Latin. I speak a Latin-derived language and when I see a text in Latin and its translation, I don't find it difficult to recognize which words in Latin correspond to those in Portuguese. Of course in this case the translation makes things easier. Then again, Portuguese isn't as similar to Latin as Italian is. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2020-11-21T14:54:34.737" Title="Can a text in Latin be understood by an educated Italian who never had any formal teaching of that language?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7604" CreationDate="2016-11-09T14:16:22.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Collins Dictionary entry may be helpful also. Note that the usage is mainly in the figurative sense in common contermporary speech.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/italian-english/maledetto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Maledetto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;past participle of verb &lt;strong&gt;maledire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;(adjective)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(dannato)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; accursed&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(nelle imprecazioni)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; cursed, damned&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(figurative, informal)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; damned, blasted, confounded&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;avere una fame maledetta to be damned hungry&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;spegni quella maledetta radio! turn off that damn radio&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ho una paura maledetta dei ragni I'm scared stiff of spiders&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;è stato un giorno maledetto it's been a bloody awful day&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;non vedo l'ora di finire questo maledetto lavoro I can't wait to finish this damn work.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T14:16:22.903" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7606" CreationDate="2016-11-09T14:32:50.567" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, it is very hard for native Italians speakers to understand a Latin text if they haven't study the language. They may be familiar with some Latin  proverbs, but not the language. The reason is that: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;modern Romance languages (Italian, Spanish, French, Romanian, etc.) do not descend directly from Latin, but through proto-Romance or vulgar Latin --- the language spoken in the many territories of the late Roman empire. This means that all Romance languages are more closely related to each other than to Latin and that it hardly makes sense to say that for example Spanish is closer to Latin than Italian or vice versa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.quora.com/Which-language-is-closest-to-Latin&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Quora&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-11-09T18:39:22.367" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T18:39:22.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7606" CreationDate="2016-11-09T14:33:30.523" Score="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;Interesting question. I'll go out on a limb and say that the answer is no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course it is difficulty to find a definitive, evidence-based answer, but I'll give two reasons, the first more subjective and the second more objective.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) I and several people I know attended &lt;em&gt;Liceo classico&lt;/em&gt;, the secondary school with a slant toward humanities, where Latin and Ancient Greek are taught for five years. Even so, we need a dictionary and perhaps a grammar, should we fully understand a text more complex than, say, a tombstone or a plaque.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) There are many editions of classical Latin authors with parallel texts (the original Latin and an Italian translation), several just in translation and almost none just in Latin (the latter are just specialised editions for scholars). So, apparently, even educated people who want to read Cicero, Virgil or Plautus in the original need a translation in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus, someone who never had any formal teaching in Latin will pick some word here and there but will probably stumble over the first sentence where the object precedes the subject (the former is in the accusative case and the latter in the nominative, but our reader ignores this).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T14:33:30.523" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5127" CreationDate="2016-11-09T15:05:33.327" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qual è il significato di questo modo di dire?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La locuzione &lt;strong&gt;in soldoni&lt;/strong&gt; siginifica in breve, in concreto, in parole povere&#xA;  (attraverso un significato intermedio di «in moneta valida, in denaro&#xA;  contante e sonante, senza cioè perdersi in chiacchiere»). (Ref. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soldone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Nel modo più realistico, o nel modo più schietto, o pratico, o concreto. Anche nel modo più chiaro, comprensibile, semplice e sintetico, detto di una conclusione, un discorso, un ragionamento e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qual è l'origine di questo modo di dire?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa parola viene usata perché allude alle dimensioni del soldone, ossia del soldo coniato in rame o in lega così chiamato per le sue proporzioni maggiori del normale, dovute al minor valore del metallo impiegato rispetto all'argento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ha già scritto @Erik vanDoren&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il soldone come moneta ti dà proprio un riferimento geografico e&#xA;  storico. Lo puoi piazzare al periodo in cui l'argento salì di valore&#xA;  (metà del sec. XVI circa) forzando le dimensioni e peso del soldo che&#xA;  fu chiamato soldino ed il soldo in rame che, visto il materiale più&#xA;  povero era più grande per mantenere il peso e valore, fu chiamato&#xA;  soldone. Geograficamente sembra riferirsi più all'area del Veneto.&#xA;  (Ref. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/soldo-soldino-soldone_%28Enciclopedia-Italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;). L'origine dell'espressione la puoi&#xA;  derivare da questo e non può, dopotutto, essere troppo lontana dal&#xA;  periodo e luogo di emissione del tipo di moneta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2995" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-21T17:41:14.230" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T17:41:14.230" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7606" CreationDate="2016-11-09T17:11:23.920" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian. It is almost impossible to understand the true meaning of a Latin phrase if you didn't study Latin. Some words are equals or similars. Anyway you can try to understand the meaning but, in 99% of cases, it will be totally or partially incomplete / wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider Latin as every other language. You can find similarities but you need to study it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3000" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T17:11:23.920" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7612" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7618" CreationDate="2016-11-09T18:45:01.923" Score="5" ViewCount="7696" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la spiegazione sulla forma passiva sul libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Federica Colombo, nella quale si indica che si può formare con diversi verbi ausiliari: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco l'informazione sull'ausiliare &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che appare in questo libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;andare&lt;/strong&gt; + participio passato; &lt;strong&gt;andare&lt;/strong&gt; si usa solo con i tempi semplici e solo alla 3a persona singolare o plurale. Il passivo con &lt;strong&gt;andare&lt;/strong&gt; significa normalmente &lt;strong&gt;dovere&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Va mangiato&lt;/strong&gt; tutto! (Si deve mangiare tutto.) &lt;br/&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;!&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Andare&lt;/strong&gt; seguito da verbi come &lt;strong&gt;perdere&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;distruggere&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;smarrire&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc. non assume il significato di &lt;strong&gt;dovere&lt;/strong&gt; e si usa anche con i tempi composti. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;È andato distrutto&lt;/strong&gt; il lavoro di una stagione. (È stato distrutto il lavoro di una stagione.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato di scrivere io stessa altre frasi passive con la costruzione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/strong&gt; + participio passato&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;nelle quali &quot;andare&quot; non significasse &quot;dovere&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;È andata persa&lt;/strong&gt; la mia valigia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;I documenti &lt;strong&gt;sono andati smarriti&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per poter capire meglio questo uso dell'ausiliare &quot;andare&quot;, però, mi piacerebbe avere altri esempi. Me li potreste fare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se scrivo, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la battaglia per salvare la lingua italiana &lt;strong&gt;va definitivamente persa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;questa frase significa semplicemente &quot;la battaglia per salvare la lingua italiana è definitivamente persa&quot;? O il significato è piuttosto qualcosa come &quot;è necessario che la battaglia per salvare la lingua italiana si perda&quot; o &quot;si deve perdere la battaglia per salvare la lingua italiana&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fa qualche differenza il fatto che il verbo &quot;andare&quot; sia al passato, al presente o al futuro (come suggerito in alcuni commenti a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/7603&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;)? Cioè, se scrivo per esempio &quot;la battaglia per salvare la lingua italiana &lt;strong&gt;è andata&lt;/strong&gt; definitivamente persa&quot; o &quot;la battaglia per salvare la lingua italiana &lt;strong&gt;andava&lt;/strong&gt; definitivamente persa&quot; cambia il significato dell'ausiliare &quot;andare&quot;? E se dico &quot;va distrutto il lavoro di una stagione&quot; o &quot;va persa la mia valigia&quot; significa che si deve distruggere il lavoro e perdere la valigia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T09:38:07.517" Title="Forma passiva con l'ausiliare &quot;andare&quot;: quando non significa &quot;dovere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7606" CreationDate="2016-11-09T21:20:50.380" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unlike what Quora says (or say?), I believe Italian is indeed closer to Latin than are most other modern Romance languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One reason is that, by the time the Western Empire fell, the proportion of native speakers of Latin in Italy was most probably much larger than in France or Spain. Another reason is that there was more social continuity of Roman culture in Italy, as Mediaeval Rome never ceased to be one of Europe's most important cities with its social structure, culture, (Papal) bureaucracy, and written culture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even so, reading Latin is fairly difficult for Italians, because 1500 years of linguistic changes lie between Italian and Vulgar Latin, the variant spoken by the common people from which Italian partly developed. It should also be noted that Vulgar Latin was not quite like most of the literary Latin that we read today in Cicero and Tacitus: literary Latin it is more complicated and/or formal, with long sentences and sophisticated constructions and vocabulary. Not even Cicero himself spoke exactly as he wrote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider Old English: how difficult is it for a modern speaker of English to read e.g. Bede (672/673 – 735; originally written in Latin, but translated into Old English in the 9th century, possibly by King Alfred the Great)? Judge for yourself:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ðeosse abbudissan mynstre wæs sum broðor syndriglice mid godcundre gife gemæred ond geweorðad, forþon he gewunade gerisenlice leoð wyrcan, þa ðe to æfestnisse ond to arfæstnisse belumpon , swa ðætte swa hwæt swa he of godcundum stafum þurh boceras geleornode, þæt he æfter medmiclum fæce in scopgereorde mid þa mæstan swetnisse ond inbryrdnisse geglængde ond in Engliscgereorde wel geworht forþ brohte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— &lt;em&gt;Historia Ecclesiastica Gentis Anglorum&lt;/em&gt;, book IV chapter xxiv.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course modern English suffered a great influx of Romance vocabulary from 1066 onwards, so this comparison is probably not fair; that is, Latin should be somewhat easier for an Italian. Perhaps the comparison with Dutch and German is better: the two languages resemble each other quite a bit, and yet one is quite difficult to read for speakers of the other, if they have never learned it. I do feel that Dutch and German are somewhat more closely related than Italian and Latin, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3005" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T22:38:12.780" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7604" CreationDate="2016-11-09T21:32:03.807" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sometimes &lt;em&gt;maledetto!&lt;/em&gt; is used often as a funny or friendly way to say something like &lt;em&gt;you are smarter than me!&lt;/em&gt; That way is often used as a joke, there I could understand what your Italian friend said saying that his use was &quot;regional&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3006" LastActivityDate="2016-11-09T21:32:03.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7616" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-09T23:36:58.813" Score="8" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da qualche tempo sto lavorando coi continua dialettali tedeschi e di recente ho deciso di estendere le mie ricerche glottologiche all'Italia, cominciando col mio dialetto (il dialetto reggiano, parlato a Reggio Nell'Emilia e dintorni). Contemporaneamente ho scoperto il &lt;em&gt;griko&lt;/em&gt;, il &lt;em&gt;lucano&lt;/em&gt; e il l'&lt;em&gt;arbëreshe&lt;/em&gt;, che mi hanno in particolar modo colpito per via della sfera culturale di cui fanno parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Data la mia quasi assoluta ignoranza in materia (non conto alcuna nozione appresa tramite Wikipedia), potrebbe, qualcuno di voi, suggerirmi dei testi più o meno introduttori che trattano dei dialetti sopracitati o di uno o più dialetti meridionali che, secondo voi, sono degni di nota e, per estensione, di studio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-10T07:57:01.677" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T16:43:00.900" Title="Bibliografia sui dialetti dell'Italia meridionale" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7604" CreationDate="2016-11-10T02:28:23.753" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would also say that it is pretty common, but not amongst the newer generations. They use different words to convey the various meanings of &lt;em&gt;maledetto&lt;/em&gt; and these are in many cases vulgarisms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T02:28:23.753" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7612" CreationDate="2016-11-10T07:50:36.613" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo andare alla terza persona con il significato di dovere va usato solo se non c'è ambiguità nella frase.&#xA;Con i verbi perdere e distruggere il verbo andare può avere un altro significato, per cui è possibile una ambiguità, e bisogna fare attenzione.&#xA;Il verbo andare con significato di dovere si può usare al presente, al futuro o all'imperfetto, come in questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Questa lettera va distrutta subito, è compromettente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Questa partita andava persa, dovevamo aiutare gli avversari a vincere il campionato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Questo edificio andrà distrutto, non è possibile ristrutturarlo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo andare con il significato di &quot;essere&quot; è invece evidente in questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una lettera senza indirizzo andrà persa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A causa della grandine, il raccolto va distrutto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli esempi della domanda sono volutamente ambigui, per cui è decisamente sconsigliato usare il verbo andare, ed è preferibile in quei casi usare forme più precise, che sono sempre possibili, anche se meno dirette. Gli esempi precedenti diventano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Questa lettera deve essere distrutta subito, è compromettente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Questa partita doveva essere persa, dovevamo aiutare gli avversari a vincere il campionato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Questo edificio dovrà essere distrutto, non è possibile ristrutturarlo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una lettera senza indirizzo finirà con l'essere persa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A causa della grandine, il raccolto finisce distrutto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le frasi &quot;va distrutto il lavoro di una stagione&quot; o &quot;va persa la mia valigia&quot; possono essere più o meno ambigue in base al contesto, sta a chi scrive o parla capire quando è necessaria una forma che si presti meno ad essere fraintesa, anche se, fuori contesto, sembra più ragionevole interpretare il verbo andare nel senso di &quot;finire&quot; piuttosto che &quot;dovere essere&quot;. &#xA;Questo però solo perché è difficile immaginare contesti in cui sia necessario perdere una valigia o distruggere un lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è ambiguità invece quando si usano i tempi composti, dove il significato imperativo non è consentito. Non sono ambigue dunque le frasi: &quot;è andato distrutto il lavoro di una stagione&quot; o &quot;è andata persa la mia valigia&quot;. Aggiungerei anche il caso del passato remoto, dove è molto difficile trovare applicazione del senso di dovere; &quot;andò persa la mia valigia&quot; va interpretato senz'altro come fatto accidentale e non voluto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-11-10T09:38:07.517" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T09:38:07.517" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7619" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7620" CreationDate="2016-11-10T09:17:05.413" Score="1" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To attend&lt;/strong&gt; in italiano si traduce come &lt;strong&gt;partecipare&lt;/strong&gt; giusto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma come posso tradurre &lt;strong&gt;attendable&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il contesto è un sito web di eventi - dove il termine è dato come parola singola e non all'interno di una frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Letteralmente potrebbe essere &lt;strong&gt;partecipabile&lt;/strong&gt;. Ma suona male no?&#xA;Come posso dirlo in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T09:35:03.097" Title="Come tradurre: attendable?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7619" CreationDate="2016-11-10T09:27:45.663" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certo, “partecipabile” non può andare bene anche perché – in questo senso, riferito a eventi – “partecipare” non è transitivo: non è che tu *“partecipi un evento”. Invece &lt;em&gt;to attend&lt;/em&gt; in questa accezione è transitivo (&lt;em&gt;I attended a conference&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È pensabile qualcosa che non traduce veramente il senso ma forse va bene per il contesto come “prenotabile” o simili?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T09:27:45.663" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7619" CreationDate="2016-11-10T09:29:32.510" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To attend&lt;/strong&gt; può tradurre con partecipare, ma una alternativa più calzante in questo contesto potrebbe essere &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;frequentare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, quindi una traduzione potrebbe essere &quot;evento &lt;strong&gt;frequentabile&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti &lt;strong&gt;to attend&lt;/strong&gt; si può usare per dire &quot;Io frequento la scuola&quot; (I attend school) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-11-10T09:35:03.097" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T09:35:03.097" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7622" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7624" CreationDate="2016-11-10T11:40:59.717" Score="4" ViewCount="334" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre &lt;strong&gt;submitter&lt;/strong&gt; in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il contesto è un sito web dove devo tradurre &lt;em&gt;Submitter name&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;In questo si intende colui che ha inviato l'abstract.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non saprei proprio come tradurlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei evitare di mettere: Nome di colui che ha inviato l'abstract :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato che viene usato a volte &lt;strong&gt;richiedente&lt;/strong&gt;. Ma non mi sembra opportuno dato il contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Applicante&lt;/strong&gt; mi sembra l'unico utilizzabile. Ma si capisce cosa si intende?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastEditorUserId="2034" LastEditDate="2016-11-10T13:17:32.143" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T14:37:54.350" Title="Come tradurre: submitter?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7622" CreationDate="2016-11-10T13:03:10.277" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io tradurrei &lt;strong&gt;Autore&lt;/strong&gt;. Quando non è presente una traduzione immediata del termine, è meglio tradurre il concetto nel modo più rispondente possibile. Nel tuo caso, se si intende che &lt;em&gt;colui che ha inviato l'abstract&lt;/em&gt; ne sia l'autore, la traduzione più corretta mi sembra questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3008" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T13:03:10.277" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7622" CreationDate="2016-11-10T14:37:54.350" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un commento ipotizzavo &lt;strong&gt;proponente&lt;/strong&gt;, ma forse è un po' generico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla luce anche dei chiarimenti dell'OP nei commenti, potrebbe andare &lt;strong&gt;mittente&lt;/strong&gt;? È un po' burocratico ma definisce specificamente “chi manda qualcosa”. O anche &lt;strong&gt;responsabile dell'invio&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-11-10T14:37:54.350" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7606" CreationDate="2016-11-11T07:04:32.140" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Short answer: no. It's the same as you would read a French text. Same language origin, you'll find some words to be very similar, but you won't be able to understand the full text&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;German and dutch are two languages with the same origin where the people in both countries are able to have somewhat of a conversation when they speak slowly. I'm from the west side of the Netherlands, furthest away from Germany, funny enough our local Dialect is closer to German than Dutch is...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3011" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T07:04:32.140" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7626" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7627" CreationDate="2016-11-11T10:32:17.407" Score="2" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre &lt;strong&gt;Quota&lt;/strong&gt; dall'inglese all'italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il contesto è l'organizzazione di eventi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come parola singola l'ho tradotta sin qui come &lt;strong&gt;totale&lt;/strong&gt;. Può andare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma come posso tradurre &lt;strong&gt;Remaining quota&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Totale rimanente&lt;/strong&gt; non mi convince..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quota rimanente&lt;/strong&gt; si capisce?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si intende ad esempio il totale di stanze messe a disposizione da un hotel.&#xA;Oppure il totale dei posti a disposizione per il transfer dall'aeroporto ecc..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T13:07:35.813" Title="Come tradurre: Quota?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7626" CreationDate="2016-11-11T10:38:16.777" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle accezioni indicate da te, quali stanze in hotel e posti sui mezzi per il trasferimento in aeroporto, userei il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;disponibilità residua&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, visto che è una grandezza che tende ad esaurirsi nel tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso è: quanti posti sono ancora disponibili (oppure liberi)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concordo con te su &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Totale rimanente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quota rimanente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; potrebbe anche andare bene, ma in quel contesto mi risulterebbe un po' forzato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-11-11T13:07:35.813" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T13:07:35.813" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7628" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7630" CreationDate="2016-11-11T11:28:53.390" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre in italiano &lt;strong&gt;Committee&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello specifico &lt;strong&gt;Event Committee&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Loro sarebbero i proprietari e responsabili di un evento (non sono per forza gli organizzatori).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso tradurre come &lt;strong&gt;comitato&lt;/strong&gt;? Come parola mi ricorda un po' Magalli. Si usa dire il comitato di un evento?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure meglio usare &lt;strong&gt;commissione&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T13:01:25.413" Title="Come tradurre: committee?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7629" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7631" CreationDate="2016-11-11T11:55:41.777" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa comunità si sta rivelando utilissima :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi come posso tradurre in italiano &lt;strong&gt;Announcements emails&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di email che vengono inviate a tutti i partecipanti di un evento per avvisarli di cambiamenti dell'ultimo minuto, per annunci vari o informazioni generali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Email di annunci&lt;/strong&gt; non mi suona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungere un aggettivo alla parola email non mi convince.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lascio &lt;strong&gt;Annunci&lt;/strong&gt; dando per scontato che sono via email?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure &lt;strong&gt;Annunci via email&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio da tradurre è la seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il partecipante preferisce non ricevere &lt;em&gt;announcement emails&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T15:40:21.380" Title="Come tradurre: Announcement emails?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7628" CreationDate="2016-11-11T13:01:25.413" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che andrebbero bene sia &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;comitato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;commissione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, anche se commissione lo vedrei più legato a contesti come un'esame oppure un'inchiesta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe anche usare l'&lt;strong&gt;Organizzazione&lt;/strong&gt; di un evento, dove si intendono tutti i membri direttamente o indirettamente attivi nella preparazione/gestione di un determinato evento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alcuni casi particolari potrebbe essere anche tradotto come &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;consiglio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, nel caso per esempio delle facoltà universitarie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T13:01:25.413" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7629" CreationDate="2016-11-11T13:07:06.990" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La prima forma che mi viene in mente sarebbe &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Email di notifica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, oppure &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;notifiche via email&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine è molto usato in relazione a siti web e applicazioni in generale, pensa alle notifiche di Whatsapp, Facebook etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altre possibilità potrebbero essere &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;avvisi via email&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; oppure &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;comunicazioni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;via email&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, sicuramente trovo stridente l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;email di annunci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-11-11T14:08:37.297" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T14:08:37.297" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7632" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7633" CreationDate="2016-11-11T14:32:47.927" Score="2" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre &lt;strong&gt;Header image&lt;/strong&gt; in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il contesto è quello generale del web. Si intende l'immagine orizzontale che compare per esempio in alto nel profile facebook.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio di frase da tradurre è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The area reserved for header image is 1140px x 440px.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso tradurre come &lt;strong&gt;immagine d'intestazione&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non l'ho mai sentito prima :) ma dovrebbe essere corretto no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'alternativa potrebbe essere &lt;strong&gt;immagine header&lt;/strong&gt;. Meno corretto ma più comprensibile no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T09:58:26.240" Title="Come tradurre: Header image?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7633" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7632" CreationDate="2016-11-11T14:38:56.130" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che vada benissimo “(immagine d')intestazione”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche il Ragazzini (ma tu dai un'occhiata anche ai dizionari, vero?), per il significato informatico di &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt;, dà «testata; intestazione; parte iniziale: “http header”, intestazione http».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Riguardo alla comprensibilità, non sono sicuro che chi non ha a che fare con l'informatica o la tipografia anche in inglese sappia necessariamente cos'è uno &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T14:38:56.130" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7632" CreationDate="2016-11-11T14:40:52.203" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io ti suggerirei di usare l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;immagine di testa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; mutuata dal contesto giornalistico-editoriale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in t. alla pagina, al foglio, in t. all’avviso, in t. al cartellone,&#xA;  ecc.; di qui, articolo di testa, titolo di testa, collocati in cima&#xA;  alla pagina di un giornale, su una o più colonne (in cinematografia,&#xA;  invece, si chiamano titoli di testa le didascalie che compaiono&#xA;  all’inizio del film: v. titolo, n. 2 a).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi tradurrei la tua frase come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The area reserved for header image is 1140px x 440px.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;*L'area riservata all'&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;immagine di testa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è 1140px x 400px.*&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T14:40:52.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7635" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7629" CreationDate="2016-11-11T15:40:21.380" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Comunicazioni di servizio&lt;/code&gt; è un'altra possibilità; secondo me si presta molto bene a rappresentare il tipo di annunci che descrivi. Se è importante specificare che si tratta di comunicazioni via email potresti semplicemente dire &lt;code&gt;Comunicazioni di servizio via email&lt;/code&gt; o &lt;code&gt;Email di servizio&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A prescindere, secondo me ti conviene eliminare la parola &lt;code&gt;annunci&lt;/code&gt; perché in italiano richiama più che altro il concetto di annunci sul giornale, annunci di compravendita usato e cose del genere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1229" LastActivityDate="2016-11-11T15:40:21.380" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7636" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7637" CreationDate="2016-11-12T15:02:09.517" Score="3" ViewCount="359" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/7582&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; ho avuto il dubbio se dovessi scrivere &quot;la campagna di cui si è parlato&quot; oppure &quot;la campagna di cui si è parlata&quot;. Cioè, come va fatto l'accordo del participio in una frase con il pronome relativo &quot;cui&quot; e con il &quot;si&quot; impersonale? Da questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accordo-participio-passato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spiegazione dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; posso inferire che entrambe le alternative sono corrette? Se è così, una delle due opzioni è più usata dell'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-11-12T15:45:20.157" Title="La campagna di cui si è ... &quot;parlato&quot; o &quot;parlata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7636" CreationDate="2016-11-12T15:45:20.157" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La questione dell'accordo con i participi è sempre spinosa (con una generale tendenza a perdere le concordanze, ma con diversi casi ed eccezioni), ma qui è piuttosto semplice: va bene il maschile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Citando l'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni (XI 364) sul tuo caso specifico, che non rientra in nessuno di quelli descritti in quella pagina della Crusca, si ha:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con un verbo impersonale o con un costrutto fondato sul «si passivante» ..., il participio è invariabile, nella forma del maschile singolare: «è &lt;em&gt;piovuto&lt;/em&gt; per due ore»; «s'era &lt;em&gt;visto&lt;/em&gt; di nuovo, o questa volta era parso di vedere, unte muraglie, porte d'edifizi pubblici, usci di case, martelli» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XXXII 7).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Se hai questa grammatica del Serianni, i paragrafi dal 356 al 369 del cap. XI sono preziosi.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-11-12T15:45:20.157" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7638" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-13T09:12:12.700" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale  aggettivo si può usare riferendosi a Donald Trump?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abbiamo aggettivi come &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/R/reaganiano.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reganiano&lt;/a&gt;&quot; e &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=kennediano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;kennediano&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, per cui sarà &quot;trumpiano&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-13T11:20:13.070" LastActivityDate="2016-11-13T11:20:13.070" Title="Come aggettivare Trump?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7639" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-15T13:31:44.197" Score="5" ViewCount="1811" Body="&lt;p&gt;When translating &quot;shark&quot; into Italian, there are two translations: &lt;em&gt;&quot;squalo&quot;, &quot;pescecane&quot;.&lt;/em&gt; I would like to understand the difference between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both words are used (seemingly interchangeably) in this Wikipedia article:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carcharodon_carcharias&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carcharodon_carcharias&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having done some research online, here is my hypothesis: &quot;squalo&quot; is the formal term from biology, and &quot;pescecane&quot; is the colloquial term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I right? What is the difference between these two terms?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2018-11-06T22:04:48.090" LastActivityDate="2021-04-21T13:02:14.483" Title="Shark in Italian" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7640" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-15T13:59:38.367" Score="2" ViewCount="6699" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have translated &quot;there&quot; into Italian language. There are &quot;lì&quot; and &quot;là&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am studying the difference between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hypothesis: these two words are used to refer to a place far from the person that is speaking. &quot;Lì&quot; means closer than &quot;là&quot; (&quot;lì&quot; - there e.g. in the same room, &quot;là&quot; - there e.g. in a different country).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question: To refer to a person in a different city, which one should I use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2017-01-23T17:31:06.310" LastActivityDate="2017-01-24T13:27:22.323" Title="Difference between lì and là" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7646" CreationDate="2016-11-16T15:15:02.917" Score="1" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo &lt;em&gt;L'affaire Moro&lt;/em&gt; di Leonardo Sciascia. Ecco un brano di questo libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E si può oggi dire – retrospettivamente e statisticamente – che il margine di rischio era minimo e solo casualmente poteva insorgere; o addirittura inesistente, considerando la nessuna &lt;strong&gt;resa&lt;/strong&gt; delle azioni che la polizia condusse. Ma, al momento, quelle azioni erano tanto conclamate dalla stampa e dalla radiotelevisione, così decise, decisive e numerose apparivano, che si poteva anche nutrire l’illusione, e dalla parte delle Brigate rosse il timore, dovessero sortire un qualche effetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho difficoltà a capire il senso di &quot;resa&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato questo termine nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/resa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a vedere a quale accezione corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel testo. Il significato della frase è forse che le azioni della polizia non condussero a nessun risultato utile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-11-30T06:19:36.343" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;resa&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7644" CreationDate="2016-11-16T15:28:36.787" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certo Resa proviene da Risultato riferendosi al fatto che nessuna delle operazioni della polizia aveva portato a qualcosa di concreto.&#xA;Forse vuole anche alludere a resa nel senso di Arrendersi, come allora in uso  &quot;Nessuna resa al terrorismo&quot; ma il senso è chiaramente il primo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3021" LastActivityDate="2016-11-16T15:28:36.787" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7644" CreationDate="2016-11-16T15:30:23.343" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cit. Vocabolario Treccani: &quot;3. L’utile economico, la prestazione o il servizio, che una cosa dà o fornisce&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase in questo caso vuol significare che le azioni condotte dalla polizia non sortirono alcun effetto o in altri termini che furono di nessuna efficacia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3022" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2016-11-16T15:55:06.007" LastActivityDate="2016-11-16T15:55:06.007" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7644" CreationDate="2016-11-16T15:33:55.033" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato penso sia quello che le azioni della Polizia non hanno portato a nessun risultato, nessun esito di rilievo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il passaggio potrebbe essere riscritto come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...considerando gli scarsi risultati delle azioni che la Polizia condusse...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, su Treccani, leggendo la voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/resa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;resa&lt;/a&gt; il significato in questione sarebbe quello indicato dalla accezione 3: resa dal punto di vista economico, quantitativa, che in senso un po' figurato si applica nel nostro caso ad un'azione concreta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-11-16T15:39:09.333" LastActivityDate="2016-11-16T15:39:09.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7648" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-16T17:50:16.723" Score="1" ViewCount="2879" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am studying Italian on Duolingo, and I was asked to translate &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;The pink shirt is hers&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have translated the sentence to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La camicia rosa e la &lt;strong&gt;tua&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but was corrected to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La camicia rosa e la &lt;strong&gt;sua&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't seem to distinguish between the two - when should I use one and not the other ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3024" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-24T17:27:55.907" LastActivityDate="2017-06-27T14:21:21.037" Title="Tua vs Sua - what are the differences?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7648" CreationDate="2016-11-16T18:14:26.040" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this case the shirt belongs to a person which is neither the speaker nor the person listening, but a third different person. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you translate &quot;la camicia rosa è la &lt;strong&gt;sua&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you say &quot;la camicia rosa è la &lt;strong&gt;tua&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; you would  translate &quot;the  pink shirt is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;yours&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, meaning that it belongs to the person you're talking to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italianlanguageguide.com/grammar/possessive-adjective.asp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian possessive adjectives&lt;/a&gt; if you want to learn more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-11-17T07:26:50.070" LastActivityDate="2016-11-17T07:26:50.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7650" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-16T23:35:33.023" Score="5" ViewCount="304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Voglio dire &quot;I almost cried watching the film &lt;em&gt;La vita è bella&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in italiano. Dovrei dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per poco non ho pianto guardando il film &lt;em&gt;La vita è bella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per poco non piangevo guardando il film &lt;em&gt;La vita è bella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2467" LastActivityDate="2017-03-18T22:19:15.913" Title="Per poco non + passato prossimo oppure imperfetto?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7651" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7653" CreationDate="2016-11-17T04:59:49.963" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;I couldn't find any complete answer to my 2 questions here in the forum. I know based on context the verb &quot;fare&quot; can have 3 different meanings: 1 - fare in modo che 2 - permettere 3 -lasciare. So, first I want to know in addition to being based on context, is there any trick to distinguish each usage of these three?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondly, nevertheless I tried to use each one of these three meaning in following sentence, but I couldn't grasp the meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se prima i nonni facevano solo i nonni, oggi fanno i nonni e i genitori. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Being more precise, the sentence just before that was: &quot;Voglio dire che secondo me (this fact) è proprio il contrario (compared to what you said). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-17T09:57:38.513" LastActivityDate="2016-11-17T09:57:38.513" Title="Different meanings of &quot;fare&quot;, how to distinguish it in following sentence which seems vague even with considering context" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7651" CreationDate="2016-11-17T08:37:27.647" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know where you took those definitions from, but &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/F/fare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;FARE&lt;/a&gt; has many connotations and a wide idiomatic usage, it often translates the English &quot;do and make&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the exemple &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare i nonni&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; the meaning is: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Agire, operare (come farebbe un nonno)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;fare i nonni&quot; means to behave in a way that is or is supposed to be typical  of grandparents. So &quot;fare i genitori&quot; means to  behave like e parent would do. It refers to the role that grandparents have in current society where they often have to take care of their grandchildren because parents are unable, for a number of reasons,  to do so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hoepli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-11-17T09:16:39.937" LastActivityDate="2016-11-17T09:16:39.937" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7654" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7655" CreationDate="2016-11-17T09:18:20.920" Score="-4" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre in italiano &lt;strong&gt;Support ticket&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contesto: per alcune applicazioni e' possibile 'aprire un ticket' per avere segnalare un problema o richiedere aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può andare &lt;strong&gt;Richiesta di supporto?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2034" LastEditorUserId="2034" LastEditDate="2018-02-10T14:08:54.010" LastActivityDate="2018-02-10T14:08:54.010" Title="Come tradurre: ticket (support ticket)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7654" CreationDate="2016-11-17T13:10:07.217" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essendo nel settore, ed avendo fatto di queste traduzioni in alcune occasioni, credo che una buona traduzione possa essere &lt;strong&gt;Richiesta di assistenza&lt;/strong&gt;, che puoi accorciare alla sola parola &lt;strong&gt;Assistenza&lt;/strong&gt; dove lo ritieni opportuno. Ad esempio, potresti usare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Support ticket: Richiesta di assistenza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Open a ticket: Nuova richiesta / Nuova assistenza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Close ticket: Chiudi assistenza &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scegliere se mantenere l'accento su &lt;em&gt;Richiesta&lt;/em&gt; o se spostarlo sulla parte di &lt;em&gt;Assistenza&lt;/em&gt;, penso dipenda da quale traduzione tu ritieni sia più chiara per l'utilizzatore finale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user525" LastActivityDate="2016-11-17T13:10:07.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7648" CreationDate="2016-11-18T13:25:57.717" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The possessive adjectives in Italian are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;first person singular: mio/mia/miei/mie&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  second personal singular: tuo/tua/tuoi/tue&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  third person singular: suo/sua/suoi/sue&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  first person plural: nostro/nostra/nostri/nostre&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  second person plural: vostro/vostra/vostri/vostre&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  third person plural: loro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The list is in the usual order, with the full declension for the masculine and feminine form, singular and plural. Note that the plural third person form is invariable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These adjectives are also used as pronouns, so they correspond to the English forms&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;first person singular: my/mine&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  second person singular: your/yours (archaic: thy/thine)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  third person singular: his/her/hers/its&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  first person plural: our/ours&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  second person plural: your/yours&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  third person plural: their/theirs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference between Italian and English is that in Italian the adjective agrees with the gender of the possessed thing, whilst in English it agrees with the gender of the possessor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the English pronoun is in the third person singular, the same should be used in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La camicia rosa è sua&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same sentence would translate the English &lt;em&gt;The pink shirt is his&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The suggested translation by Duolingo is disputable: in this case the article in front of the possessive is not at all required: it &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; be used for special emphasis in standard Italian; however, some varieties of Italian use it regularly and it may sound strange to people like me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, &lt;em&gt;la camicia rosa e la tua&lt;/em&gt; means a very different thing from &lt;em&gt;la camicia rosa è (la) tua&lt;/em&gt;. The latter is &lt;em&gt;the pink shirt is yours&lt;/em&gt;, the former means &lt;em&gt;the pink shirt and yours&lt;/em&gt;. Never forget the accent on &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt; (present tense, third person singular of &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-06-27T14:21:21.037" LastActivityDate="2017-06-27T14:21:21.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7657" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-19T17:23:01.683" Score="4" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;What would you call &quot;reflector post&quot; in Italian? It is a thing made of plastic material that can be found next to roads every given distance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Image:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://thumbs.dreamstime.com/z/reflector-post-side-street-64779193.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://thumbs.dreamstime.com/z/reflector-post-side-street-64779193.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestion: posta riflettore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-20T16:12:08.320" LastActivityDate="2016-11-20T16:12:08.320" Title="Reflector post in Italian" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7657" CreationDate="2016-11-19T18:16:46.607" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The technical term is &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Segnaletica_complementare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;delineatori di margine&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, but that's quite obscure even for an Italian, unless they are traffic code expert. Personally I would call them &quot;paletti catarifrangenti&quot; in everyday speech.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2016-11-19T18:16:46.607" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7660" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-20T20:11:46.050" Score="5" ViewCount="829" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho alcuni problemi nell'utilizzo e comprensione di alcune frasi e parole in questo brano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A lui fanno capo 500 entità commerciali e 21 istituzioni finanziarie. Valgono almeno 50 milioni ciascuna. Si tratta della più vasta rete di ricchezze di un capo di Stato Usa. Ecco come insidiano l’equità del ruolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cosa vuol dire &lt;em&gt;fanno capo&lt;/em&gt; in inglese ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quando è meglio &lt;em&gt;ciascuna&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;ognuno&lt;/em&gt; ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come si usa &lt;em&gt;si tratta&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-11-20T22:17:52.997" LastActivityDate="2016-11-21T13:53:21.033" Title="Cosa significa : a lui fanno capo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7661" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-20T20:12:52.267" Score="2" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Controllando il significato di &quot;soverchio&quot; ho visto che il primo significato citato dai dizionari è quello di: &quot;eccessivo, esagerato&quot;. Anche il primo significato &quot;soverchiare&quot; è quella di: &quot;esagerare&quot;. Nella mia esperienza  i significati più comuni sono quelli figurati di sopraffazione e sopraffare, mentre quelli letterari sono molto meno comuni.  È corretta questa mia impressione? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/soverchio.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Soverchio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come aggettivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;agg. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Eccessivo, esagerato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. In funzione di avv., eccessivamente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come sostantivo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1)  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;eccesso, sovrabbondanza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sopraffazione, sopruso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,  avv. soverchiamente, esageratamente&#xA;  • sec. XIII&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/soverchiare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Soverchiare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;1) lett. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andare oltre, superare qlco.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;2) fig. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Imporsi con la forza, sopraffare qlcu.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: s. i deboli; vincere su qlco. per intensità: il rumore soverchia le voci&#xA;  • sec. XIII&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hoepli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-11-20T20:12:52.267" Title="Uso di &quot;soverchio&quot; e &quot;soverchiare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7660" CreationDate="2016-11-20T21:55:59.067" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fare-capo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fare capo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un'espressione idiomatica che ha i seguenti significati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dipendere, essere soggetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: questa filiale fa capo alla sede di Milano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;considerare qcn. come referente per informazioni e sim&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;terminare, sboccare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: la via fa capo in una grande piazza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(De Mauro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella tua frase, il significato è quello descritto al   punto 1. &quot;Da lui dipendono 500 unità commerciali e 21 istituzioni finanziarie.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-11-21T13:53:21.033" LastActivityDate="2016-11-21T13:53:21.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7660" CreationDate="2016-11-20T22:13:47.533" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco una mia approssimativa traduzione in inglese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There are 500 commercial entities and 21 financial institutions ultimately connected to him. They are worth at least 50 million dollars each. It is the most expansive network of wealth for a US head of state. Here is how they compromise the impartiality of the role.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rispondere alle tue domande in ordine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fare capo a&lt;/em&gt; non ha, a mio parere, un'esatta traduzione in inglese. In questo caso &lt;em&gt;X fa capo ad Y&lt;/em&gt; significa che X (un'azienda, partito o altro soggetto giuridico) è (possibilmente in modo molto indiretto) controllata da Y.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ciascuno&lt;/em&gt; ed &lt;em&gt;ognuno&lt;/em&gt; sono essenzialmente sinonimi (ma nota che in questo caso viene usata la forma declinata al femminile). &lt;em&gt;Ciascuno&lt;/em&gt; mi suona più idiomatica in questo contesto (quando si parla di elementi di un elenco) ma avrei accettato &lt;em&gt;ognuno&lt;/em&gt; senza battere ciglio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si tratta di&lt;/em&gt; (lit. &lt;em&gt;we are talking about&lt;/em&gt;) in questo caso è usato per indicare l'argomento della frase. Spesso può essere rimpiazzato dal solo verbo essere (&lt;em&gt;È&lt;/em&gt;) senza grossi cambiamenti di significato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-11-20T22:47:05.417" LastActivityDate="2016-11-20T22:47:05.417" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7665" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-21T14:58:40.883" Score="2" ViewCount="374" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have translated &quot;foam&quot; into Italian. There is: &quot;schiuma, spuma&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am studying the differences between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;schiuma - &quot;1. Aggregato, generalmente instabile, di bolle d’aria (o di altro gas) che si forma alla superficie di un liquido, spec. se a bassa tensione superficiale; può essere prodotta per agitazione, per ebollizione, per effervescenza, ed è favorita da sostanze (dette batotone) che abbassano la tensione superficiale: la s. del mare, detta anche spuma; le creste dell’onda erano bianche di s.; secondo il mito, Venere sarebbe nata dalla s. del mare; la s. della birra, del vino (se agitato o quando si versa); la s. del brodo; la s. del latte (un cappuccino senza schiuma); un detersivo, un sapone che fa molta s.; s. da bagno, sapone liquido, detto anche bagnoschiuma (v.); s. da barba, speciale sapone, di solito venduto in bombolette spray, usato per ammorbidire sia il pelo sia la pelle prima della rasatura; estintore a s., v. estintore e anche schiumogeno. Con altro sign., s. solida o s. plastica, quella di cui è costituito il materiale espanso (v. espanso).&quot; - Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;spuma - &quot; [lat. spūma, der. di spuĕre «sputare»]. – 1. Lo stesso che schiuma, in senso proprio, rispetto a cui ha tono più letterario: le onde rinnovano continuamente la loro ricca frangia di spuma (Capuana). In partic.: a. Spuma (o schiuma) di mare, altro nome della sepiolite. b. Altro nome (anche schiuma) della preparazione gastronomica detta più comunem., con termine francese, mousse (v.): s. di tonno, di prosciutto, di salmone.&quot; - Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastActivityDate="2017-04-23T17:33:31.940" Title="foam in Italian" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ClosedDate="2017-04-26T16:11:32.117" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7502" CreationDate="2016-11-21T18:25:52.570" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an old question, but I want to explain my point of view:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference, in Italian language, between two words exists, infact:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dipendente&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Is a person has a job in the enterprise and have a contract as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fixed-term contract&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;permanent contract&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Impiegato&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Indicates a job title (in italian &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;qualifica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you image a set theory to explain this, you can use a set about dipendente term and in this set you have a subset represented by impiegato, another by operaio (worker), quadro and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2016-11-21T18:25:52.570" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7502" CreationDate="2016-11-21T19:40:34.233" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Impiegato&quot; is a role , usually an office worker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dipendente&quot; is a subordinate worker&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &quot;impiegato&quot; is a particular &quot;dipendente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt; &#xA;" OwnerUserId="2106" LastActivityDate="2016-11-21T19:40:34.233" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7670" CreationDate="2016-11-22T21:14:21.750" Score="5" ViewCount="526" Body="&lt;p&gt;How is &lt;em&gt;sii&lt;/em&gt; (the singular informal imperative of essere) supposed to be pronounced? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;si-i (with two distinct i's of different emphasis as in the word 'zii')&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sii (with the vowel held slightly longer than with the word 'sì')&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you listen to the recordings on forvo you get conflicting evidence for both, see &lt;a href=&quot;http://forvo.com/word/sii/#it&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2016-11-22T21:37:46.053" Title="How is 'sii' supposed to be pronounced?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7669" CreationDate="2016-11-22T21:37:46.053" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;My ear as an Italian and, more verifiably, the pronunciation given in Migliorini, Tagliavini and Fiorelli's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=14056&amp;amp;r=132046&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario d'ortografia e di pronunzia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; agree in saying that the correct way is the first one. The DOP, precisely, gives it as &lt;em&gt;sì-i&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[As an aside, I'd take Forvo with a pinch of salt.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-11-22T21:37:46.053" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7665" CreationDate="2016-11-24T13:16:02.910" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Overall, they have very little differences, which may not even be perceived by all the people the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually schiuma is more used and if misplaced in a sentence where spuma would sound better, it doesn't sound as bad as spuma instead of schiuma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ex: for &quot;latte foam&quot; I would personally use &quot;spuma del cappuccino&quot;, but &quot;schiuma del cappuccino&quot; sounds a little worse but is correct anyway.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &quot;that squirrel mouth is foaming&quot; spuma is really not used, you'd translate it like &quot;quello scoiattolo ha la schiuma alla bocca&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, as you can always change spuma to schiuma but not necessarily vice versa, when in doubt use schiuma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3050" LastActivityDate="2016-11-24T13:16:02.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7672" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7639" CreationDate="2016-11-24T13:52:26.190" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Carcarodonte&quot; is probably the formal biology term for the white shark, even though i never heard this word. You usually use &quot;squalo&quot;, and your grampa would use &quot;pescecane&quot;, which was a way common word in the past (eg: &quot;il pescecane&quot; in Pinocchio). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oddly, the chinese dish &quot;shark fin soup&quot; is almost always translated as &quot;zuppa di pinne di pescecane&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3050" LastActivityDate="2016-11-24T13:52:26.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7673" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7674" CreationDate="2016-11-24T23:07:45.637" Score="0" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which of the following expressions is correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viaggerei il mondo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viaggerei per il mondo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm just wondering as to whether the &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; is necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2016-11-30T06:04:10.683" Title="Is 'per' necessary in the expression &quot;viaggerei per il mondo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7673" CreationDate="2016-11-25T07:42:40.047" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Viaggiare is an action verb but it is not transitive, which means that you cannot use it with a direct object.&#xA;So the expression&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viaggerei il mondo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is not correct.&#xA;The preposition &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; is not strictly necessary, you can use whatever type of complement is appropriate, for instance you can say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viaggerei attraverso ogni continente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-11-25T07:51:55.873" LastActivityDate="2016-11-25T07:51:55.873" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7675" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7676" CreationDate="2016-11-25T12:03:27.717" Score="3" ViewCount="1730" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;data science&lt;/em&gt; è un campo di studio multidisciplinare che si è definito negli ultimi anni; non ho trovato una espressione equivalente in italiano.&#xA;Non so nemmeno come si debba tradurre &lt;em&gt;data scientist&lt;/em&gt;. Come si dice in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-11-25T19:36:03.997" Title="Come si dice in italiano data science?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7675" CreationDate="2016-11-25T12:27:50.623" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io utilizzerei per &lt;em&gt;data science&lt;/em&gt; il termine &lt;strong&gt;analisi dati&lt;/strong&gt; volto ad indicare l'operazione eseguita da una persona che è responsabile dell'analisi dei risultati o misurazioni provenienti da un sistema informatico o in generale da un apparato che produce una storia dell'andamento temporale delle principali grandezze che lo caratterizzano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti può essere utile questo articolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linkiesta.it/it/article/2015/07/21/coraggio-e-avventura-cosi-sono-diventato-il-data-scientist-di-tesla/26765/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;«Coraggio e avventura, così sono diventato il “data scientist” di Tesla»&lt;/a&gt; in cui viene spiegato il ruolo di &lt;em&gt;data scientist&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;analista dati&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lavoro all’interno della Product Excellence e il gruppo che guido è&#xA;  responsabile dell’analisi dei dati che provengono dalle nostre auto al&#xA;  fine di capirne l’utilizzo, identificare problemi prima che si&#xA;  manifestino sul campo e provvedere ai dati per il design dei&#xA;  componenti di nuovi modelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-11-25T19:36:03.997" LastActivityDate="2016-11-25T19:36:03.997" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7675" CreationDate="2016-11-25T14:01:34.863" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senza nulla togliere alla buona risposta di @abarisone, considera anche la possibilità di non tradurre &lt;em&gt;data science&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;data scientist&lt;/em&gt;. Soprattutto noi che lavoriamo nell'IT siamo abituati ad utilizzare il termine inglese. Nota che anche nel titolo dell'articolo citato da @abarisone hanno fatto questa scelta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1714" LastEditorUserId="1714" LastEditDate="2016-11-25T14:29:35.280" LastActivityDate="2016-11-25T14:29:35.280" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7678" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-26T17:06:43.603" Score="0" ViewCount="554" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stavo guardando un video, che potete trovare a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilfattoquotidiano.it/2016/11/26/referendum-la-costituzione-e-nostra-svelati-nuovi-ospiti-ovadia-guzzanti-della-rovere-e-bergonzoni/3219449/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo link&lt;/a&gt;, in cui viene utilizzata l'espressione &quot;in diretta streaming&quot;. Mi sarei aspettato, però, che ci fosse una parola italiana per &quot;streaming&quot;. Ne esiste una? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-11-27T10:58:11.093" LastActivityDate="2016-11-29T13:11:50.547" Title="Come si dice &quot;live streaming&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7679" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7683" CreationDate="2016-11-27T09:12:07.643" Score="6" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's have a look at this sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi c'è la festa di Carlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to emphasise the fact that the party is today, you can say 'La festa di Carlo è oggi' or 'È oggi la festa di Carlo', can't you? I've heard people say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È oggi che c'è la festa di Carlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;too. Is this grammatically correct? It sounds to me like a contraction of a longer form, such as 'È oggi &lt;em&gt;il giorno in cui&lt;/em&gt; c'è la festa di Carlo'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3054" LastActivityDate="2016-11-27T20:10:41.467" Title="Is 'È oggi che c'è...' grammatically correct?" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7678" CreationDate="2016-11-27T10:38:47.433" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'ambito delle nuove tecnologie sono molto frequenti in italiano i &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tesionline.it/default/tesi.asp?idt=38699&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;neologismi di origine inglese&lt;/a&gt;. Come indicato dall'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/neologismi/searchNeologismi.jsp?lettera=S&amp;amp;pathFile=/sites/default/BancaDati/Osservatorio_della_Lingua_Italiana/OSSERVATORIO_DELLA_LINGUA_ITALIANA_ND_016793.xml&amp;amp;lettera=S&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Osservatorio della lingua italiana Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, il termine &quot;streaming&quot; è appunto uno di questi neologismi. L'espressione &quot;live streaming&quot; si può tradurre in italiano come hai sentito nel video, &quot;in diretta streaming&quot; (che è però una locuzione avverbiale), oppure come &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://streamingindiretta.com/streaming/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;streaming in diretta&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (questa sì usata come un nome).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-11-27T10:38:47.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7681" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7682" CreationDate="2016-11-27T13:34:39.377" Score="4" ViewCount="9761" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho vissuto per dieci anni in Toscana e l'espressione &quot;ir budello di tu' ma&quot; e le sue varianti non mi sono perciò nuove. Per quelli che non dovessero conoscere l'espressione, penso di non sbagliarmi troppo nel sostenere che sia equivalente al senese &quot;la tu' mamma maiala&quot;, la cui semantica è piuttosto chiara. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nonostante ciò, non mi sono mai chiesto in che modo &quot;budello&quot; sia arrivato a significare &quot;prostituta&quot; (per non usare termini volgari). Qualcuno ne sa qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastActivityDate="2020-12-10T19:13:49.617" Title="Significato di &quot;budello&quot;" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7681" CreationDate="2016-11-27T15:01:32.727" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Liguria il budello è il centro storico delle città di mare, ad esempio il famoso &quot;budello di Alassio&quot;, caratterizzato da vie strette e non molto illuminate dal sole. &#xA;Nel contesto da te riportato sembra riferirsi ad un espressione colorita per definire le parti intime della mamma. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2016-11-27T15:01:32.727" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7679" CreationDate="2016-11-27T20:10:41.467" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence you proposed is an example of a construction called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/frase-scissa_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;frase scissa&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Vittorio Coletti, in his book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;, explains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E tutte le volte che si spezza una frase semplice ricavandone, a scopo di sottolineatura, una seconda («viene Andrea» &gt; «è Andrea che viene»; «quando vieni?» &gt; «quand'è che vieni?»), cioè nelle cosiddette frasi scisse (cfr. cap. IX), scomposte in due, è ancora &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, tra relativo e congiunzionale, a farla da padrone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, with this mechanism, one breaks a simple sentence with the purpose of giving emphasis to some part of it, obtaining a complex sentence divided in two clauses, one of them introduced always by &quot;che&quot; (which can be a relative pronoun or a conjunction).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This mechanism is explained with more detail in chapter IX of this book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prendiamo la frase già incontrata «canta Mario», risposta con posticipazione del soggetto all'ipotetica domanda «chi canta?». Se la riscriviamo così: «è Mario che canta», diamo al soggetto un duplice rilievo: segue il primo verbo (&lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;) ma precede il secondo (&lt;em&gt;canta&lt;/em&gt;) tramite un pronome relativo (&lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;). Si tratta della cosiddetta «frase scissa», costrutto anch'esso secolare dell'italiano, capace di dare evidenza speciale tanto al soggetto quanto ai complimenti; possiamo infatti anche dire, invece di «Mario mangia la mela», «è la mela che Mario mangia»; invece di «Mario ha dato il libro a Carlo», «è a Carlo che Mario ha dato il libro», ottenendo un'espressività in certi casi utile; sono strutture sintattiche tipiche e quasi riservate all'orale, che fanno concorrenza alle dislocazioni per efficacia espressiva. [...] Oggi si trova sempre più frequentemente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, using this mechanism, you can give emphasis to the subject or to any of the complements of the sentence. The author explains that this kind of sentences are not to be considered grammatically incorrect (he says explicitly at some point in this chapter &quot;non è sbagliato&quot;), but they are more typically used in oral communication. However, it is nowadays sometimes found in written texts, in contexts that are not very formal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La frase scissa, costrutto originariamente soprattutto dell'orale, si va propogando allo scritto, almeno in certe sue tipologie. Non solo nello scritto che riproduce il parlato, come logico (Enrico Testa lo ha ben illustrato nella novella antica e nel romanzo italiano di Otto e Novecento), ma anche in quello argomentativo, purché sufficientemente informale, disinvolto, elastico. In un articolo di Eugenio Scalfari sulla «Repubblica» del 16 novembre 2014 leggiamo: «Il Partito della nazione è democratico, al suo interno si discute liberamente... Discute anche con il leader, ma poi è lui che decide», e nella frase scissa conclusiva non ci troviamo nulla di male, come, credo, non c'è niente di male nella dislocazione con ripresa pronominale che ho usato io («nella frase scissa... ci...») per dirlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-11-27T20:10:41.467" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7686" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7688" CreationDate="2016-11-29T17:02:56.300" Score="3" ViewCount="4019" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;L'affaire Moro&lt;/em&gt; di Leonardo Sciascia, ho trovato questa frase con l'espressione &quot;fare capo&quot; di cui non riesco a cogliere del tutto bene il senso: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma un’evidenza concatenata ad altre evidenze: e tutte che &lt;strong&gt;fanno capo al&lt;/strong&gt; concetto di clandestinità delle Brigate rosse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto le risposte a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/7660&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, ma non mi sembra sia lo stesso significato. Ho letto anche le definizioni di &quot;fare capo&quot; nei dizionari Treccani, De Mauro e Hoepli, ma continuo a non capire. Potreste spiegarmi qual è il senso di questa espressione nella frase sopra citata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-11-29T21:18:58.033" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;fare capo&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7686" CreationDate="2016-11-29T21:18:58.033" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fare-capo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fare capo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dipendere, essere soggetti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: questa filiale fa capo alla sede di Milano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;considerare qcn. come referente per informazioni e sim.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;terminare, sboccare: la via fa capo in una grande piazza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;De Mauro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra i vari significati, quello che viene usato nella frase è il primo inteso in senso figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;evidenze che fanno capo (dipendono da/hanno come riferimento) il concetto di clandestinità....&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-11-29T21:18:58.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7644" CreationDate="2016-11-30T06:13:34.350" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;La nessuna resa&quot; può essere sostituito da &quot;il risultato nullo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure si può tradurre (in forma a mio parere più elegante) con &quot;considerando che le azioni della polizia non hanno prodotto alcun risultato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3069" LastEditorUserId="3069" LastEditDate="2016-11-30T06:19:36.343" LastActivityDate="2016-11-30T06:19:36.343" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7691" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-11-30T15:51:20.063" Score="-1" ViewCount="3738" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando devo usare &quot;essi&quot; invece di &quot;loro?&quot; Qual è la differenza? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2934" LastEditorUserId="2950" LastEditDate="2016-12-10T08:24:41.257" LastActivityDate="2016-12-10T08:24:41.257" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;essi&quot; e &quot;loro?&quot;" Tags="&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2016-12-01T07:58:13.463" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7691" CreationDate="2016-12-01T07:50:26.923" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come accade per &quot;egli/ella&quot; e &quot;lui/lei&quot;, nell'uso corretto, &quot;essi&quot; andrebbe usato come soggetto e &quot;loro&quot; come complemento. Nella prassi, l'uso di &quot;essi&quot; è di fatto limitato, in ogni caso, alla sola lingua scritta, in cui comunque non se ne fa largo uso, ad esempio sui social network.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.iluss.it/free_iluss/Gram+Exe1/pronomi-complemento.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;una prima fonte&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/soggetto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;altra fonte&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/4069/quando-usare-egli-ella-esso-essa-essi-esse-invece-di-lui-le&quot;&gt;questa&lt;/a&gt; altra domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2950" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-12-01T07:50:26.923" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7693" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-01T15:45:35.393" Score="0" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have translated teacher into Italian. There is: insegnante, istruttore, maestro, professore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am studying the diffeence between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which one of them is a high school teacher?&#xA;How about art school teacher?&#xA;How about instructor in car driving?&#xA;Is one of them a hypernym?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;hypothesis: professore is a teacher at a university&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastActivityDate="2016-12-05T14:57:18.753" Title="teacher in Italian: insegnante, istruttore, maestro, professore" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7694" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7695" CreationDate="2016-12-01T15:47:06.960" Score="1" ViewCount="3321" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ruba/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, l'espressione &quot;andare a ruba&quot; è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riferita a merci molto richieste che vengono vendute tutte in brevissimo tempo (&lt;em&gt;il capitone, alla vigilia di Natale, è andato a r. in tutte le pescherie&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le definizioni che si trovano in altri dizionari sono simili. Tuttavia, penso di averla sentiro in altri contesti. Per esempio, in qualcosa del tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa serie televisiva va proprio a ruba in Italia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi come e quando si usa questo modo di dire e qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-12-01T16:02:41.097" Title="Uso e significato dell'espressione &quot;andare a ruba&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7694" CreationDate="2016-12-01T16:02:41.097" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello che hai già trovato: un'oggetto &lt;em&gt;va a ruba&lt;/em&gt; se è una merce molto richiesta. Questo significato viene poi utilizzato in modo figurato [1] per indicare un oggetto molto popolare (ad esempio una serie televisiva che tutti guardano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] E, a mio parere, incorretto e fastidioso, ma sappiamo tutti cosa succede a chi cerca di fissare il significato delle parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-12-01T16:02:41.097" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7693" CreationDate="2016-12-01T16:12:21.897" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;All those translations are correct, but they heavily depend on the situation you are using them. Teacher is, by definition, someone who teaches, and all those four words in Italian refer to someone who are giving you a lesson about something. The first one, insegnante, is probably the one with a broader meaning, it can be applied to your salsa instructor or your high school teacher, but also to your driving instructor. Literally, it means &quot;someone who teaches&quot;. Istruttore instead is linked with professional instructors, again your salsa instructor is okay, your guitar teacher too, and if you do rock climbing and someone is teaching you, that's an istruttore as well, it is the literal translation of instructor, and it applies in the same context. However you wouldn't call a teacher or a university professor &quot;istruttore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maestro and Professore deserve a different paragraph. Traditionally, they are both linked with school teaching, Maestro with junior and elementary schools, while Professore is used from middle school to the university. However, Maestro has become synonym of &quot;Top&quot; in a discipline, originally it was used for orchestra directors as they were the best among the musicians, but nowadays it is used in a broader range of cases, including junior and elementary schools.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3068" LastActivityDate="2016-12-01T16:12:21.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7697" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-02T03:35:35.480" Score="7" ViewCount="25019" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am confused as I thought &quot;mia famiglia&quot; translated to &quot;my family&quot;, but I was recently corrected and told it was &quot;la mia famiglia&quot;... What is the difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3077" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-16T21:08:50.143" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T11:45:27.837" Title="&quot;La mia famiglia&quot; or &quot;mia famiglia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7697" CreationDate="2016-12-02T07:23:07.283" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The definite article (or articolo determinativo in Italian) is used to reference a general category of people, animals, object or concepts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case it is correct to translate &lt;strong&gt;My family&lt;/strong&gt; with &lt;strong&gt;La mia famiglia&lt;/strong&gt; (mind also the letter case) since also with the presence of the possessive adjective &lt;strong&gt;mia&lt;/strong&gt;  the use of the definite article &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; is always required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find a very good reference in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/articoli-determinativi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Italian grammar&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-12-02T08:03:41.647" LastActivityDate="2016-12-02T08:03:41.647" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7697" CreationDate="2016-12-02T07:49:45.907" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English the definite article must not be put before the possessive adjectives, in Italian in general is the contrary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il mio vestito è blu&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mio vestito è blu&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;wrong&lt;/strong&gt; (if you say it we understand immediately that you are a foreigner).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there is an exception with singular names which represent family members, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mia cugina è logorroica&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La mia cugina è logorroica&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;wrong&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mio nonno faceva il muratore&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il mio nonno faceva il muratore&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;wrong&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;em&gt;famiglia&lt;/em&gt; the definite article is necessary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La mia famiglia è di origini milanesi&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;correct&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mia famiglia è di origini milanesi&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;wrong&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As egreg correctly pointed out, with &lt;em&gt;mamma&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;papà&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;babbo&lt;/em&gt; both forms are used, maybe with a slightly different meaning, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La mia mamma è bella&lt;/em&gt; I say this because I love my mother and for me she's beautiful&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mia mamma è bella&lt;/em&gt; I say this as a matter of fact, she's a beautiful woman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2016-12-02T10:32:59.123" LastActivityDate="2016-12-02T10:32:59.123" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7701" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-02T22:18:58.433" Score="5" ViewCount="1548" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently saw this phrase on Facebook, and I got very confused, because shouldn't it be:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si non ne parla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that (or at least I was told; correct me if I am wrong) in Italian, you say:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si non lo sa mai  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&quot;One never knows that/it&quot;)&#xA;For example, this could be referring to:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si non sa mai quando arrivano gli autobus in Italia--&gt;Si non lo sa mai  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was told that you would not say:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non se lo sa mai&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So why can't the same be said for  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non se ne parla  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it because the &quot;si&quot; is used as a reflexive here and not as the English &quot;one&quot; or the German &quot;man&quot;? But if so, what would that phrase mean? Would it mean that the person doesn't talk to himself/herself about something? Moreover, I have tried to look up the verb &quot;parlarsene&quot; and have come up with nothing. Please help; thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3080" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-02T22:17:29.107" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T22:17:29.107" Title="Meaning of &quot;non se ne parla&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7702" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7710" CreationDate="2016-12-02T22:47:37.630" Score="5" ViewCount="1344" Body="&lt;p&gt;These women are usually celebrities: movie stars, socialites, journalists, etc, and they usually make a point of always dating men who are a few decades younger than they are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastActivityDate="2016-12-04T07:59:06.840" Title="Is there a word or phrase in Italian for a woman in her sixties or seventies who is always dating young men?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7701" CreationDate="2016-12-02T23:05:44.850" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Si non ne parla” is ungrammatical. The negation must go before the reflexive pronoun, which is changed into &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; because followed by another pronoun (&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non se ne parla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, &lt;em&gt;we/people don't talk about that&lt;/em&gt;. It can be &lt;em&gt;non se ne parla nemmeno&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;not even talk about it&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, it is &lt;em&gt;non si sa mai&lt;/em&gt;, for the same reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-12-02T23:05:44.850" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7701" CreationDate="2016-12-03T07:43:18.970" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As someone replied before me, &quot;Non si sa mai&quot; is a common idiomatic expression which is the equivalent of the English &quot;You never know&quot;. Mainly used in colloquial language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that this sort of idiomatic expressions, of which there are a number in Italian language, usually don't follow a specific grammatical pattern, so they can be somehow an &quot;exception&quot; to the rules. &#xA;I suggest you to learn them &lt;em&gt;by heart&lt;/em&gt;, and focus instead on their usage in context rather than on the grammar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these specific expressions the &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; particle is not used as a reflexive pronoun, but as a non-personal pronoun (&quot;&lt;em&gt;pronome impersonale&lt;/em&gt;&quot;), exactly as &lt;em&gt;mann&lt;/em&gt; in German or &lt;em&gt;on&lt;/em&gt; in French. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Said this, I'm going now to comment your questions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No. 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] shouldn't it be: &quot;Si non ne parla&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No. Let's analyze the phrase logically, and let's suppose by absurd that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The subject would be &quot;he/she&quot; (it's implied, since &quot;parla&quot; is a III sing. person verb). (Hypothesys).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There would be a discrepance between the subject, the &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; particle and the impersonal pronoun &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;, because if the subject is &quot;he/she&quot; it is then uncorrect to use a non-personal pronoun; this causes the phrase to sound &lt;em&gt;weird&lt;/em&gt;, and to be semantically incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, your mistake (which is perfectly understandable, as I said at the beginning) is simply logic: you did not negate the proposition properly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se ne parla --&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Non&lt;/strong&gt; se ne parla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; is exactly the same of &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; impersonal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No. 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I know that (or at least I was told; correct me if I am wrong) in&#xA;  Italian, you say: &lt;em&gt;Si non lo sa mai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's again a matter of logical analysys of the phrase, as described in question No. 1;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo si sa (sempre) ---&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Non&lt;/strong&gt; lo si sa (mai)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that words order in Italian is, sometimes, particulary relevant, especially if you want to sound &quot;natural&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No. 3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I was told that you would not say: &lt;em&gt;Non se lo sa mai&lt;/em&gt;, So why can't the same be said for &lt;em&gt;Non se ne parla&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non (negative p.) se (subject, impersonal p.) ne (&quot;of it&quot;) parla (predicate, III sing).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non (negation) lo (object) si (subject, impersonal) sa (predicate) mai (adverb).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same pattern.&#xA;Note that the pattern Subject --&gt; Predicate --&gt; ... --&gt; Adverb(s) is the standard sentences pattern in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope to have been helpful - and exaustive.&#xA;Sorry for my English, though! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2016-12-03T07:43:18.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7707" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7681" CreationDate="2016-12-03T07:58:20.907" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Budello&lt;/em&gt; indica l'intestino, e dato che l'orifizio anale non è altro che la terminazione inferiore del grosso intestino... lascio al lettori la definitiva comprensione dell'espressione!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2016-12-03T07:58:20.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7708" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7709" CreationDate="2016-12-03T10:59:42.860" Score="3" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolo &quot;manette&quot; è usato un paio di volte in &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.euronews.com/2016/12/01/tragedia-chapecoense-dopo-il-lutto-le-probabili-manette&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; recentemente apparso su Euronews. Si trova nel titolo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tragedia Chapecoense: dopo il lutto &lt;strong&gt;le probabili manette&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche nel corpo dell'articolo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un paese è in lutto, ma ben presto potrebbero anche &lt;strong&gt;scattare le manette&lt;/strong&gt; visto che stanno emergendo enormi responsabilità nell’incidente di un mezzo che non avrebbe mai dovuto decollare visto che non poteva affrontare quella distanza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire però cosa significhi &quot;scattare le manette&quot; in questo contesto. Ho cercato il termine &quot;manetta&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma il senso dell'espressione, che immagino sia figurato, non mi è chiaro. Vuol dire che si aspettano arresti imminenti? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-03T17:17:37.380" LastActivityDate="2016-12-03T17:17:37.380" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;scattare le manette&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7708" CreationDate="2016-12-03T11:41:27.887" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT606IT607&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;ei=abBCWNheivdS9-CJKA&amp;amp;q=far%20scattare%20le%20manette%20&amp;amp;oq=far%20scattare%20le%20manette%20&amp;amp;gs_l=mobile-gws-serp.3..41j33i22i29i30k1j33i160k1.1521.3252.0.3642.11.11.0.0.0.0.160.1599.0j11.11.0....0...1c.1.64.mobile-gws-serp..8.3.419...30i10k1.2fhM1SJSE9Y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Far scattare le manette&lt;/a&gt;&quot;  è un modo di dire molto comune che significa che qualcuno verrà arrestato. L'idea è quella di un dispositivo (le manette) che scatta ossia viene  messo ai polsi della persona  da arrestare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le espressioni che hai evidenziato si riferiscono ad un probabile arresto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-03T12:33:59.110" LastActivityDate="2016-12-03T12:33:59.110" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7702" CreationDate="2016-12-03T22:27:43.940" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;We use the term &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=tardona&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tardona&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to suggest a mature woman who dresses and behaves as a young woman. I think the term may well be used  to refer to the context you are suggesting: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;donna di mezza età che si comporta, si veste ecc. come una donna più giovane pensando di essere attraente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Garzanti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note also that the term &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dilei.it/sesso-e-psiche/origine-e-significato-del-termine-milf/425106/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Milf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is becoming more and more common in Italy: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il termine Milf è ormai entrato nel linguaggio comune, specialmente di quello dei ragazzi di oggi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-12-04T07:59:06.840" LastActivityDate="2016-12-04T07:59:06.840" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7711" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-04T08:14:56.423" Score="2" ViewCount="1793" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/desiderare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;desiderare&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;  perché avevo il dubbio se reggesse o meno la preposizione &quot;di&quot; prima di un infinito (&quot;desiderava di morire&quot; oppure &quot;desiderava morire&quot;?). Ho trovato questa spiegazione di cui non sono sicura di cogliere il senso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;desidero parlarti; desidero restare solo&lt;/em&gt; (in questa, e in altre frasi, può essere anche espressione attenuata di una volontà, di un ordine, che diventa più decisa con la prep. &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;desidero di restare solo, desidero di non essere disturbato&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;desiderava ardentemente di rivedere la famiglia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi qual è la differenza tra mettere e non mettere la preposizione &quot;di&quot; in questo tipo di frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-04T15:32:53.890" LastActivityDate="2016-12-06T15:12:12.280" Title="&quot;Desiderare&quot; + infinito: qual è la differenza tra inserire o meno la preposizione &quot;di&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2016-12-04T13:11:25.583" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are speaking English, use English conjugation rules, not Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, the verb does not change to agree with the gender of the subject it is referring to. It does in other Romance languages but not in English. &quot;Bravo&quot; has been assimilated from other languages, as have a vast range of other words. I don't believe reverting to Italian conjugation rules is necessary. If you say &quot;bravo&quot; and the performer is female, it depends if you are saying &quot;bravo&quot; in English. If you are saying &quot;bravo&quot; in Italian then there would be an issue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps if you were an English speaker yet said &quot;bravo&quot; with an Italian accent that would be crossing the line. We're splitting hairs here. At the end of the day the only way to be disrespectful is to say &quot;bravo&quot; with Italian sounding phonetics to a female performer where they know and expect you to speak and understand Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise if you are an English speaker and pronounce &quot;bravo&quot; with English phonetics you aren't saying anything wrong because that word is recognized as an English word. It is in English dictionaries. As are other words like ballet, lingerie, cuisine, bureau, cafe. They may have come from other languages but they are fully fledged official words of the English language and are to be pronounced with English phonetics when spoken and obey English grammar rules. The fact that &quot;bravo&quot; also appears in Italian and can change form depending on usage is interesting trivia but that is as far as it should go.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3084" LastActivityDate="2016-12-04T13:11:25.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7713" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7716" CreationDate="2016-12-05T08:54:21.460" Score="2" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;L'affaire Moro&lt;/em&gt; di Leonardo Sciascia ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo Stato di cui si preoccupa, lo Stato che occupa i suoi pensieri fino all’ossessione, io credo l’&lt;strong&gt;abbia adombrato&lt;/strong&gt; nella parola «famiglia». Che non è una mera sostituzione – alla parola Stato la parola famiglia – ma come un allargamento di significato: dalla propria famiglia alla famiglia del partito e alla famiglia degli italiani di cui il partito rappresenta, anche di quelli che non lo votano, la «volontà generale».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La persona di cui si sta parlando è Aldo Moro.&#xA;Non capisco il significato del verbo &quot;adombrare&quot; in questo passaggio, malgrado l'abbia cercato in alcuni dizionari. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-05T16:01:00.090" LastActivityDate="2016-12-05T16:01:00.090" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;adombrare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7713" CreationDate="2016-12-05T14:52:46.793" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/A/adombrare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Adombrare&lt;/a&gt; è usato in senso figurato col significato di preoccupare, turbare: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fig. Insospettirsi, turbarsi, offendersi: &lt;em&gt;si adombra per qualsiasi contrarietà.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Garzanti &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La parola famiglia, nel brano riferita al senso dello Stato in senso ampio, adombra, preoccupa i suoi pensieri. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-12-05T14:52:46.793" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7693" CreationDate="2016-12-05T14:57:18.753" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maestro / Maestra : childhood or elementary school.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Professore / Professoressa: from middle school to university.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Istruttore : proper for a non-scholastic course, or a course held in a university but not included in any syllabus (like an extracurricular activity).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, a &quot;maestro/a&quot; is also referred to a musician or music professor, as well as ballet dancers/instructors.&#xA;I've also heard usage of &quot;maestro&quot; in some sports contexts, such as Judo or Karate, but I don't exactly know how proper or common this is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The important thing is just to not refer to a &quot;professore&quot; as a &quot;maestro&quot;: that is generally considered rude.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3083" LastActivityDate="2016-12-05T14:57:18.753" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7713" CreationDate="2016-12-05T15:40:21.783" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato pertinente qui è quello che la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/adombrare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione del Treccani&lt;/a&gt; dà come 2.b:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rappresentare senza rilievo o colore, esprimere velatamente, o in modo incompiuto, inadeguato: &lt;em&gt;sentimenti che si possono appena a.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non potrei che imperfettamente a. i pensieri di quella mente sublime&lt;/em&gt;; per estens., rappresentare in genere: &lt;em&gt;quanto in più selvaggio Loco mi trovo ..., Tanto più bella il mio pensier l’adombra&lt;/em&gt; (Petrarca).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi che lo Stato viene adombrato nella parola “famiglia” significa che questa parola allude allo Stato, fa pensare allo Stato senza che la persona di cui si parla (Aldo Moro?) lo menzioni esplicitamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-12-05T15:40:21.783" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7717" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7721" CreationDate="2016-12-06T09:43:43.330" Score="2" ViewCount="3248" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un esercizio di italiano ho trovato la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Altro che commedia. Il titolo del film la dice lunga, &lt;strong&gt;è tutto un programma&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio sul significato dell'espressione &quot;essere tutto un programma&quot; in questa frase. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/programma/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;essere tutto un programma&lt;/em&gt; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nel linguaggio colloquiale, essere particolarmente indicativo di ciò che accadrà o di come si svolgeranno i fatti, avere in sé indizî tali da lasciar presumere gli avvenimenti futuri (&lt;em&gt;il suo atteggiamento è tutto un p.; mi ha fatto un discorso ch’era tutto un programma&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La definizione del dizionario De Mauro è simile. Basandomi su questo, ho pensato che il significato della frase fosse che il titolo del film permette di immaginare ciò che accadrà nella pellicola. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/P/programma.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato una spiegazione diversa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;essere tutto un programma (&lt;em&gt;fam&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;     • Fig.: si dice di qualcosa che s'impone per la sua singolarità, per caratteristiche tanto originali e curiose da apparire buffe o da sfiorare il ridicolo. Per estensione, all'opposto, essere qualcosa di problematico, difficile, faticoso, cui tuttavia ci si rassegna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo mi ha fatto pensare ad altri possibili significati della frase: il titolo del film è tanto singolare che pare buffo, ridicolo, o magari fa prevedere un film faticoso o noioso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il senso della frase sopra citata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-05-16T18:37:07.153" Title="Cosa significa &quot;è tutto un programma&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7717" CreationDate="2016-12-06T10:01:12.857" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La definizione del vocabolario Treccani è secondo me maggiormente corretta, ma, almeno nella mia esperienza, questa espressione assume spesso un significato almeno ironico (o addirittura sarcastico), e questo spiega la definizione che dà il dizionario Hoepli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che nella frase indicata, significhi che il titolo del film lascia trasparire le sue vere intenzioni (che non sono quelle di essere una commedia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi vengono in mente espressioni in inglese (ma non identiche in significato) come &lt;em&gt;that says it all&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;'nuff said&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-20T11:48:42.027" LastActivityDate="2016-12-20T11:48:42.027" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7719" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-06T10:23:12.033" Score="2" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a scene from &lt;em&gt;'Il Marchese del Grillo'&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Alberto Sordi&lt;/em&gt; explains to the villain:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Perché io so' io e tu non sei un c...o&quot;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have removed the vulgar part but I am pretty sure that every one understand. Today I was trying to explain to a dude on StackOverflow why Microsoft can break its own rules while we cannot. And this famous phrase has come to my mind. However the better outcome from my poor English was: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Because they are who they are and you are a none&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However it seems to me that a lot of the meaning is lost in translation. Is there something better to express the figurative power of the original expression? Well, of course, I have reconsidered to post something like that but nevertheless I wish to know if there is a better translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1930" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-06T11:55:49.257" LastActivityDate="2016-12-06T11:55:49.257" Title="How to translate in English a mythical phrase from an Italian film" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ClosedDate="2016-12-06T11:58:29.340" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7719" CreationDate="2016-12-06T11:11:02.840" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think you can translate this marvellous quote from the movie with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Because I am me and you're .... (nothing)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;without the use of the contraction on &lt;em&gt;I'm&lt;/em&gt;, so when you read it you can give the correct tone to the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So similarly you can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Because they are them (or Microsoft) and you are ... (nothing)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-12-06T11:36:21.573" LastActivityDate="2016-12-06T11:36:21.573" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7717" CreationDate="2016-12-06T11:31:56.203" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/tutto-un-programma&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nuovo De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; definisce l'espressione come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;che è particolarmente significativo, che costituisce una chiara&#xA;  indicazione di ciò che una persona è o farà o di come si svolgeranno i&#xA;  fatti: il suo comportamento è tutto un programma&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso, riferito al film, questo significato può essere calzante.&#xA;Il significato adatto al tuo contesto è che puoi immaginare dal già dal titolo ciò che ti aspetta. Poi a seconda dei tuoi gusti può essere piacevole o spiacevole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, se il film fosse Cimitero vivente (Pet Sematary) allora potresti certamente dire: &quot;Altro che commedia. Il titolo del film la dice lunga, è tutto un programma!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti però &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;è tutto un programma&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; l'ho già sentito anche usare con accezione figurata e parzialmente negativa, cioè, come dice Hoepli, so già cosa mia aspetta e purtroppo sarà spiacevole e difficoltoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi devo lavorare con lui e la giornata sarà tutta un programma!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel senso di avere a che fare con un collega difficile e con cui non si lavora agevolmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-12-21T07:41:33.610" LastActivityDate="2016-12-21T07:41:33.610" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7711" CreationDate="2016-12-06T15:12:12.280" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza, come specifica il vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, sta nel grado di enfasi che si vuole dare al desiderio. In altre parole senza l'uso del &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, il desiderio risulta più attenuato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;desidero parlarti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;esprime un desiderio, per fare un confronto di grande aiuto in inglese sarebbe il &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;wish&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, mentre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;desidero di parlarti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;esprime un desiderio con la sfumatura di una volontà, quindi con una condizione più forte, sempre per il paragone con l'inglese corrisponderebbe ad un &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;desire&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nota personale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente a livello di correttezza formale vanno bene entrambe le forme, tuttavia c'è un'ulteriore sfumatura se ci troviamo in un contesto di lingua parlata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;di&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, nel parlato, suona un po' ridondante (superfluo, ripetitivo), in quanto non ce ne è un effettivo bisogno, poiché la frase ha senso compiuto e si capisce ugualmente indipendentemente dalla sua presenza.&#xA;Un italiano difficilmente direbbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;desidero &lt;b&gt;di&lt;/b&gt; restare solo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;preferirebbe piuttosto la forma senza il &lt;em&gt;&lt;b&gt;di&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Infine un'ulteriore sfumatura è da trovarsi nella presenza dopo il verbo di un avverbio, come nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;desiderava &lt;b&gt;ardentemente&lt;/b&gt; di rivedere la famiglia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in cui tra l'infinito e il &lt;em&gt;desiderava&lt;/em&gt; troviamo l'avverbio &lt;em&gt;&lt;b&gt;ardentemente&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, fatto che rende di aiuto nella lettura ricollegare l'infinito al verbo desiderare e che a questo punto non suona più ridondante nel linguaggio parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3092" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-12-06T15:12:12.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7724" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-09T00:39:31.097" Score="10" ViewCount="1304" Body="&lt;p&gt;Specifically, why the 'gi' sound ? Sorry for writing in English, my Italian isn't good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3099" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T22:13:15.357" Title="Why is Paris called Parigi in Italian?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7724" CreationDate="2016-12-09T06:52:34.627" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The name for Paris came from the ancient Latin term used by the Romans to call an earlier settlement, &lt;em&gt;Lutetia Parisorum&lt;/em&gt; or &quot;Lutetia of the &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parisii_(Gaul)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Parisii&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The Parisii were Celtic Iron Age people who lived on the banks of the&#xA;  river Seine (in Latin, Sequana) in Gaul from the middle of the third&#xA;  century BC until the Roman era. With the Suessiones, the Parisii&#xA;  participated in the general rising of Vercingetorix against Julius&#xA;  Caesar in 52 BC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Julius Caesar in &lt;em&gt;De Bello gallico&lt;/em&gt; referred to that people, the &lt;em&gt;Parisii&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(VII,57) Dum haec apud Caesarem geruntur, Labienus eo supplemento,&#xA;  quod nuper ex Italia venerat, relicto Agedinci, ut esset impedimentis&#xA;  praesidio, cum quattuor legionibus Lutetiam proficiscitur. Id est&#xA;  oppidum Parisiorum, quod positum est in insula fluminis Sequanae&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(VII,58) Id est oppidum Senonum in insula Sequanae positum, ut paulo&#xA;  ante de Lutetia diximus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can find in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etymonline.com/index.php?term=Paris&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;etymology dictionary for Paris&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;from Gallo-Latin Lutetia Parisorum (in Late Latin also Parisii), name&#xA;  of a fortified town of the Gaulish tribe of the Parisii, who had a&#xA;  capital there; literally &quot;Parisian swamps&quot; (see Lutetian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The original denotation Lutetia transformed in Paris around 360 during the council about arianism heresy, but it seems that the definitive name Paris was given in 508, the franc king Clodoveo I fixed to Paris the name of the capital city.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also take a look to page 47 of this &lt;a href=&quot;http://Grammatica%20delle%20due%20lingue%20italiana%20e%20latina&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica delle due lingue italiana e latina&lt;/a&gt; written by Ferdinando Bellisomi around 1824, about the correlation to Latin and Italian names:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci ha per ultimo de' nomi, che usati nel solo numero plurale terminano&#xA;  generalmente per &lt;em&gt;i, ae, a&lt;/em&gt;. Quei della prima desinenza, come &lt;em&gt;Parisii&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  Parigi, &lt;em&gt;Puteoli&lt;/em&gt; Pozzuoli, sono maschili&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it seems that at the beginning of  19th century the Italian form was the current one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-12-14T08:48:52.127" LastActivityDate="2016-12-14T08:48:52.127" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7726" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-09T18:23:38.833" Score="1" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to translate &quot;collecting locality&quot; into Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a place in nature where is e.g. gold, silver, or some mineral etc. and people are there to get it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;suggestions: raccolta di località, miniera, Sito di scavo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="2871" LastEditDate="2016-12-09T18:52:40.033" LastActivityDate="2016-12-13T16:58:30.560" Title="collecting locality in Italian" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7726" CreationDate="2016-12-09T18:41:48.043" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would use the word &quot;&lt;em&gt;giacimento&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (for example for oil, gas, etc.) or &quot;&lt;em&gt;miniera&lt;/em&gt;&quot; if this place is inside a cave for iron, silver, gold or other not fluid materials. &#xA;Also &lt;em&gt;impianto di estrazione&lt;/em&gt; could be acceptable, I think. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-12-12T08:21:37.467" LastActivityDate="2016-12-12T08:21:37.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7726" CreationDate="2016-12-09T18:42:27.050" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are referring to the activities described here: &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.minsocam.org/MSA/collectors_corner/MineralCollecting.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Mineral collecting&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, I think that we would probably refer to them as &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=giacimento&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;giacimenti&lt;/a&gt; minerari&quot;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Garzanti  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this activity  is not that popular in Italy as far as I know. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2016-12-09T18:42:27.050" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7729" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-09T23:41:07.337" Score="5" ViewCount="3337" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe it is a very short list. Excluding words that are inherited, unchanged, from other languages (e.g. dessert).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would it make sense to include &quot;preposizioni articolate&quot; (del, al, nel, col, etc) as they are shortened versions of (dello, della, allo, alla, nello, nella, etc.)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3102" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-30T10:25:41.803" LastActivityDate="2018-09-30T10:25:41.803" Title="What are the Italian words that end with a consonant and that aren't inherited from other languages?" Tags="&lt;curiosity&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7729" CreationDate="2016-12-10T09:19:27.363" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Linux commands:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;$ sudo apt install witalian&#xA;$ grep -i &quot;^[^']*[^aeiouàèéìòù]$&quot; /usr/share/dict/italian&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(see &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression&lt;/a&gt; for info on the syntax used) return&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;BIOS&#xA;CD&#xA;Camerun&#xA;Cauchy&#xA;Cluny&#xA;Courmayeur&#xA;DOS&#xA;Debian&#xA;Dirac&#xA;Einstein&#xA;Emacs&#xA;FAQ&#xA;FSF&#xA;Feynman&#xA;Fidonet&#xA;Fourier&#xA;GPL&#xA;Galles&#xA;Galois&#xA;Gauss&#xA;GhostScript&#xA;HTML&#xA;HURD&#xA;Hegel&#xA;Intel&#xA;Internet&#xA;Kronecker&#xA;LISP&#xA;LaTeX&#xA;Linus&#xA;Linux&#xA;Lourdes&#xA;Madrid&#xA;Morgex&#xA;Murphy&#xA;Newton&#xA;Npc&#xA;Oliver&#xA;PC&#xA;POST&#xA;Pascal&#xA;Pentium&#xA;Planck&#xA;PostScript&#xA;SGML&#xA;Schwarzschild&#xA;Senegal&#xA;Stokes&#xA;TBC&#xA;TeX&#xA;Usenet&#xA;Vietnam&#xA;Windows&#xA;abbian&#xA;accusar&#xA;ad&#xA;addendum&#xA;al&#xA;alcol&#xA;alcool&#xA;alcun&#xA;alt&#xA;ananas&#xA;ancor&#xA;andar&#xA;apparir&#xA;aspettan&#xA;auditorium&#xA;autobus&#xA;aver&#xA;bazar&#xA;beh&#xA;bel&#xA;ben&#xA;biberon&#xA;bis&#xA;budget&#xA;buon&#xA;camion&#xA;cangiar&#xA;cantar&#xA;caos&#xA;chieder&#xA;ciascun&#xA;col&#xA;color&#xA;comprender&#xA;computer&#xA;con&#xA;conceder&#xA;correr&#xA;cracker&#xA;cuor&#xA;dal&#xA;dan&#xA;dar&#xA;deh&#xA;del&#xA;dicon&#xA;diesis&#xA;dimenticar&#xA;dir&#xA;don&#xA;dottor&#xA;dover&#xA;dovevan&#xA;ed&#xA;eh&#xA;ehm&#xA;emTeX&#xA;esser&#xA;est&#xA;facevan&#xA;fan&#xA;far&#xA;film&#xA;fin&#xA;fral&#xA;gas&#xA;gilet&#xA;goal&#xA;gran&#xA;gratis&#xA;hacker&#xA;han&#xA;idem&#xA;il&#xA;impedir&#xA;in&#xA;inox&#xA;iter&#xA;kg&#xA;lapis&#xA;lapsus&#xA;lasciar&#xA;laser&#xA;lavorar&#xA;maggior&#xA;mais&#xA;mal&#xA;management&#xA;men&#xA;metter&#xA;miglior&#xA;minor&#xA;morir&#xA;muor&#xA;muover&#xA;nel&#xA;nessun&#xA;non&#xA;nord&#xA;od&#xA;odor&#xA;offrir&#xA;onor&#xA;ovest&#xA;par&#xA;parer&#xA;particolar&#xA;per&#xA;poter&#xA;preferir&#xA;prevenir&#xA;proseguir&#xA;provenir&#xA;pur&#xA;qual&#xA;qualcun&#xA;quark&#xA;quel&#xA;quiz&#xA;ragion&#xA;ragionier&#xA;rayon&#xA;rebus&#xA;record&#xA;referendum&#xA;render&#xA;ribes&#xA;riempir&#xA;rifinir&#xA;rifornir&#xA;rifuggir&#xA;riveder&#xA;rivelan&#xA;salir&#xA;san&#xA;saper&#xA;saran&#xA;scoprir&#xA;seppur&#xA;signor&#xA;sin&#xA;slip&#xA;smaltir&#xA;smarrir&#xA;sol&#xA;son&#xA;spelling&#xA;sport&#xA;spray&#xA;stan&#xA;standard&#xA;star&#xA;stress&#xA;sub&#xA;sud&#xA;sul&#xA;suol&#xA;suon&#xA;super&#xA;svanir&#xA;tal&#xA;tandem&#xA;tener&#xA;termos&#xA;topless&#xA;toreador&#xA;trasalir&#xA;tunnel&#xA;uccider&#xA;un&#xA;unix&#xA;uscir&#xA;val&#xA;valzer&#xA;van&#xA;veder&#xA;venir&#xA;vien&#xA;virus&#xA;voler&#xA;vuol&#xA;zac&#xA;zenit&#xA;zic&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Excluding proper names, 'troncamenti', and foreign words (but that's a personal judgement for many of them), I'd save&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ad, alcol, alt, beh, biberon, bis, bus&lt;/strong&gt; (e derivati), &lt;strong&gt;camion, caos, con, deh, diesis, don, ed, eh, ehm, est, gas, in, lapis, mais, non, nord, od, ovest, per, quiz, record, ribes, sol&lt;/strong&gt; (la nota), &lt;strong&gt;sport, stress, sud, super, tunnel, zac, zic&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2016-12-10T09:35:25.897" LastActivityDate="2016-12-10T09:35:25.897" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7731" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-11T14:50:48.257" Score="4" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Tasso's Gerusalemme Liberata, Canto Primo, Octave 58 we see:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;  Ma il fanciullo Rinaldo, e sovra questi &#xA;  e sovra quanti in mostra eran condutti,&#xA;  dolcemente feroce alzar vedresti&#xA;  la regal fronte, e in lui mirar sol tutti.&#xA;  L'età precorse e la speranza, e presti&#xA;  pareano i fior quando n'usciro i frutti;&#xA;  se 'l miri fulminar ne l'arme avolto,&#xA;  Marte lo stimi; Amor, se scopre il volto.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know Spanish, French and some Latin good enough to deduce the meaning of most of words here, but those from the title still remain a mystery for me. I take it &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;alzar&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; here might be a relative of &lt;em&gt;alzare&lt;/em&gt; and mean something like 'ampiezza', but could this be a noun as well? Or a shortened form of the verb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;avolto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;? A participle, an ajective, or a noun? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, last but not least, what is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pareano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;? Does it stand for 'similar to' (like French pareil) or something different?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3109" LastActivityDate="2016-12-12T20:36:38.033" Title="Meaning of 'alzar', 'avolto' and 'pareano' here?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7732" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-11T16:18:26.683" Score="2" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire di una persona:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;John è imperturbabile.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;John è imperturbato.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono corrette entrambe le forme?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="698" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-12-11T17:39:29.547" LastActivityDate="2016-12-14T10:25:48.070" Title="Imperturbato o imperturbabile" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7731" CreationDate="2016-12-11T16:42:36.973" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Alzar&lt;/em&gt; is the verb &quot;alzare&quot; (with the elision of the last vowel) = to raise, to lift up, to grow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Avolto&lt;/em&gt; seems a poetic form for &quot;avvolto&quot; (past participle) (here the same verses have &quot;avvolto&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Gerusalemme_liberata/Canto_primo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Gerusalemme_liberata/Canto_primo&lt;/a&gt;) = wrapped.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pareano&lt;/em&gt; is a poetic form for for &quot;parevano&quot; = they seemed, they looked like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-12T20:36:38.033" LastActivityDate="2016-12-12T20:36:38.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7732" CreationDate="2016-12-11T17:36:14.390" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Benché simili, per la mia esperienza &lt;em&gt;imperturbabile&lt;/em&gt; è un aggettivo e dovrebbe essere utilizzato per descrivere una qualità permanente di John.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Imperturbato&lt;/em&gt; è un participio e mi sembra più adatto ad indicare una condizione temporanea per esempio legata ad uno specifico evento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-12T22:36:47.380" LastActivityDate="2016-12-12T22:36:47.380" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1986" CreationDate="2016-12-11T21:46:35.743" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una soluzione spropositata...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3110" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2016-12-12T09:06:54.047" LastActivityDate="2016-12-12T09:06:54.047" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7736" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-13T15:51:58.933" Score="5" ViewCount="703" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English there is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;wizard = a guy in a fairy tale who can change a human into an animal&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;magician = real person who performs magic tricks&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are their translations into Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have found two words: &quot;mago m, stregone m&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hypothesis: wizard = stregone, magician = mago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-14T15:48:32.247" LastActivityDate="2016-12-19T11:45:28.867" Title="Wizard vs magician in Italian" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7736" CreationDate="2016-12-13T16:06:03.010" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are mainly right; but in Italian &quot;mago&quot; is quite generic and could be applied to both cases.&#xA;You could translate &lt;em&gt;magician =  prestigiatore&lt;/em&gt;, while keeping &lt;em&gt;wizard = mago&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-19T07:39:09.747" LastActivityDate="2016-12-19T07:39:09.747" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7726" CreationDate="2016-12-13T16:58:30.560" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this &quot;collecting locality&quot; in the context of an industrial or hobbyist activity?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's the former, &quot;giacimento&quot; feels like the best translation.&#xA;(or you could use something like &quot;area di estrazione&quot; if you want to stress out that the site is currently actively exploited).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's the latter, a rapid google survey of sites dedicated to mineral collectors and geology enthusiasts seems to suggest the use of &quot;area mineralogica&quot;, &quot;sito mineralogico&quot;, or &quot;località mineralogica&quot; to indicate places of interest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other relevant general terms are &quot;miniera&quot; for &quot;mine&quot;, &quot;cava&quot; for &quot;quarry&quot;, &quot;vena&quot; or &quot;filone&quot; for &quot;vein&quot; or &quot;lode&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3114" LastActivityDate="2016-12-13T16:58:30.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1484" CreationDate="2016-12-13T20:08:06.173" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The names of ruling monarchs, popes or the saints are still very often adapted in many languages. The reason is that these rulers or saints usually assume a Christian name which has a very long tradition of usage and a different, localized form in almost every European language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same is with many cities, this usage comes from a long tradition. I personally think it is a thing to cherish instead of taking over an original form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3115" LastActivityDate="2016-12-13T20:08:06.173" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7740" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-13T23:18:37.833" Score="1" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si dice &quot;speech delay&quot; in italiano (che penso sia quando uno fa delle pause involontarie mentre parla)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2016-12-14T08:24:53.070" LastActivityDate="2016-12-14T10:27:46.893" Title="Come si dice speech delay" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7740" CreationDate="2016-12-14T07:06:25.637" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;speech delay&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; viene tradotta in italiano con &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ritardo_semplice_di_linguaggio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ritardo (o disturbo) del linguaggio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; quando le cause sono neurolopsichiche, cioè &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il ritardo semplice di linguaggio è l'assenza o il ritardo di&#xA;  acquisizione della verbalità espressiva in termini globali o in uno&#xA;  degli aspetti parziali fonematici, lessicali e/o morfosintattici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si riferisce ad una patologia per cui la persona (o di solito un bambino) comincia a parlare tardi rispetto alla media. L'evoluzione è solitamente positiva ma i soggetti che ne hanno sofferto possono talvolta fare pause involontarie specie quando intrattengono un discorso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fatto correttamente notare da @DaG, quando le cause sono meccaniche si potrebbe tradurre con &lt;strong&gt;alalia&lt;/strong&gt; oppure &lt;strong&gt;afemia&lt;/strong&gt;, quando c'è un ritardo nello sviluppo o nell'uso dei meccanismi per la produzione orale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per contro ci sono invece le pause volontarie, dette &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pause ad effetto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, che fanno parte dell'arte oratoria e delle tecniche a supporto della recitazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-12-14T08:47:19.053" LastActivityDate="2016-12-14T08:47:19.053" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7732" CreationDate="2016-12-14T10:25:48.070" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua domanda è interessante; a prima vista imperturbabile e imperturbato fanno parte della numerosa serie di coppie di aggettivi derivanti da verbi transitivi, come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;affondare - inaffondabile - inaffondato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;distruggere - indistruttibile - indistrutto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;arrestare - inarrestabile - inarrestato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;eccetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella lista precedente il primo aggettivo indica una caratteristica permanente che consiste nell'essere immune dall'azione del verbo, mentre il secondo aggettivo è la negazione del participio passato, e indica uno stato temporaneo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il caso di imperturbabile e imperturbato è però diverso nella pratica, perché l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;imperturbabile&lt;/em&gt; viene spesso usato, con riferimento allo stato emotivo o psicologico di una persona, e per lo più con il verbo rimanere, con lo stesso significato di &lt;em&gt;imperturbato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio degli esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;John è rimasto imperturbabile per due ore davanti all'accusa, &#xA;poi ha ceduto e ha confessato.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non capisco John: a volte rimane imperturbabile davanti alle mie&#xA;critiche, altre volte reagisce in modo esagerato&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi &lt;em&gt;imperturbabile&lt;/em&gt; non rappresenta uno stato permanente, ma è un sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;imperturbato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che questo dipenda dal fatto che quando si parla della psicologia delle persone nulla è immutabile, ed è pertanto facile considerare ogni espressione come legata ad una condizione specifica, per cui in pratica &lt;em&gt;imperturbabile&lt;/em&gt; viene oggi usato come sinonimo più comune di &lt;em&gt;imperturbato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di fatto però è possibile usare &lt;em&gt;imperturbabile&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di impossibile da perturbare. In questo senso &lt;em&gt;imperturbato&lt;/em&gt; non è un sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;imperturbabile&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-12-14T10:25:48.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7743" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7740" CreationDate="2016-12-14T10:27:46.893" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Abarisone's answer is fully correct when referring to an individual's difficulties when speaking. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From your question, you seem to be unsure of the context: if you are referring to a technical delay in telecommunications (such as the time that passes between when a word is uttered in a phone receiver and when it's heard on the phone at the other hand), then the correct term is &quot;Latenza&quot; (&quot;Latency&quot; in English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastActivityDate="2016-12-14T10:27:46.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7744" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7746" CreationDate="2016-12-14T17:20:09.740" Score="10" ViewCount="1351" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a lot of Italian operas, I frequently hear the word &quot;parmi&quot;. Either used in the middle of a sentence, or in the beginning of the final cabaletta in &lt;em&gt;L'Assedio di Corinto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yet, no translation service or dictionary I've checked has this word. I've studied Italian for a year, so in the aria's name &lt;em&gt;Parmi vederlo&lt;/em&gt;, I know that &lt;em&gt;vederlo&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;see it&lt;/em&gt;. So my thought is it might be Pare+mi, as an imperative case, but &lt;em&gt;pare&lt;/em&gt; is not the infinitive of any verb I can find. And even if you use &lt;em&gt;parere&lt;/em&gt; the context doesn't make sense, since the sentence would seem to read like &quot;It seems to see it...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For context, the full sentence is, &quot;Parmi vederlo, ahi misero vicino a morte orribile.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help with this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T09:20:57.443" Title="What does &quot;parmi&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7744" CreationDate="2016-12-14T17:39:21.093" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your analysis is correct. The word &lt;em&gt;parmi&lt;/em&gt; is indeed a contraction of &lt;em&gt;mi pare&lt;/em&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;pare&lt;/em&gt; is the third person of &lt;em&gt;parere&lt;/em&gt;. So &lt;em&gt;parmi&lt;/em&gt; means “it seems to me”, or “it appears to me”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your example, &lt;em&gt;parmi vederlo&lt;/em&gt; simply means (in a non-idiomatic English) “it seems to me that I see him”, in the sense of “it's almost as if I could see him”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably your confusion comes from the fact that in these sentences &lt;em&gt;parere&lt;/em&gt; is constructed impersonally, so &lt;em&gt;parmi&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;mi pare&lt;/em&gt; = “it seems to me that I...” (and not “It seems to see it...”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(As for &lt;em&gt;vederlo&lt;/em&gt;, it could be both “to see him” and “to see it”; Italian has no neuter gender. From the context, here it refers to a “him”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2016-12-27T07:48:00.833" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T07:48:00.833" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7747" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7748" CreationDate="2016-12-15T11:21:46.353" Score="2" ViewCount="2005" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard before that in italiano, the real italian words ends with a vowel character. So that I can understand if a word ends with a vowel character, it can be belongs to italiano. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;toast = not italiano&#xA;pane tostato = italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this rule really exists for italian grammar?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3113" LastActivityDate="2016-12-15T13:27:06.603" Title="Are there any rules that italian words needs to end with vowel characters?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7747" CreationDate="2016-12-15T13:21:02.923" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a number of words in Italian that end in consonant, but they are mostly coming from Latin/Greek/Other or are contractions of other words (or articles/particles). But while their origin is foreign, they are not simply &quot;loan words&quot;, but proper parts of the language:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tram, pancreas, Nord Sud Ovest Est, Un, il, gratis, gas, etc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, according to where you draw the line, all &quot;Italian&quot; words end in vowel. But articles are a prime example of non-loan words/foreign origin that don't, if you count them as words&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd like to point your attention to &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.quora.com/Are-Telugu-and-Italian-the-only-languages-in-the-world-with-all-words-ending-with-a-vowel-sound/answer/Andr%C3%A9-M%C3%BCller-1?srid=7zjv&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this quora answer&lt;/a&gt;, in particular, which describes the topic in details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="1644" LastEditDate="2016-12-15T13:27:06.603" LastActivityDate="2016-12-15T13:27:06.603" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7751" CreationDate="2016-12-15T14:44:00.297" Score="3" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been reading a bit of Camilleri recently. I've actually found the language easy to understand. But there's one specific thing I don't get, and that's his (very consistent) use of grave accent in some penultimate syllables, such as &lt;code&gt;Vigàta&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;nirbùso&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is that supposed to convey? In both cases I think stress would end up in the same place without an accent mark. I'm also not aware of any special vowel quality that wants to be indicated that way. Does anyone have a hint?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3126" LastActivityDate="2016-12-15T16:25:52.960" Title="What's the purpose of the grave accent in penultimate syllables in Sicilian?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;accents&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7750" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7753" CreationDate="2016-12-15T15:03:50.313" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am doing research on an ancestor (or relative of my ancestor) and found his name in two Italian almanacs. Using Google Translate I have figured out most of what I want to know, but not all of it. Here are some words and abbreviations that Google Translate apparently can't help me with. Hopefully someone here can.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Abbreviations&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vesc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Words&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;NAPOLETANE&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Aquino&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sora&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do note that these are related to the Catholic Hierarchy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is (in its original Italian) what the &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=osATAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA334&amp;amp;lpg=PA334#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;text&lt;/a&gt; said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Gerarchia Cattolica&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Arcivescovi e Vescovi delle Sedi Residenziali italiane.&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;PROVINCIE NAPOLETANE&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vesc. Aquino — Raffaele Sirolli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;   Pontecorvo (Antichi dominii della S. Sede) e Sora — Raffaele Sirolli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps you guys can help me translate this and help me learn about my ancestor (or relative of my ancestor) - Raffaele Sirolli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3127" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-12-15T20:58:15.527" Title="Translating Section of an Italian Almanac" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;abbreviations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7749" CreationDate="2016-12-15T15:12:14.947" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;While this question is borderline off-topic (referring as it does not only to Sicilian, which is a different language from Italian, but to a fictional form of it), the answer is simple: in Italian – and by implication in the linguistic forms made up by Camilleri – you mark the accent on a polysyllabic word to make sure that the right syllable is stressed (apart from rare cases as &lt;em&gt;pésca/pèsca&lt;/em&gt;), even if it is on the penultimate syllable (since an Italian word without a written accent isn't necessarily stressed on the penultimate syllable).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian the only compulsory graphical accents are on the polysyllabic words with the stress on the last syllable and some monosyllabic ones. You might mark it sometimes on other words if there is a pair of ambiguous ones (&lt;em&gt;prìncipi&lt;/em&gt; vs. &lt;em&gt;princìpi&lt;/em&gt;, but the latter would be better written as &lt;em&gt;principî&lt;/em&gt;) or, as in this case, on very uncommon or made up words, and some proper nouns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-12-15T16:25:52.960" LastActivityDate="2016-12-15T16:25:52.960" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7752" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-15T16:17:29.030" Score="-2" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;What would you call a &quot;computer game&quot; in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples are GTA, Need for Speed etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggestions: gioco per computer, gioco del computer, videogioco, gioco per PC.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PC_game&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PC_game&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-15T16:22:09.953" LastActivityDate="2016-12-29T14:13:50.197" Title="computer game in Italian" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7750" CreationDate="2016-12-15T20:58:15.527" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The completely spelled out version of “Imm. Sogg.” is “&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diocesi_immediatamente_soggetta_alla_Santa_Sede&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;immediatamente soggetta&lt;/a&gt;” (it refers to a diocese, so it's feminine). It means that the diocese is directly dependent from the Holy See, and not from a Metropolitan Bishop, in which case it would be a “diocesi suffraganea” (&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suffragan_diocese&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;suffragan diocese&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The abbreviations “Vesc.” and “Arciv.” mean “vescovo” (bishop) and “arcivescovo” (archbishop).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Napoletane” is “Neapolitan”, that is, “related to Naples”. “Enrico de Dominicis” is a person's noun; Amalfi Sora and Aquino are toponyms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently, your ancient relation was the bishop of &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pontecorvo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pontecorvo&lt;/a&gt;. The town used to be an exclave of the Papal State inside the Kingdom of Naples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2016-12-15T20:58:15.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7724" CreationDate="2016-12-15T23:36:50.803" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't really know, but I suspect the double -ii is the reason:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;*Parisi /pa'risi/ -&gt; /pa'rizi/ which would have been written 'Parisi' (the &lt;code&gt;*&lt;/code&gt; means this is NOT a known form, I give it here as an example of how things aren't)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Parisii /pa'risii/ -&gt; /pa'risji/ -&gt; /pa'ris.Zi/ -&gt; /pa'ridZi/ which is written 'Parigi'&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cf Perusia -&gt; Perugia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If indeed older sources have Parisi, it may have been an artificial classicising spelling. Such things are not unheard of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3126" LastEditorUserId="3126" LastEditDate="2016-12-28T22:13:15.357" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T22:13:15.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7717" CreationDate="2016-12-16T10:01:11.073" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Sorry for replying in English but I don't want to risk writing incorrect Italian.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Essere tutto un / tutta una [something]&lt;/code&gt; has a similar meaning to &lt;code&gt;Being a whole [something]&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;Being a [something] in itself&lt;/code&gt;, it's sort of a common western European idiom. It means the thing being discussed can assume the qualities of the thing it's being compared to, which wouldn't normally be expected of something of its kind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this specific case, I think there are two different meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The title is the whole show / a whole [guide to the] show: the title gives away the plot. This is the idiom used with a neutral sense of &lt;code&gt;programma&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;abarisone's The day will be fully a spectacle / a full-on spectacle / nothing less of a spectacle: working with such a person will be a demanding experience of the kind one finds in fiction, not normal real life. This is the very same idiom, but with a figurative sense of &lt;code&gt;programma&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, I don't think the difference lies in the &lt;code&gt;è tutto un&lt;/code&gt; idiom itself but in the sense used for &lt;code&gt;programma&lt;/code&gt;. If that's correct, then it's not a matter of the same expression covering a complex range of meaning, but rather of one of its components (&lt;code&gt;programma&lt;/code&gt;) having two distinct meanings, in accordance with which the meaning of the whole will also change.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3126" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-16T18:37:07.153" LastActivityDate="2020-05-16T18:37:07.153" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7756" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7773" CreationDate="2016-12-16T13:16:51.890" Score="7" ViewCount="316" Body="&lt;p&gt;(Avvertimento: leggo l'italiano, ma non lo so scrivere bene.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da tempo ho notato che in tutta l'area che per me è a primo sguardo linguisticamente 'macro-italiana' (Firenze fino a Palermo, tutti hanno consonanti doppie e preservano le occlusive intervocaliche latine), le forme dialettali dell'articolo determinativo lasciano spesso cadere la L: ecco &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;o/u&lt;/code&gt; invece di &lt;code&gt;la&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;il&lt;/code&gt;. Pare normale in napoletano, ma l'ho trovato anche in corso e siciliano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È una caratteristica dell'italiano popolare che non riuscì a essere adottata dalla lingua 'corretta'? Ci sono dialetti dove non accade, mai?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono delle regole per la perdita della L o dipende del registro?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(L'articolo è &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt;/&lt;code&gt;o&lt;/code&gt; in portoghese - da qui la mia curiosità - e aragonese; in entrambe le lingue, è uno sviluppo secondario; il portoghese perse regolarmente la -L- ma non la -LL-.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3126" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-12-16T14:11:23.960" LastActivityDate="2016-12-19T21:55:54.077" Title="Uso dialettale di articoli senza L" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7752" CreationDate="2016-12-16T14:32:15.930" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;videogioco&quot; is literally videogame while &quot;videogioco per computer&quot; means computer game.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3129" LastActivityDate="2016-12-16T14:32:15.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7752" CreationDate="2016-12-16T14:35:38.507" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can say &quot;videogioco&quot; for every kind of &quot;videogame&quot; or &quot;computer game&quot;. There isn't an actual word for &quot;computer game&quot; but you can say &quot;videogioco per computer/pc&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2956" LastActivityDate="2016-12-16T14:35:38.507" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7650" CreationDate="2016-12-16T14:40:02.330" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say that &quot;Per poco non piangevo...&quot; would be a better translation. However if you say &quot;Per poco non ho pianto...&quot; no one will ever think that you're mistaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I almost cried watching the film...&quot; can be translated into Italian like: &quot;Ho quasi pianto guardando il film...&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3129" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-16T15:37:01.417" LastActivityDate="2016-12-16T15:37:01.417" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7756" CreationDate="2016-12-17T17:53:49.927" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da quello che so è principalmente una caratteristica dei dialetti dal centro Italia in giù (Lazio fino alla Sicilia) dove i termini usati sono derivati molto più direttamente dal greco antico e dal latino.&#xA;I dialetti del nord hanno invece influenze più nord europee, francesi, svizzere e tedesche principalmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ci sono regole specifiche. La &lt;em&gt;L&lt;/em&gt; è rimossa nell'articolo. O meglio non esiste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3134" LastActivityDate="2016-12-17T17:53:49.927" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7640" CreationDate="2016-12-17T18:51:39.027" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;While they could be used interchangeably you are almost right to say they &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; is farther than &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt;. However when it comes to colloquial Italian those differences are circumstantial. When you are pointing at something out of your reach (even in the same room) both are acceptable for example. When you are referring to a different country as you said &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; is more commonly used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd say, as a rule of thumb, that you should consider &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; as an abbreviation or alternative of &lt;em&gt;laggiù&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ref: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/L/la.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/L/la.php&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3134" LastEditorUserId="3134" LastEditDate="2016-12-17T19:22:31.367" LastActivityDate="2016-12-17T19:22:31.367" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7701" CreationDate="2016-12-17T19:48:55.233" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non se ne parla&lt;/em&gt; is an idiomatic form that could be roughly translated as &lt;em&gt;It's out of discussion&lt;/em&gt; as in &lt;em&gt;absolutely not&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3134" LastActivityDate="2016-12-17T19:48:55.233" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7650" CreationDate="2016-12-17T19:52:03.097" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The CORRECT and formal form would be &lt;em&gt;Per poco non ho pianto&lt;/em&gt; although &lt;em&gt;Per poco non piangevo&lt;/em&gt; is colloquially used and generally accepted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3134" LastActivityDate="2016-12-17T19:52:03.097" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7531" CreationDate="2016-12-17T20:01:26.790" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senza contesto è difficile tradurre in italiano perché l'inglese si basa sul contesto della frase per esprimere il significato di una parola mentre in italiano il più delle volte le parole sono meno generiche e più specifiche per intendere un dato concetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che una traduzione più generica sarebbe &lt;em&gt;Membro&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;Member&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;Sottoscrizione&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;Membership&lt;/em&gt;. Anche &lt;em&gt;Affiliazione&lt;/em&gt; può essere usato anche se comporta un diverso livello di partecipazione da parte del membro in alcuni casi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3134" LastActivityDate="2016-12-17T20:01:26.790" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7767" CreationDate="2016-12-18T11:33:08.403" Score="2" ViewCount="2478" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si traduce il termine &quot;meme&quot; in italiano (quelle sigle con un'immagine dietro che si vedono girare su Facebook e Internet). Inoltre vorrrei sapere dove posso trovare, se non vi dispiace, dei testi &quot;mene&quot; in italiano dai quali trarre ispirazione, modificare, e riusare. Scusate se questo è un po' off-topic, sono un po' imbranato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Molte grazie per la vostra pazienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-18T12:27:41.033" LastActivityDate="2016-12-18T12:27:41.033" Title="Come si dice &quot;meme&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7766" CreationDate="2016-12-18T11:50:28.770" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Meme&lt;/em&gt; si dice in italiano “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/meme_(Neologismi)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;meme&lt;/a&gt;”, ovviamente pronunciato all'italiano e con come plurale “memi” (sul modello di “gene” e “geni”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che il concetto di meme è ben più ampio delle spiritosaggini su Internet e descrive qualsiasi elemento culturale, idea, anche una singola nuova parola che si diffonde e si modifica all'interno della società in un modo confrontabile con quello appunto dei geni. Cioè il meme starebbe alla cultura come il gene alla biologia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-12-18T11:50:28.770" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7768" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7771" CreationDate="2016-12-19T07:21:43.063" Score="4" ViewCount="1014" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto il dubbio se, dopo l'espressione &amp;quot;dissuadere qualcuno&amp;quot; e prima di un infinito, si debba usare &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;dal&amp;quot;. Per esempio, quale tra queste è la frase corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei dissuadere Pietro &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; fare qualcosa di cui dopo potrebbe pentirsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei dissuadere Pietro &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; fare qualcosa di cui dopo potrebbe pentirsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dissuadere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;dissuadere&amp;quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;spero che ormai si sia dissuaso &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dal&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; partire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso dedurre che l'opzione corretta è sempre usare &amp;quot;dal&amp;quot; prima di un infinito?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato un documento su Internet, sembra che sia parte di un libro intitolato &lt;em&gt;In altre parole&lt;/em&gt; e che faccia parte di una collana o qualcosa di simile chiamata &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.amazon.it/datti-una-regola-zordan/s?ie=UTF8&amp;amp;page=1&amp;amp;rh=i%3Aaps%2Ck%3Adatti%20una%20regola%20zordan&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Datti una regola&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, in cui c'è una sezione chiamata &amp;quot;Costruzioni richieste dei più comuni verbi e aggettivi&amp;quot;. Là ho trovato per il verbo &amp;quot;dissuadere&amp;quot;: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dissuadere da un proposito; dissuadere dal fare una cosa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-12-21T12:49:33.030" Title="Dissuadere qualcuno &quot;da&quot; o &quot;dal&quot; + infinito?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7769" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-19T09:45:49.527" Score="5" ViewCount="2080" Body="&lt;p&gt;Domanda natalizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In gergo calcistico, spesso si sente dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'allenatore XY non mangerà il panettone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel senso che sarà esonerato prima di Natale, per gli scarsi risultati ottenuti con la squadra all'inizio del campionato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è entrata nel linguaggio comune,  ad esempio prima del referendum si poteva dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Se vince il &quot;no&quot;, mi sa che il governo Renzi non arriva a mangiare il panettone&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine di questo modo di dire? Chi l'ha utilizzato per primo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Buon Natale a tutti!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T19:00:36.590" LastActivityDate="2019-11-14T04:05:45.630" Title="Qual è l'origine dell'espressione &quot;... non mangiare il panettone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7736" CreationDate="2016-12-19T11:05:24.200" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;English has a lot of terms for &quot;magical user&quot;, some traditional and some introduced by fantasy literature and games:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;wizard &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sorcerer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;warlock&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;magician&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;illusionist&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;conjurer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;summoner&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;medium&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;clairvoyant&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian there are less options. These are the ones that I can think of, with the appropriate pairing with English when there is one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mago&lt;/em&gt; (wizard): generic term for magic user, it applies also to the &quot;classic&quot; idea of magic user (Merlin was a &lt;em&gt;mago&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;stregone&lt;/em&gt; (wizard / sorcerer): male version of &lt;em&gt;strega&lt;/em&gt; (witch). It has a &lt;em&gt;slightly&lt;/em&gt; more esoterical meaning than wizard (&lt;em&gt;stregoni&lt;/em&gt; are usually &quot;darker&quot; and more mysterious than &lt;em&gt;maghi&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;prestigiatore&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;illusionista&lt;/em&gt; (magician / illusionist): not a magic user, but rather one that does tricks (like at a fair). The former is more specialized in sleight of hand tricks, the latter is more about creating misperceptions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;evocatore&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;invocatore&lt;/em&gt; (summoner + conjurer): someone who can use magic to materialize creatures or objects. There is no strict distinction as in English between the two cases.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;medium&lt;/em&gt; (medium): someone who can perceive / communicate with spirits (not necessarily of the dead).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;veggente&lt;/em&gt; (clairvoyant): Someone who can see across time (future) or space (afar). It does not includes prophecies: &lt;em&gt;profeta&lt;/em&gt; (prophet) is more appropriate in that case.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two more things worth mentioning: there is no direct translation for &quot;warlock&quot; when used in the meaning of someone who uses magic specialized in combat (fantasy meaning).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is one specific Italian term, &lt;em&gt;iettatore&lt;/em&gt;, who is someone who has the power to curse people with the &lt;em&gt;malocchio&lt;/em&gt;, which will bring misfortune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-12-19T11:45:28.867" LastActivityDate="2016-12-19T11:45:28.867" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7768" CreationDate="2016-12-19T17:33:41.237" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase corretta è la seconda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;dal fare&lt;/em&gt; usa una preposizione articolata perché è un infinito in funzione di sostantivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2013/03/07/le-forme-implicite-linfinito-semplice-e-composto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2013/03/07/le-forme-implicite-linfinito-semplice-e-composto/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-19T18:10:57.580" LastActivityDate="2016-12-19T18:10:57.580" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7756" CreationDate="2016-12-19T21:24:35.687" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Doverosa premessa, i dialetti italiani sono così tanti e variegati ed inoltre in molti casi non seguono delle regole ben definite, quindi è difficile rispondere a questa domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci provo, partendo dal dialetto parlato nella mia città, Taranto, di conseguenza del dialetto tarantino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dialetto_tarantino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; (ed io concordo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gli articoli determinativi sono i seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;'u (corrisponde nella lingua italiana a &lt;strong&gt;il / lo&lt;/strong&gt;) - singolare maschile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;'a (corrisponde nella lingua italiana a &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt;) - singolare femminile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le (corrisponde nella lingua italiana a &lt;strong&gt;i / gli / le&lt;/strong&gt;) - plurale&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Andando oltre Wikipedia, il &quot;Dizionario della parlata tarantina&quot; di Nicola Gigante (Mandese Editore) sull'articolo 'u dice quando segue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;art. determ. m., il, usato dinanzi a consonante: 'u cielə (il cielo),&#xA;  'u petə (il piede), 'u zianə (lo zio); e davanti a nomi che cominciano&#xA;  per vocale per la perdita della consonante iniziale: 'u uagnonə (il&#xA;  ragazzo), 'u uandə (il guanto). Per Meyer Lubke è una forma&#xA;  raccorciata; per Rohlfs è variazione atona del pronome; secondo il&#xA;  Merlo è il risultato di una pronunzia velare di: lo &gt; 'u; mentre il&#xA;  mantenersi del lə dinanzi a vocale velare non può se non essere una&#xA;  dissimilazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se però, ci spostiamo a Lecce (circa 90 km da Taranto), beh li è il regno del &lt;em&gt;lu&lt;/em&gt; (articolo determinativo maschile singolare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il leccese rientra nella categoria dei dialetti meridionali estremi (assimilabile al siciliano), dove l'uso degli articoli determinativi è promiscuo, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lingua_siciliana#Articoli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui trovi la pagina di Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di esserti stato d'aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="300" LastEditDate="2016-12-19T21:55:54.077" LastActivityDate="2016-12-19T21:55:54.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7717" CreationDate="2016-12-19T21:29:33.310" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che la definizione contenuta nel Dizionario Hoepli sia quella che più si avvicina alla realtà. &#xA;Non è un'espressione che uso spesso, ma quando lo faccio è perché voglio fare del sarcasmo di proposito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri contesti in cui l'ho sentita usare, negli anni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ma hai visto come va in giro? Cappotto blu, calze rosse, cappello fucsia... &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tutto un programma&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; (= il suo aspetto è ridicolo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="456" LastActivityDate="2016-12-19T21:29:33.310" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7775" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7776" CreationDate="2016-12-20T11:26:32.310" Score="6" ViewCount="620" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;to make a big deal&quot; nel dizionario e ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To make a big deal out of something:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;fare un sacco di storie per qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me questa traduzione non è molto buona. Io pensavo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;parlare di qualcosa come se fosse una grande cosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa ne pensate? Si può tradurlo meglio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="308" LastEditDate="2016-12-21T07:16:05.383" LastActivityDate="2016-12-21T07:16:05.383" Title="Traduzione della frase inglese &quot;To make a big deal (out of something)&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7775" CreationDate="2016-12-20T11:43:28.610" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato diverse discussioni su Wordreference (metto i link alla fine) secondo cui questa espressione può avere traduzioni leggermente diverse anche a seconda del contesto in cui viene usata; la tua traduzione in generale mi sembra corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono diversi modi di dire che esprimono lo stesso concetto come: &quot;farne un dramma&quot; / &quot;farne un affare di Stato&quot;; un'altra traduzione che mi sembra corretta è &quot;ingigantire qualcosa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/made-a-big-deal-over-you.2434296/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/made-a-big-deal-over-you.2434296/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/dont-make-a-big-deal.126667/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/dont-make-a-big-deal.126667/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/big-deal.122300/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://forum.wordreference.com/threads/big-deal.122300/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2016-12-20T11:43:28.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7775" CreationDate="2016-12-20T11:45:35.490" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solitamente &quot;Don't make a big deal&quot; si può tradurre con &quot;Non farne un dramma&quot; o &quot;Non farne un affare di stato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3143" LastActivityDate="2016-12-20T11:45:35.490" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7778" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7775" CreationDate="2016-12-20T13:29:41.703" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questa interessante spiegazione del significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phrasemix.com/phrases/make-a-big-deal-out-of-something&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;to make a big deal (out of something)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando dici che qualcosa &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;is a big deal&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; significa che ciò è importante per te. Ma quando tu dici &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;make a big deal out of ___&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, significa che quel qualcosa non è così importante ma tu ti comporti come se lo fosse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi usare ad esempio questa frase nelle seguenti situazioni: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando un membro della tua famiglia sta organizzando una grande festa per il tuo compleanno, anche se a te non te ne importa niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando qualcuno si arrabbia per una cosa che tu pensi essere solo un errore trascurabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando tu presti un po' di soldi a qualcuno e lui ti ringrazia in modo pedante ed eccessivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;make a big deal out of something&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; è spesso usata nel cosiddetto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.phrasemix.com/concepts/casual-speech&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;casual speech&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè un modo di parlare che di solito usi con persone di fiducia molto vicine a te, come famigliari e amici, che fa largo uso di contrazioni, slang e grammatica semplificata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io tradurrei (oltre che &lt;strong&gt;non farne un dramma&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;non farne una questione di stato&lt;/strong&gt; già suggerite) &lt;strong&gt;non fare tutto questo rumore per nulla&lt;/strong&gt;, oppure &lt;strong&gt;non farne una questione di vita o di morte&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2016-12-20T13:38:43.050" LastActivityDate="2016-12-20T13:38:43.050" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7768" CreationDate="2016-12-21T12:49:33.030" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'articolo preposto al verbo lo sostantivizza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio: confronta &quot;dissi a lei di &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; qualcosa&quot; con &quot;ogni pomeriggio si poneva la questione &lt;em&gt;del fare&lt;/em&gt; qualcosa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo esempio, &quot;dissuadere da&quot; vuole un sostantivo e quindi il verbo necessita dell'articolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2016-12-21T12:49:33.030" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7780" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-21T12:53:25.997" Score="5" ViewCount="2424" Body="&lt;p&gt;I verbi &lt;em&gt;usare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;utilizzare&lt;/em&gt; sono spesso usati intercambiabilmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando è più corretto utilizzare usare e quando usare utilizzare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="18" LastActivityDate="2016-12-21T13:03:14.370" Title="Uso corretto di usare e utilizzare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7780" CreationDate="2016-12-21T13:03:14.370" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mentre “usare” indica il servirsi di qualcosa in qualunque modo, che sia uno strumento fatto apposta, un uso occasionale o altro, a rigore “utilizzare” non significa “usare”, ma “rendere utile” o, come parafrasi il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/utilizzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, «adoperare mettendo a profitto, impiegare rendendo utile». Infatti i dizionari fanno esempi che riguardano vestiti usati, avanzi e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Utilizzare” si inserisce cioè nella serie dei verbi in “-izzare” che significano, o significavano, “rendere [nel modo indicato dalla radice del verbo]”: “realizzare” significa, di base, “rendere reale”, così come “francesizzare” significa “dare forma francese”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, di fatto molti lo adoperano come sinonimo di “usare” (e forse con molta pazienza sarebbe interessante analizzare qualche corpus per vedere se sia recente l'uso generico come sinonimo di “usare”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-12-21T13:03:14.370" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7782" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-21T16:41:22.260" Score="6" ViewCount="447" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If I weren't going on my business trip next week, I would have accepted that new assignment at work.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm wondering especially about how to translate &quot;weren't going&quot;, because in English we're using present continuous with a future meaning).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If I weren't going to be busy tomorrow...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm not going to the concert tonight, but if I were going...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3144" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-21T20:21:18.520" LastActivityDate="2017-01-03T18:23:35.390" Title="How can I translate these conditional sentences?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7783" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7784" CreationDate="2016-12-22T07:50:19.093" Score="8" ViewCount="2740" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a few hours, I will most likely have a son. We're pretty sure we know his name, but we were thinking about nicknames. What are common nicknames &lt;em&gt;in Italy&lt;/em&gt; for Michelangelo? I'd be interested in any of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italy nicknames (modern or archaic) for Michelangelo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italy nicknames (modern or archaic) for Michele&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italy nicknames (modern or archaic) for Angelo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3149" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-22T07:55:29.500" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T14:50:04.160" Title="What are common or archaic nicknames for Michelangelo?" Tags="&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7783" CreationDate="2016-12-22T09:21:47.123" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;em&gt;Michele&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Angelo&lt;/em&gt; can be shortened to &lt;em&gt;Lino&lt;/em&gt;, through &lt;em&gt;Michele&lt;/em&gt;-&gt;&lt;em&gt;Michelino&lt;/em&gt; (diminutive suffix) -&gt; &lt;em&gt;Lino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In spoken Italian you may hear &lt;em&gt;Miche&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Miché&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Ange&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;Michi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Angi&lt;/em&gt;, but the &lt;em&gt;-i&lt;/em&gt; suffix suggests more a feminine name in my view). Because of the strong English culture influence, I wouldn't be surprised to hear &lt;em&gt;Mike&lt;/em&gt;, too (pronounced like in English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;em&gt;Michelangelo&lt;/em&gt;, only &lt;em&gt;Miche&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Michi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Mike&lt;/em&gt; sound usual to my ear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2016-12-22T09:21:47.123" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7785" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-22T20:17:55.013" Score="0" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;[This may seem similar to another question, but it is completely different. &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/7783/what-are-common-or-archaic-nicknames-for-michelangelo&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; other question is about &lt;em&gt;nicknames&lt;/em&gt; for Michelangelo. The question here is trying to understand the history of the name Michelangelo, itself.]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a few hours, I will most likely have a son. We're pretty sure we know his name, but digging through family history we've found many different spellings of the name going back 230 years. Particularly as it goes back to places where there is less literacy, the same person has different spellings on different records.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are other Italian spellings/versions of Michelangelo? I'd like to understand both the modern and archaic versions before we make a choice. So far I've seen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Michelangelo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Michelearcangelo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Michele Angelo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Michele Archangelo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Michêle Archangelo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are other versions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS That last one with the French character is very confusing to us. It is from 1784. We don't know if it was an overzealous French priest, a tribute to Napoleon, or something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3149" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2016-12-23T23:57:26.520" Title="What are common or archaic spellings/versions of the name Michelangelo?" Tags="&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7786" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-22T20:59:00.870" Score="4" ViewCount="1899" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just had a kid! His first name is an Italian one, but I'll leave conversations about the actual name for another post. My family is Italian on both sides, but my parents and I were born in America. For the last nine months or so I have been trying to learn about modern-day Italian nicknames but I haven't really found any information. I can't even figure out what word is the best translation for the word nickname.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do Italian children have nicknames? Are they short versions of their full name, other related names, or just another name entirely bl that happens to be short? Or are they characteristics, like &quot;tall&quot; or &quot;older&quot; or &quot;loud&quot;? Are they assigned by the parents when they are very young, or chosen by the child, or assigned by friends? Are the chosen immediately or after you know the child's personality?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd be just as happy to read a reference about this. I just can't find one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS Part of the issue here is the name we chose doesn't really have a nickname. Since we don't know Italian culture as well as we'd like, we don't want to inadvertently choose a nickname that sounds silly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3149" LastActivityDate="2016-12-31T07:45:12.300" Title="How do modern Italians get their nicknames (soprannome? nomignolo?)?" Tags="&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7786" CreationDate="2016-12-23T09:31:40.903" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd say that there is an enormous variability, mainly along social and regional axes, as well as more than one type of &lt;em&gt;soprannomi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The simplest case – not even actual nicknames – is the fact that, especially for longer names, friends often use a shortened version of the name. In Rome (and in most of the South) it is almost automatic to truncate a name after the main stress. So Marcello, which is stressed on the “e”, becomes Marce' (stressed again on the “e”), Francesco becomes France', Antonio becomes Anto' and so on. In other parts of Italy something similar happens, but the truncated version is stressed on the first syllable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then there are nicknames which are distortions, sometimes originated as a child, of (part of) the real name, such as Ciccio o Chicco for Francesco, Titti for Cristina, Beppe for Giuseppe and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly there are actual nicknames, that is, ways of addressing a person not related to the actual name. These can be anything from a personal characteristic (height, hair colour), to a food or object, to a place (of origin or otherwise).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the same person may well go under more than one nickname, in different circles––say one at home, one with friends, one at work. Or none at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But most importantly, all of these are not chosen deliberately by parents or anybody, but emerge, so to say, organically, spontaneously, from a mispronunciation as a child, at school, from a joke by a friend, from an unexpected mental association, from a specific life episode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-12-23T09:41:28.037" LastActivityDate="2016-12-23T09:41:28.037" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7786" CreationDate="2016-12-23T19:02:09.680" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Tuscany they often use a &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diminutive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Diminutive&lt;/a&gt; of the name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Antonio -&gt; Antonino -&gt; Nino  (a small Antonio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosimo -&gt; Cosimino -&gt; Mino (a small Cosimo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cristoforo -&gt; Cristoforino -&gt; Rino (a small Cristoforo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often is used a &quot;Vezzeggiativo&quot;. see &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hypocorism&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hypocorism&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario -&gt; Marietto (a small &amp;amp; CUTE Mario)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3151" LastActivityDate="2016-12-23T19:02:09.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7785" CreationDate="2016-12-23T23:57:26.520" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;One known variant is &quot;Michelangiolo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=Rba0bvYlNFIC&amp;amp;pg=PA709&amp;amp;lpg=PA709&amp;amp;dq=origine+del+nome+michelangiolo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=STvDsN1RU-&amp;amp;sig=D-CQajK72mNmT5OZa6lZZID2nwM&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi-uMbwwYvRAhVK0FQKHYBZDvYQ6AEIGjAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=origine%20del%20nome%20michelangiolo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.com/books?id=Rba0bvYlNFIC&amp;amp;pg=PA709&amp;amp;lpg=PA709&amp;amp;dq=origine+del+nome+michelangiolo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=STvDsN1RU-&amp;amp;sig=D-CQajK72mNmT5OZa6lZZID2nwM&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi-uMbwwYvRAhVK0FQKHYBZDvYQ6AEIGjAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=origine%20del%20nome%20michelangiolo&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastActivityDate="2016-12-23T23:57:26.520" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7790" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7791" CreationDate="2016-12-24T08:09:41.557" Score="3" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la preposizione corretta in questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il bambino cercava di dormire ignorando lo stimolo &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; fare la pipì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il bambino cercava di dormire ignorando lo stimolo &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; fare la pipì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato su Internet e ho trovato esempi con queste preposizioni. Sono tutte e due corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ha giustamente osservato @DaG, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stimolo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ci sono esempi con “di” (con sostantivi, non verbi) come “[stimolo] della passione, della gelosia, del risentimento... del rimorso”, nei quali sembra che lo stimolo sia provocato dalla passione, dalla gelosia etc. C'è poi l'esempio “[stimolo] a ben operare”, dove invece il “ben operare” sembra specificare in che direzione debba portare lo stimolo, non che cosa lo provochi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-12-25T19:34:52.667" Title="Qual è la preposizione corretta in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7790" CreationDate="2016-12-24T09:04:06.093" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=lo%20stimolo%20a%2Clo%20stimolo%20di%20&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Clo%20stimolo%20a%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Clo%20stimolo%20di%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  mostra che entrambe le preposizioni sono usate con  una frequenza simile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Direi che è una questione di uso e di orecchio quando sono seguite da un verbo. Nella frase che citi entrambe sono usate correttamente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in cui sia seguito da un sostantivo le preposizioni &amp;quot;di, del, della&amp;quot; sono quelle comunemente usate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;lo stimolo dell'ambizione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;lo stimolo della fame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;lo stimolo di/ad essere ambiziosi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;lo stimolo di/a mangiare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-12-24T11:22:15.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7792" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-24T22:27:29.587" Score="2" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;«Tra gli altri difetti, Chiara ha l'abitudine di avvantaggiarsi su di me parlando male di me e a sproposito.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto l'uso della parola &quot;avvantaggiarsi&quot; nella frase precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La situazione è questa: io e Chiara siamo davanti ad un esaminatore. Lei parla male di me con l'obiettivo di influire sull'esaminatore e così ottenere un risultato migliore al test.     &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="698" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-25T18:42:48.550" LastActivityDate="2016-12-26T13:49:52.277" Title="È corretto l'uso di &quot;avvantaggiarsi&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="19" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7793" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7859" CreationDate="2016-12-25T13:33:07.570" Score="3" ViewCount="564" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the real difference between &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;impiegare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;necessitare (di qualcuno/qualcosa)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;aver bisogno di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know &lt;em&gt;necesitar&lt;/em&gt; from Spanish, and &lt;em&gt;avoir besoin de...&lt;/em&gt; from French, but Italian having both and  &lt;em&gt;impiegare&lt;/em&gt; is new to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can please someone enlighten me about which one to use, and when? Are they interchangeable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3154" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2016-12-30T21:16:00.220" LastActivityDate="2017-01-05T14:37:14.433" Title="Difference between &quot;impiegare&quot;, &quot;necessitare&quot;, and &quot;aver bisogno di&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7794" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-25T20:57:11.683" Score="9" ViewCount="27577" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti. Ho in effetti due domande. La prima è: Si dice &quot;un'ora e mezzo&quot; oppure &quot;un'ora e mezza&quot;? E la seconda: quando &quot;un'ora e mezzo/a&quot; è il soggetto di una frase, deve essere la terza persona singolare o plurale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè … quale di queste frasi è corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci vuole un'ora e mezzo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci vuole un'ora e mezza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci vogliono un'ora e mezzo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci vogliono un'ora e mezza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie in anticipo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2467" LastActivityDate="2021-03-11T07:59:04.767" Title="Un'ora e mezzo o mezza?" Tags="&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7794" CreationDate="2016-12-25T21:32:34.413" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le espressioni usate sono: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci vuole un'ora e mezza, oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci vuole un'ora e mezzo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/mezzo-mezza&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; ritiene che entrambe le forme siano corrette: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;«&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Come di deve dire, le tre e mezzo o le tre e mezza? Come preferite&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Potete usare la forma le tre e mezzo, cioè le tre più il mezzo, la metà di un'ora, oppure le tre e mezza, sottintendendo ora. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si dice, invece, la mezza per indicare la mezz'ora dopo le dodici&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè mezzogiorno e trenta minuti, o anche la mezzanotte e mezzo, cioè le ore zero e trenta minuti; è corretto, ma meno comune (e quindi potrebbe causare equivoci), anche l'uso di la mezza per indicare la mezz'ora dopo un'ora qualsiasi già indicata: &quot;Il treno parte alle tre e quaranta: vediamoci alla mezza (cioè alle tre e trenta)&quot;.»&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=un%27ora%20e%20mezza%2Cun%27ora%20e%20mezzo&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cun%27ora%20e%20mezza%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cun%27ora%20e%20mezzo%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; mostra che entrambi gli  usi  &quot;mezzo o mezza&quot; sono diffusi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dello stesso parere sembra essere  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_106.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nelle espressioni di tempo (in questo caso viene sottinteso il sostantivo ora): si scriverà e si dirà, per esempio, sono le otto e mezzo o si preferirà le otto e mezza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi, anche se forte è la propensione funzionale di mezzo ad avverbio e la grammatica, stricto sensu, consiglierebbe l’uso della forma invariata mezzo, la norma, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;vista la quantità di oscillazioni nell’uso – e non da tempi recenti – lascia facoltà di libera scelta. Insomma, entrambe le scelte (mezzo invariato o mezzo/a/i/e, cioè flesso) sono ammesse.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ovviamente, si dice esclusivamente la mezza per indicare le ore 12.30 o le ore 0.30;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  peraltro, va estendendosi l’uso di la mezza per indicare il momento in cui sono passati 30 minuti dopo una qualunque ora, a patto che il contesto sia chiaro: senti, anziché alle 7 e 40 troviamoci alla mezza, dove “mezza” vale ‘7.30’.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-12-28T10:12:43.100" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T10:12:43.100" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7797" CreationDate="2016-12-25T23:33:30.740" Score="4" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just found a sentence that is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non avere paura! Il suo cane è buono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, what is the mood of the verb &lt;code&gt;avere&lt;/code&gt;? The meaning is pretty clear but it sounds like an imperative form. In that case, it should be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non abbi paura! Il suo cane è buono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what mood is it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2016-12-27T11:27:56.913" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T11:27:56.913" Title="What mood is &quot;non avere paura!&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;moods&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7796" CreationDate="2016-12-25T23:50:03.560" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb is at the imperative because when you face an imperative in the negative form (example in English: &lt;em&gt;Do not feed the animals&lt;/em&gt;), the imperative becomes infinite:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non fumare/Vietato fumare (&lt;em&gt;Do not smoke&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non dare da mangiare agli animali (&lt;em&gt;Do not feed the animals&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non avere paura (&lt;em&gt;Do not be afraid&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2956" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-26T08:55:30.823" LastActivityDate="2016-12-26T08:55:30.823" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7798" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7800" CreationDate="2016-12-26T00:02:35.293" Score="0" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono un fotografo da molti anni e ho fatto foto in quattro continenti, ma non sono mai stato in una grotta. Credo che siano pericolose!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I can't understand why &lt;em&gt;una grotta&lt;/em&gt; becomes plural in &lt;em&gt;Credo che siano pericolose!&lt;/em&gt; I understand it is a subjunctive form since it is after &lt;em&gt;credere&lt;/em&gt;, but i don't understand why it is changed to plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does it happen?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2020-10-16T21:13:13.493" LastActivityDate="2020-10-16T21:13:13.493" Title="Why does the singular become plural in this sentence?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7801" CreationDate="2016-12-26T07:19:38.783" Score="2" ViewCount="4244" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard some of the Italian expressions about the Turks, like below ones:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mamma li turchi!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fumare come un turco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bestemmia come un turco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Puzza come un turco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was wondering, where and why these expressions found a place for themselves in Italiano, which means what are the origins of these expressions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3113" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T18:59:35.963" LastActivityDate="2017-11-05T18:59:35.963" Title="Some Italian Expressions about Turks" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7798" CreationDate="2016-12-26T08:49:05.767" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;What this photographer is trying to say is that he believes that the caves, all the caves in general, are dangerous. For this reason the subject of the the verb &quot;siano&quot; is &quot;le grotte&quot;, in plural. The sentence is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo che le grotte siano pericolose!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which, omitting the subject &quot;le grotte&quot; becomes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo che siano pericolose!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-12-26T08:49:05.767" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7799" CreationDate="2016-12-26T13:01:55.967" Score="7" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mamma li turchi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the end of 1700, a group of Ottomans arrived in Sicily and during a lunch at Palazzo Comitini, a Turkish admiral was caught beating a girl, so everyone, indignant, started a real &amp;quot;Turkish hunt&amp;quot; and the kids ran down the streets shouting &amp;quot;Mamma li turchi!&amp;quot; that means &amp;quot;Mom the Turks!&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Mom I've found a Turkish!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fumare come un turco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Turkish people during Ottoman Empire were associated with arab habits, one of this was the use to smoke shisha/narghile/hooka/water pipe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bestemmia come un turco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puzza come un turco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These last two sentence has no historical meaning, they are just made associating concepts. &amp;quot;Bestemmia come un turco&amp;quot; may be the association of Turkish/Arab language that may hear rough to an Italian and may give the idea of someone cursing (&amp;quot;bestemmiare&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;to curse to God&amp;quot;). The last one is actually racist and I've never heard/seen it, a better and not racist way to say the same concept is &amp;quot;Puzza come un maiale/cane/capra&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;He/She smells like a pig/dog/goat&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example of association of two concepts may be &amp;quot;Mi capisci o parlo cinese?&amp;quot; that means &amp;quot;Do you understand me or do I speak Chinese?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: As suggestion from DaG it can be assumed that the sentence &amp;quot;Bestemmiare come un turco&amp;quot; can be interpreted as a memory of the ancient fights against Arabs were Christians and Muslims fought against each other. The sentence so could be intepreted as the Turkey inhabitants cursed to God to evidence the fact their don't trust in Christian God and so they curses would be more evidenced. And I quote from the user:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in this particular case, I believe it is safer to assume Turks where put together with every other “infidel” people who blasphemed in the sense of saying things contrary to the Christian God. If it were just a matter of harsh sounds, to an Italian ear, Germans, Russians or even Greeks might be sound as cursing too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2956" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T09:53:18.050" CommentCount="27" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7792" CreationDate="2016-12-26T13:49:52.277" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo quanto riporta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/A/avvantaggiare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario&lt;/a&gt; de &lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt;, l'uso di &lt;em&gt;avvantaggiarsi&lt;/em&gt; nel costrutto in esame non è scorretto, come si evince dall'accezione &lt;strong&gt;B.2&lt;/strong&gt; della voce citata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prendere vantaggio su un altro; superare; &lt;em&gt;avvantaggiarsi &lt;strong&gt;sui&lt;/strong&gt; concorrenti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facendo una ricerca su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=ubuntu&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;q=avvantaggiarsi+su+qualcuno&amp;amp;ie=utf-8&amp;amp;oe=utf-8&amp;amp;gfe_rd=cr&amp;amp;ei=_xxhWMDwB4_Y8gez36PABA#q=avvantaggiarsi+su+qualcuno&amp;amp;channel=fs&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Libri&lt;/a&gt; se ne trovano svariati altri esempi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente trovo ridondante l'uso dei &lt;em&gt;di me&lt;/em&gt; in posizione ravvicinata nella frase in esame («di avvantaggiarsi su &lt;strong&gt;di me&lt;/strong&gt; parlando male &lt;strong&gt;di me&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;etc.&lt;/em&gt;»). Si potrebbe ovviare utilizzando il verbo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/calunniare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;calunniare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, ad esempio in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tra gli altri difetti, Chiara ha l'abitudine di avvantaggiarsi su di me calunniandomi e parlando a sproposito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastActivityDate="2016-12-26T13:49:52.277" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7803" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7808" CreationDate="2016-12-26T16:46:58.137" Score="1" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/slittare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; il verbo &quot;slittare&quot; ha questo uso figurato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio politico-amministrativo, &lt;em&gt;fare slittare l’applicazione o l’esecuzione di una norma legislativa&lt;/em&gt;, rinviarla. Con il sign. di essere rinviato, anche nell’uso com.: &lt;em&gt;la riunione di oggi è stata sospesa, e slitta alla prossima settimana&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene però come si deve usare questo verbo con questo senso. Secondo il Treccani si tratta di un verbo intransitivo, ma nell'esempio &quot;slittare l'applicazione di una norma&quot; sembra farne un uso transitivo. Mi confonde anche il fatto che il Treccani dica che l'ausiliare può essere &quot;avere&quot; o &quot;essere&quot;. Quindi, questa frase sarebbe corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hanno slittato la riforma dell'Università.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T07:55:56.987" Title="Verbo &quot;slittare&quot;: come si deve usare quando ha il significato di rinviare una riforma?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7804" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-26T16:49:49.747" Score="5" ViewCount="2269" Body="&lt;p&gt;When someone is wishing us something, how do we say &quot;right back at you&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;lo stesso vale per te&quot; the right and only response?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2078" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2016-12-31T09:05:01.300" LastActivityDate="2016-12-31T09:05:01.300" Title="How do we say &quot;right back at you&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7804" CreationDate="2016-12-26T16:58:55.553" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo stesso vale per te&lt;/em&gt; va più che bene ed è di uso comune; come suggerisce l'utente @Bakuriu, forme diffuse sono &lt;em&gt;anche a te&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;anche tu&lt;/em&gt;, che talora suonano meglio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«Auguri di buon Natale!» «Grazie, anche a te!»&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br/&gt; &lt;em&gt;«Divertiti!» «Anche tu!»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/altrettanto/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Altrettanto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è una buona alternativa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] come risposta a un augurio: &lt;em&gt;«Buon appetito!» «Grazie, altrettanto»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2056" LastEditorUserId="2056" LastEditDate="2016-12-26T17:47:54.003" LastActivityDate="2016-12-26T17:47:54.003" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7806" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7807" CreationDate="2016-12-27T05:25:18.210" Score="4" ViewCount="3286" Body="&lt;p&gt;I apologize if this has already been explained, I've searched both here and elsewhere online and can't find a clarification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far as I understand, both &quot;che&quot; and &quot;quel&quot; can mean &quot;that&quot; but they do not seem to be interchangeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;che&quot; abstract while &quot;quel/quella/etc.&quot; is concrete?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example where I encountered this confusion was while trying to clarify if something I'd said was weird by asking (in Italian) &quot;is that a strange thing to say?&quot; In trying to find which form of &quot;quel&quot; would be appropriate (since I wasn't sure on the gender of the noun) I was told that none were and I should use &quot;che.&quot; This is the entirety of what my guess is based on, I've really struggled to find any resource on this at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2762" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-27T09:56:47.590" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T14:08:31.817" Title="&quot;That&quot;: Che vs. Quel" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7806" CreationDate="2016-12-27T07:35:19.243" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;That&lt;/em&gt; in English can be used for two different grammatical roles: relative pronoun and determiner. Let me give you examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Relative pronoun:&lt;/strong&gt; This is used to introduce relative clauses, that is clauses that play the role of the subject or object of a different proposition. For example &lt;em&gt;John is playing a song that his brother loved&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;I did not think that she would go there!&lt;/em&gt;. In this role &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; can sometimes be omitted or replaced by &lt;em&gt;who&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;which&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;whom&lt;/em&gt;. If the relative clause is connected to the verb by a preposition (e.g. &lt;em&gt;The person that we were speaking about is here&lt;/em&gt;) you need to translate it with &lt;em&gt;cui&lt;/em&gt; instead.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Determiner:&lt;/strong&gt; This is used to specify that you want to talk about &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; thing, not &lt;em&gt;this&lt;/em&gt; one. For example &lt;em&gt;I cannot stand that portrait!&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;That is a very good point&lt;/em&gt;. In this role it can often be replaced by &lt;em&gt;this&lt;/em&gt; (sometimes with a slight change of meaning).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; always plays the first role while &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; (or sometimes &lt;em&gt;ciò&lt;/em&gt;) is used to translate &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt; when it plays the second role.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Note:&lt;/em&gt; of course there are many more translations of &lt;em&gt;that&lt;/em&gt;, sometimes it can be translated with &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; instead, sometimes with something else entirely. This is just a short introduction).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-12-27T14:08:31.817" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T14:08:31.817" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7803" CreationDate="2016-12-27T07:55:56.987" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hanno slittato la riforma dell'Università.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è errata; la frase corretta è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hanno fatto slittare la riforma dell'Università.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti il verbo slittare è intransitivo, e il verbo principale della frase è &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;, e non &lt;em&gt;slittare&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;È la riforma dell'università che slitta, ovvero si sposta in avanti nel calendario.&#xA;Qualcuno, il soggetto imprecisato della frase, la fa slittare.&#xA;Alla fine si dirà che la riforma è slittata, con l'ausiliare essere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T07:55:56.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7806" CreationDate="2016-12-27T09:58:35.267" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Denis gave a good explanation of that; on top of what he wrote I am giving a couple of more examples &quot;John is playing a song &lt;strong&gt;that&lt;/strong&gt; his brother loved&quot; is translated &quot;John suona una canzone &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; il fratello amava&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &quot;&lt;strong&gt;That&lt;/strong&gt; song is wonderful...&quot; is translated &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Quella&lt;/strong&gt; canzone è meravigliosa...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your specific case, &quot;is that a strange thing to say?&quot;,  &lt;em&gt;thing&lt;/em&gt; (cosa) is feminine and the sentence can be translated with &quot;non è una cosa strana da dire&quot; or (although uncommon) &quot;non è strana da dire questa/quella cosa?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che has many meanings and deserves a deeper look and is not the abstract version of quello/a.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T09:58:35.267" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7796" CreationDate="2016-12-27T11:15:15.343" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on who are you talking with. If you are talking to a friend you can use &quot;Non aver(e) paura!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non abbia paura!&quot; is much more formal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3120" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T11:15:15.343" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7769" CreationDate="2016-12-27T11:27:42.273" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se non ricordo male, l'Inter ha la tradizione di organizzare una festa di Natale, nella quale l'allenatore viene fotografato mentre mangia il panettone. Pertanto, se questo viene esonerato prima della pausa natalizia &quot;non arriva a mangiare il panettone&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovrebbe essere questa l'origine dell'espressione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3120" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T11:27:42.273" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7814" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-27T14:18:57.400" Score="4" ViewCount="795" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato la seguente sigla:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siti per creare meme con frasi su immagini e citazioni a effetto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa &quot;a effetto&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1042" LastEditDate="2016-12-30T17:06:31.837" LastActivityDate="2016-12-30T17:06:31.837" Title="Cosa significa &quot;a effetto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7815" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7816" CreationDate="2016-12-27T14:26:18.660" Score="2" ViewCount="374" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio colloquiale parecchie frasi iniziano con &quot;e se...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;E se ti dicessi che sei pazzo?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;E se Alice venisse a casa tua due volte alla settimana?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma dico, cosa vuol dire dire così all'inizio, interrompendo il discorso che viene fatto prima, saltando ad un nuovo argomento, con &quot;e se&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei grato se qualcuno me lo può spiegare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra quasi che uno possa fare una proposta con &quot;e se&quot;. È vero. Quando lo posso dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-27T14:37:51.373" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T00:15:07.113" Title="E se... cosa significa all'inizio della frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7815" CreationDate="2016-12-27T14:39:34.547" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di sicuro non è una frase che puoi usare per iniziare un discorso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendiamo la seconda frase, potresti usarla in questo contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alice è brava in matematica, Marco no. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Marco dice a sua madre: &quot;Ho problemi a fare gli esercizi di&#xA;  matematica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sua madre gli risponde:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;E se Alice venisse a casa due volte alla settimana (per aiutarti)?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hai ragione a dire che si usa per fare proposte (o meglio, controproposte) oppure per fare domande retoriche in modo provocatorio (come nel primo caso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3120" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T14:39:34.547" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7814" CreationDate="2016-12-27T18:57:58.080" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/E/effetto.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ad effetto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione idiomatica che significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;di effetto, a sensazione, capace di suscitare impressione: *scena ad effetto; un abito di sicuro effetto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2016-12-27T18:57:58.080" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7815" CreationDate="2016-12-28T00:15:07.113" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;E se&quot; -- &quot;Cosa accadrebbe se...?&quot;, oppure &quot;E' possibile che...?&quot;, &quot;Ti sembra ragionevole che...?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, sì, si può usare per &quot;interrompere&quot; una discussione con una proposta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A: &quot;Andiamo al mare.&quot;&#xA;B: &quot;Andiamo in montagna.&quot;&#xA;C: &quot;E se rimanessimo a casa?&quot;&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può rafforzare in questo significato di &quot;rottura&quot; con &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;E se invece...?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Equivale all'inglese &lt;em&gt;What if (instead)...?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T00:15:07.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7822" CreationDate="2016-12-28T07:03:24.600" Score="8" ViewCount="682" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente ho trovato questo cartello appeso all'interno di un ascensore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/j72OA.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/j72OA.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente è diventato la barzelletta del giorno, in ufficio, e qualche buontempone poco dopo ha fatto una piccola aggiunta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/CKlvt.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/CKlvt.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facendo una ricerca su Google, però, ho visto che diversi siti parlano di &lt;em&gt;sbarco&lt;/em&gt; in relazione agli ascensori, quindi penso sia un'espressione corretta: è solo un gergo da ascensorista o si usa anche normalmente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2016-12-28T08:24:54.593" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T08:24:54.593" Title="“Sbarcare da un ascensore” è gergo tecnico oppure viene usato anche nel linguaggio comune?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7821" CreationDate="2016-12-28T07:49:27.107" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT606IT607&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;q=sbarco%20da%20ascensore&amp;amp;spell=1&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiAv-S2spbRAhWed1AKHVZkBnAQvwUIFigA&amp;amp;biw=768&amp;amp;bih=909&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sbarco&lt;/a&gt;/sbarcare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  da un ascensore  è un'espressione tecnica come si può vedere dai vari esempi presenti in rete. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.anacivarese.it/images/sponsor/genesia/sbarchi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ancivarese.it&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il problema degli sbarchi diretti di un ascensore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in un appartamento, o comunque &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;di uno sbarco chiuso all' interno di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ... Questo obbligo assoluto è stato successivamente parzialmente ammorbidito da diversi pareri del.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Comunemente si dice &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scendere/uscire&quot; da un ascensore.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2016-12-28T07:55:48.710" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T07:55:48.710" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7786" CreationDate="2016-12-28T08:53:56.250" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just a few additional information and examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some nicknames can be attributed to an entire family.  This was common for at least some of the Italian dialects. A branch of my family from Torino area were known (using a common word in piedmontese dialect) as &lt;code&gt;troon&lt;/code&gt; (thunder), because a group of them were got caught by lightning (nobody got seriously injured, thank God).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another family may be known by their profession, I remember a family known as &lt;code&gt;cui dla ressia&lt;/code&gt; (literaly: those of the saw, as the family business was about professionally sawing wood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my experience proper dialects are very rich in nicknames: almost everyone has one in areas where dialects are still spoken in the family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the best types of nicknames are sort of invented: my sister is known in the family as &lt;code&gt;Lalla&lt;/code&gt;, but her given name is completely different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="949" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T08:53:56.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7783" CreationDate="2016-12-28T14:50:04.160" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a friend named Michelangelo. His friends call him with the whole name, Michelangelo, even if it's a mouthful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;His aunt is the only one that calls him Angelo, but several people call him Michèle or Michè. His fiancée calls him Mìchi (or maybe it's Miki -- they're pronounced the same).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The whole family has lived in Florence for as long as anyone remembers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the alternate spellings, in Italian the name was once either spelled &lt;em&gt;Michelangiolo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Michelagnolo&lt;/em&gt;. Both &lt;em&gt;angiolo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;agnolo&lt;/em&gt; are archaic forms of &lt;em&gt;angelo&lt;/em&gt; (angel), the latter conflated with &lt;em&gt;agnello&lt;/em&gt; (lamb); in the &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt; (around 1350 CE) there's a novel referring to the &lt;em&gt;Agnolo Gabriello&lt;/em&gt; (the Archangel Gabriel), and to this day some old stone street plaques near Piazzale Michelangelo in Florence (around 1850 CE) show the spelling &lt;em&gt;Michelangiolo&lt;/em&gt;, which is also to be found in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=9i03AAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;dq=alcune%20memorie%20di%20michelangelo%20buonarroti&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;pg=PP5#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=alcune%20memorie%20di%20michelangelo%20buonarroti&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;many books from those years&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T14:50:04.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7493" CreationDate="2016-12-28T16:59:38.697" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want to give it a negative connotation, you can say &lt;em&gt;festino&lt;/em&gt; (in this case &lt;em&gt;festino a base di alcol&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3120" LastActivityDate="2016-12-28T16:59:38.697" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7827" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-29T10:20:40.620" Score="2" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;What would you call track and rail in Italian? Track is the whole thing while rail is a piece of metal e.g. on the right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/hNxka.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/hNxka.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/zL5aEWRzgSt719K4V_TSOdIN49ZTdyGHEB0B0ZX5un-iDIEyJfQ-m0JqhW1f4ytN2Iw=w300&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it binario for both?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2871" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-12-29T11:23:35.253" LastActivityDate="2016-12-29T11:23:35.253" Title="track, rail in Italian" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7827" CreationDate="2016-12-29T10:31:03.613" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the word &lt;em&gt;rotaia&lt;/em&gt; to refer to the single piece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from &lt;em&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/em&gt; (page &lt;em&gt;Binario ferroviario&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il binario ferroviario è l'infrastruttura basilare nella costruzione di linee ferroviarie e tranviarie. Esso è una struttura composta da due profilati metallici in acciaio, detti rotaie...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Binario&lt;/em&gt; is referred to the whole track instead. In stations, &lt;em&gt;binario&lt;/em&gt; also means &quot;platform&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One more curious thing: you can use &lt;em&gt;rotaie&lt;/em&gt; to refer to railroads in general (but &lt;em&gt;ferrovie&lt;/em&gt; is more common).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3120" LastEditorUserId="3120" LastEditDate="2016-12-29T11:01:21.450" LastActivityDate="2016-12-29T11:01:21.450" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7829" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7830" CreationDate="2016-12-29T11:30:03.530" Score="2" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Morte accidentale di un anarchico&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per un operaio alla catena o alla trancia dopo i cinquant’anni è finita: combina ritardi, incidenti, è da&#xA;  scartare! Il minatore a quarantacinque anni ha la silicosi... via, scartato, licenziato, &lt;strong&gt;svelto&lt;/strong&gt;, prima che scatti&#xA;  la pensione! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene il senso di questo &quot;svelto&quot; nella frase precedente. Quello che ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svelto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; che mi è sembrato più adatto al testo è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In formule esclam., esortando a operare sollecitamente: &lt;em&gt;fa’ svelto!, entra s.!, salta s.!&lt;/em&gt; (espressioni in cui assume quasi uso avverbiale); e, assol., &lt;em&gt;svelto!, su svelto!; svelti, ragazzi!; svelto! vieni a darmi una mano&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non sono sicura che questo sia il significato: se invita sollecitamente il minatore a lasciare il suo lavoro prima di andare in pensione? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2016-12-29T11:33:40.753" LastActivityDate="2016-12-29T11:33:40.753" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;svelto&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7829" CreationDate="2016-12-29T11:33:06.917" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'invito non è al minatore, ma al datore di lavoro. Sta sollecitando il proprietario a licenziare rapidamente il dipendente prima che si qualifichi per la pensione per invalidità dovuta alla silicosi (a cui presumo il datore di lavoro debba contribuire, dato che si tratta di una malattia causata dalle condizioni di lavoro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2016-12-29T11:33:06.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7752" CreationDate="2016-12-29T14:13:50.197" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Videogioco&quot; is a videogame/computer game.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Videogioco per computer&quot; is a repetition, sounds horrible and I have never heard it being used in an actual conversation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is different when instead of the generic &quot;computer&quot; you say what plattform is it for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Videogioco per Linux&quot;, &quot; Videogioco per Playstation&quot; etc&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="375" LastActivityDate="2016-12-29T14:13:50.197" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7832" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7866" CreationDate="2016-12-29T15:08:22.307" Score="10" ViewCount="2349" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi cade il mondo addosso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;viene normalmente usata per indicare uno stato di difficoltà, misto a tristezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere (non sono riuscito a trovare nulla in merito) qual è l'origine di tale frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può essere collegata al mito di Atlante che nella mitologia greca era colui il quale teneva il mondo sulle sue spalle?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T16:24:24.347" LastActivityDate="2017-11-05T16:24:24.347" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;Mi cade il mondo addosso&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7833" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7834" CreationDate="2016-12-30T09:10:24.763" Score="3" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Morte accidentale di un anarchico&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo, pubblicata da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Allora,&#xA;  cos’hai bisogno dal Bertozzo, che documenti? Sí,&#xA;  detta che prendo nota: la copia del decreto di archiviazione della morte dell’anarchico... va bene, poi te&#xA;  la fa avere... e anche le copie dei verbali... sí, sí è tutto qui nell’archivio... E be’, ci credo dobbiate prepararvi bene tu e l’ex guardiano del campo di concentramento. Se il giudice che arriva è appena una&#xA;  carogna come dicono... Certo che conosco il giudice!&#xA;  Malipiero, si chiama. Mai sentito nominare? Be’, lo&#xA;  sentirai. Uno che s’è fatto il campo di concentramento al tempo dei tedeschi... domanda un po’ al&#xA;  tuo capo se magari se lo ricorda. D’accordo, ti faremo&#xA;  avere subito tutto quanto. Ti saluto... Aspetta, aspetta! Ah, ah, c’è il Bertozzo che ha detto una cosa molto spiritosa... se non t’arrabbi te la dico... Non t’arrabbi? E va bene, allora te la dico: ha detto che... ah,&#xA;  ah... che dopo ’sta visita del giudice revisore ti spediranno nel Sud, magari a Vibo Valentia Calabrese...&#xA;  dove c’è il palazzo della Questura che è a un piano solo e l’ufficio per il commissario è nel seminterrato...&#xA;  Ah ah... hai capito l’antifona: nel seminterrato... Ah&#xA;  ah! Ah ah, t’è piaciuta? Non t’è piaciuta? Be’, sarà&#xA;  per un’altra volta. (&lt;em&gt;Ascolta alla cornetta&lt;/em&gt;) Va bene...&#xA;  glielo riferisco subito. Bertozzo, il fra non molto calabrese commissario qui presente, ha detto che appena ci incontra a tutti e due ci dà un cazzotto sul muso! Ricevuto, passo (&lt;em&gt;altro pernacchio&lt;/em&gt;), prrre! Da&#xA;  parte di tutti e due e chiudo! (&lt;em&gt;Il Matto abbassa il ricevitore quindi si getta subito alla ricerca del materiale&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;  «Al lavoro signor giudice, il tempo stringe». Dio, come sono emozionato! E come se dovessi dare un esame, piú di un esame di laurea maxima! Se riesco a&#xA;  convincerli che sono un vero giudice revisore... se&#xA;  non &lt;strong&gt;smarrono&lt;/strong&gt;, per la miseria, sono in cattedra!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il personaggio che dice queste parole, il Matto, prima si fa passare per un commissario di polizia al telefono e poi intende far credere a tutti che è il &quot;giudice revisore&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;smarrono&quot; nel passaggio precedente. Ho letto la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/smarrire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce smarrire sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ma continuo a non capire. Significa che i documenti si possono perdere? Significa che gli altri possono sentirsi confusi e quindi dubitare dell'autenticità del giudice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-30T09:38:17.643" LastActivityDate="2016-12-30T17:05:29.007" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;smarrono&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7834" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7833" CreationDate="2016-12-30T09:31:35.537" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella frase «se non smarrono, per la miseria, sono in cattedra!», “smarróno” è la prima persona del verbo “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/smarronare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;smarronare&lt;/a&gt;”, non una persona del verbo “smarrire” (se fosse la terza plurale del presente, sarebbe “smarriscono”). Il senso è quindi “se non faccio qualche fesseria, sono in cattedra”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-12-30T09:31:35.537" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7833" CreationDate="2016-12-30T16:50:40.317" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi dal contesto che abbia il significato di &quot;non dire stupidaggini&quot;. È ancora termine in uso come voce dialettale in alcune zone della Toscana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3171" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2016-12-30T17:05:29.007" LastActivityDate="2016-12-30T17:05:29.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7837" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2016-12-31T06:29:05.360" Score="2" ViewCount="398" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il seguente significato per la parola &lt;em&gt;metastoria&lt;/em&gt; nel dizionario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sfera di ciò che, pur non sovrastando la storia, permane costante nel fluire di questa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco questa definizione. Cosa si intende per sfera? Cosa si intende per sovrastare? Io la storia la vedo più come una retta, l'asse del tempo, con punti indicando eventi lungo la storia. Quindi non capisco la sfera e il sovrastare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa c'è di costate su quest'asse temporaneo, se non la storia in se stessa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un termine formale o colloquiale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come viene usato questo termine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-02T09:09:34.287" LastActivityDate="2017-01-02T09:09:34.287" Title="Significato di metastoria" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7786" CreationDate="2016-12-31T07:45:12.300" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Despite the fact that Italy looks like one country, it's culture is in fact still defragmented in hundred pieces, and how people get nicknames shows that very well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said that there are many ways to get a nickname (soprannome and nomignolo are synonyms):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Common nicknames based on the real name: eg. Nino for either Gaetano or Antonio, Ciccio for Francesco, Enzo for Vincenzo, Tina or Titina for Concetta, Gino for Luigi, and so on. Parents have a limited control on that, when they choose the name and the way they call the baby (as usually others stick with it);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nickname based on family history (this is common in the South): those may be related to family business or habits or distinguishing feature of one or more members of the family. You don't choose it, but neighbours or acquittances gave it to your family, and usually that happened decades or centuries ago;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nickname based on the family name (this is common in the North): it may be a truncated version of the surname of an association of the surname to same natural element. You don't choose it, but others (often at school) give it to you;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;parents may use some (especially when they're newborn) that will stick to the baby for a long time (if not forever): eg. Ninno (bambino), Nenna (bambina), Cicci, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nicknames based on the person attitude/action/body: you can get one from others and choose by yourself; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some people are know by the name of the father or grand-father, although they have a different official name.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case it's not uncommon to have multiple nicknames in different environments (home, school, work, friends) and those from 5. may change from time to time, while those at 6. may decide to discontinue that at some point in their life.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2016-12-31T07:45:12.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7837" CreationDate="2016-12-31T09:00:35.987" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scopro che quella che citi è una definizione a sua volta storica, data nel 1937 dallo storico Aldo Ferrabino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Sfera”, in un contesto così, è un termine molto generico che può voler dire “ambito”, “ambiente”, “situazione”. Si parla di una “sfera di competenza”, della “sfera affettiva” etc. (Non c'è un riferimento diretto alla sfera come figura geometrica.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fatto di non sovrastare la storia presumibilmente esclude elementi (veri o presunti) del tutto metafisici: un dio, il destino e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E quindi, per chi teorizza la metastoria, si tratterebbe degli elementi (forze di qualche tipo, strutture caratteristiche di diverse civiltà...) che farebbero parte della storia e vi rimarrebbero costanti, al di là dei singoli eventi. Comunque questo significato di “metastoria” è specifico del pensiero di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/aldo-ferrabino_(Enciclopedia-Italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ferrabino&lt;/a&gt;, che a un certo punto vi unì anche una riflessione religiosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/metastoria&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; trovi una definizione più moderna: «insieme dei valori immutabili che costituiscono il piano immanente della storia, pur nel divenire continuo e nella molteplicità delle forme; ciò che trascende la storia» (oltre a un diverso concetto dovuto a Croce).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2016-12-31T09:00:35.987" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7840" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7841" CreationDate="2017-01-01T09:06:11.983" Score="2" ViewCount="2234" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Morte accidentale di un anarchico&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo, pubblicata da Einaudi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ah sí? Quella sera il servizio meteorologico ha&#xA;  dato per tutta l’Italia temperature da far &lt;strong&gt;barbellare&lt;/strong&gt; un&#xA;  orso bianco, e loro non avevano freddo, anzi... «primavera!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capivo il significato del verbo &quot;barbellare&quot;, quindi l'ho cercato in alcuni dizionari. Curiosamente, non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari italiani monolingui che ho consultato, ma il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=cailler&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Francese-Italiano Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; dà &quot;barbellare&quot; come traduzione del francese &quot;cailler&quot;. Poi, questo dizionario fa questo esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ça (o on) caille ici!&lt;/em&gt;, qui si gela!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, immagino che &quot;barbellare&quot; significhi &quot;gelare dal freddo&quot;. È così? Si tratta di un termine dialettale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-02-14T22:09:37.533" Title="&quot;Barbellare&quot; è un termine dialettale?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7840" CreationDate="2017-01-01T09:30:40.560" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi proprio di sì. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://web.archive.org/web/20110806011145/http://xoomer.virgilio.it/kxqjfe/dialetweb/pag2b04.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dialetto del mio paese&lt;/a&gt; (zona Milano-Bergamo) &lt;em&gt;barbelà&lt;/em&gt; = tremare (probabilmente derivato da &lt;em&gt;barbèla&lt;/em&gt; = labbro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dario Fo spesso usa termini popolari milanesi nelle sue opere; si tratta di dialetto o &quot;dialetto italianizzato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2017-01-01T09:30:40.560" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7840" CreationDate="2017-01-01T11:24:25.433" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul sito &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=BARBELLARE100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario-italiano&lt;/a&gt; barbellare viene definito come termine regionale lombardo per tremare, e anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/18-11-2010/oggi-vi-voglio-escruciare-per-benino-con-il-dialetto-1661391.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tremare, battere i denti, in milanese diventa barbellà. Il barbell è&#xA;  il mento, quindi dal tremolìo del mento per battere i denti deriva il&#xA;  verbo barbellà. Bello, non c'è che dire. Figurato, pregno di vita e di&#xA;  mimica, come spesso avviene con il dialetto.  Poi si verifica un&#xA;  fenomeno curioso: dal dialetto si passa all'italiano e nasce il verbo&#xA;  barbellare. Oggi si barbella, altro che mezze stagioni. Questo&#xA;  ovviamente a Milano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-01T11:36:27.883" LastActivityDate="2017-01-01T11:36:27.883" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7845" CreationDate="2017-01-01T20:36:58.960" Score="2" ViewCount="681" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a musical piece by Arcangelo Corelli, &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Christmas_Concerto_(Corelli)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Christmas Concerto&lt;/a&gt;, he wrote an instruction: &lt;em&gt;Arcate, sostenuto e come stà&lt;/em&gt;. Because this is music related (possibly specific to string instruments like violins) and is 17th century Italian, I'm not keen on Google translate and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why does he want from the players?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3175" LastActivityDate="2017-01-02T00:16:53.440" Title="What does &quot;Arcate, sostenuto e come stà&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7843" CreationDate="2017-01-01T23:30:21.660" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The expression is probably &quot;Arcate sostenute e come sta&quot; as you can find &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.medieval.org/emfaq/cds/eum50202.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. &quot;Arcate, sostenuto&quot; doesn't seem to make much sense. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Arcate&quot; is the plural of &quot;arcata&quot;. Each way the performer passes the bow through the strings is called &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=arcata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;una arcata&lt;/a&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's &quot;arcate sostenute&quot;, &quot;sostenute&quot; would be an adjective referring to &quot;arcate&quot;, which means &quot;sustained&quot;. That is, the performers should pass the bow through the strings in a sustained legato way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;E come sta&quot; means &quot;and as it is&quot;. It probably means that music score must be played exactly in the way the composer wrote it. It's important to note that it's baroque music: in this period it was a common practice for virtuoso performers to improvise ornamentations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find a very interesting explanation of this concerto &lt;a href=&quot;https://dspace.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/1721.1/75808/21m-220-spring-2007/contents/assignments/paper2_thaned.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-02T00:16:53.440" LastActivityDate="2017-01-02T00:16:53.440" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7846" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-02T12:27:36.680" Score="4" ViewCount="467" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Morte accidentale di un anarchico&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nient’affatto... commentavo soltanto. E se mi&#xA;  permette, io chiedo a lei, signorina Feletti, se ci ha presi per dei propagandatori di detersivi... dal momento che ci vuol vedere ad ogni costo intenti a fare &lt;strong&gt;la prova&#xA;  finestra&lt;/strong&gt; con ogni anarchico che ci capiti sottomano!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In cosa consiste questa &quot;prova finestra&quot; di cui si parla nel testo? Fa riferimento a qualche pubblicità di detersivi? Una ricerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un'espressione che si usa abbastanza, ma non ho trovato niente sulla sua origine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che ho trovato su Google però mi ha fatto pensare a una &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtube.com/watch?v=nsnIpoZVA_8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pubblicità spagnola di un prodotto per pulire le piastrelle&lt;/a&gt; nella quale appariva l'espressione &quot;la prueba del algodón&quot; (la prova del batuffolo di cotone): adesso a volte si usa questa espressione in spagnolo con un significato simile a quello della locuzione &quot;la prova del fuoco&quot; usata in senso figurato. È successo qualcosa di simile con l'espressione &quot;la prova finestra&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2017-01-02T17:37:27.980" LastActivityDate="2017-01-02T18:17:51.640" Title="In cosa consiste la &quot;prova finestra&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7846" CreationDate="2017-01-02T16:00:45.557" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo faccia riferimento a qualche battuta prima, in cui (se non ricordo male) si parla di come il poliziotto fosse solito far sporgere dalla finestra un sospettato invitandolo a buttarsi giù nella speranza di terrorizzarlo e spingerlo a confessare. Cito:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;«Il Commissario del quarto piano mi ha schiaffato a sedere sulla finestra le gambe penzoloni, e poi ha cominciato a provocarmi: buttati e mi insultava... perché non ti butti... non ne hai il coraggio, eh? E falla finita! Cosa aspetti? Vi assicuro che ho dovuto stringere i denti per non soccombere per non lasciarmi andare...»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2950" LastEditorUserId="2950" LastEditDate="2017-01-02T16:07:56.547" LastActivityDate="2017-01-02T16:07:56.547" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7846" CreationDate="2017-01-02T17:52:39.300" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La pubblicità c'entra solo di striscio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'allusione è a una &lt;em&gt;non provata&lt;/em&gt; pratica attribuita alla questura di Milano, in particolare durante le indagini sull'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strage_di_piazza_Fontana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attentato alla Banca dell'Agricoltura in piazza Fontana a Milano del 12 dicembre 1969.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento è chiaramente alla morte di Giuseppe Pinelli, caduto da una finestra della questura. Per molto tempo ne fu ritenuto responsabile il commissario Luigi Calabresi, poi assassinato da esponenti di Lotta Continua, secondo varie sentenze passate in giudicato. &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Morte_accidentale_di_un_anarchico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il testo di Dario Fo è una “ricostruzione” di quegli avvenimenti&lt;/a&gt;; del tutto personale e che gli costò parecchie denunce, tanto che l'ambientazione fu trasferita negli Stati Uniti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dubito che quando oggi si sente “prova finestra” si faccia riferimento al testo di Fo. Non ricordo quale pubblicità di detersivo proponeva alla massaia la “prova finestra” per dimostrare che il pulito era evidente anche se il tessuto era messo davanti alla finestra, cioè in piena luce: al giorno d'oggi significa semplicemente “prova definitiva e irrefutabile”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-01-02T18:17:51.640" LastActivityDate="2017-01-02T18:17:51.640" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7793" CreationDate="2017-01-03T17:10:21.790" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Impiegare&lt;/strong&gt; means that you use something for a purpose. For instance,  you can use &lt;em&gt;impiegare&lt;/em&gt; to say that you use your bike in order to go to school.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Necessitare&lt;/strong&gt; means that you really need something or someone, which is extremely important for your purpose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aver bisogno di&lt;/strong&gt; means that you need something or someone, but it's not really necessary, you simply would like to have it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry I can't explain better than this ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3179" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-03T19:40:38.370" LastActivityDate="2017-01-03T19:40:38.370" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7782" CreationDate="2017-01-03T17:16:08.407" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would translate in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se non sarai stato in viaggio di lavoro la prossima settimana, avrei accettato quel nuovo compito a lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3179" LastActivityDate="2017-01-03T17:16:08.407" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7782" CreationDate="2017-01-03T17:40:39.063" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is the most literal translation I can make:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se la settimana prossima non andassi in viaggio d'affari, avrei accettato quel nuovo incarico al lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here I use the past subjunctive tense, but to express irreality rather than temporal placement. If, in addition to irreality I had to express also a past tense, I would use the &lt;em&gt;congiuntivo trapassato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se il mese scorso non fossi andato in viaggio d'affari, non avrei ricevuto quell'aumento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;If I hadn't gone in a business trip last month, I would not have received that salary increase&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-01-03T18:23:35.390" LastActivityDate="2017-01-03T18:23:35.390" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7782" CreationDate="2017-01-03T17:48:01.990" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A literal translation could be with &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/se_non.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;se non fosse che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;; a better rendition might be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;se non dovessi andare in viaggio d’affari la settimana prossima, avrei&#xA;  accettato (accetterei) il nuovo incarico al lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;se non fosse che andrò in viaggio d’affari…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would fit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like &lt;em&gt;If I weren't going to be busy tomorrow, I should come to the concert&lt;/em&gt; can be treated the same way: &lt;em&gt;Verrei al concerto, se non fossi così impegnato domani&lt;/em&gt;; the adverb &lt;em&gt;domani&lt;/em&gt; already conveys the idea of future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-01-03T17:48:01.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7856" CreationDate="2017-01-04T09:29:48.857" Score="2" ViewCount="454" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Morte accidentale di un anarchico&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, a un certo momento il personaggio del Matto dice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bumpete&lt;/strong&gt;... È arrivato l'avvoltoio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come commento a quello che ha spiegato prima una giornalista. La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;bumpete&quot; in questo brano. Non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Si tratta di un vocabolo di origine dialettale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa parola è piana o sdrucciola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-04T10:35:38.280" LastActivityDate="2017-01-04T10:53:55.227" Title="Cosa significa &quot;bumpete&quot;? È una parola piana o sdrucciola?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7855" CreationDate="2017-01-04T09:44:38.163" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;No. È un suono onomatopeico (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Onomatopea&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Onomatopea&lt;/a&gt;).&#xA;&quot;Bump&quot; anche nei fumetti indica di solito una collisione, o meglio il suono emesso a seguito di una caduta o un tonfo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso viene utilizzato credo in modo sarcastico per indicare che  la giornalista è piombata all'improvviso alle sue conclusioni come un avvoltoio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sim. &quot;Patapumfete&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-2AQL_69QNU&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-2AQL_69QNU&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo tipo di onomatopee sono utilizzate di solito per dare enfasi, oppure (come nel filmato e nel brano citato) per accentuare un significato di sfottò o sarcastico ed hanno una pronuncia sdrucciola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es. &quot;Zac&quot; (suono delle forbici) -&gt; &quot;zàcchete&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/zacchete&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/zacchete&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la pronuncia è &quot;bùmpete&quot; / &quot;patapùmfete&quot;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-04T10:53:55.227" LastActivityDate="2017-01-04T10:53:55.227" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7857" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7858" CreationDate="2017-01-04T18:11:43.047" Score="2" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ed in quali situazioni usiamo il proverbio &quot;Zucchero e acqua rosa, non guastò mai alcuna cosa&quot; ? Cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1923" LastActivityDate="2017-01-04T18:39:39.227" Title="Quando usiamo il proverbio &quot;Zucchero e acqua rosa, non guastò mai alcuna cosa&quot;" Tags="&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7857" CreationDate="2017-01-04T18:17:26.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questo riferimento: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Irx3oPMEwmUC&amp;amp;pg=PA331&amp;amp;lpg=PA331&amp;amp;dq=Zucchero+e+acqua+rosa,+non+guast%C3%B2+mai+alcuna+cosa&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=gfxU_LHLG1&amp;amp;sig=oiuYXjmGlMwpmLIOc0mb-MMZOZA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwithJ6EjKnRAhWKvRQKHbb3CMkQ6AEIJjAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Zucchero%20e%20acqua%20rosa%2C%20non%20guast%C3%B2%20mai%20alcuna%20cosa&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=Irx3oPMEwmUC&amp;amp;pg=PA331&amp;amp;lpg=PA331&amp;amp;dq=Zucchero+e+acqua+rosa,+non+guast%C3%B2+mai+alcuna+cosa&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=gfxU_LHLG1&amp;amp;sig=oiuYXjmGlMwpmLIOc0mb-MMZOZA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwithJ6EjKnRAhWKvRQKHbb3CMkQ6AEIJjAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Zucchero%20e%20acqua%20rosa%2C%20non%20guast%C3%B2%20mai%20alcuna%20cosa&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovrebbe quindi indicare il fatto che la dolcezza dei modi, quando è sincera, non guasta mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un modo di dire simile credo sia: &quot;con la dolcezza si ottiene tutto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2017-01-04T18:39:39.227" LastActivityDate="2017-01-04T18:39:39.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7793" CreationDate="2017-01-04T22:28:45.350" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Impiegare&lt;/strong&gt; is often used with time notions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For exemple: To take me 1 hour to go to school.&#xA;             &lt;em&gt;Impiegare 1 ora per andare a scuola.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Necessitare&lt;/strong&gt; is mostly written. By oral, you'll nearby never heard it. The only way you can use it is in manuals, in recipes, lists of material you need... It's not very often used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For exemple: To cook this cake, you need 3 eggs.&#xA;             &lt;em&gt;Per cucinare questa torta, necessitano 3 uova.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aver bisogno&lt;/strong&gt; is often used with objects or people. It means more or less &quot;to need&quot; in English. Aver bisogno is very often used by oral. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For exemple: I need your help.&#xA;             &lt;em&gt;Ho bisogno del tuo aiuto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3184" LastEditorUserId="3184" LastEditDate="2017-01-05T12:24:02.133" LastActivityDate="2017-01-05T12:24:02.133" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7860" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8968" CreationDate="2017-01-05T11:12:13.453" Score="3" ViewCount="647" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Morte accidentale di un anarchico&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo, pubblicata da Einaudi, ho letto queste parole pronunciate dal Matto, che si sta facendo passare per un capitano della polizia scientifica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma cosa si aspetta, signorina, con queste sue palesi provocazioni? Che le si&#xA;  risponda ammettendo che qualora noi della polizia,&#xA;  invece di perderci dietro a quei quattro anarchici &lt;strong&gt;strepenati&lt;/strong&gt; ci si fosse preoccupati di seguire seriamente altre piste piú attendibili, tipo organizzazioni paramilitari e fasciste finanziate dagli industriali, dirette e&#xA;  appoggiate da militari e circonvicini, forse si sarebbe&#xA;  venuti a capo della matassa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso dell'aggettivo &quot;strepenato&quot; in questo passaggio. Non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Si tratta forse di un termine di origine dialettale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-07T18:22:17.217" LastActivityDate="2020-03-30T14:10:38.063" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;strepenato&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7860" CreationDate="2017-01-05T11:32:31.713" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal dialetto milanese, &quot;vestito male&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una fonte:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://it.cultura.linguistica.italiano.narkive.com/POyEsPCr/dialetto-strepenaa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://it.cultura.linguistica.italiano.narkive.com/POyEsPCr/dialetto-strepenaa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3120" LastActivityDate="2017-01-05T11:32:31.713" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7862" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-05T13:03:23.933" Score="0" ViewCount="534" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che differenza c'è tra &quot;mettersi a parte&quot; e &quot;mettersi da parte&quot;. Ho cercato nel dizionario ma non ho trovato la differenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è il contesto. Ancora non capisco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rocchina aiutera tua madre affinche capisca quanto mi metto da parte e ti aspetto  il gruppo compresa Francesca la figlia di Loiacono si è proposto di aiutarci e mi ha detto che non è detto che davvero non possa essre un futuro reale per noi ma che dobbiamo andarci piano affidiamoci amore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1572" LastEditDate="2017-05-25T01:22:16.877" LastActivityDate="2017-05-25T01:22:16.877" Title="Mettersi a parte e mettersi da parte" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7793" CreationDate="2017-01-05T14:37:14.433" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most general Italian verbs/phrases to convey the sense of “to need” are &lt;strong&gt;avere bisogno (di)&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;occorrere&lt;/strong&gt;. For instance, “I need help” is &lt;em&gt;Ho bisogno di aiuto&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Mi occorre aiuto&lt;/em&gt;. The latter is less colloquial, more literary than the former.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another way to say this is with the impersonal use of the verb &lt;strong&gt;servire&lt;/strong&gt;; so, the above example could also be translated as &lt;em&gt;Mi serve aiuto&lt;/em&gt;. In a sense, &lt;em&gt;avere bisogno&lt;/em&gt; emphasises the actual need, while &lt;em&gt;servire&lt;/em&gt; borders on “I could use [whatever]”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some uses of “to need” are better conveyed by a colloquial construction with the verb &lt;strong&gt;volere&lt;/strong&gt;. To say that to make some cake one needs two eggs, you might say &lt;em&gt;Per quel dolce ci vogliono&lt;/em&gt; [but also &lt;em&gt;servono&lt;/em&gt;] &lt;em&gt;tre uova&lt;/em&gt;. Or &lt;em&gt;ci vuole un bel fegato&lt;/em&gt; for “it takes a lot of guts [to do something]”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Necessitare&lt;/strong&gt; is more along the lines of “to be in need of”, but it sounds presently quite affected. Note that in modern Italian (and in this meaning) it is usually constructed with &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;: so, for the previous example, &lt;em&gt;Necessito di aiuto&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Essere necessario&lt;/strong&gt; is somewhat more usual, especially in regulations and the like: &lt;em&gt;È necessario inserire la password&lt;/em&gt; (“You have to insert your password”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, the main meanings of &lt;strong&gt;impiegare&lt;/strong&gt; are parallel to those of “to employ”, both in the “give work” and in the “make use of” senses. It may be used in a vaguely similar sense to the “need” meaning, in sentences like &lt;em&gt;Il treno impiega tre ore per arrivare a Firenze&lt;/em&gt;, that is, “It takes three hours for the train to reach Florence” (but most people, in ordinary speech, would probably say &lt;em&gt;Il treno ci mette tre ore&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further nuances about some of these terms, the &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei sinonimi&lt;/em&gt; by Niccolò Tommaseo is as always enlightening, even if it is about 150 years old. For the present topic, who desires to strike out into 19th-century Italian will be rewarded by reading &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/stream/dizionariodeisi00tomm#page/684/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-01-05T14:37:14.433" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7862" CreationDate="2017-01-06T11:34:23.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;h2&gt;ITA&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualche esempio di frase aiuterebbe a rispondere, può dipendere dal contesto. Generalmente &quot;a parte&quot; significa &quot;separatamente&quot;.&#xA;&quot;Mettere da parte&quot; invece significa &quot;mettere via&quot;, &quot;mettere in un altro luogo&quot;, in genere con il significato implicito di &quot;conservare&quot; poi l'oggetto o di &quot;trascurare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es: &quot;ho messo 500€ da parte per andare in vacanza&quot;, vuol dire che ho &lt;em&gt;risparmiato&lt;/em&gt; quei soldi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;ENG&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some example would have been useful so to answer correctly, since the meaning may depend on the context. Generally speaking &quot;a parte&quot; means &quot;separately&quot;.&#xA;&quot;Mettere da parte&quot; is like &quot;to put apart&quot; or even &quot;save&quot;, &quot;put away&quot;, &quot;disregard&quot;, &quot;overlook&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="868" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-06T15:49:45.163" LastActivityDate="2017-01-06T15:49:45.163" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7865" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7940" CreationDate="2017-01-07T20:51:53.310" Score="4" ViewCount="286" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to understand what that part, &lt;em&gt;a farfalla&lt;/em&gt;, might mean in reference to a very modest man, a government official, rather old (a widower, but still young enough to marry anew). I know that &lt;em&gt;farfalla&lt;/em&gt; might refer to someone who is not serious in their ways, but here this is simply not the case. It might be a name for a style of hair-cut, but I did not find anything on Google Images that might refer to this case. Here it goes (Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Omino lindo, aggiustato, dagli occhietti ceruli mansueti, credo che s'incipriasse e avesse anche la debolezza di passarsi un po' di rossetto, appena appena, un velo, su le guance: certo si compiaceva d'aver conservato fino alla sua età i capelli, che si pettinava con grandissima cura, a farfalla, e si rassettava continuamente con le mani.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-07T22:06:59.390" LastActivityDate="2017-02-01T13:22:23.070" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;pettinarsi a farfalla&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7832" CreationDate="2017-01-08T21:36:46.320" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto impossibile trovare on-line e sui vocabolari l'etimo esatto della locuzione, risulta in effetti chiaro il senso della frase. Il senso della locuzione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cadere&lt;/strong&gt; il mondo addosso (a qualcuno = qcn.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche spesso utilizzata nella forma&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;crollare&lt;/strong&gt; il mondo addosso (a qcn.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è quello di un grave fatto, di una tragedia o comunque di un accadimento negativo generico che capita a qualcuno (&lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo significato è quindi rappresentato in maniera &lt;em&gt;iperbolica&lt;/em&gt; (cioè accentuata, esagerata) dal fatto che &lt;strong&gt;qualcosa di molto grosso&lt;/strong&gt;, in questo caso il &lt;em&gt;mondo&lt;/em&gt; - quindi ciò di grande, ma anche &lt;em&gt;mondo&lt;/em&gt; inteso come &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tutto ciò che sta intorno a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; qcn. -, precipita &lt;em&gt;addosso&lt;/em&gt;, e quindi si &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;abbatte&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; su qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti lo stesso significato simbolico di qualcosa che schiaccia qualcuno quando si parla di sfortune o accadimenti negativi si trova anche nell'uso di altre locuzioni come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;abbattersi&lt;/strong&gt; su (qcn.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;imperversare&lt;/strong&gt; su (qcn.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;di cui un esempio potrebbe essere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una tragedia &lt;em&gt;si abbatté&lt;/em&gt; sul povero sciagurato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Le disgrazie &lt;em&gt;imperversavano&lt;/em&gt; su Giorgio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Breve epilogo&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque sebbene l'etimo esatto e la circostanza di nascita del termine non siano note, è ben evidente invece la figura che questa locuzione sta a rappresentare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un momento in cui tutto ciò che circonda il complemento di termine (colui cui &lt;em&gt;crolla il mondo addosso&lt;/em&gt;), che subisce l'azione del soggetto &lt;em&gt;mondo&lt;/em&gt;, viene meno, o, in ogni caso, un momento in cui accade un gravissimo fatto a qualcuno a cui reca un enorme dolore, ossia, in maniera figurata, un &lt;em&gt;peso&lt;/em&gt;, da cui per estensione ciò che di più pesante si conosca: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;il mondo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3092" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-08T21:36:46.320" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3859" CreationDate="2017-01-09T21:07:23.337" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;DaG, la tua domanda era &quot;Vorrei solo sapere se in testi medici, articoli scientifici, saggi pubblicati, documenti ufficiali italiani è comparso finora il termine di cui parliamo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso, invece, rispondere solo dal punto di vista di chi appartenga a comunità in cui ciò si pratica. In nessuna discussione scritta ho visto adoperare né il termine &quot;candaulismo&quot; né il termine &quot;Triolagnia&quot;. Tutti, all'interno di queste comunità, utilizzano il termine inglese &quot;cuckoldry&quot; per indicare generalmente la pratica e &quot;cuckold&quot; o &quot;cuckquean&quot; per indicare rispettivamente l'uomo o la donna che induca volontariamente il proprio partner a vivere esperienze sessuali con altre persone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3191" LastActivityDate="2017-01-09T21:07:23.337" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7868" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7480" CreationDate="2017-01-10T14:10:05.923" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella mia esperienza riscontrare si usa nei casi in cui si vuole sottolineare un evento inatteso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ho riscontrato delle difficoltà&quot; vuol dire che quelle difficoltà non erano previste dall'inizio, mentre trovato va a prendere un significato più neutro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3192" LastActivityDate="2017-01-10T14:10:05.923" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7869" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7870" CreationDate="2017-01-10T16:56:22.497" Score="4" ViewCount="437" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, if I want to say something like &quot;my beloved aunt and uncle&quot;, beloved is understood to modify both words. How do you do this in Italian if the two words are masculine and feminine (or at all, if &lt;em&gt;&quot;mia zia e mia sorella diletta&quot;&lt;/em&gt; doesn't modify both)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My best attempt is &lt;em&gt;&quot;mio zio e mia zia diletti&quot;&lt;/em&gt; thinking that the beloved becomes plural. Is there a more eloquent way of doing this other than &quot;mio zio diletto e mia zia diletta&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2017-01-10T22:13:29.070" LastActivityDate="2017-01-10T22:13:29.070" Title="Applying an adjective to a masculine AND a feminine word" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7869" CreationDate="2017-01-10T17:42:01.030" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, &lt;strong&gt;masculine + feminine = masculine plural&lt;/strong&gt;: e.g., &lt;em&gt;il tavolo e la sedia bianchi&lt;/em&gt;. It is probably more common to encounter this construction with a copula (&lt;em&gt;il tavolo e la sedia sono bianchi&lt;/em&gt;), but it is correct also for modifiers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See e.g. on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/concordanza_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; site for a grammar reference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;• Se i nomi sono di genere diverso, l’aggettivo si declina al maschile plurale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho conosciuto un ragazzo e una ragazza spagnoli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case maybe &lt;em&gt;diletti&lt;/em&gt; isn't the best choice of word because it sounds a bit out of fashion: I would expect to hear it in an opera but not in everyday language. I recommend &lt;em&gt;I miei cari zii&lt;/em&gt;. It's perfectly fine to use it also for a couple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are addressing them directly in a salutation, for instance at the beginning of a letter, the proper form is &lt;em&gt;miei cari zii&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;cari zii&lt;/em&gt; (without the article).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-10T17:42:01.030" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7871" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7874" CreationDate="2017-01-11T09:19:50.373" Score="7" ViewCount="1079" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have doubts about when to use &quot;pensare che&quot; or &quot;pensare di&quot;, this is in my opinion, specially difficult for Spanish speakers who would always use &quot;pensar que&quot; which is similar to &quot;pensare che&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have seen sentences like &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Pensano che sia meglio vivere a Londra&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Pensano di poter vivere meglio a Londra&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are these interchangeable? Are they used with certain verbs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3195" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-11T12:13:12.113" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T07:08:51.930" Title="Pensare che vs Pensare di" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7871" CreationDate="2017-01-11T15:52:43.347" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.viv-it.org/percorsi-linguistico-didattici/congiuntivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;VIVIT site from Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; explains, we use the construction &lt;em&gt;pensare che&lt;/em&gt; + subjunctive, &lt;em&gt;credere che&lt;/em&gt; + subjunctive, &lt;em&gt;ritenere che&lt;/em&gt; + subjunctive, etc. when the subject of the principal clause is different from that of the subordinate clause. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(Io) penso che Marco arrivi in ritardo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(Noi) credevamo che (tu) ti fossi perso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when the subject of the principal clause is the same as that of the subordinate clause, we use the structure &lt;em&gt;pensare di&lt;/em&gt; + infinitive, &lt;em&gt;credere di&lt;/em&gt; + infinitive, &lt;em&gt;ritenere di&lt;/em&gt; + infinitive, etc. as you can see in these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(Io) penso di arrivare in ritardo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Marco (lui) pensa di arrivare in ritardo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(Noi) credevamo di esserci persi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is mostly that way, but it's true that you sometimes can find some instances of sentences constructed with &lt;em&gt;pensare che&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;credere che&lt;/em&gt;, etc. in which the subject of the principal clause is the same as that of the subordinate clause, even if they are not so common. Let's explain this in detail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-completive_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;, all the above sentences contain what are called &quot;proposizioni completive oggetive&quot;, that is, subordinate clauses which have the role of direct object of the principal clause. A subordinate clause which is the subject of the principal clause is called a &quot;proposizione completiva soggettiva&quot;. The constructions with &lt;em&gt;pensare che&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;credere che&lt;/em&gt;, etc. are called &quot;explicit&quot;, whereas the ones with &lt;em&gt;pensare di&lt;/em&gt; + infinitive, &lt;em&gt;credere di&lt;/em&gt; + infinitive, etc. are called &quot;implicit&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Luca Serianni explains at section XIV.6:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a) Quando si ha identità di soggetto – grammaticale o logico – il costrutto esplicito è meno comune dell'implicito; ma si&#xA;  trova, con l'indicativo, nel registro colloquiale («ogni tanto dice &lt;em&gt;che è malato&lt;/em&gt;» Calvino, cit. in SCHMITT-JENSEN 1970: 181) oppure quando si voglia dare particolare rilievo all'oggettiva: «io le dico che ho bisogno d'attaccarmi con l'immaginazione alla vita altrui» (Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;L'uomo dal trope&#xA;  fiore in bocca&lt;/em&gt;, III 12).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, when the subject of the principal clause is the same as that of the subordinate clause, as we have seen above, the explicit constructions are less common than the implicit ones; but they may be found in colloquial registers in which the indicative is used, as in the above example by Calvino or as in the example given in the comment by @mle (but notice that a sentence as &quot;Pensi che hai torto?&quot; is only used in colloquial registers and grammars of standard Italian usually advise against this use of indicative) or in some instances in which one aims to give a particular enfasis to the subordinate clause, as in this example from the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=Xd1E39kdYrgC&amp;amp;pg=PA153&amp;amp;dq=%22credi+che+tu%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwixsMO3oPLnAhUFtRoKHQQuBp44ChDoATAGegQIABAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22credi%20che%20tu%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Baracche. Appunti di prigionia. 1944-1945&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, by Alessandro Dietrich:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma per forza devo ridere... credi che tu sia la prima a farmi le carte?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And referring to the explicit constructions, Serianni in the avobe cited book adds:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c) Si adopera invece senza possibilità di scelta, con soggettive e oggettive, quando l'azione della completiva è posteriore:&#xA;  «gli pareva &lt;em&gt;che non avrebbe esitato&lt;/em&gt;, se fosse stato di giorno, all'aperto, in faccia alla gente: buttarsi in un fiume e sparire» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XXI 52).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, when the action expressed by the subordinate clause refers to a future moment with respect to the one expressed in the principal clause, one must use the explicit construction, as in the above example by Manzoni or this other one from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-completive_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penso che domani andrò al mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-28T07:08:51.930" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T07:08:51.930" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7875" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7878" CreationDate="2017-01-12T19:06:20.087" Score="4" ViewCount="679" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho cominciato un corso d'italiano in cui ho fatto un esercizio orale. La mia insegnante mi ha fatto vedere che non sempre riesco a pronunciare bene la &quot;s&quot; intervocalica. In particolare, in questo esercizio non ho pronunciato bene &quot;uccisione&quot;, &quot;chiuso&quot;, &quot;basato&quot;, &quot;tesi&quot;, &quot;frase&quot; e &quot;così&quot;. Se ho capito bene, il problema è che ho pronunciato la &quot;s&quot; sorda, ma dovrebbe essere sonora. Tuttavia, una ricerca di questi vocaboli sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/ricerca.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario d’ortografia e di pronunzia della RAI&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;sembra indicare che la pronuncia della &quot;s&quot; di &quot;chiuso&quot; sia diversa da quella delle altre parole dell'elenco. È così? Cioè, la &quot;s&quot; di &quot;chiuso&quot; è sorda e non sonora?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-13T16:31:26.590" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T01:47:56.823" Title="C'è qualche differenza di pronuncia della &quot;s&quot; tra &quot;chiuso&quot; e &quot;frase&quot;?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7875" CreationDate="2017-01-13T02:51:22.390" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non comprendo la tua  insegnante.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Queste questioni pertengono la dizione e dipendono dalla regione in cui ti trovi.&#xA;Non esistono regole, salvo rari casi, come &quot;pesca&quot;, dove, a seconda dell'apertura/chiusura della &quot;e&quot;, cambia il significato della parola.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Diverso sarebbe se tu volessi imparare l'accento di una particolare regione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Update&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quanti pensano di avere solide certezze in materia di dizione, sottoporrei il pensiero dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A beneficio degli stranieri,  che potrebbero non &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/laccademia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;conoscerla&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In Italia e nel mondo l'Accademia della Crusca è uno dei principali punti di riferimento per le ricerche sulla lingua italiana. La sua attività presente punta a&#xA;  [...]&#xA;  diffondere [...] la &lt;em&gt;coscienza critica&lt;/em&gt; dell'evoluzione attuale [della nostra lingua], nel quadro degli scambi interlinguistici del mondo contemporaneo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Venendo alla  pronuncia della &lt;code&gt;s&lt;/code&gt;,  l'Accademia &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/pronuncia-s&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;parla di&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;perplessità sulla esatta pronuncia [della &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;] in alcune parole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e il motivo sta in ciò che il nostro &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sistema grafico ha fornito soltanto un grafema, un segno, per indicare sia la variante sorda che la sonora, lasciando quindi nell'incertezza i parlanti non toscani [...] (una situazione analoga a quella delle vocali e e o aperte o chiuse).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non bisogna dimenticare che soltanto in tempi recenti ci siamo dotati di  mezzi audio per diffondere la pronuncia corretta, ma all'indomani dell'unità d'Italia,  l'italiano ufficiale si poteva veicolare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a partire dal modello fiorentino &lt;em&gt;soltanto per scritto&lt;/em&gt;, sulla base dei testi dei grandi scrittori e dei vocabolari, lasciando una &lt;em&gt;perenne incertezza sull'esatta pronuncia&lt;/em&gt; di alcune parole che presentavano la &lt;code&gt;s&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche le persone colte, dunque, si trovavano in difficoltà: costoro sapevano  che la &lt;code&gt;s&lt;/code&gt; latina era sempre sorda, ma non potevano sapere quando, nel passaggio all'italiano fiorentino,  dovevano sonorizzarla, appunto per la mancanza di specifici grafemi nei vocabolari, e stesso dicasi per le vocali aperte e chiuse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal fiorentino si è passato ufficialmente al romano durante il ventennio. Questa fase è cruciale, in quanto è noto che una lingua parlata si diffonde tramite radio, prima, cinema e  televisione poi, e in Italia tutte queste strutture furono ubicate da Mussolini in Roma, in particolare la nostra Hollywood, Cinecittà. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma qual era dizione &quot;suggerita&quot; dal regime per la &quot;s&quot; o per le altre  ambiguità menzionate dalla Crusca?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Basta consultare il &lt;em&gt;Prontuario di pronuncia e di ortografia&lt;/em&gt; di Bertoni e Ugolini, imposto come manuale ufficiale della radio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I. Quando Firenze si accorda, come avviene quasi sempre, con Roma, si accetterà la pronunzia fiorentina e romana (per es. néve, fórno, mòdo, ecc.)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  II. Questa pronunzia sarà accolta anche quando le altre città toscane non si accordino con Firenze (per es. nève a Siena, Pisa, ecc. contro néve di Firenze)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  III. Quando Roma non si accordi con Firenze, due strade ci stanno aperte dinanzi: o accettare, sull'esempio dei nostri attori, la pronunzia fiorentina colta, come quella della culla della nostra lingua letteraria, ovvero accettare la pronunzia colta di Roma, come quella della Capitale in cui si foggia, con la storia, la lingua della patria&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Noi proponiamo la pronunzia della capitale&lt;/em&gt;. [...] Siamo convinti che, mentre la pronunzia di Firenze ha per sé il passato, quella di Roma ha per sé l'avvenire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scelta linguistica del regime, unitamente all'ubicazione delle strutture ove venivano reclutate le &quot;voci&quot;, spiega quale possa essere la pronuncia  che a tutt'oggi viene insegnata nelle varie scuole di dizione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente con l'avvento dei sintetizzatori vocali il problema si ripropone. A quale stile mai si rifarà il vocabolario menzionato della nostra OP? Utilizza le vocali aperte di Milano o quelle chiuse di Roma? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trattandosi di un dizionario RAI, cioè del servizio radiotelevisivo di Stato, sarebbe facile dire che ha optato per pronuncie tipiche della città che  &quot;ha per sé l'avvenire&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In realtà, il problema è più complesso, in quanto per i casi ambigui come quelli presentati da @Charo,  un sintetizzatore audio deve per forza operare una scelta: &quot;chiudo&quot; o &quot;apro&quot;? &quot;sonorizzo&quot; o no? &#xA;Quando nemmeno l'Accademia della Crusca sa come regolarsi, la scelta più semplice è quella di restare nel solco della tradizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, per quel che riguarda i parlanti, italiani o stranieri che siano, il &quot;discorso&quot; (è appunto il caso di dire) è ben diverso.   Oggi, per fortuna, non siamo piu soggetti al &lt;em&gt;Manuale&lt;/em&gt; si è fatta strada una versione &lt;em&gt;non normativa&lt;/em&gt; della lingua, alternativa a quella dei cosiddetti &quot;puristi&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero che ciò chiarisca, senza troppi inutili tecnicismi, il peso anche storico della dizione nella nostra lingua, non  sminuendone il valore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concluderei dicendo che, per qualsiasi esame, è sempre bene attenersi ai &lt;em&gt;desiderata&lt;/em&gt; del docente.  Superato l'esame di italiano,  come suggerito dagli Accademici della Crusca, è bene sviluppare una &quot;coscienza critica della sua evoluzione attuale&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I corsivi nelle citazioni sono miei)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastEditorUserId="125" LastEditDate="2017-02-24T01:47:56.823" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T01:47:56.823" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7875" CreationDate="2017-01-13T08:34:11.167" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'italiano standard (quello derivato dal fiorentino) la s sorda e quella sonora – cioè, nell'IPA, /s/ e /z/ – sono due fonemi diversi. Esistono infatti “coppie minime”, come per esempio “chie[s]e” (passato di chiedere) e “chie[z]e” (edifici di culto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa differenza in varie parti d'Italia non è però sentita. Per citare l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sibilanti_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Emblematico è il comportamento della coppia fonematica /s z/ il cui rendimento funzionale, tutt’altro che elevato, subisce forti restrizioni. L’opposizione tra /s/ e /z/ vige infatti solo in posizione intervocalica: per es. [ˈkjɛːse] (passato remoto del verbo chiedere) ~ [ˈkjɛːze] (plur. di chiesa), e solo sul territorio toscano. Nel resto d’Italia si ha una vera scissione di esiti: nelle varietà settentrionali si ha solo /z/, in gran parte del Centro-Sud solo /s/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, se vuoi imparare un italiano standard corretto, fa' caso alla distinzione fra i due suoni; se no, poco male, e se ne accorgeranno solo in alcune parti del centro Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Delle parole menzionate nella domanda, in italiano standard “chiuso” e “così” hanno la s sorda, tutte le altre quella sonora. Il DOP è spesso utile, ma queste indicazioni sono presenti in tutti i dizionari, qualche volta usando l'IPA, altre volte usando altre notazioni (per esempio una “s” normale per /s/ e una s con un puntino sopra per /z/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-01-13T16:19:31.970" LastActivityDate="2017-01-13T16:19:31.970" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7880" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-14T09:06:24.987" Score="3" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su Liber Liber ho trovato questo interessante &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/e/eco/de_bibliotheca/html/testo.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;testo di Umberto Eco&lt;/a&gt;. In modo ironico, Eco descrive un modello negativo di biblioteca, cioè elenca le caratteristiche che dovrebbe avere una biblioteca cattiva. Una è questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I libri consegnati dall'inserviente perché richiesti su scheda non possono essere portati in sala consultazione, cioè bisogna dividere la propria vita in due aspetti fondamentali, uno per la lettura e l'altro per la consultazione, cioè la biblioteca deve scoraggiare la &lt;strong&gt;lettura incrociata&lt;/strong&gt; di più libri perché provoca strabismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;lettura incrociata&quot; in questo passaggio, nonostante abbia letto le diverse accezioni dell'aggettivo &quot;incrociato&quot; in alcuni dizionari. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T08:09:45.423" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;lettura incrociata&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5626" CreationDate="2017-01-14T15:44:28.650" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La voce dell'&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt; sugli &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/odonimi_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;odonimi&lt;/a&gt; li chiama &lt;strong&gt;appellativi&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Va osservato ancora che nelle denominazioni dell’area di circolazione, che sono ufficiali e fatte conoscere mediante tabelle, sono presenti numerosi appellativi (all’incirca 300 quelli reperibili attraverso l’Archivio Utenza Seat 2001): i più frequenti sono quelli del tipo &lt;em&gt;via&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;piazza&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. ma numerosi rinviano a condizioni regionali o locali, talvolta in veste vicina al dialetto (Marcato 2005). Basti richiamare i veneziani &lt;em&gt;campo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;campiello&lt;/em&gt; per le piazzette, &lt;em&gt;calle&lt;/em&gt; per le vie ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguono altri esempi di appellativi di uso solo locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-01-14T15:44:28.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7882" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7890" CreationDate="2017-01-14T20:25:01.097" Score="5" ViewCount="1000" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un vero peccato che ti abbiano rubato il portafoglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora non possiamo comprare da mangiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I wonder why this uses &lt;code&gt;comprare da mangiare&lt;/code&gt;, instead of &lt;code&gt;comprare a mangiare&lt;/code&gt;. I know both &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;da&lt;/code&gt; can be used as a proposition before an infinitive verb. I also know that there is a usage of &lt;code&gt;da + infinitive&lt;/code&gt; to express &amp;quot;something to do&amp;quot; much like &lt;code&gt;to + infinitive&lt;/code&gt; in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, then I wonder why &lt;code&gt;da mangiare&lt;/code&gt; can work without an object. For example, if the sentence is the following, which has an object to modify, I have no problem in understanding it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora non possiamo comprare qualcosa da mangiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, if there is no object there, I can't differentiate when to use &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; and when to use &lt;code&gt;da&lt;/code&gt;, especially since both can be used to express an aim after the main verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how can I tell apart the use cases of these two prepositions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Please answer the question in English if possible...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-15T14:40:23.623" Title="Preposition before infinitive - a vs da" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7883" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7888" CreationDate="2017-01-15T00:12:37.383" Score="6" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;Once common in the central part of the Italian peninsula, the Etruscan language as well as the people who spoke it, are said to have disappeared without trace. Is it only an overstatement or can we really say that no trace of the Etruscan language can be found in modern Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps - After learning here that several different languages are spoken in Italy, in the 21st century, I'm not quite sure what you guys mean by the &quot;Italian Language&quot;.  What I mean, however, is the language spoken by the president or prime minister when they address the nation on TV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-15T10:56:11.073" LastActivityDate="2017-01-16T12:25:51.293" Title="Can any trace of Etruscan be found in modern Italian?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;&lt;loan-words&gt;&lt;foreign-influence&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7884" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7885" CreationDate="2017-01-15T08:31:57.493" Score="4" ViewCount="519" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilfoglio.it/economia/2016/12/28/news/voucher-cosa-sono-e-perche-e-un-problema-ampiamente-sopravvalutato-112775/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt;, mi sono imbattuta in questa frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi tutti &lt;strong&gt;se ne dissociano&lt;/strong&gt;, ma i voucher sono stati approvati e introdotti per legge dal Parlamento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che fa uso del verbo &quot;dissociarsi&quot; in un modo che a me risulta del tutto nuovo. Posso capire il significato della frase, ma non riesco a immaginare come io possa usare questo verbo, &quot;dissociarsi&quot;, con un senso simile a quello di questo testo. Potreste farmene qualche esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-23T15:45:23.653" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T15:45:23.653" Title="Uso di &quot;dissociarsi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7884" CreationDate="2017-01-15T08:54:55.580" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dissociarsi (da qualcuno/qualcosa) è un verbo riflessivo che significa &quot;esprimere disaccordo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non sono d'accordo con una dichiarazione fatta da un'associazione a cui appartengo, posso dire per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi dissocio&lt;/strong&gt; dal comunicato stampa pubblicato ieri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure, per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bersani &lt;strong&gt;si dissocia&lt;/strong&gt; dalla linea del Partito Democratico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ricerca su Google per &quot;si dissociano da&quot; trova molti altri esempi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un sinonimo è &lt;em&gt;prendere le distanze da&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è praticamente l'unico uso che viene fatto del verbo &quot;dissociarsi&quot; --- in particolare, &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; è il contrario di associarsi (non si dice * &lt;em&gt;la quota di iscrizione è troppo alta, quindi mi dissocio dal club&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2017-01-15T08:54:55.580" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7884" CreationDate="2017-01-15T09:23:46.983" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come precisato dal De Mauro si tratta di un'espressione idiomatica che si usa principalmente in riferimento a contesti e motivi di carattere ideologico/politico con l'intento di esprimere il proprio dissenso o disaccordo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/dissociarsi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dissociarsi&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;v.pronom.intr. (io mi dissòcio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;CO &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;distaccarsi da altri per motivi ideologici&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, dissentire: &lt;em&gt;mi dissocio dalla decisione della maggioranza&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-15T09:50:26.517" LastActivityDate="2017-01-15T09:50:26.517" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1539" CreationDate="2017-01-15T10:26:14.967" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Concordo pienamente con @rano. E provo ad aggiungere altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La spaziatura non ha un significato totalmente indipendente dalla stampa, essendo strettamente legata anche a discorsi &lt;strong&gt;tipografici&lt;/strong&gt;. Lo &lt;strong&gt;spazio&lt;/strong&gt;, ad esempio, è l'unico elemento tipografico (oltre naturalmente ad &lt;em&gt;a capo&lt;/em&gt;) che consente il passaggio da un rigo all'altro senza utilizzare il trattino (&lt;code&gt;pal-[a capo]la&lt;/code&gt;), motivo per cui la maggior parte dei segni di punteggiatura vuole lo spazio a destra e non a sinistra (non vogliamo mica che un rigo inizi con la virgola o col punto?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fatta questa premessa tutto si costruisce più o meno da sé. Mi sento di dire che i puntini di sospensione &quot;ereditano la spaziatura di ciò che sostituiscono&quot;. A tal proposito ci sono delle fonti e degli esempi --- tratti da documenti di una certa autorevolezza --- che non trovo in disaccordo con questa mia intuizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grammatica-italiana.it/puntini-di-sospensione.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; trovo scritto che &lt;em&gt;dopo (e non prima!) i tre punti bisogna sempre lasciare uno spazio, tranne quando sono seguiti dal punto esclamativo o interrogativo o dalla chiusura di virgolette o parentesi&lt;/em&gt;, cioè essi non vogliono spazio a seguire esattamente quando tale spazio non è richiesto dal carattere seguente (&lt;code&gt;!&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;?&lt;/code&gt;, e &lt;code&gt;&quot;&lt;/code&gt; e così via non vogliono spazio prima di sé).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Allo stesso &lt;em&gt;link&lt;/em&gt; c'è anche scritto che &lt;em&gt;Bisogna poi ricordare che dopo i tre puntini non va mai la lettera maiuscola a meno che si concluda il periodo.&lt;/em&gt; Anche in questo caso dopo i puntini di sospensione la scelta di maiuscola/minuscola dipende da cosa i puntini hanno sostituito (qualcosa che terminava con un punto o no?).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dei.unipd.it/~addetto/manuali_online/ArteLaTeX.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa&lt;/a&gt; introduzione/guida al più famoso e potente programma di composizione tipografica al mondo, LaTeX, potete trovare alcuni esempi dell'uso dei puntini di sospensione (nonché la necessità di tenerli sempre uniti) e, in particolare, un esempio dell'uso di puntini preceduti dalla virgola e da essa spaziati (pag. 9).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concludendo, secondo la mia modesta opinione, corrette spaziature sono le seguenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i quadrupedi (cani, gatti, ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i quadrupedi (cani, gatti...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastActivityDate="2017-01-15T10:26:14.967" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7888" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7883" CreationDate="2017-01-15T10:38:37.050" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;We must necessarily consider that any Italian word derived from Etruscan, must have done so  &lt;strong&gt;by way of Latin&lt;/strong&gt;, even though it is uncertain whether those Latin words did really derive from Etruscan.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some words I found in standard etymological dictionaries of the Latin language which are supposed to have come from Etruscan. (vd. bibliography):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Autunno&lt;/em&gt;  (&quot;autumn&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;autumnus&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH I 88, EM 37, dV 64)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cerimonia&lt;/em&gt; ( &quot;ceremony&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;caerimonia&lt;/em&gt; (probably folk etymology, vd. WH I 134, EM 84, dV 81)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Calcagno&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;heel&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;calx&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH I 144, EM 88-89 dV 86);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cedro&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;cedar&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;citrus&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH I 223, EM 124 dV 116 [&quot;there may have been an Etruscan intermediate between Greek κέδρος and Latin&quot;]);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cuneo&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;wedge&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;cuneus&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH I 308, EM 157 [Etruscan rendering from the Greek γώνιος], dV 154);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fatuo&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;fatuous&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;fatuus&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH I  464, EM 220, dV 205 [which purpose a direct derivation from etr. &lt;em&gt;for&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;say&quot;]);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Aruspice&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;haruspex&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;Haruspex&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH I 635, EM 289-290, dV 280);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Idi&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;ides&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;idus&lt;/em&gt; (according to Varro, vd. WH I 669, EM 305 dV 294-295);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Giovane&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;young&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;iuvenis&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH I 735-736, EM 331, dV 317-318);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Merce&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;merchandise&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;merx&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH II 78-79, EM 400, dV 376);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Popolo&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;people&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;populus&lt;/em&gt; (doubtful, maybe from the ancient Etruscan city of Populonia, vd. WH II 339, EM 521-522, dV 480);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scurrile&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;scurrilous&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;scurra&lt;/em&gt; (doubtful, vd. WH II 502, EM 606, dV 548);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sibilo&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;hiss&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;sibilus&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH II 53I-532, EM 622, dV 561);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Socio&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;associate&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;socius&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH II 551, EM 631, dV 569-570);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Urina&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;urine&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;urina&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH II 840, EM 755, dV 644);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Utero&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;uterus&quot;) from lat. &lt;em&gt;uter&lt;/em&gt; (vd. WH II 845, EM 757, dV 647).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, some of these words are used even in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bibliography:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A. Walde - J.B. Hoffmann, &lt;em&gt;Lateinisches Etymologisches Wörterbuch&lt;/em&gt;, Heidelberg, 1938-1954 (WH);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A. Ernout - A. Meillet, &lt;em&gt;Dictionnaire etymologique de la langue latine&lt;/em&gt;, Paris 2001 (EM);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;M. DeVaan, &lt;em&gt;Etymological Dictionary of Latin and the Other Italic Languages&lt;/em&gt;, Leiden-Boston 2008 (dV).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3202" LastEditorUserId="1973" LastEditDate="2017-01-16T12:25:51.293" LastActivityDate="2017-01-16T12:25:51.293" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7889" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7891" CreationDate="2017-01-15T14:08:32.847" Score="5" ViewCount="1486" Body="&lt;p&gt;In these two sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il bambino sta per mangiare la banana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il bambino mangerà la banana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I understand it correctly, both seem to express &amp;quot;The boy will eat the banana&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;The boy is going to eat the banana&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I don't understand what is the difference, if any, between the two sentences. How can I use them properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-15T14:44:01.250" Title="What is the difference between &quot;stare per infinitive&quot; vs future tense?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7882" CreationDate="2017-01-15T14:40:23.623" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/da/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; may introduce a final clause when after a verb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Con verbi, introduce proposizioni finali o consecutive: &lt;em&gt;dammi un libro da leggere&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non hanno da mangiare&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;Forse s’avess’io l’ale // Da volar su le nubi&lt;/em&gt; (Leopardi); &lt;em&gt;facevano un rumore tale da sbalordire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non ho niente da fare&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;guadagna tanto da vivere&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non c’è tempo da perdere&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. Usi più particolari: &lt;em&gt;far da mangiare&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;negozio da affittare&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;uomo da ammirare&lt;/em&gt; (= degno di essere ammirato); &lt;em&gt;c’è da essere investiti&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;da farsi investire, con questo traffico&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;c’è da diventar matti&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;avere da&lt;/em&gt;, dovere: &lt;em&gt;ho da fare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ho molto da scrivere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ho da correre subito alla stazione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion you can think to it also as a “noun phrase”, so &lt;em&gt;da mangiare&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;qualcosa da mangiare&lt;/em&gt;, and the doubt should vanish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-01-15T14:40:23.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7891" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7889" CreationDate="2017-01-15T14:44:01.250" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first sentence indicates &lt;strong&gt;an action that will happen in the nearest future&lt;/strong&gt;, while the second one doesn't necessarily imply that the action will take place after a short lapse of time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to give you an additional information on the historical development of that tense, the first sentence is rendered in latin with the participle future in combination with the verb &quot;to be&quot;, which costitutes the so-called &quot;periphrastic active&quot; construction (&lt;em&gt;profect&lt;strong&gt;urus&lt;/strong&gt; sum&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;I am going to leave&quot;): this suffix remains productive in Italian language with the same sense of &lt;strong&gt;imminence&lt;/strong&gt; in expressions like &quot;nascit&lt;strong&gt;uro&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; (&quot;the one who is going to born&quot;) or &quot;vent&lt;strong&gt;uro&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;  (&quot;the one who is going to come&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3202" LastActivityDate="2017-01-15T14:44:01.250" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7892" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7893" CreationDate="2017-01-16T07:36:11.930" Score="4" ViewCount="1460" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilfoglio.it/economia/2016/12/28/news/voucher-cosa-sono-e-perche-e-un-problema-ampiamente-sopravvalutato-112775/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La ricerca dell’INPS lo spiega meglio di &lt;strong&gt;chiunque altro&lt;/strong&gt;: “Anche i voucher possono essere aboliti. Ma ciò che non può essere abolito è il problema sottostante: come si pagano le attività di breve durata”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo testo, il costrutto &quot;chiunque altro&quot; mi è sembrato un po' strano: potrebbe essere sostituito dall'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/qualunque/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;qualunque altro&quot;&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-01-16T10:28:40.683" Title="&quot;Chiunque altro&quot; oppure &quot;qualunque altro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7892" CreationDate="2017-01-16T08:29:11.483" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;Intanto, &quot;qualunque altro&quot; da solo non si potrebbe dire, perché &quot;qualunque&quot; è un aggettivo e non un pronome, a differenza di &quot;chiunque&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, poi, si sta confrontando quella ricerca con tutte le altre persone e cose che si sono espresse sui voucher. Direi quindi che in questo caso &quot;chiunque altro&quot; sia l'unico modo per esprimersi, anche perché si parla di un testo scritto da esseri umani, non di un oggetto o di un fenomeno naturale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-01-16T10:28:40.683" LastActivityDate="2017-01-16T10:28:40.683" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7895" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-16T18:25:55.633" Score="7" ViewCount="1045" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a beginner Italian learner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have learned &quot;sette&quot; (seven) and &quot;settimana&quot; (week) but the only word I have learned for day (so far) is &quot;giorno&quot;. Does &quot;mana&quot; in &quot;settimana&quot; have something to do with a word for day in italian or does it mean something different or is it just a coincidence that there is a setti in settimana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3207" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-01-21T17:57:28.707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-05T05:08:07.377" Title="The relation between sette and settimana: what is &quot;mana&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7895" CreationDate="2017-01-16T19:14:29.787" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not a coincidence, but mana means nothing in Italian. It comes from the Latin word septimanus, that means sevenfold.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3208" LastActivityDate="2017-01-16T19:14:29.787" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7895" CreationDate="2017-01-16T19:32:49.693" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are looking for the etymology of  &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wiktionary.org/wiki/settimana&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;settimana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, from Latin &amp;quot;septimus&amp;quot; used to indicate the space of seven days:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;From Late Latin septimāna ‎(“week”), from the Latin septimānus ‎(“related to the seventh element of a series”, adjective), &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;derived from septimus ‎(“seventh”).&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Wiktionary)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &amp;quot;mana&amp;quot; is the suffix coming from -mus - manus and later -māna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-16T19:42:00.960" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7444" CreationDate="2017-01-16T21:36:30.277" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;Aviazione&lt;/strong&gt; è stato creato intendendolo come un derivato del termine lat. &lt;em&gt;avis&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;uccello&quot;) con l'aggiunta del suffisso &lt;em&gt;-tio&lt;/em&gt;, che contraddistingue i &lt;em&gt;nomina actionis&lt;/em&gt;: sostituendo metonimicamente &quot;volo&quot; a &quot;uccello&quot; si avrebbe così &quot;l'azione del volo&quot;. La sua coniazione &quot;risale a due persone, il visconte de Ponton d'Amécourt, che aveva pensato al lat. &lt;em&gt;avis&lt;/em&gt;, ma ne aveva tratto un non accettabile &lt;em&gt;ef&lt;/em&gt; (secondo il modello di &lt;em&gt;nef&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;em&gt;navis&lt;/em&gt;) e Joseph Gabriel de la Landelle, che da &lt;em&gt;avis&lt;/em&gt; trasse aviation in una conferenza del 1863; e similmente aviateur&quot; (B. Migliorini, &lt;em&gt;Lingua d'oggi e di ieri&lt;/em&gt;, Caltanissetta-Roma 1973, p. 56; vd. anche G. Boffito, &lt;em&gt;Origine e vicenda di alcune voci attinenti al volo&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;Studi di Filologia Italiana&quot; 6, 1942, pp. 201-203).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aeronautica&lt;/strong&gt; è un composto formato da due vocaboli di origine greca  ἀήρ (&quot;aria&quot;, lat. &lt;em&gt;aer&lt;/em&gt;), e ναυτική (sc. τέχνη, ossia &quot;arte della navigazione&quot;, lat. &lt;em&gt;nautica&lt;/em&gt;) probabilmente per il tramite dei corrispettivi latini. Per quanto riguarda la prima attestazione del termine, sappiamo che esso &quot;si trova per la prima volta nominato, sebbene all'aggettivo, nell'espressione &lt;em&gt;ars aeronautica&lt;/em&gt; già nel 1695, cioè 88 anni prima che un aeromobile fosse lanciato in aria. Fu un erudito tedesco, Giorgio Pasch, che in un suo libro in latino intitolato &lt;em&gt;De novis inventis quorum accuratiori cultui facem praetulit antiquitas&lt;/em&gt;, la oppose ad un'altra arte, non dico più nota, ma per lo meno già nominata, l'&lt;em&gt;ars volandi&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (R. Giacomelli, &lt;em&gt;Evoluzione della terminologia aeronautica&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;Lingua Nostra&quot; 13, 1952, p. 6).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sebbene nell'uso comune non si sia affermata una netta demarcazione semantica, considerando la differente derivazione etimologica è tuttavia corretto desumere che i termini aviazione e aeronautica possano riferirsi rispettivamente all'atto del volare e dunque all'&lt;strong&gt;aeromobile&lt;/strong&gt; in sé e alla &lt;strong&gt;navigazione aerea&lt;/strong&gt;, come d'altronde appare evidente nelle definizioni del &lt;em&gt;Dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; a c. di T. De Mauro (Torino 2000):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aviazione:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1 scienza e tecnica relative alla progettazione, alla costruzione e all'uso di aeromobili;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2 insieme dei velivoli civili e militari di uno Stato e dei servizi e del personale adibiti al loro funzionamento: aviazione civile,&#xA;  militare&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aeronautica:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1a il complesso delle attività organizzative, scientifiche, tecniche e di progettazione relative alla navigazione aerea;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2a l'insieme di enti, persone e mezzi relativi all'attività aerea: aeronautica civile, aeronautica militare;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2b con iniz. maiusc.: il corpo militare a cui è affidata la difesa aerea del territorio.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3202" LastEditorUserId="3202" LastEditDate="2017-01-17T13:13:36.213" LastActivityDate="2017-01-17T13:13:36.213" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6982" CreationDate="2017-01-16T22:49:04.800" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so esattamente da quando forte sia stato utilizzato per indicare qualcosa di divertente, sicuramente almeno dalla mia infanzia, come testimonia questo film di Verdone:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/1/16/Troppo_forte.jpg?1484606767812&quot; alt=&quot;Troppo Forte&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wikiwand.com/en/Troppo_forte&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Troppo Forte, 1986&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spostamento simile hanno avuto anche i termini &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gagliardo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;gagliardo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ganzo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ganzo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, rispettivamente nel dialetto romano (&quot;che gajardo!&quot;) e toscano (&quot;che ganzo!&quot;), che indicano appunto oggetto o situazione per cui si prova manifesto entusiasmo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1728" LastActivityDate="2017-01-16T22:49:04.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7900" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7901" CreationDate="2017-01-17T10:15:27.960" Score="1" ViewCount="193" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un esercizio di italiano ho trovato la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uomo &lt;strong&gt;è stato notato aggirarsi&lt;/strong&gt; in atteggiamento sospetto tra i reparti della libreria di via Nazionale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La struttura &quot;notare&quot; + infinito ha attirato la mia attenzione perché a me risulta del tutto nuova, soprattutto quando è nella forma passiva, come in questo esempio. Potreste farmi alcuni esempi per poter capire come usare questo costrutto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-17T14:48:26.210" LastActivityDate="2017-01-17T16:20:07.707" Title="Uso di &quot;notare&quot; + infinito" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7900" CreationDate="2017-01-17T11:13:36.377" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'infinito pronominale &quot;aggirarsi&quot; in questo caso esprime in forma implicita una subordinata completiva con valore soggettivo, che in forma esplicita potrebbe essere resa con &quot;che si aggirava&quot; o &quot;mentre si aggirava&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'infinito con i verbi di percezione va considerato alla stregua della cosiddetta infinitiva latina, una proposizione oggetiva o soggettiva con il verbo all'infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lat. &lt;em&gt;Eum vident sedere ad latus praetoris&lt;/em&gt; (It. impl. &quot;vedono egli sedere al lato del pretore&quot;; It. espl.: &quot;vedono che egli siede al lato del pretore&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In G. Rohlfs, &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/stream/GrammaticaStoricaDellaLinguaItaliana3/Grammatica%20storica%20della%20lingua%20italiana%203#page/n65/mode/1up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica storica della lingua italiana e dei suoi dialetti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, III, Torino 1969, il § 706 (pp. 87-89) viene trattato proprio l'&quot;&lt;strong&gt;accusativo con l'infinito&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, e sono citati alcuni esempi di come tale costrutto possa essere considerato una imitazione del latino, nato in epoca umanistica ma progressivamente caduto in disuso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;sapere adunque dovete in Lombardia essere un famosissimo monistero (Boccaccio, &lt;em&gt;Decam.&lt;/em&gt; 9,2)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;credevano essere quella un'unzione velenosa (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;Prom.&lt;/em&gt; 31)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per citare i verbi menzionati nel commento di egreg, si possono addurre i seguenti esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Verbo principale in forma attiva:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Impl. &quot;Noto aumentare il livello di pericolo&quot;&#xA;Espl. &quot;Noto che aumenta il livello di pericolo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Impl. &quot;Vedo venir meno il coraggio nei giovani&quot;&#xA;Espl. &quot;Vedo che il coraggio nei giovani viene meno&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Impl. &quot;Sento crescere il mio amore per te&quot; &#xA;Espl. &quot;sento che il mio amore per te cresce&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Verbo principale in forma passiva:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Impl. &quot;è stato visto rubare e scappare&quot;&#xA;Espl. &quot;è stato visto che rubava e scappava&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi e approfondimenti in G. Skytte, &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=FoK0D9fYn3AC&amp;amp;pg=PA301&amp;amp;lpg=PA301&amp;amp;dq=ulrich%20schwendener%20Der%20Accusativus%20Infinitivo%20im%20Italienischen&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=FUGkUY7itw&amp;amp;sig=d-rtnsaHlcAxJ2ZOrPAdiMRI4Ps&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwippNGEycnRAhVmLcAKHR11BHMQ6AEIKzAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=ulrich%20schwendener%20Der%20Accusativus%20Infinitivo%20im%20Italienischen&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La sintassi dell'infinito in italiano moderno&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, Copenhagen 1983, pp. 299-301; U. Schwendener, &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/deraccusativuscu00schwuoft&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Der Accusativus cum Infinitivo im Italienischen&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, Säckingen am Rhein 1923.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3202" LastEditorUserId="3202" LastEditDate="2017-01-17T16:20:07.707" LastActivityDate="2017-01-17T16:20:07.707" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7903" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-18T04:07:30.647" Score="2" ViewCount="1207" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao amici,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just started learning the beautiful language of my Italian grandparents. They're from San Felice sul Panaro - Modena and Valtesse, Bergamo - LO respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm Brazilian and today I'm 33 years old and am using memrise app to learn... so far I'm really enjoying it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Out of nothing I'm just curious to know the amount of words that exist in the Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How many words learned will give me a good command of the language? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone provide an estimation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arrivederci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3212" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-05-07T10:03:00.657" LastActivityDate="2017-05-08T07:38:16.310" Title="What is a minimal set of words that will give me an acceptable command of the Italian language?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7905" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7907" CreationDate="2017-01-19T14:30:52.927" Score="1" ViewCount="395" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi hanno detto che si può usare l'aggettivo &quot;improbabile&quot; per esprimere l'idea che una cosa non ci piace affatto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso sarebbe che una cosa ci sembra di un gusto tanto cattivo che ci pare improbabile di poter trovare qualcosa di simile a quella. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma come si può usare alla pratica in un contesto determinato? Potreste farmi qualche esempio di uso di questo aggettivo con questo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-01-19T16:32:56.850" LastActivityDate="2017-01-20T07:22:45.467" Title="Come usare &quot;improbabile&quot; per una cosa che non piace affatto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7905" CreationDate="2017-01-19T14:52:04.933" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/improbabile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, oltre al significato relativo ad una evento che difficilmente si avvererà, viene riportato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poco verosimile, che difficilmente può corrispondere alla realtà, e&#xA;  perciò poco credibile: una situazione, una trama i. (in un racconto,&#xA;  in un film); un personaggio improbabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quel film ha una trama improbabile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa che la pellicola è inverosimile e perciò, per estensione di scarsa qualità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso se l'aggettivo viene applicato ad una persona che dovrebbe avere un incarico ma è palesemente incapace di eseguirlo correttamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'ispettore Clouseau è un investigatore improbabile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in quanto, sebbene adorabile, è imbranato, inetto e pasticcione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;il proprietario dell'azienda si presentava sempre con vestiti tanto opulenti quanto improbabili&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè con vestiti che avevano lo scopo di apparire eleganti ma alla fine erano di pessimo gusto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-01-20T07:22:45.467" LastActivityDate="2017-01-20T07:22:45.467" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7905" CreationDate="2017-01-19T22:16:29.503" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma come si può usare alla pratica in un contesto determinato? Potreste farmi qualche esempio di uso di questo aggettivo con questo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'auto di colore improbabile; un caffè di sapore improbabile. Ci si può trovare un compagno improbabile, e si possono avere gusti improbabili nel vestire (per es., le &lt;em&gt;mise&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.fashionblog.it/post/54289/i-look-piu-eccentrici-di-oscar-giannino-candidato-alle-elezioni-2013&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giannino&lt;/a&gt; sono state più volte definite &lt;em&gt;giacche improbabili&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nessuno di questi è un complimento :-). Ricordo una signora inglese che usava nello stesso senso il giro di parole &lt;em&gt;raro a trovarsi&lt;/em&gt; (una volta me lo chiarì molto esplicitamente aggiungendo, &quot;&lt;em&gt;...ci vuole una bella sfortuna!&lt;/em&gt;&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2017-01-19T22:16:29.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7909" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7914" CreationDate="2017-01-22T10:46:36.143" Score="0" ViewCount="10802" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.euronews.com/2017/01/21/trump-in-visita-al-quartier-generale-della-cia-sconfiggeremo-il-terrorismo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo di Euronews&lt;/a&gt; ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Elogi a dismisura sono stati dispensati dal magnate, &lt;strong&gt;in barba alle&lt;/strong&gt; accuse da lui stesso mosse, appena pochi giorni orsono, proprio nei confronti dell’Intelligence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conoscevo il significato dell'espressione &quot;in barba a&quot;, quindi l'ho cercata su alcuni dizionari. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/barba1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare qualcosa in b. a uno&lt;/em&gt;, a suo dispetto e scapito;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e le definizioni che ho letto sugli altri dizionari sono simili. Tuttavia, ho pensato che, nel contesto del brano sopra citato, &quot;in barba a&quot; potesse significare &quot;nonostante&quot;, &quot;malgrado&quot;. È così? Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire questo mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-01-23T08:45:05.087" Title="L'espressione &quot;in barba a&quot; può significare &quot;nonostante&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7909" CreationDate="2017-01-22T12:20:55.607" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/in-barba-a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;In barba a &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nella frase ha il significato di &quot;a scapito di, a dispetto di&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'espressione crea un effetto di sorpresa e forse di critica rispetto agli elogi fatti dal  magnate dopo aver mosso delle accuse. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(De Mauro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2017-01-22T12:20:55.607" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6482" CreationDate="2017-01-22T15:00:51.690" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto possa esservi utile ho udito la parola casigliano pronunciata da mia madre con l'intento di definire il custode di una dimora signorile, in Toscana dove abito, viene usata anche la parola &quot;casano&quot; per identificare la stessa persona, per entrambe le parole ho trovato scarsissimi riferimenti in internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3223" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-02T15:11:53.907" LastActivityDate="2018-02-02T15:11:53.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7912" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-22T17:23:20.407" Score="0" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading a sentence as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...La polizia sospetta si tratti un gruppo di persone...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How could this sentence be rephrased? Is &lt;em&gt;si tratti&lt;/em&gt; a formal phrase? If I am right, is there a spoken way for it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason I think so is I usually read this kind of verb but haven't heard it in dialogues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-01-22T17:39:56.683" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T15:41:16.063" Title="What is the synonym phrase we could use instead of “si tratti”?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7912" CreationDate="2017-01-22T18:14:14.167" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;That phrase uses in an impersonal way the subjunctive mood of the verb &quot;trattare&quot;; but I think that the phrase is not completely correct. &#xA;The correct phrase should be: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La polizia sospetta (che) si tratti &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; un gruppo di persone...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The conjunction &quot;che&quot; can be omitted).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &quot;&lt;em&gt;trattare&lt;/em&gt;&quot; is used here with the meaning of &quot;&lt;em&gt;to be a question (of)&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; &quot;&lt;em&gt;to be a matter (of)&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; &quot;&lt;em&gt;to have to do (with)&lt;/em&gt;&quot; see treccani.it/vocabolario/trattare point 4&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The full sentence could help to find a good alternative, but you could as well use the verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;to be&quot;): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La polizia sospetta che (ci) sia un gruppo di persone...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you prefer, you could use the expression to &quot;&lt;em&gt;to have to do (with)&lt;/em&gt;&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La polizia sospetta di avere a che fare con un gruppo di persone...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would not recommend this expression, especially for writing, because it is a bit too verbose. I think that even the usage of &quot;trattare&quot; would be discouraged for example on a newspaper article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-01-22T18:24:59.393" LastActivityDate="2017-01-22T18:24:59.393" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7909" CreationDate="2017-01-23T08:45:05.087" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come è stato ricordato, i vocabolari considerano “in barba a” più o meno come sinonimo di “a dispetto di”; in quest'ultima espressione “dispetto” non ha il senso che ha in “fare un dispetto”, ma quello antiquato di “superiorità sdegnosa o di ostentata noncuranza” (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dispetto2&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;), coerentemente con il contesto citato: Trump ostenta superiorità e noncuranza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto a “in barba”, il &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Lapucci ne spiega l'origine come «‘proprio sotto gli occhi’ o ‘quasi davanti alla barba’, modo di dire che l'uso ha esteso e riferito impropriamente anche alla donna».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-01-23T08:45:05.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7640" CreationDate="2017-01-23T12:39:17.590" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, they are both really similar. There isn't much difference except for some nuance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lì&quot; usually refers to something closer than &quot;là&quot;, at the same time, &quot;lì&quot; is also describing a more specific place than &quot;là&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The use of &quot;qua&quot; and &quot;là&quot; is for spatial genericity. for example, you would use &quot;qua e là&quot; for something here and there or all over the place, but you wouldn't say &quot;qui e lì&quot; as that would mean exactly in this and that spot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would apply the same difference to &quot;quì&quot; and &quot;qua&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd say that to refer to someone in a different city you can safely use &quot;là&quot;, if you need to refer to that specific city in contract with the region or an area, then &quot;lì&quot; might be better suited.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3181" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-24T13:27:22.323" LastActivityDate="2017-01-24T13:27:22.323" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7916" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7917" CreationDate="2017-01-25T15:24:56.130" Score="2" ViewCount="449" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/xY638IwzKBY&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo video&lt;/a&gt; si può ascoltare questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Verificate le fonti e i mittenti di messaggi, link e video per evitare di &lt;strong&gt;inoltrare&lt;/strong&gt; trojan, virus e altre contenuti dannosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;inoltrare&quot; si può più o meno capire dal contesto. Una ricerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un verbo molto usato nel settore dell'informatica. Potreste farmi alcuni altri esempi di uso di tale verbo in quest'ambito?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-01-25T16:50:06.630" Title="Uso del verbo &quot;inoltrare&quot; nell'ambito dell'informatica" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7916" CreationDate="2017-01-25T15:37:19.820" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Inoltrare&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto ha lo stesso significato dell'inglese &lt;em&gt;to forward&lt;/em&gt;. È utilizzato per descrivere l'atto di mandare ad un destinatario una copia di un'email che si ha ricevuto. Per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho comprato il biglietto d'aereo e ti ho inoltrato l'email di conferma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quest'email che mi ha mandato mia sorella è troppo divertente, te la inoltro subito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo questo problema va al di là delle mie competenze, ma ho inoltrato la sua richiesta ad un collega che si occupa di queste situazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-25T16:50:06.630" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7918" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7916" CreationDate="2017-01-25T15:38:25.003" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In informatica il verbo inoltrare si può intendere ad esempio come &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;inoltrare la posta elettronica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (in inglese forward), funzione che consente di trasmettere automaticamente i messaggi in arrivo su una casella verso un altro indirizzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'ambito delle reti esiste il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bridge_(informatica)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bridge&lt;/a&gt; (ponte) che ha funzioni di inoltrare pacchetti o frame:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando riceve un frame su una porta, cerca di capire dall'indirizzo&#xA;  del destinatario se questi si trova nello stesso segmento del mittente&#xA;  oppure no. Nel primo caso evita di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;inoltrare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; il frame, in quanto&#xA;  presumibilmente il destinatario l'ha già ricevuto per condivisione del&#xA;  bus di comunicazione. Nel secondo caso, invece, il bridge &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;inoltra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; la&#xA;  trama verso il segmento in cui si trova effettivamente il&#xA;  destinatario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio che tu citi il verbo inoltrare ha come significato trasmettere, diffondere possibili veicoli di infezione da virus informatico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-01-25T15:38:25.003" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7919" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7923" CreationDate="2017-01-25T17:25:55.313" Score="0" ViewCount="717" Body="&lt;p&gt;I sent this to someone who mainly speaks Italian and there was confusion.  Left is translated by Google as &quot;sinistra&quot; which is not what I want, haha.  More like &quot;partire&quot; or &quot;lasciare&quot; but I'm unsure if these are the correct words. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2299" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-25T17:40:02.000" LastActivityDate="2017-01-25T21:44:58.137" Title="How to say &quot;I have only one year left&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7919" CreationDate="2017-01-25T17:39:34.940" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;I have only one year left&quot; would translate as &quot;mi rimane solo un anno&quot;. Hard to say what's the best translation without the full context, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3231" LastActivityDate="2017-01-25T17:39:34.940" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7921" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-25T18:39:22.130" Score="1" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;In inglese si usa spesso l'espressione &quot;sister site&quot; quando ci si riferisce ad un sito che appartiene allo stesso gruppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio SE Italian e SE Spanish sono &quot;sister sites&quot; in quanto appartengono allo stesso gruppo. (StackExchange).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale è la definizione che si usa in italiano per definire la relazione tra due siti  della stessa famiglia? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressioni come  &quot;sito sorella o sito fratello&quot; non sono presenti in internet, mentre  &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&amp;amp;ion=1&amp;amp;espv=2&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=%22sito%20internet%20gemello%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito gemello&lt;/a&gt;&quot; in effetti viene usato,  ma non sono sicuro che  sia la definizione corretta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-01-26T12:24:53.693" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T12:24:53.693" Title="Come definire siti che appartengono allo stesso gruppo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7921" CreationDate="2017-01-25T19:14:21.847" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso si potrebbe dire &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sito correlato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; oppure &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sito omologo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&#xA;Nel caso che tu citi SEItalian è appunto l'omologo Italiano del sito SESpanish, in quanto ha lo stesso ruolo o meglio missione del sito in spagnolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/omologo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; per il termine omologo si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In genere, che corrisponde a un altro, che è della stessa specie, o ha&#xA;  le stesse qualità, proprietà, ecc. di un altro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono anche forniti significati particolari relativi a chimica, matematica, zoologia, botanica, medicina etc. che riconducono comunque ad un concetto di similitudine, appartenenza ad una stessa classificazione o gruppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'ambito informatico, per estensione, il significato è sempre quello di essere un sito simile, vuoi nell'aspetto vuoi nelle funzionalità, ad un altro e di conseguenza essere raggruppato o classificato in un determinato modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-01-26T07:23:54.187" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T07:23:54.187" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7919" CreationDate="2017-01-25T21:44:58.137" Score="4" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I have one year left: &lt;em&gt;mi rimane un anno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mi resta un anno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ho un anno&lt;/em&gt;. Variants are &lt;em&gt;mi rimane &lt;strong&gt;solo&lt;/strong&gt; un anno&lt;/em&gt; (I have only one year left), &lt;em&gt;mi rimane &lt;strong&gt;ancora&lt;/strong&gt; un anno&lt;/em&gt; (I've still one year left) and &lt;em&gt;mi rimane &lt;strong&gt;appena&lt;/strong&gt; un anno&lt;/em&gt; (I have barely one year left). A more colloquial form is &lt;em&gt;ce n'ho per un anno&lt;/em&gt; (literally &lt;em&gt;I have enough of it for one year&lt;/em&gt;, it's akin to &lt;em&gt;one year to go&lt;/em&gt;). Note that &lt;em&gt;avercene&lt;/em&gt; is often used for the time left to live.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The form with the verb &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;ho un anno&quot;) should be used with some modifier (ho &lt;strong&gt;ancora&lt;/strong&gt; un anno), otherwise if you say &lt;em&gt;ho un anno&lt;/em&gt; you seem to be saying you're one year old. It's still possible to misinterpret &lt;em&gt;ho solo un anno&lt;/em&gt; as &quot;I'm only one year old&quot;; this isn't likely with &lt;em&gt;ancora&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are some special forms used in specific contexts: in the military you would say &lt;em&gt;un anno all'alba&lt;/em&gt; - a year till dawn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;no man left behind: &lt;em&gt;nessuno sarà lasciato indietro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;one week left until exams: &lt;em&gt;manca una settimana agli esami&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2017-01-25T21:44:58.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7924" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7921" CreationDate="2017-01-26T07:35:05.403" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando in rete:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linguee.it/inglese-italiano/traduzione/sister+site.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qui&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] several Ancestry.com websites (including international sites&#xA;  such as Ancestry.co.uk as well as our sister site, Mundia.com).&#xA;  ancestry.com&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] siti web di Ancestry (compresi i siti&#xA;  internazionali come Ancestry.co.uk così come il nostro sito gemello,&#xA;  Mundia.com).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#en/it/sister%20website&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qui&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viene adoperato il termine &lt;code&gt;sito gemello&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In gergo informatico, personalmente uso anche io questo termine, invece di esplicitare la parentela (nel qual caso in italiano sarebbe &lt;code&gt;fratello&lt;/code&gt;, in quanto sito è maschile)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T07:35:05.403" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7921" CreationDate="2017-01-26T09:35:41.513" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sono posto diverse volte questo problema per il lavoro che faccio e l'unica soluzione che ho trovato per indicare siti dello stesso gruppo è dire appunto &lt;em&gt;siti dello stesso gruppo&lt;/em&gt; oppure, ma suona un po' buffo, &lt;em&gt;siti imparentati&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra che sia uno di quei casi dove un'espressione semplice in inglese non è entrata in uso in italiano anche se avrebbe una traduzione ovvia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T09:35:41.513" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7912" CreationDate="2017-01-26T15:41:16.063" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;...La polizia sospetta che un gruppo di persone sia coinvolto...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...La polizia sospetta che un gruppo di persone sia responsabile...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastActivityDate="2017-01-26T15:41:16.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6831" CreationDate="2017-01-26T16:18:01.787" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la mia insegnante d'italiano e come spiega &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_386.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo della Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Riferendosi a persone, occorre usare l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt; («chi considera la realtà nella sua concretezza e agisce basandosi soprattutto sull’esperienza pratica, senza cedere a idealismi o illusioni», &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario di Italiano Garzanti&lt;/em&gt;, s. v. &lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;di solito bisogna usare l'aggettivo &quot;realista&quot; se si sta qualificando una persona con il significato di &quot;pratico e con i piedi per terra&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È una persona &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Realistico&quot; in genere non si deve usare per le persone, ma per &quot;oggetti&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Realistico&lt;/em&gt; («fondato sui fatti, sulla concretezza», &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario di Italiano Garzanti&lt;/em&gt;, s. v. &lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt;) di norma non si riferisce a persone [...], anche se nell'italiano parlato meno controllato spesso ciò avviene, probabilmente a partire da una sovraestensione analogica motivata da costrutti impersonali come &lt;em&gt;(non) è realistico&lt;/em&gt; seguiti da proposizione soggettiva:  &lt;em&gt;è realistico accettare queste proposte&lt;/em&gt; &gt; chi “accetta queste proposte” è un soggetto animato (persona o gruppo di persone) &gt; &lt;em&gt;siamo realistici e accettiamo queste proposte&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, possiamo dire (esempi tratti dall'articolo sopra menzionato):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Un atteggiamento &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Un comportamento &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Un programma &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Una politica &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;realistica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa è la differenza di uso tra questi due aggettivi quando hanno il significato di qualcosa di &quot;pratico e con i piedi per terra&quot;, che è a quello a cui si riferisce la domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una cosa simile accade con gli aggettivi &quot;ottimista&quot; e &quot;ottimistico&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-27T15:22:09.953" LastActivityDate="2020-01-27T15:22:09.953" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="7930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7935" CreationDate="2017-01-28T13:49:40.157" Score="0" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi hanno spiegato che il termine &quot;antifona&quot; può essere usato con il senso figurato di qualcosa che viene detta in modo implicito e velato, ma che si può capire ascoltando attentamente il discorso (in catalano e in castigliano parliamo di una &quot;indirecta&quot;). Ma come posso usare questo vocabolo con questo significato? Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/antifona/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e su altri dizionari ho trovato il modo di dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;capire l'antifona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in cui la parola &quot;antifona&quot; ha questo senso. Posso usarla però in altri tipi di espressioni? Se la risposta è affermativa, potreste farmi qualche esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T04:04:21.720" Title="Uso del vocabolo &quot;antifona&quot; in senso figurato" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7930" CreationDate="2017-01-29T23:30:57.527" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;capire l'antifona&lt;/em&gt; è l'unico uso di questo significato che mi venga in mente. Una parola italiana che abbia questo significato più generalmente è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sottinteso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sottinteso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sottintéso&lt;/strong&gt; agg. e s. m. [part. pass. di sottintendere]. – Che non è espresso, che non è detto esplicitamente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Diz. Treccani)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-01-29T23:30:57.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7936" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8490" CreationDate="2017-01-30T14:46:37.563" Score="8" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apologies if this question isn't relevant or is too basic for this site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am currently trying to learn basic Italian. I have found that an effective approach to help me memorise the relevant words is to find a vague phonetic connection to an English word with a similar meaning and use it to recall. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Orologio - Horology&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Divertente - Diversion&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Verde - Verdant&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's not always a similar word: I can't think of anything in English meaning 'walk' that's like camminare, for example. That makes these words harder to learn, but more often than not there is. So far, I've been able to do well enough making up the gaps through rote learning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When it comes to building questions, however, I'm struggling. Not only can I not find any English equivalents to hang off, but many of the Italian words are very similar. I'm struggling to recall the difference between them. For example Quanto/Quando/Quale and Come/Cosa all have quite distinct meanings yet, to the unlearned ear, sound similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any tricks or useful mnemonics I can use to try and get to grips with forming questions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2788" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-01-30T17:13:24.043" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T17:32:33.990" Title="How can I better learn similar-sounding words when phrasing questions?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7937" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-01-30T14:57:51.313" Score="4" ViewCount="1255" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un mio amico mi ha chiesto se secondo me andava bene il suo inivito di nozze. Ho un dubbio sulla seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo la cerimonia, saremo lieti di festeggiare presso il ristorante [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quella virgola dopo il sintagma preposizionale iniziale (in questo caso un complemento di tempo) sicuramente si usa spesso, ma io la eviterei. È più corretto usarla o no?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2017-01-31T15:50:08.037" LastActivityDate="2017-04-23T15:33:31.193" Title="Virgola dopo sintagma preposizionale iniziale" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7143" CreationDate="2017-01-31T10:52:51.327" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono un insegnante di Italiano ma da madrelingua provo a darti qualche suggerimento rispetto all'italiano parlato.&#xA;Analizziamo il tuo testo frase per frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stamattina facevo un giro nel centro della città e ho visto un negozio dove si vendevano mele.&#xA;  Dopo, a distanza di 100 metri ho visto un fioraio che vendeva fiori... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ok, corrette entrambe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stamattina facevo un giro nel centro della città e ho visto un negozio dove si vendevano le mele. &#xA;  Dopo, a distanza di 100 metri ho visto un fioraio che vendeva i fiori...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ok, corrette entrambe sia in senso specifico che generico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stamattina facevo un giro nel centro della città e ho visto un negozio dove si vendevano delle mele.&#xA;  Dopo, a distanza di 100 metri ho visto un fioraio che vendeva dei fiori... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ok, la più corretta per esprimere l'indeterminazione degli oggetti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono entrato nel negozio e ho comprato mele.&#xA;  Ho comprato fiori.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ok, ma suona veramente male. Da Italiano non lo direi mai....ma dipende dalla provenienza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono entrato nel negozio e ho comprato le mele.&#xA;  Ho comprato i fiori &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ok. Da più l'idea che precedentemente abbiate parlato di &quot;comprare mele/fiori&quot; però si può usare in senso generico, anche qui molto dipende dalla provenienza e dal contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono entrato nel negozio e ho comprato delle mele. &#xA;  Ho comprato dei fiori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ok, le più corrette per esprimere l'indeterminazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mamma mia... come amo le mele.&#xA;  Devo dire che amo i fiori... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;corretto....sempre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mamma mia... come amo delle mele.&#xA;  Devo dire che amo dei fiori... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mamma mia... come amo mele.&#xA;  Devo dire che amo fiori... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;NO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vedi la risposta, sopratutto se parliamo di Italiano parlato, non è univoca perché dipende molto dal contesto, dalle parole (quindi il suono) e sopratutto dalla zona di provenienza dell'interlocutore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Passando alle candele invece :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Entro in un negozio e chiedo: avete candele?&#xA;  Si può anche chiedere &quot;avete le candele?&quot; per esprimere &quot;candele in generale&quot;, non &quot;candele specifiche&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Se entri in un negozio e chiedi &quot;avete candele?&quot; la risposta è al 10% si/no e per il restante 90% &quot;che candele?&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Se entri e chiedi &quot;avete delle candele?&quot; la risposta è al 100% si/no&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Se entri e chiedi &quot;avete le candele?&quot; la risposta è all'70% si/no e per il restante 30% &quot;che candele?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le percentuali variano a seconda della regione. A Roma la 2 e la 3 sono identiche, a Cagliari direbbero più la prima o addirittura un più comune (per la zona) &quot;candele ne avete?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso corretto grammaticale, per esprimere l'indeterminazione, è comunque il secondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1677" LastActivityDate="2017-01-31T10:52:51.327" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7940" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7865" CreationDate="2017-02-01T13:22:23.070" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning, as already said, seems like a symmetrical haircut but more specifically an haircut where the hair are parted in the middle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.you-ng.it/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2014/01/riga-in-mezzo.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Like this&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Farfalla means butterfly and in this example the hair center parting seems the body of a butterfly while the two hair parts are the wings &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1677" LastActivityDate="2017-02-01T13:22:23.070" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7941" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-02T11:17:08.863" Score="2" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?parola=zif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dice&lt;/a&gt; che, quando qualcuno taglia una corda con un coltello, si può dire «ziff!». In questo brano da Pirandello («Il fu Mattia Pascal») c'è uno che, evidentemente, starnutisce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non giovavano a nulla le vendette che di questi suoi tradimenti noi ci prendevamo. Eppure ricordo che non eran da burla. Una sera, per esempio, io e Berto, sapendo che egli soleva dormire, seduto su la cassapanca, nella saletta d’ingresso, in attesa della cena, saltammo furtivamente dal letto, in cui ci avevano messo per castigo prima dell’orasolita, riuscimmo a scovare una canna di stagno, da serviziale, lunga due palmi, la riempimmo d’acqua saponata nella vaschetta del bucato; e, così armati, andammo cautamente a lui, gli accostammo la canna alle nari — e zifff! — Lo vedemmo balzare&#xA;  fin sotto al soffitto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A che evento veramente riferisce quel «ziff»? Qual è l'origine di quel suono in questa situazione? Credo che sia l'atto di starnutire, ma mi mette in dubbi quel riferimento nel dizionario…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastActivityDate="2017-02-23T15:13:50.270" Title="Si usa «ziff!» quando si starnutisce?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7937" CreationDate="2017-02-03T16:45:36.210" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una scelta di puro stile, spesso dettata dal tono con cui si formulerebbe la frase vocalmente. È diffuso e liberamente interpretabile nella lingua italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3260" LastActivityDate="2017-02-03T16:45:36.210" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7943" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7944" CreationDate="2017-02-04T10:22:57.843" Score="2" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.euronews.com/2017/02/03/usa-ue-fuoco-di-sbarramento-contro-il-prossimo-ambasciatore-di-trump/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo di Euronews&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;USA-UE: &lt;strong&gt;fuoco di sbarramento&lt;/strong&gt; contro il prossimo ambasciatore di Trump &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e poi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nemmeno nominato, e già protagonista di un &lt;strong&gt;fuoco di sbarramento&lt;/strong&gt;, anche se non si può dire che sia suo malgrado: il loquace forse prossimo ambasciatore degli Stati Uniti presso l’Unione europea, Ted Malloch, ha rilasciato una serie di interviste in cui ha detto chiaramente quello che pensa dell’Unione europea, e non sono cose che Bruxelles possa condividere, anche se alcune interpretazioni sono forse andate un po’ al di là delle parole effettivamente pronunciate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso figurato che se ne fa dell'espressione &quot;fuoco di sbarramento&quot;. Il suo significato si può più o meno capire dal contesto, ma non ho trovato nulla su questo uso figurato nei dizionari che ho consultato. Si tratta di un uso comune o è piuttosto un'invenzione del giornalista che ha scritto questo articolo? Potreste farmi qualche altro esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-02-04T11:29:59.967" Title="Sull'uso figurato di &quot;fuoco di sbarramento&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7943" CreationDate="2017-02-04T11:05:44.687" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione ha chiaramente un'origine nel gergo militare, probabilmente risale al periodo  della Prima Guerra Mondiale a vedere dai risultati di &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=fuoco%20di%20sbarramento&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cfuoco%20di%20sbarramento%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;. Il primo uso figurato che ho trovato è abbastanza recente, anni 90, ma  molto probabilmente ci sono esempi precedenti: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=gA-KdWRFrVsC&amp;amp;pg=PA86&amp;amp;dq=%22fuoco%20di%20sbarramento%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjst_uNpvbRAhUJJ8AKHVgEA3wQ6AEIHjAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22fuoco%20di%20sbarramento%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;I comunisti italiani tra Hollywood e Mosca: la sfida della cultura di massa ...&lt;/a&gt; 1995:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Contro il fuoco di sbarramento della propaganda degli avversari la sinistra si trovò costretta in posizione difensiva.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  L'Urss non era in grado di offrire aiuti pari a quelli degli Stati Uniti e inoltre la sua reputazione quale campione dell'autodeterminazione e dell'antifascismo aveva subito un duro colpo nel febbraio 1948 in  ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Q3sruA_C3HEC&amp;amp;pg=PA211&amp;amp;dq=%22fuoco%20di%20sbarramento%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjkwJm2p_bRAhWJuhQKHZR_Ck0Q6AEILTAD#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22fuoco%20di%20sbarramento%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Mario Martinelli nel secolo delle contraddizioni&lt;/a&gt; 2004:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Contraddicendo l'ispirazione sturziana e degasperiana regionalista, Centrismo popolare, in sintonia coi liberali e con la socialdemocrazia, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;diede inizio ad un fuoco di sbarramento contro l'introduzione delle regioni a statuto ordinario.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase è  abbastanza comune e di facile comprensione e viene usata soprattutto in  contesti politici ed economici, ma non solo, come si può vedere nell' esempio che segue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=t0OCUkgr9nIC&amp;amp;pg=PA83&amp;amp;dq=%22fuoco%20di%20sbarramento%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjU152GqPbRAhVD6xQKHTPnC04Q6AEIMDAD#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22fuoco%20di%20sbarramento%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Attenti al lupo!: aggressività e bullismo tra i giovani&lt;/a&gt; 2007:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Era proprio questo che sconcertava Sofia, che la faceva vergognare: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;se qualcuno osava toccarla, lei faceva fuoco di sbarramento, ma nel profondo sentiva una sorta di eccitazione piacevole&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, che non poteva confidare a nessuno. Era per allontanare questa sensazione che aveva scritto il biglietto. Ma ora non sapeva più se ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-02-04T11:29:59.967" LastActivityDate="2017-02-04T11:29:59.967" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7947" CreationDate="2017-02-06T16:22:11.413" Score="3" ViewCount="570" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was asked to translate the sentence &lt;em&gt;&quot;She loves him for his wealth.&quot;&lt;/em&gt; into Italian. And I wrote the following: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Lei gli ama per la sua ricchezza.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My software corrected it and said it should be: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Lei lo ama per la sua ricchezza.&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or, better: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Lei l'ama per la sua ricchezza.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While I know that both of those forms are correct -- I thought that &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; was also used for &quot;him&quot; as a clitic. Is there an idiomatic difference, or is this a mistake in the software?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastActivityDate="2017-02-06T23:39:37.247" Title="Is there any implicit or idiomatic difference between &quot;gli&quot; and &quot;lo&quot; used as a clitic pronoun?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7946" CreationDate="2017-02-06T23:39:37.247" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is indeed a big difference: one is used for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grammar-monster.com/glossary/direct_object.htm&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;direct object&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and the other is used for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grammar-monster.com/glossary/indirect_object.htm&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;indirect object&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Those are different grammatical roles and using one for the other is a serious mistake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the list of the clitic forms for the direct object and the indirect object respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;|  D.O. |   I.O. |&#xA;------------------&#xA;| mi    | mi     |&#xA;| ti    | ti     |&#xA;| lo/la | gli/le |&#xA;| ci    | ci     |&#xA;| vi    | vi     |&#xA;| li    | (gli?) |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You will notice that they are distinguished only at the third person. Moreover, the third person plural doesn't really have a clitic form, although in spoken Italian it is often used &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Care should be taken when there are clitic pronouns both for the direct object and the indirect object. In that case the indirect object is always first, and its last vowel is changed from &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; (E.g. &lt;em&gt;Me lo diede&lt;/em&gt;, he gave it to me). At the third singular form something weirder happens and the two pronouns combine in &lt;em&gt;glielo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gliela&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;glieli&lt;/em&gt;. This form is correct only when the direct object is a third person pronoun too (although it might be plural), e.g. &lt;em&gt;Gliela diede&lt;/em&gt;, he gave her to him.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Last, let me mention that while Duolingo is a pretty good substitute for a practice book (and in some ways it is even better than a traditional practice book), it does a really poor job of explaining the grammar. Its use should be complemented by a good grammar book or, at the very least, the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Italian/Grammar&quot;&gt;Italian wikicourse&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-02-06T23:39:37.247" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7948" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-07T14:23:37.997" Score="1" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was checking the translation of the verb &quot;argue&quot; and discuss and noticed that the verb: &quot;discutere&quot; is in common between both of the words. but since the verb &quot;argue&quot; has a stronger sense, I felt there should be another expression for that, used in conversation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also I would appreciate it if someone could help me to know the different synonims for these words like : rissa, polemica, disputa, litigio, controversia, discussione&#xA;contestazione, bega, contrasto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because I am having difficulty to know where to use which one&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastActivityDate="2017-02-07T21:47:42.157" Title="Argue and discussion" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7949" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-07T18:19:12.433" Score="1" ViewCount="30124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've heard this is an old Italian saying meaning &quot;Love can't exist without trust&quot;. What is the literal translation? &quot;Mi amore&quot; is easy enough, and &quot;vole&quot; is probably from &quot;volere&quot;, but what is &quot;fe yah&quot;? I'd guess it's from a dialect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3263" LastActivityDate="2017-10-24T02:21:22.707" Title="What is the literal translation of &quot;Mi amore vole fe yah&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7948" CreationDate="2017-02-07T21:47:42.157" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the OED, &lt;em&gt;argue&lt;/em&gt; is rarely &lt;em&gt;discutere&lt;/em&gt;: it's more &lt;em&gt;argomentare&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;persuadere&lt;/em&gt;. It can also be used in the sense of &lt;em&gt;discutere&lt;/em&gt;, but only if the discussion is heated, more &lt;em&gt;litigare&lt;/em&gt; than &lt;em&gt;discutere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main meaning of &lt;em&gt;discutere&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;to discuss&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to debate&lt;/em&gt;: the people discussing are on an equal basis; &lt;em&gt;arguing&lt;/em&gt; is more “one way”. It can also be &lt;em&gt;litigare&lt;/em&gt;, see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/discutere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;entry in the Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, but only in restricted situations: “non ho voglia di discutere” (I don't want to argue), intending that the discussion would be quite heated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the word list, here are some possible meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;rissa: quarrel, commonly with use of hands and fists&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;polemica: controversy, debate; mostly at a distance, for example with a series of writings&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;disputa, controversia: controversy, debate, dispute&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;litigio: quarrel&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;discussione: debate; also quarrel, see above&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;contestazione: contestation, challenge; also protest&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;bega: wrangle; also trouble&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;contrasto: contrast, clash, conflict; also quarrel, disagreement&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-02-07T21:47:42.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7951" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7954" CreationDate="2017-02-08T19:18:38.180" Score="3" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;Presumably Sicilian.  I came across this in Camilleri L'altro capo del filo, but can't find any translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The context is a cop talking about a group of suspects they have just arrested for a vicious rape.  He says «Dottore, aio 'na gana spavintosa e tirribili di scuglionari a pedate a tutti e cinco, colpevoli e 'nnuccenti».  His boss says he has never heard him say anything so violent before...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3270" LastEditorUserId="3270" LastEditDate="2017-02-10T15:34:41.897" LastActivityDate="2017-02-10T18:39:13.663" Title="Meaning of &quot;scuglionari a pedate&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7952" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7953" CreationDate="2017-02-08T19:32:22.167" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente è apparsa la &lt;a href=&quot;http://roma.repubblica.it/cronaca/2017/02/04/foto/roma_manifesti_contro_papa_francesco_a_prati-157548599/1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia dei manifesti contro il Papa affissi in alcune strade di Roma&lt;/a&gt;, in cui si poteva leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;hai &lt;strong&gt;commissariato&lt;/strong&gt; Congregazioni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a afferrare il senso del verbo &quot;commissariare&quot; in questa espressione. L'ho cercato in alcuni dizionari, tuttavia&#xA;mi sembra particolarmente difficile da capire. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Grazie a @DenisNardin, mi sono accorta che &lt;a href=&quot;http://m.ilgiornale.it/news/2016/12/22/commissariato-lordine-di-malta-il-papa-indaga-sulle-epurazioni/1345320/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; fa anche uso del verbo &quot;commissariare&quot; in un contesto simile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Commissariato&lt;/strong&gt; l'Ordine di Malta. Il Papa indaga sulle epurazioni &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Epurazione che non è piaciuta a Papa Francesco, tanto da spingerlo a &lt;strong&gt;commissariare&lt;/strong&gt; i Cavalieri di Malta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Forse anche per questo Bergoglio ha deciso di &lt;strong&gt;commissariarla&lt;/strong&gt; con la costituzione di &quot;un gruppo di cinque autorevoli membri con l'incarico di raccogliere elementi atti ad informare compiutamente e in tempi brevi la Santa Sede in merito alla vicenda&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per me va anche bene una spiegazione del significato di &quot;commissariare&quot; in questo contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-08T21:34:32.530" LastActivityDate="2017-02-08T23:01:42.617" Title="Cosa significa &quot;commissariare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7952" CreationDate="2017-02-08T19:57:53.587" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/commissariare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;commissariare&lt;/strong&gt; [com-mis-sa-rià-re] (&lt;em&gt;commissàrio, -ri, commissàriano; commissariànte; commissariàto&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;  v.tr.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;BUR Sostituire gli amministratori alla testa di organizzazioni politiche, imprese o enti periferici, con un commissario nominato dalla direzione centrale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il manifesto si riferisce probabilmente a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilgiornale.it/news/cronache/commissariato-lordine-malta-papa-indaga-sulle-epurazioni-1345320.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa notizia&lt;/a&gt;, in cui il papa è intervenuto in una vicenda &quot;interna&quot; all'ordine di Malta, nominando dei commissari straordinari, invece di lasciare che i Cavalieri lavassero i propri panni sporchi in casa. Come fa notare @DaG nei commenti, l'uso di &lt;em&gt;commissariamento&lt;/em&gt; in questo caso non è proprio corretto, ma vuole far riferimento ad un ingerenza da parte dell'organo centrale su fatti locali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-02-08T23:01:42.617" LastActivityDate="2017-02-08T23:01:42.617" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7951" CreationDate="2017-02-10T14:23:44.323" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &quot;scuglionari&quot; is a fictitius Sicilian invention of Camilleri, who adapted it from the Italian &quot;scoglionare&quot;. The latter is a verbal compound formed by the privative prefix s- and the word &quot;coglione&quot;, which literally means &quot;testicle&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This verb is often used with the translated sense of &quot;to bore&quot;, &quot;to tire&quot;, but I would say that given the context it could be intended more concretely with an intensive shade for &quot;to thrash&quot;, &quot;to beat up&quot;, &quot;to kick out&quot;, and not literally as to &quot;kick their balls off&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a suggested translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sir, I have a dreadful and terrible desire to kick their balls off to all&#xA;  five, guilty and innocent.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3202" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-10T18:39:13.663" LastActivityDate="2017-02-10T18:39:13.663" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7955" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-10T17:46:41.257" Score="0" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;http://spaghettibcn.com/20170202_carmen-consoli-concerto-barcellona-ciclo-jamboritalia.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt; ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fedele al suo spirito inquieto e una forte personalità, Consoli ha combinato il suo gusto per l’eccellenza con un’estetica pop che collega il presente con le sue canzoni &lt;strong&gt;senza fare concessioni di restituire all’utente&lt;/strong&gt; o superficialità musicale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco ad afferrare il senso dell'espressione &quot;senza fare concessioni di restituire all'utente&quot;, malgrado capire il significato delle singole parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento della domanda:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I vostri commenti da madrelingua mi hanno fatto vedere che la domanda interessante in questo caso non è quella di cercare di capire il senso esatto di questa espressione usata dall'autore del testo (questo è forse impossibile), ma quella di spiegare il fenomeno linguistico che c'è dietro questo modo di redigere un articolo giornalistico. Si potrebbe dire che è un esempio di uno &quot;stile giornalistico&quot; più o meno caratteristico di certi blog scritti da non professionisti del giornalismo? In questo caso concreto, succede che l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.voglioviverecosi.com/spaghettibcn-il-blog-degli-italiani-di-barcellona.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;autore dell'articolo&lt;/a&gt; è un analista programmatore che si occupa di applicazioni web, gestione di siti, marketing online, ecc. Quindi penso che probabilmente per questa ragione usi termini come &quot;utente&quot;, che sono più adatti a contesti professionali propri del suo mestiere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-26T09:19:24.070" LastActivityDate="2017-02-26T09:19:24.070" Title="Sull'uso dell'espressione &quot;senza fare concessioni di restituire all'utente&quot; in un testo giornalistico" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="24" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7956" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-11T10:24:48.877" Score="3" ViewCount="1120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Cristina Peccianti ho letto queste spiegazioni sull'uso dei modi verbali nelle proposizioni interrogative indirette:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si usa il modo &lt;strong&gt;congiuntivo&lt;/strong&gt; soprattutto nella lingua scritta e nella lingua parlata più formale: &lt;em&gt;Non riesco a decidere &lt;strong&gt;quale sia la cosa migliore per me&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si usa il modo &lt;strong&gt;condizionale&lt;/strong&gt; quando l'interrogativa indiretta esprime una domanda o un dubbio legati ad un'ipotesi: &lt;em&gt;Vorrei proprio capire &lt;strong&gt;come ti saresti comportato al posto mio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio problema è che non riesco a capire del tutto bene qual è la scelta corretta, congiuntivo o condizionale, in una frase che ho cercato di scrivere. Ecco: quale tra queste due sarebbe la forma corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il governo spagnolo non permette il referendum con il quale si dovrebbe decidere se la Catalogna &lt;strong&gt;dovesse diventare&lt;/strong&gt; uno stato indipendente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il governo spagnolo non permette il referendum con il quale si dovrebbe decidere se la Catalogna &lt;strong&gt;dovrebbe diventare&lt;/strong&gt; uno stato indipendente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovrei scegliere il condizionale argomentando che si tratta di una domanda legata all'ipotesi della Catalogna come un possibile futuro stato independente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Grazie alla risposta di @Noya, mi sono accorta che c'è una terza possibilità, quella di usare il congiuntivo presente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il governo spagnolo non permette il referendum con il quale si dovrebbe decidere se la Catalogna &lt;strong&gt;debba diventare&lt;/strong&gt; uno stato indipendente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio è quale di queste tre opzioni&#xA;sarebbe la scelta corretta e perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-02-11T13:09:35.830" Title="Congiuntivo imperfetto o presente oppure condizionale in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;&lt;moods&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7956" CreationDate="2017-02-11T10:38:07.710" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso si usa il congiuntivo. Però si usa il congiuntivo presente per cui &lt;em&gt;se la Catalogna debba diventare&lt;/em&gt; perché sono in rapporto di contemporaneità (si tratta di un'ipotesi attuale)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questa pagina che spiega le regole di concordanza del congiuntivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2012/10/18/la-concordanza-dei-tempi-con-il-congiuntivo-1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2012/10/18/la-concordanza-dei-tempi-con-il-congiuntivo-1/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2012/10/31/la-concordanza-dei-tempi-con-il-congiuntivo-2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2012/10/31/la-concordanza-dei-tempi-con-il-congiuntivo-2/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3276" LastEditorUserId="3276" LastEditDate="2017-02-11T10:54:23.880" LastActivityDate="2017-02-11T10:54:23.880" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7956" CreationDate="2017-02-11T12:08:46.453" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Partiamo da una frase più semplice, senza la doppia subordinata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Catalogna deve diventare uno stato indipendente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si deve decidere se la Catalogna &lt;strong&gt;debba&lt;/strong&gt; diventare uno stato indipendente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tempo presente, contemporaneità. Questo rientra anche nelle tabelle che ti ha linkato Noya.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quand'è che si usa il condizionale, invece? Quando nella domanda c'è un periodo ipotetico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ti saresti comportato &lt;em&gt;se fossi stato&lt;/em&gt; al posto mio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei proprio capire come ti &lt;strong&gt;saresti comportato&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;se fossi stato&lt;/em&gt; al posto mio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo perché c'è un limite alla complicazione dei modi verbali che si possono mettere in una frase italiana: dovremmo mettere quella domanda indiretta nel &amp;quot;congiuntivo condizionale presente&amp;quot;, ma questo modo non esiste. Quindi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;indicativo -&amp;gt; congiuntivo&#xA;condizionale -&amp;gt; condizionale&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, il punto delicato è che in questo periodo ipotetico possiamo lasciare implicita la condizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ti saresti comportato al posto mio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei proprio capire come ti &lt;strong&gt;saresti comportato&lt;/strong&gt; al posto mio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O anche toglierla completamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ti saresti comportato? (se fossi stato al posto mio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei proprio capire come ti &lt;strong&gt;saresti comportato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi quel condizionale in realtà sta lì perché c'è sotto, implicitamente, un periodo ipotetico. Altrimenti, se non c'è questo periodo ipotetico implicito, si usa normalmente il congiuntivo. La tua grammatica cerca di sintetizzare questa idea con &amp;quot;una domanda legata a un'ipotesi&amp;quot;, ma mi sembra più chiaro spiegato così come l'ho fatto io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso, tu stai pensando a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Catalogna dovrebbe diventare uno stato indipendente, se vincesse il referendum?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si deve decidere se la Catalogna &lt;strong&gt;dovrebbe&lt;/strong&gt; diventare uno stato indipendente (se vincesse il referendum).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che mi suona innaturale ma potrei anche considerare corretto, se stiamo parlando di uno scenario ben più contorto. La situazione sarebbe questa: c'è un referendum, vince l'indipendenza, il governo spagnolo decide di non concederla contro il volere del popolo. E ti sto chiedendo: fa bene o fa male? Come quando si pensava che il parlamento inglese non volesse confermare la Brexit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma in questo caso la domanda che vogliamo fare agli elettori è più semplice: &amp;quot;la Catalogna deve diventare uno stato indipendente?&amp;quot;, non &amp;quot;se la Catalogna vincesse il referendum, dovrebbe diventare uno stato indipendente?&amp;quot;. Non c'è questo periodo ipotetico nascosto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre parole: un'interrogativa indiretta sottintende sempre una domanda / dubbio / ipotesi; si usa il condizionale quando stiamo facendo una domanda su una situazione &lt;strong&gt;che già di per sé è ipotetica&lt;/strong&gt; per la presenza di un'altra condizione aggiuntiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-02-11T12:55:24.473" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7959" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7983" CreationDate="2017-02-11T17:54:04.483" Score="2" ViewCount="809" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho trovato una regola con le frasi seguenti su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adgblog.it/2012/01/13/discorso-diretto-%E2%80%93-discorso-indiretto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disse: “Ti scriverò dopo che sarò ritornato a casa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disse che le avrebbe scritto dopo che fosse ritornato a casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se in una proposizione incontriamo un unico verbo al FUTURO, questo segue la regola del futuro nel passato e diventa CONDIZIONALE COMPOSTO. Se, però, in una proposizione incontriamo due verbi al FUTURO, quello che descrive l’azione precedente (espressa da un futuro anteriore o da un futuro semplice con valore di anteriorità) va al TRAPASSATO CONGIUNTIVO e solo quello che descrive l’azione successiva va al CONDIZIONALE COMPOSTO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si puo spiegare questa regola? Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Saluti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Irek&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3278" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T14:52:29.740" Title="Futuro anteriore nel discorso indiretto" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7960" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-12T08:54:55.860" Score="2" ViewCount="1923" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/7956/congiuntivo-imperfetto-o-presente-oppure-condizionale-in-questa-frase&quot;&gt;domanda collegata a quest'altra&lt;/a&gt;. Ho un dubbio che riguarda la concordanza di un congiuntivo quando è in dipendenza da un condizionale in una frase subordinata. La regola che ho letto nei miei libri di grammatica è questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se nella frase principale c'è un condizionale presente o un condizionale passato, nella frase secondaria si possono avere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un congiuntivo trapassato se c'è un rapporto di anteriorità;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un congiuntivo imperfetto se c'è un rapporto di contemporaneità o posteriorità.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho copiato il passaggio precedente dal libro &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Loescher Editore, Torino, 2013), ma altri libri di grammatica che ho consultato hanno spiegazioni simili. Questa regola appare anche su &lt;a href=&quot;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/grammatica-italiana-17.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;, in cui appaiono questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io crederei / avrei creduto che sapessi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io crederei / avrei creduto che avessi saputo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, dalla lettura di quello che spiega il &lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2012/10/31/la-concordanza-dei-tempi-con-il-congiuntivo-2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito della Zanichelli&lt;/a&gt; mi è sembrato capire che questa regola sia valida soltanto &amp;quot;quando nella principale c’è un verbo che esprime volontà o desiderio coniugato al condizionale&amp;quot;, come &amp;quot;volere, desiderare, preferire, ecc&amp;quot;. È veramente così? Il verbo &amp;quot;credere&amp;quot;, però, non esprime desiderio né volontà. Significa questo che gli esempi sopra riportati non sono corretti? Si dovrebbe invece scrivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io crederei che sappia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per esprimere un rapporto di contemporaneità? E, per la stessa ragione, si dovrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si dovrebbe decidere se la Catalogna debba diventare uno stato indipendente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e non&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si dovrebbe decidere se la Catalogna dovesse diventare uno stato indipendente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con quali modi e tempi verbali si devono esprimere i rapporti di posteriorità e anteriorità di una frase subordinata dipendente da &amp;quot;io crederei&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;si dovrebbe decidere&amp;quot;? E i rapporti di contemporaneità, posteriorità e anteriorità di una frase subordinata dipendente da &amp;quot;io avrei creduto&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;si sarebbe dovuto decidere&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-20T20:39:18.740" Title="Dubbio sulla concordanza del congiuntivo in una frase subordinata quando la reggente è al condizionale" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;&lt;moods&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7964" CreationDate="2017-02-12T12:59:10.547" Score="1" ViewCount="434" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando un proverbio italiano che significa &quot;la parte più debole sarà sempre perdente&quot;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Background: Ho avuto una discussione seria con il mio capo al lavoro. Quando arrivo a casa ho detto a mio padre quello che è successo, e lui ha detto: &quot;Non avresti dovuto farlo. La parte più debole sarà sempre perdente&quot;.  Nella mia lingua madre si dice che &quot;la corda si rompe sempre sul lato più debole&quot;. C'è qualche proverbio simile in italiano? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-02-14T09:43:22.890" LastActivityDate="2017-02-14T09:43:22.890" Title="Un proverbio per &quot;la parte più debole sarà sempre perdente&quot;" Tags="&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7960" CreationDate="2017-02-12T13:41:21.217" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Innanzitutto mi scuso perché la mia risposta (forse) non risolve i tuoi dubbi, ma ci gira intorno: purtroppo la mia grammatica, in termini di enunciazione di regole, è molto arrugginita.&#xA;Mi complimento anche per il tuo italiano, decisamente migliore del mio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me gli esempi con &quot;crederei&quot; sono sbagliati, da madrelingua mi suonano completamente innaturali. Usare &quot;credere&quot; al condizionale è ridondante, in quanto il verbo esprime di per sé un dubbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo l'altra frase, mi suona decisamente innaturale anche questa.&#xA;Non capisco perché usi &quot;Si dovrebbe decidere&quot;: questa non è un'eventualità, una decisione verrà presa sicuramente. L'incertezza in questa frase dovrebbe andare solo nell'esito della decisione. Quindi direi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Si deciderà se la Catalogna debba diventare...&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualora volessi davvero usare la formulazione col condizionale, nessuno userebbe la frase così come la hai formulata, ma la riarrangeremmo così da avere una roba tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;La Catalogna dovrebbe decidere se diventare uno stato indipendente.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove hai scelto un soggetto opportuno piuttosto che una forma impersonale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3279" LastActivityDate="2017-02-12T13:41:21.217" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7961" CreationDate="2017-02-12T19:26:25.143" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La descrizione che fai mi fa venire in mente l'espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/anello.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l'anello debole&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:  persona, organismo che, in un sistema, è in posizione di svantaggio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica tuo padre sta dicendo che hai sbagliato a discutere   con il tuo capo in quanto tu sei un anello debole (quindi hai solo da perdere) all'interno della tua organizzazione,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sabatini Coletti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-02-12T21:02:31.477" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7961" CreationDate="2017-02-14T08:45:05.593" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;A muro basso ognuno ci si appoggia&quot;&#xA;(&quot;if a wall is low, everybody leans on it&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3050" LastActivityDate="2017-02-14T08:45:05.593" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7941" CreationDate="2017-02-14T08:55:36.263" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo starnuto sarebbe &quot;etciù&quot; o simili, ed è un'onomatopea molto radicata, quindi non credo che ne avrebbe usata un'altra. &quot;Ziff&quot; in quel contesto mi fa pensare all'acqua che schizza fuori dalla canna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3050" LastEditorUserId="3050" LastEditDate="2017-02-23T15:13:50.270" LastActivityDate="2017-02-23T15:13:50.270" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7966" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-14T11:30:09.787" Score="2" ViewCount="413" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno a tutti,&#xA;sapete dirmi la differenza tra &quot;minore&quot; e &quot;inferiore&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&quot;Quest'anno il numero di studenti è stato &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;minore/inferiore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a quello del 2015&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando usare uno e quando l'altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-14T12:22:48.730" LastActivityDate="2017-02-15T11:06:38.667" Title="&quot;Minore&quot; e &quot;inferiore&quot;: qual è la differenza?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7966" CreationDate="2017-02-15T11:06:38.667" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come commenta Denis, sono i gradi comparativi di due aggettivi diversi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Minore&quot; è il comparativo di &quot;piccolo&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/minore/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/minore/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Inferiore&quot; è il comparativo di &quot;ìnfero&quot;, aggettivo poco usato che significa &quot;basso&quot; nell'accezione di &quot;posto in basso&quot; (piuttosto che &quot;di bassa statura&quot;). (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inferiore/&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inferiore/&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possiamo in questo modo spiegare gli esempi che cita Denis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Per i numeri si usano (metaforicamente) entrambi gli aggettivi (si può dire sia un numero &quot;piccolo&quot; che un numero &quot;basso&quot;), per cui si possono usare entrambi i comparativi. Questo giustifica l'esempio proposto dall'OP.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Piano inferiore&quot; è corretto, ma &quot;piano minore&quot; no, perché dei piani di un edificio ha senso dire se sono alti o bassi, ma non se sono grandi o piccoli (oddio, in alcuni casi può anche aver senso parlare della dimensione, ma non è quello che normalmente si indente).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Figlio minore&quot; è corretto, ma &quot;figlio inferiore&quot; no, perché dei figli ha senso dire se sono grandi o piccoli, ma non se sono posti in alto o in basso (di nuovo, faccio riferimento all'uso più comune).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2017-02-15T11:06:38.667" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7968" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7969" CreationDate="2017-02-15T14:59:09.483" Score="1" ViewCount="299" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto realizzando un software dove ho una sezione per la gestione delle apparecchiature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere come nominare la scheda di dettaglio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io pensavo al termine &lt;code&gt;apparecchiatura&lt;/code&gt; mentre un mio collega mi consigliava &lt;code&gt;apparecchio&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando il termine &lt;code&gt;Apparecchiatura&lt;/code&gt; su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/apparecchiatura/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Treccani&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si evince come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’uso corrente, il termine è talora usato semplicem. come sinon. di apparecchio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere, a questo punto, se posso basarmi solo sull'uso corrente, o se lo stesso possa sottendere ad un errore di termine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A completamento del contesto, le apparecchiature che vengono trattate nel software non si riferiscono ad una sola tipologia di attività all'interno di una azienda ma le stesse sono eterogenee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2017-02-15T15:11:28.553" Title="Apparecchio Vs Apparecchiatura" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7969" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7968" CreationDate="2017-02-15T15:11:28.553" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se stai parlando di singoli apparecchi, fossi in te preferirei di gran lunga appunto “apparecchi” (o “apparecchio” a seconda di come è impostato il contesto), evitando “apparecchiatura”, 1) perché il suo significato primario, come hai visto, è quello di complesso di impianti etc., un po' come “letteratura” rispetto a “lettere” (nel senso di “belle lettere”) o “alberatura” rispetto ai singoli alberi e 2) perché fa parte di quelle parole che possono suonare inutilmente ricercate solo per il fatto di avere qualche sillaba in più, come “annualità” al posto di “anno”, “modalità” per “modo”, “tematica” al posto di “tema” etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-02-15T15:11:28.553" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7650" CreationDate="2017-02-16T13:51:26.547" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say &quot;Ho quasi pianto guardando il film...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra le due che hai proposto però, concordo con Charo, la seconda mi suona piú naturale anche se sono entrambe corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3286" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-16T22:14:29.390" LastActivityDate="2017-02-16T22:14:29.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7973" CreationDate="2017-02-17T09:37:51.070" Score="2" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto utilizzare il termine &lt;code&gt;pescaiolo&lt;/code&gt; per raffigurare il pescatore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eg: &lt;code&gt;Mio padre fa il pescaiolo&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3289" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-17T16:12:56.013" LastActivityDate="2017-02-17T16:12:56.013" Title="L'uso del termine &quot;pescaiolo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1479" CreationDate="2017-02-17T10:46:52.370" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are 100% correct. In Italy there is the imagery of the &quot;macho&quot; and a man who can get women is considered cool, while a man who is not popular among the ladies is uncool!&#xA;Sfiga= slang for &quot;without a vagina&quot; so it means bad luck.&#xA;Sfigato= someone uncool and no lucky.&#xA;It can be used for women too with the same meaning (feminine adjective: sfigata). It basically means &quot;loser&quot;.&#xA;For converse &quot;figo&quot; is a very cool guy (that's why the name of the Italian restaurant chain &quot;Figo pasta&quot;). &quot;Figa&quot; used as an adjective for a lady means super-hot, very beautiful woman. It is not offensive and can be used in an informal conversation to compliment a lady.&#xA;As a confirmation of the Italian machismo the worst offense for a man is to be called &quot;cornuto&quot; (meaning with horns). It doesn't mean devil, it means that his wife cheats on him! In Southern Italy angry drivers may show you their hand with the sign of the &quot;corna&quot; (horns) from the window of their cars. They are telling you that your wife or lady cheats on you! Lol (see picture).&#xA;I think they have this last tradition (to call a man cheated by his wife &quot;a man with horns&quot;) in many Ispanic countries as well, included Mexico.&#xA;This gesture with the hand is also used to send away bad luck. For example if an Italian sees a black cat he may do this gesture to protect himself. In Southern Italy people are very superstitious. Not so much in the North!&#xA;&quot;Fare la figa&quot; referred to a woman, means she behaves like a princess or she is &quot;hard to get&quot;. &quot;Fare il figo&quot; referred to a man means he thinks he is &quot;God's gift to the ladies&quot;, or more in general he got a big ego.&#xA;There is a difference here: to be a figo/a it means to actually be cool. And instead &quot;fare il figo/la figa&quot; is only an attitude and means that they only think that they are cool (and they probably are not). &#xA;To make a good luck sign is called &quot;fare le corna&quot;. However, is not really used to get good luck, but is used to neutralize bad luck (like in the example I made of the black cat). &quot;Fare le corna&quot; means also &quot;to cheat on someone&quot; depending by the contest (this interpretation comes from the Middle Age when the lord of the land had sex with the wives of the paesants and gave to the husbands the horns of the animals he hunted in return). In Napoli the amulet resembling a red chili pepper is called &quot;cornetto&quot; and is believed to bring good luck. But is not chili pepper, it is a red little horn. If you like to know more google &quot;good luck Italian cornetto&quot;. The difference is that the hand making the sign of &quot;corna&quot; keeps bad luck away, while &quot;the cornetto&quot; actually attracts god luck. They are both Southern Italian amulets. In Northern Italy people use to make fun of the Southerns because of their numerous superstitions. All this vaste superstitious tradition related to the horns is probably pre-Christianity and coming from the ancient paganism before Christ. All those superstitions are condemned by the Roman church, but people keep adopting them. &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/xFUES.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Fare le corna&quot; sign. It may be a way to neutralize bad luck or to neutralize the evil eye (malocchio). It may also be an offensive sign insinuating that someone is been cheated on. Horns are really popular inside Italian folklore and superstitions and are probably of pagan origins.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/vqEXq.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3290" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-17T16:08:37.130" LastActivityDate="2017-02-17T16:08:37.130" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7971" CreationDate="2017-02-17T13:18:29.573" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine sembra essere di origine ed uso toscani. Il De Mauro e altri dizionari  citano tra i significati quello di pescivendolo, probabilmente si tratta di un uso impreciso del termine trattandosi di una variante dialettale. Inoltre ci sono pescatori che vendono direttamente  al dettaglio il loro pesce al rientro dalla pesca per cui non sarebbe scorretto l'uso del termine  in questo contesto.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/pescaiolo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pescaiolo&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;OB pescivendolo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;RE tosc., pescaia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;TS idraul. pozzetto che serve a ridurre la velocità dell’acqua di sgrondo negli acquedotti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-02-17T13:42:04.120" LastActivityDate="2017-02-17T13:42:04.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7974" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-17T19:39:57.760" Score="4" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti!&#xA;Oggi mi sono imbattuta in questo quesito: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;fine&quot; può essere sia maschile che femminile!?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio: &quot;il fine giustifica i mezzi&quot;, ma &quot;la fine del film&quot;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando &quot;fine&quot; è maschile e quando femminile?&#xA;Grazie tante!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-17T19:58:38.710" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T02:44:52.127" Title="Scelta corretta del genere" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7974" CreationDate="2017-02-17T20:53:07.123" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mauriziopistone.it/testi/discussioni/storieparole_il_la_fine.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il fine - la fine&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Finis in latino era maschile;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e tale rimane spesso nella lingua antica. Nella Vita Nova di Dante abbiamo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;E acciò che questa canzone paia rimanere più vedova dopo lo suo fine, la dividerò prima che io la scriva (XXXI)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;quasi dal principio del suo anno nono apparve a me, ed io la vidi quasi da la fine del mio nono (II)&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nella lingua moderna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  si preferisce il femminile nel senso di «parte terminale», il maschile nel senso di «scopo». Così propone già il Tommaseo; ma non è regola assoluta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il fine nel senso di «conclusione di un testo» è frequente in ogni epoca, forse sotto l’influenza della lingua dotta;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e qualche vecchio professore chiama ancora campanella del finis il suono liberatorio che ci manda tutti a casa (questa e la lectio brevis restano l’unico latino che s’ode senza noia e si intende senza sforzo).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il fine settimana dell’uso corrente come traduzione di weekend mi sembra che possa stare benissimo, come il lieto fine di ogni buona storia e il buon fine di ogni assegno che si rispetti.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.mauriziopistone.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2017-02-17T20:53:07.123" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7976" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7977" CreationDate="2017-02-18T08:02:13.610" Score="3" ViewCount="571" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho scoperto questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italiano-online.it/verbi-Bconprep.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt; che ho trovato molto utile per imparare le preposizioni che accompagnano alcuni verbi italiani. Come esempi con il verbo &quot;bandire&quot; si trovano queste espressioni che non riesco a capire bene:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Bandire dal cuore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Bandire dai propri ricordi. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;bandire&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può avere il senso figurato di &quot;allontanare&quot;. Quindi, il significato sarebbe &quot;allontanare dal cuore&quot; e &quot;allontanare dai propri ricordi&quot;? Potreste spiegarmi un po' meglio il senso di queste espressioni facendo qualche esempio per illustrarne l'uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-02-18T09:52:53.753" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;bandire&quot; in queste espressioni?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7977" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7976" CreationDate="2017-02-18T09:52:53.753" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso proprio di &quot;bandire&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bandire/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bandire/&lt;/a&gt;) è quello di &quot;mettere un bando&quot;, ossia affiggere dei manifesti pubblici in un posto per annunciare qualcosa. Tutt'oggi si usa dire che un ente ha &quot;bandito&quot; una gara pubblica, per esempio per una qualche fornitura (anche se in genere oggi le cose passano da Internet).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel significato esteso, &quot;bandire&quot; significa dichiarare pubblicamente che qualcuno è un criminale, mettendo dei manifesti che per esempio annunciano la disponibilità di una taglia per chi assicurerà il criminale alla giustizia (sono famosi i manifesti &quot;Wanted&quot; dei film western). Per lo stesso motivo il criminale stesso è detto &quot;bandito&quot;. Il bandito è quindi invitato ad allontanarsi dalla comunità che l'ha bandito e nella quale evidentemente non è gradito né al sicuro. Questo spiega il senso che hai trovato: si può quindi dire che &quot;il tale brigante è stato bandito dalla tale contea&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque nelle espressioni che hai trovato il significato di &quot;allontanare&quot; è quello di &quot;cacciare via come persona non gradita, come criminale o come qualcuno che ti ha fatto del male&quot;. Il significato è naturalmente piuttosto emotivamente carico: si può (tentare di) bandire una persona dal proprio cuore (o dal proprio ricordo, che è quasi la stessa cosa: il cuore è sede di ricordi e sentimenti); significa che quella persona, della quale magari ci si è innamorati, è stata riconosciuta in modo negativo (perché ci ha ferito o rifiutato) e quindi si desidera perderne il ricordo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2017-02-18T09:52:53.753" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7978" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7979" CreationDate="2017-02-19T09:16:05.457" Score="1" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/7956/congiuntivo-imperfetto-o-presente-oppure-condizionale-in-questa-frase/7957#comment17094_7957&quot;&gt;questo mio commento&lt;/a&gt; a un altro post, ho scritto &quot;d'accordo agli standard&quot;. Tuttavia, ho avuto il dubbio se dovessi aver scritto &quot;d'accordo con gli standard&quot; o se la locuzione &quot;d'accordo&quot; non fosse affatto corretta in questo contesto e dovesse quindi esprimermi in un altro modo. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;accordo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente al riguardo. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio? Quale espressione dovrei usare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2017-02-19T14:27:05.450" Title="&quot;D'accordo con&quot;, &quot;d'accordo a&quot; oppure altro?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7978" CreationDate="2017-02-19T14:27:05.450" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione corretta dovrebbe essere &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in accordo con gli standard&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sebbene possa essere usata anche &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;secondo gli standard&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti la differenza sta nelle preposizioni, visto che è corretto usare &lt;em&gt;in accordo&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;con gli&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;standard&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;agli standard&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-02-19T14:27:05.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5311" CreationDate="2017-02-19T21:02:11.450" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Besides as an adjective and noun, Bella is a also female name, following are more details about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is the short form of names ending in -bella, such as Isabella and Annabella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bella is also a popular name related to the Italian and Latin words for beautiful, as well as the French word “Belle” – which also means beautiful!  So, it is a beautiful name by definition :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although the name came from Italy originally, it has now been accepted all over the world including the USA, Australia &amp;amp; The U.K. &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0E7L8Ahxus4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0E7L8Ahxus4&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;(I made the video)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3294" LastActivityDate="2017-02-19T21:02:11.450" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7960" CreationDate="2017-02-20T18:26:15.663" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il condizionale usato con un verbo che esprime dubbio come il verbo &quot;credere&quot; sembra ridondante ma non lo è; intendiamoci, non è che la risposta precedente sia sbagliata, anzi! È vero le frasi suonano male ma questo è perché il tuo libro di grammatica ha &quot;tagliato&quot; le frasi... e così tu non puoi vedere la funzione che ha la frase ipotetica. Considera questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Crederei che tu sapessi cucinare solo se me lo dimostrassi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei creduto che tu avessi saputo rispondere meglio alle mie domande.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è il cossidetto italiano accademico, ma sappiamo tutti che la lingua parlata è spesso diversa dalla lingua scritta, e questo è il modo che permette alla lingua di evolversi nel tempo. In una conversazione informale la gente userebbe molto probabilmente il presente o l'imperfetto indicativo invece del condizionale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che tu sappia cucinare solo se me lo dimostri!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credevo che tu avresti risposto meglio alle mie domande!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo non è l'italiano accademico è semplicemente la lingua italiana informale parlata. Un altro esempio? Nell'italiano parlato non si una quasi mai il futuro semplice indicativo, si parla sempre al presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fra due anni mi sposo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'estate prossima andiamo in gita a Campobasso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase non è redundante, ma lo sembra per due motivi: perché l'esempio è stato &quot;tagliato&quot; come ho spiegato prima e perché è italiano accademico che è leggermente (soprattutto nella coniugazione dei verbi) diverso dall'italiano colloquiale parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rispondere alla tua domanda io non ho mai letto ne sentito da nessuna parte che che questa regola è valida solo &quot;quando nella principale c’è un verbo che esprime volontà o desiderio coniugato al condizionale&quot;, come &quot;volere, desiderare, preferire, ecc&quot;. Secondo me non c'è questa restrizione nell'uso del condizionale. Puoi usare qualunque verbo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mangerei la pizza se tu sapessi come cucinarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei mangiato la pizza se tu l'avessi cucinata con più acciughe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa restrizione di cui tu parli non si riferisce al tipo di subordinata introdda dal &quot;SE&quot;, si riferisce al congiuntivo ma non nelle frasi ipotetiche di questo tipo. Come tu ben saprai, il congiuntivo nelle frasi introdotte dal &quot;CHE&quot;  si regge solo se esprime volontà o desiderio o dubbio. Questo succede perché il congiuntivo di per sé stesso non esprime la realtà, esprime un'ipotesi. Se vuoi esprimere un fatto certo devi usare l'indicativo. Questa è la differenza fra il congiuntivo e l'indicativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero che vinca la lotteria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che abbia mangiato troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però non puoi dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che vinca la lotteria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi rendo conto che abbia mangiato troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché? Perché questi verbi non esprimono un ipotesi ma esprimono la realtà perciò vogliono l'indicativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che vincerà/ha vinto la lotteria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi rendo conto che hai mangiato troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è per  spiegare che questi verbi che tu hai citato (che esprimono volontà, desiderio o dubbio) si riferiscono solo all'uso del verbo nelle frasi ipotetiche introdotte dal &quot;CHE&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò la risposta finale alla tua domanda è: la regola che tu riporti è corretta ma non c'è la restrizione di cui parli; infatti il modo condizionale può coniugare ogni verbo nella frase ipotetica introdotta dal &quot;SE&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3293" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-22T15:12:40.063" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T15:12:40.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7960" CreationDate="2017-02-20T19:37:30.473" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la seconda parte della tua domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il congiuntivo in italiano è usato in diversi modi. Ci sono le frasi introdotte dal SE, e in questi casi non hai restrizioni e puoi usare ogni verbo (guarda l'esempio del mangiare la pizza che ho fatto nella risposta precedente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola di cui parli si applica solo quando la frase è introdotta dal &quot;CHE&quot; (non dal &quot;SE&quot;). Quando la frase è introdotta dal &quot;CHE&quot;, il verbo che non è retto dal &quot;che&quot; deve esprimere desiderio, opportunità o volontà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda i rapporti di contemporaneità, posteriorità o anteriorità: &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/q6LhS.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/q6LhS.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;rapporti di contemporaneità, posteriorità o anteriorità&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa immagine che ho trovato descrive bene questi rapporti. E adesso capisco di cosa parlavi prima. ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3293" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-22T15:17:11.270" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T15:17:11.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7959" CreationDate="2017-02-20T20:18:42.183" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Irek! Vedo che ti piace la grammatica italiana! :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/M4HdB.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/M4HdB.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Regola da descrivere&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vediamo di usare degli esempi per capire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;SE IN UNA PROPOSIZIONE INCONTRIAMO UN UNICO VERBO AL FUTURO, QUESTO SEGUE LA REGOLA DEL FUTURO NEL PASSATO E DIVENTA CONDIZIONALE COMPOSTO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola che citi si riferisce alla trasformazione del discorso diretto al discorso indiretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DISCORSO DIRETTO: Luisa disse: &quot;berrò (verbo al futuro) il caffè appena arrivo in ufficio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DISCORSO INDIRETTO: Luisa disse che avrebbe bevuto (verbo al condizionale composto) il caffè appena fosse arrivata in ufficio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Condizionale composto&quot; significa &quot;condizionale passato&quot; -&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se, però, in una proposizione incontriamo due verbi al FUTURO, quello che descrive l’azione precedente (espressa da un futuro anteriore o da un futuro semplice con valore di anteriorità) va al TRAPASSATO CONGIUNTIVO e solo quello che descrive l’azione successiva va al CONDIZIONALE COMPOSTO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DISCORSO DIRETTO: Luisa disse: &quot;Berrò (azione successiva) il caffè dopo che sarò ritornata (azione precedente)a casa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DISCORSO INDIRETTO: Luisa disse che avrebbe bevuto (condizionale composto o passato) il caffè dopo che fosse ritornata (trapassato congiuntivo) a casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;BERE IL CAFFÈ&quot; è l'azione successiva rispetto a &quot;TORNARE A CASA&quot; perché Luisa prima torna a casa e poi beve il caffè.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3293" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-22T14:52:29.740" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T14:52:29.740" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7955" CreationDate="2017-02-20T20:33:27.403" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;SENZA FARE CONCESSIONI DI RESTITUIRE ALL'UTENTE significa che &quot;non restituisce all'utente&quot; cioè non delude, è un prodotto di qualità.&#xA;Infatti si dice &quot;restituire all'utente&quot; parlando di un prodotto di bassa qualità. Io avrei usato la parola &quot;mittente&quot; invece che &quot;utente&quot; però ho sentito questa frase usata anche con questa parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco degli esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Produce un vino di altissima qualità senza fare concessioni di restituire all'utente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque io non userei questa espressione perché è un italiano un po' antiquato. È come dire &quot;ella&quot; invece di &quot;lei&quot;, suona fuori tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che la frase che tu hai riportato sia tratta da un articolo sulla cantante Carmen Consoli. Molti giornalisti italiani usano frasi saccenti giusto per fare sfoggio di sapienza. Sinceramente lo trovo stupido.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao! :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3293" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-22T14:29:45.113" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T14:29:45.113" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7949" CreationDate="2017-02-20T20:39:55.327" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's Southern Italian dialect: &quot;mi amore vole fe'&quot;, yah is not a real word, it is like to say in English &quot;do you understand me huh?&quot;.&quot;Yah&quot; is like &quot;huh&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translations&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italian: IL MIO AMORE VUOLE FEDE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English: MY LOVE NEEDS FAITH&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3293" LastActivityDate="2017-02-20T20:39:55.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7937" CreationDate="2017-02-20T20:44:56.007" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me la virgola è incorretta. &#xA;Non c'è nessuna regola di grammatica che giustifichi una virgola in questa frase.&#xA;Dì al tuo amico di toglierla e fagli tanti auguri! :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/punteggiatura.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://grammatica-italiana.dossier.net/punteggiatura.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3293" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-22T14:25:46.500" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T14:25:46.500" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7988" CreationDate="2017-02-22T15:30:46.323" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a sentence in «Il fu Mattia Pascal» by Luigi Pirandello. Here I give it along with the preceding sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È ben chiaro che questo Monsignore dovette conoscer poco l’indole e le abitudini de’ suoi concittadini; o forse sperò che il suo lascito dovesse col tempo e con lacomodità accendere nel loro animo l’amore per lo studio. Finora, ne posso rendere testimonianza, non si è acceso: e questo dico in lode de’ miei concittadini. Del dono anzi il Comune si dimostrò così poco grato al Boccamazza, che non volle neppure erigergli un mezzobusto pur che fosse, e i libri lasciò per molti e molti anni accatastati in un vasto e umido magazzino, donde poi li trasse, pensate voi in quale stato, per allogarli nella chiesetta fuori mano di Santa Maria Liberale, non so per qual ragione sconsacrata. Qua li affidò, senz’alcun discernimento, &lt;strong&gt;a titolo di beneficio, e come sinecura&lt;/strong&gt;, a qualche sfaccendato ben protetto il quale, per due lire al giorno, stando a guardarli, o anche senza guardarli affatto, ne avesse sopportato per alcune ore il tanfo della muffa e del vecchiume.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani says (2b) that «&lt;em&gt;titolo&lt;/em&gt;» means a section in the accounting book of a community (&lt;em&gt;il comune&lt;/em&gt;); a title for expenditures, in this case. And, as I gathered, «&lt;em&gt;beneficio&lt;/em&gt;» (benefice) was in the medieval times something given by a padron in return for services (or labour). So the thing kind of fits together. Of course, the story is placed in the beginning of the 20th century, not in the medieval times; but the community might, I think, still have had a section in its accounting book with such name, &lt;em&gt;beneficii&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my question is: could Pirandello, in any reasonable probability, have used the words «&lt;em&gt;a titolo di beneficio&lt;/em&gt;» in their direct sense? Or it was surely just a metaphor, meaning “the mindset was in the style of the Middle Ages”? In such case, the word «&lt;em&gt;titolo&lt;/em&gt;» certainly meant something else (like 4 from the same dictionary)…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3304" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T16:07:31.613" Title="Was «a titolo di beneficio» used directly or metaphorically in this sentence?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7987" CreationDate="2017-02-22T15:51:50.753" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As DenisNardin said in his comment above, the correct meaning of the word &lt;em&gt;titolo&lt;/em&gt; in this phrase is described at the point 6.c of the voice that you cited on the Treccani. The whole phrase is actually quite ironic, and underlines the scarce value given to the books by the citizens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The real gift here is the &lt;em&gt;sinecura&lt;/em&gt;, a job that does not require any effort; to take care of something in which no one has the minimum interest. Even if &quot;due lire&quot; in 1900 corresponded to about 7 euros today, which is not a big sum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2017-02-22T16:07:31.613" LastActivityDate="2017-02-22T16:07:31.613" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7989" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7990" CreationDate="2017-02-22T16:31:58.297" Score="1" ViewCount="645" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dailybest.it/musica/francesco-gabbani-sanremo-significato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere la parola &amp;quot;supercazzola&amp;quot; in una critica a una canzone del Festival di Sanremo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una &lt;strong&gt;supercazzola&lt;/strong&gt; simil filosofica che condanna la società occidentale senza capire perché&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se già il pezzo precedente tirava in ballo sia gli inni del comunismo italiano tipo &lt;em&gt;Avanti popolo&lt;/em&gt;, sia gli &lt;em&gt;Amen&lt;/em&gt; della Chiesa romana, questa volta si invola in &lt;strong&gt;supercazzole&lt;/strong&gt; tipo asceta orientale, mascherate da critica sociale sulla vita di noi poveri stronzi che viviamo nel mondo occidentale, di cui peraltro ci risulta Carrara faccia ancora parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Supercazzola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; ho imparato che si tratta di un neologismo che ha il significato di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;una frase priva di senso logico composta da un insieme casuale di parole reali e inesistenti, esposta in modo ingannevolmente forbito e sicuro a interlocutori che pur non capendo alla fine la accettano come corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso cogliere il senso, ma il mio problema è che non riesco a capire del tutto bene come si possa usare tale termine. Nel primo esempio della critica di Sanremo &amp;quot;supercazzola&amp;quot; pare riferirsi al testo completo della canzone, mentre invece nel secondo le &amp;quot;supercazzole&amp;quot; sembrano essere alcune frasi o espressioni presenti in un passaggio determinato. Potreste farmi alcuni esempi di uso di questo vocabolo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T13:27:52.067" Title="Esempi di uso del termine &quot;supercazzola&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7989" CreationDate="2017-02-22T21:56:23.577" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo estratto da &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;una parola al giorno.it&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; fa un'interessante analisi sull'origine e l'uso del termine. Non si tratta comunque di un termine di uso comune ed ha chiari riferimenti goliardici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://unaparolaalgiorno.it/significato/S/supercazzola&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Supercazzola&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; frase priva di senso pronunciata con convinzione al fine di confondere l'interlocutore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Termine coniato nella sceneggiatura del film 'Amici Miei', diretto da Monicelli nel 1975.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Negli ultimi giorni c'è un gran parlare intorno a questa parola: infatti un primo dizionario, lo Zingarelli, nell'edizione ventura l'annovererà fra le parole della lingua italiana. È una notizia che in Toscana fa sorridere: &amp;quot;Amici miei&amp;quot; è un film di quarant'anni fa, che qui è sempre stato sulla cresta dell'onda - e la parola 'supercazzola' si usa da decenni. Fa piacere sapere che è salita alla ribalta nazionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In questo straordinario film, il personaggio forse più spassoso e intensamente drammatico è il conte Mascetti (interpretato da Ugo Tognazzi), un nobile orgoglioso ridotto in miseria. Uno dei suoi divertimenti preferiti - ma condivisi anche da altri della sua brigata di burloni - è 'fare la supercazzola'. È una presa in giro, rivolta con particolare gusto ai rappresentati di alti poteri, come pubblici ufficiali e preti: con la massima naturalezza, si dice qualcosa che è completamente privo di senso in modo da confondere la persona a cui ci rivolgiamo. Per intendersi, il primo esempio di supercazzola è quello con cui il Mascetti cerca di confondere un vigile per evitare una multa: qui sarebbe inutile una trascrizione, perché è l'interpretazione a fare tutto il gioco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si tratta di una parola interessante perché descrive un fenomeno molto comune e ampio, che possiamo riconoscere nel nostro quotidiano e che troviamo spesso in letteratura e nello spettacolo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Ad esempio, nella novella &amp;quot;Calandrino e l'Elitropia&amp;quot; di Boccaccio, è una supercazzola quella che fa Maso del Saggio al credulone Calandrino quando gli descrive il Paese di Bengodi (alla domanda di quante miglia disti, risponde più di millanta, che tutta notte canta); il numero di comici che è ricorso a una supercazzola surreale per far ridere non si conta; e si può parlare della supercazzola con cui si inganna il professore distratto durante l'interrogazione, della giustificazione dell'amico che pare tanto una supercazzola, e della supercazzola burocratica che ci fanno all'ufficio chiedendo di tornare fra tre mesi (sempre per l'ISEE).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;È un concetto vasto e utile, che nasce ben prima di &amp;quot;Amici miei&amp;quot;; ma forse, per comprenderlo appieno, è bene guardarsi e riguardarsi questa perla del nostro cinema&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Fra l'altro, va detto che ci sono dubbi sull'ortografia: è invalsa la forma 'supercazzola', ma pare che nella mente degli sceneggiatori dovesse essere 'supercazzora'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-02-23T23:18:51.440" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7991" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7993" CreationDate="2017-02-23T16:23:27.557" Score="5" ViewCount="3577" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei scrivere un'email formale all'ufficio immigrazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per iniziare un’e-mail ci si rivolge al destinatario con un saluto di circostanza, composto da un aggettivo di circostanza (Egregio, Esimio, Gentile, Caro, Carissimo…), però in questo caso non conosco il nome del destinatario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato di scrivere una cosa del genere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Gentile Responsabile dell'Ufficio Immigrazione della Questura di xx,&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma non mi sembra giusta come frase, sono un po' confuso su come iniziare la mail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="567" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-02-23T16:29:21.533" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T02:32:41.247" Title="Consigli per una mail formale" Tags="&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7992" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-24T00:36:27.560" Score="4" ViewCount="3087" Body="&lt;p&gt;I apologize if the question is confusing- I am completely new to the Italian language and need this for a story I am writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have two male characters who have just met, and one is attempting to flirt with the other on first greeting. In that circumstance, would the man most likely say something along the lines of, &quot;Hey, &lt;em&gt;amico&lt;/em&gt;,&quot; or &quot;Hey, &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt;&quot;? I am attempting to create a kind of &quot;Hey, cutie,&quot; kind of vibe, for lack of better words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, if my word usage is completely wrong, please correct me!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3307" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-02-24T08:39:52.457" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T21:31:43.887" Title="Difference between 'bello' and 'amico'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7991" CreationDate="2017-02-24T02:32:41.247" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come hai scritto va benissimo, comunque, se vuoi scrivere una lettera in stile burocratico, adotta questo tenore: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;                            Al Responsabile dell'Ufficio Immigrazione &#xA;                                                 della Questura di xx&#xA;                                                            Indirizzo&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;Il sottoscritto, Hatem Alimam, nato a ____, il ____, residente _______&#xA;&#xA;                             CHIEDE&#xA;&#xA;....&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T02:32:41.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7974" CreationDate="2017-02-24T02:44:52.127" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &quot;rule of thumb&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fine = End è femminile;&#xA;Fine = Goal/Objective è maschile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per i dettagli fai riferimento alla risposta di @Gio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T02:44:52.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7930" CreationDate="2017-02-24T04:04:21.720" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà l'antifona è una sorta di ritornello ripetuto durante i salmi responsoriali delle celebrazioni liturgiche. Il salmista recita o canta alcune strofe e l'assemblea risponde con l'antifona.&#xA;Come ogni ritornello, essa sintetizza in poche parole il messaggio che il salmo vuole veicolare.&#xA;L'antifona contiene dunque il precetto morale che il fedele deve comprendere e rispettare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per estensione il termine si può usare, anche al di fuori del contesto religioso, a indicare un messaggio sotteso a un discorso o a un comportamento che chi parla o agisce ci vuol veicolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2017-02-24T04:04:21.720" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7996" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-25T09:30:48.377" Score="3" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a conversation between a student and a banker telling her that there's an account for students which has &quot;tasse d'interesse&quot; &#xA;can anyone tell me what's this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3310" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-25T15:37:14.237" LastActivityDate="2017-02-27T07:51:36.823" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;tasse d'interesse&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7997" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="7998" CreationDate="2017-02-25T10:50:10.183" Score="3" ViewCount="665" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/accodare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;accodarsi&quot;&lt;/a&gt; significa in modo letterale &quot;mettersi in fila&quot;. Tuttavia, in un'intervista alla giornalista Eleonora Bianchini con motivo della pubblicazione del suo saggio &lt;em&gt;Il libro che la Lega Nord non ti farebbe mai leggere&lt;/em&gt; che ho ascoltato a lezione, mi sono accorta di un uso figurato di tale verbo che mi è sembrato interessante. Non sono purtroppo in grado di riprodurre la frase esatta in cui l'ho sentito, ma la struttura dell'espressione era&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;persone che si accodano a qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/accodare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questi esempi di uso di tale verbo con questo senso figurato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;accodarsi al conformismo delle idee, alla maggioranza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe però avere altri esempi di utilizzazione di &quot;accodarsi&quot; con questo significato figurato in modo che possa capire meglio come usarlo. Me li potreste fare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-02-27T14:52:57.390" Title="Esempi di uso di &quot;accodarsi&quot; in senso figurato" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7997" CreationDate="2017-02-25T13:41:26.877" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che il significato a cui ti riferisci sia quello definito dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/accodarsi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; come: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fig., &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;seguire acriticamente le teorie, l’esempio di qcn&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.: accodarsi al conformismo dilagante&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da  &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=TsHTcg_SHEAC&amp;amp;pg=PR21&amp;amp;dq=%22accodarsi%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiqkuT7uavSAhVBsiwKHWg_CV0Q6AEIRzAK#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22accodarsi%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La fine dell'era Americana&lt;/a&gt;, Charles A. Kupchan - 2003:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Di conseguenza, è più probabile che gli altri Stati provino risentimento piuttosto che rispetto per la potenza americana, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;e che quindi si oppongano anziché accodarsi alla leadership statunitense.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=QoloAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22accodarsi%22&amp;amp;dq=%22accodarsi%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiqkuT7uavSAhVBsiwKHWg_CV0Q6AEIODAH&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Roberto Farinacci, ovvero, Della rivoluzione fascista&lt;/a&gt;, Giuseppe Pardini - 2007:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;liberali rivendicarono «assoluta autonomia» e &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sostennero che non volevano «accodarsi al fascismo», ma «fiancheggiarlo»,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; collaborare lealmente come avveniva nel governo nazionale (G. Occhioni, Lettera aperta all'on Farinacci, ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-02-25T14:31:49.193" LastActivityDate="2017-02-25T14:31:49.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="7999" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-26T11:49:24.367" Score="5" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a translator and I've to translate a contract from Italian to Spanish. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Per quanto concerne le utenze di acqua, luce, gas, telefono e quant'altro risulti necessario allo svolgimento dell'attività da parte del conduttore, quest'ultimo provvederà far domanda di &lt;em&gt;allacciamento indipendente&lt;/em&gt; o, d'intesa con il locatore [...]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know what does it mean? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&#xA;Maria Sanchez&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3312" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-26T12:45:47.013" LastActivityDate="2017-02-26T12:45:47.013" Title="What is &quot;allacciamento indipendente&quot; in this context?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7999" CreationDate="2017-02-26T11:58:47.450" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not a technician, but I believe that &lt;em&gt;indipendente&lt;/em&gt; refers to the whole &lt;em&gt;domanda d'allacciamento&lt;/em&gt; (that is, a request that the water, or power, or... company connects the house to its network) and is opposed to &lt;em&gt;d'intesa con il locatore&lt;/em&gt;. In other words, the tenant may either connect to water etc. independently, on his own, or together with the landlord.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-02-26T12:04:31.197" LastActivityDate="2017-02-26T12:04:31.197" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2017-02-26T16:48:17.363" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even commentators Mary Jo Heath and Siff on the NY Metropolitan Opera matinee website use brava, to single female singers and bravi (plural masculine) to males and mixed male-female groups. This is a recent development -- and an aberration. Centuries ago bravo was borrowed by the French from Italian and is used in France and thence everywhere else as an invariable cry of approval FOR THE PERFORMANCE, not the PERFORMER(S). Comments to the contrary are ALL  made in neglect of Italian intonation. If you say brava to a singular female, the accent is on the first syllable and the meaning is 'good girl, nice' girl', not 'hooray'. In ITALY  and FRANCE the opera house bravo should be yelled with accent on the final syllable and it's invariable. It's a FRENCH  cry of approval that has gone international. Research it yourself on Google books and Amazon. Citations from the earlier 1900s and before are of the kind &quot;bravo, Signora!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3313" LastActivityDate="2017-02-26T16:48:17.363" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7996" CreationDate="2017-02-26T21:16:34.070" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tasso_d%27interesse&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tasso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (plural &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tassi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;) is the term we use to indicate a &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;rate&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Tasso di interesse&lt;/em&gt; is the &lt;em&gt;rate of interest&lt;/em&gt; which, in your case,  refers to the interest the student can earn by  deposting money into the account the bank employee is proposing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Not to be confused&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (but foreigners often confuse it) with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tassa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tassa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (plural &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tasse&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;) is the term we use  to refer to &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tax/taxes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, (an amount of) money paid to the government that is based on your income or the cost of goods or services you have bought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Wikipedia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-02-27T07:51:36.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8004" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-26T22:34:12.267" Score="0" ViewCount="437" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to understand which is the correct word order in the sentence: &lt;em&gt;anima bellissima&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;bellissima anima&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3317" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-02-27T08:24:59.043" LastActivityDate="2017-03-02T01:44:05.703" Title="Which is the proper word order: “anima bellissima” or “bellissima anima”?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8005" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8008" CreationDate="2017-02-27T08:41:14.190" Score="1" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt; di Luigi Pirandello ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scivolava tutto: gli scivolavano nel lungo faccione di qua e di là, le sopracciglia e gli occhi; gli scivolava il naso su i &lt;strong&gt;baffi melensi&lt;/strong&gt; e sul pizzo; gli scivolavano dall'attaccatura del collo le spalle; gli scivolava il pancione languido, enorme, quasi fino a terra, perché, data l'imminenza di esso su le gambette tozze, il sarto, per vestirgli quelle gambette, era costretto a tagliargli quanto mai agiati i calzoni; cosicché, da lontano, pareva che indossasse invece, bassa bassa, una veste, e che la pancia gli arrivasse fino a terra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;melenso&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che sembri poter usarsi per qualificare i baffi. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;baffi melensi&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-02-28T09:48:06.797" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;baffi melensi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8005" CreationDate="2017-02-27T09:01:21.960" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso da te citato penso che il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/melenso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato di melenso riportato da Treccani&lt;/a&gt; che meglio si adatta è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;goffaggine di aspetto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, come riportato nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=T73lz4Y15iUC&amp;amp;pg=PT23&amp;amp;lpg=PT23&amp;amp;dq=baffi%20melensi&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=t1OMBulF6V&amp;amp;sig=6yHUb0SYUY1bw3l6sTyd9KHBAWk&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwikxfLr8a_SAhXKuxQKHVGVAEsQ6AEIMTAE#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=baffi%20melensi&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Le strategie del testo: introduzione all'analisi retorica della letteratura&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La caricatura del Malagna, in &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal (1904)&lt;/em&gt; è&#xA;  determinata dall'impiego metaforico del verbo &lt;em&gt;&quot;scivolare&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quindi essendo una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/caricatura/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;caricatura (Treccani)&lt;/a&gt; ha lo scopo di fornire un &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ritratto che, senza abolire la rassomiglianza con la persona, ne&#xA;  accentua in modo ridicolo o satirico i tratti caratteristici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-02-27T09:01:21.960" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7997" CreationDate="2017-02-27T14:52:57.390" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quest'accezione del verbo accodarsi può essere utilizzata per frasi del tipo: &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=%22mi+accodo+alla+domanda%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mi accodo alla domanda&lt;/a&gt; fatta da X&quot;&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=%22mi+accodo+alla+richiesta%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mi accodo alla richiesta&lt;/a&gt; dell'utente X&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso è: &lt;em&gt;&quot;sono interessato alla stessa richiesta/domanda fatta già da qualcun altro&quot;&lt;/em&gt; quindi &lt;em&gt;mi accodo&lt;/em&gt; in attesa che qualcuno risponda alla domanda o soddisfi la richiesta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1294" LastActivityDate="2017-02-27T14:52:57.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8005" CreationDate="2017-02-28T09:48:06.797" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'autore sta fornendo una descrizione di un personaggio accentuandone tutti gli aspetti poco gradevoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto la parola melensi, riferita ai baffi, credo possa essere interpretata come &quot;insignificanti&quot; nel senso di &quot;poco originali&quot; o &quot;tutt'altro che gradevoli&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bisogna tenere presente che i baffi, se ben tenuti, erano un motivo di orgoglio e manifestavano la &quot;forte personalità&quot; di chi li portava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che l'autore abbia voluto togliere ogni connotazione positiva ai baffi della persona descritta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3320" LastActivityDate="2017-02-28T09:48:06.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8009" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-02-28T19:07:55.173" Score="3" ViewCount="1207" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi è capitata questa domanda in classe:&#xA;&quot;invitare&quot; è transitivo? Allora perché si dice &quot;sono invitato ad una festa?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono confusa, ogni aiuto sarà apprezzatissimo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao e grazie a tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="300" LastEditDate="2017-03-01T11:23:39.407" LastActivityDate="2017-03-01T11:23:39.407" Title="Invitare: sono invitato / ho invitato?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8009" CreationDate="2017-03-01T09:17:21.110" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'organizzatore direbbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho invitato Fiona alla festa per il compleanno di Asdrubale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fiona direbbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono stata invitata alla festa per il compleanno di Asdrubale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima è la forma attiva, la seconda è la forma passiva; il tempo verbale è identico, cioè passato prossimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso della tua frase, &lt;em&gt;sono invitata a una festa&lt;/em&gt; è al presente indicativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Invito Fiona alla festa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono invitata a una festa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-03-01T09:17:21.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8009" CreationDate="2017-03-01T09:18:31.587" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come da definizione della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/invitare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Treccani&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; il verbo invitare è &lt;strong&gt;transitivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase &lt;code&gt;sono invitato ad una festa&lt;/code&gt; si fa riferimento alla forma passiva dello stesso (riporto lo stralcio della definizione Treccani):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel passivo, quando non sia specificato il genere dell’invito,&#xA;  s’intende in genere essere invitato in casa di qualcuno, per un&#xA;  pranzo, una cena, o anche solo per conversare: nel pomeriggio, sono&#xA;  invitato dai miei vicini; domani sera sono invitato da un mio collega;&#xA;  allora sei senz’altro invitato, o resti invitato, per domani; mi&#xA;  dispiace di non poter accettare, sono già invitato altrove.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2017-03-01T09:18:31.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8004" CreationDate="2017-03-01T09:54:35.677" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is not a correct order: it depends upon the framework.&#xA;Using 'Bellissima anima' makes you feel more archaic and poetic to your intercolutor, though. Using the name + adjective order is a bit childish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3326" LastActivityDate="2017-03-01T09:54:35.677" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8013" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8014" CreationDate="2017-03-01T17:49:26.650" Score="4" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un mio amico (anche lui non-nativo) mi ha detto recentemente che in italiano non si dice &quot;Cosa hai fatto &lt;b&gt;di&lt;/b&gt; grande&quot; ma &quot;Cosa hai fatto &lt;b&gt;da&lt;/b&gt; grande&quot;. È vero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3327" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-01T18:07:18.443" LastActivityDate="2017-03-01T18:09:09.540" Title="Cosa farai da o di grande?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8013" CreationDate="2017-03-01T18:00:16.467" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono due frasi corrette ma di senso differente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa hai fatto di grande&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pone un quesito su cosa sia stato fatto di importante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa hai fatto di grande per meritare la medaglia al valor civile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa hai fatto da grande&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si riferisce a cosa si è fatto in età avanzata, ossia quando una persona diventa grande&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa hai fatto da grande per sentirti così maturo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'ultima osservazione, rispetto al titolo della tua domanda, ossia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa farai da grande&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tal senso è giusto usare &lt;code&gt;da&lt;/code&gt; in quanto ci si pone la domanda, cosa farai quando sarai diventato grande (di età). È una domanda che, ad esempio, un insegnante pone ai propri studenti per capire le ambizioni di ognuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-01T18:09:09.540" LastActivityDate="2017-03-01T18:09:09.540" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8004" CreationDate="2017-03-02T01:44:05.703" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian there is not a preferred order: both choices are acceptable, although they convey subtly different meanings depending on the context. A famous example is the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2kjjQiRo5oA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;commercial of the &quot;Cinghiale&quot; brushes&lt;/a&gt;, where the &lt;em&gt;pennello grande&lt;/em&gt; is a big brush, while a &lt;em&gt;grande pennello&lt;/em&gt; is a great brush (as in, a very good one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would say that the most neuter choice is &lt;em&gt;anima bellissima&lt;/em&gt;, but we would really need the context of the sentence to be more sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-03-02T01:44:05.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8016" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8020" CreationDate="2017-03-03T09:24:07.530" Score="4" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale variante è più usata in Italia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Andare &lt;b&gt;in maniera ordinata&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Andare &lt;b&gt;con ordine&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es.:&#xA;1. Adesso racconto la storia. Non vi spaventate vado &lt;b&gt;in maniera ordinata&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Adesso racconto la storia. Non vi spaventate vado &lt;b&gt;con ordine&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3327" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-03T15:24:05.510" LastActivityDate="2017-03-06T17:05:09.327" Title="Andare &quot;in maniera ordinata&quot; o &quot;con ordine&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8017" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8018" CreationDate="2017-03-04T07:12:45.997" Score="3" ViewCount="567" Body="&lt;p&gt;A child asked his father: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Papà, la maestra ci ha parlato dell'antica Roma, ma non ho capito bene: chi la fondò?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and his father replied:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dai che lo sai già! La fondarono Romolo e Remo, ma poi Romolo litigò con suo fratello e lo uccise&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the meaning of &quot;Dai che lo sai già&quot; here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3310" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-04T09:23:36.070" LastActivityDate="2017-03-04T12:42:30.830" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;dai che lo sai già!&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8017" CreationDate="2017-03-04T09:14:27.307" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Italiano/D/dai_2.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dai&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is a very common colloquial  interjection which means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;come on, go on&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dai, parla! come on, out with it!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(che) lo sai già&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; letterally means: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(that) you  know that already&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sansoni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the father is suggesting that the child actually knows who founded Rome. The child has just to think about it or he should know that already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-03-04T09:23:53.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8016" CreationDate="2017-03-04T18:55:01.050" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambe sembrano ugualmente corrette. La prima pare più formale, e dunque meno usata nella lingua parlata. In genere, la forma &quot;in maniera + aggettivo&quot; (complemento di modo direi) sembra più formale se usata al posto di un avverbio (&quot;ordinatamente&quot;) o di altre formulazioni dello stesso complemento (&quot;con ordine&quot;, come nel tuo caso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una versione (che a me pare) ben più comune delle due da te riportate è &quot;andare per ordine&quot;. Tieni conto che nella lingua parlata ci sono grosse influenze dovute ai dialetti, quindi può darsi che questa mia impressione possa essere dovuta alla mia provenienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3279" LastActivityDate="2017-03-04T18:55:01.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8021" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8022" CreationDate="2017-03-05T06:06:24.233" Score="0" ViewCount="518" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è stato spiegato che un comiato è un  saluto per un periodo di tempo prima di rivedersi, che è diverso da un addio che è un saluto di chi non si vedrà mai più. Volevo chiedere se fosse veramente così. Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-05T09:55:02.357" LastActivityDate="2017-03-05T09:55:02.357" Title="Commiato o comiato, congedo, e addio" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8021" CreationDate="2017-03-05T08:47:58.937" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/commiato/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Commiato&lt;/a&gt; (oggi si usa con due &lt;strong&gt;m&lt;/strong&gt;) indica quando si lascia temporaneamente qualcuno, usato specialmente nella locuzione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;prendere commiato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/congedo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Congedo&lt;/a&gt; indica un allontanamento temporaneo e quindi può essere considerato un sinonimo di commiato, meno ricercato e di uso più comune. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/addio/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Addio&lt;/a&gt; indica la situazione in cui si pensa di non incontrare più la persona. Nel caso, ad esempio, di un funerale si parla di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ultimo commiato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; oppure addio, in quanto c'è la certezza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-03-05T08:57:37.557" LastActivityDate="2017-03-05T08:57:37.557" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8023" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8024" CreationDate="2017-03-05T10:08:09.357" Score="10" ViewCount="1363" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt; di Luigi Pirandello ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Appena arrivato, si toglieva dal taschino del panciotto un vecchio cipollone di rame, e lo appendeva a muro con tutta la formidabile catena; sedeva, coi due bastoni fra le gambe, traeva di tasca la papalina, la tabacchiera e un pezzolone a dadi rossi e neri; &lt;strong&gt;s'infrociava&lt;/strong&gt; una grossa presa di tabacco, si puliva, poi apriva il cassetto del tavolino e ne traeva un libraccio che apparteneva alla biblioteca: &lt;em&gt;Dizionario storico dei musicisti, artisti e amatori morti e viventi&lt;/em&gt;, stampato a Venezia nel 1758.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del verbo &quot;infrociarsi&quot; in questo brano. L'ho cercato in parecchi dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste dirmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-12T17:39:01.410" LastActivityDate="2020-06-29T08:20:56.620" Title="Cosa significa &quot;infrociarsi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8023" CreationDate="2017-03-05T10:25:05.763" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Deve sicuramente avere a che fare con le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/frogia/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;frogie&lt;/a&gt;, cioè le narici del cavallo e, per estensione, quelle dell'uomo. Quel personaggio, cioè, si infila nelle narici la presa di tabacco, con il possibile connotato ulteriore che le narici saranno ampie e abituate a questo atto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto alla “c” al posto della “g” (ma nemmeno “infrogiarsi” è registrato nei dizionari che ho consultato), posso ipotizzare un refuso o un influsso regionale. In romanesco, per esempio, &lt;em&gt;infrocia'&lt;/em&gt; esiste, con il senso di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Introdursi in un passaggio angusto; imbattersi, scontrarsi con una persona; urtare con violenza contro un ostacolo. Dal costringere con la forza, domare, un animale, in particolare un cavallo, prendendolo per le froge (v. “frocia”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(F. Ravaro, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario romanesco&lt;/em&gt;, Newton Compton)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quindi tutt'altro (anche se un passaggio angusto c'entra in ogni caso), ma è confermato il nesso con le frogie del cavallo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-05T10:43:55.983" LastActivityDate="2017-03-05T10:43:55.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8025" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8026" CreationDate="2017-03-06T07:16:00.980" Score="1" ViewCount="744" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa domanda fa riferimento allo stesso brano del romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;, di Luigi Pirandello, che ho riportato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/8023/707&quot;&gt;questo altro post&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Appena arrivato, si toglieva dal taschino del panciotto un vecchio cipollone di rame, e lo appendeva a muro con tutta la formidabile catena; sedeva, coi due bastoni fra le gambe, traeva di tasca la papalina, la tabacchiera e &lt;strong&gt;un pezzolone a dadi rossi e neri&lt;/strong&gt;; s'infrociava una grossa presa di tabacco, si puliva, poi apriva il cassetto del tavolino e ne traeva un libraccio che apparteneva alla biblioteca: &lt;em&gt;Dizionario storico dei musicisti, artisti e amatori morti e viventi&lt;/em&gt;, stampato a Venezia nel 1758.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di aver capito cos'è &quot;un pezzolone a dadi rossi e neri&quot;. Ho pensato fosse un fazzoletto a quadretti rossi e neri, ma non sono riuscita ad ottenere nessuna conferma a questa ipotesi. Non ho trovato il vocabolo &quot;pezzolone&quot; in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato e neanche alla voce &quot;pezzo&quot; ho visto nulla a riguardo. Tuttavia, sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fazzoletto_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di Sinonimi e Contrari Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho appreso che &quot;pezzola&quot; è un sinonimo regionale di &quot;fazzoletto&quot;. Quindi, sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;pezzolone a dadi rossi e neri&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2017-03-06T08:26:59.530" Title="Cos'è un &quot;pezzolone a dadi rossi e neri&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8025" CreationDate="2017-03-06T08:26:59.530" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua supposizione è corretta: si sta sicuramente parlando di un grosso fazzoletto; il termine &quot;pezzolone&quot; deriva da &quot;pezzola&quot; ed è un accrescitivo (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/accrescitivo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/accrescitivo.shtml&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;utilizzato nel testo in modo ironico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-03-06T08:26:59.530" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7949" CreationDate="2017-03-06T13:00:47.317" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't want to be rude but, but in dialect &quot;vole&quot; means &quot;want&quot; and &quot;fe&quot; &quot;to do&quot;, &quot;vole fe&quot; means &quot;wants to do&quot;, and when it'is not specified what, it means &quot;wants to have sex&quot;.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://idiommaster.com/search/it-en?search-term=Vole%20&amp;amp;translation-contains=want&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;Traduttore Inglese Italiano&quot;&gt;Example of dialect use of word &quot;vole&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="964" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-06T17:02:35.990" LastActivityDate="2017-03-06T17:02:35.990" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8016" CreationDate="2017-03-06T13:11:05.080" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io preferirsco la seconda, mi sembra più immediata e coincisa per tale situazione contestuale. Magari, scorri alcumi esempi da questo sito: &lt;a href=&quot;http://idiommaster.com/search/it-en?search-term=in%20maniera%20ordinata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempi uso e traduzione &quot;in maniera ordinata&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://idiommaster.com/search/it-en?search-term=vado%20con%20ordine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempi uso &quot;vado con ordine&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, ti possono essere d'aiuto a scegliere in base a certe affinità. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="964" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-06T17:05:09.327" LastActivityDate="2017-03-06T17:05:09.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8054" CreationDate="2017-03-08T19:39:44.727" Score="0" ViewCount="334" Body="&lt;p&gt;Posso sostituire la frase &lt;strong&gt;'Mi dispiace, ma adesso devo andare'&lt;/strong&gt; con &lt;strong&gt;'Mi chiedo scusa, ma devo partire'&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3327" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-03-08T19:50:05.250" LastActivityDate="2017-03-13T07:31:39.537" Title="Mi chiedo scusa, ma devo partire o Mi dispiace, ma adesso devo andare" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8031" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8034" CreationDate="2017-03-08T20:02:14.580" Score="3" ViewCount="324" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io finora usavo l'espressione &lt;b&gt;ti prego&lt;/b&gt; come sostituto di &lt;b&gt;per favore&lt;/b&gt;. Queste due espressioni hanno lo stesso significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3327" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-09T17:15:04.083" LastActivityDate="2017-03-09T17:15:04.083" Title="Posso dire 'ti prego' invece di 'per favore'?" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8032" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-08T20:11:53.583" Score="4" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;There may be other examples (and if so, please cite them), but one in particular comes to mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, the word for husband is &quot;marito,&quot; and the word for wife is &quot;moglie.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My understanding is that  &quot;marito&quot; literally means &quot;married man.&quot; So in theory, there should be an equivalent for &quot;marita,&quot; a married woman, but that does not appear to be the case. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So does &quot;marito&quot; have connotations of &quot;head of household,&quot; or something similar. And if you had a &quot;roles reversed&quot; marriage where the woman was clearly the boss, would anyone call her (informally or slang) a &quot;marita&quot; for emphasis?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, does the word moglie carry connotations of femininity or subservience? Would anyone refer to the man in the above roles-reversed marriage as a &quot;moglio&quot; (a male &quot;wife&quot; if you will)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've tried &quot;looking up&quot; these variations in online dictionaries and come up with blanks, suggesting that they are &quot;uncommon&quot; variations, if indeed they are used at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="234" LastActivityDate="2017-03-09T17:17:56.197" Title="In Italian, are noun genders ever altered for &quot;ironic&quot; (or other) meanings?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8033" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8032" CreationDate="2017-03-09T08:14:09.183" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;marito&lt;/em&gt; comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;maritus&lt;/em&gt;, which in turn is a derivation from &lt;em&gt;mas, maris&lt;/em&gt; (that is, male). It cannot be used to denote a generic “married man”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;moglie&lt;/em&gt; comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;mulier&lt;/em&gt;, that is, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=mulier&amp;amp;fromdoc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;woman, whether married or not&lt;/a&gt;. In Latin the word &lt;em&gt;uxor&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=uxor&amp;amp;fromdoc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;denoted a married woman&lt;/a&gt;. To complicate things, &lt;em&gt;donna&lt;/em&gt; (Italian for woman) comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;domina&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059%3Aentry%3Ddomina&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;she who rules or commands, especially in a household&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, of course &lt;em&gt;moglie&lt;/em&gt; carries a connotation of femininity, but not of subservience. One cannot say *​&lt;em&gt;marita&lt;/em&gt; except perhaps for getting a comic effect. The adjective &lt;em&gt;maritato&lt;/em&gt; (married) can be used both for males and females, but there is &lt;em&gt;ammogliato&lt;/em&gt; for denoting a married man.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-03-09T08:20:01.873" LastActivityDate="2017-03-09T08:20:01.873" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8031" CreationDate="2017-03-09T10:05:56.340" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a normal occasion, in everyday life, you will always use &quot;per favore&quot;.&#xA;As @Denis Nardin commented,&quot;ti prego&quot; is a much more stronger word. You would use it in a more urgent and desperate situation. Usually, when you need quick help or in dangerous situation , is &quot;ti prego&quot; much more used and people react differently, since they get that the situation is more serious.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella vita quotidiana, normalmente si usa l'espressione &quot;per favore&quot;.&#xA;&quot;Ti prego&quot; o &quot;la prego&quot; vengono usate in situazioni più importanti o in situazioni in qui si ha bisogno di ricevere attenzione. Le persone reagiscono differentemente al &quot;per favore&quot; e al &quot;ti prego&quot;.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3346" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-09T14:51:03.860" LastActivityDate="2017-03-09T14:51:03.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8030" CreationDate="2017-03-09T11:03:00.837" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al massimo puoi sostituirla con &quot;Ti chiedo scusa, ma devo partire&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3347" LastActivityDate="2017-03-09T11:03:00.837" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8032" CreationDate="2017-03-09T17:17:56.197" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Humbly trying to give a more general answer, sometimes noun genders are altered for satyrical or emphatic purpose, but this happens very seldom and mainly in trivial or vulgar contexts. Satyrical or comic sketches that use such a trick sound often rather gross and sexist or homophobic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, we have a lady singer here in Italy that used to refer to herself as a &quot;cantantessa&quot;, tweaking the normal &quot;cantante&quot; (&quot;singer&quot; for both the genders) with the feminine ending &quot;-essa&quot; for stressing her gender identity. I'm not aware of other similar cases, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even correct - but rarely used - gender variants (&quot;sindaca&quot; for &quot;lady mayor&quot;; &quot;ministra&quot; for &quot;lady minister&quot;) sound rather unusual and often give start to public flames about how gender should be considered to be politically correct when speaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3349" LastActivityDate="2017-03-09T17:17:56.197" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8037" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-10T01:42:26.670" Score="3" ViewCount="3881" Body="&lt;p&gt;Particularly for &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tennis_scoring_system#Scoring_a_tiebreak_game&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;advantage set / tiebreaker set&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;game&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;set&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;match&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;love (the term used for 0 or a no score situation)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;15/30/40&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;deuce&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;advantage in / advantage out&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3348" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-10T07:02:46.550" LastActivityDate="2017-03-13T15:58:26.420" Title="What are the common tennis terms in Italian?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8037" CreationDate="2017-03-10T03:56:07.490" Score="6" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;set di vantaggio / set tiebreak&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;partita &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;set&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;gioco&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;love (same) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quindici/trenta/quaranta &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pari (but &quot;deuce&quot; is used as well) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vantaggio (used for both in and out)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;racchetta (racket) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;campo (field) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fuori (when the ball goes out)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;arbitro (referee) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lungolinea (down the line shot) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ace (same as English) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fallo (fault)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vittoria (victory) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sconfitta (defeat) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to play tennis but I can only think of these words at the moment. Most English words are used in Italian too. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3351" LastEditorUserId="3351" LastEditDate="2017-03-12T20:52:55.173" LastActivityDate="2017-03-12T20:52:55.173" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8039" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8040" CreationDate="2017-03-10T09:00:47.447" Score="4" ViewCount="1427" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando il significato dell'espressione (Pugliese?) “metti i fiori nei tuoi cannoni”. Non riesco a trovarla su Internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1572" LastEditDate="2017-03-19T09:18:30.297" LastActivityDate="2017-03-19T09:18:30.297" Title="Mettete i fiori nei vostri cannoni" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8039" CreationDate="2017-03-10T09:36:44.247" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua frase non è corretta: invece di “metti i fiori nei tuoi canoni” devi scrivere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Mettete i fiori nei vostri cannoni&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il significato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un messaggio pacifista: normalmente nei cannoni si inseriscono proiettili o bombe per uccidere e distruggere: il mettere dei fiori, che sono innocui, rende il cannone non più un oggetto di morte ma di vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L'origine&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La band italiana dei Giganti scrisse negli anni '70 questa canzone, “Proposta (Mettete dei fiori nei vostri cannoni)”; &lt;a href=&quot;http://testicanzoni.mtv.it/testi-I-Giganti_60427/testo-Proposta-(Mettete-dei-fiori-nei-vostri-cannoni)-3171744&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qui&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare il testo completo, mentre &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bxklQ3YHpvs&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qui&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare la canzone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un modo alternativo, e diventato esso stesso di uso comune, del più celebre “Fate l'amore non fate la guerra”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-10T10:40:25.513" LastActivityDate="2017-03-10T10:40:25.513" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8041" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8042" CreationDate="2017-03-10T10:11:05.663" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma più corretta fra le due frasi: &lt;b&gt;Cosa dite se mangiamo insieme questa sera?&lt;/b&gt; o &lt;b&gt;Vi andrebbe di cenare insieme stasera?&lt;/b&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3327" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-10T11:03:06.423" LastActivityDate="2017-03-10T11:03:06.423" Title="'Cosa dite se mangiamo insieme questa sera?' o 'Vi andrebbe di cenare insieme stasera?'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8041" CreationDate="2017-03-10T10:34:31.963" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=cosa%20ne%20dite%2Cvi%20va%20%2Cvi%20andrebbe&amp;amp;year_start=1950&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Ccosa%20ne%20dite%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cvi%20va%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cvi%20andrebbe%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cosa ne dite; vi va; vi andrebbe&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (opportunamente declinate per numero e genere)    sono tutte expressioni informali usate per chiedere il parere a qualcuno riguardo ad un suggerimento o un'idea. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2017-03-10T10:34:31.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8044" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8045" CreationDate="2017-03-10T13:03:32.930" Score="3" ViewCount="1447" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dove si mette 'per favore', all'inizio o alla fine della frase?&#xA;Per esempio:&#xA;1. Due biglietti d'autobus per Roma, per favore.&#xA;2.Per favore, due biglietti d'autobus per Roma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3327" LastActivityDate="2017-03-10T13:24:52.137" Title="Dove si mette 'per favore', all'inizio o alla fine della frase?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8044" CreationDate="2017-03-10T13:13:45.833" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Utilizzare &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;per favore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; all'inizio o alla fine di una frase è abbastanza indifferente, nel complesso la frase risulta corretta in entrambi i modi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è da dire che ponendolo all'inizio della frase, specie quando si parla con sconosciuti, dà alla stessa una connotazione di estrema cortesia verso l'interlocutore a cui, ad esempio, si sta chiedendo un'informazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-10T13:24:52.137" LastActivityDate="2017-03-10T13:24:52.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8049" CreationDate="2017-03-10T18:26:35.703" Score="1" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;, di Luigi Pirandello, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E seguivo con gli occhi la dolce fanciulla in quella sua cura gentile, aspettando &lt;strong&gt;di punto in punto&lt;/strong&gt; che ella levasse lo sguardo verso la mia finestra. Ma invano. Sapeva che stavo lì; ma, quand'era sola, fingeva di non accorgersene. Perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato della locuzione &quot;di punto in punto&quot;. L'ho cercata nel Dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli e anche alla voce &quot;punto&quot; in altri vocabolari, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-03-11T11:25:22.547" Title="Cosa significa &quot;di punto in punto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8048" CreationDate="2017-03-11T03:18:10.927" Score="5" ViewCount="1574" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le lingue romanze che conosco hanno più di un modo di dire 'quindi', ma ce n'è sempre uno che è il più utilizzato. Invece in italiano avete due parole che sembrano di connotazione normale - “quindi” e “dunque” - e non riesco a comprendere quando si usa l'una o l'altra. Qualcuno me lo potrebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3126" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-11T08:09:17.777" LastActivityDate="2017-03-11T08:47:08.967" Title="Qual è la differenza fra 'quindi' e 'dunque'?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8047" CreationDate="2017-03-11T08:47:08.967" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il seguente estratto da &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_156.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; analizza il significato e l'uso delle   congiunzioni &quot;conslusive&quot;.  &lt;em&gt;Quindi e dunque&lt;/em&gt;, di fatto intercambiabili tra loro, sono le  congiunzioni più informali rispetto a &lt;em&gt;perciò e pertanto:&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stiamo parlando di due congiunzioni adoperate nella coordinazione conclusiva.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  La coordinazione conclusiva si ha quando «la proposizione coordinata si presenta come una deduzione logica o anche come una sintesi conclusiva di ciò che è stato detto in precedenza (A quindi B)» (Luca Serianni, Italiano, garzantina, 1997, p. 376).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le congiunzioni usate in tale tipo di coordinazione sono quattro, comprese quindi e dunque; le altre due sono perciò e il più formale pertanto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Ecco un paio di esempi letterari: «“Veramente la psichiatra prima era molto occupata, quindi credo che abbia visto poco la bambina”» (Dacia Maraini, Buio); «un normalissimo cane nero innocente e buono e al momento abbandonato dalla tua padrona, e dunque tristissimo e bisognoso di una carezza» (Sandro Veronesi, Caos calmo). Quindi, dunque, perciò e pertanto hanno collocazione variabile.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Le due congiunzioni derivano dal latino e sono attestate nell’italiano scritto dalle origini della nostra letteratura. Quindi proviene dalla locuzione parlata *(ĕc)cu(m) ĭnde, propriamente ‘ecco di là’; dunque proviene dal latino tardo dŭnc, da dŭm ‘ancora’. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si può dire che non esistano significative sfumature di significato tra quindi e dunque&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2017-03-11T08:47:08.967" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8046" CreationDate="2017-03-11T11:18:54.393" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato dell'espressione &quot;di punto in punto&quot; è che il narratore seguiva lo sguardo della dolce fanciulla con continuità, senza distrarsi, evidentemente per non perdere nemmeno un breve guizzo degli occhi che avrebbe rivelato un'attenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una espressione equivalente, più moderna, potrebbe essere &quot;istante per istante&quot; oppure &quot;attimo per attimo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2017-03-11T11:25:22.547" LastActivityDate="2017-03-11T11:25:22.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8050" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8053" CreationDate="2017-03-12T10:07:54.263" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;, di Luigi Pirandello, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;— &lt;em&gt;Dôva ca l'è stô me car parent?&lt;/em&gt; — si mise a gridare con stretto accento torinese, senza togliersi dal capo il cappelluccio dalle tese rialzate, calcato fin su gli &lt;strong&gt;occhi a sportello&lt;/strong&gt;, appannati dal vino, né la pipetta dalla bocca, con cui pareva stesse a cuocersi il naso più rosso di quello della signorina Caporale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;occhi a sportello&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato nella voce &quot;sportello&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente a riguardo. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-03-12T18:05:38.360" Title="Cosa sono &quot;gli occhi a sportello&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8051" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8052" CreationDate="2017-03-12T10:44:10.810" Score="8" ViewCount="734" Body="&lt;p&gt;Visto che nei commenti a un'&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8039/mettere-i-fiori-nei-tuoi-cannoni&quot;&gt;altra domanda&lt;/a&gt; era emerso questo dubbio, ne faccio una domanda a sé.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si menziona un titolo che comprende un articolo (per esempio &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;) preceduto da una preposizione, e in particolare da “di”, che fare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lasciare “di” seguita dal titolo immutato: “l'autore di ‘I Promessi Sposi’”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;modificare “di” in “de”: “l'autore de ‘I Promessi Sposi’”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ricorrere a una preposizione articolata: “l'autore dei ‘Promessi Sposi’”?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2017-03-12T10:56:10.440" Title="“dei ‘Promessi Sposi’”, “di ‘I Promessi Sposi’” o “de ‘I Promessi Sposi’”?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8051" CreationDate="2017-03-12T10:44:10.810" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Serianni, nel suo &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (ed. Garzanti) risponde in modo molto chiaro esattamente a questo dubbio (in una scheda a p. 578):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di fronte a un titolo o a un nome di città o di ditta cominciante con un articolo (&lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;La Spezia&lt;/em&gt;, Ristorante &lt;em&gt;Il Caminetto&lt;/em&gt; ecc.) ci si può trovare in dubbio ogni volta che la sequenza sia preceduta da una preposizione. Nella lingua parlata (e anche in quella scritta, almeno in tutti i casi in cui non sorgano equivoci) la soluzione più semplice è anche la più raccomandabile: la preposizione si fonde con l'articolo iniziale («La stesura &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt; “Promessi Sposi”», «Sono partita &lt;em&gt;dalla&lt;/em&gt; Spezia questa mattina», «Abbiamo cenato &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; “Caminetto”»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei casi in cui sia necessario rispettare l'integrità della denominazione si hanno varie alternative, nessuna priva di inconvenienti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;§1. Adoperare la preposizione semplice, così come si farebbe davanti a un cognome (&lt;em&gt;di Lo Surdo&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;di “I Promessi Sposi”&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a “Il Caminetto”&lt;/em&gt; (inconveniente: creare delle sequenze che non esistono, né sono mai esistite, nella lingua parlata);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;§2. Scindere la preposizione articolata nelle sue componenti: &lt;em&gt;de “I Promessi Sposi”&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da La Spezia&lt;/em&gt;, appoggiandosi all'esistenza nell'italiano antico e poetico di forme scisse delle preposizioni articolate (inconveniente: non si riesce ad evitare del tutto la controindicazione del punto 1 [&lt;em&gt;a “Il Caminetto”&lt;/em&gt;]) e comunque si dà vita a forme puramente artificiali, estranee all'italiano di oggi);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;§3. Ricorrere a un aggettivo o a un'apposizione che separi preposizione e denominazione: &lt;em&gt;del romanzo “I Promessi Sposi”&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;al ristorante “Il Caminetto”&lt;/em&gt; (inconveniente: in diversi casi la soluzione ha il sapore dell'espediente e comunque non riesce a risolvere tutti i casi: con &lt;em&gt;La Spezia&lt;/em&gt;, ad esempio, non potrei dire * &lt;em&gt;dalla città La Spezia&lt;/em&gt; perché sarei obbligato a usare la preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; ricadendo in pieno nel nostro piccolo problema).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche a p. 133, parlando in generale degli articoli, si parla del problema, sottolineando l'artificialità delle forme con “de” e “ne” (anche perché etimologicamente la “e” deriva da quello che poi è diventato l'articolo) e concludendo che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso consigliato (e seguìto) da questa &lt;em&gt;Grammatica&lt;/em&gt; è quello di fondere sempre preposizione e articolo iniziale (almeno per i titoli), così come si fa parlando: «il protagonista del &lt;em&gt;Santo&lt;/em&gt; di Fogazzaro», «un articolo sulla &lt;em&gt;Gazzetta di Parma&lt;/em&gt;», «il Moravia degli &lt;em&gt;Indifferenti&lt;/em&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il succo è che sia meglio usare sempre le preposizioni articolate, tranne i rari casi in cui sia indispensabile citare l'articolo a sé (poniamo, in un confronto fra &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt; e un altro libro intitolato &lt;em&gt;Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;), nel quale si ricorrerà a malincuore a una delle tre soluzioni di cui sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-03-12T10:44:10.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8050" CreationDate="2017-03-12T14:48:51.077" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un Dizionario della lingua italiana dell'inizio dell'Ottocento, è riportato un esempio in cui gli occhi a sportello sono un modo (scherzoso) per descrivere &quot;chi tiene gli occhi socchiusi, o vede da un occhio solo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=UjZAAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA453&amp;amp;lpg=PA453&amp;amp;dq=occhi%20a%20sportello&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Y8X2nQoNaA&amp;amp;sig=Sa_5LdxRQSaaH_q053-TeCXKQsk&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjB1Zr2mNHSAhVDShQKHSZaAZYQ6AEIUjAR#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=occhi%20a%20sportello&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt;, Volume 6,&#xA;di Paolo Costa, Francesco Cardinali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-12T18:05:38.360" LastActivityDate="2017-03-12T18:05:38.360" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8030" CreationDate="2017-03-13T07:31:39.537" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi chiedo scusa ma...&quot; is plainly wrong. It would be like saying, in English, &quot;Forgive you, but I have to go&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, between &quot;Mi dispiace, ma....&quot; and &quot;Ti chiedo scusa, ma...&quot;: they are basically the same. In the everyday use I don't see much of a difference. Probably the second is a slightly more polite form, but it could be a matter of personal taste.&#xA;In an informal conversation, say with a friend of yours, I would prefer &quot;Mi spiace, ma...&quot;. If you want to be perceived as truly sorry for what you are about to do, you could say &quot;Mi spiace, ma ora devo PROPRIO andare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also a difference between &quot;andare&quot; and &quot;partire&quot;.&#xA;You use the first one, for instance, when you are talking with a person but you become aware it's late and you need to go and leave the person there.&#xA;In this situation I would not use &quot;partire&quot;, it would sound a little bit strange even if the meaning would be understoood perfectly.&#xA;You use &quot;partire&quot; in the same situation if you need, for instance, to take a flight or a train. Or if you need to start for a planned trip.&#xA;So, in the first case, leaving is something slightly more unexpected. In the second case, you already knew you had to leave at a certain time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3359" LastActivityDate="2017-03-13T07:31:39.537" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8055" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2017-03-13T09:07:45.773" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's common in the spoken language of Northern Italy in familiar and informal contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The article serves the purpose of letting you to refer to a specific person, known to all the people involved in the conversation. In a sentence like &quot;hai visto la Maria di recente?&quot;, &quot;la Maria&quot; is that precise &quot;Maria&quot; that we both know - relative, parent, neighbor, friend, acquaintance - without need for other specifications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3349" LastActivityDate="2017-03-13T09:07:45.773" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2017-03-13T15:22:16.757" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://web.archive.org/web/20051102091036/http://www.orbilat.com/Languages/Venetan/mgx_veneto.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Michele Brunelli&lt;/a&gt; it is &lt;em&gt;mandatory&lt;/em&gt; in Venetian to use the article for that case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'artìcolo personale, che 'l se cata in vèneto e in catalan (ma nò in italian), el xe l'artìcolo che se dòpara davanti i nomi propi de persona. El vèneto el ga solo che el personal feminile: &lt;strong&gt;la Maria, la Làura, la Giovana...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you see is the transpose of our language/dialect to Italian, in which case it is incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3362" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-11-22T18:41:02.883" LastActivityDate="2019-11-22T18:41:02.883" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8037" CreationDate="2017-03-13T15:58:26.420" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le corrispondenze sono le seguenti:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;•advantage set / tiebreaker set&lt;br&gt;&#xA;TIEBREAK. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;•game. &#xA;GIOCO. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;•set. &#xA;PARTITA. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;•match. &#xA;INCONTRO. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;•love (the term used for 0 or a no score situation). &#xA;- questa non l'ho mai sentita in italiano-  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;•15/30/40. &#xA;-identici con pronuncia italiana. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;•deuce. &#xA;PARITÀ   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;•advantage in / advantage out. &#xA;VANTAGGIO INTERNO/VANTAGGIO ESTERNO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3320" LastActivityDate="2017-03-13T15:58:26.420" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8058" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8064" CreationDate="2017-03-14T05:19:15.673" Score="2" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a problem understanding the correct usage of diventare. During a recent lesson my (online) teacher had me watch a video during which a bear became angry. She then asked me to describe it. One of the things that I said was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’orso diventa molto arrabbiato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;She told me that I could not use &quot;diventare&quot; that way but could offer me no guidance on &lt;strong&gt;why&lt;/strong&gt; other than &quot;It's not Italian&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If one believes the ever-unreliable Google translate then I can become a doctor (&quot;divento un medico&quot;), he can become a doctor (&quot;diventa un medico&quot;), I can become angry (&quot;divento arrabiato&quot;) but I will admit that if I enter &quot;he becomes angry&quot; it goes for a reflexive (&quot;lui si arrabbia&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not saying that she's wrong but can someone help me get my head around WHY this is? Because without understanding it, I'm likely to misuse it again since diventare is too useful a verb to NOT use regularly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3364" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-14T10:30:20.487" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T10:30:20.487" Title="Correct usage of Diventare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8059" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8060" CreationDate="2017-03-14T07:47:50.800" Score="2" ViewCount="1377" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sovente mi capita, in ambito professionale, di leggere documenti interni di analisi del software e trovare il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mandatorio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'intento di chi scrive, tale termine indica l'italianizzazione del termine inglese &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mandatory&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che vuol dire &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;obbligatorio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato in rete l'etimologia del termine ma non ho trovato nulla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso l'uso di questo termine è errato e dovrebbe essere sostituito da &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;obbligatorio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa ne pensate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="300" LastEditDate="2017-03-14T08:23:44.537" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T08:23:44.537" Title="Mandatorio vs Obbligatorio" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8059" CreationDate="2017-03-14T08:03:55.773" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono d'accordo con te, la parola giusta da usare è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;obbligatorio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, in quanto anche la Treccani indica &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/neologismi/searchNeologismi.jsp?lettera=M&amp;amp;pathFile=/sites/default/BancaDati/Osservatorio_della_Lingua_Italiana/OSSERVATORIO_DELLA_LINGUA_ITALIANA_ND_013803.xml&amp;amp;lettera=M&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;mandatorio&lt;/a&gt; come un neologismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mandatorio deriva da &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mandato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che a sua volta proviene dal latino &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mandatum&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che significava mandare cioè &quot;&lt;strong&gt;affidare&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mandato in ambito legale indica l'esercizio di un atto legale per conto di un mandante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T08:03:55.773" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8061" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8066" CreationDate="2017-03-14T08:09:20.160" Score="0" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono stato a casa di una mia amica. Ho chiamato la parete della casa muro, ma sua figlia mi ha corretto. Che differenza c'è tra una parete e un muro? Ho sempre pensato che il muro fosse il solido e la parete la superficie del muro. Ci sono per caso variazioni regionali sull'uso di questa parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T09:54:17.547" Title="Muro e parete, la differenza" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ClosedDate="2017-03-14T14:23:13.093" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8062" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-14T08:13:09.597" Score="7" ViewCount="239" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di tradurre in italiano la parola &quot;sexual assault&quot; in italiano, magari anche con le sue varie sottocategorie. Ho cercato nel dizionario ed ho trovato &quot;assalto&quot; per &quot;assault&quot; ma non ho trovato questa combinazione di parole. Qualcuno mi può per caso aiutare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPDATE: Grazie per le vostre risposte. Mi chiedo come si tradurrebbe questa parola nel caso dove c'è del contatto fisico, magari anche di tipo non sessuale, come potrebbe essere anche un abbraccio senza consento, o anche una carezza, in assenza di nudità, senza stupro, e come conseguenza la persona che commette questo atto viene incolpata di &quot;sexual assault&quot;, oppure anche &quot;grooming&quot; per esempio. In questo caso, si potrebbe forse usare il termine &quot;aggressione sessuale&quot;, o ci sono anche dei termini più idonei per descrivere questa situazione in termini sia giuridici che informali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1572" LastEditDate="2017-03-17T08:29:54.087" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T10:01:31.007" Title="&quot;Sexual assault&quot;, come tradurlo" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8062" CreationDate="2017-03-14T08:18:27.290" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potresti usare l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;violenza sessuale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; , il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stupro_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;stupro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, oppure anche &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;violenza carnale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;abuso sessuale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-14T08:21:31.747" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T08:21:31.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8058" CreationDate="2017-03-14T08:28:30.887" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a matter of idiomatic vs. grammatical. You &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; say, without violating any grammatical norm, any of those phrases (&lt;em&gt;divento/a medico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;divento/a arrabbiato&lt;/em&gt;), but none of them are idiomatic, that is, none of them would spontaneously be pronounced by an Italian. You'd say, respectively, &lt;em&gt;mi laureo in medicina&lt;/em&gt; (or other steps to actually become a doctor) and &lt;em&gt;mi arrabbio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The use of &lt;em&gt;diventare&lt;/em&gt; is more restricted than that of “to become”, almost only to transformations: &lt;em&gt;Il bruco diventa farfalla&lt;/em&gt; and the like.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T08:28:30.887" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8062" CreationDate="2017-03-14T08:31:45.067" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;La traduzione di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/it/dizionario/inglese-italiano/sexual-assault&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sexual assault&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che offre il Collins Dictionary è :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;violenza carnale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/violenza-carnale&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; definisce &quot;violenza carnale&quot; come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;delitto consistente nel costringere qcn. in modo violento a un rapporto sessuale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La distinzione che &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Violenza_sessuale&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; fa tra  violenza sessuale e carnale mi sembra rispecchi sia la definizione in inglese che quella italiana:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La violenza sessuale (o stupro) è un delitto commesso da chi usa in modo illecito la propria forza, la propria autorità o un mezzo di sopraffazione costringendo con atti, prevaricazione o minaccia (esplicita o implicita) a compiere o a subire atti sessuali contro la propria volontà. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Talvolta si definisce violenza carnale (nel caso abbia luogo un rapporto sessuale).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La definizione in inglese da The Free Dictionary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.thefreedictionary.com/sexual+assault&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sexual assault&lt;/a&gt; - a statutory offense that provides that it is a crime to knowingly cause another person to engage in an unwanted sexual act by force or threat; &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;most states have replaced the common law definition of rape with statutes defining sexual assault&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-03-14T08:39:46.657" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T08:39:46.657" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8061" CreationDate="2017-03-14T09:54:17.547" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza tra muro e parete è molto semplice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un muro indica una recinzione, una barriera, ad esempio il muro tra Messico e Stati Uniti, tanto per citare qualcosa di attuale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una parete è, in questo caso, una componente strutturale di una casa o più in generale di un edificio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È anche vero che si usa dire &quot;mura di casa&quot;, ma anche qui prende il senso di barriera ed indica quindi una sorta di protezione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3366" LastActivityDate="2017-03-14T09:54:17.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8067" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8068" CreationDate="2017-03-15T09:45:27.210" Score="3" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to ask you something about an abbreviation that appears in a &quot;ordinanza del Comune di Forlì&quot;. This document (I'm afraid I can't show you, because I haven't found it on Internet) explains the ban on traffic during some days of the week in order to stop polluting the city. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At the beginning of the document appears &quot;Atto 427/2012&quot; and &quot;PG 0074360/12&quot;. I haven't found what does PG refers to in this kind of document, do you have any idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3312" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-03-15T09:56:58.703" LastActivityDate="2017-03-15T09:56:58.703" Title="PG 0074360/12 in un'ordinanza del Comune di Forlì" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8067" CreationDate="2017-03-15T09:56:26.327" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;This kind of abbreviation stands for &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Protocollo Generale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (Protocol section registry) which is where all inbound (received) and outbound (sent) documents by this Italian public administration (Comune) must be registered according to the law.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it means that the document regarding &quot;Atto 427/2012&quot; can be found on this registry with the sequential number PG 0074360/12, where /12 usually refers to the year when the record has been added to the registry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-03-15T09:56:26.327" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8062" CreationDate="2017-03-15T12:50:25.810" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la definizione del dizionario medico &lt;a href=&quot;http://emedicine.medscape.com/article/806120-overview&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Medscape&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;sexual assault&lt;/strong&gt; è traducibile con &lt;strong&gt;aggressione sessuale&lt;/strong&gt; e si distingue dallo stupro e dall'abuso, perché oltre alla coercizione c'è come conseguenza (secondo la definizione) anche la lesione della vittima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://medlineplus.gov/ency/article/001955.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;altri casi&lt;/a&gt; viene considerato come sinonimo di &lt;strong&gt;rape&lt;/strong&gt;, quindi traducibile in italiano come &lt;strong&gt;stupro&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="55" LastEditDate="2017-03-15T14:51:34.663" LastActivityDate="2017-03-15T14:51:34.663" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8070" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-16T12:25:59.770" Score="3" ViewCount="680" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo le notizie in italiano ho trovato spesso l'espressione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il sedicente Stato Islamico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che il significato di &quot;sedicente&quot; in questa espressione corrisponda a questa definizione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sedicente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che dice di essere, che si spaccia per qualcuno, che si attribuisce cioè titoli, generalità, qualifiche, qualità che non sono o che si sospettano non essere rispondenti a quelle reali: &lt;em&gt;il s. dottore è stato smascherato; hanno accertato le vere generalità del s. console; un s. ispettore ha truffato varî commercianti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso sarebbe che l'ISIS si è autoproclamato come stato, ma non è riconosciuto come tale dagli altri stati. È ovvio che questo significato spiegato dal Treccani ha una connotazione negativa. Tuttavia, alla stessa voce &quot;sedicente&quot; del Treccani appare un'altra accezione che sembra essere più neutra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;anche in senso più obiettivo, che si afferma tale: &lt;em&gt;l’attentato è stato rivendicato da un s. gruppo di separatisti baschi&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, anche questo ultimo esempio del Treccani (si parla di un gruppo di separatisti che commette attentati terroristici), ha secondo me una connotazione negativa. Quindi, la domanda sarebbe: è possibile usare l'aggettivo &quot;sedicente&quot; senza dare alla frase una sfumatura negativa? Per esempio, potrei dire &quot;la sedicente &lt;em&gt;cantantessa&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in riferimento a &lt;a href=&quot;http://palermo.repubblica.it/cronaca/2015/03/09/news/carmen_consoli_ritorno_in_sicilia_e_tempo_di_dire_grazie_alla_mia_terra_-109127700/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Carmen Consoli&lt;/a&gt; (nel senso che Carmen Consoli si fa chiamare in questo insolito modo)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-16T14:25:03.827" LastActivityDate="2017-03-16T18:26:27.393" Title="L'aggettivo &quot;sedicente&quot; ha sempre una connotazione negativa?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8070" CreationDate="2017-03-16T13:11:06.077" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In generale non è possibile usare &quot;sedicente&quot; in maniera positiva proprio perché stiamo implicando che il soggetto che si definisce in un certo modo stia dicendo il falso o stia affermando qualcosa senza avere l'autorità per farlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio riportato da Charo non sono sicuro che si possa dire &quot;sedicente&quot; in quanto sembra che il termine &quot;cantantessa&quot; sia stato coniato da altri e non sia una definizione creata, ma solo accettata, dalla Consoli. Ad ogni modo, anche &quot;la sedicente cantantessa&quot; mi pare avere una connotazione negativa. Come se la Consoli dicesse: &quot;so che non si può dire in italiano, ma la accetto lo stesso perchè...voglio passare come una che canta&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3359" LastEditorUserId="3359" LastEditDate="2017-03-16T18:26:27.393" LastActivityDate="2017-03-16T18:26:27.393" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8070" CreationDate="2017-03-16T13:14:06.120" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che ho sempre sentito l'utilizzo dell'aggettivo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sedicente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sempre con una connotazione negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A riprova questo basta considerare alcuni dei suoi sinonimi: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;abusivo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;falso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;finto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;millantatore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;preteso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la frase su Carmen Consoli, così come la scrivi avrebbe una connotazione negativa, anche se potrebbe essere intesa come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Carmen Consoli, che si autodefinisce cantantessa...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè lei usa un termine forzato, non comune per definire sé stessa che qui assume un carattere non negativo perché è una cantante molto brava e apprezzata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capita di leggere sui giornali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il sedicente mago richiedeva denaro ai suoi clienti per improbabili riti magici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un personaggio sedicente è uno che dice di essere qualcuno o qualcosa ma non è niente, come un sedicente mago dice di essere un mago ma in realtà non lo è, oppure un sedicente dottore dice di essere tale ma non ha la laurea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-16T14:39:01.247" LastActivityDate="2017-03-16T14:39:01.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8070" CreationDate="2017-03-16T13:26:16.710" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non credo che si possa utilizzare in un contesto positivo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Coniugato, Medico. Sedicente poiché i documenti oggetto di furto.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo sarebbe un frammento di una denuncia reale, la quale è presentata da un uomo perché gli hanno rubato il suo portafoglio. Dato che quest'uomo non ha i documenti per verificare la sua identità, è &lt;strong&gt;sedicente&lt;/strong&gt;, giacché potrebbe essere falso quello che ha detto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero che questa informazione sia utile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3312" LastActivityDate="2017-03-16T13:26:16.710" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8074" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-16T15:10:04.877" Score="7" ViewCount="1758" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=gag%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;gagà&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, poco usato recentemente, si riferisce a:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;uomo vanesio che ostenta eleganza e raffinatezza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto recentemente su una rivista che il termine ha origini napoletane ma non sono riuscito a trovare conferma di questo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Etimologia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: ← voce onom., diffusa dai giornali umoristici dopo la prima guerra mondiale; cfr. il fr. gaga ‘vecchio rimbambito’.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Dizionario Garzanti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno ha maggiori informazioni a riguardo? Il termine ha veramente origini napoletane?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-16T15:30:10.883" LastActivityDate="2018-11-11T02:34:18.650" Title="Origine del termine gagà" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8077" CreationDate="2017-03-17T08:54:27.370" Score="1" ViewCount="6640" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere se la candeggina è semplicemente una marca di varechina. Volevo anche sapere se è comune usare dei prodotti contenenti la candeggina per lavare i piatti invece che il lavabo, il fornello, e le piastrelle della cucina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T13:57:50.200" Title="Varechina e candeggina" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8076" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-17T08:56:46.297" Score="7" ViewCount="6908" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che differenza c'è tra lavabo e lavandino? Sono per caso intercambiabili queste parole o per caso uno si riferisce al bagno e l'altro alla cucina?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-17T10:47:24.693" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T14:40:56.700" Title="Lavabo e lavandino" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8075" CreationDate="2017-03-17T09:09:20.090" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/varechina/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;varechina&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: Nome di liquidi usati per candeggiare fibre tessili, tessuti, ecc., costituiti da soluzioni diluite di ipoclorito di sodio&#xA;  (con tenore di cloro attivo del 2-4%, o più concentrato), contenenti&#xA;  anche carbonato e talora solfato di sodio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/candeggina/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;candeggina&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: Nome commerciale di un prodotto per bucato del tipo della varechina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vedi la differenza è sottile e spesso vengono utilizzati come sinonimi l'uno dell'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-03-17T13:57:50.200" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T13:57:50.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8076" CreationDate="2017-03-17T09:18:05.417" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20090115073937AAQ96WD&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo forum&lt;/a&gt; una risposta esauriente al tuo quesito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lavabo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; prende il nome da una fase detta di purificazione presente in molte cerimonie religiose che prevede il lavaggio delle&#xA;mani, (dal De Mauro &amp;quot;lavabo&amp;quot;: prima della riforma liturgica, cerimonia&#xA;che faceva parte dell’offertorio, durante la quale il sacerdote si&#xA;lavava simbolicamente le mani recitando gli ultimi sette versetti del&#xA;salmo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, il sanitario posto nel bagno, per dimensioni e forma non&#xA;appare idoneo al lavaggi di cose così il nome suggerisce il suo&#xA;utilizzo prevalente (il lavaggio delle mani) .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lavello&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; invece si indica in modo più generico una vasca con&#xA;acqua corrente e scarico, in lombardia il termine diventa&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lavandino&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, tuttavia nei vecchi manuali di architettura troviamo per indicare quello in cucina il termine &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;acquaio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, mentre con&#xA;lavabo ci si riferisce alla vaschetta in ceramica del bagno&#xA;principale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine lavello (o &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lavatoio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; quando la vasca ha maggior&#xA;profondità o ha incorporata una parte inclinata sempre in ceramica)&#xA;sono usati per indicare i sanitari posti nei bagni di servizio e nelle&#xA;lavanderie annessi alle cucine, il termine lavello è anche usato per&#xA;indicare la vaschetta ceramica che veniva collocata nelle camere&#xA;d'albergo prive di bagno in camera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi con lavabo (a colonna, a bacinella soprapiano, sottopiano, a&#xA;semincasso, etc.) si indica il sanitario posto in bagno, mentre con&#xA;lavello (a 1 vasca, a 2 vasche con o senza gocciolatoio) si definisce&#xA;solo quello utilizzato in cucina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il corretto termine &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;acquaio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; che indicava proprio il bacile con&#xA;acqua corrente dove si lavavano le stoviglie è ormai in disuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riassumendo: il termine generale è &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lavandino&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; con cui ci si riferisce di solito a quello della cucina (chiamato anche &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lavello&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ed anticamente &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;acquaio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;) mentre con &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lavabo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ci si riferisce a quello del bagno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T09:18:05.417" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8062" CreationDate="2017-03-17T10:01:31.007" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se stai cercando un termine che copra comportamenti meno gravi di &quot;stupro&quot;, come il caso di abbracci e carezze senza consenso, credo &quot;molestie&quot; sia il termine comunemente usato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3158" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T10:01:31.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8076" CreationDate="2017-03-17T12:49:15.060" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rispondo perché non ho la reputazione necessaria per commentare. La risposta di abarisone è sicuramente più completa della mia, volevo solo aggiungere un dettaglio (per coloro che imparano l'italiano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lavandino&lt;/strong&gt; è usato nella lingua parlata e scritta (moderna) per indicare entrambi senza distinzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lavabo&lt;/strong&gt; è un termine più arcaico (insieme a &lt;strong&gt;lavello&lt;/strong&gt;, che è usato raramente) e non lo userei mai nella lingua parlata/scritta moderna, a meno che per ottenere un qualche effetto letterario, o per descrivere un luogo storico (per esempio una chiesa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3371" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-17T14:40:56.700" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T14:40:56.700" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8082" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8084" CreationDate="2017-03-17T16:15:59.983" Score="2" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una mia amica ha usato l'espressione &quot;via crucis&quot; per descrivere una situazione dove varie persone in vari negozi le avevano dato delle cose e lei doveva passare in quei luoghi uno per uno per pagare i debiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però una volta guardato nel dizionario trovato questa definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 relig. Esercizio devoto che consiste nel recitare preghiere e nel&#xA;  fare meditazione davanti a ciascuna delle quattordici stazioni che&#xA;  ricordano episodi della Passione di Cristo; estens. la&#xA;  rappresentazione pittorica o in bassorilievo delle stazioni 2 fig.&#xA;  Serie interminabile di sofferenze: la sua vita è stata un'autentica&#xA;  via crucis&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno può per caso spiegarmi come sono legati questo due usi dell'espressione e farmi magari altri esempi? Ci sono per caso anche altri significati?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-17T17:03:22.170" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T21:26:13.320" Title="Usi dell'espressione &quot;via crucis&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8082" CreationDate="2017-03-17T19:27:20.637" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Via crucis&quot; è un'espressione latina con la quale si indica il cammino che Cristo percorse con addosso la croce sulla quale venne poi crocefisso. Secondo la leggenda, Cristo subì torture e percosse durante il percorso, che si concluse con la crocefissione e dunque la morte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Letteralmente, indica le rappresentazioni che vengono tenute dai cattolici al giorno d'oggi, in memoria di tali sofferenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In via metaforica, rappresenta una qualsiasi attività definita da un percorso difficile al punto tale da essere stato considerato una sofferenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3279" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T19:27:20.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8082" CreationDate="2017-03-17T20:37:10.557" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;A Napoli (dove vivo) e più in generale nel sud Italia, l'espressione &quot;via crucis&quot; è utilizzata in quelle situazioni in cui si rende necessario seguire delle tappe obbligate (intesa principalmente come situazione non piacevole), un po' come avviene nella processione del rito cattolico, dove si compiono delle fermate in cui vengono recitate le preghiere in commemorazione delle sofferenze di Cristo nel percorso verso la crocifissione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe essere tradotta come &quot;cammino penitenziale&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es: alle pagelle di fine trimestre, ci tocca la via crucis con i professori (intesa come la [dolorosa] tappa fatta ad ogni professore per avere la valutazione dell'alunno).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente l'esempio di sopra funziona solo nel caso in cui l'alunno non sia andato particolarmente bene durante l'anno scolastico :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3372" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-17T21:26:13.320" LastActivityDate="2017-03-17T21:26:13.320" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8085" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8086" CreationDate="2017-03-18T00:56:31.450" Score="6" ViewCount="2721" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which letters in which situations are silent?  I read &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_orthography&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian orthography&lt;/a&gt; article but it does not complete (for example it does not mention &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silent_letter#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;silent i&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3228" LastEditorUserId="3228" LastEditDate="2017-03-18T04:12:24.697" LastActivityDate="2017-03-18T18:18:04.823" Title="Silent letters in Italian" Tags="&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8086" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8085" CreationDate="2017-03-18T11:05:48.367" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the word &lt;em&gt;giorno&lt;/em&gt; the letter &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; has essentially the same role as the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;. We don't “pronounce” the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, which just denotes using the palatal sound for &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; like in &lt;em&gt;gesto&lt;/em&gt;: /ʤ/. You can call it “silent”, if you wish, but its role is just “orthographic“: it's like a diacritic, but it's written next to the letter it modifies. Anyway, a silent letter seems to be one that stands for no sound, in Italian only &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on the speaker, the realization of the phoneme /ʤ/ can vary, but there is definitely no diphthong involved. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;There is also no diphthong in &lt;em&gt;già&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;giù&lt;/em&gt;; they are written with an accent for orthographic uniformity with &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;piè&lt;/em&gt;, where a diphthong exists. A similar case is &lt;em&gt;ciò&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This “orthographic i” is used after &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; to denote the palatal sound when followed by &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ciabatta, rancio, ciuffo, giacca, giorno, giusto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, the “orthographic h” is used to denote the “hard“ sound when &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; are followed by &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;chela, china, alghe, fanghi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;The &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;cieco&lt;/em&gt; has a different nature: it's not pronounced in most of Italy, but it is (at least weakly) where the phenomenon of &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dittongo_mobile&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;mobile diphthong&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is still alive (for instance the region of Naples). The “rules” of the mobile diphthong requires it appears in &lt;em&gt;cieco&lt;/em&gt; but not in &lt;em&gt;cecità&lt;/em&gt;. Notwithstanding the fact that most Italians don't pronounce the diphthong in &lt;em&gt;cieco&lt;/em&gt;, the orthography maintains it.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is also “orthographic” when the trigraph &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is followed by another vowel: &lt;em&gt;daglielo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-18T18:18:04.823" LastActivityDate="2017-03-18T18:18:04.823" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8087" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8088" CreationDate="2017-03-18T13:51:11.723" Score="4" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;From Luigi Pirandello's «Il fu Mattia Pascal» I take the following excerpt (chapter 13, «Il lanternino»). I wonder how to interpret it, and I have two different interpretations in my mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E questo sentimento della vita per il signor Anselmo era appunto come un lanternino che ciascuno di noi porta in sè acceso; un lanternino che ci fa vedere sperduti su la terra, e ci fa vedere il male e il bene; un lanternino che projetta tutt’intorno a noi un cerchio più o meno ampio di luce, di là dal quale è l’ombra nera, l’ombra paurosa che non esisterebbe, se il lanternino non fosse acceso in noi, ma che noi dobbiamo pur troppo creder vera, fintanto ch’esso si mantiene vivo in noi. Spento alla fine a un soffio, ci accoglierà davvero quell’ombra fittizia, ci accoglierà la notte perpetua dopo il giorno fumoso della nostra illusione, &lt;strong&gt;o non rimarremo noi piuttosto alla mercè dell’Essere, che avrà soltanto rotto le vane forme della nostra ragione&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One interpretation is as follows: that Mr. Paleari's lantern is a fiction, as he says, and is one such thing that will be destructed by the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parmenides&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Being&lt;/a&gt;. Therefore, the perpetual night that he alludes to one clause earlier in the same sentence also will not exist, like all other forms of our judgement; in other words, we have here an instance of exclusive disjunction that presents us with two alternative options. Mr. Paleari means to say that only the second option is viable, while the first one is what necessarily &lt;em&gt;appears&lt;/em&gt; to us; it's the fiction that we have before we die. We will be left to the Being's mercy, and we won't come under the perpetual night, and all that is implied in the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there is also another interpretation: Mr. Paleari refers indeed to the innumerable colorous forms of judgement that we all have during our life-time. So, their abolition that comes together with the death and that he is referring to is, supposedly, exactly that night that we expect to have gathered around us when the death comes. &lt;em&gt;Later&lt;/em&gt;, Mr. Paleari argues that this night is fictitious, and that the destruction of the forms of judgment should be explained otherwise; but for now, he just accepts this equation. &lt;em&gt;But for now&lt;/em&gt;, the sentence after the disjunctive word serves as an argument that supports the (erroneous, in his eyes) conclusion that the perpetual night comes after the lantern perishes. The arrival of this night and the destruction of the forms of our judgement are just one thing, for now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have a question. Is there something in the language used in the excerpt (or perhaps around) that &lt;em&gt;non-ambiguously&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;with a very high probability&lt;/em&gt; rejects one of these interpretations? Or no such outright rejection is possible, and the excerpt is indeed ambiguous? Also, maybe I should interpret it some other way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I wouldn't like to ask for full-fledged literary criticism, and I'd just like to know whether it is possible to draw an immediate conclusion from the excerpt or something near it.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3374" LastActivityDate="2017-03-18T14:05:49.923" Title="Does this «o» introduce an alternative option or a rhetorical question to support the previous statement?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8087" CreationDate="2017-03-18T14:05:49.923" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure I quite understand your two interpretations, but as an Italian native speaker, for what's worth, I don't see any ambiguity. The narrator describes those metaphorical lantern and darkness, and wonders whether at the end of one's life we will merge with that darkness (&lt;em&gt;ci accoglierà ... quell’ombra&lt;/em&gt;) or we will join the Being (&lt;em&gt;rimarremo ... alla mercè dell’Essere&lt;/em&gt;, whether in a Parmenidean sense or else, we should ask Pirandello).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably my sense of the sentence not being ambiguous derives partly from that &lt;em&gt;piuttosto&lt;/em&gt; (= rather): will it turn out to be so-and-so, or rather so-and-so else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-03-18T14:05:49.923" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8089" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8093" CreationDate="2017-03-19T08:55:20.863" Score="1" ViewCount="615" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo chiedere come mai in italiano le parole &quot;bietole&quot; e &quot;barbabietole&quot; si assomigliano, pur riferendosi queste parole a prodotti agricoli diversi. Da quanto capisco, queste parole si riferiscono a piantare diverse, la prima delle quali ha le foglie che sono commestibili, e per la seconda il tubero è commestibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora vorrei chiedere, da dove deriva la somiglianza tra queste due parole. C'è un significato latino di bietola, da dove deriva questa parola. E soprattutto vorrei sapere perché &quot;barba&quot;, come se barbabietola fosse una bella con la barba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: c'è alcun rapporto etimologico tra bieta, bietina, e bietola e barbabietola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1572" LastEditDate="2017-03-20T07:29:23.213" LastActivityDate="2017-03-20T07:29:23.213" Title="Bietole e barbabietole, biete e bietine" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8090" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8092" CreationDate="2017-03-19T08:59:09.587" Score="2" ViewCount="486" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo post è simile al mio post a riguardo di bietole e barbabietole, che pur riferendosi a piante diverse hanno nomi simili, come se ci fosse qualche legame tra le due piante, di un tipo o di un alto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei chiedere, se le cime di rapa sono una pianta diversa dalla pianta che ha la rapa come tubero, allora perché si chiamano cime di rapa, come se fossero la parte superiore della rapa la quale ha un tubetto di sotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1572" LastEditDate="2017-03-20T07:34:09.373" LastActivityDate="2017-03-20T07:34:09.373" Title="Rape e cime di rapa" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7504" CreationDate="2017-03-19T09:51:28.950" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buona domanda, vediamo se riesco a fare un poca di chiarezza, dato che l'argomento confonde anche me, che sono madrelingua...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abbiamo le seguenti parole (tralasciando parole oscure come acconcio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Appropriato&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Usato per indicare qualcosa che sta bene con lo scopo o contesto di cui si parla. A volte indica un certo senso di necessità, come nel primo esempio sotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per un colloquio di lavoro è appropriato mettersi una camicia.&#xA;  È un vestito appropriato per l'occasione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Adeguato&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Dà l'idea di qualcosa di sufficiente per lo scopo di cui si sta parlando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il telefono era economico, ma adeguato alle necessità di mia madre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Apposito&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Dà l'idea di un oggetto costruito per uno scopo preciso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per smontare il cambio della bicicletta serve un atrezzo apposito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Adatto&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Molto simile ad appropriato. Non ha un senso di necessità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È un vestito adatto per l'occasione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Opportuno&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Molto simile ad appropriato, ma rafforza ancora di più il senso di necessitá.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È opportuno dare del lei al professore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pertinente&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Usato per lo più per indicare un accordo con un argomento (il contrario di off-topic).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La domanda/ L'intervento è pertinente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Consono&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Indica l'appartenenza ad una certa situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Comportati in modo consono!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Azzeccato&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Dà l'idea che la scelta fatta era quella giusta tra molte possibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho azzeccato il momento giusto per parlare con il mio supervisore.&#xA;  Gli antipasti erano proprip azzeccati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certamente la differenza per alcune di queste parole non è così grossa e si possono usare intercambiabilmente, in base al contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3371" LastEditorUserId="3371" LastEditDate="2017-03-19T16:18:12.457" LastActivityDate="2017-03-19T16:18:12.457" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8090" CreationDate="2017-03-19T10:50:17.397" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/rapa.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Rapa:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; da il Sabatini Coletti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Pianta erbacea coltivata, con piccoli fiori dorati, foglie che vengono utilizzate come foraggio e grossa radice carnosa commestibile; &lt;em&gt;estensione nel linguaggio comune&lt;/em&gt;, la radice della pianta: &lt;em&gt;un chilo di rape&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aXZvH.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aXZvH.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cime di rapa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, foglie giovani e infiorescenze commestibili della rapa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/thPeO.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/thPeO.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-03-19T10:50:17.397" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8089" CreationDate="2017-03-19T11:10:07.773" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bietola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce “Bietola” su Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, la bietola è una varietà di barbabietola (&lt;em&gt;Beta vulgaris&lt;/em&gt;). Se ne mangiano foglie e gambi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono molte varietà di &lt;em&gt;Beta vulgaris&lt;/em&gt;, una delle quali è la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbabietola_da_zucchero&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;barbabietola da zucchero&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tenderei a escludere che della barbabietola si mangino le radici: credo che siano disgustose. Ma, siccome alcune varietà hanno più alta concentrazione di saccarosio, sono coltivate per ricavarne lo zucchero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla questione del disgusto ho un'esperienza personale. Da bambino ho vissuto in una zona di campagna dove c'erano vaste coltivazioni di barbabietola da zucchero e anche uno zuccherificio. Un sottoprodotto della lavorazione erano le “polpe” che venivano adoperate come mangime per le vacche. Nel fatale periodo seguente, il latte (che allora si comperava localmente) aveva un sapore terribile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-03-19T11:10:07.773" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8094" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-20T10:29:26.950" Score="5" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;Torquato Tasso, La Gerusalemme Liberata, Canto Primo, 64:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vedi appresso spiegar l'alto vessillo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;co 'l diadema di Piero e con le chiavi.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Qui settemila aduna il buon Camillo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;pedoni, d'arme rilucenti e gravi,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;lieto ch'a tanta impresa il Ciel sortillo,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ove rinovi il prisco onor de gli avi,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;o mostri almen ch'a la virtú latina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;o nulla manca, o sol la disciplina.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the grammar and the general meaning are more or less clear to me. The only stumbling block here seems to be the word &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;'sortillo'&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Is it a participle or a past tense form? Does it mean 'descended' or 'sent'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, the emotional tone of the last two lines is a little bit unclear for me. Does Tasso show some irony there?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3109" LastActivityDate="2017-06-03T22:37:50.983" Title="The meaning (and grammatical form) of 'sortillo' in this text" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8095" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-20T11:17:21.187" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il seguente testo in un libercolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il presente lavoro evita la noia che ha sempre contraddistinto intere generazioni verso il solfeggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di contraddistinguere nel vocabolario Treccani, ma non capisco &quot;contraddistinguere verso&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Verso qui significa &quot;portare all'adozione di&quot;, o &quot;aver una attitudine contro&quot;? Sono confuso. Cosa significa questa preposizione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-20T17:18:16.830" LastActivityDate="2017-03-20T17:18:16.830" Title="Contraddistinguere verso" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8095" CreationDate="2017-03-20T12:28:50.080" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse la frase può esserti più comprensibile se consideri &quot;verso&quot; insieme alla &quot;noia&quot;. &quot;Contraddistinguere&quot; significa, di solito, &quot;caratterizzare&quot;. La frase quindi significa che il libricino &quot;evita la noia nei confronti del solfeggio che ha sempre caratterizzato intere generazioni&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-03-20T12:28:50.080" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8098" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8101" CreationDate="2017-03-20T16:01:50.743" Score="7" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I had an Italian professor in college who recommended me two books on the history of the development of Italy's dozens of dialects. I think they were written in the mid-20&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt; century. Does anyone here know what those books might have been? I can't remember.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, are there any other good reference works on the history of Italy's dialects?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-20T17:19:04.137" LastActivityDate="2017-03-21T08:24:26.727" Title="History of Italian dialects?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8099" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8100" CreationDate="2017-03-21T07:35:59.843" Score="6" ViewCount="94422" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche giorno fa mi sono trovato a comporre una frase con il participio passato del verbo &lt;em&gt;prudere&lt;/em&gt;, ma quando sono andato per pronunciarlo mi sono bloccato, imbarazzato, senza sapere che dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo voi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3367" LastActivityDate="2019-06-09T16:10:28.180" Title="Participio passato del verbo &quot;prudere&quot;" Tags="&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8099" CreationDate="2017-03-21T07:46:26.837" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prudere è un verbo intransitivo della II coniugazione, coniugato nella forma attiva con nessun ausiliare, e soprattutto è un &lt;strong&gt;verbo difettivo&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè mancante del participio presente e passato e di alcune persone del passato remoto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre da un &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_10/interventi/4654.shtml.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;post sul forum dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Verbi in «-údere» Tutti i verbi in -údere hanno il passato remoto&#xA;  (nella 3a persona singolare) in -use e il participio passato in -uso.&#xA;  Tranne prudere, il cui passato remoto è prudé o prudette: essendo un&#xA;  verbo regolare, credo che il suo inesistente participio passato, se,&#xA;  per qualche motivo, dovessimo coniarlo sei secoli dopo la prima&#xA;  attestazione dell’infinito, non potrebbe essere altro che l’“orrido”&#xA;  pruduto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È probabile che la difettività del verbo risieda nel fatto che nessuno&#xA;  sente spesso la necessità di parlare di prurito in un tempo composto.&#xA;  Forse perché la sensazione viene menzionata verbalmente solo nel&#xA;  «presente della coscienza» (indicativo presente e imperfetto). Non&#xA;  riesco a immaginare neanche un contesto per il pur esistente passato&#xA;  remoto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In ogni caso, anche senza inventare un participio passato, si può&#xA;  sempre usare, per i tempi composti, l’espressione «avere/sentire&#xA;  prurito».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-14T07:40:12.157" LastActivityDate="2019-05-14T07:40:12.157" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8098" CreationDate="2017-03-21T08:24:26.727" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;One of the standard works on the subject is certainly the three-volume &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatica_storica_della_lingua_italiana_e_dei_suoi_dialetti&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grammatica storica della lingua italiana e dei suoi dialetti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by the German philologist Gerhard Rohlfs, published in Italian by Einaudi. It is the translation of the German original, &lt;em&gt;Historische Grammatik der italienischen Sprache und ihrer Mundarten&lt;/em&gt; (1949-54).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is apparently legally available at Internet Archive (&lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/GrammaticaStoricaDellaLinguaItaliana1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vol. 1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/GrammaticaStoricaDellaLinguaItaliana2&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vol. 2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/GrammaticaStoricaDellaLinguaItaliana3&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vol. 3&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-03-21T08:24:26.727" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8103" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8106" CreationDate="2017-03-22T00:16:10.530" Score="-1" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando è possibile utilizzare &quot;nella condizione in cui&quot; con il congiuntivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dubbio nasce dal fatto che si potrebbe utilizzare &quot;a condizione che&quot; perché &quot;nella condizione in cui&quot; sembra indicare una situazione già prestabilita, che per qualche motivo potrebbe non aver bisogno del congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio &quot;riesco a misurare questa quantità nella condizione in cui siano aperti i generatori di corrente del circuito&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure &quot;riesco a misurare questa quantità nella condizione in cui sono aperti i generatori di corrente del circuito&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il problema nasce dal fatto che in realtà, perché sia possibile fare la misura, i generatori devono necessariamente essere aperti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potete indicarmi la frase più corretta tra le due e la frase più corretta in assoluto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3381" LastActivityDate="2017-03-24T08:13:24.437" Title="Nella condizione in cui, utilizzo" Tags="&lt;phrase-choice&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2407" CreationDate="2017-03-22T13:31:00.633" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si può dire certamente anche schiocco. Il Garzanti porta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«agitare, muovere, sfregare in modo da produrre uno schiocco: schioccare le dita; &lt;strong&gt;schioccare la lingua, appoggiarla al palato e staccarla di scatto così da produrre un rumore secco;&lt;/strong&gt; schioccare un bacio, dare un bacio producendo uno schiocco»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=schioccare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=schioccare&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però sarebbe buono conoscere un termine &quot;tecnico&quot;, con cui magari si descrive il fenomeno da secoli. Chissà se l'origine è un'antica lingua o la fantasia popolare...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3383" LastActivityDate="2017-03-22T13:31:00.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8105" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-22T14:23:33.100" Score="1" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m looking for an explanation of when to use the following conjunctions. How can I decide which is appropriate for a given sentence? Are there also strict grammatical rules that determine when each should be used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) “tale da” vs “a tale punto da” (two sentence clauses with the same subject)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) “tale che” vs “a tal punto che” (two sentence clauses with different subjects)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3)”così tanto da” vs “così tanto che”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2570" LastEditorUserId="2570" LastEditDate="2017-03-22T21:35:11.227" LastActivityDate="2017-03-24T16:26:03.977" Title="conjunctions: tale da / a tal punto da / tale che / a tal punto che" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8103" CreationDate="2017-03-24T08:13:24.437" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Negli esempi che riporti, le parole &quot;nella condizione in cui&quot; rappresentano un tipico esempio di locuzione inutile, infatti lo stesso significato si può ottenere con &quot;se&quot;, o &quot;solo se&quot;, e in questo caso è evidente che va usato l'indicativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Riesco a misurare questa quantità (solo) se sono aperti i generatori di corrente del circuito.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La ragione per cui si può usare una locuzione come quella sopra è il desiderio di rendere la frase contorta e difficile da capire, il che a volte è un effetto richiesto; allora l'uso del congiuntivo può certamente aiutare a complicare ulteriormente il tutto, al di là della correttezza grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso non si capisce se la condizione dei generatori di corrente aperti sia solo necessaria o anche sufficiente. Generatori di corrente aperti? Tensione infinita!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2017-03-24T08:13:24.437" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7665" CreationDate="2017-03-24T14:04:01.190" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Being italian, probably I speak sort of &quot;every-day&quot; language, but about &quot;spuma&quot; and &quot;schiuma&quot; I can say that the second is the most used in current speech.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Never heard about &quot;spuma del cappuccino&quot; everyone says &quot;schiuma&quot; (&quot;schiumetta&quot; too), referring to cappuccino foam, &quot;spuma&quot; isn't so used because is quite old; cornejo's quotes refer to Capuana, but Capuana was born in 1839 and died in 1915 ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, in current speech, &quot;spuma&quot; is used while talking about food (saying &quot;schiuma di prosciutto&quot; is at risk to suggest rotten jam, the right word in this case is &quot;spuma&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Two notes, finally: &quot;spuma&quot; was also a beverage made by sparkling water, caramel and spices (my grandma always kept a &quot;spuma&quot; bottle for me in erarly '70, when I was a little girl).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And: &quot;schiuma&quot;, in moral sense, is used like english &quot;scum&quot;, meaning the worst part of, for example, a human group.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3387" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-24T17:05:45.200" LastActivityDate="2017-03-24T17:05:45.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8105" CreationDate="2017-03-24T16:26:03.977" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) and 2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First it's very common use the truncated form before a consonant if you use &quot;A &lt;strong&gt;tal&lt;/strong&gt; punto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway &lt;strong&gt;A tal punto da / a tal punto che&lt;/strong&gt; have the same meaning of &lt;strong&gt;tale da / tale che&lt;/strong&gt; except that they assume there's an imaginary point to be reached and reaching that point cause consequences. It's almost strengthen what you mean. But it's very hard tell when you have to use one or the other way: sometimes you can use both, sometimes you can't.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Talking by (funny) example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La casa è rossa &lt;strong&gt;a tal punto che&lt;/strong&gt; sembra una fragola&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The house is so red that seems a strawberry &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it sounds bad saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La casa è rossa &lt;strong&gt;tale che&lt;/strong&gt; sembra una fragola&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The house is so red that seems a strawberry &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Using &quot;a tal punto&quot; means that the house is so red which looks almost like a strawberry: if it wasn't so red, it'd look like a house. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &quot;Così tanto che/da&quot; but also in the 1) and 2) examples &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; are proposition consecutive and introduce subordinate clauses.&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Che&lt;/strong&gt; uses verbs conjugated to the subject. &lt;strong&gt;Da&lt;/strong&gt; uses infinitive verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La casa è rossa a tal punto che &lt;strong&gt;sembra&lt;/strong&gt; una fragola&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La casa è rossa a tal punto da &lt;strong&gt;sembrare&lt;/strong&gt; una fragola&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps you.. But I'm not an italian teacher &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2884" LastActivityDate="2017-03-24T16:26:03.977" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8110" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8111" CreationDate="2017-03-25T10:07:43.877" Score="2" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Loescher Editore, Torino) di R. Bozzone Costa, M. Piantoni, E. Scaramelli e C. Ghezzi, ho letto un testo adattato da un articolo di Alessandra Retico apparso a &lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt;, a cui appartiene questo brano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Destreggiarsi è il motto. Le donne lo sanno bene, da sempre e sempre più spesso adesso. Sono &lt;em&gt;multitasking&lt;/em&gt;: l'89,2 per cento delle signore (contro il 77,1 degli uomini) ha l'abitudine alle gincane quotidiane, anche si poi si lamenta di giorni sempre più corti e di cose che ogni volte rimangono &lt;strong&gt;inevase&lt;/strong&gt;. Che sia una bolletta, un saluto ai genitori o un po' di sonno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso dell'aggettivo &quot;inevaso&quot; che si trova in questo passaggio. Non lo conoscevo, quindi l'ho cercato in alcuni dizionari. Ecco la definizione che ho trovato sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inevaso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;agg. [comp. di &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;-2 e &lt;em&gt;evaso&lt;/em&gt; (nel sign. 2)]. – Nel linguaggio burocr., di lettera o domanda che non ha avuto risposta, o di pratica e sim. a cui non s’è dato corso: &lt;em&gt;Si accumula la posta ‘Inevasa’ sul tavolo. Parrebbe Che io sia stato molto importante Ma non l’ho fatto apposta (Montale)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ho cercato in altri dizionari e tutti coincidono su questo fatto: si tratta di un vocabolo del linguaggio burocratico. Tuttavia, il testo che ho riportato non è burocratico e, per questa ragione, vi chiedo: è usuale questo uso di inevaso con il significato di &quot;cosa non fatta&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-25T10:58:20.950" LastActivityDate="2017-03-25T13:14:09.210" Title="Uso dell'aggettivo &quot;inevaso&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8110" CreationDate="2017-03-25T10:56:31.403" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti, questo aggettivo è usato prevalentemente nel linguaggio burocratico; non è raro, però, trovare termini burocratici usati nel linguaggio giornalistico. Nel caso di questo articolo, penso che l'aggettivo voglia stabilire un parallelo tra le pratiche burocratiche e le molte cose diverse che le donne si trovano a dover fare ogni giorno. Normalmente, per dire che una cosa non è stata fatta non si usa &quot;inevaso&quot;, ma perifrasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-03-25T10:56:31.403" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8117" CreationDate="2017-03-25T14:58:03.073" Score="8" ViewCount="1019" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.orbilat.com/Languages/Italian/Grammar/Italian-Pronunciation_and_Spelling.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;orbilat&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;the i is not pronounced in the combinations ci, gi, and sci when they&#xA;  are followed by a, o or u, unless the accent falls on the i&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what is the role in words like &lt;em&gt;sciare&lt;/em&gt; [ʃiˈaːre]?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3228" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-25T16:06:43.720" LastActivityDate="2017-03-26T09:08:13.790" Title="When do I pronounce “i” in “sci-”?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8113" CreationDate="2017-03-25T21:56:52.023" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian there is this rule:&#xA;sc + vowel is pronounced like the English &quot;SH&quot;, IPA: ʃ,&#xA;sc + consonant is pronounced like the English &quot;SK&quot;, just like in the English &quot;ski&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in the word &quot;sciare&quot; [ʃiˈaːre] I have to put an &quot;i&quot; before the &quot;a&quot; in order to pronounce &quot;SH&quot;, IPA: ʃ . &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3390" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-25T22:39:39.917" LastActivityDate="2017-03-25T22:39:39.917" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8115" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-26T01:24:38.023" Score="1" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco la differenza tra &lt;em&gt;voce&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;vocina&lt;/em&gt;. Il mio traduttore mi dice &quot;voice&quot; per entrambi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Da dove viene questa vocina?&quot;&#xA;&quot;...dalla voce che esce...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3154" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-26T08:32:12.717" LastActivityDate="2017-03-27T15:31:01.580" Title="Differenza tra “voce” e “vocina”" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8119" CreationDate="2017-03-26T01:34:16.217" Score="5" ViewCount="471" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are some seminal works—for those who know Classical, Ecclesiastical, or Vulgar Latin—that discuss the transformation of Latin into Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8101/3378&quot;&gt;This answer&lt;/a&gt; mentions Migliorini's &lt;em&gt;Storia della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; and Rohlfs's &lt;em&gt;Grammatica storica della lingua italiana e dei suoi dialetti&lt;/em&gt;, but I am looking for a work specifically devoted to the transformation of Latin into Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a book-length treatment along the lines of this short pamphlet: &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://isidore.co/calibre/browse/book/6177&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian Is Easy… If You Know Latin, and Use These Charts&lt;/a&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T12:59:26.760" LastActivityDate="2020-02-04T15:24:49.570" Title="Books on the evolution of Latin into Italian?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8113" CreationDate="2017-03-26T08:45:56.150" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Main law about exceptions&lt;/strong&gt; (MLAE)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Every rule has its exceptions, including the main law about exceptions&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You'll find several applications of the MLAE when dealing with grammar or orthography.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The trigraph &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; is normally used for denoting the /ʃ/ phoneme in front of &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt; (like for &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;gi&lt;/em&gt;). For etymological reasons, &lt;em&gt;sciare&lt;/em&gt; has two syllables (sci-are). The &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/sciare2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; makes this apparent by writing the entry as “scïare”, where the dieresis denotes a hiatus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's no hard and fast rule: after all, exceptions are cases that cannot be linked together in a rule or subrule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this case is easy: I'm not aware of other words that share the same exception to the main &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; rule. As far as I know, &lt;em&gt;sciare&lt;/em&gt; and the other words derived from &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; (English &lt;em&gt;ski&lt;/em&gt;) are the only ones where one should consider the spelling as “(sc)iare” unlike in “(sci)arpa” (the parentheses denote a digraph or trigraph, for clarity).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is also &lt;em&gt;scia&lt;/em&gt; (English &lt;em&gt;wake&lt;/em&gt;), where the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is tonic, so &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; cannot be considered a trigraph.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2013/10/24/laccento-in-italiano/#comment-16191&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this forum&lt;/a&gt; (thanks to Charo for the pointer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not rare, but not frequent either, to hear the word &lt;em&gt;sciare&lt;/em&gt; pronounced as /'ʃare/ for analogy with all other similar words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also exceptions in the other direction: an &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; might follow &lt;em&gt;sc&lt;/em&gt; and not be pronounced at all:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;scienza coscienza usciere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;keep their &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; for etymological reasons, but there's no /i/ or /j/ sound in the pronunciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-03-26T09:08:13.790" LastActivityDate="2017-03-26T09:08:13.790" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8116" CreationDate="2017-03-27T10:07:30.000" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the sake of completeness, let's separate the comparative grammar of Italian, explained in relation to Latin and/or English - as in the pamphlet you link to - and the historical transformation of one language into another.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;NB: works are sorted from the oldest to the latest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seminal works on the Italian grammar, explaining its Latin roots:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grammatica generale delle due lingue italiana e latina esposta (1837) by Luigi Annunziati and Ludovico Da Palma (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=nLwlsOMNK1wC&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;free pdf on Google Books&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Grammatica delle due lingue italiana e latina ad uso delle scuole (1842) by Francesco Soave (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=e7l32jBu-A0C&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;free pdf on Google Books&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An Italian Grammar (1863) by Girolamo Volpe (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=xg8JAAAAQAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;free pdf on Google Books&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seminal studies on the transformation of Italian from Latin:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The Italian language (1941) by Mario Pei  - focuses on general linguistics (snippets on &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=1SRdAAAAMAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.jstor.org/stable/2911146&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;review&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;From Latin to Italian. An Historical Outline of the Phonology and Morphology of the Italian Language (1971) by C.H. Grandgent - focuses on phonetics (snippets on &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=jvvtAAAAMAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.jstor.org/stable/3289549&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;review&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italic, Latin, Italian: 600 B.C. to A.D. 1260 : texts and commentaries (1978) by Ernst Pulgram - focuses on lexicology (snippets on &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=EQpdAAAAMAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A Linguistic History Of Italian (1995, 2014) by Martin Maiden - focuses on general linguistics, grammar, and the variation of dialects (2nd edition preview on &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.se/books?id=DwTKAwAAQBAJ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="8" LastActivityDate="2017-03-27T10:07:30.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8120" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-27T12:50:02.790" Score="1" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RStRJ7ccm4Q&amp;amp;t=1m21s&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Vissi d'arte&quot; from Tosca&lt;/a&gt;, she says the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sempre con fè sincera&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     diedi fiori agl'altar&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     ...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     Diedi gioielli della Madonna al manto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     e diedi il canto agli astri, al ciel&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     che ne ridean più belli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assuming &lt;em&gt;altar&lt;/em&gt; is an apocope of &lt;em&gt;altare&lt;/em&gt;, why &lt;em&gt;agl'altar&lt;/em&gt; here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thought I had was that maybe it was plural:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a gli altari = agli altari = agl'altari = agl'altar&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I couldn't find a single translation that translates it as plural (&quot;altars&quot;). I'm also not sure if this is how Italian works (she also says &lt;em&gt;agli astri&lt;/em&gt; without any contraction later).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;My question:&lt;/strong&gt;  Are &lt;em&gt;agl'altar&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;all'altar(e)&lt;/em&gt; synonyms? If so, is there a reason to chose one over the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3201" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-03-27T22:28:35.257" LastActivityDate="2017-03-29T11:13:10.777" Title="Question about l' and gl'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8123" CreationDate="2017-03-27T13:16:50.973" Score="3" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe fare una domanda su un'espressione che ho trovato negli statuti di una società.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un articolo si parla del &quot;bilancio ed utili&quot; e, dopo, si dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli utili netti risultanti dal bilancio, dedotto degli eventuali &lt;strong&gt;accantonamenti di legge&lt;/strong&gt;, verranno ripartiti tra gli azionisti salvo che l'Assamblea deliberi degli &lt;strong&gt;speciali accantonamenti&lt;/strong&gt; oppure disponga il rinvio degli stessi, in tutto o in parte, agli esercizi successivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potresti spiegare cos'è questo &quot;accantonamento di legge&quot; e questo &quot;speciale accantonamento&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3312" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-27T15:47:23.493" LastActivityDate="2017-03-27T15:47:23.493" Title="Cosa significa &quot;accantonamenti di legge&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8121" CreationDate="2017-03-27T13:38:01.630" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una domanda molto tecnica. In parole semplici si tratta di somme di danaro che, per diversi motivi, vengono &amp;quot;accantonate&amp;quot; ossia messe da parte in appositi fondi per un eventuale   utilizzo futuro.&#xA;Gli accantonamenti posso essere stabiliti dalla legge, ad esempio dal codice civile, oppure essere  fatti per prudenza dagli amministratori di una società.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.commercialistatelematico.com/articoli/2012/04/gli-accontonamenti-rischi-ed-oneri-nel-bilancio-desercizio.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gli accantonamenti rischi ed oneri nel bilancio d’esercizio&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’ art. 2424-bis del codice civile detta le regole a cui gli amministratori si devono ispirare per l’eventuale stanziamento di accantonamenti per fondi “rischi e oneri”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;competenza economica&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: devono riferirsi a fatti inerenti all’esercizio;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prudenza&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: devono stanziare tali accantonamenti al fine di rappresentare in modo chiaro,veritiero e corretto la situazione aziendale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-03-27T13:38:01.630" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8121" CreationDate="2017-03-27T13:38:16.840" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;accantonamento di legge&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; detto anche &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;accantonamento di utili a riserva legale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è una fattispecie stabilita dall' Art. 2430 Codice civile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Dagli utili netti annuali deve essere dedotta una somma&#xA;  corrispondente almeno alla ventesima parte di essi per costituire una&#xA;  riserva, fino a che questa non abbia raggiunto il quinto del capitale&#xA;  sociale. La riserva deve essere reintegrata a norma del comma&#xA;  precedente se viene diminuita per qualsiasi ragione. Sono salve le&#xA;  disposizioni delle leggi speciali”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi nelle società di capitali è obbligatorio costituire un fondo di riserva destinando parte degli utili annuali. L'intento del legislatore è quello di conferire alle società una maggiore solidità e patrimonializzazione.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.marchegianionline.net/appro/appro_634.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; trovi degli esempi specifici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;accantonamento speciale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un'ulteriore quota degli utili che invece di venire distribuita tra i soci e azionisti viene destinata a particolari esigenze contingenti, ad esempio una causa legale che, se vedesse l'azienda soccombente in giudizio, potrebbe portare ad un risarcimento danni verso terzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare un esempio di accantonamento speciale in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=f3WuO33Bo2cC&amp;amp;pg=PA536&amp;amp;lpg=PA536&amp;amp;dq=accantonamenti%20speciali&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=DQ3tGzl773&amp;amp;sig=6QK3ZhRiLN3kuOZ1fKU7fiHDGM8&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjw66WW5vbSAhUJcBoKHfm9DIEQ6AEILzAD#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=accantonamenti%20speciali&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo testo di contabilità&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-03-27T13:38:16.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8115" CreationDate="2017-03-27T15:31:01.580" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Voce&lt;/em&gt; è la corretta traduzione della &lt;em&gt;voice&lt;/em&gt; inglese. &lt;em&gt;Vocina&lt;/em&gt; è il suo diminutivo e viene spesso usata per indicare la &lt;em&gt;voce&lt;/em&gt; di un bambino o una &lt;em&gt;voce&lt;/em&gt; molto lieve e poco rumorosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3027" LastActivityDate="2017-03-27T15:31:01.580" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8125" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-27T15:41:01.920" Score="8" ViewCount="479" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se mi chiedessero &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A che cosa vado incontro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale sarebbe, tra le seguenti, l'alternativa corretta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A) Non ho idea &lt;strong&gt;di cosa&lt;/strong&gt; tu vada incontro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;B) Non ho idea &lt;strong&gt;di a che cosa&lt;/strong&gt; tu vada incontro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima sembra sbagliata perché il verbo &quot;andare incontro&quot; sembra presupporre un complemento di termine (andare in contro &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; qualcosa), ma la seconda suona molto male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la risposta giusta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="998" LastActivityDate="2017-05-22T14:11:26.540" Title="Quale delle due risposte alla domanda &quot;A cosa vado incontro?&quot; è corretta?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8126" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8127" CreationDate="2017-03-28T03:47:17.513" Score="6" ViewCount="6085" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel tradurre in inglese la frase &lt;em&gt;non confondiamo l'oro con la tolla&lt;/em&gt;, ho scoperto che &lt;em&gt;tolla&lt;/em&gt;, in realtà, è un'espressione dialettale  (in italiano sarebbe &lt;em&gt;latta&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non confondiamo l'oro con la latta&lt;/em&gt;, però, mi suona male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste un equivalente italiano per questo modo di dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2017-03-28T07:37:12.887" Title="C'è un equivalente italiano per il dialettale &quot;non confondiamo l'oro con la tolla&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8126" CreationDate="2017-03-28T05:47:40.087" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Non confondiamo la lana con la seta&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un modo di dire comune che penso abbia il significato che cerchi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo modo di dire sembra abbia origini napoletane: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;“Nun ammiscamme ‘a lana c’ ‘a seta”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un proverbio napoletano ed è un invito a non confondere le cose, anche se possono sembrare simili, altrimenti ne scaturisce un danno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2017-03-28T05:47:40.087" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8120" CreationDate="2017-03-28T07:24:35.907" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In order to comply with the meter, the &lt;em&gt;librettista&lt;/em&gt; had to do a couple of adjustments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;make the hiatus &lt;em&gt;agli altari&lt;/em&gt; into a diphthong, so &lt;em&gt;agli altari&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;agl’altari&lt;/em&gt; (not used in standard language, it's a poetry trick);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;truncate the final word, so &lt;em&gt;altari&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;altar&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is possible that some editions of the libretto have &lt;em&gt;agli altar&lt;/em&gt;, because a singer will know that keeping the meter needs a diphthong there. For instance, &lt;a href=&quot;http://opera.stanford.edu//Puccini/Tosca/act2.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://opera.stanford.edu//Puccini/Tosca/act2.html&lt;/a&gt; has &lt;em&gt;agli altar&lt;/em&gt;; however it also has &lt;em&gt;fe’&lt;/em&gt;, which is wrong and should be &lt;em&gt;fé&lt;/em&gt;. The spelling &lt;em&gt;fè&lt;/em&gt; is probably in the original, because at that time the acute accent was not used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-03-28T07:24:35.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8126" CreationDate="2017-03-28T07:37:12.887" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Altre espressioni simili possono essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non mischiare il sacro con il profano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mescolare insieme cose, persone o anche idee eterogenee o addirittura&#xA;  contrastanti, che comunque non hanno niente a che vedere le une con le&#xA;  altre. Anche semplicemente confonderle, far confusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure (simile a quello indicato da Gio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vediamo di non mischiare gli stracci con la seta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-03-28T07:37:12.887" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8120" CreationDate="2017-03-29T11:13:10.777" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Are agl'altar and all'altar(e) synonyms? If so, is there a reason to&#xA;  chose one over the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only difference is that the first is plural and the second is singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a + gli : a + plural article&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a + lo : a + singular article&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3286" LastActivityDate="2017-03-29T11:13:10.777" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8131" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-30T07:45:09.237" Score="5" ViewCount="548" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi domandavo se è possibile formare aggettivi in -abile e -ibile da qualsiasi verbo transitivo o se ci sono regole da osservare. Vedo che i vocabolari riportano molti di questi aggettivi come voci a parte, anche per i verbi regolari, e quando non ne trovo uno mi chiedo sempre se sia comunque legittimo usarlo, come per le altre forme verbali di cui sul vocabolario si trova solo l'infinito presente. Oppure è come inventarsi le parole?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3402" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-02T08:41:32.547" LastActivityDate="2017-04-02T08:41:32.547" Title="Quali sono le regole per la formazione di aggettivi in -abile e -ibile?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8131" CreationDate="2017-03-30T08:08:39.993" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'italiano, come le altre lingue vive, è molto generoso quanto all'“invenzione” delle parole. Non c'è un limite netto fra parole “vere” e parole “inventate”, né tanto meno un canone fissato da dizionari o altro (al contrario, sono i dizionari ad aggiornarsi periodicamente per accogliere le novità).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò detto, “-abile” e “-ibile” sono, insieme a “-evole”, due dei più fertili fra i suffissi aggettivali deverbali (cioè suffissi che si uniscono alla radice di un verbo per creare aggettivi: attenzione, gli aggettivi risultanti non sono forme verbali). Derivano dagli analoghi latini &lt;em&gt;-ābilis&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;-ĭbilis&lt;/em&gt;; il primo si usa con verbi della prima coniugazione e il secondo con gli altri verbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come hai visto, si ottengono aggettivi che indicano una possibilità o un'opportunità e, se aggiunti a verbi transitivi, hanno senso passivo (“amare” &gt; “amabile” = che può essere amato, che è degno di essere amato). Per i verbi intransitivi, il senso ovviamente è attivo: “deperire” &gt; “deperibile” = che può deperire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare più lumi nel paragrafo XV.55 dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni, ma più in generale potrai trovare interessante tutto il cap. XV, che tratta della formazione delle parole, e in particolare di meccanismi, come questo della suffissazione, che sono “a metà tra lessico e grammatica”, cioè appunto a metà fra le due posizioni del tuo dubbio: non si ottengono vere e proprie parole nuove, mai sentite (come invece, per esempio, adottando parole da altre lingue), ma non si tratta nemmeno di semplici regole morfologiche come quelle che permettono di formare i vari tempi e modi di un verbo partendo dall'infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-03-30T08:08:39.993" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8133" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-03-30T08:15:05.460" Score="1" ViewCount="505" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so qual è la differenza tra il verbo &quot;soffrire&quot; ed il verbo &quot;subire&quot; giacché in spagnolo c'è soltanto un verbo per tradurre entrambi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3305" LastEditorUserId="8" LastEditDate="2017-03-30T09:25:46.273" LastActivityDate="2017-04-02T13:35:28.233" Title="Differenza tra &quot;soffrire&quot; e &quot;subire&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5231" CreationDate="2017-03-30T08:41:23.573" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vecchio - also means &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Elder&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;; used to distinguish two important persons of the same family sharing the same name and surname. Example: Bruegel the Elder/Pliny the Elder/Cosimo dei Medici, il Vecchio - Cosimo dei Medici, the Elder - to distinguish this person from say another Cosimo of the Medici family who may be younger (in Italian Novello). Likewise could also mean an elder of a tribe or council elder (i.e an Alderman). Interestingly the Arab sheikh means old-man or elder. Plural of the Italian noun (and adjective) Vecchio is Vecchi (Elders, Old-men)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3403" LastActivityDate="2017-03-30T08:41:23.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8135" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8136" CreationDate="2017-03-30T19:09:00.617" Score="4" ViewCount="586" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un testo di grammatica italiana, che sto leggendo, la parola &quot;corso&quot; è usata nelle introduzioni alle sezioni, mentre in qualsiasi altro posto, la parola &quot;percorso&quot; è usata. C'è una differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-03-31T21:45:40.763" LastActivityDate="2017-03-31T21:45:40.763" Title="Quali sono le differenze tra &quot;corso&quot; e &quot;percorso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8135" CreationDate="2017-03-30T19:40:24.687" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Corso” e “percorso” sono due parole diverse con significati diversi (anche se condividono parte dell'etimologia, dal latino &lt;em&gt;cursus&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di “corso” nel tuo libro è quello di “serie di lezioni”, che complessivamente insegnano qualcosa. Quindi si parla di “corso di italiano” o di “corso di studi universitari” e così via. (Un “corso” può essere anche una via importante all'interno di una città.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un “percorso” è un cammino, un itinerario, sia in senso letterale (per andare da un punto X a un punto Y), sia in senso figurato (un insieme di esperienze, di letture, di riflessioni da compiere per arrivare a un certo risultato). Nel tuo libro, immagino, lo usano per parlare della “strada” da fare per imparare una lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua confusione, evidentemente, viene dal fatto che in inglese &lt;em&gt;course&lt;/em&gt; può avere entrambi i significati. Consiglio di fare un minimo di fatica in più e, in casi così, di consultare un vocabolario italiano monolingue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-03-30T19:40:24.687" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8138" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-01T18:54:18.687" Score="1" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am working on an art project where I would like to collect hundreds of different transliterations of 「中文」 zhōng wén in Mandarin Chinese. (Pronunciation available here: &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#zh-CN/de/%E4%B8%AD%E6%96%87&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://translate.google.com/#zh-CN/de/中文&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How can I transliterate zhōng wén in Italian? (For example, &quot;zhong wen&quot; would be the closest pronunciation in English.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3411" LastActivityDate="2017-04-13T11:59:30.250" Title="How to transliterate 中文 in Mandarin pronunciation to Italian?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8139" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-01T19:50:09.270" Score="7" ViewCount="1580" Body="&lt;p&gt;Isn't the analogy to ebrei Hebrews and not Jews, and is there an Italian analogy to the term Jews?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does anybody know, how the change to the term ebrei came to be implemented?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3412" LastEditorUserId="3412" LastEditDate="2017-06-02T16:07:28.480" LastActivityDate="2017-06-02T16:07:28.480" Title="Why is the Italian term for Jews ebrei?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8139" CreationDate="2017-04-01T21:33:15.987" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;The term Jew has the correspondent &lt;em&gt;Giudeo&lt;/em&gt; (from &lt;em&gt;Giuda&lt;/em&gt;, that is, Judah).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not used very often, nowadays. It was in the past: &lt;em&gt;Giudecca&lt;/em&gt; was a common name of Hebrew neighborhoods in cities of Southern Italy and Sicily (see &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giudecca_(quartiere_ebraico)&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giudecca_(quartiere_ebraico)&lt;/a&gt;). It's debated whether the Giudecca islands in Venice have the same origin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The generic term &lt;em&gt;ebreo&lt;/em&gt; comes, according to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/ebreo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dal latino &lt;em&gt;hebraeus&lt;/em&gt;, greco tardo ἑβραῖος, adattamento della voce aramaica corrispondente all’ebraico ῾ibrī (plurale ῾ibrīm), dal nome del supposto capostipite ῾Ēber&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from Latin &lt;em&gt;hebraeus&lt;/em&gt;, late Greek ἑβραῖος, adaptation of the Aramaic term corresponding to Hebrew ῾ibrī (plurale ῾ibrīm), from the name of the alleged founder ῾Ēber&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course the origin is the same as the English &lt;em&gt;Hebrew&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-02T13:59:49.417" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8139" CreationDate="2017-04-01T21:33:48.650" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, there is also giudèo, which is cognate with the English word &quot;Jew&quot;. However, this word is less commonly used; it can indicate specifically members of the tribe of Judah, and may have anti-semitic connotations in some contexts. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giudeo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giudeo/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1590" LastActivityDate="2017-04-01T21:33:48.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8133" CreationDate="2017-04-02T05:56:01.437" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;subire&lt;/em&gt; è più neutro rispetto a &lt;em&gt;soffrire&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Soffrire&lt;/em&gt; implica una sensazione negativa da parte della persona coinvolta. Invece, &lt;em&gt;subire&lt;/em&gt; mette in evidenza la passività della persona rispetto all'azione e implica la presenza di un agente esterno, mentre non implica necessariamente un'emozione negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti si dice &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;soffrire&lt;/strong&gt; di una malattia cardiaca&lt;/em&gt; ma, ad esempio, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;subire&lt;/strong&gt; un'intervento chirurgico&lt;/em&gt;. Invertendo i contesti i due verbi risultano  inappropriati: non si può dire *&lt;em&gt;subire una malattia&lt;/em&gt; o *&lt;em&gt;soffrire un intervento chirurgico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3414" LastEditorUserId="3414" LastEditDate="2017-04-02T13:35:28.233" LastActivityDate="2017-04-02T13:35:28.233" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8125" CreationDate="2017-04-02T21:16:43.140" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personalmente credo che con &quot;non ho idea...&quot; non si riesca a fare una frase che suona bene, piuttosto è preferibile usare &quot;non so a cosa andrai incontro&quot; (o anche &quot;potresti andare&quot;), così come un semplice &quot;non ne ho idea&quot; è decisamente più chiaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user3421" LastActivityDate="2017-04-02T21:16:43.140" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8144" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8147" CreationDate="2017-04-03T10:02:05.943" Score="1" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere com'è formulato il detto dell'asino che si arrabbia una volta che ha mangiato troppo. Mi viene in mente questo modo di dire italiano ma mi sfuggono le parole esatte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-03T16:13:26.273" LastActivityDate="2017-04-03T16:13:26.273" Title="Asino che si arrabbia quando mangia troppo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8145" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8146" CreationDate="2017-04-03T10:05:11.503" Score="-3" ViewCount="435" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto in giro delle macchine che sembrano essere la polizia o i carabinieri ma c'è invece scritto sulla porta &quot;guardia di finanza&quot;. Ma questo che cos'ha a che fare con la finanza? Dopo tutto tutto la finanza non è quell'argomento che riguarda gli stock market? Perché addetti al controllo del pagamento delle tasse necessiterebbero di una macchina speciale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2017-04-03T10:19:45.897" Title="Guardia di finanza, polizia, e carabinieri" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2017-04-03T16:16:38.713" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8145" CreationDate="2017-04-03T10:19:45.897" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italia la Guardia di Finanza (o GdF o Fiamme Gialle) è un corpo di polizia che si occupa di reati economico-finanziari, tra cui: evasione fiscale, contrabbando, frodi, falsificazione di valuta, gioco d'azzardo, oltre a immigrazione clandestina e traffico di stupefacenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fa parte delle forze armate (è un corpo militare come i Carabinieri, anche se dipende dal Ministero dell'Economia); ti rimando alla pagina di Wikipedia per maggiori informazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guardia_di_Finanza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guardia_di_Finanza&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-04-03T10:19:45.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8147" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8144" CreationDate="2017-04-03T14:17:03.000" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando di rispondere alla tua richiesta, ho trovato questo proverbio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'asino, quando ha mangiato la biada, tira calci al corbello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non conoscendo tale proverbio, ho cercato il suo significato ma non sono riuscito a trovarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare un elenco di proverbi sull'asino su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://aforismi.dossier.net/proverbi-italiani/proverbi1101.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sito&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2017-04-03T14:17:03.000" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8148" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-03T17:52:10.677" Score="4" ViewCount="621" Body="&lt;p&gt;When we want to say &quot;in the style of&quot; in Italian, why do we use the feminine form? I mean, in such expressions as &quot;vitello alla parmigianA&quot; or the film &quot;Divorzio all'ItalianA&quot;? Style, in Italian, lo stile, is masculine. Maybe we could say the translation really is in the &lt;strong&gt;fashion&lt;/strong&gt; (moda) of? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3423" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-03T18:51:21.257" LastActivityDate="2017-07-24T23:12:06.047" Title="Feminine form for &quot;in the style of&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8148" CreationDate="2017-04-04T05:18:30.587" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;We use the feminine form of adjectives in such expressions because they stand for &quot;alla maniera&quot;. In your examples, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;alla parmigiana&quot; = &quot;alla maniera parmigiana&quot;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;all'italiana&quot; = &quot;alla maniera italiana&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aria_variata_alla_maniera_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this Wikipedia article&lt;/a&gt; you can find an example of use of the expression &quot;alla maniera italiana&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-04-04T06:02:52.087" LastActivityDate="2017-04-04T06:02:52.087" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8150" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-04T06:30:25.770" Score="4" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lead time&quot; in manufacturing means the time between the start of a project and appearance of the results.  Is the word &quot;tempistica&quot; an equivalent to this? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-04T09:01:17.440" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T14:08:30.657" Title="What is the technical equivalent for &quot;lead time&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8138" CreationDate="2017-04-04T07:42:02.210" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since you say that you are collecting hundreds of transliterations, I assume that you already considered all the standard romanizations, and are searching for more specific italian transliterations.&#xA;From what I could hear, 中 could be gion, cion or scion, while 文 could be uen or uein.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2017-04-04T07:42:02.210" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8150" CreationDate="2017-04-04T09:01:43.483" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are different suggestions for the translation of &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/lead-time.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lead time&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Probably the more general one is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tempo di esecuzione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Inglese-Italiano/L/leadtime.php?lingua=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti &lt;/a&gt;Dictionary, for instance, gives different suggestions according to context. You are probably referring to the third case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1 durata del ciclo di ricostituzione di una scorta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2 durata del ciclo di alimentazione al reparto montaggio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;3 periodo intercorrente tra l'avvio e il completamento di un processo produttivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=tempistica&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tempistica&lt;/a&gt;, may convey the same meaning but you need to be specific:.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;studio e programmazione dei tempi entro i quali deve svolgersi un'attività; anche, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tempo necessario per compiere una determinata attività&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-04T09:13:19.173" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8155" CreationDate="2017-04-04T11:53:10.097" Score="0" ViewCount="452" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you name a male pet, Monkey?  Since 'scimmia' is female it doesn't seem right.  Scimmio, or is that slang for something else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3425" LastActivityDate="2017-04-07T04:41:55.197" Title="Naming a male pet Monkey" Tags="&lt;name&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ClosedDate="2017-04-08T08:45:40.677" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8156" CreationDate="2017-04-05T08:27:50.470" Score="5" ViewCount="201" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alcuni giorni fa, stavo ascoltando il programma &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.raiplayradio.it/programmi/domenicainconcerto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Domenica in concerto&lt;/a&gt; su Radio 3 della RAI, e mi sono accorta che si usava il vocabolo &amp;quot;opera&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;opus&amp;quot; per parlare del contenuto del programma del concerto. Per esempio, si diceva qualcosa come &amp;quot;Sinfonia n. 3 in mi bemolle maggiore &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;opera&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; 55 di Beethoven&amp;quot;&#xA;(adesso non ricordo esattamente cos'era in programma) invece di &amp;quot;Sinfonia n. 3 in mi bemolle maggiore opus 55 di Beethoven&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda sarebbe: è usuale questo uso del termine &amp;quot;opera&amp;quot; nell'ambito musicale? Non l'avevo mai sentito e non ho saputo trovare niente a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;English version&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;(Improvements to this translation are welcomed)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some days ago, I was listening to the program &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.raiplayradio.it/programmi/domenicainconcerto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Domenica in concerto&lt;/a&gt; on RAI Radio 3 and I realized that the word &amp;quot;opera&amp;quot; was used instead of &amp;quot;opus&amp;quot; to talk about the content of the concert program.  For instance, it was said something like &amp;quot;Sinfonia n. 3 in mi bemolle maggiore &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;opera&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; 55 di Beethoven&amp;quot; (I can't remember exactly what was on program) instead of &amp;quot;Sinfonia n. 3 in mi bemolle maggiore opus 55 di Beethoven&amp;quot; (that is, Beethoven's Symphony No. 3 in E-Flat Major, Op. 55).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my question: is this usage  of the term &amp;quot;opera&amp;quot; usual in the field of music?  I had never heard of it and couldn't find anything about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-14T16:52:31.497" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T15:21:38.830" Title="Uso di &quot;opera&quot; invece di &quot;opus&quot; come termine musicale / Usage of &quot;opera&quot; instead of &quot;opus&quot; as a musical term" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8153" CreationDate="2017-04-05T08:28:23.507" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe call it &lt;em&gt;scimmiotto&lt;/em&gt;. The suffix &lt;em&gt;-otto&lt;/em&gt; sounds cute in Italian, so it fits to a pet, regardless of age or size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3426" LastActivityDate="2017-04-05T08:28:23.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8154" CreationDate="2017-04-05T17:49:36.443" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano, nel senso specifico di “elemento di un catalogo di opere musicali”, sono in uso sia “opera” che “opus”, ma il primo è di gran lunga molto più usato nella pratica dei musicologi, dei programmi di concerto, dei frequentatori delle sale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A scanso dei giusti timori di chi considera questa una domanda troppo tecnica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;una semplice ricerca con Google di “numero d'opera” (per escludere altri sensi di “opera”) confrontata con “numero d'opus” porta nel primo caso a decine di migliaia di risultati pertinenti in italiano, e nel secondo a molti risultati in francese, altri tradotti automaticamente o comunque dubbi e a pochissimi chiaramente pertinenti, ma siamo tutti d'accordo che un generico conteggio con Google vale poco;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nella biografia che Piero Rattalino, grande musicologo, dedica a Chopin, troviamo varie volte l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=nUq7-QgYDLEC&amp;amp;pg=PA16&amp;amp;lpg=PA16&amp;amp;dq=%22numero+d%27opera%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Xg4Qa06JqS&amp;amp;sig=NDzaqEZw59kUtwDq4llJjvs8NMA&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22numero%20d%27opera%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“numero d'opera”&lt;/a&gt; e mai “numero d'opus”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;idem per la &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=2vim5XnmcDUC&amp;amp;pg=PA244&amp;amp;lpg=PA244&amp;amp;dq=%22numero+d%27opera%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=ir59yGPf0Y&amp;amp;sig=WXYZf0yWAoUhM23w-nRJ9RXQOcA&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22numero%20d%27opera%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;biografia di Šostakovič&lt;/a&gt; di Franco Pulcini e in molti altri testi su Google Books, fra cui altre biografie di compositori, partiture, cataloghi etc.;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;altra possibile ricerca che dà molti risultati significativi (su Google Books, che fa un poco più testo): &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22le+sonate+dell%27opera%22&amp;amp;oq=%22le+sonate+dell%27opera%22&amp;amp;aqs=chrome..69i57.3527j0j7&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=%22le+sonate+dell%27opera%22&amp;amp;newwindow=1&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;*&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“le sonate dell'opera”&lt;/a&gt;, che è un tipico modo in cui un musicologo parla di un gruppo di sonate che compongono appunto un'unica opera (o, più formalmente, che condividono uno stesso numero d'opera) nel catalogo di un compositore (un'analoga disparità di risultati ovviamente si ottiene anche con “quartetti dell'opera” e così via);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;questo non lo posso portare esplicitamente, ma basta sintonizzare una radio o andare sul sito della Rai: sia &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.radiofd5.rai.it/dl/portali/site/articolo/ContentItem-b9b6ddfd-9dd2-459d-93bc-f06c9c182e53.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Radio 5 Classica&lt;/a&gt; (già Quinto canale della filodiffusione) – che trasmette solo musica classica – che &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.radio3.rai.it/dl/portaleRadio/Page-a92d14c3-2fa3-4df6-8b7d-f1c15eefdc0d.html#slider-1-1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Rai Radio 3&lt;/a&gt; – che le offre un discreto spazio – presentano i brani sciogliendo sempre (a quel che posso ricordare) “op.” in “opera”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;infine, alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/op/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“op.”&lt;/a&gt; il vocabolario Treccani offre:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abbreviazione del lat. &lt;em&gt;opus&lt;/em&gt; (v.), nella designazione delle composizioni musicali di un autore secondo un numero d’ordine progressivo. In contesti italiani s’intende e si legge comunemente come abbreviazione di &lt;em&gt;opera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;e ancor più esplicitamente lo Zingarelli, accessibile solo a pagamento, dà per “Op.”:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1 Opera (in bibliografia)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;2 (&lt;em&gt;mus.&lt;/em&gt;) Opera (con riferimento al catalogo delle composizioni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;English version of the answer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, in the specific sense of “element of a catalogue of musical works”, both &lt;em&gt;opera&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;opus&lt;/em&gt; are in use, but the former is far more used in the practice of musical scholars, programmes, concert habituées. (This use of &lt;em&gt;opera&lt;/em&gt; is not to be confused with the genre of dramatic works with music and singing.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some remarks and sources:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a simple Google search for “numero d'opera” (to exclude other meanings of &lt;em&gt;opera&lt;/em&gt;) compared with “numero d'opus” returns for the former tens of thousands of relevant results in Italian, and for the latter many results in French, other ones translated automatically into Italian, mostly doubtful and very few clearly relevant, but we all agree that a generic count with Google is worth little;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in the biography of Chopin by Piero Rattalino, the great Italian music scholar,, we find several times the phrase &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=nUq7-QgYDLEC&amp;amp;pg=PA16&amp;amp;lpg=PA16&amp;amp;dq=%22numero+d%27opera%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Xg4Qa06JqS&amp;amp;sig=NDzaqEZw59kUtwDq4llJjvs8NMA&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22numero%20d%27opera%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“numero d'opera”&lt;/a&gt; and never “numero d'opus”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ditto for the &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=2vim5XnmcDUC&amp;amp;pg=PA244&amp;amp;lpg=PA244&amp;amp;dq=%22numero+d%27opera%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=ir59yGPf0Y&amp;amp;sig=WXYZf0yWAoUhM23w-nRJ9RXQOcA&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22numero%20d%27opera%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;biography of Šostakovič&lt;/a&gt; by Franco Pulcini and in many other texts on Google Books, including other biographies of composers, scores, catalogues and so on;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;another possible search giving many significant results (on Google Books, slightly more reliable): &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22le+sonate+dell%27opera%22&amp;amp;oq=%22le+sonate+dell%27opera%22&amp;amp;aqs=chrome..69i57.3527j0j7&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=%22le+sonate+dell%27opera%22&amp;amp;newwindow=1&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;*&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“le sonate dell'opera”&lt;/a&gt;, which is a typical way in which a scholar talks about a group of sonatas that make up a single opus (or, more formally, sharing the same opus number) in the catalogue of a composer (as expected, we get a similar difference in results with “quartetti dell'opera” and so on);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I cannot cite this explicitly, but just tune in a radio or go to the Rai website: both &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.radiofd5.rai.it/dl/portali/site/articolo/ContentItem-b9b6ddfd-9dd2-459d-93bc-f06c9c182e53.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Radio 5 Classica&lt;/a&gt; - which broadcasts just classical music - and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.radio3.rai.it/dl/portaleRadio/Page-a92d14c3-2fa3-4df6-8b7d-f1c15eefdc0d.html#slider-1-1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Rai Radio 3&lt;/a&gt; - which often airs it - always introduce musical pieces reading “op.” as “opera”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;finally, in the article &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/op/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“op.”&lt;/a&gt; of the Treccani dictionary, we find: &amp;quot;Abbreviation of Latin &lt;em&gt;opus&lt;/em&gt;, in the designation of the musical compositions of an author according to a progressive order number. In Italian contexts it is commonly understood and read as an abbreviation for ‘opera’”. Even more explicitly the Zingarelli (behind a paywall), gives for “Op.”:&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;1 Opera (in a bibliography)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;2 (&lt;em&gt;music&lt;/em&gt;) Opera (with reference to a catalogue of compositions)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-17T15:21:38.830" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T15:21:38.830" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8157" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8153" CreationDate="2017-04-06T12:09:25.720" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Scimmia&quot; is for both genders.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian there are many animals with female name for both genders, for instance: zebra, vipera, marmotta, balena, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="494" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-06T13:06:17.803" LastActivityDate="2017-04-06T13:06:17.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8153" CreationDate="2017-04-07T04:41:55.197" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Monketto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's neither English or Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Has connotations of &lt;em&gt;monkey&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;small&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;cute&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The masculine suffix suits a male pet. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Can be abbreviated to &lt;em&gt;ketto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2873" LastActivityDate="2017-04-07T04:41:55.197" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8160" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-07T08:48:25.960" Score="-3" ViewCount="721" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato le seguenti parole su internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questi 'dottori' non hanno generalmente la più pallida idea dell'inferno che può significare intraprendere questa strada senza cognizione di causa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco coda significa &quot;cognizione di causa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-04-07T11:06:33.197" LastActivityDate="2017-04-20T06:33:52.417" Title="Cognizione di causa" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8138" CreationDate="2017-04-07T15:54:33.127" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao, per caso ho visto questa domanda. Sono cinese, e mi pare che &#xA;中 si pronuncia come /g(g di gi)-on/ [dʒ-o-ŋ] (&quot;cion or scion&quot; are totally wrong).&#xA;---------文 [uen]. Come &quot;ven&quot; di vendere, ma non si usa i denti a sfiorare il labro, quindi &quot;u&quot; è più vicino. Ciao!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3439" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-07T21:35:19.740" LastActivityDate="2017-04-07T21:35:19.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8163" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-09T11:42:38.397" Score="4" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;How are these sentences translated this in Italian? I am having problem using the &lt;em&gt;congiuntivo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I had asked it later, she wouldn't have accepted it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I had her number I would call her.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I had had her number I would have called her.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-09T16:03:29.370" Title="Problem using subjunctive mood in different tenses" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8163" CreationDate="2017-04-09T12:12:28.263" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would translate the example sentences as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se l'avessi chiesto dopo, non avrebbe accettato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se avessi il suo numero, la chiamerei&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se avessi avuto il suo numero, l'avrei chiamata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This kind of sentences are called &lt;em&gt;periodi ipotetici&lt;/em&gt; (hypotetical sentences) in Italian. An exposition of the rules about them can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/periodo-ipotetico_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Let me briefly summarize them for you in your examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;If I had asked it later, she wouldn't have accepted&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, this is what's called a &lt;em&gt;type 3&lt;/em&gt; conditional sentence, because it describes an unreal past condition and its probable result in the past. In Italian the corresponding version is a &lt;em&gt;periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà&lt;/em&gt; (unreal hypotetical sentece), in the past form. It requires the if clause (&lt;em&gt;protasi&lt;/em&gt; in Italian) at the &lt;em&gt;congiuntivo trapassato&lt;/em&gt; and the main clause (&lt;em&gt;apodosi&lt;/em&gt; in Italian) at the &lt;em&gt;condizionale passato&lt;/em&gt;. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se l'avessi chiesto dopo, non avrebbe accettato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;If I had her number, I would call her&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English this is a &lt;em&gt;type 2&lt;/em&gt; conditional sentence, because it describes an hypothetical condition, and its probable result. The corresponding Italian version is the &lt;em&gt;periodo ipotetico della possibilità&lt;/em&gt;. It requires the if clause at the &lt;em&gt;congiuntivo imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; and the main clause at the &lt;em&gt;condizionale presente&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;imperativo&lt;/em&gt;. So&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se avessi il suo numero, la chiamerei&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;If I had had her number, I would have called her&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is again a type 3 conditional sentence. As such, it is translated with a &lt;em&gt;periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà&lt;/em&gt;, set in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se avessi avuto il suo numero, l'avrei chiamata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Type of periodo ipotetico | If clause (protasi)     | Main clause (apodosi)&#xA;------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;   Realtà                  | Indicativo              | Indicativo/Imperativo&#xA;   (the hypothesis is      |                         |&#xA;    certain or very        |                         |&#xA;    likely)                |                         |&#xA;------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;   Possibilità             | Congiuntivo imperfetto  | Condizionale presente/&#xA;   (the hypothesis is      |                         | Imperativo&#xA;    possible but not       |                         |&#xA;    certain)               |                         | &#xA;------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;    Irrealtà, I            | Congiuntivo imperfetto  | Condizionale presente/&#xA;    (the hypothesis is     |                         | Imperativo&#xA;     impossible and set    |                         |&#xA;     in the present)       |                         |&#xA;------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;    Irrealtà, II           | Congiuntivo trapassato  | Condizionale passato&#xA;    (the hypothesis is     |                         | &#xA;     impossible and set    |                         |&#xA;     in the past)          |                         |&#xA;------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, I never really understood the difference between &lt;em&gt;Possibilità&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Irrealtà I&lt;/em&gt;. Thankfully they have the same tenses, so I can happily ignore their distinction. Note that in English they are both conflated into a type 2 conditional clause.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-09T16:03:29.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8165" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8167" CreationDate="2017-04-10T14:59:26.787" Score="2" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lui &lt;strong&gt;è talmente un cane&lt;/strong&gt;, come ciclista, che anche vuole correre non riesce [...]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa questa espressione? Non sono riuscita a trovare niente sui dizionari o su Internet. Mi potresti aiutare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3312" LastActivityDate="2017-04-10T15:14:16.560" Title="Uso dell'espressione &quot;è un cane&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8165" CreationDate="2017-04-10T15:09:18.683" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Guidare come un cane&quot; vuol dire essenzialmente guidar male, senza badare troppo alle regole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1119" LastActivityDate="2017-04-10T15:09:18.683" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8165" CreationDate="2017-04-10T15:14:16.560" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cane1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Frequente con valore spreg., per indicare un uomo di animo cattivo,&#xA;  spietato, oppure inabile, incapace nel lavoro che fa: quel c. di&#xA;  aguzzino; lavoro fatto da cane (o più spesso da cani), di pessima&#xA;  fattura; un c., cantante o attore di teatro inadatto alla scena per&#xA;  irrimediabile insufficienza di qualità e di mezzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso da te riportato sicuramente viene sottolineata l'incapacità del soggetto come ciclista e di conseguenza le sue scarse prestazioni sportive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-04-10T15:14:16.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8168" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-10T16:23:15.820" Score="10" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen on this site, a few times, words like benché, finché, fintantoché, etc. and while all of these are words that I know -- they seem to be contractions of a word and -che.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;benché =      bene + che&#xA;finché =      fino + che&#xA;fintantoché = fintanto + che&#xA;perché =      per + che&#xA;talché =      tal + che&#xA;tantoché =    tanto + che&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a pattern or formula I can follow for creating new words like this? It doesn't seem like Treccani or other sources I use talk about this topic specifically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems like, in that list, some of the words are adjectives, some are prepositions -- is there a particular rule on which are allowed and which aren't? For example, I can't do &lt;code&gt;con + che = conché&lt;/code&gt; can I?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastEditorUserId="3121" LastEditDate="2017-05-08T15:46:35.457" LastActivityDate="2017-09-08T22:10:54.620" Title="Are there any rules for combining prepositions/adjectives with -che to make a new conjunction?" Tags="&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1735" CreationDate="2017-04-11T09:26:11.627" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le regole dell'italiano sono abbastanza chiare, anche se l'uso le ha rese nebulose. Qui si tratta di rimuovere inspiegabili eccezioni, tra l'altro abbastanza recenti, visto che i ruoli di sindaco e ministro non sono aperti alle donne da molto - non dimentichiamo che è solo dal dopoguerra che le donne possono votare. Le regole generali (nota però che ci sono sempre eccezioni):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;generalmente i nomi di professioni rispecchiano il genere&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;se  la parola al maschile finisce con O, la versione al femminile finisce con A. Sempre. Non si capisce bene perché monaco / monaca, cuoco / cuoca, ma non sindaco / sindaca. È una presa di posizione anti-femminista, tutto qua. La Sindaca, la Ministra, vanno benissimo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;se la parola finisce con la E&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in alcuni casi si usa 'essa' per il femminile; bisogna controllare sul dizionario se questa variazione esiste. Per esempio dottoressa, campionessa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;se finisce con 'tore', il femminile è 'trice' - direttrice, ispettrice, ma con eccezioni (questore / questora, revisore / revisora)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in tutti gli altri casi la parola è la stessa per entrambe le persone, la supplente, la presidente, la cancelliere, ma cambia l'articolo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;se la parola finisce con la A al maschile, resta invariata al femminile singolare: la guardia, l'autista, l'atleta, ma poi cambiano le regole per il plurale (le guardie, gli atleti / le atlete)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; aggiunto questora, revisora come suggerito da @DaG&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3447" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-15T11:57:02.673" LastActivityDate="2017-04-15T11:57:02.673" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8171" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-12T00:03:40.313" Score="3" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;One possible usage of the particle ne is to replace prepositional phrases introduced by 'di'.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the following example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai dimenticato di fare i compiti? Sì, ne ho dimenticato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any problem replacing the prepositional phrase 'di fare i compiti' with 'ne'? How does it sound to native speakers?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastActivityDate="2017-04-12T07:52:59.047" Title="Using ne to replace dimenticare di [infinitive]" Tags="&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8171" CreationDate="2017-04-12T07:52:59.047" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this sentence the usage of &quot;ne&quot; is not fully correct and sounds a bit ugly. The correct form would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai dimenticato di fare i compiti? Sì, &lt;strong&gt;me ne sono&lt;/strong&gt; dimenticato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai dimenticato di fare i compiti? Sì, &lt;strong&gt;l'ho&lt;/strong&gt; dimenticato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai dimenticato di fare i compiti? Sì, ho dimenticato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found some examples about the usage of &quot;ne&quot; on: &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/ne#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/ne#Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-04-12T07:52:59.047" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8174" CreationDate="2017-04-12T11:46:45.000" Score="3" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel «Fu Mattia Pascal» da Luigi Pirandello c'è questo passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io e Berto, giovinetti, eravamo qualche volta invitati a pranzo dal Malagna. Era uno spasso sentirgli fare, &lt;em&gt;coi dovuti riguardi&lt;/em&gt;, una predica alla moglie su la continenza, mentre lui mangiava, divorava con tanta voluttà i cibi più succulenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— Non ammetto, — diceva, — che per il momentaneo piacere che prova la gola al passaggio d’un boccone, per esempio, come questo — (e giù il boccone) — si debba poi star male un’intera giornata. Che sugo c’è? Io son certo che me ne sentirei, dopo, profondamente avvilito. Rosina! — (chiamava la serva) — Dammene ancora un po’. Buona, questa salsa majonese!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chi ebbe i riguardi? Il Malagna o i fratelli Pascal (Berto e Mattia)? Credo che sia Malagna, ma vorrei verificarla… Penso così perché la moglie del Malagna «nasceva bene», e il Malagna stesso no; e il carattere della sua moglie non era bello…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3452" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-12T16:12:08.327" Title="Di chi sono «i riguardi» in questa frase da Pirandello?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8173" CreationDate="2017-04-12T11:58:06.850" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Malagna, in quanto Berto e Mattia erano ospiti e lo ascoltavano  predicare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/continenza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;continenza&lt;/a&gt; alla moglie, (cioè moderazione nel soddisfacimento dei bisogni materiali e dei piaceri) mentre si abbuffava a tavola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;coi dovuti riguardi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; indica che il rimprovero verso la moglie era comunque moderato, non aggressivo o particolarmente offensivo nei suoi confronti in modo da non suscitare una reazione violenta a causa del suo pessimo carattere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti con il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riguardo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;riguardo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si intende (Treccani):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3. a&lt;/strong&gt;. Attenzione, avvertenza premurosa, scrupolo a non arrecare disturbo o noia a qualcuno, a non urtarne la suscettibilità e in&#xA;  genere a non mancare alle norme dell’educazione e del rispetto nei&#xA;  suoi confronti: tratta i genitori con ogni r.; esponigli pure il tuo&#xA;  dissenso usando però gli opportuni, i debiti, i giusti r.; compòrtati&#xA;  con tutti i r. dovuti alla sua età; è un maleducato che non ha r. per&#xA;  nessuno; per riguardo verso di te non ho protestato; dimmi se qualcuno&#xA;  ti ha mancato di riguardo; con sign. lievemente diversi: chiedimi pure&#xA;  ciò di cui hai bisogno senza riguardi, o non aver riguardi, sèrviti&#xA;  ancora del dolce, senza fare complimenti; io le cose gliele dico in&#xA;  faccia, senza tanti r., con franchezza, senza che niente mi trattenga,&#xA;  senza velare le parole. &lt;strong&gt;b.&lt;/strong&gt; Considerazione, rispetto, stima: la&#xA;  cortesia del gran Lombardo ... Ch’in te avrà sì benigno r. (Dante);&#xA;  comportamenti villani che rivelano mancanza di r. verso il prossimo. È&#xA;  com. in alcune espressioni come una persona, un signore che merita&#xA;  ogni r., che ha diritto a ogni r.; e nella locuz. agg. di riguardo (o,&#xA;  sottolineando, di molto r., di gran r.), con riferimento a persone che&#xA;  per autorità, per la dignità ricoperta o per altra qualità non debbono&#xA;  essere trattate familiarmente: un personaggio di r.; avremo a pranzo&#xA;  ospiti di gran r. (e analogam.: oggi abbiamo visite di riguardo).&#xA;  Anche riferito a cose: vestito che va tenuto, indossato con r.;&#xA;  vestito di r., che si mette solo nelle grandi occasioni, o, più&#xA;  genericam., di pregio; in filologia e nelle discipline affini, copia&#xA;  di r. (analogam. a copia di presentazione), manoscritto destinato a&#xA;  persona autorevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-04-12T16:12:08.327" LastActivityDate="2017-04-12T16:12:08.327" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8175" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8138" CreationDate="2017-04-13T11:10:39.253" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend &lt;strong&gt;ciognuen&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sounds written in IPA (sans tones) would clarify exactly what is different:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Standard Mandarin: /ʈ͡ʂʊŋu̯ən/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Standard Italian: /t͡ʃoɲwen/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The choice of &lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; over &lt;strong&gt;gi&lt;/strong&gt; is due to the fact that Italian does not have aspirated plosives, and Mandarin does not have voiced plosives. So in transliterating as close as possible to what is spoken, you also lose the contrast between initials like &lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;p&lt;/strong&gt; as they both reduce to &lt;strong&gt;p&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;ng&lt;/strong&gt; sound in Mandarin is an allophone in Italian as in the word &lt;strong&gt;banconota&lt;/strong&gt;. The sound does not appear alone and cannot be written alone. So, the next closest substitute is the Italian &lt;strong&gt;gn&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sound sequences can be found in native Italian words, so it &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; be fairly pronounceable to the Italian speaker:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cio&lt;/strong&gt;ccolata&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ognu&lt;/strong&gt;no&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;eloq&lt;strong&gt;uen&lt;/strong&gt;za&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="593" LastEditorUserId="593" LastEditDate="2017-04-13T11:59:30.250" LastActivityDate="2017-04-13T11:59:30.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8178" CreationDate="2017-04-16T10:22:00.280" Score="6" ViewCount="458" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't speak Italian, and my knowledge of Italian is limited to the amount I have learned through being a musician (so, mostly single words, with little grammatical context, I'm afraid!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been asked to transcribe sheet music for the following song:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9HJ6izQgsTs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9HJ6izQgsTs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have also been given the following text for the song's lyrics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Firenze bella,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  quando riposi placida e tranquilla,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  il Campanil di Giotto è sentinella&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  e in ogni cuore accendi una scintilla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi per te, oh Firenze, col mio cantare,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  come cantava il paggio sotto i veroni,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  non vuoi sentir le musiche d’oltre mare&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ma vuoi sentir soltanto le tue canzoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi ritorni serra di mille fiori&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  mentre Boccaccio narra gli antichi amori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fior di verbena,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  l’arco dell’ar l’è tutta porporina,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  il menestrello canta la sua pena&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  a una bella madonna fiorentina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mentre lontano muoion le serenate&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  e la Maremma è tutta colori e fiori,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cantano ancor le rondini innamorate&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  e con i fiori sbocciano mille amori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fiesole si ridesta col primo sole&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ma non si spegne l’eco delle mandole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oh Fiorentina,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  è la tua bocca una sorgente arcana&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cinta da una collana alabastrina,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sono assetato e cerco una fontana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Firenze bella!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have been using online sources to help with checking spelling and how to hyphenate the syllables, but I am not able to find some of the words. I just wondered if there is any non-standard Italian in here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will be asking Italian speaking colleagues to check through what I've done, but I wanted to be proactive, and try to work out as much as I can myself first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3456" LastEditorUserId="3456" LastEditDate="2017-04-16T11:55:10.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-16T14:41:33.003" Title="Does this text have non-standard Italian?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8177" CreationDate="2017-04-16T10:59:49.850" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is standard Italian, although some passage are in a &quot;poetic&quot; language (uncommon word order, some truncations or archaisms).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The only word that's leaving me a little bit puzzled is &lt;em&gt;ar&lt;/em&gt;, which could be a truncation of &lt;em&gt;aria&lt;/em&gt; but which I don't think I've ever heard (in poetry the more archaic &lt;em&gt;aer&lt;/em&gt; would sound more natural). Listening carefully to the song, it sounds like the singer is saying &lt;em&gt;l'acqua dell'Arno&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;l'arco dell'ar&lt;/em&gt;, which would make a lot more sense (thanks to @DaG for pointing me on the right direction). All things considered, I think the lyrics you have are wrong, and that the singer is saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'acqua dell'Arno è tutta porporina,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are having difficulties with  some words, please ask a separate question where we might be able to help you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-04-16T14:41:33.003" LastActivityDate="2017-04-16T14:41:33.003" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8180" CreationDate="2017-04-18T05:11:11.820" Score="0" ViewCount="6938" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ragazzi/e, ho un vuoto di memoria: che parola si usa per indicare una persona che si offende per frasi/atteggiamenti a cui nessun altro farebbe caso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-18T20:21:09.723" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T14:47:40.780" Title="Parola per indicare una persona che si offende per niente?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8179" CreationDate="2017-04-18T05:20:34.173" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come non detto, mi è venuto in mente: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/permaloso/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;permaloso&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;permalóso agg. – Detto di persona facile a offendersi, che, per&#xA;  eccessivo amor proprio, si risente e s’indispettisce di atti e parole&#xA;  che altri non considererebbero offensivi (e che per lo più non sono&#xA;  tali nelle intenzioni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2017-04-18T05:20:34.173" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8160" CreationDate="2017-04-20T03:53:45.503" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Con cognizione di causa&quot; significa con una profonda conoscenza di un argomento, quindi &quot;senza cognizione di causa&quot; vuol dire senza una approfondita conoscenza dei fatti (che in inglese could be translated as &quot;without a clear knowledge of the matter&quot; e non &quot;without a clue&quot; che è tutta un'altra cosa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/con-cognizione-di-causa&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3470" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-20T06:33:52.417" LastActivityDate="2017-04-20T06:33:52.417" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8183" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-20T15:25:59.820" Score="3" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning of this term remains obscure to me. Intuitively I choose between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a registration fee;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a standard payment;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a fixed tax payment&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and those meanings given by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linguee.it/italiano-inglese/search?source=auto&amp;amp;query=imposta%20di%20registro%20&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;linguee.it&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a registration charge;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;a registration duty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes the term seems having a broad meaning, while at the other moments it is likely being specific.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, is it a variable amount or is it a fixed payment? Is it applied under different cirumstances or under the same ones?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many thanks for your help in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3109" LastEditorUserId="3109" LastEditDate="2017-04-20T18:22:48.377" LastActivityDate="2017-04-20T18:34:49.113" Title="Meaning of 'imposta di registro'" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8183" CreationDate="2017-04-20T18:34:49.113" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a very technical question. You need to understand some Italian to read its definition. Anyway the tax is due when you want or have  to register a document to make it official. Circumstances may vary according to the nature of the document ( a private contract, a public contract, etc.). The amount may be fixed or vary according to the amount of the contract. It is a question of fiscal nature which cannot be summarised  in a few lines, but I hope this helps:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imposta_di_registro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Imposta di registro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'imposta di registro è un tributo previsto dall'ordinamento della Repubblica italiana dovuto per la registrazione di determinati atti giuridici presso l'Agenzia delle Entrate (prima dell'unificazione degli uffici fiscali la registrazione era effettuata presso l'Ufficio del Registro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si presenta come tributo avente natura di tassa, quando è correlata all'erogazione di un servizio da parte della pubblica amministrazione, di imposta quando è determinata in proporzione al valore economico dell'atto o del negozio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Essa è regolata dal Testo unico dell'imposta di registro, approvato con D.P.R. 26 aprile 1986, n. 131.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-20T18:34:49.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8186" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8187" CreationDate="2017-04-21T14:43:44.260" Score="7" ViewCount="1380" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella formazione di parole composte ho osservato che molte volte si raddoppiano consonanti che sono semplici nei vocaboli da cui provviene la parola composta. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;così + detto --&gt; cosiddetto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;sopra + tutto --&gt; soprattutto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: esiste qualche regola per sapere quando si devono raddoppiare queste consonanti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-04-21T15:34:52.710" Title="Raddoppiamento delle consonanti in parole composte: esiste qualche regola?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;compounds&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8186" CreationDate="2017-04-21T15:34:52.710" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un esempio del &lt;em&gt;raddoppiamento sintattico, o fonosintattico&lt;/em&gt;, che menzionavo rapidamente &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5998/dammi-un-bacio-how-to-construct-dammi-from-dare/5999#5999&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e che nell'italiano standard si verifica anche nei casi di grafia non unita (cioè, si scrive “vado a casa” ma si pronuncia “vado accasa”) con la differenza appunto che è reso esplicito solo nelle univerbazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si verifica dopo le parole tronche con l'accento indicato (dà, così, né, città...) e alcuni monosillabi: i sostantivi, aggettivi e pronomi (forti) monosillabi, ma anche altri, come “a” e “da” (cf. “addio” e “dabbene”), e alcune altre parole. C'è una descrizione completa nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/raddoppiamento/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce sul raddoppiamento&lt;/a&gt; dell'enciclopedia Treccani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni dizionari specificano esplicitamente o con accorgimenti grafici se una parola dà luogo al raddoppiamento dopo (o in rari casi prima) di sé. Per esempio, la voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sopra/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“sopra”&lt;/a&gt; del Treccani specifica “(radd. sint., come prep.)”, cioè solo quando viene usata come preposizione (“sopra la tavola”) non come avverbio (“vado sopra ma tu resta qui”). Nel DOP è invece indicato con un piccolo segno “+” dopo (o prima) della parola: vedi per es. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=75220&amp;amp;r=972&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“così”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sottolineo che qui si parla dell'italiano standard: in molte altre varietà dell'italiano alcuni raddoppiamenti canonici non si verificano (per esempio “da” raddoppia quasi solo in Toscana) o se ne verificano di non standard (in alcune parlate romane, per esempio, in parole come “chiesa” e “sedia” la consonante iniziale si raddoppia anche dopo l'articolo: “lacchiesa”, “lassedia”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-04-21T15:34:52.710" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8189" CreationDate="2017-04-24T15:41:24.970" Score="6" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essendo di madrelingua italiana e vivendo in Germania, non mi scandalizza affatto la, tanto discussa, femminizzazione dei titoli, delle cariche e dei nomi di professione e simili a seconda del contesto (verso una lingua, quasi, asessuata oserei dire - opinione personale questa scaturita dal parallelo con &lt;a href=&quot;https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feministische_Linguistik&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Die Feministische Linguistik&lt;/a&gt; che incontrai a lezione, qualche anno fa, di tedesco qui in Germania). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo qualche articolo sul sito dell &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/comunicato-stampa/crusca-risponde-ministro-ministra&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/tema-del-mese/infermiera-s-ingegnera&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;e oltre&lt;/a&gt;), una interminabile discussione su wikipedia anche, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Bar/Discussioni/Secondo_l%27Accademia_della_Crusca_bisogna_dire_%22Sindaca%22&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Panico linguistico su nomi di cariche e professioni di genere femminile&lt;/a&gt;, e poi anche in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1735/%C3%88-corretto-la-ministra-o-la-presidenta-o-la-presidentessa&quot;&gt;italian.stackexchange&lt;/a&gt;, e sul sito della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_547.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, mi ero abituato a usare &quot;la sindaca&quot; ed altri ancora, ma nemmeno il tempo di farci l'abitudine che mi ritrovo a leggere &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la sindaco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; da una pagina de &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilfattoquotidiano.it/2017/04/24/elezioni-francia-per-favore-macron-non-e-il-renzi-francese/3540246/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Fatto Quotidiano&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come propone &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la sindaco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di Barcellona Ada Colau, indicendo dal 9 all’11 giugno un incontro nella sua città, con la partecipazione degli aderenti al movimento Fearless Cities, città senza paura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/M854M.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/M854M.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente metterei in dubbio che si intenda &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la sindaco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; in senso ironico se non addirittura dispregiativo (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ada_Colau&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ada Colau&lt;/a&gt; non è una donnetta); tanto meno riesco a pensare che sia un refuso/typo/lapsus durante una qualche misteriosa digitazione (anche se lo spero). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo, è possibile scrivere &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la sindaco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;? Qualora no, perché? Può sembrare banale come domanda, e se tale risulta chiedo venia, tuttavia dinanzi a questi nuovi termini femminili ancora oggi trovo non tanto immediato, in certi casi, una regola schietta che mi permetta di rispondere alla domanda suddetta aldilà di un approccio da madrelingua e d'uso quotidiano. Per me la grande questione era se usare il maschile &quot;ovunque&quot; o ammettere termini femminili per le donne scritti secondo le regole, e l uso era tra &quot;&lt;em&gt;il sindaco&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e il naturale &quot;&lt;em&gt;la sindaca&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (e non &quot;&lt;strong&gt;la sindaco&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;), ma non vorrei che quelli del Fatto Quotidiano scrivano correttamente e magari inaugurano un nuovo uso del termine...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="270" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-04-24T17:09:07.077" LastActivityDate="2017-04-24T22:27:50.423" Title="&quot;la sindaco&quot;.. - nuova tendenza o semplicemente un typo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8188" CreationDate="2017-04-24T20:14:15.270" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le forme più comuni sono la sindaca... o il sindaco... seguito dal nome femminile. La sindaco sembra un'espressione  eccentrica ma non di uso comune. Personalmente la eviterei.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/cultura/2016/11/18/news/sindaco_sindaca_crusca_italiano-152283266/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La sindaca è donna, non una donna sindaco&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Fra tutti i dubbi, questo è quello che meno ci tormenta. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Complice la recente elezione di Raggi e Appendino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, a Roma e Torino, possiamo affermare che il sostantivo che qualifica il primo cittadino (la prima cittadina, anzi!) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;abbiamo finalmente imparato a usarlo come si deve: facile facile, con la a, al posto della o; al femminile, cioè, se riferito a una donna.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  Vale lo stesso per l'utilizzo di ministra, sdoganato a tutti gli effetti. E a chi cerca le vie di mezzo e insiste a definire Boschi la ministro, ecco l'esempio a cui guardare: direste mai la maestro, pur avendo la versione femminile di quella parola, lì, a portata di mano?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.repubblica.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_547.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Come si dice correttamente sindaco al femminile? È corretto chiamare &quot;sindaco&quot; anche una donna?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non siamo di fronte a una questione di correttezza grammaticale, ma di adeguatezza nel trattare i nomi di mestiere al femminile.&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;*Chi scrive il sindaco Anna Rossi non sbaglia&lt;/strong&gt;, semplicemente preferisce usare il nome di mestiere sindaco trattandolo come se fosse una sorta di “neutro”, inclusivo dei riferimenti di genere maschile e femminile, che si riferisce a una categoria professionale in termini di funzione generale.&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chi scrive sindaca adopera con efficacia le risorse flessive messe tranquillamente a disposizione dalla nostra lingua: sindaco/sindaca, avvocato/avvocata, postino/postina, ecc. seguono la normale alternanza nominale di genere maschile/femminile, espressa attraverso le uscite -o e -a.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.treccani.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono alcuni altri esempi dell'uso &quot;la sindaco&quot; come: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=P4u9BgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA265&amp;amp;dq=la%20sindaco&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjch4u69r3TAhVBWBoKHU4zAZYQ6AEIGjAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=la%20sindaco&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dalle pratiche di partecipazione all’e-democracy: Analisi di casi concreti ...&#xA;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Cinque anni dopo la sconfitta del 1999, per vincere le nuove elezioni &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;contro la sindaco uscente, Giustina Destro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, su consiglio del suo regista per la campagna elettorale, Marco Marturano, che cinque anni prima aveva portato alla vittoria la candidata Destro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=ev9cqhwaNW8C&amp;amp;pg=PA37&amp;amp;dq=la%20sindaco&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjch4u69r3TAhVBWBoKHU4zAZYQ6AEIQTAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=la%20sindaco&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&#xA;Educazione democratica per una pace giusta&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;La sindaco di Napoli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  trovava significativo che tutte le personalità studiate nel mio volume avessero « condiviso, seppure in tempi e contesti profondamente diversi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-04-24T22:27:50.423" LastActivityDate="2017-04-24T22:27:50.423" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8190" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8765" CreationDate="2017-04-25T12:26:46.157" Score="6" ViewCount="570" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mio nonno ogni tanto diceva una frase del tipo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non fidarti delle (o guàrdati dalle) persone che non sanno ridere di gusto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste un simile modo di dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T13:19:08.473" Title="Esiste il modo di dire &quot;diffida di chi non sa ridere di gusto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8191" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-25T18:53:17.523" Score="8" ViewCount="1039" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il neologismo &amp;quot;bimobominchia o bimbominkia&amp;quot; sembra aver preso piede e, almeno per quel che mi riguarda, lo sento usare sempre più spesso in riferimento adolescenti viziati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono varie definizioni in rete come la seguente da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linkuaggio.com/2013/01/definizione-di-bimbominkia-sgrammatica.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;www.linkuaggio.com&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bimbominkia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;parlano quasi con monosillabi, e scrivono usando abbreviazioni che spesso sono davvero difficili da comprendere, adottando questo loro stile in SMS, chat e in ogni tipo di forum; abbellendo sempre il tutto con un numero spropositato con tante faccine per esprimere le loro emozioni.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trattandosi di un neologismo il significato  e lo spelling sono probabilmente ancora in via di definizione, comunque:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la  definizione più comumenete accettata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è  lo spelling o gli spelling più comunemente usati?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chi ha coniato questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T13:26:48.657" Title="Uso, significato e spelling di &quot;bimbominchia&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8191" CreationDate="2017-04-26T15:43:19.083" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La scelta della k invece del ch sta a sottolineare la parodia di una delle scelte di scrittura di un &quot;bimbominkia&quot; fornendogli un rafforzativo che nel tempo lo ha fatto diventare la forma prevalente.&#xA;L'utilizzo in internet può essere affibbiato ad una persona sia per il suo modo di scrivere tipico degli SMS, quindi tutto abbreviato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Comunque = cmq&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tutto = tt &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quando = qnd &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quanto = qnt&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ecc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sia per il comportamento infantile che dimostrano di avere.&#xA;Ha una connotazione fortemente negativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-05-01T09:44:34.627" LastActivityDate="2017-05-01T09:44:34.627" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8193" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8207" CreationDate="2017-04-27T00:06:27.347" Score="3" ViewCount="572" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere se &quot;Vado avanti&quot; si può tradurre come &quot;move on&quot;, o se significa semplicemente cercare di farcela con i propri dolori e problemi quotidianamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-04-27T08:05:55.587" LastActivityDate="2017-04-30T08:54:59.180" Title="Vado avanti, significato di questa espressione" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8195" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3937" CreationDate="2017-04-27T09:35:02.803" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono di Roma e da ben 47 anni. A Roma si è sempre detto BELLA REGA' (regazzi » ragazzi) o anche il più volgare BELLA RIGA'. 'Bella' sta per 'come va, tutto a posto, eccomi sono arrivato, bentrovati'. Quel 'Bella' è stato poi prelevato dal gergo nordico/milanese e il REGA' è stato sostituito da RAGA.&#xA;Sempre a Milano, suppongo, è stato portato il ZIO al posto di RAGA, che poi a Roma è diventato BELLA ZI', anche se questa è solo una trasformazione recente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Almeno 40 anni a Roma si dice BELLA in questa accezione appena descitta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3482" LastActivityDate="2017-04-27T09:35:02.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8197" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8278" CreationDate="2017-04-27T15:30:39.690" Score="3" ViewCount="506" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I'm seeking contextually-appropriate expressions for shocked surprise, even better would be seriously shocked/scared surprise.  Vulgar is fine,&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For context, this query is for dialog for a character in a novel.) A literal translation of, &quot;Oh, shit!&quot; is doable, but I doubt that colloquial or simply not what an Italian speaker would say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking to express &lt;em&gt;serious&lt;/em&gt; surprise.  Not simply the, &quot;You're being audited by the tax authorities&quot; level of badness.  &lt;strong&gt;Instead, I'm seeking something to express the &quot;doctors say it's cancerous, but aren't sure if it's operable&quot; level of bad, bad news received.&lt;/strong&gt;  An old-school expression would be especially good. (The character learned the language in southern Italy circa WWII; now speaks English -- except when &lt;em&gt;badly&lt;/em&gt; rattled.)  Any suggestions for phrases to use + in-context translation would be greatly appreciated.  Any online resources (for swear words, curses, vulgar phrases)  similarly appreciated.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3480" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T17:32:22.673" Title="Appropriate expression (vulgar or not) to express serious shock/surprise/suddenly-perceived danger?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8199" CreationDate="2017-04-27T20:40:48.220" Score="4" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading this phrase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pratico regolabile e preciso nella tostatura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in translation to English I got&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;practical adjustable and precise in toasting&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with two adjectives beside each other. Is it correct Italian or is the translation incorrect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-04-28T10:54:04.003" LastActivityDate="2017-04-28T10:54:04.003" Title="What is the role of pratico in this phrase?" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8198" CreationDate="2017-04-27T21:09:22.060" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here &lt;em&gt;pratico&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;handy&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;convenient&lt;/em&gt;. Also, the original sentence should be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pratico, regolabile e preciso nella tostatura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2747" LastActivityDate="2017-04-27T21:09:22.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7553" CreationDate="2017-04-28T09:51:38.483" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say YES, in some dialects. As in English, &quot;the can&quot; can mean jail, so putting someone in the &quot;can&quot; could mean putting them in jail. Also, as in English, &quot;can&quot; can mean ass, so &quot;mettere denare in canna&quot; of a donkey means to put money in the ass of a donkey (and call him &quot;sir&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3486" LastActivityDate="2017-04-28T09:51:38.483" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8204" CreationDate="2017-04-29T04:17:47.767" Score="4" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando una parola per dire &quot;reso più felice&quot; o qualcosa del genere, ma in una parola sola.&#xA;Voglio descrivere una persona triste con cui ho parlato e che si sente meno triste e mi saluta ****.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;**** è la parola che cerco. Non felice, è troppo, non consolata (perché i problemi ancora ci sono), ma resa più felice, appunto, che si sente un po' meglio. Esiste una tale parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3470" LastActivityDate="2017-04-29T16:28:12.680" Title="Reso felice in una parola" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5907" CreationDate="2017-04-29T11:29:43.777" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che abbiano significati diversi , si dice :&quot;Josh dice &quot;sì&quot;&quot; quando Josh chiaramente dice la parola &quot;sì&quot; , però si dice &quot;Josh dice di sì&quot; quando Josh dice quello che si riferisce all'approvazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3489" LastActivityDate="2017-04-29T11:29:43.777" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5953" CreationDate="2017-04-29T12:03:06.003" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In genere hanno lo stesso significato si può dire &quot;fra loro non corre buon sangue o fra di loro non corre buon sangue&quot;&#xA;Ma per essere più preciso l'uso della preposizione &quot;di&quot; dipende dalla situazione , si dice &quot;fra loro&quot; quando indica un elemento che si trova fra loro &#xA;ad esempio: C'è un ragazzo tumultuoso che si siede fra loro. &#xA;Fra i due edifici c'è un mercato.&#xA;Però si dice &quot;fra di loro&quot; quando si parla di un legame reciproco o un membro di un gruppo.&#xA;ad esempio: non erano d'accordo fra di loro ed era questo il punto. &#xA;Scelsero un rappresentante fra di loro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3489" LastActivityDate="2017-04-29T12:03:06.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8201" CreationDate="2017-04-29T16:28:12.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rallegrare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;rallegrata&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;rallegrare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [der. di &lt;em&gt;allegro&lt;/em&gt;, col pref. &lt;em&gt;r-&lt;/em&gt;] (&lt;em&gt;io rallégro&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). – 1. Rendere allegro o più allegro, sollevare o risollevare l’umore; allietare: &lt;em&gt;r. la compagnia con qualche barzelletta&lt;/em&gt;; più com., destare in altri un sentimento di allegrezza, d’intima gioia, far piacere (contr. di &lt;em&gt;rattristare&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;mi hai veramente rallegrato col tuo ritorno; il suo successo non può che rallegrarmi; la notizia ci rallegrò; consolare: all’Italia Afflitta di regali ire straniere Voli improvviso a rallegrarla il carme&lt;/em&gt; (Foscolo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Dal vocabolario Treccani)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre il Treccani ci fornisce una lista di sinonimi che potrebbe essere utile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;allegrare, allietare, deliziare, dilettare, divertire, (lett.) felicitare, ricreare,...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-29T16:28:12.680" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8205" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-29T17:59:29.817" Score="5" ViewCount="848" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spero di essere on topic, quanto è diffuso il termine &quot;teresa&quot; riferito a una persona? L'ho sentito in alto Piemonte come epiteto sia maschile che femminile, per come l'ho capito indica una persona che fa cose un po' stupide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-30T10:42:54.657" LastActivityDate="2021-03-11T20:01:50.157" Title="&quot;Ma che teresa che sei&quot;: diffusione di espressioni di questo genere" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8206" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8205" CreationDate="2017-04-29T19:14:12.827" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo sia un riferimento alla &quot;Vispa Teresa&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/La_vispa_Teresa_(Sailer)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/La_vispa_Teresa_(Sailer)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il personaggio della filastrocca è una bambina irruenta che agisce in modo un poco avventato; l'ho sentito usare anche per indicare una persona frivola (l'intera filastrocca - per bambini - ha un che di frivolo). Non so se è calzante, ma non mi viene in mente altra associazione con 'teresa'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2017-04-29T20:57:52.940" LastActivityDate="2017-04-29T20:57:52.940" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8193" CreationDate="2017-04-30T08:54:59.180" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dipendendo dal contesto può avere tutti e due i significati che menzioni nella domanda. Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avanti/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;avanti&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt; Indica la direzione che si ha di fronte, in contrapp. a &lt;em&gt;dietro&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;indietro&lt;/em&gt;, e si adopera per lo più con verbi di moto: &lt;em&gt;andare, venire, farsi avanti&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;camminare, andare a. e indietro&lt;/em&gt;, fare su e giù; &lt;em&gt;un signore che passeggiava nervosamente a. e indietro lungo il vagone, scomparendo a volte per lunghi minuti nella carrozza successiva&lt;/em&gt; (Melania Mazzucco). [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;b.&lt;/strong&gt; Usi fig.: &lt;em&gt;andare a., tirare a.&lt;/em&gt;, campare alla meglio, vivere più o meno stentatamente; [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-04-30T08:54:59.180" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8208" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8209" CreationDate="2017-04-30T08:59:45.310" Score="3" ViewCount="619" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene se ci sono differenze tra i vocaboli &quot;conto&quot; e &quot;conteggio&quot; quando hanno il significato di &quot;l'operazione di contare&quot;. Per esempio, quale parola, &quot;conto&quot; o &quot;conteggio&quot;, dovrei usare per completare la frase seguente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il problema consiste in fare il ________ di quanti cammini diversi ci sono per andare da casa a scuola percorrendo una distanza minima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-04-30T09:41:57.307" LastActivityDate="2017-04-30T10:29:49.587" Title="Ci sono differenze tra &quot;conto&quot; e &quot;conteggio&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8208" CreationDate="2017-04-30T10:29:49.587" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono piccole sfumature di significato, ma &quot;conto&quot; mi sa più di appropriato a un problema con un calcolo non banale, mentre &quot;conteggio&quot; dà l'idea di fare qualcosa più meccanico, come contare i fagioli in un vaso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi &quot;fare il conto&quot; è un'espressione fissa, quindi userei quella, ma dubito che ci sia una vera motivazione per cui &quot;fare il conteggio&quot; è sbagliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per lo stesso motivo, direi &quot;consiste &lt;em&gt;nel&lt;/em&gt; fare&quot;, non &quot;consiste &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; fare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2017-04-30T10:29:49.587" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8210" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-04-30T12:19:11.653" Score="3" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=menab%C3%B2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Menabò&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un termine usato in in campo tipografico/giornalistico col significato di: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;schema di lavoro di un progetto grafico, con le indicazioni necessarie per comporre i testi e inserire le illustrazioni&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;modello per l’impaginazione di un lavoro a stampa, costituito da fogli su cui sono incollati nell’ordine esatto i testi in bozza ritagliati e le copie (stamponi) delle illustrazioni&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Etimologia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: ← voce milan.; propr. ‘mena i buoi’, prob. nel senso di ‘guida per la stampa’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Garzanti) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/O76VJ.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/O76VJ.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno ha informazione più precise sull’origine di questo insolito termine? Cosa c’entrano, se c’entrano,  i buoi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-04-30T12:59:08.923" LastActivityDate="2017-04-30T12:59:08.923" Title="Origine di menabò" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8211" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8213" CreationDate="2017-05-01T15:14:12.297" Score="4" ViewCount="511" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt;, di Elena Ferrante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da qualche mese mi pareva che la distanza tra mia figlia e la figlia di Lila &lt;strong&gt;si fosse definitivamente colmata&lt;/strong&gt;: collaboravano alla costruzione con precisione di gesti, e se Tina mostrava più estro e mi faceva domande spesso sorprendenti in un italiano limpido, sempre ben scandito, Imma era più decisa, forse più disciplinata, e l’unico suo svantaggio era una lingua contratta per decifrare la quale ricorrevamo tutti, spesso, alla sua amichetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene il senso dell'espressione &quot;si fosse definitivamente colmata&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il verbo &quot;colmare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a vedere a quale accezione corrisponda quello che appare in questo testo. Si riferisce forse all'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/colmare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezione 3 del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, cioè &quot;colmarsi&quot; = &quot;compiersi, avverarsi&quot;? Il senso sarebbe che la narratrice sospettava da tempo che ci fosse una distanza tra sua figlia e la figlia di Lila e ultimamente le pareva che questo si fosse avverato. Tuttavia, questa spiegazione mi sembra un po' in contraddizione con il proseguimento della frase (&quot;Imma era più decisa, forse più disciplinata, e l’unico suo svantaggio era...&quot;) e per di più c'è questo &quot;ant.&quot; nel Treccani che mi fa dubitare ancora di più. Potreste aiutarmi a capire il significato di &quot;colmare&quot; nel passaggio precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-05-01T15:25:40.320" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;colmare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8211" CreationDate="2017-05-01T15:23:59.497" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il significato è il 2.c del dizionario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;C. una lacuna&lt;/em&gt;, compiere, procurarsi qualcosa di cui si sentiva la mancanza (soprattutto con riferimento a lacune di preparazione scolastica o di cultura); &lt;em&gt;c. un vuoto&lt;/em&gt;, supplire in qualche modo persona o cosa che sia venuta a mancare: la sua scomparsa ha lasciato fra noi un vuoto che difficilmente si potrà colmare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto significa che la separazione tra Tina e la figlia di Lila fosse finalmente terminata. Si tratta di una metafora un po' mista, per capirla forse aiuta immaginarsi la distanza come un fossato che separava le due bambine e che finalmente si è riempito lasciandole avvicinarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-05-01T15:23:59.497" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8211" CreationDate="2017-05-01T15:25:40.320" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Colmare&quot; significa riempire qualcosa con un liquido. Qui, in senso figurato (uso non raro di questo verbo), significa che la distanza è stata riempita, quindi non esiste più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-05-01T15:25:40.320" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8214" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-02T21:56:11.393" Score="1" ViewCount="203" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ero quasi pronto a postare una questione su german.stackexchange su due ipotetici verbi, uno dei quali pensavo non esistesse in italiano e non sono sicuro se il verbo a cui farò riferimento sarà quello o meno, quando inciampo in due verbi strani nel senso di &quot;mai incontrati&quot; nell’italiano dalle mie parti (sicuramente, anche se non ricordo, in latino o letteratura l’avrò incontrato; diversamente non so spiegarmi, al di là dell’automatismo, come mi si sia formato in mente questo verbo). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Veniamo al dunque: noi tutti – o almeno io – abbiamo usato almeno una volta l’aggettivo &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/talentuoso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;talentuoso&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, derivato dalla parola &quot;talento&quot; (solo oggi scopro che esiste anche &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/talentoso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;talentoso&lt;/a&gt;&quot; anche se per quanto mi riguarda non lo intendo nel &lt;em&gt;sign. 2&lt;/em&gt; del Treccani, ovvero &quot;... pieno di talento, d’ingegno ...&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel postare dai &lt;a href=&quot;https://german.stackexchange.com/&quot;&gt;cugini latini&lt;/a&gt; mi posi una domanda ovverosia &quot;esiste un verbo che indica specificatamente una qualche relazione con &quot;talentuoso&quot; (in tedesco sarebbe &quot;talentiert&quot;)?&quot; Pensai subito di no, poi pensandoci ancora bene e spremendo le meningi e pensando all’italiano mi uscì naturale il verbo &quot;talentare&quot; e googlando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/talentare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; trovai, vi linko Treccani ma sappiate che ho controllato tutti i dizionari online (quindi &quot;Please, non cerco un riferimento per il significato del verbo&quot;), trovando anche e inoltre &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attalentare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attalentare&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. I due sono verbi &lt;em&gt;bellissimi&lt;/em&gt;, scusate il mio stupore fanciullesco nell’aggettivo, peccato che gli esempi sembrano un po lontani dall´odierno italiano eppure si capiscono facilmente sostituendo adeguatamente le forme [..]andare a genio/talento[..], [..]garbare[..], [..]piacere[..]. Non capisco però se esiste quel nesso che cerco con l’aggettivo, direi di no o mi sfugge qualcosa nel senso forse non tanto del verbo quanto della parola &quot;talento&quot;?!. Ovvero, i due verbi sono connessi all’aggettivo? O meglio senza troppe &quot;seghe mentali&quot; cercando di capirli piú nell’uso, come posso, diciamo, verbalizzare, usando uno dei due verbi, le seguenti frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è talentuoso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;egli mostra/ha talento in quello che fa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usando semplicemente &quot;(at)talenta&quot; come segue rispettivamente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(at)talenta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(at)talenta in quello che fa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Teoricamente direi che le due frasi sono possibili grammaticalmente in italiano, ma la questione ancora una volta è la seguente &quot;il loro senso/significato è quello rispettivo della frase nominalizzata o no? Se avete esempi di frasi, possibilmente con fonti (anche da cercare fuori dal WWW), ringrazio a priori se le citate (possibilmente non già trovate nei dizionari online da me già controllati)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E ancora, i verbi &quot;attalentare&quot; e &quot;talentare&quot; si relazionano tra loro proprio come &quot;attecchire&quot; e &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=tecchire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tecchire&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, &quot;attediare&quot; e &quot;tediare&quot;, &quot;attentare&quot; e &quot;tentare&quot;, &quot;attemperare&quot; e &quot;temperare&quot;, &quot;attanagliare&quot; e &quot;tanagliare&quot;.. ho intuito correttamente? Se si, non esiste nessuna sfumatura di significato tra i due verbi, mi riferisco ad &quot;attalentare&quot; e &quot;talentare&quot;? A me suona il verbo con la particella &quot;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&quot; di un senso più marcato, grave, rispetto a quello senza (anche se non so in che modo non avendo esempi), per spiegarmi mi viene in mente l’analogia con i verbi tedeschi, ad esempio &quot;folgen&quot; e &quot;verfolgen&quot; i quali sarrebbero &quot;seguire&quot; ed &quot;inseguire&quot; e il verbo con il prefisso &quot;&lt;em&gt;ver&lt;/em&gt;&quot; indica un´azione più intensa (quasi negativa anche se non sempre) rispetto a quello senza. Perdonatemi la mia continua analogia col tedesco...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E ancora, dai verbi &quot;attalentare&quot; e &quot;talentare&quot; posso formare dei participi del tipo &quot;attalentante&quot; o &quot;talentante&quot;? Teoricamente anche qui direi di si ma non sono sicuro e a corto sono anche di esempi per cogliere un attimino il senso d’uso di questi due, ergo sarei grato a chi voglia postarne alcuni (con e senza fonti purché corretti!). Sarei interessato anche ad esempi con i participi &quot;talentato&quot; e &quot;attalentato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS=Mi interessano anche esempi, e ripeto &quot;non presi dai dizionari online&quot;, con i due verbi messi a titolo, se possibile da libri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Mi scuso a priori con @DaG qualora il post ha accenti fuori o mal posti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;UPDATE 01:18 - 03-05-2017&lt;/em&gt;: dopo un po’ di commenti con @DaG e @Denis Nardin, e letture consigliate, eliminerei il nesso che cerco tra la frase &quot;è talentuoso&quot; con i verbi, mi hanno convinto, tuttavia rimane ancora il dubbio con la frase &quot;mostrare/avere talento in qualcosa&quot; (in qualche sfumatura di significato, del tipo &quot;gli piace/aggrada/va a genio quella cosa&quot; per dire &quot;è predisposto/talentuoso&quot;...). Ne approfitto per ringraziare i due utenti, vuoi vedere che risolviamo, a via di limature di significati, la questione senza una risposta, e mi sembrava complessa LOL!!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="270" LastEditorUserId="270" LastEditDate="2017-05-05T22:29:52.300" LastActivityDate="2017-05-05T22:29:52.300" Title="Sui verbi, con esempi, &quot;talentare&quot; e &quot;attalentare&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8197" CreationDate="2017-05-04T05:44:54.450" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use &quot;oh mio dio, non è possibile&quot; as a shock expression, which means &quot;oh my God, it can't be possible&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2065" LastActivityDate="2017-05-04T05:44:54.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5150" CreationDate="2017-05-04T07:27:59.973" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che ci sia stata l'influenza del francese: &quot;plus ça change, plus c'est la même chose&quot; (più si cambia più è la stessa cosa), un epigramma di Jean-Baptiste Alphonse Karr riportato nell'edizione del gennaio 1849 della sua rivista Les Guêpes (le vespe). Il Gattopardo uscì alle stampe, postumo, solo nel 1958. &#xA;Credo che la frase  “cambiare tutto per non cambiare niente”, scritta esattamente così, esistesse già prima del Gattopardo e che fosse appunto di derivazione quasi diretta dal francese di Karr.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3497" LastActivityDate="2017-05-04T07:27:59.973" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8217" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8218" CreationDate="2017-05-04T09:01:06.040" Score="2" ViewCount="730" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto il dubbio su quale preposizione,  &quot;a&quot; oppure &quot;in&quot;, si debba usare in questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Luigi abita ___ questo punto del distretto dell'Eixample di Barcellona. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho il sospetto che la preposizione corretta sia &quot;in&quot;: ho trovato l'espressione &quot;a questo punto&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma ha tutt'altro significato. Tuttavia, non ho saputo trovare conferma dalle ricerche che ho fatto sui dizionari. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è la preposizione giusta nella frase precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-05-04T20:00:13.020" Title="&quot;A questo punto&quot; o &quot;in questo punto&quot;: qual è la preposizione giusta in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8217" CreationDate="2017-05-04T09:10:32.143" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua intuizione è corretta, devi usare la preposizione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Luigi abita &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; questo punto del distretto dell'Eixample di Barcellona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a questo punto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; indica un instante temporale o anche lo stato di una situazione, come riportato dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/a-questo-punto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in questo momento, ora: a questo punto entra in scena Arlecchino&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;stando così le cose: a questo punto, tanto vale aspettare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in questo punto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; indica invece una posizione fisica più precisa di un oggetto o di un luogo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il negozio si trova in questo punto della via&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(immagina di indicare al tuo interlocutore il punto su una mappa)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho un dolore in questo punto della gamba&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(indicando con un dito la zona dolorante)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-05-04T20:00:13.020" LastActivityDate="2017-05-04T20:00:13.020" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7198" CreationDate="2017-05-04T16:25:04.050" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un muro può avere comunque altre sfaccettature nel linguaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Un proverbiale &lt;strong&gt;muro di gomma&lt;/strong&gt; è in realtà una &lt;em&gt;parete&lt;/em&gt; di gomma cui ci troviamo davanti quando una persona non vuole ascoltarci&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francesco ha recentemente pronunciato una famosa frase &quot;costruiamo ponti, non &lt;strong&gt;muri&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; con esplicito riferimento alle &lt;strong&gt;barriere&lt;/strong&gt; non necessariamente in &lt;em&gt;muratura&lt;/em&gt; costruite in USA e Ungheria&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Da notare &lt;strong&gt;le mura&lt;/strong&gt; come una specifica forma plurale riferita a pareti di cinta di un castello/prigione costriuiti in ambiente esterno e non dotati di copertura superiore (soffitto). Cioè mentre &lt;em&gt;i muri&lt;/em&gt; di un palazzo dividono uno spazio esterno da uno interno sul piano tridimensionale, &lt;em&gt;le mura&lt;/em&gt; sono generalmente scavalcabili per via aerea&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'uso comune, volendo sottolineare il commento di @DaG sui muri e le pareti delle grotte, mi va di notare che non conosco un solo utilizzo della parola &lt;em&gt;muro&lt;/em&gt; che non riguardi costruzioni &lt;strong&gt;artificiali&lt;/strong&gt;, mentre la parete rocciosa, anche se ottenuta scavando resta pur sempre un artefatto naturale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: me stesso, madrelingua&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3500" LastActivityDate="2017-05-04T16:25:04.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8094" CreationDate="2017-05-04T16:35:25.293" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I confirm that the word is an &lt;strong&gt;archaic form&lt;/strong&gt;. Remember that Tasso lived in Renaissance and that work is a poem, so it suffers the constraints of rhyme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sortire_%28Enciclopedia-Dantesca%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sortire_%28Enciclopedia-Dantesca%29/&lt;/a&gt; this &lt;em&gt;participle past tense&lt;/em&gt; comes from Dante and is the verb &lt;strong&gt;sortire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La semantica della voce si presenta assai omogenea, e può ordinarsi prevalentemente secondo i valori transitivi di &quot; assegnare &quot;, &quot; concedere &quot;, &quot; destinare &quot;, nell'interpretazione dei quali è sempre da sottintendere il principio dell'inaccessibile predestinazione divina, supremo ordine d'interventi diretti sia a regolare le vicende umane&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So according to the context &lt;strong&gt;sortire&lt;/strong&gt; can mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Assegnare (to assign)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Concedere (to grant)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Destinare (to destinate, to decide that something will be assigned to one)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3500" LastEditorUserId="3500" LastEditDate="2017-05-04T17:26:33.050" LastActivityDate="2017-05-04T17:26:33.050" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8221" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8222" CreationDate="2017-05-05T15:50:07.657" Score="5" ViewCount="743" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found out that Italian has the phrase  &lt;em&gt;polvere del pimperimpera&lt;/em&gt; that seems very much like the French &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.expressio.fr/expressions/la-poudre-de-perlimpinpin.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;poudre de perlimpinpin&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. This French phrase refers to a powder that used to be sold by quacks and is nowadays used to mean a useless medecine. &lt;em&gt;Poudre&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;powder&quot;, and I could find in a bilingual dictionary that &lt;em&gt;polvere&lt;/em&gt; means &quot;powder&quot; in Italian. I could not  find &lt;em&gt;pimperimpera&lt;/em&gt; in a bilingual dictionary, so I suppose, like the French &lt;em&gt;perlimpinpin&lt;/em&gt;, it is a word that has no meaning outside this specific phrase but I neither speak nor understand Italian. French dictionaries say the origin of the phrase &lt;em&gt;poudre de perlimpinpin&lt;/em&gt; is unknown.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is manyfold:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Does &lt;em&gt;pimperimpera&lt;/em&gt; evoke anything to an Italian speaker? And if it does, what?  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;French dictionaries say the French phrase &lt;em&gt;poudre de perlimpinpin&lt;/em&gt; was first noted in the 17th century, when was the Italian phrase first noted? French dictionaries don't say the phrase could have been borrowed from the Italian, could the Italian phrase been borrowed from the French?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3503" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T16:23:08.903" LastActivityDate="2017-11-05T16:23:08.903" Title="Origin of &quot;polvere del pimperimpera&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8221" CreationDate="2017-05-05T17:13:43.210" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personally I never heard the expression, however the meaning in Italian seems similar to the French one you refer to:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/P/pimperimpera.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pimperimpera&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;s.m.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nella loc. Polvere di, del pimperimpera&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, polvere magica usata dagli illusionisti e dai giocolieri;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;fig. rimedio inefficace, inganno, illusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Garzanti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/P/pimperimpera.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pimperimpera&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;masculine noun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In the expression Polvere di, del pimperimpera&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, magic powder used by magicians and jugglers;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;figurative ineffective remedy, con, illusion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Garzanti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/pimperimpera&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario DeMauro&lt;/a&gt; the term comes from the mangling of the latin term &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;diatrionpepereon&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, from which originates probably the French expression too:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;av. 1891; deformazione scherzosa  del latino medievale diatrionpepereon, dalla locuzione greca  &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dià triôn pepéreōn&amp;quot;,  “con tre spezie”.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;adverb 1891; humorous deformation of the medieval Latin diatrionpepereon, from the Greek expression &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dià triôn pepéreōn&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;with three spices&amp;quot;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pimperimpera/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani online&lt;/a&gt; cites other forms used to indicate the same term and refers to the French expression:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pimperimpèra (o pimperimpara; anche pirimpimpino o pimpirimpì)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  s. m. [deformazione scherz. del lat. mediev. diatrionpepereon &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(cfr. fr. poudre de perlimpinpin)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; che è dal gr. διὰ τριῶν πεπέρεων, comp. di διά «dia-», τρεῖς «tre» e πέπερι «pepe, spezie», propr. «attraverso tre spezie»].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;– Polvere di (o del) p., sostanza a cui vengono attribuite proprietà magiche, usata da ciarlatani o giocolieri o, nelle favole, da maghi e stregoni; fig., scherz., rimedio specioso e inefficace, cosa che mira comunque a ingannare con false apparenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pimperimpèra (or pimperimpara; also pirimpimpino or pimpirimpì)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  masculine noun [humorous deformation of the medieval Latin diatrionpepereon &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(compare to the French poudre de perlimpinpin)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; which comes from the Greek διὰ τριῶν πεπέρεων, composite by διά «dia-», τρεῖς «three» and πέπερι «pepper, spices», properly «through three spices»].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;– Polvere di (o del) p., substance to whom are attributed magic properties, used by charlatans or jugglers or, in the fables, by wizards; figuratively, humorously dodgy and ineffective remedy, thing whose aim is at any rate to trick with false appearances.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-05-05T19:20:27.483" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8248" CreationDate="2017-05-07T08:22:29.020" Score="0" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt;, di Elena Ferrante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era un insieme di chissà quanti quaderni di scuola simili ai due che avevo sotto gli occhi: banalissimi quaderni luridi con il bordo destro, in basso, &lt;strong&gt;sollevato a onda&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;sollevato a onda&quot; nella frase precedente. Significa &quot;incurvato in modo ondulato&quot;? Ho cercato la voce &quot;onda&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma questo non ha chiarito il mio dubbio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-05-22T13:16:41.447" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sollevato ad onda&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8125" CreationDate="2017-05-07T09:22:53.360" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non ho idea &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; cosa tu vada incontro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché nella domanda è stata usata la preposizione &quot;a&quot; quindi credo che vada usata nello stesso modo anche nella risposta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3506" LastActivityDate="2017-05-07T09:22:53.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7903" CreationDate="2017-05-07T15:48:47.203" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;Nuovo vocabolario di base della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; (NVdB) edited by the late Tullio De Mauro is a list of more than 7000 fundamental Italian words, further divided into:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;~2,000 most fundamental words, covering the 86% of the sampled texts (printed in &lt;strong&gt;bold text&lt;/strong&gt;);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;~3,000 further most used words (in Roman);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;~2,500 words everybody understands but is less likely to actually use (in &lt;em&gt;italics&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The list itself can be found &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dropbox.com/s/mkcyo53m15ktbnp/nuovovocabolariodibase.pdf?dl=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, and there is a very interesting accompanying &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.internazionale.it/opinione/tullio-de-mauro/2016/12/23/il-nuovo-vocabolario-di-base-della-lingua-italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian) about the NVdB, the criteria of its composition, the differences with its previous version (1980).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-05-08T07:38:16.310" LastActivityDate="2017-05-08T07:38:16.310" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8226" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-08T01:10:37.813" Score="4" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;È leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;http://ithaca.unisalento.it/nr-02_12_13/bilo.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Adam Smith, John Nash, il prezzo dell’anarchia e la decadenza della società moderna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Vittorio Bilò che (re)incontro con piacere la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nocumento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nocumento&lt;/a&gt;, parola già incontrata nelle &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.de/search?q=nocumento%20pirandello&amp;amp;oq=nocumento%20pirandello&amp;amp;aqs=chrome..69i57.5520j0j7&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=nocumento%20pirandello&amp;amp;tbm=bks&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;opere pirandelliane&lt;/a&gt;. Mi capitò una volta, ai tempi del liceo scientifico, di usare il verbo “nocumentare” durante una prova orale di filosofia e la mia prof non disse niente a riguardo, se corretto o meno era quel verbo in italiano, se esisteva più che altro. La prof mi capì insomma, saranno stati i suoi studi oltre di filosofia anche di lettere classiche, &lt;em&gt;ergo&lt;/em&gt; vedeva “lecito” l’uso del verbo nocumentare dal “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario-latino.com/dizionario-latino-italiano.php?parola=nocumentum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nocumentum&lt;/a&gt;” latino, che non le diedero motivo di correggermi. Ma è un verbo usato in italiano? E in latino? Esistono ovvero? Treccani ed altri non danno alcun risultato per il verbo, i dizionari latini &lt;em&gt;idem&lt;/em&gt;, ma se cerco con Google compare una lista di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.de/search?q=nocumento%20significato&amp;amp;oq=nocume&amp;amp;aqs=chrome.3.69i57j0l5.4193j0j7&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#q=nocumentare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scritti in latino&lt;/a&gt; (Savanarola è l’unico che mi salta all’occhio) e &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.de/search?q=nocumento+pirandello&amp;amp;oq=nocumento+pirandello&amp;amp;aqs=chrome..69i57.5520j0j7&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8#tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=nocumentare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;uno in italiano&lt;/a&gt; (in fondo ovvero &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.de/books?id=fnQmAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=nocumentare&amp;amp;dq=nocumentare&amp;amp;hl=de&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjuwJWIg9_TAhUBWxoKHRnyB8kQ6AEIXDAI&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;CLIC&lt;/a&gt;). Allora esiste in italiano? Se sì, perché nessun dizionario lo riporta anche sotto la voce &lt;strong&gt;rar&lt;/strong&gt;(&lt;em&gt;issimissimo&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;idem&lt;/em&gt; dicasi per il latino? Ammetto che la community è esclusivamente per l’italiano, quindi se non ho risposta, diversamente non in latino spero LOL, per l’uso in quella lingua morta mi accontento lo stesso. Inoltre, può questo verbo essere stato  usato solo in un intorno degli inizi del ’900? Qualcuno ha grafici o dati o altre fonti d’uso in relazione a questo verbo? (Strano che &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=nocumentare&amp;amp;year_start=1500&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram Viewer&lt;/a&gt; non dia risultati, ammesso lo usi correttamente mi domando ”cosa &lt;em&gt;caspiterina&lt;/em&gt; scansiona se in Google Books esiste lo scritto?”) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="270" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-07-28T08:36:19.123" LastActivityDate="2017-09-26T09:53:10.253" Title="&quot;nocumentare&quot; nella lingua italiana, nascita e morte" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8227" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-08T07:08:49.897" Score="4" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can read Italian pretty well but when it comes to listening I'm lost, unless it's a conversation that I'm actively participating in. Any advice would be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3510" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-05-08T07:52:38.910" LastActivityDate="2017-05-08T19:23:19.507" Title="How can I improve my listening comprehension?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8227" CreationDate="2017-05-08T10:17:23.380" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suggest you listen to Italian audio books, maybe by authors you like.&#xA;For each new page or part you have listened to, guess what has been said. &#xA;Finally, compare what you've written down with the original text in the book. &#xA;You could also watch Italian television news and do the same as before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2747" LastActivityDate="2017-05-08T10:17:23.380" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8223" CreationDate="2017-05-08T19:18:09.790" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso voglia dire che nel quaderno via sia un'&quot;orecchia&quot; ovvero una piega a forma di onda verso l'alto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3511" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-05-08T19:40:19.633" LastActivityDate="2017-05-08T19:40:19.633" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8231" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-11T15:36:03.043" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am passionate to learn Italian speaking with basis written too. I searched google, upss lots of guidelines I am confused. Can anyone help me to start learning my dreamed speaking language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Where to start?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Which site or something similar is perfect for beginners like me?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If they are free learning courses then it would help me a lot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope I will &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3520" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-05-12T06:08:28.170" LastActivityDate="2017-05-12T06:08:28.170" Title="From where I start my Italian speaking and basis Writing" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ClosedDate="2017-05-12T17:30:41.417" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8232" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8233" CreationDate="2017-05-13T13:50:30.303" Score="7" ViewCount="14588" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno conosce il motivo per il quale a volte viene utilizzata, a livello grafico, la lettera V per indicare la U? Come, ad esempio, &quot;Palazzo di Givstizia&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2019-10-10T09:18:03.197" Title="Perché a volte si utilizza la V per scrivere la U?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8232" CreationDate="2017-05-13T16:50:17.260" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È vero che l'utilizzo della &quot;V&quot; al posto della &quot;U&quot; deriva dal latino, in cui le due lettere non erano distinte; secondo Wikipedia questa distinzione viene introdotta nel Rinascimento (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/U&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/U&lt;/a&gt;). &#xA;Ed è altrettanto corretto che scritte come &quot;&quot;Palazzo di Givstizia&quot; si trovano in palazzi costruiti in epoca fascista: questo &quot;stile&quot; faceva parte di tutta la simbologia antico-romana del regime come il fascio littorio e il saluto romano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-05-13T19:10:59.920" LastActivityDate="2017-05-13T19:10:59.920" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7051" CreationDate="2017-05-14T21:13:06.333" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rispondendo a me stesso: mi sono imbattuto per caso in un autore non piemontese che, in un romanzo non ambientato in Piemonte (bensì a Milano), usa il termine “tampa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di Luciano Bianciardi, toscano, e del suo &lt;em&gt;La vita agra&lt;/em&gt; (1962), nel cui primo capitolo si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ogni tanto la sera io uscivo con Franz il triestino, a passeggiare per le strade dopo cena, a bere qualcosa in una tampa piena di fumo e di uomini con gli occhi rossi e il viso duro, bluastro, a cantare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-05-14T21:13:06.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8235" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-16T08:24:03.297" Score="4" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to register a name and would like to know if &quot;tempesta artica&quot; in Italian (should be &quot;arctic storm&quot; in English) is grammatically correct and spelled right. Must be in singular form. Google Translate says so but I wouldn't want to rely just on Google for such an important decision. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3530" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-05-17T12:58:12.687" LastActivityDate="2017-05-18T07:14:45.523" Title="Is &quot;tempesta artica&quot; grammatically correct?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8236" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8237" CreationDate="2017-05-17T01:51:28.053" Score="5" ViewCount="1684" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English we say &lt;code&gt;&quot;I love you to death&quot;&lt;/code&gt;. It's a kind of cute way of saying &lt;code&gt;&quot;you mean something very profound to me&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, it's lighthearted and yet meaningful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to say this to a girl I adore, yet it should be in a friendly kind of love way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google translate suggests the following: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ti amo da morire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Firstly&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above translation has &lt;code&gt;amo&lt;/code&gt; which is not what I'm really trying to convey (i.e., I am trying not to convey overly romantic sentiment).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Secondly&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When using the more friendly way of using “love”, &lt;code&gt;&quot;ti voglio bene da morire&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, it just doesn't seem like it works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a better translation for this, or is this a case where there isn't a direct translation of this kind of meaning (colloquialism maybe).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2708" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-05-17T07:23:12.820" LastActivityDate="2017-05-24T09:15:22.627" Title="Translation from &quot;I love you to death&quot; to &quot;ti amo da morire&quot; doesn't seem correct" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8236" CreationDate="2017-05-17T07:26:08.860" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;You could simply tell her: &quot;Ti voglio un mondo di bene!&quot; This is an expression we generally use in strong friendships or with relatives we feel profoundly connected to. You can explore other useful expressions on &lt;a href=&quot;http://context.reverso.net/traduzione/italiano-inglese/ti+voglio+un+mondo+di+bene&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2747" LastEditorUserId="2747" LastEditDate="2017-05-17T07:34:03.107" LastActivityDate="2017-05-17T07:34:03.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8235" CreationDate="2017-05-18T07:14:45.523" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tempesta artica&lt;/strong&gt; is both grammatically correct and spelled right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact the noun &lt;strong&gt;tempesta&lt;/strong&gt; (storm) is feminine singular and the adjective &lt;strong&gt;artica&lt;/strong&gt; (arctic) is consequently adapted according to the noun gender and grammatical number.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-05-18T07:14:45.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8239" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-19T20:04:04.897" Score="0" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avevo visto negli anni l’avvento della nuova stazione ferroviaria, il fiacco svettare del grattacielo di via Novara, i &lt;strong&gt;veleggianti&lt;/strong&gt; edifici di Scampia, il proliferare di costruzioni altissime e splendenti sopra il pietrame grigio dell’Arenaccia, di via Taddeo da Sessa, di piazza Nazionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il significato di &quot;veleggiare&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che può significare &quot;navigare&quot; o &quot;volare&quot;, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;i veleggianti edifici&quot; nel passaggio precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-20T13:06:14.143" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;veleggiante&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8239" CreationDate="2017-05-21T08:08:49.660" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;I veleggianti edifici di Scampia&quot; si riferisce al fatto che a Scampia è stato edificato un parco con degli enormi edifici che sono stati soprannominati &quot;le vele&quot; per la loro forma particolare; puoi vedere delle immagini &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=le%20vele%20di%20scampia&amp;amp;client=firefox-b&amp;amp;source=lnms&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj0zpmFxIDUAhVoLMAKHV3zASYQ_AUICigB&amp;amp;biw=1252&amp;amp;bih=556&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3320" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-05-21T10:05:23.353" LastActivityDate="2017-05-21T10:05:23.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8241" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-21T16:28:22.703" Score="4" ViewCount="439" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meanings of both words is the same meaning &quot;look&quot; if I am not wrong. Then what are the correct contexts of these Italian verbs: &lt;em&gt;cercare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;guardare&lt;/em&gt;?&#xA;Please explain with examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-05-21T17:27:06.403" LastActivityDate="2017-05-21T17:27:06.403" Title="When to use the verb &quot;cercare&quot; and when to use the verb &quot;guardare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8241" CreationDate="2017-05-21T16:39:18.583" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are mistaken in the meaning. The verb &lt;em&gt;guardare&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;to look at, to observe&lt;/em&gt;, while the verb &lt;em&gt;cercare&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;to look for, to search&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Look&lt;/em&gt; in English can have many different meanings, depending on the preposition following it and you have to account for it while translating.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-05-21T16:39:18.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8236" CreationDate="2017-05-21T17:30:10.523" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ti voglio bene&quot; is the expression one uses in Italian to express love, other than romantic love. For example, it's what you would say to friends and family. With this in mind, any variant of this phrase with an added positive adjective (or metaphor) to complement &quot;bene&quot; could work when translating &quot;I love you to death&quot;. Off the top of my head in no particular order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/ti_voglio_tanto_bene&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ti voglio tanto bene&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti voglio un bene dell'anima&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti voglio un mondo / sacco di bene&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti voglio un casino di bene (beware that casino is informal and/or even rude for some people)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti voglio una valanga / montagna di bene&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti voglio bene da morire&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be creative. The Italian language allows it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3543" LastActivityDate="2017-05-21T17:30:10.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8125" CreationDate="2017-05-21T17:41:19.027" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think the expression &quot;non avere idea&quot; holds the preposition &quot;di&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non ho idea di cosa mangerò stasera&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non hai idea di cosa ti aspetti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non ho idea di chi siano quei due li&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non avete idea di dove siano le mie scarpe?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &quot;non ho idea di a cosa tu vada incontro&quot; doesn't sound right. To work around this problem you could answer with a generic yet effective &quot;non ne ho la minima idea&quot;. Answering &quot;non lo so&quot; and &quot;non so a cosa tu vada incontro&quot; would also work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3543" LastActivityDate="2017-05-21T17:41:19.027" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8125" CreationDate="2017-05-22T12:56:40.847" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che la domanda riguardi la &lt;em&gt;correttezza grammaticale&lt;/em&gt; della frase: in questo caso, mi sembra ci siano pochi dubbi. Si ha un'idea &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; qualcosa (complemento di argomento, &quot;di&quot; = &quot;a riguardo di&quot;, &quot;a proposito di&quot;), e quindi, innegabilmente, la frase corretta è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ho idea di quello a cui vai incontro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contraendo un po', si può togliere &quot;quello&quot; e sostituirlo con la subordinata che lo definisce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ho idea di a che cosa vai incontro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le due preposizioni vicine (&quot;di&quot; e &quot;a&quot;) non si danno affatto fastidio: &quot;di&quot; sta nella principale (&quot;non ho idea della cosa&quot;), e &quot;a&quot; nella subordinata (&quot;alla quale vai incontro&quot;). La frase sopra è senza dubbio corretta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può obiettare che nell'uso comune non si sente quasi mai questa costruzione. Neanche si sente &quot;sono uscito con la ragazza con cui vado all'università&quot;, ma si semplifica (svilendola) in &quot;sono uscito con una ragazza, sai quella che viene all'università con me?&quot;; non per questo dobbiamo pensare che le subordinate siano &quot;sbagliate&quot; o &quot;suonino male&quot;. Se proprio preferisci fare una parafrasi, come altri ti hanno già suggerito, usa tranquillamente &quot;non ne ho idea&quot; o &quot;non so a cosa vai incontro&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1919" LastEditorUserId="1919" LastEditDate="2017-05-22T14:11:26.540" LastActivityDate="2017-05-22T14:11:26.540" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8223" CreationDate="2017-05-22T13:16:41.447" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Più che alle orecchie penso che l'autrice si riferisca a quella deformazione che assumono i quaderni quando, a forza di usarli, il calore e il sudore della mano fanno &quot;arricciare&quot; i bordi esterni delle pagine (quelli a destra quando il quaderno è chiuso). Una cosa così, più o meno: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.domandeimpossibili.it/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/carta-758x398.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.domandeimpossibili.it/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/carta-758x398.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le orecchie a volte si formano perché si butta il quaderno nello zaino o nella cartella senza alcuna cura. Il quaderno finisce sotto a qualcos'altro, si piega, si stropiccia, si sgualcisce. Ma penso che l'autrice intenda &lt;em&gt;connotare&lt;/em&gt; che la deformazione del quaderno è dovuta alle molte ore di impegno e di sudore (fisico e metaforico) passate sul quaderno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1919" LastActivityDate="2017-05-22T13:16:41.447" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8249" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8250" CreationDate="2017-05-23T01:12:52.123" Score="6" ViewCount="1630" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo i commenti dei lettori ad un &lt;a href=&quot;https://comics.tomshw.it/197/l-esperimento-31&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;fumetto pubblicato da Tom's Hardware&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato una discussione sui verbi &amp;quot;perpetrare&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;perpetuare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fumetto in questione parla di una razza aliena che corre il rischio di estinguersi, e che cerca di trovare un modo per evitarlo. Nell'ultima vignetta il fumettista ha usato l'espressione &amp;quot;perpetrare la specie&amp;quot;, e un lettore gli ha fatto notare che si tratta di un errore, perché l'espressione corretta è &amp;quot;perpetuare la specie&amp;quot;. L'autore si è scusato e ha corretto la tavola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro lettore, però, ha detto che secondo lui si possono usare entrambi i termini. Il primo allora ha risposto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, &amp;quot;perpetrare&amp;quot; significa compiere un'azione illecita, per esempio si perpetra un delitto. &amp;quot;Perpetuare&amp;quot;, invece, significa rendere perpetuo, eterno. Nel contesto di questa vignetta si può usare solo &amp;quot;perpetuare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al che il secondo ha risposto a sua volta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perpetrare significa portare avanti o compiere qualcosa anche in senso figurato. Quindi si può usare per perpetrare un reato, perpetrare la specie, perpetrare un'azione ecc. E' molto usato nel lessico giudiziario ma non ne è di esclusivo uso. P. es. un'azione militare audace alla rambo può essere perpetrata. Può essere usato anche in zoologia per indicare proprio l'azione di allungare la vita ad una specie animale nel caso di un intervento esterno p. es. (guarda caso) da parte di un ricercatore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perpetuare ha significato nel senso di ripetere qualcosa o portarla avanti anche in senso figurato. Quindi può essere usato per perpetuare un reato (nel senso di ripeterlo più volte), perpetuare la specie (nel senso figurato o materiale di portarla avanti), perpetuare un'azione (anche qui nel senso di ripeterla) ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sono differenze minime che nel caso in specie (assicurare il prosieguo della specie aliena) non hanno importanza per cui possono essere utilizzati entrambi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'italiano è complicato, pieno di sfumature ed eccezioni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa risposta mi lascia davvero perplesso. Mi verrebbe da dire che ha ragione il primo lettore: si perpetra un reato e si perpetua una specie, e non si può dire &amp;quot;perpetrare una specie&amp;quot;. Anche l'esempio della zoologia, in cui indicherebbe l'azione di allungare la vita ad un animale, mi sembra completamente sbagliato. E &amp;quot;perpetuare un reato&amp;quot; nel senso di &amp;quot;ripeterlo più volte&amp;quot; mi sembra come minimo un'interpretazione molto forzata, perché &amp;quot;perpetuo&amp;quot; indica un singolo evento che non termina, mentre qui si tratterebbe di una ripetizione di eventi, che non è la stessa cosa. E non mi sembrano affatto &amp;quot;differenze minime&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;sfumature&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sui vocabolari che ho consultato (per &amp;quot;perpetrare&amp;quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/perpetrare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/perpetrare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikizionario&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/perpetrare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=perpetrare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/P/perpetrare.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;) non ho trovato nulla che supportasse anche solo in minima parte la tesi di questo secondo lettore. Ma visto che sembra molto convinto del fatto suo, vorrei sentire altri pareri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile usare i verbi &amp;quot;perpetrare&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;perpetuare&amp;quot; nel senso indicato da questo lettore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3524" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-05-23T09:05:01.730" Title="È corretta l'espressione &quot;perpetrare una specie&quot; anziché &quot;perpetuare una specie&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8249" CreationDate="2017-05-23T09:05:01.730" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono d'accordo con questo utente. Direi che i due verbi &quot;perpetrare&quot; e &quot;perpetuare&quot; sono completamente diversi come significato, tanto quanto lo sono i loro sinonimi (approssimativi) &quot;fare&quot; e &quot;continuare&quot;. Nel caso in cui la somiglianza avesse portato l'utente a pensare che abbiano un'etimologia comune (e quindi si possano, in qualche modo, considerare due forme per la stessa parola), da una breve ricerca mi sembra che non sia così: tolto il prefisso &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;, che in entrambi i casi sembra un intensificativo,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;perpetrare&lt;/strong&gt; viene da &lt;em&gt;patro&lt;/em&gt;, che significa &quot;eseguire&quot;, &quot;compiere&quot; e sembra essere etimologicamente legato a &quot;padre&quot;, nel senso di colui che genera;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;perpetuare&lt;/strong&gt; viene da &lt;em&gt;peto&lt;/em&gt;, che significa &quot;procedere verso&quot; e fa probabilmente un riferimento figurato all'eterno procedere del tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="901" LastActivityDate="2017-05-23T09:05:01.730" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8251" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-23T12:55:19.980" Score="5" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;So cosa significa ammollare o &quot;in ammollo&quot;. Per esempio, metter i panni in ammollo, cioè immergerli in liquido (acqua di solito) per renderli molli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma cosa è esattamente un &quot;uomo in ammollo&quot;? Per esempio, nella canzone &quot;Dimmi Dimmi Tu&quot; di Frankie HI-NRG MC, quest'ultimo dice durante la prima strofa: &quot;...giù fino al midollo tu ci sei immerso quasi come l'uomo in ammollo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ci ho mai fatto veramente caso a quest'espressione, quindi sarebbe interessante capire quando è più indicato usarla e quali sono veramente i possibili significati di un &quot;uomo in ammollo&quot;. La mia idea è che un uomo in ammollo è tipo un uomo che galleggia, cioè quindi che non ha veramente il controllo (di qualcosa), e quindi si fa trasportare (per esempio dalla società?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user801" LastActivityDate="2017-05-23T17:24:44.127" Title="Cosa è un &quot;uomo in ammollo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8251" CreationDate="2017-05-23T13:13:29.217" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione fa riferimento ad un &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=8&amp;amp;cad=rja&amp;amp;uact=8&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjptIqUiIbUAhWL6xQKHdz2A9EQtwIIPjAH&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.youtube.com%2Fwatch%3Fv%3D0gfXdK9rXp0&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNEhFnO4KRqQI42vk2RRER2bFxUNHg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;famoso spot di un detersivo&lt;/a&gt;, andato in onda sulla televisione italiana tra gli anni '70 e '80. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negli anni ’70 l’uomo in ammollo era il chitarrista jazz &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franco_Cerri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Franco Cerri&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Autoironico, casalingo e rassicurante, Cerri se ne stava beatamente&#xA;  immerso in acqua, tutto vestito in camicia e cravatta, spiegando come&#xA;  la potenza di Bio Presto avrebbe cancellato le terribili macchie di&#xA;  cui era cosparsa la sua camicia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Sporco impossibile? Nooo, non esiste sporco impossibile per Bio&#xA;  Presto» era il tormentone della campagna, che durò 15 anni e negli&#xA;  anni ’80 continuò a mostrarci Cerri che, oltre a stare in acqua,&#xA;  girava per case e supermercati, sempre occupandosi (come una donna!)&#xA;  di lavatrici, detersivi e panni sporchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi il testimonial è Umberto Pelizzari, campione mondiale di apnea&#xA;  profonda, e la headline delle affissioni è «Un pulito da record».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La differenza è lampante: &lt;strong&gt;negli anni ’70-’80 Bio Presto rappresentava&#xA;  un uomo piacente ma normale, pronto a mettere da parte le sue abilità&#xA;  di chitarrista per pensare al bucato&lt;/strong&gt;; oggi ci mostra un recordman dal&#xA;  fisico eccezionale, al cui volto, in realtà segnato da sole e mare, il&#xA;  fotoritocco ha cancellato rughe e imperfezioni, per omologarlo a mille&#xA;  altri belloni da passerella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che il significato non è quello che indichi tu (uomo che galleggia e che non ha il controllo della situazione) ma è specificatamente riferito allo spot di Cerri, divenuto più famoso per quello che per la sua grande carriera come musicista (è uno dei tre chitarristi italiani con &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/franco-cerri/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;una voce inserita nell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ho sottolineato dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://giovannacosenza.wordpress.com/2009/06/08/luomo-in-ammollo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di Giovanna Cosenza&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;negli anni ’70-’80 Bio Presto rappresentava&#xA;  un uomo piacente ma normale, pronto a mettere da parte le sue abilità&#xA;  di chitarrista per pensare al bucato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ed inoltre:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;negli anni ’80 continuò a mostrarci Cerri che, oltre a stare in acqua,&#xA;  girava per case e supermercati, sempre occupandosi (come una donna!)&#xA;  di lavatrici, detersivi e panni sporchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-05-23T17:24:44.127" LastActivityDate="2017-05-23T17:24:44.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8255" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-24T10:27:22.497" Score="4" ViewCount="489" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for help to find out the meaning of a phrase I was told. Maybe someone could explain me what could &quot;dolce fiore&quot; mean? An Italian friend (and only a friend) of mine has said it to me, but yet the language is a bit difficult for me to understand every expression. He said that these kind of expressions are used when somebody &quot;si vuole bene&quot;. So, was this something he meant in a very sweet friendly way or, unfortunately, something more than friendly?:(&#xA;Thank You so much in advance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3554" LastActivityDate="2017-05-29T06:31:01.060" Title="Could someone tell me what could &quot;dolce fiore&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8255" CreationDate="2017-05-25T10:35:19.453" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Literally the meaning is &lt;em&gt;sweet flower&lt;/em&gt;, but it's the kind of thing you say to a lover. E.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://wikitesti.com/dolce_fiore/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd go with &lt;em&gt;somewhat more than friendly&lt;/em&gt;, or maybe &lt;em&gt;friend with hopes&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2017-05-25T10:35:19.453" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="107" CreationDate="2017-05-25T13:17:29.093" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Much simpler: it is pretending or willing to have one's wife already drunk while having the barrel of wine still full for having all desires fulfilled.&#xA;In (Argy) Spanish: &quot;tener la chancha, los veinte (lechones) y la máquina de hacer chorizos&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3559" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-05-25T14:02:32.317" LastActivityDate="2017-05-25T14:02:32.317" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8258" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-05-25T16:03:20.067" Score="1" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'altra sera parlando dei ben noti e tristi fatti di Manchester, Barbara Serra annunciava in diretta a Bianca Berlinguer che il livello di guardia in Inghilterra era stato appena alzato al massimo grado, il che stava a significare un attacco imminente. L'uso dell'aggettivo &quot;imminente&quot; ha creato ovviamente molta preoccupazione e  qualche incomprensione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Barbara Serra traduceva letteralmente dall'inglese &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dictionary.com/browse/imminent&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;imminent&lt;/a&gt;&quot; che come riportano i dizionari sta a significare &quot;molto probabile che accada , e in tempi brevi&quot;, mentre l'italiano &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=imminente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;imminente&lt;/a&gt; significa &quot;che accadrà, e in tempi brevi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concordate sul significato di imminente in italiano, oppure viene anche da noi usato per indicare una probabilità alta, ma non certa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-15T15:45:27.870" LastActivityDate="2018-03-15T15:45:27.870" Title="Un attacco &quot;imminente'" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8258" CreationDate="2017-05-25T17:42:17.600" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il mio dizionario di inglese (OED) dà, per &lt;em&gt;imminent&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;about to happen&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e, come senso arcaico, “overhanging”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi lo stesso che in italiano. Ecco la &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/imminente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce del Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;imminènte&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;immĭnens -entis&lt;/em&gt;, part. pres. di &lt;em&gt;imminere&lt;/em&gt; «sovrastare», comp. di &lt;em&gt;in-&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; e &lt;em&gt;minere&lt;/em&gt; «sporgere»]. – 1. letter. Che sporge o è sospeso sopra qualcuno o qualche cosa; sovrastante: la rupe i.; sotto l’i. luna; la spada i. sopra il capo di Damocle; fra’ cedri al suo talamo imminenti (Foscolo). 2. Più com. in senso fig., che è prossimo ad accadere o a esser fatto: il pericolo era i.; l’arrivo sembrava i.; libro d’i. pubblicazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A conferma, la traduzione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Inglese/I/imminent.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sansoni&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;agg.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  1 imminente, vicino, prossimo: war is imminent la guerra è imminente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  2 (ant) (overhanging) imminente, minaccioso: imminent danger pericolo imminente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Inglese-Italiano/I/imminent.php?lingua=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Picchi (Hoepli)&lt;/a&gt; dà “imminente, prossimo, incombente”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-05-25T17:42:17.600" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8260" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8261" CreationDate="2017-05-25T21:02:41.667" Score="8" ViewCount="1606" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does anyone know if the right meaning of &lt;strong&gt;Ma che sei grullo?&lt;/strong&gt; is something similar to &lt;em&gt;but are you crazy?!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An Italian friend used this expression and I understood this by context, also checked on the net, but couldn't confirm it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3379" LastEditorUserId="3379" LastEditDate="2017-05-26T09:47:59.513" LastActivityDate="2020-12-23T12:58:44.417" Title="Ma che sei grullo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8260" CreationDate="2017-05-25T22:41:49.053" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/grullo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani vocabulary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;grullo&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [etimo incerto], tosc. – 1. Sciocco, semplicione; si dice soprattutto di persona che ha scarsa vivacità d’intelletto e di chi per eccessiva ingenuità si lascia facilmente ingannare o agisce a proprio svantaggio: &lt;em&gt;quanto sei g.!; sei davvero g. se non capisci; sarei grulla se ti dessi retta;&lt;/em&gt; spesso sostantivato: &lt;em&gt;è un povero g.; soltanto i g. possono credere alle sue parole&lt;/em&gt;. Con senso attenuato: &lt;em&gt;non fare il g.!; sei stato g. a non accettare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(my translation:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;grullo&lt;/strong&gt; adj. [uncertain etymology], Tuscan – 1. Stupid, simple; usually said of person with slow intellect and who, due to excessive naivety is easily cheated or acts against their own interests: &lt;em&gt;quanto sei g.!&lt;/em&gt; (how stupid you are); &lt;em&gt;sei davvero g. se non capisci&lt;/em&gt; (you're really stupid if you you do not understand); &lt;em&gt;sarei grulla se ti dessi retta&lt;/em&gt; (I'd be stupid if I paid attention to you)*; often as a noun: &lt;em&gt;è un povero g.&lt;/em&gt; (he's a poor idiot); &lt;em&gt;soltanto i g. possono credere alle sue parole&lt;/em&gt; (only the stupid could believe his words). In a weakened sense: &lt;em&gt;non fare il g.!&lt;/em&gt; (don't be an idiot); &lt;em&gt;sei stato g. a non accettare&lt;/em&gt; (you had been stupid not to accept).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;em&gt;Ma che, sei grullo?&lt;/em&gt; could be roughly translated as &lt;em&gt;are you an idiot or what?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-23T12:58:44.417" LastActivityDate="2020-12-23T12:58:44.417" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8262" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8266" CreationDate="2017-05-27T07:13:08.633" Score="2" ViewCount="1226" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tagliava la testa ai ritratti&lt;/em&gt;, rideva Imma incredula, &lt;em&gt;faceva impiccare i ritratti&lt;/em&gt;. E dopo quelle decapitazioni e impiccagioni Masaniello indossava un abito di seta azzurra ricamato d’argento, metteva al collo una catena d’oro, attaccava al cappello una spilla di diamanti e andava al Mercato. Ci andava così, mamma, tutto &lt;strong&gt;impernacchiato&lt;/strong&gt; da marchese, duca e principe, lui che era plebeo, lui che era pescatore e non sapeva né leggere né scrivere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul termine &quot;impernacchiato&quot;, che non ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Dal contesto posso immaginare che significhi &quot;vestito in modo elegante e ricercato&quot;. È così? Si tratta di un vocabolo di origine dialettale? Si usa solo in Campania? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-05-29T08:05:49.650" Title="Significato e uso di &quot;impernacchiato&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8262" CreationDate="2017-05-27T09:33:09.377" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premesso che &quot;pernacchia&quot; è un termine derivante dal napoletano (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pernacchia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pernacchia/&lt;/a&gt;) che indica un suono derisorio (questo per intenderci: &lt;a href=&quot;http://imalbum.aufeminin.com/album/D20130705/0_uplfrm_pernacchia_H161139_L.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://imalbum.aufeminin.com/album/D20130705/0_uplfrm_pernacchia_H161139_L.jpg&lt;/a&gt;), credo che in questo caso &quot;impernacchiato&quot; indichi sì che era vestito in modo elegante, ma è un'eleganza del tutto artificiosa ed esagerata con cui il personaggio si pavoneggia, e tale da suscitare ilarità. Forse possiamo dire &quot;addobbato come un albero di Natale&quot; o &quot;impettito come un pavone&quot; per rendere l'idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-05-27T09:33:09.377" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8266" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8262" CreationDate="2017-05-29T08:05:49.650" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://pereta.it/etimologia.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;interessante sito che spiega l'etimologia del termine dialettale napoletano &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pereta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato un altrettanto interessante passaggio che forse può rispondere alla tua domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pernacchio deriva da &quot;vernacchio&quot;, da &quot;vernaculum&quot;: cosa popolare,&#xA;  scurrile, dal sostantivo verna=schiavo nato nella casa dei padroni. La&#xA;  v mutò poi in p, e il vernacchio in pernacchio. Prima di andare&#xA;  avanti, una preghiera: non si confonda il pernacchio con la&#xA;  pernacchia. &quot;Pernacchia&quot; non significa scorreggia, come (in origine)&#xA;  il suo omologo maschile; ma nemmeno - come molti invece credono - vuol&#xA;  dire emissione oltraggiosa di aria dalla bocca. La pernacchia è una&#xA;  donna volgare, ma soprattutto &quot;curiosa&quot;, nell'accezione napoletana del&#xA;  termine: una donna ridicola che, non sapendo di esserlo, e pensando al&#xA;  contrario di essere bella ed elegante, si agghinda in modo vistoso e&#xA;  originale, credendo così di far colpo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi l'aggettivo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;impernacchiato/a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (presente in molti dialetti del meridione, tipo il foggiano) indica una persona abbigliata con una ricercatezza tale che però ottiene esattamente il risultato opposto, cioè sembrare ridicola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-05-29T08:05:49.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8268" CreationDate="2017-05-31T10:45:50.940" Score="8" ViewCount="706" Body="&lt;p&gt;Up to my knowledge both &quot;comperare&quot; and &quot;comprare&quot; mean to buy or to purchase. In which context should I use one or the other, are they always interchangeable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3195" LastActivityDate="2017-05-31T11:55:49.970" Title="Comperare vs Comprare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8267" CreationDate="2017-05-31T11:55:49.970" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Those have the same usage, &quot;comperare&quot; is more old usage and used nowadays in some regions of Italy but it's accepted everywhere. &quot;Comprare&quot; is more common&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/comprare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/comprare/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastActivityDate="2017-05-31T11:55:49.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8269" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8270" CreationDate="2017-06-01T15:20:51.730" Score="1" ViewCount="2333" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ascoltando le notizie sulla RAI, ho osservato che si usava la parola &quot;asticella&quot; in senso figurato, con un significato che dal contesto si poteva capire che era più o meno quello di &quot;livello di esigenza&quot;. Non ho però trovato questo senso figurato sui dizionari che ho consultato. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste fare alcuni esempi di uso del vocabolo &quot;asticella&quot; con questo senso figurato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-01T15:40:33.687" Title="Esempi di uso di &quot;asticella&quot; in senso figurato" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8269" CreationDate="2017-06-01T15:40:33.687" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'asticella è la sbarra utilizzata nei salti in alto o in salto con l'asta.&#xA;L'asticella è quindi un risultato da raggiungere e viene utilizzato a tal scopo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simile significato ha &quot;soglia&quot; che indica il limite della porta o dell'ingresso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&#xA;Per dare il via a questo progetto bisogna superare l'asticella (o la soglia) dei 20.000€&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Alzare l'asticella&quot; ha il significato letterale di &quot;raise the bar&quot; che mi sembra sia abbastanza utilizzato nella lingua inglese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/asticella.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/asticella.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastActivityDate="2017-06-01T15:40:33.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8271" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8272" CreationDate="2017-06-02T09:32:39.670" Score="5" ViewCount="733" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è il vocabolo che si usa di solito per indicare la persona che è alla porta di una scuola o di un liceo? Ho pensato a &quot;portinaio&quot;, nella accezione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/portinaio/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con accezione più generica, custode di una porta;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non sono sicura che questo sia il termine veramente usato. In questa entrata del Treccani, ho visto che appare anche la parola &quot;portiere&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in tale accezione, il termine, usato solo al masch., talora alternandosi con &lt;em&gt;portiere&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non so se sia questo il termine adatto. C'è poi anche il termine &quot;custode&quot; che però mi sembra più generico. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi facendo magari qualche esempio di uso nel caso che la persona addetta a tale mansione sia una donna? Dico questo dopo aver letto &quot;il termine, usato solo al masch.&quot; nel Treccani, che ancora mi confonde di più (non posso dire &quot;la portinaia&quot;?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T14:32:40.750" Title="Parola per indicare la persona che è alla porta di una scuola" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8272" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8271" CreationDate="2017-06-02T11:21:43.413" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella pratica quotidiana (almeno a Roma) il termine abituale è indubbiamente &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bidello/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;bidello&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (e &lt;strong&gt;bidella&lt;/strong&gt;). Tecnicamente è detto &lt;em&gt;collaboratore scolastico&lt;/em&gt;, che fa parte del personale ATA (cf. &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Personale_amministrativo,_tecnico_e_ausiliario&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Personale_amministrativo,_tecnico_e_ausiliario&lt;/a&gt;), ma il termine “bidello” è quello usato da genitori, bimbi e insegnanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Il “portinaio” solo maschile della Treccani si riferisce al guardiano delle porte delle città etc.; quello delle case può benissimo essere una “portinaia” donna. Anche nel senso delle case d'abitazione si usa anche “portiere” e “portiera”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-06-02T11:39:47.683" LastActivityDate="2017-06-02T11:39:47.683" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8094" CreationDate="2017-06-03T22:37:50.983" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The form &lt;em&gt;sortillo&lt;/em&gt; is the same as &lt;em&gt;lo sortì&lt;/em&gt; (passato remoto). The enclitic position of the pronoun is still used in modern Italian, with less frequency than in the past. Here one has to take into account that it's poetry, so there are several constraints with accent and rhyme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;sortire&lt;/em&gt;, according to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/sortire2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sortire&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; v. tr. [lat. sortire e sortiri, der. di sors sortis «sorte1»] (io sortisco, tu sortisci, ecc.), letter. – 1. a. Estrarre a sorte, sorteggiare: Chi de’ di voi combatter sortirete (Ariosto). b. Dare, assegnare in sorte; destinare: Dintorno al fosso vanno a mille a mille, Saettando qual anima si svelle Del sangue più che sua colpa sortille (Dante); Perch’a sì alto grado il ciel sortillo (Petrarca); quegl’ineffabili Giorni ... Che sì fugaci e brevi il cielo a noi sortì (Leopardi). 2. Avere in sorte: avere sortito dalla natura un grande ingegno; per estens., ottenere, conseguire: il suo tentativo di conciliazione non ha sortito alcun risultato; la cura ha sortito soltanto effetti negativi; felice si può chiamare quella repubblica, la quale sortisce un uomo sì prudente, che gli dia leggi ordinate (Machiavelli).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the description you can see the same &lt;em&gt;sortillo&lt;/em&gt; in a quote from Petrarch.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-06-03T22:37:50.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8275" CreationDate="2017-06-03T23:01:46.217" Score="4" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proto-Indo-European_language#Pronoun&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Proto-Indo-European_language#Pronoun&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;PIE had personal pronouns in the first and second grammatical person,&#xA;  but not the third person, where demonstrative pronouns were used&#xA;  instead&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Personal_pronoun#Person_and_number&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Personal_pronoun#Person_and_number&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Some languages do not have third-person personal pronouns, instead&#xA;  using demonstratives (e.g. Macedonian) or full noun phrases. Latin&#xA;  used demonstratives rather than third-person pronouns (in fact the&#xA;  third-person pronouns in the Romance languages are descended from the&#xA;  Latin demonstratives).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When were third person pronouns added to Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3228" LastActivityDate="2017-06-04T07:59:48.630" Title="When were third person pronouns added to Italian?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8274" CreationDate="2017-06-04T07:45:15.993" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Latin did not have specific forms for the singular and plural third person pronouns and used the demonstratives in their place: is, ille, ipse, etc. Third-person Italian forms represent the continuation of these forms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pronomi personali&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il latino non aveva forme specifiche per i pronomi di terza persona singolare e plurale e usava al loro posto i dimostrativi: is, ille, ipse, ecc. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Le forme italiane di terza persona rappresentano la continuazione di tali forme.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  In fiorentino antico il numero delle forme di pronomi soggetto di terza persona era ancora maggiore di quello attuale. Era presente, ad es., un pronome plurale maschile elli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(1) Ben m’accors’io ch’elli era d’alte lode (Dante, Par. XIV, 124)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C’erano poi le forme ei (con la variante apocopata e’, identica a una delle forme dell’articolo determinativo maschile plurale), per la terza persona singolare e plurale maschile, la e le per la terza persona singolare e plurale femminile, rispettivamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(2) E’ mi par d’or in hora udire il messo (Petrarca, Canz. CCCXLIX, 1)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-06-04T07:59:48.630" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8276" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8277" CreationDate="2017-06-05T03:24:19.803" Score="5" ViewCount="1862" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un problema. La mia professoressa dice che dire &quot;quelli stivali&quot; è corretto. Dice che si può dire anche quegli stivali, ma io non sono sicuro, credo soltanto di &quot;quegli stivali&quot;, e non &quot;quelli stivali&quot;. Perchè stivali comincia con st, e non si può usare l'articolo &quot;i&quot;. Si può usare quelli per dire quelli stivali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3188" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-05T04:45:05.947" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T12:40:59.073" Title="Posso usare &quot;quelli&quot; per dire di parole che cominciano in st?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8276" CreationDate="2017-06-05T04:44:38.260" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua professoressa ha torto (almeno per quanto riguarda l'italiano contemporaneo), devi usare &lt;strong&gt;quegli&lt;/strong&gt; davanti alla parola stivali ed, in generale, davanti a tutte le parole che iniziano per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;gn, ps, pn, z, x, y, s + consonante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola si applica a partire dall'articolo determinativo &lt;strong&gt;lo&lt;/strong&gt;, vale anche per il plurale &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; e si può estendere all'aggettivo dimostrativo &lt;strong&gt;quegli&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quegli &lt;strong&gt;gn&lt;/strong&gt;occhi &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quegli &lt;strong&gt;ps&lt;/strong&gt;icologi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quegli &lt;strong&gt;pn&lt;/strong&gt;eumatici&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quegli &lt;strong&gt;z&lt;/strong&gt;aini&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quegli &lt;strong&gt;x&lt;/strong&gt;ilofoni&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quegli &lt;strong&gt;y&lt;/strong&gt;ogurt&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quegli &lt;strong&gt;sp&lt;/strong&gt;aventapasseri, quegli &lt;strong&gt;st&lt;/strong&gt;udi, quegli &lt;strong&gt;sc&lt;/strong&gt;iocchi...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2009/11/26/uso-dellarticolo-determinativo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui puoi trovare ulteriori informazioni riguardanti l'uso dell'articolo determinativo in generale&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-05T08:19:34.667" LastActivityDate="2017-06-05T08:19:34.667" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8197" CreationDate="2017-06-05T21:44:31.423" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/merda#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Merda!&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the translation of &quot;&lt;em&gt;Shit!&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, and is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want something stronger, you can insult something. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/porca_troia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Porca troia!&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is insulting a (nonexisting) whore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italians also swear at God and call him names when something really bad happens, but I'm not teaching you that since it's considered very offensive, is a big sin for the majority religion and &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blasphemy_law#Italy&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;it is illegal&lt;/a&gt; (yes, we are allowed to offend sex workers but not some imaginary entity)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1714" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-09-03T17:32:22.673" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T17:32:22.673" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8279" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8280" CreationDate="2017-06-06T06:18:35.007" Score="2" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sulle notizie di &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.euronews.com/2017/06/05/arabia-saudita-bahrein-emirati-ed-egitto-chiudono-le-frontiere-col-qatar&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Euronews&lt;/a&gt; ho letto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mossa delle quattro nazioni arabe approfondisce ulteriormente la divisione tra i paesi del Golfo per il sostegno qatariota ai gruppi islamici. L’Arabia Saudita afferma che le truppe qatariote &lt;strong&gt;sarebbero state tirate&lt;/strong&gt; dalla guerra in corso in Yemen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato del verbo &quot;tirare&quot; nella frase precedente. L'ho cercato in alcuni dizionari, ma appaiono tantissime accezioni che non riesco a vedere a quale corrisponda. Significa che l'Arabia Saudita accusa il Qatar di aver inviato truppe in Yemen? Oppure l'accusa sarebbe invece di aver ritirato le truppe qatariote della guerra in Yemen? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T13:07:01.610" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tirare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8279" CreationDate="2017-06-06T07:10:47.477" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra che non abbia il minimo senso. Forse doveva essere &lt;em&gt;ritirate&lt;/em&gt;, ma anche così non è spiegato sufficientemente bene che truppe siano e cosa abbiano a che fare con il resto della notizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche &lt;em&gt;approfondisce&lt;/em&gt; è un verbo che non mi suona completamente appropriato in quella frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse è una cattiva traduzione da un'altra lingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T07:10:47.477" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8271" CreationDate="2017-06-06T12:49:20.673" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dipende dal ruolo che svolge.&#xA;&quot;Custode&quot; se apre/chiude la scuola, regola gli accessi e ha un appartamento nello stesso edificio.&#xA;&quot;Portinaio&quot; se apre/chiude la scuola e regola gli accessi ma non vive nello stesso edificio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Bidello&quot; (o &quot;collaboratore scolastico&quot; se si vuole essere politicamente corretti): non è un &quot;custode&quot; o un &quot;portinaio&quot; ma colui che pulisce la scuola, controlla i corridoi, porta le circolari in classe etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3584" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-06T14:32:40.750" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T14:32:40.750" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8179" CreationDate="2017-06-06T12:52:04.423" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Permaloso&lt;/em&gt; è la parola corretta, ma parlando puoi anche usare &lt;a href=&quot;https://unaparolaalgiorno.it/significato/M/malmostoso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;malmostoso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3584" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-06T14:47:40.780" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T14:47:40.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5140" CreationDate="2017-06-06T20:57:13.533" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;My cousin in Italy always said, &quot;piano e piano&quot;  as I struggled to speak Italian.  It's an italian phrase meaning little by little or step by step.  &quot;Pieno&quot; means full.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3587" LastActivityDate="2017-06-06T20:57:13.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8286" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8578" CreationDate="2017-06-07T07:37:48.720" Score="2" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All’apparenza, dunque, dopo la morte di Rino sembrò migliorare. Smise di stare in allarme a occhi stretti. La pelle del viso, che sembrava una bianchissima vela di olona stirata da un vento forte, si ammorbidì. Ma fu un miglioramento momentaneo. Presto mise rughe disordinate, in fronte, ai lati degli occhi, anche sulle guance dove sembravano &lt;strong&gt;false pieghe&lt;/strong&gt;. E un po’ tutto quanto il corpo cominciò a invecchiare, la schiena si incurvò, la pancia le diventò gonfia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco il significato delle singole parole &quot;falso&quot; e &quot;piega&quot;, ma non riesco a cogliere il senso dell'espressione &quot;false pieghe&quot;: non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-15T13:13:20.103" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;false pieghe&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8287" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8288" CreationDate="2017-06-07T12:22:46.857" Score="7" ViewCount="231" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today is 7th June 2017. Consider the following phrase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo sabato andiamo al mare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;This&quot; Saturday is definitely interpreted by everyone as the 10th of June.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now consider the following&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sabato prossimo andiamo al mare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Next&quot; Saturday is often both interpreted (by many speakers) as either the upcoming 10th Saturday or the one &quot;next&quot; to the upcoming (the 17th).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really had troubles misunderstanding sentences like the second because the speaker meant &quot;weekend of the next week&quot; or &quot;monday of next week&quot; according to the specific context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a hint that if the &quot;next&quot; day can be tomorrow or 8 days later, &quot;next&quot; mean 8 days later when talking about a weekday.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A giugno &quot;prossimo&quot; scadono gli interessi / Il &quot;prossimo&quot; giugno scadono gli interessi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above can mean June 2017 if said in March 2017, but I found it being interpreted as June 2018 if the sentence is said in May 2017&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the official grammar interpretation for &quot;prossimo&quot; when referring to a timeline?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3500" LastActivityDate="2017-06-07T14:49:12.470" Title="Use of &quot;prossimo&quot; instead of &quot;questo&quot; referring to a timeline" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8288" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8287" CreationDate="2017-06-07T14:42:45.343" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following extract from the Accademia della Crusca says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;The adjective &amp;quot;prossimo&amp;quot; used  with time units (names of months and days of the week) indicates the first unit of time after the enunciation. This means that the month or day referred to in the sentence is the first to come from when I pronounce the sentence; If, for example, today is Wednesday, by  &amp;quot;Sabato prossimo,&amp;quot; I am referring to Saturday that comes three days later, that is Saturday of the current week.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il seguente articolo dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/prossimo-unit-temporali&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; chiarisce l'uso di &amp;quot;prossimo&amp;quot; riferito ad unità temporali. Nota inoltre che l'influenza  della lingua Inglese con la distinzione tra &amp;quot;this e next&amp;quot;  possa a volte creare fraintendimenti anche in italiano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L'aggettivo prossimo unito ad unità temporali (nomi dei mesi e dei giorni della settimana) indica la prima unità di tempo successiva al momento dell'enunciazione&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Questo significa che il mese o il giorno cui si fa riferimento nella frase è il primo che arriva rispetto al momento in cui pronuncio la frase; se, ad esempio, oggi che è mercoledì dico &amp;quot;sabato prossimo&amp;quot;, mi riferisco al sabato che viene tre giorni dopo, al sabato della settimana in corso&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; Se la stessa frase la pronuncio di sabato, farò riferimento al sabato successivo, cioè a quello che verrà sette giorni dopo. Quando l'unità temporale considerata sia la settimana, vale lo stesso criterio per cui la settimana in corso è quella che contiene il giorno in cui sto parlando, la &amp;quot;settimana prossima&amp;quot; è quella successiva (dopo la domenica della settimana in corso): se ad esempio oggi, mercoledì 5 novembre dico: &amp;quot;ci sentiamo giovedì della prossima settimana&amp;quot; non intenderò ovviamente &amp;quot;domani&amp;quot;, ma giovedì 13 novembre (da notare che invece &amp;quot;giovedì prossimo&amp;quot; in questo caso è domani).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Questo uso particolare vale per tutti gli aggettivi deittici del tipo &amp;quot;prossimo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;scorso&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;questo&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; congiunti a unità di tempo posizionali, cioè che si definiscono rispetto alla &amp;quot;posizione&amp;quot; dei partecipanti allo scambio dialogico nel tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L'incertezza nella scelta di questo aggettivo può essere favorita dall'influsso dell'inglese in cui vengono distinte le unità temporali più o meno vicine attraverso la scelta di this o next&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &amp;quot;this Friday&amp;quot; è &amp;quot;questo venerdì&amp;quot;, quello della settimana in corso, mentre &amp;quot;next Friday&amp;quot; è il &amp;quot;prossimo venerdì&amp;quot; quindi quello della prossima settimana. Anche l'italiano offre la possibilità di scegliere tra &amp;quot;questo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;prossimo&amp;quot;, che però assumono lo stesso valore che hanno nell'inglese soltanto quando siano usati contestualmente, contrapposti l'uno all'altro: se oggi (martedì) dico &amp;quot;questo venerdì non posso, ci possiamo vedere venerdì prossimo&amp;quot; intendo che sono impegnata il primo venerdì che viene, mentre sono libera il venerdì della settimana prossima; ma se dico semplicemente &amp;quot;ci vediamo venerdì prossimo&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;ci vediamo questo venerdì&amp;quot; le due frasi sono perfettamente sinonimiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-06-07T14:49:12.470" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8289" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-06-07T16:09:08.630" Score="7" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di capire quale di queste forme sia corretta o comunque preferibile dovendo indicare il costo di un oggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1€ a penna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4€ a confezione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1€ per penna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4€ per confezione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Facendo delle ricerche in internet mi sembrano usate entrambe le forme e se dovessi scegliere andrei a sensazione e vorrei capire se c'è una regola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="199" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-06-15T17:04:42.070" Title="&quot;1 euro a oggetto&quot; oppure &quot;1 euro per oggetto&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8294" CreationDate="2017-06-07T19:48:35.803" Score="8" ViewCount="2523" Body="&lt;p&gt;How could I translate &lt;em&gt;&quot;used to&quot;&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;&quot;be used to&quot;&lt;/em&gt; in Italian to make my Italian friends understand the difference in meaning?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;For example, how would you express the difference between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I used to drink a lot of coffees when I was young.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and             &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I am used to drinking coffee every morning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-06-07T20:33:44.623" LastActivityDate="2018-10-24T16:18:28.033" Title="&quot;Used to&quot; and &quot;be used to&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8291" CreationDate="2017-06-07T20:00:59.803" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/solito.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Essere solito (di)&lt;/a&gt; :&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is an expression that conveys the meaning  of &quot;being used to something&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono solito (abituato a ) bere caffè ogni mattina. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella loc. Essere solito, solere (seguito da un verbo all'infinito presente, preceduto o no dalla prep. di):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;è solito alzarsi presto la mattina; sono solito leggere il giornale dopo pranzo; erano soliti di fare una partita a carte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoeply)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-06-07T20:12:59.167" LastActivityDate="2017-06-07T20:12:59.167" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8291" CreationDate="2017-06-07T20:39:28.230" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Gio says in his answer the locution &lt;em&gt;to be used to&lt;/em&gt; can be translated as &lt;em&gt;essere solito&lt;/em&gt;, or (in my opinion more commonly) using the adverbial locution &lt;em&gt;di solito&lt;/em&gt; followed by the verb at the &lt;em&gt;presente indicativo&lt;/em&gt;. So I'd translate &lt;em&gt;I am used to drink coffee every morning&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di solito bevo caffè ogni mattina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would express the verb &lt;em&gt;I used to&lt;/em&gt; with the same construction at the past. So &lt;em&gt;I used to drink coffee every morning&lt;/em&gt; would be translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di solito bevevo caffè ogni mattina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, if describing a habit, with &lt;em&gt;avere l'abitudine di&lt;/em&gt;, for example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avevo l'abitudine di bere caffè ogni mattina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-06-07T20:39:28.230" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8295" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8297" CreationDate="2017-06-09T05:41:57.097" Score="2" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere qual è il significato di&#xA; &quot;Non pretendere altro in avvenire&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fa differenza se quest'espressione viene usata in modo informale o per iscritto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-06-09T08:00:49.910" LastActivityDate="2017-06-09T08:00:49.910" Title="Non pretendere altro in avvenire" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8295" CreationDate="2017-06-09T06:22:35.223" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essenzialmente il significato è quello letterale cioè rinunciare a qualsiasi ulteriore pretesa futura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diciamo che il contesto in cui si trovano clausole di questo tipo è quello legale (o formale) e solitamente ci si riferisce ad esse come &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clausola_di_stile&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;clausole di stile&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Difficilmente useresti questa espressione nei discorsi informali di tutti i giorni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le puoi trovare nei contratti, negli atti notarili e, in generale in quasi tutte quelle situazioni in cui una delle controparti intende liberarsi definitivamente da un obbligo nei confronti dell'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono clausole di stile solo quelle espressioni generiche frequentemente contenute nei contratti o negli atti notarili, che per la loro eccessiva ampiezza e indeterminazione rivelano la funzione di semplice completamento formale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.altalex.com/documents/massimario/2011/10/25/clausole-di-stile-rinuncia-precisa-e-circostanziata-esclusione&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; alcuni riferimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-06-09T06:22:35.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8299" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8301" CreationDate="2017-06-10T11:27:55.847" Score="2" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt;, di Elena Ferrante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi ricordai di quando mi rivolgevo a lui per sapere di Pasquale o di Enzo. C’era sempre bisogno di un santo in Paradiso per orientarsi nella calcolata opacità del mondo di sotto e Nino, sebbene estraneo a qualsiasi santità, mi era stato d’aiuto. Ora che i santi stavano precipitando all’inferno, per sapere di lui non avevo a chi rivolgermi. Notizie inaffidabili mi arrivarono solo dalla mala &lt;strong&gt;bolgia&lt;/strong&gt; dei suoi molti avvocati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;bolgia&quot; in questa frase. Ho cercato il vocabolo in alcuni dizionari e, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bolgia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; per esempio ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fig., luogo dove si stia male e vi sia gran confusione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non sembra che questo possa essere il senso nel brano precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-10T17:05:42.920" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;bolgia&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8299" CreationDate="2017-06-10T11:51:29.090" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una sorta di singolare di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malebolge&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malebolge&lt;/a&gt; (uno dei cerchi dell'Inferno di Dante, particolarmente appropriato agli avvocati...), immagino. Non so se sia standard usarlo così al singolare però.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2017-06-10T11:51:29.090" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8299" CreationDate="2017-06-10T14:16:04.673" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La derivazione è quella indicata nella risposta precedente, ed è corretto utilizzarlo al singolare (vedi il link alla Treccani). Per bolgia (sottinteso: infernale) si intende appunto un luogo, anche figurato o una situazione particolarmente caotica e ostile.&#xA;Credo che nel brano indicato indichi l'insieme degli avvocati, definito bolgia in senso spregiativo, in quanto la loro consultazione ha solo generato confusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-06-10T14:16:04.673" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8299" CreationDate="2017-06-10T17:05:42.920" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Bolgia è un termine piuttosto comune, viene usato come sinonimo di &quot;folla&quot;, &quot;gran numero di persone&quot;, in genere con connotati negativi dal punto di vista del rumore/confusione/densità di persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Validi esempi sono &quot;Bolgia allo stadio, &quot;bolgia al centro commerciale&quot;, &quot;bolgia in discoteca&quot;...&quot;Bolgia in chiesa&quot; invece è un po' più improbabile (ma non impossibile, se la chiesa è davvero piena: mi è capitato di sentirlo qualche volta per matrimoni, o per cerimonie di paese)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una bolgia di avvocati è in un certo senso un &quot;rafforzativo&quot; di avvocati: la gente comune fa uso di un solo avvocato, così è diventato un topos in letteratura e nei film l'evidenziare il livello di un antagonista mostrando la &quot;potenza di fuoco&quot; di cui dispone attraverso l'uso di team di avvocati e loro assistenti. (in realtà è una formula piuttosto utilizzata anche nel business, da parte delle grosse aziende per spaventare le piccole aziende, ma restiamo nel letterario che è meglio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3600" LastActivityDate="2017-06-10T17:05:42.920" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8303" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8311" CreationDate="2017-06-10T21:32:27.270" Score="2" ViewCount="644" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere qual è l'origine di questa frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;FAMME NU PIACERE VA' JETTATTE A MMARE!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3602" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-05T16:22:02.347" LastActivityDate="2017-11-05T16:22:02.347" Title="Origine dell'espressione “FAMME NU PIACERE VA' JETTATTE A MMARE”" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8304" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8984" CreationDate="2017-06-12T06:51:37.937" Score="2" ViewCount="11832" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La giostra degli scambi&lt;/em&gt; di Andrea Camilleri ho letto queste parole pronunciate dal commissario Montalbano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Ora mi ascolti attentamente. Pare che lei, mentre veniva sollevata da terra dalla coppia per essere trasportata in casa, abbia detto una &lt;strong&gt;parola di senso compiuto&lt;/strong&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;parola di senso compiuto&quot; nella frase precedente. Ho cercato il significato di &quot;compiuto&quot; e di &quot;compiere&quot; alcuni dizionari, ma continuo a non capire. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Per si può essere utile, voglio precisare che precedentemente nel romanzo si spiega che la ragazza, che era stata sequestrata, venne trovata in stato confusionale. Ecco il dialogo in cui si parla di questo fatto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Senta, sono sceso per andare nel garage a prendere l’auto e ho trovato per terra, davanti alla saracinesca, una donna completamente nuda e tutta coperta di sangue che si lamentava». «Ha detto come si chiama?». «Ma non parla! Si lamenta soltanto. Credo sia in stato confusionale. Mia moglie l’ha portata in casa».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi la coppia che aveva raccolto da terra questa ragazza ha avuto il dubbio se questa &quot;parola di senso compiuto&quot; fosse &quot;auto&quot; oppure &quot;aiuto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-10T20:10:31.753" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T20:12:53.213" Title="Cos'è una &quot;parola di senso compiuto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8305" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8304" CreationDate="2017-06-12T07:33:10.737" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le parole hanno tutte senso compiuto, nel caso specifico, immagino che la persona fosse confusa o avesse scarso senso della realtà, per cui l'autore specifica che, ciononostante, lei fosse in grado di esprimersi comprensibilmente. Compiuto in questo caso è da intendersi come &quot;completo, definito, concluso.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1721" LastActivityDate="2017-06-12T07:33:10.737" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8304" CreationDate="2017-06-12T08:30:57.847" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una parola si dice che abbia senso compiuto, grammaticalmente parlando, quando ha un significato da sola, ad esempio gatto, porta, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono considerate parole di senso compiuto gli articoli, le congiunzioni e tutte quelle che hanno una funzione rispetto alle altre parole, come riportato &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikibooks.org/wiki/Grammatica_contestuale/La_frase&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi sono parole che hanno un senso compiuto e altre che servono solo&#xA;per indicare una funzione, ossia i rapporti fra le varie parole (o&#xA;monemi), come dei semplici cartellini segnaletici che suggeriscono al&#xA;lettore un certo modo per interpretare le parole che seguono.&#xA;Prendiamo l'articolo (meglio detto determinante grammaticale) il: si&#xA;tratta di una parola senza un senso preciso, serve solo ad indicare e&#xA;determinare la parola che segue. Quando dico il giardino, la parola il&#xA;serve per farci intendere che il giardino da essa indicato non è un&#xA;qualunque giardino, ma uno certo, determinato, distinto da altri; è&#xA;infatti diverso dire il giardino del sultano da ho visto un bel&#xA;giardino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando ad esempio si gioca con gli anagrammi, lo scopo è proprio quello di trovare parole di senso compiuto utilizzando le singole lettere di una parola di partenza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parto&lt;/strong&gt; --&amp;gt; &lt;strong&gt;Porta&lt;/strong&gt; --&amp;gt; &lt;strong&gt;Prato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure in altri giochi simili lo scopo è quello di ottenere il maggior numero di parole partendo da un insieme di lettere alla rinfusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritornando al passaggio da te indicato credo che il significato da attribuire sia quello per cui la persona, nonostante la propria condizione, ha detto una parola che ha un qualche significato comprensibile e ben definito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-06-12T18:34:58.183" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8310" CreationDate="2017-06-12T15:25:50.240" Score="4" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao,&#xA;sto leggendo il libro &lt;em&gt;L'amica geniale&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante.&#xA;Nella pagina 153 c'è questa espressione che mi è vaga, qualcuno può aiutarmi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;I maschi che le ronzavano intorno erano quasi uomini, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pieni di pretese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Di conseguenza, tra progetto delle scarpe, letture sul mondo orribile dentro cui eravamo finite nascendo, e fidanzati, non avrebbero avuto più tempo per me.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I miei dizionari dicono che &quot;pretesa&quot; qui significherebbe &quot;ambizioni&quot; ma mi suona poco chiaro.&#xA;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3583" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-12T18:33:44.280" LastActivityDate="2017-06-13T08:45:56.513" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;pieni di pretese&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8307" CreationDate="2017-06-12T15:39:51.213" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me intende dire che questi uomini erano assillanti ed esigevano un sacco di cose (o di tempo o di attenzione) dalla persona di cui si sta parlando ed occupandone completamente il tempo e le energie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito si usa &quot;pretesa&quot; in modo negativo (nel senso di esigere qualcosa a cui si ha poco diritto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-12T18:34:52.503" LastActivityDate="2017-06-12T18:34:52.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8310" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8307" CreationDate="2017-06-13T06:23:45.493" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto che tu citi, questi ragazzi pieni di pretese sono esigenti, vogliono qualcosa a cui pensano di avere diritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre la scelta del verbo ronzare evoca il comportamento degli insetti che sono attratti attratti più o meno inconsapevolmente da qualcosa, determinando una sorta di &quot;assedio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagina una ragazza giovane e bella che ha una sacco di ragazzi che le ronzano intorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pretesa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il fatto di pretendere, e anche ciò che si pretende: accampare,&#xA;  avanzare una p., delle p.; spesso con connotazione negativa, richiesta&#xA;  assurda e immotivata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e ancora più avanti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spesso al plur., e in usi assol., per indicare esigenze eccessive,&#xA;  aspirazioni sproporzionate, dettate da un’esagerata opinione di sé:&#xA;  una persona che ha molte, troppe p., carica di pretese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-13T08:45:56.513" LastActivityDate="2017-06-13T08:45:56.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8303" CreationDate="2017-06-13T06:54:49.093" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senza entrare nel dettaglio è una frase di origine campana (comunemente e generalmente raggruppando i dialetti della zona in dialetto napoletano).&#xA;Letteralmente la frase tradotta in italiano è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fammi un piacere, va' a buttarti a mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è comunemente usata da una persona che, in risposta ad una affermazione assurda, esagerata, o che in generale provoca ributtanza, la esclama per esprimere la propria contrarietà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non necessariamente è utilizzata in modo totalmente negativo, in quanto tra amici si può usare quando in un primo momento non si crede ad un evento improbabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario: “Luigi, lo sai che ho pescato un tonno di 5kg?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Luigi: “Mario, &lt;em&gt;famme nu piacere, va' jettatte a mmare&lt;/em&gt;!” (Non dire assurdità)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3597" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-06-13T08:16:44.633" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8312" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8313" CreationDate="2017-06-14T04:03:02.793" Score="7" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono uno studente principiante di italiano. (La mia prima lingua è l'inglese.) Ho una domanda sull'utilizzo di articoli determinativi con il possessivo. C'è una differenza tra dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il pane è mio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il pane è il mio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambi corretti? Hanno significati diversi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi dispiace se la mia domanda è scritta male. Ho usato &quot;Google translate&quot; per scrivere. Grazie per qualsiasi aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3604" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-14T04:52:13.350" LastActivityDate="2017-06-14T04:52:13.350" Title="Articolo determinativo con il possessivo" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8312" CreationDate="2017-06-14T04:43:33.357" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can say both, even if I'd say the former is usually the normally used form. The latter can be used with proper voice intonation in order to clearly state that &lt;strong&gt;the bread is yours&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another little difference is that when you say &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il pane è mio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (the bread is mine)&#xA;you claim the possession of the bread and the phrase is complete. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you say &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;il pane è il mio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, the person you're talking to, according to the tone of your voice, may also expect some other words, like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il pane è il mio cibo preferito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (bread is my favorite food)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-06-14T04:43:33.357" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8289" CreationDate="2017-06-15T17:04:42.070" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;1€ a penna&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In molti casi &lt;em&gt;A&lt;/em&gt; suona decisamente meglio rispetto che &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Tutto a 1 euro &#xA;10€ a partita&#xA;1€ a testa &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possiamo invece utilizzare &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; in frasi come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1€ per 50 prodotti &#xA;10€ per tutto insieme &#xA;10€ per l'intera collezione&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una regola potrebbe essere che quando il prodotto che viene venduto è formato da &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;più&lt;/strong&gt; di una parola si utilizza &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; mentre invece, se il prodotto è una sola parola suona meglio &lt;em&gt;A&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2500" LastActivityDate="2017-06-15T17:04:42.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7992" CreationDate="2017-06-15T17:20:59.990" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, you don't have a direct translation for these kinds of stuff that wouldn't sound awkward... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's try to sort things out: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;1. Ciao bello&#xA;2. Ciao carino &#xA;3. Ciao bellezza&#xA;4. Ciao amico&#xA;5. Ciao tesoro &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first expression may be used to flirt &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ciao bello/a cosa fai stasera? &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 2nd expression, &lt;em&gt;carino&lt;/em&gt; would be translated as &lt;strong&gt;cutie&lt;/strong&gt; and it's usually used if you have confidence with the other person &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 3rd one is (basically) always used with &lt;strong&gt;females&lt;/strong&gt; (when you approach them and still want to create a &quot;sexy&quot; atmosphere)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ciao amico&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Means literally &lt;code&gt;Hi friend&lt;/code&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 5th one is used when you have a higher confidence with the person you are talking to... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Very used by couples. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2500" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-03T21:31:43.887" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T21:31:43.887" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8316" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-06-15T21:30:20.920" Score="4" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'equivalente di &quot;backlit&quot; è retroilluminato, questo è assodato, ma qual è l'equivalente di &quot;frontlit&quot;? Ho pensato a &quot;Fronte illuminato&quot; e &quot;Fronteilluminato&quot;, ma non so quale dei due è giusto, a patto che uno dei due lo sia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2930" LastActivityDate="2017-10-03T21:29:53.753" Title="Equivalente di &quot;frontlit&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8316" CreationDate="2017-06-16T13:35:27.973" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non penso che nessuno dei due voglia dire molto in italiano. Spesso per parole singole in inglese bisogna usare un giro di parole in italiano. Io userei &quot;illuminato di fronte&quot;. È più lungo della forma inglese ma è corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3611" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-16T14:49:48.333" LastActivityDate="2017-06-16T14:49:48.333" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8318" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8320" CreationDate="2017-06-17T14:12:10.387" Score="2" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;La frantumaglia&lt;/em&gt; (nuova edizione ampliata 2016, E/O) di Elena Ferrante ho incontrato il testo che segue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'amicizia femminile è stata lasciata senza regole. Non le sono&#xA;  imposte nemmeno quelle maschili, ed è tuttora un territorio con codici&#xA;  fragili dove amare (la parola amicizia ha a che fare, nella nostra&#xA;  lingua, con amore), &lt;strong&gt;trascina con sé di tutto&lt;/strong&gt;, sentimenti elevati e&#xA;  pulsioni ignobili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me c'è anche un problema di punteggiature, ma comunque vorrei sapere che significa in questo caso questo verbo &quot;trascinare&quot;. Suppongo che &quot;amare&quot; sia il soggetto in questa frase ma non ne sono sicuro 100%.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Trascinare con sé di tutto&quot; mi fa immaginare un fiume pieno che trascina tutte le cose che si trova nel suo corso, ma non riesco a collegare questa azione con oggetti che seguono, cioè &quot;sentimenti elevati e pulsioni ignobili&quot;. Poi che c'entra &quot;amare&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3583" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-17T14:47:00.487" LastActivityDate="2017-06-18T10:33:15.150" Title="Cosa significa &quot;trascinare con sé di tutto&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8319" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8349" CreationDate="2017-06-18T02:00:00.087" Score="8" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a very curious person, I find myself in English often prefacing questions I ask with the phrase &quot;just out of curiosity&quot; but even though I'm also very curious in Italian I'm low on ways to express it. I know I can translate this (near) literally as &quot;solo per curiosità&quot; but I'm not sure if there's a more common/idiomatic phrase available.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically, what I want is a phrase to make questions about the way they speak sound less... accusatory. I'm pretty firmly in the &quot;rude foreigner&quot; phase of learning the language because I just don't know enough nuance to know how to be polite, and I feel very badly about it. Sometimes (...often) Italians use their language in ways that seem strange to me and I'm just too awkward to ask if it's slang or a mistake or an idiom or what-have-you. But I'd love to be able to take advantage of these learning opportunities! :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2762" LastActivityDate="2017-06-26T02:25:55.903" Title="More natural translation of &quot;just out of curiosity&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8318" CreationDate="2017-06-18T10:33:15.150" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel testo  “…trascina con sé di tutto, sentimenti elevati e pulsioni ignobili”   il verbo “trascinare” ha proprio il senso di un fiume in piena che trascina nelle sue acque qualsiasi cosa trovi lungo il suo percorso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto all’infinito presente attivo  “amare” in “…dove amare ….. trascina con sé di tutto, sentimenti elevati e pulsioni ignobili”, esso è esattamente il soggetto di “trascina con sé..”, dato che la scrittrice vuole sottolineare che “l’amicizia femminile ……è tuttora un territorio con codici fragili dove amare …. trascina con sé di tutto, sentimenti elevati e pulsioni ignobili”, intendendo dire che, a suo parere,  il sentimento dell’amore può essere contemporaneamente  elevato e ignobile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, la virgola posta  dopo  il testo in parentesi “(la parola amicizia ha a che fare, nella nostra lingua, con amore)” è fuori luogo, dato che il soggetto  “amare” non può essere separato da “trascina “ che è il suo verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che, al posto della virgola dopo “…. trascina con sé di tutto”, avrebbero potuto esserci i due punti e quindi il testo avrebbe potuto essere:&#xA;”L'amicizia femminile è stata lasciata senza regole. Non le sono imposte nemmeno quelle maschili, ed è tuttora un territorio con codici fragili dove amare (la parola amicizia ha a che fare, nella nostra lingua, con amore) trascina con sé di tutto: sentimenti elevati e pulsioni ignobili”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cordiali saluti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3603" LastActivityDate="2017-06-18T10:33:15.150" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8319" CreationDate="2017-06-19T04:28:49.557" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;solo per curiosità / per curiosità&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; are considered grammatically correct, however, in both languages is a colloquial expression. It's one of those &lt;em&gt;way-to-say phrases&lt;/em&gt; that are just SPOT ON! &#xA;A more common/idiomatic phrase is not. While we do a more formal structure of the same: Ascolta, una curiosità, a te piace la pizza? ... I have a curiosity, do you like pizza? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in English is the phrasal &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;out of&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; meaning from... something in transit/movement/through ... viene da/per Ex. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;out of the blue&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  is &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;per causality/a caso/per caso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. I hope It helps. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3619" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-06-19T12:13:52.663" LastActivityDate="2017-06-19T12:13:52.663" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6657" CreationDate="2017-06-19T06:12:34.227" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto &quot;stracciata&quot; sta a significare &quot;indignata&quot;. Quindi la folla era indignata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3619" LastActivityDate="2017-06-19T06:12:34.227" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8324" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8325" CreationDate="2017-06-19T17:31:24.887" Score="8" ViewCount="1471" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the Trello app, when you have no cards assigned to you a  message is displayed on the screen: &quot;Quando ti viene assegnata una scheda...&quot;, which I translate as &quot;When a card is assigned to you...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've noticed that this isn't the only time venire is used as a sort of &quot;helper&quot; verb -- but I can't find any explanation for this in my grammar books (they are a little outdated, so that may be why).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Researching, the closest thing I can find is that in idiomatic usage, it can sometimes be used in place of &quot;essere&quot; but this usage isn't encouraged. Why then, is Trello (an app that is pretty modern) using this &quot;discouraged&quot; usage? Or is the explanation wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastActivityDate="2017-06-20T18:00:11.710" Title="When is venire used as an 'auxiliary' verb?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8324" CreationDate="2017-06-19T20:44:26.343" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The use of &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; is a perfectly legitimate way to form passive phrases, as a not-exactly-equivalent alternative to &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, and I don't see why it should be “discouraged” (where did you find that?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In its Italian grammar, Luca Serianni describes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso di &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; (solo nei tempi semplici) in luogo di &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, il quale conferisce alla frase un valore dinamico, sottolineando un'azione: «‘la finestra viene chiusa’ parla dell'atto di chiuderla; mentre ‘la finestra è chiusa’, che pure è il normale passivo di ‘chiude la finestra’, viene più spontaneamente interpretato come copula+aggettivo, con riferimento allo stato della finestra (‘la finestra è chiusa’ come ‘la finestra è grande’), e non all'azione di chiuderla» (Lepschy-Lepschy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Talvolta il ricorso a &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; come ausiliare non risponde a un particolare modo di presentare l'azione, ma al semplice gusto personale di chi parla o scrive, come nel seguente passo di Tomasi di Lampedusa (&lt;em&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt;, 73-74), nel quale in luogo di &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; avrebbe potuto figurare &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, almeno per le prime tre occorrenze: «la serata [...] &lt;em&gt;venne&lt;/em&gt; seguita da altre egualmente cordiali; durante una di esse il generale &lt;em&gt;venne&lt;/em&gt; pregato di interessarsi affinché l'ordine di espulsione per i Gesuiti non &lt;em&gt;venisse&lt;/em&gt; applicato a padre Pirrone che &lt;em&gt;venne&lt;/em&gt; dipinto come sovraccarico di anni e malanni». (XI.14)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarise in English, &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; can be used to form passive voices in the simple tenses, especially to emphasise the dynamical aspect of a verb, that is, the fact that an action is being described: &lt;em&gt;la finestra viene chiusa&lt;/em&gt; to mean “the window is being closed”, as opposed to &lt;em&gt;la finestra è chiusa&lt;/em&gt;, which could also mean “the window is closed”. However, &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; can also be used as an alternative to &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; where there is no ambiguity, as happens (four times) in the excerpt from &lt;em&gt;Il Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To clarify further, some passive constructions with &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; are actually ambiguous: &lt;em&gt;la finestra è chiusa&lt;/em&gt; might mean “the window is being closed” but, at least out of a specific context, almost everybody will understand it not as a passive construction but simply as a nominal predicate, “the window is closed”. In other cases the construction with &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; is more distinctly passive, as in, say, &lt;em&gt;sarai giudicato&lt;/em&gt; (“you will be judged”), which could also be said as &lt;em&gt;verrai giudicato&lt;/em&gt;. In still other cases the construction with &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; is the only possible, since &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; as a passive auxiliary can only be used in simple tenses, as mentioned above. So we can (unambiguously) say &lt;em&gt;la finestra è stata chiusa&lt;/em&gt; but &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; * &lt;em&gt;la finestra veniva stata chiusa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-06-20T18:00:11.710" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8239" CreationDate="2017-06-20T13:06:14.143" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una figura retorica. A Scampia c'è un grattacielo famoso chiamato &quot;Vele&quot; quindi dice veleggiare per dire che svetta in mezzo agli altri edifici come una barca a vela in mezzo al mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3625" LastActivityDate="2017-06-20T13:06:14.143" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8327" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-06-20T15:46:48.267" Score="2" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è esattamente il significato dell'espressione &quot;donarsi agli altri&quot;?&#xA;Vorrei sapere esattamente quali atti artistici potrebbe comportare questo tipo di donarsi. Si tratta forse di atti fatti con il corpo, doni e regali, offerte di informazioni su cose che si sanno, ecc.?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarei grato se qualcuno potesse chiarire più concretamente quest'espressione &quot;donarsi agli altri&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T17:14:27.400" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T17:14:27.400" Title="Significato di &quot;donarsi agli altri&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8327" CreationDate="2017-06-20T16:58:51.100" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In genere viene usato per atti di forte altruismo come ad esempio dedicare buona parte del proprio tempo ad aiutare le persone povere o malate. Viene spesso usato in ambito religioso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3625" LastActivityDate="2017-06-20T16:58:51.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8327" CreationDate="2017-06-21T00:25:55.683" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sarei grato se qualcuno &lt;strong&gt;potesse&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Donarsi agli altri&quot; significa donare le proprie risorse (tempo, energia e denaro) ad altre persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si tratta forse di atti fatti con il corpo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non necessariamente. Vedi sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3552" LastEditorUserId="3552" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T16:11:59.460" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T16:11:59.460" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8331" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8332" CreationDate="2017-06-21T15:21:12.623" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm having a hard time finding an Italian equivalent to theses phrases.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;At the beginning&lt;/strong&gt; means at the place or time at which something starts.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;eg. &lt;strong&gt;*There is a contents page at the beginning of the book.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  **In the beginning, means initially and implies further change.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;eg. ***I thought that the Italian language was difficult in the beginning, but now I think it’s easy*&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;At the end&lt;/strong&gt; means at the last part or further part of something.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;eg.  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;You will find a revision test at the end of the book.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;strong&gt;In the end&lt;/strong&gt;  means finally, at last, when having taken everything into consideration.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;eg.  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;I had decided to go to his house but in the end, I went back home instead.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;What are the equivalent phrases in Italian, showing exactly the difference in their  meanings??         &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastActivityDate="2017-06-21T16:08:04.047" Title="In the beginning vrs at the beginning and In the end vrs at the end" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8331" CreationDate="2017-06-21T16:08:04.047" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;At the beginning = &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inizio_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;all'inizio&lt;/a&gt;&quot; &#xA;eg. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'indice (the contents page) è all'inizio del libro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for the second example you can use &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inizialmente_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;inizialmente&lt;/a&gt;&quot; that means initially or still use &quot;all'inizio&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;All'inizio/Inizialmente pensavo che l'italiano fosse difficile, ma&#xA;  ora penso che sia facile&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar to at the end = &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fine2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;alla fine&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Troverai la revisione alla fine del libro&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another use could be &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/infine_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;infine&lt;/a&gt;&quot; but I personally use &quot;alla fine&quot; more often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastActivityDate="2017-06-21T16:08:04.047" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8333" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-06-21T19:17:44.183" Score="5" ViewCount="348" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to know the proper usage of &lt;strong&gt;ditta&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;azienda&lt;/strong&gt; and how do we differentiate between them in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-23T04:21:00.863" LastActivityDate="2017-06-24T09:36:23.393" Title="Che differenza c'è fra &quot;ditta&quot; e &quot;azienda&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8333" CreationDate="2017-06-21T20:41:04.120" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Azienda&lt;/em&gt; is the company: set of equipment, buildings, machines, fornitures arranged by the admin;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ditta&lt;/em&gt; is simply the name used by the company administrator (according to the laws) to distinguish the company from the competitors.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3628" LastActivityDate="2017-06-21T20:41:04.120" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8327" CreationDate="2017-06-21T21:36:19.803" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In senso proprio, &lt;em&gt;donarsi agli altri&lt;/em&gt; indica atti di altruismo compiuti di persona (non, quindi, dando denaro, ma mettendo a disposizione il proprio tempo, o donando letteralmente parti del proprio corpo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/LFAww.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/LFAww.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;donazione di midollo&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una locuzione più forte che &lt;em&gt;dedicarsi agli altri&lt;/em&gt;; quando doni qualcosa, l'oggetto donato è di proprietà del ricevente, che ne fa ciò che vuole. Per questo il termine ha una forte connotazione religiosa (Lettera di S. Paolo Apostolo ai Galati: &lt;em&gt;&quot;Vivo nella fede del Figlio di Dio, che mi ha amato ed &lt;strong&gt;ha donato se stesso per me&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si parla di &lt;em&gt;atti artistici&lt;/em&gt;, per esempio una &lt;em&gt;performance&lt;/em&gt;, di solito si usa la locuzione &lt;em&gt;offrirsi agli altri&lt;/em&gt;, quasi a indicare che ciò che è dato agli altri non è &quot;tolto&quot; a chi lo dà; o esplicitamente &lt;em&gt;offrirsi alla vista degli altri&lt;/em&gt;. Ma è una distinzione abbastanza sottile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-22T07:03:16.013" LastActivityDate="2017-06-22T07:03:16.013" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8333" CreationDate="2017-06-22T07:15:09.957" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In every day speaking they can be used as synonyms, the difference stands in the legal meaning which distinguishes them clearly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;impresa&lt;/strong&gt; is the activity performed by the entrepreneur and it can be carried out among various fields;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;azienda&lt;/strong&gt; is the whole set of assets organized by the entrepreneur in order to carry out activities (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.altalex.com/documents/news/2014/03/31/dell-azienda&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;art. 2555 Italian Civil Code&lt;/a&gt;) and it includes premises, furnitures, machinery, facilities, etc.;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ditta&lt;/strong&gt;, finally, is the trade name of the entrepreneur (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.diritto24.ilsole24ore.com/guidaAlDiritto/codici/codiceCivile/articolo/3186/art-2563-ditta.html?refresh_ce=1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;art. 2563 Italian Civil Code&lt;/a&gt;), namely the name used to pursue their activity in order to draw a distinction between their company and competitors thereof. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can more information &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bargiornale.it/quale-e-la-differenza-tra-impresa-azienda-e-ditta/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; although in Italian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-06-22T14:29:59.000" LastActivityDate="2017-06-22T14:29:59.000" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8338" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-06-22T19:59:37.187" Score="6" ViewCount="461" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, both words translate into &quot;sandwich&quot;. But there has to be a difference between the two words. Does &quot;tramezzino&quot; means &quot;smaller sandwich&quot; (&quot;tra&quot;-&quot;mezzino&quot;)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Me lo spiegate, per favore? Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-23T09:18:55.097" LastActivityDate="2017-06-23T14:01:09.643" Title="Che differenza c'è fra &quot;panino&quot; e &quot;tramezzino&quot; in Italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8338" CreationDate="2017-06-23T08:04:30.700" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tramezzino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tramezzino&lt;/a&gt; is made with toast bread or white bread and usually have triangular form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sandwich in Italy is used for &quot;baguette style sandwich&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Panino is the generic word for anything else&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The name Tramezzino derive from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/tramezzo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tramezzo&lt;/a&gt; that is the divider wall in houses and suggest the time between breakfast and lunch&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastEditorUserId="3479" LastEditDate="2017-06-23T08:09:48.380" LastActivityDate="2017-06-23T08:09:48.380" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8338" CreationDate="2017-06-23T08:07:44.920" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Panino&lt;/strong&gt; is usually a small shaped bread. For extension, with the term panino can be also indicated a filled roll, which is a loaf of bread horizontally sliced and filled with various good stuff, like ham, mozzarella and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely the &lt;strong&gt;tramezzino&lt;/strong&gt; is triangularly shaped and it is made of two slices of sandwich bread (we call it &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pancarrè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;) filled with cured meat, cheese, vegetables or others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From Wikipedia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tramezzino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tramezzino&lt;/a&gt; is a usually triangular sandwich constructed from two&#xA;  slices of soft white bread, with the crusts removed. Tramezzini are&#xA;  popular and inexpensive snack sandwiches available at many Italian&#xA;  bars throughout the day. Popular fillings include tuna, olive, and&#xA;  prosciutto, but many other fillings can be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The origin of the tramezzino can be found in the Caffè Mulassano di&#xA;  Piazza Castello in Turin, where it was devised in 1925 as an&#xA;  alternative to English tea sandwiches.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The word tramezzino was invented by &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabriele_D%27Annunzio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gabriele D'Annunzio&lt;/a&gt; (a famous Italian &#xA;  writer and poet) as a&#xA;  replacement for the English word &quot;sandwich&quot;. Tramezzino is the&#xA;  diminutive of the word tramezzo with the addition of the suffix -ino,&#xA;  meant as a half-way between breakfast and lunch, where to eat a&#xA;  break-hungry snack.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-23T14:01:09.643" LastActivityDate="2017-06-23T14:01:09.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8333" CreationDate="2017-06-24T09:36:23.393" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The definitions that have been given are right, but sometimes &quot;ditta&quot; is used with a broader meaning. In everyday speaking sometimes azienda and ditta are used as synonyms. I've often heard people saying &quot;Vado in ditta&quot; or &quot;In ditta abbiamo questo macchinario&quot; meaning the building.  Probably it's not perfectly correct, but it's used.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=ditta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=ditta&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;For example:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.torinotoday.it/cronaca/cassoni-rubati-fiat-leini.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.torinotoday.it/cronaca/cassoni-rubati-fiat-leini.html&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://m.ilgiornaledivicenza.it/territori/montecchio/sovizzo/infortunio-in-ditta-30enne-schiacciato-da-un-muletto-1.5786745&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://m.ilgiornaledivicenza.it/territori/montecchio/sovizzo/infortunio-in-ditta-30enne-schiacciato-da-un-muletto-1.5786745&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilgiorno.it/lodi/cronaca/incidente-1.3218940&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.ilgiorno.it/lodi/cronaca/incidente-1.3218940&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3625" LastActivityDate="2017-06-24T09:36:23.393" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8343" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8344" CreationDate="2017-06-24T12:30:14.527" Score="2" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giardino dei Finzi-Contini&lt;/em&gt;, di Giorgio Bassani, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui, poveretto, vorrebbe strappare al papà il permesso di riverniciare tutto quanto, restaurando e &lt;strong&gt;impastocchiando&lt;/strong&gt; a suo piacere. Però il papà nicchia, al solito, e non si decide...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato del verbo &quot;impastocchiare&quot; in questo brano. Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che può significare imbrogliare o inventare bugie per ingannare qualcuno, ma non sembra che questo sia il senso nel passaggio precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-25T15:03:10.513" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;impastocchiare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8343" CreationDate="2017-06-24T15:04:55.583" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il gerundio “impastocchiando” sta per “impastrocchiando”, nel senso di “pasticciando”, dato che il verbo “impastrocchiare”, un  derivato dialettale del sostantivo “pastrocchio” che significa “pasticcio” usato anche in senso figurato, indica che qualcuno sta facendo dei pasticci, proprio come in questo passo del romanzo di Giorgio Bassani, dove “impastocchiando” (variante ferrarese di “impastrocchiando”) significa che Perotti, il maggiordomo tuttofare della famiglia Finzi-Contini, vorrebbe riverniciare la vecchia carrozza blu che sta nella rimessa della villa, restaurandola e magari pasticciando a suo piacimento con i colori e quindi mescolandoli, come in un pasticcio, cioè forse in una confusione di tonalità diverse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi le voci sottostanti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;PASTROCCHIO &#xA;(region. sett., centr.) intruglio, pasticcio (anche in senso figurato)&#xA;Etimologia: adattamento della voce veneta &quot;pastrocio&quot;, affine a &quot;pasticcio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;IMPASTROCCHIARE&#xA;pasticciare, mescolare.&#xA;Etimologia:da &quot;pastrocchio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;IMPASTOCCHIARE&#xA;escogitare pretesti o menzogne per ingannare altri o trarre d’impaccio sé stessi: impastocchiare delle scuse |impastocchiare qualcuno, imbrogliarlo.&#xA;Etimologia:  deriv. di &quot;pastocchia&quot;, col pref. in-.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;PASTOCCHIA&#xA;fandonia, frottola con cui si cerca di trarre in inganno qualcuno.&#xA;Etimologia:  deriv. di &quot;pasto&quot;, dalla locuzione antica &quot;dare pasto (o pastocchie)&quot;= ‘raggirare’, 'imbrogliare'.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La fonte da citare è esattamente il passo in questione (“restaurando e impastocchiando a suo piacere”) scritto da Giorgio Bassani, che, nato a Bologna da famiglia ferrarese, trascorse l’infanzia e l’adolescenza proprio a Ferrara e quindi ebbe modo di usare, oltre all’Italiano,  il dialetto emiliano-ferrarese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come, infatti, si può facilmente notare,  è inverosimile che in “restaurando e impastocchiando a suo piacere” il verbo “impastocchiare” abbia  il significato di “imbrogliare” o “escogitare pretesti o menzogne per ingannare altri”,   mentre è del tutto plausibile che significhi “pasticciare”, cioè “impastrocchiare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può darsi che esistano altre fonti scritte relative a “impastocchiare” usato al posto di “impastrocchiare”, ma credo sia arduo trovarle, perché bisognerebbe esaminare tutte le opere di scrittori di area emiliano-veneta alla ricerca di contesti simili dove “impastocchiare”  stia per “impastrocchiare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per amore di precisione, devo  tuttavia citare la definizione che l’ormai datato &lt;em&gt;Nuovo dizionario dei sinonimi della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Niccolò Tommaseo dà di “impastocchiare”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;”Dicesi di chi maneggia cose e le rimpasta senz’ordine e senza grazia. Poi, di chi dà pastocchie, cioè tende a persuadere altrui con una folla e un miscuglio  di false ragioni” &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come appare evidente, Tommaseo attribuisce a “impastocchiare” sia il significato di “impastrocchiare”/ “pasticciare”, sia quello di  “imbrogliare”/”raggirare”, mentre oggi i moderni dizionari citano “impastocchiare” e “impastrocchiare” con significati diversi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la voce “impastocchiare” nel  &lt;em&gt;Nuovo dizionario dei sinonimi della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; (pubblicato nel 1838) vedi:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=mOosAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA482&amp;amp;lpg=PA482&amp;amp;dq=impastocchiare+sinonimo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=3ADoNHD4Kl&amp;amp;sig=XSAqhiCVd-YsD0JBrL1RHf8-pII&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjFwtfwx9jUAhVKLsAKHQKUAkEQ6AEIPDAF#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=impastocchiare%20sinonimo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=mOosAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA482&amp;amp;lpg=PA482&amp;amp;dq=impastocchiare+sinonimo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=3ADoNHD4Kl&amp;amp;sig=XSAqhiCVd-YsD0JBrL1RHf8-pII&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjFwtfwx9jUAhVKLsAKHQKUAkEQ6AEIPDAF#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=impastocchiare%20sinonimo&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3603" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-25T15:03:10.513" LastActivityDate="2017-06-25T15:03:10.513" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8345" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8191" CreationDate="2017-06-24T21:13:59.880" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://n3rdcore.it/la-storia-del-termine-bimbominchia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt; vengono spiegate la nascita e la diffusione  di bimbominchia.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;L'articolo spiega che il termine nacque su Manicomio, un forum creato all’interno di NGI. L'utente più famoso era Lord Phobos e sarebbe stato proprio lui a scrivere per la prima volta la parola “bimbominchia” per insultare un altro utente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3625" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-22T19:42:33.013" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8346" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-06-24T22:24:54.860" Score="1" ViewCount="9650" Body="&lt;p&gt;Noto che spesso viene usato l'imperfetto al posto del congiuntivo, per esempio: se io facevo avrei, se io studiavo avrei... Quando è accettabile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="10" LastEditorUserId="10" LastEditDate="2017-06-25T10:16:19.020" LastActivityDate="2017-06-25T10:52:15.973" Title="Imperfetto indicativo al posto del congiuntivo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;moods&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8346" CreationDate="2017-06-25T09:05:38.033" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trovi un interessante riassunto su quello che dicono diversi studiosi su questo fenomeno nella pagina 54 della &lt;a href=&quot;http://su.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:739520/FULLTEXT01.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tesi di dottorato di Entela Tabaku Sörman&lt;/a&gt; (Stockholm University):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sabatini (1985: 167) sostiene che l’indicativo si estende sempre di più nel &#xA;  periodo ipotetico dell’irrealtà come in “se me lo dicevi, ci pensavo io”. Per &#xA;  Serianni (1986: 60), invece, la coppia congiuntivo/condizionale nel periodo &#xA;  ipotetico è abbastanza salda, nonostante la lunga tradizione anche letteraria &#xA;  del tipo con l’indicativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In generale, gli studiosi sono d’accordo sul fatto che questo sia un tratto &#xA;  caratteristico della lingua parlata. Così Bertinetto (1986: 378) osserva che &#xA;  l’imperfetto ipotetico risulta essere di uso frequentissimo nella lingua &#xA;  parlata, specialmente in certe varietà substandard dell’italiano. Quando &#xA;  compare in per esempio testi letterari, allora è quasi esclusivamente nelle &#xA;  parti dialogate, con spiccata funzione mimetica dello stile colloquiale. Anche &#xA;  Berretta (1993: 213) sostiene che l’imperfetto ipotetico è una costruzione &#xA;  colloquiale e popolare, ormai piuttosto diffusa anche nell’uso medio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’imperfetto ipotetico viene sconsigliato fermamente, per esempio, da &#xA;  Della Valle &amp;amp; Patota (2009: 119-120) nell’italiano scritto e in quello parlato &#xA;  in situazioni formali. Così, anche per Prandi (2011), che considera l’uso di &#xA;  questa forma come sconsigliabile, almeno nella lingua scritta, anche se vanta &#xA;  attestazioni già nell’italiano antico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tra le ultime osservazioni sull’uso dell’imperfetto ipotetico si può &#xA;  segnalare quella di Bonomi (2010: 126), che osserva che l’uso semplificato del tipo “se sapevo non venivo” è molto diffuso nella lingua parlata &#xA;  informale, però si riscontra meno in quella scritta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’indicativo nelle ipotetiche dell’irrealtà del passato, quindi l’imperfetto &#xA;  ipotetico, è per Serianni (2006a: 590) “un costrutto tipico del registro &#xA;  colloquiale, benché in espansione”. Il modulo più tradizionale per l’irrealtà &#xA;  nel passato, con il congiuntivo trapassato nella protasi e il condizionale &#xA;  presente o passato nell’apodosi è largamente diffuso anche nel registro &#xA;  colloquiale, sostiene Serianni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In Renzi &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; (2001), altresì, l’uso dell’imperfetto ipotetico è visto come &#xA;  appartenente alla variante colloquiale del sistema standard, presente talora &#xA;  però anche in livelli più alti. Questa variante colloquiale prevede la &#xA;  possibilità che l’indicativo imperfetto sostituisca il congiuntivo &#xA;  piuccheperfetto nella protasi e /o il condizionale composto nell’apodosi, &#xA;  come in per esempio &lt;em&gt;se lo sapevo prima, sarei arrivato in tempo a salutarti; &#xA;  se lo sapevo prima, arrivavo in tempo a salutarti; se l’avessi saputo prima, &#xA;  arrivavo in tempo a salutarti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Patota (2003: 383) nella sua grammatica per stranieri è più restrittivo e &#xA;  normativo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bisogna sottolineare che l’uso dell’indicativo imperfetto nella frase &#xA;    condizione e/o nella frase-conseguenza dell’ipotesi irreale è normale &#xA;    nell’italiano parlato ma è da evitare nell’italiano scritto, in cui è preferibile &#xA;    usare il congiuntivo nella frase-condizione e il condizionale nella frase-conseguenza&lt;/em&gt; (Patota 2003: 383).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa citazione viene modificata nella pubblicazione successiva di Patota &#xA;  (2010: 302), dove l’osservazione “è da evitare” è scomparsa e il costrutto si &#xA;  presenta come un costrutto “normale nell’italiano parlato ma non così &#xA;  nell’italiano scritto in cui è preferibile usare il congiuntivo nella frase-condizione e il condizionale nella frase-conseguenza”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per Prandi &amp;amp; De Sanctis (2011: 354, 449) l’imperfetto ipotetico &#xA;  appartiene alla forma dell’irrealtà nel sistema substandard del periodo &#xA;  ipotetico, comune negli usi colloquiali e in testi di registro più alto con &#xA;  funzione di mimesi del parlato spontaneo. È un uso tipico del registro &#xA;  informale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-06-25T10:52:15.973" LastActivityDate="2017-06-25T10:52:15.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8349" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8319" CreationDate="2017-06-26T00:28:16.540" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are many ways to convey the meaning of the idiomatic sentence &lt;em&gt;just out of curiosity&lt;/em&gt; in Italian. I'd argue that we Italians do not use the same exact construction; we do indeed omit the &lt;em&gt;just&lt;/em&gt;. But you shan't despair, for indeed our ways of expressing our curiosity are just as rich as those of any other language. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The shortest - and probably semantically most different from what you want - way of saying it is &lt;strong&gt;così&lt;/strong&gt;, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma dimmi, &lt;strong&gt;così!&lt;/strong&gt;,  cosa ne pensi della politica estera tedesca?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is very informal and I would not use it too often, if not with close friends. Then we have the above mentioned &lt;strong&gt;per curiosità&lt;/strong&gt;. As I said in the preamble we don't use the adverb &lt;em&gt;just&lt;/em&gt; and yet &lt;strong&gt;per curiosità&lt;/strong&gt; comes in many flavours:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;On its own. The semantics here is quite neutral&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E gli ho chiesto, &lt;strong&gt;per curiosità&lt;/strong&gt;, cosa ne pensasse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;With &lt;strong&gt;toglimi&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;levami&lt;/strong&gt; (which are basically synonyms; I say &lt;strong&gt;levami&lt;/strong&gt; more often only because of my Tuscan ancestry). The &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; is dropped and the indefinite article (&lt;strong&gt;una&lt;/strong&gt;) goes in front of &lt;strong&gt;curiosità&lt;/strong&gt;. It literally means &lt;em&gt;take this curiosity off me&lt;/em&gt; and semantically means &lt;em&gt;quench my moderate thirst of knowledge&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma &lt;strong&gt;levami una curiosità&lt;/strong&gt;... dove sei stato ieri sera?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;With &lt;strong&gt;giusto&lt;/strong&gt;. The &lt;strong&gt;giusto&lt;/strong&gt; puts emphasis on the nonchalance of the question. It tells the askee that (s)he should interpret your question as  casual in nature&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere che ne pensi di tutto questo, &lt;strong&gt;giusto per curiosità&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first version is, as said, neutral and can be used in any context, formal and informal. 2. is informal and should almost be treated as &lt;strong&gt;così&lt;/strong&gt;. 3. is still informal but not as informal as 2. and &lt;strong&gt;così&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We also have &lt;strong&gt;(tanto/giusto) per saperlo&lt;/strong&gt;, but I don't think it coincides with our English idiom. It translates roughly as &lt;em&gt;just for the sake of knowing it&lt;/em&gt; and does not convey curiosity - although some Italians may argue that I'm wrong!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope that you find my answer exhaustive enough and that I could help. I haven't dwelled into the densely populated realm of regional idioms (the realm of expressions such as &lt;strong&gt;toglimi lo sfizio&lt;/strong&gt;), but I think that my reasons for not doing it are self-evident. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I read your question one more time and I suppose I should address what you are asking in the second paragraph a bit more. You are looking for a way to not sound &lt;em&gt;rude&lt;/em&gt;. Well, it's not easy as a second (or third or whatever) language learner to develop the dexterity necessary to ask questions in a way that they sound natural to the ears of people whose mother tongue is the language you are learning, especially if these questions are about a topic as delicate as language. On your side you have the fact that Italians are a quite open people and are at ease with foreigners. It depends where you go, obviously. If you visit rural Sardinia do not expect to be able to improve your Italian: some of the older (70-80+) fellows do not even speak Italian! Nevertheless the people of the place where you are staying have usually seen foreigners at least once in their lives and thus know how to get along with them. So... let's thank tourism for that. Now to the practical part of the problem. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imagine a banquet. Well, it's not a banquet, it's a &lt;em&gt;sagra&lt;/em&gt;! You saw a &lt;em&gt;locandina&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;poster&lt;/em&gt;) of the &lt;em&gt;Sagra del raviolo di Casina&lt;/em&gt; and thought &quot;It could be an anthropologically interesting event which might further my understanding of the Italian language and Italian culture altogether!&quot; or just &quot;I'd really fancy some ravioli right now&quot;. You go there. You find yourself sitting between two stout, middle-aged Italian men. They smile at you. You smile back. Their wives smile at you. You smile back. One of them strucks up a conversation with you by saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aaaah, agh voléva próp! Na béla raviuléda!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The acutes mark length, but it is of no importance. The man had assumed that you were from the area and he started talking to you in his dialect (&lt;em&gt;Arzán&lt;/em&gt;, by the way, the dialect of &lt;em&gt;Reggio Emilia&lt;/em&gt;). Baffled you stare at him and don't know what to say. Don't panic! You can answer by saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le chiedo scusa/Scusi, potrebbe ripetere? Non ho capito!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The man, hearing that you are not from the area, smiles again and tells you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dicevo: Dopo una settimana di lavoro, ci voleva proprio una bella raviolata!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's assume that you don't know the expression &lt;strong&gt;ci voleva (proprio)&lt;/strong&gt;, which is Italian for &lt;em&gt;I/We really needed it&lt;/em&gt;. You ask&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi scusi di nuovo, ma cosa vuol dire &lt;strong&gt;ci voleva (proprio)&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The man, albeit maybe a bit discouraged since he just wanted to have some small talk and eat his ravioli, starts to make gestures and says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma come glielo spiego... vuol dire &lt;strong&gt;era necessario&lt;/strong&gt;... oppure &lt;strong&gt;ce n'era bisogno&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a situation like the one above don't hope to be able to rely on English. In other situations you might be lucky and get an explanation in English, but as I said: try to not rely too much on it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have understood what the expression means, then good for you. If you haven't, then I would suggest to not push it too far: the discouragement might reach its limit. In that case write it down or something and look it up later in the night or the day after. But this is just common sense; few people like to be asked the same question many times, especially if they see that their answer is consistently being rejected as unsatisfactory. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To wrap things up: The expressions &lt;strong&gt;(Mi) scusi/Le chiedo scusa&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;I beg your pardon&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;strong&gt;Potrebbe ripetere, per favore?&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Could you please repeat what you just said?&lt;/em&gt;) and &lt;strong&gt;Cosa significa/Cosa vuol dire?&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;What does it mean?&lt;/em&gt;) are all your friends. If you put &lt;strong&gt;(Mi) scusi/Le chiedo scusa&lt;/strong&gt; in front of any question, then you are good to go. But don't worry if sometimes you come up as being rude: it's part of the language learning process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="1161" LastEditDate="2017-06-26T02:25:55.903" LastActivityDate="2017-06-26T02:25:55.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8350" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8351" CreationDate="2017-06-26T06:32:29.370" Score="2" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giardino dei Finzi-Contini&lt;/em&gt;, di Giorgio Bassani, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smontai dalla bicicletta, restando a guardare per un attimo la soglia deserta. &#xA;  Tagliata di traverso nella nera &lt;strong&gt;quinta&lt;/strong&gt; del battente di sinistra rimasto chiuso, &#xA;  intravedevo una piccola, ripida scala ricoperta da una guida rossa: d'un rosso acceso, &#xA;  scarlatto, sanguigno. Ad ogni gradino una sbarra d'ottone, lustra e scintillante come se fosse d'oro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco qual è il significato di &quot;quinta&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato questo vocabolo in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Mi potreste spiegare cosa vuol dire &quot;quinta&quot; nel passaggio precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-06-26T07:20:24.170" Title="Cosa significa &quot;quinta&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8350" CreationDate="2017-06-26T07:20:24.170" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Indica in questo caso il pannello di legno del portone di ingresso; il significato viene preso dal teatro (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quinta_(teatro)&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quinta_(teatro)&lt;/a&gt;) dove la quinta è un pannello mobile di solito di stoffa (ma può essere anche di legno) che serve a delimitare la scena; il pannello della porta - dal brano immagino che sia un portone a due ante - in questo caso agisce come quinta nel senso che nasconde quello che c'è dietro (la scala intravista dal narratore).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-06-26T07:20:24.170" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8353" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8354" CreationDate="2017-06-27T07:27:06.117" Score="5" ViewCount="417" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto imparando delle nuove parole con frasi esemplari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di &lt;strong&gt;onestamente&lt;/strong&gt; ho la frase seguente: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Onestamente non so se Luca ha ragione. Non credo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste una differenza tra le parole &lt;strong&gt;onestamente&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;francamente&lt;/strong&gt;? Potete darmi alcuni esempi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3638" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-06-27T12:51:01.723" LastActivityDate="2017-06-27T12:51:01.723" Title="C'è una differenza tra &quot;onestamente&quot; e &quot;francamente&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8353" CreationDate="2017-06-27T07:48:46.230" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un buon punto di partenza potrebbe essere la definizione di Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/onestamente_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;onestamente&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;onestamente&lt;/strong&gt; /onesta'mente/ avv. [der. di onesto, col suff. -mente]. -&#xA;  1. [secondo moralità e rettitudine: vivere o.] ≈ con onestà, lealmente, rettamente. ↔ disonestamente, slealmente. 2. (ant.) [con&#xA;  decoro e decenza: Come 'l candido piè per l'erba fresca Dolci passi o.&#xA;  move (F. Petrarca)] ≈ decorosamente. ↔ indecentemente,&#xA;  indecorosamente. 3. [con valore frasale, in verità, per essere&#xA;  franchi: o., non era una proposta accettabile; di questo, o., non ho&#xA;  parlato; io avrei rifiutato l'offerta, o.] ≈ &lt;strong&gt;francamente&lt;/strong&gt;, in&#xA;  coscienza, in tutta franchezza (o onestà), sinceramente, veramente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/francamente_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;francamente&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;francamente&lt;/strong&gt; /franka'mente/ avv. [der. di franco², col suff. -mente]. - 1. [con franchezza, con schiettezza: ti dirò f. ciò che ne penso] ≈ apertamente, chiaramente, chiaro e tondo, franco, (fam.) in&#xA;  faccia, onestamente, schiettamente, sinceramente. ↔ ambiguamente,&#xA;  falsamente, ipocritamente, subdolamente. 2. [come avv. frasale, per&#xA;  introdurre una frase con valore leggermente avversativo o per&#xA;  puntualizzare: f. non mi pare] ≈ a dire il vero (o la verità), in&#xA;  realtà, in verità, &lt;strong&gt;onestamente&lt;/strong&gt;, per la precisione (o l'esattezza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puoi vedere si possono considerare sinonimi, anche se, a mio parere, in alcuni casi si preferisce l'una all'altra.&#xA;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I miei genitori mi hanno insegnato a comportarmi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;onestamente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (qui francamente stonerebbe)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La pressione fiscale nel nostro sgangherato Paese ha raggiunto livelli&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;francamente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; intollerabili. (qui stesso discorso di prima)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad inizio frase io utilizzerei francamente invece di onestamente, ma, ripeto, questa è una preferenza personale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi di frasi con &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizy.com/it/voce/francamente/frasi&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;francamente&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizy.com/it/voce/onestamente/frasi&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;onestamente&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-06-27T07:48:46.230" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8226" CreationDate="2017-06-28T07:58:16.510" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto la lingua italiana non sia un sistema chiuso ritengo che piegare un sostantivo per farlo diventare verbo sia un po' troppo, per quanto uno voglia essere flessibile sui neologismi. Lo ritengo una bruttura un po' come quando leggo &quot;utilizzazione&quot; al posto di &quot;utilizzo&quot;.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;i&gt;Cagionar nocumento&lt;/i&gt; potrebbe essere una formulazione più &quot;corretta&quot; dal sentore comunque arcaico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3648" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T07:58:16.510" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7880" CreationDate="2017-06-28T08:09:45.423" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fare una lettura incrociata di due testi significa metterli a confronto in maniera critica. Umberto Eco sta descrivendo un'ipotetica biblioteca in cui si vuol inibire la libera ricerca tarpando le ali al pensiero critico con la scusa di preservare la salute dell'avventore. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;Un po' come quando in Arabia Saudita hanno vietato alle donne di guidare le automobili perché secondo i legislatori potevano ricevere danno alle ovaie ed al bacino mettendo quindi a repentaglio la loro fertilità!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3648" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T08:09:45.423" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8357" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7401" CreationDate="2017-06-28T08:21:59.303" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I due utilizzi di sbandarsi non mi sembrano collegati. Il primo (quando Lila si trova all'uscio) ritengo significhi semplicemente che si è sporta da un lato per guardare oltre la Galiani che le ostruiva la vista dell'interno della casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3648" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T08:21:59.303" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7391" CreationDate="2017-06-28T21:20:10.867" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt;  Only after having posted this answer did I notice &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/7391/translation-for-bizzarro-ammazzatore-1642/8360#comment15319_7391&quot;&gt;DaG’s comment&lt;/a&gt;, which points to exactly the same information; I’d like both to apologize for this, and to make it clear that I had drawn this information from a totally different source (a printed edition of the &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt;).  I’ll probably remove this answer after a short grace period (some 48 hours).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The use of the word “bizzarro” dates back at least to Dante Alighieri, who used it (once) in his &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt;, more precisely in &lt;em&gt;Inf.&lt;/em&gt; VIII, 62:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tutti gridavano: «A Filippo Argenti!»;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  e ‘l fiorentino spirito bizzarro&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  in sé medesmo si volvea co’ denti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We are, here, in the fifth circle, where the sinners of wrath are punished.  As a matter of fact, even the Italian annotators of the fourteenth century were rather puzzled by the word, and did not completely agree on its meaning.  Boccaccio wrote about it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo questo vocabolo sia solo dei fiorentini,&#xA;  e suona sempre in mala parte; perciocché noi tegnamo bizzarri&#xA;  coloro che subitamente e per ogni piccola cagione corrono in ira,&#xA;  né mai da quella per alcuna dimostrazione rimuovere si possono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, more or less (please forgive my poor translation): “I believe that this word belongs to Florentines alone, and it always has a negative connotation; because we deem &lt;em&gt;bizzarri&lt;/em&gt; those who suddenly and for every slightest reason rush into wrath, neither they can be turned away from it, whatever evidence they are given”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3649" LastEditorUserId="3649" LastEditDate="2017-06-28T22:06:43.790" LastActivityDate="2017-06-28T22:06:43.790" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8361" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-06-29T15:34:44.490" Score="1" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buonasera. Vorrei capire cosa significa &quot;portare&quot; in italiano. So che significa &quot;portare qualcosa a qualcuno&quot;, ma ho un problema. In spagnolo abbiamo due verbi: &lt;em&gt;llevar&lt;/em&gt; (significa &quot;portare qualcosa a qualche persona oppure luogo&quot;) e &lt;em&gt;traer&lt;/em&gt; (significa &quot;portare da qualche luogo qualcosa al luogo dove tu stai&quot;), ma parlando in italiano, &quot;portare&quot; significa entrambi i verbi e non so come vedere la differenza. In spagnolo questi verbi sono antonimi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto questo dubbio perché ho fatto un esercizio su Duolingo che mi chiedeva di tradurre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Porta il giornale a tuo nonno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho messo &quot;trae el periódico a tu abuelo&quot; e dice che ho torto, perché il verbo esatto è &quot;lleva&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3188" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-01T08:12:25.437" LastActivityDate="2017-07-01T13:11:34.663" Title="Come posso capire &quot;portare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8362" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8363" CreationDate="2017-06-29T20:39:27.783" Score="2" ViewCount="3223" Body="&lt;p&gt;La maggior parte dei dizionari cui ho fatto riferimento dà un significato afferente alla tifoseria sportiva. Tuttavia, nei contesti in cui ho visto l'uso di questa parola, mi sembra piuttosto un altro il significato inteso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è un programma intriso di &lt;em&gt;torcida&lt;/em&gt; indefessa e inesausta.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si avverte davvero la &lt;em&gt;torcida&lt;/em&gt; inesausta.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[di un'immagine] È già &lt;em&gt;torcida&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio notare che potrebbe appartenere a qualche dialettica toscana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-06-30T10:31:06.220" LastActivityDate="2017-06-30T10:31:06.220" Title="Cosa significa &quot;torcida&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8362" CreationDate="2017-06-29T21:17:36.727" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà credo che la definizione che hai trovato sia quella corretta (derivante dal portoghese brasiliano). Prendo il significato da &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/torcida.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/torcida.php&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gerg. Il tifo sportivo particolarmente pittoresco e chiassoso, tipico del calcio sudamericano || estens. La tifoseria che lo pratica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ricordo bene l'espressione &quot;&lt;em&gt;torcida indefessa e inesausta&lt;/em&gt;&quot; viene usata dal giornalista Andrea Scanzi in modo sarcastico a indicare qualcosa per cui non c'è per nulla per cui esaltarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2017-06-29T22:25:36.183" LastActivityDate="2017-06-29T22:25:36.183" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8361" CreationDate="2017-07-01T08:14:42.407" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti, il verbo italiano &quot;portare&quot; si può tradurre in spagnolo sia come &quot;llevar&quot;, sia come &quot;traer&quot;. La frase che ha motivato il tuo dubbio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Porta il giornale a tuo nonno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si può tradurre in spagnolo come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Trae el periódico a tu abuelo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se, per esempio, io che sto parlando sono accanto al nonno e il giornale è lontano. Facendo una spiegazione simile a quella di @DaG nel suo commento, questo significa “prendi il giornale; &lt;strong&gt;vieni&lt;/strong&gt; dove sta tuo nonno; da' il giornale al nonno”. Ma può essere anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lleva el periódico a tu abuelo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se il giornale è accanto a me e il nonno è lontano. Questo invece significa quello che ha detto @DaG nel suo commento, cioè, “prendi il giornale; &lt;strong&gt;va'&lt;/strong&gt; dove sta tuo nonno; da' il giornale al nonno”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso sarà il contesto a dirti se &quot;portare&quot; corrisponda a &quot;traer&quot; oppure &quot;llevar&quot;, ma a volte può darsi che non sia sufficiente per poter decidere quale sia la traduzione più adatta. Se hai soltanto la frase &quot;Porta il giornale a tuo nonno&quot; e non hai nessuna informazione sulla posizione del giornale o del nonno, non puoi decidere quale delle due possibili traduzioni è la migliore. Secondo me, per imparare una lingua devi cercare di capire qual è la informazione che ti dà una frase o un testo, senza necessariamente essere capace di fare una traduzione. Succede che i verbi spagnoli &quot;traer&quot; e &quot;llevar&quot; ci danno informazione sul fatto se il soggetto si allontana o invece si avvicina, mentre il verbo italiano &quot;portare&quot; non ci dà questa informazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-01T13:11:34.663" LastActivityDate="2017-07-01T13:11:34.663" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8366" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-01T13:26:56.293" Score="8" ViewCount="2092" Body="&lt;p&gt;Literally, both words mean dress in Italian. So what's the actual difference? &#xA;Does &quot;vestito&quot; refers to all sorts of garments? Please explain. Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-02T06:34:50.380" LastActivityDate="2017-07-24T22:48:50.343" Title="Che differenza c'è fra &quot;vestito&quot; e &quot;abito&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8366" CreationDate="2017-07-02T00:27:49.313" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Vestito” and “abito” are more or less synonyms, but not quite: the former can be used also in colloquial situations, while the latter can’t and tends to be used in more formal contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference, however, is subtle, and I’ll try to illustrate it with an example.  Imagine a couple going to a soirée: we are speaking, here, of a formal context, and indeed the invitation card probably bore the remark “È richiesto l’&lt;strong&gt;abito&lt;/strong&gt; scuro” to indicate that a formal dressing was required.  It would be unthinkable that the word &lt;strong&gt;vestito&lt;/strong&gt; were used in this context, because in an invitation card a formal language must be used.  But imagine now that, before they go out, the wife questions her husband’s choice of his suit by saying “Che razza di &lt;strong&gt;vestito&lt;/strong&gt; ti sei messo?” (“What sort of suit did you put on?”): here, the word &lt;strong&gt;abito&lt;/strong&gt; wound sound absolutely unnatural, and a native speaker would never use it, because in this case the word is used in a familiar context.  Note that the man’s suit, in itsels, remains the same (and is, in itself, a formal dress): what changes, and what matters, is the nature of the communicative context (formal vs. colloquial) in which it is mentioned.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3649" LastEditorUserId="3649" LastEditDate="2017-07-02T15:13:00.387" LastActivityDate="2017-07-02T15:13:00.387" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8368" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8369" CreationDate="2017-07-04T20:24:06.340" Score="5" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here we have the following excerpt from Pirandello's “&lt;em&gt;Avvertenza sugli scrupoli della fantasia&lt;/em&gt;” (a critical essay that was appended to the second edition of “&lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;”). I am sorry the excerpt is rather long, but I think all of it is relevant:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proposito della mia disumana e, pare, inguaribile « cerebralità » e paradossale inverosimiglianza delle mie favole e dei miei personaggi, egli &lt;em&gt;[un critico]&lt;/em&gt; ha domandato a quegli altri critici donde attingevano il criterio per giudicare siffattamente il mondo della mia arte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;« Dalla cosiddetta vita normale? » ha domandato. « Ma cos’è questa se non un sistema di rapporti, che noi scegliamo nel caos degli eventi quotidiani e che arbitrariamente qualifichiamo normale? » Per concludere che « non si può giudicare il mondo d’un artista con un criterio di giudizio attinto altrove che da questo mondo medesimo ».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Debbo aggiungere, per dar credito a questo critico presso gli altri critici che nonostante questo, anzi proprio per questo, anch’egli poi giudica sfavorevolmente l’opera mia: perché gli pare, cioè, ch’io non sappia dar valore e senso universalmente umano alle mie favole e ai miei personaggi; &lt;strong&gt;tanto da lasciar perplesso chi deve giudicarli, se io non abbia inteso piuttosto limitarmi a riprodurre certi curiosi casi, certe particolarissime situazioni psicologiche&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is my attempt, how I understood the sentence, by guessing the meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[…] He concluded “there is no way to judge the world made by an artist by any criterion that is not extracted from the same very world”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I must add, to save the reputation of this critic in the eyes of the other critics, that in spite of this, or rather because of this, he, either, was not favourable of my work; because he thinks, that is, that I did not succeed in giving the meaning of universal humanity to my stories and to my characters; &lt;strong&gt;one might, then, wonder who would have to decide whether I was not, rather, intent on working within the limited scope of reproduction of certain curious events, certain very particular psychological situations&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am rather sure that this is the meaning, because this way the argument sounds reasonable, and no other way of reading it that I could imagine sounds reasonable. If Pirandello had in fact no intention to limit himself by particular situations, then the answer to his question is too obvious &amp;amp; meaningless – whoever; so, I exclude this parsing. But I am confused by the grammar of the original sentence. I understand the whole, but I can't grasp the parts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: what is the object of the verb “&lt;em&gt;giudicare&lt;/em&gt;”? The clitic pronoun “&lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;” (“&lt;em&gt;le mie favole e i miei personaggi&lt;/em&gt;”)? Or the clause that starts with “&lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;” (“&lt;em&gt;se io non abbia inteso …&lt;/em&gt;”), like I translated? Or (apparently!) both? But how is that possible? How to understand such grammar? Someone should have made a judgement both on the intentions of Pirandello and, &lt;em&gt;at the same time&lt;/em&gt;, on the quality of his characters and situations? Or someone should have made a judgement on his intentions, using his characters as the evidence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, I hope to be corrected if I did not get the meaning right. Maybe I am just looking in the wrong direction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3662" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-07-04T22:39:52.093" Title="Two objects for the same verb — a clitic pronoun and a clause: is that possible?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8368" CreationDate="2017-07-04T21:22:42.697" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your interpretation of the part in boldface is somewhat flawed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Se io non abbia...” depends on “lasciar perplesso”: “leave X puzzled, whether I...”, where X = “chi deve giudicarli” = “who has to judge them [= my fables and my characters]”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Se io etc.” is not the “object” of “giudicarli”; indeed, the – admittedly, involute – sentence would work equally well if you substitute X with, say, “tutti quanti”: “tanto da lasciar perplessi tutti quanti, se io non abbia...”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, a more correct translation would be along the lines of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...tanto da lasciar perplesso chi deve giudicarli, se io non abbia inteso piuttosto limitarmi a riprodurre certi curiosi casi...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...so much so to leave puzzled those who have to judge them [my fables and my characters], about whether I rather meant to confine myself to reproduce some curious cases...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(My English is not perfect, but I hope the meaning is clear.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-07-04T22:39:52.093" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8366" CreationDate="2017-07-05T19:40:46.420" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree on the other answer but also would remark that vestito has in my opinion also a more wide and general meaning of &quot;garment&quot; or just &quot;clothing&quot; which abito does not really have and rather sticks to just &quot;dress&quot;. This is probably the point the question author was mentioning as well. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1581" LastActivityDate="2017-07-05T19:40:46.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7390" CreationDate="2017-07-05T20:05:41.233" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italia succede spesso che serie televisive e trasmissioni, soprattutto comico-satiriche &quot;lancino&quot; nuove parole o anche le trasformino usandolo in contesti diversi che poi fanno presa soprattutto fra i giovani e il loro gergo. In questo caso smarmellare significa chiaramente spalmare ma riferito alle luci di scena anziché alla marmellata sul pane (che comunque sarebbe stato un verbo inventato) e per quanto difficile da dimostrare azzarderei inventato dagli sceneggiatori di Boris. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1581" LastActivityDate="2017-07-05T20:05:41.233" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8316" CreationDate="2017-07-05T20:15:33.697" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Frontlit io lo tradurrei semplicemente con illuminato e basta a meno che il contesto lo richieda allora aggiungerei da davanti. Poi se si intende in senso lato o figurato direi &quot;messo in chiaro&quot;.. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1581" LastActivityDate="2017-07-05T20:15:33.697" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8373" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-06T08:22:39.897" Score="10" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine “resilienza” ha &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/resilienza/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;due significati&lt;/a&gt; principali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nella tecnologia dei materiali, la resistenza a rottura per sollecitazione dinamica, determinata con apposita prova d’urto: prova di resilienza; valore di resilienza, il cui inverso è l’indice di fragilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In psicologia, la capacità di reagire di fronte a traumi, difficoltà, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho l'impressione che il termine sia sempre più usato anche in altri contesti (come in finanza o nello sport ad esempio) e questa mia impressione sembra confermata anche da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=resilienza&amp;amp;year_start=1950&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cresilienza%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine “resilienza” sembra avere un'origine scientifica, ma il suo uso sembra ora più comune e diffuso in altri contesti. Cosa ha contribuito a questa recente estensione del suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-07-27T11:25:17.993" Title="A cosa è dovuta la popolarità del termine &quot;resilienza&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8374" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8551" CreationDate="2017-07-07T18:30:41.080" Score="2" ViewCount="896" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dai&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;su&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;forza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avanti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;coraggio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above words have the same meaning which is &quot;come on&quot;. I like to know why there are so many words for just one phrase &quot;come on&quot; in Italian. What I want to know is their precise contexts. Here are some examples that I have found:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zl9km.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zl9km.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastActivityDate="2017-09-06T15:11:14.243" Title="What are the meanings of these convincing phrases and where exactly do we use them in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2017-07-08T18:07:34.507" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use 1,2,3,4 equally. &quot;Coraggio&quot; is something more like a expression used to build up confidence, courage etc. like &quot;coraggio, ce la farai&quot; (&quot;You can do it&quot;). In this case you can use &quot;forza&quot; too.&#xA;Hope I explained this decently. Anyway you can find someone that will explain this much better, I'm an engineer so you know, language is not my highlight, even if that's italian since I'm italian ahah. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: acually I was thinking about &quot;coraggio&quot; and how sometimes you can use it like 1,2,3,4. Like, you are tired and walking home and your mate is so slow so you say &quot;omg, coraggio I want to get home asap&quot;. Not used so much but you could. Usually we just say &quot;dai cazzo muoviti&quot; that's it ahah&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="514" LastActivityDate="2017-07-08T18:07:34.507" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8377" CreationDate="2017-07-09T17:26:09.783" Score="1" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma come riuscire a dire qualcosa di sensato su un volume che raccontava i prodigi della nuova musica elettronica, se perfino il musicologo ufficiale della casa, Massimo Mila, aveva rifiutato di scriverne con una smorfia d'insofferenza? Che cosa scrivere dei noiosissimi romanzi-&lt;strong&gt;referto&lt;/strong&gt; di Robbe-Grillet e degli altri agrimensori francesi dell'École du regard? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;referto&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il suo significato in questo contesto. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-07-09T21:02:47.093" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;referto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8377" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8376" CreationDate="2017-07-09T21:02:47.093" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;em&gt;referto&lt;/em&gt;, in vari ambiti, è una relazione ufficiale, in genere redatta da un medico o dall'arbitro di una gara, che quindi in genere non si distingue per cura delle stile e per valore letterario. E all'arida prosa di un referto somigliano evidentemente, secondo Ferrero, i romanzi di Alain Robbe-Grillet e degli altri “agrimensori” (e quindi non veri scrittori, secondo lui, ma più simili a tecnici) suoi connazionali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-07-09T21:02:47.093" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6682" CreationDate="2017-07-10T06:41:50.837" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso del suffisso di &quot;stravento&quot; riferito alla pioggia è molteplice, ogni zona ne ha una collocazione e utilizzo nel parlare o nel riferirsi.&#xA;Nel nord est ha assunto il significato di pioggia con raffiche di vento che spinge l'acqua in finestra protette da tettoie:&#xA;&quot;è entrata l'acqua di stravento&quot;.&#xA;L'uso della parola &quot;stravento&quot; è da assumersi anche quando piove nelle vicinanze e il vento porta la pioggia anche se sopra &quot;perpendicolarmente&quot; non ci sono nuvole: piove con il sole, &quot;piove di stravento&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3671" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-10T07:08:03.203" LastActivityDate="2017-07-10T07:08:03.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8168" CreationDate="2017-07-10T20:29:22.640" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;While there may be some etymological history as to the origin of the compound words (derived from the meanings of their separate parts) it seems like the answer to the second part of the question is no; you can't just do this on the fly to make new words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a larger list of these compound conjunctions/adverbs, than the one I provided, see the links in @mle's comments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastActivityDate="2017-07-10T20:29:22.640" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8381" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-11T00:27:18.813" Score="4" ViewCount="447" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buonasera. Nel mio libro c'è un esercizio che dice: &quot;Sei stato troppo duro con lui! Forse è meglio se ci parli da padre a figlio.&quot; Non dovrebbe essere &quot;vi&quot; invece? Perché è una terza persona parlando con il padre, probabilemente la mamma, ma l'esercizio dice &quot;ci parli&quot;. Non dovrebbe essere &quot;vi parli&quot;? Perché sono soltanto il padre e il figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3188" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-18T19:09:46.187" LastActivityDate="2020-02-18T20:04:30.243" Title="Ci o vi secondo il contesto, ma in questo esempio quale sarebbe?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8381" CreationDate="2017-07-11T07:03:28.803" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso della particella pronominale &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;  al posto del pronome personale &quot;gli&quot; viene considerato informale o regionale: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pron. dimostr.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  A ciò, di ciò ecc., con riferimento, anche generico, a cosa o a situazione: non ci pensare più; ci puoi giurare; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;con riferimento a pers. (a parte gli usi pop. e region. in cui sostituisce gli: ci dico), si adopera soltanto nel senso di “con lui”, “con lei”, “con loro” o sim., oppure in combinazione con un altro pron.: ci ho parlato; su di te non ci si può contare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come pronome dimostrativo &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; si usa in riferimento a luoghi o situazioni più che a persone: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;con ciò, su ciò, con riferimento, anche generico, a cosa o situazione: non vi vedo niente di male; c'è una riunione importante, vi prenderà parte anche il presidente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sabatini Colletti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-18T20:04:30.243" LastActivityDate="2020-02-18T20:04:30.243" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7198" CreationDate="2017-07-11T09:57:41.357" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In architettura la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parete/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;parete&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è un elemento che separa diversi ambienti tra loro o con l'esterno. Per analogia, vengono chiamate pareti anche gli elementi che separano degli spazi in elementi non architettonici, come &quot;le pareti di una vettura&quot;; può indicare anche la superficie interna di un elemento cavo come &quot;parete dello stomaco&quot; o &quot;pareti di un baule&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/muro.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;muro&lt;/a&gt;, fatta eccezione per gli utilizzi metaforici, sia considerabile, in architettura o edilizia, principalmente una parete costituita in pietra, mattoni o laterizi, con lo scopo di delimitare uno spazio o sostenere strutture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro utilizzo di muro, che lo differenzia dalla parete, è quello in cui lo si utilizza come sinonimo di barriera, anche in senso metaforico, come &quot;muro di silenzio&quot; oppure &quot;muro di nebbia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-07-11T11:53:06.340" LastActivityDate="2017-07-11T11:53:06.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8384" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-11T17:15:27.090" Score="6" ViewCount="1053" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve,&#xA;uno studente mi ha chiesto perché nella parola WC la doppia V si pronuncia come una &quot;vi&quot;, ma la doppia V di un sito internet è invece pronunciata &quot;vu&quot;.&#xA;Chi mi sa spiegare il motivo?&#xA;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-07-11T17:34:16.823" LastActivityDate="2018-04-28T03:38:47.423" Title="Perché si dice WC (vi ci) ma WWW è vu vu vu?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8385" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8386" CreationDate="2017-07-12T12:47:12.893" Score="1" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm an Italian who is learning English. Sometimes I do comparisons between the two languages, because it helps me understanding better the language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can't find this information anywhere so I hope someones here can help me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My references for this discussion are: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=G0Y-MwAoqiQC&amp;amp;dq=advanced%20italian%20grammar%20pdf&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiMn6Ht4YPVAhWPIlAKHeQTBwkQ6AEIKjAB&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Advanced Italian grammar&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=TLnwuPJH1XMC&amp;amp;dq=advanced%20English%20grammar%20longman&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiy3feD4oPVAhUEKVAKHfe5DmAQ6AEIJDAA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Advanced grammar for learners&lt;/a&gt; (Italian grammar the former, English grammar the latter).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian we have 8 basic prepositions, which can be combined with articles to obtain new ones. In English, as far as I understand, we have many more prepositions. It seems to me that although the of such concepts are the same (&quot;Prepositions&quot; vs &quot;Preposizioni&quot;) the actual concept is actually different. Is this insight correct? Could anyway please explain me in very few words what the differences are between the two of them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3681" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-12T18:09:13.050" LastActivityDate="2017-07-12T18:09:13.050" Title="Prepositions vs Preposizioni" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8385" CreationDate="2017-07-12T13:42:41.210" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The concepts of a preposition in Italian and in English are the same. Just consider two standard dictionary definitions: for English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a word governing, and usually preceding, a noun or pronoun and expressing a relation to another word or element in the clause, as in ‘the man on the platform’, ‘she arrived after dinner’, ‘what did you do it for?’ (Oxford Dictionary of English)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and for Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parte invariabile del discorso che serve a precisare la funzione sintattica di un nome, pronome o espressione nominale, cui generalmente è premessa. (Treccani)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your doubt probably stems from a confusion (and if this is the case, you're in the company of many Italians) between the general concept of a preposition in Italian and the list of 8 or 9 “simple” or “proper” prepositions often listed by grammars: &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;su&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tra/fra&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are by far not the only prepositions in Italian. There are many more, the so-called “improper prepositions” such as &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sopra&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;senza&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dietro&lt;/em&gt; and so on, the main difference being that the latter may also be used as adverbs (consider the difference: &lt;em&gt;dopo la laurea andrò in Inghilterra&lt;/em&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; is a preposition; and &lt;em&gt;andate avanti; noi verremo dopo&lt;/em&gt;, where it is used as an adverb).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See more &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/preposizioni_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-07-12T14:46:58.450" LastActivityDate="2017-07-12T14:46:58.450" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8387" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8388" CreationDate="2017-07-12T20:05:04.970" Score="6" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quando risale di preciso, fonti alla mano, l'uso di “&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tifoso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;” nel senso di “appassionato sostenitore di una squadra sportiva”? E chi lo usò così per primo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un paio di osservazioni su quello che so finora:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo Zingarelli registra la prima occorrenza nota per i vocaboli, ma si tratta della prima occorrenza in assoluto, senza distinguere fra le varie accezioni. Per “tifoso” dà 1901, ma chiaramente si riferisce al senso “(&lt;em&gt;med.&lt;/em&gt;) che (o chi) è affetto da tifo”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima occorrenza che conosco – ma che suppongo sia facile da battere – è in un passo da &lt;em&gt;Le scarpette rosse&lt;/em&gt; di Alessandro Varaldo, del 1931:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il marito della sora Settimia ... apparteneva alla categoria degli arrabbiati, dei fanatici dello sport, chiamati in linguaggio ormai comune tifosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato “tifoso” e “tifosi” su Google Books nei decenni '20 e '30, ma ho trovato solo riferimenti alla malattia (e un libro recente datato in modo erroneo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-07-13T06:59:47.387" Title="Primo uso di “tifoso” in senso sportivo" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8387" CreationDate="2017-07-12T20:20:04.017" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Intanto cerchiamo di capire perché si dice tifoso in senso calcistico: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Per il professor Manlio Cortelazzo,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; docente universitario e autore di un dizionario etimologico della lingua italiana, ci sono due diverse correnti di pensiero. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;La prima sostiene che la parola &quot;tifoso&quot; derivi da un modo di dire milanese del 1800&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, il cui significato equivaleva a &quot;fare lo svenevole&quot;. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ma la tesi più credibile è quella che lega il termine al comportamento dei malati di tifo:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; come questi ultimi avevano improvvisi e periodici attacchi febbrili, così i &quot;malati di sport&quot; sono soggetti a sfoghi domenicali, poco frequenti, ma di grande intensita'.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Archivio Storico Gazzetta dello Sport)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il Sabatini Coletti: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tifoso: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sostenitore di un campione o di una squadra sportiva; estens. ammiratore entusiasta di un personaggio pubblico.&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;anno  1914.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Antonio Papa e Guido Panico, &lt;em&gt;Storia sociale del calcio in Italia&lt;/em&gt;, Il Mulino, Bologna 1993 (citato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.magliarossonera.it/Ultras_tifoitalia.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La nascita del tifo calcistico in Italia &lt;/a&gt;): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il &quot;tifo&quot; fu il neologismo più tipico del linguaggio sportivo italiano. È opinione diffusa che sia nato dalla penna dei giornalisti sul finire degli anni '20;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  se ne attribuiscono precise paternità. Se ne è anche voluta individuare una origine colta, derivata dal greco typhos: fumo, vapore. Ma è più probabile che la parola sia nata dal gergo degli spalti. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cominciò a circolare nel linguaggio parlato già prima della guerra, quando fu operata la deformazione del termine medico &quot;tifico&quot; in quello sportivo di &quot;tifoso&quot;, ma il binomio &quot;tifo-tifoso&quot; tardò a comparire nei dizionari.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il Dizionario Moderno di Alfredo Panzini lo registrò per la prima volta nella edizione del 1935.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  Nel 1939 l'Enciclopedia Italiana accoglieva il lemma &quot;tifo&quot; come traslato sportivo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le prime tracce della nuova parola sui giornali risalgono ai primi anni del dopoguerra.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; In una cronaca dell'incontro tra il Naples e il Savoia di Torre Annunziata, giocato nel &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dicembre 1920&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si legge: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Per la calma e il buon volere di pochi, non si sono lamentati incidenti di una certa importanza, ma i continui battibecchi del pubblico hanno valso a mettere in luce il soverchio campanilismo di qualche supporter torrese e l'esagerato &quot;tifo&quot; di qualche socio bleu-celeste&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Come si vede, la parola appariva ancora tra virgolette.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-07-13T06:59:47.387" LastActivityDate="2017-07-13T06:59:47.387" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8394" CreationDate="2017-07-13T17:34:08.167" Score="4" ViewCount="2785" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una mia amica mi ha detto che fru-fru può voler dire anche superficiale? È vero? Ho guardato nel dizionario Treccani ma non sono riuscito a capire i termini descritti lì dentro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-14T22:18:58.593" LastActivityDate="2017-07-15T12:01:39.707" Title="Significato di fru-fru" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;loan-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8392" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8393" CreationDate="2017-07-15T06:45:56.303" Score="4" ViewCount="506" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Maestro era anche il ministro degli Esteri, l'ambasciatore plenipotenziario, il regista sapiente di una comunicazione - come adesso si dice - tutta giocata in &lt;strong&gt;levare&lt;/strong&gt;: poche apparizioni di grande significato, destinate a lasciare un segno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;levare&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho trovato molte accezioni. Tuttavia, non capisco a quale si riferisca questo vocabolo nel passaggio precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-07-16T21:07:36.050" Title="Cosa significa &quot;levare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8392" CreationDate="2017-07-15T11:49:37.967" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una metafora tratta dal linguaggio musicale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Suonare in levare&quot; in musica indica spostare l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accent_(music)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accento&lt;/a&gt; per mettere in evidenza il &quot;colpo debole&quot;. La tecnica in inglese dovrebbe chiamarsi &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/offbeat&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;offbeat&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Utilizzare questa tecnica serve a dare più pienezza ad un ritmo e può &quot;stupire&quot; le persone che non si aspettano questo effetto che compare in maniera irregolare rispetto al &quot;battere&quot; che è il classico colpo del ritmo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, quindi, &quot;una comunicazione tutta giocata in levare&quot; indica che fa della sorpresa il suo punto di forza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ha un utilizzo nel parlare comune ma io gli ho dato questo significato in base anche alla piccola spiegazione successiva &quot;poche apparizioni di grande significato, destinate a lasciare un segno&quot; che è la stessa descrizione che si può dare a &quot;suonare in levare&quot; in musica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/in-levare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/in-levare&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-16T21:07:36.050" LastActivityDate="2017-07-16T21:07:36.050" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8390" CreationDate="2017-07-15T12:01:39.707" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fru fru indicava nell'Ottocento le decorazioni utilizzate dalle donne come nastri e pizzi. Questo termine ha quindi preso il significato di superficiale e frivolo sia dal punto di vista dell'abbigliamento che dal punto di vista comportamentale della persona. Viene utilizzato anche per indicare una persona con caratteristiche dell'omosessuale stereotipato. In entrambi i casi viene utilizzata come connotazione dispregiativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tizio si comporta molto da fru fru&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quel vestito sarebbe carino ma è troppo fru fru&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fru-fru/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fru-fru/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastActivityDate="2017-07-15T12:01:39.707" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7794" CreationDate="2017-07-15T14:37:32.247" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certo, per chilo (kg), anno, metro (m.), essendo parole maschili, è giusto dire:&#xA;Un kg e mezzo, &#xA;Un anno e mezzo,&#xA;Un metro e mezzo.&#xA;Ma riferendosi alle ore o ad una sola ora, a mio parere ci vorrebbe sempre &quot;mezza&quot; perché il soggetto resta sempre l'ora o le ore che sono entrambe di genere femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3682" LastActivityDate="2017-07-15T14:37:32.247" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8381" CreationDate="2017-07-17T07:43:41.690" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase del tuo libro è perfettamente corretta in italiano standard e va intesa in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei stato troppo duro con lui! Forse è meglio se parli &lt;strong&gt;con lui&lt;/strong&gt; da padre a figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiega l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ci_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'enciclopedia Treccani che riguarda la particella &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;riferito a una persona, è corretto solo per significare ‘con lui’, ‘con lei’, ‘con loro’, quando questi pronomi (o il nome della persona) siano già stati espressi o si possano facilmente sottintendere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con lui è tanto tempo che non &lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; vado più&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci&lt;/strong&gt; usciva già da un anno, quando si sono fidanzati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche l'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni, nella sezione VII.48 spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ci&lt;/em&gt; può referirsi anche a esseri animati, purché corrisponda a un pronome dimostrativo o personale costruito con le preposizioni &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;su&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;: «Enzo voleva [...] conoscere la gente, &lt;em&gt;andarci&lt;/em&gt; d'accordo» (Bianciardi, cit. in BRUNET 1985: 94; =andare d'accordo con essa); «è una persona seria: puoi &lt;em&gt;contarci&lt;/em&gt;» (= contare su di lui / su di lei); «Perché non lasci il bambino ai nonni? – Ma è lui che non &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; vuole andare» (=andare da loro); «da buon musulmano, credo in Dio. A torto o a ragione &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; credo» (Fallaci, cit. in BRUNET 1985: 95; =credo in lui).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, il verbo &amp;quot;parlare&amp;quot; ammette anche la preposizione &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; per riferirsi a una persona, quindi si potrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse è meglio se parli &lt;strong&gt;a lui&lt;/strong&gt; da padre a figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, il pronome da usare è &amp;quot;gli&amp;quot; perché si tratta di un complemento di termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse è meglio se &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; parli da padre a figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ci_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'enciclopedia Treccani che riguarda la particella &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È invece di uso popolare, quindi da evitarsi, l’uso del &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di ‘a lui’, ‘a lei’, ‘a loro’&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’ho guardato e &lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; ho detto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Maria &lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; ho telefonato l’altra sera&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci&lt;/strong&gt; insegneremo a vivere, a tutti questi bambini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche nell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni (sezione VII.49), si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non accettabile, invece, l'uso di &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; come complemento di termine riferito alla 3ª o alla 6ª persona: «ci dico», 'gli, le dico, dico loro'.Si tratta di un'uso presente in tutt'Italia, ma limitato al livello linguistico più popolare (cfr. CORTELAZZO 1972: 90-91).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-02-18T19:01:25.480" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8397" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-17T12:04:37.587" Score="3" ViewCount="3106" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to contact the manager of a company and ask a question like :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hello Mr. ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would like to hear from you about your idea on the offer we made to you last week. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;what would be a formal phrasing of it ? I know anyway how to say it in Italian but I am searching for more appropriate ways.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase I immagine is : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le vorrei sentire la sua opinione sulla offerta che vi abbiamo fatto la settimana scorsa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="3225" LastEditDate="2017-07-17T12:36:37.833" LastActivityDate="2017-07-17T17:22:07.380" Title="How to say the phrase in text in a formal way" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8397" CreationDate="2017-07-17T17:22:07.380" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that a good one can be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gradirei sentire la sua opinione in merito all'offerta che le abbiamo fatto la scorsa settimana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest you to don't use &quot;ciao&quot; since as translation of &quot;hello&quot; since it isn't formal. Use instead &quot;salve&quot; (it's good in a lot of situations) or &quot;buongiorno&quot;/&quot;buonasera&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1764" LastActivityDate="2017-07-17T17:22:07.380" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8402" CreationDate="2017-07-19T11:12:56.347" Score="2" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A un angolo di una lunga tavolata, un po' appartato, Marcello Mastroianni &lt;strong&gt;pescava&lt;/strong&gt; con un pezzo di pane da un tegamino dove gli avevano preparato due uova al burro. Pareva saturato dalla speciale pazienza che hanno le persone consapevoli che in fondo la vita è una lunga attesa, un intervallo da riempire con due uova al tegamino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato del verbo &quot;pescare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, tuttavia non riesco a coglierne il senso in questo passaggio. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-07-19T15:12:15.680" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;pescare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8400" CreationDate="2017-07-19T11:23:05.170" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa che usava il pane per raccogliere il cibo dal tegamino a mo' di cucchiaio o spatola; è quel gesto che viene di solito chiamato &quot;&lt;em&gt;fare la scarpetta&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2017-07-19T12:27:47.697" LastActivityDate="2017-07-19T12:27:47.697" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8400" CreationDate="2017-07-19T12:30:01.393" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'utilizzo di pescare in questo contesto non lo ritengo di uso comune ma figurativo del tirare su dal piatto l'uovo con il pane.&#xA;Treccani definisce &quot;pescare&quot; come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;prendere, tirare su qualcosa scegliendola a caso fra molte altre&#xA;  analoghe: p. una carta dal mazzo; ha pescato l’asso di cuori; p. un&#xA;  numero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nonostante in questo caso non stia effettivamente scegliendo a caso fra molte altre analoghe ritengo possa essere compreso in questo senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Pescare&quot; indica anche il&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Venire in possesso di qualcosa, riuscire a trovare qualcosa o qualcuno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quindi &lt;em&gt;pescare&lt;/em&gt; l'uovo con il pane vuol dire andare a &quot;cercare&quot; l'uovo con il pane nel tegamino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pescare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pescare/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-19T15:12:15.680" LastActivityDate="2017-07-19T15:12:15.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8403" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8404" CreationDate="2017-07-20T20:38:45.127" Score="2" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've just come back from a visit to Romagna. It was my second time in Italy and the first time was a very long time ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I noticed that Italian toothpicks all seem to have Japanese brand names: Samurai, Kimono, Karate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this indicate a cultural perspective on toothpicks, or is it (as I suspect) just unthinking me-too imitation of a leading brand?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3695" LastActivityDate="2017-07-20T21:38:06.313" Title="Why do toothpicks in Italy have Japanese brand names?" Tags="&lt;foreign-words&gt;&lt;foreign-influence&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8403" CreationDate="2017-07-20T21:38:06.313" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to this page: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lindaliguori.it/samurai-lo-stuzzicadenti/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.lindaliguori.it/samurai-lo-stuzzicadenti/&lt;/a&gt; the name &quot;Samurai&quot; was chosen in 1965 by the manifacturers after their meeting with a japanese exporter of timber. I am not sure, but I think that the other names just tried to follow its wave of success, so your guess about the &quot;&lt;em&gt;imitation of a leading brand&lt;/em&gt;&quot; seems IMO correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-07-20T21:38:06.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8405" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-21T07:42:01.343" Score="1" ViewCount="1162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo il libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho trovato questa frase che ha attirato la mia attenzione perché si usa il verbo &quot;viaggiare&quot; in modo transitivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viaggia l'Italia sui treni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase si riferisce a Roberto Cerati, direttore commerciale dell'Einaudi, che fa tantissimi viaggi per tutta l'Italia per essere a contatto con i librai.&#xA;Mi è sembrata molto curiosa perché avevo sempre pensato che &quot;viaggiare&quot; fosse esclusivamente intransitivo. Infatti, molti dei dizionari che ho consultato lo danno come un verbo intransitivo,  ma &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=viaggiare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti Linguistica&lt;/a&gt; registra questo uso come verbo transitivo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;visitare, percorrere viaggiando: &lt;em&gt;ha viaggiato tutto il mondo, mezza Europa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'uso che si fa di questo verbo come transitivo. È un uso più o meno comune? O si tratta soltanto di un uso letterario?  Se si tratta di una scelta stilistica dell'autore, si possono trovare altri esempi di uso transitivo nella letteratura italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-21T09:15:23.073" LastActivityDate="2020-06-04T10:25:33.190" Title="Sull'uso transitivo del verbo &quot;viaggiare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8406" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8407" CreationDate="2017-07-21T20:03:48.243" Score="2" ViewCount="776" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am using an app to learn Italian, and it has been showing me sentences such as,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Mio cugino fa l'avvocato.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand that this means, &quot;my cousin is a lawyer,&quot; or, &quot;my cousin works as a lawyer&quot;. However, I don't understand the difference between it and,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Mio cugino è un avvocato.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do these sentences mean exactly the same thing, or is there a subtle difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3604" LastActivityDate="2017-07-21T20:57:04.190" Title="The verb &quot;fa&quot; to express someone's job" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8406" CreationDate="2017-07-21T20:45:12.413" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;As per your understanding there is no substantial difference. &quot;Mio cugino è un avvocato&quot; means &quot;my cousin is a lawyer&quot;, that is your cousin graduated from law school but, if he's unemployed you won't say  &quot;Mio cugino fa l'avvocato&quot; because it means &quot;my cousin works as a lawyer&quot;.&#xA;I suppose it's the same subtle difference there is in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao, Fabrizio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3696" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-21T20:57:04.190" LastActivityDate="2017-07-21T20:57:04.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8409" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8410" CreationDate="2017-07-22T08:26:51.280" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nessuno dei redattori capisce di conti, né vuole saperne qualcosa, per &lt;strong&gt;rimozione&lt;/strong&gt; e viltà, oltreché per manifesta incompetenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il vocabolo &quot;rimozione&quot; in parecchi dizionari, non riesco a capire il suo significato nella frase precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-07-22T09:04:49.163" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rimozione&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8409" CreationDate="2017-07-22T09:04:49.163" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che il termine venga qui utilizzato nella sua accezione psicoanalitica; prendo la definizione da Wikipedia &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rimozione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rimozione&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In psicoanalisi, la rimozione è un meccanismo psichico che allontana dalla coscienza desideri, pensieri o residui mnestici &lt;em&gt;(=riguardanti la memoria)&lt;/em&gt; considerati inaccettabili e intollerabili dall'Io, e la cui presenza provocherebbe vergogna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I redattori non sanno nulla, né vogliono saperne di conti perché hanno cancellato completamente ogni ricordo o studio fatto riguardo all'argomento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-07-22T09:04:49.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8411" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8412" CreationDate="2017-07-23T14:10:15.397" Score="4" ViewCount="6173" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve, mi è venuto un dubbio sulla coniugazione del verbo riempire. In effetti pensavo che al congiuntivo presente 3ª persona si scrivesse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(che) egli &lt;strong&gt;riempa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tuttavia mentre scrivevo il correttore del PC mi ha segnalato come errore tale scrittura, suggerendomi la corretta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(che) egli &lt;strong&gt;riempia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora in effetti non mi suona sbagliato, tuttavia mi è venuto il dubbio che la forma senza la &lt;code&gt;i&lt;/code&gt; sia un lascito magari del dialetto toscano o che esista anch'essa a fianco di quella corretta (pur non avendone trovato traccia on-line).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così come nel presente, si può dire sia &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;egli &lt;strong&gt;riempe&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;egli &lt;strong&gt;riempie&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o la prima è sbagliata? Sapete se per caso sia un uso dialettale o magari solo un po' antiquato, o è da tacciarsi come errore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3092" LastActivityDate="2017-07-23T19:44:12.040" Title="Sulla giusta coniugazione del verbo &quot;riempire&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8411" CreationDate="2017-07-23T19:13:12.067" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolario Treccani online indica come riferimento la coniugazione del verbo &quot;empire*. Per cui &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;che io riempia&quot;, non riempa:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riempire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Riempire&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (non com. rïémpiere, ant. o poet. rémpiere) v. tr. [comp. di ri- e empire (o empiere)] (io rïémpio, ecc.; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;coniug. come empire).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/empire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Empire&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (o émpiere) v. tr. [lat. implēre, comp. di in- e plēre (usato solo in composizione e nei der.: cfr. plenus «pieno»)] (pres. indic. émpio, émpi, émpie, empiamo, empite, émpiono; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pres. cong. émpia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I rari usi visibili su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=riempa%2C%20riempia%20&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Criempa%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Criempia%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt; della forma &quot;riempa&quot; sembrano più errori di battitura che altro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-07-23T19:44:12.040" LastActivityDate="2017-07-23T19:44:12.040" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8413" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8414" CreationDate="2017-07-24T06:36:43.723" Score="3" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ha perso il largo accento piemontese, che si sposa benissimo con quello inglese. Sembra anzi che i due linguaggi siano nati per intendersi nel segno di una bonomia ironica, che &lt;strong&gt;infilza allo spillo&lt;/strong&gt; le distorsioni del mondo senza farsene immalinconire, senza alimentare complessi di superiorità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco il significato delle singole parole di questo brano, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;infilzare allo spillo&quot; in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-07-24T07:00:44.183" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;infilzare allo spillo&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8413" CreationDate="2017-07-24T07:00:44.183" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'atto di infilzare con lo spillo normalmente si riferisce a ciò che fanno gli entomologi (e anche gli appassionati, visto che ci sono &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.entomologiitaliani.net/public/forum/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=343&amp;amp;t=30984&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;siti&lt;/a&gt; a riguardo) per fissare gli insetti sui supporti che fanno parte delle teche da esposizione o da collezione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te indicato l'espressione viene usata in senso figurato con il senso di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ridurre&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;compattare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;classificare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e, per estensione, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;circoscrivere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; le differenze tra due linguaggi che, nonostante si portino dietro storie, tradizioni e differenze che si riflettono su molteplici aspetti del mondo contemporaneo, si considerano reciprocamente con rispetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, ho trovato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=dCPvNEa7424C&amp;amp;pg=PA133&amp;amp;lpg=PA133&amp;amp;dq=infilzare%20con%20lo%20spillo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=DPHUn7psl0&amp;amp;sig=tNygArBBm1zmT9GDuRUuwR3WbCs&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj_0qHdp6HVAhUDvhQKHcbGAZkQ6AEIMDAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=infilzare%20con%20lo%20spillo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Novecento plurale: scrittori e lingua&lt;/a&gt; il seguente passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perciò si eviterà qui di infilzare con lo spillo di una definizione&#xA;  compatta una vicenda narrativa che conta molti decenni e si è sempre&#xA;  mostrata attenta ai mutamenti della società e degli usi&#xA;  linguistico-stilistici che ne derivano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-07-24T07:00:44.183" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8416" CreationDate="2017-07-24T09:06:58.543" Score="2" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato su una fiaba l'espressione &quot;un aitante stallone gitano&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un cavallo &quot;gitano&quot; è una specie di cavallo? Se sì, qualcuno conosce un nome scientifico o alternativo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3583" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-07-24T09:48:30.857" LastActivityDate="2017-07-25T06:04:45.710" Title="Cosa significa &quot;un aitante stallone gitano&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8415" CreationDate="2017-07-24T09:19:01.333" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il cavallo gitano è una specie di cavallo detta anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andaluso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cavallo andaluso gitano&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;di cui puoi trovare altre informazioni &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.agraria.org/equini/andaluso.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;aitante stallone gitano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a cui fai riferimento nella domanda può riferirsi sia all'animale in questione sia, in senso figurato, ad un uomo prestante di origine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gitano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gitana&lt;/a&gt;, cioè relativa a zingari stanziati in Spagna ma di origine egiziana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-07-25T06:04:45.710" LastActivityDate="2017-07-25T06:04:45.710" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8366" CreationDate="2017-07-24T22:48:50.343" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with GuM and I have upvoted his/her answer. However tent is also right. The point is subtle indeed, as in opinion the singular plural play a role. By vestiti, one generally means clothes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example - as I am a scientist not a linguist I lack of proper nomenclature :&#xA;- Although there is a specific word for it (guardaroba), a closet wallet containing clothes can be referred to as &quot;armadio dei vestiti&quot;, and this is so independently by the actual content. It can be full of abiti da sera, yet it contains clothes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, to dress up, to put the clothes on is &quot;vestire&quot; (mi vesto, due minuti e sono pronto = give me two minutes, I put my clothes on and I am ready). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3708" LastActivityDate="2017-07-24T22:48:50.343" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4002" CreationDate="2017-07-26T12:40:56.347" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;My mother and father were from the north of Italy. The expression buona Mattina was what they said, and you say it is wrong! Why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3711" LastActivityDate="2017-07-26T12:40:56.347" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8373" CreationDate="2017-07-27T08:42:23.707" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in questo articolo intitolato &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.che-fare.com/resilienza-ovvero-lo-spregiudicato-invito-a-innovare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Resilienza ovvero lo spregiudicato invito a innovare&lt;/a&gt;&quot; un approfondimento sia sul significato che sulla diffusione del  termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;resilienza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; anche in altri contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La prima volta che sentii utilizzare la parola resilienza fu nel 2010&#xA;  ad un convegno che tesseva le meritate lodi della capacità della&#xA;  cooperazione sociale di resistere all’onda d’urto della crisi. In un&#xA;  primo momento credetti di averla confusa con le parole residenza o&#xA;  resistenza, ma ci misi poco a raccogliere le prove che confermavano la&#xA;  mia prima impressione. In rete si trovava già un’ampia sitografia,&#xA;  anche se fu necessario attendere il 2013 perché in Italia la fama&#xA;  della parola esplodesse con tutta la sua forza, attraverso una&#xA;  lunghissima serie di post, articoli, approfondimenti ed eventi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E qui ne viene spiegato (in maniera accademica) il processo di diffusione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Attraverso un processo di traslazione (&lt;a href=&quot;https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;user=-czmBZcAAAAJ&amp;amp;citation_for_view=-czmBZcAAAAJ:9yKSN-GCB0IC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Translating organizational change , Czarniawska-Sevon, 1996&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;user=-czmBZcAAAAJ&amp;amp;citation_for_view=-czmBZcAAAAJ:O3NaXMp0MMsC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Global ideas: how ideas, objects and practices travel in a global economy, Czarniawska-Sevon, 2005&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;  il concetto di resilienza si è spostato dall’ambito&#xA;  tecnico-scientifico a quello dell’ecologia, della sociologia,&#xA;  dell’economia, della psicologia etc. Marco Belpoliti (2015) ne ha&#xA;  tracciato un’ottima sintesi in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ariannaeditrice.it/articolo.php?id_articolo=46905&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Resilienza: l’arte di adattarsi&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il riferimento di Belpoliti vale la pena soffermarsi sul seguente passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Resilienza&quot; è più recente, rimonta al Settecento (&quot;capacità di un&#xA;  materiale di resistere agli urti senza spezzarsi&quot;), sebbene il suo uso&#xA;  in campo metallurgico sia del 1932. L'etimo è esplicito: &quot;saltare&#xA;  indietro&quot;. Tuttavia la sua apparizione nel dibattito attuale (nel web&#xA;  ora sono migliaia i siti e gli articoli connessi al termine&#xA;  resilience) è merito degli psicologi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Emmy Werner lo usò per la prima volta nel 1955 studiando 698 neonati&#xA;  dell'isola Kauai nelle Hawaii nell'arco di trent'anni. Secondo la&#xA;  psicologia tradizionale molti di loro avrebbero presentato in futuro&#xA;  situazioni di disagio psichico, per via delle condizioni delle&#xA;  famiglie d'origine. Werner verificò che invece 72 di loro erano&#xA;  riusciti a migliorare le loro condizioni nell'età adulta, raggiungendo&#xA;  un livello di vita buono. Merito della loro resilienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-27T11:25:17.993" LastActivityDate="2017-07-27T11:25:17.993" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4002" CreationDate="2017-07-28T11:33:11.437" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't say &quot;buongiorno&quot; in the afternoon or evening, so even it means &quot;good day&quot;, it's used only in the morning. To express have a good day, you have to say &quot;buona giornata&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://idiommaster.com/it/search/it-en?search-term=buona%20giornata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Some example about how to say have a good day in Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="964" LastActivityDate="2017-07-28T11:33:11.437" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8422" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-28T14:14:24.000" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando informazioni sul cognome Mastroianni (o meglio, cercando conferma dell'idea che Mastroianni deriva infatti da Maestro Giovanni), mi sono imbattuto su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.heliosmag.it/2005/giugno/cognomi.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa pagina&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fra i nomi che l'autore dell'articolo definisce &lt;em&gt;d'origine regionale&lt;/em&gt; compare &lt;strong&gt;Cardamone&lt;/strong&gt;. Naturalmente ho subito pensato al cardamomo, e invece no, a quanto pare, in qualche regione d'Italia, si dice &lt;em&gt;cardamone&lt;/em&gt; per riferirsi al &quot;neonato del ghiro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'&lt;em&gt;Ortografia moderna Italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Jacopo Facciolati, un opera lessicografica del diciottesimo secolo, &lt;em&gt;cardamone&lt;/em&gt; viene messo accanto a &lt;em&gt;cardamomo&lt;/em&gt;, suppongo come sinonimo o variante regionale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PorgQ.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PorgQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;Estratto dall&amp;#39;OMI di Facciolati&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più pertinente al problema è magari l'esistenza di un Palazzo Cardamone a Rogliano, nei pressi di Cosenza, e il fatto che molti portatori del cognome in questione siano d'origini calabresi. Ciò mi porta a pensare che la regione in questione sia la Calabria e che il &quot;neonato di Ghiro&quot; viene (o veniva) chiamato &lt;em&gt;cardamone&lt;/em&gt; perché in effetti viene (o veniva) speziato col cardamomo, che (come spezia) è presente nel bacino mediterraneo dai tempi dei greci e dei romani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa ne pensate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T17:13:12.777" Title="Dove e perché il neonato di ghiro viene detto cardamone?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11263" CreationDate="2017-07-29T15:31:56.023" Score="7" ViewCount="1761" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercado di tracciare l'etimologia di &quot;abbiocco&quot;, così, per curiosità, ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;https://unaparolaalgiorno.it/significato/A/abbiocco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_104.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, che lo riconducono a &lt;em&gt;biocca&lt;/em&gt;, equivalente di &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ricerca Google dell'etimologia di quest'ultima parola, che suppongo sia una voce regionale (come è &lt;em&gt;abbiocco&lt;/em&gt;, d'altronde), non ha portato a nulla. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tirando a indovinare, potrei supporre che &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt; si sia in qualche modo evoluto in &lt;em&gt;biocca&lt;/em&gt; in qualche regione, anche se questo mi sembra alquanto strano. Anche accettando questa ipotesi, posso risalire a &lt;em&gt;chiocciare&lt;/em&gt;, ma il &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/chioccia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikizionario&lt;/a&gt; qua mi dà soltanto &quot;possibly from latin &lt;em&gt;glocire&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, e non si risale più indietro. Anzi, a dir la verità dice che potrebbe essere avvenuto il contrario, cioè da &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt; sia venuto &lt;em&gt;chiocciare&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;http://etimo.it/?cmd=id&amp;amp;id=3600&amp;amp;md=4cbefa4339a5d2a2aed447be08f49f1a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;etimo.it&lt;/a&gt; mi dà un sacco di parole &quot;imparentate&quot; con &lt;em&gt;chiocciare&lt;/em&gt;, tra cui &lt;em&gt;cluck&lt;/em&gt; in Inglese, da cui col &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/cluck&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikizionario&lt;/a&gt; risalgo al Proto-Germanico &lt;em&gt;klukkwōną&lt;/em&gt;, parola onomatopeica. Quindi in definitiva avrei la seguente etimologia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;abbiocco&amp;lt;biocca&amp;lt;(?)chioccia&amp;lt;(?)chiocciare&amp;lt;??&amp;lt;klukkwōną&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi restano tre domande:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È vero che &lt;em&gt;biocca&lt;/em&gt; viene da &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt; o viene da un'altra parte?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt; che viene da &lt;em&gt;chiocciare&lt;/em&gt; o viceversa?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come si sono generate le parole &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;chiocciare&lt;/em&gt;, e risalgono davvero a &lt;em&gt;klukkwōną&lt;/em&gt; o sono a sé stanti? E il Latino &lt;em&gt;glocire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;glociare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;glocitare&lt;/em&gt; come entra in questa faccenda?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-13T14:32:09.123" LastActivityDate="2019-11-13T15:26:34.707" Title="Etimologia di &quot;biocca&quot;" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8424" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-29T20:08:15.007" Score="1" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spero che questa domanda sia conforme alle regole di questo sito. Conversavo usando whatsapp con una persona a proposito di un giovane alle prese con i primi giri con il suo motorino. Lo scambio di frasi è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Persona: &quot;Si sta divertendo molto con il motorino, nonostante il motorino&#xA;vintage :)))&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Io: &quot;Quello lo ha definito &quot;bellino&quot;&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il retroscena è che io avevo parlato precedentemente con il ragazzo che mi aveva definito il motorino &quot;bellino&quot;, ovvero una ciofeca (anche se non lo ha detto esplicitamente, perché è un ragazzo sensibile ed educato quando vuole). Il &quot;quello&quot; era riferito al motorino, e nella mia testa volevo esprimere il seguente concetto: &quot;sì, i giri in motorino li trova divertentissimi, ma il motorino lo trova brutto&quot;. È per questo che ho messo tra apici la parola bellino. L'altra persona mi ha chiesto: &quot;quello chi?&quot;. Forse allora avrei dovuto usare una frase del tipo: &quot;lui lo ha definito &quot;bellino&quot;&quot;. Perciò la domanda è: la frase 2 è un errore? E se lo è, che tipo di errore ho commesso? Si tratta di cattiva esposizione? Oppure ho fatto un errore grammaticale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3723" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-07-30T06:49:49.880" LastActivityDate="2017-07-30T14:21:56.693" Title="Uso di &quot;quello&quot; improprio o no?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8424" CreationDate="2017-07-30T14:21:56.693" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Errore grammaticale, non mi sembra; ma nella frase 2 &quot;lo&quot; si riferisce al motorino, ovvero equivale a dire &quot;Quello ha definito 'bellino' il motorino&quot;, per cui &quot;Quello&quot;, essendo all'inizio della frase, sembra diventare il soggetto del verbo ossia la persona che ha parlato. Da cui la domanda &quot;Quello chi?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'utilizzo di &quot;Quello&quot;, &quot;Quello lì&quot;, &quot;Quello là&quot; per riferirsi ad una persona è uso comune soprattutto nella lingua parlata, anche se poco elegante (in alcuni casi anche dispregiativo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu (mi pare di capire) volevi intendere &quot;Quel motorino&quot; come continuazione della frase precedente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;lui lo ha definito 'bellino'&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è sicuramente più comprensibile. Sarebbe stato analogo scrivere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Quello, lui lo ha definito 'bellino'&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il soggetto è esplicito ed è chiaro che &quot;Quello&quot; si riferisce al motorino della frase precedente (ma stiamo in pratica utilizzando un &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anacoluto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;anacoluto&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-07-30T14:21:56.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8426" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8430" CreationDate="2017-07-30T16:50:37.867" Score="6" ViewCount="1849" Body="&lt;p&gt;In diversi ambiti scientifici è molto usato il concetto di &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ground truth&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, cioè di dati empirici &quot;veri&quot;, raccolti tramite osservazione diretta, che di solito vengono usati per confermare o sfatare delle ipotesi inferenziali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle mie ricerche non sono riuscito a trovare una traduzione soddisfacente di questo termine in italiano. Su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linguee.it/inglese-italiano/traduzione/ground+truth.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Linguee&lt;/a&gt;, l'unico sito dove ho trovato qualcosa, la traduzione è &quot;dati di campo&quot;, ma tutte le occorrenze provenivano dalla traduzione dello stesso articolo scientifico, e sinceramente mi sembra una traduzione piuttosto grezza. Quindi la mia domanda è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un modo più o meno universalmente riconosciuto per tradurre &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ground truth&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; in un articolo scientifico in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3725" LastActivityDate="2020-03-08T11:46:05.603" Title="Traduzione di &quot;ground truth&quot; nell'ambito del machine learning" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8427" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-31T04:48:32.093" Score="3" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti, &#xA;un'amica australiana mi ha chiesto di darle qualche lezione di italiano una volta alla settimana. &#xA;Lei ha già seguito dei corsi di Italiano e penso sia di livello intermedio. &#xA;Non avendo molta esperienza in materia di insegnamento, potreste consigliarmi qualche attività o lettura interessante da cui partire per impostare una breve e informale lezione? &#xA;Ogni consiglio è ben accetto, grazie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3726" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-08-01T06:02:36.307" LastActivityDate="2017-08-16T02:05:52.083" Title="Come insegnare italiano" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8428" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-07-31T17:05:45.643" Score="6" ViewCount="880" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a number of press articles, people who abuse the public transport service by not buying a ticket are normally called &quot;portoghesi&quot; (Portugueses).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the origin of that expression? Isn't it offensive against the inhabitants of Portugal who have their own paid public transport service?&#xA;Or is it that Portugal offers free transport to everyone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples from news:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Maggiori controlli per stanare i portoghesi del biglietto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tentava di fare il &lt;em&gt;portoghese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'annoso problema dei &lt;em&gt;portoghesi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3500" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-07-31T19:16:20.677" LastActivityDate="2017-07-31T19:17:41.950" Title="Why are ticket offenders called &quot;portoghesi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8428" CreationDate="2017-07-31T17:24:36.473" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fare_il_portoghese&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The origin&lt;/a&gt; is not certain and there are two main historical hypothesis which have to do with episodes where Portuguese authorities are involved with the papacy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Un'ipotesi è che l'espressione sia relativa ad un fatto storico avvenuto a Roma nel XVIII secolo, quando l'ambasciatore del Portogallo presso lo Stato Pontificio invitò i portoghesi residenti a Roma ad assistere gratuitamente a uno spettacolo teatrale presso il Teatro Argentina; non vi era bisogno di invito formale, in quanto bastava dichiarare la propria nazionalità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Altra ipotesi è che il re del Portogallo ottenne dal Papa l'esenzione dal dazio per entrare a Roma per i portoghesi, a seguito della donazione dell'oro servito alla decorazione del cassettonato di Santa Maria Maggiore. Molti romani, tuttavia, cercarono di approfittare dell'opportunità spacciandosi per portoghesi, da cui l'avvertimento non fare il portoghese per diffidare chicchessia dal mettere in atto trucchi o raggiri per poter usufruire di un servizio senza averne titolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Wikipedia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-07-31T19:17:41.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8426" CreationDate="2017-07-31T17:45:12.933" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non credo che esista una traduzione universalmente accettata, e il &lt;em&gt;machine learning&lt;/em&gt; è un campo molto specialistico in cui spesso si ricorre al semplice uso dei termini inglesi. Possiedo un solo libro sull'apprendimento automatico in Italiano (Eliano Pessoa, Statistica con le Reti Neurali) e l'autore non fa menzione, per quanto ne sappia, di &lt;em&gt;ground truth&lt;/em&gt;, limitandosi ad individuare un &lt;em&gt;insieme di addestramento&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;training set&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo, spesso la base di dati con cui si addestra un algoritmo supervisionato, o la conoscenza a priori di cui ci si serve per testare la capacità predittiva di algoritmi non supervisionati vengono definiti &lt;em&gt;knowledge base&lt;/em&gt;, e si traduce come &lt;em&gt;base di conoscenza&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;conoscenza di base&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio dell'uso di &lt;em&gt;conoscenza di base&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apprendimento_automatico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo di Wikipedia sull'&quot;Apprendimento automatico&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Ma il termine e' una traduzione dall'inglese &lt;em&gt;background knowledge&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al contrario &lt;em&gt;base di conoscenza&lt;/em&gt; viene &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Base_di_conoscenza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;riconosciuto da Wikipedia come traduzione diretta di &quot;knowledge base&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato riferimenti diretti alla traduzione di &lt;em&gt;ground truth&lt;/em&gt;, e la voce Wikipedia dispone di traduzioni esclusivamente in &lt;a href=&quot;https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ground_Truth&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tedesco&lt;/a&gt; e in &lt;a href=&quot;https://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Veritat_terreny&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Catalano&lt;/a&gt;, e in entrambi i casi la traduzione sembra abbastanza letterale, forse perché si riferisce all'applicazione geografica e cartografica del termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi non credo esista una traduzione del termine &lt;strong&gt;riconosciuta&lt;/strong&gt; universalmente, ma nell'ambito dell'apprendimento automatico suggerirei l'uso di &quot;base di conoscenza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2529" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-08-01T23:01:06.367" LastActivityDate="2017-08-01T23:01:06.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8433" CreationDate="2017-08-02T06:25:16.360" Score="1" ViewCount="258" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voleva bene al ruvido spilungone dinoccolato, &lt;strong&gt;cavallino&lt;/strong&gt; e bitorzoluto come una &lt;em&gt;masca&lt;/em&gt;, che aveva la mania dell'Inghilterra e di Cromwell e faceva il procuratore di una ditta vinicola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase fa riferimento a Beppe Fenoglio (il soggetto di &quot;voleva bene&quot; è Calvino). Non capisco bene cosa vuol dire &quot;cavallino&quot; in questo brano. Nei dizionari ho trovato che si tratta di un aggettivo che significa &quot;del o dal cavallo&quot;. Il senso nella frase è che Fenoglio assomigliava in certo modo a un cavallo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-03T07:29:25.533" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;cavallino&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8431" CreationDate="2017-08-03T07:21:13.803" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È sicuramente l'aggettivo che hai trovato sul dizionario, quindi la spiegazione è decisamente plausibile; guardando la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.centrostudibeppefenoglio.it/images/home/beppe-fenoglio-04.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fotografia di Beppe Fenoglio&lt;/a&gt; l'aggettivo &quot;cavallino&quot; si adatta al volto dell'autore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio di viso cavallino è quello dell'attore &lt;a href=&quot;https://images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/M/MV5BMTcxMzQ2Nzk2OF5BMl5BanBnXkFtZTgwNjE3NTYwMjE@._V1_UX214_CR0,0,214,317_AL_.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fernandel&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il sostantivo &quot;&lt;em&gt;masca&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è invece una voce dialettale per &quot;&lt;em&gt;strega&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/masca2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/masca2&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso l'amore di Calvino (ma anche di Ferrero) per Fenoglio traspaiono da una descrizione così schietta dello scrittore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-03T07:29:25.533" LastActivityDate="2017-08-03T07:29:25.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8434" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8439" CreationDate="2017-08-03T17:43:15.887" Score="5" ViewCount="136" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/siccitoso/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Siccitoso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è una parola poco comune tornata recentemente alla ribalta con il gran caldo di quest'estate. I &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT753IT753&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;ei=jV6DWe-cNIvPwAL39rnADQ&amp;amp;q=estate%20siccitosa%20&amp;amp;oq=estate%20siccitosa%20&amp;amp;gs_l=mobile-gws-serp.3...4160.9816.0.10096.27.27.0.4.4.0.292.4202.0j26j1.27.0....0...1.1.64.mobile-gws-serp..8.18.2352.3..0j41j0i67k1j0i30k1j0i131k1j0i3k1j0i22i30k1.HXOGDj63IPU&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;media&lt;/a&gt; ne stanno facendo gran uso e guardando con &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=siccitoso%2Csiccitosa&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csiccitoso%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csiccitosa%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; quando diffuso fosse questo  termine ho scoperto che era abbastanza usato negli anni '50, per poi essere praticamente dimenticato nei decenni successivi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno riesce a spiegare l'improvvisa popolarità del termine, praticamente dall'immediato dopoguerra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E fino a qualche anno fa, invece che siccitoso, che termini si usavano? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-08-03T18:16:42.327" LastActivityDate="2017-08-05T11:35:45.237" Title="Questa interminabile estate siccitosa!" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8437" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-04T23:01:32.430" Score="3" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se questa frase suona bene ed è grammaticamente corretta.&#xA;Non sono sicuro se devo usare il verbo &quot;succedere&quot; o preferire il verbo &quot;accadere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie in anticipo:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3750" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-05T06:44:19.173" LastActivityDate="2017-08-05T14:31:53.540" Title="È corretta la frase &quot;oggi vorrei raccontarti una storia che è successa un'anno fa.&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8438" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8437" CreationDate="2017-08-05T11:14:22.530" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella frase è presente un errore di grammatica relativo all'articolo indeterminativo. &quot;Anno&quot;, infatti, è una parola maschile; l'articolo deve essere &quot;un&quot;: «un anno fa».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'uso del verbo, invece, la tua frase è corretta per la grammatica. Dire se &quot;suona bene&quot; dipende dall'orecchio di chi ascolta (a qualcuno, doppia ”c“ e doppia ”s“ in sequenza possono dar fastidio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I due verbi sono sinonimi, ma in generale &quot;accadere&quot; è meno frequente nel parlato. Un terzo verbo sinonimo di questi è &quot;capitare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2017-08-05T14:31:53.540" LastActivityDate="2017-08-05T14:31:53.540" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8434" CreationDate="2017-08-05T11:18:06.233" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.meteonetwork.it/meteorologia/105813-calde-estati-degli-anni-40-50-a.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;A quanto pare&lt;/a&gt;, il picco del grafico in corrispondenza degli anni '50 si spiega in modo analogo al recente ritorno in uso della parola. Infatti un tale caldo in quegli anni era ancora più straordinario, il che giustifica l'assoluta singolarità di quel picco (subito dopo si va in caduta libera).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sinonimi di &lt;em&gt;siccitoso&lt;/em&gt; sono &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/url?sa=t&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;url=http://www.ilmessaggero.it/AMP/meteo_caldo_caronte-2546796.html&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjxyITE-r_VAhVLXRQKHeWDA9I4ChAWCBswAA&amp;amp;usg=AFQjCNFq849hq_tw0c4anyjMYJHsZx44bA&amp;amp;ampcf=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;arido&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, e soprattutto &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.leggo.it/AMP/caronte_estate_bollente_2017_emergenza_siccita-2518978.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;torrido&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, tra l'altro spesso &lt;strong&gt;abusato&lt;/strong&gt; nell'indicare caldo umido (grazie ad @egreg per avermi ricordato di precisarlo). Il primo d'altronde, di solito, è riservato a descrivere condizioni peggiori di quelle italiane, mentre nel contesto italiano e simili &lt;em&gt;torrido&lt;/em&gt; è il termine più usato. Entrambe le mie affermazioni sono confermate dal confronto dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=siccitoso%2Csiccitosa%2C+torrido%2C+torrida%2C+arido%2C+arida&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csiccitoso%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csiccitosa%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ctorrido%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ctorrida%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Carido%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Carida%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;grafici&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2017-08-05T11:35:45.237" LastActivityDate="2017-08-05T11:35:45.237" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8440" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8879" CreationDate="2017-08-05T15:18:04.183" Score="3" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quest'anno sono entrato in contatto con una canzone calabrese, &quot;la mamma&quot; (o magari &quot;di mamma nci nde una sula&quot;). Una delle strofe recita:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sugnu cuntentu e nun fazzu misteri&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Chi me mamma mi fici li peri:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Mi i fici quaranta e mmenzu,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Unu quaranta e l'autru menzu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Menzu&quot; vuol dire &quot;mezzo&quot;. Notavo quella &quot;n&quot; in più. Un'altra canzone calabrese, che ho conosciuto l'anno scorso, ha una strofa che recita:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A casa tegnu durici vistiti,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ottu di carta e quattru di cartuni,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Chi mmi li mentu quandu mi maritu.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Chi bella cosa mi facimm'ammuri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E qua abbiamo &quot;mentu&quot;, che, come s'intuisce dal contesto e mi è poi stato confermato da uno di laggiù, vuol dire &quot;indosso&quot;, quindi &quot;metto&quot;. E ritroviamo la &quot;n&quot; in più che c'era in &quot;menzu&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho altri esempi da portare, ma mi chiedevo da dove provengono queste &quot;n&quot; infisse. Queste parole calabresi sono etimologicamente correlate alle rispettive traduzioni italiane, o sono completamente scollegate e solo per caso somigliano alle traduzioni? E nel primo caso, da dove saltano fuori quelle &quot;n&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-06T20:39:01.667" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T01:58:21.040" Title="Calabrese: origine di certe -n- infisse" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8441" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-06T05:36:28.127" Score="0" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una mia mica usa l'espressione &quot;farsi violenza&quot; come un'tipo di azione che porta ad un risultato positivo. Ma io associo la violenza ad un fatto negativo. Quindi faccio fatica sia ad usare che ad interpretare il significato di questa espressione. Mi chiedo se qualcuno ai può essermi di aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastActivityDate="2017-08-06T10:06:32.273" Title="Farsi violenza: come interpretare e usare quest'espressione" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8442" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-06T06:16:44.650" Score="2" ViewCount="1961" Body="&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere quali parole possono essere usate in italiano per descrivere persone che godono della sofferenza degli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1572" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-08T09:23:44.660" LastActivityDate="2019-11-08T10:06:12.360" Title="Parole che descrivono persone che godono della sofferenza degli altri" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8442" CreationDate="2017-08-06T09:56:34.010" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una tale persona è &lt;em&gt;sadica&lt;/em&gt;. Deriva dal francese &lt;em&gt;sadisme&lt;/em&gt;, termine coniato nel 1869 in ambito psichiatrico, dal nome del marchese de Sade, scrittore di opere caratterizzate da un erotismo crudele. Nasce dunque con una connotazione sessuale, ma il suo significato si è esteso in generale al trarre piacere dal causare dolore, fisico o psicologico, agli altri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È interessante che in italiano (così come in francese e in inglese, e presumo nelle altre lingue) non vi siano sinonimi  né di &lt;em&gt;sadismo&lt;/em&gt; né del contrapposto &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/masochismo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;masochismo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/algolagnia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;algolagnia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ingloba entrambi i concetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastActivityDate="2017-08-06T09:56:34.010" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8441" CreationDate="2017-08-06T10:06:32.273" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che il significato potrebbe essere quello di &quot;forzarsi&quot; o &quot;costringersi&quot; a fare qualcosa, sottintendendo una mancanza di voglia/desiderio di compiere l'azione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, è un'espressione che non ho mai sentito. Personalmente, la trovo brutta. Ti consiglierei di non usarla, i verbi che ti ho suggerito sono molto più adatti e meno colloquiali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3279" LastActivityDate="2017-08-06T10:06:32.273" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8446" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8447" CreationDate="2017-08-06T17:14:30.813" Score="3" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am very puzzled by the bit about the wives of the railroad workmen from this fragment by Pirandello (“Il fu Mattia Pascal”). Mattia Pascal, very happy, travels by train and smiles at everything:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi veniva di sorridere così di tutto e a ogni cosa: a gli alberi della campagna, per esempio, che mi correvano incontro con stranissimi atteggiamenti nella loro fuga illusoria; a le ville sparse qua e là, dove mi piaceva d’immaginar coloni con le gote gonfie per sbuffare contro la nebbia nemica degli olivi o con le braccia levate a pugni chiusi contro il cielo che non voleva mandar acqua: e sorridevo a gli uccelletti che si sbandavano, spaventati da quel coso nero che correva per la campagna, fragoroso; all’ondeggiar dei fili telegrafici, per cui passavano certe notizie ai giornali, come quella da Miragno del mio suicidio nel molino della Stia; &lt;em&gt;alle povere mogli dei cantonieri che presentavan la bandieruola arrotolata, gravide e col cappello del marito in capo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this the Italian flag they're all wearing? What are they doing with it — just “showing”, why? Was this some kind of custom or obligation back then? And why are they all pregnant — are they many people scattered along the road, or only one group who just happen to expect children? I hope I asked the question at the right place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you very much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3754" LastActivityDate="2017-08-06T17:26:08.653" Title="What do these wives do? (Trying to get the meaning of a sentence)" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8446" CreationDate="2017-08-06T17:26:08.653" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The narrator is obviously generalising out of single occurrences of farmers, birds, telegraph wires and signalmen's wives. Just like not every farmer in Italy – nor even along a given rail journey – snorted, and not all wires transmitted the same news of his suicide, so he is generalising from one or two pregnant, flag- and hat-bearing women he'll have seen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the &lt;em&gt;bandieruola&lt;/em&gt;, I am not an expert about rail signals in the early 20th century, but an easy guess is that it was indeed a rail signal, a kind of semaphore to let the engine driver know that the level crossing is secured, the points are correctly switched or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-08-06T17:26:08.653" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8449" CreationDate="2017-08-08T05:44:49.033" Score="3" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era come se avesse buttato alle ortiche la tonaca, la tessera del Partito, che peraltro non aveva mai avuto. Qualcuno lo aveva definito &quot;cinico&quot;. (Anche Calvino &lt;strong&gt;s'era preso del&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;cinico bimbo&quot; in un epigramma di Fortini.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;s'era preso di&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato &quot;prendere&quot; in parecchi dizionari ma, tra tutte le accezioni che appaiono, non so a quale corrisponda questo verbo in questo contesto. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-08T09:52:58.840" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;prendersi di&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8448" CreationDate="2017-08-08T06:26:17.320" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;È contrapposta a &lt;em&gt;dare del&lt;/em&gt;: Fortini aveva dato del &quot;cinico bimbo&quot; a Calvino. In altre parole, Calvino era stato definito cinico (&quot;bimbo&quot;), proprio come l'oggetto della frase precedente. Si potrebbe parafrasare con &lt;em&gt;aveva incassato l'appellativo di &quot;cinico bimbo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. In effetti questo suggerisce che &lt;em&gt;prendersi del lei&lt;/em&gt;, a differenza di &lt;em&gt;dare del lei&lt;/em&gt;, non sia un'espressione usata, e Google Ngram lo conferma visto che non trova risultati per &lt;em&gt;prendersi del lei&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;prendere del lei&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che, in questa accezione, il verbo &lt;em&gt;prendersi&lt;/em&gt; vuole sempre una preposizione articolata, mai semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2017-08-08T09:52:58.840" LastActivityDate="2017-08-08T09:52:58.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8451" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8452" CreationDate="2017-08-11T09:11:05.500" Score="3" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come posso dire un'espressione che significa &quot;give her a chance&quot; in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-12T06:51:31.693" LastActivityDate="2017-08-12T08:27:17.007" Title="Un'espressione per chi vuole dire &quot;give her a chance&quot; in italiano" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8451" CreationDate="2017-08-11T10:01:45.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A parte &lt;em&gt;dalle una possibilità&lt;/em&gt; e l'uso proprio di &lt;em&gt;chance&lt;/em&gt;, in alcuni casi si può dire &lt;em&gt;dalle un'occasione&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;dalle un'opportunità&lt;/em&gt;. Se poi si tratta di &lt;em&gt;give her a chance to do something&lt;/em&gt;, si può anche dire &lt;em&gt;consentile di fare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;permettile di fare qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;. Comunque queste sono scelte valide per qualsiasi registro, mentre &lt;em&gt;chance&lt;/em&gt; è colloquiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ricorda il buon @DaG, l'espressione inglese può anche avere un significato vicino a &lt;em&gt;lasciala in pace&lt;/em&gt; usato come invito a non giudicarla frettolosamente. Ciò può talvolta essere espresso con &lt;em&gt;go easy on her&lt;/em&gt;,  traducibile come &lt;em&gt;vacci piano con lei&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2017-08-12T08:27:17.007" LastActivityDate="2017-08-12T08:27:17.007" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8454" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-13T17:09:27.463" Score="7" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;obbedire&lt;/em&gt; è quasi identico al latino &lt;em&gt;oboedire&lt;/em&gt;. È ragionevole pensare che questa trasformazione si sia avuta prima del passaggio ad &lt;em&gt;ubidire&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ubbidire&lt;/em&gt; poi. In ogni caso quest'ultimo ha storicamente preso il sopravvento, tant'è che il De Mauro e il Garzanti riportano &lt;em&gt;obbedire&lt;/em&gt; come variante (così come le versioni con una sola &quot;b&quot;, ma sono davvero poco usate).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare, nella seconda metà del 18° secolo aveva raggiunto una superiorità &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=ubbidire%2Cobbedire&amp;amp;year_start=1500&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cubbidire%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cobbedire%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;schiacciante&lt;/a&gt; secondo Google Ngram. Ma nonostante i dizionari sopracitati affermino che oggi hanno pressoché la stessa frequenza, il grafico che ho linkato mostra un rapporto di 3 a 1 a favore di &lt;em&gt;obbedire&lt;/em&gt;; anche solo cercandoli separatamente su Google, si trovano quasi il doppio dei risultati per &lt;em&gt;obbedire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cos'ha causato questa grande inversione di tendenza? Sembra essere un fenomeno iniziato con l'Illuminismo, e poi continuato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2017-08-13T19:39:52.557" LastActivityDate="2017-08-13T20:38:27.503" Title="Perché &quot;ubbidire&quot; ha smesso di essere più usato di &quot;obbedire&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8456" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8458" CreationDate="2017-08-14T12:22:10.150" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Diceva: &quot;Politicamente analfabeti lo erano tanto i nostri generali quanto i nostri soldati. Non si sentivano aggressori. Quando cadevano nelle '&lt;strong&gt;bagne&lt;/strong&gt; grosse', nelle '&lt;strong&gt;bagne&lt;/strong&gt; spesse', non capivano o fingevano di non capire: assumevano sempre il ruolo della vittima. La boria fascista faceva il resto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che dice queste parole è Nuto Revelli. Malgrado abbia cercato il significato di &quot;bagna&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non capisco il significato di &quot;bagne&quot; in questo brano. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-14T13:50:16.770" Title="Cosa sono &quot;le bagne&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8457" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8459" CreationDate="2017-08-14T13:38:28.530" Score="3" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti. Qual è il contrario di esplicitezza? Facendo una ricerca sembra che non esista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie anticipatamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3150" LastActivityDate="2017-08-15T10:31:59.013" Title="Contrario di esplicitezza - sostantivo" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8456" CreationDate="2017-08-14T13:50:16.770" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il dizionario Hoepli (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/B/bagna.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/B/bagna.aspx&lt;/a&gt;), «essere nella bagna» significa &quot;essere nei pasticci&quot;. Le «bagne grosse» dovrebbero dunque essere i «grossi guai».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-08-14T13:50:16.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8457" CreationDate="2017-08-15T10:17:14.713" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul Dizionario Treccani online non ho trovato &quot;implicitezza&quot;, termine che è però presente in altri Dizionari (Hoepli: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/I/implicitezza.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/I/implicitezza.aspx&lt;/a&gt;; De Mauro: &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/implicitezza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/implicitezza&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'Enciclopedia Treccani, però, il termine è usato in varie voci (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/tag/implicitezza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/tag/implicitezza/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-15T10:31:59.013" LastActivityDate="2017-08-15T10:31:59.013" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8460" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8461" CreationDate="2017-08-15T12:33:42.040" Score="3" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alto, imponente come un corazziere, il gran cranio cilindrico &lt;strong&gt;virgolettato&lt;/strong&gt; da radi ciuffi di ricci alle orecchie, bocca carnosa, occhiali dalla pesante montatura nera, Malcolm Skey compare in via Biancamano all’inizio degli anni settanta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di aver capito il senso di &quot;virgolettato&quot; in questo brano. È chiaro che se ne fa un uso figurato, ma tutti i significati figurati che ho trovato nei dizionari fanno riferimento a parole. Vuol dire &quot;messo in evidenza&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-15T20:08:36.547" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;virgolettato&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8460" CreationDate="2017-08-15T12:48:37.667" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Neanch'io sono riuscito a trovare riferimenti al significato esteso, ma in analogia con il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/virgolettare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;contesto discorsivo&lt;/a&gt; dovrebbe poter significare &quot;messo in risalto&quot;, &quot;messo in evidenza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso però è un'immagine puramente visiva, con i ciuffi di ricci che fanno le veci delle virgolette. Grazie a @Benedetta per questa foto che dissipa ogni dubbio: &lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/AK34P.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-15T20:08:36.547" LastActivityDate="2017-08-15T20:08:36.547" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8427" CreationDate="2017-08-16T02:05:52.083" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Grazie a tutti per le risposte. &#xA;Alla fine ho trovato molte risorse online che mi hanno aiutato a preparare la prima lezione. &#xA;Loescher ha ottime schede di grammatica scaricabili gratuitamente &lt;a href=&quot;http://italianoperstranieri.loescher.it/archivio-di-grammatica.n445&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri siti offrono degli spunti per preparare delle lezioni con esercizi. &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oneworlditaliano.com/italiano/corso_di_italiano_intermedio.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho aggiunto i link in caso vogliate dare un'occhiata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3726" LastActivityDate="2017-08-16T02:05:52.083" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8463" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8469" CreationDate="2017-08-16T15:44:55.980" Score="2" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;I migliori anni della nostra vita&lt;/em&gt; di Ernesto Ferrero ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si divertiva a disegnare macchine impossibili alla Munari, ibridi di animali mitologici, come il gufo &lt;strong&gt;stranito&lt;/strong&gt; che sta sulla copertina di &lt;em&gt;L'altrui mestiere&lt;/em&gt;, il libro in cui aveva raccolto le sue divagazioni di &quot;dilettante curioso e libertino&quot;, le invasioni in campi altrui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il soggetto di questa frase è Primo Levi e la copertina a cui fa riferimento penso sia &lt;a href=&quot;http://3.bp.blogspot.com/-eVtNt5QDnIk/U016H_XLw1I/AAAAAAAAC34/k4_xN9xnA_g/s1600/scansione0001.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa&lt;/a&gt;. Non riesco a capire il senso di &quot;stranito&quot; in questo brano. Nei dizionari ho trovato che può significare &quot;inquieto&quot;, &quot;nervoso&quot;, &quot;intontito&quot;. Tuttavia, guardando la copertina, non mi è chiaro che questo sia il significato adatto al contesto. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-17T19:13:56.497" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;stranito&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8464" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8471" CreationDate="2017-08-17T12:36:02.533" Score="2" ViewCount="1046" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the equivalent of past perfect continuous (eg. I had been working) in Italian? And how (or when) do you use it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3776" LastEditorUserId="3776" LastEditDate="2017-08-17T12:47:00.857" LastActivityDate="2017-09-06T05:06:37.440" Title="Equivalent of past perfect continuous in Italian" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8465" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-17T14:54:42.880" Score="4" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Osservavo Emilia Pio svelta nel ribattere a grandi &lt;strong&gt;ariate&lt;/strong&gt;, critica per abitudine e per attitudine curiosa; e Margherita Cantelma, marchesa di Cotrone con la piccola testa dai ricci spiritosi e un'allegria devota sempre dedicata a me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'io narrante di questa frase è Isabella d'Este, marchesa di Mantova, figlia di Ercole I d'Este ed Eleonora d'Aragona. Non capisco il senso di &quot;ariate&quot; nel testo. Ho cercato i vocaboli &quot;ariata&quot; e &quot;ariato&quot;, ma non li ho trovati in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Potreste spiegarmene il significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Adesso mi sono accorta che, alla fine del libro, l'autrice usa di nuovo il termine &quot;ariate&quot; in questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Me lo ripeto per esserne sicura mentre aspiro le intermittenti &lt;strong&gt;ariate&lt;/strong&gt; lacustri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui ha chiaramente il significato di &quot;aria&quot;,  cioè,  il vapor d'acqua che si sprigiona dalla superficie lacustre. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-11T08:55:06.083" LastActivityDate="2017-09-11T08:55:06.083" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;ariate&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8466" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-17T15:58:32.143" Score="4" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una delle accezioni della parola “aria” è quella (citando il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/aria/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;) di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;composizione melodica, sia vocale sia strumentale, in forma chiusa, costruita secondo varî ma determinati schemi strofici, che può tanto stare isolata a sé, quanto servire da elemento integratore del melodramma, dell’oratorio, della cantata, della suite e del concerto strumentale (nell’opera lirica spesso deputata all’espressione degli affetti, in contrapposizione al recitativo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, da quando si usa in italiano il termine “aria” in questo senso? Si parla per esempio di arie di Alessandro Scarlatti, e quindi un terminus ante quem sarebbe la fine del Seicento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-02-22T09:24:40.193" Title="Primi usi di “aria” in senso musicale" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8467" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8481" CreationDate="2017-08-17T17:18:31.080" Score="5" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho visto la parola &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;maintainer = responsabile della manutenzione di un programma&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tradotta alcune volte con &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;manutentore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;altre volte con &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mantenitore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma, sinceramente, nessuna delle due alternative mi entusiasma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si potrebbe tradurre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T09:55:27.983" Title="Come tradurreste in italiano la parola &quot;maintainer&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8463" CreationDate="2017-08-17T19:13:56.497" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La copertina della prima edizione si vede in questa scheda: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.primolevi.it/Web/Italiano/Contenuti/Opera/110_Edizioni_italiane/L%27altrui_mestiere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.primolevi.it/Web/Italiano/Contenuti/Opera/110_Edizioni_italiane/L%27altrui_mestiere&lt;/a&gt;. Il gufo è colto in tre momenti, tre espressioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il senso, va considerato che &quot;stranito&quot; indica uno stato d'animo che porta a non stare bene, ma senza saper capire e spiegare perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-08-17T19:13:56.497" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8466" CreationDate="2017-08-17T20:14:20.387" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Queasto estratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/aria_res-8e6050c6-8baa-11dc-8e9d-0016357eee51_%28Enciclopedia-Italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt; fa riferimento all'uso del termine &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;aer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; in senso musicale dal '300. L'espressione si consolida nel secolo sucessivo  e  già a metà  nel '400 viene usata con chiaro  riferimento alla musica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Già nella terminologia musicale del '300, aer, alla latina,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  torna in senso di modus, ossia di quella divisione fondamentale dei valori di durata delle figure musicali, derivata dai metri della poesia latina, con la quale il mensuralismo franconico stabilì, verso la metà del sec. XIII, le prime sicure leggi delle lunghezze dei suoni e delle loro sottodivisioni nel tempus. Così l'adoperò, in un piccolo codice della Marciana fatto conoscere da Santorre Debenedetti, un anonimo trattatista italiano, quando, per descrivere l'andamento della musica nei madrigali nostri del '300, dice: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;volunt etiam esse de tempore perfecto et aere italico; si quis aliquando miscetur tempus aeris gallici, bonum esset.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Verso la metà del '400, il pesarese Guglielmo Ebreo, nel suo Trattato dell'arte del ballo, prescrive che il compositore di danze &amp;quot;trovi il tinore, o vero il suono, il quale sia aieroso&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;; e si serve anche di aiere per indicare quell'atto &amp;quot;di aierosa presenza ed elevato movimento&amp;quot;, col quale il ballerino traduce nel movimento del corpo l'andamento della musica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Che la denominazione di aria fosse poi diffusa e di moda nel '400, appare chiaro da una lettera del 1460 inviata da certo Nicolò Tedesco&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, vivente in Ferrara, al marchese di Mantova, nella quale propone a maestro di canto un Giovanni Brith, abilissimo &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;in cantare moderno massime arie alla veneziana&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-08-17T20:14:20.387" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8464" CreationDate="2017-08-17T21:07:19.740" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't really an equivalent, it may be translated with the &lt;em&gt;trapassato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; or the construction [&lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; of &quot;stare&quot; + &lt;em&gt;gerundio&lt;/em&gt; of the verb at issue] depending on the context. Let's see some examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider the sentence &quot;I had been working on the problem for several hours, I needed a break&quot;. In Italian this becomes &quot;Avevo lavorato al problema per diverse ore, avevo bisogno di una pausa&quot;, or &quot;Stavo lavorando al problema da diverse ore, avevo bisogno di una pausa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Borrowing from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ef-italia.it/risorse-inglese/grammatica-inglese/past-perfect-continuous/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;Had you been waiting long before the taxi arrived?&quot; translates to &quot;Avevi aspettato tanto prima che il taxi arrivasse?&quot; similarly to the first example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, &quot;Her friends had been thinking of calling the police when she walked in&quot; translates to &quot;I suoi amici stavano pensando di chiamare la polizia quando è entrata/entrò&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last example is different because it is highlighted that the action was &lt;em&gt;interrupted&lt;/em&gt; by another action, whereas in the other two the action was continuous &lt;em&gt;for a prolonged period of time&lt;/em&gt;. The sentence &quot;We had been trying to open the door for five minutes when Jane found her key&quot; is somewhat between the two cases, it should be translated as &quot;Avevamo tentato di aprire la porta per cinque minuti quando Jane trovò la chiave&quot; or as &quot;Stavamo tentando di aprire la porta da cinque minuti quando Jane trovò la chiave&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;em&gt;trapassato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; can also translate the past perfect, and the aforementioned construction with &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; can also translate the past continuous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2017-09-06T03:42:23.033" LastActivityDate="2017-09-06T03:42:23.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8472" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8473" CreationDate="2017-08-18T12:20:38.323" Score="1" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'eravamo isolate a Porto Mantovano nella mia preferita villa sul lago: preferita, perché pure vicinissima alla città, appena di là dal ponte San Giorgio, mi pareva per il suo rustico e gentile disegno,  per i boschetti deliziosi e il lago dalle correnti ventilate in buona posizione di &lt;strong&gt;aere&lt;/strong&gt;, assai più grata delle sale di castello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;aere&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il termine &quot;aera&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Qualcuno di voi ne sa qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-18T12:33:56.417" LastActivityDate="2017-08-18T12:33:56.417" Title="Cosa significa &quot;aere&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8472" CreationDate="2017-08-18T12:28:28.960" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola è proprio “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/aere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;aere&lt;/a&gt;”, che è un sostantivo (singolare) ora antiquato, imparentato con “aria” e direttamente derivato dal latino &lt;em&gt;aer&lt;/em&gt;. Si usa sia per riferirsi, come qui, all'aria (“A noi venendo per l’aere maligno”, Dante) che all'aspetto o all'indole di una persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-08-18T12:28:28.960" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8474" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8484" CreationDate="2017-08-18T17:55:49.350" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra &quot;&lt;em&gt;lessico&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e &quot;&lt;em&gt;dizionario&lt;/em&gt;&quot;? Devo dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;Come espandere il proprio lessico&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;Come espandere il proprio dizionario&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2022" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2017-08-18T18:51:42.330" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T07:43:34.913" Title="Lessico o Dizionario?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8477" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8478" CreationDate="2017-08-19T15:59:12.473" Score="0" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale delle due è corretta: &quot;se non sto parlando con qualcun altro, sembra che l'abbia scritto bene il tuo numero alla fine&quot; o &quot;sembra che l'avessi scritto bene&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3780" LastActivityDate="2017-08-19T16:17:11.117" Title="Uso del congiuntivo in una frase" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8477" CreationDate="2017-08-19T16:17:11.117" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretta la prima. Nella principale c'è un verbo al presente indicativo, la relazione tra principale e subordinata è di anteriorità (&quot;sembra&quot; ora che &quot;ho scritto bene&quot; prima) e nella subordinata l'azione è compiuta (all'indicativo si direbbe con il passato prossimo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-08-19T16:17:11.117" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8479" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8480" CreationDate="2017-08-20T16:04:20.050" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi interrogo ancora una volta: perché non ho rispostovné di persona, né dettando a Pirro Donati: potevo comporre lettere fredde, modelli di superiore amicizia, anche severe per molte riprensioni. Quale epistolario potrebbe essere questo, di un tono mai sentito; e &lt;strong&gt;volgerebbe&lt;/strong&gt; sui misteri concreti degli uomini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;volgere&quot; in parecchi dizionari, tuttavia non riesco a capire il suo significato in questo passaggio. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-20T17:54:25.163" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;volgere&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8480" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8479" CreationDate="2017-08-20T17:54:25.163" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uno dei significati di &quot;volgere&quot; è &quot;andare verso&quot;. Nel brano, dunque, si intende che un epistolario come quello descritto &quot;andrebbe verso&quot;, vale a dire &quot;si occuperebbe dei&quot; «misteri concreti degli uomini».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-08-20T17:54:25.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8467" CreationDate="2017-08-20T19:11:59.060" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Ragazzini 2018 riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;maintainer&lt;/strong&gt; n. (&lt;em&gt;comput.&lt;/em&gt;), manutentore, gestore di sistema informatico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il significato da te indicato, la traduzione suggerita sarebbe quindi &lt;em&gt;manutentore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Farei però attenzione nell'uso perché nell'industria meccanica tale termine indica comunemente chi si occupa della manutenzione delle macchine, e questo potrebbe generare qualche confusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1754" LastActivityDate="2017-08-20T19:11:59.060" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8482" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8483" CreationDate="2017-08-20T21:04:31.913" Score="4" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riproduco per intero un enimma di Tommaso Stigliani (1573-1651) sulle forbici:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A un tempo stesso io mi son una, e due,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      E fo due ciò ch'era una primamente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Una mi adopra con le cinque sue&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Contra infiniti che in capo ha la gente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Tutta son bocca &lt;em&gt;dalla cinta in sue&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      E  più mordo sdentata che con dente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Ho due bellichi a contrapposti siti,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Gli occhi ho ne' piedi, e spesso a gli occhi i diti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho marcato in corsivo la parte che suscita dubbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire quella &lt;em&gt;cinta&lt;/em&gt;. Le forbici sono come una bocca che mangia tutto, capisco solo questo; ma non c'è nessun muro ovvio (per Treccani #1). E gli altri sensi pare siano anche meno rilevanti; certo, non sono ovvi. Non capisco anche che cosa sono «le sue», di chi sono ecc (sempre nel verso #5; quelle «sue» nel verso #3 sono ovvie).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi la frase marcata? Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3788" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-08-21T10:16:51.457" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T10:16:51.457" Title="Cosa significa «dalla cinta in sue»?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8482" CreationDate="2017-08-21T05:05:55.963" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione, entrata tra i modi di dire dell'italiano, è un'eco del X canto dell'Inferno di Dante («Vedi là Farinata che s'è dritto / da la cintola in sú tutto 'l vedrai»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cinta&quot; è la &quot;cintura&quot;, la &quot;cintola&quot; (secondo l'uso di Dante), insomma qualcosa che cinge la vita (intesa come parte del corpo); &quot;sue&quot; è invece &quot;su&quot;. Quindi in quella riga si intende che dalla parte centrale, la più stretta, in su, la protagonista dell'enimma è &quot;solo bocca&quot; (le due lame che si aprono e chiudono).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T05:05:55.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8474" CreationDate="2017-08-21T07:43:34.913" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, after some research I can say (certainly) that in this context I should use &quot;lessico&quot; instead of dictionary. Lessico in this context means vocabulary. Also I can say (reluctantly) that &quot;dizionario&quot; should be used when mentiong physical objects.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2022" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T07:43:34.913" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8488" CreationDate="2017-08-21T10:33:36.563" Score="2" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando il mio pensiero si raccoglie in voi ho pace e guerra insieme e mi ricordo di essere poeta col rammarico di non esserlo abbastanza. Il mio coraggio si &lt;strong&gt;assottiglia&lt;/strong&gt; se mi dico che forse leggerete queste righe e, impaziente, alzerete gli occhi lampeggianti domandandovi &quot;che cosa vuole costui?&quot;. Niente, illustre Signora, anzi meno che niente perché so di non poter essere perdonato di quel mio stolto inganno che mi ha reso per tanto tempo disagiato pronunciare persino tra me e me il vostro nome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;assottigliare&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato questo verbo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/assottigliare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho visto che può avere due sensi figurati diversi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;. fig. &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;. Ridurre, scemare di quantità, di volume: &lt;em&gt;a. le spese; le rendite si sono assottigliate&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt;. Riferito alle facoltà intellettuali, affinare, rendere più acuto, più perspicace: &lt;em&gt;a. la mente, l’ingegno, il cervello; le tribolazioni aguzzano il cervello: e Renzo ... non s’era mai trovato nell’occasione d’assottigliar molto il suo&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni). Nell’uso ant. anche rifl., &lt;em&gt;assottigliarsi&lt;/em&gt;, assottigliare l’ingegno, impegnarsi con acutezza di mente in un’interpretazione e sim.: &lt;em&gt;piglia Quel ch’io ti dicerò ... E intorno da esso t’assottiglia&lt;/em&gt; (Dante); &lt;em&gt;Filocolo ... cominciasi a crucciare e a tignersi nel viso, e assottigliarsi se potesse il giuoco per maestria recuperare&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il mio dubbio è: nel passaggio di sopra significa diminuire oppure rendere più acuto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T16:01:18.703" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;assottigliare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8486" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8487" CreationDate="2017-08-21T12:41:38.953" Score="3" ViewCount="604" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come posso dire &quot;forget about it&quot; quando voglio dire a una persona di non pensare più ad una situazione perché ho già risolto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-08-21T13:00:31.110" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T16:03:10.973" Title="Come posso dire &quot;forget about it&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8486" CreationDate="2017-08-21T12:45:43.990" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Letteralmente la traduzione è &lt;strong&gt;dimenticalo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi dire in alternativa &lt;strong&gt;scordatelo&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;dimenticatelo&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;lascia perdere&lt;/strong&gt; oppure semplicemente &lt;strong&gt;non pensarci più&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-08-21T16:03:10.973" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T16:03:10.973" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8485" CreationDate="2017-08-21T13:21:54.610" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A prima vista può sembrare ambiguo, ma la riflessività del verbo e il fatto che &quot;il coraggio&quot; sia il soggetto (*), assicurano che il significato è il primo che hai riportato. Avevo scritto la risposta di fretta e non ci avevo fatto caso, ma in effetti qui è fondamentale osservare che l'accezione simile ad &lt;em&gt;acuire&lt;/em&gt; riguarda solo qualità assimilabili all'&lt;strong&gt;intelligenza&lt;/strong&gt;, e il coraggio non lo è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altronde, le opzioni erano il rafforzamento del coraggio o il sopraggiungere della paura, e il pensiero degli &lt;em&gt;occhi lampeggianti&lt;/em&gt; e il tono autocommiserativo dell'ultima frase, non possono che essere correlati alla paura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(*) Da notare che l'antico uso riflessivo, nella seconda accezione, ha come soggetto la persona, non la qualità della stessa, analogamente ad &lt;em&gt;ingegnarsi&lt;/em&gt;:  &lt;em&gt;il castellano cominciasi a crucciare… e assottigliarsi se potesse il giuoco per maestria recuperare&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2017-08-21T16:01:18.703" LastActivityDate="2017-08-21T16:01:18.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8489" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-22T09:32:43.087" Score="3" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I figli maschi hanno occupato spazi ampi nella mia vita. Da giovane il pensiero di loro prevaleva in me. Quando fui più matura in età e in esperienza occuparono ciascuno un posto preminente ma diverso: mi appassionava disegnare le loro azioni, seguirli e formarli a mio modo. Essere io donna divenne allora un &lt;strong&gt;pregio&lt;/strong&gt; d'autorità afferrato e cresciuto a goccia a goccia in me stessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;pregio&quot; in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le molte accezioni che appaiono, non riesco a vedere a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel brano precedente. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T14:27:45.247" Title="Cosa significa &quot;pregio&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7936" CreationDate="2017-08-22T09:59:19.927" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did not study linguistic myself, but I got used to handle three languages (from separate language families) in everyday life since childhood. From my experience, the word-to-sound association is a very bad idea, and will eventually confuse your brain, especially when more than one non-native languages is involved. Of course, it depends from person to person, we all have different cognitive and learning skills or abilities. It will also depend on how fast you need to learn the target language. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a method that I found a lot more effective to learn new words in new languages, especially if you have contact with native speakers every day (in particular for the emphasis/pronunciation):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;buy a dictionary in the language you want to learn - you can also get an e-book version, but I find this method more effective with the 3D solid paper book between your hands&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;write a word per day on a small piece of blank paper and write the translation on the other side of the (in the language you're more comfortable with) - if you're a visual person you can also draw or attach an image of the corresponding item&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;put all the pieces of paper in a jar&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dedicate some before-bed time to check the items in the jar and their translation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more complicated words, or contextual dependent concepts, I suggest you really get a comprehensive dictionary and write the whole sentences instead of just words on the pieces of paper, e.g., the Italian word &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in very different situations like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; sei carino! - EN: &lt;strong&gt;how&lt;/strong&gt; cute you are!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; arrivo alla stazione? - EN: &lt;strong&gt;how&lt;/strong&gt; do I get to the train station?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;si è truccato &lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; un pagliaccio - EN: he got his makeup done &lt;strong&gt;like&lt;/strong&gt; a clown&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; arrivo a casa, ti chiamo - EN: &lt;strong&gt;as soon as&lt;/strong&gt; I get home, I will call you&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and, last but not least, non-literally translatable compound forms: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;5&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; la mettiamo? EN: now what?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also learn some of these sentences by heart, then think of similar contexts to which the same word-to-concept idea can be applied. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, it may sound weird (but this is basically how I learned to speak English with no evident Italian accent) but as soon as you feel comfortable with, start watching movies/TV series in original language (no EN subs, or IT subs if really needed) or get involved in multiplayer gaming sessions, and you'll learn so many context-dependent words! And google any word you hear and don't know and put it in the jar - never let an unknown word pass by your brain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this can help you improve your learning :) All the best!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3775" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-03T17:32:33.990" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T17:32:33.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2017-08-23T00:50:14.167" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It would be grammatically correct in Italian to say &quot;bravo, soprano&quot;, since &quot;soprano&quot; is a masculine noun. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Likewise, it would also be possible to say &quot;bravo&quot; to a group of people, if you are addressing an ensemble rather than its individual members, e.g. &quot;bravo, quartetto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjective declension is concerned with the grammatical number and gender of the associated noun, not necessarily with natural genders or actual head counts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3745" LastActivityDate="2017-08-23T00:50:14.167" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8492" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8493" CreationDate="2017-08-23T08:51:20.833" Score="0" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da due mesi Giulio Secondo era entrato in Bologna dopo aver cacciato i Bentivoglio abbandonati dai francesi loro alleati; si restituiva così alla Chiesa quella terra opulenta di beni e di importanza strategica. L'impresa aveva avuto un esito improvviso tanto che il mio Francesco, nominato con ogni magnificenza Luogotenente dell'esercito papale, inutilmente era corso alla presa di Bologna perché i Bentivoglio se n'erano fuggiti senza attendere il confronto delle armi. Come accade, la vittoria non risolveva niente, l'intrigo politico rimaneva &lt;strong&gt;serrato&lt;/strong&gt;. Dalla Francia giungeva notizia che re Luigi aveva stabilito di scendere in Italia a conquistare Genova con dubbi pretesti di antiche attribuzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;serrato&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non capisco il suo significato in questo brano. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-23T10:40:28.077" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;serrato&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8492" CreationDate="2017-08-23T09:00:38.417" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te indicato &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;serrato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; vuole figurativamente significare &lt;strong&gt;incalzante&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;stringente&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;concitato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un termine mutuato dal gergo militare e stava ad indicare quando l'esercito avanzava in ordine chiuso e compatto nell'imminenza della battaglia o per paura di essere assalito in imboscata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La vittoria non aveva portato la pace, anzi, le manovre politiche, i sotterfugi continuavano come se nulla fosse cambiato e i contendenti erano in continuo assetto da guerra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-23T10:40:28.077" LastActivityDate="2017-08-23T10:40:28.077" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8494" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-24T10:18:28.067" Score="1" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Benedetto parlava con un gentiluomo straniero, uomo di studio o uomo di segreteria, vestito di panno rosato schietto. Era costui di statura e di persona non sovrabbondanti, di testa piccola, di viso stretto dal mento lievemente &lt;strong&gt;scivolato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa descrizione fa riferimento a Niccolò Machiavelli. Ho cercato &quot;scivolare&quot; e &quot;scivolato&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;scivolato&quot; in questo passaggio. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-24T19:37:41.437" Title="Cosa significa &quot;scivolato&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8494" CreationDate="2017-08-24T11:52:19.320" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mento scivolato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; fa riferimento ad un viso in cui la posizione  del mento rispetto alla proporzione dei vari elementi che compongono il viso si discosta da un certo canone di (passami il termine) normalità oppure simmetria, quasi che sia visto attraverso uno specchio deformante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è riportata in un interessante passaggio nel volume &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=AuswBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT20&amp;amp;lpg=PT20&amp;amp;dq=mento%20scivolato&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=iF5uCcNjXu&amp;amp;sig=7SsBMhiv2N1lO_s-y6pu70YivWY&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi1u5fb5O_VAhXIPhQKHS8hDUIQ6AEIPTAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=mento%20scivolato&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'arte di leggere di Guido Conti&lt;/a&gt; dove si legge un estratto da un racconto di Čechov del 1883:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ripulii sommariamente lo specchio e mi ci guardai, scoppiando a&#xA;  ridere. Un'eco rispose cupa al mio riso. Era un o specchio deformante,&#xA;  la mia faccia ne risultava sotto ogni aspetto distorta: il naso sulla&#xA;  guancia sinistra, il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mento scivolato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; da una parte, e diviso in&#xA;  due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-08-24T19:37:41.437" LastActivityDate="2017-08-24T19:37:41.437" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8497" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-24T16:13:29.740" Score="2" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;I did some research and it appears like there are few or no online resources for Italian pronunciation (I hope that I am wrong).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which text-to-speech engine is more accurate for Italian words among &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://translate.google.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://translate.google.com&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://translate.yandex.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://translate.yandex.com&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3799" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2017-09-18T17:39:32.753" LastActivityDate="2017-09-18T17:39:32.753" Title="Which online text-to-speech engine is more accurate?" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8498" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8499" CreationDate="2017-08-25T11:00:43.147" Score="6" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do the &lt;em&gt;ho, hai, ha, hanno&lt;/em&gt; forms of the present tense conjugation of &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; begin with 'h'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In researching the issue, I have seen that many think that the 'h' is employed to differentiate from the other words one could confuse: &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; (conjunction, &quot;or&quot;), &lt;em&gt;ai&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;a + i&lt;/em&gt; articulated preposition, &quot;to the&quot;), &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (preposition, &quot;to&quot;), and &lt;em&gt;anno&lt;/em&gt; (noun &quot;year&quot;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had assumed that the 'h' was not purposefully designed into the language for the sake of alleviating confusion, but rather because it was a part of how &lt;em&gt;habere&lt;/em&gt; morphed into &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; from Latin to Italian: &lt;em&gt;habeo&lt;/em&gt; became &lt;em&gt;ho&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;habes&lt;/em&gt; became &lt;em&gt;hai&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone expand upon these theories?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="553" LastEditorUserId="553" LastEditDate="2017-08-25T18:53:35.097" LastActivityDate="2017-08-25T18:53:35.097" Title="How and why did avere get the 'h' in some present tense forms?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8498" CreationDate="2017-08-25T15:25:03.800" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;The H in some forms of &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; does come from Latin. There was a debate a few centuries ago between those who wanted to keep all H's and those who wanted to get rid of all of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A compromise solution was eventually found, sanctioned by the approval of the Accademia della Crusca (the highest authority on Italian language): the H's were to be dropped except those that could be useful to tell homophones apart.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Check here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/H/h.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/H/h.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apparently, there was a disambiguation obsessions among Italian linguists and writers. Its rationale is quite weak, because countless ambiguities exist in any case, nevertheless it created a set of bizarre orthographic rules. Recently, the relevance of such arguments is considered more questionable but some rules are already congealed in everyday usage and cannot fall.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to be crystal clear: those H's are not pronounced - and as a result this is arguably the most frequent mistake native Italian speakers make in writing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2017-08-25T15:25:03.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8500" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8509" CreationDate="2017-08-25T16:02:17.260" Score="7" ViewCount="27943" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed Italians saying &quot;Ciao ragazzo/a/i/e&quot; in bars and restaurants in Rome. When is it appropriate to use this greeting? Is it a regional/Roman greeting? How informal is it? Is it commonly only a bar, restaurant, or food service construction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, age didn't seem to matter. Younger bartenders would say it to a group of older customers. Did I read that right?  I ask because in English if you said &quot;Hi kids&quot; to a group of people that were clearly your elders I think they may think you're being disrespectful. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3802" LastEditorUserId="3802" LastEditDate="2017-08-25T16:07:17.467" LastActivityDate="2021-05-13T12:41:23.057" Title="When is it appropriate to say &quot;Ciao ragazzi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8501" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8502" CreationDate="2017-08-25T17:24:25.677" Score="3" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho una domanda: quando dico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'uomo parlava piano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;l'aggettivo 'piano' ha un significato di &lt;em&gt;parlava lentamente&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;parlava a bassa voce&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3767" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-08-25T21:41:56.363" LastActivityDate="2017-08-25T21:41:56.363" Title="Significato di piano in una frase" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8501" CreationDate="2017-08-25T17:36:09.973" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa frase, &quot;piano&quot; può avere entrambi i significati: &quot;lentamente&quot; e &quot;a bassa voce&quot; (entrambi corretti: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piano1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piano1/&lt;/a&gt;). È il contesto a far capire quale dei due significati si intende.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-08-25T17:36:09.973" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8503" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8513" CreationDate="2017-08-26T19:35:27.287" Score="0" ViewCount="371" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How the questions arose&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doing more research on &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8476/una-strofa-di-una-canzone-come-interpretarla&quot;&gt;this closed question&lt;/a&gt;, I found other versions of the song, and I just bumped into &lt;a href=&quot;http://scambiofigu.forumcommunity.net/?t=35734112&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this site&lt;/a&gt;, where, among lots of other songs, there is said version of said song, with &lt;code&gt;Tegnu la porta aperta / La mettu a padiduzza&lt;/code&gt; translated to &lt;code&gt;Tengo la porta aperta / La metto a padella&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Questions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does it mean to &quot;mettere la porta a padella&quot;? How commonly and where is this expression used in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@RiccardoDeContardi has commented contributing &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinamannelli.wordpress.com/2010/09/21/una-canzone-un-caffe-e-un-saluto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt;. I also saw that but didn't pay too much attention as that translation is not accurate (e.g. &quot;Ed iu, capu d'amuri, lu cori m'avvampò&quot; + the following verse is all rendered as &quot;gli uccelli cantano in amore&quot;). I've been working on cracking the song for a long time now. You can find all my findings on &lt;a href=&quot;http://michelegorini.blogspot.it/2017/07/vinni-la-primmavera.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;my blog post&lt;/a&gt; about it. In particular, other versions have &quot;a vanidduzza&quot; instead, which has two possible interpretations, one of which (my choice) is &quot;a fessurina&quot;. This suggests a meaning for the expression, but I'd like to be sure, and also to know how this expression came about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Signed in to that forum and sent messages to the poster of the translation enquiring about this. In the process of matching the videos there to the versions on &lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Si_maritau_Rosa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sicilian Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; I discovered this new bit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rapi la finestra,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Talìa pi tterra e mari&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  O veru amuri tò&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ancora hav'a 'rrivari&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Tu si' tantu bedda&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  'Un ti disperari&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Chi la speranza è&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Sempre l'ultima a muriri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A bit off-topic in this post, but I wanted to post it somewhere other than that chat.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, I'm waiting for that user to come online and possibly reply to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="1009" LastEditDate="2017-08-27T10:08:35.910" LastActivityDate="2017-08-29T21:36:08.110" Title="&quot;Mettere la porta a padella&quot;: what does that mean?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ClosedDate="2017-09-03T21:32:00.633" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8504" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8512" CreationDate="2017-08-26T20:08:22.570" Score="0" ViewCount="283" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a sister to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8503/mettere-la-porta-a-padella-what-does-that-mean&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, we have another strange expression in &lt;a href=&quot;http://scambiofigu.forumcommunity.net/?t=35734112&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this translation of the Sicilian folk song &quot;Si maritau Rosa&quot;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E io, capo d'amore, il cuore mi si è infiammato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general meaning should be that the singer has fallen in love. However, I don't see how the sentence is structured. The last part is quite clear, but the first part? What is &quot;capo&quot; (&quot;head&quot; or &quot;boss&quot;) doing there? Is this perhaps just a mistranslation based on imitation of the Sicilian (in which case the sentence structure is off-topic as it is Sicilian and not Italian) or is this a valid sentence in some regional Italian? I mean, I'd expect at least &quot;E a me&quot; instead of &quot;E io&quot;, because the subject is &quot;il cuore&quot;… unless &quot;capo&quot; is being used in some verb sense, but then the punctuation is wrong! Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastActivityDate="2017-08-29T20:04:39.440" Title="&quot;E io, capo d'amore, il cuore mi s'è infiammato&quot;: what does &quot;capo&quot; mean in this context?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ClosedDate="2017-08-30T08:34:18.813" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8507" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-27T11:54:10.757" Score="1" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi interrogai. Dov'era il dolore? Taceva. Solo l'ira e la pietà mi nutrivano nelle più remote fibre. Sarei vissuta d'ira e di pietà, dunque? Naufragavo. Ma tornando a respirare assunsi una ringagliardita avidità di agire come se ogni frecciata mi suscitasse una istigazione. A goccia a goccia mi riavevo, mi sembrava che qualcuno disegnasse per me su una mappa segreta i miei piani. E conoscevo il mio bersaglio. C'era a Milano uno da&#xA;  conquistare, il personaggio che in quel momento sovrabbondava in potenza, il Viceré Raimondo di Cardona, sempre più preso d'amore per la mia Brognina e così cavalleresco da permettere al suo sentimento di primeggiare su tutte le sue azioni. Comandava l'esercito che doveva muovere all'assalto di Ferrara, era lui dunque l'uomo da soggiogare: se ci fosse riuscita l'impresa, Eros avrebbe vinto su Marte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Di risvolto&lt;/strong&gt;, inanimita, mi spesi in preparativi a momenti rabbiosi: le stanze si trasformarono in tavolozze di colori commentati dalle guarnizioni dorate e inargentate e rilevati da trine e ricami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;risvolto&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;di risvolto&quot; nel passaggio precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-27T15:20:52.810" LastActivityDate="2017-08-27T15:20:52.810" Title="Cosa significa &quot;di risvolto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8508" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-28T16:33:13.187" Score="3" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Forse allude alla corona immaginaria l'acconciatura che sto inventando, una capigliatura &#xA;  che andrà poi per il mondo imitata da tutte le donne. Le prime volte che la porto nei miei &#xA;  ricevimenti di capo di stato suscita qualche incertezza; siamo troppo abituati alle pettinature lisce o &lt;strong&gt;aggrettate&lt;/strong&gt;, di capelli disciolti o a testina raccolta con la treccia o la mezza treccia ricadente sulla schiena. Io impongo un altro modo di apparire con questa foggia che ha del turbante e del diadema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;aggrettare&quot; e &quot;aggrettato&quot;, ma non ho trovato questi vocaboli in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;pettinature aggrettate&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-28T16:33:13.187" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;aggrettato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8500" CreationDate="2017-08-28T20:40:22.000" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;Zingarelli 2017&lt;/em&gt; reports for the word &lt;em&gt;ragazzo&lt;/em&gt; also the following meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;fam.&lt;/em&gt;) uomo adulto (spec. come appellativo rivolto ai membri di un gruppo, oppure con tono di familiarità).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar meaning can be found from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ragazzo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani, meaning &lt;strong&gt;c&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In usi affettivi o scherz., può essere riferito anche a un adulto, e, al plur., ai componenti di un gruppo organico, come i membri di una classe, di una squadra, di un reparto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the meaning in which &quot;ragazzo/a/i&quot; are used in the expressions &quot;Ciao ragazzo/a/i/e&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I cannot quote other sources, but in my experience the expressions &quot;Ciao ragazzo/a/i/e&quot; are fairly widespread in Italy, and their usage is definitely not limited to bar, restaurants and such. Those expressions are very informal and sometimes are used humorously. They denote familiarity and, possibly, friendship or affection between the parties, regardless of the age (e.g. I am commonly greeted with a &quot;Ciao ragazzo!&quot; by some of my closest friends, and I'm almost 50).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also hear abbreviated forms like &quot;Ciao raga/Hey raga/Oh raga&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Definitely avoid using such kind of expressions when you first meet someone and be careful in using them at the workplace: a &quot;Ciao ragazzo/a&quot; said with the wrong tone to a younger colleague might sound condescending if the relationship is not so friendly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1754" LastEditorUserId="1754" LastEditDate="2017-08-28T20:58:33.380" LastActivityDate="2017-08-28T20:58:33.380" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8510" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8511" CreationDate="2017-08-29T10:22:22.030" Score="0" ViewCount="548" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto ripassando l'analisi logica e ho un dubbio in questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Domenica andremo a pesca;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“a pesca” è un complemento di luogo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho un'altra domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La scuola è a pochi minuti da qui;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“a pochi minuti da qui” è un complemento di quantità o di tempo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3767" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-08-29T16:34:16.920" LastActivityDate="2017-08-29T16:58:36.537" Title="Analisi logica frase" Tags="&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8510" CreationDate="2017-08-29T15:41:25.660" Score="3" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“a pesca” -&gt; complemento di fine o scopo ('al lago' sarebbe stato di luogo)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“a pochi minuti da qui” -&gt; complemento di tempo determinato ( quando? in che tempo? ) + attributo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3775" LastEditorUserId="3775" LastEditDate="2017-08-29T16:58:36.537" LastActivityDate="2017-08-29T16:58:36.537" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8504" CreationDate="2017-08-29T20:04:39.440" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The translation you report is not accurate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expression &quot;capu d'amuri&quot; in the original text (in Sicilian):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ed iu, capu d'amuri, lu cori m'avvampò&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can be translated to: &quot;all'inizio di&quot; (at the beginning of), meaning 'at the beginning of my love life'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anothe example of usage of 'capu' as meaning of 'beginning' is in the Sicilian proverb:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avùstu, rijùstu capu ri ‘nvernu giustu - IT: &lt;em&gt;Agosto riottoso è l’inizio dell’inverno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Capu di l’annu saluti e dinari, pensaci bonu a chiddu c’ha fari - IT: &lt;em&gt;Ogni inizio di anno, pensa bene a cosa devi fare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3775" LastActivityDate="2017-08-29T20:04:39.440" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8503" CreationDate="2017-08-29T21:27:28.180" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my knowledge, &lt;em&gt;vanidduzza&lt;/em&gt; is indeed the correct spelling (double d). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this context, I believe &quot;apru la porta a vanidduzza&quot; means &quot;I leave the door half-open&quot; - IT: &quot;Socchiudo la porta&quot; . This meaning is also reported in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.ch/books?id=vBs9AAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA430&amp;amp;lpg=PA430&amp;amp;dq=vanidduzza%20dizionario%20siciliano&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=nl7ZE_gfXd&amp;amp;sig=pIetGxs7roA-YE6ZLFHnKH_uryI&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi5prqqr_3VAhWGuhoKHQq-CPcQ6AEIKzAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=vanidduzza%20dizionario%20siciliano&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/RTved.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/RTved.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot of Google Books dictionary entry for &amp;quot;vanidduzza&amp;quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, it seems that the original text also from &lt;a href=&quot;http://karahidden.blogspot.com/2013/06/canzoni-popolari-siciliane.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;another source&lt;/a&gt; reports the term &lt;em&gt;padiduzza&lt;/em&gt; , never heard of it (at least not used in a real-life discussion) and also not found in the Sicilian dictionary I pointed to in the previous link here above. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3775" LastEditorUserId="1009" LastEditDate="2017-08-29T21:36:08.110" LastActivityDate="2017-08-29T21:36:08.110" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8514" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-30T08:19:16.177" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sommamente egli rifulgeva nella capacità di scrivere che dimostrò col suo unico &lt;em&gt;Cortegiano&lt;/em&gt;, una vera bibbia sulla società delle nostre corti, libro un po' &lt;strong&gt;teso&lt;/strong&gt; di pretese morali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase fa riferimento a Baldesar Castiglione. Ho cercato il significato di &quot;teso&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il suo senso nel passaggio precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-08-30T12:15:50.983" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;teso&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8514" CreationDate="2017-08-30T12:15:50.983" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Teso può assumere il significato di &quot;Intensamente rivolto a un oggetto o a un fine determinato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo romanzo utilizza una scrittura poco utilizzata ai giorni nostri visto che la protagonista visse negli anni del Rinascimento pure la scrittura è &quot;vecchia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritengo quindi plausibile che si potesse dire &lt;strong&gt;teso di&lt;/strong&gt; anche se attualmente io (e anche i dizionari più rinomati) utilizzerei più il &lt;strong&gt;teso a&lt;/strong&gt; se proprio dovessi usare teso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso quindi dedurre che questo libro di cui si parla abbia come scopo quello di instillare nella mente del lettore una qualche morale, forse anche troppo presente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastActivityDate="2017-08-30T12:15:50.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8516" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-30T19:23:24.997" Score="8" ViewCount="1885" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una frase come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono presenti vari tipi di &lt;strong&gt;[categoria]&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove &lt;strong&gt;[categoria]&lt;/strong&gt; può essere un sostantivo qualunque (&quot;animale/i&quot;, &quot;auto&quot;, &quot;persona/e&quot;, &quot;merce/i&quot;, &quot;benefit&quot;), esiste una convenzione per il numero di questo sostantivo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ciascuno degli esempi che riporto (laddove è possibile una scelta) entrambe le possibilità mi suonano bene, ma non vorrei sbagliare o ignorare che la scelta si porta dietro eventuali connotazioni di significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T11:00:50.080" Title="Dopo &quot;tipi di&quot; va un plurale o un singolare?" Tags="&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8517" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-08-30T19:28:39.957" Score="7" ViewCount="707" Body="&lt;p&gt;My first lesson in Italian was today by someone that is not native Italian; she said that most of the time foreign words, imported words into Italian, are masculine. When I look in the course material it appears that what she said is not fully correct. It is not the general rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a native Italian speaker, what is correct (as the general rule)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3815" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-02T21:12:38.060" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T21:12:38.060" Title="Gender of foreign words" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8517" CreationDate="2017-08-30T20:44:08.487" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;There isn't a general rule. Most of the foreign words have a defined grammatical gender in Italian – although for some of them both are acceptable or their gender is still debated: e.g. &lt;em&gt;font&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;emoji&lt;/em&gt; – but there is not an universal mechanism for its assignment. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/genere-forestierismi-0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;post by the Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, the gender gets assigned most of the time from a hyperonym (&quot;la &lt;em&gt;spider&lt;/em&gt;&quot; since &lt;em&gt;spider&lt;/em&gt; is one kind of &quot;automobile&quot;, which is feminine), or from an Italian term that is or is perceived as the closest translation. However many foreign words don't follow these criteria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that if a noun refers to a person, it will usually take the grammatical gender of whom it refers to. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/adattamento_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this essay by Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastEditorUserId="3757" LastEditDate="2017-08-30T20:49:10.747" LastActivityDate="2017-08-30T20:49:10.747" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8519" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8526" CreationDate="2017-08-31T14:21:15.973" Score="4" ViewCount="1962" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo un articolo che parlava dell'atleta &lt;a href=&quot;http://corrieredelmezzogiorno.corriere.it/napoli/sport/16_aprile_15/campana-irma-testa-va-rio-prima-pugilatrice-azzurra-giochi-a1970730-0309-11e6-8e3c-64e4c3f58891.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Irma Testa&lt;/a&gt; gli autori si riferiscono a lei con il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pugilatrice&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, mentre io avrei semplicemente usato il termine &lt;strong&gt;pugile&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;pugile&lt;/strong&gt; Irma Testa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su alcuni siti ho trovato il termine pugilatrice come femminile di pugilatore, omologo del termine pugile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non credo che sia ammissibile il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pugilessa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-09-01T15:17:51.260" Title="Forma femminile di pugile" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8519" CreationDate="2017-08-31T14:37:05.107" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un altro &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cosmopolitan.it/lifecoach/interviste/a113895/olimpiadi-2016-irma-testa-intervista-pugilato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt;, dove si parlava di Irma Testa, ho trovato: &quot;alla pugile&quot;. Inoltre secondo le regole della lingua italiana, è maschile o femminile a seconda che si riferisca a uomo o a donna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3767" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-08-31T16:40:54.727" LastActivityDate="2017-08-31T16:40:54.727" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8530" CreationDate="2017-08-31T16:34:24.117" Score="2" ViewCount="395" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È considerata una manifestazione patologica negli adulti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;negli adulti&quot; è un complemento di luogo? perché risponde alla domanda 'dove?' è giusto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con il termine hardware indichiamo...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Con il termine&quot; che complemento è? di unione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui si trova in una bella situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;in una situazione&quot; è un complemento di luogo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il termine privatizzazione indica...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &quot;termine&quot; è un'apposizione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3767" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-01T14:04:03.077" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T13:18:48.907" Title="Analisi logica di frasi e apposizione parola termine" Tags="&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8522" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8523" CreationDate="2017-09-01T07:36:22.823" Score="2" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel titolo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://it.euronews.com/2017/08/31/giappone-africa-una-cooperazione-vincete/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo di Euronews&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giappone-Africa: una cooperazione &lt;strong&gt;vincete&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi ha stupita l'uso della parola &quot;vincete&quot;. Conosco questo vocabolo come seconda persona plurale del presente indicativo e imperativo del verbo &quot;vincere&quot;, ma qui sembra si usi come un aggettivo. Ho cercato se si trova nei vocabolari, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Sapreste spiegarmi quale senso ha?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="177" LastEditDate="2017-09-01T12:21:21.747" LastActivityDate="2017-09-01T12:21:21.747" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;vincete&quot; come un aggettivo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8522" CreationDate="2017-09-01T07:49:52.530" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente è un refuso. Il termine corretto da usare è &lt;strong&gt;vincente&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giappone-Africa: una cooperazione &lt;strong&gt;vincente&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vincente è il participio presente del verbo vincere, numero singolare, usato qui come aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-09-01T07:49:52.530" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8524" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-01T12:18:48.533" Score="7" ViewCount="555" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian newbie here, so forgive me if this is a simple question. I've got an Italian book review of something by Voltaire, written about 1740. Here's a brief part of it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Egli in 25 capitoli va stendendo la filosofia del famoso Newton&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to what I've read, the present progressive is formed with &quot;stare&quot; + present gerund (and less commonly with &quot;venire&quot;). What I'm wondering is whether this is an alternate form of the present progressive, or whether it's a special construction that has a different meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, in Spanish you could use a form of &quot;ir&quot; + present participle to say,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;en 25 capítulos el va explicando la filosofía del famoso Newton&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This construction draws attention to the gradual, extended nature of the exposition, so roughly it could be, &quot;in 25 chapters, he goes through and explains the philosophy of the famous Newton.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a comparable construction in Italian? Or is this something else entirely?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3820" LastEditorUserId="2651" LastEditDate="2017-10-03T20:14:09.403" LastActivityDate="2017-10-25T13:37:13.930" Title="&quot;Andare&quot; + present gerund in ~1740's Italian?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6729" CreationDate="2017-09-01T15:06:21.960" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che sdrumare in questo contesto significhi semplicemente che se la massaggi, come quando ci si massaggia la faccia appena svegli dopo una notte passata male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per come ho sempre usato io il verbo, sdrumare ha un significato simile a &quot;fare attrito&quot;, sfregare, possibilmente con forza. Accentuando questa accezione nasce poi il significato giovanile riportato nel dizionario: &quot;sdrumare&quot; la squadra avversaria non vuol dire picchiarla, vuol dire più schiacciarla con talmente tanta forza da spappolarla, come usando uno schiacciasassi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2037" LastActivityDate="2017-09-01T15:06:21.960" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8519" CreationDate="2017-09-01T15:17:51.260" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano esistono, al maschile, i due termini pressoché equivalenti “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pugile&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;pugile&lt;/a&gt;” e “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pugilatore&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;pugilatore&lt;/a&gt;” (a volte si usano anche l'anglismo &lt;em&gt;boxer&lt;/em&gt; e il francesismo &lt;em&gt;boxeur&lt;/em&gt;). Il femminile del primo è uguale al maschile, “pugile”, mentre il femminile del secondo è “pugilatrice”. Si possono quindi usare entrambi i termini, e se uno o l'altro suona insolito sarà solo perché il pugilato è, e soprattutto era, praticato in misura molto maggiore dai maschi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-09-01T15:17:51.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8528" CreationDate="2017-09-02T06:22:15.510" Score="10" ViewCount="2144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm interested to know how hard it is for native Italian speakers to read The Divine Comedy in Dante's original language. The work was composed in the 14th century, so I imagine that there would be some difficulties. But I have no idea how well Italian was preserved between the 14th century and current times. Is the grammar mostly the same? The vocabulary? Would someone fluent in Italian be able to make out most of it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3823" LastActivityDate="2017-09-07T22:12:08.940" Title="Can native Italian speakers read The Divine Comedy?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8527" CreationDate="2017-09-02T08:05:01.190" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes Italian speakers can read the Comedy. It usually requires some notes here and there, both due to the archaic language and to the historical references ( many people are likely to be unfamiliar with) but it can be done. In general the &lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; is the easiest part and the &lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt; is the hardest. The Comedy is usually read, at least in part, in high school.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that a large part of the difficulty comes from the fact that it is poetry rather than from the time difference. Boccaccio's &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Decameron&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, a work of more or less the same time period, can easily be read by educated Italians with only some notes to explain the more outdated references (similarly to how native English speakers can read Shakespeare's plays even if the language is not quite the same, what with all the &lt;em&gt;thou&lt;/em&gt;s and &lt;em&gt;thee&lt;/em&gt;s). To give you a sense of perspective of how little the language has changed, the &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt; was one of the inspirations for Chaucer's &lt;em&gt;Canterbury Tales&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T08:05:01.190" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8524" CreationDate="2017-09-02T11:24:04.783" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not used anymore, even &quot;stendere&quot; is not used for this purpose and to express the same meaning now we can use &quot;esporre&quot;.&#xA;So today you may say: &quot;Egli con 25 capitoli espone la filosofia ...&quot;&#xA;and the meaning could be &quot;Through 25 chapters he explains the philosophy ...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3824" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T11:24:04.783" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8521" CreationDate="2017-09-02T13:18:48.907" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;negli adulti&quot; è complemento di limitazione, esattamente come lo è &quot;in matematica&quot; in &quot;Sei bravo in matematica?&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per identificare questo o quel complemento, è utile sostituire nella frase alcune espressioni paradigmatiche.  Ad esempio &quot;con il termine 'hardware' indichiamo &quot; vuol dire &quot;mediante il termine 'hardware' indichiamo&quot;, quindi si tratta di un complemento di mezzo. Non è di unione perché non risponde alla domanda &quot;insieme a chi/cosa?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;in una situazione&quot; è complemento di stato in luogo figurato, sì. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per l'ultimo dubbio, attendo pareri nei commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T13:18:48.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8531" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8534" CreationDate="2017-09-02T20:01:21.623" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho la tendenza a leggere al buio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può omettere il &quot;la&quot;? cosí verrebbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho tendenza a leggere al buio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosí la frase mi suona veramente molto strana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3767" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-02T22:05:57.653" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T10:58:33.190" Title="Uso corretto di &quot;la&quot;" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8531" CreationDate="2017-09-02T23:17:37.557" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Può suonare un po' insolito, ma non c'è motivo per non dire “ho tendenza”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma soprattutto, lo usano scrittori come Natalia Ginzburg (“&lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/ybujlo5y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ho tendenza a dormire molto&lt;/a&gt;”, “&lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/ybutcmrc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Io come persona ho tendenza a sentire l'ingiustizia&lt;/a&gt;”), Giovanni Papini (“&lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/y8r3l794&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ho tendenza a godere della crudeltà&lt;/a&gt;”), Primo Levi (“&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rigabooks.it/antologie.php?idlanguage=1&amp;amp;id=257&amp;amp;idantologia=397&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ho tendenza a farlo quando scrivo&lt;/a&gt;”), Angelo Morino (“&lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/y9htbsxh&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ho tendenza a rastrellare fra i residui&lt;/a&gt;”) e &lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/yb97h4jc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vari altri autori&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-09-02T23:17:37.557" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8531" CreationDate="2017-09-03T09:34:44.913" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sebbene entrambe le forme siano usate, (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=avere%20tendenza%20a%2Cavere%20la%20tendenza%20a&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cavere%20tendenza%20a%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cavere%20la%20tendenza%20a%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ngram&lt;/a&gt;) quella con l'articolo è senz'altro la più comune e quella che suona meglio. Personalmente eviterei la versione senza articolo, ma solo per una questione di gusto personale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I dizionari mostrano entrambi gli usi, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tendenza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Disposizione naturale, inclinazione a o per qlco. SIN propensione: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ha tendenza a ingrassare.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Diffusione di un certo comportamento, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;oggi c'è la tendenza ad assicurarsi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/T/tendenza.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-03T10:58:33.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8535" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-03T22:00:39.840" Score="3" ViewCount="259" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm learning Italian, and I am concerned that the best way to learn a language is to use it in real life. Unfortunately, there are no opportunities to communicate with native Italian speakers. So the best option is to watch movies and read books in Italian. Can anyone advise some free sites with movies and books in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3828" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-04T11:39:04.213" LastActivityDate="2017-09-28T13:16:05.300" Title="Movies and books in Italian" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8535" CreationDate="2017-09-03T23:33:18.650" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should, first of all, learn basic grammar and some words, then start reading easy texts in Italian (for example: recipes, instructions, books for kids,...), then, when you feel prepared, you should try to watch TV series/YouTube videos/movies with subtitles or read books in Italian. That's how I learned 3 languages.&#xA;If you just know Italian basis, I don't recommend you to watch movies or read too hard books as they can make you learn wrong things instead of right one.&#xA;But, if you are at an advanced level, I suggest you read &quot;Il fu Mattia Pascal&quot;, written by Luigi Pirandello, (you can find a lot of free-share PDFs online), it's a well-written book and it uses every-day words being, so, clear and easy to be understood. I suggest you authors like Pavese, Pirandello, Calvino, Svevo,... avoid authors born before 1900 if you are not familiar with Italian.&#xA;On the other hand, suggesting movies is hard, because Italian movies have often people speaking in dialect and dialects are different from Italian and often have grammar errors (You wouldn't learn wrong grammar, would you?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user2956" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-04T11:38:45.087" LastActivityDate="2017-09-04T11:38:45.087" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8535" CreationDate="2017-09-04T02:11:56.227" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As another beginner, I too am always on the lookout for free content for beginners. Unfortunately, we are a limited target audience and I have yet to find satisfactory free content. Hopefully someone has some recommendations for free content!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With that out of the way, I recommend the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/B019LT9O16&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;Italian Short Stories for Beginners by Olly Richards&quot;&gt;Italian Short Stories for Beginners by Olly Richards&lt;/a&gt;. This book is written for the true beginner with simple sentences and basic vocabulary. Amazon sells it in paperback for around $14 or Kindle edition for $2.99, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although it is not free, there are some movies on Netflix (USA) in Italian. I recommend against watching these until you can comprehend lyrics from songs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Speaking of songs, YouTube is a good and free resource for watching music videos. As a bonus, some of these have the lyrics captioned on the screen, for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FQkaH5ppFek&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;L&amp;#39;esercito del selfie&quot;&gt;L'esercito del selfie&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3797" LastActivityDate="2017-09-04T02:11:56.227" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8538" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-04T16:38:32.557" Score="5" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in un articolo di giornale la seguente frase: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tomba abbandonata a 5 anni dopo la morte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto oppure si dovrebbe dire &quot;a 5 anni dalla morte&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3822" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-04T17:15:34.163" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T08:52:29.923" Title="&quot;Dopo&quot; nel senso di &quot;da&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8516" CreationDate="2017-09-05T07:12:28.400" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo tipo di costruzione è utilizzata correttamente sia al singolare che al plurale in molti ambiti, come ha fatto notare @Charo nel suo commento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che tale situazione sembra ricadere nei cosiddetti &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;problemi di accordo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (in questo caso del numero), un insieme di casistiche tra cui si può notare anche l'utilizzo della  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/concordanza-a-senso_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;concordanza a senso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; detta anche &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sillessi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sillessi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sebbene Treccani indichi solo due casi tra i più comuni, ho trovato in questo interessante documento &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oblique.it/images/formazione/dispense/concordanze_gabrielli.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;riguardante le concordanze nel genere e nel numero&lt;/a&gt; un passaggio che, dopo aver analizzato un gran numero di casi problematici, recita:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da questa sintetica rassegna dei casi più controversi, sembra emergere&#xA;  una tendenza diffusa verso la cosiddetta “concordanza a senso” e in&#xA;  direzione di un allentamento della norma, fondata spesso sull’esempio&#xA;  degli usi letterari che prevedeva un rigido accordo grammaticale,&#xA;  anche quando il genere e il numero logico non corrispondesse a questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-09-05T07:24:12.253" LastActivityDate="2017-09-05T07:24:12.253" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8527" CreationDate="2017-09-05T07:34:45.350" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As answered above by Denis, reading it for an Italian native is not much concern.&#xA;The very concern stands in understanding it, even for a native, for several different reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The work is sublime poetry&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It's plenty of references: religious, philosophical, historical, astronomical which makes it very hard without a solid preparation.&#xA;To make an example, if reading a prose book for a native is as easy as walking,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;reading the Comedy is like diving in the ocean where without study, effort, and a good annotated version even a native can drown.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3822" LastEditorUserId="3822" LastEditDate="2017-09-05T09:58:30.970" LastActivityDate="2017-09-05T09:58:30.970" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8464" CreationDate="2017-09-05T10:06:40.547" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is not about the Italian language, but instead about the difference with English. So to answer this, one should have a very good knowledge of English. I am not sure the answer above is completely correct in the translation from English. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Had you been waiting long before the taxi arrived?&quot; translates to&#xA;  &quot;Avevi aspettato tanto prima che il taxi arrivasse?&quot; similarly to the&#xA;  first example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would translate this instead &quot;Stavi aspettando da molto quando il taxi è arrivato?&quot; because emphasizes better an action which started in the past, and continued from the past till the moment the taxi arrived.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3822" LastEditorUserId="3822" LastEditDate="2017-09-06T05:06:37.440" LastActivityDate="2017-09-06T05:06:37.440" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8542" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8543" CreationDate="2017-09-05T12:56:24.687" Score="6" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come posso dire a una persona &quot;take your time&quot; oppure &quot;make yourself at home&quot; in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastActivityDate="2017-09-05T13:04:07.370" Title="Come posso dire a una persona &quot;take your time&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8543" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8542" CreationDate="2017-09-05T13:04:07.370" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;take your time&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; potresti dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fai con calma&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;prenditi il tuo tempo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;prenditi il tempo che ti serve&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fai con comodo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;make youself at home&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; potresti dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;mettiti comodo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;mettiti a tuo agio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fai come se fossi a casa tua&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-09-05T13:04:07.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2017-09-05T14:13:35.150" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are all similar interjections, which can be used interchangeably as also others like &quot;orsù!, orvia!, ovvia!, suvvia!, via!, animo!, forza!, alè!&quot;.&#xA;Now I make some examples.&#xA;If you want to exort someone to move on, expecially after a failure, you prefer to use &quot;coraggio&quot;: &quot;Coraggio, su, andiamo avanti, non è la fine del mondo&quot;.&#xA;If you want to wake up someone, you would not prefer to say &quot;coraggio&quot;, but rather &quot;su, dai, muoviti, è ora di andare!&quot;.&#xA;If you are in a hurry because someone has delayed your task, you won't say &quot;coraggio&quot;, but rather you would say &quot;dai, su, avanti! muoviti che siamo in ritardo&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3822" LastActivityDate="2017-09-05T14:13:35.150" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8545" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8546" CreationDate="2017-09-05T16:28:19.007" Score="4" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm going through the libretto of &lt;em&gt;Anna Bolena&lt;/em&gt; by F. Romani, and in Percy's initial aria (the cabaletta specifically), I've easily translated everything up to the last two lines. Here's the entire cabaletta, for context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ah così ne' dì ridenti&#xA;Del primier felice amore.&#xA;Palpitar sentiva il core&#xA;Nel doverla riveder.&#xA;Di que' dolci e bei momenti,&#xA;Ciel pietoso, un sol mi rendi;&#xA;Poi la vita, a me riprendi,&#xA;perch'io mora di piacer.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I first tried rearranging it to: &quot;Poi riprendi la (mia) vita a me perch(é) io mora di piacer(e).&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My sense of the last two lines is something tantamount to &lt;em&gt;&quot;Then you will return my life to me because I....&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. This feels wierd though, because all my attempts at translating &quot;mora&quot; are either the feminine form of &quot;moro&quot; (moor) or mulberry. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone please explain, what &lt;em&gt;mora di piacer(e)&lt;/em&gt; means, and if it isn't obvious from that, in what context is it being used in, above?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastActivityDate="2017-09-05T18:08:58.583" Title="What does &quot;mora di piacer&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8545" CreationDate="2017-09-05T18:08:58.583" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/morire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;morire&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. [lat. *mŏrīre per il lat. class. &lt;em&gt;mŏri&lt;/em&gt;] (pres. &lt;em&gt;muòio, muòri, muòre, moriamo, morite, muòiono&lt;/em&gt; [pop. &lt;em&gt;mòio, mòri, mòre ..., mòiono&lt;/em&gt;; ant. o dial. &lt;em&gt;mòro ..., mòrono&lt;/em&gt;]; cong. pres. &lt;em&gt;muòia ..., moriamo, moriate, muòiano&lt;/em&gt; [pop. &lt;em&gt;mòia ..., mòiano&lt;/em&gt;; ant. o dial. &lt;em&gt;mòra ..., mòrano&lt;/em&gt;]; fut. &lt;em&gt;morirò&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;morrò&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; condiz. &lt;em&gt;morirèi&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;morrèi&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; part. pass. &lt;em&gt;mòrto&lt;/em&gt;; aus. &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in this text &quot;mora&quot; is an archaic form (the dictionary says &quot;ant.&quot;) of first person present subjunctive (&quot;cong. pres.&quot;) of verb &quot;morire&quot;, that is, &quot;to die&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In that way, the meaning of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi la vita, a me riprendi, &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  perch'io mora di piacer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be something like &quot;Then, take my life away again so that I die of pleasure.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-05T18:08:58.583" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8547" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8527" CreationDate="2017-09-05T22:36:41.117" Score="8" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'm interested to know how hard it is for native Italian speakers to read The Divine Comedy in Dante's original language&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading and understanding each word is relatively easy, not much less than a poetry from a century ago. I'd venture that about three-fourths of the words are still recognizable and have the same meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some did change in subtle ways; for example &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt; currently is used as a synonym of &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt;: &quot;È brutto, però è tanto ricco!&quot;. In Dante's times, that phrase would have meant that a person's ugliness was the &lt;em&gt;reason&lt;/em&gt; of his richness: &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;perciò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;per questo&lt;/em&gt;, for this reason. &quot;Trasumanar significar &lt;em&gt;per verba&lt;/em&gt; non si porìa: &lt;strong&gt;però&lt;/strong&gt; l'essemplo basti&quot; - one can't explain transhumanization with verbal means, &lt;em&gt;therefore&lt;/em&gt; let the example suffice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or the form of the verb &lt;em&gt;credo&lt;/em&gt;, nowadays used in the dubitative form, &quot;credo che pioverà&quot; = I think, I suspect it might rain, was then used literally: &quot;credo ch'io vidi&quot; = I firmly believe, I &lt;em&gt;know&lt;/em&gt; that I saw.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not however a great obstacle to enjoying the &lt;em&gt;poetry&lt;/em&gt; and the &lt;em&gt;literal&lt;/em&gt; meaning of the work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But Dante's poetry, increasingly from Hell to Paradise, becomes fraught with double and triple meanings that were difficult to interpret even then (the Comedy itself in its entirety is a metaphor - an anagoge). Dante himself says, &lt;em&gt;O voi ch’avete li ’ntelletti sani, mirate la dottrina che s’asconde dietro ’l velame de li versi strani&lt;/em&gt;: o you of sound intellect, behold the doctrine hidden behind the veil of strange verses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inside the Comedy there are references to physics, mathematics and geometry that require explanatory notes (these were actually difficult to grasp at the time, and much easier for us): &lt;em&gt;o se del mezzo cerchio far si pote triangol sì ch'un retto non avesse&lt;/em&gt; is a reference to &lt;a href=&quot;https://theoremoftheweek.wordpress.com/2010/07/17/theorem-32-the-angle-at-the-centre-is-twice-the-angle-at-the-circumference/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;one of the circumference theorems&lt;/a&gt;. At the beginning of the &lt;em&gt;Paradise&lt;/em&gt; Dante refers to the law of refraction, and soon after Beatrice in Canto II instructs him in detail on how to perform an experiment on the intensity of reflected light.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nowadays most of the references would escape the casual reader. &quot;Nel suo profondo vidi che si interna ... ciò che per l'Universo si squaderna&quot;, literally means that in the depths of God's light Dante sees the unity of That that expands then in the whole Universe. But &lt;em&gt;interna&lt;/em&gt; also meant &lt;em&gt;becoming three&lt;/em&gt;, and it's a reference to both the Trinity and the three teologal virtues, the virtues that relate to God; just as &lt;em&gt;squaderna&lt;/em&gt; also means &lt;em&gt;expanding into four&lt;/em&gt;, as the four cardinal virtues that relate to Man. So this vision is &lt;em&gt;also&lt;/em&gt; a theological reaffirmation of Christian doctrine. This was an &lt;em&gt;easy&lt;/em&gt; reference back then&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;(1) It was suspected, even not so long after (e.g. by Christopher Landino and others) that many other references (e.g. &lt;em&gt;raia da l'un, se si conosce, il cinque e 'l sei&lt;/em&gt;) had further meanings, and some even came to believe that the Comedy might hide secret messages for nothing less than a secret society to which they maintain Dante must have belonged.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="3767" LastEditDate="2017-09-07T22:12:08.940" LastActivityDate="2017-09-07T22:12:08.940" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8548" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8549" CreationDate="2017-09-06T07:23:43.863" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A San Paolo fuori le mura dove si accampavano gli orsineschi c'era stata battaglia grossa. Ora gli scampati fuggivano verso la città inseguiti dai colonnesi, e i cittadini radunavano i familiari e serravano i portoni. Il papa &lt;strong&gt;aveva spiccato&lt;/strong&gt; le guardie per mettere pace, e ci sarebbe riuscito, magari con l'aiuto dei suoi svizzeri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il significato di &quot;spiccare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, non riesco a capire qual è il senso di questo verbo nel brano precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-06T09:07:23.217" Title="Cosa significa &quot;spiccare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8548" CreationDate="2017-09-06T07:34:51.873" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;spiccare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; lo interpreto come &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;distaccare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè mandare, inviare le guardie che proteggevano la sua persona fuori a mettere pace, con l'aiuto delle altre guardie svizzere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiccare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spiccare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;spiccare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. e intr. [tratto da appiccare, per sostituzione del&#xA;  pref. s- (nel sign. 1) a a-] (io spicco, tu spicchi, ecc.). – 1. tr. È&#xA;  il contrario di appiccare, e ha quindi il valore fondamentale di&#xA;  staccare ciò che è appiccato; coincide in molti usi con staccare, che,&#xA;  nella lingua parlata, è la forma più comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/distaccare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Distaccare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è una derivazione di staccare e, sempre da Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio milit., separare una frazione di un reparto,&#xA;  assegnandola altrove per speciali servizî (v. distaccamento).&#xA;  Analogam., d. alcuni agenti; d. un impiegato presso un altro ufficio,&#xA;  ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-09-06T09:07:23.217" LastActivityDate="2017-09-06T09:07:23.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8550" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-06T10:02:45.283" Score="7" ViewCount="2911" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho da sempre questo interrogativo: perché nel primo caso il participio passato non si coniuga e nel secondo sì?&#xA;La forma verbale è la stessa, il significato pure, in un caso il complemento oggetto è &quot;Laura&quot; e nel secondo è &quot;la&quot;, ma grammaticalmente dovrebbero essere la stessa cosa, credo.&#xA;Tanto più che il primo caso si avrebbe anche se usassi un pronome, purché lo metta dopo il verbo: posso dire &quot;Ho vistO lei che usciva&quot; oppure, nella seconda forma &quot;l'ho vistA che usciva&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppongo che dipenda dalla particella prima del verbo (per esempio, posso dire &quot;Ho lettO dieci dei suoi libri&quot;, o &quot;ne ho lettI dieci&quot;). &#xA;Ma non riesco a trovare una spiegazione &quot;formale&quot;, né so se questo abbia un nome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa illuminarmi sulla questione?&#xA;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3834" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2017-09-09T09:34:37.350" LastActivityDate="2017-09-15T13:37:50.690" Title="&quot;Ho visto Laura&quot; e &quot;L'ho vista&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8374" CreationDate="2017-09-06T15:11:14.243" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say that something like &quot;dai&quot; is probably the most generic. I can imagine it being used in all those sentences correctly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Coraggio literally means courage, so I would imagine it more as being used in a situation when you need to build up a bit of &quot;courage&quot;, even in a metaphorical way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Su&quot; literally means &quot;up&quot;. It can be used as to cheer up someone, or to spur someone to do something. So, if I was asking a friend about how a dress looks on me, and she used &quot;su&quot;, that would feel more like &quot;just take this dress and let's finish this, we've been around shops for three hours already!&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Forza&quot; literally means &quot;strength&quot;. I can imagine it being used, again, when inciting someone, (&quot;forza, ancora qualche minuto di cammino e siamo arrivati&quot; -&gt; &quot;Come on, some more minutes of walking and we'll get there&quot;), or to encourage. Actually, &quot;Coraggio&quot; would work exactly the same in this context, especially if the person you're speaking to really looks very tired. And also &quot;su&quot; and &quot;dai&quot; would be ok, although especially the latter would probably implicitly express &quot;stop complaining&quot;.&#xA;&quot;Avanti&quot; I think transmit more the message of &quot;go on&quot;, which to be fair would make it suitable for this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also many other words that can be used, as someone already pointed, and I would say that the differences in using some more than others may be also regional, or even just personal choice actually more then anything else. &#xA;Also for these words I guess the intonation would matter as well to convey the message. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3834" LastActivityDate="2017-09-06T15:11:14.243" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8552" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8553" CreationDate="2017-09-08T06:58:59.150" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Rinascimento privato&lt;/em&gt; di Maria Bellonci ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Coprono l'altura collinosa, boschetti, pini giganti, cipressi snelli e rigonfi di raccolta rameggiatura, palme sontuosamente frangiate, giocondi frutteti, orti ben coltivati, boschetti di &lt;strong&gt;erici&lt;/strong&gt;, e fontanelle ad ogni passo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto, posso immaginare che con &quot;boschetti di erici&quot; l'autrice intenda &quot;boschetti di eriche&quot;, ma non ho trovato conferma a questa ipotesi su Internet. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste dirmi se le eriche vengono oppure venivano (dato che la narratrice è Isabella d'Este, la scrittrice usa spesso un linguaggio arcaico) chiamate &quot;erici&quot; in qualche parte d'Italia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-09T06:43:06.403" LastActivityDate="2019-12-21T16:55:37.573" Title="Le eriche vengono o venivano chiamate &quot;erici&quot; in qualche parte d'Italia?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8552" CreationDate="2017-09-08T10:22:21.947" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Erici&quot; è il plurale di &quot;erice&quot;, leggi dalla definizione:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=ERICE100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=ERICE100&lt;/a&gt;. Secondo questo dizionario, si tratta di una variante arcaica di &quot;erica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ha menzionato @DaG, anche il dizionario Devoto-Oli riporta “èrice” come variante arcaica di “erica”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3840" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-08T13:56:15.687" LastActivityDate="2017-09-08T13:56:15.687" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8554" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-08T20:07:37.117" Score="2" ViewCount="397" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I address a parcel &quot;care of&quot;? Is it as simple as &quot;curator di&quot;? I wish to send some books to a ristorante for the Owens as I don't know their home address.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3842" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-09-08T20:49:20.423" LastActivityDate="2017-09-09T14:23:26.217" Title="I want to send a parcel to some one &quot;care of&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8555" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8556" CreationDate="2017-09-08T21:15:04.857" Score="6" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading comments on YouTube about the song &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UKbzSCskhTQ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Odio le favole&lt;/a&gt;, and I did not understand what is meant by the phrase &quot;farà molta strada&quot;. For context, the full comment: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siamo felici che la canzone e il video vi piaccia; ci abbiamo lavorato molto e sono sicuro che Ermal farà molta strada!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My understanding of that is roughly: &quot;We are happy you liked the song and video; We worked a lot and I am sure Ermal will do ...&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is confusing to me is the use of the word strada, which must mean something other than street in this context. Could someone explain how it is used in this phrase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3797" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-09T06:44:01.153" LastActivityDate="2017-09-09T06:44:01.153" Title="What does &quot;farà molta strada&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8555" CreationDate="2017-09-08T22:45:24.410" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/S/strada.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fare strada&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is an idiomatic expression which is used figuratively to suggest that you will be successful, especially in your professional activities.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Progredire, diventare più importante. Vale per la carriera, il successo, la vita in generale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ermal farà molta strada, avrà successo nel propio lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-08T22:45:24.410" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8554" CreationDate="2017-09-09T06:21:53.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As correctly pointed out by @egreg and @DaG you can say &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;presso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;c/o&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter is usually used in addresses as an abbreviation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, you can address it with the expression &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla cortese attenzione di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; meaning you're sending the parcel to a place where many people work. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The receiver will so be able to dispatch it properly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-09-09T14:23:26.217" LastActivityDate="2017-09-09T14:23:26.217" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8558" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8559" CreationDate="2017-09-10T22:17:51.233" Score="5" ViewCount="1494" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's say after an intro paragraph I want to start another paragraph with an unrelated news subject in my life (but it is a formal email) and I want to say &quot;&lt;strong&gt;In another news&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; and I suspect &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Entre altre notizie&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; would not make sense, so how would I say it properly? Or is there a common phrase with a similar meaning (even google.it is not being helpful)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question number 2: Does &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Cari colleghi&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; in the beginning of the email also make sense to a native speaker?&#xA;Grazie mille!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3843" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-09-11T09:40:35.453" LastActivityDate="2017-09-12T10:37:31.447" Title="How do I say &quot;In another news&quot; so it would make sense to a native speaker in an email?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8559" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8558" CreationDate="2017-09-11T06:29:12.580" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Entre altre notizie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; has no meaning in Italian. If you mean &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In other news&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; you could translate it with &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cambiando argomento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;passando ad altro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expression &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cari colleghi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is fine at the beginning of a letter, corresponding to &quot;dear colleagues&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-11T07:21:09.050" LastActivityDate="2017-09-11T07:21:09.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8563" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8566" CreationDate="2017-09-12T10:46:39.437" Score="10" ViewCount="494" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel mio ambito lavorativo (informatica) mi scontro spesso con persone che parlano molto per buzzword, parole di moda.&#xA;Qualche esempio: big-data, cognitive, smart, data-science.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso tradurre il termine &quot;buzzword&quot; in italiano, in un modo vagamente dispregiativo ma rapido e sopratutto comprensibile anche ai miei colleghi che non conoscono il termine inglese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un esempio di contesto (puramente inventato) in cui l'uso sostenuto della terminologia di moda rende necessario esprimere il concetto di &quot;buzzword&quot; in maniera dispregiativa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come per tutte le &lt;em&gt;Fintech&lt;/em&gt; di successo, il &lt;em&gt;business model&lt;/em&gt; della nostra &lt;em&gt;startup&lt;/em&gt; si basa su una &lt;em&gt;UIX&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;customer&lt;/em&gt; centrica e una riduzione dei costi ottenuta tramite l'adozione di algoritmi &lt;em&gt;cognitive&lt;/em&gt;, basati sulle ultime tecnologie &lt;em&gt;big-data&lt;/em&gt;, grazie al lavoro dei nostri migliori &lt;em&gt;data scientists&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo una frase simile la commenteri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spero che dietro a tutte quelle buzzword lui sappia anche quello che sta dicendo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci tengo a precisare che considero positivamente l'uso di terminologia tecnica (anche inglese), ma in certi casi mi ritrovo a incespicare in frasi eccessive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="407" LastEditDate="2017-09-12T14:08:57.993" LastActivityDate="2017-09-13T06:22:13.840" Title="Qual è una buona traduzione per Buzzword?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8563" CreationDate="2017-09-12T16:36:43.147" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Anglicismo&quot; è un termine un po' generico, &quot;tecno-anglicismo&quot; per racchiudere solo l'ambito tecnico informatico. In modo un po' dispregiativo si potrebbe usare la locuzione &quot;delirio di tecno-anglicismi&quot;... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3822" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-13T06:22:13.840" LastActivityDate="2017-09-13T06:22:13.840" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8563" CreationDate="2017-09-13T06:10:40.330" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non mi viene in mente una traduzione esatta 1:1, ma nel tuo esempio mi sembra che vada benissimo l'accrescitivo &quot;parolone&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spero che dietro a tutte quelle &lt;strong&gt;parolone&lt;/strong&gt; lui sappia anche quello che sta dicendo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra espressione idiomatica dal significato collegato è &lt;em&gt;riempirsi la bocca&lt;/em&gt; (con certi paroloni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2017-09-13T06:10:40.330" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8567" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8568" CreationDate="2017-09-13T10:06:13.597" Score="3" ViewCount="3295" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alice amava la natura in tutte le sue forme, dalla più umile &lt;strong&gt;bovazza&lt;/strong&gt; di mucca al più raffinato disegno sulle ali di una farfalla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il vocabolo &quot;bovazza&quot; in nessuno dei dizionari online che consulto di solito. Tuttavia, appare in questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ferraraforum.it/index.php?act=attach&amp;amp;type=post&amp;amp;id=22021&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario italiano-ferrarese&lt;/a&gt; e il suo significato sembra essere &quot;escremento bovino&quot;. Secondo questo documento, però,  si tratta di un termine italianizzato, il termine in ferrarese è &quot;buàzza&quot;. La mia domanda è: &quot;bovazza&quot; è un vocabolo di uso regionale? In quali regioni d'Italia si usa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-13T11:26:19.980" Title="La parola &quot;bovazza&quot; è un termine di uso regionale?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8567" CreationDate="2017-09-13T11:19:50.823" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine viene utilizzato a livello regionale e ha diverse varianti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella zona di Bologna per esempio esiste il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://bolognabloguniversity.it/guida-allo-slang-bolognese-bl-bol/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;boazza&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;boa(z)za /a/ s. m. 1 sensazione di grande stanchezza; “ho una gran&#xA;  boazza addosso” 2 &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;grosso escremento di vacca, ma più in generale di&#xA;  qualsiasi animale; “ho pestato una boazza!”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Per 1 vedi anche fiacca,&#xA;  flemma, stufisia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un termine colloquiale che indica (anche) l'escremento di vacca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Trentino si fa riferimento sempre alla &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.gelocal.it/trentinocorrierealpi/archivio/trentinocorrierealpi/2010/04/01/AV3PO_AV302.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;boaza&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; con lo stesso significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Veneto, come giustamente fa notare @Gio, viene usata la variante &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.glosbe.com/vec/it/boassa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;boassa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dialettando.com/dizionario/detail.lasso?id=4520&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dialettale&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare ulteriori varianti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Canton Ticino sterco bovino, vaccina: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;buascia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Emilia Romagna sterco bovino: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;buàsa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Friuli Venezia Giulia sterco bovino: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;boassa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lombardia sterco bovino, vaccina: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;bovàscia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (Milano), &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sciòta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sciòta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  (Valtellina/SO)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Veneto sterco bovino: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;boassa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-09-13T11:26:19.980" LastActivityDate="2017-09-13T11:26:19.980" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8569" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8570" CreationDate="2017-09-14T15:59:52.267" Score="4" ViewCount="302" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devo tradurre &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/motori/sezioni/sicurezza/2017/07/19/news/uso_del_cellulare_alla_guida_in_arrivo_la_rivoluzione-171167602/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; in spagnolo, ma non so cos'è &quot;linea morbida&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cambio, radicale, di rotta: in arrivo il pugno di ferro contro chi usa il cellulare alla guida: le polemiche suscitate dalla &quot;&lt;strong&gt;linea morbida&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; e dalla clamorosa (e diciamolo pure, vergognosa) mancata risposta all'appello della Polizia Stradale ha dato i suoi frutti. È in arrivo la sospensione della patente già alla prima infrazione e raddoppio delle multe. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato su alcuni dizionari e quello che ho capito è che &quot;linea morbida&quot; è l'opzione più flessibile o meno radicale, ma non sono sicura se questo è il significato che ha &quot;linea morbida&quot; nell'articolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno può spiegarmi cosa significa questo termine o, magari, può darmi un'espressione equivalente in spagnolo o inglese? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3312" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-09-14T18:03:56.523" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T18:03:56.523" Title="Cosa significa &quot;linea morbida&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8569" CreationDate="2017-09-14T16:32:05.860" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Linea morbida&lt;/em&gt; in questo caso è usato come antonimo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/linea/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;linea dura&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linea:&lt;/strong&gt; [...] programma o modo di comportamento: determinare, modificare la propria l. politica; adottare una l. dura, una l. morbida, o una l. di rinnovamento, di trasformazione, e sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Dal dizionario Treccani)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(dopo aver guardato in quattro dizionari, questo è il meglio che riesco a trovare: imbarazzante). Una &lt;em&gt;linea dura&lt;/em&gt; è un atteggiamento severo verso un'infrazione o un crimine (simile all'inglese &lt;em&gt;hard line&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, fa riferimento ad un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/motori/sezioni/sicurezza/2017/07/17/news/cellulare_alla_guida_passa_la_linea_morbida_-170969814/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;precedente articolo&lt;/a&gt; in cui il giornalista si lamentava che, invece della promessa linea dura (vale a dire alta severità) verso l'uso del telefono al volante, il governo avesse passato una &amp;quot;linea morbida&amp;quot;, cioè non sufficientemente severa (per la precisione, la sospensione della patente alla seconda infrazione e non alla prima come desiderato dalla Polizia Stradale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T16:32:05.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8571" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8538" CreationDate="2017-09-14T16:41:47.960" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Visto che questa domanda è rimasta senza risposta per molto tempo (probabilmente perché c'è una difficoltà oggettiva nel leggere la mente di chi ha scritto quel titolo), provo a rischiare e a dire la mia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt;, non è corretto. È probabile però che il titolista abbia fatto confusione tra due espressioni, ambedue corrette:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[Una] tomba abbandonata 5 anni dopo la morte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[Una] tomba abbandonata a 5 anni dalla morte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-09-24T09:18:32.380" LastActivityDate="2017-09-24T09:18:32.380" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8497" CreationDate="2017-09-14T16:59:45.083" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am going to agree with @DaG here. I don't think that either is meaningfully &quot;superior&quot;, in the sense that to a learner both of them are probably very damaging. Try to get the correct pronunciation from websites that record native speakers (like &lt;a href=&quot;https://forvo.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Forvo&lt;/a&gt;) or from audiobooks and movies and not from speech synthesizers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T16:59:45.083" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5906" CreationDate="2017-09-14T17:13:30.197" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La grafia&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;a'riguardo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;non è corretta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I motivi sono due, entrambi già menzionati da @DaG:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Come dice l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/contrazione_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, la contrazione è un fenomeno che interessa solo le vocali (e quindi non si può applicare alla consonante &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La contrazione è un fenomeno fonologico di fusione di vocali adiacenti, che nel caso estremo porta all’elisione di una delle due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Non tutti gli italiani pronunciano &lt;em&gt;a riguardo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;al riguardo&lt;/em&gt; come &lt;em&gt;a'riguardo&lt;/em&gt;. Per esempio io non lo faccio, e non credo di averlo mai sentito (ma quei potrei sbagliarmi)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-09-14T17:26:43.923" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T17:26:43.923" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7340" CreationDate="2017-09-14T17:37:18.773" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ipotesi più probabile sembra essere che si tratti di una variante del termine &lt;em&gt;traglia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dràglia&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;tràglia&lt;/strong&gt;) s. f. [dal fr. &lt;em&gt;draille&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;traille&lt;/em&gt;, che è il lat. &lt;em&gt;tragŭla&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;trahĕre&lt;/em&gt; «tirare»]. – Nell’attrezzatura navale, cavo d’acciaio di varia sezione che, teso orizzontalmente su aste verticali (&lt;em&gt;candelieri&lt;/em&gt;) o altri supporti, serve a sostenere sui ponti scoperti le tende o a costituire la ringhiera di protezione della battagliola, in sostituzione delle aste orizzontali o delle catenelle. Con riferimento ai grandi velieri di un tempo, il termine indica (secondo l’uso francese) il falso strallo, o strallo volante, impiegato per stendere, tra l’albero di trinchetto e quello di bompresso, alcune vele di taglio (falso fiocco, ecc.) che si aggiungono agli stralli prodieri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/draglia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato anche nel dizionario Boerio di Veneto se per caso ci fossero parole simili, ma sono rimasto a bocca asciutta. Ho paura che si tratti di un termine tecnico caduto in disuso e non conservato in alcun dizionario. Anche l'onnisciente &lt;em&gt;Google Books&lt;/em&gt; è in grado di fornire solo il passo che ha stimolato questa domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T17:37:18.773" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8550" CreationDate="2017-09-14T18:01:27.443" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è probabilmente una delle regole meno chiare della grammatica italiana, almeno a giudicare da quante discussioni ho sentito al proposito. Ottimi riferimenti sono già stati dati da DaG (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;) e da Benedetta (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accordo-participio-passato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;). Li raccomando a chi voglia un'analisi più approfondita ché non ho né il tempo né le competenze per effettuare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco qui invece un riassunto delle regole per l'accordo del participio passato con i verbi che usano l'ausiliare &lt;strong&gt;avere&lt;/strong&gt;, pur con tutte le sue limitazioni ed inesattezze, nella speranza che possa essere utile a qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'accordo del participio passato quando l'ausiliare è &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;, è determinato dalla posizione e forma del &lt;strong&gt;complemento oggetto&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nel caso in cui il complemento oggetto sia una delle particelle pronominali &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; preposta al verbo, il participio va &lt;strong&gt;accordato&lt;/strong&gt; alla particella pronominale. (Con altri pronomi nella stessa posizione, l'accordo è opzionale: “ci ha visto” o “ci ha visti”.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In tutti gli altri casi (verbo intransitivo, privo di complemento oggetto, seguito da un complemento oggetto, preceduto da un complemento oggetto che non sia una delle cinque summenzionate particelle pronominali), il participio è nella forma &quot;neutra&quot;, vale a dire il &lt;strong&gt;maschile singolare&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esempi:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'orco ha mangiat&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; Gianna in un solo boccone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'orco l'ha mangiat&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; in un solo boccone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il cane li ha annusat&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt; ben bene&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Francesca ne ha vist&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt; tante&lt;/em&gt; (qui il &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; sta per un implicito &lt;em&gt;cose&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il fidanzato non le ha più telefonat&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; per il resto della giornata&lt;/em&gt; (da notare che qui, anche se il pronome &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; è anteposto al verbo, ha funzione di complemento di termine e non di complemento oggetto, per cui non vi è accordo)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;I pellegrini hanno camminat&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (qui &lt;em&gt;camminare&lt;/em&gt; è un verbo intransitivo con ausiliare avere, per cui non c'è nessun accordo, al contrario di &lt;em&gt;I pellegrini sono spariti&lt;/em&gt;, dove l'ausiliare è &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; e c'è accordo con il soggetto)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che a queste regole vi sono numerose (e complesse) eccezioni, ma per questo vi rimando alle risorse già consigliate sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-09-15T13:37:50.690" LastActivityDate="2017-09-15T13:37:50.690" CommentCount="31" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6263" CreationDate="2017-09-14T18:16:28.397" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non si tratta di né di una proposizione comparativa, né di una causale. Come ha osservato DaG nei commenti, è una proposizione relativa. Questo si può osservare grazie alla presenza del pronome relativo &lt;em&gt;cui&lt;/em&gt;. Vediamo cosa dice la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-relative_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grammatica Italiana Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’analisi del periodo, le &lt;em&gt;proposizioni relative&lt;/em&gt; sono proposizioni subordinate introdotte da un pronome o da un avverbio relativo che esprimono una qualità riferita a un elemento (detto &lt;em&gt;antecedente&lt;/em&gt;) contenuto nella proposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[L]e &lt;em&gt;proposizioni relative implicite&lt;/em&gt; sono introdotte da pronomi relativi con funzione di complemento indiretto, come cui, a cui, di cui, con cui ecc., oppure dalle preposizioni da, a e con. Hanno sempre il verbo all’infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, &lt;em&gt;di cui lamentarsi&lt;/em&gt; è una proposizione relativa implicita, con antecedente &lt;em&gt;cose&lt;/em&gt;. Essa ha lo scopo di esplicare meglio a quali &lt;em&gt;cose&lt;/em&gt; l'autore faccia riferimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-09-14T19:17:14.043" LastActivityDate="2017-09-14T19:17:14.043" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8286" CreationDate="2017-09-15T08:02:27.650" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Provo dunque a dare una risposta a questa domanda.&#xA;Da Treccani, definizione di &lt;em&gt;piega&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;d. Ruga, grinza nell’epidermide, permanente o prodotta da un&#xA;  movimento, da una particolare espressione, da una smorfia e sim.: con&#xA;  il passare degli anni si formano delle p. ai lati della bocca; con la&#xA;  lunga esposizione al sole le si sono formate tante piccole p. intorno&#xA;  agli occhi; aveva una p. amara sulle labbra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque la grinza, la ruga del viso prodotta da una espressione facciale è una piega della pelle. Nel contesto della frase, quindi, se la piega è una grinza che è prodotta da un movimento o da una espressione, in quanto falsa è proprio una ruga di vecchiaia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3822" LastActivityDate="2017-09-15T08:02:27.650" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8286" CreationDate="2017-09-15T13:05:20.967" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come possiamo vedere da un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=cqoREH7GrkYC&amp;amp;pg=PA153&amp;amp;lpg=PA153&amp;amp;dq=false+pieghe&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=W1aOdBJo0v&amp;amp;sig=8UeZ0asYRLfKyrd_4vsd8c25PFc&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjlw4LbkafWAhWFIsAKHa12DQs4ChDoAQgnMAU#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=false%20pieghe&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dell'inizio dell'Ottocento&lt;/a&gt; e da un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=F9Yj0gFZMqAC&amp;amp;pg=PA98&amp;amp;lpg=PA98&amp;amp;dq=false+pieghe&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=MbL56PojfO&amp;amp;sig=wdrrn_dpKUTv3YQ4ZUyNoHqVL30&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj58I7hj6fWAhVjOMAKHT3TCtQQ6AEIdDAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=false%20pieghe&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;manuale di organizzazione domestica&lt;/a&gt;, le «false pieghe» sono le pieghe che si formano sui vestiti dove non dovrebbero essere. In questa citazione, Elena Ferrante usa l'espressione in senso figurato: sulle guance, dove la pelle (come il tessuto dei vestiti) dovrebbe essere tesa, tirata, si sono invece formate pieghe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-15T13:13:20.103" LastActivityDate="2017-09-15T13:13:20.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8579" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-16T13:01:35.647" Score="4" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non fu facile girare la rotella dei numeri. Il dito vigoroso di Piombino si sostituì a quello delicato di Alice e lottò contro anni di ruggine. I numeri &lt;strong&gt;scarrucolavano&lt;/strong&gt; gemendo uno dopo l'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il testo fa riferimento a un vecchio telefono. Non capivo bene il significato di &quot;scarrucolare&quot; in questo passaggio, perciò ho cercato questo verbo nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scarrucolare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato questa definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scorrere velocemente e liberamente, della fune o della catena sulla girella della carrucola, o anche della girella stessa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, se ho capito bene, questo termine nel brano significa che i numeri giravano sulla rotella del telefono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è sembrato un verbo molto curioso e mi piacerebbe averne alcuni esempi di uso. Ho cercato un po' su Google, ma ho trovato soltanto cose molto strambe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-16T21:07:49.083" Title="Esempi di uso del verbo &quot;scarrucolare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8579" CreationDate="2017-09-16T20:16:59.350" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un verbo particolarmente usato in ambito marinaresco, ma più spesso nel significato 2 della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scarrucolare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce&lt;/a&gt;, che qui riporto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Uscire dalla gola di una carrucola, per es. dei fili aerei di veicoli elettrici (filobus, ecc.), dei nastri per l’apertura e la chiusura di persiane avvolgibili, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, nelle barche a vela le corde di manovra delle vele, le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scotta1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;scotte&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, scorrono in particolari pulegge,&#xA; i &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bozzello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;bozzelli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Se una scotta o, più in generale, una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cima/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;cima&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (significato 4) esce da un bozzello, magari bloccandosi incastrata, si dice che è scarrucolata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando &lt;em&gt;scarrucolare&lt;/em&gt; con Google è probabile che tu abbia trovato più esempi del significato 2 che dell'1, e se erano tratti da discorsi ricchi di termini marinareschi, non mi meraviglio che tu li abbia trovati strambi! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1754" LastEditorUserId="1754" LastEditDate="2017-09-16T21:07:49.083" LastActivityDate="2017-09-16T21:07:49.083" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8581" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8582" CreationDate="2017-09-17T06:22:11.667" Score="5" ViewCount="1134" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa domanda mi è sorta mentre riflettevo sulla discussione relativa a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8550/ho-visto-laura-e-lho-vista&quot;&gt;quest'altra&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola semplicistica per la scelta dell'ausiliare che viene solitamente insegnata ai bambini è che i verbi intransitivi prendono l'ausiliare essere, mentre i verbi transitivi (in diatesi attiva) prendono l'ausiliare avere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà la situazione è più complicata e ci sono alcuni verbi intransitivi che prendono l'ausiliare avere (&lt;em&gt;camminare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vagire&lt;/em&gt;, ...), mentre altri verbi possono usare entrambi gli ausiliari (&lt;em&gt;correre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;straripare&lt;/em&gt;, ...). Non mi è chiaro però se esistano verbi transitivi con l'ausiliare essere e, ammesso che esistano, come si coniugherebbe la diatesi passiva per questi verbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Esistono verbi transitivi che usano l'ausiliare essere in diatesi attiva? Se sì, come si forma la diatesi passiva per essi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-09-17T15:43:48.530" LastActivityDate="2017-09-17T15:43:48.530" Title="Verbi transitivi con l'ausiliare essere" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8581" CreationDate="2017-09-17T09:24:00.897" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, nell'italiano standard moderno non ci sono verbi transitivi che per formare i tempi passati usino il verbo “essere”.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Riporto il paragrafo XI.32 dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Luca Serianni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ausiliari propriamente detti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Si tratta essenzialmente dei verbi &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;, che consentono la formazione dei verbi composti con valore di passato rispettivamente: &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;) per la maggioranza dei verbi intransitivi [...]; &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt;) per tutti i verbi transitivi e per un certo numero di intransitivi [...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  La scelta dell'ausiliare non comporta dubbi di sorta con i verbi transitivi (gli ausiliari &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; sono da sempre in distribuzione complementare rigida per indicare rispettivamente la diatesi passiva e il tempo passato) [...], almeno nell'italiano moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-09-17T09:24:00.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8581" CreationDate="2017-09-17T15:40:37.773" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Magari dico una bestialità, però mi pare che quando si usa un verbo transitivo come riflessivo l'ausiliare sia sempre essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mi sono lavato le mani&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti sei fatto male&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2017-09-17T15:40:37.773" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8584" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8585" CreationDate="2017-09-18T06:58:37.563" Score="3" ViewCount="478" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'era il Nonno Stregone, naturalmente, con due dita di toscano che gli sporgevano dalla bocca, e la vecchia giacca color ex beige, &lt;strong&gt;pantaloni a saltafosso&lt;/strong&gt;, calzini corti spaiati e sandali da legionario. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa sono i &quot;pantaloni a saltafosso&quot;. Ho cercato il termine &quot;saltafosso&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente che possa fare riferimento a dei pantaloni. Una ricerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un'espressione che si usa spesso. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-18T10:59:22.380" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;pantaloni a saltafosso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8584" CreationDate="2017-09-18T07:12:16.807" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I &lt;strong&gt;pantaloni a saltafosso&lt;/strong&gt; hanno la caratteristica di essere di una lunghezza intermedia tra quelli definiti corti e i normali pantaloni lunghi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=vq4VTuID1GkC&amp;amp;pg=PA6&amp;amp;lpg=PA6&amp;amp;dq=pantaloni%20a%20saltafosso&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=bdwFo-cxFn&amp;amp;sig=BC4_h207CNppeCjBOJf0szV9Av8&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiEw7HclK7WAhVHtRQKHatyC40Q6AEIVTAL#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=pantaloni%20a%20saltafosso&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;il Principe Totò&lt;/a&gt; di Orio Caldiron:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Totò si costruisce pezzo per pezzo: la bombetta, un paio di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pantaloni&#xA;  a saltafosso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, delle scarpe sfondate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso danno al personaggio una connotazione comica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/WBiUD.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/WBiUD.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, dalla rubrica &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/05-01-2011/saltafosso-per-eta-beta-1690424.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Scioglilingua del Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Saltafosso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; mi fa ricordare lo &quot;zumpafuosso&quot; napoletano che indicava&#xA;  sia un gioco infantile sia i pantaloni molto corti (vi ricordate i&#xA;  pantaloni di Totò?) che in Toscana trova l'equivalente con il modo di&#xA;  dire &quot;che c'hai l'acqua in casa?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso del modo di dire è che avendo l'acqua in casa i pantaloni lunghi si sono bagnati e di conseguenza ristretti, oppure che sono stati risvoltati per evitare che si bagnino e quindi risultano più corti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-09-18T10:59:22.380" LastActivityDate="2017-09-18T10:59:22.380" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8586" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8587" CreationDate="2017-09-19T06:31:29.997" Score="2" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La sorella di Carmela, Marcella la cartolaia, sexy e odorosa di quaderni freschi e &lt;strong&gt;collamidina&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cos'è la &quot;collamidina&quot;, ma dal contesto immagino fosse qualche prodotto di cartoleria. Non ho trovato il significato di questo vocabolo in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato e neanche in altri siti web. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-19T06:48:14.593" Title="Cos'è la &quot;collamidina&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8587" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8586" CreationDate="2017-09-19T06:48:14.593" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;collamidina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; era un prodotto di cartoleria, una colla in pasta dal caratteristico odore di mandorla utilizzata negli anni '30 e '40, ad esempio, come collante per le figurine dei calciatori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=-g8gCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT65&amp;amp;lpg=PT65&amp;amp;dq=collamidina&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=dPgZZKWqnB&amp;amp;sig=k8cnRkOSr5uRbmRNY3615-Duiz4&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi8sJ670rDWAhUSmbQKHc6jBAwQ6AEIVzAL#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=collamidina&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Saltatempo di Stefano Benni&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una volta che lui aveva lasciato l'album su una panchina, scaldai la&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;collamidina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; con un fiammifero e staccai Ghigghia della Roma, che era una figurina rarissima, non l'aveva nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ebay.it/itm/BARATTOLO-COLLAMIDINA-LONGO-COLUMBIA-NASTRI-FARINA-MAMMA-DEPOCA-/161807405758&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; puoi vedere la sua confezione caratteristica del tempo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-09-19T06:48:14.593" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2017-09-19T15:28:07.863" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Caruso by Lucio Dalla&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/YlQsZ.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://i.stack.imgur.com/YlQsZ.png&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the lyrics of the song in the image I posted, you will see &quot;assai&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not vulgar. My nonna uses it often to mean &quot;a lot,&quot; &quot;a great deal,&quot; etc. My nonna is Calabrese and my other Sicilian nonni understand her usage of it. It is not limited to Lazio and Tuscany etc. In usage. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3866" LastEditorUserId="3866" LastEditDate="2017-09-19T22:02:00.020" LastActivityDate="2017-09-19T22:02:00.020" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8589" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-20T06:15:38.727" Score="2" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qualche figurina veniva comprata, qualcuna scambiata, qualcuna si vinceva a battimuro, a &lt;strong&gt;soprasotto&lt;/strong&gt;, a zigozago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È chiaro che si sta parlando di giochi di ragazzi. Il significato di &quot;battimuro&quot; si trova facilmente sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/battimuro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Per quanto riguarda il &quot;zigozago&quot;, cercando un po' su Google Books, sembra che si trattasse di&#xA;lanciare una palla contra un muro, battere le mani avanti e dietro, e poi riprendere la palla. Non ho trovato niente però sul significato di &quot;soprasotto&quot;. Qualcuno di voi ne sa qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-09-20T12:00:55.810" LastActivityDate="2017-09-20T12:00:55.810" Title="In cosa consisteva un gioco chiamato &quot;soprasotto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8589" CreationDate="2017-09-20T06:22:32.427" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto indicato da Stefano Benni, se non intendo (o ricordo) male &lt;strong&gt;soprasotto&lt;/strong&gt; sembra simile ad un gioco che facevo da bambino con le figurine dei calciatori per cui un giocatore lanciava la figurina contro il muro e l'altro diceva sopra o sotto intendendo come la figurina era rivolta quando toccava terra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se l'avversario indovinava si teneva la figurina altrimenti il lanciatore ne pescava una a caso dal mazzo dell'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo facevamo con i mazzi di figurine doppie che molto spesso ne contenevano di mancanti per gli altri amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-09-20T06:22:32.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8592" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-20T16:06:52.607" Score="1" ViewCount="505" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere che differenza c'è tra l'essere umile ed avere una bassa autostima di sé? Questi concetti mi sembrano legati ma non riesco a percepire la differenza. Forse avere una bassa autostima significa pensare poco di sé mentre  essere umile potrebbe significare farsi percepire come di basso valore anche se effettivamente non è così o la persona non pensa così di sé.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per i vostri chiarimenti in proposito &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3869" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-21T07:18:17.670" LastActivityDate="2019-10-31T18:57:16.447" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;umiltà&quot; e &quot;bassa autostima&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8593" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-20T16:09:22.673" Score="4" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi scuso per il titolo che può essere fuorviante, nel caso dovesse essere sbagliato correggetemi e lo cambierò volentieri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stavo rileggendo la tesi della mia ragazza e ho trovato un passaggio in cui commenta delle tesi fatte in precedenza. Ogni tesi riguarda un particolare vigneto ed ognuna spiega le analisi ed i cambiamenti del vigneto durante un certo periodo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le frasi incriminate sono per esempio: &lt;em&gt;la tesi subisce un calo dell'acidità&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;le tesi assumono un comportamento simile riguardo l'accumulo di zuccheri&lt;/em&gt;. Io le ho corrette dicendo che non è la tesi a subire il calo dell'acidità, bensì il vigneto descritto all'interno della tesi. Lei però non trova giusta la mia correzione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono abbastanza sicuro di quello che ho corretto (una frase del genere potrebbe andar bene nel parlato), ma non ho le competenze per spiegarle perchè dal punto di vista logico la frase sia sbagliata. Quello che mi viene in mente è che il mezzo usato per raccontare non è l'agente stesso che fa l'azione. Avete qualche risorsa da consigliarmi per spiegare la giusta costruzione? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi ringrazio molto, qualsiasi risposta sarà per me molto interessante da leggere. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. so che il tag migliore sarebbe &quot;analisi logica&quot; ma non ho abbastanza reputazione per crearne uno nuovo e l'unico che esiste e mi sembra calzante è analisi grammaticale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3871" LastActivityDate="2017-09-20T16:09:22.673" Title="Verbo sbagliato, il mezzo non è l'agente?" Tags="&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8592" CreationDate="2017-09-20T17:02:22.090" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essere &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/umile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;umile&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, riferito al livello sociale di una persona può significare avere origini modeste, non nobili oppure riferito al suo modo di comportarsi significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;a. Che non si esalta del proprio valore e dei proprî meriti, e si mostra invece sempre consapevole dei proprî limiti: è umile; è un&#xA;  grande scienziato, eppure è molto u.; come sost.: Gesù ha lodato gli&#xA;  umili di cuore; che assume un atteggiamento di rispetto e di&#xA;  sottomissione verso gli altri: è molto u. con i superiori; è una&#xA;  persona u. con tutti; mi professo della S. V. umilissimo servitore,&#xA;  formula di cortesia un tempo usata spec. nella chiusa delle lettere e&#xA;  oggi solo con tono di scherzo. In usi letter., che ha un portamento&#xA;  modesto e mite: ella si sedea Umile in tanta gloria (Petrarca). b.&#xA;  estens. Proprio della persona umile nell’animo e nei modi; che&#xA;  manifesta umiltà: contegno u., portamento u.; stare in atteggiamento&#xA;  u. e dimesso; parlare con voce u.; Voi che portate la sembianza umìle,&#xA;  Con gli occhi bassi, mostrando dolore ... (Dante); per gli u. suoi&#xA;  prieghi un poco di compassione gli venne di lei (Boccaccio)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avere una &lt;strong&gt;bassa autostima&lt;/strong&gt; significa invece essere in uno stato psicologico per cui non ci  si ritiene all'altezza di un compito o più in generale non ci si ritiene adatti ad affrontare la vita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/autostima&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;autostima&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Considerazione che un individuo ha di sé stesso. L'autovalutazione che&#xA;  è alla base dell'a. può manifestarsi come sopravvalutazione o come&#xA;  sottovalutazione a seconda della considerazione che ciascuno può avere&#xA;  di sé, rispetto agli altri o alla situazione in cui si trova. Di norma&#xA;  l'a. viene meno negli stati di depressione, mentre si rafforza negli&#xA;  stati maniacali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una persona può avere una alta autostima di sé ma comportarsi comunque in maniera umile nel rapporto con gli altri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-09-21T06:51:17.097" LastActivityDate="2017-09-21T06:51:17.097" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8595" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8599" CreationDate="2017-09-22T21:31:30.757" Score="1" ViewCount="405" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere qual è la differenza tra un camino e una ciminiera. La seconda parola mi ricorda la parola inglese &quot;chimney&quot;, ma la mia impressione è che una ciminiera sia più grande di un camino, magari come la parte di una fabbrica dove esce il fumo, anche se ho sentito il termine ciminiera riferito anche alla parte dove esce il fumo da un camino di casa sopra il tetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3869" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-09-24T09:57:03.597" LastActivityDate="2017-09-24T15:17:45.387" Title="Differenza tra camino e ciminiera" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8596" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8852" CreationDate="2017-09-23T10:45:14.943" Score="5" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tagliava la legna, sapendo bene quali alberi erano da abbattere e quali da potare, raccoglieva la legna secca, e faceva &lt;strong&gt;fornasotti&lt;/strong&gt;, fascine da forno e da piede, e stirpa e pigne, poi caricava tutto su un carretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;stirpa&quot; l'ho trovato su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=ONcRAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA392&amp;amp;lpg=PA392&amp;amp;dq=stirpa+bolognese&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=1y8RdBe59J&amp;amp;sig=KFIVPwtu-vABq-VY4RzoQGyKAyQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjtnfbOjLvWAhWI7hoKHRWCCH8Q6AEIDzAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=stirpa%20bolognese&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario&lt;/a&gt; (&quot;sterpi tagliati, o legname minuto da far fuoco&quot;), ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo del significato di &quot;fornasotti&quot;. Qualcuno di voi ne sa qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T14:39:45.540" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;fornasotti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8598" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-24T09:54:00.730" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una domanda correlata a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/8596/707&quot;&gt;quest'altra&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tagliava la legna, sapendo bene quali alberi erano da abbattere e quali da potare, raccoglieva la legna secca, e faceva fornasotti, &lt;strong&gt;fascine&lt;/strong&gt; da forno e &lt;strong&gt;da piede&lt;/strong&gt;, e stirpa e pigne, poi caricava tutto su un carretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che &quot;fascine da forno&quot; siano quelle da mettere in un forno a legna, ma non capisco il significato di &quot;fascine da piede&quot;. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-24T09:54:00.730" Title="Cos'è una &quot;fascina da piede&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2017-12-27T17:22:31.360" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8595" CreationDate="2017-09-24T14:20:46.920" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ciminièra&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal fr. &lt;em&gt;cheminée&lt;/em&gt;, che è il lat. tardo &lt;em&gt;caminata&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;caminus&lt;/em&gt; «focolare»; cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/camminata2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;camminata&lt;/em&gt;²&lt;/a&gt;]. – Camino, fumaiolo, spec. quello delle locomotive a vapore, delle fabbriche e, impropriam., delle navi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ciminiera/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puoi vedere &lt;em&gt;ciminiera&lt;/em&gt; è molto vicina a &lt;em&gt;camino&lt;/em&gt; come significato, anche se è solitamente usata per fabbriche e locomotive. Incidentalmente, sia l'italiano &lt;em&gt;ciminiera&lt;/em&gt; che l'inglese &lt;em&gt;chimney&lt;/em&gt; sono derivati dall'antico francese &lt;em&gt;cheminée&lt;/em&gt; (il cui significato originario sembra essere quello di &amp;quot;[stanza] con camino&amp;quot;), a sua volta derivato dal latino &lt;em&gt;caminus&lt;/em&gt; che è la forma originale di &lt;em&gt;camino&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;chimney&lt;/strong&gt;: Middle English (denoting a fireplace or furnace): from Old French cheminee ‘chimney, fireplace’, from late Latin caminata, perhaps from camera caminata ‘room with a fireplace’, from Latin caminus ‘forge, furnace’, from Greek kaminos ‘oven’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/chimney&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Oxford English Dictionary&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-24T15:17:45.387" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8600" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8601" CreationDate="2017-09-25T10:33:44.667" Score="2" ViewCount="181" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei un poveraccio figlio di un suicida e con uno zio alcolizzato, lavori nel letamaio e &lt;strong&gt;ti strafai&lt;/strong&gt; di stramonio e funghi allucinogeni, altro che gnomi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il significato di &quot;strafare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non quello di &quot;strafarsi&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il senso dell'espressione &quot;ti strafai&quot; nel passaggio precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-25T10:47:47.447" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;strafarsi&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8600" CreationDate="2017-09-25T10:47:47.447" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Fatto&quot; si usa come sinonimo di &quot;drogato&quot;, &quot;sotto effetto di stupefacenti&quot;; &quot;strafatto&quot; si utilizza come accrescitivo per calcare il concetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Strafarsi&quot; significa quindi essere drogati in maniera esagerata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-09-25T10:47:47.447" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8602" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8604" CreationDate="2017-09-26T10:55:04.450" Score="1" ViewCount="776" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La piazza fu ornata con cartelli di benvenuto, festoni e tavoli con &lt;strong&gt;panoplie&lt;/strong&gt; di cibarie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;panoplie&quot; in questa frase. L'ho cercato in parecchi dizionari e ho trovato che si tratta di una armatura, ma questo non sembra avere molto senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-26T12:16:24.647" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;panoplia&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8603" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8602" CreationDate="2017-09-26T11:44:22.463" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come dici correttamente &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/panoplia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;panoplia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;panòplia&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal gr. πανοπλία, comp. di παν- «pan-» e ὅπλον&#xA;  «arma»]. – 1. Armatura completa, e in partic., presso gli antichi&#xA;  Greci, l’armatura degli opliti. 2. Insieme di armi, generalm. bianche,&#xA;  o di varie parti di un’armatura, disposte come trofeo, per lo più su&#xA;  parete, a scopo decorativo. Anche la raffigurazione pittorica o&#xA;  plastica di tale insieme, in uso spec. nel Rinascimento, e anche nel&#xA;  periodo dell’arte neoclassica, nella decorazione architettonica o in&#xA;  monumenti celebrativi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te indicato, come la panoplia era un insieme completo di armatura, armi da attacco e difesa, si usa questo termine per indicare che sulla tavola c'erano tutti i tipi di cibarie che una persona potesse desiderare, dai primi piatti fino ad arrivare ai dolci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-09-26T11:44:22.463" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8602" CreationDate="2017-09-26T11:47:37.723" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal Devoto-Oli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;panoplia&lt;/strong&gt; ‹pa·nò·plia› &lt;strong&gt;s.f.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il complesso delle varie parti di un’armatura, o un insieme di armi assortite, disposte a trofeo per ornamento, o in quanto soggetto di raffigurazione plastica o pittorica a carattere decorativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fig.&lt;/em&gt; Assortimento estremamente vario e pittoresco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ETIMO&lt;/strong&gt; Dal gr. &lt;em&gt;panoplía&lt;/em&gt;, comp. di &lt;em&gt;pân&lt;/em&gt; ‘tutto’ e &lt;em&gt;hóplon&lt;/em&gt; ‘arma’&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DATA&lt;/strong&gt; sec. XVIII.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SINONIMI&lt;/strong&gt; armatura completa, armi assortite, assortimento, varietà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il significato inteso è il secondo, vale a dire la frase potrebbe essere riscritta come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La piazza fu ornata con cartelli di benvenuto, festoni e tavoli con assortimenti di cibarie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so perché pochi dizionari lo riportino, ma nella mia esperienza il secondo significato è di gran lunga il più comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-09-26T12:16:24.647" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8605" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8608" CreationDate="2017-09-27T10:32:12.837" Score="6" ViewCount="53895" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi potrebbe spiegare che cosa significa il seguente detto popolare:&#xA;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il mattino ha l’oro in bocca?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastEditorUserId="3765" LastEditDate="2017-09-27T10:35:32.283" LastActivityDate="2018-03-09T06:13:22.400" Title="Cosa significa il detto popolare 'Il mattino ha l’oro in bocca'?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8607" CreationDate="2017-09-27T11:17:58.687" Score="3" ViewCount="1030" Body="&lt;p&gt;Discussione in ufficio: si dice &quot;&lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; trolley&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; trolley&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me &quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; trolley&quot; suona malissimo ma qualche collega ribatte che, come per &quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; fashion week&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;una&lt;/em&gt; start-up&quot;, si dovrebbe usare l'articolo femminile perché &quot;trolley=valigia con le ruote&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2017-09-27T14:30:52.810" Title="Il trolley o la trolley?" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8606" CreationDate="2017-09-27T11:57:37.163" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolo &quot;trolley&quot; si trova nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trolley&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;trolley&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ‹&lt;em&gt;tròli&lt;/em&gt;› s. ingl. [prob. dal v. (&lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;troll&lt;/em&gt; «muoversi (ruotando)», accorciamento dell’originario &lt;em&gt;trolley-pole&lt;/em&gt; (con pole «asta, antenna»)] (pl. &lt;em&gt;trolleys&lt;/em&gt; ‹&lt;em&gt;tròli∫&lt;/em&gt;›), usato in ital. al masch. (talora, in passato, nel primo sign., adattato in &lt;em&gt;tròlle&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'indicazione «usato in ital. al masch.» ci fa vedere che, secondo questo dizionario, in italiano si usa «il trolley» e non «la trolley».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-09-27T14:30:52.810" LastActivityDate="2017-09-27T14:30:52.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8608" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8605" CreationDate="2017-09-27T12:26:48.977" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato del proverbio &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Il mattino ha l'oro in bocca&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, come riportato dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mattino/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il m. ha l’oro in bocca, o le ore del m. hanno l’oro in bocca, sono&#xA;  quelle in cui il lavoro o lo studio o altra attività rendono meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo le ore del mattino quelle in cui una persona solitamente è più riposata e lucida, tutte le cose che si fanno hanno un maggior rendimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/11-07-2009/e_buonanotte_sia-1306836.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;alcuni cenni&lt;/a&gt; alle caratteristiche di questo detto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per &quot;L'oro in bocca&quot;, ma più propriamente &quot;Il mattino ha l'oro in&#xA;  bocca&quot; c'è da dire che quando uno stesso proverbio o modo di dire si&#xA;  ritrova in diverse lingue è molto probabile che sia nato autonomamente&#xA;  in ciascuna di esse ma la forma più antica è generalmente la più&#xA;  espressivamente efficace. In questo caso è una forma idiomatica&#xA;  tedesca: Die Morgenstunde hat Gold im Munde, la cui traduzione è:&#xA;  &quot;l'ora del mattino ha l'oro in bocca&quot;. Il significato o valenza di&#xA;  tale detto può ricondursi o alla qualità del tempo del mattino che per&#xA;  molti detti popolari sembra rivesta qualcosa di speciale (molte&#xA;  culture dell'Estremo oriente confermano che al levar del sole&#xA;  l'atmosfera è più ricca di energie) o è allusiva al tempo magico&#xA;  dell'infanzia per cui ad ogni bimbo si aprono infinite possibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.latin.it/versione/2406&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cotidie legere 3a ediz. pagina 64 numero 15&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Est in proverbio: &quot;Auorora aurum in ore habet&quot;; ideo homines horis&#xA;  matutinis cum sollertia ad negotia animum intendunt, quia matutino&#xA;  tempore magnas...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa all'incirca:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È (scritto) in un proverbio: &quot;L'aurora (meglio il mattino) ha l'oro in&#xA;  bocca&quot;: perciò gli uomini attivi nelle ore mattutine rivolgono con&#xA;  solerzia la loro mente agli affari, poichè di mattina ottengono&#xA;  dall'operosità grandi e mirabili vantaggi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-27T12:46:14.050" LastActivityDate="2017-09-27T12:46:14.050" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8606" CreationDate="2017-09-27T14:28:41.650" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;trolley&lt;/em&gt; è entrata in italiano ben prima che inventassero le valigie con le rotelle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indicava, come in inglese del resto, il palo con in cima una rotella che si agganciava alla linea aerea per il tram (e poi per il filobus), abbreviazione di &lt;em&gt;trolley-pole&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/w6e1q.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/w6e1q.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://moblog.net/view/175652/trolley-of-the-day-1700-sydney-australia-tram&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come tale, è passato in italiano al maschile e così rimane anche per indicare una valigia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-09-27T14:28:41.650" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8535" CreationDate="2017-09-28T12:10:35.837" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.duolingo.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Duolingo&lt;/a&gt; without a doubt is one of the best options for beginners. In some cases also for advanced. Give it a try and &quot;bocca lupo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: the site does not contain any books or movies but it is definitely worth a shot. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1285" LastEditorUserId="1285" LastEditDate="2017-09-28T13:16:05.300" LastActivityDate="2017-09-28T13:16:05.300" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8611" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-28T14:21:02.303" Score="5" ViewCount="11221" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essere  &quot;uno scappato di casa&quot; non nel senso di qualcuno che sia  fuggito da casa, è un'espressione che sento usare molto,  ma solo a  Milano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In genere si usa in riferimento ad una persona  che si trova ad avere un ruolo di cui non è all'altezza, come ad  esempio un professionista improvvisato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Google non sono riuscito a trovare dettagli in merito a questa espressione, ma solo questo accenno su &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/essere-uno-scappato-di-casa.3251961/?hl=it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Word Reference&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapete se questo modo di dire è usato anche in altre regioni? Qualcuno ha idea da dove possa derivare questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2017-10-22T15:53:02.190" LastActivityDate="2019-04-18T11:25:01.627" Title="Essere &quot;uno scappato di casa&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8612" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-09-28T18:37:07.370" Score="9" ViewCount="5054" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sfizi on Wiktionary &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wiktionary.org/wiki/sfizi&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.m.wiktionary.org/wiki/sfizi&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;plural of sfizio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sfizio is defined as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;whimsy, fancy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that doesn’t really explain what it would be as a menu category though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any ideas?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1279" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-28T20:07:02.817" LastActivityDate="2019-12-14T13:22:05.533" Title="Sfizi as a menu category?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8613" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8612" CreationDate="2017-09-28T21:25:52.213" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sfizi&lt;/em&gt; is indeed the plural of the noun &lt;em&gt;sfizio&lt;/em&gt;, which means “whim, fancy”, or something unusual you desire. In some menus they use it to denote some – in their opinion – especially tasty or sophisticated plates, mainly hors d'oeuvre or desserts. But the use itself is somewhat whimsical: you won't find it in an old-fashioned restaurant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-12-14T13:22:05.533" LastActivityDate="2019-12-14T13:22:05.533" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7949" CreationDate="2017-09-29T05:09:44.600" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard this in Lady Gaga's song &quot;Born This Way&quot;.&#xA;Given that the meaning of the song is all about loving yourself,&#xA;in context: &#xA;&quot;I love my life, I love this record and my love needs faith&quot;&#xA;it doesn't really make any sense to the rest of the song.&#xA;Saying &quot;wants to have sex&quot; is a very Lady Gaga thing to imply, so I think she's using the phrase &quot;Mi amore vole fe&quot; to say &quot;I want to have sex with myself&quot; in a &quot;I love myself&quot; kind of way. Which fits the song.&#xA;&quot;I love my life, I love this record and, I love myself.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3889" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-29T07:36:57.560" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T07:36:57.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8538" CreationDate="2017-09-29T08:45:39.687" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dalla&lt;/em&gt; in questo caso siano utilizzabili come sinonimi in quanto entrambi reggono un complemento di tempo e entrambi hanno il significato di 'a partire dalla morte'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="3782" LastEditDate="2017-09-29T08:52:29.923" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T08:52:29.923" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8467" CreationDate="2017-09-29T09:15:28.560" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dipende dai casi:&#xA;Manutentore: Il 'tecnico' che chiami quando il sistema ha problemi.&#xA;Mantenitore: il soggetto che ha in gestione il sistema e provvede al regolare funzionamento (eventualmente chiamando il manutentore se ci sono problemi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: -- non posso ancora commentare --&#xA;Fonti: i miei professori universitari (studio Ing. Informatica) usano i termini in questione con questi riferimenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="3782" LastEditDate="2017-09-29T09:55:27.983" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T09:55:27.983" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7632" CreationDate="2017-09-29T09:21:49.920" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se stai scrivendo un documento tecnico non tradurre proprio il termine (scrivi header image) oppure una forma ibrida come 'immagine di header'. &#xA;Se invece stai scrivendo un documento per non addetti ai lavori 'immagine di testa' è corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're writing to technicals use the English form untranslated or 'partially translated', if you're writing to general public 'immagine di testa' is acceptable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;== messaggio modificato ==&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="3782" LastEditDate="2017-09-29T09:58:26.240" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T09:58:26.240" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8618" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8150" CreationDate="2017-09-29T09:53:04.500" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In technical papers and with people working in project management, supply chain management you can use the English term and all will get the meaning as it's the term currently used.&#xA;If you're writing to general public: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tempo morto (lead time that are 'pure waits'), like the lead time for a external purchase delivery&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tempo di processo (the time the next process phase has to wait to begin as items are not yet ready).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-09-29T14:08:30.657" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T14:08:30.657" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5695" CreationDate="2017-09-29T10:09:25.097" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the sense is like &lt;strong&gt;I miss you so I can't live without you&lt;/strong&gt; the suitable translation is &lt;em&gt;mi manchi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-09-29T10:37:20.880" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T10:37:20.880" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8074" CreationDate="2017-09-29T10:40:19.780" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gagà è infatti una parola francese, come attestato da diversi vocabolari, ad esempio questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.larousse.fr/dictionnaires/francais-italien/gaga/32594&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gagà su vocabolario Larousse&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove viene dato il significato di &quot;rimbambito&quot;, e l'etimologia onomatopeica (&quot;ga-ga&quot; imita i vocalizzi di un infante, e per traslato di un rimbambito).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono napoletano, e ricordo i miei genitori e nonni utilizzare il termine. È probabile che il termine sia stato adottato nel dialetto napoletano durante il periodo di dominazione francese.&#xA;È possibile trovare diversi riferimenti documentati, sopratutto in campo musicale, ecco alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kZrwAgGBfkU&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Il gagà e la sciantosa&quot; interpretata dai fratelli Maggio;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AouTeHVwIQE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vittorio Marsiglia interpreta la macchietta intitolata &quot;Gagà&quot;;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stefanoserino.com/it/brevi-saggi-stefano-serino/56-la-macchietta-armando-gill-stefano-serino.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;riferimento al termine gagà, in cui se ne spiega il significato.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1720" LastEditorUserId="1720" LastEditDate="2017-09-29T11:11:29.407" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T11:11:29.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8621" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8622" CreationDate="2017-09-29T20:13:44.917" Score="-2" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È mai capitato che vedendoti pensieroso una persona ti abbia chiesto di &quot;chiudere&quot; o &quot;staccare&quot;? Ma cosa significano esattamente queste parole in italiano, non mi è chiaro. Se uno non pensa quando è sveglio allora che cavolo fa. Non è un' illusione l'idea che una persona possa smettere di pensare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3869" LastEditorUserId="3869" LastEditDate="2017-10-01T14:34:06.530" LastActivityDate="2017-10-01T14:34:06.530" Title="Chiudere e staccare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8621" CreationDate="2017-09-29T21:46:39.600" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Immagino che si faccia riferimento all'espressione &quot;staccare la spina&quot; che, secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=staccare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti Linguistica&lt;/a&gt; (nella sezione &quot;Polirematica&quot;,&#xA;soltanto disponibile con un abbonamento attivo, ma che si può visualizzare nella copia cache di Google) può significare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;smettere di lavorare o di pensare a qualcosa, rilassarsi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se qualcuno ti ha visto molto pensieroso, può dirti questo con l'intenzione di raccomandarti di non pensare a tuoi problemi e cercare di rilassarti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-09-29T21:46:39.600" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8612" CreationDate="2017-09-30T12:53:40.690" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with the other answers/comments that it means &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/sfizio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;treats&lt;/a&gt;, but unlike them I have seen it used almost exclusively as a section of the menu (usually of a cheap eatery such as a pizzeria or a pub) containing deep fried side dishes such as fries, cheese balls and &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Olive_ascolane&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;olive ascolane&lt;/a&gt; --- never for desserts or fancy starters. See for instance &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pizzaasportoasti.it/index.php/il-nostro-menu-di-pizze-e-sfizi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bizweek.it/uploads/gallery/pizzeria-risorgimento-menu-4.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2017-09-30T13:00:59.480" LastActivityDate="2017-09-30T13:00:59.480" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8624" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8626" CreationDate="2017-10-01T15:11:43.763" Score="-1" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ricerca su Google ci mostra che la polirematica è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Polirematica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In linguistica, sintagma costituito da due o più parole, con&#xA;  significato autonomo rispetto ai singoli termini che lo costituiscono&#xA;  (per es. acqua e sapone, conto corrente, salto nel buio, alzare il&#xA;  gomito).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere, è comune o corretto abbreviare una polirematica alla prima parola che la compone, mantenendo allo stesso tempo il significato espresso dalla polirematica intera?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, posso dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;stacca!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;invece di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;stacca la spina!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sì, in quali parti d'Italia è comune questa cosa? O è per caso un costrutto importato da una lingua straniera impropriamente adattato alla lingua italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3869" LastEditorUserId="3869" LastEditDate="2017-10-01T17:05:17.980" LastActivityDate="2017-10-02T13:49:56.207" Title="È corretto abbreviare una polirematica?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ClosedDate="2017-10-04T06:58:08.603" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8624" CreationDate="2017-10-02T08:14:45.327" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Stacca la spina&quot; è una polirematica? Forse sbaglio io, ma non la vedo come una polirematica. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per risponderti: non credo si possano in generale abbreviare, se non in casi particolari. Ad esempio, prendiamo &quot;biglietto da visita&quot;. Se siamo in un contesto in cui già stavamo parlando di biglietti da visita, posso immaginare di dire &quot;ti lasco il mio biglietto&quot;, perché che sia un biglietto da visita è sottointeso. Però non la definirei una cosa di uso comune. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E comunque la cosa non si applica a tutti i casi. Se anche stiamo già parlando di &quot;lune di miele&quot;, per esempio, non posso chiederti &quot;allora, come è andata la luna?&quot; Suonerebbe strano. Al limite può suonare scherzoso, ma di sicuro non corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per alcuni casi particolari l'abbreviazione può funzionare, ad esempio invece di &quot;cartoni animati&quot; si può dire &quot;cartoni&quot;, ma in questo caso penso che sia perché nel linguaggio ormai la parola &quot;cartoni&quot; da sola ha già assunto il significato di &quot;cartoni animati&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concludendo: se non usi abbreviazioni, non sbagli.&#xA;Se usi abbreviazioni, molto probabilmente suoneranno strane o incomprensibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3834" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-02T08:25:14.010" LastActivityDate="2017-10-02T08:25:14.010" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8624" CreationDate="2017-10-02T13:25:53.543" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spesso nel parlare e anche nello scrivere si usano frasi incomplete o non perfettamente corrette, nella logica e anche per quanto riguarda l'informazione fornita.&#xA;Di fatto il messaggio arriva correttamente all'interlocutore, che lo completa  delle parti mancanti attraverso la propria interpretazione.&#xA;Ad esempio se allo sportello bancario chiedo al cassiere che mi conosce: &quot;Mi puoi dire quanto ho sul conto?&quot; Lui mi risponderà fornendomi l'importo a saldo del mio conto corrente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe rispondermi più correttamente con: &quot;Se ti riferisici al tuo conto corrente presso di noi, te lo posso dire, altrimenti no.&quot; Senza fornirmi l'informazione che mi serve, ma in quel caso penserei che è poco intelligente, e perderei tempo a fargli una domanda più precisa, del tipo: &#xA;&quot;Per favore dimmi l'importo in euro del saldo contabile del mio conto corrente presso di voi al momento attuale, e nel caso in cui questo non corrisponda al saldo disponibile, elencami le eventuali operazioni non ancora contabilizzate.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non esiste una regola grammaticale che stabilisce quando si possano omettere delle informazioni, è una scelta libera di chi formula una frase, basata sulla sua esperienza e magari su altri fattori, come fretta, pignoleria, grado di confidenza, importanza della comunicazione. Il rischio legato a questa scelta è di non farsi capire, o di perdere tempo inutilmente, o ancora di essere noiosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio se al direttore della stessa banca pongo la domanda: &quot;Che informazioni avete sul mio conto?&quot; Non è chiaro se sto parlando del mio conto corrente o della mia persona, e facilmente ci saranno dei malintesi, probabilmente l'interlocutore mi chiederà dei chiarimenti prima di rispondere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo vale per le frasi polirematiche come per altri tipi di frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di &quot;staccare la spina&quot;, posso dire a un mio collega: &quot;Ho lavorato troppo oggi, ho bisogno di staccare&quot; e lui capirà perfettamente cosa voglio dire. In altri contesti la frase potrebbe non essere chiara se incompleta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2017-10-02T13:49:56.207" LastActivityDate="2017-10-02T13:49:56.207" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8627" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8628" CreationDate="2017-10-02T15:30:16.437" Score="1" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prendete il sofrolio, toglietegli le foglie e il &lt;strong&gt;cudruzzo&lt;/strong&gt;, fatene quattro parti, poi lessatelo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del termine &quot;cudruzzo&quot;, che non ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Non so se si tratti di una parola di origine dialettale. A proposito, &quot;sofrolio&quot; è un vocabolo inventato da Benni per questo romanzo: si tratta di un'erba segreta che ha una cuoca chiamata Sofronia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-10-02T16:56:02.650" LastActivityDate="2017-10-03T12:56:05.567" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;cudruzzo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8627" CreationDate="2017-10-02T16:44:47.093" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;«Cudruzzo» è un termine dialettale bolognese, indica la parte più in alto fra le natiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lascio a te l'interpretazione metaforica nel riferimento all'erba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2651" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-10-02T16:55:15.860" LastActivityDate="2017-10-02T16:55:15.860" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8627" CreationDate="2017-10-03T06:11:48.947" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In aggiunta alla spiegazione di @horcrux è interessante questo passaggio trovato in un articolo tratto dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pressreader.com/italy/corriere-di-bologna/20101224/281487862777905&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere di Bologna&lt;/a&gt; in cui c'è la spiegazione del termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un buco nell'acqua la bolognesità, e dopo di lei una frana, un&#xA;  cascatone sul &quot;&lt;strong&gt;cudruzzo&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; - &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che sarebbe poi lì fra le natiche dove ai&#xA;  nostri antenati spuntava la coda&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; - che ci ha rintronato tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-03T12:56:05.567" LastActivityDate="2017-10-03T12:56:05.567" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8630" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-03T08:14:28.387" Score="1" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any extremely popular short funny verses, which had become &quot;memes&quot; long before this word was invented? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example (warning: black humour, possible triggers):&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Little Willie hung his sister&lt;br&gt;&#xA;She was dead before we missed her.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Willies always up to tricks&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ain`t he cute? He's only six.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like this will do, too:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Down the river drifts an axe&lt;br&gt;&#xA;From the town of Byron.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Let it float by itself,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;B###dy piece of iron.&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3892" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-10-03T08:25:04.260" LastActivityDate="2017-10-03T08:25:04.260" Title="Is there an equivalent of &quot;little Willie&quot; poems in Italian?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ClosedDate="2017-11-04T23:13:40.603" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8633" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8634" CreationDate="2017-10-04T08:28:34.067" Score="5" ViewCount="1211" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the Italian equivalent for words such as, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;crash&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;bang&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;snap&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;woosh&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;wallop&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; etc? Are there any onomatopoeia references out there that consolidate these equivalents in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3854" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-04T11:50:06.350" LastActivityDate="2017-10-04T11:50:06.350" Title="Onomatopoeia in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;sound&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8633" CreationDate="2017-10-04T08:56:00.737" Score="6" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Among most commons onomatopeias pertaining pets there are those diffused in language of and for children&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bau&lt;/strong&gt; (dog's barking, woof),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;miao&lt;/strong&gt; (cat's meow),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;grrr&lt;/strong&gt; (sound of  growl, snarl), &lt;BR&gt;&lt;strong&gt;chicchirichì&lt;/strong&gt; (chicken's cock-a-doodle-doo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Among most common onomatopeias about things and actions there are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tic tac&lt;/strong&gt;(clock),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;crac&lt;/strong&gt;(something breaks),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;plin&lt;/strong&gt; (tinkle),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;din don&lt;/strong&gt; (doorbell or bells in general),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;eccì&lt;/strong&gt; (achoo),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;brr&lt;/strong&gt; (used when one feels cold) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;They're often used in a replicated form&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bau bau&lt;/strong&gt;,&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;plin plin&lt;/strong&gt;,&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;crac crac&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;or in only one syllable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;patapum&lt;/strong&gt; (wallop),&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;taratatà&lt;/strong&gt;,&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;patatrac&lt;/strong&gt; (a huge mess)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Onomatopeias can also be used as substantive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il &lt;strong&gt;tic tac&lt;/strong&gt; della sveglia (clock's ticktoc),&lt;BR&gt; i &lt;strong&gt;chicchirichì&lt;/strong&gt; dei galli (chickens cock-a-doodle-doo),&lt;BR&gt; un &lt;strong&gt;patatrac&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;or produce verbs and substantives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;miao&lt;/strong&gt; (meow)   ▶ miagolio / miagolare (to meow)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tic tac&lt;/strong&gt; (ticktoc)▶ ticchettio / ticchettare. (to tick)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of comics onomatopeias remain the same (although some of them may have been &quot;italianized&quot;) and come from very common English verbs, such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bang&lt;/strong&gt; (da to bang: esplodere)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;crash&lt;/strong&gt; (da to crash: rompersi)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;gulp&lt;/strong&gt; (da to gulp: inghiottire)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;sniff&lt;/strong&gt; (da to sniff: fiutare)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;splash&lt;/strong&gt; (da to splash: spruzzare)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;broooom&lt;/strong&gt; (da to broom: spazzare)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;boom&lt;/strong&gt; (da to boom: scoppiare, sometimes italianized in &lt;strong&gt;bum&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;slam&lt;/strong&gt; (da to slam: sbattere)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;sob&lt;/strong&gt; (da to sob: singhiozzare)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;chomp&lt;/strong&gt; , infine, deriva dall'omonimo verbo che significa &quot;masticare rumorosamente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find some references here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/onomatopee_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani - onomatopee La grammatica Italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/onomatopea_%28Enciclopedia-dei-ragazzi%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani - onomatopea Enciclopedia dei ragazzi&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-04T09:45:14.983" LastActivityDate="2017-10-04T09:45:14.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8635" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8639" CreationDate="2017-10-04T22:58:57.360" Score="3" ViewCount="1219" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just looked on the wiktionary for a translation of &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/reinvent_the_wheel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;reinvent the wheel&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and was given &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/scoprire_l&amp;#39;acqua_calda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;scoprire l'acqua calda&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. I do not agree. AFAIK, &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/reinvent_the_wheel&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;reinvent the wheel&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; means to redo work that others have already done (cfr. also the wiktionary's definition of said idiom), whereas &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/scoprire_l&amp;#39;acqua_calda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;scoprire l'acqua calda&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (typically found in the nominal form &quot;scoperta dell'acqua calda&quot;) means to discover something obvious, perhaps with lots of thought and/or effort. Do you agree that the Wiktionary is wrong about this or do you think something above is wrong, or that there is more to the issue than what I wrote?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Extra&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is at least one situation I can think of where I would use the English idiom but not the Italian one, and it is the situation I first saw the English idiom used in. If someone tries to recode something that has already been coded and made available by others via a class, library, or macro package (and that is the case I found it in on TeX SE), that is definitely &lt;em&gt;reinventing the wheel&lt;/em&gt;, but (IMHO) definitely NOT &lt;em&gt;scoperta dell'acqua calda&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="1009" LastEditDate="2017-10-05T09:12:17.523" LastActivityDate="2017-10-06T08:25:00.370" Title="Meaning of &quot;scoprire l'acqua calda&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7197" CreationDate="2017-10-05T10:08:41.430" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;To add to WGroleau's answer, according to the University of Manchester, &quot;The PLIDA (Progetto Lingua Italiana Dante Alighieri) certificate is an official Diploma issued by the Società Dante Alighieri under an agreement with the Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs. It is recognised by the Italian Ministry of Labour and Social Policies and by the Italian Ministry of University and Research as a qualification for the proficiency in the Italian language for foreigners.&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.alc.manchester.ac.uk/modern-languages/study/languages/italian-studies/plida-certificate/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;Link&quot;&gt;(More here)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://plida.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;PLIDA&lt;/a&gt; follows the parameters set out by CEFR.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an aside, I am currently studying for the Plida A2 and am thoroughly enjoying it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3854" LastActivityDate="2017-10-05T10:08:41.430" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8638" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-05T12:19:49.807" Score="6" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;The term &lt;em&gt;Senese Italian&lt;/em&gt; refers to the Italian language as spoken in and close to Siena, Tuscany. When a word ends in consonant, Senese Italian speakers tend to geminate said consonant and to follow it with a schwa. Thus we have for eng. &lt;em&gt;bar&lt;/em&gt; sen.it. &lt;em&gt;bar&lt;strong&gt;rə&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, for eng. &lt;em&gt;hotel&lt;/em&gt; sen.it. &lt;em&gt;hotel&lt;strong&gt;lə&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, for eng. &lt;em&gt;pub&lt;/em&gt; sen.it. &lt;em&gt;pab&lt;strong&gt;bə&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm aware of the fact that the addition of [ə] is a case of paragoge, but how would one describe the gemination? Is there an order in the application of the two rules?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1161" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-05T12:34:18.857" LastActivityDate="2017-11-29T16:27:12.387" Title="Pronunciation of words ending in consonant in Senese Italian" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8639" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8635" CreationDate="2017-10-05T22:32:26.847" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two idioms are indeed different in meaning, as you observed. So much that in Italian you now say &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reinventare_la_ruota&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reinventare la ruota&lt;/a&gt; (albeit it is a recent acquisition, mostly used in technical/software contexts by people likely to be familiar with English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scoprire l'acqua calda&lt;/em&gt;, which I usually hear in the form &lt;em&gt;la scoperta dell'acqua calda&lt;/em&gt; (the discovery of warm water), has always meant to discover something that some, or even most, already were familiar with. It is used as a dismissal. For example recently a scandal about nepotism in universities has been hailed as 'the discovery of warm water'; to call it &quot;reinventing the wheel&quot; would have implied that it was something positive or useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Often, &quot;reinventing the wheel&quot; has the meaning of producing a knock-off version of something; to reinforce this meaning you might say that somebody &lt;em&gt;has invented the square wheel&lt;/em&gt;, ha inventato la ruota quadrata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2017-10-06T08:25:00.370" LastActivityDate="2017-10-06T08:25:00.370" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8641" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-06T08:47:05.627" Score="3" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prendete un gargaleone e privatelo della gargacotenna e del favone, poi &lt;strong&gt;squarantatelo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;gargaleone&quot; è un animale mitico inventato da Benni per questo romanzo, ma non capisco il significato del verbo &quot;squarantare&quot; in questa frase. L'ho cercato in parecchi dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-10-06T08:47:05.627" Title="Cosa significa &quot;squarantare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8642" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8643" CreationDate="2017-10-07T09:45:17.807" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho trovato la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I troll di Wòlstrìtt, &lt;strong&gt;bari&lt;/strong&gt;, giocatori, puttanieri e usurai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;bari&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho pensato che il singolare fosse &quot;bario&quot;, ma, secondo i dizionari, questo è un elemento chimico,  cosa che non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Qualcuno di voi ne sa qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-10-07T10:13:51.083" Title="Cosa significa &quot;bari&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8642" CreationDate="2017-10-07T10:13:51.083" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bari&lt;/em&gt; è il plurale di &lt;em&gt;baro&lt;/em&gt;, vale a dire una persona che bara al gioco (tipicamente il gioco delle carte):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;baro&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [prob. dalla forma di nominativo del lat. &lt;em&gt;baro -onis&lt;/em&gt; «briccone, cialtrone»]. – Chi bara al gioco delle carte, e in genere truffatore, imbroglione. Anticam. anche agg., in senso fig., nella locuz. &lt;em&gt;lingua bara&lt;/em&gt;, gergo della malavita: &lt;em&gt;queste parole che ... fanno parte ... del gergo furbesco e della lingua b. e furfantina&lt;/em&gt; (Giusti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/baro/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-10-07T10:13:51.083" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9864" CreationDate="2017-10-08T10:51:25.197" Score="1" ViewCount="428" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Pane e tempesta&lt;/em&gt; di Stefano Benni ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il pidugello attaccava anche cani e gatti e li riempiva di rogna, era tutto un grattarsi e un mulinare di peli. E se riusciva a entrare nei pantaloni o sotto le sottane, erano eczemi e &lt;strong&gt;raspe&lt;/strong&gt; da non camminare un mese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;pidugello&quot; è un insetto inventato da Benni per questo romanzo, ma quello che non capisco è il significato di &quot;raspa&quot; in questo testo. L'ho cercato in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che sembri avere senso in questo contesto. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-06T09:55:08.167" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;raspa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8644" CreationDate="2017-10-08T12:40:29.640" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;raspa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in questo caso descrive un’escrescenza cutanea simile ad una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/verruca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verruca&lt;/a&gt; che causa prurito nelle parti intime e ti fa grattare. &#xA;Infatti viene richiamato insieme all’&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/eczema/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;eczema&lt;/a&gt; che è una malattia cutanea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.giovannigiorgi.it/bologna-gergo.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di gergo bolognese&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato una definizione per raspa che si riferisce ad un &quot;certo prurito&quot; delle parti intime...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente nel testo il significato è quello di irritazione delle parti intime.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-09T06:42:31.047" LastActivityDate="2017-10-09T06:42:31.047" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8646" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-10T10:49:30.060" Score="3" ViewCount="831" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se io busso alla porta di casa di un amico, alla sua domanda &quot;chi è?&quot; risponderò &quot;sono io&quot;. In inglese l'equivalente è &quot;it's me&quot; (&quot;la persona dietro la porta è me&quot;), dove è chiaro che &quot;it&quot; è soggetto, &quot;is&quot; predicato, e &quot;me&quot; è.. predicato nominale?&#xA;In italiano, essendo che &quot;sono&quot; è il verbo, &quot;io&quot; deve essere il soggetto. Ma è corretta così l'analisi logica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo esempio: guardando un vecchio album di foto, posso indicare un neonato in foto, e dire a mio figlio &quot;questo sei tu&quot;: come funziona l'analisi? Se &quot;sei&quot; è il predicato, &quot;tu&quot; soggetto... &quot;questo&quot; cosa è? &#xA;Suppongo che sarebbe predicato nominale se la frase fosse &quot;tu sei questo&quot;, ma qui è diverso.&#xA;E di nuovo in inglese troviamo una meno ambigua &quot;this is you&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse è un dubbio sciocco, ma ormai mi sono svegliata con questa domanda in testa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3834" LastActivityDate="2017-10-14T22:40:43.500" Title="sono io / sei tu: analisi logica" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8647" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8648" CreationDate="2017-10-11T04:13:02.713" Score="5" ViewCount="416" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was taught that all Italian words ending in -si are femminile. But dictionaries show that 'brindisi' is maschile. Is it exception or the rule about '-si words' is wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3919" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-10-11T07:36:29.393" LastActivityDate="2017-10-11T10:50:41.217" Title="Gender of words ending in -si" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8648" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8647" CreationDate="2017-10-11T09:32:33.977" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;While I agree with egreg that one should get a sense of words' gender by using them rather than with “rules and exceptions” (as an Italian I never heard explicitly that rule), by doing an advanced search on Zingarelli 2018 Italian dictionary for masculine nouns in “-si”, I find that there are only:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;brindisi&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;cremisi&lt;/em&gt; (crimson colour);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;passi&lt;/em&gt; (a pass);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the musical note &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some local, rare words such as &lt;em&gt;sussi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;biribissi&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some words of foreign origin such as &lt;em&gt;farsi&lt;/em&gt; (the Persian language), &lt;em&gt;lassi&lt;/em&gt; (an Indian drink made of yogurt), &lt;em&gt;parsi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tutsi&lt;/em&gt; (each, a person of the respective ethnic group);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;several compound words such as &lt;em&gt;contapassi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;schiacciasassi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;saltafossi&lt;/em&gt; and so on, where the &lt;em&gt;-si&lt;/em&gt; ending comes actually from a masculine plural (&lt;em&gt;passi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sassi&lt;/em&gt; etc.);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some reflexive verbs in the infinitive form, used as nouns (as remarked in a comment), such as &lt;em&gt;manifestarsi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;volgersi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All in all, less than 60 items are returned, including “false positives” (such as the plural name &lt;em&gt;Rapidoglossi&lt;/em&gt; – a group of molluscs – or nouns with an accent, such as &lt;em&gt;sì&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tassì&lt;/em&gt;). For reference, a search for feminine nouns in “-si” returns (false positives and all) 1081 terms, from &lt;em&gt;abiogenesi&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;zooprofilassi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in a large majority of cases, I'd say that the rule you have been taught can be considered correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-11T10:50:41.217" LastActivityDate="2017-10-11T10:50:41.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8649" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8877" CreationDate="2017-10-12T08:02:05.263" Score="5" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;Considerando che abbiamo ampiamente  superato l'anno 2009, perché continuiamo a dire &quot;duemiladiciassette&quot;, ecc., invece di usare solo le ultime due cifre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché quando diciamo &quot;nel diciassette&quot; intendiamo ancora il 1917? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-12T12:55:52.890" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T16:51:48.107" Title="Perché '17 si riferisce ancora al 1917 e non al 2017?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8650" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8652" CreationDate="2017-10-13T15:45:28.877" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libretto dell'opera di Giuseppe Verdi &lt;em&gt;Un ballo in maschera&lt;/em&gt;, prima dell'apparizione di Ulrica, un'indovina, un coro di donne e fanciulli canta queste parole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Zitti... l'incanto non dessi turbare...&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  il demonio tra breve &lt;strong&gt;halle&lt;/strong&gt; a parlare!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il senso di questo &quot;halle&quot;. Immagino che abbia qualcosa a che vedere col verbo &quot;avere&quot;. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-10-13T16:25:38.080" LastActivityDate="2017-10-13T16:25:38.080" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;halle&quot; nel libretto di Un ballo in maschera?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8651" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-13T15:53:53.740" Score="3" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any confirmed grammatical rule explaining how to write (spell) ordinal numbers beyond 1 million?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Two examples:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1 000 001st: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;milione primo;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un milione e primo;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un milione primo;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;milioneunesimo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;another one?  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;2 500 000th:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;due milioni cinquantamillesimo;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;due milioni e cinquantamillesimo;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;duemilionicinquantamillesimo;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;another one? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which ones are correct here? And is there any reliable source to confirm it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3924" LastActivityDate="2017-10-13T16:21:08.593" Title="Ordinal numbers beyond 1 million" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8650" CreationDate="2017-10-13T16:09:53.203" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Letteralmente significa &lt;em&gt;le ha&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &lt;em&gt;il demonio ha a parlarle&lt;/em&gt; o, in un italiano un po' moderno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il demonio deve parlarle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;em&gt;avere a&lt;/em&gt; è una costruzione che non è sopravvissuta fino all'italiano contemporaneo (ma per esempio in francese è molto comune) e significa &lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt; (in modo simile all'inglese &lt;em&gt;to have to&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-10-13T16:09:53.203" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8651" CreationDate="2017-10-13T16:21:08.593" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that this must sound disappointing, but the answer is more or less that they are so rarely used that there seems to be no fixed rule. Ordinal numbers are used mostly for places in a list, centuries, kings, popes, military units, symphonies and so on, all object that rarely get into the hundreds, let alone millions or billions. So should you actually write about, say, the 1,000,001th minute after some event, you'll probably just write the corresponding Italian notation: “1.000.001° minuto” (or some different phrasing involving a cardinal number).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, in the authoritative words of Luca Serianni (&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, Garzanti, p. 158):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di questi gruppi [= cardinali, ordinali, frazionari, moltiplicativi, numerativi], l'unico in cui ogni ente matematico trovi una sua puntuale rappresentazione linguistica è quello dei cardinali: non c'è numero, per quanto grande, che non possa essere detto, oltre che scritto. Gli ordinali (e i frazionari, che vengono parzialmente indicati con essi) esistono solo virtualmente per i numeri più elevati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Summing up in English: cardinals are the only numbers for each of which a linguistic representation is always possible, while the highest ordinals exist “only virtually”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-10-13T16:21:08.593" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8654" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-13T16:35:03.620" Score="5" ViewCount="444" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have stumbled upon this link on the web: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.languagesandnumbers.com/how-to-count-in-italian/en/ita/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.languagesandnumbers.com/how-to-count-in-italian/en/ita/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I states: &quot;&lt;em&gt;Numbers are grouped in words of three digits, with the specific rule that &lt;strong&gt;a space is added after the word for thousand if its multiplier is greater than one hundred and does not end with a double zero&lt;/strong&gt; (e.g.: duemilatrecentoquarantacinque [2,345], seicentomiladue [600,002], settecentosessantacinquemila duecento [765,200]).&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I cannot find any confirmation in any Italian source. Moreover, in some reports of Italian authorities, I always see such complex numbers written as a single word, regardless of the &quot;double zero&quot; presence.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So, is this rule a nonsense?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3924" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-17T13:22:51.543" LastActivityDate="2019-04-12T15:05:18.200" Title="Cardinal numbers - separation of words with a space beyond 100 000" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8646" CreationDate="2017-10-14T22:40:43.500" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'inversione di soggetto e verbo non cambia mai la natura del soggetto. Se dici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;oggi vado io&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non avresti alcun dubbio che &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; è il soggetto. La frase potrebbe essere detta in un contesto in cui c'è un compito quotidiano da svolgere a turno e, per esempio, oggi non toccherebbe a me, ma ci vado al posto di qualcun altro. Il soggetto posposto dà un'enfasi particolare che non si avrebbe nel caso di &lt;em&gt;io vado oggi&lt;/em&gt; (che potrebbe invece implicare un &lt;em&gt;e tu vai domani&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano il pronome soggetto è spesso omesso; solo in alcuni casi è necessario e uno è la risposta alla domanda “chi è?”. La risposta potrebbe essere solo &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;, sottintendendo il verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque &lt;em&gt;sono io&lt;/em&gt; ha &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; come soggetto e non potrebbe essere altrimenti. In questo caso l'inversione è normale in molte varietà di italiano, ma &lt;em&gt;Montalbano sono&lt;/em&gt;  ci dice che non è così dappertutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio di &lt;em&gt;questo sei tu&lt;/em&gt; l'inversione pone l'enfasi in modo diverso da &lt;em&gt;tu sei questo&lt;/em&gt; che potrebbe essere il caso in cui nella fotografia ci sono più bambini e la madre ne indica uno. Non cambia il fatto che &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; è il soggetto e &lt;em&gt;sei questo&lt;/em&gt; il predicato nominale. Non a tutti questo è chiaro, tanto che è frequente sentire qualcosa come &lt;em&gt;questo sei te&lt;/em&gt;, dove il soggetto posposto è forse percepito come un caso indiretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte si ha l'inversione anche con un verbo transitivo: &lt;em&gt;il pane lo compri tu&lt;/em&gt;. Qui però appare un pronome pleonastico che nell'analisi logica non andrebbe da nessuna parte: &lt;em&gt;il pane&lt;/em&gt; è il complemento oggetto, &lt;em&gt;compri&lt;/em&gt; il predicato verbale e &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; il soggetto. O forse è semplicemente un anacoluto: &lt;em&gt;il pane, lo compri tu&lt;/em&gt; e, su questo, l'analisi logica non può aprire bocca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-10-14T22:40:43.500" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8656" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8676" CreationDate="2017-10-16T11:03:25.407" Score="7" ViewCount="839" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the Collins online Italian dictionary, 'divertente' translates as both '&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english-italian/fun&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;fun&lt;/a&gt;' and '&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english-italian/funny&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;funny&lt;/a&gt;'. So if I say: &quot;era/è stato divertente&quot; do I mean &quot;it was fun&quot; or &quot;it was funny&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it depend entirely on context, i.e. should I use the reflexive verb 'divertirsi' as elaborated on &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/6797/correct-usage-of-the-verb-divertirsi&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, e.g. 'mi sono divertito' to mean fun, i.e. literally 'I funned myself' and then 'è stato divertente' to mean 'it was funny?' &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or should I really use 'buffo' for 'funny' and 'divertente' for 'fun'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3854" LastEditorUserId="3854" LastEditDate="2017-10-25T07:19:23.233" LastActivityDate="2017-10-25T22:22:01.493" Title="&quot;Divertente&quot;: when does it mean 'fun' or 'funny' in Italian?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8658" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8662" CreationDate="2017-10-17T06:42:29.163" Score="6" ViewCount="508" Body="&lt;p&gt;There must be a difference between &quot;familiare&quot; and &quot;parente&quot;, since they are both used in the extract below, but what is it? Can &quot;familiare&quot; be used as &quot;acquaintance&quot;?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La famiglia italiana è un ufficio di collocamento per i figli: un connazionale su tre dice d'aver trovato l'occupazione grazie a familiari e parenti. Metà degli ingegneri, il 40 per cento dei dentisti e il 25 per cento dei notai hanno ereditato il mestiere dei genitori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-10-17T07:00:39.143" LastActivityDate="2017-10-17T14:02:32.660" Title="What is the difference between &quot;familiare&quot; and &quot;parente&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8660" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8661" CreationDate="2017-10-17T09:42:18.740" Score="2" ViewCount="756" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nel museo di Reims&lt;/em&gt;, di Daniele Del Giudice, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È come con la musica, anche per quella ci dev'essere un deposito nella mente, e quando è cosí buio se mi sforzo riesco a risentire brani interi, è una macchina difficile da mettere in moto all'inizio ma dopo non c'è modi da fermarla, comincia con il solo tema, una alla volta si aggiungono le &lt;strong&gt;tramature&lt;/strong&gt; e gli accenti, entrano le armonie, la musica si gonfia, passa dalla testa alle orecchie, ma non per via interna, passa da fuori, come se davvero io la ascoltassi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cosa sono &quot;le tramature&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;tramatura&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-10-18T07:14:31.270" Title="Cosa significa &quot;tramatura&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8660" CreationDate="2017-10-17T09:49:40.753" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;tramatura&lt;/strong&gt; deriva da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trama/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;trama&lt;/a&gt;, che insieme all'ordito costituiscono lo scheletro di un tessuto. Nel passaggio da te indicato il termine viene usato in modo figurato per indicare lo schema, la struttura che il brano musicale segue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio il termine tramatura viene largamente usato nell'industria dei tessuti di carbonio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tessuto di carbonio 90g/m², larghezza 1m. Per ali stampati, fusoliere&#xA;  ultraleggeri e rigidi. Filamento molto sottile (1K) e &lt;strong&gt;tramatura&lt;/strong&gt; tela.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-18T07:14:31.270" LastActivityDate="2017-10-18T07:14:31.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8658" CreationDate="2017-10-17T14:02:32.660" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Familiare&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;famigliare&lt;/em&gt;) and &lt;em&gt;parente&lt;/em&gt; are mostly synonyms, both meaning “relative”, a member of the same family.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am ready to stand corrected, but my impression is that the writer just intended to stress his thesis about the familist approach in finding a job, rather than distinguishing two actually different categories. It would be a kind of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dittologia&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;dittologia sinonimica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, the figure of speech consisting in highlighting a concept by saying it twice using synonyms (&lt;em&gt;felice e contento&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;canuto e bianco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;passi tardi e lenti&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, the writer might have been influenced by some actual, often used, phrases as &lt;em&gt;amici e parenti&lt;/em&gt; (“friends and relatives”) or &lt;em&gt;parenti e affini&lt;/em&gt; (“blood and in-law relatives”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-10-17T14:02:32.660" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8663" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8664" CreationDate="2017-10-20T09:47:10.253" Score="8" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dictionary translates 'duck' as 'anatra' and 'anitra'. I googled for difference explanation and found in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.duolingo.com/comment/419887/The-duck&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this topic&lt;/a&gt; that Italians use 'papera'. So, how should I call duck in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3919" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-20T12:16:18.290" LastActivityDate="2017-10-20T12:16:18.290" Title="Duck translation" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8663" CreationDate="2017-10-20T10:06:31.327" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anatra&lt;/em&gt; refers to the wild animal while &lt;em&gt;papera&lt;/em&gt; refers to the same animal considered as a pet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/anatre-oche-cigni_%28Enciclopedia-dei-ragazzi%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il germano reale (Anas platyrhynchos) e l'oca selvatica (Anser anser)&#xA;sono allevati da almeno 2.500 anni e hanno dato origine&#xA;rispettivamente all'&lt;em&gt;anatra domestica&lt;/em&gt;, detta anche &lt;em&gt;papera&lt;/em&gt;, e all'oca&#xA;domestica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/anitra_%28Enciclopedia-Dantesca%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Anitra&lt;/a&gt; is an old fashioned word for anatra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can use both (even if I prefer anatra for &lt;em&gt;duck&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-10-20T10:56:15.270" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8665" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8666" CreationDate="2017-10-21T19:14:03.297" Score="-1" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hi I have this address here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Name Surname &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;building &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chieri TO 10023 &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italy&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have removed bits to hide their information. &#xA;What is the city, postcode and state of the address?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3938" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-21T21:20:32.200" LastActivityDate="2017-10-23T06:43:00.120" Title="What is the format to send a parcel to Italy?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2017-10-21T22:22:19.707" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8665" CreationDate="2017-10-21T20:12:17.390" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The city is Chieri in the Torino’s province (which abbreviation is TO) and the post code is 10023.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each province in Italy as a two characters abbreviation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also the post code is a five digits number that follows a sort of rule for which the principal city of each province has a post code ending in 100. For example for Torino the post code is 10100 and each city in this province has a five digits post code starting with 10. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The state is obviously Italy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-10-23T06:43:00.120" LastActivityDate="2017-10-23T06:43:00.120" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8667" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8677" CreationDate="2017-10-22T16:16:05.540" Score="7" ViewCount="629" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was trying to explain to a friend of mine (who is not Italian) the differences between these sentences, but I discovered I may not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi sono mangiato una pizza ai quattro formaggi.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho mangiato una pizza ai quattro formaggi.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was thinking the first was used as emphasis, but I have the habit to use the first instead of the second sentence, which means I am overusing that kind of sentence, or it's not really used as emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the first sentence really used as emphasis, or does it have a different use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that a beginner in Italian should probably stay away from the first type of sentences, but my friend asked why I use the first sentence when she would expect me to use the second one.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Probably, if I were able to find the equivalent of &lt;em&gt;mi sono mangiato una pizza ai quattro formaggi&lt;/em&gt; in American, I would help my friend better, but I would like better to give an explanation of when to use the first type of sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-22T16:36:31.847" LastActivityDate="2017-10-26T15:42:41.363" Title="When is a sentence like &quot;mi sono mangiato una pizza ai quattro formaggi&quot; used?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8667" CreationDate="2017-10-22T19:50:56.067" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand what you're trying to say, but in reality, you may be making it more difficult for yourself than it has to be. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IT to EN:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Look at the literal translations (here's where we get a laugh at languages and have a little fun):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I ate (myself) a four-cheese pizza...&quot;&#xA;vs.&#xA;&quot;I ate a four-cheese pizza...&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Depending on where you are in America, you may hear both expressions, including the first one with the &quot;myself&quot; added to it (Southern, middle american dialects).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simplified, it is just an informal vs. formal kind of unwritten rule.  I sometimes find myself using &quot;bad Italian&quot; when I'm speaking with family/close friends, but at the same time, I'm not saying it's &quot;bad italian,&quot; because in language we have a tendency to utilize different expressions within context, comfort, and habit.  Just like there is no such thing as &quot;bad food&quot; from a nutritionist's standpoint, there is no such thing as &quot;bad Italian&quot; -- well, in this case. &#xA;I hope this helps&#xA;Ciao,&#xA;Raffaele&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3910" LastActivityDate="2017-10-22T19:50:56.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8669" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-22T21:15:01.123" Score="6" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiorume&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; says that &lt;em&gt;fiorume&lt;/em&gt; derives form &lt;em&gt;fiore&lt;/em&gt;, but I am intrigued by the semantic relationship between the two words, namely what sense of &lt;em&gt;fiore&lt;/em&gt; may have originated &lt;em&gt;fiorume&lt;/em&gt;. I’ve looked up &lt;em&gt;fiorume&lt;/em&gt; in two dictionaries:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fiorume s. m. [der. di &lt;em&gt;fiore&lt;/em&gt;]. – Tritume che residua dal fieno, composto di semi, fiori, parti di foglie, ecc.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiorume&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;(Treccani)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;AGR Tritume di fieno che resta nei fienili&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/F/fiorume.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;(Dizionario Hoepli Italiano di Aldo Gabrielli)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I thought maybe it is called &lt;em&gt;fiorume&lt;/em&gt; because it is to a large extent made up of flowers; but I wouldn’t expect flowers to be a significant part of what’s left of hay in a barn. Or maybe it comes from &lt;em&gt;fiore&lt;/em&gt; in the sense of ‘best of something’; if &lt;em&gt;fiorume&lt;/em&gt; contains lots of seeds maybe it could be very nutritious for animals. But I’m uncertain about this too. In my native Portuguese the suffix &lt;em&gt;-ume&lt;/em&gt; often has a negative connotation, but I don’t known whether that is also the case in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So that’s what I’d like to know. Why is that stuff called &lt;em&gt;fiorume&lt;/em&gt;? Because it’s made of flowers? Is the best part of the hay? Some other reason?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2954" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-23T07:52:27.510" LastActivityDate="2017-10-23T16:44:14.823" Title="Origin of “fiorume” and its semantic relationship with “fiore”" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8669" CreationDate="2017-10-23T16:07:33.233" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=fiorume&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fiorume&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;residuo del fieno ammucchiato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Etimologia: ← propr. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pegg. di fiore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Garzanti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As suggested by the article below, the “negative” connotation that fiorume suggests is probably derived from the fact that it refers to the residual part of hay (hay was considered most valuable because it was used to feed animals which produced milk and meat); but this residual part actually contains important seeds of different species which could be used to improve grass production in the existing fields. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.biodiversita.lombardia.it/sito/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=102:introduzione&amp;amp;catid=87&amp;amp;showall=&amp;amp;limitstart=2&amp;amp;Itemid=794&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fiorume&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I nostri nonni sapevano che il miscuglio di semi che si deposita sul pavimento dei fienili può essere utilizzato per creare un nuovo prato o per migliorare un prato esistente.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Oggi chiamiamo fiorume non solo il residuo che si raccoglie nei fienili, ma anche e soprattutto un miscuglio di semi di elevato pregio naturalistico, intenzionalmente prodotto a partire da un prato naturale o semi naturale mediante trebbiatura diretta del fieno. Se il prato donatore è ricco di specie vegetali, il fiorume ne rispecchierà la biodiversità, e, se tali specie sono pure autoctone, la semente rappresenterà un materiale di alta qualità per inerbimenti e ripristini ambientali.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.biodiversita.lombardia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riferimenti al fiorume ci sono già all’inizio del '700 come in  &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=qtJQAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA423&amp;amp;dq=%22fiorume%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjG7dKlk4fXAhUrDMAKHcRdCg0Q6AEIJTAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22fiorume%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“L'economia del cittadino in villa&lt;/a&gt;” di Vincenzo Tanara (1713):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;E perche non resti il primo anno affatto infruttuoso, se li può poner faue, col sopra seminarsi Trifoglio, ò fiorume di fenile, &amp;amp; a questo modo haurai l'vtile della faua, senza dimagrare il terreno, come succederia se ci seminasti rape, ò miglio, come consegliano alcuni, riportandone ancor qualch'vtile dall'herba del Trifoglio, ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-23T16:44:14.823" LastActivityDate="2017-10-23T16:44:14.823" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8524" CreationDate="2017-10-24T14:08:03.213" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am no expert in Italian grammar, but according to &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.openstarts.units.it/bitstream/10077/7981/6/Pippa.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;, the construction &quot;venire&quot; + gerundio has, in Italian, a slightly different connotation that in Spanish and Portuguese. It says that (translated and pharaprased):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;While in Spanish it has a connotation of moving toward the present or to a specific moment, in Italian it has more of a connotation of a continuous action that goes towards its conclusion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe &quot;andare&quot; + gerundio is a similar construct. I think it is a special construction of the present progressive, and would say that it's not used so much anymore (also with &quot;venire&quot; as auxiliary).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For me (I am mother tongue), the explanation of the link above seems correct, because the sentence gives me the impression that the action is not yet complete, even tough in this context it is meant to recall the attention on the nature of the exposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would translate with something like &quot;In 25 chapters he exposes (or jots down) the philosophy of the famous Newton&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3371" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-25T13:37:13.930" LastActivityDate="2017-10-25T13:37:13.930" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8524" CreationDate="2017-10-25T13:35:08.160" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/strutture-perifrastiche_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;perifrastic&lt;/a&gt; construction with the verb &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt; followed by a gerund is a normal, today perhaps slightly elaborate, construction in past and present Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Formally, it is one kind of &lt;em&gt;perifrasi verbale gerundivale&lt;/em&gt;, together with those with &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt; + gerund. Its meaning is of a continuous action: a developing state of thing, mostly where something is increasing, sometimes with a sense of contemporaneity with something else. For instance,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mentre discutevamo sul da farsi, la situazione andava peggiorando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is mostly used with “verbi telici durativi (cioè ... verbi che designano eventi di durata prolungata che hanno una conclusione)”, that is, verbs denoting prolonged events which may have an ending, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la sala si andava riempiendo di gente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while we wouldn't say *“&lt;em&gt;andava lavorando&lt;/em&gt;”, since there is no end to working as such.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(See the link above – in Italian – for a more in-depth covering and more examples.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for its use in the 18th century, Da Ponte's lines in &lt;em&gt;Le nozze di Figaro&lt;/em&gt; come to mind:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non più &lt;em&gt;andrai&lt;/em&gt;, farfallone amoroso,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  notte e giorno d'intorno &lt;em&gt;girando&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-10-25T13:35:08.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8676" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8656" CreationDate="2017-10-25T22:22:01.493" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;On a dictionary, I find that (as adjective, of course) &lt;em&gt;fun&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;amusing&lt;/em&gt;, whereas &lt;em&gt;funny&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;causing amusement&lt;/em&gt;; there are other meanings, but just this suffices to clear up the main difference in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian &lt;em&gt;divertente&lt;/em&gt; can be both. An example for &lt;em&gt;fun&lt;/em&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a fun evening&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and one for &lt;em&gt;funny&lt;/em&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a funny story&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian the two phrases can be rendered&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;una serata divertente&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  una storia divertente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something &lt;em&gt;buffo&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;divertente&lt;/em&gt;, but they are not exact synonyms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-10-25T22:22:01.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8667" CreationDate="2017-10-26T15:36:07.427" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The new edition of the Devoto-Oli dictionary, edited by Luca Serianni and Maurizio Trifone, devotes a &quot;Questioni di stile&quot; box to this phenomenon:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; viene spesso usato con un pronome atono con valore intensivo: &lt;em&gt;mi mangio un gelato&lt;/em&gt;. Mentre la frase &lt;em&gt;mangio un gelato&lt;/em&gt; descrive l’azione in modo neutro e oggettivo, la frase con il pronome atono esprime una maggiore partecipazione del soggetto all’azione, quasi a sottolineare il piacere con cui si gusta il gelato. Questo uso espressivo dei pronomi atoni &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; con i verbi transitivi, inizialmente molto esteso nell’italiano regionale del Centro e del Sud, è oggi diffuso in tutta Italia ed è ormai pienamente accettato. Nei tempi composti il passaggio dalla forma attiva a quella pronominale comporta il cambio di ausiliare: &lt;em&gt;ho mangiato un gelato&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;mi sono mangiato un gelato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Summarising: &lt;em&gt;mi mangio un gelato&lt;/em&gt; has an intensive value, expressing a greater participation to the action, as if to highlight the pleasure being had in eating the ice cream. It is a construction initially found in Central-Southern Italian, but now it is spread in the whole of Italy.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More information can be found in the article about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dativo-etico_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Dativo etico”&lt;/a&gt; of Treccani's &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt;, which talks of a “valore affettivo-intensivo, atto a segnalare una più attiva e sentita partecipazione del soggetto all’azione”. See also the article about the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-pronominali_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Verbi pronominali”&lt;/a&gt;, that is, on the verbs that for various reasons (reflexive etc.) are constructed with a personal pronoun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-10-26T15:42:41.363" LastActivityDate="2017-10-26T15:42:41.363" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8679" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-10-30T06:51:03.663" Score="3" ViewCount="356" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Cina è un grande paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa che è un paese importante, eccezionale, straordinario...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Cina è un paese grande.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa che è geograficamente molto esteso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come sono chiamati gli aggettivi che, come &lt;em&gt;grande&lt;/em&gt; nell'esempio, cambiano significato a seconda che siano posizionati prima o dopo il sostantivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2017-10-30T06:51:03.663" Title="Esiste un nome per gli aggettivi che cambiano significato a seconda della posizione?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8683" CreationDate="2017-10-31T17:43:26.383" Score="2" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Natale a Marradi: l'ultimo Natale di Dino Campana&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dentro al fascicolo c'era anche la «&lt;strong&gt;modula&lt;/strong&gt;», che io poi ho pubblicato,  del 1909: in cui l'ufficiale sanitario del comune di Marradi, dottor Pellegrini, parlava di «alcolismo» e scriveva: «Il malato ha un odio speciale colla sua mamma, che è dovuta andar via di casa». Dalla &lt;strong&gt;modula&lt;/strong&gt; al fascicolo rimbalzava quella diagnosi di «demenza precoce», che nei fascicoli dei matti era una delle formule piú ricorrenti e che dovrebbe servirci ancora oggi, per interpretare la vicenda di Dino Campana dal punto di vista clinico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;modula&quot; in questo brano. L'ho cercato, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-10-31T21:25:39.530" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;modula&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8682" CreationDate="2017-10-31T21:25:39.530" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato qui &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizy.com/it/voce/modula&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.dizy.com/it/voce/modula&lt;/a&gt; questa definizione (Dizionario Tommaseo-Bellini del 1865-1879):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Modula&lt;/strong&gt; - [T.] S. f. Modello di scritto, per lo più breve, che debba Servire di documento, e che molti debbano ricopiare e sottoscrivere, concepito con le formole stesse per ch'abbia valore e non accadano sbagli. T. Modula d'una ricevuta. Femm. Siccome Moda da Modo. Non è del ling. Fare stampare la modula delle ricevute. – Module de' registri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica, lo stesso significato che oggi si dà al sostantivo &quot;modulo&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Formulario per la stesura di scritture determinate nell'ambito di una amministrazione pubblica o privata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal testo mi sembra si parli di una specie di referto medico, magari stampato con spazi appositi da compilare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-10-31T21:25:39.530" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8684" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8685" CreationDate="2017-11-01T11:29:10.517" Score="1" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Natale a Marradi: l'ultimo Natale di Dino Campana&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Invece i documenti c'erano e Tizio lo sapeva bene. Fortunatamente per me, non tutti erano importanti. C'era la minutaglia di carte che si può trovare in un Comune, a proposito di un cittadino nato e residente; c'erano parecchi «&lt;strong&gt;fogli di via&lt;/strong&gt;» dell'autorità di Pubblica Sicurezza; c'era la chiamata alle armi per la leva (ma Dino, a vent'anni, il servizio militare lo aveva già fatto come volontario).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano fa riferimento ai documenti trovati dallo scrittore nel municipio di Marradi, paese natale di Dino Campana. Non capisco il significato di &quot;fogli di via&quot; in questo passaggio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/foglio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato queste definizioni di &quot;foglio di via&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;F. di via&lt;/em&gt;, documento provvisorio rilasciato dall’Ispettorato della motorizzazione civile, che consente la circolazione delle vetture non ancora immatricolate e per le quali non è stata ancora pagata la tassa di circolazione. Con altro senso, &lt;em&gt;f. di via&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;di viaggio&lt;/em&gt;, documento di viaggio gratuito rilasciato in particolari casi a militari oppure a persone che, in stato di necessità, devono rientrare al paese d’origine o recarsi in una località determinata; &lt;em&gt;f. di via obbligatorio&lt;/em&gt;, documento col quale il questore può disporre il rimpatrio, cioè il rinvio al luogo di residenza, di persone sottoposte a diffida e ritenute pericolose per la sicurezza pubblica o la pubblica moralità (il provvedimento implica l’inibizione a ritornare nel comune dal quale sono state allontanate). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non riesco a vedere a quale o quali accezioni possano corrispondere i &quot;fogli di via&quot; che appaiono nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-01T20:33:30.160" Title="Cosa significa &quot;foglio di via&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8685" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8684" CreationDate="2017-11-01T11:41:44.230" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'accezione è l'ultima indicata dal vocabolario Treccani. In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.campanadino.it/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=282:il-foglio-di-via-da-genova-29-marzo-1913&amp;amp;catid=33:biografia&amp;amp;Itemid=58&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa pagina&lt;/a&gt; si può vedere la riproduzione di uno dei fogli di via che Dino Campana ha ricevuto durante la sua vita, per i comportamenti giudicati &quot;strani&quot; o violenti o perturbatori dell'ordine pubblico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="1754" LastEditDate="2017-11-01T20:33:30.160" LastActivityDate="2017-11-01T20:33:30.160" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8686" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-01T22:08:12.257" Score="5" ViewCount="1716" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where can I find an Italian phonetic transcription dictionary like CMUDict is for US English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;CMUSphinx says that they have Italian pronunciation dictionary, but I cannot find it for download anywhere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is no such a thing, from which dictionary can I easily extract Italian phonetics?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3956" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-01T22:31:10.043" LastActivityDate="2017-11-02T09:49:26.413" Title="Phonetic transcription dictionary" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;sound&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8686" CreationDate="2017-11-01T22:35:28.217" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;A good Italian pronunciation dictionary is&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/ricerca.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;DOP&lt;/a&gt;, Dizionario d’ortografia e di pronunzia della RAI.&#xA;At this dictionary, you can see phonetic transcriptions and listen to the pronunciation of words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-01T22:35:28.217" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8686" CreationDate="2017-11-02T09:43:44.947" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found the CMU Sphinx's whole acoustic model for Italian.&#xA;The *.tar.gz contains the pronunciation dictionary. And it is, unfortunately, terrible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, according to it &quot;zucchero&quot; should be pronounced as if written &quot;zucero&quot;,&#xA;digraphs like &quot;ll&quot; aren't referenced as one phoneme and some accents are missing, and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can download the model at:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://sourceforge.net/projects/cmusphinx/files/Acoustic%20and%20Language%20Models/Italian/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://sourceforge.net/projects/cmusphinx/files/Acoustic%20and%20Language%20Models/Italian/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then you find the *.dic file within the archive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But there must exist some dictionary that can be turned into similarly mapped file.&#xA;Does anybody know about it? A PDF or something!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3957" LastEditorUserId="3957" LastEditDate="2017-11-02T09:49:26.413" LastActivityDate="2017-11-02T09:49:26.413" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8690" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8693" CreationDate="2017-11-03T09:24:01.370" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Danubio&lt;/em&gt;, di Claudio Magris, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In una splendida pagina, il 18 marzo 1936, egli &lt;strong&gt;annota&lt;/strong&gt; una conversazione fra Gorki e Malraux, giunto in visita nell'URSS. È un'instantanea fulminante dell'ottusità, dalla quale nessuno è al riparo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi l'autore spiega la conversazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/annotare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che il verbo &quot;annotare&quot; può avere queste accezioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; Segnare, registrare una cosa, prenderne nota: &lt;em&gt;a. un fatto importante; a. una data nel taccuino; a. diligentemente le spese; a. a credito&lt;/em&gt;, accreditare. &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Corredare di note, postillare, commentare: &lt;em&gt;a. un poema, una raccolta di leggi&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non riesco a capire a quale di queste due accezioni corrisponda il verbo &quot;annotare&quot; usato nel passaggio precedente. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-03T10:32:13.940" Title="A quale accezione si riferisce il verbo &quot;annotare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8691" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8690" CreationDate="2017-11-03T09:37:22.013" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'accezione che si adatta al passaggio da te indicato è la prima, anche se si potrebbe utilizzare (oltre a segnare, registrare una cosa, prenderne nota) la parola &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;riporta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; al posto di annota.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riportare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani per riportare&lt;/a&gt; (significato 2b.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b. Di discorsi, notizie, passi di libri, ecc., farli conoscere,&#xA;comunicarli ad altri a voce o per scritto, citarli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti l'autore, tramite una testimonianza di chi era presente a quell'evento, spiega poi il contenuto della conversazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-11-03T09:37:22.013" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8690" CreationDate="2017-11-03T10:32:13.940" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che l'accezione più probabile sia la prima (registrare). La seconda (corredare di note, commentare) non mi sembra adeguata perché nel brano citato si parla di «pagina» e di «istantanea fulminante», che danno l'idea di qualcosa di breve e sintetico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-11-03T10:32:13.940" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5950" CreationDate="2017-11-04T13:32:13.220" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here ce means it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proper translation could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it's not you who has the bag (it), then where is the bag.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A bad but literal translation could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you don't have it, where is the bag?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se tu non cel'hai&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;also means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are without a penis (ie. dickless), which also means, if you have no guts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since borsa is also the stock market, it could also mean&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you have no guts, then what the heck are you doing with your stock market skills.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian language can be quite flexible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3869" LastActivityDate="2017-11-04T13:32:13.220" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8697" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8698" CreationDate="2017-11-06T11:45:23.590" Score="2" ViewCount="838" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Danubio&lt;/em&gt;, di Claudio Magris, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'isola di Brăila, lunga 60 chilometri e compresa fra il braccio principale del Danubio e il Danubio vecchio, è un Eden liquido e &lt;strong&gt;alcinesco&lt;/strong&gt;, in cui regna il giunco e presso il quale i goti, come ricorda Gibbon, accettarono di consegnare ai romani le loro donne e i loro figli, ma non le loro armi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;alcinesco&quot; in questo brano: non ho trovato questo aggettivo in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino che abbia a che vedere con l'Alcina dell'&lt;em&gt;Orlando Furioso&lt;/em&gt;, ma non riesco a cogliere il senso di questa parola. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-22T10:31:22.597" Title="Cosa significa &quot;alcinesco&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8697" CreationDate="2017-11-06T12:05:07.273" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quello che ne riesco a capire, si tratta infatti di un riferimento all'Alcina dell'&lt;em&gt;Orlando Furioso&lt;/em&gt;, una fata risiedente in un isola incantata che seduceva e poi trasformava in piante tutti coloro che vi si recavano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso credo che &lt;em&gt;alcinesco&lt;/em&gt; sia usato come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;fatato&lt;/em&gt; (o forse &lt;em&gt;ammaliante&lt;/em&gt;), a maggior ragione perché si riferisce ad un isola. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-11-06T12:05:07.273" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8699" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8700" CreationDate="2017-11-06T12:59:18.560" Score="6" ViewCount="1990" Body="&lt;p&gt;While filling out an address form, I came across the field &quot;Utenza fissa&quot;. I checked dictionaries and online translators. The result was not very satisfying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found the following meanings for &quot;Utenza fissa&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fixed user&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fixed utility&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and combinations of the words &quot;fixed&quot; and &quot;utility&quot; with other words, none of which made sense.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;My personal guess would be &quot;Username&quot;. &lt;em&gt;What is the translation of &quot;Utenza fissa&quot;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3232" LastEditorUserId="3232" LastEditDate="2018-08-30T12:47:50.080" LastActivityDate="2018-08-30T12:47:50.080" Title="What is a &quot;utenza fissa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8699" CreationDate="2017-11-06T13:16:16.113" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can depend on the context, but the term &lt;em&gt;utenza fissa&lt;/em&gt; is often used to denote a landline telephone number, for example see &lt;a href=&quot;http://tariffe.segugio.it/guide-e-strumenti/domande-frequenti/come-si-attiva-un-utenza-telefonica-fissa.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilgiornale.it/news/tecnologia/profezia-sul-telefono-lutenza-fissa-scomparir-2018-1231353.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Utenza&lt;/strong&gt; is a generic term that means an account with some utility provider. A priori it could refer to electricity, gas or many other things. What makes me think it is referring to the phone number is the term &lt;strong&gt;fissa&lt;/strong&gt;. In Italian a &lt;em&gt;telefono fisso&lt;/em&gt; (lit. fixed phone) is a landline phone as opposed to a &lt;em&gt;mobile phone&lt;/em&gt; (which is after all the only kind of phone you can move around). While there are other kinds of unmovable utilities, the only one which has commonly both a fixed and a mobile version is the phone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the term &lt;strong&gt;utenza fissa&lt;/strong&gt; in this sense is rather bureaucratic and would never be used in common conversation. Normally people would say &lt;em&gt;numero fisso&lt;/em&gt; instead or even just &lt;em&gt;un fisso&lt;/em&gt; (lit. a fixed one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-11-06T13:16:16.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8701" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-06T22:22:07.343" Score="2" ViewCount="5575" Body="&lt;p&gt;When my wife and I wish to compliment the chef of our local pizzeria on the excellent quality of the night's pizzas (pizze!) should we follow the English noun-&quot;Bravas!&quot;, the Italian noun-&quot;Brave!&quot; or simply use the English loanword-&quot;Bravo!&quot;? If it was just one pizza, using the same logic, would it be Bravo or Brava?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is all food in Italian feminine? This would simplify matters as I couldn't handle the complication of several courses, some masculine, some feminine, in which case I might have to say &quot;Bravi!&quot;. Is that correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3975" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-07T08:22:00.113" LastActivityDate="2017-11-07T08:22:00.113" Title="Bravo, brave, or bravas?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8701" CreationDate="2017-11-06T22:37:46.137" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you say “Bravo”, you don't refer to the meal (or the music played, or whatever). You are saying that the person itself – chef, actor, musician, pupil – is &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt;, that is, good at doing whatever they have done.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if the chef is a male, you'll tell him “Bravo!”, while if the chef is a female the corresponding form is “Brava!”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While not actual duplicates, you might find both &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1880/can-i-say-bravo-to-a-female-performer&quot;&gt;this question and its answers&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5220/difference-between-bravo-and-buono&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt; to be relevant to your doubt.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, as you suggest, certainly not all food is feminine in Italian: &lt;em&gt;l'antipasto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il risotto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il timballo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;l'arrosto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il bollito&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il contorno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il dolce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il gelato&lt;/em&gt;... are all masculine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-11-06T22:37:46.137" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8701" CreationDate="2017-11-06T22:39:20.527" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;You would say 'Brava', 'Bravo' to a female, male person respectively, and 'Bravi' would be used for more than one person. These could be used for other living beings such as animals, but not for food. So to compliment the chef you'd say to them 'Bravo' or 'Brava' depending whether they are male or female. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not all food is feminine. For example 'l'uovo' (egg) and 'il pane'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3488" LastActivityDate="2017-11-06T22:39:20.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8704" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-07T08:31:32.293" Score="7" ViewCount="13234" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il modo di dire “la rava e la fava” è molto comune e come precisato sotto si usa in riferimento a spiegazioni fin troppo dettagliate. L’origine citata dal dizionario Hoepli mi sembra un po’ “fantasiosa”; mi chiedo se qualcuno abbia maggiori informazioni a riguardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/F/fava.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dalla rava alla fava&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (pop):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dettagliatamente, esaurientemente, con grande dovizia di particolari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si può supporre derivi dall'immagine di una pianticella descritta in ogni sua parte, dalla radice al frutto; da qui l'idea di partire dalle cose più importanti per arrivare alle minuzie, senza trascurare nemmeno le piccolezze. Per arrivare alla rima con fava si sarebbe trasformata in rava la voce dialettale “rama”, che in molte località sta per “rami”, quindi frasche e fogliame.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-12-14T20:42:54.980" LastActivityDate="2021-05-25T12:49:18.383" Title="Origine di: “La rava e la fava”" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8699" CreationDate="2017-11-08T12:57:29.453" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Utenza fissa almost always stands for 'landline telephone' opposed to 'utenza mobile' or 'cellulare' which is a mobile line. (I'm italian and I've always heard it in these terms).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For practical use, in Italy, if you see a number beginning with '0' is a landline, if it begins with '3' it's a mobile line.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastActivityDate="2017-11-08T12:57:29.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8707" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-11T23:59:17.327" Score="4" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this &quot;imperativo&quot; or &quot;riflessivo&quot;?&#xA;I am confused as it has the reflexive pronoun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had a look on books and net but cannot find a definite answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao e grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-11-12T13:06:54.217" LastActivityDate="2017-11-12T13:06:54.217" Title="What mood is &quot;Non ti arrabbiare!&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;moods&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8707" CreationDate="2017-11-12T09:27:22.433" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb is “arrabbiarsi”, in reflexive form. The mood is imperative. When the imperative (second person singular) is used in a negative sentence, the infinitive must replace the normal inflected form: &lt;em&gt;non fare agli altri…&lt;/em&gt; versus &lt;em&gt;fa’ agli altri…&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-11-12T09:27:22.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8709" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2017-11-13T09:00:02.537" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2017-11-13T09:00:02.537" LastActivityDate="2017-11-13T09:00:02.537" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8710" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2017-11-13T09:00:02.537" Score="0" Body="This is a special tag that is designed to be used only by the system for questions that have had all of their other tags removed. Do not add this tag to existing questions, it is reserved for use by the system to identify posts with no valid tags." OwnerUserId="3003" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2017-11-13T13:37:07.307" LastActivityDate="2017-11-13T13:37:07.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8711" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8712" CreationDate="2017-11-13T10:03:40.540" Score="3" ViewCount="408" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;E il tuo dimon son io&lt;/em&gt; di Michele Mari, tratto dal libro &lt;em&gt;Tu, sanguinosa infanzia&lt;/em&gt;, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Non era piú niente, una spoglia secca, una &lt;em&gt;forma&lt;/em&gt;, capisci, nient'altro che un involucro vuoto in cui, giorno dopo giorno per anni, tu hai continuato a versare inutile odio. Gli attribuivi oceani di soddisfazione e un costante, interiore &lt;strong&gt;firulí firulà&lt;/strong&gt; ma soffrivi per niente, perché Baldini era giú con me nell'abiso gelato ed io me lo tenevo ben stretto, e vuoi sapere una cosa che ti farà piacere? &lt;em&gt;urlava&lt;/em&gt;, non ha smesso di urlare nemmeno adesso».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione, &quot;firulí firulà&quot; è nuova per me. Non l'ho trovata in nessun dizionario, ma una ricerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere che appare nel testo di alcune canzoni. Me ne potreste spiegare il senso nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-13T19:21:19.700" Title="Cosa significa &quot;firulí firulà&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8711" CreationDate="2017-11-13T14:28:51.330" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già detto in un commento, “firulì firulà” in genere evoca un fischiettare allegro e spensierato, o il suono di strumenti a fiato di registro acuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto, insieme agli “oceani di soddisfazione”, descrive l'apparente serenità interiore di Baldini (smentita a quel che pare dal personaggio che sta parlando).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo possono confermare, più o meno direttamente, altri brani letterari:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...subito dopo posava il tovagliolo sul tavolo per coprire le briciole che aveva fatto, fischiettando firulì firulà.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (Gaia Rayneri, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=J2tb_Up7-acC&amp;amp;pg=PA6&amp;amp;dq=%22firul%C3%AC%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj6gsi4n7zXAhVFuBoKHROfAQU4HhDoAQhVMAY#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22firul%C3%AC%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pulce non c'è&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi io le alzavo un braccio secco e facevo finta che era un piffero e dicevo firulì firulà e lei faceva il pianoforte sulla mia gamba.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (Viola Ardone, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=AIlkAXFwLWYC&amp;amp;pg=PT13&amp;amp;dq=%22firul%C3%AC%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjx6rrwn7zXAhWE1RoKHQuaD2E4PBDoAQhEMAU#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22firul%C3%AC%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La ricetta del cuore in subbuglio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e questo, questo soprattutto – come ci ricorda il suono, firulì firulà, delle zampogne –, è ciò che conta.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (Italo Calvino, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=hfSGNauo-A4C&amp;amp;pg=PT135&amp;amp;dq=%22firul%C3%AC%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwijusyin7zXAhUFnRoKHTniA2kQ6AEITjAF#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22firul%C3%AC%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Marcovaldo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-11-13T19:21:19.700" LastActivityDate="2017-11-13T19:21:19.700" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8713" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8714" CreationDate="2017-11-14T11:04:58.273" Score="6" ViewCount="2095" Body="&lt;p&gt;In an Italian book for beginners, I've seen that, to ask &quot;What day is today?&quot; in Italian, you may say &quot;Quanti ne abbiamo oggi?&quot;. This seems an odd question to me since it looks as if we were asking &quot;How many do we have today?&quot;. Could you please explain me this curious Italian expression in more detail?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-26T16:12:18.270" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T16:12:18.270" Title="Could you explain the expression &quot;quanti ne abbiamo oggi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8713" CreationDate="2017-11-14T11:27:33.440" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's an idiom, a standard phrasing Italian speakers don't even think about when using it, just like when asking in English for someone's age you apparently ask about them being more or less old, or when you stop working you “call it a day” (whom do you call a day? the day itself?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, the literal meaning would be “How many of them do we have today?”, “them” being presumably the days into the month, but it is now a stereotyped expression. On the other hand you could also, more transparently, ask: &lt;em&gt;Che giorno è oggi?&lt;/em&gt; (but it's slightly more ambiguous, since you might be asking either about the date or the day within the week).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Just to be pedant to a fault, you might ask “Quanti ne abbiamo oggi?” in other contexts too, where that &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; [= “of them”] refers to something else. For instance, you might be talking about customers waiting for you, and ask a colleague “Quanti ne abbiamo oggi?” to mean literally “How many of them [= customers] do we have today?”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-11-15T13:23:06.393" LastActivityDate="2017-11-15T13:23:06.393" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8713" CreationDate="2017-11-15T02:29:17.020" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's an idiom to ask the date, and it's a variation of the idiom &quot;Quanto ne abbiamo oggi?&quot; (using the singular).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While an Italian speaker will understand both and usually get that you're asking the date, replies might vary. eg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;15&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;15 Novembre&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;15 Novembre 2017&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The version with &quot;quanti&quot; has more room to interpretation according to the context. So in a conversation like this&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Alice: Oggi si gela!&#xA;Bruno: Quanti ne abbiamo oggi?&#xA;Alice: 15&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bruno is asking the temperature, not the date, and Alice gets that, providing the temperature in Celsius. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other people prefers to ask &quot;che giorno è oggi?&quot; But that might either refer to the day of the week or of the month, and it's a 50/50 change to get the information you want. Today I prefer to answer with both and today I would reply &quot;Mercoledì 15&quot;, but that's not the common answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to avoid confusion, ask &quot;che data è oggi?&quot;, that's the real meaning of that idiom.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="490" LastActivityDate="2017-11-15T02:29:17.020" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8716" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-15T13:50:50.490" Score="4" ViewCount="520" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo spiegone è un termine che sento usare molto di recente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico dizionario on-line in cui ho trovato la citazione di  questa parola è il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=spiegone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Spiegone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(fam.) spiegazione lunga e pedante&#xA;  - Etimologia: ← deriv. di spiegare col suff. accr. -one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine non è presente in Google Books, ma su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?ei=ZUUMWsy1MKXbgAaJmY2ICg&amp;amp;q=lo%20spiegone&amp;amp;oq=lo%20spiegone&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3..35i39k1j0j0i30k1l2j0i5i30k1.2374.2696.0.3011.3.3.0.0.0.0.100.255.2j1.3.0....0...1.1.64.psy-ab..0.3.255...0i7i10i30k1j0i13k1j0i7i30k1.0.UPvdUjFgdOI&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;internet&lt;/a&gt; si possono trovare vari casi in cui viene usato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa da dove viene questo termine, chi l'ha usato inizialmente e in quale contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-11-15T14:54:34.357" LastActivityDate="2017-11-15T14:54:34.357" Title="Da dove arriva lo &quot;spiegone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8717" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8718" CreationDate="2017-11-16T19:11:12.493" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I contadini ascoltavano sbalorditi. Perché mai – si chiedevano – questo nuovo cappellano non si limita a minacciarci l’Inferno nell’altra vita, come tutti i preti, lasciandoci poi liberi di fare in questo mondo quello che vogliamo? Inferno o Paradiso, sono fatti nostri; ma non sapevano, i tapini, che &lt;strong&gt;il più e il peggio&lt;/strong&gt; ancora dovevano arrivare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è su questa espressione,  &quot;il più e il peggio&quot;, che appare in questo brano? Si tratta di un modo di dire? Ho cercato su Internet, ma non ho trovato nessuna informazione a riguardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-16T21:02:01.647" LastActivityDate="2017-11-17T13:38:27.113" Title="&quot;Il più e il peggio&quot;: si tratta di un modo di dire?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8718" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8717" CreationDate="2017-11-16T20:15:48.587" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non si tratta di un comune modo di dire, ma &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=pi%C3%B9%20e%20peggio&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cpi%C3%B9%20e%20peggio%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;più e peggio &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è una frase che viene usata per indicare che c’è da aspettarsi dell’altro in senso negativo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Il più e il peggio” ovviamente suggerisce lo stesso concetto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Q-s7AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22pi%C3%B9%20e%20peggio%22&amp;amp;dq=%22pi%C3%B9%20e%20peggio%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjd6unQ9MPXAhXJVhQKHeL7DigQ6AEIPDAF&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sette&lt;/a&gt; settimanale del Corriere della Sera:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È la prova che il malessere siciliano non è finito, che sta cambiando sì, ma che la mafiologia e la sicilianologia annaspano &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;più e peggio della mafia.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=kKBCf2M5MmIC&amp;amp;q=%22pi%C3%B9%20e%20peggio%22&amp;amp;dq=%22pi%C3%B9%20e%20peggio%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjJ6ICh9cPXAhWFVhoKHRGsCWMQ6AEIPzAG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&#xA;Il diritto ecclesiastico e rassegna di diritto matrimoniale&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... e vertiginosa che ai tempi nostri trattiene e travolge la gioventù, e non essa sola, in cose tutte esteriori e materiali: e &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ancora più e peggio da questo generale dilagare di una immoralità&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2017-11-17T13:38:27.113" LastActivityDate="2017-11-17T13:38:27.113" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8721" CreationDate="2017-11-17T07:43:37.927" Score="2" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;,  di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto queste parole pronunciate da un prete del Seicento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Io, Dio solo in tre Persone, vi domando: che fine hanno fatto, in questi anni, le decime che mi erano dovute? E gli &lt;strong&gt;apendizii&lt;/strong&gt;, e i donatici, legati per tradizione a tutte le feste del calendario liturgico, e ai nomi dei miei santi Martiri, chi me li ha sottratti? E il diritto di macinare, e di trarre acqua, e di avere tante carre di legna ad ogni inverno, che stanno scritti negli atti dei notai, quali piedi sacrileghi li hanno calpestati?».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cosa sono questi &quot;apendizii&quot;: non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario. Qualcuno di voi ne sa qualcosa? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-17T08:31:00.163" Title="Cosa sono gli &quot;apendizii&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8720" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8723" CreationDate="2017-11-17T07:59:52.993" Score="4" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;portable computer&lt;/em&gt; non c'è dubbio: &lt;em&gt;computer portatile&lt;/em&gt;, ma tradurre &lt;em&gt;portable installation&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;installazione portatile&lt;/em&gt; mi suona male, cosa potrei usare in alternativa? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Installazione portabile&lt;/em&gt; è corretto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un paio di frasi di esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;To run ABC using this portable installation, you need to add the&#xA;appropriate binary directory to the search path...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The option XYZ installs for portable use on, e.g., a USB stick.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso di &lt;em&gt;portable&lt;/em&gt; più vicino a ciò che sto cercando è &lt;em&gt;standalone&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portable_application&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portable_application&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2017-11-21T09:41:16.187" LastActivityDate="2017-11-21T09:41:16.187" Title="Come tradurreste &quot;portable&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8719" CreationDate="2017-11-17T08:31:00.163" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Visto che si parla di decime e donatici (in pratica, tasse e balzelli), direi che &quot;apendizii&quot; è una grafia leggermente diversa di &quot;appendizi&quot; o &quot;appendizie&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riporto qui la definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=appendizie&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=appendizie&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;appendizi n.m. pl. (dir.) prestazioni accessorie gratuite o regalie in&#xA;  prodotti agricoli dovute usualmente dall’affittuario o dal mezzadro al&#xA;  proprietario del terreno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Deriva dalla radice &quot;appendice&quot; che significa &quot;parte aggiunta&quot;, nel senso appunto che si tratta di prestazioni aggiuntive rispetto a quanto già dovuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-11-17T08:31:00.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8720" CreationDate="2017-11-17T16:59:30.227" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io mi servirei di una perifrasi, supponendo che con il concetto di installazione portatile tu intenda una versione live di un software, direi &quot;programma pronto all'uso&quot;. Se intendi invece un programma di installazione che puoi trasferire da un supporto all'altro, direi che si può usare direttamente &quot;l'eseguibile&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4002" LastActivityDate="2017-11-17T16:59:30.227" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8720" CreationDate="2017-11-17T23:22:54.783" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La definizione corretta non credo sia &quot;applicazione portatile&quot; ma &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Applicazione_portabile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;applicazione portabile&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. Alcuni software (come ad esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.freeoffice.com/it/consigli-e-trucchi-installazione-mobile&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;FreeOffice&lt;/a&gt;) utilizzano l'espressione &quot;&lt;strong&gt;applicazione mobile&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, che se però letta come se &quot;mobile&quot; fosse una parola inglese, potrebbe creare confusione e far pensare che ci si riferisca a software per dispositivi mobili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2017-11-17T23:22:54.783" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8724" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-18T17:55:26.080" Score="5" ViewCount="641" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché si usa &quot;il fine settimana/weekend&quot; invece di &quot;la fine settimana/weekend&quot;, siccome il fine significa metà o obiettivo mentre la fine significa fondo o conclusione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4008" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-16T14:02:31.517" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T14:02:31.517" Title="Il fine settimana/weekend: perché è maschile invece di femminile?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8725" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8724" CreationDate="2017-11-18T18:47:42.107" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'Accademia della Crusca spiega che probabilmente è mutuato dall'inglese&#xA; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/genere-fine-settimana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/genere-fine-settimana&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4002" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-20T21:38:34.433" LastActivityDate="2017-11-20T21:38:34.433" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8726" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8727" CreationDate="2017-11-19T18:56:02.893" Score="3" ViewCount="3663" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui l’aveva conosciuto prima che salisse sul trono di San Pietro, il cardinale Ippolito Aldobrandini: nel 1590, a Roma; aveva avuto occasione d’incontrarsi ed anche, per sua disgrazia, di scontrarsi, con quell’uomo altezzoso, autoritario, dai modi bruschi e sbrigativi; che considerava i consiglieri milanesi dell’allora Papa Gregorio XIV &lt;strong&gt;alla stregua di&lt;/strong&gt; eretici, e non tollerava di sentir parlare di riforma del clero, di rinascita della fede e della Chiesa, di Chiesa santa…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;alla stregua di&quot; in questo passaggio. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stregua&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;col metro, con la misura, col criterio adottato per&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non mi pare che abbia molto senso nel brano sopra citato. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;alla stregua di&quot; in questo contesto? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-20T07:42:35.057" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;alla stregua di&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8726" CreationDate="2017-11-19T20:03:36.937" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Sabatini Coletti forse è più chiaro riguardo all’uso di questa espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/stregua.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Stregua&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maniera, misura, criterio, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;usato quasi solo nella locuzione prep. “alla stregua  di”, allo stesso modo, con lo stesso criterio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ti considererò alla stregua degli altri&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...che considerava i consiglieri milanesi dell’allora Papa Gregorio XIV &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;allo stesso livello di eretici&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, (come se fossero eretici).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-11-20T06:20:47.877" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8726" CreationDate="2017-11-20T00:03:29.183" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello dell'ultimo esempio del Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;al livello, al grado di valore: &lt;em&gt;mettere, considerare tutti alla stessa stregua&lt;/em&gt;, su uno stesso piano, su un piano di parità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che il verbo nel testo di Vassalli è proprio &lt;em&gt;considerare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-20T07:42:35.057" LastActivityDate="2017-11-20T07:42:35.057" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8729" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8730" CreationDate="2017-11-20T14:10:15.457" Score="1" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un esercizio di italiano ho trovato la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È un tipo allegro che ama divertirsi, è uno che &lt;strong&gt;sta agli scherzi&lt;/strong&gt;, abbiamo passato una serata molto divertente! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scherzo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;stare allo scherzo&quot; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;adattarcisi, essere di spirito, non essere permaloso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe però avere alcuni esempi di uso di questa espressione per poter capire meglio come possa utilizzarla. Me li potreste fare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-20T14:20:01.300" Title="Esempi di uso di &quot;stare agli scherzi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8729" CreationDate="2017-11-20T14:20:01.300" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ci sono particolari varianti al contesto in cui tu hai trovato l'espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque alcuni esempi sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tu non sai stare agli scherzi, sei troppo permaloso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;una persona amabile è ironica, non si prende troppo sul serio e soprattutto sa stare agli scherzi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-11-20T14:20:01.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8731" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8724" CreationDate="2017-11-20T19:14:06.630" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/espressioni-fine-vita-fine-anno-fine-mese-fi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; entra in molti dettagli proprio riguardo al genere dell'espressione &lt;em&gt;fine settimana&lt;/em&gt;. Nel seguito cerco di presentare un breve riassunto dei punti salienti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Innanzitutto, il termine &lt;em&gt;fine settimana&lt;/em&gt; è un calco dall'inglese &lt;em&gt;weekend&lt;/em&gt; e di conseguenza ne assume il genere. Come &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8517/gender-of-foreign-words&quot;&gt;già discusso in questo sito&lt;/a&gt; i termini stranieri importati in italiano tendono ad assumere il genere di un iperonimo, vale a dire di una parola che esprime un significato più ampio (e.g. &lt;em&gt;chat&lt;/em&gt; da chiacchierata). Perché dunque &lt;em&gt;weekend&lt;/em&gt; (e di conseguenza &lt;em&gt;finesettimana&lt;/em&gt;) ha assunto il genere maschile, invece del femminile (da &lt;em&gt;fine&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;settimana&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra che due siano i motivi di ciò:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;fine&lt;/em&gt; ha un genere storicamente indeterminato in italiano. È vero che &lt;em&gt;fine&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di &lt;em&gt;termine&lt;/em&gt; può assumere solo il genere femminile, ma nell'originale latino (e in molte attestazioni in italiano antico), &lt;em&gt;finis,is&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.04.0059:entry=finis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;preferiva il genere maschile&lt;/a&gt;. Anzi, la forma femminile sembra essere riservata solo al significato di &quot;istante finale&quot; (in contrapposizione a &quot;periodo conclusivo&quot;)[1].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;weekend&lt;/em&gt; sembra avere come iperonimo principale &lt;em&gt;periodo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;intervallo di tempo&lt;/em&gt; piuttosto che &lt;em&gt;fine&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;conclusione&lt;/em&gt;, e perciò aver assunto il genere maschile, secondo la regola precedentemente detta.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] Non riesco a trovare un riferimento preciso a questo nel Lewis-Short ma mi fido abbastanza dell'Accademia della Crusca e l'osservazione si conforma ai miei distanti ricordi di latino. Se qualcuno avesse un riferimento migliore sarebbe molto apprezzato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-11-21T09:38:42.667" LastActivityDate="2017-11-21T09:38:42.667" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8732" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-21T17:34:24.530" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto queste parole, che vengono pronunciate da un vescovo del Seicento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In quella chiesa poi non solo una cappella vi fu costituita, ma anche un &lt;strong&gt;beneficio&lt;/strong&gt; per dirvi Messa, et in molte altre chiese per la diocesi si vedono altari et immagini della Panacea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;beneficio&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cosa significa nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-21T17:48:04.770" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;beneficio&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8732" CreationDate="2017-11-21T17:48:04.770" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Fa riferimento al diritto ecclesiastico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Beneficio_ecclesiastico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt; beneficio ecclesiastico&lt;/a&gt; è un istituto giuridico risalente ai tempi del feudalesimo, attribuito alle proprietà fondiarie ed immobiliari che si concedevano ai chierici in usufrutto per compenso dei loro uffici e, alla morte del fruttuario, ritornavano alla Chiesa cattolica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una forma particolare acquistava il beneficio ecclesiastico con il diritto di patronato. Con tale diritto coloro che dotavano un altare o una cappella, disponevano anche del beneficiato, per lo più i preti di famiglia o di coloro che appartenevano al ramo, e potevano trasformare il beneficio a loro piacere e giudizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso può far riferimento ad un altare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-11-21T17:48:04.770" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1879" CreationDate="2017-11-22T11:06:55.260" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it goes back to the founding of Rome fables. Romululus and Remus, orphans raised ferally by a she wolf as her own pups.&#xA;&quot;Go in the mouth of your wolf mother. She will protect you&quot;.&#xA;The idiom has evolved over a few millennia to mean, simply, good luck.&#xA;I think the &quot;negative&quot; connotations, meant tongue in cheek, developed from the inevitable misinterpretations of oral histories.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am new to this delightful exchange, so please accept my groping attempts to communicate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My only source is a couple from outside Verona. &#xA;They visited my family in the u.s. around 1981.&#xA;Wonderful people, Angelo and Adela. They own a vineyard and winery there. Her family was from the environs of Roma for a very long time, centuries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no other citations nor references.&#xA;It just seems right to me. Logical and plausible.&#xA;The lack of literary sources and the gender issue of &quot;lupo/lupa&quot; are perfectly valid.&#xA;I just don't know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But without any hard evidence of origin, the nurturing, protective version is preferable to me over the snarling, ravenous, near escape from a gruesome death scenario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purely an emotional response I'm sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope someone with more resources and better Italian can find something more, but in the meantime I'll cling to my kinder, sweeter version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And besides, it still means what it means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Boca lupo(a) mi amici...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4016" LastEditorUserId="4016" LastEditDate="2017-11-25T22:11:00.693" LastActivityDate="2017-11-25T22:11:00.693" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8735" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8737" CreationDate="2017-11-22T13:19:47.633" Score="1" ViewCount="1952" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un dialogo che appare in un libro d'italiano per studenti stranieri ho trovato la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Va be’, comunque… è la direttrice, uno lo sa che lei &lt;strong&gt;se&#xA;  n’esce&lt;/strong&gt; in questo modo…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dialogo è tra due colleghi di lavoro e fa riferimento alla loro direttrice, che spesso parla usando le parolacce. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/uscirsene&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;uscirsene&quot; vuol dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;saltare fuori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, mi piacerebbe avere una spiegazione un po' più dettagliata sul significato di questa espressione e alcuni esempi di uso. Me li potreste fare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-22T14:11:29.577" Title="Uso e significato di &quot;uscirsene&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8735" CreationDate="2017-11-22T13:53:06.960" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendo dalla definizione di &quot;Uscire&quot; sul dizionario del Corriere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/U/uscire.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/U/uscire.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;4 fig. Sbottare, dire all'improvviso qlco. di inaspettato: u. in improperi; anche con arg. espresso da frase (introd. da a): u. a dire un'assurdità; freq. nella forma &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;uscirsene&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; con qlco., nel sign. di esprimere, dire qlco. di inaspettato o che non andava detto: se ne uscì con una delle sue trovate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-11-22T13:53:06.960" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8735" CreationDate="2017-11-22T14:05:18.077" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano esistono moltissimi verbi che, uniti a particelle&#xA;pronominali o riflessive, subiscono un cambiamento di significato, a&#xA;volte minimo, in altri casi molto diverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi verbi sono molto usati nelle espressioni idiomatiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;uscirsene&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; indica dire qualcosa in modo improvviso, inaspettato, senza alcun annuncio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Uscirsene&lt;/strong&gt; con una battuta: dare una risposta scherzosa, o imprevista, ed elusiva;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All’improvviso &lt;strong&gt;se n’è uscito&lt;/strong&gt; con un’idea geniale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.easitalian.com/blog/2015/10/04/i-verbi-pronominali/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo interessante blog sui verbi pronominali&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare un sacco di esempi e casistiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-11-22T14:11:29.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8740" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8741" CreationDate="2017-11-23T13:14:20.970" Score="3" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Controllava che non tagliassero le &lt;em&gt;albere&lt;/em&gt; o che, dovendo piantarle, le piantassero; che non trasformassero i &lt;em&gt;gerbidi&lt;/em&gt; (marcite) in risaie, per guadagnare più denaro; badava anche, o faceva finta di badare, alla divisione dei raccolti: annotando minuziosamente &lt;em&gt;sacchi&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;staia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mine&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;brente&lt;/em&gt;, numero delle fascine e numero dei capponi, numero dei maiali e qualità degli stessi e così via, su un suo registro rilegato in pergamena che portava sempre stretto sotto il braccio, e che i contadini chiamavano  &lt;strong&gt;“asse da polenta”,&lt;/strong&gt; chissà mai perché!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: in cosa consiste un'asse da polenta? Per quanto ho visto su Internet, sembra si tratti di un utensile per lavorare la polenta, ma potreste spiegarmelo con più dettaglio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-07T21:38:27.810" LastActivityDate="2018-12-07T21:38:27.810" Title="Cos'è un'asse da polenta?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8740" CreationDate="2017-11-23T13:36:34.347" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una forma in legno, generalmente rotonda in cui viene rovesciata la polenta appena fatta per farla raffreddare. Molto comune nel nord Italia, Lombardia e Veneto, ad esempio. È ancora  usata da chi fa la polenta in casa o in alcuni ristoranti tradizionali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/mfcNS.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/mfcNS.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il registro rilegato in pergamena, forse per le dimensioni e il colore, ricordava ai contadini un'asse da polenta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-23T14:14:02.290" LastActivityDate="2017-11-23T14:14:02.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8740" CreationDate="2017-11-23T13:41:01.963" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;strong&gt;asse da polenta&lt;/strong&gt; è una sorta di tagliere dove si rovescia la polenta direttamente dal paiolo dopo averla cucinata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'intento dei contadini era canzonatorio in quanto adattavano il registro rilegato in pergamena ad un oggetto comune della loro vita quotidiana, dato che la polenta era un alimento diffuso nella civiltà contadina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-11-23T14:21:26.730" LastActivityDate="2017-11-23T14:21:26.730" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8744" CreationDate="2017-11-24T13:30:00.413" Score="1" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un articolo de &lt;em&gt;L'Espresso&lt;/em&gt; ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando Fiore arriva in gran segreto nella Londra di Margaret Thatcher insieme a Massimo Morsello e ad altri militanti di Terza Posizione, ad aiutarli - si legge in un rapporto sull'eversione nera firmato dai servizi segreti italiani (Sisde) del 1982 - è la League of Saint George, &lt;strong&gt;snodo&lt;/strong&gt; internazionale della destra europea, di cui fa parte tra gli altri anche l'ex presidente del British National Party Nick Griffin. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;snodo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato o non ho saputo trovare nessuna accezione che abbia senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: mi potreste spiegare qual è il significato di &quot;snodo&quot; nella frase precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-24T13:38:36.653" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;snodo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8743" CreationDate="2017-11-24T13:38:36.653" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato &lt;strong&gt;snodo&lt;/strong&gt; ha il senso di punto di incontro, collettore, punto di riferimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani puoi trovare altri esempi di utilizzo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trieste come &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/atlante/geopolitica/Trieste_i_nodi_del_vertice_sui_balcani.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;snodo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; europeo fondamentale, naturale punto&#xA;d’incontro delle culture latina, mitteleuropea e slava, saldatura&#xA;geografica e geopolitica tra un blocco europeo che già c’è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ed anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gibuti, &lt;a href=&quot;http://Gibuti,%20snodo%20dell%E2%80%99espansione%20cinese%20verso%20l%E2%80%99Africa%20e%20il%20Mediterraneo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;snodo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; dell’espansione cinese verso l’Africa e il&#xA;Mediterraneo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente in questi esempi il termine snodo è riferito a luoghi mentre nel passaggio da te citato in modo figurato ad una organizzazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-11-24T13:38:36.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8745" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-24T22:52:45.340" Score="3" ViewCount="341" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la frase &quot;[cosa] mi piace da matti&quot;. È probabilmente una espressione per dire &quot;mi piace moltissimo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma non capisco perché &quot;matti&quot; è al plurale. È soltanto idiomatico o c'è una ragione? qui, &quot;matti&quot; è sostantivo o aggettivo? Ci sono altre espressioni come questa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-11-25T09:55:28.517" LastActivityDate="2017-11-25T10:15:42.170" Title="Locuzione &quot;mi piace da matti&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8745" CreationDate="2017-11-25T10:15:42.170" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/matto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di Treccani per matto&lt;/a&gt;, puoi trovare una sacco di modi di dire e frasi idiomatiche. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;roba da matti, cose da matti, incredibili, assurde; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gridare da matto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono anche casi in cui si può declinare sia al singolare che al plurale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andare matto/i per la cioccolata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso discorso si può fare, ad esempio, per un sinonimo di matto, cioè pazzo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altri casi si può dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo genere di film è roba da intenditori  &lt;br&gt;Questo pista è da roba da&#xA;  esperti o da sciatore esperto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-11-25T10:15:42.170" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8747" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8748" CreationDate="2017-11-25T12:37:22.777" Score="5" ViewCount="973" Body="&lt;p&gt;What changes when I use trapassato or passato prossimo in the following phrases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Io ti &lt;strong&gt;avevo avvisato&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;ho avvisato&lt;/strong&gt;, ma tu...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;- Ti ricordi la Melegatti?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- Sì, ha avuto un bambino un paio di anni fa.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- Infatti. La maternità l'&lt;strong&gt;aveva/ha addolcita&lt;/strong&gt;...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On my last language exchange the Italian native told me that I should use trapassato in both cases, but I don't see an explicit time precedence. She also noticed that in these examples passato prossimo sounds for her as something that happened now or recently, like a minute ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3009" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-11-25T13:20:47.690" LastActivityDate="2017-11-25T14:11:18.437" Title="Difference between trapassato prossimo and passato prossimo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8747" CreationDate="2017-11-25T14:01:17.673" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It all depends on the context and, in your examples, on what follows. For instance, as regards Ms Melegatti: if that's the end of the conversation (implying that she is still &lt;em&gt;addolcita&lt;/em&gt;), the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; is the only possible tense to be used. You'd use the &lt;em&gt;trapassato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; if something like this followed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– La maternità l'aveva addolcita, ma poi l'hanno licenziata e da allora è ridiventata scontrosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even without a &lt;em&gt;ma poi...&lt;/em&gt;, the phrasing with the trapassato seems to imply that she is no more so sweet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the first example, see the difference between:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Io ti avevo avvisato, ma tu hai fatto lo stesso di testa tua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;–Io ti ho avvisato: adesso fa' come credi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, you are perfectly right in assuming that &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/trapassato-prossimo_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;trapassato prossimo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; denotes “un evento compiuto prima di un altro evento del passato”. As for &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt;, that it “sounds ... as something that happened now or recently, like a minute ago” is a common misconception, even among many Italians (the other being that &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; is more or less the only available past tense in Italian). It is instead used for any past event that has still effects on the present. You might say &lt;em&gt;nel 2008 Carla è partita per Londra&lt;/em&gt;, meaning that she is still there. If your Italian is good enough, you can have a look &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/passato-prossimo_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the article about it in the Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/a&gt; and related articles on other tenses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-11-25T14:11:18.437" LastActivityDate="2017-11-25T14:11:18.437" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8750" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-26T14:38:42.250" Score="4" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know it is correct to say &quot;contro di lui&quot;, but &quot;contro il nemico&quot;. Why? Is it because in the first case the object is a pronoun and in the second case it is a noun?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4028" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-26T14:50:51.267" LastActivityDate="2017-11-27T15:09:07.333" Title="When to use &quot;contro di&quot; as opposed to only &quot;contro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8750" CreationDate="2017-11-27T14:46:23.573" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, when using it with a personal pronoun you need to use the preposition &quot;di&quot;, while with a noun you can use it with an article or even without, if it's a first name.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Contro DI lui (personal pronoun)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Contro UN ragazzo (noun)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Contro Luca (first name)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4031" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-27T15:09:07.333" LastActivityDate="2017-11-27T15:09:07.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8752" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-11-27T15:16:24.757" Score="4" ViewCount="495" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone recommend a flashcard deck to expand my vocabulary at the intermediate level?  I use Anki for learning vocab in Japanese study, and I've looked for an intermediate Italian deck, but the Anki Italian-English decks out there seem to consist of all very basic words, whole sentences, or specialized vocabulary (medical etc.).  It doesn't have to be Anki; another site or tool would be fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ETA:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks, all.  I'll check out the vocab list linked below and make an Anki deck of the unfamiliar words.  I also picked up a DK visual dictionary—the Japanese edition helped me round out my vocab in that language.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4032" LastEditorUserId="4032" LastEditDate="2017-12-01T16:51:49.630" LastActivityDate="2017-12-01T16:51:49.630" Title="Recommendations for intermediate flashcard deck?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8753" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8754" CreationDate="2017-11-28T15:41:58.740" Score="2" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andando indietro nel tempo, e scavando nella memoria collettiva: perché gli ultimi &lt;em&gt;camminanti&lt;/em&gt;, i &lt;em&gt;camminanti&lt;/em&gt; contemporanei del Massara, nell’estremo tentativo di difendersi e di difendere il loro modo di vita contro l’avanzare del progresso, dell’elettricità, delle strade ferrate e dell’istruzione obbligatoria si erano poi trasformati in delinquenti e banditi: come quel tale soprannominato il &lt;em&gt;Biundin&lt;/em&gt;, o quell’altro detto il &lt;em&gt;Moret&lt;/em&gt;, che movimentarono a lungo le cronache della bassa ed &lt;strong&gt;assursero&lt;/strong&gt; agli onori della stampa nazionale per conflitti a fuoco tra le risaie e nei pagliai con gli uomini della &lt;em&gt;Giuvana&lt;/em&gt; (polizia); negli anni stessi, più o meno, che i fratelli Wright compivano i loro primi esperimenti di volo con aeroplani a motore, e che Albert Einstein elaborava la teoria della relatività.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;assurgere&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che può significare &quot;innalzarsi&quot;, &quot;elevarsi&quot;, &quot;levarsi in alto&quot;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capirne il senso nel passaggio precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-28T17:16:32.067" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;assurgere&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8753" CreationDate="2017-11-28T16:51:49.833" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa frase &lt;em&gt;assursero&lt;/em&gt; significa proprio &lt;em&gt;si elevarono&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso che i due malviventi citati, il &lt;em&gt;Biundin&lt;/em&gt; e il &lt;em&gt;Moret&lt;/em&gt;, facevano parlare spesso di sé la cronaca locale, e in alcune circostanze particolarmente importanti ne parlava anche la stampa nazionale. In senso ironico questo interesse dei cronisti viene descritto come un alto onore, ben più alto di quello della notorietà locale della bassa. Per questo viene usato il verbo assurgere, che indica un movimento verso l'alto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-28T17:16:32.067" LastActivityDate="2017-11-28T17:16:32.067" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8755" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8757" CreationDate="2017-11-28T22:30:42.720" Score="8" ViewCount="817" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is prompted by me watching the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gomorrah_(TV_series)&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gomorra TV series&lt;/a&gt;, where (I assume) most of the characters speak &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neapolitan_language&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Neapolitan&lt;/a&gt;. I was curious on how intelligible the dialect (as spoken by the characters there) is to speakers of a more 'standard' Italian. Or, phrased differently: would someone from a different region of Italy need subtitles to understand what the characters were saying?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4047" LastEditorUserId="4047" LastEditDate="2017-11-29T09:08:37.117" LastActivityDate="2017-11-29T19:14:51.927" Title="How easy is it for a speaker of 'standard' Italian to understand the Neapolitan dialect?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;curiosity&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8755" CreationDate="2017-11-29T10:56:13.247" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say that barring good familiarity with the Neapolitan dialect, understanding the TV show Gomorra is very hard even for native speakers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4054" LastActivityDate="2017-11-29T10:56:13.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8755" CreationDate="2017-11-29T15:26:26.003" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm from Bergamo (Lombardy) and I find Neapolitan one of the hardest dialects to understand. &#xA;If I listen carefully I can get the meaning of most phrases (or at least I can deduce it), but I can't understand many of the words.&#xA;Without subtitles, I can definetely understand Spanish better than Neapolitan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1485" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-29T15:43:07.060" LastActivityDate="2017-11-29T15:43:07.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8638" CreationDate="2017-11-29T16:27:12.387" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not from the region, but I think the gemination in these examples is natural for the speakers due to the standard rules of the raddoppiamento fonosintattico.&#xA;The tonic accent is always in the last syllable in your (and DaG's) examples, so the last letter (with its schwa) is somehow treated as an unstressed particle (like in dallo, fanne etc).&#xA;Would you observe the same phenomenon in words like compùter or bàncomat?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2017-11-29T16:27:12.387" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8755" CreationDate="2017-11-29T19:14:51.927" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I tried to watch &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2ycqPHLZ2D0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this trailer&lt;/a&gt; and, even if I understand some sentences here and there, I would hate to watch this without subtitles (I grew up in the north east of Italy, near Venice). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have problems even watching the Sicilian scenes in the Godfather without subtitles (it's a different regional language, but both are really far from &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/c-E72r2DoAs?t=1040&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;my own&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2017-11-29T19:14:51.927" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8761" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8762" CreationDate="2017-11-30T08:31:12.897" Score="1" ViewCount="2732" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Visto &lt;strong&gt;dal vero e dal vivo&lt;/strong&gt;, finché visse, fra’ Domenico Buelli da Arona, professore di teologia, inquisitore del Sant’Uffizio e padre priore dei Domenicani di Novara, era stato un bel fratacchione basso e grasso, calvo e rubizzo: dogmatico, come richiedeva il suo ufficio e anche di più; ambizioso, come si conveniva ad un uomo che aveva avuto per maestro ed amico uno dei padri della Controriforma cattolica, il cardinale Antonio Ghislieri; il quale cardinale, divenuto Papa con il nome di Pio V, aveva poi continuato a favorirlo assecondandone anche i difetti: primo fra tutti, la megalomania.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato l'espressione &quot;dal vero e dal vivo&quot; nel dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli e in qualche altro dizionario, ma non l'ho trovata. Potreste spiegarmene il significato e farmene qualche esempio perché possa capire come usarla?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-11-30T08:53:12.580" Title="Uso e significato della locuzione &quot;dal vero e dal vivo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8761" CreationDate="2017-11-30T08:48:25.840" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le locuzioni &quot;dal vero&quot; e &quot;dal vivo&quot; significano in pratica entrambe la stessa cosa; la prima si usa spesso&#xA;nelle arti figurative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendo la definizione dal vocabolario Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vivo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vivo/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la locuz. avv. o agg. dal vivo è com. anche in espressioni come una&#xA;  vicenda, una scena, un’immagine ripresa dal v., dalla realtà, da&#xA;  quanto realmente accade ed esiste o è accaduto ed esistito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vero/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vero/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La realtà esistente e concreta, spec. in quanto soggetto di&#xA;  rappresentazione artistica: tenersi, attenersi al v.; studiare,&#xA;  copiare, rendere il v., e disegnare, dipingere, ritrarre dal v., dal&#xA;  modello reale;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase utilizzata,  &lt;em&gt;&quot;Visto dal vero e dal vivo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; significa appunto &lt;em&gt;&quot;visto com'è nella realtà&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. L'uso di entrambe le locuzioni serve a rafforzare il concetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi pare di capire che l'autore con la conoscenza &lt;em&gt;&quot;dal vero e dal vivo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;del personaggio non si riferisca solo al suo aspetto &quot;esteriore&quot; ma indica anche la conoscenza della personalità o indole dello stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-11-30T08:53:12.580" LastActivityDate="2017-11-30T08:53:12.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8763" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8764" CreationDate="2017-12-01T08:21:51.680" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;, di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Servizievoli fino alla nausea con i frati, assidui in chiesa e alle funzioni religiose, attenti a tutto ciò che gli succedeva attorno e che succedeva attorno a piazza San Quirico, i due furfanti divenuti frati laici erano riusciti a mettere radici all’ombra augusta e terribile del Tribunale dell’Inquisizione di Novara come certi fungacci incommestibili riescono a crescere nei luoghi più strani, per esempio nelle cantine o nei ripostigli delle case; e non solo vi avevano messo radici, ma vi prosperavano con ogni genere di traffici e d’intrighi, all’esterno e anche all’interno del convento: dove la loro intraprendenza non disturbava nessuno, anzi, per ciò che se ne sapeva, &lt;strong&gt;veniva messa nel conto dello zelo&lt;/strong&gt;. «È così premuroso, così attento!» soleva dire Manini di Taddeo: spalancando i grandi occhi grigiazzurri, e muovendo le mani. «Così zelante e sollecito ad ogni nostro desiderio, ed anche così pio!» (Effettivamente, ogni volta che i suoi traffici lo spingevano ad allontanarsi per qualche giorno dal convento dei Domenicani e dall’annesso Tribunale, Taddeo giustificava le sue assenze con pratiche devote: voti resi, pellegrinaggi o visite a santuari, elemosine ed altre opere di pietà.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa voglia dire l'espressione &quot;veniva messa nel conto dello zelo&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;conto&quot; su parecchi dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmi il significato di questa locuzione nel passaggio precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-01T08:38:07.690" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;venir messo nel conto dello zelo&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8764" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8763" CreationDate="2017-12-01T08:38:07.690" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mettere in conto&quot; è un'espressione figurata che significa &quot;considerare&quot;, &quot;valutare&quot; o &quot;classificare&quot; &#xA;(immagina un commerciante: quando mette in conto qualcosa significa che gli sta assegnando un valore).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi anche la definizione che viene data qui:  &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/conto.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/conto.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mettere in c., [...] ~fig. preventivare, calcolare come possibile &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso significa che l'intraprendenza e il darsi da fare dei due individui non destava sospetti perché &#xA;era considerata  come una manifestazione di zelo da parte dei due e questa spiegazione era considerata plausibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-12-01T08:38:07.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8190" CreationDate="2017-12-01T11:57:21.507" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=mHleAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA116&amp;amp;lpg=PA116&amp;amp;dq=non%20fidarti%20delle%20persone%20che%20non%20ridono&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=y1VH-QH1vs&amp;amp;sig=tuX9p-V__i4NNFRAN-PM66OhV1c&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjy4_6m3ejXAhXHOxQKHQdMDSQQ6AEIRTAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=non%20fidarti%20delle%20persone%20che%20non%20ridono&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Saggio di fisiognomonia e patognomonia, ossia Dei mezzi per conoscere le interne facolta e le malattie degli uomini dalle loro esterne apparenze&lt;/a&gt; datato 1837 il seguente passaggio a pag. 116:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi ride volentieri ma non immoderatamente è d'indole affabile e&#xA;  spirito mediocre. I caratteri austeri non ridono che colle labbra, i&#xA;  crudeli non ridono che nell'atto di far male. &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Non fidarti troppo,&#xA;  dice Lavater, di un uomo che non sorride mai con amabilità; la grazia&#xA;  del sorriso è il vero termometro della bontà del cuore, della nobiltà&#xA;  del carattere&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;- L'uomo che ride ad alta voce è bugiardo, dice&#xA;  l'almanacco di Benincasa; e non è forse detto privo di fondamento,&#xA;  come è vero che chi grida ha il torto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono un esperto ma penso che l'autore del libro si riferisca a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Johann_Kaspar_Lavater&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Johann Kaspar Lavater&lt;/a&gt; pastore protestante vissuto nel '700 e studioso di fisiognomica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-29T13:19:08.473" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T13:19:08.473" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8766" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-01T16:57:52.870" Score="4" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the article &lt;em&gt;Così Caravaggio uccise un uomo a Milano&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pressreader.com/italy/il-messaggero/20170305/281990377312857&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Messaggero, 5 marzo 2017&lt;/a&gt;) there is the following quote by Riccardo Gandolfi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[La biografia di Caravaggio di Gaspare Celio] Racconta che Orsi chiamò tanti &quot;pittorecoli a lodarne l'opera&quot;; e che vedendo quelle figure al naturale e quegli scuri, molti si stupirono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it conceivable that the word pittorecoli meant small painter in the 17th century? I've seen it quoted from a 17th century source but can't find that word anywhere else. Or it's perhaps a contraction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The French journalist quoting this article in the &lt;em&gt;Journal des arts&lt;/em&gt; writes &quot;pittorecoli [petits peintres]&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1953" LastEditorUserId="1953" LastEditDate="2017-12-02T13:15:06.367" LastActivityDate="2017-12-03T10:07:09.847" Title="Pittorecoli meaning (17th century)" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8766" CreationDate="2017-12-02T09:25:42.647" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It can be simply a typo for &lt;em&gt;pittorucoli&lt;/em&gt; or maybe how the word was spelled in Celio's biography, which was after all written much before Italian spelling was standardized. In Italian the suffix &lt;em&gt;-ucolo&lt;/em&gt; can be attached to any noun with diminutive or derogatory effect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-ùcolo&lt;/strong&gt; [maybe from lat. &lt;em&gt;-ūcŭlus&lt;/em&gt;; the popular outcome, very rare, is &lt;em&gt;-ucchio&lt;/em&gt;]. – Noun altering suffix with diminutive or derogatory value (&lt;em&gt;chiesucola&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;paesucolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;straducola&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ucolo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this context &lt;em&gt;pittorucoli&lt;/em&gt; probably means something alike to &lt;em&gt;small-time painters&lt;/em&gt;, painters that are not particularly famous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@JeanB adds: I don't think it's a typo. In &lt;em&gt;Catalogo delle pitture che si conservano nelle chiese di Pesaro&lt;/em&gt;, Giovanni Andrea Lazzarini, Pesaro, 1783, I &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=mIZYAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA55&amp;amp;lpg=PA55&amp;amp;dq=%22pittorecolo%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=mJcW_br6Hq&amp;amp;sig=lfLywqa7C1orRMF8P8Tf7eRLDes&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjP-_vft-vXAhWJYd8KHWdTCGUQ6AEIJzAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22pittorecolo%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;read&lt;/a&gt; &amp;quot;fece venire all'improvviso da Fano un pittorecolo, ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-12-03T10:07:09.847" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8768" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8770" CreationDate="2017-12-02T10:44:21.960" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La chimera&lt;/em&gt;,  di Sebastiano Vassalli, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma l’inquisitore di Milano, quando infine s’era deciso a far sentire la sua voce – con un discorsetto tutto infarcito di citazioni dalle Scritture e dai Padri della Chiesa, e con quel suo eterno sorriso sulle labbra, da &lt;strong&gt;tirar fuori di mano&lt;/strong&gt; gli schiaffi ai Santi – s’era mostrato molto tiepido, se non proprio freddo, per l’affare della “strega di Zardino”: arrivando a suggerire al povero Manini di… lasciar perdere!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;tirar fuori di mano&quot; in questo brano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fuorimano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fuorimano&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;fuòri mano&lt;/strong&gt;; anche &lt;strong&gt;fuòri di mano&lt;/strong&gt;) locuz. usata come avv. e agg., invar. – Lontano dall’abitato, in luogo remoto, periferico, appartato, o comunque scomodo da raggiungere: &lt;em&gt;abitare f.; una casa scomoda e f.; stradine f.; girellando una mattina, Càpito in Sant’Ambrogio di Milano, in quello vecchio, là, fuori di mano&lt;/em&gt; (Giusti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che questo abbia molto senso nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;fuori di mano&quot; in questo testo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-02T16:15:47.093" LastActivityDate="2017-12-04T11:58:35.310" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tirar fuori di mano&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8768" CreationDate="2017-12-03T17:38:39.160" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come ha osservato @DenisNardin, la locuzione da cercare in questo caso è &lt;em&gt;tirar fuori [da qualcosa]&lt;/em&gt;, non &lt;em&gt;fuori di mano&lt;/em&gt;. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/tirare.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, per esempio, si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tirare fuori&lt;/strong&gt;, cavare, estrarre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, il significato letterale dell'espressione sarebbe che quel &quot;eterno sorriso sulle labbra&quot; dell'Inquisitore di Milano era tale da far cavare schiaffi dalle mani dei santi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La locuzione significa che l'atteggiamento del soggetto era talmente esasperante da forzare anche un santo a prenderlo a sberle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un modo di dire simile è &lt;em&gt;&quot;far prudere le mani&quot;&lt;/em&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-04T11:58:35.310" LastActivityDate="2017-12-04T11:58:35.310" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8772" CreationDate="2017-12-04T00:17:58.857" Score="3" ViewCount="234" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen a couple of different variations in some reverse-translations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pronto a partire&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pronto ad andare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pronto (seems like this is just &quot;ready&quot; though)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;buono per andare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of these seem like they're highly specific or too literal to whatever particular usage of &quot;good to go&quot; was being translated. Is there a go-to Italian version of this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For those who aren't familiar with the expression, being &quot;good to go&quot; indicates the readiness of a person or thing with an emphasis on the fact that the person / thing may not have been ready before (if that's not true, then it's synonymous with being ready).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if a toaster was broken, and then got fixed by someone, the repairman could say &quot;it's good to go&quot;. To say &quot;it's ready&quot; while correct, to me would sound a little odd.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a person, it could be that you were getting dressed and weren't ready to leave, and now you're ready to leave so you could say &quot;I'm good to go.&quot; The more-general: &quot;I'm ready.&quot; would work in this case, but it's technically a little ambiguous -- what are you ready for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-26T16:10:28.163" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T16:10:28.163" Title="What is the closest equivalent to the English &quot;good to go&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8771" CreationDate="2017-12-04T05:10:01.870" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;For a toaster you could say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;È a posto, può andare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meaning it’s ready to go into operation again.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a person you could say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pronto a partire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or simply &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pronto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meaning you’re ready to leave or simply you’re ready to do the thing you’re about. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-04T10:00:14.297" LastActivityDate="2017-12-04T10:00:14.297" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8773" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12949" CreationDate="2017-12-04T13:52:10.913" Score="2" ViewCount="384" Body="&lt;p&gt;Discutendo con un collega, è stata pronunciata la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha un comportamento dileggiatorio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato sul web ed sul sito della Treccani ho trovato i termini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dileggiare (verbo)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dileggiatore (colui che dileggia)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre ho trovato su &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/dileggiatorio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktonary versione inglese&lt;/a&gt; il termine &lt;code&gt;dileggiatorio&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sinceramente, nella versione inglese di Wiktionary non nutro molta fiducia, quindi vorrei sapere se come termine è corretto o se in luogo dello stesso, dovrei usare il termine &lt;code&gt;dileggiatore&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi con la frase che diverrebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha un comportamento dileggiatore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T16:46:10.850" Title="Esiste il termine dileggiatorio?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8774" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-04T20:24:52.523" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante, ho trovato l'espressione in oggetto che mi è poco chiara. Ci sono due frasi che usano la stessa espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;p. 457&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chiesi di Enzo. Disse che lavorava ai locomotori, usò quell'espressione, e capii presto che credeva che lui e Lila fossero sposati, definì Enzo con simpatia e rispetto &quot;il signor Cerullo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;p. 464&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;vidi Enzo seduto sul letto, fiaccato dalla fatica ai locomotori di chissà quale fabbrica;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al primo momento, visto che Enzo e Lila abitano a San Giovanni a Teduccio di Napoli in anni 60-70 e Enzo faceva lavori semplici in altre pagine, ho immaginato che lui lavorasse nell'Officine di Pietrarsa dove produceva locomotive e binari, ma col secondo esempio d'uso, non ne sono più sicuro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie in anticipo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3583" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-05T08:19:14.407" LastActivityDate="2017-12-05T08:19:14.407" Title="Lavorare ai locomotori: cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8774" CreationDate="2017-12-04T21:41:44.747" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solitamente &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/locomotore/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;locomotore&lt;/a&gt; è sinonimo di locomotiva, cioè la macchina alimentata elettricamente, a vapore oppure Diesel che viene usata per trainare i treni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso più generale una macchina locomotrice è un dispositivo che è deputato al movimento o allo spostamento di qualcosa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio nelle fabbriche della cosiddetta industria pesante come le acciaierie, spesso vengono usati treni perché la banda stagnata in uscita dall’altoforno viene prodotta in rotoli che pesano diverse tonnellate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi casi è necessario utilizzare locomotive Diesel per avere la potenza sufficiente per portare il prodotto fuori dalla fabbrica e verso la destinazione finale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tornando al passaggio da te citato è anche possibile che il protagonista non costruisca locomotori ma lavori in una fabbrica dove è necessario usarli a causa del peso delle merci da movimentare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-04T21:47:29.850" LastActivityDate="2017-12-04T21:47:29.850" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8777" CreationDate="2017-12-05T10:29:11.363" Score="1" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ad ogni omicidio, ad ogni furto, ecco una diecina di lettere anonime sul mio tavolo; ed anche delle liti di famiglia e dei &lt;strong&gt;fallimenti dolosi&lt;/strong&gt;, mi scrivono; e degli amori dei carabinieri...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando in parecchi dizionari, ho trovato i significati di &quot;fallimento&quot; e di &quot;doloso&quot;, ma non capisco cos'è un &quot;fallimento doloso&quot;. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-05T13:06:41.710" Title="Cos'è un “fallimento doloso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8776" CreationDate="2017-12-05T13:06:41.710" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Viene in aiuto la chiara definizione del vocabolario Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/doloso/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/doloso/&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dolóso&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [dal lat. dolosus]. – Che è fatto con dolo, cioè con piena coscienza e intenzionalità [...] in senso generico, che è fatto con inganno, fraudolento. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un fallimento è &lt;em&gt;doloso&lt;/em&gt; quando appunto avviene in modo intenzionale (e con un intento truffaldino)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-12-05T13:06:41.710" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8779" CreationDate="2017-12-06T08:08:41.480" Score="1" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uomo era pregiudicato, ladro di pecore nell'immediato dopoguerra e ora, a quanto si sapeva, soltanto mediatore di prestiti a usura: faceva il &lt;em&gt;confidente&lt;/em&gt; un po' per vocazione un po' illudendosi di avere così privilegio di impunità nel mestiere che faceva; un mestiere che, in confronto a quello di rubare a mano armata, considerava onesto e giudizioso, da padre di famiglia. L'&lt;strong&gt;aver rubato al passo&lt;/strong&gt; diceva errore di gioventù: che senza una lira di capitale, scorrendogli tra le mani il denaro degli altri, riusciva ora a campare tre figli e la moglie; e denaro metteva da parte per impiegarlo domani in un piccolo commercio, mettersi dietro un banco di bottega a misurare tessuti era il sogno di tutta la sua vita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato nella voce &quot;passo&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato parecchi riferimenti all'espressione &quot;al passo&quot;, ma nulla sembra avere molto senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;rubare al passo&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-06T21:01:10.260" LastActivityDate="2017-12-06T21:01:10.260" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rubare al passo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8779" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8778" CreationDate="2017-12-06T09:14:47.037" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rubare al passo&lt;/strong&gt; significa mettersi in agguato per derubare qualcuno al passaggio, tendere un'imboscata per rapinare i viandanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie al suggerimento di @Gio, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=jtFFAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22passu.%20s.%20m.%22#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=%22passu.%20s.%20m.%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Nuovo vocabolario Siciliano-Italiano&lt;/a&gt; da Antonio Traina, alla voce &quot;passu&quot; si trova la seguente definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Luogo dove i ladri si mettono a rubare: &lt;em&gt;agguato, vàlico&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;passo&lt;/em&gt; in riguardo a coloro che passano di quivi. Onde &lt;em&gt;teniri passu&lt;/em&gt;, rubar per le strade, star al varco, appostarsi. (&lt;em&gt;Villani&lt;/em&gt; ha: &lt;em&gt;misono un agguato al valico della pieve&lt;/em&gt;). E &lt;em&gt;tener il passo&lt;/em&gt;, pigliando &lt;em&gt;tenere&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di occupare, impedire, potrebbe anco spiegar la nostra frase. || &lt;em&gt;Jittarisi o mittirisi a lu passu&lt;/em&gt;, rubare i passeggieri per le strade: &lt;em&gt;gettarsi&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;andar&lt;/em&gt; о &lt;em&gt;mettersi alla strada&lt;/em&gt;. || &lt;em&gt;Tinituri di passu&lt;/em&gt;, chi ruba così: &lt;em&gt;stradajuolo, assassin da strada&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratterebbe quindi di un’espressione di origine regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-06T20:13:15.680" LastActivityDate="2017-12-06T20:13:15.680" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8781" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8782" CreationDate="2017-12-07T08:58:32.793" Score="1" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La natura imita l'arte: ammazzato sulle scene liriche dalla musica di Mascagni e dal coltello di compare Alfio, Turiddu Macca cominciò a popolare le mappe turistiche della Sicilia e i tavoli d'autopsia. Ma qualche volta, di coltello o di lupara (non più di musica, per fortuna), la peggio toccava ai compari Alfio: e il capitano Bellodi, in quel momento, non sapeva &lt;strong&gt;tenerne conto&lt;/strong&gt;; e questa distrazione avrebbe pagato con una piccola censura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;tenerne conto&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;conto&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato o non ho saputo trovare nulla che abbia senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-07T09:20:24.390" Title="Cosa significa &quot;tenerne conto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8781" CreationDate="2017-12-07T09:06:14.633" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani, nella definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conto2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;conto&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tenere conto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (seguito da un complemento di specificazione o da una&#xA;  prop. introdotta dall’espressione del fatto che o semplicem. da che),&#xA;  fare la debita valutazione di una circostanza: bisogna tener conto&#xA;  delle sue reazioni; tieni conto (del fatto) che è già molto tardi;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I riferimenti sono relativi alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cavalleria_rusticana_(opera)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cavalleria rusticana&lt;/a&gt;, che è un'opera in un unico atto di Pietro Mascagni, su libretto di Giovanni Targioni-Tozzetti e Guido Menasci, tratto dalla &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cavalleria_rusticana_(novella)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;novella omonima&lt;/a&gt; di Giovanni Verga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella novella è compare Turiddu che cade sotto i colpi del pugnale di Alfio, ma Sciascia lascia intendere che ogni tanto nella realtà succede il contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te citato &lt;strong&gt;tenerne conto&lt;/strong&gt; significa che il protagonista non sapeva considerare i particolari, magari evidenti, con la giusta attenzione, mancanza per cui sarebbe stato rimproverato in seguito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-07T09:20:24.390" LastActivityDate="2017-12-07T09:20:24.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8784" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-07T15:39:00.263" Score="4" ViewCount="1144" Body="&lt;p&gt;In spoken language the word prego can come to mean &quot;go ahead&quot;, or you're welcome, but since &quot;prego&quot; also means &quot;I pray&quot;, I was wondering whether this word has religious origins. To a causal observer, the connection between the conjugated verb form of &quot;prego&quot; and its use in what one may call situations of courtesy seems odd. What is the story behind this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4156" LastActivityDate="2017-12-07T16:40:20.163" Title="How did the word &quot;prego&quot; come to take on its current usages and meanings?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8785" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8784" CreationDate="2017-12-07T16:40:20.163" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I can read from this answer &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_371.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_371.html&lt;/a&gt; the usage of &lt;em&gt;&quot;prego&quot;&lt;/em&gt; started to spread from the XIX century and derived from the german &lt;em&gt;&quot;bitte&quot;&lt;/em&gt;; it started to be used in the italian regions under the area of influence of the Austro-Hungaric Empire (that means northen Italy) among the members of the high society and means &lt;em&gt;&quot;prego l'onore del vostro comando&quot;&lt;/em&gt; &#xA;that is &lt;em&gt;&quot;I pray/seek/request the honor of your command&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&lt;em&gt;&quot;I am at your full disposal&quot;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-12-07T16:40:20.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7242" CreationDate="2017-12-08T11:48:45.813" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ricordo bene cosa erano i fit fit: esisteva una pistolina per bambini così detta &quot;a fit fit&quot; e questa era formata da due striscette di carta larghe circa 1 centimetro, all'interno vi era posizionata della polvere pirica a mo' di piccola pastiglietta simile alla polvere dei fiammiferi, ma un po' più carica di polvere pirica. Il meccanismo della pistolina trascinava questa striscetta e sotto l'azione di un piccolo percussore che batteva su un pezzo di metallo piatto faceva esplodere il composto  emettendo un suono che non era proprio uno sparo ma più un suono tipo &quot;fit fit&quot;. Era una pistolina che si regalava ai bambini che giocavano,  però innocua, ma che dava l'impressione &quot;ai bambini&quot; dello sparo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4159" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-08T15:40:49.940" LastActivityDate="2017-12-08T15:40:49.940" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8787" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8791" CreationDate="2017-12-09T10:12:23.710" Score="2" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'era: in fondo a un crepaccio di nove metri, già misurato da una corda cui era &#xA;  stata legata, perché scendesse a piombo, una pietra. La luce delle torce elettriche, &lt;strong&gt;intrigata&lt;/strong&gt; dai cespugli che venivano fuori dalle pareti del crepaccio, batteva appena sul fondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;intrigare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso di &quot;luce intrigata dai cespugli&quot; che appare in questo brano. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-09T12:43:13.570" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;intrigato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8789" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-09T10:27:12.370" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è capitata questa domanda da uno studente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché questi mesi si chiamano così?&#xA; - OTTObre &#xA; - NOVEmbre&#xA; - DICEmbre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché OTTO, NOVE e D(I)EC? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse una volta ottobre era l'ottavo mese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho insegnato ai miei studenti a ricordare i numeri usando DICIAssette,&#xA;DICIotto,&#xA;etc... ma ora sono un po' confusa!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="4176" LastEditDate="2017-12-16T08:31:25.830" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T08:31:25.830" Title="Nomi dei mesi: solo una conicidenza?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8789" CreationDate="2017-12-09T11:03:30.303" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è affatto una coincidenza: nella &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gennaio&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;riforma del calendario romano al tempo di Numa Pompilio&lt;/a&gt; vennero aggiunti i due mesi di gennaio e febbraio. A quanto pare il periodo invernale veniva prima considerato a parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più tardi, il settimo e l'ottavo mese presero il nome da Giulio Cesare e da Ottaviano Augusto diventando &lt;em&gt;Julius&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;Augustus&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luglio&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;quintilis&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agosto&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sextilis&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mesi successivi conservarono il nome precedente. Quindi settembre, ottobre, novembre e dicembre erano effettivamente i mesi dal settimo al decimo. Va notato che marzo era rimasto comunque il primo mese (inizio della primavera), ma poi l'inizio dell'anno fu spostato, intorno al secondo secolo, a gennaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In molte regioni l'inizio dell'anno rimase fissato in marzo per vari secoli. Solo in tempi relativamente recenti tutti si sono uniformati a gennaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-12-09T11:03:30.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8787" CreationDate="2017-12-09T12:00:51.317" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;intrigata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; vuol dire che la luce era ostacolata dai rami e faticava a raggiungere il fondo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato adatto per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intrigare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;intrigare&lt;/a&gt; da Treccani è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;intrigare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. e intr. (io intrigo, tu intrighi, ecc.). – 1. Altra forma (soprattutto settentr.) per intricare, nei sign. di&#xA;  avviluppare insieme, arruffare, disordinare e sim.: i. una corda; mi&#xA;  si sono intrigati i capelli; e anche, ma con uso più esteso e più&#xA;  efficace, nei sign. di &lt;strong&gt;impacciare, ostacolare, dare impiccio, in&#xA;  senso proprio e fig.:&lt;/strong&gt; tutto questo disordine m’intriga nel lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-09T12:43:13.570" LastActivityDate="2017-12-09T12:43:13.570" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8792" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-10T03:27:25.037" Score="5" ViewCount="5702" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although both seek for the same question: Where do you come from?&#xA;I like to know the precise context of these two question phrases in Italian. Also where we use &quot;Di&quot; and &quot;Da&quot; specifically?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="2644" LastEditDate="2017-12-10T16:14:08.213" LastActivityDate="2017-12-11T06:11:17.100" Title="Che differenza tra &quot;Di dove sei&quot; e &quot;Da dove vieni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8792" CreationDate="2017-12-10T12:45:02.880" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually &quot;Di dove sei?&quot; means &quot;Where do you live?&quot; and &quot;Da dove vieni?&quot; means &quot;Where were you born?&quot; or &quot;Where do you come from?&quot;.&#xA;To ask a people &quot;where do you live?&quot;, you can use also &quot;Dove abiti?&quot;, which is more formal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4162" LastEditorUserId="4162" LastEditDate="2017-12-11T06:11:17.100" LastActivityDate="2017-12-11T06:11:17.100" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8792" CreationDate="2017-12-10T15:48:50.747" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As others mentioned, the two expressions you posted don't mean &quot;What's your name&quot;, but rather &quot;Where are you from?&quot;. If you wanted to be literal in the translation, you would translate &quot;Da dove vieni?&quot; as &quot;Where do you come from?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the time, both expressions are used to mean exactly the same thing, so it doesn't really matter. &quot;Da dove vieni&quot;, however, can be used to ask what should instead be &quot;Da dove sei venuto?&quot;, which if you want to keep the meaning should be translated as &quot;From where did you leave to come here?&quot;. Though realistically it would be better to ask &quot;How did you get here?&quot; (&quot;Come sei arrivato qui?&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To sum up, the meaning is almost the same. There is the nuance outlined by user9079251 as well as the double meaning I pointed out, but more often than not they can be used interchangeably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1776" LastActivityDate="2017-12-10T15:48:50.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8795" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8796" CreationDate="2017-12-11T07:49:25.320" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt; ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Non lo so, mio caro, non lo so: io i conti li faccio sempre sul peggio che può venire. Consideriamo dunque che Pizzuco parla: e Mariano è sistemato per le feste. &#xA;  Ad occhio e croce io dico che in questo momento i carabinieri tentano di saldare l'anello di Pizzuco a quello di Mariano; &lt;strong&gt;se tiene&lt;/strong&gt;, i casi sono due: o la catena finisce con Mariano, o Mariano, vecchio com'è, sofferente, comincia a cantare il suo rosario... E in questo caso, mio caro, la catena si allunga si allunga, si allunga tanto che mi ci posso trovare impigliato anch'io, e il ministro, e il padreterno... Un disastro, mio caro, un disastro...».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;se tiene&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato nella voce &quot;tenere&quot; in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le tantissime accezioni che ha questo verbo, non riesco a vedere a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio precedente. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-11T08:43:09.757" LastActivityDate="2017-12-11T08:43:09.757" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;se tiene&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8795" CreationDate="2017-12-11T08:37:33.460" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il soggetto di &quot;tiene&quot; è l'anello di Pizzucco saldato a quello di Mariano. Il verbo &quot;tenere&quot;, in questo caso, significa che la saldatura rimane, non si rompe. In senso figurato, significa che il collegamento tra i due è valido e la confessione di Pizzucco ha effetto. Se il collegamento è valido, dice Sciascia, o Mariano tace e quindi la catena si interrompe (non si può saldare nessun altro anello) o Mariano racconta a sua volta qualcosa e sarà così possibile aggiungere un anello, poi un altro, poi un altro ancora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2017-12-11T08:37:33.460" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8797" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8798" CreationDate="2017-12-11T16:30:42.583" Score="7" ViewCount="475" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Felice Romani's libretto &lt;em&gt;Il Pirata&lt;/em&gt;, there is a line that I'm having trouble translating / understanding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;V'ha un Nume protettor&#xA;Della sventura.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I showed this to my native-Italian aunt (who admits she is very out of practice) and she thinks it's an archaic spelling of &quot;va&quot;. I did a follow-up search on Treccani and Google, and I can't really find anything supporting that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instead, I found one source that claimed this is a form of &quot;keep you&quot;, so the sentence would be &lt;em&gt;&quot;Un Nume protettore vi ha della sventura.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;&quot;A protector god will keep you from misfortune.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems more likely, but I'm still a bit doubtful. Could someone please clarify this interesting usage of avere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-11T22:33:24.473" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T22:14:35.323" Title="What does &quot;v'ha&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8797" CreationDate="2017-12-11T17:09:31.253" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is[1] a contracted form of &lt;em&gt;Vi ha&lt;/em&gt;, itself an archaic form for &lt;em&gt;Vi è&lt;/em&gt;, there is. The meaning is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There is a god protector&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;of [those in] misfortune&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare, a few lines below, with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;più rischio non v'ha.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There isn't any more risk.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avere2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avere2/&lt;/a&gt; significato 8. Thanks to alexjo for the refernece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2017-12-25T22:14:35.323" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T22:14:35.323" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8800" CreationDate="2017-12-12T08:27:49.700" Score="3" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Non sta soffrendo niente, se tu pensi che lo tengano legato alla &lt;strong&gt;cassetta&lt;/strong&gt; o gli &#xA;  diano le scosse elettriche: altri tempi, quelli delle &lt;strong&gt;cassette&lt;/strong&gt;; ore c'è la legge anche per i carabinieri...».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;cassetta&quot; in parecchi dizionari. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa significa nel passaggio precedente. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-15T13:11:55.487" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cassetta&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8800" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8799" CreationDate="2017-12-12T09:12:41.040" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;cassetta&lt;/strong&gt; non era altro che una forma di tortura praticata (purtroppo anche) dalle forze dell’ordine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un estratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilpost.it/2012/02/16/sofri-de-tormentis/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Le torture della polizia negli anni di piombo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A volte la cosa “scappava di mano”, come nella questura di Palermo,&#xA;  1985. Oscar Luigi Scalfaro, che era allora ministro dell´Interno, dichiarò: “Un cittadino è entrato vivo in una stanza di polizia e ne è&#xA;  uscito morto”. Era un giovane mafioso, fu picchiato e torturato col&#xA;  metodo della “&lt;strong&gt;cassetta&lt;/strong&gt;”: un tubo spinto in gola e riempito di acqua&#xA;  salata. Gli sfondò la trachea, il cadavere fu portato su una spiaggia&#xA;  per simularne l´annegamento in mare. Alla notte di tortura&#xA;  parteciparono o assistettero decine di agenti e funzionari. Avevano&#xA;  molte attenuanti: era stato appena assassinato un valoroso funzionario&#xA;  di polizia, Beppe Montana, “Serpico”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nuovaalabarda.org/leggi-articolo-giornata_della_memoria_2009%3A_metodi_repressivi_dell&amp;#39;ispettorato_speciale_di_ps..php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questi documenti&lt;/a&gt; risalenti al primissimo dopoguerra segnalati da @Charo in cui viene descritta in modo ancora più preciso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’ispettore Umberto De Giorgi della Polizia Scientifica firmò in data&#xA;  18/1/46 una &lt;em&gt;perizia sui metodi di tortura dell’Ispettorato Speciale&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;  Tale perizia, richiesta dal Procuratore Generale Colonna per conto&#xA;  della Corte d’Assise Straordinaria di Trieste (copia in archivio&#xA;  IRSMLT 913) descrive, tra le altre cose, i metodi di tortura della&#xA;  “&lt;strong&gt;cassetta&lt;/strong&gt;” e della “sedia elettrica”. Leggiamone le descrizioni: &#xA;  stando alle deposizioni testimoniali, allorquando la vittima non&#xA;  confessava (nonostante il dolore provocato dalla distensione forzata&#xA;  di tutto il corpo mediante trazione delle corde fissate agli arti e&#xA;  fatte scorrere negli anelli infissi al pavimento, che spesso&#xA;  provocavano la lussazione delle spalle), era costretta a subire&#xA;  l’introduzione nell’esofago del tubo dell’acqua, che le veniva fatta&#xA;  ingoiare fino a riempimento totale dello stomaco; indi per azione di&#xA;  compressione esercitata da un segugio sul torace, le veniva fatta&#xA;  rigurgitare a mo’ di fontana, che, stante la posizione supina, spesso&#xA;  doveva minacciare di soffocamento la vittima stessa;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-12-15T13:11:55.487" LastActivityDate="2017-12-15T13:11:55.487" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8801" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8871" CreationDate="2017-12-13T08:15:07.343" Score="1" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Una buona parte della mia terra io la lascio germa: per il pascolo... Non posso dire dunque quanto mi rende per ettaro quella lasciata germa: posso dire quanto mi rendono le pecore... A &lt;strong&gt;tagliare di grasso&lt;/strong&gt;, mezzo milione... Il resto, in grano, fave, mandorle e olio, secondo le annate...».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unice.fr/lirces/langues/real/dialectes/gelo.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che l'aggettivo &quot;germo&quot; è di origine dialettale e si usa per indicare un terreno incolto, cioè quello che sarebbe qualificato come &quot;en friche&quot; in francese. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;tagliare di grasso&quot; e ricercando su Google non ho trovato niente a riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-27T08:43:31.020" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T08:43:31.020" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tagliare di grasso&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8801" CreationDate="2017-12-13T09:39:34.723" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;strong&gt;tagliare di grasso&lt;/strong&gt; significa fare una stima grossolana e approssimativa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non può infatti stimare quanto gli renderà il campo incolto ma le pecore sì, in quanto la valutazione è fattibile più facilmente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe anche dire a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;occhio e croce&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e il significato sarebbe all’incirca lo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-12-13T09:39:34.723" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8803" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-13T12:24:32.883" Score="5" ViewCount="1379" Body="&lt;p&gt;As per title, what's the meaning of &quot;talpa&quot; when used to describe a person?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;John è una talpa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1532" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-14T09:05:10.413" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T15:58:08.570" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;talpa&quot; when used to describe a person?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8804" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8803" CreationDate="2017-12-13T12:30:25.520" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;talpa&lt;/em&gt; may refer to an informer or spy; somebody who passes information profiting from their workplace. The word &lt;em&gt;mole&lt;/em&gt; is used with the same meaning in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/talpa&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con uso traslato (alla cui diffusione ha contribuito anche la traduzione fr. &lt;em&gt;La taupe&lt;/em&gt;, 1974, e ital. &lt;em&gt;La talpa&lt;/em&gt;, 1975, del titolo di un romanzo inglese di John Le Carré, &lt;em&gt;Tinker, tailor, soldier, spy&lt;/em&gt;, del 1974), informatore clandestino, infiltrato (o reclutato da un’organizzazione, spesso eversiva o terroristica) tra il personale di uffici pubblici o privati, spec. presso i ministeri, uffici giudiziarî, servizî di sicurezza, allo scopo di raccogliere notizie riservate o segrete: &lt;em&gt;la t. del Palazzo di Giustizia&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;si pensa che la fuga di notizie sia dovuta alla presenza di una t. nel ministero della Difesa&lt;/em&gt;. Anche, funzionario, impiegato o tecnico infiltrato, o assoldato, tra il personale di un’azienda per carpirne i segreti industriali o commerciali a vantaggio di un concorrente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-12-13T12:30:25.520" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8803" CreationDate="2017-12-13T12:37:53.243" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;In colloquial language it also means you're almost blind, like the animal &quot;talpa&quot; (mole). But in this case it's usually used in a comparison: you're as blind as/like a mole (sei (cieco) come una talpa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This meaning (&quot;persona che vede poco&quot;) is mentioned at &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/talpa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, giving these examples: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;non può guidare, è una talpa&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and also &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere cieco come una talpa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3545" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-16T15:58:08.570" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T15:58:08.570" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8803" CreationDate="2017-12-14T09:47:01.527" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what is explained by @egreg and @Liuka, &#xA;according to &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/talpa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, the word &quot;talpa&quot; can also have these meanings referring to a person:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;persona caratterizzata da scarsa intelligenza e da ottusità: &lt;em&gt;non capisci niente, sei una vera talpa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, a person characterized by poor intelligence and dullness,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;persona chiusa, poco interessata ai fatti esterni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, someone closed, with little interest in external facts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-14T09:47:01.527" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8810" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8811" CreationDate="2017-12-14T09:56:14.937" Score="4" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alla fine del libro &lt;em&gt;Il giorno della civetta&lt;/em&gt; c'è una nota di Leonardo Sciascia nella quale si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli Stati Uniti d'America possono avere, nella narrativa e &#xA;  nei films, generali imbecilli, giudici corrotti e poliziotti farabutti. Anche l'Inghilterra, &#xA;  la Francia (almeno fino ad oggi), la Svezia e così via. L'Italia non né ha mai avuti, &#xA;  non ne ha, non ne avrà mai. Cosi è. E bisogna, come dice Giusti di quegli ambasciatori cui Barnabò Visconti fece ingollare una bolla, cartapecora e piombi di sigillo, &lt;strong&gt;bisogna striderci&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stridere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che il verbo &quot;stridere&quot; ha il senso figurato seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; fig. Produrre un effetto di dissonanza, di discordanza, di contrasto: &lt;em&gt;colori che, messi accanto, stridono; è un quadro che, in questo ambiente, stride per l’audacia della rappresentazione; la colonna sonora stride un po’ con il contenuto del film&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altri dizionari ho trovato definizioni simili. Tuttavia, questo non sembra avere molto senso nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato. Nella stessa voce del Treccani ho trovato anche questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;. Nell’uso fam. tosc., soffocare l’espressione della propria rabbia, del proprio scontento: &lt;em&gt;ha dovuto s. per due anni sotto i padroni&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa definizione avrebbe più senso nel brano precedente, ma non sono sicura che sia questo il significato adatto perché appare come un toscanismo di uso familiare. Anche nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/stridere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato un'accezione simile, che appare anche come toscanismo, ma non ho trovato questo senso del verbo &quot;stridere&quot; in altri dizionari che ho consultato. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;bisogna striderci&quot; nel testo precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-14T10:55:23.473" Title="Cosa significa &quot;bisogna striderci&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8810" CreationDate="2017-12-14T10:30:17.373" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sciascia si riferisce a un libro di Giuseppe Giusti, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.proverbi-italiani.org/pdf/Illustrazioni.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Illustrazioni dei proverbi toscani”&lt;/a&gt;, alla voce XIX, “Ambasciatore non porta pena”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Papa Urbano V, avendo guerra nel 1370 con Bernabò Visconti Signore di Milano, uomo spregiatore e violento, lo scomunicò com’era d’uso, e gli mandò le Bolle d’interdizione per mezzo del Cardinale di Belforte e dell’Abate di Farfa. Bernabò fece finta di prenderla in buona parte, finchè nel congedarli giunto con essi sul ponte del Naviglio di mezzo, si fermò a un tratto, e disse risoluto: — Signori, volete mangiare o volete bere? — i Legati sorpresi non sapevano cosa si rispondere: ma Bernabò insistendo più minaccioso che mai: — Vi dico, perdio, se volete mangiare o se volete bere: non vi lascerò andare senza che abbiate o mangiato o bevuto in modo da ricordarvi di me. Trovandosi lì in mezzo alle guardie, e vedendosi l’acqua sotto, uno di loro, vinto lo sbigottimento, rispose: - Tant’acqua davanti non fa voglia di bere; mangeremo. — Ebbene, disse Bernabò, ecco le Bolle, non s’esce di qui senza averle mangiate, cartapecora, corda, piombo, ogni cosa: e bisognò striderci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo il brano, sembra proprio che il significato sia quello del toscanismo “soffocare l'espressione della propria rabbia”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2017-12-14T10:30:17.373" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8810" CreationDate="2017-12-14T10:43:22.270" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un'altra opera del Giusti, &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/stream/poesiedigiusepp00morlgoog/poesiedigiusepp00morlgoog_djvu.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I discorsi che corrono&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I DISCORSI CHE CORRONO &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un'altra, sciorinandosi &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Fuori con un pretesto;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  E un'altra, sullo&#xA;  stendere,  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Andando via più presto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi la fede del medico  &lt;br &gt;&#xA;  Ogni quindici giorni; &lt;br&gt; I bagni; un mese d'aria &lt;br&gt; Qui per questi&#xA;  dintorni; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Via, tra ninnoli e nannoli, &lt;br&gt;  E' si potea campare. &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;Ora? &lt;strong&gt;bisogna striderci&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;  &lt;br&gt; volere o volare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eccoli là che sgobbano &lt;br&gt; Piantati a tavolino; &lt;br&gt; E li coir orologio, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  E diciotto di vino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e nelle spiegazioni si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Diciotto, ecc. É modo proverbiale usato a significare che sopra una&#xA;  data cosa non si può transigere in  alcun modo, e tien luogo delle&#xA;  frasi bisogna striderci, non c'è  modo d'uscirne e simili; e si dice&#xA;  anche sette di vino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo a conferma della risposta di @egreg per cui bisogna striderci significa che è necessario soffocare la propria rabbia e farsene una ragione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-14T10:55:23.473" LastActivityDate="2017-12-14T10:55:23.473" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8814" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8815" CreationDate="2017-12-15T08:50:53.973" Score="2" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qui non succede niente di niente. E neppure a Braino, vedrete. E neppure in tutta quanta la zona fino quasi alla valle. Gli uomini sono ai pascoli, adesso, e non tornano prima di notte: qualcun altro sta verso &lt;strong&gt;le torbe&lt;/strong&gt;, e le donne a far legna qua e là. Se vi affacciate un momento in strada, tutt’al piú riuscirete a trovare una vecchia a soffiar sul fornello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando il vocabolo &quot;torba&quot; nei dizionari ho trovato definizioni che fanno riferimento a un combustibile fossile o a un suolo costituito di sostanza organica. Tuttavia, queste accezioni mi sembrano un po' strane nel contesto del brano precedente, con &quot;le torbe&quot; così in plurale. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono &quot;le torbe&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-15T09:01:11.670" Title="Cosa sono &quot;le torbe&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8814" CreationDate="2017-12-15T09:01:11.670" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che l’autore per &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torbiera&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;torbe&lt;/a&gt; voglia intendere torbiere, cioè &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ambienti caratterizzati da grande abbondanza di acqua (acquitrino o&#xA;  palude) in movimento lento e a bassa temperatura. In tale ambiente si&#xA;  sviluppa una vegetazione prevalentemente erbacea tipica di luoghi&#xA;  umidi, briofite (muschi) ma anche Gramineae (graminacee), Cyperaceae&#xA;  ed altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In ambiente umido e freddo in presenza di consistenti quantità di&#xA;  composti tannici e di sostanze acide, l'attività dei batteri che&#xA;  naturalmente degradano la sostanza organica viene fortemente inibita,&#xA;  per di più l'ambiente limoso e con scarsa circolazione di acqua e&#xA;  quindi povero di ossigeno rende inospitale l'ambiente per i&#xA;  microrganismi. Il materiale vegetale che deriva dal ciclo biologico&#xA;  delle piante che vivono nella torbiera, tende quindi progressivamente&#xA;  ad accumularsi in strati dando origine alla torba, unitamente a resti&#xA;  di animali come gli insetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te indicato gli uomini si stanno dirigendo verso zone paludose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-12-15T09:01:11.670" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8859" CreationDate="2017-12-16T08:41:29.023" Score="2" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’ombra proprio non era ancor scesa: campanacci di pecore e capre si sentivano a tratti qua e là un po’ prima della &lt;strong&gt;prata&lt;/strong&gt; dei pascoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cos'è una &quot;prata&quot;. Ho cercato questo termine in parecchi dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmene il significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T13:30:08.083" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;prata&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8816" CreationDate="2017-12-16T10:36:20.033" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=TB-3CwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA236&amp;amp;lpg=PA236&amp;amp;dq=prata%20dei%20pascoli&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=6odB-439M4&amp;amp;sig=g3H2Xh3xEx5pR_2VLbLMQuYvENg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjJreiapI7YAhVBYlAKHSFiCs4Q6AEwDnoECAUQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=prata%20dei%20pascoli&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Archeologia e storia di un castello apuano &lt;/a&gt; trovi che il termine prata era il toponimo prato utilizzato al neutro plurale latino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=XDnTQjSV7vYC&amp;amp;pg=PA42&amp;amp;lpg=PA42&amp;amp;dq=prata%20di%20pascoli&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=y-H0f6LshQ&amp;amp;sig=jMtuGORDl7pdkX-wjneAzFzw9DA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwidwOegv47YAhUJ1xQKHXiYBaQQ6AEwB3oECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=prata%20di%20pascoli&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Le Padule di Fucecchio: una lunga storia di un ambiente naturale&lt;/a&gt; per prata di pascoli si intendeva &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Subito dopo la zona dei coltivi si estendeva una fascia lasciata a&#xA;  prato, attestata da luoghi detti Prata, alla Prata, Pratali. Come si&#xA;  evince dallo stesso vocabolo, si trattava di pascoli ormai in larga&#xA;  misura assegnati in godimento a privati, ma dove esistevano anche aree&#xA;  di proprietà comunale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-16T12:18:24.823" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T12:18:24.823" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8818" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2017-12-16T13:30:22.087" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use this tag for questions regarding the origin of a phrase, an idiom or a proverb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-16T13:30:22.087" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T13:30:22.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8819" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2017-12-16T13:30:22.087" Score="0" Body="Use this tag for questions regarding the origin of a phrase, an idiom or a proverb." OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-16T13:30:22.087" LastActivityDate="2017-12-16T13:30:22.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8822" CreationDate="2017-12-17T10:09:39.000" Score="2" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il ragazzo se ne andò in giro due giorni qua e là, perché in realtà era un bravo ragazzo, pieno di idee e d’espedienti e &lt;strong&gt;per quassú&lt;/strong&gt; anche quasi educato: salí alle torbe, e ai calanchi, ed ai pascoli e non riuscí a trovar piú di tanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;per quassú&quot;. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quassu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere questa spiegazione per l'avverbio &quot;quassú&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In questo luogo qua in alto o più in alto (contr. di &lt;em&gt;quaggiù&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;q. in cima; sono q. in soffitta; vieni un momento q.; come sei salito fin q.?&lt;/em&gt;; preceduto da prep.: &lt;em&gt;di q.&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;da q.&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;non riesco a vederti&lt;/em&gt;. Talora può indicare non luogo più elevato, ma posto più a settentrione rispetto a quello dove sta la persona a cui si scrive o si telefona: &lt;em&gt;spero che tu mi raggiunga presto q. a Torino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le definizioni che si trovano in altri dizionari sono simili. Tuttavia, questo non sembra avere molto senso nel contesto del brano precedente: il ragazzo per quel luogo in alto era quasi educato? Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;per quassú&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-17T10:51:46.900" Title="Significato dell'espressione &quot;per quassú&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8821" CreationDate="2017-12-17T10:51:46.900" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In quella frase “per quassù” si può parafrasare con “per i canoni di quassù” o “per essere uno di quassù”. Cioè, altrove (in città, forse) quel ragazzo non sarebbe stato considerato particolarmente educato ma “quassù” (il paesino dove si svolge il racconto) lo si può ritenere “quasi educato”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra l'altro – ma forse su questo si potrebbe porre una domanda a parte – quando si dice “su” o “giù” in contesti simili, non ci si riferisce necessariamente a una maggiore elevazione. Se uno dice “Vado su al paese a trovare i miei”, non pensa necessariamente alla quota del paese (ma d'altronde in varie parti d'Italia i paesi sono su colli e monti, mentre le città sono nelle valli, nelle pianure o sul mare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Fammelo scrivere in piccolo: a volte è qualcosa di vagamente simile a &lt;em&gt;uptown&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;downtown&lt;/em&gt; in inglese, dove una denotazione topografica precisa ha assunto successivamente un senso più sociale che geografico. &lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2017-12-17T10:51:46.900" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8823" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8855" CreationDate="2017-12-18T00:23:54.647" Score="4" ViewCount="835" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola italiana &lt;em&gt;crosta&lt;/em&gt; deriva, stando al mio Devoto-Oli, dal latino &lt;em&gt;crusta&lt;/em&gt;. Dato che in latino c'è una &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;, io mi aspetterei, per paragone con tante altre parole, una &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; chiusa, dunque crósta. Invece il Devoto-Oli scrive sillaba crò.sta, dicendo dunque che quella &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; è aperta. Esistono altri casi di &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt; diventate &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; aperte in italiano? E come mai (se è noto) si trovano queste eccezioni? O sono io che mi sono inventato la regola u breve &gt; o chiusa che in realtà non esiste?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1009" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-12-18T11:07:14.083" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T17:19:13.417" Title="Perché da crusta è derivato cròsta (o aperta) e non crósta (o chiusa)?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8824" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8827" CreationDate="2017-12-18T09:16:06.247" Score="1" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aveva pelle scura e rugosa, e capelli color grigio-passera e vene dure e sporgenti come neanche un uomo le ha. E se una pianta può in qualche modo servire a dar l’idea di un cristiano, bene, un vecchio &lt;strong&gt;ulivo di fosso&lt;/strong&gt; è quel che ci vuole per lei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la definizione di &quot;fosso&quot; in parecchi dizionari. Tuttavia non capisco cos'è un &quot;ulivo di fosso&quot;. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-19T21:39:04.050" Title="Cos'è un &quot;ulivo di fosso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8826" CreationDate="2017-12-19T08:36:33.457" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto quanto segue. Si tratta di parte di un dialogo tra un prete e una vecchia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Dicevo, – precisò ad occhi obliqui, – che io non mi sono mai fatta vedere qui prima d’oggi… &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Beh, l’inverno è all’uscio, e c’è un mucchio di cose da fare: e per voi peggio ancora, suppongo… Chi vi dice di venire in parrocchia? L’importante è non &lt;strong&gt;perdere il numero&lt;/strong&gt;. Può sempre venir buono, ecco tutto. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – E io non l’ho perso, – disse lei dopo un po’ sorridendo, come se usare le mie stesse parole fosse bere al mio stesso bicchiere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;perdere il numero&quot; in questo contesto. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;numero&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato o non ho saputo trovare nulla al riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-19T08:59:19.253" Title="Cosa significa &quot;perdere il numero&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8825" CreationDate="2017-12-19T08:46:41.153" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;non perdere il numero&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa essere sempre in grado di trovare la Chiesa in caso di bisogno anche se, come dice la vecchia, non si era mai fatta vedere prima d'oggi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Numero si può riferire sia al telefono che all'indirizzo, ma in senso figurato significa avere un riferimento fisico ma anche spirituale dove andare a chiedere aiuto in caso di bisogno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-19T08:59:19.253" LastActivityDate="2017-12-19T08:59:19.253" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8824" CreationDate="2017-12-19T21:39:04.050" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non mi pare esista una definizione esatta di &quot;&lt;em&gt;ulivo di fosso&lt;/em&gt;&quot;; ritengo che l'autore abbia aggiunto &quot;di fosso&quot; per specificare il fatto che si tratta di un albero di ulivo cresciuto in riva ad un fosso, e probabilmente sta a indicare il fatto che è cresciuto selvatico e non curato. Il brano riportato utilizza questa immagine come analogia tra la persona descritta ed un vecchio albero selvatico e nodoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-12-19T21:39:04.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8828" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-20T08:38:08.720" Score="12" ViewCount="187793" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale delle seguenti frasi è corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Volevo chiederle se potesse farmi questo favore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Volevo chiederle se potrebbe farmi questo favore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4184" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-20T08:45:19.133" LastActivityDate="2020-01-24T16:12:01.580" Title="Volevo chiederle se + congiuntivo o condizionale?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8828" CreationDate="2017-12-20T08:40:24.243" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo Treccani, in questo caso, entrambe le frasi possono considerarsi corrette. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_1077.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani a riguardo dice&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DOMANDA&lt;/strong&gt; È corretto dire: &quot;volevo chiederle se potrebbe...&quot; o va usato&#xA;  il congiuntivo?&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;RISPOSTA&lt;/strong&gt; Potrebbe aprire la finestra? Si tratta di un&#xA;  inappuntabile condizionale di cortesia. Tale inappuntabile&#xA;  condizionale di cortesia resta inappuntabile anche nell'interrogativa&#xA;  indiretta volevo chiederle se potrebbe aprire la finestra. Insomma, il&#xA;  condizionale, in questo caso, va bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In aggiunta, sempre su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_565.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, c'è una spiegazione più organica al seguente quesito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DOMANDA&lt;/strong&gt; Vorrei sapere se la domanda che segue è corretta o no. “Vorrei chiederle se potesse darmi qualche suggerimento a riguardo...”&#xA;  &lt;BR&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RISPOSTA&lt;/strong&gt; L'attenzione verte principalmente sulla consecutio&#xA;  temporum. Nella dichiarativa, compare una forma di cortesia, che&#xA;  attenua il tono diretto della richiesta, realizzabile in vari gradi a&#xA;  scalare (Voglio chiederle, Le chiedo, Le chiederei) grazie&#xA;  all'introduzione del verbo modale volere e all'adozione del&#xA;  condizionale. Vorrei chiederle equivale dunque a Le chiederei: in&#xA;  dipendenza da un condizionale (qui di cortesia, equivalente, di fatto,&#xA;  a un presente indicativo più “gentile”), l'interrogativa indiretta&#xA;  esplicita, portatrice di un'azione posteriore rispetto a quella della&#xA;  reggente, seleziona il modo, tra congiuntivo e indicativo, a seconda&#xA;  della maggiore o minore ricercatezza stilistica: vorrei chiederle se&#xA;  possa darmi (più elevato) / vorrei chiederle se può darmi (standard).&#xA;  In questo caso, può avere senso anche l'uso del condizionale, vale a&#xA;  dire lo stesso modo che useremmo nell'interrogazione diretta, volendo&#xA;  essere cortesi (Potrebbe darmi... ?): vorrei chiederle se potrebbe&#xA;  darmi. Il tempo dell'interrogativa indiretta è il presente (o, al&#xA;  limite, il futuro, nel caso di uso dell'indicativo: vorrei chiederle&#xA;  se potrà darmi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Infine: non si scriva a riguardo, ma al riguardo, a questo riguardo, a&#xA;  tale riguardo, se la frase si conclude e dunque ci riferiamo ad&#xA;  affermazioni fatte in precedenza; riguardo a (al, alla, ai, ecc.) se i&#xA;  puntini di sospensione preparano tali affermazioni (… suggerimento&#xA;  riguardo al mio progetto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-20T09:21:32.790" LastActivityDate="2017-12-20T09:21:32.790" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8830" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8831" CreationDate="2017-12-20T09:18:38.840" Score="1" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Bene bene. Lasciamo in pace la vecchia talpa oramai. &lt;strong&gt;Spolveriamoci il cuore&lt;/strong&gt; e non pensiamoci piú».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalla descrizione che se ne fa nel libro, mi è chiaro che &quot;vecchia talpa&quot; fa riferimento alla definizione di talpa come &quot;persona chiusa, poco interessata ai fatti esterni&quot; che appare nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/talpa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; e di cui si è parlato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8809/707&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt; a un'altra domanda. Comunque non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;spolverarsi il cuore&quot; nel brano precedente. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;cuore&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente al riguardo. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-12-20T09:36:18.863" LastActivityDate="2017-12-20T09:37:54.757" Title="Significato di &quot;spolverarsi il cuore&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8830" CreationDate="2017-12-20T09:37:54.757" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggi il passaggio da te indicato come &lt;strong&gt;libera il cuore dalla polvere che lo ricopre&lt;/strong&gt; e non pensarci più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato spolverare vuol dire ripulire e quindi alleggerire il cuore dai pensieri che lo affliggono. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-12-20T09:37:54.757" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8832" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-20T16:48:06.407" Score="5" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any words like can be pronunced in different ways but still have the same meaning in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4186" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-20T16:55:18.803" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T19:53:18.910" Title="Are there any words with different pronunciation but same meaning?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8832" CreationDate="2017-12-20T18:11:34.170" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In different regions of Italy there are differences in the way Italians do pronounce many words. I can give you some examples that I took from the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books/about/Italiano_grammatica_Grammatica_essenzial.html?id=5sxnPgAACAAJ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Italiano grammatica. Grammatica essenziale della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA; by Melina Insolera, published by Zanichelli. According to this book, the word &lt;em&gt;casa&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced /'kaza/ in the North of Italy (with voiced &quot;s&quot;), while is  /'kasa/ in the Center-South (with voiceless &quot;s&quot;). The word &lt;em&gt;insalata&lt;/em&gt; instead is /insa'lata/ in the North (with voiceless &quot;s&quot;), but /intsa'lata/ at Rome (with voiceless &quot;z&quot;). The word &lt;em&gt;roba&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced as &lt;em&gt;robba&lt;/em&gt;  in many regions of the Center-South, whereas the word &lt;em&gt;brutto&lt;/em&gt; is often pronounced as &lt;em&gt;bruto&lt;/em&gt; in the North of Italy. The word &lt;em&gt;colonna&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced / ko'lɔna/ (with an open &quot;o&quot;) at Rome and at many parts of Italy, but not at Florence, where it's pronounced /ko'lonna/ (with a closed &quot;o&quot;) due to the Latin origin of the word (it comes from &lt;em&gt;columna&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other examples from this book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced /'bɛne/ at Florence and Rome, but /'bene/ in the North and South of Italy. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;‎The word &lt;em&gt;piede&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced /'pjɛde/ at Florence and Rome, but /'pjede/ in the North and South of Italy. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;‎The word &lt;em&gt;zio&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced with voiceless &quot;z&quot; /'tsio/ in the Center-South, but with vouced &quot;z&quot; /'dsio/ in the North. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-21T10:05:16.747" LastActivityDate="2017-12-21T10:05:16.747" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8834" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8835" CreationDate="2017-12-21T07:58:36.780" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era buio e già c’era la luna: i monti e le siepi e le strade e le lapidi del cimitero (fatta eccezione dei boschi che non eran nient’altro che macchie) apparivano piú chiari che al sole. Non erano ancora le sette, e in ogni casa la vecchia &lt;strong&gt;prendeva il filo e faceva le parti&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &quot;prendeva il filo e faceva le parti&quot; in questo brano. La frase potrebbe far riferimento (non ne sono sicura) a una vecchia lavandaia, che è uno dei personaggi del racconto. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;filo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente al riguardo. Potreste spiegarmi il significato di questa frase nel passaggio sopra citato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; Un'altra frase tratta dal libro che forse può aiutare a capire il contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alle sei scendevate in strada e non sentivate altro che odor di polenta e castagne bollite nell’acqua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-21T08:36:07.437" LastActivityDate="2017-12-21T08:52:25.450" Title="Cosa significa &quot;prendeva il filo e faceva le parti&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8834" CreationDate="2017-12-21T08:46:55.830" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;La scena descrive l'ora di cena nelle case contadine dell'Italia settentrionale dove il cibo più comune, all'inizio del secolo scorso, era la polenta, che veniva tagliata a fette con un filo di cotone, per non sprecarne nemmeno quella piccola quantità che poteva rimanere attaccata alla lama.&#xA;Il compito di fare le parti era affidato alla donna più anziana, che aveva il potere di assegnare la giusta razione a ciascuno dei commensali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-21T08:52:25.450" LastActivityDate="2017-12-21T08:52:25.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8837" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8839" CreationDate="2017-12-22T02:01:46.340" Score="-1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apologies if this isn't the correct place to post this. Please feel free to guide me somewhere else. Or if I should format this question better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My mostly non-Italian speaking family found an old family members possible arrest record. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone translate this image to English? We're mostly looking for what the arrest was for and any other important information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know the cursive may be very hard to read...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/BgXLF.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/BgXLF.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4192" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-22T09:12:32.377" LastActivityDate="2017-12-22T17:48:19.943" Title="Found a family members possible arrest record, looking for a translation to English" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2017-12-22T13:15:10.553" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8838" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-22T04:08:28.320" Score="0" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;I watched this short video about the word &quot;Boh&quot; in Italian: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fdi4GKi52as&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fdi4GKi52as&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the origin and what is the context in which we use this word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastActivityDate="2017-12-22T05:58:19.250" Title="In quale contesto usiamo la parola &quot;Boh&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ClosedDate="2017-12-22T13:17:45.163" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8837" CreationDate="2017-12-22T05:18:00.527" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;This was not an arrest record but a request for disclosure of your relative’s criminal record, where results that he had nothing preceding the date of request. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also nowadays when you’re applying for a job you’re requested to provide, along with many other certifications, this document which states your criminal record. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The document can be roughly translated like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Criminal record&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Public Prosecution Service attached to the Cosenza District Court&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;At the name of (your relative’s name) Di fu (your relative father’s&#xA;  name) di fu (your relative mother’s name) birth on 19/11/1917 in&#xA;  Cosenza following the request issued by (unreadable) to be used for every &#xA;  appropriate purpose we certify that his criminal record contains &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTHING&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;September 17, 1948&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-22T17:48:19.943" LastActivityDate="2017-12-22T17:48:19.943" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8838" CreationDate="2017-12-22T05:52:07.913" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;You use the word &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/boh/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;boh&lt;/a&gt; to express uncertainty, for example when you don’t know an answer to a question. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A similar question &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1142/what-does-boh-mean-precisely&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-22T05:58:19.250" LastActivityDate="2017-12-22T05:58:19.250" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8841" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-22T13:10:13.490" Score="2" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di colpo, da dietro il bersò, balzaron fuori sei o sette ragazzi con latte vuote e coperchi e lamiere e &lt;strong&gt;tutto quel ch’è rimasto da una festa del genere&lt;/strong&gt;. E altri tre dalla siepe di fronte. Urlando e battendo le latte, le si misero in cerchio a ballare. E poi, tutti dietro in corteo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco il significato delle singole parole di questo testo, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;tutto quel ch’è rimasto da una festa del genere&quot;. Nel libro non si parla di nessuna festa. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-22T16:01:05.377" LastActivityDate="2018-01-26T21:33:40.403" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tutto quel ch’è rimasto da una festa del genere&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="19" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8842" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-23T02:48:26.387" Score="4" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Spiacente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dispiace&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scusi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are the precise contexts of the word usage of the aforementioned words for sorry?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-23T08:29:16.857" LastActivityDate="2017-12-23T16:32:28.627" Title="Qual è la differenza nel significato di queste parole per &quot;sorry&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9072" CreationDate="2017-12-23T08:30:36.500" Score="2" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Beh. Una sciocchezza del genere non è neanche rara quassú. In fondo &lt;strong&gt;hanno ancora del bosco&lt;/strong&gt;. Un tale è appena appena diverso da voi, bada solo a tirare il suo sacco e non scende a bere in stalla a Natale, ed ecco, arriva la sera che gli taglian la barba alla capra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;hanno del bosco&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;bosco&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente al riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-05T16:08:54.947" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;hanno del bosco&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8844" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8841" CreationDate="2017-12-23T12:42:41.987" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto la fortuna di poter parlare con un italiano che conosce molto bene l'opera di D'Arzo. In questo modo ho potuto capire che esistono molte versioni diverse del racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt;. Nella biblioteca Panizzi di Reggio Emilia si trova un manoscritto del racconto che contiene una storia molto piú lunga di quella pubblicata. Esistono anche due dattiloscriti abbastanza diversi tra di loro (e anche con titoli diversi che adesso non ricordo piú). Uno di questi testi è quello che è stato usato da Giorgio Bassani e Attilio Bertolucci per pubblicare il racconto con il titolo &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; nella rivista &lt;em&gt;Botteghe oscure&lt;/em&gt;, nel 1952, poco dopo la morte dell'autore. Precedentemente, però, nel 1948, una versione piú corta del racconto, con il titolo &lt;em&gt;Io prete e la vecchia Zelinda&lt;/em&gt;, venne pubblicata con lo pseudonimo di Sandro Nedi nella rivista &lt;em&gt;Illustrazione italiana&lt;/em&gt;. Poi, nel 1960, Vallecchi pubblicò il racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; nel libro &lt;em&gt;Nostro lunedí. Racconti. Poesie. Saggi&lt;/em&gt;. La versione da Einaudi nel libro &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri e altri racconti&lt;/em&gt;, che è quella che ho letto io, è essenzialmente la stessa di quella di Vallecchi (può darsi che ci sia qualche piccola correzione, non lo so). Ma poi sono state pubblicate nuove versioni di questo racconto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase che appare nella domanda è quella che si può leggere nelle versioni da Vallecchi e da Einaudi. Il senso di questa frase non si capisce molto bene: sembra piuttosto strano che i ragazzi usino gli avanzi di una festa trattandosi di un paesino dove non accade mai nulla. Ma in alcune delle versioni piú moderne, come &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=oTcdAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22tutto+quel+ch%27%C3%A8+richiesto+da%22&amp;amp;dq=%22tutto+quel+ch%27%C3%A8+richiesto+da%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiYhPv2pPTYAhVDaxQKHU0eBIkQ6wEICzAA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa&lt;/a&gt; da Monte Università Parma (2003) e quella edita da Corsiero Editore nel 2013, che ho avuto tra le mani, la frase che appare invece di quella della domanda è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di colpo, da dietro il bersò, balzaron fuori sei o sette ragazzi con latte vuote e coperchi e lamiere e tutto quel ch’è &lt;strong&gt;richiesto&lt;/strong&gt; da una festa del genere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto si spiega come una vecchia contadina, Zelinda, va a parlare con il prete del paese e gli fa alcune domande sul matrimonio. Ma un'altra donna, la Melide, ascolta questa conversazione e lo spiega ad alcuni ragazzi. Questi vogliono fare uno scherzo alla vecchia e, per questo, prendono &quot;latte vuote e coperchi e lamiere&quot; e si mettono a inseguire la vecchia battendo le latte e gettando coriandoli, come si usa fare per festeggiare i nuovi sposati. Quindi, i ragazzi hanno &quot;tutto quel ch’è richiesto&quot; per la festa del matrimonio, cioè, per fare il loro scherzo alla vecchia. &#xA;Infatti, l'autore usa appunto il termine &quot;festa&quot; per riferirsi a questo scherzo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Eh, sí, sí, riconosco la firma, – mi venne subito in mente. – Qui c’è sotto la Melide, è chiaro. Quella sera ha ascoltato alla porta, e ha capito ogni cosa a suo modo, e cosí ha preparato la &lt;strong&gt;festa&lt;/strong&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proposito dell'esistenza di parecchie versioni, questo non accade soltanto con &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt;. Sembra che D'Arzo rivedesse e rielaborasse di continuo i suoi testi. La sua morte prematura, però, non ci ha permesso di sapere quali versioni ritenesse le piú compiute. In particolare,  per la prefazione a &lt;em&gt;Nostro lunedí&lt;/em&gt;  ho potuto constatare come, tra la versione di Vallecchi (questo italiano di cui vi ho parlato ha una copia del libro edito da Vallecchi) e quella di Einaudi, ci siano parecchie differenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-26T21:33:40.403" LastActivityDate="2018-01-26T21:33:40.403" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8842" CreationDate="2017-12-23T16:32:28.627" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/sorry&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/sorry&lt;/a&gt; to clarify the different usage of the italian words you mention:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Spiacente&quot;&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;&quot;Mi dispiace&quot;&lt;/em&gt; are pretty equivalent, and are used with &quot;regretful&quot; or &quot;sympathetic&quot; meaning.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I am sorry that you were sick&quot; = &quot;Mi dispiace che tu fossi malato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sorry, but we sold out the tickets&quot; = &quot;Mi dispiace, i biglietti sono finiti&quot;. Please note that this example is more formal and you can as well use &quot;Spiacente&quot; (&quot;Spiacente, i biglietti sono finiti&quot;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Scusi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;Mi scusi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; when are used at the beginning of the phrase like an introduction, have the meaning of &quot;Excuse me&quot; or &quot;please repeat&quot; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Excuse me, sir; may I ask you something?&quot; = &quot;Mi scusi, posso farle una domanda?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sorry? I have not understood&quot; = &quot;Scusi? Non ho capito&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When used alone, &quot;Scusi&quot; has the same meaning of &quot;My apologies&quot;, and can be replaced with &quot;Mi dispiace&quot; (but &quot;Scusi&quot; is more polite).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-12-23T16:32:28.627" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8828" CreationDate="2017-12-23T19:27:49.293" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riporto, riadattandola al caso la risposta dell'illustre linguista e filologo Luca Serianni, socio nazionale dell’Accademia dei Lincei, della Crusca e dell'Arcadia, in merito alla &lt;strong&gt;sintassi del verbo nelle interrogative indirette&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo è quello più comune&lt;/strong&gt; (e quindi &lt;strong&gt;raccomandabile&lt;/strong&gt;), anche se &lt;em&gt;il condizionale&lt;/em&gt;, pur situandosi &lt;em&gt;ai limiti dell'accettabilità&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;non può dirsi sbagliato&lt;/em&gt;: la sequenza &lt;em&gt;se + condizionale&lt;/em&gt;, lo ricordiamo, è inammissibile nella protasi di un periodo ipotetico (&lt;em&gt;Se lo vedrei, lo riconoscerei&lt;/em&gt;), ma non c'è nessuna restrizione preliminare quando il se introduce un'interrogativa indiretta. Vero è che un condizionale in un'interrogativa indiretta introdotta da se è del tutto a suo agio solo quando la subordinata rappresenta l'apodosi di un periodo ipotetico con protasi non espressa (&lt;em&gt;Mi domando se direbbe le stesse le cose anche davanti a suo padre&lt;/em&gt;; cioè &lt;em&gt;se ci fosse suo padre&lt;/em&gt;), quando il condizionale esprime un valore specifico (per esempio condizionale di cortesia: &lt;em&gt;Mi chiedo se non le farebbe piacere andare a riposare&lt;/em&gt;), oppure quando l'azione è proiettata al futuro (in tal caso oggi è obbligatorio il condizionale composto: &lt;em&gt;Mi chiedevo se sarebbe davvero partito&lt;/em&gt;). [cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/sintassi-verbo-interrogative-indirette&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pertanto è meglio usare il congiuntivo, in quanto nell'esempio in questione non si presentano le modalità sopra riportate, e sebbene non possa dirsi sbagliato, vi sono comunque dubbi sulla correttezza grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-23T19:27:49.293" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8847" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8878" CreationDate="2017-12-24T01:11:07.010" Score="4" ViewCount="1501" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo un libro sulla storia d'Italia e mi sono imbattuto nella frase &quot;mal della pietra&quot;. Facendo delle ricerche su Internet ho scoperto che si tratta di un'espressione abbastanza (o forse molto) insolita, e non sono riuscito a trovare il significato esatto. L'espressione figura in una descrizione dell'epoca in cui il &lt;em&gt;limes&lt;/em&gt; (cioè, la frontiera fortificata dell'Impero romano) diventava sempre meno efficace per proteggere l'Impero dalle tribù barbariche. Ecco il brano: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Più frequenti si facevano i raid dei barbari, più larghe le brecce nel &lt;em&gt;limes&lt;/em&gt;, e più nei Romani si sviluppava il mal della pietra per tappare i buchi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-27T22:19:11.910" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T22:19:11.910" Title="Che cosa vuol dire la frase &quot;mal della pietra&quot; in questo senso figurato?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8848" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8850" CreationDate="2017-12-24T07:51:54.303" Score="5" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's say we want to translate the sentence: &quot;That is the most expensive house&quot;. Is it right to translate this to: &quot;Quella è la casa più cara&quot;? How can I see the difference in Italian between 'the most expensive' and 'the more expensive'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4194" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-24T11:09:30.187" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T11:09:30.187" Title="How to see the difference between superlative and comparative" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8848" CreationDate="2017-12-24T10:54:33.557" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference between &quot;more&quot; and &quot;most&quot; in Italian language is translated as the distinction between &lt;em&gt;&quot;comparativo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (comparative) and &lt;em&gt;&quot;superlativo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (superlative); the comparative is always used as a comparison between elements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Quella casa è &lt;strong&gt;più cara di&lt;/strong&gt; quell'altra&quot; = &quot;That house is &lt;strong&gt;more expensive than&lt;/strong&gt; that other one&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in Italian there is also a distinction between &lt;em&gt;&quot;superlativo relativo&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (relative superlative) that still implies a comparison between two or more elements, where one &quot;wins&quot; above all the others (I hope that the concept is clear) and &lt;em&gt;&quot;superlativo assoluto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (absolute superlative, its equivalent in English is &quot;very&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of the first one is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. &quot;Quella casa è &lt;strong&gt;la più cara&lt;/strong&gt; del quartiere&quot; = &quot;That house it &lt;strong&gt;the most expensive&lt;/strong&gt; of the neighborhood&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please take note that you can omit the &quot;comparison&quot; (can be implicit):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E.g. &quot;Quella casa è &lt;strong&gt;la più cara&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; = &quot;That house it &lt;strong&gt;the most expensive&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wherease in the absolute form:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Quella casa è &lt;strong&gt;carissima&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; (That house is &lt;strong&gt;very expensive&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;References:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.bab.la/grammatica/italiano/comparativo-e-superlativo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.bab.la/grammatica/italiano/comparativo-e-superlativo&lt;/a&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oneworlditaliano.com/grammatica-italiana/superlativo-italiano.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.oneworlditaliano.com/grammatica-italiana/superlativo-italiano.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-24T11:08:19.450" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T11:08:19.450" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8851" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8867" CreationDate="2017-12-24T12:45:37.963" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Bene, – mi dissi quel giorno, perché prima di muovere un passo una ragione devi pure trovarla e far ridere non piace a nessuno – se il tuo mestiere è interessarti di tutti, comincia intanto a interessarti di uno: non di piú che uno solo. Fino in fondo però, fino alla radice a dir poco. Non c’è mezzo migliore cosí per interessarsi sul serio anche di tutti quegli altri. Se no, galantuomo, &lt;strong&gt;risparmiati pure il sapone&lt;/strong&gt;: tutto il resto non è che paesaggio».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;risparmiarsi il sapone&quot; in questo brano. Non sembra che si trovi nulla al riguardo nella voce &quot;sapone&quot; dei dizionari. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T17:41:49.693" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;risparmiarsi il sapone&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8596" CreationDate="2017-12-24T14:39:45.540" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'autore si riferisce all'antico modo con cui si facevano e si vendevano le fascine di legna (cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=H_vswACDkvQC&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Le &lt;strong&gt;fascine da forno&lt;/strong&gt; sono costituite da legna da ardere e&#xA;ciascuna pesa 7kg.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Le &lt;strong&gt;fascine da piede&lt;/strong&gt; sono fascine &lt;strong&gt;lunghe circa 6 piedi&lt;/strong&gt; e&#xA;provenienti di solito da bosco ceduo di querce. (1 piede era circa uguale a 0.38 metri, ossia circa 38 centimetri)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;strong&gt;fornasotti&lt;/strong&gt; (o fornaciotti) sono le fascine di lunghezza&#xA;inferiore di circa 4 piedi rispetto alle fascine da piede, ossia &lt;strong&gt;lunghe circa 2 piedi&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;stirpa&lt;/strong&gt;, in bolognese, equivale a &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=iMAQwytfwkoC&amp;amp;pg=PA299&amp;amp;lpg=PA299&amp;amp;dq=stirpa+dizionario+bolognese&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=k80dlEoSq4&amp;amp;sig=UjFhiCUHXXT03gk0t-QAsvl0g-0&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiI5rOl76LYAhVLtBQKHTE4BcIQ6AEIMTAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=stirpa%20dizionario%20bolognese&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sterpi tagliati&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I &lt;em&gt;fornasotti sono anche le piccole fornaci&lt;/em&gt; a fuoco intermittente nella cosiddetta &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=dA8KamiwRq0C&amp;amp;pg=PA73&amp;amp;lpg=PA73&amp;amp;dq=riviera+delle+fornaci+sile&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=GQNjcBb0gv&amp;amp;sig=_XjkFhX3C7IM8fxId0URN1M9Qe8&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj1_6fP8KLYAhXJcRQKHfJSAyMQ6AEIXzAN#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=riviera%20delle%20fornaci%20sile&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;riviera delle fornaci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (Un tempo lungo il fiume Sile si trovavano numerose fornaci per la produzione dei laterizi, concentrate in particolare nel basso corso del fiume, dopo Treviso, tra Sant’Antonino e Musestre, tanto che questo tratto era conosciuto anche come &quot;la riviera delle fornaci&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli stabilimenti erano chiamati &quot;fornasotti&quot; e i forni rimanevano accesi quattro o cinque giorni, in corrispondenza di ogni infornata di laterizi.&#xA;Si trovavano in aree ricche di argilla, e quando la vena del materiale si esauriva, venivano spostate in un altro luogo.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T14:39:45.540" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7616" CreationDate="2017-12-24T16:43:00.900" Score="2" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Francesco Avolio&lt;/strong&gt; (2009), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.carocci.it/index.php?option=com_carocci&amp;amp;task=schedalibro&amp;amp;Itemid=72&amp;amp;isbn=9788843052035&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lingue e dialetti d'Italia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Michele Loporcaro&lt;/strong&gt; (2017), &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.laterza.it/index.php?option=com_laterza&amp;amp;task=schedalibro&amp;amp;isbn=9788859300069&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Profilo linguistico dei dialetti italiani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Carla Marcato&lt;/strong&gt; (2007), &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.mulino.it/isbn/9788815114242&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dialetto, dialetti e italiano.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Carla Marcato&lt;/strong&gt; (2007), &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.laterza.it/index.php?option=com_laterza&amp;amp;Itemid=97&amp;amp;task=schedalibro&amp;amp;isbn=9788842053224&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il plurilinguismo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nicola De Blasi&lt;/strong&gt; (2014), &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.mulino.it/isbn/9788815245953&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Geografia e storia dell'italiano regionale&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Denis Ferretti&lt;/strong&gt; (2016), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corsieroeditore.it/index.html?pg=17&amp;amp;id=67&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica del dialetto reggiano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dialettoreggiano.net/index_file/gramatica.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.dialettoreggiano.net/index_file/gramatica.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://enosi-griko.org/Arthra/Griko_Bibliography.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://enosi-griko.org/Arthra/Griko_Bibliography.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Francesco Saverio Lioi&lt;/strong&gt; (2017), Il dialetto lucano-oppidano. Grammatica &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.regione.basilicata.it/giunta/site/giunta/detail.jsp?otype=1120&amp;amp;id=285326&amp;amp;value=consiglioInforma&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Le lingue della Lucania&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Francesco Altimari&lt;/strong&gt;,‎ &lt;strong&gt;Leonardo M. Savoia&lt;/strong&gt; (1994), I dialetti italo-albanesi. Studi linguistici e storico culturali sulle comunità arbëreshe&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.arbitalia.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.arbitalia.it/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gaetano Gerbino&lt;/strong&gt; (2009), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.arbitalia.it/lingua/gerbino_grammatica_piana_albanesi/gerbino_grammatica.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica della parlata arbëreshe di Piana degli Albanesi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T16:43:00.900" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8422" CreationDate="2017-12-24T17:13:12.777" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cardamone è un cognome calabrese e siciliano che, secondo il Rohlfs, viene dal termine dialettale 'cardamune' = neonato di ghiro'. (cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.significato.eu/cognome/Cardamone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;, cfr. Dizionario dei cognomi e soprannomi in Calabria del filologo tedesco Gerhard Rohlfs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T17:13:12.777" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8855" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8823" CreationDate="2017-12-24T17:19:13.417" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=76046&amp;amp;r=1926&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario d'ortografia e di pronuncia della RAI&lt;/a&gt; spiega che la pronuncia originaria di &quot;crosta&quot; era con la &quot;o&quot; chiusa derivata dalla &quot;u&quot; breve del latino &quot;crusta&quot;. Questa pronuncia con la &quot;o&quot; chiusa si conserva ancora nell'Italia settentrionale e in qualche altra regione, ma è scomparsa o quasi in Toscana e nell'Italia centrale, dov'è mutata in &quot;o&quot; aperta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo stesso &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=72972&amp;amp;r=208&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario&lt;/a&gt; un fenomeno simile è accaduto al termine &quot;colonna&quot;: la pronuncia originaria con &quot;o&quot; chiusa derivata dalla &quot;u&quot; breve del latino &quot;columna&quot; si mantiene in Toscana, ma è mutata in &quot;o&quot; aperta nelle altre regioni italiane. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-24T17:19:13.417" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8856" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-25T05:56:56.093" Score="0" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I like to know the precise context of usage (situazioni) and the origins of these 2 words:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Adesso &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ora&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2644" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-25T09:21:31.907" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T09:21:31.907" Title="Qual è la differenza tra le parole &quot;adesso&quot; e &quot;ora&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2017-12-25T14:44:50.550" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8857" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-25T11:05:56.093" Score="0" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Beh, ragazze, – dissi io cercando anche un mezzo sbadiglio. – Arrivederci a Loreto o ad Oropa o magari anche in tutti e due i posti. Mettete insieme una bella cosetta, capite? Ma il fatto è che adesso purtroppo ho un bel mucchio di cose da fare: e cosí, se non vi dispiace, me ne torno a tirar la carretta. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Era un &lt;strong&gt;passare la parte&lt;/strong&gt;, lo so: ma cosí le due oneste galline se ne andarono via sgambettando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste &quot;due oneste galline&quot; sono due &quot;Figlie di Maria&quot; che vogliono organizzare un &quot;pellegrinaggio ad Oropa o a Loreto o magari anche in tutti e due i posti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;passare la parte&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;parte&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente al riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T18:39:43.457" Title="Cosa significa &quot;passare la parte&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8858" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8857" CreationDate="2017-12-25T13:05:49.283" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello di &quot;passare la mano&quot; ossia di rinunciare ad un'impresa, ritirarsi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T13:05:49.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8816" CreationDate="2017-12-25T13:51:09.367" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Arcaico per &quot;prato&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per l'uso al singolare, si veda la &lt;a href=&quot;https://ia902309.us.archive.org/8/items/GrammaticaStoricaDellaLinguaItaliana2/Grammatica%20storica%20della%20lingua%20italiana%202_text.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica Storica Della Lingua Italiana e Dei Suoi Dialetti (Vol.2, pag. 60)&lt;/a&gt; di Gerhard Rohlfs da cui cito testualmente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una lunga serie di neutri si continua nel neolatino nell'originaria forma plurale, non raramente accanto all'antica forma singolare.[...omissis...]&#xA;  Accanto a &lt;em&gt;il prato&lt;/em&gt; si trova &lt;em&gt;la prata&lt;/em&gt; (Silvio d'Arzo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per chi ha interesse segnalo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il volume &lt;strong&gt;Silvio D'Arzo, lo scrittore e la sua ombra&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Atti delle giornate di studio, Reggio Emilia, 29-30 ottobre 1982&lt;/em&gt; in cui si trova&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«&quot;Prata&quot; al femminile è cinquecentesco, registrato dalla Crusca e dal Tommaseo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lucia Giroletti&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Silvio D'Arzo (1920-1952): La &quot;Religione&quot; Della Scrittura&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Elisa Vignali&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Silvio D'Arzo scrittore fra la provincia e il mondo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bibliografia su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.boll900.it/2002-i/BiblioDarzo.html#iii&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Silvio D'Arzo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-25T14:11:37.973" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T14:11:37.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8832" CreationDate="2017-12-25T16:12:21.310" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che occorra distinguere tra &quot;differenze regionali di pronuncia (cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/italiano-regionale_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;italiano regionale&lt;/a&gt;)&quot; e &quot;pronunce differenti&quot; della stessa parola con signifcato invariato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo caso rientrano le pronunce regionali le cui principali divergenze dalla pronuncia standard  consistono nei fenomeni di vocalismo e consononantismo (cfr. Dardano, Trifone, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana con nozioni di linguistica&lt;/em&gt;, 3a ed., pag.689-690, §17.7).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come esempio di vocalismo, nel Meridione &lt;strong&gt;scienza&lt;/strong&gt; (pronunciato /ˈʃɛnʦa/ nell'italiano standard) viene pronunciato /ˈʃjɛnʦa/ che è errato, in quanto la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; ha semplice valore diacritico e non va pronunciata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come esempio di consonantismo, nel Meridione si ha la sonorizzazione delle consonanti precedute da una nasale: stanco (/'stanko/) viene erratatemente pronunciato /'stango/, tanto (/tanto/) tende ad esser pronunciato /tando/, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi sono tantissime differenze di pronuncia legate alla territorialità e basta sfogliare ad esempio il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/dizionario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario di pronuncia italiana&lt;/a&gt; o &lt;a href=&quot;http://canipa.net/doku.php?id=en:pdf#manuale_di_pronuncia_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;il Manuale di pronuncia italiana&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://canipa.net/doku.php?id=start&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Canepari&lt;/a&gt; per rendersene conto. Le pronuncia che si discosta dallo &quot;standard&quot; è ovviamente errata, sebbene spesso tollerata. Ad esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;zio(*)&lt;/strong&gt;: pronunciato /'tsio/ è ormai sconsigliato, mentre è corretta la pronuncia /'dsio/; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;zappa(*)&lt;/strong&gt;: consigliato /'dzappa/, mentre è sconsigliato /'tsappa/ (fino ad un tempo addirittura ritenuto l'unica pronuncia corretta)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bene&lt;/strong&gt;: è corretto /'bɛne/, mentre è errato /'bene/ &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(*) cfr. &lt;em&gt;Manuale professionale di dizione e pronuncia&lt;/em&gt; di Carboni Giancarlo, cap. 13, pag. 87-88.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il linguista Luca Serianni, nella sua &lt;em&gt;Grammatica Italiana&lt;/em&gt; pag. 14, chiama la pronuncia standard la &lt;strong&gt;pronuncia modello&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;[..omissis..] quasi nessun parlante si sottrae all'impronta della zona d'origine, ... Ciò non vuol dire, però, che non ci sia un &lt;em&gt;italiano modello&lt;/em&gt;, da identificare, come in altre lingue, in quell che viene realizzato dal parlante che lascia capire il più tardi possibile la propria provenienza regionale e sociale. Un italiano di questo tipo c'è ed è in espansione, benché venga ancora raramente appreso come idioma materno: è la lingua delle scuole di recitazione, degli annunciatori televisivi, dei doppiatori cinematografici, avente alla base il modello colto fiorentino depurato di alcuni tratti idiomatici. &lt;strong&gt;Che una pronuncia normativa esista, possa e debba essere insegnata ci sembra quindi indubbio&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel secondo caso, la questione è più complessa e limitata a poche parole e si tratta di errori che andrebbero emendati. Rientrano in questo caso ad esempio (per la trascrizione fonetica corretta vi prego di ricercare i termini nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DiPI&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il &lt;strong&gt;circuito&lt;/strong&gt;: la pronuncia corretta è &lt;em&gt;circùito&lt;/em&gt;, ma si sente ancora pronunciare, soprattutto nel Nord, &lt;em&gt;circuìto&lt;/em&gt; (da evitare in quanto errata) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il &lt;strong&gt;baule&lt;/strong&gt;: la pronuncia corretta è &lt;em&gt;baùle&lt;/em&gt;, ma si sente ancora pronunciare, soprattutto nel Sud, &lt;em&gt;bàule&lt;/em&gt; (da evitare in quanto errata) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;edile&lt;/strong&gt;: la pronuncia consigliata è &lt;em&gt;edìle&lt;/em&gt;, ma si sente ancora &lt;em&gt;édile&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla scia di quanto detto elenco alcune delle parole (in grassetto) con pronucia corretta (la prima in corsivo) e pronuncia differente (dallo standard) e pertanto scosigliata/errata (la seconda):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;appendice&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;appendìce&lt;/em&gt; (pr. corretta), appèndice (pr. sconsigliata/errata) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;amaca&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;àmaca&lt;/em&gt;, amàca&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;autodromo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;autòdromo&lt;/em&gt;, autodròmo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bocciolo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;bocciòlo&lt;/em&gt;, bòcciolo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bolscevico&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;bolscevìco&lt;/em&gt;, bolscèvico&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;caduco&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;cadùco&lt;/em&gt;, càduco&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;calligugo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;callìfugo&lt;/em&gt;, callifùgo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cosmopolita&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;cosmopolìta&lt;/em&gt;, cosmopòlita&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cuculo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;cucùlo&lt;/em&gt;, cùculo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dissipo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;dìssipo&lt;/em&gt;, dissìpo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fortuito&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;fortùito&lt;/em&gt;, fortuìto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e così via. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potete trovare un elenco in &lt;em&gt;Manuale professionale di dizione e pronuncia&lt;/em&gt; di Carboni Giancarlo oppure nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/vademecum-sullaccento-indicarlo-pronunciarlo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi sono inoltre altre &lt;em&gt;parole per le quali esistono pronunce diverse ma entrambe corrette&lt;/em&gt;. Ad esempio &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;guaina&lt;/strong&gt; ha la pronuncia comune /ˈɡwaina/ e la pronuncia  /ɡwaˈina/ (denota l'intenzione di dar sfoggio di cultura! ma non è aulica né colta)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;elaboro&lt;/strong&gt; ha la pronuncia comune /e'laboro/ e la pronuncia aulica /ela'boro/ (rappresentativa soprattutto della lingua poetica o arcaica)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;zaffiro&lt;/strong&gt; pronunciato /'dzaffiro/ seguendo l'accentazione greca e /dzaf'firo/ seguendo l'accentazione latina.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il sito di &lt;a href=&quot;http://canipa.net/doku.php?id=start&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Canepari&lt;/a&gt; e le relative pubblicazioni approfondiscono il tema per chi vuole sapere di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consiglio infine il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DOP - Dizionario multimediale e multiligue d'Ortografia e di Pronunzia&lt;/a&gt; seppur provvisorio ed incompleto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per chi volesse esercitarsi con la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dizione_della_lingua_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizione&lt;/a&gt; dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/italiano-standard_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;italiano standard&lt;/a&gt;, oltre al manuale sopra citato, consiglio il volume di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.aracneeditrice.it/pdf/9788854826915.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Canepàri e Giovannelli&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;La buona pronuncia&#xA;italiana del terzo millennio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-26T19:53:18.910" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T19:53:18.910" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8704" CreationDate="2017-12-25T17:08:51.450" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cito testualmente da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.einaudi.it/libri/libro/gian-luigi-beccaria/il-mare-in-un-imbuto/978880620044&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il mare in un imbuto: dove va la lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di   Gian Luigi Beccaria (linguista e critico letterario):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...raccontare &lt;strong&gt;la rava e la fava&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;all'origine l'espressione era un richiamo tipico dei fruttivendoli ambulanti di una volta, che insieme a frutta, verdura, vendevano anche «rape e fave»&lt;/em&gt;), vale a dire 'raccontare di tutto, ogni cosa nei dettagli', 'una storia senza fine'. Una volta pronunciato rava, la fava nasce come una eco del significante che precede, e l'insieme del sintagma nel complesso sembrerebbe voler abbracciare, racchiudere specularmente una totalità, voler raccontare appunto 'di tutto'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T17:08:51.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5634" CreationDate="2017-12-25T22:41:02.040" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are several graded reading series wiht many interesting books:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blackcat-cideb.com/en/catalogue/italian/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Black Cat Graded Readers&lt;/a&gt; (levels from A2 to C1 with and without Audio CD): Here the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blackcat-cideb.com/uploads/2017/06/ZZITA17E_Catalogo_Italiano_SC.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Catalogue in pdf&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.loescher.it/dettagliocatalogo/o_30260/bravi-lettori#configurazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bravi Lettori&lt;/a&gt; (levels from A2 to B1 with and without Audio CD)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.edilingua.it/it-it/Prodotti.aspx?ElementID=ca6410a9-f0dd-4308-90ce-405b9560565a&amp;amp;Action=First&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Primiracconti Edilingua&lt;/a&gt; (levels from A1 to C2 with and without Audio CD)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.guerra-edizioni.com/books/index.cfm?node=0,1,13,122&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il piacere della lettura&lt;/a&gt; (levels from A2 to C1 with and without Audio CD)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.guerra-edizioni.com/books/index.cfm?node=0,1,13,123&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;LETTURE GRADUATE PER STRANIERI &lt;/a&gt;(levels from A2 to C1 with and without Audio CD)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.eligradedreaders.com/en/result-filtrer-page/italiano/?custom_f_3[0]=325f41646f6c657363656e7469&amp;amp;custom_f_3[1]=335f47696f76616e69206164756c7469&amp;amp;custom_f_4[0]=315f4131&amp;amp;custom_f_4[1]=325f4132&amp;amp;custom_f_4[2]=335f4231&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ELI Graded Readers in Italian&lt;/a&gt; (levels from A1 to B1 with and without Audio CD)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-25T22:41:02.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8863" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7247" CreationDate="2017-12-26T02:28:52.553" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riporto citando testualmente dal sito della Crusca dall'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/digramma-gn-presenza-forme-verbali-guadagnia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sul digramma &lt;em&gt;gn&lt;/em&gt; e sulla presenza della &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in forme verbali come &lt;em&gt;guadagniamo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; cui rimando per chi fosse interessato ad approfondire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...se la regola prescrive che la i non compaia, come si spiegano forme come bagniamo in luogo di bagnamo? [..&lt;em&gt;omissis&lt;/em&gt;...] Per il caso in esame, &lt;strong&gt;la desinenza della prima persona dell'indicativo presente plurale di tutti i verbi è -iamo&lt;/strong&gt;: quindi, come si ha &lt;em&gt;am-iamo&lt;/em&gt;, così si ha &lt;em&gt;sogn-iamo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bagn-iamo&lt;/em&gt; ecc.: omettere quella i significa &amp;quot;tagliare&amp;quot; una parte del morfema flessivo per quel tempo, modo e persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spiegato il motivo della presenza della &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; va detto che la norma, oggigiorno, è relativamente elastica in merito. Patota, in appendice alla grammatica di Serianni, scrive: «Nei verbi con tema uscente in &lt;em&gt;-gn&lt;/em&gt; (come [...] &lt;em&gt;bagnare, sognare, vergognarsi, regnare&lt;/em&gt; ecc.) alla quarta persona di indicativo e congiuntivo e alla quinta del congiuntivo (&lt;em&gt;bagniate / bagnate&lt;/em&gt;) la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; della desinenza viene assorbita [nella pronuncia] dal suono palatale precedente. Può essere opportuno mantenerla graficamente per ribadire la solidarietà di quelle forme con tutti gli altri indicativi e congiuntivi in -iamo, nei quali la i ha conservato la sua piena riconoscibilità fonetica (amiamo [a'mjamo]) o è indispensabile come segno diacritico (leggiamo [led'dZamo]). &lt;strong&gt;La norma grammaticale è comunque tollerante in proposito, sicché forme come &lt;em&gt;bagnamo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;bagnate&lt;/em&gt; non potrebbero essere considerati errori&lt;/strong&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A conforto della tolleranza, si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_261.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pertanto, sarei dell'idea di non dare troppo addosso al povero Ammaniti per il &lt;em&gt;bagnamo&lt;/em&gt; nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Io non ho paura&lt;/em&gt;, perché come sintetizza Elisabetta Perini nel suo libro &amp;quot;Scrivere bene (o quasi)&amp;quot;: &lt;em&gt;«La risposta corretta è: bagniamo. (&lt;strong&gt;Ma bagnamo, senza la i, non è più un errore&lt;/strong&gt;)».&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T10:28:37.870" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8864" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8866" CreationDate="2017-12-26T10:32:12.193" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Casa d'altri&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Erano amare parole: e mi parve che qualcosa dovessi ben dirlo a ogni modo. E mi alzai e mi avvicinai di due passi. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Era questo, Zelinda, che avevate messo nella lettera voi? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – No, – disse lei: e la cosa mi stupí &lt;strong&gt;la sua parte&lt;/strong&gt;. – No. Questo chiunque lo sa: chiunque passa lo vede, e neanche c’è bisogno di dirlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significhi &quot;la sua parte&quot; in questo passaggio. Cercando &quot;parte&quot; in parecchi dizionari, non sono riuscita a trovare niente che me lo possa chiarire. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T13:46:30.927" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;la sua parte&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8864" CreationDate="2017-12-26T11:30:11.770" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che significhi &quot;un bel po'&quot; oppure &quot;parecchio&quot; o &quot;abbastanza&quot;. &#xA;Potrebbe essere un'espressione dialettale o arcaica anche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4163" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T11:30:11.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8864" CreationDate="2017-12-26T13:31:58.367" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cito da Treccani alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parte/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;parte 2.b&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come locuz. avv., &lt;em&gt;la sua parte&lt;/em&gt;, non poco, abbastanza, molto: &lt;em&gt;ha goduto anche lui la sua p. nella vita&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;è furbo la sua p., te lo dico io!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;era un ragazzo di circa dodici anni, sveglio la sua p.&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;così anche il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?lemma=PARTE&amp;amp;rewrite=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;§. XVI. La parte mia, o simili, posto avverbialm. vale Molto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-26T13:46:30.927" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T13:46:30.927" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8851" CreationDate="2017-12-26T17:37:25.863" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il detto &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/S/sapone.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dare il sapone&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; vuo dire &lt;em&gt;adulare, lusingare, rendere più malleabile qualcuno.&lt;/em&gt; Il sapone, molto scivoloso, richiama l'idea di azioni sfuggenti, insinuanti (cfr Treccani alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sapone/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce sapone 2a&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Risparmiare il sapone&lt;/strong&gt; in questo contesto vuol dire &lt;em&gt;risparmiare il sapone (in senso figurato) che si potrebbe usare per &quot;dare il sapone&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, ossia &lt;em&gt;risparmiare la fatica di interessarsi degli altri&lt;/em&gt; se si fallisce cominciando a interessarsi di uno &quot;non di piú che uno solo. Fino in fondo però, fino alla radice a dir poco.  Non c’è mezzo migliore cosí per interessarsi sul serio anche di tutti quegli altri. Se no, galantuomo, risparmiati pure il sapone..&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-26T17:41:49.693" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T17:41:49.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8868" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-26T19:31:31.583" Score="2" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il telegiornale di oggi ha dato la notizia della morte del grande cuoco Gualtiero Marchesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel servizio è stato riproposto un frammento di un'intervista in cui Marchesi declamava una massima a proposito dell'arte della cucina: &quot;Creare è fare!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A seguito di tale massima, Marchesi ha confidato al giornalista qualcosa che assomigliava a: &quot;Etimo dell'antico genio...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sfugge il significato di questo frammento di frase. Cosa vuol dire essere &lt;em&gt;etimo dell'antico genio&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="559" LastEditorUserId="559" LastEditDate="2017-12-27T23:01:27.817" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T23:01:27.817" Title="L'etimo antico del genio: cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4069" CreationDate="2017-12-26T19:39:53.237" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I &lt;strong&gt;pronomi personali soggetto di 3a persona&lt;/strong&gt; sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;egli&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;lui&lt;/strong&gt; ed &lt;strong&gt;esso&lt;/strong&gt; per il singolare maschile;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ella&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;lei&lt;/strong&gt; ed &lt;strong&gt;essa&lt;/strong&gt; per il singolare femminile;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;loro&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;essi&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;esse&lt;/strong&gt; per il plurale. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zkUL0.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zkUL0.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte della tabella: Enciclopedia Treccani online&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Egli&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt; si usano con riferimento alle persone (&lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt;, specialmente nella lingua parlata, si riferisce anche agli animali e alle cose); &lt;em&gt;esso&lt;/em&gt; è usato per animali e cose. La stessa differenza non si riscontra tra &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; ed &lt;em&gt;essa&lt;/em&gt;; la forma &lt;em&gt;essa&lt;/em&gt; è riferita anche a persona, ma il suo uso è sempre meno comune e ha un carattere letterario o regionale. Analogamente a &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt;, la forma &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce, specialmente nella lingua parlata, anche agli animali e alle cose. Le forme del plurale, &lt;em&gt;essi&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;esse&lt;/em&gt;, servono per indicare tanto le persone quanto gli animali o le cose; &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; è usato con riferimento alle persone (e, specialmente nella lingua parlata, anche agli animali).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’uso comune i pronomi soggetto &lt;strong&gt;egli&lt;/strong&gt; (singolare maschile), &lt;strong&gt;ella&lt;/strong&gt; (singolare femminile), &lt;strong&gt;essi&lt;/strong&gt; (plurale maschile) ed &lt;strong&gt;esse&lt;/strong&gt; (plurale femminile) appaiono di uso limitato; in particolare, &lt;strong&gt;ella&lt;/strong&gt; è ormai desueto e usato solo in contesti burocratici o altamente formali (in questo secondo caso, in riferimento ad alte cariche religiose o civili) e di solito si accompagna all’uso delle maiuscole di reverenza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ella&lt;/strong&gt; comprenderà, signor Presidente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ella&lt;/strong&gt;, Reverendissimo Vescovo, è stat&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; chiarissim&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;. (Con il pronome allocutivo &lt;em&gt;Ella&lt;/em&gt; si ricorre più spesso alla concordanza femminile )&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arcaico è l'uso di &lt;em&gt;egli&lt;/em&gt; in frasi impersonali e come soggetto neutro: &quot;&lt;em&gt;egli è che cominciavammi allora i tocchi di una malinconia dolce, profonda&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (Dossi, &lt;em&gt;Opere&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In funzione di soggetto &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt; (singolare maschile), &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; (singolare femminile) e &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; (plurale sia maschile, sia femminile) sono nettamente prevalenti e il loro uso, &lt;em&gt;a lungo avversato dalla grammatica normativa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;è ormai pienamente accettato anche in contesti formali&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il linguista &lt;em&gt;Marcello Durante&lt;/em&gt; ha evidenziato che egli e lui non sono semplici doppioni. Infatti &lt;em&gt;egli&lt;/em&gt; (con &lt;em&gt;ella, essa, essi, esse&lt;/em&gt;) serve a richiamare il nome di una persona già citato in precedenza e comunque ricavabile dal contesto (è un pronome anaforico), mentre &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt; (con &lt;em&gt;lei, loro&lt;/em&gt;) si avvicina piuttosto al valore di &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;quella, quelli, quelle&lt;/em&gt;), in quanto non surroga soltanto il nome, ma richiama, allude concretamente alla persona. Tuttavia &lt;em&gt;egli&lt;/em&gt; è piuttosto raro anche in quelle scritture il cui protagonista dell'azione narrata viene citato più volte nel corso del tempo. Ancor più raro di &lt;em&gt;egli&lt;/em&gt; è il corrispondente &lt;em&gt;ella&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;essa&lt;/em&gt;, ché fuor di Toscana &lt;em&gt;ella&lt;/em&gt; ha generalmente sapore di letterarietà, ed &lt;em&gt;essa&lt;/em&gt; non è riuscito ad imporsi dovunque anche perché già adempie all'ufficio, non condiviso da &lt;em&gt;egli&lt;/em&gt;, di designare la cosa inanimata: ciò spiega il successo della variante &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare &lt;strong&gt;sono obbligatore le forme lui, lei, loro&lt;/strong&gt; anziché &lt;em&gt;egli, ella, essi, esse&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quando si vuole mettere in evidenza il soggetto, nel qual caso il pronome si pone dopo il verbo: &lt;em&gt;ci va lui&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;l'ha detto lei&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sono stati loro&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quando il pronome è in funzione di predicato: &lt;em&gt;non sembrava più lui&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;se io fossi lei&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ma noi non siamo loro&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dopo &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quando&lt;/em&gt;, cioè in complementi di paragone: &lt;em&gt;sei bravo come lui&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tra &lt;em&gt;ecco&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; relativo: ecco che lui non ci crede; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nelle contrposizioni: &lt;em&gt;lui dice di si, lei di no&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quando il verbo è al gerundio o al participio: &lt;em&gt;essendoci lui, eravamo più tranquilli&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nelle esclamazioni ellittiche: &lt;em&gt;contento lui, cntenti tutti&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in altre espressioni mancanti del verbo ed espressioni olofrastiche: &lt;em&gt;chi è stato? lui&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dopo &lt;em&gt;anche, neanche, pure, neppure, nemmeno&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;nemmeno loro lo hanno visto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggerisco infine di leggere l'articolo del Prof. Sabatini sul sito della Crusca &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/soggetto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Egli e lui soggetto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;pronome di terza persona in funzione di complemento&lt;/strong&gt;, quando indica una persona diversa dal soggetto, assume le forme &lt;strong&gt;lui&lt;/strong&gt; per il singolare maschile, &lt;strong&gt;lei&lt;/strong&gt; per il singolare femminile, &lt;strong&gt;loro&lt;/strong&gt; per il plurale maschile e femminile: &lt;em&gt;vado con lui, non mi dimenticherò di lei, fai prue affidamento su di loro.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le forme &lt;strong&gt;esso&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;essa&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;essi&lt;/strong&gt; ed &lt;strong&gt;esse&lt;/strong&gt;, in funzione di complemento, si ri riferiscono soltamente agli animali e alle cose, raramente alle persone (con riferimento agli animali si usano anche, specialmente nella lingua parlata, &lt;em&gt;lui, lei, loro&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;strong&gt;il loro uso ha poi un'ulteriore limitazione&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;possono adoperarsi come complemento indiretto, cioè preceduti da una proposizione, ma non come complemento oggetto&lt;/em&gt;. Per esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'aereo è il mezzo più veloce, con esso è facile raggiungere paesi lontani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;è una trama troppo debole, su di essa è impossibile costruire un romanzo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma in funzione di complemento oggetto si userà la forma atona &lt;strong&gt;lo&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedi quel libro? portamelo&lt;/em&gt; (e non &lt;em&gt;portami esso&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il pronome di terza persona in funzione di complemento è &lt;strong&gt;sé&lt;/strong&gt; quando ha valore riflessivo, cioè quando si riferisce al soggetto della frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ha troppa stima di sé&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pensano solo a sé&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma atona del pronome personale di terza persona è &lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt; (=&lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;a sé&lt;/em&gt;) nell'uso riflessivo: &lt;em&gt;si guardarono allo specchio, il cane si leccava le ferite&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla terza persona singolare e plurale, quando non si riferisce al soggetto della proposizione, il pronome presenta una duplice serie di forme: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lo/la singolare maschile/femminile per il complemento oggetto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;li/le plurale maschile/femminile per il complemento oggetto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;gli/le singolare maschile/femminile per il complemento di termine&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;loro plurale maschile e femminile per il complemento di termine&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la collocazione, noteremo che &lt;strong&gt;loro&lt;/strong&gt;, a differenza degli altri pronomi atoni, è posposto al verbo. La collocazione proclitica (cioè anteposta al verbo) è assai rara nella lingua di oggi; può verificarsi occasionalmente nel linguaggio burocratico in presenza di un participio: &lt;em&gt;le competenze loro spettanti, le pene loro comminate.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Loro&lt;/strong&gt; può inoltre essere interposto tra ausiliare e participio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;si recarono al ristorante che era stato loro indicato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;le agevolazioni che hanno loro consentito di attenuare le perdite&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e, in generale, tra verbo reggente e verbo retto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il rifornimento di carburante ha fatto loro perdere il vantaggio acquisiti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'italiano di oggi è sempre più frequente l'uso di &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; al posto di &lt;strong&gt;loro&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;li invitai a casa e gli offrii un aperitivo&lt;/em&gt; (in luogo di &lt;em&gt;offrii loro&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma si trova ampiamente attestato anche in tutta la tradizione letteraria:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chi si cura di costoro a Milano? Chi gli darebbe retta?&lt;/em&gt; (A. Manzoni, I promessi sposi)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A favorire l’uso di &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; al plurale c’è anche il fatto che il pronome &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; è bisillabico (e dunque tonico, a differenza di tutti gli altri pronomi personali di questo tipo) e dev’essere sempre posto dopo il verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fonti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Serianni&lt;/em&gt;, Grammatica Italiana&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dardano, Trifone&lt;/em&gt;, Grammatica Italiana con elementi di linguistica&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Renzi, Salvi, Cardinaletti&lt;/em&gt;, Grande grammatica italiana di consultazione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-03T19:30:21.223" LastActivityDate="2018-01-03T19:30:21.223" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8868" CreationDate="2017-12-26T20:04:52.397" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento è all'etimo del verbo &lt;strong&gt;creare&lt;/strong&gt; nella sua accezione di &lt;strong&gt;fare&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La derivazione più attendibile è infatti dal sanscrito &lt;em&gt;kar-&lt;/em&gt;, che ritroviamo nel greco κραίνω &lt;em&gt;kraino&lt;/em&gt; («produco»), oltre che in κράντωρ &lt;em&gt;krantor&lt;/em&gt; (il «dominatore») e κρείων &lt;em&gt;kreion&lt;/em&gt; («colui che fa»), sempre col significato di «&lt;strong&gt;produrre&lt;/strong&gt;», «&lt;strong&gt;generare&lt;/strong&gt;», «&lt;strong&gt;fabbricare&lt;/strong&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La presenza della radice sanscrita nel nome di due divinità — Κρόνος &lt;em&gt;Kronos&lt;/em&gt; (il «creatore»), padre di Zeus, e &lt;strong&gt;Ceres&lt;/strong&gt; («quella che produce»), divinità romana delle messi, confermerebbe il fatto che la &lt;strong&gt;capacità di creare&lt;/strong&gt;, la &lt;strong&gt;creatività&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rappresenta una forma specifica del fare&lt;/em&gt;. La concezione cristiana del Dio «creatore» ribadisce ulteriormente la &lt;em&gt;funzione «&lt;strong&gt;generativa&lt;/strong&gt;» della creazione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mondo greco antico conosce due termini per l'intelligenza: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;νοῦς &lt;strong&gt;nous&lt;/strong&gt;: l’intelligenza inattiva e contemplativa, astratta, disimpegnata dal «fare». &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;μῆτις &lt;strong&gt;metis&lt;/strong&gt;: l’intelligenza attiva ed esecutrice, preposta all’azione. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il nous contempla. La metis, come la creatività, genera.&lt;/strong&gt; Odisseo e Prometeo sono esempi della metis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Connesso alla &lt;em&gt;metis&lt;/em&gt; è il καιρός &lt;strong&gt;kairos&lt;/strong&gt;, il tempo opportuno, l’attimo che fugge, e cioè quella variante qualitativa del tempo in cui si manifesta un evento extra-ordinario, che va afferrato al volo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella cultura moderna e contemporanea, soprattutto nella concezione romantica, &lt;em&gt;la creatività è un requisito attinente all’affettività e ai sentimenti&lt;/em&gt;, ma non alla ragione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dai primi decenni del Novecento, però, non l’arte, ma &lt;em&gt;la scienza&lt;/em&gt;, non gli affetti ma &lt;em&gt;la razionalità, costituiscono il terreno di espressione della creatività&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si profila con ciò una sorta di dualismo di creazione nell'ambito artistico, in una visione in sostanza antirazionalistica, e di creazione di genio in campo scientifico, capace di produrre innovazione anche in campo tecnologico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo senso l'articolo argomenta il concetto che la creatività affonda le sue radici del genio nell'etimo antico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui trovi &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.micciacorta.it/2013/08/2013-08-30-07-06-00/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l'articolo completo&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://e-mindset.eu/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Creare-significa-fare.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;disponibile anche in pdf&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per altri riferimenti sull'etimologia puoi vedere anche qui la voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=creare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;creare&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-26T21:44:27.807" LastActivityDate="2017-12-26T21:44:27.807" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8801" CreationDate="2017-12-27T01:05:02.680" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;substrato dialettale della lingua di Sciascia&lt;/strong&gt; coesiste con un registro colto lessicale e sintattico. Lo strato colto affiora nell’uso di termini marcatamente letterali e connotati temporalmente, mentre non mancano sicilianismi e anacoluti: essi confermano la scelta per una lingua non monolitica, da adeguare alle varie situazioni comunicative, e lontana da fobie puristiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in questione Sciascia ripropone un detto siciliano &lt;strong&gt;tagghiari grassu&lt;/strong&gt; che vuol dire &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=3fyBCeDykm0C&amp;amp;pg=PA1011#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scialacquare, sciupare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?client=firefox-b&amp;amp;dcr=0&amp;amp;biw=1280&amp;amp;bih=572&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=R_FCWoXJKMfyUr7Pr-gI&amp;amp;q=tagghiari+grassu+abbondare&amp;amp;oq=tagghiari+grassu+abbondare&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...18982.23211.0.23362.9.9.0.0.0.0.117.912.5j4.9.0....0...1c.1.64.psy-ab..0.0.0....0.Y8BI7NaJVTk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;abbondare, esagerare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=3-MlAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA401&amp;amp;dq=a+tagghiari+grassu&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjNvuTj_ajYAhUBOxQKHb6DAzUQ6AEIKjAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=a%20tagghiari%20grassu&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;far checchesia, e particolarmente i conti, con larghezza&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;,  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sciascia lo rende letteralmente con &lt;em&gt;taliare grasso&lt;/em&gt;, che tuttavia in italiano non ha significato se non quello letterale, ma che nessuno capisce (forse intuisce...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;a tagliare di grasso&lt;/strong&gt;  indica un'espessione avverbiale che potremmo identificare con &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ad abbondare, ad esagerare, a fare i conti per eccesso&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-27T01:13:44.520" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T01:13:44.520" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8872" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8874" CreationDate="2017-12-27T03:28:24.280" Score="4" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa domenica a Lisbona ho sentito parlare italiano. C'erano due coppie, e tutti parlavano in modo strano (per me), con /d/ dove m'aspettavo /t/ intervocalica. Questa è una caratteristica delle lingue romanze occidentali ma non dell'italiano. Sapete se c'è da qualche parte un dialetto con queste caratteristiche?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3126" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-12-27T10:46:25.363" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T10:46:25.363" Title="Dialetto con 'volede' per 'volete'?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6351" CreationDate="2017-12-27T04:32:19.570" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;maggioranza bulgara&lt;/strong&gt; fa riferimento all'&lt;strong&gt;esito sostanzialmente unanime di una votazione&lt;/strong&gt;, ad una schiacciante maggioranza di consensi,  sottointendendo anche la &lt;strong&gt;mancanza di un libero dibattito&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel Referendum del 1946 in cui si votò tra monanrchia e repubblica, &lt;strong&gt;si ebbe una maggioranza a favore della repubblica del 95.6%, con un'adesione (ossia affluenza alle urne) del 91.7%&lt;/strong&gt;, a seguito del quale fu proclamata la Repubblica Popolare di Bulgaria a guida del &lt;em&gt;Partito Comunista  (БКП)&lt;/em&gt; (guidato da Dimitrov da cui prese il nome la Costituzione del 1947). Seguirono poi nella storia della Bulgaria il Patto di Varsavia, il COMECON e il vincolo all'URSS durante la Guerra Fredda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare la Bulgaria registrò una maggiornza elevatissima nel referendum costituzionale del 16 Maggio 1971. I cittadini votarono la cosiddetta Costituzione Zhivkov, il cui primo articolo sanciva il ruolo guida del Partito Comunista. &lt;strong&gt;Il risultato fu del 99.7% dei voti a favore, con un'adesione del 99.7% (ossia 100% dei votanti)&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da questi eventi storici prende l'avvio nel linguaggio, soprattutto giornalistico, di maggioranza bulgara con il riferimento negativo legato alla mancanza di libero dibattito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con &lt;strong&gt;editto bulgaro&lt;/strong&gt; si fa invece riferimento ad una dichiarazione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/articoli/scritto_e_parlato/parole_bulgare.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Silvio Berlusconi&lt;/a&gt; rilasciata nell'aprile del 2002 in occasione di una visita ufficiale a Sofia contro l'uso a suo dire criminoso della tv pubblica da parte di Enzo Biagi, Michele Santoro e Daniele Luttazzi, e l'indicazione di un preciso dovere della nuova dirigenza Rai dell'impedire il ripetersi di tali eventi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;connotazione negativa&lt;/strong&gt; che invece accompagna l'aggettivo &lt;strong&gt;bulgaro&lt;/strong&gt; ha invece radici profonde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Francia il termine &quot;&lt;em&gt;bulgaro&lt;/em&gt;&quot; assume le sue connotazioni peggiori e più infamanti. Nel linguaggio comune dei Francesi abbiamo addirittura delle imprecazioni che fanno chiaro riferimento alla &quot;bulgarità&quot;: &lt;em&gt;Bougre d'idiot!&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;pezzo d'idiota!&quot;), l'avverbio &lt;em&gt;bougrement&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;maledettamente&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tale connotazione negativa, presumibilmente, è da mettere in stretta relazione con l'espansione dell'eresia &quot;bulgara&quot; per eccellenza, il &lt;strong&gt;bogomilismo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal XIII secolo si assiste infatti alla proliferazione del termine &quot;bulgaro&quot; come variante di &quot;eretico&quot; in alcuni cronisti occidentali. Il primo a fare questo uso del termine &quot;bulgaro&quot; è il cronista Roberto d'Auxerre in relazione a talune posizioni eretiche di un tale Cavalier d'Evrand: &quot;heieresis illius, quam Bulgarorum vocant&quot;, nel 1201.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da allora la &quot;fortuna&quot; del termine &quot;bulgaro&quot; (Bulgri, Bugari, Burgar, Bugares, Bugri, Bogri, Boulgres e altre varianti latino medioevali) come sinonimo di &quot;deviante&quot;, di &quot;uomo cattivo e perverso&quot; sul piano umano, oltre che spirituale anche sessuale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il monaco Alberico del monastero delle Tre Fonti, nel 1239 d. C., scriveva nella sua cronaca: &quot;Il 31 maggio, al monte Wimer [in Francia] furono bruciati molti Bulgari per compiacere Dio. Su un grande rogo si fecero ardere 183 Bulgari, al cospetto del re di Navarra, di numerosi baroni della Champagne e di molti vescovi...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano il verbo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/buggerare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;buggerare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; deriva del lat. mediev. Bulgarus «Bulgaro», e per estens. «eretico», «usuraio», da cui, come epiteto offensivo, «sodomita». Il significato originario era &lt;em&gt;Sodomizzare, avere rapporti sodomitici&lt;/em&gt;, sebbene oggi si usi per lo più nel significato di &lt;em&gt;truffare, ingannare&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il Panzini, deriva invece da &lt;em&gt;bugio&lt;/em&gt;=&lt;em&gt;buco&lt;/em&gt;. Sebbene appaia normalmente nei vocabolari moderni e sia tuttora utilizzata nella lingua parlata, la parola sembra essere rimasta “sospesa” nell'Ottocento, secolo nel quale la gran parte dei vocabolari (Tommaseo, Cardinali Borrelli, Rigutini-Fanfani, D'Alberti di Villanuova, Panlessico) non la prende nemmeno in considerazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Buggera&lt;/em&gt; è sciocchezza, fandonia, ma anche stizza, rabbia, ira. Anche il Pianigiani, che cita la Crusca, registra la derivazione da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=buggerare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bugio= buco&lt;/a&gt;; e avverte: “voce plebea”. Ad ogni modo, il significato antico è “sodomizzare, avere rapporti sodomitici”. Si veda anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?cmd=id&amp;amp;id=2704&amp;amp;md=804c0d432eb08b7b570d47589b5cb5f0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;liaison tra imbrogliare e sodomizzare è consolidata&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Molti fanno derivare la parola &lt;strong&gt;buggera&lt;/strong&gt; dal latino medievale &lt;em&gt;Bugerus&lt;/em&gt;, variante di &lt;em&gt;bulgarus&lt;/em&gt;.  I bulgari, in quanto seguaci dell'eresia patarina, subirono, come tutti gli eretici, ogni sorta di accuse infamanti; tra le più gravi, a quei tempi, era la sodomia. Secondo il Devoto-Oli il traslato deriva “dall'identica pena che era riservata agli eretici e ai sodomiti” ; quindi buggero=sodomita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il pregiudizio anti-bulgaro in Occidente ha quindi radici molto antiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-27T11:11:52.697" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T11:11:52.697" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8872" CreationDate="2017-12-27T06:05:02.980" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell’Italia mediana (parte delle Marche, dell’Umbria e del Lazio) si ha un principio di sonorizzazione, che si combina a volte con la spirantizzazione e che ha per grado estremo una pronuncia chiaramente sonora (es. la &lt;em&gt;trota&lt;/em&gt; ‹la dròda, la dħròdħa›). In genere si ha il passaggio dei suoni /-k-, -t-, -p- /, tra vocali, rispettivamente a /-g-, -d-, -v-/ (detto &lt;em&gt;sonorizzazione&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;lenizione&lt;/em&gt;): [ˈdiga] «dica», [aˈvud] «avuto», [kaˈvei] «capelli»; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sonorizzazione delle consonanti sorde precedute da nasale è tipica dei dialetti centro-meridionali e può superare i confini lessicali. Alcuni esempi: in umbro [ˈkambo], [ˈdɛnde], [ˈbjaɲgo] per &lt;em&gt;campo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bianco&lt;/em&gt;; in abruzz. [anˈdiːkɘ], [ˈvenʤɘ] per &lt;em&gt;antiche&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vincere&lt;/em&gt;; in barese [sɘnʤɘrɘˈta], [ˈlanʣɘ], [nonˈdɛɲgɘ] per &lt;em&gt;sincerità&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lancia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;non tengo&lt;/em&gt;; e nel napol. [anˈʤinɘ], [nʣaˈlaːta], [ˈɲganːa], [noŋ ˈgwando] per &lt;em&gt;uncino, insalata, in canna, non quanto&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T06:05:02.980" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8875" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8876" CreationDate="2017-12-27T10:46:07.570" Score="3" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo le notizie sulle elezioni nel mio Paese, ho imparato questo verbo: &quot;scrutinare&quot;. A mia sorpresa, però, quando l'ho cercato nel dizionario, ho scoperto che questo verbo e anche il sostantivo &quot;scrutinio&quot; si possono usare pure in ambito scolastico. Mi potreste spiegare in quali situazioni vengono usati, magari facendo qualche esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-14T09:49:03.210" Title="Come e quando si usa &quot;scrutinare&quot; e &quot;scrutinio&quot; in ambito scolastico?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8875" CreationDate="2017-12-27T11:28:13.183" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio scolastico, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scrutinio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scrutinio&lt;/a&gt; è la determinazione collegiale del giudizio su ciascun alunno o candidato, e dei voti da assegnargli nelle singole materie, fatta dal consiglio di classe dei professori o dalla commissione esaminatrice: &lt;em&gt;s. trimestrale, finale; l’esito dello s. è stato soddisfacente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scrutinare&lt;/strong&gt; è l'operazione mediante la quale un'apposita commissione di insegnanti valuta il profitto degli alunni di una classe alla fine di un trimestre, quadrimestre o di un intero anno scolastico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli scrutini incominciano nel momento in cui, a porte chiuse, i professori di una determinata classe si siedono insieme ed aprono il registro, discutendo dell’andamento dei ragazzi. La riunione è presieduta dal dirigente scolastico. La valutazione degli apprendimenti spetta al consiglio di classe con deliberazione assunta, ove necessario, a maggioranza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’art. 79 del R.D. 653/1925 prescrive che “I voti si assegnano, su proposta dei singoli professori, in base ad un giudizio brevemente motivato desunto da un congruo numero di interrogazioni e di esercizi scritti, grafici o pratici fatti in casa o a scuola, corretti e classificati durante il trimestre o durante l’ultimo periodo delle lezioni”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’ART. 6/2 dell’Ordinanza Ministeriale n. 92 riprende tale contenuto affermando:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Il docente della disciplina propone il voto in base ad un giudizio motivato desunto dagli esiti di un congruo numero di prove effettuate durante l’ultimo trimestre o quadrimestre e sulla base di una valutazione complessiva dell’impegno, interesse e partecipazione dimostrati nell’intero percorso formativo. La proposta di voto tiene altresì conto delle valutazioni espresse in sede di scrutinio intermedio nonché dell’esito delle verifiche relative ad eventuali iniziative di sostegno e ad interventi di recupero precedentemente effettuati”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È per tale motivo che i voti sono solo “proposti” dal docente ma ratificati o modificati dal consiglio di classe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-14T09:49:03.210" LastActivityDate="2020-04-14T09:49:03.210" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8649" CreationDate="2017-12-27T16:51:48.107" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nei numerali che indicano un anno&lt;/strong&gt; (sia per &lt;em&gt;date vicine nel tempo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;legate all’esperienza di chi parla&lt;/em&gt; – come una data di nascita – sia &lt;em&gt;celebri&lt;/em&gt; in modo antonomastico – per &lt;em&gt;date storiche&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;strong&gt;possono essere soppresse le prime due cifre&lt;/strong&gt;, sostituite da un segno di apostrofo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Io sono del ’72, e mia sorella del ’75&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;I ragazzi del ’99&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;La rivoluzione del ’17&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia &lt;strong&gt;non esiste una regola precisa&lt;/strong&gt; in tal senso. L'abbreviazione della data è possibile se sono note le due cifre precedenti soggette all'aferesi di cui si ha traccia nell'apostofo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cui, se si sta parlando dei moti del '48 è noto a tutti che si parla del 1848, altrimenti per consuetudine si intenderà il 1948. Tuttavia &lt;strong&gt;difficilmente&lt;/strong&gt;, a parte alcune date celebri, si sentirà dire &quot;&lt;em&gt;la rivoluzione francese del '89&lt;/em&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;em&gt;la scoperta dell'America del '92&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;consuetudine&lt;/strong&gt; è comunque quella di avere l'aferesi per le date del secolo scorso (1900), con la caduta di &lt;em&gt;millenovecento&lt;/em&gt;. Non si ha tale abbreviazione per tutte le rimanenti date (a meno appunto di date celebri). &lt;em&gt;Presumibilmente i nostri pronipoti cambieranno tale consuetudine&lt;/em&gt; e dicendo &lt;em&gt;nel '17&lt;/em&gt; intenderanno l'anno 2017 e non il 1917.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con riferimento al secolo scorso, da analoghe locuz. russe, passate in francese e poi in altre lingue, gli a. venti, gli a. quaranta, e sim., per indicare il periodo che va approssimativamente dal 1920 al 1929, dal 1940 al 1949, ecc., in rapporto a fatti caratteristici o particolari: i ruggenti a. venti (traduz. dell’ingl. the roaring twenties: v. ruggente); il cinema degli a. trenta; la Germania degli a. cinquanta, ecc. (spesso con iniziale maiuscola: gli a. Venti, gli a. Trenta; o, meno spesso, col numerale: gli a. ’20, ’30, ecc.). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso del numerale cardinale è dedicato soltanto all’indicazione dei secoli che coprono l’arco temporale dal 1001 al 2000 d.C. Avremo pertanto il nome del secolo, scritto con l’iniziale maiuscola e preceduto dall’articolo determinativo: il Cento (di uso molto raro), il Duecento, il Trecento, il Quattrocento, il Cinquecento, il Seicento, il Settecento, l’Ottocento e il Novecento (che va dal 1901 al 2000; si noti, invece, che gli anni Venti vanno dal 1920 al 1929, gli anni Trenta dal 1930 al 1939, ecc.). La trascrizione in cifre arabe, come quella in lettere, omette l’indicazione del migliaio, segnalato però da un apostrofo: ’200, ’300, ’400, ’500, ’600, ’700, ’800 e ’900. Il numerale con il migliaio, infatti, indicherebbe non l’intero secolo, ma l’anno preciso: così il 1200 è l’anno dal 1° gennaio al 31 dicembre 1200; ma va aggiunto che spesso l’anno è usato anche, impropriamente, come punto di riferimento per indicare un secolo; per es., in Italia la scrittura apparve nel 700 a.C. [ovvero nell’VIII sec. a.C.]; l’Italia del 1600, ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notiamo inoltre che molte Case Editrici, nelle loro regole editoriali, vietano le notazioni con apostrofo a meno di casi particolari e prescrivono ad esempio &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Le date vanno sempre scritte per esteso: &lt;em&gt;nel 1963&lt;/em&gt; [non nel ’63];&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Le date doppie vanno abbreviate sostituendo con il trattino il millennio e il secolo della seconda: 2005-07 [mai 2005-'07]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I secoli, i decenni e gli anni di particolare rilevanza storica si scrivono in lettere con l'iniziale maiuscola: &lt;em&gt;il Seicent&lt;/em&gt;o [non il ’600], &lt;em&gt;gli anni Venti&lt;/em&gt; [non gli anni ’20], &lt;em&gt;il Sessantotto&lt;/em&gt; [non il ’68]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche qui, non sono regole scolpite nella pietra ma legate a scelte editoriali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T16:51:48.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8847" CreationDate="2017-12-27T22:18:30.263" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;strong&gt;mal della pietra&lt;/strong&gt; corrisponde all’odierna calcolosi o litiasi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Persino Ippocrate doveva aver osservato questa patologia, tanto che&#xA;  nel famoso giuramento del medico che prende il suo nome, è presente&#xA;  questa frase: “Non opererò coloro che soffrono del male della pietra,&#xA;  ma mi rivolgerò a coloro che sono esperti di questa attività”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo non solo a causa dell'alta probabilità di complicanze intra e postoperatorie (come emorragie o infezioni) ma anche per evitare che il medico diventasse chirurgo: due professioni ben distinte nell'antichità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato nel passaggio da te indicato l’espressione vuol dire che più si aprivano brecce nelle difese dei Romani più questi ultimi si affliggevano nel porre rimedio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa ossessione diventava paragonabile alla patologia in oggetto che, a quei tempi, era difficile da curare e aveva molto spesso esito infausto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-12-27T22:18:30.263" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8440" CreationDate="2017-12-28T01:58:21.040" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il fenomeno riscontrato è noto nella fonetica storica come &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/epentesi_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;epentesi&lt;/a&gt; di una nasale&lt;/strong&gt; (cfr. &lt;em&gt;Rohlfs&lt;/em&gt;, Grammatica storica della lingua italiana e dei suoi dialetti, Vol.1 §334). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La dissimilazione di una consonante intensa per mezzo dell'epentesi di una nasale anorganica è un fenomeno poligenetico, ma è peculiare la frequenza con cui essa si verifica nei dialetti del Meridione estremo, calabresi e salentini in primis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tale tendenza è stata messa in rapporto con la gennerale debolezza articolatoria delle &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/geminato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;geminate&lt;/a&gt; nel greco medievale, con cui notoriamente queste varietà si trovarono in prolungato contatto durante il Medioevo e anche oltre. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si possono distinguere i seguenti risultati per &lt;strong&gt;mezzo&lt;/strong&gt;:  &lt;em&gt;mènzu&lt;/em&gt; (Sicilia), &lt;em&gt;mienzu&lt;/em&gt; ovvero &lt;em&gt;mènzu&lt;/em&gt; (Calabria), &lt;em&gt;miensu&lt;/em&gt; ovvero &lt;em&gt;mènsu&lt;/em&gt; (Salento). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma &lt;em&gt;menzu&lt;/em&gt; è niente altro che un adattamento della forma letteraria &lt;em&gt;mezzo&lt;/em&gt; al sistema fonetico meridionale, al quale la consonante &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; geminata (-zz-) allungata è poco familiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analogamente per &lt;em&gt;mettere&lt;/em&gt; con la geminata &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; diviene &lt;em&gt;mentere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T01:58:21.040" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8880" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-28T05:19:39.873" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my Italian textbook, there’s an explanation that I’m having trouble understanding:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando il periodo ipotetico ha valore limitativo, la frase introdotta &#xA;      dal ‘se’ può essere espressa attraverso ‘a + infinito’. Questa &#xA;      struttura è più frequente nelle ipotetiche che usano il modo indicativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then some examples are presented:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A saperlo prima, mi comportavo diversamente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      A essere sincero, non so niente di questo.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      A pensar male, spesso si indovina la verità.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      A essere corretti, dovremmo smettere di aiutarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before this, the book explained how you can use the gerund in these types of sentences by providing a “before and after”. This construction made sense, because I understood the rule and what’s being “replaced.” Could someone show me what’s being replaced, and what “limitative” means in this context? This is what I mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Potendo vengo a trovarvi. = Se (io) posso, (io) vengo a trovarvi.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Volendo potresti aiutarmi. = Se (tu) volessi, (tu) potresti aiutarmi.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;       -- If subject in both clauses is same, you can use the gerund of the verb instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-12-28T08:08:10.153" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T19:47:35.780" Title="Hypothetical Phrases that are somehow &quot;Restricted&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8881" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8882" CreationDate="2017-12-28T09:55:44.340" Score="2" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;Moralità del cieco e dello storpio&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto queste parole che il personaggio dello storpio indirizza al cieco:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Appoggia&lt;/strong&gt; un poco a manca... No! Esagerato! Quella è una virata... Butta l'ancora e torna indietro... Bene... fuori i remi, su le vele... raddrizza, raddrizza... Bene, vieni sicuro adesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso del verbo &quot;appoggiare&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;appoggiare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho saputo trovare nulla al riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-28T10:13:36.213" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T11:49:19.710" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;appoggiare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8881" CreationDate="2017-12-28T10:07:29.637" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In ambito marinaro il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.barcaitalia.it/vocabolario.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;appoggiare&lt;/a&gt; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Poggiare&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;BR&gt;manovra atta a modificare la rotta allontanando la prua dalla&#xA;  direzione del vento; ci si &quot;appoggia&quot; al vento per fare muovere l'imbarcazione; contrario di orzare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te citato lo storpio dice al cieco di modificare la sua &quot;rotta&quot; spostandosi leggermente a manca (cioè a sinistra).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per dare un po' più di contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CIECO&lt;/strong&gt; Seguita a parlare che mi orizzonto... vado bene in questa&#xA;  direzione?&lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;STORPIO&lt;/strong&gt; Sì, vieni tranquillo che sei sulla rotta giusta.&#xA;  &lt;BR&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CIECO&lt;/strong&gt; Per non inciampare è meglio che mi metta a gattoni (a quattro&#xA;  zampe). Ehilà, vado sempre dritto? &lt;BR&gt;&lt;strong&gt;STORPIO&lt;/strong&gt; Appoggia un po' a&#xA;  sinistra... no, esagerato! Quella è una virata... Getta l'ancora e&#xA;  torna indietro... bene... fuori i remi, su le vele... raddrizza,&#xA;  raddrizza... bene, vieni sicuro adesso. &lt;BR&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CIECO&lt;/strong&gt; Mi hai preso per un&#xA;  galeone? Allungami una mano quando ti sono appresso (vicino). &lt;BR&gt;&lt;strong&gt;STORPIO&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  Ma te le allungo tutt'e due le mani! Vieni, vieni, bel bambino della&#xA;  tua mamma, che ci sei... No! sacramento... non andare via di deriva...&#xA;  raddrizza a destra... Oh, il mio barcone di salvataggio...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2017-12-28T11:49:19.710" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T11:49:19.710" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8880" CreationDate="2017-12-28T18:30:48.133" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Limitative sentences&lt;/strong&gt; talk about an action or event that &lt;em&gt;will/will not&lt;/em&gt; take place unless something happens.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These clause are almost always in the indicative and are introduced by &lt;strong&gt;«purché, sempreché, solo che, per poco che, a condizione che, a patto che», etc.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;Quando il periodo ipotetico ha valore limitativo&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt; means &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;when the conditional sentence can be expresed as a limitative sentence&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, that is it can be expressed with the aid of prepositions «purché, sempreché, solo che, per poco che, a condizione che, a patto che», etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in these cases, instead of using a &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;se&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; clause, one can express a condition by using one of the following verb forms: &lt;em&gt;gerund, infinitive or participle&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Gerund&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Andando in treno&lt;/strong&gt; (= &lt;em&gt;se andassimo&lt;/em&gt; in treno, &lt;em&gt;purché si vada&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a condizione che si vada&lt;/em&gt;,...), &lt;strong&gt;si risparmierebbe un’ora.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;If we (one) went by train, we (one) would save an hour.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even when referring to a past context, only the present gerund can be used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Guidando con più prudenza&lt;/strong&gt; (= &lt;em&gt;se avessi guidato&lt;/em&gt; con più prudenza, &lt;em&gt;sempreché avessi guidato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;purché avessi guidato&lt;/em&gt;,...), &lt;strong&gt;non avresti preso la multa.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;If you had driven more carefully, you wouldn’t have got a fine.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Past participle&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;With &amp;quot;se&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Se compilato con attenzione&lt;/strong&gt; (= &lt;em&gt;se viene compilato&lt;/em&gt; con attenzione, &lt;em&gt;purché venga compilato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a condizione che venga compilato&lt;/em&gt;,...), &lt;strong&gt;il questionario può essere uno strumento utile per capire il carattere di una persona.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;If compiled with care, the questionnaire can be a useful tool to understand&#xA;someone’s character.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Without &amp;quot;se&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fatto in modo incompleto&lt;/strong&gt; (= &lt;em&gt;se fosse fatto&lt;/em&gt; in modo incompleto, &lt;em&gt;nel caso che fosse fatto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nella condizione che fosse fatto&lt;/em&gt;,...), &lt;strong&gt;il sondaggio non sarebbe molto valido.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;(If it were) done in an incomplete fashion, the survey wouldn’t be very valid.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Infinitive&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A guardarla bene&lt;/strong&gt; (= &lt;em&gt;se la si guarda bene&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sempreché la si gardi bene&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;purché la si guardi bene&lt;/em&gt;,...), &lt;strong&gt;sembra più vecchia di lui.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;If you look at her closely, she seems older than him.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A reagire in modo eccessivo&lt;/strong&gt; (= &lt;em&gt;se reagisci&lt;/em&gt; in modo eccessivo, &lt;em&gt;sempreché reagisci&lt;/em&gt;,...), &lt;strong&gt;, rischi di allontanare tuo figlio.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;If you overreact, you risk alienating your son.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can easily analyse &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.almaedizioni.it/media/upload/anteprime/gps2_cap9_frasi_ipotetiche.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;your sentences&lt;/a&gt; in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T19:47:35.780" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1197" CreationDate="2017-12-28T23:25:26.170" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Qui&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; are mostly interchangeable, but &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; has a more punctual meaning whereas &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; is more vague, similar to the pair &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;costì&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;costà&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Qui&lt;/strong&gt;: exactly here where I am &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Qua&lt;/strong&gt;: in my proximity&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Costì&lt;/strong&gt;: exactly where you are&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Costà&lt;/strong&gt;: in your proximity&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lì&lt;/strong&gt;: exactly over there&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Là&lt;/strong&gt;: around there&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the dictionary of &lt;strong&gt;Devoto-Oli&lt;/strong&gt; we have the following definitions&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qua&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; avv. (radd. sint.)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ~ ‘In questo luogo’: indica vicinanza a chi parla, ma è meno preciso di &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;vieni qua&lt;/em&gt;, vieni nei miei pressi; &lt;em&gt;vieni qui&lt;/em&gt;, vieni in questo punto preciso)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;qui&lt;/strong&gt; avv.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ~ Indica vicinanza a chi parla, ma con molta maggiore precisione di &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;qui c’è freddo&lt;/em&gt;, in questo punto preciso c’è freddo; &lt;em&gt;qua c’è freddo&lt;/em&gt;, nei miei pressi c’è freddo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; is used to refer to a precisely defined point, whereas &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; lacks this precision, indicating rather an area. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same in Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/qua2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qua&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/qui/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Luca Serianni in his &quot;Grammatica Italiana&quot; writes that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;«Although they are largely equivalent, &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; (as &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt;- &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;costì&lt;/em&gt; - &lt;em&gt;costà&lt;/em&gt;) are not always interchangeable&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; is used (as &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;costì&lt;/em&gt;) preferably for a precise place, defined with precision, while &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; (as &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;costà&lt;/em&gt;) rather indicate a place as an area, without a precise determination. The opposition &lt;em&gt;location accuray/ areal location&lt;/em&gt;, even if it does not always emerge with clarity, appears evident in congjunction with prepositions. In fact, we will say &lt;em&gt;di là dal fiume, dal confine&lt;/em&gt;, because we divide the space into areas [...]; &lt;em&gt;it would not be correct&lt;/em&gt; to say &lt;em&gt;di lì dal fiume&lt;/em&gt;. Instead, we will say &lt;em&gt;passare di lì&lt;/em&gt; with exact reference to a precise place [...], which is crossed or touched. In the subdivision of the home space, every room being intuitively an area, we will say vado di là in cucina, vieni di qua in salotto*.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pur essendo per gran parte equivalenti &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; (come &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; - &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;costì&lt;/em&gt; - &lt;em&gt;costà&lt;/em&gt;) non sono sempre intercambiabili&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; è usato (come &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;costì&lt;/em&gt;) di preferenza per un luogo puntuale, definito con precisione, mentre &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; (come &lt;em&gt;qua&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;costà&lt;/em&gt;) indica piuttosto un luogo come area, senza una determinazione precisa. L'opposizione &lt;em&gt;puntualità/arealità&lt;/em&gt;, pur non emergendo sempre con nettezza, appare evidente nelle csotruzioni con preposizione. Diremo infatti &lt;em&gt;di là dal fiume, dal confine&lt;/em&gt;, perché, così facendo, suddividiamo lo spazio in aree [...]; &lt;em&gt;non sarebbe corretto&lt;/em&gt; dire &lt;em&gt;di lì dal fiume&lt;/em&gt;. Diremo invece &lt;em&gt;passare di lì&lt;/em&gt; con il preciso riferimento ad un luogo puntuale [...], che viene attraversato o sfiorato. Nella suddvisione dello spazio domestico, ogni locale essendo intuitivamente un'area, diremo &lt;em&gt;vado di là in cucina, vieni di qua in salotto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, we cannot say &lt;em&gt;in lì, in qui, in costì&lt;/em&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Outside of books and a part of Tuscany, though, people only use &lt;strong&gt;qui/qua&lt;/strong&gt; (here) and &lt;strong&gt;lì/là&lt;/strong&gt; (there) with no real difference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-28T23:54:41.107" LastActivityDate="2017-12-28T23:54:41.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3647" CreationDate="2017-12-29T01:36:27.640" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;This phenomenon is known as &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Univerbation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;univerbation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; with &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syntactic_gemination&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;syntactic gemination&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;syntactic doubling&lt;/em&gt; [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/raddoppiamento-sintattico_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;raddoppiamento sintattico&lt;/a&gt; in Italian]) that occurs when &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clitic&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;clitics&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/clitici_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;clitici&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in italian) are welded with &lt;em&gt;strong &lt;strong&gt;monosyllabic&lt;/strong&gt; verbal forms&lt;/em&gt; (typically the second person singular of the imperative).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fare: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; fai, fa' → fa'+lo=fa&lt;strong&gt;ll&lt;/strong&gt;o, fa'+ti=fa&lt;strong&gt;tt&lt;/strong&gt;i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dire: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; di'→ di'+lo=di&lt;strong&gt;ll&lt;/strong&gt;o, di'+ci=di&lt;strong&gt;cc&lt;/strong&gt;i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dare: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; dai, da'→ da'+lo=da&lt;strong&gt;ll&lt;/strong&gt;o, da+mi=di&lt;strong&gt;mm&lt;/strong&gt;i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; vai, va'→ va'+ci=va&lt;strong&gt;cc&lt;/strong&gt;i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;stare: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; stai, sta'+ci=sta&lt;strong&gt;cc&lt;/strong&gt;i&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The second person singular, thanks to his affective content (volitive), is inclined to shorten&lt;/em&gt; (see Rohlfs, Historische Grammatik der italienischen Sprache und ihrer Mundarten, Vol. 1, §606). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tenere: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; tieni, tieni+lo=tienilo but we have&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tienlo&lt;/strong&gt; a mente, e legatelo al dito.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;E &lt;strong&gt;tienlo&lt;/strong&gt; un poco in collo, almen tanto, che pianga la madre.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;(cfr. colloquial forms te’ ‹tè› or tie’ ‹ti̯è›)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;venire: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; vieni, vieni+ci=vienici but we have&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Siam derelitti pargoli. Deh! &lt;strong&gt;vienci&lt;/strong&gt; a benedir.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the verbs &lt;strong&gt;trarre&lt;/strong&gt; and its compounds (&lt;em&gt;contrarre, distrarre, attrarre, etc.&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;strong&gt;we don't have vowel apocope&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;em&gt;shortening of the regular form&lt;/em&gt; in the imperative and we have &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;univerbation&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; only:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;trarre: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; trai → trai+lo=trailo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;distrarre: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; distrai → distrai+lo=distrailo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;attrarre: &lt;em&gt;imp.&lt;/em&gt; attrai → attrai+le=distraile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2017-12-29T12:11:22.153" LastActivityDate="2017-12-29T12:11:22.153" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8384" CreationDate="2017-12-29T01:52:43.927" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal sito della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/denominazione-genere-lettere-straniere-j-k-w&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Crusca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il fatto poi che nell'uso corrente si dica &quot;vu vu vu&quot; per WWW o &quot;vu vu effe&quot; per WWF, corrisponde al modo di pronunciare tutte le sigle entrate nell'italiano e che contengono W: da WC, a BMW, TWA, WTO per citare le più diffuse. Volendo azzardare una spiegazione a questo fenomeno, si può considerare il fatto che la lettera italiana più vicina alla W è appunto la V e, visto che le sigle non sono sempre di origine anglofona, ma possono ad esempio corrispondere a parole tedesche (come BMW in cui la W sta per Werke) dove la W si pronuncia come la nostra V, si è semplificata e unificata la pronuncia al fonema appartenente all'italiano. Questo tipo di operazione può produrre alcune ambiguità nei casi in cui si citi una sigla sconosciuta al nostro interlocutore per cui sarà necessario specificare se quella &quot;vu&quot; corrisponda nella grafia a W o effettivamente a V.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;em&gt;Dizionario Etimologico della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;, Cortelazzo-Zolli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«s.f. o m. ‘nome della lettera v’ (1918, P.G. Goidànich, Grammatica italiana, Bologna: “Vu è il nome toscano di v; fuori di Toscana si dice vi piú spesso”; vu doppio ‘nome della lettera w’: 1918, P.G. Goidànich cit.: vu o vi doppio; 1879, TB: il doppio V).&#xA;  Pronuncia di v fondata sul “fatto che i Romani indicavano con v anche la vocale u e che fino a poco piú di due secoli fa v ed u si scambiavano, ancora, con grande facilità” (F. Fochi, L’italiano facile, Milano, 1964, p. 23). Il n. della lettera tornò di attualità con la sempre piú frequente lettura della sigla TV ‘televisione’. Finí per prevalere la pronuncia tiv(v)ú, mentre la concorrente tiv(v)í è rimasta con valore ir. E se grammatiche e vocabolari di un tempo ammettevano le due pronunce, ora si sono ristrette esclusivamente a vu. Il vu doppio rappresenta l’ingl. double v (1580, preceduto dalla var. doble W: ca. 1465).»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-delle-prontuario-lettere_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quanto a ‹q› e ‹v› i loro nomi, qu [kːu] e vu [vu], risentono della contiguità con la vocale ‹u›: nel primo caso per il nesso consonantico che si costituisce (quadro, qualità); nel secondo per trafila etimologica (in latino erano lettere indistinte sia sul piano fonetico sia su quello grafico e la indistinzione grafica si è protratta a lungo anche in italiano). Nel caso di vu, però, l’alternativa vi [vi] è frequente, per lo più in area settentrionale. Questa denominazione si fa sentire in alcune sigle che si sono lessicalizzate: se tiv(v)ù ha prevalso su tivì, i dvd vengono pronunciati sia [divuˈdi] sia [diviˈdi] e nel caso di Oviesse (sciolta, la sigla sta per «organizzazione vendite speciali»), la ‹v› è stata resa nella grafia non come vu ma come vi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;‹w› è chiamata universalmente doppia vu (o vu doppia), con richiamo all’aspetto del segno che è sentito come risultante dalla parziale sovrapposizione di due ‹v›. Questo segno è stato a lungo confinato a indicare (in forma maiuscola) l’esclamazione «evviva!»: W l’Italia! Ormai desueto è l’uso di indicare «abbasso» con una ‹ʍ› rovesciata; ‹w› poi ha avuto un primo revival con la diffusione di parole inglesi e di anglicismi: what, why, whisky, ecc., dove ha il valore della semiconsonante [w]; ‹w› è però presente anche in germanismi come würstel, dove corrisponde al suono [v]. Più di recente, il gergo telematico ha diffuso la formula ‹www›, pronunciata [vuvuˈvu], dove si ha vu e non doppia vu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2017-12-29T01:52:43.927" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8887" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-29T10:09:17.610" Score="0" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;Il miracolo delle nozze di Cana&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«E cosa è successo allora?» &lt;br/&gt; &#xA;  «Oh disgrazia... abbiamo scoperto che un tino pieno di vino preparato per il banchetto del matrimonio, si è rovesciato in aceto!» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  «Tutto in aceto?! Boia che disgrazia! Sposa bagnata è fortunata, ma bagnata nell'aceto è disgraziata da &lt;strong&gt;schiacciare&lt;/strong&gt; e cacciare via!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;schiacciare&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato questo verbo in parecchi dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-29T10:09:17.610" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;schiacciare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8888" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8890" CreationDate="2017-12-29T14:19:05.170" Score="3" ViewCount="4275" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto scrivendo un'email per la mia professoressa. Vorrei sapere se nella seguente frase il pronome &quot;La&quot; in &quot;augurarLa&quot; è giusto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Colgo l'occasione per augurarLa il nuovo anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4208" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2017-12-29T23:52:18.627" LastActivityDate="2017-12-29T23:52:18.627" Title="Quale pronome viene usato per augurare qualcosa a una persona?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8888" CreationDate="2017-12-29T14:21:13.560" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, è sbagliato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase corretta è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Colgo l’occasione per augurar&lt;strong&gt;Le&lt;/strong&gt; buon anno nuovo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usare il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-del-lei_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lei&lt;/a&gt; è una forma di cortesia e rispetto nei confronti dell’insegnante. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti il lei viene usato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il lei reciproco, nei rapporti formali (ambito di lavoro e&#xA;  istituzionale fra persone che non si conoscono, rapporti gerarchici)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale gli &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-allocutivi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;allocutivi&lt;/a&gt; sono tipi particolari di pronomi che vengono utilizzati quando ci si rivolge ad altre persone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possono essere di due tipi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Confidenziali&lt;/strong&gt;: si usano tra amici, a casa, in contesti informali &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;di cortesia&lt;/strong&gt;: si usano con estranei, superiori gerarchici, in contesti formali&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-29T14:34:05.630" LastActivityDate="2017-12-29T14:34:05.630" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8888" CreationDate="2017-12-29T14:34:22.020" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso del pronome “Lei” per una persona con cui non sei in rapporti di familiarità è giusto, ma la forma del pronome che hai usato è scorretta, e quella giusta è “Le”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il motivo è che “augurare” non si costruisce prendendo come oggetto la persona bensì la cosa che si augura, cioè non si *“augura una persona”, bensì si “augura qualcosa &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; una persona”. Per esempio: “ho augurato buona caccia a mio zio”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Lei” si può usare sia come normale pronome personale di 3a persona che come forma di cortesia, ma in ogni caso la sua forma come complemento oggetto (accusativo) è “la” (la mangio, la guardo, la saluto...), mentre quella come complemento di termine (dativo) è “le” (le dico una cosa, le do una cosa...). Quindi diremo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Colgo l'occasione per augurarle [o “augurarLe”, a voler essere formali] un buon anno nuovo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-12-29T17:16:40.870" LastActivityDate="2017-12-29T17:16:40.870" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8892" CreationDate="2017-12-30T07:35:09.273" Score="6" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Russian there is a verb &quot;&lt;em&gt;победить&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&lt;em&gt;vincere&lt;/em&gt;) which doesn't have  future singular 1st person form.  It is impossible to say &quot;&lt;em&gt;io vincerò (in questo gioco, in questa partita)&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in Russian using this verb. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any verbs in Italian which do not have some grammatical form?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4166" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2017-12-30T11:08:06.040" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T09:56:32.937" Title="Verbs that do not have some conjugation forms" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8891" CreationDate="2017-12-30T08:04:37.547" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some verbs, such as &lt;em&gt;competere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;concernere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dirimere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;divergere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;esimere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;incombere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;inerire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;soccombere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;splendere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;suggere&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;transigere&lt;/em&gt; don’t have a past participle. &lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.is/MKufN#selection-1981.0-2053.2&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;(source)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastActivityDate="2017-12-30T08:04:37.547" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8893" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2017-12-30T11:01:58.530" Score="0" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;Il miracolo delle nozze di Cana&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E tutti che tracannavano, si ubriacavano, ballavano, ballava la sposa, cantava lo sposo. Il padre della sposa, davanti a un muro, dava testate &lt;strong&gt;a ribattone&lt;/strong&gt;, cattivo... che nessuno lo aveva avvertito del miracolo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;a ribattone&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;ribattone&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale? Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;a ribattone&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-30T15:17:45.963" Title="&quot;A ribattone&quot;: che cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8893" CreationDate="2017-12-30T15:17:45.963" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal momento che il verbo &quot;Ribàttere&quot; significa &lt;em&gt;&quot;Battere di nuovo, anche più volte, ripetutamente&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, mi immagino che l'espressione &quot;a ribattone&quot; indichi in qualche modo una serie ripetuta e violenta di testate contro il muro (il suffisso &quot;-one&quot; si usa come accrescitivo e in questo caso potrebbe appunto servire a indicare che le testate erano particolarmente forti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che esiste anche il sostantivo &lt;em&gt;&quot;ribattino&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;&quot;rivetto&quot;&lt;/em&gt;) che indica un tipo di chiodo (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ribattino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ribattino/&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non saprei se l'espressione è gergale o dialettale, oppure un termine di pura invenzione dell'autore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2017-12-30T15:17:45.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8896" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8897" CreationDate="2017-12-31T11:03:54.693" Score="0" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Venite qui... è il tempo e il luogo che io faccia il pagliaccio per voi! Tutti intorno a me! Venite! V'insegno un modo nuovo di stare al mondo. Venite... venite! Attenti che sgambetti e lazzi v'improvviso... una cantatina, e faccio pure i falsetti &lt;strong&gt;a saltabecco&lt;/strong&gt;! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;a saltabecco&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;saltabecco&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale? Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;a saltabecco&quot; in questo passaggio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2017-12-31T12:14:22.157" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;a saltabecco&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8896" CreationDate="2017-12-31T12:14:22.157" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/saltabeccare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Saltabeccare&lt;/a&gt; significa saltare avanti come una cavalletta, ma in senso figurato vuol dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con uso estens. e fig., passare a rapidi salti da luogo a luogo, da&#xA;gruppo a gruppo, da un ragionamento all’altro, o sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te indicato vuol significare che il cantante poteva fare cambiamenti improvvisi di tono e di ritmo con la sua voce, cantando in falsetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2017-12-31T12:14:22.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8898" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8899" CreationDate="2017-12-31T17:47:08.190" Score="3" ViewCount="2449" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm now in Italy and found that a clerk sometimes use buongiorno when I entered the bar. I always use ciao when I greet, but I wonder whether it is OK to greet by ciao or should use buongiorno when I first get a greeting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, should I use it apart according to the situation, for example depending on the age of the clerk and me, the type of shop (cheap bar, more upper-scale restaurants, or luxury brand, etc...), etc...?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="962" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2017-12-31T19:36:21.130" LastActivityDate="2017-12-31T19:36:21.130" Title="Should I greet ciao or buongiorno when greeted by buongiorno?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;greeting&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8899" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8898" CreationDate="2017-12-31T17:58:18.497" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You use ciao in an informal situation, with your friends and with someone you know. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use buongiorno in formal situations , when you first meet someone. It is considered a polite and respectful greet, used especially with older people. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously this form can be used instead of ciao but never do the opposite or you could be considered rude. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2017-12-31T17:58:18.497" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7701" CreationDate="2017-12-31T20:23:29.743" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I recently saw this phrase on Facebook, and I got very confused, because shouldn't it be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Si non ne parla&#xA;    ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That sentence is ungrammatical, because Italian clitics always have to immediately precede, or be suffixed to, a verb or the word &lt;em&gt;ecco&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo voglio&lt;/strong&gt; vedere.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Voglio &lt;strong&gt;vederlo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; — I want to see it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Guardalo&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/em&gt; (informal) / &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo guardi&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/em&gt; (formal) — Look at it!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Avendolo&lt;/strong&gt; trovato, &lt;strong&gt;se lo mise&lt;/strong&gt; in tasca.&lt;/em&gt; / Having found it, he put it in his pocket.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Eccolo&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/em&gt;  — There it is!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I know that (or at least I was told; correct me if I am wrong) in Italian, you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Si non lo sa mai&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That sentence is incorrect for the same reason. I think what you &lt;em&gt;have&lt;/em&gt; been told is that you say, “Non lo si sa mai.” (Though this is rare. You usually just say, “Non si sa mai.”)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now the question becomes, why do you say, “Non &lt;strong&gt;lo si&lt;/strong&gt; sa mai” (&lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; is in the second position), but, “Non &lt;strong&gt;se ne&lt;/strong&gt; parla” (&lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; is in the first position)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simple, because Italian clitics follow a certain order:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; (dative)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;reflexive &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; (accusative)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;impersonal &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/L6TIl.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/L6TIl.png&quot; alt=&quot;The order of the clitics&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Patrizia Cordin &amp;amp; Andrea Calabrese, 1988, &lt;em&gt;I pronomi personali&lt;/em&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;Grande grammatica italiana di consultazione. Vol 1&lt;/em&gt;, p. 589)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see, impersonal &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; goes &lt;em&gt;before ne&lt;/em&gt;, but comes &lt;em&gt;after lo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="4210" LastEditDate="2017-12-31T20:54:13.980" LastActivityDate="2017-12-31T20:54:13.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5255" CreationDate="2017-12-31T21:59:44.863" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usare &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; al plurale non è mai stato sbagliato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma poi che con loro in piacevoli ragionamenti entrata fu, essendosi alquanto partito messer Torello, essa piacevolmente donde fossero e dove andassero &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; domandò …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;—Giovanni Boccaccio, c. 1353, &lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/y947vbpo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il Decameron&lt;/em&gt;, terza giornata, nona novella&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;… io credo che il più presentaneo rimedio sia il battere alli Padri Gesuiti, come quelli che sanno assai sopra le comuni lettere de’ frati: però &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; potrà dar la copia della lettera, ed anco legger&lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt;, se le piacerà, questa che scrivo a lei …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;—Galileo Galilei, 1615, &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/y8dzy8nw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lettera a Piero Dini&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La legge l’hanno fatta loro, come &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; è piaciuto …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;—Alessandro Manzoni, 1827, &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/yalamgk4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;, capitolo VI&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi si cura di costoro a Milano? Chi &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; darebbe retta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;—Alessandro Manzoni, 1827, &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/y8gfzfjc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;, capitolo XI&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Così il trambusto andava sempre crescendo a quel primo disgraziato forno; perché tutti coloro che &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; pizzicavan le mani di fare qualche bell’impresa, correvan là, dove gli amici erano i più forti, e l’impunità sicura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;—Alessandro Manzoni, 1827, &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/y7rgwl7p&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;, capitolo XII&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lì non era altro che una, lasciatemi dire, accozzaglia di gente varia d’età e di sesso, che stava a vedere. All’intimazioni che &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; venivan fatte, di sbandarsi e di dar luogo, rispondevano con un lungo e cupo mormorio; nessuno si muoveva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;—Alessandro Manzoni, 1827, &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/y7tlcvhz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;, capitolo XIII&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; singolare e &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; plurale hanno &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_8/interventi/3557.shtml.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;etimologie diverse&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista etimologico, il 'gli' in questione deriva da due distinti dativi pronominali latini: 'illi' (singolare, comune a tutti i generi: 'a lui', 'a lei'), e 'illis' (plurale, anch’esso comune a tutti i generi: 'ad essi', 'ad esse'), ossia, pur coincidendo come forma, il 'gli' pronome singolare e quello plurale hanno origine diversa tra loro …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastActivityDate="2017-12-31T21:59:44.863" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1175" CreationDate="2017-12-31T23:02:05.830" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppose I want to translate an English sentence like &amp;quot;I have walked in the park for a year.&amp;quot; The first though[t] I had was translating the sentence as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho camminato nel parco per un anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems correct, except for the fact that Present Perfect is used to talk about a past event that is still relevant for the present. That means the sentence I used as example would be understood as saying that I am still walking in the park. […] That is not the meaning of &amp;quot;ho camminato nel parco per un anno&amp;quot; which means I am not walking anymore in the park.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, &lt;em&gt;“Ho camminato nel parco per un anno,” is&lt;/em&gt; the correct translation of, “I have walked in the park for a year.” To say in English that you are &lt;em&gt;still&lt;/em&gt; walking in the park, the sentence would have to be, “I &lt;em&gt;have been walking&lt;/em&gt; in the park for a year.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, you misunderstood what “still relevant for the present” means. “I have closed the door,” doesn’t mean that I’m still closing the door. It means I closed the door, &lt;em&gt;and it is still closed&lt;/em&gt; (this is true for the present perfect of both languages).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, &amp;quot;I have gone to that store since I was a teenager.&amp;quot; would mean I am still going to that store.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, again, that would be, “I &lt;em&gt;have been going&lt;/em&gt; to that store.” In fact, “?I have gone to that store since I was a teenager,” is a sentence of rather dubious acceptability.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-01T21:25:29.170" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8904" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8921" CreationDate="2018-01-01T10:37:31.923" Score="1" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Doveti credermi... datemi ascolto! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non è nemmeno per caso che son &lt;strong&gt;saltato sul banco&lt;/strong&gt; a farvi far sghignazzi... No, e nemmeno è successo che mia madre, guardandomi bambino spaparanzato nella culla che ridevo a sganascio, abbia esclamato: «Ma che bella faccina simpatica... Allegria mi fai!, pagliacciolino ridente! Guarda, da grande ti faccio fare il giullare!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire l'espressione &quot;saltare sul banco&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;banco&quot; su parecchi dizionari, ma nessuna delle accezioni che ho  trovato sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;saltare sul banco&quot; nel brano precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-03T13:43:37.770" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;saltare sul banco&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8905" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-01T15:18:05.773" Score="6" ViewCount="503" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Laëtitia &lt;strong&gt;sì che&lt;/strong&gt; è una commerciante in gamba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does this phrasing compare to simply saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Laëtitia è una commerciante in gamba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if  &amp;quot;sì che&amp;quot; is added to place an emphasis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{literally}: Laëtitia (is &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;yes the one!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; who) is a smart trader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{more naturally}: Laëtitia &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sure&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is a smart trader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you use  &amp;quot;sì che&amp;quot; in other examples?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T09:47:41.230" Title="How to interpret the expression &quot;sì che&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8905" CreationDate="2018-01-01T15:35:15.283" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian we use &quot;sì che&quot; to understand a comparison. In your example, I can imagine that somebody else is considered to be an &quot;ordinary&quot; dealer, while Laetitia &quot;sì che&quot; is a good dealer!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can say: &quot;Giovanni gioca bene a basket, ma Paolo sì che è un giocatore eccezionale&quot;. To summarize, &quot;sì che&quot; is not equivalent to &quot;surely&quot;. To my ear, it sounds like &quot;is indeed, on the contrary&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4216" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-01T15:40:50.230" LastActivityDate="2018-01-01T15:40:50.230" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8907" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8914" CreationDate="2018-01-01T22:08:32.327" Score="1" ViewCount="1467" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I can tell, the descendants of Latin &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/clavis#Latin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;clavis&lt;/a&gt;&quot; are all feminine, but in Italian &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/chiave#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;chiave&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, although it is also feminine, on the surface appears to be masculine: chiave/chiavi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How did this feminine word get a typically masculine ending?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4219" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-02T22:14:42.163" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T22:14:42.163" Title="How did &quot;chiave&quot; get a masculine ending?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8908" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8912" CreationDate="2018-01-02T00:53:49.873" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene l'uso del verbo &quot;servire&quot; nel brano sotto riportato. Si tratta di una descrizione dello stile di scrittura (oppure di dettatura) di Caterina da Siena (la descrizione riguarda le sue lettere, non &lt;em&gt;Il dialogo&lt;/em&gt;). L'autore si riferisce alla tendenza di lei ad impiegare metafore in modo tale da evocare il linguaggio del Vangelo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il suo modo di parlare e spiegare con le metafore e quando serve assolutamente senza, è semplicemente singolare e stupefacente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppongo che la mia interpretazione sia la seguente: Il soggetto di &quot;serve&quot; è &quot;modo di parlare e spiegare&quot;, &quot;senza&quot; si utilizza come avverbio e fa riferimento a &quot;metafore&quot;, e il verbo &quot;servire&quot; vuol dire &quot;bastare&quot; o qualcosa di simile. L'autore quindi sembra dire che lui trova impressionante questa sua maniera di utilizzare metafore perfino quando potrebbe esprimersi adeguatamente senza ricorrere a tali figure retoriche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa interpretazione vi sembra valida? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T11:14:58.300" Title="Che cosa significa “e quando serve assolutamente senza” in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="15" CreationDate="2018-01-02T01:01:03.357" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following explanation has been adapted from &lt;em&gt;Grande grammatica italiana di consultazione. Vol. 1&lt;/em&gt;, pages 572-574, which is also where all the examples are from:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A clitic can move from the infinitive of the subordinate clause to the verb of the main clause (which is usually done in Tuscan and central-southern Italian) if&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the subject of the main clause is identical to the implicit subject of the&#xA;subordinate clause and&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the verb of the main clause belongs to one of the following classes:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Modal Verbs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mario vuole farlo da solo.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Mario lo vuole fare da solo.&lt;/em&gt; — Mario wants to do it on his own.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Antonio deve comprarlo.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Antonio lo deve comprare.&lt;/em&gt; — Anthony has to buy it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Frederico può mangiarli.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Frederico li può mangiare.&lt;/em&gt; — Frederick can eat them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ugo sa prepararlo.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Ugo lo sa preparare.&lt;/em&gt; — Hugo knows how to prepare it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The modal use of &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt; in the last example needs to be distinguished from its non-modal use, in which it takes an infinitive complement introduced by the preposition &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;. The latter does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; permit clitic climbing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ugo sa di comprarlo. — Hugo knows that he is buying it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*Ugo lo sa di comprare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aspectual Verbs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La mamma comincerà a cucirla domani.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;La mamma la comincerà a cucire domani.&lt;/em&gt; — Mom will start sewing it tomorrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Carlo finisce di dipingerlo oggi.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Carlo lo finisce di dipingere oggi.&lt;/em&gt; — Charles will finish painting it today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sandro continua ad amarla.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Sandro la continua ad amare.&lt;/em&gt; — Alex continues to love her.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andrea sta per comprarla.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Andrea la sta per comprare.&lt;/em&gt; — Andrew is about to buy it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Motion Verbs&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Piero andò/venne/tornò a chiamarlo.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Piero lo andò/venne/tornò a chiamare.&lt;/em&gt; — Peter went/came/returned to call him.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conative Verbs (Only Marginally)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Marco tenta di studiarlo.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;?Marco lo tenta di studiare.&lt;/em&gt; — Marcus is trying to study it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Elio ha cercato di raggiungerlo.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;?Elio lo ha cercato di raggiungere.&lt;/em&gt; — Elliot has tried to reach it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anselmo prova a costruirlo.&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;?Anselmo lo prova a costruire.&lt;/em&gt; — Anselm is trying to build it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the following examples, clitic climbing is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; possible:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Aldo ha deciso di leggerlo.&lt;/em&gt; — Aldo has decided to read it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;*Aldo lo ha deciso di leggere.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maria dice di scriverla domani.&lt;/em&gt; — Mary says to write it tomorrow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;*Maria la dice di scrivere domani.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Luisa ha promesso di spedirla.&lt;/em&gt; — Louise has promised to send it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;*Luisa la ha promesso di spedire.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Carlo vuole che lo compri.&lt;/em&gt; — Charles wants me/him/her to buy it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;*Carlo lo vuole che compri.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T10:40:54.733" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8907" CreationDate="2018-01-02T01:25:49.150" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;-&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; is not a typically masculine ending at all. Just think of &lt;em&gt;ape&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;arte&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;automobile&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;base&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;botte&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;capitale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;carne&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cassaforte&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cenere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;classe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;comune&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;croce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;estate&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;falce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fame&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fede&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;filiale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fine&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;frase&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;igiene&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;indole&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lavastoviglie&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;legge&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lepre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lince&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;luce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;madre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;moglie&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;morale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nave&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;neve&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;noce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;note&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;notte&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pace&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;parete&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;patente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;percentuale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;polvere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pulce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quiete&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;reclame&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rete&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;selce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;serpe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sete&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;spirale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stampante&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tigre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;torre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trave&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;visuale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;voce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;volpe&lt;/em&gt;, all nouns ending in -&lt;em&gt;ie&lt;/em&gt;, most nouns ending in -&lt;em&gt;ice&lt;/em&gt;, -&lt;em&gt;igine&lt;/em&gt;, -&lt;em&gt;ione&lt;/em&gt;, -&lt;em&gt;ite&lt;/em&gt;, -&lt;em&gt;udine&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-02T08:55:16.947" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T08:55:16.947" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8911" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8913" CreationDate="2018-01-02T11:00:30.390" Score="0" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No, e nemmeno è successo che mia madre, guardandomi bambino spaparanzato nella culla che ridevo &lt;strong&gt;a sganascio&lt;/strong&gt;, abbia esclamato: «Ma che bella faccina simpatica... Allegria mi fai!, pagliacciolino ridente! Guarda, da grande ti faccio fare il giullare!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cosa significa &quot;a sganascio&quot;.&#xA;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;sganascio&quot; su parecchi dizionari,  ma non l'ho trovato. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T11:45:11.580" Title="Cosa significa &quot;a sganascio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8908" CreationDate="2018-01-02T11:14:58.300" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scrive Baldini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il linguaggio di santa Caterina è profondamente segnato dall'oralità e dalla colloquialità; le sue parole risultano più dette che dettate e le sue pagine presentano una metaforicità lavica. Lontana dalle norme stilistiche della retorica ciceroniana, che consigliava l'uso di una metafora «riservata» (&lt;em&gt;prudens&lt;/em&gt;) e non «ardita», Caterina mostra piuttosto di prediligere  le metafore vive, audaci, assolute. È stato affermato che le metafore possono contenere o una mezza verità o una verità e mezza; ebbene nelle pagine di santa Caterina ci si imbatte frequentemente in metafore traboccanti di verità. Per santa Caterina la metofora non è un semplice ornamento, ma è destinata a provocare incrementi semantici, a fornire nuove informazioni, a generare nuove conoscenze. Le metafore sono per lei importanti e significativi strumenti cognitivi di cui si serve per rimediare a un vuoto di vocabolario. La ricchezza di allegorie e di metafore delle pagine cateriniane nasce anche da un bisogno di concretezza e scalda e colorisce la teoria, o l'esperienza della fede.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In considerazione del fatto che il linguaggio mistico si santa Caterina trasuda di metafore, credo che la frase dell'autore dovrebbe essere interpretata come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il suo modo di parlare e spiegare con le metafore e, &lt;em&gt;quando serve assolutamente&lt;/em&gt;, senza, è semplicemente singolare e stupefacente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ossia santa Caterina parla e spiega generalmente per metafore; solo quando non ne può fare a meno, &lt;em&gt;quando&lt;/em&gt; (in quelle occasioni in cui...) &lt;em&gt;serve &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/assolutamente_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;assolutamente&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, usa un linguaggio non metaforico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T11:14:58.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8911" CreationDate="2018-01-02T11:45:11.580" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste l'espressione &quot;&lt;em&gt;sganasciarsi dalle risate&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sganasciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sganasciare/&lt;/a&gt;) che significa appunto ridere talmente tanto da slogarsi la mascella. Qui &quot;&lt;em&gt;a sganascio&lt;/em&gt;&quot; ha un significato analogo; significa che il bimbo nella culla rideva tanto e di gusto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste anche l'espressione &quot;&lt;em&gt;ridere a crepapelle&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T11:45:11.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8907" CreationDate="2018-01-02T13:15:53.980" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Generally, nouns ending in &lt;strong&gt;-o&lt;/strong&gt; are masculine (&lt;em&gt;il gelato, il tavolo&lt;/em&gt;) and those ending in &lt;strong&gt;-a&lt;/strong&gt; are feminine (&lt;em&gt;l’arancia, la sedia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nouns ending in &lt;strong&gt;-e&lt;/strong&gt; can be either masculine or feminine (&lt;em&gt;il cellulare&lt;/em&gt; is masculine, &lt;em&gt;la chiave&lt;/em&gt; is feminine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few nouns ending in &lt;strong&gt;-a&lt;/strong&gt; are masculine (&lt;em&gt;il cinema, il problema&lt;/em&gt;) and a few ending in &lt;strong&gt;-o&lt;/strong&gt; are feminine (&lt;em&gt;la foto, la mano&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Masculine nouns, in the plural, normally end in &lt;strong&gt;-i&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Feminine nouns ending in &lt;strong&gt;-a&lt;/strong&gt; end in &lt;strong&gt;-e&lt;/strong&gt; in the plural, while feminine nouns ending in &lt;strong&gt;-e&lt;/strong&gt; end in &lt;strong&gt;-i&lt;/strong&gt; in the plural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Words ending &lt;strong&gt;–ore&lt;/strong&gt; are usually masculine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'onore (the honor)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il fiore (the flower)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il professore (the professor)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Words ending &lt;strong&gt;–ione&lt;/strong&gt; are usually feminine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;una prenotazione (a reservation)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un’escursione (an excursion)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;una destinazione (a destination)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;una stazione (a station)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With human beings the gender of the noun is usually determined by the sex of the person referred to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il cantante / la cantante (the singer)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il paziente / la paziente (the patient)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il consorte / la consorte (the spouse)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most masculine nouns ending in &lt;strong&gt;-tore&lt;/strong&gt; change to &lt;strong&gt;-trice&lt;/strong&gt; for the feminine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'attore → l'attrice (the actor)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il traditore → la traditrice (the traitor)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Exceptions include: tintore → tintora (dyer) / avventore → avventora (customer) / impostore → impostora (imposter)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we have that &lt;strong&gt;most of the nouns&lt;/strong&gt; agree with the following rules:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Masculine nouns end with &lt;strong&gt;–o&lt;/strong&gt; for singular, &lt;strong&gt;-i&lt;/strong&gt; for plural.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Feminine nouns end with &lt;strong&gt;–a&lt;/strong&gt; for singular, &lt;strong&gt;-e&lt;/strong&gt; for plural.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A third category of nouns end with &lt;strong&gt;–e&lt;/strong&gt; for singular, &lt;strong&gt;-i&lt;/strong&gt; for plural; they can be masculine or feminine, according to the vocabulary.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rT8sE.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rT8sE.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Within the first two classes, some nouns form the plural based on specific rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/HZ99C.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/HZ99C.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/QN2wj.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/QN2wj.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/plurale-dei-nomi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Source of the tables: online Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-01-02T21:36:59.450" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T21:36:59.450" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8915" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8916" CreationDate="2018-01-02T22:54:24.707" Score="4" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Woman: Perché dovrei fidarmi di te?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Man: &lt;strong&gt;Perché&lt;/strong&gt; di me si fida la duchessa, &lt;strong&gt;perché&lt;/strong&gt; anch’io sono diverso, &lt;strong&gt;perché&lt;/strong&gt; queste faccende sono il mio pane quotidiano...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand the correct word order in a &amp;quot;perché/because&amp;quot; subordinate clause. It seems that a preposition like &amp;quot;di&amp;quot; or an adverb like &amp;quot;anch’io&amp;quot; comes first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And then I wonder why in the first clause, the subject &amp;quot;la duchessa&amp;quot; comes last, whereas the subject in the third clause &amp;quot;queste faccende&amp;quot; comes first?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T23:21:41.590" Title="Word order after a &quot;perché&quot; subordinate clause" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8916" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8915" CreationDate="2018-01-02T23:21:41.590" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;After &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt; any kind of clause, with any ordering, can occur, as if they were main clauses. The three sentences in your example are all acceptable as main clause.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Queste faccende sono il mio pane quotidiano&lt;/em&gt; is a normally-ordered sentence (a subject with a nominal predicate).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Di me si fida la duchessa&lt;/em&gt; has a slightly unusual ordering instead; the standard form would be &lt;em&gt;La duchessa si fida di me&lt;/em&gt; (The duchess trusts me). The sentence as given seems to stress that the duchess trusts especially the speaker (so the person he is speaking to should too). And this sentence works the same exact way both as a main clause and as a subordinate clause after &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;, while on the other hand “Perché la duchessa si fida di me” would be a perfectly good answer, with a different stress.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in principle, any sentence, either standard or with an unusual construction to stress something can also be a &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;-sentence, and even a composite period (“Perché dovrei fidarmi di te?” “Perché se non ti fidi, mi rivolgo a qualcun altro”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-01-02T23:21:41.590" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8917" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-03T11:12:19.087" Score="3" ViewCount="834" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve a tutti,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vorrei capire la differenza tra questi due verbi, qualcuno mi può aiutare per favore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho fatto un po' di ricerca e mi sono resa conto che entrambi possono indicare &quot;il tempo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio: &quot;il treno ci mette venti minuti&quot; ma &quot;ci vogliono venti minuti in treno&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo aver osservato qualche esempio, mi pare di capire che la differenza sia nel soggetto (il treno-soggetto &quot;ci mette&quot;, ma i minuti-soggetto &quot;ci vogliono&quot;). È giusto il mio ragionamento? Come spiegare ad uno studente straniero la differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altro esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*A volte Lucia ci:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1- mette un po' a capire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2- vuole un po' a capire.*&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso basterebbe aggiungere una &quot;A&quot; alla frase (&lt;em&gt;A volte &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; Lucia ci vuole un po' a capire&lt;/em&gt;) per avere una frase corretta con &quot;ci vuole&quot;. Senza quella preposizione però, la frase è corretta solo con &quot;ci mette&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-03T13:08:19.490" LastActivityDate="2018-01-03T13:20:44.003" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;metterci&quot; e &quot;volerci&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8918" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8930" CreationDate="2018-01-03T11:13:44.710" Score="1" ViewCount="277" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E nemmeno è capitato che mi sia rimirato dentro il culo di una padella lustra che mi faceva da specchio,&#xA;  cosí che a guardarmi: «Ohi, che &lt;strong&gt;occhi sbaraglianti&lt;/strong&gt; di allegria che spargono luce felice da ogni luogo [felicità in ogni luogo]! Sono proprio simpatico, splendente! Vado a fare il giullare!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;occhi sbaraglianti&quot;. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;sbaragliare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho saputo trovare nulla che abbia senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per si è di aiuto, nella versione originale in dialetto (ragusano?)&lt;sup&gt;(1)&lt;/sup&gt; appare &quot;ögi sbarluscénti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt; (1) Per quanto racconta Fo nel prologo a questa storia, mi è sembrato che il dialetto della versione originale fosse ragusano, ma non ne sono sicura. Può darsi che ci sia anche qualche dialetto del Nord d'Italia. Il prologo comincia cosí: &quot;Questo è un testo ragusano, raccolto nel secolo scorso da un amico e collaboratore di Pitré, il famoso ricercatore di Palermo che ha pubblicato una mole incredibile di documentazione sulla tradizione popolare della Sicilia. Piú tardi mi sono capitati per le mani frammenti di una giullarata che svolgeva lo stesso tema, provenienti dal Nord d’Italia,esattamente da Cremona. Ho innestato questi ultimi &#xA;nel testo ragusano e ne è venuta fuori la «conta» che vi presento&quot;. In una nota si spiega che &quot;conta&quot; significa &quot;favola o fabulazione popolare&quot;. E finisce cosí: &quot;Ma quel discorso è meglio che lo ascoltiate direttamente e per intero nel linguaggio originale&quot; (si riferisce alla versione originale del racconto).&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-13T13:28:06.423" LastActivityDate="2018-01-13T13:28:06.423" Title="Significato di &quot;occhi sbaraglianti&quot; (o &quot;sbarluscenti&quot;) in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8917" CreationDate="2018-01-03T13:01:19.177" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Volerci&lt;/strong&gt; significa: &quot;&lt;em&gt;essere necessario&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;occorrere&lt;/em&gt;&quot; , molto spesso quello che è necessario viene sottinteso, può essere tempo, fatica, denaro ecc, per questo di solito il verbo è coniugato alla terza persona singolare o plurale. Spesso è sottintesa la parola &quot;tempo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esempi&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;per un vestito ci vogliono tre metri di stoffa; per una moto così ci vorranno circa diecimila euro; ci vuole molto&lt;/em&gt; [sottint. tempo] &lt;em&gt;per arrivare fin là?; c’è voluto molto&lt;/em&gt; [sottint. sforzo, fatica, insistenza] &lt;em&gt;per convincerlo; ci vuole un bel coraggio a presentarsi in quel modo!; ci vorrebbe una persona come te al suo posto; è proprio la persona che ci vuole; ci vuol pazienza!; Mi ci vorrebbe proprio una bella vacanza!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La forma verbale &quot;&lt;strong&gt;metterci&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, oltre che con il significato di &quot;&lt;em&gt;mettere in qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (ci devi mettere un po’ di sale), viene spesso usata sottointendendo la parola &quot;tempo&quot;, significa perciò &quot;&lt;em&gt;impiegare un determinato tempo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esempi&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;il treno ci mette due ore; ce ne hai messo di tempo!; ci ha messo sei giorni la letterina ad arrivare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2018-01-03T13:20:44.003" LastActivityDate="2018-01-03T13:20:44.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8920" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8933" CreationDate="2018-01-03T13:06:35.407" Score="3" ViewCount="833" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;scegliere (ˈʃe&lt;strong&gt;ʎʎ&lt;/strong&gt;ere)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;scegli (ˈʃe&lt;strong&gt;ʎʎ&lt;/strong&gt;i) ???&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not sure how to pronounce the &amp;quot;ʎʎ&amp;quot; sound in IPA corresponding to the spelling &amp;quot;gli&amp;quot;, since on the following links, the pronunciations of &amp;quot;scegliere&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;scegli&amp;quot; seem somewhat different:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/scegliere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/iten/scegliere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://forvo.com/word/scegliere/#it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forvo.com/word/scegliere/#it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &amp;quot;scegli&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://forvo.com/search/scegli/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forvo.com/search/scegli/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q1: Do you need to pronounce the &lt;strong&gt;L&lt;/strong&gt; sound in &amp;quot;sceg&lt;strong&gt;L&lt;/strong&gt;iere&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sceg&lt;strong&gt;L&lt;/strong&gt;i&amp;quot;? I mean, is it similar to the L sound in &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;L&lt;/strong&gt;ip&amp;quot; in English? On the first link, the L sound is ever so faint.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q2: How do you pronounce the &lt;strong&gt;E&lt;/strong&gt; vowel right after &amp;quot;ʎʎ&amp;quot; in (ˈʃeʎʎ&lt;strong&gt;E&lt;/strong&gt;re)? Does it sound like the &lt;em&gt;pure&lt;/em&gt; vowel &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;E&lt;/strong&gt;lf&amp;quot;? Or is it more like &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;YE&lt;/strong&gt;s / &lt;strong&gt;je&lt;/strong&gt;s&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T11:46:11.330" Title="The correct pronunciation of the &quot;ʎʎ&quot; sound in IPA" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8904" CreationDate="2018-01-03T13:43:37.770" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Saltato sul banco&quot; in questo caso significa proprio &quot;messo a fare il saltimbanco&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/saltimbanco/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/saltimbanco/&lt;/a&gt; ); &#xA;il narratore in questo brano ripercorre le origini della sua &quot;vocazione&quot;, ammettendo che non è stato un caso se abbia scelto la professione di &quot;saltare sul banco&quot; (a fare il buffone), ma che nemmeno questa sua attitudine si sia manifestata fin dalla più tenera età come fosse una predestinazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-03T13:43:37.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8923" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-03T20:57:16.833" Score="1" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutti quanti mi hanno subito parlato del problema dello smog. Di &lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; ti &lt;strong&gt;colpisca&lt;/strong&gt; dritto ai polmoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;= Nobody wasted any time talking to me about the issue of smog --&#xA;about how it (might) affects you right in the lungs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if this &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; should be considered to be a &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;come se&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;quasi&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; subordinate clause that always takes the subjunctive verb? In French, a &amp;quot;comme si&amp;quot; clause with the meaning of &amp;quot;as if&amp;quot; always takes the &lt;em&gt;Imparfait&lt;/em&gt; tense that corresponds to the subjunctive in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do the following three mean more or less the same?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di &lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; ti colpisca dritto ai polmoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di &lt;strong&gt;come se&lt;/strong&gt; ti colpisca dritto ai polmoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di &lt;strong&gt;quasi&lt;/strong&gt; ti colpisca dritto ai polmoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-04T01:51:24.793" Title="Does a &quot;come&quot; clause always take the subjunctive, just like &quot;come se&quot; or &quot;quasi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8925" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-04T02:06:46.153" Score="3" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che c'è di sbagliato &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; voler vivere da ricchi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder why you need to place the  definite article &quot;il&quot; before the infinitive &quot;voler(e)&quot;? Does it serve to &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;generalise&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; the idea of wanting to live like the rich? Is it similar to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non sopporto &lt;strong&gt;il&lt;/strong&gt; rumore --- {noise &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in general&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;; not any particular noise}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-04T15:22:47.317" LastActivityDate="2018-02-04T11:32:36.447" Title="&quot;Nel voler&quot;, not &quot;in voler&quot;: why place the definite article &quot;il&quot; before the infinitive &quot;voler(e)&quot;?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8926" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-04T02:24:31.443" Score="1" ViewCount="556" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che c'è di sbagliato nel &lt;strong&gt;voler&lt;/strong&gt; vivere da ricchi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read somewhere that it is about &lt;em&gt;apocope&lt;/em&gt;, where you drop the last vowel so that the phrase sounds better. But I wonder why you need to use the apocopic form &quot;voler&quot; in this specific instance. Is it because the two consecutive infinitives &quot;volere vivere&quot; are a bit too much of a mouthful?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="3287" LastEditDate="2018-01-04T02:31:42.743" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T20:25:14.653" Title="Why use the apocopic form &quot;voler (vivere)&quot;?" Tags="&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8920" CreationDate="2018-01-04T13:34:49.487" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sound [ʎ] has been explained in detail in the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1349/707&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;. Taking into account that it's not present in English (at least in British English) nor in French, I would take the advice of Melina Insolera in his book &lt;em&gt;Italiano grammatica. Grammatica essenziale della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, published by Zanichelli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;si consiglia agli stranieri di ascoltare i parlare i parlanti italiani,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, it is advisable to listen to Italian speakers. As said by @alexjo in his comment, you can use the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/ricerca.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario d’ortografia e di pronunzia della RAI&lt;/a&gt; to listen carefully to some words containing this sound, such as, &quot;gli&quot;, &quot;glielo&quot;, &quot;glieli&quot;, etc. There are also some &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JtlU3pMRHbU&amp;amp;app=desktop&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;YouTube videos&lt;/a&gt; that try to help you to pronounce this sound. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To complicate things, this sound is &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_phonology&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;geminated word-internally&lt;/a&gt; and this is why you found that it is [ʎʎ] in &quot;scegliere&quot;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemination&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;That means&lt;/a&gt; that this consonantic sound is pronounced for an audibly longer period of time. In some sense, it's &quot;as if were pronounced twice&quot;. Again, you can use &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/ricerca.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DOP&lt;/a&gt; to listen carefully to some words containing this geminated sound, such as, &quot;famiglia&quot;, &quot;figlio&quot;, &quot;foglio&quot;, &quot; battaglia&quot; (which has also a geminated &quot;t&quot;), etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding your second question, I think it's off-topic for the reason I have explained in my previous comment: we are not experts in English, so we may not be able to perceive the difference between the &quot;e&quot; of &quot;elf&quot; and the &quot;e&quot; of &quot;yes&quot;. At least, I am not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Update:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If, as suggested by @FedericoPoloni, &#xA;with your second question you mean if the second &quot;e&quot; in &quot;scegliere&quot; has or not the sound of an &quot;e&quot; in a diphthong &quot;ie&quot;, the answer is no because there is not such a diphthong in this word. In fact, no sound &quot;i&quot; is present in &quot;scegliere&quot;, all the vocalic sounds are &quot;e&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-05T11:46:11.330" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T11:46:11.330" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8928" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-04T13:36:28.590" Score="0" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  Ma un giorno tornando dal campo attraverso la riva del fiume in cerca di qualche granchio… ho perso il &#xA;  cammino e, di botto, mi sono trovato davanti a una montagna nera che non conoscevo. &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tremenda, alta! &#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;   ‎&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; E ho domandato a un carrettiere che passava di lí: –&#xA;  Compare, di chi è questa montagna &lt;strong&gt;smargiassante&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  che si rizza all’improvviso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In parecchi dizionari ho trovato che &quot;smargiassare&quot; significa fare lo smargiasso, cioè, fare lo spaccone, il fanfarone. Tuttavia, questo non sembra avere molto senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmi qual è il senso di &quot;smargiassante&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-04T15:09:48.430" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;smargiassante&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8928" CreationDate="2018-01-04T13:47:47.837" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Smargiassare&quot; significa appunto fare lo spaccone; in questo caso si sta utilizzando il participio presente del verbo come un aggettivo, per caratterizzare la montagna; questo utilizzo è assai comune in italiano:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/participio_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/participio_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano in questione sta secondo me a indicare che la montagna si innalzava in modo così alto e ripido, da sembrare voler sbarrare il passo ai viandanti con un atteggiamento da gradasso. Potrebbe anche essere un modo che ha il personaggio parlante per esorcizzare il timore che incute il vedere questa montagna ergersi all'improvviso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-04T15:09:48.430" LastActivityDate="2018-01-04T15:09:48.430" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8918" CreationDate="2018-01-04T15:13:10.077" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che in questo caso sia utilizzato come &quot;abbaglianti&quot; o &quot;scintillanti&quot;; nei dialetti settentrionali si utilizza anche il termine &lt;em&gt;&quot;sbarluccicare&quot;&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;&quot;sberluccicare&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che lo stesso Dario Fo, nella versione in dialetto, utilizza &lt;em&gt;&quot;sbarluscénti&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.es/url?q=http://scans.library.utoronto.ca/pdf/4/30/vocabolariomilan00cheruoft/vocabolariomilan00cheruoft.pdf&amp;amp;sa=U&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjsxM3v6NTYAhVH1RQKHct8BhIQFggZMAc&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw3Nmb7-RzI-3W29ygap_HWG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario milanese - italiano di Francesco Cherubini&lt;/a&gt; (1814) si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sbarlusent&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;che anche dicesi&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Barlusent&lt;/strong&gt;) &lt;em&gt;Rilucente. Splendente. Risplendente. Lucente. Dilucciante. Luccicante. Micante. Lampegiante.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=unXLSjhepGUC&amp;amp;pg=PA648&amp;amp;lpg=PA648&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario milanese - italiano di Cletto Arrighi&lt;/a&gt; (1977) si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sbarlusent,&lt;/strong&gt; Splendente. &lt;em&gt;«Gh'era el ramm in cusinna sbarlusent»&lt;/em&gt;: «C'era in cucina il rame appeso luccicantissimo o rilucente».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.es/url?q=http://www.comune.bogogno.no.it/FileDownload.asp%3FT%3D9%26I%3D27151%26IdCom%3D9&amp;amp;sa=U&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi2yveF-NTYAhXLvhQKHZuMDSk4ChAWCBYwBQ&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw04YdaOLYf1UkL8zG0ahU_i&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Maeta ch'al piova (Immagina che piova). Una proposta di cultura e di dialetto e di cultura bogognese&lt;/a&gt; appare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sbarlušént&lt;/strong&gt;  &amp;nbsp;  Luccicante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-13T12:39:22.727" LastActivityDate="2018-01-13T12:39:22.727" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8925" CreationDate="2018-01-04T15:42:49.700" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;em&gt;A Reference Grammar of Modern Italian&lt;/em&gt;, the inclusion or omission of the definite article before an infinitive used as a noun corresponds to the following (subtle) difference in meaning: without the article the meaning is closer to &quot;the idea of doing something,&quot; and the meaning with the article is closer to &quot;the fact or action of doing something.&quot; However, your example is more straightforward because (according to the same book) an article must be used when the infinitive is preceded by the preposition &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example: &lt;em&gt;perdonare è meglio di condannare&lt;/em&gt; might be translated as &quot;it is better to forgive than to condemn&quot;; notice how this has a more &quot;proverbial&quot; style. In contrast, &lt;em&gt;il perdonare è meglio del condannare&lt;/em&gt; might be &quot;forgiving [i.e., the action of forgiving] is better than condemning [i.e., the action of condemning].&quot; The second version focuses more on the action associated with the verb, whereas the first version focuses more on the abstract notion associated with the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastEditorUserId="4193" LastEditDate="2018-01-04T17:52:18.523" LastActivityDate="2018-01-04T17:52:18.523" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8932" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-04T20:36:59.690" Score="1" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Abbiamo pensato&lt;/strong&gt; che ti &lt;strong&gt;avrebbe fatto&lt;/strong&gt; piacere sentire di nuovo il sapore di casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if you always need to use Past Conditional in a subordinate clause after using Present Perfect in a main clause? Is it wrong to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Abbiamo pensato&lt;/strong&gt; che ti &lt;strong&gt;farebbe&lt;/strong&gt; piacere sentire di nuovo il sapore di casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French, I would use Present Conditional instead in a subordinate clause, so this difference has me puzzled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nous &lt;strong&gt;avons pensé&lt;/strong&gt; que tu &lt;strong&gt;voudrais&lt;/strong&gt;... {NOT: ... que tu &lt;strong&gt;aurais voulu&lt;/strong&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T12:34:31.373" Title="Whether to use Present or Past Conditional in a subordinate clause after using Present Perfect in a main clause?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8920" CreationDate="2018-01-04T22:34:31.233" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, no /l/ sound is present. The tip of the tongue for /ʎ/ is positioned like for /l/, but the jaw is raised so the sides of the tongue are pressed between the teeth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is no implicit or explicit /i/ in the sound either (at least in standard Italian): &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is mostly a trigram whose pronunciation is /ʎʎ/. The first &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;cogliere&lt;/em&gt; (I use a different word for doing easier comparisons) is the same as in &lt;em&gt;collere&lt;/em&gt; (plural of &lt;em&gt;collera&lt;/em&gt;). Similarly, &lt;em&gt;taglio&lt;/em&gt; is /'taʎʎo/ with the same vowels as in &lt;em&gt;callo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The orthographic exception is in case the following (phonetic) vowel is an &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, where the digram &lt;em&gt;gl&lt;/em&gt; is used: the plural of &lt;em&gt;taglio&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;tagli&lt;/em&gt; /'taʎʎi/, not *​&lt;em&gt;taglii&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, regional pronunciations vary and in some dialects the sound, instead of /ʎ/, becomes an approximant more similar to /j/ (in Rome, for instance). Also the gemination is mostly omitted in northern dialects, that have almost no consonant gemination in general.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sound /ʎ/ is not an easy one to produce and, indeed, even some Italian native speakers are not able to make it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my regional language (veneto) the sound doesn't exist; the Latin clusters that evolved in Italian to /ʎ/ became /j/ or /d͡ʒ/ (depending on varieties); so in my hometown we say &lt;em&gt;fameia&lt;/em&gt; /fa'meja/ for the Italian &lt;em&gt;famiglia&lt;/em&gt;, but in Venice it is &lt;em&gt;famegia&lt;/em&gt; /fa'med͡ʒa/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually, the sound is unknown to most regional languages of Italy (commonly known as &lt;em&gt;dialetti&lt;/em&gt;, although they're not dialects of Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-01-04T22:34:31.233" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8932" CreationDate="2018-01-05T03:15:26.253" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The past conditional (e.g., &lt;em&gt;sarebbe andato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;avrebbe trovato&lt;/em&gt;) is used to express a future meaning with respect to a reference point in the past. In such cases you &lt;strong&gt;cannot&lt;/strong&gt; use the present conditional. This is an unusual aspect of Italian; as pointed out in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=RszKAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;A Reference Grammar of Modern Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (Section 15.2), English, French, Spanish, and Portuguese typically use the present conditional for &quot;future in the past&quot; constructions (though in English we can also use the periphrastic future, e.g., &quot;I thought that you were going to find it&quot; instead of &quot;I thought that you would find it&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, it's important to understand that the past conditional is used to express &quot;future in the past&quot; not only after the present perfect but also after the &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; and the imperfect.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T03:15:26.253" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8935" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-05T06:52:46.117" Score="1" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu cercavi noi, noi cercavamo &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How does this phrasing compare to saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tu cercavi noi, noi &lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt; cercavamo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was under the impression that &quot;te&quot; should be used with a preposition, but it's not the case here. Also, I thought that a direct object should come before a verb, so I wonder why &quot;te&quot; comes after a verb here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-05T12:36:09.617" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T23:26:55.290" Title="&quot;Noi cercavamo te&quot; vs &quot;noi ti cercavamo&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8936" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-05T08:05:51.677" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A volte avevo la &lt;strong&gt;sensazione&lt;/strong&gt; che lui fosse a un passo da me. Altre volte, mi &lt;strong&gt;sembrava&lt;/strong&gt; di girare in cerchio...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French, &quot;impression&quot; is about how you feel mentally and emotionally, while &quot;sensation&quot; is more about what you feel physically. I wonder if the same distinction applies to Italian? How does the sentence above compare to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A volte avevo l'&lt;strong&gt;impressione&lt;/strong&gt; che lui fosse a un passo da me. Altre volte, mi &lt;strong&gt;sembrava&lt;/strong&gt; di girare in cerchio...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On another note: Is &quot;sembrare&quot; closer in meaning to &quot;avere l'impressione&quot; than to &quot;avere la sensazione&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T17:16:37.970" Title="Nuances between &quot;sensazione&quot; and &quot;impressione&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8937" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-05T08:19:41.937" Score="0" ViewCount="407" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte avevo la sensazione che lui fosse &lt;strong&gt;a un passo da&lt;/strong&gt; me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{or}: A volte avevo la sensazione che lui fosse &lt;strong&gt;a due passi da&lt;/strong&gt; me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French, when something is very close by and just a step away or a stone's throw away from you, you say &amp;quot;à &lt;strong&gt;deux&lt;/strong&gt; pas de ... / &lt;strong&gt;two&lt;/strong&gt; steps away from ...&amp;quot;. I wonder which is more commonly used in italian: &amp;quot;one step away&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;two steps away&amp;quot;? And do they carry nuances?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T10:25:33.607" Title="Nuances between &quot;a un passo da me&quot; and &quot;a due passi da me&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8937" CreationDate="2018-01-05T08:38:46.973" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The difference between the two is that the expression &lt;em&gt;&quot;a un passo da&quot;&lt;/em&gt; can be used in a figurative way; I mean that &lt;em&gt;&quot;lui fosse a un passo da me&quot;&lt;/em&gt; could also refer to the intellectual distance between the two people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the second one is always related to a physical distance; consider for example the expression &lt;em&gt;&quot;Facciamo due passi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (=let's go for a short walk).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For my experience, if you are referring to a physical distance the second form should be preferred and is a common way of saying. Said that, the first phrase could be used as well for the same purpose but its usage is less common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To support my arguments, you can check these definitions at the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/P/passo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; (Hoepli dictionary of ways of saying):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a due passi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vicino, a una distanza molto ridotta, che si potrebbe coprire in due passi. &lt;em&gt;(Close, at a distance that can be covered in two steps)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fare un passo indietro&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fig.: regredire, perdere quanto si era precedentemente conquistato peggiorando la propria situazione. &lt;em&gt;(Figurative, to step back, to loose what gained previously, worsening one own's situation)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Var.: essere un passo indietro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;esserci un passo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esserci pochissima differenza, riferito a due cose, situazioni o persone. &lt;em&gt;(being a very little difference, referring to two things, situations or people)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2018-01-06T10:25:33.607" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T10:25:33.607" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8925" CreationDate="2018-01-05T11:12:20.053" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I have said in my previous comment, this construction is what it's called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/infinito-sostantivato_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;infinito sostantivato&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, that is, an infinitive that acts as a noun. I will answer your question &amp;quot;why it is &lt;em&gt;nel voler&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;in voler&lt;/em&gt;?&amp;quot; by quoting Luca Serianni in the book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (XI.411):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si osservi da ultimo che davanti a un infinito, sostantivato o non sostantivato e preceduto da &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt;, nell'italiano moderno è obbligatoria la preposizione articolata, che era facoltativa nella lingua dei secoli scorsi: «gioiva in vederci legati d'affetto» (Tarchetti), «crederono poter rinnovarla con allargarne le facoltà» (Carducci, &lt;em&gt;Prose&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, in modern Italian you must use an article whenever you find an infinitive (it can be an &amp;quot;infinito sostantivato&amp;quot; or a verbal infinitive) preceded by the prepositions &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;con&amp;quot;. It was not that way in the past, when one could omit such an article, as you can see in the cited examples (both Tarchetti and Carducci are authors from the XIX century). Some examples that I take from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/infinito-sostantivato_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt; are the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(5) Cominciò col portargli una fetta di carne avvolta nella carta oleata (Pratolini 1963: 59)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(6) Il mio lavoro è consistito nel cercar di fare di questo materiale eterogeneo un libro; nel cercar di comprendere e salvare, di fiaba in fiaba, il «diverso» che proviene dal modo di raccontare (Calvino 1996: 46)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, your interpretation about the meaning of the sentence is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T11:12:20.053" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8940" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8941" CreationDate="2018-01-05T13:13:16.803" Score="2" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E io sono andato fin su... arrampicandomi gattoni su &#xA;  un dosso e raspando con le unghie da una zanca &lt;strong&gt;fessata&lt;/strong&gt;... ho cavato una manciata di terra… l’ho annusata: dolce, grassa!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;fessata&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato &quot;fessato&quot; e &quot;fessare&quot;, ma non ho trovato questi vocaboli sui dizionari. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T13:25:11.887" Title="Cosa significa &quot;fessato&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8940" CreationDate="2018-01-05T13:25:11.887" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola da cercare in questo caso è &lt;em&gt;fesso&lt;/em&gt; (l'aggettivo, non il sostantivo!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fésso¹&lt;/strong&gt; agg. e s. m. [part. pass. di &lt;em&gt;fendere&lt;/em&gt;; lat. &lt;em&gt;fĭssus&lt;/em&gt;, part. pass. di &lt;em&gt;findĕre&lt;/em&gt;]. – 1. agg. &lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt; Spaccato, diviso con un taglio: &lt;em&gt;Dinanzi a me sen va piangendo Alì, Fesso nel volto dal mento al ciuffetto&lt;/em&gt; (Dante); più com., di recipienti, incrinato: &lt;em&gt;pentola, brocca f.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;conca f.&lt;/em&gt; (questo anche fig., di persona malaticcia, e così nel prov. &lt;em&gt;dura più una conca f. che una sana&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;porta invece un altro fiasco, perché questo è f.&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni), vuoto, come se perdesse da un’incrinatura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fesso1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare è usato nell'espressione &lt;em&gt;zoccolo fesso&lt;/em&gt; per indicare la particolare zampa di alcuni animali in cui lo zoccolo è diviso in due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T13:25:11.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8942" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-05T15:08:15.517" Score="4" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the origin of the Italian custom of only writing accents over the last vowel of a word?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4230" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-05T15:36:34.397" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T19:15:02.177" Title="Origin of custom of syllable-final accents" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8936" CreationDate="2018-01-05T17:16:37.970" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the 2011 reprint of the 12th edition of the Zingarelli dictionary, published by Zanichelli, you can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;SFUMATURE DI SIGNIFICATO &lt;br/&gt; &lt;strong&gt;impressione - sensazione&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Una sensazione fisica o una reazione psichica provocata da uno stimolo esterno si dice &lt;strong&gt;impressione&lt;/strong&gt;; correntemente il termine indica una reazione psicologica immediata che determina un primo giudizio non sostenuto da elementi razionali, oppure un'opinione soggettiva formata sulla base di impulsi indefiniti. &lt;strong&gt;Sensazione&lt;/strong&gt; è in senso proprio uno stato di coscienza determinato da uno stimolo materiale, organico (caldo, freddo, fame); correntemente il termine è usato, come impressione, per indicare qualsiasi stato fisico-psichico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;NUANCES OF MEANING &lt;br/&gt; &lt;strong&gt;impressione - sensazione&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  A physical sensation or a psychic reaction provoked by an external stimulus is called &lt;strong&gt;&quot;impressione&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;; usually this term indicates an immediate psychological reaction that determines a first judgment not supported by rational elements, or a subjective opinion formed on the basis of indefinite impulses. &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Sensazione&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is, in the proper sense of the word, a state of consciousness determined by a material, organic stimulus (hot, cold, hunger); usually this term is used, as &quot;impressione&quot;, to indicate any physical-psychic state.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, usually, this two words are used as synonims to indicate any physical or psychic state, but in the proper sense of these words have the difference of meaning mentioned above. That is, normally one would perceive these two sentences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A volte avevo la &lt;strong&gt;sensazione&lt;/strong&gt; che lui fosse a un passo da me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A volte avevo l'&lt;strong&gt;impressione&lt;/strong&gt; che lui fosse a un passo da me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;as equivalent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-05T17:16:37.970" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8944" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8935" CreationDate="2018-01-05T20:51:39.630" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can read in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;, both &quot;te&quot; and &quot;ti&quot; are personal pronouns with the function of direct object or indirect object, the first is called &quot;forma forte o tonica&quot; and the second &quot;forma debole o atona&quot;. &#xA;The difference between them is that with &quot;forma forte o tonica&quot; you put more stress on the direct or indirect object &quot;you&quot;. The pronoun in &quot;forma forte&quot;, i.e. &quot;te&quot;, can also have the function of other complements as, for instance, in this sentence that I took from Treccani Encyclopedia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È arrivata una lettera per &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the pronoun &quot;te&quot; acts as indirect object or as another complement, it is used with a preposition, but such a preposition is not present when this pronoun has the function of direct object. This is the reason why you don't find a preposition in the sentence &quot;cercavamo te&quot;: the function of this &quot;te&quot; is direct object. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt; you can read this explanation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se il pronome svolge la funzione di complemento oggetto o di complemento di termine, la scelta tra la forma forte e quella debole dipende dallo scopo di chi parla o scrive. Ad esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;hanno chiamato &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt; pone l’attenzione sulla persona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt; hanno chiamato pone l’attenzione sul verbo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, when the pronoun has the function of direct or indirect object, the choice between &quot;forma forte&quot; and &quot;forma debole&quot; depends on the purpose of the person who is speaking or writing. For instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;hanno chiamato &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; = they have called you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;puts the focus on the person (that is, on &quot;you&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;whereas&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt; hanno chiamato&quot; = they have called you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;puts the focus on the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the difference between the sentences of your question is that &quot;cercavamo te&quot; puts the focus on the person you are looking for, whereas &quot;ti cercavamo&quot; puts the focus on the verb &quot;cercavamo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer the question about word order in the sentence &quot;cercavamo te&quot;, I will quote some explanations from the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; by Maria Cristina Peccianti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Posizione dei pronomi personali&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Basta Emmanuele! Sono stanca di discutere sempre con &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Come stai Patrizia? Tua sorella &lt;strong&gt;mi&lt;/strong&gt; ha detto che non sei stata bene.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  - I pronomi personali con funzione di &lt;strong&gt;complemento&lt;/strong&gt; diretto o indiretto di forma &lt;strong&gt;tonica&lt;/strong&gt; stanno sempre dopo il verbo (&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;).&#xA;  - ‎I pronomi personali con funzione di &lt;strong&gt;complemento&lt;/strong&gt; diretto o indiretto di forma &lt;strong&gt;atona&lt;/strong&gt; stanno di solito &lt;strong&gt;prima&lt;/strong&gt; del verbo (&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;). &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Questi pronomi stanno tuttavia dopo il verbo e si uniscono ad esso formando una sola parola nei seguenti casi. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  - Quando il pronome personale è complemento di un infinito. In questo caso l'infinito perde la vocale finale: &lt;em&gt;Vado subito a prender&lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt; il libro che mi hai chiesto.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  - ‎Quando il pronome personale è complemento di un imperativo. &lt;em&gt;Ragazzi, fate&lt;strong&gt;mi&lt;/strong&gt; un favore: andate fuori a giocare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, when we use this pronoun in the tonic form, i.e. &quot;te&quot;, we must always place it after the verb, as in the example (2) above. When we use it instead in the weak form, i.e. &quot;ti&quot;, we usually have to put it before the verb, as in the example (3) (there are some exceptions to this rule mentioned in the quoted text). This is the reason why you say &quot;cercavamo te&quot; with the pronoun &quot;te&quot; after the verb, but &quot;ti cercavamo&quot;, with the pronoun &quot;ti&quot; before the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-06T23:26:55.290" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T23:26:55.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8945" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11259" CreationDate="2018-01-05T22:28:43.063" Score="1" ViewCount="1176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando la tv mi sono imbattuto in questa, diciamo, trasmissione sulla tv satellitare chiamata &lt;strong&gt;riccanza&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tralasciando ogni giudizio sul reality, vorrei&#xA;sapere se è un neologismo oppure se ha una sua etimologia simile ad altri termini tipo baldanza, tracotanza, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-28T13:26:16.043" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T13:46:43.797" Title="Origine del termine riccanza" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8947" CreationDate="2018-01-06T08:28:19.403" Score="0" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  –&#xA;   Ma io non so, non so dire parole rovesciate... non so &#xA;  fare il controcanto da buffone... e nemanco filastrocche &lt;strong&gt;a &#xA;  torciglione&lt;/strong&gt; beffardo che la lingua mi si inceppa dentro i denti… col cervello che tengo ubriacato dal sole e dalla &#xA;  fatica!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;a torciglione&quot; in questo passaggio. &#xA;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;torciglione&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla che abbia senso in questo contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione appare un po' più avanti nel testo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E cosí mi ha preso la testa, ha portato le labbra sue dolci alle mie e mi ha baciato. Mi è arrivato un gran tremore di fuoco sulle labbra... la lingua ha cominciato a trillare &lt;strong&gt;a torciglione&lt;/strong&gt; come una biscia. Parole nuove scivolavano rotolando nel mio cervello. Ogni pensiero mi si rivoltava... ogni idea mi sortiva capovolta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;a torciglione&quot; in questo contesto? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T10:22:27.957" Title="Cosa significa &quot;a torciglione&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8946" CreationDate="2018-01-06T10:22:27.957" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Torciglione (o &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tortiglione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tortiglione&lt;/a&gt;) indica una forma a spirale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggetto, elemento attorto a spirale (vi concorre, in varî sign. e usi,&#xA;  la forma torciglione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te indicato il significato è, nel primo caso, che la filastrocca era talmente veloce da fargli attorcigliare la lingua e, nel secondo caso, in maniera simile la lingua si contorceva quasi fosse un rettile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T10:22:27.957" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8948" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-06T14:52:18.263" Score="2" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci siamo &lt;strong&gt;fatti&lt;/strong&gt; prendere dall'entusiasmo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{vs}: Ci siamo &lt;strong&gt;lasciati&lt;/strong&gt; prendere dall'entusiasmo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French, I'd use the verb &amp;quot;laisser&amp;quot; (as in: &amp;quot;on s'est &lt;strong&gt;laissé&lt;/strong&gt; emporter par X&amp;quot;) to express the idea of &amp;quot;be at the mercy of X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;X has got the better of someone&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder how these two verbs compare in Italian in this specific context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-04-12T20:56:42.133" Title="Difference between &quot;farsi prendere da X&quot; and &quot;lasciarsi prendere da X&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8949" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8950" CreationDate="2018-01-06T14:57:49.437" Score="2" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ho sentito nella canzone di J-Ax &quot;Il bello d'esser brutti&quot;, e dice così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Col nasone ed i ciglioni, sono più bello di Brad Pitt&#xA;Senza in bocca due gommoni mandi a casa la Jolie&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa vuol dire &quot;senza in bocca due gommoni&quot;, è una espressione particolare?&#xA;So che un gommone è tipo una barca gonfiabile, ma non so cosa vuol dire in questo senso della canzone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1209" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-01-09T10:19:04.723" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T10:19:04.723" Title="Cosa significa &quot;senza in bocca due gommoni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8950" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8949" CreationDate="2018-01-06T15:37:47.897" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Avere in bocca due gommoni fa riferimento alle labbra di Angelina Jolie, molto pronunciate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso dispregiativo significa aver fatto ricorso alla chirurgia plastica per avere labbra più grandi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressione simile è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;avere due canotti al posto delle labbra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-01-09T09:26:31.823" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T09:26:31.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8952" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-06T19:14:18.017" Score="3" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ma se&lt;/strong&gt; l'ho appena visto io!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume that &quot;se&quot; does not mean &quot;if&quot; here, but rather &quot;ma se&quot; as a whole means &quot;but&quot;. But I wonder when you should use this &quot;ma se (ho fatto)&quot; construction?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On another note: Is it OK to use two consecutive &quot;se&quot;s like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ma se&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;se&lt;/strong&gt; ne sono appena accorte sé!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... with the second &quot;se&quot; serving as the reflexive pronoun?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2019-12-09T16:51:23.203" Title="When do you use &quot;ma se&quot; instead of &quot;ma&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8953" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-06T19:47:20.270" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi &lt;strong&gt;è toccata&lt;/strong&gt; una bella fortuna. --- {I've had great good fortune.}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume that what we see here is the construction &quot;toccare a qualcuno&quot; (and not a reflexive construction).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I wonder why it is not correct to use the auxiliary &quot;avere&quot; instead and say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi &lt;strong&gt;ha toccato&lt;/strong&gt; una bella fortuna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T20:29:30.367" Title="Why use the auxiliary &quot;essere&quot; in &quot;mi è toccata una bella fortuna&quot;?" Tags="&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8954" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8926" CreationDate="2018-01-06T20:25:14.653" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;An infinitive followed by another infinitive is one of the cases in which we can do vocalic apocope, that is, we can drop the last &quot;e&quot; from the first infinitive. Nevertheless, as explained in the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/4083&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, it's not obligatory, so, in your example, we can also say &quot;Che c'è di sbagliato nel volere vivere da ricchi?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason why this is quite common it's explained in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scudit.net/mdcompagnia_troncamento.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;website of Scudit&lt;/a&gt; (&quot;Scuola d'Italiano&quot; founded by Roberto Tartaglione):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] si tratta di esigenze &quot;musicali&quot;: due infiniti verbali vicini... suonano male. &lt;em&gt;Ti voglio fare capire &gt; ti voglio &lt;strong&gt;far&lt;/strong&gt; capire; è bello potere parlare &gt; è bello &lt;strong&gt;poter&lt;/strong&gt; parlare; nel tuo caso è assurdo volere avere ragione &gt; nel tuo caso è assurdo &lt;strong&gt;voler&lt;/strong&gt; avere ragione.&lt;/em&gt; E così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, it's done to preserve the &quot;musicality&quot; of the language, because two consecutive infinitives are perceived as something &quot;bad sounding&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T20:25:14.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8953" CreationDate="2018-01-06T20:29:30.367" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;strong&gt;toccare&lt;/strong&gt; may be &lt;em&gt;transitive&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;intransitive&lt;/em&gt; with different meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As intransitive verb with the auxiliary verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; in the OP has the meaning &lt;em&gt;to happen&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mi è toccata una bella fortuna!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;I've had great good fortune! I had a piece of good luck!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As transitive verb with the auxiliary verb &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; in the OP has the meaning &lt;em&gt;to touch&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mi ha toccato (una bel)la fortuna!&lt;/strong&gt; (we say simply &lt;em&gt;la fortuna&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;a good luck touched me!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T20:29:30.367" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8948" CreationDate="2018-01-06T21:22:59.270" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian &lt;em&gt;causative verbs&lt;/em&gt; (they cause something else to happen) constructions are made up of two parts: the key verb &lt;strong&gt;fare&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;lasciare&lt;/strong&gt;, followed by an infinitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lasciare+infinitive (+prep.)&lt;/strong&gt; has the nuance «non impedire che», «permettere»;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fare+infinitive (+prep.)&lt;/strong&gt; has generally a stronger meaning.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lasciare-finestra-di-approfondimento_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;strong&gt;Skytte&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;La sintassi dell'infinito in italiano moderno&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sebbene il francese &lt;em&gt;laisser&lt;/em&gt; probabilmente dimostri una tendenza più evidente verso la &lt;em&gt;dualità&lt;/em&gt;, è applicabile anche all'italiano la caratteristica proposta da Dubois: &#xA;  «Ces deux verbes représentent the transformation factitive, the verbe &lt;em&gt;faire&lt;/em&gt; étant la forme positive du factitif (&lt;em&gt;faire que&lt;/em&gt;) et &lt;em&gt;laisser&lt;/em&gt; la forma négative (&lt;em&gt;not faire que → laisser&lt;/em&gt;) &quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si differenziano [&lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt;] tra loro nel seguente modo: &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; indica l'inizio del processo (il soggetto partecipa attivamente): &lt;em&gt;fare+inf è verbo perfettivo&lt;/em&gt;; lasciare indica invece lo stato (il soggetto partecipa passivamente): &lt;em&gt;lasciare+inf è verbo imperfettivo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Although the French &lt;em&gt;laisser&lt;/em&gt; probably shows a more evident tendency towards &lt;em&gt;duality&lt;/em&gt;, the characteristic proposed by Dubois is also applicable to Italian:&#xA;  «These two verbs represent the factitive transformation, the verb &lt;em&gt;faire&lt;/em&gt; being the positive form of the factitive (&lt;em&gt;faire que&lt;/em&gt;) and &lt;em&gt;laisser&lt;/em&gt;  the negative form (non faire que → laisser)»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;They differentiate [&lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt;] among them in the following way: &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; indicates the beginning of the process (the subject participates actively): &lt;em&gt;fare+inf. is a perfective verb&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt; instead indicates the state (the subject participates passively): &lt;em&gt;lasciare+inf. is imperfective verb&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2018-01-09T12:02:44.643" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T12:02:44.643" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8952" CreationDate="2018-01-06T22:43:26.393" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, that “se” &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; the same as the one meaning “if”. These are a sort of emphatic conditional clauses in which the main clause is missing, or implied. Something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma (come fai a dire che non è venuto) se l'ho appena visto io!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani article on &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, 1.e:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’uso fam. e in frasi enfatiche, l’apodosi è spesso sottintesa: &lt;em&gt;ma se lo sapevamo già!; se vedessi come s’è fatto grande!; se voi sapeste ...!; come, non era lui? ma se l’ho visto con i miei occhi!&lt;/em&gt;; minacciando: &lt;em&gt;se ti sorprendo un’altra volta ...!; se t’acchiappo ...!&lt;/em&gt;; o, specialmente, esprimendo un desiderio: &lt;em&gt;se solo mi lasciasse entrare ...!; se potessi vederlo almeno una volta ancora ...!&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(where, among other examples, there is one very similar to the one in the question: &lt;em&gt;come, non era lui? ma se l’ho visto con i miei occhi!&lt;/em&gt;). Summing up, it is used in colloquial and emphatic sentences, especially expressing threats or wishes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the second example (&lt;em&gt;se se ne sono accorte...&lt;/em&gt;), as already remarked in a comment, the final &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; is ungrammatical (if anything, you might say, wth a slight redundancy, &lt;em&gt;Ma se se ne sono appena accorte da sé!&lt;/em&gt;), while the two initial &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;s are fine, even though not the best-sounding sentence in the world. The first &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; is a conjunction (“if”) and the second one a reflexive pronoun. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-01-06T22:43:26.393" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8958" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-07T01:02:57.363" Score="5" ViewCount="1041" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono ritrovata in mezzo a X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[vs]: Mi sono ritrovata nel mezzo di X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder how these two phrases differ in meaning. Also, I seem to notice that &amp;quot;bel&amp;quot; can only be coupled with &amp;quot;nel (bel) mezzo di&amp;quot;. I wonder why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono ritrovata nel bel mezzo di X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[NOT]: Mi sono ritrovata in bel mezzo a X.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-27T04:14:05.453" Title="Difference between &quot;in mezzo a&quot; and &quot;nel mezzo di&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8959" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-07T01:46:50.023" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si è lasciato sfuggire il nome.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; --- {He revealed / let slip the name (by accident).}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the sake of clarity, can I interpret this sentence as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui è lasciato X + il nome gli è sfuggito di bocca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also: Do you need to use the auxiliary &quot;è&quot; before &quot;lasciato&quot; because &quot;sfuggire&quot; is an intransitive verb that takes the auxiliary &quot;essere&quot;? If you replace &quot;sfuggire&quot; with a transitive verb, then do you need to use the auxiliary &quot;avere&quot; instead before &quot;lasciato&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="3287" LastEditDate="2018-01-07T21:30:37.217" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T21:30:37.217" Title="How to parse and interpret &quot;Si è lasciato sfuggire il nome&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8960" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8964" CreationDate="2018-01-07T05:53:39.273" Score="3" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un brano nel romanzo «Il fu Mattia Pascal» da Luigi Pirandello:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Già ad Alenga, per cominciare, ero entrato, poche ore prima di partire, da un barbiere, per farmi accorciar la barba: avrei voluto levarmela tutta, lì stesso, insieme coi baffi; ma il timore di far nascere qualche sospetto in quel piccolo paese mi aveva trattenuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il barbiere era anche sartore, vecchio, &lt;strong&gt;con le reni quasi ingommate&lt;/strong&gt; dalla lunga abitudine di star curvo, sempre in una stessa positura, e portava gli occhiali su la punta del naso. Più che barbiere doveva esser sartore. Calò come un flagello di Dio su quella barbaccia che non m’apparteneva più, armato di certi forbicioni da maestro di lana, che avevan bisogno d’esser sorretti in punta con l’altra mano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa sono «le reni ingommate»? Credo che non c'entri la colla, come &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/ingommare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;suggerisce&lt;/a&gt; il &lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt;. Significa piuttosto che le reni del barbiere sono come un caucciù, molto mobili?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T11:00:05.900" Title="Che cosa significa «le reni quasi ingommate»?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8961" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-07T07:51:46.533" Score="1" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non voglio &lt;strong&gt;vederti uccidere&lt;/strong&gt; proprio ora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non voglio &lt;strong&gt;vederti ucciso&lt;/strong&gt; proprio ora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume that they both mean &amp;quot;I don't want to see you killed now&amp;quot;, but what is the difference between using Infinitivo and Participio passato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, I wonder if the Infinitivo version can also mean &amp;quot;see you kill (somebody)&amp;quot; if a direct object follows &amp;quot;uccidere&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T08:38:21.107" Title="Difference between &quot;vederti uccidere&quot; and &quot;vederti ucciso&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8961" CreationDate="2018-01-07T08:38:21.107" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The former can have another meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non voglio vederti uccidere (qualcuno) proprio ora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't want to see you kill (somebody) now. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The use of participio passato states that I don't want to see you killed now by someone else. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T08:38:21.107" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8960" CreationDate="2018-01-07T09:43:59.013" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello che le reni del barbiere/sartore erano ingommate cioè, metaforicamente, era come se fossero state spalmate di gomma in modo da renderle flessibili come il caucciù. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti l’abitudine alla postura avevano dato alla sua schiena una resistenza e flessibilità non comuni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T09:43:59.013" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8960" CreationDate="2018-01-07T11:00:05.900" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia interpretazione è che questo vecchio barbiere probabilmente soffra di artrosi e, per questa ragione, abbia le vertebre lumbari come se fossero incollate tra loro. Questo fatto e l'abitudine, a causa del suo mestiere, di essere quasi sempre nella stessa postura lo rendono ricurvo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T11:00:05.900" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8965" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3937" CreationDate="2018-01-07T14:32:09.437" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho vissuto gli anni novanta pieno di neologismi fatti dai giovani e l'unico che mi ricordo abbia resistito è &quot;hai toppato&quot;! Per quanto riguarda sempre i miei anni nel nord Italia si usa spesso l'imprecazione &quot;porco zio&quot;, &quot;bella zio&quot; è un'espressione del milanese che personalmente penso possa avere attinenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4238" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-07T16:31:02.243" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T16:31:02.243" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8966" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-07T16:57:32.077" Score="1" ViewCount="390" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del giullare&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E poi corri nella piazza! &#xA;  Giullare sarai! Il padrone &lt;strong&gt;sbragherà&lt;/strong&gt;, soldati, preti, &#xA;  notai sbiancheranno scoprendosi nudi come vermi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;sbragare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho saputo trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto. Quindi, sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;il padrone sbragherà&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T17:43:24.047" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sbragare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8966" CreationDate="2018-01-07T17:43:24.047" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel significato regionale di Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In senso fig., nella forma rifl., assumere e mantenere un&#xA;  atteggiamento trascurato, scomposto, sguaiato; determinando, sbracarsi&#xA;  dalle risa, dal ridere, ridere a crepapelle, non poterne più dal&#xA;  ridere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato ha il significato di arrabbiarsi, esagerare e andare su tutte le furie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-01-07T17:43:24.047" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7860" CreationDate="2018-01-07T18:21:35.757" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso Dario Fo, in un'altra delle sue opere, il racconto &lt;em&gt;Il primo miracolo di Gesú Bambino&lt;/em&gt; (versione in italiano), di &lt;em&gt;Mistero Buffo&lt;/em&gt;, scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Arriva il Gesú bambino con il moccio al naso... fin sulla bocca, tutto &lt;strong&gt;strapennato&lt;/strong&gt; [stracciato], con le mani zozze, le braghe di traverso, senza neanche una scarpa ai piedi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel libro appare questa nota: «Le versioni fra parentesi quadre servono ai traduttori in lingua straniera per una piú chiara comprensione del testo».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolo che si trova nella versione originale di questo racconto che, secondo spiega lo stesso Fo, è scritta in &quot;un linguaggio che è l'insieme di parecchi dialetti del Nord tra i quali prevale il veneto&quot;,&#xA;è &quot;strapenàdo&quot;. Si tratta dunque di un termine di origine dialettale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, come indicato da @CarLaTeX, il significato di questo termine in questo contesto è conciato male, stracciato, ridotto in brandelli, cencioso...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000299.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000300.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;), si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Per estens.&lt;/em&gt; Vestito di panni laceri o logori (una persona). – Anche sostant. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Chiesa&lt;/em&gt;, 5-8: La mamma... insisteva che per quegli strapanati fosse fin troppo la camera della povera zia Lia. &lt;em&gt;Linati&lt;/em&gt;, 16-82: Uno  era  un  vecchietto  rubizzo,  dalle  gambe  a  ròncolo,  strapa­nato  e  bisunto. &lt;em&gt;Palazzeschi&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;    II-744:  Quei  fanciulli  strapanati, cisposi,  piagnucolenti,  ai  quali  non  si  può nemmeno  dare  un bacio senza correre il rischio di sbagliare il sito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La cosa curiosa è che il GDLI dà &quot;strapanato&quot; come toscanismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-30T14:10:38.063" LastActivityDate="2020-03-30T14:10:38.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="8969" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-07T22:02:19.420" Score="2" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei dovuto &lt;strong&gt;immaginarlo&lt;/strong&gt; che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{vs}: Avrei dovuto &lt;strong&gt;immaginare&lt;/strong&gt; che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q1. I wonder why you need to use the pronoun &amp;quot;lo&amp;quot; here. Does it serve as a placeholder object that is similar to: &amp;quot;I found &lt;strong&gt;it&lt;/strong&gt; difficult &lt;strong&gt;to do&lt;/strong&gt; ...&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q2. Is it wrong to use the reflexive &amp;quot;immaginar&lt;strong&gt;mi&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;immaginar&lt;strong&gt;melo&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; instead? If so, why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-08T08:21:42.900" Title="Why include the pronoun &quot;lo&quot; in &quot;Avrei dovuto immaginarlo che ...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8969" CreationDate="2018-01-08T08:21:42.900" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You don't need the pronoun &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;; and, yes, it could be &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Avrei dovuto immaginare che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Avrei dovuto immaginarlo che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Avrei dovuto immaginarmi che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Avrei dovuto immaginarmelo che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mi sarei dovuto immaginare che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Me lo sarei dovuto immaginare che vi sareste fatti degli scrupoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first sentence is formal and I'm ready to bet nobody would use it in normal speech. In the second sentence there's a bit more emphasis on “immaginare”; in the third one the emphasis is more on the subject, like in the final sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be called a “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali-ridondanti-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;redundant pronoun&lt;/a&gt;” that, while being frowned upon by school teachers, has been a feature of Italian since the 14th century (for instance in Boccaccio). I would have no problem in writing any of the sentences above (except the first one) in order to reproduce speech or thought.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-01-08T08:21:42.900" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8971" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8972" CreationDate="2018-01-08T10:09:30.810" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano del monologo &lt;em&gt;Il primo miracolo di Gesú Bambino&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; In quell'istante nel cielo stracolmo di stelle è apparso l'arcangelo con un cerchione tremendo piantato sulla testa... e con delle alettone piumate che le andava sbattendo a ventaglio dando schiaffoni alle nuvole e nello svolazzare l’aria gonfiava i panneggi del suo vestito come vele in tempesta! Tutto di traverso lo abbracciava una fascia, &#xA;  chiara e grande, con su scritto: «ANGELO»... per quelli che non capiscono!&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Va volteggiando per il cielo gridando: – Uomini di buona volontà, venite! Venite! È nato il Redentore! – E &lt;strong&gt;picchia&lt;/strong&gt; delle volate di sotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco del tutto bene il senso di questo &quot;picchia&quot; nell'ultima frase. Infatti, il testo poi parla anche delle &quot;picchiate&quot; dell'angelo. Ho pensato che si riferisse a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/picchiare2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo significato del verbo &quot;picchiare&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, ma poi ho pensato che non poteva essere perché, in questa accezione, il verbo &quot;picchiare&quot; è transitivo. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-08T10:30:41.567" Title="Cosa significa &quot;E picchia delle volate di sotto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8971" CreationDate="2018-01-08T10:24:02.370" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È proprio il significato riportato da te nell'articolo della Treccani, ovvero si riferisce alla &quot;picchiata&quot; aeronautica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può capitare in italiano che alcuni verbi intransitivi si trasformino in transitivi; come riportato in questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linkiesta.it/it/blog-post/2012/08/16/verbi-transitivi-e-intransitivi-una-distinzione-non-sempre-assoluta/9611/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt; capita spesso quando il complemento oggetto è &lt;em&gt;&quot;...un nome che presenta la stessa radice del verbo o che è strettamente legato ad esso dal punto di vista semantico&quot;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio è &lt;em&gt;&quot;vivere la vita&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, ed è anche il caso di &lt;em&gt;&quot;picchiare la volata&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (legame semantico), che può essere a mio parere considerata una sorta di &quot;licenza poetica&quot; dell'autore che serve a rendere l'immagine più incisiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare infine ci sono anche altre eccezioni, a me piace ricordare la frase &lt;em&gt;&quot;correre un rischio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-08T10:30:41.567" LastActivityDate="2018-01-08T10:30:41.567" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1637" CreationDate="2018-01-08T11:24:08.117" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cito testualmente dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/dispiace&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In italiano non son poche le parole, specie verbi, in cui i prefissi &lt;em&gt;s-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dis-&lt;/em&gt; si fanno concorrenza negli stessi valori, sia in quello negativo, prevalente: &lt;em&gt;sviare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;disviare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;staccare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;distaccare&lt;/em&gt; (che nascono da attaccare), &lt;em&gt;stendere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;distendere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;smettere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dismettere&lt;/em&gt; (con senso un po' diverso), &lt;em&gt;smembrare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dismembrare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sdegnare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;disdegnare&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; sia in quello intensivo, come in &lt;em&gt;scacciare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;discacciare&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;In genere la forma con &lt;strong&gt;dis-&lt;/strong&gt; è più letteraria e rara&lt;/em&gt; (sgombrare/disgombrare, scoprire/discoprire), e la si trova in scrittori ad alto tasso di espressività come Dante o Montale. &lt;strong&gt;Ma spiacere e dispiacere hanno avuto una storia parallela e pienamente intercambiabile è il loro uso, almeno nei modi finiti del verbo.&lt;/strong&gt; In quelli infiniti (rispondo così ad altra domanda) non coincidono precisamente e spiacente vale dispiaciuto, perché il participio passato dell'uno e quello presente dell'altro sono poco usati (non si dice quasi mai “sono spiaciuto” né “sono dispiacente”, ma “sono spiacente” o “sono dispiaciuto”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2018-01-08T11:29:31.423" LastActivityDate="2018-01-08T11:29:31.423" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8644" CreationDate="2018-01-08T13:57:46.853" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;cheratosi pilare&lt;/strong&gt; è una alterazione della cheratinizzazione caratterizzata dalla formazione di tappi cheratinici che vanno ad occludere gli orifizi dei follicoli piliferi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hanno un aspetto papulare e puntiforme e sono diffuse soprattutto a livello delle superfici laterali degli arti superiori delle cosce e dei glutei: la palpazione di tali zone produce una &lt;em&gt;caratteristica sensazione di &lt;strong&gt;raspa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che qui &lt;strong&gt;raspa&lt;/strong&gt; è una metonimia per &lt;em&gt;cheratosi pilare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2018-01-08T14:19:36.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-08T14:19:36.813" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8975" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-08T20:10:58.240" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there's something you'd like to know, don't hesitate to ask me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To express the idea of &amp;quot;don't hesitate &lt;strong&gt;to&lt;/strong&gt; ask me&amp;quot;, I wonder which preposition to use here, even though &amp;quot;di&amp;quot; seems more common with the verb &amp;quot;vergognare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;..., non vergognarti &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; chiedere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;..., non vergognarti &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; chiedere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T10:55:00.343" Title="&quot;Non vergognarti a chiedere&quot; vs &quot;Non vergognarti di chiedere&quot;" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8932" CreationDate="2018-01-09T08:58:56.257" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two sentences are both grammatically correct but the meaning is different. As already pointed out, the past conditional means &lt;em&gt;future in the past&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbiamo pensato che ti sarebbe piaciuto tornare a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(At that point in time in the past) we thought you would like to come back home (at some later moment with respect to that point)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbiamo pensato che ti piacerebbe tornare a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(We thought, now or in the immediate past) that you would like to come back home (at a later moment with respect to &lt;strong&gt;now&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="351" LastEditorUserId="351" LastEditDate="2018-01-09T12:34:31.373" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T12:34:31.373" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8977" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8979" CreationDate="2018-01-09T09:57:28.287" Score="1" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano del monologo &lt;em&gt;Il primo miracolo di Gesú Bambino&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; BRUAAMMM! (&lt;em&gt;Mima una picchiata dell’angelo che si getta per poi sfrecciare radente il &#xA;  suolo&lt;/em&gt;) Con i pastori che gli urlano: – Oh, disgraziato, ci fai andar via il latte alle pecore!&#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;Mima un’altra picchiata dell’angelo che per poco non li travolge. A gran voce&lt;/em&gt;) – È nato il Redentoreee... BRUAMMM! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; (&lt;em&gt;Accenna una reazione infuriata dei pastori&lt;/em&gt;) – Che te ne andassi a sbatter contro alla &#xA;  montagna!, col cerchione &lt;strong&gt;incarcato&lt;/strong&gt; fino al mento! Tutte le piume spantegate [disperse]! Gallinaccio! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/incarcato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;incarcato&quot; è una forma obsoleta e letteraria per &quot;incaricato&quot;. Tuttavia, a me non sembra che questo termine abbia molto senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;incarcato&quot; in questo brano? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per si può essere utile, per la versione originale di questo monologo, Fo spiega nel prologo a questa storia che appare nel libro &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, pubblicato da Einaudi:&#xA;«Nel rappresentarvi questa storia, uso un linguaggio che è l'insieme di parecchi dialetti del Nord, tra i quali prevale il veneto». Il termine che appare in questa versione è &quot;incarcào&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-09T11:22:46.527" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T11:22:46.527" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;incarcato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8975" CreationDate="2018-01-09T10:22:12.757" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The more common preposition is &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; according to &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=vergognarsi%20di%2Cvergognarsi%20a&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cvergognarsi%20di%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cvergognarsi%20a%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Ngram data&lt;/a&gt; and (if it counts) to my ear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have to agree that using the verb &lt;strong&gt;vergognarsi&lt;/strong&gt; in this case does sound odd, and I would prefer &lt;strong&gt;esitare&lt;/strong&gt;, or maybe (more informal) &lt;strong&gt;non farti problemi a chiedere&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="351" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-09T10:55:00.343" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T10:55:00.343" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8977" CreationDate="2018-01-09T10:27:13.070" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tenendo conto che Fo ha dichiarato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel rappresentarvi questa storia, uso un linguaggio che è l'insieme di parecchi dialetti del Nord, tra i quali prevale il veneto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sospetto che il termine sia di significato simile al veneto &lt;em&gt;incalcà[to]&lt;/em&gt;, che significa &lt;em&gt;incastrato&lt;/em&gt;. Vale a dire i pastori stanno augurando all'angelo di fare un incidente in cui il cerchione [l'aureola?] gli finisca incastrato su per il mento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-01-09T10:27:13.070" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8980" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8981" CreationDate="2018-01-10T09:00:00.553" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano del monologo &lt;em&gt;Il primo miracolo di Gesú Bambino&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E via, ’sta massa di bimbi pigolando come pulcini e ammattiti di festa [impazziti dalla gioia], vanno a impastare e tirano fuori uccelli mai visti! C’è uno che prende un malloppo di creta, improvvisa un gallinone con una gran testa... un pancione... con una codina cosí &lt;strong&gt;stitica&lt;/strong&gt; che manco la si vede... poi ci mette una stecca per fare una gamba... un’altra gamba... ma cade in avanti. Un’altra gamba... cade indietro, sul culo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la definizione di &quot;stitico&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non mi pare che nessuna delle accezioni che ho trovato abbia senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;codina cosí stitica&quot; nel brano precedente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T12:40:26.430" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;stitico&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8980" CreationDate="2018-01-10T09:51:24.423" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;stitico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; indica una cosa piccola e stretta, come da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stitico_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce familiare di Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In quel ristorante mi hanno servito una porzione di pasta davvero stitica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-01-10T12:40:26.430" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T12:40:26.430" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1998" CreationDate="2018-01-10T14:27:53.123" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal lat. parl. &lt;em&gt;cerĕsea(m)&lt;/em&gt;, da &lt;em&gt;cĕrasus&lt;/em&gt; ‘ciliegio’, dal gr. &lt;em&gt;κέρᾰσος&lt;/em&gt; (kérasos), forse dalla radice &lt;em&gt;kar=kra&lt;/em&gt; esser duro (a cagione della durezza del legno o del nocciolo (cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=ciriegio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ciriegio e ciliegio&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;em&gt;ceresea&lt;/em&gt; si ha &lt;em&gt;ciriegia&lt;/em&gt; tramite:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;chiusura della &lt;em&gt;ĕ&lt;/em&gt; protonica in &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; (cfr. Rohlfs)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dittongazione di &lt;em&gt;ĕ&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;ie&lt;/em&gt; in sillaba aperta accentata (cfr. pĕdem → piede, pĕtra → pietra)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;chiusura della &lt;em&gt;ĕ&lt;/em&gt; postonica in &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in sillaba non finale [cfr. Rohlfs]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nesso &lt;em&gt;sibilante + jod&lt;/em&gt;, che in questo caso ha prodotto una sibilante palatale sonora tenue &lt;em&gt;-ʒ-&lt;/em&gt; e poi &lt;em&gt;-dʒ-&lt;/em&gt; (cfr. segūsiŭ(m) &amp;gt; [se'guʒo]&amp;gt; [se'gudʒo] segugio) [si veda ad es. Rohlfs per sonorizzazione delle consonanti intervocaliche].&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque: da &lt;em&gt;ceresea&lt;/em&gt; si ha &lt;em&gt;ciriegia&lt;/em&gt;, e poi, in epoca relativamente recente, fra il Cinque e il Secento, ciriegia si trasforma in ciliegia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;Rohlfs&lt;/strong&gt; pensa che &lt;em&gt;ciliegia&lt;/em&gt;, con &lt;em&gt;-l-&lt;/em&gt; invece di &lt;em&gt;-r-&lt;/em&gt;, sia di provenienza francese. Un'altra spiegazione era stata offerta dallo &lt;strong&gt;Jud&lt;/strong&gt;: supponendo che la voce fiorentina sia presa a prestito dall'ant. ligure &lt;em&gt;ceresa&lt;/em&gt;, la &lt;em&gt;-l-&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere dovuta al desiderio d'evitare quello che veniva sentito come un difetto dei Liguri, ossia l'uso di &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; intervocalica per &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;strong&gt;Castellani&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fra il Cinque e il Secento, &lt;em&gt;ciriegia&lt;/em&gt; si trasforma in &lt;em&gt;ciliegia&lt;/em&gt;. Perché questo cambiamento? Perché, direi, il dittongo &lt;em&gt;iè&lt;/em&gt; dopo &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; si pronuncia male (la presenza di &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; costringe a dar pieno valore vocalico alla prima componente: &lt;em&gt;ciri-egia&lt;/em&gt;). In un periodo in cui &lt;em&gt;brieve&lt;/em&gt; si riduce a &lt;em&gt;breve&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;criepa&lt;/em&gt; a &lt;em&gt;crepa&lt;/em&gt;, ecc., per &lt;em&gt;ciriegia&lt;/em&gt; si sceglie un'altra possibilità (che non esiste nel caso di &lt;em&gt;ie&lt;/em&gt; preceduto da &lt;em&gt;cons. + r&lt;/em&gt;): si conserva il dittongo, e si sostituisce &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt; a &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt;. La nuova forma, evidentemente, non può essere nata nella Toscana meridionale o in Lucchesia (dove s'è sempre usato il tipo CERASEA), né nella Toscana orientale (dove si ha &lt;em&gt;siregia&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ciregia&lt;/em&gt;). E non ci sarà da pensare nemmeno a Pisa (il Malagòli, Voc. pis., segnala un'attestazione di &lt;em&gt;ceragia&lt;/em&gt; ancora nel sec. XVII). Rimane Firenze col suo distretto, e la zona di Prato-Pistoia. In ogni modo, dal Secento in poi la forma &lt;em&gt;ciliegia&lt;/em&gt; è caratteristicamente fiorentina; e come tale è stata accolta nella lingua letteraria.&#xA;(&lt;strong&gt;A. Castellani&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autocorrezione di Arrigo Castellani&lt;/strong&gt; (Saggi di linguistica e filologia italiana e romanza, Roma, Salerno Editrice, 1980, tomo II, pp. 14-15):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va corretta la frase della mia nota del 1960 in cui si dice che «la presenza di r costringe a dar pieno valore vocalico alla prima componente del dittongo &lt;em&gt;iè&lt;/em&gt;». Non c’è nessuna tendenza, nel fiorentino contemporaneo, a dar carattere vocalico alla &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; di «Via dell’Ariento». Tale tendenza può esserci stata quattro secoli fa: ma la cosa ha importanza secondaria. Quel che conta, è che la sequenza &lt;em&gt;voc. + r + iè&lt;/em&gt; apparisse anomala. Sarà un caso che le due sole voci popolari che la contenevano, &lt;em&gt;ariento&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ciriegia&lt;/em&gt;, siano state sostituite da voci diverse? Non è lecito collegare questa sostituzione coll’essere venuta a mancare, in una serie di parole ben altrimenti consistente, la sequenza &lt;em&gt;cons. + r + iè&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tornando oggi sul problema, penso si debba tener conto dell’ipotesi che ciliegia sia una forma fanciullesca. La &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; è l’ultima consonante che i bambini, o per lo meno molti bambini, imparino ad articolar bene. Uno dei suoni più vicini è &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt;; e &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt; è suggerita dall’articolo: &lt;em&gt;le ciriegie &amp;gt; le ciliegie&lt;/em&gt;. Il tipo con &lt;em&gt;-l-&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe potuto rimanere sotto il limitare della «lingua»: s’è imposto in un momento particolarmente favorevole, quando cioè la vecchia norma riguardante &lt;em&gt;cons. + r + iè&lt;/em&gt; cedeva alla nuova (con riflessi su &lt;em&gt;voc. + r + iè&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È ovviamente da escludersi che il ligure antico &lt;em&gt;ceresa&lt;/em&gt; o il francese &lt;em&gt;cerise&lt;/em&gt; (ci si chiede perché &lt;em&gt;cerise&lt;/em&gt;, visto che il rotacismo non esiste in francese come fenomeno caratterizzante) abbiano fornito al fiorentino, nel secolo XVI, «a model for “hyper-Tuscanism”».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T14:27:53.123" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8942" CreationDate="2018-01-10T18:56:08.520" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general Italian words have kept the accent that had the Latin words of origin. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some important changes were the followings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The maintenance of the original position of the accent has not occurred in some compound verbs, in which the phenomenon of &lt;strong&gt;recomposition&lt;/strong&gt; occurred: whenever the basic verb was recognizable, the speakers restored it in its original form and accent: for example in &lt;em&gt;r&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;nŏvat&lt;/em&gt;, the base verb &lt;em&gt;n&lt;strong&gt;ŏ&lt;/strong&gt;vat&lt;/em&gt; was recognized and we had &lt;em&gt;rinn&lt;strong&gt;ò&lt;/strong&gt;va&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;strong&gt;transition from the perfect (latin) to the &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; (italian)&lt;/strong&gt;, in the &lt;em&gt;third person singular&lt;/em&gt; we have phenomenons like: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;amav(i)t&gt;amaut&gt;amò&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;finiv(i)t&gt;finiut&gt;finìo&gt;finì&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The fall of the output &lt;em&gt;(i)&lt;/em&gt; determines, in the perfect of the verbs of the first conjugation, the formation of a secondary diphthong  &lt;em&gt;au&lt;/em&gt; and then the monophtong [ɔ], whence the final truncated form &lt;em&gt;amò&lt;/em&gt;. In the perfect of the fourth conjugation, the same fall of &lt;em&gt;(i)&lt;/em&gt; and the passage from the unstressed &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; produce the ending &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;, with subsequent fall of the final &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; by analogy with the first conjugation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Latin had various &lt;strong&gt;alternative forms to the synthetic future&lt;/strong&gt;.&#xA;Among these, it was fortunate the form contructed with &lt;em&gt;habeo&lt;/em&gt; with the meaning &lt;em&gt;I have to&lt;/em&gt;: so for example &lt;em&gt;laudare habeo&gt; laudar(e)&lt;/em&gt; * &lt;em&gt;ao&gt; lodarò &gt; loderò&lt;/em&gt;. The same for the other persons.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In many words, the &lt;strong&gt;apocope by haplology&lt;/strong&gt; occurred, that is the elimination of a syllable when two consecutive, identical, or similar syllables occur (&lt;em&gt;nu(tri)trix &gt; nutrix&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;bon(i)tate(m)&gt;bontate (syncope of the intertonic vowel) &gt; bontade (sonorization of &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;civi(i)tate(m)&gt;cittate (syncope of the intertonic vowel) &gt; cittade (sonorization of &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;virtute(m)&gt;virtute&gt;virtude (sonorization of &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was very easy that these words (like many others, on the other hand) were followed by a functional element like the preposition &lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt;, ancient variant of &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;bontade de Marco, cittade de Roma, virtude de Cristo, etc&lt;/em&gt;. Thus, they came to determine the sequences in which there were two consecutive syllables &lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt;, the word final and the preposition. This repetition was avoided with&#xA;the haplological apocope of the first &lt;em&gt;-de&lt;/em&gt;: bonta(de) de Marco, citta(de) de Roma, virtu(de) de Cristo, and thus we had &lt;em&gt;bontà, città, virtù&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2018-01-10T19:15:02.177" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T19:15:02.177" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8984" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8304" CreationDate="2018-01-10T20:12:53.213" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cito un esempio di uso dell'espressione &quot;parola di senso compiuto&quot; scritto da Dario Fo che mi sembra perfetto per capire il significato di tale locuzione. Si tratta di un passaggio della storia &lt;em&gt;Grammelot napoletano di Razzullo&lt;/em&gt; che appare nel libro &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, pubblicato da Einaudi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Poi all’istante si rizza in una giravolta improvvisando una danza e canta in grammelot, intercalato con &lt;strong&gt;parole di senso compiuto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;) Starrúppia, svilla e fràcca, gli occhi tuoi s’anzícca spurra calore e carrúcca lacrime gioiose spretúcca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come potete vedere, questo canto consiste in parole che non hanno nessun senso, come &quot;starrúppia&quot;, &quot;svilla&quot; o &quot;fràcca&quot; (il cosiddetto &quot;grammelot&quot;) intercalate con parole che hanno un significato, come &quot;gli&quot;, &quot;occhi&quot; e &quot;tuoi&quot;, che sono appunto le &quot;parole di senso compiuto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella situazione della domanda, la ragazza venne trovata in stato confusionale e non parlava, pronunciava soltanto lamenti, cioè suoni senza nessun significato. A un certo punto però ha detto una &quot;parola di senso compiuto&quot; (&quot;auto&quot; o &quot;aiuto&quot;), cioè, una parola che aveva un significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-10T20:12:53.213" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8985" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-11T09:26:49.170" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano del monologo &lt;em&gt;Il primo miracolo di Gesú Bambino&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Non so io. Eravamo qui che si giocava... Guarda mamma, ho fatto il mio primo &#xA;  miracolo... è ancora caldo!&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Un bambino di terra?! L’hai fatto tu?&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – No, no, è lui giusto com’è nato... Era cattivo, m’ha fatto offesa carogna... Dopo che m’ha sfasciato tutti i giochi l’ho fatto di terra... una &lt;strong&gt;froppata&lt;/strong&gt; di fuoco: bruciato! Terracotta!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cosa sia una &quot;froppata&quot;: non ho trovato questo termine in nessun dizionario. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare? Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella versione originale che, secondo afferma lo stesso Fo, è scritta in «un linguaggio che è l'insieme di parecchi dialetti del Nord, tra i quali prevale il veneto», l'espressione «una froppata di fuoco» corrisponde a «'na fropàda de fògo».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-11T15:28:24.363" LastActivityDate="2018-01-11T19:15:20.200" Title="Cosa significa &quot;froppata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8985" CreationDate="2018-01-11T16:05:33.807" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dario Fo crea un linguaggio espressivo e immaginifico che dà voce al personaggio, in un processo di costruzione del &lt;em&gt;pastiche&lt;/em&gt; che va ben oltre il confine della ricostruzione filologica. Fo non si fa scrupolo di piegare la&#xA;storia, ivi compresa quella linguistica, alle esigenze della scena e del messaggio sociopolitico che essa veicola. Basti pensare, in Mistero Buffo, all'ardita esegesi del contrasto di Cielo D'Alcamo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel teatro di Fo il rapporto fra la lingua nazionale e l'elemento locale è complesso e dinamico. Lungo l'asse che unisce i due poli dell'italiano standard unitario e la moltitudine dei vernacoli, la mescolanza di questi due elementi produce una vasta gamma di configurazioni linguistiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scrive &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.openstarts.units.it/bitstream/10077/13968/1/benelli_LozanoFOonline.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Graziano Benelli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Né si dovrà dimenticare &lt;strong&gt;l’originalità della lingua con cui sono composti e recitati questi testi, una lingua che Dario Fo ha scelto, se non inventato, con grande abilità&lt;/strong&gt;;  si  tratta  di  una  imitazione  dell’italiano  arcaico  che  si  suppone  parlato  nella  Pianura Padana o in una parte di questa. &lt;strong&gt;L’invenzione di una tale lingua, tra l’altro molto comprensibile in tutta la nostra penisola, è già di per sé fonte di straniamento e di grande comicità&lt;/strong&gt;. Se leggiamo la versione in un italiano odierno di Mistero Buffo, che a un certo punto Dario Fo ha inserito a fronte del testo originale per meglio aiutare la sua fruibilità &lt;em&gt;[È probabile che tale versione sia stata effettuata soprattutto per far conoscere Mistero Buffo all’estero e per facilitare la sua traduzione nelle altre lingue. Anche la numerosa accentuazione delle parole, assente nella prima edizione dei testi, va in questa direzione.]&lt;/em&gt;, avremo subito l’impressione di un lavoro diverso, &#xA;  meno avvincente, meno entusiasmante; la versione in un italiano corrente perde di molto lo smalto originale, fino a diventare in taluni passi quasi banale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La particolarità della lingua, che &lt;em&gt;appare al pubblico come un italiano per così dire storpiato, dialettale e dunque popolare&lt;/em&gt;, produce già un effetto straniante che va nella direzione della comicità; questa lingua anticata più che antica predispone lo spettatore ad accettare un contenuto anche alternativo alla cultura finora appresa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La traduzione in un italiano attuale dà origine a un testo profondamente diverso, a  tal  punto  che  non  sembra  neppure  dire  la  stessa  cosa;  e  in  effetti  si  tratta  di  tutt’altra atmosfera, di un clima molto diverso che non aiuta lo spettatore/lettore a immergersi in una visione alternativa a quella proposta dalla cultura ufficiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dario Fo si è costruito una lingua con termini provenienti da zone diverse e suoni scelti in base al criterio del fonosimbolismo. Mistero Buffo è scritto in uno «pseudodialetto padano-veneto» quattro-cinquecentesco, frutto della ricettività e della creatività verbale del grande autore-interprete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarà difficile trovare in un dizionario, e forse bisognerebbe evitare di farlo, i termini che si discostano dall'italiano standard, che pur si comprendono, usati da chi come Dario Fo ha passato la vita a impastare idiomi provenienti da tutta la penisola, carichi di suoni onomatopeici, forme traslate, sempre sostenute dal gesto e da una straordinaria vocalità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui &quot;una froppata di fuoco&quot;, dove &lt;em&gt;froppata&lt;/em&gt; non è un termine italiano ma semplicemente la versione italianizzata di &lt;em&gt;fropàda&lt;/em&gt;, suscita l'idea di una &quot;fiammata&quot; e credo sia questo il significato che le si può attribuire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2018-01-11T19:15:20.200" LastActivityDate="2018-01-11T19:15:20.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8987" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6753" CreationDate="2018-01-11T20:26:23.483" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Luperini&lt;/strong&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;La scrittura e l'interpretazione&lt;/em&gt; (Vol.6/1), riporta il passo antologico mettendo la nota:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Zecca&lt;/em&gt;: punta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ferroni&lt;/strong&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;Storia e testi della letteratura italiana&lt;/em&gt; (vol. 10, pag. 200), riporta lo stesso passo antologico apponendo la nota 17:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Con una zecca del pollice&lt;/em&gt;: con un lembo del pollice (sentito, quasi, come corpo estraneo). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Santagata&lt;/strong&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;Il Filo Rosso&lt;/em&gt; (vol. 3/3 Secondo Novecento, pag. 298), riporta sempre lo stesso passo e appone la nota 21:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Con una zecca del pollice...fondina&lt;/em&gt;: con un colpo secco sbottonò la custodia della pistola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4182" LastEditorUserId="4182" LastEditDate="2018-01-11T22:11:09.517" LastActivityDate="2018-01-11T22:11:09.517" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8988" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-12T04:22:32.803" Score="2" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Supposing someone said to you, &amp;quot;Do something!&amp;quot;, I wonder how I should respond to that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non posso farlo. &lt;strong&gt;Infangherei&lt;/strong&gt; la sua reputazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{or}: Non posso farlo. &lt;strong&gt;Infangherebbe&lt;/strong&gt; la sua reputazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've dropped the clause &amp;quot;se lo facessi&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;me&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; {1st person} who would sully his reputation? Or is it the act of doing so {3rd person} that would end up tarnishing his reputation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-12T15:58:11.077" Title="Whether to use the 1st person &quot;Infangherei&quot; or the 3rd person &quot;Infangherebbe&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8989" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-12T10:32:24.113" Score="2" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella introduzione al racconto &lt;em&gt;Grammelot di Scapino&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ricorderete senz’altro il costume del Re &#xA;  Sole: un lungo sbuffo sulle maniche, trine&#xA;  finemente ricamate sul petto e intorno al &#xA;  collo montanti fino alle orecchie e dietro la nuca... un prurito da impazzire! Il che causava il classico scatto di testa del sovrano del tutto simile alla &lt;strong&gt;sbirellata&lt;/strong&gt; di collo di uno stallone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando nei dizionari non ho trovato &quot;sbirellata&quot;, ho trovato soltanto &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=sbiellare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sbiellare&lt;/a&gt;&quot; con questo significato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; (scherz.) perdere il controllo dei nervi; uscire di testa, dare i numeri&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che non so se abbia qualcosa a che vedere. La mia domanda è: sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;sbirellata&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-12T11:10:31.597" LastActivityDate="2018-12-10T09:58:47.427" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sbirellata&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8988" CreationDate="2018-01-12T15:58:11.077" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @alexjo wrote in the comment, the two sentences are both correct, but have different meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) &quot;Non posso farlo. Infangherei la sua reputazione&quot; means that &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; would sully his reputation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) &quot;Non posso farlo. Infangherebbe la sua reputazione&quot; means that &lt;em&gt;the action&lt;/em&gt; would sully his reputation, perhaps as an unintended but inevitable consequence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In response to your final point, notice, however, that the clause &quot;Se lo facessi&quot; sound a bit awkward in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2)' &quot;No posso farlo. Se lo facessi infangherebbe la sua reputazione&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While not exactly incorrect, the change of grammatical subject in the second sentence may even suggest that yet another subject has entered the picture. Perhaps &lt;em&gt;someone else&lt;/em&gt; would take my action as an opportunity to sully his reputation.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4251" LastActivityDate="2018-01-12T15:58:11.077" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8989" CreationDate="2018-01-12T16:27:01.287" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dato il passaggio sarei propenso a inferire che una &quot;sbirellata&quot; sia lo scatto di testa tipico che fa uno stallone quando percepisce di non essere cavalcato bene, o quando lo si forza a fare cose che non vorrebbe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3543" LastEditorUserId="3543" LastEditDate="2018-01-12T18:37:02.907" LastActivityDate="2018-01-12T18:37:02.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8992" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-13T10:17:24.553" Score="1" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella introduzione al &lt;em&gt;Grammelot dell'avvocato inglese&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Ci sono delle fanciulle che incoscienti escono di casa in giornate di gran vento, con lunghi capelli sciolti; vento che &lt;strong&gt;sbarlazza&lt;/strong&gt; ogni cosa, specie le loro chiome, che raggiungono quasi il fondo schiena, e che quei refoli turbicanti muovono come bandiere impazzite... e si sa che il capello sbandierato è un richiamo irresistibile per il maschio!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;sbarlazzare&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessun dizionario. Qualcuno di voi sa cosa significa? Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-13T10:17:24.553" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sbarlazzare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8993" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8994" CreationDate="2018-01-14T09:38:06.003" Score="1" ViewCount="285" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella introduzione al &lt;em&gt;Grammelot dell'avvocato inglese&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qui salta fuori veramente la straordinaria forza, l'alta dialettica e la grande maestria di cui è dotato il nostro avvocato inglese. Come si presenta questo personaggio? Descrive lo stupratore come dedito esclusivamente agli studi, traduttore di classici greci, romani e ebraici, perennemente immerso nella lettura, sommerso da libri e come pausa di ricreazione invece di lanciarsi allo sgavazzo danzando e corteggiando femmine &lt;strong&gt;in batteria&lt;/strong&gt; coi suoi amici, si inginocchia e ringrazia il Signore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;batteria&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a cogliere il senso che ha l'espressione &quot;in batteria&quot; in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-14T10:45:53.970" Title="Significato di &quot;in batteria&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8993" CreationDate="2018-01-14T10:04:01.477" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando la pagina della Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/batteria/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/batteria/&lt;/a&gt; il significato nella frase in oggetto è quello riportato nel paragrafo d. :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;d.&lt;/strong&gt; Più genericam., serie, quantità di oggetti o cose analoghe, riferito talora anche, in senso proprio o scherz., ad animali o persone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa che le femmine venivano corteggiate in serie, a raffica, una dietro l'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-14T10:04:01.477" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8993" CreationDate="2018-01-14T10:45:53.970" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In aggiunta a quanto detto da @RiccardoDeContardi è utile il seguente esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikiquote.org/wiki/Allevamento_in_batteria&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Allevamento di galline in batteria&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che indica un allevamento intensivo in gabbie minuscole l’una vicina all’altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’immagine evocata dall’autore vuol rendere l’atto del corteggiamento come una cosa quasi automatica e seriale a cui le ragazze non possono sottrarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-14T10:45:53.970" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8996" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-14T17:15:18.193" Score="4" ViewCount="301" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il solo fatto che io mi &lt;strong&gt;stia&lt;/strong&gt; preoccupando, però, dimostra che ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if the word &quot;solo&quot; necessitates the use of Congiuntivo in the subordinate clause?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or is it the word &quot;fatto&quot; that triggers it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or else, is it more about the idea that &quot;I (&lt;strong&gt;by chance&lt;/strong&gt;) &lt;strong&gt;happen to&lt;/strong&gt; be worrying about it&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="3287" LastEditDate="2018-01-15T10:22:59.780" LastActivityDate="2018-01-15T10:22:59.780" Title="Why use the subjunctive &quot;stia&quot; following the phrase &quot;il solo fatto che ...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8996" CreationDate="2018-01-14T18:18:14.887" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;TL;DR: It is the word &lt;em&gt;fatto&lt;/em&gt; that triggers it, but you may well also say &lt;em&gt;Il solo fatto che mi&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;preoccupando, però, dimostra che ...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a very good question. As you probably know, in a first approximation the subjunctive mood is only used in clauses where the verb expresses doubts, hopes, eventualities and so on (&lt;em&gt;Spero che venga&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Mi chiedo se sia il caso&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nonetheless, there are cases where it is used – optionally or compulsorily – in subordinate clauses where “il congiuntivo non è portatore di specifici significati rispetto all'indicativo, ma può essere preferito ad esso per ragioni stilistiche, in quanto proprio di un registro più sorvegliato, oppure perché è richiesto da particolari reggenze” (Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, XI.391), that is, where the subjunctive has not a meaning distinct from what the indicative would have, but custom or stylistic preferences (the subjunctive being considered somewhat more elegant) tend to require it: some objective, subjective, declarative and other clauses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The construction with &lt;em&gt;il fatto che&lt;/em&gt; is one of those; while what follows it is, more than anything else, not a doubt nor a hypothesis, but... a fact, the subjunctive mood is accepted and often preferred. To the remarks in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/3684&quot;&gt;my earlier answer&lt;/a&gt;, let me add a quotation from Renzi, Salvi and Cardinaletti's &lt;em&gt;Grande Grammatica Italiana di Consultazione&lt;/em&gt; (vol. II, p. 479), which unfortunately I have no access to, but am quoting from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.achyra.org/cruscate/viewtopic.php?t=1252&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;someone else who quoted it&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo nomi come &lt;em&gt;fatto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;circostanza&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;notizia&lt;/em&gt;, che esprimono esclusivamente la verità presupposta della frase subordinata, la scelta del modo dipende soprattutto dal predicato sovraordinato. &#xA;  In questi esempi anche quando la frase subordinata è all’inizio, si può avere sempre anche l’indicativo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(299 a) Non posso nascondere la mia meraviglia per il fatto che tutti accettino / accettano supinamente questo sopruso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(299 b) Le notizie che gli scioperi avessero / avevano cominciato a diffondersi in Unione Sovietica, cominciava[no] a farsi frequente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(299 c) La circostanza che fossimo / eravamo tornati su una splendida automobile destò tanto più interesse per la nostra avventura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The gist is that after &lt;em&gt;fatto&lt;/em&gt; and similar, objective words you may use both indicative or subjunctive mood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-01-14T18:18:14.887" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8998" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="8999" CreationDate="2018-01-15T10:10:12.893" Score="0" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella introduzione al &lt;em&gt;Grammelot dell'avvocato inglese&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma le piú terribili sono senz'altro quelle ragazze che escono la sera all'imbrunire... cala il sole... e loro, oplà!, evadono, &lt;strong&gt;sciamano&lt;/strong&gt; per le strade. Questa è la piú grossa delle incoscienze perché la ragazza per bene, se deve sortire all'imbrunire, esce accompagnata dalla madre, dal padre, da un fratello e dal cognato armato mitra e bombe a mano!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho consultato parecchi dizionari e ho trovato il verbo &quot;sciamannare&quot; e il sostantivo &quot;sciamano&quot;. Tuttavia, &#xA;non mi sembra che questi abbiano a che vedere con il significato del verbo che appare nel testo. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;sciamano&quot; nel passaggio precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-15T13:42:42.567" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sciamano&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="8999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8998" CreationDate="2018-01-15T10:21:08.620" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È il presente indicativo del verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sciamare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sciamare&lt;/a&gt; alla terza persona plurale, nell’accezione 2 del vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; estens. e fig. Di persone, partire, spostarsi in massa, o in gruppi, allontanandosi dalla propria casa, dal proprio paese o da altro luogo: &lt;em&gt;la diaspora costrinse intere popolazioni a sc. in diversi continenti; la vita dura del capo di famiglia, investito pro-tempore della proprietà del fondo avito, ha consentito agli altri figli di sc. nel mondo, di creare nuove famiglie&lt;/em&gt; (Einaudi); con senso più generico, uscire o spostarsi in gran numero, prendendo direzioni diverse o anche una stessa direzione, con movimento per lo più vivace o agitato: &lt;em&gt;passavano in gruppo dei bambini che si rincorrevano sciamando verso la scuola&lt;/em&gt; (Palazzeschi); &lt;em&gt;dopo la partita, la folla cominciò a sc. fuori dallo stadio&lt;/em&gt;; anche di veicoli o altri mezzi di trasporto: &lt;em&gt;finito il raduno, le vetture sciamarono strombazzando per le vie; immense azzurrità adriatiche dove le vele arance sciamavano&lt;/em&gt; (D’Annunzio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-15T13:42:42.567" LastActivityDate="2018-01-15T13:42:42.567" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9001" CreationDate="2018-01-16T09:36:39.353" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La resurrezione di Lazzaro&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ah, guarda, quello è Gesú... quello piccolo... Come è giovane... guarda, non ha neanche la barba... com'è delicato... pare un ragazzino. Io me lo immaginavo piú &lt;strong&gt;tosto&lt;/strong&gt;, con una gran testa di capelli... con delle pallettone (&lt;em&gt;indica le orecchie&lt;/em&gt;), una crestona tremenda, con dei denti, &#xA;  delle manone, che quando cominciava a benedire: &#xA;  PAA!... troncava in quattro i fedeli! Che giovane che è!...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;tosto&quot; in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le differenti accezioni che ho trovato, non so a quale corrisponde l'uso che si fa nel passaggio precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-16T10:11:00.203" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tosto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9000" CreationDate="2018-01-16T09:56:07.063" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;DIrei che in questa frase &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tosto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;risoluto ed energico&lt;/em&gt;, in contrapposizione alla figura imberbe e delicata che sorprende il personaggio che sta parlando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro significato, più negativo, dell'aggettivo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tosto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; rivolto a persone è &lt;em&gt;testardo, ostinato,&lt;/em&gt; ma non mi pare la giusta interpretazione in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastActivityDate="2018-01-16T09:56:07.063" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9000" CreationDate="2018-01-16T10:11:00.203" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anch'io direi che qui &quot;tosto&quot; è da collegarsi all'aspetto virile e forte che può dare una barba folta. Nel periodo prima, infatti, fa intendere che non avendo la barba è &quot;delicato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4259" LastActivityDate="2018-01-16T10:11:00.203" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9003" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-16T11:39:02.827" Score="2" ViewCount="918" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come evidenziato in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/425677/origin-of-the-saying-happy-wife-happy-life&quot;&gt;domanda&lt;/a&gt; il modo di dire “&lt;em&gt;happy wife, happy life&lt;/em&gt;” è abbastanza comune nella lingua inglese.  Il significato è molto intuitivo e mi chiedevo se esiste un’espressione equivalente in italiano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io non riesco trovarne e l’unico proverbio che mi viene in mente che riguarda la vita coniugale è “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scuolissima.com/2015/09/tra-moglie-e-marito-non-mettere-il-dito.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tra moglie  e marito non mettere il dito&lt;/a&gt;” il cui significato è molto diverso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno conosce un modo di dire simile a quello inglese? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2018-01-16T20:49:07.347" Title="Esiste un proverbio italiano equivalente a quello inglese che dice “happy wife, happy life”?" Tags="&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9004" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9003" CreationDate="2018-01-16T12:07:28.067" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con un po' di malizia si potrebbe interpretare:&#xA;&quot;La donna felice non si lagna&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un libro di proverbi toscani ho letto questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Pere e donne senza romori sono stimate le migliori&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Proverbi toscani di Fortunato Bellonzi, Giunti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4260" LastActivityDate="2018-01-16T12:07:28.067" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9003" CreationDate="2018-01-16T12:30:07.050" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;em&gt;Dizionario comparato di proverbi e modi proverbiali&lt;/em&gt; di Augusto Arthaber (non esattamente recentissimo), tra i proverbi su “moglie”, ce ne sono due che si avvicinano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Senza moglie a lato, l'uom non è beato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che non contiene il concetto della “happy wife”, ma ha dalla sua anche un richiamo all'Ariosto: “Senza moglie a lato / Non puote uomo in bontate esser perfetto” (&lt;em&gt;Sat.&lt;/em&gt; VI).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'altro è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi ha moglie cattiva allato, è sempre travagliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che fa anche riferimento al carattere della moglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-01-16T12:30:07.050" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9006" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9007" CreationDate="2018-01-16T19:04:34.797" Score="2" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently saw a commenter on another forum ask, &quot;Dr. Buon Rossi?&quot; in response to someone mentioning this Dr. Rossi. He then went on to make what appeared to be critical remarks about the doctor. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know how fluent this commenter is in Italian, if at all, but assuming he's fluent, how would his question sound to a native Italian speaker? Is he addressing Dr. Rossi with a term of respect, such as an English speaker saying, &quot;The good Dr. Rossi?&quot; Or is he being snide? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know nobody can read his mind and discern his true intent. I'm simply asking how that question would likely be perceived by an Italian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4263" LastActivityDate="2018-01-18T11:19:03.633" Title="How to interpret &quot;Dr. Buon Rossi?&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9006" CreationDate="2018-01-16T19:35:07.853" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It doesn't make any sense, actually.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Dr. stands for &quot;Doctor&quot; and Rossi is a common surname used in Italy as an example in samples.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Buon&quot; is the truncation for &quot;Buono&quot;, which means good. In this context it makes no sense because in that position there should be a name rather than an adjective.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;The good Dr. Rossi?&quot; would be &quot;Il buon Dr. Rossi&quot;.     &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or maybe he used &quot;Buon&quot; as a name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4264" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-01-17T12:10:35.683" LastActivityDate="2018-01-17T12:10:35.683" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9010" CreationDate="2018-01-17T09:33:34.277" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;La nascita del villano&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ponigli una gabella [tassa] &lt;strong&gt;secca&lt;/strong&gt; sulla paga &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  mettigli una gabella persino su quel che caga.&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Di carnevale lascialo pur ballare &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  e pur cantare che s'abbia da allegrare &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;     &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; [cosí che si possa rallegrare] &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ma poco, che non si debba scordare&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  che è a 'sto mondo per faticare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;secco&quot; in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le tantissime accezioni che appaiono, non so a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio precedente. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-17T09:51:51.353" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;secca&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9009" CreationDate="2018-01-17T09:51:51.353" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;secca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in questo caso indica una trattenuta prefissata, inevitabile e automatica sulla paga del villano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti in Italia esiste anche la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/cedolare-secca_%28Dizionario-di-Economia-e-Finanza%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cedolare secca&lt;/a&gt; che corrisponde a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Imposta sostitutiva del tributo personale progressivo sul reddito, che&#xA;  tassa in maniera prefissata, a prescindere dalle altre entrate, alcuni&#xA;  tipi di reddito. Può essere classificata come imposta autonoma diretta&#xA;  sul reddito, proporzionale e riscossa mediante ritenuta alla fonte a&#xA;  titolo definitivo. Il soggetto che subisce tale ritenuta estingue il&#xA;  suo debito con il fisco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'aggettivo secca indica l'immediatezza della tassa e il suo effetto puntuale, automatico ed estintivo con il fisco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste, sempre nell'ambito economico, anche l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/perdita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;perdita secca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;p. secca, perdita di denaro senza alcuna compensazione;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche qui il significato di secca indica l'immediatezza e l'ineludibilità della perdita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-01-17T09:51:51.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9011" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-18T09:24:07.383" Score="3" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;Maria alla croce&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gabriele, Gabriele... Gabriele... giovane di dolce figura, per primo tu, tu!, mi hai tradita! Con la tua voce da viola innamorante sei venuto a dirmi che sarei divenuta Regina, io... e beata, io, e gioconda, io... a capo di tutte le donne!&#xA;  Guardami, guardami come sono a pezzi e sbertucciata... l’ultima donna al mondo mi sono scoperta! E tu... tu lo sapevi nel portarmi l’annunzio &lt;strong&gt;disciogliente&lt;/strong&gt;, che mi ha fatto fiorire nel ventre questa mia creatura, che sarei arrivata a 'sto bel trono regina!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;disciogliere&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho saputo trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: &#xA;potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;disciogliente&quot; in questo brano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-18T09:24:07.383" Title="Significato di &quot;disciogliente&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9012" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-18T09:44:01.240" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella pronuncia italiana, in alcuni casi la consonante all'inizio della parola viene pronunciata come se fosse doppia.&#xA;Esempio: vado a &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt;asa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppongo che questa cosa abbia un nome, e che ci sia una qualche regola per spiegare quando la consonante viene raddoppiata... qualcuno sa queste cose?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho notato che vengono raddoppiate le consonanti iniziali di parole che si trovano dopo una parola monosillabica che non sia un articolo o un pronome. Almeno questo dagli esempi a cui sono riuscita a pensare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;lei non fa &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt;aso a queste cose&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;non è &lt;strong&gt;V&lt;/strong&gt;ero&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;sono partito da &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt;asa presto (però la casa, la mia casa... sono pronunciate come C singole. Pure la variante toscana &quot;la mi' casa&quot;, non raddoppia)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;è già &lt;strong&gt;T&lt;/strong&gt;ardi&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;arriverà a &lt;strong&gt;B&lt;/strong&gt;reve&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;non è &lt;strong&gt;N&lt;/strong&gt;é &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt;arne né &lt;strong&gt;P&lt;/strong&gt;esce (alla terza o quarta volta che provavo a pronunciarla, non so nemmeno io dove mi viene naturale mettere le doppie in questa frase ^^)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi con pronomi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;e tu &lt;strong&gt;C&lt;/strong&gt;he &lt;strong&gt;N&lt;/strong&gt;e sai? (la S non raddoppia. Forse perché &quot;che ne&quot; formano un gruppo che suona già come bisillabico alla pronuncia? O perché ne è un pronome?)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;la vedo&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;te l'ho &lt;strong&gt;D&lt;/strong&gt;etto mille volte (la L non raddoppia, la D sì)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusate la lunghezza del post, mi ero messa a pensare a più esempi possibili per capire come funzioni... e alla fine ho pensato di chiedere qua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: sto parlando di pronuncia italiana &quot;standard&quot;, nelle varie pronunce locali alcuni di questi esempi non sono validi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3834" LastActivityDate="2018-01-18T09:44:01.240" Title="Raddoppio consonante iniziale" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ClosedDate="2018-01-20T08:57:57.413" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9006" CreationDate="2018-01-18T11:19:03.633" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I guess it was said in a &quot;joking&quot; way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if in English &quot;Dr Good Rossi&quot; would make sense. To me it sounds something similar to &quot;the good old Dr Rossi&quot;. &#xA;Putting the &quot;Buon&quot; (good) in the place where the name should stay, it makes it sound to me like they wanted to stress that the fact that he's &quot;good&quot; is so intrinsic to him, that might as well be part of his name. I am just saying the feeling it gave me, it is absolutely not a standard expression, I think I never heard something like that before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without much context, I cannot tell the intention. It looks like it might contain some teasing, for example making fun of this Rossi for being too good towards others.&#xA;Or the other way around, said in a mocking way, to say that this person Rossi is not good at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or it might be said in a &quot;friendly&quot; joking way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3834" LastActivityDate="2018-01-18T11:19:03.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9014" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9015" CreationDate="2018-01-19T10:47:39.480" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;Gioco del matto soto la croce&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;I crozadór&lt;/em&gt;) di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;PRIMO INCHIOVATORE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  E io in quest'altra. Buttatemi un chiodo lungo, che il martello ce l'ho di mio. Oh che chiodaccio! Scommettete che in sette martellate lo picchio dentro tutto? &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  SECONDO INCHIOVATORE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  E io ce la farò in sei, vuoi scommettere? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  CAPO INCHIOVATORI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  D'accordo. Forza, allargatevi voi &#xA;  due che gli mettiamo le ali a questo angiolotto [cosí] che possa volare come Icaro nel cielo. &#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;Pausa&lt;/em&gt;). Tiriamo insieme... Insieme, ho detto!... Me lo rovesciate! Piano che deve restare in mezzo della sella il cavaliere... Un &#xA;  po' di piú verso me... bene, sono sul segno... proprio nel buco. (&lt;em&gt;Indica il &lt;strong&gt;foro di abbrivio&lt;/strong&gt; già approntato nella &#xA;  tavola&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;abbrivio&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che può essere anche scritto &quot;abbrivo&quot;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cos'è un &quot;foro di abbrivio&quot;. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-19T13:47:03.893" Title="Cos'è un &quot;foro di abbrivio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9014" CreationDate="2018-01-19T11:05:56.350" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dalla definizione di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/abbrivo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;abbrivo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (o abbrivio, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/abbrivo-o-abbrivio_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sono ammesse entrambe le forme&lt;/a&gt;) del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;abbrivo&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;abbrìvio&lt;/strong&gt;) s. m. [der. di &lt;em&gt;abbrivare&lt;/em&gt;.] – Impulso iniziale&#xA;  con cui si dà moto o si aumenta gradualmente la velocità di una nave,&#xA;  di un’imbarcazione, e per estens. di altro veicolo; anche la quantità&#xA;  di moto che la nave o il veicolo ha nel momento in cui cessa l’azione&#xA;  dei mezzi propulsivi; sono soprattutto usate le locuz. &lt;em&gt;dare l’a.&lt;/em&gt; e&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;prendere&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;pigliare l’a.&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;dare l’a. a un carrello; il motoscafo ha&#xA;  preso l’abbrivo&lt;/em&gt;. In senso fig., riferito a persona, &lt;em&gt;prendere l’a.&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  prendere l’aire, iniziare con slancio un’azione (e spec. a parlare, a&#xA;  scrivere, a operare), in modo da proseguire per la forza stessa&#xA;  dell’impeto iniziale: &lt;em&gt;Perpetua, preso l’abbrivo nel parlare di&#xA;  matrimoni, non la finiva più&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;esso indica l'inizio del movimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato riferito a persona indica l'inizio di un'azione, mentre nei riferimenti alle cose, come ad esempio in questo caso, indica un foro creato nella tavola per facilitare l'inserimento successivo del chiodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un po' come quando si deve appendere un quadro al muro e si tiene il chiodo con le dita; solitamente il primo colpo è più leggero e crea un minuscolo foro (di abbrivio) per fare in modo che il chiodo stesso venga retto dal muro così da poter dare colpi di martello più forti successivamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fa giustamente notare @RiccardoDeContardi esiste anche l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;foro pilota&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che può indicare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Praticare correttamente un &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wikihow.it/Praticare-un-Foro-Pilota&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;foro pilota&lt;/a&gt; con il trapano è un’abilità&#xA;  essenziale in falegnameria. Si tratta di un piccolo foro che viene&#xA;  utilizzato come guida per inserire una vite nel legno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sia in ambito edilizio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;6.1.4 Indagini geognostiche per scavo previo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=UoDvqSd4yp8C&amp;amp;pg=PA141&amp;amp;lpg=PA141&amp;amp;dq=foro%20pilota&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=bGXUz4MkHf&amp;amp;sig=bZzYxTgr9Ym5puuPCGcdeUy2IX4&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjQx5DKk-TYAhWMfFAKHR3vDcgQ6AEISDAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=foro%20pilota&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;foro pilota&lt;/a&gt; La realizzazione mediante fresa ad attacco integrale di un foro pilota di&#xA;  piccolo diametro, coassiale allo scavo della futura galleria, è legata&#xA;  a scelte che possono essere fondamentalmente distinte in due ordini:&#xA;  1. realizzazione del foro pilota come mezzo d'opera; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-01-19T13:47:03.893" LastActivityDate="2018-01-19T13:47:03.893" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8611" CreationDate="2018-01-19T13:39:39.073" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è molto usata in Liguria ed anche come correttamente ricorda @Enzo c'è anche il proverbio piemontese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A smija un scapà da ca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sembra uno che sia scappato di casa, improvvisamente, con i vestiti che aveva addosso, in disordine. Una persona abbigliata male) utilizzato quasi come rimprovero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Girovagando in rete ho trovato anche questo interessante &lt;a href=&quot;http://scappatodicasa.blogspot.it/2012/02/scappati-di-casa.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;post su un blog&lt;/a&gt; che rende ancora di più il significato del modo di dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ieri sera ho passeggiato per le vie del borgo innevato con altri due&#xA;scappati di casa. In tutto, tre scappati di casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che poi, per me,&#xA;scappati di casa non significa essere scappati da qualcuno, da&#xA;qualcosa. O da una casa. Gli scappati di casa sono quelli&#xA;involontariamente estranei alle convenzioni, che magari fanno lavori&#xA;seri ma sembra stiano passando di lì.&#xA;Anche se si concentrano come&#xA;cani sulla ciotola restano sempre un po’ svagati. A volte piantano&#xA;radici ma in fondo sono spiantati. Parlano quando gli viene chiesto e&#xA;qualche volta lo fanno da soli, ad alta voce, in macchina. E pure&#xA;gesticolando. arrivano ai matrimoni vestiti bene ma con la cravatta&#xA;allentata. Si radono, se si radono, una basetta dritta e l’altra di&#xA;sbieco. Mettono le scarpe da tennis tutto l’inverno, tanto anche gli&#xA;anfibi prima o poi lasciano passare l’acqua. Sono quelli che la vita&#xA;li costringe ogni mattina a uscir di casa così e magari gli sarebbero&#xA;bastati altri cinque minuti, una moglie o uno specchio per essere&#xA;apposto. Ma i minuti, le mogli e gli specchi forse sono convenzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ieri sera ci siamo guardati in faccia. tre facce, sei occhi,&#xA;centoventi anni. Facce un po’ tirate per le cose che non sono mai come&#xA;dovrebbero essere, per il freddo da schiaffi, per le prime rughe&#xA;intorno agli occhi. E poi ci siamo guardati i piedi: un paio di&#xA;adidas, un paio di tiger e un paio di nike. E poi abbiamo guardato il&#xA;ghiaccio e la neve che stavamo calpestando. E poi ci siamo messi a&#xA;ridere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricordo inoltre che mia nonna raccontava che per sdrammatizzare la situazione durante i bombardamenti che avvenivano durante la seconda guerra mondiale, quando si nascondevano nei rifugi si prendevano in giro su chi era il più scappato di casa del gruppo, cioè il più trasandato e vestito in modo improbabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-19T13:39:39.073" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9017" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-19T16:35:18.030" Score="2" ViewCount="555" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggevo una ricetta e ho notato la seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aggiustate di sale e cuocete ... finché i pomodorini saranno appassiti e la cicoria si insaporisca bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quello che capisco, sia il congiuntivo che il futuro dell'indicativo vengono usati dopo &quot;finché&quot; e la scelta del modo corrisponde a una leggera differenza di significato (la differenza comunque mi pare ben sottile e non pretendo di capirla perfettamente). Nella frase sopra riportata, un verbo all'indicativo è seguito direttamente da un verbo al congiuntivo, e in tutti e due casi il significato sembra essere sostanzialmente lo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pensate che ci sia una ragione specifica per cui l'autrice l'ha scritta così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastActivityDate="2018-01-19T16:53:58.767" Title="Perché si utilizzano sia il congiuntivo che il futuro dell'indicativo dopo &quot;finché&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9018" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9017" CreationDate="2018-01-19T16:53:58.767" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo quanto riporta la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/finche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, con la congiunzione &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; si può utilizzare anche il congiuntivo (anche se questo utilizzo è più raro e letterario).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me il significato nei due casi è leggermente diverso: nella frase riportata è stata omessa una seconda congiunzione, ovvero &lt;em&gt;affinchè&lt;/em&gt; (= allo scopo di), per cui la frase più completa sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aggiustate di sale e cuocete ... finché i pomodorini saranno appassiti e &lt;strong&gt;(affinché)&lt;/strong&gt; la cicoria si insaporisca bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe ipotizzare che questa omissione sia stata fatta per non appesantire la frase (finché/affinché suona come una ripetizione anche se non lo è).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-19T16:53:58.767" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9019" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-20T09:52:06.247" Score="1" ViewCount="347" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;Gioco del matto soto la croce&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;I crozadór&lt;/em&gt;) di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CAPO INCHIOVATORI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  D'accordo. Forza, allargatevi voi &#xA;  due che gli mettiamo le ali a questo angiolotto [cosí] che possa volare come Icaro nel cielo. &#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;Pausa&lt;/em&gt;). Tiriamo insieme... Insieme, ho detto!... Me lo rovesciate! Piano che deve restare in mezzo della sella il cavaliere... Un &#xA;  po' di piú verso me... bene, sono sul segno... proprio nel buco. (&lt;em&gt;Indica il foro di abbrivio già approntato nella &#xA;  tavola&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  SECONDO INCHIOVATORE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Io non ci sono&lt;/strong&gt;, hai fatto i &#xA;  buchi troppo distanti... tira tu... forza! Hai mangiato il formaggio a mezzogiorno? Forza!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;io non ci sono&quot; in questo passaggio. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-20T16:40:28.063" Title="&quot;Io non ci sono&quot;: che cosa significa in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9019" CreationDate="2018-01-20T12:36:24.377" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;io non ci sono&lt;/strong&gt; indica che il secondo inchiodatore si accorge che l'oggetto che stanno spostando non è nella posizione giusta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti specifica che ha fatto i buchi troppo distanti e mentre da una parte combacia con il foro dall'altra non è perfettamente in posizione, da qui la richiesta di tirare un poco nella direzione opposta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/essere1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;essere&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b. Contiene spesso l’idea del moto: &lt;em&gt;e. in via, in cammino, in viaggio&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (anche fig.: &lt;em&gt;e. in via di guarigione&lt;/em&gt;); e per indicare il punto a cui&#xA;  si è arrivati nel progredire di un fatto, di un’attività, in una serie&#xA;  d’azioni: &lt;em&gt;e. al principio, alla fine, e. avanti, indietro, a buon&#xA;  punto; e. alla minestra, alla frutta; l’acqua è a bollore&lt;/em&gt;. Usato&#xA;  assol., esserci, aver raggiunto lo scopo, riuscire in qualche cosa:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;coraggio, che ci sei&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2018-01-20T16:40:28.063" LastActivityDate="2018-01-20T16:40:28.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9019" CreationDate="2018-01-20T14:40:28.347" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Equivale a &lt;em&gt;&quot;Io non sono pronto&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Lavorando in squadra si dice &quot;Ci sei?&quot; al compagno proprio per chiedere se è pronto ad eseguire un'azione che richiede un coordinamento. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-20T14:40:28.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9022" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9026" CreationDate="2018-01-20T17:33:34.763" Score="2" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di recente ho letto un articolo intitolato &quot;È l'agricoltore il mestiere del futuro?&quot; Ho consultato tre dizionari e ormai sono ben sicuro che nell'italiano moderno la parola &quot;agricoltore&quot; si riferisce soltanto a una persona e la parola &quot;mestiere&quot; si riferisce soltanto a una cosa (cioè un'attività manuale, un lavoro, una professione, un'abilità).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come può essere un agricoltore (una persona) il mestiere (una cosa) del futuro? Mi domando se in questa frase &quot;agricoltore&quot; stia facendo da una specie di aggettivo, come per dire &quot;è l'agricoltore (= il mestiere agricolo) il mestiere del futuro?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastActivityDate="2018-01-22T08:10:29.590" Title="Come interpretare la frase &quot;è l'agricoltore il mestiere del futuro?&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9024" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9025" CreationDate="2018-01-21T09:58:23.900" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella versione in italiano dell'episodio &lt;em&gt;Gioco del matto soto la croce&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;I crozadór&lt;/em&gt;) di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In questo modo combineranno il grande spettacolo del tuo &#xA;  patimento. Bel salvamento che fai! Allargato come un uccello ti spiaccicheranno anche sopra gli scudi e le targhe di &#xA;  guerra... e anche sulle bandiere ci sarà pittata la tua croce a lustri colori (&lt;em&gt;continua a recitare a ritmo sostenuto&lt;/em&gt;), e sarai sulle spade ad accoppare, a stracciare, in nome di Dio e infilzare le donne, gli uomini e i bambini &#xA;  tutti! &lt;strong&gt;Sgrossare&lt;/strong&gt; e scannare in nome del tuo segno! Bella truffalderia combineranno col tuo sacrificio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;sgrossare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;sgrossare&quot; nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-21T10:21:07.307" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sgrossare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9024" CreationDate="2018-01-21T10:21:07.307" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutti i verbi utilizzati fanno riferimento all'uccisione di persone (&lt;em&gt;accoppare, stracciare, scannare...&lt;/em&gt;); in questo caso si utilizza nello stesso senso di eliminare fisicamente &quot;il grosso&quot; delle persone. Si potrebbe utilizzare come sinonimo &quot;decimare&quot;, ma &quot;sgrossare&quot; è più truculento e dà l'idea di uccisioni di massa e sbrigative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho letto il libro, ma immagino che a parlare sia &quot;il matto&quot;, che in qualità di matto ha il coraggio di dire verità che nessun altro proferisce, ovvero che il sacrificio del Signore nel futuro servirà come giustificazione a dei macellai di carne umana (da notare appunto l'uso di &lt;em&gt;scannare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;accoppare&lt;/em&gt;) per uccidere e sterminare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-21T10:21:07.307" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9026" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9022" CreationDate="2018-01-22T07:50:27.237" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per indicare un mestiere, un'arte o una professione, si usa il nome della persona che li esercita con la preposizione di, articolata o non articolata.&#xA;Si dice ad esempio il mestiere dell'agricoltore, del ciabattino, dell'imbianchino, oppure di imbianchino.&#xA;Così la forma più completa per il titolo dovrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;&quot;È quello dell'agricoltore il mestiere del futuro&quot;;&lt;/em&gt; tuttavia l'italiano consente in molti casi di omettere parti del discorso per permettere di essere più incisivi e brevi. Questa forma retorica si chiama ellissi, e si può usare in diverse circostanze; nel caso che tu hai riportato l'omissione della preposizione non impedisce di capire il senso della frase, e rende molto più diretta la comunicazione, per cui non mi pare che si tratti di un errore grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di fatto non esistono molti nomi specifici per indicare il mestiere in se. Esistono nomi per indicare l'attività, come &lt;em&gt;&quot;agricoltura&quot;&lt;/em&gt; oppure la persona, come &lt;em&gt;&quot;agricoltore&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E molto comune usare il nome della persona, senza preposizione, al posto dell'espressione completa che indica il mestiere. Ad esempio compilando un modulo all'anagrafe, alla voce &quot;professione&quot; è difficile pensare che qualcuno scriva &quot;quella dell'impiegato&quot;; immagino che chiunque scriverebbe semplicemente &quot;impiegato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2018-01-22T08:10:29.590" LastActivityDate="2018-01-22T08:10:29.590" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9027" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-22T08:27:16.887" Score="3" ViewCount="3485" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggo abbastanza spesso sui giornali nomi alternativi di alcune città italiane, sempre con la forma &quot;la città [parola, spesso un'aggettivo]&quot;, per esempio 'la città eterna' (Roma), 'la città superba' (Genova), 'la città partenopea' (Napoli), 'la città lagunare' (Venezia), 'la città scaligera' ecc. Esiste una lista di queste forme alternative? Quali sono gli esempi più conosciuti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4277" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-22T08:53:18.830" LastActivityDate="2019-12-27T17:25:35.520" Title="Nomi alternativi per città italiane" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9027" CreationDate="2018-01-22T09:04:50.623" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli esempi più conosciuti sono (da &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italianochefatica.it/it/citta-italiane-e-loro-appellativi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Città italiane e i loro appellativi&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Roma – città eterna, caput mundi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Roma è una delle città più antiche del mondo e da qui deriva il suo&#xA;  appellativo “città eterna. La chiamano anche “caput mundi”, ovvero&#xA;  “centro/capitale del mondo” perché nell’epoca romana era il punto più&#xA;  importante del mondo conosciuto. Esiste anche il detto “Tutte le&#xA;  strade portano a Roma” perché le arterie principali dell’Impero Romano&#xA;  effettivamente arrivavano a Roma stessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Genova – La Superba&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per 800 anni, Genova è stata la più grande città marittima d’Europa,&#xA;  una repubblica indipendente, prospera, fiera. La sua potenza era tale&#xA;  che la città veniva e viene anche oggi chiamata “la Superba”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venezia – La Serenissima, La Dominante, La Regina dell’Adriatico&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La città di Venezia è stata per più di un millennio capitale della&#xA;  Repubblica di Venezia, una delle Repubbliche più  ricche e potenti&#xA;  sulla costa Adriatica. E il fatto si rispecchia perfettamente negli&#xA;  appellativi a lei attribuiti: La Serenissima, La Dominante, La Regina&#xA;  dell’Adriatico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bologna – Felsina, La Dotta, La Grassa, La Rossa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli Etruschi, che popolavano l’Italia prima di Romani, chiamavano&#xA;  Bologna – Velzna. In latino questo nome suonava come Felsina. Anche&#xA;  oggi Bologna viene spesso chiamata Felsina, e tutto ciò che riguarda&#xA;  la città viene definito bolognese o felsineo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella città è stata fondata l’Università più antica d’Europa, e da qui&#xA;  il suo altro appellativo “La Dotta”; la cucina bolognese è una delle&#xA;  cucine più famose e amate non solo in Italia ma anche in tutto il&#xA;  mondo, anche se non è ideale se tenete al vostro peso forma, e da qui&#xA;  proviene un altro nome della città – “La Grassa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bologna è chiamata anche “La Rossa” grazie al colore rosso (e relative&#xA;  sfumature) dei palazzi ed edifici della città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Catania – Milano del Sud&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo sviluppo economico degli anni 60 del 20 sec. ha raggiunto un&#xA;  livello talmente alto che Catania veniva definita la “Milano del Sud”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Milano – città meneghina, città Ambrosiana&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Milano chiamano “città Ambrosiana” perché il santo patrono della città&#xA;  e Sant’Ambrogio. E il soprannome “città meneghina” si deve a&#xA;  Meneghino, la maschera della Commedia dell’Arte, legata alla città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Napoli – città delle 500 cupole&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Napoli è la città più ricca al mondo di chiese, conventi ed edifici di&#xA;  costruiti nel corso di 17 secoli. E grazie a questa particolarità  nel&#xA;  XVIII secolo al capoluogo campano venne attribuito  l’appellativo di&#xA;  “città dalle 500 cupole”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Torino – città magica&lt;/strong&gt; Dicono che Torino è uno dei vertici del&#xA;  triangolo della magia bianca assieme alle città di Praga e Lione e da&#xA;  qui deriva l’appellativo di città magica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ferrara – città delle biciclette, città Estense, prima città moderna&#xA;  d’Europa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il mezzo di trasporto più popolare nella città è la bicicletta e per&#xA;  questo la chiamano spesso “città delle biciclette”. Grazie ai conti&#xA;  d’Este che governavano Ferrara, la chiamano anche “città Estense”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel Medioevo il centro di Ferrara è stato ricostruito e la città ha&#xA;  raddoppiato l’area urbana e ha preso un aspetto imponente e solenne,&#xA;  con vie larghe e diritte ed edifici simmetrici intervallati da spazi&#xA;  verdi. Grazie a questa imponente impresa urbanistica a Ferrara è stato&#xA;  attribuito l’appellativo di “prima città moderna d’Europa”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La lista non è esaustiva ma copre le principali città.&#xA;EDIT: in aggiunta alla lista o ad integrazione delle già presenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Milano&lt;/strong&gt;: capitale morale d'Italia, capitale della moda &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Torino&lt;/strong&gt;: città regale, città austera&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Brescia&lt;/strong&gt;: Leonessa d'Italia &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Genova&lt;/strong&gt;: porto d'Italia, la Dominante &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Verona&lt;/strong&gt;: città degli innamorati &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Trieste&lt;/strong&gt;: mitteleuropea, città dei caffè &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Bologna&lt;/strong&gt;: turrita (grazie a @Charo)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Firenze&lt;/strong&gt;: culla del Rinascimento &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Roma&lt;/strong&gt;: l'Urbe, la Capitale &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Napoli&lt;/strong&gt;: città del sole &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Bari&lt;/strong&gt;: città del Levante &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Lecce&lt;/strong&gt;: Firenze del Sud, Firenze del Barocco&lt;BR&gt; &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Messina&lt;/strong&gt;: Porta della Sicilia &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Palermo&lt;/strong&gt;: Ziz (Fiore, periodo fenicio), la Splendida (Al Aziz, periodo arabo), Felicissima (XIX sec belle epoque), “rossa, ràisa e palmosa” (da &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt; di Vincenzo Consolo) &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Siracusa&lt;/strong&gt;: “bianca, euriala e petrosa” (da &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt; di Vincenzo Consolo)&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Cagliari&lt;/strong&gt;: Casteddu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-07T18:02:34.537" LastActivityDate="2018-06-07T18:02:34.537" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9029" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9031" CreationDate="2018-01-22T10:09:16.773" Score="5" ViewCount="428" Body="&lt;p&gt;I came here to ask this question based on &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/q/23922/12637&quot;&gt;a question in the Spanish language&lt;/a&gt; stack based on the origin of the Spanish word &lt;em&gt;joder&lt;/em&gt; (somewhat equivalent to &lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt;, though &lt;em&gt;follar&lt;/em&gt; would be closer). In my answer there I learnt the Italian word &lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt; is quite an old one, but the surprise came when I looked up its meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You see, in Spanish &lt;a href=&quot;http://dle.rae.es/?id=MVjNCIs&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;the official defintion of &lt;em&gt;joder&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poseer sexualmente a alguien.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/F/fottere.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;the equivalent definition here&lt;/a&gt; for &lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt; in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Possedere qlcu. sessualmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But I found that definition only in one dictionary online. In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/F/fottere.aspx?query=fottere&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;other&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?parola=fottere&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;three&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/F/fottere.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionaries&lt;/a&gt; the definition was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Possedere sessualmente una donna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So my question is why are the definitions of Italian &lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt; so biased towards the man possessing a woman? What happens when the woman takes the initiative, or even when two women make the sexual act? Can't a woman &lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt; a man or another woman? Is the word used in those cases or do you use another one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4278" LastActivityDate="2018-01-28T09:12:38.643" Title="Why are the definitions of &quot;fottere&quot; so biased towards the man?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9030" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9032" CreationDate="2018-01-22T10:12:01.997" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Storia di San Benedetto da Norcia&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  A questo punto mastro santo Benedetto chiama tutti a un raduno e dice ai monaci:&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Qua bisogna porre rimedio... voi ben comprendete che se &#xA;  pure il nostro fratello Cuoco che ci fa da mangiare se ne vola fuori nel cielo, ci ritroviamo al disastro. Fra poco qui non &#xA;  resterà piú nessuno! È chiaro che non riusciamo a trarre alcun vantaggio e salvamento né con pietre, con ancore, né &#xA;  affrancati ai carri. L’unica ancora vera che ci può salvare è &#xA;  codesta! – e il santo prende da contro il muro una vanga, la &#xA;  posa nelle mani di un monaco e dice: – Tieni! Prenditi quest’arnese qua e non ti capiterà più di levarti in volo!&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Maestro santo, – gli dice il monaco Bonifacio, – non è &#xA;  abbastanza greve questa vanga che ci faccia da zavorra!&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – È vero, se tu la tieni a penzoloni! Ma se tu provi a &lt;strong&gt;dar di mazza&lt;/strong&gt; a frangi terra e spingi con il piede e sollevi le zolle e le rivolti, tu scoprirai tosto quanto pesa e si fa greve! &#xA;  Provateci tutti quanti a prendervi una zappa e questo rastrello e anche voi altri... queste pale e questi forconi. Dateci con forte braccio e schiena, ficcatele nel terreno e &lt;strong&gt;menate di mazza&lt;/strong&gt; sulle pietre. Spingete carriole, costruite &#xA;  muri, rizzate gli arconi di contrafforte. Montate una murata tonda intorno a quella grotta per farci un forno per il pane e i mattoni. Coraggio!... Issa!... Batti!... Stronca!... Alza!... Scarna!... Issa!... Ascoltate ora il sudore che vi sorte goccia a goccia dalla fronte alle braccia e cosí state sicuri che non vi riuscirà di levarvi nemmeno di un palmo in volo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa storia parla di certi monaci che stanno cercando di porre fine a un loro problema: avevano raggiunto una cosí forte condizione mistica, che finivano sempre col levitare e perdersi volando nel cielo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari ho trovato che &quot;mazza&quot; può essere un grosso bastone, ma non riesco a capire cosa voglia dire &quot;dar di mazza&quot; o &quot;menare di mazza&quot;. Significa percuotere la terra con la vanga come se fosse un bastone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-22T11:24:53.980" Title="Significato di &quot;dar di mazza&quot; o &quot;menare di mazza&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9029" CreationDate="2018-01-22T10:19:29.297" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; can be used for a man and also for a woman, grammatically gender doesn't matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously the bias you noticed comes from history and tradition, when in the past (and somewhere also now usually) the man is considered stronger and the part that takes the initiative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please consider that the word &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fottere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fottere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; has other meanings in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fóttere&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [lat. *fŭttĕre, class. fŭtuĕre] (io fótto, ecc.), volg.&#xA;  – Possedere sessualmente; avere rapporti sessuali con qualcuno:&#xA;  Dormirem tutti due senza pensieri; Perché ’l fotter a tutti sempre&#xA;  piace (Berni). Fig., &lt;strong&gt;ingannare (to trick),&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;imbrogliare (to cheat) o anche sopraffare (to defeat),&#xA;  ridurre all’impotenza (to reduce to impotence&lt;/strong&gt;, e sim. (cfr. l’analogo uso di fregare,&#xA;  buggerare e sim.): &lt;em&gt;m’ha fottuto, quel cialtrone!; voleva farmi lo&#xA;  sgambetto, ma io l’ho fottuto&lt;/em&gt; (opp.: &lt;em&gt;ma è restato fottuto lui&lt;/em&gt;); anche&#xA;  bocciare, vincere: &lt;em&gt;all’esame lo hanno fottuto; il candidato è stato&#xA;  fottuto dai suoi nemici nel partito.&lt;/em&gt; Locuzioni: &lt;em&gt;mandare qualcuno a&#xA;  farsi f., andare a farsi f.&lt;/em&gt;, mandare, andare a quel paese; fottersene&#xA;  di qualcuno, di qualche cosa, infischiarsene, fregarsene. ◆ Part.&#xA;  pass. fottuto, anche come agg., senza un preciso sign. proprio ma&#xA;  usato come epiteto ingiurioso o come espressione di sfogo: &lt;em&gt;sei un&#xA;  porco fottuto; avere una sfortuna fottuta; che caldo fottuto!; quel&#xA;  baron fottuto&lt;/em&gt; (v. barone2); &lt;em&gt;non ce l’ho fatta, mondo fottuto!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-01-22T10:50:03.833" LastActivityDate="2018-01-22T10:50:03.833" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9030" CreationDate="2018-01-22T10:59:55.757" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dar di mazza&quot; e &quot;menare di mazza&quot; significa usare la vanga come se fosse una mazza, che è un grosso martello per spaccare le pietre, per eliminarle dal terreno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se i monaci non tenevano la vanga a penzoloni ma cominciano a scavare nel terreno vedrai come si accorgono di quanto sia dura la vita di coloro che lo fanno tutti i giorni per sopravvivere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dar di mazza&quot; può, in altri casi, anche significare mettersi a lavorare di buona lena e con impegno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-22T11:24:53.980" LastActivityDate="2018-01-22T11:24:53.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9034" CreationDate="2018-01-23T09:12:20.033" Score="3" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella prefazione a &lt;em&gt;Nostro lunedí&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi dispiace che siano andati a finire cosí. Erano dei dilettanti magnifici: erano tutti interessanti ed inutili: solo che si divertivano con ingegnosi giocattoli e fiori di carta e graziose barchette, nient’altro: ed io penso che la vita dovrebbe avere sufficiente cavalleria ed anche spirito per &lt;strong&gt;usare&lt;/strong&gt; loro almeno qualche riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra le tantissime accezioni del verbo &quot;usare&quot; che si trovano nei dizionari, non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'uso che si fa in questo passaggio. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-23T09:30:44.793" Title="Qual è il senso di questo utilizzo del verbo &quot;usare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9033" CreationDate="2018-01-23T09:30:44.793" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un'accezione specifica del verbo “usare” che si applica appunto a comportamenti e simili, e si può costruire con un complemento di termine per indicare verso chi si “usa” quell'atteggiamento. Per citare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/usare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;la voce “usare” del Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In unione con termini astratti, adoperare nel proprio comportamento, nel proprio agire: &lt;em&gt;u. prudenza, cautela&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;u. astuzia&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;u. attenzione&lt;/em&gt;; per estens., con un compl. di termine, fare qualcosa a vantaggio o a svantaggio di uno: &lt;em&gt;usatemi la carità di aiutarmi&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;usatemi questa cortesia&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;m’hanno usato mille premure&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;u. violenza a una donna&lt;/em&gt;, violentarla; &lt;em&gt;u. violenza a sé stessi&lt;/em&gt;, fig., costringersi a fare qualcosa contro il proprio interesse, o controllare con forza i proprî istinti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-01-23T09:30:44.793" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9035" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-24T08:39:48.310" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella prefazione a &lt;em&gt;Nostro lunedí&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Che umanità... che umanità» dicevamo, ed eravamo magari capaci di organizzare in settimana un convegno con l’intervento di qualche &lt;strong&gt;quarto di gloria&lt;/strong&gt; locale, e poi ecco: tutto quello che usciva da noi era questo e nient’altro che questo: una colonna o anche mezza o anche meno, piú lucida e fredda del nikel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di capire del tutto bene il senso dell'espressione &quot;quarto di gloria&quot;.&#xA;Significa una persona che ha un certo prestigio (secondo quanto è scritto, a livello locale), ma che veramente non è degna di tale prestigio? Si può usare la locuzione &quot;un quarto di&quot; in altre espressioni con un senso simile? Oppure si tratta di un'invenzione di D'Arzo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-24T08:39:48.310" Title="Significato e uso di un &quot;quarto di&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9038" CreationDate="2018-01-25T01:24:36.220" Score="5" ViewCount="956" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quest'utilizzo mi sembra aggettivale e quindi dev'esserci concordanza tra &amp;quot;visto&amp;quot; e il sostantivo. Consultando due dizionari ho trovato questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;viste&lt;/strong&gt; le difficoltà dell'impresa, proporrei di rinunciarvi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;vista&lt;/strong&gt; la loro età, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finora tutto bene, ma leggendo una notizia mi sono imbattuto nella seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«...In Ue ci sono troppi egoismi nazionali anche per colpa dei populismi che avvelenano l'Europa», e non solo, &lt;strong&gt;visto&lt;/strong&gt; le bordate lanciate alla Casa Bianca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un errore, oppure si ritiene accettabile (almeno in certi casi) usare &amp;quot;visto&amp;quot; come una sorta di aggettivo invariabile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-25T13:04:19.903" Title="&quot;Visto&quot;, quando significa &quot;considerato&quot;, deve concordare con il sostantivo?" Tags="&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9037" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-25T12:18:13.323" Score="3" ViewCount="233" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd like to know the regularly used Italian translations for the words &lt;em&gt;but&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;however&lt;/em&gt;, or the German &lt;em&gt;aber&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;jedoch&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's what &lt;a href=&quot;https://dict.leo.org/italienisch-deutsch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dict.leo.org/italienisch-deutsch&lt;/a&gt; is saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/iFaUn.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/iFaUn.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/pfkxG.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/pfkxG.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These are about 16 translations in total, and there are only three translations matching between &lt;em&gt;aber&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;jedoch&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;eppure&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sennonché&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;comunque&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Which translations are frequently used, and which ones are rare?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Are there semantic differences between some of them?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Why are some of them classified as adjectives or adverbs? What would be a correct use of &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt; as an adjective or adverb?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4285" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-25T21:36:05.310" LastActivityDate="2018-01-25T21:36:05.310" Title="Differences between the various translations for &quot;but&quot;, &quot;however&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9038" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9036" CreationDate="2018-01-25T13:04:19.903" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/visto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; puoi vedere che, in questo tipo di costruzioni, &quot;visto&quot; è effettivamente adoperato come aggettivo e, per questa ragione, deve concordare con il sostantivo a cui si riferisce in genere e in numero. La spiegazione del vocabolario Treccani che fa riferimento a questo utilizzo di &quot;visto&quot; è quella che comincia così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In costruzioni assol., nelle quali equivale a «avendo visto, avendo considerato» o «dal momento che, tenuto conto che»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi il Treccani propone questi esempi nei quali si può osservare tale concordanza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;viste&lt;/strong&gt; le difficoltà dell’impresa, proporrei di rinunciarvi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il giovane, &lt;strong&gt;vista&lt;/strong&gt; la mala parata, se la diede a gambe&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;visto&lt;/strong&gt; che tutti tacciono, parlerò io&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-25T13:04:19.903" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9039" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9041" CreationDate="2018-01-25T16:51:10.333" Score="7" ViewCount="1947" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buonasera a tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo delibere e determine dell'amministrazione pubblica mi sono imbattuto nel costrutto &quot;dare atto come&quot;. Ad esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;DATO ATTO come la legge 190 ha costituito l’impianto di una successiva emanazione di norme, regolamenti e direttive, sia ministeriali che della Commissione Indipendente per la Valutazione e la Trasparenza (ex CIVIT) ora divenuta ANAC, preordinate alla fornitura di linee guida finalizzate al coordinamento e alla uniformazione, rispetto ai contenuti, dei vari piani adottati dalle singole amministrazioni;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me &quot;dare atto come&quot; non suona molto bene. Sono a conoscenza di &quot;dare atto di&quot; e &quot;dare atto che&quot;, al &quot;come&quot; il mio orecchio si ribella.&#xA;Vorrei sapere se &quot;dare atto come&quot; è corretto oppure no.&#xA;Grazie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4288" LastEditorUserId="4288" LastEditDate="2018-01-26T09:29:09.250" LastActivityDate="2018-01-26T09:50:15.267" Title="Dare atto: che cosa regge?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9040" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9112" CreationDate="2018-01-26T08:21:45.443" Score="3" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella prefazione a &lt;em&gt;Nostro lunedí&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci scrivevano divertentissime lettere: nelle prime sei righe ci facevano chiaramente capire che noi potevamo con tutta tranquillità porre la nostra candidatura fra i grandi del secolo: nelle ultime due si rammaricavano che la difficoltà del momento li costringesse a rifiutare l’offerta. Incolpavano il pubblico, eccetera. Soprattutto, si preoccupavano di mostrare a nostro favore una specie di sdegno civile. Facemmo male a &lt;strong&gt;pigliarcene&lt;/strong&gt;: quelle lettere erano degne di noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;pigliare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;pigliarcene&quot; in questo passaggio. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-09T08:59:33.733" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;pigliarcene&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9039" CreationDate="2018-01-26T09:50:15.267" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui bisogna prendere in considerazione due aspetti: che cosa significa veramente “dare atto” e questo uso di “come”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) “Dare atto”, nell'uso quotidiano, si adopera spesso per dire “ammettere, riconoscere”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non mi piace quello che hai fatto, ma ti do atto che mi hai avvertito in tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato originario, però, è di “comunicare ufficialmente” (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/atto2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani, punto 4.b&lt;/a&gt;), quasi sinonimo di “mettere agli atti”. Quindi, all'inizio di una delibera e simili, indica altre delibere o fatti che si comunicano a chi legge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Qui “come” è usato in qualità di congiunzione dichiarativa. Vedi per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/come&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;la voce del Treccani, al punto 4&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cong. dichiarativa, col valore di &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;mi disse come era dovuto salire a piedi fin lassù&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;gli dichiarò come non avesse più un soldo in tasca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il testo citato, nel modo inutilmente burocratico e ampolloso che Tullio De Mauro e altri hanno combattuto e combattono, significa semplicemente “Comunicato [o: ricordato] che la legge 190 ha costituito...”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-01-26T09:50:15.267" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9029" CreationDate="2018-01-27T01:45:55.243" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this Online Italian Etymological Dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, the proper meaning of the word “fottere” is “to plant” (a seed, etc.); from this, the meaning of “having sexual intercourse” would have developed, but with an easily understandable connection with the idea of penetration.  As a matter of fact, “&lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt;” (&lt;em&gt;qualcuna/o&lt;/em&gt;) does not mean “to have sexual intercourse” (with somebody) in its broadest and most general sense, but, more specifically, “to penetrate” (somebody).  This explains why, in cultures or in times still dominated by sexual stereotypes, the verb could be defined as “&lt;em&gt;possedere sessualmente una donna&lt;/em&gt;”.  Of course, it may be the case that “&lt;em&gt;A fotta B&lt;/em&gt;” (in the sexual sense, cf. @abarisone’s answer for the meaning of &lt;em&gt;fottere&lt;/em&gt; related to cheating) for all the four possible combinations of A’s and B’s genders, although it is likely, in the case of A being a female, that the use of some kind of device is implicitly understood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3649" LastEditorUserId="3649" LastEditDate="2018-01-27T17:39:32.117" LastActivityDate="2018-01-27T17:39:32.117" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9043" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9044" CreationDate="2018-01-27T10:27:05.173" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella prefazione a &lt;em&gt;Nostro lunedí&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma in Croazia, a Credévick e a Musrak, il caso volle che fossi io di scena. Naturalmente ero l’uomo meno adatto per questo: tutt’al piú, io ero uno di quei talenti irrequieti eternamente alla &lt;strong&gt;posta&lt;/strong&gt; del bello, e mai disposti, però, a fare un mezzo passo per muoversi in cerca. Mi piaceva molto guardare, ecco tutto: avevo il discutibile dono d’una fantasia superiore alla media che mi permetteva di verniciare di fresco anche gli aspetti piú degradanti o piú miseri, e un’ironia un poco ignobile per riderci o sorriderci su e una meridionale pigrizia che m’impediva di conoscere fino in fondo la noia: in fondo saper apprezzare piú l’interessante che il bello, con tutte le sue originalità rasentava, in complesso, il banale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;posta&quot; in parecchi dizionari ma, tra le tantissime accezioni che appaiono,  non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio precedente. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-27T10:41:33.167" Title="Cosa significa &quot;posta&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9043" CreationDate="2018-01-27T10:41:33.167" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui utilizzato secondo me nel senso di &lt;em&gt;&quot;Fare la posta a&quot;&lt;/em&gt; ovvero &lt;em&gt;&quot;Appostarsi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/posta&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.wordreference.com/definizione/posta&lt;/a&gt; def. 5 oppure &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/appostare1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/appostare1/&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La cosa viene chiarita nel seguito della frase, in cui chi parla chiarisce che la sua ricerca &lt;em&gt;&quot;del bello&quot;&lt;/em&gt; non è attiva (non muove &lt;em&gt;&quot;mezzo passo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;), ma passiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-27T10:41:33.167" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9029" CreationDate="2018-01-27T23:12:01.297" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fottere&lt;/em&gt; comes from the Latin &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/futuo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;futuere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, and it means &lt;em&gt;penetrate vaginally&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, originally, this could &lt;em&gt;literally&lt;/em&gt; only be done by a man to a woman.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;According to the classicist Holt N. Parker (1997), sexual&#xA;  categorization in ancient Rome was based on a fundamental distinction&#xA;  between sexual activity and passivity, with no special attention being&#xA;  paid to the homo/hetero distinction that is fundamental for modern&#xA;  Westerners. 'Active' sexuality in the Roman system meant using the&#xA;  penis to penetrate one of three bodily orifices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Cameron, &lt;em&gt;Language and Sexuality&lt;/em&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nowadays I believe you would use, from less to more crude, &lt;em&gt;fare (al)l'amore con&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fare sesso con&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;scopare (con)&lt;/em&gt; - or any of dozens of synonyms - that are more or less gender neutral.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;What happens when the woman takes the initiative&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've heard distinctions made as to the initiating party by using the transitive or intransitive form of &lt;em&gt;scopare&lt;/em&gt;, or even &lt;em&gt;farsi scopare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-28T09:12:38.643" LastActivityDate="2018-01-28T09:12:38.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9047" CreationDate="2018-01-28T09:29:13.070" Score="2" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella prefazione a &lt;em&gt;Nostro lunedí&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da tutte le parti li vedevamo avanzare fra la sabbia sollevata dal vento e a chi restò in piedi non rimase che sperare che si trattasse veramente di Inglesi. Ma gli Inglesi portano ridicoli elmetti rotondi. Fra la sabbia distinguemmo soltanto enormi &lt;strong&gt;cappelli alla ladra&lt;/strong&gt;. Ci vennero addosso gli Australiani di Freiberg. Difficile riuscire a scordarli del tutto, chi li ha incontrati in quei giorni laggiú.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa scena ha luogo a El Alamein durante la seconda guerra mondiale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;ladro&quot; e &quot;ladra&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cosa sono i &quot;cappelli alla ladra&quot;. Suppongo che siano i &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.collezioni-f.it/biagi/biagi021.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cappelli dell'esercito australiano&lt;/a&gt; durante la seconda guerra mondiale, ma non so perché vengano chiamati &quot;alla ladra&quot;. Qualcuno di voi me lo potrebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-28T10:21:06.603" LastActivityDate="2018-01-28T12:45:27.790" Title="Significato di &quot;cappelli alla ladra&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9046" CreationDate="2018-01-28T11:16:59.757" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione significa con tutta probabilità &lt;em&gt;&quot;cappelli di foggia simile a quelli usati dai ladri&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Non ci sono molte indicazioni su che aspetto possano avere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scena è ambientata ad El Alamein durante la seconda guerra mondiale; cercando alcune illustrazioni delle uniformi australiane di quel periodo &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.collezioni-f.it/biagi/biagi021.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.diggerhistory.info/images/thru-ages/ww2-3.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/ce/Light_horse_walers.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt; si può dedurre che abbiano almeno alcune di queste caratteristiche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tesa larga (per ripararsi dal sole, la cosa è coerente con l'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;&quot;enormi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tesa un po' floscia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;probabilmente a punta&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le caratteristiche possono ricordare un cappello &lt;em&gt;&quot;da brigante&quot;&lt;/em&gt; come questi: &lt;a href=&quot;https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/1/1a/Ritratto_di_A._Gasparone_e_sua_moglie_Geltrude.jpg/220px-Ritratto_di_A._Gasparone_e_sua_moglie_Geltrude.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;4&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/e/ed/Brigand_costume_latium_1820.jpg/290px-Brigand_costume_latium_1820.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;5&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La caratteristica della tesa ampia è anche coerente con l'utilizzo &quot;da ladro&quot; del cappello in quanto un cappello, appunto, &quot;da ladro&quot; deve tenere il viso in ombra per rendere più difficile l'identificazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-28T12:45:27.790" LastActivityDate="2018-01-28T12:45:27.790" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9048" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9049" CreationDate="2018-01-29T09:51:57.220" Score="4" ViewCount="381" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una domanda correlata a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/8923/707&quot;&gt;quest'altra&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che la congiunzione &quot;come&quot; può introdurre una proposizione interrogativa indiretta. So anche che il verbo di un'interrogativa indiretta può essere all’indicativo o al congiuntivo (e, a volte, anche al condizionale). Per tale scelta, ecco quello che spiega la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-interrogative-indirette_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;grammatica Treccani&lt;/a&gt; nell'articolo sulle proposizioni interrogative indirette:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’uso dell’indicativo e del congiuntivo di solito non risponde all’alternanza indicativo = oggettività, congiuntivo = soggettività; dipende invece per lo più da fattori stilistici, per cui l’indicativo si usa negli scritti più informali, mentre il congiuntivo si usa in contesti più formali e letterari&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ora so chi è (www.forum.alfemminile.com)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le domandai che cosa volesse dire apascia (E. Morante, &lt;em&gt;L’isola di Arturo&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma, quando ho letto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9041/707&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;, sono stata stupita di vedere che anche quando &quot;come&quot; è usato in qualità di congiunzione dichiarativa può reggere un verbo sia all'indicativo sia al congiuntivo (non sapevo che si potesse usare il congiuntivo in un verbo dipendente da un &quot;come&quot; dichiarativo). Ecco gli esempi del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/come&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; che appaiono nella risposta menzionata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;mi disse come era dovuto salire a piedi fin lassù&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;gli dichiarò come non avesse più un soldo in tasca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8844/707&quot;&gt;questa mia risposta&lt;/a&gt; mi è stato suggerito di cambiare un indicativo per un congiuntivo in un verbo dipendente da un &quot;come&quot; dichiarativo per ragioni di tipo stilistico, per dare un tono più formale al mio testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sulla scelta tra indicativo e congiuntivo in un verbo dipendente da &quot;come&quot; usato in qualità di congiunzione dichiarativa: è valida la stessa regola per le interrogative indirette menzionata prima? (cioè,  «l’indicativo si usa negli scritti più informali, mentre il congiuntivo si usa in contesti più formali e letterari»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono altre congiunzioni dichiarative che possano reggere sia l'indicativo sia il&#xA;congiuntivo per le stesse ragioni di tipo stilistico?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-30T08:57:59.877" Title="Scelta tra indicativo e congiuntivo per un verbo dipendente da &quot;come&quot; usato in qualità di congiunzione dichiarativa" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9048" CreationDate="2018-01-30T08:57:59.877" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che la situazione per le dichiarative sia simile a quella per le interrogative, quanto ad alternanza indicativo/congiuntivo per motivi di “stile”, in questo caso con una preferenza per il congiuntivo. Come dice Serianni (&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, XIV, 63) parlando delle proposizioni oggettive esplicite:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Invece di &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; la congiunzione introduttiva può essere &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; (e allora il verbo va preferibilmente al congiuntivo, anche se la reggenza richiede abitualmente l'indicativo: si vedano gli esempi che seguono): «Ma quello che mi stupì moltissimo fu di &lt;em&gt;vedere come&lt;/em&gt; immediatamente Maria &lt;em&gt;pendesse&lt;/em&gt; dal labbro di Adamic» (Soldati ...), «è desolante &lt;em&gt;constatare come&lt;/em&gt; nessuno &lt;em&gt;voglia&lt;/em&gt; intendere il messaggio in bottiglia di Leonardo Sciascia» («La Repubblica» ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-01-30T08:57:59.877" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9050" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9051" CreationDate="2018-01-30T10:02:13.043" Score="2" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'aria della sera&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto queste parole che scrive la madre de l'io narrante in un biglietto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Se non hai terrore di una giornata da vecchi, – mi diceva nel suo breve biglietto, – datti pena di ricordarti che a ventisei chilometri scarsi dalla tua pensione di studente c’è ancora la casa tua e di tua madre. Caso mai tu te ne fossi scordato in questi anni... Tengo però ad avvertirti che &lt;strong&gt;il convento non potrà passare gran che&lt;/strong&gt;: e se troverai modo di rallegrarti lo stesso di una giornata del genere, allora, il mio povero caro, sarò proprio costretta a concludere che il tuo lunario è di tutta Quaresima. Né piú né meno che il mio».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul  senso dell'espressione &quot;il convento non potrà passare gran che&quot; in questo brano. Mi chiedo, e vi chiedo, se il suo significato è più o meno quello che si spiega alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/C/convento.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;convento&quot; del dizionario di modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, cioè che il cibo che c'è in quella casa è scarso o di cattiva qualità e l'io narrante dovrà accontentarsi con questo. È possibile usare l'espressione &quot;il convento passa&quot; in questo senso figurato senza adoperare esattamente le frasi fatte &quot;prendere quel che passa il convento&quot; o &quot;mangiare quel che passa il convento&quot;, che sono quelle che appaiono nel dizionario? Se è così, potreste fare qualche esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-30T12:43:08.397" Title="Cosa significa &quot;il convento non potrà passare gran che&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9050" CreationDate="2018-01-30T10:15:04.490" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato il significato è appunto quello da te indicato, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizy.com/it/doc/5464014444298240&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;per prendere quel che passa il convento&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa un'espressione idiomatica molto comune, vuol dire&#xA;  “accontentarsi” di quello che si ha a disposizione in certe situazioni&#xA;  o di quel che viene offerto; adattarsi a una situazione non avendo&#xA;  altre possibilità. In particolar modo è usata con riferimento al cibo,&#xA;  quando è carente o di qualità scadente, oppure quando si è&#xA;  semplicemente ospiti. Molto spesso è usata in senso scherzoso, anche&#xA;  le mamme la adottano quando i figli brontolano perché il pasto non è&#xA;  di loro gradimento, e pronunciano questo modo di dire per intendere&#xA;  &quot;accontentati di quello che c'è&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono diverse interpretazioni sull'origine della locuzione,&#xA;  probabilmente il campo si può restringere a due versioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una fa riferimento alle opere di carità dei conventi che soprattutto&#xA;  in passato cucinavano per i poveri, i quali dovevano &quot;accontentarsi&quot;&#xA;  di quello che gli veniva offerto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'altra interpretazione riguarda i monaci stessi che dovevano&#xA;  &quot;accontentarsi&quot; del cibo che la &quot;Provvidenza&quot; gli donava e di ciò che&#xA;  producevano loro stessi nell'orto del convento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo dire &quot;oggi il convento passa...&quot; è sicuramente utilizzabile ed è un modo semiserio per informare l'interlocutore che stante la situazione si deve accontentare di ciò che è a disposizione in quel momento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'equivalente Inglese è un po' più tagliente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Beggars can't be choosers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè i mendicanti non possono scegliere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-01-30T12:43:08.397" LastActivityDate="2018-01-30T12:43:08.397" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9052" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-01-30T18:23:12.993" Score="6" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I always knew that the adverb &quot;vicino&quot; was followed by &quot;a&quot; - &quot;vicino a casa&quot;. &#xA;Now I have seen in a book &quot;vicino Volterra&quot;. Is this correct? Perhaps both are correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4028" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-30T19:19:50.850" LastActivityDate="2018-01-30T20:30:45.320" Title="&quot;Vicino&quot; vs &quot;vicino a&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9052" CreationDate="2018-01-30T20:04:32.633" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Treccani the use of “vicino” without the preposition “a” is incorrect though common:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/vicino-o-vicino-a_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;VICINO O VICINO A&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con funzione di locuzione ➔preposizionale, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;è consigliabile evitare l’uso del solo vicino e preferire la forma con la preposizione a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vicino a Napoli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vicino a scuola&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vicino a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L’uso di vicino senza preposizione è dunque scorretto, anche se risulta abbastanza comune e diffuso da tempo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in un appartamento di Riano, vicino Roma («La Repubblica»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/vicino-roma-vicino-roma&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; agrees  with the above rule:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quel che è certo è che non si può usare il solo vicino con funzione di locuzione preposizionale: sono da evitare, benché alquanto diffusi persino nei giornali, vicino Roma, vicino casa (recte: «vicino a Roma», «vicino a casa»).»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-01-30T20:30:45.320" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2354" CreationDate="2018-01-30T20:21:51.260" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un tempo i medici per cauterizzare adoperavano un ferro che all'estremità terminava con una pallottola, simile ad un bottone, a cui si dava fuoco quando lo strumento veniva usato (e veniva detto un bottone di fuoco). Il dolore era acuto, seppur breve. Da cui, fuori dal linguaggio medico con il senso figurato di &quot;parlar male di qualcuno&quot; e poi con ulteriore estensione, nel senso di tormentare con un discorso noioso, molesto. (Fonte: Sandron:  &lt;em&gt;Dizionario Linguistico&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4303" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-01-30T21:13:38.067" LastActivityDate="2018-01-30T21:13:38.067" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9056" CreationDate="2018-01-31T08:52:19.367" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'aria della sera&lt;/em&gt; di Silvio D'Arzo ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dalla finestra aperta si vedevano alberi e siepi color ruggine, le foglie sparse ai margini dei fossi, e piú in là i campi neri arati allora allora. Un merlo volava &lt;strong&gt;grossamente&lt;/strong&gt; fra i filari spogli: la nebbia cominciava a salire e di tanto in tanto colpi di fucile venivano su dalla valle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/grosso1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avv. &lt;strong&gt;grossaménte&lt;/strong&gt;, poco com. e per lo più nel sign. fig. di grossolanamente, alla buona, o superficialmente, approssimativamente: &lt;em&gt;un disegno grossamente abbozzato; una statua lignea eseguita grossamente; grossamente giudicando; mostrandogli così grossamente, come il più i mercatanti sanno fare, per quali ragioni la nostra&lt;/em&gt; [fede] &lt;em&gt;era migliore che la giudaica&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, a me non sembra che il significato nel passaggio sopra citato sia questo. Sapreste spiegarmi il senso di &quot;grossamente&quot; nel brano precedente? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-01-31T11:06:12.563" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;grossamente&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9055" CreationDate="2018-01-31T11:06:12.563" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La definizione che hai trovato è secondo me pertinente; si intende proprio &lt;em&gt;&quot;in modo grossolano&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso che era un volo irregolare e privo di grazia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-01-31T11:06:12.563" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3813" CreationDate="2018-01-31T23:04:33.163" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riflettere indica sia respingere che meditare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel senso di respingere è transitivo, ed il participio è &quot;riflesso&quot;; nella forma attiva ha il complemento oggetto (&quot;L'acqua ha riflesso i raggi del sole&quot;), e nella passiva l'agente (&quot;I raggi del sole sono riflessi dall'acqua&quot;). Si possono usare &quot;a&quot; o &quot;in&quot; o &quot;su&quot; per la direzione: &quot;riflette la luce a destra / in alto / sugli occhi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel senso di meditare è intransitivo, ed il participio è &quot;riflettuto&quot;; solo forma attiva con complemento di argomento che usa la preposizione &quot;su&quot;, con la possibilità già detta di espressioni come &quot;a proposito di&quot; o &quot;al riguardo&quot;  per l'argomento della riflessione (&quot;Rifletti su quello / a proposito di / riguardo a ciò che hai visto&quot;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Riflettere a qualcosa&quot; è probabilmente un uso regionale, come &quot;ascolta a me&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente può essere seguito da tutte le preposizioni che costituiscono avverbi: &quot;Ho riflettuto a lungo (lungamente) / per poco (brevemente) / con attenzione (attentamente) su questo argomento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4306" LastEditorUserId="4306" LastEditDate="2018-01-31T23:18:57.083" LastActivityDate="2018-01-31T23:18:57.083" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2414" CreationDate="2018-01-31T23:33:04.523" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa l'articolo per come si pronuncia, esattamente come se fosse in lettere, sia cardinali (il 7, l'8, il 9, il 10, l'11, ecc.) che ordinali (il 1°, l'8°, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per precisazione sulle date, il giorno &quot;1&quot; del mese in italiano è sempre ordinale (&quot;il primo&quot;), gli altri sono sempre cardinali al singolare (&quot;il 2, l'11, il 20&quot;). Si dice &quot;dal primo all'otto marzo&quot; e non &quot;dall'uno all'otto marzo&quot;, quindi in cifre si deve scrivere: &quot;dal 1/3/2000 all'8/3/2000&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4306" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-01T15:57:36.290" LastActivityDate="2018-02-01T15:57:36.290" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9059" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9061" CreationDate="2018-02-01T09:30:48.080" Score="2" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto queste parole che fanno riferimento a sua madre quando lui era bambino:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dritta nella schiena, estranea al viavai, questa era la tua camminata per la strada. Allora ero d'accordo con la tua fermezza. Tenevi a bada il popolo rischioso e lo solcavi come si &lt;strong&gt;traversano le linee&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando su Google &quot;traversare le linee&quot; ho visto che si tratta di un'espressione abbastanza usata, ma non sono riuscita a trovarne il significato. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-02-02T20:16:40.087" LastActivityDate="2018-02-02T20:16:40.087" Title="Cosa significa &quot;traversare le linee&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9059" CreationDate="2018-02-01T09:49:06.677" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me qui nell'accezione &lt;em&gt;&quot;Mettere, disporre, o anche stendere per traverso&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/traversare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;); e significa che la camminata della madre era in grado di &quot;fendere&quot; la folla delle altre persone che camminavano per la strada &quot;di traverso&quot; ovvero non nello stesso del moto di queste persone, ma come per esempio due linee tracciate in modo perpendicolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-02-01T09:49:06.677" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9059" CreationDate="2018-02-01T09:58:02.290" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Attraversare le linee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è una espressione militare che indica l'atto di oltrepassare il fronte di combattimento e introdursi in terra nemica, superando in qualche modo la difesa avversaria, come definito nel Vocabolario Treccani alla voce &lt;em&gt;linea&lt;/em&gt; al punto 3.c &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/linea/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt; &lt;em&gt;attraversare le l. nemiche&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Si può fare in modo palese, ad esempio con un salvacondotto, di nascosto oppure con un sotterfugio; si tratta comunque di una azione pericolosa e difficile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La madre di Erri de Luca considerava la gente per la strada un po' come dei nemici, persone ostili da tenere a bada. Insomma non era un tipo affabile e socievole, pronto a fare amicizia con tutti; piuttosto si sentiva minacciata e pensava a difendersi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2018-02-01T11:11:58.430" LastActivityDate="2018-02-01T11:11:58.430" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9063" CreationDate="2018-02-01T14:31:33.297" Score="6" ViewCount="998" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se c'è qualche differenza nell'uso tra &quot;coda&quot; e &quot;fila&quot;. Diverse volte ho sentito le due forme. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, è la stessa cosa, però, quando leggo un testo come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La prima è che sei minuti è la durata media oltre la quale le persone&#xA;  cominciano a spazientirsi quando stanno in fila (non quella dopo cui&#xA;  abbandonano la coda)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non riesco a capire se &quot;coda&quot; è una cosa&#xA;specifica o &quot;coda&quot; è usata, in questo caso, per evitare la ripetizione della parola &quot;fila&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4308" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-01T15:18:27.117" LastActivityDate="2018-02-01T15:18:27.117" Title="&quot;Coda&quot; e &quot;fila&quot; sono due cose diverse?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9062" CreationDate="2018-02-01T14:47:05.273" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato coda e fila possono essere considerati sinonimi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalla definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fila/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fila&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; per Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Disposizione di persone o cose poste una di seguito all'altra su una medesima linea; e le persone o le cose stesse così disposte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dalla definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/coda&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;coda&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; per Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;c. Parte finale di una fila: &lt;em&gt;la c. del treno&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il vagone di c.&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  l’ultimo; fanalino di c., che mostra, nel buio, dove finisce il treno&#xA;  (e per traslato scherz., l’ultimo in una graduatoria); &lt;em&gt;la c. d’una&#xA;  colonna in marcia; gli uomini di c.&lt;/em&gt; (ma detto in contrapp. a capo,&#xA;  indica gli ultimi d’una gerarchia: &lt;em&gt;i capi e le c.; non sono capo ma&#xA;  neanche c.); mettersi in c., &lt;strong&gt;fare la c.,&lt;/em&gt; far la fila, mettersi in fila&#xA;  davanti a uno sportello, a un banco e sim., aspettando il proprio&#xA;  turno: &lt;em&gt;fare la c. alla biglietteria della stazione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puoi vedere la coda sarebbe la parte finale della fila, anche se devo dire nuovamente che in questo contesto vengono usate nella maggior parte dei casi come sinonimi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-01T15:17:28.707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-01T15:17:28.707" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9064" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-01T16:42:09.020" Score="5" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rossana Campo ha scritto il libro &lt;em&gt;Il pieno di super&lt;/em&gt;. &#xA;Mi sapreste dire qual è  il senso di questa frase? Sarei inoltre curiosa di sapere da dove nasce questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1027" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-02T16:59:01.733" LastActivityDate="2018-02-02T16:59:01.733" Title="Origine e significato dell'espressione “Pieno di super”" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9065" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9064" CreationDate="2018-02-01T17:46:18.697" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italia &lt;em&gt;Super&lt;/em&gt; è (tra le altre cose) il nome di un tipo di benzina. In questo caso la frase significa inequivocabilmente &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il pieno di [benzina] Super&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(qui &lt;em&gt;pieno&lt;/em&gt; è utilizzato nel significato 8.c del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pieno1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, cioè come &lt;em&gt;rifornimento completo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-02-01T17:46:18.697" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9066" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9067" CreationDate="2018-02-02T11:25:50.267" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;,  di Erri De Luca, ho letto questo paragrafo che si riferisce all'atteggiamento di una vecchia governante e alla reazione della madre dell'autore di fronte a questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi accorgevo qualche volta di un suo improvviso silenzio sotto una sequenza di rimproveri. Di solito replicava il tutt’altro che riusciva a intendere, con voce alta per la preoccupazione di spiegarsi a suo modo quello che le stavi dicendo. Ripeteva le tue parole sbagliandole, rispondeva concitatamente scuse imbrogliate. Questo aveva l’effetto sicuro di &lt;strong&gt;rincarare&lt;/strong&gt; il tuo disappunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;rincarare&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che, in senso proprio, &#xA;significa aumentare i prezzi. In senso figurato, esiste l'espressione &quot;rincarare la dose&quot; che significa aggravare un'accusa, un rimprovero, un danno o un dispiacere. Ma sembra che l'unico utilizzo in senso figurato sia nella frase fatta &quot;rincarare la dose&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: il significato in questo contesto sarebbe quello di aggravare il disappunto della madre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-02-02T20:16:22.557" LastActivityDate="2018-02-02T20:16:22.557" Title="Qual è il senso di questo uso figurato di &quot;rincarare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9066" CreationDate="2018-02-02T11:50:06.413" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto il tuo ragionamento, in questo contesto è un sinonimo di &quot;aumentare&quot;; leggendo il termine &quot;rincarare&quot; provi anche un leggero senso di fastidio aggiuntivo dovuto alla metafora implicita di un aumento di prezzo ingiustificato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4310" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-02T12:28:11.500" LastActivityDate="2018-02-02T12:28:11.500" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9068" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9073" CreationDate="2018-02-03T09:21:53.757" Score="2" ViewCount="4017" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/8843&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; ho usato l'aggettivo &quot;selvaggio&quot; per riferirmi all'atteggiamento di alcuni ragazzi. Mi è stato detto, però, che l'aggettivo che si doveva adoperare in tale situazione era &quot;selvatico&quot;. Ho cercato nel vocabolario Treccani e ho visto che tanto &quot;selvaggio&quot; come &quot;selvatico&quot; possono essere usati per una persona. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire quale sia la differenza tra questi due aggettivi quando fanno riferimento a una persona. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-03T11:10:16.890" LastActivityDate="2018-02-05T22:53:43.060" Title="Differenza tra &quot;selvaggio&quot; e &quot;selvatico&quot; riferito a una persona" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9069" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-04T07:15:07.173" Score="3" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questi tipici dolcetti di carnevale hanno  diverse varianti regionali nel nome : &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/smOM7.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/smOM7.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono chiamati: Bugie (in Piemonte e Liguria); chiacchere (in Lombardia); cenci (in Toscana); fiocchetti (in Romagna); grostoi (in Trentino); crostoli o galani (in Veneto); intrigoni (in Emilia); meraviglie (in Sardegna); frappe, frappole o sfrappole (in Italia centrale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è, se c’è, il loro nome in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-02-04T09:01:30.560" LastActivityDate="2018-02-04T09:01:30.560" Title="Chiacchiere, frappe, bugie, cenci o crostoli?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9070" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9071" CreationDate="2018-02-05T08:42:01.137" Score="1" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti ascoltavo e succedeva questo: la tua voce &lt;strong&gt;si tendeva&lt;/strong&gt; e dentro di me cominciava la rappresentazione materiale di quello che dicevi. I tuoi racconti mi procuravano immedesimazione fisica. Un bambino preso a schiaffi, tirato per i capelli che avevi visto in strada, diventava carne dentro di me e io ripetevo il suo dolore. Provavo male proprio dove era stato colpito. I miei nervi reagivano alle tue parole con rappresentazioni localizzate, la tua voce li toccava con precisione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;tendere&quot; in alcuni dizionari, tuttavia non riesco a capire il significato  dell'espressione &quot;la tua voce si tendeva&quot; in questo passaggio. Me lo potreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-05T11:18:36.603" LastActivityDate="2018-02-05T13:11:03.080" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;tendersi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9070" CreationDate="2018-02-05T10:53:28.250" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è una figura retorica, una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/sinestesia_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sinestesia&lt;/a&gt;, che infatti viene addirittura spiegata dall'autore:&#xA;la voce (senso: udito) diventa qualcosa di materiale che si può visualizzare (senso: vista) e che quindi si può tendere, allungare come una molla &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&#xA;L'autore ha scelto ha scelto &quot;&lt;em&gt;tendere&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (o &quot;&lt;em&gt;allungare&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, che è molto meno elegante) perché vuole rendere l'idea di un tempo dilatato, dove la frase &quot;un bambino preso a schiaffi&quot; (detto in 2 secondi) diventa reale (quindi si trasferisce con una sinestesia sugli altri sensi, visualizzare il bambino, sentire il dolore degli schiaffi e la disperazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella prima parte c'è la fase &quot;inattesa&quot; (la voce che si &quot;&lt;em&gt;tende&lt;/em&gt;&quot;), nella seconda parte la conseguenza di questa fase (rappresentazione materiale di quello che dicevi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4310" LastEditorUserId="4310" LastEditDate="2018-02-05T13:11:03.080" LastActivityDate="2018-02-05T13:11:03.080" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8843" CreationDate="2018-02-05T15:59:52.477" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un commento spregiativo a proposito di una persona, che (realmente, o in senso figurato) si vuole intendere sia &quot;civilizzato&quot; da poco, o personalmente, o con riferimento alla sua famiglia; per esempio se di origini provinciali. Una forma ancora più spregiativa è &lt;em&gt;puzzare di...&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ha ancora del bosco&lt;/em&gt;: è ancora mezzo selvatico, un &quot;uomo dei boschi&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forme analoghe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;puzza ancora di pesce&lt;/em&gt;: di un ex pescatore, o più probabilmente del figlio di un pescatore;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;puzza ancora di stalla/di vacche/di campo&lt;/em&gt;: è o è stato un contadino;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ha ancora i calli del forcone&lt;/em&gt;: come sopra;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;sa ancora di latte&lt;/em&gt; (equiv. a &lt;em&gt;ha ancora il latte sulle labbra&lt;/em&gt;): è giovane, figurativamente un poppante;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-05T16:08:54.947" LastActivityDate="2018-02-05T16:08:54.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9068" CreationDate="2018-02-05T22:53:43.060" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambi gli aggettivi vengono dal latino &lt;em&gt;silvaticus&lt;/em&gt;. In antico, il termine &lt;em&gt;selvaggio&lt;/em&gt; non aveva connotazioni troppo negative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con sì dolce parlar e con un riso / Da far innamorare un uom selvaggio (Petrarca)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in questo Natio borgo selvaggio, intra una gente Zotica, vil (Leopardi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è relativo a gente zotica, abitante di luoghi lontani dalla città e perciò non troppo civilizzati, di modi rustici. In questa accezione si può dire anche &lt;em&gt;selvatico&lt;/em&gt; (o, più anticamente, &lt;em&gt;salvatico&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tanto cruda e dura e salvatica gli si mostrava la giovinetta amata (Boccaccio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se riferito a una popolazione, indica arretratezza rispetto alla propria civiltà ritenuta superiore: in molti film western ci si riferisce agli indiani come &lt;em&gt;selvaggi&lt;/em&gt;. In tale accezione può essere adoperato in modo bonario: una mamma potrebbe dire “sei proprio un selvaggio” al figlioletto che non si comporta bene a tavola, per esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;selvaggio&lt;/em&gt; ha però anche accezioni molto negative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Crudele, efferato, disumano: un omicidio, un delitto s.; s. rappresaglie; distruggevano tutto con furia s.; la s. violenza degli invasori; anche, più genericam., violento: era invasato da una s. passione; una s. gelosia lo accecava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso di &lt;em&gt;selvatico&lt;/em&gt; può essere regionale, al giorno d'oggi. In veneto (&lt;em&gt;salvadego&lt;/em&gt;) e lombardo (&lt;em&gt;selvatech&lt;/em&gt;) indica una persona scontrosa e, magari, refrattaria alle buone maniere. Non sono sicuro che il termine si adoperi di frequente in altre regioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va anche notato che, parlando di animali, si ha l'opposizione &lt;em&gt;domestico&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;selvatico&lt;/em&gt; (non &lt;em&gt;selvaggio&lt;/em&gt;), almeno in italiano moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusione, i due aggettivi erano, riferiti a persone, essenzialmente sinonimi; con il tempo &lt;em&gt;selvaggio&lt;/em&gt; si è caricato di connotazioni pesantemente negative che &lt;em&gt;selvatico&lt;/em&gt; non ha. Nella risposta che citi, &lt;em&gt;selvaggio&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe fuori posto (se non ti chiami Giacomo Leopardi, si intende).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti: &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/selvaggio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/selvaggio&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/selvatico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/selvatico&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-02-05T22:53:43.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9074" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9075" CreationDate="2018-02-06T08:45:26.630" Score="3" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte succede che mi manchi il vocabolario giusto per esprimere fatti della vita quotidiana. Sono andata a un piccolo supermercato italiano che si trova nella mia città. Siccome i commessi sono italiani, ho cercato di parlare nella lingua del dolce sì. Volevo comprare una bottiglia di limoncello, ma questa si trovava su uno scaffale molto alto e, per di più,  un po' indietro, in modo da non riuscire a prenderla con le mie mani. In catalano avrei detto &quot;no arribo a l'ampolla&quot; (&quot;ampolla&quot; significa &quot;bottiglia&quot;), in castigliano &quot;no llego a la botella&quot; e in inglese credo che questo sia &quot;I can't reach the bottle&quot;.  Quale verbo dovrei usare per esprimere questa stessa idea in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2018-02-07T07:58:14.270" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T07:58:14.270" Title="Verbo per &quot;raggiungere un oggetto posto in alto&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9074" CreationDate="2018-02-06T08:52:03.580" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potresti dire, in modo simile al catalano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non &lt;strong&gt;arrivo&lt;/strong&gt; alla bottiglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non &lt;strong&gt;riesco a prendere&lt;/strong&gt; la bottiglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente troverei meno frequente e spontaneo (seppur grammaticalmente e sintatticamente corretto) dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non &lt;strong&gt;riesco a raggiungere&lt;/strong&gt; la bottiglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perché in questo caso l'obiettivo è prenderla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-06T09:41:16.527" LastActivityDate="2018-02-06T09:41:16.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9076" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9081" CreationDate="2018-02-06T12:42:22.737" Score="6" ViewCount="189272" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &quot;Friends&quot;, Joey says a couple of times &quot;va fa Napoli&quot;. I know now that it's a softer version of you-know-what, but how soft/rude is it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can it be used in the public? On a radio/TV? In a children show? Can I say it to a colleague as a joke?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A side question: is this expression widely understood at all?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4166" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-11-11T10:15:30.510" LastActivityDate="2020-11-11T10:15:30.510" Title="How rude is &quot;va fa Napoli&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="6" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9076" CreationDate="2018-02-06T12:51:01.640" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.urbandictionary.com/define.php?term=va%27%20fa%20Napoli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Urban Dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;va fa Napoli&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; is a more polite way of saying vaff****lo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;It's a more 'polite' way of saying vafanculo, the Italian obscenity&#xA;  meaning &quot;go do it in your ass&quot;. Vafanapoli means literally &quot;go to&#xA;  Naples&quot;, with the implication being that everyone in Naples does it in&#xA;  the ass.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a bit more polite way of saying you-know-what, similar to go to hell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously it  can be used in an informal and colloquial context and, as the majority of imprecations, should be avoided in formal and public situations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-06T12:59:10.537" LastActivityDate="2018-02-06T12:59:10.537" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9079" CreationDate="2018-02-07T09:19:27.937" Score="1" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le nuvole confondevano il vento, smembrandosi in corsa e il vento correva e ringhiava da cane pastore per tenerle unite in branco. Verso sera tutte le forme possibili &lt;strong&gt;si placavano&lt;/strong&gt; in linee di rosso dove il sole scendeva e chiamava tutto il cielo a rompersi e a sparire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;placare&quot; in parecchi dizionari. Tuttavia, non riesco a capirne il senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T09:24:44.120" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;placarsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9078" CreationDate="2018-02-07T09:24:44.120" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato significa che le nuvole, quasi fossero pecore di un gregge, si muovevano continuamente e alla sera si placavano, cioè si allineavano in gruppo come se stessero tornando all'ovile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come correttamente fatto notare da @egreg è &quot;come quando il mare agitato si placa e diventa liscio&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/placare_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;placarsi&lt;/a&gt; v. intr. pron. 1. [diventare calmo e tranquillo: &lt;em&gt;era&#xA;  arrabbiato ma ora si sta placando&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ calmarsi, quietarsi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T09:24:44.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9080" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9085" CreationDate="2018-02-07T12:35:40.943" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a street that goes from south to north. To its right side, there is a walk path, and then a pedestrian gate, directly facing on the walk path. There is also a car gate which is further east than the pedestrian gate (i.e. its distance from the roadside is higher). It can be accessed from the walk path too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes, there are people asking me where a public building is. I answer indicating the car gate, describing it as &lt;em&gt;il cancello più interno&lt;/em&gt; since it could not be clear, from where I am, which gate I am indicating.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What word should I use to describe the car gate?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I feel like &lt;em&gt;il cancello più interno&lt;/em&gt; is not the best way to describe the gate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the point of view of people who are driving a car, and coming from north, this is what they see.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/6r9ed.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/6r9ed.png&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moving closer to the car gate, it appears like this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aFdJ0.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aFdJ0.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;screenshot&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-02-07T17:43:30.253" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T21:33:27.630" Title="How can I say, with few words, to which gate I am referring?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9076" CreationDate="2018-02-07T16:11:39.487" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Va fa Napoli&quot; is not an Italian reference but a phrase that sounds like it and it sounds like &lt;em&gt;vaffan...&lt;/em&gt; that is as rude as &lt;em&gt;fu_k off&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you say it in Italy we can understand what you mean but is quite ridiculous because it doesn't mean anything, it's an American stereotype if you prefer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First time that I saw Friends in original version I laughed for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you use it to speak with other American people it could be rude because no one knows what it means, if you use it with Italians it's just ridiculous and meaningless.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-09T12:48:37.313" LastActivityDate="2018-02-09T12:48:37.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9082" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9083" CreationDate="2018-02-07T16:44:47.453" Score="7" ViewCount="527" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stavo passando una serata gradevole leggendo un dizionario italiano-inglese e mi sono imbattuto nell'espressione &amp;quot;non avere che da + infinito&amp;quot;. Il dizionario dà l'impressione che sia un'espressione comune e di conseguenza ero un po' sorpreso  (anche se non studio l'italiano da molto tempo) del fatto che non l'avessi mai vista prima d'allora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra essere in certi casi un'alternativa a &amp;quot;bastare&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non hai che da dirmelo ≈ basta dirmelo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non avrai che da farlo una volta ≈ basterà farlo una volta / dovrai soltanto farlo una volta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, quello che mi interessa di più è la possibilità di adoperare questo costrutto per esprimere &amp;quot;avresti dovuto fare qualcosa&amp;quot;, visto che locuzioni di questo genere non mi riescono facilissime da formulare su due piedi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non avevi che da dirmelo ≈ avresti dovuto dirmelo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non avevi che da partire prima ≈ saresti dovuto partire prima&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi sembra che io abbia capito bene l'utilizzo di questa espressione? E si tratta di un modo corrente e naturale di rendere le idee di cui sopra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T22:22:21.003" Title="&quot;Non avere che da + infinito&quot; è un'espressione comune?" Tags="&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9082" CreationDate="2018-02-07T19:06:57.787" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, l’espressione : &lt;em&gt;“non hai/avevi/avrai che da”&lt;/em&gt; è comune ma colloquiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/avere_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Colletti&lt;/a&gt;: il verbo &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in espressioni negative, nel significato  di non dovere far altro che (qui il da è preceduto da che): &lt;em&gt;non hai che da chiedere&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’espressione viene usata principalmente in due circostanze:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) per dare un suggerimento riguardo qualcosa: &lt;em&gt;non hai che da chiedere aiuto, e lo avrai&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non hai che da dire che hai fame, e ci fermiamo a mangiare&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) per esprimere un rammarico o un rimprovero: &lt;em&gt;non avevi che da dire la verità, invece hai mentito&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non avevi che da chiedere aiuto, invece non l’hai fatto.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=avevi%20che%20da%2Chai%20che%20da%2C%20avrai%20che%20da&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cavevi%20che%20da%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Chai%20che%20da%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cavrai%20che%20da%3B%2Cc0://&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; ci sono vari esempi di come viene usata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2018-02-07T22:22:21.003" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T22:22:21.003" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9082" CreationDate="2018-02-07T19:27:02.983" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso è, come dici, simile a “dovere/aver dovuto [fare qualcosa]”, ma in realtà più a “basta/bastava [fare qualcosa]”. Ha in più il senso che quel qualcosa è anche molto semplice e che ci vuol poco per riuscire a farlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Non hai che da chiederlo”, per esempio, si contrappone a dover implorare, convincere qualcuno, fare vari tentativi etc.: no, basta chiedere e sarà fatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un modo di dire normalissimo, forse lievemente desueto. Eccone un esempio d'autore, da &lt;em&gt;Il partigiano Johnny&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai fatto malissimo a non credere alla validità dei nostri buoni. Sono garantiti dal popolo italiano, che è poi il tuo popolo. Alla fine della guerra saranno tutti onorati fino all’ultimo centesimo. &lt;strong&gt;Non avevi che da riporlo&lt;/strong&gt;, il mio buono, fra tutte le altre luride carte, nel sanctum dei tuoi luridi interessi, ed alla fine trovavi liquidato fino all’ultimo centesimo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-02-07T21:28:34.873" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T21:28:34.873" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9080" CreationDate="2018-02-07T21:33:27.630" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Interno&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;esterno&lt;/em&gt; cannot be applied here. You could say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il primo (secondo) cancello quando hai l'edificio a sinistra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It could be &lt;em&gt;il cancello pedonale&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;il cancello carraio&lt;/em&gt; if they serve the function for pedestrians or cars respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As DaG rightly comments, in Italy concepts such as North and South are almost never used for giving directions. The exceptions are highways, where exits are often labeled “Nord”, “Sud”, “Est” or “Ovest”, but these are often quite arbitrary. For instance, the A4 exit named “Padova Ovest” is definitely North of the town.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/y4Wdf.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/y4Wdf.png&quot; alt=&quot;Courtesy of Google Maps&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-02-07T21:33:27.630" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9086" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9087" CreationDate="2018-02-08T09:30:24.477" Score="1" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Restavo volentieri a guardare gli americani. Allora mi sembravano brutte le altre bambine, brutti anche i loro pianti. La bellezza, scoperta con emozione di estraneo, doveva per forza essere così: parlare un’altra lingua, &#xA;  appartenere a una ricchezza, essere infastidita perfino dall’ammirazione. Nessun bambino diventò amico di un americano. Alcuni, risentiti, erano ostili a quella gente venuta da lontano che abitava tra noi scansandoci. Io non potevo. Non mi offendeva il loro comportamento. Erano di un’altra terra dove le qualità che mi stupivano erano &#xA;  di sicuro &lt;strong&gt;elargite&lt;/strong&gt; alla condizione di non farle toccare da nessuno straniero. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;elargire&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che significa &quot;donare generosamente&quot;. Non riesco a capire, però, quale sia il senso di &quot;elargite&quot; in questo passaggio. Qualcuno di voi me lo potrebbe spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-08T09:40:45.513" LastActivityDate="2018-02-08T10:39:59.673" Title="Cosa significa &quot;elargite&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9086" CreationDate="2018-02-08T09:39:32.213" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te citato &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/elargire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;elargite&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa, come giustamente hai scritto, donate, dispensate, distribuite con generosità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le qualità degli Americani, che tanto stupivano il narratore erano state distribuite, dispensate (o donate generosamente e in abbondanza) a condizione che esse fossero custodite gelosamente e in nessun modo condivise con gli stranieri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-08T10:39:59.673" LastActivityDate="2018-02-08T10:39:59.673" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9088" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-08T12:10:35.017" Score="3" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the right punctuation for this dialog (direct speech) in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I am John,&quot; he said. &quot;Who are you?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Io sono John&quot;, disse. &quot;Tu chi sei?&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know I'm supposed to delete the double quotes and use (em or en) dashes instead, but I'm not sure how many of them I need, and where to place them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4326" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-08T13:48:41.177" LastActivityDate="2018-02-08T13:51:42.387" Title="Dialogue punctuation" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9088" CreationDate="2018-02-08T13:44:48.200" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The punctuation you wrote is right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general in Italian &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/discorso-diretto_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;for direct speech&lt;/a&gt; the following rules apply:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually direct speech is introduced by declarative verbs followed by, in the order, colon, a space and a punctuation sign chosen among one of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“...”   &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; inverted commas (or quotation marks)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;«...» &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;angled quotes (or guillemets) &lt;br&gt;&#xA;–...– &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;dashes&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direct speech statements are enclosed between these diacritical signs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi è dispiaciuto che tu non abbia detto: «Accetto volentieri la tua&#xA;  proposta»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Vado e torno, – disse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However in contemporary Italian, especially in some particular text types like newspapers articles and literary prose, these signs can be missing or replaced by others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-08T13:51:42.387" LastActivityDate="2018-02-08T13:51:42.387" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9091" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-09T10:15:50.613" Score="1" ViewCount="4387" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono andata ad ascoltare una conferenza tenuta da un italiano che lavora come editore di una piccola casa editrice a Barcellona. A un certo momento ha usato l'espressione &quot;punto fermo&quot; riferendosi a una persona. Purtroppo non sono in grado di riprodurre la frase esatta da lui pronunciata, ma questa locuzione ha attirato la mia attenzione perché ne conoscevo soltanto il senso letterale. Ho ricercato in parecchi dizionari e l'unico riferimento a questo senso figurato che sono riuscita a trovare è stato nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/punto-fermo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; che la definisce come &quot;certezza, sicurezza&quot;, facendo questo esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il lavoro era il &lt;strong&gt;punto fermo&lt;/strong&gt; della sua vita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi in quali situazioni si può usare questa espressione in senso figurato, dandone esempi, alcuno dei quali si riferisca a una persona?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-09T11:37:01.427" Title="Uso e significato della locuzione &quot;punto fermo&quot; in senso figurato" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9092" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9091" CreationDate="2018-02-09T10:32:09.030" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato punto fermo significa riferimento, una cosa importante e fondamentale nella vita del personaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;punto fermo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/punto1_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;punto fermo&lt;/a&gt; [posizione raggiunta o fissata: &lt;em&gt;la sua partecipazione&#xA;  all'affare è un p. fermo&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ certezza, sicurezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per il sindacato il salario minimo è il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;punto fermo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; da cui far partire&#xA;  la trattativa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove qui indica un qualcosa di stabilito ed inamovibile senza cui la trattativa non prosegue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il sindaco ha fatto della legalità il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;punto fermo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; del suo mandato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche qui come elemento, comportamento ineludibile durante l'esercizio della sua carica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-09T11:37:01.427" LastActivityDate="2018-02-09T11:37:01.427" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9093" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9094" CreationDate="2018-02-10T09:10:41.417" Score="3" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il primo miracolo di Gesú Bambino&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;Mistero buffo&lt;/em&gt;, di Dario Fo, il bambino Gesú, quando si trova in Egitto, viene chiamato &quot;Palestina&quot; dagli altri bambini. Per esempio, in questo brano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Al mattino Jesus si sveglia, non c’è la madre, il padre è sortito, si infila le braghe, prende un tocco [pezzo] di pane, e va fuori nella strada: ci sono tanti bambini che corrono avanti e indietro, che saltano, giocano.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;– Fate giocare anche me al vostro gioco?… Fatemi giocare… io sono bravo!&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;– Va’ via &lt;strong&gt;Palestina&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altra parte, nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante, quando Lena, l'io narrante, si trova studiando a Pisa racconta questo fatto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;Poi successe che un pomeriggio, in un caffè di via San Frediano, davanti a parecchi studenti, uno dei miei corteggiatori respinti mi gridò serio, mentre uscivo con due mie compagne: «&lt;strong&gt;Napoli&lt;/strong&gt;, ricordati di riportarmi il pullover blu che ho dimenticato da te». Risate, uscii senza replicare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: chiamare un forestiero con il nome della sua città, regione o paese, come negli esempi sopra citati, è o era considerato offensivo o ingiurioso? Se è cosí, questo tipo di insulto si usa ancora oggi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-02-10T11:06:57.670" LastActivityDate="2018-02-10T16:56:17.133" Title="Chiamare un forestiero con il nome della sua città, regione o paese è considerato un insulto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9094" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9093" CreationDate="2018-02-10T11:07:51.177" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che sì, è di solito da considerare offensivo in quanto implica i seguenti messaggi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sei un estraneo &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nemmeno mi sforzo di chiamarti per nome &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non sei il benvenuto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente, dipende anche dai rapporti e dalla familiarità tra chi parla: tra persone che si conoscono bene potrebbe essere anche utilizzato in modo scherzoso (ma questo vale anche per altri tipi di epiteto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non saprei indicare l'attuale diffusione, ma non penso possa essere considerato passato di moda (considerazione personale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2018-02-10T16:56:17.133" LastActivityDate="2018-02-10T16:56:17.133" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8905" CreationDate="2018-02-10T16:07:01.687" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/si_2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=s%C3%AC%201&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti Linguistica&lt;/a&gt; state,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; con valore enfatico, davvero, proprio: &lt;em&gt;questa sì che mi giunge nuova!, questa sì che è bella!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; davvero, proprio: &lt;em&gt;questa sì che è bella!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;questa sì che è una novità!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this &quot;sì che&quot; has an emphatic value and it's used to say something quite similar to &quot;davvero&quot; or &quot;proprio&quot;, which can be translated as &quot;really&quot;. In the examples above, one could say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;questa è proprio bella! (&quot;that's really a good one!&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;questa è davvero una novità! (&quot;that's really big news!&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but with the constructions with &quot;sì che&quot; you are giving some more emphasis. Nevertheless, I agree with @Siminore that  in the example you has given (and in the one given in his answer in a more explicit way) there is also a sense of implcit comparison.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example is given by &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/si_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti dictionary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sì che te l'ho detto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You would use this sentence to insist to someone that you have said something to him or her, someone that maybe don't believe you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll now mention other uses of the contruction &quot;sì che&quot; in contemporary Italian. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One of them is in the construction &quot;e sì che&quot;, which is used in colloquial language and in a familiar context. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/si/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/si_2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt; it has a meaning similar to &quot;eppure&quot;, which can be translated as &quot;and yet&quot;, and it's used to express amazement or regret that something happened despite the premises:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un sign. proprio, più o meno sim. a «eppure», acquista nella locuz. fam. e sì che, con cui, anche nell’uso odierno, si introduce una constatazione: &lt;em&gt;e sì che ti avevo avvertito!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;e sì che non sei sordo!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;e sì che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, eppure, per esprimere stupore o dispiacere che qcs. sia accaduto malgrado le premesse: &lt;em&gt;e sì che sembrava una persona perbene&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, if you say &quot;e sì che ti avevo avvertito!&quot; you are regretting or complaining to someone saying something like &quot;and yet I warned you!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This use is also mentioned in &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/si.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, which explains that other similar expressions in Italian are &quot;e dire che&quot; or &quot;e pensare che&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fam. &lt;strong&gt;E sì che&lt;/strong&gt;, e dire, e pensare che, esprimendo rimpianto o disappunto: &lt;em&gt;e sì che non le avevamo fatto mancare nulla&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can express this example in a very similar way by saying&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e dire che non le avevamo fatto mancare nulla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e pensare che non le avevamo fatto mancare nulla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if you are regretting that you made that someone lacked for nothing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another kind of expressions with &quot;sì che&quot; is the construction  &quot;fare che sì che&quot; + subjunctive. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/si/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, it has a consecutive value and, as reported by &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/si.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, it has the same meaning as the expression &quot;fare in modo che&quot;, which can be translated as &quot;to do in such a way that&quot; or &quot;to make sure that&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con valore consecutivo è ancora dell’uso vivo in alcune espressioni, spec. dopo il verbo fare: &lt;em&gt;bisogna far sì che tutti restino soddisfatti&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(con il v. al congiunt.) &lt;strong&gt;Fare sì che&lt;/strong&gt;, fare in modo che: &lt;em&gt;fate sì che tutto proceda nel modo stabilito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some other examples of this use of &quot;sì che&quot; can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/si_2.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fare sì che, introduce una frase consecutiva-finale: &lt;em&gt;la sua presenza ha fatto sì che si raggiungesse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/si_4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;spec. in relazione con &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;far sì che, far sì da&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, fare in modo che: &lt;em&gt;devi far sì che tutto si risolva&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;devi far sì che tutto si risolva&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is the same as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;devi fare in modo che tutto si risolva&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and means &quot;you have to make sure everything is resolved&quot; or &quot;you have to do in such a way that everything is resolved&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T09:09:35.437" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T09:09:35.437" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9096" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9097" CreationDate="2018-02-11T10:35:13.967" Score="2" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non vi piaceva quella novità. Bisognava andare a scuola più veloci perché era &#xA;  lontana, ritornare di corsa per non tardare a pranzo, studiare più in fretta. Non che &#xA;  fossi lento, ma ero calmo. Seguivo male chi &lt;strong&gt;parlava serrato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato l'aggettivo &quot;serrato&quot; nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/serrato1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ma, tra le differenti accezioni che ho trovato, non riesco a vedere a quale corrisponda l'espressione &quot;parlare serrato&quot;. Significa parlare con la boca chiusa? Vuol dire &quot;parlare velocemente&quot;? Il senso sarebbe quello di &quot;parlare in modo conciso e con un’argomentazione solida e stringente&quot;? Significa avere una pronuncia chiusa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-11T12:17:12.033" Title="Cosa significa &quot;parlare serrato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9096" CreationDate="2018-02-11T12:00:39.777" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Parlare serrato” significa, in questo contesto, parlare in modo veloce, incalzante, senza pause. Possiamo comprenderlo dal contesto in cui la frase è inserita; il protagonisa preferisce fare le cose con calma e non si trova a proprio agio nelle attività che richiedono velocità (andare e tornare da scuola, seguire discorsi veloci).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-02-11T12:00:39.777" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9096" CreationDate="2018-02-11T12:17:12.033" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo Zanichelli da le seguenti definizioni di serrato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(fig.) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stringato, conciso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: discorso, ragionamento, serrato | &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rapido, veloce&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: ritmo, tratto serrato | &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stringente, incalzante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: interrogatorio serrato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano, visto il contesto, il senso di serrato è “veloce”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2018-02-11T12:17:12.033" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9099" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9100" CreationDate="2018-02-12T09:44:04.510" Score="3" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi mostravi ad esempio qualche compagno di scuola. Spigliato fino alla &#xA;  sfrontatezza riusciva ad eccellere anche quando non studiava per l’abilità ad esaltare le sue cognizioni. Ma io crescevo senza modelli capaci di suscitarmi emulazioni. Ci sono poveri per i quali il ricco non è un’aspirazione. Ci sono poveri, in sostanze e in spirito, renitenti alla &lt;strong&gt;leva&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;leva&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho letto le differenti accezioni. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa significhi &quot;leva&quot; nel brano sopra citato. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-12T10:44:02.297" LastActivityDate="2018-02-12T10:44:02.297" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;leva&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9100" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9099" CreationDate="2018-02-12T10:04:52.960" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La leva era (il realtà è ancora perché è soltanto sospesa) l’obbligo di prestare servizio militare della durata di 10 mesi per tutti i giovani maschi abili una volta raggiunti i 18 anni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Renitente alla leva veniva considerato chi non si presentava alla chiamata, incorrendo in un reato penale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano da te citato il senso mi pare figurato come a dire che i poveri in sostanze e in spirito neanche provavano ad avere aspirazioni o desideri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-12T10:04:52.960" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9101" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9102" CreationDate="2018-02-13T09:24:45.900" Score="3" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi facevo assorbire dalle &#xA;  assonanze. Sulla tavola di Natale il campanellino della &lt;strong&gt;giostra&lt;/strong&gt; mossa dalle candele accese mi rimandava al tintinnio delle stazioni di periferia quando è in arrivo un treno; alle stazioni quel suono mi rimandava alla tavola di Natale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so cos'è questa &quot;giostra&quot; di cui parla l'autore. Una ricerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere che alcune di queste giostre si possono comprare su Internet. Ma in cosa consistono esattamente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-13T09:51:21.917" Title="Cos'è questa &quot;giostra&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9101" CreationDate="2018-02-13T09:45:25.983" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se sono quelle che penso io, sono delle decorazioni, per lo più appunto natalizie, in cui l'aria calda fatta sollevare per convezione da alcune candeline colpisce una leggera ruota orizzontale formata da pale diagonali in legno o metallo, facendola girare. La ruota, a sua volta, fa girare altri piccoli elementi appesi: angioletti, bacchettine che urtano dei campanellini e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/6ZhZd.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/6ZhZd.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Giostrina&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Ovviamente, guardandola per un secondo, soprattutto dal vivo, dovrebbe essere tutto più chiaro che leggendone una descrizione analitica.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-02-13T09:51:21.917" LastActivityDate="2018-02-13T09:51:21.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9103" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-14T09:16:23.173" Score="2" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Non ora, non qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Erri De Luca, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho avuto vent’anni e il freddo delle anticamere. Una, la più strana, rammento. Mi presentai tra molti a un provino cinematografico per una piccola presenza in un film. Sapevo che si sarebbe svolto in un campo di prigionia tedesco. Quando toccò a me, mi dissero di avanzare. Ero su un palcoscenico illuminato e in platea sedevano i responsabili. Non riuscivo a vederli per la forte luce che mi copriva. Avanzai col mio passo sghembo &lt;strong&gt;a cantilena&lt;/strong&gt;. Si aspettavano un ingresso marziale perché stavano esaminando i ruoli secondari delle guardie del campo. Non potevo saperlo. Risero. Dal buio della sala vennero risa antiche, un rumore già conosciuto. Non me ne andai, non arrossii. Aspettai che finisse, ma stentavo a muovermi. Un gelo mi aveva preso le &#xA;  gambe, come altre volte la lingua. Rimasi rigido e storto con gli occhi aperti a frugare il buio, il vuoto sulle loro teste, finché uno mi chiese se avevo fatto il servizio militare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;cantilena&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;a cantilena&quot; in questo brano. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-11T22:03:20.797" Title="Cosa significa &quot;a cantilena&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9103" CreationDate="2018-02-14T16:51:26.390" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Hoepli definisce cantilena in senso figurato : &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;( fig., poet.) Ripetizione di cose, d'immagini sempre uguali: &lt;em&gt;cantilena  di remi e di cordami (Quasimodo)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso fatto nel brano si riferisce a questa estensione dell’uso  letterale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2018-02-14T16:51:26.390" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9106" CreationDate="2018-02-15T08:37:14.097" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Gli occhiali d'oro&lt;/em&gt;, di Giorgio Bassani, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chiudo gli occhi. Rivedo il gran varco asfaltato del viale Cavour completamente deserto dal Castello fino alla barriera daziaria, coi lampioni stradali, disposti in lunga prospettiva a una cinquantina di metri l'uno dall'altro, ancora tutti accesi. Il conduttore Aldrovandi, di cui, dall'interno del tram, non si può scorgere che la gobba schiena irritata, spinge il suo decrepito carrozzone al massimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conosco il significato delle singole parole in questo brano, ma non riesco a immaginare cosa possa essere questo &quot;conduttore&quot; che &quot;spinge il suo decrepito carrozzone al massimo&quot;. Qualcuno di voi ne ha qualche idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-16T07:19:02.737" Title="Cosa può essere questo &quot;conduttore&quot; che spinge un &quot;decrepito carrozzone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9105" CreationDate="2018-02-15T08:42:25.423" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il conduttore Aldrovandi altro non è che l'autista del tram ingobbito al posto di guida.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tram viene descritto come un carrozzone decrepito cioè un grosso mezzo pesante e sgangherato che viene spinto al massimo delle sue capacità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo spingere qui ha il senso di portare il tram al massimo delle sue capacità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spingere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Spingere&lt;/a&gt; 3. in senso fig., andare oltre i limiti dell’opportunità, della&#xA;  convenienza e sim.: &lt;em&gt;si è spinto fino a chiedermi un ennesimo prestito;&#xA;  la sua sfacciataggine si spinse fino a farmi delle proposte disoneste.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fa giustamente notare @DenisNardin un possibile sinonimo di autista più comune oggigiorno in questo contesto sarebbe &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;conducente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; invece che conduttore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti il termine conduttore, riferito ad una persona, si adatta meglio ad un presentatore di un programma televisivo oppure all' affittuario di un appartamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-16T07:19:02.737" LastActivityDate="2018-02-16T07:19:02.737" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9109" CreationDate="2018-02-15T20:51:01.323" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche tempo fa stavo utilizzando, per la prima volta, una specie di strofinaccio che qualcuno aveva fatto all'uncinetto. Lavando i piatti mi sono detto qualcosa sulla falsariga di &quot;sembra efficace, ma  &lt;strong&gt;I can't speak to the durability...&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, il che è una maniera lievemente spiritosa di esprimere &quot;ho qualche incertezza riguardo alla durabilità&quot; di questo strofinaccio di fattura casalinga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercavo di trovare una maniera semplice e colloquiale di rendere questa idea in italiano e mi è venuta la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quanto alla durabilità, non saprei...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che cosa ne pensate? Se non vi piace, mi potreste suggerire qualcosa di meglio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastActivityDate="2018-02-16T10:01:01.557" Title="Come si può esprimere, in modo colloquiale, &quot;I can't speak to...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9107" CreationDate="2018-02-15T23:25:46.910" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io lo esprimerei con un giro di parole: &quot;Sembra efficace, ma non so quanto possa durare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O anche &quot;Sembra efficace, &lt;em&gt;finché dura&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo scherzare, io direi &quot;Sembra efficace; &lt;em&gt;duràlla, disse il canìno&lt;/em&gt;...&quot; - ma è un modo di dire probabilmente caduto in disuso, e non molto noto fuori dalla Toscana&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una versione altrettanto scherzosa, e più comprensibile, potrebbe essere &quot;Sembra efficace, quanto ha di garanzia?&quot; o &quot;...ma non so quanto duri la garanzia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;(1) ci sono più versioni di questa storia. La più riportata la vuole riferita a un &quot;canino&quot; (ossia un cagnolino) che, passando la vita a mangiare e dormire, fu chiamato dal proprietario &lt;em&gt;Duràlla&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &quot;finché dura&quot;. Una versione più salace vuole che &lt;em&gt;Duràlla!&lt;/em&gt; fosse il commento del cane, di piccola taglia, mentre si accoppiava con una cagna assai più grande di lui. In effetti una variante del modo di dire sostituisce &lt;em&gt;Duràlla&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;Avénne&lt;/em&gt; (averne, cioè &quot;Ce ne fosse!&quot;). Lo stesso modo di dire ha una versione più pessimistica, nel caso che si sospetti che le cose stiano per volgere al peggio: &lt;em&gt;Speriamo bene, disse il rospo&lt;/em&gt; (il detto prosegue &quot;&lt;em&gt;...ma (vedo) il contadino (che) aguzza il palo&lt;/em&gt; - cioè si prepara a montare i cannicci, operazione durante la quale capitava che qualche rospo che sonnecchiava nel fango ci andasse di mezzo)&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2018-02-16T10:01:01.557" LastActivityDate="2018-02-16T10:01:01.557" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9107" CreationDate="2018-02-16T07:41:52.847" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Durabilità&lt;/em&gt; è un termine che esiste ma non così comune nel linguaggio parlato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ti basti pensare che sulla Treccani &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/durabilita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt; trovi esempi in Leonardo e Leopardi...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti invece usare il verbo (meglio al congiuntivo presente)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quanto &lt;strong&gt;duri&lt;/strong&gt; poi non saprei...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o anche &lt;code&gt;quanto possa durare&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastActivityDate="2018-02-16T07:41:52.847" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9110" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9111" CreationDate="2018-02-16T11:45:43.900" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Gli occhiali d'oro&lt;/em&gt;, di Giorgio Bassani, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sapeva che &lt;em&gt;sapevamo&lt;/em&gt;? Forse no, forse su questo punto si illudeva ancora. Nel suo contegno, comunque, nell'educato e preoccupato riserbo che si sforzava di mantenere, era fin troppo facile leggere il fermo proposito di comportarsi come se niente di sé fosse mai trapelato in città. Per noi, soprattutto per noi, lui doveva restare il dottor Fadigati di una volta, quando, da bambini,  vedevamo il suo largo viso, seminascosto dietro il tondo specchio frontale, piegarsi e incombere sul nostro viso. Se al mondo esistevano  delle persone con le quali lui dovesse cercare di &lt;strong&gt;tenersi su&lt;/strong&gt;, queste eravamo proprio noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;tenersi su&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;tenere&quot; e &quot;su&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovarne il significato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-16T12:48:09.337" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tenersi su&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9110" CreationDate="2018-02-16T12:04:45.500" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tenersi su&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in questo contesto significa darsi un tono, non lasciarsi andare, non perdere il contegno adeguato ad una persona che svolge il lavoro di medico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Era necessario che si comportasse come se niente fosse, soprattutto per non perdere l’autorevolezza e la considerazione accumulata negli anni da parte della gente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-16T12:48:09.337" LastActivityDate="2018-02-16T12:48:09.337" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9112" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9040" CreationDate="2018-02-16T18:53:20.793" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pigliarsela&lt;/em&gt; è una forma alternativa, con sostituzione sinonimica, di &lt;em&gt;prendersela&lt;/em&gt;. Il significato è affine a &lt;em&gt;impermalirsi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;aversela&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;aversene&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;a male&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, come è stato detto nei commenti, rispetto a un’ipotetica forma base &lt;em&gt;prendersela&lt;/em&gt;, cambia anche uno dei due clitici: da &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; a &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;. Il significato, però, rimane lo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pigliarsela&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;pigliarsene&lt;/em&gt; sono semanticamente equivalenti, dunque, ma il secondo è senza dubbio piú raro del primo. Lo dimostrano le sparute attestazioni che si possono trovare in Rete. Tra queste, cito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikisource.org/wiki/Critone/Capitolo_XIV&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Platone, &lt;em&gt;Critone&lt;/em&gt;, traduzione di Francesco Acri&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ancora in quel che si faceva il giudizio, t’era lecito per penitenza prendere da te lo andare in esilio; e ciò che ti disponi ora a fare a dispetto della città, potevi fare tu allora col suo consentimento. Ma allora ti facevi bello dando vista di non &lt;strong&gt;pigliartene&lt;/strong&gt; all’idea che bisognasse morire; anzi dicevi meglio voler la morte, che l’esilio[.] &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.filosofico.net/aristofvespe42.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Aristofane, &lt;em&gt;Le vespe&lt;/em&gt;, traduzione di Ettore Romagnoli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;FILOCLEONE (Con voce rotta e fioca):  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Dimmelo... davvero... &#xA;  è prosciolto?  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  SCHIFACLEONE:    &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Perdio!  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  FILOCLEONE:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Sono finito!    &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (Ricasca giú)  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  SCHIFACLEONE: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Sta su, benedett'uomo, non &lt;strong&gt;pigliartene&lt;/strong&gt;!  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  FILOCLEONE (Cupo e tragico):   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Come sopporterò tanto rimorso?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Prosciolsi un imputato. Or che mi resta?&#xA;  Deh, venerandi Numi, perdonatemi!&#xA;  Non è da me, ma non l'ho fatto apposta! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pigliarsela&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pigliarsene&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;prendersela&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. sono verbi procomplementari, in cui «altri pronomi clitici [oltre a &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;] (&lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;) si saldano al verbo» (Enciclopedia dell’Italiano, «&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-pronominali_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Verbi pronominali&lt;/a&gt;»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1395" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-09T08:59:33.733" LastActivityDate="2018-09-09T08:59:33.733" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9113" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9114" CreationDate="2018-02-17T09:21:39.790" Score="4" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Gli occhiali d'oro&lt;/em&gt;, di Giorgio Bassani, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spiegò quindi calmo, indifferente, ma non senza una punta di orgoglio, che soffriva da circa un mese delle conseguenze di un «regalo delle verginelle di via Bomporto»: una «notevole  fregatura, &lt;strong&gt;altro che balle&lt;/strong&gt;!», a causa della quale aveva dovuto sospendere «anche» la ginnastica in palestra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che &quot;balla&quot; in senso figurato può significare una bugia, una frottola, ma non riesco a capire il significato dell'espressione &quot;altro che balle&quot; che appare nel passaggio precedente. Una ricerca su Google, però, mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un'espressione abbastanza usata. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T09:02:22.497" Title="Significato dell'espressione &quot;altro che balle&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9113" CreationDate="2018-02-17T09:58:57.703" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Balla&quot; si usa in effetti per indicare una bugia o una frottola. Nella frase in questione l'espressione è rafforzativa e indica che la &quot;fregatura&quot; di cui parla era una cosa seria e tutt'altro che una fandonia o comunque una cosa da sottovalutare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indica anche che la definizione della &quot;fregatura&quot; è da considerarsi definitiva ed è inutile ricamarci sopra. Un'espressione simile potrebbe essere &lt;strong&gt;&quot;punto e basta&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-18T09:02:22.497" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T09:02:22.497" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9113" CreationDate="2018-02-17T12:09:42.910" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso qui sia importante definire l’espressione &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/altroche-o-altro-che_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;altro che &lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  Treccani confrontando le due locuzioni &lt;em&gt;altroché&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;altro che&lt;/em&gt;  dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La grafia separata &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;altro che&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, invece, si usa quando la locuzione indica esclusione o preferenza rispetto a un altro elemento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fatti, altro che chiacchiere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Altro che il luna park, altro che il cinema, altro che Internet (Jovanotti, Il più grande spettacolo dopo il big bang).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;USI&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La grafia altrocché, presente con una certa frequenza anche nelle scritture in rete, è da considerarsi errata e va dunque evitata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-02-17T12:09:42.910" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9117" CreationDate="2018-02-18T09:18:53.327" Score="3" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Gli occhiali d'oro&lt;/em&gt;, di Giorgio Bassani, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con la tecnica, quasi, di un cronista sportivo della radio, riferiva ad esempio che «gli sposini», alzatisi d'un tratto dalle sedie a sdraio, stavano dirigendosi alla &lt;strong&gt;volta&lt;/strong&gt; del più vicino moscone: evidentemente il giovanotto aveva espreso il desiderio di tuffarsi al largo, e il «signor dottore», per non rimaner solo, «in palpiti», ad attenderne il ritorno, aveva ottenuto di accompagnarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;volta&quot; in questo brano? &#xA;Ho cercato questo termine in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le tante accezioni che ho trovato, non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T09:24:04.210" Title="Cosa significa &quot;volta&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9116" CreationDate="2018-02-18T09:24:04.210" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla volta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa verso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stavano dirigendosi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;verso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; il più vicino moscone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/volta1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;volta&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;estens. e fig. a. La direzione in cui ci si volge andando, soprattutto nell’espressione alla v. di ..., che introduce un&#xA;  complemento indicante la persona o il luogo verso cui ci si dirige:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;sono partiti alla v. di Firenze; venivano alla nostra volta.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T09:24:04.210" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9119" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9120" CreationDate="2018-02-18T21:17:10.673" Score="3" ViewCount="2578" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei chiedere che cosa significa la frase &quot;come mai&quot;. Mi pare  un'espressione idiomatica interessante. L'ho incontrata una volta con un oggetto (città), come per esempio: &quot;Come mai a Venezia?&quot;. Come si dice questo essattamente? Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4357" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-18T21:42:55.790" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T21:49:14.580" Title="Cosa significa la frase &quot;come mai&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9119" CreationDate="2018-02-18T21:45:53.260" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Come mai&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; ha in pratica lo stesso significato di &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Perché&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, serve per introdurre una domanda, e si utilizza soprattutto nella lingua parlata per esprimere un senso di stupore oppure che accade un fatto che si discosta dalla nostra esperienza, come viene spiegato &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italki.com/question/92429?hl=it&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase indicata &lt;em&gt;&quot;Come mai a Venezia?&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è sottointeso il verbo, che potrebbe essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come mai (ti trovi) a Venezia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma potrebbe essere anche: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come mai (vuoi andare) a Venezia? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi chi pone la domanda utilizza &quot;come mai&quot; per sottolineare il suo stupore o un'incongruenza con la propria esperienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre nella stessa pagina, viene indicato che questa espressione potrebbe essere una forma contratta di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;come (è) mai (possibile che)...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe utilizzare in sostituzione: &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Per quale motivo...&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; che però è più formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me l'equivalente inglese potrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;&quot;How it comes that...&quot;&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;&quot;How it is possible that...&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T21:45:53.260" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9119" CreationDate="2018-02-18T21:49:14.580" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come dice il Dizionario De Mauro (&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/come-mai&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/come-mai&lt;/a&gt;), «come mai» è una locuzione avverbiale che significa &quot;perché?&quot;, &quot;per quale ragione?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa nelle domande e nelle interrogative indirette, ma non nelle risposte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-02-18T21:49:14.580" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9122" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9123" CreationDate="2018-02-19T12:44:44.147" Score="2" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Gli occhiali d'oro&lt;/em&gt;, di Giorgio Bassani, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Camminammo affiancati a passo più lento  verso il Montagnone. Mezzanotte era suonata da un pezzo, e per le strade non si incontrava nessuno. File e file di &lt;strong&gt;imposte&lt;/strong&gt; chiuse e &lt;strong&gt;cieche&lt;/strong&gt;, porte sprangate, e, a intervalli, le luci quasi subacquee dei lampioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando il vocabolo &quot;cieco&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ho pensato che &quot;imposte cieche&quot; fossero imposte posizionate in modo da lasciar la stanza al buio, ma non riesco a capire perché si parla di &quot;imposte chiuse e cieche&quot;: c'è qualche differenza tra &quot;imposte chiuse&quot; e &quot;imposte cieche&quot;? Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;imposte cieche&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-19T12:58:38.393" Title="Significato di &quot;imposte cieche&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9122" CreationDate="2018-02-19T12:58:38.393" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le imposte chiuse nel passo da te citato penso si riferisca al fatto che non erano spalancate ai lati della finestra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le imposte cieche si riferisco al cosiddetto scuro o anta cieca delle finestre che servono effettivamente per lasciare la stanza al buio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.cosedicasa.com/ristrutturare/finestre/tapparelle-persiane/cambiare-imposte-o-persiane-48087&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Da una rivista specializzata nel settore arredamento&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sin dai più antichi sistemi costruttivi, le imposte sono state una&#xA;  soluzione per conferire alla casa un po’ di protezione dagli agenti&#xA;  atmosferici e al tempo stesso di riservatezza. Cominciamo subito col&#xA;  dire che per questo elemento architettonico esistono molti nomi:&#xA;  persiane, imposte, griglie, scuri, antoni o ante esterne… Tutti modi&#xA;  differenti di identificare una funzione fondamentale – l’oscuramento e&#xA;  la protezione di un’apertura nel muro esterno – declinata nelle sue&#xA;  svariate interpretazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le imposte si suddividono in due tipologie fondamentali: &lt;strong&gt;lo scuro o&#xA;  anta cieca&lt;/strong&gt; che senza feritoie non lascia passare luce e può essere&#xA;  tutta liscia oppure più spesso a doghe orizzontali o verticali; la&#xA;  persiana, anch’essa a sua volta presente in numerose diverse fatture&#xA;  ma perlopiù composta da una serie di lamelle (stecche) orizzontali che&#xA;  lasciano passare un po’ di luce. Anche la persiana può essere di&#xA;  diversi tipi: &lt;strong&gt;con lamella fissa chiusa (che quindi rende l’anta cieca&lt;/strong&gt;)&#xA;  a singola o doppia spiovenza; con lamella aperta di forma trapezoidale&#xA;  (“tipo antico”), con lamella stondata (più moderno); o ancora con&#xA;  lamella orientabile mediante un meccanismo che consente di far ruotare&#xA;  la lamella in modo tale che si possa regolare il passaggio della luce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ed ancora:      &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Imposte cieche che, applicate alla parte interna delle finestre,&#xA;  consentono l'oscuramento dell'ambiente e migliorano la sicurezza&#xA;  contro le effrazioni (Devoto-Oli, 1972).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-19T12:58:38.393" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9125" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9126" CreationDate="2018-02-20T10:07:02.233" Score="2" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C’erano sei ceri accesi ai quattro &lt;strong&gt;capi&lt;/strong&gt; e a metà del letto. Tutta la stanza sapeva di cera consumata e di fiori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: i &quot;quattro capi&quot; di cui si parla qui sono i quattro angoli del letto? Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;capo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare questa accezione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-20T12:58:28.033" Title="La parola &quot;capo&quot; può significare &quot;angolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9125" CreationDate="2018-02-20T12:58:28.033" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Effettivamente per capo del letto si intende la spalliera o testiera, dove si poggia la testa. Nel caso da te citato però per capo mi sembra si intendano i quattro angoli, anche perché viene specificato che i restanti due ceri fossero posizionati a metà del letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capo_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;capo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(fig.) [parte più alta, parte terminale o principio di qualcosa: in c. alla scala] ≈ cima, estremità, inizio, sommità.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguendo il senso di questa accezione, come già sottolineato da @RiccardoDeContardi, capo essendo sinonimo di estremità in questo caso si riferisce all'angolo, anche perché i quattro angoli delimitano il letto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-20T12:58:28.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9127" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9129" CreationDate="2018-02-21T09:18:39.573" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rideva, parlando, mostrava i denti grandi, cavallini. «Non vi conviene riprendervelo, nevvero?» Allargava la sua risata fino alla cordialità; diceva: «Non ci pensi, non ci pensi. Il bambino per ora sta bene dove sta». Aveva i capelli tutti bianchi, camminava lentamente, respirava a fatica, si appoggiava al bastoncino nero col manico d’argento che raffigurava un cane. La nonna rispondeva, umilmente: «È il suo signor marito che non ce lo vuol restituire. Lo fa forse &lt;strong&gt;patire&lt;/strong&gt;, il bambino, perché noi si possa toglierlo di forza?». «Oh, non lo fa &lt;strong&gt;patire&lt;/strong&gt;, non c’è pericolo, non lo fa &lt;strong&gt;patire&lt;/strong&gt;...» rispondeva la signora, ridendo: rideva fino a farsi venire la tosse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il bambino di cui si parla è il fratello minore dell'autore, che era stato preso a casa dei signori quando la loro madre morì pochi giorni dopo il parto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potreste spiegare il significato di &quot;patire&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato questo verbo in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capirne il senso nel passaggio sopra citato. Quello che mi sembra strano è questo pronome &quot;lo&quot; che accompagna l'espressione &quot;far patire&quot;: mi chiedo: far patire che cosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-21T10:30:16.080" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;patire&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9127" CreationDate="2018-02-21T09:40:38.123" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;patire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel brano da te citato è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;soffrire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La preoccupazione è che il bambino potesse soffrire fame, freddo, sete, oppure altre privazioni in senso più generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/patire1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;patire&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;a. Nell’uso com., provare, sentire, subire, sperimentare su sé stessi qualcosa che sia spiacevole in sé o rechi dolore, danno,&#xA;  disagio, offesa e sim., materiale o non materiale (per lo più sinon.&#xA;  di &lt;em&gt;soffrire&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;p. il freddo, la fame, la sete; patisco spesso il mal di&#xA;  testa&lt;/em&gt; (o, con uso intr., &lt;em&gt;di mali di testa&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;p. il martirio; p. le pene&#xA;  dell’inferno; p. un’ingiustizia, un sopruso, una prepotenza; p.&#xA;  mancanza, carestia, disagio di qualche cosa;&lt;/em&gt; anche con soggetto di&#xA;  cosa: &lt;em&gt;la proprietà ha patito gravi danni per l’incuria&#xA;  dell’affittuario.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-21T09:40:38.123" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9127" CreationDate="2018-02-21T09:49:15.617" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/patire1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; la parte che più si addice a questo senso è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt; Con uso assoluto, sostenere una sofferenza (per dolori fisici o morali, in seguito a privazioni, stenti, offese, umiliazioni, ecc.): &lt;em&gt;Gesù Cristo patì sotto Ponzio Pilato&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ha patito molto nella sua vita&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;siamo in questo mondo per patire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;quanto mi ha fatto patire quest’ulcera!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;amateli perché hanno patito, perché patiscono&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni); &lt;em&gt;ha finito di patire&lt;/em&gt;, espressione di commiserazione per chi è morto, con allusione alle sofferenze di una malattia lunga e dolorosa o di una vita poco felice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &lt;em&gt;soffrire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;subire privazioni&lt;/em&gt; o simili. Con &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; preposto significa naturalmente infliggere sofferenza o privazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiegare &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;? È il medesimo pronome di &lt;em&gt;non lo fa andare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo tiene acceso&lt;/em&gt; e simili. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-02-21T09:49:15.617" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9131" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9133" CreationDate="2018-02-22T09:34:23.863" Score="3" ViewCount="1889" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un giorno il babbo, stretto dal bisogno, si era rivolto al tuo protettore per avere trecento lire. Erano molte trecento lire, allora. Al babbo servivano per comperarsi una marsina usata da un rigattiere, siccome aveva trovato lavoro al «Gambrinus» dove i camerieri portavano le falde. Il babbo, faceva il cameriere nei caffè. Con le poche decine di lire che rimasero, la famiglia si concesse una scampagnata. Furono &lt;strong&gt;i trenta denari&lt;/strong&gt;. Da quel giorno il babbo non rimise piede a Villa Rossa. Ora il tuo protettore era sicuro di averti conquistato definitivamente; all’ironia di sua moglie si aggiunse un argomento di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che l'espressione &quot;i trenta denari&quot; faccia riferimento al tradimento di Giuda, quindi il senso in questo contesto sia che, chiedendo questo prestito, il padre in certo modo vende il figlio a &quot;suo prottettore&quot;. Tuttavia mi chiedo se questa espressione, &quot;i trenta denari&quot;, sia una sorta di modo di dire o frase fatta. Se è così, potreste farmi qualche esempio di uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-11-25T22:11:41.433" Title="&quot;I trenta denari&quot;: si tratta di un modo di dire?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9131" CreationDate="2018-02-22T09:51:05.893" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;i trenta denari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; indica generalmente chi tradisce in cambio di denaro, facendo riferimento a Giuda Iscariota.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/atlante/societa/le_parole_che_usiamo_30_denari.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Le parole che usiamo: Trenta (denari)&lt;/a&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si parla molto di Giuda, di questi tempi, forse non per caso. Dopo che&#xA;  papa Benedetto XVI lo ha definito zelota, vale a dire un patriota del&#xA;  tempo contro l’invasione romana, un partigiano della sua nazione, gli&#xA;  specialisti si sono messi a discutere sulla realtà e il significato di&#xA;  una figura controversa, ma che ha nella tradizione occidentale un&#xA;  significato univoco: quello del traditore di una fede per denaro, con&#xA;  il bacio perfido a suggellare il tradimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tutte le accezioni che ho trovato fa riferimento sempre ad un tradimento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In certi abbracci senti distinto il tintinnare dei &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;trenta denari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono incline a credere che Giuda abbia depositato in banca i suoi&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;trenta denari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, lasciando gli interessi in eredità ai nostri traditori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dialogo dal film &quot;Ricomincio da tre&quot; di Massimo Troisi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianna: Ecco, ti pareva... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gaetano: No, no... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianna: ..sempre davanti la televisione. [Gli spegna il televisore] &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gaetano: ...no, aspetta, Gianna, famme vere' che fann. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianna: Oooh! Ma cosa speri di vederci, Dio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gaetano: Dio! Chell è o secondo canale chist.. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianna: Comunque quel film devo dire che era tremendo, a me mi ha&#xA;  veramente... impaurito. Ma senti, se a te ti torturassero come a&#xA;  quello del film, avresti parlato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gaetano: Pe' carità! A me non c'era nemmeno bisogno che mi&#xA;  torturavano: a me bastava che mi dicevano sulamente... per esempio...&#xA;  &quot;Guarda che se non parli... forse... ti torturiamo&quot;, immediatamente&#xA;  parlavo, scrivevo, cioè se non capevano facevo nu disegno... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianna: Eh, ma allora sei peggio di Giuda! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gaetano: No, che c'entra? È proprio che io, per esempio il dolore&#xA;  fisico nun 'o supporto proprio. È na cosa ca... e po' che c'entra cioè&#xA;  Giuda? Mo tutte quante &quot;Giuda traditore&quot;, &quot;Giuda traditore&quot;. Cioè&#xA;  s'anna conosce prima e' fatt, eh? Giuda avrà avuto una ragione per&#xA;  fare na' cosa del genere, no? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gianna: Eh no! Per soldi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gaetano: Eh, per soldi, e non è una ragione, scusa? Basta che 'o&#xA;  facevano nascere ricco e già s'evitava tutta st'ammuina, sta cosa...&#xA;  l'uccisione, 'o tradimento e poi lasciamm sta', cioè pecchè.. quanno&#xA;  uno non conosce a' gente nun me piace e' giudica', capit? Pecchè&#xA;  miette... sa' tu hai bisogno proprie... A un certo punto, &lt;strong&gt;sti trenta&#xA;  denari&lt;/strong&gt;, quante putivanu essere, mettiamo due, trecentomila lire,&#xA;  quattrocento, unno saccio però chillo avrà miso apposto e cose soje.&#xA;  Miett ca iva a casa e a mugliera ogni vota &quot;Giuda, tu devi andare a&#xA;  lavorare. Giuda. 'o padrone 'e casa, 'a luce, l'acqua&quot; per dire &quot;'o&#xA;  telefono..&quot; A un certo punto, chillo tutte 'ste cose..&quot;Tu non porti&#xA;  cchiù e sord' a casa!&quot;, &quot;Tu non porti cchiù e sord' a casa!&quot;, s'ha&#xA;  visto e' trenta denari in mano e ha ditt &quot;Ma che me ne 'mporta! mo me&#xA;  miett a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-22T09:51:05.893" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9131" CreationDate="2018-02-22T13:42:34.667" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il  riferimento a Giuda è stato ampiamente illustrato. Ecco alcuni esempi di uso comune in cui l'espressione &quot;trenta danari&quot; viene usata come modo di dire in riferimento a soldi mal spesi o mal guadagnati. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=BRfBcDIrt8MC&amp;amp;pg=PA62&amp;amp;dq=%22trenta%20denari%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi0kpyu0rnZAhVLtRQKHX3pBY8Q6AEITTAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22trenta%20denari%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Aspro e Dolce&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Maurizio Corona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma così non fu. Un manipolo di resistenti trovò il coraggio di tenere duro, di opporsi agli urtoni dell'arroganza, e non abbandonare il luogo natio, o cederlo per trenta denari a gente che neppure oggi, dopo quarant'anni a smesso di mirare allo sfruttamento del nostro torrente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=dYYXAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22trenta%20denari%22&amp;amp;dq=%22trenta%20denari%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiz3YL707nZAhUKXhQKHQ6-Bts4ChDoAQguMAI&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Se mi innamorassi di te&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Oreste Del Buono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;« Ecco... » ansimò lei. « Non c'è neppure necessità che tu aumenti l'offerta... Non me lo merito... nei trenta denari è compreso tutto... e magari ci starei anche senza... senza i trenta denari... puoi risparmiare... Tienteli, i tuoi trenta denari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=7V4YEilGIicC&amp;amp;q=%22trenta%20denari%22&amp;amp;dq=%22trenta%20denari%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj-m9_81LnZAhWKWBQKHdQRCl4Q6AEITzAJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Letterature moderne&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, Malfasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E allora si risolve: bravamente, affronta lo spettro, eli propone il mercato: e lo spettro gli offre trenta denari. Ladro, lo chiama Pierrot, ma è costretto, accetta, gli dà l'abito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-25T22:11:41.433" LastActivityDate="2018-11-25T22:11:41.433" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9134" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9135" CreationDate="2018-02-23T09:27:12.740" Score="4" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La nonna si mordeva le labbra ogni volta che l’episodio le veniva rinfacciato, si riprometteva di pagare il debito del babbo con i suoi risparmi: guadagnava una lira l’ora nei suoi mezzo-servizio. Io giocavo con i miei amici, per la strada, di soldi e &lt;strong&gt;diecioni&lt;/strong&gt;: trecento lire era una somma che veniva da ridere a pensarci, tanto mi pareva enorme. Cenavamo, la nonna ed io, a caffè e latte, spendevamo, tutti e due, una lira.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;diecione&quot;? Ho cercato questo vocabolo in parecchi dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-23T09:30:22.317" LastActivityDate="2018-02-23T09:30:22.317" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;diecione&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9134" CreationDate="2018-02-23T09:30:07.260" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=DIECIONE100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;moneta&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nell'uso toscano: moneta da dieci centesimi, più grande del diecino,&#xA;  coniata fino ai primi decenni del XX secolo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tratto da &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=HZdUTnSCauoC&amp;amp;pg=PT44&amp;amp;lpg=PT44&amp;amp;dq=diecione&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=DqP-zaiSNu&amp;amp;sig=60zeEzt9OrqcQLBluKf4KgD4Z4c&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi-jc283LvZAhWOb1AKHTWBAqUQ6AEIRzAI#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=diecione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Diario Sentimentale&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; sempre di Vasco Pratolini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciascun giocatore è fornito di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;diecioni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, i due soldi&#xA;  d'anteguerra, molti dei quali del tempo di re Umberto, affilati&#xA;  dall'uso o, in seguito a magistrali arrotature sulla pietra, lustri e&#xA;  levigati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-23T09:30:07.260" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9136" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-23T10:08:16.163" Score="5" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono alla ricerca di una traduzione valida per il termine inglese &lt;b&gt;&quot;laser-focused&quot;&lt;/b&gt;, riferito ad una persona che è &quot;concentrata come un laser&quot;. Ad occhio anche la traduzione letterale è comprensibile, magari esiste un modo più elegante per tradurlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Il contesto è riferito ad una partita di scacchi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Kasparov, nonstante fosse 'concentrato come un laser', non intuì che&#xA;  la mossa di Deep Blue era una trappola&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4379" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-02-23T13:55:44.323" LastActivityDate="2018-02-23T13:55:44.323" Title="Concentrato come un laser" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9137" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9136" CreationDate="2018-02-23T10:12:29.213" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per rimanere in ambito ottico potrebbe essere valida la traduzione con il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;focalizzata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La ricercatrice è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;focalizzata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sul raggiungimento degli obiettivi di&#xA;  ricerca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-23T10:12:29.213" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9138" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9139" CreationDate="2018-02-24T10:37:51.327" Score="4" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi conducevi spesso e volentieri fino alla serra per vedere le tartarughe. Il giorno che ne voltai una sul dorso col piede, ti mettesti a piangere. Nemmeno il giardiniere riuscì a calmarti; m’insultavi fra i singhiozzi. La tartaruga si chiamava Beatrice. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Rientrasti in casa quasi correndo, il tuo protettore mi misurò uno schiaffo, la nonna prese le mie difese. &lt;strong&gt;«Roba da forca»&lt;/strong&gt; esclamò la signora. «Stanotte avrà la febbre» disse il tuo protettore; mi guardava con occhi cattivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa l'espressione &quot;roba da forca&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il termine &quot;forca&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-24T14:39:50.510" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;roba da forca&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9138" CreationDate="2018-02-24T10:51:14.110" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto &quot;roba da forca&quot; è un’esclamazione che si dice quando è stata commessa in azione riprovevole tale da essere condannati. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forca è il patibolo, uno strumento per impiccare i condannati a morte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un espressione simile potrebbe essere &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Roba da ergastolo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-24T14:39:50.510" LastActivityDate="2018-02-24T14:39:50.510" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9140" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9138" CreationDate="2018-02-24T12:23:31.103" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Sabatini Coletti definisce &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/F/forca.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;forca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(2) Patibolo per l'impiccagione dei condannati a morte, costituito da travi incrociate da cui pende il capestro || &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;forche  caudine&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, gioghi sotto i quali dovettero passare, in segno di dispregio, i Romani sconfitti dai Sanniti a Caudio nel 321.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/jhs5T.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/jhs5T.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Roba da forca, ossia roba, in questo caso comportamento,  da condannare aspramente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-24T14:38:41.440" LastActivityDate="2018-02-24T14:38:41.440" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9141" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9142" CreationDate="2018-02-25T09:10:36.077" Score="3" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il giardiniere ci lasciò: aveva il cappello di paglia con il nastro grigio sporco, il grembiule turchino legato dietro il collo e alle reni; uscì dalla serra con la gomma da applicarsi alle &lt;strong&gt;prese per innaffiare&lt;/strong&gt;. Noi ci sedemmo nel vano di una delle vetrate della serra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa sono queste &quot;prese per innaffiare&quot;? Ho cercato il termine &quot;presa&quot; in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le tantissime accezioni che si trovano, non riesco a capire a quale corrispondano quelle che appaiono nel testo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-25T12:21:28.770" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;prese per innaffiare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9141" CreationDate="2018-02-25T09:53:26.250" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le prese per innaffiare non sono altro che particolari rubinetti che si trovano sulle tubazioni di sistemi di irrigazione professionali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso delle serre o giardini particolarmente grandi vengono distesi tubi che hanno queste prese posizionate ad una distanza regolare, in modo da poter collegare un tubo e così irrigare dove necessario. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagina, analogamente, l’impianto elettrico di un grande ufficio in cui i cavi distesi sotto al pavimento hanno in corrispondenza delle scrivanie le prese elettriche. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-25T09:53:26.250" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9141" CreationDate="2018-02-25T12:16:11.770" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come precisa il  dizionario &lt;a href=&quot;http://10%20TECN%20Apertura,%20nel%20punto%20di%20derivazione,%20di%20una%20conduttura%20di%20liquidi%20o%20gas:%20p.%20del%20gas%20%7C%7C%20estens.%20Rubinetto,%20valvola%20o%20altro%20dispositivo%20di%20regolazione%20del%20flusso%20di%20una%20conduttura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, “presa” in senso lato può essere usata per riferirsi a un dispositivo (rubinetto, valvola etc.) per l’erogazione di liquidi o gas:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Presa:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(10)  TECN)  Apertura, nel punto di derivazione, di una conduttura di liquidi o gas: presa del gas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(estensione)  Rubinetto, valvola o altro dispositivo di regolazione del flusso di una conduttura.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/qhZ0g.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/qhZ0g.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano citato le prese dell’acqua per annaffiare possono essere dei semplici rubinetti o altri dispositivi collegati al sistema idrico della serra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/DseAE.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/DseAE.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-02-25T12:21:28.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9144" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-25T23:18:18.097" Score="3" ViewCount="1033" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia perpetua lotta per non massacrare la grammatica spagnola, e ormai quella italiana, mi ha costretto a sviluppare l'abitudine di abbinare il condizionale presente con il congiuntivo imperfetto. Di conseguenza, mi sorge spesso un dubbio quando sto formulando frasi come le seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non vi piace, mi potreste suggerire qualcosa di meglio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non hai bisogno del trapano in questo momento, potrei servirmene?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non c'è alcun ostacolo, vorrei cominciare appena possibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tali casi, impiegare il congiuntivo imperfetto invece del presente indicativo sembra esprimere un'idea diversa (o forse un'idea alquanto incoerente...). Inoltre, il verbo al condizionale non si adopera come un condizionale vero e proprio bensì come una maniera di addolcire la richiesta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho l'impressione che locuzioni di questo genere non costituiscano un errore flagrante—cioè, un errore che strazia gli orecchi di chi è madrelingua. Mi domando, però, se si tratti di un errore piccolo che susciterebbe qualche disapprovazione in un ambiente formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-02-26T08:50:28.547" Title="È accettabile usare il presente indicativo insieme al condizionale di &quot;potere&quot; o di &quot;volere&quot; (in determinate situazioni)?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9145" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-25T23:40:33.223" Score="2" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di solito i complementi di luogo richiedono la preposizione &quot;in&quot; ma se si tratta di un luogo abituale (da non essere considerato luogo fisico) si usa &quot;a&quot;.&#xA;Ecco degli esempi:&#xA;Vado al bar, ma Vado IN un bar, IN che bar vai? Bar in cui vai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono però casi in cui si usa &quot;a&quot; in tutti i contesti... con parole come &quot;festa&quot;:&#xA;Vado alla festa, ad una festa, festa a cui vado, a quale festa vai?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso dovrebbe accadere con parole come &quot;cassa, fermata, tavolo, piano, specchio, ingresso ecc...&quot;&#xA;Esempi:&#xA;Abito/scendo al primo piano/ad un piano, a che piano abiti/scendi? Il piano a cui abito/scendo.&#xA;Lavoro ad una cassa/alla cassa 4/la cassa a cui lavori. &#xA;Mi guardo allo specchio/ad uno speccho, specchio al quale mi guardo, a quale specchio ti guardi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia analisi è corretta o forse sbaglio qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-02-26T11:01:15.040" LastActivityDate="2018-02-26T11:01:15.040" Title="Complementi di luogo e preposizioni" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9146" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-26T11:53:19.433" Score="6" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo commettere viene spesso associato ad azioni quali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un omicidio, un reato, un errore, un’ingiustizia, un atto impuro etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il Sabatini Colletti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/commettere.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Commettere&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fare, compiere qlco., perlopiù riprovevole: commettere un omicidio&#xA;• sec. XIII&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C’è un motivo per cui commettere viene nella maggior parte dei casi usato con accezione negativa? Esistono eccezioni nell’uso comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-03-02T08:18:29.623" Title="Perché “commettere” è quasi sempre associato ad azioni negative?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9147" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9148" CreationDate="2018-02-27T08:43:13.753" Score="2" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io mi ero alzato, stavo alle spalle del tuo avversario. Questi ti lanciò due lire al di sopra del &lt;strong&gt;cordino&lt;/strong&gt;. Anche altri, che avevano scommesso, ti pagarono. L’avanguardista disse: «Te li darò domani». «Me li dài adesso perché li hai» rispondesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una scena in cui stanno giocando a ping-pong. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cordino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;cordino&quot; è una&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corda sottile o rinforzata per varî usi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia non riesco a capirne il significato in questo contesto. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-27T09:51:36.597" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cordino&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9147" CreationDate="2018-02-27T09:51:36.597" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal momento che stanno giocando a ping-pong il cordino potrebbe benissimo essere il filo teso che sostiene la rete che divide le due parti del tavolo da ping-pong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-27T09:51:36.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9149" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-27T11:50:42.870" Score="1" ViewCount="518" Body="&lt;p&gt;When wrapping up an application in English, I like to conclude with the sentence &quot;Thank you for considering my application&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am now writing a Masters application to an Italian University, and I would like to do something similar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a standard turn of phrase in Italian corresponding to the English &quot;Thank you for considering my application&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4392" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-02-27T13:31:20.637" LastActivityDate="2018-02-28T11:36:37.283" Title="“Thank you for considering my application” in Italian" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;letter-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9150" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-02-27T18:51:55.827" Score="0" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di solito i complementi di luogo richiedono la preposizione &quot;in&quot; ma se si tratta di un luogo abituale (da non essere considerato luogo fisico) si usa &quot;a&quot;. Ecco degli esempi: Vado al bar, ma Vado IN un bar, IN che bar vai? Bar in cui vai. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono però casi in cui si usa &quot;a&quot; in tutti i contesti (sia in una domanda, affermazione con articolo indeterminativo/determinativo e frase relativa)... con parole come &quot;festa&quot; o &quot;tavolo&quot;: Vado alla festa, ad una festa, festa a cui vado, a quale festa vai?  a quale tavolo ti siedi/vai? Il tavolo al quale vado/mi siedo? Sono seduto ad un tavolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però molto  spesso  ci sono dei casi un pò ingarbugliati... per esempio: &#xA; Si dice &quot;a quale fermata vai/ti trovi/scendi&quot; &#xA; &quot; mi trovo/vado/scendo a questa/una fermata&quot; &#xA; Ma se dobbiamo relativizzare bisogna usare &quot;in cui&quot;: &#xA;La fermata in cui/vado/scendo/mi fermo/sono ecc... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con piano la situazione è ancora più complicata: &#xA;&quot; A che piano/abiti/scendi/ti fermi?&quot; &#xA;&quot;Mi trovo/vado/fermo al primo piano&quot; &#xA;Ma negli altri casi si usa in: &#xA;&quot; mi sono fermato/sono andato/abito in un piano che si trova in questo palazzo&quot; &#xA;&quot;Il piano in cui abito/scendo ecc&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei un attimo capire come fare per non sbagliare preposizione... mi trovo molto in difficoltà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-02-27T20:52:16.493" LastActivityDate="2018-02-27T20:52:16.493" Title="Sulle preposizioni “a” e “in”" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9151" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9152" CreationDate="2018-02-28T09:27:23.817" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per tutta risposta l’avanguardista ti rivolse una sfida. «Se &lt;strong&gt;mi dài otto ai venti&lt;/strong&gt;» ti disse, «giochiamo dieci lire.» Per schermirti gli rifiutasti il vantaggio, ma la platea ti fu addosso ad una voce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una scena in cui stanno giocando a ping-pong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;mi dài otto ai venti&quot; in questo brano. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-02-28T10:10:52.077" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;dare otto ai venti&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9151" CreationDate="2018-02-28T10:10:52.077" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'avanguardista propone all'avversario che se gli avesse dato un vantaggio di 8 punti sui 20, punteggio che decreta il vincitore della partita, era disposto a scommettere 10 lire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'avversario viene considerato dall'avanguardista più forte e quindi gli fa un velato complimento, visto che è convinto di non riuscire a batterlo partendo dallo 0 a 0. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-02-28T10:10:52.077" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9153" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9154" CreationDate="2018-02-28T10:15:36.483" Score="5" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devo tradurre un testo turistico dallo spagnolo all'italiano della Costa Tropical (Granada). Questo testo comincia così: «Esta privilegiada costa &lt;strong&gt;brilla por sí sola&lt;/strong&gt; con [...]».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato degli equivalenti in italiano per questa espressione ma non trovo niente di adatto. Potrebbe andare bene &lt;strong&gt;«brillare a luce propria»&lt;/strong&gt; come traduzione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Accetto ogni suggerimento, grazie a tutti per l'aiuto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3312" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-02-28T12:13:37.610" LastActivityDate="2018-02-28T12:13:37.610" Title="Testo turistico spagnolo-italiano: «brillar por sí sola»" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9153" CreationDate="2018-02-28T10:23:15.597" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Brillare di luce propria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è l'esperssione corretta in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione fa riferimento al significato letterale come in: &quot;le stelle brillano di luce propria&quot;. In senso figurato significa che il soggetto in questione ha qualità e caratteristiche così belle ed apprezzabili da non aver bisogno di ulteriori commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=brillare%20di%20luce%20propria&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cbrillare%20di%20luce%20propria%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare altri esempi in cui l'espressione viene usata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2018-02-28T10:31:40.497" LastActivityDate="2018-02-28T10:31:40.497" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9149" CreationDate="2018-02-28T11:36:37.283" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A generic common courtesy phrase that could be added as conclusion could be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La ringrazio per la cortese attenzione.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this specific case I think I would write: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La ringrazio per la cortese attenzione nei riguardi della mia&#xA;  candidatura.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-02-28T11:36:37.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9157" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-01T09:32:18.013" Score="2" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La camera che avevo in subaffitto era lunga nove passi e larga cinque, come una cella, infatti. La finestra non era una finestra ma un pertugio, stando affacciati &lt;strong&gt;avanzavano&lt;/strong&gt; le spalle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il senso del verbo &quot;avanzare&quot; in questo passaggio? L'ho cercato in alcuni dizionari; tuttavia, tra le differenti accezioni che ho trovato, non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio precedente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-01T13:14:41.623" Title="Cosa significa &quot;avanzare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9157" CreationDate="2018-03-01T10:00:16.323" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che il concetto sia quello che, essendo la finestra piccola, per affacciarsi dovevano stringere e portare in avanti le spalle. Per cui stando affacciati le spalle rimanevano sporte in avanti, ossia, le spalle &quot;avanzavano&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-03-01T13:14:41.623" LastActivityDate="2018-03-01T13:14:41.623" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9157" CreationDate="2018-03-01T10:14:43.347" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me è da intendere nel senso di &quot;restare&quot; o &quot;rimanere&quot; (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè data le piccole dimensioni della finestra, le spalle &quot;rimanevano&quot; escluse dalla finestra stessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-03-01T10:14:43.347" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9146" CreationDate="2018-03-02T02:45:47.283" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono un esperto, ma da italiano educato secondo la morale cattolica, in cui il senso di colpa ha un ruolo fondamentale, ho il sospetto che ci possa essere un'influenza di secoli di insegnamento del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vatican.va/archive/catechism_it/p3s2c2a6_it.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sesto comandamento&lt;/a&gt;, che recita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non commettere adulterio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o, come lo ricordo io,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non commettere atti impuri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il grave peccato descritto in queste famose espressioni potrebbe aver influito sulla connotazione del verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le eccezioni, di cui si accenna nei commenti, non mi sembrano di uso veramente comune:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non ho mai sentito &lt;em&gt;commettere&lt;/em&gt; come traduzione dell'Inglese &lt;em&gt;commit&lt;/em&gt; in ambito informatico. Ho sempre sentito utilizzare il termine inglese;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;commessa&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;order&lt;/em&gt;) e &lt;em&gt;committente&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;customer&lt;/em&gt;) sono molto utilizzati, ma non il verbo &lt;em&gt;commettere&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto. Non ho mai sentito una frase che suoni come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il committente ha commesso una commessa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Piuttosto, qui viene utilizzato &lt;em&gt;commissionare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1714" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-03-02T08:18:29.623" LastActivityDate="2018-03-02T08:18:29.623" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9162" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9164" CreationDate="2018-03-02T09:23:19.337" Score="2" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Ti posso fare una domanda?» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sentiamo.» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Non è stato perché avevi poca voglia di lavorare?» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «&lt;strong&gt;In seconda ipotesi&lt;/strong&gt;, sì. Voglio lavorare in altra maniera.» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «È vero che vuoi fare lo scrittore?» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Voglio fare il giornalista.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un dialogo tra Vasco Pratolini e il suo fratello, che ha chiesto all'autore perché ha fatto ricoverare la nonna in Ospizio, domanda a cui Vasco ha fornito una spiegazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;in seconda ipotesi&quot;? Ho cercato il termine &quot;ipotesi&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessun riferimento a questa espressione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-02T12:07:52.363" LastActivityDate="2018-03-02T14:21:16.290" Title="Significato di &quot;in seconda ipotesi&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9162" CreationDate="2018-03-02T10:00:10.153" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso sia un’altra maniera per dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ripensandoci:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;riconsiderando; in ulteriore considerazione. Ho inizialmente pensato che fosse una buona idea, ma a pensarci bene, non sono così sicuro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-03-02T11:28:01.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9164" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9162" CreationDate="2018-03-02T11:29:06.323" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendo la definizione della Treccani di &lt;em&gt;ipotesi&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spiegazione logica, fondata su indizî e congetture, che si dà provvisoriamente di un fatto o di una serie di fatti, noti o accertabili in sé ma non nelle loro cause, nei loro processi, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me il senso del dialogo qui è che il personaggio che pronuncia questa frase (Vasco Pratolini) non sa spiegare al fratello e nemmeno a se stesso il suo comportamento per cui la spiegazione di questo va cercata nel campo delle congetture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ordine di importanza, questa spiegazione è il voler lavorare in modo diverso, e come possibilità secondaria - o parziale -  il fatto di aver poca voglia di lavorare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È anche possibile che &lt;em&gt;&quot;seconda&quot;&lt;/em&gt; sia da intendersi in ordine temporale, per cui avrebbe proprio lo stesso significato di &quot;ripensandoci&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2018-03-02T14:21:16.290" LastActivityDate="2018-03-02T14:21:16.290" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9165" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9166" CreationDate="2018-03-03T09:22:02.670" Score="3" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dapprima egli mi chiese notizie della mia vita, e di fronte al mio divagare sorrideva, mostrava i suoi denti opachi, il suo volto colore avorio; una &lt;strong&gt;pelle salsa&lt;/strong&gt; consumata dal tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il significato di &quot;salso&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può significare &quot;che contiene sale, che ha sapore o odore salato&quot; oppure, in senso figurato, &quot;mordace, pungente&quot;. Tuttavia, non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;pelle salsa&quot; nella frase sopra citata. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-03T10:09:20.650" Title="Significato di &quot;pelle salsa&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9165" CreationDate="2018-03-03T10:09:20.650" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente qui per &quot;salsa&quot; si intende proprio &quot;salata&quot; o, meglio, consumata, inaridita e screpolata come dall'effetto della salsedine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-03-03T10:09:20.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9167" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-03T16:57:10.073" Score="8" ViewCount="431" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most modern English learner's dictionary use &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Defining_vocabulary&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;controlled defining vocabulary&lt;/a&gt; for defining lemmas. Which Italian learner's dictionaries incorporate controlled defining vocabulary?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3228" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-03-03T21:01:41.577" LastActivityDate="2018-08-16T10:13:56.823" Title="Monolingual Italian learner's dictionaries with small defining vocabulary" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9168" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9204" CreationDate="2018-03-04T08:56:15.310" Score="1" ViewCount="360" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Indossava un vestito di panno verde che sembrava broccato, con la giacca aderente alle spalle e il colletto nero di velluto, la gonna ampia, lunga fino alle caviglie, la sciarpa nera di seta, pendente al collo come una stola. &lt;strong&gt;Si era pettinata i capelli a cercine&lt;/strong&gt; dietro la nuca; gli orecchi erano metà scoperti e decorati di due buccole nere contornate d’oro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cercine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;cercine&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Acconciatura femminile del capo, con i capelli avviluppati a cercine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non riesco a capire del tutto bene in cosa consistono i capelli pettinati così. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T08:01:50.363" Title="Significato di &quot;pettinarsi i capelli a cercine&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9168" CreationDate="2018-03-04T10:03:28.317" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando il significato di &lt;code&gt;cercine&lt;/code&gt; sul dizionario &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.org/d/?pageurl=cercine&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt;  e altri riferimenti online: &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.nicedie.it/home/index.php/cultura/item/1568-che-vuol-dire-conosci-significato-ed-etimologia-di-cercineitemSharingAnchor&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;a href=&quot;https://vestioevo.com/2015/06/19/cimiero-cercine-e-svolazzo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho trovato che deriva dal greco e significa &lt;code&gt;anello&lt;/code&gt;, e si usa per descrivere una specie di ciambella di stoffa da mettere sul capo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi immagino che in riferimento ai capelli indichi un'acconciatura a ciambella, forse una treccia a forma di cerchio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2193" LastEditDate="2018-03-16T08:01:50.363" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T08:01:50.363" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9170" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9171" CreationDate="2018-03-05T09:23:03.053" Score="1" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Entrammo per accedere al «giardino»: uno &lt;strong&gt;spiazzato&lt;/strong&gt; recinto da pareti di verde e limitato sul fondo da una balaustra di mattoni, sotto la quale scorreva l’Ema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;spiazzato&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;spiazzare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-05T12:30:58.950" Title="Cosa significa &quot;spiazzato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9170" CreationDate="2018-03-05T09:49:06.333" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spiazzato è un sinonimo non molto comune di spiazzo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiazzata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spiazzata&lt;/a&gt; s. f. [der. di piazza, col pref. s- (nel sign. 5)], non com.&#xA;  – Spiazzo, radura. In senso fig., zona del cuoio capelluto senza più&#xA;  capelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiazzo_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spiazzo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;spiazzo /'spjats:o/ s. m. [der. di piazza, col pref. s- (nel sign.&#xA;  5)]. - [spazio di terreno libero in piano: &lt;em&gt;uno s. erboso&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ slargo,&#xA;  spianata, spianato, (ant.) spiano, (non com.) spiazzata, [all'interno&#xA;  di un bosco e sim.] radura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso da te citato è un’area piana delimitata da pareti che costituisce il giardino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-05T12:30:58.950" LastActivityDate="2018-03-05T12:30:58.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9173" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9174" CreationDate="2018-03-06T09:19:49.613" Score="1" ViewCount="435" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Cosa credi? Quando so d’averlo sotto il letto, non mi serve mica. Ma se non ce l’ho sono capace di dovermi alzare anche tre o quattro volte. Il &lt;strong&gt;licitte&lt;/strong&gt; è in fondo alla camerata, e nel corridoio c’è uno spiffero continuo».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A dire queste parole è la nonna dell'autore quando si trova ricoverata in ospizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;licitte&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato questa parola in parecchi dizionari, ma non l'ho trovata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-06T09:24:53.477" LastActivityDate="2018-03-06T09:25:51.017" Title="Significato di &quot;licitte&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9173" CreationDate="2018-03-06T09:25:51.017" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.toctocfirenze.it/parole-fiorentine-13-sfavato-licitte-palletico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;licitte&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è un termine dialettale fiorentino che indica il gabinetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il lìcitte, o lìcet, altro non è che il gabinetto, il luogo di&#xA;  decenza. Il tono popolare ha fatto proprio un nobile derivato del&#xA;  latino (da licēre essere permesso) per significare con massima&#xA;  discrezione un luogo che si aveva pudore anche solo a nominare. In&#xA;  altri termini, il licitte è il solo luogo, nominato in lingua aulica,&#xA;  in cui sono permesse certe cose; ma non solo. Questa parola segna un&#xA;  retaggio di grazia profonda e rétro, cifra di rispetto per chi ci&#xA;  ascolta. Dichiarare che si deve andare al pisciatoio non nobilita&#xA;  nessuno; mandare al licitte qualcuno, invece, è da signori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trovi in Treccani la corrispondente &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/licet/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;licet&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;licet v. lat. [propr. indicativo presente del verbo licere, che&#xA;  significa «è permesso»], usato in ital. come s. m. – Espressione usata&#xA;  nel passato, oggi raramente, per indicare la latrina, spec. in scuole&#xA;  e collegi (dalla domanda &lt;em&gt;licet?&lt;/em&gt;, che anticamente lo scolaro rivolgeva&#xA;  al maestro quando aveva bisogno di uscire): &lt;em&gt;andare al licet&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-06T09:25:51.017" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9176" CreationDate="2018-03-06T09:40:55.650" Score="6" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi potete suggerire qualche alternativa formale ad una frase del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fatemi sapere se avete qualcosa in contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-06T16:48:38.830" LastActivityDate="2018-03-06T16:48:38.830" Title="Espressione formale per &quot;qualcosa in contrario&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9175" CreationDate="2018-03-06T09:42:27.070" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io suggerirei:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fatemi sapere se avete obiezioni in merito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-06T09:42:27.070" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9177" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9178" CreationDate="2018-03-07T01:33:56.363" Score="6" ViewCount="252" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di recente mi sono imbattuto nella frase &quot;[questa cosa] mi garba di più&quot;. Era la prima volta che vedevo il verbo &quot;garbare&quot;; sembra significare su per giù lo stesso che &quot;piacere&quot;. Questo verbo si utilizza spesso nell'italiano parlato? E porta una qualche sfumatura che lo differenzi da &quot;piacere&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastActivityDate="2018-03-07T15:33:45.950" Title="&quot;Mi/ti/ecc. garba&quot; si usa spesso come sinonimo di &quot;mi/ti/ecc. piace&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9177" CreationDate="2018-03-07T05:46:03.620" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo lungo articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca  disquisisce sul fatto che &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/garbare-toscano-italiano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;garbare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sia un’espressione  regionale  toscana o  della lingua italiana. La conclusione sembra essere più a favore della prima ipotesi. Personalmente l’ho sempre sentita usare soltanto in Toscana o da toscani. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nella lessicografia è registrato nel significato di 'piacere, andare a genio, riuscire gradito' detto di oggetti o persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concludendo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;siamo di fronte a una forma che, da un lato, fa parte a pieno titolo del patrimonio storico della tradizione lessicale italiana, anche se da alcune notazioni sulla limitazione d'uso sembra ormai inserito in un processo tendente alla marginalità; dall'altro si mostra elemento vitale e persistente del linguaggio fiorentino in particolare, e toscano in generale, e come tale è riconosciuto dai parlanti della regione, tanto da essere censurato nel passaggio all'italiano standard, laddove per i non toscani può essere avvertito invece come un preziosismo se non un arcaismo o un'affettazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-07T09:02:29.613" LastActivityDate="2018-03-07T09:02:29.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9182" CreationDate="2018-03-07T09:06:43.943" Score="2" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto questo passaggio che fa riferimento a un momento in cui l'autore dovette ricoverarsi in ospedale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poche ore dopo ero in un letto d’ospedale. Passarono due giorni e l’amico che mi assisteva mi disse che i medici mi davano per moribondo. «Dicono che ti sei portato il male troppo tempo senza accorgertene. Che facciamo? Ti alzi e vieni via o diamo ragione a loro?» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  Io gli dissi: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; ‎«Ascolta. Li calerò nella fossa tutti quanti, loro e le loro radiografie. Qui si tratta di &lt;strong&gt;rimettersi in pari con lo stomaco&lt;/strong&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;rimettersi in pari con lo stomaco&quot; che appare in questo brano. Si tratta di un modo di dire? Potreste spiegarmene il significato? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;stomaco&quot; in alcuni dizionari, incluso il dizionario di modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-07T10:50:29.573" LastActivityDate="2018-03-07T10:50:29.573" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;rimettersi in pari con lo stomaco&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9180" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9181" CreationDate="2018-03-07T09:26:11.447" Score="2" ViewCount="456" Body="&lt;p&gt;Many (all that I looked) English-Italian dictionaries give a transaltion for &quot;&lt;em&gt;a hat&lt;/em&gt;&quot; as &quot;&lt;em&gt;capello&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. However, looking for this word the other way around never shows &quot;hat&quot; as one of the translations of the word &quot;&lt;em&gt;capello&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Two Italian dictionaries I have looked in also don't mention any kind of head covering as a meaning of &quot;&lt;em&gt;capello&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?parola=capello&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;one&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/capello.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;two&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;&lt;em&gt;capello&lt;/em&gt;&quot; ever mean any kind of head covering at all? If yes, if this a special kind of hat?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4166" LastActivityDate="2018-11-25T22:51:44.420" Title="Does &quot;capello&quot; (it.) ever mean &quot;hat&quot; (Eng.)?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ClosedDate="2018-03-07T11:24:12.527" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9180" CreationDate="2018-03-07T09:28:46.420" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are looking for &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano-Inglese/C/cappello.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cappello&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; meaning &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;hat&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano-Inglese/C/capello.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Capello&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, note one single &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;p&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, means hair.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-25T22:51:44.420" LastActivityDate="2018-11-25T22:51:44.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9179" CreationDate="2018-03-07T10:47:04.953" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di questo modo di dire in questo contesto è rifocillarsi, mangiare a sazietà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio di uso in un contesto simile al tuo si trova in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=EwCmHXABMIAC&amp;amp;pg=PA45&amp;amp;lpg=PA45&amp;amp;dq=rimettersi%20in%20pari%20con%20lo%20stomaco&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=afYwMnoNaZ&amp;amp;sig=IXtOXNGYk1BoCeGLLqX5IlBAu3s&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjkjfXMgtrZAhVEtBQKHc8fAaEQ6AEINTAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=rimettersi%20in%20pari%20con%20lo%20stomaco&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cari socci: anedotti e personaggi nel Novecento scarlinese&lt;/a&gt; di Flavio Agresti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo vitto forzato procurava agli Scarlinesi, tutta gente robusta e&#xA;  d'appetito, un sacrificio mille e più volte maggiore di quello dovuto&#xA;  al pesantissimo lavoro nei campi, più adatto alle bestie che agli&#xA;  uomini, a cui erano addetti. Perciò, al fine di rendere più&#xA;  sopportabile la loro situazione, decisero che, appena concluso&#xA;  quell'impegno di lavoro, sarebbero tutti andati al ristorante a farsi&#xA;  una bella scorpacciata di pastasciutta per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mettersi in pari con lo&#xA;  stomaco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e ritemprarsi l'orgoglio, così duramente ferito da quella&#xA;  umiliante esperienza, prima di tornare alle rispettive famiglie a&#xA;  Scarlino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-07T10:47:04.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9177" CreationDate="2018-03-07T15:33:45.950" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Garbare&quot; è senz'altro da ritenersi un toscanismo, ovvero un termine regionale ammesso nella lingua parlata in Toscana e comunque compreso in tutta Italia ma non accettabile nello scritto se non in comunicazioni di tipo informale fra conoscenti.&#xA;Per il significato è un sinonimo pieno di &quot;piacere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4411" LastActivityDate="2018-03-07T15:33:45.950" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9185" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9186" CreationDate="2018-03-08T09:21:21.610" Score="3" ViewCount="429" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alto com’eri, mi proibivi l’orizzonte; io pedalavo e tu mi guidavi. Pedalavo piano, appena da mantenere l’equilibrio, per evitarti le scosse. A ruota libera infilammo via Tomacelli ove il traffico divenne più intenso, ti divertivi a scampanellare, a &lt;strong&gt;dare sulla voce&lt;/strong&gt; ai passanti; mi chiedevi il nome delle strade, le notizie dell’anno trascorso, dicevi: «Mi sembra di entrare in un nuovo mondo».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che va in bicicletta con l'autore è suo fratello. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;dare sulla voce&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/V/voce.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Zittire una persona, metterla a tacere di solito muovendole riproveri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non sono sicura che questo sia il senso nel brano sopra citato: il fratello di Vasco Pratolini faceva zittire i passanti riproverandoli dalla bicicletta? Per questa ragione vi chiedo: questo modo di dire può avere un altro significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-08T09:28:50.203" LastActivityDate="2018-03-09T09:10:06.383" Title="Significato di &quot;dare sulla voce&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9185" CreationDate="2018-03-08T09:31:20.133" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche il Garzanti indica come significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=voce&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dare sulla voce&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dare sulla voce a qualcuno: rimproverarlo, zittirlo, contraddirlo&#xA;  vivacemente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come tu hai trovato su Hoepli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scena è quella di due fratelli che girano per la città facendo baccano e divertendosi ad apostrofare i passanti senza una ragione precisa, giusto per distrarsi dai problemi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-08T09:45:06.000" LastActivityDate="2018-03-08T09:45:06.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8605" CreationDate="2018-03-09T06:13:22.400" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si rifà all'alchimia perché l'oro filosofale (la rugiada degli adepti) è molto più facile da reperire al mattino.&#xA;Anche il proverbio &quot; ha addosso l'argento vivo &quot; deriva da questa antica scienza.&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/lecP2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4413" LastActivityDate="2018-03-09T06:13:22.400" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9185" CreationDate="2018-03-09T08:50:36.707" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche Treccani definisce &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/voce/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dare sulla voce a qualcuno&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; come: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;contraddirlo, riprenderlo vivacemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=dare%20sulla%20voce&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cdare%20sulla%20voce%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;  mostra che l'espressione è in uso da circa la metà del 1800, &#xA;e compare ad esempio nel  seguente Dizionario della Lingua italiana compilato dagli Accademici Della Crusca,  del 1836:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=WG91asA3WmoC&amp;amp;pg=PA932&amp;amp;dq=%22dare%20sulla%20voce%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiujJTT697ZAhXESBQKHbC2DeIQ6AEIJzAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22dare%20sulla%20voce%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dare sulla voce&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Interrompere l'altrui discorso, Opporgli, Farlo tacere.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio più recente da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=aFxlAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22dare%20sulla%20voce%22&amp;amp;dq=%22dare%20sulla%20voce%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiq_Zfj7t7ZAhWDvRQKHaRuBGYQ6AEIQDAG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;MM Rossa&lt;/a&gt; di Ferruccio Parazzoli,  del 2003:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;O, almeno, non siamo in grado di vederli. O, forse, agiscono proprio quando noi non li vediamo. &quot;Pensaci tu, allora&quot; direbbe il solito moralista pronto a dare sulla voce.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-09T09:10:06.383" LastActivityDate="2018-03-09T09:10:06.383" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9190" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9191" CreationDate="2018-03-09T09:06:33.907" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Al mio ritorno, dopo i due anni trascorsi in sanatorio, tu eri disoccupato. Ti avevano licenziato da un ufficio per «scarso rendimento». L’esperienza dei quotidiani rapporti col mondo ostile, e delle quotidiane rinunzie a cui è costretta la povera gente, &lt;strong&gt;ti aveva già provato&lt;/strong&gt;. Era evidente che avevi subìto un trauma dal quale soltanto adesso ti riprendevi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il senso del costrutto &quot;ti aveva già provato&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;provare&quot; in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le tante accezioni che appaiono, non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'espressione che si trova nel testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-09T10:01:15.510" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;provare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9190" CreationDate="2018-03-09T09:15:18.837" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;provato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è indebolito, logorato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/provare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;provare&lt;/a&gt; trovi la seguente accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;a. Cimentare, mettere alla prova: &lt;em&gt;le avversità provano l’uomo; &lt;strong&gt;la terribile esperienza l’ha molto provata&lt;/strong&gt;;&lt;/em&gt; con partic. riferimento&#xA;  all’integrità fisica e psichica di una persona, indebolire, logorare:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;il lungo digiuno (o il periodo di prigionia) lo ha duramente provato;&#xA;  il lavoro in miniera prova anche i fisici più robusti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e sul Treccani sinonimi e contrari per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/provare_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;provare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[sottoporre a prove per superare le quali occorre resistenza, coraggio e sim.: &lt;em&gt;le avversità provano l'uomo; &lt;strong&gt;il lungo digiuno lo ha&#xA;  duramente provato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;]  ≈ (lett., non com.) cimentare, mettere alla (o a&#xA;  dura) prova. ↑ indebolire, logorare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-09T10:01:15.510" LastActivityDate="2018-03-09T10:01:15.510" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9192" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9194" CreationDate="2018-03-10T09:59:53.160" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La tua sensibilità ti portava a &lt;strong&gt;prospettare&lt;/strong&gt; ogni conflitto, anche il più banale e fortuito, come una colpa di cui soffrivi esasperandone i toni, l’umiliazione e lo sconforto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di  &quot;prospettare&quot; in questa frase? Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prospettare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che questo verbo significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sottoporre alla considerazione o all’attenzione altrui, esporre, presentare e sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, a me non sembra che questo sia il senso nel brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-10T14:23:17.587" Title="Cosa significa &quot;prospettare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9193" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9192" CreationDate="2018-03-10T12:02:48.363" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se seguiamo il significato di &lt;em&gt;prospettare&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di “presentare”, possiamo pensare che qui l’autore intenda dire che la sensibilità della persona di cui si parla la portava non solo a considerare (dentro di sé) ogni conflitto come una colpa, ma anche a mostrare tale considerazione con atteggiamenti evidenti agli altri («esasperandone i toni, l’umiliazione e lo sconforto»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-03-10T12:02:48.363" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9192" CreationDate="2018-03-10T14:23:17.587" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt; di Pratolini fu pubblicata nel 1947. Ecco per esteso la voce &lt;strong&gt;prospettare&lt;/strong&gt; dello Zingarelli del 1948:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a. [= verbo attivo] *prospectare. Stare a vedere, Guardare innanzi a sé. | &lt;em&gt;La palazzata di Messina prospettava il mare e la costa calabrese.&lt;/em&gt; | neol. Dimostrare; Mettere in prospetto, mostra, Mostrare. | &lt;em&gt;le circostanze, la situazione delle cose&lt;/em&gt; | &lt;em&gt;l'ipotesi&lt;/em&gt;, Affacciare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, all'epoca, il primo significato era quello etimologico di “guardare in avanti qualcosa”, detto sia letteralmente di un oggetto esposto per esempio al mare o a un certo punto cardinale, sia come qui di una persona che anticipa, cerca di prevedere, prefigura i conflitti (senza, a mio avviso, che sia ancora presente il senso, all'epoca considerato solo un neologismo, di mostrarli a qualcun altro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-03-10T14:23:17.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9195" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9196" CreationDate="2018-03-11T09:36:28.623" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Pensavo, non ridere, che la bambina, fra qualche anno, in un giorno come questo, mi &lt;strong&gt;farà trovare la letterina sotto il piatto&lt;/strong&gt;!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase viene pronunciata nel giorno di Natale dal padre di questa bambina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi a cosa consiste il &quot;far trovare la letterina sotto il piatto&quot; di cui parla questo testo? Una cerca su Google  mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di qualcosa che si fa o si faceva a Natale, ma non capisco cos'è esattamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-11T10:34:46.873" Title="Che cosa è &quot;far trovare la letterina sotto il piatto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9195" CreationDate="2018-03-11T10:34:46.873" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da quel che leggo si tratta di un'usanza natalizia con la quale i bambini scrivono una lettera di ringraziamento ai genitori e di buoni propositi per il nuovo anno e prima del pranzo di Natale in famiglia, la mettono sotto il piatto dei genitori o dei parenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, non conoscevo questa tradizione ma dalla numerosità dei riferimenti trovati, sembra che fosse molto diffusa in Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rif:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=3dJaTEOoEqcC&amp;amp;pg=PT25&amp;amp;lpg=PT25#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.it/books?id=3dJaTEOoEqcC&amp;amp;pg=PT25&amp;amp;lpg=PT25#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20081105144652AAng8XI&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20081105144652AAng8XI&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lastampa.it/2014/12/10/cultura/opinioni/l-editoriale-dei-lettori/letterine-di-natale-fhN5lgkqVFVmS26f08n0gK/pagina.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.lastampa.it/2014/12/10/cultura/opinioni/l-editoriale-dei-lettori/letterine-di-natale-fhN5lgkqVFVmS26f08n0gK/pagina.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://scuolainsoffitta.com/2015/11/24/festeggiare-il-natale-come-una-volta/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://scuolainsoffitta.com/2015/11/24/festeggiare-il-natale-come-una-volta/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://saporidelsalento.wordpress.com/2012/12/23/la-letterina-sotto-il-piatto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://saporidelsalento.wordpress.com/2012/12/23/la-letterina-sotto-il-piatto/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-03-11T10:34:46.873" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9197" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9198" CreationDate="2018-03-12T08:38:26.127" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Era biondo, alto, franco nel &lt;strong&gt;gestire&lt;/strong&gt;.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;gestire&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che può significare amministrare o regolare qualcosa oppure fare gesti. Tuttavia non riesco a capire il senso di tale verbo nella frase sopra citata. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-12T09:26:57.593" Title="Significato di &quot;gestire&quot; in questa frase" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9197" CreationDate="2018-03-12T09:26:57.593" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gestire1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gestire1/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;gestire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; v. intr. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;gestire&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;gestus -us&lt;/em&gt; «gesto»] (&lt;em&gt;io gestisco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tu gestisci&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; aus. &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;), raro. – Fare gesti con le mani, con le braccia, soprattutto per accompagnare il discorso e dare evidenza ai concetti: &lt;em&gt;attore che gestisce troppo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa molto di più &lt;em&gt;gesticolare&lt;/em&gt;, che però può avere un senso di “esagerare nei gesti”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;franco&lt;/em&gt; direi che vale il significato 4 in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/franco2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/franco2/&lt;/a&gt;, quindi &lt;em&gt;sicuro di sé&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;schietto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-03-12T09:26:57.593" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8948" CreationDate="2018-03-12T11:03:53.267" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are equivalents but &quot;farsi prendere&quot; is generally associated to a positive mood / thing word, instead &quot;lasciarsi prendere&quot; is generally associated to a negative one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So basically &quot;entusiasmo&quot; is more often used with &quot;farsi prendere&quot; while &quot;tristezza&quot; (sadness) is more often used with &quot;lasciarsi prendere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Farsi prendere&quot; detects also a will to look for the state (you do something that leads you to the mood / things ) while &quot;lasciarsi prendere&quot; it's like &quot;fall in X&quot;, so it's like something that happens itself and you follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More or less the difference is like between &quot;I'm in love&quot; (farsi prendere) and &quot;I fell in love&quot; (lasciarsi andare all'amore): they both can be translated in italian as &quot;Sono innamorato&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4310" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-04-12T20:56:42.133" LastActivityDate="2018-04-12T20:56:42.133" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9200" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-13T08:49:20.503" Score="1" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti trovai come se ti &lt;strong&gt;avessero colpito&lt;/strong&gt; in tutto il corpo &lt;strong&gt;col diavolo a sette code&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;colpire col diavolo a sette code&quot; che appare in questa frase. Si tratta di un modo di dire? Qual è il suo significato? Ho ricercato su Google, ma non ho trovato nessuna informazione a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-13T09:05:21.360" Title="Significato di &quot;colpire col diavolo a sette code&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9200" CreationDate="2018-03-13T09:05:21.360" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso si riferisca piuttosto al &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gatto_a_nove_code&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gatto a nove code&lt;/a&gt; che era un mezzo di tortura particolarmente doloroso, usato nella flagellazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era in uso nell'antichità, tipicamente presso i Romani. Lo strumento&#xA;  era allora costituito da fibbie di cuoio alle cui estremità erano&#xA;  legati artigli metallici, ossa di pecora o palline di piombo, che&#xA;  laceravano in profondità le carni del condannato, tanto che sovente&#xA;  questi non sopravviveva. La definizione di &quot;gatto a nove code&quot; si&#xA;  riferisce di solito più specificamente alla frusta a nove lacci di&#xA;  corda annodati, che veniva usata come punizione sulle navi della&#xA;  marina reale e nell'esercito del Regno Unito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo genere di punizioni corporali vennero ufficialmente bandite in&#xA;  Inghilterra e in altri paesi del Commonwealth solo negli anni&#xA;  successivi al secondo conflitto mondiale anche per i prigionieri ed i&#xA;  non inglesi nelle colonie, mentre l'ultima fustigazione sul suolo&#xA;  della madrepatria di un soldato di nazionalità inglese avvenne nel&#xA;  1831; la pena della frusta resta in uso in altri ordinamenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gatto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;4 d. Gatto a nove code, specie di frusta con nove strisce di cuoio,&#xA;  con cui un tempo in Inghilterra si percoteva il dorso nudo dei&#xA;  delinquenti; lo stesso nome ha indicato anche lo knut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-13T09:05:21.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9202" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-13T12:21:19.470" Score="3" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ci sono molti modi di dire in italiano dove il numero 4 viene usato in senso figurato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fare quattro passi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dirne quattro&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quattro gatti &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fare il diavolo a quattro &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gridare ai quattro venti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fare quattro salti &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Farsi in quattro,    etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tutti i suddetti i modi di dire come in altri non elencati il numero quattro viene sempre usato per indicare un numero indefinito di cose o persone, come se il numero quattro avesse anche una connotazione di numero generico, indefinito. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa perché il 4 viene usato con la connotazione spiegata sopra?  Ha per caso a che fare con qualche scienza occulta o con qualche vecchia credenza? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2018-03-13T12:21:19.470" Title="Il numero quattro come metafora" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6091" CreationDate="2018-03-13T14:18:32.747" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Double consonants are stressed/made slightly longer than single consonants, but this stress exhibits differently depending on the type of consonant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 'little pause' you have been taught is just the effect of trying to stress some of these consonants. For example, you will probably find it easy to say both a short 'l' and an elongated 'l', but will not be able to similarly make an elongated 'p' sound - if you try, you just end up prolonging the build up of air before you 'release' it to make the 'p' sound. This build up is the 'little pause', but it is also described as being a more 'strong' consonant sound, since the build up makes it more forceful sounding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is a breakdown of the different consonants:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ff&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;vv&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;ll&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;mm&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;nn&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;ss&lt;/strong&gt; have a &lt;em&gt;prolonged&lt;/em&gt; sound&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pp&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;bb&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;cc&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;gg&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;tt&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;dd&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;zz&lt;/strong&gt; have an apparently more &lt;em&gt;forceful&lt;/em&gt; pronunciation&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to hear the difference, listen to native speakers making these (semi-)minimnal pairs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;rissa&lt;/em&gt; (scuffle) / &lt;em&gt;risa&lt;/em&gt; (laugh)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;valle&lt;/em&gt; (valley) / &lt;em&gt;vale&lt;/em&gt; (it is worth)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;carro&lt;/em&gt; (wagon) / &lt;em&gt;caro&lt;/em&gt; (expensive)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;cammino&lt;/em&gt; (walk) / &lt;em&gt;camino&lt;/em&gt; (chimney) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;nonno&lt;/em&gt; (grandfather) / &lt;em&gt;nono&lt;/em&gt; (ninth)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;bevve&lt;/em&gt; ([s]he drank) / &lt;em&gt;beve&lt;/em&gt; ([s]he drinks)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;notte&lt;/em&gt; (night) / &lt;em&gt;note&lt;/em&gt; (notes)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pappa&lt;/em&gt; (baby food) / &lt;em&gt;papa&lt;/em&gt; (the pope)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pacco&lt;/em&gt; (pack) / &lt;em&gt;paco&lt;/em&gt; (I calm)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;leggo&lt;/em&gt; (I read) / &lt;em&gt;lego&lt;/em&gt; (I tie)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; The Catalan pronunciation of the 'll' in &lt;em&gt;caramella&lt;/em&gt; is a completely different consonant from the Italian word:&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;code&gt;/kə.ɾəˈme.ʎə/&lt;/code&gt; (Catalan &lt;code&gt;/ʎ/&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;code&gt;/ka.raˈmɛl.la/&lt;/code&gt; (Italian &lt;code&gt;/l.l/&lt;/code&gt; - geminated &lt;code&gt;/l/&lt;/code&gt;)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;The Italian orthography for expressing the same consonant &lt;code&gt;/ʎ/&lt;/code&gt; is 'gl' / 'gli' :&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;e.g. fi&lt;strong&gt;gl&lt;/strong&gt;i, &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt;elo, ma&lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt;a&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/learn-italian/0/steps/14975&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.futurelearn.com/courses/learn-italian/0/steps/14975&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;a href=&quot;https://ca.wiktionary.org/wiki/caramella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://ca.wiktionary.org/wiki/caramella&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA/Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA/Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;a href=&quot;https://learn-italian-online.italianvirtualschool.it/en/tag/italian-minimal-pairs/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://learn-italian-online.italianvirtualschool.it/en/tag/italian-minimal-pairs/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2018-06-26T21:32:04.437" LastActivityDate="2018-06-26T21:32:04.437" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9168" CreationDate="2018-03-13T15:40:11.623" Score="2" Body="&lt;h3&gt;In breve&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono capelli intrecciati &lt;em&gt;a cercine&lt;/em&gt;, cioè in modo da ricordare o in modo da formare un cercine.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il cercine era un panno avvolto a cerchio che veniva posto sulla testa per sostenere meglio i pesi.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono, in pratica, &lt;strong&gt;capelli pettinati in trecce arrotolate a formare uno o più cerchi.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Erano divenuti anche una moda già con Vibia Sabina, moglie dell'imperatore Adriano, che li portava sulla fronte, mentre la donna descritta nel brano citato li porta sulla nuca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Qualche parola in più&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi provare a cercare qualche foto di statue antiche (vedi sotto).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ai confini di Roma: Tesori archeologici dai musei della provincia&quot;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Im3iCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA79&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt;, pagina 79, c'è una foto ed anche una descrizione (statua proveniente da Locus Feronie).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Altri riferimenti, volendo, si possono trovare online in una pagina che parla di acconciature romane &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.romanoimpero.com/2014/09/acconciature-romane.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando ancora nell'universo Treccani oltre la pagina che hai già citato &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cercine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt; per il significato di cercine (1.a.) e della relativa acconciatura (2.b.), penso sia utile anche la pagina di &lt;em&gt;&quot;A (Preposizione)&quot;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/a-preposizione_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;4&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt; dell'enciclopedia, &#xA;dove si può trovare un cenno storico sull'uso di locuzioni avverbiali (in questo caso relative alla &lt;em&gt;moda&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alcune locuzioni avverbiali costruite con la preposizione &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; (normali nell’uso odierno) sono state a lungo condannate dai puristi, perché rifatte su un modello francese (➔prestiti).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Tra queste, molte espressioni della moda&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;alla Pompadour&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;alla Luigi XIV&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e nel nostro caso &lt;em&gt;&quot;a cercine&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da wikipedia (immagine e testo) &lt;sup&gt;[&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vibia_Sabina&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;5&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Numerose sono le statue erette per celebrare Sabina, raffigurata con i capelli raccolti a treccia, rialzata in fronte con un nodo centrale ... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EcDk4.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EcDk4.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Vibia Sabina Augusta, statua in Villa Adriana&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastEditorUserId="2193" LastEditDate="2018-03-14T06:57:22.347" LastActivityDate="2018-03-14T06:57:22.347" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2018-03-14T09:13:06.903" Score="0" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Warning: there's a risk to be misunderstood !&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Despite the amount of answers I've not seen this risk emphasized (see below).&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;I see at least three keys to answer to your questions: grammar, opportunity and education.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grammar.&lt;/strong&gt; It's quite simple, as stressed elsewhere: in Italian you should use &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; for a woman, &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; for more than one, &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; for a man, &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; for more than one or for male(s) and female(s) together.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Opportunity.&lt;/strong&gt; Italian is a sharp tool, if you want. From here the possibility to be &lt;strong&gt;misunderstood&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Since &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; should referer to one single male, &lt;strong&gt;you can use to address specifically your compliment to one element of a group&lt;/strong&gt;. After all, not all the troupes are composed with artists of the same level, neither in each performance the same artist gives his/her best.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Let's do a practical example: at one point one tenor and two sopranos enter together on the stage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you say &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; you may want to address your compliment only to him, highlighting his performance over the sopranos ones.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you say &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; the opposite, you may want to address your compliment only to the sopranos.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If you say &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; you want to emphasize one of the sopranos on the other two artists (which one is a little more tricky to understand...).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Moreover you may see sometimes the male artist to step back and push forward the female ones&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Especially when the male is well known actor and the females are young you may listen &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; to highlight the attempt to promote the young ones&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;You may again listen &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  (or &lt;em&gt;brav&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;) to state the intention to make no difference (between) among the artists.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Education.&lt;/strong&gt; Last but not least, &lt;strong&gt;a compliment is always a compliment&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;It doesn't really matter if you say &lt;em&gt;bravo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bravò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bra-voh&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;prafo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;blavo&lt;/em&gt; or whatever. So if it is clear you are not an Italian native speaker, you will not reasonably offend anyone, and your effort will be appreciated. In this case the worst (pronunciation) the better, but since you know the differences you can choose the proper tool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Last note, how it sounds.&lt;/strong&gt; This depends on the mood, education, sensibility of those who listen. Over the time (but out of Italy) I alternatively found it queer, funny or weird, but I finish to be used to.  So an artist who travels or that performs for a non Italian public is reasonably ready to understand the compliment and not to misunderstand you... but for the public itself it depends, case by case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastEditorUserId="2193" LastEditDate="2020-12-18T09:23:54.527" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T09:23:54.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9206" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-14T09:31:14.830" Score="2" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stavi scomodo nel letto, come i soldati nei «castelli» &lt;strong&gt;di fortuna&lt;/strong&gt;. Il letto era corto per le tue gambe, ti costringeva a tenere le ginocchia piegate. Il materasso era di crine, vecchio, tutto asperità, pareva vi fossero nascoste delle pietre. Siccome i tedeschi avevano saccheggiato la biancheria, l’ospedale forniva soltanto una coperta, leggera, bucata in più punti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;castelli&quot; in questo brano  suppongo sia quello spiegato nel punto 4 e della voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/castello&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;castello&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, cioè&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Impalcatura verticale di legno a più piani sui quali, in caserme, rifugi, dormitorî pubblici, baraccamenti provvisorî, ecc., sono appoggiate reti, tele, pancacci per dormire; impalcature analoghe, con due (raram. più) letti sovrapposti, sono talora usate anche in abitazioni private, soprattutto per farvi dormire bambini o ragazzi (&lt;em&gt;letti a castello&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda l'espressione &quot;di fortuna&quot;, anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fortuna/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la locuz. agg. &lt;em&gt;di fortuna&lt;/em&gt; è passata a indicare qualsiasi cosa improvvisata alla meglio, o che costituisca un ripiego in caso di necessità: &lt;em&gt;abbiamo riparato il guasto con arnesi di f.; fecero la strada parte a piedi parte con mezzi di fortuna&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia non sono sicura che questo sia il senso nel brano sopra citato: i letti a castello si possono improvvisare alla meglio? Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei  dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T13:10:04.110" Title="Significato dell'espressione &quot;di fortuna&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9207" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-14T10:40:11.617" Score="6" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tommaseobellini.it/#/doc&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tommaseo&lt;/a&gt;, one of the meanings of &quot;pianeta&quot; is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;6&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[Val.] Per Augurio, Acquisto, Influsso. Pucc. Centil. 77. 40. &lt;em&gt;Il Conte Ettore non diè nella rete, Perocchè alla Montagna sanza motti Per gente er'ito con miglior pianete.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The quote is from Antonio Pucci, the XIV century. I fail to comprehend this meaning. It seems similar to 'presentiment' to me. However, this is only true for the meaning &quot;augurio&quot;, and both &quot;influsso&quot; and &quot;acquisto&quot; do not seem to match here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any hints would be highly appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4424" LastActivityDate="2018-03-14T10:56:23.537" Title="Meaning of the word &quot;pianeta&quot; as &quot;augurio, acquisto, influsso&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9207" CreationDate="2018-03-14T10:52:34.997" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it refers to the following meaning by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pianeta3/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; in which &lt;em&gt;pianeta&lt;/em&gt; is used metaphorically to refer to the supposed influences that planets can have over human beings according to some astrological doctrines: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;3 - Con riferimento alle dottrine astrologiche intorno all’influsso dei pianeti (per cui si parla spesso di p. benigno, favorevole, o avverso, maligno, e sono frequenti le espressioni nascere o essere nato sotto un buon p., un cattivo p., e sim.), sorte, destino: &lt;em&gt;è il mio pianeta che tutti m’abbiano a dare addosso&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2018-03-14T10:56:23.537" LastActivityDate="2018-03-14T10:56:23.537" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3919" CreationDate="2018-03-15T01:13:42.353" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I'm aware, the only pair of words spelled as such in Italian are: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/be_res-ba5b0f02-0010-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bè&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; vs &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/be_res-ba91fd91-0010-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bé&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The list increases somewhat if you expand your criteria from words ending &lt;code&gt;...è&lt;/code&gt; vs &lt;code&gt;...é&lt;/code&gt; to words with terminal stress &lt;code&gt;/ˈɛ/&lt;/code&gt; vs &lt;code&gt;/ˈe/&lt;/code&gt; (seemingly all monosyllabic):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;re&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;re&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;v'è&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;ve&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;'ve&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;ve'&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;veh&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c'è&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;ce&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ue/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;uè&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;UE&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;me'&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;me&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;me'&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;deh&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;de&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;de'&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;neh&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;né&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;ne'&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tè&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;te'&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;eh&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;he&lt;/strong&gt; vs &lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;e'&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bè&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;beè&lt;/strong&gt;), &lt;strong&gt;be'&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;beh&lt;/strong&gt;) vs &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/be_res-ba47fc2d-0010-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;be&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Bé&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;1. Onomatopoeic&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2. Antiquated or regional variant of &lt;em&gt;bi&lt;/em&gt; (B)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;3. Chemical symbol&lt;br&gt;&#xA;4. Alternate (rarer) spellings:  &lt;strong&gt;thè&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;the&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Further Note&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Most Italian polysyllabic words ending &lt;code&gt;...è&lt;/code&gt; are naturalised loanwords from French, given names, or contractions with &lt;em&gt;...&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;. Almost all those ending &lt;code&gt;...é&lt;/code&gt; are compounds of &lt;em&gt;...&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;ché&lt;/em&gt; or numbers whose unit part is three (&lt;em&gt;...&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;tre&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;tré&lt;/em&gt;)):&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;...è&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;bebè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;bébé&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;bidè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;bidet&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;bignè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;beignet&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;corvè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;corvée&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;cupè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;coupé&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;defilè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;défilé&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;gilè&lt;/strong&gt; (gile) (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;gilet&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;lacchè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;laquais&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;narghilè&lt;/strong&gt; (narghile) (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;narghilé&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;nattè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;natté&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;oboè&lt;/strong&gt; (òboe) (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;hautbois&lt;/em&gt;) (antiquated spelling)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;purè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;purée&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;relè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Fr. &lt;em&gt;relais&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;caffè&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;tostacaffè&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;macinacaffè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Ottoman Turkish قهوه‎ (&lt;em&gt;kahve&lt;/em&gt;))&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;macramè&lt;/strong&gt; (from Turkish &lt;em&gt;makreme&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;aloè&lt;/strong&gt; (àloe) (from Lat. &lt;em&gt;alŏe&lt;/em&gt;, from Gr. ἀλόη)&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;ahimè&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;aimè&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;omè&lt;/strong&gt;) (&lt;em&gt;ahi&lt;/em&gt; +‎ &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;cioè&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ciò&lt;/em&gt; + è*)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;com'è&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;cos'è&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;dov'è&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;dove&lt;/em&gt; +‎ &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;piè&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;piede&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;fendè&lt;/strong&gt; (fendé) (&lt;em&gt;third-person singular past historic of&lt;/em&gt; fendere)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;temè&lt;/strong&gt; (temé) (&lt;em&gt;third-person singular past historic of&lt;/em&gt; temere)&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;Eunoè&lt;/strong&gt; (given name, coined by Dante from Greek &lt;em&gt;eu&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;nous&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;Giosuè&lt;/strong&gt; (given name, cog. &lt;em&gt;Joshua&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;Iosè&lt;/strong&gt; (given name, cog. &lt;em&gt;Josephine&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;Letè&lt;/strong&gt; (Lete) (given name, from Lat. &lt;em&gt;Lethe&lt;/em&gt;) (antiquated spelling)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;Mosè&lt;/strong&gt; (given name)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• &lt;strong&gt;Noè&lt;/strong&gt; (given name, from Ancient Greek Νῶε (&lt;em&gt;Nôe&lt;/em&gt;))&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&quot;...é&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• alé, d'emblée, mercé, testé, marron glacé&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• acciocché, affinché, allorché, ancorché, benché, centotré, checché, cosicché, conciossiaché, dacché, finché, fintantoché, fuorché, giacché, granché, imperocché, nonché, ondeché, perché, poiché, purché, sicché, sinché, talché, tantoché, trentatré, tuttoché&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;• ventitré, cinquantatré, sessantatré, settantatré, ottantatré, novantatré, &lt;sup&gt;&lt;sub&gt;centoventitré, centotrentatré, centoquarantatré, centocinquantatré, centosessantatré, centosettantatré, centottantatré, centonovantatré, &lt;sup&gt;&lt;sub&gt;duecentotré, &lt;sup&gt;&lt;sub&gt;cinquecentotrentatré, cinquecentoquarantatré, cinquecentocinquantatré, cinquecentosessantatré, cinquecentosettantatré, cinquecentonovantatré&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2018-03-15T11:47:38.410" LastActivityDate="2018-03-15T11:47:38.410" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9211" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-15T09:06:07.983" Score="2" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«In certi &lt;strong&gt;momenti di reazione&lt;/strong&gt; sarei portato ad ammettere che mi sposai per fare dispetto a Enzina. Ma non sarebbe la verità. La verità è che avevo bisogno di un affetto. Lo cercai sposandomi. Piano piano, e con la miseria che avevamo patito insieme, mi ero veramente innamorato di mia moglie. Il nostro non era più soltanto un modo di tenersi per la mano... Non aver mai nessuno con cui espandersi, nessuno che ti sappia capire e che ti aiuti a farti coraggio...».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;momenti di reazione&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il termine &quot;reazione&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-15T09:23:55.400" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;momenti di reazione&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9211" CreationDate="2018-03-15T09:23:55.400" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/reazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reazione&lt;/a&gt; che a mio parere maggiormente si adatta al contesto da te indicato è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;4 d. In psichiatria, sindrome di vario tipo: r. esogena, sindrome&#xA;  psicotica dovuta a un agente che non sia in rapporto né con la&#xA;  costituzione né con la disposizione del soggetto; r. psicogena,&#xA;  sindrome che insorge a seguito di un fatto realmente vissuto ricco di&#xA;  contenuto emotivo, in rapporto diretto, anche di tempo, con il fatto&#xA;  stesso (per es., lo stato depressivo che insorge dopo un grave lutto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono un esperto in materia, ma direi che la reazione indicata dall'autore potrebbe essere quella psicogena, cioè in particolari momenti in cui ci si ritrova sotto pressione psicologica, ad esempio per contrattempi nella vita, si è portati a comportarsi ed avere atteggiamenti diversi dal normale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In uno di questi momenti particolari l'autore sarebbe portato ad ammettere che &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi sposai per fare dispetto a Enzina. Ma non sarebbe la verità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-15T09:23:55.400" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5232" CreationDate="2018-03-15T19:51:40.087" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The author of the paper was &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Job_plot&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Paul Job&lt;/a&gt;. Though it was published in an Italian journal, Job was French - a student of &lt;a href=&quot;https://authors.library.caltech.edu/5456/1/hrst.mit.edu/hrs/materials/public/Caro/Caro_intro.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Georges Urbain&lt;/a&gt; and cousin of &lt;a href=&quot;https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andr%C3%A9_Job&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;André Job&lt;/a&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=zOXB_AVT08kC&amp;amp;pg=PA159&amp;amp;lpg=PA159&amp;amp;dq=%22paul+job%22+chemistry&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;, teaching at the Ecole nationale supérieure de chimie de Paris (ENSCP), and born in &lt;a href=&quot;http://data.bnf.fr/10792471/paul_job/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;    Nancy (Meurthe-et-Moselle)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given all this, I think we can assume it was pronounced in an early 20th century French fashion, presumably &lt;code&gt;/ʒɔb/&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2018-03-15T20:02:24.167" LastActivityDate="2018-03-15T20:02:24.167" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9214" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9215" CreationDate="2018-03-15T20:59:11.087" Score="0" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;1)molte/poche/alcune cose che trovi qui non si trovano da nessuna parte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2)poca/molta acqua che c'è qui è davvero buona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste frasi, così strutturate sono corrette oppure bisogna aggiungere &quot;di&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio &quot;un pò/poca/molta DELL'ACQUA che c'è qui è davvero buona&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente per poca/molta intendo una piccola/grande parte/quantità &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="4389" LastEditDate="2018-03-15T22:10:32.003" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T07:49:51.893" Title="Correttezza grammaticale di queste frasi?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9215" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9214" CreationDate="2018-03-16T07:49:51.893" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le frasi sono corrette. &lt;em&gt;Molto&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;poco&lt;/em&gt; sono aggettivi che possono essere usati al maschile/femminile, singolare/plurale e non hanno la preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;. L’altra espressione di quantità è &lt;em&gt;un po’ di&lt;/em&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;Un po’&lt;/em&gt; si scrive con l’apostrofo e non con l’accento).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T07:49:51.893" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9216" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9218" CreationDate="2018-03-16T08:32:01.367" Score="2" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se colpite secco e giusto a quel dato punto della mascella, anche Joe Louis piegherà le ginocchia, il suo organismo non reagirà più, avrà inizio la sua agonia di campione che durerà dieci secondi. L’agonia mortale è più lunga di quella di un boxeur che &lt;strong&gt;perde la cintura&lt;/strong&gt;, ed è straziante, crudele, indicibile...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;perdere la cintura&quot; in questo contesto? Una ricerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere che è un'espressione che si usa nel pugilato, ma non ho trovato il significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T16:56:05.903" Title="Cosa significa &quot;perdere la cintura&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9216" CreationDate="2018-03-16T08:41:16.570" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il boxeur che perde la cintura è il pugile campione in carica che viene sconfitto e di conseguenza perde il titolo, rappresentato dalla cintura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Senza entrare troppo nello specifico all'interno della WBA - World Boxing Association i pugili vengono suddivisi in categorie diverse in base al peso.&#xA;Per ogni categoria c'è il titolo con la corrispondente cintura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il pugile &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Joe_Louis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Joe Louis&lt;/a&gt; riportato nel passaggio da te riportato era un peso massimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-16T08:47:10.920" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T08:47:10.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9216" CreationDate="2018-03-16T08:57:06.147" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La cintura è il trofeo per eccellenza nella boxe. Perdere la cintura significa perdere il titolo di campione in una delle varie categorie del pugilato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Tenere in mano quella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.laprovinciadivarese.it/stories/Sport/papa-avevi-ragione-ho-vinto-la-cintura_1185519_11/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cintura&lt;/a&gt;. Tenere in mano la cintura di campione italiano, non è facile. No: perché è oro. Preziosa e pesante allo stesso tempo. E, quando Michele Esposito, ieri, è venuto in redazione a farcela vedere, non abbiamo resistito alla tentazione di tenerla tra le nostre mani. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.laprovinciadivarese.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EqVvx.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EqVvx.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In merito alla curiosità espressa riguardo al fatto se negli anni ‘40 si usava la cintura trofeo nel pugilato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.panathlonarea1.it/home/panathlonplanet/regolesport/13-03-19/LA_STORIA_DEL_PUGILATO.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La storia del pugilato&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il primo italiano ad indossare la cintura di campione del mondo fu il friulano Primo Carnera che, nel 1933 sul ring di Long Island, batté lo statunitense Sherkey Jack per KO alla sesta ripresa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/RrXv8.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/RrXv8.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso della cintura trofeo nel puglilato risale agli inizi del ‘800.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Championship_belt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Championship belt&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The first belt given as a prize for accomplishments within the ring was presented in 1810 by King George III to bare-knuckle boxer Tom Cribb, after he defeated Tom Molineaux, an American former slave.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Wikipedia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2018-03-16T16:56:05.903" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T16:56:05.903" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9216" CreationDate="2018-03-16T09:07:13.423" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il campione di pugilato ha come riconoscenza &quot;la cintura&quot;; se la perde, vuol dire che non è più lui il campione, ed in questo contesto vengono descritte le sue reazioni con aggettivi come &quot;straziante, crudele, indicibile...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4224" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T09:07:13.423" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9222" CreationDate="2018-03-16T17:28:51.417" Score="5" ViewCount="570" Body="&lt;p&gt;There was a trend in the past of spelling semi-consonantal initial &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;code&gt;/j/&lt;/code&gt;) with a &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jeri&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;ieri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jod&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iod&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;yod&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;s&gt;&lt;em&gt;juta&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iuta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/s&gt; (loanword)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jota&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iota&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jato&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jella&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jena&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iena&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jodio&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iodio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jonico&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;ionico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jattanza&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iattanza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;jettare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;jettatura&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;jettatore&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;iettare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;iettatura&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;iettatore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and similarly inter-vocal &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;aja&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;aia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;bujo&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;buio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;guajo&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;guaio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;notajo&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;notaio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Savoja&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Savoia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;alleluja&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;alleluia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;fidejussione&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;fideiussione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;pajo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;paja&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;paio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;paia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ajola&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ajuola&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;aiola&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;aiuola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;noja, annojare&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;noia, annoiare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;scojolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scojattolo&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;scoiattolo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and additionally replacing plural suffix &lt;em&gt;-ii&lt;/em&gt; (of &lt;em&gt;-io&lt;/em&gt;) (to distinguish homophones from plural &lt;em&gt;-i&lt;/em&gt; (of &lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt;)): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;varj&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;varij&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;varii&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;varî&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;genj&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;genii&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;genî&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;geni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;occhj&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;occhii&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;occhi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;viaggj&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;viaggii&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;viaggi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;studj&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ufficj&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;principj&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;beccaj&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but contemporarily, this orthography seems to have only been retained in a few proper nouns and latinisms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Jesi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jonio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jesolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Ajaccio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Letojanni&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;l’Aja&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Jacopo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jonio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jole&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jannacci&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jolanda&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Iolanda&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;Jago&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Iago&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Yago&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Jacuzzi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jovine&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jacobelli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jacoviello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jaja&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Ojetti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Ajello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Scajola&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Pistoj&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Rejna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Juventus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;juventino&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;iuventino&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;juniores&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and transcription of regional languages' words:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ajo&lt;/em&gt; (Romanesco, cognate with &lt;em&gt;aglio&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;naja&lt;/em&gt; (from Friulian &lt;em&gt;naie&lt;/em&gt;, Old Venetian &lt;em&gt;naia&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apart from these proper nouns, &lt;strong&gt;are there any native Italian words still commonly spelled with a &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sources&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;• &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=kmFgAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA208&amp;amp;lpg=PA208&amp;amp;dq=j&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Tuscan Master; Or a New and Easy Method of Acquiring a Perfect Knowledge of the Italian Language in a Short Time, Divided into Two Parts...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, Dr. Marcello Guelfi Borzacchini&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;• &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/j-j/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/j-j/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2018-03-16T17:34:01.120" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T23:10:14.627" Title="Native Italian words still spelled with a 'j'?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3929" CreationDate="2018-03-16T18:19:33.450" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;From the Italian Orthography Wikipedia page (translated):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;h2&gt;Grapheme 〈h〉&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In Italian 〈h〉 is a so-called &quot;silent&quot; letter, i.e. without a phonological value (although in some cases it may indicate an aspirated sound &lt;code&gt;/h/&lt;/code&gt;, similar to the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tuscan_gorgia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Florentine gorgue&lt;/a&gt;), whose main functions are diacritical and/or distinctive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Today's orthographically regulated uses are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;as a sign in the digraphs &lt;em&gt;ch-&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;gh-&lt;/em&gt; indicating a hard &lt;em&gt;C&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;G&lt;/em&gt; before &lt;em&gt;-e&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;-i&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;as a contrastive sign (of etymological origin from the lat. &lt;em&gt;hăbēre&lt;/em&gt;) in the conjugations of the verb to &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;: &#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ho&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;hai&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ha&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;hanno&lt;/em&gt;, to distinguish them from: &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; (conjunction), &lt;em&gt;ai&lt;/em&gt; (articulated preposition), &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (preposition), &lt;em&gt;anno&lt;/em&gt; (noun).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in interjections, especially primary and monosyllabic. In this case there is no strict rule on its positioning, but there seem to be some nuanced customary uses:&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;at the beginning, when it seems to want to suggest an aspirated sound, particularly in laughter: &lt;em&gt;ha ha&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;code&gt;/ha ha/&lt;/code&gt;), &lt;em&gt;he he&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;code&gt;/hɛ hɛ/&lt;/code&gt;), etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;after the first vowel in most cases: &lt;em&gt;ah&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;boh&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;eh&lt;/em&gt; etc. but also &lt;em&gt;ahi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ehi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ohi&lt;/em&gt;, etc., and in derivatives, &lt;em&gt;ahimè&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ohimè&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;at the end, to indicate the exclamatory nuance of some grammatical particles: &lt;em&gt;mah&lt;/em&gt;, (rare &lt;em&gt;cheh!&lt;/em&gt;), substituting the final apostrophe in &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apocope&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;truncations&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;em&gt;beh&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;be'&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;toh&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;to'&lt;/em&gt;), etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;〈h〉 is found in various contexts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in some Italian surnames: &lt;em&gt;Dahò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Dehò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;De Bartholomaies&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;De Thomasis&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Matthey&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Pamphili&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Rahò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Rhodio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Tha&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thei&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Theodoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thieghi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thiella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thiglia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Tholosano&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thomatis&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thorel&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thovez&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in some Italian toponyms: &lt;em&gt;Dho&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Mathi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Noha&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Proh&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Rho&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Santhià&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Tharros&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thiene&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thiesi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Thurio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Vho&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in derivatives from foreign words: &lt;em&gt;hockeist&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;hobby&lt;/em&gt;, etc., where usually the initial aspirated sound was lost with the Italianization of the pronunciation and therefore the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; also can be omitted in a fully Italianized spelling.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in common Latinisms: &lt;em&gt;habitats&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;herpes&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;homo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;humus&lt;/em&gt;, etc. and Latin phrases: &lt;em&gt;ad hoc&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ad honorem&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;horror vacui&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ortografia_della_lingua_italiana#Grafema_%E2%8C%A9h%E2%8C%AA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ortografia_della_lingua_italiana#Grafema_〈h〉&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additional toponyms containing &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capovalle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roghudi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Roghudi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/D72D6.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/D72D6.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=RszKAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA5&amp;amp;lpg=PA5&amp;amp;dq=aspirated+h&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;A Reference Grammar of Modern Italian&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, Martin Maiden, Cecilia Robustelli (P.5)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rjLMI.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rjLMI.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=3TECAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA148&amp;amp;lpg=PA148&amp;amp;dq=lessons+in+italian+IV&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Popular Educator: A complete Encyclopædia of Elementary, Advanced, and Technical Education. Volume III&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, Cassell, Petter and Galpin (Lessons in Italian - IV, P.148)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2018-03-19T13:41:17.727" LastActivityDate="2018-03-19T13:41:17.727" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9220" CreationDate="2018-03-16T23:10:14.627" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apart from the vague suggestions I gave in the comments, perhaps the nearest to an actual answer is here. The digital version of Zingarelli dictionary allows some quite refined searches. It is mostly a vocabulary of contemporary use, not a historical one, so one of the requisites is satisfied by default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By searching the the present (2018) edition for lemmas including a “j” (just lemmas, not inflexed forms) and asking for the century of first occurrence to be at most the 17th century, we get very little, and probably nothing that qualifies:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;bijou&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dagli (because of Roman variant “daje”)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fideiussione (because of the variant form “fidejussione”; the same for “fideiussore”)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;foglietta (a volume measure for wine and oil, because of Roman variant “fojetta”)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;j (as a lemma in itself)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;junior&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;navaja&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ragià (because of variant form “rajah”)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the sake of curiosity, adding the 18th century only yields “acajou”, “jacquerie” and “Tokaj”, while in the 19th century a first tide of foreign terms began, from “abat-jour” to “navajo” (with, in last alphabetical position a curious, Neapolitan “scetavajasse”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, much as I personally love the letter “j” and would use it everywhere, I guess the answer to your question is a firm no (give or take a wandering fidejussore).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-03-16T23:10:14.627" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9225" CreationDate="2018-03-17T09:43:32.123" Score="3" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Cronaca familiare&lt;/em&gt;, di Vasco Pratolini, ho letto queste parole pronunciate dal padre dell'autore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Ero commesso in un &lt;strong&gt;negozio di colori&lt;/strong&gt; in via Calzaiuoli. La mamma faceva la sarta in un laboratorio del Corso, lì vicino».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cos'è un &quot;negozio di colori&quot;? Una ricerca su Google di questa espressione mi ha condotto a siti web che parlano di diversi tipi di negozi: di pitture per muri, di articoli di belle arti, di regali...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-17T11:18:15.013" LastActivityDate="2018-03-17T11:18:15.013" Title="Che cos'è un &quot;negozio di colori&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9223" CreationDate="2018-03-17T09:56:41.027" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un negozio di colori vende in genere tutti i generi di pitture e vernici per vari usi: edilizia, belle arti, pittura del legno, ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi quindi trovarci pittura per decorare le pareti, colori per dipingere quadri e disegnare ed inoltre pittura per legno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al giorno d’oggi l’offerta si è evoluta e si può ottenere la colorazione desiderata sul momento ed inoltre si trovano vernici e pitture per qualsiasi scopo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-17T09:56:41.027" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9223" CreationDate="2018-03-17T10:10:51.313" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La voce del Dizionario biografico Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/vasco-pratolini_%28Dizionario-Biografico%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/vasco-pratolini_%28Dizionario-Biografico%29/&lt;/a&gt;) dedicata a Pratolini ci aiuta a rispondere: «Il padre, Ugo, era commesso nel negozio di colori e articoli da disegno Zolfanelli &amp;amp; Neri di via de’ Calzaioli».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta, dunque, di un negozio di “belle arti”, vale a dire un negozio dove si poteva comprare tutto il necessario per disegnare e dipingere (matite, pennelli, modellini, colori a olio, a tempera, e così via). Di solito erano vicino alle Accademie di belle arti. Ancora oggi ne restano alcuni ad esempio a Roma, nella zona di Fontanella Borghese, o a Milano, nei dintorni dell’Accademia di Brera, e naturalmente a Firenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-03-17T10:10:51.313" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9226" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9228" CreationDate="2018-03-18T09:04:08.233" Score="2" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Sostiene Pereira&lt;/em&gt;, di Antonio Tabucchi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sostiene Pereira che il martedì seguente, quando arrivò in redazione, trovò la portiera che gli consegnò un espresso. Celeste glielo consegnò con aria ironica e gli disse: ho dato le sue istruzioni al postino, ma lui non può ripassare più tardi perché deve fare tutto il quartiere, così l'espresso lo ha lasciato a me. Pereira lo prese, fece un cenno di ringraziamento con la testa e guardò se c'era il mittente. Per fortuna non c'era nessun mittente, dunque Celeste era rimasta a bocca asciutta. Ma riconobbe subito l'inchiostro azzurro di Monteiro Rossi e la sua &lt;strong&gt;calligrafia svolazzante&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire l'espressione &quot;calligrafia svolazzante&quot;? Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;svolazzare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma soltanto il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svolazzare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;  fa riferimento a questa espressione. Tuttavia, non spiega qual è il suo significato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-18T10:07:29.980" LastActivityDate="2018-03-18T10:07:29.980" Title="Significato di &quot;calligrafia svolazzante&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9226" CreationDate="2018-03-18T09:34:41.147" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trovi la definizione di calligrafia svolazzante sotto la voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svolazzare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;svolazzare&lt;/a&gt; su Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Part. pres. svolazzante, anche come agg., soprattutto nel sign. 3:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;bandiere svolazzanti al vento; svolazzanti sciarpe di vivaci colori&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (Saba); e con riferimento al modo della scrittura: una calligrafia s.;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;il soldato tracciò una firma svolazzante&lt;/em&gt; (Cassola).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/svolazzo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;svolazzo&lt;/a&gt;&quot; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Nella scrittura manuale, ampio tratto di penna per abbellire una&#xA;  lettera iniziale o una firma: &lt;em&gt;scrivere con gli s.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un esempio di calligrafia svolazzante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/POmYp.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/POmYp.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-18T09:34:41.147" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9226" CreationDate="2018-03-18T09:35:47.820" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa che la calligrafia era ricca di svolazzi ovvero di ampi tratti di penna che fanno da  abbellimento e orpello; la definizione è tratta dal dizionario del &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/svolazzo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella scrittura manuale, ampio tratto di penna per abbellire una&#xA;  lettera iniziale o una firma: &lt;em&gt;scrivere con gli s&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_sLkKBgvGXp8/TMUyNUkSmwI/AAAAAAAAARc/T8PRFyrGAUA/s1600/calligrafia-1.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_sLkKBgvGXp8/TMUyNUkSmwI/AAAAAAAAARc/T8PRFyrGAUA/s1600/calligrafia-1.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://scriptoriumforoiuliense.it/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/corsivo-inglese-880X400.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://scriptoriumforoiuliense.it/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/corsivo-inglese-880X400.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-03-18T09:35:47.820" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9229" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9230" CreationDate="2018-03-19T06:24:35.370" Score="2" ViewCount="292" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Sostiene Pereira&lt;/em&gt;, di Antonio Tabucchi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sta telefonando il direttore, disse al ritratto di sua moglie, mi pare che &lt;strong&gt;giri intorno all'osso&lt;/strong&gt; ma non l'&lt;strong&gt;ha ancora azzannato&lt;/strong&gt;, non capisco cosa vuole da me, ma deve &lt;strong&gt;azzannare l'osso&lt;/strong&gt;, tu che ne dici?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sulle espressioni &quot;girare intorno all'osso&quot; e &quot;azzannare l'osso&quot; che appaiono in questo brano. Si tratta di modi di dire? Potreste spiegarmene il significato? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;osso&quot; in alcuni dizionari, incluso il dizionario di modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-19T10:10:04.287" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;girare intorno all'osso&quot; e &quot;azzannare l'osso&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9229" CreationDate="2018-03-19T08:17:35.807" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l’espressione viene usata in modo figurato: il direttore ha un obiettivo che il narratore non riesce ad identificare bene, e sta girando intorno all'osso, cioè sta per arrivare al suo scopo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il narratore dice che si aspetta un atto da parte del direttore per raggiungere l’obiettivo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagina una scena simile agli squali che girano intorno alla preda inerme in mare: prima o poi uno attaccherà e azzannerà l’osso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure, come correttamente segnalato da @egreg:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si riferisce al tipico comportamento dei cani che prima di saltare su&#xA;  una preda, in questo caso l'osso, ci girano intorno per farsi un'idea&#xA;  più precisa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-19T10:10:04.287" LastActivityDate="2018-03-19T10:10:04.287" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9231" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9232" CreationDate="2018-03-20T07:10:16.007" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Sostiene Pereira&lt;/em&gt;, di Antonio Tabucchi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si misse a fissare le &lt;strong&gt;braccia delle palme&lt;/strong&gt; che si agitavano al vento e pensò alla sua infanzia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: le &quot;braccia delle palme&quot; sono le foglie delle palme? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;braccio&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho saputo trovare niente che faccia riferimento agli alberi o alle palme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-20T09:03:35.690" Title="Le &quot;braccia delle palme&quot; sono le loro foglie?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9231" CreationDate="2018-03-20T08:11:50.497" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solitamente ci si riferisce ai rami come le &quot;braccia di un albero&quot;. Nel caso della palma distinguere tra ramo e foglia diventa un po più complicato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, non essendo un esperto, direi che i rami della palma sono quelli che dipartono dal fusto e sostengono le foglie più piccole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato l'autore si riferisce appunto a questi rami che oscillavano a causa del vento e lo facevano tornare indietro con la mente alla sua infanzia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/BUgGx.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/BUgGx.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Rami di palma&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-20T09:03:35.690" LastActivityDate="2018-03-20T09:03:35.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1684" CreationDate="2018-03-20T14:42:36.930" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are a few different ways the same (orthographic) word can take two different gendered articles:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Homographs&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some non-cognate words of distinct genders are coincidentally spelled identically:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il boa&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la boa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il lama&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la lama&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;others are cognate but have different genders for different (often related) definitions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il fine&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la fine&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il rosa&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la rosa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Ambiguous gender (persons)&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Words that refer to persons which take different articles depending on the sex of the referent: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ambiguous in singular and plural:&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il / la burocrate, il / la cartomante&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il / la cantante&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo / la amante&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;gli / le amanti&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il / la consorte, lo / la erede, il / la custode&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il / la testimone&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;i / le testimoni&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo / la incurabile; lo / la abruzzese, il / la contabile, il / la francese&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;i / le contabili, i / le francesi&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ambiguous in singular but inflected for plural:&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il / la collega&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo / la atleta&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;gli atleti / le atlete&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo / la artista, il / la finalista, il / la pianista&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;i pianisti / le pianiste&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo / la omicida, il / la pediatra, lo / la astronauta&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;i pediatri / le pediatre, gli astronauti / le astronaute&lt;/em&gt;)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A group of a few words with the prefix &lt;em&gt;capo-&lt;/em&gt;, that the masculine plural form the inner plural in &lt;em&gt;-i-&lt;/em&gt; , but that the feminine plural is invariable:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il / la capofamiglia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il / la capostazione&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;i capistazione / le capostazione&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Abbreviations:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inflected forms which lose their inflections through abbreviation but retain their gender:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fede&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Federico&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Federica&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Robi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Roby&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Roberto&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Roberta&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Alex&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Alessandro&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;Alessandra&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;il / la sub&lt;/em&gt; «&lt;em&gt;il subacqueo&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la subacquea&lt;/em&gt;»&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il / la prof&lt;/em&gt; «&lt;em&gt;il professore&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la professoressa&lt;/em&gt;»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And related, but lexically distinct words with the same abbreviation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la tele&lt;/em&gt; «televisione» / &lt;em&gt;il tele&lt;/em&gt; «teleobiettivo»&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Historically male professions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those ending &lt;em&gt;-a&lt;/em&gt; remain unchanged when referring to female persons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la guardia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la sentinella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la recluta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But those ending &lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt; (e.g. &lt;em&gt;il soprano&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il contralto&lt;/em&gt;), when referring to female persons, may cause oscillations in the agreement, responding either to the grammatical gender of the word:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il soprano è andato via con suo marito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or to the sex of the person:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il soprano è andata via con suo marito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la soprano è andata via con suo marito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;sup&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;Note:&lt;/strong&gt; this form may be incorrect in many dialects but sees occasional use: &lt;a href=&quot;http://docplayer.it/3742060-Il-genere-femminile-nell-italiano-di-oggi-norme-e-uso.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://donnealpha.blogspot.co.uk/2010/09/conguaglio-linguistico.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of these &lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt; terminal words have additionally developed inflected female forms which may be used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il/la ministro&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la ministra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il/la chirurgo&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la chirurga&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il/la vigile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Epicene nouns (animals)&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some animal names are masculine or feminine, regardless of the sex of the specific animal referred to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il dromedario, il falco, lo ippopotamo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la balena, la giraffa, la scimmia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Latin Neuter&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some words in Italian have vestigial traits of the Latin neuter gender. These words take masculine articles in the singular and feminine (or masculine) in the plural (reinterpreting the Latin neuter plural suffix &lt;em&gt;-a&lt;/em&gt; as feminine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'uovo&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;le uova&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the egg(s)&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'osso&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;le ossa&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;gli ossi&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the bone(s)&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il braccio&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;le braccia&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;i bracci&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the arm(s)&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il ginocchio&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;le ginocchia&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;i ginocchi&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the knee(s)&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il sopracciglio&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;le sopracciglia&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;i sopraccigli&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the eyebrow(s)&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that for some of these, the choice of plural gender changes the meaning:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body parts&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sometimes, for body parts, the feminine/neuter plural denotes the literal meaning while the masculine one denotes a figurative meaning: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il braccio&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the arm&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;le braccia&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the arms&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;i bracci&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the isthmuses&quot;, &quot;the inlets&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il corno&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the horn&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;le corna&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the horns&quot; of an animal) / &lt;em&gt;i corni&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the horns&quot; as musical instruments)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Poetic/Old fashioned usage&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sometimes, especially in poetic and old-fashioned Italian, the masculine plural acts as a count noun, while the neuter/feminine plural acts as a mass noun: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il cervello&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the brain&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;due cervelli&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;two brains&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;le cervella&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the cerebral matter&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;l'anello&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the ring&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;due anelli&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;two rings&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;le anella&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;ringlets&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;il dito&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the finger&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;due dita&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;two fingers&quot;)  / &lt;em&gt;le dita&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the fingers&quot;) / &lt;em&gt;i diti indici&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;the index fingers&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Loanwords&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Loanwords often oscillate between masculine and feminine, either remaining truly ambiguous or settling at some point on a standard gender:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;e-mail&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;autoblindo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;automobile&lt;/em&gt; (used as either masc. or fem. for ~30 years after its introduction)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_grammar#Nouns&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_grammar#Nouns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parole-ambigeneri_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parole-ambigeneri_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.orbilat.com/Languages/Italian/Grammar/Nouns/Italian-Nouns-Different_gender_and_meanings.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.orbilat.com/Languages/Italian/Grammar/Nouns/Italian-Nouns-Different_gender_and_meanings.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2018-03-20T15:36:54.283" LastActivityDate="2018-03-20T15:36:54.283" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9234" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9235" CreationDate="2018-03-20T18:21:43.527" Score="10" ViewCount="3329" Body="&lt;p&gt;Discutendo con mio figlio su un esercizio di italiano che riporta la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che ti serva &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; lezione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;io ho obiettato che si dovrebbe dire invece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che ti serva &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; lezione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale delle due è corretta? Sono ammissibili entrambe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-05-26T06:51:25.153" LastActivityDate="2021-05-26T06:51:25.153" Title="È corretto dire “che ti serva di lezione”?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9234" CreationDate="2018-03-20T18:35:09.437" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=serva%20da%20lezione%2Cserva%20da%20esempio%2C%20serva%20di%20lezione%2C%20serva%20di%20esempio%20&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cserva%20da%20lezione%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cserva%20da%20esempio%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cserva%20di%20lezione%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cserva%20di%20esempio%3B%2Cc0://&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; mostra  entrambi  gli usi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/servire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; sembra suggerire l’uso della preposizione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il viaggio mi è servito di riposo, di svago; servire di esempio, di modello; le serva di norma, di avviso, di ammaestramento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-05T15:10:38.047" LastActivityDate="2018-05-05T15:10:38.047" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9236" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9237" CreationDate="2018-03-21T08:51:41.813" Score="3" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Molti divisero meco tale vita, e da essi e ad essi fui&#xA;  volta a volta dalle circostanze separato e riunito, ma non mi rimase, da ultimo, che un compagno, insieme al quale ci spingemmo&#xA;  nel cuore d'una regione montagnosa relativamente prossima a&#xA;  quanto si dice il mondo civile, eppure estremamente selvaggia.&#xA;  Ivi, un certo giorno dell'autunno inoltrato, decidemmo, contrastando momentaneamente i nostri personali interessi, di separarci, ma soltanto fino alla notte. Ci lasciammo dunque nel fitto d'un bosco (poiché era segnalato un forte nucleo d'armati che, sulle più basse pendici, procedevano a una delle solite &lt;strong&gt;leve forzate&lt;/strong&gt;),&#xA;  dopo aver stabilito il punto di ritrovo. Ma la nostra riveduta non&#xA;  ebbe mai luogo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scena ha luogo durante la seconda guerra mondiale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di queste &quot;leve forzate&quot; che appaiono nel passaggio precedente. Si tratta chiaramente di un senso militare, ma quello della &quot;chiamata alle armi dei cittadini&quot; che appare nei dizionari non mi sembra adatto al contesto del brano. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono le &quot;leve forzate&quot; nel testo sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-21T09:38:05.113" LastActivityDate="2018-03-21T09:38:05.113" Title="Che cosa sono le &quot;leve forzate&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9236" CreationDate="2018-03-21T09:07:42.817" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;leva forzata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; era il reclutamento coatto (o coscrizione obbligatoria) di tutti gli uomini che potevano combattere e spesso avveniva anche in luoghi appena conquistati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=pyUADQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT646&amp;amp;lpg=PT646&amp;amp;dq=leve%20forzate&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=3u8V9EuN3r&amp;amp;sig=Bmex2w3Y2A_9fSMQfKVdeG8FIwc&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwias-aAhv3ZAhWBzKQKHYYQB54Q6AEIMDAE#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=leve%20forzate&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Scritti (1935-1945) di Eugenio Curiel&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Fronte della Gioventù può affermare di aver dato un contributo&#xA;  essenziale alla resistenza delle masse giovanili contro le &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;leve&#xA;  forzate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; della &quot;repubblica&quot;, un contributo essenziale al rafforzamento&#xA;  delle file partigiane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E ancora in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=EXIpAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA178&amp;amp;lpg=PA178&amp;amp;dq=leve%20forzate&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=mBL1loXoB4&amp;amp;sig=R88Zvp4LVP9_P1aBRmdBxVkcmSM&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwias-aAhv3ZAhWBzKQKHYYQB54Q6AEINjAG#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=leve%20forzate&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gazzetta universale del 1777&lt;/a&gt; si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si sono finora continuate le indicate &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;leve forzate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in questo Regno, e&#xA;  non si son risparmiati né i giovani maritati, né quegli che si erano&#xA;  iniziati a' primi ordini sacri. Molti per sottrarsi dal servire nell'Armata,&#xA;  si son ritirati nelle montagne, e né boschi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-21T09:37:04.807" LastActivityDate="2018-03-21T09:37:04.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9238" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9239" CreationDate="2018-03-22T08:09:47.570" Score="2" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ahimè, non ero ancor sceso&#xA;  a piè del mio picco, che scorsi un pattuglione il quale, senza peraltro avermi veduto, veniva dritto alla mia &lt;strong&gt;volta&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;alla mia volta&quot; che appare in questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;volta&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma ci sono tantissime accezioni che non sono sicura di aver capito. Significa che il pattuglione veniva dritto nella stessa direzione in cui stava camminando l'io narrante?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-22T08:19:01.660" Title="Significato di &quot;volta&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9238" CreationDate="2018-03-22T08:19:01.660" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esatto, significa che la pattuglia si stava dirigendo verso la direzione di chi sta narrando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendendo la definizione della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/volta1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;estens. e fig. a. La direzione in cui ci si volge andando, soprattutto nell’espressione &lt;em&gt;alla v. di&lt;/em&gt; ..., che introduce un&#xA;  complemento indicante la persona o il luogo verso cui ci si dirige:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;sono partiti alla v. di Firenze; venivano alla nostra volta.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-03-22T08:19:01.660" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9240" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-23T07:27:27.397" Score="1" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading a certain set of kindergarten/lower primary maths textbooks that is written by North American authors for a European company.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Whenever students are asked to identify the number of rectangles in a given picture, the answer booklet gives the number of oblongs instead of the number of rectangles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While the topic may be too advanced for kindergarten students, the maths textbooks indeed explicitly say at the bottom of the first page of a textbook at the very first level to tell students that squares are special types of rectangles, where levels 1-4 are for kindergarten students.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, the accompany guide for teachers devotes a whole page of discussion as to how to teach that squares are special types of rectangles. There's even a paragraph about teaching to kindergarten students. The authors/some of the co-authors of the teacher guides are also authors/co-authors of the textbooks. They have also said that if students are taught that squares are not rectangles, then they will have misconceptions later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perhaps, the ones who wrote the answer booklets were not fluent in English while the ones who wrote the textbooks were.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[picture with 4 circles, 2 triangles, 3 square rectangles, 2 oblong rectangles for a total of 5 rectangles]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Circle ___&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Triangle ___&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Square ___&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rectangle ___&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answer key would give only the numbers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the last line is wrong since it should be 5.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could this happen in Italian? Or a Italian dialect? I mean, is there something specific about the translations of any of the following words 'rectangle, square, oblong, quadrilateral, quadrangle, parallelogram, trapezoid/trapezium, rhombus' that would cause such confusion? I guess the translator/s thought that when English speakers say 'rectangle', it means 'oblong in their language/dialect, but I don't see that as specifically a problem for this particular language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, are squares considered rectangles in Italy? Apparently, these things can vary by state, curricula, culture, time, etc. Please provide a document from the education department of your government or something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I'm a monolinguist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Related:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://matheducators.stackexchange.com/questions/13831/&quot;&gt;Are kindergartners supposed to be steered from squares being rectangles?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://matheducators.stackexchange.com/questions/13700/in-what-curricula-are-rectangles-defined-so-as-to-exclude-squares&quot;&gt;In what curricula are “rectangles” defined so as to exclude squares?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://math.stackexchange.com/questions/2249741/why-do-we-have-circles-for-ellipses-squares-for-rectangles-but-nothing-for-tria&quot;&gt;Why do we have circles for ellipses, squares for rectangles but nothing for triangles?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://physics.stackexchange.com/questions/394471&quot;&gt;What are/should kids (be) taught about the colour of the sun?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4442" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-04-12T17:25:39.647" LastActivityDate="2021-04-12T17:25:39.647" Title="Could a translation error lead to squares to not be considered as rectangles?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9240" CreationDate="2018-03-23T08:57:11.463" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, a &lt;em&gt;rettangolo&lt;/em&gt; is any quadrangle with four right angles (including squares), a &lt;em&gt;quadrato&lt;/em&gt; is any quadrangle with four right angles and all sides the same length.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the sake of completeness, a &lt;em&gt;rombo&lt;/em&gt; is a quadrangle with all sides of the same length (so it includes &lt;em&gt;quadrati&lt;/em&gt;); a &lt;em&gt;parallelogramma&lt;/em&gt; is a quadrangle with the sides pairwise parallel (so it includes &lt;em&gt;rombi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rettangoli&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;quadrati&lt;/em&gt;), and a &lt;em&gt;trapezio&lt;/em&gt; is a quadrangle with (at least) two parallel side, so it includes all of the above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How this translates to any given variety of English, is out of this site's scope.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-03-23T09:10:23.240" LastActivityDate="2018-03-23T09:10:23.240" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9242" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9249" CreationDate="2018-03-23T09:21:26.620" Score="1" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma pur supponendo che sarei riuscito a forzare una delle porte (colle finestre non c'era speranza perché, tutte quelle almeno&#xA;  che avevo scoperte, erano munite d'inferriata), come ammansare&#xA;  i feroci animali? Mi appigliai a un partito estremo e decisi di sopprimerli, se di meglio non avevo. Ma far fuoco su di loro attraverso il vetro avrebbe significato mancarli quasi certamente, e con&#xA;  grave pericolo, visto che il mio colpo medesimo &lt;strong&gt;avrebbe dato loro la via&lt;/strong&gt;, e che il mio fucile, da caccia, non ne aveva più di due; inoltre sarebbe stato un atto troppo aperto d'ostilità contro i misteriosi abitatori, i quali, dopotutto, padroni dei luoghi e delle finestre, potevano colpirmi a loro piacimento e senza nessun rischio, ove avessi manifestato velleità bellicose. Preferibile era&#xA;  dunque per ogni riguardo attirare i cani fuori, e così dare una parvenza di giustificazione alia mia violenza, quasi fossi stato per agire a difesa contro un loro attacco. Tutti questi ragionamenti, lo&#xA;  capisco bene, non erano troppo filati, ma infine furono i miei del&#xA;  momento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'io narrante, un uomo che per scampare dalla guerra è in fuga nel bosco, sta cercando disperatamente di entrare in una casa per trovare rifugio, ma ha scoperto che all'interno si trovano due cani feroci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato l'avverbio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/via1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;via&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e una delle accezioni che ho trovato è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di qui l’uso di &lt;em&gt;via&lt;/em&gt; come s. m., per indicare il segnale stesso, nell’espressione &lt;em&gt;dare il via&lt;/em&gt;, dare il comando della partenza: &lt;em&gt;era partito prima che il mossiere avesse dato il via; beh, che aspetti a dare il via?&lt;/em&gt;; spesso in senso fig., dare inizio, segnare l’inizio: &lt;em&gt;il suo comportamento ha dato il via a dicerie e pettegolezzi senza fine; è stato il rifiuto di trattare del datore di lavoro a dare il via alle manifestazioni di protesta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È questo il significato dell'espressione &quot;dare la via&quot; nel brano sopra citato, nel senso che il colpo di fucile avrebbe incitato i cani a cominciare a inseguire l'uomo per attaccarlo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-25T14:00:02.247" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;dare la via&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9243" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9244" CreationDate="2018-03-23T12:45:03.270" Score="4" ViewCount="1309" Body="&lt;p&gt;È abbastanza facile tradurre &quot;I learned to play the piano.&quot; = &quot;Ho imparato a suonare il piano.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In oltre &quot;I was learning to play the piano.&quot; = &quot;Imparavo a suonare il piano.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però come tradurre &quot;Since I'm between jobs, I have been learning to play the piano.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse si usa &quot;sono stato imparando&quot;? &quot;ero imparando&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And now to spare all of you the trouble of slogging through my Italian, I'll explain my question a little better in English in light of the answer by abarisone. I frequently find myself trying to express the idea that I am currently doing something that I began in the past, but have been working on for a substantial but inexact amount of time, with the intent of implying that I have accomplished a decent amount of it. It is common (in Northeast Corridor American English anyway) to say something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I've been making pasta for the party.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This carries the implication that I have already made a considerable amount of pasta. On the other hand if I were to say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I am making pasta for the party.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I might mean that I just began making pasta and I haven't yet made any, or I might mean that I have a huge pile of pasta already made since I started the process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My guess is that in Italian, if I want to express that I have already made a substantial amount of pasta, I would simply say so rather than trying to imply it through verb tense/mood.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4450" LastEditorUserId="4450" LastEditDate="2018-03-23T13:34:41.803" LastActivityDate="2018-03-23T13:34:41.803" Title="Come tradurre &quot;present perfect continuous&quot; dall'inglese?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9243" CreationDate="2018-03-23T13:16:15.500" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si dice &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sto imparando&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e non &quot;sono stato imparando&quot; né &quot;ero imparando&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La traduzione può essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siccome non ho un lavoro, sto imparando a suonare il piano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/presente_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani nella sezione Enciclopedia dell'Italiano per presente&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista dell’➔aspetto, il presente neutralizza la&#xA;  distinzione che al passato viene codificata dall’opposizione tra forme&#xA;  imperfettive (➔ imperfetto) e perfettive (➔ passato remoto; ➔ tempi&#xA;  composti). Oltre ad essere regolarmente usato per visualizzare&#xA;  imperfettivamente situazioni in corso al momento dell’enunciazione&#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;che cosa fai in questo momento&lt;/em&gt;?), il presente ammette infatti anche&#xA;  una visualizzazione perfettiva di azioni momentanee delle quali si&#xA;  focalizza l’intero processo, come dimostrano gli impieghi cronistici&#xA;  (1). In questi casi il presente svolge anche la funzione testuale&#xA;  tipica dei tempi perfettivi, che permettono di far procedere la&#xA;  sequenza narrativa concatenando gli eventi in stretta successione&#xA;  temporale (➔ testi narrativi). L’interpretazione aspettuale del&#xA;  presente viene disambiguata dalla perifrasi progressiva (&lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; +&#xA;  gerundio; ➔ perifrastiche, strutture), che è ammessa negli impieghi&#xA;  imperfettivi (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che cosa stai facendo in questo momento?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;), ma non&#xA;  potrebbe essere usata nella sequenza perfettiva del testo cronistico&#xA;  (1).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-03-23T13:23:40.107" LastActivityDate="2018-03-23T13:23:40.107" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9245" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9246" CreationDate="2018-03-24T09:31:24.407" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In generale, il modo di parlare del vecchio era quello di&#xA;  persona non abituata a farlo, o almeno rimasta in tutto e per tutto&#xA;  all'epoca in cui lo faceva. Continuamente, durante la menoma&#xA;  frase, egli raggrinzava gli occhi con fastidio, come sempre gli paresse di dir troppo o troppo poco, e certi giri di &lt;strong&gt;prammatica&lt;/strong&gt; spacciava con una particolare mancanza di convinzione. Dai suoi accenti, infine, traspariva il ché di inconfondibile dovuto alla buona&#xA;  nascita, e una più o men raffinata cultura ottocentesca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;prammatica&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono sicura di averne capito il senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Significa &quot;consuetudine&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-24T10:34:34.627" Title="Significato di &quot;prammatica&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9245" CreationDate="2018-03-24T10:34:34.627" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esatto, significa consuetudine. Il termine indica nel linguaggio giuridico &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;leggi (o editti o decreti) di emanazione regia su determinati oggetti,&#xA;  per es. in materia costituzionale, o tendenti a regolare comportamenti&#xA;  pubblici (come, in Toscana, le leggi suntuarie)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato viene usato per estensione per indicare una regola pratica o consuetudine di comportamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prammatica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;prammatica&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Per estens., regola pratica che si segue per consuetudine in determinate circostanze della vita sociale: &lt;em&gt;una bella corrida, in&#xA;  questa patria dell’etichetta, è ... una prammatica di riti e di gesti&#xA;  e di precetti minuziosi e severi regolati come un duello&lt;/em&gt; (Ojetti). Con&#xA;  questo sign., è di uso com. soltanto nella locuz. &lt;em&gt;di prammatica&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;ho&#xA;  dovuto ascoltare i soliti discorsi di p. in queste situazioni; mi ha&#xA;  negato il permesso, come di p.&lt;/em&gt;, com’è sua consuetudine; u&lt;em&gt;n tempo al&#xA;  Teatro dell’Opera era di p. l’abito da sera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-24T10:34:34.627" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9247" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-25T10:54:55.070" Score="3" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A questa specie di paralizzante tedio contribuivano in qualche misura le piccole e monotone manie del mio ospite, che mi&#xA;  avevano divertito sul principio, e ora mi inuggivano più di quanto si può immaginare. Queste erano numerose e di varia natura;&#xA;  ne citerò due a titolo di saggio, due &lt;strong&gt;spunti coatti&lt;/strong&gt;. A tavola, dove,&#xA;  stante la frugalità dei nostri pasti, c'era spazio d'avanzo, egli provava continuamente il bisogno di farsene davanti uno maggiore;&#xA;  ogni momento spingeva piatti verso di me, allontanava anche gli&#xA;  oggetti meno ingombranti, la saliera, un tozzo di pane, dal proprio campo, e allora soltanto, puntando i gomiti sulla tavola, pareva trovar pace. Inoltre, una volta lavatesi le mani per il pasto,&#xA;  non poteva toccare alcunché di sudicio o supposto tale; se, ad&#xA;  esempio, doveva accostare la seggiola, la sollevava col pugno&#xA;  chiuso per la spalliera, o la spingeva soltanto col mignolo. E altrettali minute stranezze, che io giudicavo ultime e corrotte tracce&#xA;  di proprie qualità della sua stirpe; come, nella fattispecie, di&#xA;  un'antica volontà di dominio e di una raffinatezza divenuta morbosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;coatto&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può significare &quot;imposto per forza&quot;. Non sono sicura però di aver capito il senso di questo aggettivo nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Significa che l'io narrante si sentiva in qualche modo obbligato a dare questi due spunti al lettore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-25T15:04:54.717" LastActivityDate="2018-07-23T16:16:40.453" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;spunti coatti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9242" CreationDate="2018-03-25T14:00:02.247" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I cani sono chiusi in casa e non possono uscire. Tuttavia, se le inferriate impediscono a un uomo di entrare, forse permettono a un cane di uscire una volta che il vetro sia tolto di mezzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sparare contro un vetro con un fucile da caccia, con la conseguente rosa di pallini, lo frantumerà (una singola pallottola potrebbe solo bucarlo), lasciando così la via libera ai cani per l'assalto contro l'aggressore. Come lo stesso narrante osserva, la rosa di pallini verrebbe ancor più espansa dall'impatto con il vetro, rendendola praticamente inoffensiva per un grosso animale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Dare la via”, quindi, nel senso di “concedere il passaggio” o “fare piazza” (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=df0sAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA920&amp;amp;dq=%22dare%20la%20via%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjqsc7BqIfaAhUEbRQKHa7TDVoQ6AEIKDAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22dare%20la%20via%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario tratto da quello della Crusca nel 1836&lt;/a&gt;, ma anche altri).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/via2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; leggiamo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;dare la via&lt;/em&gt;, lasciare libero, spec. di andare o di passare (con sign. simile a &lt;em&gt;dare il via&lt;/em&gt;; v. via&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, n. 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-03-25T14:00:02.247" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9247" CreationDate="2018-03-25T14:02:38.450" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando la definizione della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/coatto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; credo che si debba guardare all'accezione 3: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In psichiatria, di pensiero o impulso che insorgono nella coscienza&#xA;  con carattere di coazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La definizione psichiatrica di &quot;coazione&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/coazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;presa dallo stesso sito&lt;/a&gt; è: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In psichiatria, fenomeno morboso caratterizzato dall’insorgenza di un pensiero o di un impulso ad agire, da cui il soggetto non riesce o fatica a liberarsi, pur giudicandoli futili o inconsistenti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me quindi gli spunti sono da considerarsi &quot;coatti&quot; nel senso di &quot;futili, inconsistenti&quot;, ma che affiorano alla memoria dell'autore quasi per forza e controvoglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-03-25T14:02:38.450" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9251" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8958" CreationDate="2018-03-26T00:48:48.070" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think Evgeniy's comment contains an interesting remark: the expression &quot;nel mezzo di&quot; corresponds (literally) to saying &quot;in the middle of&quot; in English. As in the English version, middle/mezzo in this expression is a noun, with meaning &quot;the point at an equal distance from the edges or ends of something&quot;, where the something is specified by what follows &quot;di&quot; in Italian, and &quot;of&quot; in English. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This similarity carries over only partially, because as far as I know there's no expression corresponding to &quot;nel bel mezzo di&quot; in English. However, the modification with the attribute &quot;bel&quot; in Italian is peculiar to the expression (you wouldn't be able to substitute &quot;bel&quot; with adifferent adjective), and &quot;bel&quot; doesn't modify the meaning of the expression, so in some sense it's emptied of its attributive meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the expression &quot;nel bel mezzo di&quot; we see how a sentence which was a functional part of the speech (&quot;in&quot; + (attribute) + noun + &quot;di&quot; + noun) became a static expression with a specific attribute, and in some sense rigidified to one single prepositional unit &quot;nel bel mezzo di&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expression &quot;in mezzo a&quot; seems closer to the preposition &quot;amid/mid&quot; which is now present mostly only in literary English. It has the same meaning as &quot;nel mezzo di&quot; and it's morphologically similar (just like &quot;middle&quot; is related to &quot;mid&quot; in English), however it seems to be a slightly different construction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unfortunately, I don't know a source explaining this and providing other examples of &quot;sentences which become prepositional expressions&quot;, it would be interesting to see a systematic explanation of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1522" LastEditorUserId="1522" LastEditDate="2018-03-26T16:02:17.570" LastActivityDate="2018-03-26T16:02:17.570" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9252" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9253" CreationDate="2018-03-26T08:51:10.953" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Confesso che mi venne la tentazione di saltargli addosso, ma&#xA;  ne fui distolto da due ordini di considerazioni. Il primo assai poco&#xA;  onorevole, e fu il pericolo che avrei corso a farlo: i cani infatti,&#xA;  anche stavolta presenti, vedendo il padrone scuotermi in quel&#xA;  modo già mi si avvicinavano minacciosi. Il secondo, più meritorio, riguardava tutte le buone ragioni &lt;strong&gt;ostanti&lt;/strong&gt; di umanità, gratitudine eccetera. Così poste le cose, l'unica era subire con filosofia il rabbuffo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ostare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;ostare&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;ostante&quot; significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;che è d’impedimento, che si oppone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e le definizioni che ho visto in altri dizionari sono simili. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire il senso di questo &quot;ostanti&quot; che appare nel testo sopra citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-26T09:56:18.967" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;ostante&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9252" CreationDate="2018-03-26T09:03:22.500" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello che hai trovato tu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le ragioni ostanti sono quelle che impediscono al narratore di saltare addosso al padrone dei cani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti aveva, in primo luogo, paura della reazione dei cani e inoltre la sua umanità e la gratitudine frenavano questo suo istinto, cioè si opponevano, erano di impedimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi intendere il significato della frase così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il secondo, più meritorio, riguardava tutte le buone ragioni ostanti:&#xA;  umanità, gratitudine, eccetera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autore intende elencare le ragioni buone, meritorie che lo trattengono dall'agire. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-26T09:56:18.967" LastActivityDate="2018-03-26T09:56:18.967" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9254" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9256" CreationDate="2018-03-27T09:37:34.480" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi trovai, dabbasso, in una piccola cantina o canova a volta, che prendeva luce da un'alta feritoia con inferriata,&#xA;  una di quelle, probabilmente, da me rilevate durante il mio esame&#xA;  esterno della casa; in un angolo era un mucchio di patate che levavano alti i loro germogli d'un &lt;strong&gt;verde smaccato&lt;/strong&gt;, in un altro non&#xA;  più di cinque o sei mele su uno strato di capecchio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato l'aggettivo &quot;smaccato&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che significa &quot;esagerato, eccessivo&quot;. Tuttavia, non sono sicura di aver capito il senso di &quot;verde smaccato&quot; nel brano precedente. Significa un verde molto vivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-03-27T10:01:44.200" Title="Che cos'è un &quot;verde smaccato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9261" CreationDate="2018-03-27T09:48:25.240" Score="6" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for a single verb that translates &lt;em&gt;to hash&lt;/em&gt; in the context of computers. Eg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Passwords in the database are &lt;strong&gt;hashed&lt;/strong&gt; with SHA256&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that translated is something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le password nel database sono _____ con SHA256&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some verbs I was thinking about, but don't really fit:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;criptate (encrypted)&lt;/code&gt; I think this is more a two-way function, crypted text can be decripted, but hashed text cannot.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;offuscate (obfuscated)&lt;/code&gt; This is something hidden, but as above can be made clear&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;oscurate (darkened)&lt;/code&gt; Maybe this is the best choice even if it's very similar to &lt;code&gt;offuscate&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; also &lt;code&gt;cifrate&lt;/code&gt;. But isn't this the same as &lt;code&gt;criptate&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4458" LastEditorUserId="4458" LastEditDate="2018-03-27T13:46:22.537" LastActivityDate="2018-03-27T22:03:07.880" Title="Italian verb for &quot;to hash&quot; in computer" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9256" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9254" CreationDate="2018-03-27T10:01:44.200" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verde smaccato è il verde chiaro, pallido.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da un &lt;a href=&quot;https://ia801201.us.archive.org/27/items/bub_gb_X1DvQTbOu7gC/bub_gb_X1DvQTbOu7gC.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trattato dell'arte della seta in Firenze&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se i verdi chiari prendono nel bagno un brutto colore, si dicono&#xA;  smaccati ; se vengono guasti, cioè anche più brutti, è segno che hanno&#xA;  preso la botta, o la borraccina; vale a dire un colore che non è nè&#xA;  verde nè giallo, partecipando dell’ uno e dell’ altro, proprio come il&#xA;  colore della botta, o della borraccina. E badi che se il verde esce&#xA;  dalla caldaia troppo cupo, noi usiamo dire : ha preso il cipresso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E dall'indice dello stesso volume:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;VERDE SMACCATO ; è il verde troppo chiaro. 155&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I germogli delle patate comuni a pasta bianca sono di colore verde pallido oppure che varia a seconda della tipologia (viola, bianca o rossa)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wVjHn.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wVjHn.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-27T10:01:44.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9257" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-27T19:37:00.410" Score="4" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un libro di lingua italiana per stranieri, ho letto il dialogo seguente (enfasi mia):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Che bel bambino!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ha gli occhi azzurri come sua nonna e i capelli ricci come suo padre.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quanto ha?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sei mesi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[... ecc.]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Quanto ha?&quot; sembra sbagliato in questo contesto. Per lo meno io non l'ho mai sentito, né usato così. Io direi piuttosto &quot;Quanti anni (o mesi) ha?&quot; Invece, se qualcuno mi chiedesse &quot;Quanto ha?&quot;, penserei che si riferisse a &quot;Quanto ha di febbre? (O magari di scarpe...)&quot;, per esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potete confermare (o smentire) che sia sbagliata la domanda &quot;Quanto ha?&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4459" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-03-27T21:10:10.700" LastActivityDate="2018-03-28T20:27:14.720" Title="&quot;Quanto ha?&quot; per chiedere l'età (di un neonato)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9255" CreationDate="2018-03-27T19:49:59.697" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think there is no single verb, however the closest I can think of seems to be &quot;calcolare l'hash&quot;. Indeed, searching for this expression with Google gives me about 2000 results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the example sentence I would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli hash delle password nel database sono calcolati con (l'algoritmo)&#xA;  SHA256.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that neither of the suggested possibilities (encrypted, obfuscated, darkened) seems ok to me, especially in this context, because with a hash you are not encrypting / obfuscating, etc., but rather calculating a checksum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4459" LastActivityDate="2018-03-27T19:49:59.697" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9257" CreationDate="2018-03-27T20:03:55.327" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non penso si tratti di un'espressione particolarmente corretta, anche se ormai è entrata nel vocabolario quotidiano come sinonimo di &lt;code&gt;quanti anni / che età ha?&lt;/code&gt; Ho sentito usare quest'espressione diverse volte in un contesto colloquiale, quasi sempre riferendosi all'età di un bambino o di un animale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4460" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-27T21:43:47.633" LastActivityDate="2018-03-27T21:43:47.633" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9257" CreationDate="2018-03-27T21:12:39.413" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ha molto senso chiedersi se sia “giusto” o “sbagliato”: se si usa, fa parte della lingua. A me suona perfettamente normale: magari il suo uso è maggiore o minore a seconda delle zone d'Italia. (Io sono di Roma.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente si usa dire così perché le alternative porrebbero qualche problema: in genere si chiede di bambini piccoli, e quindi non avrebbe senso chiedere quanti anni hanno; ma oltre i primi mesi, non viene spontaneo ragionare in mesi (per esempio, si dice “ha un anno e mezzo”, non “ha diciotto mesi”). Quindi, visto che nella vita vera non si può chiedere “Quanti anni (o mesi) ha?”, questa è più o meno l'unica possibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Tanto per chiarire: non vedo come possa essere “sbagliato”. “Quanto” è un pronome interrogativo, “ha” è un verbo alla terza persona singolare, in quanto si riferisce a qualcuno che non è né chi parla né chi ascolta. Al massimo è un po' vago, ma il contesto (e l'intuito dei neogenitori) chiarisce il senso. È come se io chiedessi a qualcuno “Quanto hai fatto?” A seconda del contesto sarà chiaro se parliamo di soldi, di un risultato sportivo, di una velocità, o che altro.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-03-27T21:28:36.603" LastActivityDate="2018-03-27T21:28:36.603" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9261" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9255" CreationDate="2018-03-27T22:03:07.880" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you want one word in your sentence, I'd say &lt;strong&gt;protette&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le password nel database sono &lt;em&gt;protette&lt;/em&gt; con SHA256&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or if you want to make it clearer that they &lt;em&gt;aren't&lt;/em&gt; passwords:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le password nel database sono &lt;em&gt;sostituite da(i loro) hash&lt;/em&gt; SHA256&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But both versions fall short of the mark when targeted to non-tech-savvy users, who might wonder if the &lt;em&gt;protection&lt;/em&gt; cannot be broken, or where are the original passwords that were &lt;em&gt;replaced&lt;/em&gt;. In those cases you'll be better served by the incorrect &lt;strong&gt;cifrate&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With tech-savvy readers you can concentrate on the hashes and forget the passwords altogether:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gli hash (nel database) sono (&lt;strong&gt;ottenuti|generati&lt;/strong&gt; con (l'algoritmo)) SHA256.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or more fanciful:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;le password nel database sono (sottoposte a|elaborate con|trasformate da) SHA256.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2018-03-27T22:03:07.880" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9262" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9264" CreationDate="2018-03-28T08:21:49.967" Score="2" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ebbene, avevo appena cominciato a salire l'infima scaletta, che mi parve udire un&#xA;  leggerissimo scalpiccio in cima a questa. Di nuovo il vecchio o,&#xA;  peggio ancora, i suoi cani, spintisi per un caso fin lì? &lt;strong&gt;M'inorecchii&lt;/strong&gt;: sembrava pesta umana, benché non di persona in babbucce.&#xA;  E se non il vecchio, di bel nuovo, chi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;inorecchiarsi&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato &quot;inorecchiare&quot; e &quot;inorecchiarsi&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questi vocaboli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-28T09:56:03.400" LastActivityDate="2018-03-28T09:56:03.400" Title="Significato di &quot;m'inorecchii&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9262" CreationDate="2018-03-28T08:36:17.793" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato inorecchiarsi significa prestare attenzione a ciò che arriva all'orecchio, ai rumori, origliare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani puoi trovare per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/orecchiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;orecchiare&lt;/a&gt;, sinonimo di origliare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;intr. (aus. avere) Stare in ascolto per sentire, senza essere visto, ciò che altri dicono, o ciò che avviene; origliare: &lt;em&gt;non è bello&#xA;  stare a o. dietro alle porte; eccomi in cucina, e lì mi fermai in&#xA;  punta di piedi, orecchiando&lt;/em&gt; (F. De Sanctis). Anche come trans., con lo&#xA;  stesso senso: &lt;em&gt;orecchiava i discorsi dei colleghi con pettegola&#xA;  curiosità&lt;/em&gt;; o con quello di sentire per caso e senza che altri se&#xA;  n’accorga: &lt;em&gt;a metà della cucina aveva orecchiato la voce del teologo&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (I. Nievo).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato, considerare le istanze e le richieste di qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.corriere.it/cultura/12_luglio_05/elzeviro-goldoni-non-capisce-antifona_1c061ee2-c688-11e1-8ab7-67e552429064.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Intanto una gigantesca congiunzione di antifone si addensa sui cieli&#xA;  d'Italia e d'Europa. La nostra classe politica dovrebbe inorecchiarsi&#xA;  ai tanti fenomeni che la riguardano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-03-28T08:36:17.793" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9264" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9262" CreationDate="2018-03-28T08:49:02.100" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non conosco questo verbo (e suppongo dal contesto che significhi qualcosa come “mettersi sul chi vive”), ma dal punto di vista formale, se il passato remoto è “inorecchii”, l'infinito dovrebbe essere “inorecchire” (che in effetti è presente in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=INORECCHIRE100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario amatoriale&lt;/a&gt; in cui non ripongo particolare fiducia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google ne rinviene almeno un uso all'interno di &lt;em&gt;Il cavalier Mostardo&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Beltramelli, risalente agli anni '20:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E udiva, così stando e in tanta tristezza, il ronzio delle vespe, delle mosche, dei calabroni. Poi avvertì che qualcuno parlava dietro le sue spalle ; ma non vi pose mente ; &lt;strong&gt;solo un nome lo fece inorecchire&lt;/strong&gt;. Certo i due conversatori non l' avevano veduto e parlavano abbastanza forte perchè non sfuggisse a lui una sola parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E dal contesto è chiaro anche qui che il verbo significa “richiamare l'attenzione”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A conferma, il Treccani riporta &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inorecchito&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“inorecchito”&lt;/a&gt;, nel senso di “Stando con le orecchie tese, attento: &lt;em&gt;e riguardava intorno, inorecchita&lt;/em&gt; (Pascoli)”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-03-28T08:57:20.783" LastActivityDate="2018-03-28T08:57:20.783" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9257" CreationDate="2018-03-28T19:28:54.163" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Espando un po' la risposta di DaG, che come giustamente osserva, il fatto che tale modo di dire possa sembrare strano probabilmente deriva da consuetudini locali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto, dalle mie parti (zona Bologna/Pistoia), &lt;code&gt;&quot;Quanto ha?&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, si dice, anche se forse sembra un po' vago, ed il fatto che ci si riferisca all'età lo si capisce dal contesto: in genere se guardo un bambino molto piccolo e chiedo &lt;code&gt;&quot;Quanto ha?&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, è abbastanza naturale che mi stia riferendo all'età.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può anche dire &lt;code&gt;&quot;Quanto tempo ha?&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, sempre in un contesto di bambini molto piccoli, dove &lt;code&gt;&quot;tempo&quot;&lt;/code&gt; è implicitamente utilizzato al posto di &lt;code&gt;&quot;mesi&quot;&lt;/code&gt;, mentre se si tratta di bambini un po' più grandicelli, l'unica espressione che mi sia capitato di sentire è la comune &lt;code&gt;&quot;Quanti anni ha?&quot;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4464" LastEditorUserId="4464" LastEditDate="2018-03-28T20:27:14.720" LastActivityDate="2018-03-28T20:27:14.720" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9266" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-29T09:48:19.497" Score="3" ViewCount="484" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo scalpiccio non pareva precedermi di gran tratto, sebbene&#xA;  potesse in ciò ingannarmi la suddetta eco, e, se mi fermavo, si faceva meno frequente, per arrestarsi poco dopo del tutto; se procedevo, serrava il ritmo. Esso era inoltre alquanto vario, &lt;strong&gt;fatta anche&#xA;  la parte&lt;/strong&gt; al rimbombo e alla natura del terreno; quasi la persona&#xA;  corresse, come dire?, con una certa volubilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;fare la parte&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;parte&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato che &quot;fare la parte&quot; può significare interpretare un personaggio o assumere un ruolo, ma questo non sembra avere senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T20:32:43.127" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;fare la parte&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9266" CreationDate="2018-03-29T10:56:57.610" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che in questo contesto, &lt;strong&gt;fare la parte&lt;/strong&gt; sia una maniera un po' inusuale di dire &lt;strong&gt;mettere da parte&lt;/strong&gt;, ovvero &lt;strong&gt;non considerare&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;non tenere conto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Da parte&lt;/em&gt; [...] fig., &lt;em&gt;mettere, lasciare da parte&lt;/em&gt;, non tenere o non prendere in considerazione, trascurare: &lt;em&gt;da quando è cambiato il direttore, alcuni funzionarî sono stati messi da p.; metti da p. gli scrupoli, le prevenzioni, i pregiudizî; lasciamo da p. le chiacchiere, i pettegolezzi, i complimenti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;sub&gt;Dizionario &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parte&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico del brano che hai citato, dunque, immagino che si voglia dire che il protagonista sta udendo dei passi dal suono incostante; e che ciò non pare possa essere imputato solamente al terreno non uniforme ed alla eco, ma, come viene fatto notare, probabilmente anche al fatto che la persona si sta muovendo in maniera disordinata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[Lo scalpiccio] era inoltre alquanto vario, fatta anche la parte al rimbombo e alla natura del terreno; quasi la persona corresse, come dire?, con una certa volubilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una possibile parafrasi può essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo scalpiccio era inoltre molto incostante, anche senza considerare la eco e la natura irregolare del terreno; quasi come se la persona corresse con un ritmo indeciso, poco uniforme.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4464" LastEditorUserId="4464" LastEditDate="2018-03-29T11:43:09.010" LastActivityDate="2018-03-29T11:43:09.010" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-30T13:06:37.050" Score="1" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ricominciavo a credere seriamente che la casa racchiudesse&#xA;  almeno un secondo abitatore... un'abitatrice. In ogni caso era evidente che questa persona mi evitava con ogni sua possa; ella aveva, di più, su me un enorme vantaggio, per tacere di altri: il vantaggio della perfetta conoscenza dei luoghi. Ora, uno dei mezzi&#xA;  che mi si offrivano per raggiungerla, se esisteva, pericoloso fra&#xA;  tutti ma forse il più sicuro, poteva essere quello di seguire furtivamente nei suoi numerosissimi andirivieni il vecchio, che in generale &lt;strong&gt;sembrava non aver terra lo reggesse&lt;/strong&gt;. Avevo ad esempio notato come, durante la cena e subito dopo, sempre in ogni modo alla medesima ora, egli usasse levarsi di tavola e sparire nelle profondità della casa; spesso riportava, è vero, da tali assenze un piatto o&#xA;  un oggetto qualsiasi, pure non tardai a giudicare che egli volesse&#xA;  con ciò crearsi un alibi, tanto più che talvolta dette assenze duravano molto a lungo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;sembrava non aver terra lo reggesse&quot; che appare in questo brano. Si tratta di un modo di dire? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;terra&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-03-30T14:57:15.183" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T17:02:01.573" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;sembrava non aver terra lo reggesse&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9268" CreationDate="2018-03-30T19:18:34.980" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione - probabilmente un'invenzione letteraria di Landolfi - significa secondo me che il personaggio si muoveva come un fantasma, in modo talmente silenzioso da sembrare fluttuare senza appoggiarsi per terra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase andrebbe quindi interpretata in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il vecchio, che in generale sembrava non aver terra &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; lo reggesse [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'omissione del secondo &quot;che&quot; (pronome relativo facente funzione di soggetto) la rende un po' più difficile da comprendere. Non saprei dire se questa mancanza sia dovuta ad un refuso oppure l'autore abbia commesso questa omissione volontariamente per evitare una ripetizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2018-03-31T14:15:18.020" LastActivityDate="2018-03-31T14:15:18.020" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9270" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-03-31T11:52:36.270" Score="1" ViewCount="349" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Uscì, recando come&#xA;  sempre la lucerna e lasciando me alla luce del fuoco; attesi un&#xA;  istante, poi mi levai anch'io silenziosamente. Oltrepassata la solita porta, prese in direzione della cucina, ma girò prima verso dritta per stanze e stanzini sconosciuti; io dietro a &lt;strong&gt;passi di lupo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sulla locuzione &quot;passi di lupo&quot; in questo passaggio. Si tratta di un modo di dire? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;lupo&quot; e &quot;passo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-14T05:56:01.813" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;passi di lupo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9270" CreationDate="2018-03-31T21:23:14.140" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho fatto una ricerca trovando vari testi di autori che attestano 'passi di lupo' o 'passo di lupo', per esempio nel commento dell'autobiografia di Henri Cartier-Bresson su Repubblica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ora i testi riuniti in &lt;em&gt;L'immaginario dal vero&lt;/em&gt; sono appunto un&#xA;  confronto tra fotografia e disegno, ma in forma di autobiografia. Da&#xA;  fotografi, si entra nell' evento da intrusi; &quot;per non intorbidare l'&#xA;  acqua prima di pescare&quot;, bisogna accostarsi &lt;strong&gt;a passi di lupo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui Verga:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi si avanzò &lt;strong&gt;a passi di lupo&lt;/strong&gt; fin sotto la finestra della cugina. Trattavasi adesso di picchiare quei tre famosi colpi, promessi quando ci volevano ancora due ore per picchiarli, quando il cuore, sotto gli occhi di lei, picchiava più forte...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È la stessa cosa di &quot;in punta di piedi&quot;. Forse, trattandosi di lupo, può trasmettere un senso di maggiore bellicosità, o l'intento di catturare una preda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra le curiosità, &quot;passo di lupo&quot; è usato anche in senso geografico (&quot;là dove passa il lupo&quot;), di solito scrivendolo &quot;passo del lupo&quot;; era il soprannome di un bandito riformato in Puglia di cui parla Charles MacFarlane nelle 'Vite di Banditi', tale Luca; ed è una delle traduzioni del nome tedesco &quot;Wolfgang&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2018-03-31T21:23:14.140" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9272" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12959" CreationDate="2018-04-01T09:33:51.270" Score="1" ViewCount="741" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Davanti a una porta dipinta d'azzurro e bianco, il vecchio sostò un momento e, voltosi, scrutò dattorno; feci appena a tempo a&#xA;  riparare nello &lt;strong&gt;sguancio&lt;/strong&gt; della porta or ora varcata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato della parola &quot;sguancio&quot; in questa frase. Nel vocabolario Treccani ho visto che &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sguancio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;sguancio&quot;&lt;/a&gt; è lo stesso che &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sguincio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;sguincio&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, termine definito in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In architettura, conformazione di un vano, o di una struttura muraria, caratterizzata da due superfici piane verticali formanti angolo ottuso: &lt;em&gt;strutture a s.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;s. di una finestra&lt;/em&gt;, il vano a pareti divergenti verso l’interno (detto anche &lt;em&gt;strombatura&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;strombo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il problema è che non capisco bene questa definizione. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare cos'è lo &quot;sguancio&quot; o &quot;sguincio&quot; di una porta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T09:13:17.813" Title="Che cos'è lo &quot;sguancio&quot; di una porta?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9273" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10857" CreationDate="2018-04-02T08:06:21.493" Score="4" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che dico potevano: su tutto era stesa la polvere del tempo,&#xA;  non la polvere, la particolare opacità delle cose morte, dovunque&#xA;  era il senso di gesti &lt;strong&gt;rappresi&lt;/strong&gt; nell'aria; e, in una parola, come mi&#xA;  era subito apparso che non altra mano dalla sua poteva avere in&#xA;  tal modo disposti quegli oggetti, così ora tornai alla mia precedente supposizione, ora anzi per la prima volta acquistai bruscamente la certezza assoluta che ella era morta. E dappertutto era&#xA;  profuso quel suo giallo leggermente abbrunato, come un bagno di&#xA;  funebre oro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;gesti rappresi&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;rapprendere&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che vuol dire &quot;coagularsi, indurirsi&quot;, quindi immagino che nel testo sia usato in modo figurato. Tuttavia, non sono sicura di aver colto il senso del termine &quot;rappreso&quot; nel brano sopra citato. Significa che c'era la sensazione di gesti fatti molto tempo fa che si erano &quot;congelati&quot; nel tempo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-26T14:31:09.917" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;rappreso&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9274" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9276" CreationDate="2018-04-02T08:49:41.867" Score="5" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the difference between &quot;mangi pane&quot;, &quot;mangi di pane&quot; and &quot;mangi il pane&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found some sentences at &lt;a href=&quot;http://context.reverso.net/traduzione/italiano-inglese/pane+che+mangi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://context.reverso.net/traduzione/italiano-inglese/pane+che+mangi&lt;/a&gt; and I'm uncertain about the choices.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And why can't we say &quot;mangi mela&quot; and we have to say &quot;mangi la mela&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4471" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-04-02T21:47:13.063" LastActivityDate="2018-04-02T21:47:13.063" Title="Difference between &quot;mangi pane&quot;, &quot;mangi di pane&quot; and &quot;mangi il pane&quot;" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9273" CreationDate="2018-04-02T10:47:45.863" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, in questo caso è usato come sinonimo di congelato (vedi &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rapprendere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rapprendere/&lt;/a&gt;&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4473" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-02T20:32:34.403" LastActivityDate="2018-04-02T20:32:34.403" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9274" CreationDate="2018-04-02T21:46:08.547" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pane&lt;/em&gt; can be in generic or proper sense. In the first sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non mangi pane dal tempo delle medie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is is used in generic sense (&lt;em&gt;any kind of bread&lt;/em&gt;). In the second sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Soffocherai se mangi il pane in quel modo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it is used in proper sense (&lt;em&gt;that particular piece of bread&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the sentence &lt;em&gt;Vedo che mangi di nuovo pane&lt;/em&gt; the part &lt;em&gt;di nuovo&lt;/em&gt; is an adverb (locuzione avverbiale), not to be interpreted as a preposition followed by an adjective modifying &lt;em&gt;pane&lt;/em&gt;. It's an inseparable entity which means &lt;em&gt;nuovamente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ancora&lt;/em&gt; (in English it could be rendered as &lt;em&gt;again&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's examine instead *Tu lo mangi il pane, vero?”. This is very colloquial, a bit more formal it should be *Tu mangi pane, vero?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually the choice between no article and article is not clearcut. For instance, I would prefer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È solo che non voglio che Dylan mangi pane bianco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the site adds the article. Both versions are acceptable, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To the contrary, &lt;em&gt;mela&lt;/em&gt; is the particular fruit and &lt;em&gt;mangi mela&lt;/em&gt; is not acceptable, because one eats that apple; consider that bread comes in various formats and in olden times it used to be baked in quite big forms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, we say &lt;em&gt;succo di mela&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;succo della mela&lt;/em&gt;, because the juice is made from several apples and a particular apple cannot be distinguished.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-04-02T21:46:08.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9277" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9278" CreationDate="2018-04-03T07:03:00.360" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Spirito di Luce», diceva il vecchio «Spirito di Saggezza, il&#xA;  cui soffio dà a ogni cosa la sua forma e la riprende; o tu dinnanzi&#xA;  al quale la vita degli esseri è ombra che passa; tu che ascendi le&#xA;  nubi e muovi sull'&lt;strong&gt;ala del vento&lt;/strong&gt;; tu che quando spiri, si popolano&#xA;  gli spazi infiniti; che quando inspiri ogni cosa, la quale viene da&#xA;  te, a te ritorna; o moto sempiterno nella sempiterna stabilità; sii&#xA;  benedetto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato della locuzione &quot;ala del vento&quot;? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;ala&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente a riguardo. Una ricerca su Google però mi ha mostrato che si tratta di un'espressione abbastanza usata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-03T09:51:05.673" Title="Cos'è &quot;l'ala del vento&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9277" CreationDate="2018-04-03T09:30:22.903" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento è al salmo 104, versetto 3:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;costruisci sulle acque le tue alte dimore,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  fai delle nubi il tuo carro,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cammini sulle ali del vento,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure al salmo 18, versetto 11&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cavalcava un cherubino e volava,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  si librava sulle ali del vento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si ritrova in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=FOIIAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA96&amp;amp;lpg=PA96&amp;amp;dq=on%20the%20wings%20of%20the%20wind%20ossian&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=7AwPRlq5QO&amp;amp;sig=i9sjxEVpP3d-uYfDeuuWlr4bpes&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwizjsWy453aAhVJPhQKHdb6A5oQ6AEIOjAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=on%20the%20wings%20of%20the%20wind%20ossian&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ossian&lt;/a&gt;, per esempio. Molto noto è il lied “Auf Flügeln des Gesanges” di Heinrich Heine (musicato da Mendelssohn), il cui titolo è probabilmente modellato sul biblico “Auf Flügeln des Windes”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-04-03T09:51:05.673" LastActivityDate="2018-04-03T09:51:05.673" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9279" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9280" CreationDate="2018-04-03T12:55:32.303" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato una quantità di traduzioni inglesi dell'interiezione &quot;per la miseria&quot; e variano dall'innocuo &quot;good grief&quot; a cose che non direi nella buona società e perfino ad espressioni che, per essere troppo grossolane o offensive, non direi mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potreste spiegare quale &quot;livello di volgarità&quot; si associa a questa interiezione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4193" LastActivityDate="2018-04-04T18:40:01.137" Title="L'interiezione &quot;per la miseria&quot; è ritenuta volgare o offensiva?" Tags="&lt;interjections&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9279" CreationDate="2018-04-03T13:21:43.170" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nonostante non sia considerabile volgare o offensivo rimane un'esclamazione di rabbia, quindi da evitare in determinate situazioni formali più perché in determinati contesti devi mantenere un certo contegno che per un vero problema con questa imprecazione. In contesti informali è tranquillamente utilizzabile per esprimere appunto rabbia o indignazione senza risultare eccessivamente volgare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3479" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-03T18:20:25.033" LastActivityDate="2018-04-03T18:20:25.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9281" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-04T08:02:37.190" Score="1" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'immagine si presentava appunto, nell'insieme, d'un color&#xA;  plumbeo e funesto, per entro il quale, nondimeno, se ne scorgevano confusamente altri, quello delle carni, delle vesti, dei monili: deboli parvenze di colori. Essa non era peraltro trasparente, e&#xA;  oscurò un grande quadro sulla parete a me opposta, il quale prima&#xA;  vi &lt;strong&gt;faceva macchia contro&lt;/strong&gt;. Pareva, infine, dotata di luce propria,&#xA;  poiché se ne distinguevano agevolmente i particolari malgrado&#xA;  l'estrema incertezza della visione nella stanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;macchia&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;faceva macchia contro&quot; in questo brano. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-04T08:02:37.190" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;fare macchia contro&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9282" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-04T15:58:37.307" Score="2" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cambia la preposizione a seconda del verbo? &#xA;Ho molti dubbi e non so se siano fondati o meno. &#xA;In questo specifico caso parlo di complementi di luogo. &#xA;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Vado/sono alla/a una festa, la festa a cui sono andato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;È successo in una festa, la festa in cui è successo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Sono/vado a un corso di inglese, il corso a cui sono andato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Insegno in un corso d'inglese, il corso in cui insegno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Vado/sono a una gara/un torneo, il torneo a cui sono andato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ho gareggiato in un torneo, il torneo in cui ho gareggiato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Sono andato/sono andato a un appuntamento/incontro, l'appuntamento/incontro a cui sono andato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il fatto è avvenuto in appuntamento/incontro, l'appuntamento/incontro in cui è avvenuto il fatto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;5) Siamo andati a una partita, la partita a cui siamo andati.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;È successo in quella partita, la partita in cui è successo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusate per le troppe frasi, però mi servirebbero dei chiarimenti per capire meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-04-06T21:10:43.557" LastActivityDate="2018-04-08T09:55:32.560" Title="Cambia la preposizione in base al verbo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9283" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-04T17:02:46.973" Score="-1" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a document here written in either Italian or Latin and need help translating it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An extract from&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dusina's Apostolic Visitation Report of 1575: teneatur deservire choro Ecclesia Parrochialis [intus Castrum]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;In quanto allo servitio dello choro io non me ne impaccio ne tocca a me, perchè non sono se non un semplice parrochiano, et non si fa servitio in choro in questo loco.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All help appreciated. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4484" LastEditorUserId="4484" LastEditDate="2018-04-04T17:56:54.467" LastActivityDate="2018-04-06T10:51:15.617" Title="Help translating document" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9283" CreationDate="2018-04-04T17:24:29.670" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to be a quite old form of italian. It's hard to answer without any context, but I can relate it to a religious one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;choro&lt;/em&gt; is probably referred to the italian word &lt;em&gt;coro&lt;/em&gt; (=choir), the group of people that sings during a function or a rite.&#xA;The word &lt;em&gt;servitio&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;servizio&lt;/em&gt;) could be translated as &quot;service&quot;, but it might be off since in a religious context &lt;em&gt;servitio&lt;/em&gt; could mean different things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Regarding the &quot;choir service&quot; I don't take care of it and nor does it concern me, because I'm nobody but a simple parishioner, and in this place there is no &quot;choir service&quot; / and no &quot;choir service&quot; is offered in this place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That would be my rough translation without any other hint.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4483" LastEditorUserId="4483" LastEditDate="2018-04-06T10:51:15.617" LastActivityDate="2018-04-06T10:51:15.617" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9285" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9283" CreationDate="2018-04-04T17:45:32.893" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means something like, “As far as service in the choir is concerned, I do not get involved in it, nor does it fall to me to do so, for I am but a simple parishioner, and one does not serve in the choir in this position.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="4210" LastEditDate="2018-04-04T19:11:24.220" LastActivityDate="2018-04-04T19:11:24.220" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9282" CreationDate="2018-04-04T21:32:05.703" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt; regge in genere un complemento di &lt;em&gt;moto a luogo&lt;/em&gt; che di solito vuole la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non succede sempre: un esempio è &lt;em&gt;andare per campi&lt;/em&gt; (moto attraverso luogo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò &lt;em&gt;andare a una festa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andare a un corso di inglese&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andare a una partita&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andare a teatro&lt;/em&gt;. Ma, se commetti un reato, &lt;em&gt;vai in prigione&lt;/em&gt;. Oppure  &lt;em&gt;vai in Sicilia&lt;/em&gt; ad ammirare i templi greci o &lt;em&gt;vai a Cipro&lt;/em&gt; per una vacanza. Si va &lt;em&gt;in paradiso&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;all'inferno&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una regola unica? Purtroppo no, come si capisce dagli ultimi casi. Con i nomi di luogo è sempre complicato (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1192/&quot;&gt;Usage of prepositions &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; in statements about places and directions&lt;/a&gt;). Si può capire &lt;em&gt;in prigione&lt;/em&gt; perché è un luogo dove si sta a lungo, la differenza tra paradiso e inferno è più complicata da giustificare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un complemento di &lt;em&gt;stato in luogo&lt;/em&gt; vuole normalmente &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;. Anche qui però ci sono “eccezioni”: &lt;em&gt;sono a cena, ti prego di chiamare più tardi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ho incontrato Luca a lezione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico modo per cavarsela è conoscere l'uso. Non sempre ce la caviamo, nel senso che capita di dire o sentire la proposizione sbagliata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-04-04T21:32:05.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9289" CreationDate="2018-04-05T08:29:34.610" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma essi, che in tempi precedenti avevano avuto a subire gravi torti, nel loro paese medesimo, dai nostri connazionali, giungevano&#xA;  ora qui colla sete della vendetta e l'animo dei saccheggiatori e degli stupratori, né, ebbri di conquista, si brigavano di distinzioni&#xA;  purchessia fra amici e nemici, armati e non. Avevano in quel torno infranto alcune difese dei nostri invasori e s'erano affondati fino a noi in territorio avverso; salvoché non poterono a lungo&#xA;  mantenere il nuovo schieramento e furono costretti, fino alla generale avanzata, a retrocedere. Ci trovammo dunque &lt;strong&gt;presi in una&#xA;  puntata appena&lt;/strong&gt;, di cui tuttavia avemmo il tempo di sentire gli effetti. Questa che mi circondava era una delle bande di &#xA;  depredatori che si dilungavano, non poco spesso, dai loro quartieri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato che &quot;puntata&quot; in questo testo avesse questo significato che ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/puntata1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Assalto, incursione di truppe: &lt;em&gt;fare una p. offensiva&lt;/em&gt;, un’incursione in un punto avanzato del fronte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non sono sicura che questo sia il senso perché la presenza di questo &quot;appena&quot; mi sembra strana. Potreste spiegarmi qual è il significato della frase &quot;Ci trovammo dunque presi in una&#xA;puntata appena&quot; nel testo sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-08T01:18:14.857" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;presi in una puntata appena&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9288" CreationDate="2018-04-05T08:33:22.837" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di puntata nel contesto da te citato è appunto quello che hai trovato tu, cioè assalto, incursione di truppe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso della frase è che nonostante gli invasori avessero attaccato solamente (appena) una volta gli effetti si erano fatti sentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-04-05T08:33:22.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9283" CreationDate="2018-04-05T09:23:12.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Provided that the context is almost certainly ecclesiastical, since the document is about an &quot;Apostolic Visitation&quot;, a mixture has here been common between Italian and Latin, mainly because the official language was opposed to the vernacular, which can be regarded as an ancient form of Italian. &#xA;As Riccardo de Contardi commented in a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9284/2085&quot;&gt;previous answer&lt;/a&gt;, the title is in Latin and its meaning is (following Riccardo hints)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[He/it] is required to serve the choir of the parish church [inside the walls]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where &quot;choro&quot; can be probably intepreted as a vocal choir.&#xA;The second part of the text is instead Italian, without apparent Maltese influences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Talking about choir service I won't get involved in it, nor it is my duty, since I am nothing but a simply parishioner, and in this place you don't serve the choir.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I try an interpretation: during the Apostolic Visitation the superior questioned about the choir service, arguing that the man whose words are quoted should do it; the man then appelled to the local laws (maybe just habits), by which he had not to get involved in it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2085" LastEditorUserId="2085" LastEditDate="2018-04-06T07:58:49.187" LastActivityDate="2018-04-06T07:58:49.187" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9291" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9292" CreationDate="2018-04-05T09:43:38.920" Score="10" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could anyone refer me to a rule explaining why verbs ending with -ere have different stressed syllables? What I have understood so far is that I should look them up in the dictionary. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4485" LastActivityDate="2018-04-05T12:29:15.273" Title="PrEndere but tenEre" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9291" CreationDate="2018-04-05T12:29:15.273" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conventionally, people say that Italian verbs fall into three categories, or conjugations: those ending in &lt;em&gt;-are&lt;/em&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;-ere&lt;/em&gt; and in &lt;em&gt;-ire&lt;/em&gt;. Those in &lt;em&gt;-ere&lt;/em&gt;, however, correspond to two different conjugations in Latin (where there were four conjugations for verbs):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;those in &lt;em&gt;-ēre&lt;/em&gt;, where “ē” is a long, and stressed, vowel (2nd Latin conjugation);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;and those in &lt;em&gt;-ĕre&lt;/em&gt;, where “ĕ” is short and unstressed, and the stress fell on the previous syllable (3rd Latin conjugation).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, about your examples, &lt;em&gt;tenere&lt;/em&gt; derives from &lt;em&gt;tenēre&lt;/em&gt; (first person &lt;em&gt;teneo&lt;/em&gt;, which is how you'll find it in a Latin vocabulary); and the analogous holds for verbs such as &lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;godere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;persuadere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt;, the derivates of &lt;em&gt;tenere&lt;/em&gt; (such as &lt;em&gt;trattenere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mantenere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;contenere&lt;/em&gt; and so on) etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &lt;em&gt;prendere&lt;/em&gt; derives from &lt;em&gt;prehendĕre&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;prehendo&lt;/em&gt;), and an analogous stress is found in other verbs from Latin third conjugation, such as &lt;em&gt;giungere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;leggere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tendere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vincere&lt;/em&gt; and many more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am afraid this is not of much help unless one knows well one's Latin, and moreover there are exceptions: verbs that have modified their stress with respect to their Latin ancestor, such as Italian &lt;em&gt;rìdere&lt;/em&gt;, from Latin &lt;em&gt;ridēre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mòrdere&lt;/em&gt; from &lt;em&gt;mordēre&lt;/em&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-04-05T12:29:15.273" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9293" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-05T21:08:48.090" Score="3" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;My question is about the use of the use of the auxiliary verb &quot;avere&quot; with &quot;piacere&quot;. I have always been taught to use &quot;essere&quot; but a book teaching &quot;piacere&quot; using &quot;avere&quot; has been brought to my attention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am including a link to the book on Amazon &lt;a href=&quot;https://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/0517885301&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.amazon.com/LL-Italian-Conversational-Approach-Verbs/dp/0517885301&lt;/a&gt;. I've tried to copy and paste the page sent to me, but that doesn't seem to work. Below, is a partial &quot;copy&quot; of the page.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;103 piacere to like, to be pleasing &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Present Perfect &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ho piaciuto &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;                abbiamo piaciuto  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  hai piaciuto  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;   avete piaciuto  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ha piaciuto  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;                  hanno piaciuto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It shows the present perfect as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ebbi piaciuto  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  avemmo piaciuto etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4028" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-07T14:09:53.067" LastActivityDate="2018-04-07T20:18:48.200" Title="Auxiliary Verb with Piacere" Tags="&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9295" CreationDate="2018-04-06T08:12:46.860" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Racconto d'autunno&lt;/em&gt;, di Tommaso Landolfi, ho letto la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le foglie gialle d'una cascia lì&#xA;  presso facevano &lt;strong&gt;il più vago smalto&lt;/strong&gt; col cielo azzurro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=cascia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che una &quot;cascia&quot; è una &quot;acacia&quot;. Non capisco però il significato di &quot;smalto&quot; in questa frase, malgrado abbia cercato questo termine in parecchi dizionari, soprattutto perché è qualificato con la locuzione &quot;il più vago&quot;. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-06T10:14:33.370" LastActivityDate="2018-04-06T13:09:41.913" Title="Cosa significa &quot;il più vago smalto&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9294" CreationDate="2018-04-06T11:29:23.113" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte, in senso figurato, &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/smalto.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;smalto&lt;/a&gt;&quot; significa &quot;vivacità&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/vago_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vago&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, oltre al significato di &quot;indefinito, impreciso&quot;, ha quello (letterario) di &quot;bello&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase, molto alta e letteraria, può dunque significare che i due colori insieme davano un'idea di bella vivacità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-06T13:09:41.913" LastActivityDate="2018-04-06T13:09:41.913" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9296" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9297" CreationDate="2018-04-07T08:57:49.787" Score="1" ViewCount="417" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Infatti, molta di questa sua orrenda cucina era studiata solo per la &lt;strong&gt;figura&lt;/strong&gt;, più che per il piacere di farci gustare insieme a lei cibi dai sapori raccapriccianti. Erano, questi piatti di Battista, delle opere di finissima oraferia animale o vegetale: teste di cavolfiore con orecchie di lepre poste su un colletto di pelo di lepre; o una testa di porco dalla cui bocca usciva, come cacciasse fuori la lingua, un’aragosta rossa, e l’aragosta nelle pinze teneva la lingua del maiale come se glie l’avesse strappata. Poi le lumache: era riuscita a decapitare non so quante lumache, e le teste, quelle teste di &#xA;  cavallucci molli molli, le aveva infisse, credo con uno stecchino, ognuna su un bignè, e parevano, come vennero in tavola, uno stormo di piccolissimi cigni. E ancor più della vista di quei manicaretti &#xA;  faceva impressione pensare dello zelante accanimento che certo Battista v’aveva messo a prepararli, immaginare le sue mani sottili mentre smembravano quei corpicini d’animali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del termine &quot;figura&quot; che appare in questo brano. Ho cercato questo vocabolo in parecchi dizionari ma, tra le tante accezioni che appaiono, non so a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio sopra citato. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-07T10:22:34.363" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;figura&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9296" CreationDate="2018-04-07T10:22:34.363" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso intende che era studiata solo per l'impatto estetico e nient'altro; si usa anche il modo di dire &lt;strong&gt;&quot;fare figura&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; (o &quot;fare scena&quot;) (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/figura/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/figura/&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;10&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Apparenza e, in partic., bella apparenza: &lt;em&gt;ci sta per f. e non per altro; mettersi un fiore all’occhiello per f.; di figura&lt;/em&gt;, come locuz. agg., di bell’aspetto, che fa bella mostra: &lt;em&gt;un vestito, un arredamento, un soprammobile, una decorazione di f.; fare figura&lt;/em&gt;, comparire bene, destare ammirazione[...]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-04-07T10:22:34.363" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9298" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9293" CreationDate="2018-04-07T20:18:48.200" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;piacere&lt;/em&gt; has a very peculiar behavior in Italian: it is intransitive and the person/thing that's liked is the subject, while the person who likes is the “complemento di termine” (corresponding to the Latin &lt;em&gt;dative&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;em&gt;I like cakes&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;mi piacciono i dolci&lt;/em&gt; (usually but not mandatorily the subject comes last), where &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; is the weak form for &lt;em&gt;a me&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The auxiliary verb for &lt;em&gt;piacere&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, as reported in all dictionaries (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piacere2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/piacere_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini-Coletti&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/P/piacere.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gabrielli&lt;/a&gt; are a few examples).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So “ho piaciuto” is at the very least uncommon, for not saying wrong. Maybe it is used somewhere, but a conversation manual should stick to the most common conventions. Do you remember the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G6D1YI-41ao&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Monty Python sketch about phrasebooks&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-04-07T20:18:48.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9282" CreationDate="2018-04-08T01:08:51.860" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Può essere utile ricordare la regola latina della &quot;città o piccola isola&quot; che comportava il caso locativo (di fatto uguale al genitivo).&#xA;Questo è rimasto inconsciamente in italiano per cui&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vado/sono &lt;em&gt;IN&lt;/em&gt; Spagna, Germania, Scozia, Sardegna, Liguria, Groenlandia, Madagascar..&#xA;ma&#xA;vado/sono &lt;em&gt;A&lt;/em&gt; Madrid, Berlino, Inverness, Cagliari, Genova, Lampedusa, Cipro...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente il concetto di &quot;piccola isola&quot; è questionabile e su questo conviene rifarsi all'uso corrente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. &quot;sono a Inverness&quot; diviene eufonicamente &quot;sono ad Inverness&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4493" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-04-08T09:55:32.560" LastActivityDate="2018-04-08T09:55:32.560" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9288" CreationDate="2018-04-08T01:18:14.857" Score="0" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;presi : coinvolti, ingaggiati&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;puntata : breve assalto, rapida incursione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;appena : semplicemente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per cui &quot;Ci trovammo dunque presi in una puntata appena&quot; è da intendersi &quot;Ci trovammo dunque coinvolti in una semplice incursione&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4493" LastActivityDate="2018-04-08T01:18:14.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9301" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9302" CreationDate="2018-04-08T08:26:57.580" Score="3" ViewCount="318" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho già detto che sugli alberi noi trascorrevamo ore e ore, e non per motivi utilitari come fanno tanti ragazzi, che ci salgono solo per cercar frutta o nidi d’uccelli, ma per il piacere di superare difficili &lt;strong&gt;bugne&lt;/strong&gt; del tronco e inforcature, e arrivare più in alto che si poteva, e trovare bei posti dove fermarci a guardare il mondo laggiù, a fare scherzi e voci a chi passava sotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di queste &quot;bugne&quot; che appaiono in questa frase. Ho cercato il termine &quot;bugna&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-08T09:29:18.803" LastActivityDate="2018-04-08T18:26:54.120" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;bugna&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9301" CreationDate="2018-04-08T08:40:52.093" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La bugna è un termine dialettale piemontese (usato peraltro anche in Liguria) che viene usato per indicare un nodo intricato di un albero, ma anche ad esempio per indicare un bernoccolo oppure una massa informe e tondeggiante. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te citato le bugne indicano quelle parti dell’albero dove è stato tagliato un ramo a raso del tronco e col tempo si forma una massa informe. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un possibile sinonimo di bugna potrebbe essere il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bitorzolo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bitorzolo&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-08T18:26:54.120" LastActivityDate="2018-04-08T18:26:54.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9303" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-08T14:57:26.840" Score="11" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the Italian form of &quot;What&quot; meaning &quot;I didn't hear or understand, please repeat what you said.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4495" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-26T17:48:35.283" LastActivityDate="2018-04-26T17:48:35.283" Title="Form of &quot;What?&quot; for hearing loss" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9303" CreationDate="2018-04-08T16:44:15.883" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;Informal: Come? Cosa? Eh? Come/Cosa/Che hai detto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Formal, (as suggested in a comment by @RiccardoDeContardi): Scusi? Prego? Può ripetere? Come/Cosa/Che ha detto?, the latest two usually followed by a further courtesy locution such as per favore/scusi/per cortesia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2018-04-08T16:44:15.883" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9305" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9306" CreationDate="2018-04-09T07:34:13.740" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosimo era sull'elce. I rami &lt;strong&gt;si sbracciavano&lt;/strong&gt;, alti ponti sopra la terra. Tirava un lieve vento; c'era sole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il senso di &quot;sbracciarsi&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;sbracciare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che abbia a che vedere con gli alberi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-09T08:33:07.333" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;sbracciarsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9305" CreationDate="2018-04-09T08:33:07.333" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato sbracciare significa diramarsi dal fusto dell'albero e protendersi verso l'alto, come se i rami fossero braccia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Già in un'altra domanda &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9231/le-braccia-delle-palme-sono-le-loro-foglie/9232#9232&quot;&gt;Le braccia delle palme sono le foglie&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; si faceva riferimento ai rami come braccia dell'albero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre i rami mossi dal vento, paragonati a braccia, ricordano lo sbracciarsi di una persona per attirare l'attenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-04-09T08:33:07.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9307" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9308" CreationDate="2018-04-10T08:07:53.327" Score="4" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giunse sull'ultimo albero dei parchi, un platano. Giù digradava la valle sotto un cielo di corone di nubi e fumo che saliva da qualche tetto d'ardesia, casolari nascosti dietro le ripe come mucchi di sassi; un cielo di foglie alzate in aria dai fichi e dai ciliegi; e più bassi prugni e peschi divaricavano tarchiati rami; tutto si vedeva, anche l'erba, fogliolina a fogliolina, ma non il colore della terra, ricoperta dalle pigre foglie della zucca o dall'&lt;strong&gt;accesparsi&lt;/strong&gt; di lattughe o verze nei semenzai; e così era da una parte e dall'altra del V in cui s'apriva la valle ad un imbuto alto di mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;accesparsi&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato &quot;accespare&quot; e &quot;accesparsi&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non li ho trovati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-10T09:02:27.810" Title="Significato di &quot;accesparsi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9307" CreationDate="2018-04-10T09:02:27.810" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un cespo di insalata è la forma che assumono le foglie di questo vegetale quando nasce dal terreno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'accesparsi di lattughe o verze vuole dare un senso di movimento alla descrizione del paesaggio, probabilmente per far trasparire un senso di vivo, in quanto ancora sono in fase di crescita dal terreno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4499" LastActivityDate="2018-04-10T09:02:27.810" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9309" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9311" CreationDate="2018-04-11T08:05:57.583" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosimo fiutò il pericolo, o forse non fiutò niente: si sentì deriso per lo spadino e volle sfoderarlo per punto d'onore. Lo brandì alto, la lama sfiorò il sacco, lui lo vide, e con un'&lt;strong&gt;accartocciata&lt;/strong&gt; lo strappò di mano ai due ladroncelli e lo fece volar via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: cos'è questa &quot;accartocciata&quot; che appare in questo passaggio? Non ho trovato questo termine in nessun dizionario. Ho visto però che c'era &quot;accartocciare&quot;, ma le definizioni di questo verbo non sembrano avere niente a che vedere con il contesto di questo brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-11T09:02:49.457" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;accartocciata&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9309" CreationDate="2018-04-11T09:02:49.457" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra gergo della scherma, anche se antiquato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/cartoccio/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cartòccio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; s. m. [der. di &lt;em&gt;carta&lt;/em&gt;]. – […] &lt;strong&gt;6.&lt;/strong&gt; Nella scherma, uscita in tempo (detta anche &lt;em&gt;passata sotto&lt;/em&gt;) ormai in disuso, ma largamente impiegata nei secoli scorsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considererei &lt;em&gt;cartoccio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cartocciata&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;accartocciata&lt;/em&gt; come sinonimi in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-04-11T09:02:49.457" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9312" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9315" CreationDate="2018-04-12T08:03:24.140" Score="3" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Mio fratello ora prendeva a una a una le ciliege dal tricorno e le portava alla bocca come fossero canditi. Poi soffiava via i noccioli con uno sbuffo delle labbra, attento che non gli macchiassero il panciotto. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  – Questo mangiagelati, – disse uno, – &lt;strong&gt;cosa avanza da noi?&lt;/strong&gt; Perché ci viene tra i piedi? Perché non si mangia quelle del suo giardino, di ciliege? – Ma erano un po' intimiditi, perché avevano capito che sugli alberi era più in gamba lui di tutti loro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato della frase &quot;cosa avanza da noi?&quot; in questo brano. Tra le differenti accezioni del verbo  &quot;avanzare&quot; non sono sicura a quale corrisponda questo uso. Uno dei significati che ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (con l'indicazione di &quot;antico&quot;) è quello di &quot;risparmiare&quot;. Quindi, la frase significa &quot;cosa risparmia per noi?&quot; nel senso che il fratello dell'io narrante (cioè, Cosimo, il protagonista del romanzo) sta mangiando tutte le ciliege e non lascerà nessuna per gli altri ragazzi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-12T20:58:54.457" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;avanzare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9312" CreationDate="2018-04-12T08:11:29.220" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Avanza in questo caso ha il significato di:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo mangiagelati, – disse uno, – cosa &lt;strong&gt;vuole&lt;/strong&gt; da noi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo mangiagelati, – disse uno, – cosa &lt;strong&gt;pretende&lt;/strong&gt; da noi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il personaggio si chiede quindi che cosa volesse da loro, si chiedeva se per caso fossero debitori di qualcosa nei suoi confronti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-12T09:07:22.227" LastActivityDate="2018-04-12T09:07:22.227" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9315" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9312" CreationDate="2018-04-12T20:58:54.457" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Avanzo qualcosa da Charo&lt;/em&gt; significa che Charo ha un debito verso di me. È il significato 2 in &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può essere adoperato in senso lato, in questo caso nel senso di &lt;em&gt;gli dobbiamo forse qualcosa?&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &lt;em&gt;abbiamo forse un debito verso di lui?&lt;/em&gt; perché il comportamento del mangiagelati ricorda un creditore che sta alle costole del debitore e coglie ogni occasione per recuperare una parte del credito, in questo caso le ciliegie (o come scrive Calvino, le ciliege).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-04-12T20:58:54.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9316" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9317" CreationDate="2018-04-13T08:10:38.123" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  – Senti tu, – gli disse uno, – patti chiari: se vuoi essere con noi, le &lt;strong&gt;battute&lt;/strong&gt; le fai con noi e ci insegni tutti i passi che sai. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – E ci lasci entrare nel frutteto di tuo padre! – disse un altro.  – A me una volta mi ci hanno sparato col sale! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di frasi pronunciate da ragazzi che, per necessità, rubano la frutta dagli orti. Sono dirette a Cosimo, il protagonista del romanzo, figlio del Barone di Rondò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso del vocabolo  &quot;battuta&quot; in questo passaggio. Tra le diverse accezioni di questo termine che ho trovato nei dizionari, non sono sicura a quale corrisponda l'occorrenza nel testo.&#xA;Significa una frase spiritosa? Vuol dire invece un'azione organizzata per rubare la frutta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-13T09:06:38.190" Title="Cosa significa &quot;battuta&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9316" CreationDate="2018-04-13T08:33:55.043" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto, il significato di &lt;em&gt;battuta&lt;/em&gt; è collegato al punto 6a della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/battuta/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Significa, dunque, un'azione organizzata per &quot;andare a caccia&quot; di frutta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-13T09:06:38.190" LastActivityDate="2018-04-13T09:06:38.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9318" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9319" CreationDate="2018-04-14T07:27:05.367" Score="1" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I ragazzi s'erano fermati tutti insieme e anche loro mordicchiavano, susine o dita, o cicatrici che avevano sulle mani o sulle braccia, o lembi dei sacchi. E pian piano, dalle loro bocche mordicchianti, quasi costretti per vincere un disagio, non spinti da un vero sentimento, se mai desiderosi d'essere contraddetti, principiarono a dire frasi quasi senza voce, che suonavano in cadenza come se cercassero di cantare: – Cosa sei... venuta a fare... Sinforosa... ora ritorni... non sei più... no stra compagna... ah, ah, ah... ah, vigliacca... &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Uno sfrascar sui rami ed ecco, da un alto fico affaccia il capo Cosimo, tra foglia e foglia, ansando. Lei, di sotto in su, con quel frustino in bocca, guardava lui e loro &lt;strong&gt;appiattiti&lt;/strong&gt; tutti nello stesso sguardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;appiattiti&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;appiattire&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare nulla che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-14T08:11:16.063" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;appiattiti&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9318" CreationDate="2018-04-14T08:11:16.063" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato figurato di &lt;em&gt;appiattire&lt;/em&gt; è &quot;eliminare le differenze&quot;, &quot;livellare&quot;, &quot;uniformare&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/appiattire.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/appiattire.shtml&lt;/a&gt;). Nel brano che hai citato, si può intendere o che Viola guardava Cosimo e i ragazzini tutti insieme senza notare le differenze tra di loro o che Cosimo e i ragazzini la guardavano nello stesso modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-04-14T08:11:16.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9320" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9321" CreationDate="2018-04-15T10:03:31.893" Score="1" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ogni tanto nostro padre si chiudeva con lui nello studio per ore (erano le più lunghe soste che il Cavalier Avvocato vi faceva), e dopo poco dalla porta chiusa giungeva la voce adirata del Barone, gli accenti &lt;strong&gt;ondosi&lt;/strong&gt; d'un diverbio, ma la voce del Cavaliere non s'avvertiva quasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;ondoso&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che si usa per qualcosa che abbia a che vedere con le onde, ma non capisco il senso di questo aggettivo nel contesto del passaggio sopra  citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-15T11:49:00.467" Title="Significato di &quot;ondoso&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9320" CreationDate="2018-04-15T11:49:00.467" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;ondosi&lt;/em&gt;, in questo brano, è un bell'esempio della scrittura di Calvino che, talvolta, invece di lunghe descrizioni usa delle parole per dare un'immagine di ciò che sta accadendo. Come si dice nella domanda, &lt;em&gt;ondoso&lt;/em&gt; ha a che fare con le onde; in particolare, qui, nel senso del loro movimento e del rumore che producono. Se siamo in riva al mare, il suono delle onde non è sempre uguale, ma si alza e si abbassa di volume, seguendo il loro movimento. Così possiamo immaginare il suono delle voci ascoltate da dietro una porta chiusa, quando due persone (come nel caso del brano citato) o più stanno discutendo. Le voci si alzano e si abbassano, sono forti o flebili come le onde del mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-04-15T11:49:00.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9322" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-16T08:11:04.660" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dall'albero, egli stava delle mezz'ore fermo a guardare i loro lavori e faceva domande sugli ingrassi e le semine, cosa che camminando sulla terra non gli era mai venuto di fare, trattenuto da quella ritrosia che non gli faceva mai rivolgere parola ai villici ed ai servi. A volte, indicava se il solco che stavano zappando veniva diritto o storto, o se nel campo del vicino erano già maturi i pomodori; a volte s'offriva di far loro piccole commissioni come andare a dire alla moglie d'un falciatore che gli desse una cote, o ad avvertire che &lt;strong&gt;girassero&lt;/strong&gt; l'acqua in un orto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;girare&quot; in parecchi dizionari ma, tra le diverse accezioni che appaiono,  non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio precedente . Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-16T09:29:54.860" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;girare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9322" CreationDate="2018-04-16T08:16:36.417" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Girare l'acqua all'orto significa irrigare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In passato, specie nelle grandi proprietà terriere, erano presenti canali di irrigazione che si diramavano da quello principale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso girare ha il significato di irrigare distribuendo l'acqua ai vari campi tramite l'utilizzo di chiuse che venivano aperte o chiuse a seconda delle necessità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-16T08:46:16.700" LastActivityDate="2018-04-16T08:46:16.700" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9322" CreationDate="2018-04-16T08:49:41.447" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Girare è un verbo che, come molti, può avere molti significati; in questo specifico caso, si intende far circolare l'acqua nei vari canali di irrigazione. Questo verbo è anche usato in casi come &quot;far girare il motore&quot; che è più o meno simile (si intende di far partire e far funzionare il motore), oltre al suo significato classico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4224" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-04-16T09:29:54.860" LastActivityDate="2018-04-16T09:29:54.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9325" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9326" CreationDate="2018-04-17T08:42:57.910" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I carbonai, sullo &lt;strong&gt;spiazzo battuto di terra cenerina&lt;/strong&gt;, erano i più numerosi. Urlavano «Hura! Hota!» perché erano gente bergamasca e non la si capiva nel parlare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso dell'espressione &quot;spiazzo battuto di terra cenerina&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ha un significato simile a quello di &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/terra-battuta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;terra battuta&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, cioè, si tratterebbe di uno spiazzo che è stato spianato in qualche modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-17T11:30:46.127" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;spiazzo battuto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9325" CreationDate="2018-04-17T08:47:11.730" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello indicato da te, cioè uno &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiazzo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spiazzo&lt;/a&gt; ovvero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;spazio libero, per lo più pianeggiante, di una certa ampiezza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;di terra battuta color cenere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terra_battuta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;terra battuta&lt;/a&gt; è una pavimentazione realizzata in terra che viene spianata utilizzando macchinari ed utilizzata, ad esempio, nei campi da tennis.&#xA;In alcuni casi possono anche essere utilizzati altri materiali finemente triturati e poi spianati con un rullo compressore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La terra battuta a cui fa riferimento l'autore probabilmente è un'area dove la terra è diventata dura a causa del calpestio di uomini, mezzi e animali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-17T11:30:46.127" LastActivityDate="2018-04-17T11:30:46.127" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9328" CreationDate="2018-04-18T08:03:05.787" Score="2" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Amava anche i tronchi bugnati come ha l'olmo, che ai bitorzoli ricaccia getti teneri e ciuffi di foglie seghettate e di cartacee samare; ma è difficile muovercisi perché i rami vanno in su, esili e folti, lasciando poco varco. Nei boschi,  preferiva faggi e querce: perché sul pino le &lt;strong&gt;impalcate&lt;/strong&gt; vicinissime, non forti e tutte fitte d'aghi, non lasciano spazio né appiglio; ed il castagno, tra foglia spinosa, ricci, scorza,  rami alti, par fatto apposta per tener lontani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi sa cosa sono le &quot;impalcate&quot;? Ho cercato il termine &quot;impalcata&quot;, ma non l'ho trovato in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-18T08:24:14.813" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;impalcate&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9327" CreationDate="2018-04-18T08:24:14.813" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel testo da te citato le &lt;strong&gt;impalcate&lt;/strong&gt; hanno il significato di una accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impalcatura/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;impalcature&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;che puoi trovare su Treccani alla voce 2.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In arboricoltura, disposizione delle branche di un albero quasi a verticillo: presente naturalmente nel fusto del ciliegio, può essere&#xA;  ottenuta anche in altri alberi recidendo il tronco a una certa&#xA;  altezza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://cngeilaquila.blogspot.it/2009/11/il-principio-della-ramificazione.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il principio della ramificazione&lt;/a&gt;, anche per spiegare il significato di verticillo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono piante la cui gemma apicale lascia le gemme secondarie&#xA;  singolarmente lungo una spirale di crescita. Altre specie di piante&#xA;  invece lasciano due gemme opposte tra loro e in modo alterno tra le&#xA;  coppie. &lt;strong&gt;Altre infine le dispongono secondo un verticillo; i rami di&#xA;  queste piante, un giorno, saranno disposti a &quot;palco&quot;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso del pino (conifere), ad esempio, il fusto cresce in verticale senza ramificarsi e i rami in cerchio attorno al fusto ed inoltre:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le piante arboree, la cui gemma apicale non muore mai, producono un&#xA;  fusto alto e dritto, monocormico, coi rami ben più piccoli del tronco.&#xA;  Queste in genere sono le conifere, ma anche alcune latifoglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riassumendo: il pino crescendo forma &lt;strong&gt;impalcate&lt;/strong&gt; ovvero rami fitti più piccoli del tronco e quindi meno resistenti, irti di aghi che rendono difficoltosa e pericolosa la scalata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-04-18T08:24:14.813" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9329" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9330" CreationDate="2018-04-18T22:03:12.943" Score="2" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se sia più corretto concordare col soggetto o con gli avverbi/aggettivi quantitativi &#xA;Per esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) È rimasta un chilo di torta/ne è rimasta un chilo o è rimasto un chilo di torta/ne è rimasto un chilo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) È rimasto metà panino/ne è rimasto metà o ne è rimasta metà &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) è rimasto 3 quarti di panino/ne è rimasto 3 quarti o sono rimasti 3 quarti di panino/ne sono rimasti 3 quarti? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamemte il mio dubbio riguarda anche le medesime frasi, ma con un aggettivo.. es: tre quarti di torta è marcia/ne è marcia 3 quarti. &#xA;metà panino è marcio/ne è marcio metà. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non lo so, sinceramente non so darmi una spiegazione ma mi viene naturale dire &quot; metà/la metà di quel panino è marcia/ne è marcia metà/la metà&quot; o &quot; 3 quarti di quel panino sono marci&quot;, così &quot;come è rimasta meta/la metà di quel panino&quot;&#xA;Forse perché in questo assumono un valore più sostantivale e quindi fanno da soggetto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi scuso per le troppe frasi, ma vorrei capire come concodare il verbo, perché sono piuttosto confuso e vorrei delle dritte.&#xA;Ps mi scuso anche per le troppe barre ma le frasi sono tutte connesse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2018-04-19T07:33:19.167" LastActivityDate="2018-04-19T19:58:58.200" Title="Concordanza del verbo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9329" CreationDate="2018-04-19T05:00:48.797" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le frasi corrette sono:&#xA;1) È rimasto / Ne è rimasto&#xA;2) È rimasta / Ne è rimasta&#xA;3) Sono rimasti / Ne sono rimasti&#xA;4) Tre quarti sono marci&#xA;5) È marcia la metà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo in queste frasi si accorda con il soggetto, qualsiasi esso sia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2018-04-19T19:58:58.200" LastActivityDate="2018-04-19T19:58:58.200" CommentCount="19" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9331" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9332" CreationDate="2018-04-19T08:31:19.053" Score="0" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La sua levata aveva disorientato segugi e cacciatori. Sul sentiero correva un vecchio con un greve archibugio. –Ehi,– gli fece Cosimo, – quel bassotto è vostro? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ti &lt;strong&gt;andasse nell'anima&lt;/strong&gt; a te e a tutti i tuoi parenti! – gridò il vecchio che doveva aver le sue lune. – Ti sembriamo tipi da cacciare coi bassotti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;andare nell'anima&quot; in questo passaggio? Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/anima/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare, arrivare all’a.&lt;/em&gt;, toccare profondamente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non mi sembra che questo abbia molto senso nel brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-19T09:49:44.300" Title="Significato di &quot;andare nell'anima&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9331" CreationDate="2018-04-19T08:49:31.153" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un’imprecazione dovuta al fatto che il vecchio è arrabbiato (sembrava avesse le sue lune) per il fatto che gli viene chiesto se caccia con i bassotti, cosa che viene considerata in qualche modo negativa in quanto probabilmente metteva in dubbio la sua esperienza come cacciatore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A Roma probabilmente avrebbero detto “all’anima de li mortacci tua”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-04-19T09:49:44.300" LastActivityDate="2018-04-19T09:49:44.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9333" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9334" CreationDate="2018-04-20T08:03:20.803" Score="3" ViewCount="370" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosimo ogni notizia nuova andava a commentarla coi calderai. Tra la gente accampata nel bosco, c'era a quei tempi tutta una genìa di loschi ambulanti: calderai, impagliatori di seggiole,  &lt;strong&gt;stracciari&lt;/strong&gt;, gente che gira le case, e al mattino studia il furto che farà alla sera. Nel bosco, più che il laboratorio avevano il rifugio segreto, il ripostiglio della refurtiva. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi sa spiegare cosa sono questi &quot;stracciari&quot;? Nei dizionari che ho consultato, non ho trovato né &quot;stracciario&quot;, né &quot;stracciaro&quot; e il termine &quot;stracciare&quot; appare solo come verbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-20T11:27:06.063" LastActivityDate="2018-04-20T11:27:06.063" Title="Cosa sono gli &quot;stracciari&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9333" CreationDate="2018-04-20T08:12:08.790" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo &lt;strong&gt;stacciaro&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stracciaiolo1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stracciaiolo&lt;/a&gt; è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi compra e rivende stracci e altra roba usata di poco valore,&#xA;  straccivendolo: &lt;em&gt;bottega di s.; s. ambulante; una vecchietta, che&#xA;  teneva bottega da stracciarola sotto la loggia&lt;/em&gt; (Bacchelli).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare anche alcune varianti regionali di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stracciaiolo_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stracciaiolo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;stracciaiolo /stratʃ:a'jɔlo/ (lett. stracciaiuolo, region.&#xA;  stracciarolo) s. m. [der. di &lt;em&gt;straccio&lt;/em&gt;²] (f. -a). - (&lt;em&gt;mest&lt;/em&gt;.) [chi compra&#xA;  e rivende stracci e altra roba usata di poco valore] ≈ (&lt;em&gt;tosc.&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;  cenciaio, (&lt;em&gt;tosc&lt;/em&gt;.) cenciaiolo, straccivendolo. ⇑ rigattiere,&#xA;  robivecchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-20T09:44:45.623" LastActivityDate="2018-04-20T09:44:45.623" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1879" CreationDate="2018-04-20T21:35:17.493" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;When we were visiting Rome and during a tour of the Roman Forum conducted by a university professor, he told us that the expression &quot;in Bocca al Lupa&quot; or in the mouth of the wolf originated from the founding of Rome. Romulus and Remus were suckled and protected by the she-wolf who took her pups in her mouth for protection. Thus the expression meant, may you be protected or be safe. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4525" LastActivityDate="2018-04-20T21:35:17.493" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9337" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9338" CreationDate="2018-04-21T08:52:10.273" Score="2" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosimo lo mise sotto a far calcoli e disegni, e in tanto interessò i proprietari dei boschi privati, gli appaltatori dei boschi demaniali, i taglialegna, i carbonai. Tutti insieme, sotto la direzione del Cavalier Avvocato (ossia, il Cavalier Avvocato sotto tutti loro, forzato a dirigerli e a non distrarsi) e con Cosimo che sovrintendeva ai lavori dall'alto, costruirono delle riserve d'acqua in modo che in ogni punto in cui fosse scoppiato un incendio si sapesse dove &lt;strong&gt;far capo&lt;/strong&gt; con le pompe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;far capo&quot; in questo passaggio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare capo&lt;/em&gt;, andare a finire, sboccare: &lt;em&gt;è una strada che fa c. alla piazza del Municipio; non capivo dove andasse a far c. il suo discorso&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;far c. a qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, rivolgersi o ricorrere a lui, spec. per aiuto o consiglio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che queste definizioni abbiano senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-21T09:37:08.437" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;far capo&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9337" CreationDate="2018-04-21T09:27:07.683" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che in questo caso sia utile il significato di &lt;em&gt;fare capo&lt;/em&gt; come &quot;affidarsi, appoggiarsi, ricorrere, riferirsi, rivolgersi&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capo_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capo_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Calvino intende che in previsione di un incendio erano state predisposte delle riserve d'acqua in modo che chi fosse accorso per spegnere le fiamme avrebbe saputo dove andare per attingere l'acqua con le pompe. Progettare un efficace sistema antincendio (il romanzo si svolge nel Settecento) significava dunque evitare che i boschi (e quindi le riserve di legname per costruire, scaldare, cucinare) andassero distrutti rapidamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2018-04-21T09:37:08.437" LastActivityDate="2018-04-21T09:37:08.437" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9339" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9343" CreationDate="2018-04-22T08:13:31.873" Score="2" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Insomma, gli era presa quella smania di chi racconta storie e non sa mai se sono più belle quelle che gli sono veramente accadute e che a rievocarle riportano con sé tutto un mare d'ore passate, di sentimenti minuti, tedii, felicità, incertezze, vanaglorie, nausee di sé, oppure quelle che ci s'inventa, in cui si &lt;strong&gt;taglia giù di grosso&lt;/strong&gt;, e tutto appare facile, ma poi più si svaria più ci s'accorge che si   torna a parlare delle cose che s'è avuto o capito in realtà vivendo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potreste spiegare il significato dell'espressione &quot;tagliare giù di grosso&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;tagliare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato niente a riguardo. Non so se abbia qualcosa a che vedere con &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/8801/707&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-22T08:56:48.893" LastActivityDate="2018-04-23T18:46:05.027" Title="Cosa significa &quot;tagliare giù di grosso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1349" CreationDate="2018-04-22T08:22:07.750" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a retired speech therapist, with a very fine ear for subtleties in articulation. Regarding GLI, someone said it’s similar to an English speakers production of “millions”. &#xA;So, to say “gli” simply push your tongue tip to your gum ridge just behind your front teeth. Say the  [l] sound— without releasing the contact of tongue tip to palate. Then slide your tongue into position for the “Y” sound. Think of it as saying “ulyee”, it’s even easier if you use a dentalized (&quot;flat-tongue”) to say the L. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4528" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-22T09:05:23.733" LastActivityDate="2018-04-22T09:05:23.733" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9341" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9342" CreationDate="2018-04-23T08:40:21.103" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Più tardi passarono due guardacaccia. –  Sempre lì che aspetta il cane, Signoria! Ma se l'ho visto al padiglione, in buone mani... &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;– Come? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;– Ma sì, la Marchesa, ossia la Duchessa vedova (noi la chiamiamo Marchesa perché era Marchesina da ragazza) gli faceva tante feste come l'avesse sempre avuto. È un cane &lt;strong&gt;da pastasciutta&lt;/strong&gt;, quello, mi lasci dire, Signoria. Ora ha trovato da star nel morbido e ci resta...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;da pastasciutta&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;pastasciutta&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla che possa avere senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-23T13:48:22.700" Title="Significato dell'espressione &quot;da pastasciutta&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9341" CreationDate="2018-04-23T08:45:13.507" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;strong&gt;cane da pastasciutta&lt;/strong&gt; è un cane abituato alle comodità, a vivere a stretto contatto con le persone, che ha perso la sua indole &quot;selvatica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti il termine pastasciutta indica un alimento di cui normalmente un cane non si ciba e indica che viene coccolato dai padroni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani si può anche trovare per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cane1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cane&lt;/a&gt; con significato simile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c. da pagliaio, propr. il cane che fa la guardia alla casa del&#xA;  contadino, ma più spesso con uso estens., cane di poco valore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stessa espressione viene usata con un significato simile in questo passaggio tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=F8dVDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT134&amp;amp;lpg=PT134&amp;amp;dq=cane%20da%20pastasciutta&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Pp2M83MSmF&amp;amp;sig=87mDnQsGK71LWIIztrzO9ARn338&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjExbytg9DaAhWH1SwKHVy0Chw4ChDoAQhIMAk#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cane%20da%20pastasciutta&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il pane sotto la neve&lt;/em&gt; di Vanessa Navicelli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Tino dà un'occhiata al cane; si sta stiracchiando le zampe anteriori&#xA;  e poi ci riappoggia su il muso, socchiudendo gli occhi placido.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;   &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tino scuote la testa. «È venuto da noi a dormire. È proprio un cane da&#xA;  pastasciutta!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra espressione simile, cambiando animale ma non significato, è &lt;strong&gt;gatto da poltrona&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-23T13:48:22.700" LastActivityDate="2018-04-23T13:48:22.700" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9339" CreationDate="2018-04-23T09:18:49.213" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Tagliare (giù di) grosso&amp;quot; significa approssimare, abborracciare. Vedi la Legge Fondamentale dell'Incastro: &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;Taglialo grosso e infilalo a calci&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (Arthur Block).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è più molto usato - su Google Books l'ho trovato, con il significato di &amp;quot;abborracciare&amp;quot;, su &lt;em&gt;La Stirpe - Rivista delle Corporazioni Fasciste&lt;/em&gt; (1932)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...ma debbo pur dirle che non posso dare in due mesi compiuta la vita dell'Ariosto. Se io fossi sicuro di accomodare e di &lt;strong&gt;tagliare grosso&lt;/strong&gt; con la mia coscienza di scrittore e con il rispetto dell'arte, butterei giù di quella roba come tanta se ne fa oggi, intascherei le mille lire e a luglio me ne andrei viaggiando a mio diletto...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e così in un romanzo di Emilio Salgari:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Kammamuri si era appena svegliato e stava seduto dinanzi ad una grossa cesta che conteneva carne fredda, legumi, pane e birra: era la &lt;em&gt;tiffine&lt;/em&gt;, o colazione mattutina a cui dava l'assalto. – Ve n'è anche per voi – disse al malabaro ed al &lt;em&gt;rajaputo&lt;/em&gt;. – Il gran cuoco del &lt;em&gt;maharajah&lt;/em&gt; è abituato a &lt;strong&gt;tagliare grosso&lt;/strong&gt; e abbondare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Proprio nel senso di &amp;quot;inventare&amp;quot;, negli &lt;em&gt;Annali dell'Istituto Italiano di Studi Storici&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...non restava in realtà che il gusto per la divagazione, per giunta non sempre sincera (Dionigi stesso ammetteva che Teopompo amasse «&lt;strong&gt;tagliare grosso&lt;/strong&gt;» [...]). Così, quando Teopompo presenta il popolo dei Macedoni come un'orda di ubriaconi, di barbari, di...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso significa che la storia è inventata e parte con approssimazioni, &amp;quot;in cui tutto appare facile&amp;quot;; ma quando si va a ricamare, a svariare, a definire la storia, quei dettagli anche involontariamente li si prende dalla propria esperienza, e la storia &amp;quot;inventata&amp;quot; ritorna ad essere una storia con elementi reali: &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;ci s'accorge che si torna a parlare delle cose che s'è avuto o capito in realtà vivendo&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La locuzione &lt;strong&gt;tagliare di grosso&lt;/strong&gt; nel significato di &lt;em&gt;approssimare per eccesso&lt;/em&gt;, e dunque &lt;em&gt;andare per le spicce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;esagerare&lt;/em&gt;, sembra venire dal lessico agricolo ed è anch'essa piuttosto antica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...e pur d'avacciarsi, non badavasi a salire sulle piante umide. Intanto le piante si ammacchiavano, e quando giungea quell'anno che il potator vi salisse, era costretto a &lt;strong&gt;tagliare di grosso&lt;/strong&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...somma parsimonia di tagli, e in opportuna stagione; una sola. Sfrondatura nell' anno, e totale eliminazione della scornettatura, la quale consiste nel &lt;strong&gt;tagliare di grosso&lt;/strong&gt;, nel lasciare come a corno nel mese di maggio o di giugno i rami maestri...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...le suscettibilità della Santa Sede e della conferenza di Gaeta, troppo proclivi a credere che noi siamo disposti a &lt;strong&gt;tagliare di grosso&lt;/strong&gt; in ciò che risguarda l'autorità e gl'interessi della Corte di Roma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-04-23T18:46:05.027" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9344" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-24T07:40:26.573" Score="5" ViewCount="214" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fu sorpresa. Molto. &lt;strong&gt;Non dicano&lt;/strong&gt;. Certo, si riprese subito e fece la sufficiente, al suo solito modo, ma lì per lì fu molto sorpresa e le risero gli occhi e la bocca e un dente che aveva come quando era bambina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso della frase &quot;Non dicano&quot; in questo passaggio. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-27T00:01:30.320" Title="Qual è il senso della frase &quot;Non dicano&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9345" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-24T15:12:50.247" Score="6" ViewCount="392" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me what the difference is between Barberia and Barbiere, and when it is appropriate to use them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am doing a sign for a Barber Shop who wants to use the Italian wording. The shop has a name of it's own, this word would be to let people know what kind of shop it is (example: A Cut Above - Barbershop).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From my understanding:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Barberia = Barber Shop&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Barberia = Barber Shop&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Barbiere = Barber Shop OR Barber&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Barbiere = The Barber&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is the most commonly used in Italy?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4535" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-24T16:36:49.083" LastActivityDate="2018-04-24T16:36:49.083" Title="Difference between Barberia and Barbiere" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9345" CreationDate="2018-04-24T16:18:39.740" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Barbiere = The Barber is correct;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The most common way in Italy to mean &quot;Barber shop&quot; is &quot;Barbiere&quot;, too. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Vado dal barbiere&quot; (I am going to the barber shop)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sei stato dal barbiere?&quot; (Have you been at the barber shop?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Barberia&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;La Barberia&lt;/strong&gt;  (&quot;La&quot; is just the determiner, like &quot;the&quot;) is in my experience quite uncommon; it seems also a bit &quot;old-fashioned&quot; word and I can't exclude that some barbers use it as a distinctive brand name for their shop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;p.s. &lt;em&gt;&quot;vado dal barbiere&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is in fact a figure of speech (a metonymy if I am not wrong)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;p.p.s. &quot;Barberia&quot; is also an old way to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/barberia/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;denote a region in north Africa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-04-24T16:18:39.740" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9348" CreationDate="2018-04-25T07:52:28.283" Score="1" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Marchesa arrivò. Come sempre, la gelosia di lui le fece piacere: un po' la incitò, un po' la &lt;strong&gt;volse in gioco&lt;/strong&gt;. Così tornarono le belle giornate d'amore e mio fratello era felice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;volgere in gioco&quot; che appare in questo brano. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gioco/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che vuol dire &quot;volgere in scherzo&quot;. Tuttavia, non capisco molto bene cosa sarebbe questo &quot;volgere in scherzo&quot; in questo contesto. Significa che la gelosia di lui le faceva fare scherzi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-26T12:28:39.157" Title="Significato di &quot;volgere in gioco&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9347" CreationDate="2018-04-25T08:13:07.643" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato corretto è quello che hai trovato tu ma il concetto è che la Marchesa non aveva voglia di fare scherzi ma&#xA;trasformò la gelosia in scherzo, in gioco. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-26T12:28:39.157" LastActivityDate="2018-04-26T12:28:39.157" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9349" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-25T11:56:24.017" Score="2" ViewCount="456" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a short summary of the Italian morphological system for my thesis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am struggling with how I should define certain morphemes using English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Future –er- in “am-&lt;strong&gt;er&lt;/strong&gt;-emo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, “-emo” is a suffix (a person-number marker).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is “-er-” an infix, an interfix or a suffix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And what about “-in-” in tavol-in-o?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it infix, an interfix or a suffix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1909" LastActivityDate="2018-04-25T15:58:35.993" Title="Infix, Interfix, suffix and the Italian morphology (English definitions)" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9349" CreationDate="2018-04-25T12:54:37.830" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;This looks more like a question about English terminology than about Italian language, and as such it would be off topic. Italian grammar only considers &lt;em&gt;prefissi&lt;/em&gt; (at the beginning of a word), &lt;em&gt;suffissi&lt;/em&gt; (at the end) and &lt;em&gt;infissi&lt;/em&gt; (in the middle);&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; apparently – but this should be asked about in an English-language site about general linguistics (such as &lt;a href=&quot;https://linguistics.stackexchange.com/&quot;&gt;https://linguistics.stackexchange.com/&lt;/a&gt;) – this corresponds in English to the distinction among prefixes, suffixes, and infixes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for “interfix”, I admit I never heard about it and more than one English dictionary don't include it, but apparently, if we &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interfix&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trust Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, it is “a phoneme which is placed in between two morphemes and does not have a semantic meaning”. With this definition, none of your examples is an interfix, since those strings of letters: a) are not single phonemes; and, more importantly, b) do have a semantic meaning. Indeed, &lt;em&gt;-er-&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;ameremo&lt;/em&gt; characterises the future tense, while &lt;em&gt;-in-&lt;/em&gt; denotes a diminutive form (&lt;em&gt;tavolo&lt;/em&gt; = “table”; &lt;em&gt;tavolino&lt;/em&gt; = “small table”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; See for instance the article “affissazione” in G.L. Beccaria, ed., &lt;em&gt;Dizionario di linguistica&lt;/em&gt;, Einaudi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-04-25T15:58:35.993" LastActivityDate="2018-04-25T15:58:35.993" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9351" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-25T14:14:46.623" Score="4" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading an &lt;a href=&quot;https://magazineinternational.wordpress.com/2017/01/03/intervista-a-erri-de-luca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article in Italian&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's an interview with a famous author named Erri De Luca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Secondo lei, ciò ha avuto un impatto sulle sue opere letterarie?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riconosco l’impatto del 1900, un secolo che ha schiacciato &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;con la sua storia maggiore le piccole storie minori, personali, individuali.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My problem is understanding the meaning of the word &amp;quot;storia&amp;quot; in the above sentence.&#xA;Does it mean &amp;quot;story&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;history&amp;quot;?&#xA;I think it means &amp;quot;story&amp;quot; but I'm not sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-04-25T16:10:22.113" Title="Meaning of &quot;ha schiacciato con la sua storia maggiore le piccole storie minori, personali&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9352" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9351" CreationDate="2018-04-25T14:28:38.043" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, the fact itself that there is a single word for both means that the distinction isn't sharp. If you like, the history of the 20th century is like a story that smashed smaller, personal stories. On the other hand, a single person can have a history too...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me phrase this better: just because in English there are two different words corresponding to this single Italian word, it doesn't mean that Italians have each time in mind one of the two (different but overlapping) meanings. Moreover, in Italian it would be perfectly normal to utter a sentence like: &lt;em&gt;Ti racconto una storia, la storia di Roma&lt;/em&gt;, which would perhaps be translated in English as “Let me tell you a story, the history of Rome”, while there is not as clear-cut a difference in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not completely unrelated: one of the major novels by Italian writer Elsa Morante (and one of the major Italian novels overall) is entitled &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, with a capital letter – which is not the rule for Italian titles – referring both to history, which overwhelms the novel's characters (a similar notion to De Luca's), and at the same time to the importance of their own story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-04-25T16:10:22.113" LastActivityDate="2018-04-25T16:10:22.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9353" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9351" CreationDate="2018-04-25T14:29:31.850" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means story. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1900 had two world wars and many other events that involved the whole world so that facts regarding ordinary people had less importance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both history and story can be translated as storia but history is in general, whereas I guess story can be related to a more precise period of time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-04-25T14:29:31.850" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9354" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9355" CreationDate="2018-04-26T12:13:51.427" Score="0" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo  Calvino, ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dietro di loro s'udì il riso di Donna Viola, una delle sue &lt;strong&gt;risate a frullo&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;frullo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non capisco cos'è una &quot;risata a frullo&quot;. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-27T07:54:22.723" Title="Cos'è una &quot;risata a frullo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9354" CreationDate="2018-04-26T14:03:50.130" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=-dU0BF_Nw_MC&amp;amp;pg=PT192&amp;amp;lpg=PT192&amp;amp;dq=risata%20a%20frullo%20il%20barone%20rampante&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=C9QEPV79qb&amp;amp;sig=zEaAQHf1iCGrOnflQLvaAVUm3R0&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjl-NP6idjaAhWRLlAKHT6-AwcQ6AEIQDAI#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=risata%20a%20frullo%20il%20barone%20rampante&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa edizione de &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dalla gola di Donna Viola si levò una risata leggera come un frullo&#xA;  d'ali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo passaggio penso spieghi il significato di risata a frullo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=OaYLAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;dq=barone%20rampante%20risata%20frullo%20ali&amp;amp;focus=searchwithinvolume&amp;amp;q=risata%20frullo%20ali&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Versants&lt;/em&gt;, Edizioni 47-50&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bionda, vestita di azzurro, talora procedente a zig-zag è la bambina&#xA;  Viola (poi Donna Viola) nel Barone rampante (cfr. RR I 563, 590, 706).&#xA;  Ha una risata tutta sua, riconoscibile, «a frullo», «leggera come un&#xA;  frullo d'ali» (RR I 729 e 727).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-27T07:54:22.723" LastActivityDate="2018-04-27T07:54:22.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9358" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9359" CreationDate="2018-04-27T11:13:32.263" Score="0" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi venne il tempo della violenza distruggitrice: ogni albero, cominciava dalla vetta e, via una foglia via l'altra, rapidissimo lo riduceva bruco come d'inverno, anche se &lt;strong&gt;non era d'abito spogliante&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase fa riferimento a Cosimo, il barone rampante, protagonista del libro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso dell'espressione &quot;non era d'abito spogliante&quot;.  Significa che Cosimo non aveva l'abitudine di spogliare gli alberi delle sue foglie? Vuol dire che non si trattava di un albero di foglia caduca? Oppure il significato è un altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-27T11:51:44.720" Title="Cosa significa &quot;non era d'abito spogliante&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9358" CreationDate="2018-04-27T11:21:16.150" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è riferita all'albero che non era d'abito spogliante cioè non era un albero a foglie caduche ma era un sempreverde.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò che l'inverno faceva agli alberi a foglie caduche lui in preda alla rabbia lo faceva a quelli sempreverdi strappando le foglie, ed andava anche oltre scorticandoli e privandoli della corteccia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-27T11:51:44.720" LastActivityDate="2018-04-27T11:51:44.720" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9360" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9361" CreationDate="2018-04-28T08:44:29.903" Score="0" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I suoi alberi ora erano addobbati di fogli scritti e anche di cartelli con massime di Seneca e Shaftesbury, e di oggetti: ciuffi di penne, ceri da chiesa, &lt;strong&gt;falciuole&lt;/strong&gt;, corone, busti da donna, pistole, bilance, legati l’uno all’altro in un certo ordine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cos'è una &quot;falciuola&quot;?&#xA;Non ho trovato questo termine in nessuno dei dizionari monolingui italiani che ho consultato, ma curiosamente appare in questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=kZMKAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA275&amp;amp;lpg=PA275&amp;amp;dq=falciuola+significato&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=YpcW4MhAVa&amp;amp;sig=HnuJkjMWIGxDNA9NtJb6KLxFtzQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjCm_v-8qraAhVBnhQKHUPGBoAQ6AEIDzAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=falciuola%20significato&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario francese italiano dell'Ottocento&lt;/a&gt;, dal quale sembra si tratti di qualche &quot;strumento per segare le biade&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-28T18:07:46.863" Title="Cos'è una &quot;falciuola&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9360" CreationDate="2018-04-28T10:28:03.383" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un diminutivo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/falce/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;falce&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;◆ I dim. falcétto, falcino, falciòlo (letter. falciuòlo) e l’accr.&#xA;  falcióne (v.), tutti masch., indicano spesso falci di forme&#xA;  particolari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ed indica appunto una piccola falce ricurva usata principalmente per tagliare l’erba che i contadini portavano legata alla cintura. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sull’Accademia della Crusca si trova per  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?lemma=FALCIUOLA&amp;amp;rewrite=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;falciuola&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;FALCIUOLA. Definiz: Dim. di Falce. Lat. falcula. Gr. δρεπάνιον.&#xA;  Esempio: Fr. Giord. Pred. Lo scalzo villanello in tempo di messura&#xA;  colla sua falciuola si procaccia il vivere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un’immagine della falciuola:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/9Am71.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/9Am71.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;falciuola o falciola&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-28T18:07:46.863" LastActivityDate="2018-04-28T18:07:46.863" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9362" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-04-29T08:50:32.167" Score="0" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il barone rampante&lt;/em&gt;, di Italo Calvino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ignaro di come fosse fatto il bosco, ma sicuro d’eseguire a puntino gli ordini ricevuti, l’ufficialetto procedeva secondo le linee tracciate sulla carta, prendendo continuamente delle nasate contro i tronchi, facendo scivolare la truppa con le scarpe chiodate su pietre lisce o &lt;strong&gt;cavar gli occhi&lt;/strong&gt; nei roveti, ma sempre conscio della supremazia delle armi imperiali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;cavar gli occhi&quot; in questo brano. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cavare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ti caverei il cuore, gli occhi&lt;/em&gt;, frasi di minaccia, o piuttosto di sfogo (cui quasi mai corrisponde, neanche al livello del subconscio, una reale intenzione di far seguire i fatti alle parole). Locuzioni fig.: &lt;em&gt;cavarsi gli occhi&lt;/em&gt;, affaticare la vista nel decifrare una scrittura minuta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, queste definizioni non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-29T10:29:21.620" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;cavar gli occhi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9362" CreationDate="2018-04-29T10:02:28.273" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è che l’ufficialetto faceva correre un sacco di rischi alle sue truppe, facendogli dare nasate nei tronchi, passare su rocce scivolose senza l’equipaggiamento adeguato e a rischio di perdere gli occhi con le spine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle frasi di minaccia che hai trovato l’espressione cavare gli occhi significa strappare fisicamente gli occhi dalle orbite, cosa che possono fare le spine di rovi particolarmente intricati. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-04-29T10:29:21.620" LastActivityDate="2018-04-29T10:29:21.620" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9365" CreationDate="2018-04-30T08:27:33.293" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che poi&#xA;  un’impresa gentilizia – un nido d’api, col vocabolo &lt;em&gt;Uberius&lt;/em&gt; al centro – pompeggiasse in cima al suo biglietto da&#xA;  visita, nessuno di noi smise mai di considerarlo un abuso, a dispetto delle commendatizie che si affannava a&#xA;  fornirgli la quercia dipinta, dalle radici come murene,&#xA;  appesa in alto dietro il suo scrittoio. Singolare pianta,&#xA;  davvero! Non protetta da vetro, ma da giustapposte &lt;strong&gt;lastre d’archivio&lt;/strong&gt;, preventivamente nettate con acqua tiepida dalle macule e magagne di qualche ignoto defunto; e&#xA;  si levava dal suolo con tale energia e abbondanza di&#xA;  chiome da far temere che presto sarebbe evasa dall’effratta cornice per espandere liberamente i suoi cartigli&#xA;  nell’aria. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa sono le &quot;lastre d'archivio&quot;? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;lastra&quot; e &quot;archivio&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-04-30T14:01:59.520" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;lastre d'archivio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9364" CreationDate="2018-04-30T09:04:14.947" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lastre d'archivio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; non sono altro che pellicole fotografiche destinate alla radiologia ospedaliera riportanti esami radiologici fatti da pazienti ormai defunti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti l'autore descrive il fatto che esse venivano ripulite (nettate) con l'acqua tiepida dalle macchie (macule) e dalle risultanti malattie (magagne) di un qualche paziente passato a miglior vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le lastre di quel periodo sono probabilmente di celluloide su cui veniva apposta una emulsione fotosensibile a base di sali di argento. Al giorno d'oggi è un prodotto di nicchia perché ormai soppiantata dall'avvento del digitale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-04-30T14:01:59.520" LastActivityDate="2018-04-30T14:01:59.520" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9367" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9368" CreationDate="2018-05-01T07:46:37.443" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo tuttora cosa cercasse nella mia compagnia,&#xA;  se gli servisse solo un ascoltatore acquiescente per le sue&#xA;  empiaggini d’ogni sera, oppure obbedisse alla professionale curiosità di censire da vicino i progressi del male&#xA;  dentro di me, le crepe neonate, i capisaldi persi, ripresi,&#xA;  ripersi; e tutto questo non su una di quelle gocciolanti&#xA;  pellicole che detestava, bensì attraverso più sottili spionaggi: una veemenza nella tosse che prima non c’era;&#xA;  una nota che la voce avesse improvvisamente fallito o&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;riacciuffato a fatica sull’orlo&lt;/strong&gt;; un’unghia spaccata, una&#xA;  roseola sul labbro, un lampo di febbre nell’iride. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'io narrante è un malato di tubercolosi (il proprio Bufalino da giovane, infatti), mentre il brano fa riferimento a un medico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;empiaggini&quot; l'ho trovato su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.retididedalus.it/Archivi/2010/giugno/LUOGO_COMUNE/1_bufalino.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;. Comunque, malgrado abbia cercato i vocaboli &quot;riacciuffare&quot; e &quot;orlo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;riacciuffato a fatica sull’orlo&quot; in questo passaggio. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-01T14:21:03.963" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;riacciuffato a fatica sull’orlo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9367" CreationDate="2018-05-01T12:39:13.933" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si riferisce alle note che la voce avrebbe &lt;em&gt;ripreso al limite&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;riacchiappato al pelo&lt;/em&gt;, per usare una forma più colloquiale). In sostanza il medico cercava degli elementi che denotassero dei miglioramenti o dei peggioramenti nel decorso della malattia, comprese delle incertezze nell'eloquio: una nota fallita, poiché magari interrotta da un colpo di tosse o altro inghippo, oppure una nota non proprio fallita, in procinto di fallire ma ripresa proprio all'ultimo momento dal malato che parla.&#xA;Un po' come se fosse una cosa che ti sta scappando, sfuggendo, e riesci a riprenderla giusto in tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4483" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-01T14:21:03.963" LastActivityDate="2018-05-01T14:21:03.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9369" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-01T15:29:57.127" Score="3" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my Italian textbook I encountered these two sentences:&#xA;&quot;Ti piacciono i romanzi gialli?&quot; and &quot;Ti piaccioni i film gialli?&quot;&#xA;I thought &quot;piaccioni&quot; was an error, but I am finding the &quot;piaccioni&quot; version when searching Google.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1027" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-01T19:27:27.253" LastActivityDate="2018-05-02T13:19:06.630" Title="Does a conjugation &quot;piaccioni&quot; of the verb &quot;piacere&quot; exist?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9369" CreationDate="2018-05-01T16:28:33.543" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's definitely a spelling mistake, there is only one correct form and it's &lt;strong&gt;piacciono&lt;/strong&gt;. Probably you can find some wrong examples on the internet because it's a word easy to mistype, anyway I've run a fast check and the vast majority of examples you can find display the correct form &lt;strong&gt;piacciono&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4483" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-01T18:22:27.220" LastActivityDate="2018-05-01T18:22:27.220" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9369" CreationDate="2018-05-01T19:26:23.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As stated in the previous answer, &quot;piaccioni&quot; is a spelling error.  If you find it on Google, could it be that maybe you are seeing &quot;piacioni&quot;  with one &quot;c&quot; ?  If so, that's the plural of the word &quot;piacione&quot; [= someone who is likable, someone who likes to please everyone] &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2038" LastActivityDate="2018-05-01T19:26:23.680" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 3.0" />
  <row Id="9372" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-02T06:58:56.060" Score="0" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Gran Magro, giudicava i malati per annate, come un intenditore di vini o un maestro in pensione. Lo assecondavano essi, resistendo raramente alla Rocca per più di quattro stagioni. La durata media era quella, da un ottobre all'altro, il tempo di aggregarsi e imparare un linguaggio, consuetudini, un decalogo che valesse per tutti. Ciascuno, infine, quasi &lt;strong&gt;pretendendo alla nobiltà di una staffetta di lampade&lt;/strong&gt;, appena si sentiva vicino a cadere, affidava a un successore il suo povero testimone: un cimelio, un trucco, un nomignolo. Così da vent'anni il Gran Magro continuava a esser chiamato il Gran Magro, dopo ch'erano morti in venti, insegnandoselo prima di morire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Gran Magro è un medico del sanatorio per malati tubercolosi della Rocca, dov'è ricoverato l'io narrante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;pretendere&quot; e &quot;staffetta&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;pretendendo alla nobiltà di una staffetta di lampade&quot; in questo testo. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-02T13:03:09.957" Title="Cosa significa &quot;pretendendo alla nobiltà di una staffetta di lampade&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9372" CreationDate="2018-05-02T11:43:25.667" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In attesa di qualcuno con informazioni più salde, formulo un'ipotesi. Chiaramente la parte poco chiara è la “staffetta di lampade”. “Pretendere alla nobiltà di XXX”, anche se non molto colloquiale, significa, più o meno, “aspirare a essere/fare qualcosa di nobile come XXX”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla “staffetta di lampade” congetturo che Bufalino intenda qualcosa come una serie di fuochi di segnalazione ognuno dei quali viene acceso quando si scorge l'accensione del precedente. In genere “staffetta”, oltre ai sensi letterali di corriere per lo più militare (che qui non è del tutto estraneo), e di tipo di gara atletica a squadre in cui ogni corridore parte quando viene raggiunto dal compagno precedente, si usa spesso per indicare un avvicendarsi, in genere previsto e pacifico, di persone o eventi: un dirigente che prende il posto del suo predecessore e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico conforto concreto che trovo a questa mia ipotesi è qualche menzione in rete di una “staffetta di luci”, che si riferisce a un passo del Talmud, e più precisamente alla mishnà relativa a Rosh haShanà, 2:2-4, in cui si spiega come si usassero delle fiaccole accese in cima a una serie di monti, come segnali luminosi per comunicare a distanza l'inizio del nuovo mese. (Si può trovare in ebraico e in inglese &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.sefaria.org/Mishnah_Rosh_Hashanah.2?lang=bi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho idea se Bufalino avesse dimestichezza con le antiche tradizioni ebraiche, ma situazioni simili si ritrovano anche in altri ambiti, sempre ammantati di una certa aura mistica,  dalle antiche &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lampadedromie_napoletane&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lampadedromie&lt;/a&gt; fino a un episodio del &lt;em&gt;Signore degli anelli&lt;/em&gt; di Tolkien.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Grazie per le segnalazioni a Riccardo De Contardi e a Charo.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-02T13:03:09.957" LastActivityDate="2018-05-02T13:03:09.957" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9374" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9369" CreationDate="2018-05-02T13:19:06.630" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;100% sure it is a spelling error.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;IO Piaccio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TU Piaci &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;EGLI Piace &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;NOI Piacciamo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;VOI Piacete&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ESSI Piacciono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is another word &quot;Piacione&quot;, for definition check &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piacione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; that at plural it becomes &quot;piacioni&quot; and if mispelled it becomes &quot;piaccioni&quot;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2821" LastActivityDate="2018-05-02T13:19:06.630" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9375" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-02T14:13:11.757" Score="1" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some Sicilian authors have used the expression &quot;arco di Noè&quot; to refer to rainbows. See, for instance, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=IGO0ENq5hsoC&amp;amp;pg=RA1-PA90&amp;amp;lpg=RA1-PA90&amp;amp;dq=&amp;quot;arco+di+No%C3%A8&amp;quot;&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this tale by Giovanni Emanuele Bidera&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Sicilian, a rainbow is called &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wiktionary.org/wiki/archinu%C3%A8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;archinuè&lt;/a&gt; / arch'i Nuè / arcu di Nuè&lt;/em&gt;, following &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/a/26075/18348&quot;&gt;the trend&lt;/a&gt; of many Romance languages naming it &lt;em&gt;arc de [religious figure]&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any connection between this term and Noah's Ark (&lt;em&gt;L'arca di Noè&lt;/em&gt;)? Or is the similarity just a coincidence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-05-14T09:57:45.953" LastActivityDate="2019-05-18T09:48:45.877" Title="Is the expression &quot;arco di Noè&quot; (used in Sicily for &quot;rainbow&quot;) related to &quot;L'arca di Noè&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9375" CreationDate="2018-05-02T15:02:39.783" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given its superficial similarity and that all examples of its use on Google Books appear to be from Sicilian authors, it seems that &lt;em&gt;Arco di Noè&lt;/em&gt; clearly derives from the Sicilian &lt;em&gt;arcu di Nuè&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Researching a bit further, it seems another Sicilian term for rainbow is &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arcu_di_Nuv%C3%A8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arcu di Nuvè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contrary to the &lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wiktionary.org/wiki/archinu%C3%A8#Etimulugg%C3%ACa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;claimed etymology&lt;/a&gt; on wiktionary (&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wiktionary.org/wiki/arcu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arcu&lt;/a&gt;&quot; + &quot;Nuè&quot;), the following Wikipedia pages claim that &lt;em&gt;archinuè&lt;/em&gt; is in fact a contraction of this other term:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Archinuè (lu nomu veni a diri &quot;Arch'i Nuè&quot;, cuntrazzioni di &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arcu_di_Nuv%C3%A8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Arcu di Nuvè&lt;/a&gt;&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cantanti_e_gruppi_musicali_siciliani&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://scn.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cantanti_e_gruppi_musicali_siciliani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il nome deriva dalla parola &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lingua_siciliana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;siciliana&lt;/a&gt; Arch'i Nuè (forma contratta di Arcu di Nuè) che significa letteralmente &quot;arco di Noè&quot; (cioè l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arcobaleno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arcobaleno&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archinu%C3%A8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Archinuè&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it seems that the origin of the term may be unrelated, but the modern (contracted) form may have been influenced by either the phrase &lt;em&gt;L'arca di Nuè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; or the rainbow (&lt;em&gt;arco&lt;/em&gt;) sent by God as a symbol to Noah in Genesis 9:&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Arcu di Nuvè&lt;/em&gt; (Arc of Clouds?&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;)&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;arcunè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Arch'i Nuè&lt;/em&gt; &lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;archinuè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;arcu di Nuè&lt;/em&gt; &lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notes:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1. &lt;em&gt;nuvulusu&lt;/em&gt; = cloudy &lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.thoughtco.com/sicilian-english-dictionary-2011651&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.thoughtco.com/sicilian-phrasebook-2011650&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;2. Possible backformation by analogy with &lt;em&gt;L'arca di Nuè&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;3. In &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/a/26075/18348&quot;&gt;many&lt;/a&gt; European languages, the term for &lt;em&gt;rainbow&lt;/em&gt; is &quot;Arc of [religious figure]&quot;. As per the &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9375/is-arcu-di-nu%C3%A8-related-to-larca-di-nu%C3%A8#comment20641_9375&quot;&gt;comments&lt;/a&gt; above, the corrupted term name may have been influenced by &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.mechon-mamre.org/p/pt/pt0109.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Genesis 9&lt;/a&gt;, in which Noah is explicitly associated with a rainbow:&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;.&lt;strong&gt;יג&lt;/strong&gt;  אֶת-&lt;strong&gt;קַשְׁתִּי&lt;/strong&gt;, נָתַתִּי בֶּעָנָן; וְהָיְתָה לְאוֹת בְּרִית, בֵּינִי וּבֵין הָאָרֶץ&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt; I have set My &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%D7%A7%D7%A9%D7%AA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bow&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in the cloud, and it shall be for a token of a covenant between Me and the earth.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;.&lt;strong&gt;יד&lt;/strong&gt;  וְהָיָה, בְּעַנְנִי עָנָן עַל-הָאָרֶץ, וְנִרְאֲתָה הַ&lt;strong&gt;קֶּשֶׁת&lt;/strong&gt;, בֶּעָנָן&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt; And it shall come to pass, when I bring clouds over the earth, and the &lt;strong&gt;bow&lt;/strong&gt; is seen in the cloud,&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;strong&gt;טז&lt;/strong&gt;  וְהָיְתָה הַ&lt;strong&gt;קֶּשֶׁת&lt;/strong&gt;, בֶּעָנָן; וּרְאִיתִיהָ, לִזְכֹּר בְּרִית עוֹלָם, בֵּין אֱלֹהִים, וּבֵין&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;sup&gt;.כָּל-נֶפֶשׁ חַיָּה בְּכָל-בָּשָׂר אֲשֶׁר עַל-הָאָרֶץ&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;strong&gt;16&lt;/strong&gt; And the &lt;strong&gt;bow&lt;/strong&gt; shall be in the cloud; and I will look upon it, that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth.'&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt; Further, &lt;a href=&quot;https://ia800609.us.archive.org/27/items/afm3499.0016.001.umich.edu/afm3499.0016.001.umich.edu.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Usi e costumi, credenze e pregiudizi del popolo siciliano, Volume 2&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, by Giuseppe Pitrè (1889) claims on &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=bU2zwr7WKvcC&amp;amp;q=&amp;quot;arcu+di+Nu%C3%A8&amp;quot;&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;p55&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;strong&gt;VI. L’ Arcobaleno.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;em&gt;Arcu di Nuè; darc d’ Nuè&lt;/em&gt; (S. Fratello); &lt;em&gt;arci ’i Diu&lt;/em&gt; (Naso).&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Quando il mondo era per finire, Dio creò l’&lt;em&gt;arcu&lt;/em&gt;, e disse: “ Chi si vuol salvare, salisca su quest’ arco „. Coloro che salirono, si salvarono (Montevago). (&lt;strong&gt;Evidentemente, qui si confonde l’&lt;em&gt;arcobaleno&lt;/em&gt; con l’&lt;em&gt;arca&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/strong&gt; e si fa salire su quello coloro che salirono sull’area nel diluvio, secondo la Scrittura).&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-05-18T09:48:45.877" LastActivityDate="2019-05-18T09:48:45.877" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9378" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9379" CreationDate="2018-05-03T08:22:46.453" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Solo che quella sera c’era rivista di gala nel ricreatorio del lazzaretto, tutto un programma a sorpresa,&#xA;  con attori e attrici dei nostri: regista unico, trovarobe e&#xA;  buttafuori, il Gran Magro. Costui, difatti, lo avevo scoperto subito dopo il mio arrivo, non era solo in quel luogo il molto potente pontefice dal cui labbro di lepre, dal&#xA;  cui pugno scettrato di stetoscopio, ci toccava aspettare&#xA;  ogni mattina la cresima o il viatico; bensì, nelle ricorrenze dell’anno, il procuratore di collettive letizie: luminarie, quadri animati, presepi, misteri buffi. Uno sfogo come un altro, per noi; per lui, forse, l’intempestiva&#xA;  rivincita di una vocazione, in forza della quale non esitava ora a trascurare i pazienti, a meno che non gli servissero nella baracca delle prove, fra le malve del giardino,&#xA;  in maschera di numi o di paladini. Io non ero della partita, tra loro ero appena arrivato, un novellino. Ma, se&#xA;  non a questa, alla prossima passerella non intendevo&#xA;  mancare; a costo di esibirmi da cartomante o pagliaccio.&#xA;  Il Magro mi capì. L’attesa della morte è una noia come un’altra, e che si nutre di pompe più assai della morte&#xA;  stessa. Dunque lui, com’era solito fare, promise a tutto&#xA;  spiano: per Capodanno, per Carnevale, per Pasqua; per&#xA;  l’altra estate, se ci arrivavo. A sentirlo, aveva già in mente il da farsi, un intreccio di dramma antico (non amava&#xA;  che i classici, lui) da ridurre in versicoli da burla e che&#xA;  parlasse di noi per ambage: un’Alcesti, un Filottete in&#xA;  bombetta, con agnizioni, qui pro quo, e torte sul ceffo&#xA;  bistrato di Tanatos. A questo tema avrei dovuto &lt;strong&gt;dare sugo&lt;/strong&gt; io, che sapevo di lettere, e fare per intanto da vice a&#xA;  lui nella scelta e nell’addestramento delle persone dell’opera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;sugo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono sicura di capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;dare sugo&quot; nel brano precedente. Una delle accezioni che ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sugo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Soddisfazione, gusto, piacere che si trae da ciò che si fa o dice, o che da altri è detto o fatto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, sarebbe &quot;dare soddisfazione&quot;? O si tratterebbe piuttosto del contrario all'accezione che segue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;locuz. agg. o avv. &lt;em&gt;senza sugo&lt;/em&gt;, riferita a discorsi, scritti, fatti e situazioni da cui non si ricava nulla: &lt;em&gt;una commedia, una satira senza s.; gran discorsoni ma senza nessun s.; la sera, per non sentire quelle chiacchiere senza s., si metteva sull’uscio colle spalle al muro&lt;/em&gt; (Verga)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-03T14:44:42.677" Title="Significato di &quot;dare sugo&quot; in questo testo" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9378" CreationDate="2018-05-03T08:28:21.100" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te citato il significato di dare sugo è quello di dare contenuto, significato, consistenza, esattamente il contrario dell'accezione di Treccani &quot;senza sugo&quot; che hai trovato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-03T14:44:42.677" LastActivityDate="2018-05-03T14:44:42.677" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9375" CreationDate="2018-05-03T12:36:00.130" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=4GccAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;focus=searchwithinvolume&amp;amp;q=%22arco+di+No%C3%A8%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I nomi del mondo: santi, demoni, folletti e le parole perdute&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by Gian Luigi Beccaria, pointed out by @DaG, seems to suggest (unfortunately I can't read the whole page) that, in some languages, the naming of the word &amp;quot;rainbow&amp;quot; has its origin in &lt;em&gt;Genesis&lt;/em&gt; 9, 2 and following. In the wording of &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Genesis+9&amp;amp;version=NIV&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;8&lt;/sup&gt; Then God said to &lt;strong&gt;Noah&lt;/strong&gt; and to his sons with him: &lt;sup&gt;9&lt;/sup&gt; “I now establish my covenant with you and with your descendants after you &lt;sup&gt;10&lt;/sup&gt; and with every living creature that was with you —the birds, the livestock and all the wild animals, all those that came out of the ark with you— every living creature on earth. &lt;sup&gt;11&lt;/sup&gt; I establish my covenant with you: Never again will all life be destroyed by the waters of a flood; never again will there be a flood to destroy the earth.” &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;12&lt;/sup&gt; And God said, “This is the sign of the covenant I am making between me and you and every living creature with you, a covenant for all generations to come: &lt;sup&gt;13&lt;/sup&gt; I have set my &lt;strong&gt;rainbow&lt;/strong&gt; in the clouds, and it will be the sign of the covenant between me and the earth. &lt;sup&gt;14&lt;/sup&gt; Whenever I bring clouds over the earth and the rainbow appears in the clouds, &lt;sup&gt;15&lt;/sup&gt; I will remember my covenant between me and you and all living creatures of every kind. Never again will the waters become a flood to destroy all life. &lt;sup&gt;16&lt;/sup&gt; Whenever the &lt;strong&gt;rainbow&lt;/strong&gt; appears in the clouds, I will see it and remember the everlasting covenant between God and all living creatures of every kind on the earth.” &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;17&lt;/sup&gt; So God said to &lt;strong&gt;Noah&lt;/strong&gt;, “This is the sign of the covenant I have established between me and all life on the earth.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to Beccaria's book, the rainbow established by God as a sign of the covenant made with Noah is the origin of the naming of the word &amp;quot;rainbow&amp;quot; in some languages: in Welsh, it's called &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=VNkGAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=RA2-PA335&amp;amp;lpg=RA2-PA335&amp;amp;dq=%E2%80%9Cbwa+cyfamod%E2%80%9D&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=ERFUz9bZnx&amp;amp;sig=8Ln3zjD94rQ0VTYoC5hRozyVH3Q&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwir3Pvuw-naAhWMBsAKHWr8BQUQ6AEIEDAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%E2%80%9Cbwa%20cyfamod%E2%80%9D&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“bwa cyfamod”&lt;/a&gt; wich can be literally translated as &amp;quot;covenant bow&amp;quot;; in a similar way, in French there exists the naming &amp;quot;alliance du bon Dieu&amp;quot;. That also seems to be the origin of the expression &amp;quot;arco di Noè&amp;quot;, used in Sicily, which is also present in Sardinia and in Marche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-03T12:36:00.130" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9382" CreationDate="2018-05-03T16:28:54.440" Score="4" ViewCount="307" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know one can say [hundreds digit] + &quot;cento&quot; for centuries from the twelveth to the twentieth, e.g. &quot;Quattrocento&quot; for the fifteenth century. But if I want to say &quot;Ventunesimo secolo&quot;, can I say &quot;il Diecicento&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4560" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-03T17:33:10.890" LastActivityDate="2018-05-03T17:36:21.707" Title="When to use ordinal numbers and cardinal numbers for centuries" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9381" CreationDate="2018-05-03T17:36:21.707" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, you can't say “diecicento”. The expression “il Quattrocento” is short for “il Millequattrocento”, meaning the fifteenth century (or, more precisely, the years starting from 1400 to 1499). Usually, “il Quattrocento”, “il Cinquecento” and so on are referred to the artistic or historical peculiarities of the century: for instance, *il barocco è tipico del Seicento, ma si estende anche nel primo Settecento”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that “Quattrocento” is much shorter than “il quindicesimo secolo”, one of the reasons the former may be preferred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think anybody has ever said “il Cento” for the twelfth century. Anyway, the idea is that the initial “mille” is dropped; you can't drop “duemila”, at least for the time being.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-05-03T17:36:21.707" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9383" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9384" CreationDate="2018-05-04T06:58:25.690" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un freddo nei capelli m’avvisò che si trattava dell’inizio di una partita d’armi assai seria, chissà quale ne era&#xA;  la &lt;strong&gt;posta&lt;/strong&gt;, in quel cono d’aria lassù, che disegnavano i riflettori. Un gioco serio era, con qualche sottinteso abietto, di cui venivo tenuto all’oscuro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potreste spiegare il significato di &quot;posta&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato questo vocabolo in alcuni dizionari ma, tra le tantissime accezioni che ho trovato, non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'occorrenza in questo testo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-04T07:06:05.347" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;posta&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9383" CreationDate="2018-05-04T07:06:05.347" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;posta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel passaggio da te citato è quello figurato, cioè di vantaggio o beneficio che poteva derivare dalla vittoria nello scontro armato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/posta1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;posta&lt;/a&gt; su Treccani adatta è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ciò che si pone. In partic.: a. Somma di denaro che si arrischia in un gioco: &lt;em&gt;stabilire la p.; fare le p.; distribuire le p.; la p. minima&#xA;  è di dieci euro; una p. alta, bassa; qual è la p. in gioco&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;di&#xA;  gioco?; versare, raddoppiare la p.; in poco tempo ha perso tutta la&#xA;  p.;&lt;/em&gt; analogam., &lt;em&gt;la p. di una scommessa;&lt;/em&gt; anche, puntata al gioco del&#xA;  lotto. &lt;strong&gt;In senso fig., ciò che si può vincere o perdere in un’impresa&#xA;  di vario genere (anche un bene morale, o la vita stessa)&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;fino a ieri&#xA;  giocavi con la p. della tua vita&lt;/em&gt; (Monelli); &lt;em&gt;la p. in gioco è molto,&#xA;  troppo alta;&lt;/em&gt; con altro sign., &lt;em&gt;non stare alla p.&lt;/em&gt;, non mantenere i&#xA;  patti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-05-04T07:06:05.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9385" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9386" CreationDate="2018-05-05T08:06:23.470" Score="2" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Così ora, riguardo a Marta. Mentre era appena alle&#xA;  prime battute il grande andante d’oro del mio innamoramento per lei, già dentro di me la desideravo refrattaria se non indegna, per prepararmi a disporre in anticipo i pretesti e gli svincoli della fuga di domani.&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Ebbene, di quel che tacitamente speravo, l’Adelina,&#xA;  come se lo facesse apposta, mi diede soddisfazione &lt;strong&gt;sino&#xA;  alla feccia&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso dell'espressione &quot;sino alla feccia&quot; in questo testo. Alla voce &quot;feccia&quot; di parecchi dizionari ho trovato l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/feccia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;bere il calice fino alla feccia&quot;&lt;/a&gt; col significato di &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sopportare tutti i dolori fino all’estremo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma questo non ha molto senso nel brano sopra citato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un altro &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ilfoglio.it/articoli/2012/11/26/news/basta-mi-arrendo-staro-con-silvio-57639/?refresh_ce&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;uso della locuzione &quot;fino alla feccia&quot;&lt;/a&gt; che non fa riferimento a &quot;bere&quot; né a &quot;vino&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarà interessante stare dalla parte di Berlusconi con il voto, arma ormai genuinamente ludica. E &lt;strong&gt;fino alla feccia&lt;/strong&gt;, almeno per chi come me ambisca a nulla, per chi gli abbia messo contro una piccola lista alle ultime politiche, per chi abbia come chi scrive la certezza, messa in pagina e dichiarata infinite volte a lettere vuoi ironiche vuoi chiare, che il ciclo di Berlusconi è finito, strafinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E si trova anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://lucechesorge.org/2017/10/22/amore-amaro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La sua nascita nella povera stalla di Betlemme è stata tutta amore per noi, ma amore amaro; la sua circoncisione con il versamento del primo sangue divino, è stata ancora amore amaro per noi; la sua fuga in Egitto, come un esiliato sotto minaccia di morte, è stata ancora amore amaro per noi; la vita trascorsa a Nazareth per circa trent’anni nel nascondimento e nel silenzio, nella povertà e nel sacrificio è stato ancora amore amaro per noi; le incomprensioni, le insidie e le persecuzioni degli scribi e dei farisei durante la sua vita pubblica sono state tutto amore amaro per noi e, infine, le sofferenze e le ignominie patite durante i giorni della sua Passione e Morte, con il tradimento di Giuda, il rinnegamento di Pietro, la fuga degli Apostoli, sono state ancora più amore amaro &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fino alla feccia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; per noi uomini da salvare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-05T08:47:04.597" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sino alla feccia&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9385" CreationDate="2018-05-05T08:47:04.597" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come hai visto, letteralmente la feccia è il fondo, il deposito del vino che si accumula nelle botti, e figuratamente è la parte peggiore di qualcosa: la società, un'esperienza etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi direi che qui il narratore ci stia raccontando che l'Adelina gli diede soddisfazione fino in &lt;em&gt;fondo&lt;/em&gt;, compiutamente (non conosco il romanzo di Bufalino, ma suppongo comportandosi effettivamente in modo “indegno”), e visto che ciò consiste in un comportamento negativo, il narratore sottolinea la cosa con un termine che indica appunto un “fondo”, ma sgradevole, da scartare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-05-05T08:47:04.597" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9387" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-05T18:05:51.703" Score="3" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si può dire &quot;quella persona si trova a proprio agio&quot; o &quot;ho messo quella persona a proprio agio&quot; in una parola/aggettivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tipo, &quot;quella persona è xxx&quot; per dire &quot;quella persona si trova a proprio agio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3470" LastActivityDate="2019-08-17T00:02:20.423" Title="Mettere/Stare a proprio agio in una parola" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9344" CreationDate="2018-05-05T18:17:35.180" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano l'espressione &quot;non mi dire&quot; esprime una sorpresa, un po' come &quot;non ci posso credere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non dicano&quot; sembra una variante, a significare &quot;non mi si dica&quot;, &quot;non mi dire&quot;. La forma non + pronome personale mi + infinito è spesso equivalente alla forma non + pronome personale mi + forma riflessiva del verbo al congiuntivo che può anche essere equivalentemente espressa con non + congiuntivo presente nella terza persona plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio simile è &quot;non me se ne faccia una colpa&quot; o &quot;non fatene una colpa&quot; o &quot;non farmene una colpa&quot;, sono tutte varianti verbali che hanno più o meno lo stesso significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio citato la variante suona un po' forzata, a dire il vero, ma potrebbe essere una variante regionale/temporale o una libertà dell'autore (essendo Calvino mi sembra lecita).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3470" LastActivityDate="2018-05-05T18:17:35.180" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9389" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-06T07:53:40.763" Score="1" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Di dov’è?» chiesi. «Com’è finita alla Rocca? E perché la chiamate così?».&#xA;   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Non so bene,» rispose «e lei &lt;strong&gt;parla a labbra strette&lt;/strong&gt;, la principessa. Dicono ch’è una di su, e stava a Sondalo ma&#xA;  gli altri malati non ce l’hanno voluta. E che prima ballava alla Scala. A me pare una sciantosa. Del resto se ne&#xA;  dicono tante...».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire la locuzione &quot;parlare a labbra strette&quot; che appare in questo passaggio? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;labbro&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo. Ha qualcosa a che vedere con  &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/9096/707&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-07T07:56:41.897" Title="Significato di &quot;parlare a labbra strette&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9389" CreationDate="2018-05-06T08:18:38.573" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l’espressione parlare a labbra strette ha un senso dispregiativo ed indica un atteggiamento percepito come altero e snob. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare un riferimento nella definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/contegnoso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;contegnoso&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;contegnóso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [der. di contegno]. – 1. Riferito a persona, che si&#xA;  atteggia o si comporta con serietà, contegno, alterigia: &lt;em&gt;se ne stava&#xA;  in disparte, tutto c.; le signore guardavano c., colle labbra strette&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (Verga).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti la persona in questione viene anche definita “principessa” e “sciantosa”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-07T07:56:41.897" LastActivityDate="2018-05-07T07:56:41.897" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9391" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9393" CreationDate="2018-05-06T19:23:07.097" Score="4" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the proper form of addressing ecclesiastics (bishops, cardinals, superiors, sisters, et al.) when writing letters in Italian? How should such a letter be concluded?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastActivityDate="2018-05-07T06:48:46.873" Title="Proper form of addressing ecclesiastics in writing?" Tags="&lt;formal&gt;&lt;letters&gt;&lt;greeting&gt;&lt;letter-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9391" CreationDate="2018-05-06T21:25:43.387" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italian the proper form to init is: &quot;Eccellenza,  &quot; &#xA;:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="586" LastActivityDate="2018-05-06T21:25:43.387" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9391" CreationDate="2018-05-07T06:48:46.873" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find on Treccani's &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/appellativi-e-epiteti-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;appellativi e epiteti [prontuario]&lt;/a&gt; a list of  proper forms for most of ecclesiastics and their abbravistions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a bishop:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Sua) Eccellenza (S. Ecc. o Sua Ecc.): vescovo o alto prelato; nella&#xA;  tradizione, prefetti e questori, e così via;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;for a cardinal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Sua) Eminenza (S.E. o S. Em.), Eminentissimo (Em.mo, E.mo):&#xA;  cardinale, capo religioso;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As pointed out by @DaG, you could use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eccellenza reverendissima, or Eminenza reverendissima&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-05-07T06:48:46.873" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9394" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9395" CreationDate="2018-05-07T07:00:58.480" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.recensionelibro.it/intervista-erri-de-luca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;an article in Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quali sono i pensieri di uno scrittore? C’è differenza da quelli di un uomo comune o &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;si vivono le stesse memorie?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does the highlighted part mean in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;si vivono&quot; an impersonal verb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-07T07:30:45.487" LastActivityDate="2018-05-07T08:43:29.940" Title="Meaning of &quot;si vivono le stesse memorie&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9394" CreationDate="2018-05-07T07:22:33.420" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning is to feel the same, to experience the same thoughts and memories (as ordinary people).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the question about &quot;si vivono&quot; as impersonal verb, you can find on Treccani the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-impersonali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;grammatical rules for impersonal verbs&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono poi costrutti verbali impersonali che si possono creare con&#xA;  qualunque verbo, ricorrendo a diverse modalità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Il si impersonale (se il verbo è intransitivo o transitivo senza il&#xA;  complemento oggetto espresso)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A casa tua si mangia sempre bene&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and it seems this is not your case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As correctly pointed out by @DaG, in this case the &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;-construction is more precisely the so called “&lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt;”, in which the verb agrees with its logical object (&lt;em&gt;si vivono le memorie&lt;/em&gt; = “memories are lived”), as in a passive construction. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/costruzione-passiva_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, section 4.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-07T08:43:29.940" LastActivityDate="2018-05-07T08:43:29.940" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9396" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-07T08:07:40.143" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Dicono di un capitano delle Esse Esse, di una villa&#xA;  su un lago. E cose peggiori. Certo i capelli le sono ricresciuti da poco sul capo rasato...».&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Prosit, eccomi fin troppo servito. Due volte intoccabile, un record. Ero &lt;strong&gt;cascato bene&lt;/strong&gt; a impressionarmene,&#xA;   io che per quelli dell’altra parte nutrivo fino a ieri, esclusivo come un amore, un livore da ragazzo, al di là di&#xA;  ogni condiscendenza, dubbio o perdono. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;ero cascato bene&quot; in questo brano? Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/cascare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;cascare bene&quot; significa &quot;capitare a proposito&quot;, ma non mi  sembra che questo sia il senso adatto al testo sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-08T08:47:16.243" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;cascare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9397" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9398" CreationDate="2018-05-08T06:35:54.940" Score="3" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.recensionelibro.it/intervista-erri-de-luca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Napoli era una città del sud del mondo, piena di infanzia inferocita e decimata dai morbi, dalle mancanze, città a cosce aperte per &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare da sfogo alle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; migliaia di marinai della sesta flotta degli stati uniti, città che campava di loro e di rimesse di emigranti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;fare da sfogo a&quot; mean in this context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1872" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-08T06:48:25.187" LastActivityDate="2018-05-08T06:58:28.360" Title="Meaning of &quot;fare da sfogo a&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9397" CreationDate="2018-05-08T06:51:19.537" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this context it means that Naples becomes a way to let off steam, to relax. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Naples sailors, after performing the assigned tasks or duties, could find a lot of &quot;girls&quot; to have fun (Naples is defined as &quot;città a cosce aperte&quot;, a city that lived on this situation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-08T06:58:28.360" LastActivityDate="2018-05-08T06:58:28.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9396" CreationDate="2018-05-08T08:47:16.243" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Invece secondo me, Il &quot;capitare a proposito&quot; è corretto in questa frase, si intende che &quot;aveva fatto bene&quot; ad impressionarsene, nel momento giusto diciamo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4224" LastActivityDate="2018-05-08T08:47:16.243" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9401" CreationDate="2018-05-08T09:48:23.780" Score="0" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Solo mi ritrovai sul marciapiedi, quando fui sceso dal convoglio in sosta, e solo m’incamminai verso casa, sempre più certo a mano a mano che, se anche arrivavo senza preavviso e dal mio espatrio tanto tempo era trascorso, mille nemici vi erano, scaltri, svegli, feroci, che mi&#xA;  aspettavano al varco. Sicuro, mille e mille ricordi mi facevano la posta, in veste di mendicanti o sicari, né c’era verso di liberarsene. Davanti all’uscio dal noto colore, mentre la mia mano esitava, tenendo a mezz’aria un &lt;strong&gt;picchio di ferro&lt;/strong&gt; imbrunito dal tempo, eccoli, prima l’uno, poi l’altro, poi tutti insieme: strabocchevole ciurma, le cui voci, insultando, supplicando, mi si rincorrevano nelle orecchie, sperando in una risposta che non sapevo&#xA;  trovare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cos'è questo &quot;picchio di ferro&quot; che appare in questo brano?&#xA;Ho cercato il termine &quot;picchio&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla che possa essere di ferro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-08T11:19:08.633" Title="Significato di &quot;picchio&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9400" CreationDate="2018-05-08T10:00:04.620" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;picchio di ferro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; altro non è che un modo non comune di chiamare il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/batacchio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;batacchio&lt;/a&gt; da porta utilizzato appunto per bussare picchiando sul portone di casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;batàcchio&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [lat. ✻batuacŭlum, ✻&lt;em&gt;battaclum&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;batt(u)ĕre&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  «battere»]. – 1. Bastone o pertica per bacchiare. 2. Battaglio della&#xA;  campana o, meno com., dell’uscio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E più esplicitamente sul sinonimi e contrari di Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/batacchio_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;batacchio&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;batacchio&lt;/strong&gt; /ba'tak:jo/ s. m. [lat. ✻batuacŭlum, ✻battaclum, der. di&#xA;  batt(u)ĕre &quot;battere&quot;]. - 1. [bastone per bacchiare] ≈ asta, bacchio,&#xA;  batocchio, clava, legno, mazza, pertica, randello, stanga, stecca,&#xA;  verga. 2. a. [elemento metallico posto all'interno della campana che&#xA;  la fa suonare] ≈ batocchio, battaglio, (&lt;em&gt;non com.&lt;/em&gt;) battocchio. b.&#xA;  [&lt;strong&gt;arnese che serve a picchiare sulla porta o sul portone di casa&lt;/strong&gt;] ≈&#xA;  batocchio, battaglio, battente, battiporta, (&lt;em&gt;non com.&lt;/em&gt;) battocchio,&#xA;  martello, (&lt;em&gt;region.&lt;/em&gt;) mazzapicchio, (&lt;em&gt;non com.&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;strong&gt;picchio&lt;/strong&gt;, (&lt;em&gt;non com.&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;  picchiotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-08T11:19:08.633" LastActivityDate="2018-05-08T11:19:08.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9402" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-08T18:31:53.853" Score="1" ViewCount="1194" Body="&lt;p&gt;When to use preposizioni &quot;A&quot; vs &quot;In&quot;, and also when do you conjugate?&#xA;Such as &quot;Stasera andate al cinema, vero?&quot; I was under the impression &quot;in&quot; was used when talking about places. Another question pertaining to the above sentence is, why is it &quot;al&quot; and not &quot;a&quot;, what signal is given in a sentence that says you need to conjugate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4568" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-08T19:53:16.637" LastActivityDate="2018-05-09T10:37:09.270" Title="When to use preposizioni &quot;A&quot; vs &quot;In&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9403" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-08T21:06:03.123" Score="3" ViewCount="711" Body="&lt;p&gt;When do you use &quot;un, uno, una, un'&quot; over &quot;il, lo, la, l', i, gli, le&quot;? &#xA;Such as why is &quot;Una&quot; used over &quot;La&quot; in this sentence; &quot;Una nuova casa è grande o piccola?&quot;. And lastly does the article &quot;Una&quot; depend on the gender of &quot;nuova&quot; or &quot;casa&quot;  ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4568" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-08T21:10:49.437" LastActivityDate="2018-05-11T10:43:22.670" Title="Indeterminativo vs determinativo" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9403" CreationDate="2018-05-09T10:25:15.283" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) As @DaG suggested in comments, it's the same difference you find in the English language between &quot;an&quot; and &quot;the&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If you use definite articles you're talking about a specific thing (&quot;la casa nuova&quot; means &quot;that specific new house&quot;), if you use indefinite articles you're just talking in general (&quot;una casa nuova&quot; is more like &quot;a new house as many others&quot;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2) The article depends on the gender of the subject (casa), not on the gender of its adjectives (nuova).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ps. notice how I sorted the words in my example. Even though you can say &quot;nuova casa&quot;, we usually say &quot;casa nuova&quot;, with the adjective &lt;em&gt;after&lt;/em&gt; the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4570" LastActivityDate="2018-05-09T10:25:15.283" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9402" CreationDate="2018-05-09T10:37:09.270" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll base my answer on what is explained by Federica Colombo in the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (edizioni ELI, 2006).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll begin with your last question. As explained by @DaG, this is not called &quot;to conjugate&quot;, but &quot;preposizioni articolate&quot;. A &quot;preposizione articolata&quot; consists in a &quot;preposizione semplice&quot; (such as &quot;a&quot; or &quot;in&quot;) put together with a determinative article so as to form a single word.  For prepositions &quot;a&quot; or &quot;in&quot; (but also for &quot;di&quot;, &quot;da&quot; and &quot;su&quot;), one uses &quot;preposizioni articolate&quot; whenever the noun that follows the preposition is preceeded by a determinative article, following these rules:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a + il ---&gt; al &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  a  + lo ---&gt; allo &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  a  + l' ---&gt; all' &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  a  + la ---&gt; alla &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  a  + i ---&gt; ai &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  a  + gli ---&gt; agli &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  a  + le ---&gt; alle &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in + il ---&gt; nel &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  in + lo ---&gt; nello &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  in + l' ---&gt; nell' &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  in  + la ---&gt; nella &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  in + i ---&gt; nei &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  in + gli ---&gt; negli &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  in + le ---&gt; nelle &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &quot;in&quot; is transformed into &quot;ne&quot; whenever it forms a &quot;preposizione articolata&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give some examples, we don't say &quot;vado *a il mare&quot;, but &quot;vado al mare&quot;; we don't say &quot;vado *a lo zoo&quot;, but &quot;vado allo zoo&quot;; we don't say &quot;vado *a l'università&quot;, but &quot;vado all'università&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's consider now the question about the uses of &quot;a&quot; versus &quot;in&quot;. It's impossible to list all possible uses of these prepositions, but one can explain the main ones according to Colombo's book. As you mention in your question, preposition &quot;in&quot;, but also preposition &quot;a&quot;, are used when talking about places. The use of &quot;in&quot; versus &quot;a&quot; in complements of place is largely addressed in the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1192/usage-of-prepositions-a-and-in-in-statements-about-places-and-directions&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/4079/preposition-a-or-al&quot;&gt;this other question&lt;/a&gt;, so let's explain other important uses of these prepositions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preposition &quot;a&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is used to express an indirect object. For instance,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Restituisci la macchinina &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; Stefano!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preposition &quot;in&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is used to express the means of transportation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a Roma &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both these prepositions can also be used to express time complements:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preposition &quot;a&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is used in espressions such as &quot;&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; domani&quot;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; presto&quot; and before the names of festivities and times of the day, as in these examples:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A&lt;/strong&gt; Ferragosto le città italiane sono deserte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci vediamo &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; mezzogiorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'autobus parte &lt;strong&gt;alle&lt;/strong&gt; tre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preposition &quot;in&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is used before the names of months (however &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5194/sulluso-delle-maiuscole-e-le-preposizioni-con-i-nomi-dei-mesi&quot;&gt;&quot;a&quot; is also used&lt;/a&gt;) and seasons, and also to express the amount of time needed to do something (some examples are taken from &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=yHRMjQQgHd4C&amp;amp;pg=PA79&amp;amp;lpg=PA79&amp;amp;dq=%22in+due+ore%22+complemento+tempo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=PdXHW-m27c&amp;amp;sig=wA3x3e4uCmS9SnBIQQZGOEJVoFY&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiwt8HtrvjaAhXMkiwKHdOUDmIQ6AEIGjAE#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22in%20due%20ore%22%20complemento%20tempo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this book&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest'anno andiamo in vacanza &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; settembre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In&lt;/strong&gt; inverno vado spesso a sciare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In&lt;/strong&gt; autunno piove spesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da Bologna a Milano si va &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; due ore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that &lt;strong&gt;&quot;in&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; followed by the name of a season can also be expressed as &lt;strong&gt;&quot;di&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; followed by the name of the season; for instance, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; inverno&quot; = &quot;d'inverno&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both these prepositions are frequently used in lots of fixed idiomatic expressions, as in the following examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preposition &quot;a&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is used in some fixed espressions which express the way something is done or the characteristics of something, such as &lt;strong&gt;&quot;a piedi&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&quot;a cavallo&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&quot;a righe&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&quot;a quadretti&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Preposition &quot;in&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; is used in fixed expressions such as &lt;strong&gt;&quot;in tempo&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&quot;in ritardo&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&quot;in anticipo&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-09T10:37:09.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9403" CreationDate="2018-05-09T11:16:15.367" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most of this answer is derived from&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dardano, Trifone &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana con nozioni di linguistica&lt;/em&gt; (1995), Zanichelli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more in depth analyses of this subject I recommend to peruse the various questions on this website with the &lt;a href=&quot;/questions/tagged/article&quot; class=&quot;post-tag&quot; title=&quot;show questions tagged &amp;#39;article&amp;#39;&quot; rel=&quot;tag&quot;&gt;article&lt;/a&gt; tag. Good ones are &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1314/possessive-adjective-with-or-without-article-for-personal-relationships?rq=1&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1580/is-it-a-common-italian-practice-the-use-of-definite-article-for-feminine-proper&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;. Moreover there are extensive essays on the topic on the website of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/articoli_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;. Feel free to ask more specific questions as needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Articles in Italian&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage of articles in Italian is a complex subject, which I cannot hope to completely cover in a Stackexchange answer, but I'll do my best to give a general survey useful for a beginner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Articles are small particles that are used before nouns to specify the type of instance of the noun we are talking about. Italian articles are divided in three types: &lt;em&gt;determinative&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;indeterminative&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;partitive&lt;/em&gt;. Articles are declined and agree with the &lt;strong&gt;corresponding noun&lt;/strong&gt; in gender and number (so in &lt;em&gt;la nuova casa&lt;/em&gt;, the article &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; needs to agree with &lt;em&gt;casa&lt;/em&gt;, as does &lt;em&gt;nuova&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Articles are never used in standard Italian before proper nouns (but it is common in some regional variants), except when the article is part of the noun itself (e.g. in the name of the city of &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/La_Spezia&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La Spezia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Determinative articles&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;| Masculine singular | Feminine singular | Masculine plural | Feminine plural |&#xA;-------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;|     Il / lo        |        La         |       I/ Gli     |  Le             |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The determinative article is used to denote that the noun is used to refer to a particular instance of it. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo il libro. &lt;em&gt;(I'm reading the book)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this sentence we are saying that we are reading a &lt;em&gt;specific&lt;/em&gt; book, the one I have been telling you about, not just any random book. This is by far the most common usage of the determinative article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the determinative article can be used also for general statements and abstractions in which in English one would use the zero article:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uomo è un mammifero &lt;em&gt;(Man is a mammal)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here we use the definite article to say that Man, as a specie or abstract concept is a mammal, not that &lt;em&gt;this particular man&lt;/em&gt; is a mammal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The determinative article has also sometimes the value of demonstrative adjective.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra i due vestiti, preferisco il rosso &lt;em&gt;(Between the two dresses, I prefer the red one)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(compare with &lt;em&gt;Tra i due vestiti, preferisco quello rosso&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Indeterminative articles&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;| Masculine singular | Feminine singular |&#xA; -----------------------------------------&#xA;|      Un/Uno        |       Una         |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The indeterminative article is used when we want to denote an unspecified instance of the noun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo un libro &lt;em&gt;(I'm reading a book)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the book we're reading is not important. We probably never spoke about it before, it's just any random book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The indeterminative article can also be used to make statements about a generic element of a group&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un cane non potrebbe mai convivere con un gatto &lt;em&gt;(A dog could never live with a cat)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare with &lt;em&gt;I cani non potrebbero mai convivere con i gatti (Dogs could never live with cats)&lt;/em&gt;. In the first sentence we are talking about a generic dog, in the second we are making a statment about dogs as a class of beings. This difference is however rather subtle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A final usage of the indeterminative article is as an intensifier&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aveva una faccia... &lt;em&gt;(He had such a face)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The indeterminative article has no plural forms. In the case where a plural indeterminative article is needed, the partitive article  or the indefinite adjectives &lt;em&gt;qualche&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;alcuni&lt;/em&gt; are used instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Partitive articles&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;| Masculine singular | Feminine singular | Masculine plural | Feminine plural |&#xA;-------------------------------------------------------------------------------&#xA;|      Del/Dello     |       Della       |    Dei/Degli     |   Delle         |&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The partitive article is used when we want to talk abut a quantity of something. It is the analog of English &lt;em&gt;a bit of&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;some&lt;/em&gt; and of the partitive genitive of languages with cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado a comprare del latte &lt;em&gt;(I'm going to buy some milk)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As said before, at the plural the partitive article can be used instead of the nonexistent plural indeterminative article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sento dei rumori &lt;em&gt;(I hear noises)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These two usages can have sometimes very different meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado a comprare del gelato &lt;em&gt;(I'm going to buy some ice-cream)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado a comprare dei gelati &lt;em&gt;(I'm going to buy ice-creams)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The partitive article is sometimes omitted when the noun it refers to is a subject or direct object postponed to the verb&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è rimasto solo [del] pane &lt;em&gt;(Only some bread is left)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho mangiato [della] pasta &lt;em&gt;(I ate [some] pasta)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Omitting the article&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes in Italian a noun is used without an article. There is no real rule for when this happens, but it is often after a preposition or a verb. Unfortunately, there's no real recourse except memorizing those expressions. You can find an in-depth description of the various use cases in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/omissione-dell-articolo_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article&lt;/a&gt;. Here are a few examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giocare a calcio &lt;em&gt;(To play football)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essere in pigiama &lt;em&gt;(To wear a pajama)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Senza + noun &lt;em&gt;(Without)&lt;/em&gt;, e.g. Senza dignità &lt;em&gt;(Without dignity)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parlare italiano &lt;em&gt;(To speak Italian)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-11T10:43:22.670" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9407" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9408" CreationDate="2018-05-09T13:51:34.710" Score="2" ViewCount="279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Così, per delega di tutti, come lo sorpresi solo,&#xA;  una mattina sul tardi, e miracolosamente arrendevole, m’impadronii del suo braccio e m’indirizzai verso l’angolo meno educato del parco, dove pruni selvatici e ciuffi di &lt;strong&gt;serracchi&lt;/strong&gt; avevano straripato sul viale, scoraggiando i passi ma promettendo, se non comodo, solitudine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa sono i &quot;serracchi&quot;? Ho cercato &quot;serracchio&quot; e &quot;serracco&quot; su parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questi vocaboli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-09T20:57:37.187" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;serracchi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9407" CreationDate="2018-05-09T20:03:39.917" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il testo citato fa pensare ad una pianta o meglio un cespuglio selvatico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo sia una grafia diversa (forse dialettale) per indicare il saracchio, che è una pianta tipica della vegetazione mediterranea. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://hoincontroalbero.blogspot.it/2012/10/saracchio.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://hoincontroalbero.blogspot.it/2012/10/saracchio.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ampelodesmos_mauritanicus&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; in Toscana la pianta viene chiamata &lt;em&gt;sarracchio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-09T20:57:37.187" LastActivityDate="2018-05-09T20:57:37.187" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9409" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9410" CreationDate="2018-05-10T08:30:10.617" Score="1" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il fatto è che Sebastiano aveva una voce balorda. Con toni rustici e rochi, fra cui, a bruciapelo, proprio nei momenti di maggiore concitazione, scoppiava un tremito, un dubbio,&#xA;  che si propagava alle ultime sillabe, facendole impennarsi come cavalli alla Croce di Sant’Andrea, sì da suscitare in chi l’ascoltava il sorriso, e in lui parlante un intasamento che diventava domanda, quando non si&#xA;  liberava in un’eruzione di &lt;strong&gt;sacramenti&lt;/strong&gt; grandiosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di questi &quot;sacramenti&quot; che appaiono in nel passaggio sopra citato. Potrebbe trattarsi di schizzi di saliva involontari? O il senso è invece quello di un'&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/sacramento&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;imprecazione blasfema&lt;/a&gt; che ho trovato in alcuni dizionari?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-10T08:45:18.037" LastActivityDate="2018-05-10T08:45:43.843" Title="Significato di &quot;sacramento&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9409" CreationDate="2018-05-10T08:45:43.843" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sacramento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che si adatta al contesto da te indicato è il secondo, cioè imprecazioni blasfeme, ed ha una valenza per lo più popolare e regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sacramentare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sacramentare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b. pop. Bestemmiare, imprecare: &lt;em&gt;inveiva e sacramentava come un&#xA;  forsennato; comincio a sacramentargli contro&lt;/em&gt; (I. Calvino).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-05-10T08:45:43.843" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9411" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9412" CreationDate="2018-05-11T08:08:15.963" Score="1" ViewCount="558" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poiché veramente la Rocca, a guardarla così a fil di terreno, obesa&#xA;  e nana dietro una schiera di palme, sembrava ben altro&#xA;  dall’&lt;strong&gt;escuriale&lt;/strong&gt; in fiamme che m’era apparso fra le sbarre&#xA;  del cancello, quel tramonto in cui una carrozza mi ci&#xA;  aveva deposto davanti; ma faceva pensare a una carogna&#xA;  d’animale o di monumento, dalla cui epidermide uno spurgo di doratura colava, lasciando che, sotto, tutti i&#xA;  dissesti e le carie dello scheletro si denudassero ad uno&#xA;  ad uno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cos'è un &quot;escuriale?  Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-11T08:32:56.983" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;escuriale&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9411" CreationDate="2018-05-11T08:24:23.457" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Parla dell'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monastero_dell%27Escorial&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Escorial&lt;/a&gt; ovvero della residenza dei re di Spagna, &quot;&lt;em&gt;escuriale&lt;/em&gt;&quot; mi sembra un'italianizzazione della parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi anche:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/2009/11/26/escuriale.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/2009/11/26/escuriale.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui viene usato secondo me come sinonimo di palazzo molto grande e monumentale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-05-11T08:24:23.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9411" CreationDate="2018-05-11T08:24:38.060" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.repubblica.it/repubblica/archivio/repubblica/2009/11/26/escuriale.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare che l'&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Escuriale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è citato nell'opera &quot;Escuriale, ovvero il palazzo dei buffoni&quot; del belga Michel De Ghelderode, che fa riferimento al &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monastero_dell%27Escorial&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Monastero dell'Escorial&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Escuriale&quot;, dal nome della residenza regale di Filippo di Spagna, è&#xA;  un racconto scritto nel ' 27 dall' autore belga che indaga i rapporti&#xA;  di forza tra re e popolo, sovrano e cortigiani, ma è anche la tragica&#xA;  parabola del gioco delle parti: la storia è quella di un re dissennato&#xA;  (Nicola Rignanese) che gioca a scambiarsi il ruolo col buffone di&#xA;  corte Folial (Rosanna Gentili), a sua volta segretamente innamorato&#xA;  della regina che sta per morire, sullo sfondo di un palazzo regale in&#xA;  decadenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato il termine viene utilizzato per fare riferimento ad un palazzo che sembrava essere sontuoso ed invece ad uno sguardo più attento mostra tutti i segni del dissesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre il riferimento alla carogna di animale sottolinea ulteriormente la decadenza del luogo descritto dall'autore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-11T08:32:56.983" LastActivityDate="2018-05-11T08:32:56.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9414" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9415" CreationDate="2018-05-12T08:17:44.987" Score="2" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Cautamente mi sollevai, scavalcai il trascurabile involto del suo corpo, raggiunsi fra letto e muro la radio militare, lasciata forse in pegno alla tenutaria da qualche caporale americano in bolletta. La canzone che ne sgorgò&#xA;  – l’indice della stazione era fermo su Tunisi – parlava&#xA;  francese; una voce di ragazza, a bassissimo volume, era&#xA;  felice dirimpetto a noi, al di là del tenue braccio di mare,&#xA;  e sporgendosi dal rettangolo di luce, tutto &lt;strong&gt;numeri e nomi&lt;/strong&gt;, ci chiamava a dividere giovinezza, salute e speranza: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Un monsieur que je ne connais pas&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; me prendra un soir dans ses bras...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;numeri e nomi&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;numero&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione. Una ricerca su Google però mi ha mostrato che si tratta di un'espressione abbastanza usata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-12T13:11:39.623" Title="Cosa significa &quot;numeri e nomi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9414" CreationDate="2018-05-12T13:11:39.623" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non è una locuzione vera e propria: sta descrivendo la scala graduata della radio, illuminata presumibilmente dall'interno, che era contrassegnata da una (o più) serie di numeri – le frequenze – e di nomi in corrispondenza delle frequenze delle stazioni emittenti più importanti, una delle quali è quella di Tunisi su cui il narratore trova sintonizzata la radio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mutatis mutandis, qualcosa del genere:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Iu8Kk.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Iu8Kk.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-05-12T13:11:39.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1879" CreationDate="2018-05-12T17:56:50.593" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are wishing the hunter to shoot the wolf in the mouth, that his aim is true, and, therefore, the wolf dies.  If you hit him somewhere else, you might not be so lucky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4578" LastActivityDate="2018-05-12T17:56:50.593" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9418" CreationDate="2018-05-13T08:20:22.340" Score="2" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ascolta: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; O misero Mariano, smettila di fare il pazzo,&#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; e se una cosa è kaputt, convinciti ch’è kaputt...». &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ridacchiò: «Non è una variante più &lt;strong&gt;cotta&lt;/strong&gt;?».&#xA;  E aggiunse, a voce più bassa: «Mariano kaputt, kappaò, per via di Lesbia kapò...».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è da dire che nel libro si racconta che questo personaggio ha recitato dei versi simili un po' prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;cotta&quot; in questo passaggio? Tra le diverse accezioni dell'aggettivo &quot;cotto&quot; che ho trovato nei dizionari, non riesco a vedere a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel testo precedente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-13T14:44:21.300" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;cotto&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9417" CreationDate="2018-05-13T14:44:21.300" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I due versi riecheggiano l’apertura del carme 8 di Catullo («Miser Catulle desinas ineptire / et quod vides perisse perditum ducas»), in una versione più “forte” e “militare” (in questo senso penso si possa intendere “cotta”), in cui Lesbia (la donna amata dal poeta Catullo e che tanto lo faceva soffrire) è un kapò e la fine di Mariano è decretata da un “kaputt” (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/kaputt/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/kaputt/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2018-05-13T14:44:21.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9419" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-13T18:50:48.837" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English I always write “the price is $10”. I seem to remember seeing in Italian it is written as 10 € (or 10€?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-13T20:09:35.610" LastActivityDate="2018-05-13T20:25:32.703" Title="In Italian is it 10 € or € 10?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2018-05-13T20:40:04.567" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9419" CreationDate="2018-05-13T20:25:32.703" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the link. Yes according to the Wikipedia article, most European countries use 10 €.&#xA;A few of them (Turkish for example) use €10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastActivityDate="2018-05-13T20:25:32.703" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9421" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10437" CreationDate="2018-05-13T20:35:14.747" Score="2" ViewCount="432" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is often said that Dante invented the Italian language, but how different was the dialect Dante spoke from the language of his &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastActivityDate="2019-04-29T15:44:22.073" Title="How different was Dante's spoken dialect from the language of the Divina Commedia?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9422" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9424" CreationDate="2018-05-13T20:41:46.027" Score="1" ViewCount="1035" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English I can say :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;2 d 3 h 2 m 20 s (= 2 days 3 hours 2 minutes 20 seconds)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What would be the abbreviations in Italian for day, hour, minute, second?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2304" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-14T09:16:24.660" LastActivityDate="2018-05-14T09:49:33.093" Title="Day, hour, minute, second abbreviation in Italian" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;abbreviations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10440" CreationDate="2018-05-13T20:54:09.143" Score="8" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;What was the vernacular spoken language in 13th century Naples? A precursor to modern Neapolitan?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="3378" LastEditDate="2018-05-14T16:51:33.893" LastActivityDate="2019-04-19T00:36:36.327" Title="What language was spoken in 13th century Naples?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9422" CreationDate="2018-05-14T09:03:08.397" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can say it could depend on the context you are talking about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In everyday language, as pointed out in @RiccardoDeContardi comment, you can use giorno/i for day/days with an abbreviation like g./gg. and h (ore) , m or min. for minutes, and finally s or sec. for seconds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this blog post about &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionaripiu.zanichelli.it/la-posta-del-professore/2012/03/16/la-punteggiatura-del-tempo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La punteggiatura nel tempo&lt;/a&gt; (The use of punctuation in time) it is explained how it is used, for instance, in physics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In fisica si misurano gli intervalli di tempo in giorni, ore, minuti&#xA;  secondi. Si usano le seguenti abbreviazioni: d (dies) per giorno, h&#xA;  (hora) per ora, m per minuti e s per secondi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In physics we measure time intervals in days, hours, and seconds. We&#xA;  use the following abbreviations: d (dies, the latin form), h (hora)&#xA;  for hours, m for minutes and s for seconds.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ovviamente si tratta di una notazione non molto adatta alla vita&#xA;  quotidiana: &quot;Per favore quanto durerà il volo?&quot; &quot;2 h 10 m Signore&quot;.&#xA;  Molto più semplice rispondere &quot;2 ore e 10&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Obviously this isn't a very suitable notation for everyday life:&#xA;  &quot;How long will the fly be?&quot; &quot;2 h and 10 m, Sir&quot;. It's easier to reply&#xA;  &quot;2 hours and 10&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that for the for the &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sistema_internazionale_di_unit%C3%A0_di_misura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;International System of Units&lt;/a&gt; the basic unit for time is the second (s) and other units of time may be defined as a multiple of the second. Obviously minutes ad hours are accepted and used due to their widespread use among non academic people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-14T09:49:33.093" LastActivityDate="2018-05-14T09:49:33.093" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9425" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9426" CreationDate="2018-05-14T10:58:45.053" Score="1" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Rosso al pari di una Bugatti, ma di meno nobile stirpe&#xA;  e tenuto su col respiro, il &lt;em&gt;cabriolet&lt;/em&gt; dai parafanghi &lt;strong&gt;spaiati&lt;/strong&gt; in cui l’attesi alla fermata della Cuba, la mattina del giorno previsto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;spaiare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono sicura di aver capito il senso di &quot;parafanghi spaiati&quot; nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato. Significa che alla cabriolet mancava qualche parafango?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-14T11:54:53.760" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;spaiato&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9425" CreationDate="2018-05-14T11:54:53.760" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spaiato nel contesto da te citato significa che i parafanghi non erano uguali (come dovrebbe essere normalmente su un'auto) erano di diverso tipo e non che ne mancava qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato adatto su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spaiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spaiare&lt;/a&gt; è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;◆ Part. pass. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;spaiato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, anche come agg.: &lt;em&gt;calze, scarpe, pantofole&#xA;  spaiate&lt;/em&gt;, che mancano della compagna, o &lt;strong&gt;che appartengono ciascuna a&#xA;  paia diverse.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa peraltro probabile su una macchina che era &quot;tenuta su col respiro&quot;, cioè in condizioni precarie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-05-14T11:54:53.760" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9427" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9428" CreationDate="2018-05-14T18:24:09.520" Score="6" ViewCount="714" Body="&lt;p&gt;The other day, I came across a poster from the 1700s warning people of Italy of the plague. I've copied down the first paragraph of the message, taking the liberty of replacing &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Long_s&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;long-s's&lt;/a&gt; with normal s's:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Accertati gl’illustrissimi Signori Conservatori di Sanità della strage cagionata dal mal del Vajolo ne Greggi esisteni a pascolo sopra le Montagne di Calf, Tremonzio, e Valceruteno dette il Monte Vione distretto di Valle Camonica hanno determinato di devenire a soliti opportuni provvedimenti diretti non meno alla pubblica, che alla privata discesa de Greggi di questo Dominio Serenissimo da tanto tempo, la Dio Merce, illesi, e sani. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not speak very good Italian, so I've very roughly translated the above using an Italian-English dictionary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Make certain the illustrious Conservatoires of Health of the massacre caused by the variolate ache and Greggi existed in pasture over the Mountains of Calf, Tremonzio, and Valceruteno said the Monte Vione district of Valle Camonica have determined to deviate to usual appropriate measures directed no less to the public, than to the private descent of Greggi of this very Serene Domain for so long, the God Merce, unharmed, and healthy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This translation certainly seems to give a common theme, but upon closer inspection is somewhat nonsense. I think I have the general themes of the sentences down, but the grammar and structure wrong. What am I missing here? Is it a product of the archaic speech, or a bad translation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4583" LastActivityDate="2018-05-15T20:25:04.460" Title="Translation of a plague warning" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9428" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9427" CreationDate="2018-05-14T19:01:43.593" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence is in a very formal Italian, with many implicit subordinates that is not easy to translate in English (a language rather uncomfortable with complex syntax). In particular some adjectives that are quite far from the noun they are referring to are related back to it thanks to the concordance in gender and number (e.g. the &lt;em&gt;illesi e sani&lt;/em&gt;) and the same holds for subject and verb (&lt;em&gt;Conservatori&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;hanno determinato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word order also is different from the standard English one. Moreover, you missed the meaning of a couple of words (&lt;em&gt;Greggi&lt;/em&gt;, herds and &lt;em&gt;Mercé&lt;/em&gt;, mercy). The archaic orthography of some other words of course doesn't help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main problem here is that it is not enough to know the meaning of the words, you need  to be steeped in the &lt;em&gt;syntax&lt;/em&gt; of the language, which is the art of putting those words in relation with each other, else the sentence becomes, as the Romans said, &lt;em&gt;arena sine calce&lt;/em&gt;, sand without lime, which cannot be used to build walls.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following is my best shot at a literal translation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The Most Illustrious Lords Protectors of Health[1], after having been informed of the carnage caused by the smallpox in the Herds puts to pasture on the Mountains of Calf, Tremonzio and Valceruteno called Monte Vione, in the district of Val Camonica, determined to resort to the usual appropriate measures with the aim of the public as well as private descent of the Herds of this for a long time, thanks to God's mercy, Most Serene Domain unharmed and healthy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the big (and frankly ungrammatical in English) aside starting with &lt;em&gt;after having been informed&lt;/em&gt; and ending with &lt;em&gt;Val Camonica&lt;/em&gt;. Also, I'm not quite sure how to convey it in English but the final words &lt;em&gt;unharmed and healthy&lt;/em&gt; are referred to the &lt;em&gt;Herds&lt;/em&gt;, not to the &lt;em&gt;Domain&lt;/em&gt;. If I had to make it in more understandable English I would turn the sentences a bit to make&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;After having been informed of the carnage caused by the smallpox in the Herds puts to pasture on the Mountains of Calf, Tremonzio and Valceruteno called Monte Vione, in the district of Val Camonica, the Most Illustrious Lords Protectors of Health determined to resort to the usual appropriate measures with the aim of making all the Herds come downhill, unharmed and healthy, both public and private, of this heretofore Most Serene Domain, thanks to God's mercy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's still not great, but I don't think I can make it more legible without chopping off some formalities (e.g. the &lt;em&gt;thanks to God's mercy&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] &lt;em&gt;Lord Protectors of Health&lt;/em&gt; is a literal and a bit silly translation of &lt;em&gt;Signori Conservatori della Sanità&lt;/em&gt;, but it is probably just some title for the public officials in charge of health matters &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="3121" LastEditDate="2018-05-15T20:25:04.460" LastActivityDate="2018-05-15T20:25:04.460" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9429" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-14T23:35:59.353" Score="3" ViewCount="216" Body="&lt;p&gt;While translating some plague documents from the 16th century, I keep coming across the word &amp;quot;Robbe&amp;quot;, and I have no idea what it means. It's not in my dictionary, either. Some of the contexts of the word include:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sotto pena della vita, &amp;amp; confiscationi, &amp;amp; perdita delle &lt;strong&gt;robbe&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Corrente sanno intendere, che tutte le &lt;strong&gt;robbe&lt;/strong&gt;, &amp;amp; mercantie capaci a retener infettione di peste...\&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Corrente no li ammetterà alcuno fia ch’esser si voglia con &lt;strong&gt;robbe&lt;/strong&gt;, ne senza se non haverà le sue sede in stampa dai luoghi d’onde verran mentre peto non siano, o vengano da lochi già banditi sotto le pene come di sopra a chi volesse intrar senza fede.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &amp;quot;Robbe&amp;quot; simply an archaic term or am I missing something? What does it mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4583" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-16T07:57:08.943" Title="Translation of &quot;Robbe&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9429" CreationDate="2018-05-15T00:11:30.790" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a central-southern Italy variant of &lt;em&gt;robe&lt;/em&gt;, the plural form of &lt;em&gt;roba&lt;/em&gt;, which is a quite generic word meaning more or less “thing, stuff“. Here it seems to refer to “goods”, in general.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You might have noticed that also in several other words, the orthography used in these sentences would be non-standard for today uses – for instance &lt;em&gt;infettioni&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;infezioni&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;lochi&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;luoghi&lt;/em&gt; – , but of course some 500 years ago spelling was far from fixed and codified.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-05-15T00:11:30.790" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9432" CreationDate="2018-05-15T08:13:16.723" Score="2" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Diceria dell'untore&lt;/em&gt;, di Gesualdo Bufalino, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; S’era avvolta il capo nella sciarpa per ripararsi dal vento della corsa, e, per quel ch’era possibile, dalla polvere, e sembrava contenta, com’ero anch’io, del tumulto di vedute e scene che il nostro viaggio ci veniva porgendo. Così non ci spaventò piombare, dopo qualche chilometro, nel mezzo di una schiera di contadini e contadine in marcia, come informavano i cartelloni branditi, verso un’&lt;strong&gt;occupazione&lt;/strong&gt; di terre, nel feudo del barone Basilio Trigona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;occupazione di terre&quot; in questo passaggio? Tra le diverse accezioni del termine &quot;occupazione&quot; che ho trovato nei dizionari, non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'occorrenza nel testo sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-15T08:20:31.110" Title="Significato di &quot;occupazione&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9431" CreationDate="2018-05-15T08:20:31.110" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato adatto di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/occupazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;occupazione&lt;/a&gt; nel contesto da te citato è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;a. &lt;strong&gt;In genere, l’azione, l’operazione di occupare, cioè di prendere temporaneamente o stabilmente possesso di un luogo o di un bene, con&#xA;  mezzi legali o illegali, talvolta anche violenti, e il fatto di venire&#xA;  occupato: &lt;em&gt;o. di terre, di un fondo&lt;/strong&gt;; l’o. delle fabbriche,&#xA;  dell’università; o. di una scuola; o. di case, di stabili abbandonati.&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  Nel diritto penale, &lt;em&gt;o. di aziende agricole e industriali&lt;/em&gt;, delitto&#xA;  previsto dal vigente codice penale, che punisce coloro che invadano o&#xA;  occupino aziende col solo scopo di impedire o ostacolare lo&#xA;  svolgimento del lavoro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti la situazione descritta è quella di uno sciopero, una manifestazione di protesta da parte dei contadini, che &quot;armati&quot; di cartelloni, probabilmente riportanti slogan di protesta, si apprestavano appunto ad occupare le terre del feudo del barone Basilio Trigoria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-05-15T08:20:31.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9429" CreationDate="2018-05-15T21:59:12.947" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's likely a variant of &lt;em&gt;robe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9430/794&quot;&gt;as DaG suggested&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, for reasons that will soon be apparent, I feel the need to stress the possibility that it might refer not only to &quot;items&quot;, &quot;things&quot; in general, but, depending on context (which we don't have), to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Goods&#xA;(possibly in the sense of &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; of one's material possessions)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Clothes&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Merchandise&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See this entry &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/roba/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;from the Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[...] Con valore collettivo, il complesso di ciò che si possiede, dei proprî&#xA;  beni, mobili e immobili: ha lasciato ai poveri tutta la sua r.; ha&#xA;  dilapidato tutta la r. ereditata dal padre; Lo villanello a cui la r.&#xA;  manca (Dante); fare danno a qualcuno nella persona e nella r.; fare&#xA;  r., acquistare delle proprietà, e, più genericam., fare, accumulare&#xA;  quattrini: rade volte fa r. chi non ruba (prov.); La r., novella di G.&#xA;  Verga, nella raccolta delle Novelle rusticane (1883), che tratta di un&#xA;  contadino arricchito e divenuto schiavo dei suoi beni. b. Con sign.&#xA;  più partic., i mobili, le masserizie e, in genere, le suppellettili e&#xA;  gli arnesi di casa: tutta la r. di casa è della moglie; e assol.: ha&#xA;  la casa piena di r.; ha tanta r. che non sa dove metterla; caricò la&#xA;  sua r. su un autocarro. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;a. Stoffa, tessuto: di che r. è fatto&#xA;  questo vestito?; r. di lana, di cotone, ecc.; r. buona, fine,&#xA;  grossolana, cattiva, che non si ritira. b. Vestito, indumento: lei,&#xA;  che tutta era stracciata, d’alcuna delle sue r. rivestisse&#xA;  (Boccaccio). In alcuni periodi della storia del costume il termine r.&#xA;  (e l’accr. robone) indicò particolari pezzi del vestiario, come&#xA;  mantelli, cappucci, gonnelle; oggi è termine generico per indicare&#xA;  ogni sorta d’indumenti (abiti, biancheria, ecc.), in espressioni come&#xA;  roba da lavare, da bucato, da rammendare; roba d’inverno, d’estate;&#xA;  radunò le sue poche r. in un cassetto, in una sacca. In partic., roba&#xA;  da (o di) camera (calco del fr. robe de chambre), sinon. ormai&#xA;  disusato di veste da camera, vestaglia. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Merce in genere: r.&#xA;  nostrale, estera, comune, rara, a buon mercato, cara, di prima&#xA;  qualità, di scarto; sulle insegne dei rigattieri: si compra e si vende&#xA;  r. usata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find the second choice particularly worth of consideration, since burning clothing and bed clothes of people infected by the plague is attested in several places, as a quick search will reveal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See for example &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.shakespearesengland.co.uk/2012/12/09/all-bed-clothes-of-the-infected-to-be-burned/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this link&lt;/a&gt;, which, moreover, tells us that the Venetians had reason to look upon clothes with suspect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The blankets, matresses, flockbeds, and all bed-clothes of the&#xA;  infected, are to be burned, also leather garments, because they hold&#xA;  the infection very long. Alexander Benedictus reports that in Venice,&#xA;  a flockbed used in a contagious time, was after 7 yeares found in an&#xA;  inward roome, the Mistris of the house commanded the servants to ayre&#xA;  and beat it, whereupon the servants were instantly infected with the&#xA;  pestilence and died.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a bonus, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.sciencephoto.com/media/225925/view/hippocrates-ordering-plague-clothes-burnt&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here is a 17th century engraving of Hippocrates burning plague clothes&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ZGE2d.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ZGE2d.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Hippocrates ordering plague clothes burnt&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note, allow me to suggest that you link to the complete text you're working on in the future, or at least provide more context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="794" LastActivityDate="2018-05-15T21:59:12.947" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9435" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-16T00:51:52.450" Score="5" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have consulted the mymemory.translated.net resource to look up the translation of the terms morbidity and comorbidity in Italian, and I have found the terms morbilità (with an&quot;l&quot; instead of with a &quot;b&quot;, as morbidità would probably mean softness instead of presence of disease), and morbosità. I would like to know, what is the exact difference between the terms morbilità and morbosità? To what extent are these terms interchangeable? Also, the translation of comorbid seems to be comorbilità, but would comorbosità be an incorrect translation, or would it be an equally acceptable term?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-16T08:24:46.570" LastActivityDate="2018-05-16T08:24:46.570" Title="Morbidity and comorbidity in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9435" CreationDate="2018-05-16T06:10:29.100" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;When trying to translate technical terms (as is the case here) a good technique is to go to the corresponding Wikipedia page and see if it has a version in the desired language. Here it works perfectly for &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comorbilit%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;comorbidity&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; but not so much for &lt;em&gt;morbidity&lt;/em&gt; (that Wikipedia has unfortunately decided to fold into the page relative to &lt;em&gt;disease&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, looking in a dictionary we see that there are two possible translations, &lt;em&gt;morbilità&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;morbosità&lt;/em&gt; and both of them have Wikipedia pages. Let us see what they say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Morbilit%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;morbilità&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In statistica, la &lt;strong&gt;morbilità&lt;/strong&gt; è il numero dei casi di malattia registrati durante un periodo dato in rapporto al numero complessivo delle persone prese in esame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Morbosit%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;morbosità&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;morbosità&lt;/strong&gt; è un indice della statistica sanitaria che esprime la frequenza di una malattia in una popolazione. È definito come il rapporto tra il numero di soggetti malati e la popolazione totale. [...] In epidemiologia il termine è tuttavia spesso impiegato come sinonimo di morbosità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it seems that, in the technical meaning, they are more or less interchangeable. &lt;em&gt;Morbosità&lt;/em&gt; seems to be more widely used outside epidemiology, but we'd need an expert opinion to be sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should also point out that &lt;em&gt;morbosità&lt;/em&gt; has a second nontechnical meaning, also corresponding to a meaning of the word &lt;em&gt;morbidity&lt;/em&gt;: the taste for macabre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;morbosità&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;morbosĭtas -atis&lt;/em&gt;]. – &lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; La qualità e la condizione dell’esser morboso, in senso proprio e soprattutto fig.: &lt;em&gt;la m. di certe passioni&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;la m. della madre verso il figlio&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; In statistica, il rapporto percentuale tra il numero dei casi di una determinata malattia e la popolazione in cui si è verificata (lo stesso quindi che &lt;em&gt;morbilità&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;una zona ad alta morbosità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;morbosità&lt;/strong&gt;  f. n. [from lat. &lt;em&gt;morbosĭtas -atis&lt;/em&gt;]. – &lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; The quality and condition of being morbose, literally and more often figuratively: &lt;em&gt;la m. di certe passioni&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;la m. della madre verso il figlio&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; In statistics, the percentage of the number of cases of a certain illness and the population in which they happened (hence the same of &lt;em&gt;morbilità&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;una zona ad alta morbosità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/morbosita/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-16T06:10:29.100" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9438" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9439" CreationDate="2018-05-16T07:55:38.003" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il giornale &quot;La miccia&quot;, i cui redattori avevano imparziale fede e nella violenta palingenesi sociale e nelle altrettanto violente e avverse forze della jettatura, insinuò che Rogas possedesse innate qualità funeste; insinuazione che dai pochi lettori del giornale passando ai molti che non lo leggevano, diventò certezza, sicché al nome di Rogas almeno   i due terzi della popolazione adulta del paese &lt;strong&gt;squadrarono&lt;/strong&gt; scongiuri e toccarono amuleti per tutta una settimana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il significato del verbo &quot;squadrare&quot; in questo passaggio: le diverse accezioni che ho trovato nei dizionari che ho consultato non mi sembra che abbiano molto senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-16T09:58:14.623" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;squadrare&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9438" CreationDate="2018-05-16T09:06:07.190" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Squadrare scongiuri&quot; in questo dovrebbe significare &quot;mostrare scongiuri&quot;, nel senso di fare gesti propiziatori con le mani: penso, ad esempio, al gesto delle &quot;corna&quot; alzando, dal pugno chiuso, il mignolo e l'indice insieme. &#xA;Citando Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2.b. letter. Presentare, mostrare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un uso simile nella &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt; di Dante (&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt;, XXV, 2-3): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;le mani alzò con amendue le fiche, &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  gridando: “Togli, Dio, ch'a te le squadro!&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &quot;le fiche&quot; sono un altro &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gesto_delle_fiche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gesto fatto con le mani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4593" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-16T09:58:14.623" LastActivityDate="2018-05-16T09:58:14.623" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9440" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9441" CreationDate="2018-05-16T15:54:36.500" Score="6" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that this phrase describes someone who has not got any skills and is poor but I would like to understand when it is used for example:  just to say one is penniless, poor or in a more particular way. I am asking this because I want to find the exact English equivalent. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-16T18:45:46.340" LastActivityDate="2018-05-16T18:50:14.647" Title="Usage of &quot;Non avere né arte né parte&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9440" CreationDate="2018-05-16T17:00:23.940" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let me quote from Carlo Lapucci, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, Garzanti-Vallardi, 1979, p. 13:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non avere né arte né parte&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non conoscere un mestiere, non avere nessuna abilità e non avere né beni né appoggi.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Il detto fa probabilmente riferimento alle arti (maggiori e minori), e alle corporazioni medievali delle quali uno faceva parte secondo l'attività che svolgeva. Le corporazioni entravano poi nelle divisioni politiche (parti). C'è anche il detto: “Chi ha arte ha parte”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, «Not knowing a trade, having no skills and having neither goods nor supporters. The saying probably refers to the &lt;em&gt;Arti&lt;/em&gt; (major and minor ones) [1], and to the medieval guilds of which one was part according to the activity he carried out. The guilds, in turn, were involved in the political divisions (&lt;em&gt;parti&lt;/em&gt; [2]). There is also the saying: &lt;em&gt;Chi ha arte ha parte&lt;/em&gt;.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To add a personal comment as an Italian mother tongue, more than a simply penniless person, I'd say it of someone who is a good-for-nothing, who hasn't a say in anything, nor seems to be able, or willing to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] See for instance the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guilds_of_Florence&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Arti&lt;/em&gt; di Firenze&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[2] Compare this with “(political) parties”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-16T18:50:14.647" LastActivityDate="2018-05-16T18:50:14.647" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9444" CreationDate="2018-05-17T08:08:21.040" Score="3" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Varga fece una tirata sul cinismo dell'imputato, finì proclamando: &quot;E dunque, anche ammettendo che la signora avesse avuto la capacità di concepire e di attuare un così diabolico disegno (e perché poi, se nemmeno il marito riusciva a indicare un interesse, un movente?), è pensabile fosse arrivata a sacrificare l'innocente bestiola cui, per ammissione di colui che vorrebbe rovesciare su di lei l'accusa che lo stringe, era tanto affezionata?&quot;. Per l'aula &lt;strong&gt;rameggiò&lt;/strong&gt; un sussurro di indignazione, di incredulità; la presidentessa della Protezione Animali, presente a tutte le udienze nella qualità e in quanto amica della signora, gridò: &quot;Impossibile!&quot; e l'avvocato fece verso il farmacista un segno che voleva dire irrimediabilmente persa la causa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;rameggiò un sussurro&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;rameggiare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-17T12:31:15.670" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rameggiare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9443" CreationDate="2018-05-17T08:26:09.077" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rameggiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;rameggiare&lt;/a&gt; adatto al contesto da te citato è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;intr. (aus. avere), letter. Ramificarsi, distendere i rami, detto delle piante e, fig., delle corna del cervo e sim.: &lt;em&gt;Ride sepolta a&#xA;l’imo una foresta Breve, e rameggia immobile&lt;/em&gt; (Carducci).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui viene inteso in senso figurato come ramificarsi, diramarsi, diffondersi per l'aula.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-17T12:31:15.670" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9445" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-18T08:06:10.563" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando poi seppe che era scomparsa, i sospetti alimentarono la teoria: la donna aveva ordito quel crimine &lt;strong&gt;in bianco&lt;/strong&gt;, lasciandone cioè l'esecuzione alla polizia e ai giudici, per liberarsi dal marito quel tanto che le ci voleva per scomparire; e poiché mai una donna, secondo Contrera, scompare da sola, ci doveva pur essere qualcuno che la signora era riuscita a tenere, prima e dopo, nell'ombra più segreta, più impenetrabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bianco2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che la locuzione &quot;in bianco&quot; può significare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;senza riuscita, con esito negativo o nullo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che questa definizione abbia senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;in bianco&quot; nel brano sopra citato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-10-26T11:00:43.140" Title="Significato della locuzione &quot;in bianco&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9446" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9447" CreationDate="2018-05-18T11:00:57.790" Score="1" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che &lt;code&gt;mettersi a fare qualcosa&lt;/code&gt; si dice &lt;code&gt;put oneself doing something&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recentemente, ho incontrato il verbo &lt;code&gt;si mise&lt;/code&gt; nella frase &lt;code&gt;...quasi feriva gli occhi, lui si mise a pensare alla morte&lt;/code&gt; e mi pare che significhi lo stesso che &lt;code&gt;si mette&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potete dire che differenza c'è tra le due parole ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4357" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-18T12:22:44.147" LastActivityDate="2018-05-18T16:26:36.510" Title="Differenza tra &quot;si mette&quot; e &quot;si mise&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9447" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9446" CreationDate="2018-05-18T15:19:23.220" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza è che &quot;si mette&quot; è presente indicativo, mentre &quot;si mise&quot; è passato remoto del verbo &quot;mettersi&quot;, come si può vedere in questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/conj/ItVerbs.aspx?v=mettere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tabella di coniugazione del verbo &quot;mettere&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una frase del romanzo &lt;em&gt;Sostiene Pereira&lt;/em&gt; di Antonio Tabucchi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quel bel giorno d’estate, con la brezza atlantica che accarezzava le cime degli alberi e il sole che splendeva, e con una città che scintillava, letteralmente scintillava sotto la sua finestra, e un azzurro, un azzurro mai visto, sostiene Pereira, di un nitore che quasi feriva gli occhi, lui si mise a pensare alla morte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una frase con un verbo dichiarativo al presente (&quot;sostiene&quot;), ma il resto della frase, che esprime quello che &quot;Pereira sostiene&quot;, è al passato (Pereira riferisce fatti passati). Quindi, nella parte della frase riportata nella domanda, c'è da aspettarsi un verbo al passato e non al presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-18T16:26:36.510" LastActivityDate="2018-05-18T16:26:36.510" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9449" CreationDate="2018-05-19T09:39:49.340" Score="1" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aver davanti l'uomo, parlargli, conoscerlo, per Rogas contava più degli indizi, più dei fatti stessi. &quot;Un fatto è un sacco vuoto&quot;. Bisogna metterci dentro l'uomo, la persona, il personaggio perché &lt;strong&gt;stia su&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;stare su&quot; in questo passaggio? Alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/stare-su&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;stare su&quot; del dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt; colloq., farsi coraggio, non abbattersi, spec. in esortazioni: &lt;em&gt;coraggio, sta' su&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt; colloq., rimanere sveglio fino a tarda ora perché impegnato in un lavoro, in un divertimento, ecc.: &lt;em&gt;sono stato su fino alle tre&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma queste accezioni non sembrano avere senso nel contesto del testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-19T10:35:14.913" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;stare su&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9448" CreationDate="2018-05-19T10:35:14.913" Score="5" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;stare&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. [..] &lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; [...] &lt;em&gt;s. su&lt;/em&gt;, tenersi ritto, reggersi sulla vita (anche di cosa, reggersi in posizione verticale) [...]&#xA;  (dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso significa essenzialmente &lt;em&gt;non cadere&lt;/em&gt;. Per esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho provato a piantare l'ombrellone venti volte, ma non vuole proprio stare su.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto, Rogas sta spiegando perché è necessario non solo conoscere i fatti del caso, ma anche incontrare le persone coinvolte, altrimenti la nostra conoscenza è come un sacco vuoto, che manca della sostanza interiore che fa stare in piedi un sacco pieno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-05-19T10:35:14.913" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9450" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9451" CreationDate="2018-05-20T07:53:29.120" Score="2" ViewCount="1219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &quot;Ma ne avete parlato?&quot; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &quot;Sì, ma soltanto da un punto di vista diciamo tecnico: se, venuto meno l'accusatore, il processo sarebbe ricominciato da capo o se la legge prevedeva una sostituzione.&quot; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &quot;E Cres sperava in una sostituzione  e che il processo non &lt;strong&gt;venisse rimandato a nuovo ruolo&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;rimandare a nuovo ruolo&quot;? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;ruolo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T12:00:26.933" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;rimandare a nuovo ruolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9450" CreationDate="2018-05-20T08:03:27.100" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio giuridico, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.giustizia.it/giustizia/it/mg_3_7_9.page&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;mettere a ruolo&lt;/a&gt; una causa significa iscriverla nel registro dei processi pendenti davanti a quel determinato giudice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Occorre, a tal fine, che la parte che si costituisce in giudizio per&#xA;  prima, di regola l’attore, depositi nella cancelleria, unitamente al&#xA;  proprio fascicolo, la nota di iscrizione a ruolo, cioè un’istanza,&#xA;  rivolta al cancelliere, di iscrivere la causa nel ruolo generale, ai&#xA;  sensi dell’articolo 168 del codice di procedura civile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il ruolo generale è il registro di tutti i processi pendenti davanti a&#xA;  quel determinato giudice. La nota di iscrizione a ruolo deve contenere&#xA;  l'indicazione:    &lt;br&gt;•   delle parti, loro generalità e codice fiscale   &lt;br&gt;•   del&#xA;  procuratore che si costituisce e relativo codice fiscale&#xA;    &lt;br&gt;•   dell'oggetto della domanda  &lt;br&gt;•   della data di notificazione della&#xA;  citazione     &lt;br&gt;•   della data fissata per la prima udienza di comparizione&#xA;  delle parti Il decreto 19 marzo 2015 con riferimento al processo&#xA;  esecutivo per espropriazione presvisto dall'art. 159-bis disp. Att.&#xA;  c.p.c. indica i dati da inserire nella nota&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato si auspica che la sostituzione del giudice consenta la prosecuzione del processo e non una nuova iscrizione a ruolo, che comporterebbe l’annullamento del procedimento in corso e la  partenza da zero di un altro processo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-20T08:06:42.867" LastActivityDate="2018-05-20T08:06:42.867" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9452" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-20T15:59:30.970" Score="1" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe corretto il verbo &quot;considerare/definire/reputare&quot; in queste frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partiamo dalle possibili costruzioni grammaticali che si possono fare con verbi come &quot;essere&quot; e &quot;sembrare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come sembro/sono? Sembro/sono alto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cosa sembro/sono? Sembro/sono un disastro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chi sembro/sono? Sembro/sono Marco.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quanta sembra/è l'acqua? L'acqua sembra/è davvero tantissima &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io mi chiedo: &#xA;si possono fare esempi simili con verbi copulativi quali considerare, ritenere, definire ecc...?&#xA;Vi riporto gli stessi esempi di prima:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;5&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come mi consideri/ritieni/definisci? Ti ritengo alto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cosa mi consideri/reputi/definisci? Ti definisco/reputo un disastro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chi mi ritieni/reputi? Ti reputo Marco&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quanta consideri l'acqua? L'acqua la considero tantissima.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parliamo sempre di verbi copulativi, ma le ultime due frasi mi sembrano agrammaticali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-20T16:32:46.577" LastActivityDate="2018-05-20T21:57:23.707" Title="Aiuto con verbi copulativi" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9452" CreationDate="2018-05-20T16:30:28.697" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, le tue frasi 5-8 sono perfettamente corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il motivo per cui la 7 sembra un po' strana è perché il verbo &lt;em&gt;reputare&lt;/em&gt; è raramente usato per identificare l'identità delle persone, ma grammaticalmente non fa una grinza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la frase 8, probabilmente riordinerei le parole un pochino (&lt;em&gt;Considero l'acqua tantissima&lt;/em&gt;) per far fluire meglio il discorso, ma non vedo problemi grammaticali qui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-20T21:57:23.707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-20T21:57:23.707" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9454" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-20T20:18:42.230" Score="2" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo post concerne se l'uso della parola osteopatia in inglese ha dei significati diversi dall'uso di questa parola in italiano. I dizionari Merriam-Webster e Treccani esibiscono le seguenti definizioni. Mi stupisce che il dizionario inglese parla di &quot;structural integrity&quot; che mi fa pensare che qui non si tratta di solo ossa, e &quot;terapeutical measures&quot; mi fa pensare ad un tiraossa invece che ad un osteopata. Invece in italiano un osteopata dovrebbe operare sulle ossa e nervi e vasi sanguigni attaccati alle ossa tramite interventi chirurgici se ho capito bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per la chiarificazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Definition of osteopathy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;: a system of medical practice based on a theory that diseases are due chiefly to loss of structural integrity which can be restored by manipulation of the parts supplemented by therapeutic measures (such as use of drugs or surgery)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;osteòpata s. m. e f. [tratto da osteopatia] (pl. m. -i). – Chi pratica l'osteopatia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;osteopatia Qualsiasi processo morboso, localizzato o sistemico, dell’apparato scheletrico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Disciplina sanitaria rivolta al trattamento, mediante manipolazioni, di sintomatologie dolorose e menomazioni funzionali dell’apparato osteo-artro-muscolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-13T16:17:45.757" LastActivityDate="2020-01-10T17:02:40.340" Title="“Osteopatia” in italiano versus “osteopathy” in inglese" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9455" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-21T05:18:45.957" Score="2" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering whether a wikipedia name exists listing all proper name correspondences between names in English and names in Italian. For example, John: Giovanni. It would even be good if there were a site that have international name correspondences, for example, even selecting more than one language (and transliteration character set at once); for example, with English, Italian, and Arabic, which has a different graphical letter representation system, the Wikipedia page or website would give, as an example: Joseph, Giuseppe, يوسف (Yusuf). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chinese seems to have examples of transliteration, if this is what it's called (not sure if English to Italian would be considered a transliteration as well, as the character sets, roughly correspond), for just about any foreign name, providing a good example. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not entirely sure how Italian is structured, whether it is name correspondencies for ecclesiastical or religion-based names, only (apart for Greek to Roman names, perhaps mostly corresponding to Greek to Roman mythology and others, if these are the ones used and do not have common Italian equivalents as well), or whether almost all names can have Italian correspondences (or whether it is simply offered to use the original name, in at most some mostly unaltered or slightly mispronounced form). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So perhaps it would be nice if such a site, also had IPA, next to each pronunciation, or close resemblance, since some complications may arise from sounds being available in one language but moot in the other, or the user may not be accustomed to reading rules and systems for the other language system (and may be deaf, so if playable media sounds were provided they may not provide a complete solution), or some language combinations of sounds could be difficult to pronounce in another language, even if all sounds were actually available in that other language. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder whether it is even commonplace for names to have more than one &quot;correct&quot; transliteration, without translation mistakes. A mechanism similar to that in the web site WordReference, perhaps named NameReference, or something similar, where you could input a name and select language to language, see the results, then click back on one of the transliterations and see the results in the opposite direction would also be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you for your feedback.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-21T13:06:05.697" LastActivityDate="2018-05-21T13:06:05.697" Title="Cross-language equivalents of Italian proper names" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9455" CreationDate="2018-05-21T06:22:16.560" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TL; DR:&lt;/strong&gt; Such a website is unrealistic, because the relationship between names in different languages are way to messy for it to be feasible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Name correspondence between languages is always flawed and never perfect. For example, let us consider the Hebrew name &lt;em&gt;Yeshua&lt;/em&gt;. It corresponds to two different names in Italian (as in English), &lt;em&gt;Giosuè&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Gesù&lt;/em&gt;, because it got imported twice in Latin and so two different versions spread around Europe. Another interesting example is the Hebrew name &lt;em&gt;Yohannan&lt;/em&gt;. This corresponds to the Italian name &lt;em&gt;Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;, but it has &lt;em&gt;two&lt;/em&gt; different reflections in the English speaking world: &lt;em&gt;John&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Sean&lt;/em&gt; (the latter via Irish).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of the name correspondences that you see are coming when names are imported from a third language both in Italian and English. Note that not all names got imported, and as seen above some name got imported twice with different outcomes, so there is no regular correspondence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually the source is one among Latin, Greek and Hebrew (for religious and historical reasons). There are a few examples coming from different languages (e.g. the Italian &lt;em&gt;Maometto&lt;/em&gt; is coming from the Arabic &lt;em&gt;Muhammad&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;Gualtiero&lt;/em&gt; from the German &lt;em&gt;Walter&lt;/em&gt;), but they are rare. For example Chinese or Japanese names do not, as a rule, have Italian equivalents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So a website like you are envisioning cannot exist, because the mechanisms that move names around languages are messy and complicated. An etymological dictionary of names would be a more reasonable proposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-05-21T06:22:16.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9457" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9506" CreationDate="2018-05-21T06:30:41.523" Score="3" ViewCount="1001" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was wondering whether there is a Wikipedia page holding a complete list of Italian proper names, and their diminutives (for example, Francesco: Checco, Giuliano: Nano, etc.). Not sure if names can have more than one diminutive, or whether these diminutives are also subject to regional variation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm also not sure whether regional variants can be properly called diminutives, or whether they are just variations in themselves, in which case I would imagine that there could be quite a lot of them, although I wouldn't count it. So, if a page existed with all these peculiarities, perhaps even listing the region and city where the diminutive was used, with users perhaps also contributing, I think that could be cool. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an aside, I realize that there may even be popular diminutive which mothers use, either publicly or privately, and I'm not sure whether these would count as standard in Italian as well or not, just wondering (could be a questioning issue).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-21T07:00:49.523" LastActivityDate="2018-06-01T13:14:29.883" Title="List of Italian proper names and common diminutives" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9457" CreationDate="2018-05-21T06:58:57.013" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find here a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.culturaesvago.com/etimologia-nomi-e-modi-di-dire/nomi-di-persona-a-b/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;list of Italian proper names&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian) where you can find some information about etymology and meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many of them come form history, literature, or from philosophers, scientist of ancient times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For some of them is also reported if they are diminutives of a longer form, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TEA&lt;/strong&gt; - Diminutivo di molti nomi femminili, tra cui &lt;strong&gt;Dorotea&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Teodora&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Teofila&lt;/strong&gt; ecc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TIM&lt;/strong&gt; - È il diminutivo di &lt;strong&gt;TIMOTEO&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TONY/TONIO&lt;/strong&gt; - Diminutivo di &lt;strong&gt;ANTONIO&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TURI&lt;/strong&gt; - Accorciativo di &lt;strong&gt;Salvatore&lt;/strong&gt;, è ormai usato come nome proprio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you need more information about particular and popular diminutives and in which region they are used, I would suggest to look into regional dictionaries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On Treccani you can find valuable resources about propers name, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/speciali/nomi/papa.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le tipologie dei nomi personali del Novecento in Italia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, regarding books and studies about names, I can mention &lt;a href=&quot;https://iris.unito.it/handle/2318/99522?mode=full.1561&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I nomi di persona in Italia: dizionario storico ed etimologico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by A. Rossebastiano e E. Papa, Utet, (2005).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-29T05:57:09.217" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T05:57:09.217" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9459" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9460" CreationDate="2018-05-21T10:46:32.897" Score="1" ViewCount="710" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sotto al libro c'era uno di quei cartoncini promemoria che trovano nelle sigarette di lusso: e l'ispettore pensò che Cres lo aveva usato come segnalibro, e se non stava in mezzo al libro si poteva presumere che avesse finito di leggerlo.  &quot;Su via, ora finiamola coi discorsi e andiamo al pranzo funebre. Non turbatevi per il fatto che mangeremo le frittelle. È una vecchia, antica usanza, e anch'essa ha del buono&quot;. Forse lo aveva finito aspettando che si facesse l'ora di &lt;strong&gt;sgattare&lt;/strong&gt;, dopo aver sistemato ogni cosa nella previsione dell'irruzione poliziesca in sua assenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;sgattare&quot;? Non ho trovato questo verbo in nessun dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-21T12:45:15.277" Title="Significato di &quot;sgattare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9459" CreationDate="2018-05-21T11:26:15.930" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sgattare sembra essere una variante di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sgattaiolare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sgattaiolare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sgattaiolare&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. [der. di gattaiola, col pref. s- (nel sign. 3)]&#xA;  (io sgattàiolo, o sgattaiòlo, ecc.; aus. essere). – Con riferimento a&#xA;  gatti, entrare, uscire con agilità e sveltezza attraverso la&#xA;  gattaiola. &lt;strong&gt;Con uso estens. e fig., riferito ad altri animali e a&#xA;  persone, entrare, uscire quatto quatto, in silenzio e con sveltezza,&#xA;  cercando di passare inosservato&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;la lepre sgattaiolò via tra i&#xA;  cespugli; il ladro riuscì a s. dentro un portone e a sfuggire agli&#xA;  inseguitori; alcuni fra gli uditori sgattaiolarono dal recinto,&#xA;  corsero a sussurrare le notizie nel quartiere&lt;/em&gt; (Fogazzaro). Con la&#xA;  particella pron. e la indeterminato, sottrarsi a un danno, a un&#xA;  pericolo, a qualcosa di spiacevole: &lt;em&gt;spero di riuscire a&#xA;  sgattaiolarmela anche questa volta.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come giustamente segnalato da @Charo viene utilizzato con significato simile anche ne &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.vorrei.org/rubriche/la-valigia-dei-libri/4591-il-sovversivo.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il sovversivo di Adamo Calabrese, 2012&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tutti hanno sentito Radio Londra: “Ocio, ocio!!! Tocca a voi: Le viole&#xA;  sono fiorite!” Cioè: “Arriva uno squadrone di fortezze volanti in&#xA;  picchiata sullo stabilimento. ” Il mio signor padre &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sgatta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; fuori&#xA;  dalla Magneti Marelli (fabbrica di girabecchini per autoblindo)&#xA;  confuso nel formicaio dei tornitori attrezzisti che fugge dai reparti&#xA;  bellici. Salta sulla bicicletta, salta per modo di dire, più giusto&#xA;  spiegare che s’arrampica sulla due ruote, inaccessibile “Pizzo dei tre&#xA;  signori” tanto è più alta dell’uno e cinquanta del ciclista. È su, in&#xA;  vetta, se pure artrofico, mentre tentacola col piede destro il pedale&#xA;  che sfugge e col sinistro punta il suolo. Bombardano! Lui arranca di&#xA;  sghimbescio come se avesse il colpo della strega. Bum, bum, bum…&#xA;  “Hanno colpito il laminatoio! Anche la mensa! Patate dappertutto! L’ho&#xA;  visto io!”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E nella legenda dello stesso brano si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Sgatta.” Contrazione di sgattaiolare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-21T12:45:15.277" LastActivityDate="2018-05-21T12:45:15.277" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9461" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9462" CreationDate="2018-05-22T07:43:38.710" Score="1" ViewCount="1144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &quot;Per quanto riguarda il Vangelo, senz'altro le posso dire che di affermazioni contro l'esercizio del giudicare e contro i giudici ne troverà molte. Certo, non è evangelico il passare a &lt;strong&gt;vie di fatto&lt;/strong&gt;, come diciamo noi poliziotti. [...]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;via di fatto&quot;? Alla voce &quot;fatto&quot; dei dizionari che ho consultato non ho trovato questa locuzione. Una ricerca su Google però mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un'espressione abbastanza usata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-22T12:36:17.653" LastActivityDate="2018-05-22T12:36:17.653" Title="Cos'è una &quot;via di fatto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9461" CreationDate="2018-05-22T08:01:00.367" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/V/via.shtml#5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire del Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;passare alle vie di fatto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fig.&lt;/em&gt;: venire alle mani, arrivare alla rissa o comunque alle percosse, in genere dopo essersi convinti che con le parole non si è arrivati a nulla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'espressione risale ad alcuni codici penali precedenti all'unità d'Italia, dove indicava atti generici di violenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto indicato nei commenti, la frase significa che, anche se il Vangelo non parla dei giudici in termini positivi, ucciderli è comunque contrario ai suoi dettami.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-05-22T08:09:04.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-22T08:09:04.813" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9463" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9464" CreationDate="2018-05-22T14:18:36.230" Score="7" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere come si dice &quot;edge&quot; in italiano, con l'interpretazione matematica corrispondente all'inglese &quot;there is an edge connecting the two nodes, of the graph, whereas in the digraph the corresponding two nodes are connected by an arc&quot;. Come si tradurrebbe questa frase? Chiedo perché, nonostante comune, la definizione non è contenuta nel dizionario WordReference online: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/edge&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Edge&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-31T13:46:10.467" LastActivityDate="2020-03-31T13:46:10.467" Title="How to say &quot;edge&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9464" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9463" CreationDate="2018-05-22T16:13:57.613" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grafo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian Wikipedia page for graph&lt;/a&gt;, edges are usually called &lt;em&gt;lati&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;archi&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;spigoli&lt;/em&gt;. In my experience the latter name is very rare outside of schoolbooks (and by this I literally mean books used in high school or below, not university textbooks), but it's been a lot of years since I had to speak about math in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give a perhaps more authoritative reference, you can look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://olimpiadi.dm.unibo.it/videolezioni/Training/Senior_13/Basic/Video/S13B_C2-1-phi.avi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this lecture&lt;/a&gt; at around the timestamp 19:25 where the lecturer explicitly says that the Italian name for the edges is &lt;em&gt;archi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-07T13:03:56.850" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T13:03:56.850" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9465" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9466" CreationDate="2018-05-23T07:35:19.890" Score="1" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il contesto&lt;/em&gt;, di Leonardo Sciascia, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &quot;Ma, dico, io &lt;strong&gt;non sto mai a piangere o a infuriarmi sulla brocca rotta&lt;/strong&gt;. E poi gli errori a volte producono effetti che, anche se diversi di quelli che si volevano conseguire, tornano di insperata utilità. [...]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sulla frase &quot;non sto mai a piangere o a infuriarmi sulla brocca rotta&quot; che appare in questo brano. Si tratta o fa riferimento a qualche modo di dire o frase fatta? Cosa vuol dire esattamente? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;brocca&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-23T07:42:49.610" LastActivityDate="2018-05-23T07:56:31.287" Title="Significato di &quot;piangere sulla brocca rotta&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9466" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9465" CreationDate="2018-05-23T07:38:44.033" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piangere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Piangere&lt;/a&gt; sulla brocca rotta&lt;/strong&gt; è simile al modo di dire &lt;strong&gt;piangere sul latte versato&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè rimuginare inutilmente su una situazione che non si può più cambiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;p. sul latte versato, pentirsi troppo tardi di aver commesso uno&#xA;  sbaglio, un errore;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È interessante &lt;a href=&quot;http://perchesidice.libreriamo.it/perche-si-dice/perche-si-dice-e-inutile-piangere-sul-latte-versato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l'origine dell'espressione&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il significato di questa espressione vuol dire che è inutile&#xA;  disperarsi e lamentarsi dopo aver commesso degli errori che non si&#xA;  possono annullare e riparare, è inutile rimuginare su cose che sono&#xA;  oramai accadute, tormentandosi quando praticamente è troppo tardi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Probabilmente questo proverbio ha origini molto antiche, ai tempi&#xA;  antecedenti alla produzione industriale quando il latte era&#xA;  considerato un alimento raro, costoso e prezioso alla nutrizione, per&#xA;  cui, il suo spreco poteva arrecare dei forti rimorsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-23T07:56:31.287" LastActivityDate="2018-05-23T07:56:31.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9467" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-23T16:31:06.030" Score="3" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;First, X happened, and then Y. On top of all this, now I have to do Z. &lt;strong&gt;Peggio di così!&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conversation with my friend, I just heard this unfamiliar phrase. I wonder if it is a short form of &quot;Peggio di così &lt;strong&gt;si muore&lt;/strong&gt;!&quot;. If so, is it common for native speakers to omit the last two words?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also: In English, you can place various comparative adjectives in the expression &quot;things couldn't be worse/better/easier&quot;. In Italian, do these expressions all take a form similar to &quot;Peggio di così si muore!&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="3287" LastEditDate="2018-05-23T16:38:33.707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-23T18:35:29.857" Title="The expression &quot;Peggio di così!&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9467" CreationDate="2018-05-23T16:37:15.517" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not necessarily a shortening of &lt;em&gt;Peggio di così si muore&lt;/em&gt;, but more of a shortening of many expressions with more or less the same meaning, all starting with &lt;em&gt;Peggio di così&lt;/em&gt;. A few examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peggio di così non può andare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peggio di così  non si può stare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peggio di così non è possibile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is very common in the spoken language to just say the beginning of the sentence and to leave it to the listener to mentally add his/her favorite completion (the meaning will not change much anyway).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To address your edit, yes this expressions are the exact equivalent of the English &lt;em&gt;Things couldn't be worse&lt;/em&gt;. For example in Italian you can say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meglio di così non può andare&#xA;(Things couldn't be better)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-23T18:30:05.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9467" CreationDate="2018-05-23T18:31:26.593" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Locuzione avverbiale di uso comune. Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/peggio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comparativo dell’avverbio  male, che quindi significa più male, in modo peggiore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mi sento peggio; &lt;em&gt;non poteva finire &lt;strong&gt;peggio  di così&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see usage examples here in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=peggio%20di%20cos%C3%AC%2Cpeggio%20di%20cos%C3%AC%20non&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cpeggio%20di%20cos%C3%AC%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cpeggio%20di%20cos%C3%AC%20non%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-23T18:35:29.857" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9470" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9474" CreationDate="2018-05-24T00:31:15.430" Score="7" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un post su Facebook (ora cancellato, ma riportato da molti giornali, tra cui il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.corriere.it/politica/18_maggio_23/di-battista-minaccia-mattarella-non-si-opponga-italiani-e5fdb078-5e9b-11e8-ab4f-a9009bdd5947.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.repubblica.it/politica/2018/05/23/news/padre_di_battista_bottura-197151725/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Repubblica&lt;/a&gt;), Vittorio Di Battista, padre del politico del Movimento 5 Stelle Alessandro, ha usato la parola &amp;quot;fianate&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I DOLORI DI MISTER ALLEGRIA&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;È il papà di tutti noi.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;È quello che si preoccupa di varare un governo.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;È quello che ha avallato la legge elettorale che impedisce di varare un governo.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Poveretto, quanto lo capisco.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;In più ci si mettono le &lt;strong&gt;fianate&lt;/strong&gt; sul cv di Giuseppe Conte, le perdite in Borsa e la irresistibile ascesa dello spread.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Poveretto, quanto lo capisco.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco questa parola, e non la trovo su nessun vocabolario. L'unica cosa che ho trovato è che &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=fiano&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;il Fiano è un vino&lt;/a&gt;, ma non so se c'entri qualcosa. Suppongo sia dialetto: nel caso può aiutare sapere che, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alessandro_Di_Battista#Biografia&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;secondo Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, Alessandro è nato a Roma &amp;quot;da genitori di Civita Castellana&amp;quot;, che è in provincia di Viterbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per dare un po' di contesto: è un post in cui Vittorio Di Battista attacca Mattarella (&amp;quot;Mister Allegria&amp;quot;). Il Presidente della Repubblica stava vagliando la candidatura di Giuseppe Conte a premier, e Di Battista ha minacciato un'insurrezione violenta se Mattarella non gli avesse dato l'incarico di governo. Conte è stato fortemente criticato per aver aggiunto al proprio curriculum delle esperienze di studio che sembrano non essere state fatte, o, se sono state fatte, per averne esagerato l'importanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto, &amp;quot;fianate&amp;quot; potrebbe significare &amp;quot;errori&amp;quot; (frutto dell'ubriachezza data dal vino Fiano?), ma vorrei una conferma, sia sul significato che sull'origine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Come segnalato &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9470/cosa-significa-fianata#comment20834_9470&quot;&gt;nei commenti&lt;/a&gt; da abarisone, potrebbe essere un riferimento al deputato Emanuele Fiano, che in un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.la7.it/coffee-break/video/emanuele-fiano-pd-su-giuseppe-conte-non-%C3%A8-la-prima-volta-che-i-5-stelle-cadono-sui-curricula-23-05-2018-242349&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;intervento a &amp;quot;Coffee Break&amp;quot; su La7&lt;/a&gt; aveva appunto citato episodi analoghi da parte di altri membri del partito. La spiegazione mi sembrava convincente, ma Vittorio Di Battista ha pubblicato &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.facebook.com/vittorio.dibattista.3/posts/2109751232569663&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;un nuovo post su Facebook&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AVVISO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualche fonte ha affermato che avrei cancellato il post su Mister Allegria.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;E' una &lt;strong&gt;fianata&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Non ho cancellato un bel &lt;strong&gt;fiano&lt;/strong&gt; di niente, è stato FB che ha oscurato il mio post.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Maremma bucaiola...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto credo che il nome di Emanuele Fiano sia solo un'incredibile coincidenza, e sembra che Di Battista usi &amp;quot;fianata&amp;quot; come &amp;quot;cazzata&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;le cazzate sul CV di Giuseppe Conte&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;È una cazzata&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Non ho cancellato un bel cazzo di niente&amp;quot;. Ma resta un'ipotesi, e sarei curioso di averne conferma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3524" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-25T07:49:56.787" Title="Cosa significa &quot;fianata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9471" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9472" CreationDate="2018-05-24T08:12:10.290" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Sino allora non sappiamo se il mondo esterno esiste, ma quando ci sediamo per rifinire a furia d'&lt;strong&gt;agate&lt;/strong&gt; le maniche dei vestiti e le cinghie dei calzoni, ci meraviglia il silenzio che ci attornia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase fa riferimento al lavoro di due sarti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul termine &quot;agata&quot; che appare in questa frase: può significare il movimento dell'ago o qualcosa fatta con l'ago? Non ho trovato questa accezione (o qualcosa di simile) in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-25T06:56:05.263" LastActivityDate="2018-05-25T06:56:05.263" Title="Il termine &quot;agata&quot; può significare qualcosa fatta con l'ago?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;homograph&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9471" CreationDate="2018-05-24T08:55:57.477" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=RGMVAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA35&amp;amp;lpg=PA35&amp;amp;dq=%22colpo%20d%27ago%22%20agata&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=KuDJyss3z2&amp;amp;sig=COxElu352V7ThJyEnaW3flHzqZ8&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj5uL2Q-Z3bAhXBQ8AKHZSNA3wQ6AEIDjAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22colpo%20d&amp;#39;ago%22%20agata&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;agàta&lt;/a&gt; nel passaggio da te citato (che indica il lavoro di due sarti) si intende un colpo d'ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puntualmente sottolineato da @DaG, ci sono in Italiano un sacco di possibilità per creare parole alla bisogna, trasformando termini che rappresentano un oggetto in altri che descrivono l'azione portata a compimento con esso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio di @DaG è particolarmente calzante riguardo al fatto che se schiaccio una zanzara con il giornale posso dire, in maniera informale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho eliminato quella zanzara fastidiosa con una bella giornalata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pensa anche ad esempio al fatto di andare a fare un giro in bicicletta che puoi esprimere come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andiamo a fare una bella pedalata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente in questo caso il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pedalata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pedalata&lt;/a&gt; viene riportato dai dizionari, ma il senso è simile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritornando al termine agàta è molto interessante notare che molte parole della lingua italiana sono &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/omografi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;omografe&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, cioè sono parole che cambiano significato, come ad esempio in questo caso, con il cambiare della posizione dell'accento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli omografi (dal greco &lt;em&gt;omògraphos&lt;/em&gt; ‘dalla grafia uguale’) sono parole&#xA;  che hanno la stessa grafia, ma differiscono nella pronuncia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La diversa pronuncia può dipendere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– dalla diversa posizione dell’accento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;àmbito&lt;/strong&gt; (sostantivo) / &lt;strong&gt;ambìto&lt;/strong&gt; (participio passato del verbo ambire)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;viòla&lt;/strong&gt; (sostantivo) / &lt;strong&gt;vìola&lt;/strong&gt; (3a persona singolare dell’indicativo&#xA;  presente del verbo violare)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– oppure dal diverso grado di apertura della vocale accentata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pèsca&lt;/strong&gt; (= il frutto) / &lt;strong&gt;pésca&lt;/strong&gt; (= azione del pescare)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pòrci&lt;/strong&gt; (= maiali) / &lt;strong&gt;pórci&lt;/strong&gt; (= porre noi stessi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capita spesso che nei testi non venga riportato l'accento a meno che esso non cada sull'ultima sillaba e ciò può comportare difficoltà per il lettore, specie se non madrelingua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-24T09:23:39.120" LastActivityDate="2018-05-24T09:23:39.120" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9473" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9485" CreationDate="2018-05-24T16:50:00.820" Score="3" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are some good Italian language movies I could watch to help me brush up on my conversational Italian language skills?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, ones that have scenes of checking in at a hotel, ordering food at restaurants, navigating the railway system and airports, making bank transactions, etc.? Like an Italian version of &lt;em&gt;Planes, Trains, &amp;amp; Automobiles&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="3378" LastEditDate="2018-05-28T17:47:06.653" LastActivityDate="2018-05-28T19:20:32.537" Title="Movies to help to brush up on conversational Italian skills?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;&lt;cinema&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9470" CreationDate="2018-05-25T06:51:13.753" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tenendo conto della dialettica, peraltro becera, che molto spesso si instaura tra sostenitori di un partito piuttosto che di un altro, non è raro che per denigrare l'avversario si storpi il cognome e lo si utilizzi al posto di un termine negativo o addirittura di una parolaccia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il termine fianata può essere un riferimento al deputato PD Emanuele Fiano che era &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.la7.it/coffee-break/video/emanuele-fiano-pd-su-giuseppe-conte-non-%C3%A8-la-prima-volta-che-i-5-stelle-cadono-sui-curricula-23-05-2018-242349&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;intervenuto a riguardo in una trasmissione tv&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel dizionario Treccani dei neologismi è, ad esempio, presente il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/berlusconata_%28Neologismi%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;berlusconata&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;berlusconata&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. (&lt;em&gt;iron.&lt;/em&gt;) Comportamento o affermazione tipici di&#xA;  Silvio Berlusconi. ◆ I collaboratori cercano disperatamente di farla&#xA;  passare per l’ennesima «berlusconata»: parole in libertà del&#xA;  presidente del Consiglio contro i giudici che sarebbero «mentalmente&#xA;  disturbati», affetti da «turbe psichiche». (Massimo Franco, &lt;em&gt;Corriere&#xA;  della sera&lt;/em&gt;, 5 settembre 2003, p. 2, In primo piano)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che ha un significato simile a quello di fianata nel contesto da te citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-25T07:29:31.200" LastActivityDate="2018-05-25T07:29:31.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9475" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9476" CreationDate="2018-05-25T07:56:20.247" Score="1" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Luigi sorride, beve un sorso d'acqua da un &lt;strong&gt;bombolo&lt;/strong&gt; che teniamo nell'acqua di una secchia arrugginita e si asciuga il sudore che gli bagna le sopracciglia e il collo grasso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del termine &quot;bombolo&quot; che appare in questa frase. Quello che ho trovato nei dizionari che ho consultato (persona di bassa statura e tozza) non ha senso in questo contesto. Si tratta di una parola di origine siciliana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-25T11:06:44.217" Title="Cosa significa &quot;bombolo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9475" CreationDate="2018-05-25T08:05:01.007" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che si riferisca ad un recipiente per l'acqua definito &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bombola/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bombola&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bómbola&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [affine a bomba2; cfr. il gr. βομβύλη «recipiente»]. –&#xA;  1. &lt;strong&gt;Vaso di metallo o di vetro, lungo e senza collo o con collo corto, in cui si tiene acqua o altri liquidi.&lt;/strong&gt; 2. Recipiente cilindrico a&#xA;  fondi emisferici, generalmente di acciaio, per contenere gas compressi&#xA;  o liquefatti: una b. di ossigeno, di metano, di anidride carbonica.&#xA;  Molto diffuse sono oggi le b. spray, o più spesso bombolette spray (v.&#xA;  bomboletta). ◆ Dim. bombolétta (v.), bombolina; accr. bombolóne m.,&#xA;  grossa bombola per installazioni fisse su veicoli stradali o&#xA;  ferroviarî.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In siciliano esiste il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bummolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bummolo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il bummolo o bummulu in lingua siciliana è un contenitore in&#xA;  terracotta utilizzato in Sicilia per mantenere l'acqua sempre fresca&#xA;  anche durante l'estate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'utilizzo del bummolo si basa su un comportamento noto dei liquidi&#xA;  che passano allo stato gassoso (evaporazione) mediante assorbimento di&#xA;  calore. Il materiale con cui è costruito il bummolo è permeabile e&#xA;  lascia traspirare continuamente una certa quantità d'acqua che, a&#xA;  contatto con l'aria calda dell'ambiente, si trasforma in vapore.&#xA;  L'assorbimento di calore che ne consegue avviene vicino alla&#xA;  superficie del contenitore che subisce quindi un abbassamento della&#xA;  temperatura sufficiente a mantenere il liquido sempre fresco,&#xA;  addirittura anche se esposto al sole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha origini molto antiche. Ne sono stati rinvenuti esemplari risalenti&#xA;  al XII secolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-25T09:47:26.577" LastActivityDate="2018-05-25T09:47:26.577" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9475" CreationDate="2018-05-25T11:06:44.217" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unice.fr/lirces/langues/real/dialectes/biz.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario etimologico di meridionalismi dell'Università di Nizza&lt;/a&gt; si tratta dell'italianizzazione di un termine&#xA;calabro-siciliano di origine greca (&amp;lt; BOMBULOS), anche detto &quot;bombola&quot;. Questi autori l'hanno definito così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;cf. Rohlfs 791 vùmmula / vùmbula, bùmbula &quot;vaso di creta, brocca di acqua col collo stretto&quot;, Piccitto I 476 bbùmmula, v. bbùmmulu. (cf. Boerio Bombola 89: &quot;vaso di vetro col collo torto, che serve agli speziali per la distillazione&quot;), Bòmbola &quot;Voce ant. ...dicesi un Vaso o Boccione di vetro corpacciuto, con piede, col collo stretto, che serve ad uso di tenere l'estate vino o acqua nel rinfrescatoio&quot;, cf. Rohlfs vùmmulu 791 &quot;orciuolo col collo stretto, vaso di terra&quot;, [...], Piccitto I 476 bbùmmulu &quot;Recipiente di terra cotta col collo stretto, poco panciuto, per tenervi l'acqua fresca&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unice.fr/lirces/langues/real/dialectes/annexes/bibliographie.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bibliografia&lt;/a&gt; usata è questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;BOERIO G., &lt;em&gt;Dizionario del dialetto veneziano&lt;/em&gt;, Venezia, 1856 [= Martello ed., Milano, edizione anastatica, 1971].&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;‎PICCITTO G., &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario siciliano&lt;/em&gt;, Centro di Studi Filologici e Linguistici Siciliani, Catania - Palermo, 1977. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;‎ROHLFS G., &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Dizionario dialettale della Calabria&lt;/em&gt;, Longo ed., Ravenna, 1977 [: 1990]. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi sono alcuni utilizzi di &quot;bombolo&quot;, &quot;bombola&quot;, e anche dei diminutivi &quot;bomboletto&quot; e &quot;bamboletto&quot;, e dell'accrescitivo &quot;bombolone&quot; nella letteratura italiana  (ho tradotto i vocaboli in francese):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;BONAVIRI in &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt; 1954 [= Oscar Mobadori 1996]: &quot;Luigi sorride, beve un sorso d'acqua da un bombolo che teniamo nell'acqua di una secchia arrugginita&quot; (p. 27, cf. 3 altre occ.), in &lt;em&gt;Il fiume di pietra&lt;/em&gt; 1964 [= Oscar Mondadori 1997] (p. 118), in &lt;em&gt;Notti sull'altura&lt;/em&gt; 1971 [= Oscar Mondadori 1992] (p. 71), in &lt;em&gt;L'incominciamento&lt;/em&gt; 1983 (p. 114) in &lt;em&gt;Fiabe siciliane&lt;/em&gt; 1990 (p. 181, cf. n. 1 &quot;Piccola brocca di creta&quot;, cf. 1 altra occ.), in &lt;em&gt;Il vicolo blu&lt;/em&gt; 2003 (p. 134, cf. 2 altre occ., cf. bomboletti, p. 209 e 1 altra occ.); STRATI in &lt;em&gt;La teda&lt;/em&gt; 1957 (p. 22, cf. 1 altra occ., cf. bamboletto, p. 181, cf. bombola d'acqua&quot;, p. 246), in &lt;em&gt;Tibi e Tascia&lt;/em&gt; 1959 [= Oscar Mondadori 1981]: &quot;prese il bomboletto, se lo mise in testa... se ne andò alla fontana&quot; (p. 18, cf. 85 altre occ., cf. bombolone, p. 18 et 9 altre occ.), in &lt;em&gt;Il nodo&lt;/em&gt; 1965 [= Oscar Mondadori 1983]: (p. 77, cf. 1 altra occ.), in &lt;em&gt;Il selvaggio di Santa Venere&lt;/em&gt; 1977 [= Oscar Mondadori 1987] (p. 64, cf. 1 altra occ.); CONSOLO in &lt;em&gt;La ferita dell'aprile&lt;/em&gt; 1963 [= Einaudi 1977] (p. 40, cf. 2 altre occ.), in &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt; 1976 [= Einaudi 1992] (p. 87), in &lt;em&gt;Le pietre di Pantalica&lt;/em&gt; 1988 (bombolo, p. 52 et 1 altra occ., bombola p. 75, cf. 2 altre occ.,), in &lt;em&gt;L'olivo e l'olivastro&lt;/em&gt; 1994 (p. 69); GRASSO in &lt;em&gt;Nebbie di ddraunàra&lt;/em&gt; 1993 (p. 78); SANTIAPICHI in &lt;em&gt;Romanzo di un paese&lt;/em&gt; 1995 (p. 55).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I vocaboli &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unice.fr/lirces/langues/real/dialectes/buatta.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;bùmmolo&quot;, &quot;bummoliddru&quot;, &quot;bùmmulo&quot; e &quot;bùmmulu&quot;&lt;/a&gt; sono anche stati usati con lo stesso significato (anche qui ho tradotto qualche parola in francese):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI in &lt;em&gt;Un filo di fumo&lt;/em&gt; 1980 [= Sellerio 1998]: &quot;Faceva il vasaio, fabbricava bùmmuli&quot; (p. 23), in &lt;em&gt;La stagione della caccia&lt;/em&gt; 1992 [= Sellerio 2002]: (p. 125), in &lt;em&gt;Il birraio di Preston&lt;/em&gt; 1995 [= Sellerio 2000]: &quot;il recinto era stipato di bummola, bummoliddri, quartare, quartareddre, cocò, giarre...&quot; (p. 178), in &lt;em&gt;Il cane di terracotta&lt;/em&gt; 1996 [= Sellerio 2001]: &quot;A destra, in corrispondenza, un bùmmolo&quot; (p. 121, cf. 15 autres occ.), in &lt;em&gt;Un mese con Montalbano&lt;/em&gt; 1998 (p. 328), in &lt;em&gt;Gli arancini di Montalbano&lt;/em&gt; 1999 (p. 194, cf. 5 altre occ., + bùmmulo: 6 occ., bùmmulu: 9 occ., + bummulìddri, p. 201), in &lt;em&gt;La mossa del cavallo&lt;/em&gt; 1999 [= BUR 2004] (p. 63, cf. 7 altre occ.), in &lt;em&gt;La gita a Tindari&lt;/em&gt; 2000 (p. 212, cf. 1 altra occ.), in &lt;em&gt;Il re di Girgenti&lt;/em&gt; 2001 (p. 123, cf. 13 altre occ.), in &lt;em&gt;La presa di Macallè&lt;/em&gt; 2003 (p. 26, cf. 1 altra occ.), in &lt;em&gt;La prima indagine di Montalbano&lt;/em&gt; 2004 (p. 40), in &lt;em&gt;La pensione Eva&lt;/em&gt; 2006 (p. 177); RUSSO in &lt;em&gt;Nato in Sicilia&lt;/em&gt; 1992 (p. 243, cf. bombola, p. 107); GRASSO in &lt;em&gt;Nebbie di ddraunàra&lt;/em&gt; 1993 (p. 54), in &lt;em&gt;L'albero di Giuda&lt;/em&gt; 1997 (p. 234); CONSOLO in (&lt;em&gt;Di qua dal faro&lt;/em&gt; 1999 (p. 158).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unice.fr/lirces/langues/real/dialectes/annexes/bibliographie.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;elenco delle opere letterarie&lt;/a&gt; citate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;BONAVIRI G., &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, Einaudi ed., Torino, 1954 [= Oscar Mondadori, Milano, 1996].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;BONAVIRI G., &lt;em&gt;Il fiume di pietra&lt;/em&gt;, Einaudi ed., Torino, 1964 [= Oscar Mondadori 1997].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;BONAVIRI G., &lt;em&gt;Notti sull'altura&lt;/em&gt;, Rizzoli ed., Milano, 1971 [= Oscar Mondadori 1992].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;BONAVIRI G., &lt;em&gt;L'incominciamento&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio editore, La memoria, Palermo, 1983.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;BONAVIRI G., &lt;em&gt;Fiabe siciliane&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Oscar narrativa, Milano, 1990.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;BONAVIRI G., &lt;em&gt;Il vicolo blu&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio editore, La memoria, Palermo, 2003.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;Un filo di fumo&lt;/em&gt;, Garzanti ed., Milano, 1980 [= Sellerio ed., La memoria, 1998].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;La stagione della caccia&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio ed., Palermo, 1992 [= Sellerio ed., La memoria, 2002].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;Il birraio di Preston&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio ed., Palermo, 1995 [= Sellerio ed. , La memoria, 2000].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;Il cane di terracotta&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio edotire, Palermo, 1996 [=Sellerio ed., La memoria, 2001].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;Un mese con Montalbano&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano, 1998.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;Gli arancini di Montalbano&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano, 1999.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;La mossa del cavallo&lt;/em&gt;, RCS Libri, Milano, 1999 [= BUR Scrittori contemporanei 2004, 5a ed.].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;La gita a Tindari&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio editore, Palermo, 2000.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;Il re di Girgenti&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio editore, Palermo, 2001.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;La presa di Macallè&lt;/em&gt;, Sellerio editore, Palermo, 2003.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;La prima indagine di Montalbano&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano, 2004.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CAMILLERI A., &lt;em&gt;La pensione Eva&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano 2006.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CONSOLO V., &lt;em&gt;La ferita dell'aprile&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano, 1963 [= Einaudi, Torino, 1977].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CONSOLO V., &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, Einaudi ed., Torino, 1976 [= Einaudi 1992].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CONSOLO V., &lt;em&gt;Le pietre di Pantalica&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano, 1988.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CONSOLO V., &lt;em&gt;L'olivo e l'olivastro&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano, 1994.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;CONSOLO V., &lt;em&gt;Di qua dal faro&lt;/em&gt;, Mondadori ed., Milano, 1999.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;GRASSO S., &lt;em&gt;Nebbie di ddraunàra&lt;/em&gt;, La Tartaruga edizioni, Milano, 1993. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;GRASSO S., &lt;em&gt;L'albero di Giuda&lt;/em&gt;, Einaudi ed., Torino, 1997. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;SANTIAPICHI S., &lt;em&gt;Romanzo di un paese&lt;/em&gt;, Rizzoli ed., Milano, 1995.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;STRATI S., &lt;em&gt;La Teda&lt;/em&gt;, A. Mondadori ed., Milano, 1957.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;STRATI S., &lt;em&gt;Tibi e Tascia&lt;/em&gt;, A. Mondadori ed., Milano, 1959 [= Oscar Mondadori 1981].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;STRATI S., &lt;em&gt;Il nodo&lt;/em&gt;, 1965 [= Oscar Mondadori 1983].&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;STRATI S., &lt;em&gt;Il selvaggio di Santa Venere&lt;/em&gt;, A. Mondadori ed., Milano, 1977 [= Oscar Mondadori 1987]. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-25T11:06:44.217" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9478" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9479" CreationDate="2018-05-26T08:16:46.937" Score="1" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il mio letto consisteva in un divano del solito velluto rosso con basi d'appoggio lucide, in cui si specchiava tutto ciò che pensavo. Il solo mobile era un tavolino nero senza un grano di polvere, con un vaso esile che non &lt;strong&gt;si svasava&lt;/strong&gt; come tutti i vasi, in alto. Nel vaso non c'era niente, nemmeno un fiore rosso. Qualche libro nasceva sul tavolo quando lo desideravo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di fantasticherie dell'io narrante sulla stanza da letto che avrebbe voluto avere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il verbo &quot;svasare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, non riesco a capire il suo significato nel brano precedente. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-26T08:29:50.070" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;svasarsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9479" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9478" CreationDate="2018-05-26T08:29:50.070" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare il significato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svasatura/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;svasatura&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d. Nelle lavorazioni, in genere, leggera conicità che si conferisce a&#xA;un pezzo, metallico o di altro materiale, per facilitarne l’estrazione&#xA;dalla sede (avente anch’essa una corrispondente svasatura) o per&#xA;agevolarne il forzamento in essa. Anche, l’angolo di apertura delle&#xA;teste o delle punte dei chiodi fresati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso del vaso la svasatura è l'apertura a forma conica del collo che facilita l'inserimento dei fiori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In figura un esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EPjqG.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EPjqG.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te citato il vaso descritto sembra avere un collo esile come una bottiglia, a differenza dei normali vasi per fiori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-26T08:29:50.070" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9480" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-26T17:20:02.883" Score="0" ViewCount="35" Body="&lt;p&gt;Perché si usa dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;(La mia)&lt;/em&gt; Mamma ha venduto l'auto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Il mio)&lt;/em&gt; Papà è andato dal barbiere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre, per riferirsi ad altri soggetti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La mia amica ha venduto l'auto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il mio amico è andato dal barbiere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo, in versione con gli articoli, mi suona strano, come se si volesse enfatizzare intensamente il ruolo e/o la possessione; eppure, come per il secondo, sono entrambi sostantivi. A mio intuito, è come se taluni rappresentassero una sorta di nome proprio: invero diciamo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Paolo è andato dal barbiere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è dunque un qualche motivo? Mi viene il dubbio se è persino corretto formalmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-26T20:11:48.370" LastActivityDate="2018-05-26T20:11:48.370" Title="Perché si omette l'articolo per alcuni sostantivi?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2018-05-26T17:23:38.153" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9481" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-27T08:36:38.577" Score="3" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; Quando mi svegliavo, pioveva smisuratamente e accanto a me, circonfusa da alati &lt;strong&gt;Sorrisetti d'oro&lt;/strong&gt;, c'era Madonna Piumino, la più bella creatura d'allora, con la parrucca bianca. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di nuovo di fantasticherie dell'io narrante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è su questi &quot;Sorrisetti d'oro&quot; che appaiono in questa frase. Ho cercato questa espressione su Internet,  ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-27T08:36:38.577" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;Sorrisetti d'oro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9482" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-28T00:53:33.600" Score="4" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wonder how the impersonal third-person subject affects the meaning of &quot;non mi riesce di farlo&quot;, as opposed to saying &quot;non riesco a farlo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-06-07T14:38:54.543" Title="Nuances between &quot;non riesco a farlo&quot; and &quot;non mi riesce di farlo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9483" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9484" CreationDate="2018-05-28T07:55:42.790" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mia sorella Pina è molto più grande di me. Io piccolino, lei amava cucirmi i vestiti e scrivere il mio nome, quando metteva la chioccia, su un uovo, per farmi nascere un bel pulcino. La ricordo sorridente accanto al &lt;strong&gt;cofano della cova&lt;/strong&gt; coperto dal crivello da cui usciva qualche filo di paglia e il sospiro della gallina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;cofano&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non capisco cos'è questo &quot;cofano della cova&quot; di cui parla il testo. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-28T08:19:30.240" LastActivityDate="2018-05-28T12:04:55.407" Title="Cos'è il &quot;cofano della cova&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9483" CreationDate="2018-05-28T08:24:13.380" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cofano della cova&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è un modo per descrivere il luogo del pollaio dove la chioccia (cioè la gallina che cova e alleva pulcini) può appunto covare le uova in attesa della loro schiusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cofano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Còfano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; qui ha il significato latino di &lt;em&gt;cophĭnus&lt;/em&gt; «cesta»:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ant. o region. Paniere, cesto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esso è descritto come coperto dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/crivello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;crivello&lt;/a&gt; (cioè una sorta di vaglio, griglia) posto a protezione e costituiva una sorta di antenato contadino delle attuali incubatrici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-28T12:04:55.407" LastActivityDate="2018-05-28T12:04:55.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9473" CreationDate="2018-05-28T14:56:42.433" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are so many films to see my friend in order to brush up your conversational skills. Here are some films I recommend:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Senza nessuna pietà (2014)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'uomo che ama (2016)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mine Vaganti (bello)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Terra Ferma&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Io sono l'amore (elegante)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fuocoammare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'estate addosso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Benvenuti al Sud (commedia)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Benvenuti al Nord (commedia)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'industriale (mi piace molto)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La tenerezza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gianni e le donne&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Benvenuto Presidente!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il comformista&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Palio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also use the website www.italiano-online.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4615" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-28T18:28:58.747" LastActivityDate="2018-05-28T18:28:58.747" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9486" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7197" CreationDate="2018-05-28T15:08:10.220" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I live in Thessaloniki, Greece, and I studied Italian language in many schools in order to obtain my first degree. My last school was Galileo Galilei (you can find it in  Facebook), a well organised school with good teachers. My sincere opinion is to be prepared for CILS (A2) or CILS (B1) or, if you feel in good level, for CILS (B2) because CILS is from the University of Siena, it is easier than CELI, PLIDA or DIPLOMA  (held by the Italian Institute). Last year I took exams for CILS (B2) and I took it with a good grade. As they told us CELI is quite complicated with negative grade if you make mistakes, PLIDA has many literature points to know and finally Diploma has very difficult orale in order to take the exams again and again (until 3 times you have the right to participate). Now I  continue to study the Italian language because I love it very much in private lessons and I am very pleased.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4615" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-28T19:08:49.450" LastActivityDate="2018-05-28T19:08:49.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9487" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-28T15:41:52.230" Score="1" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sei tu che&lt;/strong&gt; non hai mai voluto prendere un impegno serio con me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use the constructions &quot;it &lt;strong&gt;is&lt;/strong&gt; you who ...&quot; and &quot;c'&lt;strong&gt;est&lt;/strong&gt; toi qui ...&quot; in English and French respectively with a third-person singular &lt;em&gt;be&lt;/em&gt; verb. I wonder if in Italian the &lt;em&gt;be&lt;/em&gt; verb in this expression always corresponds to the &lt;em&gt;who&lt;/em&gt; in question? Is it incorrect to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;È tu che&lt;/strong&gt; non hai mai voluto prendere un impegno serio con me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T11:50:51.633" Title="To express the idea of &quot;it is you who ...&quot;, do you say in Italian &quot;Sei tu che ...&quot; instead of &quot;È tu che ...&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9473" CreationDate="2018-05-28T18:39:52.433" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;This might be a silly idea, but if you want to watch a movie in Italian similar to &lt;em&gt;Planes, Trains and Automobiles&lt;/em&gt;, why don't you watch the &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Un_biglietto_in_due&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian dubbed version&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most movies have an Italian dub, because in Italy it is very uncommon to watch subtitled movies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-05-28T19:20:32.537" LastActivityDate="2018-05-28T19:20:32.537" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9489" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9491" CreationDate="2018-05-29T08:02:14.300" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Mio padre alzando la voce.&lt;/em&gt; Io non do mia figlia a un affamato. &lt;strong&gt;La pignatta con due legni verdi non bolle&lt;/strong&gt;. Vattene piuttosto in America. Il Signore potrà aiutarti e potrai farti una casa laggiù.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sulla frase &quot;la pignatta con due legni verdi non bolle&quot; che appare in questo testo. Non ho trovato nessun riferimento su Internet. Si tratta di qualche proverbio? Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-30T18:52:34.807" Title="Significato di &quot;la pignatta con due legni verdi non bolle&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9487" CreationDate="2018-05-29T08:05:37.053" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, *&lt;em&gt;È tu che non hai...&lt;/em&gt; is incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Each language has its own quirks, so do not try to find too precise parallels between two of them. Even two Romance languages, such as Italian and French, may differ in subtle ways, as in this case or, say, in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si vedono le cose&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;versus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;On voit les choses&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(where Italian requires a plural verb, agreeing with the plural &lt;em&gt;cose&lt;/em&gt;, while French uses a singular one). And many more cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Back to our sentence: decomposing it, you have a verb (&lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt;) agreeing with it subject (&lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;), all followed by a relative clause introduced by &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, whose verb agrees with its own subject (&lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;) and so in the second person, since &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; refers to &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The case of &lt;em&gt;Sei tu quello che...&lt;/em&gt; is different. It is a correct beginning for an Italian phrase, but has a different syntactical structure. The subject is again &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; and the verb is again &lt;em&gt;sei&lt;/em&gt;, but now they are followed by a predicate noun, or phrase. Simplify it by considering sentences like &lt;em&gt;Sei tu il vincitore&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Sei tu il mio migliore amico&lt;/em&gt;: those are simply emphatic ways to say &lt;em&gt;Tu sei il vincitore&lt;/em&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, in your example, the predicative part is a whole phrase: &lt;em&gt;quello che non ha mai voluto...&lt;/em&gt; Notice that the verb is in the third person here, since it agrees with the pronoun &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; (or, more precisely, it agrees with the pronoun &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; that refers to &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt;). You could also say &lt;em&gt;Sei tu la persona che non ha...&lt;/em&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, you might change the order of the words: &lt;em&gt;Tu sei quello che non ha mai...&lt;/em&gt;: it would be a grammatical sentence. However, since you are apparently rebuking someone, the emphasis given by putting &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; after the verb, and so stressing it (probably implying “it was not me, not anyone else, but you”), is quite appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, &lt;em&gt;Tu sei che non hai mai voluto...&lt;/em&gt; sounds quite unusual, hardly intelligible, and won't be found except, perhaps, as a poetic licence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T08:05:37.053" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9489" CreationDate="2018-05-29T08:43:42.087" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La pignatta è una pentola, che non si può fare bollire se si usano legni verdi per il fuoco che non si accendono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Liguria con significato simile un &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pensieriparole.it/proverbi/liguria/proverbio-79372&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;proverbio&lt;/a&gt; dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A bellessa a nö fa boggî a pûgnatta (o pignatta) &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ovvero &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La bellezza non fa&#xA;bollir la pentola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bisogna avere altre qualità oltre alla bellezza per sbarcare il lunario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con significato simile ho trovato altri due &lt;a href=&quot;http://luirig.altervista.org/proverbi-ricerca/index.php?lemma=pentola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;proverbi&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il caldo dei lenzuoli non fa bollir la pentola.&lt;br&gt; L'amore non fa&#xA;bollire la pentola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato nel testo da te citato è che un padre non affida la figlia ad un uomo che non può mantenerla adeguatamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-30T18:52:34.807" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7197" CreationDate="2018-05-29T12:09:56.220" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was in the same situation as Muhammad some months ago, so I asked several people and they advised me to do the CILS because, according to them, it's the most widely recognised one, especially if you consider studying/working at an Italian university at some point in the future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I trust the people that told me this (as a matter of fact, I did what they recommended), but they might be wrong, so take my advice carefully!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition, the availability of the exams in your area is obviously a plus. If you have CILS exams in your city (as I do), it'll be way easier to prepare yourself and taking the exam will be much more convenient. In my case, I'd have to travel 500 km or more to do the other ones!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4621" LastEditorUserId="4621" LastEditDate="2018-05-29T13:30:13.723" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T13:30:13.723" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9493" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-29T20:26:22.773" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pagare &lt;strong&gt;una macchina&lt;/strong&gt; 30 mila euro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considering that &quot;30 mila euro&quot; is a direct object, I'm assuming that  &quot;una macchina&quot; can only be an indirect object. The thing is that in French etc, an indirect object (except for personal pronouns) is usually preceded by a preposition. Which is the source of my confusion here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="3287" LastEditDate="2018-05-29T21:09:32.247" LastActivityDate="2018-05-30T06:18:04.900" Title="Is &quot;una macchina&quot; an indirect object in &quot;pagare una macchina 30 mila euro&quot;? If so, why no prepositions?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9493" CreationDate="2018-05-29T20:59:30.880" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, actually una macchina in your phrase is the direct object, since it answers the question What (che cosa?). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case 30 mila euro is a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/prezzo-o-stima-complemento-di_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;complemento di prezzo&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-30T06:18:04.900" LastActivityDate="2018-05-30T06:18:04.900" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9493" CreationDate="2018-05-29T21:04:21.980" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is an interesting question. A traditional answer would be that &lt;em&gt;una macchina&lt;/em&gt; is the direct object (&lt;em&gt;complemento oggetto&lt;/em&gt;) and &lt;em&gt;trentamila euro&lt;/em&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;complemento di prezzo o stima&lt;/em&gt;, which, as you can see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/prezzo-o-stima-complemento-di_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, “quando dipende da verbi come pagare, costare, sborsare, ... si trova in forma diretta e si esprime senza preposizione” (when it depends on such verbs as &lt;em&gt;pagare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;costare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sborsare&lt;/em&gt; appears in a direct form and is expressed with no preposition). So, &lt;em&gt;trentamila euro&lt;/em&gt; is direct, but it is not the object of the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, the very notion of &lt;em&gt;complementi&lt;/em&gt; is quite controversial. There are more modern approaches to grammar (of which I am no expert) in which each verb admits zero or more arguments; in this viewpoint, the verb &lt;em&gt;pagare&lt;/em&gt; admits 1 to 3 arguments (one argument is the subject, and it may be the only one, as in “Andiamo, [io] ho pagato”; or a second one may appear: “[Io] Pago un caffè”; or a third too: “Gianni ha pagato questa macchina trentamila euro”). If your Italian is up to it, you can read about some alternative approaches in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/complementi_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the article about “Complementi” in the Treccani &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, as well as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/argomenti_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the article about “Argomenti”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-05-29T21:17:49.543" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T21:17:49.543" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9496" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-29T21:20:43.773" Score="5" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt; pagheremo per lavorare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{vs}: &lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt; pagheremo un salario per lavorare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;== pay you (a salary)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've just heard that the personal pronoun &amp;quot;ti&amp;quot; actually serves different grammatical functions in these two similar sentences, though they both seem like an indirect object with the meaning of &amp;quot;to you&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T21:33:28.010" Title="How do the grammatical functions of &quot;ti&quot; differ in: &quot;ti pagheremo&quot; vs &quot;ti pagheremo un salario&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9496" CreationDate="2018-05-29T21:29:16.337" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the first sentence, &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt; is the direct object (complemento oggetto), in the second case it is an indirect object (complemento di termine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the pronoun after the verb the two sentences would become&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pagheremo &lt;strong&gt;te&lt;/strong&gt; per lavorare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pagheremo un salario &lt;strong&gt;a te&lt;/strong&gt; per lavorare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the pronoun is in front of the verb it takes the form &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt; in both cases. The same opposition is in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti amo (amo te)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti voglio bene (voglio bene a te)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T21:29:16.337" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9496" CreationDate="2018-05-29T21:33:28.010" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;pagare&lt;/em&gt; has the curious, but by no means unique, feature that it can be construed in more than one way: it may admit &lt;em&gt;as a direct object&lt;/em&gt; any of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the person being paid: &lt;em&gt;Ho pagato Gigi per portarmi a spasso il cane&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the amount of money being paid: &lt;em&gt;Ho pagato un sacco di soldi per potermene stare in santa pace&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the object being paid for: &lt;em&gt;Ho pagato questa macchina trentamila euro&lt;/em&gt; (see &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9493/is-una-macchina-an-indirect-object-in-pagare-una-macchina-30-mila-euro-if-s&quot;&gt;another question&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I believe that the two first constructions hold for English too, but this is beside the point.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the first of the sentences in the question, &lt;em&gt;Ti pagheremo per lavorare&lt;/em&gt; may be, a bit awkwardly, rephrased &lt;em&gt;Pagheremo te per lavorare&lt;/em&gt; (as in the Gigi example), and “ti” (or “Gigi”) is the direct object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence &lt;em&gt;Ti pagheremo un salario per lavorare&lt;/em&gt;, on the other hand, can be rephrased as &lt;em&gt;Pagheremo a te un salario per lavorare&lt;/em&gt;, so the direct object is “un salario” here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The misleading detail is that the pronoun &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt; is, “accidentally”, both the dative and the accusative form of &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;. It all would be different in the third person, or with a noun:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo pagheremo per lavorare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;versus&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Gli pagheremo un salario per lavorare&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pagheremo Gigi per lavorare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;versus&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Pagheremo un salario a Gigi per lavorare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T21:33:28.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9493" CreationDate="2018-05-29T21:55:54.517" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, it’s the direct object. If it were the indirect object, it would be preceded by the preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastActivityDate="2018-05-29T21:55:54.517" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9500" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9501" CreationDate="2018-05-30T08:08:06.243" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Turi lo sciancato&lt;/em&gt;. Vi dico che la strada è giusta. Se in passato don Napoleone è stato un po' disordinato, ora &lt;strong&gt;ha&lt;/strong&gt; quarantanove anni e molte &lt;strong&gt;pietre al sole&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;avere pietre al sole&quot; che appare in questo testo. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;pietra&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-05-30T08:43:33.203" LastActivityDate="2018-05-30T08:44:58.940" Title="Significato di &quot;avere pietre al sole&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9501" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9500" CreationDate="2018-05-30T08:24:34.733" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in un sito che parla di &lt;a href=&quot;http://ilbolognese.blogspot.com/2009/07/sassi.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lingua, dialetto e costumi Bolognesi&lt;/a&gt; un articolo riguardante le differenze dialettali tra italiano e bolognese quando si parla di sassi, macigni, pietre, mattoni etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;madàn&lt;/strong&gt;, infine, non è affatto il “mattone”, ma la “zolla”, parola che in&#xA;  dialetto non esiste, anche se abbiamo Zola Predosa, ma è probabile che&#xA;  questo nome derivi dalla lingua o che un tempo esistesse “zóla” anche&#xA;  in dialetto o che abbia altra origine! È parola maschile e si usa&#xA;  soprattutto al plurale: madón, dove dà origine ad altri modi di dire,&#xA;  come “avàir i madón al sàul” (essere proprietari terrieri, mentre &lt;strong&gt;in&#xA;  italiano “avere mattoni o pietre al sole” significa essere proprietari&#xA;  di case!&lt;/strong&gt;), “ràmper i madón” (spaccare le zolle, come fa il contadino).&#xA;  Una discreta confusone, nella quale tuttavia noi bolognesi ci sappiamo&#xA;  destreggiare abbastanza bene, ma è certo che ogni volta che qualcuno,&#xA;  parlando italiano, dice “pietra” nell’invisibile fumetto che c’è sulla&#xA;  nostra testa appare… un mattone!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio da te citato si vuole indicare che se anche in passato Don Napoleone era stato un po' disordinato ora è maturo e gode di una situazione economica piuttosto agiata, essendo proprietario di case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-05-30T08:44:58.940" LastActivityDate="2018-05-30T08:44:58.940" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9502" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-31T03:26:01.583" Score="2" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;proprio &lt;strong&gt;sotto al&lt;/strong&gt; mio naso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{vs}:  &lt;strong&gt;sotto&lt;/strong&gt; un albero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder why you need to use the two consecutive prepositions, &amp;quot;sotto&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, in the first example, even though its meaning does not seem any different from that in the second example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When is the combination of &amp;quot;sotto&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; required?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-01T08:32:48.017" Title="Why need the preposition &quot;a&quot; in &quot;proprio sotto al mio naso&quot;, as opposed to &quot;sotto un albero&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9503" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-05-31T08:22:07.173" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La strada era lunga e io avevo voglia di piangere e ritornare a casa, ma le lavandaie camminando dritte coi fardelli sulle teste polverose, mi gridavano: «Spicciati, &lt;strong&gt;basilisca&lt;/strong&gt;! Non dormire, altrimenti faremo tardi».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;basilisca&quot; in questo brano? Nessuna delle accezioni di &quot;basilisco&quot; che ho trovato nei dizionari fa riferimento a un modo di chiamare una persona, eccetto quella di &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/basilisco1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;abitante, nativo della Basilicata&lt;/a&gt;&quot;, ma in questo caso si tratta di una ragazza siciliana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-05-31T08:22:07.173" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;basilisco&quot; usato per chiamare una persona?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9504" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-01T08:07:09.393" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; In quei giorni c'era poco da fare a Mineo e io aspettavo la festa di Sant’Agrippina e ne parlavo spesso con Angelina nel fresco della mia stalla dove volavano grosse mosche cavalline che si attaccavano alle vesti. La festa arrivava col torronaio di Vizzini che alzava la sua baracca nel centro della piazza e disponeva sul tavolo le &lt;strong&gt;pipette&lt;/strong&gt; rosse &lt;strong&gt;di zucchero&lt;/strong&gt;, il torrone di ceci e i semi di cocomero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è su queste &quot;pipette di zucchero&quot; che appaiono in questo testo.&#xA;Immagino si trattasse di qualche dolce per bambini. Ho visto questa espressione in alcuni siti web, ma non sono riuscita a trovare cosa fosse. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-01T08:07:09.393" Title="Cos'era una &quot;pipetta di zucchero&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9502" CreationDate="2018-06-01T08:32:48.017" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As explained in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sotto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, the preposition &lt;em&gt;sotto&lt;/em&gt; (actually an adverb that can be used as preposition) can be followed by&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nothing,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;before the main term. There is no difference in meaning. However, &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; is mostly used if the main term is a personal pronoun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;sotto di me&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sotto di loro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and rarely used in other cases. The choice between nothing and &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; has no real rule when the use is not figurative. Thus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;sotto il moggio&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sotto al moggio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;me l'hanno fatta proprio sotto il naso&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  me l'hanno fatta proprio sotto al naso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;are essentially equivalent.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; When the usage is figurative, nothing seems compulsory:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;sotto l’alto patronato del presidente della Repubblica&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  combatterono sotto Cesare&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  patì sotto Ponzio Pilato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these cases, &lt;em&gt;sotto a&lt;/em&gt; would not be used. The description in the dictionary&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;. Con funzione prepositiva, sono frequenti le locuzioni &lt;em&gt;sotto di&lt;/em&gt;, usata specialmente con i pronomi personali tonici (&lt;em&gt;sotto di me&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sotto di voi&lt;/em&gt;), e &lt;em&gt;sotto a&lt;/em&gt;, che, meno comunemente con la forma tonica dei pronomi personali (&lt;em&gt;sotto a te&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sotto a loro&lt;/em&gt;), è invece frequente con sostantivi (&lt;em&gt;sotto al letto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sotto al pavimento&lt;/em&gt;, che si alternano con &lt;em&gt;sotto il letto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sotto il pavimento&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is quite clear. If you look at the examples following the description, you actually never find &lt;em&gt;sotto a&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus you are always right if you omit &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, except in the case of a personal pronoun following &lt;em&gt;sotto&lt;/em&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; should be preferred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; The possessive in &lt;em&gt;proprio sotto al mio naso&lt;/em&gt; seems an Anglicism; in Italian the possessive is much less used than in English and in this case it is inappropriate.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-06-01T08:32:48.017" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9457" CreationDate="2018-06-01T13:14:29.883" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are indeed such Wiktionary pages, though they are not exhaustive and do not contain much further information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Category:Italian_male_given_names&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktionary: Italian male given names&lt;/a&gt; (830)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Category:Italian_diminutives_of_male_given_names&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktionary: Italian diminutives of male given names&lt;/a&gt; (29)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Category:Italian_female_given_names&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktionary: Italian female given names&lt;/a&gt; (285)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Category:Italian_diminutives_of_female_given_names&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktionary: Italian diminutives of female given names&lt;/a&gt; (6)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The English Wikipedia pages for most given names contain a section called 'In other languages' which often lists the Italian cognate form if it exists:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_(given_name)#In_other_languages&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia: John (given name) - In other languages&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastActivityDate="2018-06-01T13:14:29.883" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9507" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-01T20:31:56.043" Score="2" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;gettarsi a capofitto &lt;strong&gt;sul&lt;/strong&gt; lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{or}: gettarsi a capofitto &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The equivalent French expression &amp;quot;se plonger &lt;strong&gt;dans&lt;/strong&gt;  son travail&amp;quot; invariably employs the preposition &amp;quot;dans&amp;quot; corresponding to &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; in Italian. The same goes for &amp;quot;throw yourself &lt;strong&gt;into&lt;/strong&gt; work&amp;quot; in English; you never say &amp;quot;throw yourself onto work&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few bilingual dictionaries that I have consulted have it as &amp;quot;gettarsi a capofitto in ...&amp;quot;. The thing is that I came across &amp;quot;gettarsi a capofitto sul lavoro&amp;quot; in an email message professionally translated from English -- and written in a colloquial tone. As such, I figured it was unlikely that a grammatical error like this would slip in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T09:17:27.413" Title="Which preposition to use in &quot;gettarsi a capofitto sul/nel lavoro&quot; to say &quot;throw yourself into work&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9508" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-01T22:47:12.427" Score="2" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito mi alzo alle sette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono solito alzarmi alle sette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm assuming their meanings amount to virtually the same, but I wonder if they carry any nuance?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-02T08:01:24.297" Title="Nuances between &quot;Di solito mi alzo alle sette&quot; and &quot;Sono solito alzarmi alle sette&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9508" CreationDate="2018-06-02T05:09:37.793" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambe espressioni idiomatiche il cui significato è lo stesso, e generalmente  esprime un’azione o un fatto che avvengono con regolarità e/o consuetudine. Direi che  “di solito” ha un uso più colloquiale di “essere solito”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/solito.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Solito:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella loc. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Essere solito, solere&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (seguito da un verbo all'infinito presente preceduto o no dalla prep. di): &lt;em&gt;è solito alzarsi presto la mattina; sono solito leggere il giornale dopo pranzo; erano soliti di fare una partita a carte.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Di solito, per solito, per il solito&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, solitamente, secondo la consuetudine, abitualmente, generalmente: &lt;em&gt;di solito a quest'ora è sempre in casa; in questo paese, per solito, non piove mai.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-02T08:01:24.297" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9510" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-02T09:00:40.740" Score="1" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Vidi spuntare sorridente mia madre dalla nostra scala annerita e vecchia e avvicinarsi a me con lo scialle di seta che faceva morbide le mani solo a toccarlo e con la veste d'un grigio ulivo che luceva di merletti purissimi e di &lt;strong&gt;coralli&lt;/strong&gt; nerastri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una ragazza contadina che riceve dalle mani di sua madre la prima veste lunga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono questi &quot;coralli&quot; menzionati in questo passaggio? Nessuna delle accezioni di &quot;corallo&quot; che ho trovato nei dizionari mi sembra adatta al contesto del testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-02T09:00:40.740" Title="Cosa sono questi &quot;coralli&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9511" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-03T00:48:49.153" Score="2" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non te &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; prendere con me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q1) Given the meaning of the phrase, &quot;take it out on&quot;, I wonder if &quot;la&quot; stands for &quot;la rivincita&quot; in &quot;prendersi la rivincita&quot;. I'm assuming this is an equivalent of the French expression &quot;s'&lt;strong&gt;en&lt;/strong&gt; prendre à&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Q2) In French, &quot;s'en prendre à&quot; can refer to either &lt;strong&gt;verbally&lt;/strong&gt; taking it/your frustration out on someone or attacking/harming them &lt;strong&gt;physically&lt;/strong&gt;. In Italian, is this expression confined to verbal abuse, or can it extend to physical violence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T05:47:43.237" Title="What does &quot;la&quot; refer to in the expression &quot;Non te la prendere con me&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9512" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-03T04:09:33.003" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se hai bisogno di qualcosa, &lt;strong&gt;mi fai un fischio&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This expression literally means &quot;give me a whistle&quot;, but I wonder if its figurative meaning extends to &quot;give me &lt;strong&gt;a holler / a shout&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; or &quot;give me &lt;strong&gt;a call&lt;/strong&gt; (on the phone)&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T08:50:03.470" Title="The figurative expression &quot;fare un fischio a qualcuno&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9512" CreationDate="2018-06-03T05:29:05.727" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, questa espressione viene usata comunemente per indicare genericamente e indifferentemente tutti i modi di contattare qualcuno (incluso via telefono).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come dice il De Mauro, l'espressione puo essere intesa sia in senso letterale che figurativo. Direi che viene più comunemente usata in senso figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fare-un-fischio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fare un fischio&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fischiare per richiamare l’attenzione di qcn. | &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;con riferimento al valore simbolico del gesto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, avvertire, avvisare: &lt;em&gt;quando hai finito fai un fischio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, this expression is often used to indicate generically and indifferently all the ways of contacting someone (telephone included).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As described in the De Mauro dictionary, the expression can be understood both literally and figuratively. I'd say the figurative usage is more common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fare-un-fischio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fare un fischio&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;to whistle to attract the attention of someone. | &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;with reference to the symbolic value of the act&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, warn, give notice: &lt;em&gt;quando hai finito fai un fischio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-06-04T08:50:03.470" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T08:50:03.470" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9514" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9511" CreationDate="2018-06-03T05:47:43.237" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/prendersela&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Prendersela&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (con qualcuno e/o per qualcosa) è un’espressione idiomatica che significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;offendersi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, mostrarsi offeso per qcs.: &lt;em&gt;non prendertela per così poco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;avere un atteggiamento d’ira o risentimento, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;arrabbiarsi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;te la prendi sempre con lui&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(De Mauro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come dice &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prendere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; la particella pronominale LA puo far riferimento a vari contesti, in questo caso si riferisce alla situazione che può generare arrabbiature o risentimenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Con il pronome la indeterminato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prenderla in mala parte&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, non com., considerare come ostili o offensivi atti e detti di altra persona (e al contr., prenderla in buona parte); &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prenderla bene o male&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, reagire bene o male a un fatto (e analogam., non so come la prenderà, quali saranno le sue reazioni); &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prendersela calda&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, accalorarsi, accendersi in qualche cosa, parteciparvi con eccessivo calore; assol., &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prendersela, aversene a male, dispiacersi di qualche cosa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (non te la prendere, non t’inquietare o addolorare), o anche far pesare ad altri, scaricare su altri il proprio risentimento: se non sei riuscito non puoi prendertela con me; cerca sempre qualcuno con cui prendersela; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;meno com. in questo senso il semplice prenderla&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;con sua signoria illustrissima non la può prendere, che è un pezzo molto più grosso di lui (Manzoni)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T05:47:43.237" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9515" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9516" CreationDate="2018-06-03T06:50:04.607" Score="6" ViewCount="310" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sin da quando ero piccolo ho sempre sentito usare nella mia zona d'origine (Veneto, nel Trevigiano verso Venezia) la parola &lt;em&gt;Franco&lt;/em&gt; come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;Lira&lt;/em&gt; e poi di &lt;em&gt;Euro&lt;/em&gt;. Ad esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli ha fatto pagare duemila franchi per la mela&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non vale neanche due franchi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In onestà le frasi sono di solito pronunciate in un ibrido di italiano e veneto, ma l'uso è sufficientemente comune da essere passato nella lingua italiana).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi anche, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/franco3/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;franco&lt;/strong&gt; [...] Nel linguaggio fam., o region. è stato usato anche come sinon. di &lt;em&gt;lira&lt;/em&gt; (italiana), o soldi in generale: &lt;em&gt;il libro mi è costato pochi franchi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quello che riesco a capire, il franco è stato usato in zona solo durante la breve occupazione napoleonica, duecento anni fa, e non capisco come possa aver lasciato un'impressione talmente forte nell'uso collettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Qual è il motivo storico che ha portato a quest'uso della parola &lt;em&gt;franco&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T09:15:19.770" Title="Da dove deriva l'uso di franco come moneta generica?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9515" CreationDate="2018-06-03T07:11:04.310" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo articolo da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schei&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; deriva più dalla dominazione austriaca che da quella francese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola franco, è stata usata per indicare una somma di denaro, associata più alle vecchie lire che all'euro, ma ancora in uso. Per cui trenta franchi erano trenta lire; 'na carta da mìłe (franchi) era una banconota da mille lire, ma rimane che averghe un franco significa ancora oggi &amp;quot;avere dei soldi&amp;quot;. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il termine deriva da un'altra moneta austriaca, che riportava l'abbreviazione Franc., indicante il nome dell'imperatore Francesco Giuseppe.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/f4u3H.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/f4u3H.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ducato_(moneta)&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Francesco Giuseppe: 4 ducati&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;Österreich - Dukat (vierfach), 1915 (Nachprägung).JPG&#xA;Al dritto: FRANC.IOS.I. D.G. AVSTRIAE IMPERATOR&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AV 1915&#xA;È identica a quelle emesse a Venezia dal 1864 al 1865&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regno_Lombardo-Veneto://&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Note storiche&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Proseguendo nella strada già tracciata sotto il dominio francese, dal 1822 il Lombardo-Veneto conobbe una radicale trasformazione anche in cambio monetario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fu Francesco Giuseppe ad apportare le prime variazioni nel sistema monetario Lombardo-Veneto: egli infatti eliminò il 1/4 di lira austriaca, sostituendolo con una moneta in rame da 15 centesimi, aggiungendone anche una da 10 centesimi. Successivamente alla Seconda guerra d'indipendenza, nel Veneto entrò in vigore come moneta spicciola il soldo e i 5/10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il governo austriaco, inoltre, abolì definitivamente tutta una serie di zecche minori che già si trovavano poco attive sul finire del Settecento e sotto l'amministrazione di Maria Teresa e Giuseppe II, mantenendo attive unicamente le zecche di Milano e Venezia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parallelamente a questa circolazione di monete, erano usate come monete di libero scambio anche quelle dell'Impero Austriaco (austriaca e ungherese)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, che seguivano una tipologia di monetazione differente: il calibro in questi casi era costituito dal peso effettivo del metallo della moneta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T08:35:54.697" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9507" CreationDate="2018-06-03T09:17:27.413" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capofitto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/capofitto.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti dictionary&lt;/a&gt; one says &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;gettarsi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;buttarsi a capofitto in qualcosa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. So in this case, it would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gettarsi / buttarsi a capofitto &lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt; lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Preposition &quot;su&quot; used with verb &quot;gettarsi&quot; has the nuance of &quot;above something&quot;. So, for instance, one may say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gettarsi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sul&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; letto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;with the meaning of &quot;on the bed&quot;, or, in a figurative way, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gettarsi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sul&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nemico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T09:17:27.413" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3940" CreationDate="2018-06-03T11:21:14.663" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Standard Italian they are indeed pronounced distinctly, but the distribution of open and closed vowels in Italian can vary greatly depending on the dialect (due to the influence of regional languages). Here are some examples of regions in which the different pronunciations of &lt;em&gt;pèsca&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;pésca&lt;/em&gt; can be found:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt; &lt;em&gt;pèsca&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;a href=&quot;https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/f/fc/It-pesca_%28frutto%29.ogg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;/ˈpɛska/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ≠  &lt;a href=&quot;https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/45/It-pesca_%28sport%29.ogg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;/ˈpeska/&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/a&gt; = &lt;em&gt;pésca&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Central Italy&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tuscany&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rome&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt; &lt;em&gt;pèsca&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;code&gt;[ˈpɛska]&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;em&gt;pésca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lombardia (e.g. Milan)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A few Southern Italian varieties: &#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[Northern] Sicily (e.g. Palermo)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Calabria&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Salento&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sardinia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;  &lt;em&gt;pèsca&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;code&gt;[ˈpeska]&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;em&gt;pésca&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Some Northern Italian varieties: &#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Liguria (e.g. Genoa) (except the extreme Ligurian Levant)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Piedmont&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sources:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;em&gt;The Phonology of Italian&lt;/em&gt;, Martin Krämer (2009)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1464/pronounce-e-like-%C9%9B-or-e&quot;&gt;Pronounce &amp;quot;e&amp;quot; like [ɛ] or [e]?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_phonology#Vowels&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_phonology#Vowels&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt; • &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regional_Italian#Characteristics_of_regional_Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regional_Italian#Characteristics_of_regional_Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-05-14T10:14:01.103" LastActivityDate="2019-05-14T10:14:01.103" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9519" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9520" CreationDate="2018-06-03T15:27:22.563" Score="2" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Mia madre.&lt;/em&gt; Ma se c'è don Ciccio che è stato in America e, dopo aver versato ogni cosa alla posta, coi frutti &lt;strong&gt;non fa che piazza e casa&lt;/strong&gt; e sta vestito sempre come un cavallaccio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato della locuzione &quot;non fa che piazza e casa&quot; che appare in questo brano. Si tratta di un modo di dire? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;piazza&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proposito, il significato di &quot;cavallaccio&quot; viene spiegato precedentemente nel libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Di fronte al caffè c'è il Casino dei Nobili o Cavallacci come noi qui, a Mineo, li chiamiamo. È un vecchio edificio in cui non sono mai entrato, con le porte chiuse in alto da vetri gialli e rossi e una terrazza all'entrata,  protetta da un'inferriata che si consuma e si fa rossastra di ruggine. I cavallacci una volta erano baroni o ricchi feudatari, ma oggi sono gli impiegati del Municipio, qualche prete e dei contadinotti che posseggono un paio di salme di terra e hanno i figli, a Catania, agli studi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T15:46:48.417" Title="Significato di &quot;non fa che piazza e casa&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9519" CreationDate="2018-06-03T15:46:48.417" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi pare di capire che il personaggio in questione vive di rendita con gli interessi di quello che ha versato in posta; l'espressione &lt;em&gt;&quot;non fa che piazza e casa&quot;&lt;/em&gt; significa secondo me appunto che non lavora, e divide il suo tempo tra stare a casa (a non far nulla) e bighellonare in piazza (ai bar, al caffè, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-06-03T15:46:48.417" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9525" CreationDate="2018-06-04T04:08:01.683" Score="5" ViewCount="520" Body="&lt;p&gt;For preparation for my Italian grammar test tomorrow, I am going through content we've learnt, such as masculine and feminine determination rules. However, I've come up against a dilemma. I distinctly remember my teacher saying that words ending with -isi, like &lt;em&gt;crisi&lt;/em&gt;, were feminine, so &lt;em&gt;la crisi&lt;/em&gt;, and in plural form it would turn to &lt;em&gt;le crise&lt;/em&gt;. However, after searching online, I couldn't find any examples of this. So, is this a proper rule, and are there any more examples of nouns falling under this category?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4627" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-04T06:21:43.153" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T07:46:06.917" Title="Singular nouns ending with -isi (Masculine or Feminine?)" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9522" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9523" CreationDate="2018-06-04T04:21:08.690" Score="4" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avremmo dovuto provare per saperlo! &lt;strong&gt;Bastava&lt;/strong&gt; ce l'&lt;strong&gt;avesse fatta&lt;/strong&gt; uno solo di noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given the use of the past conditional &quot;avremmo dovuto&quot; in the preceding sentence, I assume that they are talking about a past (conditional) event that actually didn't take place:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;They wanted to try doing something but &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;couldn't&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; – they &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;should have&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; –  and it &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;would have been&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; enough if just one of them &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;had done&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; it / &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;succeeded&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the verb &quot;bastare&quot; is involved, do you usually use the combination of &lt;em&gt;Indicativo Imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; &quot;bastava&quot; and &lt;em&gt;Congiuntivo Imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; &quot;avesse fatta&quot; like this to convey a past conditional meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Incidentally, could it be that &quot;ce&quot; in &quot;Bastava ce&quot; is a colloquial or regional variant of &quot;che&quot; used to introduce a subordinate clause?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T07:18:11.733" Title="With the verb &quot;bastare&quot;, does the construction &quot;Bastava ce l'avesse fatta ...&quot; act like a past conditional?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9522" CreationDate="2018-06-04T04:49:50.413" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a very common colloquial form of the verb &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bastare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bastare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; used in the following meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Often used in impersonal form&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, “&lt;em&gt;basta, è sufficiente, non occorre altro, e simili”&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;per oggi credo che basti; bastava che m’avvertisse&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Special locutions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; : a) &lt;em&gt;”Basta che, purché”&lt;/em&gt;: basta che tu lo chieda, te lo dànno subito; even with the infinitive (and without &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;): basta chiedere con buone maniere, si ottiene tutto ciò che si vuole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more correct version is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avremmo dovuto provare ...sarebbe bastato che...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage of the particle “ce” is correct, since it does not substitute the conjunction “che” (here omitted) but is part of the following verbal phrase (ce l’avesse fatta, see: &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/farcela&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;farcela&lt;/a&gt;) .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Treccani/DeMauro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T07:18:11.733" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9521" CreationDate="2018-06-04T05:10:23.150" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Words in -&lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; are invariant, so the plural of &lt;em&gt;la crisi&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;le crisi&lt;/em&gt;, not *&lt;em&gt;le crise&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are more examples of this kind of noun &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/yb25ths7&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.is/Vhpf6&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;archived&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="4210" LastEditDate="2018-06-04T05:15:54.643" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T05:15:54.643" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9521" CreationDate="2018-06-04T06:19:27.730" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, the plural of &lt;strong&gt;la crisi&lt;/strong&gt; is &lt;strong&gt;le crisi&lt;/strong&gt;. Le crise doesn't exist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, some nouns and adjectives are &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;invariant&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, that is, they have the same form for singular and plural:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il re ▶ i re&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la crisi ▶ le crisi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la specie ▶ le specie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a lot of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-e-aggettivi-invariabili_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;different rules and examples&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Nouns ending with an &lt;em&gt;accented vowel&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;le tribù, le città, i maragià, i caffè&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Among these we obviously also have monosyllable nouns and adjectives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i re, le maglie blu, i tè, gli gnu&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Some masculine nouns ending with &lt;em&gt;-a&lt;/em&gt;, especially about exotic&#xA;  animals:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i lama, i gorilla, i cobra, i cacatua&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Also remind &lt;strong&gt;i boia, i paria, i sosia, i vaglia&lt;/strong&gt;, whereas &lt;strong&gt;pigiama&lt;/strong&gt; has&#xA;  both the invariant form &lt;strong&gt;i pigiama&lt;/strong&gt; and the normal form &lt;strong&gt;i pigiami&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Shortened nouns&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;le auto, le bici, le moto, i cinema&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Some feminine nouns ending with &lt;em&gt;-ie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;le barbarie, le serie, le specie, le congerie, le temperie&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Adjectives and feminine nouns ending with &lt;em&gt;-i&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;numeri pari, squadre dispari, le ipotesi, le analisi, le nevrosi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Nouns composed of two verbs or a verb and a feminine singular noun:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i saliscendi, i posacenere, i va e vieni, gli scioglilingua&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Some borrowed foreign nouns:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;gli sport, gli chalet, i würstel, i toreador&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Some adjectives indicating colors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;stoffe amaranto, pareti lilla, lampade rosa, guanti viola, sfumature indaco&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• The adjective &lt;em&gt;arrosto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;due polli arrosto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Also in the sequence &lt;em&gt;color adjective + related noun&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;camicie verde bottiglia, copertine grigio topo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Compound adjectives with the prefix &lt;em&gt;anti- + a noun&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;prodotti anticellulite, sostanze antigelo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Some compound adjectives, originally adverbial phrases, where the&#xA;  second element is &lt;em&gt;-bene, -modo, -poco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ragazze perbene, uomini ammodo, case dappoco&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• The adjective &lt;em&gt;avvenire&lt;/em&gt; ‘futuro’, coming from the adverbial phrase &lt;em&gt;a venire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i mesi avvenire, le giornate avvenire.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-06-04T07:46:06.917" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T07:46:06.917" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9526" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9528" CreationDate="2018-06-04T09:08:49.733" Score="2" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sarto della stradalunga&lt;/em&gt;, di Giuseppe Bonaviri, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Mi sentivo contenta anch'io e mi pareva di vedere la piazza grande, lucida dell'ultima pioggia caduta, con tutte quelle persone che parlavano e &lt;strong&gt;si schiarivano&lt;/strong&gt;. Ma noi donne non possiamo uscire tranne quando è la festa e tutto il paese è fuori a vedere i santi per le strade e i palloni di cartavelina che si colorano e si perdono, come macchie rosse, fra le nuvole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;schiarirsi&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;schiarire&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T12:23:04.223" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;schiarirsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11237" CreationDate="2018-06-04T10:18:19.127" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does film title &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bellifreschi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bellifreschi&lt;/a&gt;&quot; mean? The search results for &quot;bellofresco&quot; only give links to cafés and a Dutch wine shop. Is it colloquial/slang?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4166" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-04T14:51:09.497" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T11:05:28.797" Title="What does &quot;Bellifreschi&quot; mean as a film title?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;cinema&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9526" CreationDate="2018-06-04T12:16:27.600" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che l'accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/schiarire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;schiarirsi&lt;/a&gt; adatta al contesto da te citato sia quella figurata che significa rasserenarsi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In usi fig.: &lt;em&gt;a quella notizia, vidi la sua fronte,&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;il suo sguardo&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;schiarirsi&lt;/em&gt;, rasserenarsi;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal dizionario dei sinonimi e contrari Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/schiarire_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;schiarirsi&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b. (fig.) [di volto e sim., ritornare sereno: &lt;em&gt;a quella notizia, vidi&#xA;  il suo sguardo s.&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ rallegrarsi, rasserenarsi, rischiararsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-04T12:23:04.223" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T12:23:04.223" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1673" CreationDate="2018-06-04T23:34:02.820" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Every number before 1.000.000 is written as a single word, after that &quot;un milione&quot; si added in front, but as a different word&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4635" LastActivityDate="2018-06-04T23:34:02.820" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9530" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9531" CreationDate="2018-06-05T08:16:25.577" Score="3" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Mandralisca si trovò di fronte un uomo con uno strano sorriso sulle labbra. Un sorriso ironico, pungente e nello stesso tempo amaro, di uno che molto sa e molto ha visto, sa del presente e intuisce del futuro; di uno che si difende dal dolore della conoscenza e da un moto continuo di pietà. E gli occhi aveva piccoli e puntuti, sotto l’arco nero delle sopracciglia. Due pieghe gli solcavano il viso duro, agli angoli della bocca, come a chiudere e ancora accentuare quel sorriso. L’uomo era vestito da marinaio, con la &lt;strong&gt;milza&lt;/strong&gt; di panno in testa, la casacca e i pantaloni a sacco, ma, in guardandolo, colui mostravasi uno strano marinaio: non aveva il sonnolento distacco, né la sorda stranianza dell’uomo vivente sopra il mare, ma la vivace attenzione di uno vivuto sempre sulla terra, in mezzo agli uomini e a le vicende loro. E, avvertivasi in colui, la grande dignità di un signore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;milza&quot; in questo passaggio? Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho trovato solamente il significato anatomico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-05T08:35:47.073" LastActivityDate="2018-06-05T09:17:06.703" Title="Cosa significa &quot;milza&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9530" CreationDate="2018-06-05T08:35:29.120" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.indire.it/repository_cms/working/export/5629/p_3_7a.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dialetti e idiomi d'Italia&lt;/a&gt; proprio la spiegazione  del passaggio tratto dal libro da te citato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sempre le voci dialettali sono facilmente individuabili, come per&#xA;esempio nel passo: &amp;quot;L'uomo era vestito da marinaio, con la milza di&#xA;panno in testa, la casacca e i pantaloni a sacco&amp;quot;, tratto da &amp;quot;Il&#xA;sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&amp;quot; di Vincenzo Consolo (1987), &lt;strong&gt;la parola&#xA;&amp;quot;milza&amp;quot; corrisponde al siciliano &amp;quot;meusa&amp;quot; che non solo significa&#xA;&amp;quot;milza&amp;quot; ma anche &amp;quot;antico berretto, provvisto di una lunga falda&#xA;posteriore&amp;quot; e che deve il suo nome alla forma simile a un milza.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Milza&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, in siciliano, era quindi anche il nome di un antico berretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-05T09:17:06.703" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9532" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-05T14:43:05.210" Score="6" ViewCount="289" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto scrivendo un manuale di chitarra, e con l'obiettivo di evitare anglicismi inutili ho il seguente problema: abbiamo un termine in italiano per indicare &lt;strong&gt;l'atto di suonare tutte le corde di una chitarra assieme&lt;/strong&gt;, sia con la mano che con il plettro, in inglese &lt;em&gt;to strum&lt;/em&gt;? Fonti online lo rendono con &lt;em&gt;strimpellare&lt;/em&gt;, che è un termine peggiorativo. In spagnolo esiste &lt;em&gt;rasgueo&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;rasguear&lt;/em&gt; ad esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per chi non avesse chiaro, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bx1Bh8ZvH84&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;la chitarra di Wonderwall&lt;/a&gt; è un celebre esempio di strumming.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perifrasi come &lt;em&gt;suonare un accordo&lt;/em&gt; non sono precise, perché gli accordi possono essere anche pizzicati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non voglio proprio usare &lt;em&gt;strummare&lt;/em&gt;, aiutatemi :))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: credo proprio che userò &lt;em&gt;pennare&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;pennata&lt;/em&gt; come suggerito nei commenti, almeno finché non inventerò un neologismo pertinente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1728" LastEditorUserId="1728" LastEditDate="2018-06-06T11:10:08.310" LastActivityDate="2018-06-06T11:10:08.310" Title="Esiste una traduzione per il termine musicale inglese &quot;to strum&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9532" CreationDate="2018-06-05T16:15:58.607" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The english definition suggests that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.vocabulary.com/dictionary/strum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;To strum&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is to play a guitar or another stringed instrument by brushing the strings with your fingers. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;It's pretty easy to strum a ukulele, but it sounds better if you know some chords.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might tell the guitar player in your band, &amp;quot;Strum a few chords of that song we wrote yesterday.&amp;quot; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;You can also strum idly on your sister's banjo without playing actual chords, just by running your thumb down the strings.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  Strum is a noun, too, meaning &amp;quot;the sound or act of strumming.&amp;quot; This word dates from the 18th century, and experts think it's imitative, sounding a bit like an actual strum. (Vocabulary.com)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT753IT753&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;ei=LrEWW-jhE8iIgAbKxLz4DQ&amp;amp;q=strum%20traduzione%20&amp;amp;oq=strum%20traduzione%20&amp;amp;gs_l=mobile-gws-wiz-serp.3..0i22i30l2j33i160.2273.6955..7252...1....151.1943.7j12......0....1.........0j41j0i22i10i30j0i70j0i10j0i67j0i131i67j0i70i255.P9CqOFNZl2I%3D&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionaries&lt;/a&gt; suggest  “strimpellare” as a literal translation of the term which, unlike the English term, conveys a more “derogatory” connotation. According to the above definition to “strum” can be used both ways, but it certainly conveys a  more neutral connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My take is that there is no perfect literal  translation, as suggested also in the following&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chitarradaspiaggia.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=2658&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt; extract&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;VERSIONE RITMICA &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;STRUMMING&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Serve a scandire il ritmo e la velocità del canto, e valorizza al massimo le armonie. Si suona eseguendo accordi completi, parziali e a singole note accompagnando il canto. È tipica dei &amp;quot;Chitarristi da Spiaggia&amp;quot;. Immaginando ogni corda come una voce che canta, è come se suonasse un coro di voci.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vantaggi: si sente in maniera estremamente chiara sia la ritmica che le armonie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Svantaggi: dal punto di vista armonico, la modalità &amp;quot;strumming&amp;quot; è approssimata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chitarrista di riferimento: Luciano Ligabue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio di video: &amp;quot;Cosa vuoi che sia&amp;quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tc_zAS4sFUk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tc_zAS4sFUk&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-05T21:58:34.487" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9536" CreationDate="2018-06-06T08:55:46.663" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il marinaio &lt;strong&gt;lesse&lt;/strong&gt;, e sorrise, con ironica commiserazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &quot;leggere&quot; è usato così, in modo assoluto, senza che ci sia nel testo, ne prima ne dopo di questa frase, nessun riferimento a qualche scritto o altri segni da interpretare. Questo mi rende difficile capire il suo senso: ho cercato questo verbo in alcuni dizionari, ma non mi è stato di aiuto. Nel paragrafo precedente a questa frase vengono spiegati i pensieri del barone di Mandralisca che è accanto a questo marinaio. Ho pensato che potesse significare che, in certo modo, il marinaio lesse nella mente del barone e capì a cosa stava pensando, ma non sono sicura che questa sia l'interpretazione corretta. Cosa ne pensate?&#xA;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco i due paragrafi precedenti alla frase sopra citata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; E qui sorrise, amaro e subito ironico, scorgendo stupore e pena sul volto del barone. Il quale, pur seguendo il discorso del marinaio, da &#xA;  un po' di tempo si chiedeva dove mai aveva visto quell'uomo e quando. Ne era certo, non era la prima volta che l'incontrava, ci avrebbe scommesso il fondo di Colombo o il cratere del &lt;em&gt;Venditore di tonno&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  della sua raccolta. Ma &lt;em&gt;dove&lt;/em&gt; l'aveva visto? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma sotto lo sguardo dell'uomo, acuto e scrutatore, ritornò con la mente al cavatore. Al di là di Canneto, verso il ponente, s'erge dal mare un monte bianco, abbagliante che chiamasi Pelato. Quivi copiosa schiera d'uomini, brulichìo nero di tarantole e scarafaggi, sotto un sole di foco che pare di Marocco, gratta la pietra porosa col piccone; curva sotto le ceste esce da buche, da grotte, gallerie; scivola sopra pontili esili di tavole che s'allungano nel mare fino ai velieri. Sotto queste immagini il Mandralisca cercava di nascondere, di rimandare indietro altre che in quel momento (frecce di volatili nel cielo di tempesta migranti verso l'Africa, verdi chiocciole segnanti sulla pietra strie d'argento, alte flessuose palme schiudenti le vulve delle spate con le bianche pasquali inflorescenze...), chissà per quale associazione o contrappunto, premevano per affiorare in primo piano. E quindi si presentarono, con disappunto del barone, davanti a quell'uomo indagatore e giudice, ordinate nei loro volumi, con titolo e stamperia e anno d'edizione, nella forma degli studi di cui il barone, in altri momenti, intimamente si compiaceva, con un certo orgoglio, con una certa soddisfazione, studi che gli avevano aperto le porte delle più importanti Accademie del Regno, Gioenia Peloritana Zelanti Pellegrini: &lt;em&gt;Catalogo degli uccelli che si trovano stazionarî o di passaggio nelle isole Eolie, Catalogo dei molluschi terrestri e fluviatili delle Madonie e luoghi adiacenti, Catalogo e fecondazione delle palme&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-06T09:20:12.037" LastActivityDate="2018-06-06T15:14:50.877" Title="Significato di &quot;lesse&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9535" CreationDate="2018-06-06T09:35:23.647" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il passaggio da te citato si presta a più interpretazioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se tutto ciò che accade avviene nella mente del barone allora leggere è figurato e quindi il marinaio &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lesse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; lo sguardo, l'espressione del barone riuscendo in qualche modo a intuire i pensieri che si susseguivano nella sua testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oltre lo sguardo si può, ad esempio, anche leggere una situazione cioè capire in anticipo come stanno le cose in determinate circostanze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, se i libri erano fisicamente sulla scena allora significa proprio che il marinaio effettivamente &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lesse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; i titoli dei volumi su cui aveva studiato il barone e poi sorrise con ironica commiserazione, compatendo il suo sfoggio di erudizione e bibliofilia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-06T15:14:50.877" LastActivityDate="2018-06-06T15:14:50.877" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9537" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-07T07:30:27.630" Score="4" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma dove si dirigeva quella ladra speronara, alla volta di Siracusa bianca, euriala e petrosa, o di Palermo rossa, &lt;strong&gt;ràisa&lt;/strong&gt; e palmosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi perché Palermo viene qualificata come &quot;ràisa&quot; in questa frase? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari che ho consultato appare il termine &quot;ràis&quot;, ma non capisco cosa hanno a che vedere le diverse accezioni di questo vocabolo con Palermo. Per esempio, nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rais&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si spiega che, in siciliano, &lt;em&gt;ràisi&lt;/em&gt; significa &quot;capobarca&quot; e anche che &quot;ràis&quot; vuol dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nelle tonnare di Sicilia, chi dirige l’organizzazione tecnica e comanda gli uomini addetti alle operazioni di pesca &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le altre accezioni che ho trovato definiscono &quot;ràis&quot; come un capo o comandante dei paesi arabi oppure come un capitano di bastimento durante il periodo dell’egemonia ottomana nel Mediterraneo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-08T17:30:15.427" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T17:30:15.427" Title="Perché Palermo è qualificata come &quot;ràisa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9482" CreationDate="2018-06-07T14:28:37.760" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it's only a regional difference, because they have the same meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &quot;Non riesco a farlo&quot; is more common both in written and spoken language than the other phrase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-06-07T14:38:54.543" LastActivityDate="2018-06-07T14:38:54.543" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9540" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-07T15:01:58.093" Score="7" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono nato e ho sempre vissuto in Umbria e, avendo oggi scoperto questo bel sito, ne approfitto per fare una domanda -spero- interessante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come forse saprete in questa piccola regione si parlano un po' di dialetti diversi a seconda della zona: a Perugia hanno il loro (Donca), quello del nord (es: Città di Castello) mi ricorda il romagnolo, mentre nel resto della regione il dialetto è simile al romanesco (ma il nostro è più &quot;grezzo&quot;, con apice al confine con le Marche).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma, arrivando al punto, mi appello a qualche studioso di questi argomenti: qual è il dialetto moderno con più influenze risalenti alla lingua degli antichi umbri (quindi parliamo di epoca pre-romana)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastActivityDate="2018-06-07T15:12:45.517" Title="Qual è il &quot;vero&quot; dialetto umbro?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9542" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-08T01:16:14.093" Score="2" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Even in the most &lt;strong&gt;peaceful&lt;/strong&gt; of &lt;strong&gt;regions&lt;/strong&gt;, something happens.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;one indefinite, unspecified region, the most peaceful one imaginable out of all regions&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To express the idea of &quot;something being the case even in the most extreme circumstances&quot;, in English you usually use the construction &quot;the most + peaceful(singular) + of + regions(plural)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I wonder how you idiomatically say this in Italian. Should both &quot;terre&quot; and &quot;pacifiche&quot; be in the plural? Or is it more common to use some other &lt;em&gt;singular-plural&lt;/em&gt; combination?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anche nelle &lt;strong&gt;terre&lt;/strong&gt; più &lt;strong&gt;pacifiche&lt;/strong&gt;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="3287" LastEditDate="2018-06-08T10:51:45.297" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T11:14:05.440" Title="Italian equivalent of the superlative expression &quot;even in the most peaceful of regions&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9543" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-08T02:07:42.700" Score="3" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse parlarne con gli altri membri può aiutare a distrar&lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{vs}: Forse parlarne con gli altri membri può aiutare a distrar&lt;strong&gt;ti&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considering that the speaker is talking directly with her interlocutor about the course of action he should take, I'd expected the more &lt;em&gt;personal&lt;/em&gt; second-person reflexive &amp;quot;distrarti&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if she used the third-person &amp;quot;distrarsi&amp;quot; here to make her statement more general in tone, not wanting to make it sound like advice that might have come across as uncalled for.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a side note: As long as you say &amp;quot;distrarsi&amp;quot;, is it also acceptable to use the conditional &amp;quot;potrebbe&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to why this &amp;quot;distrarsi&amp;quot; phrasing struck me as odd:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the person one should talk to is an &lt;strong&gt;unspecified&lt;/strong&gt; someone, then it seems to match well with the &amp;quot;distrarsi&amp;quot; in a general sense:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Talking to someone {&lt;strong&gt;in general&lt;/strong&gt;}  may help take your/one's {&lt;strong&gt;in general&lt;/strong&gt;} } mind off of things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this particular instance, however, the people her interlocutor should talk to are the (&lt;strong&gt;specified&lt;/strong&gt;) other members. So it seemed at odds with the &amp;quot;distrarsi&amp;quot;  in a general sense:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Your) Talking to the other members {&lt;strong&gt;in particular&lt;/strong&gt;} may help take your/one's {&lt;strong&gt;in general&lt;/strong&gt;} mind off of things.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T08:34:46.250" Title="What is the effect of using the 3rd-person reflexive &quot;aiutare a distrarsi&quot; instead of the more expected 2nd-person &quot;distrarti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9544" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-08T02:45:54.777" Score="3" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fare qualcosa &lt;strong&gt;è una gran bella cosa, certo, ma&lt;/strong&gt; non dovremmo fare ... ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think I just heard the phrase above in conversation, and given its similar construction to the similar expressions in other languages,  I'm assuming it means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Va bene&lt;/strong&gt; fare qualcosa, ma non dovremmo fare ... ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I'm assuming it is an equivalent of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's &lt;strong&gt;all very well&lt;/strong&gt; doing A, but shouldn't we do B first?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{or}: It's &lt;strong&gt;all well and good/dandy&lt;/strong&gt; to do ..., but ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There must be several different ways to convey this idea in Italian, but what about the nuances between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, in English you can also say &amp;quot;X is &lt;strong&gt;nice and all&lt;/strong&gt;, but ...&amp;quot;. In this specific construction, however, the subject X tends to be a single word or a relatively short, few word-long phrase. In case a subject is rather long, on the other hand, you switch to the construction &amp;quot;It's &lt;strong&gt;all very well&lt;/strong&gt; doing A, but ...&amp;quot;, so that you can effectively contain a longer subject in the part &amp;quot;doing A&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if the construction &amp;quot;X è una gran bella cosa, certo, ma ...&amp;quot; has similar traits to  the construction  &amp;quot;X is nice and all, but ...&amp;quot; in this very respect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T23:11:06.350" Title="Italian equivalent of the idiomatic expression &quot;It's all very well doing ..., but ...&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9542" CreationDate="2018-06-08T04:33:18.233" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Either expressions can be used in Italian as well, with slightly different nuances indeed.&#xA;Since italian adjectives change in accordance to the noun they refer to, &quot;peaceful&quot; has to do that too. Those two expressions mean respectively&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;anche nella &lt;strong&gt;regione&lt;/strong&gt; più &lt;strong&gt;pacifica&lt;/strong&gt;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;anche nelle &lt;strong&gt;regioni&lt;/strong&gt; più &lt;strong&gt;pacifiche&lt;/strong&gt;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, &quot;terre&quot; is a more direct translation of the word &quot;lands&quot; (and &quot;terra&quot; for the singular &quot;land&quot;) rather than the word &quot;regions&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: As DaG pointed out in the comments, you can also say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;anche nella più &lt;strong&gt;pacifica&lt;/strong&gt; delle &lt;strong&gt;regioni&lt;/strong&gt;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which has the adjective not to follow the traits of the noun it refers to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2614" LastEditorUserId="2614" LastEditDate="2018-06-08T09:26:37.523" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T09:26:37.523" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9543" CreationDate="2018-06-08T07:57:39.000" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Those are two different, correct sentences with different meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first one is a general remark, that one could tell to no one in particular, almost saying “It is alway true that so-and-so helps”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second one is explicitly addressing the person in need of a distraction, giving them a suggestion about what to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in a sense, your guess about the general tone is true, but moreover the first sentence could be possibly uttered also in a general setting, while the second one has to addressed to a definite interlocutor.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As regards the side note, you might use &lt;em&gt;potrebbe&lt;/em&gt;, but it would sound very cautious, almost overly so, as if you were not sure of your opinion, or afraid to give a suggestion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T07:57:39.000" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9547" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-08T09:26:09.707" Score="2" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non digeriva, no, quella leggenda di re Ruggero, gonfiata ad arte dal vescovo e dal clero. Ché da quel voto e dal diploma poi del 1145, con cui il fondatore della Siciliana Monarchia dotava riccamente la chiesa, in suffragio dell'anima di suo padre il conte Ruggero e di sua madre Adelasia, il vescovo per secoli aveva &#xA;  esercitato ai danni del popolo cefalutano, perfino dopo la soppressione della feudalità, dritti soprusi abusi angherie e perangherie... (testatico sopra ogni animale da soma che carico di cereali arriva a Cefalù, dritto del macello cioè sopra ogni bove porco e ogni altro animale che si macella, decima sulla calce, decima sopra tutte le terre cotte, decima sulle produzioni ortilizie e sulle &#xA;  trecce d'agli, decima sulla manifatturazione e immissione delle scope, grana sopra legno e carbone, duodecima sopra vini mostali, dritto di dogane di mare e di terra cioè d'ancoraggio falangaggio e plateatico, decima sopra il pesce cioè sarde acciughe e pesce squamale, dritto di &lt;strong&gt;terragiolo&lt;/strong&gt;, dritto proibitivo di vendita di neve sendo esclusiva dentro il palazzo vescovile...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;terragiolo&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine in nessun dizionario ma, curiosamente, ho visto che appare in questo  &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Partinico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-08T10:02:07.033" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T13:50:36.217" Title="Cosa significa &quot;terragiolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9542" CreationDate="2018-06-08T10:34:53.357" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this regard, Italian matches English quite closely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may say either&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Persino nella regione più pacifica...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Persino nella più pacifica delle regioni...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and personally I'd find the latter more idiomatic. Both, generally, refer to a hypothetical extreme situation (region, person...), and only incidentally they (either) may refer to a specific instance the speaker has in mind. Compare this with some quite frequent beginning for sentences, like &lt;em&gt;Anche il più coraggioso degli uomini...&lt;/em&gt; (“Even the most courageous of men...”) or &lt;em&gt;Persino nella migliore delle ipotesi...&lt;/em&gt; (“Even in the best-case scenario...”). In all cases you are envisaging some unspecified extremal situation to make some point.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that in Italian there is always an agreement between a noun and the adjectives referring to it. In our first case, of course &lt;em&gt;pacifica&lt;/em&gt; agrees with &lt;em&gt;regione&lt;/em&gt;; in the second one, &lt;em&gt;pacifica&lt;/em&gt; is singular even though &lt;em&gt;regioni&lt;/em&gt; is plural because it implies a singular noun or pronoun (something like &lt;em&gt;la più pacifica regione delle regioni&lt;/em&gt;, which however is not how you would actually phrase it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-06-08T11:14:05.440" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T11:14:05.440" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9537" CreationDate="2018-06-08T11:37:34.803" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo l'articolo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.progettoblio.com/downloads/SR5.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;La lingua di Vincenzo Consolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Gualberto Alvino, apparso nella rivista del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.progettoblio.com/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Progetto Oblio&lt;/a&gt;, il vocabolo &quot;ràisa&quot; nel brano citato proviene dal siciliano &lt;em&gt;rràisi&lt;/em&gt; e significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;capo, chi comanda, dirige o guida&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e quindi farebbe riferimento a Palermo come capoluogo della Sicilia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come giustamente segnalato da @RiccardoDeContardi, gli aggettivi usati dall'autore per descrivere le due città siciliane sembrano potersi organizzare semanticamente a coppie: bianca/rossa, euriala/ràisa e petrosa/palmosa. Il termine &quot;euriala&quot; ha a che vedere col &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Castello_Eurialo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Castello Eurialo&lt;/a&gt; e quindi farebbe riferimento al passato greco di Siracusa, un periodo storico di splendore di questa città. Quindi, si potrebbe ipotizzare che, in modo analogo, &quot;ràis&quot; (o &quot;ràisa&quot; in questo caso), vocabolo di origine araba che secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/R/rais.php&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel mondo arabo, comandante, capo, guida&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;faccia riferimento a Palermo come &#xA;capoluogo dell'Emirato di Sicilia nei tempi del dominio islamico sull'isola, anche un'epoca di splendore per questa città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T11:37:34.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9547" CreationDate="2018-06-08T11:48:36.930" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel testo da te citato l'espressione &quot;dritto di terragiolo&quot; deve essere interpretata come &quot;diritto di terragiolo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/diritto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diritto&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;diritto1&lt;/strong&gt; agg. e s. m. [lat. &lt;em&gt;directus&lt;/em&gt;, part. pass. di &lt;em&gt;dirigĕre&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  «dirigere»]. – Si alterna, nella maggior parte dei suoi sign., con la&#xA;  forma più pop. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dritto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, che ha inoltre alcuni usi proprî (v. dritto1).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.storiamediterranea.it/wp-content/uploads/mediterranea/p3206/Rossella%20Cancila.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La questione dei diritti signorili in Sicilia a fine settecento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Rossella Cancila il seguente passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In verità il problema doveva essere avvertito nella sua gravità e non&#xA;  doveva costituire neppure un’eccezione ancora nel Seicento, se un&#xA;  paragrafo della prammatica De seminerio, emanata dal sovrano in piena&#xA;  crisi agricola nel 1646, era specificatamente dedicato alla&#xA;  «vessatione che alcuni titolati e baroni inferiscono alli loro&#xA;  vassalli, constringendoli a seminare per forza terre di loro stati e&#xA;  feghi, assignandocile doppo della qualità e modo che a loro pare», e&#xA;  impedendo loro direttamente o indirettamente di seminare al di fuori&#xA;  delle terre del feudatario. La prammatica ribadiva il divieto di&#xA;  coercizione, affermando il principio che seminare o coltivare dovesse&#xA;  dipendere dalla mera e libera volontà dei vassalli,  che d’altra parte venivano assolti da ogni obbligo di&#xA;  ubbidienza. Era però prevista una importante eccezione per quei baroni&#xA;  che si trovassero «in possessione legittima di potere costringere li&#xA;  vassalli a seminare ed ammaesarci le loro terre» o di riscuotere un&#xA;  canone (&lt;strong&gt;terragiolo&lt;/strong&gt;) da coloro che andassero a seminare fuori dai loro&#xA;  possedimenti, purché essi fossero in grado di darne documentazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il terragiolo era quindi una sorta di tassa o canone che doveva essere corrisposto in determinate condizioni dal vassallo al barone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-08T13:50:36.217" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T13:50:36.217" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9551" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-08T15:23:04.887" Score="3" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have some story dialog in which an Italian, speaking in English, is directly addressing her boyfriend's Italian grandmother. Everyone's speaking English. Should she say, &quot;Can I tell you a story, Nonna?&quot; or &quot;Can I tell you a story, nonna?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know Italians capitalize less than Americans, so I'm not sure how to play this one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance! Dumb question, I know....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4649" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-08T15:47:06.987" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T15:47:06.987" Title="Are kinship terms capitalized in direct speech?" Tags="&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9552" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9551" CreationDate="2018-06-08T15:46:51.283" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure I understand your question (if they're speaking in English they must follow English capitalization convention, don't they?), but to answer your implied question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;No&lt;/strong&gt;, kinship terms are not capitalized in Italian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-delle-maiuscole_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian rules for capitalization&lt;/a&gt; are quite simple: unless it is at a beginning of a sentence, or it is a proper noun (as in the actual name of a person or a place), it is not capitalized. As you can see from the link there are some minor exceptions (mainly when an expression has begun to be treated as a proper noun in practice, like in &lt;em&gt;la Rivoluzione francese&lt;/em&gt;, the French revolution), but that's pretty much the gist of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-06-08T15:46:51.283" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9553" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9554" CreationDate="2018-06-09T07:38:32.927" Score="3" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ivi la Natura vivente dispiega rigogliosa la sua potenza; ivi l'eccelse Querce, i Sugheri, i Lecci, i Frassini, gli Olmi rivestono l'erte, e le vallate delle falde, mentre gli Acrifogli, i Pini, gli Aceri si estendono fin presso le sommità ghiacciate, le quali o sono adorne di Faggi, o calve affatto &lt;strong&gt;dànno a dividere la calce secondaria&lt;/strong&gt;; ivi prosperano ogni maniera di arbori e di erbe, che olezzano d'ogni intorno grata fragranza, ed offrono al botanico moltissimo materiale per le dotte sue lucubrazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conosco il significato delle singole parole in questo passaggio, tuttavia non riesco a capire il senso della frase &quot;dànno a dividere la calce secondaria&quot;. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-09T08:24:15.370" Title="Significato di &quot;dànno a dividere la calce secondaria&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9553" CreationDate="2018-06-09T08:03:19.600" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La calce secondaria è il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=shv7Fhkmxn8C&amp;amp;pg=PA549&amp;amp;lpg=PA549&amp;amp;dq=calce%20secondaria&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=fmbplBCjRY&amp;amp;sig=c9kq8DnxwNzG2zYV5Eg-sS8gUpo&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiv3uL5jcbbAhXrLMAKHSJGBXEQ6AEILTAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=calce%20secondaria&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;marmo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui viene descritta la varietà di un paesaggio montuoso in cui varie specie di piante a volte &quot;dividono&quot; i tratti in cui affiora la pietra marmorea, che immagino siano punti spogli e privi di vegetazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-09T08:24:15.370" LastActivityDate="2018-06-09T08:24:15.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9555" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-10T06:30:42.690" Score="3" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;Più o meno chiunque che abbia vissuto in più parti d'Italia ha sicuramente notato che, nell'Italiano parlato, c'è &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2255/when-does-passato-prossimo-become-passato-remoto&quot;&gt;una spiccata differenza geografica nella formazione del tempo passato&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italia settentrionale, il passato prossimo è essenzialmente l'unico tempo usato (e.g. &lt;em&gt;Nel dodicesimo secolo la Chiesa ha attraversato un periodo di riforma&lt;/em&gt;). In Italia meridionale invece la situazione si inverte, e il passato remoto domina (non do esempi venendo io stesso dal nord Italia, se qualcuno potesse inserirne uno ne sarei grato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, il passato prossimo è un tempo relativamente recente: inesistente in latino è una delle caratteristiche più tipiche della &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Average_European&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sprachbund europea&lt;/a&gt;, e si è andato ad innestare sopra il passato remoto, discendente diretto del &lt;em&gt;perfectum&lt;/em&gt; latino, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q&lt;/strong&gt; Per quale motivo il passato prossimo ha questa ineguale distribuzione d'uso nella penisola italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riesco a pensare a due spiegazioni: forse il passato prossimo è giunto &quot;dal nord&quot; attraverso le alpi e semplicemente non ha fatto in tempo a penetrare fino al sud Italia, o forse la differenza d'uso è dovuta alle dominazioni straniere che hanno influenzato fortemente le differenze culturali in Italia. Ma non ho prove in una direzione o nell'altra e sospetto che la vera risposta non sia nessuna delle due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-06-10T08:41:44.403" LastActivityDate="2018-06-10T08:41:44.403" Title="Qual è la causa della divisione geografica tra il passato prossimo e il passato remoto?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ClosedDate="2018-06-10T10:26:16.827" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9556" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9557" CreationDate="2018-06-10T10:22:50.053" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chinnici aveva fama per il &lt;strong&gt;trettarì&lt;/strong&gt;. Sempre quello, da due anni, da quando mise piede a Cefalù. Si presentava al pizzicagnolo: pasta estratto ricotta &#xA;  pecorino caciocavallo tonno bottarga aringhe pescestocco... (moglie, &#xA;  tre figli e suocera a carico con fame d'allupati). Col pollice e l'indice tirava dal taschino l'argento bianco, glielo metteva sotto il naso fissandolo negli occhi. «Che fa, mi scangia?» gli diceva. «Vossia scherza?» gli rispondeva il pizzicagnolo. «Dove lo trovo il resto? Un'altra volta, dopo, dopo mi paga». La medesima faceva poi col carnezziere, il pescivendolo, il panettiere, l'acquaiolo, l'ortolano. S'approfittava financo dell'Ersilia, la vecchia che vendeva per le strade cicorie cacocciole asparagi finocchi babbaluci, &#xA;  secondo la stagione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: cosa significa &quot;trettarì&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un vocabolo di origine siciliana? Potrebbe trattarsi di una moneta d'argento?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-11T06:19:18.670" Title="Significato di &quot;trettarì&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9556" CreationDate="2018-06-10T11:48:32.197" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il trettarì o &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tar%C3%AC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tarì&lt;/a&gt;  era un’antica moneta circolante nel Mediterraneo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ferdinando il cattolico reintrodusse questa moneta d’argento nel regno di Sicilia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In Sicilia il tarì aveva un valore diverso da Napoli. Carlo III&#xA;  (1734-1759) coniò una serie di moneta con valore da 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6&#xA;  e 12 tarì. I multipli erano in argento a 916‰ mentre il titolo era del&#xA;  908‰ per il 1/2 tarì ed il tarì. Quest'ultimo pesava 2,16 grammi ed&#xA;  aveva un diametro di 19-20 millimetri. Il figlio Ferdinando, che in&#xA;  Sicilia era il terzo con questo nome, coniò gli stessi valori del&#xA;  padre nel periodo 1759-1816. Dopo quella data le monetazioni dei due&#xA;  regni (Napoli e Sicilia) furono unificate e non ci furono più monete&#xA;  separate per la Sicilia. L'ultima moneta siciliana denominata in tarì&#xA;  fu quella da 12 tarì, battuta nel 1810. Era una moneta di 27,32 grammi&#xA;  di argento al titolo di 854‰ e con un diametro di 38 millimetri. Al&#xA;  dritto il busto corazzato con lunghi capelli e nel giro FERDINANDUS&#xA;  III.D.G.REX; in esergo TARI 12. Al rovescio era raffigurata una grande&#xA;  aquila circondata da una corona d'alloro. Nel giro UTR. SIC. HIER.&#xA;  INFANS HISP. ([Re di] entrambe le Sicilie e Gerusalemme, infante di&#xA;  Spagna). Nel contorno in rilievo SUB BONO PRINCIPE NULLA DOLO VIA.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;trettarì&quot; o &quot;tre tarì&quot; era una moneta con il valore di tre tarì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-11T06:19:18.670" LastActivityDate="2018-06-11T06:19:18.670" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9558" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-10T13:44:42.960" Score="6" ViewCount="290" Body="&lt;p&gt;Having posted &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9463/how-to-say-edge-in-italian&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;, I now wonder whether there are any dictionaries, online, good ones, which would provide multilingual translations of technical words used in mathematics, including English to Italian and others. Any online such dictionaries would be preferred. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-08T08:17:41.627" LastActivityDate="2020-04-08T10:34:39.923" Title="Multilingual dictionaries of mathematical terms" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9559" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-10T20:03:04.597" Score="5" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a casual chat, I just wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siamo in balia del clima caldo e molto umido per tutto il mese di giugno. E sembra si faccia sempre peggio ogni anno che passa. Roba da rendere intollerabile la vita! Basta trascorrere una settimana d'estate in Giappone per farti venire voglia di tornartene &lt;strong&gt;con la coda tra le gambe&lt;/strong&gt;! :D&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if the expression &quot;(fare qc) con la coda tra le gambe&quot; always refers to a shame-driven action? Or can you also use it when you  have reached a point where you cannot stand something (like an uncomfortable level of humidity in this context) any longer? That is, when the &lt;em&gt;flight&lt;/em&gt;-impulse is triggered by lack of patience, tenacity etc?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-10T20:32:57.667" LastActivityDate="2018-09-15T10:47:01.423" Title="Does the expression &quot;con la coda tra le gambe&quot; always refer to a shame-driven action?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9560" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-11T08:11:56.387" Score="2" ViewCount="508" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il Bajona, forse perché scapolo e in più napolitano, teneva passione solo per le &lt;strong&gt;fardelle&lt;/strong&gt;. Crucilla Francavilla Marchiafava Giudecca e tutto il Vascio erano i suoi quartieri. Andava a 'na cert'ora, pancia in avanti e baffi impomatati, la busta bianca in una mano, bussava alla porta col marito a riposo dentro la Vicarìa o pure a Favignana. «Chi è?», «Songo Bajona, 'a ligge, aprite! Tengo notizie do marito vosto». Tric e trac ed era dentro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;fardella&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine siciliana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-12T15:40:46.487" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;fardella&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9558" CreationDate="2018-06-11T13:41:19.857" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia has these lists:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progetto:Matematica/Traduzioni&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progetto:Matematica/Traduzioni&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;comprising English/Italian, French/Italian, German/Italian (and vice versa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastActivityDate="2018-06-11T13:41:19.857" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9562" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-11T14:40:32.220" Score="5" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uno degli usi dell’aggettivo bello è quello di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;rafforzare un sostantivo o un aggettivo&lt;/a&gt;, praticamente con il significato di tanto o molto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In frasi  come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono stato un bello stupido a crederci. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Mi faccia un cappuccino bello caldo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ho guadagnato una bella somma.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Un bel pezzo di strada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.etimo.it/?term=bello&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario etimologico&lt;/a&gt; non chiarisce l’origine di questo uso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa dirmi quale è  l’origine di questo significato? Ha forse a che fare con il latino?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-09T18:21:00.600" LastActivityDate="2020-07-12T19:12:14.180" Title="L’uso di bello come rafforzativo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7639" CreationDate="2018-06-11T17:33:39.133" Score="18" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Italian synonyms for &lt;em&gt;shark&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;div class=&quot;s-table-container&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;table class=&quot;s-table&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;thead&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;th&gt;Word&lt;/th&gt;&#xA;&lt;th&gt;Usage&lt;/th&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;/thead&gt;&#xA;&lt;tbody&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;&lt;em&gt;pescecane&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;This is the newer word, entering the lexicon around the 17th century, literally meaning &amp;quot;dogfish&amp;quot;. In the past 50 years it has decreased in popularity:&lt;br&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Kyb2G.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Kyb2G.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;br&gt; and is now mostly used by the older generation and in certain regional dialects of Italian (e.g. Calabrian). &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;This is also the term used for shark meat in culinary dishes (like the difference between &lt;em&gt;cow, pig&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;beef, pork&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;&lt;em&gt;squalo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;The older word, inherited from the Latin &lt;em&gt;squālus&lt;/em&gt;. It is nowadays the more common word used to refer to sharks of any species in standard Italian. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt; In most other Romance languages, the cognate of &lt;em&gt;squālus&lt;/em&gt; is indeed the scientific term for sharks (e.g. French &lt;em&gt;squale&lt;/em&gt;, Catalan &lt;em&gt;esqual&lt;/em&gt;, Spanish &lt;em&gt;escualo&lt;/em&gt;, Asturian &lt;em&gt;escualu&lt;/em&gt;, Romanian &lt;em&gt;scal&lt;/em&gt;, Ligurian &lt;em&gt;squæo&lt;/em&gt;) but in (standard) Italian it is the general term.&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;&lt;em&gt;carcarodonte&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;Italianised form of the scientific name for the Great White Shark, &lt;em&gt;Carcharodon carcharias&lt;/em&gt; (itself from the Greek word for shark, καρχαρίας (&lt;em&gt;karcharías&lt;/em&gt;)) and as such &lt;em&gt;carcarodonte&lt;/em&gt; is also used in scientific circles to refer to this specific type of shark. It is about as common as &lt;em&gt;carcharodon&lt;/em&gt; is in English.&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tbody&gt;&#xA;&lt;/table&gt;&#xA;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Animal synonyms in European languages generally&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having two words for &lt;em&gt;shark&lt;/em&gt; isn't unique to Italian. Historically the word used for &lt;em&gt;shark&lt;/em&gt; in many European languages referred specifically to the small species commonly encountered in/native to their waters e.g. dogfish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the European colonial powers invaded the Americas they encountered the now more familiar much larger species of shark. Due to this, new words were adopted to describe these larger species, and eventually, through metonymy, the old words were mostly supplanted by the newer ones, having taken on a more general meaning e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;div class=&quot;s-table-container&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;table class=&quot;s-table&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;thead&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;th&gt;Language&lt;/th&gt;&#xA;&lt;th&gt;Historic word(s)&lt;/th&gt;&#xA;&lt;th&gt;Contemporary word&lt;/th&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;/thead&gt;&#xA;&lt;tbody&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;English&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;dogfish, haye&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;shark&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;Galician&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;quenlla&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;tiburón&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;Postuguese&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;cação&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;tuburão&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;Spanish&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;cazón&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;tiburón&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;Catalan&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;caçó, peix can, ca marí, gos de mar&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;tauró&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;Occitan&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;peis-can, verdon&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;làmia, requin&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;Italian&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;pescecane&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;td&gt;squalo&lt;/td&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tr&gt;&#xA;&lt;/tbody&gt;&#xA;&lt;/table&gt;&#xA;&lt;/div&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wwQfA.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wwQfA.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sources:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://sharkmans-world.eu/research/castroeditorial.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;On the origins of the Spanish word ‘tiburon’, and the English word ‘shark’∗&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, Jose I. Castro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.reddit.com/r/etymologymaps/comments/8mdqdq/request_shark/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.reddit.com/r/etymologymaps/comments/8mdqdq/request_shark/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.reddit.com/r/etymologymaps/comments/8nrtfu/the_word_shark_in_various_european_languages_oc/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.reddit.com/r/etymologymaps/comments/8nrtfu/the_word_shark_in_various_european_languages_oc/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2021-04-21T13:02:14.483" LastActivityDate="2021-04-21T13:02:14.483" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9560" CreationDate="2018-06-12T08:21:34.700" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo l'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/11715857/Plurilinguismo_in_Il_sorriso_dellignoto_marinaio_di_Vincenzo_Consolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Plurilinguismo in Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio &#xA;di Vincenzo Consolo&lt;/em&gt;, di Nicolò Messina&lt;/a&gt;, si tratta di un napoletanismo con il significato di &quot;gonnella&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nel cap. II (29-31) si fa avanti lo sbirro Bajona, che intride già di napoletanismi la stessa digressione che gli fa da piedistallo, nella forma sia dell'indiretto libero: (29) &lt;em&gt;teneva passione per le fardelle&lt;/em&gt; (con lo scambio &lt;em&gt;tenere/avere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fardelle&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt;gonnelle&amp;gt; &amp;lt; &lt;em&gt;farda&lt;/em&gt; &#xA;  &amp;lt;gonna&amp;gt;, cfr. sp. &lt;em&gt;falda&lt;/em&gt;) [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo brano, la passione del Bajona per le &quot;fardelle&quot; avrebbe il senso figurato di un interesse sessuale per le donne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-12T15:40:46.487" LastActivityDate="2018-06-12T15:40:46.487" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9565" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-12T09:33:03.597" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lipari li 8 Novembre 1856 &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Ho caricato col nome di Dio a buon salvamento una volta tanto in questo porto di Sotto il Monastero per conto e rischio del signor Ferlazzo Onofrio sopra e sotto coperta della sua Nominata San &#xA;  Cristoforo al comando di Bartolomeo Barbuto per condurre e consegnare &#xA;  in questo suo presente viaggio in Cefalù le appiè nominate, e numerate mercanzie sciutte, intiere, e ben condizionate, segnate come di contro, &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  e così promette detto Capitano al suo salvo arrivo consegnarle al Signor Michelangelo Di Paola e di nolo gli sarà pagato secondo contratto &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  e per fede del vero sarà questa con altre simili firmata da detto Capitano e non sapendo egli scrivere, per lui da terza persona ed una &lt;strong&gt;compita&lt;/strong&gt; le altre restino di niun valore. &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  C. 1428. Dico Cantàra mille quattrocento ventotto pietra pomice &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  S. 175. Dico Salme cento settanta cinque vino malvasìa &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  N. 7. Dico Numero sette barili di càpperi salati qualità puntina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che &quot;compito&quot; significa &quot;portato o giunto a termine&quot; oppure &quot;completo, pieno&quot;, ma non riesco a capire a cosa fa riferimento questo &quot;compita&quot; che appare in questa lettera. Che cosa, una volta &quot;compita&quot;, fa che &quot;le altre restino di niun valore&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-12T15:01:49.743" LastActivityDate="2018-09-11T13:52:31.053" Title="A cosa si riferisce l'aggettivo &quot;compita&quot; in questa lettera dell'Ottocento?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9566" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9567" CreationDate="2018-06-12T10:05:49.310" Score="5" ViewCount="402" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am having a real trouble remembering vocabulary where a noun or adjective is related to a verb (or vice versa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Verb tagliare = to cut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conjugation taglio = I cut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conjugation taglia = he/she/it cuts; you (formal) cut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noun taglio = cut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noun taglia = size.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here one noun is the same as the conjugated verb of first person singular. The other noun (totally different meaning but still vaguely related to the verb) takes the form of conjugated verb of third person singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Verb scaricare = to unload, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conjugation scarico = I unload.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conjugation scarica = he/she/it unloads; you (formal) unload.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adjective scarico =  unloaded.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noun scarica = shot / discharge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the adjective takes the form of first person singular, and the noun takes the form of third person singular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Question&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am having a tough time remembering these differences, e.g. the difference of meanings of scarico from scarica. One letter different and totally different meanings. Same with taglio and taglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And there is no pattern either, as seen in the examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What’s going on here and how can I get this under control?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastEditorDisplayName="user1936" LastEditDate="2018-06-12T10:12:04.570" LastActivityDate="2018-06-12T15:58:09.833" Title="Are there any rules to remember nouns / adjectives that are related to verbs?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9566" CreationDate="2018-06-12T10:30:57.510" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;You can't get this under control&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't know if it is your case but very often people learning a foreign language for the first time are shocked by how &lt;em&gt;illogical&lt;/em&gt; it is. It seems like the prepositions are used at random, words have seemingly incompatible meanings and everyone just tells you you have to memorize all this stuff. Of course they do not realize that the rules of their native tongue are just as illogical, if not more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Story time: my mother is learning English. It is her first time really dedicating time to a foreign language and she is sometimes demoralized by the same problems you have. Why, for example, &lt;em&gt;lead&lt;/em&gt; may mean both &lt;em&gt;lead an army&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;a lead seal&lt;/em&gt; (yes, I know they're pronounced differently, but it doesn't help reading, doesn't it?). And why does &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; mean both &lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lattina&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what's the solution? Giving up? No. The answer is &lt;strong&gt;reading&lt;/strong&gt;. Reading a lot. Human brains are amazing at pattern recognition and if you see a word  enough in various contexts you will learn how to use it and what are the possible nuances of meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am afraid there are no simple rules. You'll have to see many, many examples. But don't be scared: you are not alone. We're all, more or less, going through this process.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-06-12T15:58:09.833" LastActivityDate="2018-06-12T15:58:09.833" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9565" CreationDate="2018-06-12T15:01:09.987" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe significare che la lettera è stata scritta in più copie simili da terza persona ed una compita. Qui compita potrebbe essere voce del verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/compitare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;compitare&lt;/a&gt; cioè: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Leggere lentamente, distinguendo e pronunciando separatamente i varî&#xA;  suoni di cui sono formate le parole o dividendo le sillabe&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche per fare in modo che il Capitano potesse ascoltare la lettura del documento per verificare che quanto scritto corrispondesse a quanto stabilito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-12T15:01:09.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9569" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-12T15:14:28.200" Score="2" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi arrovello&lt;/strong&gt;... Il cibo di questo treno sarà commestibile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi chiedo davvero&lt;/strong&gt;... Il cibo di questo treno sarà commestibile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wonder if &amp;quot;mi arrovello&amp;quot; can be used like &amp;quot;mi chiedo davvero&amp;quot;? Or does &amp;quot;arrovellarsi&amp;quot; mean something slightly different than that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The descriptions &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/arrovellarsi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; do not seem to correspond exactly to the usage of this &amp;quot;mi arrovello&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-11T19:41:54.953" Title="Can &quot;arrovellarsi&quot; be used as a stronger version of &quot;chiedersi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9569" CreationDate="2018-06-12T15:39:32.773" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that in your case &amp;quot;mi arrovello&amp;quot; doesn't mean &amp;quot;mi chiedo davvero&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani gives these definitions for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arrovellare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arrovellare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ant. Infastidire (to annoy), tormentare (to harass, to torment). Nowadays only in the figurative phrase  &amp;quot;arrovellarsi il cervello&amp;quot;, to go about finding a solution for something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;refl. a. Rodersi internamente (to be internally eaten), arrabbiarsi (to become irritated), stizzirsi (to get angry): &amp;quot;non arrovellarti per queste sciocchezze&amp;quot;, don't distress yourself on these foolishnesses.&#xA;&lt;br/&gt; b. Affannarsi (to wary, to strive relentlessly to achieve a goal): si arrovella per vivere; si arrovellava&#xA;inutilmente a convincerlo; si è arrovellato tutto il pomeriggio su un&#xA;problema di matematica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case I would use &amp;quot;mi domando&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;mi arrovello&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-11T19:41:54.953" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9571" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-12T21:10:31.507" Score="10" ViewCount="9031" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.reddit.com/r/italy/comments/8qky0w/perch%C3%A9_avere_culo_%C3%A8_sinonimo_con_avere_fortuna/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa domanda su Reddit&lt;/a&gt; mi rendo conto che non so perché colloquialmente, con una diffusione molto ampia, si dica “avere culo” (e varianti eufemistiche che accennano a “c...” o al “lato B” o alla “fortuna con la C maiuscola”) per dire di essere fortunati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle risposte a quella domanda si accenna a teorie curiose ma senza fonti. Qualcuno ha risposte più fondate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: Giusto, tecnicamente uno dei partecipanti a quel filone su Reddit cita una “fonte”, ma cercherei qualcosa di più solido di “parolacce.org”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-06-12T22:56:15.953" LastActivityDate="2021-03-17T17:02:35.317" Title="Perché “avere culo” significa “essere fortunati”?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9571" CreationDate="2018-06-12T21:45:03.473" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sebbene la fonte non sembri essere di prima categoria, ho trovato comunque in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.parolacce.org/2014/05/04/perche-culo-significa-fortuna/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo &lt;/a&gt;un interessante ragionamento, di cui riporto i passi principali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sul Web ho trovato due spiegazioni su questo curioso modo di dire. La&#xA;  prima ricollega l’espressione alla pederastia dei Romani: “i bei&#xA;  giovani dai glutei appetitosi venivano molto richiesti dai Romani che,&#xA;  per poterli possedere sessualmente, li ricoprivano di regali. Così,&#xA;  avere un bel posteriore, per un ragazzo, era indizio di una vita più&#xA;  fortunata rispetto ai propri coetanei”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’altra spiegazione che circola sul Web fa riferimento a un fatto&#xA;  storico: le forche caudine, ovvero l’umiliazione dei Romani sconfitti&#xA;  dai Sanniti nel 321 a.C. Secondo alcuni, alla fine, i Romani furono&#xA;  sodomizzati uno a uno e “chi aveva un ano più grande (sic!) soffriva&#xA;  meno, quindi era più fortunato” .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe però non sembrano avere riscontro storico per cui la spiegazione del modo di dire deve essere un’altra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La letteratura non ci viene in aiuto: «l’espressione ‘avere culo’ è&#xA;  abbastanza recente» dice il lessicografo Giovanni Casalegno. «Nel&#xA;  “Grande dizionario della lingua italiana” del 1964 è presente, ma non&#xA;  si cita alcuna fonte letteraria». Ma se la letteratura non ci aiuta,&#xA;  può venirci in soccorso la scienza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’etologo Desmond Morris ha dedicato diverse pagine all’argomento, nel&#xA;  bellissimo libro “L’uomo e i suoi gesti” “Pare che le grosse e rotonde&#xA;  natiche femminili siano un antico segnale di richiamo sessuale,&#xA;  l’equivalente umano del gonfiore delle femmine degli altri primati”&#xA;  scrive Morris. “Per lanciare un segnale sessuale al maschio, la&#xA;  scimmia femmina gli presenta il posteriore nel modo più cospicuo&#xA;  possibile. Nelle scimmie di tutte le specie, questo gonfiore aumenta e&#xA;  diminuisce secondo il ciclo mensile della femmina, raggiungendo la&#xA;  dimensione massima nel periodo dell’ovulazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dunque, tirando le somme: i glutei sono simbolo di femminilità, sesso,&#xA;  fecondità, attrattività, felicità (che, etimologicamente, significa&#xA;  fecondità). Per il linguista Ottavio Lurati,  le parti anatomiche&#xA;  collegate alla riproduzione (quindi non solo il sedere, ma anche il&#xA;  fallo e la vagina) hanno un valore vitale così alto che sono usate&#xA;  simbolicamente “come forze apotropaiche per allontanare il dolore, la&#xA;  magia, il male, il malocchio: dunque, aver culo significa aver&#xA;  fortuna”. La spiegazione è plausibile, visto che la sessualità è vita&#xA;  e come tale scaccia la morte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-12T21:45:03.473" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9573" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9574" CreationDate="2018-06-13T07:31:21.177" Score="2" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lipari li 8 Novembre 1856 &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Ho caricato col nome di Dio a buon salvamento una volta tanto in questo porto di Sotto il Monastero per conto e rischio del signor Ferlazzo Onofrio sopra e sotto coperta della sua Nominata San &#xA;  Cristoforo al comando di Bartolomeo Barbuto per condurre e consegnare &#xA;  in questo suo presente viaggio in Cefalù le appiè nominate, e numerate mercanzie sciutte, intiere, e ben condizionate, segnate come di contro, &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  e così promette detto Capitano al suo salvo arrivo consegnarle al Signor Michelangelo Di Paola e di nolo gli sarà pagato secondo contratto &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  e per fede del vero sarà questa con altre simili firmata da detto Capitano e non sapendo egli scrivere, per lui da terza persona ed una compita le altre restino di niun valore. &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  C. 1428. Dico Cantàra mille quattrocento ventotto pietra pomice &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  S. 175. Dico Salme cento settanta cinque vino malvasìa &#xA;  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  N. 7. Dico Numero sette barili di càpperi salati &lt;strong&gt;qualità puntina&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;qualità puntina&quot; in questa lettera? Ho cercato alle voce &quot;punto&quot; e &quot;punta&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-13T11:20:49.817" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;puntina&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9573" CreationDate="2018-06-13T11:20:49.817" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine puntina indica una particolare &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bibenda.it/news_bibenda_singola.php?id=1063&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qualità di cappero&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In Italia il Cappero si trova un po’ ovunque, dalla Liguria all’isola&#xA;  di Salina; ma la qualità pantesca resta insuperata; per disciplinare&#xA;  qui si coltiva in aridocoltura solo la cultivar Nocellara varietà&#xA;  Inermis (senza spine), &lt;strong&gt;la cui selezione più alta è rappresentata da&#xA;  Puntine&lt;/strong&gt; o Occhi di pernice e Lacrimedde, con diametro massimo di 7&#xA;  millimetri, mentre i più grandi si chiamano Mezzanelli, Mezzani e&#xA;  Capperoni. Seppure industrializzata, risulta di buon livello anche la&#xA;  produzione del Midi francese e della Spagna, mentre Marocco (primo&#xA;  paese produttore), Turchia e Cipro, si segnalano per produzioni su&#xA;  vasta scala&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-13T11:20:49.817" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9575" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-14T08:25:58.700" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo studio del barone sembrava quello d'un sant'Agostino o un san Girolamo, confuso e divenuto un poco squinternato nell'affanno della ricerca della verità, ma anche la cella del monaco Fazello e insieme il laboratorio di Paracelso. Per tutte le pareti v'erano armadi colmi &#xA;  di libri nuovi e vecchi, codici, incunaboli, che da lì straripavano e invadevano, a pile e sparsi, la scrivania, le poltrone, il pavimento. Sopra gli armadi, con una zampa, due, sopra tasselli o rami, fissi &#xA;  nelle pose più bizzarre, occhio di &lt;strong&gt;vetro pazzo&lt;/strong&gt;, uccelli impagliati di &#xA;  Sicilia, delle Eolie e di Malta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;vetro pazzo&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;vetro&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure, come suggerito da @DaG, l'aggettivo &quot;pazzo&quot; non qualifica &quot;vetro&quot;, ma invece &quot;occhio&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-14T12:50:49.623" LastActivityDate="2018-07-14T13:15:03.373" Title="Cosa significa &quot;pazzo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9576" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9575" CreationDate="2018-06-14T08:47:33.300" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/matto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;matto&lt;/a&gt; (come sinonimo di pazzo) ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;b. Falso, e perciò privo di valore: &lt;em&gt;orecchini di oro m.&lt;/em&gt; (per un&#xA;  diverso sign. di oro matto, v. matto3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'altro significato riportato per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/matto3/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;matto&lt;/a&gt; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;matto3 agg. [affine a matto1]. – &lt;strong&gt;Opaco, non lucido. È voce dell’uso&#xA;  ant., rimasta viva nell’espressione oro m.&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Sul divano di scarlatto&#xA;  ... Il bel capo sonnolento Forma un tono d’oro m., D’Annunzio&lt;/em&gt;), e&#xA;  ripresa modernamente nell’ottica (sull’esempio dell’ingl. &lt;em&gt;mat&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;matt&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;  per indicare, in contrapp. &lt;em&gt;a lucido&lt;/em&gt;, una superficie che diffonde la&#xA;  luce anziché rifletterla: si dice, per es., di carta non lucida per la&#xA;  stampa fotografica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi l'espressione vetro pazzo o vetro matto si riferisce al fatto che gli occhi degli uccelli impagliati erano costituiti da un vetro opaco, non lucido.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-14T08:47:33.300" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9577" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-14T16:11:37.027" Score="3" ViewCount="17639" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in rete un'interessante tabella contenente molte parole straniere che, durante il ventennio, furono &quot;italianizzate&quot; (alcune con risultati a mio avviso abbastanza comici).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rUNpA.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rUNpA.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/J7VMv.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/J7VMv.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno ne conosce delle altre che non appaiono in queste liste? Io ad esempio conosco &quot;mescita&quot;, ovvero l'italianizzazione della parola &quot;bar&quot;. Sapete quindi dove si potrebbe visionare una lista più completa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-06-14T17:55:00.923" LastActivityDate="2020-03-19T22:17:22.390" Title="Italianizzazione delle parole durante il fascismo" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9578" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9577" CreationDate="2018-06-14T16:40:13.530" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un’altra parola forzatamente italianizzata in quel periodo era il cachet (equivalente della nostra attuale aspirina) che era tradotto come cialdino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://paolo-padova.blogspot.com/2008/10/1940-solo-parole-italiane.html?m=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt; articolo ho trovato anche i riferimenti normativi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Divieto di uso delle parole straniere nelle intestazioni (delle&#xA;ditte) e nelle varie forme di pubblicità” (legge 23 dicembre 1940, n.&#xA;2042)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la classica incompetenza oggettiva delle Camere (ed anche delle&#xA;loro “Commissioni legislative”) se ne delega l’elencazione alla Regia&#xA;Accademia d’Italia (art. 3) che nel suo successivo Bollettino provvede&#xA;a fornire l’elenco dei forestierismi banditi, suggerendo, inoltre, gli&#xA;alternativi termini italiani da utilizzare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il sito &lt;a href=&quot;https://cartolinedalventennio.it/layout/curiosita/188-l-autarchia-linguistica&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cartoline dal Ventennio&lt;/a&gt; riporta che sul Corriere della Sera del 21 giugno 1941, il “Bollettino di informazioni della Reale Accademia d’Italia” pubblicò un elenco di forestierismi con i relativi termini ed espressioni da adottarsi in italiano, approvati da una apposita commissione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le parole abrogate sono circa 500 tra Francesi e Inglesi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;brioche: brioscia; carrè (uso gastronomico): lombata; champagne:&#xA;sciampagna; croissant: cornetto; cyclostile: ciclostilo; dancing: sala&#xA;da danze; dessert: fin di pasto; embargo: divieto, fermo; extra-strong&#xA;(uso cartario): extra-forte; film: pellicola; hangar: aviorimessa;&#xA;krapfen: bombola; hotel: albergo; goulasc: spezzatino all’ungherese;&#xA;menù: lista; stop: alt; toast (pane tostato): pantosto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Principali parole (inglesi) nel mondo dello sport “abolite”: autogoal:&#xA;autorete; bob: guidoslitta; bookmaker: allibratore; hockey: disco su&#xA;ghiaccio; dribbling: scarto, scavalco; raid (aereo): transvolata;&#xA;sprint: scatto; slalom (negli sports invernali): obbligata; tour:&#xA;giro; trainer: allenatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fascismo si spinge oltre, modificando persino nella grafia (a&#xA;parità di pronuncia) alcune parole: alcool: àlcole; bidet: bidè; bleu:&#xA;blu; casinò: casino; cognac: cògnac; mansarde (mansarda): soffitta;&#xA;marron (colore): colore marrone; marron glacé: marrone candito; seltz:&#xA;selz; wafer (biscotto): vafer; walzer: valzer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritocca persino due classicissimi termini storici dell’economia&#xA;monetaria, che certamente largo uso non avevano nella società&#xA;italiana: gold standard: base aurea; gold exange starndard: base di&#xA;cambio aurea&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo articolo sul blog KnowHow intitolato &lt;a href=&quot;http://knowknow.it/eja-eja-alala-le-italianizzazioni-del-periodo-fascista-manuale-del-fascistese/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Eja eja alalà! Le italianizzazioni del periodo fascista. Manuale del fascistese!&lt;/a&gt; si trova una lista ancora più estesa con alcune ulteriori curiosità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;velivolo&lt;/strong&gt;, coniata da D’Annunzio, che sostituì macchina volante &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;eja eja&#xA;alalà&lt;/strong&gt; che fu il sostituto di Hip hip Hurrà (sempre per mano di&#xA;D’Annunzio) &lt;BR&gt;l’espressione &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;essere una mezza cartuccia&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; è tra le più&#xA;amate espressioni di Mussolini per offendere i nemici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=dW4h0gOAILUC&amp;amp;pg=PA63&amp;amp;dq=Bollettino%20di%20informazioni%20della%20Reale%20Accademia%20d%27Italia&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjcof23i9XbAhUBqywKHVT8C_YQ6AEIKzAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Bollettino%20di%20informazioni%20della%20Reale%20Accademia%20d%27Italia&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Credere, obbedire, combattere: il regime linguistico nel Ventennio&lt;/a&gt; a cura di Fabio Foresti fornisce una descrizione puntuale dell'emanazione degli elenchi, nonchè delle commissioni che ebbero il compito di costruirli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti nelle pagine 62-63 del libro appena citato viene riportato l'articolo 3 del Regio decreto 20 marzo 1942-XX, n. 720 (grazie @DaG) ed il fatto che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli elenchi comparvero a più riprese anche nei principali quotidiani.&lt;BR&gt; Già da un anno, tuttavia, per disposizione del&#xA;Ministero dell'Interno, all'Accademia d'Italia era stato affidato&#xA;l'incarico di indicare le parole italiane da sostituire a quelle&#xA;straniere. La commissione costituita dall'Accademia, che pubblicò una&#xA;prima lista di sostituzioni nel maggio del 1941 era così composta...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle note di piè di pagina (72) viene riportato integralmente il testo del bollettino citato a pag. 63.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-15T07:17:33.317" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9579" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-15T07:55:25.263" Score="2" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In faccia alla scrivania, nel vuoto tra due armadi, era appeso il quadro del ritratto d'ignoto d'Antonello; sulla parete &#xA;  opposta, sopra la scrivania, dominava un grande quadro che era la copia, ingrandita e colorata, eseguita su commissione del barone dal &#xA;  pittore Bevelacqua, della pianta di Cefalù del Passafiume, che risale al tempo del seicento. La città era vista come dall'alto, dall'occhio di un uccello che vi plani, murata tutt'attorno verso il mare con quattro bastioni alle sue porte sormontati da bandiere sventolanti. &#xA;  Le piccole case, uguali e fitte come pecore dentro lo stazzo formato dal semicerchio delle mura verso il mare e dalla rocca dietro che chiudeva, erano tagliate a blocchi ben squadrati dalla strada Regale &#xA;  in trasversale e dalle strade verticali che dalle falde scendevano sul mare. Dominavano il gregge delle case come grandi pastori guardiani il Duomo e il Vescovado, l'Ostèrio Magno, la Badìa di Santa Caterina e il Convento dei Domenicani. Nel porto fatto rizzo per il &#xA;  vento, si dondolavano galee feluche brigantini. Sul cielo si spiegava a onde, come orifiamma o controfiocco, un cartiglione, con sopra scritto COEPHALEDUM SICILIAE URBS PLACENTISSIMA. E sopra il cartiglio &#xA;  lo stemma ovale, in cornice a volute, tagliato per metà, in cui di sopra si vede re Ruggero che offre al Salvatore la fabbrica del Duomo e nella &lt;strong&gt;mezzanìa&lt;/strong&gt; di sotto tre cefali lunghi disposti a stella che &#xA;  addentano al contempo una pagnotta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;mezzanìa&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato il termine &quot;mezzanìa&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può essere anche chiamato &quot;mezzeria&quot;. Tuttavia, non mi sembra che le accezioni per &quot;mezzeria&quot; che ho trovato abbiano molto senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-15T08:36:56.877" LastActivityDate="2018-06-15T08:36:56.877" Title="Che vuol dire &quot;mezzanìa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9580" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9579" CreationDate="2018-06-15T08:19:31.260" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto si evince che lo stemma ovale risulta tagliato per metà, in cui nella metà di sopra si vede re Ruggero che offre al Salvatore la fabbrica del Duomo e nella &lt;strong&gt;metà&lt;/strong&gt; (mezzeria o mezzanìa) di sotto tre cefali lunghi disposti a stella che addentano al contempo una pagnotta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi in questo caso la linea di mezzanìa (o mezzeria) divide lo stemma in due parti e mezzanìa di sotto significa metà di sotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-15T08:29:43.823" LastActivityDate="2018-06-15T08:29:43.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9582" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9583" CreationDate="2018-06-16T08:06:50.153" Score="2" ViewCount="656" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il governo spaventò coi terrori le popolazioni, e, dileguatesi le speranze, tutto ritornò tetro come nel passato. Capi del movimento &#xA;  politico sono creduti e affermati lo Spinuzza, Nicolò e Carlo Botta fratelli, Andrea Maggio e Alessandro Guarnera; e il governo, a facilitare i loro arresti e i loro ammazzamenti &lt;strong&gt;impone sulle loro &#xA;  teste un taglione&lt;/strong&gt;. Accresce poi la barbarie dell'agire coll'arresto delle famiglie dei fuggenti; specialmente, e con modi non consentiti dalla civiltà e dalla umanità, della famiglia Botta, arrestando le signorine Elisabetta e Giuseppina e la madre, la signora Concetta; le quali, rinchiuse in criminali, orridi e fetenti, vi rimasero parecchi mesi, trasportate di qui pure nelle prigioni di Palermo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: qual è il significato di &quot;imporre un taglione sulla testa&quot; di qualcuno? Significa offrire una recompensa per consegnare tale persona alle forze dell'ordine? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla voce &quot;taglione&quot; dei dizionari che ho consultato non appare questa locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato però questa espressione in alcuni testi dell'Ottocento, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=gOREQH3-uU0C&amp;amp;pg=PA157&amp;amp;lpg=PA157&amp;amp;dq=taglione+%22sulla+testa%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=fgd9TmqM3P&amp;amp;sig=6dg2ubWZF46GEIlej3Rqs5g71_8&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi9lfCe97_bAhVhBsAKHUpdBl8Q6AEIGzAF&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bellezze della storia antica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=gAnb3_1hI9IC&amp;amp;pg=PA84&amp;amp;dq=taglione+%22sulla+testa%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjwlM7597_bAhVHOMAKHZzVBH4Q6AEIETAB&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'operajo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=kP_wzA6Db-YC&amp;amp;pg=PA12&amp;amp;dq=taglione+%22sulla+testa%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjwlM7597_bAhVHOMAKHZzVBH4Q6AEIKTAG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La cieca di Sorrento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-21T16:35:41.310" Title="Cosa significava &quot;imporre un taglione sulla testa&quot; di qualcuno?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9582" CreationDate="2018-06-16T09:39:00.200" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mettere un taglione per arrivare alla cattura di una persona vuole dire appunto prevedere il pagamento di una grossa somma di denaro (o taglia) a vantaggio di chi riesce a portare a termine l’incarico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normalmente chi si occupa di dare la caccia a queste persone si definisce cacciatore di taglie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente promettere un premio per la cattura invoglia molte più persone e complica la latitanza del fuggitivo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hoepli indica la seguente accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/T/taglione_2.aspx?query=taglione%20(2)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;taglione&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Grossa taglia, balzello, tassa che si imponeva in passato per&#xA;  provvedere a spese pubbliche straordinarie di carattere non bellico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/taglione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;taglione&lt;/a&gt;, con un significato diverso, compare anche nell’espressione “legge del taglione “ che ha radici molto antiche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pena comune a tutti i popoli antichi, consistente nell’infliggere&#xA;  all’autore di una lesione personale un’uguale lesione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e conosciuta anche come legge “dell’occhio per occhio, dente per dente”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-17T08:37:28.370" LastActivityDate="2018-06-17T08:37:28.370" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-17T07:54:20.730" Score="2" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; I cinque, creduti attori principali del movimento, erravano, ma, colla fede dei martiri, avevano giurato, sorpresi, di patire qualsiasi tortura, non mai rivelando i nomi dei compagni. Né più tardi, il labbro loro si schiuse a consumare una viltà. Trascorso più che un mese dagli attacchi rivoltosi, i cinque profughi da San Mauro furono condotti, e &lt;strong&gt;l'opra bella apprestavano&lt;/strong&gt; il prete Zito e Rosaria Calascibetta, a Pettineo da Mauro Giallombardo, cugino dei Botta. &#xA;  Ospitati in una casa di Giovanni Sirena, si concertavano i mezzi meno scabrosi per espatriare, recandosi in Malta; poiché funeste addippiù giungevano le notizie degli arrestati, di Giuseppe Maggio, di &#xA;  Pasquale e Andrea Maggio fu Antonino, di Giuseppe Re, spontaneamente presentatosi, di Salvatore Bevilacqua, di Vincenzo Sapienza, di Antonino Spinuzza, di Salvatore Maranto del contadino Santi Cefalù. I quali soffrivano troppo, né pareva avessero da sperare la liberazione o la mitigazione delle pene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;apprestare l'opra bella&quot; in questo passaggio? Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che &quot;opra&quot; è lo stesso di &quot;opera&quot;, quindi ho cercato i vocaboli &quot;apprestare&quot; e &quot;opera&quot;, ma non riesco a capire il senso della frase che appare nel testo. Significa che il prete Zito e Rosaria Calascibetta hanno fatto una buona opera, cioè hanno aiutato alla causa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-17T07:54:20.730" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;apprestare l'opra bella&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9585" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11644" CreationDate="2018-06-17T10:41:34.310" Score="8" ViewCount="5219" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato su vari libri di lingua e ho guardato su internet ma ho davvero trovato poco sulla questione. Queste sono le conclusioni a cui sono giunta, siete d'accordo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto credo si tratti di piccolezze, probabilmente sfumature che variano da persona a persona, magari anche da regione a regione non saprei … Io vengo dalla Valtellina e secondo me funziona così: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;DAL lunedì AL venerdì&quot; vuol dire di ogni settimana, sempre. È un caso generale. &#xA;Esempio: Vado a scuola dal lunedì al venerdì (normalmente). &#xA;Non direi &quot;Vado a scuola da lunedì a venerdì&quot; …(E voi invece?).  A me non suona idiomatico. Ma è tutta questione di intuizione quindi potrei sbagliarmi!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;DA lunedì A venerdì&quot; si riferisce secondo me solo alla settimana in corso o alla prossima. &#xA;Esempio: &quot;Vado a Roma da lunedì a venerdì&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di giorni con date fisse e date complete direi &quot;da...a...&quot;&#xA;Esempio: L’offerta è valida da giovedì 30 giugno 2016. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T08:11:34.730" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;dal lunedì al venerdì&quot; e &quot;da lunedì a venerdì&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9586" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10099" CreationDate="2018-06-18T07:55:45.963" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto questo testo proveniente dell'&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/stream/CospirazioniERivolteDiFrancescoBentivegnaECompagni/Cospirazioni_e_rivolte_di_Francesco_Bent_djvu.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Archivio di Stato di Palermo, Carte della Polizia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (1857):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Accusati tutti cinque di misfatti di lesa maestà e precisamente di aver cospirato contro il Real Governo e di aver eccitato con banda armata, con bandiera tricolore sventolata, ed a suon di tamburo i sudditi ad armarsi contro l'Autorità Reale in Cefalù e diversi Comuni del Distretto, frangendo Stemmi Reali ed immaginidei nostri amatissimi Sovrani; espilate le casse Regie, abbattuti i telegrafi; sequestrate le valigie dei Regi corrieri, dissacrandone le lettere; arrestati i funzionari Regi; disarmata la forza pubblica; impiantata la bandiera rivoltosa sul bastione della marina di Cefalù a vista del vapore Regio, veniente in quella rada, devastazione, saccheggio ed incendio alla Sottointendenza e palazzo del Sottointendente di Cefalù, sperdendo, bruciando carte e registri, involato quintali due e rotoli 69 di polvere agli impiegati delle &lt;strong&gt;strade a ruota&lt;/strong&gt; per uso di far saltare macigni, da ultimo di aver fatto resistenza alla forza pubblica, facendo fuoco per 9 ore continue in Pettineo, provincia di Messina».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;strada a ruota&quot;? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;strada&quot; e &quot;ruota&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione. Da quello che si legge in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=XhZEAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=RA1-PA49&amp;amp;dq=%22strada+a+ruota%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjqnLS4qtPbAhUFxxQKHQV3AW0Q6AEIJDAF#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22strada%20a%20ruota%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo testo dell'Ottocento&lt;/a&gt; si può dedurre che il significato sarebbe lo stesso di &quot;strada carrozzabile&quot; in contrapposizione alla &quot;strada di ferro&quot; o &quot;ferrovia&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-12-07T10:19:15.223" LastActivityDate="2018-12-07T10:44:37.467" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;strade a ruota&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9588" CreationDate="2018-06-18T16:47:51.440" Score="6" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is this a song in the Italian Language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bxueI0zB4lQ&amp;amp;t=11m37s&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bxueI0zB4lQ&amp;amp;t=11m37s&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Below I have provided a transcript of the lyrics of the song as I hear it. Is there some way to turn this into Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;provari fum qi yo si amna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;esule dal purfecto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;etucai etucare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;que dol faraca dolei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;apando itamai itamai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;apando itamai itamai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;enima mia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4663" LastActivityDate="2018-06-18T19:43:38.090" Title="Is This Song in Italian?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9588" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9587" CreationDate="2018-06-18T17:59:58.153" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is indeed Italian, but the musical ornamentation &lt;strike&gt;and the apparently non-Italian pronunciation of the singer&lt;/strike&gt; makes it actually difficult to parse, even for an Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The text says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Procuri pur ch'io sia&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Esule dal tuo affetto e dal tuo core,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Che non farà ch'amore&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Abbandoni già mai l'anima mia.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More or less (I don't know the context), it say that even if she is exiled from someone's affection and heart, nonetheless her love won't leave her soul.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's a verse from the cantata “Usurpator tiranno della tua libertà”, on a text by an anonymous author and with music by Giovanni Felice Sances (1600?-1679). &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lieder.net/lieder/get_text.html?TextId=70273&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Here&lt;/a&gt; you can find the whole text (not always perfectly transcribed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-06-18T19:43:38.090" LastActivityDate="2018-06-18T19:43:38.090" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9589" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-19T07:03:56.507" Score="2" ViewCount="2317" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti, vorrei sapere qual è la differenza tra &quot;mi dispiace&quot; e &quot;scusa&quot;. A mio parere &quot;mi dispiace&quot; si usa per dimostrare tristezza verso qualcosa di dispiacevole che è successo a qualcun altro e che non dipende da me. Nel caso di &quot;scusa&quot;, invece, si tratta di qualche evento di cui ho responsabilità, in un certo senso &quot;è colpa mia&quot; --&gt; &quot;scusa&quot;. &quot;Perdonami&quot; è nell'uso come &quot;Scusa&quot; ma ancora più enfatizzato, credo lo si usi solo in casi estremi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voi siete d'accordo? Cosa pensate di questi scenari? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Morte di un parente --&gt; reazione: mi dispiace. &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;Ti pesto un piede per sbaglio --&gt; reazione: scusa. &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;Ti insulto e mi pento --&gt; reazione: scusa/perdonami. &lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-20T14:46:39.147" LastActivityDate="2018-06-20T14:46:39.147" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;mi dispiace&quot; e &quot;scusa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9590" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9589" CreationDate="2018-06-19T07:21:03.837" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le tue intuizioni sono corrette.&#xA;Dipende tutto dallo scenario, dalla situazione in cui ci si trova.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi trovare in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.marilenacremaschini.it/scusa-e-mi-dispiace-non-sono-la-stessa-cosa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog&lt;/a&gt; un'interessante analisi delle differenze principali, per cui viene ribadito che &amp;quot;scusa&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;mi dispiace&amp;quot; non sono la stessa cosa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scusa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si chiede “scusa” come cortesia mentre si cerca di farsi largo tra la&#xA;gente e le loro cose, in tal caso è come chiedere il permesso di&#xA;passare e di poter andare oltre, chiedendo alle persone di poter&#xA;spostare le loro cose in modo da creare spazio sufficiente per noi e&#xA;ciò che con noi portiamo. &lt;br&gt;...&lt;BR&gt; Si chiede “scusa” quando si&#xA;accede allo spazio di altre persone, in tale caso si sa di entrare nei&#xA;locali riservati ad altri a cui noi non abbiamo l’accesso se non col&#xA;consenso del titolare o del proprietario. &lt;br&gt;...&lt;BR&gt; “Scusa” in tono&#xA;affermativo è l’imporre una nostra ragione, nulla a che vedere con&#xA;delle scuse vere e proprie ma è il richiamo fermo e deciso su quello&#xA;che l’altro a detto e che dovrebbe riformulare meglio se non vuole&#xA;sentirsi una contestazione od un rimprovero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi dispiace&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dispiacersi per qualcosa presuppone un sentimento di frustrazione,&#xA;di disagio e di dispiacere più profondo e sentito, con la&#xA;consapevolezza di aver realmente fatto del male ad un’altra persona&#xA;che a causa nostra ha sofferto o ha patito un disagio, un torto od un&#xA;danno, di intensità superiore rispetto alla circostanza che avrebbe&#xA;meritato delle semplici scuse. &lt;br&gt;...&lt;BR&gt; Il “mi dispiace” diventa&#xA;una forma di comunicazione, interazione con l’altro e condivisione del&#xA;medesimo sentimento di frustrazione o dolore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre sul &amp;quot;mi dispiace&amp;quot; c'è un'interessante &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/dispiace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;risposta ad un quesito da parte dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-19T07:25:32.790" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9591" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9592" CreationDate="2018-06-19T08:09:00.830" Score="2" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Il carcerato» risposero Sasà e Matafù. Il Mandralisca si girò a guardare. Un'ombra si scorgeva contro il muro tondo, tra le stalle e &#xA;  i magazzini dov'erano le giare d'olio, i sacconi di frumento e le &lt;strong&gt;stie&lt;/strong&gt; di formaggio. Il Mandralisca, incuriosito, si diresse verso quell'uomo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;ho trovato che &quot;stia&quot; significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; Gabbia larga e bassa, di legno o di vimini, entro cui si tengono i polli, e altri gallinacei, per allevarli o per trasportarli dall’allevamento al mercato: &lt;em&gt;levò, a una a una, le povere bestie dalla stia&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni); anche, termine di raffronto con riferimento a luogo in cui si stia stretti in più persone: &lt;em&gt;abbiamo viaggiato in un vagone di seconda classe, pigiati come in una stia&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Nell’uso ant., conservato  in alcune zone dell’Italia settentr., recinto per ricovero di altri animali, anche domestici (per es., in località del Veneto, porcile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E le definizioni degli altri dizionari che ho consultato sono simili. Non vedo però che ci sia niente che abbia a che vedere con il formaggio. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato di &quot;stia&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-19T08:44:31.903" Title="Significato di &quot;stia&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9591" CreationDate="2018-06-19T08:44:31.903" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le stie, intese come gabbie, erano utilizzate in passato in campagna per conservare il formaggio da stagionare al riparo da roditori. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi ci sono in commercio i più eleganti e moderni scaffali di stagionatura, come la cosiddetta &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bindienzopienza.com/negozio/cesto-regalo/moscaiola-per-formaggio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;moscaiola per formaggio&lt;/a&gt;, che altro non è che una piccola gabbia con pareti in rete a maglie molto strette. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-19T08:44:31.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9593" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9595" CreationDate="2018-06-19T22:46:16.793" Score="4" ViewCount="421" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per favore perdonate il mio povero italiano. Sto usando Google Translate per aiutarmi, perché sono un principiante in italiano. (Lo sto studiando da soltanto otto mesi.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco che la parola italiana &quot;torta&quot; sia usata sia per ciò che l'inglese chiama &quot;cake&quot; e per la cosa che si chiama &quot;pie&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, se &quot;torta di mele&quot; è su un menù, ad esempio, come si fa a sapere se è come la prima o la seconda immagine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://images.food52.com/h5KDGSEANJ-Pc1wh6X48izLNFQ0=/753x502/9ea872bd-0a77-48ec-ad9a-fdb0d70ca6d6--tortadimele.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;cake&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://images.food52.com/h5KDGSEANJ-Pc1wh6X48izLNFQ0=/753x502/9ea872bd-0a77-48ec-ad9a-fdb0d70ca6d6--tortadimele.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;questo&quot; title=&quot;cake&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i1.wp.com/anitalianinmykitchen.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Italian-apple-pie-15-1-of-1.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;pie&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i1.wp.com/anitalianinmykitchen.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Italian-apple-pie-15-1-of-1.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;questo&quot; title=&quot;pie&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una risposta in italiano e in inglese mi aiuterebbe di più, ma entrambe le lingue vanno bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4449" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-06-20T13:44:38.317" LastActivityDate="2018-07-24T15:27:10.350" Title="Come faccio a distinguere quand'è che “torta” corrisponde a “cake&quot; e quando a “pie”?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9594" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9597" CreationDate="2018-06-20T07:55:06.160" Score="2" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Di scecchi in groppa, jiumente e mulaccioni, cavalcioni financo a servitori, servi costanti e fidi del barone, dall'aspre pietre, dirupi del Calanna, franti e malati, io nel corpo per troppo accasciamento, il mio criato in testa per &lt;strong&gt;vacanza&lt;/strong&gt;, dal romitorio di &#xA;  cattivitate di quell'insano frate liconario, calammo di leggieri sul paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per aggiungere un po' di contesto, la vicenda narrata accade poco dopo i fatti di Alcàra Li Fusi, durante i quali i personaggi a cui allude il brano si erano rifugiati nel romitorio di Santo Nicolò, dove c'era un eremita pazzo. Riguardante a questo &quot;criato&quot;, una frase precedente afferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il mio servo Sasà s'era ridotto a schiavo e succubo del frate, e l'adorava e vaneggiando, il babbalèo, lasciavasi legnare, vestire di cilicio, cosparger la testa di terra e d'escrementi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;vacanza&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capirne il senso  nel passaggio sopra citato, che ha un linguaggio volutamente ottocentesco perché è parte di una lunga lettera che scrive il barone di Mandralisca. Qualcuno di voi mi sa spiegare cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il vocabolo &quot;liconario&quot;, qualche giorno fa avevo trovato cosa vuol dire in questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unice.fr/lirces/langues/real/dialectes/legnare.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario etimologico di meridionalismi dell'Università di Nizza&lt;/a&gt; ma, purtroppo, sembra che non funzioni più. In siciliano sarebbe &quot;lupunariu&quot; e significa &quot;licantropo&quot;. Infatti si tratta di una mistura probabilmente inventata dall'autore dei vocaboli &quot;licantropo&quot; e &quot;lupunariu&quot; (italianizzato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-20T14:22:51.490" Title="Cosa significa &quot;vacanza&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9593" CreationDate="2018-06-20T10:34:15.097" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I must admit that, as an Italian, I am not sure about the difference between “cake” and “pie” (apart from specific cases). In fact, I find the two images quite similar and both look like particular kinds of &lt;em&gt;torte&lt;/em&gt;, while there are other &lt;em&gt;torte&lt;/em&gt; that are much more different than those two differ between them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It so happens that different languages partition concepts in different ways.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; I understand that for an English speaker “cakes” and “pies” are clearly different concepts, while they are all &lt;em&gt;torte&lt;/em&gt; for an Italian, just like Italian &lt;em&gt;scimmia&lt;/em&gt; means both “monkey” and “ape”. There are lots of examples the other way around too, of course. For instance, an English “cup” corresponds at least to the distinct Italian words and notions of &lt;em&gt;tazza&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tazzina&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;coppa&lt;/em&gt; and sometimes to &lt;em&gt;bicchiere&lt;/em&gt; too; or take “helmet”, which &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2018/07/24/falsi-amici-helmet-elmetto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;can correspond in Italian to &lt;em&gt;elmo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;elmetto&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;casco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, and so on. (And I don't even mention, say, the several Italian words for what abroad one would simply call &lt;em&gt;pasta&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To go back to &lt;em&gt;torte&lt;/em&gt;, of course there are in Italian several names for specific torte: &lt;em&gt;crostata&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pastiera&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;millefoglie&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sbrisolona&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1 Here we are skirting the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linguistic_relativity&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sapir-Whorf hypothesis&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-07-24T15:27:10.350" LastActivityDate="2018-07-24T15:27:10.350" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9596" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-20T13:59:06.813" Score="3" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;La lessi una volta e mi dissero che fosse un opinione di scarsa rilevanza basata su un analisi cinofallica ma ostentata con vigore, tuttavia, cercando su vari dizionari non l'ho mai trovata. Ma esiste realmente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4667" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-27T17:20:32.327" LastActivityDate="2018-11-27T17:20:32.327" Title="Esiste la parola mentuladossia?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9597" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9594" CreationDate="2018-06-20T14:22:51.490" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io penso che il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;vacanza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel contesto da te citato sia quello di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mancanza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine deriva da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vacare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vacare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;vacare&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;vacare&lt;/em&gt; «essere privo di; essere vacante;&#xA;  avere tempo libero per ...», e quindi «dedicarsi a»]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti chi parla dice di essere franto e malato nel corpo per troppo accasciamento (o debolezza), e il mio criato (è malato) in testa per vacanza, cioè mancanza delle sue doti intellettuali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-20T14:22:51.490" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9596" CreationDate="2018-06-20T14:31:25.603" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento proviene proviene da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilcalidrino.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il calidrino&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mentuladossìa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; s.f.. Opinione di scarsa rilevanza derivante da un'analisi dei fatti sommaria ma condotta e strenuamente movimentata con il rigore volgarmente tipico del membro maschile. &lt;BR&gt;[Comp. di lat. mentula «fallo» e –dossia, dal gr. dóxa «opinione»].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Calidrino è un piccolo dizionario anomalo di neologismi creati per&#xA;  descrivere cose che esistono ma non hanno un nome e cose che hanno un&#xA;  nome ma non esistono. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come in un normale dizionario, ogni voce del Calidrino è definita nel&#xA;  suo significato fondamentale, è corredata da una breve spiegazione&#xA;  etimologica e seguita, laddove richiesto, da immagini,&#xA;  approfondimenti, commenti o esempi d’uso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani non è presente nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/neologismi/searchNeologismi.jsp?cercaTesto=mentuladossia&amp;amp;searchIn=V&amp;amp;cercaTestoVis=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lista dei neologismi&lt;/a&gt; quindi direi di no, almeno ufficialmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considerando la giusta osservazione di @Charo riguardante i criteri per stabilire se una parola esiste (e viene quindi riportata dai vocabolari) oppure no, riporto di seguito la risposta dell'Accademia della Crusca nel caso della famosa parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/laccademia/notizie-dallaccademia/parola-petaloso-possibilit-entrare-vocabolari&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;petaloso&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La tua parola è bella e chiara, ma sai come fa una parola a entrare&#xA;  nel vocabolario? Una parola nuova non entra nel vocabolario quando&#xA;  qualcuno la inventa, anche se è una parola “bella” e utile. Perché&#xA;  entri in un vocabolario, infatti, bisogna che la parola nuova non sia&#xA;  conosciuta e usata solo da chi l’ha inventata, ma che la usino tante&#xA;  persone e che tante persone la capiscano. Se riuscirai a diffondere la&#xA;  tua parola fra tante persone e tante persone in Italia cominceranno a&#xA;  dire e a scrivere “Com’è petaloso questo fiore!” o, come suggerisci&#xA;  tu, “le margherite sono fiori petalosi, mentre i papaveri non sono&#xA;  molto petalosi”, ecco, allora petaloso sarà diventata una parola&#xA;  dell’italiano, perché gli italiani la conoscono e la usano. A quel&#xA;  punto chi compila i dizionari inserirà la nuova parola fra le altre e&#xA;  ne spiegherà il significato. È così che funziona: non sono gli&#xA;  studiosi, quelli che fanno i vocabolari, a decidere quali parole nuove&#xA;  sono belle o brutte, utili o inutili. Quando una parola nuova è sulla&#xA;  bocca di tutti (o di tanti), allora lo studioso capisce che quella&#xA;  parola è diventata una parola come le altre e la mette nel&#xA;  vocabolario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-20T14:42:20.610" LastActivityDate="2018-06-20T14:42:20.610" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9599" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9593" CreationDate="2018-06-20T14:49:18.880" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono un cuoco ma credo che, in linea di massima, con &quot;cake&quot; possiamo identificare quello che in italiano chiamiamo &quot;torta&quot; (es: millefoglie, mimosa, ecc), invece un &quot;pie&quot; assomiglia di più a quella che noi chiamiamo &quot;crostata&quot;. Inoltre &quot;pie&quot; mi sembra più adatto a definire i tortini salati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: provate a scrivere &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?biw=1301&amp;amp;bih=661&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=1&amp;amp;ei=DmYqW96xCaHpsAeejIvYDg&amp;amp;q=cake%20torta&amp;amp;oq=cake%20torta&amp;amp;gs_l=img.3..0j0i7i30k1l3j0i8i7i30k1j0i5i30k1l2j0i8i30k1l3.21308.22402.0.22680.7.7.0.0.0.0.135.794.0j7.7.0....0...1c.1.64.img..0.7.790...0i67k1j0i7i5i30k1.0.VQfTUKvYdpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;cake torta&quot;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?biw=1301&amp;amp;bih=661&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=1&amp;amp;ei=JWYqW6TMIoebkwWPuYXIDg&amp;amp;q=pie%20torta&amp;amp;oq=pie%20torta&amp;amp;gs_l=img.3..0i30k1j0i5i30k1l3j0i8i30k1l3j0i5i30k1l2j0i8i30k1.247676.249433.0.249626.9.9.0.0.0.0.439.1156.0j6j4-1.7.0....0...1c.1.64.img..2.7.1152...0j0i67k1j0i19k1j0i30i19k1j0i5i30i19k1j0i8i30i19k1.0.6ZBeP3JrIsg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;pie torta&quot;&lt;/a&gt; su Google Immagini e date un'occhiata ai risultati ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not a cook but speaking generally with &quot;cake&quot; we can identify what in Italian is called &quot;torta&quot;. A &quot;pie&quot; instead is more similar to what we call &quot;crostata&quot;. Also I think &quot;pie&quot; can describe better a &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=tortino%20salato&amp;amp;source=lnms&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjtvp3bvOLbAhXQ2qQKHZ4wAeUQ_AUICigB&amp;amp;biw=1301&amp;amp;bih=661&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;don't know how to translate this thing&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: try searching &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?biw=1301&amp;amp;bih=661&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=1&amp;amp;ei=DmYqW96xCaHpsAeejIvYDg&amp;amp;q=cake%20torta&amp;amp;oq=cake%20torta&amp;amp;gs_l=img.3..0j0i7i30k1l3j0i8i7i30k1j0i5i30k1l2j0i8i30k1l3.21308.22402.0.22680.7.7.0.0.0.0.135.794.0j7.7.0....0...1c.1.64.img..0.7.790...0i67k1j0i7i5i30k1.0.VQfTUKvYdpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;cake torta&quot;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?biw=1301&amp;amp;bih=661&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=1&amp;amp;ei=JWYqW6TMIoebkwWPuYXIDg&amp;amp;q=pie%20torta&amp;amp;oq=pie%20torta&amp;amp;gs_l=img.3..0i30k1j0i5i30k1l3j0i8i30k1l3j0i5i30k1l2j0i8i30k1.247676.249433.0.249626.9.9.0.0.0.0.439.1156.0j6j4-1.7.0....0...1c.1.64.img..2.7.1152...0j0i67k1j0i19k1j0i30i19k1j0i5i30i19k1j0i8i30i19k1.0.6ZBeP3JrIsg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;pie torta&quot;&lt;/a&gt; on Google Images and check the results ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastActivityDate="2018-06-20T14:49:18.880" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9600" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9601" CreationDate="2018-06-21T07:30:20.813" Score="1" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; Oh descriver potrò mai quel teatro, la spaventosa scena paratasi davanti su per le strade, i piani di quel borgo? Il genio mi ci vorrìa dell'Alighieri, dell'Astigian la foga, del Foscolo o del Byron la vena, dell'anglo tragediante, dell'angelo britanno il foco o la fiammante daga che scioglie d'in sul becco delle penne le chine raggelate per l'orrore, o del D'Azeglio o Vittor Hugo o del Guerrazzi almen la prosa larga... Di me, lasso!, che natura di fame, di fralezza e di baragli ha corredato, &lt;strong&gt;v'appagate&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un testo con un linguaggio volutamente ottocentesco perché è parte di una lunga lettera che scrive il barone di Mandralisca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;appagare&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che significa &quot;rendere pago, soddisfatto&quot;, ma non riesco a capire il senso di questo &quot;v'appagate&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-21T15:32:03.997" Title="Significato di &quot;v'appagate&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9600" CreationDate="2018-06-21T14:54:51.203" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso base di “appagare” è “accontentare, soddisfare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui, volendo “costruire” la frase in modo più moderno, avremmo qualcosa come «v'appagate (accontentate) di me che la natura ha corredato (dotato) di fame (probabilmente anche nel senso di mancanza), fralezza (debolezza) e baragli?», cioè, semplificando, «vi accontentate di un poveraccio come me (anziché di Dante e soci)?».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Baragli” dovrebbe essere un sicilianismo per “sbadigli” (e quindi lo scrivente si considera anche noioso), come riportato nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://giuseppe-tuccio.jimdo.com/vocabolario-siciliano-italiano/lettera-b-parte-2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario siciliano - italiano&lt;/a&gt; segnalato da @Charo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-06-21T15:32:03.997" LastActivityDate="2018-06-21T15:32:03.997" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9582" CreationDate="2018-06-21T15:15:01.973" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A integrazione della risposta già esistente, ecco cosa dice il Battaglia sulle varie parole “taglione”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/jfwKX.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ltrZp.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi risulta confermato che, dato il contesto, qui ci si riferisce a una “Ricompensa promessa da uno Stato per l'uccisione o per l'aiuto alla cattura di un soggetto considerato nemico pubblico” etc. (Taglione&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;, 2), cioè un semplice accrescitivo di “taglia”, che a sua volta ha a che fare, attraverso il francese, con “tagliare” e con “talea”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece il “taglione” forse più noto, quello della legge del taglione, il cosiddetto “occhio per occhio, dente per dente” (sul Battaglia, Taglione&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;) ha un diverso etimo, che &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; c'entra con “tagliare”, bensì deriva dal latino &lt;em&gt;talio&lt;/em&gt;, -&lt;em&gt;onis&lt;/em&gt;, forse collegato a &lt;em&gt;talis&lt;/em&gt;, forse no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-06-21T16:35:41.310" LastActivityDate="2018-06-21T16:35:41.310" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9603" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-22T06:49:56.507" Score="2" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Schiavati catenacci e serratura, tirate spranghe e &lt;strong&gt;labardazze&lt;/strong&gt;, sciolte catene e schiusa l'inferriata, ci trovammo sulla bocca ovale dell'ingresso. Matafù precedeva con la lanterna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi sa spiegare cos'è una &quot;labardazza&quot;? Non hi trovato questo termine in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un sicilianismo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-22T07:23:27.070" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;labardazze&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9605" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9603" CreationDate="2018-06-22T07:23:27.070" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.associazionears.eu/area_tematica_05/sotto_velame/sotto_velame_04.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;SOTTO IL VELAME, 1993 – 2003 Dieci anni di studi danteschi e tradizionali - IV&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; un riferimento preciso al passo da te citato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La galera sotterranea in cui si introduce il barone Mandralisca, come&#xA;ogni luogo di detenzione che si rispetti, è ben chiusa, non presenta&#xA;cioè possibilità di uscita da parte di chi vi sta dentro. Ciò lo si&#xA;evince in maniera piuttosto chiara dal testo, quando il barone,&#xA;descrivendo il momento di entrare, scrive nella sua memoria:&#xA;“Schiavati catenacci e serratura, tirate spranghe e labardazze,&#xA;sciolte catene e schiusa l’inferriata, ci trovammo sulla bocca ovale&#xA;dell’ingresso”. (142) Si percepisce come questo ingresso sia ben&#xA;custodito. L’uscita, a chiunque si trovi ad esservi detenuto, è&#xA;impedita da un “cancello di ferro massiccio a grate strette” (142),&#xA;ben serrato e assicurato da tutta una serie di chiavistelli, sbarre e&#xA;serrature. Anche l’altra estremità della prigione non presenta&#xA;aperture di sorta. Quando il barone discende nell’abisso di questo&#xA;luogo di pena, come oramai sappiamo, scorge sulle pareti le scritte&#xA;dei detenuti. A tale proposito, nel testo leggiamo: “Sulla prima, dopo&#xA;la giravolta del vestibolo, ove ancora la solare luce la lambiva,&#xA;LIBIRTAA scorsi sulla parete, e più sotto, alla terza, alla quinta, e&#xA;sino in fondo, ove una pietra concava formava l’estremo apice e&#xA;chiudeva questo vortice (fora vi sbatteva di contra la maretta,&#xA;s’udiva la risacca), al barbaglio fumoso della lampa, altre parole&#xA;vidi di scrittura fresca”. (144, corsivi nostri). Anche l’altra&#xA;estremità del sotterraneo, quindi, non presenta scappatoie. Si noti&#xA;come la struttura descritta, corredata di un “vestibolo”, formata come&#xA;un “vortice” con tornanti numerati , si rifaccia, palesemente, al&#xA;modello dantesco. Si faccia attenzione, comunque, al fatto che questo&#xA;è un “vestibolo” caratterizzato, fin dall’inizio, dalla libertà,&#xA;mentre quello dantesco è un ingresso attraverso il quale si entra, ma&#xA;dal quale non si può uscire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato penso che sia quello di sbarre che terminano con una specie di gancio a forma di alabarda per essere agganciate a un qualche sostegno fissato al muro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-22T07:23:27.070" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9606" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-23T07:39:04.820" Score="2" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Furto della Cassa Comunale, contenente somme vigenti, parte innumerario, parte in fede di &#xA;  credito; saccheggio in diverse case civili con appropriazione di somme, fede di credito, gioje, oggetti d'oro e di argento accompagnato da incendî di libri creditorî e di ogni documento appartenente a fortune private; devastazione a frutta, a ricolta, nei campi estesa e generalizzata per &lt;strong&gt;eserzione&lt;/strong&gt; degli anarchisti; appropriazione di case, e di poderi precedentemente per sentenza pendente; o volontariamente, e per atti autentici o laicali, scrocco di somme per componende, e minacce di danno, o di vita, arresti arbitrarii, ed ogni altra abusiva escandescenza, e tutto questo iniziato al grido di Viva Vittorio Emmanuele - Viva Garibaldi, e all'ombra del Vessillo della rigenerazione, che aveva servito di mezzo a disarmare preventivamente, ed agglomerare vittorie designate; come le prime ad essere immolate, e che dovevan essere seguite da altre, cui fortuite circostanze trovarono, e che dovevano formare i prodromi di un numero di reati e di scelleraggini, poscia parte consumati, parte per divina misericordia non commessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di parte di un documento emesso dalla     Commissione Speciale di Patti  nel 1860.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato del termine &quot;eserzione&quot; che appare in questo testo? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario, ma invece su Google Books ci sono parecchie occorrenze, soprattutto in libri dell'Ottocento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-24T15:09:18.950" Title="Significato di &quot;eserzione&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9607" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-24T08:08:56.403" Score="1" ViewCount="31" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Furto della Cassa Comunale, contenente somme vigenti, parte innumerario, parte in fede di &#xA;  credito; saccheggio in diverse case civili con appropriazione di somme, fede di credito, gioje, oggetti d'oro e di argento accompagnato da incendî di libri creditorî e di ogni documento appartenente a fortune private; devastazione a frutta, a ricolta, nei campi estesa e generalizzata per eserzione degli anarchisti; appropriazione di case, e di &lt;strong&gt;poderi precedentemente per sentenza pendente&lt;/strong&gt;; o volontariamente, e per atti autentici o laicali, scrocco di somme per componende, e minacce di danno, o di vita, arresti arbitrarii, ed ogni altra abusiva escandescenza, e tutto questo iniziato al grido di Viva Vittorio Emmanuele - Viva Garibaldi, e all'ombra del Vessillo della rigenerazione, che aveva servito di mezzo a disarmare preventivamente, ed agglomerare vittorie designate; come le prime ad essere immolate, e che dovevan essere seguite da altre, cui fortuite circostanze trovarono, e che dovevano formare i prodromi di un numero di reati e di scelleraggini, poscia parte consumati, parte per divina misericordia non commessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di parte di un documento emesso dalla Commissione Speciale di Patti  nel 1860.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;poderi precedentemente per sentenza pendente&quot;, malgrado conoscere il significato delle singole parole. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-24T08:08:56.403" Title="Che vuol dire &quot;poderi precedentemente per sentenza pendente&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9608" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9609" CreationDate="2018-06-24T14:17:43.060" Score="5" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un passo del suo &lt;em&gt;De viribus quantitatis&lt;/em&gt;, Luca Pacioli (1447-1517) descrive come costruire una clessidra molto precisa, che dev'essere composta da due bocce di vetro tra le quali scorre del mercurio. Tra le due bocce ci dev'essere una lamina con un piccolo buco, e secondo lui la lamina non dev'essere fatta di metallo, bensì&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;vol essere de vetro o vero de alcun legno denso, cianno, vosso et oliva, pero etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il “cianno” e il “vosso” sono due dei legni densi adatti a questa parte della bussola. Sapete che cosa siano, in termini moderni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Il Treccani riporta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/ciano&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;ciano&lt;/a&gt;, con una “n”, come nome alternativo del fiordaliso, nonché dell'ambretta, nome che a sua volta designa varie specie vegetali, ma che mi sembra che siano tutte erbe.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-06-24T14:59:17.947" Title="Che legni sono il cianno e il vosso?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9608" CreationDate="2018-06-24T14:59:17.947" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il vosso potrebbe essere il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Buxus&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bosso&lt;/a&gt;, che, sebbene sia un arbusto, ha un legno con utilizzi compatibili con ciò che viene descritto nella domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il legno di bosso, di colore giallastro e molto duro, è pregiato e di&#xA;  facile lavorabilità; viene utilizzato per lavori di ebanisteria, pezzi&#xA;  degli scacchi, bocce da gioco, intaglio, strumenti musicali e nel&#xA;  modellismo navale. In forma di stecchi, il legno di bosso è ampiamente&#xA;  utilizzato in orologeria per la pulizia dei movimenti d'orologio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-24T14:59:17.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9606" CreationDate="2018-06-24T15:09:18.950" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sospetto che qui &lt;em&gt;eserzione&lt;/em&gt; sia collegato al latino &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/exerceo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;exerceo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (cfr. l'inglese &lt;em&gt;exertion&lt;/em&gt;) e all'italiano &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esercire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;esercire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;eṡercire&lt;/strong&gt; (ant. &lt;strong&gt;eṡercére&lt;/strong&gt;) v. tr. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;exercere&lt;/em&gt; «esercitare», comp. di &lt;em&gt;ex-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;arcere&lt;/em&gt; nel sign. di «mettere in movimento»] (&lt;em&gt;io eṡercisco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tu eṡercisci&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.), non com. – Attendere a un mestiere, esercitare un’attività, e più in partic. condurre, amministrare un negozio o un’impresa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso parafraserei l'espressione con &lt;em&gt;ad opera&lt;/em&gt;, vale a dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;devastazione a frutta, a ricolta, nei campi estesa e generalizzata &lt;strong&gt;ad opera&lt;/strong&gt; degli anarchisti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-06-24T15:09:18.950" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9611" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9622" CreationDate="2018-06-24T17:54:19.883" Score="7" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;Consider the following exchange in which si passivante appears:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A scuola, si leggono i libri?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Surely a grammatical answer would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sì, si leggono i libri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I wanted to not mention &quot;i libri&quot; again,&#xA;which of the following answers would also be considered grammatical?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, si leggono [subject ommitted] (si passivante)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, li si legge. (si impersonale)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same problem occurs in the past tense:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si sono letti i libri?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, si sono letti.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, li si è letti.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which of these are grammatical?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4675" LastEditorUserId="4675" LastEditDate="2018-06-24T19:05:17.287" LastActivityDate="2018-06-27T23:20:45.717" Title="Can &quot;si passivante&quot; be constructed with null subject in certain contexts?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9611" CreationDate="2018-06-24T19:48:41.047" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, that is possible. &lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/ybww9f5b&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Case in point:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Ma si vedono?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certo che si vedono …&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.is/wWKT2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;archived&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-24T19:48:41.047" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9613" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-25T07:41:19.390" Score="1" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Furto della Cassa Comunale, contenente somme vigenti, parte innumerario, parte in fede di &#xA;  credito; saccheggio in diverse case civili con appropriazione di somme, fede di credito, gioje, oggetti d'oro e di argento accompagnato da incendî di libri creditorî e di ogni documento appartenente a fortune private; devastazione a frutta, a ricolta, nei campi estesa e generalizzata per eserzione degli anarchisti; appropriazione di case, e di poderi precedentemente per sentenza pendente; o volontariamente, e &lt;strong&gt;per atti autentici o laicali&lt;/strong&gt;, scrocco di somme per componende, e minacce di danno, o di vita, arresti arbitrarii, ed ogni altra abusiva escandescenza, e tutto questo iniziato al grido di Viva Vittorio Emmanuele - Viva Garibaldi, e all'ombra del Vessillo della rigenerazione, che aveva servito di mezzo a disarmare preventivamente, ed agglomerare vittorie designate; come le prime ad essere immolate, e che dovevan essere seguite da altre, cui fortuite circostanze trovarono, e che dovevano formare i prodromi di un numero di reati e di scelleraggini, poscia parte consumati, parte per divina misericordia non commessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di parte di un documento emesso dalla     Commissione Speciale di Patti  nel 1860.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione  &quot;per atti autentici o laicali&quot; che appare nel testo. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-25T07:41:19.390" Title="Cosa significa &quot;per atti autentici o laicali&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9616" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9617" CreationDate="2018-06-26T06:49:44.170" Score="3" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il sorriso dell'ignoto marinaio&lt;/em&gt;, di Vincenzo Consolo, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Colti infine nei lacci della Giustizia gli attuali giudicabili. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ritenuti in cosifatto modo i fatti in genere. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il Presidente ha proposto la seguente&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  QUISTIONE&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Costa&lt;/strong&gt; che i prevenuti D. Ignazio Cozzo, Salvatore Oriti Gianni, Antonino Di Nardo Mileti Carcagnintra, Giuseppe Sirna Papa, Salvatore Artino, Vincenzo Mileti Carcavecchia Spinnato, Salvatore Parrino Tanticchia, Salvatore Fragapane Malandro, Nicolò Vinci del fu &#xA;  Vincenzo, Nicolò Santoro Quagliata, Michele Patroniti [...] siano rei &#xA;  di aver portato la strage, la devastazione ed il saccheggio nel Comune di Alcàra contro la classe di quelle persone civili, ed ai sensi della cennata rubrica dell'avvocato fiscale? &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  LA COMMISSIONE&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Considerando [...] &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Per siffatte considerazioni la Commissione nella quistione proposta dichiara all'unanimità&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;   &lt;strong&gt;COSTA&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; [...] &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Risolute in tal modo le quistioni di fatto, la Commissione procedeva all'applicazione della pena, e condannò taluni all'estremo &#xA;  supplizio, altri a pene temporanee; però temperando la severità della &#xA;  legge, raccomandò alcuni fra i condannati a morte alla clemenza del Dittatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di parte di un documento storico emesso dalla Commissione Speciale di Patti  nel 1860 dopo i fatti di Alcàra Li Fusi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di questo &quot;costa&quot; che appare un paio di volte in questo testo. Alla voce &quot;costare&quot; dei dizionari che ho consultato non mi sembra che si trovi niente che abbia senso in questo contesto. Potrebbe essere una forma arcaica di &quot;constare&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-26T15:39:51.590" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;costare&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9616" CreationDate="2018-06-26T08:23:47.350" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il gruppo consonantico “nst” del latino &lt;em&gt;instans&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;constans&lt;/em&gt; nell'italiano “volgare” perde la “n” per assimilazione: &lt;em&gt;istante&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;costante&lt;/em&gt;. Va notato che l'assimilazione di “ns” in “s” (sorda) era già presente nel latino classico: &lt;em&gt;mens&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;consul&lt;/em&gt; si pronunciavano &lt;em&gt;mes&lt;/em&gt; (da &lt;em&gt;mensem&lt;/em&gt; deriva l'italiano &lt;em&gt;mese&lt;/em&gt;) e &lt;em&gt;cosul&lt;/em&gt; con la vocale nasalizzata. Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_spelling_and_pronunciation#Vowel_nasalization&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Latin spelling and pronunciation&lt;/a&gt; e la citazione relativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le voci dotte, entrate nel periodo umanistico e successivo, invece mantengono la “n”: “constare”. Ma non è rara l'assimilazione anche per questi lemmi, per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/istante1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;istante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; per &lt;em&gt;instante&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui il significato è &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/constare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;consta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Il verbo latino &lt;em&gt;constare&lt;/em&gt; ha due esiti in italiano, il “volgare” &lt;em&gt;costare&lt;/em&gt; e il dotto &lt;em&gt;constare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-06-26T15:39:51.590" LastActivityDate="2018-06-26T15:39:51.590" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9618" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-26T22:37:17.677" Score="1" ViewCount="651" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una cosa che mi sono accorto di aver fatto/che hai fatto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Una cosa che ho paura di fare/che tu faccia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono delle persone che non so chi siano.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono delle persone a cui non so cosa sia passato per la testa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono dei soldi che bisogna capire come verranno gestiti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;C'è gente che non so cosa abbia contro di me.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io penso siano tutte frasi corrette grammaticalmente, però cercando su google costruzioni frasali simili, mi escono pochi risultati.&#xA;Potreste dirmi se sono scorrette o meno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-27T05:50:56.050" LastActivityDate="2018-06-27T06:06:19.167" Title="Frasi con pronomi relativi?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9619" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9618" CreationDate="2018-06-27T06:06:19.167" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono tutte frasi grammaticalmente corrette, anche se si potrebbero fare alcuni appunti, specie riguardo alla (3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sebbene corretta sarebbe meglio utilizzare costruzioni alternative che possano facilitare la comprensione, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono delle persone che non conosco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono delle persone che sono a me sconosciute (in questo caso si&#xA;  potrebbe anche omettere &lt;em&gt;che sono&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per darti altri esempi ed esercizi con i pronomi relativi ti segnalo le risorse seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-relativi_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica pronomi relativi (da Treccani)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2011/04/28/pronomi-relativi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grammatica ed esercizio (da Zanichelli)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://italianoperstranieri.mondadorieducation.it/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/B1_grammatica_03.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Esercizi sui pronomi relativi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-27T06:06:19.167" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9620" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12758" CreationDate="2018-06-27T07:58:50.137" Score="3" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  Tobia e i suoi mi trattarono come un malato, ma solo per un giorno, l’indomani Tobia mi rimise sotto e arrivato a scuro mi sembrava di non aver mai lavorata una giornata come quella. Mi fece bene. Un po’ come fa bene, quando hai lavorato tutta notte nella guazza a &lt;strong&gt;incovonare&lt;/strong&gt;, non andartene a dormire ma invece rimetterti a tagliare al rosso del sole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;incovonare&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario. Ho visto però che appare anche nel racconto &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.einaudi.it/libri/libro/beppe-fenoglio/l-affare-dell-anima-e-altri-racconti/978880638059&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Alla Langa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quelli del Muraglione, che in luglio&#xA;  avevano resistito a &lt;strong&gt;incovonare&lt;/strong&gt; il grano&#xA;  da soli, vennero con aria di trionfatori&#xA;  sul campo di Elia, anche a costo di&#xA;  preterire il lavoro suo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-17T20:55:21.603" LastActivityDate="2020-04-17T20:55:21.603" Title="Cosa significa &quot;incovonare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9621" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-27T15:47:48.880" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solo alcune varianti di italiano regionale possiedono le sette vocali dell'italiano standard (/a/, /e/, /ɛ/, /i/, /o/, /ɔ/, /u/):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negli &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/italiano-regionale_(Enciclopedia_dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;italiani regionali&lt;/a&gt; sono documentati sia sistemi con sette fonemi (eptavocalici) sia con cinque (pentavocalici).  I sistemi eptavocalici hanno una distribuzione delle vocali semichiuse e semiaperte differente rispetto allo standard di base fiorentina: sono localizzati nell’Italia centrale, in Campania, in Basilicata, nel Molise, nel Veneto, nel Trentino. I sistemi con cinque fonemi possono avere anche sette vocali fonetiche, tuttavia il timbro semichiuso e semiaperto è esclusivamente condizionato dal contesto, come in Lombardia, Piemonte, Emilia Romagna, Liguria, Puglia. Le varietà con il vocalismo pentavocalico si collocano soprattutto nell’Italia meridionale estrema (Sicilia, parte della Calabria, Salento) e in Sardegna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Enciclopedia dell'italiano, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/chiuse-e-aperte-vocali_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocali chiuse e aperte&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Silvia Calamai)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una coppia minima famosa per le vocali /e/ ed /ɛ/ in italiano standard è data da &lt;em&gt;pésca/pèsca&lt;/em&gt;. Questa coppia minima però non è valida dovunque sia presente un sistema eptavocalico. Ad esempio nel nord-est d'Italia entrambe le parole sono realizzate come /'peska/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q&lt;/strong&gt; Esiste una coppia minima per le vocali /e/ ed /ɛ/ che sia valida su tutte la zone d'Italia dove le vocali sono fonologicamente distinte?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT:&lt;/strong&gt; Una coppia minima per /e/ ed /ɛ/ valida nel veneziano, ma non in italiano standard è &lt;em&gt;se/sé&lt;/em&gt;, realizzati come /'se/ e /'sɛ/ rispettivamente. In italiano standard entrambe le parole sono realizzate come /se/, some dimostra la grafia stessa di &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-29T06:54:37.167" Title="Coppia minima nell'italiano regionale" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9611" CreationDate="2018-06-27T16:44:12.110" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have stumbled upon a &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; subtle point of Italian grammar. In fact the usage of the &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; constructions is bound by complicated rules. So complicated that someone wrote a research monograph on them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d'Alessandro, R. (2007). &lt;em&gt;Impersonal&amp;quot; si&amp;quot; constructions: Agreement and Interpretation&lt;/em&gt; (Vol. 90). Walter de Gruyter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most of what I'm going to write here is based on the above book. Unfortunately I have neither the time nor the skill to do an in depth treatment. I hope what I write will be enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And thank you for making me learn this overlooked part of Italian grammar!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr/&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Simplifying a lot, sentences with the &lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt; are pretty much always ok:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si fabbricano le case &lt;em&gt;([Someone] builds the houses here)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand the &lt;em&gt;si impersonale&lt;/em&gt; is perceived as correct mainly when expressing habits and general descriptions (precisely, verbs in the Vendler aspectual class of &lt;em&gt;activities&lt;/em&gt;). In particular, the direct object in this sentence is almost never allowed to have a definite article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si fabbrica case &lt;em&gt;(Houses are built here)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while the following sentence is incorrect:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*Qui si fabbrica le case&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, the &lt;em&gt;si impersonale&lt;/em&gt; is less used by native speakers in the past tense, and in this case it is sometimes perceived as archaic or incorrect&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?Qui si è fabbricato case&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also worth noting that the grammaticality of sentences with &lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;si impersonale&lt;/em&gt; varies a lot with the idiolect of the speaker. It seems that Florentine speakers perceive pretty much any combination of &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;verb&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;noun&lt;/em&gt; as grammatical, while most other Italian speakers have much more stringent criteria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr/&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's finally take a look at your sentences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, si leggono [i libri]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, li si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both of these sentences are grammatical, but only the first one is an answer to the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A scuola si leggono i libri? &lt;em&gt;(Do you read the books at school?)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second one, being a &lt;em&gt;si impersonale&lt;/em&gt;, is an answer to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A scuola si leggono libri? &lt;em&gt;(Do you read books at school?)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A similar situation holds for the past tense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of the &lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt;, the subject, as usual, can be omitted if clear from the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-27T19:16:55.727" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9611" CreationDate="2018-06-27T23:13:33.013" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is more an addendum to the great answer by Denis Nardin than an answer in itself, but too long to be contained in a comment. Serianni's &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (VII.57), covering the uses of the pronoun &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;, says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[&lt;em&gt;Si&lt;/em&gt; viene usato] nei costrutti impersonali: «Come si dice?», «qui si mangia bene». Da notare che, nei tempi composti dei verbi intransitivi o transitivi senza oggetto espresso, il participio passato ha desinenza maschile singolare se il verbo usato personalmente riceve come ausiliare &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; («si è parlato troppo», «si è lavorato abbastanza», perché si dice «abbiamo parlato», «abbiamo lavorato»); ha desinenza plurale, maschile o femminile, se l'ausiliare prescritto nella costruzione personale è &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;: «da studenti, (noi) s'è andati all'estero», «da studentesse, (noi) s'è andate all'estero» (perché si dice «siamo andati» o «andate»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'accordo è al plurale anche quando il predicato nominale è un aggettivo («si è allegri» o «allegre») e con i verbi passivi («si è lodati» o «lodate»). In Lepschy-Lepschy 1981 si fa notare che la desinenza del participio è l'unico tratto che discrimina «si è capiti» ‘noi siamo capiti’ da «si è capito» ‘noi abbiamo capito’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se con un verbo intransitivo o transitivo senza oggetto espresso non ci sono dubbi sul carattere impersonale del costrutto («si lavora» = qualcuno lavora, noi lavoriamo, ecc.), con un verbo transitivo ci si può chiedere se ci troviamo di fronte a un &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; passivante ... Una frase come «alle nove si serve il caffè» può rappresentare sia «alle nove qualcuno serve il caffè», sia «alle nove il caffè viene servito».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fanno propendere per la seconda interpretazione due fatti: il verbo tende a passare alla 6ª persona in caso di oggetto plurale («si servono le bibite»; ma nell'uso toscano e arcaico anche «si serve le bibite»; cfr. Rohlfs 1966-1969); nei tempi composti il participio ha desinenza femminile («si è servita una bibita»; antico o popolare l'uso senza accordo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-27T23:20:45.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9624" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9625" CreationDate="2018-06-28T08:09:31.207" Score="3" ViewCount="2811" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non eravamo gli ultimi della nostra parentela e se la facevano tutti abbastanza bene: chi aveva la &lt;strong&gt;censa&lt;/strong&gt;, chi il macello gentile, chi un bel pezzo di terra propria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il vocabolo &quot;censa&quot; in nessun dizionario. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa? Si tratta di un termine di origine piemontese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-28T08:15:03.817" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T12:01:29.980" Title="Cosa significa &quot;censa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9625" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9624" CreationDate="2018-06-28T08:11:31.473" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato la risposta nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=G7JWAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT73&amp;amp;lpg=PT73&amp;amp;dq=censa+significato&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=0zLoLypzKv&amp;amp;sig=drT5wK3ZHjcxQHdeso7D96XFqrc&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwim4--W2tXbAhWqAMAKHYjdC5c4ChDoAQgQMAI#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=censa%20significato&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Come il letto di un falò: Riflessioni su Cesare Pavese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Franco Lorizio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il sostantivo dialettale &quot;censa&quot; – tabaccheria – ricorre in una sola occasione: &quot;mi vide davanti alla censa che guardavo le cartoline&quot;. Deriva dal latino &quot;census&quot;, &quot;appalto&quot; e non sembra trovare  ampia diffusione in ambito regionale: il lemma non è presente nello &quot;storico&quot; &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Piemontese–Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Michele Ponza, così come in altri dizionari consimili più recenti; compare invece nella &lt;em&gt;Raccolta ed origine di vocaboli tipici delle Valli Monregalesi&lt;/em&gt; di Sergio Piazzo, cosa che potrebbe far pensare a un uso circoscritto al Piemonte meridionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La citazione di Pavese è del romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-28T08:11:31.473" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9626" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9632" CreationDate="2018-06-28T08:14:34.380" Score="4" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non eravamo gli ultimi della nostra parentela e se la facevano tutti abbastanza bene: chi aveva la censa, chi il &lt;strong&gt;macello gentile&lt;/strong&gt;, chi un bel pezzo di terra propria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cos'è o era un &quot;mecello  gentile&quot;? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;macello&quot; e &quot;gentile&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa espressione né nessuna accezione di &quot;gentile&quot; che mi sembri adeguata a qualificare una macelleria o mattatoio. Una ricerca su Google però mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un'espressione abbastanza usata.  Ho visto persino qualche fotografia che mostra una porta con un cartello con la scritta &quot;macello gentile&quot; sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-29T11:47:31.060" LastActivityDate="2020-04-10T11:07:33.010" Title="Cos'è un &quot;macello gentile&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9621" CreationDate="2018-06-28T13:41:48.493" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al momento non riesco a trovare delle fonti, ma credo che una coppia minima /e/-/ɛ/ possa essere composta da &lt;strong&gt;&quot;e&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; come congiunzione ed &lt;strong&gt;&quot;è&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; come copula. In Italia centrale, Campania e, direi, anche Sicilia (contrariamente alla fonte citata) questa differenza è certamente presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastActivityDate="2018-06-28T13:41:48.493" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9628" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9629" CreationDate="2018-06-28T14:59:23.853" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi potete suggerire qualche alternativa formale ad una frase del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’attività non è urgente ma è necessario farla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2018-06-28T16:07:00.393" Title="Espressione formale per &quot;è da fare/è necessario farlo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9629" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9628" CreationDate="2018-06-28T16:07:00.393" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una possibile alternativa alla tua frase potrebbe essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’attività non è urgente ma comunque necessaria&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-06-28T16:07:00.393" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9630" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9631" CreationDate="2018-06-29T06:00:13.313" Score="3" ViewCount="568" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nostra madre raddoppiò la sua lavorazione di formaggio fermentato, ma non ce ne lasciava toccare neanche le briciole sull’orlo della conca. E quando seppe che a Niella ne pagavano l’&lt;strong&gt;arbarella&lt;/strong&gt; un soldo di piú che al nostro paese, andò a venderlo a Niella, e saputo poi che a Murazzano lo pagavano qualcosa meglio, si faceva due colline per andarlo a vendere lassú.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-29T06:06:38.703" LastActivityDate="2018-06-30T08:53:19.120" Title="Significato di &quot;arbarella&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9631" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9630" CreationDate="2018-06-29T06:10:35.327" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;arbarella&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arbanella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;arbanella&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è dialettale e viene utilizzato in Liguria e nel basso Piemonte per indicare un barattolo di vetro per alimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arbanella&lt;/strong&gt; è un termine in uso nella lingua ligure per definire un tipo&#xA;  particolare di barattolo in vetro, utile come contenitore per alimenti&#xA;  e conserve dolci e salate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In italiano esistono termini affini ad arbanella come albarello&#xA;  (contenitore a uso erboristico o farmaceutico, solitamente di&#xA;  maiolica), da cui la parola potrebbe essere derivata attraverso la&#xA;  dissimilazione della &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; e un fenomeno di rotacismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In alcune zone del ponente ligure è diffusa la variante dialettale&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;erbanella&lt;/strong&gt;, mentre in alcune zone dello spezzino e della Lunigiana il&#xA;  suono della &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; diventa una &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;strong&gt;albanella&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il termine si è diffuso anche nel basso Piemonte. In particolare,&#xA;  nella zona del monregalese, si è diffusa la variante con doppio&#xA;  rotacismo &lt;strong&gt;arbarella&lt;/strong&gt;. Da qui le espressioni: pesche in arbarella,&#xA;  arbarella di marmellata, vado in cantina a prendere un'arbarella...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si vede il termine era diffuso nelle zone del monregalese cioè nella provincia di Cuneo, di cui fanno parte Niella Tanaro e Murazzano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla voce &quot;arbarella&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.piemunteis.it/liber-liber/vocabolario-piemontese-italiano-di-michele-ponza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario piemontese-italiano e italiano-piemontese, del sacerdote Michele Ponza&lt;/a&gt;, un vocabolario storico dell'Ottocento, si trova: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Arbarella, n.&lt;/em&gt; alberello (&lt;em&gt;vas da spëssiari&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo Treccani il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/alberello1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;alberello&lt;/a&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vaso (detto anche &lt;em&gt;albarello&lt;/em&gt;), per lo più di maiolica dipinta, più raramente di vetro e in origine, forse, di legno di pioppo (da cui&#xA;  deriverebbe il nome); di forma generalmente cilindrica, con una&#xA;  rastrematura centrale che lo rende simile a un segmento di bambù, fu&#xA;  usato in passato dagli speziali (e in Francia, nel sec. 18°, come&#xA;  insegna di farmacie), ma in seguito anche come barattolo per&#xA;  confetture, colori o altri materiali: &lt;em&gt;l’a. del sale, l’a. delle&#xA;  acciughe; alberelli di lattovari e d’unguenti colmi&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio);&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;meglio al bosco un vermicciol gli aggrada Che in gabbia un a. di&#xA;  panico&lt;/em&gt; (Pascoli).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-06-30T08:53:19.120" LastActivityDate="2018-06-30T08:53:19.120" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9626" CreationDate="2018-06-29T07:26:01.490" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oltre al &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.edatlas.it/documents/1f315a6f-f4dd-4e39-b59b-b01a40eefd5b&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;documento&lt;/a&gt; già menzionato da Charo nei commenti, sono riuscito a scovare un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.fr/books?id=SXcrAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PA452&amp;amp;ots=QHcOjarflv&amp;amp;dq=%22macello%20gentile%22&amp;amp;pg=PA119#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;atto di governo del 1812 del regno di Sardegna&lt;/a&gt; che può dare luce sulla situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fra queste [vecchie leggi] abbiamo ravvisato quella [...] di permettere ai macellai di vitelli di poter anche smerciare un sesto di moggie al prezzo medesimo della carne di vitello [...] allo scopo di non lasciar di troppo elevare il prezzo della carne di vitello con aggravio dei compratori, poiché nel formare il prezzo medio della &lt;strong&gt;carne gentile&lt;/strong&gt;, su cui si stabiliva la tassa, si faceva entrare per un terzo circa il valore della carne di moggia, accomunata come carne di terza qualità con quella di prima e seconda di vitello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono riuscito a scoprire cosa sia la carne di moggia, ma è chiaro dal contesto che si tratta di carne di qualità inferiore alla carne di vitello. Questo suggerisce di cercare l'espressione &lt;em&gt;vitello gentile&lt;/em&gt; e, in effetti tale ricerca produce dei risultati interessanti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vitello gentile&lt;/em&gt;, che ha quattro anni ed è fuor di dentini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.fr/books?id=3uY3AQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PA482&amp;amp;ots=Q8WEVEWoWV&amp;amp;dq=%22vitello%20gentile%22&amp;amp;pg=PA482#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22vitello%20gentile%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario milanese-italiano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Francesco Cherubini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra probabile quindi che un &lt;em&gt;macello gentile&lt;/em&gt; indicasse, nel nord ovest italiano, un macello specializzato nella carne di vitello, più cara ma di qualità superiore rispetto alle altre carni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-29T07:32:34.493" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9633" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-29T14:51:41.447" Score="3" ViewCount="28080" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito più volte colleghi e amici fare riferimento a questo detto in situazioni in cui bisogna fare buon viso a cattivo gioco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche trovato in rete alcune varianti con trincea al posto di buco (ed altre ancora più colorite) ma non sono riuscito a trovare una fonte che possa chiarire da dove deriva questo modo di dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi sa per caso spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-06-29T15:16:43.600" LastActivityDate="2019-03-24T01:03:17.487" Title="Origine del detto &quot;In guerra o in carestia ogni buco è galleria&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9634" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-06-29T15:07:53.730" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't find out precisely what &quot;piccola privativa&quot; means in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/P/piccolo.aspx?query=piccolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;DIR&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Piccola privativa&lt;/strong&gt;, diritto dell'inventore di sfruttare la propria invenzione mediante la sua realizzazione e la vendita dei relativi prodotti&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same definition can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.zanichelli.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;privativa industriale, piccola privativa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, diritto dell'inventore di attuare, sfruttare commercialmente e alienare la propria invenzione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From these quotations, I can't see any difference between &lt;em&gt;privativa industriale&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;piccola privativa&lt;/em&gt;, as I guess that both fit well for describing &lt;em&gt;intellectual property rights&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But a few other sources (all found on &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com.ua/search?tbm=bks&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;q=%22piccola%20privativa%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;) are confusing and embarrassing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bosco, &quot;Lessico universale italiano&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sia i m. di utilità sia i m. e disegni ornamentali possono formare oggetto di brevetto quando hanno carattere di novità e costituiscono la cosiddetta piccola privativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Mondo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;PICCOLA PRIVATIVA - Espressione giuridica che comprende tutte quelle invenzioni (la confezione di un prodotto, un congegno che migliora il funzionamento di un macchinario ecc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rivista di diritto industriale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... di rivendicazione, discendeva dalla soluzione di un problema di elementare ed assoluta semplicità che non implicava alcun apporto creativo anche sotto il profilo della mera innovazione, propria dell'ambito della ed. piccola privativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, it can be found &lt;a href=&quot;http://files.einaudi-dirittoed-economia.webnode.it/200000019-4366c447c7/8%C2%B0%20lezione%20le%20creazioni%20dell-ingegno.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;IL BREVETTO PUO’ ESSERE RILASCIATO&#xA;  ANCHE PER INVENZIONI MINORI CHE&#xA;  NON CREANO NUOVE MACCHINE O&#xA;  STRUMENTI, MA SI LIMITANO A&#xA;  MIGLIORARE QUELLE GIA’ ESISTENTI. SI PARLA IN QUESTO CASO DI PICCOLA&#xA;  PRIVATIVA&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in contrast to the first two sources, these four rather construe the &quot;piccola privativa&quot; as a specific intellectual property right for only minor inventions, which add up to some other, pre-existent inventions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please help me make it clear which of the two interpretations is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4424" LastEditorUserId="4424" LastEditDate="2018-06-29T15:33:11.670" LastActivityDate="2018-08-31T15:06:18.230" Title="What does &quot;piccola privativa&quot; mean (law)?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9636" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9637" CreationDate="2018-06-30T08:09:49.637" Score="1" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Per chiedere la grazia di poter tirar su testa, un anno nostra madre andò pellegrina al santuario della Madonna del Deserto, che è lontano da noi, sopra un monte dietro il quale si può dire che c’è subito il mare. Mi ricordo come adesso. Era un po’ che noi, alzata la schiena, guardavamo la processione delle donne sulla strada di Mombarcaro, quando esce di casa nostra madre, vestita da chiesa, e con un fagottino di roba mangiativa. Nostro padre le uscí appresso e le gridava: – Vecchia bagascia, non mi vai mica via con quello &lt;strong&gt;stroppo&lt;/strong&gt; di pelandracce? – Lei si voltò, ma senza fermarsi e solo per guardarlo negli occhi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;stroppo&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato questo vocabolo in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non hanno senso in questo contesto. Si tratta di un termine di origine piemontese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-06-30T18:41:00.073" Title="Significato di &quot;stroppo&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9637" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9636" CreationDate="2018-06-30T18:41:00.073" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://alessandrialisondria.altervista.org/dialet-lissandren-dizionario-alessandrino-italiano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dialettale di Alessandria&lt;/a&gt; viene riportato il termine stròpa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;stròpa (s. f.). frotta, torma, quantità di persone o d’animali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo ligure con nonni originari del basso Piemonte ti posso dire che nel nostro dialetto si usa stroppa per indicare una grande quantità di persone, ma in generale anche una grande quantità di qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si è mangiato una stroppa di ciliegie e poi è stato male&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso da te riportato il sostantivo è al maschile ma il significato è presumibilmente lo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-06-30T18:41:00.073" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9639" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9849" CreationDate="2018-07-01T07:53:02.153" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; I due maschi, uno è un po’ piú vecchio di me e l’altro un po’ piú giovane. Con loro ci facevo quattro parole a testa al giorno, ma nessuno dei due m’ha mai trattato con prepotenza, forse perché sapevano bene che bastava una tempesta un po’ arrabbiata e un piccolo &lt;strong&gt;conto&lt;/strong&gt; nella testa di loro padre per spedirli tutt’e due a far la mia medesima fine lontano da casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;conto&quot; in parecchi dizionari ma, ce ne sono tante accezioni, che non sono sicura di aver capito qual è l'adatta al contesto del testo. Quindi la domanda sarebbe: nel brano sopra citato, &quot;conto&quot; sta per &quot;racconto&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-03T15:32:27.513" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;conto&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9640" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-01T08:48:18.920" Score="7" ViewCount="1848" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand that both words mean big but when should one be used vs the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4687" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-01T10:14:34.230" LastActivityDate="2018-07-01T14:21:55.303" Title="What's the difference between grande and grosso?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9640" CreationDate="2018-07-01T09:27:35.290" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you correctly noted, both &lt;em&gt;grande&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;grosso&lt;/em&gt; can be translated as &lt;em&gt;big&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;However, although often interchangeable, on a figurative level their meaning can differ quite a bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take for instance the following sentence: &lt;em&gt;there was a big boulder blocking the road&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;You could translate it as &lt;em&gt;c'era un &lt;strong&gt;grosso&lt;/strong&gt; masso che bloccava la strada&lt;/em&gt; or as &lt;em&gt;c'era un &lt;strong&gt;grande&lt;/strong&gt; masso che bloccava la strada&lt;/em&gt;. They are both perfectly acceptable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, there is a huge difference between saying &lt;em&gt;era un &lt;strong&gt;grosso&lt;/strong&gt; uomo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;era un &lt;strong&gt;grande&lt;/strong&gt; uomo&lt;/em&gt;. The first sentence would translate as &lt;em&gt;he was a &lt;strong&gt;big&lt;/strong&gt; man&lt;/em&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;big&lt;/em&gt; denotes his being robust, corpulent, fat or even muscular. While the second sentence would translate as &lt;em&gt;he was a &lt;strong&gt;great&lt;/strong&gt; man&lt;/em&gt;, where &lt;em&gt;great&lt;/em&gt; denotes his qualities as a person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I believe this thread on Wordreference might help you get a better undestanding of the difference between these two words: &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/grande-vs-grosso.615354/?hl=it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/grande-vs-grosso.615354/?hl=it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4686" LastEditorDisplayName="user4686" LastEditDate="2018-07-01T09:34:45.547" LastActivityDate="2018-07-01T09:34:45.547" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9640" CreationDate="2018-07-01T14:21:55.303" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both words mean large or great, both figuratively and physically, but they're used in slightly different contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;When Talking About Items&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande&lt;/em&gt; is often used when identifying a specific item against smaller ones. &lt;em&gt;Apri il libro grande&lt;/em&gt; (not the small one).&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Grosso&lt;/em&gt; is almost never used this way. (While &amp;quot;più grosso&amp;quot; might: &lt;em&gt;Passami il libro più grosso&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande&lt;/em&gt; is often used to signify large, while &lt;em&gt;grosso&lt;/em&gt; means big. &lt;em&gt;Un libro grande&lt;/em&gt; has a large format, &lt;em&gt;un libro grosso&lt;/em&gt; is bulky, with many pages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When used before the noun, &lt;em&gt;grande&lt;/em&gt; might also mean great, based on context. &lt;em&gt;Un grande libro&lt;/em&gt; might be a large book or a really good one. Often both, if making a pun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Effectively, an item can be &lt;em&gt;grande e grosso&lt;/em&gt; if it is both large and bulky.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;When Talking About People&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All that has been said for items still applies, with some variations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande&lt;/em&gt; before the name most often signifies great.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande&lt;/em&gt; can also mean adult: &lt;em&gt;Una persona grande&lt;/em&gt; = an adult. &lt;em&gt;Il fratello grande&lt;/em&gt; = the older/oldest brother. &lt;em&gt;Filippo è grande, ormai&lt;/em&gt; = Philip has grown up already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande&lt;/em&gt; can be about physical height. &lt;em&gt;Guarda che grande è quel tizio&lt;/em&gt; = look at how big that guy is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grosso&lt;/em&gt; is more about width.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, a guy can be &lt;em&gt;grande e grosso&lt;/em&gt;, meaning tall and wide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="559" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-07-01T14:21:55.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9645" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9646" CreationDate="2018-07-02T06:32:16.900" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Venni presto in chiaro del perché lavoravano cosí da demoni e tiravano tanto la cinghia, da un discorso d’interesse che si fecero dietro la casa Tobia e suo figlio piú vecchio. Io ero lí per mio conto, che guardavo il rittano di Sant’Elena e aspettavo che da dentro mi chiamassero a mangiare, quando girano la casa Tobia e suo figlio Jano. Si sedettero sui talloni, il vecchio sputò in terra, il figlio sputò sul bagnato del padre, di nuovo sputò Tobia e di nuovo Jano. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Poi Tobia disse: – &lt;strong&gt;Siamo a una buona mira&lt;/strong&gt;, Jano. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ma se lo dicevi già quando m’hai messo al mondo! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ti dico che adesso &lt;strong&gt;siamo a una buona mira&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  – E per quando sarebbe?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Tu adesso dovresti avere quasi diciannove anni. Be’, per quel giorno glorioso non sarai ancora un uomo.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ma io sono un uomo già adesso!&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tobia si mise a ridere: – Sí che sei già un uomo. Tu non sei mio figlio, sei il mio avvocato. Senti qui cosa ho io nella mia mente –. Ma proprio allora la padrona mise le mani all’inferriata della cucina e ci gridò d’entrare a mangiare. Tobia le urlò: – Aspetta, bagascia. Stiamo parlando tra noi uomini –. E poi disse a Jano: – Ho in mente una dozzina di giornate, non di piú, ma tutte a solatio, da tenere mezze a grano e mezze a viti. Con una riva da legna e anche un pratolino da mantenerci due pecore e una mula. Per concimarlo basterà la cenere del forno.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – E dove sarebbe questa terra?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tobia si alzò sui ginocchi per tirare piú comodo un peto e poi si riabbassò: – Mica qui, mica su questa langa porca che ti piglia la pelle a montarla prima che a lavorarla. Io me la sogno su una di quelle collinette chiare subito sopra Alba, dove la neve ha appena toccato che già se ne va.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;mira&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho visto che può avere il significato figurato di scopo, intenzione, disegno, fine a cui si vuol giungere, ma non sono sicura di averne capito il senso nel brano sopra citato: il fine a cui volevano giungere questi due personaggi, cioè, l'acquisto di questa terra tra un po' di tempo, era buono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-05T11:46:51.353" LastActivityDate="2018-07-05T11:46:51.353" Title="Cosa significa &quot;essere a una buona mira&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9645" CreationDate="2018-07-02T06:48:47.990" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere ad una buona mira&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa essere a buon punto con i propri propositi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un altro passaggio dello stesso libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voi non mi crederete, ma sono a una &lt;strong&gt;mira&lt;/strong&gt; che sto pensando d’imparare a&#xA;  suonare il clarinetto per guadagnarmi qualcosa nelle feste. Stemmo a&#xA;  vederlo andarsene col cadreghino sulla spalla, e quel giorno capii che&#xA;  i preti giovani somigliano un po’ a noi servitori, hanno fortuna o&#xA;  sfortuna a seconda dei parroci che imbroccano, preciso a noi coi&#xA;  nostri padroni”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si può intendere che mira ha il significato di punto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voi non mi crederete, ma sono a &lt;em&gt;un punto&lt;/em&gt; che sto pensando d’imparare a&#xA;  suonare il clarinetto per guadagnarmi qualcosa nelle feste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato anche un estratto del libro, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.edatlas.it/documents/1f315a6f-f4dd-4e39-b59b-b01a40eefd5b&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il sacrificio di Agostino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, dove vengono anche descritti i piemontesismi e i termini più difficili da capire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come la mia famiglia sia scesa alla &lt;strong&gt;mira&lt;/strong&gt;(6) di mandare un figlio, me, a&#xA;  servire lontano da casa, è un fatto che forse io sono ancora troppo&#xA;  giovane per capirlo da me solo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nelle note di piè di pagina si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;6&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;sia scesa alla mira: piemontesismo, si sia ridotta nella condizione.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè sia arrivata al punto di mandare un figlio...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un modo alternativo per esprimere lo stesso concetto è l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tiro_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;essere a tiro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;▲ Locuz. prep.: fig., &lt;strong&gt;a tiro&lt;/strong&gt;, a un tiro di schioppo [che è&#xA;  raggiungibile con facilità: &lt;em&gt;essere a un t. di schioppo&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ a due passi,&#xA;  a portata di mano, nelle vicinanze, vicino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro modo di dire simile può essere anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/C/cavallo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;essere a cavallo&lt;/a&gt;, cioè:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;indicativo di floride prospettive economiche conquistate però con&#xA;  sacrificio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-04T11:58:00.847" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T11:58:00.847" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9648" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-02T23:42:11.623" Score="7" ViewCount="983" Body="&lt;p&gt;A learner still, I'm looking at numbers.  I can relatively easily learn stuff when there's a rule or a pattern, but I'm curious why the numbers in Italian change from :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;undici&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;dodici&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;xx-dici&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;..&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;to dici-xx&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;diciotto&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;diciannove&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;at 17?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr/&gt;&#xA;This is the body of a previously asked question about the same issue (merged with this one): &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's count in Latin from one to twenty:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ūnus/ūna/ūnum, duo/duae/duo, trēs/tria, quattuor, quīnque, sex, septem, octō, novem, decem,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ūndecim, duodecim, tredecim, quattuordecim, quīndecim, sēdecim, septendecim, duodēvīgintī, ūndēvīgintī, vīgintī&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As pointed out by symbiotech, &quot;octodecim&quot; and &quot;novemdecim&quot; were also used in Latin, but they didn't survive. On the other hand, as pointed out by martina, &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=diciassette&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dĕcem (et) sĕptem&lt;/a&gt;&quot; was also a common form for &quot;septemdĕcim&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Attic Greek it was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ΕΙΣ/ΜΙΑ/ΕΝ (heis/mia/en), ΔΥΟ (dúō), ΤΡΕΙΣ/ΤΡΙΑ (treis/tria), ΤΕΤΤΑΡΕΣ/ΤΕΤΤΑΡΑ (téttares/téttara), ΠΕΝΤΕ (pénte), ΕΞ (héx), ΕΠΤΑ (heptá), ΟΚΤΩ (oktṓ), ΕΝΝΕΑ (ennéa), ΔΕΚΑ (déka),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ΕΝΔΕΚΑ (héndeka), ΔΩΔΕΚΑ (dódeka), ΤΡΕΙΣΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (treiskaídeka), ΤΕΤΤΑΡΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΔΕΚΑ (téttares kaì déka), ΠΕΝΤΕΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (pentekaídeka), ΕΚΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (hekkaídeka), ΕΠΤΑΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (heptakaídeka), ΟΚΤΩΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (oktōkaídeka), ΕΝΝΕΑΚΑΙΔΕΚΑ (enneakaídeka), ΕΙΚΟΣΙ(Ν) (eíkosi(n))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now let's count in Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;uno, due, tre, quattro, cinque, sei, sette, otto, nove, dieci,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;undici, dodici, tredici, quattordici, quindici, sedici, diciassette,&#xA;  diciotto, diciannove, venti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But numbers from eleven to twenty could also have been, just hypothetically of course (adding accents for clarity's sake):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;diciùno, diciaddùe, diciattré, diciacquàttro, diciaccìnque, diciassèi, diciassètte, diciòtto, diciannòve, vénti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;undici, dodici, tredici, quattordici, quindici, sedici, settèndici, ottòdici, novèndici, venti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Spanish it is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;uno, dos, tres, cuatro, cinco, seis, siete, ocho, nueve, diez,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;once, doce, trece, catorce, quince, dieciseis, diecisiete, dieciocho, diecinueve, veinte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Portuguese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;um, dois, três, quarto, cinco, seis, sete, oito, nove, dez,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;onze, doze, treze, catorze/quatorze, quinze, dezasseis/dezesseis, dezassete/dezessete, dezoito, dezanove/dezenove, vinte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un, deux, trois, quatre, cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, dix,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;onze, douze, treize, quatorze, quinze, seize, dix-sept, dix-huit, dix-neuf, vingt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following martina's hint here are the number words from one to twenty in Romanian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;unu, doi, trei, patru, cinci, şase, şapte, opt, nouă, zece,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;unsprezece, doisprezece, treisprezece, paisprezece, cincisprezece, şaisprezece, şaptesprezece, optsprezece, nouăsprezece, douăzeci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find Latin, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese and French constructions for number words bizarre and inconsistent (whereas in Romanian it seems they are perfectly consistent - thanks martina for her hint - as well as in Ancient Greek). Is there any academic work on the history of number words in Latin/Italian/Spanish/Portuguese/French where the origin of number words from eleven to nineteen is tracked down, documented, explained, discussed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4695" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-28T16:04:48.987" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T16:04:48.987" Title="Why do the numbers change format at 17-19?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9639" CreationDate="2018-07-03T00:57:02.257" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto significa &quot;calcolo mentale&quot;, ragionamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4696" LastActivityDate="2018-07-03T00:57:02.257" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9650" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9653" CreationDate="2018-07-03T07:25:45.360" Score="1" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; E Tobia: – Sentitela che si preoccupa per quelli della Serra. Preoccupati per la tua famiglia, o bagascia, perché tu non sai quanto n’abbiamo bisogno, col padrone che per niente viene su a mangiarci quattro robiole in una volta! – e si rimise giú a bestemmiare, per farla ancora star male. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dopo cena sentii la padrona fare a sua figlia: – Ce l’hai il velo, Ginotta? Pigliamo la strada e andiamo a pregare noi due a Cappelletto. Se non chiediamo perdono noi per lui, &lt;strong&gt;c’è posto che&lt;/strong&gt; stanotte nostro Signore ci mandi del male a noi o alla campagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: qual è  il significato della frase &quot;c’è posto che stanotte nostro Signore ci mandi del male a noi o alla campagna&quot; che appare in questo passaggio? Dal contesto è chiaro che &quot;posto&quot; è qui usato in senso figurato. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;posto&quot; in alcuni dizionari, tuttavia non sono riuscita a trovare nessun riferimento a &quot;c'è posto che&quot; in senso figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T07:30:55.587" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;c'è posto che&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9639" CreationDate="2018-07-03T10:42:55.923" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;“&lt;em&gt;Conto nella testa del padre&lt;/em&gt;”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Significa qualche “&lt;em&gt;problema&lt;/em&gt;”, qualcosa che fa preoccupare il padre.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle frasi seguenti si fa riferimento al padre che sembra arrabbiato e &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;spedirebbe i figli lontano da casa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; pertanto è più un “&lt;em&gt;pensiero&lt;/em&gt;” del padre preoccupato che un “&lt;em&gt;calcolo mentale&lt;/em&gt;”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il racconto si svolge in una &lt;strong&gt;piccola città o in campagna&lt;/strong&gt; quasi sicuramente è riferito a un modo di dire dialettale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono tante varianti dell’uso di alcune parole in Italiano ma, come in inglese, si può trovare il senso semplicemente dal &lt;strong&gt;contesto&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4697" LastEditorUserId="4697" LastEditDate="2018-07-03T14:50:58.443" LastActivityDate="2018-07-03T14:50:58.443" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9633" CreationDate="2018-07-03T22:08:45.907" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da me è molto diffusa la versione &quot;ogni buco è trincea&quot;, spesso usata per definire situazioni in cui un uomo va a letto con una donna molto più brutta di lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che la fonte risalga appunto ai tempi della prima Guerra Mondiale, una guerra di trincea, dove bisognava approfittare di ogni riparo per evitare di essere ammazzati dall'artiglieria nemica. La sfumatura &quot;sessuale&quot; penso sia nata in tempi più moderni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastActivityDate="2018-07-03T22:08:45.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9653" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9650" CreationDate="2018-07-04T06:34:44.023" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi pare che qui il significato sia &lt;em&gt;può darsi che&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;può succedere che&lt;/em&gt;, un'espressione dubitativa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie a @Charo nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=0HNWAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22c%27%C3%A8%20posto%20che%22&amp;amp;dq=%22c%27%C3%A8%20posto%20che&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiJn6PNyYLcAhVDEJoKHaN0CusQ6AEIEjAC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Otto/novecento, Volume 1; Volume 4&lt;/a&gt;  la spiegazione del significato dell'espressione che appare nelle note è: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«c'è posto che» c'è possibilità che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-04T07:30:55.587" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T07:30:55.587" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9654" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9655" CreationDate="2018-07-04T07:37:38.967" Score="1" ViewCount="268" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dopo cena sentii la padrona fare a sua figlia: – Ce l’hai il velo, Ginotta? Pigliamo la strada e andiamo a pregare noi due a Cappelletto. Se non chiediamo perdono noi per lui, c’è posto che stanotte nostro Signore ci mandi del male a noi o alla campagna.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tobia era giusto sull’uscio e le fece penare un po’ a passare, ma poi si schivò e disse loro dietro: – &lt;strong&gt;È suonata la campana&lt;/strong&gt;, o due bagasce?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;è suonata la campana&quot; in questo testo? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;campana&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato nessun riferimento all'espressione &quot;suonare la campana&quot; in senso figurato. Si tratta semplicemente di uno scherno fatto da Tobia al comportamento bigotto di queste due donne? Cioè, il significato sarebbe più o meno questo: &quot;uscite perché è suonata la campana della chiesa o perché siete due bagasce&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T07:54:55.783" Title="Significato di &quot;è suonata la campana&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9654" CreationDate="2018-07-04T07:54:55.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il suono delle campane ha &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.caivaldarnosuperiore.it/il-suono-delle-campane-ha-scandito-per-secoli-il-ritmo-delle-giornate-dei-nostri-montanari/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scandito per secoli il ritmo delle giornate&lt;/a&gt; (e della vita) degli abitanti dei monti e delle campagne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti Tobia schernisce le due donne con disprezzo e chiede se fosse suonata la campana della chiesa, l'unico momento in cui le donne potevano giustificare il sottrarsi al duro lavoro dei campi e nelle cascine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;o due bagasce&quot; è una sorta di intercalare molto dispregiativo per rivolgersi alle due donne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In dialetto ligure (ma non solo) la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bagascia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bagascia&lt;/a&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;s. f. [dal provenz. ant. &lt;em&gt;bagassa&lt;/em&gt;, fr. ant. &lt;em&gt;baiasse&lt;/em&gt;, fr. mod. &lt;em&gt;bagasse&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  «servente, fanciulla, bagascia», di etimo incerto] (pl. -sce), spreg.&#xA;  – Sgualdrina, puttana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.centrostudibeppefenoglio.it/it/articolo/1-5-27/beppe-fenoglio/le-opere/la-malora&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;opera di Fenoglio&lt;/a&gt; la condizione della donna nel mondo contadino viene così descritta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ne &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt; nessuno si salva dalla maledizione, neppure le donne, che&#xA;  sono sfruttate fino all’esaurimento di ogni energia: esse trascorrono&#xA;  la loro esistenza nel lavoro e nella preghiera, che è la religiosa ed&#xA;  istintiva accettazione della sofferenza, l’invocazione di un Dio&#xA;  lontano, inavvertibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T07:54:55.783" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9656" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9624" CreationDate="2018-07-04T12:01:29.980" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.edatlas.it/documents/1f315a6f-f4dd-4e39-b59b-b01a40eefd5b&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il sacrificio di Agostino&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt; la spiegazione di censa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;censa: altra voce settentrionale, tabaccheria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T12:01:29.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9657" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9659" CreationDate="2018-07-04T16:13:15.317" Score="6" ViewCount="500" Body="&lt;p&gt;In tutte le altre principali lingue neolatine [1], il nome del gioco del calcio è la traslitterazione locale di &lt;em&gt;football&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francese: &lt;em&gt;football&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Spagnolo: &lt;em&gt;fútbol&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Portoghese: &lt;em&gt;futebol&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Catalano: &lt;em&gt;futbol&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rumeno:    &lt;em&gt;fotbal&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come mai l'italiano usa invece un termine completamente diverso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] Da notare che in alcune lingue regionali questo potrebbe non essere vero: wiktionary riporta il lombardo &lt;em&gt;ballon&lt;/em&gt; e posso confermare che almeno in parte del Veneto il gioco è chiamato &lt;em&gt;bałon&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-07-04T17:31:09.283" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T20:52:58.713" Title="Perché si dice &quot;calcio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9657" CreationDate="2018-07-04T18:25:58.553" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra che il termine derivi dal l’antico gioco del calcio giocato già nel sedicesimo secolo a Firenze durante il governo dei Medici: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/lorigine-della-parola-calcio.279166/?hl=it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Calcio &lt;/a&gt;nel calcio fiorentino dal dare 'calci' al pallone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il fatto che gli altri Paesi europei abbiano la parola &quot;football&quot; per il calcio forse è anche da attribuire al fatto che per loro è un gioco &quot;importato&quot;. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In Italia il calcio nacque a Firenze sotto il governo dei Medici,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; uno dei quali .......  inventò il &quot;calcio storico fiorentino&quot; (con regole molto diverse e brutali rispetto a quelle del calcio moderno) per distrarre i cittadini dai problemi politico-economici che stavano dilaniando la popolazione. Quel calcio, che ancora oggi si gioca a Firenze a Giugno, si è pian piano tramutato nel gioco del calcio moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(forum.wordreference.com)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.calciostoricofiorentino.it/?q=calcio-storico-fiorentino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;CALCIO STORICO FIORENTINO&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il calcio fiorentino, detto anche &quot;calcio in costume&quot; o &quot;calcio in livrea&quot;, è un gioco che affonda le sue radici in tempi remoti [...]&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Il Calcio veniva praticato a Firenze quotidianamente ed in maniera estemporanea da tutti direttamente per le vie e le piazze, con palle o palloni: giocavano i giovani e gli adulti durante le soste del lavoro e in occasione di qualche festa di rione, giocavano i nobili disputando partite &quot;organizzate&quot; particolarmente sontuose e curate nella mesa in scena. Ma la partita più celebre, passata agli onori della cronaca per il critico momento storico in cui si verificò, fu quella giocata il 17 febbraio 1530 durante l'assedio di Firenze, un po' per non interrompere l'usanza del gioco nel periodo di Carnevale, un po' come sfida al nemico assediante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T18:25:58.553" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9657" CreationDate="2018-07-04T20:41:03.963" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo, ma attendo conferme o smentite (eventualmente da me stesso), che lo si debba alla combinazione del fatto che esisteva già un gioco vagamente simile e con lo stesso nome, in tempi andati, il calcio fiorentino, e delle pressioni contrarie ai termini di origine straniera nell'epoca fascista (ma anche precedenti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La voce “Foot-ball” della sesta edizione (1931) del &lt;em&gt;Dizionario moderno&lt;/em&gt; di Alfredo Panzini dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Foot-ball&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;fut-bool&lt;/em&gt;): denominazione inglese abusivamente usata per indicare un antichissimo giuoco italiano, che si chiamava il &lt;em&gt;Giuoco del Calcio&lt;/em&gt;. Pietro di Lorenzo Bini, nel 1587, pubblicò in Firenze un trattato dal titolo: &lt;em&gt;Memorie del Calcio fiorentino&lt;/em&gt;. Era giuoco usatissimo e nobilissimo. Ho inoltre trovato nell'Ambrosiana un Codice (C. 35 Sup.) del sec. XV, così intitolato: «Qui comincia la Palla al Calcio di Giovanni Frescobaldi», e i primi versi sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Volendo seguitare il mio disegno,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;quasi ismarrito aveva la fantasia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;e la memoria e l'intelletto e l'ingegno.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Durante la signoria de' Medici furono giocati dei Calci riccamente preparati, ed è fra tutti rimasto celebre quello del 19 aprile 1584, allorché venne in Firenze il Principe Gonzaga di Mantova con la sua consorte, Donna Eleonora di Toscana. Come questo giuoco italiano – di cui gli entusiasti ammiratori potrebbero cercare le origini più remote sin nell'&lt;em&gt;Odissea&lt;/em&gt;, ove si rappresenta la reginella Nausicae che giuoca alla palla presso la riva del mare – sia venuto obliandosi presso di noi; dall'Italia sia passato in Inghilterra; di qui in Europa, dove col &lt;em&gt;Tennis&lt;/em&gt; (Pallacorda) gareggia di popolarità, non è qui il caso di ricordare. Qui ricorderemo soltanto come nella patria del &lt;em&gt;Calcio&lt;/em&gt; e della &lt;em&gt;Pallacorda&lt;/em&gt; si giochino ambedue i detti giuochi con denominazioni inglesi e i vecchi nomi italiani siano obliati. Dicono gli intenditori che il nuovo &lt;em&gt;Foot-ball&lt;/em&gt; non corrisponde all'antico e perciò i nuovi nomi hanno giusta ragione di essere. Distinguono il &lt;em&gt;Rugby&lt;/em&gt; e l'&lt;em&gt;Association&lt;/em&gt;, due modi di giocare al calcio, questo più costumato e civile, l'altro fiero e violento nella gara di vietare l'accesso al pallone. Si misura il campo a &lt;em&gt;yards&lt;/em&gt;; i giocatori si chiamano &lt;em&gt;foot-ballers&lt;/em&gt;; la prima fila si dice dei &lt;em&gt;forwards&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;goal&lt;/em&gt; la porta per cui gli uni si sforzano di far passare la palla, gli altri di respingerla. Le pene sono dette &lt;em&gt;penalty&lt;/em&gt;; il guardiano della porta è detto &lt;em&gt;goal keeper&lt;/em&gt;; il giudice di campo &lt;em&gt;referer&lt;/em&gt;; il calcio è pronunciato &lt;em&gt;kick&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;bar&lt;/em&gt; l'asta trasversale della porta; &lt;em&gt;full-backs&lt;/em&gt; i difensori della porta o terzini, e così via. I francesi oltre che con la voce inglese, lo denominano con voce propria, &lt;em&gt;ballon au pied&lt;/em&gt;. I giornali gialli, rossi, verdi dello sport costituiscono il pascolo intellettuale di tutte le classi, dallo studente all'operaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, a quel che pare, nel 1931 ancora prevalevano le parole inglesi, per denominare il calcio in sé e alcuni elementi del gioco. Evidentemente la spinta autarchica del periodo, se non imposta per legge quanto meno caldamente incoraggiata da intellettuali influenti come Panzini, deve aver portato al successo, in quasi tutti i casi elencati nella voce, delle corrispondenti parole italiane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-07-04T20:52:58.713" LastActivityDate="2018-07-04T20:52:58.713" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9660" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9661" CreationDate="2018-07-05T07:10:15.460" Score="2" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ci aspettavamo tutti la furia di Tobia e invece lui trovò una voce ragionativa e parlò come un avvocato. Disse: – Ha considerato Amabile che lui è &lt;strong&gt;particolare&lt;/strong&gt; mentre io sono solo un mezzadro? Eppure gli do mia figlia, sana, tutt’altro che brutta e ancora cosí com’è uscita da sua madre, e le ho fatto quattro marenghi di dote. Amabile cosa può pretendere di piú? Sentiamo. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Dice che voi come mezzadro siete grosso e che invece lui come &lt;strong&gt;particolare&lt;/strong&gt; ha appena un fazzoletto di terra e non della meglio che ci sia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;particolare&quot; in questo passaggio? Alla voce &quot;particolare&quot; in alcuni dizionari ho trovato che, come sostantivo, vuol dire &quot;cittadino privato&quot;, &quot;persona singola&quot;, ma non capisco come questo si possa contrapporre a &quot;mezzadro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-05T11:47:53.667" LastActivityDate="2018-07-05T12:04:36.453" Title="Cosa significa &quot;particolare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9661" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9660" CreationDate="2018-07-05T08:02:35.773" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;particolare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel contesto da te citato è di proprietario di una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/particella/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;particella&lt;/a&gt;, piccolo possidente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;particèlla s. f. [lat. **particĕlla*, dim. di &lt;em&gt;particŭla&lt;/em&gt; che a sua volta&#xA;  è dim. di &lt;em&gt;pars partis&lt;/em&gt; «parte»].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Porzione di terreno. a. P. (o parcella) catastale, l’unità catastale costituita da una porzione continua di terreno, situata in&#xA;  un solo comune e appartenente a un solo proprietario (o a più&#xA;  proprietarî pro indiviso), che sia di un’unica qualità o classe di&#xA;  coltura e abbia un’unica destinazione oppure sia occupata da un&#xA;  fabbricato con caratteristiche proprie e dalle relative pertinenze.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A differenza del mezzadro che aveva il diritto di lavorare il pezzo di terra ma non ne era il proprietario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-05T12:04:36.453" LastActivityDate="2018-07-05T12:04:36.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9662" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9663" CreationDate="2018-07-06T08:14:45.773" Score="1" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;M’aiutava a tener duro la stagione, che era inverno, e se Dio voleva il lavoro non ammazzava piú e poi si passava quasi tutto il tempo al caldo nella stalla, tanto che &lt;strong&gt;ci faceva basta&lt;/strong&gt; il mangiare che era ancora piú scarso che in tutte le altre epoche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;ci faceva basta&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;basta&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa espressione. Significa &quot;ci bastava, ci era sufficiente il mangiare&quot;? Si tratta di un modo di dire piemontese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-06T13:04:05.247" Title="Che cosa vuol dire &quot;farci basta&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9662" CreationDate="2018-07-06T09:44:19.490" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto &lt;strong&gt;ci faceva basta&lt;/strong&gt; significa ci bastava, ci facevamo bastare il mangiare per arrivare a superare l’inverno, sebbene il cibo fosse assai scarso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La vita contadina dell’epoca era molto legata alle stagioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inverno c’era poco da fare perché nelle Langhe il clima rigido e la neve non permettevano coltivazioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-06T13:04:05.247" LastActivityDate="2018-07-06T13:04:05.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9664" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-07T08:05:43.853" Score="1" ViewCount="23" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ormai erano arrivati tutti, ci avevano baciati sulle guance, dicevano: – Noi ci vediamo sempre solo in queste occasioni, – si sedevano e aspettavano il caffè. Nostra madre glielo passò, dicendo a tutti la stessa cosa: – Eh, che &lt;strong&gt;gesto&lt;/strong&gt; mi son vista, – e poi dovette mandarmi a comperarne per altre due once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scena accade durante il funerale del padre dell'io narrante, che era morto perché era caduto nel pozzo quando era andato a cercare l'acqua. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;gesto&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il significato nel contesto di questo testo. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-07T08:05:43.853" Title="Significato di &quot;gesto&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9665" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9666" CreationDate="2018-07-08T07:21:06.717" Score="2" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; A Emilio non so, e poi lui avrebbe avuto sempre piú poco a che fare con la casa, ma a me questo comandare di Stefano mi mise dentro un affanno, quasi un presentimento che alla fine ci &lt;strong&gt;avrei giuntato&lt;/strong&gt;. Stefano ci aveva già comandati, tra lui e me che ero il secondo c’erano cinque anni di diversità, ma sopra di lui restava sempre nostro padre; adesso il comando tutto nelle sue mani non mi lasciava per niente tranquillo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;alla fine ci avrei giuntato&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;giuntare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere molto senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-08T08:08:46.540" LastActivityDate="2018-07-08T08:51:45.517" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;giuntare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9666" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9665" CreationDate="2018-07-08T08:08:23.340" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Giuntare nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://alessandrialisondria.altervista.org/dialet-lissandren-dizionario-alessandrino-italiano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dialetto piemontese &lt;/a&gt;significa rimettere, nel senso di perdere: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;giuntè (v. tr.). giuntare. * Al rifl. giuntèji = rimetterci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rimettere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;rimettere&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;9&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Assai com., nell’uso fam., rimetterci, scapitare, perdere: &lt;em&gt;fatti tutti i conti ci ho rimesso cinquecento euro&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase indicata nel contesto da te citato può essere intesa così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ma a me questo comandare di Stefano mi mise dentro un affanno, quasi&#xA;  un presentimento che alla fine ci avrei &lt;strong&gt;rimesso&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-08T08:51:45.517" LastActivityDate="2018-07-08T08:51:45.517" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9667" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9679" CreationDate="2018-07-09T07:48:17.920" Score="2" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non c’era nessuno delle parti del Pavaglione che potessi dirmelo amico, ma non avevo neanche dei nemici, salvo forse un balordo che senza &lt;strong&gt;avanzar&lt;/strong&gt; niente da me e soltanto per far lo spiritoso m’aveva attaccato una festa a Manera, ma m’abbrivò solo a parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene il significato dell'espressione &quot;senza avanzar niente da me&quot; in questo testo. Mi chiedo se, tra le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezioni che ho trovato nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, quella adatta al contesto della frase sarebbe questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;b.&lt;/strong&gt; fig. Osare, prendere ardire a fare una cosa: &lt;em&gt;s’avanzava a domande, che facevano stupire&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure il significato è lo stesso di quello spiegato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9315&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;, che corrisponde a questa altra &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezione del Treccani&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; tr. Dover avere, essere creditore di qualche cosa: &lt;em&gt;avanzo da lui parecchie centinaia di euro; avanzi nulla da me?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-12T17:08:25.653" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;avanzare&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9668" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-09T07:49:35.470" Score="3" ViewCount="42" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non c’era nessuno delle parti del Pavaglione che potessi dirmelo amico, ma non avevo neanche dei nemici, salvo forse un balordo che senza avanzar niente da me e soltanto per far lo spiritoso m’&lt;strong&gt;aveva attaccato una festa&lt;/strong&gt; a Manera, ma m’abbrivò solo a parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire bene il senso dell'espressione &quot;attaccare una festa&quot; che appare in questo testo. Ho cercato il  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/festa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolo &quot;festa&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare la f. a qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;a un animale&lt;/em&gt; (soprattutto animali da cortile), ammazzarlo, oppure, riferito a persona, conciarlo male, ridurlo in cattivo stato;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: è anche questo il significato dell'espressione che appare nella frase sopra citata, cioè, &quot;m'aveva attaccato una festa&quot; vuol dire &quot;m'aveva ridotto in cattivo stato&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-09T22:13:32.503" LastActivityDate="2018-09-10T19:10:18.960" Title="Significato di &quot;attaccare una festa&quot; in questa frase" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9671" CreationDate="2018-07-09T07:51:08.060" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non c’era nessuno delle parti del Pavaglione che potessi dirmelo amico, ma non avevo neanche dei nemici, salvo forse un balordo che senza avanzar niente da me e soltanto per far lo spiritoso m’aveva attaccato una festa a Manera, ma m’&lt;strong&gt;abbrivò&lt;/strong&gt; solo a parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;abbrivare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso nel contesto del brano. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-10T08:04:08.557" LastActivityDate="2018-07-10T08:04:08.557" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;abbrivare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9669" CreationDate="2018-07-10T07:56:54.887" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un numero del giornale l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vecchiaalassio.it/Pdf/2010/09.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alassino&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato un significato per abbrivare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, è facile comprendere come il verbo “&lt;strong&gt;abbrivare&lt;/strong&gt;”, nato in&#xA;  Provenza, voglia significare “mettersi in movimento” ed indica proprio&#xA;  il procedere della nave che, lasciando gli ormeggi ed il porto,&#xA;  comincia a prendere l’abbrivo, cioè la spinta necessaria per&#xA;  acquistare velocità. Tuttavia questo verbo, giunto dalle nostre parti,&#xA;  oltre che al significato naturale, nel nostro dialetto ha assunto una&#xA;  connotazione del tutto nuova e diversa. Chiedetelo ai giovanotti&#xA;  alassini. Piuttosto focosi quando abbordano, senza violenza,&#xA;  naturalmente, una bella ragazza... “&lt;strong&gt;U l’ha abbrivò&lt;/strong&gt;!”, le è saltato&#xA;  addosso come un falco, ma graziosamente e solo per corteggiarla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato abbrivare ha il significato di assalire, saltare addosso, importunare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine viene usato con questo significato sia in Piemonte che in Liguria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-10T07:56:54.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9672" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9673" CreationDate="2018-07-10T08:07:57.227" Score="3" ViewCount="493" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Se Tobia non m’avesse tenuto cosí a catena, sarei andato qualche giorno a trovarlo dov’era da servitore. Stava passato il pilone del Chiarle, a un’ora da noi, con due vecchi particolari, uomo e donna, in un &lt;strong&gt;chiabotto&lt;/strong&gt; di due stanze e la stalla e un lenzuolo di terra; però faceva andare avanti tutto lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è un &quot;chiabotto&quot;?&#xA;Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine piemontese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-10T15:57:58.957" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;chiabotto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9672" CreationDate="2018-07-10T09:32:39.020" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine da ricercare è &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ciab%C3%B2t&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ciabot&lt;/a&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il ciabòt è un piccolo fabbricato caratteristico dei vigneti&#xA;  piemontesi che nasce da un insieme di necessità legate al lavoro della&#xA;  viticoltura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.piemunteis.it/liber-liber/vocabolario-piemontese-italiano-di-michele-ponza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario piemontese-italiano del sacerdote Michele Ponza&lt;/a&gt; alla voce ciabot si può leggere a pagina 188:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ciabot, n&lt;/em&gt;, casupola, casuccia, casetta da campagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un altro dizionario sempre sullo stesso sito, sotto Home&gt;&gt;DEP&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ciabot - &lt;BR&gt;casa rustica sostantivo maschile &lt;BR&gt; forme flesse: ciabot,&#xA;  ciabot&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel dialetto Ligure, ad esempio, ha il significato di capanna per gli attrezzi, di solito di legno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-10T15:57:58.957" LastActivityDate="2018-07-10T15:57:58.957" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9674" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12752" CreationDate="2018-07-11T07:12:11.117" Score="1" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La fortuna non cessava d’accompagnare i Rabino: le annate senza essere sante erano buone, e sia le bestie che la famiglia non si risentivano mai un briciolo di male; in quanto al padrone, solo io posso dire la roba che gli &lt;strong&gt;ha fatto saltare&lt;/strong&gt; Tobia. La mia paga dunque non pericolava, ma questo non mi bastava già piú; ormai a Tobia io gli rendevo bene e valevo qualcosa di piú dei sette marenghi l’anno del patto con mio padre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato della frase &quot;solo io posso dire la roba che gli ha fatto saltare Tobia&quot;? Le diverse accezioni per &quot;far saltare&quot; che ho trovato nei dizionari non sembrano avere senso nel contesto di questo brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-11T11:13:14.577" LastActivityDate="2020-04-15T11:29:39.580" Title="Cosa significa &quot;far saltare&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9675" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-11T19:44:33.853" Score="8" ViewCount="562" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani cita la seguente definizione di  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cornuto1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;cornuto &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;pop. Titolo d’ingiuria al partner tradito, riferito generalmente all’uomo, raramente alla donna: &lt;em&gt;marito cornuto, o, come sostantivo, un cornuto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;inoltre  cita la seguente etimologia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;agg. [dal lat. cornutus, der. di cornu &quot;corno&quot;], pop. - [che è vittima di tradimento amoroso: marito cornuto] ≈ (scherz.) cornificato, tradito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo non spiega il nesso tra le corna ed il tradimento coniugale.&#xA;Qualcuno ha maggiori informazioni a riguardo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T19:15:48.437" Title="Perché un marito tradito viene definito “cornuto”?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9676" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-12T07:28:11.340" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;M’aveva comandato di salar l’acqua alle bestie e io gliel’avevo salata; lui m’uscí fuori che non s’era neanche sognato di comandarmelo e mi strapazzò ben bene. Io mi feci le mie ragioni e già che avevo preso l’abbrivo gliela intonai della paga. Si mise a far dei gridi &lt;strong&gt;da una lira l’uno&lt;/strong&gt; e fortuna che i due figli erano via altrimenti uscivano fuori a picchiarmi come se io stessi scorticando loro padre. Mi gridò che eravamo tutti lí solo per succhiargli il sangue a lui, che non era lecito chiedergli di crescermi la paga solo perché avevo visto passar l’anno senza tempesta né brina, che adesso i merdoni di diciott’anni rompevano i patti fatti da uomini di sessanta, e finí che potevo subito farmi il fagotto e liberargli il paglione per quella sera stessa, che lui aveva già sottomano chi pigliava il mio posto a molto meno e ringraziare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;gridi da una lira l’uno&quot; che appare in questo testo? È chiaro che si tratta di un uso figurato,  ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-14T08:56:25.637" Title="Significato di &quot;da una lira l'uno&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9676" CreationDate="2018-07-12T08:45:52.500" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lira1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lira&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;costare due lire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Con valore generico, in frasi negative, quantità minima di denaro (cfr. &lt;em&gt;soldo, quattrino&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;non avere una l., non valere una lira;&#xA;  costare due lire; comprare con poche lire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per dire costare poco, e riferito ad una cosa o una situazione, essere di scarso valore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso però mi pare che il significato sia esattamente il contrario anche perché considerando che l'opera è del 1954 (e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.infodata.ilsole24ore.com/2015/04/14/se-potessi-avere-calcola-il-potere-dacquisto-in-lire-ed-euro-con-la-macchina-del-tempo/?refresh_ce=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;una lira di quell'epoca risulti essere pari all'equivalente di 0,02€ attuali&lt;/a&gt;) dal contesto da te citato si desume che le grida fossero quasi disumane, tanto che avrebbero scatenato una reazione violenta e sconsiderata dei due figli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A conferma di ciò, lo stipendio dell'io narrante, che lavorava come contadino da questo Tobia Rabino (quello che grida nel brano), era di sette marenghi l’anno e credo che un marengo corrispondesse a 20 lire. Quindi, ci volevano tre giorni di lavoro per guadagnare una lira. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-14T08:56:25.637" LastActivityDate="2018-07-14T08:56:25.637" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9675" CreationDate="2018-07-12T16:03:30.847" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=PdE7AAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA243&amp;amp;lpg=PA243&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Origins of European Thought about the Body, the Mind, the Soul, the World, Time, and Fate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Richard Broxton Onians, spiega come i riferimenti più antichi alla associazione tra questi due concetti (marito tradito e corna) che si conoscono si trovino in testi della Grecia antica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, if 'horn' had in early times such sexual significance, we can understand, as it has not been possible&#xA;hitherto, how a man's wife, who receives lovers, prostituting herself ([...]), could be said 'as the saying is, to make horns for him' ([...]).&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;  She thus supplements him. Possibly there is a joking suggestion also of her working for his benefit. From such an idiom it would be but a step to say that the husband who 'has many a Paris in his house' ([...])&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; has horns. The lemma to this epigram describes him as [...]. These appear to be the earliest references to this association. Mediaeval poems&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt; (e.g. in the thirteenth century) show a belief that a horn grew upon the forehead of him whose wife had received a lover. Presently it was a custom in England and elsewhere in Europe for neighbours to put actual&#xA;horns upon the head of the husband, apparently to show with what his wife had supplemented him.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[...]&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;3 &lt;/sup&gt; Artem. &lt;em&gt;Oneir.&lt;/em&gt; II, 12 (not in some MSS. See Hercher, &lt;em&gt;ad loc.&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;4 &lt;/sup&gt; &lt;em&gt;Anth. Pal.&lt;/em&gt; XI, 278. Since it produced wealth, the horn or the wife responsible might jokingly be referred to as a 'horn of plenty'. See &lt;em&gt;Anth. Pal.&lt;/em&gt; XI, 5, Jonson, &lt;em&gt;Every Man in His Humour&lt;/em&gt;, III, 3, Shakespeare, &lt;em&gt;Part II of King Henry IV&lt;/em&gt;, 1, 2.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;5 &lt;/sup&gt;See Grimm, &lt;em&gt;Deutsches Wörterb.&lt;/em&gt; s.v. Horn, col. 1817.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I testi dove si trovano questi riferimenti antichi sono l'&lt;em&gt;Oneirocritica&lt;/em&gt; di Artemidoro di Daldi e l'&lt;em&gt;Antologia Palatina&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo, espressioni analoghe sono di uso comune in parecchie lingue occidentali. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;poner los cuernos&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;cornudo&amp;quot; in spagnolo,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;posar les banyes&amp;quot; i &amp;quot;cornut&amp;quot; in catalano,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;porter des cornes&amp;quot; in francese.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guardando l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00000795.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezione num. 8 del termine &amp;quot;corno&amp;quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, possiamo vedere che la prima attestazione nella lingua italiana di espressioni come  &amp;quot;fare,  porre, mettere, piantare le corna&amp;quot; per indicare che una moglie tradisce il marito è dalle &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00235.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Proverbia super natura feminarum&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; del Duecento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E  la plantà le corne a l’enperer Ferico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando invece &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00000799.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;cornuto&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; sullo stesso dizionario, vediami la prima attestazione con questo significato è di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00236.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Luca Pulci&lt;/a&gt; (Quattrocento):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Folco  sapea  di  Malducco  lo  in­ganno,  /  che  dipinto  l’avea  come  cattivo,  /  e  porta  lui, come  i  soldati  fanno,  /  cornuto  a  quattro,  che  è  super­lativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-23T19:15:48.437" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T19:15:48.437" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9667" CreationDate="2018-07-12T17:08:25.653" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;avanzare&quot; in questo brano è lo stesso di quello spiegato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9315&quot;&gt;quest'altra risposta&lt;/a&gt; e corrisponde a questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/avanzare2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; tr. Dover avere, essere creditore di qualche cosa: &lt;em&gt;avanzo da lui parecchie centinaia di euro; avanzi nulla da me?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che la persona qualificata come &quot;balordo&quot; non avanzasse niente dall'io narrante vuol dire che quest'ultimo non aveva nessun debito, non doveva niente a questo &quot;balordo&quot;. Quindi, quando questo &quot;balordo&quot; &quot;aveva attaccato una festa&quot; all'io narrante non l'aveva fatto perché pretendesse da lui qualcosa che l'era dovuto ma, come spiegato nel testo, l'aveva fatto &quot;soltanto per far lo spiritoso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-12T17:08:25.653" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9680" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-13T07:32:30.707" Score="1" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; – Ma non sai tutto. Dal giorno che Ginotta m’è andata via, io vi ho addosso tutt’e quattro voi uomini. E ti dico che mi fate &lt;strong&gt;perder la pancia&lt;/strong&gt;, e chissà se la duro.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; – Cosa vi sentite? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; – Soltanto stanchità per adesso, ma una gran stanchità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso dell'espressione &quot;perder la pancia&quot; che appare in questo passaggio.&#xA;Significa semplicemente perdere peso? O ha invece qualche significato figurato? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;pancia&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-13T07:32:30.707" Title="Significato di &quot;perder la pancia&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9681" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9675" CreationDate="2018-07-13T11:09:11.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa non è (per ora?) una vera risposta: vorrei che vi raccogliessimo attestazioni nell'italiano dei primi secoli di “cornuto” (o mettere le “corna” o simili) per cercare di capire quando e come queste immagini siano entrate specificamente nella lingua italiana, a prescindere dalla loro diffusione già in ambito classico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dall'&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia Dantesca&lt;/em&gt; apprendiamo che in Dante “corno” e “cornuto” non sono mai usati in questo senso, ma già nel &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt; del Boccaccio, nella 5ª novella della Settima giornata, una donna dice al marito geloso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;io giuro a Dio, se voglia me ne venisse di porti le corna, se tu avessi cento occhi come tu n’hai due, el mi darebbe il cuore di fare i piacer miei in guisa che tu non te n’avvedresti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suppongo che vari altri esempi si possano trovare nelle altre raccolte di novelle coeve e successive, così come nella Commedia dell'Arte. E nelle opere buffe di Sette/Ottocento non era raro che la partitura prevedesse, alla comparsa di un marito tradito, che si sentissero i corni dell'orchestra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-07-13T11:09:11.143" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9682" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9700" CreationDate="2018-07-13T17:17:46.087" Score="6" ViewCount="1258" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nota&lt;/strong&gt; Questa domanda potrebbe causare controversie. Per favore siate civili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al contrario dell'inglese, l'italiano possiede il genere grammaticale: è in generale difficile utilizzare un nome all'interno di una frase senza specificarne il genere (sia esso per l'articolo da usare, per la concordanza con gli aggettivi o per l'accordo con il participio passato). Questo pone un problema interessante quando si vuole intenzionalmente lasciare inespresso il genere, come molte persone hanno cominciato a fare nel mondo anglofono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, frasi come &lt;em&gt;Sei bello/a!&lt;/em&gt; sono impossibili da esprimere senza specificare il genere del soggetto della frase, che è considerato offensivo nel mondo LGBT se la persona a cui ci si rivolge non si identifica né con il genere maschile, né con il genere femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Che strategie adoperano i soggetti LGBT per conciliare la presenza del genere grammaticale in italiano con l'esigenza di lasciare il genere inespresso nei contesti &lt;em&gt;queer&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che non ho chiesto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cosa dica l'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quali siano le vostre idee per affrontare la situazione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Se a vostro parere sia moralmente giusto che una categoria di persone influenzi un aspetto importante della grammatica italiana&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerchiamo di evitare divagazioni inappropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-07-17T11:25:03.517" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T14:40:56.680" Title="LGBT e genere grammaticale" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9683" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9684" CreationDate="2018-07-14T09:07:53.313" Score="3" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andiamo ad aggiustarci da tutt’un’altra parte: in val di Diano, se possiamo. C’è un ragazzo del mio paese che ha la fortuna d’essersi aggiustato in val di Diano, e io gli ho parlato insieme una volta. Bisognava sentire, e ci gioco la testa che erano tutte verità, non che dicesse solo per farmi invidia. A parte la terra che là è piú tenera, la mentalità di quei padroni là, che al paragone i nostri fanno schifo e si meriterebbero una zappata sulla testa. Là alla domenica i padroni ai servitori gli regalano a testa una coppia d’uova da cambiare alla censa col tabacco da fumare tutta la festa, ti dànno licenza di ricevere i tuoi amici nella loro cantina, e non parliamo del vino, ma c’è sempre a disposizione un cestone di pane e un bariletto di peperoni sott’olio. È inutile, se &lt;strong&gt;hai per destino che Santo Stefano sia la tua festa&lt;/strong&gt;, devi aggiustarti al largo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato della frase &quot;hai per destino che Santo Stefano sia la tua festa&quot;. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-14T09:43:18.033" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;hai per destino che Santo Stefano sia la tua festa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9683" CreationDate="2018-07-14T09:40:54.280" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In senso figurato significa che i padroni festeggiano a Natale mentre i servi festeggiano il giorno dopo, a Santo Stefano, accontentandosi degli avanzi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se hai avuto il destino di essere servo non puoi che fartene una ragione e aggiustarti nel modo migliore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-14T09:43:18.033" LastActivityDate="2018-07-14T09:43:18.033" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9685" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9686" CreationDate="2018-07-14T14:20:56.770" Score="5" ViewCount="449" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'unico &lt;a href=&quot;https://sognandoviaggi.wordpress.com/2016/07/07/la-romantica-tremosine-e-la-sua-terrazza-del-brivido/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;riferimento esplicito alla pronuncia (3⁰ paragrafo)&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tremosine_sul_Garda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tremosine&lt;/a&gt; che abbia trovato da &lt;em&gt;Tremòsine&lt;/em&gt;, sdrucciolo mentre di solito vedo scritto &lt;em&gt;Tremosine&lt;/em&gt;, senza accento, verosimilmente piano...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la pronucia corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS, a colui che puote: non sarebbe utile il tag [toponym] (o [toponyms]) che per ora non esiste?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-15T10:33:12.697" LastActivityDate="2018-07-15T10:33:12.697" Title="Tremosine sul Garda, pronuncia corretta" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;accents&gt;&lt;toponyms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9685" CreationDate="2018-07-14T14:45:06.607" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario d'ortografia e di pronunzia&lt;/a&gt; è utilissimo per questo tipo di dubbi. In particolare, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=8064&amp;amp;r=250251&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;conferma la pronuncia con l'accento tonico sulla “o”&lt;/a&gt; (e la “o” aperta) per Tremosine. Purtroppo il DOP non usa l'IPA come alfabeto fonetico: quella specie di “s” allungata denota la s “dolce” (cioè sonora).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, non sempre l'assenza di accento grafico, anche in un toponimo, indica che la parola sia piana: pensa solo a Napoli o a Pesaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-07-14T14:57:05.487" LastActivityDate="2018-07-14T14:57:05.487" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9687" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9688" CreationDate="2018-07-15T09:12:16.537" Score="1" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andiamo ad aggiustarci da tutt’un’altra parte: in val di Diano, se possiamo. C’è un ragazzo del mio paese che ha la fortuna d’essersi aggiustato in val di Diano, e io gli ho parlato insieme una volta. Bisognava sentire, e ci gioco la testa che erano tutte verità, non che dicesse solo per farmi invidia. A parte la terra che là è piú tenera, la mentalità di quei padroni là, che al paragone i nostri fanno schifo e si meriterebbero una zappata sulla testa. Là alla domenica i padroni ai servitori gli regalano a testa una coppia d’uova da cambiare alla censa col tabacco da fumare tutta la festa, ti dànno licenza di ricevere i tuoi amici nella loro cantina, e non parliamo del vino, ma c’è sempre a disposizione un cestone di pane e un bariletto di peperoni sott’olio. È inutile, se hai per destino che Santo Stefano sia la tua festa, devi &lt;strong&gt;aggiustarti al largo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;aggiustarsi al largo&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;largo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho saputo trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-15T09:38:47.070" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;aggiustarsi al largo&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9688" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9687" CreationDate="2018-07-15T09:38:47.070" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Aggiustarsi&lt;/em&gt; compare due volte all'inizio del capoverso con il senso di &lt;em&gt;sistemarsi&lt;/em&gt;, riportato anche nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/aggiustare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;rifl. […] b. region. Sistemarsi: &lt;em&gt;speravano di aggiustarsi in una grossa cascina e lavorare tutti quanti e star bene&lt;/em&gt; (Pavese).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Aggiustarsi al largo&lt;/em&gt; significa “doversi sistemare lontano”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-07-15T09:38:47.070" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1369" CreationDate="2018-07-15T12:46:27.050" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che provenga dalla particella &quot;ne&quot; latina, la quale si poneva in modo enfatico in aggiunta ad una parola di una domanda quando essa richiedeva una risposta con no o sì (negativa o affermativa), ad&#xA;esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nonne vis ire? = non vuoi andare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vivus estne? = è vivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò non esclude quindi che in una varietà nordica del latino il ne venisse messo sempre in fine frase. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4713" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-15T13:49:16.833" LastActivityDate="2018-07-15T13:49:16.833" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9691" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9693" CreationDate="2018-07-16T07:37:07.727" Score="6" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Una mattina arrivò al Boscaccio un uomo di Rocchetta e raccontò ai figli che lui doveva aver visto loro padre, però era già una settimana fa: – L’ho visto sul mercato del mio paese, – disse: – io ero lí a sentir uno che contava d’un suo conoscente che s’era impiccato nella settimana. Appena finito, entra nel nostro cerchio un uomo che era vostro padre di sicuro, mette una mano sulla spalla a quello che aveva contato e gli fa: «Ha avuto del coraggio, quel vostro amico, ha avuto del coraggio», e poi se n’è andato non so verso dove. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tutti restarono lí e solo dopo un po’ il figlio piú vecchio domandò cosa quel fatto voleva dire. – &lt;strong&gt;Mi sembra che voglia dire piú della metà&lt;/strong&gt;, – rispose quello di Rocchetta. Basta, dovettero mettersi tutti in mezzo perché il figlio piú vecchio non lo strangolasse, in paga d’essersi fatto tre colline per metterli sulla strada di loro padre e invece di passargli da bere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano fa riferimento a un contadino che era sparito. La mia domanda è sul significato della frase &quot;Mi sembra che voglia dire piú della metà&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;metà&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho saputo trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto. Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-16T18:22:26.620" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;voler dire piú della metà&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9691" CreationDate="2018-07-16T14:06:43.967" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sebbene non possa trovare riferimenti bibliografici relativi a questo modo di dire (anzi, trovo l'unico utilizzo ne &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;), l'espressione sembra un calco di &lt;em&gt;&quot;dire le cose a metà&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, che la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/meta/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; definisce come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non esprimersi chiaramente, dire e non dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato dunque è &lt;strong&gt;&quot;suggerire abbastanza da comprendere il vero significato delle sue parole&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, il fatto che il padre abbia chiamato coraggioso l'uomo impiccato sottintende per l'uomo di Rocchetta che il padre volesse suicidarsi, e spiegherebbe con la sua morte la sua sparizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="4679" LastEditDate="2018-07-16T17:38:47.943" LastActivityDate="2018-07-16T17:38:47.943" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9694" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9695" CreationDate="2018-07-17T08:05:57.197" Score="1" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; È già stato tanto aver avuto la forza di scappare e non crollare come morto sotto i piedi di Costantino. Risalii sulla strada senza toccar terra, gridando e avventando in una maniera che quelle due ragazze non si sentirono d’aspettarmi e scapparono, scapparono anche le pecore, e perfino gli uccelli scappavano nel cielo. Agli uomini lontani e &lt;strong&gt;sbardati&lt;/strong&gt; urlai due o tre volte che avevo trovato Costantino impiccato, e gli feci il segno delle mani intorno al collo, poi cascai seduto sulla strada e mi misi a vomitare che non la finivo piú, come se avessi il didietro in bocca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: cosa significa &quot;sbardato&quot; riferito agli uomini, come appare in questo brano? Ho consultato la voce &quot;sbardare&quot; di parecchi dizionari e ho visto che significa togliere i finimenti a un cavallo, ma non ho idea di cosa possa voler dire un &quot;uomo sbardato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-17T08:57:35.233" LastActivityDate="2018-07-17T09:01:25.903" Title="Signifcato di &quot;uomini sbardati&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9695" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9694" CreationDate="2018-07-17T09:01:25.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di sbardati nel contesto da te citato è sparsi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli uomini erano lontani e sparsi, non raggruppati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti in &lt;a href=&quot;http://alessandrialisondria.altervista.org/dialet-lissandren-dizionario-alessandrino-italiano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dialetto piemontese&lt;/a&gt; esiste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;zbardlè (v. tr.). spargere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che italianizzato diventa sbardare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mio nonno usava il termine sbardare in dialetto quando ad esempio doveva andare ad allargare o spargere il fieno nei campi per farlo seccare meglio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-17T09:01:25.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9696" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9697" CreationDate="2018-07-18T06:41:36.833" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Venne anche Tobia, e a lui domandai cos’era quel pezzo di carta che aveva sul petto, che a me sembrava la vendetta scritta di qualcuno; era invece il ricordino del &lt;strong&gt;cinquantesimo&lt;/strong&gt; di messa del parroco di Trezzo, e secondo Tobia Costantino doveva aver pensato di metterselo sul cuore per farsi perdonare in parte da nostro Signore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella voce &quot;cinquantesimo&quot; che ho trovato in alcuni dizionari non ho visto niente che faccia riferimento alla messa. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;cinquantesimo&quot; nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-18T07:27:38.523" LastActivityDate="2018-07-18T07:27:38.523" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;cinquantesimo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9696" CreationDate="2018-07-18T07:17:51.733" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cinquantesimo     qui si riferisce ad un anniversario,  probabilmente alla celebrazione dei cinquant’anni di sacerdozio del parroco di Trezzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solo come esempio:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.diocesisora.it/pdigitale/grande-festa-50-anniversario-sacerdozio-del-parroco-don-aurelio-ricci/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grande festa per il 50^ anniversario di Sacerdozio del Parroco don Aurelio Ricci&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2018-07-18T07:17:51.733" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9698" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9699" CreationDate="2018-07-19T06:47:31.767" Score="2" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io mi sono frustato tanto come te, solo che io non ne parlo mai e se mi viene del male lo nascondo, per forte che sia. Cosa ti credi, t’è passato di mente che ho sessantadue anni, e che lavoro tanto che altro che perdere il sangue, se avessi anch’io il buco da perderlo! E giusto che parlavi del fieno, lo sai cosa vuol dire alla mia età tagliare il fieno da quando il sole si leva a quando si corica? Da giovani come i tuoi figli e con la rugiada son tutti buoni a tagliare, ma quando il sole viene alto e il fieno mette il pelo &lt;strong&gt;volatino&lt;/strong&gt;, allora sí che il fieno ti domanda quanti anni hai! Ecco, se è per la questione del fieno!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi sa spiegare cosa significa &quot;volatino&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un vocabolo di origine piemontese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-19T07:48:30.657" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;volatino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9698" CreationDate="2018-07-19T07:31:48.317" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il fieno in passato veniva tagliato principalmente con la falce per cui era molto più facile e meno faticoso tagliarlo bagnato dalla rugiada, meglio se al mattino presto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando il sole viene alto anche l'erba si alza (mette il pelo volatino, diventa volante) e viene magari mossa dal vento, diventa molto più faticosa da tagliare con la falce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso del passaggio è che quando si è giovani e si taglia il fieno dall'alba al tramonto è molto più facile sopportare la fatica, ma quando si diventa anziani e non si hanno più le energie di un tempo il fieno diventa quasi un avversario che ti mette a dura prova, facendoti rendere conto dell'età che hai raggiunto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-19T07:48:30.657" LastActivityDate="2018-07-19T07:48:30.657" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9700" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9682" CreationDate="2018-07-19T11:26:47.293" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://queeritalia.com/2017/05/13/frocie-femminelle/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;QueerItalia&lt;/a&gt; dice così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] tramite &lt;strong&gt;l’uso diffuso dell’asterisco e della chiocciola in finale di parola&lt;/strong&gt; (in tutte le pagine menzionate sopra) vediamo anche il tentativo di includere tutte quelle soggettività queer e trans e quant’altr@ non si riconoscano nei dettami del binarismo di genere, dato che l’italiano prevede solo due generi grammaticali, il maschile e il femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per ovviare poi al problema di pronuncia dell’asterisco e della chiocciola, tuttavia, &lt;strong&gt;i gruppi tranfemministi queer succitati hanno cominciato a usare sempre più spesso la finale -u a fine parola (che richiama un po’ l’idea di neutro)&lt;/strong&gt; in particolare la Laboratoria Transfemminista, Transpecie Terrona Napoli che ne fa una uso massiccio, in frasi come “siamo pazzu”, “state attentu”, “un grazie a tuttu quellu che sono passatu”, “partecipantessu” e cosi via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un altro &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.queeritalia.com/blog/2017/1/10/quring-the-italian-language&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt; dello stesso blog:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Recently, queer activists and those who wish to move away from exclusionary, gender binary language, have forged an alternative for written language, using the asterisk or @ sign that replace the gendered word ending: ministr*, tutt*, bimb@&lt;/strong&gt;. The asterisk has become associated with the LGBTQ movement, as a symbol of defiance against the normative imposition of binary sex and gender, and in celebration of dissidence. It expresses frustration with the constraints of everyday language but also conveys defiant playfulness through a graphic cypher that acts as a wild card.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riporto anche le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.funzionepubblica.gov.it/sites/funzionepubblica.gov.it/files/documenti/Normativa%20e%20Documentazione/Dossier%20Pari%20opportunit%C3%A0/linguaggio_non_sessista.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Raccomandazioni per un uso non sessista della lingua italiana&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, di Alma Sabatini, che leggerò non appena avrò del tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-10-05T14:40:56.680" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T14:40:56.680" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9701" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9702" CreationDate="2018-07-19T12:43:17.147" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando uso i miei headphones (Bose QC35 ii), una voce dice qualcosa. Prima dice &quot;batteria al cento per cento&quot;. Poi dice qualcosa che non capisco. Sembra &quot;connesu lei a &amp;lt;&gt; in corso&quot;. Credo significhi &quot;connection to &amp;lt;&gt; in progress&quot;, ma le parole non sono chiare per me. Che dicono i miei headphones bluetooth?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3920" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-19T12:54:59.523" LastActivityDate="2018-07-19T12:56:49.123" Title="Che dicono i miei headphones bluetooth?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9702" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9701" CreationDate="2018-07-19T12:56:49.123" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le tue cuffie (headphones) dicono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Connessione a &amp;lt;&gt; in corso (connection to &amp;lt;&gt; in progress)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-19T12:56:49.123" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9703" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-19T14:03:20.840" Score="4" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio che mi sta mandando in pappa il cervello. In pratica ho formulato una frase per un mio articolo e nonostante la padronanza della lingua non riesco a capire quale sia la coniugazione corretta della stessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(1)&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risulti poco funzionale ai fini pratici per&#xA;problemi di gameplay e di script ci sia qualcosa che non va e che&#xA;potrebbe vanificare in maniera parziale o totale l’esperienza.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io poi l'ho modificata così aggiungendo delle virgole che avevo mancato e invertendo due parole per far sì che foneticamente la frase suonasse meglio. Rimane però il problema dei tempi verbali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(2)&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici,&#xA;per problemi di script o di gameplay, ci sia qualcosa che non va e che&#xA;potrebbe vanificare in maniera parziale o totale l’esperienza.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E ho tirato giù anche questa versione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(3)&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici,&#xA;per problemi di script o di gameplay, potrebbe esserci qualcosa che&#xA;non va/vada e che vanificherebbe in maniera parziale o totale&#xA;l’esperienza.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi interessa sapere se è corretto va o vada (o se sono sbagliate entrambe).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia fidanzata mi aveva suggerito invece questa modifica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(4)&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici,&#xA;per problemi di script o di gameplay, ci sarebbe qualcosa che non&#xA;andrebbe e che potrebbe vanificare in maniera parziale o totale&#xA;l’esperienza.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, la domanda è: quale delle seguenti versioni della medesima frase è corretta grammaticalmente? Perché è quello che mi preme sapere in modo da non commettere errori la prossima volta, conoscendo la precisa regola grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Aggiornamento di @Isma92:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie a tutti per le risposte, siete stati molto esaustivi. Prendendo in esame il modello (3) la potrei formulare anche così, volendo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici, per problemi di script o di gameplay, potrebbe esserci qualcosa che non vada e vanificherebbe in maniera parziale o totale l’esperienza.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo per non avere la ripetizione del &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre così immagino non sia corretta. Dico bene?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici, per problemi di script o di gameplay, ci sarebbe qualcosa che non va, vanificando così, in maniera parziale o totale, l’esperienza.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusate se non riesco a mettere le frasi nel quote o qualsiasi cosa sia che utilizzate voi. Sono da cellulare e non riesco a trovare la barra per applicare i vari codici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine sul discorso della semplicità verissimo quanto dice DaG e in effetti suona benissimo mettendo tutto con l'indicativo. Tuttavia preferisco comunque mantenere in questo caso l'uso dei congiuntivi e condizionali poiché suonano meglio nel contesto del discorso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie ancora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="Isma92" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-07-20T14:11:33.900" Title="Dubbio sulla coniugazione dei tempi verbali in una frase" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9703" CreationDate="2018-07-19T15:29:46.830" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è una classica frase formata da congiuntivo e condizionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, (1) e (2) sono errate.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(1) perché si deve usare &lt;strong&gt;se risultasse&lt;/strong&gt; e non &lt;strong&gt;se risulti&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(2) perché si deve usare &lt;strong&gt;c'è&lt;/strong&gt; qualcosa che non va e non &lt;strong&gt;ci sia&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(3) è corretta usando &lt;strong&gt;va&lt;/strong&gt; costruendola così (toglierei anche la e dopo va):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici,&#xA;  per problemi di script o di gameplay, ci sarebbe qualcosa che&#xA;  non &lt;strong&gt;va&lt;/strong&gt;  che vanificherebbe in maniera parziale o totale&#xA;  l’esperienza.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e con &lt;strong&gt;vada&lt;/strong&gt; costruendola così, (anche qui toglierei anche la e dopo va):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici,&#xA;  per problemi di script o di gameplay, potrebbe esserci qualcosa che&#xA;  non &lt;strong&gt;vada&lt;/strong&gt;  che vanificherebbe in maniera parziale o totale&#xA;  l’esperienza.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(4) non mi sembra corretta solamente per quanto riguarda il fatto che è particolarmente contorta, la modificherei ricadendo nel caso (3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come al solito il miglior consiglio è la semplicità, come suggerisce correttamente @DaG:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con l'indicativo funziona tutto benissimo: &lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“È chiaro che se un prodotto risulta poco funzionale ai fini pratici,&#xA;  per problemi di script o di gameplay, c'è qualcosa che non va e che&#xA;  può vanificare in maniera parziale o totale l’esperienza”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-19T16:08:39.617" LastActivityDate="2018-07-19T16:08:39.617" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9703" CreationDate="2018-07-19T15:34:37.647" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Volendo conservare il tipo di periodo ipotetico, io sceglierei la seguente variante della versione (3)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiaro che se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici, per problemi di script o di gameplay, potrebbe esserci qualcosa che non vada e che vanifichi in maniera parziale o totale l’esperienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vediamo di fare un'analisi del periodo e di capire la scelta dei vari tempi e modi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;[È] Chiaro che&lt;/strong&gt; = proposizione principale, il verbo è all'indicativo presente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;se un prodotto risultasse poco funzionale ai fini pratici, per problemi di script o di gameplay&lt;/strong&gt; = protasi di un periodo ipotetico della possibilità. Come spiegato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8164/1818&quot;&gt;questa mia risposta&lt;/a&gt;, la protasi deve essere al congiuntivo imperfetto (&lt;em&gt;risultasse&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;potrebbe esserci qualcosa&lt;/strong&gt; = apodosi del periodo ipotetico precedente, come da regola va al condizionale presente (&lt;em&gt;potrebbe&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;che non vada&lt;/strong&gt; = proposizione relativa. Il modo da usare qui è il congiuntivo, poiché si tratta di una relativa che esprime una situazione ipotetica (cfr. &lt;em&gt;Dardano, Trifone&lt;/em&gt; a pagina 469)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;e che vanifichi in maniera parziale o totale l'esperienza&lt;/strong&gt;= un'altra relativa coordinata alla precedente, con cui concorda in tempo e modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-07-19T15:51:42.023" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9703" CreationDate="2018-07-19T15:37:47.743" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa frase soffre di un abuso di congiuntivi e di condizionali. È sbagliato ometterli dove servono, ma a volte li si usa gratuitamente. Con l'indicativo qui funziona tutto benissimo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È chiaro che se un prodotto risulta poco funzionale ai fini pratici, per problemi di script o di gameplay, c'è qualcosa che non va e che può vanificare in maniera parziale o totale l’esperienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consiglio la lettura di &lt;em&gt;La lingua è un'orchestra&lt;/em&gt; di Mariarosa Bricchi, che tra l'altro si occupa della “congiuntivite”, intesa come eccessivo uso del congiuntivo con l'intento di elevare il tono del discorso, quando invece l'effetto risultante è il contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-07-19T15:37:47.743" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9708" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9876" CreationDate="2018-07-20T06:52:19.667" Score="3" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La servente arrivò prima dello sperato: veniva dalla langa di Castino ed era ancora parente di Tobia, quantunque parentela &lt;strong&gt;passata sul raspo&lt;/strong&gt;; si chiamava Fede e andava per i diciotto anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;parentela passata sul raspo&quot;? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;raspo&quot; in parecchi dizionari  (sul dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli non appare tale voce), ma non ho trovato nulla che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-10T16:50:38.653" Title="Significato di &quot;passata sul raspo&quot; in questa frase" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9709" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-21T09:04:31.520" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma con tutta la sua grazia bisognava vederla sul lavoro e il sollievo che dava alla padrona, la quale aveva fatto presto la pace con Tobia che gliel’aveva trovata e presa. E quando uno credeva che avesse finito di far tutto, lei si metteva alla finestra all’ultimo chiaro e ci dava dentro a &lt;strong&gt;far solette&lt;/strong&gt;, non si possono contare le &lt;strong&gt;solette che ci ha fatto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;soletta&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non sono sicura di aver capito il senso dell'espressione &quot;far solette&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato. Significa che questa ragazza si metteva a rammendare la parte inferiore dei calzini?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-21T19:52:46.893" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;far solette&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9710" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9712" CreationDate="2018-07-21T16:01:35.790" Score="5" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto conducendo una ricerca sulla criptovaluta Monero e mi sono imbattuto in questi due termini che si riferiscono alle sue caratteristiche principali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Untraceability&lt;/strong&gt;: for each incoming transaction all possible senders are&#xA;equiprobable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Unlinkability&lt;/strong&gt;: for any two outgoing transactions it is&#xA;impossible to prove they were sent to the same person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se la prima penso si possa tradurre con &amp;quot;Intracciabilità&amp;quot;, non mi viene in mente nessuna parola per la seconda caratteristica. Voi come la tradurreste (possibilmente con un unico termine)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-07-23T08:22:21.363" Title="Traduzione di &quot;Unlinkability&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9709" CreationDate="2018-07-21T17:49:09.313" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho verificato sul campo chiedendo a conoscenti più anziani che vivevano in basso Piemonte e mi hanno detto che per solette intendevano sia il rinforzo della parte sottostante dei calzettoni contro l’usura, che uno strato fatto di panno da inserire tra calza e suola utilizzato nei mesi invernali per tenere al caldo i piedi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi nel testo l’autore potrebbe intendere entrambe le cose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un &lt;a href=&quot;http://alessandrialisondria.altervista.org/dialet-lissandren-dizionario-alessandrino-italiano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di Piemontese&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questi due termini distinti che vengono tradotti in Italiano facendo riferimento ai due possibili significati di soletta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;scapén (s. m.). &lt;strong&gt;soletta&lt;/strong&gt; delle calze. # an scapèn = senza scarpe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sutpé (s. m.). sottopiede, &lt;strong&gt;soletta&lt;/strong&gt;, cuoio sottile che si sovrappone&#xA;  alla suola della scarpa internamente quando questa non ha anima, e che&#xA;  poi si ricopre ancora col soppanno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-21T19:52:46.893" LastActivityDate="2018-07-21T19:52:46.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9710" CreationDate="2018-07-22T06:56:30.690" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io tradurrei &lt;strong&gt;Untraceability&lt;/strong&gt; con “&lt;strong&gt;Non tracciabilità&lt;/strong&gt;” e &lt;strong&gt;Unlinkability&lt;/strong&gt; con “&lt;strong&gt;Non associabilità&lt;/strong&gt;”, visto che il link tra oggetti in ambito informatico è normalmente tradotto con associazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-23T08:22:21.363" LastActivityDate="2018-07-23T08:22:21.363" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9713" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9714" CreationDate="2018-07-22T07:19:43.130" Score="1" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Purtroppo quella sera finí malamente per me, e non per colpa di lei, ma tutta di Jano che quando finimmo di spogliare e ci mettemmo a cantare e a far gli scherzi, si ficcò un &lt;strong&gt;cannone di meliga&lt;/strong&gt; in mezzo alle gambe e saltando come un montone perseguitò Fede per cinque minuti finché lei dovette chiamare aiuto alla padrona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi sa spiegare cos'è un &quot;cannone di meliga&quot;? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;cannone&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente che abbia senso nel contesto della frase sopra citata. Il significato di &quot;meliga&quot; l'ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/melica2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nell’Italia settentr., anche altro nome del &lt;em&gt;mais&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;tutti avevano più caro non vederseli sull’aia, neanche per aiutare a spogliar la meliga&lt;/em&gt; (Fenoglio). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-22T09:08:16.063" Title="Che cos'è un &quot;cannone di meliga&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9713" CreationDate="2018-07-22T07:44:09.670" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto mi pare che per cannone di meliga si intenda la pannocchia sgranata, utilizzata per simulare il membro maschile ed inseguire Fede. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altre zone del basso Piemonte il termine meliga, per indicare il mais, ha le varianti &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lastampa.it/2013/09/20/societa/il-piemonte-in-un-frollino-TQx4RUoLnIzQXM7yCM2VXN/pagina.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;melia o meria&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mélia (s. f.). granoturco, formentone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In dialetto piemontese esistono anche i &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;canunsén (s. m. pl.). cialdoni, sottilissime faldelle di pasta, cotte&#xA;  come le ostie in forno appropriato e rattorte a guisa di barba o di&#xA;  cartoccio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che si possono tradurre in italiano con il termine cannoni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-22T09:08:16.063" LastActivityDate="2018-07-22T09:08:16.063" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9715" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-23T07:19:54.070" Score="2" ViewCount="1584" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei ristoranti italiani di Barcellona ho osservato che molti camerieri, quando arrivano con le portate, dicono &quot;lo spaghetto&quot;, &quot;lo gnocco&quot;, &quot;la tagliatella&quot;, ecc invece di &quot;gli spaghetti&quot;, &quot;gli gnocchi&quot;, &quot;le tagliatelle&quot;, ecc. Ho sempre trovato molto curioso questo modo di esprimersi: mi immagino un piatto con un solo spaghetto (magari di quelli lunghissimi). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le mie domande sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Si tratta di un fenomeno regionale oppure è qualcosa che si dice in tutta l'Italia? In quali regioni d'Italia si usa?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Qual è il motivo di questo tipo di espressioni? Si usano i nomi al singolare perché sono percepiti come nomi collettivi, in modo simile a come si dice &quot;il riso&quot; per indicare l'insieme di tutti i chicchi che sono in un piatto e non &quot;i risi&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un fenomeno recente (un po' come nelle mie lingue si è cominciato a dire &quot;le acque&quot; per riferirsi a parecchie bottiglie di acqua) o piuttosto si dice così  &quot;da sempre&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-25T12:32:34.290" LastActivityDate="2020-04-25T12:32:34.290" Title="Perché &quot;lo spaghetto&quot; o &quot;lo gnocco&quot; invece di &quot;gli spaghetti&quot; o &quot;gli gnocchi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;cooking&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9715" CreationDate="2018-07-23T08:15:06.240" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che sia una usanza diffusa in quasi tutta Italia, dipende dal metodo di comunicazione tra chi riceve la comanda e chi la passa alla cucina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uno spaghetto, uno gnocco, una tagliatella indicano quindi un piatto e fungono come una sorta di nome collettivo, anche se, come dicevo, è più funzionale alla trasmissione di ordini tra sala e cucina, per minimizzare gli errori e le incomprensioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel momento del servizio di solito il cameriere consegna i piatti dicendo, ad esempio:&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ecco uno spaghetto&quot;&lt;BR&gt; &quot;L'altro spaghetto per chi è?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure come suggerito da @user070221&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Uno spaghetto al pomodoro e uno gnocco burro e salvia al tavolo 15&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra l'altro lo spaghetto ha anche il significato figurato di paura, spavento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-23T15:24:57.470" LastActivityDate="2018-07-23T15:24:57.470" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9717" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-23T11:06:46.277" Score="0" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to give some present to my Italian friend and I would like to write on this present the following: &quot;with all my heart and love&quot;. Could please someone translate this into Italian? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My version is &quot;con tutto il cuore e amore&quot; but I am beginner in Italian language and it could be incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4729" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-25T07:30:18.213" LastActivityDate="2018-07-29T15:29:14.273" Title="Translation of a sentence from English to Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9721" CreationDate="2018-07-24T06:36:33.790" Score="0" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Solo allora il vecchio spiegò che di bestie dalla stalla non gliene mancava neanche una, ma che si trattava di Mario Bernasca che nella notte gli era scappato da servitore portandogli via della roba. Tutti, specie i piú giovani, si misero a dirne di Mario come se Mario non avesse fatto che rubare da quando era nato, finché uno gli domandò cosa gli aveva poi rubato. Il vecchio s’imbrogliò e disse che non poteva ancora saperlo di preciso perché non s’era fidato a perder tempo a fare il conto della roba. Allora se la pigliarono con lui e gliene dissero d’ogni colore, anche se poteva essere il nonno di tutti. Finí lí, e da quelle parti Mario Bernasca non l’ha piú rivisto nessuno. Però si venne a sapere che quando scappò era &lt;strong&gt;liscio come un’asse&lt;/strong&gt;: il giorno prima il suo padrone l’aveva mandato al forno a Manera e mentre il pane cuoceva il figlio del panettiere l’aveva piumato giocandogli insieme al nove sulla pietra del forno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;liscio come un'asse&quot;? Si tratta di un modo di dire? Da dove proviene? Non ho trovato questa espressione in nessun dizionario, neanche nel dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma una cerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere alcuni esempi di uso in altri contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-24T14:34:24.960" Title="Significato di &quot;liscio come un'asse&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9719" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-24T09:54:56.507" Score="7" ViewCount="148" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/7855/4679&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, mi sono interrogata sull'origine del suffisso &quot;-ete&quot; nelle onomatopee (&quot;bumpete&quot;, come nella domanda, ma anche &quot;zacchete&quot;). Un uso illustre è dato da Aldo Palazzeschi nella sua poesia &lt;em&gt;La fontana malata&lt;/em&gt; (1909):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Clof, clop, cloch, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;cloffete,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cloppete,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  clocchete,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  chchch...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  È giù,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  nel cortile,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  la povera&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  fontana&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  malata; [...]&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quando risale la sua prima attestazione? È di origine regionale? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me verrebbe da pensare che abbia un'origine romana e che si formi come &quot;ammappete&quot; e &quot;aridanghete&quot;, ma non trovo fonti che lo dimostrino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; Sembra che il suffisso -ete sia &lt;a href=&quot;http://ricerca.gelocal.it/ilpiccolo/archivio/ilpiccolo/2013/05/07/NZ_50_02.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diffuso in triestino&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tipicamente triestino per dire &quot;in quattro e quattr'otto&quot; è il tic e tac e ancora più tipico è il tichete tachete, che manifesta in maniera evidente una predilezione per il finale in -ete. L'italiano ha quasi solo &quot;patapunfete&quot;, noi invece con quel -ete pare ci siamo specializzati nel… colpo con rimbalzo, perché abbiamo zachete (il taglio netto) e trachete (lo spezzarsi di qualcosa) e poi s'ciachete, pafete, clunchete, sgnachete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="4679" LastEditDate="2018-07-24T12:45:26.050" LastActivityDate="2018-07-24T12:45:26.050" Title="Qual è l'origine del suffisso &quot;-ete&quot; nelle onomatopee?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9718" CreationDate="2018-07-24T13:17:25.437" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;liscio come un'asse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; viene spiegato nella frase successiva: il giorno prima il suo padrone l'aveva mandato al forno e mentre il pane cuoceva il figlio del panettiere lo aveva piumato (o meglio spiumato, come un pollo, portandogli via i soldi) giocando con lui al nove (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nove_(gioco_di_carte)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nove, gioco di carte&lt;/a&gt;) sulla pietra del forno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi in questo contesto significa completamente squattrinato, senza una lira.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fa giustamente notare @Charo, forse il senso in generale sarebbe &quot;totalmente piatto&quot;, come un'asse piallata. Qui il senso sarebbe più o meno che le tasche di Mario Bernasca erano totalmente piatte poiché non avevano un soldo al loro interno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In altri contesti ho trovato che liscio come un'asse può anche significare estremamente magro, ma questo non sembra il nostro caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-24T14:34:24.960" LastActivityDate="2018-07-24T14:34:24.960" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9722" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9724" CreationDate="2018-07-25T06:47:35.477" Score="2" ViewCount="6111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle note di Bianca Garavelli al canto XIX dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; di Dante Alighieri (edito da BUR) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bonifacio VIII, cioè Benedetto Caetani, sarebbe morto nel 1303. Dante ha trovato però il modo di farlo venire all'Inferno anticipatamente: si è così almeno parzialmente vendicato del suo più terribile nemico, il responsabile principale del suo esilio. Infatti Dante nel 1301 andò da lui a Roma come ambasciatore di Firenze, ma nel frattempo   il papa congiurava con i Guelfi Neri fiorentini, decretando la sconfitta della parte bianca. Dante, perseguitato come tutti i Guelfi Bianchi, &lt;strong&gt;condannato in contumacia&lt;/strong&gt; per baratteria, non sarebbe più tornato in patria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;contumacia&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso di &quot;condannato in contumacia&quot; nel testo precedente. Vuol dire che Dante fu condannato senza essere presente nel giudizio? O il significato di &quot;contumacia&quot; in questo contesto corrisponderebbe all'accezione di segregazione o isolamento per un certo periodo di tempo e quindi farebbe riferimento alla condanna all'esilio di Dante?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-25T09:23:01.130" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;condannato in contumacia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9723" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9722" CreationDate="2018-07-25T06:56:43.157" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Condannato in contumacia significa condannato senza essere mai stato presente al processo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di Dante egli era a Roma mentre a Firenze la sua parte politica veniva sconfitta, per cui verso tutti i suoi membri erano state mosse accuse che avevano portato ad un processo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dante nonostante non fosse presente al processo e non abbia potuto difendersi fu condannato in contumacia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli effetti della condanna si hanno quando l’autorità giudiziaria può darne esecuzione arrestando il ricercato o latitante; nel caso Dante fosse tornato a Firenze sarebbe probabilmente stato arrestato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al giorno d’oggi esiste ancora questo tipo di condanna, specie nei confronti di latitanti della criminalità organizzata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-07-25T08:02:58.980" LastActivityDate="2018-07-25T08:02:58.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9722" CreationDate="2018-07-25T09:23:01.130" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il primo significato della voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/contumacia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;contumacia&lt;/em&gt; sul Treccani&lt;/a&gt; è quello che fa per te&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; Nel diritto processuale penale, situazione di un imputato che, essendo stato citato in giudizio, si astiene dal comparire al dibattimento; […]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei tempi moderni questa astensione è spesso dovuta a latitanza. Alcuni ordinamenti giuridici non ammettono il processo in contumacia, quello italiano sì, o almeno &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Contumacia#La_contumacia_nel_processo_penale:_il_nuovo_sistema_introdotto_nel_2014&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lo ammetteva&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dante fu appunto condannato in assenza; del resto ben sapeva quale sarebbe stato &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dante_Alighieri#L&amp;#39;inizio_dell&amp;#39;esilio_(1301-1304)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l'esito del processo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alighieri Dante è condannato per baratteria, frode, falsità, dolo, malizia, inique pratiche estortive, proventi illeciti, pederastia, e lo si condanna a 5000 fiorini di multa, interdizione perpetua dai pubblici uffici, esilio perpetuo (in contumacia), e se lo si prende, al rogo, così che muoia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-07-25T09:23:01.130" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9725" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-26T00:05:22.673" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;È una situazione che richiede/presuppone la massima chiarezza&quot;.&#xA;&quot;È una situazione che richiede/presuppone che ci sia la massima chiarezza&quot;.&#xA;I verbi presupporre e richiedere molto spesso vengono considerati sinonimi di &quot;implicare/comportare&quot; che sono verbi che esprimono una conseguenza ricavata da un'azione:&#xA;&quot;La situazione comporta/implica la massima chiarezza&quot;.&#xA;Qui si parla di una conseguenza.&#xA;Per quanto invece riguarda i verbi presupporre e richiedere mi pare che esprimano una necessità ed è per questo che li vedo molto più vicini a verbi come necessitare.&#xA;Voi che dite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-26T09:46:37.703" LastActivityDate="2018-07-26T09:46:37.703" Title="Chiarimenti sui verbi “presupporre” e “richiedere”" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9726" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9727" CreationDate="2018-07-26T07:19:09.090" Score="3" ViewCount="635" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Era contenta anche lei, e adesso sarei stato una vera bestia se mi mettevo a cabalizzare sul motivo della sua contentezza. Le dissi adagio: – Ci sono delle &lt;strong&gt;schiavenze&lt;/strong&gt; in giro da prendere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è una &quot;schiavenza&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine piemontese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-26T12:06:17.243" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;schiavenze&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9726" CreationDate="2018-07-26T07:47:55.717" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel documento &lt;a href=&quot;https://ebiblio.istat.it/digibib/censpop1936/IST0005816Caratteri_economicoagrari_dei_compartimenti_FigurePosizionievociprofessionaliagricole/IST0005816cp1936caratterieconomicoagrari+OCRottimizzato.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;CARATTERI ECONOMICO-AGRARI DEI COMPARTIMENTI - FIGURE - POSIZIONI&#xA;E VOCI PROFESSIONALI AGRICOLE&lt;/a&gt; redatto da ISTITUTO CENTRALE DI STATISTICA DEL REGNO D'ITALIA - VIII CENSIMENTO GENERALE DELLA POPOLAZIONE&#xA;21 APRILE 1936~XIV  ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nelle province di Cuneo e di Torino, non sono rari i contratti di&#xA;  quasi-affitto, nell'Alessandrino è frequente &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la schiavenza a&#xA;  compartecipazione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, nella pianura di Saluzzo la boaria a dar tutto e&#xA;  a paghe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre vengono elencate le principali figure agricole specifiche nelle varie province piemontesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È quindi una sorta di contratto agricolo con per cui coltivando una porzione di terreno vengono dati in cambio denaro ed anche beni alimentari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fatto notare da @VincenzoOliva su un dizionario italiano per &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=SCHIAVENZA100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;schiavenze&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 &lt;em&gt;storia&lt;/em&gt; variante meno comune di schiavanderia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2 &lt;em&gt;storia&lt;/em&gt; podere affidato a uno &lt;em&gt;schiavandaro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove per &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?parola=schiavandaro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;schiavandaro&lt;/a&gt; si intende:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nel passato, coltivatore di un fondo alle dirette dipendenze di un&#xA;  proprietario, dal quale riceveva in cambio l'abitazione e una&#xA;  remunerazione in denaro o in natura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel testo si trova un passaggio in cui lo stesso protagonista cercava informazioni su questa particolare modalità di contratto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pensavo solo per me e Fede, e appena avevo un’ora libera correvo&#xA;  all’osteria di Manera dove c’era sempre un certo traffico di gente e&#xA;  cercavo di sapere il più possibile sulle &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;schiavenze&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;; n’avrò sentiti&#xA;  una dozzina, i più pratici, e tutti mi dissero la stessa cosa: per un&#xA;  anno davano cento lire, un quintale di meliga e una brenta di vino. Un&#xA;  affare come i galeotti, ma niente mi spaventava e non avrei fatto&#xA;  smorfie neanche per il posto, al momento buono avrei accettato magari&#xA;  una schiavenza sotto le rocche di Cissone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-07-26T12:06:17.243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-26T12:06:17.243" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9728" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9725" CreationDate="2018-07-26T09:09:23.337" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'etimologia latina del verbo &lt;em&gt;presupporre&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;prae&lt;/em&gt;-&lt;em&gt;sub&lt;/em&gt;-&lt;em&gt;ponere&lt;/em&gt;. La seconda parte, &lt;em&gt;subponere&lt;/em&gt; significa, letteralmente, &lt;em&gt;mettere sotto&lt;/em&gt;, cioè “porre alla base”: una &lt;em&gt;supposizione&lt;/em&gt; è una base del ragionamento successivo (non necessariamente vera). Con l'aggiunta di &lt;em&gt;prae&lt;/em&gt;, diventa una supposizione che non facciamo noi, ma che ci viene da qualcun altro e sulla quale &lt;em&gt;dobbiamo&lt;/em&gt; basare il ragionamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;comportare&lt;/em&gt; invece viene da &lt;em&gt;cum&lt;/em&gt;-&lt;em&gt;portare&lt;/em&gt; (il verbo è tardo latino): “portare insieme”. Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/comportare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Portare con sé, richiedere come conseguenza: &lt;em&gt;il viaggio comporterà molte spese&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;la concessione delle attenuanti comporta una riduzione di pena&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque &lt;em&gt;presupporre&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;comportare&lt;/em&gt; non sono sinonimi, anche se in certe situazioni possono sostituirsi l'uno con l'altro se non c'è un nesso di causalità certo fra due fenomeni, cioè non si sa quale dei due causi l'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Completamente diverso è il caso di &lt;em&gt;richiedere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;implicare&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;la situazione richiede la massima chiarezza&lt;/em&gt; significa che dobbiamo prima chiarirci per bene e poi possiamo esaminare la situazione per trovare il modo di uscirne; al contrario, &lt;em&gt;la situazione implica la massima chiarezza&lt;/em&gt; significa che questa situazione ha come effetto la massima chiarezza (anche se non lo direi mai). Sempre dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/implicare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;la firma del contratto implica l’accettazione di tutte le sue clausole&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;le vostre parole implicano una contraddizione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una frase come &lt;em&gt;la firma del contratto richiede l’accettazione di tutte le sue clausole&lt;/em&gt; significa che &lt;strong&gt;prima&lt;/strong&gt; di firmare il contratto bisogna accettare le clausole; la frase con &lt;em&gt;implica&lt;/em&gt; invece significa che la firma del contratto ha come conseguenza la tacita accettazione delle clausole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parlando da docente di matematica, trovo che spesso gli studenti non hanno chiaro il concetto di “implicazione” e spesso confondono l'antecedente con il conseguente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-07-26T09:09:23.337" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9729" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9730" CreationDate="2018-07-27T07:24:08.967" Score="1" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; A me invece andava tutto &lt;strong&gt;al pelo&lt;/strong&gt;: era tanta la forza e la gioventú e l’allegria in me che adesso rendevo il doppio sul lavoro e Tobia si lasciò prender dall’onta e mi fissò un premio di tre scudi, a darmeli dopo i raccolti. Cosí potevo fare un po’ piú bella figura e dare qualche soddisfazione a Fede; come quella volta che la portai a Cappelletto a veder la lanterna magica di quell’uomo di Roddino, e per due soldi a testa ci vedemmo la caccia alla volpe e la donna che faceva correre suo marito con la scopa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;al pelo&quot; in questo passaggio? Nel  &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/al-pelo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa definizione della locuzione &quot;al pelo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;all’ultimo momento: ho preso il treno al pelo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-27T08:33:04.040" Title="Significato di &quot;al pelo&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9729" CreationDate="2018-07-27T08:33:04.040" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trovi il significato su Treccani nella definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pelo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pelo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;5.b. Poco com. le locuz. avv. &lt;em&gt;a pelo&lt;/em&gt;, precisamente, in modo esatto, a&#xA;  pennello (&lt;em&gt;tutto va a pelo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato nel contesto da te citato è che tutto stava andando per il verso giusto, a meraviglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-27T08:33:04.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9731" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9732" CreationDate="2018-07-28T08:06:25.970" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tobia e la padrona furono invitati allo sposalizio e ci andarono portando di regalo due asciugamani. Potevano ben andarci anche Jano e Baldino, cosí avrei potuto starmene una giornata da solo, come n’avevo voglia e bisogno. Invece li ebbi dietro tutto il giorno, che mi tiravano le satire e volevano farmi nientemeno che la porrata, che è una traccia di porri e meliga che si semina verso la porta di chi è stato lasciato da una donna nel giorno che lei si sposa con un altro: uno scherno, ma dissero soltanto di farmelo, perché quel giorno &lt;strong&gt;trovavano il ramo che li scorticava&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;trovavano il ramo che li scorticava&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;ramo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato nulla a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-28T09:41:21.113" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;trovavano il ramo che li scorticava&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9732" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9731" CreationDate="2018-07-28T08:56:05.607" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una minaccia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il protagonista dice in pratica che se gli amici avessero fatto questo scherzo sul serio, anziché solo limitarsi ad annunciarlo (&lt;em&gt;&quot;[...] ma dissero soltanto di farmelo [...]&quot;&lt;/em&gt;), lui li avrebbe presi a bastonate (o a scudisciate) con un ramo fino a levar loro la pelle. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-28T09:41:21.113" LastActivityDate="2018-07-28T09:41:21.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9733" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-28T11:47:37.670" Score="3" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io e la cucina &lt;strong&gt;non andiamo d’accordo&lt;/strong&gt; su niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I mean, as if I and &lt;em&gt;someone else&lt;/em&gt; {person} don't agree with each other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French, we say &quot;la cuisine et moi, &lt;a href=&quot;https://french.stackexchange.com/questions/27576/le-japonais-et-moi-%C3%A7a-fait-deux-trois-dix-mille-etc-un-nombre-plus-grand&quot;&gt;ça fait deux&lt;/a&gt;&quot; with the meaning of &quot;io e la cucina &lt;strong&gt;facciamo due&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this phrase &quot;non andiamo d’accordo&quot; (most) commonly used in Italian to express this idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-07-28T14:38:31.673" Title="In Italian, do you say &quot;non andiamo d’accordo&quot; figuratively when you are hopelessly bad at something?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9733" CreationDate="2018-07-28T14:38:31.673" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As stated in the comments of the question, I also think this is not a common expression to say that kind of thing. A proper way to tell someone that a person is hopelessy bad at something could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Mario e la cucina sono due mondi a parte.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Io e la cucina siamo due mondi a parte.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This figuratively means that the person bad at something and that some activity live in two different worlds distant by each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-07-28T14:38:31.673" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9735" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9739" CreationDate="2018-07-29T06:43:12.127" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Adesso mi viene freddo nel filo della schiena se penso che alla mira che eravamo non ci voleva piú che un soffio a perdere la terra e la casa e restare solo piú con le nostre braccia al mondo. E che se ci andava male del tutto, adesso Emilio dovrebbe morire &lt;strong&gt;nel suo degli altri&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;nel suo degli altri&quot;. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;suo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-29T18:50:10.537" LastActivityDate="2018-07-30T10:51:28.547" Title="Significato di &quot;nel suo degli altri&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9717" CreationDate="2018-07-29T15:07:39.473" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your translation is ALMOST correct...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;With all &lt;strong&gt;my&lt;/strong&gt; heart and love.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see inside this sentence you find written &quot;my&quot;, that is translated as &quot;mio&quot; (mine), which is missing from your translation:  &quot;con tutto il MIO cuore e amore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4735" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-29T15:29:14.273" LastActivityDate="2018-07-29T15:29:14.273" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9735" CreationDate="2018-07-29T18:56:49.660" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=0HNWAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22c%27%C3%A8+posto+che%22&amp;amp;dq=%22c%27%C3%A8+posto+che&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiJn6PNyYLcAhVDEJoKHaN0CusQ6AEIEjAC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo della rivista &lt;em&gt;Otto/Novecento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, una  rivista di critica e storia letteraria, il significato di &quot;nel suo degli altri&quot; è &quot;nella terra altrui&quot;. Penso che molto probabilmente  si tratti di un articolo su &lt;em&gt;La malora&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio perché vengono spiegate altre espressioni che appaiono nel romanzo, ma, purtroppo, la visualizzazione snippet di Google Books non mi permette leggerlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-29T19:47:16.717" LastActivityDate="2018-07-29T19:47:16.717" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9738" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9745" CreationDate="2018-07-30T07:57:23.467" Score="0" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ultimamente veniva troppo spesso, e quasi sempre di notte. A me francamente quelle ore non piacevano. Arrivava con la &lt;strong&gt;macchina pubblica&lt;/strong&gt;. Si ricorda quella che posteggiava sempre davanti al municipio? Quella bella macchina nera, poi con quel ridicolo impianto a gasogeno?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Sí.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi sa spiegare cos'è una &quot;macchina pubblica&quot;. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;macchina&quot; e &quot;pubblico&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato niente a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-07-31T12:06:25.507" Title="Che cos'è una &quot;macchina pubblica&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9735" CreationDate="2018-07-30T10:51:28.547" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato conferma della supposizione di @Charo in questa pubblicazione di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.edatlas.it/documents/0fbdd674-08db-46ab-a7ad-02c32c93e47c&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Istituto Italiano Edizioni Atlas&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;14&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nel suo degli altri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: nella proprietà altrui (perché la famiglia&#xA;  non possiede più una casa propria); è quasi un ossimoro,&#xA;  che ben esprime il senso di una radicale privazione.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato nel contesto da te citato è, appunto, nella terra o proprietà altrui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-07-30T10:51:28.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9741" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-30T15:55:07.837" Score="5" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today I bumped into a friend of mine, an Italian native speaker, on the street I hadn't seen for quite a while. I'm pretty sure she said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarà &lt;strong&gt;un'eternità e mezza&lt;/strong&gt; che non ti vedo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, we use the expression &quot;... and a half&quot; to exaggerate a quality:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I haven't seen you in &lt;strong&gt;forever and a half&lt;/strong&gt;! == {&lt;strong&gt;forever and a day&lt;/strong&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this (colloquial?) Italian expression work in a similar way? If so, what other nouns than &quot;eternità&quot; are commonly coupled with &quot;... e mezza&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="3287" LastEditDate="2018-07-30T18:04:31.347" LastActivityDate="2018-08-03T07:06:45.143" Title="In Italian, is the expression &quot;... e mezza&quot; used often to exaggerate a quality?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9742" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-30T16:28:42.660" Score="3" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today I bumped into a friend of mine, an Italian native speaker, on the street I hadn't seen for quite a while. I'm pretty sure she said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sarà&lt;/strong&gt; un'eternità e mezza che non ti vedo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking back on it, the tense used here piques my interest: despite the fact that we &lt;strong&gt;have already seen&lt;/strong&gt; each other &lt;strong&gt;just now&lt;/strong&gt;, what is the rationale for using the future &amp;quot;sarà&amp;quot; rather than the imperfect &amp;quot;era&amp;quot;? It almost sounds like we have yet to meet in person (the state of not seeing each other is still ongoing) and our next encounter will be some time in the near future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{vs}: &lt;strong&gt;Era&lt;/strong&gt; un'eternità e mezza che non ti vedevo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm all the more curious, since in French and German we express the same idea in  complete different tenses, perfect tenses, conveying the sense of a completed action:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ça &lt;strong&gt;faisait&lt;/strong&gt; longtemps qu'on ne s'&lt;strong&gt;était&lt;/strong&gt; pas &lt;strong&gt;vus&lt;/strong&gt; ! --- {&lt;em&gt;imperfect + past perfect&lt;/em&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dich &lt;strong&gt;habe&lt;/strong&gt; ich ja schon ewig nicht &lt;strong&gt;gesehen&lt;/strong&gt;! --- {&lt;em&gt;present perfect&lt;/em&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-12T18:41:17.063" Title="&quot;Sarà un'eternità e mezza che non ti vedo!&quot;: Why use the future tense &quot;sarà&quot; to describe an already completed action?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9743" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-30T17:42:07.180" Score="2" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;Today I bumped into a friend of mine, an Italian native speaker, on the street I hadn't seen for quite a while. I'm pretty sure she said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarà un'eternità e mezza che non ti &lt;strong&gt;vedo&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking back on it, the tense used here piques my interest: despite the fact that we &lt;strong&gt;have already seen&lt;/strong&gt; each other &lt;strong&gt;just now&lt;/strong&gt;, what is the rationale for using the present tense &amp;quot;vedo&amp;quot; rather than the imperfect &amp;quot;vedevo&amp;quot;? It almost sounds like we have yet to meet in person (the state of not seeing each other is still ongoing) and our next encounter will be some time in the near future.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;{vs}: Sarà un'eternità e mezza che non ti &lt;strong&gt;vedevo&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm all the more curious, since in French and German we express the same idea in  complete different tenses, perfect tenses, conveying the sense of a completed action:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ça &lt;strong&gt;faisait&lt;/strong&gt; longtemps qu'on ne s'&lt;strong&gt;était&lt;/strong&gt; pas &lt;strong&gt;vus&lt;/strong&gt; ! --- {&lt;em&gt;imperfect + past perfect&lt;/em&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dich &lt;strong&gt;habe&lt;/strong&gt; ich ja schon ewig nicht &lt;strong&gt;gesehen&lt;/strong&gt;! --- {&lt;em&gt;present perfect&lt;/em&gt;}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-15T16:20:44.873" Title="&quot;Sarà un'eternità e mezza che non ti vedo!&quot;: Why use the present tense &quot;vedo&quot; to describe an already completed action?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9742" CreationDate="2018-07-30T17:42:26.450" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;To express an action that will happen in the future is not the only use of the simple future tense in Italian. According to Federica Colombo in her book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il futuro semplice può essere usato anche per esprimere direttamente l'atteggiamento personale di chi parla rispetto al contenuto della frase [simple future can also be used to directly express the personal attitude of the speaker with respect to the content of the sentence]. Si distinguono soprattutto questi significati [these meanings are the ones mainly used]:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;supposizione [supposition, guess]: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Avrà&lt;/strong&gt; 30 anni.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ordine [order]:&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Stasera &lt;strong&gt;starai&lt;/strong&gt; in casa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;incertezza  [uncertainty]: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Che &lt;strong&gt;faranno&lt;/strong&gt; senza di me?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;opinione diversa / contrarietà [different opinion / contrariness]:&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Sarà&lt;/strong&gt; una brava persona, ma non mi piace.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, the future &quot;sarà&quot; is used to express uncertainty, so as to give the nuance of &quot;I'm not completely sure, but I think that...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/indicativo-futuro-semplice_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt; (and as it's pointed out by @DaG) the future simple used to express a supposition, a doubt, a hypothesis or an uncertainty is what is called &quot;futuro &lt;em&gt;suppositivo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;epistemico&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Another exemple of such a use of future can be found at this encyclopedia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non so chi abbia scritto questo messaggio: &lt;strong&gt;sarà&lt;/strong&gt; Francesco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Luca Serianni explains at section XI.387 that &quot;futuro suppositivo&quot; or &quot;epistemico&quot; is used &quot;in relazione a un avvenimento contemporaneo che si intende presentare in forma incerta, dubitativa, ipotetica&quot;, that is, in relation to a contemporary event that is intended to be presented in an uncertain, doubtful or hypothetical form. It also says that &quot;spesso una frase col futuro suppositivo potrebbe essere realizzata con l'indicativo presente accompagnato da un avverbio come &lt;em&gt;forse&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;probabilmente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;presumibilmente&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. (si noti che avverbi del genere – a sottolineare il valore dubitativo della frase – sono spesso compresenti col futuro). Translated to English, it says that a sentence with &quot;futuro suppositivo&quot; can frequently also be realized with present indicative accompanied by an adverb such as &quot;&lt;em&gt;forse&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;probabilmente&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;presumibilmente&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, etc. (note that this kind of adverbs – to highlight the dubitative value of the sentence – are often present together with the future tense). This book gives these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Dio sa quant'è che non avete mangiato! [...] Poverina! &lt;em&gt;Avrete&lt;/em&gt; bisogno di ristorarvi” (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XXIV 20; in the first edition: &quot;&lt;em&gt;avete&lt;/em&gt;&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Ah sì? Avete portato con voi l'ottavino? [...] E... &lt;em&gt;sonerete&lt;/em&gt; bene, m'immagino!” (Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Lumie di Sicilia&lt;/em&gt;, VII 117).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Ieri sera mi dimenticai di caricare l'orologio... Ma dev'essere tardi. &lt;em&gt;Saranno&lt;/em&gt; forse anche le due&quot; (Cassola, &lt;em&gt;La ragazza di Bube&lt;/em&gt;, 92).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-31T08:17:35.647" LastActivityDate="2018-07-31T08:17:35.647" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9738" CreationDate="2018-07-31T10:21:22.937" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &quot;auto pubblica&quot; o &quot;auto di piazza&quot; si intende un taxi; sono espressioni non molto utilizzate o desuete: vedi la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tassi_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;tassì&quot; sul dizionario di sinonimi e contrari Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-07-31T12:06:25.507" LastActivityDate="2018-07-31T12:06:25.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9746" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9770" CreationDate="2018-07-31T14:07:12.250" Score="1" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il treno partí e Milton lo seguí con lo sguardo fino alla svolta. Voleva ripigliarlo dopo il ponte, rincorrendone il pennacchio di fumo al di sopra delle interminabili &lt;strong&gt;pioppette&lt;/strong&gt; dell’oltrefiume, ma Giorgio lo spinse ai cancelli. «Andiamo a giocare a biliardo».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è su queste &quot;pioppette&quot; che appaiono in questo brano. Non ho trovato il termine &quot;pioppetta&quot; in nessun dizionario, ma sí &quot;pioppeto&quot;. Per esempio, sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pioppeto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si legge &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pioppéto&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [der. di &lt;em&gt;pioppo&lt;/em&gt;; cfr. lat. &lt;em&gt;populetum&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;popŭlus&lt;/em&gt; «pioppo»]. – Bosco spontaneo, o piantagione artificiale, di pioppi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se il vocabolo &quot;pioppetta&quot; sia una variante regionale di &quot;pioppeto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti il termine &quot;pioppeta&quot;, con una sola &quot;t&quot; (forse non è la stessa cosa), appare più avanti nel libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tossí forte, senza precauzioni, poi prese a retrocedere carponi verso la falda della collina. Appena fu in una &lt;strong&gt;pioppeta&lt;/strong&gt;  si alzò su tutta la persona, crocchiando come una canna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso sembra riferirsi a un bosco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-11T20:21:19.987" LastActivityDate="2018-08-11T20:21:19.987" Title="&quot;Pioppetta&quot; è una variante regionale di &quot;pioppeto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9747" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-07-31T14:24:35.837" Score="3" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per essere un giapponese, ti piace &lt;strong&gt;sin&lt;/strong&gt; troppo bere il tè con il latte. {jokingly}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In an IM I received from my friend, I saw this unfamiliar word &quot;sin&quot;. Curiously enough, I cannot seem to find a relevant entry for this word in any of the mono/bi-lingual dictionaries I use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this a slang term or something? How is it commonly used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastActivityDate="2018-07-31T20:41:56.643" Title="In Italian, how is the word &quot;sin&quot; used, as in &quot;ti piace sin troppo bere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9748" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9747" CreationDate="2018-07-31T20:41:56.643" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/sino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is a variant of &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/fino2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;fino&lt;/em&gt; (adverb)&lt;/a&gt;. Not really common, nowadays; in some cases it is used for euphony: “sino a Fano” instead of “fino a Fano”. In general, &lt;em&gt;sino&lt;/em&gt; is more literary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rules about “troncamento” (apocope) apply the same to &lt;em&gt;fino&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;sino&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fin troppo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sin troppo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-07-31T20:41:56.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9749" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9783" CreationDate="2018-08-01T22:04:00.950" Score="4" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto conducendo una ricerca sulla crittografia omomorfa e mi sono imbattuto nei cosiddetti &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://blog.z.cash/snark-explain/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Homomorphic Hidings&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. C'è qualcuno qui che mangia insalate di matematica che possa darmi una mano a tradurre il nome di questa funzione? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avevo pensato a &quot;Nascondiglio Omomorfo&quot; ma suona veramente male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse considerato che si tratta una sorta di hash potrebbe essere accettabile chiamarlo in italiano semplicemente &quot;Hash Omomorfo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-04T13:47:41.617" LastActivityDate="2020-04-04T13:47:41.617" Title="Traduzione di &quot;Homomorphic Hiding&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9749" CreationDate="2018-08-02T08:28:07.690" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io suggerirei come traduzione “&lt;em&gt;offuscamento  omomorfo&lt;/em&gt;”, dato che in informatica i cosiddetti “obfuscators” vengono utilizzati per rendere difficoltosa la decompilazione del codice. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-08-02T08:28:07.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9751" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9760" CreationDate="2018-08-02T15:07:20.183" Score="6" ViewCount="3033" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre pensato che &lt;em&gt;ingresso libero&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ingresso gratuito&lt;/em&gt; fossero sinonimi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Recentemente, però, ho letto la pubblicità di un evento che riportava la scritta &lt;em&gt;ingresso libero e gratuito&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-02T17:32:11.847" LastActivityDate="2018-08-07T13:56:57.600" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;ingresso libero&quot; e &quot;ingresso gratuito&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9752" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9754" CreationDate="2018-08-03T06:20:08.177" Score="2" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, romanzo di  Beppe Fenoglio ambientato durante la guerra partigiana, ho letto questo dialogo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Vado da Hombre, – rispose Milton.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Vai dai rossi?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Visto che noi azzurri non abbiamo prigionieri.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ma quelli, ammesso che l’abbiano, non te lo daranno mai.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Me lo farò... imprestare. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Non te lo presteranno nemmeno. Con la ruggine che c’è, con la testa che gli montano i commissari, con la bile che hanno in corpo per via dei &lt;strong&gt;lanci&lt;/strong&gt; che noi riceviamo e loro no...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di questi &quot;lanci&quot; che appaiono in questo passaggio. Immagino si tratti di qualche tipo di armamento. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;lancio&quot; di alcuni dizionari, ma il senso non mi è del tutto chiaro. Si tratta di esplosivi (accezione 1. d del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lancio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-03T07:56:29.840" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;lanci&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9753" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9741" CreationDate="2018-08-03T07:06:45.143" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your translation is spot on. The English meaning is pretty much the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I know, &lt;em&gt;un eternità e mezza&lt;/em&gt; is not an established idiom, it's just personal quircky/fun use of the language. Although, Italian language greatly varies between regions and idioms greatly vary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In short, &lt;em&gt;eternità&lt;/em&gt; is not usually coupled with &lt;em&gt;e mezza&lt;/em&gt;. It was a way to exaggerate and emphasise that she haven't seen you a while. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am a native speaker :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4719" LastActivityDate="2018-08-03T07:06:45.143" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9754" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9752" CreationDate="2018-08-03T07:56:29.840" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I lanci sono sicuramente i &quot;lanci di rifornimenti&quot; (quindi sia armi che munizioni che cibo) che una parte riceve e l'altra no (e quindi è scontenta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I rifornimenti venivano paracadutati per via aerea, da qui il termine &quot;lancio&quot; (perché venivano lanciati da aerei).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Ak8Mv.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Ak8Mv.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4310" LastActivityDate="2018-08-03T07:56:29.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9743" CreationDate="2018-08-03T20:44:10.140" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is more clear in a sentence like &quot;I don't see you since 1999&quot; in Italian &quot;Non ti vedo dal 1999&quot;. The example you reported above uses the present tense evaluating in the present the amount of time you've spent apart. It is colloquial.&#xA;We use too the past tense in a formal version like &quot;We hadn't meet for several years&quot;. Here we use the verb &quot;vedere&quot; indicating the period in the past: &quot;Non ci siamo visti per diversi anni&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1784" LastActivityDate="2018-08-03T20:44:10.140" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9756" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-04T09:01:24.390" Score="1" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto questo dialogo tra Milton, partigiano badogliano, e Némega, partigiano della Stella Rossa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Némega andò ad aumentare la fiamma del petrolio e tornando disse: – Che volevate farne? Scambiarlo con uno dei vostri? Quando l’hanno beccato? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Stamattina. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Dove?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Sull’altro versante, verso Alba. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Come? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – La nebbia. Da noi era un mare di latte.  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – È tuo fratello?  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – No. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Allora un tuo amico? Si capisce, se hai sfangato fin quassú a &lt;strong&gt;fare una parte&lt;/strong&gt; del genere. Ma non siete capaci di darvi da fare in giro per beccarne uno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio si fa riferimento al fatto che Milton era stato camminando per ore sfidando la nebbia, la pioggia, il fango e tutto tipo di pericoli per arrivare fino a un presidio della Stella Rossa, con l'obiettivo di ottenere un prigioniero nemico da scambiare col suo amico Giorgio, che era stato catturato dai fascisti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;fare una parte del genere&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;parte&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato che &quot;fare la parte&quot; può significare interpretare un personaggio o assumere un ruolo, ma non riesco a capire il senso di questa locuzione nel dialogo sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-07T13:40:08.030" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;fare una parte&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9757" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9758" CreationDate="2018-08-05T20:03:21.723" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Agnolotti_piemontesi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Wikipedia sugli agnolotti piemontesi&lt;/a&gt; ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La ricetta classica non prevede la creazione di agnolotti piemontesi di &lt;strong&gt;magro&lt;/strong&gt;: nel raro caso vengano prodotti, sono comunque denominati ravioli; allo stesso modo sono denominati ravioli gli agnolotti piemontesi contenenti un ripieno a base di fontina, comuni nel Canavese e nella Valle d'Aosta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;magro&quot; in questa frase? Leggendo la voce &quot;magro&quot; in parecchi dizionari ho pensato che si riferisse a un ripieno di carne magra. Ricercando su Google, però, ho visto alcune ricette di &quot;ravioli di magro&quot; che non contengono carne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-06T19:43:49.760" Title="Che cosa vuol dire &quot;magro&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9757" CreationDate="2018-08-05T21:54:12.957" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L’espressione “di magro” fa riferimento alla ritualità della Chiesa  Cattolica riguardo il cibo che si può consumare durante determinati periodi. Il seguente pezzo fa riferimento ai tortellini, ma il discorso vale per ogni tipo di pietanza: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tradizionalmente sono considerati &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tortelli_alla_piacentina&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;un piatto di magro&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cioè quelli privi di carne il cui consumo era concesso dalla Chiesa cattolica nei giorni di venerdì, durante la Quaresima o alla vigilia delle principali festività cristiane.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Astinenza_dalle_carni&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'astinenza dalle carni:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è un precetto generale della Chiesa cattolica che impone di non mangiare carne nei &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;giorni di magro&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; , ossia il venerdì e gli altri giorni proibiti. Il pesce è ammesso durante l'astinenza, ragion per cui il venerdì è il giorno in cui tradizionalmente si consuma pesce nei paesi a maggioranza cattolica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-06T19:43:49.760" LastActivityDate="2018-08-06T19:43:49.760" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9759" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9756" CreationDate="2018-08-07T13:40:08.030" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come dice MrPk nel commento qui sopra, il significato più coerente rispetto alla frase è sicuramente quello marcato 5.c nella voce &quot;parte&quot; del Treccani.&#xA;Vale a dire, &quot;una parte&quot; in un contesto negativo (anche sottinteso) è un &quot;allusione a comportamento o ad azione biasimevole&quot;. A mio modo di vedere questo significato deriva direttamente dal 5.b, nel senso che &quot;fare una parte (negativa)&quot; vorrebbe dire &quot;tra i tanti possibili ruoli/comportamenti, adottarne uno disdicevole&quot;.&#xA;Némega si potrebbe quindi parafrasare così: &quot;Allora un tuo amico? Si capisce, se hai [faticato] fin quassú [per fare una richiesta del genere].&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4753" LastActivityDate="2018-08-07T13:40:08.030" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9760" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9751" CreationDate="2018-08-07T13:56:57.600" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che spesso la locuzione &quot;ingresso libero&quot; sia usata come sinonimo per &quot;ingresso gratuito&quot;, tuttavia se consideriamo bene i significati della parola &quot;libero&quot; dobbiamo dedurre che &quot;ingresso libero&quot; significa &quot;ingresso non condizionato da alcun vincolo&quot;, cioè l'ingresso è ammesso per chiunque senza distinzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne segue che l'ingresso libero è anche gratuito (non è condizionato dal pagamento).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viceversa, un ingresso gratuito non è necessariamente libero.&#xA;Per esempio, pur essendo gratuito, l'ingresso potrebbe essere riservato a coloro che hanno prenotato, e quindi non sarebbe libero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4753" LastActivityDate="2018-08-07T13:56:57.600" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9761" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-07T20:32:54.493" Score="0" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Erano vicini alla chiesa e gli parve di cogliere un trepestío, gente che scappa a nascondersi in punta di piedi. Milton col mento accennò di sí a Hombre che con gli occhi gli domandava se avesse sentito pure lui. «In chiesa», bisbigliò Hombre ed entrarono con ogni precauzione. C’era ombra e fresco. Cominciarono col frugare nel battistero, quindi nel primo confessionale. Non si sentiva un alito. Hombre sbirciò su alla cantoria ma poi scacciò l’idea e si diede a perquisire i banchi uno dopo l’altro. Cosí, &lt;strong&gt;a spina di pesce&lt;/strong&gt;, si avvicinavano all’altare maggiore. Si avvicinavano e da dietro l’altare sbuca un soldato con le mani alzate e dice: «Siamo qui dietro», con una voce da fanciulla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;a spina di pesce&quot; in questo passaggio? Alla voce &quot;spina&quot; di diversi dizionari ho trovato che questa locuzione si usa per qualificare qualcosa che ha una disposizione simile a una liscia di pesce, ma non riesco a capirne il senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T12:01:52.560" Title="Significato di &quot;a spina di pesce&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9761" CreationDate="2018-08-08T07:56:43.373" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato avvicinarsi a spina di pesce vuol dire che procedevano verso l’altare mantenendo una disposizione a spina di pesce, cioè chi stava al centro era coperto (nel senso che era difeso) da coloro che stavano ai lati. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagina un triangolo in cui le persone stanno ai vertici e procedono in avanti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-08-08T07:56:43.373" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9763" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-08T16:39:31.257" Score="8" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using Italian dictionaries, I have noticed that dated/archaic words are marked with different categories, and there are no explanations regarding any semantic differences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; has three kinds of markings: &lt;em&gt;1. ant. (antico), 2. disus. (disusato), 3. † (parola o accezione arcaica)&lt;/em&gt;. These are the explanations given in the preface to the dictionary. Browsing Lo Zingarelli, I can find the &lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt; note only in etymological explanations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;accapigliàrsi [comp. di a- (2) e capegli, forma &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di capelli ☼ 1266]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;assìṣa [&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; fr. assise ‘uniforme’, da asseoir ‘stabilire’, dal lat. parl. *assedēre, per il classico assidēre ☼ 1308]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other two are found directly in word explanations. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;àbaco 3 (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;disus.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;) arte del calcolo, aritmetica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;accòllo 2 (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;disus.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;) appalto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riconoscènza 2 &lt;strong&gt;†&lt;/strong&gt; rimorso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;indirìzzo 4 &lt;strong&gt;†&lt;/strong&gt; avviamento | impostazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, other dictionaries even do not provide a complete list of abbreviations. But from what I noticed, I can say the the &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by &lt;em&gt;Gabrielli Aldo&lt;/em&gt; has only one kind of category, namely &lt;em&gt;ant. (antico)&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riconoscenza 2 &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Riconoscimento, consapevolezza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise the &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario Italiano&lt;/em&gt; may use other notes where &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; uses &lt;em&gt;disus. (disusato)&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;accollo ‖ &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;raro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Appalto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Treccani&lt;/em&gt; seems to use &lt;em&gt;ant. (antico)&lt;/em&gt; only as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riconoscènza 2. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Riconoscimento, consapevolezza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in Treccani's &lt;em&gt;Sinonimi e Contrari disus. (disusato)&lt;/em&gt; is used frequently:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pastrano s. m. (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; pastrana s. f.) [prob. dal nome di un duca di Pastrana (città della prov. sp. di Guadalajara)], &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;disus.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; - (abbigl.) [pesante indumento invernale per uomo, da portare sopra altri vestiti] ≈ cappotto, (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;disus.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, in &lt;em&gt;il Sabatini Coletti&lt;/em&gt;, only &lt;em&gt;ant. (antico)&lt;/em&gt; seems to be used as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;infingardo 2 &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Bugiardo, falso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize it all, I can state that there are noticeable differences between the &lt;em&gt;dated&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;archaic&lt;/em&gt; categories in English dictionaries. As &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/usage/old-fashioned-language&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Oxford&lt;/a&gt; puts it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archaic&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  Words and expressions described as archaic are those which haven't been in everyday use for a century or more... You are unlikely to hear anyone using these terms in everyday conversation, or to come across them in modern writing, but you will encounter them in the literature of the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dated&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  Words and expressions described as dated may still be used occasionally, especially by older people, but they are no longer used by most English speakers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose that this kind of difference might also exist in Italian dictionaries. Otherwise, probably &lt;em&gt;disus.&lt;/em&gt; is used for historical names of objects which are no longer in use (but in the case of &lt;em&gt;abaco&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;arithmetic&lt;/em&gt;, we can hardly speak of objects no longer in use: the designation itself seems to be &lt;em&gt;disusato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is still unclear however, why &lt;em&gt;disus.&lt;/em&gt; and † coexist in &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt;, and whether they are both combined into &lt;em&gt;ant.&lt;/em&gt; in other dictionaries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, my question is: how are these different markings interconnected in different dictionaries and which specific differences exist between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4424" LastActivityDate="2020-01-17T11:18:50.130" Title="Difference between 'antico', 'arcaico' and 'disusato' as categories in Italian dictionaries" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9764" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-08T17:01:48.033" Score="0" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Considero/ritengo giusto che aiuti chi sta in difficoltà. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Considero/ritengo giusto aiutare chi sta in difficoltà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grammaticalmente sono frasi corrette, ne sono sicuro, eppure in questa frase (a parte i soliti aggettivi come giusto o sbagliato) ogni altro aggettivo mi suona male male, tipo: &quot;ritengo bello trascorrere/che tu trascorra le vacanze qui.&quot;&#xA;Grammaticalmente quest'ultima mi sembra corretta, eppure non suona.&#xA;È solo una mia impressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-08T17:45:57.927" LastActivityDate="2018-08-08T20:53:15.487" Title="&quot;Considero/ritengo sbagliato che&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9764" CreationDate="2018-08-08T20:53:15.487" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ritengo così normale usare “ritenere” o “considerare” con qualsiasi aggettivo che non so bene come formulare una risposta che sia convincente per l'OP, né mi è chiaro dove sarebbe la cacofonia. Considero utile aggiungere forse qualche esempio d'autore, ma non sono facilissimi da trovare, anche perché un tempo questi due verbi non venivano usati in questo senso. Per esempio, in Dante “ritenere” ha sensi più affini a “trattenere, mantenere” o “ricordare”, mentre “considerare” sta per “riflettere, meditare” o, transitivamente, “porre mente a” (“Considerate la vostra semenza...”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Google Books si trova qualche esempio come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ritengo bello poter rendere pubbliche le interviste raccolte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ritengo bello e doveroso che sia reso omaggio all'uomo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considero bello che si vogliano offrire all'uomo sempre migliori sussidi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e così via. Forse il motivo per cui non abbondano esempi con “bello” è che spesso si evita di abusare di questo aggettivo (soprattutto in un senso generico come questo, piuttosto che nello specifico senso estetico) a favore di aggettivi più precisi: opportuno, corretto, appropriato, piacevole e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque non bisogna farsi intimidire: la struttura combinatoria della grammatica dell'italiano rende possibili e corrette, e magari anche interessanti, innumerevoli combinazioni di parole mai pronunciate o scritte prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-08T20:53:15.487" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9766" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9767" CreationDate="2018-08-08T21:40:00.857" Score="0" ViewCount="460" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Era giunto al piano e si affrettò verso la passerella. Poi si accorse di aver puntato troppo a valle e dovette risalire il torrente di una cinquantina di passi. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Passò sulla &lt;strong&gt;pedanca&lt;/strong&gt; fradicia e sbilenca. Il paese oltre il greto era sempre perfettamente silenzioso, formicolava di silenzio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è una &quot;pedanca&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessun dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-10T06:21:27.827" LastActivityDate="2018-08-10T06:21:27.827" Title="Che cos'è una &quot;pedanca&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9767" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9766" CreationDate="2018-08-09T05:37:13.417" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La pedanca è una specie di ponticello che si può trovare in passaggi molto difficili, specie in zone montagnose particolarmente impervie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mondogeo.it/Immagini/Pdf/SIMBOLI%20IGM%2025000.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;legenda per mappe&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sentiero facile: ponte sospeso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sentiero difficile: pedanca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, nel comune di Ampezzo c’è il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ampezzo.org/turismo/itinerari/pedanca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sentiero della Pedanca del Buso&lt;/a&gt;, così descritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In corrispondenza della confluenza con il Torrente Novarza, il&#xA;  Torrente Lumiei s’ìnabissa in una spettacolare forra, detta Sac di&#xA;  Coronìs, profonda quasi 130 m e larga solo pochi metri. Le compatte&#xA;  rocce calcaree sono state erose nel corso dei millenni lungo&#xA;  l’andamento di fratture di origine tettonica, dalle acque dei due&#xA;  torrenti. Il luogo è senza dubbio uno dei più selvaggi e spettacolari&#xA;  delle vallate dalla Carnia, e il suo interesse oltre che paesaggistico&#xA;  e ambientale è anche storico. Su un piccolo ponte di legno, detto&#xA;  Pedanca del Buso, posto in corrispondenza di uno dei punti in cui le&#xA;  pareti della forra maggiormente si avvicinano, passava infatti il&#xA;  sentiero che da Ampezzo conduceva a Latéis e a Sauris. Il sentiero&#xA;  cadde in disuso negli anni ‘30, quando fu ultimata la rotabile della&#xA;  valle del Lumiei. Oggi, al posto dell’antica Pedanca del Buso, c’è un&#xA;  ponticello metallico che permette di attraversare la forra e di&#xA;  accedere alle forre del Torrente Novarza e del Torrente Lumiei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-08-09T05:37:13.417" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9761" CreationDate="2018-08-09T08:32:09.117" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Immagino che i banchi fossero “all’antica”, del tipo simile a questo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://thumbs.dreamstime.com/t/banchi-di-chiesa-di-legno-oxford-82014509.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;banco&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Impossibile quindi escludere la presenza di qualcuno nascosto senza esaminare tutte le file di banchi. Quindi Hombre e gli altri decisero di procedere una fila alla volta: centro, fila di destra e fila di sinistra fino al lato, poi dal lato verso il centro sulla fila successiva. E così via, seguendo un percorso che assomiglia a seguire i bordi di una lisca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-08-09T08:32:09.117" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9769" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-09T11:47:03.357" Score="0" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto facendo una ricerca su dei documenti Latini ma ci sono alcune parole in Siciliano Medievale. C'è un glossario di queste parole, come ad esempio &quot;dublecti&quot; che significa &quot;gonna&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4755" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-09T14:42:58.313" LastActivityDate="2018-09-09T15:00:22.113" Title="Nomi siciliani glossario per oggetti" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9746" CreationDate="2018-08-09T15:49:46.450" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola pioppa al femminile viene usata a volte come sinonimo di pioppo, come definito qui nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pioppa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una pioppetta dunque non è altro che un piccolo pioppo, e nel testo ci si riferisce ad una ampia distesa di tali alberi oltre il fiume.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato che Milton vede il fumo del treno sopra le pioppette, si tratta certamente di singoli alberi, anche se numerosi, e non di diversi pioppeti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-09T15:57:13.067" LastActivityDate="2018-08-09T15:57:13.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9766" CreationDate="2018-08-09T21:40:59.293" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra che sia una parola &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.facebook.com/bibidoppio/photos/a.750905491768729.1073741828.750901985102413/848147275377883/?type=1&amp;amp;theater&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; title=&quot;Pedanca in genovese&quot;&gt;genovese&lt;/a&gt; che ha il significato di &quot;passerella che attraversa un rio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4753" LastActivityDate="2018-08-09T21:40:59.293" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9772" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9773" CreationDate="2018-08-10T02:34:36.077" Score="3" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;In portoghese, la frase &quot;la creazione di Adamo&quot; è ambigua se Adamo è la creatura o il creatore. E in italiano? È anche ambigua la frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[Tradotto con Google translate]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4756" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-10T07:14:10.663" LastActivityDate="2018-08-10T10:30:30.303" Title="La frase &quot;la creazione di Adamo&quot; è ambigua?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9772" CreationDate="2018-08-10T08:23:36.827" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, questa espressione è ambigua anche in italiano: può riferirsi a un'occasione in cui Adamo crea qualcosa (“genitivo soggettivo”) o all'atto con cui viene creato Adamo (“genitivo oggettivo”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In più, ma non penso che si riferisse a questo la domanda, la “creazione” può essere sia, appunto, l'atto del creare che il risultato di questo atto, e quindi ciò che viene creato.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-08-10T10:30:30.303" LastActivityDate="2018-08-10T10:30:30.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9763" CreationDate="2018-08-10T11:38:24.013" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the recent PhD thesis of Maurizio N. Barbi (in Italian)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://uvidok.rcub.bg.ac.rs/bitstream/handle/123456789/2560/Doktorat.pdf?sequence=1&amp;amp;isAllowed=y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Neologismi e neosemie nel vocabolario&#xA;Zingarelli: un confronto sincronico tra la&#xA;Decima edizione (1970) e la ristampa della&#xA;Dodicesima edizione (2015)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there are many useful explanations about the usage of markings in &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;The paper also cites many other sources that studied the use and evolution of such markings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize, the marking&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;disusato (disus.), riferito a lemmi «caduti in disuso ma non arcaici»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;refers to terms that are not currently used, but yet cannot be defined as archaic.&#xA;These terms still have a correct meaning for most of contemporay Italians, while † (&lt;em&gt;arcaico&lt;/em&gt;) or ant. (&lt;em&gt;antico&lt;/em&gt;) currently might not be understood or might be associated with a wrong meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please also consider that &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; tends to introduce new markings and also to change their meaning or scope with the evolution of society and linguistic expression (Cannella, M. (2010). &lt;em&gt;Idee per diventare lessicografo&lt;/em&gt;. Bologna: Zanichelli).&#xA;So the marking for a certain term might vary with time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4757" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-17T11:18:50.130" LastActivityDate="2020-01-17T11:18:50.130" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9769" CreationDate="2018-08-10T14:38:57.543" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non esiste proprio un &quot;Siciliano Medievale&quot;, ma piuttosto nel medioevo in Sicilia si parlavano lingue siculo-arabe, normanne o gallo-italiche (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lingua_siciliana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lingua siciliana&lt;/a&gt; su Wikipedia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la parola &quot;&lt;em&gt;dublecti&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in Sicilia è attestata nella veste latineggiante &lt;em&gt;dubletum&lt;/em&gt; già nel&#xA;1308, poi nella forma &lt;em&gt;dubbrettu&lt;/em&gt;, veste femminile. La presenza&#xA;contemporanea della voce anche nel calabrese &lt;em&gt;dubbrettu&lt;/em&gt; e napoletano &lt;em&gt;rubretto&lt;/em&gt; permette di ipotizzare un'origine del termine nel periodo normanno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attraverso i dialetti meridionali, in particolare il napoletano, la voce passa all'italiano antico &lt;em&gt;dobletto&lt;/em&gt;, panno di Napoli di lino e bambagia tessuto al modo francese (da &lt;a href=&quot;https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/80167171.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;I normanni in Inghilterra e in Sicilia&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4757" LastActivityDate="2018-08-10T14:38:57.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9777" CreationDate="2018-08-10T21:28:45.910" Score="1" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; L’acqua gli sciaguattava nelle scarpe, dandogli brividi che si risolvevano in convulsioni come per &lt;strong&gt;vomito a secco&lt;/strong&gt;. Poi sentí montargli in gola un grosso nodo di tosse e allora cacciò la testa nella curva del braccio, con la bocca quasi aderente al fango, per tossire il piú sommessamente possibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: che cos'è il &quot;vomito a secco&quot;? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;vomito&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-11T05:43:54.313" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;vomito a secco&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9776" CreationDate="2018-08-11T05:43:54.313" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il vomito a secco è quando una persona ha i conati tipici del vomito ma non ha niente da rimettere. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito lo spasmo è accompagnato da lacrimazione e, soprattutto, brividi e convulsioni dovute al tentativo di espellere il contenuto dell’esofago che ormai è vuoto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’enciclopedia Treccani alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/vomito_%28Universo-del-Corpo%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vomito&lt;/a&gt; viene descritto il cosiddetto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;vomito sine materia, meglio detto conato di vomito, in cui non viene&#xA;  emesso alcun materiale;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-08-11T05:43:54.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9779" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-12T20:10:15.687" Score="6" ViewCount="355" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Una questione privata&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Milton &lt;strong&gt;springò&lt;/strong&gt; con le dita e fece cadere il sandwich nel contenitore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;springare&quot; in questa frase? Ho cercato questo verbo in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che significa spingare, scalciare o anche balzare, sbalzare. Tuttavia questi significati non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-05-01T17:07:35.703" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;springare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9781" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9782" CreationDate="2018-08-13T21:22:50.923" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Un giorno di fuoco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sospese di spaccare, posò un piede sulla &lt;strong&gt;toppa&lt;/strong&gt; e si asciugava la fronte con un fazzoletto color ruggine. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase fa riferimento a un uomo che sta spaccando la legna. Il racconto è situato nelle Langhe durante l'infanzia dell'autore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato del termine &quot;toppa&quot; in questo passaggio? L'ho cercato in parecchi dizionari, ma le diverse accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-14T14:16:55.823" LastActivityDate="2018-08-14T14:18:10.257" Title="Cosa significa &quot;toppa&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9781" CreationDate="2018-08-14T06:46:41.587" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=x18VAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA25&amp;amp;lpg=PA25&amp;amp;dq=toppe%20taglio%20legna&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=27JhAdUGuf&amp;amp;sig=NrLVlSN1mSmKMSZZNvQbZdfCvRo&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjykbic9OvcAhUB8YMKHf05Dj4Q6AEwE3oECAEQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=toppe%20taglio%20legna&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TACCHE, Copponi, Toppe, Falde più o men grosse che gli strumenti da&#xA;  taglio spiccan dal legno che si recide, o si mette in opera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doczz.it/doc/1089261/--zeneize.net&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;quest'altro dizionario Genovese-Italiano&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;BUSCAGGE Toppe, Copponi, scheggie che gli strumenti da taglio fanno&#xA;  cadere del legno che si atterra, o si mette in opera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di toppa nel contesto da te citato è quello di una scheggia piuttosto grande che si è staccata dal tronco mentre veniva spaccato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-14T14:18:10.257" LastActivityDate="2018-08-14T14:18:10.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9749" CreationDate="2018-08-14T15:16:42.093" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alla fine, dopo essermi consultato con un mio Prof. che mi fa da supervisore, siamo giunti alla conclusione che alcuni termini tecnici (tra i quali anche questo in oggetto della discussione) si possono lasciare in lingua inglese, l'importante è far comprendere a chi legge il loro funzionamento.&#xA;Grazie comunque per le risposte!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastActivityDate="2018-08-14T15:16:42.093" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9167" CreationDate="2018-08-15T09:31:29.563" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only monolingual Italian learner's dictionary I have found is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.giunti.it/libri/linguistica/dizionario-italiano-per-stranieri2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario italiano per stranieri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, published by Giunti Demetra at its series &lt;em&gt;Scuola d'italiano&lt;/em&gt;. I don't have this dictionary, but I have seen it in an Italian bookstore, so I could have a look. The definitions seem quite easy to understand, so I think it can be a good resource for an intermediate Italian learner. This dictionary is quite small and light enough to be carried out easily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe this is not a complete answer to the OP question because I don't know if they have really used a controlled defining vocabulary, but this is the only thing similar to what it's asked I've been able to find.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-16T10:13:56.823" LastActivityDate="2018-08-16T10:13:56.823" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9785" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9786" CreationDate="2018-08-15T09:59:51.947" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Un giorno di fuoco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tornammo adagio a sederci sugli scalini di casa, ed io domandai a mio ziastro come potesse esser cosí mortalmente sicuro che quel carabiniere era della Bassa Italia. – Nove su dieci, – mi rispose, – nove su dieci è un napoli. Son tutti di loro nei carabinieri –. Ma la sua voce era come invecchiata, e cosí la sua faccia. Si passò le mani sulle mascelle ed era come se &lt;strong&gt;pasticciasse&lt;/strong&gt; nella segatura di ferro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;pasticciare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire come le diverse accezioni che ho trovato possano avere senso in questo contesto. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste spiegarmi il significato della frase &quot;era come se pasticciasse nella segatura di ferro&quot; nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-15T14:15:47.240" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;pasticciare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9785" CreationDate="2018-08-15T14:15:47.240" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pasticciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pasticciare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con sign. affine a &lt;em&gt;rimestare&lt;/em&gt;, oppure a combinare: &lt;em&gt;cosa stai&#xA;  pasticciando?&lt;/em&gt; In partic., scrivere, disegnare, comporre o fare altro&#xA;  lavoro, che per sé stesso richiede ordine, precisione, chiarezza (sia&#xA;  sostanziale sia formale o anche soltanto esteriore) in modo&#xA;  disordinato, confuso, poco pulito: &lt;em&gt;p. un lavoro; ha pasticciato il&#xA;  foglio&lt;/em&gt;, con cancellature, sgorbî e sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il suo ziastro stava massaggiandosi la faccia con un movimento che ricordava quello di quando si rimesta la limatura di ferro senza uno scopo preciso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I movimenti non erano ordinati o precisi, erano casuali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-08-15T14:15:47.240" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9787" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9743" CreationDate="2018-08-15T15:30:38.897" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;To me, these &quot;time-shifts&quot; are much useful to enrich the verve of colloquial Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;immediately&lt;/strong&gt; upon meeting after a long time I would also say (more or less)   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sarà (È)&lt;/strong&gt; un'eternità e mezzo che non ti &lt;strong&gt;vedo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;on the contrary, after a while, talking about the long separation, I would say   &#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sarà stata (Era)&lt;/strong&gt; ... che non ti &lt;strong&gt;vedevo&lt;/strong&gt;/  &lt;strong&gt;non ci siamo visti&lt;/strong&gt; per ..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the use of the future (sarà) gives an &quot;approximating&quot; sense to the &quot;one and half&quot;.&#xA;By the way, I much appreciate your friend's &lt;em&gt;hyperbole&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;&quot;un'eternità e mezzo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4762" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-15T16:20:44.873" LastActivityDate="2018-08-15T16:20:44.873" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9788" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-16T13:16:57.057" Score="13" ViewCount="9306" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutte (o quasi, vedi quella citata nella &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9790/3649&quot;&gt;risposta di @abarisone&lt;/a&gt;) le fonti d’informazione che sono riuscito a trovare spiegano che l’espressione “garantito al limone” trarrebbe origine da uno sketch pubblicitario di un detersivo per piatti (Last al limone), che terminava appunto con queste parole.  Questa pubblicità sarebbe stata diffusa (in Italia, ovviamente) via radio e TV non prima della seconda metà degli anni Cinquanta del secolo scorso, il che implicherebbe, chiaramente, l’impossibilità che tale modo di dire venisse usato in precedenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un certo fatto mi spinge a chiedermi se questa ricostruzione non possa essere inesatta, e in particolare se sia possibile che l’espressione fosse già usata negli anni immediatamente precedenti la Seconda Guerra Mondiale.  In particolare, vorrei chiedere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È possibile che l‘origine dell’espressione fosse in realtà un’altra,&#xA;precedente, e che lo slogan pubblicitario l’abbia semplicemente&#xA;ripresa, giocando su un modo di dire già in uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Oppure, è possibile che la pubblicità di quel detersivo al limone&#xA;venisse già diffusa, naturalmente solo via radio, già prima&#xA;dell’ultima guerra mondiale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Aggiunta: motivazione&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9788/quando-e-come-nacque-l-espressione-garantito-al-limone#comment21757_9788&quot;&gt;Un commento&lt;/a&gt; suggerisce che dovrei forse spiegare cosa mi ha spinto a formulare questa domanda, e in particolare a ipotizzare che l’espressione “garantito al limone” potesse essere in uso già da prima degli anni ‘50 del Novecento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dubbio mi nacque non ricordo bene quanti anni fa, leggendo il romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il giardino dei Finzi-Contini&lt;/em&gt; di Giorgio Bassani, e mi è tornato in mente lo scorso giugno, perché, come ricorderete, proprio su questo libro era incentrata una delle tracce della prova scritta di italiano dell’esame di maturità (in Italia).&#xA;Chi conosce l’opera ricorderà che l’evento il quale mette, per così dire, in moto la vicenda che vi viene narrata è l’espulsione dal circolo tennistico “Eleonora d’Este” di tutti i soci “di razza ebraica”, compresi, naturalmente, i due rampolli dei Finzi-Contini, Alberto e Micòl.  Questo evento, a sua volta, è preceduto, e in realtà causato, da un altro episodio, e cioè l’interruzione della finale del doppio misto che Adriana Trentini e Bruno Lattes — ebreo, quest’ultimo — stanno inopinatamente disputando, e ancor più inopinatamente vincendo, contro Désirée Baggioli e Claudio Montemezzo; sul quattro a due per la  coppia Trentini-Lattes nel secondo set, essendo il primo già stato vinto da loro, il marchese Barbicinti, giudice-arbitro del torneo, sospende appunto la partita, adducendo come motivo (o pretesto?) la sopraggiungente oscurità; è proprio a seguito di questa interruzione che, ripeto, il circolo espellerà i soci ebrei, con la raccomandata-espresso di “accettazione delle dimissioni” inviata a Bruno Lattes addirittura &lt;em&gt;overnight&lt;/em&gt;, così da impedirgli, già a partire dal giorno dopo, di ripresentarsi sul campo per riprendere l’incontro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bassani fa narrare l’episodio alla stessa Adriana, e fa aggiungere a Bruno alcuni commenti: secondo la sua interpretazione, il vero colpevole dell’odioso comportamento del marchese Barbicinti era stato il giovane universitario fascista Cariani, “petto da tisico e ossa da cardellino”, servile coi gerarchi suoi superiori, ma prepotente con chiunque la sua posizione di membro dei G.U.F. gli permettesse di esserlo, specie se con ciò poteva farsi bello agli occhi dei primi.  Citando direttamente dal romanzo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il marchese Barbicinti era la persona che era:&#xA;un signore distinto, senza dubbio, ma piuttosto a terra in fatto&#xA;d’“autonomia di carburante”, e tutt’altro che un eroe. […]&#xA;Doveva dunque essere stato uno scherzo, per Cariani,&#xA;riempire il povero Enne Acca di tremarella.&#xA;Gli aveva detto, magari: “E domani? Ha pensato a domani sera,&#xA;marchese, quando il federale verrà qui, per la festa da ballo,&#xA;e si troverà a dover premiare un… Lattes con tanto di coppa&#xA;d’argento e relativo saluto romano?  Io, per me,&#xA;prevedo un grosso scandalo.  E grane, grane a non finire.&#xA;Al posto suo, dato anche che comincia a far buio,&#xA;non ci penserei due volte a interrompere la partita”.&#xA;Non c’era voluto niente di più, &lt;strong&gt;“garantito al limone”&lt;/strong&gt;,&#xA;per indurre l’altro alla grottesca e penosa irruzione&#xA;nella quale si era prodotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eccola qui: si badi bene che Bassani mette l’espressione tra virgolette, dunque direttamente in bocca a Bruno (concordemente con l’uso costante che egli fa della sua tipica tecnica stilistica di far parlare i suoi personaggi attraverso la forma del discorso indiretto, ma inserendovi le interiezioni proprie del discorso diretto); in altre parole, ne fa scientemente una frase pronunciata nel 1938.  Ecco cosa mi ha spinto a chiedermi se essa potesse essere in uso già prima della guerra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente, si potrebbe rispondere che la cosa è facilissimamente spiegabile come un semplice errore dell’autore; ma lo ritengo assai poco probabile.  Il romanzo è del 1962: se davvero l’idioma “garantito al limone” si diffuse nella seconda metà degli anni ‘50, quando Bassani scriveva esso doveva ancora suonare di un nuovo squillante.  Impossibile metterlo &lt;em&gt;inavvertitamente&lt;/em&gt; in bocca a un personaggio di venticinque anni prima, anche perché, lungo il ciclo di pubblicazione di un’opera del genere, esiste (o, almeno, allora esisteva…) chi si prenderebbe cura di segnalare la svista.  Sarebbe come se, scrivendo ora un romanzo ambientato, diciamo, nel 1995, l’autore facesse dire a un suo personaggio, che so, “Enrico, stai sereno!”: potrebbe mai sfuggirgli il fatto che quella frase, allora, non poteva avere alcun significato?  Piuttosto, penserei, semmai, a un anacronismo &lt;em&gt;volontario&lt;/em&gt;, uno dei numerosissimi indovinelli per il lettore piccoli, medi e minuscoli (come i giochi con la topografia di Ferrara, il liceo Guarini, lo stesso circolo tennistico &lt;em&gt;Eleonora d’Este&lt;/em&gt;, lo stesso nome di Désirée Baggioli…), di cui, si può dire, il romanzo è costellato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3649" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2021-02-19T16:34:16.887" Title="Quando (e come) nacque l’espressione “garantito al limone”?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9790" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9788" CreationDate="2018-08-16T18:39:51.567" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.liberoricercatore.it/modi-di-dire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;portale informativo di Castellammare di Stabia: Storia, Cultura, Natura e Tradizioni Stabiesi&lt;/a&gt; viene riportata un’ulteriore ipotesi sull’origine dell’espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Garantito a limone! molti asseriscono che le origini di questo famoso&#xA;  modo di dire, con il quale si promettere al proprio interlocutore la&#xA;  sicurezza al 100% di un’affermazione. debbano attribuirsi alla&#xA;  pubblicità di un vecchio carosello televisivo dedicato al detersivo&#xA;  “Last”, il cui slogan recitava: “Pulito e splendente, garantito al&#xA;  limone!”.  Affascinante ed interessante invece la traccia di ricerca&#xA;  suggerita da Ferdinando Fontanella, con la quale si retrocederebbe la&#xA;  data di origine di questo caratteristico modo di dire, &lt;strong&gt;attribuendolo&#xA;  addirittura agli acquafrescai (acquaioli) di Castellammare di Stabia (città delle&#xA;  Acque per antonomasia), che volendo garantire la bontà delle acque&#xA;  somministrate ai clienti, strofinavano mezzi limoni sull’orlo delle&#xA;  brocche e poi risciacquando abbondantemente garantivano l’assoluta&#xA;  igienicità, da ciò: “Garantito a limone!”&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-16T18:45:15.267" LastActivityDate="2018-08-16T18:45:15.267" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9791" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9792" CreationDate="2018-08-17T09:46:26.110" Score="1" ViewCount="412" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Un giorno di fuoco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Poi la zia ci chiamò a mangiare. Mio ziastro disse subito, nell’atto di sedersi: – Oggi mi sento piú di bere che di mangiare. – Il vino è tutto qui, – disse lei, alzando il &lt;strong&gt;pintone&lt;/strong&gt; controluce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato del vocabolo &quot;pintone&quot;? Non sono riuscita a trovarlo in nessun dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-17T10:48:40.773" LastActivityDate="2018-08-17T10:53:06.490" Title="Che cos'è un &quot;pintone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9791" CreationDate="2018-08-17T10:53:06.490" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=PINTONE100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pintone&lt;/a&gt; in Piemonte è un bottiglione da due litri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;regionale nell'uso piemontese: bottiglione da due litri, specialmente&#xA;  utilizzato per il vino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E da Wikipedia alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bottiglione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bottiglione&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La parola bottiglione ebbe origine nel XVI secolo. Un termine molto&#xA;  comune in Piemonte per indicare il bottiglione è &lt;strong&gt;pintone&lt;/strong&gt; (dal&#xA;  piemontese pinton - pronuncia: pintun). La parola è utilizzata nelle&#xA;  opere di vari scrittori tra i quali Primo Levi e Beppe Fenoglio. Un&#xA;  altro termine per indicare il bottiglione è doppiolitro o anche doppio&#xA;  litro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-08-17T10:53:06.490" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9793" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9794" CreationDate="2018-08-18T07:06:09.540" Score="5" ViewCount="588" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sono appena accorta di un aspetto della lingua italiana che mi sembra davvero curioso (e molto difficile da ricordare): nell'italiano standard,&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/reni&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;reni&quot;&lt;/a&gt; quando ha il significato di &quot;lombi&quot; o &quot;regione lombare&quot; si deve pronunciare &quot;réni&quot;, con la &quot;é&quot; chiusa. Invece, quando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rene&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;reni&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;sta per gli organi che producono l'orina deve essere pronunciato &quot;rèni&quot;, con la &quot;è&quot; aperta. Questo mi sembra molto curioso perché in spagnolo esiste un'unica parola, &lt;a href=&quot;http://dle.rae.es/?id=WUplJtw&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;riñones&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, per indicare questi due concetti (una cosa simile accade in catalano). Inoltre, la voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/reni&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;réni&quot;&lt;/a&gt; del Treccani indica &quot;cfr. rène&quot;, mentre alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rene&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;rène&quot;&lt;/a&gt; si legge &quot;cfr. reni&quot;. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è la ragione di questa diversa pronuncia della vocale &quot;e&quot; di &quot;reni&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-24T09:13:20.527" Title="Perché &quot;reni&quot; si pronuncia con la &quot;e&quot; chiusa quando ha il significato di &quot;lombi&quot; e con la &quot;e&quot; aperta quando sono invece gli organi interni?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9793" CreationDate="2018-08-18T13:09:53.127" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo articolo dall’&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/r-due-plurali&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; tratta della diversa origine  dei due “reni”, da cui probabilmente la diversa pronuncia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nell'italiano standard attuale i due plurali &lt;em&gt;i rèni&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;le réni&lt;/em&gt; (con e chiusa), stando alla pronuncia registrata nel DOP) rimandano a due lemmi distinti:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;il primo è del sostantivo maschile &lt;em&gt;rène&lt;/em&gt;, che indica l'organo interno, dal latino &lt;em&gt;rene(m)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;l'altro è un sostantivo femminile usato solo al plurale che indica la 'regione lombare' o anche la 'schiena', dal latino plurale &lt;em&gt;renes&lt;/em&gt; (GRADIT).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Bruno Migliorini, in &lt;em&gt;Lingua d'oggi e di ieri&lt;/em&gt;, Roma, S. Sciascia 1973, scrive: &amp;quot;Il termine latineggiante &lt;em&gt;il rène&lt;/em&gt; si è imposto nella lingua dei medici, e attraverso di essa nella lingua comune, respingendo nell'uso veterinario o culinario il termine di &lt;em&gt;arnioni&lt;/em&gt;  e &lt;em&gt;rognoni&lt;/em&gt;, e invece lasciando sopravvivere in altro senso il termine ereditario &lt;em&gt;le reni&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (p. 203). Il sostantivo maschile &lt;em&gt;rene&lt;/em&gt; quindi avrebbe fatto tardivamente ingresso nella nostra lingua (alla fine del XVII sec.), quando lo sviluppo della scienza medica ha creato la necessità di una denominazione specifica per l'organo in riferimento all'uomo, distinguendolo dalla parte commestibile dell'animale macellato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come suggerito da DaG:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;secondo lo Zingarelli “le reni” è in uso dal 1268, mentre “il rene” come organo da un momento imprecisato prima del 1698. L'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/rene_%28Enciclopedia-Dantesca%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia Dantesca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; conferma che in Dante compare (una mezza dozzina di volte nella &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt;) solo nella prima forma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-24T09:13:20.527" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9795" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7438" CreationDate="2018-08-18T20:17:16.510" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have mentioned that you have no issues with its meaning in English; however, at risk of insulting your intelligence, I shall venture explaining the meaning first, as follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;There is absolutely no way that one can accurately -one hundred per&#xA;cent correct- translate a text from one language to another.  The&#xA;reason is simple:  the &quot;meaning&quot; that the author intends to convey&#xA;to the reader is extracted not only from what is directly inferred&#xA;from the literal meaning of each word/phrase/sentence in the text,&#xA;but also from the sound/prose/history/cultural background/etc that&#xA;is almost always associated with those words. As an example, in&#xA;English language, you might refer to the best performer in a pack of&#xA;high-ranking chess players as &quot;the top dog&quot;; such as we see in this&#xA;sentence:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In the field of high-level competitive chess, Magnus Carlsen is the&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;top dog&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, If you ever make the terrible mistake of calling an Arab a &quot;top&#xA;dog&quot;, you might receive a punch in the face!  (Dogs are considered&#xA;&quot;untouchable&quot; in Arab culture.  Quite a lot of curses in Arabic&#xA;language have the word &quot;dog&quot; in them in various forms, such as&#xA;&quot;Y'abn-El'kalb&quot; = &quot;O Son of a Dog&quot;!).   In addition, certain texts&#xA;contain so many references to historical/religious/cultural&#xA;backgrounds that no meaningful translation of them is even possible&#xA;unless the translator uses footnotes for almost every paragraph or&#xA;even line.  Dante Alighieri's INFERNO is the best example.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As such, there is no way that a translation -ANY translation, though to varying degrees- may be an exact, identical replica of the original text unless the translator sacrifices at least one of the two aspects (sometimes both):  &lt;strong&gt;the structure&lt;/strong&gt; or/and &lt;strong&gt;the meaning&lt;/strong&gt;.  For example, Fitzgerald's translations of Khayyam's poems are only loosely related to the actual, original contexts of the quatrains of the poet as Fitzgerald  has chosen to convey the &quot;mood&quot; and &quot;message&quot; of the poems -in quatrain format which is yet another restraint on the translation- sacrificing the exact details of the actual context and form.  I can attest to this fact as I am a Persian, well-versed in both poetry and translation!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Thus, sacrificing one or another  aspect of the original text, the translator is indeed a &quot;traitor&quot;:  &lt;strong&gt;treason to the author&lt;/strong&gt;, or, &lt;strong&gt;treason to the reader&lt;/strong&gt; (the reader in the new language, of course)!  Hence, &quot;Translator is Traitor&quot;!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To that, you must add the specific Italian pun based on the subtle changes in the alphabet letters, leading to a very short phrase -lengthwise, of course- that is &quot;Traduttore Traditore!&quot; with a very deep and vast meaning and interpretation.  This has already been addressed by another contributor, above.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sincerely,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dr. B. Shahi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4779" LastActivityDate="2018-08-18T20:17:16.510" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9797" CreationDate="2018-08-19T08:15:01.700" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Un giorno di fuoco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dopo, ritrovai lui davanti a casa, calmo come se non avessero affatto litigato o l’&lt;strong&gt;avessero&lt;/strong&gt; alla fine &lt;strong&gt;rappattata&lt;/strong&gt; benissimo; si stuzzicava i denti con uno zolfanello usato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del verbo &quot;rappattare&quot; che appare in questa frase. Non ho trovato questo vocabolo in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Mi sembra però che si tratti di un derivato di &quot;patto&quot;. Si tratta forse di una variante regionale di &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pattuire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pattuire&lt;/a&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T05:35:00.170" Title="Cosa significa &quot;rappattare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9796" CreationDate="2018-08-19T08:49:18.847" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo dizionario per &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=RAPPATTARE100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;rappattare&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;rappattàre&lt;/strong&gt;   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  rap|pat|tà|re &lt;br&gt; pronuncia: /rappatˈtare/ &lt;br&gt; &lt;em&gt;verbo transitivo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 &lt;em&gt;arcaico&lt;/em&gt; di una lite, un diverbio, una contesa: comporre, appianare,&#xA;  rappacificare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2 &lt;em&gt;arcaico&lt;/em&gt; detto di un'amicizia: ricucire facendo pace&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato significa che i litiganti si erano riappacificati come se non vi fosse stato nessun litigio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-20T05:35:00.170" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T05:35:00.170" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9793" CreationDate="2018-08-19T15:50:37.843" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa non è una risposta completa. Si tratta unicamente di alcune spiegazioni che ho trovato nel capitolo I del libro &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Luca Serianni e che intendono completare l'eccellente post di @Gio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si vede nella risposta di @Gio, ambedue i termini, &quot;le réni&quot; e &quot;il rène&quot;, provengono dallo stesso vocabolo latino, &lt;em&gt;rēn&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;rēnis&lt;/em&gt;, ma il momento e il modo in cui sono entrati a far parte del vocabolario italiano è completamente diverso. Il sostantivo femminile plurale &quot;réni&quot; si è formato a partire di un'evoluzione diciamo così &quot;naturale&quot; dal latino al volgare ed era già in uso nel medioevo. Invece il sostantivo maschile &quot;rène&quot; proviene dalla introduzione fatta alla fine del Seicento di un vocabolo latineggiante (dal latino &lt;em&gt;rēn&lt;/em&gt;) come termine medico dotto per designare l'organo che produce l'orina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella sezione I.22 del suo libro Serianni afferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In latino le vocali si distinguevano in base alla quantità, ossia alla durata della loro articolazione, che poteva essere breve (VĔNIT 'viene') o lunga (VĒNIT 'venne'). Il sistema quantitativo entrò in crisi in età imperiale, quando le vocali brevi tendevano a essere pronunciate come aperte (quindi VĔNIT approssimativamente /'wεnit/) e le lunghe come chiuse (VĒNIT /'we:nit/). &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Il nuovo sistema oppositivo basato sulla qualità  (o timbro) ebbe presto ragione del vecchio, indebolitosi anche quando il latino, estendendosi in Europa e Africa, «si sovrappose a lingue che nel loro sistema vocalico non conoscevano l'opposizione fonematica fra vocali lunghe e vocali brevi» (TAGLIAVINI 1969: 237).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella sezione I.23, tra altre cose, si spiega come dalle vocali latine &quot;ĕ&quot; ed &quot;ē&quot; in sillaba tonica si ebbero in italiano (e nella maggior parte dell'area romanza) i resultati seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ĕ --&gt; /ε/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ē --&gt; /e/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usando gli esempi della citazione precedente, questo spiega la ragione per cui si pronuncia &quot;viène&quot; con la &quot;e&quot; tonica aperta e invece &quot;vénne&quot; con la &quot;e&quot; tonica chiusa. In questo modo si può anche capire perché dal latino &lt;em&gt;rēn&lt;/em&gt; si è derivato il vocabolo &quot;réni&quot; pronunciato con la &quot;e&quot; chiusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nella sezione I.25 Serianni avverte:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli esiti indicati sono propri delle &lt;em&gt;voci popolari&lt;/em&gt;, ossia di quelle che sono state ininterrottamente in uso dalla latinità alla nascita del volgare (esaurendosi nell'italiano antico come &lt;em&gt;ghieva&lt;/em&gt;&amp;lt;GLĒBAM 'zolla', o arrivando sino ad oggi, come tutti gli altri esempi citati). Nelle &lt;em&gt;parole dotte&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;cultismi&lt;/em&gt;), attinte dai libri in età medievale, rinascimentale o moderna, il vocabolo latino è stato adattato solo morfologicamente, mediante desinenza italiana, e si è mantenuta la vocale latina, quale che fosse la quantità (da notare che la &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; e la &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; – secondando la pronuncia del latino abituale ancora oggi – sono adattate come aperte, tranne che non risentano dell'analogia di altre forme): quindi [...]  CRUDĒLEM-&lt;em&gt;crudele&lt;/em&gt; (pronunciato /kru'dεle/, non /kru'dele/, come ci aspetteremmo in caso di esito popolare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo spiega perché, come accade nell'esempio sopra citato, anche il termine &quot;rène&quot;, introdotto nella lingua italiana come un cultismo, ha la pronuncia della &quot;e&quot; tonica aperta e non chiusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-19T16:19:14.190" LastActivityDate="2018-08-19T16:19:14.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9800" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9801" CreationDate="2018-08-20T08:16:23.603" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Un giorno di fuoco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché Gallesio desse fondo alle sue munizioni, i carabinieri avevano studiato di alzare allo scoperto i loro berretti in punta a dei bastoni, e sulle prime Gallesio c’era cascato e non ne perdonava uno, ma poi aveva capito il trucco e risparmiava i colpi, ciononostante i carabinieri non riuscivano a &lt;strong&gt;serrar sotto&lt;/strong&gt; di quel tanto che permettesse il lancio delle bombe lacrimogene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado aver cercato il verbo &quot;serrare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, non riesco a capire a quale accezione corrisponda l'espressione  &quot;serrar sotto&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T09:00:51.987" Title="Significato di &quot;serrar sotto&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9800" CreationDate="2018-08-20T08:35:36.977" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;serrar sotto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa avvicinarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/serrare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;serrare&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1c. Premere, incalzare: &lt;em&gt;s. il nemico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sotto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sotto&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare l'espressione simile &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;farsi sotto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;4b. &lt;em&gt;farsi sotto&lt;/em&gt;, avvicinarsi a poco a poco, per lo più con intenzione&#xA;  ostile, quindi anche attaccare l’avversario con prudenza ma&#xA;  decisamente (come comando: &lt;em&gt;fatevi sotto!&lt;/em&gt;; o assol., &lt;em&gt;sotto!&lt;/em&gt;);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Ufs-PIrupCAC&amp;amp;pg=PT68&amp;amp;lpg=PT68&amp;amp;dq=serrar%20sotto&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=vyoJhbWu9M&amp;amp;sig=waFe8hiB_GGCEYl-k3YoOZdjNFg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiX5-_fnPvcAhUhMuwKHTYMDOgQ6AEwAHoECAAQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=serrar%20sotto&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Guerra in camicia nera&lt;/em&gt; di Giuseppe Berto&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare l'espressione con un significato simile a quello del contesto da te citato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dovendo sistemarci a caposaldo, abbiamo cominciato a scavare buche e&#xA;  postazioni.  Lavoro, questa volta, ancor più sgradito, in quanto che&#xA;  ci eravamo illusi di trovar qui fortini e alloggi pronti.  Ad ogni&#xA;  modo, potremo fare le cose con accuratezza e calma, dato che gli&#xA;  inglesi impiegheranno diverso tempo prima di &lt;strong&gt;serrar sotto&lt;/strong&gt;. A&#xA;  quest'attacco si dovranno preparare con grande cautela.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-20T09:00:51.987" LastActivityDate="2018-08-20T09:00:51.987" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9802" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9803" CreationDate="2018-08-21T08:04:38.210" Score="1" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ma il mio amore è Paco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ricordo che si passò una mano davanti agli occhi, forse per cancellare l’apparizione di Paco nella sua tenuta ordinaria per mercati e fiere: in camicia a disegni di fiori e frutta, corpetto grigioferro, &lt;strong&gt;squadrato&lt;/strong&gt; e con tanti taschini incolonnati da somigliare a un mobiletto per ufficio, calzoni rosso mattone e scarpe polacchine della medesima tinta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;squadrare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso di questo &quot;squadrato&quot; che si legge nel passaggio sopra citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-21T16:31:11.097" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;squadrato&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9802" CreationDate="2018-08-21T08:22:41.350" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Squadrato significa semplicemente che il corpetto di Paco, la sua tenuta da lavoro, aveva una forma quadrata, aderente al corpo con tanti taschini incolonnati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa immagine ne puoi vedere una versione moderna:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/lmdgV.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/lmdgV.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-08-21T08:22:41.350" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9804" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-21T08:49:22.393" Score="1" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei capire se dopo &lt;em&gt;tipi di&lt;/em&gt; va messo il singolare o il plurale; la mia domanda presenta un punto in più rispetto a questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8516/dopo-tipi-di-va-un-plurale-o-un-singolare&quot;&gt;Dopo &amp;quot;tipi di&amp;quot; va un plurale o un singolare?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in quanto richiedo anche di inserire una sorta di bibliografia (preferibilmente contenente riferimenti a libri di grammatica) usata per rispondere alla domanda di partenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui ad esempio si usa il plurale (tipi di subordinate):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/ma-domande-sono-queste&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/ma-domande-sono-queste&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il plurale (tipi di problemi):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/problemi-accordo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/problemi-accordo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il plurale (tipi di contenuti):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/piazza-delle-lingue&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/piazza-delle-lingue&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il plurale (tipi di nomi):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/alcune-particolarit-sulluso-nomi-propri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/alcune-particolarit-sulluso-nomi-propri&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il plurale (tipi di elencazioni):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www-old.accademiadellacrusca.it/faq/faq_risp.php%3Fid=4309&amp;amp;ctg_id=44.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www-old.accademiadellacrusca.it/faq/faq_risp.php%3Fid=4309&amp;amp;ctg_id=44.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il singolare (tipi di accento):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/vademecum-sullaccento-indicarlo-pronunciarlo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/vademecum-sullaccento-indicarlo-pronunciarlo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il singolare (tipi di comunicazione):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/scritture-tachigrafiche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/scritture-tachigrafiche&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il singolare (tipi di struttura):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/concetti-frase-enunciato-periodo-proposizion&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/concetti-frase-enunciato-periodo-proposizion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il singolare (tipi di ricerca):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/scaffali-digitali/per-lessico-artistico-testi-xviii-xx-secolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/scaffali-digitali/per-lessico-artistico-testi-xviii-xx-secolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il singolare (tipi di produzione):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/congiuntivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/congiuntivo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si usa il singolare (tipi di interrogazione):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/attivita/proverbi-italiani-unampia-banca-dati-fine-cinquecento-oggi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/attivita/proverbi-italiani-unampia-banca-dati-fine-cinquecento-oggi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per la disponibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3150" LastEditorUserId="3150" LastEditDate="2018-08-21T09:02:09.543" LastActivityDate="2018-08-21T09:02:09.543" Title="Tipi di + singolare/plurale - Citazioni tratte da fonti attendibili" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ClosedDate="2018-08-21T18:53:54.117" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9802" CreationDate="2018-08-21T16:31:11.097" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Va probabilmente inteso nel senso di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Squadrato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2. Spigoloso; marcato, segnato: &lt;em&gt;un volto duro, s.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/squadrato.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ossia che non ha le forme tipiche di un indumento, curve morbide dovute al corpo organico che c'è sotto e a un tessuto leggero, bensì appare formato da spigoli netti: come in un quadrato (quindi più simile a un mobile di legno che a una figura umana).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-21T16:31:11.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9806" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9807" CreationDate="2018-08-22T07:32:56.273" Score="0" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ma il mio amore è Paco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il locale era zeppo, di gente che non &lt;strong&gt;dava il passaggio&lt;/strong&gt; nemmeno a sfondarle la schiena.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;dare il passaggio&quot; in questa frase? Significa lasciare passare? Alla voce &quot;passaggio&quot; di parecchi dizionari ho trovato che &quot;dare un passaggio&quot; vuol dire offrire gratuitamente un breve viaggio nella propria auto, ma non mi sembra che questo abbia molto senso nel brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-22T08:34:30.660" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;dare il passaggio&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9807" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9806" CreationDate="2018-08-22T07:39:22.567" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dare il passaggio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel contesto da te citato sia cedere il passo, cioè lasciare passare, come da te ipotizzato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cedere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cedere&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2a. &lt;em&gt;c. il passo&lt;/em&gt;, tirarsi in disparte per lasciar passare qualcuno;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il locale era pieno di gente che non si spostava per lasciarlo passare neanche con la forza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-22T08:34:30.660" LastActivityDate="2018-08-22T08:34:30.660" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9808" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-23T08:18:02.800" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ma il mio amore è Paco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il colonnello incrociò le sue carte, Paco stette con sei, il colonnello gli scoprí un bel sette. – &lt;strong&gt;Subisco&lt;/strong&gt;, – rantolò mio zio passandosi una mano sugli occhi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;subire&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il suo significato in questo passaggio. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni estratti dal racconto precedenti a quello riportato prima che parlano del gioco di carte che si sta svolgendo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ci fu un paio di smazzate. Paco perdeva, malgrado la sua capacità di calcolo Maggiorino non poteva dir quanto, e perché è sovrumano seguire il gioco in tutti i suoi alti e bassi e perché mio zio teneva non sul tavolo ma in grembo il suo mucchio di denaro. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Finalmente il banco gli diede tre colpi buoni. Il colonnello glielo batté, solo ed intero. Paco ebbe paura e lo passò, voltandosi colse negli occhi di Maggiorino un lampo di approvazione. Racca offrí per il banco e se lo aggiudicò. Vinse ancora e mio zio bestemmiò grosso. Ma non aveva fede in quel banco e gli puntò contro un terzo della vincita che gli aveva procurato. Vinse ancora il banco. Paco gli ripuntò contro il doppio e riperse. Ripuntò mille lire e quel banco infernale diede il sesto colpo favorevole. Il colonnello crollava impercettibilmente la testa in direzione di mio zio, il quale: «Sto rovinandomi contro il mio banco buono! – urlava dentro di sé. – Un banco che bastava per Gemma e… e quel deficiente cornuto di Maggio che m’ha approvato!» &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Madama controllò che rimanesse un’ultima mano nel mazzo agonizzante. Paco ripuntò le sue ultime duecento lire e riperse. Le orecchie gli ronzavano, ma senza impedirgli di cogliere i commenti di certi spettatori.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; [...] &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;Ricominciarono. Nuovi curiosi salivano dal cortile, ma la sala era ormai intasata e i primi arrivati si degnavano di soffiare a quelli pigiati sulla scala o sul ballatoio notizie sull’andamento generale del gioco. Racca vinceva, il colonnello forse era in pari, tutti gli altri perdevano: Paco secondo nella graduatoria dei perdenti, a ruota del proprietario di Valdivilla. Questi motteggiava come se nulla fosse, chiamava Racca Lucifero, ogniqualvolta gli batteva banco annunziava che andava a visitar Lucifero a casa sua. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dopo un lungo intervallo il banco ridiede a Paco tre colpi favorevoli. Era non piú di un brodino per un ammalato grave ma, per poco che durasse, poteva diventare panacea. I pidocchietti avevano già avanzato puntatine contrarie, poi il colonnello tamburellò con le dita e chiese banco solo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Subito dopo il passaggio prima riportato si spiega come lo zio Paco, che ha perso tutti i suoi soldi in questo gioco, intima il suo amico Maggiorino di andare a casa sua a cercarne di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-28T15:14:12.010" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T15:14:12.010" Title="Cosa significa &quot;subire&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9808" CreationDate="2018-08-23T09:49:04.920" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui si riferisce, da quanto si può capire, ad una partita a carte. &quot;Subisco&quot; ha qui il significato di &quot;accetto la sconfitta&quot; nella partita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/subire.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Subire:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Detto di persona, dover sopportare qlco. di negativo o spiacevole, SIN &lt;em&gt;ricevere, patire&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;subire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  un torto, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;una sconfitta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sabatini Coletti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-08-23T14:58:39.627" LastActivityDate="2018-08-23T14:58:39.627" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9808" CreationDate="2018-08-23T10:12:18.720" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già detto nella risposta di @Gio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/subire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;subire&lt;/a&gt; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Essere costretto a sopportare cosa che sia imposta, non voluta né gradita, e che comunque comporti sacrificio, dolore, danno:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo andare oltre l'espressione mi ricorda il ben più famoso &amp;quot;Obbedisco&amp;quot; pronunciato da Giuseppe Garibaldi, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ansa.it/sito/notizie/cultura/libri/2016/07/21/obbedisco-quando-garibaldi-si-fermo_b6dfcfba-1a7f-43f1-9195-37c69660eee7.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;così ricordato dall'Agenzia Ansa&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Obbedisco&amp;quot;: una semplice parola capace di cambiare corso alla storia&#xA;del nascente Regno d'Italia e posticipare di cinquant'anni&#xA;l'annessione del Trentino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con ciò voglio dire che spesso queste semplici parole racchiudono in sé una moltitudine di significati, sentimenti. Qui si vuole enfatizzare l'ammissione di resa, come dire &amp;quot;Ho perso e ne subisco le conseguenze&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-23T10:12:18.720" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9648" CreationDate="2018-08-23T15:46:06.353" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;An interesting explanation is given in the article &quot;L'etimologia: implicazioni cognitive ed evidenze testuali (a proposito di &lt;em&gt;bonus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;malus&lt;/em&gt; e del &quot;vaso dell'artefice capace&quot;)&quot; by the linguist &lt;a href=&quot;https://unior.academia.edu/DomenicoSilvestri/CurriculumVitae&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Domenico Silvestri&lt;/a&gt;,  published in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unior.it/userfiles/workarea_477/LZ%202%202010%20copertina%20indice%20ed%20editoriale.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Linguistica Zero, Rivista del Dottorato in Teoria delle lingue e del linguaggio&#xA;dell'Università degli studi di Napoli &quot;L'Orientale&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and in the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=KRlPAQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PA326&amp;amp;ots=VL1yUK6w2-&amp;amp;dq=etimologia%20diciassette%20diciotto%20diciannove&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;pg=PA326#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=etimologia%20diciassette%20diciotto%20diciannove&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Etimologia fra testi e culture&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.francoangeli.it/Ricerca/Scheda_libro.aspx?CodiceLibro=1116.6&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;edited by Giulio Paulis e Immacolata Pinto&lt;/a&gt; from Università di Cagliari). According to the author the origin could be the diffusion of the quaternary numeral system. Being sixteen equal to four times four it assume a particular relevance as marking the start of a new sequence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an excerpt from this article. You can find the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unior.it/userfiles/workarea_477/Silvestri%20LZ%202%202010.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;complete article here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Qui accennerò ad alcune ricognizioni pragmalinguistiche, nell'ambito del computo con le dita e sulle (fra le?) dita, tra mondo indoeuropeo e dintorni. Tutto dipende in effetti e in prima istanza dal computo manuale nelle sue manifestazioni più antiche (e più imprevedibili). In questa sede mi limiterò  a qualche esempio partendo da dati linguistici più vicini: nella serie italiana&#xA;  dei numerali cardinali da 11 (&lt;em&gt;undici&lt;/em&gt;) a 19 (&lt;em&gt;diciannove&lt;/em&gt;) colpisce, dopo 16 (&lt;em&gt;sedici&lt;/em&gt;),  l'inversione dell'ordine reciproco di unità e diecina: abbiamo 17 (&lt;em&gt;diciassette&lt;/em&gt;), 18 (&lt;em&gt;diciotto&lt;/em&gt;), 19 (&lt;em&gt;diciannove&lt;/em&gt;), mentre prima avevamo 11 (&lt;em&gt;undici&lt;/em&gt;), 12 (&lt;em&gt;dodici&lt;/em&gt;), 13 (&lt;em&gt;tredici&lt;/em&gt;), 14 (&lt;em&gt;quattordici&lt;/em&gt;), 15 (&lt;em&gt;quindici&lt;/em&gt;), 16 (&lt;em&gt;sedici&lt;/em&gt;). &#xA;  Alla fissità più che&#xA;  comprensibile della &quot;rappresentazione grafica&quot; per cifre non&#xA;  corrisponde in tutti i casi qui visti la configurazione sequenziale degli&#xA;  elementi linguistici. Il fenomeno, che non ha fondamento etimologico&#xA;  nella seriazione dei numerali cardinali latini, ricompare in francese&#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;seize&lt;/em&gt; &quot;16&quot; vs &lt;em&gt;dix-sept&lt;/em&gt; &quot;17&quot;, &lt;em&gt;dix-huit&lt;/em&gt; &quot;18&quot;, &lt;em&gt;dix-neuf&lt;/em&gt; &quot;19&quot;) e in spagnolo&#xA;  (con un'anticipazione dell'inversione a quota &quot;16&quot; , che è &lt;em&gt;dieciseis&lt;/em&gt;),&#xA;  mentre è del tutto assente in inglese e in tedesco e in altre lingue. Qual&#xA;  è la spiegazione? Propongo di cercarla in una circostanza di ordine&#xA;  generale, cioè la grande diffusione in moltissime lingue del mondo&#xA;  della numerazione a base &quot;4&quot;, che è sempre – dove è possibile&#xA;  l’espressione della marca del numero – un plurale perché si riferisce al&#xA;  massimo del computo fatto con il pollice sulle dita o fra le dita. In&#xA;  latino, greco e sanscrito il numerale &quot;8&quot; è espresso pertanto alla forma&#xA;  duale (sc. &quot;8&quot; come doppio o, meglio, come coppia di &quot;4&quot;, che è il&#xA;  numero massimo della prima seriazione di computo) e rappresenta&#xA;  pertanto un'antica parola per &quot;quattro&quot;, che per una felice circostanza&#xA;  emerge pure in due tradizioni linguistiche non indeuropee (berbero&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;okat&lt;/em&gt; &quot;4&quot;, georgiano &lt;em&gt;otxi&lt;/em&gt; &quot;4&quot; con normale metatesi della sequenza&#xA;  consonantica).&#xA;  Se “&lt;em&gt;quattro&lt;/em&gt;” è così rilevante nella numerazione arcaica fatta sulle dita di una mano (non si dimentichi che il pollice non è dito contato ma dito contatore e se è aggiunto nel computo ecco “cinque” con l'enclisi conclusiva del &lt;em&gt;–que&lt;/em&gt; come mostrano le forme latine, greche e anticoindiane!), non sorprenderà ora il fatto che &quot;16&quot; sia considerato un ulteriore massimo di una prima serie di computi (“4” volte &quot;4&quot;!), per cui nello spagnolo l'inversione marca il &quot;completamento&quot; una prima serie di computi, in italiano e in francese invece l'inizio di una seconda serie di computi. A riprova di quanto affermo faccio notare che in latino &lt;em&gt;novem&lt;/em&gt; “9”, che ha una indubbia connessione etimologica  con la nozione di &quot;nuovo&quot; (cfr. lat. &lt;em&gt;novus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;–a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;–um&lt;/em&gt;), diventa a questo punto eloquente testimonianza del fatto che dopo il computo di una doppia quartina (lat. &lt;em&gt;octō&lt;/em&gt; è un duale!) si conti di nuovo (&lt;em&gt;novem&lt;/em&gt; appunto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4791" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-27T11:51:23.463" LastActivityDate="2018-08-27T11:51:23.463" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9812" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9813" CreationDate="2018-08-23T19:32:34.143" Score="5" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Male male&quot; is an expression of Italian influence in Brazilian Portuguese that means something like &quot;very bad&quot;, &quot;barely&quot;, or &quot;at very best&quot;. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Não falo italiano, male male, falo português.&lt;/em&gt; - &quot;I don't speak Italian. I barely speak Portuguese / my Portuguese is bad enough!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hoje estou male male&lt;/em&gt;. - &quot;I'm feeling very bad today&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Na minha conta, tenho male male R$200.&lt;/em&gt; - &quot;At the very best, I have R$200 in my account / I'm lucky if there is more than R$200 in my account&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Portuguese word for &lt;em&gt;male&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;mal&lt;/em&gt; (also used in sentences like the above examples but with no repetition), which makes &lt;em&gt;male&lt;/em&gt; close enough while sounding obviously like an Italian influence. People may even pronounce it with an actual [e] sound instead of reducing it to [i] as we normally do with unstressed final e's. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering if &quot;male male&quot; is used anywhere in Italy or was only created by immigrants/descendants in Brazil.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4792" LastEditorUserId="4792" LastEditDate="2018-08-23T19:43:05.340" LastActivityDate="2018-08-24T14:12:57.783" Title="Is &quot;male male&quot; used anywhere in Italy?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9813" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9812" CreationDate="2018-08-23T20:23:48.167" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mah, 'male male' come negli esempi riportati nel testo della domanda, si tradurrebbe meglio in 'a malapena' qui in Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però esiste 'male male' da noi, più che altro per dire 'molto male', 'malissimo', ecc. Per esempio: &quot;Come stai? Male, ma male male&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, si dice dovunque: dalla Sicilia al Friuli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meh, 'male male' as in the examples shown in the text of the question, it would be better translated into 'a malapena' (barely) here in Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way 'male male' does exist, mainly to say 'molto male', 'malissimo', etc. For example: &quot;Come stai? Male, ma male male&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, it's said so everywhere: From Sicily to Friuli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1647" LastEditorUserId="4647" LastEditDate="2018-08-24T14:12:57.783" LastActivityDate="2018-08-24T14:12:57.783" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9812" CreationDate="2018-08-23T20:23:56.540" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not used in Italy. A similar expression could be 'a mala pena'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find below a link from the 'Accademia della Crusca' with 3 examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?lemma=A_MALA_PENA&amp;amp;rewrite=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?lemma=A_MALA_PENA&amp;amp;rewrite=1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;The Accademia della Crusca, generally abbreviated as La Crusca, is an Italian society for scholars and Italian linguists and philologists established in Florence.&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accademia_della_Crusca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiki&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4793" LastActivityDate="2018-08-23T20:23:56.540" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9815" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9816" CreationDate="2018-08-24T09:38:49.970" Score="4" ViewCount="2383" Body="&lt;p&gt;Durante un recente viaggio in Italia ho scoperto che la frutta della fotografia si chiama &quot;tabacchiera&quot;, parola che mi è sembrata molto curiosa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;    &lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/uHbhk.jpg&quot; width=&quot;200&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  (&lt;a href=&quot;https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Prunus-persica-1060223.JPG&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte della immagine&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beh, perlomeno è così come la chiamava il fruttivendolo perché non ho trovato questa accezione in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Si trova &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pesca_tabacchiera&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qualcosa su Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, ma non so fino a che punto le informazioni che si includono là sono affidabili (la prima cosa che si vede è una frase evidenziata e indicata come &quot;senza fonte&quot;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: da dove proviene questo nome, &quot;tabacchiera&quot;, per questa frutta? Veramente si chiama così perché assomiglia a una tabacchiera? (personalmente non riesco a immaginare una scatoletta per tabacco con la forma di questa frutta). In spagnolo usiamo il termine  &lt;a href=&quot;http://dle.rae.es/?id=Rqd7NAW&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;paraguayo&quot;&lt;/a&gt; per designarla (in catalano sono &quot;paraguaians&quot;, ma non so perché è una di quelle parole che, perlomeno a Barcellona, quasi tutti dicono in castigliano): non so neanche da dove proviene questo nome (e non ho trovato nulla al riguardo), forse dovrei chiederlo in Spanish.SE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-24T20:11:07.063" LastActivityDate="2018-08-24T20:11:07.063" Title="Perché questa frutta si chiama &quot;tabacchiera&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9815" CreationDate="2018-08-24T10:04:36.383" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://soccorsoverde.wordpress.com/2010/07/30/la-tabacchiera/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È la pesca “Tabacchiera” così chiamata per la sua forma piatta, a&#xA;  disco, che ricorda appunto quella di una tabacchiera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.civiltadelbere.com/pesca-tabacchiera/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo altro blog&lt;/a&gt; invece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il suo nome scientifico è &lt;em&gt;Prunis persica&lt;/em&gt;, varietà &lt;em&gt;platycarpa&lt;/em&gt; ossia dal&#xA;  corpo piatto: la tabacchiera appartiene a pieno diritto alla famiglia&#xA;  delle pesche. Fu introdotta in Europa attraverso la Persia, pur se le&#xA;  sue origini sono cinesi, come per diverse piante della famiglia delle&#xA;  Rosacee ormai diventate comuni in Europa quali il ciliegio e il melo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In Sicilia l’antica pesca tabacchiera&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;La sua è una storia curiosa. È opinione comune che la si chiami &lt;em&gt;tabacchiera&lt;/em&gt; nel Sud Italia e&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;saturnia&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;saturnina&lt;/em&gt; al Centro Nord. Le forme più antiche di questa&#xA;  pianta si sono sempre chiamate tabacchiera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come utilmente sottolineato da @DaG anche su &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionaripiu.zanichelli.it/parola-del-giorno/2011/08/16/la_parola_del_giorno__pesca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Zanichelli&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare un riferimento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pesca tabacchiera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, varietà a forma schiacciata, profumo intenso, polpa&#xA;  bianca, succosa e dolce, coltivata in aree limitate della Sicilia e&#xA;  della Romagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-24T13:06:52.630" LastActivityDate="2018-08-24T13:06:52.630" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9817" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9818" CreationDate="2018-08-24T23:00:49.977" Score="2" ViewCount="27236" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1276/707&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; si è chiesto sulle espressioni &quot;al riguardo di&quot; e &quot;a riguardo di&quot; con il significato di &quot;a paragone di&quot;, ma si è menzionato che &quot;al riguardo&quot; e &quot;a riguardo&quot; possono avere anche il senso di &quot;about (something)&quot;, &quot;regarding (something)&quot;. La mia domanda concerne soltanto questo ultimo significato. Cioè, chiedo unicamente sull'uso di queste locuzioni con il significato di &quot;riguardo a ciò&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/9815/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; avevo scritto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In spagnolo usiamo il termine &quot;paraguayo&quot; per designarla [...]: non so neanche da dove proviene questo nome (e non ho trovato nulla &lt;strong&gt;a riguardo&lt;/strong&gt;), [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma poi mi è stato suggerito di cambiare &quot;a riguardo&quot; con&amp;nbsp;&quot;al riguardo&quot;, con il commento seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'uso prevalente è &quot;al riguardo&quot; non &quot;a riguardo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco il mio dubbio: è veramente preferibile usare &quot;al riguardo&quot; invece di &quot;a riguardo&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riguardo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non lo lascia chiaro perché quando menziona queste locuzioni sembra attribuire loro unicamente il primo senso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;meno com., &lt;em&gt;a r. di&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;al r. di&lt;/em&gt;, in paragone di, rispetto a: &lt;em&gt;la luna è molto piccola a r. della terra&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.achyra.org/cruscate/viewtopic.php?t=2017&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa discussione&lt;/a&gt; in cui pare si affermi che l'uso di &quot;a riguardo&quot; con questo significato non è corretto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so fino a che punto la mia domanda sia in parte un duplicato della questione numero 2 che appare in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1276/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;. In ogni caso quella domanda la trovo più complessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-27T13:51:47.030" LastActivityDate="2018-08-27T13:51:47.030" Title="È &quot;al riguardo&quot; preferibile a &quot;a riguardo&quot; nel senso di &quot;riguardo a ciò&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9818" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9817" CreationDate="2018-08-25T06:04:09.683" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo Zanichelli suggerisce le seguenti forme: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionaripiu.zanichelli.it/parola-del-giorno/2012/05/11/riguardo__risguardo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;al riguardo, a questo riguardo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Relazione, attinenza&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;al riguardo, a questo riguardo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, su questo problema, a questo proposito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vorrei esprimere la mia opinione al riguardo; non posso darvi alcuna … notizia a questo riguardo (G. Leopardi).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come pure il Sabatini Coletti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/riguardo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt; Riguardo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rapporto, attinenza&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;; usato oggi quasi soltanto in locc. || &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a questo riguardo, al riguardo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, a questo proposito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che “a riguardo” non sia  altro che la forma abbreviata di “a questo riguardo”, per cui non direi che l’uso sia scorretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=al%20riguardo%2Ca%20riguardo%2Ca%20questo%20riguardo&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cal%20riguardo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ca%20riguardo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Ca%20questo%20riguardo%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; mostra un uso prevalente di “al riguardo”. Le espressioni  “a (questo) riguardo” sembrano essere meno usate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare anche il seguente uso di cui parla Treccani.it&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/riguardo-a-o-riguardo_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Riguardo a” o “riguardo”?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La forma corretta è riguardo a, con preposizione&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;l’amministrazione USA è molto vaga riguardo ai suoi progetti per il dopoguerra («La Repubblica»)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La forma senza la preposizione a, anche se molto diffusa, è scorretta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;le statistiche che vengono diffuse fuori dall’Iraq riguardo le scuole e gli ospedali riaperti («Corriere della Sera»)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quest’uso è dovuto forse all’uso transitivo del verbo riguardare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, in costruzioni come per quanto riguarda qualcosa, per ciò che riguarda qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-25T06:11:13.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9819" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9822" CreationDate="2018-08-26T09:00:43.780" Score="0" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ma il mio amore è Paco&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Cosa fai al pozzo? Paco, cosa fai? Vieni subito via! &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Addio, Giulia, – disse semplicemente mio zio. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ma che fai? Non vorrai…? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Accennò di sí con la testa e prese a farsi &lt;strong&gt;pesar giú&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul senso di questo &quot;pesar giú&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;pesare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho saputo trovare il significato di questa espressione. Sapreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-27T12:05:37.420" Title="Significato di &quot;pesar giú&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9820" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9821" CreationDate="2018-08-26T20:34:30.820" Score="4" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I saw this advert in Sirmione - something to do with cold cuts of meat...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It says &quot;Con il caldo... Stiamo al fresco!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it mean &quot;With the heat, we are outside!&quot;? But that doesn't seem to make much sense to me! What is the idiomatic meaning in English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a bit more context the advert was basically a bunch of dry cured meats, hanging in a larder. So a few sausages and a big leg of prosciutto. Nothing else except the words at the top. I wondered if the ad was the meats addressing the viewer! Presumably it is..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4802" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-06T15:56:48.303" LastActivityDate="2018-09-06T15:56:48.303" Title="What does this sentence mean in English?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;puns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9821" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9820" CreationDate="2018-08-26T21:31:35.947" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It translates exactly to &quot;With the heat... we stay cool&quot;, but I actually don't like it, it's not entirely correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stiamo&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;We stay&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;al fresco&lt;/em&gt; translates to &lt;em&gt;in a cool place&lt;/em&gt;, meaning a fresh place, the opposite of a heated place. So, the correct translation would be &quot;With the heat, we stay in a cool/fresh place&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: User Gio made a good points, as it actually can be very different according to the situation. In case of an ad for a refrigerator (or ice cream, or something similar) it actually means &quot;With the heat, we remain cool&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4264" LastActivityDate="2018-08-26T21:31:35.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9819" CreationDate="2018-08-27T08:19:12.263" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho l'impressione che significhi sporgersi nel vuoto del pozzo in maniera pericolosa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voleva gettarsi nel pozzo dopo aver perso tutto al gioco e si era messo in una posizione tale che il suo stesso peso lo facesse piano piano scivolare e poi precipitare giù.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-27T12:05:37.420" LastActivityDate="2018-08-27T12:05:37.420" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9823" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-27T17:37:46.230" Score="6" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed that in Italian acronyms usually aren't fully capitalized, e.g. &quot;Usa&quot; instead of &quot;USA&quot;. I haven't seen this spelling convention in any other language and am curious if there's an explanation for it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2595" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-27T18:20:49.180" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T11:47:33.097" Title="Non-caps spelling of acronyms" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9823" CreationDate="2018-08-27T18:15:02.430" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The following extract from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/sigle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l’Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; covers the whole issue on acronyms in Italian. It doesn’t explain how  the different usages developed, but it lists the  uses  that have become common according to context. Regarding the use of capital letters they say there is no fixed rule, but the use you mention, with only the first letter capitalized, is commonly found  in non-technical texts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla grafia i punti di maggiore incertezza sono l'uso delle maiuscole (o minuscole) e l'inserimento del punto tra una lettera e l'altra. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per l'inserimento delle maiuscole non ci sono regole precise, anche se l'uso sembra aver fissato alcuni criteri:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;le sigle possono essere scritte con tutte maiuscole (tipo IBM, BMW, WWF ecc.) o possono avere soltanto la prima lettera maiuscola (tipo Spa, Eu, Ogm, ecc.); &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;questo secondo caso sembra più frequente quando la sigla sia contenuta in un testo divulgativo, mentre nei testi tecnici è più frequente la forma con tutte maiuscole (EU, OGM)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono poi sigle che sono diventate lessemi a tutti gli effetti come laser, radar, sonar, ufo che si sottraggono, in quanto ormai nomi comuni, a qualsiasi uso della maiuscola iniziale. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gli acronimi che formano parole di senso compiuto richiedono invece tutte maiuscole&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; poiché, essendo prevalentemente parole di senso compiuto, è necessaria una differenziazione grafica per non creare ambiguità con la parola comune corrispondente (es. Corsica/CORSICA, presto/PRESTO, Monica/MONICA, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Per quel che riguarda l'uso del punto tra una lettera e l'altra, la tendenza è nettamente orientata verso l'abbandono di questa pratica. Un altro aspetto grafico che però è tangente alla morfologia è la segnalazione del plurale con la duplicazione delle lettere della sigla, tipo FFSS per Ferrovie dello Stato: si tratta di una convenzione che si sta perdendo e troviamo più frequentemente &amp;quot;le FS&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;le Asl&amp;quot; anche se qualche residuo resta in alcune abbreviazioni, tipo sigg., proff., pp., segg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T11:47:33.097" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9825" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9827" CreationDate="2018-08-28T08:41:09.677" Score="3" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;All'attuale consiglio comunale di Barcellona piace molto fare assemblee, riunioni, incontri, processi partecipativi, etc. con i cittadini prima di prendere molte decisioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una volta, il proprietario italiano di un piccolo ristorante ci ha spiegato che è andato molte volte a delle riunioni dei proprietari di negozi di ristorazione con i vicini per discutere cosa fare con i tavolini che bar e ristoranti mettono sulla strada. Ci ha detto che a queste riunioni andavano &quot;tre &lt;strong&gt;fantomatici&lt;/strong&gt; vicini, sempre gli stessi&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fantomatico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato di &quot;fantomatico&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; immagino che il significato di questa frase fosse che i vicini assistenti alle riunioni erano talmente pochi che, esagerando un po', quasi non si vedevano. È così? Potreste farmi altri esempi di uso quotidiano del vocabolo &quot;fantomatico&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-28T13:33:25.870" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T14:32:09.707" Title="Uso dell'aggettivo &quot;fantomatico&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9825" CreationDate="2018-08-28T13:18:41.983" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Nuovo De Mauro, ospitato su Internazionale, dà come &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fantomatico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;simile a un fantasma, spettrale; irreale: figura fantomatica &lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;estens., che non si sa dove o quando possa comparire o entrare in azione: un fantomatico ladro | non ben identificato: una fantomatica organizzazione terroristica &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che l'accezione usata dal ristoratore sia l'ultima, ovvero che lui non conosceva questi vicini e magari non li aveva mai visti nei dintorni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oltre agli esempi proposti nella definizione del Nuovo De Mauro, altri esempi di uso potrebbero essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mi hanno detto che per avere il timbro sul documento devo andare in un &lt;strong&gt;fantomatico&lt;/strong&gt; ufficio in quest'edificio, ma non riesco a trovarlo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vedi quell'uomo? Si dice che sia possessore di &lt;strong&gt;fantomatiche&lt;/strong&gt; ricchezze, anche se va in giro vestito da poveraccio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Dovevo ricevere un &lt;strong&gt;fantomatico&lt;/strong&gt; aumento di stipendio, ma non se ne è più fatto nulla.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt; Spero che il significato delle varie frasi sia autoevidente; se non è così, le chiarirò. &lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo l'espressione proposta da &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9826/4679&quot;&gt;abarisone&lt;/a&gt;, potrebbe essere un regionalismo o caratteristico di una certa area d'Italia, perché io (originaria dell'Italia centrale) non l'ho mai sentita. Direi piuttosto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alle riunioni si presentavano i soliti quattro gatti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per far intendere che le riunioni erano poco frequentate e i partecipanti erano sempre gli stessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="4679" LastEditDate="2018-08-28T14:32:09.707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T14:32:09.707" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9828" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9808" CreationDate="2018-08-28T14:51:13.127" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se, come ha detto egreg nel suo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9808/cosa-significa-subire-in-questo-brano#comment21817_9808&quot;&gt;commento&lt;/a&gt;, il gioco è sette e mezzo, &amp;quot;subisco&amp;quot; potrebbe essere una variante regionale del più comune &amp;quot;Sto&amp;quot;. Questo gioco consiste nel raggiungere sette punti e mezzo scoprendo una carta alla volta da un mazzo da 40 carte (quattro semi, per ogni seme sette numeri e tre figure). Come spiegato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cavallore.it/index.php/giochi/33-sette-e-mezzo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Valori delle carte:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tutte le figure valgono ½ punto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tutte le altre carte valgono il loro valore nominale, l'Asso vale 1, il Due vale 2, e via dicendo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La matta, ossia il Rè di Quadri/Danari, può assumere, a piacere del giocatore che lo riceve, un valore intero oppure ½ punto, non può però valere ad esempio 3 e ½.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e poi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il primo giocatore, a destra del cartaio (se il gioco si svolge in senso antiorario, altrimenti quello alla sinistra), controlla la sua carta, per prima cosa deve effettuare una scommessa in denaro, la carta e la sua esperienza lo guideranno nell'entità della puntata. Poi ha due opzioni di gioco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Può chiedere un'altra carta, dicendo &amp;quot;CARTA!&amp;quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Può fermarsi e passare il turno dicendo &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;STO!&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo gioco, rilanciare e perdere è meno vantaggioso di perdere e basta. In questo caso, direi che lo zio è sicuro di perdere la partita e per questo non rilancia, a fronte di un sei di Paco e di un sette del colonnello, ma per essere sicuri bisognerebbe sapere come finisce la partita e che carta aveva lo zio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-28T14:51:13.127" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9829" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-29T07:02:51.113" Score="6" ViewCount="994" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo il seguente post su Twitter:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho letto un bellissimo articolo sulle proprietà benefiche dei&#xA;  mirtilli.&lt;BR&gt; E m'è venuta 'na voglia di pane e mortadella &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che levati&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho soffermato l'attenzione sull'espressione &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;che levati&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, che come riportato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.laputa.it/lexicon/tag/che-levati/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog&lt;/a&gt; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;eccezionale, esagerato, da lasciare sbalorditi, da spavento ecc…&#xA;  espressione idiomatica in uso aggettivale enfatico (sia positivo che&#xA;  negativo) con il significato di  “…(tanto) che non ha nemmeno senso&#xA;  parlarne”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso blog afferma che l'espressione è usata già almeno dagli anni '60.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Diffusasi su internet soprattutto dalla seconda metà degli anni 2000,&#xA;  viene spesso ulteriormente enfatizzata con l’avverbio proprio: «Di un&#xA;  barboso che lèvati, proprio…» (Doc. Manhattan, 2012). L’espressione è&#xA;  usata già almeno dagli anni ’60,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi ha fonti più attendibili sull'origine e la diffusione di questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-29T14:37:39.700" LastActivityDate="2018-08-29T14:37:39.700" Title="Origine e diffusione dell'espressione &quot;che levati!&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9831" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-08-30T08:42:52.680" Score="6" ViewCount="389" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand how some words / word stems / prefixes and suffixes have a &quot;swapped&quot; E and I compared to other Romance languages, or (Vulgar) Latin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, but not the only, is the accusative and dative personal pronouns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, the accusative pronouns in Italian are &lt;em&gt;mi, ti, ci, si&lt;/em&gt;, etc, whereas in French, they're &lt;em&gt;me, te, ce, se&lt;/em&gt;, and except &lt;em&gt;ce&lt;/em&gt;, they are also the same in Spanish, Portuguese, and also in (Vulgar) Latin. In the meantime, while &lt;em&gt;me, te&lt;/em&gt; etc. do exist in Italian, their meaning is very well aligned with &quot;i-counterparts&quot; in other languages, for example Spanish &lt;em&gt;mí, ti&lt;/em&gt; and French &lt;em&gt;moi, toi&lt;/em&gt;. To some extent, I'd say &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; is &quot;swapped&quot; in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly, the suffix version of these pronouns sometimes retain the &lt;em&gt;-e&lt;/em&gt; form, for example &lt;em&gt;dammelo&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;dammilo&lt;/em&gt;, but they're still &lt;em&gt;-i&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;mangiarsi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vederti&lt;/em&gt;, etc. This seems to have a phonetic reason rather than an etymological reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some other words, like &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt;, also have swapped meaning in Italian and in other Romance languages. Italian &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; is equivalent to &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; in French and Spanish (means &quot;if&quot;), and vice versa (a pronoun). &lt;s&gt;Note no accent in this paragraph because Italian &lt;em&gt;sì&lt;/em&gt; = Spanish &lt;em&gt;sí&lt;/em&gt; = French &lt;em&gt;Oui&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/s&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other examples of basic words or affixes include &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt; in other languages, as well as Latin) and the &lt;em&gt;ri-&lt;/em&gt; prefix (means &lt;em&gt;to repeat&lt;/em&gt;, appears to be &lt;em&gt;re-&lt;/em&gt; in other languages). (Latin doesn't use the word &lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt; the same way as nowadays, it has noun declension for the same usage.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also individual words having this E/I swap in certain positions (mostly word-beginning, no matter whether stressed or not), e.g. &lt;em&gt;f&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;nestra&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; L &lt;em&gt;f&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;nestra&lt;/em&gt; (FR &lt;em&gt;f&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;nêtre&lt;/em&gt;, ES &lt;em&gt;f&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;nestra&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;v&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;tro&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; L &lt;em&gt;v&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;trum&lt;/em&gt; (FR &lt;em&gt;v&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;tre&lt;/em&gt;, ES &lt;em&gt;v&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;drio&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;v&lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;dere&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; L &lt;em&gt;v&lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;dere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google-ing for &quot;Italian swapped E and I&quot; gives no relevant result. Can anyone help clear my confusion?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2019-03-03T10:34:25.940" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T10:34:25.940" Title="When and how did the letters E and I &quot;swap&quot;, compared to other Romance languages?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9832" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9833" CreationDate="2018-08-30T08:54:16.823" Score="0" ViewCount="459" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I ventitré giorni della città di Alba&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi dalla città furon visti correre a cerchio verso un sol punto: era la truppa che si accalcava a consolare i suoi ufficiali che piangevano e mugolavano che si sentivano morire dalla vergogna. E quando gli parve che fossero consolati abbastanza tornarono a rivolgersi alla città e a gridare: – Venduti, bastardi…! – eccetera, ma stavolta un po’ piú sostanziosamente, perché non erano tutti improperi quelli che mandavano, c’erano anche mortaiate che riuscirono a dare in seguito un bel profitto ai &lt;strong&gt;conciatetti&lt;/strong&gt; della città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;conciare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non capisco il significato della parola &quot;conciatetti&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-30T09:04:03.020" Title="Cosa significa &quot;conciatetti&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9832" CreationDate="2018-08-30T08:58:12.410" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.adnkronos.com/lavoro/professionisti/2015/07/28/conciatetti-altoatesini-compiono-anni_XRr8p6D0evYt2DlwRn5oWP.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;conciatetti&lt;/a&gt; sono artigiani che riparano i tetti delle case o degli edifici in genere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono i conciatetti altoatesini, custodi di sapienti tecniche per&#xA;  rivestire o riparare le coperture degli immobili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'enciclopedia Treccani parlando di conservazione delle opere architettoniche riporta la figura dei &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/conservazione_res-acc2c287-dd6c-11e6-add6-00271042e8d9_%28Enciclopedia-Italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;conciatetti&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7yBvy.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/7yBvy.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Conciatetti&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-08-30T09:04:03.020" LastActivityDate="2018-08-30T09:04:03.020" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9834" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9837" CreationDate="2018-08-30T12:16:42.583" Score="5" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un messaggio su Twitter del Dottor Burioni ho letto la seguente cosa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella scienza si discute, eccome! Non sulla terra piatta e&#xA;  sull'autismo causato dai vaccini (&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;bojate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;), ma su un mondo senza&#xA;  zanzare, che oltre a essere fastidiose trasmettono infezioni che&#xA;  causano centinaia di migliaia di morti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi incuriosisce l'uso della &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; all'interno della parola bojate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani boiate viene scritto con la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; e non sembra esserci la variante con la &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altre parole tipo fidejussione e polizza o obbligazione fidejussoria si trovano scritte in entrambe le forme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno saprebbe dirmi se è corretto utilizzare bojate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-02T10:23:17.353" LastActivityDate="2018-09-02T10:23:17.353" Title="Uso della lettera &quot;j&quot; nella parola bojate" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9834" CreationDate="2018-08-30T15:10:19.007" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riguardo all'uso del grafema &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt;, nella sezione I.151 del suo libro &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (editato per la prima volta nel 1997), Luca Serianni afferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il grafema &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; è stato tradizionalmente impiegato fino agl'inizi del nostro secolo – ma non regolarmente – per rappresentare /j/ in posizione iniziale o intervocalica (&lt;em&gt;jeri&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;notajo&lt;/em&gt;; ma non *&lt;em&gt;bjanco&lt;/em&gt;) e, più spesso, per il plurale dei nomi in &lt;em&gt;-io&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;studio&lt;/em&gt;-&lt;em&gt;studj&lt;/em&gt;: uso accolto nella 5ª edizione del &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;, 1863-1923: cfr. MIGLIORINI 1963a: 669). &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Per indicare la semiconsonante nei nomi comuni &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; ha goduto di qualche fortuna novecentesca: ne fa uso regolare Pirandello  (per esempio, da &lt;em&gt;Enrico IV&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;guajo&lt;/em&gt; II 11, &lt;em&gt;t'ajuteremo&lt;/em&gt; 14, &lt;em&gt;appajono&lt;/em&gt; 41, &lt;em&gt;sajo&lt;/em&gt; 49, ecc.); esempi sporadici in altri scrittori (Cecchi, Gadda, citati in SATTA 1981: 43; &lt;em&gt;ajuto&lt;/em&gt; in Deledda, &lt;em&gt;L'incendio nell'uliveto&lt;/em&gt;, 41, ecc.). &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Nei nomi propri &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; regge discretamente, ma solo in posizione iniziale, in alcuni toponimi: &lt;em&gt;Jonio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jugoslavia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jacurso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jelsi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jenne&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jerzu&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jesi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jesolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Joppolo&lt;/em&gt;; e in primi nomi quali &lt;em&gt;Jacopo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jolanda&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jole&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jone&lt;/em&gt;. Ancora più stabile &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; iniziale di primi nomi esotici o esotizzanti (&lt;em&gt;Jader&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jago&lt;/em&gt;) e &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; iniziale o interna di cognomi (&lt;em&gt;Jacobini&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jannaco&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jorio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Jovine&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Lojacono&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Lojodice&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Ojetti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Scialoja&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Bajlo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Majno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Rajna&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Peraltro tutte le forme citate ammettono variani con &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;. Anzi, «si può dire in generale che non esistano casi in cui &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; non possa essere sostituita da un semplice &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;», tant'è che «nell'uso dei dizionari, delle enciclopedie e d'altri repertori alfabetici prevalente in Italia [...] le lettere &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; sono mescolate insieme e trattate come lettera unica agli effetti dell'ordinamento alfabetico delle voci» (MIGLIORINI-TAGLIAVINI-FIORELLI 1969: XXIV-XXV).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, da quanto si può leggere in questa spiegazione, non credo che scrivere &quot;bojate&quot; si possa considerare scorretto, ma non è certamente la forma ortografica prevalente nell'attualità. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-08-31T09:12:25.360" LastActivityDate="2018-08-31T09:12:25.360" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9836" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1238" CreationDate="2018-08-30T17:31:14.387" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;None of the previous answers have addressed the origin of the forms &quot;tu&quot;, &quot;voi&quot; and &quot;lei&quot;, an aspect also asked by the OP and, for this reason, I would like to add some words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to Luca Serianni in his book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (see section VII.85):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il latino si serviva sempre del TŪ, qualunque fosse il livello dell'interlocutore. In età imperiale si diffuse il VŌS di rispetto che però, a quanto sembra (NICULESCU 1974: 12-15), non si è continuato nelle lingue romanze che avrebbero ricreato, autonomamente, un sistema oppositivo &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt;. Nella &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt; Dante usa abitualmente il &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;, riservando il &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt; «a persone per cui mostra il massimo rispetto» (ROHLFS 1966-1969: 477): per esempio Farinata degli Uberti, Brunetto Latini («Siete voi qui, ser Brunetto?» &lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt;, XV 30), Cacciaguida («Voi siete il padre mio» &lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt;, XVI 16). Il &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; si diffonde nell'uso cancelleresco e cortigiano del Rinascimento e si rafforza poi per effetto del modello spagnolo (MIGLIORINI 1957: 187-196).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, in Latin one used the form TŪ whatever was the level of the interlocutor. The form of respect VŌS spread in the Imperial Age, but it seems that this form hasn't continuity in Romance languages which developed an oppositive system &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt; in an autonomous way. In the &lt;em&gt;Divine Comedy&lt;/em&gt;, Dante usually uses &quot;tu&quot; and reserves &quot;voi&quot; to some specific characters to whom he shows maximum respect, such as Farinata degli Uberti, Brunetto Latini («Siete voi qui, ser Brunetto?» &lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt;, XV 30) or Cacciaguida («Voi siete il padre mio» &lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt;, XVI 16). &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; form spreads in chancery and courtier uses during Renaissance and is then reinforced by influence of the Spanish model.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The origins of these Italian allocutive forms are addressed in detail in &lt;a href=&quot;https://is.muni.cz/th/74683/ff_b/TESI_-finale.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lucie Kolková PhD thesis&lt;/a&gt;. About the origins of &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;, it is stated:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il sistema bipartito stabilito nei primi secoli dopo Cristo fu arricchito nel periodo fra il &#xA;  Duecento ed il Quattrocento con un’altra forma allocutiva &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; che però si affermò in italiano &#xA;  solo nel Cinquecento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, the bipartite system (&lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;vos&lt;/em&gt;) established in the first centuries after Christ was enriched in the period between&#xA;the thirteenth and fifteenth centuries with another allocutive form, &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;, but it wasn't consolidated in the in Italian&#xA;language until the sixteenth century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-30T17:31:14.387" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9834" CreationDate="2018-08-30T18:52:34.903" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=bojata%2Cboiata&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cbojata%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cboiata%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; mostra entrambi gli usi, anche se &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bojata&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è  molto meno comune di &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;boiata&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio abbastanza recente da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=BjT80yUkHhgC&amp;amp;pg=PA62&amp;amp;dq=%22bojata%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjg8PHyt5XdAhXEFIgKHfBhC6MQ6AEIRTAG#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22bojata%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Torquato...e altre storie&lt;/a&gt; di Pietro Cimino, 2005:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì insomma er tarlo nella mente: &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sarà un successo o 'na bojata?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; - Tranquillo, ministro, non te le ricordi le grandi file in visita a El Greco, Marc Chagall, i Bronzi di Riace, o anche solo la processione quotidiana ai Musei Vaticani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda l’uso della lettera J in italiano, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/j/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani &lt;/a&gt;dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L’italiano si servì invece del segno j con due funzioni diverse: tra vocali o all’inizio di parola davanti ad altra vocale&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; per indicare il valore semiconsonantico dell’i (per es., jeri); in fine di parola, come terminazione del plurale dei nomi in -io atono (per es., varj) per evitare confusioni, in qualche caso, con altre parole (per es., vari plur. di varo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In entrambe le funzioni, l’uso dell’j in parole italiane è quasi interamente scomparso tra la seconda metà del 19° e la prima del 20° sec.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;; è tuttora conservato ufficialmente nella scrittura di cognomi (per es., Ojetti, tale essendo la forma registrata dagli uffici anagrafici) e nomi propri (per es., Ajaccio). Molti conservano l’j iniziale, senza un criterio fisso (per es., Jacopo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-08-31T07:36:58.340" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9838" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9842" CreationDate="2018-08-30T22:10:19.313" Score="4" ViewCount="377" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am the lyricist for a song that is in English but contains a few Italian phrases. I would like to ask about all those phrases, but for now I will start with just one. May I use the phrase &quot;Mia dolce&quot; to mean &quot;my sweet one, my dear, etc.&quot;? Or does &quot;dolce&quot; exist only as an adjective and not as an implied noun?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you suggest an alternative please note that the rhythm of the words is crucial. The music is on three beats, the first strong and the other two not as strong (i.e., the song is in 3/4 time and the phrase is one measure of three quarter notes).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4816" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-16T12:11:59.267" LastActivityDate="2019-03-16T12:11:59.267" Title="Does &quot;mia dolce&quot; need a noun?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9831" CreationDate="2018-08-30T22:36:32.267" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a good question!&#xA;I try to be fast, what you do not know about the &quot;PERSONAL PRONOUNS&quot; in the &quot;funzione complemento&quot;: It's divided into two forms in Italian language:&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;forma debole&lt;/strong&gt; (weak form), also called &lt;strong&gt;atona&lt;/strong&gt; (mi, ti, etc.).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;They always lean on the verb, can previous it but can also follow it.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. 1) &lt;em&gt;Ci&lt;/em&gt; venga a trovare, Ragionier Pozzi!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. 2) Verrà a trovar&lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, speriamo bene..&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;But there is also the &lt;strong&gt;forma forte&lt;/strong&gt; (strong form), also called &lt;strong&gt;tonica&lt;/strong&gt;, which are basically used after the verb, which are the same as the other Romance languages (me, te, etc.).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. 1) Peggio per &lt;em&gt;te&lt;/em&gt;, ah ah!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. 2) Scegli &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;, ti prego.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The forte form takes on particular importance in the sentence, having an accent of its own.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;The debole form, as the word says, has no prior accent.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;This last form, also called &quot;particella pronominale&quot; and &quot;pronome clitico&quot;  is used only for the complemento oggetto&#xA;(which answers the question &lt;strong&gt;Chi?&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;Who?&quot; for an individual and &lt;strong&gt;Che cosa?&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;What?&quot; for an object) and complemento di termine (&lt;strong&gt;a chi?&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;to whom?&quot;, &lt;strong&gt;a che cosa?&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;to what?&quot;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Ci&lt;/em&gt; venga a trovare &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Venga a trovare&quot;, Who? We (&lt;em&gt;CI&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Ti&lt;/em&gt; consiglio di vedere questo film&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Consiglio a chi? to whom? to you (&lt;em&gt;TI&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In practice, with the Forte form, we want to emphasize the pronoun.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Per quell'incarico hanno scelto &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(the Forte form has an exclusive value to &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt;: the speaker emphasizes that he was preferred to others).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If instead you want to have a purely informative tone, use the Debole form.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Mi&lt;/em&gt; hanno scelto per quell'incarico.&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find a nice table on the Italian wiki &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pronome_personale_in_italiano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pronome_personale_in_italiano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I've been exhaustive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;===EDIT===&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;De&quot; is used in other Romance languages and from the mother language, Latin.&lt;br&gt; In Italian it actually changes: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. 1) ita. discendere, lat. descendĕre &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. 2) ita disperare, lat. desperare &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Even if the &quot;de&quot; is used in various Italian dialects / slangs &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. &quot;È de Lorenzo&quot; (std. È di Lorenzo).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Se&quot; (in Italian it means &quot;if&quot;) I had never noticed that in other languages they have the meaning of &quot;sì&quot; (&quot;yes&quot;). Indeed, by doing a short research, in Latin there is much more this presence of E that in Italian. &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We must consider that Italian (as well as other Romance languages) in the end is only one neo-Latin language, then each one has &quot;evolved&quot; on his way for too many conditions (invasions, trades, etc.) and probably sometimes without a real reason (maybe just because it sounds better).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;=== EDIT x2 ===&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Thinking about it, I confirm that the E in Italian is very present, almost as in other neo-Latin languages, only in dialects / slang.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Plausible examples: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ex. 1 &quot;Me ha detto che ce sei domani, vè?&quot; (Mi hai detto che ci sei domani, vero?&quot;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA; Ex. 2 &quot;Se, e chi te l'ha detto?&quot; (Sì, e chi te l'ha detto?)&lt;br&gt;&#xA; Ex. 3 &quot;Credi che menta?! te se vole troppo bene pe dirti 'na bugia&quot;. (Credi che menta? Ti vogliamo troppo bene per dirti una bugia). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;If I'm not mistaken, this excessive use of the E remained in Rome and little more. Elsewhere it is seen too much as an ignorant parlance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4817" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-08-31T07:07:22.643" LastActivityDate="2018-08-31T07:07:22.643" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9838" CreationDate="2018-08-30T22:58:47.517" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it has the same meaning also in Italian.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;Mia Dolce&quot;, &quot;Mia Cara&quot; is the equivalent of &quot;My Sweet&quot;, &quot;My Dear&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4817" LastActivityDate="2018-08-30T22:58:47.517" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9841" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9838" CreationDate="2018-08-31T08:35:47.850" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As native, I have never heard &quot;mia dolce&quot; without a following noun. &quot;Mia cara&quot; would be more appropriate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4748" LastActivityDate="2018-08-31T08:35:47.850" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9838" CreationDate="2018-08-31T11:12:58.140" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you have a look to Treccani dictionary (in Italian) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dolce1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dolce2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, you will see that the diferent uses of &quot;dolce&quot; as a noun (it says &quot;sostantivato&quot; or &quot;s.&quot;) are masculine (i.e., it's &quot;il dolce&quot; and not &quot;la dolce&quot;) and have different meanings that the one you are looking for. Point 3.d. of this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dolce1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionary entry&lt;/a&gt; has the sense that you need &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Caro, amato (poet. o in espressioni d’affetto): &lt;em&gt;la sua d. sposa&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mio d. amico&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il d. nido familiare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, &quot;dolce&quot; is an adjective so it needs to be accompanied with a noun as in the examples above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-08-31T11:12:58.140" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9843" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9634" CreationDate="2018-08-31T15:06:18.230" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A short &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Privativa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;wikipedia page&lt;/a&gt; informs us that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... &lt;em&gt;Con le &lt;strong&gt;privative&lt;/strong&gt;, assimilabili a diritti di esclusiva, si riconoscevano ad alcune classi di artefici particolari privilegi ... affinché essi non esportassero le loro conoscenze tecniche in altri luoghi, permettendo alla città o alla regione in questione di ottenere una supremazia tecnica e commerciale in alcuni settori di eccellenza&lt;/em&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, at those times, if you were very good in doing something (i.e. jewels or dresses) you could be granted from a big city (i.e. Florence) the right to do it in a local monopoly if you agreed to do it only in that city.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You did not invent anything, but you had some special skills or did some improvements to a manufacturing process and thus your products would attract visitors and improve the city's business.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More recently the term &lt;strong&gt;privativa&lt;/strong&gt; continued to have the meaning of an exclusive intellectual property right due to a patent and an invention, while &lt;strong&gt;piccola privativa&lt;/strong&gt; indicated a right related to a minor modification of an invention (i.e. a different use or shape, an optimization of some components).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nowadays, with the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.uibm.gov.it/attachments/codice_proprieta_industriale.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Codice della proprietà industriale&lt;/a&gt; (2005), the term &lt;strong&gt;piccola privativa&lt;/strong&gt; has been formally abandoned and the term &lt;strong&gt;privativa&lt;/strong&gt; refers only to rights related to vegetable species.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In conclusion I would say that today &lt;strong&gt;piccola privativa&lt;/strong&gt; is an obsolete term (at least from a legal view point) that does not refer to intellectual property rights related to a minor invention, but to the rights related to a minor modification of a patented invention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4757" LastActivityDate="2018-08-31T15:06:18.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9844" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9845" CreationDate="2018-08-31T22:51:34.147" Score="0" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing an English song that has a few Italian lyrics. I want to say, &quot;Why did you go? My love, come back to me.&quot; My attempt is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché si va? Cara, ritorna da me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have I got it right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4816" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-01T07:07:42.507" LastActivityDate="2018-09-02T20:19:42.153" Title="&quot;Perché si va? Cara, ritorna da me&quot;: is this translation correct?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9845" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9844" CreationDate="2018-09-01T15:01:33.440" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;OK, this is the same answer as &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9844/perch%c3%a9-si-va-cara-ritorna-da-me-is-this-translation-correct?noredirect=1#comment21905_9844&quot;&gt;my comment above&lt;/a&gt;, but in the form of an answer: I suggest “Perché te ne sei andata? Amore, ritorna da me!”.  But I think &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9844/perch%c3%a9-si-va-cara-ritorna-da-me-is-this-translation-correct?noredirect=1#comment21906_9844&quot;&gt;Riccardo’s answer&lt;/a&gt; is better:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A variation of the previous one by @GuM (which is perfectly valid): &quot;Perché sei andata via? Amor mio, ritorna da me!&quot; Less literal, but valid in this context: &quot;Perché mi hai lasciato? Amor mio, ritorna da me&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Addition:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;The OP says in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9844/perch%c3%a9-si-va-cara-ritorna-da-me-is-this-translation-correct/9845?noredirect=1#comment21913_9845&quot;&gt;a comment&lt;/a&gt; that he’s got only four syllables available for the first sentence.  Given this constraint, one might think of a translation like “Perché partir?” or “Perché fuggir?”, but those would sound extremely antiquated, only adequate for a song written before 1950 or so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Second addition:&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Note that “Perché partir?” and “Perché fuggir?” both exploit the fact that the stress on the word “perché” falls on the second syllable, and insert an anacrusis.  And here’s another possible translation that has the same rythm, and doesn’t sound outdated: indicating the syllable number between parentheses (with the syllable of the anacrusis being numbered zero), one could say “(0)Per-(1)ché_an-(2)dar-(3)via?”, which, like the two previous solutions, is exactly four syllable long, and has exactly the same rythm of the English “(0)Why-(1)did-(2)you-(3)go?”.  One loses the past tense, though (“partir”, “fuggir”, and “andar via” are all infinitives).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3649" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-02T20:19:42.153" LastActivityDate="2018-09-02T20:19:42.153" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9846" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2343" CreationDate="2018-09-02T07:25:00.640" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sospettavo, che il passaggio dall'accento acuto a quello grave sulla &quot;i&quot; fosse dettato più dalla diffusione globale di tastiere che non da ragioni linguistiche. E questa francamente non la trovo una buona ragione. &#xA;In una grammatica normativa del 1959 ho trovato come regola fissa che l'accento sulla &quot;i&quot; deve essere acuto. Proprio per la ragione fonetica che in italiano la &quot;i&quot; viene pronunciata esclusivamente chiusa.&#xA;E quando scrivo a mano, continuo a seguire questa regola dell'italiano che le tastiere purtroppo mi impongono di non usare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4821" LastActivityDate="2018-09-02T07:25:00.640" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9847" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-09-02T18:11:11.310" Score="1" ViewCount="695" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've come up with &quot;Bella donna, la mia bella donna&quot;. The phrase is used in this sense: My beautiful woman, why did you go?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The translation must fit into musical notes in that phrasing: 4 notes, then 7 notes. All advice is warmly appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4816" LastActivityDate="2018-09-05T16:32:20.773" Title="Translate &quot;Beautiful woman, my beautiful woman&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9639" CreationDate="2018-09-03T12:29:22.813" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, nel brano sopra citato, &quot;conto&quot; NON sta per &quot;racconto&quot; ma significa letteralmente &quot;conto&quot; nella piú comune accezione di sequenza di operazioni aritmetiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;[...] bastava una tempesta un po’ arrabbiata e un piccolo &lt;strong&gt;conto&lt;/strong&gt; nella testa di loro padre per spedirli tutt’e due a far la mia medesima fine lontano da casa.&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una &lt;em&gt;tempesta un po’ arrabbiata&lt;/em&gt; produce un buco nel bilancio dell'azienda agricola familiare e un piccolo &lt;em&gt;conto&lt;/em&gt; (letteralmente) potrebbe poi indicare al padre la opportunità di avere due bocche in meno da sfamare o, in altri termini, di mandare i due uomini a lavorare sotto padrone lontano dalla loro casa, così come successo alla voce narrante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-03T15:32:27.513" LastActivityDate="2018-09-03T15:32:27.513" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9820" CreationDate="2018-09-03T13:21:04.867" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;If the sign &lt;em&gt;&quot;Con il caldo... Stiamo al fresco!&quot;&lt;/em&gt; was in the window of a butcher shop AND if no meat was exposed in said window... then the meaning is that due to the heat it was unhealty to leave the meat in sight from the street and that it was instead kept into the shop's cold room.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Further, as was mentioned in comments, there is an undertext pun, because &lt;em&gt;&quot;stare al fresco&quot;&lt;/em&gt; means also &lt;em&gt;&quot;to be in jail&quot;&lt;/em&gt; and you can compare the status of the meat in the cold cell to a person kept in a jail cell.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastActivityDate="2018-09-03T13:21:04.867" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9851" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-09-03T14:49:19.697" Score="2" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;Molto spesso viene sostituito senza troppe distinzioni all'aggettivo indefinito &lt;em&gt;altro&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ulteriore&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Voglio ancora/altro/ulteriore pollo&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Serve ancora/altro/ulteriore denaro&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Mi serve altra/ulteriore/ancora fiducia&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Due ulteriori/Altri due/ancora due passi e si arriva&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/ancora_2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui viene dato sinonimo di &quot;in più&quot;&lt;/a&gt; ma sinceramente non mi suona molto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-03T15:03:01.163" LastActivityDate="2018-09-03T16:23:46.653" Title="Ancora è una locuzione aggettivale?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9851" CreationDate="2018-09-03T16:23:46.653" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Intanto, quando si parla di “locuzioni aggettivali” (o avverbiali etc.) ci si riferisce specificamente a sequenze di due o più parole che svolgano complessivamente la funzione di un aggettivo (o avverbio etc.). Vedi per esempio la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/locuzioni-aggettivali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce “Locuzione aggettivale”&lt;/a&gt; dell'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani. Quindi questa sicuramente non può essere una locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Ancora” è semplicemente un avverbio (e in certi casi una congiunzione). In quanto avverbio si può usare con un verbo, senza altri complementi (“Hai finito?” “No, mangio ancora”); o insieme ad altri complimenti (“Faccio ancora due giri”, “Ci provo ancora in un altro modo” e così via).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario di Internazionale che citi fu curato da Tullio De Mauro, e quindi le risposte che ti dà sono sicuramente più affidabili di quello che posso dirti io (o, mi permetto di dire, probabilmente chiunque altro qui). Il senso di “ancora” a cui ti riferisci è quello indicato lì con 2b, cioè appunto “in aggiunta” (“vuole ancora denaro”, “voglio ancora zucchero”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei tuoi esempi, e in questi del denaro e dello zucchero, effettivamente il  senso è molto simile a quello che si avrebbe usando “altro” o “ulteriore”, ma ciò non fa di “ancora” un aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-09-03T16:23:46.653" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9853" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9854" CreationDate="2018-09-04T11:40:53.547" Score="0" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I ventitré giorni della città di Alba&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I partigiani si cacciarono in porte e portoni, i borghesi ruzzolarono in cantina, un paio di squadre corse agli argini da dove aprí un fuoco di mitraglia che ammazzò una vacca al pascolo sull’altra riva e &lt;strong&gt;fece aria&lt;/strong&gt; ai repubblicani che però marciaron via di miglior passo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;fare aria&quot; in questa frase? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;aria&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli. Comunque questa locuzione l'ho trovata soltanto nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fare-aria&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;, ma tutte e due le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto (penso si tratti di un significato figurato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-04T13:37:40.903" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;fare aria&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9853" CreationDate="2018-09-04T13:37:40.903" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione significa  che la raffica di mitragliatrice sparata dai partigiani non fece nessun danno ai repubblichini, innocua proprio come un colpo di vento (come scritto correttamente da egreg nel suo commento).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-09-04T13:37:40.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9856" CreationDate="2018-09-05T05:56:27.737" Score="6" ViewCount="456" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most of the current Italian pronunciation is retained from Ecclesiastical Latin, such as &lt;em&gt;ce/ci, ge/gi, gn&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's one sound, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, that I can't find the origin of. Many words containing &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; that, dating back to Latin, was &lt;em&gt;le/li&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;lle/lli&lt;/em&gt; (e.g. &lt;em&gt;illi&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;me&lt;strong&gt;li&lt;/strong&gt;us&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;me&lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sound is also present in some other Romance languages, like French &lt;em&gt;ille&lt;/em&gt;, Spanish &lt;em&gt;ll&lt;/em&gt; and Portuguese &lt;em&gt;lh&lt;/em&gt;, but not Romanian (no such sound).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm guessing this sound was imported from other language families (Germanic / Slavic) some time around the collapse of the (Western) Roman Empire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-09-05T08:16:43.243" LastActivityDate="2018-09-05T08:17:02.500" Title="What's the origin of /ʎ/ sound of &quot;gli&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9855" CreationDate="2018-09-05T08:17:02.500" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Serianni's &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, speaking of palatal sounds in Italian and why they are always geminated between vowels (/ʎʎ/, /ɲɲ/ and /ʃʃ/), explains (section I.47):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le ragioni della pronuncia intensa di queste consonanti risalgono all'etimo latino. Infatti le tre palatali provengono nella quasi totalità dei casi da una base latina o latino-volgare con consonante intensa: per esempio &lt;em&gt;figlio&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; *&lt;em&gt;fīlljum&lt;/em&gt; (invece del classico &lt;em&gt;fīlium&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;bagno&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; *&lt;em&gt;bănnjum&lt;/em&gt; (invece di &lt;em&gt;bălneum&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;lascia&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; &lt;em&gt;lāxat&lt;/em&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, apparently there is no influence from other linguistic families, but a direct derivation from different but similar-sounding Latin or Vulgar Latin consonants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-09-05T08:17:02.500" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9857" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9859" CreationDate="2018-09-05T09:28:31.147" Score="8" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some days ago I bumped into a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j2B4S3HSfEc&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;non-official, Italian version of the song for the Lava short&lt;/a&gt; by Pixar about a volcano that keeps waiting for someone to love. The original song makes a pun between the words &lt;em&gt;lava&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;love&lt;/em&gt;. This version tries to keep the pun with the following verses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io so che nel mondo per me c'è un amore&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  che magma con tutto il suo cuore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I enjoyed the song very much but my knowledge of Italian is very very limited so I could not identify the pun in &lt;em&gt;magma&lt;/em&gt;. Now I think I know what the pun is, but I don't want to bias your answers, so I ask, what's the intended pun in the verses above?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4278" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-06T06:04:27.170" LastActivityDate="2018-09-06T06:04:27.170" Title="A magma-related Lava pun" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;puns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9859" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9857" CreationDate="2018-09-05T09:51:15.167" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The pun lies in the fact that in Italian the word &lt;em&gt;magma&lt;/em&gt; sounds a bit like &lt;em&gt;m'ama&lt;/em&gt;, the contracted form of &lt;em&gt;mi ama&lt;/em&gt;, that is, “loves me”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the quoted verse means “I know that in the world for me there is a love who magma/loves me with all his heart”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-09-05T09:51:15.167" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9860" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9838" CreationDate="2018-09-05T16:18:14.980" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, I can think of at least one Italian song that uses &quot;dolce&quot; without a following noun: it is &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L_ZaByPC6xg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Giovanna dice&quot; by Diaframma&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;perché ne soffri adesso, o &lt;strong&gt;dolce&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;br&gt;tutto quello che è stato è stato&lt;br&gt; il crimine che ho commesso &lt;br&gt;sapessi quanto l'ho pagato &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, normally you're supposed to use &quot;dolce&quot; exclusively as an adjective, but if you were to write in a song &quot;mia dolce, ti amo&quot;, the actual meaning would be completely understandable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastActivityDate="2018-09-05T16:18:14.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9861" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9847" CreationDate="2018-09-05T16:32:20.773" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I won't translate it literally; &quot;bella donna, la mia bella donna&quot; is more or less right, but it sounds rather tone-deaf to me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since it has to be 4 syllables / 7 syllables, I'd go with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio splendore, mia donna rara e bella (my splendor, my rare and beautiful woman)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'll update this answer as I come up with more possible translations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastActivityDate="2018-09-05T16:32:20.773" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9862" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2018-09-06T06:09:59.677" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with two meanings, or of words with the same sound but different meanings. For example, if someone says 'The peasants are revolting', this is a pun because it can be interpreted as meaning either that the peasants are fighting against authority, or that they are disgusting.(&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/pun&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;From the Collins dictionary&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-06T06:09:59.677" LastActivityDate="2018-09-06T06:09:59.677" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9863" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2018-09-06T06:09:59.677" Score="0" Body="Use this tag to categorize questions about play on words that cannot be considered as idioms." OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-06T06:09:59.677" LastActivityDate="2018-09-06T06:09:59.677" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8644" CreationDate="2018-09-06T09:55:08.167" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra più semplicemente relativo al verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/raspare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;raspare&lt;/a&gt;, che indica anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;b. fig.&lt;/strong&gt; Di tessuti ruvidi, di cibi e bevande troppo forti e acri, produrre su una parte del corpo una sgradevole sensazione di raschiamento, di irritazione: &lt;em&gt;una maglia di lana grossolana che raspa la pelle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &quot;raspa&quot;, quindi, evocherebbe sia la superficie della pelle resa ruvida dalla rogna, sia il senso di prurito sulla pelle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Benni è solito estendere a piacere il significato delle parole o utilizzare parole dialettali (ricordo il mio primo incontro col &quot;rusco&quot; in &lt;em&gt;Bar Sport&lt;/em&gt;, che suscitò in me parecchia perplessità, data anche l'assenza della parola nei dizionari d'italiano). Quest'uso di &quot;raspa&quot; mi sembra ricadere in quest'abitudine di Benni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastActivityDate="2018-09-06T09:55:08.167" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9865" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9867" CreationDate="2018-09-07T06:07:52.517" Score="6" ViewCount="284" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have gone through various web pages about elision in Italian. All of them mentioned that we usually elide words like &lt;em&gt;di, la, le, nella, questo&lt;/em&gt;, et cetera. But none of them mentioned the elision of &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dove&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I searched for more and learned that words like &lt;em&gt;gl'insulti&lt;/em&gt; are old usages and we don't usually elide &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; nowadays. But what about &lt;em&gt;dove&lt;/em&gt;? I see &lt;em&gt;where is&lt;/em&gt; translated into &lt;strong&gt;dov'è&lt;/strong&gt; but no one told me elision goes like that. When (in what cases) is &lt;em&gt;dove è&lt;/em&gt; elided into &lt;em&gt;dov'è&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2018-09-07T16:06:34.790" LastActivityDate="2018-09-08T08:05:26.887" Title="When do we elide “dove è” into “dov'è”?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9865" CreationDate="2018-09-07T21:20:27.153" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You'd use &lt;em&gt;dov'è&lt;/em&gt; rather than &lt;em&gt;dove è&lt;/em&gt; pretty much always when it is used in an interrogative clause, both direct (&lt;em&gt;L'ho perso di vista. Dov'è andato?&lt;/em&gt;) and indirect (&lt;em&gt;Non so dov'è andato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Less so in relative clause, such as &lt;em&gt;la casa dove è nato Enrico Fermi&lt;/em&gt;; for some reason, &lt;em&gt;dov'è&lt;/em&gt;, while not incorrect, may look somewhat old-fashioned here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-09-08T08:05:26.887" LastActivityDate="2018-09-08T08:05:26.887" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9869" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9870" CreationDate="2018-09-09T06:53:08.123" Score="1" ViewCount="49" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I ventitré giorni della città di Alba&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La repubblica stabilí un fronte di non piú di mezzo chilometro, disteso tra un pescheto e un arenile, e cercò di far forza nel punto migliore per il guado, immediatamente a valle del ponte bombardato dagli inglesi. Ma i partigiani concentrarono le mitraglie e quando quelli si presentarono &lt;strong&gt;al pulito&lt;/strong&gt;, fecero una salva che li ricacciò tutti nei cespugli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;al pulito&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;pulito&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nulla che possa avere senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-09T09:37:32.783" Title="Cosa significa &quot;al pulito&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9869" CreationDate="2018-09-09T08:51:07.377" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al pulito significa nel prato, in una radura senza alberi o cespugli che potessero proteggere i repubblicani dal fuoco partigiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come correttamente sottolineato da @DaG &lt;em&gt;al pulito&lt;/em&gt; nel contesto da te citato potrebbe essere sostituito da &lt;em&gt;allo scoperto&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-09T09:37:32.783" LastActivityDate="2018-09-09T09:37:32.783" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9871" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9869" CreationDate="2018-09-09T08:56:29.727" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &quot;pulito&quot; intenderei in questo contesto uno spazio aperto, privo di coperture e protezioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4841" LastActivityDate="2018-09-09T08:56:29.727" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9872" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9874" CreationDate="2018-09-10T09:55:11.350" Score="5" ViewCount="339" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just read &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.mimicmethod.com/italian-pronunciation-the-ultimate-guide/#Fixed_Vowel_Scripts&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; and found that it listed these words under the /ɾ/ sound:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;/ɾ/ fare, amaro, &lt;strong&gt;regalo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the bold word. In Spanish and Portuguese, if a single R is at the start of a word, it pronounces the same as RR. Although in Portuguese RR doesn't sound like trilled R, this statement is still true. In French, you don't hear any difference between R and RR.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in different videos, I have heard this R-at-start pronounced both like a single tap and trilled (like in vole&lt;strong&gt;r&lt;/strong&gt;e and vo&lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;ei). What's the standard pronunciation? Does it vary by dialects?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2018-09-10T11:07:56.577" LastActivityDate="2020-08-24T13:55:02.623" Title="Does R + vowel at starts of a word pronounce like RR?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9872" CreationDate="2018-09-10T11:08:57.220" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, it's not stressed in Italian only the intervocalic double &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt; like in gue&lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;a \ɡwɛr.ra\ , or se&lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;a is stressed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I lived in Spain I had a flatmate called Raul and he told me that I pronounced his name wrong (because I am Italian) and I pronounced like many Italian pronounce it with a single &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt; (e.g. Raul Bova) while he was expecting from me to pronouncing with the double initial &lt;code&gt;r&lt;/code&gt;. Having said that in many sources I can't find the difference when it transliterated in IPA. If you have a look at the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Rodrigo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Rodrigo page&lt;/a&gt; in wiktionary only in Portuguese they used the Voiced uvular fricative ʁ.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not aware of any Italian dialect in which it is used, actually usually in many dialects, we lose the gemination (e.g. gue&lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;a  in Veneto is guèra). Regarding the @DaG comment, about the syntactic gemination it certainly something to notice in central-meridional accents, although as the &quot;syntactic&quot; term suggests it's related to the usage of the word into a sentence and not the word itself so I think it's different compared to other languages where it's the standard pronunciation of the word also as a stand-alone unit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-09-12T16:35:19.050" LastActivityDate="2018-09-12T16:35:19.050" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9874" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9872" CreationDate="2018-09-10T12:24:52.863" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Standard Italian, in most cases, in a word beginning by “r” + vowel, the “r” is pronounced as a simple, non-geminate one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The “most cases” include the word in isolation, the word preceded by a consonant and, in the majority of the cases, the word preceded by a vowel. So, &lt;em&gt;regalo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un regalo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quattro regali&lt;/em&gt; all are pronounced with a simple “r”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The exception comes from a phenomenon called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/raddoppiamento-sintattico_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;raddoppiamento sintattico&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;fonosintattico&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/a&gt;: in Standard Italian some words ending by a vowel, followed by a word beginning by a consonant, cause a gemination (doubling) in that consonant. These words are those with two or more syllables in which the last one is stressed (so, &lt;em&gt;paltò rosso&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced as if it were written &lt;em&gt;paltorrosso&lt;/em&gt;), some monosyllables (&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;è&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; and other ones: &lt;em&gt;a Roma&lt;/em&gt; sounds like &lt;em&gt;arròma&lt;/em&gt;) and a few two-syllable words (&lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dove&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sopra&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;qualche&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;If you read Italian, you can find more in the article quoted above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of this holds for Standard Italian: various regional varieties have small or large differences from this, ranging from the choice of the words that induce the &lt;em&gt;raddoppiamento&lt;/em&gt; (for instance, in Rome most of the above holds, but &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; doesn't geminate the consonant that follows), to extending the doubling to many more cases or, vice versa, speaking with almost no geminate consonants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-09-10T12:24:52.863" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9708" CreationDate="2018-09-10T16:50:38.653" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Passata sul raspo&quot; vuol dire che non è una parentela stretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;raspo&quot; in questo caso è uno strumento che fa da setaccio per togliere le olive dagli alberi senza staccare i rami e le foglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si intende quindi, in senso dialettale abbastanza arcaico, che la parentela è stata passata al setaccio ed è quindi molto &quot;scremata&quot; (nel senso che sono passate molte generazioni o molti gradi di separazione rispetto al &quot;parente&quot; in questione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4845" LastActivityDate="2018-09-10T16:50:38.653" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9668" CreationDate="2018-09-10T19:10:18.960" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono quasi sicuro che in questo caso si tratti di una variazione arcaica o dialettale della locuzione &quot;&lt;strong&gt;attaccare briga&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si potrebbe parafrasare con &quot;&lt;strong&gt;ha attaccato briga con me&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4845" LastActivityDate="2018-09-10T19:10:18.960" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9076" CreationDate="2018-09-10T20:03:56.503" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Means &quot;Go to Naples!&quot; literally. There is another saying; &quot;See Naples and die.&quot; Which means roughly that once you have seen Naples, you have seen everything; nothing else you see will ever measure up to that. However, If you consider BOTH of these sayings together, saying &quot;va fa Napoli&quot; to someone is saying &quot;drop dead!&quot; That more accurately sums up its real meaning and its use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4846" LastActivityDate="2018-09-10T20:03:56.503" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9565" CreationDate="2018-09-11T13:14:20.527" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui a mio modo di vedere &lt;em&gt;compita&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;compiuta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia lettura del brano proposto mi dice che la lettera di contratto esiste in più copie e che quando il Capitano Bartolomeo Barbuto consegnerà le merci al Signor Michelangelo Di Paola e verrà da questi pagato una delle copie sarà considerata &lt;em&gt;compita&lt;/em&gt;, restando in possesso del Di Paola come ricevuta del pagamento mentre le altre &lt;em&gt;restino di niun valore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La lettera viene considerata &lt;em&gt;compita&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;compiuta&lt;/em&gt; perché le obbligazioni (consegna, pagamento) individuate dalla lettera sono state soddisfatte o &lt;em&gt;compiute&lt;/em&gt; e quindi, per esteso, la lettera stessa risulta &lt;em&gt;compiuta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastEditorUserId="4712" LastEditDate="2018-09-11T13:52:31.053" LastActivityDate="2018-09-11T13:52:31.053" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9881" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9882" CreationDate="2018-09-11T14:35:04.533" Score="3" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I ventitré giorni della città di Alba&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Si dichiarò il pomeriggio festivo, la gente riempí i caffè e offriva le bibite ai partigiani. Fecero accender le radio sulla stazione di Torino e siccome Radio Torino taceva, gridavano: – Parla adesso, parla adesso! – e la presenza di tante signore e signorine patriote non era un motivo per cui non si dovesse &lt;strong&gt;dar forte&lt;/strong&gt; del fottuto a quelli di Radio Torino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;dar forte&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato? Non ho trovato questa locuzione in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli. Nel vocabolario Treccani, ho trovato invece le espressioni &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/forte1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;parlar forte&quot; o &quot;dir forte&quot;&lt;/a&gt; con questo significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fig.: &lt;em&gt;parlare f.&lt;/em&gt;, dire il proprio parere con franchezza, con vivacità; &lt;em&gt;lo puoi dir f.&lt;/em&gt;, apertamente, di cosa che si riconosce come vera e indiscutibile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dar forte&quot; nel contesto del brano sopra citato ha lo stesso significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-11T17:04:02.493" LastActivityDate="2018-09-11T17:04:02.493" Title="Significato di &quot;dar forte&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9881" CreationDate="2018-09-11T15:04:32.873" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quel “forte” sembrerebbe semplicemente un avverbio che modifica tutta la locuzione “dar[e] del fottuto”; in altre parole, nonostante la presenza delle donne, gli altri insultano ad alta voce quelli di Radio Torino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-09-11T15:04:32.873" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9872" CreationDate="2018-09-12T14:46:32.707" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with the other answers, in standard Italian there is no such a case of &amp;quot;rr&amp;quot; at the start of the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, adding to those already cited, there is another case of doubling the &amp;quot;r&amp;quot; at the beginning of the word, which is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/raddoppiamento-espressivo_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;raddoppiamento espressivo&lt;/a&gt; (&amp;quot;expressive doubling&amp;quot;) in various southern dialects and accents.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro fenomeno di allungamento consonantico sistematico è il raddoppiamento di /r/ a inizio di parola in varietà siciliane e calabresi meridionali. Anche in questo caso il raddoppiamento è un tratto che caratterizza fortemente l’accento locale e si ritrova frequentemente nella pronuncia dell’italiano regionale (ad es., &lt;em&gt;la [rː]iva, la [rː]egola, hanno [rː]ifiutato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt; Another phenomenon of systematic consonant lengthening is the doubling of /r/ at the beginning of words in Sicilian and Calabrian varieties. In this case, the doubling is a trait that strongly characterizes the local accent and it is frequently found in the pronunciation of regional Italian (e.g. la [rː]iva, la [rː]egola, hanno [rː]ifiutato). &lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si è già osservato come la geminazione iniziale sia in buona parte un fenomeno legato a singole parole [, come] le forme raddoppiate per i tipi lessicali re e roba, diffuse nell’area centromeridionale (ad es., il napol. &lt;em&gt;o [rː]e&lt;/em&gt; «il re», &lt;em&gt;a [rː]o[bː]a&lt;/em&gt; «la roba»)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt; It has already been observed how the doubling of the first letter is mostly a phenomenon regarding single words [, such as] the doubled forms for the words &amp;quot;re&amp;quot; (king) and &amp;quot;roba&amp;quot; (stuff) in the center-southern area (e.g. the Neapolitan &lt;em&gt;o [rː]e&lt;/em&gt; «il re», &lt;em&gt;a [rː]o[bː]a&lt;/em&gt; «la roba»).  &lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="3003" LastEditDate="2020-08-24T13:55:02.623" LastActivityDate="2020-08-24T13:55:02.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9885" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9886" CreationDate="2018-09-13T14:44:21.167" Score="2" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I ventitré giorni della città di Alba&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma la sera e la notte molti pensarono che era forse meglio che i partigiani non l’&lt;strong&gt;avessero date tanto secche&lt;/strong&gt; ai fascisti, perché poteva darsi che si dovesse poi pagare il conto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;dare tanto secche&quot; nel contesto di questa frase? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;secco&quot; e &quot;secca&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-14T13:56:50.400" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;dare secche&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9885" CreationDate="2018-09-13T14:50:32.233" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Darle secche (riferito alle botte) vuol dire picchiare con particolare violenza e in senso più generale cagionare una pesante sconfitta all'avversario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/secco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;secche&lt;/a&gt; da Wiktionary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;prenderle secche, &lt;strong&gt;darle secche&lt;/strong&gt;, sott. le botte: essere picchiato,&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;picchiare duramente&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-14T13:56:50.400" LastActivityDate="2018-09-14T13:56:50.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9887" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9559" CreationDate="2018-09-13T15:31:26.347" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Very likely this stock sentence derives from dogs' [obviously, non-verbal :)] communication: keeping the tail between legs is possibly one of the most common and better known dogs behaviours. Largely, it means that the dog is scared, very often due to the fact that the animal has been for any reason submitted or something similar. In any case, when dogs have tails between legs it means that the animal does not feel secure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Same goes for the sentence. You use it either to say that someone needed to do something &lt;em&gt;obtorto collo&lt;/em&gt; [against their will] or because they are afraid. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not 100%, but I guess that in English there is the &quot;stock sentence&quot;. &lt;em&gt;As some people has asked, &quot;stock sentence&quot; means &quot;frase fatta&quot; - think about that as &quot;idiom&quot;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4853" LastEditorUserId="4853" LastEditDate="2018-09-14T14:05:30.003" LastActivityDate="2018-09-14T14:05:30.003" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9888" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9889" CreationDate="2018-09-13T23:53:05.643" Score="5" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why is &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/maps/place/15011+Acqui+Terme,+Province+of+Alessandria,+Italy/@44.6761109,8.3904619,12z/data=!4m5!3m4!1s0x12d2d547a8955651:0x808937f19eb91475!8m2!3d44.6763846!4d8.4670285&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; not &quot;Acque Terme&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8PJ4B.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8PJ4B.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Acqui Terme on a map&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="320" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-09-26T13:15:30.647" LastActivityDate="2018-09-26T13:15:30.647" Title="Why is Acqui Terme not called Acque Terme?" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;toponyms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9889" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9888" CreationDate="2018-09-14T07:37:46.260" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the website of the town &lt;a href=&quot;http://comune.acquiterme.al.it/la-citta/noticia/la-storia-del-comune-di-acqui-terme&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://comune.acquiterme.al.it/la-citta/noticia/la-storia-del-comune-di-acqui-terme&lt;/a&gt;, it was founded by Romans on the II century B.C. and the latin name was  &lt;em&gt;Aquae Statiellae&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From late antiquity it appears as &lt;em&gt;Acquis&lt;/em&gt; that in vernacular will become then &lt;em&gt;Acqui&lt;/em&gt;. This means that &lt;em&gt;Acqui&lt;/em&gt; is not a different gender but a different latin case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second term &quot;Terme&quot; was added officially in 1956.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-09-14T07:37:46.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9888" CreationDate="2018-09-14T19:22:25.743" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;You got an excellent answer already, but I would like to point out more explicitly that in &lt;em&gt;Acqui Terme&lt;/em&gt; the word &lt;em&gt;Terme&lt;/em&gt; is not something that needs to agree with the name of the town, but rather a modifier that indicates the presence of thermal baths near the city.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is in fact a relatively common phenomenon. Let me show you some examples&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lido_di_Jesolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Jesolo Lido&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/maps/place/30020+Eraclea+Mare+Metropolitan+City+of+Venice,+Italy/@45.5485219,12.7543352,15z/data=!4m13!1m7!3m6!1s0x477bfc212a85eead:0xd000b2e2bcd356cc!2s30020+Eraclea,+Metropolitan+City+of+Venice,+Italy!3b1!8m2!3d45.5808511!4d12.6801548!3m4!1s0x477bf9be53f1948d:0xa6c18f9bb87094f6!8m2!3d45.5513232!4d12.7686882&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Eraclea Mare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latina_Scalo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Latina Scalo&lt;/a&gt; (thanks to @DaG for this one!)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arqu%C3%A0_Petrarca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Arquà Petrarca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first two cases, this is also to advertise that the town is in a different location than the &quot;main&quot; town of the same name, and specifically on the beach front (&lt;em&gt;Lido&lt;/em&gt; meaning &lt;em&gt;coast&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Mare&lt;/em&gt; meaning &lt;em&gt;Sea&lt;/em&gt;). In the nearby coast you can see several more examples of this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-09-15T07:18:04.470" LastActivityDate="2018-09-15T07:18:04.470" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9893" CreationDate="2018-09-15T08:55:09.193" Score="2" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;I ventitré giorni della città di Alba&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; In quel medesimo giorno, a Dogliani ch’è un grosso paese a venti chilometri da Alba, c’era la fiera autunnale e in piazza ci sarà stato un migliaio di partigiani che sparavano nei tirasegni, &lt;strong&gt;taroccavano&lt;/strong&gt; le ragazze, bevevano le bibite e riuscivano con molta facilità a non sentire il fragore della battaglia di Alba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;taroccare&quot; in questa frase? Ho cercato questo verbo in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che abbia senso in questo contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-15T10:54:05.007" LastActivityDate="2018-09-15T10:54:05.007" Title="Significato di &quot;taroccare&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9559" CreationDate="2018-09-15T09:09:17.937" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tornare con la coda tra le gambe&lt;/em&gt; means coming back from some experience ashamed of what happened, embarrassed by the result, significantly inferior to what one expected.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Carlo Lapucci's &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; lists it among other ones with a similar meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Partire a cavallo e tornare a piedi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Entrare papa in conclave e uscirne cardinale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Fare come i pifferi di montagna (che andarono per sonare e furono sonati)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Tornare a piè zoppo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Andare per lana e tornarsene tosi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Tornare con la coda fra le gambe&lt;/em&gt;, ovvero &lt;em&gt;come un can frustato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Tornare a mani vuote&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Tornare con le pive (trombe) nel sacco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Restare a bocca asciutta (a denti asciutti)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Restare con un palmo di naso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in all cases, they do not refer, as perhaps in the Japan example, to a generic unpleasant experience, but to a humiliating one, where an outcome taken for granted was degradingly missed, and the person was actually or figuratively beaten.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-09-15T10:47:01.423" LastActivityDate="2018-09-15T10:47:01.423" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9891" CreationDate="2018-09-15T10:39:11.500" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Taroccare in questo contesto mi sembra voglia dire fare la corte, corteggiare , “tacchinare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.linkiesta.it/it/article/2017/01/14/voce-del-verbo-taroccare-spiegato-dallaccademia-della-crusca/32931/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Voce del verbo “taroccare”, spiegato dall’Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare la seguente spiegazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In principio significava “praticare il gioco dei tarocchi”, o anche&#xA;  “corteggiare una donna”. Poi ha assunto il significato che gli diamo&#xA;  oggi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e più avanti si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il terzo significato è segnalato come regionalismo, 'corteggiare una&#xA;  donna', dal piemontese tarôché 'amoreggiare';&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-15T10:47:33.013" LastActivityDate="2018-09-15T10:47:33.013" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9894" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-09-16T10:42:16.127" Score="2" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il signor Podestà&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Possibile però che sua moglie Matilde se l’intendesse con Alfredo, l’&lt;strong&gt;accomodatore di porci&lt;/strong&gt;? Il suo galoppino e debitore Maurizio giurava di sí. Ma che poteva ancora trovarci Alfredo in Matilde?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato l'espressione &quot;accomodatore di porci&quot; in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino faccia riferimento al mestiere di questo Alfredo, ma non riesco a capire di quale mestiere si tratti. Me lo sapreste spiegare? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Matilde è la moglie del podestà. Maurizio è il galoppino e debitore del podestà. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo un altro brano del racconto per dare un po' piú de contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Maurizio, d’altra parte, non aveva alcun interesse a mentirgli, a farlo imbestialire senza fondato motivo. Ad oggi gli doveva duecentocinquanta lire, un sacco di calciocianamide e una carrata di fieno. A detta di Maurizio, la prima volta era stata la notte in cui lui festeggiava a Niella il nuovo podestà di quel paese, ed era successo nella stalla. Matilde interrogata aveva risposto – senza affanno, per la verità – che quella notte Alfredo era in casa loro, nella stalla precisamente, ma perché chiamato da lei per paura che la vacca vecchia crepasse. Andava effettivamente soggetta ad attacchi ed ogni volta sembrava dover tirare i calci, e Alfredo di bestie in genere era competente almeno quanto il veterinario condotto, e le sue tariffe inferiori di un quarto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T06:34:41.690" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T06:34:41.690" Title="Cos'è un &quot;accomodatore di porci&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9894" CreationDate="2018-09-16T15:48:40.547" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Accomodatore può significare chi ripara, quindi accomoda, qualche cosa oppure mette a posto una situazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso però il significato di accomodatore di porci mi sembra semplicemente quello di guardiano di maiali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-09-16T15:48:40.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9896" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9897" CreationDate="2018-09-18T11:27:04.577" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does this symbol mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Q6qs2.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Q6qs2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Il Decamerone Foto&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Decamerone, 1527 (available for free on google books)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4861" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-09-18T14:48:43.427" Title="16th-century character" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;typography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9896" CreationDate="2018-09-18T11:54:35.837" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;That would be the corresponding of present-day “&amp;amp;”, a glyph originated from a cursive ligature as a single character of an “e” and a “t”, to form &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/et/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Latin conjunction “et”&lt;/a&gt;, that is, “and”. And indeed it was and is still used in Italian, English and other languages to mean “and”. It's usually called &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ampersand&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“ampersand”&lt;/a&gt; in English and &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/E_commerciale&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;e commerciale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/x4alz.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/x4alz.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Image from Wikipedia&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-09-18T11:54:35.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9898" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9896" CreationDate="2018-09-18T14:48:43.427" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;If we look at the first page of the “Prohemio” (modern Italian, “Proemio”), we see&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/oqfKe.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/oqfKe.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which shows some peculiarities. The most prominent is the usage of “&amp;amp;” instead of &lt;em&gt;et&lt;/em&gt;. But we also see usages of “h” which modern Italian has dropped (humana, haver, havuto, hebbe) because it doesn't correspond to a sound (except in the verbal forms &lt;em&gt;ho&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;hai&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;hanno&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The conjunction &lt;em&gt;et&lt;/em&gt; was already pronounced &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; when in front of a consonant &lt;em&gt;Altissimu, onnipotente, bon Signore, tue so’ le laude, la gloria e l’honore et onne benedictione&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cantico_delle_creature&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cantico di S. Francesco&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;During the middle ages, a wealth of ligatures and abbreviations were used: “&amp;amp;” for “et” was very common (&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/et/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;also as abbreviation for “et” at the end of words&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It may look strange that in the first line of the text we find “et” and not “&amp;amp;” like in the other places. My guess is that using “&amp;amp;” would have posed typographic problems, but it shows that the usage was interchangeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The form you see is the italic version. This is how it's rendered in EB Garamond, that's based on almost contemporary fonts to the one used in the book.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/KkShN.png&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/KkShN.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other curiosities are &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the linked forms of the compound relative conjunctions &lt;em&gt;nelquale&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;liquali&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the “long s”, very similar to an “f”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;funny errors such as “de gliafflitti” and “diquegli”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The book was printed in London, and maybe the printer did not know Italian very well and confused “si” with “fi” (second line in the title)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-09-18T14:48:43.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9900" CreationDate="2018-09-20T17:34:41.483" Score="2" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il signor Podestà&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Matilde interrogata aveva risposto – senza affanno, per la verità – che quella notte Alfredo era in casa loro, nella stalla precisamente, ma perché chiamato da lei per paura che la vacca vecchia crepasse. Andava effettivamente soggetta ad attacchi ed ogni volta sembrava dover &lt;strong&gt;tirare i calci&lt;/strong&gt;, e Alfredo di bestie in genere era competente almeno quanto il veterinario condotto, e le sue tariffe inferiori di un quarto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;tirare i calci&quot; in questo brano? Alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=calcio%201&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;calcio&quot; del dizionario Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;tirare un calcio&quot; significa dare un colpo con il piede o con la zampa. Tuttavia, ho l'impressione che, nel passaggio sopra citato, questa locuzione abbia un senso figurato correlato a la &quot;paura che la vacca vecchia crepasse&quot;. È cosí?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-20T18:26:19.697" LastActivityDate="2018-09-20T20:11:00.263" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tirare i calci&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9900" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9899" CreationDate="2018-09-20T18:22:15.060" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di tirare i calci nel contesto da te citato è proprio quello che suggerisci tu, cioè aveva paura che la vacca crepasse. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti capita spesso che un animale mentre muore abbia spasmi violenti che gli fanno compiere movimenti involontari e repentini, tipo tirare calci. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste anche un’altra espressione simile, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/articoli/parole/decedere.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;tirare le cuoia&lt;/a&gt;, che significa morire, crepare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In tirare le cuoia, espressione d'ambito d'uso familiare con sfumatura&#xA;  spregiativa, (secondo quanto già annotato dal Tommaseo: «Tirar le&#xA;  cuoja, fam., volg. Modo basso. Morire»), le cuoia sono la forma&#xA;  plurale femminile di cuoio, sostantivo maschile usato propriamente per&#xA;  indicare la pelle conciata di alcuni animali e, con significato&#xA;  estensivo, per designare la pelle umana: secondo alcune&#xA;  interpretazioni, l'espressione potrebbe fare riferimento alla&#xA;  condizione di rigidità che insorge subito dopo la morte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In piemontese esiste anche un’altra espressione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikiquote.org/wiki/Modi_di_dire_piemontesi&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tiré i caossèt.&lt;/a&gt; Tirare i calzini. Morire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-20T20:11:00.263" LastActivityDate="2018-09-20T20:11:00.263" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9901" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9902" CreationDate="2018-09-21T17:39:51.607" Score="3" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il signor Podestà&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Maurizio però insisteva nella delazione. Quei due continuavano a vedersi, a fare, nottetempo, nel suo campo di fagioli. Ecco un particolare tormentoso. Il podestà aveva troppo buon ricordo dei fagioleti: era cosí comodo e gustoso, ricordava, assestare la ragazza in modo che le sue natiche campeggiassero sul dorso della &lt;strong&gt;biolca&lt;/strong&gt;… Che Matilde uscisse con Alfredo (facendola da furbi) non era poi estremamente grave, ciò che lo scottava era sapere che se la godesse a quel modo nel suo campo di fagioli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;biolca&quot; in questo passaggio? La definizione di questo termine come antica unità di misura di superficie che ho trovato nei dizionari non sembra avere molto senso in questo contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-22T19:34:51.657" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;biolca&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9901" CreationDate="2018-09-22T13:59:01.440" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, vista la (quasi) contemporaneità dell'autore e lo stile di scrittura, è più che probabile che il termine &quot;biolca&quot;, originariamente indicante un'unità di superficie, ed in particolare la superficie di un campo (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/biolca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;), sia utilizzato per intendere il campo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta infatti di una metonimia, nella quale per mezzo di una relazione di tipo qualitativo si indica il misurato con la misura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sul dorso di una mucca, né di un bue, né di una bifolca, ma sul dorso del campo. Sostiene la tesi della metonimia il fatto che l'uso di &quot;dorso&quot; con riferimento a rilievi o campi sia di natura quasi esclusivamente letteraria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1046" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-09-22T19:34:51.657" LastActivityDate="2018-09-22T19:34:51.657" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9903" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9904" CreationDate="2018-09-22T18:49:46.180" Score="2" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il signor Podestà&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma per quanto ci &lt;strong&gt;sfregasse sopra&lt;/strong&gt;, non riusciva a sentire un vero bruciore per quel tradimento. Era troppo assorbito e ricompensato dalla sua relazione benissimo avviata con Maria, l’unica figlia, minorenne, di Giovanni e Candida Cora, mezzadri nella cascina del veterinario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari che ho consultato, ho visto che &quot;sfregare&quot; significa &quot;fregare o strofinare una superficie&quot; oppure &quot;graffiare o urtare di striscio&quot;. Tuttavia, nel brano sopra citato, questo verbo sembra avere un senso figurato. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-23T07:56:22.200" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;sfregare sopra&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9903" CreationDate="2018-09-23T07:56:22.200" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso da te citato sfregare ha un senso figurato e significa rimuginare, ripensare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come nell'atto di sfregare tu passi più volte su uno stesso punto, alla stessa maniera, in senso figurato, per quanto pensasse e ripensasse al tradimento subìto, non riusciva a provare amarezza grazie soprattutto alla nuova relazione che era appena sbocciata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-09-23T07:56:22.200" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9905" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-09-23T17:51:04.043" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;I thought the participle doesn't agree with object when the auxiliary verb is 'avere'. But while watching the film &quot;13dici a tavola&quot; (2004), I am coming across examples like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(18:40) The housekeeper says: &quot;Mi scusi, l'avevo riconosciuta, ma ero&#xA;nell'orto.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(22:48) Matilde says: &quot;Cos'è, l'ho detta troppo grossa?&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this colloquialism or peculiarity of the Tuscan dialect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T16:14:16.570" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T16:14:16.570" Title="Participle agreement question from &quot;13dici a tavola&quot;" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2018-09-23T23:14:12.020" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9905" CreationDate="2018-09-23T18:27:25.070" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I thought the participle doesn't agree with object when the auxiliary verb is 'avere'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This only applies when the direct object isn’t a clitic pronoun attached to the auxiliary. I have made a flowchart that explains the process:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/OdroF.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/OdroF.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastActivityDate="2018-09-23T18:27:25.070" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6925" CreationDate="2018-09-24T00:34:12.283" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, &lt;em&gt;credere che&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;pensare che&lt;/em&gt; are not always followed by the subjunctive mood. There are cases where using the indicative mood is possible or even obligatory. &lt;em&gt;Grande grammatica italiana di consultazione, vol. 2&lt;/em&gt; says about this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/21EiM.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/21EiM.png&quot; alt=&quot;Grande grammatica di consultazione, vol. 2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the speaker and the person denoted by the subject of the predicate are not identical — and this is, except for the 1st pers. sing. pres. &lt;em&gt;credo&lt;/em&gt;, always the case — it opens, for one, the possibility to indicate through the choice of mood whether or not the former shares the belief of the latter. […] On the other hand, the indicative mood can also express one’s conviction of the truth of the dependent clause’s content. This also applies in cases where the person denoted by the subject of the predicate and the speaker are identical, should the dependent clause need to be expressed as their firm conviction. The dependent clause’s communicative function thus approaches that of an only slightly weakened assertion. The relative autonomy of the dependent clause that emerges in this way allows the choice of the indicative mood, especially in cases where the subjects of the main and dependent clauses are referentially identical:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Credo che ho dimenticato gli occhiali proprio lì.&lt;/em&gt; — I think I forgot my glasses right there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;«Credo che mi annoiavo e anelavo il momento che la giornata riprendesse»&lt;/em&gt; — “I think I was bored and longing for the moment when the day would begin again” (C. Pavese, &lt;em&gt;Storia segreta&lt;/em&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;Racconti&lt;/em&gt;, Turin, Einaudi, 1960, p. 485)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these cases, &lt;em&gt;credo&lt;/em&gt; can be replaced with a sentential adverb such as &lt;em&gt;probabilmente&lt;/em&gt; (“probably”). The phrase &lt;em&gt;Credo che Dio esiste&lt;/em&gt; (“I believe that God exists”) should be mentioned in this context, wherein &lt;em&gt;credo&lt;/em&gt; can’t even be interpreted as a weakening of the dependent clause’s statement anymore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It goes on to say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/XDJs4.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/XDJs4.png&quot; alt=&quot;Grande grammatica di consultazione, vol. 2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the indicative mood can also be used to express, almost quote, something as somebody else’s firm conviction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;C’è gente che crede che la libertà e l’ordine non sono compatibili.&lt;/em&gt; — There are people who believe that freedom and order aren’t compatible.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The indicative mood is obligatory after imperatives and corresponding expressions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Creda che è&lt;/em&gt; / *&lt;em&gt;sia una grande sofferenza per noi assistere a questa situazione senza poter fare niente.&lt;/em&gt; — Believe me, it is really hard for us to witness this situation without being able to do anything.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Creda che sono&lt;/em&gt; / *&lt;em&gt;io sia veramente mortificato.&lt;/em&gt; — Believe me, I am really sorry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The book explains later on that the latter also applies to &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/W5OWS.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/W5OWS.png&quot; alt=&quot;Grande grammatica di consultazione, vol. 2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ma pensi che tutti si sono schierati contro di noi.&lt;/em&gt; — To think that everyone opposed us.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of this can be seen with the verb &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; in this panel of a comic:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/VU96Z.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/VU96Z.png&quot; alt=&quot;”Pensa che mi hanno regalato un paio di sci d'acqua …”&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Imagine that, I got a pair of water skis as a gift.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/4sLgM.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/4sLgM.png&quot; alt=&quot;Grande grammatica di consultazione, vol. 2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The indicative mood is also common after complex predicates of the type &lt;em&gt;dar a credere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;far credere&lt;/em&gt; (“to make believe”), especially to get across the subject’s intention to convince someone of the (presumed) truth of the dependent clause:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo faceva per dare a credere che con me aveva confidenza.&lt;/em&gt; — He did it to make me believe that he was on friendly terms with me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tu volevi farmi credere che era stato tuo figlio, non tu a telefonarmi.&lt;/em&gt; — You wanted me to believe that it was your son who called me, not you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of this can be found in Niccolò Amenta’s &lt;em&gt;La Fante&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://archive.is/3enKW&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;… mi vuoi far credere, che non vuoi maritarti?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; — …you want me to believe that you don’t want to get married?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The book goes on to explain that the indicative mood also appears after &lt;em&gt;non credere&lt;/em&gt;, especially if, contrary to what the subject of the predicate believes, the content of the dependent clause is true:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/cMt2m.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/cMt2m.png&quot; alt=&quot;Grande grammatica di consultazione, vol. 2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Carlo si ostina a non (voler) credere che sono stati insieme dal preside.&lt;/em&gt; — Charles refuses to believe that they were in the principal’s office together. (that is: they really were in the principal’s office together)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non credo che si tratta di un lavoro improbo.&lt;/em&gt; — I don’t think it’s a grueling job.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Will expand this later to also cover&lt;/em&gt; pensare.&lt;em&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4210" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-09-24T00:34:12.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9908" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="54" CreationDate="2018-09-24T09:48:16.827" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The question of past participle agreement with auxiliary verb &quot;avere&quot; when direct object is present in the sentence is covered in sections 365 to 369 of the book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Luca Serianni. In section 365 this author explains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si ha [...] obbligo di accordo quando il participio si riferisca a uno dei seguenti pronomi atoni precedenti: &lt;em&gt;lo, la, li, le&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, agreement is compulsory when participle refers to one of these pronouns preceding it: &lt;em&gt;&quot;lo&quot;, &quot;la&quot;, &quot;li&quot;, &quot;le&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This book gives these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;io vedo sempre lui che me &lt;em&gt;l'ha data&lt;/em&gt;, questa libertà&quot; (Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Il giuco delle parti&lt;/em&gt;, III 33).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&quot;Di quei funghi si fece, in famiglia, un gran parlare: e i miei fratelli dissero alla mia nonna paterna [...] che &lt;em&gt;li avremmo cucinati e mangiati&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (Ginzburg, &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;, 31).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As explained by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;, another case in which agreement of participle with direct object is compulsory is when the pronominal particle &lt;em&gt;&quot;ne&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is used as a partitive with the function of direct object, as in these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;di film, &lt;em&gt;ne ho visti&lt;/em&gt; parecchi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ho comprato delle mele e &lt;em&gt;ne ho mangiate&lt;/em&gt; tre (Cordin 2001: 650).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other instances with auxiliary verb &quot;avere&quot; in which agreement of past participle with direct object is optional, with a tendency in modern Italian to not do such agreement. They are covered in detail in Serianni's book. Some of them are explained in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accordo-participio-passato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article by Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T17:59:07.390" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T17:59:07.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1160" CreationDate="2018-09-25T20:58:15.447" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can think of it as a series, originated by the first and then somehow personalised by different people from different regions, I'm from Genova (Genoa) where it's usage is really common and with regional variants. (You'll find one at the bottom of the list.) All versions mean &lt;em&gt;you are out of your mind&lt;/em&gt;. The more common I've heard are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere fuori di senno&lt;/em&gt; (Probably the original version and the more traditional one.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere fuori di testa&lt;/em&gt; (Originally among young people, which by now got old.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere fuori&lt;/em&gt; (The implicit, shorter version which is also heard as &lt;em&gt;ma sei fuori?&lt;/em&gt;, as rhetoric question.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere fuori come un balcone&lt;/em&gt; (It was very common when I was a student in the 60's, and still is.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere fuori come un poggiolo&lt;/em&gt; (It has the same meaning of &lt;em&gt;essere fuori come un balcone&lt;/em&gt; in local dialects, and it is also used since 60's.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I now live in the Southern Italy, and I don't hear it very often.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4873" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-09-26T13:11:02.820" LastActivityDate="2018-09-26T13:11:02.820" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9910" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9911" CreationDate="2018-09-26T13:22:24.440" Score="5" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I were to tell somebody what I did, and the other person asked me &lt;em&gt;Hai fatto cosa?&lt;/em&gt; I would take it as a request to repeat what I did, similarly to &lt;em&gt;Cosa hai fatto?&lt;/em&gt; but with &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; moved to the end of the sentence for emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does the sentence have also another meaning, or am I understanding it wrongly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-09-26T13:47:29.943" LastActivityDate="2018-09-26T17:19:29.713" Title="Is &quot;Hai fatto cosa?&quot; understood as a request to repeat what done?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9910" CreationDate="2018-09-26T13:33:52.570" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally, you say &lt;em&gt;Cosa hai fatto?&lt;/em&gt; to ask other people what they did, also with an interrogative tone of voice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hai fatto cosa?&lt;/em&gt; is not used this way, but usually when the other person didn't correctly understand what you just did, or that person understood that, but he is startled.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;[A]&lt;/strong&gt; Sai che ho fatto? Ho gettato nell'immondizia la tua collezione di fumetti rari a cui tenevi tanto!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;[B]&lt;/strong&gt; Hai fatto cosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case you would say &lt;em&gt;Hai fatto cosa?&lt;/em&gt; with a very angered tone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-26T17:19:29.713" LastActivityDate="2018-09-26T17:19:29.713" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9912" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9913" CreationDate="2018-09-27T15:44:19.770" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il signor Podestà&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A metà si fermò, da dove aveva completa visuale della cascina dei Cora, laggiú, presso il ponticello sul rio secco affluente di Belbo, dirimpetto al mulino abbandonato. Di lassú però non poteva distinguere i dettagli – &lt;strong&gt;leggi&lt;/strong&gt; presenze e movimenti dei familiari di Maria – quindi discese di un altro centinaio di scalini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;leggi&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato i termini &quot;leggio&quot; e &quot;legge&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che abbia senso in questo contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-27T17:08:41.700" Title="Significato di &quot;leggi&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9913" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9912" CreationDate="2018-09-27T17:08:41.700" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;em&gt;leggi&lt;/em&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;cioè&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;vale a dire&lt;/em&gt;. Il senso letterale è quello di un'esortazione a leggere &lt;em&gt;presenze e movimenti [...] di Maria&lt;/em&gt; al posto di &lt;em&gt;dettagli&lt;/em&gt;. Esempi più semplici di questa costruzione sono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il capo ha dato dei consigli - leggi ordini - all'interno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Luigi negava sempre che la sua franchezza - leggi maleducazione - gli causasse problemi con le donne&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-09-27T17:08:41.700" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7681" CreationDate="2018-09-27T23:22:03.017" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Budello&lt;/em&gt; non è un termine toscano ma Livornese che significa &lt;em&gt;puttana&lt;/em&gt;. È un'offesa. Io son toscana e sto a Firenze e qui non si usa, si dice &lt;em&gt;grullo&lt;/em&gt;, ovvero scemo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4879" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-09-28T10:42:38.763" LastActivityDate="2018-09-28T10:42:38.763" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9915" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-09-28T12:55:56.437" Score="4" ViewCount="904" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scendo dalle scale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scendo per le scale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Salgo dalle scale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Salgo per le scale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A mio modo di vedere sono tutte intercambiabili, anche se la &quot;3&quot; mi suona poco fluida.&#xA;Ovviamente ci tengo a precisare che la mia domanda è rivolta alla forma intransitiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ps: il dizionario mi da &quot;per le scale&quot; anche senza &quot;giù&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-28T13:07:40.880" LastActivityDate="2020-01-26T11:01:55.297" Title="Salire/scendere... con quali preposizioni?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9916" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9917" CreationDate="2018-09-29T08:47:10.510" Score="2" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene quali sono le differenze di uso tra i verbi &quot;ritornare&quot; e &quot;rientrare&quot; quando hanno il senso di tornare di nuovo a un posto. Per esempio, immaginate una persona che è andata a vivere per alcuni anni all'estero ma adesso è di nuovo nella mia città, con l'intenzione di restare per un po' di tempo. Cosa dovrei dire? È ritornata a Barcellona? È rientrata a Barcellona? Posso usare ambedue i verbi? Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-09-29T14:45:41.040" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;ritornare&quot; e &quot;rientrare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9916" CreationDate="2018-09-29T13:48:53.277" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come indicato dal Treccani, &lt;em&gt;rientrare&lt;/em&gt;, che ha come primo significato quello di ”entrare di nuovo” in un luogo da cui si era usciti, può significare, per estensione, “tornare” in un luogo abituale (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rientrare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rientrare/&lt;/a&gt;). Nel caso proposto nella domanda, si può dire &lt;em&gt;tornare a Barcellona&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ritornare a Barcellona&lt;/em&gt; in ogni caso e, solo nel caso in cui la persona sia di Barcellona o Barcellona sia la sua residenza abituale, &lt;em&gt;rientrare a Barcellona&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="2136" LastEditDate="2018-09-29T14:45:41.040" LastActivityDate="2018-09-29T14:45:41.040" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9918" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-09-29T15:29:26.187" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dare, conferire, assegnare, attribuire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario li dà come sinonimi, anche se alcune frasi mi suonano un po' male:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti ho dato un incarico.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti ho dato dei soldi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti ho dato la colpa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti ho dato un premio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo dare in sé regge qualsiasi sostantivo, mentre gli altri verbi da me elencati mi risultano a volte inadatti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti ho conferito/assegnato  la colpa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti ho conferito/assegnato dei soldi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia sensazione era inizialmente che i verbi elencati, ad eccezione di &quot;dare&quot;, potessero sostituirsi a quest'ultimo sono nei casi di sostantivi che indicano qualcosa di astratto (colpa o incarico) e non fisico (premio o soldi).&#xA;Sinceramente andrei per intuito, ma mi trovo in difficoltà nell'uso di questi verbi.&#xA;Potete aiutarmi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-09-30T10:02:59.793" LastActivityDate="2018-10-01T19:51:27.637" Title="Differenza di significato fra questi verbi?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9919" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9921" CreationDate="2018-09-29T16:27:05.490" Score="6" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;Previously I asked someone and they confirmed that the usage of &quot;un/uno&quot; is aligned with &quot;il/lo&quot;, both use the O version before a noun that starts with S + a consonant or Z or PS.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However some told me that there are cases where you use &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; for a singular noun but &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; for its plural form. I have forgot the details.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are all nouns that use &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; as their singular article use &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; as their plural article? If not, is there a word that you would say &lt;em&gt;il something&lt;/em&gt; and at the same time &lt;em&gt;gli somethings&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastActivityDate="2018-10-03T17:19:02.290" Title="Is the usage of &quot;il&quot; vs &quot;lo&quot; and &quot;i&quot; vs &quot;gli&quot; aligned?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9919" CreationDate="2018-09-30T07:44:59.007" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, they're aligned, except for one case that's &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9919/is-the-usage-of-il-vs-lo-and-i-vs-gli-aligned#comment22108_9919&quot;&gt;mentioned by DaG&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;il dio / gli dei&lt;/strong&gt;   as stated in the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=8j2qBAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT176&amp;amp;lpg=PT176&amp;amp;dq=%22il+dio%22+%22gli+dei%22+articolo+unica+eccezione&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=lFfGsOQ0ef&amp;amp;sig=pJBFBOLUL-K7zHddT8mux0UjFa0&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjInZOxo-fdAhWmiIsKHS82BS0Q6AEwBnoECAAQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22il%20dio%22%20%22gli%20dei%22%20articolo%20unica%20eccezione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'italiano for dummies&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by  Antonio Zoppetti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tutto chiaro? E allora che &quot;gli dei&quot; fulminino chi dovesse ancora sbagliare! Non vi siete accorti di nulla? Si vede che state andando a orecchio, invece di aver digerito le regole, altrimenti avreste notato subito che &lt;em&gt;il dio&lt;/em&gt; al plurale diventa &lt;em&gt;gli dei&lt;/em&gt;, non &quot;i dei&quot;, ma questa violazione di quanto esposto sino a qui non è che l'unica eccezione che conferma la regola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One uses &lt;strong&gt;lo&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;l'&lt;/strong&gt;) or &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; before a masculine noun if it begins with &lt;em&gt;s + consonant&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;z-&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ps-&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;gn-&lt;/em&gt;. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;lo stesso / gli stessi, lo zitto / gli zitti, lo psicologo / gli psicologi, lo gnocco / gli gnocchi, l'amico / gli amici&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4880" LastEditDate="2018-10-03T17:19:02.290" LastActivityDate="2018-10-03T17:19:02.290" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9922" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9923" CreationDate="2018-09-30T07:54:02.910" Score="5" ViewCount="918" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/9919/4814&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9919/is-the-usage-of-il-vs-lo-and-i-vs-gli-aligned#comment22108_9919&quot;&gt;DaG mentioned&lt;/a&gt; that the plural form and article of the word &lt;em&gt;il dio&lt;/em&gt; are &lt;em&gt;gli dei&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;i dei&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is the word &lt;em&gt;dio&lt;/em&gt; special? How did it become special?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/9919/4814&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9919/is-the-usage-of-il-vs-lo-and-i-vs-gli-aligned#comment22108_9919&quot;&gt;DaG citava&lt;/a&gt; che la forma plurale e l'articolo della parola &lt;em&gt;il dio&lt;/em&gt; sono &lt;em&gt;gli dei&lt;/em&gt; anziché &lt;em&gt;i dei&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere la ragione dell'articolo &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; davanti alla parole &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-09-30T09:16:15.980" LastActivityDate="2020-07-18T10:10:21.833" Title="Perché è &quot;il dio&quot; ma è &quot;gli dei&quot; nella forma plurale?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9922" CreationDate="2018-09-30T08:05:41.213" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found this in &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/D/dei-gli-dei.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Si dice o non si dice&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; by Hoepli Editore:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DÈI: PERCHÉ GLI DÈI E NON I DÈI?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diciamo &lt;em&gt;i deboli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i devoti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i&#xA;deserti&lt;/em&gt;; ma perché allora &lt;em&gt;gli dèi&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;i dèi&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C’è nella nostra lingua&#xA;la forma &lt;em&gt;Iddio&lt;/em&gt; nata anticamente da &lt;em&gt;il Dio&lt;/em&gt;, dove l’articolo s’è fuso&#xA;col nome. La parola si scriveva anche con la &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; minuscola quando&#xA;riferita alle divinità pagane: &lt;em&gt;iddio&lt;/em&gt; con plurale &lt;em&gt;iddíi&lt;/em&gt; e anche &lt;em&gt;iddei&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Di queste varie forme, solo &lt;em&gt;Iddio&lt;/em&gt; con la maiuscola è ancora vivo&#xA;nell’uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto questo spiega la ragione dell’articolo &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;anziché &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; davanti a dei: perché anticamente la parola era &lt;em&gt;iddei&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;dunque &lt;em&gt;gli iddei&lt;/em&gt;, come &lt;em&gt;gli ideali&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli idranti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli idiomi&lt;/em&gt; eccetera&#xA;(vedi alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/I/il-lo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;il oppure lo?&lt;/a&gt;). Ma caduto il gruppo iniziale &lt;em&gt;id&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;l’articolo &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; ha pensato bene di rimanere abusivamente al suo posto e&#xA;non cederlo ad un &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; che sarebbe grammaticalmente più corretto.&#xA;Ennesima dimostrazione che la lingua non la fanno i grammatici ma&#xA;l’uso (e a volte il sopruso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And its approximate translation is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We say &lt;em&gt;i deboli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i devoti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i deserti&lt;/em&gt; but why then &lt;em&gt;gli dèi&lt;/em&gt; and&#xA;not &lt;em&gt;i dèi&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In our language there is the form &lt;em&gt;Iddio&lt;/em&gt; coming from the ancient &lt;em&gt;il&#xA;Dio&lt;/em&gt;, where the article fused with the name. The word was written also with&#xA;the lowercase when referring to pagan deities: &lt;em&gt;iddio&lt;/em&gt; with the&#xA;plural &lt;em&gt;iddii&lt;/em&gt; and also &lt;em&gt;iddei&lt;/em&gt;.  Of these various forms, only &lt;em&gt;Iddio&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;with the capital letter is still alive in current usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This explains the reason of the article &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; before dei: because in the past the word was &lt;em&gt;iddei&lt;/em&gt;, the same as &lt;em&gt;gli ideali&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli idranti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli idiomi&lt;/em&gt; etc. (take a look to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/I/il-lo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;il oppure lo?&lt;/a&gt; (dictionary) entry). But after the dropping of the initial group &lt;em&gt;id-&lt;/em&gt;, the article &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; decided to stay illegally without giving up its place to an &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; which would be more grammatically correct.&#xA;Further demonstration that language is not made by grammarians but by the usage (and sometimes the abuse).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, as mentioned by @Charo, there is an interesting and more extensive &lt;a href=&quot;http://nencioni.sns.it/fileadmin/template/allegati/QuesitiRisposte/2000_20/2000_20_Risposta_13.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article by Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; answering your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-10-01T16:02:29.330" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9924" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9926" CreationDate="2018-09-30T22:14:44.943" Score="6" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;parlando&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;parlante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;credendo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;credente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;dante&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dando&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and many others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are they the same thing? Does parlando and parlante both mean speaking, does it matter which one you use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4881" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-01T10:54:33.690" LastActivityDate="2018-10-01T10:54:33.690" Title="Difference between parlando and parlante" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9926" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9924" CreationDate="2018-10-01T06:24:43.897" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You aren't going to distinguish them if you to translate to English word-by-word, because they both translate to &quot;speaking&quot;. Some understanding of grammar / sentence construction is necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parlante&lt;/strong&gt; works as an adjective, can be inflected normally (plural &lt;em&gt;parlanti&lt;/em&gt;), and means &quot;that is speaking / that speaks&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;il grillo parlante&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;the speaking cricket; the cricket who can speak&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Parlando&lt;/strong&gt; has the grammatical function of a verb, and only appears in a few very specific constructions; the most common is the translation of the present continuous&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Giovanni sta parlando&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;Giovanni is speaking&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it can also appear as the main verb of a subordinate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;We spent the night speaking about football&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;Abbiamo trascorso la notte parlando di calcio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2018-10-01T06:24:43.897" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9927" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9928" CreationDate="2018-10-01T11:15:05.610" Score="7" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a purely Italian word for &quot;receptionist&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I looked into online dictionaries and only found: &quot;addetto alla &lt;em&gt;reception&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="282" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-01T12:31:56.537" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T12:31:56.537" Title="Italian word for &quot;receptionist&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9927" CreationDate="2018-10-01T13:24:53.450" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't remind right now a single Italian term to translate &quot;receptionist&quot; but you could certainly refer to him using &lt;strong&gt;addetto al ricevimento&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;addetto alla ricezione&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=receptionist&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; also indicates this entry:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;addetto (m.; f. -a) all’accettazione (di albergo, ospedale ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some cases the term or expression could change depending on the context you're talking about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-01T14:59:53.967" LastActivityDate="2018-10-01T14:59:53.967" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9918" CreationDate="2018-10-01T15:48:37.077" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Attenzione, il fatto che due verbi siano sinonimi non gli conferisce lo stesso identico significato, né segnala che siano sempre e in ogni contesto intercambiabili; consiglio quindi di valutare in ogni contesto il verbo da usare dopo aver capito le varie sfumature di significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Attribuire&lt;/strong&gt;: assegnare con giudizio, ritenere originato da. Esempi: La commissione ha attribuito il premio a ... / La morte di... è attribuita all'eccessivo uso di farmaci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Assegnare&lt;/strong&gt;: fissare come proprio, stabilire, affidare. Esempio: Lo stato ha assegnato ai militari le terre conquistate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conferire&lt;/strong&gt;: attribuire, aggiungere, concedere. Esempio: La spezia conferisce sapore al piatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attenzione: questi sono i significati molto riassunti; ti consiglio di cercare i verbi nel sito della Treccani per ulteriori dettagli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4880" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-01T19:51:27.637" LastActivityDate="2018-10-01T19:51:27.637" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9931" CreationDate="2018-10-02T07:03:40.990" Score="2" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il signor Podestà&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – … che lui non abbia nozione della sua colpa – ce l’ha, intendiamoci, ce l’ha a mucchio – e si ostini a negare, a difendersi finché voi due perdiate la testa. Non vorrei, insomma, finissimo in Tribunale. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Non finiamo laggiú, – disse Giovanni, – finisce tutto qui e regolare. &lt;strong&gt;Patisce&lt;/strong&gt; al portafoglio, ma capirà anche lui che il portafoglio non butta sangue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il senso di questo &quot;patisce&quot; che appare in questo brano? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;patire&quot; in alcuni dizionario, ma non ho saputo trovare nulla che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-10-02T07:44:05.037" Title="Cosa significa &quot;patire&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9930" CreationDate="2018-10-02T07:44:05.037" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una persona può patire ai reni, allo stomaco e così via, nel senso di soffrire. Nel caso specifico, la persona cui si riferisce Giovanni, patirà al portafoglio, considerato come una parte del corpo: &quot;Gli farà male il portafoglio”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per qualcuno molto attaccato al denaro, una perdita finanziaria può essere più dolorosa che una martellata sul pollice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-10-02T07:44:05.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8611" CreationDate="2018-10-03T07:49:30.423" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;è uno scappato di casa&quot; nel senso dispregiativo moderno nasce a Genova più di vent'anni fa. Veniva utilizzata per definire persone strane, folcloristiche oppure per definire anche persone malavitose. Pur essendo una vecchia espressione già utilizzata nel nord Italia, il suo utilizzo quotidiano nel gergo quotidiano, soprattutto nell'area  genovese,  nacque  e si insediò nel linguaggio comune intorno all'anno 1996. Utilizzato da subito dalle persone più giovani poi divenne di utilizzo comune.&#xA;Ovviamente ha un ampio utilizzo a seconda di come viene inserito nella frase, come è  tipico nella lingua genovese.&#xA;Può  avere una valenza ironica, goliardica oppure definire la persona in senso negativo.&#xA;La vicinanza con Milano negli ultimi anni ne ha amplificato l'utilizzo. Soprattutto mediante l'utilizzo del mondo editoriale che lo ha fatto diventare un espressione comune.&#xA;Quindi questa espressione gergale &quot;moderna&quot; ha origine genovese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4891" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-10-03T08:32:46.480" LastActivityDate="2018-10-03T08:32:46.480" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9933" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9934" CreationDate="2018-10-03T20:30:48.433" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il paese&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il medico rise gutturalmente e nient’altro, poi aspirò la prima boccata. – Maledetto Placido, – disse subito dopo, – non ti dà una sigaretta fumabile. E si capisce. Tiene il tabacco in bottega sotto lo &lt;strong&gt;scanno&lt;/strong&gt; del sale, il sale trasuda e va a infettare il tabacco. Questa è chimica pura, signori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;scanno&quot; in questo passaggio? Nei dizionari che ho consultato non ho saputo trovare niente che abbia senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-03T21:14:26.950" LastActivityDate="2018-10-03T21:14:26.950" Title="Significato di &quot;scanno&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9933" CreationDate="2018-10-03T21:13:42.203" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo scanno è in piemontese una sorta di asse munito di due gambe di sostegno che veniva usata nelle botteghe anche come ripiano per poggiare la merce in vendita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani riporta anche la variante &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scagno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scagno&lt;/a&gt; che significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Variante settentr. (presente anche in qualche altro dialetto) di&#xA;  scanno, spec. nel sign. di sgabello; anche ufficio, negozietto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/scagno.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; riporta il seguente significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;s.m. (pl. -gni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 dial. Ufficio, studio del commerciante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2 ant. Scanno, scranna, sedile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://alessandrialisondria.altervista.org/dialet-lissandren-dizionario-alessandrino-italiano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Questo dizionario di piemontese&lt;/a&gt; riporta anche un altro significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;scàgn (s. m.). scranno, panca. Anche l’asse, munito di due gambe di&#xA;  sostegno, usato dalle lavandaie per lavare i panni nelle rogge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-10-03T21:13:42.203" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9935" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9936" CreationDate="2018-10-04T19:03:35.520" Score="2" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il paese&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ora piantatela, – disse Paco e gridò verso il retro per un’altra bottiglia.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ho sentito ordinare un’altra bottiglia, – disse rapido il medico. – Chi la paga? &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Chi l’ha comandata, no? – fece Paco: – Io, quello che ha corso il rischio di diventar tuo cognato. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Venne la proprietaria in persona, a sturare e mescere. – Ginna, – le disse il falegname: – sapevi che ti amavo, ma mi hai preferito Fresco.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – E ben contenta che sono, – disse l’ostessa, malgrado l’età scartando agilmente la mano del falegname che le insidiava il deretano. – Tocca tua moglie, Gino. La tocchi troppo poco, Gino, e c’è rischio che si faccia toccare da altri.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; They all chuckled e Gino disse: – Me ne frego, è ormai arrivata all’età che possiamo fare tutt’e due i comunisti.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Tieni la bocca chiusa, Gino, – disse Paco con molta attenzione.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Del resto, dici e non pensi, – aggiunse il medico.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Dico e penso, invece, – fece Gino &lt;strong&gt;arrovellandosi&lt;/strong&gt; col bicchiere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che, in questo racconto, Fenoglio scrive di tanto in tanto qualcosa in inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado abbia cercato il verbo &quot;arrovellare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, non riesco a capire cosa possa significare &quot;arrovellandosi col bicchiere&quot;. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-10-04T21:40:35.657" Title="Cosa vuol dire arrovellarsi in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9935" CreationDate="2018-10-04T20:13:12.183" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendo questo significato dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arrovellare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;rifl. a. Rodersi internamente, arrabbiarsi, stizzirsi: &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano proposto significa che il personaggio è stizzito per la conversazione che evidentemente non gradisce e questo suo stato d'animo è manifesto dal modo in cui tiene in mano il bicchiere, probabilmente nella scena sta giocherellando con questo oggetto in modo nervoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-04T21:40:35.657" LastActivityDate="2018-10-04T21:40:35.657" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9937" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-05T18:21:10.747" Score="9" ViewCount="2487" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere l’origine dell’espressione “che pizza” per esprimere noia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in rete un sacco di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lettera43.it/it/comefare/curiosita/2017/07/12/perche-si-dice-che-pizza/8208/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;supposizioni&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garysassano.it/che-cavolo-che-pizza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spiegazioni&lt;/a&gt; ma nessuna che abbia un fondamento o provenga da fonti attendibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui di seguito le supposizioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare sono tre le possibili interpretazioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;per pizza non&#xA;si intende la pietanza vera e propria, ma la custodia metallica che&#xA;contiene la pellicola cinematografica, chiamata anch'essa per&#xA;l'appunto “pizza”, per cui probabilmente questa locuzione deriva da un&#xA;film lungo e noioso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La pizza, intesa come pietanza, è di forma&#xA;piatta, pertanto questo modo di dire potrebbe aver avuto origine per&#xA;analogia pizza = piattume = noia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;L'ultima via interpretativa è&#xA;sempre legata alla pizza intesa come pietanza, a differenza della&#xA;precedente non si riferisce alla forma ma ai tempi lunghi di&#xA;levitazione della pasta che in media richiede un giorno intero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui quella considerata spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tante volte si dice “che pizza!“, per dire “che noia!”, che roba lunga&#xA;e senza fine. Ecco, ma cosa ha a che fare ciò con le pizze, quelle&#xA;così buone che si possono mangiare? Soltanto un contenitore.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Un tempo&#xA;infatti, al posto delle scatole in cartone, le pizze venivano&#xA;trasportate dentro dei contenitori di metallo che le conservavano&#xA;calde. Le bobine cinematografiche erano conservate dentro dei&#xA;contenitori di metallo affini, simili esternamente a quelli con cui si&#xA;trasportavano calde le pizze. &lt;Br&gt;&#xA;La cosa è incominciata dicendo di un&#xA;film “che pizza!“, cioè vale soltanto sì e no la pellicola con cui è&#xA;stato fatto, ma per il resto non vale niente. Quando finisce questo&#xA;film? Quando finisce questo filmato? Quando finisce questa bobina?&#xA;Ecco da dove deriva il modo di dire “che pizza!“&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.storiedipersone.com/wordpress/ma-che-pizza-ora-ho-capito-il-perche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa ulteriore spiegazione&lt;/a&gt; viene considerata più autorevole:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Continuando la mia ricerca, ho trovato una versione più autorevole&#xA;proveniente dall’Accademia Pizzaioli di Gruaro, in provincia di&#xA;Venezia. Secondo loro questo detto popolare deriva dal fatto che la&#xA;pizza a volte risulta difficile da digerire, causando gonfiore e molta&#xA;sete. Le cause possono essere imputate ad una lievitazione troppo&#xA;breve o all’impiego di ingredienti di scarsa qualità. Ecco spiegato il&#xA;perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe preferibile che fosse l’Accademia della Crusca...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T15:29:48.193" Title="Perché si dice “che pizza” per esprimere noia?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9938" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-07T09:28:45.840" Score="2" ViewCount="197" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il paese&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si sporse con un pacchetto molto bene confezionato e solido. – Le rincresce sporgerlo al parroco? – disse a Jeanne che s’era fatta fuori per un glimpse alla corriera.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Che è?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;– Libri, credo, – disse Eugenio.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Libri!? – ironizzò il falegname. – Preservativi sono, se per il parroco. Credete a me, una grossa di preservativi –. E si schivò per non riceversi lo schiaffo di Jeanne.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – E perché dunque non vai mai a confessarti da lui? – obiettò Gino.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – È perché non ho peccati, – disse Jeanne, col pacco in mano.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Peccati ne hai, se ti fai una volta al mese due colline per andarti a confessare da quel di San Rocco.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Avrà un battocchio piú grosso, – disse &lt;strong&gt;a messo&lt;/strong&gt;, senza troppo calcare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che, in questo racconto, Fenoglio scrive, di tanto in tanto, alcune parole o espressioni in inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato della locuzione &quot;a messo&quot; in questo brano? Non l'ho trovata in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-10-07T09:28:45.840" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;a messo&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2248" CreationDate="2018-10-08T16:34:49.573" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As Bakuriu has exhaustively explained, &lt;em&gt;di nuovo&lt;/em&gt; indicates just the repetition of actions meanwhile ancora (pronounced &lt;em&gt;ancòra&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;àncora&lt;/em&gt;, which mean anchor) alters its meaning depending on the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, &lt;em&gt;ancòra&lt;/em&gt; it's widely and variously (and not necessarily grammatically incorrect) employed in dialects along all the peninsula to describe temporal or hypotetical sentences when followed by a verb at its imperative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4902" LastActivityDate="2018-10-08T16:34:49.573" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9940" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9943" CreationDate="2018-10-09T12:09:39.043" Score="2" ViewCount="170" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere come sia possibile decidere se una parola è in linguaggio formale o meno. Per esempio, in un contesto formale ho la scelta fra scrivere che un cavo è stato &quot;disconnesso&quot; o &quot;scollegato&quot;; per quanto riguarda il mio gusto e/o sensazione, credo che &quot;disconnesso&quot; sia più formale, ma non riesco a spiegare il perché. Qualcuno può aiutarmi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3381" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-09T13:16:53.410" LastActivityDate="2018-10-09T20:57:26.090" Title="Linguaggio formale ed informale" Tags="&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9941" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-09T14:22:05.887" Score="6" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's the question. Dictionaries tell that it can be used with items or clothing meaning &quot;wearing&quot; but that would probably be &quot;mano in guanto&quot;. Can any native speaker help me there?&#xA;This is from 1600 etiquette advice: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Et quì vò dire, che le Dame in Ballo, nel pigliar per la mano i&#xA;  Cavalieri, non debbono pigliarli con havere il guanto in mano, il che&#xA;  facendo, come ad alcune hò veduto fare, sono poi da tutti derise, &amp;amp;&#xA;  beffeggiate;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4905" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-09T14:36:39.187" LastActivityDate="2018-10-12T17:55:48.143" Title="Does &quot;guanto in mano&quot; mean &quot;wearing&quot; or &quot;carrying&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9941" CreationDate="2018-10-09T15:07:17.783" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence you wrote is a ambiguous on its own, and could mean both things. However, if we look a little further in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pbm.com/~lindahl/caroso2/transcription/0100.clean.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;text&lt;/a&gt; we see that it says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le Dame in Ballo, nel&#xA;  pigliar per la mano i Cavalieri, non debbono pigliarli con havere il&#xA;  guanto in mano, [...] avanti che venga il tempo [...] si deono cavar i guanti, &amp;amp; porli nel manicone;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the texts advises to &lt;em&gt;remove&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;cavar&lt;/em&gt;) the gloves, which implies that the dames were wearing them. So in this case &lt;em&gt;con havere guanto in mano&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;wearing the gloves&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-10-09T15:21:24.587" LastActivityDate="2018-10-09T15:21:24.587" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9940" CreationDate="2018-10-09T20:57:26.090" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo il linguaggio non si divide in caselline ben separate ed etichettate. Non è possibile distinguere tutte le espressioni come &quot;formali&quot; o &quot;informali&quot;: alcune sono sicuramente formali (e.g. &lt;em&gt;ottemperare&lt;/em&gt;), altre sicuramente informali (e.g. &lt;em&gt;fancazzista&lt;/em&gt;), altre una via di mezzo (&lt;em&gt;eseguire&lt;/em&gt;). Inoltre la maggior parte delle parole non sono né formali né informali: si possono usare in tutti i contesti senza distinzione alcuna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico della domanda direi che &lt;em&gt;disconnesso&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;scollegato&lt;/em&gt; sono egualmente formali. Direi che oltre a motivi tecnici (e.g. se in un particolare contesto hanno significati leggermente diversi) o di eufonia, non v'è motivo per preferire una all'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-10-09T20:57:26.090" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9945" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9946" CreationDate="2018-10-10T22:17:46.390" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il paese&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Come rientrarono, c’era qualcosa in aria nel retro, e precisamente la vecchia Jeanne che se la prendeva con suo marito, di un tono tra il flebile e lo sdegnato. – Ti sei alzato alle otto, io alle quattro. Mi hai fatto colazione per due, a pranzo hai mangiato per quattro ed hai preteso la torta di zucchini, sapendo lo straordinario lavoro che mi dà. Tra stamattina e adesso hai fumato venti sigarette minime, hai bevuto due birre e quattro gazose, hai sgranocchiato un etto di caramelle, e adesso mi rivuoi della birra. Se non ti &lt;strong&gt;arrivavo alle croste&lt;/strong&gt;, già l’avevi grattata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione  &quot;arrivare alle croste&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;crosta&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovata. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-11T12:20:00.420" LastActivityDate="2018-10-11T12:20:00.420" Title="Significato di &quot;arrivare alle croste&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9946" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9945" CreationDate="2018-10-11T12:19:27.933" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Arrivare alle croste&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa arrivare alle spalle, sorprendere alle spalle. In questo caso se non l'avesse sorpreso avrebbe già rubato (grattato, nel testo) nuovamente la birra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Liguria e in basso Piemonte, quando si dice &lt;em&gt;avere sulle croste&lt;/em&gt; qualcuno significa avere qualcuno a carico (in senso figurato le croste sono le spalle). In senso spregiativo &lt;em&gt;stare sulle croste&lt;/em&gt; significa avere qualcuno che sta sulle scatole, che infastidisce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-10-11T12:19:27.933" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9947" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-11T14:07:01.720" Score="4" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;In comune o comune possono alternarsi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Abbiamo dei sogni in comune/abbiamo sogni comuni&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Abbiamo due caratteristiche comuni/in comune&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul dizionario Treccani dei sinonimi e contrari per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/comune1_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;comune&lt;/a&gt; non vi è una corrispondenza tra i due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vengono riportati solo gli altri significati che assume l'aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-11T16:39:50.073" LastActivityDate="2018-10-11T16:39:50.073" Title="In comune o comune possono alternarsi?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9947" CreationDate="2018-10-11T14:19:14.750" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Abbiamo dei sogni in comune vuol dire che condividiamo dei sogni, io ho un sogno che è lo stesso che hai tu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abbiamo sogni comuni vuol dire che abbiamo sogni che è statisticamente molto facile che abbiano anche altri, tipo diventare famoso, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso dicasi per avere caratteristiche comuni, cioè che quasi tutti gli altri hanno e avere caratteristiche in comune, cioè condividere una serie di caratteristiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, in generale, il significato è diverso e perciò non si possono alternare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-10-11T14:19:14.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9941" CreationDate="2018-10-12T13:10:32.617" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;At least in this context the answer is quite clear. Previously in the same book we have:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;egli si caverà il suo guanto destro, se l'haverà in mano;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This implies that &quot;in mano&quot; here means &quot;wearing&quot; the glove, because &quot;cavare&quot; unambiguosly means to take clothes off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4905" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-12T17:55:48.143" LastActivityDate="2018-10-12T17:55:48.143" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9950" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9952" CreationDate="2018-10-12T14:16:56.433" Score="7" ViewCount="1413" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using Google translate for the year 2019 I get duemila&lt;strong&gt;do&lt;/strong&gt;diciannove but this seems wrong with an extra &quot;do&quot; between &quot;mila&quot; and &quot;diciannove&quot;, it seems it should be duemiladiciannove.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#en/it/two%20thousand%20nineteen&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Translate&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which is correct, &quot;duemiladodiciannove&quot; or &quot;duemiladiciannove&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4911" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-12T17:52:40.567" LastActivityDate="2018-10-13T18:44:01.477" Title="Translation of 2019" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9950" CreationDate="2018-10-12T14:21:49.597" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Duemiladiciannove&lt;/em&gt; is the correct spelling of the number 2019. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few rules:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Thousands are formed by prefixing the word thousand by the multiplier digit, except for one thousand: mille [1,000] (plural mila), duemila [2,000], tremila [3,000], quattromila [4,000], cinquemila [5,000]…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Numbers are grouped in words of three digits, with the specific rule that a space is added after the word for thousand if its multiplier is greater than one hundred and does not end with a double zero (e.g.: duemilatrecentoquarantacinque [2,345], seicentomiladue [600,002], settecentosessantacinquemila duecento [765,200]).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.languagesandnumbers.com)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2018-10-12T14:31:09.140" LastActivityDate="2018-10-12T14:31:09.140" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9950" CreationDate="2018-10-12T14:22:16.637" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct translation is the latter, &quot;duemiladiciannove&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This excerpt comes from &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.thoughtco.com/counting-in-italian-2011378&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;How to count past 100 in Italian&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Saying the Year&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;BR&gt;You can also use these numbers to say the year.  Let’s&#xA;  use the year 1929 as an example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The number you’re going to start with will be the biggest.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1000 - mille&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Then, you’ll use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;900 - novecento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, you’ll cover the last two numbers&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;29 - ventinove&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All of that together makes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;millenovecento ventinove&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Here are some other years as examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2010 - duemila dieci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2000 - duemila&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1995 - millenovecento novantacinque&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1984 - millenovecento ottantaquattro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As correctly pointed out by @egreg, it should be noted that the number, when spelled out with letters, should be written as one long word. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact Accademia della Crusca in this article talking about the use of the article with dates and figures, named &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/larticolo-date-cifre&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'articolo con le date e le cifre&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per estensione, si può aggiungere che, nel caso di una data come&#xA;  11/10/1989, l'articolo che vi si anteporrà sarà l' (seguendo la&#xA;  pronuncia della data: l'undici ottobre millenovecentoottantanove);&#xA;  stessa regola vale per le date che iniziano con 1: anche per queste,&#xA;  si considera il modo in cui tali date vengono pronunciate e quindi si&#xA;  scriverà il 1/2/2003 (cioè il primo febbraio duemilatré).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover in the same article is stated that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È preferibile usare le cifre anche per le date e per i numeri non&#xA;  arrotondati («Sono nato nel 1956», «Bologna, 15 febbraio 2000», «Il&#xA;  candidato ha conseguito 1805 voti di preferenza, pari al 4,6 per&#xA;  cento»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-13T18:44:01.477" LastActivityDate="2018-10-13T18:44:01.477" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9953" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-12T19:23:08.147" Score="1" ViewCount="3836" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal mio punto di vista le differenze sono queste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Quanto&quot; sta a indicare un insieme specifico e&lt;br&gt;&#xA;sostituisce &quot;tutti quelli che/quello quello che&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Ordina quante pizze vuoi = ordina tutte le pizze che vuoi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Prendi quanti soldi ci sono sul tavolo = prendi tutti i soldi che hai sul tavolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui non potrei dire &quot;mangio tante quante pizze mangi tu&quot;, ma solo senza &quot;tanto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tanto quanto&quot; invece mi sa più di &quot;nella stessa e identica quantità di/che. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Guadagna tanti soldi quante le calorie che assume.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Verso tante lacrime quante disgrazie vedo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui non posso dire per esempio &quot;voglio soldi quanti privilegi&quot; ma &quot;voglio tanti soldi quanti privilegi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tanto quanto&quot; è parecchio comparativo di per sé e ha la precisa funzione di assumere valore comparativo e mettere in relazione due cose, &quot;quanto&quot; invece no. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è da dire che anche QUANTO (non necessariamente accompagnato da TANTO) A VOLTE assume valore comparativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Sei intelligente quanto è stupida una scimmia = sei tanto intelligente quanto è stupida una scimmia &#xA;o in alternativa = sei intelligente tanto quanto è stupida una scimmia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Sei sincero quanto altruista = sei sincero tanto quanto altruista o sei tanto sincero tanto quanto altruista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei solo sapere se sbaglio qualcosa nel mio ragionamento e cosa c'è da correggere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-12T21:11:50.743" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T19:43:44.717" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;tanto quanto&quot; e &quot;quanto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9954" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-13T06:52:08.570" Score="5" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;L’espressione raga, come suggerisce il dizionario Garzanti si riferisce a:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(fam.) forma abbreviata di ragazzo; si usa soprattutto al vocativo: &lt;em&gt;ehi raga, ci schiodiamo?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;aggiungerei che viene usata anche come forma abbreviata di &lt;em&gt;ragazza&lt;/em&gt; e soprattutto di &lt;em&gt;ragazzi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essendo un’espressione molto comune entrata ormai anche nei dizionari della lingua italiana, mi chiedo a quando risale. Anni ‘90 o inizio duemila? O forse prima ancora. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno riesce a documentare i primi utilizzi di questa parola? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2018-10-13T10:02:10.613" Title="A quando risale l’espressione “raga”?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9954" CreationDate="2018-10-13T10:02:10.613" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Spero che qualcun altro dia una risposta più compiuta, ma intanto ho due dati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo Zingarelli 2019, che per ogni lemma riporta un anno (o secolo, per le parole più antiche) di prima attestazione, per “raga” in questo senso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nel linguaggio giovanile, abbreviazione di ‘ragazzo’, ‘ragazzi’ o ‘ragazza’, ‘ragazze’&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dà un generico “av. 1963” (cioè prima del 1963): evidentemente i lessicografi hanno fonti certe per il 1963, ma sono al corrente di altre precedenti di difficile datazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scrostati gaggio! Dizionario storico dei linguaggi giovanili&lt;/em&gt; di Renzo Ambrogio e Giovanni Casalegno non dà una datazione dei lemmi, ma si può ricavare un terminus ante quem dagli esempi riportati, il primo dei quali è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un tot dei raga sono in attesa della tregua giù in strada, scena che non quadra perché il sole non scalda.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dalla canzone “Guerra e pace” dell'album &lt;em&gt;107 elementi&lt;/em&gt; di Neffa, del 1997. Altri esempi, da Rossana Campo, Carlo Lucarelli e altri, sono della fine degli anni '90 e dei primi anni 2000 (il dizionario stesso è del 2004).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi negli anni '90 l'uso di “raga” è già pressoché “mainstream”, ma la datazione data dallo Zingarelli è molto precedente, e sarebbe interessante trovare quali siano i testi degli anni '60 in cui compare “raga”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-10-13T10:02:10.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9956" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-13T11:11:21.493" Score="2" ViewCount="1375" Body="&lt;p&gt;Apparentemente in alcune lingue (e.g. il tedesco) è un errore grammaticale utilizzare la &amp;quot;e commerciale&amp;quot; (&amp;amp;) al posto della congiunzione coordinante &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Posto che in italiano questo uso non è eccessivamente comune, è considerato un errore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Cosa intendo per 'errore'&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una risposta dovrebbe presentare l'opinione di qualche &amp;quot;autorità&amp;quot; sulla lingua italiana, idealmente l'Accademia della Crusca o un ente similarmente sanzionato, ma in carenza di ciò sono accettabili anche manuali di stile o grammatiche ampiamente riconosciute come valide (e.g. il libro di Serianni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attenzione però: la fonte non deve semplicemente consigliare di evitare tale uso nella scrittura formale, ma esplicitamente dire che non è accettabile neppure in contesti informali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-10-13T14:59:04.540" Title="Uso della E commerciale" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;letters&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9956" CreationDate="2018-10-13T14:59:04.540" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so se sia una fonte attendibile, comunque questo estratto da sapere.it riguardo l’uso del simbolo &amp;amp; nota che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano si riconosce come “e commerciale”: in realtà il suo nome è &amp;quot;ampersand&amp;quot; ed è il simbolo della congiunzione coordinativa &amp;quot;e&amp;quot;, l’&amp;quot;and&amp;quot; inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In passato l’ampersand veniva collocata al termine dell’alfabeto latino, come se fosse una lettera a sé stante; prese il nome di ampersand nell’Ottocento in Gran Bretagna e pur occupando l'ultimo posto anche nell'alfabeto inglese, dopo la zed (zeta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Oggi si usa di solito nei nomi di imprese commerciali, non più nel linguaggio corrente.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-10-13T14:59:04.540" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9960" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-16T02:41:41.643" Score="3" ViewCount="162" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dictionaries translate &lt;em&gt;addosso&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;on&lt;/em&gt;, a preposition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I saw some example sentences and I'm having trouble understanding some of them. For example, I don't understand this sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; viene &lt;strong&gt;addosso&lt;/strong&gt; (it comes on us)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;gli&lt;/strong&gt; è caduto il ramo &lt;strong&gt;addosso&lt;/strong&gt; (the branch fell on top of him)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IMO, it would look more intuitive if written as this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;viene &lt;strong&gt;addosso a noi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  il ramo è caduto &lt;strong&gt;addosso a lui&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone explain the first sentence, with &lt;em&gt;addosso&lt;/em&gt; at the end and not followed by &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-16T21:14:00.657" LastActivityDate="2018-10-16T21:14:00.657" Title="Understanding &quot;addosso&quot; at the end of a sentence" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9961" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9960" CreationDate="2018-10-16T08:54:09.623" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ci viene addosso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;viene addosso a noi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;are “grammatically equivalent”, but not strictly “semantically equivalent”. The pronoun &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; has the same role as &lt;em&gt;a noi&lt;/em&gt;, but it's a question of emphasis. Similarly for &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; which stands for &lt;em&gt;a lui&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a lei&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;a loro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;em&gt;gli è caduto il ramo addosso&lt;/em&gt; the emphasis is on the person who’s hit by the branch, rather than on the branch; to the contrary, &lt;em&gt;il ramo gli è caduto addosso&lt;/em&gt; would put more emphasis on the branch. A third form is possible: &lt;em&gt;il ramo è caduto addosso a lui&lt;/em&gt; would convey the idea that the branch fell onto him and not other people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, &lt;em&gt;viene addosso a noi&lt;/em&gt; could imply that it came against us and not other people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nuances, but they're important. I'd say that &lt;em&gt;ci viene addosso&lt;/em&gt; would be the preferred form unless a particular shift on emphasis is needed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footnote&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; Prescriptive grammars may say that &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;a loro&lt;/em&gt; is an error; they're contradicted by &lt;em&gt;many&lt;/em&gt; authoritative writers and speakers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-10-16T09:16:26.517" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9962" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9963" CreationDate="2018-10-16T11:18:30.313" Score="2" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a shop, I heard a person asking to another one &lt;em&gt;Si è tagliato i capelli?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the first, I took it as a shorter way of asking &lt;em&gt;È andato a tagliarsi i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; but then I thought it could have a different meaning. Since those two people meet each other at the shop almost five day per week, and it was evident that person had an hair cut, asking if he did doesn't make sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought the meaning could be on of the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The question implies that the hair cut is so bad that he seems that person did it himself&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The question is asking if that person did it&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If somebody asked me &lt;em&gt;Si è tagliato i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; should I take it as &lt;em&gt;È andato a tagliarsi i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; or asking if I did cut my hair myself, when it's evident my hair is shorter than the week before?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-10-16T11:24:32.963" LastActivityDate="2018-10-16T19:26:47.660" Title="How should I understand &quot;Si è tagliato i capelli?&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9962" CreationDate="2018-10-16T11:33:06.693" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'd undoubtedly understand it as &lt;em&gt;È andato a tagliarsi i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; If one would ask whether I did it myself, the question would be formed in a more marked way, such as &lt;em&gt;Si è tagliato i capelli da solo?&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Se li è tagliati lei, i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; (here, as in your examples, people are using the formal &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; rather than the informal &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for why one should ask a question whose answer is obvious, this pertains to human psychology and is beyond the scope of this particular website, but it happens very often, and in this case is a colloquial way to express “I noticed you had your hair cut”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-10-16T11:33:06.693" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9962" CreationDate="2018-10-16T11:37:22.513" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, I think that the very slight difference depends on the context and on the tone of the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you say &lt;em&gt;Si è tagliato i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; with an interrogative tone it could mean &lt;em&gt;È (già) andato a tagliarsi i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; so I'm asking if you had the hair cut because I'm not sure you did.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In another situation with a slightly assertive tone you could ask &lt;em&gt;Si è tagliato i capelli?&lt;/em&gt; even if you are surely aware the other person has its hair cut but you want him o her confirm that. Think about when talking with a woman and you would like to remark the new hair cut as a compliment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-16T19:26:47.660" LastActivityDate="2018-10-16T19:26:47.660" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9965" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9968" CreationDate="2018-10-17T22:15:54.553" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il paese&lt;/em&gt;, di Beppe Fenoglio, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Paco rise, e il messo scosse la testa. Arrivò la voce del marito, le &lt;strong&gt;dava nomi&lt;/strong&gt;, ma d’un tono sordo, affogato dallo stesso eccesso di mantenimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;dare nomi&quot; in questo testo? L'ho cercata alla voce &quot;nome&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non l'ho trovata, perlomeno non  scritta esattamente così, con &quot;nomi&quot; in plurale. Unicamente nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/nome&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dare nome&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  loc.v. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  CO &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  chiamare, nominare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non credo che questo sia il significato nel brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-26T17:19:54.063" LastActivityDate="2018-10-26T17:19:54.063" Title="Cosa significa &quot;dare nomi&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9966" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9967" CreationDate="2018-10-18T05:20:02.697" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm doing an online course and I just saw these two sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il tuo ragazzo ha riparato la lavastoviglie?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No, non la ha riparata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is the verb masculine in the first case and feminine in the second? Is it because one is a question and the other not, or because of the order of the words?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4923" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-06T11:39:01.377" LastActivityDate="2019-01-06T11:39:01.377" Title="Why is it &quot;ha riparato (masc) la lavastoviglie&quot; but &quot;non la ha riparata (fem)&quot;" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2018-10-18T09:06:17.460" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9966" CreationDate="2018-10-18T07:32:28.193" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;This kind of discrepancy has always existed in italian; it is referred as &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accordo-participio-passato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accordo del participio passato&lt;/a&gt;&quot; (Accordance of the past participle) and there is not a &quot;fixed&quot; rule, the rules are kind of &quot;liquid&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.mauriziopistone.it/testi/discussioni/gramm05_concordanza.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article&lt;/a&gt; explains better your case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il tuo ragazzo ha riparato la lavastoviglie?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this sentence the direct object (&lt;em&gt;lavastoviglie&lt;/em&gt;) is postponed and the gender accordance between it and the past participle can be (and usually is) omitted; the article from La Crusca also states that this form is to be preferred.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No, non la ha riparata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this sentence there is an unstressed pronoun (&quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in &quot;&lt;em&gt;la ha&lt;/em&gt;&quot; or &quot;&lt;em&gt;l'ha&lt;/em&gt;&quot;) that exerts a kind of &quot;attraction force&quot; that requires concordance to the past participle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-10-18T07:32:28.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9968" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9965" CreationDate="2018-10-18T08:51:49.193" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dare nomi, nel contesto da te citato, vuol significare che il marito la insultava, la apostrofava con epiteti (cioè nomi) offensivi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tono era sordo affogato dallo stesso eccesso di mantenimento, cioè il marito non voleva manifestare apertamente l'astio verso la moglie e cercava di salvaguardare le apparenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-10-18T08:51:49.193" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9969" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9970" CreationDate="2018-10-18T09:18:29.770" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Latin there wasn't a separate conjugation table for conditional tenses, but there is in modern Romance languages, including Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the origin of a full conjugation table for the &lt;em&gt;Condizionale Presente&lt;/em&gt; tense? It seems to share the same root with &lt;em&gt;Futuro Semplice&lt;/em&gt; with a different set of suffixes so I'm guessing modern conditional tense has something to do with future tense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2018-10-18T09:23:36.740" LastActivityDate="2018-10-18T10:24:37.830" Title="Origin of &quot;condizionale presente&quot; conjugation?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9969" CreationDate="2018-10-18T10:24:37.830" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Almost: the origin of &lt;em&gt;condizionale&lt;/em&gt; is in the infinitive of the verb plus a late Latin form of the perfect tense of &lt;em&gt;habere&lt;/em&gt; (to have). The similarity with future tense lies in the fact that it arose from a similar process, this time involving infinitive + present tense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To quote the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/condizionale_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article about “condizionale”&lt;/a&gt; in Treccani's &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il condizionale è un’innovazione delle lingue romanze, essendo formalmente assente in latino (dove il congiuntivo assolveva le funzioni sia del congiuntivo italiano propriamente detto sia del condizionale). È il risultato della grammaticalizzazione dell’infinito latino in combinazione con il perfetto habui &gt; lat. volg. -*ei (per es.: amare-*ei &gt; amerei), analoga a quella del futuro, derivato dall’infinito con il presente habeo &gt; lat. volg. -*ao (per es.: amare-*ao &gt; amer-ò).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That, is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conditional is an innovation of the Romance languages, being formally absent in Latin (where the subjunctive fulfilled the functions of both the Italian subjunctive proper and conditional). It is the result of the “grammaticalization” of the Latin infinitive in combination with the perfect tense habui &gt; vulgar Latin *ei (e.g.: amare-*ei &gt; amerei), analogous to that of future tense, derived from the infinitive with the present habeo &gt; vulgar Latin *ao (eg: amare-*ao &gt; amer-ò).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-10-18T10:24:37.830" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9971" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-21T01:07:39.153" Score="1" ViewCount="287" Body="&lt;p&gt;What do &quot;ci&quot; means?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that it can mean &quot;our&quot; but I saw it with other contexts and I'm very confused! For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eh, che ci vuoi fare :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4930" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-10-21T07:20:07.830" LastActivityDate="2018-10-21T07:50:18.000" Title="What do &quot;ci&quot; means? Give me examples" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2018-10-21T10:03:34.793" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9971" CreationDate="2018-10-21T07:08:54.607" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; has three main meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The clitic version of the second person plural &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Italian/Pronouns#Object_Pronouns&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;object pronoun&lt;/a&gt; (both direct and indirect). In this context it has a meaning roughly similar to the English &lt;em&gt;us&lt;/em&gt;. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il cane ci ha morso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(The dog bit us)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The second person plural &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pronome_personale_in_italiano#Pronomi_personali_riflessivi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reflexive pronoun&lt;/a&gt;. Those pronouns mainly indicate that the verb is in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reflexive_verb&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reflexive voice&lt;/a&gt;. In this guise it often plays the role of the English word &lt;em&gt;ourselves&lt;/em&gt; or the word &lt;em&gt;each other&lt;/em&gt;, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci divertiamo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(We enjoy ourselves)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci baciamo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(We kiss each other)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in English the reflexive voice is often expressed by the &lt;em&gt;lack&lt;/em&gt; of pronouns or by adding the possesive adjective to the object. A full treatment of the reflexive voice in Italian deserves its own question, so if you're interested don't hesitate to ask!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;As an adverb. In this case it has the same meaning of the English word &lt;em&gt;there&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono andato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I went there&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example you link to falls in the third usage, although as a fixed expression it might be a bit complicated for a beginner to figure it out. The meaning is as follows&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che ci vuoi fare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;What do you want to do&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;about it&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; has a figurate meaning, so rather than a physical location it indicates the whole situation you are speaking about. This particular sentence is often used to indicate resignation in the speaker (as in, &lt;em&gt;There's nothing we can do about this&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further examples, please take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/30/1818&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PS&lt;/strong&gt; Since in the question you indicate that you think that &lt;em&gt;our&lt;/em&gt; is a translation of &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, I would like to point out that this is incorrect: the more correct perspective is that both &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;our&lt;/em&gt; can be markers of the reflexive voice. Even in those cases &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; can never be replaced by &lt;em&gt;our&lt;/em&gt; in the same position of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-10-21T07:50:18.000" LastActivityDate="2018-10-21T07:50:18.000" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9973" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-21T15:12:53.307" Score="2" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una pizzeria a Barcellona ho letto la scritta seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'amore può aspettare, ma la pizza no che &lt;strong&gt;si fa fredda&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è sembrata molto curiosa perché non avevo mai letto né sentito l'espressione &quot;si fa fredda&quot;. Io invece avrei detto &quot;si raffredda&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta d'italiano standard oppure è una locuzione che si usa solo in alcune regioni d'Italia? Se è così, in quali regioni è solito esprimersi in questo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-11-04T05:01:45.877" Title="L'espressione &quot;si fa fredda&quot; è italiano standard?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9974" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10114" CreationDate="2018-10-22T07:02:20.003" Score="9" ViewCount="7567" Body="&lt;p&gt;Durante un quiz in TV è stata formulata una domanda di cosa mancava ad una persona strana, stravagante secondo un detto popolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La risposta era: gli manca un venerdì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato in giro possibili spiegazioni e ho trovato le seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il modo di dire allude, con molta probabilità, alla presunta&#xA;  stravaganza di chi nasce prematuramente. Costoro sono ritenuti&#xA;  &quot;incompleti&quot; e mancanti di qualche venerdí. E perché proprio venerdí?&#xA;  Perché al venerdì sono collegati tradizionalmente manovre&#xA;  scaramantiche, riti magici e pratiche occulte. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/16-12-2009/gli-manca-un-venerdi-1432094.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Rubrica Scioglilingua&#xA;  del Corriere&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;  &lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa espressione si riferisce probabilmente alle nascite premature&#xA;  ed all’antica credenza popolare, ovviamente infondata, che i nati&#xA;  prematuri (i “settimini” ad esempio) fossero incompleti e pertanto&#xA;  mancanti anche di un po’ di cervello. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il riferimento al venerdì è legato alla tradizione Cristiana di giorno&#xA;  del malaugurio (in quanto quello della Crocifissione) e quindi&#xA;  all’importanza di averli trascorsi tutti (e quindi esorcizzati) nel&#xA;  ventre materno. (&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilcondominionews.it/?p=1954&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.ilcondominionews.it/?p=1954&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno ha fonti più attendibili riguardo all'origine di questo detto? Perché proprio il venerdì e non un qualsiasi altro giorno della settimana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-22T12:25:45.267" LastActivityDate="2019-11-06T23:33:06.423" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;gli manca un venerdì&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9975" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-22T07:23:30.520" Score="4" ViewCount="933" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to figure out whether &lt;em&gt;commercialista&lt;/em&gt; should be translated as Tax advisor, tax professional, accountant, or economist. These professions seem to be distinct, but it's there some overlap between these when this label term is used in Italy?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also need to know the difference between &lt;em&gt;commercialista&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ragioniere&lt;/em&gt; as the latter seems to be an accountant, public accountant, or tax accountant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So there seems to be some overlap.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the exact difference between the roles &lt;em&gt;commercialista&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ragioniere&lt;/em&gt; in Italy, and did these translate fairly closely to corresponding professional rules abroad or is it just different because laws and work organizations are different?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What do commercialisti and ragionieri do, and how does their work differ, with all instances of what these words could mean taken into consideration?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-10-31T15:53:38.810" LastActivityDate="2018-10-31T15:53:38.810" Title="The words “commercialista” and “ragioniere” and their exact meaning and differences" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9976" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9975" CreationDate="2018-10-22T08:18:29.427" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Treccani's definition, for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/commercialista/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;commercialista&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;commercialista&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. e f. [der. di &lt;em&gt;commerciale&lt;/em&gt;] (pl. m. -i). – 1.&#xA;  Professionista, fornito della laurea in economia e commercio (il cui&#xA;  titolo è perciò, più esattamente, &lt;em&gt;dottore commercialista&lt;/em&gt;), al quale è&#xA;  per legge riconosciuta competenza tecnica nelle materie commerciali,&#xA;  economiche, finanziarie, tributarie e di ragioneria, previo&#xA;  conseguimento della relativa abilitazione professionale e l’iscrizione&#xA;  nell’apposito albo, tenuto dal Consiglio dell’ordine. 2. Giurista o&#xA;  avvocato specializzato in diritto commerciale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Professional with a Bachelor's degree in Economics and Business (whose title is more exactly, &lt;em&gt;dottore commercialista&lt;/em&gt;) who is&#xA;  acknowledged according to the law to have competence about commercial,&#xA;  economic, financial, tax-related and accounting topics, having&#xA;  previously achieved the proper qualification or licence. 2. Legal&#xA;  expert or lawyer specialized in commercial law.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ragioniere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ragioniere&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ragionière&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. (f. -a) [der. di ragione nel sign. di «conto,&#xA;  calcolo»; cfr. lat. tardo &lt;em&gt;rationarius&lt;/em&gt;]. – 1. ant. Persona abile nel&#xA;  fare i conti, oppure incaricata di fare o rivedere i conti, in senso&#xA;  generico. 2. Chi, avendo ottenuto l’abilitazione dell’istituto tecnico&#xA;  commerciale, esercita (o può esercitare) per professione la&#xA;  ragioneria: &lt;em&gt;ha il diploma di r.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il r. della ditta&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il r. capo del&#xA;  comune.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Person expert to cope with accounting matters, in general sense. 2. Who, having achieved proper qualification (diploma) by a commercial and technical institute can practice the accountant job.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main difference between &lt;em&gt;commercialista&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ragioniere&lt;/em&gt; in Italy is that the former has a Bachelor's degree in Economics and Business whereas the latter only a diploma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, depending on the size of a company, the commercialista is usually external whereas the ragioniere can be an employee of the company.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A suitable translation for &lt;em&gt;commercialista&lt;/em&gt; would be something like fiscal expert, accountant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A suitable translation for &lt;em&gt;ragioniere&lt;/em&gt; would be something like bookkeeper, accountant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-10-22T08:18:29.427" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9977" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-22T11:19:38.443" Score="4" ViewCount="5563" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come la maggior parte degli utenti di Italian.SE sicuramente sapranno, l'uso di &lt;em&gt;molto migliore&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;molto maggiore&lt;/em&gt; è grammaticalmente corretto (tranne il caso in cui &lt;em&gt;migliore&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;maggiore&lt;/em&gt; sono usati come superlativi relativi), vedasi ad esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/correttezza-molto-migliore-molto-maggiore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia nella mia esperienza, la maggior parte degli italiani è convinta, per qualche motivo, che il precedente sia un uso scorretto (di solito presentando argomenti sconclusionati del tipo &quot;se sei maggiore non puoi diventare ancor più maggiore&quot;). Questo include anche una percentuale non trascurabile degli insegnanti di italiano nelle scuole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Dove ha avuto origine la &quot;leggenda grammaticale&quot; della scorrettezza di &lt;em&gt;molto maggiore/migliore&lt;/em&gt;? E come mai si è diffusa a tal punto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt; Per chiarire il tipo di risposta che mi aspetto: suppongo che a qualche punto (mi immagino al più tardi negli anni 50) qualche forma della regola &quot;non si usa &lt;em&gt;molto migliore&lt;/em&gt;&quot; sia apparsa in qualche sussidiario o altro materiale didattico e da lì sia stata ricopiata in innumerevoli libri di scuola. Questo spiegherebbe il prestigio che la cosiddetta &quot;regola&quot; conserva ancora, specialmente (ma non solo) tra persone istruite. Per cui una risposta più che accettabile potrebbe essere trascrivere un tale documento (non è necessario che sia il primo, già una dimostrazione che quest'idea si sia in qualche modo infiltrata nelle &quot;regole ufficiali&quot; sarebbe abbastanza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente questa è solo una delle possibilità, e mi posso immaginare altre risposte possibili (e.g. una puntata malriuscita di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non_%C3%A8_mai_troppo_tardi_(programma_televisivo)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non è mai troppo tardi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, in cui la regola viene esposta in modo possibilmente ambiguo...), per cui questo vuole essere solo un suggerimento, non l'unico tipo di risposta che accetterei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-11-12T21:46:14.520" LastActivityDate="2019-04-30T04:24:54.357" Title="Sulla correttezza di &quot;molto migliore&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9978" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9979" CreationDate="2018-10-23T07:39:05.570" Score="4" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra &quot;tardare&quot; e &quot;ritardare&quot;? Ci sono casi in cui va usato preferibilmente uno dei due?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che ritardare richieda un oggetto, ritardare qualcosa, è una interpretazione corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4788" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-23T22:18:08.267" LastActivityDate="2018-10-23T22:18:08.267" Title="Tardare e Ritardare" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9978" CreationDate="2018-10-23T15:26:17.220" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tardare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ritardare&lt;/em&gt; sono due verbi molto simili, ma non del tutto intercambiabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La differenza più notevole è nella forma transitiva, dove &lt;em&gt;ritardare&lt;/em&gt; viene quasi sempre preferito a &lt;em&gt;tardare&lt;/em&gt;. Ad esempio si dice &quot;dobbiamo &lt;em&gt;ritardare&lt;/em&gt; la riunione&quot; e non &quot;dobbiamo &lt;em&gt;tardare&lt;/em&gt; la riunione&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella forma intransitiva &lt;em&gt;tardare&lt;/em&gt; ha più il significato di impiegare molto tempo, fare tardi, mentre &lt;em&gt;ritardare&lt;/em&gt; richiama più direttamente l'arrivare dopo il termine prefissato. Così &quot;non tardare&quot; significa fai presto, mentre &quot;non ritardare&quot; significa non arrivare in ritardo. Questa differenza però è meno marcata, ed entrambi i verbi possono avere lo stesso significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritardare si usa di più nel senso assoluto, per cui si dice più spesso &quot;il treno &lt;em&gt;ritarda&lt;/em&gt;&quot; oppure &quot;il treno &lt;em&gt;tarda&lt;/em&gt; ad arrivare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel significato di rallentare o posticipare qualcosa, si usa quasi esclusivamente &lt;em&gt;ritardare&lt;/em&gt;; ad esempio &lt;em&gt;ritardare&lt;/em&gt; una risposta, una reazione chimica, un lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si vuole indicare che un orologio sta indietro, si dice che &lt;em&gt;ritarda&lt;/em&gt; e non che &lt;em&gt;tarda&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine gli aggettivi &lt;em&gt;ritardante&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ritardato&lt;/em&gt;, che derivano dai participi di &lt;em&gt;ritardare&lt;/em&gt;, hanno significati in molti casi particolari diversi dai participi di &lt;em&gt;tardare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2018-10-23T16:00:18.820" LastActivityDate="2018-10-23T16:00:18.820" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9980" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-24T11:54:06.667" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stavo leggendo un post sulla frutta esotica, e trovo spesso il termine organolettico, ma non riesco a capirne il senso, perché lo rapporta col gusto, come si descrive il gusto organolettico? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mattiaberera.it/perche-lacerola-fa-bene-proprieta-benefici-valori-nutrizionali/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.mattiaberera.it/perche-lacerola-fa-bene-proprieta-benefici-valori-nutrizionali/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4936" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-24T12:04:08.210" LastActivityDate="2018-10-24T12:21:05.843" Title="Gusto organolettico?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9980" CreationDate="2018-10-24T12:21:05.843" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/organolettico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;organolettico&lt;/a&gt; si intende:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;organolèttico&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [dal fr. &lt;em&gt;organoleptique&lt;/em&gt;, comp. del gr. &lt;em&gt;ὄργανον&lt;/em&gt; «organo» (di senso) e &lt;em&gt;ληπτός&lt;/em&gt; «che si può prendere, afferrare»] (pl. m. &lt;em&gt;-ci&lt;/em&gt;). – In fisiologia e in merceologia, detto&#xA;  delle proprietà di una sostanza che possono essere percepite dai&#xA;  sensi, come odore, sapore o colore: &lt;em&gt;caratteri o. di un prodotto, di&#xA;  una merce, di un vino, di un formaggio, ecc.&lt;/em&gt;; analogam., &lt;em&gt;esame,&#xA;  saggio o.&lt;/em&gt;, fatto per valutare e controllare tali caratteri e&#xA;  proprietà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia riporta la spiegazione dell'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Propriet%C3%A0_organolettiche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;proprietà organolettiche&lt;/a&gt; e una loro possibile classificazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le proprietà organolettiche di un alimento sono l'insieme delle sue&#xA;  caratteristiche fisiche e chimiche percepite dagli organi di senso&#xA;  (olfatto, vista, gusto) e che nel complesso suscitano nella persona&#xA;  delle reazioni emotive più o meno intense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una rigorosa classificazione delle singole proprietà organolettiche&#xA;  non può prescindere dalla difficoltà di catalogarle schematicamente,&#xA;  in quanto alcune, per la loro complessità, sono in realtà composte da&#xA;  un insieme di caratteristiche percepite globalmente. Ad esempio,&#xA;  l'aspetto dell'alimento è determinato da un insieme di caratteristiche&#xA;  percepite principalmente con la vista, ma secondariamente anche con il&#xA;  tatto e l'udito. La letteratura riporta perciò differenti schemi di&#xA;  classificazione in base al grado di genericità di una determinata&#xA;  proprietà. Fra le proprietà normalmente menzionate rientrano le&#xA;  seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;colore, percepito con la vista&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;dimensione, percepita principalmente con la vista&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;forma, percepita principalmente con la vista&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;condizione, percepita principalmente con la vista&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;sapore, percepito con il gusto e l'olfatto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;odore, percepito con l'olfatto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;consistenza e tessitura, percepite con la vista, il tatto e l'udito&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel complesso queste caratteristiche si possono riassumere in tre&#xA;  proprietà generali che sono valutate, più o meno consciamente, nel&#xA;  seguente ordine cronologico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Aspetto fisico: in questa proprietà si riassumono la forma, la&#xA;  dimensione, il colore e, ad un primo esame, la tessitura e la&#xA;  condizione. Nella percezione dell'aspetto assume un ruolo primario&#xA;  la vista.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Caratteristiche chimiche: in questa proprietà si riassumono l'odore&#xA;  e il sapore. La percezione delle caratteristiche chimiche è una&#xA;  prerogativa dei chemiorecettori dislocati nella lingua e nel naso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Caratteristiche meccaniche: in questa proprietà si riassumono la&#xA;  resistenza meccanica, la tessitura, l'omogeneità, la croccantezza,&#xA;  ecc. Si tratta di caratteristiche che vengono percepite in modo&#xA;  complesso dal tatto e, in qualche caso, con l'intervento dell'udito.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il gusto è un senso che ci consente di percepire il sapore, che è una proprietà organolettica di un cibo, ma dire gusto organolettico mi pare privo di senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-10-24T12:21:05.843" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9982" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8291" CreationDate="2018-10-24T16:18:28.033" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I used to drink a lot of coffees when I was young.&#xA;Bevevo molti caffè quando ero giovane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am used to drinking coffee every morning.&#xA;Sono abituato a bere il caffè ogni mattina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4938" LastActivityDate="2018-10-24T16:18:28.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9445" CreationDate="2018-10-26T11:00:43.140" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La spiegazione viene data subito dopo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;lasciandone cioè l'esecuzione alla polizia e ai giudici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come un assegno in bianco: chi lo emette non decide a priori chi lo riscuoterà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico si fa riferimento al fatto che il crimine non viene eseguito materialmente da chi l'ha concepito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4942" LastActivityDate="2018-10-26T11:00:43.140" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9984" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9994" CreationDate="2018-10-27T12:15:53.927" Score="1" ViewCount="165" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that prendi means ‘take’ but I am wondering what it would mean in this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu, vieni qui, prendi casa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also seems it can be used in other ways?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4945" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-27T14:50:31.323" LastActivityDate="2018-10-31T18:58:54.853" Title="I am trying to understand the meaning of prendi" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9986" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9993" CreationDate="2018-10-27T18:55:35.977" Score="4" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;I asked someone if they lived in a certain dormitory on campus called “bob hall” by saying “Tu abiti bob hall?”. I’m wondering if it would’ve been more correct to say “Tu abiti &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; bob hall” or if they're equivalent... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4947" LastEditorDisplayName="user4947" LastEditDate="2018-10-27T19:30:38.930" LastActivityDate="2018-10-29T11:10:15.973" Title="Preposition after abitare?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9988" CreationDate="2018-10-27T20:05:41.393" Score="3" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm writing my Italian friend a birthday card and wanted to write&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;'May today and all your days be full of wonderful adventures, creative energy, and many occasions to toast to.'&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which I translated (with the help of google) to:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Possa oggi e tutti i tuoi giorni essere pieno di avventure meravigliose, energia creativa e molte occasioni per brindare!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I feel that some of the meaning might have been lost in translation. Would 'ti auguro' be more appropriate in place of 'Possa'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you to everyone in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4948" LastActivityDate="2018-10-27T20:53:47.573" Title="Writing a friend a birthday wish in Italian...?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9987" CreationDate="2018-10-27T20:53:47.573" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Possano oggi e tutti i tuoi giorni essere pieni di avventure meravigliose, energia creativa e molte occasioni per brindare!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Google missed some singular/plural agreements.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;em&gt;possa&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;ti auguro&lt;/em&gt;, the former translates your “may...”. &lt;em&gt;Ti auguro...&lt;/em&gt; is instead more on the lines of “I wish you...” and indeed sounds a bit more usual. In this case, the sentence could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti auguro che oggi e tutti i tuoi giorni siano pieni di avventure meravigliose, energia creativa e molte occasioni per brindare!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-10-27T20:53:47.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6452" CreationDate="2018-10-28T13:07:23.923" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premesso che &quot;amici possibili&quot; (al plurale) è sintagma di dubbia valenza semantica (quindi ci sono amici possibili e impossibili? libri possibili e impossibili?), e quindi sarebbe ovvio lasciare il singolare, credo che se ci fosse &quot;meno&quot;, difficilmente diremmo: Cerco meno amici possibili. &#xA;Strano che la risposta della Treccani sia così superficiale. E così reticente sul fatto che con &quot;il più&quot; di certo &quot;possibile&quot; rimane invariato: Cerco amici il più simpatici possibile (non *possibili) (cfr. Cerco amici simpatici il più possibile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4949" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-28T13:20:24.030" LastActivityDate="2018-10-28T13:20:24.030" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9991" CreationDate="2018-10-29T00:55:33.230" Score="4" ViewCount="296" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following sentence, does the term &lt;em&gt;i due ragazzi&lt;/em&gt; translate to &lt;em&gt;the young couple&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I due ragazzi non hanno segreti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can this only be used to refer to a young couple?&#xA;Does this just mean &lt;em&gt;the two young people&lt;/em&gt; and not have any implication of romance without context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-10-29T05:26:17.143" LastActivityDate="2018-10-29T10:43:42.440" Title="Is &quot;ragazzi&quot; a way to refer to a young couple?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9990" CreationDate="2018-10-29T05:34:31.340" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The expression “i &lt;em&gt;due ragazzi&lt;/em&gt;” would be the same as “&lt;em&gt;the two kids&lt;/em&gt;”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The young couple would be translated as “&lt;em&gt;la giovane coppia&lt;/em&gt;”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case you mentioned you’re right, it just means that the two youths have no secrets to each other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Without a specific context you can say nothing about the kind of romantic relationship, you only state that they are close friends. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Surely when you use the term &lt;em&gt;ragazzi&lt;/em&gt; you usually refer to young people, but in general you can also use the term to ironically describe an older man acting as a younger one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Suo nonno è proprio un ragazzo incorreggibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2018-10-29T10:29:00.303" LastActivityDate="2018-10-29T10:29:00.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9990" CreationDate="2018-10-29T10:43:42.440" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The phrase &lt;em&gt;i due ragazzi&lt;/em&gt; is very generic and can refer to any two youths (provided one of them is male, otherwise it would be &lt;em&gt;le due ragazze&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unless the context makes clear that the two youths are a just mentioned young couple, it would be impossible to understand that they form a couple.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono stato a trovare una coppia di giovani sposini. I due ragazzi non hanno segreti (l'un l'altro) e si amano molto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-10-29T10:43:42.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9986" CreationDate="2018-10-29T10:51:18.553" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can use the transitive form of the verb &lt;em&gt;abitare&lt;/em&gt; when you refer the abode of a person, his home, or his dwelling place, so if someone lived for a long time in a dormitory room, you could say &quot;abiti la stanza 31 di bob hall&quot;. Otherwise it would be better to use the intransitive form, with the preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, for instance &quot;abiti a bob hall?&quot; or &quot;abiti al bob hall?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you ask someone “Tu abiti bob hall?” you give the impression of asking them if they use the whole dormitory as their own home.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="1782" LastEditDate="2018-10-29T11:10:15.973" LastActivityDate="2018-10-29T11:10:15.973" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9984" CreationDate="2018-10-30T13:28:34.943" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;This sentence is a bit weird, but in this context it should mean &quot;You should come (move in) here and rent (or buy!) an apartment (or house). It has nothing to do with visiting anyone. &quot;Prendere&quot; can have several meanings depending on the context, among them to buy, rent or order. &quot;Casa&quot; can stand for &quot;house&quot;, but also &quot;home&quot;, so, the sentence has indeed somewhat romantic and poetic tone, but the explanation of the context you provided is way off. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4952" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-31T18:58:54.853" LastActivityDate="2018-10-31T18:58:54.853" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9995" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-10-30T19:20:29.380" Score="6" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there a website or book that writes down Italian dialect words or phrases so they are not lost over time? My family speaks dialect and I would like to add their dialect to a website (if it exists) or learn about other dialects and the similarities/differences with my family's. Grazie mille!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4956" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-10-30T21:29:23.763" LastActivityDate="2018-10-31T18:43:22.953" Title="Preserving Italian dialects" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9996" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9995" CreationDate="2018-10-31T12:01:59.510" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;One thing you might try to do is to contact the &lt;a href=&quot;https://patrimonilinguistici.it/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Comitato per la Salvaguardia dei Patrimoni Linguistici&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Committee for the safeguard of the linguistic heritages&lt;/em&gt;). This is an association whose goal is to preserve and promote the usage of the regional languages of Italy (i.e. the so-called &quot;dialects&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Their &lt;a href=&quot;https://patrimonilinguistici.it/risorse-utili/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;resource page&lt;/a&gt; contains some courses and grammars for some of the regional languages of Italy which you might find interesting.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Their contact page can be found &lt;a href=&quot;https://patrimonilinguistici.it/contatta-il-comitato/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Unfortunately their website seems to be only in Italian, but hopefully they will respond to inquiries in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They also seem to have a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.facebook.com/Patrimonilinguistici&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Facebook page&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-10-31T12:01:59.510" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9998" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="9999" CreationDate="2018-11-01T02:22:06.487" Score="6" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa dirmi una parola italiana per &quot;trading&quot;, inteso come compravendita/scambio di strumenti finanziari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, in espressioni come &lt;em&gt;trading platform&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trading commissions&lt;/em&gt;, e così via. Per dare una frase più completa a caso: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;John is trading cryptocurrencies on a Japanese exchange.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche la parola &lt;em&gt;exchange&lt;/em&gt; mi lascia spesso in difficoltà, e la traduco semplicemente con piattaforma (online o meno).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che oggi come oggi in italiano si possa usare tranquillamente la parola &lt;em&gt;trading&lt;/em&gt; stessa. In ogni caso, anche se a volte può funzionare, in genere mi sembra &quot;stonare&quot;, e comunque non sono un amante dell'usare selvaggiamente parole straniere a meno che non sia assolutamente necessario. Allo stesso tempo, &lt;em&gt;compravendita&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;negoziazione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scambio&lt;/em&gt;, e tutte le altre parole che mi vengono in mente non mi sembrano adeguate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe anche utile avere una link a qualche glossario di terminologia finanziaria inglese-italiano (ad esempio che includa termini specifici come &lt;em&gt;margin trading&lt;/em&gt;). Ho fatto un po' di ricerca ma non ho trovato molto. Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4962" LastActivityDate="2018-11-01T08:24:49.530" Title="Vocabolo italiano per &quot;trading&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="9999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9998" CreationDate="2018-11-01T06:04:54.147" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trading-on-line/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trading on line&lt;/a&gt; Treccani riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;trading on line&lt;/strong&gt; ‹&lt;em&gt;trèidiṅ òn làin&lt;/em&gt;› locuz. ingl. (propr. «commerciare in&#xA;  linea»), usata in ital. come s. m. – Nel linguaggio econ., attività di&#xA;  negoziazione telematica di titoli di borsa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vedi viene utilizzato il termine negoziazione, che è poi uno di quelli che avevi indicato, insieme a scambio e compravendita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D’altronde anche il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trader/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trader&lt;/a&gt; compare nel dizionario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;trader&lt;/strong&gt; ‹&lt;em&gt;trèidë&lt;/em&gt;› s. ingl. [der. di (&lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;trade&lt;/em&gt; «commerciare, scambiare»]&#xA;  (pl. &lt;em&gt;traders&lt;/em&gt; ‹&lt;em&gt;trèidë&lt;/em&gt;∫›), usato in ital. al masch. e al femm. – Nel&#xA;  linguaggio econ., chi negozia in modo regolare titoli di borsa, spec.&#xA;  telematicamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per indicare chi negozia titoli in borsa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me sono più che sufficienti i termini che hai indicato tu: negoziazione, compravendita, scambio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usare il termine commercio di titoli mi sembra un po’ troppo generale, anche se poi sarebbe quello più simile al significato originale inglese. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È a mio parere corretto cercare di usare termini italiani quando è possibile, ma in alcuni casi ormai alcune parole straniere sono entrate a far parte della nostra lingua, e vengono riportate nei vocabolari. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io stesso preferisco fare riunioni piuttosto che meeting, compilazioni invece di build, corsi invece che training ma in alcuni ambiti la parola inglese sembra dia più autorevolezza a chi la pronuncia...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-01T08:24:49.530" LastActivityDate="2018-11-01T08:24:49.530" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10002" CreationDate="2018-11-01T22:26:44.970" Score="2" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per cui gli fu facile supporre che i casamenti vecchi e malridotti del quartiere San Lorenzo rappresentassero senz’altro le antiche architetture monumentali della Città Eterna! e all’intravvedere, oltre la muraglia che chiude l’enorme cimitero del Verano, le brutte &lt;strong&gt;fabbriche&lt;/strong&gt; tombali dell’interno, si figurò che fossero magari i sepolcri storici dei cesari e dei papi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi a che cosa si riferisce l'autrice con queste &quot;fabbriche tombali&quot; che appaiono nel testo? Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;fabbrica&quot; in parecchi dizionari e, tuttavia, non riesco a capirne il senso nella frase sopra citata. Ho visto che può essere usato come sinonimo di edificio, ma le tombe di un cimitero non sono propriamente degli edifici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-11-02T09:08:28.217" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;fabbrica&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10000" CreationDate="2018-11-02T07:26:46.623" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fabbrica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fabbrica&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare la seguente accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Edificio, di qualsiasi genere, in corso di costruzione, o anche già finito, se si consideri in rapporto alla sua costruzione (sinon.&#xA;  quindi, ma ormai raro nell’uso com., di fabbricato): &lt;em&gt;una bella,&#xA;  grande, solida f.; una f. ben disegnata; è caduto da una f.&lt;/em&gt; (in&#xA;  costruzione); &lt;em&gt;città ricca di notevoli f.&lt;/em&gt;, di edifici.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che fabbriche, nel contesto da te citato, significhi semplicemente costruzioni, edifici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È anche pertinente al contesto l’accezione successiva, che fa riferimento sempre ad un edificio o costruzione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In diritto canonico, la chiesa o altro edificio sacro nella sua struttura materiale; anche, la conservazione e manutenzione&#xA;  dell’edificio sacro, che sono affidate alla fabbriceria, e, talora, la&#xA;  fabbriceria stessa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?q=cimitero%20verano%20cappelle&amp;amp;tbm=isch&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cimitero del Verano&lt;/a&gt; (come suggerito da @DaG) ci sono molte cappelle gentilizie e altre tombe che sono, di fatto, piccoli edifici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-02T09:08:28.217" LastActivityDate="2018-11-02T09:08:28.217" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7639" CreationDate="2018-11-02T14:33:42.833" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pescecane is indeed more colloquial than squalo and it is still used quite often in the area around Trieste and the former Italian teritories where I grew up (Istra in Croatia). Older generations (my grand parents) used exclusively pescecane. Squalo being the standard Italian is used the one used exclusively in e.g. TV programs. That influence is probably the pricipal reason for the decreasing popularity of pescecane among young people in the last few decades.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4952" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-02T14:56:12.620" LastActivityDate="2018-11-02T14:56:12.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10004" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10005" CreationDate="2018-11-02T18:52:08.010" Score="4" ViewCount="394" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la spiegazione sul Canto XXVII dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; della &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt; di Dante Alighieri che si trova su &lt;a href=&quot;http://imalpensanti.it/2014/12/28/divina-domenica-inferno-canto-27/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;. A un certo punto si può leggere la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il dannato ha riconosciuto la lingua di Virgilio, ed insiste affinché non gli venga negato un colloquio, vista soprattutto l’atroce condizione in cui &lt;strong&gt;riversa&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fa riferimento a queste parole pronunciate dall'anima di Guido da Montefeltro, il dannato della frase sopra citata, che è intrappolata dentro una fiamma, nello stesso modo in cui si presenta Ulisse nel celebre canto precedente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;udimmo dire: «O tu a cu’ io drizzo &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  la voce e che parlavi mo lombardo, &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  dicendo “Istra ten va, più non t’adizzo”,   &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  perch’io sia giunto forse alquanto tardo, &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  non t’incresca restare a parlar meco; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  vedi che non incresce a me, e ardo!    &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Se tu pur mo in questo mondo cieco &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  caduto se’ di quella dolce terra &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  latina ond’io mia colpa tutta reco,    &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  dimmi se Romagnuoli han pace o guerra; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ch’io fui d’i monti là intra Orbino &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  e ’l giogo di che Tever si diserra».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato del verbo &quot;riversare&quot; nella frase sopra citata. Ho cercato questo verbo in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a vedere a quale accezione corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa in questo testo (che però non ho difficoltà a capire in modo globale perché ho letto il Canto XXVII con i commenti di Bianca Garavelli in un libro). Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-11-02T21:13:09.113" LastActivityDate="2018-11-02T21:37:05.910" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;riversare&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10005" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10004" CreationDate="2018-11-02T19:48:17.827" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi si direbbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’atroce condizione in cui &lt;strong&gt;versa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/versare2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;versare&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;versare&lt;/strong&gt;[2] v. intr. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;versari&lt;/em&gt;, forma mediale di &lt;em&gt;versare&lt;/em&gt; (v. la&#xA;  voce prec.), propr. «muoversi, aggirarsi in un luogo», e quindi&#xA;  «trovarsi», ecc.] (&lt;em&gt;io vèrso&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; aus. &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; e anche &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;). –&#xA;  Essere, trovarsi in una determinata condizione o situazione: &lt;em&gt;v. nella&#xA;  più squallida miseria, in tristissime condizioni, in fin di vita.&lt;/em&gt; In&#xA;  usi ant. o letter., essere, vivere in un determinato luogo: &lt;em&gt;non può&#xA;  intendersi che una favella spieghi cose astratte per termini pur’&#xA;  astratti, se non se ella sia di nazione, nella quale molto e lungo&#xA;  tempo sieno versati filosofi&lt;/em&gt; (Vico).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-02T21:37:05.910" LastActivityDate="2018-11-02T21:37:05.910" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10006" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10011" CreationDate="2018-11-03T12:21:52.180" Score="10" ViewCount="624" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am reading Zerocalcare, and I am stuck at this word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.zerocalcare.it/2018/10/09/quando-i-vecchi-salgono-nella-tua-macchina/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.zerocalcare.it/2018/10/09/quando-i-vecchi-salgono-nella-tua-macchina/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Third picture from top, the male character responds to his mother's comment on how dirty his car is, by saying:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La macchina è mia e la tengo come cazzuccio mi pare a me, va bene?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does this mean? I am guessing &quot;cazzuccio&quot; is a rude word, but I can't find it anywhere. I have tried the Collins dictionary, the Oxford dictionary, and Wiktionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastEditorDisplayName="user1936" LastEditDate="2018-11-10T08:49:18.007" LastActivityDate="2018-12-01T21:22:41.967" Title="What does &quot;cazzuccio&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;swearwords&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10006" CreationDate="2018-11-03T13:19:30.567" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The term &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cazzuccio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is an endearing (as correctly specified by @Denis Nardin) term of cazzo, which is a rude word. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The literal meaning of cazzo is a vulgar term for “penis” (“cock” say), but it is used as a kind of universal expletive, not dissimilar from “fuck” (and “fucking” etc. ) in English. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also means that the person who’s speaking has some confidence with the other person and doesn’t want to hurt his or her feelings. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And yes, the sentence just mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The car is mine and I keep it like sh*t looks to me. (Don’t bother me with your rants.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, about the suffix -&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/uccio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;uccio&lt;/a&gt; (as suggested by @Charo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-ùccio&lt;/strong&gt; [lat. -ūceus] (f. -ùccia; f. pl. -ucce). – 1. Suffisso che serve a formare sostantivi e aggettivi alterati con valore diminutivo,&#xA;  di tono ora vezzeggiativo ora, e più spesso, spregiativo: tesoruccio,&#xA;  casuccia, guadagnuccio, gentuccia (gente meschina), robuccia (roba&#xA;  scadente), ecc. 2. Come agg., nel linguaggio fam., misero, scadente:&#xA;  un affaruccio uccio uccio; questo vestito si è fatto un po’ uccio, si&#xA;  è un po’ logorato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-03T17:07:25.373" LastActivityDate="2018-11-03T17:07:25.373" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9973" CreationDate="2018-11-04T05:01:45.877" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Grammaticalmente è corretta, ma non è italiano standard. Suona molto colloquiale/dialettale. Io sono pugliese (provincia di Lecce) e qui ogni tanto si sente dire così. In italiano standard si dice &quot;si raffredda/si fredda/diventa fredda&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2960" LastActivityDate="2018-11-04T05:01:45.877" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10010" CreationDate="2018-11-04T09:49:21.997" Score="3" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; Nora Almagià maritata Ramundo, come lascia capire il suo cognome di ragazza, era ebrea (anzi, i suoi parenti vivevano tuttora, da parecchie generazioni, nel piccolo ghetto di Padova); però lei non voleva farlo sapere a nessuno, e se n’era confidata solo con lo sposo e con la figlia, &lt;strong&gt;sotto pegno&lt;/strong&gt; severissimo di segreto. Nei casi ufficiosi e pratici, usava anche di camuffare il proprio cognome di ragazza, convertendolo da &lt;em&gt;Almagià&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;Almagía&lt;/em&gt;: persuasa, con tale spostamento d’accento, di fabbricarsi un’impunità! In ogni modo, a quei tempi, invero, le occulte discendenze &lt;em&gt;razziali&lt;/em&gt; non venivano ancora esplorate, né sindacate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;sotto pegno&quot; che appare in questo brano. Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che &quot;pegno&quot; può avere il senso figurato di &quot;prova&quot; o &quot;garanzia&quot; di qualcosa. Tuttavia, non riesco a capirne il significato in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-11-04T10:20:18.907" Title="Significato di &quot;sotto pegno&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10009" CreationDate="2018-11-04T10:06:01.687" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sotto pegno nel contesto da te citato significa a patto, a condizione di mantenere il segreto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pegno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pegno&lt;/a&gt; adatta a questo caso è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In senso fig., garanzia solenne, prova, testimonianza di un impegno morale, di un sentimento, di un legame anche affettivo: &lt;em&gt;la concordia è&#xA;p. di libertà; ti regalo questo libro come p.,&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;in p., di amicizia;&#xA;ebbero un figlio, dolce p. del loro amore.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo sposo e la ragazza avevano giurato e si erano impegnati a non fare parola con nessuno riguardo alle origini ebree della madre e della di lei famiglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-04T10:20:18.907" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10006" CreationDate="2018-11-04T12:21:39.843" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard Italian sentence (low, colloquial register) would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La macchina è mia e la tengo come [cazzo] mi pare a me, va bene?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The car is mine, and I keep it (how I [fucking] like / how [the fuck] I want), is that fine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As noted in the comments and in the other answer, &lt;em&gt;cazzo&lt;/em&gt; is used as a generic expletive, like &lt;em&gt;fucking&lt;/em&gt; in English. It is idiomatic to add it without prepositions after &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt; or other interrogative pronouns, exactly like &lt;em&gt;the fuck&lt;/em&gt; is used in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that another expression that is grammatically incorrect in textbook Italian but common in the low/popular register is &lt;em&gt;mi pare a me&lt;/em&gt;: grammar rules would dictate that either &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;a me&lt;/em&gt; is used, but not both.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 'endearing' version &lt;em&gt;cazzuccio&lt;/em&gt; is non-standard usage; the author used it as a literary device for comic effect here. He is mixing registers for comic effect: those sentences pair a fake exaggeratedly polite / endearing tone with a couple of very vulgar / impolite expressions to invite her not to bother him. See also &lt;em&gt;cariiisssima madriiisssima&lt;/em&gt; earlier, where the same fake polite tone is used. Literally it means &lt;em&gt;my dearest motherest&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;madrissima&lt;/em&gt; is another made-up word, where a superlative ending is added to a noun instead of to an adjective. The supernumerary repeating &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;'s and  &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;'s are used to show in writing that these words are spoken out slowly, to add emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Overall this is a very difficult text to read for a non-native speaker. The author uses literary devices, made-up or uncommon words, expressions from the youth slang and Roman dialect, popular culture references.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-04T13:07:19.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10012" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-11-04T12:22:27.433" Score="4" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was not successful in finding an exact equivalent Italian word for disenfranchise neither in Google nor in WordReference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/disenfranchise&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Merriam-Webster&lt;/a&gt; dictionary&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;disenfranchise&lt;/strong&gt; transitive verb:&#xA;   to deprive of a franchise, of a legal right, or of some privilege or immunity &lt;em&gt;especially&lt;/em&gt;: to deprive of the right to vote &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/disenfranchise&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wordreference dictionary&lt;/a&gt; I can only find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Privare del diritto di voto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously this is a phrase that conveys the meaning of the word &lt;em&gt;disenfranchise&lt;/em&gt;. However I'd like to know if there is a single Italian word expressing the same meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-05T14:14:30.370" LastActivityDate="2018-11-21T16:23:23.387" Title="What is the italian equivalent word for disfranchise?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10014" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10015" CreationDate="2018-11-05T15:15:05.313" Score="4" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know, there is an adjective &quot;&lt;em&gt;olandese&lt;/em&gt;&quot; when speaking about the Netherlands. But is there an adjective which derives from &quot;&lt;em&gt;Paesi Bassi&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (and not from  &lt;em&gt;Olanda&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4166" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-05T16:23:07.127" LastActivityDate="2018-11-06T16:26:24.113" Title="Is there an adjective based on &quot;Paesi Bassi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10014" CreationDate="2018-11-05T15:25:56.217" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Treccani the term would be &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/neerlandese/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;neerlandese&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; which is mainly referred to the language, as a synonym of olandese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;neerlandése&lt;/strong&gt; (meno com. &lt;strong&gt;nederlandése&lt;/strong&gt;) agg. e s. m. e f. [dal fr.&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;néerlandais&lt;/em&gt;, der. di &lt;em&gt;Néerland&lt;/em&gt;, che è un adattamento di &lt;em&gt;Nederland&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (propr. «paese basso»), nome oland. dell’Olanda]. – Sinon. di&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;olandese&lt;/em&gt;, usato soprattutto per indicare ufficialmente la lingua, del&#xA;  ramo germanico occidentale, parlata in Olanda e, accanto al francese,&#xA;  in Belgio e in alcune zone della Francia nord-occid.; il termine&#xA;  assomma quindi in sé le due denominazioni di &lt;em&gt;olandese&lt;/em&gt; e di &lt;em&gt;fiammingo&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  tra le quali non ha luogo di essere una sostanziale distinzione,&#xA;  almeno a livello di lingua ufficiale e letteraria (oggi si tende&#xA;  infatti a parlare di &lt;em&gt;letteratura neerlandese&lt;/em&gt; per tutte le opere&#xA;  scritte in questa lingua, a prescindere dalla nazionalità dei loro&#xA;  autori). Una versione semplificata del neerlandese è l’afrikaans,&#xA;  parlato dai boeri stanziati nella Repubblica Sudafricana (dove è una&#xA;  delle 11 lingue ufficiali, accanto all’inglese, allo zulu, ecc.,&#xA;  proclamate tali in seguito all’abolizione dell’apartheid).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/neerlandese_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani's synonyms and antonyms&lt;/a&gt; you can find:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;neerlandese&lt;/strong&gt; /ne:rlan'dese/ (anche &lt;strong&gt;nederlandese&lt;/strong&gt;) [dal fr. &lt;em&gt;néerlandais&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  der. di &lt;em&gt;Néerland&lt;/em&gt;, adattam. di &lt;em&gt;Nederland&lt;/em&gt; (propr. &quot;paese basso&quot;), nome&#xA;  oland. dell'Olanda]. - ■ agg. [dell'Olanda, relativo all'Olanda, spec.&#xA;  in riferimento alla lingua] ≈ olandese. ■ s. m. 1. [lingua, del ramo&#xA;  germanico occidentale, parlata in Olanda e, accanto al francese, in&#xA;  Belgio e in alcune zone della Francia nord-orient.] ≈ olandese. 2.&#xA;  (anche f.) [abitante dei Paesi Bassi] ≈ olandese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so according to meaning 2. the adjective can also figuratively indicate an inhabitant of Paesi Bassi (or olandese).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also find an interesting article named &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/neerlandese-olandese-belga&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il neerlandese è olandese o belga?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; on the Accademia della Crusca site.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-05T15:40:14.787" LastActivityDate="2018-11-05T15:40:14.787" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10014" CreationDate="2018-11-06T16:26:24.113" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, &lt;em&gt;neerlandese&lt;/em&gt; is the correct term, although it is not widely used in spoken language. Normally people do understand &lt;em&gt;olandese&lt;/em&gt;, and given the overall geography knowledge, I would not use &lt;em&gt;fiammingo&lt;/em&gt; (also because it is not the same culture, nor the same language).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4853" LastActivityDate="2018-11-06T16:26:24.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10018" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10020" CreationDate="2018-11-08T12:01:03.607" Score="4" ViewCount="1400" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering whether it is polite or typical for an Italian person to say 'bye' or 'ciao' at the end of a phone call or when they leave the house. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know an Italian who never signs-off on a phone call, they just hang-up and they also don't say good-bye when they leave. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this typical or is this person just impolite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4945" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-11-08T13:18:33.297" LastActivityDate="2018-11-08T21:18:32.247" Title="Do Italians close a conversation with some kind of salute?" Tags="&lt;greeting&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10018" CreationDate="2018-11-08T12:36:05.297" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually is typical for an Italian person to say goodbye with &quot;ciao&quot; or &quot;ci sentiamo (dopo, domani,...)&quot; at the end of a phone call or with &quot;arrivederci&quot; or &quot;ci vediamo&quot; when leaving the house; it also depends whether it is a formal situation or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously it is impolite to hang-up without saying goodbye or some kind of salutation, but that's true no matter what nationality you are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, regarding some formal ways of signing off a phone call you can find in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italianochefatica.it/it/italiano-per-stranieri-telefonata-di-lavoro-in-italiano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this blog&lt;/a&gt; some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Telefonare in italiano: come terminare una conversazione? (How to end a phone call?)&lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Signor Bianchi, è stato un piacere parlare con lei.&lt;/strong&gt; – Mr. Bianchi,&#xA;  it was nice talking with you!;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Me ne occuperò domani. – I’ll do that tomorrow.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Lo verificherò subito. – I’ll check it right away.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Le invierò il preventivo per posta. – I’ll send you an estimate by&#xA;  mail.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Le invierò i dettagli via e-mail. – I’ll send you all details by&#xA;  mail.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono in attesa di una sua conferma … – I’m waiting for your&#xA;  confirmation...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La ringrazio per l’aiuto! &lt;strong&gt;Arrivederla!&lt;/strong&gt; – Thank you very much for&#xA;  your help! Goodbye!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arrivederla signor Bianchi, a presto!&lt;/strong&gt;  – Speak to you soon, Mr.&#xA;  Bianchi!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-11-08T16:37:11.667" LastActivityDate="2018-11-08T16:37:11.667" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10020" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10018" CreationDate="2018-11-08T13:14:15.790" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's pretty unusual and impolite, and also shows an ignorance of at least one of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jakobson%27s_functions_of_language&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;functions of language&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for which way to close a conversations, friends or close colleagues will use a normal &lt;em&gt;Ciao&lt;/em&gt; (there is a recent custom of closing a phone call with a sequence of generally three &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt;s). People who are in less intimate relation would say &lt;em&gt;Arrivederci&lt;/em&gt; (even if &lt;em&gt;A risentirci&lt;/em&gt; would be more correct), &lt;em&gt;A domani&lt;/em&gt; (“till tomorrow”, if that's the case) etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bye&lt;/em&gt; or words in other languages can happen, but it would be an unusual and joking way of speaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More or less all of the above (but for the thrice-repeated &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt;) holds for meeting in person, for when you leave a shop etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-11-08T13:14:15.790" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10018" CreationDate="2018-11-08T19:34:53.790" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not normal to &lt;em&gt;sbattere/chiudere/riattaccare il telefono in faccia&lt;/em&gt; (hanging up a phone call) nor &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/lessico/lessico_107.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;andarsene alla chetichella/all'inglese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (slipping away quietly without saying goodbye).&#xA;I personally find strange many TV series where they &lt;em&gt;never&lt;/em&gt; say goodbye at the phone, and most of them are American.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although I must say that in some circumstances it could be normal if they are work related calls and the job implies making a lot of these calls especially between the same parties so that saying hello+goodbye every 5 minutes for a call would actually take away productive time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="224" LastEditorUserId="224" LastEditDate="2018-11-08T21:18:32.247" LastActivityDate="2018-11-08T21:18:32.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10022" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10024" CreationDate="2018-11-08T20:00:33.773" Score="4" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E si metteva a balbettare: «... che ho detto?!... non volevo dire questo... non era questo che volevo dire, povera me... oh Dio oh Dio...», con poca voce, livida in faccia, portandosi le mani alla testa ricciutella e dolorante. Allora Giuseppe impietosito si faceva a consolarla: «eh, che fa?» dicendole, «non fa niente, già è passato. Mattuzza sei, &lt;strong&gt;babbarella&lt;/strong&gt;, sei...» mentre lei se lo riguardava intontita, con occhi parlanti d’infinito amore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che &quot;babbo&quot; significa &quot;padre&quot;, ma penso che il significato di &quot;babbarella&quot; in questo passaggio non abbia niente a che vedere con questo, e non sono riuscita a trovarlo su nessun dizionario. Potreste spiegarmelo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-09T09:46:01.297" LastActivityDate="2018-11-09T09:46:01.297" Title="Cosa significa &quot;babbarella&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10023" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-11-08T21:39:32.033" Score="3" ViewCount="250" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &lt;em&gt;esponenziale&lt;/em&gt; può essere sicuramente sia femminile (&lt;em&gt;funzione e.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;curva e.&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.) sia maschile (e.g. &lt;em&gt;modo e.&lt;/em&gt;). Dato che l'aggettivo concorda sempre col sostantivo basta sapere il genere del sostantivo per scoprire quello assunto da &lt;em&gt;esponenziale&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il problema sussiste nel momento in cui &lt;em&gt;esponenziale&lt;/em&gt; venga usato come sostantivo: la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esponenziale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ed il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/esponenziale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Nuovo De Mauro (Internazionale)&lt;/a&gt; suggeriscono che sia maschile, &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/E/esponenziale.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli (Repubblica)&lt;/a&gt; suggerisce che sia femminile ed infine il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/E/esponenziale.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini-Coletti (Corriere)&lt;/a&gt; e la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=esponenziale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; non considerano neanche l'uso come sostantivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Degno di nota è che per Treccani e Nuovo De Mauro, &lt;em&gt;esponenziale&lt;/em&gt; è un tipo particolare di funzione esponenziale, cioè quella funzione esponenziale che ha come base il numero di Nepero. L'esempio del dizionario Hoepli, &lt;em&gt;curva e.&lt;/em&gt; è invece, secondo me, completamente errato dato che in questo caso &lt;em&gt;esponenziale&lt;/em&gt; viene usato come aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1764" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-27T22:28:02.797" LastActivityDate="2020-03-27T22:28:02.797" Title="Dubbio sul genere del sostantivo &quot;esponenziale&quot;" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10022" CreationDate="2018-11-08T23:41:24.320" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trovi &lt;em&gt;babbu&lt;/em&gt; su questo dizionario del calabrese (suppongo la varietà meridionale) &lt;a href=&quot;https://pulcinella291.forumfree.it/?t=53540796&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://pulcinella291.forumfree.it/?t=53540796&lt;/a&gt; come &lt;em&gt;stolto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In siciliano è lo stesso: &lt;em&gt;babbeo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stupido&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stolto&lt;/em&gt;. È comune in Sicilia dare della “provincia babba” a quelle confinanti: di sicuro per i catanesi, Messina è una provincia babba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano riportato, è un vezzeggiativo: &lt;em&gt;stupidina&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-11-08T23:41:24.320" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10023" CreationDate="2018-11-09T09:09:00.350" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;È solo un'indicazione aneddotica, ma nella mia pur limitata esperienza di matematico ho visto il termine &lt;em&gt;esponenziale&lt;/em&gt; per indicare la funzione usato unicamente al maschile, come hanno indicato anche @egreg e @DaG nei commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikibooks.org/wiki/Matematica_per_le_superiori/Funzioni_esponenziale_e_logaritmica&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;wikibook di matematica&lt;/a&gt; usa anche lui il maschile, così come innumerevoli dispense. Una ricerca su Google Scholar di &lt;a href=&quot;https://scholar.google.fr/scholar?hl=fr&amp;amp;as_sdt=0%2C5&amp;amp;q=%22esponenziale+complesso%22&amp;amp;btnG=&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;esponenziale complesso&lt;/a&gt; ed &lt;a href=&quot;https://scholar.google.fr/scholar?hl=fr&amp;amp;as_sdt=0%2C5&amp;amp;q=%22esponenziale+complessa%22&amp;amp;btnG=&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;esponenziale complessa&lt;/a&gt; sembra almeno suggerire che la prima forma sia di gran lunga la più comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se qualcuno lo usasse al femminile sarebbe sicuramente comprensibile, ma non comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2018-11-09T09:09:00.350" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10028" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10006" CreationDate="2018-11-09T19:05:09.980" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cazzuccio&lt;/em&gt; is, indeed, the &quot;endearing&quot; form of &lt;em&gt;cazzo&lt;/em&gt; (by adding the endearing suffix -uccio), used as an emphatic and also to somewhat reduce the aggressivity of the response, since the author is speaking to his mother.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The opposite effect would have been obtained with an augmentative prefix - &quot;La macchina la tengo come &lt;em&gt;stracazzo&lt;/em&gt; mi pare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It translates well enough to &quot;I'll keep my car like I &lt;em&gt;jolly fucking&lt;/em&gt; want&quot;, at least in British English, as the &quot;rude&quot; form of &lt;em&gt;jolly well&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;informal•British &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;      used for emphasis, especially when one is angry or irritated.&#xA;      &quot;I'm going to keep on eating as much sugar as I jolly well like&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/jolly-well&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cambridge Dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Charo is correct, however, in saying that it normally would have a pejorative meaning - that's because the endearing terms (at least in Italian) usually also imply a smaller size, power, or duration than average: &lt;em&gt;tesoruccio&lt;/em&gt; is a &lt;em&gt;little treasure&lt;/em&gt;, endearing when it's a child, but obviously disappointing when it's loot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-09T23:06:55.297" LastActivityDate="2018-11-09T23:06:55.297" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10029" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10030" CreationDate="2018-11-10T08:44:57.200" Score="7" ViewCount="863" Body="&lt;p&gt;The dictionary says 'gobbo' (noun) means a hunchback.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was watching this video of Mourinho after the Juve game:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9Z5Qm9CIYHk&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9Z5Qm9CIYHk&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A comment underneath says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Godo come un porcellone, gobbi del cazzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am assuming &quot;godo come un porcellone&quot; means something like &quot;I'm enjoying this like a pig in the muck&quot;, but I'm stuck at &quot;gobbi del cazzo&quot;. Is this a cultural reference? (I know what 'cazzo' means :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-10T16:50:00.733" LastActivityDate="2018-11-10T16:50:00.733" Title="Meaning of 'gobbo' / 'gobbi'" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;swearwords&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10029" CreationDate="2018-11-10T09:29:13.323" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;In some parts of Italy &lt;em&gt;gobbi&lt;/em&gt;, regardless of its literal meaning, is used by supporters of other football teams to derogatorily refer to supporters (and occasionally players) of Juventus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, yes, that sentence translates approximately as “I'm enjoying this as a big, fat pig, you fucking Juventus supporters/players”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ilpost.it/2014/11/24/tifosi-juventus-gobbi/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;article in &lt;em&gt;Il Post&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; relates some theories about the origin of this nickname, among which the fact that a jersey Juventus players wore in the 1950s, when they ran, became filled by the air in the upper back, so giving them the appearance of being hunchbacks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-11-10T09:29:13.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10031" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10023" CreationDate="2018-11-10T15:14:23.267" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A logica, &quot;esponenziale&quot; deve essere solo coniugata al femminile. Deriva da una classe di funzioni (appunto, f. esponenziali) che godono di particolari proprietà, e le medesime, almeno in italiano, non hanno nemmeno un sinonimo al maschile (qualcuno potrebbe obiettare il fatto che esiste anche il concetto di funzionale, ma è qualcosa che trascende il caso di specie).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Caso particolare, quello citato dell'esponenziale complesso, che è molto più colloquiale che altro - propriamente si parla di f. e. complessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4853" LastActivityDate="2018-11-10T15:14:23.267" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8074" CreationDate="2018-11-11T02:34:18.650" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe derivare dall'irlandese &quot;gaige&quot;, che per l'appunto significa dandy, elegantone. È probabile che sia stato mutuato da parte di comunità italo-americane da immigrati irlandesi negli Stati Uniti, e poi da lì sia &quot;rientrato&quot; in Italia. Ma questa è tutta una mia ipotesi, basata comunque sull'identità perfetta di significato e quasi perfetta di pronuncia. In ogni caso, in nessun'altra lingua, a parte queste due, ha il significato di damerino. Quindi...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4983" LastActivityDate="2018-11-11T02:34:18.650" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10034" CreationDate="2018-11-11T09:17:43.343" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto queste parole pronunciate da Giuseppe, un personaggio proveniente dall'estremo sud calabrese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; «Ma quale fango, Noruzza mia?! Lu fangu sta sulle mani bianche del proprietario e del banchiere! Lu fangu è la putrida società! Anarchia non è fango!! Anarchia è onore de lu mundu, nome santo, vero &lt;strong&gt;suli&lt;/strong&gt; della nuova storia, rivoluzione immensa, &lt;em&gt;implacabbile&lt;/em&gt;!!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul vocabolo &quot;suli&quot;, che non sono riuscita a trovare su nessun dizionario. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-11T10:46:42.503" LastActivityDate="2018-11-11T11:17:36.913" Title="Significato di &quot;suli&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10033" CreationDate="2018-11-11T11:17:36.913" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikiquote.org/wiki/Proverbi_calabresi#M&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;raccolta di proverbi calabresi&lt;/a&gt; il vocabolo &lt;em&gt;&quot;suli&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è tradotto come &lt;em&gt;&quot;sole&quot;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto della frase (il personaggio sta facendo un elogio dell'anarchia), &quot;sole&quot; viene utilizzato in modo figurato, nel senso di luce che illumina, guida e dà senso alle cose, o anche nel senso di cosa talmente preziosa e splendente da abbagliare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-11-11T11:17:36.913" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1218" CreationDate="2018-11-12T10:40:26.170" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Modena we use phrases like &lt;em&gt;essere dietro a mangiare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;sono dietro che mangio&lt;/em&gt; as the normal ways of expressing the standard &lt;em&gt;sto mangiando&lt;/em&gt;. In the local dialect these same phrases represent the only ways of expressing the above notion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4986" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2018-11-12T18:24:54.857" LastActivityDate="2018-11-12T18:24:54.857" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10036" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9977" CreationDate="2018-11-12T14:45:43.923" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La grammatica si evolve, attualmente nessuno usa molto migliore, e se lo fai vieni guardato un po' male o ci suona strano, al massimo molto meglio.. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4988" LastActivityDate="2018-11-12T14:45:43.923" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10038" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10039" CreationDate="2018-11-12T15:35:46.050" Score="4" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I understand correctly, &lt;em&gt;congiuntivo imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; is the imperfect tense of subjunctive mood. Judging by conjugation table (ending in &lt;em&gt;-sse&lt;/em&gt;), I suppose it comes from Latin subjunctive pluperfect table. Then in Latin, pluperfect is like past perfect and not past continuous (in English), and I think it's closer to &lt;em&gt;congiuntivo traspassato&lt;/em&gt;, as is currently formed with &quot;&lt;em&gt;avessi&lt;/em&gt; + participio passato&quot;. So why is the pluperfect table picked instead of the imperfect table (which would have turned &lt;em&gt;cantessi&lt;/em&gt; into &lt;em&gt;cantarè&lt;/em&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the record, Spanish retained both tables (it has &lt;em&gt;subjuntivo imperfecto 1&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;subjuntivo imperfecto 2&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell me what is the history behind this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2018-11-12T16:00:40.587" LastActivityDate="2018-11-12T17:19:18.273" Title="Why does &quot;congiuntivo imperfetto&quot; come from Latin subjunctive pluperfect instead of subjunctive imperfect?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10038" CreationDate="2018-11-12T16:54:43.217" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Great question! This answer is going to be heavily based in the discussion in chapter 7 of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alkire, Ti, and Carol Rosen. &lt;em&gt;Romance languages: A historical introduction.&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge University Press, 2010&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verbal tense system went through a reorganization in the passage from Latin to Romance. Of the original categories (roughly speaking pairs of mood and tense) only four survive with only regular sound changes (present indicative present, perfect indicative, imperfect indicative and present subjunctive), while other forms were repurposed (e.g. imperfect subjunctive) or replaced with completely new forms (e.g. indicative future, most of the &lt;em&gt;perfectum&lt;/em&gt; family, the whole conditional mood).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This often happens when, after regular sound changes, the &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; forms cannot be distinguished anymore from other verbal forms (e.g. the indicative future &lt;em&gt;cantābit&lt;/em&gt; becomes identical to the perfect &lt;em&gt;cantāvit&lt;/em&gt; after the regular sound change turning intervocalic &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; into &lt;em&gt;v&lt;/em&gt;, and so it had to go). This is exactly the case of the subjunctive imperfect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The imperfect subjunctive of the verb &lt;em&gt;canto&lt;/em&gt; has the form &lt;em&gt;cantāret&lt;/em&gt;. After regular sound changes, in most of the persons the verb becomes indistinguishable from the infinitive &lt;em&gt;cantāre&lt;/em&gt;. Indeed, except from Sardinian that has mantained it, the only reflex of Latin's imperfect subjunctive is in Portuguese inflected infinitive forms!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To fill in this vacuum, the speakers coopted two verbal forms: the pluperfect subjunctive and the pluperfect indicative. These tenses were in the process of being muscled out of their niche by the synthetic perfect (i.e. the perfect formed by an auxiliary verb followed by the past particle) and were ready to find a new home in the infectum system. We have an indication that they were somehow associated to this role from an early period in this example from the first century BC&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;seque paratos quaecumque &lt;strong&gt;imperasset&lt;/strong&gt; [instead of &lt;em&gt;imperaret&lt;/em&gt;], et libenti animo facturos pollicentur (&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/De_Bello_Africo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;De bello africano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, 33)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;they pledged themselves ready to do willingly whatever he commanded&lt;/em&gt; (and not &lt;em&gt;he had commanded&lt;/em&gt;, since Caesar had yet to issue any command)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian (as most of the other Romance languages) decided to use exclusively the perfect subjunctive for this job and went through a relatively aggressive push of regularization, eliminating the trace of the &lt;em&gt;perfectum&lt;/em&gt; stem from all the verbs but three: &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt; (imperfect subjunctive &lt;em&gt;fosse&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stesse&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;desse&lt;/em&gt;). For example, today we say &lt;em&gt;mettesse&lt;/em&gt; and not *&lt;em&gt;misisse&lt;/em&gt; from &lt;em&gt;misīsset&lt;/em&gt;. This is similar to the situation for the indicative perfect (passato remoto) for which however more verbs retained their original strong stem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a slight digression I would like to say a couple of words about Spanish, since you name it in the question (however, I do not really speak Spanish so I'm going to trust my source for the examples). You say that Spanish has retained the Latin imperfect subjunctive, but that is not the case. It is true that Spanish has two forms, but the other comes from the Latin pluperfect indicative, not from the imperfect subjunctive. For example &lt;em&gt;cantāret&lt;/em&gt; would give *&lt;em&gt;cantare&lt;/em&gt; (that later presumably becomes *&lt;em&gt;cantar&lt;/em&gt;) and not the current form &lt;em&gt;cantara&lt;/em&gt;, coming from the pluperfect indicative &lt;em&gt;cantārat&lt;/em&gt;. It's not 100% clear to me why Spanish retained both forms (as far as I know it is the only Romance language to do so), but that would probably be a question for Spanish.SE (or possibly Linguistics.SE), so I'll have to stop here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-12T17:19:18.273" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9977" CreationDate="2018-11-12T17:31:19.880" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alle elementari mi hanno sempre insegnato a dire molto migliore, ma a non dire più migliore. Dicevano che si usava così in latino, e che migliore è un superlativo assoluto, che può essere rinforzato dal &quot;molto&quot; ma non aumentato dal &quot;più&quot;. Nessuno direbbe molto buonissimo, per questo tutti pensano che sia errato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4989" LastActivityDate="2018-11-12T17:31:19.880" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10041" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10044" CreationDate="2018-11-13T06:27:00.400" Score="4" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;As with most other Romance languages, the verb &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt; has a very irregular indicative present conjugation table. For example (only focused ones are listed)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Latin    Italian   French  Spanish&#xA;----------------------------------&#xA;sapio    so        sais    sé&#xA;sapis    sai       sais&#xA;sapit    sa        sait&#xA;sapimus                        &#xA;sapitis                  &#xA;sapiunt  sanno          &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Except for French which I can't verify (&lt;em&gt;sache&lt;/em&gt;), the subjunctive present table is mostly regular, unlike indicative (Italian &lt;em&gt;sappia&lt;/em&gt;, Spanish &lt;em&gt;sepa&lt;/em&gt;). The consonant in the middle (P or B or V) is lost altogether in &lt;em&gt;io, tu, lui&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; conjugations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone tell explain how &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt; lost the middle consonant in those indicative present conjugations?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2019-03-04T07:34:44.403" LastActivityDate="2019-03-04T07:34:44.403" Title="How did &quot;sapere&quot; lose the middle consonant P in its indicative present table?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10042" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10043" CreationDate="2018-11-13T10:53:05.833" Score="6" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;I came across this piece of lyrics from a song called &amp;quot;Laura non c'è&amp;quot;, and could not decipher it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non vorrei che tu fossi un'emergenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma tra bene ed amore c'è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solo Laura e la mia coscienza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The lyrics may be inaccurate, but I am not sure what  &lt;code&gt;c'è&lt;/code&gt; in the second line is doing. Could it be correct? If so, what is it referring to?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4992" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-16T09:19:07.630" Title="C'è with multiple conjoined nouns?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10042" CreationDate="2018-11-13T11:04:28.027" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second and the third line should be read together in sequence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma tra bene ed amore c'è solo Laura e la mia coscienza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(But between good and love there is only Laura and my  conscience)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;em&gt;c’è&lt;/em&gt; refers to Laura which stands (along with my conscience) between good and love, even though, as correctly pointed out by @DaG, the correct form would be &lt;em&gt;ci sono&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-13T12:41:40.617" LastActivityDate="2018-11-13T12:41:40.617" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10044" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10041" CreationDate="2018-11-13T11:55:52.783" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most of this answer comes from material in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alkire, Ti, and Rosen, Carol. &lt;em&gt;Romance languages: A historical introduction.&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge University Press, 2010&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However this answer is a bit more speculative that my previous answer with the same source, because I couldn't find a complete treatment of the evolution of &lt;em&gt;sapĕo&lt;/em&gt; either in that book or anywhere else. So the following answer is essentially me applying the regular changes found in that book (in particular the existence &quot;analogic group&quot; {&lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;}) to this special case and describing what happens. I'm not a linguist, neither by formation nor by trade, so a lot of the explanations I write might be rubbish. The reconstructed and attested forms however do come from the book, so they should be reliable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Italian verb &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sapere2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (as the French &lt;em&gt;savoir&lt;/em&gt; and Spanish &lt;em&gt;saber&lt;/em&gt;) comes from Latin &lt;a href=&quot;http://perseus.uchicago.edu/cgi-bin/philologic/getobject.pl?c.17:469.lewisandshort.853309&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sapĕre&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, which is one of the few Latin verbs of the III conjugation that got pushed to the II (hence becoming **sapēre). Let us take a look at its reconstructed conjugation in Vulgar Latin and its attested Old Italian forms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt; Vulgar Latin          |    Old Italian&#xA;----------------------------------------------------------&#xA;*sapĕo      &amp;gt; *sapio   |  sàccio/sappo/sao&#xA;*sapes      &amp;gt; *sapei   |  sapi&#xA;*sapet      &amp;gt; *sape    |  sape&#xA;*sapēmus    &amp;gt; *sapemoi |  sapemo &amp;gt; sapiamo&#xA;(*sapēte)   &amp;gt; *sapete  |  sapete&#xA;*sapent     &amp;gt; *sapen   |  sàcciono&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in the plural first person, the original form (*&lt;em&gt;sapētis&lt;/em&gt;) got replaced by the imperative form in all Italian verbs. Similarly, the plural first person got replaced by the present subjunctive form (*&lt;em&gt;sapeamus&lt;/em&gt;) (possibly because of the imperative value of present subjunctive).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the passage to Old Italian, the third person plural is replaced by an analogic form obtained from the first person singular, probably because the original third plural forms were perceived as apocopes (for whatever reason, Italian developed a strong link between the first singular and third plural forms in all its verbs). Moreover the first singular form regularly turned the yod in a gemination of the previous consonant (possibly accompanied by palatalization).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The form &lt;em&gt;sao&lt;/em&gt;, the one that prevailed in the end, is more mysterious. The best guess I can give is that it was interpreted as part of a family of very common verbs ending with &lt;em&gt;-ao&lt;/em&gt; at the singular first person: &lt;em&gt;vao&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;vo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fao&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;fo&lt;/em&gt;, *&lt;em&gt;dao&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;do&lt;/em&gt;, *&lt;em&gt;stao&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;sto&lt;/em&gt; (where most of them got this form from a regular lenition). The same phenomenon should be responsible for the change *&lt;em&gt;ajo&lt;/em&gt;&gt; &lt;em&gt;ho&lt;/em&gt; (and not the attested &lt;em&gt;aggio&lt;/em&gt;) and for the apocopes that happen at the other singular forms (again, the third plural form is probably dragged by analogy with the first singular). This seems also to be the interpretation in Rohlfs, G. &lt;em&gt;Grammatica storica dell'italiano e dei suoi dialetti&lt;/em&gt; (pg.284, my translation)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The present of 'sapere'.&lt;/em&gt; The current Tuscan inflection &lt;em&gt;sò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sai&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sappiamo&lt;/em&gt; (early &lt;em&gt;sapemo&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;sapete&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sanno&lt;/em&gt; shows a clear connection with the conjugation of &lt;em&gt;hò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fò&lt;/em&gt;. The ancient step of &lt;em&gt;sò&lt;/em&gt; can be seen in the &lt;em&gt;sao&lt;/em&gt; of the «Carte capuane» (960 d.C.). Ancient forms are &lt;em&gt;saccio&lt;/em&gt; 'I know' (Guido Cavalcanti, Forese) and &lt;em&gt;sape&lt;/em&gt; 'he knows' (Purg. 18,56, &lt;em&gt;uom non sape&lt;/em&gt;). The first form is perhaps modelled on &lt;em&gt;faccio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;taccio&lt;/em&gt;, but it propagated also by the influx of the Sicilian poetic school: cfr. Sicilian and Calabrian &lt;em&gt;sacciu&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we end up with the modern forms&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;sao &amp;gt; so&#xA;sai&#xA;sa&#xA;sappiamo&#xA;sapete&#xA;sanno&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(In fact it is almost certain that the attested form &lt;em&gt;sao&lt;/em&gt; is a residual that survived in Campania, and that most of Italy was already using &lt;em&gt;so&lt;/em&gt; at a very early period).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-11-13T12:38:03.890" LastActivityDate="2018-11-13T12:38:03.890" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10045" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-11-14T18:04:36.273" Score="8" ViewCount="331" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella parte di internet in lingua inglese (incluso questo stesso sito!) si usa spesso il termine &quot;Original Poster&quot; o &quot;OP&quot; in breve per indicare la persona che ha iniziato una discussione (o, nel caso di StackExchange, che ha posto la domanda).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato per un po' ma non riesco ad immaginare un termine analogo in italiano (principalmente per la mancanza di un verbo &quot;postare&quot;, &quot;postatore&quot; suona semplicemente orribile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Qual è una traduzione in italiano di &quot;Original Poster&quot;, come usato su internet?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-11-18T11:59:56.513" LastActivityDate="2021-04-07T10:58:20.013" Title="Qual è una traduzione di &quot;OP&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10046" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10042" CreationDate="2018-11-15T14:39:20.860" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually I've found another –  slightly different – lyrics for the same song here: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.angolotesti.it/A/testi_canzoni_antonio_mungari_64702/testo_canzone_laura_non_ce_1111998.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.angolotesti.it/A/testi_canzoni_antonio_mungari_64702/testo_canzone_laura_non_ce_1111998.html&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this version, which by the way is what I understood by listening/meaning, the sentence is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Solo Laura &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; la mia coscienza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would mean that this sentence is unlinked to the previous one, and with this logic &quot;c'è&quot; is perfectly correct. &#xA;&quot;C'è&quot; can be translated with &quot;there is&quot; with the implied meaning of &quot;there is &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. You can consider it as a figure of speech, the implied &quot;something&quot; can (and should) remain untold because love is a very personal thing, therefore there isn't a specific &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt; for everyone, but without any doubt there is something between love and affection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma tra bene ed amore &lt;em&gt;qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;c'è&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But between good and love &lt;strong&gt;there is&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4997" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-15T15:05:23.393" LastActivityDate="2018-11-15T15:05:23.393" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10047" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10042" CreationDate="2018-11-16T09:19:07.630" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;This song is probably not the best example if you're looking for something grammatically accurate: quoting DaG, I'd consider this &quot;c'è&quot; instead of &quot;ci sono&quot; a &quot;poetic license&quot;.&#xA;A few lines after you can also read &quot;è strano che al suo posto &lt;em&gt;ci sei te&lt;/em&gt;&quot; instead of &lt;em&gt;ci sia tu&lt;/em&gt;. I wouldn't try to give a particular reason to these sentences other than having the desired number of syllables and rhymes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2018-11-16T09:19:07.630" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10048" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10049" CreationDate="2018-11-16T23:04:30.883" Score="2" ViewCount="478" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; Non ho potuto controllare l’ubicazione precisa di quell’osteria. Però qualcuno, in passato, m’accennava che per arrivarci bisognava prendere una &lt;strong&gt;tranvia&lt;/strong&gt; suburbana, se non forse la cremagliera, su per il fianco della montagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo brano, il vocabolo &quot;tranvia&quot; ha attirato la mia attenzione perché non lo conoscevo. Mi sono chiesta subito se fosse la stessa cosa di &quot;tram&quot;. Ho cercato questo termine in alcuni dizionari ma, con le definizioni che ho trovato, non riesco a capire se si tratta o meno di un &quot;tram&quot;. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tranvia_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;tranvia&quot; del dizionario dei sinonimi e contrari Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, non si trova &quot;tram&quot; come sinonimo e, alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tram_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;tram&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, non appare &quot;tranvia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-11-17T08:54:22.977" LastActivityDate="2018-11-17T10:50:34.497" Title="&quot;Il tram&quot; e &quot;la tranvia&quot; sono la stessa cosa?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10048" CreationDate="2018-11-16T23:16:45.820" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendo da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tranvia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; il significato letterale di &amp;quot;tranvia&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con il termine tranvia (o tramvia, traduzione dall'originale termine inglese TramWay), si intende l'infrastruttura di trasporto terrestre, idonea alla circolazione di tram sia per il trasporto di persone che di merci.[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di base le differenze tra &lt;em&gt;tranvia&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ferrovia&lt;/em&gt; sono poche; si differenziano invece profondamente per il metodo di circolazione dei convogli che, nel caso della tranvia, si svolge essenzialmente a vista (e ciò comporta che le velocità raggiunte non sono mai elevate) mentre nel caso dei convogli ferroviari richiede sistemi di sicurezza e di blocco, segnali e procedure restrittive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta quindi di una rete di trasporto locale (a livello di comune o provincia) a via guidata (di solito su binari) in cui si procede lentamente. Al giorno d'oggi di solito si identifica con la rete urbana dei tram; ma esistono o sono esistite in passato realtà in cui non è o non era esattamente così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in questione credo si possa parlare di una metonìmia in cui viene scambiato il mezzo da prendere (il tram o altro materiale rotabile: si parla di cremagliera, il che mi fa pensare a un piccolo treno) con l'infrastruttura (la tranvia); sarebbe analogo dire &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;prendo la ferrovia&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; per indicare che mi sposto in treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che al giorno d'oggi sia un'espressione considerata obsoleta, ed è molto più comune dire &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;prendo il tram&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare però che viene utilizzata comunemente l'espressione &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;prendere l'autostrada&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-17T10:50:34.497" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10045" CreationDate="2018-11-18T08:03:44.910" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alla lettera direi &quot;autore originale&quot;. Da una ricerca su Google, questo è anche l'uso diffuso, anche se non sono riuscito a trovare una fonte abbastanza autorevole, e non so se &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.tripadvisorsupport.com/hc/it/articles/200613597-Il-linguaggio-dei-forum&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;TripAdvisor&lt;/a&gt; o &lt;a href=&quot;https://preply.com/it/blog/2018/05/04/le-abbreviazioni-piu-usate-su-internet-nei-messaggi-e-nei-tweet/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Plreply&lt;/a&gt; meritino la tramoggia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Usenet ho visto usare &quot;capothread&quot; in senso metonimico, per indicare non solo il primo post ma anche il suo autore (non è una traduzione e anzi è proprio brutto, visto che mezzo termine resta inglese).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(E poi si potrebbe usare &quot;Primo Oratore&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2018-11-18T18:49:17.637" LastActivityDate="2018-11-18T18:49:17.637" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10045" CreationDate="2018-11-18T09:39:24.793" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io propongo “richiedente originale” o “primo richiedente”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe anche ipotizzare “iniziatore originale” ma a mio parere stona un pochino. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-18T10:23:46.883" LastActivityDate="2018-11-18T10:23:46.883" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10052" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10053" CreationDate="2018-11-18T20:18:00.453" Score="4" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm reading Italo Calvino's &lt;em&gt;Fiabe italiane&lt;/em&gt;. First story is  about the fearless Giovannino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giovannino goes out travelling the world, comes to an inn and asks for lodging.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Qui posto non ce n'è&amp;quot;, disse il padrone, &amp;quot;ma se non hai paura, ti mando in un palazzo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Perché dovrei aver paura?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Perché ci si sente, e nessuno ne è potuto uscire altro che morto.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, 'sentirsi' here must mean 'to be haunted',  because that's what the whole story is about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But then, why does neither Collins nor Oxford dictionaries list this as a meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-11-20T21:05:32.623" Title="Meaning of 'sentirsi' in this context" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10053" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10052" CreationDate="2018-11-19T09:30:13.853" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning is the one you guessed, as documented by Charo.&#xA;Consider that it's definitely not a common usage at the point that it in many editions of this story you'll find it in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.terraorobica.net/Articoli/Leggende/Gioani%20sensa%20pura.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;italic&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Just one correction: I wouldn't consider this a voice of &lt;em&gt;sentirsi&lt;/em&gt;, but rather of &lt;em&gt;sentirci&lt;/em&gt; (to hear &lt;em&gt;there&lt;/em&gt; [spirits?]) with a &lt;em&gt;si impersonale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2018-11-19T09:30:13.853" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10054" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10052" CreationDate="2018-11-20T21:05:32.623" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It could simply mean &quot;here, people feel fear.&quot;&#xA;La paura si sente qui. &#xA;Ci si sente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3668" LastActivityDate="2018-11-20T21:05:32.623" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10012" CreationDate="2018-11-21T16:23:23.387" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that the right word is &lt;strong&gt;interdizione&lt;/strong&gt;, even if it has more meanings in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italy, in the legal field there are two cases in which the right to vote is removed:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Interdizione giudiziale&lt;/strong&gt;: for people are incapable of understanding.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Interdizione legale&lt;/strong&gt;: for those who have committed particularly serious crimes.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/interdizione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;interdizióne&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal lat. interdictio -onis, der. di interdicĕre&#xA;  «interdire»]. – 1. In genere, divieto, proibizione fatta da&#xA;  un’autorità: i. dell’accesso in zone militari; trattative per l’i.&#xA;  delle armi atomiche e nucleari. Con accezioni specifiche: a. Nel&#xA;  linguaggio giur., esclusione della capacità di agire o dell’esercizio&#xA;  di determinati diritti, che consegue a uno stato d’infermità mentale&#xA;  accertata dal giudice (i. giudiziale) o a una sentenza di condanna (i.&#xA;  legale; i. dai pubblici uffici; i. dall’esercizio di una professione o&#xA;  di un’arte); chiedere, ottenere l’i.; pronuncia d’interdizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastActivityDate="2018-11-21T16:23:23.387" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10057" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10058" CreationDate="2018-11-22T19:43:54.547" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Inoltre, soprattutto per confortare Nora, aveva fatto acquisto di una radio, cosí che alla sera potevano ascoltare assieme le Opere, delle quali erano entrambi appassionati, fino dal tempo che andavano agli spettacoli del &lt;strong&gt;carrozzone&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire cosa fosse questo &quot;carrozzone&quot; dove, a quanto pare, si rappresentavano le opere. E non ho trovato nessuna informazione al riguardo. Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare in che cosa consisteva?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro riferimento a questo &quot;carrozzone&quot; che appare precedentemente nel testo è questo (il corsivo appare nel romanzo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma piú di tutti al mondo amava Iduzza e Noruzza, per le quali era capace perfino di comporre madrigali. A Nora, da fidanzati, diceva: «Mia stella d’Oriente!» e alla Iduzza (già voluta &lt;em&gt;Aida&lt;/em&gt;) cantava spesso (N.B. sia lui che Nora erano stati assidui agli spettacoli del &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;carrozzone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; lirico di passaggio):  &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  «Celeste Aida forma divina»...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-23T10:46:59.090" LastActivityDate="2018-11-23T10:46:59.090" Title="Cos'era questo &quot;carrozzone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10057" CreationDate="2018-11-23T07:18:53.460" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal Sabatini Coletti per &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/carrozzone.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;carrozzone&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Grosso rimorchio sistemato ad abitazione: &lt;em&gt;c. del circo, degli zingari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e Hoepli riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Grosso veicolo usato per gli spostamenti dai nomadi, spec. dei circhi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine carrozzone quindi si riferisce a quello del circo ma per estensione anche a compagnie di spettacolo itineranti che erano caratteristiche nella prima metà del '900.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fa correttamente notare @Gio, anche nella canzone &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://significatotestocanzone.blogspot.com/2014/12/il-carrozzone-renato-zero.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il carrozzone&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Renato Zero viene fatto riferimento al carrozzone del circo, anche se in questo caso è da intendersi come metafora del &quot;circo della vita&quot; che, nonostante tutto, va avanti per la sua strada con il suo spettacolo, nel suo ciclo infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-23T09:12:56.793" LastActivityDate="2018-11-23T09:12:56.793" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2382" CreationDate="2018-11-25T03:00:46.977" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was little. my girlfriend's dad, who is from Italy, used this word often.  I still remember him using this word.  Mrs. C. was also from Italy, so I can attest to the fact that Italians do use this word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5016" LastActivityDate="2018-11-25T03:00:46.977" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9266" CreationDate="2018-11-25T16:34:44.490" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che significhi &quot;tenendo conto&quot; (non è una forma moderna):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;fatta anche la parte al rimbombo e alla natura del terreno&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ovvero, il rumore era &quot;alquanto vario&quot;, e questo anche &lt;strong&gt;tenendo conto&lt;/strong&gt; della natura del terreno. Il terreno giustificava una certa variabilità del suono, ma non tutto; anche così, il suono originale era ugualmente &quot;vario&quot; in intensità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fare la parte&lt;/strong&gt; in italiano moderno (anche &lt;em&gt;fare una parte&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fare una partaccia&lt;/em&gt;) significa &lt;em&gt;rimproverare&lt;/em&gt;. Viene dal &quot;fare la parte&quot;, ossia dividere le spoglie, il bottino, o simili in un gruppo, a seconda del ruolo di ciascuno (&quot;la parte di un ufficiale&quot;, &quot;la parte di un marinaio scelto è doppia...&quot;, ecc.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;- Quanto avete disegnato spendere intorno a questa impresa?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;- Ma! Non ti parrebbe abbastanza un cinquecento ducati?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;- No, signore, non bastano. &lt;strong&gt;Fatta la parte ai compagni&lt;/strong&gt;, levate le spese dei cavalli e delle armi, mi riviene una miseria.&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (F. Domenico Guerrazzi, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.liberliber.it/mediateca/libri/g/guerrazzi/beatrice_cenci_storia_del_secolo_xvi/pdf/beatri_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Beatrice Cènci&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, cap. III)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da qui deriva anche «tenendo conto» (cioè, dando la giusta parte a qualcosa): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma, &lt;strong&gt;fatta la parte&lt;/strong&gt; a ciò che vi ha d'ingenuo in quella credenza (che è riapparsa più volte nell'estetica e nella critica d'arte), bisogna &lt;strong&gt;far la parte&lt;/strong&gt; a quel che vi ha di profondo: al pensiero che...&#xA;  (Benedetto Croce, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.franuvolo.it/sito/doc/Leonardo-in/016.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Leonardo Filosofo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, conferenza, 1906)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2018-11-26T00:38:38.873" LastActivityDate="2018-11-26T00:38:38.873" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10061" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9953" CreationDate="2018-11-25T17:20:58.817" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Tanto quanto&lt;/code&gt; e &lt;code&gt;quanto&lt;/code&gt; possono essere considerate due espressioni identiche in quanto entrambe esprimono il concetto di &lt;code&gt;esattamente la quantità richiesta&lt;/code&gt; , motivo per cui fare speculazioni su il valore più o meno approssimato risulta futile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5018" LastActivityDate="2018-11-25T17:20:58.817" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10063" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2018-11-27T13:27:41.457" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag is useful when dealing about a new word or expression, or a new meaning for an existing word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-27T13:27:41.457" LastActivityDate="2018-11-27T13:27:41.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10064" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2018-11-27T13:27:41.457" Score="0" Body="Use this tag for questions about a newly coined word or expression" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-27T13:27:41.457" LastActivityDate="2018-11-27T13:27:41.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10066" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2018-11-28T14:00:39.280" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;This tag should be used when asking about words or expressions people consider rude or offensive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-28T14:07:15.237" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T14:07:15.237" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10067" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2018-11-28T14:00:39.280" Score="0" Body="Use this tag when asking about rude or offensive words or expressions" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-28T14:00:39.280" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T14:00:39.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10068" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2018-11-28T14:15:24.173" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;loanword&lt;/a&gt; (also loan word or loan-word) is a word adopted from one language (the donor language) and incorporated into another language without translation. This is in contrast to cognates, which are words in two or more languages that are similar because they share an etymological origin, and calques, which involve translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Source Wikipedia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-28T14:15:24.173" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T14:15:24.173" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10069" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2018-11-28T14:15:24.173" Score="0" Body="Use this tag when asking question about words adopted from one language (the donor language) and incorporated into another language without translation." OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-28T14:15:24.173" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T14:15:24.173" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10070" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7298" CreationDate="2018-11-28T19:09:59.700" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Parlo da madrelingua italiano; equivalente ad &quot;affordance&quot; c'è soltanto &quot;fa sì&quot; e &quot;permette - (e tutti i suoi sinonimi)&quot; (come qualcun'altro ha anche detto); &lt;strong&gt;Il manico di una tazza&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;permette&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;che questa possa essere afferrata&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;autorizza; fa sì&lt;/strong&gt;). Il termine &quot;affordance&quot; non è un vero e proprio &quot;termine&quot; in italiano, come per il resto altre moltissime parole in altre lingue non hanno una vera e propria &quot;traduzione&quot; in italiano, ma possiamo comunque prendere &quot;spunto - riferimento&quot; da quella parola e la sua definizione nella lingua stessa per comprendere - afferrare &quot;correttamente&quot; il concetto di quella parola. Saluti! :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5027" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T19:09:59.700" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7488" CreationDate="2018-11-28T19:14:17.593" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco qua la definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;sbruffoneggiare&quot; English translationIT&#xA;  &quot;sbruffoneggiare&quot; in English&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;volume_upsbruffoneggiare {v.i.}&#xA;EN&#xA;to rodomontade&#xA;More information&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translations &amp;amp; Examples&#xA;Translations &amp;amp; Examples&#xA;IT sbruffoneggiare volume_up {intransitive verb}&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sbruffoneggiare (also: fare lo spaccone)&#xA;volume_up to rodomontade {vb} [elev.] (talk boastfully)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5027" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T19:14:17.593" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9266" CreationDate="2018-11-28T19:29:51.883" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fare parte di&lt;/strong&gt; in &quot;italiano moderno&quot; significa;&#xA;&quot;v. inf.; partecipare &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Farò parte di questa gara quest'anno&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Parteciperò&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;questa gara quest'anno&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, rispondendo alla tua richiesta, &lt;strong&gt;fare la parte&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;fatta la parte&lt;/em&gt;), significa; &quot;v. inf.(part_n2); escludendo &lt;em&gt;...&lt;/em&gt;, ciò posto &lt;em&gt;...&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Fatta la parte di Giuseppe, iniziamo a parlare di Giovanni&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;Ciò posta&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;la parte di Giuseppe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;iniziamo a parlare di Giovanni&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DUNQUE&lt;/strong&gt;,&#xA;&quot;fare/fatta la parte di (...)&quot; significa &quot;escludendo, ciò posto&quot;; &quot;non tenere conto di (...)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero che questa mia spiegazione ti sia stata d'aiuto, ;) :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5027" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T19:29:51.883" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9953" CreationDate="2018-11-28T19:43:44.717" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Quanto&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; indica una quantità &lt;strong&gt;indefinita&lt;/strong&gt;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;nulla&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&#xA;1) Quanti soldi vuoi? = &lt;strong&gt;NON&lt;/strong&gt; specifica la quantità, ma porge una domanda con &quot;quanti&quot; (agg., pro. ed avv.);&#xA;2) Quanto tempo hai a disposizione? = &lt;strong&gt;NEANCHè&lt;/strong&gt; questa proposizione indica una quantità &lt;em&gt;ben precisa&lt;/em&gt;, ma bensì rimane una domanda; porge la domanda quantitativa di &quot;Quanto? Quanti? Quantità del tempo che hai a disposizione?&quot;, e così, &lt;strong&gt;dunque&lt;/strong&gt;, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Qual è la quantità del tempo che hai a disposizione?&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, &quot;&lt;strong&gt;tanto quanto&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; indica &lt;strong&gt;un'equivalenza&lt;/strong&gt; di quantità pari tra due o &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt;, sempre &lt;strong&gt;indefinite&lt;/strong&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Sei bello tanto quanto è bella mia nonna = Sei bello &lt;strong&gt;UGUALE&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;QUANTITà INEFFETTIVA TALE A&lt;/em&gt;'d un altra quantità &lt;strong&gt;sempre non specificata&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quanto&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;è bella mia nonna&lt;/strong&gt;.&#xA;2) Hai tanta intelligenza tanto quanto ne ha Marco = Sei intelligente &lt;strong&gt;TANTO QUANTO&lt;/strong&gt;, {&lt;em&gt;sempre solito discorso&lt;/em&gt;}, &lt;strong&gt;LO è&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;...&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;Marco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DUNQUE&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ricapitolando&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto = esprime una quantità indefinita, &quot;quasi-nulla&quot;. Tanto quanto = esprime un'equivalenza di parità tra due o più elementi contenenti una o più quantità indefinita[e], &quot;quantità ineffettiva tale a&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;INFINE,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quanto1&#xA;  /quàn·to/&#xA;  aggettivo, pronome e avverbio&#xA;  1.&#xA;  aggettivo e pronome&#xA;  Opposto a quale, definisce la quantità invece della qualità, e al pari di quale ha valore interrogativo in proposizioni dirette e indirette, sia come aggettivo ( quanta pasta vuoi? - gli domandò quanta pasta voleva ) sia come pronome ( quanto ne vuoi? - gli fu chiesto quanto ne voleva - quanti ne abbiamo oggi?, che giorno è del mese?; questo è quanto, questo è tutto); accanto al valore interrogativo ammette anche quello esclamativo ( quanto pane! ; quanto lavora! ).&#xA;  2.&#xA;  avverbio&#xA;  Come avverbio relativo equivale a ‘nella misura che’, ‘nella quantità che’.&#xA;  &quot;lavora quanto le forze gli consentono&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quanto1&#xA;  VOCABOLARIO ON LINE&#xA;  quanto1 agg., pron., avv. e s. m. [lat. quantus agg., quantum [...] è bello, brutto, furbo q. mai; meno com. la locuz. tanto quanto (o tanto o quanto), un poco: fermati tanto o quanto, e guardami (Leopardi); o pressappoco, più o meno: «Avrai speso ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero d'esserti stato d'aiuto! ;) :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5027" LastActivityDate="2018-11-28T19:43:44.717" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4083" CreationDate="2018-11-28T20:07:29.940" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un troncamento &quot;facoltativo&quot;, si toglie l'e (e non solo! :)) per far &quot;suonare&quot; la medesima parola di tono più &quot;bello, elegante, musicale, sonoro&quot;, tuttavia, non è obbligatorio. :D.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5027" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-10T11:56:44.110" LastActivityDate="2019-08-10T11:56:44.110" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10075" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10076" CreationDate="2018-11-28T22:03:41.727" Score="5" ViewCount="1268" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2018/11/28/scacchi-magnus-carlsen-batte-fabiano-caruana-e-conserva-il-titolo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo di Euronews&lt;/a&gt; riferito agli scacchi ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono volute quasi 3 settimane di incontri tra i due fuoriclasse della scacchiera per decretare il vincitore del &lt;strong&gt;titolo iridato&lt;/strong&gt;. Dopo le 12 partite a tempo normale finite in parità sono stati decisivi gli spareggi sprint, giocati cioè entro un tempo limitato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;titolo iridato&quot; nel contesto del brano: potreste spiegarmelo? Ho cercato l'aggettivo &quot;iridato&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma le definizioni relative all'ambito dello sport che ho trovato fanno riferimento al ciclismo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-11-29T21:34:55.760" Title="Cosa significa &quot;titolo iridato&quot; riferito agli scacchi?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10075" CreationDate="2018-11-28T22:08:41.487" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maglia_iridata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;maglia iridata&lt;/strong&gt; è la maglia distintiva indossata dal campione del mondo in carica di una disciplina del ciclismo. Si tratta di una maglia bianca con cinque bande orizzontali colorate intorno al torace. Dall'alto in basso si hanno bande di colore blu, rosso, nero, giallo e verde, ovvero gli stessi della bandiera olimpica, a simboleggiare i cinque continenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maglia iridata&lt;/em&gt; è un'espressione comune nel ciclismo (dove sono frequenti anche &lt;em&gt;maglia gialla&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;maglia rosa&lt;/em&gt; per il vincitore del Giro d'Italia e del Tour de France) che in questo caso è stata riadattata ad un contesto diverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti è diventato comune utilizzare il termine &lt;em&gt;iridato&lt;/em&gt; come sinonimo di &quot;mondiale&quot; nell'ambito delle competizioni sportive (anche se letteralmente non avrebbe senso, dato che la maglia iridata è presente solo nel ciclismo). È possibile che quest'uso sia stato influenzato anche dal fatto che i colori della maglia iridata siano esattamente gli stessi della bandiera olimpica, associata ad un'altra famosa gara internazionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In breve, il &lt;em&gt;titolo iridato&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto è semplicemente il titolo di campione del mondo di scacchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2018-11-29T21:34:55.760" LastActivityDate="2018-11-29T21:34:55.760" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8891" CreationDate="2018-11-29T17:27:20.267" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It appears that &lt;em&gt;solere&lt;/em&gt; does not have future, conditional and imperative tenses (as they'd sound weird or nonsensical, e.g. &lt;em&gt;io sorrò, lui sorrebbe&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A common category of impersonal verbs (to rain &lt;em&gt;piovere&lt;/em&gt;, to hail &lt;em&gt;grandinare&lt;/em&gt;) don't conjugate except for 3rd-person. This rule also applies to Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some older uses of certain verbs are also defective, e.g. &lt;em&gt;ire&lt;/em&gt; (use &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt; instead), &lt;em&gt;molcere&lt;/em&gt; (use &lt;em&gt;addolcire&lt;/em&gt;) and &lt;em&gt;calere&lt;/em&gt; (use &lt;em&gt;importare&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastActivityDate="2018-11-29T17:27:20.267" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10078" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10080" CreationDate="2018-11-29T23:08:05.150" Score="3" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In quei giorni, secondo le direttive superiori, essa vergava a grandi caratteri sulla lavagna, quale esercizio di scrittura per i suoi scolaretti di terza: &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Copiare tre volte sul quaderno di bella le seguenti parole del Duce: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Levate in alto, o legionari, le insegne, il ferro e i cuori, a salutare, dopo quindici secoli, la riapparizione dell’Impero sui colli fatali di Roma!&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&#xA;   &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;   &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&lt;em&gt;Mussolini&lt;/em&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo cosa fosse questo &quot;quaderno di bella&quot;. Me lo potreste spiegare? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;bello&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma ci sono tante accezioni che non riesco a vedere se ce n’è qualcuna a cui possa corrispondere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-30T05:16:03.123" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T08:04:01.637" Title="Cos'è (o era) un &quot;quaderno di bella&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10078" CreationDate="2018-11-30T05:13:53.887" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando si andava a scuola in passato ed in effetti anche quando ci andavo io, si usava scrivere i compiti prima sul quaderno di brutta (copia) e poi si ricopiava tutto sul quaderno di bella. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La voce di Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bella/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bella&lt;/a&gt; che si addice al contesto da te citato è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Bella copia, stesura definitiva di uno scritto: &lt;em&gt;mettere in b.; ricopiare in bella.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancora da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/copia2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;copia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bella c.&lt;/em&gt; (o, meno com., &lt;em&gt;c. al pulito&lt;/em&gt;), la stesura definitiva di uno&#xA;  scritto, contrapposta alla &lt;em&gt;brutta c.&lt;/em&gt;, cioè la prima stesura,&#xA;  provvisoria, sulla quale si eseguono correzioni e cancellature. In&#xA;  paleografia e in filologia si dice che un codice manoscritto è copia&#xA;  di un altro, quando è esemplato su di esso;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La bella copia era quindi la stesura definitiva del compito che poi veniva valutata dall'insegnante. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-11-30T08:04:01.637" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T08:04:01.637" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10081" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10082" CreationDate="2018-11-30T10:32:03.833" Score="9" ViewCount="3638" Body="&lt;p&gt;How can I say happy birthday in Italian, when I missed the initial date and therefore am late to congratulate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5032" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T22:21:26.620" Title="Happy belated birthday in Italian" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10081" CreationDate="2018-11-30T12:26:01.317" Score="15" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that a simple &quot;auguri in ritardo&quot; will do the job. Of course you can build on this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Scusami! Mi sono dimenticato di augurarti buon compleanno. Auguri in ritardo!&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T12:26:01.317" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10083" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10081" CreationDate="2018-11-30T13:23:21.580" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I use the slightly different &quot;ritardati auguri&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.auguribuoncompleanno.org/auguri-di-compleanno-in-ritardo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; a jokely list of wishes in case you are late.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4989" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T13:23:21.580" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10081" CreationDate="2018-11-30T13:25:37.337" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it's a friend's birthday, you can reply jokingly&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho affidato i miei auguri per te ad una tartaruga... scusa il ritardo! Auguri! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La cattiva notizia è che ho dimenticato di spedire in tempo il tuo biglietto d'auguri. La buona notizia è che ho dimenticato la tua età! Spero che tu abbia passato un felice compleanno! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5034" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T13:25:37.337" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10085" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10081" CreationDate="2018-11-30T17:55:14.877" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you are interested in an extended or humorous phrasing, other have already answered. The more straightforward ways to say “Happy belated birthday” are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Buon compleanno in ritardo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Tanti) auguri (di buon compleanno) in ritardo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-11-30T17:55:14.877" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10087" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-11-30T22:01:56.623" Score="5" ViewCount="508" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una volta, durante un allenamento di calcio, il mio allenatore mi ha dato del &quot;funambolo&quot;. Ma cos'è esattamente un calciatore &quot;funambolo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user801" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-01T10:09:45.990" LastActivityDate="2018-12-01T10:09:45.990" Title="Che tipo di calciatore è uno che viene denominato &quot;funambolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10087" CreationDate="2018-12-01T06:27:10.597" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/funambolo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;funambolo&lt;/a&gt; si intende:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;a. Chi cammina e fa giochi o esercizî sulla corda tesa, di solito a notevole altezza dal suolo; equilibrista.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di un calciatore il termine prende una connotazione un po’ diversa, cioè di estrema abilità e velocità nel tocco di palla. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si possono trovare in rete usi del termine riferiti a diversi campioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/amp/s/calcio.fanpage.it/neymar-e-il-miglior-funambolo-d-europa-davanti-a-messi-ma-in-italia-il-re-e-douglas-costa/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Neymar è il miglior funambolo d’Europa davanti a Messi, ma in Italia il re è Douglas Costa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/amp/www.itasportpress.it/calcio/i-numeri-del-calcio-il-7-le-ali-del-pallone-tra-genio-e-sregolatezza/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;I NUMERI DEL CALCIO, il 7: le ali del pallone tra genio e sregolatezza&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando ancora i numeri facevano la storia, il 7 era l’ala destra:&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;funamboli&lt;/strong&gt; sulla linea del fallo laterale, sfruttatori di praterie di&#xA;  contropiede, le ali del pallone erano artisti e folli in un calcio&#xA;  dove valeva la sola legge dell’uno contro uno: del centravanti contro&#xA;  lo stopper, del trequartista contro il mediano, dell’ala contro il&#xA;  terzino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli articoli fanno riferimento all’abilità nel dribbling, o meglio, nel saltare l’uomo, una delle capacità che riesce a mettere più in difficoltà le difese avversarie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che il tuo allenatore ti ha fatto un complimento, riconoscendo la tua spiccata abilità nel saltare l’uomo nell’uno contro uno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2018-12-01T06:27:10.597" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10089" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10091" CreationDate="2018-12-01T17:21:31.437" Score="5" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mussolini e Hitler, a loro modo, erano due sognatori; ma qui si manifesta la loro diversità nativa. La visione onirica del «duce» italiano (rispondente a una sua voglia materiale di vita) era un festival da commedia, dove fra labari e &lt;strong&gt;trionfi&lt;/strong&gt; lui, vassalluccio d’intrallazzo, recitava la parte di certi antichi vassalli beatificati (i cesari, gli augusti...) sopra una folla vivente umiliata al rango di fantoccio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire cosa sono questi &quot;trionfi&quot;  a cui allude questo passaggio. Ho cercato il termine &quot;trionfo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non so vedere a quale accezione corrisponde l'uso che se ne fa nel testo. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-01T19:10:44.877" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;trionfo&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10090" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10089" CreationDate="2018-12-01T18:44:44.690" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato che si addice al passaggio da te citato per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trionfo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;trionfo&lt;/a&gt; è il seguente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il massimo onore che, in Roma antica, veniva tributato su decreto del senato al comandante supremo che aveva riportato una grande&#xA;vittoria sul nemico, e che veniva celebrato solennemente &lt;strong&gt;con un corteo&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;che dal Campo Marzio giungeva fino al Campidoglio, dove il trionfatore&#xA;compiva l’offerta del lauro trionfale e il sacrificio rituale a Giove&#xA;Capitolino:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’altro termine presente nel passaggio, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/labaro/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;labaro&lt;/a&gt;, infatti significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vessillo di forma simile allo stendardo di Costantino, adoperato nel medioevo come insegna dei cavalieri e dei comuni d’Italia, e in&#xA;tempi più recenti come insegna di associazioni combattentistiche,&#xA;ex-combattentistiche, politiche, religiose, ecc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mussolini, come del resto quasi tutti i dittatori di tutte le epoche, sentiva il bisogno di affermare il suo potere e dominio con cortei plateali in cui venivano esposti vessilli che richiamavano la gloria e la potenza dell’impero romano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’effetto però, come ricorda l’autrice, era tutt’altro che solenne e cadeva nel grottesco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-12-01T19:10:44.877" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10089" CreationDate="2018-12-01T18:47:55.753" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che un indizio lo possa dare la parola associata a &quot;trionfo&quot;, in questo caso &quot;labaro&quot;, ed il seguito della frase, dove vengono menzionati &quot;cesari&quot; ed &quot;augusti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella Roma antica il &quot;trionfo&quot; era una cerimonia (la massima onorificenza a tutti gli effetti) aggiudicabile ad un generale in seguito ad una vittoria militare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;labaro&quot; invece era, se la memoria mi assiste, una insegna militare d'epoca imperiale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso credo proprio che l'uso di questi due termini stia a indicare la pomposità e le reminiscenze imperiali che la visione del duce ispirava. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2018-12-01T18:47:55.753" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6486" CreationDate="2018-12-02T14:17:06.460" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se britanno sta per anglofono, la citazione è chiara come il sole, al punto che posso dirti che non è fedele (sono madrelingua inglese)... Ovviamente sta per Artemisia, Misia (l'anglofono rifugge i nomi di troppe sillabe), solo che in realtà non direbbe affatto Miscia (il russo non c'entra per niente), direbbe Misgia (fondendo s e gi come la j francese, se hai presente &quot;je suis&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5041" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-02T16:01:36.693" LastActivityDate="2018-12-02T16:01:36.693" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10094" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-02T20:07:47.367" Score="7" ViewCount="1636" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un tipo di frase che viene usato spesso sui social network a mo' di didascalia di una foto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I regali, quelli belli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le colazioni, quelle belle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per intendere &amp;quot;guardate che bello questo regalo&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;guardate che bella questa colazione&amp;quot;, a volte con accezione ironica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che è molto costante nella forma: «&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;i/gli/le [qualcosa], quelli/e belli/e&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;». A volte può capitare che l'aggettivo non sia &amp;quot;bello&amp;quot; ma un altro (&amp;quot;gli scherzi, quelli simpatici&amp;quot;), ma &amp;quot;bello&amp;quot; è di gran lunga il più frequente. La frase di solito costituisce da sola l'intera didascalia, eventualmente insieme a hashtag e menzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Domanda&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedevo se fosse un'espressione emersa casualmente dal nulla ed affermatasi grazie all'uso, o se nasce da qualche fonte celebre (libro, canzone, spot pubblicitario, post di celebrità), e in tal caso se sapreste aiutarmi ad individuarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Esempi&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi (da pagine pubbliche)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.facebook.com/commentimemorabili2.0/photos/le-sorprese-quelle-belle/2051855468422994/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;da Facebook&lt;/a&gt;, febbraio 2018:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/NsAxh.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/NsAxh.png&quot; alt=&quot;commenti memorabili dice &amp;quot;Le sorprese, quelle belle&amp;quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.instagram.com/p/BNmeHipBvSq/?hl=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;da Instagram&lt;/a&gt;, dicembre 2016:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/u2tMo.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/u2tMo.png&quot; alt=&quot;lasabrigamer dice &amp;quot;I regali, quelli belli!!&amp;quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/sirdistruggere/status/921090589269032960?lang=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;da Twitter&lt;/a&gt;, ottobre 2017:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Kkwc7.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Kkwc7.png&quot; alt=&quot;il signor distruggere dice &amp;quot;I regali, quelli belli.&amp;quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.tripadvisor.ch/ShowUserReviews-g608901-d6661916-r568742020-Il_Vecchio_e_il_Mare-Trani_Province_of_Barletta_Andria_Trani_Puglia.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;da Tripadvisor&lt;/a&gt;, marzo 2018 (qui come titolo, non come didascalia):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wgJkW.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wgJkW.png&quot; alt=&quot;FrancescaPa dice &amp;quot;Le serate , quelle belle.&amp;quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Datazione&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando su google «&lt;code&gt;&amp;quot;gli amici quelli belli&amp;quot; OR &amp;quot;i regali quelli belli&amp;quot; OR &amp;quot;le sorprese quelle belle&amp;quot; OR &amp;quot;le cene quelle belle&amp;quot; OR &amp;quot;le colazioni quelle belle&amp;quot; OR &amp;quot;i vestiti quelli belli&amp;quot; OR &amp;quot;i viaggi quelli belli&amp;quot; OR &amp;quot;le spiagge quelle belle&amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt;» e limitando la ricerca ai risultati fino a una certa data (il filtro per data non funziona troppo bene però: bisogna controllare singolarmente i risultati) &lt;strong&gt;mi sembra di non trovare riscontri antecedenti alla fine del 2016&lt;/strong&gt;. (Nella sua risposta @emiliano trova esempi di questa tendenza fin dal 2012)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;PS&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho oggi appreso che tali forme si chiamano &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Snowclone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Snowclone&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastEditorUserId="3757" LastEditDate="2020-12-26T14:41:30.917" LastActivityDate="2020-12-26T14:41:30.917" Title="Origine della frase &quot;i [qualcosa], quelli belli&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10095" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10096" CreationDate="2018-12-02T21:40:24.357" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mussolini e Hitler, a loro modo, erano due sognatori; ma qui si manifesta la loro diversità nativa. La visione onirica del «duce» italiano (rispondente a una sua voglia materiale di vita) era un festival da commedia, dove fra labari e trionfi lui, vassalluccio d’&lt;strong&gt;intrallazzo&lt;/strong&gt;, recitava la parte di certi antichi vassalli beatificati (i cesari, gli augusti...) sopra una folla vivente umiliata al rango di fantoccio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il senso del termine &quot;intrallazzo&quot; in questo brano? Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che significa &quot;attività disonesta&quot; o &quot;imbroglio&quot;, ma non riesco a capire cosa vuol dire &quot;vassalluccio d'intrallazzo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-02T21:58:12.290" Title="Significato di &quot;intrallazzo&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10095" CreationDate="2018-12-02T21:54:48.203" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vassallo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vassallo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;estens. e fig. a. Individuo o ente strettamente subordinato e dipendente rispetto a un altro: &lt;em&gt;un v., i v. di un potente uomo&#xA;  politico; non sono mica il suo v., io!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intrallazzo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;intrallazzo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per estens., intrigo, compromesso disonesto, attività equivoca per&#xA;  accaparrarsi favori e influenza, soprattutto in campo politico:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;un’amministrazione corrotta, basata sugli i.; candidati che ricorrono&#xA;  all’i. per accaparrarsi voti;&lt;/em&gt; più genericam., ogni attività o&#xA;  comportamento che cerchi di raggiungere un fine non per le vie più&#xA;  regolari, ma attraverso compromessi, taciti accordi, connivenze,&#xA;  sfruttando la propria o altrui influenza, e sim.: &lt;em&gt;chissà quanti i. per&#xA;  ottenere quel posto!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’espressione vassalluccio d’intrallazzo, riferita a Mussolini, voleva significare che egli era subalterno a Hitler in quanto non aveva una statura politica paragonabile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso del vezzeggiativo per vassallo serve proprio a sminuirne la figura, con intento chiaramente derisorio e dispregiativo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Intrallazzo si riferisce al fatto che per mantenere il potere Il Duce utilizzava qualsiasi metodo, lecito o illecito, e a quei tempi la corruzione era dilagante così come il malaffare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-12-02T21:58:12.290" LastActivityDate="2018-12-02T21:58:12.290" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10097" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10094" CreationDate="2018-12-03T18:06:50.807" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sfida interessante, per il momento ho trovato una attestazione di aprile 2015, che sicuramente non è la prima: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.diarioromano.it/i-graffiti-quelli-belli-al-quadraro/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.diarioromano.it/i-graffiti-quelli-belli-al-quadraro/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse occorre andare ancora più indietro:&lt;br /&gt; &#xA;13 ottobre 2014 &quot;I giocattoli quelli belli&quot;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xcxR_xIttMI&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xcxR_xIttMI&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;15 ottobre 2013 &quot;I seguiti Disney... quelli belli&quot;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1fZfw72LKxY&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1fZfw72LKxY&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;19 ottobre 2012 &quot;........le amicizie..... quelle belle&quot;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://plus.google.com/113909773326040311517/posts/PjSrFYnbTyC&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://plus.google.com/113909773326040311517/posts/PjSrFYnbTyC&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Credo che tutto parta dal ritornello del brano &lt;em&gt;Dove sono i colori&lt;/em&gt; di Alessandra Amoroso, datato 2010/11&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://genius.com/Alessandra-amoroso-dove-sono-i-colori-live-lyrics&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://genius.com/Alessandra-amoroso-dove-sono-i-colori-live-lyrics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dove sono i colori&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Le parole che respiri dentro le canzoni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Dove sono &lt;strong&gt;i segreti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quelli belli&lt;/strong&gt; che ti fanno solo immaginare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Non ci sei dietro l'angolo di casa ad aspettarmi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Fuori dal portone per parlare di tutto fino all'alba&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Per poi fare colazione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5045" LastEditorUserId="5045" LastEditDate="2018-12-03T18:33:12.130" LastActivityDate="2018-12-03T18:33:12.130" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1836" CreationDate="2018-12-07T01:20:58.707" Score="2" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;It has come the time for something (sudden decision): &quot;bene, beh&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Bene/Beh, io vado&lt;/em&gt; (it's time for me to leave).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You want to push someone to do something or you're annoyed by something: &quot;allora&quot;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Allora, andiamo?&lt;/em&gt; (shall we go?)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Allora, hai finito?&lt;/em&gt; (have you finished?).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You want to push someone to take a decision:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Bene/beh/allora/dunque, che si fa?&lt;/em&gt; (what should we do now?)  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You are asking something to someone: &quot;bene/allora&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Bene/allora, cosa posso fare per lei?&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;You are asking something to someone as a consequence of something said before: &quot;bene/allora/dunque&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Bene/allora/dunque, hai preso una decisione?&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;allora&lt;/strong&gt; may have a neutral or negative meaning and is mostly used for questions&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bene&lt;/strong&gt; may have a neutral or positive meaning and can be used for both questions and statements&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;beh&lt;/strong&gt; usually have a neutral meaning and can be used for both questions and statements&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bene&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;beh&lt;/strong&gt; are often used when something has been just decided&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dunque&lt;/strong&gt; is mostly used for questions, when you want to sum up (allora, bene, beh can be used in the same way)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4437" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-07T08:34:50.873" LastActivityDate="2018-12-07T08:34:50.873" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9586" CreationDate="2018-12-07T10:07:49.040" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel volume &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.unibesa.it/images/IgnazioGattusoOpereI.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Opere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Ignazio Gattuso, nelle pagg. 105-106 c'è un riferimento preciso alle vie di comunicazione nella Sicilia di metà ottocento, e in particolare alle &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;strade a ruota&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; e alla loro diffusione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Le strade a ruota&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &quot;Fin oltre la metà dello scorso secolo — scriveva Giuseppe Perez nel 1861 — e perciò fino alla prima metà del&#xA;  700 la Sicilia mancava quasi intieramente di vie atte alle ruote. Il&#xA;  commercio interno, che consisteva principalmente in quello del grano e&#xA;  dell' olio faceasi per mezzo di animali da soma, ed in particolare i&#xA;  muli, come praticasi tuttora nei paesi che sono sprovveduti di strade&#xA;  (quel &quot;tuttora&quot; possiamo, in gran parte,  ripeterlo ancora oggi). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le nuove arterie più large e più comode, non per nulla nominate&#xA;  &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;strade a ruota&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, incrementarono i trasporti con carri e i&#xA;  viaggi con carrozze fino allora di scarso numero nelle città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di strade a ruota è quindi quello di strade &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/carrozzabile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;carrozzabili&lt;/a&gt;, cioè:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di strada che può essere agevolmente percorsa in carrozza;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-12-07T10:44:37.467" LastActivityDate="2018-12-07T10:44:37.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10104" CreationDate="2018-12-10T21:57:26.550" Score="6" ViewCount="537" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see &lt;code&gt;fuoritutto&lt;/code&gt; in many adverts, for example &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.massbike.it/promozione-fuori-tutto-pronta-consegna/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Does this mean something like &quot;Everything must go&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/F/fuoritutto.aspx?query=fuoritutto&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;only dictionary&lt;/a&gt; that I found lists this word has the meaning &lt;code&gt;Lunghezza massima di una imbarcazione misurata tra i punti estremi della prua e della poppa&lt;/code&gt;, which has nothing to do with the adverts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastActivityDate="2018-12-10T22:05:38.397" Title="What does &quot;fuoritutto&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10102" CreationDate="2018-12-10T22:02:35.033" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is a common expression in italian advertising that means that there is a huge discount sale going on, for example because of ceased activity or stock renewal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-12-10T22:02:35.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10102" CreationDate="2018-12-10T22:05:38.397" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, that's right, the meaning is precisely “Everything must go”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only, mind that, unlike the nautical term, in ads “fuori tutto” is generally, apart from humorous or quirky uses, spelt in two words, literally “everything (has to go) outside”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-12-10T22:05:38.397" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10106" CreationDate="2018-12-11T02:40:11.183" Score="8" ViewCount="1422" Body="&lt;p&gt;In what context is &lt;em&gt;rendere&lt;/em&gt; most commonly used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found the definitions &quot;to render&quot; and &quot;to make&quot; which are very different in my mind. I could think of &quot;Il computer rende l'immagine&quot; as an easy one. Would it ever be used like &quot;Io ho reso una pittura&quot;? Or would that be &quot;Ho fatto una pittura&quot; instead?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastEditorUserId="3094" LastEditDate="2018-12-11T13:03:28.340" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T21:29:55.203" Title="How to use &quot;rendere&quot; in a sentence?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10106" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10105" CreationDate="2018-12-11T08:22:57.033" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an Italian, I wouldn't understand what &lt;em&gt;Io ho reso una pittura&lt;/em&gt; means. If you mean “I made a painting” or something like this, it's &lt;em&gt;Ho dipinto un quadro&lt;/em&gt; (or, colloquially, &lt;em&gt;Ho fatto un quadro&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;rendere&lt;/em&gt; has two main, distinct meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Several shades, both literal and figurative, of “to give”, especially “to give back”: &lt;em&gt;Gli ho reso il libro che mi aveva prestato&lt;/em&gt; = “I gave him back the book he had lent me”. This has something in common with some of the meanings of “to render”; for instance, you may say &lt;em&gt;rendere un servizio&lt;/em&gt; for “to render a service”. (So, &lt;em&gt;Io ho reso una pittura&lt;/em&gt; would seem to mean more or less “I have given back a can of paint”.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To make (something some way): &lt;em&gt;Questo regalo lo renderà felice&lt;/em&gt; = “This gift will make him happy”. I believe that English has a similar use too: “the rains rendered his escape impossible” = &lt;em&gt;le piogge gli resero impossibile la fuga&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally, &lt;em&gt;rendere&lt;/em&gt; has not the meaning of “to render” as used in the field of computing (“to render an image” etc.), but it is quite possible that some Italian technician or computer scientist uses it. Such (lazy) calques are quite frequent in technical and scientific Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-12-11T14:08:56.133" LastActivityDate="2018-12-11T14:08:56.133" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10107" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10105" CreationDate="2018-12-11T08:24:05.103" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The most common context in which the word &lt;em&gt;rendere&lt;/em&gt; is used is definitely the second one, but it's a bit more complicated than that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main contexts in which the verb is used are the following.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rendere&lt;/em&gt; as in giving something back to somebody (used in similar ways as the verbs &lt;em&gt;ridare/restituire&lt;/em&gt;, the former being somewhat more quaint)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mia sorella mi ha reso il mio libro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you pointed out, there is also a context referring to the action of causing to be or to become.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi stai rendendo la vita impossibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for your example, there is a context in which the verb &lt;em&gt;rendere&lt;/em&gt; would be used in the way in which you pointed out, but in a different way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il computer rende bene l'immagine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would not formally be incorrect, and I would use it for example when praising a PC with good rendering power, in a somewhat more technical connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, since you are talking about most common contexts, I would add that the most common way &lt;em&gt;rendere&lt;/em&gt; is used in this context is when referring to certain characteristics of an artwork and whatnot.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo dipinto, ho cercato di rendere l'idea di amicizia fra i popoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Verga, nelle sue novelle, rende bene la vita dura dei contadini siciliani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, I would not say &amp;quot;ho reso una pittura&amp;quot;, but I would instead say &amp;quot;ho fatto una pittura&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;ho fatto un dipinto&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-12-11T08:24:05.103" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10108" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10105" CreationDate="2018-12-11T11:04:55.283" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rendere means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) to give something back (ho reso il libro in biblioteca)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) to give somebody an idea/impression/sense that (questo report rende un accurato resoconto della vita nelle periferie). Also used as non-figurative language, relating to technical/optical performance (quel filtro rende brillanti i neri)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(3) to give income (questo investimento rende bene)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(4) to be, to become (used as a reflexive verb) (rendersi conto, rendersi certo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4989" LastActivityDate="2018-12-11T11:04:55.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10109" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10111" CreationDate="2018-12-13T20:00:49.897" Score="3" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La Storia&lt;/em&gt;, di Elsa Morante, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Noi siamo», le dichiarò il personaggio con grande enfasi, «per la pace nella vittoria, al minor costo possibile! E oggi, che la guerra-lampo dell’Asse sta per toccare la mèta della pace, plaudiamo alla lungimiranza del Capo, che assicura alla nostra Patria i vantaggi del successo col massimo risparmio. In una sola tappa, e senza rimetterci nemmeno il consumo delle gomme, eccoci già in volata al finale, giusto &lt;strong&gt;a ruota con la Maglia Gialla&lt;/strong&gt;!!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È evidente che questo personaggio fa una similitudine con l'ambito  del ciclismo. Non riesco a capire, però, il senso dell'espressione &quot;a ruota con la Maglia Gialla&quot; nel passaggio. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ruota&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che, nello sport del ciclismo, &quot;seguire a ruota&quot; significa seguire un altro corridore a breve distanza. Ma qui si è &quot;a ruota con la Maglia Gialla&quot; e non con un altro corridore. Significa questo che, anche se si tratta di una locuzione proveniente dall'ambito del ciclismo, si sta usando in senso figurato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-14T11:12:16.267" LastActivityDate="2018-12-14T18:05:47.353" Title="Qual è il senso dell'espressione &quot;a ruota con&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10110" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-13T20:03:24.817" Score="4" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;There has been a discussion of the phrase &quot;Cafeé und Thée Logia&quot; seen in a C18(?) picture on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://german.stackexchange.com/questions/48328/was-bedeutet-th%C3%A9e-auf-deutsch&quot;&gt;German Language Stack Exchange&lt;/a&gt;. None of the words is a modern spelling in any language except &lt;em&gt;und&lt;/em&gt; which is German for &quot;and&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So far we have got:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cafeé&lt;/em&gt; looks more like French &lt;em&gt;café&lt;/em&gt; than Italian &lt;em&gt;caffè&lt;/em&gt; but the &lt;a href=&quot;https://academie.atilf.fr/9/consulter/caf%C3%A9?page=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Académie française&lt;/a&gt; derives &lt;em&gt;café&lt;/em&gt; from Italian &lt;em&gt;caveé&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;caffé&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Cafeé&lt;/em&gt; looks half way in between. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Und&lt;/em&gt; is German for &quot;and&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Thée&lt;/em&gt; looks like the French &lt;em&gt;thé&lt;/em&gt; but this seems to have been the early spelling in Italian as the Italian &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/T%C3%A8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;tè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; comes from French. The second &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; is unexplained.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Loggia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Loggia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is Italian from Latin, and is usually spelt with &lt;em&gt;gg&lt;/em&gt;, at least in Latin, Italian, French and German:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q466544&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikidata item&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;  English: loggia, &#xA;  French: loggia, &#xA;  German: Loggia, Loggien, &#xA;  Afrikaans: Loggia, &#xA;  Belarusian: Лоджыя, &#xA;  Belarusian: Лёджыя, &#xA;  Bulgarian: Лоджия, &#xA;  Catalan: loggia, &#xA;  Czech: lodžie, Loggie, &#xA;  Danish: Loggia, &#xA;  Emiliano-Romagnolo: Lóśa, &#xA;  Esperanto: loĝio, &#xA;  Spanish: logia, loggia, &#xA;  Estonian: Lodža, Loggia, &#xA;  Basque: Logia, Loggia, &#xA;  Finnish: Loggia, &#xA;  Gan (Traditional): Loggia, &#xA;  Galician: Loggia, &#xA;  Hebrew: לוג'יה, &#xA;  Hungarian: Loggia, &#xA;  Armenian: Լոջիա, &#xA;  Ido: Lojio, &#xA;  Italian: loggia, logge, &#xA;  Japanese: ロッジア, 開廊, &#xA;  涼み廊下, &#xA;  涼み廊, &#xA;  Georgian: ლოჯია, &#xA;  Kyrgyz: Лоджия, &#xA;  Latin: Loggia, &#xA;  Norwegian Bokmål: loggia, &#xA;  Dutch: loggia, &#xA;  Polish: Loggia, &#xA;  Portuguese: lógia, logia, &#xA;  loggia, &#xA;  Romanian: Logie, &#xA;  Russian: Лоджия, &#xA;  Slovak: Lodžia, Loggia, &#xA;  Slovenian: Loža, &#xA;  Swedish: Loggia, &#xA;  Ukrainian: Лоджія, &#xA;  Chinese: 涼廊, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone with a knowledge of old spellings in Italian please say if these are valid Italian spellings and, if so, from when? And if &lt;em&gt;eé&lt;/em&gt; is valid, what is the &lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt; for?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5066" LastActivityDate="2018-12-16T21:46:01.050" Title="Is &quot;Cafeé und Thée Logia&quot; partly Italian?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10109" CreationDate="2018-12-13T20:18:20.133" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso faccia riferimento al significato simbolico della Maglia Gialla, ossia quella del vincitore, del leader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La maglia gialla, simbolo del primato al Tour de France dal 1919&lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PVhfY.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PVhfY.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Wikipedia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, come ha detto @DaG, il significato&#xA;di &amp;quot;a ruota con la Maglia Gialla&amp;quot; nel contesto da te citato è appunto &amp;quot;a breve distanza del vincitore&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-12-14T18:05:47.353" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10112" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-14T22:19:29.040" Score="5" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here is the full sentence: &quot;Bisogna sempre&#xA;spiegargliele le cose, ai grandi.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;spiegargliele&quot; confuses me. &#xA;First, I know it comes from spiegare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what does &quot;glie&quot; stand for? &#xA;Does the indirect object pronoun &quot;loro&quot; transform into &quot;glie&quot; inside a verb? And also, why is there &quot;le&quot; if it is followed by &quot;le cose&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I translate it as &quot;Explain them (ai grandi) them (le cose) the things&quot;. What doesn't really make sense is the presence of &quot;le&quot; if &quot;le cose&quot; is mentioned afterwards?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5068" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T11:08:38.043" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T11:52:07.283" Title="Help me understand the word &quot;spiegargliele&quot;" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;compounds&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10112" CreationDate="2018-12-15T00:13:29.657" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your translation is correct, and your assumption about &quot;gli&quot; is correct, too. This kind of suffix formed with a pronoun in Italian is called &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clitico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;clitico&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The whole phrase becomes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Bisogna sempre&quot; = it is always necessary&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;spiegare (to explain) + &quot;gli&quot; = a loro (to them) + &quot;le&quot; = le cose (the things)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why &quot;le cose&quot; is repeated as &quot;le&quot; has the same function in the sentence? Well, as Charo wrote in the comments, it is a kind of redundancy typical of spoken language to achieve emphasis. In fact, as said by DaG in his comment,  “gli(e)” is in the same way redundant with respect to “ai grandi”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-15T11:00:08.163" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T11:00:08.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10114" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9974" CreationDate="2018-12-15T11:42:41.323" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe essere una stupidaggine (specialmente perché non ne trovo conferma immediata su Google), ma avevo sentito qualcuno attribuire quest'espressione a un riferimento al romanzo &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robinson_Crusoe&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Robinson Crusoe&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, del 1719. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo libro il protagonista fa naufragio su un'isola deserta del Pacifico dove vive per diversi anni, e deve combattere per sopravvivere alle avversità della natura e non ammattire nella completa solitudine. A un certo punto a lui si unisce un indigeno che lui ribattezza con il nome di 'Venerdì'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'idea quindi sarebbe che &quot;gli manca solo di avere un Venerdì con lui per essere come Robinson Crusoe&quot;. Probabilmente apocrifa, me ne rendo conto. Non ho una fonte precisa, è solo un &quot;sentito dire&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T11:42:41.323" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10112" CreationDate="2018-12-15T11:52:07.283" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to what is explained in @RiccardoDeContardi's answer, notice that, as it's explained by Federica Colombo in her book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;indirect object pronouns &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; + direct object pronouns &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and the pronominal particle &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; become respectively  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;glielo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;gliela&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;glieli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;gliele&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;gliene&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This book also explains that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;With a verb at infinitive, gerund or imperative (but not the imperative of the courtesy forms) these and other combinations of two pronouns follow the verb and are written attached to it. For instance,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ricordati di dar&lt;strong&gt;gliele&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Trovando&lt;strong&gt;melo&lt;/strong&gt; davanti, l'ho dovuto salutare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Portate&lt;strong&gt;celo&lt;/strong&gt; qui!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Da&lt;strong&gt;mmelo&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You should also know that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;With modal verbs, these combinations of pronouns can have two possible positions: they may precede the conjugated modal verb or they may be written attached at the end of the infinitive. For instance, you may both write &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Glielo&lt;/strong&gt; devi restituire.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Devi restituir&lt;strong&gt;glielo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Quoted texts are free translations of the information contained in the above mentioned book.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-15T11:52:07.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10117" CreationDate="2018-12-16T03:45:41.557" Score="6" ViewCount="215" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found that the sentence &lt;em&gt;&quot;Loro non hanno assunto nessuno&quot;&lt;/em&gt; translates to &lt;em&gt;&quot;They did not hire anyone&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt; begins with &quot;n-&quot;, I would think it translates to &quot;no one&quot;, but the English word in this case is &quot;anyone&quot;. Is there a separate word for &quot;anyone&quot;? Why is &quot;nessuno&quot; used here? This seems like a double negative to me - are those common in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2018-12-16T11:04:52.963" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T16:36:11.007" Title="Does &quot;nessuno&quot; translate to &quot;no one&quot; or &quot;anyone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10116" CreationDate="2018-12-16T09:58:43.443" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, double negatives are grammatical, and common, in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See on this monolingual &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nessuno/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se posposto al verbo, è di solito rafforzato da altra negazione (non, né, senza, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My translation: when the word nessuno comes after the verb, usually it is reinforced by another negation: non, né, senza, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples from the same source:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non c’era quasi nessuno; nessuno ha potuto vedermi; non mi ha visto nessuno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could say &lt;em&gt;non hanno assunto alcuna persona&lt;/em&gt; instead, which would be the literal translation (any = alcuno), but it is used a lot less.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, a historical note from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nessuno-o-alcuno_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;same source&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso di nessuno insieme a un’altra negazione non era ammesso nel latino classico, ma trova ampi riscontri nel latino tardo ed era perfettamente accettabile già nell’italiano antico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;già non è nessuno / cui non posse di botto / dicere&lt;/em&gt; (B. Latini, Il tesoretto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-12-16T13:18:17.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10118" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10119" CreationDate="2018-12-16T13:35:39.150" Score="5" ViewCount="405" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono tutte e due frasi corrette? Oppure cambia anche il significato? Non capisco la prima frase, che dovrebbe essere una costruzione passiva. Potete fare, per favore, un'analisi grammaticale della prima frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5071" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-16T15:22:48.293" LastActivityDate="2018-12-16T17:10:17.687" Title="Che differenza c'è tra &quot;non ci siamo mai detti le parole&quot; e &quot;non ci abbiamo mai detto le parole&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10119" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10118" CreationDate="2018-12-16T13:59:50.323" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Solo la prima frase è corretta, la seconda è sbagliata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Semplificando molto, in italiano esistono tre &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/diatesi_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diatesi&lt;/a&gt;: attiva, passiva e riflessiva. Le regole dell'uso della diatesi riflessiva sono leggermente complicate (vedi per esempio l'articolo presso l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-riflessivi_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt;), ma in questo caso si tratta chiaramente di un &lt;em&gt;riflessivo reciproco&lt;/em&gt;. Dall'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel riflessivo reciproco (diretto o indiretto) il verbo è (di)transitivo. I suoi argomenti agiscono l’uno sull’altro e sono contemporaneamente agente e paziente (benefattivo nei riflessivi reciproci indiretti) l’uno rispetto all’altro: per es., detestarsi, influenzarsi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi casi l’idea della reciprocità è resa esplicita da avverbi quali &lt;em&gt;a vicenda&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;reciprocamente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;l’un l’altro&lt;/em&gt;, nei casi in cui il costrutto può avere sia interpretazione riflessiva sia reciproca (Cordin 1988: 603):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(7) quei due si detestano (a vicenda / l’un l’altro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(8) Mario e Giovanna si sono regalati reciprocamente un viaggio in Marocco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di conseguenza l'ausiliare da utilizzare in questo caso è l'ausiliare della diatesi riflessiva, cioè &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, e la seconda frase è sbagliata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico modo in cui la seconda frase può essere corretta è se si tratta di una forma attiva. In questo caso, &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; non può essere un pronome riflessivo, ma dev'essere un avverbio di luogo (per cui la frase significherebbe &lt;em&gt;non abbiamo mai detto le parole in quel posto&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-12-16T17:10:17.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10110" CreationDate="2018-12-16T21:46:01.050" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only occurrence I could find of a spelling similar to &lt;em&gt;cafeé&lt;/em&gt; in an Italian text is &lt;em&gt;caveè&lt;/em&gt;, in a report by 16th-century cardinal and ambassador Gianfrancesco Morosini, as quoted in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=zkdcUQ-4MY8C&amp;amp;pg=PA268&amp;amp;dq=%22cave%C3%A9%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwil_ZrUl57fAhWG2ywKHcEBAo8Q6AEIXjAI#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22cave%C3%A9%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le relazioni degli ambasciatori veneti al Senato raccolte, annotate ed edite da Eugenio Alberi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (1855). Speaking about Turks after his mission in Constantinople, he wrote in 1585:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quasi di continuo stanno a sedere, e per trattenimento usano di bere pubblicamente, così nelle botteghe come anco per le strade, non solo uomini bassi ma ancora de' più principali, un'acqua negra bollente quanto possono sofferire, che si cava d'una semente che chiaman Caveè, la quale dicono che ha virtù di far stare l'uomo svegliato.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More or less: They, both high- and low-class men, continuously drink in bars and streets a boiling-hot black water obtained by a seed they call &lt;em&gt;Caveè&lt;/em&gt;, which they say keeps men awake.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The 19th-century editor annotates that it is the first time an Italian writer mentions coffee, using its Turkish name, “cahveh” (apparently, the modern Turkish spelling is &lt;a href=&quot;https://tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kahve&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;kahve&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, technically, at least an Italian writer (almost) used that spelling to designate coffee. It seems, however, that it was just a tentative first version that didn't take root, while subsequently only versions more similar to &lt;em&gt;caffè&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;café&lt;/em&gt; were used. For instance, the authoritative dictionary of the Accademia della Crusca includes &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?E=54;103335908;&amp;amp;c1=113;-7;3;-176437357;-1092164176;&amp;amp;c2=129;28;3;40;69;1;130;32;5;40;66;1;129;28;65;-9;69;1;130;1025;5;40;73;4;130;27;3;872224124;-1604222224;&amp;amp;qi=&amp;amp;q1=null&amp;amp;q2=null&amp;amp;q3=null&amp;amp;q4=null&amp;amp;qr=null&amp;amp;num=20&amp;amp;o=115;-38489505;-1185594668;&amp;amp;idV=943901;1123572173;-338795348;&amp;amp;TDE=&amp;amp;TDNE=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;caffè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; since its third edition, published in 1691 (where it appears in the &lt;em&gt;Giunte&lt;/em&gt;, Addenda, while in subsequent editions &lt;em&gt;caffè&lt;/em&gt; appears as a normal lemma).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for tea, the spelling of its name is quite uncertain even in modern Italian, so I assume some leeway may be possible for past centuries, where orthography was still in progress. Nowadays vocabularies record two or three spellings (Treccani, for instance, takes &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/te1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;tè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; as its lemma, and lists as “less common” spellings &lt;em&gt;the&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;thè&lt;/em&gt;). I can find the version &lt;em&gt;Theè&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=TlNTGAETMXYC&amp;amp;pg=PA145&amp;amp;dq=%22the%C3%A8%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiWt4OSpqXfAhUIGuwKHY7tBfMQ6AEIPTAD#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22the%C3%A8%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;late-17th-century text&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si parla finalmente della Beuanda del Theè, e si espongono le sue Virtú singolari; Si mostra, che i tartari Orientali la beuanda del Theè formano col'latte, e sale ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(They talk about &lt;em&gt;Theè&lt;/em&gt; drink and its singular virtues; Oriental Tartars make it with milk and salt.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Again, I can't find other occurrences (other ones in Google Books turn out to be other languages, among which Latin, or artefacts due to OCR). Crusca records just &lt;em&gt;tè&lt;/em&gt; (giving &lt;em&gt;the&lt;/em&gt; as its Latin form) only from its &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?E=1078;1756404708;&amp;amp;c1=350;-7;3;-21159276;212722725;&amp;amp;c2=129;-39;3;40;69;1;130;32;5;40;66;1;129;-39;65;-31;69;4;130;1025;5;40;75;13;130;27;3;1646876352;1545561153;&amp;amp;qi=&amp;amp;q1=@the&amp;amp;q2=&amp;amp;q3=&amp;amp;q4=&amp;amp;qr=null&amp;amp;num=20&amp;amp;o=115;-38489505;-1185594668;&amp;amp;idV=1506603;-8;-2135859001;-1687727295;&amp;amp;TDE=@the;&amp;amp;TDNE=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fourth edition&lt;/a&gt; (1729-1738). (Earlier lemmas refer to homographs.) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, I can't find anything for &lt;em&gt;logia&lt;/em&gt;, and my instinct suggests me that it is a misspelling (or local, not widespread spelling) by either a foreigner or a Northern Italian, but I can't find a definite answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-12-16T21:46:01.050" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10122" CreationDate="2018-12-17T03:09:54.193" Score="5" ViewCount="1316" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’ve learned the word “fare” as “to make” or “to do”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I wanted to say, “I have never made anything with my own two hands”, I think I would say “Non ho fatto niente con i miei due mani”. Does that convey what I’m trying to say accurately? How would a native speaker say it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-17T05:56:03.933" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T06:39:51.127" Title="Can “ho fatto” mean “I made”?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10121" CreationDate="2018-12-17T06:39:51.127" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;You'd probably say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ho mai fatto niente con le mie mani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you had omitted &lt;em&gt;mai&lt;/em&gt;, that is, “never”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it's &lt;em&gt;le mie mani&lt;/em&gt; (not &lt;em&gt;i miei mani&lt;/em&gt;) since &lt;em&gt;mano&lt;/em&gt; is feminine, even though it ends in &lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in Italian it sounds more idiomatic without mentioning &lt;em&gt;due&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T06:39:51.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10105" CreationDate="2018-12-17T16:42:08.413" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another common use of the word &quot;rendere&quot; is in the idiomatic expression &quot;rendersi conto&quot;, which translates to &quot;to realize&quot;. In this case it is a reflexive verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi rendo conto che tu sei...&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Mi sono reso conto che...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5076" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-17T21:29:55.203" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T21:29:55.203" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10125" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-17T19:04:13.053" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I spent some time in a few of the northern provinces of Italy. When I was in Tuscany I noticed that when mentioning a woman by name they would use the feminine article &quot;la&quot; with the name, e.g. &quot;la Sara&quot; instead of &quot;Sara&quot;. Is this just a quirk of the Toscanacci, or does it happen elsewhere? And in formal Italian is this incorrect?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5076" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-17T20:09:29.920" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T20:09:29.920" Title="Article &quot;la&quot; before women names" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2018-12-17T20:46:56.813" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10125" CreationDate="2018-12-17T19:42:09.017" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is incorrect in formal Italian but used in informal Italian in northern Italy. In some places like Lombardy article &quot;Il&quot; is used before masculine names too, like &quot;Il Mario&quot; or &quot;Il Giuseppe&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5073" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T19:42:09.017" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10127" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10128" CreationDate="2018-12-17T20:15:46.317" Score="2" ViewCount="950" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza? Ho sentito tutti e due come saluti e non ci riesco a trovare la differenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5076" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-17T21:28:06.517" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T21:28:06.517" Title="Differenza tra &quot;ci si vede&quot; e &quot;ci si rivede&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10127" CreationDate="2018-12-17T20:22:01.297" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La differenza è minima, sono perfettamente intercambiabili, semplicemente &quot;ci si rivede&quot; vuol dire &quot;ci si vede di nuovo/un'altra volta&quot;, ma possono essere usati nello stesso contesto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5073" LastActivityDate="2018-12-17T20:22:01.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10129" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10130" CreationDate="2018-12-17T20:58:17.737" Score="5" ViewCount="538" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in un libro la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Doveva avere dieci o undici anni, pensò, quando sua madre era&#xA;  scomparsa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché non si usa il congiuntivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dovesse avere dieci o undici anni, pensò, quando sua madre era&#xA;  scomparsa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi può spiegare come mai non si usa il congiuntivo in questa frase?&#xA;Si usa il congiuntivo soltanto se si usa la congiunzione 'penso che'?&#xA;È perchè si tratta di un discorso indiretto? Oppure perchè 'dovere + verbo' indica già una cosa incerta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5071" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-17T21:20:49.003" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:14:09.580" Title="Il verbo 'pensare' senza l'uso del congiuntivo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10129" CreationDate="2018-12-18T08:46:43.583" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Doveva avere dieci o undici anni quando sua madre era scomparsa” è un discorso diretto. Il verbo “pensò” è in un inciso per non appesantire la frase; si tratta di una tecnica molto frequente nella narrativa. Il fatto che avvenga solo nella mente di qualcuno non ha rilevanza grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Siamo a buon porto”, pensò fra sé don Abbondio; e, con un fare più manieroso che mai, – via, – disse: – in quindici giorni cercherò,… procurerò…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un discorso indiretto il congiuntivo ci vuole: “pensò che dovesse avere dieci o undici anni”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2018-12-18T08:46:43.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10131" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10132" CreationDate="2018-12-18T09:05:12.923" Score="4" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the words &lt;em&gt;saldo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;importo&lt;/em&gt;? Aren't both just amounts that need to get paid? It seems like in Italian it is not enough to say &lt;em&gt;quantità&lt;/em&gt; to refer to an amount when dealing with money. It seems like &lt;em&gt;saldo&lt;/em&gt; is a balance whereas &lt;em&gt;importo&lt;/em&gt; is an amount to be deposited. Is this the difference? Where can I find a dictionary of banking and business terms in Italian? Italian to English or Italian to Italian will do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-18T09:55:27.623" LastActivityDate="2018-12-18T15:15:40.620" Title="&quot;Saldo e importo&quot;: what is the difference?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10131" CreationDate="2018-12-18T15:15:40.620" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's the difference, correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it helps further, you can picture &lt;em&gt;saldo&lt;/em&gt; as referring to what is &quot;left to conclude the business&quot;, so for example the resulting balance of the positive and negative accounting transactions, the amount due in an invoice, or the remaining inventory that needs to be sold out in a shop (that's why we advertise discounted sales as &lt;em&gt;saldi&lt;/em&gt;). Similarly, &lt;em&gt;importo&lt;/em&gt; is a quantity of value that needs to be &quot;brought&quot;, in the pockets of the seller for example.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to your other question, you can try these out:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.agenziaentrate.gov.it/wps/portal/english/glossary&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.agenziaentrate.gov.it/wps/portal/english/glossary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.andreabecca.it/lettera_a.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.andreabecca.it/lettera_a.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://is.muni.cz/el/1456/jaro2015/XPX_IUDA/um/GLOSSARIO_english_italian.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://is.muni.cz/el/1456/jaro2015/XPX_IUDA/um/GLOSSARIO_english_italian.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5081" LastActivityDate="2018-12-18T15:15:40.620" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9937" CreationDate="2018-12-18T15:51:15.767" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia &lt;em&gt;che pizza&lt;/em&gt; è semplicemente un eufemismo per &lt;em&gt;che palle&lt;/em&gt; che suona simile, così come &lt;em&gt;che cavolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mavaffancuore&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;porco zio&lt;/em&gt;, e così via. Si tratta di una forma di censura la cui ambiguità aiuta a conservare l'effetto della parolaccia ma riducendo il rischio di ricevere uno scappellotto dalla mamma. :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un meccanismo presente anche in altre lingue, per esempio in inglese si dice &lt;em&gt;shoot!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dang it&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;I'm freaking hungry&lt;/em&gt;, o in ceco &lt;em&gt;do prčic&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;vai a Prcic&quot; simile a &quot;vai a quel paese&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5081" LastActivityDate="2018-12-18T15:51:15.767" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9779" CreationDate="2018-12-18T16:11:42.440" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Springare significa &quot;sgambettare&quot;, e a quanto pare viene dalla radice germanica &lt;em&gt;spring&lt;/em&gt; che effettivamente combacia con i commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo sito ha un'ottima spiegazione: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.etimo.it/?term=springare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.etimo.it/?term=springare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5081" LastActivityDate="2018-12-18T16:11:42.440" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10135" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10402" CreationDate="2018-12-18T21:30:16.303" Score="6" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale preposizione si deve mettere davanti alle parole Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram, ... ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire:&#xA;Guardare su Facebook? Scrivere su WhatsApp? Postare in Instagram?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dire:&#xA;Hai in questo numero WhatsApp? - la preposizione 'in' mi pare strana; si può dire avere su questo numero? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5071" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-19T08:38:04.283" LastActivityDate="2019-04-12T19:12:06.003" Title="Preposizioni davanti a nomi di prodotti come WhatsApp, Facebook, Instagram" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10137" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-22T10:54:56.097" Score="2" ViewCount="341" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9817/al-riguardo-%c3%a8-preferibile-a-a-riguardo-quando-hanno-il-senso-di-riguardo-a&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; avevo scritto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;poi mi è stato suggerito di cambiare &quot;a riguardo&quot; &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;al riguardo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma questa frase è stata corretta in quest'altra &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;poi mi è stato suggerito di cambiare &quot;a riguardo&quot; &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;al riguardo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in un aggiornamento (&quot;edit&quot;). Ho consultato la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cambiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;cambiare&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; per cercare di capire la differenza tra &quot;cambiare per&quot; e &quot;cambiare con&quot; ma l'unico che sono riuscita a trovare è questa definizione &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sostituire una persona, una cosa, &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; altra simile o diversa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che mi ha fatto pensare che, se si dice &quot;sostituire con&quot;, molto probabilmente si dica anche &quot;cambiare con&quot;. Non ho trovato, però, nessun esempio di uso di &quot;cambiare per&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: ci sono situazioni in cui si può usare &quot;cambiare per&quot; invece di &quot;cambiare con&quot;? Potreste farne qualche esempio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-16T15:02:30.413" Title="Si può usare &quot;cambiare per&quot; invece di &quot;cambiare con&quot; in qualche situazione?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10137" CreationDate="2018-12-22T12:33:31.803" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel suggerimento &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;[cambiare] &quot;a riguardo&quot; per &quot;al riguardo&quot; &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la preposizione &quot;per&quot; assume il significato di &quot;in favore di&quot; o &quot;in sostituzione a&quot;. A memoria, non mi sembra molto usato, ma è lecito come utilizzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può utilizzare la preposizione &quot;per&quot; in una frase del genere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non ho intenzione di cambiare per cambiare&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il senso è che chi parla non giustifica il cambiamento come fine a se stesso (utilizzo di &quot;per&quot; come preposizione indicante il fine).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato a questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://libreriamo.it/scuola/il-corretto-uso-preposizione-per/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; i possibili utilizzi della preposizione &quot;per&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2018-12-22T12:33:31.803" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10139" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-23T08:10:37.483" Score="3" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Neanche il puzzo che gli mozza il respiro è quello di suo padre. Suo padre puzza di pietra, calce e sudore. Questo è invece puzzo di scarpe, vino e piscio stantio. Porte che sbattono, passi, un rutto eclatante fa tremare le pareti e la tenda che separa lo sgabuzzino da qualche altro locale si spalanca. Lo investe una &lt;strong&gt;fètola&lt;/strong&gt; puzzolentissima, uno scroscio di risate e un fiotto di luce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato del termine &quot;fètola&quot; in questo brano. L'ho cercato in parecchi dizionari, ma l'ho trovato soltanto nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fetola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia,  la definizione che appare là (malattia delle arance e dei mandarini) non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;fètola&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato? Si tratta di un vocabolo di origine napoletana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-23T12:06:41.650" LastActivityDate="2019-08-09T16:01:50.183" Title="Cosa significa &quot;fètola&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10140" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10144" CreationDate="2018-12-24T11:40:30.390" Score="1" ViewCount="448" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parlano – con dialetti diversi e a volte incomprensibili – di incazzature, mazzate, duemila pezze che Agnello deve consegnare a qualcuno altrimenti gli mozzano il naso e glielo ficcano su per il sedere, cosí la sentirà veramente la puzza al naso, quello sparagnino arricchito e &lt;strong&gt;arrepezzato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;arrepezzato&quot; in questo brano? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo e neanche &quot;arrepezzare&quot; in nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine napoletana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-25T16:07:34.713" Title="Che vuol dire &quot;arrepezzato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10142" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-24T18:33:37.717" Score="5" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;The English idiomatic phrase &lt;em&gt;to wither on the vine&lt;/em&gt; is used in the context of something or someone who is neglected or ignored. Can anyone please suggest an equivalent idiomatic expression in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3616" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-24T18:40:42.213" LastActivityDate="2018-12-24T22:12:52.590" Title="Wither on the vine" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10142" CreationDate="2018-12-24T21:55:10.827" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/amp/s/dictionary.cambridge.org/amp/english/wither-on-the-vine&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cambridge Dictionary&lt;/a&gt; says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;If something withers on the vine, it is destroyed very gradually,&#xA;  usually because no one does anything to help or support it: &lt;br&gt;&lt;em&gt;When the&#xA;  new resort was built, the tourist trade in smaller hotels withered on&#xA;  the vine.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian we could express the same concept using idioms like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si è sciolto come neve al sole&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;   (It melted like snow under the sun)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Svanire in una bolla di sapone&lt;/em&gt; (To vanish like a bubble)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo shopping online &lt;strong&gt;porterà all’estinzione&lt;/strong&gt; i piccoli negozi&lt;/em&gt; (Online&#xA;  shopping will drive small shops to extinction)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-12-24T22:12:52.590" LastActivityDate="2018-12-24T22:12:52.590" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10140" CreationDate="2018-12-25T16:07:34.713" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.liberoricercatore.it/vocabolario-dialettale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario di dialetto napoletano&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;arrepezzate&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;rattoppato, ma in un senso più enfatico, a significare un&#xA;riaggiustamento fatto alla buona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato vuol significare che quello sparagnino arricchito è comunque un personaggio con le pezze al sedere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2018-12-25T16:07:34.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10145" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10146" CreationDate="2018-12-26T09:08:49.573" Score="2" ViewCount="776" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parlano di polismen che trovènno una &lt;strong&gt;vagliona&lt;/strong&gt; di nove anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;vagliona&quot; in questa frase? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo su nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-26T09:48:54.073" LastActivityDate="2018-12-26T10:16:33.183" Title="Cos'è una &quot;vagliona&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10146" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10145" CreationDate="2018-12-26T09:41:51.970" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vagliona è una variante di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/dizionario-italiano/parola/g/guaglione.aspx?query=guaglione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;guagliona&lt;/a&gt;, cioè fanciulla, ragazza in dialetto napoletano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;guaglione&#xA;   &gt; [gua-glió-ne]&#xA;   &gt; s.m. (pl. m. -ni; f. -na, pl. -ne) 1 dial., merid. Ragazzo, fanciullo:&#xA;  sei ancora un g.; una bella guagliona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel forum di Wordreference, per &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/vagliona.1338152/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vagliona&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;In Molise il dialetto è simile al napoletano: ragazzi si dice&#xA;  uaglion', ragazze si dice uagliole, ma alcuni pronunciano queste&#xA;  parole con la v al posto della u, cioè vaglion' e vagliole. Invece&#xA;  esiste, ma non è usata, la forma uagliona (o vagliona)&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-12-26T10:16:33.183" LastActivityDate="2018-12-26T10:16:33.183" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10147" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-27T08:45:45.803" Score="3" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Un uomo entra nello sgabuzzino, poi un altro, un altro, un altro ancora, finché perde il conto. Qualcuno si svacca sulla branda di fronte alla sua, qualcuno su una rete che scricchiola. Tonfi di mobili spostati, sospiri. Gente che si spoglia – sentore di ascelle. Una, due, dieci concitate voci maschili che si accavallano. Le voci appartengono a un branco di tagliagole privi di scrupoli e assetati di sangue. Parlano – con dialetti diversi e a volte incomprensibili – di incazzature, mazzate, duemila pezze che Agnello deve consegnare a qualcuno altrimenti gli mozzano il naso e glielo ficcano su per il sedere, cosí la sentirà veramente la puzza al naso, quello sparagnino arricchito e arrepezzato. Parlano di polismen che trovènno una vagliona di nove anni. Diamante non osa nemmeno respirare. Qualcuno impreca, ordinando agli altri di &lt;strong&gt;abbentarsi&lt;/strong&gt;, ma nessuno gli dà retta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;abbentarsi&quot; in questo brano? Non ho trovato questo verbo in nessun dizionario. Immagino  si tratti di un vocabolo di origine dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-12-27T09:55:02.293" LastActivityDate="2018-12-27T10:37:18.780" Title="Significato di &quot;abbentarsi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10147" CreationDate="2018-12-27T09:47:14.033" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo articolo di blog intitolato &lt;a href=&quot;https://digilander.libero.it/marino50/Dialetto/Riflessioni/Riflessioni.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Riflessioni sul dialetto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sbentàre, ventàre, abbentàre&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt; Sbentàre, ventàre, abbentàre Questa volta parliamo di tre&#xA;  verbi che si somigliano un po', ma che indicano tre azioni&#xA;  diversissime. Il primo potremmo tradurlo forzatamente con l'italiano&#xA;  evaporare, ma il significato può anche essere quello di perdere il gas&#xA;  (ad esempio nel caso di una bibita gasata lasciata aperta), perdere&#xA;  l'odore, il sapore o altre caratteristiche organolettiche.  Anche&#xA;  ventàre potrebbe essere tradotto  forzatamente con appurare, ma&#xA;  l'esatto significato è un po' più difficile da spiegare. Praticamente&#xA;  significa farsi scoprire di essere in possesso di un  oggetto, un&#xA;  utensile, un qualcosa che potrebbe servire ad altri che potrebbero&#xA;  chiederlo in prestito; da qui l'esortazione: &quot; 'Un tu fare ventàre&#xA;  sinnò t' 'u circa' &quot;. &lt;strong&gt;Abbentàre, invece, significa semplicemente&#xA;  riposarsi un po' dopo uno sforzo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Abbentare significa riposarsi dopo uno sforzo, una fatica. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno impreca ordinando agli altri di riposarsi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre nello stesso articolo viene riportato un altro significato per abbentarsi, cioè avventarsi, anche se non mi sembra adatto al contesto citato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;S' abbentare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; Verbo molto simile all'italiano avventarsi, in realtà, almeno nel dialetto caccurese, ha un doppio significato. &lt;strong&gt;Il&#xA;  primo, meno usato, è quello di scagliarsi violentemente contro&#xA;  qualcuno, ma il secondo, molto più usato, almeno un tempo, sta a&#xA;  indicare il riposo, una sosta mentre si trasporta un peso gravoso o&#xA;  mentre si sta eseguendo un lavoro estremamente faticoso.&lt;/strong&gt; &quot;Abbentate&#xA;  'nu pocu! ..... Si, mo m'abbentu.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2018-12-27T10:37:18.780" LastActivityDate="2018-12-27T10:37:18.780" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10149" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-27T13:42:37.207" Score="6" ViewCount="371" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any good textbook for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;grammar revision for the CELI exam (from level A1 to C2)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;writing part (for text writing) preparation with tips etc.  (exams CELI 4 and CELI 5)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;general preparation (books with past exams CELI 4 and CELI 5)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-28T11:41:25.707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-28T11:43:10.623" Title="Textbooks for CELI exams" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3941" CreationDate="2018-12-27T23:45:02.103" Score="1" Body="&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Reading (books, magazines, ...) in Italian.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Write something everyday (maybes start a blog/diary in Italian).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Specialized books (like &lt;em&gt;Scrivere bene (o quasi)&lt;/em&gt;. Ortografia, punteggiatura, stile, dubbi, curiosità; by Elisabetta Perini).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Get a good tutor/teacher, who can check your text from time to time.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2018-12-28T07:57:36.507" LastActivityDate="2018-12-28T07:57:36.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10149" CreationDate="2018-12-28T11:43:10.623" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The textbooks I know are those ones from the series &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.guerra-edizioni.com/books/index.cfm?node=0,1,22,1006,168&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Come prepararsi all'esame del CELI&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; from Guerra Edizioni. I have seen them in some Barcelona libraries. These are books that propose you exercises with the same format of the different parts of the exam. They come with CDs that allow you to practice the listening part of the exam. They also include the transcriptions of all the recorded material and the solution keys to all the exercises.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-28T11:43:10.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10152" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-28T20:16:51.293" Score="3" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le voci incattiviscono, parlano della pupàtella di Agnello, cioè di Vita – che tiene solo nove anni ma quanto si farà bella quann’&lt;strong&gt;ammazzucculisce&lt;/strong&gt; già si vedette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino si tratti di una voce di origine dialettale perché non ho trovato questo verbo in nessun dizionario. Comunque, &#xA;sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;ammazzucculire&quot; in questo passaggio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2018-12-28T20:16:51.293" Title="Che cosa vuol dire &quot;ammazzucculire&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10154" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-30T10:53:55.730" Score="4" ViewCount="420" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A Ellis Island gli americani ti rifilano una serie di domande – una specie di interrogatorio. L’interprete – un tizio perfido, un vero &lt;strong&gt;acciso&lt;/strong&gt; che deve aver fatto carriera esercitando il proprio zelo contro i suoi compatrioti – ti spiega che devi dire la verità, solo la verità, perché in America la menzogna è il peccato piú grave, peggio del furto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=jsHJnzvJHxAC&amp;amp;pg=PA668&amp;amp;lpg=PA668&amp;amp;dq=acciso+ucciso&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=wjpdRLu7_v&amp;amp;sig=CXRb68iK-JIxsySf0cKNTA5jOb4&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjnrJvXkMbfAhUDtHEKHca8DvAQ6AEwB3oECAIQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=acciso%20ucciso&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grammatica diacronica del napoletano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; appare &quot;acciso&quot; come &quot;ucciso&quot; e lo stesso si trova in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikiquote.org/wiki/Proverbi_napoletani&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;raccolta di proverbi napoletani&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non mi pare che questo sia il senso di questo vocabolo nel brano sopra citato. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;acciso&quot; in questo passaggio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-11-22T10:29:29.450" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;acciso&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10155" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10160" CreationDate="2018-12-31T10:32:54.610" Score="4" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;In nearly all modern Romance languages, the future tense is constructed with &quot;infinitive + &lt;em&gt;habeo&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (present of &lt;em&gt;habere&lt;/em&gt;), and in most of them, the conditional tense is constructed with &quot;infinitive + &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, e.g. ES &lt;em&gt;querer + había = querría&lt;/em&gt; and FR &lt;em&gt;vouloir + avait = voudrait&lt;/em&gt;. But in Italian the conditional suffix is like &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ebbi&lt;/em&gt;) instead of &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;avevo&lt;/em&gt;), so the inflected word is &lt;em&gt;volere + ebbe = vorr&lt;strong&gt;ebbe&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;volere + aveva = vorr&lt;strong&gt;eva&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Is there a story behind this difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastActivityDate="2019-01-02T10:16:28.383" Title="Why is the conditional affix from passato remoto instead of imperfetto?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10156" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2018-12-31T20:08:43.597" Score="6" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;In frasi del tipo: &quot;Allora! Stai più attento!&quot;&#xA;che provenienza ha l'espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-01-05T21:32:26.537" LastActivityDate="2019-01-05T21:32:26.537" Title="Qual è l'origine dell'esclamazione &quot;allora&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;exclamations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10158" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-01T10:46:01.383" Score="3" ViewCount="1654" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho frequentato un corso di letteratura all'università dove la nostra prof ragionava su questi concetti rispetto a una novella del Decameron. All'inizio della lezione ha esplicitamente detto che dobbiamo fare attenzione perchè in italiano tra i termini &quot;verità&quot; e &quot;realtà&quot; c'è un'importante differenza ma poi non l'ha spiegata e l'ha data per scontata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo la mia intuizione e quello che ho letto sui dizionari che ho consultato (dizionario dell'Internazionale De Mauro e Treccani) la differenza è che la verità è un concetto astratto, qualcosa è vero e invece la realtà è quel qualcosa che esiste. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non vorrei entrare in discussioni filosofiche ma solo capire qual è la differenza importante tra i termini. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2020-04-25T22:01:30.213" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;verità&quot; e &quot;realtà&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10159" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3941" CreationDate="2019-01-01T10:50:59.383" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have an amazing and updated suggestion for you that I have recently found out! &#xA;I went to a Professional communication and writing skill class in Milano (università Cattolica) and these were the books that they have suggested. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Guida di stile&lt;/em&gt;, Luisa Carrada.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Struttura e sintassi&lt;/em&gt;, Luisa Carrada. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are extremely easy and accessible, super short and full of immediately actionable advice! These are books that go straight to the point and can improve your writing in Italian substantially. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2019-01-01T10:50:59.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10155" CreationDate="2019-01-02T09:58:49.677" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;This story is way more complicated than I expected when I started researching it, and in fact explaining this particularity requires a fair amount of study of second/third century Latin, as well as some unbridled speculation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It shouldn't  have come as a surprise that the conditional mood, by far the most radical innovation of Romance, would have a very complicated history, but it was still exceedingly hard to find good references. So buckle up, we're going in.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;1. Periphrastic constructions in late Latin&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In late Latin, there were two periphrastic constructions that were muscling in in the subjunctive's turf: they were constructed using the infinitive followed (or sometimes preceded) by the imperfect and the perfect of the verb &lt;em&gt;habĕo&lt;/em&gt; respectively. Since they seem to both cover roles corresponding to the Romance conditional, I'll call them the &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;-conditional and the &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These two periphrastic constructions were not, however, synonymous. Unfortunately no grammarian has left us a detailed explanation of the difference in meaning, so we are left to try to suss out the difference from example of contemporary usage. Here I will present a very condensed description of the situation, based on the excellent detailed treatment in [1, Sec XXV.2].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The basic distinction between the &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;-conditional and the &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional can be summarized as follows: the &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;-conditional denotes potentiality or predestination, where a situation could happen (or is even destined to happen), even if it hadn't happened yet, while the &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional is used often to denote counterfactual situations, where the premise could never happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To this semantic distinction it is important to also add a morphologic one: the &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;-conditional seems to have been turned in a synthetic construction much earlier than the &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional. That is, it is much more common to find examples where the infinitive and the verb &lt;em&gt;habĕre&lt;/em&gt; are separated by an intervening word in the case of the &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I should also mention that it is possible to find occasional examples where the &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;-conditional is used where we would expect the &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional and viceversa. It is hard to determine if these were &quot;mistakes&quot; or the expression of some shade of meaning outside of our reach. Without any contemporary description of the difference this is probably destined to stay a mystery.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;2. The conditional moods of Italy&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This section is mainly based on the chapter &lt;em&gt;Condizionale&lt;/em&gt; in Rohlfs' foundational monograph [4].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The evolution of Italian is characterized by the lack of any central standardizing effort (as opposed, e.g.,  to the evolution of French, that selected the Paris dialect as a standard essentially because Paris was the physical seat of the king). Hence for large parts of history the determining factor in language choice was the literary prestige of the various regional languages. As we will see, this will produce some unexpected results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The standard rules of phonetic evolution would turn the &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;-conditional into a conditional in &lt;em&gt;-ea&lt;/em&gt;. This can occasionally be encountered (e.g.  &lt;em&gt;E no lo &lt;strong&gt;porea&lt;/strong&gt; dire/di sí gran guisa, come in cor la sento&lt;/em&gt; in Guittone d'Arezzo, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Rime_(Guittone_d%27Arezzo)/Gioia_ed_allegranza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gioia ed allegranza&lt;/a&gt;), but by far the most common, however, is a version in &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;porria&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vorria&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;parlaria&lt;/em&gt;,...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This form conditional has, on a phonological basis, two possible sources: Sicilian and Provençal (it should be mentioned that Rohlfs is strongly against a Sicilian origin, but Devoto [2] seems unconvinced by his arguments and I tend to agree with him). A conditional in &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; is attested in both these languages and more importantly, they were two of the most important literary languages of the early thirteen century, right when Romance literature was starting to crystallize. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Be it for literary influence, or for some other reason the &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; conditional spread throughout the peninsula, displacing the &lt;em&gt;ea&lt;/em&gt; forms where they were present.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It had to contend, however, with two other forms trying to fill the same space: the Italian form the old &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional (the eventual winner, that I'll call the &lt;em&gt;ei&lt;/em&gt; conditional: &lt;em&gt;potrei&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vorrei&lt;/em&gt;, ...) and the so-called &lt;em&gt;ra&lt;/em&gt;-conditional, derived from Latin pluperfect indicative (&lt;em&gt;cantaveram&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;cantara&lt;/em&gt;). This was the main form in continental Southern Italy, but it is essentially disappeared even in literary Italian (surviving only in the form &lt;em&gt;fora&lt;/em&gt;, &quot;I/he/she/it would be&quot;). It is still quite alive in many regional languages and in Sicilian it has come to displace the &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; conditional.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize, when Dante and Petrarch were starting to write there were essentially three possible choices for the conditional mood: the &lt;em&gt;ía&lt;/em&gt; conditional (derived from Latin &lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt;-conditional), the &lt;em&gt;ei&lt;/em&gt; conditional (derived from Latin &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional) and the &lt;em&gt;ra&lt;/em&gt; conditional (derived from Latin pluperfect indicative). They had a very complicated geographic distribution (notably, the &lt;em&gt;ei&lt;/em&gt; conditional was very rare in Southern Italy, while the &lt;em&gt;ra&lt;/em&gt; conditional never climbed above the Southernmost tips of Tuscany), but the most prestigious was the &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; conditional, due to its usage in Provençal and Sicilian poetry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;3. Wild speculations&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How did Italian choose among the various conditional moods? Here none of the sources I consulted suggested any reason. Only Devoto [3] suggests that the &lt;em&gt;ei&lt;/em&gt; conditional might be &quot;more forceful&quot;. Moreover, from our discussion of the Latin periphrastic constructions, we see that the &lt;em&gt;habui&lt;/em&gt;-conditional (that initially had a counterfactual value) needed to change its meaning, although there are usages in Cassiodorus that suggest just such a semantic shift. Finally, the &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; conditional was by far the most geographically widespread.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And yet, Tuscan poets preferred the form in &lt;em&gt;ei&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I am allowed to speculate a bit, I would suggest that it was the predominance of a relatively minor form, the &lt;em&gt;ei&lt;/em&gt; conditional, in a relatively small geographic and temporal area (Northern Tuscany at the end of the thirteenth century) that got blown out of any proportion due to the incredible literary significance of the works produced in the area, chiefly Dante's &lt;em&gt;Comedy&lt;/em&gt;. It is interesting to note that Petrarch (himself from &lt;em&gt;Southern&lt;/em&gt; Tuscany) uses the &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; conditional slightly more often than Dante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After a period of transition, where the &lt;em&gt;ia&lt;/em&gt; conditional was used less and less in prose works, in the early fifteenth century it was definitely used only in poetic works, where it's still alive ([3]).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Bibliography&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] Adams, J. N. (2013). &lt;em&gt;Social variation and the Latin language&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[2] Devoto, G. (1974). Il linguaggio d'italia: Storia e strutture linguistische italiene dalla preistoria ai nostri giorni (Vol. 113). Rizzoli Editore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[3] Migliorini, B., &amp;amp; Ghinassi, G. (1961). Storia della lingua italiana. Sansoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[4] Rohlfs, G. 1966-1969. Grammatica storica della lingua italiana e dei suoi dialetti. &lt;em&gt;Torino: Einaudi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-01-02T10:16:28.383" LastActivityDate="2019-01-02T10:16:28.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10161" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-02T12:43:37.790" Score="3" ViewCount="1323" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been reading a poem &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://oncomouse.github.io/loy/songs.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Song to Joannes&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; by a futurist poet Mina Loy. Her poems are hard to interpret but there is one line that really confuses me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nothing so conserving&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As cool cleaving&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note of the Q  H  U&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Clear carving&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Breath-giving&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pollen smelling&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Space&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Apart from other seeming nonsense, there's this Q H U.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm asking here because this poem is supposedly dedicated to her Italian lover with whom she lived in Florence in 1915-16. So I thought that by &amp;quot;Note of the Q H U&amp;quot; she meant a note to/by her lover and &amp;quot;Q H U&amp;quot; can be some acronym in Italian. For example, &amp;quot;It was fantastic&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;See you tomorrow&amp;quot; or whatever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My other guess it might be a note of some perfume because there's a line about smelling further on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any thoughts about what it can mean? Or if this Italian at all?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5106" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-01-03T10:31:01.737" Title="Meaning of Q H U" Tags="&lt;abbreviations&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10158" CreationDate="2019-01-02T14:06:55.547" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Termini come questi possono assumere significati e sfumature diverse a seconda dei contesti culturali, storici, filosofici in cui vengono usati. Sarebbe interessante dunque sapere qual è la novella del Decameron in questione, così da contestualizzare tale differenza di significato. &#xA;Se vogliamo generalizzare e prendere come campo semantico di riferimento il senso comune, l'uso quotidiano che si fa dei due termini, realtà è qualcosa che si conosce con i sensi, che si può indicare e definire esistente perché la si vede, tocca, sente. &quot;Reale&quot; è contrapposto a immaginario, inventato, frutto della fantasia. Verità può coincidere con realtà o anche no. Certe cose possono essere reali ma non vere (es. una banconota falsa) oppure vere ma non reali (es. appunto certi concetti astratti, frutto dell'intelletto).&#xA;Se invece ci spostiamo sul piano ontologico, i due termini coincidono. Ciò che è vero è reale e ciò che è reale è vero. È il piano dell'essere, della consapevolezza, lo si conquista con l'indagine interiore e va oltre la mente. Non è un concetto filosofico, ma un'esperienza interiore, ancor più profonda dell'esperienza del mondo esterno fatta con i cinque sensi. Il focus qui non è sul mondo esterno, è sul mondo interiore, sul soggetto. Il quale è l'unica realtà. Il mondo esterno è reale solo in quanto conosciuto dal soggetto, il quale è, per sé, la propria verità. Essa non è un concetto astratto, ma qualcosa di concreto perché è, momento per momento, ciò che il soggetto scopre grazie alla propria consapevolezza. Verità e realtà dunque corrispondono a contenuti diversi solo ammettendo che la fonte del vero sia qualcosa di oggettivo, riferito a sistemi di credenza che dovrebbero essere validi per tutti. Superato tale punto di riferimento, una volta che l'essere umano si riconosce dentro di sé colui che è, non vi è più motivo di credere vero qualcosa di esterno alla propria realtà ontologica &quot;Io sono&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5084" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-01-02T14:41:26.643" LastActivityDate="2019-01-02T14:41:26.643" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10156" CreationDate="2019-01-03T03:11:00.603" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Proviene dal latino &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ad illam horam&lt;/strong&gt; ‘a quell'ora’&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ref.: &lt;a href=&quot;https://unaparolaalgiorno.it/significato/A/allora&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito&lt;/a&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5107" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-03T08:17:04.863" LastActivityDate="2019-01-03T08:17:04.863" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10164" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-04T03:34:17.390" Score="3" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I wanted to say &quot;We found ourselves in traffic while driving to the airport,&quot; I would say &lt;em&gt;Ci siamo trovati nel traffico mentre guidando all'aeroporto&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google Translate seems to understand &lt;em&gt;guidando&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#view=home&amp;amp;op=translate&amp;amp;sl=it&amp;amp;tl=en&amp;amp;text=guidando&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;driving&quot;&lt;/a&gt; but when I enter &quot;while driving&quot;, I get &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#view=home&amp;amp;op=translate&amp;amp;sl=en&amp;amp;tl=it&amp;amp;text=while%20driving&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mentre si guida&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So how would a native speaker say that sentence? What is the difference between the two options and when should I use one or the other?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastActivityDate="2019-01-06T12:09:25.570" Title="How to say &quot;-ing&quot; form of verbs?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10164" CreationDate="2019-01-04T04:21:06.547" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A native speaker would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci siamo trovati nel traffico mentre &lt;strong&gt;stavamo guidando&lt;/strong&gt; verso&#xA;  l’aeroporto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could replace &lt;em&gt;stavamo guidando&lt;/em&gt; with a more generic &lt;em&gt;stavamo andando&lt;/em&gt;  or  &lt;em&gt;andavamo&lt;/em&gt; without mentioning the transportation mean. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mentre si guida i&lt;/em&gt;s not correct here because you should use it in sentences like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È vietato usare il cellulare mentre si guida&lt;br&gt; It is forbidden to&#xA;  use the mobile phone while driving&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-01-04T04:21:06.547" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10166" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10156" CreationDate="2019-01-04T16:46:52.957" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/segnali-discorsivi_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; c'è una definizione generica sui segnali discorsivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo studio dei segnali discorsivi ha un’essenziale dimensione diacronica (per es., Sweetser 1990; Traugott &amp;amp; Dasher 2002; Cuenca 2007), dato che diversi valori semantici e pragmatici dei segnali discorsivi si sono sviluppati nel tempo da un nucleo primario centrale (cfr. § 1).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta in parte di un fenomeno di ➔ grammaticalizzazione. Per es., per allora, a partire dal valore temporale e dalla funzione referenziale originaria, si sono sviluppate funzioni interazionali e inferenziali (quelle tipiche, ad es., della costruzione condizionale se … allora), molto diffuse nell’italiano contemporaneo (come negli esempi 21, 22, 24, 25), accanto agli usi temporali (anaforico, nel caso dell’es. 23).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so se sia possibile trovare una motivazione precisa per la perdita di valore temporale di &lt;em&gt;allora&lt;/em&gt; ed altre parole simili (certamente non ne ho io le competenze), ma il passaggio dalla costruzione condizionale qui citata potrebbe essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[se hai terminato/se posso parlare] Allora...-&amp;gt; presa di turno -&amp;gt; generico richiamo di attenzione (il tuo esempio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-01-04T17:55:36.720" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10167" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10168" CreationDate="2019-01-05T14:15:59.983" Score="2" ViewCount="356" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Diamante tiene il passaporto fra i denti – col consenso di suo padre all’espatrio stampigliato accanto ai suoi connotati. È talmente indaffarato a sgomitare che non sta a chiedersi come mai Vita non &lt;strong&gt;ciancica&lt;/strong&gt; piú fra le labbra lo scontrino giallo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;Vita non ciancica piú fra le labbra lo scontrino giallo&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;ciancicare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-01-05T20:21:58.313" LastActivityDate="2019-01-05T20:21:58.313" Title="Cosa significa &quot;ciancicare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10168" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10167" CreationDate="2019-01-05T14:22:20.110" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciancicare nel dialetto romano significa masticare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani riporta per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ciancicare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ciancicare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ciancicare&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. e tr. [der. di &lt;em&gt;cianciare&lt;/em&gt;] (&lt;em&gt;io ciàncico, tu&#xA;ciàncichi,&lt;/em&gt; ecc.; come intr., aus. &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;). – 1. Pronunciare male e a&#xA;stento le parole, balbettare. 2. Biascicare, masticare lentamente. 3.&#xA;Lavorare con lentezza e in modo impacciato, far male un lavoro. 4.&#xA;region. a. Sgualcire; come intr. pron., sgualcirsi: i&lt;em&gt;l vestito si è&#xA;tutto ciancicato.&lt;/em&gt; b. Brancicare, cincischiare. ◆ Part. pass.&#xA;ciancicato, anche come agg., sgualcito: u&lt;em&gt;na gonna tutta ciancicata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che l’accezione più adatta sia la 2, sebbene nella fattispecie mi fa venire in mente che Vita stia tenendo lo scontrino fra le labbra e lo stia succhiando come fanno i neonati o i bimbi piccoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-01-05T14:28:15.437" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10169" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10183" CreationDate="2019-01-05T15:29:45.490" Score="5" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I noticed that all Italian verbs has the same conjugation for indicative present and subjunctive present for subject &lt;em&gt;noi&lt;/em&gt;. The form also seems to have a closer relationship with the subjunctive forms (e.g. &lt;em&gt;abbiamo&lt;/em&gt; is closer to &lt;em&gt;abbia&lt;/em&gt; rather than &lt;em&gt;ha&lt;/em&gt;, so is &lt;em&gt;siamo&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;sia&lt;/em&gt;). I can't even find a single exception (is that right?). What is the story behind this &quot;incidence&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastActivityDate="2019-01-12T14:24:03.643" Title="Relationship between indicativo presente and congiuntivo presente of 1st person plural (noi) conjugation?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10164" CreationDate="2019-01-06T00:36:36.587" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Using &lt;em&gt;&quot;mentre si guida&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;&quot;guidando&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is the same, because both are referring to a &lt;strong&gt;generic&lt;/strong&gt; situation usually done by someone, and don't specify who is driving in particular.&#xA;So for a correct translation on Google Translate I suppose you should write:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;English: &quot;We found ourselves in traffic while &lt;em&gt;we were&lt;/em&gt; driving to the airport&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Italian: &quot;Ci siamo trovati nel traffico mentre &lt;em&gt;stavamo&lt;/em&gt; guidando verso l'aeroporto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5113" LastEditorUserId="5113" LastEditDate="2019-01-06T12:09:25.570" LastActivityDate="2019-01-06T12:09:25.570" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10171" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-06T11:08:02.810" Score="0" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco perché si usi la forma &quot;mandati&quot; invece di &quot;mandato&quot;. Non è semplicemente un passato prossimo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5071" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-06T11:37:50.903" LastActivityDate="2019-01-06T11:37:50.903" Title="&quot;Li ha mandati in un parco&quot; - analisi grammaticale" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2019-01-06T11:41:18.183" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6331" CreationDate="2019-01-06T15:48:21.490" Score="-4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recommend sites like www.letspal.com because I learned French and Russian with practicing people there:  erybody is really helpful when it comes to learning languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5114" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-06T17:19:39.733" LastActivityDate="2019-01-06T17:19:39.733" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10174" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10185" CreationDate="2019-01-07T10:43:37.780" Score="1" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stranita, passava in rassegna i volti degli sconosciuti che sventolando il passi venivano a ritirare i parenti. Ceffi duri sormontati da coppole, musi tagliati nella pietra, &lt;strong&gt;baffi&lt;/strong&gt; a manubrio e &lt;strong&gt;a coda di topo&lt;/strong&gt;, nasi a uncino, occhi di pece e acquamarina, pelli di cuoio e di alabastro, brufoli ed efelidi, mariti, nonni, suoceri, madri addolorate, trentenni in cerca della sposa vista solo in fotografia, un vecchio triste che ululava il nome del figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa sono i &quot;baffi a coda di topo&quot;? Ho trovato la locuzione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/coda-di-topo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;coda di topo&quot; nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma la definizione non sembra avere senso in questo contesto. Una ricerca su Google, però,  mi ha fatto vedere che &quot;baffi a coda di topo&quot; è un'espressione usata in altri testi. Per esempio, si può leggere nei &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=l5qgDQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT187&amp;amp;lpg=PT187&amp;amp;dq=%22baffi+a+coda+di+topo%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=jyTTC8r5uH&amp;amp;sig=n4eUErY0u3eUGTP_m1SX1hxAdHQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjJqNnhvNvfAhWQZ1AKHV74BNUQ6AEwBHoECAoQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22baffi%20a%20coda%20di%20topo%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nuovi racconti romani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Moravia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-01-13T11:17:36.847" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;baffi a coda di topo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10175" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-08T10:09:00.440" Score="8" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Una bacheca rigurgitante di avvisi e biglietti cattura lo sguardo di Diamante. Questo seminterrato deve essere una specie di agenzia di collocamento perché quegli avvisi sono offerte di lavoro. Cercasi 50 minatori per la contea di Lackawanna. 500 uomini per lavoro di &lt;strong&gt;tracca&lt;/strong&gt;, Compagnia Erie presso Buffalo e Youngstown.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare cosa significa &quot;tracca&quot; in questo brano? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo nei dizionari che ho consultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-22T08:35:08.973" LastActivityDate="2019-12-22T15:56:01.563" Title="Significato di &quot;tracca&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9788" CreationDate="2019-01-10T14:15:21.570" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Deriva da un vecchio spot televisivo del Carosello. L’oggetto dello spot è il detersivo per piatti al limone Last, il cui slogan recitava: “Pulito e splendente, garantito al limone” a sottolineare la caratteristica principale del prodotto che era il profumo al limone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5123" LastActivityDate="2019-01-10T14:15:21.570" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10180" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10181" CreationDate="2019-01-11T16:39:19.670" Score="3" ViewCount="1785" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siccome non porterebbe mai Lena a farsi una visita al Bellevue Hospital, l’ospedale gratuito della città, né farebbe mai entrare in casa sua le streghe del Comitato di prevenzione della tubercolosi, che gironzolano porta a porta facendo la statistica sull’incidenza della malattia nel distretto di Mulberry e se Lena aprisse la porta agli estranei la &lt;strong&gt;scramazzerebbe&lt;/strong&gt; cosí duramente che per tre giorni non si alzerebbe dal letto, per un po’ Agnello non ha saputo se viveva con una tisica o con una gravida.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il verbo &quot;scramazzare&quot; in nessun dizionario. Sapreste spiegarme cosa significa? Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo di origine dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-10T16:37:48.507" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;scramazzare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10180" CreationDate="2019-01-11T21:06:58.413" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.alfabetando.it/lettera%20s.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;glossario di dialetto minturnese&lt;/a&gt; si trova &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scramazzà&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; col significato di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pestare, schiacciare con i piedi, calpestare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti Agnello, uno dei personaggi che appare nel brano, proviene proprio da Minturno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quanto pare, si tratta di una variante del napoletano &quot;scamazzà&quot;, &quot;scammazzà&quot;, &quot;scamazzare&quot; o &quot;scammazzare&quot;, verbo che si può trovare su parecchi vocabolari e altre opere sulla (o nella) lingua napoletana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, sulla pagina 924 di questo studio sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://flore.unifi.it/retrieve/handle/2158/864495/28769/Antonio%2520Vinciguerra%2520-%2520Il%2520Vocabolario%2520del%2520dialetto%2520napolitano%2520di%2520Emmanuele%2520Rocco%2520-%2520Studio%2520ed%2520edizione%2520critica%2520della%2520parte%2520inedita%2520F-Z%2520-%2520Tesi%2520di%2520dottorato.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario del dialetto napolitano&lt;/em&gt; di Emmanuele Rocco&lt;/a&gt; si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scamazzare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scammazzare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Schiacciare, Acciaccare, Pestare, Pigiare, ed anche Accoppare. &lt;em&gt;Cerl. Fint. mil.&lt;/em&gt; 5. Se l’ha chiavata sott’a li piede (&lt;em&gt;la tabacchiera&lt;/em&gt;), e tuffete tuffete tuffete co li tacche l’ha scamazzata. &lt;em&gt;Perr. Agn. zeff.&lt;/em&gt; 5. 98. L’arraggia e la sboria Co scamazzare li nemmice sfocano. &lt;em&gt;Ol. Nap. acc.&lt;/em&gt; 4. 39. Da sta folla vuò esse scamazzata? &lt;em&gt;Bas. Pent.&lt;/em&gt; 5. 4. &lt;em&gt;p.&lt;/em&gt; 164. Scamazza sta tradetora. &lt;em&gt;Fas. Ger.&lt;/em&gt; 11. 38. Che scammazzato chiù d’uno nce more. &lt;em&gt;E&lt;/em&gt; 16. 4. No mare… da doje grosse armate scammazzato. (&lt;em&gt;Fig.&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;em&gt;E&lt;/em&gt; 20. 60. E la cavallaria passa e scammazza. &lt;em&gt;Stigl. En.&lt;/em&gt; 6. 61. A te, gran dea Proserpena, scamazza Na vacca vecchia. &lt;em&gt;E&lt;/em&gt; 190. Che d’Erimanto e Lerna scamazzaje Li duje mostre. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Voce scamazzata è Voce chioccia. &lt;em&gt;Picc. Dial.&lt;/em&gt; 1. 114. Dicette a boce scamazzata ec.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scamazzo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scammazzo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Schiacciamento,&#xA;  Pigiamento, e per estensione Scempio, Macello, Carneficina. &lt;em&gt;Viol. vern.&lt;/em&gt; 18. Nce vonno, pe nne fa scamazze, Vernacchie, trippe fracete e premmone. &lt;em&gt;Ol. Nap. acc.&lt;/em&gt; 2. 60. Ma fu chi lo sarvaje da lo scamazzo. &lt;em&gt;Fas. Ger.&lt;/em&gt; 7. 111. E sulo de nemmice fa scammazze. &lt;em&gt;E&lt;/em&gt; 9. 96. Li nuoste nne facettero scammazze. &lt;em&gt;Cap.&lt;/em&gt; Son. 204. Quanno facea de vierze no scammazzo. &lt;em&gt;Cort. Cerr.&lt;/em&gt; 6. 29. Pe fa l’uno de l’autro gran scamazzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=QgtZAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=RA13-PA87&amp;amp;lpg=RA13-PA87&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario delle parole del dialetto napoletano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; appare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scamazzo, &lt;em&gt;uccisione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;calpestamento&lt;/em&gt; da scamazzà, e scammazzà, &lt;em&gt;schiacciare&lt;/em&gt;, Fas. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; „Che scammazzato chiù d'uno nce more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=aW4_DgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA176&amp;amp;lpg=PA176&amp;amp;dq=scamazzare&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=tLNI9roopI&amp;amp;sig=-viDc3NqqvfUEUUNxxXyM6sS6N8&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjIq-vssubfAhVaA2MBHYTaC0E4ChDoAQgzMAc#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=scamazzare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La lingua napoletana. La storia. Le parole&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Giuseppe Casillo, appare anche il verbo &quot;scamazzà&quot; o &quot;scamazzare&quot; col significato di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pestare, schiacciare con i piedi, calpestare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e si discute sulla sua etimologia. E su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.glosbe.com/nap/it/scamazz%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario napoletano-italiano&lt;/a&gt; il vocabolo napoletano &quot;scamazzà&quot; viene tradotto come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;schiacciare, ridurre in poltiglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-11T22:19:42.150" LastActivityDate="2019-01-11T22:19:42.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10182" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-12T11:27:43.567" Score="8" ViewCount="2279" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste proprio una ragione  grammaticale dietro questa frase o è solo un modo di dire? E qual è il ruolo della congiunzione &quot;e&quot; in mezzo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-12T11:52:43.363" LastActivityDate="2020-04-08T12:37:53.627" Title="Perché si dice &quot;tutti e due&quot; e non &quot;tutti due&quot;?" Tags="&lt;conjunctions&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10183" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10169" CreationDate="2019-01-12T14:16:59.910" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;em&gt;A Linguistic History of Italian&lt;/em&gt; by Mardin Maiden,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The reasons for the spread of the inflection &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt; are obscure, although it clearly originates in the Latin second and fourth conjugation subjunctives in &lt;em&gt;-eamus&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;-iamus&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following the text, here are the observations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Latin active present subjunctive appears to be the origin of all these modern &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt;. The ending &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt; (together with 2nd-plural &lt;em&gt;-iate&lt;/em&gt;) was originally restricted to a small set of frequently used verbs, such as &lt;em&gt;HABEAMUS&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;*a'bjamo&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;abbiamo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;SAPIAMUS&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;*sa'pjamo&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;sappiamo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on those verbs, the endings &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;-iate&lt;/em&gt; later found their way to the replacement of the subjunctive of all conjugations, replacing their &quot;original&quot; forms (e.g. &lt;em&gt;cantiamo&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;cant-&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt;, instead of &lt;em&gt;*cantemo&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; Latin &lt;em&gt;CANTEMUS&lt;/em&gt;). By mid-13th century, the replacement had already finished. The ending &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt; also had a consistent appearance in indicatives of the first conjugation (e.g. &lt;em&gt;portiamo&lt;/em&gt;), but still within a limited range (e.g. both &lt;em&gt;vendemo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;vendiamo&lt;/em&gt; were found, but only &lt;em&gt;dormimo&lt;/em&gt;, no &lt;em&gt;dormiamo&lt;/em&gt;). (Wanner, 1975)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having established a bridgehead in the first conjugation, the ending &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt; then spread to the first person plural indicative of remaining conjugations. Following the prevalence of &lt;em&gt;-iamo&lt;/em&gt; in indicative, one of the basic words &lt;em&gt;*semo&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt; Latin &lt;em&gt;SUMUS&lt;/em&gt;) also got replaced by &lt;em&gt;siamo&lt;/em&gt;, favoring the ultimate generalization in &lt;em&gt;--iamo&lt;/em&gt; endings in all verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, as stated by Martin, it's still unknown why the 2nd person plural indicative didn't get replaced by the subjunctive along with the move (e.g. we have indicative &lt;em&gt;voi cantate&lt;/em&gt; but subjunctive &lt;em&gt;che voi cantiate&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2019-01-12T14:24:03.643" LastActivityDate="2019-01-12T14:24:03.643" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10174" CreationDate="2019-01-13T11:17:36.847" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sempre gli scrittori adoperano modi di dire che “già esistono”; anzi, spesso sono gli scrittori a introdurre nuovi modi di dire. Può benissimo essere accaduto che Mazzucco abbia visto un paio di baffi come quelli di Salvador Dalí paragonandoli a code di topo; poi li abbia considerati adatti ai personaggi che descrive. Oppure che abbia sentito da qualcuno il modo di dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/H3UGE.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/H3UGE.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Dali&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una conferma ce l'ho da un volume dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=K_ziAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22baffi%20a%20coda%20di%20topo%22&amp;amp;dq=%22baffi%20a%20coda%20di%20topo%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwip9sn8z-rfAhXMPOwKHYp_B3kQ6AEIPjAD&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quaderni ibero-americani&lt;/a&gt; in cui trovo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dai baffi a coda di topo di Dalì a Picasso che si fa fotografare con un piccione sulla testa non c'è gran divario dì stile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-01-13T11:17:36.847" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10187" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10188" CreationDate="2019-01-13T17:41:23.903" Score="5" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fino ad oggi pensavo che bisognasse mettere l'apostrofo dopo qual, essendo una forma tagliata di quale, ma su Quora ho trovato molte domande che usavano qual senza l'apostrofo, dunque mi è venuto il dubbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la forma corretta? Sono entrambi giusti o usati, e se sì, allora qual è la differenza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-13T18:36:04.453" LastActivityDate="2019-01-14T07:33:10.227" Title="&quot;Qual'è&quot; o &quot;Qual è&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10187" CreationDate="2019-01-13T18:24:58.857" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come riportato nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/lesatta-grafia-qual&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;risposta al quesito sull’Accademia della  Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, la forma corretta è &lt;em&gt;qual è&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esatta grafia di &lt;em&gt;qual è&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L'esatta grafia di &lt;em&gt;qual è&lt;/em&gt; non prevede&#xA;l'apostrofo&lt;/strong&gt; in quanto si tratta di un'apocope vocalica, che si produce&#xA;anche davanti a consonante (qual buon vento vi porta?) e non di&#xA;un'elisione che invece si produce soltanto prima di una vocale (e&#xA;l'apostrofo è il segno grafico che resta proprio nel caso&#xA;dell'elisione). Come qual ci sono altri aggettivi soggetti allo stesso&#xA;trattamento: &lt;em&gt;tal&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;buon&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pover&lt;/em&gt; (solo nell'italiano antico), ecc. È vero&#xA;che la grafia &lt;em&gt;qual'è&lt;/em&gt; è diffusa e ricorrente anche nella stampa, ma per&#xA;ora questo non è bastato a far cambiare la regola grafica che pertanto&#xA;è consigliabile continuare a rispettare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/qual-e-o-qual-e_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; riporta similmente la seguente spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;QUAL È O QUAL’È&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;La grafia corretta nell’italiano contemporaneo è &lt;em&gt;qual è&lt;/em&gt;, senza apostrofo.&lt;/strong&gt; La grafia &lt;em&gt;qual’è&lt;/em&gt;, anche se&#xA;molto diffusa, è scorretta, perché non si tratta di un caso di&#xA;➔elisione, ma di ➔troncamento, dal momento che &lt;em&gt;qual&lt;/em&gt; esiste come forma&#xA;autonoma. La grafia &lt;em&gt;qual’è&lt;/em&gt; con l’apostrofo è presente nella&#xA;letteratura del passato, anche recente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual’è il piacere che volete da me? (C. Collodi, &lt;em&gt;Le avventure di&#xA;Pinocchio&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;&lt;br &gt;&lt;br &gt;Do un’occhiata alla casa e capisco qual’è la camera (F.&#xA;Tozzi, &lt;em&gt;Ricordi di un impiegato&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;br &gt;&lt;br &gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DUBBI&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br &gt; &lt;br &gt;&#xA;Naturalmente anche &lt;em&gt;qual era&lt;/em&gt; si&#xA;scrive senza apostrofo. Invece &lt;em&gt;qual’erano&lt;/em&gt; si scrive con l’apostrofo,&#xA;perché viene da &lt;em&gt;quali erano&lt;/em&gt;, con elisione di &lt;em&gt;quali&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani ribadisce che l’uso dell’apostrofo, sebbene molto diffuso, è scorretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-01-14T07:33:10.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3809" CreationDate="2019-01-15T10:02:05.077" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Francesco Albergati Capacelli, 1785&#xA;Significato sembra molto vicino al simbolico nostro attuale... che ne dite?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/QCat8.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/QCat8.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5133" LastActivityDate="2019-01-15T10:02:05.077" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10190" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-16T13:37:36.110" Score="6" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.quora.com/Che-senso-ha-la-vita-se-tanto-poi-moriamo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;domanda con risposta su Quora&lt;/a&gt; dove ci sono il nome dell'autore e le sue qualifiche. Volevo sapere che senso ha la parola &lt;em&gt;già&lt;/em&gt; in questo contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bartolomeo Antonio Scalzi, già Educatore presso Associazione Salam (2018)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa &lt;em&gt;già&lt;/em&gt;? Era? È? È ancora?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="6386" LastEditDate="2020-06-03T14:09:04.827" LastActivityDate="2020-06-03T14:09:04.827" Title="Che senso ha la parola &quot;già&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10190" CreationDate="2019-01-16T13:48:06.397" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto significa che è stato educatore in quell'associazione, ma che ora non lo è più. &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gia/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dalla definizione del Treccani:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Davanti a un sostantivo, e sottintendendo i verbi essere o chiamarsi,&#xA;  indica che la persona o la cosa nominata non esercita più&#xA;  quell’ufficio, non ha più quella funzione o quel nome: il ministro&#xA;  della Difesa, già sottosegretario agli Interni; il castello, già&#xA;  residenza della famiglia reale; l’albergo delle Chiavi d’oro, già&#xA;  «Locanda della Posta».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capita spesso di trovare &lt;em&gt;già&lt;/em&gt; usato in quest'accezione nei cartelli di vie o località che hanno cambiato nome &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;via Tizio  (già via Caio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2019-01-16T13:48:06.397" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10192" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-18T10:18:36.950" Score="6" ViewCount="160" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2019/01/18/significato-agevolare-informazioni/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt; di un blog di linguistica pone il problema dell'origine del senso recente, risalente agli ultimi anni, con cui viene spesso usato soprattutto in ambito “social” il verbo &lt;strong&gt;agevolare&lt;/strong&gt;: cioè, anziché “rendere agevole, facilitare” (detto di una cosa) oppure “aiutare, favorire” (detto di una persona), viene usato per dire “fornire, allegare”. Si leggono espressioni come “agevolo una foto esplicativa” o “agevolo intervista completa” (più esempi nel post citato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lì ci si chiede – e io ripropongo qui il quesito – da dove provenga questo uso. Ha un'origine regionale? Deriva da qualche tormentone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-01-18T10:18:36.950" Title="Nuovo uso del verbo “agevolare”" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10193" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10194" CreationDate="2019-01-19T10:56:54.347" Score="2" ViewCount="245" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di tutti i ragazzini del paese, Diamante era l’unico che non rideva mai. Era un sognatore. Agile come un gatto, si isolava sul ramo di un carrubo e da lassú, dove nessuno poteva raggiungerlo, con la fionda prendeva di mira i corvi nei campi. Non falliva mai il colpo. &lt;strong&gt;Scrafacciava&lt;/strong&gt; rospi soffiandogli dentro l’aria con le canne fino a farli scoppiare. Andava a pescare le rane negli stagni del Garigliano e le ammazzava con un morso in testa. Acchiappava le anguille con le mani e non degnava di uno sguardo le ninne come Vita. Stava in disparte e faceva sempre di testa sua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe cosa significa &quot;scrafacciare&quot;? Non ho trovato questo verbo su nessun dizionario. Immagino sia un termine di origine dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T05:35:23.683" Title="Significato di &quot;scrafacciare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10193" CreationDate="2019-01-19T12:08:04.037" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=vG4tAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA85&amp;amp;lpg=PA85&amp;amp;dq=scafacciare&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=39K7WYLQoi&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1Woi8G-35Z_ixyBekbFMVwbq9iKA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwijgqaG5fnfAhWR2aQKHT-qDpcQ6AEwA3oECAYQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=scafacciare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;antico dizionario di Napoletano&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato  termine &lt;em&gt;scafacciare&lt;/em&gt;, di cui viene dato il sinonimo scammazzare (scritto anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.glosbe.com/nap/it/scamazz%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scamazzare&lt;/a&gt;) che significa ridurre in poltiglia, schiacciare, calpestare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato significa che Diamante riduceva in poltiglia i rospi soffiandoci aria dentro e facendoli scoppiare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-01-19T12:08:04.037" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10195" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-23T22:16:47.817" Score="4" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si legge abbastanza spesso di personalità del mondo dello spettacolo o dello sport chiamate con il loro nome di battesimo seguito da &quot;nazionale&quot;. Una su tutte: la Raffaella nazionale (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.msn.com/it-it/notizie/italia/la-raffaella-nazionale-compie-75-anni/vi-AAyO0jl&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;La Raffaella nazionale compie 75 anni&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italoamericano.org/story/2013-7-3/Raffaella-Nazionale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;La più amata dagli italiani: Raffaella nazionale&quot;&lt;/a&gt; eccetera). Troviamo anche la &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.repubblica.it/2009/07/sport/nuoto/filippi-ora-tocca-a-me/filippi-ora-tocca-a-me/filippi-ora-tocca-a-me.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Federica nazionale&quot;&lt;/a&gt; (ossia Federica Pellegrini), la &lt;a href=&quot;https://attivissimo.blogspot.com/2015/03/parentopoli-allagenzia-spaziale.html?m=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Samantha nazionale&quot;&lt;/a&gt; che altri non è che la cara Cristoforetti, la &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bergamonews.it/2018/02/08/michelle-marica-bellissime-gusti-simili-amore-gl-abiti/275624/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Michelle - Hunziker - nazionale&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove ha origine quest'espressione? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-24T10:15:57.770" LastActivityDate="2019-01-24T10:15:57.770" Title="Da dove viene l'uso di chiamare delle celebrità con &quot;nome + nazionale&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10196" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11521" CreationDate="2019-01-24T11:04:56.550" Score="4" ViewCount="2301" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;non capire un tubo&lt;/em&gt; significa, come ben si sa, non capire niente di un argomento o in senso generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A riguardo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tubo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tubo&lt;/a&gt; Treccani dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di uso gergale o fam. (ma di tono volg.) le espressioni &lt;em&gt;non capire un&#xA;  t., non sapere un t., non me n’importa un t.,&lt;/em&gt; e sim., niente,&#xA;  assolutamente nulla (travestimento eufemistico, in questi casi, di&#xA;  altra parola; cfr. l’analogo uso eufem. di &lt;em&gt;cavolo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda/perplessità è su come mai proprio un tubo (visto che c'è l'analogo concetto espresso con il termine &quot;mazza&quot;), da dove trae origine l'utilizzo di tale termine all'interno dell'espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2021-01-31T18:15:22.177" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;Non capire un tubo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10199" CreationDate="2019-01-25T11:21:41.847" Score="5" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cosa vuol dire la locuzione: &quot;fare la testa come una mongolfiera&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-01-25T20:28:56.240" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T05:29:37.413" Title="Cosa vuol dire: &quot;fare la testa come una mongolfiera&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10198" CreationDate="2019-01-25T11:31:14.050" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione &lt;em&gt;fare la testa come una mongolfiera&lt;/em&gt; è simile a &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/T/testa.shtml#28&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare la testa come un pallone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (d'altronde la mongolfiera viene chiamata anche pallone (aerostatico), &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mongolfiera_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;come riportato da Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• Fig.: frastornare, provocare una fastidiosa sensazione di&#xA;  confusione, detto specialmente di chiacchiere, discorsi,&#xA;  raccomandazioni e così via. Anche lasciare rintronati, stordire con un&#xA;  rumore assordante e simili. Var.: fare la testa come una campana;&#xA;  avere la testa come un pallone; avere la testa come una campana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa appunto provocare stordimento e confusione, ad esempio, con un sacco di chiacchere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella stessa pagina viene riportato anche &lt;em&gt;fare la testa come un cestone&lt;/em&gt;, sebbene sia indicato come raro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-01-25T20:29:49.293" LastActivityDate="2019-01-25T20:29:49.293" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10200" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-25T13:53:57.020" Score="3" ViewCount="1181" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come riporta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/P/pane.shtml#5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di modi di dire del Corriere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dire pane al pane e vino al vino&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essere molto franchi, dire le cose apertamente senza lasciare possibilità di malintesi, anche a costo di essere brutali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine di questa curiosa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-14T23:10:10.553" Title="Perché si dice &quot;dire pane al pane e vino al vino?&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10201" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-25T19:42:10.020" Score="5" ViewCount="303" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano esiste una parola unica che abbia lo stesso significato dell'espressione &quot;mettere sotto la pressione&quot; (nel senso metaforico, ad esempio caricandolo di lavoro)? Se c'è più di un esempio apprezzerei se li indicaste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-26T09:21:10.423" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T10:07:22.823" Title="Come si può dire &quot;mettere sotto la pressione&quot; con una parola sola in italiano?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10201" CreationDate="2019-01-25T22:32:43.857" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il carico di lavoro, forse la parole che stai cercando è &amp;quot;oberare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio capo mi ha oberato di lavoro per il fine settimana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia anche un molto simile &amp;quot;pressare&amp;quot; può essere usato in più circostanze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mio padre mi sta pressando per dei risultati all'università.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un mio amico veniva costantemente pressato per soldi da suo fratello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-01-26T00:34:35.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10203" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10204" CreationDate="2019-01-26T10:20:58.937" Score="4" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La città – cosí sudicia e pittoresca nei pressi del porto – era diventata piú bella. Sparite le case di legno fatiscenti, le folle stracciate e gli ambulanti. Sparita la gente bracalona che parlava dialetti vagamente familiari, la miriade di ragazzini che giocavano a biglie negli scoli della fogna. Ora ai lati della strada c’erano palazzi con facciate di marmo, e i pedoni portavano bombette e &lt;strong&gt;mazzarelli&lt;/strong&gt; da passeggio di canna di bambú.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;mazzarello&quot; in questo passaggio? Non l'ho trovato sui dizionari che ho consultato. Dal contesto sembra si tratti di qualche tipo di bastone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T05:26:21.240" Title="Cos'è un &quot;mazzarello&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10203" CreationDate="2019-01-26T10:57:27.123" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=ztd7DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA74&amp;amp;lpg=PA74&amp;amp;dq=mazzarello%20bastone&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=IxLWxWNJG1&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3DmduoEiZs8LycJ_daSjq_M89l2g&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi7n5GFpIvgAhXP_KQKHZxhCrIQ6AEwDnoECAUQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=mazzarello%20bastone&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Questa fonte&lt;/a&gt; parlando dell’origine del cognome Mazzarella dice che &lt;em&gt;mazzarella&lt;/em&gt; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lungo bastone con capocchia adoperato dai butteri oppure l’appellativo&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;mazzarello&lt;/em&gt; bacchetta, arnese per sostenere il ferro nel fare la calza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi direi che l’intuizione è corretta: indica una specie di bastone da passeggio.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-01-26T10:57:27.123" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10203" CreationDate="2019-01-26T10:58:18.233" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il vocabolo su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=QgtZAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=RA13-PA142&amp;amp;lpg=RA13-PA142&amp;amp;dq=mazzarello&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=SE5rc65g2A&amp;amp;sig=PBImfbYjsrGY8V1nXKitEYPIl1M&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjIqbrC4rvfAhWzgM4BHeo4DVUQ6AEwBHoECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=mazzarello&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario delle parole del dialetto napoletano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, come sinonimo di un termine napoletano, &quot;spruoccolo&quot;. Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://nap.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spruoccolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere che uno &quot;spruoccolo&quot; è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;nu bastunciello 'e lignammo, piccerella parte de rammo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè, un bastoncino di legno o una piccola parte di un ramo, come si spiega anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://neapolitansdoitbetter.altervista.org/addo-arrivammo-mettimmo-o-spruoccolo/?doing_wp_cron=1548498394.2443249225616455078125&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Va subito spiegato che lo “spruoccolo” altro non è che un bastoncino di legno, o anche un rametto secco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si tratterebbe effettivamente di un bastoncino, probabilmente in legno (non so fino a che punto arrivi la sinonimia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-01-26T10:58:18.233" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10206" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10207" CreationDate="2019-01-27T11:51:01.080" Score="2" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella vetrina, il manichino di una donna slanciata, sportiva, ostentava un braccio nudo: la sua mano impugnava un attrezzo enigmatico, simile a una racchetta da neve. La donna sorrideva. Era una donna finta, ma tutte le donne qui – anche quelle vere – sembravano finte. Non erano vestite di nero. Non portavano la &lt;strong&gt;tovaglia&lt;/strong&gt; in testa. Né il corpetto ricamato né le sottane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'era questa &quot;tovaglia&quot; menzionata in questo testo? Le accezioni che ho trovato nei dizionari che ho consultato parlano di pezze di tessuto da mettere sulla tavola o sull'altare, ma non appare niente che si possa portare nella testa di una donna. Si tratta di un fazzoletto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T05:22:45.007" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tovaglia&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10206" CreationDate="2019-01-27T13:12:27.227" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=xwS5CwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA122&amp;amp;lpg=PA122&amp;amp;dq=tovaglia%20testa%20medievale&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=GASSxEk4J6&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0MD1LXYESCK6kLeRt6UId4gMZFhA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi4yueCgo7gAhWD16QKHQXLC50Q6AEwDHoECAcQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=tovaglia%20testa%20medievale&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo repertorio (inventario) del 1627,&lt;/a&gt; tra le varie cose compare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quattro &lt;em&gt;tovagliole&lt;/em&gt; da donna da testa e spalle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indica un grande fazzoletto con cui le donne, fin dal medioevo, si coprivano testa e spalle. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le tovaglie vengono anche citate in &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikisource.org/wiki/Fiore/CXC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dante Alighieri - &lt;em&gt;Il fiore&lt;/em&gt; - 1283,  CXC&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sì non dea nessun don, che guari vaglia, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  A null’ amante, tanto&#xA;  l’apregiasse: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Doni borsa, guanciale o &lt;em&gt;tovaglia&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt; O cinturetta che poco costasse, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Covricef[f]o o aguglier di bella&#xA;  taglia, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  O gumitol di fil, s’egli ’l degnasse&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-27T15:04:28.897" LastActivityDate="2019-01-27T15:04:28.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10206" CreationDate="2019-01-27T13:55:32.620" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per aggiungere una precisazione alla risposta di @abarisone, essendo i protagonisti del romanzo originari di Minturno, nel contesto del brano il vocabolo probabilmente si riferisce specificamente alla tovaglia minturnese, che in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://m.facebook.com/permalink.php?story_fbid=833204073539076&amp;amp;id=774212416104909&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt; viene descritta come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un fazzoletto di mussola da testa orlato da merletti o ricami che una volta inamidato diventa rigido e che fissato con due spilloni copre la testa e scende sulla schiena.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://mirtonotizieglocali.it/index.php/notizie/715-storia-del-costume-popolare-della-pacchiana-minturnese.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; si spiega &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A completare tutto è il caratteristico copricapo, la &lt;strong&gt;“tovaglia”&lt;/strong&gt;, inamidata che si porta fissata con due spille, su un'acconciatura formata da trecce arrotolate, la tovaglia di mussola e orlata con merletto o con pizzo, e scende rigida dietro la nuca.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ne parla anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.tiscali.it/cristoforosparagna/Storia%20di%20Minturno/La%20Pacchiana.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, testo in cui si menziona anche il &quot;corpetto ricamato&quot; che appare nel brano citato nella domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vivace e antico costume è quello della nostra donna. La &lt;em&gt;pacchiana&lt;/em&gt; (antico costume tradizionale) indossa un vestito ricco di colori vistosi. La popolana minturnese si copre da capo a piedi, ma il suo costume risponde anche a motivi di bellezza e di gusto, così da renderla molto leggiadra. Di una bellezza fisica tipicamente mediterranea, robusta e fiorente, ma nello stesso tempo dai lineamenti fini, la nostra &lt;em&gt;pacchiana&lt;/em&gt; impressiona subito per una specie di &lt;em&gt;tovaglia&lt;/em&gt; inamidata che porta sulla testa, fissata con uno spillo alle attorte trecce del capo, di bianca mussola orlata a merletto o a &lt;em&gt;pizzo&lt;/em&gt; e ricadente dietro la nuca. In una fiera o in una festa la donna minturnese è facilmente identificabile. Caratteristica è la sua bianca camicia dalle braccia finemente pieghettata e rigonfie sul gomito, da sembrare due ali al vento. Una terza nota peculiare  è data dal &lt;em&gt;corpetto&lt;/em&gt;, una specie di busto duro, riccamente ricamato in oro, che viene allacciato al petto e ricoperto parzialmente sul davanti da uno scialle (&lt;em&gt;scòlla&lt;/em&gt;) di tulle o di mussola e di percalle  per i giorni feriali. Le due estremità della &lt;em&gt;scòlla&lt;/em&gt; vengono fissate dalle &lt;em&gt;fettucce&lt;/em&gt; dell'elegante grembiule (&lt;em&gt;zinàle&lt;/em&gt;) a nido d'ape, il quale lega alla vita una lunga gonna (&lt;em&gt;sànaca&lt;/em&gt;) di lana o di fustagno. Una quarta caratteristica è la lunga pannuccia (&lt;em&gt;pagnùccia&lt;/em&gt;) rossa, o nero in caso di lutto, che, ripiegata all'insù, avvolge le anche. Distinta è anche la calzatura: scarpa di stoffa con ricamo d'oro. L'effetto che si ha ammirando una donna di Minturno nel tradizionale costume è quanto mai suggestivo, tanto che nel 1934, alle nozze di Umberto I, fu premiato - tra cinquecento vestiti folkloristici - come il più bel costume d'Italia e nel 1981, a Bogotà, in Columbia, fu gratificato dal I° premio mondiale al &lt;em&gt;Festival Internazionale del Folklore&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/hxFlU.jpg&quot; width=&quot;300&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;Immagine tratta da questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.tiscali.it/cristoforosparagna/Storia%20di%20Minturno/La%20Pacchiana.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-27T14:02:09.420" LastActivityDate="2019-01-27T14:02:09.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10210" CreationDate="2019-01-27T18:10:30.277" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale delle due seguenti frasi è corretta? &quot;Ad ogni prodotto viene assegnato un codice e un'etichetta&quot; oppure &quot;Ad ogni prodotto vengono assegnate un codice e un'etichetta&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5155" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-27T19:34:36.270" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T05:39:03.113" Title="Accordo del verbo nelle frasi passive" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10209" CreationDate="2019-01-27T18:31:16.687" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che il verbo sia in diatesi attiva, passiva o riflessiva non è importante. Quello che conta è chi sia il soggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il soggetto della frase è &lt;em&gt;Un codice e un'etichetta&lt;/em&gt;, che è composto da un sostantivo maschile singolare e un sostantivo femminile singolare. Citando l'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani, alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;accordo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;più soggetti singolari collegati per asindeto (nello scritto, con virgola) o con una congiunzione copulativa (&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;) sono seguiti di norma da un verbo al plurale (&lt;em&gt;il pollice, l’indice, il medio, l’anulare e il mignolo sono le dita della mano&lt;/em&gt;); se invece i soggetti sono percepiti come semanticamente unitari, o l’uno come riformulazione dell’altro, è possibile l’accordo al singolare: &lt;em&gt;la maestosità e regalità del suo portamento ricorda personaggi d’altri tempi&lt;/em&gt;, con omissione dell’articolo, a sottolineare la solidarietà semantica del binomio; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso direi che &quot;codice&quot; ed &quot;etichetta&quot; non sono percepiti come un attributo unitario, ma distinti: il verbo va al plurale, &lt;em&gt;vengono&lt;/em&gt;. Il testo continua, ricordando le norme per il participio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;con una sequenza di nomi di entrambi i generi il participio o l’aggettivo predicativo sono al maschile plurale (&lt;em&gt;il barista e la cassiera sono usciti / simpatici&lt;/em&gt;);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cui la frase corretta è: &lt;strong&gt;Ad ogni prodotto vengono assegnati un codice e un'etichetta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che, al contrario di entrambe le proposte nella domanda, il participio passato deve essere messo al maschile plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-01-27T18:31:16.687" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10218" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10219" CreationDate="2019-01-29T10:36:17.310" Score="1" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Era un ambulante. Si avvicinava trascinandosi dietro un organetto, che sulle irregolarità del terreno esalava, di tanto in tanto, una nota. Non potete stare qui, piccerelli, disse, sfoderando un sorriso amichevole. Dopo il tramonto il parco chiude, se vi trovano gli sbirri vi portano in prigione. Siete appena arrivati? chiese, mettendosi a sedere accanto a loro. Sí, rispose Vita, con orgoglio. Stamattina, col traghetto dall’isola. Abbiamo visto tutta la città. Siete soli? Sí, disse Vita, e &lt;strong&gt;azzinnò&lt;/strong&gt; un’occhiatina complice a Diamante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;azzinnare&quot; in questo brano? Non ho trovato questo verbo in nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino si tratti di un termine di origine dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T10:49:12.970" Title="Cosa significa &quot;azzinnare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10219" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10218" CreationDate="2019-01-29T10:49:12.970" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si può leggere in questo blog di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.isolamena.com/Caccuri/Dialetto/Riflessioni/Riflessioni.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Riflessioni sul dialetto&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;azzinnare&lt;/em&gt; o meglio &lt;em&gt;zinnare&lt;/em&gt; significa ammiccare, fare l'occhiolino, strizzare l'occhio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Zinnare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo dialettale zinnare, da non confondere con quello italiano che&#xA;significa tutt'altra cosa, è diffuso in tutto il meridione e indica&#xA;l'ammiccamento, l'azione del fare l'occhiolino, strizzare l'occhio. Il&#xA;verbo zinnare è usato magicamente in un verso della celeberrima &amp;quot;O&#xA;guarracino&amp;quot; (fece n'uocchio a zennariello a lo sperduto&#xA;'nnammoratiello), una stupenda canzone di anonimo popolare di fine&#xA;'700 interpretata da artisti del calibro di Roberto Murolo, Fausto&#xA;Cigliano, La nuova compagnia di canto popolare, Sergio Bruni ed altri&#xA;mostri sacri della canzone napoletana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T10:49:12.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10220" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10221" CreationDate="2019-01-29T13:24:49.827" Score="6" ViewCount="1243" Body="&lt;p&gt;My Italian family members will use a word that sounds like &quot;spudatza&quot; to refer to a small taste of a drink.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Would you like to try this wine?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Just a spudatza&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What word is this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5165" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-29T14:05:06.937" LastActivityDate="2019-02-09T05:41:57.923" Title="Word for a small taste of drink" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10221" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10220" CreationDate="2019-01-29T13:32:16.460" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think your Italian family members are saying &lt;em&gt;sputazza&lt;/em&gt; which is a word coming from Sicilian dialect and it literally means &lt;em&gt;sputo&lt;/em&gt; (spit), and also &lt;em&gt;saliva&lt;/em&gt; (saliva, spittle).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously the meaning is what you guessed: a colloquial form to indicate a small taste of drink.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-02-09T05:41:57.923" LastActivityDate="2019-02-09T05:41:57.923" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10222" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-01-29T17:11:53.110" Score="2" ViewCount="920" Body="&lt;p&gt;I mean “cool”, “nice”, “great” specifically in the generic sense of, if someone is talking to you and they say they did something nice and cool but not amazing or spectacular, you know, something ordinary but cool, like &quot;I just went fishing this weekend&quot;, what is a generic way to say &quot;oh, that's nice&quot; or &quot;oh, that's cool&quot;. Not cool in the sense of suave, sexy, popular or anything like that. Just a generic and polite way to reply to something someone said they did or something they saw or ate, etc., or that they are going to do. Like, &quot;very nice&quot; for instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5166" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-01-29T20:35:02.597" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T20:35:02.597" Title="How to translate cool, nice, great in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10222" CreationDate="2019-01-29T17:46:43.660" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not so easy to give a common answer, you can use one of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Bello (neutral) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Forte (a little childish) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Interessante (formal) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but I usually skip directly to a follow up question, like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Com'è andata? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti è piaciuto? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To better continue the conversation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5168" LastActivityDate="2019-01-29T17:46:43.660" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10225" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-01T08:39:17.683" Score="2" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;I currently have a .txt file containing a list of approximately different 20,000 Italian words, likely including many conjugations of the same root, that I need to translate into English. Is there any free offline (or online if it will let me do that many words at once) utility that I can use for this or is there a .csv with translations that I could use?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I really don't want to have to translate them by hand or cut it into hundreds of parts and use Google Translate (then have to correct it when it's unable to translate, e.g., &quot;galantuomini&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5175" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-06T09:03:23.063" LastActivityDate="2020-02-06T09:03:23.063" Title="Looking for an offline dictionary" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10226" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-01T09:45:24.030" Score="4" ViewCount="382" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between cretino, stupido, imbecille, idiota?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's not clear to me which ones are related to actual intelligence, vs displayed intelligence, and in general the other connotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I do not refer to the insults that do not follow any specific rule, but to the proper meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From Treccani I see &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/imbecille/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;imbecille&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/idiota/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;idiota&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stupido/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stupido&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cretino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cretino&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that imbecille and idiota are the ones that actually refer to reduced mental abilities, with stupido being an intermediate term and cretino the least strong one, referred more to the behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5176" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-02-01T10:20:24.367" LastActivityDate="2019-02-01T12:36:37.117" Title="What is the difference between cretino, stupido, imbecille, idiota?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10226" CreationDate="2019-02-01T10:08:41.933" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a newspaper article by L'Espresso named &lt;a href=&quot;http://espresso.repubblica.it/visioni/cultura/2009/05/05/news/l-idiota-di-successo-1.13402&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'idiota di successo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; there's an interview to professor Umberto Eco, who dedicated a chapter of one of his books to idiocy, and about that he says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Umberto Eco &lt;BR&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Ho fatto una distinzione, in uno dei miei libri, fra&#xA;  l'imbecille, il cretino e lo stupido&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Il cretino&lt;/strong&gt; non ci interessa. È&#xA;  quello che porta il cucchiaio verso la fronte anziché puntare alla&#xA;  bocca; è quello che non capisce quello che gli dici. Il suo caso è&#xA;  semplice. &lt;strong&gt;L'imbecillità&lt;/strong&gt;, invece è una qualità sociale e, per quel che&#xA;  mi riguarda, puoi anche chiamarla diversamente visto che per alcuni&#xA;  'stupido' e 'imbecille' sono la stessa cosa. &lt;strong&gt;L'imbecille è colui che&#xA;  in un certo momento dirà esattamente quello che non dovrebbe dire.&lt;/strong&gt; È&#xA;  autore di gaffe involontarie. &lt;strong&gt;Lo stupido&lt;/strong&gt; invece è diverso; il suo&#xA;  deficit non è sociale ma logico. A prima vista sembra che ragioni in&#xA;  modo corretto; è difficile accorgersi immediatamente che non è così.&#xA;  Per questo è pericoloso. (...) Ti faccio un esempio. Lo stupido dirà:&#xA;  'Tutti gli abitanti del Pireo sono ateniesi. Tutti gli ateniesi sono&#xA;  greci. Quindi tutti i greci sono abitanti del Pireo'. Ti viene il&#xA;  sospetto che qualcosa non funzioni perché sai che ci sono dei greci di&#xA;  Sparta, per esempio. Ma non sai spiegare subito dove e perché si è&#xA;  sbagliato. Dovresti conoscere le regole della logica formale. Ecco,&#xA;  credo che dovremo occuparci specificamente dello stupido.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Jean-Claude Carrière  Per me lo stupido non si accontenta di&#xA;  sbagliare. Afferma chiaro e forte il suo errore, lo proclama, vuole&#xA;  che tutti lo sentano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So resuming, according to professor Eco's point of view: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a &lt;em&gt;cretino&lt;/em&gt; is someone who has some mental deficiency;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;an &lt;em&gt;imbecille&lt;/em&gt; is who in a certain moment will exactly say something he shouldn't;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a &lt;em&gt;stupido&lt;/em&gt; is different: he hasn't a social deficiency but a logical one. At first sight his way of thinking seems to be correct, and it is very difficult to immediatly realize he's wrong. For this reason is dangerous.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having said that I think in everyday speaking they are used quite interchangeably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-02-01T12:36:37.117" LastActivityDate="2019-02-01T12:36:37.117" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10228" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10229" CreationDate="2019-02-02T04:02:05.283" Score="2" ViewCount="45142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to know if I put &quot;Mi Amore&quot; on a sign for the name of a store would it be understood as My Love by most languages although it may be incorrect? I understand that there is a proper way to say it but would it be grossly bad grammar for a Spanish, Italian, etc. diner?  What other ways can I write it? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5179" LastEditorUserId="5179" LastEditDate="2019-05-26T16:07:58.747" LastActivityDate="2019-05-26T16:07:58.747" Title="Mi Amore? Is this correct?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10228" CreationDate="2019-02-02T06:53:30.227" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct translation depends, unsurprisingly, from context. The following is a rough set of indications, with the caveat that there no absolute rules, just guidelines&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use it as an epithet (e.g. &quot;I miss you, my love, and I cannot bear to be apart from you&quot;) the correct translation is &lt;strong&gt;Amore mio&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you want to use it as a noun (e.g. &quot;My love for you has never dimmed&quot;), then I would use &lt;strong&gt;Il mio amore&lt;/strong&gt; (note the presence of the article in front and the different order of the words)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi Amore&lt;/em&gt; is not correct Italian. It sounds like some weird mix of Italian and Spanish to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-02-02T06:53:30.227" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10230" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11302" CreationDate="2019-02-02T16:53:01.503" Score="3" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Siccome è suo fratello dormono nello stesso letto, nello stanzino con la finestra. Lena dice che non sta bene, e voleva che Vita dormisse con lei, ma Agnello preferisce dormirci lui con Lena. La vita è già abbastanza dura perché gli tocchi pure la condanna di andare a letto col figlio. Tanto Nicola pure se ha tredici anni c’ha il cervello di uno di cinque, è un &lt;strong&gt;cazzelappeso&lt;/strong&gt;, stupido come una scarpa. A Vita suo fratello sembra balbuziente, ma ritardato proprio no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;cazzelappeso&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo su nessun dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-25T23:43:53.997" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cazzelappeso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10231" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-04T06:05:52.027" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tra&quot; e &quot;dopo&quot; possono avere valore di complemento di luogo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riporto le frasi su cui sono dubbioso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Abito un km dopo il punto x&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi trovo tra un km&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho dei dubbi a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me la preposizione &quot;tra&quot; non sembra affatto dare valore di luogo, ma piuttosto SOLO temporale.&#xA;La seconda frase per me non è corretta e non mi suona e dubito possa rispondere alla domanda: in che luogo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-02-04T06:27:54.690" LastActivityDate="2019-02-04T09:19:17.100" Title="&quot;Tra&quot; e &quot;dopo&quot; possono avere valore di complemento di luogo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10231" CreationDate="2019-02-04T06:27:28.383" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La prima frase è corretta: in questo caso si tratta di un complemento di stato in luogo che specifica il contesto spaziale in cui si svolge l'azione, come puoi anche vedere in &lt;a href=&quot;http://facolta.unica.it/studiumanistici/files/2015/09/Corso-di-riallineamento-Lingua-italiana-Profssa-Cossu-Tabella-complementi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa interessante tabella sull'analisi logica&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;In questo caso &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; di significa a partire da, nelle vicinanze di un luogo. Il verbo abitare indica permanenza o stato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda frase invece non è totalmente scorretta anche se il &lt;em&gt;tra&lt;/em&gt; si usa solitamente nel caso dello stato in luogo se si dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi trovo tra Genova e Savona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure nel caso di moto per luogo dicendo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono passato tra i campi di grano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come suggerito da @DaG:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anche se il secondo esempio dell'OP suona strano, concordo con @egreg&#xA;  che la forma “tra” + indicazione di distanza possa costituire un&#xA;  lecito complemento di luogo, anche in frasi come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;“Ci siamo quasi: tra un chilometro siamo arrivati”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;oppure &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;“Tra un chilometro cominciano le buche”,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;colloquiali ma realistiche.  E sforzandoci un po', potremmo anche&#xA;  costruire un contesto in cui quella frase ha senso: qualcosa come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;“Ti sei fermato troppo presto, non mi trovo dove stai tu, mi trovo tra&#xA;    un km.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma in effetti forse viene più naturale dire “Mi trovo un chilometro&#xA;  più avanti” o in altri modi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-02-04T09:19:17.100" LastActivityDate="2019-02-04T09:19:17.100" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10233" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7895" CreationDate="2019-02-05T05:08:07.377" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would tend to agree with Lorenzo, that indeed, the 'mana' in settimana does indeed somehow refer back to 'morning'.  For in Spanish, the word for week is very similar to that in Italian.....  in Spanish, the word for week is 'semana'.  In Spanish, 'siete' is the number 7 and 'manyana' (the first 'n' actually having a tildon or ~ over the 'n'...) ....in Spanish 'manyana' means both 'tomorrow' or 'morning' depending on the context.  So in Spanish 'se-' = 7 more or less and '-mana' = morning more or less.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5184" LastActivityDate="2019-02-05T05:08:07.377" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10235" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10236" CreationDate="2019-02-05T16:44:37.733" Score="4" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buona sera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un brano da Luigi Pirandello nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma come, signor Meis, se alla lampa nostra manca l’olio sacro che alimentava quella del Poeta? Molti ancora vanno nelle chiese per provvedere dell’alimento necessario le loro lanternucce. Sono, per lo più, poveri vecchi, povere donne, a cui mentì la vita, e che vanno innanzi, nel bujo dell’esistenza, con quel loro sentimento acceso come una lampadina votiva, cui con trepida cura riparano dal gelido soffio degli ultimi disinganni, chè duri almeno accesa fin là, fino all’orlo fatale, al quale s’affrettano, tenendo gli occhi intenti alla fiamma e pensando di continuo: — Dio mi vede! — per non udire i clamori della vita intorno, che suonano ai loro orecchi come tante bestemmie. — Dio mi vede... — perché lo vedono loro, non solamente in sé, ma in tutto, anche nella loro miseria, nelle loro sofferenze, che avranno un premio, alla fine. Il fioco, ma placido lume di queste lanternucce desta certo invidia angosciosa in molti di noi; a certi altri, invece, che si credono armati, come tanti Giove, del fulmine domato dalla scienza, e, in luogo di quelle lanternucce, &lt;strong&gt;recano in trionfo&lt;/strong&gt; le lampadine elettriche, ispira una sdegnosa commiserazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &quot;recare&quot; vuol dire &quot;portare&quot;. Comunque mi chiedo cosa vuol dire &quot;recano in trionfo&quot;: le portano con sé, figurativamente, oppure semplicemente le lodano? Mi pare che sia il primo significato, ma non sono sicuro perché il verbo &quot;recare&quot; sembra essere invece spesso usato in un senso più figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potreste aiutare? Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-02-05T16:52:33.017" LastActivityDate="2019-02-05T17:02:27.200" Title="Il significato di &quot;recare in trionfo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10235" CreationDate="2019-02-05T17:02:27.200" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è usata in senso figurato, e come hai notato, &lt;em&gt;recare&lt;/em&gt; qui è sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;portare&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;portare qualcuno in trionfo&lt;/em&gt;, sollevarlo in alto sulle braccia, per festeggiarlo, specialmente dopo una vittoria sportiva;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/portare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso del brano è che alcune persone preferiscono esaltare (&amp;quot;recare in trionfo&amp;quot;) le conquiste della Scienza (qui rappresentate dalle lampadine elettriche), piuttosto che restare legati ai riti del passato, come le lampadine votive ad olio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ironicamente, tutte le lampadine votive che ho visto recentemente sono elettriche (anche perché il fumo delle lampadine ad olio rovina i muri), ma questo non era il caso anche solo dieci anni fa, figuriamoci al tempo in cui scriveva Pirandello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-05T17:02:27.200" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10238" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-07T06:06:50.367" Score="3" ViewCount="446" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you ask &quot;did I leave anything out?&quot; in Italian? Like, if I made a list of things and I want to know if I did not include something that I was supposed to. I am thinking &quot;non messo qualcosa?&quot; ma non lo so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5166" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-02-07T08:24:28.097" LastActivityDate="2019-02-07T12:22:33.483" Title="Did I leave anything out?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10238" CreationDate="2019-02-07T08:10:49.843" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Commonly you will hear a more active form of the expression with the verb &amp;quot;dimenticare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho dimenticato qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dimentico qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A more sophisticated (and somewhat quaint/formal) expression that is similar to what you have suggested uses the verb &amp;quot;omettere&amp;quot; (to omit).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho omesso qualcosa dalla/nella lista?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Denis suggested, watch out with the pronunciation between &amp;quot;ho&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;omesso&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As DaG suggested, something similar to what you had in mind which I had not thought about is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcosa che non ho messo/incluso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-07T12:22:33.483" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10241" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-08T10:06:15.053" Score="4" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tra i vari significati del verbo &lt;em&gt;tornare&lt;/em&gt; in Italiano, ve n'è uno peculiare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tornare&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. e tr. [lat. &lt;em&gt;tornare&lt;/em&gt; «lavorare al tornio, far girare sul tornio», der. di &lt;em&gt;tornus&lt;/em&gt; «tornio»] [...] &lt;strong&gt;d.&lt;/strong&gt; Risultare esatto o preciso, giusto, coerente o chiaro: &lt;em&gt;calcolate esattamente le spese, il conto torna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tornare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è un significato molto comune, come si può vedere da numerose espressioni: &lt;em&gt;tornaconto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;c'è qualcosa che non torna&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però, riflettendo sul significato letterale ed etimologico del verbo &lt;em&gt;tornare&lt;/em&gt;, quest'uso non ha davvero senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Da dove deriva quest'espressione, che non sembra avere niente a che fare con il significato &amp;quot;originale&amp;quot; del verbo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-08T10:06:15.053" Title="Facciamo tornare i conti su &quot;tornare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10245" CreationDate="2019-02-10T10:26:22.173" Score="1" ViewCount="311" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Sul tavolo troneggia una tromba. Geremia gira un gancio. Vita sobbalza, perché Enrico Caruso le ha strillato nell’orecchio. Tutti ridono della sua faccia stupefatta. Diamante si impietosisce e la informa che Enrico Caruso è nascosto nella tromba. Cioè, non proprio nella tromba, su un piatto nero dove è disegnato un angelo che &lt;strong&gt;incide un disco&lt;/strong&gt; con la piuma della sua ala. Sotto la tromba c’è una scatola di legno. La scatola è un fonografo, e d’ora in poi in questa casa ci sarà musica tutto il giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incidere2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;incidere&quot; può avere questo significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eseguire, con particolari tecniche, la registrazione di suoni, voci e sim. su appropriati supporti; è usato sia con riferimento a chi compie il processo tecnico dell’incisione: &lt;em&gt;i. una canzone, un’opera, un discorso; una casa discografica che l’anno scorso ha inciso più di un milione di dischi&lt;/em&gt;; sia al cantante, al musicista, all’attore e sim. che eseguono ciò che forma il contenuto dell’incisione stessa: &lt;em&gt;un cantautore che ha inciso molti CD; la 3a Sinfonia di Beethoven incisa da Toscanini&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa stava facendo l'angelo sul disegno di cui si parla nel brano sopra citato. Faceva qualcosa con la piuma della sua ala per registrare suoni su un disco? Produceva suoni con questa piuma e qualcuno li registrava per produrre un disco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-02-14T15:08:12.107" Title="Cosa significa &quot;incidere un disco&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10244" CreationDate="2019-02-10T11:04:29.533" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Incidere un disco&quot; significa prepararlo per essere ascoltato come nella definizione Treccani.&#xA;L'angelo sta &quot;incidendo&quot; sul disco le tracce che poi potranno essere ascoltate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Molto probabilmente il brano si riferisce a un disco simile a quello che si può vedere in questa immagine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wSRXF.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wSRXF.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Disco Caruso&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagine tratta da questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ebay.com.au/itm/RARE-1909-Enrico-Caruso-IDEALE-Tosti-GRAMOPHONE-MONARCH-RECORD-052154-/263129316237&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'immagine dell'angelo si può vedere un po' meglio su quest'altra fotografia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/PQ2B4.jpg&quot; width=&quot;400&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagine tratta da questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.likesx.com/dischi-78-giri-per-grammofono-lirica-inni-canz/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come segnalato da @DaG, il fatto che l'angelo impugni la piuma come si fa con una penna per scrivere evoca l'idea che sta registrando la musica sul disco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4225" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-10T19:20:23.667" LastActivityDate="2019-02-10T19:20:23.667" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10246" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10247" CreationDate="2019-02-10T17:16:32.410" Score="2" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;SMS sta per &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SMS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;short message service&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, quindi non si riferisce ai messaggi ma a tutto il sistema; dire &lt;em&gt;ti ho spedito un SMS&lt;/em&gt; non ha molto senso se uno espande e traduce l'abbreviazione. È un po' come dire &quot;il numero PIN&quot;, ed è qualcosa di simile alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RAS_syndrome&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;RAS syndrome&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È da considerarsi corretto, visto il largo uso? C'è qualche parere &quot;ufficiale&quot; dell'accademia della Crusca (che tra l'altro pure &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/scritture-tachigrafiche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;usa questo termine&lt;/a&gt;) a riguardo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali sono le alternative? Tecnicamente uno dovrebbe dire &lt;em&gt;ti ho spedito un messaggio via SMS&lt;/em&gt;, lungo, o &lt;em&gt;ti ho spedito un SM&lt;/em&gt;, incomprensibile. &lt;em&gt;Messaggino&lt;/em&gt; sembra molto colloquiale, mentre &lt;em&gt;messaggio&lt;/em&gt; non chiarisce il mezzo utilizzato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2019-02-10T18:19:14.643" Title="È giusto dire &quot;ti ho spedito un SMS&quot;? Quali sono le alternative?" Tags="&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10246" CreationDate="2019-02-10T18:13:31.947" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano, la parola “SMS” – a prescindere dal suo scioglimento come acronimo inglese – significa a tutti gli effetti “messaggino”. Quindi non è né giusto né sbagliato: è questo il significato con cui viene usata, come registrano, per esempio, lo Zingarelli e il Devoto-Oli (che danno entrambi come definizione proprio “messaggino”), come anche il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sms&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; che la fa più lunga ma conclude “Detto anche, fam., &lt;em&gt;messaggino&lt;/em&gt;”. (Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/sms&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; è l'unico che riporta solo il significato come “sistema per invio...”, ma vedi sotto.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E “messaggino” è a sua volta un lemma in ognuno di questi dizionari, e solo nel caso del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/messaggino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ha come marca d'uso “fam(iliare)”, mentre negli altri è dato come termine normale. Per esempio, il Nuovo Devoto-Oli definisce, senza marche d'uso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Breve messaggio di testo inviato o ricevuto tramite telefono cellulare e visualizzato sul display dell'apparecchio: &lt;em&gt;mandare un messaggino di auguri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/messaggino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; (con una piccola incoerenza rispetto a sopra) definisce: “SMS inviato spec. col telefono cellulare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hai già segnalato che Vera Gheno, scrivendo per la Crusca, usa “SMS” senza problemi, cosa che succede anche in molti altri documenti della stessa accademia, e lo stesso fa Giuseppe Antonelli in un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/il-linguaggio-degli-sms_(XXI-Secolo)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo d'enciclopedia per la Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi “SMS” e “messaggino” sono i due termini con cui si indica questo concetto in italiano contemporaneo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-02-10T18:19:14.643" LastActivityDate="2019-02-10T18:19:14.643" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10476" CreationDate="2019-02-10T23:39:16.680" Score="4" ViewCount="387" Body="&lt;p&gt;Some phrases that I saw in the book “Il continente selvaggio” (original title “Savage continent&quot;, Keith Lowe) pushed me to some reflections, not historical, but related to the Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/HVSqF.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/HVSqF.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't sound correct. Although the erroneous transitive use of the verb &quot;sparare&quot; (to shoot) is deeply rooted in southern Italy I think everyone agrees with the fact that you cannot say &quot;sparare un uomo&quot; instead of &quot;sparare a un uomo&quot; (but I suppose that in case of execution saying &quot;fucilare un uomo&quot; or &quot;un uomo è stato fucilato&quot; is completely legitimate). However, if you ask yourself what is the exact rule to follow, things do not seem so simple because on the site of the Accademia della Crusca there is written the following (I translate in the ugly english of the app badly corrected by me, please forgive me I'm not mother tongue).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il verbo sparare può essere sia transitivo, quindi reggere un argomento diretto, sia intransitivo e reggere quindi un argomento introdotto da preposizione. La distribuzione di questi due diversi usi è in relazione alle diverse sfumature di significato. In particolare sparare con il significato di 'azionare un'arma da fuoco' è normalmente intransitivo e richiede che sia indicato contro chi o che cosa si rivolge l'azione con un argomento introdotto da preposizione (&quot;sparare a qualcuno&quot;, &quot;sparare contro qualcuno&quot;); nei significati di 'far partire uno o più colpi con un'arma da fuoco' o 'scagliare, lanciare' è invece transitivo e può reggere un argomento diretto che però deve essere contraddistinto dal tratto di non essere animato (quindi ad esempio &quot;sparare una fucilata&quot;, &quot;sparare un colpo&quot;).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;The verb to shoot can be both transitive, thus supporting a direct argument, both intransitive and therefore supporting a topic introduced by preposition. The distribution of these two different uses is related to the different shades of meaning. In particular firing with the meaning of 'firing a firearm' is normally intransitive and requires that it be indicated against whom or what the action is aimed at with an argument introduced by the preposition (&quot;sparare a qualcuno&quot;, &quot;sparare contro qualcuno&quot;) in the meanings of ‘got off a shot with a firearm' or 'hurling, throwing' is instead transitive and can hold a direct argument which must however be distinguished by the trait of not being animated (so for example &quot;sparare una fucilata&quot;, &quot;sparare un colpo&quot;).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to me incorrect. Really the animated or inanimate nature of the object launched and / or the target has to do with the correctness of the transitive or non-transitive use of the verb &quot;sparare&quot;? Rather, what counts is the fact that the verb &quot;sparare&quot; refers to the target (no transitive use) or what is launched (yes transitive). That is, if I'm the one who presses the button that starts the cannon shooting the stuntman I can legitimately say &quot;ho sparato un uomo&quot;.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/e2DeP.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/e2DeP.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;And what about the reflective use of the verb &quot;sparare&quot;. In the sentence &quot;si è sparato&quot; (he shot himself) he is both the subject and the direct object, and the verb &quot;sparare&quot; is used in a transitive way even if the argument to which the verb refers is animated (the men who committed suicide), or at least it is animated when the action of pressing the trigger is taken (the subject will become non-animated very soon :-)). The rule set out by the Treccani website seems to me to be more correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nell'italiano standard l'uso di sparare transitivo rispetto al bersaglio (sparare qualcuno; è stato sparato dalla camorra) non è ammesso; è ammesso l'uso transitivo soltanto con l'oggetto interno (sparare un colpo, sparare un proiettile; anch'essa in usi figurati: la sparò così grossa che nessuno gli credette). Insomma, si spara a qualcuno, non si spara qualcuno. L'uso transitivo non ammesso nell'italiano sorvegliato è tuttavia diffuso nell'italiano regionale di alcune regioni centromeridionali (tipico il caso dell'italiano parlato in Campania)..&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In the standard Italian the use transitive of sparare with respect to the target (sparare qualcuno; è stato sparato dalla camorra) is not allowed; transitive use is allowed only with the internal object (sparare un colpo, sparare un proiettile; even in figurative use: la sparò così grossa che nessuno gli credette). In short, &quot;si spara a qualcuno&quot;, not &quot;si spara qualcuno&quot;. However, the transitive use not admitted in the supervised Italian is widespread in the regional Italian of some central-southern regions (typical of the Italian spoken in Campania).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But this seems to contradict the Accademia della Crusca (which speaks about a non-animated direct object). Was the academy wrong or did I misunderstand what they wrote?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5195" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T09:10:29.853" Title="When can we use &quot;sparare&quot; as transitive verb?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10252" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10258" CreationDate="2019-02-13T06:31:53.060" Score="6" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sorry for asking a probably trivial question, but I am so far merely a happy amateur at Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which of the following is most correct or sounds most natural in italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tutta la notte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;la tutta notte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;la notte tutta&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the context &quot;we don't have all night (to do something)&quot;. Non abbiamo ... ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3207" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-02-13T15:34:51.400" LastActivityDate="2019-02-13T16:19:59.453" Title="Non abbiamo... &quot;tutta la notte&quot; vs &quot;la tutta notte&quot; vs &quot;la notte tutta&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10252" CreationDate="2019-02-13T07:12:17.890" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;First one, definitely.&#xA;The last one would seem more poetic.&#xA;The middle one sounds broken.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5090" LastActivityDate="2019-02-13T07:12:17.890" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10252" CreationDate="2019-02-13T07:15:07.880" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first one is the correct one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non abbiamo tutta la notte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second is wrong and the last one is formally correct, even though it may sound weird. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you are interested to go deeper about word order you may take a look to &lt;a href=&quot;http://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1248/what-is-the-rule-for-adjective-order/1256#1256&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-02-13T07:15:07.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10255" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10257" CreationDate="2019-02-13T10:55:27.720" Score="3" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia del nuovo cognome&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa ho fatto, pensò stordita dal vino, e cos'è questo cerchietto d'oro, questo zero luccicante dentro cui ho infilato il dito. Ne aveva uno anche Stefano, gli brillava tra peli nerissimi, dita villose, &lt;strong&gt;si diceva nei libri&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse si può sostituire quell'espressione con &quot;come nei libri&quot;? Sapreste aiutarmi ad intendere il significato giusto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5201" LastActivityDate="2019-02-13T12:49:05.540" Title="Cosa significa “si diceva nei libri” in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10256" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-13T11:15:37.623" Score="6" ViewCount="249" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scegli il vestito più opportuno/appropriato/adatto per una festa del genere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che in questa frase sono intercambiabili, ma quando si parla di soggetti animati (persone) trovo difficile usarli tutti e tre, ad eccezione di adatto.&#xA;Es.: &quot;Sono adatto per queste cose&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non suonerebbe strano dire &quot;opportuno&quot; o &quot;appropriato&quot; in quest'ultima frase? Non stonerebbe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-11-27T17:43:26.023" LastActivityDate="2019-11-27T17:43:26.023" Title="Differenza tra opportuno, appropriato e adatto" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10255" CreationDate="2019-02-13T11:34:22.373" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;No non è sostituibile con &quot;come nei libri&quot;, piuttosto con &quot;come si usa dire nei libri&quot;.&#xA;Per come la intendo io, semplicemente la protagonista considera &lt;em&gt;dita villose&lt;/em&gt; un'espressione cólta (che si usa nei libri).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastEditorUserId="4057" LastEditDate="2019-02-13T12:49:05.540" LastActivityDate="2019-02-13T12:49:05.540" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10252" CreationDate="2019-02-13T14:02:22.847" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adjective &lt;em&gt;tutto&lt;/em&gt; has a rather peculiar role in the Italian language in that it usually &lt;em&gt;precedes&lt;/em&gt; the article relative to the modified noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the Treccani dictionary&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. a.&lt;/strong&gt; Come agg., riferito a nomi singolari, ne indica l’intera estensione nello spazio o nel tempo, l’intera quantità, o esprime il concetto della pienezza, della compiutezza: &lt;em&gt;t. il mondo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;t. la piazza&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;t. la casa&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;t. il mese&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;t. la settimana&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non ha fatto che brontolare per t. la strada&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sapeva t. la lezione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;conosce t. Dante a memoria&lt;/em&gt;; di cose non materiali: &lt;em&gt;sviluppare t. la propria potenza&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;metterci t. l’impegno&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; in funzione di predicato: &lt;em&gt;la roba, o la questione, è tutta qui&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Come si vede dagli esempi, quando è usato in funzione attributiva è seguito, non preceduto, dall’articolo&lt;/strong&gt;; questo manca davanti a nomi proprî di persona (&lt;em&gt;t. Dante&lt;/em&gt;) e anche di città, che comunem. rifiutino l’articolo (&lt;em&gt;tutta Roma&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tutta Napoli&lt;/em&gt;, ma &lt;em&gt;tutto il Cairo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tutta l’Aquila&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.); in alcune espressioni l’articolo manca anche con nomi comuni: &lt;em&gt;con t. libertà&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;di t. cuore&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; &lt;em&gt;assumere una donna a t. servizio&lt;/em&gt;, a pieno tempo o per svolgere mansioni molteplici; in altri usi l’assenza dell’articolo è eccezionale: &lt;em&gt;in t. Italia&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;s’è lamentato t. notte&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;t. giorno&lt;/em&gt;, ant., sempre, continuamente (parziale calco del fr. &lt;em&gt;toujours&lt;/em&gt;), diverso perciò da &lt;em&gt;t. il giorno&lt;/em&gt; (v. anche tuttodì): &lt;em&gt;che si veggono e odono tutto giorno&lt;/em&gt; (Leopardi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The part I marked in boldface can be translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;As it can be seen from the examples, when it is used in attributive function it is followed, not preceded, by the article&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The article is omitted when the sense is abstract (&lt;em&gt;in tutta libertà&lt;/em&gt;, with full freedom) or figurative (&lt;em&gt;di tutto cuore&lt;/em&gt;, with all the heart). I'd also add &lt;em&gt;in tutta fretta&lt;/em&gt; (in a hurry, hastily).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The final examples are mostly antiquate except for &lt;em&gt;in tutta Italia&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;in tutta Europa&lt;/em&gt; (but &lt;em&gt;in tutta la Francia&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in tutta l'Asia&lt;/em&gt;; only &lt;em&gt;Italia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Europa&lt;/em&gt; and a few other insular nations don't want the article if preceded by &lt;em&gt;tutta&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus &lt;em&gt;la tutta notte&lt;/em&gt; cannot be used. On the other hand, an inversion such as &lt;em&gt;la notte tutta&lt;/em&gt; could be used in poetry or to give a particular emphasis, but it should be rare. Note that, conversely, &lt;em&gt;intero&lt;/em&gt; doesn't behave like &lt;em&gt;tutto&lt;/em&gt; and one has to say &lt;em&gt;l'intera notte&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other adjectives don't behave this way. One could say &lt;em&gt;verde il prato&lt;/em&gt;, but in rather specific contexts, for instance in oppositions: &lt;em&gt;ho visto un bel paesaggio: verde il prato, scuro il bosco e fresche le acque del torrente&lt;/em&gt;, but it would show affectation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-02-13T16:19:59.453" LastActivityDate="2019-02-13T16:19:59.453" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10259" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10260" CreationDate="2019-02-14T04:06:36.207" Score="3" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'espressione &quot;fatti vedere&quot; che si traduce in inglese &quot;let me see you&quot;, non riesco a comprendere perché la parola &quot;vedere&quot; è all'infinito e non al participio passato (&quot;fatti &lt;em&gt;visto&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-02-15T06:04:06.417" LastActivityDate="2019-02-15T06:04:06.417" Title="Perché si dice &quot;fatti vedere&quot; e non &quot;fatti visto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10259" CreationDate="2019-02-14T09:21:39.507" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La prima cosa da chiarire è probabilmente questo uso del verbo “fare”. È un verbo con moltissimi usi e significati diversi, come si può vedere già solo dalla lunghezza della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fare2&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce “fare”&lt;/a&gt; su un vocabolario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che ci interessa qui è quello che nella voce del Treccani è al punto 4.a:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Può avere valore causativo, in diverse costruzioni: a. Con un infinito: &lt;em&gt;far fare&lt;/em&gt;, ordinare (o provocare) che si faccia: &lt;em&gt;l’ho fatto andar via&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;fammi lavorare in pace&lt;/em&gt;, lasciami, ecc.; ma anche indurre, costringere: &lt;em&gt;E me che i tempi ed il desio d’onore Fan per diversa gente ir fuggitivo&lt;/em&gt; (Foscolo); &lt;em&gt;non mi far dire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mi farai perdere la pazienza&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendiamo l'esempio “l'ho fatto andar via”: significa più o meno “gli ho ordinato di andare via” oppure “ho fatto in modo che andasse via” (in inglese è forse &lt;em&gt;I made him leave&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il modo in cui si costruisce il verbo “fare” per questo tipo di frase è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;soggetto + verbo “fare” + infinito del verbo che descrive che cosa si ordina + complemento oggetto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio: “L'ufficiale fa marciare i soldati”. Il soggetto può essere sottinteso: “Faccio marciare i soldati”. (L'ordine delle parole può variare, specialmente se il complemento oggetto è un pronome: “L'ufficiale li fa marciare”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il verbo principale fosse all'imperativo (se, per esempio, in quest'ultima frase, un ufficiale superiore desse un ordine a uno inferiore) la frase potrebbe essere: “Falli marciare”. Cioè, *“Fa' marciare loro”, ma in qualsiasi frase di questo tipo – indipendentemente dal fatto che c'è il verbo “fare” – il complemento oggetto viene espresso da un pronome enclitico, cioè che si unisce al verbo. Per esempio, non si dice *“Mangia esso” o *“Mangia lui”, bensì “Mangialo”; non si dice *“Guarda loro”, ma “Guardali”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siamo quasi arrivati alla tua frase (“Fatti vedere”). Così come un ufficiale dice a un altro “Falli marciare”, tu puoi dire a una persona con un vestito nuovo “Fatti vedere” (che è la forma con il pronome enclitico di *“Fa' vedere te (stesso)”). Forse è più comprensibile se al posto di “far vedere” metti un verbo unico di significato simile, come “mostrare”: in questo caso diremmo “mostrati” (cioè *“mostra te”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi anche in questo caso chiediamo o ordiniamo a qualcuno di compiere una certa azione, come se fosse “Fa' vedere il libro alla mamma”. Qui al posto del libro c'è “te”, che diventa il pronome enclitico “-ti”, e al posto di “alla mamma” c'è “a me” o a qualcun altro, che però è sottinteso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-02-14T09:21:39.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10262" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10263" CreationDate="2019-02-15T18:38:53.597" Score="3" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Geremia mette via il coltello, gira daccapo la manovella e Enrico Caruso ricomincia a soffrire. Chissà se quando troverà la figlia sarà meno infelice. Rocco il coltello lo lascia bene in vista sul tavolo, tanto per chiarire chi ha avuto ragione nella disputa. Vita passa il dito sulla lama. È cosí affilata che &lt;strong&gt;piglia&lt;/strong&gt; a sanguinarle il dito. Rocco dice che le sta bene, perché le bambine non devono giocare coi coltelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che &quot;pigliare&quot; può significare &quot;prendere, afferrare, far presa&quot;. Tuttavia, non mi sembra che questi significati abbiano senso nel brano precedente. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;pigliare&quot; nel testo sopra citato? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T12:33:24.700" Title="Significato di &quot;pigliare&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10262" CreationDate="2019-02-15T19:08:55.450" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Curioso. Il verbo “prendere”, fra i tanti usi che ha, si può usare anche, in costruzioni del tipo “prendere a fare qualcosa”, per dire “cominciare a fare qualcosa”. Nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prendere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce del Treccani&lt;/a&gt; è l'accezione 16.a:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt; letter. Seguito da &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; con l’infinito di un verbo, incominciare: &lt;em&gt;prese a dire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;presero a fuggire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;Poi le schiere a ferir prese, vibrando Le mortifere punte&lt;/em&gt; (V. Monti); &lt;em&gt;i fatti che prendiamo a raccontare&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ammetto che non avevo presente l'uso di “pigliare” in questo senso (e nelle espressioni idiomatiche non sempre è possibile sostituire una parola con un sinonimo), ma dando un'occhiata in giro ne ho trovato almeno un'attestazione: a &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=kRFDUf5XmR0C&amp;amp;pg=PA411&amp;amp;dq=%22pigliare%20a%20%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjZ15imtr7gAhUvsKQKHbbCB28Q6AEILTAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;p. 411 di &lt;em&gt;A New Plain and Useful Introduction to the Italian&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/a&gt; curata da John Kelly nel 1739, si legge “Pigliare a fare una cosa - To undertake, or set about a thing”, il che conferma che l'uso non è nuovo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zjiTx.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zjiTx.png&quot; alt=&quot;Pigliare a fare una cosa - To undertake, or set about a thing.&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel nostro contesto, quindi, chi narra sta semplicemente dicendo che il dito comincia a sanguinare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-02-15T19:08:55.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10264" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10265" CreationDate="2019-02-16T09:46:30.817" Score="3" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Corre sulle piattaforme della soprelevata col fascio di giornali sottobraccio – imprendibile ai tutori dell’ordine e ai bigliettai, molestissimo ai clienti, piú di una zanzara. Ha imparato ad aggredire gli impiegati quando escono dagli uffici e a godere del loro odio impotente di borghesucci atterriti dalla sua sfacciatissima insistenza. A sfidare i &lt;strong&gt;lòffari&lt;/strong&gt; contendendogli un passaggio sui treni merci diretti ai depositi, e i murphy a sassate – mirando sempre alla testa, dove fa piú male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi cos'è un &quot;lòffaro&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo su nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-16T12:17:20.703" Title="Cos'è un &quot;lòffaro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10264" CreationDate="2019-02-16T12:17:20.703" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da un paio di articoli che studiano la stesura dei &lt;em&gt;Primi poemetti&lt;/em&gt; di Giovanni Pascoli ho potuto imparare che si tratta di un termine italo-americano, più concretamente della deformazione da parte degli emigrati italiani negli Stati Uniti del vocabolo inglese &quot;loafer&quot;, che significa &quot;fannullone&quot;, &quot;perdigiorno&quot;, &quot;scansafatiche&quot;. Questo vocabolo appare in un manoscrito di Giovanni Pascoli, in un elenco di lemmi italo-americani che l'autore aveva fatto quando stava elaborando il poema &lt;em&gt;Italy&lt;/em&gt;, ma poi non l'ha adoperato nel testo definitivo del poema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/32280535/I_Primi_poemetti_di_Giovanni_Pascoli_nellelaborazione_autografa_Nuova_Rivista_di_Letteratura_italiana_XII_2009_pp._105-151&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;I &lt;em&gt;Primi poemetti&lt;/em&gt; di Giovanni Pascoli nell'elaborazione autografa&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, di Francesca Nassi, apparso nella &lt;em&gt;Nuova Rivista di Letteratura italiana&lt;/em&gt;, XII (2009) si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il manoscritto LI, 13, f. 2 riflette con chiarezza la situazione di partenza&#xA;  della stesura di &lt;em&gt;Italy&lt;/em&gt;: contiene un elenco di &lt;em&gt;Odi&lt;/em&gt; e uno di &lt;em&gt;Inni&lt;/em&gt;, uno schema stagionale riferito alla vicenda georgica dei &lt;em&gt;Nuovi Poemetti&lt;/em&gt; e l’incipit di &lt;em&gt;Italy&lt;/em&gt; («Era una&#xA;  fosca sera di febbraio./ Gente saliva l’erta di Caprona./ Da &lt;em&gt;US.&lt;/em&gt; veniva,&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Cincinnati, Ohio&lt;/em&gt;») e per il resto è completamente riempito da un fitto repertorio&#xA;  di lemmi in italo-americano, frutto delle inchieste linguistiche condotte direttamente da Pascoli presso la famiglia di Isabella. Non limitandosi a singole parole (come «dego», «lòffaro», «vaghino» e così via), toponimi («Francolino»)&#xA;  o espressioni (come «son of bitch»), accompagnate talvolta dalla pronuncia («sanababicci») o dal presunto originale inglese («&lt;em&gt;sohn of beach&lt;/em&gt;»), Pascoli annota intere frasi e modi di dire, nella ricerca di echi della vita vissuta dagli emigrati in America.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul termine &quot;lòffaro&quot; una nota a piè di pagina in questo articolo spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lòffaro &amp;lt; loafer (PERUGI, &lt;em&gt;Fra estetica e linguistica…&lt;/em&gt;). La voce è presente in ALDO BERTOZZI, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario garfagnino&lt;/em&gt;, Lucca, Maria Pacini Fazzi 2007, con il significato «vagabondo, indolente, pigro».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche l'articolo &quot;Giovanni Pascoli, &lt;em&gt;Primi poemetti&lt;/em&gt;, a cura di F. Nassi, Edizione Nazionale delle opere di Giovanni Pascoli, Bologna, Pàtron Editore&quot; apparso nella rubrica &quot;Cronache&quot; del numero 23 della &#xA;rivista &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italinemo.it/riviste/dettaglio_rivista.php?Titolo=PER%20LEGGERE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Per leggere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (autunno 2012) ci dà queste informazioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fra i rilievi linguistici (per i quali la curatrice si affida anche a precedenti studi lessicologici), segnalerei almeno tutte quelle note utilissime che in &lt;em&gt;Italy&lt;/em&gt; accompagnano i termini inglesi, deformati dagli emigrati garfagnini di prima generazione come Beppe (Molly parla invece nella nuova e per diverso tempo sua unica lingua), di cui rimangono a testo definitivo solo alcuni casi («pai con fleva», «bisini», «fruttistendo», «checche», «candi», «scrima», ecc.), ma che sono invece molto numerosi negli abbozzi: la Nassi si affida principalmente allo studio specifico di Perugi (cfr. M. Perugi &lt;em&gt;Fra estetica e linguistica. La lingua degli emigranti nel poemetto Italy&lt;/em&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;Seconda lettura pascoliana urbinate&lt;/em&gt;, a cura di G. Cerboni Baiardi, A. Oldcorn e T. Mattioli,&#xA;  Fondazione Cassa di Risparmio di Pesaro, Pesaro, Il lavoro editoriale, 2003, pp. 149-&#xA;  69), ma anche a strumenti lessicologici, come quelli di Haller e Bertozzi (cfr. H.W. Haller, &lt;em&gt;Una lingua perduta e ritrovata. L’italiano degli italo-americani&lt;/em&gt;, Firenze, La Nuova Italia, 1993; A. Bertozzi, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario garfagnino&lt;/em&gt;, Lucca, Maria Pacini Fazzi, 2007), non solo, direi, per offrire una spiegazione del termine deformato, il cui originale non è sempre facilmente intuibile («lòffaro» da &lt;em&gt;loafer&lt;/em&gt;, «vaghino» da &lt;em&gt;wagon&lt;/em&gt;, «pulizio» da &lt;em&gt;police&lt;/em&gt;, «Francolino» da &lt;em&gt;Franklin&lt;/em&gt;, «sceppe» da &lt;em&gt;shop&lt;/em&gt;, «smalto» da &lt;em&gt;smart&lt;/em&gt;, «orsi» da &lt;em&gt;horse&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.), ma per garantire anche al lettore la giustezza della propria trascrizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-16T12:17:20.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10266" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10275" CreationDate="2019-02-16T15:27:57.323" Score="5" ViewCount="345" Body="&lt;p&gt;The author Piero Bargellini wrote in 1943 the article: &quot;Chi è Pinocchio?&quot;&#xA;In the last line he wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ora leggete e &lt;strong&gt;sappiatemi&lt;/strong&gt; poi dire se la cosa vi sembri possibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;sappiatemi&quot; is a compound of imperative (&quot;voi&quot; form) of &quot;sapere&quot; and &quot;mi&quot;, but I don't understand its role in this sentence. Could you please explain it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1027" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-17T11:52:26.353" LastActivityDate="2019-02-19T05:59:22.083" Title="What is the meaning of &quot;sappiatemi&quot; in the sentence &quot;Ora leggete e sappiatemi poi dire se la cosa vi sembri possibile&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10267" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-16T18:41:07.783" Score="5" ViewCount="778" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente ho iniziato a prendere lezioni di dizione da un'attrice diplomata, per correggere la cadenza dialettale (meridionale) ed alcuni vezzi di pronuncia. Ebbene, molti degli errori che mi sono stati segnalati me li aspettavo, ma dopo aver riascoltato a casa la registrazione della prova di lettura, sono rimasto basito nel notare che non avevo azzeccato neanche una &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; intervocalica - o meglio, solo quelle che per assonanza con correzioni precedenti, ho intuito di dover rendere &lt;strong&gt;sonore&lt;/strong&gt;: ad esempio tutti gli /-ozo/, /-eze/, forme del passato remoto come &lt;em&gt;misero&lt;/em&gt; &gt; /ˈmizero/ e &lt;em&gt;casa&lt;/em&gt; &gt; /kaza/.&#xA;Cercando online ho realizzato che nel Centro-sud, Toscana e Sardegna escluse, la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; intervocalica è sempre sorda - lascito della pronuncia classica del latino, in cui la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; non è &lt;strong&gt;mai sonora&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La pagina Wikipedia sulla &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/S_sorda#cite_ref-5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;S sorda&lt;/a&gt; afferma che la pronuncia standard dell'italiano si basa difatti su quella toscana (ed è ciò che immaginavo), &quot;intermedia e più variata sia di quella settentrionale che di quella centro-meridionale&quot;. Ponendo come regola la sonorizzazione della sibilante intervocalica, riporta cinque casistiche di eccezioni, ovvero &lt;strong&gt;laddove si ha la sorda /s/&lt;/strong&gt;. Tra queste, in contraddizione con quanto appreso nella mia prima lezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nei suffissi derivativi -ese per gli etnici (inglese, milanese ecc.; eccezione: francese, che ha la sonora), e -oso e -osa di aggettivi e sostantivi (glorioso, affettuoso, maroso ecc.), comprese le parole da questi derivate (cineseria, gloriosamente, gloriosissimo, affettuosità ecc.);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nelle desinenze sigmatiche del passato remoto e del participio passato di alcuni verbi irregolari -esi, -ese, -esero, -eso; -osi, -ose, -osero, -oso (resi, rese, resero, reso; e scesi ecc., difesi ecc. ...; e nascosi ecc., posi ecc. ...; ma esplosi ecc. con la sonora);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In alcune parole isolate (e ovviamente nei loro derivati), di cui le più comuni sono: casa, chiusi e chiuso (con socchiusi e socchiuso, ecc.), cosa, così, mese, naso, peso, Pisa, posa e posare, raso, risi e riso (in tutti i significati; anche sorrisi e sorriso).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto ho approfondito la ricerca, e ho scoperto che i sociolinguisti parlano di &lt;em&gt;ristandardizzazione&lt;/em&gt; dell'italiano, ossia l'instaurazione di un &lt;em&gt;italiano neostandard&lt;/em&gt; che avvicina lo scritto e il parlato della lingua, con fenomeni morfosintattici noti a tutti (ad esempio &lt;em&gt;egli, ella, essi&lt;/em&gt; soppiantati da &lt;em&gt;lui, lei, loro&lt;/em&gt;) ma anche relativi alla pronuncia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;rispetto alla realizzazione toscana di casa, [ˈkaːsa], e noioso, [noˈjoːso], attori e annunciatori «tendono a “settentrionalizzare”, generalizzando la sonora» (Serianni, 1988, p. 35: dunque, [ˈkaːza] e [noˈjoːzo]); è così che si pronuncia sempre più spesso, «un po’ dovunque» (Serianni 1988, p. 36), [ˈdziːo] e [ˈdzukːero], di contro alla resa normativa toscana, con affricata alveolare sorda, [ˈtsiːo] e [ˈtsukːero], ancora seguita dalla maggior parte dei dizionari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Un estratto dell'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://iris.unito.it/retrieve/handle/2318/1660648/391535/Regis%20-%20Dialetti_revised%20version%20%5B27.5.2016%5D.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La nozione coseriana di dialetto e le sue implicazioni per l'area italoromanza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Riccardo Regis)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello stesso articolo si può leggere quella che sembra essere una risposta negativa alla mia domanda nel titolo (il grassetto è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’italiano standard letterario (il ‘vecchio’ standard) e l’italiano neostandard (il ‘nuovo’ standard) convivono nello schema di architettura dell’italiano contemporaneo di Berruto (1987, p. 21), &lt;strong&gt;con il primo che manifesta un maggiore grado di formalità, senza tuttavia arretrare, rispetto al secondo&lt;/strong&gt;. Ai nostri fini, è interessante che Berruto (1987, p. 23–24) fornisca come etichetta «quasi sinonimica» di italiano neostandard quella di italiano regionale colto medio, che a sua volta è da considerarsi equipollente a italiano regionale standard: mentre italiano neostandard pone «l’accento sugli aspetti unitari, soprattutto morfosintattici, che costituiscono la larga base comune degli impieghi dell’italiano da ritenere normali presso parlanti colti», italiano regionale colto medio evidenzia l’emergere «della differenziazione geografica che sarà percepibile nella gran maggioranza degli utenti» e nel contempo il fatto che «si può ora affermare che ci siano degli italiani regionali standard che costituiscono lo standard di ogni singola area».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, analizzando le indicazioni, univoche, del Dizionario Italiano multimediale di Ortografia e Pronunzia &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;(DOP)&lt;/a&gt; si perviene alla stessa conclusione, e cioè si ritrovano regola ed eccezioni mostrate dalla pagina Wikipedia che ho linkato all'inizio. D'altra parte, non è così per il Dizionario di Pronuncia Italiana online &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/dizionario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;(DiPI)&lt;/a&gt; che fa capo a Luciano Canepari, professore di Fonetica e fonologia all'Università di Venezia: la sibilante intervocalica sonora viene sempre inserita nel campo &quot;&lt;em&gt;pronuncia moderna&lt;/em&gt;: la piú consigliabile&quot;, mentre quella sorda, nei casi di interesse (vedi Wikipedia), è la pronuncia &quot;tradizionale: la piú consigliata un tempo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, molti siti (tutti?) che propongono corsi di dizione online arrivano a sostenere qualcosa come: (il grassetto è mio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La &quot;S&quot; aspra o sorda italiana si presenta nei seguenti casi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando si trova in principio di vocabolo ed è seguita da vocale.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando è iniziale del secondo componente di un vocabolo composto&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando è doppia&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando è preceduta da consonante, eccetto nei vocaboli con prefisso &quot;trans-&quot; che vogliono la &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; dolce o sonora.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando è seguita dalle consonanti cosiddette sorde &quot;c&quot;, &quot;f&quot;, &quot;p&quot;, &quot;q&quot;, &quot;t&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nota Bene: alcuni dizionari fonetici stabiliscono che il suono della &quot;s&quot; debba essere aspro anche in molti altri casi come casa, cosa, così, mese, naso, peso, cinese, piemontese, goloso, bisognoso e altri. In realtà &lt;strong&gt;questo tipo di pronuncia è caduta quasi del tutto in disuso, fatta eccezione per qualche parlata dell'Italia centrale e meridionale&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In relazione al discorso di Regis nel suo articolo, è importante notare che tra questi siti, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bellascuola.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.bellascuola.it&lt;/a&gt; (che ho citato qui sopra) non è legato al mondo del doppiaggio, bensì &quot;è rivolto agli insegnanti che operano nei corsi di lingua italiana dei C.P.I.A e agli stranieri che frequentano corsi di lingua italiana&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno riesce a sbrogliare la matassa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2019-02-17T13:45:23.420" LastActivityDate="2019-03-04T20:13:42.317" Title="La pronuncia standard dell'italiano è effettivamente cambiata, ed in particolare, si è &quot;settentrionalizzata&quot;?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10266" CreationDate="2019-02-17T10:25:00.480" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;This could be rephrased as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;e poi sappiate dire a me&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This inversion of the pronoun is common with verbs used in modal form such as &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; and, in this case, &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;. Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non farmi dire quello che davvero penso.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ah, poterlo fare!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sappimi dire.&lt;/em&gt; (the subjunctive/exhortative second person singular is &lt;em&gt;sappia&lt;/em&gt;, but in this case the final ‘a’ is dropped)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hai innaffiato il prato? Non credevo di doverlo fare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last could also be &lt;em&gt;Non credevo di dover farlo&lt;/em&gt;, but usually the phonetic clash between ‘r’ and ‘f’ is avoided. Similarly, Bargellini’s sentence could have been&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ora leggete e poi sappiate dirmi se la cosa vi sembri possibile&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(current Italian would use &lt;em&gt;sembra&lt;/em&gt;, indicative, instead of &lt;em&gt;sembri&lt;/em&gt;, subjunctive). The position of the adverb &lt;em&gt;poi&lt;/em&gt; is irrelevant: &lt;em&gt;sappiatemi poi dire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;poi sappiatemi dire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sappiate poi dirmi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;poi sappiate dirmi&lt;/em&gt; are all equivalent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-02-17T10:25:00.480" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10269" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10266" CreationDate="2019-02-17T13:20:41.077" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In addition to egreg's answer I think it can be useful to elaborate on the meaning of &lt;em&gt;saper dire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expression &lt;em&gt;saper dire&lt;/em&gt; is an idiomact expression that can be roughly translated as &lt;em&gt;to let (someone) know&lt;/em&gt;. It is often used in the imperative mood. Examples of the usage are&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusi, mi sa dire l'ora? (&lt;em&gt;Excuse me, could you tell me the time?&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sappimi dire a che ora pensi di arrivare (&lt;em&gt;Let me know when you think you're going to arrive&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti saprò dire per tempo quando mi devi inviare il documento (&lt;em&gt;I'll let you know in time when to send the document&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, a translation of the sentence in the question can be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now read, and then let me know if the thing seems at all possible&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm adding the &amp;quot;at all&amp;quot; because the usage of subjunctive in the subordinate implies increased uncertainty)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-17T13:27:13.157" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10270" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10273" CreationDate="2019-02-17T14:33:10.257" Score="4" ViewCount="870" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come dice il titolo, in Italiano la forma geminata di &lt;em&gt;qu&lt;/em&gt; (foneticamente /kʷ/) è scritta &lt;em&gt;cqu&lt;/em&gt; invece che il più naturale &lt;em&gt;qqu&lt;/em&gt;, con l'eccezione della parola &lt;em&gt;soqquadro&lt;/em&gt; (e, possibilmente, &lt;em&gt;beqquadro&lt;/em&gt;, anche se io ho in pratica sempre incontrato la forma &lt;em&gt;bequadro&lt;/em&gt; con la consonante semplice).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A che punto della storia dell'italiano è stata presa questa insolita decisione? Sono note le ragioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-02-17T15:00:24.107" Title="Perché in Italiano la doppia q si scrive cq?" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;geminate-consonants&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10271" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2019-02-17T14:35:43.887" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Geminate consonants are consonants pronounced with a bigger intensity than ordinary consonants. They were present in Latin but  among the Romance languages only Italian (and other Italo-Romance languages) conserved them. They are often written by repeating the consonant twice, thence their Italian name: &quot;doppie&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-02-17T14:35:43.887" LastActivityDate="2019-02-17T14:35:43.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10272" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2019-02-17T14:35:43.887" Score="0" Body="For all questions about pronunciation and spelling of Italian geminate consonants" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-02-17T14:35:43.887" LastActivityDate="2019-02-17T14:35:43.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10270" CreationDate="2019-02-17T14:51:47.273" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il testo di Massimo Fanfani pubblicato sulla &lt;em&gt;Crusca per voi&lt;/em&gt; n. 20 (aprile 2000), in risposta alla domanda &quot;Soqquadro: ma perché?&quot;, è molto esaustivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La lettera &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt;, ereditata dall’alfabeto latino, compare solo nella sequenza &lt;em&gt;qu&lt;/em&gt; per rappresentare il cosiddetto nesso labiovelare (costituito da una occlusiva velare sorda, la &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt;, e dalla &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt; semiconsonante), ed è una lettera in sovrappiù perché indica il medesimo suono indicato dalla &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt;, come si nota confrontando &lt;em&gt;cuoco&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quoto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scuola&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;squalo&lt;/em&gt;; le grafie diverse si giustificano solo risalendo al latino &lt;em&gt;cocus&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quotus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scola&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;squalus&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;  Per questa ragione la &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; “ottiene anche le stesse proprietà” della &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt;, come si legge nel &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario&lt;/em&gt; della Crusca (1612), “salvo che, dovendosi raddoppiare, il &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; gli si pone davanti, in sua vece, come &lt;em&gt;acqua&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;acquisto&lt;/em&gt;”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le uniche deroghe a quest’uso generale del raddoppiamento del &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; compaiono, appunto, in &lt;em&gt;soqquadro&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;soqquadrare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;soqquadrato&lt;/em&gt;) e in un altro caso, &lt;em&gt;biqquadro&lt;/em&gt; (e, sul suo esempio talora anche in &lt;em&gt;beqquadro&lt;/em&gt;). Come spiegare questa insolita e circoscritta grafia &lt;em&gt;qq&lt;/em&gt;? Essa è nata certamente per analogia: dato che i rafforzamenti nella maggior parte dei casi vengono indicati raddoppiando il segno della consonante, sul modello di &lt;em&gt;sommossa&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;soppiatto&lt;/em&gt;, si è fatto anche &lt;em&gt;soqquadro&lt;/em&gt;. Va detto inoltre che fino a tutto il Quattrocento la forma di raddoppiamento della &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; fu oscillante e perfino il nostro &lt;em&gt;soqquadro&lt;/em&gt; fu scritto &lt;em&gt;socquadro&lt;/em&gt;. E ancora Claudio Tolomei nel Polito (1525) scrive &lt;em&gt;aqqua&lt;/em&gt; accanto ad &lt;em&gt;acquistarsi&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;piacque&lt;/em&gt;. I grammatici cinquecenteschi, a partire dal Fortunio, optarono invece per la grafia latineggiante &lt;em&gt;cq&lt;/em&gt; e così essa si impose rapidamente e universalmente. I nostri due termini, entrambi abbastanza defilati, l’uno appartenendo al linguaggio tecnico dei musicisti, l’altro, come risulterebbe da un’annotazione al Malmantile del Lippi, al gergo di muratori e artigiani, riuscirono a fissarsi nell’uso scritto con il loro raddoppiamento analogico e in questa forma sono giunti fino ad oggi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In passato c’è stato chi era favorevole all’eliminazione di tali residui grafici, come Amerindo Camilli (Pronuncia e grafi a dell’italiano, 1956, p. 38): “&lt;em&gt;Biqquadro&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;soqquadro&lt;/em&gt; sono due eccezioni fastidiose e assurde: quindi noi siamo d’opinione che si possa e sia meglio scrivere &lt;em&gt;bicquadro&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;socquadro&lt;/em&gt;”. Ma considerando che eccezioni e incongruenze nella grafia si sono sempre tollerate in ogni lingua, e che in fin dei conti nel nostro caso si tratta di due termini innocui e piuttosto rari, credo convenga continuare a scriverli così come sono stati tramandati, e a riguardarli anzi con un certo rispetto, dal momento che, riuscendo a scampare fortunosamente all’opera normalizzatrice dei grammatici, ci mostrano ancora gli unici campioni superstiti di un vecchio modo di raddoppiare la &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2080" LastEditorUserId="2080" LastEditDate="2019-02-17T15:00:24.107" LastActivityDate="2019-02-17T15:00:24.107" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10275" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10266" CreationDate="2019-02-19T05:59:22.083" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sense of the sentence can be translated as &quot;allow me to know/let me know if the thing seems possible to you.&quot; More literally though, it is more similar to &quot;acknowledge yourself to tell me if the thing seems possible to you&quot;. This kind of baroque turns of phrases are far from the English way of communication, but are common in the Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I am italian mothertongue)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5219" LastActivityDate="2019-02-19T05:59:22.083" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10276" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10277" CreationDate="2019-02-20T10:32:43.613" Score="4" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente mi sono interessato all'etimologia delle parole che finiscono con &lt;strong&gt;-occhio&lt;/strong&gt;, come &lt;strong&gt;pinocchio&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;ranocchio/a&lt;/strong&gt;. Prendiamo &lt;strong&gt;ranocchio/a&lt;/strong&gt;, per esempio.  Nel vocabolario Treccani è scrito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ranòcchia&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [lat. *ranŭcŭla, dim. di rana «rana»]. – Lo stesso che ranocchio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, nella spiegazione di &lt;strong&gt;ranocchio&lt;/strong&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ranòcchio&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [variante di ranocchia]. – 1. Nome pop. (insieme con la forma femm. ranocchia) della rana comune [...] Dim. ranocchiétto, ranocchino; accr., raro, ranocchióne; pegg. ranocchiàccio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, ne segue che questa parola non ha più una sfumatura diminutiva in italiano moderno (per lo meno, varie forme diminutive di &lt;strong&gt;ranocchio&lt;/strong&gt; sono &#xA; elencate, e sovrapporre due diminutivi mi pare un po' eccessivo). Ciononostante, ho trovato questa informazione nel &lt;em&gt;La formazione delle parole in italiano&lt;/em&gt; a cura di Maria Grossmann e Franz Rainer:   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il suffisso  &lt;strong&gt;occhio&lt;/strong&gt;, poco produttivo, aveva un valore diminutivo in latino, ma ora presenta la stessa ambiguità di  otto, con esiti ora diminutivi, come in &lt;strong&gt;pinocchio&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;ranocchio&lt;/strong&gt;, pisocchio “pisolino”... &#xA;  (&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.ru/books?id=ITchAAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=ranocchio&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.ru/books?id=ITchAAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=ranocchio&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere se in italiano moderno parole di questo tipo si intendono e si percepiscono come diminutive (&lt;strong&gt;pinocchio&lt;/strong&gt; - &quot;a small pine&quot;, &lt;strong&gt;ranocchio/a&lt;/strong&gt; - &quot;a small frog, froggy&quot;, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5201" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-02-20T11:26:47.570" LastActivityDate="2019-02-22T01:04:20.560" Title="Suffisso diminutivo &quot;-occhio&quot; nelle parole come &quot;pinocchio&quot;, &quot;ranocchio/a&quot;, ecc. in italiano moderno" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10276" CreationDate="2019-02-20T13:36:35.263" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dall'eccellente Rohlfs, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica storica dell'italiano e dei suoi dialetti&lt;/em&gt;, paragrafo 1046&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;-occhio. Deriva da &lt;em&gt;-ŭculus&lt;/em&gt;, che in latino aveva un valore diminuitivo (&lt;em&gt;genuculum&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;verruculus&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ranucula&lt;/em&gt;). In italiano oramai questo significato generalmente è andato perduto: &lt;em&gt;ginocchio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ranocchio&lt;/em&gt; (in Toscana è subentrato a &lt;em&gt;rana&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;finocchio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pinocchio&lt;/em&gt; 'seme del pino', &lt;em&gt;pidocchio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pannocchia&lt;/em&gt; 'spiga del granturco', &lt;em&gt;conocchia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;santocchio&lt;/em&gt; 'uomo bigotto', &lt;em&gt;batacchio&lt;/em&gt; 'battaglio della campana', &lt;em&gt;capocchia&lt;/em&gt; 'testa di spillo'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo segue una lunga lista di voci regionali e toponimi che ho omesso per brevità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concordo con Rohlfs e con DaG nei commenti che il senso diminutivo di &lt;em&gt;-occhio&lt;/em&gt; è andato quasi completamente perduto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-02-20T13:36:35.263" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10278" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10281" CreationDate="2019-02-20T17:35:38.447" Score="2" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nei giorni piú piovigginosi di settembre, quando il cielo diventa una fuliggine e &lt;strong&gt;l’acqua di scolo&lt;/strong&gt;, mescolandosi con l’acqua piovana, trasforma i cortili in piscine, Diamante si ritrova a camminare per le vie inzaccherate di fango senza il fascio di giornali sottobraccio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;scolo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cos'è &quot;l'acqua di scolo&quot;. L'acqua che scola dai tetti a causa di queste piogge di cui parla il brano? (ma se è questo il caso non capisco perché si afferma che si mescola con l'acqua piovana) Le acque residuali? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T09:39:12.570" Title="Cos'è &quot;l'acqua di scolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10281" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10278" CreationDate="2019-02-21T09:39:12.570" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;il commento è corretto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Piovendo, l'acqua prende due percorsi: in parte va direttamente a terra (&quot;acqua piovana&quot;), in parte viene raccolta dalle grondaie ed incanalata a terra (&quot;acqua di scolo&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scolo nel senso dell'atto di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=scolare%203&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;uscire lentamente&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Si vede bene &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/scolo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; (dove si intravede l'altro uso, a me familiare, di chiamare &quot;scolo&quot; quel rigolo d'acqua che talvolta si forma a bordo strada, prima di entrare in un tombino). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4989" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T09:39:12.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10262" CreationDate="2019-02-21T12:33:24.700" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Raramente, è legata anche alla definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piglio1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;piglio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nell'accezione di intraprendere un'azione all'improvviso. Nel dialetto toscano più forbito ed arcaico tutt'oggi è saltuariamente possibile sentirlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5185" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T12:33:24.700" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10256" CreationDate="2019-02-21T12:42:10.160" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so se esiste una regola generale, ma &quot;adatto&quot; è sicuramente la scelta più frequente, soprattutto considerando il parlato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono però delle eccezioni, ad &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/opportuno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempio&lt;/a&gt; &quot;Un visitatore poco opportuno&quot; suona corretto sia nel parlato sia nello scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5185" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T12:42:10.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9206" CreationDate="2019-02-21T13:10:04.110" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto direi che il paragone vuole esaltare il fatto che i letti fossero molto umili e inferiori alle normali aspettative di comodità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello specifico, è verosimile (ma non scontato, vedi il commento di Hastur) che Pratolini si riferisse ai letti a castello su cui alloggiavano i soldati in tempo di guerra, cioè costruiti col massimo risparmio di risorse ed energie. In breve: letti a castello arrangiàti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5185" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T13:10:04.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10285" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-21T14:10:03.347" Score="4" ViewCount="3548" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Avere gli occhi sbarrati&quot; è una notissima espressione d'uso comune. L'aggettivo &quot;sbarrato&quot; viene inteso nel senso di &quot;spalancato&quot;, come si puó trovare su qualsiasi dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, in altri contesti, &quot;sbarrato&quot; indica esattamente l'opposto di &quot;spalancato&quot;, ovvero &quot;chiuso&quot;, &quot;inaccessibile&quot;, &quot;tagliato fuori&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come è nata questa espressione e come mai, in questo caso, si usa un aggettivo che comunemente vuol dire una cosa per indicare l'esatto contrario?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Addendum&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In seguito alla prima risposta ed a qualche commento, vorrei aggiungere che la mia domanda vale anche in senso opposto. Perché oggi diciamo &quot;sbarrare la strada&quot; se generalmente la &quot;s&quot; come suffisso ha valore privativo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2019-02-22T15:08:50.110" LastActivityDate="2019-03-24T16:00:51.540" Title="Perché si usa l'espressione &quot;avere gli occhi sbarrati&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10285" CreationDate="2019-02-21T16:06:51.817" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;S-barrare è usato come togliere la barra (che tiene chiuso), quindi aprire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=sbarrare&amp;amp;find=Cerca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4989" LastActivityDate="2019-02-21T16:06:51.817" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10276" CreationDate="2019-02-22T01:04:20.560" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come già scritto da Denis Nardin, in latino: -ulus o -culus come suffisso a un  nome ne forma il diminutivo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/OGZgR.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/OGZgR.png&quot; alt=&quot;Vocabolario Etimologico della Lingua Italiana&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con probabilità anche in marmocchio, etimologia però non condivisa ma che se corretta conserverebbe la sfumatura diminutiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5226" LastActivityDate="2019-02-22T01:04:20.560" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10289" CreationDate="2019-02-22T14:42:15.673" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La sera del ventitré agosto i bordanti boccheggiano sul tetto e i ragazzi sono in strada: Lena è rimasta sola nell’appartamento. Dopo l’ennesimo vavattenne abbascio ca te piglio pe’ ’ssi quattro pirci ca te ’n coccia uocca fràceta zoccola ch’anzi tu, Lena, che non è il tipo da mettersi a litigare con una turba di befane sudate, sul tetto non c’è salita piú, e passa il tempo in casa, a pensare alle montagne sue, ascoltando la musica del grammofono a tutto volume e suscitando l’&lt;strong&gt;invidia nera&lt;/strong&gt; di chi il grammofono non ce l’ha e non ce l’avrà mai – cioè praticamente di tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;invidia nera&quot; che appare in questo brano. Potreste spiegarmelo? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;invidia&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-02-22T14:51:34.830" Title="Significato di &quot;invidia nera&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10288" CreationDate="2019-02-22T14:51:34.830" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &quot;nera&quot; serve in questo caso a rafforzare, diciamo con una nota di colore, il sentimento dell'invidia. Il nero viene associato a cose buie, oscure, negative; quindi l'invidia è &lt;em&gt;nera&lt;/em&gt; quando rabbuia completamente lo stato d'animo di chi la prova.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa anche in locuzioni come &lt;em&gt;rabbia nera&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;fame nera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me è possibile parlare in questo caso di una &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sinestesia_(figura_retorica)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sinestesia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; in quanto appunto, i sentimenti non hanno colori visibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-02-22T14:51:34.830" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10290" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10291" CreationDate="2019-02-23T10:22:46.723" Score="1" ViewCount="405" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui non si permetterebbe mai di offendere la donna dello zio, la padrona di casa che gli lava le brache e gli cucina i maccheroni. Senza contare le olive e le fette di pane che gli fa trovare sotto il cuscino. Anche se è una &lt;strong&gt;malamente&lt;/strong&gt;, non ce l’ha con Lena, e continua a scrivere a casa che si trova bene con la padrona settantenne, e s’è infognato in un pantano di menzogne. Gli dispiace mentire ai cari e amati genitori, ma non ha voglia di andare a Cleveland per colpa di Lena.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato del termine &quot;malamente&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Per cominciare, non riesco a vedere se &quot;malamente&quot; è Lena, cioè la donna dello zio, oppure questo &quot;lui&quot; di cui parla il brano, che infatti è un ragazzino chiamato Diamante. Nei dizionari che ho consultato, &quot;malamente&quot; appare soltanto come avverbio e non come nome. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T12:48:39.080" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T12:48:39.080" Title="Cos'è &quot;una malamente&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10290" CreationDate="2019-02-23T12:12:07.153" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In dialetto napoletano un/una &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wiktionary.org/wiki/malamente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;malamente&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è una persona cattiva, poco raccomandabile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sceneggiata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sceneggiata napoletana &lt;/a&gt;c’è proprio un protagonista così chiamato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ben definiti sono i canoni entro cui le tematiche portate in scena&#xA;  dagli autori delle sceneggiate napoletane, come l'amore, il&#xA;  tradimento, l'onore – talvolta la malavita –, sintetizzate nel&#xA;  trinomio dei protagonisti:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;isso&#xA;  (&quot;lui&quot;), detto anche &quot;tenore&quot;, l'eroe positivo; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;essa&#xA;  (&quot;lei&quot;), detta anche &quot;prima donna di canto&quot;, l'eroina;     &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;'o malamente&#xA;  (il cattivo), l'antagonista.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-23T12:47:44.753" LastActivityDate="2019-02-23T12:47:44.753" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10292" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10293" CreationDate="2019-02-24T16:36:25.643" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Su un giornaletto, anni fa, Rocco ha scoperto che gli indiani spingono i cadaveri sull’acqua, accendono una fiaccola, spargono petali, cantano e i morti, bruciando nel rogo di purificazione, vanno sulla corrente a ricongiungersi al grande spirito. Leggendo, sembrava una cerimonia molto poetica. Ma il fiume di New York è una fogna maleodorante, sulla corrente vanno alla deriva bottiglie, topi morti, &lt;strong&gt;cacheronzoli&lt;/strong&gt; e bucce di cocomero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è un &quot;cacheronzolo&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessun dizionario. Si tratta di italiano regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-24T17:15:30.743" LastActivityDate="2019-02-25T08:52:18.847" Title="Significato di &quot;cacheronzolo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10293" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10292" CreationDate="2019-02-24T18:49:28.717" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;em&gt;cacheronzolo&lt;/em&gt; è quello da te indicato nel primo commento, cioè piccolo escremento. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compare anche in questo passaggio de &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://brigateperlarte.altervista.org/gadda-carlo-emilio-quer-pasticciaccio-brutto-de-via-merulana/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Quer     pasticciaccio brutto de via Merulana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Gadda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tantochè la zozza in parola, tuttavia gargarizzandosi di mille&#xA;  cocococò, e scaracchiandoli infine tutti in una volta al soffitto in&#xA;  un chechechechè riassuntivo, per quanto doppiamente ancorata e dallo&#xA;  spago e dal filo, la si levò a volo fino sul ripiano della credenza:&#xA;  dove, incazzatissima, e rivestita la sua dignità, la depositò, nel&#xA;  vassoio di peltro, un altro bel &lt;em&gt;cacheronzolo&lt;/em&gt;, ma più piccino del&#xA;  primo: pif! Con che sembrò aver evacuato il disponibile. La paura (dei&#xA;  carabinieri fa novanta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;riferito ad una gallina che deposita un piccolo escremento in un vassoio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tecalibri.info/C/CASALEGNO-G_brutti.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Brutti, fessi e cattivi - Lessico della maldicenza italiana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Giovanni Casalegno, all'interno della sezione &lt;em&gt;Il codice dell'offesa&lt;/em&gt; si trova: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'individuo spregevole e degno di disprezzo o quanto meno odioso e&#xA;  antipatico è definibile anche merda, pezzo di merda, di merda,&#xA;  merdaccia (di fantozziana memoria), merdone, merdoso, mangiamerda,&#xA;  cagata, faccia di merda, testa di merda, fagotto di merda, palata di&#xA;  merda, palla di merda, sacco di merda, escremento, o nei sinonimi più&#xA;  attenuati cacca, cacherello, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cacheronzolo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove cacheronzolo viene presentato come sinonimo di escremento, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-02-25T08:52:18.847" LastActivityDate="2019-02-25T08:52:18.847" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10294" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10295" CreationDate="2019-02-25T15:54:12.443" Score="6" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Italian future/conditional tense is formed like many other Romance languages, that is &lt;em&gt;infinitive&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;habeo&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;habebam&lt;/em&gt; (except Italian uses L &lt;em&gt;habuit&lt;/em&gt; for conditional). The F/C stem for most words are the infinitive form, and some words have some sound changes (&lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;avr-&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;vorr-&lt;/em&gt; etc.), but one basic word &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; has a vastly different stem from the infinitive, &lt;em&gt;sar-&lt;/em&gt;. This is also the same in French (&lt;em&gt;être&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;ser-&lt;/em&gt;) but not Iberian (ES/PT &lt;em&gt;ser&lt;/em&gt; → &lt;em&gt;ser-&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-02-25T17:00:53.620" LastActivityDate="2019-02-25T18:55:39.503" Title="Why is that the future/conditional stem of «essere» is [sar-] instead of [esser-]" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10294" CreationDate="2019-02-25T17:30:30.450" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;From Alkire, T., &amp;amp; Rosen, C. (2010). Romance languages: A historical introduction. published by Cambridge University Press, section 7.8.1 &lt;em&gt;The main Romance future&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The future stem of ‘be’ is a special case. Forms like Popular Latin *ESSER - AT, instead of syncopating, lose their initial syllable to give Italian &lt;em&gt;sarà&lt;/em&gt; and French &lt;em&gt;sera&lt;/em&gt; (Spanish &lt;em&gt;será&lt;/em&gt; could be from *ESSER - AT, but more plausibly derives from *SEDER - AT, given the evidence for syncretism). This apheresis, somewhat unusual in the history of Romance, was probably fostered by the present forms of ‘be’ that begin with [s]. The [a] in the Italian stem has been ascribed to analogy with &lt;em&gt;farà&lt;/em&gt; ‘will do’, &lt;em&gt;darà&lt;/em&gt; ‘will give’, and &lt;em&gt;starà&lt;/em&gt; ‘will stay’, which in turn retain their [a] on the model of the monosyllabic present indicatives &lt;em&gt;fa&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dà&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sta&lt;/em&gt; with stressed [a]. The three languages differ in the proximity of the future stem to the infinitive. They are identical in Spanish (&lt;em&gt;ser&lt;/em&gt; ~ &lt;em&gt;ser-&lt;/em&gt;), while in Italian and French the future stem has strayed away from the infinitives &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;être&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Être&lt;/em&gt;, from Old French &lt;em&gt;estre&lt;/em&gt;, results from the syncope of Popular Latin essere followed by [t] epenthesis. It had its own future &lt;em&gt;estra&lt;/em&gt; ‘will be’ competing&#xA;in Old French with &lt;em&gt;sera&lt;/em&gt; and with &lt;em&gt;iert&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;ert&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize: regular sound changes would have produced a syncopated form **esr- &amp;gt; ?**err- (cfr. with &lt;em&gt;vedr-&lt;/em&gt; for the verb &lt;em&gt;vedere&lt;/em&gt;), but analogy with the forms of the present seems to have pushed for the loss of the initial vowel instead. The weird choice of the root vowel in Italian (compared to French) seems to have been by analogic pressure with the verb family &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt; which had a strong influence on the evolution of the Italian verbal system (compare with the effect they had on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/10041/how-did-sapere-acquire-its-highly-irregular-indicative-present-table&quot;&gt;present tense of &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Martin Maiden, in his &lt;em&gt;Linguistic History of Italy&lt;/em&gt; concurs with this assessment (section 8.8.5):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;it is likely that &lt;em&gt;sarò&lt;/em&gt;, the future of &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, is modelled on these verbs [&lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;dare&lt;/em&gt;].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rohlfs, in his &lt;em&gt;Grammatica Storica dell'Italiano e dei suoi dialetti&lt;/em&gt; is a bit more enigmatic, but fundamentally in agreement (paragraph 587):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fiorentino &lt;em&gt;sarò&lt;/em&gt; è fatto su &lt;em&gt;darò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;starò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;farò&lt;/em&gt;, dove per ovvi motivi &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; non è passato a &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Florentine &lt;em&gt;sarò&lt;/em&gt; is modeled on &lt;em&gt;darò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;starò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;farò&lt;/em&gt;, where for obvious reasons &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; has not changed to &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-25T18:55:39.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10296" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-26T13:59:15.647" Score="5" ViewCount="426" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un modo di dire molto diffuso, anche, ad esempio, in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.wordreference.com/enit/fiasco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;inglese&lt;/a&gt;, per indicare un fallimento. Sapreste dirmi qual è la sua origine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5185" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-26T16:14:27.547" LastActivityDate="2019-02-26T19:06:56.487" Title="Etimologia dell'espressione &quot;è stato un fiasco&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10296" CreationDate="2019-02-26T14:12:53.887" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine, secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sapere.it/sapere/strumenti/domande-risposte/di-tutto-un-po/perche-si-dice-fare-fiasco.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog&lt;/a&gt;, proviene dal gergo teatrale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il modo di dire &quot;fare fiasco&quot; nasce da un fatto accaduto parecchio&#xA;  tempo fa in un teatro fiorentino, dove un artista famoso ogni sera si&#xA;  esibiva in simpatici monologhi, che condivideva con oggetti a cui si&#xA;  rivolgeva adoperando parole e smorfie divertenti.  Una sera però&#xA;  decise di esibirsi in un monologo portandosi come compagno di scena un&#xA;  tipico fiasco da vino; invece di divertire il pubblico però, l’artista&#xA;  lo annoiò così tanto che questo reagì e in cambio iniziò a fischiarlo&#xA;  a più non posso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da allora è rimasto questo modo di dire “far fiasco”, quando si&#xA;  deludono completamente le aspettative di qualcuno, senza rendersene&#xA;  conto fino al momento dei fischi o delle aspre critiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre per &lt;a href=&quot;http://Il%20detto%20ha%20origine%20incerta,%20bench%C3%A9%20esista%20anche%20in%20francese,%20in%20inglese%20e%20in%20tedesco.%20Alcuni%20vogliono%20che%20alluda%20ai%20soffiatori%20di%20vetro,%20che%20se%20sbagliano%20l&amp;#39;operazione%20si%20trovano%20alla%20fine%20della%20canna%20in%20cui%20soffiano%20una%20bolla%20informe%20simile%20a%20un%20fiasco%20invece%20della%20sagoma%20voluta.%20Altri%20lo%20fanno%20risalire%20a%20un%20episodio%20della%20carriera%20di%20Domenico%20Biancolelli,%20un%20attore%20comico%20del%201600,%20che%20nelle%20vesti%20di%20Arlecchino%20si%20esibiva%20improvvisando,%20prendendo%20spunto%20da%20una%20cosa%20qualsiasi.%20Si%20dice%20che%20una%20sera%20abbia%20scelto%20come%20argomento%20un%20fiasco,%20e%20gli%20manc%C3%B2%20il%20successo.&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il detto ha origine incerta, benché esista anche in francese, in&#xA;  inglese e in tedesco. Alcuni vogliono che alluda ai soffiatori di&#xA;  vetro, che se sbagliano l'operazione si trovano alla fine della canna&#xA;  in cui soffiano una bolla informe simile a un fiasco invece della&#xA;  sagoma voluta. Altri lo fanno risalire a un episodio della carriera di&#xA;  Domenico Biancolelli, un attore comico del 1600, che nelle vesti di&#xA;  Arlecchino si esibiva improvvisando, prendendo spunto da una cosa&#xA;  qualsiasi. Si dice che una sera abbia scelto come argomento un fiasco,&#xA;  e gli mancò il successo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-02-26T15:30:35.963" LastActivityDate="2019-02-26T15:30:35.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10296" CreationDate="2019-02-26T19:06:56.487" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Lapucci (Garzanti-Vallardi, 1979), confermando che l'origine è incerta, ricorda due congetture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La metafora è presa probabilmente dal linguaggio dei soffiatori di vetro che, quando sbagliano nel fare un recipiente al quale intendevano dare una bella forma, finiscono col trovarsi nelle mani una vescica o una grossa bolla di vetro simile a un fiasco.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Il solito aneddoto vorrebbe che l'origine del detto fosse fatta risalire a Domenico Biancolelli che, nel secolo XVII, usava improvvisare, nelle vesti di Arlecchino, un monologo prendendo lo spunto da una cosa qualsiasi. Una sera scelse un fiasco, ma non ebbe successo.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  L'origine comunque è incerta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-02-26T19:06:56.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10300" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10302" CreationDate="2019-02-27T12:56:30.517" Score="7" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can barely recall this example sentence that I saw a long time ago:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lei è la ragazza più bella che io &lt;strong&gt;conosca&lt;/strong&gt;. (Not &lt;em&gt;conosco&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was used to demonstrate the wide use of subjunctive in Italian. The above sentence would be written in French as &lt;em&gt;que je connais&lt;/em&gt; (indicative) or in Spanish as &lt;em&gt;que conozco&lt;/em&gt; (also indicative).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just saw this sentence &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.thoughtco.com/italian-imperfect-subjunctive-tense-2011699&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;on ThoughtCo&lt;/a&gt; as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il razzismo era il peggior problema che &lt;strong&gt;ci fosse&lt;/strong&gt;. (Again, not &lt;em&gt;c'era&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both sentences have a superlative expression in their main clauses, which drives me into thinking that the use of subjunctive in the subordinate clause is a special grammar rule in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I right? What are the details about this very usage of subjunctive in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2019-02-27T13:12:01.327" LastActivityDate="2019-02-27T16:57:38.807" Title="Is subjunctive always used in the attributive clause of a superlative expression?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10301" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10300" CreationDate="2019-02-27T13:46:22.903" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The subjunctive is used after &quot;che&quot; when expressing personal opinions rather than facts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sources: e.g. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.loescher.it/download/innovando/itastra/Scheda31_CongiuntivoInFrasiDipendenti.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.loescher.it/download/innovando/itastra/Scheda31_CongiuntivoInFrasiDipendenti.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://cr.middlebury.edu/Italian%20Resources/progetto/grammar/more/uso_cong_dip.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://cr.middlebury.edu/Italian%20Resources/progetto/grammar/more/uso_cong_dip.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4989" LastActivityDate="2019-02-27T13:46:22.903" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10300" CreationDate="2019-02-27T16:57:38.807" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the book &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Loescher Editore, Torino) by R. Bozzone Costa, M. Piantoni, E. Scaramelli and C. Ghezzi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo nelle frasi relative è frequente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quando il nome a cui si referisce il pronome relativo &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; è indeterminato: &lt;em&gt;Cerco un cane che abbia il pelo morbido&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quando  il nome a cui si referisce il pronome relativo &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; è seguito da un superlativo relativo: &lt;em&gt;Questa è la storia più romantica che abbia mai sentito&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;con aggettivi con valore restrittivo come &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;unico, solo, ultimo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Mio fratello è l'unica persona che rispetti le mie idee&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, the use of subjunctive is frequent (according to the book it's not always used, but it's quite frequent) in a relative clause when the name to which relative pronoun &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; is referring is followed by a relative superlative as in your examples and as in the sentence of the second point of the above citation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-02-27T16:57:38.807" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10303" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-28T02:37:27.910" Score="8" ViewCount="2522" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any reason why some words are spelled with -zz-, but others are spelled with -z- between vowels?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My understanding is that either spelling can correspond to either of the following two consonant sounds: a long voiceless affricate [t.t͡s] or a long voiced affricate [d.d͡z]. (Phonologically, I've seen sources that indicate that Italian speakers may think of these as /t͡s.t͡s/ and /d͡z.d͡z/ respectively.) The linguistic sources I've read say that single [t͡s] and [d͡z] don't occur between vowels in (standard) Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But some introductory descriptions that I see online use wishy-washy phrasing, like this one here: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Double z is pronounced &lt;strong&gt;almost&lt;/strong&gt; the same as single z.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.italianlanguageguide.com/pronunciation/consonants/double-consonants.asp&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian Language Guide&lt;/a&gt;&quot;. Bolding added by me.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any basis for saying that Italian speakers really pronounce -zz- &quot;almost&quot; the same as -z- rather than &lt;em&gt;exactly&lt;/em&gt; the same as -z- (between vowels)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If they are pronounced the same (as I think), why are some words spelled with -zz- and others with -z-?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4633" LastEditorUserId="4633" LastEditDate="2019-02-28T06:34:35.120" LastActivityDate="2019-03-01T09:57:21.827" Title="The use of the spellings -zz- vs. -z-" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;geminate-consonants&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10303" CreationDate="2019-02-28T02:45:35.070" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;This isn't a complete answer, but while Googling to try to find out more, I came across the following explanation for why some speakers might think there is a difference in pronunciation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The orthographic distinction between 'z' and 'zz' induces some speakers to distinguish length in pronunciation (&lt;em&gt;spazi&lt;/em&gt; 'spaces' &lt;strong&gt;spatsi&lt;/strong&gt; vs. &lt;em&gt;spazzi&lt;/em&gt; 'you sweep' &lt;strong&gt;spattsi&lt;/strong&gt;) despite the fact that, in the standard language, both spellings are pronounced long in intervocalic position. Given that northern Italians often fail to observe consonantal length distinctions, in their speech the differentiation of the two 'z''s may arise from hypercorrection.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Martin Maiden, 1994, &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=DwTKAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT329&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;A Linguistic History of Italian&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/em&gt; 3.1.3.4)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maiden goes on to say that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In some southern varieties, however, 'z' is pronounced long when it continues original consonant + [tj] (e.g. in &lt;em&gt;concezione&lt;/em&gt; 'conception', &lt;em&gt;azione&lt;/em&gt; 'action' &amp;lt; conceptionem, actionem), but short when it continues original vowel + [tj] (e.g. in &lt;em&gt;nazione&lt;/em&gt; 'nation', &lt;em&gt;stazione&lt;/em&gt; 'station' &amp;lt; nationem, stationem).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the distinction for this group of speakers doesn't seem to be related to the spelling. So I still don't know where the -zz- vs. -z- spelling distinction comes from.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4633" LastEditorUserId="4633" LastEditDate="2019-02-28T02:55:48.200" LastActivityDate="2019-02-28T02:55:48.200" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10305" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-02-28T18:24:22.777" Score="3" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/3765/whats-if-any-the-hardest-thing-to-learn-in-italian-for-foreigners&quot;&gt;This question&lt;/a&gt; asks &quot;what's the hardest thing to learn in Italian for foreigners&quot;, but it is phrased as a request for opinions, and so it has (correctly, in my view) been closed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, that question can be answered more scientifically: foreign learners take Italian tests and quizzes all the time, and it should be possible to use some statistics to tell (for instance) if questions on the usage of subjunctive have a higher error rate than questions on the usage of pronouns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any statistical analyses of this kind? What is, truly, the hardest thing to learn in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-02T09:54:48.337" LastActivityDate="2019-03-02T09:54:48.337" Title="What's the hardest thing in Italian: again, but data-based" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10307" CreationDate="2019-02-28T20:36:26.490" Score="5" ViewCount="378" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading an article today that has the following heading:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Huawei P30 e P30 Pro svelati: ventordici fotocamere, con tanto di zoom 10x (foto)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what does ventordici means? Just a way to say a ridiculously big number? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/qVhfp.jpg&quot; width=&quot;200&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Article: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.androidworld.it/2019/02/28/huawei-p30-pro-leaked-615265/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.androidworld.it/2019/02/28/huawei-p30-pro-leaked-615265/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="186" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-01T15:28:48.277" LastActivityDate="2019-03-01T15:28:48.277" Title="What does “ventordici” mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10306" CreationDate="2019-02-28T20:59:36.403" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can read in &lt;a href=&quot;http://nonciclopedia.wikia.com/wiki/Ventordici&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this semi-serious blog article&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;ventordici&lt;/em&gt; is an imaginary number with some strange properties. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ventordici: numero immaginifico fondamentale del campo complessato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is an informal way to describe a huge quantity that cannot be determined, like, for example &lt;em&gt;zillions&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another similar word we use in Italian is &lt;em&gt;fantastilione&lt;/em&gt; that can be translated to &lt;em&gt;bazillion&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As suggested by @VincenzoOliva, another word used with similar meaning is &lt;em&gt;millemila&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-01T14:24:36.470" LastActivityDate="2019-03-01T14:24:36.470" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10303" CreationDate="2019-03-01T08:12:10.100" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/em&gt; the first instance of this decision was made by Salviati, in his &lt;em&gt;Avvertimenti sopra la lingua del Decamerone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A fine Cinquecento, è fondamentale la figura di Lionardo Salviati. Nei suoi Avvertimenti sopra la lingua del Decamerone (1584) egli giustifica le scelte grafiche da lui operate come curatore di un’edizione purgata del Decameron. Salviati propone soluzioni moderne, principalmente fondate sulla pronuncia del fiorentino a lui contemporaneo, che saranno alla base della compilazione della prima edizione del Vocabolario della Crusca (1612). In essa si riscontrano, per es., l’assimilazione di molti nessi latini (ti e exc resi con ‹zi› e con ‹ecc›) e la doppia ‹zz› per trascrivere l’affricata intensa intervocalica. Gli accademici tentarono, inoltre, di regolarizzare il settore delle doppie (ma in quest’ambito i mutamenti nelle edizioni successive furono molto vistosi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Towards the end of the sixteenth century, it is fundamental the figure of Lionardo Salviati. In his Avvertimenti sopra la lingua del Decamerone (1584) he justifies the graphical choices he made as editor of an abridged edition of the Decameron. Salviati proposes modern solutions, mainly based on the pronunciation of contemporary Florentine, which will be at the base of the first edition of the Vocabolario della Crusca (1612). In it we can find, e.g., the assimilation of many Latin consonant clusters (ti and exc realized as ‹zi› and ‹ecc›) and the double ‹zz› transcribing the intense intervocalic affricate. Furthermore, academics attempted to regularize the geminate consonants (but in this area the changes in subsequent editions were very prominent).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ortografia_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia Treccani &amp;quot;Ortografia&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I then went and looked for the text written by Salviati. It is available on &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/imgAIV956MiscellaneaOpal&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;archive.org&lt;/a&gt;, albeit in a somewhat old edition. His reasoning (from &lt;em&gt;Libro 3, particella IX&lt;/em&gt;) is very long but since it is not easy to find, and very well argued, I decided to transcribe it and translate it in full. After the document I'll add a few comments about the implication for the question. I believe, from reading previous chapters of the book, that &amp;quot;harsh z&amp;quot; indicates the voiceless /ts/, while &amp;quot;rough z&amp;quot; indicates the voiced counterpart /dz/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Z aspra, e ̀z rozza se sien doppie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che la differenza, che ha tra la z aspra e la rozza non possa nascere dall'essere questa semplice lettera e quella doppia, lo specificano espressamente quelle parole, che da esse zete incominciano, &lt;em&gt;zelo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;zappa&lt;/em&gt;, e sì fatte, oltre al dimostramento, che ne facemmo addietro, pur nel presente libro, per via di movimenti, e de' luoghi, onde, e dove quelle due zete si generan nella bocca. Senzachè per coloro, che sanno, che da questo fatto dell'addoppiar le lettere non può il suono divenire altro, sì come altro espressamente in &lt;em&gt;zimarra&lt;/em&gt; ed in &lt;em&gt;zotico&lt;/em&gt; si riconosce; ma solamente piu, ò men pieno per lo predetto raddoppiamento puo rappresentarsi all'orecchie; troppo è soverchio l'affaticarsi in cosa, che se stessa è palese. Basta, che coloro, non solamente dall'esemplo del miglior secolo, ma anche dalla ragione, restano abbandonati, i quali il suono della rozza, col porla nella scrittura solamente una volta, e la pronunzia della z aspra, col soggiugnerla due fiate, distinguono comunemente. Si tolgono dico dall'esemplo del miglior secolo, perciocchè ne' libri di quell'età, che si son potuti veder da noi, che quelli sono, che nel secondo di questi libri abbiam detto, ed altri di minor pregio, l'aspra, e la rozza indifferentemente si vede raddoppiata: e raddoppiata, senza alcun fallo, le piu volte vi si rirruova, fuorchè nel libro del Mannelli, che l'una, e l'altra senza divario piu spesso scempia pose nella sua copia. Ma il Mannelli quanto nell'altre cose a tutti gli altri, che libri copiarono in quell'età, fu quasi da porre avanti, cotanto in questa parte della nettezza della scrittura che ortografia è chiamata, da alcuni altri del medesimo secolo fu vinto di purità: forse, sì come quelli che intendendo il latino molte cose trasportò quindi nelle nostro parole, che nel Giovan Villani, nel Fra Giordano, e nelle Pistole di Seneca, ed altri, per avventura, più fiorentinamente si ritruovarono scritte: ò perchè più lontani dallo 'mbastardimento della nostra favella, ò perchè laici e idioti fossono i copiatori. Ma la più certa pruova, che queste zete doppie non sieno appo noi, è quella senza fallo, che poco addietro, cioè nel primo capo di questo libro, per contrario argomento, accennammo: che se doppie fossero, altro che doppie non potrebbero pronunziarsi: ed a me sembra di sentire il contrario, cioè, che profferirle scempie si possono amendue, e che così da &lt;em&gt;pozzo&lt;/em&gt;, come da lezzo, senza confondere il suon dell'una con quel dell'altra voce, tor si possa una z, ed il suo proprio suono, avvegnachè più debole, conservare a ciascuna. Ho detto si possa torre, non si tolga: perchè nel vero egli non si fa, e scempi, in nostra parola, i detti suoni, per mia credenza, in uso non vengon mai: ò perché faticosi sieno a pronunziarsi, ò perchè cio, per alcuno altro accidente, abbia ottenuto il costume. Ma che fa forza, che non sieno in usanza? Desi per cio privargli della natura loro? Se non s'usano oggi, forse che s'useranno eglino quando che fia. E quando mai non s'usassero, farà per questo, che usar non si possano? che cotal non sia la lor forza? che'l non recarsi ad effetto tolga loro il potere? Se Socrate, ò Senocrate, ò alcun'altro forse non rise mai, fu per ciò, che egli di ridere, come gli altri huomini non avesse la podestà? L'essere una lettera, ò scempia, ò doppia, non consiste nell'uso, ma nella sua natura. E che scempie queste due zete esprimer si possano dalla pronunzia, con la pruova d'essa pronunzia è leggier cosa a far sentire all'orecchie: di significarlo con la scrittura c'è tolto via il potere, poïchè, come dicemmo, parole, e voci da torne esemplo, non ha la lingua nostra. Ma come questo fatto si puo nascondere alle moderne orecchie, in questi affari cotanto assottigliate, se a i nostri terzi, e quarti avoli, i quali in questa parte piu rozze l'ebbero assai, ò men fini, piu che nell'altre lettere lo conobbero espressamente? Imperocchè in raddoppiando tutte l'altre, che poco meno, che da tutti si raddoppiano al tempo nostro, assai manco che nelle zete fermi furono i nostri antichi. Onde non mica truoamento del Bembo, come alcuni gli rimpruoverano, ma savio avvedimento tratto da' libri della migliore età, e confermato dal senso dell'orecchie, fu in quel valent'huomo, intorno all'uso del raddoppiar le zete, questo ripigliamento dell'antica scrittura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Harsh z and rough ̀z whether they are geminate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That the difference between the harsh z and the rough one cannot originate from the first being a simple letter, and the second a geminate one, is specified expressly by those words, starting from z, &lt;em&gt;zelo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;zappa&lt;/em&gt;, and similar ones, beyond the proof, that we made earlier, in this same book, through movements and places where those two zs are generated in the mouth. From which those, who know, that from the doubling of the letter a sound cannot become another, difference which you can evidently recognize in &lt;em&gt;zimarra&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;zotico&lt;/em&gt;; but only more or less full through the aforementioned doubling it can present itself to the ears; excessive is the effort I'm putting in a thing clear on its own. It suffices, that those abandoned, not only from the example of a better century, but also from reason, distinguish commonly the sound of the rough, by putting it in writing only once, and the pronunciation of the harsh z, by adding it twice. They abandon I say the example of the best centuries, since in the books of that age, that we could see, those that we have mentioned in the second of these books, and others of lesser value, the harsh and the rough one are indifferently doubled: and doubled without any exception, most often can be found, apart from the book of Mannelli, that writes both of them single in his copy. But Mannelli as in other things was almost to consider in advance compared to the others copying books in that age, in the same way in this part of cleanliness of writing that orthography is called was lacking of purity: maybe, as do those who understand Latin moved many things from there in our words, that in Young Villani, in Fra Giordano, and in the Epistles of Seneca, and others, by chance, more Florentinely are found written: either because farther from the bastardization of our language, or because the copyists were inexpert and idiots. But the most certain proof that those zeds are not geminate in our speech, is that, without error, that we hinted a little earlier, that is in the first chapter of this book, with opposite argument: if they were geminate, we couldn't pronounce them but geminates: and to me it seems to hear the opposite, that is, that both of them can be pronounced simple, and so from &lt;em&gt;pozzo&lt;/em&gt;, as well as from lezzo, without mixing the sound of one or the other term, we can remove one z and its own sound, although weaker, conserve to either. I said we can remove, not we remove: because in truth this is not done, and, in my belief, the aforementioned sounds are never used single: either because they are harder to pronounce, or because this, for some other accident, the custom imposed. But what matters, that they are not used? Ought we to deprive them for this reason of their nature? If they are not used today, maybe they will be used whenever it will happen. And if they will never be used, does this imply, that they couldn't be used? that their strength is not such? that not effecting it they lose the possibility? If Socrates, or Xenocrates, or someone else never laughed, does this mean that he did not have the faculty of laughing like other men? Whether a letter is simple or geminate is not a matter of usage, but of their nature. And that these two zeds can be pronounced simple, is easy to make the ears hear with a practical proof: to show it in writing we lost the power, since, as we said, words, and pronunciation to use as example, our language doesn't have. But as this fact can be hidden to modern ears, so subtle in these matters, how did our ancestors, who had them a lot rougher, or at least less refined, know it more than in other letters. In fact, in doubling all, or almost all, the other ones that everyone doubles at out time, our predecessors were a lot less strict in the zeds. So this reasserting of the old orthography was not an invention of Bembo, as many reproach him, but a wise choice taken from the books of a better age, and confirmed by the hearing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me highlight a particularly significant passage of the above paragraph&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so from &lt;em&gt;pozzo&lt;/em&gt;, as well as from lezzo, without mixing the sound of one or the other term, we can remove one z and its own sound, although weaker, conserve to either. I said we can remove, not we remove: because in truth this is not done, and, in my belief, &lt;strong&gt;the aforementioned sounds are never used single&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So Salviati claims that in contemporary usage the intervocalic &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt;s are &lt;em&gt;always geminate&lt;/em&gt;. The choice of orthography becomes clear now: they used ‹zz› because they were trying to represent /tz:/. But where are the single -z- coming from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might help to notice that, with the exception of a few borrowings and cultismos (&lt;em&gt;azalea&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bizantino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Venezuela&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gazebo&lt;/em&gt;, etc.) and of compounds (&lt;em&gt;capozona&lt;/em&gt; etc.) the single intervocalic -z- is only present when followed by two vowels, of which the first is &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;. These, almost without exception, arise from palatalization of Latin &lt;em&gt;-ti-&lt;/em&gt;, and were in fact written -ti- at the time when Salviati was writing. In another chapter (Libro Primo, particella  XII and XIII), he argues the use of the digraph -zi- in this case, to make it closer to the pronunciation. He also argues that the pronunciation of &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; in this case is similar but slightly different from /ts/, and he calls it the &amp;quot;subtle z&amp;quot;. I suspect, but I am not certain, that he is referring to some kind of palatalization&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma nella voce della z sottile tutto 'l contrario addiviene: perocchè più s'appressano i denti, la lingua piu s'innalza a chiuder la fessura, che resta infra di loro: appuntavisi con minor forza, ed in punta più s'assottiglia. La minor forza la fa meno aspra: l'aguzzarsi fa la voce piu sottile, quasi a guisa d'un fischio sordo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in the sound of the subtle z the contrary happens: in fact the teeth get closer, the tongue gets higher to close the gap remaining between them: it attaches there with less strength, and it thins in the point. The less strength makes it less harsh: the sharpening makes the voice subtler, like in the way of a dull whistle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sound difference (beyond its origin from -ti-) is the reason why he proposed a different spelling -zi-. The few cases of homophones (e.g. &lt;em&gt;spazi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;spazzi&lt;/em&gt;) are probably due to a mixture of etymological origin (the root of &lt;em&gt;spazzare&lt;/em&gt; being &lt;em&gt;spazz-&lt;/em&gt;, there was probably reluctance to adopt a different spelling for some verbal forms), and regional pronunciations where the two words were not homophones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-01T09:57:21.827" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10309" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-01T17:04:05.387" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; I guardiani devono aver sganciato i guinzagli, perché il ringhio dei cani è vicinissimo. Coca-cola soffia sulla torcia. Scivolano giú sui pali, urtandosi e spingendosi, in un’oscurità stantia e informe. Non c’è altra via, perché i guardiani presidiano le scale a pioli. Il metallo brucia le mani. Le tavole &lt;strong&gt;s’impennano&lt;/strong&gt;. I pali sono di fuoco. Scendere verso dove. I piedi che poggiano sul niente. La pelle delle mani che s’incendia – i calzoni che per l’attrito sprizzano scintille.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di ragazzi che sono stati scoperti dai guardiani in un grattacielo in costruzione.  Credo che le &quot;tavole&quot; di cui parla il testo siano quelle delle impalcature per i lavori di costruzione. Ho cercato &quot;impennare&quot; e &quot;impennarsi&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che possa far riferimento a delle tavole. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;impennarsi&quot; nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-03T09:20:23.037" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T11:38:34.690" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;impennarsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10310" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-02T09:16:18.393" Score="0" ViewCount="33" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I francesi hanno un libro che si chiama &lt;em&gt;Le Bécherelle&lt;/em&gt; dove sono sinterizzati tutti i verbi irregolari francesi ed i suoi derivati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanti verbi irregolari esistono in italiano e dove posso trovare una lista di tutti questi, con tutte le tabelle di tutte le loro coniugazioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-02T09:56:08.797" LastActivityDate="2019-03-02T09:56:08.797" Title="Verbi irregolari coniugati" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2019-03-02T10:42:36.893" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10311" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9831" CreationDate="2019-03-02T16:30:28.393" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is actually no “swap”. The indirect personal pronouns in Italian have two forms, &lt;em&gt;strong&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;weak&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The strong form generally carries a tonic accent, whereas the weak form is always clitic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, the direct object can be either &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hanno chiamato me / Hanno chiamato te / Hanno chiamato lui&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Hanno chiamato noi / Hanno chiamato voi / Hanno chiamato loro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi hanno chiamato / Ti hanno chiamato / L'hanno chiamato&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Ci hanno chiamato / Vi hanno chiamato / Li hanno chiamati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all cases the pronoun is the direct object (complemento oggetto). The last one has “lo” with the usual apocope. Similarly for an indirect object (complemento di termine):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio un regalo a me / Faccio un regalo a te / Faccio un regalo a lui&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Faccio un regalo a noi / Faccio un regalo a voi / Faccio un regalo a loro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi faccio un regalo / Ti faccio un regalo / Gli faccio un regalo&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Ci faccio un regalo / Vi faccio un regalo / Gli faccio un regalo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only in the third person there's a trace of the Latin case system and for different complements different forms are used: &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; is accusative, &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; is dative, &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; is genitive; &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; is for the reflexive form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Current Italian uses &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; also for the plural; purists would only allow &lt;em&gt;Faccio un regalo a loro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentences in the two examples mean essentially the same, with different emphasis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/#gallery-in-text-2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;table below&lt;/a&gt; lists the forms (strong = forte, weak = debole)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aFF7S.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/aFF7S.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reason for the vowel alternation is most likely phonetic. This is confirmed by the fact that when more pronouns are used in clitic position, the form changes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dammi quel martello&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Dammelo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/#gallery-in-text-3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;table&lt;/a&gt; for the combined pronouns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5oKC9.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5oKC9.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consult &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-personali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Pronomi personali”&lt;/a&gt; on the Treccani site for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The forms &lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt; come from the datives &lt;em&gt;mihi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;tibi&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;me&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;te&lt;/em&gt; are the accusative forms. For the third person, &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; come from Latin demonstratives; &lt;em&gt;sé&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; come from &lt;em&gt;sui/sibi/se/se&lt;/em&gt; but are only used for the reflexive form in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The history of &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is another topic altogether; also &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; is a bit strange.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-02T16:30:28.393" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1605" CreationDate="2019-03-02T19:17:52.897" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;non capisci una mazza&quot; è tipica messinese. Si riferisce al generale Francesco Mazza, mandato a Messina subito dopo il terremoto da Fracesco Crispi nel 1908. A quanto pare il Mazza non fece niente per aiutare i terremotati e invece rimase a bordo della nave soccorritrice non sapendo cosa fare, anzi complicando ancor più la vita ai superstiti. Dopo un mese fu rimandato a Roma. Era impreparato. Non capiva niente... Non capiva una... mazza!!!! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5249" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-03T08:16:02.387" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T08:16:02.387" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1605" CreationDate="2019-03-03T10:49:24.487" Score="-1" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Utilizzo della parola&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione che hai citato è più o meno utilizzata dipendentemente dalla provenienza della persona che scrive o dice, essa non è un'espressione volgare come alcuni altri hanno espresso, è un'espressione più forte di &amp;quot;non ci vedo nulla&amp;quot; e meno forte di &amp;quot;non ci vedo un cazzo&amp;quot;, quest'ultima con l'utilizzo del vocabolo cazzo è considerata volgare in quanto contiene un vocabolo di tale definizione. È necessario comunque notare il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/volgare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;volgare&lt;/a&gt;. Mi permetto inoltre di dissentire con coloro che affermano che mazza stia per pene, questo dipende da regione a regione ed è dialettale. Mi permetto di dissentire anche con coloro che dicono che essa sia un'espressione volgare e che qualunque madrelingua sarebbe d'accordo.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Significato ed utilizzo&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è che la persona dicente questa frase non riesce a vedere nulla. Questo può essere dato da carenza di luce o di oggetti che impediscono la vista al soggetto, analogamente può essere pronunciata quando si è illuminati in viso dal sole e viene complesso osservare i dintorni perché abbagliati dai raggi solari. L'espressione è analoga ai &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/grammar/phrasal-verbs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;phrasal verbs&lt;/a&gt; inglesi &lt;em&gt;se proprio vogliamo fare un paragone&lt;/em&gt; (cosa che preferirei non fare ma può essere utile), essa non ha senso grammaticalmente, l'unico senso è quello datole dal lettore. Prendiamo l'esempio del phrasal verb inglese &amp;quot;fill out&amp;quot; con il significato di riempire un questionario o form, il suo significato grammaticale è riempire fuori. Questo è quello che si verifica con l'espressione italiana &amp;quot;non vedo una mazza&amp;quot;. Vi sono molte espressioni che variano di utilizzo da regione a regione, io uso spesso &amp;quot;non ti svegli nemmeno con colpi di cannone&amp;quot;, il significato è semplice ma mai ho provato a sparare con un cannone.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Errori di interpretazione&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hai detto che la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mazza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mazza&lt;/a&gt; è un oggetto cilindrico, sottile e molto allungato. La tua affermazione è ahimé sbagliata, la mazza come da definizione ed uso comune è un'arma preistorica utilizzata per i combattimenti definita come robusta e generalmente corta, cosa che va contro la tua affermazione.&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Etimologia&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'etimologia di questa espressione è a me sconosciuta ed è anche difficile da trovare online, preferisco non effettuare supposizioni per non cadere in tragici errori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5251" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T16:45:41.840" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10309" CreationDate="2019-03-03T11:38:34.690" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Grazie ai vostri commenti credo di aver capito il significato dell'espressione usata nel testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si può vedere nei dizionari, il verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/impennarsi&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;impennarsi&quot;&lt;/a&gt; si usa di solito per riferirsi a cavalli, imbarcazioni, aeromobili o veicoli che sollevano la parte anteriore verso l'alto. Il senso nel brano citato nella domanda è che le tavole delle impalcature per i lavori di costruzione, che probabilmente non erano fissate saldamente ai pali, si sollevavano quando questi ragazzi in fuga dai guardiani, scendendo velocemente sui pali, vi cadevano e correvono sopra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso anche che l'autrice abbia scelto questo verbo (e anche altre espressioni presenti nel passaggio) per dare enfasi alla senzazione che aveva l'io narrante, cioè che tutto quello che stava accadendo diventava una difficoltà alla fuga. A pensarci bene, &quot;impennarsi&quot; mi sembra più efficace di &quot;sollevarsi&quot; per trasmettere questa sensazione al lettore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-03-03T11:38:34.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10315" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-04T00:30:03.853" Score="4" ViewCount="2301" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto, ma non vorrei sbagliarmi, che i verbi che hanno l'ausiliare essere, se precedeuti da verbi modali/servili (potere, dovere) o simili (iniziare a) possono mantenere il proprio ausiliare o utilizzare il verbo avere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi vi chiedo se queste frasi per voi sono corrette:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Sono iniziato a piacere alla mia amica dopo parecchi anni di amicizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Ho iniziato a piacere alla mia amica dopo anni di amicizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Ti è dovuto piacere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Ha dovuto piacerti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;5) Hanno iniziato a cadere questi maledetti capelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;6) Sono iniziati a cadere questi maledetti capelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;7) Hanno iniziato a cadermi questi maledetti capelli!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;8) Mi sono iniziati a cadere questi maledetti capelli!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;9) Sono iniziato a dimagrire e credo che presto mi starà bene questo vestito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;10) Ho iniziato a dimagrire e credo che presto mi starà bene questo vestito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le possibilità dovrebbero essere due, ma non sono sicuro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: nel caso di &quot;3&quot;, &quot;4&quot;, &quot;7&quot;, &quot;8&quot; si dovrebbe usare essere se il pronome è prima del verbo, avere se dopo.&#xA;Scusate per le frasi un po'  &quot;particolari&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-04T08:43:30.733" LastActivityDate="2019-04-13T08:40:55.667" Title="Ausiliare corretto? Essere o avere?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10267" CreationDate="2019-03-04T09:45:52.240" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicuro se questa sia davvero una risposta alla domanda, ma in mancanza d'altro un interessante punto da notare è il libro di Lepschy, Lepschy, &lt;em&gt;The Italian Language Today&lt;/em&gt;. È un libro inteso come grammatica di riferimento per coloro che apprendono la lingua, anche se sospetto non pochi madrelingua beneficerebbero dalla sua lettura, e scritto da due eminenti linguisti italiani (è presente anche in edizioni italiana e tedesca, ma ahimè io ho solo accesso alla seconda edizione inglese del 1988, che credo comunque la più aggiornata). Nella prefazione scrivono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We aim at presenting educated Italian not as it is prescribed in grammars and dictionaries, but as it is actually written and spoken. For those aspects in which there does not seem to be a unitary national standard, we have followed northern usage, which seems to us to enjoy most prestige. We aim at enabling foreign students to understand a wide range of expressions and to select those which are most suitable for them to use, in speech or writing. Where necessary we have characterized certain usages as formal or informal, colloquial or literary, or typical of certain parts of the country.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella sezione sulla pronuncia, riguardo alla pronuncia della -s- intervocalica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The alveolar sibilant is [...] voiced ([z]) [...] intervocalically, as in casa [káza] 'house', naso [názo] 'nose'. This last condition can be waived when the intervocalic sibilant is morpheme initial, as in trasognato 'dreamy', presentire 'to have a premonition', risanare 'to heal', etc., which are usually pronounced with a voiceless [s].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su questa loro scelta (senza dubbio diversa dallo &amp;quot;standard&amp;quot; come immaginato un tempo ), commentano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These proposals incorporate the aspects of Florentine phonology which have become national, and disregard those which have remained parochial. If the reader prefers to adopt Florentine phonology in its integrity, he can ignore the present section and refer to chapter IV. 1 (a)(i) [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We are trying to provide foreign students with a phonological system which has the following advantages over those proposed by puristic grammars: firstly, it is more faithfully represented by conventional spelling; secondly, it is nearer to an overall national system as it ignores phonemic oppositions which are treated differently in different varieties of Italian; thirdly, where a choice has to be made between conflicting varieties, it leans towards a northern standard, which enjoys high prestige, is gaining ground in the country as a whole, and sounds less parochial than other varieties. This we believe to be a fact concerning actual linguistic behaviour&#xA;and linguistic attitudes in Italy, notwithstanding the purely theoretical homage still paid to Tuscan pronunciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra che Lepschy e Lepschy ritengano alcune caratteristiche settentrionali sufficientemente diffuse nel territorio italiano da consigliarne l'uso anche a coloro che apprendono la lingua, perché più simile a come la maggioranza degli italiani parlano. Ovviamente questa non è necessariamente una scelta universale, ma è un'altra indicazione che la pronuncia &amp;quot;standard&amp;quot; dell'italiano stia cambiando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-04T20:13:42.317" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10317" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10315" CreationDate="2019-03-04T11:53:00.367" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Coletti si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando un verbo è retto da un altro (modale o aspettuale) l'ausiliare è quello del verbo retto («ha dovuto aspettare», «è dovuto entrare», «ha cominciato ad aspettare», «è cominciato a entrare»). Ma si el verbo retto vuole &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, si può usare anche &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; («è/ha dovuto partire»). La cosa si deve al fatto che la sequenza modale + infinito è avvertita sempre più come un verbo unico è quindi se l'ausiliare del verbo retto è &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; (che è anche quello del modale) va sempre bene, se è &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; si possono usare entrambi, privilegiando o quello del modale (&lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;) o quello del verbo all'infinito (&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;). Se il verbo retto è proprio &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; è necessario, più che altro per consetiudine, &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; («ha voluto essere assente», «ha cominciato ad essere assente»). Anche se il vervo retto è al passivo (e quindi ovviamente con &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;) occorre sempre, e stavolta obbligatoriamente, &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; («ha dovuto essere trasportato a braccia»): e si capisce, perché in questo caso la distinzione tra i due verbi è netta, essendo il modale all'attivo e il verbo retto al passivo. Se il verbo retto dal servile è pronominale, la cosa si complica, perché se il pronome è proclitico l'ausiliare è &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; («si è dovuto pentire»), cioè quello del verbo retto, se invece è enclitico è meglio usare sempre &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; («ha dovuto pentirsi», «no ha potuto lavarsi»), cioè quello del modale, anche se &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; in certi casi è possibile («non è/non ha potuto andarsene», ma non «*non è potuto lavarsi»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quanto si spiega in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/ausiliare-verbi-servili&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, la regola sopra menzionata per i verbi pronominali si può generalizzare in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;3) Se l'infinito ha con sé un pronome atono (mi, si, ti, ci, vi) bisogna usare &quot;essere&quot; se il pronome è prima dell'infinito (es. &quot;non si è voluto alzare&quot;), &quot;avere&quot; se il pronome è dopo l'infinito (es. &quot;non ha voluto alzarsi&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, d'accordo a queste regole, le frasi che hai scritto nella domanda sono corrette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-13T08:40:55.667" LastActivityDate="2019-04-13T08:40:55.667" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10318" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-04T14:33:50.300" Score="4" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere qual è la differenza tra le parole &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;italiano&lt;/em&gt;. Quando devo usare l'una e quando l'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-03-04T15:04:20.343" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T12:48:00.857" Title="Differenza tra italiano e Italiano" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10318" CreationDate="2019-03-04T15:03:25.117" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ero convinto che avessimo già una domanda a questo proposito, ma non riesco a trovarla. Ad ogni modo, procediamo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano l'uso della maiuscole è diverso da quello inglese. In particolare le maiuscole generalmente si possono adoprare solo nei seguenti casi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All'inizio di una frase. E.g. &lt;em&gt;Nel mezzo del cammin di nostra vita mi ritrovai per una selva oscura&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per i nomi propri (sia di persone che di cose). E.g. &lt;em&gt;Quel ramo del lago di Como&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;Dirò d'Orlando in un medesmo tratto, cosa mai detta né in prosa né in rima&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;All'inizio del discorso diretto. E.g. &lt;em&gt;Disse a' suoi liberatori: &quot;Grazie tante, figliuoli&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Con le sigle. E.g. &lt;em&gt;Zingaretti è stato eletto nuovo segretario del PD&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per ulteriori dettagli puoi consultare il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-delle-maiuscole_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;corrispondente articolo della Grammatica italiana Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-03-04T15:08:46.673" LastActivityDate="2019-03-04T15:08:46.673" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10320" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-08T07:31:51.287" Score="3" ViewCount="351" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto questa lunghissima frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le ferrovie pagano il viaggio – sola andata – ai workers e al foreman, ma non ai ritardatari, e siccome il viaggio costa almeno sessanta dollari, e Diamante non ne ha piú nemmeno uno, ecco che lo zio Agnello, il generoso zio Agnello che ha pagato il viaggio in America a questo ingrato pezzente, che ha supplicato la bontà del boss per lui, che gli ha ottenuto un posto in squadra nonostante la sua età, che ha mentito per lui, assicurando che ha quattordici anni ed è forte e robusto, mentre non ne tiene manco dodici e ne dimostra otto ed è uno &lt;strong&gt;zippo&lt;/strong&gt; striminzito, ’nu cardiglio – ecco che lo zio Agnello ingrogna veramente – m’aggio ’ccattatu ’stu zenzuso appezzentito, n’auta vocca a sfama’ a Novarco, lui che fatica come un ciuccio per pensare alla sua famiglia – ma i’ te lu dicu a tte, zelòfreco perocchioso, stamm’a senti’ nun aggio faticatu pe’ acquista’ gli quatrini pe’ fatte gudenno della robba mea, si nun te trovi ’nu giobbo te scaso, te sguarro, te fazzo zompa’ l’ogne de fame – e di nuovo un ceffone da far ronzare le orecchie – campamorto, te puzzi screfunna’…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare cos'è uno &quot;zippo&quot; in questo contesto? Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che &quot;zippo&quot; significa &quot;accendino&quot;, ma questo non ha senso in questo contesto. Immagino si tratti di un termine di origine dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-08T09:43:13.753" LastActivityDate="2019-03-08T16:45:41.960" Title="Cosa significa &quot;zippo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10320" CreationDate="2019-03-08T08:18:48.397" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://dialettitaliani.it/wiki/Zippo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dialettale&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato invece che &lt;em&gt;zippo&lt;/em&gt; in dialetto Barese vuol dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Zippo: Rametto, ceppo di legno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come riportato nei commenti alla domanda, penso che &lt;em&gt;zippo&lt;/em&gt; voglia dire persona minuta e molto magra, come un rametto o stecco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-08T16:45:41.960" LastActivityDate="2019-03-08T16:45:41.960" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10322" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10323" CreationDate="2019-03-09T07:50:03.080" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Quando tornai a Roma, frugai tra le carte di mio padre. Erano conservate nella casa di famiglia che avevo lasciato da anni, in volenteroso disordine, in due stipi di metallo. C’erano pile di cartelle colorate, scatole da scarpe stracolme di fogli, carta velina, giornali scompagnati, dattiloscritti, &lt;strong&gt;copioni&lt;/strong&gt;. Speravo che avesse scritto dell’America.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;copione&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non mi sembra che quello che ho trovato, cioè, la sceneggiatura di un film o di uno spettacolo teatrale o del testo di una trasmissione radiofonica o televisiva, sia il senso di questo vocabolo nel brano sopra citato. Potreste spiegarmi che cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-09T16:36:01.877" LastActivityDate="2019-03-09T16:36:01.877" Title="Significato di &quot;copione&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10322" CreationDate="2019-03-09T12:59:57.447" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/copione1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;copione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;copióne&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [accr. di &lt;em&gt;copia&lt;/em&gt;]. – Nel linguaggio di teatro, testo di&#xA;  un lavoro drammatico affidato alla compagnia (un tempo manoscritto),&#xA;  che viene distribuito per l’apprendimento e le prove agli attori&#xA;  (oltre che al regista e al suggeritore), e dal quale vengono estratte&#xA;  le parti staccate per i personaggi secondarî: &lt;em&gt;recitare a c., attenersi&#xA;  al c.;&lt;/em&gt; battuta non prevista dal c. (o fuori c.), improvvisata&#xA;  dall’attore; estens. e fig.: &lt;em&gt;è sempre il solito c.;&lt;/em&gt; non com., parlare,&#xA;  agire a c., senza spontaneità, secondo quanto già stabilito in&#xA;  precedenza, o seguendo indicazioni e prescrizioni esterne. Per&#xA;  estens., la sceneggiatura di un film, il testo di una trasmissione&#xA;  radiofonica o televisiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato era il manoscritto detto anche sceneggiatura e serviva agli attori per prepararsi alla parte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo  &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/C/copione.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Copia del testo di un'opera drammatica destinata alla&#xA;  rappresentazione, utilizzata spec. dagli attori e dal regista durante&#xA;  le prove || Sceneggiatura di un'opera cinematografica || Testo di una&#xA;  trasmissione radiofonica o televisiva&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-09T15:24:28.593" LastActivityDate="2019-03-09T15:24:28.593" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10324" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10325" CreationDate="2019-03-09T20:57:26.487" Score="5" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was recently told good news, to which I responded &quot;Bene&quot; in the same way that I would say &quot;Nice&quot; in English after having heard good news. Is this an appropriate word choice? I would have found it strange to use bello or buono in this situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4947" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-09T21:09:44.910" LastActivityDate="2019-03-09T21:09:44.910" Title="Is this an appropriate use of &quot;Bene&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10324" CreationDate="2019-03-09T21:09:29.650" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your answer was correct, since &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt; could fit in the context. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;buono&lt;/em&gt; could be a correct answer, but it mostly depend on the kind of question. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously depending on how good are the news for you, you may have expressed with different words and voice intonation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example you could also have answered with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fantastico!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Meraviglioso!  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Perfetto!  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Magnifico!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Evviva!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-03-09T21:09:29.650" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10326" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-10T08:55:22.917" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qualunque mestiere faccia, Rocco guadagna meglio di prima, perché s’è appena rifatto il guardaroba (tre vestiti nuovi, tutti neri, con le righe e i &lt;strong&gt;risvolti a cuneo&lt;/strong&gt;), ha regalato un mucchio di 78 giri a Lena, un rasoio con l’impugnatura di osso a Coca-cola, un collare coi campanellini d’argento al suo gatto e una bambola parlante a Vita, un vero prodigio meccanico che muggisce parole come &lt;em&gt;Mamy, Daddy, I love you&lt;/em&gt;, e via dicendo, e stavolta non l’ha rubata perché era ancora avvolta nella carta del negozio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono questi &quot;risvolti a cuneo&quot; che avevano i vestiti di Rocco? Ho cercato il termine &quot;cuneo&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a immaginare in che cosa consistono tali risvolti di un vestito. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-03-10T08:55:22.917" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;risvolti a cuneo&quot; in un vestito?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10318" CreationDate="2019-03-12T09:04:31.747" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italiano, si usa la maiuscola quando si tratta del nome della lingua e la minuscola, quando si tratta di un aggettivo.&#xA;Es:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto studiando Italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo libro è scritto in Italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quell'attore è italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La lingua italiana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2281" LastActivityDate="2019-03-12T09:04:31.747" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10328" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10315" CreationDate="2019-03-12T09:12:45.243" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le frasi che mi suonano naturali sono 2, 5, 7, 10.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi suonano molto strane la 4 e la 9.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La 3 potrebbe suonare naturale voltata al passivo &quot;ti deve essere piaciuto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2281" LastActivityDate="2019-03-12T09:12:45.243" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10330" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10331" CreationDate="2019-03-13T09:29:42.210" Score="6" ViewCount="705" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have researched this a bit and have not found the right translation. The closest I've got was &quot;managers di assunzione&quot; in plural or &quot;dirigenti per l'assunzione&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hiring managers or line managers are technical and administrative managers (not HR) also responsible for making the final decision to hire a job candidate. They belong to the &quot;hiring personnel&quot; supergroup and may delegate the tedious task of short-listing candidates to HR, head hunters or recruiters. Hiring managers are the future &quot;would be&quot; your boss basically.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you'd like to see this in context, take a look at the project video here and enable Italian subtitles:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://tinyurl.com/y4erjs3z&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://tinyurl.com/y4erjs3z&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have used &quot;managers di assunzione&quot; there because I couldn't find a better alternative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A professional translator wrote it like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hiring managers, you don't have the time to linearly read through&#xA;  dozens of CVs&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;      Assumere manager di cui non avete il tempo di informarvi tra dozzine di CV&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but &lt;code&gt;assumere&lt;/code&gt; is a verb and not a noun so it makes no sense to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the other context where is used is here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hiring managers, you’re on the other end.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;      Assumendo manager, avete il coltello dalla parte del manico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but again &lt;code&gt;assumendo&lt;/code&gt; is a verb and not a noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5276" LastEditorUserId="5276" LastEditDate="2019-03-13T21:22:39.690" LastActivityDate="2019-03-13T21:54:38.900" Title="What's the Italian equivalent for &quot;hiring managers&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10331" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10330" CreationDate="2019-03-13T09:39:39.013" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;A good translation could be &lt;em&gt;responsabili delle assunzioni&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;responsabili della selezione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More extensively you could also use the expression &lt;em&gt;responsabili della ricerca e selezione del personale&lt;/em&gt; corresponding to human resources recruitment managers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The expression &lt;em&gt;cacciatore di teste&lt;/em&gt; adheres more to head hunter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-13T12:23:34.630" LastActivityDate="2019-03-13T12:23:34.630" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10332" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10333" CreationDate="2019-03-13T09:47:55.077" Score="4" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto implementando un'anagrafica unica dei &lt;strong&gt;fornitori&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;costruttori&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;assistenti tecnici&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo vuol dire che un fornitore potrà anche essere un costruttore e/o un assistente tecnico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei trovare una voce che riassuma queste tre categorie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al momento, infatti, la voce di menu indica &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anagrafica fornitori&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ma, appunto questa sarà arricchita da queste nuove figure, per cui ho bisogno di un termine che raggruppi tutti i concetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non me ne viene in mente alcuno, né tanto meno cercando sul web ho avuto idee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-13T12:50:39.317" LastActivityDate="2019-03-14T19:42:32.507" Title="Termine unico per fornitore, costruttore e assistente tecnico" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10333" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10332" CreationDate="2019-03-13T09:58:38.053" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io propongo l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anagrafica mandatari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto una necessità simile alla tua per un progetto in ambito informatico in cui c'era un'&lt;em&gt;anagrafica contraenti&lt;/em&gt; che comprendeva il &lt;em&gt;committente&lt;/em&gt; di un lavoro (cioè chi richiede la prestazione) e il &lt;em&gt;mandatario&lt;/em&gt; di un lavoro (cioè chi esegue la prestazione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prestazione da parte del mandatario può essere di natura diversa, cioè la fornitura di materiale, l'assemblaggio di un apparato oppure la fornitura di un servizio di assistenza tecnica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi penso che la parola mandatario possa racchiudere fornitori, costruttori e assistenti tecnici e l'anagrafica mandatari sia il loro elenco strutturato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-14T19:42:32.507" LastActivityDate="2019-03-14T19:42:32.507" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10330" CreationDate="2019-03-13T10:37:28.653" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's &quot; Assumiamo Managers &quot; and it's better you specify for which sector, for example: Assumiamo Manager di Produzione means, we are hiring production managers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that the word manager/s is used in Italian the same way as in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5278" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-13T14:47:36.883" LastActivityDate="2019-03-13T14:47:36.883" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10335" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-13T16:30:05.037" Score="4" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;When I was learning French, I used my several months of knowledge to read &lt;em&gt;L’Étranger&lt;/em&gt; by Albert Camus. What easy literature is there to read in Italian? Some examples in French are &lt;em&gt;Le Petit Prince&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Le Petit Nicholas&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;L’Étranger&lt;/em&gt;. I’m not looking for children books, but fairly easy literature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5280" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-03-13T17:54:53.440" LastActivityDate="2019-03-16T09:22:44.250" Title="Easy Italian literature" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10330" CreationDate="2019-03-13T21:54:38.900" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this article it is called &quot;Gestore di Assunzione&quot; and it is translated like this exactly:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.routestofinance.com/contacting-hiring-manager-on-linkedin&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.routestofinance.com/contacting-hiring-manager-on-linkedin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore, my answer would be &quot;Gestori di Assunzione&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5276" LastActivityDate="2019-03-13T21:54:38.900" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10337" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10338" CreationDate="2019-03-13T22:36:20.267" Score="8" ViewCount="1011" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was given &quot;fuffa&quot; as translation for &quot;fluff&quot; and then while double-checking it using Google translator, I was shocked that it showed me &quot;fuffa&quot; as &quot;crap&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The context it was used was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ultimately, it’s difficult to separate the fluff &lt;BR&gt;&#xA;  Infine, è difficile separare la fuffa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, is &quot;fuffa&quot; a bad word? (una parolaccia?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5276" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-14T08:25:00.010" LastActivityDate="2019-03-14T12:36:51.023" Title="Is &quot;fuffa&quot; the correct translation for &quot;fluff&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10337" CreationDate="2019-03-14T06:03:04.753" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;The translation of &lt;em&gt;fuffa&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;fluff&lt;/em&gt; is correct, &#xA;it is the typical unaesthetic fluff (or &lt;em&gt;lanugine&lt;/em&gt; in Italian) that forms on cloth and that is generally removed. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover it is not considered a bad word at all but just a colloquial term.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The term is also used figuratively to indicate something which is in excess and consequently useless, with no consistency. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a document, for example, the &lt;em&gt;fuffa&lt;/em&gt; is a large amount of words that are written just to increase its length, without adding relevant content or information to it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In an informal or colloquial context we use the term &lt;em&gt;fuffarolo&lt;/em&gt; to describe an expert of something that cannot be precisely described, someone who’s capable to say a lot of words without saying nothing. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-14T12:36:51.023" LastActivityDate="2019-03-14T12:36:51.023" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10337" CreationDate="2019-03-14T08:08:00.890" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;@abarisone gave you a good answer (though I never heard the word fuffarolo, maybe it’s regional). I want to add that fuffa is not a bad word and you can use it in any context (of course if you told someone all you’re saying is fuffa, he/she may not take it too well)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3470" LastActivityDate="2019-03-14T08:08:00.890" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10340" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10335" CreationDate="2019-03-15T18:05:06.767" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;These are some Italian books recommended by the Official Language Schools of Catalonia to students who have an A1 level and are learning to acquire an A2 level:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Andrea Camilleri: &lt;em&gt;La relazione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rossana Campo: &lt;em&gt;Il matrimonio di Maria&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chiara Sasso: &lt;em&gt;Riace, terra di accoglienza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chiara Gamberale: &lt;em&gt;Per dieci minuti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Garlando: &lt;em&gt;Per questo mi chiamo Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Niccolò Ammaniti: &lt;em&gt;Io e te&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fabio Volo: &lt;em&gt;Quando tutto inizia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Natalia Ginzburg: &lt;em&gt;La strada che va in città&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stefano Benni: &lt;em&gt;Margherita Dolcevita&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino: &lt;em&gt;Marcovaldo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Massimo Carlotto: &lt;em&gt;Niente, più niente al mondo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gianrico Carofiglio: &lt;em&gt;Testimone inconsapevole&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Geppi Cucciari: &lt;em&gt;Meglio donna che male accompagnata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Natalia Ginzburg: &lt;em&gt;Caro Michele&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Amara Lakhous: &lt;em&gt;Scontro di civiltà per un ascensore a piazza Vittorio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dacia Maraini: &lt;em&gt;Dolce per sé&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Paola Mastrocola: &lt;em&gt;Facebook in the rain&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Francesco Piccolo: &lt;em&gt;Momenti di trascurabile infelicità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gianni Rodari: &lt;em&gt;C'era due volte il barone Lamberto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fabio Volo: &lt;em&gt;Un giorno in più&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-15T22:07:45.583" LastActivityDate="2019-03-15T22:07:45.583" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10341" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10342" CreationDate="2019-03-15T18:20:33.893" Score="1" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Diamante rabbrividisce. Gli sta chiedendo di rubare. A un morto. I morti ammazzati sono i piú pericolosi e vendicativi fra i morti. Le preghiere non li &lt;strong&gt;blandiscono&lt;/strong&gt;. Mai e poi mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;blandire&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a coglierne il senso nel brano sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-03-16T09:46:02.860" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;blandire&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10341" CreationDate="2019-03-15T18:34:06.717" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/blandire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blandire&lt;/a&gt; che si adatta al contesto da te citato è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lusingare, allettare con parole carezzevoli: &lt;em&gt;b. gli animi&lt;/em&gt;; contento&#xA;  di &lt;em&gt;b. il marchese&lt;/em&gt; ... per staccarlo un poco dal partito clericale&#xA;  (Fogazzaro); &lt;em&gt;b. le passioni&lt;/em&gt;, favorirle, secondarle. Anche, trattare&#xA;  con modi blandi, rivolgere buone parole: soccorre i piccoli infermi,&#xA;  li conforta, li blandisce (D’Annunzio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le preghiere non lusingano i morti ammazzati, non si fanno intenerire specie nei confronti di chi li deruba. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-16T09:46:02.860" LastActivityDate="2019-03-16T09:46:02.860" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10343" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10335" CreationDate="2019-03-15T22:25:01.270" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am not sure it's really super easy but you may want to try &lt;em&gt;Le città invisibili&lt;/em&gt; written by Italo Calvino. It describes imaginary cities and since there is no ultra twisted plot may be ok to understand, even if sometimes some old words are used. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5289" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-16T09:22:44.250" LastActivityDate="2019-03-16T09:22:44.250" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10345" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10346" CreationDate="2019-03-16T12:22:25.290" Score="2" ViewCount="1969" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non è per il fatto di rubare, balbetta Diamante. Allora è peggio ancora. Ti pisci sotto, &lt;strong&gt;scazzimma&lt;/strong&gt; – conclude Rocco, risalendo in bicicletta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il termine &quot;scazzimma&quot; su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare cosa significa? Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo di origine regionale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-03-16T14:54:38.783" Title="Cosa significa &quot;scazzimma&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10345" CreationDate="2019-03-16T12:47:28.867" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo articolo dell’&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/cos-cazzimma&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca riguardante la &lt;em&gt;cazzimma&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; viene menzionata anche la scazzimma come secrezione cisposa, detta anche cispa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il Sabatini Coletti la &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/C/cispa.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cispa&lt;/a&gt; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cispa&lt;/strong&gt; [cì-spa] s.f.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;•   Secreto della congiuntiva che si raggruma sul bordo e agli angoli&#xA;  delle palpebre, spec. durante il sonno o negli stati patologici&#xA;  dell'occhio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;•   sec. XV&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://m.dialettando.com/dizionario/detail/?id=33253&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario dialettale &lt;/a&gt;si trova la seguente definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TRADUZIONE DELLA PAROLA ITALIANA &quot;CACCOLA, CISPA&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Campania&lt;/strong&gt;: caccola, cispa: scazzimma &lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Puglia&lt;/strong&gt;: caccola, cispa, cerume:&#xA;  cacche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato il termine scazzimma viene usato da Rocco per apostrofare, insultare Diamante in quanto è titubante, ha paura di rubare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-16T14:54:38.783" LastActivityDate="2019-03-16T14:54:38.783" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10347" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10348" CreationDate="2019-03-17T08:05:42.043" Score="2" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho visto i miei fratelli – Talarico e Amedeo erano con me. Gli è scoppiata la pancia perché abbiamo mangiato l’intonaco della chiesa. Loro sono morti, e io no – perché io sono duro come un diamante e posso digerire anche i sassi. Non ho paura dei morti. Non ho paura di nessuno. E non me ne fotte niente di rubare a un &lt;strong&gt;riccopellone&lt;/strong&gt; fetente. Bravo, dice Rocco, scrollandoselo di dosso. Dimostramelo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;riccopellone&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo su nessun dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-17T11:42:27.500" LastActivityDate="2019-03-17T14:32:30.830" Title="Cos'è un &quot;riccopellone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10347" CreationDate="2019-03-17T09:24:47.640" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://m.dialettando.com/dizionario/detail/?id=11352&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario dialettale&lt;/a&gt; si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Campania&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ricco che ostenta le proprie ricchezze: &lt;em&gt;riccopellone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando invece Ricco Pellone, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=oXItAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA326&amp;amp;lpg=PA326&amp;amp;dq=riccopellone%20poema&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=4tWDaKHbph&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3HXsag9i7FwbExoWzjuF9iMx95iQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwit_q3MjYnhAhVmMOwKHZxhDcYQ6AEwCnoECAcQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=riccopellone%20poema&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;in questo poema in lingua napoletana&lt;/a&gt; datato 1787 si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nzomma potemmo stare a pparagone &lt;br&gt;A Ccrasso, a Mmida, a lo Ricco&#xA;  Pellone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e ciò fa riferimento alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parabola_di_Lazzaro_e_del_ricco_Epulone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;parabola di Lazzaro e del Ricco Epulone&lt;/a&gt; raccontata nel Vangelo secondo Luca. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, nella voce &quot;pullóne&quot; di questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/38424281/P-_Lessico_e_Letteratura_del_Dialetto_Napoletano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lessico e Letteratura del Dialetto Napoletano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Salvatore Argenziano e Gianna De Filippis si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pullóne:&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &lt;em&gt;nom. pr.&lt;/em&gt; &#xA;   Trasformazione di Epulone che ricorre nella parola &lt;em&gt;riccopellone&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;   per “ricco Epulone” di cui al Vangelo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;   &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; G. D’Antonio: &lt;em&gt;e ghiennosene palillo palillo lo Scossato a ccercare lo veveraggio a la figlia, ped averla maritata co sto Ricco Pullone.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La citazione è di un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=8Pr3PNCxDiEC&amp;amp;pg=PA248&amp;amp;lpg=PA248&amp;amp;dq=D%E2%80%99Antonio+%22Ricco+Pullone%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=bctIsFpXNe&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1IKtZpIIVXfd4Gr6Y5Qx1Vrc1jmQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwieyK-njYnhAhWsxoUKHTOhBMUQ6AEwBHoECAkQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=D%E2%80%99Antonio%20%22Ricco%20Pullone%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;testo Settecentesco&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/d-antonio-giovanni-detto-il-partenopeo_(Dizionario-Biografico)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giovanni D'Antonio, detto il Partenopeo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Riccopellone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è quindi una distorsione di Ricco Epulone, come sinonimo di uomo molto ricco che in vita non ha provato pietà e misericordia per i poveri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-17T14:32:30.830" LastActivityDate="2019-03-17T14:32:30.830" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10351" CreationDate="2019-03-17T15:55:14.183" Score="7" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;La maggior parte dei bancomat in Italia propone un avviso di questo tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Al prelievo verrà applicata una commissione, se previsto dalla sua&#xA;  banca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda riguarda la virgola dopo commissione. Circa metà delle banche la mettono, le altre no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei capire se solo una delle versioni è corretta, se lo sono entrambe e per quali motivi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="212" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-03-17T16:19:48.617" LastActivityDate="2019-03-17T21:28:39.310" Title="Virgola o no in avviso bancomat?" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10349" CreationDate="2019-03-17T18:18:22.540" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo la pagina Wikipedia in merito alla proposizione condizionale (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proposizione_condizionale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proposizione_condizionale&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;la virgola non si usa se si mette la conseguenza/premessa prima della condizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso della tua frase: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conseguenza/premessa = Al prelievo verrà applicata una commissione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Condizione = Se previsto dalla sua banca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi secondo questa regola la versione corretta sarebbe quella senza virgola, ma come parlante madrelingua non lo sento come sbagliato il fatto di metterla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, se la frase fosse ribaltata:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Se previsto dalla sua banca, al prelievo verrà applicata una commissione&lt;/em&gt; allora la virgola ci vuole assolutamente (almeno secondo la mia percezione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5289" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-17T21:28:39.310" LastActivityDate="2019-03-17T21:28:39.310" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10349" CreationDate="2019-03-17T21:10:05.370" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Accenno di risposta rapida: la virgola può benissimo esserci come non esserci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono infiniti controesempi alla pseudoregoletta per cui non vada messa se la protasi segue l'apodosi (cioè se la condizione con il “se...” segue la proposizione principale).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Uno dei primissimi esempi di periodo ipotetico nell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni è, testualmente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;penso che potremmo andare al cinema, se ti andasse (XIV, 146)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o, in Manzoni,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le prometto che fo uno sproposito, se lei non mi dice subito subito il nome di colui (&lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;, cap. II)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o, in &lt;em&gt;Se questo è un uomo&lt;/em&gt; di Primo Levi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A dare un colpo di spugna al passato e al futuro si impara assai presto, se il bisogno preme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Viceversa, non sta scritto da nessuna parte che debba esserci necessariamente una virgola dopo la protasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se dovessero uccidervi domani col vostro bambino voi non gli dareste oggi da mangiare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;scrive Primo Levi, e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;se si perde un bottone bisogna saperselo riattaccare con un filo di ferro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, a differenza di altre lingue come il tedesco, l'italiano è molto tollerante quanto alla presenza o assenza di virgole fra principali e subordinate, e usarle o meno contribuisce anzi al senso da dare alla frase.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-03-17T21:20:48.167" LastActivityDate="2019-03-17T21:20:48.167" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10352" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-19T21:35:37.600" Score="1" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vita che da quando lavora con Tom Orecchio è l’unico pensiero luminoso della sua giornata. Quando scaricano gli stracci, riesce sempre a far sparire un lembo di merletto, o uno scampolo di tela. Di notte, scende a lavarli alla fontana, e le confeziona sciarpe scialli e fazzoletti. Fruga tra i rifiuti per lei, per portarle un &lt;strong&gt;pazzareglio&lt;/strong&gt; rotto e un trenino di ferro senza ruote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il significato di &quot;pazzareglio&quot;? Non ho trovato questa parola su nessun dizionario. Sospetto che si tratti di un termine di origine regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-03-21T13:09:57.237" Title="Significato di &quot;pazzareglio&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10353" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-20T10:13:20.603" Score="5" ViewCount="172" Body="&lt;p&gt;Collins Dictionary, and others I have checked, translate &lt;em&gt;almeno&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;perlomeno&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;at least&lt;/em&gt;. It seems to me that the two words are used interchangeably in Italian writing. Am I missing any nuances?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3616" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-20T10:34:58.463" LastActivityDate="2019-03-20T11:00:37.317" Title="Almeno and perlomeno" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10353" CreationDate="2019-03-20T11:00:37.317" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Treccani dictionary indicates &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/perlomeno_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;perlomeno&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; as a synonym of &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/almeno_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;almeno&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and viceversa, the two words can be used interchangeably.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;almeno&lt;/strong&gt; /al'meno/ avv. [grafia unita della locuz. al meno]. - 1. [se&#xA;  non altro, se non di più: &lt;em&gt;concedimi a. questo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;vale a. mille euro&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ a&#xA;  dir poco, come minimo, &lt;strong&gt;perlomeno&lt;/strong&gt;, quanto meno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;perlomeno&lt;/strong&gt; /perlo'meno/ (o per lo meno) avv. [grafia unita di per lo&#xA;  meno]. - 1. [con valore restrittivo: &lt;em&gt;il paese più vicino dista p.&#xA;  quindici chilometri&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ a dir poco, &lt;strong&gt;almeno&lt;/strong&gt;, al minimo, quanto meno. 2.&#xA;  [con valore limitativo: &lt;em&gt;era molto seccato, o p. così mi sembrava&lt;/em&gt;] ≈&#xA;  almeno, quanto meno, se non altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;BR&gt;In the definition of almeno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vale almeno/perlomeno mille euro &lt;BR&gt;It's worth at least a thousand&#xA;  euro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;BR&gt;In the definition of perlomeno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il paese più vicino dista perlomeno/almeno quindici chilometri&lt;BR&gt; The&#xA;  nearest village is at least fifteen kilometers far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-03-20T11:00:37.317" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10352" CreationDate="2019-03-20T16:11:01.957" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;pazzareglio&lt;/em&gt; effettivamente non si trova ma cercando per assonanza una parola simile ho trovato che esiste il termine del dialetto napoletano &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.glosbe.com/nap/it/pazziari%C3%A9llo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pazziariello&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; che ha il significato generico di giocattolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pazziariéllo&lt;BR&gt; giocattolo { noun masculine }&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in questo dizionario di dialetto avellinese il termine &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.montefalcioneonline.it/sito/images/stories/DIZIONARIO/DIZIONARIO/lettera__p.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pazziariello&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ha lo stesso significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;PAZZIARIELLO: Sost. Giocattolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://cronachetauriniche.blogspot.com/2009/04/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere la seguente frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alla fine qualcuno decise per tutti e si andò avanti, ma, come si dice&#xA;  a Napoli, fù come dare 'o &lt;em&gt;pazziariello&lt;/em&gt; 'mmano a 'è creature, il&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;giocattolo&lt;/strong&gt; in mano ai bambini. Oggi, centocinquanta anni dopo, il&#xA;  giocattolo non funziona più, e quello che era un popolo bambino non è&#xA;  mai cresciuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine giocattolo si adatta perfettamente al contesto da te citato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;per portarle un giocattolo rotto e un trenino di ferro senza ruote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-21T13:09:57.237" LastActivityDate="2019-03-21T13:09:57.237" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10356" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10358" CreationDate="2019-03-20T18:18:36.497" Score="7" ViewCount="269" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente è un termine informatico, tipo &quot;menù a tendina&quot;, ma &quot;menù a panino&quot; l'ho sentito oggi per la prima volta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2019-03-21T14:38:23.223" Title="Cosa significa &quot;menù a panino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10356" CreationDate="2019-03-21T10:36:47.677" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Hamburger&quot; è il nome colloquiale che si dà all'icona con tre barre orizzontali che si utilizza per aprire il menu (&lt;a href=&quot;http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hamburger_button&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hamburger_button&lt;/a&gt;); l'espressione &quot;menu a panino&quot; a mio parere deriva da questa espressione ed indica un menu che appare al click sull'icona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-21T14:38:23.223" LastActivityDate="2019-03-21T14:38:23.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10359" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-21T18:45:06.657" Score="9" ViewCount="298" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm learning Italian (at the beginner level) and the teacher said that it is necessary to use pronouns with the verb &quot;essere&quot; in all cases. For example: Io sono, loro sono, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it normal to build sentences without it? For example, &quot;Sono italiana&quot; or &quot;Sono a casa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5300" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-03-21T22:27:08.647" LastActivityDate="2019-03-22T08:39:29.693" Title="Is it necessary to use pronouns with the verb &quot;essere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10359" CreationDate="2019-03-21T21:52:42.270" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, it is not necessary to use personal pronouns with any verb, in particular not with the verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;. Using a technical language we can say that Italian is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Null-subject_language&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;null-subject&amp;quot; language&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rather than references (any decent grammar book will give you the rules) let me give you a bunch of examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono a casa! (&lt;em&gt;I'm home&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se tutto va bene, siamo rovinati (&lt;em&gt;If everything goes well, we're ruined&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono solo come un cane! (&lt;em&gt;I'm as alone as a dog&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. &lt;em&gt;I'm totally alone&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-22T08:39:29.693" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10361" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10359" CreationDate="2019-03-21T22:50:49.413" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your teacher is wrong and your examples are perfect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subject pronoun &lt;em&gt;can&lt;/em&gt; be used, for emphasis or for marking distinctions: I would say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Io sono italiano, lei è catalana.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;when asked about me and my fellow moderator Charo. But if asked “Di che nazionalità sei?&quot;, I'd answer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sono italiano.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because no emphasis or distinction is necessary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subject pronoun is mandatory when there is no predicate (noun or adjective). For instance, a mother asks her children &lt;em&gt;Chi ha mangiato le caramelle?&lt;/em&gt; (Who ate the candies?). The guilty party would answer &lt;em&gt;Sono stato io&lt;/em&gt; (I did). Note the inversion (that is not done in some dialects, though).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-03-21T22:50:49.413" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10362" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-23T05:18:36.767" Score="4" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to find a shorter version of the word &quot;statistiche&quot; to use on an interface where I am restricted on space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, you can abbreviate &quot;Statistics&quot; as &quot;Stats&quot;. Is there an abbreviation that is commonly used in Italian? If not, what would be a shortened version that would be understandable and not look strange if absolutely needed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5304" LastActivityDate="2019-03-23T09:27:55.033" Title="How do you abbreviate the word “statistiche”?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10364" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10362" CreationDate="2019-03-23T08:46:39.907" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Stat” is so usual in English that it is even registered in dictionaries in its own right. In Italian there is no such shortened version. If you need, you may abbreviate any word using a dot (like this: “stat.”), but, unless the word &lt;em&gt;statistica&lt;/em&gt; is ubiquitous in your interface, you'd better explain somewhere (under the title, in a corner...) the meaning of this abbreviation, and of other ones if you'll use them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-03-23T09:27:55.033" LastActivityDate="2019-03-23T09:27:55.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10365" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-23T18:01:10.797" Score="6" ViewCount="712" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto di recente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avrei dovuto ricordarmi che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[la X di LaTeX sta per una χ, e quindi va scritta maiuscola], ma poi ho pensato che, “a orecchio”, sarebbe stato meglio scrivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sarei dovuto ricordare che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste qualche regola per scegliere tra una forma e l'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-03-23T22:43:24.467" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T08:46:55.643" Title="&quot;Avrei dovuto ricordarmi che&quot; vs &quot;Mi sarei dovuto ricordare che&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10366" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-23T23:01:20.497" Score="3" ViewCount="1038" Body="&lt;p&gt;Soffermandomi sul testo di una canzone (Tool - &lt;em&gt;Vicariously&lt;/em&gt;), mi sono chiesto se appunto il titolo di questa fosse traducibile in qualche modo in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendendolo letteralmente avremmo, come scritto sopra, &quot;vicariamente&quot;, ma, oltre a suonare non proprio bene, non credo sia nemmeno una parola italiana, in quanto, cercandola su Google, non escono risultati chiarificatori (in spagnolo invece esiste).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di questa parola comunque è tipo &quot;[vivere una certa esperienza] in modo indiretto, tramite azioni di un'altra persona&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ditemi voi se può esistere questa forma avverbiale anche nella lingua italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4647" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-16T09:32:40.573" LastActivityDate="2020-02-15T10:02:05.333" Title="Dubbio riguardo all'uso dell'avverbio &quot;vicariamente&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10368" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-24T15:31:23.890" Score="6" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo vari testi rinascimentali sono rimasto sorpreso da quanto fosse comune il verbo &lt;em&gt;gire&lt;/em&gt; (sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;), che è ormai completamente caduto fuori dall'uso corrente, con l'eccezione del participio passato &lt;em&gt;gita&lt;/em&gt;. Però il fatto che &lt;em&gt;gita&lt;/em&gt; sia termine d'uso assai comune, mi fa pensare che &lt;em&gt;gire&lt;/em&gt; possa esser sopravvissuto fino a relativamente tardi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q&lt;/strong&gt; A che punto dell'evoluzione della lingua italiana abbiamo smesso di usare il verbo &lt;em&gt;gire&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-03-24T15:51:26.453" LastActivityDate="2019-04-07T13:59:36.780" Title="Quando abbiamo smesso di gire?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10369" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-26T10:37:02.507" Score="4" ViewCount="332" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quote from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/andare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fam. iron., &lt;em&gt;va’ là che vai bene!; va’ là che stai fresco!&lt;/em&gt;, continua&#xA;  pure così e vedrai che cosa ti succede, o sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Searching for these phrases in Google Books doesn't allow me seizing the correct connotation. The question is whether there is a kind of negative connotation: &lt;em&gt;continue this way and &lt;strong&gt;you'll get into some trouble&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Or otherwise, it can be something like &lt;em&gt;continue this way and &lt;strong&gt;maybe you'll succeed&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Searching for the phrases in other academic dictionaries did not yield any results. Something similar can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tommaseobellini.it/#/items&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tommaseo-Bellini&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;26&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[M.F.] &lt;em&gt;Va' pur là&lt;/em&gt; suol dirsi a chi va incontro ad un pericolo da lui non pensato. Ricciard. 28. 31. Egli la segue e dolce le favella:&#xA;  Ma va' pur là che ti darà il san Biagio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4424" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-26T10:58:48.470" LastActivityDate="2019-04-03T21:12:12.370" Title="Meaning of the expressions 'va’ là che vai bene!'; 'va’ là che stai fresco!'" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10370" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-26T15:42:14.773" Score="5" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da tanto tempo sto cercando di tradurre la parola &quot;feature&quot; in italiano. La parola più vicina è &quot;caratteristica&quot;, ma questa potrebbe indicare qualsiasi tipo di comportamento del software, inclusi rompicapo o semplicemente modi di interagire a livello più basso i quali dettagli possono non essere di alcuna rilevanza per l'utente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece &quot;feature&quot; si riferisce ad una caratteristica interattiva positiva di valore per l'utente finale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si può aggirare questo problema di apparente mancanza di parola sostitutiva adeguata in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-26T15:52:02.583" LastActivityDate="2019-03-26T17:24:44.563" Title="Come tradurre la parola &quot;feature&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10371" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10370" CreationDate="2019-03-26T16:26:20.920" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un termine che potrebbe andare bene nel tuo contesto potrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/peculiarita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;peculiarità&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, inteso come qualità singolare, derivato da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/peculiare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;peculiare&lt;/a&gt; cioè:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;peculiare&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [dal lat. peculiaris, der. di peculium «sostanze, proprietà»]. – 1. Singolare, particolare, proprio di una determinata&#xA;  cosa o persona (o di un insieme di cose o persone)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fa giustamente notare @OldManofAran si potrebbe utilizzare anche il termine funzionalità, non essendoci particolari sfumature di significato differenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-03-26T16:26:20.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10369" CreationDate="2019-03-26T17:21:53.703" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;This expression is not used in all Italy I think, where I live we don't use it much but I have heard it.&#xA;They don't have a negative attitude, they are incitement expressions, like &quot;you can do it, keep it up!&quot;, but is not used when someone is already sure of himself, is to help someone get motivated. If I use it (I don't really use that particular accent, I would say something like &quot;Vai tranquillo che vai bene&quot;, which basically means the same thing, the expression you are asking is more used in northern Italy) I would mean it (most of the times) to tell a friend that he (or she) is nice enough to go out. Maybe a girl could say &quot;sto malissimo, sono brutta&quot; (which means &quot;I am dressed very badly, I'm ugly&quot; or that her makeup is bad or something like that), than I can use that expression.&#xA;It could also be useful if someone sends you some photos of himself, you could incite them by telling &quot;Vai bene in questa foto!&quot; (you are nice in this photo).&#xA;&quot;Stai fresco&quot; instead is really something that you don't hear much in all of Italy, I basically heard it only on TV or by people that live in, as I said before, northern Italy. I feel like it is used very much in Emilia Romagna, but I'm not sure of this. Also you would never write it in a text or use it in a formal discussion, it is informal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;TL;DR&#xA;Is not a bad expression and it is used to incite someone. It is informal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5316" LastActivityDate="2019-03-26T17:21:53.703" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10370" CreationDate="2019-03-26T17:24:44.563" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe tradursi come &amp;quot;funzionalità&amp;quot;, perchè ha una accezione più positiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio software ha queste features: ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio software ha le seguenti funzionalità: ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5316" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-26T17:24:44.563" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10374" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-27T07:35:43.673" Score="9" ViewCount="1022" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the words &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;attrezzi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;utensili&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;arnesi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, and &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;strumenti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;? My understanding is that all of these refer to tools, with the latter being used to also describe software tools. Furthermore, what other words can be used in Italian to describe tools?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-29T07:40:07.830" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T14:30:24.760" Title="Italian words for tools" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10374" CreationDate="2019-03-27T08:54:41.433" Score="13" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it's useful to look at Treccani's definition of each term to find out the subtle differencies (if there are any).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Starting with &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attrezzo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attrezzo&lt;/a&gt;, Treccani says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;attrézzo&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [dal fr. &lt;em&gt;attraits&lt;/em&gt;, part. pass. sostantivato plur. di &lt;em&gt;attraire&lt;/em&gt;, che è il lat. &lt;em&gt;attrahĕre&lt;/em&gt; «attrarre»]. – 1. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arnese&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; o&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;strumento&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; qualsiasi: un a. di cucina, di bottega; per lo più al plur., complesso di arnesi occorrenti a un determinato uso: gli a. del falegname; a. rurali; a. teatrali; a. navali, il necessario per l’armamento di una nave. In partic., nell’industria, oggetto di forma semplice, che serve a compiere una data operazione in un ciclo lavorativo (meno complesso di utensile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here attrezzo has a generic meaning and can be also translated as something used for a particular use or hardware in the industry field, for something that is needed to perform a certain operation during a working period ( less complex than an &amp;quot;utensile&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;BR&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/utensile_res-b247c5af-0038-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;utensile&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;utensìle&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (meno com. utènsile) s. m. [uso sostantivato dell’agg. prec.: già in latino esisteva il plur. neutro sostantivato utensilia&#xA;«cose utili spec. per la vita domestica, utensili» e su esso è fondata&#xA;l’accentazione piana utensìle]. – 1. Nome generico dei varî&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;arnesi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; che servono agli usi della vita domestica, spec. in cucina: u. domestici; gli u. più necessarî in cucina sono le pentole,&#xA;i tegami e le posate. In botteghe artigiane, laboratorî, officine,&#xA;ogni &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;attrezzo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; semplice, atto alla lavorazione dei metalli, del legno o&#xA;della pietra; per es. il martello, lo scalpello, le tenaglie, le&#xA;pinze, le forbici, la sega, la lima, il trapano, il punteruolo, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An utensile (utensil) has a more specific meaning especially referring to home life for everything you use in the kitchen, but also, for example in a craft store, the hammer, a pair of scissors, the saw, the driller, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;BR&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arnese&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arnese&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;arnése&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [dal fr. ant. herneis, harneis, harnais «provviste di viaggio, vettovaglie», poi «armatura», voce di origine germ. (ant.&#xA;scand. *hernest)].&#xA;3. Nell’uso com., nome generico di masserizie, oggetti varî, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;utensili&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;strumenti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.: molte robe su per le stanghe, secondo il costume di&#xA;là, e altri assai belli e ricchi a. vide (Boccaccio); i sacri arnesi&#xA;Che prima ritrovâr Cerere e Pale (Parini); gli a. del fabbro, del&#xA;falegname, ecc.; aveva con sé tutti gli a. del mestiere. Anche,&#xA;qualsiasi oggetto che non si voglia determinare o di cui non sovvenga&#xA;lì per lì il nome: che fai con questo a.?; dammi quell’arnese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arnese is even more generic, indicating various types of goods and objects&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;BR&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/strumento&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;strumento&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;struménto&lt;/strong&gt; (letter. istruménto; ant. instruménto, stroménto, storménto) s. m. [lat. instrumĕntum, der. di instruĕre «costruire,&#xA;apprestare»]. – 1. Genericam., &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;arnese&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, congegno, dispositivo e sim.,&#xA;necessario per compiere una determinata operazione o svolgere una&#xA;attività&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, for strumento it is something that is needed to perform an operation or an activity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that in every definition the other terms you mentioned are used as synonyms, in order to explain the concept. In fact, looking at Treccani synonyms dictionary you can find:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attrezzo_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attrezzo&lt;/a&gt;≈ arnese, strumento, utensile.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/utensile_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;utensile&lt;/a&gt; ≈ arnese, attrezzo, strumento.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arnese_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arnese&lt;/a&gt; ≈ attrezzo, ferro, strumento, utensile.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/strumento_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;strumento&lt;/a&gt; ≈ arnese, utensile.&lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As correctly pointed out by @CasaMich another word user for tools is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ferro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ferri&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In partic.: a. I &lt;em&gt;f. del mestiere&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;di bottega&lt;/em&gt;, o assol. i f.), gli&#xA;arnesi usati nei lavori artigianali, come martello, lima, cacciavite,&#xA;tenaglie, ecc.; fig., quanto serve, anche se fatto d’altra materia,&#xA;per un dato lavoro o genere di lavoro. Analogam., i &lt;em&gt;f. del chirurgo&lt;/em&gt; o&#xA;&lt;em&gt;chirurgici&lt;/em&gt;, gli strumenti necessarî per gli interventi chirurgici;&#xA;anche assol., nelle espressioni andare, essere, morire sotto i f., e&#xA;sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in expressions as &lt;em&gt;ferri del mestiere&lt;/em&gt; (tools of the trade) o &lt;em&gt;ferri del chirurgo&lt;/em&gt; (surgeon's tools).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-03-28T10:37:15.867" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10374" CreationDate="2019-03-27T09:14:21.397" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is a really hard question with no simple answer, mainly because of the degree of heterogeneity of word usage that one can find in spoken Italian among different regions. I myself am biased, coming from Rome. This is surely not going to be an exhaustive answer, although I hope it can give you some clues.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you have correctly inferred, they are used in a somewhat interchangeable manner. This can clearly be seen by a standard dictionary definition. For example, looking up the word &quot;attrezzo&quot; in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attrezzo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; yields&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Arnese o strumento qualsiasi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, certain contexts have with time adapted more the the use of one of the terms with respect to the others. Also, the terms might be interpreted as referring to different levels of concreteness i.e. do you want to stress the general concept of a tool or are you point out at the physical object itself? How complex is the object? The answers to these questions somehow gives us hints on what a good usage could be.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Attrezzo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Almost every Italian household (at least in the Center-South) will have a (and will refer to it as) &quot;cassetta degli attrezzi&quot;, meaning a toolbox where one keeps screwdrivers, hammers etc... In this context, these tools are referred to as &quot;attrezzi&quot;, but could easily be referred to as &quot;arnesi&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Utensile&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In common usage, I would dare say that this word is very commonly used in a kitchen context. When referring to pots, pans, cutlery ecc... you would almost always use the term &quot;utensili da cucina&quot;. Also, in a workshop context (such as an artisan's shop) you would refer to the tools used as &quot;utensili&quot; (although you could without any problem use the words &quot;strumenti&quot; or &quot;attrezzi&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arnese&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the one I find most interesting. This is a word that evokes generally variety, generality, and somewhat opacity when it comes to listing the exact tools and their usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prendimi quell'arnese/attrezzo là!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This expression could be used when I'm asking a friend (not of the trade) who just came in my mechanic shop to pass me an object who's name is unknown to my friend. It somehow has this blurred connotation to it, either because I'm too lazy to name the object or because I know my friend would not know what to pass me if I said the exact name of the object. Attrezzo sounds more specific.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is especially notable in certain regional expressions. In the area around Rome, you could hear the following phrase yelled at a computer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma come funziona (que)'sto attrezzo?!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to show unfamiliarity with the object and almost disdain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Strumento&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is kind of an all-encompassing term which can be used in most circumstances.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli strumenti del mestiere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;means &quot;the tools of the trade&quot;, although not referring so much to the skills required for a job as the actual physical tools. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This terms can be also be used in an extremely generic way though:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi rifiuto di essere un tuo strumento!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a general idea, the word &quot;strumento&quot; is used when one wants to emphasize the fact that the tool is being used for some purpose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are also right when it comes to the used of &quot;strumenti&quot; in a software context, as this is the translation you will find in most available programs. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2019-03-27T09:14:21.397" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10377" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10378" CreationDate="2019-03-28T15:20:59.083" Score="5" ViewCount="360" Body="&lt;p&gt;For practice recently I found myself picking through &quot;Vesti la Giubba,&quot; the aria from Pagliacci, which contains the following line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La gente paga, e rider vuole qua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand the general meaning of the line to be &quot;The people pay, and they want to laugh here&quot; but the word &quot;rider&quot; through me for a bit of a loop. Is it just an &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Appendix:Glossary#apocopic&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;apocopic&lt;/a&gt; form of &quot;ridere&quot; or is it something else?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5325" LastActivityDate="2019-03-28T16:34:00.073" Title="What is the meaning of &quot;rider&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10378" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10377" CreationDate="2019-03-28T15:42:43.937" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're right, &lt;em&gt;rider&lt;/em&gt; it just an &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Appendix:Glossary#apocopic&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;apocopic&lt;/a&gt; form of the verb &lt;em&gt;ridere&lt;/em&gt; (to laugh).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A word form in which the word is lacking the final sound or syllable. Occurs in Italian, Spanish, and other languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similar cases are &lt;em&gt;son&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;sono&lt;/em&gt; (I am or they are), &lt;em&gt;dir&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt; (to say) and &lt;em&gt;san&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;santo&lt;/em&gt; (saint).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the Treccani dictionary for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/apocope/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;apocope&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;apòcope&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal lat. tardo &lt;em&gt;apocŏpe&lt;/em&gt;, gr. ἀποκοπή «troncamento», der.&#xA;  di ἀποκόπτω «tagliar via»]. – 1. In linguistica, caduta di una vocale&#xA;  finale e in generale di uno o più fonemi al termine d’una parola, come&#xA;  in ital. &lt;em&gt;son&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;sono&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dir&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;san&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;santo&lt;/em&gt;; in lat. &lt;em&gt;dic&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;duc&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  «di’», «conduci», in luogo di &lt;em&gt;dice&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;duce&lt;/em&gt;; ha sign. più ampio e meno&#xA;  specifico che troncamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see from the definition it comes from Greek and means &quot;to cut out&quot;. In linguistics it means the fall of a final vowel of a word and in general of one or more phonemes at the end of a word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-03-28T16:34:00.073" LastActivityDate="2019-03-28T16:34:00.073" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10379" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-29T23:20:16.773" Score="6" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, &quot;thank &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (with the stress on the &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;) is often used in response to someone who has just said &quot;thank you&quot;, to reciprocate gratitude. For example, someone providing a service usually says &quot;thank you&quot; to the customer benefiting from the service. An appreciative customer would say &quot;thank &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;&quot; to humbly suggest they should be the one &quot;giving thanks&quot; (for the service).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Example - A waiter or maître d' of a restaurant is saying goodbye to a customer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Waiter&lt;/strong&gt;: Thank you! (for dining with us)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Diner&lt;/strong&gt;: No, thank &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt;! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm wondering what, if any, the Italian equivalent to this would be? Would it be &lt;em&gt;a te&lt;/em&gt;? Would something like the following ever be used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Waiter&lt;/strong&gt;: Arrivederci, grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Diner&lt;/strong&gt;: (No,) a te! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5329" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-30T09:02:39.387" LastActivityDate="2019-03-30T12:41:40.637" Title="How to return appreciation in Italian?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10379" CreationDate="2019-03-30T07:34:19.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The equivalent answer could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Waiter&lt;/strong&gt;: Arrivederci, grazie! &lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Diner&lt;/strong&gt;: No, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;grazie a te&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also answer &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;grazie a voi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in order to include all the personnel involved in the service or &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;grazie a Lei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; since in Italian there are two address forms and “Lei” is the formal one. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general you can also omit No just saying &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grazie a te/Lei/voi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or even just &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;A te/Lei/voi&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; (Thanks @Charo and @DaG)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-03-30T12:41:40.637" LastActivityDate="2019-03-30T12:41:40.637" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10381" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-03-31T08:48:24.453" Score="1" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Quando sarai guarito... – la menzogna tremò sulle labbra del figlio; ma egli la sentì necessaria e crudele come una &lt;strong&gt;punta d'assaggio&lt;/strong&gt;. Era quello il momento di tentar di penetrare nella coscienza di suo padre. Lo osservava e vide che un lievissimo rossore gli si diffondeva per le guance, sotto la pelle scialba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;punta d'assaggio&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato i termini &quot;punta&quot; e &quot;assaggio&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cos'è una &quot;punta d'assaggio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato l'espressione &quot;punta d'assaggio&quot; in atri documenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.farnesina.ipzs.it/series/NONA%20SERIE/volumi/VOLUME%20VIII/full&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.farnesina.ipzs.it/series/NONA%20SERIE/volumi/VOLUME%20VIII/full&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.intravino.com/primo-piano/lettera-a-un-wine-blogger-mai-nato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.intravino.com/primo-piano/lettera-a-un-wine-blogger-mai-nato/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bwined.it/il-bianco-di-baal-e-i-crudi-di-pesce/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.bwined.it/il-bianco-di-baal-e-i-crudi-di-pesce/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=wPc-AQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22punta+d%27assaggio%22&amp;amp;dq=%22punta+d%27assaggio%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj-yo20qZPiAhVozoUKHVQqBaQQ6AEIETAB&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.es/books?id=wPc-AQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22punta+d%27assaggio%22&amp;amp;dq=%22punta+d%27assaggio%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj-yo20qZPiAhVozoUKHVQqBaQQ6AEIETAB&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lincei.it/pubblicazioni/rendicontiFMN/rol/pdf/S5V24T1A1915P48_54.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.lincei.it/pubblicazioni/rendicontiFMN/rol/pdf/S5V24T1A1915P48_54.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i due ultimi sono lo stesso documento in due formati diversi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-05-11T11:12:14.867" LastActivityDate="2019-05-11T14:18:36.300" Title="Cosa significa &quot;punta d'assaggio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10369" CreationDate="2019-03-31T18:11:57.023" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually the connotation depends from the mood of the person who told you such a sentence, could be positive as well as negative. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both your translations are fine, you have to understand from the context which one is the most coherent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5333" LastActivityDate="2019-03-31T18:11:57.023" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4097" CreationDate="2019-04-01T20:25:15.097" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another sense to add: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;meno male&quot; has the same sense of the retort in English &quot;coulda been worse&quot;, as in, this is &quot;meno male&quot; (less bad) than it could have been. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5337" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-02T11:51:02.233" LastActivityDate="2019-04-02T11:51:02.233" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7280" CreationDate="2019-04-02T17:32:34.570" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto distinguerei gli ambienti non troppo formali dagli altri. Detto questo:&#xA;Non voglio dire cosa sia giusto in termini di regole, solo quello che vedo. La società moderna è molto diversa da quella di una volta.&#xA;Vorrei parlare di ambienti non troppo formali come bar, parrucchiere, locali.&#xA;Nella mia città, le forme di cortesia come signore/signora, in questi ambienti, vengono utilizzate per lo più per indicare una persona ritenuta &quot;più vecchia&quot;.&#xA;Non implicano un rispetto particolare. Anzi.. capita moltissime volte, che i clienti ai quali viene dato del tu, vengono trattati meglio. Sicuramente con meno distanza... &#xA;Per questo ed altri motivi, non tutti gradiscono l'uso eccessivo del lei, oppure degli appellativi signore/signora&quot;. In particolare se ripetuti ogni 3 parole. &#xA;Senza generalizzare, penso che la causa sia il modo in cui spesso vengono usati, da chi tratta diversamente un cliente solo sulla base dell'età anagrafica, non sapendo niente di lui. &#xA;Sono abituato alle usanze di altri paesi, nei quali gli adulti vengono trattati circa allo stesso modo. Vieni considerato adulto dai 20 anni in su e non dai 30/40. &#xA;è più rilassante, i negozianti non contano le rughe. I clienti si trovano maggiormente a loro agio. Soprattutto se non sono proprio &quot;anziani&quot; in senso stretto.&#xA;In Italia vedo persone che hanno poco più di 30 anni, che trattano 40enni come se fossero i loro nonni..(per fare un esempio).&#xA;A volte essere trattati diversamente &quot;solo&quot; per motivi anagrafici, può fare andare via qualcuno. &#xA;Vedo che oggi molti clienti scelgono il locale o bar, nel quale si trovano più a loro agio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.s: è solo il mio parere personale, basato su esperienze. Non generalizzo. Ogni persona ha esigenze diverse, le regole sono altre..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dimenticavo: come si capisce che alcuni, usano le forme di cortesia solo per motivi anagrafici e non per rispetto?&#xA;Si offendono da morire se uno ricambia allo stesso modo. &#xA;Questi, cercano un dialogo nel quale loro ti danno del &quot;lei&quot; perchè sei &quot;vecchio&quot;, tu gli devi dare del &quot;tu&quot;. Oppure loro ti chiamano &quot;signore&quot; ma tu devi chiamarli &quot;ragazzo oppure signorina&quot; anche se sono adulti anche loro. Questo lo trovo abbastanza grottesco, fra adulti. Non mi piace questa usanza. &#xA;Non avendo i dati anagrafici, spesso, si basano solo sull'aspetto fisico. Una persona può avere un aspetto più giovanile ma essere nata prima rispetto ad un'altra.&#xA;Chi lo usa per puro rispetto, dovrebbe accettare un trattamento alla pari tipo:&#xA;&quot;Lei&quot; con &quot;lei&quot; tra adulti estranei.. oppure &quot;signore&quot; con &quot;signora&quot;.&#xA;In altri paesi non viene inserita la data di nascita nel curriculum, per non mettere in posizioni di svantaggio chi è &quot;più anziano&quot;.&#xA;A prescindere dagli errori.. oggi c'è una sensibilità diversa verso questi temi rispetto al passato. Ovviamente chi ha un curriculum con dei meriti apprezza alcune forme di cortesia maggiormente, sapendo che sono dedicate ai suoi successi, prestigio. Tutto un altro effetto ha l'uso insistente dell'appellativo signóre, utilizzato come semplice comparativo di &quot;senex&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5339" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditorDisplayName="user5339" LastEditDate="2019-04-03T08:49:44.733" LastActivityDate="2019-04-03T08:49:44.733" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10385" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10369" CreationDate="2019-04-03T12:47:43.067" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani's explanation &quot;continua pure così e vedrai che cosa ti succede&quot; literally means &quot;keep this up and you'll see what happens&quot;. It does have a negative connotation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me give you an example: your friend is doing something bad which could easily hurt them. You try to warn them, but they don't change their behavior. You could tell them &quot;continua pure così e vedrai che cosa ti succede&quot; which in this context means &quot;if you keep this up, you're in for a surprise&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have to say though that I've never heard of &quot;va' là che vai bene&quot; used in a negative way, I've only used it in a totally different, positive context. It could be a dialectal expression. &quot;Va' là che vai bene / stai fresco&quot; used in a negative context sounds a bit sarcastic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5340" LastActivityDate="2019-04-03T12:47:43.067" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10369" CreationDate="2019-04-03T21:12:12.370" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I second @Giovanni's answer: the meaning is context dependent, the expressions can be either positive or negative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anyway I would handle 'va là' by itself, because it is an exclamation that can be complete, can be coupled with other words and usually does not have the literal meaning of 'go there' (vai là); moreover 'va là che vai bene' and 'va là che stai fresco' have different meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;va là!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can be used to stop someone talking; with a refrained smile could be a dad asking a son to stop telling a lie or with a more dry tone could be the final warning after that lie went too far.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non ce la faccio più! non arriverò mai in fondo!&lt;br/&gt;va là che vai bene!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm exausted! I can't get to the end!&lt;br/&gt;keep up the good work! you'll do that!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or could be the light answer to a rant or a complaint, to imply that the situation is far better 'stop whining: it is not that bad!'. OTOH the very same expression could mean 'stop whining, your situation could be far worse'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;va là che stai fresco!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know 'stai fresco!' as 'good luck waiting for that to happen!' but coupled with 'va là' does not sound 'right' to me, so I can't make an example or suggest a proper translation/usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;to provide some context, I live in northern Italy; I don't have any online references to back my post, that's the usage of these expressions that I'm aware of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="688" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-03T21:12:12.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10388" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5296" CreationDate="2019-04-04T07:43:26.177" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since the question is active once more, I thought I would give my contribution as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Besides the other excellent answers, note that the word &lt;em&gt;maestro&lt;/em&gt; can seldom be used in a doctorate setting when somebody who has already achieved the &lt;em&gt;dottorato&lt;/em&gt; speaks about their supervisor in a respectful way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il professor Rossi, il mio maestro, era un acuto osservatore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Federico Poloni suggested in a comment, the teacher-student relationship is strongly hinted at in this context. Using &lt;em&gt;maestro&lt;/em&gt; in this context does suggest the reverence that the speaker has towards his mentor. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2019-04-04T07:43:26.177" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10389" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-04-05T06:50:26.930" Score="5" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://torino.repubblica.it/cronaca/2019/04/05/news/torino_il_killer_dei_murazzi_libero_per_un_errore_giudiziario_arrivan_gli_ispettori_del_ministero-223324889/?ref=RHPPLF-BH-I0-C8-P1-S1.8-T1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa notizia&lt;/a&gt; leggo la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lungopo&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;lungopò&lt;/a&gt; priva dell'accento. Questa scrittura è comune/accettabile? Non vengo da una città sulle sponde di questo fiume, quindi mi è sembrato abbastanza strano leggerla. Il vocabolario Treccani non riporta questa variante, e per analogia con tre / ventitré mi sarei aspettato di leggerla con l'accento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altra parte, la notizia viene dal sito di uno dei maggiori quotidiani, quindi mi aspetterei un italiano ben rivisto (anche se gli errori di battitura sono sempre in agguato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2019-04-05T07:10:38.467" Title="Lungopò senza accento" Tags="&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10389" CreationDate="2019-04-05T07:10:38.467" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non c'è dubbio che l'accento ci va. Nel glossario finale dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La regola per la quale l'accento tonico va segnato su tutte le parole polisillabiche (cioè di due o più sillabe) accentate sull'ultima non ammette eccezioni: quindi &lt;em&gt;ventitré&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trentatré&lt;/em&gt; ecc. e anche &lt;em&gt;nontiscordardimé&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;viceré&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All'interno del testo c'è anche un accenno rapido alle norme UNI relative a questo e alla sillabazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Non prenderei &lt;em&gt;la Repubblica&lt;/em&gt; esattamente come maestra di precisione ed esattezza...&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-04-05T07:10:38.467" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5150" CreationDate="2019-04-06T18:10:08.677" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase è quella che abbiamo già detto. Il Giovane Tancredi, volendosi candidare alla prima elezione del parlamento italiano, spiega all'anziano Principe di Salina, che, se si vuole mantenere la posizione di potere e privilegio che quel titolo nobiliare gli garantiva nel vecchio Regno delle Due Sicilie, occorre ottenere una posizione simile secondo il nuovo ordinamento istituzionale portato dai Savoia. Quindi: se vogliamo che tutto rimanga com'è (cioè: se vogliamo continuare serenamente la nostra vita come finora l'abbiamo vissuta), bisogna che tutto cambi (cioè: bisogna che cambiamo la nostra vita secondo i nuovi schemi istituzionali). E questo è un pò il senso che si dà alla frase, comunque ripetuta ed anche anagrammata, nel linguaggio comune. Se si vuole mantenere una posizione, occorre adattarsi ai mutati modi di ottenerla.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5354" LastActivityDate="2019-04-06T18:10:08.677" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10393" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10396" CreationDate="2019-04-07T08:00:32.203" Score="4" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La stanza era carica di mobili, di tappeti, di stuoie: vecchie porcellane inglesi, ninnoli del Giappone, dell'India, stampe, modellini di velieri, conchiglie esotiche. Una specie di &lt;em&gt;bazar&lt;/em&gt;: la caratteristica casa dei navigatori di lungo corso. E quel pretino dell'aria meschina e col volto affilato &lt;strong&gt;in isghembo&lt;/strong&gt; sul petto, faceva un penoso contrasto in mezzo a tutti quei ricordi di lontane navigazioni; come se il tronco robusto della famiglia, abituato alle tempeste e ai pericoli, si fosse a un certo punto spezzato e ne germogliasse ora un esile ramicciolo, pavido d'ogni vento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato della locuzione &quot;in isghembo&quot; che appare in questo brano? Non ho trovato la voce &quot;isghembo&quot; su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Ho invece visto questa espressione su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=tU9mAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA13&amp;amp;lpg=PA13&amp;amp;dq=isghembo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=u86RGdHKlM&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2W5eMo-Rda2TcT3ervxx8CgLOTRw&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiy19XNvb3hAhVtzoUKHfMlA3cQ6AEwBnoECAcQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=isghembo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo libro Ottocentesco&lt;/a&gt;. Si tratta di un termine arcaico?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-04-07T13:51:47.723" Title="Significato di &quot;in isghembo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3957" CreationDate="2019-04-07T13:50:17.917" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mo' è usato anche nelle Marche e deriverebbe dal latino &quot;mox&quot;, &quot;immediately&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5357" LastActivityDate="2019-04-07T13:50:17.917" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10393" CreationDate="2019-04-07T13:51:47.723" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non troverai sui dizionari nemmeno &lt;em&gt;ispecie&lt;/em&gt;. Be', no, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ispecie/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;c'è&lt;/a&gt;! C'è anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/isbaglio/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;isbaglio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. I lemmi principali sono &lt;em&gt;specie&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sbaglio&lt;/em&gt; che per molto tempo la norma prevedeva dovessero prendere la “i prostetica” per facilitare la pronuncia di ‘n’ o ‘r’ seguite da ‘s impura’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso fenomeno si incontra in francese, castigliano, catalano e portoghese, con la vocale prostetica ‘e’, che in quasi tutti i casi è diventata parte della parola: “España”, “école” sono i primi esempi che vengono in mente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Treccani non riporta “iscuola”, che però compare &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?lr=lang_it&amp;amp;tbo=p&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=iscuola&amp;amp;num=10&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;spesso&lt;/a&gt; in letteratura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso si tratta di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sghembo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sghembo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, qui vale &lt;em&gt;obliquamente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fenomeno, in italiano, va scomparendo e scrivere la “i prostetica” è in molti casi affettato. La locuzione “per iscritto” è da considerare cristallizzata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-04-07T13:51:47.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5974" CreationDate="2019-04-07T13:55:39.600" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Marche, Valle del Potenza, Cingoli, Apiro: &quot;è gito/gitu&quot; etc. Tutte varianti da &quot;itus&quot; come &quot;jitu&quot;, a pochi chilometri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5357" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-07T16:20:47.527" LastActivityDate="2019-04-07T16:20:47.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10399" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10400" CreationDate="2019-04-09T06:02:46.177" Score="1" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ricordava l'orto a cui si scendeva per alcuni gradini, misero orto &lt;strong&gt;arruffato&lt;/strong&gt;, con in mezzo un fico e sul muro, unica bellezza, un grande cappero. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;arruffare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;orto arruffato&quot; che appare in questo brano. Sapreste spiegarmelo?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-04-09T06:46:33.997" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;arruffato&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10400" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10399" CreationDate="2019-04-09T06:46:33.997" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo blog che parla di orti nell'articolo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.houzz.it/magazine/tutto-quello-che-dovresti-sapere-per-avere-un-orto-sinergico-stsetivw-vs%7E66865341&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tutto Quello che Dovresti Sapere per Avere un Orto Sinergico&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’orto sinergico potrà risultare a volte &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;arruffato&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, un po’ imperfetto,&#xA;i cavoli potranno avere una foglia o due bucherellate, ma tutto questo&#xA;aumenta la biodiversità dell’orto e la sua genuinità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per &lt;em&gt;arruffato&lt;/em&gt;, tratto dalla definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arruffare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arruffare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Part. pass. arruffato, anche come agg., disordinato, scomposto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato nel contesto da te citato sembra quindi che l'orto risultasse disordinato, imperfetto oltre che misero come già descritto dall'autore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-09T06:46:33.997" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7390" CreationDate="2019-04-09T14:53:11.357" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo Francesca La Forgia e Raffaella Tonin, ricercatrici e poi docenti all'Università di Bologna nel dipartimento di Studi Linguistici, si tratterebbe di un termine (almeno nel contesto cinematografico) inventato all'interno della serie. Nel loro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=9&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjz9drPnsPhAhUFIVAKHSwZDgMQFjAIegQIAhAB&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.academia.edu%2F27073001%2FIl_parlato_delle_serie_televisive_il_caso_di_Cu%25C3%25A9ntame_e_di_Boris&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0_quqjyxz9UEnxXxeW8pJz&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &amp;quot;Il parlato delle serie televisive: il caso di &lt;em&gt;Cuéntame&lt;/em&gt; e di &lt;em&gt;Boris&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; del 2016, a pagina 16, sezione 3.1.(La lingua di &lt;em&gt;Boris&lt;/em&gt;) si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il lessico [della serie] attinge a vari registri, e sono presenti anche forestierismi e tecnicismi&#xA;legati prevalentemente all’ambito televisivo e cinematografico come “steady-cam”,&#xA;“combo”, “fegatelli”, ma soprattutto &lt;strong&gt;il neologismo&lt;/strong&gt;, già visto precedentemente [nell'articolo] e usato&#xA;come pseudo tecnicismo, “smarmellare” che è diventato subito un tormentone&#xA;linguistico (S03E13, 12’12’’):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2020-10-16T06:19:02.760" LastActivityDate="2020-10-16T06:19:02.760" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10402" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10135" CreationDate="2019-04-11T12:17:08.593" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta alla tua domanda dipende dal senso della frase, quindi la preposizione può variare a seconda di quello che intendi dire. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto dire: “Ti mando un messaggio &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; WhatsApp”, ma anche: “Ti mando un messaggio &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; WhatsApp”.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Considera che spesso in italiano alcune parole sono &lt;strong&gt;sottintese&lt;/strong&gt;, quindi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Ti mando un messaggio &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; WhatsApp” = &lt;strong&gt;sull’applicazione&lt;/strong&gt; WhatsApp; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Ti mando un messaggio &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; WhatsApp” = &lt;strong&gt;per mezzo dell’applicazione&lt;/strong&gt; WhatsApp;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sebbene non sia una preposizione, potresti anche scrivere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Ti mando un messaggio &lt;strong&gt;via&lt;/strong&gt; WhatsApp”.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Postare &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; Facebook, &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; Instagram = postare &lt;strong&gt;sul sito&lt;/strong&gt; Facebook, &lt;strong&gt;sul sito&lt;/strong&gt; (o sull'applicazione) Instagram, ecc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se pensi alla parola che potrebbe essere sottintesa nella frase, è più facile trovare la preposizione giusta.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero che questo possa esserti di aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-12T19:12:06.003" LastActivityDate="2019-04-12T19:12:06.003" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10403" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10407" CreationDate="2019-04-11T18:27:10.787" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; Non, lui &lt;strong&gt;non lo non lo avrebbero avuto della compagnia brontolona&lt;/strong&gt;; a lui sarebbe bastato, all'ultimo momento, il rettangolo dove era sepolto suo padre: là si sarebbe ricongiunto con la terra magra dell'isola natale, e il suo nome sarebbe stato inciso sotto il nome di suo padre nella pietra modesta ricavata da quella stessa terra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel paragrafo precedente a questo, l'io narante che formula questo pensiero parla dei suoi compaesani (quelli che sono rimasti a vivere sull'isola natale, mentre lui invece ne era partito da giovane e aveva avuto una vita di marinaio) in confronto con sé stesso in questi termini:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi aveva traversato cinquanta volte l'Atlantico o navigato per il Pacifico, chi aveva corso l'avventura degli armamenti nei vari cantieri d'Europa e d'America,  non poteva pacificarsi, dentro un orticello dalle erbe aromatiche, a guardar scorrere le nubi sopra il suo capo, o cullandosi in una barchetta mirare lo specchio del porto. Correva rischio di diventare come Fabrizio: con quella sua lunga faccia gialla piena di borse e con gli occhi mollicci, sembrava un vecchio mastino rabbioso, inchiodato alla catena, che non si fosse mai mosso più in là di die metri dal suo canile; o come Antonio, che, senza denti, col mento sempre apoggiato al pomo del bastone, le palpebre rosse e corrose, pareva un ricoverato dell'ospizio di mendicità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/brontolone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&#xA; ho trovato che l'aggettivo &quot;brontolone&quot; significa &quot;che ha il vizio di brontolare continuamente, o si mostra sempre scontento&quot;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire del tutto bene il senso della frase &quot;non lo avrebbero avuto della compagnia brontolona&quot; che appare nel testo. &quot;La compagnia brontolona&quot; è il gruppo di questi compaesani? La frase vuol dire che lui non vuol far parte di questo gruppo? Non dovrebbe essere &quot;non lo avrebbero avuto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; compagnia brontolona&quot;? Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-04-13T14:37:32.980" Title="Cosa significa &quot;non lo avrebbero avuto della compagnia brontolona&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8654" CreationDate="2019-04-12T09:42:51.297" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have never heard that rule. In Italy we learn to read and write numbers this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reading and writing 3 digits numbers:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;100  = cento. It is an exception to the rule, you read “cento”, not “unocento”.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;00 = &lt;strong&gt;due&lt;/strong&gt;cento&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;00 = &lt;strong&gt;tre&lt;/strong&gt;cento&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;00 = &lt;strong&gt;quattro&lt;/strong&gt;cento&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;30 = &lt;strong&gt;quattro&lt;/strong&gt;centotrenta&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;32 = &lt;strong&gt;quattro&lt;/strong&gt;centotrentadue&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;07 = &lt;strong&gt;sette&lt;/strong&gt;centosette  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RULE:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;if, after thousands, you have a 80 number, you have to delete one “o”:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  180 = centottanta (not: centoottanta)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  287 = duecentottantasette (not: duecentoottantasette)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;if, after thousands, you have number 8, you have to leave the double “o”&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  708 = settecent&lt;strong&gt;oo&lt;/strong&gt;tto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  808 = ottocent&lt;strong&gt;oo&lt;/strong&gt;tto  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reading and writing 4 digits numbers:&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fist of all, in Italy we write 1.000 with a dot to group thousands, not comma.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Comma is used as “decimal point”, which separates decimal numbers from the whole number.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  A number in standard form is separated into groups of three digits:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  1.000&#xA;  10.000&#xA;  100.000&#xA;  1.000.000&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To read them, 1.000 is an exception to the rule, you read “mille”, not “unomila”&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;.000 = &lt;strong&gt;due&lt;/strong&gt;mila&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;.000 = &lt;strong&gt;tre&lt;/strong&gt;mila&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;10&lt;/strong&gt;.000 = &lt;strong&gt;dieci&lt;/strong&gt;mila&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;15&lt;/strong&gt;.000 = &lt;strong&gt;quindici&lt;/strong&gt;mila&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;100&lt;/strong&gt;.000 = &lt;strong&gt;cento&lt;/strong&gt;mila&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;107&lt;/strong&gt;.311 = &lt;strong&gt;centosette&lt;/strong&gt;milatrecentoundici&lt;br&gt;&#xA;765.200 = settecentosessantacinquemiladuecento (your example)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RULE TO READ:&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you read the number at the left of the dot&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you read the dot as “mila”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;you read the digits at the right of the dot. If you have only “zero” digits, you have to stop:  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;10.000 = diecimila (“10” = dieci + “.” = mila “000” = nothing to write or read)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;199.000 = centonovantanovemila&lt;br&gt;&#xA;199.007 = centonovantanovemilasette  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reading and writing 6 digits numbers:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1.000.000 = un milione&#xA;1.001.001 = un milione e milleuno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reading and writing 10 digits numbers:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;1.001.001.001 = un miliardo, un milione e milleuno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;507.935.399.011 = cinquecentosettemiliardi, novecentotrentacinque milioni, trecentonovantanovemila e undici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;507.935.888.333 = cinquecentosettemiliardi, novecentotrentacinque milioni, ottocentottantottomila e trecentotrentatré&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reading and writing 13 digits numbers:&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1.000.000.000.000 = un bilione&#xA;(= mille miliardi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1.001.001.001.001 = un bilione, un miliardo, un milione e milleuno  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="4057" LastEditDate="2019-04-12T15:05:18.200" LastActivityDate="2019-04-12T15:05:18.200" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10182" CreationDate="2019-04-12T15:57:12.950" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una regola grammaticale: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;con i numerali &quot;tutto&quot; è seguito dalla congiunzione &quot;e&quot;:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tutti e due (o tutt'e due)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tutti e sette&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tutti e dieci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-12T19:16:07.313" LastActivityDate="2019-04-12T19:16:07.313" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10365" CreationDate="2019-04-12T16:46:46.530" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le forme sono corrette.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Esiste infatti una regola (fonte: &quot;Grammatica Italiana di Base&quot;, Zanichelli) perché dovere, potere, volere sono verbi servili:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;REGOLA:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la presenza di un pronome atono prima o dopo il verbo servile determina la scelta dell’ausiliare:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - &lt;strong&gt;se il pronome precede l’ausiliare si usa essere:&lt;/strong&gt; (non &lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; sono potuto andare)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - &lt;strong&gt;se il pronome segue l’infinito del verbo si usa avere:&lt;/strong&gt; (non ho potuto andar&lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt;)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo nell’italiano di oggi si è soliti usare verbo essere o verbo avere indistintamente, come si legge anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://library.weschool.com/lezione/verbo-potere-volere-dovere-verbi-servili-grammatica-11080.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa risposta sono coinvolti i pronomi, &lt;strong&gt;la regola sopra riportata vale quindi SOLO in caso di presenza di pronomi&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho preferito adesso editare la risposta in modo da chiarire come mai sembrerebbe che nelle diverse grammatiche ci siano regole diverse e perché con i commenti la verità si perderebbe e chi legge o leggerà in futuro avrebbe difficoltà a capire a fondo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stiamo parlando di verbi &lt;strong&gt;SERVILI&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Vediamo &lt;strong&gt;la totalità delle regole da applicare ai verbi servili:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;possono essere usati autonomamente (voglio una pizza);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;usati assieme ad un altro verbo all’infinito possono precisarne il significato indicandone:&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;dovere -&gt; necessità (devo andare a casa);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;potere -&gt; possibilità (posso andare a casa);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;volere -&gt; volontà (voglio andare a casa);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;usati autonomamente prendono l’ausiliare AVERE (ho dovuto);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;quando hanno valore servile assumono l’ausiliare richiesto dal verbo che accompagnano (ho dovuto parlare, sono dovuto andare); &lt;strong&gt;Per quest’ultima regola, nell’italiano di oggi ha una certa diffusione l’uso indifferenziato dell’ausiliare avere&lt;/strong&gt; (quindi anziché sono dovuto andare, nell’italiano di oggi si dice anche “ho voluto andare”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CASI PARTICOLARI&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;seguiti dal verbo ESSERE o da un infinito passivo prendono l’ausiliare avere (ho dovuto essere lì);  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nei casi in cui sia richiesto l’ausiliare essere, &lt;strong&gt;la presenza di un pronome atono determina la scelta dell’ausiliare&lt;/strong&gt;(e questo è il caso della domanda):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;se il pronome precede l’ausiliare si usa essere: (non ci sono potuto andare)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;se il pronome segue l’infinito del verbo si usa avere: (non ho potuto andarci).  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CASI PARTICOLARI: ALTRI VERBI CHE HANNO VALORE SERVILE&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;i verbi &lt;strong&gt;sapere&lt;/strong&gt; nel senso di “essere capace di” (so correre per 9 chilometri) e il difettivo &lt;strong&gt;solere&lt;/strong&gt; (come si suol dire, Marco soleva passeggiare la sera);  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;i verbi &lt;strong&gt;fare&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;lasciare&lt;/strong&gt; quando &lt;strong&gt;seguiti da un altro verbo all’infinito hanno valore causativo:&lt;/strong&gt; indicano un’azione causata dal soggetto ma non compiuta direttamente da esso: ho fatto recapitare il pacco in ufficio, ti lascio lavorare.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di essere stata chiara e di aver fugato ogni dubbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorDisplayName="user5372" LastEditDate="2019-04-16T08:46:55.643" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T08:46:55.643" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10403" CreationDate="2019-04-13T14:31:50.023" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me la tua interpretazione del senso della frase è corretta; il personaggio non vuol tornare per far parte della &quot;compagnia brontolona&quot; dei compaesani (che sembra disprezzare in quanto rappresentano l'antitesi della sua vita avventurosa) e si &lt;em&gt;&quot;accontenta&quot;&lt;/em&gt; di tornare all'isola natale per rimanere solamente una volta defunto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;della&lt;/em&gt; al posto di &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;essere un refuso  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;essere una costruzione volutamente un po' sgrammaticata ma accettabile nel parlato che assomiglia ad espressioni tipo &lt;em&gt;&quot;avere (qualcuno) dei nostri&quot;&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;&quot;avere (qualcuno) dalla nostra parte&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il commento di @DaG aggiunge anche le espressioni (simili) come &lt;em&gt;“essere della partita”&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-13T14:37:32.980" LastActivityDate="2019-04-13T14:37:32.980" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10408" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10409" CreationDate="2019-04-13T14:32:35.590" Score="1" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La stanza era ancora piena di fumo, che usciva a pigre volute dalla finestra con le &lt;strong&gt;persiane in libro&lt;/strong&gt;; sul tavolo il portacenere colmo di mozziconi e di fiammiferi bruciati e, accanto, in una scatola di latta erano, ben ordinate, le lenze nuove, di crino nero avvolto intorno ai sugheri, su cui eran puntati gli ami lucenti: c'era qualche vuoto, forse il posto di quelle che suo padre aveva scelte e s'era portate con sé.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;persiane in libro&quot;? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;persiana&quot; e &quot;libro&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-04-13T14:37:24.467" Title="Cos'è una &quot;persiana in libro&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10408" CreationDate="2019-04-13T14:37:24.467" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono sicuro che si tratti di una persiana con un'apertura a libro, ovvero che si ripiega su se stessa, tipo queste&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stabileserramenti.it/prodotti/img/38_persiane_con_apertura_a_libro.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.stabileserramenti.it/prodotti/img/38_persiane_con_apertura_a_libro.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stabileserramenti.it/prodotti/img/58_persiane_con_apertura_a_libro_2.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.stabileserramenti.it/prodotti/img/58_persiane_con_apertura_a_libro_2.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.fintecnic.eu/wgrane-pliki/mini_persiane-pieghevoli-richiudibili.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.fintecnic.eu/wgrane-pliki/mini_persiane-pieghevoli-richiudibili.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-04-13T14:37:24.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1492" CreationDate="2019-04-13T16:10:40.677" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think this is a great word, and I have been endeavoring to get to know it better. It sounds very similar to the French word, &quot;assez&quot; (pronounced &quot;assAY&quot;), meaning &quot;enough&quot;, and a link someone above posted about its etymology confirms this. The south of Italy was long an outpost of French influence (see Wikipedia on &quot;Southern Italy&quot;), so it is not surprising that the word is used more there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't seem like a vulgar word to me, but I wonder whether when some people say that it is, what they mean is that it is not highbrow, &quot;proper&quot; Italian, but colloquial street language primarily of working people. The root of the word, vulgar, does not have to do, incidentally, with being profane or rude, but simply common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The character of this expression is, from what I can tell, essentially one that is focused on emphasizing something by deliberate understatement - like when people say, &quot;Enough!&quot; but really they mean that much more than enough has been said. I've often heard it used as a stand alone word. &quot;Assai...&quot; plus some raised eyebrows... meaning, suggestively, &quot;a &lt;em&gt;L O T&lt;/em&gt;...&quot;., It's a much more suggestive word than &quot;molto&quot;, which has a sort of prosaic, numerical quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5377" LastEditorUserId="5377" LastEditDate="2019-04-14T04:06:27.020" LastActivityDate="2019-04-14T04:06:27.020" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10411" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-04-14T07:26:43.340" Score="1" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il figlio trovò il padre seduto sulla riva. Badava a due lenze che aveva ai lati ed una la teneva in mano. L'aveva visto giungere da lontano e subito s'era rasserenato in volto.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Da confonderti con un pescatore di mestiere, – esclamò il figlio. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Sì, alla brava. &lt;strong&gt;Ne va un po' di mezzo il vestito.&lt;/strong&gt; Ci vorrebbe quella tela da marinai. E un berrettaccio con la visiera. Tu, t'annoieresti a star delle ore così?&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – M'annoierei. A prenderlo il pesce, sì, ma ad aspettarlo... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarme il senso della frase &quot;Ne va un po' di mezzo il vestito&quot; che appare in questo testo? Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mezzo1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;andar di m.&lt;/em&gt;, patire danno, aver pregiudizio: &lt;em&gt;io non vorrei andarci di m.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;figliuol caro, se tu ti senti il bruciore addosso, non so che dire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ma io non voglio andarne di mezzo&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni); &lt;em&gt;ne va di m. la vita, l’onore, la sua reputazione&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mettere in m. qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, ingannare, raggirare, abbindolare, compromettere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma quello che &quot;va di mezzo&quot; nel brano sopra citato è &quot;il vestito&quot; e non mi pare che il significato sia quello riportato dal dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-14T08:06:55.393" LastActivityDate="2019-04-14T09:24:49.703" Title="Qual è il significato della frase &quot;Ne va un po' di mezzo il vestito&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10411" CreationDate="2019-04-14T07:55:50.880" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il padre qui sta dicendo che il vestito che indossa non è proprio da pescatore (piuttosto &amp;quot;ci vorrebbe quella tela da marinai. E un berrettaccio con la visiera&amp;quot;). In questo caso il vestito &amp;quot;compromette&amp;quot; la somiglianza tra il padre e un marinaio. Da notare lo scambio immediatamente prima:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Da confonderti con un pescatore di mestiere, – esclamò il figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Sì, alla brava. [Vale a dire &amp;quot;approssimativamente&amp;quot;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-14T07:55:50.880" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10411" CreationDate="2019-04-14T09:24:49.703" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come riportato nell'estratto dalla Treccani, il senso generale della locuzione “andare di mezzo” è “subire un danno”. Si può riferire a persone (“qui ci vado di mezzo io”) o a cose, spesso astratte (l'onore, la reputazione etc. come negli esempi, ma anche la pelle). Scorrendo Google Books si trovano innumerevoli esempi sia antichi che moderni. Fra questi ultimi, forse qui più pertinenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;chi ci va di mezzo son sempre io (Vamba)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;loro la mettono in punizione e chi ci va di mezzo sono io che non posso uscire con lei (Moccia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il giorno in cui l'Arno tracima e Ponte Vecchio rischia di crollare, ne va di mezzo anche la libreria (Carlo Feltrinelli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di cui parliamo, sono dell'opinione che il personaggio che parla osservi che il vestito che indossa è poco adatto, in particolare perché si potrebbe rovinare indossandolo mentre si pesca, a differenza di quelli fatti con la “tela da marinai”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-14T09:24:49.703" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10416" CreationDate="2019-04-15T13:26:33.063" Score="1" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi il suo sguardo confuso venne attratto da qualche cosa di candido alla riva, sotto la casa. Una barchetta gialla con la &lt;strong&gt;tenda&lt;/strong&gt; bianchissima ondeggiava a ogni più lieve movimento del barcaiolo, che, seduto sulla prora, la teneva a riva presso i gradini. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di cogliere il senso della parola &quot;tenda&quot; in questo passaggio. Si tratta della vela della barchetta menzionata nel testo? Oppure il significato è questo, che ho trovato nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tenda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (che infatti non riesco a capire bene cosa sia)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’allestimento navale, riparo di tela olona, sostenuto con draglie a robusti candelieri e tesato con cavi, disposto in semplice o doppio ordine, a protezione dei ponti scoperti e delle murate delle navi contro il sole e la pioggia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-04-15T13:44:24.723" Title="Cosa significa &quot;tenda&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10415" CreationDate="2019-04-15T13:44:24.723" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è proprio quello che hai trovato tu per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tenda/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tenda&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt; Nell'allestimento navale, riparo di tela olona, sostenuto con&#xA;  draglie a robusti candelieri e tesato con cavi, disposto in semplice o&#xA;  doppio ordine, a protezione dei ponti scoperti e delle murate delle&#xA;  navi contro il sole e la pioggia. Ponte tenda, nella costruzione&#xA;  navale, sovrastruttura leggera, costituita da un ponte sostenuto&#xA;  semplicemente da montanti e puntelli; navi a ponte t., le navi munite&#xA;  di un ponte di questo genere, usate nei traffici dei passeggeri per&#xA;  viaggi di breve durata, o in mari tropicali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tela olona è una tela molto più spessa della normale vela e viene usata come protezione del ponte dal sole e dalle intemperie; infatti quelle moderne possono essere anche impermeabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le draglie sono i cavi tesati tra i candelieri delle barche posti per evitare la caduta accidentale fuori bordo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-04-15T13:44:24.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10417" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10418" CreationDate="2019-04-15T14:19:35.890" Score="5" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sono trasferita da qualche anno in Svizzera nel cantone italiano. Quando parlo con degli italiani spesso mi capita di sentire il termine &quot;bufala&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho chiesto e mi hanno detto che vuol dire “bugia”, o fake news. Ma io so anche che è un animale. Non capisco come siate arrivati dall'animale all’espressione che significa “bugia”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5380" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-15T18:28:26.070" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T10:36:48.537" Title="Qual è l'origine dell'espressione &quot;bufala&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10418" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10417" CreationDate="2019-04-15T14:42:36.897" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Benvenuta su Italian Language Stack Exchange!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con il termine bufala, più precisamente, si vuole indicare una bugia travestita da informazione vera (un esempio di bufala mediatica sono i post di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lercio.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lercio&lt;/a&gt;), principalmente messa in circolazione per creare disinformazione e talvolta scalpore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poiché la mozzarella di bufala è a Roma particolarmente apprezzata, la metafora deve fare riferimento non a questo formaggio, ma al malcostume, messo evidentemente in opera da qualche ristoratore romano disonesto, di spacciare la carne di bufala per la più pregiata vitella.&#xA;  (Paolo D’Achille, Antonella Stefinlongo, Anna Maria Boccafurni: &lt;em&gt;Lasciatece parlà. Il romanesco nell’Italia di oggi&lt;/em&gt;. Roma, Carocci, 2012, p. 287).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una possibile origine della nascita di quest’espressione è riportata in questo stralcio:  infatti, il termine può far riferimento alla disonestà dei ristoratori che, prendendo in giro i clienti, gli vendevano una carne diversa da quella da loro ordinata. Potremmo così dire che gli servivano una vera e propria “bufala” :)!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, secondo il Vocabolario della Crusca, l’espressione deriva da “menare al naso come una bufala”, prendere per il naso e portare in giro come si fa con i buoi, che avendo l’anello al naso, si lasciano tirare e trasportare senza opporre resistenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pensando alla situazione odierna, dove la gente crede a tutte le “bufale” che legge, regge il paragone tra il bufalo, facilmente domabile e la massa, le persone che, senza interrogarsi della veridicità dei fatti, credono a tutto ciò che li circonda. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di essere stata esaustiva, per ulteriori spiegazioni ti lascio alcuni link utili:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bufala&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/bufala-mediatica_%28Lessico-del-XXI-Secolo%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/questa-risposta-bufala&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5327" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-04-16T10:36:48.537" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T10:36:48.537" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10417" CreationDate="2019-04-15T14:44:51.290" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul sito dell'Accademia della Crusca puoi trovare una spiegazione dell'origine del termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/questa-risposta-bufala&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bufala&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stando al GRADIT di De Mauro, l'uso figurato di bufala sarebbe&#xA;  attestato dal 1960 e deriverebbe dal romanesco e tale datazione risale&#xA;  a Claudio Quarantotto, che riporta un esempio di Gianfranco Calderoni,&#xA;  che parla di «un film che, anche prima di essere visto, fu definito&#xA;  una &quot;bufala&quot; dagli amici romani». Paolo D'Achille, oltre ad aver&#xA;  segnalato un'attestazione anteriore dell'uso figurato di bufala,&#xA;  all'interno di uno sketch di Nino Manfredi nella Canzonissima del 1959&#xA;  (Fusse che fusse la vòta bbona), ne ha proposto una spiegazione&#xA;  convincente. &lt;strong&gt;Il significato figurato di bufala avrebbe avuto origine&#xA;  in ambito gastronomico, non con riferimento alla mozzarella di bufala,&#xA;  ma alla carne; alcuni ristoratori romani disonesti, infatti, avevano&#xA;  il malcostume di spacciare la carne di bufala invece della più&#xA;  pregiata carne di vitella; di qui il termine avrebbe assunto il valore&#xA;  di 'fregatura' e quindi di 'notizia falsa&lt;/strong&gt;' e di 'produzione&#xA;  artistica/cinematografica scadente'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ed inoltre:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho l'occasione di presentare qui un ulteriore dato: recentemente mi è&#xA;  capitato di parlare dell'argomento con un anziano parlante romano, che&#xA;  mi ha ricordato un fatto che accadeva proprio a Roma, intorno agli&#xA;  anni Quaranta. &lt;strong&gt;All'epoca le donne erano solite portare, per&#xA;  risparmiare, delle scarpe con le suole in pelle di bufalo/bufala,&#xA;  invece del più costoso cuoio; capitava, nei giorni di pioggia, che con&#xA;  tali calzature si scivolasse, anche con considerevoli conseguenze;&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  quando una donna infortunata arrivava al Pronto Soccorso (l'allora CTO&#xA;  della Garbatella), il personale d'ospedale, considerata l'alta&#xA;  frequenza dei casi, usava l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Ecco un'altra bufala&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  (indicando la paziente metonimicamente con la causa del suo incidente:&#xA;  'un'altra scarpa in pelle di bufalo aveva provocato nuovamente una&#xA;  brutta caduta').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riassumendo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Possiamo, in conclusione, rispondere ai nostri lettori che l'accezione&#xA;  figurata di bufala, sia come 'notizia falsa' sia come 'produzione&#xA;  artistica di scarso valore', è relativamente recente e ha sicuramente&#xA;  origine a Roma, anche se è stata registrata solo tardivamente nella&#xA;  lessicografia romanesca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-04-15T14:52:18.623" LastActivityDate="2019-04-15T14:52:18.623" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9454" CreationDate="2019-04-15T15:43:11.457" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io considererei l’etimologia della parola: osteopatia, e quindi ostheopathy, come molti termini medici deriva dal greco antico: &lt;strong&gt;ὀστέον&lt;/strong&gt; (ostéon)  = osso + &lt;strong&gt;πάθος&lt;/strong&gt; (páthos) = sofferenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso letterale è &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;patologia ossea&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, ma in entrambe le lingue il termine viene utilizzato per definire la terapia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come cita &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/patia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, il suffisso &lt;strong&gt;-patia&lt;/strong&gt; in medicina, indica affezioni diverse, facendo generico riferimento, o all’organo o sistema interessato, o al meccanismo patogenetico, o alle condizioni di insorgenza. &lt;strong&gt;In qualche caso, designa particolari metodi di cura.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Italiano:&lt;/strong&gt; è una terapia alternativa che consiste nella manipolazione di alcune parti del corpo, in particolare la schiena, il collo e la testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;English:&lt;/strong&gt; Osteopathy is a type of alternative medicine that emphasizes manual readjustments.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Osteopathy#Worldwide&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, alla voce Osteopathy, fornisce una lista di paesi e del loro approccio legale alla pratica medica osteopatica, ulteriore dimostrazione del fatto che il termine viene utilizzato più per definire la terapia che la patologia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-15T15:43:11.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10422" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-04-15T18:06:44.797" Score="4" ViewCount="566" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading some politicians’ quotes and this one from Vittorio Sgarbi, immediately caught my attention&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vergogna! Altro che valori! Valori del buco del culo, questa è la storia! Ci sarà forse una querela per questo? Non credo. Il buco del culo ha dei grandi valori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does he mean with “buco del culo”? I know what it is but does it have another meaning? Like when you say c***o instead of “oh mannaggia!”. But I don’t know, it doesn’t make sense to me. What would “il buco del culo ha dei grandi valori” mean? If it’s literal it sounds weird...&#xA;Anyway, what does it mean in this context and how do  I use it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5384" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T11:55:11.910" Title="What does “buco del culo” mean here?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10422" CreationDate="2019-04-15T18:37:46.180" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;To better understand the context of the citation we could refer to an &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lettera43.it/it/articoli/cronaca/2016/03/01/lossessione-di-sgarbi-per-il-lato-b/163850/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article&lt;/a&gt; talking about Vittorio Sgarbi’s lexical obsession for the B-side:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel 1998 non era andata meglio a Italia dei Valori. «Vergogna!»,&#xA;  attaccò il Nostro. «Altro che valori! Valori del buco del culo, questa&#xA;  è la storia! Ci sarà forse una querela per questo? Non credo. Il buco&#xA;  del culo ha dei grandi valori. Perché no? Si può negare? Sicuramente&#xA;  ci sarà una querela: si dirà 'Ecco Sgarbi...'. Ma perché la parola&#xA;  'valori' è di qualcuno? La parola 'Italia' è di qualcuno? O sono&#xA;  sequestrati per sempre da parte di uno che ha stabilito, senza sapere&#xA;  niente di letteratura, di arte, di civiltà, di grammatica... niente, e&#xA;  pensando di comandare l'Italia!? Ma andate... no, niente da fare».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He was referring to the Italian political party &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italia_dei_Valori&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italia dei Valori&lt;/a&gt;, which happened to be in the Italian Parliament in those days, and which was founded by a former public prosecutor active during the early ‘90s. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;He was considered a symbol of some kind of reinassance of politic in Italy, bringing with him a concept of integrity. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this quote “valori del buco del culo” is an epithet and some kind of wordplay just to say that these values (valori) were not so high and precious. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-04-16T11:55:11.910" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T11:55:11.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10424" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10427" CreationDate="2019-04-15T21:17:37.527" Score="5" ViewCount="621" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte ho molta difficoltà a capire quando alcune parole richiedono o no una lettera doppia. Fortunatamente con strumenti digitali faccio la correzione automatica e riesco spesso ad usarli bene, però se scrivo rischio di sbagliare. In Italiano alcune parole hanno un significato diverso a seconda di quante lettere uguali metti, per esempio &quot;motto&quot;, che vuol dire frase (se non vado sbagliato), e &quot;moto&quot;, che vuol dire motocicletta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esiste una regola per sapere quando usare lettere doppie?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5380" LastEditorDisplayName="user5372" LastEditDate="2019-05-01T07:36:20.943" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T07:36:20.943" Title="Esiste un modo per sapere quando usare le doppie?" Tags="&lt;spelling&gt;&lt;geminate-consonants&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10424" CreationDate="2019-04-15T21:28:00.937" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'unica soluzione è imparare a distinguere la diversa pronuncia. Il motivo per cui so che &lt;em&gt;moto&lt;/em&gt; si scrive con una lettera sola e &lt;em&gt;motto&lt;/em&gt; con due è perché se le dico a voce alta, la prima la pronuncio ['mɔto] e la seconda ['mɔt:o].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se la tua lingua madre è una lingua che non ha le consonanti doppie (come molte lingue europee e una buona percentuale delle lingue regionali italiane) questo può richiedere un po' di sforzo all'inizio, ma di fatto i grafemi t e tt sono due lettere distinte, che corrispondono a suoni distinti. Da questo punto di vista la tua domanda è un po' come chiedere come ricordarsi di scrivere &lt;em&gt;moto&lt;/em&gt; piuttosto che &lt;em&gt;modo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una buona risorsa per consultare varie pronunce italiane di madrelingua (ma attenzione: le pronunce variano su base regionale, e le lettere doppie sono di solito pronunciate con maggiore intensità al centro-sud che al nord) è &lt;a href=&quot;https://forvo.com/languages/it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Forvo&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-04-16T07:22:16.910" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T07:22:16.910" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10424" CreationDate="2019-04-15T22:59:18.863" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ci può essere una regola. Gli esempi di coppie minime sono tanti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;casa/cassa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    fata/fatta&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    copia/coppia&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    cola/colla&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    sera/serra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e così via. Nessun correttore automatico che non abbia anche un controllo semantico può segnalare errori in questi casi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se pronunciamo &lt;em&gt;vale&lt;/em&gt; (voce del verbo &lt;em&gt;valere&lt;/em&gt;) e &lt;em&gt;valle&lt;/em&gt; (quella che sta fra i monti), la &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; nella prima parola è leggermente più lunga e, naturalmente, il suono di &lt;em&gt;ll&lt;/em&gt; è “più intenso” di &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt; semplice, almeno nella pronuncia standard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; sorda intervocalica seguita da &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; si pronuncia sempre geminata (termine più preciso di “doppia”), ma normalmente si scrive semplice: &lt;em&gt;azione&lt;/em&gt;. Se però la &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; è doppia in una parola, lo è anche nelle parole derivate: &lt;em&gt;mazza&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;mazziere&lt;/em&gt;; invece da &lt;em&gt;dazio&lt;/em&gt; viene &lt;em&gt;daziere&lt;/em&gt;, da &lt;em&gt;Lazio&lt;/em&gt; viene &lt;em&gt;laziale&lt;/em&gt;. Le &lt;em&gt;z&lt;/em&gt; in queste sei parole si pronunciano allo stesso modo, cioè geminate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un problema analogo per chi impara l'italiano riguarda l'accento tonico: non c'è alcuna regola per decidere su quale sillaba cade. Un esempio classico è &lt;em&gt;capitano&lt;/em&gt; che può avere l'accento tonico su tre delle quattro sillabe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;càpitano (verbo &lt;em&gt;capitare&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    capitàno (ufficiale dell'esercito)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    capitanò (verbo &lt;em&gt;capitanare&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'accento si segna solo nell'ultimo caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-04-15T22:59:18.863" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10424" CreationDate="2019-04-16T12:22:13.823" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella lingua italiana le lettere consonantiche dell'alfabeto italiano in posizione intervocalica possono essere semplici o doppie.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutte le consonanti si presentano in almeno una parola come doppie, compresa la “Q” nelle uniche occorrenze di 'soqquadro' e nel meno utilizzato 'beqquadro', e ad esclusione della “H”, che ha valore prettamente diacritico.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Dal punto di vista della rappresentazione fonetica, ogni doppia rappresenta la geminazione del suono standard che solitamente le viene associato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Non c’è una regola specifica per sapere quando utilizzare le lettere doppie.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Infatti le lettere doppie dell’italiano sono un fenomeno complesso, perché non sono l’esito di un unico percorso evolutivo, ma il risultato di diverse trasformazioni (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/lettere-doppie_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Già già in greco e in latino esistevano parole con lettere doppie.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Le parole che derivano dal greco tendono a conservare le lettere doppie (talassocrazia, da thalassa «mare» + krátos «potere»).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In genere anche le parole latine che contenevano lettere doppie le hanno mantenute in italiano: si pensi a parole come ancilla &gt; ancella, căballus &gt; cavallo, commercĭum &gt; commercio, stella &gt; stella.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nel passaggio dal latino all’italiano vengono introdotte lettere doppie estranee al latino in seguito a diversi fenomeni:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;geminazione della consonante che segue la vocale tonica nelle parole sdrucciole&lt;/strong&gt;, come nel caso di femĭna(m) &gt; femmina o căthĕdra(m) &gt; cattedra.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;assimilazione consonantica&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè la trasformazione della prima consonante nella seconda. Le parole greche e latine contenenti il nesso -x- (cioè la consonante doppia -cs-) come saxum &gt; sasso, come ălexănder &gt; Alessandro. L’assimilazione ha trasformato, inoltre, anche altri nessi ostici come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-ps-&lt;/strong&gt; (scrīpsi &gt; scrissi),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-ct-&lt;/strong&gt; (noctem &gt; notte),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-pt-&lt;/strong&gt; (aptum &gt; atto, da cui attore, attitudine, ecc.),&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-mn-&lt;/strong&gt; (cŏlumna &gt; colonna)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e ha agito nell’evoluzione di parole con suffisso diminutivo come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fēnūc(ū)lum &gt; finocchio,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;aurĭc(ŭ)la &gt; orecchia,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vĕt(ŭ)lŭm &gt; *vĕtlŭ (= veclu) &gt; vecchio.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In questi casi, a essere assimilato è il nesso &lt;strong&gt;-cl-&lt;/strong&gt; che si trasforma in velare rafforzata.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un particolare tipo di assimilazione consonantica, simile a un raddoppiamento fonosintattico regressivo, riguarda, invece, le parole formate con prefissi latini, quali:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ad-&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;sub-&lt;/strong&gt; (advĕntŭm &gt; avvento, sub + portāre &gt; supportare). &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Inducono, poi, al raddoppiamento della consonante iniziale della parola a cui sono uniti anche altri prefissi come, per es., &lt;strong&gt;ra-&lt;/strong&gt; (rappresentare), &lt;strong&gt;so-&lt;/strong&gt; (socchiudere), &lt;strong&gt;contra-&lt;/strong&gt; (contrapporre).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Tuttavia, per secoli, questi hanno dato esiti oscillanti tra scempie e doppie: la forma contradire (in luogo di contraddire), per es., ancora ai primi del Novecento era indicata come la più comune nel manuale di ortografia di Malagoli (1912).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L’assimilazione progressiva&lt;/strong&gt; si verifica, invece, coi prefissi &lt;strong&gt;in-&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;con-&lt;/strong&gt; seguiti da nasale o liquida in casi come immeritevole (in + meritevole), irresponsabile (in + responsabile), illegale (in + legale), correlativo (con + relativo).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il fenomeno dell’assimilazione progressiva è anche un esito tipico dei dialetti dell’Italia centro-meridionale in parole come mŭndum &gt; monno, fŭndum &gt; fonno.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo, &lt;strong&gt;esistono delle regole per non sbagliare nello scrivere parole con lettere doppie&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Manuale di scrittura non creativa&lt;/em&gt;, Rizzoli):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt; non si scrive &lt;strong&gt;mai doppia&lt;/strong&gt; davanti al suffisso – ile: mobile, visibile;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;g&lt;/strong&gt; non si scrive &lt;strong&gt;mai doppia&lt;/strong&gt; davanti a – ione: ragione;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;z&lt;/strong&gt; non si scrive &lt;strong&gt;mai doppia&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;nei nomi terminanti in &lt;strong&gt;– ione&lt;/strong&gt;: eccezione, lezione;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;nei nomi terminanti in &lt;strong&gt;– zia&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;– zie&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;– zio&lt;/strong&gt; (malizia, polizia, giudizio, ospizio ecc.) e nei loro derivati (poliziesco, giudiziario ecc.). &#xA;  Ci sono però &lt;strong&gt;alcune eccezioni&lt;/strong&gt; a questa regola generale : si scrivono con zz le parole pazzia, razzia, razziale, carrozziere, tappezziere, corazziere, mazziere;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;z&lt;/strong&gt; si scrive &lt;strong&gt;sempre doppia&lt;/strong&gt; nelle parole composte con i suffissi: – &lt;strong&gt;ozzo&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;– uzzo&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;– izzare&lt;/strong&gt;, e nei loro derivati: predicozzo, peluzzo, organizzare, organizzatore;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;la consonante iniziale di una parola raddoppia quando si unisce&lt;/strong&gt;:&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;alle congiunzioni &lt;strong&gt;e, né, se, o&lt;/strong&gt; (ebbene, neppure, seppure, ovvero);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;alle preposizioni &lt;strong&gt;a/ad, da, fra, su&lt;/strong&gt; (alla, addizionare, dapprima, frapporre, suddetto)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;agli avverbi &lt;strong&gt;là, più, sì, così&lt;/strong&gt; (laggiù, piuttosto, siffatto, cosiddetto)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ai prefissi &lt;strong&gt;sopra, sovra, contra&lt;/strong&gt; (soprattutto, sopravvivere, sovrabbondante, soprannumero, sopralluogo, contraddire, contraccolpo)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;quando la prima parola è il prefisso &lt;strong&gt;ra-&lt;/strong&gt; (raddrizzare, raccogliere, rammendare).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Non si ha il raddoppiamento:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;se la seconda parola che forma il composto inizia con &lt;strong&gt;s impura&lt;/strong&gt; (cioè seguita da consonante): soprascritto, sovrastruttura, contrastante;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;dopo i prefissi &lt;strong&gt;contro-, pre-, tra-, sotto-, intra-&lt;/strong&gt; (controbattere, controluce, prevedere, precedere, trapiantare, sottoporre, sottobosco, intravedere, intramuscolare).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse sono stata un po' prolissa, ma spero di essere stata di aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-16T20:28:58.083" LastActivityDate="2019-04-16T20:28:58.083" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10428" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-04-16T12:56:07.323" Score="1" ViewCount="1098" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiegheresti ad uno straniero il significato della parola tirarsela?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastActivityDate="2019-05-15T19:56:14.803" Title="Tirarsela, cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10429" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10428" CreationDate="2019-04-16T14:47:57.520" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ho capito bene se voglia sapere come spiegarlo in italiano o in inglese. Tra vedere e non vedere te lo dico in entrambi i modi.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Italiano&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In italiano significa ‘vantarsi’, ‘atteggiarsi’,  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tirare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“darsi arie”, “assumere un atteggiamento di superiorità”&lt;/a&gt;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quindi è un termine usato per descrivere l’atteggiamento di una persona che si atteggia a superiore, che si vanta ed è sprezzante nei confronti delle altre persone.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Inglese&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;‘Tirarsela’ in English means “to show off”, “to be snobby”, “to have an attitude”.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A person who “se la tira” is someone who has an attitude, who despises others and brags about being better than other people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un chiaro esempio che mi viene in mente che rende bene l’idea è rappresentato dall’atteggiamento dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dandy&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dandy&lt;/a&gt; dell’Ottocento, fortemente interessati alla loro apparenza e sprezzanti nei confronti degli altri (un esempio di dandy è Dorian Gray). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5327" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-05-15T19:56:14.803" LastActivityDate="2019-05-15T19:56:14.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10430" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10434" CreationDate="2019-04-16T19:59:15.093" Score="2" ViewCount="640" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella canzone &quot;Torna a casa&quot; viene usato questo modo di dire. C'è un altro significato o meglio una connotazione oltre a quella letterale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È da interpretare soltanto in senso negativo (distruggerò tutto) o potrebbe essere interpretato anche in senso positivo che non riesco a stare fermo e sono molto attivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E il cielo piano piano qua diventa trasparente&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Il Sole illumina le debolezze della gente&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Una lacrima salata bagna la mia guancia mentre&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Lei con la mano mi accarezza in viso dolcemente &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Col sangue sulle mani scalerò tutte le vette &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Voglio arrivare dove l'occhio umano si interrompe &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Per imparare a perdonare tutte le mie colpe &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Perché anche gli angeli a volte han paura della morte &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Che mi è rimasto un foglio in mano e mezza sigaretta &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  Corriamo via da chi c'ha troppa sete di vendetta  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Da questa Terra ferma perché ormai la sento stretta &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ieri ero quiete perché oggi sarò la tempesta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5071" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-16T21:03:36.720" LastActivityDate="2019-04-17T08:13:13.997" Title="Significato di &quot;oggi sarò la tempesta&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10432" CreationDate="2019-04-17T02:19:45.007" Score="6" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei capire cosa significa l'espressione &quot;dei beni&quot;, quando dovrei usarla, e da dove viene. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ho vista in questo contesto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Patrimonio culturale insieme dei beni culturali, artistici, ambientali, ecc. di una persona o un Paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che qui significhi &quot;together with all&quot;, ma non sono sicuro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali sono altri esempi di buoni usi dell'espressione &quot;dei beni&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-17T12:34:22.660" LastActivityDate="2019-04-17T12:34:22.660" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;dei beni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10431" CreationDate="2019-04-17T06:21:08.297" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta del sostantivo &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt; (da non confondere con l'identico avverbio!). Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bene2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bène²&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [dall’avv. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bene1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;bene¹&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;]. [...] &lt;strong&gt;6.&lt;/strong&gt; concr. &lt;strong&gt;a.&lt;/strong&gt; Ogni mezzo atto alla soddisfazione dei bisogni dell’uomo (nel linguaggio econ., quasi sempre sinon. di merce). In partic.: &lt;em&gt;b. economico&lt;/em&gt;, qualsiasi mezzo, come sopra definito, di cui vi sia disponibilità relativamente limitata e sia quindi suscettibile di avere un prezzo, [...] In senso più ampio, &lt;em&gt;b. artistici&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;b. archeologici&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;b. ambientali&lt;/em&gt;, ecc., il patrimonio nazionale sia naturale sia storico, inteso come insieme di ricchezze inalienabili che debbono essere valorizzate e tramandate come bene pubblico, perché soddisfano essenzialmente bisogni collettivi, tutelate quindi secondo le leggi dello stato e non secondo l’arbitrio di privati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt; quindi è simile all'inglese &lt;em&gt;good&lt;/em&gt; (e.g. in &lt;em&gt;beni di consumo&lt;/em&gt;=&lt;em&gt;consumer goods&lt;/em&gt;) o &lt;em&gt;asset&lt;/em&gt;, ma con un significato più ampio che riguarda anche oggetti intangibili o senza prezzo. Per cui la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Patrimonio culturale: insieme dei beni culturali, artistici, ambientali, ecc. di una persona o un Paese..&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;può essere tradotta con&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cultural patrimony: set of the cultural, artistic, environmental assets of a person or a country&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-04-17T06:21:08.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10430" CreationDate="2019-04-17T06:28:15.887" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia impressione è che si tratti di un riferimento abbastanza chiaro alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/quiete_prima_della_tempesta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;quiete prima della tempesta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (&quot;the calm before the storm&quot;), per cui che significhi circa &quot;ieri sono rimasto calmo, ma oggi mi arrabbio sul serio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concordo che non abbia davvero molto senso nel contesto degli altri versi, ma purtroppo non so che dire. Magari il verso piaceva troppo e hanno voluto includerlo anche se mancava di coerenza con il resto della strofa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-04-17T07:59:15.007" LastActivityDate="2019-04-17T07:59:15.007" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10430" CreationDate="2019-04-17T08:13:13.997" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per capire il senso di questa frase è necessario comprendere il senso del brano, in cui il cantante narra in prima persona il suo dolore per l’abbandono della sua musa ispiratrice, che prega di tornare.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Racconta il modo in cui lui è cambiato dopo aver incontrato la sua musa ispiratrice: inizialmente era un disastro e non riusciva più a muoversi, cioè a sentirsi vivo, ed era come se si trovasse intrappolato.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;La musa si è presa cura di lui, lo ha aiutato ad immergersi in situazioni completamente nuove. L’ha risollevato e l’ha spinto a prendere una nuova direzione.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In quella frase vuole esprimere quanto sia cambiato il suo modo di essere e il suo stato d’animo, prima era nella quiete, tranquillo e inesperto, in seguito all’incontro con la sua musa ispiratrice, oggi può riuscire a tirar fuori da dentro di sé un potere e un cambiamento inimmaginabili, così immensi come appunto una tempesta.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Torna a Casa” è una canzone dei Måneskin probabilmente ispirata dal romanzo “&lt;em&gt;Marlena&lt;/em&gt;” di Julie Buntin, in cui una donna di nome Cat narra in prima persona la storia della sua amicizia, da adolescente, con Marlena, che al tempo del racconto è morta.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Cat è timida e introversa, dopo il traumatico divorzio dai suoi genitori si trasferisce da Detroit a Silver Lake, dove incontra Marlena, figlia di un produttore e spacciatore di metanfetamina.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Marlena è bellissima, è forte e selvaggia ma fuori controllo, sempre alla ricerca delle emozioni più estreme, l’opposto di Cat.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;E’ per questo che le due amiche, nel loro solo anno di amicizia, troveranno l’una nell’altra una sorta di completamento di sé.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Marlena inizia Cat alla vita nei modi più anomali e Cat ripercorre quell’anno di amicizia, che è stato fondamentale per la sua crescita ma a causa del quale sta ancora pagando le conseguenze delle scelte sbagliate, come la dipendenza dall’alcol.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Marlena è stata per Cat una musa ispiratrice, una sorgente di emozioni, di possibilità e di pericolo.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano non viene fatto nessun riferimento al romanzo, se non nel video dove compaiono due donne, una così debole che inizialmente non riesce ad alzarsi da terra, ma sia il brano musicale e sia il libro parlano della predita della propria musa ispiratrice che ha liberato il protagonista dalle proprie catene, attraverso la percezione profonda del senso di libertà, della creatività e della vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.unamusicapuodire.it/significato-canzone-torna-a-casa-maneskin/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare il commento della canzone con i parallelismi al romanzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastActivityDate="2019-04-17T08:13:13.997" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10435" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10436" CreationDate="2019-04-18T02:31:15.787" Score="5" ViewCount="445" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am just beginning learning some Italian, and I noticed that there are at least 2 ways for feminine forms to arise from titles whose masculine form end in &lt;code&gt;ore&lt;/code&gt;, namely this ending can change to &lt;code&gt;ora&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;oressa&lt;/code&gt;, e.g.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;signore --&amp;gt; signora&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dottore --&amp;gt; dottoressa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;professore --&amp;gt; professoressa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why the difference in these ways of forming the feminine forms?  More generally, what are the rules for forming feminine forms of nouns (or titles if it's different), say whose masculine form ends in &lt;code&gt;e&lt;/code&gt; (or &lt;code&gt;re&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;ore&lt;/code&gt; if it helps to be more specific)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5389" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T15:46:00.863" Title="Rules for feminine forms of titles, e.g. professoressa vs signora" Tags="&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10435" CreationDate="2019-04-18T05:41:10.720" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are general rules which cover most gendered nouns but &lt;em&gt;&quot;dottore → dottoressa&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is an exception.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;h3&gt;RULES FOR MASCULINE AND FEMININE NOUNS.&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nouns of animate beings follow precise rules for the transition from male to female:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ending in -o: changes to -a (&lt;em&gt;amico → amica&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ending in -a: changes to -essa (&lt;em&gt;duca → duchessa, poeta → poetessa&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ending in -e: multiple forms: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some change to -a (&lt;em&gt;cameriere → cameriera, infermiere → infermiera&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;others change to -essa (&lt;em&gt;conte → contessa, leone → leonessa&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ending in -sore: changes to -itrice (&lt;em&gt;difensore&lt;/em&gt; (from &lt;em&gt;difend-ere&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;→ difenditrice, possessore&lt;/em&gt; (from &lt;em&gt;possedere-ere&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;→ posseditrice&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ending in -tore: &#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;generally changes to -trice (&lt;em&gt;genitore → genitrice, attore → attrice&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;rare examples change to -tora (&lt;em&gt;impostore → impostora, pastore → pastora&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;one exception: &lt;em&gt;dottore → dottoressa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some nouns have a totally different feminine form (suppletion):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;relatives:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fratello → sorella&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;genero → nuora&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;marito → moglie&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;padre → madre&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;papà (o babbo) → mamma&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;animals:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fuco → ape&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;toro → vacca  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;montone → pecora&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;maiale (o porco) → scrofa&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;A very small number of nouns have the same form for both genders:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il collega → la collega&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il cantante → la cantante&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il consorte → la consorte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il giornalista → la giornalista&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il nipote → la nipote&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il parente → la parente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il pediatra → la pediatra&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un amante (appassionato) → un’amante (appassionata)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un artista (apprezzato) → un’artista (apprezzata)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un insegnante (esperto) → un’insegnante (esperta)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some animals have the same form for both genders (la rondine maschio, la rondine femmina):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;volpe, aquila, pantera, iena, giraffa, balena, rondine, corvo, usignolo, falco, serpente, delfino, leopardo, scorpione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Trades and professions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some use the same form for both genders (il ministro Maria Rossi; il presidente Maria Bianchi);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;some add the word “donna” before or after the profession name (now rare) (&lt;em&gt;la donna poliziotto, la donna soldato, la donna magistrato o il magistrato donna&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;masculine nouns ending in -o: may either use masculine form, or change to -a (&lt;em&gt;architetto → architetta, deputato → deputata, ministro → ministra&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case of doubt, it is best to check a dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SPECIAL CASES&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;8&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are nouns that make diminutives for the feminine form: &lt;em&gt;eroe → eroina, gallo → gallina, re →regina, zar → zarina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are nouns that have an irregular feminine form: &lt;em&gt;abate → badessa, cane → cagna, dio → dea, doge → dogaressa, fante → fantesca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are rare cases in which some nouns, originally feminine, that make augmentatives for the masculine form: &lt;em&gt;strega → stregone, capra → caprone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-10-21T15:46:00.863" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T15:46:00.863" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9421" CreationDate="2019-04-18T07:12:29.620" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italy, in XIII century, the &lt;strong&gt;spoken language&lt;/strong&gt; was the vernacular language, the &lt;strong&gt;“official” language&lt;/strong&gt; was Latin.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Latin, however, remained in use among a minority of educated persons, mostly priests and monks of the Catholic Church, who probably used it often as a spoken language.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So you have to consider that the spoken language was different depending on the person they were talking to.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So in everyday life, Dante spoke &lt;strong&gt;Latin&lt;/strong&gt; (with literate people) or &lt;strong&gt;vernacular language&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Surely the language that Dante used was not too casual, you have also to consider that he was a cultivated person, so his vernacular language was surely different from that spoken by poor plebs (there were a lot of illiterate).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @DaG said, Dante is not the “inventor” of the Italian language, but some people says that (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dante_Alighieri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; defines him as “The father of the Italian Language”) because his Divine Comedy, widely considered the most important poem of the Middle Ages and the greatest literary work in the Italian language, was entirely written in vernacular language, the dialect used in everyday life by the common people of his time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dante, in his letter “&lt;em&gt;Epistola XIII&lt;/em&gt;” to “Cangrande della Scala” wrote (in Latin):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;31&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Et per hoc patet, quod comedia dicitur presens opus. Nam si ad materiam respiciamus, a principio horribilis et fetida est, quia Infernus, in fine prospera, desiderabilis et grata, quia Paradisus; ad modum loquendi, remissus est modus et humilis, quia locutio vulgaris, in qua et muliercule comunicant.  32. Sunt et alia genera narrationum poeticarum, scilicet carmen bucolicum, elegia, satira, et sententia votiva, ut etiam per Oratium patere potest in sua Poetria; sed de istis ad presens nihil dicendum est (Dante, Epistole, XIII, 31-32).”  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;“Therefore it is clear why this work is called Comedy. In fact, if we look at the content, initially horrible and repugnant, because it describes the Inferno, in the end it appears positive, desirable and pleasant, because it illustrates Paradise; as for the expression, a measured and humble language is used, as it uses the vulgar language in which women express themselves. But there are also other kinds of poetic narratives, such as bucolic poem, elegy, satire and votive singing, as Horace explains in his poetic Art; but, in this context, it is not appropriate to speak about”.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorDisplayName="user5372" LastEditDate="2019-04-29T15:44:22.073" LastActivityDate="2019-04-29T15:44:22.073" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9387" CreationDate="2019-04-18T23:52:02.453" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come hanno scritto @abarisone e @Charo nei commenti, in una sola parola puoi dire &lt;strong&gt;comodo&lt;/strong&gt;.&#xA;Per fare un esempio calzante con le tue richieste:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;quella persona è comoda (= sta bene, è a suo agio)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ho fatto si che quella persona stesse comoda (= stesse a suo agio)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sono comodo (= sono a mio agio)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero possa esserti utile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastActivityDate="2019-04-18T23:52:02.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9423" CreationDate="2019-04-19T00:36:36.327" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I answered &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9421/how-different-was-dantes-spoken-dialect-from-the-language-of-the-divina-commedi/10437#10437&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, in Italy, in XIII century, &lt;strong&gt;the spoken language was the vernacular language&lt;/strong&gt;, the “official” language was Latin.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Latin remained in use in written documents and among a minority of educated persons, mostly priests and monks of the Catholic Church, who probably used it often as a spoken language.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Obviously, through Italy there were a lot of different shades of vernacular language.&#xA;The non-sporadic written use of the vernacular language begins in the thirteenth century, in Naples later, in the fourteenth century.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find more detailed information at this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/volgari-medievali_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastActivityDate="2019-04-19T00:36:36.327" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10441" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10442" CreationDate="2019-04-19T13:59:09.613" Score="1" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto questo testo che fa riferimento a un padre e suo figlio che stanno camminando su una strada sull'isola natale del padre:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Improvvisamente &lt;strong&gt;la strada fu al ciglio&lt;/strong&gt; e uno spettacolo mirabile si presentò agli occhi dei due uomini che quasi d'intesa si fermarono. Sotto di loro una folta ghirlanda di tenero verde, mosso e leggero, coronava un'ampia insenatura, un perfetto semicerchio, nella cui sabbia dorata un mare d'ametista, d'incantevoli trasparenze, veniva a cullarsi, arricciandosi all'orlo di sorridenti spume.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ciglio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;ciglio&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho visto che può avere  questo significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Orlo, lembo estremo d’una strada lungo un solco, un fosso, un canale, un precipizio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco dunque che la strada possa avere un ciglio con questo significato, ma non riesco a capire il senso della frase &quot;la strada fu al ciglio&quot; nel brano sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-04-19T15:02:42.130" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;la strada fu al ciglio&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10442" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10441" CreationDate="2019-04-19T15:02:42.130" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato più probabile è che seguendo la strada in salita  padre e figlio siano arrivati al ciglio, cioè al margine della stessa (delimitato dall'orizzonte) che poteva interrompersi oppure proseguire verso il terreno sottostante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-04-19T15:02:42.130" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10443" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10366" CreationDate="2019-04-20T23:25:13.267" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Onestamente l'avverbio &quot;vicariamente&quot; suona piuttosto male. Sarebbe meglio utilizzare la locuzione &quot;da/come vicario&quot; o &quot;indirettamente&quot;. Eppure la parola potrebbe tranquillamente esistere dato che il sostantivo &quot;vicario&quot; può anche avere funzione di aggettivo (e.g. &quot;&lt;em&gt;Coprire una funzione vicaria.&lt;/em&gt;&quot;) e quindi collegarsi al suffisso &quot;-mente&quot; per creare un avverbio derivato. Comunque sia, &lt;strong&gt;sono quasi certo che il vocabolo in questione non esista&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5399" LastActivityDate="2019-04-20T23:25:13.267" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10444" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10456" CreationDate="2019-04-21T05:54:51.597" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'isola&lt;/em&gt;, di Giani Stuparich, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo specchio pigro del mare cominciò a fremere, svelandosi della caligine; le case della cittadina aggrappolata sul porto &lt;strong&gt;nicchiavano&lt;/strong&gt; ancora, mezze addormentate nel crepuscolo, quando improvvisamente furono scosse da un caldo fiume di luce che si rovesciò su di loro: il sole s'era levato di schianto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;nicchiare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, tuttavia non riesco a vedere a quale accezione corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-04-28T08:01:13.367" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;nicchiare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10444" CreationDate="2019-04-21T06:57:24.050" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nicchiare2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nicchiare&lt;/a&gt; che si adatta al contesto da te citato è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;nicchiare²&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [der. &lt;em&gt;di nicchia&lt;/em&gt;] (&lt;em&gt;io nìcchio, ecc.&lt;/em&gt;), ant. o letter. – Collocare, sistemare in una nicchia o in altro vano ricavato&#xA;in una superficie, e per estens. inserire, collocare in genere, anche&#xA;in senso fig.: &lt;em&gt;fece ... tagliuzzar pitture de’ più gran maestri per&#xA;nicchiarle ne’ riquadri delle sue stanze&lt;/em&gt; (Algarotti). Nel rifl.,&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sistemarsi, rannicchiarsi, ritirarsi in un posto come in una nicchia, e in senso fig. trovare una qualche sistemazione&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;nicchiarsi fra le lenzuola; siam ... di Pistoia venuti qui a&#xA;dirittura: e qui stiam cercando dove nicchiarci&lt;/em&gt; (Alfieri); &lt;em&gt;una delle&#xA;due ninfe approfittò della tregua per nicchiarsi nel vano d’una&#xA;finestra&lt;/em&gt; (I. Nievo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Praticamente le case della cittadina stavano ancora rannicchiate, mezze addormentate nel crepuscolo, in attesa che il sole le risvegliasse con il suo improvviso calore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-21T07:48:24.327" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10446" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-04-22T10:07:12.810" Score="4" ViewCount="276" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco l'inizio del romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; C’è una ragione perché sono tornato in questo paese, qui e non invece a Canelli, a Barbaresco o &lt;strong&gt;in Alba&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fatto che con la cittadina di Alba si usi la preposizione &quot;in&quot;, mentre invece si usa &quot;a&quot; con Canelli e Barbaresco (d'accordo alla regola che appare nelle grammatiche) ha attirato la mia attenzione, soprattutto perché ricordo che anche Fenoglio scrive sempre &quot;in Alba&quot;. Per esempio, ecco una frase tratta dal racconto &lt;em&gt;I ventitré giorni della città di Alba&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non che non n’avesse visti mai, al tempo che &lt;strong&gt;in Alba&lt;/strong&gt; era di guarnigione il II Reggimento Cacciatori degli Appennini e che questi tornavano dall’aver rastrellato una porzione di Langa, ce n’era sempre da vedere uno o due con le mani legate col fildiferro e il muso macellato, ma erano solo uno o due, mentre ora c’erano tutti (come credere che ce ne fossero altri ancora?) e nella loro miglior forma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nell'introduzione al libro &lt;em&gt;Tutti i racconti&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, edito da Einaudi, Luca Bufano scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Piú che negli studi liceali, compiuti &lt;strong&gt;in Alba&lt;/strong&gt; sotto la guida d’insegnanti d’eccezione, o in quelli universitari, iniziati a Torino nell’autunno del 1940 e interrotti due anni dopo dalla chiamata alle armi, anche Beppe Fenoglio, come molti suoi coetanei cresciuti all’ombra del fascismo, visse con la guerra partigiana l’esperienza piú alta e formativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi non sembra si tratti della scelta stilistica di un autore. La mia domanda è: perché si usa la preposizione &quot;in&quot; prima di &quot;Alba&quot; invece di &quot;ad&quot;, che è quello che ci si aspetterebbe d'accordo alla regola che appare nelle grammatiche?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho recentemente scoperto che questo uso della preposizione &quot;in&quot; è attestato da Serianni nel suo libro &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;. Nella sezione VIII.85 si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a) L'uso di &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; con i nomi di città era abbastanza diffuso anticamente: «mandare in Pisa» (&lt;em&gt;Novellino&lt;/em&gt;), «va en Arezzo» (Guittone d'Arezzo), «se mai torni en Siena» (Cecco Angiolieri), «per mandarvi la figliuola in Granata», «in Messina tornati» (Boccaccio; esempi citati in ROHLFS 1966-69: 807). Ancora nell'Ottocento, il Manzoni preferisce «in Milano» a «a Milano»:  «andavano in giro facce, che in Milano non s'erano mai vedute» (&lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XVI 55). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  b) Talvolta l'uso di &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; o di &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; con nomi di città oscilla anche per toponimi di una stessa area regionale; si veda questo esempio di Pavese: «C’è una ragione perché sono tornato in questo paese, qui e non invece &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; Canelli, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; Barbaresco o &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; Alba.» (&lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, 9). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  c) In alcune zone l'uso di &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; con nomi di città è generalizzato, come si ricava da questo passo di Palazzeschi in cui lo scrittore descrive il disagio, anche linguistico, delle fiorentine sorelle Materassi costrette a partire per le Marche: «per andare &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; Ancona si doveva cambiare a Faenza. Che cos'era mai questa Ancona per cui si doveva cambiare, se per andare a Roma non si doveva cambiare proprio nulla? E dava loro noia quell''in' che si rendeva necessario per pronunziarne il nome. Per tutte le altre città si dice: '&lt;em&gt;a Roma, a Napoli, a  Milano, a Torino, a Firenze&lt;/em&gt;'» (&lt;em&gt;Sorelle Materassi&lt;/em&gt;, 85). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  d) Nello stato in luogo degli odonimi al tipo «&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; via Cavour», di uso più generale e tradizionale, si affianca il tipo romanesco e meridionale «&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; via Cavour», in parte debordato dall'uso locale a quello letterario (Moravia, ecc.) e giornalistico; cfr. BALDELLI 1964: 335. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  e) Nello stile formale e ufficiale può aversi &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; con una qualifica professionale seguita da un toponimo: «Ringrazio il sig. Pietro Bilancioni &lt;em&gt;avvocato in Ravenna&lt;/em&gt;» (Carducci, &lt;em&gt;Opere&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare come Serianni menziona anche l'uso della preposizione &quot;in&quot; nel linguaggio burocratico spiegato da @user070221 nella sua risposta, ma lo fa come un caso diverso (la lettera e) nell'elenco sopra citato). Dunque, anche Serianni esclude che gli esempi con &quot;in Alba&quot; o &quot;in Ancona&quot; citati nel suo libro corrispondano a questo uso della preposizione &quot;in&quot; nello &quot;stile formale e ufficiale&quot;. Sembra piuttosto trattarsi di un uso regionale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-03T11:36:55.810" LastActivityDate="2020-01-03T11:36:55.810" Title="Perché è &quot;in Alba&quot; con la preposizione &quot;in&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10448" CreationDate="2019-04-23T08:31:21.527" Score="1" ViewCount="330" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sai quanti meschini ci sono ancora su queste colline. Quando giravo con la musica, dappertutto davanti alle cucine si trovava l’idiota, il deficiente, il &lt;strong&gt;venturino&lt;/strong&gt;. Figli di alcoolizzati e di serve ignoranti, che li riducono a vivere di torsi di cavolo e di croste. C’era anche chi li scherzava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è un &quot;venturino&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessuno &#xA;dei dizionari che ho consultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-04-23T08:59:23.030" LastActivityDate="2020-08-31T20:14:54.763" Title="Cos'è un &quot;venturino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10447" CreationDate="2019-04-23T08:58:25.317" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=G7JWAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT72&amp;amp;lpg=PT72&amp;amp;dq=venturino%20dialetto%20piemontese&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=0zOlLsstLr&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3WQ5yKiiXU7k7y44KbS3cCSfiqEQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjnlPe66uXhAhUS_aQKHWUPA1EQ6AEwBXoECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=venturino%20dialetto%20piemontese&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Come il letto di un falò: Riflessioni su Cesare Pavese&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Franco Lorizio si può leggere una ricerca da parte dell'autore sul termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;venturino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, proprio sul contesto da te citato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ultimo vocabolo regionale da prendere in considerazione è &quot;&lt;strong&gt;venturino&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&#xA;  &quot;Quando giravo con la musica, dappertutto davanti alle cucine si&#xA;  trovava l'idiota, il deficiente, il venturino.&quot; Tale voce è&#xA;  dedotta dal piemontese &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;venturin&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, &quot;figlio della ventura o della&#xA;  sorte&quot;, quindi trovatello.[126]. Il sostantivo nel romanzo pavesiano è&#xA;  rilevabile una sola volta, in quanto l'autore preferisce usare il&#xA;  sinonimo spregiativo &quot;bastardo&quot; (ventidue ricorrenze: dodici al maschile&#xA;  singolare, otto al maschile plurale; due al femminile plurale; in&#xA;  genere il vocabolo è usato come sostantivo), di maggiore effetto&#xA;  espressivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;venturino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; nel contesto da te citato significa orfano, trovatello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento [126] presente nella citazione offre ulteriori fonti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books/about/Vocabolario_piemontese_italiano.html?id=Iig3AAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario piemontese italiano, italiano-piemontese&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Giuseppe Gavuzzi (1891-96)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?rlz=1C1GCEU_itIT819IT819&amp;amp;ei=CNa-XIe5KJKRsAfF-KXYCg&amp;amp;q=dissionari%20piemonteis%20gribaudo&amp;amp;oq=dissionari%20piemonteis%20gribaudo&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...7681.11358..11678...2.0..0.334.2259.0j5j5j1......0....1..gws-wiz.......0i71j0i22i30j33i160.r80qIjScFPQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dissionari piemontèis&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Gianfranco Gribaudo (1972-75)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grande_dizionario_della_lingua_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, fondato da Salvatore Battaglia, direttore scientifico Giorgio Bàrberi Squarotti, Torino, UTET, (1961-2002)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.piemunteis.it/dep/dizionario.dep&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario di Piemontese&lt;/a&gt; conferma il significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ventürin&lt;/strong&gt;   - trovatello&lt;br&gt; sostantivo maschile &lt;br&gt; forme flesse:&#xA;  ventürin, ventürin&lt;br&gt; Fraseologia&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;ventürin&lt;/strong&gt; - trovatello&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sostantivo maschile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-04-24T08:30:46.323" LastActivityDate="2019-04-24T08:30:46.323" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10446" CreationDate="2019-04-24T17:34:39.913" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo estratto dal sito di &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionaripiu.zanichelli.it/lingua-e-scuola/posta-del-professore/e-corretto-dire-abito-a-milano-o-abito-in-milano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Zanichelli&lt;/a&gt; la preposizione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; riferita a città è un uso principalmente burocratico: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si dice “abito a Milano” o “abito in Milano”?&#xA;  Ultimamente ho trovato spesso l’espressione ‘abito in Milano’: ho sempre pensato che fosse corretto dire e scrivere ‘abito a Milano”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;——-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;secondo noi l’uso prevalente segue le regole deducibili dai seguenti esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– abito a Parigi, a Lecco, a Cervinia [città, paese];&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– abito in Brianza, in provincia di Parma, in Piemonte, nel Lazio, in Ungheria, in Australia [zona, regione, stato, continente];&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– abito a Capri, all’Elba, alle Hawai, a Bali [isola piccola o medio piccola];&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– abito in Corsica, in Sicilia, nel Borneo [isola medio grande o grande].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Invece ‘abitante in Milano’ è tipico del linguaggio burocratico.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/in-preposizione_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a Milano, a Roma, a Venezia, a Trieste&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nel ➔registro formale e ufficiale, tuttavia si può usare anche in con i nomi di città&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, soprattutto dopo un nome che indica una professione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Carlo De Stefano ingegnere in Torino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4354" LastEditorDisplayName="user4354" LastEditDate="2019-04-24T19:01:35.273" LastActivityDate="2019-04-24T19:01:35.273" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10450" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10446" CreationDate="2019-04-25T11:20:32.970" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Escluderei il linguaggio burocratico. Si tratta solo di eufonia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece della “d eufonica” che non appartiene propriamente ai dialetti settentrionali, viene adoperato &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;. Mia nonna, mia madre e le sue sorelle hanno sempre detto &lt;em&gt;in Adria&lt;/em&gt;, la loro città, sia con verbi di moto sia con verbi di stato; analogamente per &lt;em&gt;in Ariano&lt;/em&gt;. Nessun dubbio, però, su &lt;em&gt;a Este&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso vale, evidentemente, per Pavese e Fenoglio riguardo alla città di Alba, come confermato dalla preposizione davanti agli altri toponimi che non cominciano per &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il titolo &lt;em&gt;Ascanio in Alba&lt;/em&gt;, suggerito da Denis Nardin, è un altro esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=in%20Alba%2Cad%20Alba&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cin%20Alba%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cad%20Alba%3B%2Cc0#t1%3B%2Cin%20Alba%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cad%20Alba%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Un Ngram&lt;/a&gt; mostra che “in Alba” era la forma prevalente fino intorno al 1920, rispetto a “ad Alba”. Si nota un’impennata della seconda forma negli anni 1920–1930, probabilmente dovuta a imposizioni grammaticali a scuola nei primi anni del ’900.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-04-25T11:20:32.970" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8958" CreationDate="2019-04-26T11:55:41.757" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually I will use &quot;nel mezzo di&quot; when I am talking about an action or a situation in which I was interrupted or happens something unexpected. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;In the middle of the storm a lightning struck the tree&quot; that means &quot;nel mezzo del temporale un fulmine ha colpito l'albero&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other side &quot;in mezzo a&quot; it is better to refer to some objects. Both of the phrases could be translated as &quot;in the the middle of&quot; but in second case i will use &quot;in between&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;In between two trucks there were a car&quot; that means &quot;In mezzo a due camion c'era una macchina&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But attention, because as always you should consider the situation and the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5333" LastEditorUserId="5333" LastEditDate="2019-04-27T04:14:05.453" LastActivityDate="2019-04-27T04:14:05.453" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10452" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13185" CreationDate="2019-04-26T12:32:10.127" Score="1" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      A me piace parlare con Nuto; adesso siamo uomini e ci conosciamo; ma prima, ai tempi della Mora, del lavoro in cascina, lui che ha tre anni piú di me sapeva già fischiare e suonare la chitarra, era cercato e ascoltato, ragionava coi grandi, con noi ragazzi, strizzava l’occhio alle donne. Già allora gli andavo dietro e alle volte scappavo dai &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt; per correre con lui nella riva o dentro il Belbo, a caccia di nidi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &amp;quot;beni&amp;quot; in questo passo. Ho cercato alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bene2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;bene&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a trovare un'accezione adatta al contesto del brano. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto che questo vocabolo appare parecchie volte nel romanzo, penso che con lo stesso significato. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E piú mi piace quando andiamo nei &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt;, quando traversiamo un’aia, visitiamo una stalla, beviamo un bicchiere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Dove sono questi raccolti? – gli dico, – questi profitti? Perché non li spendete nei &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eppure io per il mondo, lui per quelle colline, avevamo girato girato, senza mai poter dire: «Questi sono i miei &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt;. Su questa trave invecchierò. Morirò in questa stanza».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Dalla piazza si vedeva la collinetta dove aveva i suoi &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt;, dietro il tetto del municipio, una vigna mal tenuta, piena d’erba, e sopra, contro il cielo, un ciuffo di pini e di canne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per fare un dispetto a qualcuno presi la roncola e scappai nei &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt;, «cosí, – pensavo, – non faccio la guardia. Bruciasse la casa, venissero i ladri». Nei &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt; non sentivo piú il chiacchiericcio dei passanti e questo mi dava ancor piú rabbia e paura, avevo voglia di piangere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E qualche volta anche loro uscivano nei &lt;strong&gt;beni&lt;/strong&gt;, sui sentieri, in scarpette, parlavano con la Serafina, col massaro, avevano paura dei manzi, portavano un bel cestino e raccoglievano l’uva luglienga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T16:41:33.607" Title="Che cosa sono &quot;i beni&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10452" CreationDate="2019-04-27T07:52:05.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L’accezione di bene che di adatta al contesto da te citato è la seguente, in senso assoluto :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6c&lt;/strong&gt;. Nel linguaggio com., beni di fortuna, o assol. beni, &lt;strong&gt;possedimenti&lt;/strong&gt;, averi, ricchezze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, anche con riferimento agli esempi da te forniti, l’utilizzo è sempre il medesimo, indicare un possedimento, che potrebbe essere un casolare, una cascina, un terreno. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La vita in quel periodo aveva come fulcro centrale proprio questi beni e tutto ruotava intorno ad essi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riuscire ad possederne uno era un desiderio che dava un senso alla dura vita di molti contadini, divenendo anche un modo per rivendicare la propria esistenza terrena. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-04-27T07:52:05.783" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10455" CreationDate="2019-04-27T10:05:57.500" Score="6" ViewCount="409" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between saying, &quot;Ho incontrato una persona&quot; and &quot;Ho conosciuto una persona&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to say that I met a person, not in the sense that we had planned a time to meet, but that I happened to meet this person by chance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4947" LastEditorDisplayName="user4947" LastEditDate="2019-04-27T13:10:16.537" LastActivityDate="2019-04-27T13:10:16.537" Title="To say I met a person for the first time" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10454" CreationDate="2019-04-27T10:37:16.717" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho conosciuto&lt;/em&gt; means that you and that person were introduced to each other, or just began chatting or whatever, and now you know their name, will recognise them if you meet again and so on.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Similarly, “have you met XXX?” translates more or less to &lt;em&gt;conosci XXX?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;incontrare&lt;/em&gt; is more generic, and convey the notion of meeting someone, either by chance or deliberately, whether you already know them or not. A good description (in Italian) of its uses, with lots of examples, is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incontrare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-04-27T10:37:16.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10444" CreationDate="2019-04-28T08:01:13.367" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;nicchiare&lt;/em&gt; ha tra i suoi primi significati quello figurato di «mostrarsi incerto, esitante, indugiare […] a prendere una decisione o ad aderire alle proposte di qualcuno» (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nicchiare1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nicchiare1&lt;/a&gt;). Nel brano indica “l’incertezza” mattutina delle case, ancora non completamente sveglie, fino al sorgere completo e dirompente del sole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2019-04-28T08:01:13.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10457" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10458" CreationDate="2019-04-28T16:43:34.003" Score="5" ViewCount="244" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt; comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;posse&lt;/em&gt; and the conjugation table follows regular Latin → Italian patterns except for &lt;em&gt;puoi&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;può&lt;/em&gt;. Why is that?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Latin     Italian&#xA;possum    posso&#xA;potes     puoi&#xA;potest    può&#xA;possimus* possiamo&#xA;potestis  potete&#xA;possunt   possono&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why doesn't Italian speak &lt;em&gt;tu *poti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lui *pote&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;* Latin &lt;em&gt;possimus&lt;/em&gt; is given as the origin of &lt;em&gt;possiamo&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;possumus&lt;/em&gt; because all 1st-person plural indicative present forms of Italian verbs &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/10169/4814&quot;&gt;are back-ported&lt;/a&gt; from the subjunctive present forms.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4814" LastEditorUserId="4814" LastEditDate="2019-04-28T17:02:33.693" LastActivityDate="2019-04-28T20:05:11.460" Title="Why are the 2nd/3rd singular forms of present of « potere » irregular?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10457" CreationDate="2019-04-28T19:31:28.487" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The forms &lt;em&gt;puoti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;puote&lt;/em&gt; (obtained from &lt;em&gt;poti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;pote&lt;/em&gt; by regular stressed open syllable diphtongization) are in fact attested in the early Tuscan and survived in literary Italian till quite late (in fact, arguably till today, even). See for example the &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vuolsi_cos%C3%AC_col%C3%A0_dove_si_puote&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;famous verse&lt;/a&gt;, from Dante's &lt;em&gt;Comedy&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vuolsi così colà dove si &lt;strong&gt;puote&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  ciò che si vuole, e più non dimandare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&quot;So it is wanted where one is able to do what one wants, and ask no more&quot;). And, from the 1912 edition of &lt;em&gt;Il Milione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Il_milione_(Laterza,1912)/XCIII&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;chapter XCIII&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Signore re, aguale ben &lt;strong&gt;puoti&lt;/strong&gt; vedere che tu non se’ da guerreggiare con meco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The passage from &lt;em&gt;puote&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;può&lt;/em&gt; is in line with the elision of many final &lt;em&gt;-te&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;-de&lt;/em&gt; in Italian: from &lt;em&gt;cittade&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;città&lt;/em&gt; and from &lt;em&gt;virtute&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;virtù&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a bit harder to explain how to go from &lt;em&gt;puoti&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;puoi&lt;/em&gt;. I was unable to find a solid indication of the reason for this change in the literature (Röhlfs simply says it is a &quot;simplification&quot;). The best conjecture I can make is that this is by analogy to the (regular) form &lt;em&gt;vuoi&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt;. This is supported by the existence of an archaic third singular form &lt;em&gt;puole&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;pole&lt;/em&gt; clearly influenced from &lt;em&gt;vuole&lt;/em&gt; that survived in various regional languages (cfr. &lt;em&gt;pòle&lt;/em&gt; in Pisa, &lt;em&gt;pöl&lt;/em&gt; in Turin, &lt;em&gt;pòle&lt;/em&gt; in Treia (Marche) and &lt;em&gt;pól&lt;/em&gt; in Venice).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not impossible that this passed through an uncertainly attested &lt;em&gt;*puoli&lt;/em&gt; (by analogy with the archaic &lt;em&gt;vuoli&lt;/em&gt;), which lost the intervocalic &lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt; as it happened for many other words.  Of course analogic pressure from &lt;em&gt;può&lt;/em&gt; cannot be discarded either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-04-28T20:05:11.460" LastActivityDate="2019-04-28T20:05:11.460" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10459" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10460" CreationDate="2019-04-29T11:46:36.993" Score="4" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Durante la mia vita ho occasionalmente usato la parola &quot;locazione&quot; per indicare un luogo (ad esempio &quot;la mia locazione attuale è Milano&quot;), praticamente come se fosse la traduzione della parola inglese &quot;location&quot;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Qualche tempo fa mi è stato fatto notare che in italiano &quot;locazione&quot; si riferisce esclusivamente a contratti d'affitto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolario online Treccani riporta, oltre al significato di contratto d'affitto, anche l'utilizzo in informatica per indicare una locazione di memoria su un calcolatore (e probabilmente, visto il mio background da programmatore, questo deve essere il motivo per cui mi sono ritrovato ad usare la parola locazione in altri contesti). &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/locazione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/locazione/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando ulteriormente su internet in effetti la parola locazione viene praticamente usata solo per indicare un contratto. Sono riuscito a trovare un esempio di &quot;locazione&quot; usato per indicare un luogo qui: &lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/traduzione/francese-italiano/location&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://context.reverso.net/traduzione/francese-italiano/location&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;location de gare routière à DP Děčín&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  la locazione di una stazione di autobus a DP Děčín&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O perlomeno, suppongo sia tale perchè non credo si possano affittare stazioni di autobus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche trovato questo: &lt;a href=&quot;https://golarion.altervista.org/wiki/Incantesimi/Rivela_Locazioni&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://golarion.altervista.org/wiki/Incantesimi/Rivela_Locazioni&lt;/a&gt; Ma non vorrei che chi ha tradotto questa cosa dall'inglese abbia commesso il mio stesso errore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò che volevo sapere quindi è se la parola locazione, per quanto estremamente inusuale e conscio del fatto che se un vocabolario non riporta questo uso della parola è altamente improbabile che sia così, possa effettivamente essere usata per indicare un luogo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5417" LastEditorUserId="5417" LastEditDate="2019-04-29T12:29:06.403" LastActivityDate="2019-04-29T12:31:12.223" Title="Usi e significato della parola &quot;locazione&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10460" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10459" CreationDate="2019-04-29T12:01:25.610" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Personalmente non ho mai sentito quest'uso di &quot;locazione&quot;, sospetto che tu faccia confusione con &quot;ubicazione&quot;.&#xA;Gli esempi che hai trovato, come notavi, puzzano di cattiva traduzione dall'inglese (considera che il francese &quot;location&quot; ha lo stesso significato e la stessa diffusione dell'italiano &quot;affitto&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2019-04-29T12:01:25.610" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10461" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10459" CreationDate="2019-04-29T12:23:23.147" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come ti è stato detto, effettivamente la parola locazione in Italiano si riferisce esclusivamente ad un contratto di affitto e non viene mai usata con il concetto di posizione oppure (come correttamente indicato da @OldManOfAran) ubicazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase del tuo esempio diventerebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mia posizione (oppure ubicazione) attuale è Milano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Peraltro nel contesto informatico l'espressione &lt;em&gt;locazione di memoria&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce di fatto ad una specifica posizione della memoria stessa in cui sono salvate le informazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-04-29T12:31:12.223" LastActivityDate="2019-04-29T12:31:12.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10463" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9977" CreationDate="2019-04-29T16:48:52.107" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;È vero quello che scrivi, molti sono convinti che l’utilizzo di “molto migliore” sia scorretto perché erroneamente considerano “migliore” solo come superlativo, trascurando la sua funzione anche di comparativo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come è scritto anche nell’articolo dell’Accademia della Crusca che hai citato, &lt;strong&gt;bisogna distinguere due casi&lt;/strong&gt;:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Caso in cui “migliore”, “maggiore” o “peggiore” si usino come &lt;strong&gt;COMPARATIVI&lt;/strong&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Caso in cui si usino come &lt;strong&gt;SUPERLATIVI&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;USO COME COMPARATIVI:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;È giusto&lt;/strong&gt; dire: “Il cioccolato fondente è &lt;strong&gt;molto migliore&lt;/strong&gt; rispetto a quello al latte”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;USO COME SUPERLATIVI:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;È sbagliato&lt;/strong&gt; dire: “Il cioccolato fondente è &lt;strong&gt;il più migliore&lt;/strong&gt;”, perché “il migliore” è già un superlativo, aggiungere “più” esprimerebbe due volte la stessa informazione grammaticale.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può aiutare sapere che “migliore”, “peggiore”, “maggiore”, “minore” sono &lt;strong&gt;comparativi e superlativi SINTETICI&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Quindi:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;migliore = “più buono”;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;peggiore = “più cattivo”;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;maggiore = “più grande”;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;minore = “più piccolo”;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;ecc.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se sostituissimo la forma estesa alla frase sopra scritta: “Il cioccolato fondente è &lt;strong&gt;molto più buono&lt;/strong&gt; (anziché molto migliore) rispetto a quello al latte”, la frase potrebbe “suonare” più naturale, pur essendo corrette entrambe le forme.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Questo può essere un piccolo trucco da utilizzare in caso di dubbi o se non si ha dimestichezza con la lingua.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Spero che questo possa essere di aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorDisplayName="user5372" LastEditDate="2019-04-30T04:24:54.357" LastActivityDate="2019-04-30T04:24:54.357" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10464" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10465" CreationDate="2019-04-29T19:43:56.837" Score="3" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tempo fa ho letto un libro dove c’era scritto:   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Valentina si appiattì a terra, sfiorò l’ammattonato del pavimento saltando a rana tra le gambe delle sorelle e, raggiunta la scala a piuoli dell’abbaino, ci si arrampicò svelta come una gatta, con il binocolo nero che le ciondolava sulle reni, appeso al collo con la lunga &lt;strong&gt;correggia&lt;/strong&gt; di pelle.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Visto che per me questa parola  era nuova, ho cercato e ho trovato che è una cinta, forse per cavalli. Sino a qui è tutto chiaro.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Però, a volte, parlando, capita di sentire delle varianti.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire se siano forme dialettali con diversi significati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi che sento e leggo:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Annabelle ruppe la sureggia della borsa.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interpretazione: Ha rotto il manico della borsa.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Donne e scorregge scappano.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interpretazione: le donne scappano come anche le briglie dei cavalli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vita è breve come la scoreggia di una farfalla.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interpretazione: la vita è breve come le antenne delle farfalle (ho molti problemi su questa).   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono tre, no quattro! Mi correggia lei se sbaglio.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interpretazione: non ho idea...  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte gli amici miei hanno detto:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho tirato una scureggia fortissima e il gatto si è svegliato.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interpretazione: ha lanciato qualcosa e ha fatto svegliare il gatto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q: qual è il significato più corretto di “correggia”? Ha significato dilettale? “Correggia”, “scorreggia”, “scureggia”, “corregga” hanno lo stesso significato?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5380" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-04-29T19:57:08.107" LastActivityDate="2019-05-15T19:58:54.557" Title="Dubbio sulla parola “correggia”" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10465" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10464" CreationDate="2019-04-29T20:16:36.590" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono assolutamente espressioni dialettali: rientrano infatti nella lingua  Italiana.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ‘correggia’, come più o meno hai già accennato, è una striscia, solitamente di cuoio, usata per avvicinare due oggetti. Può anche voler dire ‘cinghia’ o,  semplicemente, “striscia di pelle”. In antichità veniva anche chiamata ‘scorreggia’.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scoreggia_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scorreggia&lt;/a&gt;’  vuol dire ‘flatulenza’, “emissione rumorosa di gas intestinali dall'ano”, idem ‘scureggia’, versione popolare del termine. Ovviamente ‘correggia’  in questo caso è sinonimo di ‘scorreggia’ (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/correggia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;guarda qua&lt;/a&gt; per ulteriori chiarimenti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda le frasi che hai scritto, posso dirti che:   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Annabelle ruppe la sureggia della borsa.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sebbene possiamo usare ‘scorreggia’come sinonimo di ‘correggia’, non mi risulta valga lo stesso per ‘scureggia’. Suppongo quindi o che tu abbia fatto un errore di battitura, oppure che sia sbagliata la frase che hai letto (o semplicemente che io sia stata informata in modo errato). Ad ogni modo, se il termine fosse giusto, la tua interpretazione sarebbe corretta: la correggia di una borsa può, infatti, essere il suo manico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Donne e scorregge scappano.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una citazione di Stefano Benni : “Donne e scoregge scappano anche se non vuoi”. Significa semplicemente che nonostante uno non voglia farsele scappare, le donne e le flatulenze scappano: infatti una donna può abbandonare un uomo senza che quest’ultimo voglia e una flatulenza può scappare…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La vita è breve come la scoreggia di una farfalla. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche qua si parla di flatulenze. Non credo siano necessarie ulteriori spiegazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono tre, no quattro! Mi correggia lei se sbaglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qua sono fortemente convinta che tu abbia sbagliato a scrivere o che abbia capito male. Se così non fosse la frase non avrebbe senso. Suppongo volessi dire ‘corregga’ che è voce del verbo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/correggere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;correggere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho tirato una scureggia fortissima e il gatto si è svegliato.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre come prima, il tuo amico ha emesso una flatulenza talmente rumorosa da svegliare il gatto. Non ha tirato niente di fisico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5327" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-05-15T19:58:54.557" LastActivityDate="2019-05-15T19:58:54.557" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10466" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-04-30T12:33:00.700" Score="6" ViewCount="643" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao tutti, is there a word that means “formal jacket”, as in the expression &quot;jacket and tie&quot; or &quot;suit jacket”? Or is “giacca” used for all sorts of jackets, from winter clothing to formal clothing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5421" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-04-30T17:57:12.757" LastActivityDate="2019-04-30T18:07:51.023" Title="Casual versus formal jacket" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10466" CreationDate="2019-04-30T13:01:51.990" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giacca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giacca&lt;/a&gt; (as reported by Treccani dictionary) is a generic term to indicate a male or female garment, generally made of cloth, but also leather, wool, and similar, covering the upper part of the body till below the waist, provided with sleeves. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;giacca&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dal fr. jaque «giaco»].Indumento per uomo o per donna, generalmente di stoffa, ma anche di&#xA;  pelle, di lana a maglia, e sim., che ricopre la parte superiore del&#xA;  corpo fin sotto la vita, ed è fornito di maniche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Giacca e cravatta&lt;/em&gt; (jacket and tie) indicates a formal jacket, but sometimes, referring to the type of jacket we use &lt;em&gt;giacca doppiopetto&lt;/em&gt; or just &lt;em&gt;doppiopetto&lt;/em&gt; to indicate a formal and elegant male jacket.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In everyday speech the term for winter clothing would be &lt;em&gt;giacca a vento&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;giaccone&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other variants of giacca like giacchino, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giacchetto1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;giacchetto&lt;/a&gt; indicate a smaller and tight female jacket.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;giacchétto s. m. [da giacchetta]. – Giacca più piccola e attillata di&#xA;  quella comune, di stoffa o in maglia di lana; in partic., la giacca da&#xA;  donna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-04-30T13:27:42.073" LastActivityDate="2019-04-30T13:27:42.073" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10466" CreationDate="2019-04-30T14:19:49.930" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italy, the equivalent expression of &amp;quot;jacket and tie&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;suit jacket,&amp;quot; is generally used for an invitation to a party.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use these formulas:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;“È gradito l’abito scuro”&lt;/strong&gt;: gentlemen must wear a formal suit, ladies an elegant dress.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;“Dress Code: Black Tie“&lt;/strong&gt; (yes, in English) or &lt;strong&gt;“Cravatta nera”&lt;/strong&gt;, that means that gentlemen must wear smoking, ladies an evening gown.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;“Dress Code: White Tie“&lt;/strong&gt;,  or “&lt;strong&gt;Cravatta Bianca”&lt;/strong&gt;, that means that gentlemen must wear frac, ladies a long evening gown.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giacca, as Abarisone said, is used for all sort of jackets and outerwears used to cover the half upper side of the body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-04-30T14:19:49.930" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9915" CreationDate="2019-04-30T16:09:24.227" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;scendere&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;/scén·de·re/&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;intransitivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Muoversi da un luogo situato più in alto verso uno posto più in basso, andare giù&lt;/em&gt;&quot;:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;+ da&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;verso&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - scendere &lt;strong&gt;dalla&lt;/strong&gt; montagna;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - scendere &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; le scale;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - scendere &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; piano di sotto;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - scendere &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; cantina;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - scendere &lt;strong&gt;verso&lt;/strong&gt; il piano.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;transitivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Percorrere una via andando dall'alto verso il basso&lt;/em&gt;&quot;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- scendere le scale;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- tirare giù (anche &lt;strong&gt;+ da&lt;/strong&gt; ):&quot;&lt;em&gt;scendere la bottiglia dallo scaffale&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;salire&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;/sa·lì·re/&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;intransitivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &quot;Muoversi verso l'alto percorrendo un pendio, una salita, dei gradini, ecc.&quot;:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;+ per&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - salire &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; l’erta;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - salire &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; le scale;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - salire &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; piano di sopra;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - salire &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; mansarda;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - salire &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; una montagna;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;+ con&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - salire &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; l’ascensore;&#xA;  - salire &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; la scala mobile;&#xA;  - siamo saliti in cima &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; la seggiovia;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche, di mezzi di cui ci si serve per lo spostamento:&#xA;”l'ascensore sta salendo&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;transitivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Percorrere una via, un passaggio, ecc., in senso ascendente&quot;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- salire le scale&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Riferito a un luogo che si erge verso l'alto, scalare:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- salire un monte;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- salire il patibolo (subire l'esecuzione della pena capitale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/salire%20treccani.it/vocabolario/scendere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;: treccani.it/vocabolario/salire treccani.it/vocabolario/scendere &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastEditorUserId="2545" LastEditDate="2019-05-01T08:46:12.200" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T08:46:12.200" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10470" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10472" CreationDate="2019-04-30T16:55:33.823" Score="0" ViewCount="558" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was listening a song titled “PAZZESKA” with my Italian exchange friends and I almost got everything but I can’t fully understand this verse:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dice che sono pazzeska &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Sarà il fascino della tedesca&lt;br&gt;&#xA;   Vuole uno spicchio della mia pesca&lt;br&gt;&#xA;   Mhm, frutta fresca&lt;br&gt;&#xA;   Cambio location, siamo alla festa (yah) &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Dinamite nella sua tasca (bom)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;   Quando arriva M¥SS KETA in pista &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Finalmente la situa inizia (ah)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I came up with this: &#xA;He says I’m wonderful, probably it’s because I’m German,  he wants a slice of my peach, fresh fruits, I go somewhere else, we’re the party, dynamite in his pocket. When MYSS KETA is on the dance floor the (Situa) begins.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’d like to know the meaning of  the 3rd, 4th, 6th and 8th lines.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5422" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-05-01T09:27:19.963" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T09:27:19.963" Title="What’s the meaning of these verses?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10466" CreationDate="2019-04-30T18:07:51.023" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;giacca da abito&lt;/strong&gt; seems fairly common from a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22giacca%20da%20abito%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;google search&lt;/a&gt; and I think it's fairly clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2019-04-30T18:07:51.023" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10472" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10470" CreationDate="2019-05-01T07:50:04.347" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Thanks for the effort in providing a stub of translation! I'll update it, even if I admit I'm too old to be familiar with all the nuances of this youth jargon (I'm quickly approaching a &quot;you kids get off my lawn&quot; age).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He says I’m wonderful, &#xA;  must be my Nordic charm&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not &quot;because I'm German&quot;, but &quot;because I look like a German and people have a thing for blondes&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;he wants a slice of my peach, yum, fresh fruit,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;not-so-hidden sexual metaphor&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I go somewhere else, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;location&quot; is one of those English words that people seem to find 'cool' and use even when there's a perfectly good alternative Italian word, to the point where it feels a bit comical. It has entered the jargon of young party-goers, mostly to mean the location of a party / event.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;we’re at the party, (yeah)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;not &quot;we're the party&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dynamite in his pocket. (boom) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looks like another sexual double-entendre, or a reference to party drugs --- not sure which.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When MYSS KETA gets to the dance floor the party gets going. (ah)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Situa&quot; is short for situation, again youth slang --- I'm not too familiar with the exact nuance of meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The jargon suggests a Northern Italian speaker to me, I'd guess someone in the Milan movida.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not a great piece of poetry overall, just a lot of youth slang and vanilla &quot;get wild on the dancefloor&quot; lyrics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-05-01T07:56:26.803" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T07:56:26.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10473" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-01T08:35:23.663" Score="2" ViewCount="13895" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito in alcune canzoni italiane e da italiani miei amici l’espressione “te possino”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q: Cosa vuol dire “te possino”? È una forma regionale?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5422" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditorDisplayName="user5422" LastEditDate="2019-05-01T19:23:33.577" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T19:23:33.577" Title="Cosa vuol dire “te possino”?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10473" CreationDate="2019-05-01T09:01:47.317" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Te possino&lt;/em&gt; è un’espressione tipica del dialetto romano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può leggere in questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://roma.andreapollett.com/S8/romaespr.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di dialetto romanesco&lt;/a&gt; un’esauriente spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;te pòssin'ammazzà! &lt;br&gt;te pòssin'ammazzàtte! &lt;br&gt; che tte pòssino!&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tipica espressione che, nonostante corrisponda a &amp;quot;possa tu (egli,&#xA;ella, ecc.) essere ucciso&amp;quot;, &lt;strong&gt;nasconde dietro questo augurio in&#xA;apparenza truce un significato assolutamente innocuo&lt;/strong&gt;. La congiunzione&#xA;enfatica &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; è spesso usata per introdurre l'espressione: &amp;quot;Che tte&#xA;pòssin'ammazzà!&amp;quot;. Altrettanto spesso, il pronome relativo usato&#xA;all'inizio dell'espressione viene ripetuto come suffisso pronominale&#xA;-te, -lo, ecc. dopo il verbo, per dare un'enfasi ancora maggiore: te pòssin'ammazzàtte, lo pòssin'ammazzàllo, ve pòssin'ammazzàvve, e così&#xA;via. &lt;strong&gt;Di solito è usato con un senso di rimprovero, sia duro che&#xA;blando&lt;/strong&gt;: ad es. nel chiamare il proprio figlio discolo una madre&#xA;direbbe: viè quà, te pòssin'ammazzàtte! (nel senso di &amp;quot;vieni qua,&#xA;furfante!&amp;quot;). Ma &lt;strong&gt;talora è anche usato come pura esclamazione, priva di&#xA;qualsiasi significato malevolo&lt;/strong&gt;: nel rivedere un amico dopo tanti anni&#xA;si potrebbe esclamare: Come stai? Che tte pòssin'ammazzàtte..., che&#xA;suona come &amp;quot;Accidenti! Come stai?&amp;quot;. In una forma ancora più mitigata,&#xA;la seconda parte dell'espressione viene solo sottintesa: &amp;quot;te&#xA;pòssino!...&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;che tte pòssino!...&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puoi leggere l’espressione &lt;em&gt;te possino&lt;/em&gt; può quindi essere considerata un esclamazione molto usata nel linguaggio&#xA;comune, anche con funzione di duro o blando rimprovero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T09:08:46.860" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10475" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-01T09:04:55.243" Score="8" ViewCount="326" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could you please help me with this one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I encountered this sentence &quot;Io mi sono fatto una bistecca&quot;. &#xA;I would like to ask why is here &quot;fare&quot; behaving like an intransitive verb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5358" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-05-01T09:20:42.360" LastActivityDate="2019-08-16T12:35:48.547" Title="&quot;Mi sono fatto&quot; - Intransitive?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10248" CreationDate="2019-05-01T09:10:29.853" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti le frasi del libro che citi sono scorrette: infatti &lt;strong&gt;solo i verbi nella forma transitiva possono avere la forma passiva.&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frasi nella forma corretta sono:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;“i soldati americani spararono ai tedeschi catturati”;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;“la polizia sparò su due manifestanti, uccidendoli ”.  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambe le frasi il verbo sparare è &lt;strong&gt;intransitivo&lt;/strong&gt;, dunque non più essere volto nella forma passiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il dubbio sull’uso transitivo del verbo, ho trovato questa &lt;strong&gt;REGOLA&lt;/strong&gt; sul Dizionario Garzanti, che non fa alcun riferimento al fatto che ciò che viene sparato sia o no animato:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;“il verbo sparare può avere come complemento oggetto solo ciò che viene sparato (colpo, proiettile), non il bersaglio a cui si spara; solo nell’Italia meridionale si usano espressioni come “lo hanno sparato”, che però appartengono appunto ad un uso regionale, non italiano”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per chi avesse poca dimestichezza con l’italiano, aggiungo un breve appunto sull’utilizzo del verbo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sparare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;/spa·rà·re/  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;transitivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;em&gt;“Far partire uno o più colpi d'arma da fuoco, esplodere”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare un colpo di fucile, di cannone;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare una revolverata;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare cartucce a pallettoni;   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;+ a, contro, su:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare una schioppettata &lt;strong&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; selvaggina;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare una raffica di mitra &lt;strong&gt;contro&lt;/strong&gt; l'ambasciata, &lt;strong&gt;sulla&lt;/strong&gt; folla;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;anche transitivo pronominale: spararsi un colpo &lt;strong&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; tempia;  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;+ su:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare neve &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; una pista da sci    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;“Tirare con violenza, sferrare”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;+ a, in, su:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare calci;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- gli ha sparato un pugno (&lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; faccia, &lt;strong&gt;sul&lt;/strong&gt; grugno). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;intransitivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;em&gt;“Tirare con un'arma da fuoco, fare fuoco”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;+ a, contro, su:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- non so sparare;&#xA;- sparare &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; nemico, &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; una lepre;&#xA;- sparare &lt;strong&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; testa, &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; petto;&#xA;- sparare &lt;strong&gt;contro&lt;/strong&gt; la polizia, &lt;strong&gt;sulla&lt;/strong&gt; folla; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;+ con:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- sparare &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; il fucile   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;* è stato accertato che la pistola ha sparato&quot;&#xA;* Sparare a salve;&#xA;* Sparare a vista, senza alcun preavviso.&#xA;* Sparare a zero;&#xA;* Sparare nel mucchio (tirare colpi di arma da fuoco a caso oppure, in senso figurato, attaccare un insieme di persone in modo indiscriminato con l'obiettivo di screditarlo o infangarlo).   &#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;riflessivo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA; &lt;em&gt;“Tirarsi un colpo d'arma da fuoco”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;+ a, in, su:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- spararsi per la disperazione;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- spararsi &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; cuore, &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; testa, &lt;strong&gt;sul&lt;/strong&gt; petto;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;+ con:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- si è sparato &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; un vecchio fucile.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spero di essere stata di aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5372" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T09:10:29.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10473" CreationDate="2019-05-01T09:10:45.247" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inizialmente usata (nel Lazio principalmente) come minaccia (te possino ammazzatte, possano ammazzarti), “&lt;strong&gt;te possino&lt;/strong&gt;” oggi è un’ espressione scherzosa (come molti altri “insulti” romani che oggi hanno una connotazione positiva), spesso utilizzata come rafforzativo, che significa “mannaggia a te”.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente poi il significato dipende dal contesto, è ovvio che se stai litigando con qualcuno e ti dice “te possino ammazzatte” ti sta augurando la morte. Però di solito non ha questo significato: infatti, essendo io per metà del Lazio, quando vado, spesso mi sento dire “&lt;strong&gt;Te possino&lt;/strong&gt; Federì, che sei bella/ che sei cresciuta/che sei brava” ovvero “Mannaggia a te Federica, quanto sei ”.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“&lt;strong&gt;Te possino&lt;/strong&gt;”  è quindi un’espressione Laziale (in uso anche in altre parti d’Italia con minore frequenza) usata come rafforzativo con connotazione positiva. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su internet non ho trovato molto, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.turbozaura.it/tascabile.asp?idcategoria=Sub002&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;solo questo&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TE POSSINO AMMAZZATTE!: Apparentemente il significato sembrerebbe non lasciar dubbio sulle intenzioni di chi pronuncia il motto. In pratica l'espressione è usata raramente per intendere &quot;che qualcuno ti uccida&quot;. Nella stragrande maggioranza dei casi è usato come rafforzativo finale di una frase; ad esempio, quando una madre chiama il proprio bambino che fa finta di non sentire, si esprime così: &quot;viè qui, te possin'ammazzatte!&quot;. Anche in questo caso si ha una evidente dimostrazione della perdita del significato letterale dell'espressione: altrimenti una madre non si esprimerebbe in tal maniera nei confronti del proprio figliolo, sia pure per ottenere obbedienza. &quot;Quanto acchitti, te possin'ammazzatte!&quot; è un complimento con rafforzativo che vuol dire: come sei elegante! In un madrigale all'innamorata un improvvisato poeta si esprime così: - In poco tempo, quante me n'hai fatte! Fra fregature, buche e delusioni, m'hai rotto tutte quante l'illusioni, te possino e ripossin'ammazzatte!. L'ultimo verso ha soltanto il valore di un grosso rimprovero fatto in un momento d'ira all'innamorata che, come suol dirsi, si fa &quot;tirare la calzetta&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5327" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T09:10:45.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10475" CreationDate="2019-05-01T09:22:57.267" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is not an intransitive verb. This is a form of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-riflessivi_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;reflexive voice&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Italian verbs can be conjugated in three voices: active, passive and reflexive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can recognize the reflexive voice from the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; and the presence of the clitic reflective pronoun (&lt;em&gt;mi&lt;/em&gt; for the first person singular).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reflexive voice comes in a number of flavours (for more details see the link above), but this is a case of &lt;em&gt;indirect reflexive&lt;/em&gt;.  You can distinguish it from other flavours of reflexive (like the &lt;em&gt;direct reflexive&lt;/em&gt;, or the &lt;em&gt;reciprocal reflexive&lt;/em&gt;) by the presence of the direct object (&quot;una bistecca&quot;). From the book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Serianni, XI.21-22 (my translation)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Indirect reflexives&lt;/em&gt; (called also &lt;em&gt;apparents&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;pronominal transitives&lt;/em&gt;). The verbal action does not &quot;reflect&quot; directly on the subject, but it takes place to their benefit, in their interest or by their initiative. The clitic pronoun does not represent in this case a direct object, rather some indirect complement «mi domando se ho sbagliato» (=&quot;I ask to myself&quot;, not &quot;ask of myself&quot;, like in the direct reflexive); «mi lavo le mani».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case the usage of the reflexive voice indicates that the action is done to the benefit of the subject, as opposed to the case of &lt;em&gt;Ho fatto una bistecca&lt;/em&gt;, where the steak could have been cooked for someone else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-08-16T12:35:48.547" LastActivityDate="2019-08-16T12:35:48.547" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10481" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10609" CreationDate="2019-05-01T16:16:54.600" Score="2" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Disse: – Sentili, come saltano e come bestemmiano. Per farli venire a pregar la madonna il parroco bisogna che li lasci sfogare. E loro per potersi sfogare bisogna che accendano i lumi alla madonna. Chi dei due frega l’altro? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Si fregano a turno, – dissi. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – No no, – disse Nuto, – la vince il parroco. Chi è che paga l’illuminazione, i mortaretti, il &lt;strong&gt;priorato&lt;/strong&gt; e la musica? E chi se la ride l’indomani della festa? Dannati, si rompono la schiena per quattro palmi di terra, e poi se li fanno mangiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;priorato&quot; in questo brano? Quello che ho trovato nei dizionari che ho consultato non sembra avere senso nel contesto del testo. Si tratta di italiano regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-24T07:45:44.197" LastActivityDate="2019-07-21T07:10:19.287" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;priorato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10481" CreationDate="2019-05-01T19:49:06.147" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente al priorato si doveva comunque pagare una sorta di affitto per organizzare la festa in locali di proprietà della chiesa, insieme all’ illuminazione, i mortaretti e la musica. Il parroco con la, passami il termine, scusa di pregar la madonna faceva pagare ai contadini il costo della festa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche per i Cavalieri di Malta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/priorato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;priorato&lt;/a&gt; era l’organo preposto all’amministrazione dei possedimenti compresi in più commende, presieduto da un priore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-05-01T19:49:06.147" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10481" CreationDate="2019-05-02T07:42:45.813" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse in senso meno stretto rispetto alla risposta di abarisone, potrebbe anche significare semplicemente la manutenzione del palazzo in cui il priorato ha sede. Spesso la parola &quot;priorato&quot; è usata sia per indicare l'istituzione e sia per indicare il &lt;a href=&quot;https://arttrip.it/visitare-il-priorato-di-malta-sull-aventino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;palazzo&lt;/a&gt; stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-05-02T11:24:25.767" LastActivityDate="2019-05-02T11:24:25.767" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10484" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-02T13:41:23.893" Score="4" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which is the Italian term or expression for a country road that goes nowhere just visits the properties along the road?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Strada senza uscita&lt;/em&gt; does not quite fit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5425" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-02T14:25:59.313" LastActivityDate="2019-05-02T14:25:59.313" Title="Italian term for a country road" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10484" CreationDate="2019-05-02T14:01:05.690" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;If I correctly catch the meaning of your question, the correct expression would be &lt;em&gt;strada di campagna&lt;/em&gt;, but in Italian we have also other and expressions to define country roads.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example other variants of strada di campagna (depending on the size and road surface) are (in brackets my own translation attempt):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/carrareccia/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;carrareccia&lt;/a&gt;: Strada campestre che può essere percorsa da carri; (Country road that can be traveled by carts)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mulattiera&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;mulattiera&lt;/a&gt;: Strada o sentiero di montagna costruiti in modo da dare adito al passaggio delle carovane di muli o di altre bestie da soma; (Road or pathway built in order to allow the passage of mule trains or other beasts of burden) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tratturo1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;tratturo&lt;/a&gt;: Larga pista con fondo naturale segnata dalle greggi nel loro periodico spostarsi, di solito con lunghi tratti rettilinei; il termine è particolarmente usato per le piste che univano l’Appennino abruzzese alle pianure della Puglia e della Calabria; (Large track with natural road surface flock of sheep in their periodic shift, usually with long stretches of road.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/viottolo/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;viottolo&lt;/a&gt;: Sentiero, stradina di campagna o di montagna; (Pathway, country road or mountain road)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sentiero/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sentiero&lt;/a&gt;: Via a fondo naturale tracciata in luoghi montani e campestri, in boschi e prati, dal passaggio di uomini e animali (Path with natural road surface traced in country or mountain places, in the woods or in the fields, by the passage of men and animals)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking at the various variants of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/strada&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;strada&lt;/a&gt; on Treccani dictionary, you can also find more specific definitions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;s. vicinali: quelle costruite da un proprietario di un fondo rustico e che fanno parte del fondo stesso per uso esclusivo del proprietario o, soltanto in caso di servitù, di terze persone; (roads built by the owner of a property in the country where the owner has exclusive use of them, or only in case of servitude, the use is extended to other people)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-02T14:20:48.640" LastActivityDate="2019-05-02T14:20:48.640" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10486" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10487" CreationDate="2019-05-03T15:07:18.277" Score="1" ViewCount="364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il giorno che tornai al casotto di Gaminella, conoscevo già il vecchio Valino. L’aveva fermato Nuto in piazza in mia presenza e gli aveva chiesto se mi conosceva. Un uomo secco e nero, con gli occhi da talpa, che mi guardò circospetto, e quando Nuto gli disse ridendo ch’ero uno che gli aveva mangiato del pane e bevuto del vino, restò lí senza decidersi, torbido. Allora gli chiesi se era lui che aveva tagliato i noccioli e se sopra la stalla c’era sempre quella spalliera di &lt;strong&gt;uva passera&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;passero&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma il significato che ho trovato (un uccello) non ha senso nel contesto del testo. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cos'è questa &quot;uva passera&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato? Si tratta forse di italiano regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-03T15:26:45.770" LastActivityDate="2019-05-04T09:05:18.043" Title="Cosa significa &quot;uva passera&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10486" CreationDate="2019-05-03T15:13:38.000" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uva passera è una particolare varietà di uva che ha gli acini senza semi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/passera_2.shtml?refresh_ce-cp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini-Coletti&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;passera 2 &lt;BR&gt;[pàs-se-ra] agg.&lt;BR&gt; uva p. (o come s.f. la p.), quella con gli&#xA;  acini senza semi, nota anche come passerina, passeretta o uvetta sec.&#xA;  XIV&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://larcante.com/tag/uva-passera/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo post in un blog enogastonomico&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Passerina, il vitigno, ha una sua specifica identità, qua e là&#xA;  viene chiamata da sempre con nomi a dir poco folcloristici&#xA;  (cacciadebiti, cacchione, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;uva passera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, uva d’oro, uva Fermana) e&#xA;  seppur non vanti nobili origini certe del suo nome, grazie alla sua&#xA;  abbondante produttività ha saputo garantirsi una certa riconoscenza&#xA;  che gli ha consentito di arrivare sino ai tempi moderni,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.vinook.it/uva-e-vitigni/vitigni-bianchi/passerina.asp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito di enologia&lt;/a&gt; ne spiega l'origine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Passerina è un vitigno a bacca bianca autoctono dell’Italia&#xA;  centrale, la cui provenienza esatta è contesa tra la provincia di&#xA;  Frosinone e la regione Marche. Questa contesa è dovuta al fatto che si&#xA;  tratta di un vitigno molto antico, coltivato in tutto il centro Italia&#xA;  seppur con sinonimi diversi. Gli esperti comunque propendono tutti per&#xA;  l'ipotesi marchigiana. Come genealogia appartiene alla famiglia dei&#xA;  Trebbiani, e con essi è stato spesso confuso, così come con il Bombino&#xA;  Bianco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-04T09:05:18.043" LastActivityDate="2019-05-04T09:05:18.043" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10488" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-03T18:41:54.520" Score="5" ViewCount="970" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5984/quello-or-quel-what-is-the-difference&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; dice che si usano le forme &lt;em&gt;quel&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; come si usano gli articoli il e lo. Quindi, è più corretto scrivere &amp;quot;quel che&amp;quot;? Ho visto usate entrambe le forme &amp;quot;quel che&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;quello che&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quello che mi ha detto non è vero.&amp;quot; vs.&#xA;&amp;quot;Quel che mi ha detto non è vero.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Sei contento di quello che hai?&amp;quot; vs.&#xA;&amp;quot;Sei contento di quel che hai?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;dare a Cesare quello che è di Cesare&amp;quot; vs.&#xA;&amp;quot;dare a Cesare quel che è di Cesare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5426" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-04T21:10:04.630" Title="Quando si usano &quot;quel che&quot; e &quot;quello che&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10488" CreationDate="2019-05-03T18:56:05.513" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In generale la Treccani riguardo a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/quello_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quello&lt;/a&gt; dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La scelta tra le varie forme del maschile singolare (&lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quell’&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  con ➔elisione e quel con ➔troncamento), del femminile singolare&#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;quella&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quell’&lt;/em&gt;) e del maschile plurale (&lt;em&gt;quei&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quegli&lt;/em&gt;) segue le&#xA;  stesse regole che valgono per l’articolo ➔determinativo; come per&#xA;  l’articolo determinativo, il femminile plurale ha un’unica forma,&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;quelle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio un’espressione in cui sono intercambiabili è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per quel/quello che ne so Mario è partito ieri&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiegato nella risposta che hai menzionato, quando quello è un pronome non puoi usare la forma quel:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ho detto quello (non quel, che sarebbe errato)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tutti gli esempi da te citati &lt;em&gt;quel&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; sono intercambiabili. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-03T19:02:55.850" LastActivityDate="2019-05-03T19:02:55.850" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10488" CreationDate="2019-05-04T10:03:29.613" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli aggettivi &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; sono molto particolari in italiano, perché hanno forme simili a quelle degli articoli e delle preposizioni articolate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;bel bello bei begli&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  quel quello quei quegli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &lt;em&gt;il tavolo/quel tavolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lo gnomo/quello gnomo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;l'amico/quell'amico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i tavoli/quei tavoli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli gnomi/quegli gnomi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se usati in forma pronominale, i plurali sono &lt;em&gt;belli&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quelli&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Che belli!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Quali hai scelto? Quelli.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Per il femminile le forme sono solo &lt;em&gt;bella/belle&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quella/quelle&lt;/em&gt; (con eventuale elisione).&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le forme “articolate” sono comunemente usate (obbligatorie) quando l'aggettivo precede un sostantivo o un aggettivo sostantivato (&lt;em&gt;un bel po'&lt;/em&gt;). Davanti a un pronome, la scelta è diversa: per esempio, non si dice *&lt;em&gt;quei che&lt;/em&gt;, ma &lt;em&gt;quelli che&lt;/em&gt;. La prima forma non è “scorretta”, ma antiquata, e si trova certamente in scritti, in particolare prima della seconda metà del XIX secolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scelta fra &lt;em&gt;quel&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; davanti a un pronome è essenzialmente libera, ma al giorno d'oggi direi che tende a prevalere &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; eccetto che in frasi cristallizzate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un ottimo riferimento standard è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quello/&lt;/a&gt; (come proposto da Charo in un commento).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-05-04T21:10:04.630" LastActivityDate="2019-05-04T21:10:04.630" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10491" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-04T17:38:23.667" Score="4" ViewCount="705" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi ho visto un'immagine di un libro di un certo Giacobbe intitolato &quot;come smettere di farsi le seghe mentali e godersi la vita&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi sa spiegare il significato delle parole &quot;seghe mentali&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-04T19:02:19.497" LastActivityDate="2019-05-04T19:03:06.177" Title="Meaning of the (idiomatic?) expression &quot;seghe mentali&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10491" CreationDate="2019-05-04T17:45:15.267" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il libro dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dicesi «sega mentale» il pensare a cose che non hanno attinenza con la realtà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastActivityDate="2019-05-04T17:45:15.267" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10491" CreationDate="2019-05-04T18:46:56.670" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;sega mentale&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;pippa mentale&lt;/em&gt; significa portare avanti un ragionamento contorto, farraginoso e oltremodo inutile che complica una situazione che sarebbe molto più semplice; una sorta di “masturbazione” delle meningi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pippa2_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;pippa&lt;/a&gt; ne riporta le principali caratteristiche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[occupazione futile, insulsa o noiosa: che p.!] ≈ (pop.) palla, (pop.) pizza, (volg.) rottura (di coglioni), seccatura.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo simpatico articolo di un blog  &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/amp/s/lecoseinutili.wordpress.com/2015/03/16/la-sega-mentale/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La sostenibile inutilità delle cose&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ne viene data una spiegazione più argomentata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le seghe mentali sono quasi sempre malefiche (occhio malocchio&#xA;  prezzemolo e finocchio non c’entra nulla…) e si formano con un “ma se&#xA;  io…”, “ e se io…”..”, “eh si, però pure io…”, “se solo io…”, che poi&#xA;  diventano “Ma se lui..allora io…” , “e se lui….”, “eh si però pure&#xA;  lui….”, “se solo lui….” Lo stadio successivo è il passaggio diretto&#xA;  all’alienazione dalla realtà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-04T19:03:06.177" LastActivityDate="2019-05-04T19:03:06.177" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10494" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10499" CreationDate="2019-05-06T16:41:45.227" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Su una ruota stesa per terra era seduto un ragazzo, &lt;strong&gt;in carnicino&lt;/strong&gt; e calzoni strappati, una sola bretella, e teneva una gamba divaricata, scostata in un modo innaturale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;carnicino&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;in carnicino&quot; nella frase sopra citata. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-06T21:59:56.573" Title="Significato di &quot;in carnicino&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ClosedDate="2019-05-06T22:04:52.997" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10494" CreationDate="2019-05-06T19:08:27.663" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/carnicino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;carnicino&lt;/a&gt; la Treccani riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;carnicino&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [der. di carne]. – Del colore roseo della carnagione:&#xA;  tessuto c., seta carnicina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato carnicino sottintende che l’indumento indossato era di un colore simile alla carne. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-06T19:18:58.697" LastActivityDate="2019-05-06T19:18:58.697" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10496" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10498" CreationDate="2019-05-06T20:34:08.680" Score="3" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno potrebbe dirmi da dove deriva l'espressione &quot;il gioco non ne vale la candela&quot;. La candela, in questa espressione, a cosa si riferisce?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastActivityDate="2019-05-06T21:32:51.810" Title="Il gioco non ne valeva la candela" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10497" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6452" CreationDate="2019-05-06T20:36:13.157" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse &quot;legge il più libri possibile&quot;, almeno io ho sentito dire così per indicare che legge il massimo di libri riesce a leggere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastActivityDate="2019-05-06T20:36:13.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10498" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10496" CreationDate="2019-05-06T21:32:51.810" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa locuzione si utilizza per indicare il dubbio che il guadagno nel fare o per ottenere qualcosa non valga lo sforzo o la spesa da effettuare; la &quot;candela&quot; si riferisce proprio alla candela nel senso del lume. Prendo la spiegazione da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Il_gioco_non_vale_la_candela&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa espressione è di origine medievale [...]. A quei tempi era necessario usare candele o lampade ad olio per qualunque attività notturna e il costo delle candele, specialmente per le classi sociali più basse, poteva diventare una spesa considerevole. Era quindi consuetudine, per i giocatori di carte, lasciare una piccola somma (o a volte una vera e propria candela) al proprietario della casa che li ospitava o all'oste della locanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-05-06T21:32:51.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10499" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10494" CreationDate="2019-05-06T21:59:56.573" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta semplicemente di un refuso della versione ebook del romanzo (ISBN 9788858409596). Ho potuto contrastare con una versione cartacea nella quale appare &quot;in camicino&quot; invece di &quot;in carnicino&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-06T21:59:56.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10500" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-07T06:54:18.923" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'ultimo capoverso del quarto volume della serie &quot;L'amica geniale&quot;, cioè nella &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt;, di Elena Ferrante ho trovato questa frase che mi lascia perplesso proprio alla fine di lunga lettura: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A differenza che nei racconti, la vita vera, quando è passata, si&#xA;  sporge non sulla chiarezza ma sull'oscurità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno può spiegarmi il senso di questa espressione &quot;sporgersi su ql.co&quot;? Credo che sia necessario conoscere il contesto della frase in questione, ovvero la storia intera, quindi inviterei a rispondere soprattutto chi ha letto il libro. Comunque qui sotto cito l'intero capoverso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono salita in ascensore, mi sono chiusa nel mio appartamento. Ho&#xA;  esaminato le due bambole con cura, ne ho sentito l'odore di muffa, le&#xA;  ho disposte contro i dorsi dei miei libri. Nel constatare che erano&#xA;  povere e brutte mi sono sentita confusa. A differenza che nei&#xA;  racconti, la vita vera, quando è passata, si sporge non sulla&#xA;  chiarezza ma sull'oscurità. Ho pensato: ora che Lila si è fatta vedere&#xA;  così nitidamente, devo rassegnarmi a non vederla più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3583" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-05-10T11:51:26.940" LastActivityDate="2019-05-10T11:51:26.940" Title="Significato di &quot;sporgersi su&quot; (L'amica geniale)" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10501" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10503" CreationDate="2019-05-07T18:47:21.050" Score="5" ViewCount="1601" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è una differenza tra i verbi &lt;em&gt;attirare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;attrarre&lt;/em&gt;? Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra una cosa che potrebbe &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;attirare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; le persone sbagliate...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra una cosa che potrebbe &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;attrarre&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; le persone sbagliate...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutte e due le parole si traducono in inglese con &amp;quot;attract&amp;quot;. Sono sinonimi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5426" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-08T13:35:22.153" Title="C'è qualche differenza tra &quot;attirare&quot; e &quot;attrarre&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10502" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10501" CreationDate="2019-05-08T06:25:50.377" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Può essere utile confrontare il significato dei termini su Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attrarre/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attrarre&lt;/a&gt; (ant. attràere) v. tr. [dal lat. attrahĕre, comp. di ad-&#xA;  e trahĕre «tirare»] (coniug. come trarre). – 1. a. Attirare, tirare a&#xA;  sé: la calamita attrae il ferro; anche in senso astratto: a. l’occhio,&#xA;  la mente, l’attenzione, la simpatia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attirare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attirare&lt;/a&gt; v. tr. [der. di tirare]. – Trarre a sé: la calamita&#xA;  attira il ferro. Molto com. con sign. più generico (cfr. attrarre): la&#xA;  bellezza del paesaggio attira molti forestieri; a. i clienti con la&#xA;  pubblicità; a. qualcuno in un tranello; a. i nemici in un’imboscata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine “attirare” deriva da “tirare” che deriva a sua volta da “[lat. *tirare, di etimo incerto]” (Treccani), mentre “(at)trarre” deriva appunto da trahĕre (in lat. trahĕre).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario dei sinonimi e contrari di Treccani a proposito riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attrarre_(Sinonimi-e-Contrari)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attrarre&lt;/a&gt; v. tr. [dal lat. attrahĕre, der. di trahĕre &quot;tirare&quot;,&#xA;  col pref. ad-] (coniug. come trarre). - 1. [tirare a sé: la calamita&#xA;  attrae il ferro] ≈ e ↔ [→ ATTIRARE (1)]. 2. (fig.) [richiamare&#xA;  l'attenzione] ≈ e ↔ [→ ATTIRARE (2)].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attirare_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;attirare&lt;/a&gt; v. tr. [der. di tirare]. - 1. [trarre a sé: la calamita&#xA;  attira il ferro] ≈ attrarre, calamitare. ↔ respingere. 2. (fig.)&#xA;  [richiamare l'attenzione] ≈ attrarre,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si può vedere &lt;em&gt;attirare&lt;/em&gt; ed &lt;em&gt;attrarre&lt;/em&gt;, almeno nell'italiano contemporaneo, possono essere considerati sinonimi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addirittura il de Mauro usa lo stesso esempio per entrambe le varianti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/attrarre&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Attrarre&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;di sostanze, attirare, tirare a sé: &lt;em&gt;la calamita attrae il ferro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/attirare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Attirare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;di sostanze, tirare a sé, trarre a sé: &lt;em&gt;la calamita attira il ferro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-08T13:35:22.153" LastActivityDate="2019-05-08T13:35:22.153" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10501" CreationDate="2019-05-08T07:20:28.160" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come mostra la risposta di Abarisone, nell'italiano contemporaneo “attrarre” e “attirare” sono sinonimi. Complementarmente a quella risposta voglio segnalare che storicamente “attirare” si è diffuso dopo “attrarre” e che nell'Ottocento era percepito come un francesismo da evitare nel senso di “richiamare l'attenzione”, mentre non era proprio usato nel senso fisico (in cui si usava invece “attrarre” o “trarre”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scrive Niccolò Tommaseo nel suo dizionario dei sinonimi (5ª edizione, del 1867):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tirare, Attirare, Attrarre, Chiamare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Attirare&lt;/em&gt; è adoperato da qualche scrittore, non però dal popolo toscano, ch'io sappia; e risica di parere gallicismo, ancorché abbia forme analoghe italiane. Senonché quasi sempre &lt;em&gt;attrarre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;trarre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tirare&lt;/em&gt; ne fanno le veci, senza ch'esso nulla aggiunga a evidenza, e non certamente a eleganza. D'oggetto che volge a sé il senso o la mente con più o meno soavità, basta &lt;em&gt;attrarre&lt;/em&gt;; se con più forza, &lt;em&gt;trarre&lt;/em&gt;; se con ancor più, &lt;em&gt;tirare&lt;/em&gt;. Ma i due ultimi, secondo i luoghi, denotano più o men vigore, e possono altresì denotare soavità, forza il primo. ...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Se mai volesse adoprarsi &lt;em&gt;attirare&lt;/em&gt;, non so s'io sbagli, ma direi che meno si disconvenga all'animo che al senso o alla mente. Chi poi dice: attirare gente o simile, non veggo perché non possa &lt;em&gt;tirare&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;chiamare&lt;/em&gt; secondo che più o meno potente è l'allettamento o l'invito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle voci del Tommaseo su “attrarre” e “tirare” riferito a calamite e simili, “attirare” non è contemplato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In varie altre voci sullo stesso insieme di verbi Tommaseo esamina anche la distinzione, collegata a quella della presente domanda, fra “tirare” e “trarre” (accennata anche nel brano riportato), rimproverando alla Crusca il fatto che tratta insieme i due verbi. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... L'affetto gentile trae, la passione tiranna tira. L'eloquenza sincera trae, la retorica vuol tirare, e comincia dallo stiracchiare sé stessa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-05-08T07:20:28.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10504" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-08T08:04:13.427" Score="3" ViewCount="132" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ricevuto una lettera con della terminologia burocratica e non sono riuscito a capire tramite dizionario se la parola prestazione avesse il significato di somma di denaro o versamento. Qualcuno mi potrebbe aiutare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il testo dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sulla base della presente riliquidazione gli importi della prestazione&#xA;  relativi al corrente anno, già comunicato con un precedente&#xA;  provvedimento di liquidazione sono così cambiati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prestazione lorda: ...&lt;br&gt; Indennità: ...&lt;br&gt; Prestazione al netto&#xA;  delle trattenute: ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sinceramente non ci capisco molto, e neppure capisco la differenza tra le tre voci riportate in basso come &lt;em&gt;indennità&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;trattenute&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per il vostro aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-08T08:27:39.943" LastActivityDate="2019-05-08T11:31:55.560" Title="Significato di prestazione" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10504" CreationDate="2019-05-08T08:20:07.883" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/prestazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;prestazione&lt;/a&gt; viene definita come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La p. consiste in un comportamento cui il debitore è tenuto, tanto nel&#xA;  caso in cui derivi da una dichiarazione negoziale di volontà della&#xA;  parte o delle parti, quanto nel caso in cui nasca da un mero fatto cui&#xA;  la legge riconnette determinati effetti obbligatori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ed inoltre:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La p. può essere determinata in natura o in denaro, o – più&#xA;  esattamente – può essere di specie o di genere. P. tipiche in natura o&#xA;  di specie sono quelle di consegnare una cosa determinata o di fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tuo caso sembra riferirsi ad una pensione (vista la presenza del termine riliquidazione), o in generale ad una somma, un’erogazione in denaro da parte di un ente della Pubblica Amministrazione, quali ad esempio INPS, INAIL, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;prestazione lorda&lt;/em&gt; è quella comprensiva delle tasse mentre la &lt;em&gt;prestazione netta&lt;/em&gt; è la somma di denaro che viene effettivamente accreditata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/indennita&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;indennità&lt;/a&gt; come da definizione Treccani è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;indennità&lt;/strong&gt; Corrispettivo stabilito in favore di chi, per interessi&#xA;  generali, subisce il sacrificio di un diritto. Attribuzione&#xA;  patrimoniale dell'imprenditore al prestatore di lavoro, non avente&#xA;  carattere retributivo e corrisposta a titolo di rimborso di spese o&#xA;  per speciali oneri o disagi sopportati dal prestatore a causa o in&#xA;  occasione della prestazione di lavoro (i. di trasferta, i. di rischi,&#xA;  i. di servizio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trattenuta_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trattenute&lt;/a&gt; sono le tasse applicate alla prestazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;trattenuta&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [part. pass. femm. di trattenere]. - (amministr.)&#xA;  [somma detratta dallo stipendio del lavoratore per essere versata come&#xA;  imposta o contributo] ≈ ritenuta. ‖ decurtazione, deduzione,&#xA;  detrazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-08T11:31:55.560" LastActivityDate="2019-05-08T11:31:55.560" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10506" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10509" CreationDate="2019-05-08T19:59:32.263" Score="5" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a question about how to interpret the word &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; in a context where it seems like it could mean either &lt;em&gt;by&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;from&lt;/em&gt;. Consider this example sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da chi sono stati comprati questi guanti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me like both of the following translations are possible:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;By&lt;/em&gt; whom were these gloves bought? (i.e., who is the buyer?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;From&lt;/em&gt; whom were these gloves bought? (i.e., who is the seller?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which interpretation is correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5426" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-09T06:50:22.330" Title="Does &quot;da&quot; mean &quot;by&quot; or &quot;from&quot; in this context?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10507" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10508" CreationDate="2019-05-08T23:03:36.513" Score="6" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian, does one use a comma to separate city and country?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, in English, one says “Rome, Italy.” In Italian, is this “Roma, Italia” or “Roma Italia” or “Roma d’Italia”? What is the proper way to phrase city and country within a sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5434" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-05-12T06:27:02.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-12T06:27:02.813" Title="Commas to separate city and country?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10507" CreationDate="2019-05-09T06:39:58.950" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;None of those. That is a peculiar English usage, often even with well-known cities (such as “Washington, D.C.”).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In Italian, it is far less common having to specify the country a city is in: for instance, if I mention Berlin, I'll just say/write “Berlino”, assuming that my listeners/readers know that it is in Germany.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If it is important to mention the country (or US State, or Italian region), for instance for a less-known place, the usual way is to use &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, possibly after a comma. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Legoland si trova a Billund, in Danimarca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Legoland is in Billund, Denmark).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In some cases, in a less “literary” context, you might find the country name (if necessary), in parentheses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Legoland si trova a Billund (Danimarca).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-05-09T15:50:44.057" LastActivityDate="2019-05-09T15:50:44.057" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10509" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10506" CreationDate="2019-05-09T06:50:22.330" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no unique correct interpretation: it could mean both and only the context can suggest the intended meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preposition &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; is used with personal nouns or pronouns to mean motion to or state in: &lt;em&gt;vado dal salumiere&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;sono dal dentista&lt;/em&gt;. By extension, we can use it also for &lt;em&gt;ho comprato i guanti da Xyz&lt;/em&gt;. The English translation for such &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; would be &lt;em&gt;at Xyz’s&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You're also right in thinking that &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; is the main proposition for denoting the agent in a passive form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thus the example is indeed ambiguous, because there is no grammatical way to distinguish between the two meanings. It's a bit artificial, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;em&gt;by&lt;/em&gt; meaning, an active form &lt;em&gt;Chi ha comprato questi guanti?&lt;/em&gt; would be preferred. In the &lt;em&gt;at&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;from&lt;/em&gt; meaning I'd personally ask &lt;em&gt;Dove sono stati comprati questi guanti?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-05-09T06:50:22.330" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10511" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10532" CreationDate="2019-05-11T06:10:11.650" Score="2" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il traduttore di Google (non ridete, a volte è comodo usarlo) mi ha tradotto &quot;subfigures&quot; con &quot;soggefazioni&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho mai sentito questa parola, né la trovo su internet: esiste o il traduttore di Google ogni tanto ci mette anche dell'inventiva? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase completa era questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'm preparing a manuscript for a journal where they tend to have the&#xA;  caption over-print on the image for subfigures to really squeeze out&#xA;  all the whitespace in these panels (Here's an example document, please&#xA;  look at the PDF: &lt;a href=&quot;https://elifesciences.org/articles/39777&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://elifesciences.org/articles/39777&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;So, I've been trying to remove whitespaces around my subfigures too. I&#xA;  used a negative skip in the subcaption set up which brings the&#xA;  subcaption nearer to the image. However, when using this &quot;hack&quot;, in a&#xA;  majority of cases, the image prints over the label. Is it possible to&#xA;  do it the other way around: get the subcaption label to over-print on&#xA;  the image?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;da un &lt;a href=&quot;https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/481538/how-does-one-get-the-caption-to-over-print-an-image/490277#490277&quot;&gt;post di TeX.SE&lt;/a&gt;, ma adesso &quot;soggefazione&quot; non mi esce più, mi lascia subfigure (nel primo paragrafo) e mi traduce sottofigure (nel secondo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2019-05-11T14:00:52.060" LastActivityDate="2019-05-16T20:14:12.280" Title="Esiste la parola soggefazione?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="19" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10512" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-11T10:52:49.383" Score="2" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Quando franammo tra le foglie grasse, i rovi e la menta del fondo, il Valino alzò appena la testa. Stava troncando con la roncola sul &lt;strong&gt;capitozzo&lt;/strong&gt; i rami rossi d’un salice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei dizionari che ho potuto consultare, ho trovato &quot;capitozza&quot; e &quot;capitozzatura&quot;, parole che fanno riferimento a un certo modo di potare gli alberi, ma non il termine &quot;capitozzo&quot;. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T13:21:32.733" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;capitozzo&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10513" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10381" CreationDate="2019-05-11T14:18:36.300" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente il brano si riferisce ad un oggetto con una punta aguzza, come potrebbe essere ad esempio un coltello; Sono del parere che il commento di @egreg sia corretto, e che si tratti della punta che si infila nel prosciutto per saggiarlo (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sanfrancescospa.it/testimonial/prosciutto-osso-di-cavallo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.sanfrancescospa.it/testimonial/prosciutto-osso-di-cavallo/&lt;/a&gt;). Nel contesto, significa che la menzogna è &quot;penetrata&quot; nell'interlocutore in modo assai doloroso, come una stilettata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &quot;Necessario&quot; secondo il dizionario Treccani deriva da &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;cedere&lt;/em&gt; ossia &quot;da cui non c’è modo di ritirarsi&quot;; quindi potrebbe in questo contesto essere utilizzato come sinonimo di &quot;implacabile&quot;, &quot;inesorabile&quot;; &quot;crudele&quot; è un'aggettivo che si adatta bene a descrivere il dolore provocato da un oggetto acuminato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-05-11T14:18:36.300" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10514" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10516" CreationDate="2019-05-11T15:37:42.847" Score="3" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa &quot;mettere i soldi dove si mettono le parole&quot;? Penso sia l'equivalente dell'inglese &quot;put your money where your mouth is&quot; ma non so se sia così e non ne conosco il significato. Qualcuno qui lo sa e lo può spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-05-12T15:55:40.983" LastActivityDate="2019-05-12T15:55:40.983" Title="Mettere i soldi dove si mettono le parole" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10516" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10514" CreationDate="2019-05-12T10:44:22.673" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nonostante &lt;strong&gt;“mettere i soldi dove si mettono le parole”&lt;/strong&gt;, in Italiano, non sia un’espressione usata, se l’hai sentita da qualcuno, è da intendere ovviamente con lo stesso significato di &lt;strong&gt;“put your money where your mouth is”&lt;/strong&gt;, ovvero dare peso alle proprie parole.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In Italiano diciamo &lt;strong&gt;“passare dalle parole ai fatti”&lt;/strong&gt; che è lo stesso concetto di “put your money where your mouth is” e “mettere i soldi dove si mettono le parole”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5327" LastActivityDate="2019-05-12T10:44:22.673" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10512" CreationDate="2019-05-13T11:47:54.810" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI02/GDLI_02_ocr_701.pdf&amp;amp;parola=capitozzo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt; (il cosiddetto &lt;em&gt;Battaglia&lt;/em&gt;) si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Capitòzza&lt;/strong&gt;, sf.  (raro &lt;em&gt;capitozzo&lt;/em&gt;,  sm.).  Agric. Albero   potato  di  tutti  i  rami,  in  modo  che &#xA;  rimangano le fronde soltanto in cima; chioma dell’albero così potato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, su questo dizionario appaiono alcuni esempi letterari di uso di &quot;capitozza&quot; e &quot;capitozzo&quot; tra i quali si trova precisamente la citazione di Pavese della domanda. In questo contesto, si tratterebbe dunque della chioma di un salice che era stato potato in modo che le fronde rimanessero soltanto in cima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-13T13:21:32.733" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T13:21:32.733" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10519" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10521" CreationDate="2019-05-13T13:33:44.380" Score="3" ViewCount="3691" Body="&lt;p&gt;Volevo chiedere se il termine &lt;em&gt;cioccapiatti&lt;/em&gt; è un dialettalismo oppure un termine italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui il significato è '&lt;em&gt;imbonitore&lt;/em&gt;', '&lt;em&gt;contaballe&lt;/em&gt;', '&lt;em&gt;ciarlatano&lt;/em&gt;', credo derivato dall'uso dei venditori di piatti che ne millantano la robustezza appunto facendoli cioccare l'uno contro l'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-05-13T15:30:43.183" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T15:30:43.183" Title="&quot;Cioccapiatti&quot; è un termine italiano o solo emiliano?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10374" CreationDate="2019-05-13T14:30:24.760" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;More or less none, but any term has a little flavour&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;utensili&lt;/em&gt; &gt; term more used in 'cooking context': la frusta e la leccarda sono strumenti della cucina (kitchen whisk and dripping-pan are cusine tools)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;arnesi /attrezzi&lt;/em&gt; &gt; term used in 'work' context: mi presteresti i tuoi attrezzi? (could you please borrow me your tools)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;strumenti&lt;/em&gt; &gt; more 'teorethical' context: Il sillogismo è uno strumento del pensiero aristotelico (the syllogism is an instrument of Aristotelian thought)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This may be inaccurate because it's derived from my evryday life, but this is how these words sound 'best' to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3782" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T14:30:24.760" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10519" CreationDate="2019-05-13T14:46:38.380" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani, nel suo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/articoli/parole/Neologismi_lettori_6.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;magazine di lingua Italiana, I nostri lettori cacciatori di parole nuove/6 di Silverio Novelli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciocco , cioccapiatti &lt;BR&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;G. L. ci delizia con queste due voci&#xA;dell'italiano regionale emiliano, con epicentro Bologna e attestazioni&#xA;in varie parti dell'Emilia. Si tratta di parole che hanno precisi&#xA;riscontri dialettali: cioc vale 'scoppio', ciocapiât vale «radicchio&#xA;di campo; tarassaco; scemo, fesso» (L. Lepri, D. Vitali, Dizionario&#xA;bolognese-italiano, italiano-bolognese, Pendragon, Bologna, 20092). In&#xA;particolare, cioccapiatti si dice (diamo la parola a G. L.) di una&#xA;«persona che si vanta doti (nel fare, nell'essere) esagerate, ma che,&#xA;alla resa dei conti, è inconcludente». Nel sito Facebook dedicato a&#xA;cioccapiatti, c'è chi fornisce una lettura interessante dell'accezione&#xA;figurata, molto colloquiale e familiare, della parola, partendo&#xA;dall'accezione di base: «Il cioccapiatti era così chiamato perchè&#xA;quando lo si condiva nel piatto e quando lo si mangiava,scrocchiava (a&#xA;Bologna cioccava). Il cioccapiatti è una specie di radicchio selvatico&#xA;che è molto presente lungo gli argini del fiume Reno. Poi associato a&#xA;persone bugiarde, inconcludenti, false ecc. in quanto sembra una&#xA;verdura pregiata ma in realtà è amaro, duro ed una volta pulito non&#xA;rimane nulla = persona con pochi contenuti. Io la conosco così».&#xA;Cioccapiatti è incluso nel Manuale di lingua e mitologia urbana , il&#xA;che significa che per l'autore del Manuale la voce è propria degli usi&#xA;giovanili. Parola da tenere ben custodita in attesa di un dizionario&#xA;del lessico italiano regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bruttastoria.it/dictionary/cioccapiatti.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Manuale di lingua e mitologia urbana&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cioccapiatti&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; era il ciarliero venditore di piatti al mercato che&#xA;era solito sbattere, cioè &amp;quot;cioccare&amp;quot; piatti di poco valore uno contro&#xA;l'altro per decantarne la robustezza. Di conseguenza il termine è&#xA;venuto ad indicare la persona che millanta crediti o promette&#xA;prestazioni che non si sa se potrà mantenere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://bolognabloguniversity.it/slang-bolognese-tutte-le-parole-un-non-bolognese-deve-conoscere-la-lettera-c/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Blog degli studenti universitari di Bologna&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cio(c)capiatti&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. persona non degna di fede, che racconta storie&#xA;poco credibili, una specie di banfone; “te sei un gran cioccapiatti” ♦&#xA;dal dialetto ciocapiât s. m. (=). Vedi anche ballista&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove il termine viene indicato come appartenente allo &amp;quot;slang&amp;quot; bolognese, quindi come termine regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Liguria il termine con lo stesso significato sarebbe &lt;em&gt;contamusse&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-13T15:21:43.940" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10525" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10526" CreationDate="2019-05-14T14:15:01.967" Score="0" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am very new to Italian and was just posting this here to have it proof-checked, thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo è Haid Mahmood. Lui è mio piccolo fratello. Lui ha undici anni ma il suo compleanno è il sedici Maggio, due giorno da oggi. Lui è pakistano ma abita a Perth in Australia. Lui parla inglese e urdu. Haid è molto fastidioso ma lui è un po' amichevole. Lui non è molto alto. Haid ha I capelli ricci. Haid è molto bravo in musica. Lui suona la tromba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5445" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-05-14T16:58:10.557" LastActivityDate="2019-05-14T16:58:10.557" Title="Could somebody please check my work?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ClosedDate="2019-05-17T10:43:01.603" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10525" CreationDate="2019-05-14T14:25:59.893" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo è Haid Mahmood. Lui è il mio fratello minore. Lui ha undici anni ma il suo compleanno è il sedici Maggio, fra due giorni. Lui è pakistano ma abita a Perth in Australia. Lui parla inglese e urdu. Haid è molto fastidioso ma anche un po' amichevole. Lui non è molto alto. Haid ha i capelli ricci. Haid è molto bravo in musica. Lui suona la tromba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That’s how I’d correct your sentence at first. Anyway, even if it’s not a mistake, I’d suggest not to repeat the nominative pronoun “lui”, since in italian it’s already expressed in the verb. So you might rather to say:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo è Haid Mahmood, mio fratello minore. Ha undici anni. Il suo compleanno è il 16 maggio, fra due giorni. È pakistano ma abita a Perth, in Australia. Parla inglese e urdu. È molto fastidioso ma anche un po' amichevole. Non è molto alto e ha i capelli ricci. È molto bravo in musica e suona la tromba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5327" LastActivityDate="2019-05-14T14:25:59.893" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10528" CreationDate="2019-05-15T12:24:02.607" Score="0" ViewCount="36" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il caffè lo presi un giorno col Cavaliere, sotto, davanti alla piazza scottante. Il Cavaliere era il figlio del vecchio Cavaliere, che ai miei tempi era il padrone delle terre del Castello e di diversi mulini e aveva perfino &lt;strong&gt;gettato una diga&lt;/strong&gt; nel Belbo quand’io ancora dovevo nascere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;gettare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso che l'espressione &quot;gettare una diga&quot; (nel fiume Belbo) ha nel passo sopra citato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-15T12:56:48.343" LastActivityDate="2019-05-15T12:56:48.343" Title="Cosa significa &quot;gettare una diga&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10527" CreationDate="2019-05-15T12:35:32.110" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gettare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;gettare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; da Treccani che si adatta al contesto da te citato è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1 c.&lt;/strong&gt;) g. le fondamenta, farle, murarle (anche fig.); g. un ponte, costruirlo&#xA;  (anche di ponti provvisorî per il passaggio delle truppe);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cioè semplicemente costruire, il Cavaliere aveva persino costruito una diga nel Belbo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'ambito edilizio si usa spesso il termine gettare riferito a fondamenta e solette perché il cemento viene gettato nello scavo (o sopra i mattoni nel caso della soletta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gettata/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;gettata&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è infatti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;a. Colata di gesso, metallo fuso, calcestruzzo, e sim., nelle opere di&#xA;  getto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-05-15T12:35:32.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10529" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-15T14:45:25.780" Score="3" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/innovare_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; come sinonimi di &lt;em&gt;innovare&lt;/em&gt; mi dà:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ammodernare, modernizzare, riformare, rimodernare, rinnovare, svecchiare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o ancora, con differente segno grafico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;modificare, variare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo gruppo di sinonimi condivide con &lt;em&gt;innovare&lt;/em&gt; la connotazione positiva che la nostra cultura dà al NUOVO.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il secondo gruppo stempera troppo il significato di &lt;em&gt;innovare&lt;/em&gt; ed entrambi i termini mi sembrano assai blandi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso nominare delle innovazioni con una forte connotazione negativa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-05-15T16:00:14.393" LastActivityDate="2019-05-16T12:27:41.130" Title="&quot;Innovare&quot; senza una connotazione positiva" Tags="&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10529" CreationDate="2019-05-15T15:22:58.107" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se per &lt;em&gt;innovazione&lt;/em&gt; si intende in generale una novità che cambia una situazione in modo da portare un miglioramento allora si potrebbero usare i sinonimi di &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/peggioramento_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;peggioramento&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: decadimento, degrado, deterioramento, scadimento, regresso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In tutti questi casi avviene un'innovazione o cambiamento della situazione ma in peggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo anche il termine &lt;em&gt;involuzione&lt;/em&gt;, come saggiamente suggerito da @RiccardoDeContardi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-16T12:27:41.130" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10531" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-15T22:03:52.140" Score="4" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here's the text of a Neapolitan song that was first published in 1551, along with what I understand from it in English:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Chi la gagliarda donna vo' imparare,    | Ladies, who wants to learn the galliard,&#xA;Venit' a nui che simo mastri fini,      | Come to us, who are shrewd masters,&#xA;[Che de ser' e de matina                | Who from evening until morning&#xA;Mai manchiamo di sonare:                | Never stop playing:&#xA;Tan tan tan tarira, tan ti ru ra.]&#xA;&#xA;Provance un poco                        | Try a little bit,&#xA;ca 'nce vuoi chiamare.                  | because you'll want to scream;&#xA;A passa dieci volte che salimo.         | After ten steps, we jump.&#xA;[Che de ser' e de matina...]&#xA;&#xA;Chi la gagliarda donna vo imparare,     | If you want to learn the galliard&#xA;sotto lo mastro el bisognia stare       | You'll have to stay under the master.&#xA;[Che de ser' e de matina...]&#xA;&#xA;A che e principiante li vo dare         | To the beginners I'll give&#xA;Questo compagnio ch'a nome Martino      | This companion, called Martino.&#xA;[Che de ser e de matina...]&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The music score archive IMSLP &lt;a href=&quot;https://imslp.org/wiki/Chi_la_gagliarda_(Donato%2C_Baldassare)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;has this&lt;/a&gt; to say about the text:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;A fine mid-century villanella with ribald double-entendres.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can see innuendo in two phrases: &quot;ca 'nce vuoi chiamare&quot; (apparently the lady screams because dancing lessons are so enjoyable) and &quot;sotto lo mastro el bisognia stare&quot; (obviously). Is there anything else? What am I missing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5448" LastActivityDate="2020-02-11T08:03:05.473" Title="Double entendres in a 16th century Neapolitan song (&quot;Chi la gagliarda&quot;)" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10511" CreationDate="2019-05-16T20:14:12.280" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &quot;soggefazione&quot; non esiste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ha ipotizzato DaG, ogni tanto il traduttore di Google si inventa le parole in base ad un qualche suo algoritmo di &quot;intelligenza artificiale&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consiglio a tutti di controllare le traduzioni automatiche prima di utilizzarle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastActivityDate="2019-05-16T20:14:12.280" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10533" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10531" CreationDate="2019-05-17T07:28:38.060" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am no 16th century dialect expert, but I would note a few things: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imparare is also used in the south as to teach, as in the idiom &lt;em&gt;nessuno nasce imparato&lt;/em&gt; (no one is born with all the knowledge).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seen this way, &lt;em&gt;Chi la gagliarda donna vo' imparare&lt;/em&gt; might sound &lt;em&gt;to those who want to teach the vigorous woman&lt;/em&gt; or maybe even &lt;em&gt;if you want to tame the strong woman&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The line &lt;em&gt;ca 'nce vuoi chiamare. A passa dieci volte che salimo&lt;/em&gt;, to me sounds like this: &lt;em&gt;if you want to call us, stroll around ten times and we will come upstairs&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact &lt;em&gt;ca&lt;/em&gt; is (still) not like modern Italian &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;. In dialect it might read &lt;em&gt;since&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;because&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;if&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, the &lt;em&gt;companion called Martino&lt;/em&gt;, might hint to what is usually given to a woman skipping a formal introduction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2281" LastActivityDate="2019-05-17T07:28:38.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10534" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-17T16:49:45.757" Score="2" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;To say &quot;I have nothing/something to do&quot; you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;”Non ho niente/qualcosa da fare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But to say &quot;I have nothing to do with the case&quot; you say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Non ho niente/qualcosa a che fare con il caso”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this merely idiomatic or is there a logic to it?&#xA;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5453" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-05-20T15:41:00.820" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T15:41:00.820" Title="Is this an idiom or is there a logical explanation?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ClosedDate="2019-06-02T07:36:34.307" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10537" CreationDate="2019-05-18T07:35:57.253" Score="10" ViewCount="9562" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;bella&quot; considered as an adjective and &quot;ciao&quot;  as a noun?&#xA;OR  &quot;bella&quot; is the addressee and &quot;ciao&quot; is an interjection meaning &quot;goodbye&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stated differently, is it translated as &quot;beautiful goodbye/ beautiful farewell&quot; OR &quot;O beautiful, goodbye/ goodbye, beautiful&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;** This is the famous partisan song. I first heard it in La Casa de Papel. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5454" LastEditorUserId="5454" LastEditDate="2019-05-18T08:32:41.137" LastActivityDate="2019-05-18T09:47:34.980" Title="What does &quot;bella ciao&quot; mean literally?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;grammatical-analysis&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10536" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10538" CreationDate="2019-05-18T08:00:40.003" Score="2" ViewCount="465" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Allora gli dissi che Cinto era sveglio e che per lui ci sarebbe voluta una cascina come la Mora era stata per noi. – La Mora era come il mondo, – dissi. – Era un’America, un porto di mare. Chi andava chi veniva, si lavorava e si parlava... Adesso Cinto è un bambino, ma poi cresce. Ci saranno le ragazze... &lt;strong&gt;Vuoi mettere&lt;/strong&gt; quel che vuol dire conoscere delle donne sveglie? Delle ragazze come Irene e Silvia?...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio è sul senso dell'espressione &quot;vuoi mettere&quot; in questo passo. Se ho capito bene quello che spiega il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mettere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;vuoi mettere&quot; è un'espressione di uso familiare che si usa per indicare un paragone tra due cose «per rilevarne le eventuali differenze, spesso con l’opinione che una non possa reggere al confronto con l’altra». Tuttavia, nel testo citato non sembra esserci un paragone tra «quel che vuol dire conoscere delle donne sveglie» e un'altra cosa. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;vuoi mettere&quot; in questo testo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-18T14:14:20.687" Title="Significato di &quot;vuoi mettere&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10535" CreationDate="2019-05-18T09:20:49.237" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The second one&lt;/strong&gt;, definitely. &lt;em&gt;Bye, beautiful&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would translate &lt;em&gt;A beautiful goodbye&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;Un bel saluto&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Un bell'addio&lt;/em&gt;  (masculine --- I'm not sure why, but in practice these kinds of salutations and interjections all get the masculine), and &lt;em&gt;What a beautiful goodbye&lt;/em&gt; to &lt;em&gt;Che bell'addio&lt;/em&gt;. All of these sound a bit awkward to my ear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also say &lt;em&gt;un bel ciao&lt;/em&gt; (again masculine --- as can be seen also in the recently popular meme &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ciaone_%28Neologismi%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ciaone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;), but I would take it to mean &quot;a nice, friendly salutation with the word &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Note that &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt; in Italian does not have the meaning of &quot;farewell / final parting salutation&quot; that goodbye has in English. If you wish to stress the fact that you won't see someone ever again, you use the more dramatic &lt;em&gt;addio&lt;/em&gt;. So in the text of this song it's just a casual salutation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @DenisNardin points out in a comment (thanks!), the word &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt; in Italian is a generic salutation used with the informal register (&lt;em&gt;dare del tu&lt;/em&gt;), and is used indifferently both when meeting (like &lt;em&gt;hello&lt;/em&gt;) and when parting (like &lt;em&gt;bye&lt;/em&gt;). Given the context of the song I would choose to translate it to &lt;em&gt;goodbye&lt;/em&gt;, but both meanings are possible.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-05-18T09:47:34.980" LastActivityDate="2019-05-18T09:47:34.980" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10536" CreationDate="2019-05-18T14:14:20.687" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A giudicare dal contesto fornito, direi che il significato sia proprio quello citato (un paragone in cui una delle due cose paragonate non regge il confronto con l'altra).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui, a quel che pare, il paragone implicito è tra l'effetto positivo di “conoscere delle donne sveglie” e quello negativo di vivere in un posto più appartato, meno “porto di mare”, dove non passano ragazze del genere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-05-18T14:14:20.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10539" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-18T15:16:26.467" Score="3" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could you please help me to understand better this phrase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Chi glielo fa fare di uscire sabato mattina così presto?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Intuitively I would say it means &quot;who makes him go out...&quot;, but the second fare in infinitive and the pronoun &quot;lo&quot; makes it look too complicated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5358" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-05-18T23:02:00.800" LastActivityDate="2019-05-19T13:11:18.423" Title="How to translate/understand &quot;Chi glielo fa fare di uscire&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10539" CreationDate="2019-05-19T10:49:39.187" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct translation of “chi glielo fa fare” is:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;“Why is he bothering to” or “why would he” or “what makes him” or “why on earth would he”.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can read &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.affaritaliani.it/rubriche/antropologo_mente/ma-chi-me-lo-fa-fare.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, It’s a critique to the person that, in this case, is going out early as it can be an unnecessary or problematic action.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There’s even a more informal way to translate it and it’s “why the f**k did he...” &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://m-library.weschool.com/lezione/pronome-personale-pronomi-complemento-riflessivi-particelle-pronominali-grammatica-10890.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;personal pronoun&lt;/a&gt; ‘lo’ is just the atonic form of “lui”. &#xA;It’s the direct object of the sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While you say “fa fare” because the expression implies that someone is making the other person do something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To let you better understand it we can put it like “chi fa sì che lui...” &#xA;NB: we don’t say this in Italian, it’s just to let you fully understand the meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5327" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-05-19T13:11:18.423" LastActivityDate="2019-05-19T13:11:18.423" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10539" CreationDate="2019-05-19T12:44:20.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Let's unpack a complex phrase such as &lt;em&gt;Chi glielo fa fare di XXX?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First of all, in Italian you can use a form of the verb &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; followed by the infinitive of any verb in a number of situations. They mean either an order or coercion or strong suggestion (&lt;em&gt;mi hanno fatto aspettare un'ora&lt;/em&gt; = “they made me wait for an hour”), or conversely a permission (&lt;em&gt;mi fa rimanere finché voglio&lt;/em&gt; = “he lets me stay as long as I wish”; &lt;em&gt;mi fa vedere il suo giardino&lt;/em&gt; = “he shows me his garden”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a special case of this, you can say &lt;em&gt;fa fare&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;faccio/fai/ha fatto... fare&lt;/em&gt;), meaning “forces/allows to do”. This appears especially in the fixed idiom you have seen. &lt;em&gt;Chi te lo fa fare?&lt;/em&gt; would literally mean “Who forces you to do it?” (even more literally, “Who makes you do it?”), but is a fixed phrase to say “Why ever do you do it?”, implying that it is not a sound decision. The same holds, of course, for &lt;em&gt;Chi ce lo fa fare?&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Chi ve lo fa fare?&lt;/em&gt; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Glielo&lt;/em&gt; is simply a unified form for &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, that is, “it (&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;) to him (&lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;)”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the (often rhetorical) question &lt;em&gt;Chi glielo fa fare di uscire...?&lt;/em&gt; one more phenomenon appears. &lt;em&gt;Chi glielo fa fare?&lt;/em&gt;, alone, would mean, as seen, “Who makes him do it?”, in the sense of criticising some intention. The &lt;em&gt;di uscire...&lt;/em&gt; part specifies what &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; (“it”) refers to. Literally (and somewhat ungrammatically) it would be something like “Who makes him do it, of going out...?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a more idiomatic way, you could rephrase that sentence in English more or less as “What possessed him to get out so early on Saturday morning?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-05-19T12:44:20.143" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10543" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-19T19:17:31.997" Score="3" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could you please help me out with this subjunctive problem I've got?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the verb &lt;em&gt;tornare&lt;/em&gt; in this sentence in subjunctive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aspetterò che torni come aspetto il sole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If yes, then why isn't the verb &lt;em&gt;aumentare&lt;/em&gt; in the next sentence also in subjunctive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti giuro che l’attesa aumenta il desiderio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For context, both sentences are taken from the lyrics of a song.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From what I studied I know if there are different subjects in the dependent and independent clauses, subjunctive kicks in. Maybe you could provide some way I can distinguish when to use subjunctive in similar cases (besides the conjunctions, some verbs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you!&#xA;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5358" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-05-20T10:57:17.917" LastActivityDate="2020-04-20T14:21:31.320" Title="Is this verb in subjunctive?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10543" CreationDate="2019-05-20T07:32:01.570" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the first sentence the verb is in the subjunctive mood: if, instead of a single person there are several, it would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aspetterò che torniate come aspetto il sole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;at least in standard Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the text might use some colloquial register, where the subjunctive is often substituted with the indicative and it cannot be inferred from this single line, as the verb &lt;em&gt;tornare&lt;/em&gt; has the same form for the second person singular in the present indicative and subjunctive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;torno, torni, torna, torniamo, tornate, tornano (indicative)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  torni, torni, torni, torniamo, torniate, tornino (subjunctive)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subjunctive is required, because the action is set in the future. The second sentence has the present tense and it is about a &lt;em&gt;certainty&lt;/em&gt;: the subjunctive would be wrong. If I swear to something, I can't have doubts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T07:32:01.570" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10543" CreationDate="2019-05-20T08:08:10.457" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The subjunctive is thorny topic: even extremely well-educated people use it incorrectly from time to time. However &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/xS358WbnS_k?t=106&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;don't panic&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. By remembering a few rules you can get as good as most native speakers. Which, admittedly, is more of a criticism of most native speakers but still, it's not bad uh?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A small caveat: to every &quot;rule&quot; I list here there are a lot of exceptions, as well as additional complex rules I haven't mentioned. I hope however that this primer will help you to orient yourself in this beautiful mess that is Italian subjunctive usage. Let's get started.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general rule is that the subjunctive in a subordinate expresses a &lt;strong&gt;lack of objectivity in the situation&lt;/strong&gt;. Some sort of lingering doubt that what's expressed by the clause is not, in fact, certain. Let's see a few examples where this is a bit more clear cut.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a subordinate sentence, the subjunctive is mandatory in the following situations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With verbs expressing will, desire, doubts, feelings or opinions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio che stasera vi divertiate.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Mi piacerebbe che veniate a trovarmi!&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Non so se questa sia la decisione giusta.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Sono felice che tu sia tornato da me.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Credo che questa sia la risposta giusta.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Giovanni pensa che sua madre abbia sempre ragione!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With clauses expressing a &lt;em&gt;goal&lt;/em&gt; or an &lt;em&gt;allowance&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il pittore lavorò a lungo affinché il quadro fosse perfetto.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Nonostante la situazione sia dura, bisogna cercare la felicità nelle piccole cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;When doing &lt;em&gt;general comparisons&lt;/em&gt;. However, when doing limited or specific comparisons, the indicative is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È il libro più interessante che io &lt;strong&gt;abbia&lt;/strong&gt; mai letto.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  È il libro più interessante che &lt;strong&gt;ho&lt;/strong&gt; letto quest'anno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In relative clauses referring to something &lt;em&gt;undetermined&lt;/em&gt; (often expressed by an indefinite pronoun like &lt;em&gt;nulla&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;comunque&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/em&gt;...) or to adjectives with restrictive value (&lt;em&gt;unico&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;solo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ultimo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non c'è nulla che mi piaccia&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Comunque vada, almeno ci siamo incontrati.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Cerco un insegnante che mi faccia capire il congiuntivo!&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Giovanni è la sola persona che mi ascolti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;With the &lt;em&gt;indirect interrogative clauses&lt;/em&gt; when the answer is &lt;em&gt;unknown&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;uncertain&lt;/em&gt;. [1]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il cavaliere chiese alla dama se &lt;strong&gt;volesse&lt;/strong&gt; essere accompagnata al suo castello.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  È inutile chiedersi perché i draghi &lt;strong&gt;sono&lt;/strong&gt; in via d'estinzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In certain forms of the &lt;em&gt;periodo ipotetico&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;if/then clauses&quot;). I wrote an answer &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8164/1818&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; with more details&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se volessi, sarei capace di usare il congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subjunctive &lt;strong&gt;is not used&lt;/strong&gt; when expressing certainty (as it is often the case for verbs of perception or for verbs expressing the action of making a statement):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È indubbio che studiare è utile&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Vedo che sei tornato a casa&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Ho sempre detto che eri bravo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, to look at your example sentences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aspetterò che torni come aspetto il sole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the clause &lt;em&gt;che torni&lt;/em&gt; is at the subjunctive: it expresses a desire, so it falls into the first bullet point. In particular the verb &lt;em&gt;aspettare&lt;/em&gt; always requires the subjunctive in the subordinate clause. In the grammars you can find long lists of such verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti giuro che l’attesa aumenta il desiderio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the clause expresses a strong certainty: the subjunctive cannot be used here and in fact the verb &lt;em&gt;aumenta&lt;/em&gt; is at the indicative. Compare with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Credo che l'attesa &lt;strong&gt;aumenti&lt;/strong&gt; il desiderio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where an opinion is stated, and so the verb is at the subjunctive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1]  The subjunctive used to be mandatory in all indirect interrogative clauses, but the indicative and the conditional have been making more and more inroads into the common usage. When in doubt, use the subjunctive but don't be too surprised if you hear people using the indicative liberally in this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-20T14:21:31.320" LastActivityDate="2020-04-20T14:21:31.320" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6617" CreationDate="2019-05-20T09:14:04.077" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel saggio &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/33223387/Il_viale_e_lo_stradone_._Appunti_sulla_lingua_dei_romanzi_in_Il_Giannone_27-28_2016_Omaggio_ad_Anna_Banti&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il &amp;quot;viale&amp;quot; e lo &amp;quot;stradone&amp;quot;. Appunti sulla lingua dei romanzi, in &amp;quot;Il Giannone&amp;quot;, 27-28, 2016, Omaggio ad Anna Banti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di Margherita Quaglino, si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;inciarpato&lt;/strong&gt; (415) 'avvolto come da una sciarpa', variante etimologica&#xA;di insciarpare;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le brache dei francesi quindi presentavano una sorta di fascia sui fianchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T09:14:04.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10548" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9076" CreationDate="2019-05-20T14:14:25.253" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct meaning is &quot;get out of the way&quot;...and go to do a walk in the city centre. It corresponds with the similar allocution &quot;vai a farti benedire&quot; (&quot;go get yourself blessed&quot;) or &quot;vaffanbagno&quot; (&quot;go to take a bath&quot;), that's at a friendly or familiar level. The comparison with &quot;vaffanculo&quot; or &quot;vai all'Inferno&quot; (&quot;go to Hell&quot;) is inappropriate (cause these two last phrases are at a different and heavy offensive level) and it actually is interpreted in this sense (by using this uncorrect meaning) by northern people, with the aim to mortify and offend Neapolitans and their city.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5465" LastActivityDate="2019-05-20T14:14:25.253" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10549" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-05-21T09:21:41.723" Score="0" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Sullo stradone e nelle cascine ci stavo meglio, ma neanche qui non mi credevano. Potevo spiegare a qualcuno che quel che cercavo era soltanto di vedere qualcosa che avevo già visto? Vedere dei carri, vedere dei fienili, vedere una bigoncia, una griglia, un fiore di cicoria, un fazzoletto a quadrettoni blu, una &lt;strong&gt;zucca da bere&lt;/strong&gt;, un manico di zappa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;zucca&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato l'espressione &quot;zucca da bere&quot;. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-21T21:24:24.237" Title="Cos'è una &quot;zucca da bere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10550" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10556" CreationDate="2019-05-21T20:35:58.057" Score="8" ViewCount="225" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto guardando il documentario &lt;em&gt;First Team: Juventus&lt;/em&gt; su Netflix e ad un certo punto Buffon dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sto arrivando serenamente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ha detto male o &quot;Ci&quot; può anche significare &quot;io&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi dispiace per il mio italiano impreciso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5467" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-05-22T04:54:33.030" LastActivityDate="2019-05-24T13:02:27.407" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;ci&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10549" CreationDate="2019-05-21T21:24:24.237" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è più o meno quello indicato da @RiccardoDeContardi nel suo commento. Nell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ircres.cnr.it/images/wp/WP_06_BIORCI_FALAVIGNA.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt; di Grazia Biorci e Greta Falavigna intitolato &quot;Fame e abbondanza. Il glossario. &#xA;Scelte lessicologiche, criteri di lemmatizzazione e analisi testuale&quot; si parla dell'elaborazione e l'analisi di un glossario che si è costruito basandosi su un corpus di testi, tra i quali c'è appunto il romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt; di Pavese. In questo articolo si spiega che il significato di &quot;zucca da bere&quot; è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La zucca veniva svuotata e lasciata seccare, quindi veniva utilizzata come contenitore per le bevande, più &#xA;  frequentemente vino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-21T21:24:24.237" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10554" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10555" CreationDate="2019-05-24T12:14:08.527" Score="1" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto la frase seguente: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anche le facce mi piacevano cosí, come le avevo sempre viste: vecchie dalle rughe, buoi guardinghi, ragazze a fiorami, &lt;strong&gt;tetti a colombaia&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;colombaia&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato l'espressione &quot;tetto a colombaia&quot;. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente l'ho trovata sul libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=ncjoYx0uZNcC&amp;amp;pg=PA76&amp;amp;lpg=PA76&amp;amp;dq=%22tetto+a+colombaia%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=j4Z9I0EsJ3&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3xyKj5C0xm_xqb_31Lu0-QTg0MVg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiemL_MvPPhAhUs3OAKHbTQCZ4Q6AEwAHoECAAQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22tetto%20a%20colombaia%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bed &amp;amp; breakfast. Francia 2006-2007&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-05-25T09:27:36.733" Title="In che cosa consiste un &quot;tetto a colombaia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10554" CreationDate="2019-05-24T12:41:01.200" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'accezione 2b) di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/colombaia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;colombaia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; su Treccani riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b. scherz. L’ultimo piano d’un caseggiato alto: stare, abitare in c.,&#xA;in una c. (anche in questo senso, più com. piccionaia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E per &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piccionaia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;piccionaia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; sempre Treccani riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;piccionàia&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [der. di &lt;em&gt;piccione&lt;/em&gt;]. – 1. Locale all’ultimo piano&#xA;delle vecchie case, soprattutto di campagna, e spesso ricavato nel&#xA;sottotetto, che serve all'allevamento dei piccioni (nei casi in cui a&#xA;tale uso è destinata un'apposita sopraelevazione o un fabbricato a sé&#xA;stante, si usa piuttosto il nome di &lt;em&gt;colombaia&lt;/em&gt;). Per l’espressione fig.&#xA;gettare o tirare sassi in p. (o in colombaia), v. colombaia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&amp;amp;source=images&amp;amp;cd=&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi5nIjTl7TiAhUFJFAKHR4GCRIQjRx6BAgBEAU&amp;amp;url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.alamy.it%2Ffoto-immagine-pigeon-e-sul-tetto-della-colombaia-contro-un-bellissimo-cielo-137751636.html&amp;amp;psig=AOvVaw272a7e_HAx11O6nmz6RK5t&amp;amp;ust=1558787772389956&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempio di tetto a colombaia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Zdzck.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/Zdzck.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;tetto-a-colombiaia&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Era quindi un particolare tipo di tetto diffuso nelle case di campagna conformato in modo da poter consentire l'allevamento di piccioni e colombi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-25T09:27:36.733" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10550" CreationDate="2019-05-24T13:02:27.407" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The particle &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; was originally an adverb, but then it also became a pronoun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The adverb has a peculiar usage: it can only precede the verb or it needs to be attached to it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci vado = vado là&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  andandoci = andando là&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  vacci = va' là (imperative)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is an &lt;em&gt;avverbio di luogo&lt;/em&gt; denoting some place already mentioned or clear from the context. Not completely equivalent to &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; as the sentences above might suggest. Just like many similar adverbs it can also be used for time (a place in time) and of course in figurative sense, a typical case being &lt;em&gt;ci sono arrivato&lt;/em&gt; meaning &lt;em&gt;I have understood the thing I was thinking about&lt;/em&gt;, as mentioned in comments. It can be used “absolutely” for emphasis like in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;qui ci vuole un esempio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meaning &lt;em&gt;here an example is needed&lt;/em&gt; (you know, mathematicians are fond of self-references) and is pleonastic, but it cannot be omitted, in this sense. The typical usage is &lt;em&gt;c'è&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;ci sono&lt;/em&gt;, that is, &lt;em&gt;there is&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;there are&lt;/em&gt;; however the usage is not the same as &lt;em&gt;there&lt;/em&gt; as shown by the example above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possibly Buffon was talking about his retirement from played football and said&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci sto arrivando serenamente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that would mean “I'm serenely approaching retirement”; in any case, it means &lt;em&gt;I'm serenely arriving there&lt;/em&gt; (where the place or moment in time should be clear from the context).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The pronoun &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; can never mean &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;: it is used as oblique form for the second person plural &lt;em&gt;noi&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci vogliamo bene&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;means &lt;em&gt;we love each other&lt;/em&gt; (reflexive form). It's sometimes used as the oblique form of the third person singular: &lt;em&gt;ci do&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;gli do&lt;/em&gt; (such usage is frequent in Sicily, but is not really grammatical).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-05-24T13:02:27.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10557" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10558" CreationDate="2019-05-25T19:05:40.673" Score="5" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems that the feminine form &amp;quot;la&amp;quot; is always used in this expression. Some examples from &lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/translation/italian-english/la+pensi+cos%C3%AC&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Reverso Context&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono felice che la pensi così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco perché la pensi così, ma ti sbagli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is it that &amp;quot;lo&amp;quot; is never used in this expression? Is there a specific implied feminine noun that &amp;quot;la&amp;quot; is being used to refer to, or is there some other grammatical rule being used here? I'm also confused about why &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ne&amp;quot; aren't used, because normally it is &amp;quot;pensare &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; qualcosa / &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; fare qualcosa&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5426" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-06-01T21:20:51.663" Title="Why is it said &quot;la pensi così&quot; and not &quot;lo pensi così&quot;?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10557" CreationDate="2019-05-26T10:49:30.127" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The simple answer is that this is an idiomatic form, and that &lt;em&gt;la penso/i/... così&lt;/em&gt; is a standard way to say, more or less, “this is my opinion”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To go deeper, in situation like this, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; can be considered a fixed &lt;em&gt;falso oggetto&lt;/em&gt; (“mock object”, say), that is, a pronoun that doesn't necessarily refer to a specific object mentioned previously. This is usual with the verb &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt;, as here, and with other ones, such as &lt;em&gt;farcela&lt;/em&gt; (to make it, to cope), &lt;em&gt;prenderle&lt;/em&gt; (being beaten), &lt;em&gt;bersela&lt;/em&gt; (to believe something untrue), &lt;em&gt;avercela (con)&lt;/em&gt; (to be cross (with somebody)), &lt;em&gt;prendersela&lt;/em&gt; (to be pissed off). Such verbs are known as &lt;em&gt;procomplementari&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more info, see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/oggetto_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;article “oggetto” from Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (where the above examples come from) and the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/359062/_I_verbi_procomplementari_tra_grammatica_e_lessicografia_&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;paper “I verbi procomplementari tra grammatica e lessicografia”&lt;/a&gt;, both in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;, they both can be used with &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt;, but the meaning is different. &lt;em&gt;Pensarci&lt;/em&gt; means “to think about it”, and generally it's well clear about what:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci penso giorno e notte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meaning “I think about it night and day” (about something already mentioned). It can also mean “to attend to it”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Serve un cacciavite.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  – Ci penso io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, “We need a screwdriver” “I'll take care of it”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ne&lt;/em&gt;, in general, means “of it, about it” and you can of course use it with &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt;. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Che mi dici di Mario?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  – Ne penso un gran bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(that is, “What about Mario?” “I think highly of him”, but more literally, “I think very well of him”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To close, notice that it's quite frequent to use some of these pronouns in a redundant way, that is, using both the pronoun and the thing/person the pronoun refers to. For instance, in the last example, you could ask &lt;em&gt;Che &lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt; pensi &lt;strong&gt;di Mario&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-05-26T10:49:30.127" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10561" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1142" CreationDate="2019-05-27T12:02:18.157" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that the closest translation in English should be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dunno&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in formal English is translated as &amp;quot;I don't know&amp;quot;.If you analyze some example of &lt;code&gt;dunno&lt;/code&gt; form &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/dunno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;merriam-webster&lt;/a&gt; they can be translated with &lt;code&gt;boh&lt;/code&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Whatʼre those things?”&#xA;whispered Ron. “Dunno,” said Harry. — J. K. Rowling, Harry Potter and&#xA;the Order of the Phoenix, 2003&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa sono quelle cose? bisbigliò Ron. &amp;quot;Boh...&amp;quot; disse Harry&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/boh#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;wiktionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi pagare il mio biglietto? Boh, devo vedere se ho i soldi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can you pay for my ticket? I don't know, I'll need to check if I have the&#xA;money.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Any other meaning is purely a conjecture&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; implicit any other meaning like &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;I know but I am not gonna tell you&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;I don't know and I don't care&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;I am confused&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;. So if Italians say to you &amp;quot;Boh&amp;quot; usually they not trying to hide you something or avoid answering, they just &lt;strong&gt;don't know&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="223" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-05-27T12:02:18.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10562" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10566" CreationDate="2019-05-28T06:45:35.077" Score="4" ViewCount="400" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I understood &quot;fatti fare&quot; would translate as &quot;let me (do something)&quot;, as in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Fatti fare una foto.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Translation: &quot;Let me take a photo.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, my question is, how does one translate this expression literally? What is &quot;fatti&quot; in this exact context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you so much!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5358" LastActivityDate="2019-06-01T21:16:37.090" Title="Fatti fare - spiegazione?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10562" CreationDate="2019-05-30T07:36:37.243" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think it may be useful to distinguish two usages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first usage you are requesting (I use the word request even though the request can be emotionally loaded, for example you may be spurring the other person) the other person to be an &quot;active agent&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some idiomatic examples are: &#xA;-Fatti forza! (Literally &quot;make yourself some strength&quot;), meaning &quot;be strong&quot; but also used when you would say &quot;forge ahead&quot; in English.&#xA;-Fatti vivo! (Literally &quot;make yourself alive&quot;) meaning something like &quot;keep in contact&quot; but you give the other person the burden to contact you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But you also have the more straightforward sentences like:&#xA;-Fatti dire chi è la spia. (Get him to tell you who the spy is)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand you can use it to request the other person to be a &quot;passive agent&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-Fatti guardare (let me look at you)&#xA;-Fatti dare un consiglio (let me give you a piece of advice)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in this case you use the construction &quot;fatti+verbo (all'infinito presente)&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5489" LastActivityDate="2019-05-30T07:36:37.243" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10564" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10565" CreationDate="2019-06-01T14:36:16.737" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fin che l’ex podestà disse chiaro, sui tavolini dell’Angelo, che ai tempi di prima queste cose non succedevano. Allora saltò su il camionista – uno di Calosso, grinta dura – che gli chiese dov’era finito, ai tempi di prima, quello zolfo del Consorzio. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Tornai da Nuto e lo trovai che misurava degli assi, sempre imbronciato. La moglie in casa dava il latte al bambino. Gli gridò dalla finestra ch’era scemo a pigliarsela, che nessuno aveva mai guadagnato niente con la politica. Io per tutto lo stradone, dal paese al Salto, avevo rimuginato queste cose ma non sapevo come dirgli la mia. Adesso Nuto mi guardò, sbatté la riga e mi chiese brusco se non ne avevo abbastanza, che cosa ci trovavo in questi paesacci. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Dovevate farla allora, – gli dissi, – non è da furbi &lt;strong&gt;cimentare le vespe&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;cimentare le vespe&quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato il verbo &quot;cimentare&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho visto che vuol dire &quot;mettere alla prova&quot; o &quot;mettere a rischio&quot;, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;cimentare le vespe&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-02T15:13:23.000" LastActivityDate="2019-06-02T19:59:48.753" Title="Cosa significa &quot;cimentare le vespe&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10564" CreationDate="2019-06-01T14:53:26.723" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il commento di @DaG dà la soluzione corretta. Prendo la definizione di &lt;em&gt;cimento&lt;/em&gt; dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cimento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fig. Prova pericolosa, rischio: &lt;em&gt;tentare il c. delle armi; essere,&#xA;  mettersi, trovarsi in un grave c.&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;em&gt;cimentare&lt;/em&gt; significa appunto &lt;em&gt;sfidare&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;stuzzicare&lt;/em&gt; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe utilizzare un'espressione simile, ovvero &lt;em&gt;&quot;stuzzicare il vespaio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (sempre da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vespaio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;stuzzicare il v&lt;/em&gt;., eccitare il risentimento di persone irritabili o provocare malumori, pettegolezzi e discussioni, polemiche: &lt;em&gt;di che si andava impacciando ora egli? che vespaio gli veniva in mente di stuzzicare?&lt;/em&gt; (Serao); e &lt;em&gt;suscitare, sollevare un v&lt;/em&gt;., provocare pettegolezzi, diatribe, complicazioni, malumori, risentimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI21/GDLI_21_ocr_819.pdf&amp;amp;parola=cimentare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt; viene riportato alla voce &quot;Vespa&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;7&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Locuz. &lt;em&gt;Attizzare, cimentare, stuzzicare le vespe&lt;/em&gt;. provocare e suscitare guai, conflitti, contrasti, fastidi pericolosi, per lo più&#xA;  senza necessità&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/cimentare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Nuovo De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; viene indicato come significato di &quot;&lt;em&gt;cimentare&lt;/em&gt;&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mettere a dura prova, sfidare: &lt;em&gt;cimentare la pazienza di qcn.&lt;/em&gt; |&#xA;  provocare: &lt;em&gt;cimentare qcn.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un sentito grazie a @Charo e @Benedetta per i riferimenti!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2019-06-02T19:59:48.753" LastActivityDate="2019-06-02T19:59:48.753" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10562" CreationDate="2019-06-01T21:16:37.090" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;This could have two meanings, depending on the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This statement literally means &quot;Make it so that a photo is taken of you&quot;. Or, less literally but more understandably &quot;Have someone take a photo of you&quot;. (The someone is implied. i.e. &quot;Fatti fare una foto &lt;em&gt;da qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;&quot; )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're standing in front of the Colosseum and I'm standing near you, I could say &quot;Dai! Fatti fare una foto&quot; to mean &quot;This is a great shot, let me take a photo of you.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're in front of the Colosseum and you're on the phone with me (I'm not present at the Colosseum), I could say &quot;Fatti fare una foto&quot; to mean &quot;Have someone take a photo of you in front of the Colosseum&quot;. That way you can send it to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5497" LastActivityDate="2019-06-01T21:16:37.090" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10567" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10557" CreationDate="2019-06-01T21:20:51.663" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;La penso cosi&quot; means &quot;This is how I see it&quot; or &quot;This is how I see the situation&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You use ci and ne for the more literal uses of pensare. (i.e. You use them when you want pensare to mean &quot;to think&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5497" LastActivityDate="2019-06-01T21:20:51.663" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10568" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10569" CreationDate="2019-06-02T15:17:52.200" Score="0" ViewCount="693" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma questo era niente rispetto alla vita che faceva adesso quel Cinto. Suo padre gli era sempre addosso, lo sorvegliava dalla vigna, le due donne lo chiamavano, lo maledicevano, volevano che invece di fermarsi dal Piola tornasse a casa con l’erba, con pannocchie di meliga, con pelli di coniglio, con &lt;strong&gt;buse&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;buse&quot; in questo brano e, nei dizionari che ho consultato, non ho trovato né &quot;busa&quot; né &quot;buse&quot;. Forse si tratta di un termine di uso regionale. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa sono queste (o questi) &quot;buse&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-06-03T13:04:14.643" Title="Significato di &quot;buse&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10568" CreationDate="2019-06-02T18:07:15.653" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La busa come correttamente indicato nei commenti è un termine di origine piemontese che indica gli escrementi della mucca. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://digilander.libero.it/dotor43/vocpitoit1.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo dizionario di piemontese&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;busa&lt;/strong&gt; - \ b'[ue]z&amp;amp; \ sost. f. escremento di mucca, cavallo, ecc. . Al plurale &quot;buse&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-06-02T18:07:15.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10568" CreationDate="2019-06-02T18:30:26.317" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco la definizione di &quot;busa&quot; che si può leggere sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI02/GDLI_02_ocr_465.pdf&amp;amp;parola=buse&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Busa,&lt;/strong&gt; sf. Dial. Sterco bovino. &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Jahier&lt;/em&gt;, 91: Le vacche non buttano neanche abbastanza buse per contentare tutti i ragazzi che le raccattano e se le bisticciano calde ancora. &lt;em&gt;Pavese&lt;/em&gt;, 5-87: Le due donne&#xA;  lo chiamavano, lo maledicevano, volevano che invece di &#xA;  fermarsi dal Piola tornasse a casa con l’erba, con pannocchie di meliga, con pelli di coniglio, con buse.&#xA;   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Voce piemontese: &lt;em&gt;busa-&lt;/em&gt;, cfr. fr. antico &lt;em&gt;bouse&lt;/em&gt; (XII secolo), provenz. &lt;em&gt;bose&lt;/em&gt;, di etimo sconosciuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, secondo questo dizionario, si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale piemontese col significato di &quot;sterco bovino&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-03T13:04:14.643" LastActivityDate="2019-06-03T13:04:14.643" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10572" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10574" CreationDate="2019-06-05T19:39:51.610" Score="4" ViewCount="123" Body="&lt;p&gt;La seguente frase mi è stata rivolta da una persona mentre mi descriveva un evento accadutole poche ore prima:&quot;&lt;em&gt;...allora io ho pensato che quando questi qua se ne sarebbero andati, andavo a fare gli auguri&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (io al posto di &lt;code&gt;andavo&lt;/code&gt; avrei detto &lt;code&gt;sarei andato&lt;/code&gt;). Comunque, va bene il &lt;code&gt;sarebbero&lt;/code&gt; o ci vuole il &lt;code&gt;fossero&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5510" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-07-03T09:33:40.287" LastActivityDate="2019-07-03T09:33:40.287" Title="Concordanza del discorso indiretto" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10572" CreationDate="2019-06-05T21:43:03.890" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella prima frase ci va il &lt;code&gt;fossero&lt;/code&gt;, mentre nella seconda il &lt;code&gt;sarei andato&lt;/code&gt;, perché la prima frase indica la condizione (se/che) e regge il congiuntivo, mentre la seconda la conseguenza, quindi regge il condizionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5512" LastActivityDate="2019-06-05T21:43:03.890" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10574" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10572" CreationDate="2019-06-06T06:57:35.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Discorso_indiretto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;discorso indiretto&lt;/a&gt;, quindi per capire che tempi usare la prima cosa da considerare è la frase effettivamente pensata / pronunciata, che in questo caso penso sia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando questi qua se ne andranno, andrò a fare gli auguri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in particolare con i verbi al futuro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo le regole di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Discorso_indiretto#Discorso_indiretto_e_concordanza_grammaticale_dei_tempi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;concordanza grammaticale del discorso indiretto&lt;/a&gt;, i futuri diventano condizionali passati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato che quando questi qua se ne &lt;strong&gt;sarebbero andati&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;sarei andato&lt;/strong&gt; a fare gli auguri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le altre versioni mi paiono sbagliate. L'istinto di usare l'imperfetto o il congiuntivo probabilmente è dovuto alla somiglianza con altri tipi di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Periodo_ipotetico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;periodo ipotetico&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se se ne andassero, andrei a fare gli auguri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se se ne fossero andati, sarei andato a fare gli auguri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se se ne andavano, andavo a fargli gli auguri. (&lt;em&gt;L'indicativo imperfetto qui è un registro informale, incorretto secondo la grammatica &amp;quot;tradizionale&amp;quot; ma usato in pratica, soprattutto nel parlato&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che però secondo me qui non sono quello che il parlante ha in mente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi suona 100% sbagliata, anche se molto di basso registro e da usarsi solo nel parlato, la versione con i due indicativi imperfetti, modellata sul periodo ipotetico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato che quando questi qua se ne &lt;strong&gt;andavano&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;andavo&lt;/strong&gt; a fare gli auguri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non la insegnerei in un corso di lingua, ma non mi sembra neppure impossibile sentirla per strada. Direi che l'indicativo imperfetto ha una tendenza a sostituirsi in generale a tutti i congiuntivi e condizionali passati, nel parlato molto informale. E in questo caso effettivamente anche l'uso di &amp;quot;questi qua&amp;quot; e la ripetizione del verbo &amp;quot;andare&amp;quot; suggeriscono un registro informale. Mischiare le due versioni, però, è una cosa che mi stride.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-06-06T07:37:56.330" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10575" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-06T08:24:57.537" Score="4" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have several questions regarding the verbs such as &lt;em&gt;tirarsela, cavarsela, vignarsela&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;darsele, suonarsele&lt;/em&gt;; and &lt;em&gt;scordarselo&lt;/em&gt;, which are the so-called &lt;em&gt;verbi procomplementari&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do all of such verbs have a &lt;em&gt;participio passato&lt;/em&gt;? For example, by searching in Google Books, I can find the &lt;em&gt;participio passato&lt;/em&gt; such as &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?hl=uk&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=68j4XPGJIav1qwHrgoHAAQ&amp;amp;q=%22cavatasela%22&amp;amp;oq=%22cavatasela%22&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...54259.55649.0.55817.10.10.0.0.0.0.130.865.5j4.9.0....0...1c.1.64.psy-ab..3.2.217...0i19k1.0.9WKBCCeV2Wc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cavatasela&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; but not such as &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?hl=uk&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=JMn4XLvuBc2urgT83I74Aw&amp;amp;q=%22cercatasela%22&amp;amp;oq=%22cercatasela%22&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...42898.44898.0.46467.11.11.0.0.0.0.120.1024.7j4.11.0....0...1c.1.64.psy-ab..3.2.180...0i19k1.0.c76frUmED30&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cercatasela&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What is the correct &lt;em&gt;participio passato&lt;/em&gt; for such verbs: &lt;strong&gt;cavatasela&lt;/strong&gt; or  &lt;strong&gt;cavato/i/a/esela&lt;/strong&gt;, i.e. does the ending always remain the same depending on the &lt;em&gt;clitico&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;le&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;strong&gt;lo&lt;/strong&gt;, or does it always change within the four forms in &lt;strong&gt;-o/-a/-i/-e&lt;/strong&gt;? In Google Books, there are results for both &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?hl=uk&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=Ysn4XIvxDqOurgSi24_oBw&amp;amp;q=%22svignatasela%22&amp;amp;oq=%22svignatasela%22&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...206358.208413.0.208845.12.12.0.0.0.0.126.1104.9j3.12.0....0...1c.1.64.psy-ab..2.2.191...0i19k1.0.NSqfkXLLpko&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;svignat&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;sela&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?hl=uk&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=M8r4XPToHO2nrgS2uKbwDQ&amp;amp;q=%22svignatosela%22&amp;amp;oq=%22svignatosela%22&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...14551.14703.0.15071.2.2.0.0.0.0.79.156.2.2.0....0...1c.1.64.psy-ab..0.0.0....0.761kvPpPjHU&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;svignat&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;sela&lt;/a&gt; but only for &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?hl=uk&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=Q8r4XNi2DOzkrgT5iqNQ&amp;amp;q=%22tiratasela%22&amp;amp;oq=%22tiratasela%22&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...51261.53733.0.53916.14.12.2.0.0.0.122.1078.10j2.12.0....0...1c.1.64.psy-ab..1.3.297...0i19k1.0.ydpf_KtaDUA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tirat&lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;sela&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;In accordance with question 2, what is the correct conjugation of such verbs in the &lt;em&gt;tempi composti&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;noi &lt;strong&gt;ce la siamo tirata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;em&gt;noi &lt;strong&gt;ce la siamo tirati (tirate)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;; &lt;em&gt;voi &lt;strong&gt;ve lo siete scordato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or &lt;em&gt;voi &lt;strong&gt;ve le siete scordati (scordate)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, and so on?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before asking, I have tried to find the answer in the article &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/359062/_I_verbi_procomplementari_tra_grammatica_e_lessicografia_&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;'I verbi procomplementari tra grammatica e lessicografia'&lt;/a&gt; by A. Viviani. Here are several examples the researcher provides:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;se la sono cavata (non sono stati puniti)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;se la sono intesa per un anno e poi si sono lasciati&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;me la sono cavata&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Carlo e Giacomo se le sono date per lei&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This might suggest that the conjugation always depends on the &lt;em&gt;clitico&lt;/em&gt;, but examples from Google Books show deviations from this assumption. I have sought the answer in the &lt;em&gt;Grande grammatica italiana di consultazione&lt;/em&gt; by Renzi, Slavi, and Cardinaletti, but to no avail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would be grateful for any references to reliable academic sources.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4424" LastActivityDate="2019-06-06T08:24:57.537" Title="Participio passato dei verbi procomplementari in -sela, -sele, -selo" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10576" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10577" CreationDate="2019-06-06T13:09:42.187" Score="4" ViewCount="271" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing a mobile app and use 1H, 1D and 7D (English), which is 1H, 1G and 7GG (Italian). That extra G is messing up my layout.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it ok to use 7G? I know Italians use GG for plural form of days (giorni), but I am really constrained with space.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the context (market change in last 1 hour, last 1 day and last 7 days):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/bGkao.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/bGkao.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5514" LastEditorUserId="5514" LastEditDate="2019-06-06T14:40:22.330" LastActivityDate="2019-06-06T14:40:22.330" Title="Can I use G instead of GG (short for days) if I am out of space?" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;abbreviations&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10576" CreationDate="2019-06-06T13:19:25.120" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see in &lt;a href=&quot;http://homes.chass.utoronto.ca/~ngargano/corsi/corrisp/abbreviazioni.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this page about abbreviations&lt;/a&gt; the correct way to express the abbreviation of &lt;em&gt;giorni&lt;/em&gt; in Italian is &lt;strong&gt;gg.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's up to you to decide if you can stretch a point about your constraints, but the correct form is that one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-06T13:32:16.943" LastActivityDate="2019-06-06T13:32:16.943" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10578" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-06T21:17:12.913" Score="5" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I numeri possono  SEMPRE essere soggetti a elisione sia nella pronuncia che nello scritto davanti a parole  che iniziano per vocale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tipo:&#xA;Diciott'ore, vent'anni, ott'ore, quindic'anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa prevede la grammatica italiana in questi casi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-08T08:43:37.967" LastActivityDate="2019-06-08T08:43:37.967" Title="Elisione in questi casi?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10578" CreationDate="2019-06-07T06:55:37.757" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni dice, parlando dei numeri cardinali (par. VI.10):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I numeri polisillabici possono elidere la vocale finale davanti all'iniziale vocalica della parola seguente. Oggi ciò avviene solo in alcune locuzioni cristallizzate (come «a quattr'occhi») e col sostantivo &lt;em&gt;anni&lt;/em&gt;: «Cent'anni di solitudine» [altri esempi con “vent'anni” e “mill'anni”]. Nei secoli scorsi il fenomeno era un po' più esteso: «son sett'ore» ([F.M. Piave, &lt;em&gt;La Traviata&lt;/em&gt;]), «le sessant'onze della casa te le mangerai tu, fino all'ultimo grano» (Capuana, &lt;em&gt;Racconti&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A titolo personale aggiungo che, degli esempi proposti nella domanda, “vent'anni” suona naturale, mentre gli altri molto meno (e in particolare “quindic'anni” dà l'idea di doversi pronunciare “quindikanni”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-06-07T06:55:37.757" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10581" CreationDate="2019-06-09T09:46:39.310" Score="1" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi invece buttava le mani sul piano solo per chiasso e cantava e poi smetteva malamente, era Silvia. Silvia era piú giovane di un anno o due, e certe volte faceva ancora le scale di corsa – quell’anno andava in bicicletta e il figlio del capostazione &lt;strong&gt;le aveva tenuto il sellino&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che &quot;sellino&quot; è la sella della bicicletta, ma non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;le aveva tenuto il sellino&quot; nell'ultima frase di questo brano. Alla voce &quot;tenere&quot; dei dizionari ci sono tantissime accezioni che non riesco a capacitarmi di quale sia quella adatta al testo sopra citato. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-06-09T13:18:26.617" Title="Cosa significa &quot;le aveva tenuto il sellino&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10580" CreationDate="2019-06-09T13:18:26.617" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per insegnare a un adulto come andare in bicicletta, il metodo più semplice e usato è di reggere la bicicletta per il sellino (nella parte posteriore, larga, con la mano sotto); chi deve imparare può così togliere i piedi da terra e abituarsi alla sensazione. Il sellino è più o meno al centro della bicicletta (in senso longitudinale), quindi non si fa alcuna fatica a reggerla anche con il peso del ciclista e si può spingerla in avanti e seguirla durante le prime pedalate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tempo usato (&lt;em&gt;le aveva tenuto il sellino&lt;/em&gt;) indica che l'avvenimento è precedente al fatto che Silvia, quell'anno, andasse in bicicletta: dunque Silvia poteva andare perché il figlio del capostazione le aveva insegnato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-06-09T13:18:26.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10583" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-10T17:52:34.983" Score="1" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;, di Cesare Pavese, ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Poi s’apriva la porta, la signora Elvira cacciava dentro la piccola Santina di corsa, e Arturo si alzava in piedi, salutava seccato, la signora diceva: – Abbiamo ancora una signorina gelosa, che vuol essere presentata –. Poi arrivava il sor Matteo che ce l’aveva su con lui, ma la signora Elvira invece &lt;strong&gt;gliele faceva buone&lt;/strong&gt; e trovava che per Irene andava benissimo anche Arturo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;avercela su con qualcuno&quot; (cioè, &quot;provare  nei  suoi  confronti  anti­patia, rancore&quot;), che non conoscevo, l'ho potuto leggere sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI01/GDLI_01_ocr_885.pdf&amp;amp;parola=avercela&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Comunque, non ho trovato cosa vuol dire &quot;farle buone&quot;, espressione che ho cercato alla voce &quot;buono&quot; di alcuni dizionari, anche se posso immaginare che si tratti di qualche sorta di contrario. Potreste spiegarmi che significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-10T08:52:36.777" Title="Significato di &quot;farle buone&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-12T13:55:17.153" Score="0" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La madre&lt;/em&gt; di Grazia Deledda (pagina 105 di Edizioni Il Maestrale, ISBN 978-88-89801-42-0) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Taceva anche lui, adesso: pareva si fosse dimenticato perché era lì, e ascoltasse solo il mormorìo del vento fra i &lt;strong&gt;literni&lt;/strong&gt;, che pareva il lontano sciabordìo del mare. D’improvviso il cane della guardia balzò abbaiando, e Antioco sentì sopra la sua testa un fruscìo d’ali: si volse a guardare e vide sulle rocce l’aquila addomesticata del vecchio cacciatore, col suo becco forte come un piccolo corno e i ventagli neri delle grandi ali che si aprivano e si sbattevano lentamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare il significato di questi &quot;literni&quot; che appaiono nel brano sopra citato? Ho cercato il termine &quot;literno&quot; su parecchi dizionari, ma non l'ho trovato. Beh, sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI07/GDLI_07_ocr_713.pdf&amp;amp;parola=literno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ho visto questa citazione di Donato degli Albanzani: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Literno,  luogo  aspro, solitario  e  incolto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, penso che faccia riferimento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=3XLpCmPXH2QC&amp;amp;pg=PA159&amp;amp;lpg=PA159&amp;amp;dq=literno+dizionario&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=sUs-CAK8Kr&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1VmwQrHdhi2I85JyT9VBvN6qZjoQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiTrt6hiOTiAhUOlxQKHQMXAcMQ6AEwBHoECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=literno%20dizionario&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Literno come nome proprio&lt;/a&gt; (che appare anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=wsDVD4EjeO0C&amp;amp;pg=PA981&amp;amp;lpg=PA981&amp;amp;dq=literno+dizionario&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=lbroEZM2BF&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0ei8-2ARb7GQHqlcx9eOEr1acw1w&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiZo4mFi-TiAhVy8eAKHSDoAQY4ChDoATAAegQIBxAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=literno%20dizionario&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-12T16:06:31.963" LastActivityDate="2019-06-12T16:06:31.963" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;literni&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10585" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10584" CreationDate="2019-06-12T15:27:17.587" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il tuo passaggio nel libro e ho visto che in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.classicistranieri.com/liberliber/Deledda,%20Grazia/la_ma_p.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa edizione &lt;/a&gt;al posto di &lt;em&gt;literni&lt;/em&gt; viene invece riportato il termine &lt;strong&gt;linterni&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando in rete ho trovato il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Italiano/parola/L/linterno.aspx?query=linterno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;linterno&lt;/a&gt;, con il seguente significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;linterno&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt; &gt; [lin-tèr-no]&#xA;  &lt;br&gt; &gt; s.m.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt; &gt; BOT Arbusto della famiglia delle Ramacee (Rhamnus alaternus), con&#xA;  foglie lucenti e fusto a drupa rossa o nera&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhamnus_alaternus&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Rhamus alaternus&lt;/a&gt; il cui nome italiano è Alaterno, Ranno&#xA;lanterno, Linterno, Purrolo o Ilatro, è un arbusto sempreverde, della&#xA;famiglia delle Rhamnaceae.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-12T15:33:58.357" LastActivityDate="2019-06-12T15:33:58.357" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10586" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8023" CreationDate="2019-06-12T17:40:57.597" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Soltanto per aggiungere una fonte alla risposta di @DaG, il significato di &amp;quot;infrociare&amp;quot; dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI07/00001004.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; che è adatto al contesto del brano citato nella domanda è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      &lt;strong&gt;Infrociare,&lt;/strong&gt; tr. (&lt;em&gt;infròcio&lt;/em&gt;). Dial. Cacciare su per&#xA;le narici; annusare tabacco. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      &lt;em&gt;Pirandello&lt;/em&gt;, 8-110: Terminata la preghiera, il prete, dagli occhi impassibili, s’infrociò una grossa presa di tabacco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-29T08:20:56.620" LastActivityDate="2020-06-29T08:20:56.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10587" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-13T15:09:11.867" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La madre&lt;/em&gt;, di Grazia Deledda, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La donna dal suo banco ascoltava quieta: le parole del prete cominciavano però a darle un certo malessere. Aprì il cassetto davanti a sé, dove teneva i denari e gli anelli con le corniole e le spille e le &lt;strong&gt;nacchere&lt;/strong&gt; che le donne le consegnavano in pegno per dei piccoli prestiti: e pensieri maligni balenarono nei ripostigli più oscuri della sua mente come quei tristi gioielli in fondo al suo cassetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che lo scenario di questo romanzo è un piccolo paesino della Sardegna del primo Novecento o di fine Ottocento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa possono essere queste &quot;nacchere&quot; che appaiono in questo passaggio? Nei dizionari che ho consultato ho visto che &quot;nacchera&quot; può essere un strumento musicale, un mollusco, oppure la parte interna della conchiglia di alcuni molluschi conosciuta anche come &quot;madreperla&quot;. Tuttavia, dal contesto sembra che queste &quot;nacchere&quot; siano qualche sorta di gioielli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-16T08:57:22.120" LastActivityDate="2019-06-16T08:57:22.120" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;nacchere&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10590" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-15T07:53:56.523" Score="3" ViewCount="346" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La madre&lt;/em&gt;, di Grazia Deledda, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Non aveva aperto labbra, ma un tremito lieve tentava nuovamente di scomporle il &lt;strong&gt;mento volontario&lt;/strong&gt;. D’un tratto salì nella sua cameretta e si vestì in fretta per andare anche lei in chiesa: e anche lei si stringeva la cintura e camminava forte; prima di avviarsi non dimenticò di ricacciar via le galline, di tirare indietro sul fuoco la caffettiera, di chiudere le porte; infine si cinse bene sul mento e sulla bocca il lembo della sciarpa perché il tremito, per quanti sforzi ella facesse per frenarlo, le durava ancora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato l'aggettivo &quot;volontario&quot; su alcuni dizionari, ma non capisco del tutto bene il senso dell'espressione &quot;mento volontario&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ha qualcosa a che vedere con i cosiddetti &quot;muscoli volontari&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-06-17T11:53:22.533" Title="Cosa significa &quot;mento volontario&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10591" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-15T18:13:21.320" Score="1" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've seen it in Latin, and not too many other languages, would it be “niente dei non re?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5526" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-15T18:40:31.103" LastActivityDate="2019-06-16T17:53:37.837" Title="How would &quot;no gods, no kings&quot; be written in Italian" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10592" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10591" CreationDate="2019-06-15T19:31:15.400" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I have seen searching on Google, &quot;No Gods, no kings, only man&quot; is a quote from the videogame &quot;Bioshock&quot;; I think it states the absolute value of freedom and that every man is the supreme ruler of himself and does not need authorities (moral or political) tho whom delegate this power. Possibly a reference to the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/No_gods,_no_masters&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;anarchist labour slogan&lt;/a&gt; &quot;No God, no master&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possible Italian translations could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Niente dei, nessun re&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Né dei, né re &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or slightly different:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nessun dio, nessun re&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2019-06-16T10:13:14.097" LastActivityDate="2019-06-16T10:13:14.097" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10593" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-16T01:11:10.403" Score="5" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was just trying to finish some exercises on the section on &quot;Congiuntivo imperfetto&quot; and it confuses me a lot on which tense should I use.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is one sentence I encountered just now: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dubitavo che Marta &lt;strong&gt;avesse capito&lt;/strong&gt; ciò che le &lt;strong&gt;avevi detto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My questions are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Should I use &lt;em&gt;avesse capito&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;capisse&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If &lt;em&gt;avesse capito&lt;/em&gt; should be used because this action happened before &lt;em&gt;Dubitavo&lt;/em&gt;, then what about &lt;em&gt;avevi detto&lt;/em&gt;? The action &lt;em&gt;avevi detto&lt;/em&gt; happened before &lt;em&gt;avesse capito&lt;/em&gt;, right? But both &lt;em&gt;avesse capito&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;avevi detto&lt;/em&gt; are at the same tense.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sean&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5527" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-16T06:38:22.057" LastActivityDate="2019-06-16T06:48:17.653" Title="Why should I use the congiuntivo imperfetto in this sentence?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10593" CreationDate="2019-06-16T06:28:23.577" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;First, let me clear immediately a misconception: &lt;em&gt;avesse capito&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;avevi detto&lt;/em&gt; are &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; at the same tense: the first is at the &quot;congiuntivo trapassato&quot;, but the second is at the &quot;indicativo trapassato prossimo&quot; (notice that the auxiliary verb is at the &quot;indicativo imperfetto&quot;). The &quot;congiuntivo trapassato&quot; of &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt; would be &lt;em&gt;avessi detto&lt;/em&gt;. Neither of them is at the &quot;congiuntivo imperfetto&quot;: that would be &lt;em&gt;capisse&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;dicessi&lt;/em&gt; respectively&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, let's have a look at the rules about tenses in the subordinates.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The period here can be analized as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Dubitavo (main clause)&#xA;     |&#xA;che Marta avesse capito ciò (subordinata oggettiva)&#xA;     |&#xA;che le avevi detto (subordinata relativa)&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tense of the main clause is at the &quot;indicativo imperfetto&quot;, and in the first subordinate clause we need to express a sense of &lt;em&gt;anteriority&lt;/em&gt; using the subjunctive mood (why we're using the subjunctive mood is &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/10543/is-this-verb-in-subjunctive/10545#10545&quot;&gt;a whole other topic althogher&lt;/a&gt;). There is a handy table in Serianni's &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; about this (XIV.55), but the upshot is that to express anteriority with respect to a main clause set in the past we need to use the &quot;congiuntivo trapassato&quot;, that is &lt;em&gt;avesse capito&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, let's take a look at the second subordinate clause. This is a relative clause (&quot;subordinata relativa&quot;), because &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; here is a pronoun and not a conjunction (one quick way of recognizing this is to see if you could translate it with &lt;em&gt;who, whom, which, what&lt;/em&gt; in English). In this case (when explicating a property of an object) these subordinates are usually at the indicative, as this is. The tense of choice is the &lt;em&gt;indicativo trapassato prossimo&lt;/em&gt;, which indicates a further anteriority with respect to the clause it is referring to (&quot;che Marta avesse capito ciò&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular here the author wants to emphasize that the act of you saying comes before the act of Marta understanding. If the speaker wanted to express them as simultaneous, they would have used the &lt;em&gt;indicativo imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; (that is &quot;...che le dicevi&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-06-16T06:48:17.653" LastActivityDate="2019-06-16T06:48:17.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10590" CreationDate="2019-06-16T10:04:42.320" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Preferirei una risposta scritta da un/a madrelingua italiano/a. Tuttavia, cerco di raccogliere qui quello che si è detto nei commenti riguardo alla domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla voce &quot;volontàrio&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI21/GDLI_21_ocr_1005.pdf&amp;amp;parola=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si trova questa accezione, che è quella adatta al contesto del testo della domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; 7.  Ant.  e  letter.  Che  è  dotato  di  una  volontà  forte  e &#xA;  determinata; volitivo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; - Che è segno esteriore, fisiognomico di tale atteg­giamento (un tratto del viso). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Gozzano&lt;/em&gt;, I-523: Rivedo... la  bella testa candida sfavillante in &#xA;  un  raggio  di  sole  obliquo,  la  bocca  volontaria,  l’occhio  azzurro giovanile. &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Moretti&lt;/em&gt;,  IV-625:  Tempie... frequentemente  pulsanti, fronte  alta  e  volontaria,  palpebre  verdastre. &lt;em&gt;C.  Levi&lt;/em&gt;,  6-47:  Era una  donna  di  una  trentina  d’anni,  piccola  e  grassoccia.  Di  viso assomigliava  al  fratello,  ma  con  un  aspetto  più  volontario e appassionato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, un &quot;mento volontario&quot; sarebbe un mento che conferisce al viso un aspetto che mostra una &quot;volontà forte e determinata&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quanto ho potuto capire dai commenti, un'espressione abituale nell'italiano attuale con un significato simile sarebbe &quot;mento volitivo&quot;. Cercando &quot;volitivo&quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI21/GDLI_21_ocr_1001.pdf&amp;amp;parola=mento%20volitivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere questa definizione, che va accompagnata appunto di un esempio letterario di uso di &quot;mento volitivo&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; - Che  manifesta la  decisione,  la  forza  di  volontà,  la &#xA;  determinazione (i tratti del viso, l’espressione). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Monelli&lt;/em&gt;, 2-362:  Avevo  ancora  la  moneta  in  mano,  guardai l’arguto profilo, il mento volitivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, alla voce &quot;mento&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mento&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;m. volitivo&lt;/em&gt;, di forma piuttosto quadrata, considerato segno di forza di carattere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="4057" LastEditDate="2019-06-17T11:53:22.533" LastActivityDate="2019-06-17T11:53:22.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10596" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-16T13:29:57.673" Score="0" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;Am I right in thinking that 'fammi' and 'dimmi' are just compounds of the imperatives 'fa' and 'di' + 'mi', and the double M is purely for euphony?&#xA;Or do they have another origin?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can this construction be applied to any other verbs? (There's 'stammi', of course.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5528" LastActivityDate="2019-06-16T13:29:57.673" Title="What's the origin of 'fammi' and 'dimmi'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ClosedDate="2019-06-17T06:19:41.337" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1880" CreationDate="2019-06-16T16:06:23.813" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a classic and opera music lover, living in UK for the last 20 years, I really like the question, as it touches things I've experimented many a times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le'ts assume I'm at the Royal Opera House at the end of an opera. I'm part of an audience coming from all over the globe.  I'm pleased with the performance and the performance.  What do I do?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What I normally do is really shouting my appreciation with a series of &quot;Bravo!&quot;, intermixed with &quot;Bravi!&quot; (in no order or preference). In reality, for a really good performance, you just want to voice your appreciation in any possible way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And the soprano? Same: &quot;Bravo!&quot; (as most of the audience) and &quot;Brava!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why do I do it?  I guess instinctively you want to do what everybody else is doing to maximise its effect (e.g. like clapping at the same cadence then everybody else etc.). But you also like to express yourself as you are most accustomed: there is no right or wrong (incidentally, my English wife does the same as me).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would I do the same in Italian at the Scala or La Fenice? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certainly not!  I would decline the adjective properly and exclusively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, when I speak in Italian I say Parigi, but I say Paris (with the right pronunciation) in English or French.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="949" LastActivityDate="2019-06-16T16:06:23.813" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10599" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10602" CreationDate="2019-06-16T16:27:51.417" Score="4" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con soggetto singolare, dico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono andato a prenderla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sono andata a prendere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con soggetto plurale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono andati a prenderla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi c'è l'ultima su cui ho dei dubbi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sono (loro) andata a prendere o la sono andati a prendere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me risultano innaturali entrambe le versioni, ma in realtà a me suona innaturale che  un verbo non transitivo venga usato come transitivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sono andata, le sono andate ecc...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho le basi per poter dire che è agrammaticale, visto che queste forme sono diffuse. &#xA;Ad ogni modo, volendo vederla come se fosse un verbo transitivo, la frase corretta sarebbe  &quot;loro la sono andata a prendere&quot; perché i verbi transitivi concordano col complemento oggetto che in questo caso è femminile singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-16T18:01:55.063" LastActivityDate="2019-07-14T09:35:20.467" Title="Dubbio su quest'ultima frase" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10600" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-17T01:36:04.783" Score="5" ViewCount="515" Body="&lt;p&gt;This phrase appears early in &lt;em&gt;L'amica Geniale&lt;/em&gt;.  I take it to mean something like let's see who comes out on top this time or who breaks first this time, but I'm mainly just guessing from context.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dictionaries tell me that &lt;em&gt;spuntare&lt;/em&gt; by itself can mean break the point off or appear or make a check mark, but the use here seems idiomatic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's a reasonable English translation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5530" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-17T06:03:52.077" LastActivityDate="2019-06-18T17:26:49.500" Title="What is the meaning of “Vediamo chi la spunta questa volta”" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10600" CreationDate="2019-06-17T04:24:46.000" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning of &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spuntare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spuntare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; you’re looking for is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fig. a. Superare, vincere (forse dall’antico sign. marin. di doppiare, superare una punta, un promontorio): &lt;em&gt;s. una difficoltà, un&#xA;  ostacolo.&lt;/em&gt; Più &lt;strong&gt;spesso assol., con il compl. indeterminato la, avere&#xA;  la meglio, averla vinta&lt;/strong&gt;; conseguire, ottenere ciò che ci si&#xA;  proponeva superando ostacoli e difficoltà: &lt;em&gt;la sua famiglia era&#xA;  contraria a quel matrimonio, ma lei alla fine l’ha spuntata; questa&#xA;  volta non la spunti, neppure se piangi per un mese!; finirono per&#xA;  spuntarla, riebbero quanto percepivano fino a due mesi prima&#xA;  (Pratolini).&lt;/em&gt; Quindi, s. l’impegno, riuscire nel proprio scopo:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;animando il cugino a persister nell’impresa, a spuntar l’impegno&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (Manzoni).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It means (figuratively) to win, to get your own way. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase you asked could be translated like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Let’s see who gets her own way this time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-18T17:26:49.500" LastActivityDate="2019-06-18T17:26:49.500" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10602" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10599" CreationDate="2019-06-17T07:24:12.213" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il participio nei tempi composti di &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt; va concordato con il soggetto, che in questo caso è &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;essi&lt;/em&gt;), in generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La sono andata a prendere&lt;/em&gt; è tuttavia ambiguo riguardo al soggetto perché entra in gioco un'altra particolarità dell'italiano: se un pronome precede il participio in un tempo composto, può attirare la concordanza. Supponiamo che un signore si sia recato a prendere la moglie alla stazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la sono andata a prendere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sarebbe corretto. Più probabilmente, il signore direbbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sono andato a prenderla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;perché la lingua tende a evitare le ambiguità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andare&lt;/em&gt; non può essere transitivo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-07-14T09:35:20.467" LastActivityDate="2019-07-14T09:35:20.467" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10603" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10604" CreationDate="2019-06-17T11:42:56.433" Score="4" ViewCount="218" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my native language (Dutch), there is no difference between these two forms.&quot;Parlavo&quot; and &quot;parlai&quot; both mean &quot;I spoke&quot;. I think in most languages there is only one form for expressing something that happened in the past. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's the difference between the two forms and why does it appear only in Italian (?). When do I have to use the first form and when the second (examples please)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5531" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-17T12:57:34.377" LastActivityDate="2019-06-24T10:46:09.877" Title="What's the difference between the &quot;indicativo imperfetto&quot; and the &quot;passato remoto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10604" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10603" CreationDate="2019-06-17T12:56:50.937" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.columbia.edu/itc/italian/resources/italiansite/GRAMMAR/IMPERFETTO/IMPERF.-REGOLE1.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article by Columbia University&lt;/a&gt; about the &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; you can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’IMPERFETTO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come il passato prossimo, l’imperfetto esprime azioni o eventi&#xA;  accaduti NEL PASSATO. Tuttavia l’imperfetto coglie aspetti diversi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I. Aspetto abituale.  Il verbo all’imperfetto esprime UN’AZIONE O UN&#xA;  EVENTO CHE SI RIPETEVANO abitualmente nel passato: questi sono sentiti&#xA;  come “vaghi” nel tempo, nel senso che NON SONO PRECISATI NEL LORO&#xA;  INIZIO, FINE O DURATA. Spesso il verbo è accompagnato da espressioni&#xA;  di tempo come “tutti i giorni”, “d’abitudine”, “ogni estate”,&#xA;  “sempre”, “di solito”, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Andavo a trovarlo all’ospedale ogni giorno.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;D’estate andavamo sempre al mare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Da giovane facevo molto sport.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Adesso non fumo, ma prima fumavo moltissimo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;II. Aspetto descrittivo. Il verbo all’imperfetto è usato per&#xA;  DESCRIVERE un oggetto o una persona, oppure uno stato di cose, un&#xA;  sentimento, una condizone, ecc. È particolarmente frequente all’inizio&#xA;  dei racconti, cronache giornalistiche, favole, ecc. per descrivere la&#xA;  situazione di “background”, cioè di sfondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;L’uomo era alto e magro e aveva un folta barba.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;C’era una volta una bambina che si chiamava Cappuccetto Rosso...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Durante la guerra il pane era razionato: si mangiava poco.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mio nonno faceva il falegname [carpenter] ed era molto bravo nel suo&#xA;  lavoro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;III.   Aspetto continuativo.  Il verbo all’imperfetto coglie l’azione&#xA;  o l’evento al passato nella continuità ininterrotta del suo&#xA;  svolgimento, lasciando vaghi e imprecisati l’inizio e la fine. Spesso&#xA;  questo imperfetto funziona da “background”, cioè da sfondo, a&#xA;  un’azione “puntuale” espressa da un passato prossimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mentre camminavo, ho visto una macchina investire un cane.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mentre stavamo cenando, è arrivato lo zio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Quando hai telefonato, io stavo pranzando.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Quando sono uscita, pioveva.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/indicativo-passato-remoto_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;passato remoto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, from Treccani, you can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;PASSATO REMOTO, INDICATIVO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il passato remoto (o perfetto semplice) è un tempo verbale&#xA;  dell’indicativo e si usa per indicare un fatto avvenuto nel passato,&#xA;  concluso e senza legami di nessun tipo con il presente; la lontananza&#xA;  è di carattere sia cronologico, sia psicologico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’uso comune può corrispondere a un distacco emotivo rispetto&#xA;  all’evento raccontato, mentre nello scritto letterario l’uso del&#xA;  passato remoto risponde a una scelta stilistica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il cantante Carlo Broschi, detto Farinelli, nacque ad Andria il 24&#xA;  gennaio 1705&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le antiche mura perimetrali di Padova furono demolite durante la&#xA;  guerra contro la Lega di Cambrai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Alice trattenne il fiato mentre si sfilava la canottiera e non poté&#xA;  fare a meno di strizzare gli occhi per un momento&lt;/em&gt; (P. Giordano, La&#xA;  solitudine dei numeri primi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista della forma, alcuni verbi formano il passato remoto&#xA;  in modo regolare (passato remoto debole) aggiungendo alla radice&#xA;  verbale le desinenze proprie di questo tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And again:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il passato remoto è la forma del passato percepito come&#xA;  psicologicamente lontano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; form indicates an action in the past which is finished and has no link to the present. The &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; form indicates something which happened usually in the past or with a continuous aspect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-06-17T12:56:50.937" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10605" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-18T05:59:41.357" Score="3" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cercando la descrizione della differenza tra passato prossimo e passato remoto nelle grammatiche si trova spesso l'idea che il passato prossimo vada usato quando l'evento passato è ancora collegato al presente, e il passato remoto se l'evento è percepito come separato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedasi ad esempio &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2255/when-does-passato-prossimo-become-passato-remoto&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; e i suoi vari riferimenti (e.g. la grammatica di Serianni) o &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/sulluso-passato-remoto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa risposta sul sito della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo non corrisponde minimamente alla mia percezione dell'uso in pratica. È infatti abbastanza riconosciuto che l'uso dei due tempi varii molto su base regionale (cfr. &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/2383/present-perfect-vs-simple-past-from-a-geographical-perspective&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; e l'ultimo paragrafo del già citato articolo sul sito della Crusca). Nella mia esperienza l'uso (anche in contesti semiformali) ha molto più a che vedere con il contesto: il passato remoto tende a esistere principalmente nella lingua scritta, e comunque sempre con un certo valore di &quot;passato narrativo&quot;, usato quando si vuole implicare una narrazione. Questo però è un puro aneddoto personale, e sono sicuro che l'esperienza di altre persone è differente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra un po' ridicolo però insegnare agli stranieri l'uso di regole a cui solo una stretta minoranza dei parlanti nativi (che vivono in una striscia via via assottigliantesi del centro Italia) aderisce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; Esiste una fonte che descriva l'uso &lt;em&gt;vero&lt;/em&gt; della dicotomia tra passato prossimo e passato remoto in pratica, probabilmente facendo divisioni su base regionale dei parlanti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-06-18T07:04:24.570" LastActivityDate="2019-06-18T07:04:24.570" Title="Quando si usa il passato prossimo e quando il passato remoto, davvero?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10606" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10607" CreationDate="2019-06-22T09:23:03.127" Score="1" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una discussione recente nella stanza di chat &lt;a href=&quot;https://chat.stackexchange.com/rooms/11367/bar-sport&quot;&gt;Bar Sport&lt;/a&gt; è apparsa l'espressione &quot;rigetto di pancia&quot;, che non conoscevo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercandola in rete, ho visto che viene usata in alcuni siti web e anche su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=QuZjAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT53&amp;amp;lpg=PT53&amp;amp;dq=%22rigetto+di+pancia%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Jbn5-7_ZCi&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3CCZrEe4fIdNI-p2qQ9-wqGEoAPQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjL7tvw2vziAhVYBWMBHYZcBGMQ6AEwAXoECAoQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22rigetto%20di%20pancia%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo libro&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cercare di capirne il senso, ho letto il contenuto della voce &quot;pancia&quot; che si trova alle pagine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI12/GDLI_12_ocr_464.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;457&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI12/GDLI_12_ocr_465.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;458&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI12/GDLI_12_ocr_466.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;459&lt;/a&gt; del volume XII del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; (ho scelto questo dizionario perché ho scoperto recentemente che molti dei vocaboli e espressioni che prima non trovavo su altri dizionari qui vengono riportati). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI16/GDLI_16_ocr_324.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;rigetto&quot;&lt;/a&gt; su questo stesso dizionario e ho visto che può significare &quot;rifiuto&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non riesco a vedere qual è il significato di &quot;rigetto di pancia&quot;. Me lo sapreste spiegare? Potreste anche fare qualche esempio di uso di questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-22T20:05:31.550" LastActivityDate="2019-06-22T20:05:31.550" Title="Significato dell'espressione &quot;rigetto di pancia&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10606" CreationDate="2019-06-22T20:01:17.500" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È sostanzialmente un rifiuto d’istinto, senza ragionare, senza riflettere. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio l’espressione, &lt;em&gt;parlare alla pancia della gente&lt;/em&gt;, molto di attualità in questo periodo politico in Italia, significa stuzzicare gli impulsi, le emozioni più profonde delle persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/amp/www.corriere.it/moda/news/17_agosto_18/decidere-pancia-non-pentirsene-quando-l-istinto-che-insegna-131c5bec-842a-11e7-b6d5-ef8089a81d10_amp.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;un articolo del &lt;em&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; viene riportato cosa significa l’eseguire un’azione di pancia. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Di regola le grandi decisioni della vita umana hanno a che fare più&#xA;  con gli istinti che con la volontà cosciente e la ragionevolezza»,&#xA;  sostiene lo psicoanalista e sociologo Erich Fromm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-06-22T20:01:17.500" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10608" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-23T10:16:07.367" Score="1" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vita non ha mai avuto una bambola, perché poteva sempre &lt;strong&gt;connellare&lt;/strong&gt; il figlio di una vicina o di una parente. Anche a Prince Street cambiava i pannolini al figlio della vicina Melchiorra Corpora, un neonato rachitico che chiaramente non sarebbe sopravvissuto all’inverno, e infatti è morto una notte di dicembre, lasciando Vita senza giocattolo, a urlare che voleva tornare a casa sua. Quel giorno gli era venuto in mente di farle una bambola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare il significato del verbo &quot;connellare&quot; che appare in questo passaggio del romanzo? Immagino che sia un vocabolo di origine regionale perché non l'ho trovato su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato, neanche sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che i protagonisti di questo romanzo sono emigrati italiani a New York, provenienti concretamente da Minturno, che spesso usano meridionalismi e anche vocaboli italo-amaricani, come si può vedere per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/10265/707&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-23T16:12:04.773" LastActivityDate="2019-06-23T17:32:48.500" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;connellare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10609" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10481" CreationDate="2019-06-23T11:24:14.243" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La citazione della domanda appare appunto come esempio di uso del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI14/GDLI_14_ocr_398.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolo &quot;priorato&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Secondo questo dizionario, il termine &quot;priorato&quot; viene usato nel testo della domanda per indicare il gruppo di persone che hanno il titolo di priore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Con riferimento a una confraternita laicale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E riporta questo altro esempio letterario di uso di &quot;priorato&quot; con lo stesso significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Carducci&lt;/em&gt;,  III-5-83:  Voi degnamente  lo eleggeste al priorato nella confraternita  della  Madre  dei  Dolori  (la  quale a quest’ora  sfavillando  tutta  di  un  riso  ha  raccolto  quell’a­nima  cara  sotto  il  suo  manto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla voce &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI14/GDLI_14_ocr_399.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;priore&lt;/a&gt;&quot; di questo stesso dizionario si trovano queste accezioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Capo  elettivo  di  una  confraternita  laicale. -  Anche:  nella  vecchia  organizzazione  parrocchia­&#xA;  le,  ciascuno  dei  fedeli  laici  designati  periodica­&#xA;  mente  a  collaborare  con  il  parroco  soprattutto  per &#xA;  le  esigenze  materiali  della  parrocchia.  -  Anche: &#xA;  promotore di una festa o sagra religiosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, l'interpretazione sarebbe che i contadini dovevano pagare ai promotori della festa in onore della Madonna, che probabilmente erano i capi di una confraternita laicale dedicata  alla Madonna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-21T07:10:19.287" LastActivityDate="2019-07-21T07:10:19.287" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10610" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-23T11:58:50.623" Score="0" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Se una cosa non c'è, si compra.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Se mancano delle cose, allora si comprano.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritengo che queste due frasi siano corrette, ma spesso le vedo accompagnate da pronomi enclitici e proclitici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Li si devono comprare&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I cioccolatini sono buoni e si devono comprarli a tutti i costi&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Se manca, lo si compra&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potete aiutarmi a vederci chiaro sulla situazione? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia il si passivante non regge certi pronomi.&#xA;Forse quello impersonale, ma che è solo singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho molta confusione in testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-23T20:43:12.480" LastActivityDate="2019-06-23T20:43:12.480" Title="Problemi col “si” passivante" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ClosedDate="2019-06-26T08:29:27.500" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10611" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10610" CreationDate="2019-06-23T14:19:50.480" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che &quot;si compra la penna&quot; metta l'emfasi sulla penna. &quot;La si compra&quot; invece mette l'emfasi sul fatto che c'è un soggetto impersonale che la compra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;es 1: Al negozio si vendono tante penne  = A lot of pens are sold at the store.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;es 2: Come si fa ad ottenere una penna? La si compra al negozio! = How does one obtain a pen? One buys it at the store!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre &quot;Li si devono comprare&quot; non mi sembra corretto. O si dice &quot;si devono comprare delle penne&quot; o si dice &quot;li si deve comprare&quot;. Il secondo usa la coniugazione di terza persona singolare perché appunto qui abbiamo usato il soggetto impersonale che richiede il singolare sia in italiano che in inglese. (&quot;one buys...&quot;). Però hanno significati diversi che &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;si possono vedere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; negli esempi e in questa frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5497" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-23T20:39:15.033" LastActivityDate="2019-06-23T20:39:15.033" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10608" CreationDate="2019-06-23T17:32:48.500" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quanto pare, &quot;connellare&quot; provviene dal napoletano &quot;cunnulià&quot; che, da quanto si può leggere su questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=jsHJnzvJHxAC&amp;amp;pg=PA369&amp;amp;lpg=PA369&amp;amp;dq=cunnuli%C3%A0+cullare&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=wjr8TJA4-v&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3dmxiS5mWvZWmaLh6wR9dYG0kTVg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiViabui4DjAhUcSxUIHZJIASYQ6AEwBHoECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cunnuli%C3%A0%20cullare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grammatica diacronica del napoletano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Adam Ledgeway, significa &quot;cullare&quot;. Tale significato viene anche riportato nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=ao_jAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT68&amp;amp;lpg=PT68&amp;amp;dq=cunnuli%C3%A0+cullare&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=_XWY97NTPd&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2MNiZdYecdS1lRhEGY2mu3wTnwoQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjow8bDiYDjAhWM2hQKHVSQACIQ6AEwA3oECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cunnuli%C3%A0%20cullare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Poesie napoletane per le scuole elementari e medie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che spiega che &quot;cunnulià&quot; viene dal termine napoletano &quot;connola&quot;, che significa &quot;culla&quot; e  «deriva dalla saldatura delle parole &quot;cuna&quot; e &quot;dòndola&quot;.» Si trova anche su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/11015218/Lettera_-_C_-_Dizionario_del_dialetto_torrese_con_citazioni_dalla_letteratura_napoletana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario del dialetto torrese con citazioni dalla letteratura napoletana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Salvatore Argenziano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cunnüliá:&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;v. tr.&lt;/em&gt; Cullare. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  *RDS. m’ha pigliato pe’ sott’ ’e brazze &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  e s’è mmiso a cunnulia’ &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  Cunnulianno sta fantasia &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  viene ’a ccà oi nenna mia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-06-23T17:32:48.500" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10614" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10616" CreationDate="2019-06-24T09:17:16.653" Score="2" ViewCount="651" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rocco sorride. Ancora una volta ha visto bene. Non è facile pescare un ragazzino sveglio, in questo quartiere di pecore. &lt;strong&gt;Cacaroni&lt;/strong&gt; capaci solo di farsi mangiare dal lupo – di subire. Gente che s’accorgerebbe che in cielo c’è la luna solo se questa gli cadesse in testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il termine &quot;cacarone&quot; sui dizionari che ho consultato. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa? Sospetto che sia un termine di uso regionale, probabilmente collegato col napoletano, perché i protagonisti di questo romanzo sono emigrati italiani a New York, provenienti concretamente da Minturno, e ho letto su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minturno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; che il dialetto minturnese deriva dalla lingua napoletana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-10-01T15:50:52.603" Title="Che cos'è un &quot;cacarone&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10615" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10603" CreationDate="2019-06-24T10:46:09.877" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;We have this sort of distinction between two different types of past: one that still has an impact on the present and one that doesn't. Passato remoto is used in storytelling or on something that happened a long time ago. Imperfetto is used to talk about what happened yesterday. That's basically the difference. There are some exception, for example in south Italy, people often use passato remoto instead of imperfetto even when they talk about something that didn't happen remotely in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5542" LastActivityDate="2019-06-24T10:46:09.877" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10614" CreationDate="2019-06-24T12:55:13.303" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dialettosalentino.it/cacarone.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di dialetto salentino&lt;/a&gt; il termine &lt;em&gt;cacarone&lt;/em&gt; viene così definito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;cacarone&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; significato in italiano: persona che defeca in abbondanza; (traslato)  cacasotto, persona vile, codarda.&#xA;etimologia:  cacare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sinonimi o termini collegati: paurusu, timusu.&lt;BR&gt; contrari:&#xA;coraggiusu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come suggerito da @egreg il termine comune sarebbe &lt;em&gt;cacasotto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-06-24T12:55:13.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10617" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10614" CreationDate="2019-06-24T17:23:03.020" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; non riporta la voce &quot;cacarone&quot;, ma sì quella di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI02/GDLI_02_ocr_480.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;cacasótto&quot;&lt;/a&gt; con questo significato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &lt;strong&gt;Cacasótto,&lt;/strong&gt; sm. Invar. Spreg. Vigliacco, pusil­lanime; buono a nulla; chi si confonde alle prime difficoltà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti in questa stessa voce si trova una citazione dal &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario domestico napoletano e toscano&lt;/em&gt; (Napoli, 1841) di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI_indice_autori/GDLI_Indice_autori_238.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Basilio Puoti&lt;/a&gt; nella quale si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cacarone&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;cacasotto&lt;/em&gt;, voce  bassa  ed  ingiuriosa con cui si rimprovera altrui la sua timidità e poltroneria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, come menzionato da @egreg nel suo commento, &quot;cacarone&quot; sarebbe un sinonimo di &quot;cacasotto&quot; con il significato spiegato sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=HRK5Tw5COm0C&amp;amp;pg=PA243&amp;amp;lpg=PA243&amp;amp;dq=cacarone+dizionario&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=yH6cTyha_K&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U32VsjH_NFevxG1PRGv798WPCVbJg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjl4Na7sILjAhXnUBUIHU0_CRwQ6AEwBnoECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cacarone%20dizionario&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario napoletano lessigrafico e storico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (Napoli, 1845) di Vincenzio De Ritis si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cacarone&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;agg&lt;/em&gt;.) Timido, vile, persona da nulla. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Ma primmo vò chella saetta franca &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  De Pannaro trovà pe la barruffa, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Non pecchè a isso spirito lle manca &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ca maie de cacarone ha dato muffa&lt;/em&gt;, ec. Om. V, 38.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-06-24T17:23:03.020" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10618" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-27T00:35:50.530" Score="0" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premetto che intendo &quot;importare&quot; con il significato di &quot;avere importanza&quot;.&#xA;Trovo bizzarro (forse è solo un mio problema) usare il verbo &quot;importare&quot; in certi contesti riferendosi ad una persona.&#xA;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Tu in questa azienda non importi niente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Tu qui non importi tanto, anzi sei quasi d'intralcio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo usare un soggetto inanimato invece il tutto mi risulta più orecchiabile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Questo discorso in questo momento importa davvero poco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) Questa tua opinione qui non importa niente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per non sbagliare, io uso sempre il verbo &quot;contare&quot; e noterete che in tutte e quattro le frasi suona bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domanda:  c'è una spiegazione logica e grammaticale a questa mia sensazione oppure è solo un mio problema? Ma soprattutto le frasi da me scritte sono tutte corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="4389" LastEditDate="2019-06-27T09:31:38.423" LastActivityDate="2019-06-27T09:31:38.423" Title="Verbo importare con soggetto animato?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10619" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10620" CreationDate="2019-06-27T07:29:51.887" Score="2" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need help to read my grand-parent's 'atto di nascita'. See a piece of it in the attached image.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Following is what I can understand. Please help me with '...' (maybe the last part is his parents address)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lucia Serra di anni trentotto .... domiciliata in Spezzano e de ... Giovanni Caliò di anni ... muratore&#xA;domiciliato in Spezzano ......... propria casa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/2NiHP.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5549" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-06-27T11:25:01.973" LastActivityDate="2019-06-27T11:25:01.973" Title="Help to read Atto di nascita" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10620" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10619" CreationDate="2019-06-27T08:06:29.587" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is my best shot (what a peculiar handwriting!):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[lo stesso è nato] Da Lucia Serra di anni trentotto, filatrice, domiciliata in Spezzano e da suo marito Giovanni Caliò di anni trentasei, muratore, domiciliato in Spezzano, nel dì ventisei detto mese ed anno alle ore due di notte nella propria casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which translated roughly as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[said person was born] from Lucia Serra, thirty-eight years old, spinner, resident in Spezzano and from her husband Giovanni Caliò, thirty-six years old, bricklayer, resident in Spezzano, on the twenty-sixth of the aforementioned month and year at two o'clock in the morning in their own house.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-06-27T08:06:29.587" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10621" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-27T09:49:19.023" Score="6" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering what the most accurate translation of the English phrase &quot;to give up on someone&quot; is in Italian. I am aware that there may be multiple, depending on the context, so I would just ask you to translate a few sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I thought he was a worthy student, but in the end I just gave up on him.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;He never gave up on me, even when I was treating him really badly.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Thank you for not giving up on me when I failed&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5550" LastActivityDate="2019-09-29T18:02:40.353" Title="Give up on someone in Italian" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10622" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-27T18:20:12.447" Score="6" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;This word was often used by Americans of Italian descent (at least, in my neighborhood in Philadelphia), as a term of abuse, even when speaking English.  Devoto's &quot;Avviamento alla etimologia italiana&quot; cites its origin as the Arabic word &quot;mamluuk&quot;, which is used in several contexts in Islamic history, the most notable being the Mamluke Kingdom of Egypt.  Does anyone know if mammalucco entered Italian during the occupation of Italy and Sicily by the Arabs, or if it entered Italian at some later time?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2147" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-06-27T18:24:29.240" LastActivityDate="2019-06-27T20:48:41.657" Title="Quando entra la parola &quot;mammalucco&quot; in italiano dall’arabo?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10623" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10622" CreationDate="2019-06-27T20:32:14.077" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Zingarelli dictionary of Italian (paper edition or behind a paywall) gives, for every word, the century or year of its first use. For &lt;em&gt;mammalucco&lt;/em&gt;, it gives the 13th century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is the page of the very authoritative &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; where the article &lt;em&gt;mammalucco&lt;/em&gt; appears:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/9B44C.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/9B44C.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;A page from Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;(original URL: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000599.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000599.jpg&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is especially relevant are the examples from literature: while not guaranteed to be the very first occurrences, they give an idea of when the word was already in use. So you can see examples from &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Andrea_da_Barberino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Andrea da Barberino&lt;/a&gt; (c. 1370–1431), &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Luigi_Pulci&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Luigi Pulci&lt;/a&gt; (1432–1484), &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pietro_Aretino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pietro Aretino&lt;/a&gt; (1492–1556) and several more.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, all in all, the word seems the have entered in use quite later than the Arab conquest of Southern Italy (which took place at a time when Italian, in any modern sense, did not exist; and the word, even in Arabic, appears to date back to a later time, the Ottoman rule of Egypt, as the OP mentions), but still has quite a long history in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-06-27T20:48:41.657" LastActivityDate="2019-06-27T20:48:41.657" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10624" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-27T22:42:27.230" Score="6" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between asking&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si può cogliere &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; uva nella tua fattoria?&lt;br&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Can one pick &lt;strong&gt;the&lt;/strong&gt;(?) grapes in your farm?&lt;br&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si può cogliere uva nella tua fattoria?&lt;br&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Can one pick grapes in your farm?&lt;br&gt;or&lt;br&gt;Are there grapes to be picked in your farm?&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've constructed these examples, so I don't even know if they are proper Italian. Please let me know if my provided English translations are not correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does (1) affirm the existence of the grapes in the farm, and (2) does not? Or does &quot;&lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in (1) have a &quot;generic&quot;, &quot;universal&quot; reference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="3378" LastEditDate="2019-06-28T21:43:49.037" LastActivityDate="2020-03-13T11:28:56.040" Title="How to know when definite article specifies an existing thing vs. a general, universal thing?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10625" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-06-29T07:58:50.547" Score="1" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani, come tutti gli altri dizionari, da le seguenti definizioni del termine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;extracomunitario&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;agg. e s. m. [comp. di extra- e comunitario (cfr. comunità, n. 2 a)]. – Che non fa parte dell’Unione Europea: paesi e,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;come sost., spec. al plur. masch., gli e., coloro che emigrano da paesi economicamente disagiati (spec. da regioni dell’Africa e dell’Asia) negli stati dell’Unione Europea in cerca di lavoro e di migliori condizioni di vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda definizione, con connotazione spesso negativa,  è senza dubbio la più comune e diffusa nel linguaggio contemporaneo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.parlarecivile.it/argomenti/immigrazione/extracomunitario.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Parlarecivile.it&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È ormai assodato che questa parola ha una forte connotazione negativa, come si evince anche dalla definizione aggiornata del vocabolario Treccani. Infatti non verrebbe mai definito ‘extracomunitario’ uno svizzero o un americano, anche se tecnicamente lo sono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando e perché il termine comincia ad essere  impropriamente usato fino a diventare, per alcuni, quasi un'offesa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-06-29T20:35:03.763" Title="Quando e perché il termine “extracomunitario” ha assunto una connotazione negativa?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10626" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10628" CreationDate="2019-06-30T08:43:39.353" Score="2" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il bambino si chiamava Senjeley Pshimaqua come il marito circasso che era morto di tubercolosi tanto tempo prima, e non cresceva perché anche se se lo teneva attaccato agli &lt;strong&gt;zezzilli&lt;/strong&gt; per ore, finché le facevano male, non tirava nemmeno una goccia, in quanto il latte lei non ce l’aveva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;zezzillo&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato.&#xA;Immagino si tratti di un termine di origine regionale. Dovete sapere che i protagonisti di questo romanzo sono emigrati italiani a New York, provenienti da Minturno e, a quanto pare, il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minturno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dialetto minturnese&lt;/a&gt; deriva dalla lingua napoletana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-30T09:27:23.310" LastActivityDate="2019-06-30T11:52:44.440" Title="Cosa sono gli &quot;zezzilli&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10626" CreationDate="2019-06-30T11:42:11.920" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=kUcIRKwCZF4C&amp;amp;pg=PA528&amp;amp;lpg=PA528&amp;amp;dq=zezzilli%20capezzoli&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=4B5wzfQY9m&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3ZDNygaDkpBM4QV4EiWuVzpBUisg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi2v__ej5HjAhVyRBUIHUw2CmAQ6AEwAXoECAYQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=zezzilli%20capezzoli&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;zezzilli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sono i &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;capezzoli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, come si può capire anche dal testo del brano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Fonte del link: &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario etimologico odierno napoletano-italiano&lt;/em&gt; di D. Erwin e P. Bello)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-06-30T11:52:44.440" LastActivityDate="2019-06-30T11:52:44.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10629" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10630" CreationDate="2019-07-01T11:49:41.967" Score="0" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«What’s your name?», le chiese un maestro biondo. Vita evitò di guardarlo. Fissò il muro, con disgusto. C’era un quadretto, al centro del quale spiccava la faccia barbuta e solenne di un uomo. Il maestro tralasciò. Del resto, il nome della nuova arrivata – l’ennesima greenhorn del Mulberry District – poteva leggerlo nel registro. Iniziò a tracciare parole sulla lavagna. Erano parole americane. Vita non le capiva. Il maestro camminava fra i banchi. Gli altri bambini &lt;strong&gt;spuntavano&lt;/strong&gt; le matite sui quaderni e alzavano la mano. Erano cinesi, irlandesi ed ebrei, ma parlavano tutti americano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto il contenuto della voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spuntare1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;spuntare&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sono sicura di capirne il senso nel brano sopra citato. Significa che i bambini rompevano le punte delle matite sui quaderni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-01T12:03:47.540" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;spuntare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10630" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10629" CreationDate="2019-07-01T12:03:47.540" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua intuizione è corretta e l'accezione di spuntare che si adatta al contesto da te citato è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;tr. a. Rompere la punta, &lt;strong&gt;far perdere la punta a un oggetto acuminato&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;s. la penna, il temperino, le forbici&lt;/em&gt;; come intr. pron.: &lt;em&gt;la matita, cadendo, s’è spuntata&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che più che rompere in questo caso il significato di spuntare sia quello di far perdere la punta ad un oggetto acuminato, in questo caso la matita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I bambini spuntavano le matite calcando con forza sui quaderni e scrivendo veloci, quasi a rimarcare che loro conoscendo l'americano, a differenza di Vita, riuscivano a scrivere le parole velocemente consumando la punta della matita fino a privarla della punta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-07-01T12:03:47.540" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10631" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10632" CreationDate="2019-07-01T15:03:36.517" Score="5" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è una frase da Luigi Pirandello &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Il_fu_Mattia_Pascal/4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tratta&lt;/a&gt; da &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma io so ch’egli &lt;em&gt;(Malagna)&lt;/em&gt; desiderava con tutto il cuore dalla moglie un certo compenso alle afflizioni senza fine che gli procurava; desiderava cioè che ella &lt;em&gt;(Guendalina, cioè la moglie)&lt;/em&gt; un bel giorno si fosse risoluta a mettergli al mondo un figliuolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato nel vocabolario Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/risolvere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tre significati&lt;/a&gt; per il verbo pronominale «risolversi» che potrebbero entrarci, almeno teoricamente: &lt;em&gt;a) prendere una decisione, decidersi per una soluzione; b) evolvere verso la guarigione, riferito a processi morbosi; c) semplificare, chiarire qualcosa di complicato, difficile, oscuro&lt;/em&gt;. Il significato «a» mi pare il più probabile, ma a dire il vero, nessuno di loro sembra molto adeguato. La moglie di Malagna è malata, ma il significato «b» riferisce a «processi morbosi», mentre lei è una persona, non un processo. Sono anche confuso perché la parola «risoluta» è un aggettivo, non un participio passato, ma qui è usata con la particella pronominale come se fosse un verbo vero e proprio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi questa frase? Molte grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-02T10:37:17.417" LastActivityDate="2019-07-02T10:37:40.460" Title="Cosa significa «si fosse risoluta» in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10631" CreationDate="2019-07-01T15:16:34.900" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato che si adatta al contesto da te citato è quello indicato dalla a), cioè prendere una decisione, decidersi per una soluzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;desiderava cioè che ella (&lt;em&gt;Guendalina&lt;/em&gt;, cioè la moglie) un bel giorno si&#xA;  fosse &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;decisa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a mettergli al mondo un figliuolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-02T10:37:40.460" LastActivityDate="2019-07-02T10:37:40.460" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10633" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-02T10:38:54.923" Score="1" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per passare il tempo, Vita scarabocchiò il quaderno, e pensò a Cichitto libero come un gatto, che a quell’ora saliva da Lena a portare le rose, e Lena gli offriva un bicchiere di latte, e gli lavava la faccia, infilando pure i suoi vestiti incrostati di &lt;strong&gt;lorda&lt;/strong&gt; nel mastello dei bordanti – che se Agnello lo fosse venuto a sapere la pestava – e poi se ne andava vagando per la città, senza essere trascinato a scuola con la forza, perché era figlio di nessuno e nessuno gli dava il tormento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI09/GDLI_09_ocr_225.pdf&amp;amp;parola=l%C3%B3rda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;lorda&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, nessuna delle accezioni che si trovano là sembrano avere senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di questo vocabolo nel passaggio precedente? Non so se possa trattarsi di una voce di uso regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-12T22:26:22.773" Title="Significato di &quot;lorda&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10634" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-02T18:51:53.603" Score="6" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani, come tutti gli altri dizionari, da le seguenti definizioni del termine: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;extracomunitario&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;agg. e s. m. [comp. di extra- e comunitario (cfr. comunità, n. 2 a)]. – Che non fa parte dell’Unione Europea: paesi e,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;come sost., spec. al plur. masch., gli e., coloro che emigrano da paesi economicamente disagiati (spec. da regioni dell’Africa e dell’Asia) negli stati dell’Unione Europea in cerca di lavoro e di migliori condizioni di vita.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda definizione, con connotazione spesso negativa, è senza dubbio la più comune e diffusa nel linguaggio contemporaneo. Ad esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.parlarecivile.it/argomenti/immigrazione/extracomunitario.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Parlarecivile.it:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’uso discriminatorio del termine è stato sancito in un atto ufficiale. A Savona il procuratore capo Francantonio Granero ha cancellato questa parola da tutti gli atti giudiziari con una circolare del 7 settembre 2011, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;chiedendo alla polizia giudiziaria la sostituzione di ‘extracomunitario’ con altre espressioni non offensive nei confronti dei cittadini stranieri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilgiornale.it/news/politica/clandestini-zingaro-parole-vietate-sentenza-1368514.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;IlGiornale.it&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La dittatura linguistica delle toghe ha rifatto la sua comparsa due giorni fa, quando ha condannato la Lega Nord per aver usato il termine clandestini, ritenuto «denigratorio» e «discriminatorio»......&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo stesso vale per le parole africano, marocchino ed extracomunitario.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando e perché il termine comincia ad essere impropriamente usato fino a diventare, per alcuni, un'offesa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T07:41:59.400" Title="Connotazione negativa del termine “extracomunitario”" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10635" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-02T23:08:46.670" Score="3" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;Novice Italian-language speaker here, so apologies for the elementary question, which is as follows. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between pronouncing (e.g.) the words &lt;code&gt;Puglia&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Pulia&lt;/code&gt; (contrived)? I ask because it seems that &lt;code&gt;Italia&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Itaglia&lt;/code&gt; (contrived) are seemingly pronounced the same – is this the case? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As another example, what's the difference betwixt pronouncing &lt;code&gt;imbroglio&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;imbrolio&lt;/code&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;: My issue is that the words &lt;code&gt;figlia&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;Italia&lt;/code&gt; sound the same, whereas &lt;code&gt;Modugno&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;moduno&lt;/code&gt; (contrived) are clearly different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5557" LastEditorUserId="5557" LastEditDate="2019-07-03T14:21:44.187" LastActivityDate="2019-07-03T14:21:44.187" Title="Question about words ending with `glia` or `lia` (or `glio` or `lio`)" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10636" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10635" CreationDate="2019-07-03T08:39:06.697" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Partial answer, which does not address &quot;how to learn to pronounce them&quot; (for that, it would probably be best to find a guide/course/book aimed at your particular source language, in your case English, since the best way to learn how to pronounce them may be different depending on which language you come from).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are definitely two different sounds. There are &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minimal_pair&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;minimal pairs&lt;/a&gt; between them, for instance olio / &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oglio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Oglio&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In IPA, gl -&gt; /ʎ/ (often geminated /ʎʎ/), l -&gt; /l/, the dialectal variant of gl mentioned by @egreg in a comment -&gt; /j/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2019-07-03T08:39:06.697" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10637" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10638" CreationDate="2019-07-03T10:44:51.797" Score="8" ViewCount="229" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was always taught to use sapere to say that I know something and conoscere to say that I know someone. However, I get the feeling that this is just a heuristic for new speakers, and I'm wondering if there's a more correct/thorough rule for when to use conoscere instead of sapere. I'm specifically wondering about instances other than references to people, such as, &quot;Yes, I know Janet.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4947" LastEditorDisplayName="user4947" LastEditDate="2019-07-25T17:20:12.333" LastActivityDate="2019-07-25T17:20:12.333" Title="When to use conoscere, other than saying you know someone" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10638" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10637" CreationDate="2019-07-03T11:25:09.440" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Though they both translate “to know” in English “sapere” and “conoscere” are not always interchangeable. See the following &lt;a href=&quot;https://italianpills.com/blog/2016/07/04/sapere-vs-conoscere/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;extract&lt;/a&gt; for details: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sapere and conoscere are a couple of Italian verbs that are often missed or interchanged. Many think they can be used indifferently, but it is not the case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Yes, in English and some other languages there is just one verb which happens to be to know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Instead, in  Italian sapere and conoscere are used with different meanings and describe a different idea, thus, it goes without saying that they are not interchangeable. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;CONOSCERE&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Conoscere is used with people, places or things and its meaning is to be familiar or acquainted with a person, a place, a thing, a situation or an event. In short, it is possible to say that conoscere is followed just by nouns. You will never see conoscere faith another verb (which instead, is likely to happen with sapere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Conosco la geografia italiana molto bene. (I know very well Italian geography)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Conosci il nuovo ragazzo francese al corso di italiano? (Do you know the new French guy at the Italian course)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Conosciamo molto bene la città di Lucca, è incantevole! (We know Lucca very well …)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;SAPERE&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sapere means to be aware of something, and especially in the questions is often used to ask for a piece of information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non lo so (I don’t know)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Scusi, sa dove si trova la stazione? (Excuse me, do you know where is the station?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sappiamo che è stato trovato un gatto nel vostro giardino (We know that a cat was found in your garden)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;To put it in another way, sapere is used when we find out something by our mental faculties, while conoscere is used when we find out something or someone by our physical faculties.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;SAPERE AS A MODAL VERB&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;SAPERE is also used as a modal verb when it is accompanied by an infinitive verb. In this case, it is used to say that you know HOW to do something, that you have an ability or a skill.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;So parlare molto bene italiano, ma non so cucinare per niente!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Sai suonare la chitarra?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Source: italianpills.com)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-03T11:34:56.037" LastActivityDate="2019-07-03T11:34:56.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10640" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-03T17:43:50.163" Score="5" ViewCount="686" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dictionary.cambridge.org/it/dizionario/inglese/you-you-ve-got-this&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;You’ve got this&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is  meant to be said to someone else, and to be encouraging.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5558" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-07-03T17:59:59.507" LastActivityDate="2019-07-03T20:30:04.007" Title="How to say &quot;You got this&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10641" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10640" CreationDate="2019-07-03T20:30:04.007" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;An idiomatic translation could be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dai che ce la fai!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This can be used only as an exhortation (i.e. when you encourage someone to finish a task, e.g. in the last kilometer of a marathon). If you want it to be a description, for example as an answer to someone asking your opinion, you could simply say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ce la fai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ce la puoi fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-07-03T20:30:04.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10642" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-04T15:25:19.420" Score="3" ViewCount="621" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quale tra queste due scelte è la forma corretta, quella con l'indicativo oppure quella con il congiuntivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, questo l’ho capito, per questo ti ho chiesto se eri disponibile dopo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, questo l’ho capito, per questo ti ho chiesto se fossi  disponibile dopo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5560" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-04T15:39:35.697" LastActivityDate="2019-07-04T16:45:59.407" Title="Congiuntivo o indicativo in questa frase" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10642" CreationDate="2019-07-04T16:36:11.553" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La subordinata in questione &quot;...se fossi/eri disponibile dopo&quot; è un'interrogativa indiretta. Le regole grammaticali &quot;classiche&quot; raccomandano che nelle interrogative indirette si usi sempre il congiuntivo, per cui la versione corretta dovrebbe essere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sì, questo l'ho capito, per questo ti ho chiesto se fossi disponibile dopo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ahimè l'uso ha fatto sì che nelle interrogative indirette si diffonda sempre di più l'indicativo, specialmente quando si tratta di una domanda di cui si conosce già la risposta. Questa pratica, originaria della lingua parlata, si sta spargendo un po' anche nella lingua scritta e finanche in registri relativamente alti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio consiglio personale è di usare sempre il congiuntivo (che è sempre corretto), ma di essere tolleranti quando si sente usare l'indicativo perché la grammatica è viva, che ci piaccia o che non ci piaccia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-07-04T16:45:59.407" LastActivityDate="2019-07-04T16:45:59.407" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10644" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10647" CreationDate="2019-07-05T02:08:05.253" Score="8" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;What significance does &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; have in the two sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui aspetta&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui si aspetta&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I understand &lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt; means himself/herself/themselves(singular).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I translate the two phrases naively as &quot;he waits&quot;, and &quot;he himself waits&quot;. (Or &lt;em&gt;he expects&lt;/em&gt; vs. &lt;em&gt;he himself expects&lt;/em&gt;) But Google Translate and Duolingo tell me the differences are actually:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;He waits&lt;/em&gt; and,&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;He expects&lt;/em&gt;, respectively.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, what language rule am I missing here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie in anticipo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5561" LastActivityDate="2019-07-05T08:52:19.487" Title="What does &quot;si&quot; mean in &quot;Lui aspetta&quot; vs. &quot;Lui si aspetta&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10645" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-05T07:28:17.563" Score="0" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo conosceva da tempo perché Cichitto ronzava attorno al negozio, veniva a mendicare, con quella voce fioca che sembrava il miagolio di un gatto sperso, e Agnello gli regalava sempre qualche banana marcia. Cichitto, che era gracile, rognoso e &lt;strong&gt;scamuso&lt;/strong&gt; come un randagio, si sedeva per terra, fuori dalla bottega, e s’ingozzava subito, senza mettere niente da parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;scamuso&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessun dizionario. Sospetto che si tratti di un termine regionale, possibilmente imparentato con il napoletano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T14:33:35.957" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;scamuso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10645" CreationDate="2019-07-05T08:01:14.117" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo blog si trova l'articolo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://lellobrak.blogspot.com/2008/12/unantica-parola-napoletana-scamuso.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Un'antica parola napoletana: scamuso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Antico, icastico aggettivo napoletano presente in tutti i dizionarii&#xA;  d’antan dal D’Ambra al P.P.Volpe all’Andreoli e negli scritti di&#xA;  autori dal ‘600 alla fine dell’ ‘800 e poi non piú riscontrato negli&#xA;  autori piú moderni, sebbene ancóra vivo nel parlato soprattutto del&#xA;  popolo della città bassa, aggettivo riferito con piccole differenze&#xA;  sia a soggetti animati che inanimati; &lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Riferito a soggetti animati e&#xA;  piú precisamente a persone significa in italiano: **rozzo, grossolano,&#xA;  rustico, grezzo e per ampiamento semantico si disse di persona magra ed&#xA;  allampanata;&lt;/strong&gt;  riferito a cose inanimate(stoffe e/o oggetti) vale&#xA;  nell’italiano: ruvido,squamoso,irto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel testo il termine viene spiegato con più precisione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E veniamo finalmente all’aggetivo napoletano &lt;strong&gt;scamuso&lt;/strong&gt; del cui&#xA;  significato primo (malandato etc.) ò già détto e qui rammento che è&#xA;  aggettivo da numerosi sinonimi (sebbene alcuni derivati da un&#xA;  ampliamenti semantici quali acciaccuso, acciuppecuto, ammaturo,&#xA;  dellicato, iétteco malepatuto; mi occuperò in coda di tali sinonimi;&#xA;  affrontiamo ora l’etimologia di scamuso ed escludiamo súbito la facile&#xA;  ma fallace tentazione di un collegamento alla voce scamunéa/éja/era&#xA;  s.f. che con derivazione dal lat. *scammonia/scammonea che furono dal&#xA;  greco skammonía indicò in primis un'erba dal cui estratto si ricavava&#xA;  un purgante ed indicò poi (forse per un traslato espressivo) gente&#xA;  vile, bordaglia, unione di monelli e, piú genericamente, plebaglia, ma&#xA;  ognuno vede che semanticamente è difficile trovare il collegamento tra&#xA;  un’erba purgativa ed un vocabolo che vale malandato, messo male mal&#xA;  ridotto, malsano; ugualmente non mi sento di poter accettare l’idea di&#xA;  chi propone per scamuso un collegamento etimologico con squamoso (cfr.&#xA;  antea); è vero che il significato di squamoso nell’accezione di&#xA;  ruvido, irto può – all’incirca – valere il napoletano scamuso come è&#xA;  pure vero che il nesso latino qua dà spesso il napoletano ca (cfr. ad&#xA;  es. exquassare→scassare) pur tuttavia non mi sento di accogliere la&#xA;  proposta che presupporrebbe un transito di accostamento ad un vocabolo&#xA;  della lingua italiana, accostamenti che ò sempre bandito e non per un&#xA;  colpevole provincialismo, ma in nome di un'originaria derivazione di&#xA;  tutte le voci partenopee dagli antichi idiomi (latino, greco ed&#xA;  altro); d’altro canto nemmeno mi convice l’etimologia proposta&#xA;  dall’amico prof. Carlo Iandolo che lègge in scamuso una s intensiva&#xA;  che precede l’avverbio greco kamái = a terra ottenendo da&#xA;  skamái→scamuso; questa proposta, semanticamente mi appare troppo&#xA;  debole e morfomogicamente, sforzata con quell’unione di greco skamái&#xA;  con un suff. latino osus/oso&amp;amp;→uso.&#xA;  &lt;BR&gt;A questo punto non rimane che prender per buona l’antica idea che vede in scamuso una derivazione metaplasmatica dello spagnolo (e)scamocho che accanto al significato di avanzo e resto à pure quelli di persona magra, allampanata; d’altro canto nello spagnolo è anche vivo il verbo escamochar (guastare, sciupare) che à fornito altresí il verbo napoletano scamuscià/are nei significati di afflosciare, diventar floscio e/o senza forze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel libro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=vTQgBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT27&amp;amp;lpg=PT27&amp;amp;dq=scamuso%20significato&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=sFQ4dD-aUf&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0xBReu26x37c4hvEhxBS12xG6IOw&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiZwLDdqp3jAhVRUlAKHffCDKkQ6AEwAnoECAkQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=scamuso%20significato&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Eduardo. Dizionario dei personaggi&lt;/em&gt; di Nicola De Blasi, Bianchi Patricia&lt;/a&gt; compare la seguente definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Quei figuri di trent'anni fa&lt;/em&gt; compare l'assassino &lt;strong&gt;Scamuso&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  (&lt;strong&gt;'rozzo, grossolano'&lt;/strong&gt;) e il ladro Scuppettella (diminutivo di&#xA;  &quot;scuppetta&quot;, 'archibugio, schioppo').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo documento intitolato &#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://lellobrak.blogspot.com/2008/12/unantica-parola-napoletana-scamuso.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Chi è stregato dallo Strega? Rilievi di stile sugli ultimi romanzi vincitori (2002-2009)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;101); zezzilli capezzoli” (p. 107); lorcia “sudiciume” (p. 109);&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;scamuso “molto magro”&lt;/strong&gt; (p. 113); alleccamussi “ceffoni” (p. 113, 176);&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cozzeca “crosta di una ferita”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-16T14:33:35.957" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T14:33:35.957" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10647" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10644" CreationDate="2019-07-05T08:52:19.487" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The form &lt;em&gt;aspettarsi&lt;/em&gt; is formally reflexive, but it's not the same reflexive as &lt;em&gt;lavarsi&lt;/em&gt; (to wash oneself): it's impossible for anybody to “wait for themselves”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's actually a “medial” form, which denotes “advantage”. A common case is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mangio una mela&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi mangio una mela&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter form is sometimes mistakenly considered ungrammatical, but instead conveys the idea that I'll eat an apple and will be happy to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Different verbs have different meaning of the medial form. The verb &lt;em&gt;aspettare&lt;/em&gt; means essentially the same as &lt;em&gt;to wait for&lt;/em&gt;; the medial form indeed means &lt;em&gt;to expect&lt;/em&gt; in almost all meanings of English. An exception: in English one says &lt;em&gt;to expect a baby&lt;/em&gt;, in Italian it is &lt;em&gt;aspettare un bambino&lt;/em&gt; (not *​&lt;em&gt;aspettarsi&lt;/em&gt;). Another exception: &lt;em&gt;to be expected&lt;/em&gt; is rendered as &lt;em&gt;essere atteso&lt;/em&gt;; in the same vein the &lt;em&gt;expected value&lt;/em&gt; (in probability theory) is &lt;em&gt;valore atteso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;attendere/attendersi&lt;/em&gt; is pretty much a synonym for &lt;em&gt;aspettare/aspettarsi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-07-05T08:52:19.487" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10648" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10651" CreationDate="2019-07-05T13:08:51.173" Score="3" ViewCount="1190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Something I've noticed whilst I'm learning Italian is that when you have a phrase such as &quot;ti chiamo&quot; is that the action described is being applied to the object of the sentence, and the conjugation determines who is performing the action (&quot;I call you&quot; in this instance). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &quot;mi piace&quot; (or even &quot;mi piacciono&quot;) seems to be an exception to this, as it means &quot;I like&quot;. My question is whether this reversal is rare or I just haven't come across examples where this structure is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5562" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-05T21:41:52.530" LastActivityDate="2020-03-09T09:43:05.033" Title="Why does &quot;mi piace&quot; mean &quot;I like&quot; instead of &quot;he/she/it likes me&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10645" CreationDate="2019-07-05T14:01:28.427" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A pagina 176 dello studio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilc.it/Giovanna%2520Riccio%2520-%2520Ispanismi%2520nel%2520napoletano.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Ispanismi nel dialetto napoletano”&lt;/a&gt; di Giovanna Riccio, a cura di Marcello Marinucci, pubblicato nel 2005 presso l’Università di Trieste, si possono leggere le definizioni di &quot;scamuso&quot; riportate da parecchi dizionari:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scamuso/-osa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; agg. 'ruvido, rozzo' (D'Ambra 1873); 'squamoso' (Andreoli &#xA;  1887); fig. 'di uomo ruvido, scontroso' (ib.); 'modesto, di scarto, malandato' &#xA;  (Altamura 1968; D'Ascoli 1972).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;      &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;        &lt;p&gt;Secondo D'Ascoli (1972) la v. è da ricondurre allo sp. &#xA;        &lt;em&gt;escamocho&lt;/em&gt; (intorno al 1300, trad. di Abenbassal, DCECH s.v. &#xA;        &lt;em&gt;campo&lt;/em&gt;) nel suo sign. di 'persona magra e allampanata'.&#xA;        Altamura (1968) indica invece come base il sost. &lt;em&gt;scamunera&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;        (it. &lt;em&gt;scamonèa&lt;/em&gt; fig. 'persona malsana o uggiosa' DEI V 3368).&#xA;        La v. è da ricondurre alla base  &lt;em&gt;*squamare&lt;/em&gt;, cfr. &lt;em&gt;scamusu&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;        'cisposo' (Faré 8200).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;      &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono state utilizzate le seguenti abbreviazioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;agg. = aggettivo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  fig. = figurato&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ib. = ibidem&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  v. = voce &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sp. = spagnolo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  s.v. = sub voce / si veda &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sign. = significato &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sost. = sostantivo (ato) &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  it. = italiano &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cfr. = confronta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ALTAMURA A., &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dialettale napoletano&lt;/em&gt;, &#xA;  Fiorentino, Napoli 1968.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;ANDREOLI R., &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario napoletano-italiano&lt;/em&gt;, &#xA;  Paravia, Torino 1887.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;D'AMBRA R., &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario napolitano-toscano domestico di arti e mestieri&lt;/em&gt;, Chiurazzi, Napoli 1873.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;D'ASCOLI F., &lt;em&gt;Lingua spagnuola e dialetto napoletano&lt;/em&gt;, &#xA;  Libreria Scientifica, Napoli 1972.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;DCECH = COROMINAS J. PASCUAL J. A., &lt;em&gt;Diccionario crítico etimológico castellano e hispánico&lt;/em&gt;, Gredos, Madrid, vol. I (ACA) 1987; vol. II (CEF) 1984; vol. III (GMA)&#xA;  1984; vol. IV (MERE) 1985; vol. V (RIX) 1986; vol. VI (YZ) 1991.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;DEI = BATTISTI C. ALESSIO G., &lt;em&gt;Dizionario etimologico italiano&lt;/em&gt;, 5 voll., Barbera Firenze 1950-1957.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;FARÉ A. P., &lt;em&gt;Postille italiane al REW&lt;/em&gt;, Istituto di Scienze e Lettere, Milano 1972.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-05T14:01:28.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10648" CreationDate="2019-07-05T14:45:17.150" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are just used to the English construction, but I'm not sure if it is more natural than the other. Compare with the English sentence &lt;em&gt;Basketball pleases/interests/attracts me&lt;/em&gt;. What is the action here? What should be the subject? Who or what &quot;does&quot; something? Who is the actor? Basketball, for attracting / interesting me, or me, the one who likes basketball?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's just how these verbs are constructed in different languages; it's difficult to find a logic in it. Constructions similar to the Italian one appear in many other languages; for instance French (&lt;em&gt;X me plait&lt;/em&gt;), Spanish (&lt;em&gt;Me gusta X&lt;/em&gt;), and German (&lt;em&gt;X gefällt mir&lt;/em&gt;), so it's not that crazy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another analogous sentence that is constructed differently in various languages is &lt;em&gt;I'm hungry&lt;/em&gt;, which is &lt;em&gt;ho fame&lt;/em&gt; in Italian (literally &lt;em&gt;I have hunger&lt;/em&gt;), and similarly in French (&lt;em&gt;j'ai faim&lt;/em&gt;) and German (&lt;em&gt;Ich habe hunger&lt;/em&gt;), and Spanish (&lt;em&gt;tengo hambre&lt;/em&gt;). Is hunger something you have (like in &quot;I have no desire to eat&quot;), or a state of being? Both viewpoints seem equally valid, according to people with different native languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-07-05T17:36:27.617" LastActivityDate="2019-07-05T17:36:27.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10648" CreationDate="2019-07-05T15:20:31.200" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The peculiar structure with verb &amp;quot;piacere&amp;quot; you noticed is due to the fact that literal translation of this Italian verb is &amp;quot;to be pleasing to (someone)&amp;quot;, so that this &amp;quot;someone&amp;quot; is the indirect object of the sentence and not the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=GxdMJrqSaNoC&amp;amp;pg=PA79#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Italian Verbs for Dummies&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; explains (I have done a correction to the text because there was a confusion between the words &amp;quot;wine&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;milk&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a verb, &lt;strong&gt;piacere&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;to like&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to be pleasing to&lt;/em&gt;) is unique in that it takes indirect-object pronouns rather than personal pronouns. For example, &amp;quot;I like wine&amp;quot; becomes &amp;quot;Wine is pleasing to me,&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;Mi piace&lt;/strong&gt; il vino.&amp;quot; Similarly, you need the preposition &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; (&lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt;) when using proper nouns. For example, you translate &amp;quot;A Domenico piace la pasta&amp;quot; as (literally) &lt;em&gt;Pasta is pleasing to Domenick&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;Domenick likes pasta&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @DaG has pointed out in a comment, &amp;quot;personal pronouns&amp;quot; in the above extract really refers to &amp;quot;subject pronouns&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At this book you can also read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With the verb &lt;strong&gt;piacere&lt;/strong&gt;, what's typically the object in an English construction becomes the subject in an Italian construction. For example, &lt;em&gt;I like spaghetti&lt;/em&gt; becomes (literally) &lt;em&gt;To me, spaghetti is pleasing&lt;/em&gt;, or &amp;quot;Mi piacciono gli spaghetti.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same book also explains that an Italian verb which behaves in a similar way is &amp;quot;mancare&amp;quot;, used to convey the meaning of &amp;quot;to miss&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;to lack&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;strong&gt;mancare&lt;/strong&gt;, which means &lt;em&gt;to miss&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;to lack&lt;/em&gt;, functions in precisely the same manner as the verb &lt;strong&gt;piacere&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;to like&lt;/em&gt;). In other words, you generally use it with indirect objects and indirect-object pronouns, and it translates literally as &lt;em&gt;Something is missing to me&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example of use of &amp;quot;mancare&amp;quot; which come from this book is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cara mamma e papa, &lt;strong&gt;mi mancate&lt;/strong&gt;! (&lt;em&gt;Dear mom and dad, I miss you&lt;/em&gt;!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The literal translation of &amp;quot;mi mancate&amp;quot; would be &amp;quot;you (subject) are missing to me (indirect object)&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other examples of &amp;quot;mancare&amp;quot; coming from the same book are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io &lt;strong&gt;ti manco&lt;/strong&gt;? (&lt;em&gt;Do you miss me?&lt;/em&gt; Literally: &lt;em&gt;Am I missing to you?&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, tu &lt;strong&gt;mi manchi&lt;/strong&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;Yes, I miss you.&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi manca&lt;/strong&gt; mia madre. (&lt;em&gt;I miss my mother.&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-07-05T18:26:35.323" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10633" CreationDate="2019-07-07T12:02:07.270" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Effettivamente i significati di lorda che si trovano in rete non si adattano al contesto da te citato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un termine che deriva sempre da lordo e si adatta nel tuo caso è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lordura/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lordura&lt;/a&gt;, che significa materia sudicia, che rende lordo, che imbratta sozzamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;lordura&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [der. di lordo]. – Condizione, aspetto di ciò che è&#xA;  lordo: la l. di quell’immondo locale è indescrivibile. Concr., materia&#xA;  sudicia, che rende lordo, che imbratta sozzamente: &lt;em&gt;vicoli bui e pieni&#xA;  di lordura; per lo viso gittandogli chi una l. e chi un’altra&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (Boccaccio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-07-07T12:02:07.270" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10654" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-09T09:24:48.407" Score="0" ViewCount="307" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Cichitto bussava a Prince Street dopo il tramonto. Si stropicciava gli occhi cisposi, incollati dal cimurro, e correva a riempire per Lena il secchio di carbone, lo trascinava su per le scale, per quell’attitudine appunto da larva degli stagni che aspetta pazientemente di volare via e intanto sopporta la palude. Vita invece protestava, reclamava, e aveva spesso assaporato gli &lt;strong&gt;alleccamussi&lt;/strong&gt; di Agnello, che le lasciavano sulla guancia l’impronta delle cinque dita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato della parola &quot;alleccamusso&quot; che appare in questo passaggio? Non l'ho trovata su nessun dizionario. Dal contesto, sembrerebbe uno schiaffo sulla guancia o qualcosa di simile, però mi piacerebbe avere conferma. Immagino si tratti di un termine di origine regionale, possibilmente derivato dal napoletano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-09T10:00:05.617" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T14:32:46.147" Title="Cos'è un &quot;alleccamusso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10655" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10654" CreationDate="2019-07-09T09:59:24.277" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esistono tutta una serie di termini dialettali che paiono una variante di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;alleccamusso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che, dal contesto da te citato, sembra indicare uno schiaffo o una sberla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it-it.facebook.com/notes/je-so-de-labrizz-e-ne-vaj-fir/lo-schiaffo-in-abruzzo-cambia-nome-a-seconda-dei-casileggere-sotto/396249941655/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;leccamusso&lt;/a&gt; in dialetto abruzzese indica uno schiaffo di rovescio ben assestato; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In dialetto napoletano il &lt;a href=&quot;https://pulcinella291.forumfree.it/?t=67592895&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;liccamusso&lt;/a&gt; indica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Liccamusso&lt;/strong&gt; lett. Lecca muso. E' uno schaffo a mano aperta che colpisce&#xA;  le labbra del malcapitato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In dialetto cornetano (zona di Viterbo) il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.artestoriatarquinia.it/wp-content/uploads/bollettini/1983_Bollettino/B.B.%20_IL%20DIALETTO%20CORNETANO.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;leccamuffo&lt;/a&gt; è qualcosa di più pesante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;leccamùffo&lt;/strong&gt; (s) – Pugno in faccia che produce lividura. Deriva dal&#xA;  verbo leccare che può significare toccare leggermente; difatti il&#xA;  leccamuffo è veloce e la mano ritorna subito indietro, lasciando la&#xA;  muffa, ovvero quel colore verdastro proprio della percossa ricevuta.&#xA;  Probabile alterazione di laccamuffa che è un colore azzurrognolo che&#xA;  si estrae da alcune specie di lichene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo documento intitolato &#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it-it.facebook.com/notes/je-so-de-labrizz-e-ne-vaj-fir/lo-schiaffo-in-abruzzo-cambia-nome-a-seconda-dei-casileggere-sotto/396249941655/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Chi è stregato dallo Strega? Rilievi di stile sugli ultimi romanzi vincitori (2002-2009)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;101); zezzilli capezzoli” (p. 107); lorcia “sudiciume” (p. 109);&#xA;  scamuso “molto magro” (p. 113); &lt;strong&gt;alleccamussi “ceffoni”&lt;/strong&gt; (p. 113, 176);&#xA;  cozzeca “crosta di una ferita”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;alleccamussi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sembra quindi indicare i ceffoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-16T14:32:46.147" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T14:32:46.147" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10656" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10712" CreationDate="2019-07-10T08:42:34.967" Score="5" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo di una campagna del comune di Roma contro l'abbadono degli animali (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.comune.roma.it/web/it/notizia/al-via-la-campagna-estiva-contro-labbandono-degli-animali-se-abbandoni-sei-complice.page&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito del comune&lt;/a&gt;) sono rimasto colpito dallo slogan &quot;Se abbandoni, sei complice!&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello specifico si spiega che &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Roma ci dice che non bisogna abbandonare gli animali, perché se abbandoni sei &lt;strong&gt;complice&lt;/strong&gt;. Ed è vero. Agli animali si può soltanto voler bene, accarezzarli, coccolarli, salvarli dai canili, portarseli a casa e dargli tutto l’affetto che meritano, perché te ne danno altrettanto. Evviva chi non abbandona i cani e chi si adopera per restituire a questi animali una vita nuova”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normalmente l'uso di complice presuppone il prendere parte ad un'azione criminosa non essendone il principale (quantomeno non essendone l'unico) artefice (es. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/complice/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;), ma in un contesto simile non è chiaro &lt;em&gt;di chi&lt;/em&gt; si sarebbe complici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste un uso alternativo, magari recente, della parola complice in un senso più generico di &lt;em&gt;cattiva persona (?)&lt;/em&gt;? O si tratta magari di una scelta per attirare l'attenzione con una frase ambigua?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2019-07-24T14:13:18.937" Title="Essere complici" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10657" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10139" CreationDate="2019-07-10T14:19:38.490" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In mancanza di meglio, traduco il mio commento in risposta;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Citando la stessa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fetola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce della Treccani&lt;/a&gt; indicata nella domanda: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;fètola s. f. [voce di origine merid., di etimo affine a fetente,&#xA;  perché la malattia sarebbe dovuta alla puntura di una cimice di odore&#xA;  sgradevole]&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;immagino sia quindi un sinonimo di fetore, puzzo, odore sgradevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-07-10T14:19:38.490" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10658" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10154" CreationDate="2019-07-10T14:27:34.250" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Azzardo l'ipotesi che &quot;acciso&quot; significhi proprio &quot;ucciso&quot; e sia un modo per descrivere l'aspetto della persona, che immagino sia repellente, cadaverico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressioni più usate potrebbero essere &lt;em&gt;&quot;morto che cammina&quot;&lt;/em&gt; ,  &lt;em&gt;&quot;zombi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;cadavere ambulante&quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche il sospetto che l'aggettivo venga usato per dare un giudizio poco lusinghiero della persona in oggetto: viene descritto come &lt;em&gt;&quot;perfido&quot;&lt;/em&gt; e che (ha) &lt;em&gt;&quot;fatto carriera esercitando il proprio zelo contro i suoi compatrioti&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, quindi attirerà le stesse simpatie di un morto vivente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-07-10T14:27:34.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10660" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-10T22:54:44.907" Score="4" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to say &quot;I spent the whole day yesterday learning Italian&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ieri sto passai tutto il giorno imparare l'italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is my first attempt in forming a complete sentence, probably fill with silly mistakes. Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5579" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-11T04:39:26.133" LastActivityDate="2019-07-11T09:21:23.810" Title="Is this correct?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10661" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-10T23:34:32.133" Score="1" ViewCount="590" Body="&lt;p&gt;È corretto usare i tempi semplici oppure invece prevalgono i tempi composti con &quot;dopo che&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dopo un'ora che camminava/aveva camminato non ce la faceva più&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Un'ora dopo che camminava/che aveva camminato non ce la faceva più&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Dopo che fa/che ha fatto colazione, se ne va&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste darmi una mano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="4389" LastEditDate="2019-07-11T09:00:34.430" LastActivityDate="2019-07-14T10:21:27.877" Title="Tempi semplici o composti con &quot;dopo che&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10662" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10660" CreationDate="2019-07-11T04:40:39.953" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct sentence would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ieri ho passato tutto il giorno a imparare l’italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;using the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; verbal form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As correctly reported by @egreg, in some varieties of Italian (Sicilian, for instance) the &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt; would be used, because ieri is a completed span of time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the sentence in this case would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ieri passai tutto il giorno a imparare l’italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-11T09:21:23.810" LastActivityDate="2019-07-11T09:21:23.810" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10663" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10664" CreationDate="2019-07-12T12:59:33.517" Score="5" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un passaggio &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Il_fu_Mattia_Pascal/5&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;tratto&lt;/a&gt; da &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt; da Luigi Pirandello:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La vista del mare mi faceva cadere in uno sgomento attonito, che diveniva man mano oppressione intollerabile. Sedevo su la spiaggia e m’impedivo di guardarlo, abbassando il capo: ma ne sentivo per tutta la riviera il fragorìo, mentre lentamente, lentamente, mi lasciavo scivolar di tra le dita la sabbia densa e greve, mormorando:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— Così, sempre, fino alla morte, senz’alcun mutamento, mai...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’immobilità della condizione di quella mia esistenza mi suggeriva allora pensieri sùbiti, strani, quasi lampi di follia. Balzavo in piedi, come per scuotermela d’addosso, e mi mettevo a passeggiare lungo la riva; ma vedevo allora il mare mandar senza requie, là, alla sponda, le sue stracche ondate sonnolente; &lt;em&gt;vedevo quelle sabbie lì abbandonate&lt;/em&gt;; gridavo con rabbia, scotendo le pugna: — Ma perchè? ma perchè?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho una domanda per voi, se non vi dispiace. &lt;em&gt;Abbandonate&lt;/em&gt; da chi? Dalla gente, dagli uomini del paese? Oppure dalle ondate? Forse è ovvio per chi parla italiano da madrelingua... Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-07-12T13:08:05.580" Title="Chi &quot;ha abbandonato&quot; le sabbie in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10663" CreationDate="2019-07-12T13:07:55.910" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/abbandonato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Abbandonato&lt;/a&gt; è anche usato come aggettivo; non è solo il participio passato di “abbandonare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è specificato, né lasciato intendere implicitamente, &lt;em&gt;chi&lt;/em&gt; abbia abbandonato le sabbie. Non importa: stanno lì, lasciate a sé stesse, nessuno ci fa niente, nessuno se ne cura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-07-12T13:07:55.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10663" CreationDate="2019-07-12T13:08:05.580" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Al contesto da te citato si adatta ad &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/abbandonato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;abbandonate&lt;/a&gt; la seguente accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;abbandonato&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [part. pass. di abbandonare]. – &lt;strong&gt;1. Lasciato definitivamente, e in partic. lasciato senza cure, senza assistenza,&#xA;  senza protezione&lt;/strong&gt;, conforme ai varî sign. del verbo: casa, città a.,&#xA;  senza più abitanti, deserta; terreno a., lasciato incolto; bambini a.,&#xA;  infanzia a., dai genitori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa, indipendentemente dal soggetto, che le sabbie erano solitarie, non frequentate da nessuno, sempre uguali, portate dal mare con il suo incessante moto ondoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto sta a sottolineare l'immutabilità della situazione rimarcata dal passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;— Così, sempre, fino alla morte, senz’alcun mutamento, mai...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-07-12T13:08:05.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10666" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10668" CreationDate="2019-07-12T22:05:58.040" Score="3" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nelle parole che non si declinano per genere (anche se in questo caso si potrebbe), va usato l'articolo indeterminativo in base al genere del soggetto? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La madre era un avvocato famoso (maschile)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La madre era un'avvocato famoso (femminile)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="55" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-11T15:21:58.733" LastActivityDate="2020-01-11T15:21:58.733" Title="Articoli indeterminativi per termini epicèni" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10661" CreationDate="2019-07-13T09:20:25.580" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come ho scritto nei commenti, la distinzione non è tra i tempi semplici e tempi composti. Le regole per la scelta del tempo nelle subordinate vanno sotto il nome di &lt;em&gt;consecutio temporum&lt;/em&gt; (dal latino &quot;successione dei tempi&quot;). Per questa risposta mi concentrerò nel caso di subordinate &lt;em&gt;all'indicativo&lt;/em&gt; che esprimono &lt;em&gt;anteriorità&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo la grammatica italiana di Serianni (XIV.55), la regola dice che, per esprimere l'anteriorità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Si usano l'&lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt;, il &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt;, il &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; e il &lt;em&gt;trapassato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;remoto&lt;/em&gt; se la principale è al &lt;strong&gt;presente&lt;/strong&gt; o al &lt;strong&gt;futuro&lt;/strong&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Si usano il &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; e il &lt;em&gt;trapassato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;remoto&lt;/em&gt; se la principale è al &lt;strong&gt;passato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che l'uso del &lt;em&gt;trapassato remoto&lt;/em&gt; è corrente nell'italiano contemporaneo esclusivamente nelle proposizioni temporali (come quelle introdotte da &lt;em&gt;dopo che&lt;/em&gt;) (&lt;em&gt;Serianni&lt;/em&gt;, XIV.187).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scelta del tempo tra le varie proposte del prospetto precedente dipende dall'autore e dà semplicemente una sfumatura semantica (per esempio una subordinata al trapassato prossimo darà un senso di anteriorità più marcato che una al passato prossimo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vediamo ora le tre frasi della domanda (leggermente parafrasate per renderle più idiomatiche):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo che camminava/aveva camminato per un'ora, non ce la faceva più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso la principale è ad un tempo passato (&lt;em&gt;faceva&lt;/em&gt;, all'imperfetto), l'imperfetto nella subordinata non è accettabile per cui dobbiamo scegliere &lt;strong&gt;aveva camminato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un'ora dopo che camminava/aveva camminato non ce la faceva più&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo caso è completamente analogo al precedente, per cui anche qui la forma corretta è &lt;strong&gt;aveva camminato&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo che fa/ha fatto colazione, se ne va.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Qui la principale è al presente, per cui per indicare l'anteriorità va utilizzato il passato prossimo e non il presente: &lt;strong&gt;ha fatto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finalmente, come dice giustamente egreg nei commenti, la costruzione esplicita è un po' meno idiomatica quando la subordinata ha lo stesso soggetto della principale. Ad esempio, in &lt;em&gt;Serianni&lt;/em&gt;, XIV.36.b: &quot;Quando si ha identità di soggetto — grammaticale o logico — il costrutto esplicito è meno comune dell’implicito&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi una versione più idiomatica delle frasi sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo aver camminato per un'ora non ce la faceva più.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Un'ora dopo aver camminato non ce la faceva più.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Dopo aver fatto colazione se ne va.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-07-14T10:21:27.877" LastActivityDate="2019-07-14T10:21:27.877" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10668" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10666" CreationDate="2019-07-13T14:02:54.533" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A parte che, come detto nella domanda, l'esempio è un po' infelice perché esistono sia “avvocata” che il deprecato “avvocatessa”, la questione non coinvolge problemi di cacofonia né il sesso della persona di cui si parla. Se il &lt;em&gt;genere grammaticale&lt;/em&gt; di un nome è maschile, come “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avvocato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;avvocato&lt;/a&gt;”, in base alle normali regole sulla concordanza eventuali articoli, aggettivi etc. che gli si riferiscono devono essere maschili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi: “un avvocato famoso”, anche se parliamo (impropriamente) di una donna; “una spia famosa”, anche se è un uomo; “una tartaruga famosa”, indipendentemente dal sesso dell'animale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altro è il caso di nomi che, come “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pianista&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pianista&lt;/a&gt;” o “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/coniuge&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;coniuge&lt;/a&gt;”, sono sia maschili che femminili (o, per dirla in un altro modo, in cui il maschile e il femminile sono uguali, a differenza di avvocato/avvocata o attore/attrice) e quindi per le stesse regole della concordanza gli articoli, gli aggettivi etc. andranno al maschile o al femminile a seconda dei casi (Maurizio Pollini è un pianista famoso, mentre Martha Argerich è una pianista famosa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-07-13T14:02:54.533" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10669" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10675" CreationDate="2019-07-13T21:20:55.313" Score="1" ViewCount="406" Body="&lt;p&gt;When you look up the Italian word &quot;di&quot; in Google Translate, you get the following screen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5Wrtf.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5Wrtf.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To the right, there are some English translations of the word, and each English translation has again some Italian translations, which can be regarded as (more or less) synonyms of &quot;di&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the left side, there are some other words which are labelled as synonyms. However, the word &quot;di&quot; on the left side is understood in a way that's a bit more special than that on the right side: It's the word &quot;di&quot; in &quot;buon di&quot; (meaning &quot;day&quot;), and the second person imperative of &quot;dire&quot; (e.g. &quot;dimmi!&quot;). So we get &quot;giornata&quot; and &quot;significare&quot; as synonyms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there a specific reason why Google Translate shows these synonyms in this way? When I think of synonyms of &quot;di&quot;, the words on the right side would come to my mind before those on the left side. But those on the left side are marked as &quot;synonyms&quot;, and those on the right side not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5595" LastActivityDate="2019-07-15T20:12:52.243" Title="Why are there two classes of synonyms of &quot;di&quot; in Google Translate?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10671" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10673" CreationDate="2019-07-14T12:07:32.047" Score="3" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm trying to understand the meaning of the clause &lt;code&gt;si fece&lt;/code&gt; which might be an idiom. Seems like reflexive form of &lt;code&gt;farsi&lt;/code&gt;, but hard to understand the meaning within the sentences such as :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ordinò una limonata, andò alla toilette, si sciacquò mani e viso, si fece &#xA;      portare un sigaro ....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lindsay era nervosa e si fece una doccia per rilassarsi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Smisero di usare il cimitero e la terra si fece arida.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E si fece saltare le cervella a sessant'anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does that mean &lt;code&gt;dirigersi&lt;/code&gt; &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;code&gt;diventarsi a una cosa&lt;/code&gt; ..?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4357" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-14T19:53:16.743" LastActivityDate="2019-07-15T10:33:28.197" Title="Hard to understand the meaning of &quot;si fece&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10672" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-14T18:26:47.533" Score="4" ViewCount="1872" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno, volevo chiedere quale delle due forme sia più corretta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Forse non dovevo mangiare così tanto ieri sera&quot; oppure &quot;Forse non avrei dovuto mangiare così tanto ieri sera&quot;.  Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5597" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-16T13:18:05.907" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T13:18:05.907" Title="Qual è la forma corretta: &quot;dovevo&quot; o &quot;avrei dovuto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10671" CreationDate="2019-07-15T10:33:28.197" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Si fece&quot; is the third singular form of &quot;passato remoto&quot; of &quot;farsi&quot;, which implies that all your sentences express an action that happened in the past. It has different meanings depending on the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Farsi arida&quot;, as you say, is the same as &quot;diventare arida&quot;, with the meaning of &quot;to become&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Farsi una doccia&quot; means &quot;to have a shower&quot;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The other ones have the structure &quot;farsi&quot; + infinitive which more or less mean &quot;to have someone do something for oneself&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-15T10:33:28.197" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10674" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10669" CreationDate="2019-07-15T14:48:01.253" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Words on the right side are not synonyms of &quot;di&quot;, they are other possible translations of the given word in English. For instance, Google Translate is saying that English preposition &quot;of&quot; can sometimes be translated as &quot;di&quot;, but in other situations it can also be translated as &quot;a&quot;, &quot;in&quot;, &quot;per&quot; or &quot;da parte di&quot; (it's really hard to see if this is true without a specific context). I wouldn't say that &quot;di&quot; and &quot;a&quot; or that &quot;di&quot; and &quot;in&quot;, which are pairs of different Italian prepositions, are synonyms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-15T14:48:01.253" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10669" CreationDate="2019-07-15T20:12:52.243" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prepositions in different languages don't correspond one-to-one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, the French &lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt; can be the Italian &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;; the English &lt;em&gt;by&lt;/em&gt; can be the Italian &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;, but also &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;I'll come by train&lt;/em&gt; translates to &lt;em&gt;verrò in treno&lt;/em&gt;; but &lt;em&gt;I'll come by foot&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;verrò a piedi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The prepositions &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; are definitely not synonyms; the page you link to simply shows a list to choose the appropriate preposition from. In the same way, &lt;em&gt;of&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;for&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; and so on are not synonyms in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Learning a language in the form “the Italian preposition &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; translates into English &lt;em&gt;of&lt;/em&gt; when…, &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt; when…” is a sure way to become thoroughly confused.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-07-15T20:12:52.243" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10676" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10677" CreationDate="2019-07-16T07:57:02.243" Score="1" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sí, sí, giurava Cichitto, e intanto si grattava – tanto che, a forza di grattarsi con le unghie sporche, la sua pelle si era piagata, una superficie rossa di &lt;strong&gt;cozzeca&lt;/strong&gt;, tutta pustole e croste – e tossiva, squassato da una tosse violenta, che gli nasceva dall’anima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come indicato nei commenti qui sotto, alcuni dizionari riportano &quot;còzzeca&quot; come variante regionale di &quot;cozza&quot;. Tuttavia, nel contesto del brano sopra citato, questo significato non sembra avere molto senso, soprattutto perché si afferma che si trattava di una &quot;superficie rossa&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;cozzeca&quot; nel contesto di questo testo? Immagino si tratti di un termine regionale, possibilmente derivato dal napoletano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-16T15:26:29.670" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T15:37:11.057" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;cozzeca&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10677" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10676" CreationDate="2019-07-16T14:30:42.067" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'articolo di Luigi Matt &#xA; intitolato &#xA;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=2463930&amp;amp;publisher=FR1090&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Chi è stregato dallo Strega? Rilievi di stile sugli ultimi romanzi vincitori (2002-2009)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;101); zezzilli capezzoli” (p. 107); lorcia “sudiciume” (p. 109);&#xA;  scamuso “molto magro” (p. 113); alleccamussi “ceffoni” (p. 113, 176);&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cozzeca “crosta di una ferita”&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=ICrennDu0x8C&amp;amp;pg=PA104&amp;amp;lpg=PA104&amp;amp;dq=cozzeca%20crosta&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=aifD7d2797&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1liyW1UCXNOtA5CTUSl705rfWA7A&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjjyo-g37njAhUxDWMBHf64Cg0Q6AEwBHoECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=cozzeca%20crosta&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario domestico napoletano e toscano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; si può trovare il termine cozzeca:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;COZZECA&lt;/strong&gt;: sost. femm. Quella crosta che si fa su la carne ulcerata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cozzeca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sembra quindi indicare la crosta di una ferita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-16T15:37:11.057" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T15:37:11.057" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10678" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10679" CreationDate="2019-07-16T15:08:32.000" Score="5" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a german.stackexchange thread, in a discussion about the role of animacy in German grammar, someone had listed examples from Romance languages for comparison, in which it was claimed that &amp;quot;ne&amp;quot; can not refer to people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne ho sentito parlare = I have heard of it. (strictly inanimate)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito parlare di lui = I have heard of him.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this actually correct, is it colloquial? There seem to be usages on the web such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E’ da molto tempo che non vedo Enrico e Gianni, non ne so niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quando è partita sua sorella, Maria ne parla sempre con nostalgia perché ne sente molto la mancanza.&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pul.it/cattedra/upload_files/16350/28%20particella%20ne.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.pul.it/cattedra/upload_files/16350/28%20particella%20ne.pdf&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also: Can it refer to the argument of a noun i.e. is the following possible?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho visto una foto di lui -&amp;gt; Non ne ho visto una foto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have not seen a photograph of (it/her/him).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4675" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T16:19:11.637" Title="Can &quot;ne&quot; be used to refer to 1.) animate objects and 2.) an argument of a noun?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10679" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10678" CreationDate="2019-07-16T16:19:11.637" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The original meaning of &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; (from Latin &lt;em&gt;inde&lt;/em&gt;) is “from there”, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;entrò in casa e ne uscì dopo qualche minuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in modern Italian it's a normal 3rd- and 6th-person pronoun, to be used in all cases where you would say &lt;em&gt;di/da lui/lei&lt;/em&gt;, and often more idiomatic than that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si accostò alla sorella e ne sfiorò la mano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Source of the examples: Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, VII.52/53.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For further examples from great authors:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si trovò in un letto dell'infermeria, nelle mani del frate chirurgo (i cappuccini &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; avevano ordinariamente uno in ogni convento) [Alessandro Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;, Ch. 4]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eppure Oliva sapeva bene come il Malagna fosse diventato ricco! Me &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; diceva tanto male, un giorno, poi, per questa ricchezza appunto, lo sposò. [Luigi Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;, Ch. 4]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre il papa doveva funger da mediatore tra i più potenti cardinali di Roma, ve &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; furono alcuni come un Colonna e un Orsini, che segretamente sostenevano le nuove tendenze di povertà [Umberto Eco, &lt;em&gt;Il nome della rosa&lt;/em&gt;, “Primo giorno - Sesta ”].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I have just taken three famous novels and looked for suitable uses of “ne”...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for the second question, you might well say &lt;em&gt;Ne ho visto una foto&lt;/em&gt;, but &lt;em&gt;Ho visto una sua foto&lt;/em&gt; is here slightly more idiomatic. In other situations, however, the sentence with &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; is the more idiomatic one (as in the above example about the sister's hand: &lt;em&gt;e sfiorò la sua mano&lt;/em&gt; would sound a bit less natural).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-07-16T16:19:11.637" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10681" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-18T09:35:03.743" Score="1" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci veniva la gente importante. Venne pure Charles Lindbérgh, quello degli aeroplani. Vita faceva tutto da sola. Era abituata a comandare. Faceva sempre di testa sua. Ce l’aveva dura. Un giorno ve la rompete, dicevo io. E issa rideva, e diceva: me la fascerò. I ganghestèr ci avevano messo la bomba, i negri ci avevano appicciato il &lt;strong&gt;buro&lt;/strong&gt;, ne aveva passate tante, ma mai si pianse addosso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si sta parlando di un ristorante che Vita aveva aperto a New York negli anni trenta. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/buro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; e anche su quest'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=BURO100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;altro dizionario&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;buro&quot; è un aggettivo che fa riferimento ai Buri, &quot;un'antica popolazione germanica stanziata sulle rive del fiume Oder&quot;. Tuttavia, questo non sembra avere senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;buro&quot; in questo brano? Potrebbe trattarsi di un vocabolo regionale correlato al napoletano. Può anche darsi che sia un termine italo-americano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-18T15:07:44.643" LastActivityDate="2019-07-18T15:07:44.643" Title="Cosa significa &quot;buro&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10682" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-18T18:00:23.737" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Siamo tre metri sopra il cielo&quot; o &quot;siamo a tre metri sopra il cielo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Oggetto ritrovato 3 metri sotto terra&quot; o &quot;oggetto ritrovato a 3 metri sotto terra&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Abita tre metri sopra di me&quot; o &quot;abita a 3 metri sopra di me&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sento spesso in giro entrambe le versioni, ma non so se il fatto di omettere la preposizione &quot;a&quot; sia corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi dareste una mano per capire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="4389" LastEditDate="2019-07-18T19:15:10.180" LastActivityDate="2019-07-18T19:15:10.180" Title="L'uso della preposizione &quot;a&quot; è facoltativo in queste frasi?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10683" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10684" CreationDate="2019-07-19T17:11:36.323" Score="1" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Rocco gli ha spiegato che i &lt;strong&gt;dritti&lt;/strong&gt; hanno tutti un altro nome. Non usano mai fra loro quello di battesimo. Usano un aggettivo, Fat, Slim, Il Lercio, o un animale, Hog (Porco), Grillo, Pallottelammerda (Scarabeo), Zecca, o un episodio – Otacèro (Capogiro), Agliumino (Fiammifero), Coal. Oppure una versione americana del primo nome, come Rusty, che in realtà si chiama Oreste, o Elmer che in realtà si chiama Adelmo. Alla Bongiorno nessuno sa chi sia Rocco. Lo chiamano Merluzzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &quot;dritto&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere molto senso nel contesto di questo brano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto che questo vocabolo appare in altri parti dello stesso libro, come, per esempio in questi passaggi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non dar retta ai padroni e ai preti – il lavoro abbrutisce. La conosci la filastrocca dei &lt;strong&gt;dritti&lt;/strong&gt;? Con arte e con inganno vivrò metà dell’anno, con inganno e con arte vivrò l’altra parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Figuriamoci se ha paura di un orso con gli orecchini, lui che ha attraversato l’oceano da solo, ha dormito a Central Park dove neanche i &lt;strong&gt;dritti&lt;/strong&gt; hanno il coraggio di entrare dopo il tramonto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; L’umanità si divide in due categorie, gli uàppi e i tòtari – cioè i tosti e i minchioni, i &lt;strong&gt;dritti&lt;/strong&gt; e i fessi, i duri e i babbei. I tòtari esistono per servire gli altri e pagare per loro. È sempre stato cosí. In America come in Italia. Ma qui non esistono sfumature – bianco o nero – e il grigio non è stato inventato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste aiutarme a capire il significato dell'uso che si fa di &quot;dritto&quot; in questo romanzo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-19T18:36:52.227" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;dritto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10684" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10683" CreationDate="2019-07-19T18:36:52.227" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dritto1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c. Abile, furbo, scaltro, capace di ottenere ciò che vuole e privo di&#xA;  scrupoli; per lo più con uso sostantivato: è un d.!; non fare il&#xA;  dritto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastActivityDate="2019-07-19T18:36:52.227" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10685" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10686" CreationDate="2019-07-20T09:56:51.367" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per questo Moe Rosen preferiva Dagoland. Qui nessuno lo puniva se si metteva a dipingere galline, conigli e bambini sui muri dei cortili e sulle tavole dei depositi di carbone. I dago lo trovavano solo matto. Ridevano delle strane immagini che si lasciava dietro – ma non le cancellavano. Dipingeva gli animali sofferenti, coi becchi socchiusi e gli occhi sbarrati; perfino ai fiori &lt;strong&gt;appassuliati&lt;/strong&gt; e agonizzanti restituiva una disperata bellezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;appassuliato&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo di uso regionale, possibilmente derivato dal napoletano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-20T11:39:59.813" Title="Cosa significa &quot;appassuliato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10685" CreationDate="2019-07-20T11:39:59.813" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vesuvioweb.com/it/wp-content/uploads/Giuseppe-Giacco-Vocabolario-napoletano-vesuvioweb.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di dialetto napoletano&lt;/a&gt; si trova la seguente spiegazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;appassuliato&lt;/strong&gt;-a: agg. e part. di appassuliarse: appassito,&#xA;  sfiorito, stanco (vezz. appassuliatiéllo-èlla).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine significa quindi appassito, riferito nello specifico ai fiori. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-07-20T11:39:59.813" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10687" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-20T13:48:03.150" Score="1" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando sui dizionari ho notato che non viene dato come aggettivo, pur avendo spesso una funzione simile, come in questi due casi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1) &lt;em&gt;Voglio mostrarti qualcuna delle mie invenzioni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove &lt;em&gt;qualcuna&lt;/em&gt; si comporta come &lt;em&gt;qualche&lt;/em&gt; in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Voglio mostrarti qualche mia invenzione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) &lt;em&gt;- hai delle monetine?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;    &lt;em&gt;- me n'è rimasta qualcuna in tasca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove &lt;em&gt;qualcuna&lt;/em&gt; si comporta come &lt;em&gt;alcune&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;me ne sono rimaste alcune in tasca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sbaglio qualcosa o c'è una spiegazione logica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-07-20T20:56:53.397" LastActivityDate="2019-07-20T20:56:53.397" Title="&quot;Qualcuno&quot; può essere definito un aggettivo indefinito?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;indefinite-pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10688" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10689" CreationDate="2019-07-20T18:49:54.440" Score="2" ViewCount="221" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;&lt;em&gt;mossette&lt;/em&gt;&quot; mean? It's not listed in the dictionaries I looked up. I'm guessing there's no appropriate English translation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;tra &lt;strong&gt;mossette&lt;/strong&gt; e gridolini fissa gli spettatori con stupore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I primi gridolini, certe &lt;strong&gt;mossette&lt;/strong&gt; piene di grazia di Ninnì lo facevano impazzire dalla gioja.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È cosa ben diversa, dunque, dal vedere Elliott Gould, stessa classe anagrafica, dibattersi tra &lt;strong&gt;mossette&lt;/strong&gt; d'altri tempi in Mulaney.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="158" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-20T20:58:58.597" LastActivityDate="2019-07-20T21:16:03.067" Title="What does &quot;mossette&quot; translate to in English" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10689" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10688" CreationDate="2019-07-20T20:14:25.083" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The suffix &lt;em&gt;-etto&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;-etta&lt;/em&gt; for the feminine) is often used in Italian, appending it to a noun, to denote a smaller, and often nicer and cuter, version of the object or creature denoted by that noun. It's called a &lt;em&gt;diminutivo&lt;/em&gt; or a &lt;em&gt;vezzeggiativo&lt;/em&gt; of the original noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, a &lt;em&gt;casetta&lt;/em&gt; is a small, possibly nice, house (&lt;em&gt;casa&lt;/em&gt;); a &lt;em&gt;pescetto&lt;/em&gt; is a small &lt;em&gt;pesce&lt;/em&gt;, if Chiara is a child, or a close friend of yours, you might possibly call her Chiaretta, and so on. Note that this process is not automatic: not all nouns admit this suffix (for instance, a small cat, &lt;em&gt;gatto&lt;/em&gt;, is never called a *&lt;em&gt;gattetto&lt;/em&gt;, possibly for euphonic reasons).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dictionaries tend not to register regular derivations of this kind (or other ones that are used similarly: &lt;em&gt;-ino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-one&lt;/em&gt; and so on) or to just list them quickly at the end of the main lemma if they are often used in that form (as is the case for &lt;em&gt;mossetta&lt;/em&gt; under &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mossa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;mossa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;), unless the new word has actually an autonomous meaning. For instance, &lt;em&gt;libretto&lt;/em&gt;, while literally meaning “small book” (and being occasionally used in this sense), has as its main meaning that of a “libretto” (English), the text of an opera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in our case, a &lt;em&gt;mossetta&lt;/em&gt; is simply a small, cute, perhaps simpering move. How to exactly translate it into English is beyond the scope of Italian.SE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For more (in Italian) about this phenomenon in the Italian language, see the articles &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/alterazione_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“alterazione”&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/vezzeggiativi_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“vezzeggiativi”&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/diminutivo_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“diminutivo”&lt;/a&gt; in Treccani's &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-07-20T21:16:03.067" LastActivityDate="2019-07-20T21:16:03.067" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10687" CreationDate="2019-07-20T20:53:50.523" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che ci sia un fraintendimento qui. In entrambi i casi &lt;em&gt;qualcuno&lt;/em&gt; è usato come pronome. Infatti &lt;em&gt;qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, come dicono correttamente i dizionari, non può essere usato come aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con un'importante eccezione (il cosiddetto uso &lt;em&gt;predicativo&lt;/em&gt; degli aggettivi qualificativi), che però non si applica mai agli aggettivi indefiniti, l'aggettivo in italiano accompagna sempre un sostantivo o un pronome. Di conseguenza nella frase seguente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Me ne sono rimaste alcune in tasca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la parola &lt;em&gt;alcune&lt;/em&gt; può avere solo la funzione di pronome. Forse la confusione può essere nata dalla frase molto simile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sono rimaste alcune monetine in tasca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove in effetti &lt;em&gt;alcune&lt;/em&gt; ha il ruolo di aggettivo, riferito al sostantivo &lt;em&gt;monetine&lt;/em&gt;. Ma attenzione! La prima frase in realtà è molto più simile come struttura grammaticale alla seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sono rimaste alcune delle monetine in tasca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove &lt;em&gt;alcune&lt;/em&gt; non fa più riferimento a &lt;em&gt;monetine&lt;/em&gt; (che, anzi, forma in &lt;em&gt;delle monetine&lt;/em&gt; un complemento partitivo retto da &lt;em&gt;alcune&lt;/em&gt;), ed è quindi un pronome.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Confrontiamo ad esempio le frasi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi è rimasta qualcuna delle monetine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che è perfettamente corretta, e dove &lt;em&gt;qualcuna&lt;/em&gt; svolge la sua normale funzione di pronome, con la frase scorretta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;*Mi è rimasta qualcuna monetina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove &lt;em&gt;qualcuna&lt;/em&gt; sta cercando di svolgere la funzione di aggettivo, funzione a cui è mal adatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In sostanza: &lt;em&gt;qualcuno&lt;/em&gt; è sempre un pronome, &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt; può essere entrambi e per distinguere i due casi il modo più semplice è cercare di vedere se &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt; è accompagnato da un sostantivo o (più raramente) un pronome che lo supportano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-07-20T20:53:50.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10691" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10693" CreationDate="2019-07-21T10:27:31.803" Score="1" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Per festeggiare il nuovo lavoro di Moe, andarono a Cherry Street, dove battevano le puttane piú economiche. Decisero di prenderne una insieme. Ma Diamante non ne trovò neanche una che gli piacesse – gli sembravano tutte volgari, logore e repellenti – e Moe raccolse la piú brutta della strada. Le mancavano tre denti e aveva due &lt;strong&gt;parentesi&lt;/strong&gt; vizze attorno alla bocca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;parentesi&quot; nel testo sopra citato? Ho cercato questo termine in alcuni dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso nel contesto di questo passaggio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-21T11:09:46.247" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;parentesi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10692" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-21T11:06:12.817" Score="2" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noi due ci siamo sposati = Noi due abbiamo sposato noi stessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma si può anche dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono sposato con lei =  Ho sposato me stesso con lei.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo tipo di costruzione mi capita di vederla nei casi di forme riflessive reciproche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che vorrei sapere è se l'uso della preposizione con è idiomatico, quindi non sempre utilizzabile, oppure invece è sempre possibile usarlo con tutte le forme riflessive reciproche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille in anticipo per le risposte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-21T11:32:57.307" LastActivityDate="2019-07-21T11:32:57.307" Title="Nella grammatica italiana, in quali casi è possibile usare la preposizione &quot;con&quot; in presenza di un verbo riflessivo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10691" CreationDate="2019-07-21T11:09:46.247" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le parentesi sono un segno di interpunzione, oltreché un simbolo che si usa in aritmetica e algebra. Sono di tre tipi: tonde (), quadre [], graffe {}. Per capire il significato in questo contesto, dobbiamo pensare alla forma delle parentesi tonde e immaginare che siano così le due linee/rughe che segnano i lati della bocca, più o meno marcatamente. In questo caso, il segno è marcato (le parentesi sono &lt;em&gt;vizze&lt;/em&gt;, vale a dire “appassite, grinzose”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2019-07-21T11:09:46.247" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10694" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-22T08:06:15.213" Score="3" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto questa frase: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Agnello fuma, tutto &lt;strong&gt;incunichito&lt;/strong&gt;, e Vita gli si avvicina, titubante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;incunichito&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo su nessun dizionario. Immagino si tratti di un termine di origine regionale, possibilmente correlato al napoletano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-22T08:06:47.100" LastActivityDate="2019-07-22T08:06:47.100" Title="Significato di &quot;incunichito&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10695" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10699" CreationDate="2019-07-22T08:52:07.220" Score="7" ViewCount="838" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trying to find the origin of the Spanish word &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dle.rae.es/?id=Nz3Jqpx&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;malandrín&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; I found out that the word comes from the Italian word &lt;em&gt;malandrino&lt;/em&gt;, as stated by the RAE's dictionary, and that its first uses are from the end of the 14th century, as I have found some cases in two different texts from around 1385.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now these two cases could come from adaptations of those texts written in a more recent period, but if those cases are real then the Italian word &lt;em&gt;malandrino&lt;/em&gt; must be very, very old.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About its etymology, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.etimo.it/?term=malandrino&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; states that it is composed of &lt;em&gt;mal&lt;/em&gt; (Italian: 'cattivo') and &lt;em&gt;landrino&lt;/em&gt; (in the sense of the Italian 'vagabondo', 'scioperato', 'ladruncolo'). Nonetheless, the page does not say anything about when it was first used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, how old is the word? Does it go back until the Latin language or was it created around the 13-14th centuries and then ported into the Spanish language? What are its first uses in Italian texts? On the other hand, is that eymology accepted? Are there any other etymologies proposed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4278" LastActivityDate="2019-12-16T19:54:56.947" Title="How old is the Italian word &quot;malandrino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2138" CreationDate="2019-07-22T09:31:08.813" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho chiesto di poterla leggere quando te ne fossi/saresti andato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5608" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-22T09:57:21.097" LastActivityDate="2019-07-22T09:57:21.097" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10695" CreationDate="2019-07-22T09:55:51.437" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;About the etymology of the term &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/malandrino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;malandrino&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Treccani's dictionary states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;malandrino&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. e agg. [prob. comp. di &lt;em&gt;malo&lt;/em&gt; e **landrino*, affine al&#xA;  tosc. &lt;em&gt;landra3&lt;/em&gt;; cfr. anche l’ant. e region. &lt;em&gt;malandro&lt;/em&gt;, con sign.&#xA;  analoghi, che potrebbe anche essere una retroformazione da&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;malandrino&lt;/em&gt;].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and also on Treccani's dictionary of Synonyms and Antonyms you can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;malandrino&lt;/strong&gt; [prob. grafia unita aplologica di &lt;em&gt;malo&lt;/em&gt; ✻&lt;em&gt;landrino&lt;/em&gt;, dal ted.&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;landern&lt;/em&gt; &quot;vagabondare&quot; affine al tosc. &lt;em&gt;landra&lt;/em&gt; &quot;donna di malaffare&quot;],&#xA;  fam.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On this book titled &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=NAp-n6PmS7MC&amp;amp;pg=PA12&amp;amp;lpg=PA12&amp;amp;dq=malandrino%20etimologia&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=XrJFOiB3z5&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3r2EVneUBtGP1R97uaicwUXMbZhg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi0hYy0k8jjAhXCZVAKHWR2AUUQ6AEwCnoECAoQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=malandrino%20etimologia&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De' vergati libro primo. Del dottor Pietro Leseyna napolitano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; - 1616, as an alternative, it is stated that the origin could come from the greek language:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Crusca notata d'error nella voce » malandrino sua vera etimologia,&#xA;  color nero, e suo significato. neri huomini,e quali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and again:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... la sua origine tiene dalla composizione di μέλας, che significa&#xA;  nero,&amp;amp; da ἀνήρἀνδρὸς, che vuol dire huomo, si che malandrino tanto&#xA;  vale, quato che nero huomo; e perciò scelerato, e di mala vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that means its origin comes from the composition of the two words &lt;em&gt;black&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;man&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to establish how old the term malandrino is (thanks @egreg) &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/malandrino.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Sabatini-Coletti dictionary&lt;/a&gt; proposes XIV century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-22T10:00:42.197" LastActivityDate="2019-07-22T10:00:42.197" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10698" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10695" CreationDate="2019-07-22T10:00:25.650" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Zingarelli Italian (monolingual) dictionary (behind a paywall) gives for each lemma a more or less approximate year for its first known occurrence. For &lt;em&gt;malandrino&lt;/em&gt;, it gives “av. 1347”, that is, before 1347: apparently an occurrence is known for that year, but the lexicographers suspect it was already in use before that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You might also want to have a look at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/Ricerca/Libera?q=malandrino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the occurrences of &lt;em&gt;malandrino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in the Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana; examining the literary examples given there, you may reconstruct something of the word's early history.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Finally, beware of etimo.it: as explained in the comments &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/a/1202/37&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, it reproduces an outdated, amateurish work. In this case, for instances, it mentions the word *&lt;em&gt;landrino&lt;/em&gt; that other dictionaries, like GDLI, mention but registering it as “undocumented”.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-07-22T10:00:25.650" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10699" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10695" CreationDate="2019-07-22T13:11:06.933" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000506.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; gives some of the oldest occurences known of &quot;malandrino&quot;.&#xA;There you can find an example of usage from Bartolomeo  da  San  Concordio (Pisa, 1262 -  1347) (see also &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/w/index.php?title=Pagina:Il_Catilinario_ed_il_Giugurtino.djvu/84&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this source&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anche sollecitava  malandrini  e ladroni  d’ogni  generazione,  de’  quali  in  quel  luogo  avea grande  abbondanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is another one from Domenico Cavalca (Vicopisano, Pisa, circa 1270 - Pisa, 1342) (see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI04/GDLI_04_ocr_20.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this&lt;/a&gt;): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Consigliando   ed   ordinando   una   guerra, &#xA;  n’escono   danni   e   guasti   ed   omicidi,   e   danni   tanti   e mali   tanti   e   di   colpa   e   di   pena,   per   molti   che,   perduti i beni loro, diventano furi e malandrini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This one is from Giovanni Villani (Firenze, circa 1280 - 1348) (see also &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=eLo5AQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA48&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il giovedì medesimo si levò una quantità di malandrini di più di mille, e si raunaróno per combattere i Visdomini e rubarli sotto titolo de' difetti di Messer Cierretieri loro consorto fatti intorno al Duca, ma [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is another one from Boccaccio  (Certaldo, 1313 - Certaldo, 1375):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questi  fu  messer  Rinieri  de’  Pazzi &#xA;  di  Valdarno, uomo  similmente  pessimo  e  iniquo,  e  notis­simo  predone  e  malandrino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other ones from Franco Sacchetti (Ragusa, Dalmazia, circa 1330 - circa 1400) and from &lt;em&gt;Fiore di Leggende. Cantari antichi&lt;/em&gt; (14th century).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Main Italian dictionaries, such as &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000506.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; vocabulary (the 2011 reprint of the twelfth edition can be downloaded for free on Kindle) and, as already mentioned by abarisone in his answer, Treccani dictionary, give this etymology&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;comp. di &lt;em&gt;malo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;*landrino&lt;/em&gt;, dal ted. &lt;em&gt;landern&lt;/em&gt; ‘vagabondare’&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, it's a compound of &lt;em&gt;malo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;*landrino&lt;/em&gt;, which comes from German &lt;em&gt;landern&lt;/em&gt;, to wander.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-16T19:54:56.947" LastActivityDate="2019-12-16T19:54:56.947" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10700" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-22T18:23:37.210" Score="4" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;The other day, in conversation I said jokingly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oh, ma guardati! Devi aver fatto un viaggio lunghissimo... I tuoi vestiti sono sporchissimi! &lt;strong&gt;Quasi quasi&lt;/strong&gt; ti faccio spogliare e te li lavo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here I wanted to express the idea of &quot;&lt;em&gt;I’&lt;strong&gt;ve a good mind&lt;/strong&gt; / &lt;strong&gt;half a mind to&lt;/strong&gt; make you strip off and ...&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. In English, this expression is used in a rather disapproving, threatening tone, even if half-jokingly, when you are faced with something unpleasant. It also implies that you are not likely to follow through with the threat you've made or whatever action you just said you were going to do, after all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;Quasi quasi&lt;/em&gt;&quot; at least conveys the idea that the threat may or may not materialise – that’s a given. But I'm not sure if it can carry a disapproving, threatening tone perceived in the English expression – all the more so since I use &quot;&lt;em&gt;quasi quasi&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in a positive context as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quasi quasi&lt;/strong&gt; vorrei restare sempre bambino!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sentence (due to its positive tone) cannot back-translate as &quot;&lt;em&gt;I’ve a good mind / half a mind to do X&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3287" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-22T18:47:05.370" LastActivityDate="2019-07-23T04:10:10.980" Title="Can &quot;quasi quasi&quot; carry the same disapproving, threatening tone as &quot;have half a mind to do&quot; in English?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10701" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10700" CreationDate="2019-07-22T18:51:31.903" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione informale “quasi quasi” viene solitamente usata per indicare una possibile intenzione imminente, spesso  in senso neutro,  ma può  essere usata per esprimere qualcosa di negativo o minaccioso.   &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fam. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/Q/quasi.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quasi  quasi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;si usa per enunciare un'intenzione ancora incerta: &lt;em&gt;quasi quasi  ci vado subito.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sabatini Coletti) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/Q/quasi.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Quasi quasi&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(con valore rafforzativo): &lt;em&gt;si potrebbe quasi quasi sostenere il contrario; quasi quasi sarebbe meglio accettare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(con valore sospensivo) Per indicare indecisione: “vieni anche tu?” “quasi quasi ...”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An English  equivalent expression is: &lt;em&gt;it may/might be better if...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-07-23T04:10:10.980" LastActivityDate="2019-07-23T04:10:10.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10702" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10705" CreationDate="2019-07-23T06:05:58.077" Score="8" ViewCount="1186" Body="&lt;p&gt;The other day I stumbled upon the Arabic word طاولة &quot;tawila&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It occurred to me that it in fact sounds quite close to Italian &quot;tavolo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this just coincidental or was the word loaned in either direction at some point in time? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3207" LastEditorUserId="3207" LastEditDate="2019-07-23T18:42:30.333" LastActivityDate="2019-07-23T21:18:30.603" Title="An Italian table, is it in fact Arabic?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;loan-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10704" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-23T11:26:24.950" Score="0" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Per essere indossata non c'è bisogno di far passare la testa attraverso il buco&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Per indossarla non c'è bisogno di far passare la testa attraverso il buco&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, sono sicuro che la seconda frase è corretta, mentre la prima invece mi sembra scorretta, ma non saprei dire perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi se la mia impressione è giusta, e per quale ragione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-07-23T19:45:37.090" Title="Dubbio su questa frase?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10705" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10702" CreationDate="2019-07-23T14:07:57.627" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is true that the Italian word &lt;em&gt;tavola&lt;/em&gt; comes from the Latin &lt;em&gt;tabŭla&lt;/em&gt; of uncertain origin. But the &lt;em&gt;Etymological Dictionary of Latin&lt;/em&gt; by Michiel de Vaan can help shed some light into that uncertainty, and at least show that a Semitic origin is unlikely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to de Vaan, it comes from an original Proto-Italic form, either &lt;em&gt;*taf&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;*taþla&lt;/em&gt;. It has an attested cognate &lt;em&gt;tafle&lt;/em&gt; in Umbrian (&quot;instrument for transporting the sacrificial fire&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the Proto-Italic form was &lt;em&gt;*taþla&lt;/em&gt;, it is probably coming from a root &lt;em&gt;*ta-&lt;/em&gt; plus an instrumental suffix &lt;em&gt;*-dʰlo&lt;/em&gt;, with the root coming a from &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;-less &lt;em&gt;*steh₂-&lt;/em&gt; (the origin of the Latin &lt;em&gt;stāre&lt;/em&gt;, to stand) as in the Proto-Tocharian and Proto-Celtic &lt;em&gt;*tā-&lt;/em&gt; (which also means &quot;to stand&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in brief the etymology of &lt;em&gt;tabŭla&lt;/em&gt; is likely Indoeuropean, cognate of &lt;em&gt;stāre&lt;/em&gt; (cfr. &lt;em&gt;stābilis&lt;/em&gt;). Even if this hypothesis is not correct, it will still come from Proto-Italic and so a Semitic loan is very unlikely (especially since the possible Proto-Italic roots look very different from the Arabic word).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Charo said in the comments it seems that the borrowing went in the other direction&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ejtaal.net/aa/#hw4=656,ll=1908,ls=5,la=2630,sg=643,ha=437,br=585,pr=97,aan=360,mgf=549,vi=240,kz=1452,mr=380,mn=836,uqw=987,umr=651,ums=546,umj=488,ulq=1132,uqa=265,uqq=210,bdw=h547,amr=h392,asb=h591,auh=h946,dhq=h337,mht=h548,msb=h146,tla=h68,amj=h480,ens=h1,mis=h1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hans Wehr's 4th edition of &lt;em&gt;Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; the Arabic word طاولة comes from the Italian &quot;tavola&quot; -- Charo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-23T21:18:30.603" LastActivityDate="2019-07-23T21:18:30.603" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10706" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10709" CreationDate="2019-07-23T18:21:57.230" Score="1" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gerolamo Pomino Jr. is a character in Luigi Pirandello's &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;. I wonder whether the name &lt;em&gt;Pomino&lt;/em&gt; would readily make one recall the word &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/omino#Italian&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Omino&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. I think it might, because this man has a very petty character, by the novel. But I am not sure, because associations like this are a very tricky matter, you think it should work and yet it doesn't in another language, or it might be not as obvious as you suppose. Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastActivityDate="2019-07-24T09:52:58.723" Title="Is the name of &quot;Pomino&quot; reminiscent of &quot;Omino&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10707" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-24T07:53:04.370" Score="2" ViewCount="320" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche giorno fa ho lasciato un messaggio nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://chat.stackexchange.com/rooms/11367/bar-sport&quot;&gt;Bar Sport&lt;/a&gt; in cui ho scritto &quot;*revisare&quot;. Un giorno dopo, quando ho ricevuto una risposta da abarisone, l'ho riletto e mi sono accorta che &quot;*revisare&quot; non esiste in italiano. Ho voluto correggere il testo, ma ho avuto il dubbio se usare &quot;revisionare&quot;, &quot;rivedere&quot; oppure &quot;controllare&quot;. La mia domanda è: esistono differenze di uso o sfumature di significato tra i verbi &quot;revisionare&quot;, &quot;rivedere&quot; e &quot;controllare&quot; quando vengono usati per indicare &quot;fare una revisione&quot;? Ho dato un'occhiata alle voci del vocabolario Treccani corrispondenti a questi verbi, ma non è stato di aiuto per chiarire il mio dubbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-04T22:17:10.100" Title="Differenze tra &quot;revisionare&quot;, &quot;rivedere&quot; e &quot;controllare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10707" CreationDate="2019-07-24T08:12:44.577" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/revisionare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;revisionare&lt;/a&gt; viene più spesso utilizzato in relazione ad un veicolo o ad un impianto, anche se è, come dice Treccani, utilizzabile anche nei seguenti contesti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sottoporre a revisione: &lt;em&gt;r. un compito, una prova d’esame; r. un’opera&#xA;  letteraria; r. le bozze di stampa; r. un conto&lt;/em&gt;, una pratica di&#xA;  pensione;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e quindi anche al controllo di quanto scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rivedere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;rivedere&lt;/a&gt;, l'accezione che si adatta maggiormente al contesto da te citato è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;b.&lt;/strong&gt; Controllare, esaminare con attenzione uno scritto per correggere,&#xA;  modificare, riscontrare: &lt;em&gt;r. un discorso, una relazione, un contratto;&#xA;  r. i conti&lt;/em&gt;; con lo stesso uso e sign. di correggere: &lt;em&gt;r. i compiti&#xA;  degli alunni; r. le bozze di stampa&lt;/em&gt;. Com. l’espressione fig. &lt;em&gt;r. le&#xA;  bucce a qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, sottoporre le sue azioni o i suoi lavori a un esame&#xA;  e controllo rigoroso, pedante e minuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre nell'accezione &lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt;, sempre su Treccani, si può notare che rivedere può avere anche il significato di revisionare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt; Di congegni, meccanismi, apparati e impianti, verificare&#xA;  l’efficienza del funzionamento e lo stato di conservazione delle varie&#xA;  parti, compiendo le eventuali riparazioni: ho fatto r. il motore, i&#xA;  freni, l’impianto di riscaldamento (v. anche revisione e revisionare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/controllare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;controllare&lt;/a&gt; (anche se per allinearsi agli altri due termini della tua domanda dovrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;ricontrollare&lt;/em&gt;) ha sicuramente un utilizzo più generico:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. a.&lt;/strong&gt; Verificare una cosa per accertarne la regolarità e l’esattezza: &lt;em&gt;c. un documento, una data, i biglietti, i bagagli; controlla l’ora sul&#xA;  tuo orologio; controlla che la porta sia chiusa; hai controllato di&#xA;  avere chiuso l’acqua?&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-24T08:36:24.317" LastActivityDate="2019-07-24T08:36:24.317" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10706" CreationDate="2019-07-24T09:52:58.723" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rather than the particular word &lt;em&gt;omino&lt;/em&gt; what the name suggests is the suffix &lt;em&gt;-ino&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-ino¹&lt;/strong&gt;  (f. &lt;em&gt;-ina&lt;/em&gt;). – Alterating and derivating suffix, of various origins (some uses were already present in Latin), employed with various functions: 1. With alterative value, it forms the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diminutive&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diminutive&lt;/a&gt; of nouns, like &lt;em&gt;nipotino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;visino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gattino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;paesino&lt;/em&gt;, etc. and of adjectives like &lt;em&gt;grandino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bruttino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;leggerino&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;(From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ino1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the name gives a faint impression of &quot;smallness&quot;. However I don't want to overemphasize the effect: it is not particularly strong and the suffix &lt;em&gt;-ino&lt;/em&gt; is relatively common in Italian last names (including, in a regional variant, my own! :))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-07-24T09:52:58.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10710" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10713" CreationDate="2019-07-24T12:37:34.770" Score="6" ViewCount="2081" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un esercizio di italiano (presente nei compiti delle vacanze di mio figlio) c'era la seguente frase da completare che mi ha fatto sorgere dubbi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti hanno chiamato ______'ora di pranzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mio figlio propone:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti hanno chiamato &lt;strong&gt;all&lt;/strong&gt;'ora di pranzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre io ribatto che sia più corretto dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti hanno chiamato &lt;strong&gt;nell&lt;/strong&gt;'ora di pranzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono accettabili entrambe? Altrimenti, quale delle due è corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-07-24T17:00:00.273" Title="È più corretto dire &quot;all'ora di pranzo&quot; oppure &quot;nell'ora di pranzo&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10712" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10656" CreationDate="2019-07-24T13:33:50.813" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In quanto madrelingua italiano, concordo nel dire che il tuo dubbio è lecito. Se interpretato in un modo molto &quot;elastico&quot;, si può dire che &quot;se abbandoni sei complice del sistema di abbandono&quot;, che ovviamente è una forzatura. È come dire che &quot;se uccidi sei complice di chi approva l'omicidio&quot;: un'inutile ricorsione di termini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analizzando il contesto comunicativo italiano in maniera più ampia, posso dirti che si tratta molto probabilmente di una scelta di efficacia comunicativa (che molto spesso trascende la sintassi): una frase molto celebre in Italia è &quot;chi dimentica è complice&quot;. Significa - più o meno - che chi dimentica le tragedie della storia, è &quot;complice&quot; nel favorirle nuovamente nella storia attuale.&#xA;Questa frase è stata probabilmente &quot;modellata&quot; per renderla simile, e quindi più efficace dal punto di vista propagandistico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-24T14:13:18.937" LastActivityDate="2019-07-24T14:13:18.937" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10710" CreationDate="2019-07-24T15:18:07.300" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso sono entrambe corrette, ma propendo per la prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;All'ora di pranzo&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; lascia intendere che hanno chiamato nel periodo comunemente inteso come quello in cui si pranza (che è abbastanza soggettivo: può essere alle 12:30, come alle 13.00, come alle 13:30, a seconda delle abitudini e delle zone).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Nell'ora&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; dà più l'idea di qualcosa di oggettivo e temporalmente delimitato in senso stretto: &quot;è successo nell'ora della ricreazione&quot; / &quot;è successo nell'ora della pausa pranzo&quot;, assumendo la ricreazione o la pausa pranzo come eventi che durano esattamente un'ora, e che è la stessa per tutti all'interno del contesto.&#xA;Anche nel caso degli esempi, però, ritengo preferibile dire &quot;durante l'ora della ricreazione&quot;, o &quot;durante la ricreazione&quot;, per snellire la sintassi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="69" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-24T17:00:00.273" LastActivityDate="2019-07-24T17:00:00.273" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10714" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-24T21:14:12.790" Score="1" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono due espressioni che possono sostituirsi a vicenda in ogni contesto (frasi interrogative e affermative)  oppure si usa &quot;se&quot; nelle frasi interrogative e &quot;che&quot; in quelle affermative?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Va bene se resto qui?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sì, va bene che resti qui.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-25T07:10:38.447" LastActivityDate="2019-07-30T21:20:14.420" Title="Differenza tra &quot;va bene che&quot; e &quot;va bene se&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10715" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10716" CreationDate="2019-07-25T14:47:22.647" Score="0" ViewCount="687" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Solo Moe, l’ebreo allampanato, è venuto a cercarla. Passava sempre a Prince Street, prima di correre alla scuola serale. S’inventava qualche scusa – che doveva ritoccare il colore della finestra, che voleva aggiungerci un uccello, o la neve sulle montagne. Saliva sulla panca e colorava, mentre Lena, china sull’acquaio proprio sotto di lui, &lt;strong&gt;arreganava&lt;/strong&gt; i gamberetti. Moe non la guardava mai e nemmeno le rivolgeva la parola: però restava in quella scomoda posizione finché lei non si spostava, e solo allora scendeva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;arreganare&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessun dizionario. Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo regionale, possibilmente correlato al napoletano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-10T13:41:22.913" Title="Cosa significa &quot;arreganare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10716" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10715" CreationDate="2019-07-25T15:27:37.870" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/amp/s/blog.giallozafferano.it/incucinaconmara/patate-arracanate-o-gratinate/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog di cucina&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Patate &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;arracanate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o gratinate: uno tra i contorni piu' diffusi in&#xA;  Puglia. Il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;arracanato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;arraganato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, letteralemnte origanato&#xA;  indica una qualsiasi pietanza condita con olio, sale, aglio,&#xA;  prezzemolo, pangrattato e origano cotte con brace sopra e sotto il&#xA;  tegame, quando si cuoceva con le stufe a legna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://ia800709.us.archive.org/25/items/VolpeVocabolarioNapoletanoItaliano/VolpeVocabolarioNapoletanoItaliano.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo vocabolario napoletano&lt;/a&gt; si può trovare il termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arraganato&lt;/strong&gt; - Origanato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vesuvioweb.com/it/wp-content/uploads/Giuseppe-Giacco-Vocabolario-napoletano-vesuvioweb.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quest’altro dizionario&lt;/a&gt; si trova il termine &lt;em&gt;arraganà&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arraganà&lt;/strong&gt;: tr. cospargere di origano le vivande&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il significato nel contesto da te citato è che Lena stava cospargendo i gamberetti con origano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-07-25T15:27:37.870" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10717" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-25T20:57:03.123" Score="1" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le mangio a 3 a 3 o ne mangio a 3 a 3?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le mangio 3 per volta o ne mangio 3 per volta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le frasi, senza i pronomi “ne/le” sarebbero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) mangio le patatine a 3 a 3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) mangio patatine a 3 a 3&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) mangio le patatine 3 per volta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;4) mangio 3 patatine per volta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere, se è possibile, quali di queste costruzioni sono corrette/scorrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie in anticipo a tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-08-05T17:02:34.313" LastActivityDate="2019-08-05T17:02:34.313" Title="Le mangio o ne mangio?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10718" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-25T23:24:16.537" Score="0" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Lo porto lì sulle spalle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il punto è che questa frase ha un doppio complemento di luogo uno di moto a luogo e l'altro di stato in luogo, essendo che portare potrebbe significare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1)  &quot;Fare arrivare qualcuno o qualcosa in un luogo o ad una persona&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi frasi come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Portalo in cantina&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Portalo a me&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) &quot;Trasportare  su di sè un peso&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi frasi come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Porta lo zaino sulle spalle&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Porta la valigia in mano&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, non se so la mia analisi è corretta ed è per questo che vorrei una smentita o una conferma che possa togliermi il dubbio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: io per non sbagliare direi:&#xA;&quot;Lo porto lì portandolo/reggendolo sulle spalle&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="4389" LastEditDate="2019-07-26T15:13:53.100" LastActivityDate="2019-07-27T12:33:14.353" Title="È corretto l'uso del verbo &quot;portare&quot; in questo tipo di costruzioni frasali?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10721" CreationDate="2019-07-27T10:42:28.110" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vita i medici non li può vedere. I medici del Bellevue hanno portato via Lena su una barella. Delirava. L’hanno coperta con un lenzuolo. È rimasta fuori solo una mano. Se lo meritava, che aveva il diavolo in corpo, e ha fatto dimenticare Dionisia a Agnello e Vita a Diamante. Però le sue urla hanno svegliato tutta la casa e le fiamme blu hanno distrutto il materasso, i sacchi di farina e la tenda a fiori. Sono morte anche le galline. I medici sono spariti al terzo piano. Quando sono tornati giú, Vita ne ha preso uno per la manica. &lt;strong&gt;Si vede&lt;/strong&gt;? gli ha chiesto. &lt;strong&gt;Si vede&lt;/strong&gt; sí, ha risposto sgarbatamente il medico, sono ustioni di secondo grado.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di questo &quot;si vede&quot; che appare in questo testo. Ho cercato il verbo &quot;vedere&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma ci sono tante accezioni che non riesco a capacitarmi a quale possa corrispondere l'uso che se ne fa nel brano sopra citato. Potreste aiutarmi a chiarire il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-04T14:57:38.827" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;si vede&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10718" CreationDate="2019-07-27T12:33:14.353" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si può usare senza timore questo frequentissimo verbo contemporaneamente nei due significati indicati nella domanda. Va bene usarlo una sola volta (la frase proposta nel PS ha o una ripetizione: &lt;em&gt;porto … portandolo&lt;/em&gt;; o un verbo poco usato: &lt;em&gt;reggendolo&lt;/em&gt;): chi ascolta capirà che con un complemento si dice che si sposta un oggetto, e con l’altro che l’oggetto è “su” chi parla. Logicamente, chi ascolta saprà cosa è “lo” e dov’è “lì” perché se ne sarà parlato prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Medesimo discorso si può fare per altri verbi, ad es. il verbo &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;, come proposto da @DaG nei commenti: «Vado a Milano in treno», e non «Vado a Milano andandoci in treno».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2019-07-27T12:33:14.353" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10719" CreationDate="2019-07-27T14:32:10.227" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Semplicemente Vita chiedeva se si vedesse l’ustione che aveva Lena sul corpo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Implicitamente il &lt;em&gt;si vede&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce appunto all’ustione e altrettanto implicitamente ha risposto il medico.&#xA;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="5327" LastEditDate="2019-08-01T11:54:54.600" LastActivityDate="2019-08-01T11:54:54.600" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7488" CreationDate="2019-07-28T08:56:24.193" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Adesso che abbiamo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI17/GDLI_17_ocr_723.pdf&amp;amp;parola=sbruffoneggiare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in rete, possiamo anche riportare la definizione che dà questo vocabolario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Sbruffoneggiare&lt;/strong&gt;, tr.  (&lt;em&gt;sbruffonéggio&lt;/em&gt;).  Dire  con tono  borioso  e  arrogante  (anche  per  introdurre  il discorso diretto). &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;G.  M.  Bellu&lt;/em&gt;  [«La  Repubblica»,  23-IV-1992],  4:  Giovanni Altezio...  sorride  d’un  pasciuto  compiacimento  per  la  ci­tazione  e  sbruffoneggia:  «È  la  prima  volta  che  vengo  qua, anche se faccio politica da sempre». &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  = Denom. da &lt;em&gt;sbruffone&lt;/em&gt;, con il suff. dei verbi frequent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Speravo di trovare questo termine in uno dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grande_dizionario_della_lingua_italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;supplementi del 2004 o del 2009&lt;/a&gt;, però curiosamente l'ho trovata nel volume XVII, cosa che significa che è stata introdotta in questo dizionario molto prima di quando si è fatto nello Zingarelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-28T08:56:24.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10723" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10724" CreationDate="2019-07-28T20:03:03.697" Score="0" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E fra un mese, fra un anno, Diamante potrà mandare un vaglia ai suoi genitori. Un vaglia vero. Angela la smetterà di lamentarsi. Di infelicitare tutti col suo rancore. Non si legherà piú ai piedi con una corda una suola di sughero. Se ne è sempre vergognato, perché le altre donne almeno un paio di paposce lo rimediavano e solo sua madre doveva camminare guardinga, come sui vetri, perché spesso la suola restava impigliata in una crosta di fango o di letame, e se lei strattonava con troppa forza si staccava. Quante volte l’aveva vista dibattersi per liberare il piede senza perdere la suola. Uno spettacolo penoso che gli faceva sanguinare il cuore. Angela la smetterà di &lt;strong&gt;chiaitare&lt;/strong&gt;, di accusare Antonio perché è un incapace e un fallito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegare qual è il significato di &quot;chiaitare&quot;? Non ho trovato questo verbo su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino che sia un termine regionale, possibilmente derivato dal napoletano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-29T06:16:54.697" Title="Significato di &quot;chiaitare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10724" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10723" CreationDate="2019-07-29T05:20:49.790" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;strong&gt;chiaitare&lt;/strong&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;chiaità&lt;/em&gt;, come riportato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vesuvioweb.com/it/wp-content/uploads/Giuseppe-Giacco-Vocabolario-napoletano-vesuvioweb.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo vocabolario napoletano&lt;/a&gt; a pag.46 significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;chiaità&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;intr.&lt;/em&gt; discutere, dibattere, piatire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’accezione che più si adatta al contesto da te citato è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piatire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;piatire&lt;/a&gt;, cioè:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Lamentarsi con tono querulo, fastidioso: &lt;em&gt;p. sulla propria miseria, sulla propria condizione;&lt;/em&gt; anche assol.: &lt;em&gt;non fa che piatire&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-07-29T06:16:54.697" LastActivityDate="2019-07-29T06:16:54.697" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10726" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-30T01:39:31.880" Score="6" ViewCount="363" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been wondering why it's okay to say &quot;Sono in cucina&quot; without any article while it's necessary to say &quot;Sono nel negozio&quot;, for example. With what nouns can we simply say &quot;in&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5620" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-30T07:04:07.600" LastActivityDate="2020-07-28T17:07:06.440" Title="Why is it okay to say &quot;Sono in cucina&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10727" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-30T10:19:12.123" Score="3" ViewCount="308" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su una guida turistica di Riga ho letto questa frase in riferimento alla cattedrale ortodossa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Costruita alla fine del XIX secolo, questa chiesa in mattoni gialli venne convertita in planetario durante l'occupazione, &lt;strong&gt;salvo tornare&lt;/strong&gt; alla sua funzione originaria nel 1990, seppur con gran parte dei suoi ornamenti andati distrutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire qual è il ruolo di &quot;salvo&quot; in un costrutto del tipo &quot;salvo&quot; + infinito come quello che appare nel brano sopra citato. Ne ho trovato un altro esempio sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI23/GDLI_Supplemento_2004_787.pdf&amp;amp;parola=salvo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cara Tina, gra­zie  di  tutto,  anche  da  parte  di  Anselm,  che  in  questo  momento  sog­giorna  al  Kaiserin  Hotel  di  Feldafing,  in  Baviera,  presso  il  Lago  di Stamberg,  dove  riposa,  fa  lunghe  passeggiate  nei  boschi  e  di  tanto  in tanto  gioca  a  golf,  &lt;strong&gt;salvo  poi  recuperare&lt;/strong&gt;  i  grammi  persi  nel  ristorante dell’hotel  stesso,  gestito  dal  bravo  e  gentile  Herr  Tino  (lo  giuro,  Tina, &#xA;  Herr  Tino  a  Feldafing  esiste  davvero,  e  da  lui  si  mangia  la  Wiener Schnitzel migliore del mondo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/salvo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;salvo&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (l'entrata &quot;salvo&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; non si legge bene), ma non ho trovato nessuna spiegazione su questa struttura. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi qual è il senso e come si usa &quot;salvo&quot; in construzioni del tipo &quot;salvo&quot; + infinito?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-07-31T09:42:04.023" Title="Uso e significato della costruzione &quot;salvo&quot; + infinito" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10731" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-07-30T22:41:14.887" Score="5" ViewCount="352" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the sentence &#xA;&quot;Quanta cioccolata avete mangiato?&quot;&#xA;The answer will be&#xA;&quot;Ne abbiamo mangiate poca&quot; or &quot;Ne abbiamo mangiata poca&quot;?&#xA;Does mangiare get an E because of Ne or does it get an A because cioccolata is a singular feminine noun?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5625" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-31T09:22:21.963" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T17:35:20.793" Title="A question about using Ne with passato prossimo" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10732" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10735" CreationDate="2019-07-31T09:14:30.737" Score="1" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho una domanda su un passaggio nel romanzo di Luigi Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Il_fu_Mattia_Pascal/7&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;capitolo 7&lt;/a&gt;, «Cambio treno»:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla prima stazione italiana comprai un giornale, con la speranza che mi facesse addormentare. Lo spiegai, e al lume del lampadino elettrico, mi misi a leggere. Ebbi così la consolazione di sapere che il castello di Valencay, messo all’incanto per la seconda volta, era stato aggiudicato al signor conte De Castellane per la somma di due milioni e trecento mila franchi. La tenuta attorno al castello era di duemila ottocento ettari: la più vasta di Francia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— Press’a poco, come la &lt;em&gt;Stìa&lt;/em&gt;... »&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lessi che l’imperatore di Germania aveva ricevuto a Potsdam, a mezzodì, l’ambasciata marocchina, e che al ricevimento aveva assistito il segretario di Stato, barone de Richtofen. La missione, presentata poi all’imperatrice, era stata trattenuta a colazione, e &lt;strong&gt;chi sa come aveva divorato&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chi ha divorato? Che cosa è stata divorata? Cosa vuol dire la parola &lt;em&gt;come&lt;/em&gt;? Ho letto dapprima come &lt;em&gt;chi sa &lt;strong&gt;quanto&lt;/strong&gt; aveva divorato (= mangiato nel modo troppo bestiale)&lt;/em&gt;, nel senso della gelosia per il modo di vivere dei politici, ma non ne sono sicuro. Qual è la logica del passaggio? I marocchini sono stati tanto affamati? Non suona convincente... Ho anche pensato che potrebbe essere l'imperatrice della frase precedente il pretesto per quell'osservazione, ma non riesco a capire in qual modo...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma, vorrei chiedervi, se non vi dispiace: qual è il ruolo di questa frase nel discorso, cosa vuol dire, che cosa implica? Tante grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-07-31T09:31:37.603" Title="Quali sono le implicazioni di «chi sa come ha divorato» in un contesto da Pirandello?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10727" CreationDate="2019-07-31T09:23:12.427" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso del periodo costruito sopra, l'accezione del termine &quot;salvo&quot; implica una restrizione, o la fine di una condizione reggente o principale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Salvo tornare...&quot; nel periodo implica che fino al verificarsi dell'evento &quot;&lt;em&gt;raggiungere l'anno 1990&lt;/em&gt;&quot; la funzione era la precedente. &#xA;La chiesa era stata trasformata in planetario &lt;strong&gt;fino a che&lt;/strong&gt;, nel 1990, è stata riportata alla precedente funzione di chiesa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-07-31T09:42:04.023" LastActivityDate="2019-07-31T09:42:04.023" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10726" CreationDate="2019-07-31T09:30:46.413" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the sentence &amp;quot;Sono nel negozio&amp;quot; the word &amp;quot;nel&amp;quot; is an Italian composed preposition, &lt;strong&gt;nel = in + il&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &amp;quot;Sono nel negozio&amp;quot; works like &amp;quot;Sono in negozio&amp;quot;  and &amp;quot;Sono in cucina&amp;quot; works like &amp;quot;Sono nella cucina&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically you use only &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; when the owner of the place you refer is clear or familiar.&#xA;Instead, you use &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;nel&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; when referring to where the location you are talking about is located.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Sono nel negozio di scarpe&amp;quot; can be used inside a common store implying that the store is in a bigger place like a shopping center, &amp;quot;Sono in negozio&amp;quot; usually is used when I am in my own store, or in a store I work in.&#xA;&amp;quot;Sono in cucina&amp;quot; when I'm in my kitchen.  &amp;quot;Sono nella cucina&amp;quot; if I'm a visitor in a house for sale and someone is looking for me (es.: &lt;em&gt;sono nella cucina della casa che sto visitando&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="5487" LastEditDate="2020-07-28T17:07:06.440" LastActivityDate="2020-07-28T17:07:06.440" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10732" CreationDate="2019-07-31T09:31:10.700" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il passaggio direi che significa proprio quello che hai inteso tu, cioè mangiare in modo ingordo, assumendo un comportamento simile agli animali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/divorare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;divorare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;devŏrare&lt;/em&gt;, comp. di &lt;em&gt;de-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;vorare&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  «inghiottire»] (&lt;em&gt;io divóro&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). – 1. Mangiare con ingordigia, detto&#xA;  propr. degli animali, spec. feroci: &lt;em&gt;il leone divorò la preda; ella fu&#xA;  prestamente divorata da molti lupi (Boccaccio)&lt;/em&gt;; per estens., riferito&#xA;  a persona (come soggetto), mangiare avidamente o in gran fretta:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;divorò la sua cena ed uscì; si scagliò contro il malcapitato come se&#xA;  volesse divorarlo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A margine di questo ti segnalo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.edatlas.it/documents/68dcbfce-5917-4070-b736-1d49e2004864&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa scheda&lt;/a&gt; riguardante il passaggio da te citato, con alcuni spunti di analisi che possono aiutarti a capire meglio il testo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-07-31T09:31:10.700" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10736" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10737" CreationDate="2019-07-31T22:46:51.423" Score="6" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have always understood &quot;sia&quot; to be a subjunctive form of the verb &quot;essere&quot;. Hence, I don't understand its usage in the following sentence: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo modo di viaggiare non è  ancora abbastanza diffuso, sia perché costa troppo, e sia perché a molti manca il coraggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone explain this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4947" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-01T07:24:20.800" LastActivityDate="2019-08-01T07:26:54.693" Title="The use of &quot;sia&quot; in this sentence" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10736" CreationDate="2019-08-01T06:16:31.970" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;You can find an explanation about this use of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sia/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sia&lt;/a&gt; in Treccani's dictionary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sia&lt;/strong&gt;. – Terza persona sing. del congiuntivo pres. del verbo essere, usata come congiunzione disgiuntiva correlativa: &lt;em&gt;è una casa&#xA;  confortevole, sia d’inverno sia d’estate; sia lui, sia un altro, per&#xA;  me è lo stesso&lt;/em&gt; (il secondo elemento della correlazione può essere&#xA;  introdotto anche da o oppure da &lt;em&gt;che: sia lui o un altro, sia d’inverno&#xA;  che d’estate&lt;/em&gt;). Sia è usato inoltre come formula di consenso o di&#xA;  rassegnazione e come modo di concedere: &lt;em&gt;sia!, così sia!, sia pure!&lt;/em&gt; (v.&#xA;  essere1, n. 6).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &lt;em&gt;sia&lt;/em&gt; is used here as disjunctive conjunction that establishes a correlation  between two elements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On this &lt;a href=&quot;https://aulalingue.scuola.zanichelli.it/benvenuti/2010/09/16/le-congiunzioni-1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Zanichelli blog post&lt;/a&gt; about coordinative conjunctions, you can find more information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Secondo il loro significato le congiunzioni coordinative si possono&#xA;  suddividere in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• &lt;strong&gt;copulative&lt;/strong&gt;: possono essere positive ( &lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;anche&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;pure&lt;/strong&gt;) o negative (&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;né&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;neppure&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;nemmeno&lt;/strong&gt;) e collegano due elementi con il semplice&#xA;  accostamento: ho comprato la frutta &lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt; il latte; non mi piace giocare a&#xA;  calcio, &lt;strong&gt;né&lt;/strong&gt; giocare a tennis.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• &lt;strong&gt;disgiuntive&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;oppure&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;altrimenti&lt;/strong&gt; ecc. Collegano due parole&#xA;  ponendole in alternativa: preferisci andare al cinema &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; a teatro?;&#xA;  accendi la luce, &lt;strong&gt;altrimenti&lt;/strong&gt; non riesco a leggere. La congiunzione &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt;,&#xA;  oltre al valore disgiuntivo, può avere anche valore esplicativo: la&#xA;  semiologia, &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; scienza dei segni, si è sviluppata molto in questo&#xA;  secolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• &lt;strong&gt;avversative&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;ma&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;però&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;tuttavia&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;anzi&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;piuttosto&lt;/strong&gt;, eppure ecc.&#xA;  Collegano due parole, o frasi,che si contrappongono l’una all’altra:&#xA;  oggi c’è il sole, &lt;strong&gt;ma&lt;/strong&gt; non fa tanto caldo; questo vestito è molto bello,&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;però&lt;/strong&gt; è troppo costoso; Luca non è antipatico, &lt;strong&gt;anzi&lt;/strong&gt; è molto spiritoso;&#xA;  l’esame non è andato bene, &lt;strong&gt;eppure&lt;/strong&gt; avevo studiato molto; sono molto&#xA;  stanca, &lt;strong&gt;tuttavia&lt;/strong&gt; verrò al cinema con te; non ho voglia di cucinare,&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;piuttosto&lt;/strong&gt; andiamo al ristorante;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• &lt;strong&gt;dichiarative&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;esplicative&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;cioè&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;infatti&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;ossia&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;vale a dire&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.&#xA;  Introducono una parola o una frase che spiega o precisa ciò che è&#xA;  detto dalla parola o frase precedente: mio fratello è un veterinario,&#xA;  cioè cura gli animali; non sono abituata a bere il vino, &lt;strong&gt;infatti&lt;/strong&gt; mi è&#xA;  venuto il mal di testa; ho una forte congiuntivite, ossia&#xA;  un’infiammazione agli occhi; Marta è stata bocciata, &lt;strong&gt;vale a dire&lt;/strong&gt; che&#xA;  dovrà ripetere l’anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;• &lt;strong&gt;conclusive&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;dunque&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;quindi&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;ebbene&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;perciò&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;pertanto&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;allora&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.&#xA;  Segnalano che il secondo elemento è la conseguenza del primo: Marco è&#xA;  ingrassato molto, &lt;strong&gt;dunque&lt;/strong&gt; deve mettersi a dieta; oggi è molto freddo,&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;quindi&lt;/strong&gt; copriti bene; ho lavorato tutto il giorno, &lt;strong&gt;perciò&lt;/strong&gt; sono molto&#xA;  stanca; non ci siamo comportati bene, &lt;strong&gt;pertanto&lt;/strong&gt; dobbiamo chiede scusa;&#xA;  Anna non ha voglia di uscire, &lt;strong&gt;allora&lt;/strong&gt; rimane a casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;• &lt;strong&gt;correlative&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;e…e&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;o…o&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;né…né&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;sia…sia&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;non solo…ma anche&lt;/strong&gt;, ecc.&#xA;  Stabiliscono una relazione tra due o più elementi: stasera o vengo con&#xA;  te a teatro o vado con Marta al cinema; Silvia non è né grassa né&#xA;  magra; ascolto &lt;strong&gt;sia&lt;/strong&gt; la musica leggera &lt;strong&gt;sia&lt;/strong&gt; la musica classica; è un&#xA;  libro non  solo interessante, ma anche molto divertente.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The equivalent in English would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... &lt;strong&gt;both&lt;/strong&gt; because it costs too much &lt;strong&gt;and&lt;/strong&gt; because ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-01T07:26:54.693" LastActivityDate="2019-08-01T07:26:54.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10738" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-02T08:02:11.590" Score="0" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto questo testo, che descrive i pensieri di Agnello a un certo punto dei fatti narrati nel libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma Rocco glieli tiene lontani: ha giurato che finché c’è lui, nessuno alzerà un dito su Agnello che per lui è come un padre. Infatti per fortuna sono solo poliziotti. Tengono pure le manette e la pistola. Che vonno ’sti cornuti fràceti? Sono venuti a pigliarsi Rocco? Quel disgraziato di Elmer? O quel &lt;strong&gt;bummo&lt;/strong&gt; di Coca-cola? O magari Diamante, chissà cosa ha combinato quel ragazzino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il termine &quot;bummo&quot; su nessun dizionario. Sapreste spiegare cosa significa? Magari si tratta di un termine regionale, possibilmente collegato al napoletano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che Coca-cola (che in realtà si chiamava Nicola) era il figlio di Agnello, che l'aveva sempre considerato come buono a nulla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-02T10:16:46.987" LastActivityDate="2019-08-02T10:16:46.987" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;bummo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10739" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10741" CreationDate="2019-08-02T08:45:39.420" Score="3" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza nel significato di una frase tra il verbo lavorare più le preposizioni &quot;su&quot; ed &quot;in&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-02T21:02:47.383" LastActivityDate="2019-08-02T21:02:47.383" Title="Differenza tra &quot;lavorare in&quot; e &quot;lavorare su&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10739" CreationDate="2019-08-02T09:06:43.827" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In&lt;/strong&gt; indica il luogo: &lt;em&gt;lavoro in un'azienda tessile&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;lavoro in Germania&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Su&lt;/strong&gt; indica l'oggetto: &lt;em&gt;lavoro su un progetto meccanico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1597" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-02T09:18:53.917" LastActivityDate="2019-08-02T09:18:53.917" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10741" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10739" CreationDate="2019-08-02T09:15:16.400" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lavorare in&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br &gt;è generalmente riferito alla sede o al luogo: &#xA;&quot;lavoro &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; banca&quot;, &quot;lavoro &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; fabbrica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lavorare su&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br &gt;implica una materia o un oggetto:&#xA;&quot;lavoro &lt;strong&gt;sulla&lt;/strong&gt; mia tesi&quot;, &#xA;&quot;io mi occupo del primo task, tu lavora &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; quest'altro&quot;.&#xA;Nel gergo comune viene usato anche per indicare il territorio di lavoro &quot;lavoro su Milano&quot; ma in quel caso  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;su&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è sostanzialmente una contrazione di &quot;sul territorio/sulla zona di&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per completezza c'è anche &#xA;&lt;strong&gt;lavoro a&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br &gt;&#xA;per definire le modalità e i tempi contrattuali:&#xA;&quot;lavoro &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; cottimo&quot;, &quot;lavoro &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; tempo determinato&quot;, &quot;lavoro &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; distanza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-02T09:22:33.623" LastActivityDate="2019-08-02T09:22:33.623" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10742" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10738" CreationDate="2019-08-02T09:39:18.243" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.urbandictionary.com/define.php?term=bummo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo Urban dictionary&lt;/a&gt; per il termine bummo viene indicato il significato di &quot;persona o animale estremamente pigra&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;bummo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;An extremely lazy person or animal. &lt;br&gt;Dahlia is a bummo dog because all she does is lay on the couch all day.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi sembra un'espressione gergale utilizzata nell'ambiente italo-americano descritto nel libro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su suggerimento di @Charo, in questo passaggio intitolato &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://xoomer.virgilio.it/sanpietroinamantea/libri/fgagliardi/dolciricordidinfanzia.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Col cuore in gola e la valigia di cartone legata con lo spago. La valigia dei sogni&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; il termine bummo viene presentato come italianizzazione da parte degli emigranti italiani del termine &quot;bum&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E così bar diventava barro; automobile (car) diventava carro; lavoro&#xA;  (job) giobba; negozio (shop) scioppo; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;vagabondo (bum) bummo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;; scarpe&#xA;  (shoes) sciuse; via (street) stritta; pane (bread) prete; pala&#xA;  (shovel) sciabola; ferrovia (rail road) re erode; buca (hole) olio;&#xA;  pavimento (floor) floro; giardino (backyard) beccaiarda; recinto&#xA;  (fence) fenza; tetto (roof) ruffo; cantina (cellar) sello; autocarro&#xA;  (truck) troccu; stanza (room) rummo; parcheggiare (to park) parcare;&#xA;  gassosa (ginger ale) gingerella; assicurazione (insurance) asciuranza.&#xA;  Per dire poi Figlio di buona donna (son of bitch) dicevano&#xA;  sanimabicci. La pala della ferrovia diventava la sciabola del Re&#xA;  Erode.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dictionary.cambridge.org/it/dizionario/inglese/bum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bum&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; viene tradotto come vagabondo, anche se può anche significare scroccone, colui che vive alle spalle altrui, fannullone, scansafatiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-02T10:10:50.397" LastActivityDate="2019-08-02T10:10:50.397" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10744" CreationDate="2019-08-03T08:21:38.837" Score="0" ViewCount="528" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha perso il negozio, ha perso l’onore, ha perso Lena. Che altro gli resta? Che vonno ’sti polismen all’ausa mia? Chissà se i vicini li hanno visti salire. Ne parleranno per mesi. Che &lt;strong&gt;scuorno&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sull'articolo &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/00437956.1981.1143570&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Between Standard Italian and Creole&lt;/a&gt;&quot; di &#xA;Hermann W. Haller ho trovato che &quot;ausa&quot; è un'italianizzazione di &quot;house&quot;. Ma non capisco cosa sia &quot;scuorno&quot;, vocabolo che non ho trovato su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Sapreste spiegarmelo? Immagino si tratti di un termine regionale, possibilmente correlato al napolitano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-03T09:57:33.657" LastActivityDate="2019-08-03T11:41:47.980" Title="Significato di &quot;scuorno&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10743" CreationDate="2019-08-03T09:58:53.230" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vesuvioweb.com/it/wp-content/uploads/Giuseppe-Giacco-Schedario-napoletano-II.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario di napoletano&lt;/a&gt; il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scuorno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; viene così definito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Scuorno&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;m.&lt;/em&gt; pudore, vergogna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.vesuviolive.it/cultura-napoletana/141140-miettete-scuorno-perche-si-dice-scuorno-e-da-dove-deriva/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog&lt;/a&gt; vengono riportati, oltre alla definizione, anche etimologia e uso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il termine “scuorno” indica la “vergogna”, anche se per i partenopei&#xA;  vi è una differenza sostanziale fra queste due parole&lt;/strong&gt;. Mentre la&#xA;  vergogna è un sentimento personale che l’individuo può vivere anche in&#xA;  maniera privata senza che i conoscenti ne sappiano nulla, lo “scuorno”&#xA;  deve essere reso noto. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  L’etimologia sarebbe greca. La parola “scuorno” trarrebbe origine dal&#xA;  vocabolo ellenico αισχύνομαι che vuole dire appunto “vergognarsi”. Per&#xA;  altri invece, come il linguista Raffaele Bracale, “scuorno”&#xA;  deriverebbe dal latino “cornum”. La “s” aggiunta avrebbe un valore&#xA;  privativo quindi il significato sarebbe “senza corno o corna” cioè&#xA;  “scornato”. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ... &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Così come l’animale senza la propria estremità perde il rispetto dei&#xA;  suoi simili e viene per questo esiliato, così l’uomo che si deve&#xA;  mettere “scuorno” è sottoposto alla gogna pubblica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_734.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;alla voce &quot;scornoso&quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si spiega che questo aggettivo proviene dal napoletano &lt;em&gt;scurnuso&lt;/em&gt;, derivato da &lt;em&gt;scuorno&lt;/em&gt;, variante di &lt;em&gt;scorno&lt;/em&gt; nel significato di 'vergogna, onta':&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&lt;strong&gt;Scornóso&lt;/strong&gt;, agg. Dial. Vergognoso, timoroso, per lo più&#xA;  per riserbo o timidezza. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;A. Veraldi&lt;/em&gt;, 7-14: I più scornosi, poi,&#xA;  ch’erano quasi sempre i più giovani, per darsi aria e contegno si&#xA;  presentavano sempre con un giornale arrotolato in mano come segno di&#xA;  lettura e di istruzione. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Dal napol. &lt;em&gt;scurnuso&lt;/em&gt;, deriv. da &lt;em&gt;scuorno&lt;/em&gt;, var. di &lt;em&gt;scorno&lt;/em&gt; nel signif. di ‘vergogna, onta’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-03T11:41:47.980" LastActivityDate="2019-08-03T11:41:47.980" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10745" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10719" CreationDate="2019-08-04T14:57:38.827" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per completare la buona risposta di @abarisone, aggiungo che il verbo impersonale &quot;vedersi&quot; (uso impersonale del verbo &quot;vedere&quot; più la particella impersonale &quot;si&quot;) ha come accezione primaria &quot;essere visibile&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si vede la torre di Pisa dalla tua finestra? No. Ci sono dei palazzi davanti.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La nebbia era così fitta che non si vedeva nulla.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Questa galleria è così lunga che non si vede ancora l'uscita.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Venere è un pianeta così luminoso che talvolta si vede ad occhio nudo anche di giorno.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Luca si è scottato al sole così tanto che la pelle arrossata si vede ad un chilometro di distanza!&lt;/em&gt; (iperbole)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bello quell'orologio! Le lancette sono fosforescenti e si vedono anche al buio!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Questo lavoro è così lungo che non se ne vede la fine!&lt;/em&gt; (figurato)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="681" LastActivityDate="2019-08-04T14:57:38.827" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10717" CreationDate="2019-08-04T15:21:24.387" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Gli esempi fatti sono tutti corretti e si possono trovare nella lingua parlata comune. Spesso la prima preposizione &quot;a&quot; viene omessa, quindi si può anche dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mangio le patatine tre a tre.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Nota: di solito è cattivo stile nella lingua scritta usare i simboli numerici per indicare numeri, a meno che non si parli di numeri elevati e molto precisi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Perché hai la bocca così gonfia? (*munch*..*munch*) Perché mi piace mangiare le patatine tre a tre!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... Perché mi piace mangiare le patatine a tre a tre.&lt;/em&gt; (un po' più raro nel parlato)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... Perché mi piace mangiare (le) patatine (a) tre a tre.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... Perché mi piace mangiare tre patatine per volta.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o anche &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... tre patatine alla volta.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... Perché mi piace mangiare (le) patatine tre per/alla volta.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è sostanzialmente lo stesso in tutti i casi e tutti i casi sono perfettamente accettabili. Scegliere uno stile rispetto all'altro dipende dalle abitudini del parlante e dal constesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="681" LastEditorUserId="681" LastEditDate="2019-08-04T20:50:54.043" LastActivityDate="2019-08-04T20:50:54.043" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10747" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10707" CreationDate="2019-08-04T22:17:10.100" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche aggiunta alla ottima risposta di @abarisone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ha già detto @abarisone, &lt;em&gt;revisionare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rivedere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;(ri)controllare&lt;/em&gt; sono tutti applicabili ad un testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da un punto di vista del registro linguistico, &lt;em&gt;revisionare&lt;/em&gt; suona molto formale e tecnico. Infatti si parla normalmente di &lt;em&gt;revisioni&lt;/em&gt; di un testo per indicare le successive versioni durante un processo di creazione di un testo, magari in un contesto professionale. In altre parole, dalla bozza iniziale alla versione finale di un testo, ci possono essere diverse revisioni, e il verbo &lt;em&gt;revisionare&lt;/em&gt; è facile che si usi in quei contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I termini più comuni sono &lt;em&gt;rivedere&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;controllare&lt;/em&gt;. Quale dei due, dipende molto dallo stile del parlante. Entrambi veicolano l'idea di &quot;rileggere il testo per vedere se ci sono evidenti errori o per aggiustarne il significato&quot;. A seconda del contesto e del tono del discorso (soprattutto nel parlato), possono indicare sia un controllo meticoloso che un controllo veloce. Con opportuni avverbi possono esprimere tutta la gamma della &quot;qualità&quot; della revisione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hai consegnato il tema alla professoressa? Non ancora, voglio ancora rivederlo/controllarlo.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Hai mandato le bozze del volantino in tipografia? No. Non ho ancora avuto il tempo di rivederle/controllarle.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scusa se me ne vado così presto, ma stasera devo proprio rivedere un articolo prima di inviarlo al giornale.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non concordo pienamente con @abarisone sul fatto che &lt;em&gt;ricontrollare&lt;/em&gt; sia sullo stesso piano di &lt;em&gt;rivedere&lt;/em&gt;. Il prefisso &quot;ri-&quot; può esprimere sia la ripetizione (&lt;em&gt;ricontrollare&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;controllare nuovamente&lt;/em&gt;) che un rafforzativo (&lt;em&gt;ricontrollare&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;controllare attentamente&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente si tratta di sfumature, ma in un contesto neutro &quot;ricontrollare&quot; dà l'idea di un controllo più minuzioso rispetto a &quot;rivedere&quot; o semplicemente &quot;controllare&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia tieni presente che è anche una questione di stile del parlante e del contesto: il &quot;rivedere&quot; di una persona minuziosa può essere più accurato del &quot;ricontrollare&quot; di una persona superficiale!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="681" LastActivityDate="2019-08-04T22:17:10.100" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10748" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10749" CreationDate="2019-08-05T09:33:45.403" Score="0" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vita bianca come una &lt;strong&gt;pantàfeca&lt;/strong&gt; s’affaccia dietro la tenda. Cosí, con lo stesso sguardo spiritato, l’ha vista quella notte. In piedi dietro al letto in fiamme, immobile – spettrale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;pantàfeca&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo regionale, possibilmente correlato al napoletano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-05T10:01:19.770" Title="Cos'è una &quot;pantàfeca&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10748" CreationDate="2019-08-05T09:40:50.990" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una figura spettrale bianca tipicamente usata nelle superstizioni regionali.&#xA;Questo è un link con una descrizione adeguata, anche se il nome è leggermente diverso. Ma il concetto è lo stesso.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pandafeche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pandafeche&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-05T10:01:19.770" LastActivityDate="2019-08-05T10:01:19.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10750" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10751" CreationDate="2019-08-05T14:23:27.247" Score="4" ViewCount="333" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che cosa significa l'espressione &quot;si fa presto a dire&quot;? Per esempio: “Si fa presto a dire prosecco” o “si fa presto a dire casa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-08-05T14:39:37.143" LastActivityDate="2019-08-05T14:39:37.143" Title="Cosa significa l'espressione &quot;si fa presto a dire&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10751" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10750" CreationDate="2019-08-05T14:39:11.530" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione “Si fa presto a dire X” significa che il concetto X è più ricco e magari più negativo di quello che potrebbe sembrare a prima vista, insinuando che se ne parli con troppa leggerezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adesso è quasi un cliché usato nelle pubblicità o nei titoli di giornali, ma è presente nella lingua italiana da quel dì. &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=ot45nf9TOdYC&amp;amp;dq=%22si%20fa%20presto%20a%20dire%22&amp;amp;pg=PA653#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22si%20fa%20presto%20a%20dire%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lo menzionano Tommaseo e Bellini&lt;/a&gt; nel loro &lt;em&gt;Dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; del 1869, e cercando con Google Books se ne trovano vari esempi d'annata (anche se, a quel che pare, un tempo era più frequente l'uso seguito da una subordinata: “si fa presto a dire che ...”). Mi piace ricordare in particolare &lt;em&gt;Si fa presto a dire fame&lt;/em&gt;, il libro autobiografico del 1954 in cui &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Piero_Caleffi&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Piero Caleffi&lt;/a&gt; ricordò le sue esperienze come internato a Mauthausen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-08-05T14:39:11.530" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10752" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-06T19:03:36.297" Score="0" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;...&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;è lastricata di buone intenzioni.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riflettendo sul significato di questo detto comune, mi chiedo se il senso sia “religioso” cioè  che sia  così difficile compiere buone azioni che inevitabilmente si erra e si finisce “condannati”, oppure se il senso sia più “laico” cioè  che le “buone intenzioni” siano in realtà una serie di comportamenti mirati al divertimento e alla leggerezza il cui risultato finale sia inevitabilmente qualcosa di negativo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=la%20strada%20per%20l%20inferno%20%C3%A8%20lastricata%20di%20buone%20intenzioni&amp;amp;rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT753IT753&amp;amp;oq=la%20strada%20&amp;amp;aqs=chrome.0.69i59l3j69i57j69i60l2.3814j0j7&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome-mobile&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ci sono varie citazioni di questo detto in rete&lt;/a&gt; ma non ho trovato una spiegazione chiara, nemmeno riguardo alla sua origine spesso attribuita a Karl Marx, ma c’è chi obbietta e sostiene che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma Marx non ha il merito di essere l'originatore di questo detto. Lo ha copiato da altri, tra cui uno dei primi a farne un proverbio di questa idea risale al 1670 col nome di John Ray che disse, &quot;Hell is paved with good intentions.&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno ha informazioni più precise in merito al significato e all’origine del detto? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-07T09:47:21.770" LastActivityDate="2019-08-07T09:47:21.770" Title="La strada per l’inferno" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;proverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10753" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10755" CreationDate="2019-08-07T12:53:31.417" Score="1" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Trovò Vita seduta sulle scale, col gatto in grembo. La porta di casa spalancata, &lt;strong&gt;cajazze&lt;/strong&gt; isteriche accroccate sui pianerottoli, sulle scale scivolose, nel cortile. I bordanti mangiavano pane e sugo, delusi che tutta questa confusione avesse guastato il loro pranzo di Pasqua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegare cosa sono queste &quot;cajazze&quot; che appaiono nel testo? Non ho trovato il termine &quot;cajazza&quot; su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo regionale, probabilmente correlato al napoletano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-07T15:57:30.220" Title="Significato di &quot;cajazza&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10753" CreationDate="2019-08-07T15:02:40.723" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/11015218/Lettera_-_C_-_Dizionario_del_dialetto_torrese_con_citazioni_dalla_letteratura_napoletana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario del dialetto torrese con citazioni dalla letteratura napoletana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Salvatore Argenziano e Gianna De Filippis si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;caiàzza&lt;/strong&gt;:  s. f. Gazza. Traslato: Donna linguacciuta. etim.  Lat. “gaja”.&#xA;  *VEL.  &lt;em&gt;Non c’era n’ommo ch’avesse parlato, ca vernava ’n cajola la cajazza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un modo per indicare donne pettegole che passavano il tempo probabilmente parlando e sparlando. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-07T15:57:30.220" LastActivityDate="2019-08-07T15:57:30.220" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10756" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10757" CreationDate="2019-08-08T14:58:01.663" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma come poteva cavarsela con una ragazzina di dodici anni? Avrebbero finito per arrestarlo e mettere lei al riformatorio. Vita, le disse, sfiorandole il viso con le mani, ti voglio bene anch’io. Sei la mia ragazza. Ti giuro che torno. Lei fissò con le labbra tremanti il lembo della mutanda che gli spuntava dalla tasca della giacca. Stava andando via. Con tutto quello che aveva. E senza di lei. Le scoppiava il cuore. Diamante si precipitò verso le scale. Un minuto di piú, e non sarebbe mai partito. Mentre scendeva, si ricordò di aver dimenticato il sussidiario. La sua unica arma, per &lt;strong&gt;venirne fuori&lt;/strong&gt; senza scorciatoie. Ma non c’era tempo per tornare indietro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;venirne fuori&quot; in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;fuori&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a vedere a quale accezione possa corrispondere. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-08T19:11:23.033" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;venirne fuori&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10756" CreationDate="2019-08-08T15:33:33.037" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Venirne fuori&lt;/strong&gt; nel linguaggio corrente si riferisce allo sfuggire ad una situazione difficile o pericolosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può essere vista come una contrazione di &lt;em&gt;venire fuori dai guai&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;venire fuori dal pericolo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'immagine figurata è quella di essere immersi nel problema, per cui &lt;em&gt;venirne fuori&lt;/em&gt; ha il significato di &lt;em&gt;emergere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sfuggire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastActivityDate="2019-08-08T15:33:33.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10756" CreationDate="2019-08-08T19:05:48.483" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/V/venire.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Venirne fuori&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riuscire a superare una situazione particolarmente grave, complessa o dolorosa, specialmente  senza gravi danni: &lt;em&gt;era coinvolto in uno scandalo: gli è stato difficile venirne fuori&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-08-08T19:11:23.033" LastActivityDate="2019-08-08T19:11:23.033" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10759" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-09T20:32:58.127" Score="0" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Example from today in La Stampa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] ma più in generale può &lt;strong&gt;esser&lt;/strong&gt; considerato [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I get the meaning and obviously it is form of &lt;strong&gt;essere&lt;/strong&gt; but I don't know why the &lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt; is gone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5636" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-10T12:03:26.607" LastActivityDate="2019-08-10T12:03:26.607" Title="Why is the the final &quot;e&quot; missing in &quot;esser&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2019-08-10T20:08:13.370" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10760" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10763" CreationDate="2019-08-10T13:05:11.003" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ai piedi delle montagne russe, mentre i vagoncini vuoti arrancavano sferragliando verso l’apice della salita, si frugò la tasca interna della giacca per accertarsi di poter comprare a Vita una domenica di gioia – nonostante tutto, contro tutto. Fra i baracconi, gli ambulanti vendevano granoturco abbrustolito, frittelle, noccioline, gelati, zucchero filato che una vecchia tutta gengive avvolgeva attorno a un bastoncino. Il &lt;strong&gt;granoturco soffiato&lt;/strong&gt; sembrava un mare di nuvole, ma quando affondò la bocca, gli scrocchiò sotto i denti. Il popcorn aveva un sapore di gomma e di sale, s’attaccava alla lingua. Si chiese se fosse quello, il sapore della saliva di Vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;granoturco soffiato&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/corn-flakes/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che può riferirsi ai cosiddetti &quot;corn flakes&quot;. Tuttavia, questo non sembra avere molto senso nel contesto del brano. Sarebbe lo stesso che &quot;il popcorn&quot; di cui parla la frase successiva?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-11T09:55:03.387" Title="Cos'è il &quot;granoturco soffiato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1349" CreationDate="2019-08-10T19:16:30.137" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a native English speaker and a heritage speaker of Ecuadorian Spanish (where distinguishing between /ll/ and /y/ is still quite common). I'm from the Mid-Atlantic but my mom's family is from the Tennessee/Kentucky border region. My mom and my grandfather for sure both pronounced English lli followed by a vowel with the palatal lateral approximant, in rare cases reducing it to a geminated y. This pronunciation seems to have been standard in the first half of the 20th century in the south as well as in the some social groups of the north and with television hosts. The current POTUS almost uses the sound, but he seems to not palatalize the l so harshly and immediately adds a y (/j/. In reality the [ʎ] is just one sound, and when you make it, it's only after you stop the articulation on the hard palate and move on to the next vowel that it sounds a bit like ly or li. This can be evidenced by the fact that in the Amerindian Quechuan languages the LL sometimes comes before a consonant and in this case sounds more like a harsh, vibrating L than an li (words like Atawallpa, the last Incan ruler apply). It's a hard sound to learn how to make, because the temptation will be to just say /ly/. In fact, a lot of speakers of Portuguese have depalatalized the sound and converted it into li in their /lh/ words. In almost every romance language it's emerged in, it's been reduced to some other sound. Romanian lost it first, then French (words like Papillon, Bataille) etc. and now Spanish. In all these languages the LL sound reduced to a Y, though in Spanish it was reduced to a palatal Y, and in some cases (central Andes of Ecuador, parts of Argentina) reduced to a /ʒ/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, the trick to making this sound of Spanish/Catalan/Old French LL, Portuguese LH, and Italian GLI is NOT to focus on putting the tongue in the normal place of the l in a world like /l/ateral. Instead, try curving the tongue downwards and placing it near the bottom two teeth. You should really feel the tongue arching downwards, and its uppermost point should now be on the had palate. Now try to make an L sound on the hard palate by pushing it harshly and hear it vibrate and feel the air pushing itself out the sides of the mouth. This is a bit of a harder way to articulate it but it will show you where the tongue has to touch the hard palatal and what the vibration sounds like. From there you can move back to a word like lateral and push it down in the same spot, should be easier. But I recommend first trying to arch the tongue downwards, because it removes the temptation to make the /lj/ sound. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope this helps! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5638" LastActivityDate="2019-08-10T19:16:30.137" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10763" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10760" CreationDate="2019-08-11T05:48:50.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/soffiato.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/a&gt;  dà la definizione di &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;riso soffiato:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;riso soffice, fatto gonfiare con il calore in un contenitore chiuso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stessa procedura viene usata con altri cereali per ottenere l’”effetto soffiato”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso del granoturco, quello soffiato e più comunemente conosciuto come “popcorn”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-11T09:55:03.387" LastActivityDate="2019-08-11T09:55:03.387" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10764" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-11T15:10:41.373" Score="0" ViewCount="222" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cosa fai che te ne vai/andandotene via, se poi non riesci ad arrivare in tempo alla stazione?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cosa concludi che te ne vai/andandotene via, se poi  non riesci ad arrivare in tempo alla stazione?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi suona più naturale il gerundio, anche perché  la congiunzione &quot;che&quot; in questo caso non so cosa rappresenti, ma magari è solo un uso idiomatico imposto da un linguaggio quotidiano che fa uno strappo alla regola, come ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot; cosa hai che sei così nervoso?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in questo caso non capisco il senso di mettere il che là in mezzo, ma vedo che nella lingua parlata si usa comunemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste darmi una dritta a riguardo? Grazie mille in anticipo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2020-09-08T12:15:23.480" LastActivityDate="2021-02-05T14:07:45.790" Title="È preferibile usare il che o il gerundio in queste due frasi?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10765" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-12T14:23:26.223" Score="3" ViewCount="307" Body="&lt;p&gt;Giuseppe Di Stefano, born in 1936 in Enna, used to be professor of French at McGill University in Montreal. He's known as a great specialist of Middle French.  He's the author of the &lt;em&gt;Dictionnaire des locutions en moyen français&lt;/em&gt;.  In it, there are two citations, one before the foreword that reads :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiddu ca fù fu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;facimu finta ca chioppi e scampau&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other can be found before the bibliography at the end of the dictionary :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cui avi cchiù sali conza la 'nzalata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cui veni appressu cunta li pidati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's no further information about those two sentences.  Di Stefano is from Enna so my guess is this is Sicilian.  Any idea of what it means and where it's from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see now that the question might go against a site policy on Italian dialects or languages such as Sicilian.  Let me specify it further.  The quotes are made by a top-notch academic in a scientific work, the second edition of which was published in 2015 by Brepols, a well-known Belgian academic publisher.  So it's not the I-overheard-somebody-on-the-fishmarket-in-Catana-what-does-it-mean-please? scenario.  I could well imagine the same quotes appearing in a book by this author published in Italy.  Would educated readers be expected to understand the quotes (which look like proverbs by the way) or would their meaning be totally opaque to them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5640" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-08-13T15:32:12.960" Title="Chiddu ca fù fu" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10764" CreationDate="2019-08-12T21:38:33.203" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Assolutamente più corretto il gerundio. La forma orale della lingua è in continuo mutamento ed anche la cacofonia può pian piano diventare una realtà di fatto bene accetta... però stando al caso da te fatto presente, la forma più corretta, in un contesto non colloquiale, è sicuramente quella al gerundio!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5642" LastEditorUserId="5642" LastEditDate="2019-08-13T10:25:48.210" LastActivityDate="2019-08-13T10:25:48.210" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10767" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10768" CreationDate="2019-08-13T05:32:30.457" Score="6" ViewCount="324" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can &quot;ho davvero fame&quot; mean both &quot;I am really hungry&quot; ( = I am very hungry) and &quot;I really am hungry&quot; (= I am truly hungry, I am not lying about it) ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-13T07:12:00.050" LastActivityDate="2019-08-13T07:12:00.050" Title="Possible meanings of &quot;ho davvero fame&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10767" CreationDate="2019-08-13T07:11:47.367" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer is yes, the adverb &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;davvero&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; can have the meanings you mentioned in your example. Most of the difference would be made by the tone you pronounce the phrase with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inspecting the definition of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/davvero/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;davvero&lt;/a&gt; on Treccani's dictionary you can find:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;davvéro&lt;/strong&gt; avv. [comp. di &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;vero&lt;/em&gt;]. – 1. Veramente, in verità, proprio:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;intendi d. ritirarti?; mi dispiace d.&lt;/em&gt;; con aggettivi: &lt;em&gt;bello d., bravo&#xA;  d.; è un libro d. interessante&lt;/em&gt;; talora ironico: &lt;em&gt;hai fatto bene d.!&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;  sei d. gentile! Spesso rafforza la negazione: &lt;em&gt;non voglio d.&#xA;  rimetterci; io non ci vado d.; no davvero.&lt;/em&gt; Usato da solo, nelle&#xA;  risposte esprime conferma: &lt;em&gt;«Ci sei stato proprio?» «Davvero!».&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  Interrogando, esprime dubbio o meraviglia per ciò che uno racconta:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;davvero?&lt;/em&gt; (cioè: «è proprio così come dici?»). 2. Preceduto da per, e&#xA;  nelle locuz. fare d., dire d. e sim., significa «sul serio»: &lt;em&gt;se le son&#xA;  date per d.; dici d.?; non scherzo, faccio davvero.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The former meaning corresponds to the case &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'm really hungry (= I'm very hungry)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and can also be used as an intensifier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The latter meaning corresponds to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'm really hungry (= I'm truly, seriously hungry and I'm not lying about that)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;even if to be more clear you should say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fame per davvero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-08-13T07:11:47.367" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10769" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10765" CreationDate="2019-08-13T09:58:15.040" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am going to answer the part of the question that is on topic: would an educated Italian (not from Sicily) understand these quotes?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case the answer is an unambiguous &lt;strong&gt;no&lt;/strong&gt;. I dare to consider myself an educated Italian, and I can understand easily many archaic and difficult texts, but I haven't the  faintest idea of what those sentences mean. Presumably someone originally from a closer geographic area (I'm from Venice) would have an easier time of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is not at all uncommon: political definitions aside, the various regional languages of Italy (Sicilian, Neapolitan, Sardinian, Venetian, Milanese, Friulan...) are for all intents and purposes different languages, not more strictly related to Italian than, say, Spanish or French. Of course the closer one goes to Florence and Tuscany, the closer the languages are (and there is a somewhat special case for Roman), but according to Martin Maiden's &lt;em&gt;A Linguistic History of Italian&lt;/em&gt; there are scant few linguistic features that characterize the Italo-Romance languages among Romance languages, to the point that in many ways it is more of a &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sprachbund&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sprachbund&lt;/a&gt; inside the Romance family rather than a subfamily in its own right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-08-13T09:58:15.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10770" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10765" CreationDate="2019-08-13T15:32:12.960" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not Sicilian, I'm not even Italian, but the meaning of these sentences doesn't look so totally opaque to me. Maybe the reasons are that I know several Romance languages (Catalan, Spanish, Italian and French) and that some years ago I read many books by Andrea Camilleri. Anyway, the following explanations are only a guess, so it may be that I am wrong about some details or nuances. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I would say that &quot;Chiddu ca fù fu&quot; corresponds to Italian &quot;Quello che fu, fu&quot; (&quot;What was, was&quot; in the sense of something that happened in the past cannot be changed anymore), but I don't understand why the first &quot;fù&quot; is with accent, whereas the second one is without accent. It seems that you can find it also in the form &quot;chiddu chi fu, fu&quot; or &quot;chiddu chi fù, fù&quot; (probably due to regional differences). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Facimu finta ca chioppi e scampau&quot; would correspond to Italian &quot;Facciamo finta che piovve e spiovve&quot; (maybe &quot;spiovve&quot; is not the best translation, the meaning of Catalan verb &quot;escampar&quot; is that sky becomes clear again, without clouds, and I imagine that this Sicilian verb means more or less the same thing). In English, it would be more or less &quot;Let's pretend that it has rained and then sky became clear again&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cui avi cchiù sali conza la 'nzalata&quot; would be &quot;Chi ha più sale condisce la insalata&quot; in Italian, that in English would more or less translate as &quot;Who has more salt must dress the salad&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cui veni appressu cunta li pidati&quot; would correspond to Italian &quot;Chi viene appresso conta le pedate&quot;, that in English would be more or less &quot;Who goes behind the others must count the footprints&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-13T15:32:12.960" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10771" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10810" CreationDate="2019-08-13T16:55:55.410" Score="4" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vengono anche loro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the subject explicit and put at the end of the sentence for emphasis? Could I simply say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vengono anche? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Loro vengono anche?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which form is the most usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-14T07:16:43.260" LastActivityDate="2019-08-21T18:10:45.697" Title="Vengono anche loro? - explicit subject and subject inversion" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10772" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10775" CreationDate="2019-08-13T18:41:26.973" Score="2" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does the position of &quot;ancora&quot; in the sentence affect its meaning? For instance, is there a difference between the two following sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ancora non so.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non so ancora.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both can mean &quot;I still don't know&quot; and &quot;I don't know yet&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-14T07:14:41.620" LastActivityDate="2019-08-14T07:14:41.620" Title="Does the position of &quot;ancora&quot; affect its meaning?" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10773" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10772" CreationDate="2019-08-13T20:39:18.200" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it's the same. &quot;Ancora&quot; can be used in other expressions, such as &quot;not yet&quot;, &quot;more&quot;. Get a good dictionary. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Non so ancora: I don't know yet. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ancora di più: More. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ancora!: More! &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5645" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-13T20:56:45.550" LastActivityDate="2019-08-13T20:56:45.550" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10771" CreationDate="2019-08-14T03:26:38.457" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Vengono anche loro” is correct, the other two forms are not! If you want to omit the subject you could say “Vengono?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5647" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-14T06:41:09.630" LastActivityDate="2019-08-14T06:41:09.630" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10772" CreationDate="2019-08-14T03:38:55.837" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no difference between the two phrases. Sometimes you can put “ancora” at the beginning of a phrase for emphasis. For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Posso avere un altro piatto di pasta?&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ancora ne vuoi?! Hai mangiato tantissimo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5648" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-14T06:43:42.850" LastActivityDate="2019-08-14T06:43:42.850" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10776" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10783" CreationDate="2019-08-15T16:46:12.867" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;When talking about where I am from (origin of existence) / where I am coming from (origin of movement) and cities, should I use &quot;di&quot; or &quot;da&quot;? For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono da/di Roma.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vengo da/di Roma.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-08-16T14:48:45.127" Title="Prepositions di/da with cities (origin)" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10777" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10885" CreationDate="2019-08-15T17:42:59.577" Score="2" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between using &quot;alcuno&quot; and &quot;nessuno&quot; in negative sentences? Are the sentences below correct? Is there a difference of meaning? Is one of them more usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui non mangia carne.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui non mangia alcuna carne.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui non mangia nessuna carne.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-15T19:48:22.317" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T09:26:53.203" Title="&quot;Alcuno&quot; vs &quot;nessuno&quot; in negative sentences" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10788" CreationDate="2019-08-15T20:29:22.887" Score="4" ViewCount="9220" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've recently heard from a friend that the word &amp;quot;pizza&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;pie&amp;quot; in Italian.&#xA;This sounds like an almost too obvious falsehood to me... But it seems to be corroborated by multiple sources online, including several online English dictionaries.&#xA;But, I also found a couple of sources that state:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contrary to what many believe, pizza does not mean pie in Italian. Pizza is its own thing and is its own dish, so you wouldn’t use pizza to describe an actual pie in Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other words, such as torta or crostata, which are used to describe pies of sweet or savory filling – but pizza would never be used for these. The word pizza is used only to describe this one dish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Additionally, any Italian-English dictionary I check, none of them give &amp;quot;pie&amp;quot; as a translation for &amp;quot;pizza&amp;quot;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what am I to believe? &lt;em&gt;Does&lt;/em&gt; the word &amp;quot;pizza&amp;quot; in Italian actually mean &amp;quot;pie&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5651" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-08-18T10:06:57.150" Title="What does the word &quot;pizza&quot; mean in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10779" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10782" CreationDate="2019-08-16T01:58:54.527" Score="2" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between the two sentences below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ce lo beviamo noi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lo beviamo noi stessi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I also would like to know if &quot;ce&quot; (form of &quot;ci&quot; used before another object pronoun) is the indirect object pronoun or the reflexive pronoun in the first sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-08-17T09:32:21.807" Title="Ce lo beviamo noi = Lo beviamo noi stessi?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10780" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10781" CreationDate="2019-08-16T07:07:41.200" Score="3" ViewCount="317" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Word Reference dict says that the pronunciation of &quot;famoso&quot; is /famoso/ and that the pronunciation of &quot;cosa&quot; is /kɔsa/ but in Forvo I heard /famozo/ (&lt;a href=&quot;https://forvo.com/word/famoso/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forvo.com/word/famoso/&lt;/a&gt;) and /coza/ (&lt;a href=&quot;https://forvo.com/word/cosa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forvo.com/word/cosa/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the S/Z pronunciation a regional difference? Is one of these pronunciations standard?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-10-07T11:08:43.297" LastActivityDate="2020-10-07T11:08:43.297" Title="Pronunciation of famoso and cosa - [s] or [z]?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10780" CreationDate="2019-08-16T08:38:18.973" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is certainly due to a regional difference, but the situation is a bit subtle and dear to my heart, so please indulge me a bit while I briefly give some historical context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian was born as the &lt;em&gt;written&lt;/em&gt; language of the educated classes of Italy in the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance. Without entering too much in the details, it remained an exclusively written language until the unification of Italy in 1861.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fuori di Roma e fuori della Toscana, al sistema linguistico italiano si faceva ricorso solo negli scritti e solo nelle occasioni più solenni (e nemmeno, come si vedrà, in tutte). Per secoli, la lingua italiana, unica tra e lingue  nazionali dell'Europa moderna e come poche altre lingue arioeuropee di cultura, ha vissuto soltanto o quasi soltanto come lingua di dotti: il patriottico affetto nutrito per essa dai letterati è stato, e ora si vede bene il perché, la più forte ragione della sua sopravvivenza nelle varie regioni del paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;hr&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Outside of Rome and outside of Tuscany, people resorted to the Italian linguistic system only in writings and in the most solemn occasions (and not even in all, as we shall see). For centuries the Italian language, alone among the national languages of modern Europe and like only few of the Indoeuropean cultural languages, lived only or almost only as language of the educated: the patriotic affection the intellectual had for it was, and now we see well why, the strongest reason for its survival in the various regions of the country.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Tullio De Mauro, &lt;em&gt;Storia linguistica dell'Italia unita&lt;/em&gt;, pg. 27)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As such, each person's pronunciation of a given Italian word was strongly influenced by the phonotactics and phonology of their regional language. After the unification, there were several attempts at a standardization on various models (Alessandro Manzoni pushed for the contemporary Florentine pronunciation, under the Fascism the Roman pronunciation was set as a standard etc.), but for our present interests, the current standard was set in 1969 in the form of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dizionario_d%27ortografia_e_di_pronunzia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario d'Ortografia e di Pronunzia&lt;/a&gt;, which is essentially a contemporary Florentine pronunciation shed of the characteristics that would be unacceptable to other speakers. This is supposed to be the form that all &quot;professionals of the word&quot; (actors, TV anchors etc) use. The truth is however that very few Italians, if any at all, do so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viceversa, quasi nessun parlante si sottrae all’impronta della zona d’origine, oltre che per il modo d’articolare i singoli foni, per l’intonazione (o calata o, genericamente, accento) che ne scandisce le frasi. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[L]a sanzione sociale di fronte alle pronunce regionali è in genere modesta (anche se la caricatura di un uomo politico, per esempio, faccia leva in primo luogo proprio sugli eventuali tratti regionali del suo modo di parlare) ed è comunque molto meno marcata della censura ortografica: chi scriva &lt;em&gt;subbito&lt;/em&gt; è considerato un ignorante, chi dice ['subbito] passa inosservato o quasi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;hr&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Conversely, almost no speaker is excepted from the imprint of the region of origin, beyond the way they articulate the single phones, for the intonation (or &#xA;  prosody or, generically, accent) marking their sentences. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The social sanction regarding regional pronunciations is generally modest (even if the caricature of a politician, for example, leveraged mainly the regional traits of their speech) and is in any case much less strong than the orthographic reprimand: one who writes &lt;em&gt;subbito&lt;/em&gt; is considered ignorant, one who says ['subbito] passes unnoticed, or almost so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Luca Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana&lt;/em&gt;, I.27-28)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact, some linguists (notably Giulio Lepschy) have contested the existence of a standard at all, considering the DOP standard to be a futile exercise in imposing a structure in a continually changing matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let us now take a look at the case in the question: the word &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt;. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=75177&amp;amp;r=888&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DOP&lt;/a&gt; mandates the pronunciation /'kɔsa/, which should maybe considered the &quot;standard&quot; pronunciation. However the intervocalic &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; has a great variation on a regional basis:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In northern Italy we find only [z], and in central and southern Italy only [s] in an intervocalic position: so [s] and [z] are allophones in complementary distribution: they are phonologically opposed only in Tuscan.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Anna Laura Lepschy and Giulio Lepschy &lt;em&gt;The Italian language today&lt;/em&gt;, pg. 72)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So you can expect to find it regularly pronounced as /'kɔsa/ in the Center and the South of Italy, and /'kɔza/ in the North (this ignores the even bigger regional variations in the pronunciation of the vowels), having thus a rough 50-50 split in the speakers. Note that on Forvo you can find the geographical origin of a speaker by clicking on their name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is particularly notable that the other great dictionary of Italian pronunciation, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/dizionario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DiPI&lt;/a&gt; by Luciano Canepari, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/dizionario/ricerca?lemma=cosa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;recommends /'kɔza/&lt;/a&gt; (while noting that it is not the traditional pronunciation), thus showing that no consensus on the matter is actually present (and it is maybe even impossible).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The DiPI is in my opinion particularly valuable for a language learner, because it doesn't just list one pronunciation, but actually a whole range (recommended, traditional, acceptable, tolerated, shabby, intentional and aulic) plus some information on the regional variations in Central Italy. On the flip side it takes a while to get used to its very condensed notation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-08-16T20:12:51.117" LastActivityDate="2019-08-16T20:12:51.117" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10782" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10779" CreationDate="2019-08-16T11:31:07.907" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is a little difference between the two sentences: the first phrase is colloquially used when who talks is glad to drink (we would like to drink it, and so we are glad to drink it – positive sentence), the other phrase is used as a proof of something or to confirm that who talks himself drinks the beverage (Is it good to drink it? Of course, we ourselves drink it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&#xA;(1)&#xA;- Questo vino è buono, ne diamo un po' a Mario?&#xA;– No! Ce lo beviamo (tutto) noi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2)&#xA;- Questo vino, è buono?&#xA;- Sì, lo beviamo noi stessi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5648" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-16T15:02:01.773" LastActivityDate="2019-08-16T15:02:01.773" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10776" CreationDate="2019-08-16T11:43:15.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on which verb you use.&#xA;In the first sentence you use the verb &quot;essere&quot;, when talking about where you are from, this verb implies a copula such as &quot;originario&quot;, in this case you use &quot;di&quot; as specification (not motion).&#xA;In the second sentence you use the verb &quot;venire&quot;, when talking about where you are from, this verb support the preposition &quot;da&quot; as you in English would say &quot;I came from...&quot;, which is a different complement (it implies  motion).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5648" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-16T14:48:45.127" LastActivityDate="2019-08-16T14:48:45.127" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10784" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10779" CreationDate="2019-08-16T12:06:07.033" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this answer I'll consider only the grammatical aspects. For the (important!) difference in  meaning, take a look at &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/10782/1818&quot;&gt;CB18's answer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grammatically there is a big difference: the first sentence is at the reflexive voice, while the second is at the active voice. You can see it immediately if you try to conjugate the verb at a compound tense (e.g. the &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ce lo siamo bevuto noi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo abbiamo bevuto noi stessi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see in the first sentence we use the auxiliary verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, while in the second the normal auxiliary of the active voice for transitive verbs, &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first sentence is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/10475/mi-sono-fatto-intransitive/10478#10478&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;riflessivo indiretto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-08-16T12:32:25.753" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10785" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10786" CreationDate="2019-08-16T19:48:14.553" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in a language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vi ricordate quegli anni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Shouldn't it be &quot;Ricordate quegli anni?&quot; or &quot;Vi ricordate di quegli anni?&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-08-17T08:32:38.563" LastActivityDate="2019-08-17T08:32:38.563" Title="Does ricordarsi require the preposition di?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10786" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10785" CreationDate="2019-08-16T20:42:02.297" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb “ricordarsi” can be used as a transitive verb or also as intransitive with preposition &quot;di&quot; when it refers to a noun. When it refers to another verb “di” should be used. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“Ricordati di mettere fuori lo sporco”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“Ricordati lo sporco”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5648" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-17T06:35:34.670" LastActivityDate="2019-08-17T06:35:34.670" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10788" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10778" CreationDate="2019-08-17T11:29:34.630" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can say quite confidently that the overwhelming majority of Italians would &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; find any correspondence between what is generally considered a pizza and what is generally conceived to be a pie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, there is some regional variability. Something that remotely resembles a pie is the so called &quot;pizza ripiena&quot; (or &lt;em&gt;stuffed pizza&lt;/em&gt;). The latter, when cooked in a pan, can take the shape of what is commonly intended as pie. &quot;Pizza ripiena&quot; can also be done on a backing tray, and in this case it is more reminiscent of a flat sandwich. In the latter case it is simply &quot;white&quot; pizza which has been stuffed after being baked. Nothing resembling a pie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2019-08-17T11:29:34.630" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10789" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10778" CreationDate="2019-08-18T05:13:26.253" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree with what was said in the other answer and in comments, &quot;pizza&quot; and &quot;pie&quot; are different words in Italian, and it's also difficult to translate &quot;pie&quot;, because the meaning may vary according to the context.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you know a bit of Italian, I think you'll find interesting this speech by prof. Barbero, among other things he talks about the origin of the word &quot;pizza&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.facebook.com/SuperQuarkRai/videos/658764761289957/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.facebook.com/SuperQuarkRai/videos/658764761289957/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In the Mediterranean area, people used to cook a baked focaccia bread&#xA;  with oil, which was called &quot;pita&quot;. The Longobards tended to transform&#xA;  the &quot;t&quot; into &quot;z&quot;, so the &quot;pita&quot; became the &quot;pizza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, a famous song talks about a &quot;pizza pie&quot;, so maybe for English-speaking people the pizza is a kind of pie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OnFlx2Lnr9Q&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OnFlx2Lnr9Q&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;When a moon hits your eye like a big pizza pie&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  That's amore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anyway, the most important thing is &quot;never put pineapple on it&quot;!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/4FOU_aD00Sk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://youtu.be/4FOU_aD00Sk&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2019-08-18T10:06:57.150" LastActivityDate="2019-08-18T10:06:57.150" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10790" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-18T13:15:11.360" Score="3" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am researching local or tourist-oriented facilities in regards of Food/Lodging industry.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could you please clarify the difference among,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bettola&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Osteria&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Taverna&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Trattoria&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ristorante&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And among&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Locanda&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Pensione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Albergo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hotel&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did look all these words in Ragazzini's dictionary, but it is still not clear if there are socio-economical or cultural distinctions, a grading, or a scale of perception of values, not really economical, but of quality?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, I heard some would try first Trattorias first, before restaurants, as their &quot;cucina&quot; is supposed to be more genuine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2047" LastEditorUserId="2047" LastEditDate="2019-08-20T08:12:38.867" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T08:12:38.867" Title="Could you clarify difference among Bettola, Osteria, Taverna, Trattoria, Ristorante and Locanda, Pensione, Albergo, Hotel?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10791" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10792" CreationDate="2019-08-18T20:17:47.820" Score="2" ViewCount="1864" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le banconote gli pesavano nella tasca. Le spenderò tutte oggi – e quando verranno a prendermi non troveranno niente da rubarmi. Cosa vuoi che ti compro, Vita? Caramelle o l’esibizione del lanciatore di coltelli? Una fotografia con lo sfondo di cartapesta o le danze delle tribú africane? Un &lt;strong&gt;piccio&lt;/strong&gt;, Diamà, non ne teniamo manco uno. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Diamante consegnò un quarto di dollaro, e si misero in posa davanti all’apparecchio a fisarmonica. Impettiti, con un sorriso forzato sulle labbra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;piccio&quot; in questo brano? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessuno dei dizionari italiani che ho consultato. Immagino si tratti di un termine di uso regionale, probabilmente correlato al napoletano. Infatti, l'ho trovato sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/a/1397&quot;&gt;Vocabolario napoletano-italiano di Giuseppe Giacco&lt;/a&gt; col significato di &quot;piagnucolìo&quot;, ma questo non sembra avere molto senso nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-19T20:17:45.493" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T07:04:15.977" Title="Significato di &quot;piccio&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10791" CreationDate="2019-08-19T15:42:54.290" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI13/GDLI_13_ocr_356.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Piccio&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, sm. Moneta di poco valore, spicciolo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Lomazzi&lt;/em&gt;, 19: Quando alla borsa sentìa qualche piccio. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Forma apocopata da picciolo&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, come riportato nel commento di @egreg, il significato sarebbe quello di una moneta di poco valore, cioè, uno spicciolo, di cui avevano bisogno per farsi fare una fotografia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-19T15:42:54.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10793" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10794" CreationDate="2019-08-19T18:39:22.880" Score="4" ViewCount="323" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have recently heard:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai la patente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could this be rephrased to &quot;Hai la tua patente?&quot; ? Is the former more usual? In what other cases (besides body parts) is the possessive adjective often omitted?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-19T19:26:32.987" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T13:55:46.040" Title="Hai la patente? - omission of possessive adjective" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10793" CreationDate="2019-08-19T18:47:50.787" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, I’d say that the expression “la patente” is often used without the possessive  adjective  unless it is required to avoid misunderstanding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho dimenticato la patente a casa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi mostri la patente per favore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quanto tempo hai la patente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalla stampa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla guida senza patente si spaccia per il fratello. Arrestato. &lt;a href=&quot;https://daily.veronanetwork.it/news/alla-guida-senza-patente-si-spaccia-fratello-arrestato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Veronanetwork.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guidava senza patente: 5mila euro di multa ad un 53enne.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://aostasera.it/notizie/cronaca/guidava-senza-patente-5mila-euro-di-multa-ad-un-53enne/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Aostasera.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-08-19T19:39:01.383" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10795" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10798" CreationDate="2019-08-19T19:40:20.930" Score="3" ViewCount="243" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have recently heard:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa prova per lei?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could I say instead &quot;Cosa sente per lei?&quot; ? Is there any difference of meaning between the two verbs in this context? Word Reference dictionary (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/sentire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/sentire&lt;/a&gt;) says that &quot;sentire&quot; can be used not only to physical sensations, but also to emotions (e.g., &quot;Ho sentito una forte gioia nel vederla&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-19T20:20:21.167" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T07:00:15.737" Title="&quot;Sentire&quot; vs &quot;provare&quot; (to feel a feeling)" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10796" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10797" CreationDate="2019-08-19T20:17:01.977" Score="2" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would one say &quot;she arrives on the ship&quot; in Italian? Google Translate gives me &quot;lei arriva sulla nave&quot; but I was told that &quot;lei arriva in nave&quot; or &quot;lei arriva con la nave&quot; would be more usual. I think that &quot;lei arriva in nave&quot; is in fact a translation of &quot;she arrives &lt;em&gt;by&lt;/em&gt; ship ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-19T20:23:23.117" LastActivityDate="2019-08-19T21:50:39.843" Title="How to express &quot;to arrive on the ship&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10797" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10796" CreationDate="2019-08-19T21:50:39.843" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;She arrives on the ship&quot; is somewhat ambiguous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;She arrives on the ship&quot; (the act of arriving has the ship as its object) would be &quot;arriva sulla nave&quot; (or &quot;sale a bordo&quot; or &quot;si imbarca&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;She arrives on the ship&quot; (the act of arriving has the ship as its means) might also be &quot;arriva sulla nave&quot; (or more likely, &quot;sarà sulla nave&quot;), but is usually rendered as &quot;arriva con la nave&quot; (you can then specify which: &quot;arriva con il traghetto delle 15:50&quot;, &quot;arriva con la Costa Splendida&quot;), &quot;arriva per nave&quot; (arrives on a ship, you might not know which exactly), this last being the same as &quot;arriva via nave&quot; which, to my ears, sounds better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(You might also perhaps say &quot;sarà sulla nave&quot;, or even &quot;sbarcherà&quot; :-) )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2019-08-19T21:50:39.843" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10798" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10795" CreationDate="2019-08-19T22:00:00.567" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this context the two verbs are synonyms, but &quot;provare&quot; is somewhat more common (according to several Google Ngram experiments I've just run. &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=provare%20per%20te%2Csentire%20per%20te&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cprovare%20per%20te%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csentire%20per%20te%3B%2Cc0#t1%3B%2Cprovare%20per%20te%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csentire%20per%20te%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Here is one&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some tests might be inconclusive, because &quot;sentire&quot; also means &quot;to hear&quot; and &quot;provare&quot; also means &quot;to prove&quot;. Perversely, as you probably know, in Italian the formal, polite form of address is in the third person (you don't ask &quot;what do you hear?&quot; but &quot;what does &lt;em&gt;he&lt;/em&gt; hear?&quot;). So if I search &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=cosa%20prova%2Ccosa%20sente&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Ccosa%20prova%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bcosa%20prova%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BCosa%20prova%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Ccosa%20sente%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bcosa%20sente%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BCosa%20sente%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Cosa sente&quot; vs &quot;Cosa prova&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, this also finds &quot;What do you hear without hearing aids?&quot; and &quot;What does this demonstrate?&quot;. This effect is probably small since &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=cosa%20senti%2Ccosa%20provi&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Ccosa%20senti%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bcosa%20senti%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BCosa%20senti%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Ccosa%20provi%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bcosa%20provi%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BCosa%20provi%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the familiar form with the second person&lt;/a&gt; finds similar results.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2019-08-20T07:00:15.737" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T07:00:15.737" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10799" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10803" CreationDate="2019-08-20T00:11:13.430" Score="4" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, the article is omitted in general statements. Does Italian use the definite article in such sentences? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non feriamo gli animali&quot; = We do not hurt the animals (specific animals, e.g., the ones in this zoo, the ones I own).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;May it also mean &quot;We do not hurt animals&quot; (animals in general)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-08-20T09:38:16.403" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T09:38:16.403" Title="Articles in general statements" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10800" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10806" CreationDate="2019-08-20T03:14:04.983" Score="5" ViewCount="506" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between &quot;riposare&quot; and &quot;riposarsi&quot; when they mean &quot;to take a break&quot; ? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;We work during the day and we rest/take a break at night.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lavoriamo di giorno e (ci) riposiamo di notte.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-21T08:16:16.473" LastActivityDate="2019-08-21T09:59:01.880" Title="&quot;Riposare&quot; vs &quot;riposarsi&quot; (= to take a break)" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10793" CreationDate="2019-08-20T03:44:42.357" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Expanding to what @Gio said, the (driver's) license is issued to a specific person (and indeed it's often used as proof of a person's identity), and so it makes for limited logical sense to ask for &quot;yours&quot;, because really, it'd be hardly relevant if you were carrying somebody else's license.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imagine this conversation: &quot;Do you have the licence?&quot; &quot;Yes of of course, here is my sister's license for operating heavy machinery&quot;. It's an odd enough thing to say to be funny to most people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian this kind of redundant statements (the use of the possessive adjective in this particular case) are avoided more often than not, especially in informal language. If I heard somebody use the possessive, and without extra context, I'd assume it being a more formal tone, maybe like an officer might use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5659" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T03:44:42.357" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10802" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10791" CreationDate="2019-08-20T07:04:15.977" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si dice anche &quot;spicci&quot; (per dire spiccioli) nel centro sud. Però al singolare, &quot;spiccio&quot;, non mi pare di averlo mai sentito. Sembrerebbe una forma collegata. Non conosco questo romanzo, se ho ben capito chi parla sarebbe di Caserta, anche se sono cresciuto a Roma, conosco poco il napoletano, appena quanto basta per seguire Troisi...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5659" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T07:04:15.977" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10799" CreationDate="2019-08-20T07:20:25.727" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian articles are used in a different way than in English. This is a major difficulty for Italian learners of English, and I suppose it is the same for English learners of Italian :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ignoring poetic language (where sometimes the article is omitted or inserted for metric reasons) and other specialized languages (e.g. in telegrams articles are omitted because they are paid by the word), the article in Italian is omitted only in certain fixed contexts. For a detailed list, you can  consult &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/omissione-dell-articolo_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the particular case of general sentences the article can be both omitted and not omitted. So &lt;em&gt;Non feriamo gli animali&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Non feriamo animali&lt;/em&gt; are both acceptable translations of &lt;em&gt;We do not hurt animals&lt;/em&gt;. All the grammars I consulted suggest that the latter (with the article omitted) is a more sustained register, but at least to me it sounds perfectly normal and I wouldn't hesitate to use it in normal conversation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T07:20:25.727" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10793" CreationDate="2019-08-20T13:38:49.433" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Patente&lt;/code&gt; both means the general concept of a driver's license, i.e. the ability to drive, and the plastic card that serves as a document. When associated with possessive adjective, it refers to the material plastic card.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai la patente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It means &quot;do you own &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; driver's license?&quot;, i.e. &quot;are you enabled to drive?&quot;. One would ask this when offering someone to drive a car, regardless of the of the plastic card. Possessive is not required.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to talk about the plastic card, i.e. you know the other person is enabled to drive but you want to make sure they have the plastic card handy, you will normally ask differently&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Do you have your driver's license [card] with you?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai con te la patente? / Hai la patente con te? / Hai la patente a portata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, if you speak about &lt;code&gt;la tua patente&lt;/code&gt;, which is &lt;code&gt;your driver's license&lt;/code&gt;, you are focusing on the plastic card&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3500" LastEditorUserId="3500" LastEditDate="2019-08-20T13:55:46.040" LastActivityDate="2019-08-20T13:55:46.040" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10806" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10800" CreationDate="2019-08-21T08:16:36.573" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your sentence, both are synonyms, but, according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riposare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; the version with pronoun is more commonly used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cessare, smettere momentaneamente un’attività, e quindi sostare, prendere tregua per sollievo e ristoro fisico e psichico: &lt;em&gt;gli altri dì non credere che noi riposiamo&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio); più comunem., con la particella pron., &lt;em&gt;riposarsi&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Quante ’l villan ch’al poggio si riposa, ... Vede lucciole giù per la vallea ...&lt;/em&gt; (Dante); &lt;em&gt;riposarsi da un lavoro, da un viaggio; riposarsi un istante, un’ora; dopo cena mi riposo un po’ e poi mi rimetto a studiare&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Treccani dictionary states that the version without the pronoun is usually used when when you want to indicate that the rest is prolonged for a certain time, in sleep or lying down:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La forma senza la particella pron. s’incontra di preferenza quando si vuole indicare che il riposo si prolunga per un certo tempo, nel sonno o comunque stando distesi: &lt;em&gt;sta riposando sul divano, sulla poltrona, sul prato&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-21T08:16:36.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10807" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10809" CreationDate="2019-08-21T08:44:52.493" Score="1" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vita pensava alle fiere di Minturno, ma quei ricordi sbiadivano, li afferrava appena, però anche la piazza di Minturno era bella, all’ombra del castello, con le pacchiane intovagliate di merletto e l’odore delle &lt;strong&gt;impostarelle&lt;/strong&gt; con lo stoccafisso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa sono le &quot;impostarelle&quot;? Non ho trovato il termine &quot;impostarella&quot; su nessun dizionario italiano, quindi immagino si tratti di un vocabolo di uso regionale. Tuttavia, non l'ho trovato neanche sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/questions/1395/online-reference-works-on-italian-dialects-regional-terms&quot;&gt;vocabolario napolitano-italiano di Giuseppe Giacco&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T17:03:35.867" Title="Cosa sono le &quot;impostarelle&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10800" CreationDate="2019-08-21T09:59:01.880" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riposarsi is a reflexive verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reflexive verbs are used when the subject is also the object of the action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi lavo = I wash myself&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veste = She dresses herself&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say that a verb is reflexive if you see a reflexive pronoun (mi, ti, ci, vi, si)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When you use imperative or indefinite (infinitive, participle, gerund) you must attach the reflexive pronoum as suffix:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lavati = lava + ti = go wash yourself (imperative)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vai a lavarti i denti = lavare + ti = go brush your teeth (infinitive)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the action of “resting” cannot be applied to any other individual, you may use “riposare” and “riposarsi” with the same meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: I’m italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5660" LastActivityDate="2019-08-21T09:59:01.880" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10809" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10807" CreationDate="2019-08-21T10:12:05.897" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come riportato in questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.scattidigusto.it/2017/01/18/pizzeria-napoli-enzo-coccia-vomero/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog relativo alla cucina napoletana&lt;/a&gt;, l’impostarella (nel testo mpustarella) è una sorta di antipasto o stuzzichino che consiste in una sorta di piccolo panino farcito nei modi più disparati. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel vocabolario da te citato si trova infatti il termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mpustarella&lt;/strong&gt;: f. colazione tipo sandwich.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-08-21T10:12:05.897" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10771" CreationDate="2019-08-21T17:19:30.403" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Pure&quot; and &quot;anche&quot; must always be accompanied by the element they refer to. In the question &quot;Vengono?&quot;, that is the implicit subject &quot;loro&quot;. It is one of the few cases where the personal pronoun cannot be omitted. In the specific case of &quot;anche&quot;, it must also precede the subject. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Viaggiamo anche/pure noi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Viaggiamo noi pure.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Anche/pure noi viaggiamo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Noi pure viaggiamo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the examples of the question, the correct alternatives are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vengono anche loro?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Anche loro vengono?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Vengono anche&quot; and &quot;Loro vengono anche&quot; are wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-08-21T18:10:45.697" LastActivityDate="2019-08-21T18:10:45.697" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10811" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10812" CreationDate="2019-08-21T22:38:35.307" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am aware that the past participle of a verb which comes after a direct object pronoun in 3rd person &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; agree in gender and number with the pronoun. Is the same obligatory for 1st/2nd persons pronouns? Which sentences of the following pairs are correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(individual of a group with at least one man)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci hanno battuto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci hanno battuti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(woman speaking)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mi hanno battuto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mi hanno battuta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-22T07:28:15.913" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T09:14:58.903" Title="Agreement of past participle of verb after direct object pronouns in 1st/2nd person" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10811" CreationDate="2019-08-22T09:14:58.903" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/accordo-participio-passato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article by Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; both possibilities (that is, agreement and not agreement of past participle with the personal pronoun) are correct:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) accordo del participio d'un verbo composto con avere con l'oggetto anteposto, costituito da un pronome personale o relativo (&quot;ci ha &lt;em&gt;ingannato&lt;/em&gt;&quot; - &quot;ci ha &lt;em&gt;ingannati&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, &quot;la casa che ho &lt;em&gt;comprato&lt;/em&gt;&quot; - &quot;la casa che ho &lt;em&gt;comprata&lt;/em&gt;&quot;); &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  3) accordo del participio di &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; o di un verbo copulativo col soggetto o col nome del predicato ovvero col complemento predicativo (&quot;il suo discorso è &lt;em&gt;stato&lt;/em&gt;, è &lt;em&gt;risultato&lt;/em&gt; una sorpresa&quot; - &quot;è &lt;em&gt;stata&lt;/em&gt;, è &lt;em&gt;risultata&lt;/em&gt; una sorpresa&quot;); &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  4) accordo del participio d'un verbo pronominale col soggetto o col complemento oggetto, sia esso anteposto o posposto (&quot;la meta che ci siamo &lt;em&gt;prefissati&lt;/em&gt;&quot; - &quot;che ci siamo &lt;em&gt;prefissata&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  La possibilità di scelta per i punti 2, 3 e 4 è esistita da sempre in italiano e le restrizioni di tanto in tanto indicate da qualche grammatico sono da considerarsi infondate. Anche in uno scrittore particolarmente sensibile al problema dell'omogeneità linguistica come Alessandro Manzoni si possono cogliere alternative: &quot;le cose che m'hanno &lt;em&gt;fatto&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, cap. XXXV) - &quot;le ciarle che avrebbe &lt;em&gt;fatte&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (cap. III), - [gli uomini] &quot;si riunivano in crocchi, senza essersi &lt;em&gt;dati&lt;/em&gt; l'intesa&quot; (cap. XII) - &quot;altri passeggeri s'eran &lt;em&gt;fatta&lt;/em&gt; una strada ne' campi&quot; (cap. XI) ecc.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your question corresponds to point 2 in this explanation, which affirms that both possibilities (&quot;ci ha &lt;em&gt;ingannato&lt;/em&gt;&quot; and &quot;ci ha &lt;em&gt;ingannati&lt;/em&gt;&quot; in the examples of this article) are correct. That is, all the sentences in your question are correct and the choice between them it's up to you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T09:14:58.903" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10813" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-22T09:39:25.030" Score="3" ViewCount="1472" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho provato più volte a cercare l'origine del modo di dire &quot;Mettere il sale sulla coda&quot;. Non sono mai riuscito a trovare una spiegazione di nessun tipo, tranne una volta un forum post in cui qualcuno diceva che appoggiando delicatamente una manciata di sale grosso sulla coda di un pollo, si ottiene che quello smette di andare a giro. Onestamente non ci ho creduto (ma non ho nemmeno provato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre pensato fosse una cosa italiana. Recentemente sto cominciando a capire che invece probabilmente il detto è internazionale e vecchiotto: un paio di mesi fa ho notato che in uno dei primi cartoni di Bugs Bunny, Elmer Fudd cerca di catturare Bugs mentre dorme, mettendogli del sale sulla coda (e mostra la saliera al pubblico nel fare ciò, e questa dice &quot;salt&quot;). Penso il cartone sia dei primi anni 1940.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'etichetta di un noto sale sudafricano (Cerebos, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.flickr.com/photos/h_is_for_home/4112821329&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;foto&lt;/a&gt;) si vede un bambino o una bambina (dipende dalla versione) che corre dietro ad un pollo versandogli addosso del sale da una saliera. Come riferimento per la datazione ho trovato questo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cerebos has been an iconic South African brand since 1945. It traces its roots back to England in 1892 when a chemist decided to mix calcium phosphate with salt to mend his daughter's weak bones.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(dal sito della Cerebos)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come suggerito nelle risposte di @abarisone e @Charo, conosco bene (essendone ovviamente io stesso stato oggetto ...anta anni fa) l'usanza di dirlo ai bimbi piccini come &quot;consiglio&quot; riguardo alla cattura di vari passerotti e piccioni ai giardini. Ma senza con questo voler mancare di rispetto, non mi trovo molto convinto sull'origine proposta (che il detto origini nell'uso che se ne fa con i bimbi). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trovo la storia poco convincente perché &quot;a priori&quot; l'azione di mettere il sale sulla coda di un uccello appare (almeno nella cultura odierna) completamente aleatoria. Non so come dire, indipendentemente dal fatto che riuscirci ovviamente non è facilissimo, mi pare il vero problema sia che l'atto in sé è assurdo: è come se uno dicesse &quot;spalmagli il burro sull'occhio&quot;. Dato un individuo raziocinante, come gli verrebbe in mente di fare una cosa del genere? Perché una persona andando a caccia di uccelli avrebbe mai del sale a portata di mano? Sopratutto nell'antichità, quando il sale era cosa preziosa e certamente non da sprecare? E poi perché non una manciata di ghiaia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unica altra espressione legata al sale ed alla stasi che mi viene in mente è dalle &lt;em&gt;Fiabe Italiane&lt;/em&gt; curate da Italo Calvino: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C’era un Re con tre figlie femmine. Andò alla fiera e prima di partire&#xA;  domandò alle figlie che regalo volevano. Una disse un fazzolettone, l’altra un&#xA;  paio di stivaletti, la terza disse un cartoccio di sale. Le prime due sorelle che&#xA;  non potevano vedere la più piccina, dissero al padre: - Lo sapete perché v’ha&#xA;  chiesto il sale, quella birbante? Perché vuol salarvi le cuoia.&#xA;  – Ah, sì! – disse il padre. – A me vuol salare le cuoia? E io la caccio di casa,&#xA;  - e così fece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(da &lt;em&gt;Pelle di vecchia&lt;/em&gt;, Montale Pistoiese)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'inferenza è che la salatura delle cuoia sia un atto legato al processo di conciatura delle pelli (le cuoia, forma neutra del plurale di cuoio, toscanismo tipico). Ovviamente in questo piú che stasi momentanea si tratta di morte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti Wikipedia conferma (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pagina sulla Concia&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La conservazione deve essere effettuata il più rapidamente possibile e consiste nel creare all'interno della pelle condizioni tali da rendere impossibile la vita e lo sviluppo di batteri e microorganismi che producono gli enzimi della putrefazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I metodi di gran lunga più utilizzati sono la salatura e l'essiccamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5659" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-23T06:45:29.180" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T06:45:29.180" Title="Origine di &quot;Mettigli il sale sulla coda&quot;" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10813" CreationDate="2019-08-22T12:09:22.163" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionaripiu.zanichelli.it/la-parola-e-servita/mettere-il-sale-sulla-coda/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Zanichelli&lt;/a&gt; fornisce una spiegazione interessante sulla possibile origine della locuzione oggetto della domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché dunque mettendo il sale sulla coda di qualcuno lo si blocca, lo&#xA;  si cattura? Potremmo forse pensare all’immagine biblica della moglie&#xA;  di Lot che, durante la distruzione di Sodoma e Gomorra, fu trasformata&#xA;  in statua di sale per essersi voltata indietro a guardare (Genesi, 19,&#xA;  26). Ma la strada non è questa e pare sia proprio quella indicata da&#xA;  Neerea, e cioè al consiglio, scherzoso e inutile, dato ai bambini di&#xA;  poter acciuffare gli uccellini che stanno rincorrendo mettendo ai&#xA;  malcapitati volatili del sale sulla coda. E’ evidente che nel momento&#xA;  in cui i bambini riuscissero a mettere del sale sulla coda agli&#xA;  uccellini significherebbe che li avrebbero già presi e ben serrati&#xA;  nelle loro mani!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche il forum &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/14-12-2009/mettere-il-sale-sulla-coda-1428817.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Scioglilingua del Corriere della Sera&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; sembra concordare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Concordo sul significato attualmente attribuito, anche se in origine&#xA;  questo aveva una connotazione unicamente ironica e beffarda. Era&#xA;  questo, infatti, un metodo che si suggeriva ai bambini per acchiappere&#xA;  gli uccellini, i quali, dopo, non potendo più volare, si sarebbero&#xA;  potuti facilmente afferrare. Pertanto, fuori contesto, la frase veniva&#xA;  ironicamente usata per intendere un'azione apparentemente facile da&#xA;  realizzare, ma impossibile da eseguire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://il-trafiletto.blogspot.com/2014/01/perche-si-dice-mettere-il-sale-sulla.html?m=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo blog&lt;/a&gt; un’ulteriore curiosità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giuseppe Gioacchino Belli fa uso di questa espressione in un suo&#xA;  sonetto del 1832, La Santissima Ternità, parlando della colomba dello&#xA;  Spirito Santo che vola via: &quot;E allora sti dottori de la bbroda currino&#xA;  appresso a mmetteje cor guanto un pizzico de sale in zu la coda&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T12:09:22.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10815" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10813" CreationDate="2019-08-22T12:46:16.417" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI17/GDLI_17_ocr_405.pdf&amp;amp;parola=sale%20sulla%20coda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, l'orgine di questo modo di dire è lo scherzo popolare che suggerisce di cercar di catturare gli uccelli con questa tecnica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;con  riferimento allo  scherzoso  suggerimento  popolare  di  adottare &#xA;  tale tecnica per catturare gli uccelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo modo di dire si usava già nella lingua italiana nella prima metà dell'Ottocento, da quanto si può dedurre dalla citazione dal racconto &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI_indice_autori/GDLI_Indice_autori_65.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Margherita Pusterla&lt;/em&gt; di Andrea Cantù&lt;/a&gt;, edito nel 1838, che appare in tale dizionario (vedi anche  &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=4N10sfoZhG8C&amp;amp;pg=PA464&amp;amp;lpg=PA464&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alpinolo  per  tutti  i  dì  successivi  non  si &#xA;  diede  pace,  ricercandolo  in  ogni  canto,  appostandolo  su tutte  le  vie...:  «Che  credete,  che  Pisa sia un orto?  biso­gnava mettergli un grano di sale sulla coda».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-22T13:02:37.743" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T13:02:37.743" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10816" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10807" CreationDate="2019-08-22T17:03:35.867" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta dell'italianizzazione del termine napoletano &quot;mpustarella&quot;. Ecco quello che Renato Casolaro spiega su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cinquecolonne.it/a-mpustarella.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt; sul significato e origine di questo vocabolo, facendo riferimento a qualche dizionario dello studioso della lingua e la civiltà napoletana &lt;a href=&quot;https://nap.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Francesco_D%27Ascoli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Francesco D'Ascoli&lt;/a&gt;, possibilmente il &lt;em&gt;Dizionario Etimologico Napoletano&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mpustarella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è, si sa, una “colazione fatta con pane e companatico”, è un “panino ripieno” (D’Ascoli), nel quale sia stato inserito (quasi “impostato” come una lettera nella buca, ci verrebbe da dire se volessimo indulgere al gioco di parole) una fetta di qualche salume e/o formaggio. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Naturalmente, se invece del panino usiamo due fette di pane accostate, il risultato non cambia.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ciò che connota la &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mpustarella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; non è solo il modo in cui viene fatta, ma anche l’ora, il momento, che può variare ma è sempre un momento lontano dai pasti principali: metà mattinata o metà pomeriggio (la “merendina” di oggi non ne è che il lontano discendente), e in qualche caso persino metà nottata (per gli insonni che nel silenzio della notte vagano tra il letto e il frigo in cerca di un qualche sollievo alle loro pene).&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Insomma la &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mpustarella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è quello che in italiano si chiama spuntino, che serve soprattutto a &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;suppuntà&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, ovvero a “sostenere” (quasi “puntare da sotto”), uno stomaco che brontola. È per questo che Enrico Malato, contestando alcune derivazioni invero poco fondate, faceva derivare la parola dal verbo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mpustà&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; in un senso traslato di “assestare”, “mettere a sesto”.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Il verbo effettivamente si adoperava già nell’Ottocento per indicare, tra l’altro, “appoggiare travi, archi etc.”, e infatti la &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mposta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, poco più d’un secolo fa, era “l’impostatura di un arco o di una volta” (Andreoli).&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  In questo senso dunque &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mpustarella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; deriverebbe da “impostare” nel senso di “mettere sotto”. È a questo che pensiamo quando parliamo di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;suppuntà ’o stommaco&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ma nel nostro caso c’è qualcosa (il companatico) che non si mette “sotto”, quanto piuttosto “in”, “dentro”, “in mezzo”. E &lt;em&gt;mpustà&lt;/em&gt; significa anche “impostare” una lettera (ahimé anche questa oggi espressione in via di estinzione, giacché la posta ormai viaggia per lo più telematicamente), cioè appunto “mettere dentro”.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Proprio il D’Ascoli che abbiamo citato all’inizio vede la &lt;em&gt;mpustarella&lt;/em&gt; come diminutivo di &lt;em&gt;mposta&lt;/em&gt;, “dall’idea della fetta di companatico che viene inserita nel panino aperto”.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Perché la &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mposta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, nel napoletano moderno (del Nocevento, intendiamo), è la “suola di rinforzo che s’inserisce fra due altre”.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Dunque la &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;mpustarella&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; potrebbe anche venire dall’ambiente dei calzolai, i &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;solachianielle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  È d’obbligo una breve parentesi per avvertire chi non lo sapesse che il &lt;em&gt;solachianiello&lt;/em&gt; (“che risuola pianelle”, scarpe) non va confuso con lo &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scarparo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. Quest’ultimo le scarpe le costruiva, mentre il &lt;em&gt;solachianiello&lt;/em&gt; riparava le calzature. Il mestiere è ancora vivo, anche se meno diffuso di una volta, quando le scarpe si riparavano, si risuolavano, si rinforzavano perché se ne compravano molte di meno.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Quanti di noi ricordano di aver portato a riparare delle scarpe che &lt;em&gt;tenevano famma&lt;/em&gt;, come dicevamo scherzosamente quando si aprivano sul davanti (specie quelle dei ragazzi, che usavano giocare a pallone per strada) dopo che si era consumata la parte anteriore, perché quella parte anteriore della scarpa ci pareva simile a una bocca aperta pronta a mangiare!&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Era allora che il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;solachianiello&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; inseriva una suoletta fra le due suole sul davanti per rinforzare il tutto (che poi sarebbe stato unificato col mastice e con quei chiodini microscopici detti da noi &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;semmenzelle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, o forse con quegli altri chiodini dalla testa piatta e abnorme detti &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;centrelle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;).&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ebbene, come non pensare che la &lt;em&gt;mposta&lt;/em&gt; (dal latino &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;impositam&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, “posta dentro”) abbia dato luogo alla &lt;em&gt;mpustarella&lt;/em&gt;, l’inserimento di una fetta di prosciutto o di salame fra le due “suole” costituite dalle due metà di un panino o dalle due fette di pane all’uopo tagliate?&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Il termine, il quale, come s’è già capito, è una formazione novecentesca (giacché i vocabolari dell’Ottocento non lo riportano), [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Ho omesso l'ultima parte dell'articolo perché l'autore afferma che è pura fantasia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-22T17:03:35.867" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10817" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10824" CreationDate="2019-08-22T18:33:01.903" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are both sentences below correct and usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Un ristorante apre a pranzo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Un ristorante apre per pranzo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose that the first sentence expresses the time period when the restaurant is open and the second one the motivation of opening it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-22T18:45:15.520" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T14:14:10.487" Title="&quot;Aprire per pranzo&quot; vs &quot;aprire a pranzo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10819" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10823" CreationDate="2019-08-23T00:18:49.863" Score="3" ViewCount="1138" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &quot;cercare di&quot;, &quot;tentare di&quot; e &quot;provare a&quot;, when they mean &quot;to try/to attempt to accomplish something&quot; or &quot;to try/experience something&quot; in English ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Cercherò di/tenterò di/proverò a scalare la montagna più alta del mondo (= I will try/attempt to climb the highest mountain in the world) &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Voglio cercare di/tentare di/provare a scalare una montagna (per sapere come ci si sente) (= I want to try/experience climbing a mountain). &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/cercare-di-provare-tentare.110053/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/cercare-di-provare-tentare.110053/&lt;/a&gt; , &quot;tentare di&quot; has a sense of failure attached to it - so using tentare for the future would mean that you aren't hopeful that the subject would be successful. According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italki.com/question/362140&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.italki.com/question/362140&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;cercare&quot; cannot be used alone (eg Io sto cercando). Is that right? Are there any other differences in meaning or usage?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-23T06:41:43.387" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T11:34:36.267" Title="&quot;Cercare di&quot; vs &quot;tentare di&quot; vs &quot;provare a&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10820" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-23T04:45:01.377" Score="5" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could both &quot;essere&quot; and &quot;stare&quot; be used with feelings (eg happy, calm) and attitudes (eg silent)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that yes. On the one hand, &quot;stare&quot; is used in sentences in imperative mood, ordering/suggesting a change of feeling/attitude. On the other hand, &quot;essere&quot; is used in statements, describing a current/permanent feeling/attitude. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stai calmo/zitto/felice! = Be calm/silent/happy! (requests a change of mood) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei calmo/zitto/felice = You are calm/silent/happy (current/permanent state)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am especially not sure about &quot;essere&quot; always being used with statements with feelings/attitudes. &lt;a href=&quot;https://langsandlit.tumblr.com/post/161368437468/essere-we-use-essere-to-express&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://langsandlit.tumblr.com/post/161368437468/essere-we-use-essere-to-express&lt;/a&gt; says that &quot;essere&quot; is used with permanent state and &quot;stare&quot; with current state in this case, but I do not know if that is standard Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-23T06:37:47.077" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T15:02:35.610" Title="&quot;Stare&quot; vs &quot;essere&quot; to express feelings or attitudes" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10822" CreationDate="2019-08-23T06:48:06.380" Score="3" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in a Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Posso avere un minuto per pensare ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(= Can I have a minute to think ?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that an usual construction in Italian? In English, IMHO it would be more common to say &quot;Can I think for a minute?&quot; (= Posso pensare per un minuto?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-08-23T08:56:48.537" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T08:56:48.537" Title="Posso avere un minuto per pensare?" Tags="&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10821" CreationDate="2019-08-23T08:41:30.313" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two are used interchangeably, but yes, it is a usual phrase structure. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion, the first sentence somehow stresses the idea that you are asking permission for something that belongs to the person you are interacting with (a minute of his time) or that is just out there (a minute of time) and you are asking permission to &quot;take&quot; it. This is a structure I would use when having been asked a question at an oral exam without knowing the answer right away. I think it adds a hint of courtesy to the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T08:41:30.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10819" CreationDate="2019-08-23T11:34:36.267" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In both sentences the three can be used interchangeably to express the same meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Tentare” can have a sense of failure, especially in expressions such as “un tentativo fallito” or “tentare invano” but it is in no way the only meaning the word can have.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are absolutely right in saying that you cannot use “cercare” alone, as in that case the word has a very different meaning (“(io) sto cercando” means “I am looking for”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope To have cleared all the doubts you had :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5664" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T11:34:36.267" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10824" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10817" CreationDate="2019-08-23T11:44:54.303" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both sentences can be used to express practically the same meaning (I would say that the difference you pointed out is correct but rarely noticed), but be aware of the fact that they both mean that the restaurant &lt;strong&gt;opens&lt;/strong&gt; at lunch time (i.e. it is closed before). If you want to say that a restaurant &lt;strong&gt;is open&lt;/strong&gt; at lunch time, I would suggest either one of these sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il ristorante è aperto a mezzogiorno.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il ristorante è aperto a pranzo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;:)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5664" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-23T11:55:34.713" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T11:55:34.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10825" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-23T12:19:09.563" Score="2" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have browsed through a great number of sources for the definition, and here are several of them from reliable dictionaries:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piazza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;assegni su piazza, fuori piazza&lt;/em&gt;, pagabili rispettivam. nella località stessa dove ha sede la banca che li ha&#xA;  emessi o in località diversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/piazza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;fuori piazza&lt;/strong&gt; ... di assegno, pagabile in località differente dalla sede della banca che lo emette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.devoto-oli.it/devotooli/dizionario#/masterDetail/words/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Devoto-Oli:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fuori piazza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, di assegno, pagabile in una&#xA;  località diversa da quella in cui ha sede la banca che lo ha emesso,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.btb.termiumplus.gc.ca/tpv2alpha/alpha-fra.html?lang=fra&amp;amp;i=1&amp;amp;index=alt&amp;amp;srchtxt=CHEQUE%20HORS%20PLACE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;term database of the Government of Canada&lt;/a&gt;, the definition is provided for the English equivalent, &lt;strong&gt;out-of-town cheque&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A check [drawn] on a bank which is located outside the territory of&#xA;  the clearing house with which the collecting bank is identified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is whether an &lt;em&gt;assegno fuori piazza&lt;/em&gt; is a cheque drawn by a bank on a bank located definitely in another town (I mean that a bank in Rome draws a cheque on a bank in Venice, and therefore this cheque &lt;strong&gt;must be paid&lt;/strong&gt; in Venice) or it is a cheque without the city stated (which means that the cheque &lt;strong&gt;can be paid anywhere&lt;/strong&gt; and it becomes &lt;em&gt;fuori piazza&lt;/em&gt; if I present it before a bank in Venice and &lt;em&gt;su piazza&lt;/em&gt; if I present it before a bank in Rome).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;UPD. To put it briefly, &lt;em&gt;pagabile&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;strong&gt;can&lt;/strong&gt; be paid or &lt;em&gt;pagabile&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;strong&gt;must&lt;/strong&gt; be paid in this case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4424" LastEditorUserId="4424" LastEditDate="2019-08-23T13:43:56.167" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T21:02:20.337" Title="Assegno su piazza / fuori piazza: where are both payable?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10825" CreationDate="2019-08-23T13:23:34.747" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;An “assegno fuori piazza” is a cheque that &lt;strong&gt;can be&lt;/strong&gt; (but not necessarily) paid in a bank different from the one it was emitted (i.e. in a different location).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general “pagabile” = can be paid (but not always), whereas “da pagare”, “deve essere pagata” or similar forms = must be payed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for references you cited Treccani which is one of the most reputable dictionaries of the Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.gestioneassegni.com/differenze-tra-assegni-guida-completa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; is a website that describes how different cheques work:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Assegno “fuori piazza”, in questo caso può essere riscosso in un comune del territorio nazionale diverso rispetto a quello del luogo di emissione e la banca deve pagarlo se la richiesta del beneficiario viene fatta entro 15 giorni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trans.:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;“Fuori piazza” cheque, in this case the cheque &lt;strong&gt;can be&lt;/strong&gt; (può essere) payed in a different municipality of the national territory from where it was emitted and the bank must pay it only if the request is done within 15 days.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5664" LastEditorUserId="5664" LastEditDate="2019-08-23T20:03:44.040" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T20:03:44.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10827" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10839" CreationDate="2019-08-23T14:05:09.487" Score="2" ViewCount="3968" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo quali delle seguenti due sia corretto, &quot;fare si che&quot; o &quot;fare sì che&quot;. Non sono sicuro di quale sia il costrutto giusto, anche perché non capisco la funzione di &quot;si&quot; o &quot;sì&quot; in questo contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T09:33:26.280" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T09:35:42.717" Title="&quot;Fare si che&quot; o &quot;fare sì che&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10828" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-23T14:12:11.997" Score="5" ViewCount="2996" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo chiedere qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;ci sta&quot; o &quot;il che ci sta&quot; dopo la descrizione di un comportamento di qualcuno o di un gruppo di persone o di una situazione. L'ho vista e sentita usare molte volte recentemente, anche se dove abito sembra che non si usi. Da dove proviene quest'espressione e cosa significa veramente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia interpretazione personale, alla quale sono arrivato indovinando, è che significa &quot;va bene che sia così&quot; o &quot;a me va bene che sia così&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per le chiarificazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se hai deciso di andartene al mare e fregatene dei tuoi doveri, perché&#xA;  eri esausta, anche questo (comportamento) ci sta. Però non devi farlo&#xA;  sempre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T06:55:38.117" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T06:55:38.117" Title="&quot;Ci sta&quot;: vero significato e provenienza dell'espressione" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10829" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10817" CreationDate="2019-08-23T14:14:10.487" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono un esperto ma penso che la differenza sia questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Il ristorante apre a pranzo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Ho aperto una scatola di pomodori per pranzo. (anche se una scatola di pomodori pelati cotti per pranzo forse se li mangia solo un affamato di domenica quando i supermercati sono chiusi e non ha niente che faccia per la sua dieta in casa).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, uno si riferisce al tempo durante il quale si pranza, e l'altro alle cose che si sono consumate durante il pranzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T14:14:10.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10831" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10827" CreationDate="2019-08-23T20:27:06.623" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Attento a non confondere il &lt;strong&gt;pronome riflessivo&lt;/strong&gt; “si” con l’&lt;strong&gt;avverbio&lt;/strong&gt; “sì”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La forma corretta è sicuramente “Far sì che” in quanto “Far si” è una versione errata del verbo riflessivo “Farsi” (“Farsi la doccia.”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/si-o-si_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; dà un’ottima spiegazione sulla differenza dei due lessemi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;SI O SÌ? Si tratta di due ➔omonimi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si, senza accento (dal latino se), è il pronome riflessivo atono di 3a persona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Si è messo in malattia.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Sì, con l’accento grave (dal latino sic), è l’avverbio di affermazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Hai risposto di sì.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5664" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T06:52:17.370" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10832" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10833" CreationDate="2019-08-23T20:39:48.717" Score="2" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are there any differences between the following constructions? Is one of them more usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;essere (da) solo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;stare (da) solo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/solo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; dictionary says that both can be used, but it does not explain if there are differences in usage and which is more usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T07:43:14.870" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T07:45:37.040" Title="Differences between &quot;stare&quot; and &quot;essere (da) solo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10832" CreationDate="2019-08-23T21:35:39.263" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;They can be used interchangeably but they do hold different meaning. “Essere da solo” means “Being alone” while “Stare da solo” also has a connotation of “staying” as in “staying still” so the emphasis is a bit different.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let’s see a few examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sto da solo in auto. (I’m staying alone in my car.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono da solo in auto. (I am alone in my car.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both of these sentences have the same meaning but the emphasis is different (“Sto da solo in auto” emphasizes the act of staying in the car while “Sono da solo in auto” the state of being alone.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few cases in which there is a more significant difference in meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A pranzo sono solo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A pranzo sto da solo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both sentences mean “I am alone at lunch”, but in the first case the person most likely doesn’t enjoy being alone, while in the second case the person most likely chooses to be alone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope I cleared your doubts :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5664" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T07:45:37.040" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T07:45:37.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10834" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10835" CreationDate="2019-08-23T21:46:04.753" Score="3" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;essere&quot; is used for the current location of a moveable object (e.g. keys) and &quot;stare&quot; is used for the usual location of a moveable object, therefore I suppose that the latter is used with the position of a building (which does not move). However, I got confused because Google Translate has just translated &quot;The building is in London&quot; to &quot;L'edificio è a Londra&quot;. Are both verbs correct here or is Google Translate wrong in this case?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T07:49:01.940" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T07:49:01.940" Title="&quot;Essere&quot; or &quot;stare&quot; for the location of a building" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10835" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10834" CreationDate="2019-08-23T21:56:04.973" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both options are correct as the location of buildings can be described with the verb “essere”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“Il palazzo sta a New York”/“Il palazzo è a New York”&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“La nostra baita è in cima alla montagna”/“La nostra baita sta in cima alla montagna”&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“La casa sta in via Trevano”/“La casa è in via Trevano”/“La casa si trova in via Trevano”&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This really depends on which part of Italy you come from. I am from the north so I tend to prefer using the verb “essere”, but many people prefer “stare”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5664" LastActivityDate="2019-08-23T21:56:04.973" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10836" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10840" CreationDate="2019-08-24T03:37:59.810" Score="2" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a hypothetical dialogue between two friends:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;–  I love that theater. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;   –  I have been there yesterday.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that I can translate the second sentence to &quot;ci sono stato ieri&quot; or &quot;sono stato lì/là ieri&quot;. Is there any difference between both?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T07:58:16.343" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T16:09:15.283" Title="&quot;Ci sono stato&quot; vs &quot;sono stato lì/là&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10837" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10838" CreationDate="2019-08-24T06:27:24.073" Score="6" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard pronunciation of C before the vowels I and E (occurring, for instance, in words &quot;innocente&quot; and &quot;abbraccio&quot;) is /tʃ/ . However, I am watching a movie which takes place in Rome and everyone seems to pronounce it /ʃ/ instead. Does this pronunciation belongs to the Roman accent?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T08:00:12.057" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T08:09:43.113" Title="Pronunciation of ce/ci in Rome" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10838" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10837" CreationDate="2019-08-24T08:09:43.113" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it is. Note that “ci”/“ce” is only pronounced like this after a vowel. So &lt;em&gt;macello&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced /maʃel:o/, while &lt;em&gt;cena&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;pancia&lt;/em&gt; are pronounced as in standard Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sound is sometimes written as “sc” (for instance in Belli's sonnets), but pay attention to the fact that “sc” denotes in standard Italian the geminated sound /ʃ:/, rather than /ʃ/. In other words, &lt;em&gt;pece&lt;/em&gt; (in standard Italian), &lt;em&gt;pece&lt;/em&gt; (in Roman dialect or regional Italian) and &lt;em&gt;pesce&lt;/em&gt; have three different pronunciations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T08:09:43.113" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10839" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10827" CreationDate="2019-08-24T09:35:42.717" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come puoi vedere nel punto 1 della voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/si/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;sì&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, in italiano esiste un avverbio &quot;sì&quot;, scritto con l'accento, di uso arcaico e letterario equivalente a &quot;così&quot;. Tuttavia, questo dizionario spiega che l'utilizzo di questo vocabolo con valore consecutivo è oggi ancora vivo in alcune espressioni che possono essere considerate praticamente come cristallizzate, soprattutto dopo il verbo &quot;fare&quot;, ma anche seguito dalla preposizione &quot;da&quot; + infinito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con valore consecutivo è ancora dell’uso vivo in alcune espressioni, spec. dopo il verbo &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;bisogna far sì che tutti restino soddisfatti&lt;/em&gt;; o quando è seguito dalla prep. &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; con infinito: &lt;em&gt;aggiungerò qualche nota, sì da rendere il testo più chiaro&lt;/em&gt; (v. anche &lt;em&gt;sicché&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si è detto in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9095&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;il &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/si.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; spiega che la costruzione  &quot;fare che sì che&quot; + congiuntivo ha il significato di &quot;fare in modo che&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(con il v. al congiunt.) &lt;strong&gt;Fare sì che&lt;/strong&gt;, fare in modo che: &lt;em&gt;fate sì che tutto proceda nel modo stabilito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si trova anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/si_2.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Sabatini Coletti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fare sì che, introduce una frase consecutiva-finale: &lt;em&gt;la sua presenza ha fatto sì che si raggiungesse&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/si_4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;spec. in relazione con &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;far sì che, far sì da&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, fare in modo che: &lt;em&gt;devi far sì che tutto si risolva&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che i dizionari Hoepli, Sabatini Coletti e De Mauro hanno una voce propria per questo avverbio &quot;sì&quot; (che a volte ha anche valore di congiunzione) per distinguerlo dell'avverbio affermativo &quot;sì&quot;, che si trova in una voce diversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T09:35:42.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10840" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10836" CreationDate="2019-08-24T12:47:35.260" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The only difference is a difference of emphasis. It's not uncommon in Italian (and in other Romance languages) to have two sets of pronouns, one clitic and unable to carry the stress and one not clitic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example see &lt;em&gt;Mi ha chiamato&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Ha chiamato me&lt;/em&gt;, where the only difference is that in the second sentence there is more emphasis put on the fact that &lt;em&gt;I&lt;/em&gt; was the person called. The same pattern can be found here, where &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is a clitic variant of &lt;em&gt;lì&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt; (and in fact it can also have the meaning of &lt;em&gt;qui&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Normally (and especially in the spoken language) one does not feel the need for the added emphasis that the non-clitic particles provide, so clitics are used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T16:09:15.283" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T16:09:15.283" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10841" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10842" CreationDate="2019-08-24T13:46:36.917" Score="0" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;TWENTYONE, i due vecchi innamorati s’arrendevano alla gioventú, tanto gli avevano dato una bella lezione, adesso l’annunciatore vestito a stelle e strisce urlava e incitava la folla superstite a partecipare all’ultima dolorosa selezione: Diamante e Vita alzarono gli occhi e s’accorsero di essere rimasti soli a vedersela con un cameriere di Ocean Avenue e sua moglie, una creola zezzuta, le cui tette flosce come &lt;strong&gt;caracuzzi&lt;/strong&gt; cercavano con successo di raggiungere l’ombelico, poi l’orchestrina attaccò l’ultimo valzer, Vita lo guardò negli occhi e un attimo prima dell’annuncio gli disse, sicura, abbiamo vinto, Diamà – FORTYFOUR, gridò l’uomo a stelle e strisce, and the winners are, the winners are... s’interruppe, perplesso, consultando il registro delle iscrizioni...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;caracuzzi&quot;? Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo di uso regionale, possibilmente correlato al napoletano. Non ho trovato questo termine su nessun dizionario, neanche &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/a/1397&quot;&gt;sul vocabolario napoletano-italiano di Giuseppe Giacco né sul &lt;em&gt;Lessico e Letteratura del Dialetto Napoletano&lt;/em&gt; di Salvatore Argenziano e Gianna De Filippis&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T15:19:34.453" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;caracuzzi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10841" CreationDate="2019-08-24T15:19:34.453" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un dizionario del dialetto gaetano, vale a dire di Gaeta, cittadina al confine tra Lazio e Campania (&lt;a href=&quot;http://xoomer.virgilio.it/brguiz/gaeta/dizdiait.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://xoomer.virgilio.it/brguiz/gaeta/dizdiait.htm&lt;/a&gt;), &lt;em&gt;caracuzze&lt;/em&gt; è il fico maturo che incomincia ad appassire e cade dall’albero. Il termine è usato in modo figurato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2019-08-24T15:19:34.453" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10843" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10850" CreationDate="2019-08-24T17:06:11.357" Score="-1" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;I thought about &quot;farmaci sessuali&quot; but that's not quite it. The shop exposing this is also selling things like oils and stuff. Any suggestion for a better translation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ITALIAN: Pensavo a &quot;farmaci sessuali&quot; ma non è quello che cercavo. Il negozio che lo espone vende anche cose come oli eccetera. Suggerimenti per una traduzione migliore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5665" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-24T17:42:03.047" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T07:28:05.690" Title="How do you translate the English expression &quot;Love drugs&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10844" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-24T19:55:47.827" Score="1" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Le ho appena parlato e mi ha riferito/riportato l'accaduto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Le ho appena parlato  mi ha riferito/riportato dell'infortunio del mio collega di lavoro&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, io nello scrivere queste frasi sono andato a orecchio e non ho seguito un vero e proprio criterio per stabilire se il verbo si usasse in modo transitivo o meno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho provato a ripetermi le due frasi con o senza la preposizione &quot;di&quot; e ho scelto la soluzione che mi è risultata più naturale in entrambi gli specifici contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un criterio da seguire secondo il quale si usa o l'una o l'altra costruzione verbale oppure si ha libera scelta e va bene l'uso sia intransitivo che transitivo in tutti i contesti frasali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-01T09:38:37.967" LastActivityDate="2019-10-03T22:01:10.133" Title="In quali casi si usano i verbi riferire e riportare intransitivamente e transitivamente?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10845" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10925" CreationDate="2019-08-24T22:24:36.477" Score="1" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just read the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non voglio aspettare così tanto tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;così&quot; only emphasize &quot;tanto tempo&quot; in this sentence or can it also refer to the state in which the person is waiting (e.g., a father in pajamas which took his son in the middle of the night to the hospital because of an emergency)? Would the sentence still be correct without &quot;così&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-25T06:28:19.670" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T08:43:37.207" Title="&quot;Non voglio aspettare così tanto tempo&quot; - meaning of &quot;così&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10846" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10847" CreationDate="2019-08-25T00:11:43.833" Score="2" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui mi fa indicare il piatto sul menu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AFAIK &quot;far fare qualcosa&quot; means &quot;to make do something&quot;, &quot;to have do something&quot; or &quot;to let do something&quot;. I guess that &quot;lui&quot; is a waiter in this context, so IMHO the first meaning does not make sense because usually a waiter would not force a client to do anything. So the intended meaning here could be the second or third?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, Google Translate translated the sentence &quot;He shows me the dish on the menu&quot;, which I think is, in fact, &quot;Lui mi indica il piatto sul menu&quot;. Is Google Translate's translation correct? If so, what is the difference between &quot;far indicare&quot; and &quot;indicare&quot; here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-08-26T04:34:16.180" LastActivityDate="2019-08-26T04:34:16.180" Title="Meaning of &quot;Lui mi fa indicare il piatto sul menu&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10847" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10846" CreationDate="2019-08-25T07:15:18.933" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think a plausible translation can be &quot;He (the waiter) suggests that I point to a dish on the menu&quot; - possibily the image. &quot;Mi fa&quot; is exactly what you deduced, i.e. &quot;make someone do something&quot;, which is not always something one is &lt;strong&gt;forced&lt;/strong&gt; to do, as in this case. &#xA;This is not a great example of the use of this phrase for learners, IMHO. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T07:15:18.933" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10848" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10846" CreationDate="2019-08-25T07:18:53.790" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your guess is correct; &lt;em&gt;Lui mi fa indicare il piatto sul menù&lt;/em&gt; is translated as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He (the waiter) makes me show the dish in the menu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He (the waiter) invites me to show the dish in the menu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That means that the waiter asked you to show what dish you want (maybe because he has not understood) and &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; are doing the action of showing the dish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While &lt;em&gt;Lui mi indica il piatto sul menù&lt;/em&gt; is translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He (the waiter) shows me the dish on the menu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means that the waiter himself is doing the action of showing you a dish on the menu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T07:18:53.790" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10849" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10845" CreationDate="2019-08-25T07:19:43.863" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning won't change, but the nuance would. To give you an idea, this is a possible English equivalent. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non voglio aspettare così tanto tempo --&gt; I don't want to wait so much&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non voglio aspettare tanto tempo --&gt; I don't want to wait too&lt;br&gt;&#xA;much&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @Charo suggested, &quot;così&quot; might refer to &lt;em&gt;quantity&lt;/em&gt; (i.e. too much), or to &lt;em&gt;mode&lt;/em&gt; (i.e. in this way). Only context can determine the axact meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastEditorUserId="1428" LastEditDate="2019-08-25T08:18:32.487" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T08:18:32.487" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10843" CreationDate="2019-08-25T07:28:05.690" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think there is a fixed translation for this, it relates to context. &quot;Prodotto  afrodisiaco&quot; is OK, and can actually apply to natural products that have (or are supposed to have) the same effects - such as Parmesan, Rhino horns and such. Even &quot;Farmaco afrodisico&quot; will do.&#xA;&quot;Droga afrodisica&quot; or &quot;Droga erotica&quot; has a more negative connotations, and possibly relates more to illegal drugs sold in night bars and discos.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T07:28:05.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10851" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10634" CreationDate="2019-08-25T07:41:59.400" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non penso sia possibile datare con esattezza il momento in cui il termine ha assunto un termine denigratorio, spesso omologato al concetto di migrante/africano/&quot;negro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tecnicamente, il termine inizia a circolare dopo il 26 marzo 1995, in cui fu approvata la libera circolazione delle persone nella UE; non ho ricordo di uso del termine prima di allora. E laddove &quot;comunitario&quot; assunse immediatamente un'accezione positiva (legato forse alla parola &quot;comunità&quot;), extracomunitario assunse rapidamente un aspetto negativo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà, &quot;extracomunitario&quot; si applicherebbe a tutti coloro che non fanno parte della UE, quindi anche a svizzeri, norvegesi, statunitensi e (presto) britannici, ma nel parlare comune si usa in un senso più ristretto, denigratorio e sbagliato. Un po' come il termine &quot;marocchino&quot; che nella pianura padana degli anni 70-80 era un termine denigratorio nei confronti dei meridionali. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1428" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T07:41:59.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10852" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10828" CreationDate="2019-08-25T08:28:05.923" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un uso classico di “starci” è quello riferito a persone (“Facciamo un regalo a Mario? Luigi ha già detto che ci sta”). L'uso menzionato in questa domanda è invece molto più recente, probabilmente non diffuso in tutta Italia e ha come soggetto una cosa, in genere una situazione, come nell'esempio sull'andare al mare riportato nella domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dei vocabolari a cui ho accesso, gli unici che riportano questo uso di “starci” sono le attuali ultime edizioni dello Zingarelli (2020) e del Devoto-Oli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo, all'interno della lunga voce “stare”, dà vari usi per “starci” (essere contenuto, trovarsi, accettare etc.), tra cui:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;ci sta che&lt;/em&gt;, (colloq.) è possibile, è accettabile, è verosimile che: &lt;em&gt;ci sta che lei se la sia presa&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ci sta che la squadra sia un po' stanca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similmente, il Devoto-Oli registra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fig. colloq., &lt;em&gt;ci sta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ci può stare&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;può starci&lt;/em&gt;),  è possibile, è verosimile (anche con prop. soggettiva + &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; e inf. o + &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; e cong.): &lt;em&gt;“Le finestre sono buie: magari non è in casa?” “Ci sta”&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ci può stare &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; arrivare in ritardo, &lt;strong&gt;che&lt;/strong&gt; il treno sia in ritardo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In base alle situazioni in cui ho visto e sentito usare questa espressione, sottolineerei più il senso di “è accettabile” dato dallo Zingarelli rispetto al semplice “è possibile” del Devoto-Oli. Come nell'esempio dell'OP, spesso il senso è che il parlante non approva o non è del tutto d'accordo con uno stato di cose ma appunto lo accetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un aspetto interessante della voce del Devoto-Oli è che questo uso viene trattato nello stesso punto della definizione in cui si descrive “stare” e “starci” nel senso di “poter essere contenuto in uno spazio, trovare posto, entrare” (“nella valigia non ci sta più nulla”), suggerendo che quello di cui parliamo sia un uso figurato di questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T08:28:05.923" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10853" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10854" CreationDate="2019-08-25T17:09:30.860" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un’intera divisione ammutolita nel silenzio piú assoluto, pronta a muoversi senza copertura d’artiglieria, perché l’effetto sorpresa non venga rovinato. Migliaia di uomini pressati in 45 navi d’assalto, cariche di &lt;strong&gt;passerelle kapok&lt;/strong&gt;, zattere, pontoni e materiale per lanciare un ponte Bailey sul fiume. La riva una riga piatta, buia. I Royal Scots Fusiliers sbarcheranno due chilometri al di là delle linee tedesche, a monte della foce del Garigliano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/K/kapok.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;kapok&quot;, scritto anche &quot;capoc&quot; o &quot;capok&quot;, significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Materiale costituito dalla lanugine interna dei frutti di alcune piante bombacacee tropicali, usato per imbottiture&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e una definizione un po' più dettagliata si trova sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capoc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bambagia di colore dal bianco giallognolo al grigio, a lucentezza serica, costituita dai peli lanosi che rivestono internamente la parete del frutto (capsula) di varî alberi tropicali appartenenti alla famiglia delle bombacacee, fra i quali il più importante è &lt;em&gt;Eriodendron anfractuosum&lt;/em&gt;, particolarm. coltivato nella regione indomalese; è un materiale soffice usato per imbottire materassi, cuscini, ecc. &lt;em&gt;Olio di c.&lt;/em&gt;, olio di colore dal giallo chiaro al bruno, ricavato per spremitura a caldo dalla farina dei semi degli stessi frutti; si usa come olio commestibile, in miscela con altri olî, e nella preparazione di saponi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, questo non sembra avere molto senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è una &quot;passerella kapok&quot;? Ne ho trovato una fotografia sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://parridigit.istitutoparri.eu/fondi.aspx?key=dettaglio&amp;amp;fondo=11&amp;amp;rec_id=6917&amp;amp;from=ricerca&amp;amp;cp=177&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web della biblioteca digitale dell'Istituto per la Storia e le Memorie del '900 Parri Emilia-Romagna&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T22:23:19.307" Title="Cos'è una &quot;passerella kapok&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10853" CreationDate="2019-08-25T21:38:37.737" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.thinkdefence.co.uk/2011/12/uk-military-bridging-floating-equipment/kapok-infantry-bridge/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.thinkdefence.co.uk/2011/12/uk-military-bridging-floating-equipment/kapok-infantry-bridge/&lt;/a&gt; un ponte kapok è un ponte militare con una passerella appoggiata a pontoni galleggianti riempiti di kapok (la lanugine simile al cotone di cui si parla nei dizionari citati). L'imbottitura permette il galleggiamento anche se i pontoni sono colpiti dal fuoco nemico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1PCBV.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1PCBV.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorgente &lt;a href=&quot;https://u0v052dm9wl3gxo0y3lx0u44wz-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/Kapok-Infantry-Bridge.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://u0v052dm9wl3gxo0y3lx0u44wz-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/Kapok-Infantry-Bridge.jpg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-08-25T22:23:19.307" LastActivityDate="2019-08-25T22:23:19.307" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10855" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10856" CreationDate="2019-08-26T10:40:50.157" Score="3" ViewCount="1807" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una conversazione sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://chat.stackexchange.com/transcript/message/51244465#51244465&quot;&gt;Bar Sport&lt;/a&gt; è apparsa l'espressione &quot;e te pareva&quot; nel contesto di uno scherzo. Non conosco questa espressione e non sono riuscita a trovarla su nessun dizionario. Una ricerca su Google, però, mi ha fatto vedere che si usa parecchio. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa e come e quando si utilizza, facendo qualche esempio? Non dovrebbe essere &quot;e &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; pareva&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-26T11:19:16.227" LastActivityDate="2019-08-26T12:47:44.753" Title="Significato e uso dell'espressione &quot;e te pareva&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10856" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10855" CreationDate="2019-08-26T12:38:48.497" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In romanesco (dialetto romano) &quot;e te pareva&quot; è una esclamazione di leggera delusione dovuta all'attesa che un fatto si svolga in positivo e invece termini con un finale scontato o negativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tizio: Ho preso tutto prima di incontrarci, non ho dimenticato niente. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Caio:  Sì, ma hai portato il libro che t'avevo chiesto? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Tizio: Ah no, quello no. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Caio:  E te pareva. Mai una volta che me dai 'na soddisfazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio si può notare la disillusione di Caio (che parla in romanesco). &#xA;Può esser visto come la contrazione di &quot;&lt;em&gt;e te (ti) pareva che la cosa andasse come mi aspettavo, e invece no.&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-26T12:47:44.753" LastActivityDate="2019-08-26T12:47:44.753" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9273" CreationDate="2019-08-26T12:45:18.900" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI15/GDLI%2015%20ocr_499.pdf&amp;amp;parola=rappreso&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; appare appunto la citazione di Landolfi della domanda come esempio del seguente significato figurato del termine &quot;rappreso&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Figur. Immobilizzato, fissato (un gesto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-26T14:31:09.917" LastActivityDate="2019-08-26T14:31:09.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10858" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10903" CreationDate="2019-08-26T18:16:52.320" Score="3" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in a Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Loro sono dei poliziotti statali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;They are some state police officers&quot; is not usual in English in this neutral context, so I'd rather translate that sentence to &quot;They are state police officers&quot;. So, I wonder: what is the difference between the above sentence and &quot;Loro sono poliziotti statali&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-26T18:27:42.913" LastActivityDate="2019-08-31T13:23:30.363" Title="Loro sono dei poliziotti statali vs Loro sono poliziotti statali" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10859" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-26T20:29:13.040" Score="6" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;I asked this question already &lt;a href=&quot;https://math.stackexchange.com/questions/3335235/italian-pronunciation-of-the-symbol-dx?noredirect=1#comment6863810_3335235&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, someone suggested to move the discussion to this website. I hope some of the Italian users (at least) can help me out with this curiosity. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have always been used to the Italian pronunciation &quot;de ics&quot; of the differential dx. In principle there would be nothing wrong in saying &quot;di ics&quot;, as the letter &quot;d&quot; is pronunced &quot;di&quot;, but then why do Italian mathematicians say &quot;de ics&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4158" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-25T23:16:40.890" LastActivityDate="2020-03-25T23:16:40.890" Title="Italian pronunciation of the differential dx" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10861" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10867" CreationDate="2019-08-27T04:01:26.800" Score="3" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following dialogue between a prisoner and a guard in a movie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– So’ ‘n regalo dei carabinieri, ‘sti lividi!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  – Queste sono accuse gravi!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  – Eh, come le botte che m’hanno dato!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  – E io che ne so che me stai a di’ la verità?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The English subtitle says that the last sentence means &quot;How do I know that is the truth?&quot;. How does it mean that? I am familiar with the usage of &quot;ne&quot; in Italian, but I am not sure if I understood it here. &quot;Che ne so&quot; = What do I know of this ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-27T19:48:14.340" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T15:07:07.367" Title="Meaning of &quot;che ne so che me stai a di' la verità?&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10862" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10864" CreationDate="2019-08-27T05:33:25.187" Score="4" ViewCount="189" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following rhetorical question in a movie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo sai che l'avvocato è l'unico che può farti uscire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The direct object &quot;lo&quot; seems redundant to me, as the sentence &quot;che l'avvocato è...&quot; works as the object of &quot;sapere&quot; in this sentence. Is that gramatically correct and usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-27T05:37:03.503" LastActivityDate="2019-08-27T09:53:41.323" Title="Redundant direct object pronoun" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10863" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10866" CreationDate="2019-08-27T05:48:45.590" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm watching a movie whose story takes place in Rome. People often drop the -RE ending in verb infinitives. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sai che l'avvocato è l'unico che può farti uscire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The speaker pronounces &quot;uscire&quot; in this sentence as /uʃi/. I have already seen letters dropped in others languages as a result of lazy pronunciation. Is that the case here or is it a feature of the Roman accent?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-08-27T15:38:33.427" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T07:13:10.500" Title="Dropping -re at the end of a verb - pronunciation" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10862" CreationDate="2019-08-27T09:53:41.323" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dislocazioni_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;, which gives an example very similar to your sentence (see example number (55))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo sai che Gianluca sta male? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;this kind of construction is what is called &quot;dislocazione a destra&quot;. It consists of a complement which comes after a complete sentence (&quot;lo sai&quot; in your example) and which is anticipated in this sentence by a pronoun (&quot;lo&quot; in your example). In words by Vittorio Coletti in his book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il costrutto sbilanciato a sinistra ha una sua variante simmetricamente opposta a destra della frase detta o scritta: il complemento, che di per sé già viene dopo soggetto e verbo, può essere ritardato ulteriormente dopo l'intera frase che lo anticipa solo tramite un pronome (dislocazione a destra): «l'ho letto, il libro», «non ci sono andato, a Venezia», «gliel'ho subito detto, a Mario».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this same book, Coletti explains that this kind of constructions are typical and very frequent in oral speech, but are also becoming increasingly common in writing of medium formality:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono strategie, come si vede, proprie del dialogo, del parlato, ma sempre più comuni nello scritto medio. In una scheda di presentazione della riproposizione, nel 1997, di un celebre film di Fritz Lang, si legge: «Lang propone Frank come un personaggio che, sopraffatto dalle circostanze, è costretto a diventare un eroe a suo modo, e anche un'analisi della mitologia del West, in cui spesso la giustizia la fa il cittadino e non la legge»; un testo abbastanza formale, colto, adopera con tranquillità un costrutto orale come la dislocazione a sinistra («la giustizia la fa il cittadino»), tanto questa è ormai consueta nella prosa media, per non dire, ovviamente, quanto è comune nei romanzi e, in essi, nei discorsi diretti dei personaggi. Una frase come «il giornale oggi i giovani non lo comprano più» è assolutamente plausibile anche in uno scritto. E neppure la dislocazione a destra, frequentissima nel parlato, «me lo faresti un piacere?» (si ricordi Renzo nei &lt;em&gt;Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;: «la farò io la giustizia: lo libererò io, il paese»), manca nello scritto divulgativo o comunque di media o bassa formalità, ed è frequente nei romanzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, about your question if that is correct, you should avoid it if you are writing a very formal text but, as Coletti says, otherwise you can use it without any problem.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-27T09:53:41.323" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10858" CreationDate="2019-08-27T17:22:32.793" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;To express someone's profession, you would usually say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{subject} {to be} {profession}&#xA;example: Io sono professore di italiano.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To express the profession or quality of an unnumbered subset of people in a numbered group of people you would usually say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{subject (subset of a bigger group)} {to be} {articolo partitivo} {profession/quality/characteristic}&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same form can be used to express a quality:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;{subject} {to be} {articolo partitivo} {profession/quality/characteristic}&#xA;example: Puoi fidarti di Luca e Paolo, sono dei bravi ragazzi.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An &quot;articolo partitivo&quot; is the combination of the preposition &quot;di&quot; and a definite article. It is used to express an undetermined quantity of something in a group. You can also find it used as the plural form of the indeterminate article it is composed of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your example, if the intention was to express the profession of the subject &quot;loro&quot;, &lt;code&gt;loro sono poliziotti&lt;/code&gt; is the correct form. Still, you can hear &lt;code&gt;loro sono dei poliziotti&lt;/code&gt; used to express a profession.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;loro sono dei poliziotti&lt;/code&gt; would be correct if &lt;code&gt;dei&lt;/code&gt; was actually used as a &lt;em&gt;partitivo&lt;/em&gt;, to indicate that &quot;some guys in a counted group of people&quot; are &lt;em&gt;poliziotti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5672" LastEditorUserId="5672" LastEditDate="2019-08-30T18:45:44.190" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T18:45:44.190" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10866" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10863" CreationDate="2019-08-27T17:28:09.667" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It should be some central/southern dialect's form. It is &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; correct Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can actually find grammatically correct forms of truncated words in Italian.&#xA;For example, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sai che l'avvocato è l'unico che può farti uscir?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be correct. It is not used in the informal/spoken language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You usually find this form in songs, poems or &quot;old&quot; anthology (by &quot;old&quot; I mean not current).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5672" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T07:13:10.500" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T07:13:10.500" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10867" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10861" CreationDate="2019-08-27T19:18:30.810" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Ne&lt;/code&gt; is used in this context as &quot;pronome personale&quot; (personal pronoun). It means &quot;di ciò&quot; (&quot;of this {topic/person/whatever}&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Che ne so&lt;/code&gt; is a very common spoken expression meaning &lt;code&gt;what/how would I know about {it/him/her}&lt;/code&gt;. It can be just an observation/question, or it can have a slightly sarcastic/aggressive/explanatory/pitiful meaning (the tone changes the meaning). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If used as question, it is rarely just a question: it is usually a rhetorical question that implies something more. For example: &lt;code&gt;bel trucco magico, ma che ne so che non hai scambiato il mazzo di carte con uno differente?&lt;/code&gt; means &lt;code&gt;nice magic trick, but how would I know that you didn't swap the deck of cards for a different one?&lt;/code&gt; (implying that's exactly what you/the magician did).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your case, &lt;code&gt;Che ne so che me stai a dire la verità?&lt;/code&gt; means &lt;code&gt;how would I know that you're telling the truth?&lt;/code&gt; implying that there is no way I can have a certainty.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Come so che me stai a dire la verità?&lt;/code&gt; would be correct also, but it's a real genuine question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ne-o-ne_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– come pronome ➔personale, è usato al posto delle forme di ciò, da&#xA;  ciò, di questo, da quello ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(example) Ne (= di ciò) parlerò ai nostri soci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(example) Una volta dimostrato che io ho ragione, ne (= da ciò) segue che voi&#xA;  avete torto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;spesso con valore di ➔partitivo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(example) Vorrei una caramella all’anice: ce ne (= di queste) sono ancora?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In alcuni casi ne è usato solo per intensificare l’azione espressa da&#xA;  alcuni verbi intransitivi nelle costruzioni con i pronomi personali&#xA;  atoni mi, ti, si, ci, vi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(example) Me ne vado via  Se ne stava tranquillo a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Side note: in &lt;code&gt;che ne so che me stai a dire la verità?&lt;/code&gt; the &lt;code&gt;me&lt;/code&gt; should be instead the pronoun &lt;code&gt;mi&lt;/code&gt; (&quot;mi stai a dire&quot; = &quot;telling me&quot;). If you found it like this, just know that it is a dialectal expression (pretty informal/spoken, also).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5672" LastEditorUserId="5672" LastEditDate="2019-09-05T15:07:07.367" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T15:07:07.367" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10868" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10870" CreationDate="2019-08-27T20:55:41.010" Score="0" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto questo testo su un ragazzo che lavora come &quot;waterboy&quot; in un cantiere dove si sta costruendo la ferrovia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Arrivato alla fine dei binari, scende, e prosegue a piedi, trascinando i secchi colmi d’acqua che bilancia con maestria sulle spalle. Non gli riesce difficile perché la gente di Tufo è capace di portare in equilibrio sulla testa qualunque cosa – un paniere pieno di uova, una balla di fieno, perfino una cassa da morto. Svuotare i secchi durante il tragitto non conviene perché il caposquadra, se pensa che fai il furbo, ti ammolla un papagno in faccia che ti sfigura. La fregatura è che gli &lt;strong&gt;sciabolatori&lt;/strong&gt;, forse perché lavorano senza interruzione e solo quando bevono possono rifiatare, bevono come bufali, e prosciugano subito i secchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi potrebbe spiegare il significato di &quot;sciabolatore&quot; in questo brano? Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sciabolatore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che questo termine significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Chi combatte con la sciabola; chi dà sciabolate; chi pratica la scherma nella specialità della sciabola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, questa definizione non sembra avere molto senso nel passaggio sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T08:28:36.460" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T17:55:06.247" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sciabolatore&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10859" CreationDate="2019-08-27T21:25:58.693" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Three main differential calculus notations exists:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Newton's, favored in physics&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Leibniz's, favored in multidimensional maths&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lagrange', favored in maths on a single dimension&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Others exist but they are less used (&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Notation_for_differentiation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Notation_for_differentiation&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The notation you mention is Leibniz's notation, which favored publishing philosophy and maths works in Latin and French (&lt;a href=&quot;https://history.stackexchange.com/a/45828/4245&quot;&gt;https://history.stackexchange.com/a/45828/4245&lt;/a&gt;). The notation itself has been published and explained by Leibniz mainly in Latin, which would &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; read &lt;em&gt;dx&lt;/em&gt; as &quot;de ics&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Far from being a reliable answer, I guess &lt;em&gt;dx&lt;/em&gt; could be pronounced as in French &quot;dè ics&quot; because that's the original language of the earliest widespread text book around the subject: &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analyse_des_Infiniment_Petits_pour_l%27Intelligence_des_Lignes_Courbes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;de l'Hôpital's Analyse des Infiniment Petits pour l'Intelligence des Lignes Courbes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that for whoever speaks French (even as a foreign language as in my case) it comes natural to read it that way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The book was fairly successful and had great resonance throughout the mathematical community.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastActivityDate="2019-08-27T21:25:58.693" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10868" CreationDate="2019-08-27T22:28:53.383" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta secondo me di un sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;spalatore&lt;/em&gt;; ho trovato un riferimento in questo link: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bdtorino.eu/sito/articolo.php?id=25313&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.bdtorino.eu/sito/articolo.php?id=25313&lt;/a&gt; dove viene spiegato che deriva da una storpiatura dell'inglese &quot;shoveller&quot; (appunto, spalatore, badilante). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-08-27T22:28:53.383" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10871" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10872" CreationDate="2019-08-28T06:29:14.850" Score="6" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have recently heard the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio qualcosa di nuovo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;qualcosa nuovo&quot; (without the preposition di) wrong? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T06:34:32.547" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T11:25:12.307" Title="Is &quot;qualcosa + [adjective]&quot; wrong?" Tags="&lt;indefinite-pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10871" CreationDate="2019-08-28T09:49:58.100" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you need to put the preposition, e.g. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/qualcosa/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;[per indicare in modo indeterminato una o alcune cose, anche con la prep. &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; seguita da un agg.: &lt;em&gt;gli manca qualcosa per riuscire&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;qualcosa di bello&lt;/em&gt;] ≈ qualche (o taluna) cosa....&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may indeed say &lt;em&gt;&quot;qualche cosa nuova&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, but in this case &lt;em&gt;&quot;cosa&quot;&lt;/em&gt; is a name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T11:25:12.307" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T11:25:12.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10873" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-28T11:22:24.927" Score="1" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La processione la trascina nella direzione opposta, e le impedisce di precipitarsi a Prince Street, affidarsi alla corda scivolosa e controllare se c’è ancora sulla porta della sua vecchia casa il corno contro il malocchio. Ma il passato ritorna quando la luna sarà sempre piena, quando il mare &lt;strong&gt;s’accuaierà&lt;/strong&gt; come uno specchio e i gatti cominceranno a parlare, e voltarsi indietro non serve a niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;accuaiarsi&quot; in questo brano? Immagino si tratti di un termine di origine dialettale, possibilmente correlato al napoletano. Non ho trovato &quot;accuaiare&quot; né &quot;accuaiarsi&quot; su nessun dizionario italiano. Ho cercato questi verbi e anche &quot;accuaià&quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/a/1397&quot;&gt;vocabolario napoletano-italiano di Giuseppe Giacco e sul &lt;em&gt;Lessico e Letteratura del Dialetto Napoletano&lt;/em&gt; di Salvatore Argenziano e Gianna De Filippis&lt;/a&gt;, ma non li ho trovati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T11:22:24.927" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;accuaiarsi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10874" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-28T14:28:01.553" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are &quot;essere&quot; and &quot;stare&quot; used interchangeably in Standard Italian in the following sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono / sto seduto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If not, what is the difference of meaning? If there are differences of usage between Northern and Southern Italy in this context, please also include them in the answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T15:00:56.040" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T16:11:31.010" Title="&quot;Essere seduto&quot; vs &quot;stare seduto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10874" CreationDate="2019-08-28T16:11:31.010" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are not interchangeably, there is difference between the two verbs. If I say 'Sono seduto' it means, generally speaking, that at the moment I am sitting (no more), 'Sto seduto' means that I am sitting at the moment and I will continue to be sat in the close future. The verb 'Stare' is iterative (action keep happening), the verb 'Essere' is not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian and his rules are the same both in North and South Italy, there could be difference in dialects or in speaking dialect derived language (so not strict italian, but 'mix').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5648" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T16:11:31.010" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10876" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1743" CreationDate="2019-08-28T16:29:31.597" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In his book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; &#xA;(Il Mulino, Bologna, 2015), Vittorio Coletti explains that this construction is an example of what is called &quot;dislocazione a sinistra&quot;: it consists of a complement which is written at the beginning of a sentence and then repeated in the sentence in the form of a clitic pronoun, so as to give more emphasis to that complement. For instance,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mela, l'ha mangiata Mario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Coletti explains that the construction &quot;a me mi&quot; has been used in Italian for centuries to emphasize the role of the speaker as the object of what is being said. Nevertheless, he advises to accurately avoid it in written Italian. In his words:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Qualsiasi complemento può essere dislocato (il costrutto è detto dislocazione a sinistra) in questo modo e poi ripreso con un pronome: «a Venezia ci andrò la prossima settimana», «a Mario non glielo dico». Rientra in questa tipologia di costrutti anche il famigerato e fastidioso «a me mi» («a me mi sembra strano»), da evitare perché mal giudicato, in realtà espressione di un costrutto secolare dell'italiano, usato per dare evidenza al ruolo dell'io come destinatario; è come se si dicesse «quanto a me, mi...». Evitiamolo accuratamente nello scritto, per carità, ma se qualcuno ci fa notare che è, oltre che sbagliato, brutto, proponiamogli questa frase: «a me, il comportamento di Mario, con tutte le sue esitazioni e rinvii, ripensamenti e dubbi, non mi convince del tutto», e vedrà che il doppio pronome gli sembrerà molto meno brutto e anche meno sbagliato, in questa collocazione più distanziata, pur aggiungendosi qui al raddoppiamento del pronome («a me ... mi») la costruzione con preposizione («a me») di un complemento che, nell'italiano standard, il verbo (&lt;em&gt;convincere&lt;/em&gt;) vuole invece diretto, senza preposizione (anche se l'accusativo preposizionale è frequente negli italiani regionali del meridione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-03T08:32:34.800" LastActivityDate="2019-09-03T08:32:34.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10877" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10881" CreationDate="2019-08-28T18:18:22.777" Score="2" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;da&quot; may mean to/at, when someone is talking about &quot;one's place/home&quot; or &quot;one's work place&quot;, as &quot;chez&quot; in French. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Devo portare il piccolo Luigi dal pediatra. (I must take the little&#xA;  Luigi to the pediatrician)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;È da sua madre. (He is at his mother's)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have just heard &quot;Venga da me&quot;. I thought it would mean &quot;Come to my place&quot;, but it was translated as &quot;Come to me&quot;. Can it mean both? Is &quot;venga a me&quot; not usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-08-28T18:26:36.297" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T23:23:21.830" Title="Venga da me - meaning of &quot;da&quot;" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10878" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10880" CreationDate="2019-08-28T21:46:51.233" Score="3" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, one must use a comma after or before a vocative to separate it from the rest of the sentence. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Boys, hold on!&#xA;Hold on, boys!&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence today in a Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tenete duro ragazzi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Isn't a comma required in this sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T07:32:30.897" Title="Vocative and comma" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10879" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10882" CreationDate="2019-08-28T22:30:40.177" Score="4" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pensiamoci su domani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;su&quot; add anything here or is it just idiomatic? Would &quot;Pensiamoci domani&quot; be wrong/not usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T07:34:45.830" Title="Pensiamoci su domani" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10880" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10878" CreationDate="2019-08-28T23:14:26.313" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is required indeed, at the very least because many sentences would be ambiguous or outright change meaning without the comma. Just compare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Guarda, Gianni!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Gianni, look!) and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Guarda Gianni!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Look at Gianni!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T23:14:26.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10881" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10877" CreationDate="2019-08-28T23:23:21.830" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Venga a me&lt;/em&gt; would be theoretically correct, but it nowadays sounds hopelessly old-fashioned. A famous passage in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Mark+10%3A14&amp;amp;version=KJV&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the gospel of Mark&lt;/a&gt; has Jesus say “Suffer the little children to come unto me” (KJV; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sinite-parvulos-venire-ad-me/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sinite parvulos venire ad me&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in Latin), and it is usually phrased in Italian as &lt;em&gt;Lasciate che i bambini&lt;/em&gt; [or &lt;em&gt;fanciulli&lt;/em&gt;] &lt;em&gt;vengano a me&lt;/em&gt;. But in modern everyday Italian you'd say something like &lt;em&gt;Lasciali venire da me&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, among many other uses, &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; can denote a destination (&lt;em&gt;moto a luogo&lt;/em&gt; in Italian), when the destination is a person, as in both the paediatrician and the &lt;em&gt;Venga da me&lt;/em&gt; examples; see item 2 &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/da/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-08-28T23:23:21.830" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10879" CreationDate="2019-08-29T06:22:54.623" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It’s idiomatic: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/P/pensare.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pensarci su, sopra&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riflettere con attenzione su qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T06:22:54.623" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10879" CreationDate="2019-08-29T06:24:32.257" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Su&lt;/em&gt; in this sentence means &quot;about this (topic) &quot;. Another equivalent phrase could be &lt;em&gt;pensiamoci sopra domani&lt;/em&gt; that has the same meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could it be omitted? Yes, I don't think it is unusual to omit it (on my experience). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-29T07:34:45.830" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T07:34:45.830" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10884" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10878" CreationDate="2019-08-29T07:32:30.897" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;To add a source to DaG's answer, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/vocativo_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article &quot;vocativo&quot; in Treccani encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt; states that commas are usually used to indicate the pause that separates the vocative from the rest of the sentence, as in these examples (you can find more examples in the cited article),&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(1) – Scusa, giovanotto … &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Mi volto. Una vecchia che sembra fatta con gli scarti (Benni 1990: 23)&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (2) Ehi, voi due, – li facciamo fermare, – dove avete preso questa legna? (Calvino 1949: 76) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but that these commas are sometimes omitted, a practice which is frequently considered erroneous:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di solito viene staccato con pause, rese graficamente con virgole (cfr. gli esempi citati sopra; ➔ &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/virgola_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;virgola&lt;/a&gt;). Tali virgole non sono però sempre presenti, cosa considerata da molti impropria o erronea, come si vede da (10), (26) e (27) dove il vocativo è preposto, posposto e interposto: &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (26) – Dove volete andare signori? – chiese con voce cerimoniosa (Benni 1990: 119)&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (27) Voi adesso egregio signore ci firmate […] dodici cambiali (De Crescenzo 1985: 43) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The example number (10) mentioned in this explanation is this one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(10) Cara ti amo (titolo di una canzone di Elio e le Storie Tese, Aspirine Music, 1989) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T07:32:30.897" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10777" CreationDate="2019-08-29T09:26:53.203" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;All these sentences are correct, but &quot;Non mangia alcuna carne&quot; (which is equivalent to &quot;Non mangia nessuna carne&quot;) is less used nowadays, as you can see from this extract of a section talking about indefinite adjectives and pronouns from the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;, by Vittorio Coletti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nell'italiano antico &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt; poteva essere usato anche al singolare in frasi positive, ma oggi non è più ammesso, e la nostra lingua tende a comportarsi come il francese (dove &lt;em&gt;aucun&lt;/em&gt; si trova solo in frasi negative) e a differire dallo spagnolo e dal portoghese che conservano il valore positivo di &lt;em&gt;algún&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Alcuno&lt;/em&gt; al singolare patisce la concorrenza di &lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt; (come in spagnolo) e stenta quindi, diversamente che in francese, anche in questo ruolo («non c'è nessuna traccia» è molto più attestato su Google di «non c'è alcuna traccia»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The meaning of your sentences is similar, but &quot;Non mangia nessuna carne&quot; (or &quot;alcuna carne&quot;) carries a slightly different nuance: it stresses on the fact that there are different kinds of meat and the subject of the sentence doesn't eat any of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T09:26:53.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2325" CreationDate="2019-08-29T11:02:28.523" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non si può dire che si tratti di una costruzione non corretta dato che l'aggettivo &quot;alcuno&quot; o &quot;alcuna&quot; al singolare col significato di &quot;qualche&quot; è stato usato nella lingua italiana anche in frasi interrogative, come in questo esempio proveniente di un poema Seicentesco di Giovanni Battista Marino che ho tratto del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI01/GDLI_01_ocr_306.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Udrò di te mai più richiamo alcuno, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ministro di follie, fabro d’errori? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, questo uso di &quot;alcuno&quot; è da considerarsi arcaico. Vittorio Coletti, nel suo libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;, spiega che, nell'italiano di oggi, &quot;alcuno&quot; e &quot;alcuna&quot; al singolare si usano soltanto in frasi negative, nelle quali, come menzionato da @egreg nel suo commento, sono anche in declino:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nel nostro caso è soprattutto il forbito &lt;em&gt;alcuni&lt;/em&gt; a fare le spese, che resiste meglio solo se è in correlazione con &lt;em&gt;altri&lt;/em&gt; («alcuni sono venuti, altri no»); a suo svantaggio gioca anche il fatto che è parola che al singolare ha valore negativo e può trovarsi solo in frase negativa («non c'è alcuna traccia di effrazione») e al plurale ne ha uno positivo; e quindi è troppo complicata. Nel &lt;em&gt;LIP&lt;/em&gt;, il &lt;em&gt;Lessico di frequenza dell'italiano parlato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt; è usato quasi solo al plurale. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nell'italiano antico &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt; poteva essere usato anche al singolare in frasi positive, ma oggi non è più ammesso, e la nostra lingua tende a comportarsi come il francese (dove &lt;em&gt;aucun&lt;/em&gt; si trova solo in frasi negative) e a differire dallo spagnolo e dal portoghese che conservano il valore positivo di &lt;em&gt;algún&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Alcuno&lt;/em&gt; al singolare patisce la concorrenza di &lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt; (come in spagnolo) e stenta quindi, diversamente che in francese, anche in questo ruolo («non c'è nessuna traccia» è molto più attestato su Google di «non c'è alcuna traccia»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-29T11:02:28.523" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10887" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-29T19:07:27.300" Score="4" ViewCount="156" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to understand what is the difference between &quot;festa&quot; and &quot;vacanza&quot; when they mean &quot;holiday&quot; (US term for a day in which most schools, stores and offices are closed because of a public celebration). I am aware of the other meanings of both words and I am not interested in them here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the relevant definitions of &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/festa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;festa&lt;/a&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vacanza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vacanza&lt;/a&gt;&quot; in the Treccani dictionary, I infer the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;festa: used when focusing on the solenity/celebration or on the object of celebration&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vacanza: used when focusing on the period of rest&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il 25 aprile è vacanza in tutte le scuole (not &quot;festa&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Domani è vacanza (not &quot;festa&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Domani è la festa della mamma (not &quot;vacanza&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci sono 15 feste religiose/nazionali durante l'anno. (&quot;not vacanze&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that right or is there some overlap between both words?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-08-29T19:27:09.397" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T17:26:48.190" Title="Difference between &quot;festa&quot; and &quot;vacanza&quot; (holiday)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10888" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10890" CreationDate="2019-08-29T20:27:51.723" Score="2" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following definition of a word:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;porzione di spazio delimitata materialmente o meno&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google Translate told me that &quot;o meno&quot; means &quot;or not&quot;. Could I say &quot;o no&quot; instead? If so, is there any difference between both?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-08-29T23:27:28.397" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T06:38:48.983" Title="&quot;O meno&quot; vs &quot;o no&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10889" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-08-30T04:52:27.510" Score="2" ViewCount="202" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I translate the following sentence into Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He reads and also works.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;anche/pure&quot; precede the word they refer to. Thus, an obvious attempt would be: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui legge e anche/pure lavora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have read  at &lt;a href=&quot;http://elsaitalianoavanzato.blogspot.com/2008/03/luso-di-anche-confronto-con-tambin.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://elsaitalianoavanzato.blogspot.com/2008/03/luso-di-anche-confronto-con-tambin.html&lt;/a&gt; that these adverbs can only precede a verb if it is in an impersonal form (infinitive/gerund/past participle). The only remaining choise I see is to put &quot;anche/pure&quot; at the end of the sentence: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui legge e lavora anche/pure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that the correct one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-30T06:56:42.747" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T10:53:06.180" Title="&quot;Anche/pure&quot; related to a verb" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10888" CreationDate="2019-08-30T06:38:48.983" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes: &quot;o no&quot; is not only possible, but also more correct.&#xA;&quot;O meno&quot; is widely used but not recommandable in phrases like this one (can something be delimited &quot;less materially&quot;?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/o-no-o-non-o-meno_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/o-no-o-non-o-meno_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T06:38:48.983" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10891" PostTypeId="7" CreationDate="2019-08-30T08:16:21.107" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Italian Language Stack Exchange&lt;/b&gt; is a bilingual question and answer site for students, teachers, linguists and Italian language enthusiasts wanting to discuss the finer points of the Italian language. It's built and run &lt;i&gt;by you&lt;/i&gt; as part of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://stackexchange.com&quot;&gt;Stack Exchange&lt;/a&gt; network of Q&amp;amp;A sites. With your help, we're working together to build a library of detailed answers to every question about Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="-1" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-30T08:16:21.107" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T08:16:21.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10889" CreationDate="2019-08-30T08:20:34.323" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's &lt;em&gt;more&lt;/em&gt; correct to put “Anche/pure” at the end of the sentence.&#xA;In this case, &quot;pure&quot; has the same meaning of &lt;em&gt;in the same way&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;at the same time&lt;/em&gt;, but it make sense  &lt;strong&gt;after the verb has been written&lt;/strong&gt; .&#xA;So you can read the phrase in this way: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui legge e lavora allo stesso tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="5487" LastEditDate="2019-08-30T10:53:06.180" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T10:53:06.180" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10894" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10887" CreationDate="2019-08-30T17:08:57.267" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your examples are quite right, I would find it strange if someone doesn't understand you, but I have something to add to them:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Il 25 aprile è festa in tutta Italia, quindi le scuole sono chiuse&quot; (I wouldn't use &quot;vacanza&quot; here for a reason explained in the next example).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;it's better to say &quot;domani è festa&quot; rather than &quot;domani è vacanza&quot; (as already said in comments), because &quot;vacanza&quot; focuses on a period longer than one day (usually).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;third example is perfect.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ci sono 15 festività religiose/nazionali durante l'anno&quot; in fact if you use &quot;feste&quot; here it seems that you mean it like &quot;feasts/parties&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are usually not overlapping in meaning (but of course it depends on the context) and I believe that you got the differences between the two terms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5680" LastEditorUserId="5680" LastEditDate="2019-08-30T17:26:48.190" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T17:26:48.190" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10895" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10731" CreationDate="2019-08-30T17:13:43.297" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The correct answer is definitely &quot;ne abbiamo mangiata poca&quot; as already said in comments. Here &quot;mangiata&quot; gets a final A because it refers to &quot;cioccolata&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5680" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T17:13:43.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10896" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10731" CreationDate="2019-08-30T17:35:20.793" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;, agreement in gender and number of past participle with direct object is compulsory when the pronominal particle &quot;ne&quot; is used as a partitive with the function of direct object&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’accordo del participio con l’oggetto è invece obbligatorio con ne usato come partitivo in funzione di oggetto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and gives these examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;di film, &lt;em&gt;ne ho visti&lt;/em&gt; parecchi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ho comprato delle mele e &lt;em&gt;ne ho mangiate&lt;/em&gt; tre (Cordin 2001: 650).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, according to this rule, you should say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ne abbiamo mangiata poca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;because past participle &quot;mangiata&quot; must agree in gender and number with the direct object (which has been substituted by &quot;ne&quot;) &quot;cioccolata&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T17:35:20.793" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10621" CreationDate="2019-08-30T17:43:40.700" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I generally translate it with &quot;lasciar perdere&quot; or &quot;rinunciare&quot;. With this in mind, your phrases would translate in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Pensavo fosse uno studente meritevole, ma ho finito con il lasciarlo perdere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Non si è mai arreso con me, anche quando lo stavo trattando veramente male&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Grazie per non esserti arreso con me quando ho fallito&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5680" LastActivityDate="2019-08-30T17:43:40.700" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10898" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10907" CreationDate="2019-08-30T18:39:29.710" Score="3" ViewCount="256" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, the prepositions &quot;opposite&quot; and &quot;in front of&quot; have a subtle difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;opposite: in a position facing someone or something but with something between both (eg street, river, table)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in front of: close to the front of something or someone&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Therefore, one would usually say &quot;I am opposite the building&quot; if he/she is on the other side of the street and &quot;I am in front of the building&quot; if he/she is on the same side of the street. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have learned that &quot;di fronte a&quot; means &quot;opposite&quot;. Can it also mean &quot;in front of&quot;? For instance, would I use it if I am standing on the same side of the street of a building? Word Reference dictionary says &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/in%20front%20of&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;so&lt;/a&gt;, but I would like to confirm it with native speakers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-02T05:36:15.577" LastActivityDate="2019-09-02T05:36:15.577" Title="&quot;Di fronte a&quot; means &quot;opposite&quot; and &quot;in front of&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10899" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10906" CreationDate="2019-08-30T20:10:21.820" Score="5" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in a learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Giappone è un paese dell'est.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that a usual way of expressing this idea in Italian? &quot;Il Giappone è un paese orientale&quot; or &quot;Il Giappone è un paese dell'est [aggettivo]&quot; (e.g., &quot;asiatico&quot;) sounds more natural to me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could &quot;in&quot; be used instead of &quot;di&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-08-31T20:52:21.977" LastActivityDate="2019-09-01T09:22:32.400" Title="Is the expression &quot;un paese dell'est&quot; usual?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10900" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10921" CreationDate="2019-08-30T20:22:11.823" Score="3" ViewCount="294" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between the following sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fa caldo al sud.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fa caldo nel sud.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read the first one in a Italian learning tool and I wonder if using &quot;in&quot; instead of &quot;a&quot; is correct/usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-08-31T07:47:03.717" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T10:59:59.290" Title="Fa caldo al/nel sud" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10901" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10902" CreationDate="2019-08-31T04:26:34.207" Score="2" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;So, this is an Italian asking about Italian non-Latin jargon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have no idea why in Italian we say &quot;person X is a &lt;em&gt;crac&lt;/em&gt;&quot; if this person is expected to do great things in the future... I guess &quot;crac&quot; is the term we would have used to describe Messi, and what to expect from him, at the very beginning of his career, or for Pulisic, who is one of the best US soccer players ever, now playing for Chelsea and still just 20 years old.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would certainly know when to use this word, but I do not find it in the dictionary (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/crac/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;see for instance the Treccani)&lt;/a&gt; and I do not know how to write it (I can only assume it is written &quot;crac&quot;). I am clueless concerning its etymology too. &#xA;I swear I have heard it very many times, even on TV, and especially applied to the sports context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Someone with some clues about how to write it, where it comes from and its precise definition (possibly with a reference)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4727" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2019-09-01T06:32:30.880" LastActivityDate="2019-09-01T06:32:30.880" Title="How to spell crac ( = predestinato a grandi cose)?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10902" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10901" CreationDate="2019-08-31T09:28:09.147" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;At &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI23/GDLI_Supplemento_2004_289.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; you can find the voice &quot;crack&quot; with this meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel  poker,  nel  bridge,  ecc.,  giocatore  molto  abile,  ritenuto imbattibile. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; =  Voce ingl., propr. ‘eccellente’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, as mentioned by @egreg in his comment, you should to spell it &quot;crack&quot;. Notice that this dictionary says that it comes from English &quot;crack&quot; meaning &quot;eccellente&quot; in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-31T09:28:09.147" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10858" CreationDate="2019-08-31T13:23:30.363" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Speaking about the use of articles in Italian, in his book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;, Vittorio Coletti explains that the so called &quot;articolo partitivo&quot; (&quot;dei&quot;, &quot;degli&quot; or &quot;delle&quot;) is used to make the plural of an indeterminative article, but that such a plural is also frequently expressed by simply omitting the article:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'articolo partitivo funge anche da plurale dell'indeterminativo, quando il plurale è ammissibile, ovviamente: «voglio una torta» e «voglio delle torte». Un plurale indeterminato è spesso dato anche solo dall'assenza di articolo; la frase «ci sono studenti» è uguale a «ci sono degli studenti» ed entrambe sono diverse da «ci sono gli studenti».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, as in the example given by Coletti («ci sono studenti» is the same as «ci sono degli studenti»), both the sentences «sono poliziotti» and «sono dei poliziotti» are correct and mean the same. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-08-31T13:23:30.363" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10901" CreationDate="2019-08-31T22:03:31.700" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As @Charo mentioned, the word &lt;em&gt;crack&lt;/em&gt; does come from English. &lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/questions/94860/crack-as-a-positive-noun?r=SearchResults&quot;&gt;This&lt;/a&gt; question on another SE website explores the question a little further. The origin of the word can be traced back to 1793 apparently.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian, I would dare suggest that the usage has greatly increased in sports context because of the big presence of Spanish speaking players/coaches/managers. This can be seen by how the ones using the expression in @Charo's links in the comment section of the question are all soccer coaches/managers from countries where Spanish is the first language (in these two cases, Zanetti and Pochettino, Argentinians). Having lived many years in Spain, and looking at other people's inputs, the usage of the term appears to be much more diffused in Spanish-speaking countries. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2019-08-31T22:03:31.700" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10905" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-01T09:06:27.237" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Agnello non doveva scapparsene, doveva confidarsi con lui, lui li avrebbe aiutati, lui l’avrebbe tirata fuori, avrebbe impedito a quelle chiazzère &lt;strong&gt;gnorche&lt;/strong&gt; di portarla alla Children’s Society, li mandava sotto agli alberi pizzuti quelli che volevano male ad Agnello che era come suo padre e a Vita che era la sua piccola sorella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vesuvioweb.com/it/wp-content/uploads/Giuseppe-Giacco-Vocabolario-napoletano-vesuvioweb.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario napoletano-italiano di Giuseppe Giacco&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;chiazzèra&quot; significa &quot;piazzaiòla&quot; (si tratta di un aggettivo, ma penso che nel testo sia sostantivato). Non sono però riuscita a trovare il termine &quot;gnorco&quot; su nessun dizionario italiano e neanche su questo vocabolario né sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://independent.academia.edu/SalvatoreArgenziano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lessico e Letteratura del Dialetto Napoletano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Salvatore Argenziano e Gianna De Filippis. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-01T09:06:27.237" Title="Cosa significa &quot;gnorco&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10906" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10899" CreationDate="2019-09-01T09:22:32.400" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes and no. &lt;em&gt;X è un paese dell'Est&lt;/em&gt; is quite a normal sentence, but mostly used to mention countries of Eastern Europe, the former socialist republics (Soviet Union, Poland, Hungary and so on). It &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; be said of Japan too, but it sounds quite unusual. As you suggest, you may say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Giappone è un paese orientale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Giappone è un paese dell'Asia orientale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il Giappone è un paese dell'Estremo Oriente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;It's more a convention than a firm rule, but you often write &lt;em&gt;est&lt;/em&gt; with an upper-case initial when denoting a geographical area (&lt;em&gt;i paesi dell'Est&lt;/em&gt;), with a lower-case initial when denoting just a direction (&lt;em&gt;da qui dobbiamo andare per 20 chilometri verso est&lt;/em&gt;). Something similar holds for &lt;em&gt;oriente&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-01T09:22:32.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10898" CreationDate="2019-09-01T09:31:04.983" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sense “close to the front of something or someone” is mostly expressed in Italian by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/davanti&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;davanti&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. “I am in front of the building”, meaning on the same side of the street, is simply &lt;em&gt;Sono/sto davanti all'edificio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that &lt;em&gt;davanti&lt;/em&gt; needs the preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;davanti al ristorante&lt;/em&gt;) or a pronoun in a “dative” form (&lt;em&gt;se mi stai davanti non vedo nulla&lt;/em&gt;). In archaic or poetic language, you can find it without &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;; for instance, a famous poem by Giosue Carducci is titled &lt;em&gt;Davanti San Guido&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-01T09:31:04.983" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10908" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10910" CreationDate="2019-09-02T04:06:20.120" Score="4" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the following sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ho aspettato tre anni&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ho aspettato da tre anni&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought that the latter was the correct one, but I have read the former today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-02T05:55:15.060" LastActivityDate="2019-09-02T09:19:18.590" Title="Aspettare (da) + time period" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10910" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10908" CreationDate="2019-09-02T09:19:18.590" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;What do you intend to say?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) “Ho aspettato tre anni” means that, sometime in the far or immediate past, I experienced a wait that lasted 3 years. For instance, &lt;em&gt;Dopo le superiori ho aspettato tre anni e poi mi sono iscritto all'università&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) “Aspetto da tre anni” means that I am presently waiting and have been doing so starting 3 years ago. More colloquially, and expressing some impatience, “Sono tre anni che aspetto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c) “Aspetto tre anni” (or “per tre anni”) means that I am waiting now, or about to start, and intend to do so for 3 years. For instance, &lt;em&gt;Aspetto tre anni e, se non trovo un lavoro, vado in Inghilterra&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;d) “Ho aspettato da tre anni” sounds unusual. If you mean the meaning b), but in the past, you'd probably use the imperfect tense; say, &lt;em&gt;Aspettavo da tre anni quando finalmente è arrivato il principe azzurro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-02T09:19:18.590" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10912" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-02T18:51:28.857" Score="2" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the following sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui mi confonde.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui mi fa confondere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-02T18:58:47.317" LastActivityDate="2019-09-03T06:50:54.310" Title="Difference between &quot;confondere&quot; and &quot;far confondere&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10913" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-02T19:20:13.390" Score="2" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the following sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui mi mette allegria.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui mi rende allegro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are both equally usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-09T15:11:44.673" LastActivityDate="2019-09-09T15:11:44.673" Title="Difference between &quot;mettere [sostantivo]&quot; and &quot;rendere [aggettivo]&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10915" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10912" CreationDate="2019-09-03T06:50:54.310" Score="-1" Body="&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;He confuses me&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It's an expression used to intend that he's making you lose a bit of your patience, maybe lose a bit of your time, that he's creating you a bit of a mental hassle; I wouldn't know how to translate it better. He's basically creating you problems, but not serious problems. Usually adults use it to describe not collaborative children and/or elder people. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5686" LastActivityDate="2019-09-03T06:50:54.310" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10916" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10917" CreationDate="2019-09-03T06:55:58.127" Score="2" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that it is usual to omit the definite article before a family member if it is singular, if it is not qualified by an adjective and if the possessive adjective is not &quot;loro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have read the following sentence in a learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era andata a scuola con i genitori e le due sorelle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why are the possessive adjectives missing here? Is that usual? Would it also happen when the definite article is omitted (e.g., mia zia =&gt; zia)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-03T15:57:11.000" LastActivityDate="2019-09-09T14:50:27.457" Title="Era andata a scuola con i genitori e le due sorelle - possessive adjectives" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10917" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10916" CreationDate="2019-09-03T07:52:00.773" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;On Treccani's &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/aggettivi-e-pronomi-possessivi_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; you can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6. La codifica del possesso in italiano&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come osservato nel § 2, la funzione principale dei possessivi è quella&#xA;  di codificare una relazione di possesso. In italiano essa può essere&#xA;  tuttavia espressa anche in altri modi, senza l’uso dei possessivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Innanzitutto, &lt;strong&gt;l’italiano ammette l’omissione dell’aggettivo possessivo&#xA;  quando l’individuazione del possessore è ovvia anche senza la sua&#xA;  codifica esplicita&lt;/strong&gt; (cfr. Serianni 1988: 232; si veda anche Brunet&#xA;  1980: 157-159):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(52) ho lasciato l’auto in doppia fila [l’auto = «la mia auto»]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(53) come stanno i figli? [i figli = «i tuoi/suoi figli»]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se da un lato in frasi come (52-53) il possessivo è facoltativo,&#xA;  dall’altro la sua realizzazione è totalmente esclusa qualora venga&#xA;  utilizzato un pronome intensivo in casi in cui ci si riferisca a parti&#xA;  del corpo, come in (54-55); per estensione, l’uso di pronomi intensivi&#xA;  determina l’impossibilità di utilizzare il possessivo anche quando il&#xA;  nome non si riferisce a una parte del corpo, come in (56):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(54) Marco si gratta la testa ~ *Marco (si) gratta la sua testa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(55) non ti mangiare le unghie ~ *non (ti) mangiare le tue unghie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(56) mi hanno rubato la macchina / hanno rubato la mia macchina ~ *mi&#xA;  hanno rubato la mia macchina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(57) gli è svenuta tra le braccia [= «è svenuta tra le sue (di lui)&#xA;  braccia»].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in Italian you can omit the possessive adjective when you can implicitly tell who is the possessor.&#xA;You could rewrite your sentence as it follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era andata a scuola con i &lt;em&gt;suoi&lt;/em&gt; genitori e le &lt;em&gt;sue&lt;/em&gt; due sorelle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it would sound as a unnecessary redundancy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of the article you can have a look to the question &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-dellarticolo-dellaggettivo-possessivo-no&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Uso dell'articolo e dell'aggettivo possessivo coi nomi di parentela&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; coming from Accademia della Crusca, where you can read when it is requested:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'articolo è però necessario in alcuni casi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;con le forme alterate, ad esempio &quot;la mia sorellina&quot;, &quot;il mio    nonnino&quot;, ecc. ed anche con le forme patrigno, matrigna, figliastro,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  figliastra;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;con i termini che indicano rapporti sentimentali ma non ancora di    parentela vera e propria, come ad esempio &quot;il mio fidanzato&quot;, &quot;la mia &#xA;  ragazza&quot; e con essi anche tutte le varianti regionali (bello, bella,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  moroso, morosa, amante, ecc.);&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;in frasi con accentuato valore enfatico, nelle quali, normalmente, il    possessivo viene posposto: &lt;em&gt;&quot;il figlio mio&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;il nonno mio&quot;&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;nei casi in cui il singenionimo è accompaganto da un antroponimo    (nome di persona o cognome) l'articolo, frequentemente, viene&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  omesso.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-09T14:50:27.457" LastActivityDate="2019-09-09T14:50:27.457" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10918" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10938" CreationDate="2019-09-03T14:02:14.083" Score="4" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;How do I choose between &quot;imperfetto&quot; and &quot;stare + gerundio&quot; when referring to single past events? I thought I would use the former for habits and the latter for single past events. However, I found a counterexample in  &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/7244/il-passato-progressivo-stare-allimperfetto-il-gerundio-o-limperfetto&quot;&gt;a related &#xA;Italian Stack Exchange question&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per una di queste stradicciole, tornava dalla passeggiata verso casa, sulla sera del giorno 7 novembre dell'anno 1628...&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why not &quot;stava tornando&quot; instead of &quot;tornava&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-04T16:18:50.030" LastActivityDate="2019-09-07T09:24:50.920" Title="Imperfetto vs [stare in imperfetto + gerundio] in single past events" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10920" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10844" CreationDate="2019-09-03T21:51:36.180" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come &lt;em&gt;riportato&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/riferire.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere&lt;/a&gt; per quanto riguarda il verbo &lt;strong&gt;riferire&lt;/strong&gt;, teoricamente ci sarebbero leggere differenze d'uso. Nel parlato (ma pure nello scritto in realtà) si trovano entrambe le forme usate intercambiabilmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi sì, il criterio c'è, ma è possibile usare la forma che meglio si addice al concetto che si vuole esprimere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;v.tr. [sogg-v-arg-prep.arg]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Riportare, &lt;strong&gt;raccontare ad altri quanto&lt;/strong&gt; si è venuti a conoscere: r. l'accaduto al responsabile; freq. con l'arg. diretto espresso da&#xA;frase (introd. da che): riferirono al dottore che il caso era grave&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mettere in relazione&lt;/strong&gt;, collegare qlco. ad altro: r. il fatto a motivi di tipo diverso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;v.intr. (aus. avere) [sogg-v-prep.arg-prep.arg]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Presentare a qlcu. una relazione&lt;/strong&gt; o un rapporto scritto su qlco.: la commissione riferirà al consiglio sui propri lavori; con il secondo&#xA;arg. sottinteso, fare un rapporto a un superiore: riferirò al&#xA;direttore&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5672" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-03T21:51:36.180" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10900" CreationDate="2019-09-03T22:50:55.597" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Nel sud&lt;/code&gt; used that way is surely atypical, and I'm sure I've never heard it about the weather. A quick Google search (with double quotes) for &quot;caldo al sud&quot; e &quot;caldo nel sud&quot; shows 60k vs 7k results (including &quot;fa&quot;, the results are 1.7k vs just 9, including this thread).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You usually use &quot;nel {cardinal point} [of] {geo region}&quot; &lt;strong&gt;combined explicitly&lt;/strong&gt; with a country or geographical region of some kind. You always see &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; without the explicit reference to the geo region when talking about the weather.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(example) &lt;code&gt;Ho fatto un viaggio nel sud della Scozia&lt;/code&gt; (&quot;I went on a trip to the south of Scotland&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(example) &lt;code&gt;forti temporali previsti al nord&lt;/code&gt; (&quot;heavy thunderstorms are forecast in the north [of Italy]&quot;) (this is not a random example, it's the one of the most common sentences during weather forecasts)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the possible forms are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;al {cardinal point}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;nel {cardinal point} [di/della/dei/...] {geo region}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;nel {cardinal point}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(bonus) &lt;code&gt;a {cardinal point}&lt;/code&gt; (means &quot;sth south/north/east/west of sth else&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first two have the same meaning: to express that something happened inside the boundaries of that region. You could reformulate your given phrase like this: &lt;code&gt;fa caldo nel sud Italia&lt;/code&gt;, and like this it would sound perfectly fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The third one can be used if the geographical region has already been determined and it's implicit. It makes more sense if used to talk about something someone did inside the given geo region. Example: &quot;Viaggio nel sud&quot; (&quot;Trip in the south&quot;), a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.raiplay.it/programmi/viaggionelsud/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1958 TV documentary&lt;/a&gt;. It has an encyclopedic/documentary meaning. Still, it sounds archaic or even plain wrong to use it to talk about the weather. Why? Probably because our ears are just too used to the main mass medias weather forecasts using &quot;al&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To answer your question: if the implicit geographical region is the same, the sentences can be intended to have the same meaning. The second one just sounds very very odd. Without additional information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with &lt;code&gt;fa caldo al sud&lt;/code&gt;, i'd think you mean that &quot;it's hot in the south [of Italy] right now&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with &lt;code&gt;fa caldo nel sud&lt;/code&gt;, i'd ask you &quot;nel sud di cosa?&quot; (&quot;in the south of what?&quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with &lt;code&gt;fa caldo nel sud Italia&lt;/code&gt;, i'd think you mean that the typical climate in the south of Italy is hot&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5672" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-05T15:38:48.320" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T15:38:48.320" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10922" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10923" CreationDate="2019-09-04T06:52:17.787" Score="3" ViewCount="206" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mentre leggevo un testo da revisionare, mi è venuto un atroce dubbio: l'espressione &quot;venire in aiuto&quot; richiede la preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio si dice: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il veliero venne in aiuto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; naufraghi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il veliero venne in aiuto &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ai&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; naufraghi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A prima vista mi sembrano corrette entrambe, ma non sono in grado di dire quale sia la forma migliore, oppure se ci siano dei casi specifici in cui una o l'altra preposizione siano preferibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato qua e là ma non ho trovato una risposta soddisfacente. Potete venire in mio aiuto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1782" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-04T13:48:33.993" LastActivityDate="2019-09-04T13:48:33.993" Title="Preposizione per l'espressione venire in aiuto" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10922" CreationDate="2019-09-04T09:19:31.330" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra  non  esserci una vera differenza nell’uso di &lt;em&gt;venire in aiuto a&lt;/em&gt; vs &lt;em&gt;venire in aiuto di&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=venire%20in%20aiuto%20a%2Cvenire%20in%20aiuto%20di&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cvenire%20in%20aiuto%20a%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cvenire%20in%20aiuto%20di%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google books&lt;/a&gt; mostra  l’uso di entrambe le preposizioni senza evidenziare una particolare prevalenza di una sull’altra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-09-04T12:21:50.420" LastActivityDate="2019-09-04T12:21:50.420" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10924" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-04T15:39:05.387" Score="0" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho dubbi sul significato di &quot;trasmettere le proprie emozioni&quot;. Non riesco a capire se questo costrutto significa fare sì che un altro capisca come ci sentiamo, o se significa fare sì che l'altra persona provi la stessa cosa che proviamo noi, e magari anche che reagisca da quel momento in poi nello stesso modo da un punto di vista emotivo qualora presentarogli quella stessa situazione che ha fatto sì che noi stessi ci sentissimo così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per i chiarimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-04T15:44:00.397" LastActivityDate="2019-09-04T15:44:00.397" Title="Significato di &quot;trasmettere le proprie emozioni&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10845" CreationDate="2019-09-05T01:09:41.180" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Così&quot;, in this context, generally emphasizes &quot;tanto tempo&quot;. It &lt;em&gt;might&lt;/em&gt; also refer to the state in which the subject is waiting, but usually that meaning would be expressed in some other way. Using the aforementioned father in pajamas as an example, he could say &quot;Non voglio aspettare tanto tempo in queste condizioni&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-09-05T08:43:37.207" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T08:43:37.207" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10926" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10932" CreationDate="2019-09-05T04:20:45.320" Score="4" ViewCount="625" Body="&lt;p&gt;Word Reference's Italian dictionary gives the following pronunciations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/sincero&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sincero&lt;/a&gt;: /sinˈtʃɛro/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/sinceramente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sinceramente&lt;/a&gt;: /sintʃeraˈmente/ &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this correct? If so, is it usual that the pronunciation of a vowel of an adjective is different in the corresponding adverb with the -mente suffix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T07:58:54.433" Title="Pronunciation of &quot;sincero&quot; and &quot;sinceramente&quot;" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10927" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10934" CreationDate="2019-09-05T04:47:54.773" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È una azione molto strana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Isn't the elision obligatory between the feminine indefinite article and a word starting with a vowel? Which elisions are obligatory?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-13T20:38:44.137" LastActivityDate="2019-09-13T20:38:44.137" Title="Obligatory elisions" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10928" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10927" CreationDate="2019-09-05T04:54:34.857" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have found an answer in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/elisione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; after researching a little more. According to it, the elision:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(original text)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è normale negli articoli lo, la, una davanti a vocale e nelle preposizioni articolate composte con lo, la; è antico o letterario nell’articolo le e nelle preposizioni articolate composte con le. È inoltre frequente in alcune congiunzioni e in alcuni aggettivi, pronomi, avverbi, preposizioni. Non è obbligatoria in senso assoluto in nessuna di queste parole, ma è più frequente con alcune (questo, quello, di, si, ci, pronome o avverbio, davanti a vocale palatale), molto meno con altre (pronomi personali).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(text translated to English)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;is normal in the articles &quot;lo&quot;, &quot;la&quot;, &quot;una&quot; before a vowel and in articulated prepositions composed with &quot;lo&quot;, &quot;la&quot;; it is ancient or literary in the article &quot;le&quot; and in the articulated prepositions composed with &quot;le&quot;. It is also frequent in some conjunctions and in some adjectives, pronouns, adverbs, prepositions. It is not mandatory in an absolute sense in any of these words, but it is more frequent with some of them (&quot;questo&quot;, &quot;quello&quot;, &quot;di&quot;, &quot;si&quot;, &quot;ci&quot;, pronoun or adverb, before a palatal vowel), much less with others (personal pronouns).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-05T19:05:31.780" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T19:05:31.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10929" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-05T05:44:29.520" Score="0" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/nemmeno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Word Reference&lt;/a&gt; gives the following definitions for nemmeno: even, either, neither, not even.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non è amore, ma non è nemmeno amicizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The tool translated it as &quot;It is not love, but it is not friendship either&quot;. It seems to me that, without the &quot;ma&quot; (Non è amore; non è nemmeno amicizia), the sentence would be ambiguous and could mean one of the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is not love; it is not friendship either&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It is not love; it is not even friendship&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that right? I am not sure if I should keep the &quot;non&quot; before &quot;è nemmeno&quot; in order to express the second meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-05T09:23:47.443" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T09:23:47.443" Title="Nemmeno = &quot;even&quot;, &quot;either/neither&quot; or &quot;not even&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10930" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10931" CreationDate="2019-09-05T06:19:28.010" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Arrivano ben prima di mezzanotte.&#xA;  (= They arrive well before midnight)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does that mean that they will arrive well or that they will arrive much earlier than midnight? Given the context and that the sentence refers to the future, I believe that the intended meaning is the latter. However, if the sentence was in the past, the intended meaning would be harder to grasp (eg Sono arrivati ben prima di mezzanotte). Maybe a comma would make a difference ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-05T06:41:09.380" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T06:41:09.380" Title="Arrivano ben prima di mezzanotte - meaning" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10931" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10930" CreationDate="2019-09-05T06:40:59.670" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're right, the meaning without punctuation would be the latter, they will arrive much earlier than midnight.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the sentence was in the past you would have these two cases, using a comma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono arrivati, ben prima di mezzanotte (they will arrive much earlier than midnight)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and the other case where &lt;em&gt;ben&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt;, since the apocope wouldn't sound natural.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono arrivati bene, prima di mezzanotte (they arrived well, before midgnight)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the usage of a simple comma would make a difference in meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T06:40:59.670" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10932" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10926" CreationDate="2019-09-05T07:46:22.523" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;I assume you are talking about the pronunciation of the E in the second syllable. The change from [ɛ] in [sinˈtʃɛro] to [e] in [sintʃeraˈmente] is completely regular and predictable, because &quot;standard&quot;* Italian pronunciation includes a rule saying that [ɛ] and [ɔ] are only possible in the stressed syllable of a word. When suffixation causes the stress to shift to another syllable, the formerly stressed [ɛ] and [ɔ] turn into [e] and [o] respectively. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the stressed syllable contains a rising diphthong such as [jɛ] or [wɔ], sometimes the entire diphthong is replaced by [e] or [o] when the syllable becomes unstressed. But other times the glide remains, as in the diminutive &lt;em&gt;cuoricino&lt;/em&gt; [kworiˈʧino] from &lt;em&gt;cuore&lt;/em&gt; [ˈkwɔre]. (The form &lt;em&gt;coricino&lt;/em&gt; is apparently archaic or dialectal.) Unlike the change of [ɛ] and [ɔ] into [e] and [o], the loss of the glide element of the rising diphthongs [jɛ] and [wɔ] in unstressed syllables is not an automatic or exceptionless process in modern Italian. (I recently read a paper that tried to find patterns to it, but I don't remember right now exactly what it said.) I can't think of a &lt;em&gt;-mente&lt;/em&gt; word where a diphthong is converted into a single vowel; I only mentioned this type of alternation because it is somewhat related in a more general way to the topic of your question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*Note: The concept of a &quot;standard&quot; for pronunciation is rather tricky. Unlike spelling, which is about the use of discrete letters, pronunciation involves sounds, which can vary on a continuous basis. I'm just using &quot;standard&quot; to refer to the rules of pronunciation that are commonly described as standard, or taught to learners.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4633" LastEditorUserId="4633" LastEditDate="2019-09-05T07:58:54.433" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T07:58:54.433" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3896" CreationDate="2019-09-05T13:15:21.903" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm Italian and I can say that every Italian don't pay attention to the slope of the accent. What you really should care about is to put it on the final syllable if needed, otherwise simply omit it. Anyway in Italian, on the final syllables the slope of the accent is almost always &quot;é&quot;, that is on downhill, while in other languages ​​like French it can also be uphill like &quot;è&quot;. I hope this helps&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5691" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T13:15:21.903" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10934" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10927" CreationDate="2019-09-05T21:02:42.117" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Vittorio Coletti, elision is compulsory in singular determinative articles before vowel and also in feminine  indeterminative article and numeral &lt;em&gt;&quot;una&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (and its compounds) before vowel. In his book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;, this linguist explains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Negli articoli determinativi singolari davanti a vocale l'elisione è obbligatoria, mentre nei pronomi personali, pur in quelli identici agli articoli (&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;), è facoltativa: «l'amore/l'amo, lo amo»; «l'attesa/l'attende, la attende»; «l'importanza/t'importa, ti importa»; «l'udito/l'ho udito, lo ho udito». Non elide ormai più l'articolo femminile plurale («le amiche», «delle eccezioni»), né quello maschile plurale &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, neppure davanti a &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; («gli inglesi», «degli italiani»). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; L'elisione è frequente anche con l'articolo indeterminativo e col numerale femminile &lt;em&gt;una&lt;/em&gt; (e composti, come si vedrà al cap. IV) davanti a vocale, per cui, anche se troppo spesso ce ne dimentichiamo (lo dimostrano molti errori di ortografia nella ricerca di Serianni e Benedetti), si deve scrivere «un'amica», «un'epoca», «c'erano solo un'anziana e due gatti», «qualcun'altra».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And some pages later:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Stessa distribuzione di &lt;em&gt;il/lo&lt;/em&gt; per l'articolo indeterminativo &lt;em&gt;un/uno&lt;/em&gt;, meno l'elisione davanti al maschile perché si tratta di un troncamento («un cane», «un treno», «un amico», «uno stato»), mentre l'elisione è obbligatoria al femminile davanti a vocale &lt;em&gt;una/un'&lt;/em&gt; («una casa», «un'amica»). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This author also explains that one must elide particle &quot;ci&quot; before forms of verb &quot;essere&quot; and &quot;andare&quot; beginning by vowel: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Naturalmente ci sono ancora casi stabili di elisione oltre quella degli articoli determinativi singolari. Ad esempio, la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; che attualizza e modifica il significato di &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;c'è&lt;/em&gt;,  &lt;em&gt;c'era&lt;/em&gt;) e di &lt;em&gt;entrare&lt;/em&gt; («lui non c'entra») elide obbligatoriamente, nel parlato e nello scritto; invece, quando fa lo stesso con &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;, elide nel parlato, ma nello scritto no: «c'ho fame» si dice, ma si scrive «ci ho fame», per evitare di indurre la lettura «*k'ò fame» o, anche se è meno fastidioso, l'uso dell'apostrofo davanti ad &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;, come abbiamo appena fatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-05T21:02:42.117" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10935" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-06T06:53:15.757" Score="4" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can &quot;anche&quot; be used instead of &quot;neanche&quot; in negative sentences? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ho vinto anch'io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-06T06:54:58.400" LastActivityDate="2019-09-06T08:32:13.197" Title="Is &quot;anche&quot; used in negative sentences?" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10936" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10935" CreationDate="2019-09-06T08:32:13.197" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In order to have some information about the use of &lt;em&gt;anche&lt;/em&gt; in negative sentences you could have a look to the concept of &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/negazione_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;negazione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; on Treccani's Enciclopedia dell'Italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(b) Le congiunzioni &lt;em&gt;neanche&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt; &lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;anche&lt;/em&gt;; ➔ univerbazione), &lt;em&gt;nemmeno&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (&amp;lt; né + meno) e &lt;em&gt;neppure&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt; né + pure), che aggiungono un elemento&#xA;  negativo ad altri già espressi nel contesto precedente, come in non mi&#xA;  piace il tennis e neanche (o nemmeno o neppure) il calcio. Neanche e&#xA;  nemmeno possono anche avere valore rafforzativo, indicando&#xA;  l’esclusione di ogni possibilità: per es., non oso neanche (o nemmeno&#xA;  o neppure) chiederglielo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the syntax, you can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le frasi negative si distinguono da quelle positive perché alle prime&#xA;  si possono aggiungere altri elementi tramite la congiunzione &lt;em&gt;neanche&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  (3 a.); le frasi positive ammettono invece l’aggiunta di altri&#xA;  elementi solo tramite anche (3 b.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(3)    a. io non ti sento, neanche lui&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(3)    b. io ti sento, anche lui&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I prefissi negativi elencati in (e) nel § 2 non esprimono il valore&#xA;  negativo della polarità; la presenza di parole così formate non rende&#xA;  la frase negativa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(4) Giovanni è infelice, anche [*neanche] Maria lo è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding your example, personally I would say: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anch'io non ho vinto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Neanche io ho vinto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-09-06T08:32:13.197" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10937" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10941" CreationDate="2019-09-06T20:24:21.777" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vita lo aggiornava sui repentini cambi di impiego di Nicola: fino a settembre era uno dei facchini addetti ai bagagli dei clienti dell’hotel Ansonia – per questo era riuscito a raccomandarla all’addetto alle griglie per un posto nelle cucine. Purtroppo Coca-cola era sbadato, confondeva i numeri sulle porte, &lt;strong&gt;masticava un americano indecente&lt;/strong&gt; che faceva inorridire i clienti, si innamorava delle cameriere dei piani, che inseguiva abbandonando le valigie negli ascensori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che &quot;Coca-cola&quot; è un soprannome con cui viene chiamato Nicola. Ho cercato il termine &quot;americano&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che corrisponda a qualcosa che si possa masticare. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-08T08:04:42.527" LastActivityDate="2019-09-08T08:04:42.527" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;masticava un americano indecente&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10938" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10918" CreationDate="2019-09-06T23:26:46.117" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/imperfetto_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt; explains that, when you are in a situation of what is called &quot;imperfetto progressivo&quot;, you can use either &quot;imperfetto&quot; or the periphrasis &quot;stare&quot; (in &quot;imperfetto&quot;) + gerund with exactly the same meaning. For instance, you can say either &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un giorno, in camera sua, mentre lui, distratto, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;fumava&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a qualche passo da me, io, frugando in mezzo a certi libri nell’armadio, mi trovai fra le mani una fotografia (Elsa Morante, &lt;em&gt;L’isola di Arturo&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un giorno, in camera sua, mentre lui, distratto, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;stava fumando&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; a qualche passo da me, io, frugando in mezzo a certi libri nell’armadio, mi trovai fra le mani una fotografia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This article of Treccani Encyclopedia explains that one has such a &quot;imperfetto progressivo&quot; situation &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando il processo espresso dall’imperfetto è in corso senza che sia possibile determinare né quando sia iniziato né quando si concluda, e un altro evento (implicito o esplicito) si sovrappone a questo processo in un singolo istante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, whenever the process expressed by &quot;imperfetto&quot; (or by &quot;stare&quot; + gerund) is ongoing without it being possible to determine when it started and when it ended, and another event (implicit or explicit) overlaps this process in a single instant (&quot;mi trovai fra le mani una fotografia&quot; in the example above).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://riviste.unimi.it/index.php/ACME/article/download/3878/4021&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article by Elisabetta Mauroni&lt;/a&gt; it's explained in this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quando il verbo indica «un processo colto in un singolo istante del suo svolgimento» &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, whenever the verb express a process caught in a single moment of its development, and says that such a &quot;imperfetto progressivo&quot; has these two characteristics:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;l’esistenza di un istante di focalizzazione ([...])&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;lo stato di indeterminatezza riguardante il proseguimento del processo descritto oltre tale istante di focalizzazione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, there exists a single focalized moment, but there is also indeterminacy about the continuation of the process described beyond that moment (one doesn't know when the process started and ended). This article gives this example of equivalent sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In quel momento, Enrico &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dormiva&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profondamente. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In quel momento, Enrico &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;stava dormendo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; profondamente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the case in the sentence of your question (to understand it you have to seen it in the whole context of Manzoni's text):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per una di queste stradicciole, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;tornava&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; bel bello dalla passeggiata verso casa, sulla sera del giorno 7 novembre dell'anno 1628, don Abbondio, curato d'una delle terre accennate di sopra: il nome di questa, né il casato del personaggio, non si trovan nel manoscritto, né a questo luogo né altrove. Diceva tranquillamente il suo ufizio, e talvolta, tra un salmo e l'altro, chiudeva il breviario, tenendovi dentro, per segno, l'indice della mano destra, e, messa poi questa nell'altra dietro la schiena, proseguiva il suo cammino, guardando a terra, e buttando con un piede verso il muro i ciottoli che facevano inciampo nel sentiero: poi alzava il viso, e, girati oziosamente gli occhi all'intorno, li fissava alla parte d'un monte, dove la luce del sole già scomparso, scappando per i fessi del monte opposto, si dipingeva qua e là sui massi sporgenti, come a larghe e inuguali pezze di porpora. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first sentence, the one of your question, caughts Don Abbondio in a single well-defined moment of the action. So, in principle, you could replace &quot;tornava&quot; by &quot;stava tornando&quot; on it (even if then language wouldn't sound very &quot;manzoniano&quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per una di queste stradicciole, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;stava tornando&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; bel bello dalla passeggiata verso casa, sulla sera del giorno 7 novembre dell'anno 1628, don Abbondio, curato...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, in other uses of &quot;imperfetto&quot; in which there is not such a single moment of focus on the process expressed by the verb in &quot;imperfetto&quot; (described in detail in the linked article by Treccani Encyclopedia), one cannot replace &quot;imperfetto&quot; by the periphrasis &quot;stare&quot; (in &quot;imperfetto&quot;) + gerund. For instance, in this example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In quell’estate andavo in Po, un’ora o due, al mattino. Mi piaceva sudare al remo e poi cacciarmi nell’acqua fredda, ancora buia, che entra negli occhi e li lava. Andavo quasi sempre solo, perché Pieretto a quell’ora se ne dormiva (Cesare Pavese, &lt;em&gt;Il diavolo sulle colline&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you cannot replace &quot;andavo&quot;, &quot;piaceva&quot;, etc. by &quot;stavo andando&quot;, &quot;stava piacendo&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-07T09:24:50.920" LastActivityDate="2019-09-07T09:24:50.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10939" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-07T00:38:59.067" Score="2" ViewCount="122" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le cose sono andate in maniera diversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;in maniera diversa&quot; idiomatic and more usual than &quot;in una maniera diversa&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-07T07:14:01.817" LastActivityDate="2019-11-22T03:01:50.177" Title="&quot;In maniera diversa&quot; vs &quot;in una maniera diversa&quot;" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10940" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10945" CreationDate="2019-09-07T00:59:46.760" Score="4" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I bambini possono giocare senza pericoli qui&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would &quot;senza pericolo&quot; have the exact same meaning of &quot;senza pericoli&quot; in this sentence? Is the former as usual as the latter?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-07T07:41:25.473" LastActivityDate="2019-09-08T10:10:28.467" Title="Difference between &quot;senza pericoli&quot; and &quot;senza pericolo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10941" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10937" CreationDate="2019-09-07T04:17:03.237" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto, sta parlando della lingua, ovvero significa che il personaggio parlava e capiva l'inglese (americano) poco e male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione colloquiale &lt;em&gt;&quot;masticare una lingua&quot;&lt;/em&gt; per indicare la propria dimestichezza con la stessa è di uso comune; si utilizza anche in senso più ampio per indicare la padronanza riguardo qualunque argomento, ad es.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non mastico di politica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quanto ne mastichi di informatica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2019-09-07T06:29:39.077" LastActivityDate="2019-09-07T06:29:39.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10942" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10937" CreationDate="2019-09-07T08:48:47.850" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per completare la risposta di @RiccardoDeContardi aggiungo l’accezione di &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/masticare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;masticare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; che si adatta al contesto da te citato, fonte Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2b&lt;/strong&gt;. In usi fam. e scherz.: &lt;strong&gt;m. bene (o male) una lingua, essere capace di esprimersi in essa più o meno bene;&lt;/strong&gt; quindi: &lt;em&gt;m. un po’ di&#xA;  russo; d’inglese ne mastica poco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-09-07T08:48:47.850" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9076" CreationDate="2019-09-07T17:24:54.577" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;My Italian-American grandparents would often use the phrase &quot;va fa Napoli&quot; (or sometimes shortened to &quot;fa Napoli&quot;).  You can hear the expression used on The Sopranos and in the Academy Award winning movie Green Book.  My grandparents were Napolitano and learned the Napoli dialect from their parents), but they grew up and lived in the Bronx. From what I understand &quot;va fa Napoli&quot; is more Italian-American slang, maybe more specific to New York Italians, from the boroughs, with roots in Naples dialect (which is why Joey on Friends would use it, or Tony Soprano, or Tony the Lip in Green Book). My Italian teacher, who was from Naples understood it, but said most &#xA;Italian people don't use the expression. But my grandmother told me it meant &quot;go to Naples&quot; which was like saying &quot;go to hell&quot; because it's so hot down in Naples. I have no idea if this is true. But whatever the etymology, it's a negative expression but not vulgar, more akin to saying &quot;get lost&quot; than anything else... (certainly NOT &quot;do it in the ass&quot; as previously suggested.) There are so many Italian-AMERICAN expressions I picked up from my grandparents, most kinda vulgar, because they mostly spoke Italian in front of us to curse or insult someone. I've shared them with a Naples-native friend who understands these expressions perfectly, because they are still used, but often my pronunciation is slightly off--a product of the American influence and being diluted by generations who never learned to spell the words but could approximate the sounds of these expressions. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5698" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-07T19:17:59.140" LastActivityDate="2019-09-07T19:17:59.140" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10944" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-07T21:43:50.950" Score="4" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sono venuto a vedere se stai bene&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wouldn't the correct be &quot;Sono venuto a vedere se stavi bene&quot;, since &quot;sono venuto&quot; is a past tense?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-08T08:30:56.150" LastActivityDate="2020-03-26T05:41:25.453" Title="Sono venuto a vedere se stai/stavi bene" Tags="&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10940" CreationDate="2019-09-08T10:10:28.467" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As said by Gio in his comment, both these expressions are used to convey the same meaning. According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=senza+pericolo%2Csenza+pericoli&amp;amp;year_start=1980&amp;amp;year_end=2018&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csenza%20pericolo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Csenza%20pericoli%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Ngram viewer&lt;/a&gt; it seems that &quot;senza pericolo&quot; is more used than &quot;senza pericoli&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To give some examples of use, you can find &quot;senza pericolo&quot; in this definition of the word &quot;sicuro&quot; given by &lt;a href=&quot;https://sapere.virgilio.it/parole/vocabolario/sicuro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;che è senza pericolo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in this quotation from &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=d9SdAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA108&amp;amp;lpg=PA108&amp;amp;dq=%22Mentre+quel+forno+veniva+cos%C3%AC+messo++sottosopra,+nessun+altro+della+citt%C3%A0+era+quieto+e+senza+pericolo%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Clxx3knIyh&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U129P1tKezNAsV3sQVK7CJARewMUA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwj8vOnc8MDkAhXFAWMBHVNIDDEQ6AEwAHoECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22Mentre%20quel%20forno%20veniva%20cos%C3%AC%20messo%20%20sottosopra%2C%20nessun%20altro%20della%20citt%C3%A0%20era%20quieto%20e%20senza%20pericolo%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt; by Alessandro Manzoni&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mentre quel forno veniva così messo  sottosopra, nessun altro della città era quieto e senza pericolo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or in this one from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI02/GDLI_02_ocr_119.pdf&amp;amp;parola=pericolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Settantacinque racconti&lt;/em&gt; by Corrado Alvaro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’artista è il solo che possa dire di sé  senza  pericolo,  il  solo  che  possa manifestare  tutto  quello  che  ha  dentro,  e  tutti  gli  battono le  mani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Senza pericoli&quot; is, for instance, used by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI01/GDLI_01_ocr_450.pdf&amp;amp;parola=pericoli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enrico Pea in &lt;em&gt;Il trenino dei sassi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'andare a  caccia  non  costituiva  dunque  privilegio, né  per  i  ricchi  né  per  i  poveri,  né  per  chi  era religioso  o no, perché  andavano  a  caccia  anche  gli  anarchici,  che  in  quel tempo  nel  mio  paese  ce  n’era  più  di  uno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI06/GDLI_06_ocr_593.pdf&amp;amp;parola=pericoli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Arturo Loria in &lt;em&gt;Il compagno dormente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;S’udirono   in fondo  le  imprecazioni  e  gli  urli  dell’impresario  per  ga­rantirsi   un   passaggio   senza   pericoli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find it also in the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=3W0zDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA18&amp;amp;lpg=PA18&amp;amp;dq=senza+pericoli%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=-v0SNy4vjl&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0cKvZ3aBY495u73TPIyDHdotcHsA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi_sruAoL7kAhWB34UKHRvqCOAQ6AEwCXoECAMQAQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Genitori&lt;/em&gt; by Sergio Felleti&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I genitori devono mettere a disposizione dei propri figli un ambiente sicuro e senza pericoli​.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-08T10:10:28.467" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10946" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10948" CreationDate="2019-09-08T16:05:16.847" Score="1" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Posso portarti con l’automobile del mister, insisté Rocco. Sapeva che la nuova Hudson Touring di Cozza suscitava l’ammirazione generale. Per i cerchioni d’argento, l’esile volante di radica, i sedili imbottiti, la copertura a soffietto, il vetro &lt;strong&gt;frangipolvere&lt;/strong&gt;, il rombo strepitoso del motore e i fari immensi, come quelli delle navi, che troneggiavano ai lati del cofano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;frangipolvere&quot; in questo brano? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Una ricerca su Google, però, mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un vocabolo che si usa. Immagino sia un composto di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/frangere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;frangere&quot;&lt;/a&gt; e &quot;polvere&quot;, ma ho visto che &quot;frangere&quot; significa  &quot;rompere&quot;, &quot;spezzare&quot; e non capisco come il vetro di un'automobile possa rompere o spezzare la polvere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-09T15:28:13.427" Title="Significato di &quot;frangipolvere&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10947" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-09T14:59:39.043" Score="2" ViewCount="140" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard on a &lt;a href=&quot;http://youtube.com/watch?v=uEyosoHp8w0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;video&lt;/a&gt; of a popular Italian learning channel on YouTube  that &quot;essere&quot; is used for the current location of objects and  &quot;stare&quot; is used for the usual location of objects. Example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dove sono le chiavi? (= Where are the keys? )&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dove stanno le chiavi? (= Where are the keys usually? )&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I have also been told that there is no difference in essere/stare in this context in Standard Italian and thus the explanation in the video is incorrect. Is that right? If so, is that difference mentioned in the video a regionalism? From where? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-09T15:43:25.673" LastActivityDate="2021-05-21T21:06:50.633" Title="“Essere” or “stare” for the location of objects" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10946" CreationDate="2019-09-09T15:28:13.427" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel testo, la parola viene utilizzata nel senso che fa da schermo o barriera contro la polvere. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;@Charo ha confermato che il romanzo è ambientato nei primi anni del 20° secolo; quindi probabilmente stiamo parlando &lt;a href=&quot;https://barrettjacksoncdn.azureedge.net/staging/carlist/items/Fullsize/Cars/116005/116005_Side_Profile_Web.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;di quest'auto qui&lt;/a&gt; (o un modello simile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino si stia parlando del parabrezza, che impedisce alla polvere di finire in faccia al guidatore; infatti @egreg ha giustamente fatto notare che all'epoca il &quot;nemico&quot; degli automobilisti era la polvere (per via della bassa velocità e delle strade sterrate) più che il vento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non saprei dire quando il termine &quot;parabrezza&quot; (ovvero vetro atto a difendere dal vento) abbia preso il sopravvento e sia diventato di uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-09-09T15:28:13.427" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10949" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10956" CreationDate="2019-09-09T22:07:46.030" Score="1" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lei non vuole andare in quel posto.&#xA;  (= She does not want to go to that place)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;andare a quel posto&quot; also correct/usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-10T18:03:11.903" LastActivityDate="2019-09-10T20:39:11.800" Title="&quot;Andare a quel posto&quot; vs &quot;andare in quel posto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10950" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10952" CreationDate="2019-09-09T22:25:54.327" Score="4" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between the two sentences below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non so se girare a sinistra o a destra.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non so se giro a sinistra o a destra.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-10T09:41:11.567" LastActivityDate="2019-09-10T18:34:58.817" Title="Infinitive vs conjugated verb" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10951" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10939" CreationDate="2019-09-09T22:29:41.970" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to Google Ngram Viewer, &quot;in maniera diversa&quot; is much more usual than &quot;in una maniera diversa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=in+maniera+diversa%2Cin+una+maniera+diversa&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cin%20maniera%20diversa%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cin%20una%20maniera%20diversa%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=in+maniera+diversa%2Cin+una+maniera+diversa&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cin%20maniera%20diversa%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cin%20una%20maniera%20diversa%3B%2Cc0&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-09-09T22:29:41.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10950" CreationDate="2019-09-10T08:35:20.230" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first one implies that the action of turning will happen in the future (near or far).&#xA;The second one is something you say when the action of turning is running now.&#xA;&quot;Non so se giro a sinistra o a destra&quot; means I don't know if now I'm turning left or right.&#xA;&quot;Non so se girare a sinistra o a destra&quot; means &quot;I don't know whether to turn left or right&quot;&#xA;(either in the near or in the far future).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-10T18:34:58.817" LastActivityDate="2019-09-10T18:34:58.817" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9894" CreationDate="2019-09-10T12:20:23.183" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo brano &quot;accomodatore di porci&quot; è un dispegiativo per indicare la figura del veterinario dilettante, senza nessuna preparazione specifica ad esercitare il mestiere.&#xA;Accomodatore è da intendere come colui che ripara o rimette in sesto in una qualche maniera anche impropria, ma ripristina l'originale utilizzo dell'oggetto. Questo termine accostato a &quot;porci&quot; vuole indicare, appunto, una persona che in qualche modo riesce a rimettere in piedi gli animali (estensione di &quot;porci&quot;) con metodi anche non deducibili dalla scienza veterinaria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5701" LastEditorUserId="5701" LastEditDate="2019-09-10T12:22:38.087" LastActivityDate="2019-09-10T12:22:38.087" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10954" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-10T12:45:35.353" Score="4" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference of meaning between the reflexive form and the non-reflexive form of the verb &quot;sbagliare&quot;? Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui ha sbagliato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui si è sbagliato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-10T18:08:32.327" LastActivityDate="2019-09-10T18:08:32.327" Title="&quot;Sbagliare&quot;: non-reflexive vs reflexive usage" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10954" CreationDate="2019-09-10T13:51:37.080" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The differences are subtle, IMHO, and this is by no means a complete answer. However, I will list common situations where these expressions are used, and how it can often be confusing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The two can in many cases be used interchangeably, as in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui ho sbagliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui mi sono sbagliato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The former expression tends to have a &amp;quot;stronger&amp;quot; meaning, and is more used in situations where the subject is particularly involved and the subject of the mistake is &amp;quot;broad&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sbagliato tutto nella vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The above sentence would hardly be used with a reflexive form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The reflexive form is instead used more often when performing a wrong evaluation, a concrete mistake. Also, it gives the feeling that the subject which has done a mistake is particularly involved in terms of personal action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono sbagliato di grosso sul tuo conto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the above example, one could use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sbagliato di grosso sul tuo conto!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(with a litte bit of a stretch) and it would sound a bit more solemn.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-10T13:56:57.920" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10949" CreationDate="2019-09-10T20:39:11.800" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andare a quel posto&lt;/em&gt; does not sound correct and it is not usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that there are many places where you go &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt;, e.g. cities, or places in a city:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare a Roma&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare a New York&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare al cinema&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;andare al mercato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sometimes it can depend on the place, e.g. compare &lt;em&gt;andare al mare&lt;/em&gt; against &lt;em&gt;andare in montagna&lt;/em&gt;. Other place names (e.g. regions, states, continents) require &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; instead (e.g. &lt;em&gt;andare in Toscana&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andare in Canada&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;andare in Asia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With &lt;em&gt;posto&lt;/em&gt; things might get tricky and depend on the exact meaning of it. For example, in a classroom every pupil has its own seat and desk, which is overall called a &lt;em&gt;posto&lt;/em&gt;. In that case, a teacher might say &lt;em&gt;vai a posto&lt;/em&gt; and it would be correct/usual. Moreover, &lt;em&gt;andare a posto&lt;/em&gt; might also mean that something fits its place.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the context of some generic place, though, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; is used instead.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1730" LastActivityDate="2019-09-10T20:39:11.800" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10957" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10958" CreationDate="2019-09-11T14:56:28.540" Score="1" ViewCount="1438" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ogni volta che Rocco accompagnava a casa il padre, Venera lo &lt;strong&gt;spizzava&lt;/strong&gt; dietro le tende della finestra – lasciando cadere la cortina appena realizzava che lui l’aveva notata. Rocco portava la mano alla falda del cappello e accennava un inchino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;spizzare&quot; in questo brano? Ho trovato questo verbo in parecchi dizionari, ma tutte le accezioni fanno riferimento a giochi di carte, al calcio o al biliardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-13T21:57:25.137" LastActivityDate="2019-09-13T21:57:25.137" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;spizzare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10958" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10957" CreationDate="2019-09-11T16:01:17.043" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/amp/s/siportaaroma.wordpress.com/2013/09/16/ssi-porta-a-roma-il-glossario-pseudo-romanesco-parte-1-verbi-base/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di dialetto romanesco&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Spizzare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;  v.tr. [sogg-v-arg] – è il mio preferito. Nessuno dà pizze in faccia,&#xA;  i pestaggi lasciamoli fare ai neofasciti. “Ahò, quello sta a spizzà a&#xA;  Tatiana”.  Approfonditi studi etimologici da me condotti hanno&#xA;  dimostrato scientificamente che è una trasfusione semantica dal gioco&#xA;  delle carte. &lt;strong&gt;Qui si tratta di uno sguardo provocatore, sottecchi,&#xA;  nascosto ma non troppo, come quando si scoprono le carte de poker.&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  Tatiana, nonostante sia tarchiata e francamente bruttarella, in questa&#xA;  occasione è stata oggetto di sguardi interessati alla sua fisicità. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viene data al termine un’interpretazione corrispondente al guardare di nascosto, di sottecchi, sbirciare. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-09-11T16:01:17.043" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10959" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-12T00:15:28.457" Score="0" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm aware that most adjectives come after the noun they qualify, but certain adjectives usually come before the noun: bello, bravo, brutto, buono, caro, cattivo, giovane, grande, intero, lungo, nuovo, picolo, stesso, vecchio, vero. Some of these adjectives have different meanings when they are before or after the noun (eg &quot;un grande uomo&quot; = a great man, &quot;un uomo grande&quot; = a large/tall man). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have recently read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È una sana paura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is &quot;sana&quot; before the noun in this sentence? Is it because the adjective has a figurative meaning? Would &quot;è una paura sana&quot; be wrong?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-12T07:21:04.620" LastActivityDate="2019-09-13T15:10:50.870" Title="È una sana paura - adjective position" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2019-09-13T15:19:46.330" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10633" CreationDate="2019-09-12T22:26:22.773" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una possibilità potrebbe essere un refuso del testo: “lorda” con una “i” mancante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine “lordìa” al sud è utilizzato come sinonimo di lordura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5676" LastActivityDate="2019-09-12T22:26:22.773" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10962" CreationDate="2019-09-13T01:24:35.760" Score="4" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for a good idiom for the idea of being openly transparent with someone and being clear and straightforward, as in the English expression “putting all your cards on the table.” I found “metti le carte in tavola,” but I am looking for something more idiomatic and less of a literal translation. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5704" LastActivityDate="2019-09-13T07:01:23.113" Title="Idiom for “putting your cards on the table”" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10961" CreationDate="2019-09-13T06:41:39.290" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A possible idiomatic expression can be &lt;strong&gt;parlare &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/D/dente.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fuori dai denti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; that means to speak plainly, to put it bluntly, being clear, sincere, frank.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As correctly suggested by @RiccardoDeContardi is also idiomatic and largely used &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pane1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dire pane al pane, vino al vino&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; which also means to call thing with their name, to speak plainly, frankly:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1c&lt;/strong&gt;. Locuzioni fig. e frasi proverbiali: &lt;em&gt;dire p. al p. (e vino al vino)&lt;/em&gt;, chiamare le cose col loro nome, parlare in modo chiaro, con&#xA;  franchezza;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other possible expressions with the same meaning could also be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;mettere le cose in chiaro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dire le cose come stanno&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;giocare a carte scoperte&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;parlare con il cuore in mano&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-13T07:01:23.113" LastActivityDate="2019-09-13T07:01:23.113" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10963" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10964" CreationDate="2019-09-13T10:28:18.727" Score="0" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading the &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/RanocchiateBlog/status/1169240326613164032&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;open letter sent to Lukaku by Inter fans&lt;/a&gt;, and stumbled upon this on the very first line:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ti scriviamo in inglese perché speriamo che dall'alto dei tuoi 5 mln di follower non entrerai a contatto con questa spiacevole questione (e perché il nostro inglese è buono quanto i piedi di Dalb).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Who or what is Dalb and why is his/her/its/their legs such a bad thing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user1936" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-13T11:00:34.010" LastActivityDate="2019-09-13T11:00:34.010" Title="Piedi di Dalb: Who or what is Dalb?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ClosedDate="2019-09-13T15:18:16.570" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10964" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10963" CreationDate="2019-09-13T10:59:55.583" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dalb&lt;/strong&gt; is just the diminutive of &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalbert_Henrique&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dalbert Henrique Chagas Estevão&lt;/a&gt; a former Inter player which didn't leave a good memory of himself among Inter's supporters.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact in this &amp;quot;letter&amp;quot; fans say that they prefer to write in Italian since their English is as poor as Dalbert's feet, meaning he doesn't have so much technique in touching the ball.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-13T10:59:55.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10965" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-13T22:14:18.407" Score="1" ViewCount="487" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La piú preziosa virtú di una donna è il sacrificio, e la ricompensa non è di questo mondo, ma il Paradiso eterno. Questo Vita lo sa. E se lo dimentica, glielo ricordano le vicine di casa, che trascorrono giornate interminabili recluse in due stanze a rifilare &lt;strong&gt;asole e occhielli&lt;/strong&gt; per la ditta Levy &amp;amp; Co. di Broadway, circondate da un nugolo di creature denutrite che non sanno ancora parlare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato la definizione di &quot;asola&quot; e di &quot;occhiello&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a vedere se ci sia qualche differenza tra loro. Perlomeno nel contesto del brano, i vocabolari sembrano indicare che siano la stessa cosa. È veramente cosí?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-14T06:44:52.043" Title="C'è qualche differenza tra un'asola e un occhiello?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10965" CreationDate="2019-09-14T06:44:52.043" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/asola/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Asola&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/occhiello_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;occhiello&lt;/a&gt; possono essere considerati sinonimi, come riporta Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;occhiello&lt;/strong&gt; /o'k:jɛl:o/ s. m. [dim. di occhio]. - 1. [piccolo taglio nella stoffa di un indumento, in cui si fa entrare un bottone] &lt;strong&gt;≈&#xA;  asola.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per asola viene riportata una lieve differenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;àṡola&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [lat. tardo ansŭla, dim. di ansa «ansa»]. – 1. Anello in cui scorre qualcosa, o in cui s’infila un perno, un gancio, ecc.&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;2. Più com., orlatura di filo che si fa all’occhiello di un abito, dove si adatta il bottone; e l’occhiello stesso.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È vero che, se proprio si vuole trovare una differenza seppur minima, normalmente per occhiello si intende l’asola sul bavero della giacca elegante dove usava in passato mettere un fiore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fiore all’occhiello, da cui deriva la famosa &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fiore-allocchiello&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;locuzione&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-09-14T06:44:52.043" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10967" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-14T17:37:29.830" Score="3" ViewCount="2136" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alcuni giorni fa, su Rai News, ho sentito l'espressione &quot;essere una mosca bianca&quot; in riferimento a un giornalista recentemente scomparso. Si tratta di un modo di dire che non conoscevo. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mosca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ne ho trovato il significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;raro come una m. bianca&lt;/em&gt;, o assol. &lt;em&gt;è una m. bianca&lt;/em&gt;, di cosa rarissima o di persona che abbia qualità assai rare tra gli uomini in generale o tra coloro che sono nelle sue condizioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è sembrata un'espressione veramente curiosa perché, a quanto pare, la mosca bianca è un parassita delle piante che può provocare danni importanti nell'agricoltura. Non sono riuscita, però, a trovare nulla sull'origine di questo modo di dire. Qualcuno di voi ne saprebbe qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-14T17:37:29.830" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;essere una mosca bianca&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10968" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-17T05:16:26.160" Score="3" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese &lt;em&gt;parameter&lt;/em&gt; è semplicemente un parametro o una variabile, visto anche da un punto di vista matematico o della teoria dei giochi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma ho qualche difficoltà a valutare il significato di parametro nella seguente frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Inoltre è necessario anche capire quali siano i parametri per valutare il concetto di &quot;beneficio&quot; in modo sufficientemente ampio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si può valutare, magari anche magneticamente, un concetto di beneficio, in base a uno o più parametri?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie per gli esempi e per le spiegazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-09-17T05:29:41.253" LastActivityDate="2019-09-18T09:49:01.970" Title="Significato di parametro in contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10969" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-17T20:51:26.340" Score="2" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; L’amico di Rocco era stato un prete davvero. Si chiamava John Palmieri. L’avevano cacciato dalla Madre Chiesa perché a forza di frequentare i cinesi del quartiere con lo scopo di convertirli alla vera religione, si era preso una &lt;strong&gt;sbandata&lt;/strong&gt; furibonda per l’eroina. Quando aveva cominciato a derubare i parrocchiani per comprarsi la polvere, era stato costretto a lasciare l’abito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il senso del vocabolo &quot;sbandata&quot; in questo brano? L'ho cercato in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere molto senso nel contesto di questo brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-18T21:21:19.567" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;sbandata&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10969" CreationDate="2019-09-17T20:58:07.993" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendo la definizione dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sbandata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In senso fig., avvenimento, atteggiamento, azione o altro che&#xA;  costituisce una deviazione improvvisa e vistosa dal comportamento&#xA;  abituale: &lt;em&gt;la sua è solo una s.; fare una s. in politica; prendere una&#xA;  s. per qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, innamorarsene in modo improvviso e violento, deviando&#xA;  rispetto al proprio abituale comportamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso significa appunto che il personaggio (un prete) aveva preso a drogarsi (con l'eroina) e questo era diventato per lui un'ossessione, al punto da arrivare a derubare i parrocchiani pur di soddisfare la sua brama per la droga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-18T08:08:03.620" LastActivityDate="2019-09-18T08:08:03.620" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10971" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10969" CreationDate="2019-09-18T08:12:45.500" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si riferisce al senso figurato del verbo &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/sbandare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sbandare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[sban-dà-re] v.intr. (aus. avere) [sogg-v]:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;1 Detto di veicoli stradali e mezzi di trasporto navali e aerei, deviare improvvisamente e accidentalmente dal normale assetto di marcia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2 fig&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Allontanarsi dalla linea di comportamento ritenuta giusta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota l’espressione molto comune:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/sbandata.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Prendersi una sbandata&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2 fig. &lt;em&gt;Improvviso e intenso innamoramento:&lt;/em&gt;  prendersi una sbandata  per qlcu.; - &lt;em&gt;disorientamento morale o politico&lt;/em&gt;: dopo la sbandata ha lasciato il movimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Sabatini Coletti)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il sacerdote in questo caso per qualche motivo cede al vizio della droga e quindi “sbanda” ossia inizia un percorso diverso, deplorevole e pericoloso, quello dell’uso dell'eroina con tutte le conseguenze del caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-18T21:21:19.567" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10972" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10968" CreationDate="2019-09-18T09:49:01.970" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'accezione matematica non va considerata. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parametro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, l'accezione 2 indica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune, in senso figurato, unità di misura, criterio di giudizio, e simili: &lt;em&gt;ognuno giudica la situazione secondo parametri diversi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'etimologia è dal francese, &lt;em&gt;para&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;mètre&lt;/em&gt;, cioè “simile a una (unità di) misura”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-09-18T09:49:01.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10973" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10974" CreationDate="2019-09-18T20:21:43.590" Score="4" ViewCount="54" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti,&#xA;so che con &quot;lapsus&quot; si intende comunemente un errore di distrazione oppure la dimenticanza di una parola durante un discorso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho conoscenti però che lo usano più in generale ad intendere &quot;dimenticanza&quot; (di avvenimenti o fatti vari): è corretto questo uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie in anticipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5672" LastActivityDate="2019-09-19T05:15:23.910" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;lapsus&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10974" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10973" CreationDate="2019-09-18T20:29:27.987" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra che questo uso sia comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani.it, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lapsus/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lapsus&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso più ampio, il termine è spesso usato in tono scherzoso o ironico per giustificare un errore, soprattutto scritto, attribuendolo a distrazione e a un atto involontario: è stato un lapsus!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meno comune la locuzione  &lt;em&gt;lapsus memoriae&lt;/em&gt;, improvvisa dimenticanza, momentaneo difetto della memoria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-19T05:15:23.910" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10975" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10979" CreationDate="2019-09-19T21:10:31.150" Score="3" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read the following sentence in an Italian learning language tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il paziente ora è fuori pericolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it have the same meaning of &quot;il paziente è fuori pericolo ora&quot; and are both equally usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T07:45:12.343" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T12:58:12.400" Title="Position of &quot;ora&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10976" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10981" CreationDate="2019-09-20T02:19:30.423" Score="3" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does Italian use the Simple Future tense for future events on which some other event depends on? Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Parlerà quando potrà. (Verb in question: potere)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Parlerà appena finirà di mangiare. (Verb in question: finire)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question arises from the fact that Portuguese, Spanish and French use distinct verb tenses for such a situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T14:55:00.947" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T16:37:32.327" Title="Future dependent actions - verb tense" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10977" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10980" CreationDate="2019-09-20T06:10:21.923" Score="3" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penseranno solo alla partita e non ad altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suppose that &quot;altro&quot; here is a noun and it means &quot;altre cose&quot; (&quot;non ad altro&quot; = &quot;a nient'altro&quot;). Is that right? If so, is it more usual than the alternative that I provided?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T06:36:12.243" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T09:11:37.543" Title="Pensare ad altro" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10978" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10977" CreationDate="2019-09-20T07:14:32.970" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your supposition is correct; The two sentences IMO are used in the same way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference in translation could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penseranno solo alla partita e non ad altro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They will think about the game and not about something else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Penseranno solo alla partita e a nient'altro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They will think about the game and nothing else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I have to find a very thin difference between the two (consider this my personal opinion), I'd say that the first sentence is a &quot;softer&quot; way to say the same thing of the second one as &quot;&lt;em&gt;Niente&lt;/em&gt;&quot; means &quot;&lt;em&gt;Nothing&lt;/em&gt;&quot; and somehow categorically excludes that there will be other thoughts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But,as I said, the difference is thin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T07:14:32.970" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10979" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10975" CreationDate="2019-09-20T07:44:22.733" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your phrase can be rewritten in many ways, all of them mantaning the same meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il paziente &lt;strong&gt;ora&lt;/strong&gt; è fuori pericolo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il paziente è fuori pericolo &lt;strong&gt;ora&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ora&lt;/strong&gt; il paziente è fuori pericolo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Il paziente è &lt;strong&gt;ora&lt;/strong&gt; fuori pericolo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can find some information about the correct positioning of the adverb in this post &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lagrammaticaitaliana.it/lezionegrammatica/12.115-la-posizione-dellavverbio.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La posizione dell'avverbio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la posizione dell'avverbio, generalmente si mette&#xA;  dopo il verbo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;In questo letto dormo &lt;strong&gt;raramente&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e prima di un aggettivo o di un altro avverbio :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Tua zia è &lt;strong&gt;veramente&lt;/strong&gt; noiosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;    &#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Ho mangiato &lt;strong&gt;molto bene&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the general rule is that the position of the adverb is after the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the adverb refers to a particular element of the phrase, refers to the whole phrase, it can be positioned in every point of the phrase but separated with comma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando l'avverbio, invece si riferisce a un elemento particolare della&#xA;  frase, si riferisce a tutta la frase nel suo complesso, la sua&#xA;  collocazione può avvenire in qualsiasi punto della frase, dalla quale però risulta separato mediante la virgola:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Francamente&lt;/strong&gt;, non sono convinta dell'offerta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;    &#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Non sono convinta, &lt;strong&gt;francamente&lt;/strong&gt;, dell'offerta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;    &#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Non sono convinta dell'offerta, &lt;strong&gt;francamente&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T12:58:12.400" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T12:58:12.400" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10980" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10977" CreationDate="2019-09-20T08:58:40.437" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Altro&lt;/em&gt; can be either an adjective or a pronoun. It comes from Latin &lt;em&gt;alter&lt;/em&gt; (also adjective and pronoun), meaning “the second of two”. In this case we're talking about the pronoun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian it has a more general usage, but always denotes some opposition between a single entity, which might be a group, and the rest: &lt;em&gt;gli uni…, gli altri…&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;io…, gli altri&lt;/em&gt;. For instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Metà di voi qua vadano,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  e gli altri vadan là,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  e pian pianin lo cerchino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(here Don Giovanni, disguised as Leporello, is dividing the group of peasants who are looking for him, so as to remain alone with Masetto and beat him).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this usage the pronoun is almost always preceded by the article (exception: if a &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; specifier precedes it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When &lt;em&gt;altro&lt;/em&gt; (masculine and singular) is not preceded by the article it is the same as the English &lt;em&gt;else&lt;/em&gt;, so your conjecture that &lt;em&gt;nient'altro&lt;/em&gt; can be used in place of &lt;em&gt;non ad altro&lt;/em&gt; is correct. Here the opposition is between the game and everything else.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note, however, that &lt;em&gt;else&lt;/em&gt; needs some specifier, such as &lt;em&gt;something&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;anything&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;nothing&lt;/em&gt;, whereas &lt;em&gt;altro&lt;/em&gt; doesn't; here no specifier is needed, but it could be &lt;em&gt;qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; in other contexts: &lt;em&gt;ti serve altro?&lt;/em&gt; can also be &lt;em&gt;ti serve qualcos'altro?&lt;/em&gt;. In this case, &lt;em&gt;altro&lt;/em&gt; is “absolute” (corresponding to &lt;em&gt;anything else&lt;/em&gt;), so no specifier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/altro2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;article in the Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; is really clear about the matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T09:11:37.543" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T09:11:37.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10976" CreationDate="2019-09-20T16:37:32.327" Score="3" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parlerà quando potrà.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The action &lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt; is simultaneous to the action &lt;em&gt;parlare&lt;/em&gt;, so we use the &lt;em&gt;futuro semplice&lt;/em&gt; for both verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parlerà appena avrà finito di mangiare.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The action &lt;em&gt;finire (di mangiare)&lt;/em&gt; precedes the action &lt;em&gt;parlare&lt;/em&gt;, so we use the &lt;em&gt;futuro anteriore&lt;/em&gt; for the verb describing the earlier action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T16:37:32.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10982" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10983" CreationDate="2019-09-20T19:39:53.407" Score="5" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cambieremo treno alla prossima stazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;cambiare treno&quot; the most usual form of expressing &quot;to change trains&quot; in Italian? Are there other usual alternatives (e.g., &quot;cambiare un treno&quot;, &quot;cambiare i treni&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T22:49:42.550" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T22:53:28.357" Title="To change trains = cambiare treno?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10982" CreationDate="2019-09-20T19:50:49.420" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Cambiare treno” è l’espressione generalmente usata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=FYuNDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT74&amp;amp;dq=%22cambiare%20treno%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjjno_EleDkAhUKxIsKHa0bDewQ6AEIJzAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22cambiare%20treno%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il mondo dentro. Per cambiare il mondo fuori&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Andrea Pilati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E ora, aperti gli occhi, &lt;em&gt;consci di dover cambiare treno&lt;/em&gt;, ci troviamo fermi alla stazione, valigie in mano piene di esperienze e magari con marito o moglie...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Fm8k91P1M_EC&amp;amp;pg=PT10&amp;amp;dq=%22cambiare%20treno%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjjno_EleDkAhUKxIsKHa0bDewQ6AEINTAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22cambiare%20treno%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un treno pieno di vento&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Rae Meadows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Al momento di cambiare treno&lt;/em&gt; a Charlottesville, lei e Violet si erano ricongiunte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi anche “&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/it/dizionario/inglese-italiano/to-change-trains-buses-at-&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Collins Dictionary &lt;/a&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T22:53:28.357" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T22:53:28.357" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10984" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-20T20:53:24.340" Score="1" ViewCount="43" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che in alcune costruzioni frasali sono intercambiabili, come ad esempio qui:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Conosco di più/meglio la prima parte che la seconda&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Capisco tanto/bene quello che c'è scritto&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi viene in mente il verbo &quot;ricordare&quot; nel uso suo transitivo e andando ad orecchio  mi verrebbe  da dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;me lo ricordo bene quel dettaglio&quot;  ma non  &quot;me lo ricordo tanto quel dettaglio&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, sono sicuro che ci sia qualche regola per capire in quali casi siano intercambiabili e in quali no.&#xA;Potreste darmi una dritta e chiarirmi la situazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T21:49:56.937" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T21:52:11.053" Title="Che rapporto di intercambialità c'è tra bene/tanto e meglio/di più?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10985" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-20T21:46:10.190" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that the Italian gerund can be used in temporal, hypothetical, concessive and modal clauses, but I have just read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Partendo domani, ti ho comprato un regalo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this idiomatic? If so, does gerund express cause here? Is that usage of gerund as usual as the expressions &quot;siccome&quot;, &quot;dato che&quot;, &quot;visto che&quot;, &quot;poiché&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-20T21:59:56.940" LastActivityDate="2020-07-19T21:21:32.890" Title="Gerund and causal clause" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10986" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10984" CreationDate="2019-09-20T21:52:11.053" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Tanto” e “bene” raramente sono intercambiabili. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tanto&lt;/strong&gt; si riferisce a una &lt;em&gt;quantità&lt;/em&gt;, e richiede un termine di paragone, eventualmente implicito (per esempio “Non ho mangiato tanto (quanto penseresti, quanto l'ultima volta etc.)”). &lt;strong&gt;Bene&lt;/strong&gt; invece esprime una &lt;em&gt;qualità&lt;/em&gt;. Lavorare o studiare tanto, per esempio, è molto diverso da farlo bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso vale per “di più” (quantità) e “meglio” (qualità).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci saranno forse azioni o situazioni in cui qualità e quantità coincidono, ma non è la norma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda nello specifico gli esempi, conoscere una cosa &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; di un'altra è simile a conoscerla &lt;em&gt;meglio&lt;/em&gt;, ma dà comunque l'idea che, per esempio, hai solo assimilato più dettagli. Quanto al secondo esempio, “Capisco tanto quello che c'è scritto” non suona molto idiomatico. Tendenzialmente, una cosa si può capire bene, a fondo, del tutto, completamente etc. Semmai, sembra che manchi qualcosa; per esempio, “Capisco tanto quello che c'è scritto che non ho bisogno di ripassarlo ulteriormente”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-20T21:52:11.053" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10989" CreationDate="2019-09-21T00:38:17.667" Score="3" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Menti sapendo di mentire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that means &quot;You lie knowingly&quot;? Could that construction be used with other verbs as a synonym of &quot;intenzionalmente&quot; (e.g., &quot;Ferisce i suoi sentimenti sapendo de ferire&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-21T09:36:51.640" LastActivityDate="2019-09-21T09:36:51.640" Title="Meaning of &quot;mentire sapendo di mentire&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10988" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-21T01:03:32.530" Score="3" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference of meaning between the following sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Credo in te.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sto credendo in te.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-21T09:37:41.987" LastActivityDate="2019-09-21T09:37:41.987" Title="Difference between present and gerund of &quot;credere&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10989" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10987" CreationDate="2019-09-21T08:00:34.513" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your translation is perfectly correct. The sentence means exactly &lt;em&gt;&quot;You lie and you know that&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course you can use the same construct with other verbs, albeit it is less common (myself, I've never heard &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ferisce sapendo di ferire&quot;&lt;/em&gt; but it is totally valid).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence is equivalent of&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Menti e lo fai di proposito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Menti e lo fai apposta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the original sentence uses the repetition of the verb &lt;em&gt;Mentire&lt;/em&gt; at the beginning and the end of the phrase for rethorical purposes to emphasize the concept; if I am not wrong this figure of speech is an &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Epanalepsis&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Epanalepsis&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-09-21T08:00:34.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10990" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10993" CreationDate="2019-09-21T16:36:45.067" Score="2" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Diamante riuscí a rivedere le torri di Manhattan solo nove mesi dopo la fuga dal campo della Northern Pacific Railway Company. Aveva camminato per duemila miglia. Era salito e sceso da decine di treni merci. Pesava quaranta chili, aveva i capelli rasati a zero, un &lt;strong&gt;insistito&lt;/strong&gt; dolore alla schiena e una fame cronica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco l'uso che fa l'autrice del participio passato &quot;insistito&quot;. Non si dovrebbe dire &quot;un insistente dolore&quot; invece di &quot;un insistito dolore&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-21T16:47:02.323" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T10:17:01.653" Title="Dovrebbe essere &quot;insistente&quot; invece di &quot;insistito&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10991" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10992" CreationDate="2019-09-21T17:47:47.337" Score="4" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Suoneremo quattro o cinque pezzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is clear to me that &quot;pezzo&quot; here means &quot;musical composition&quot; (part of meaning 3b in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pezzo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pezzo/&lt;/a&gt; ). I think that word with that meaning is usually used only in the scope of opera, musical shows and orchestra. It also seems to me that it is a bit formal and usually it would not be used in an informal talk amoung young friends, e.g., about pop music (e.g., &quot;Adoro il nuovo pezzo di Shakira&quot;). Is that true?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-21T18:29:01.820" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T06:41:12.823" Title="Scope of &quot;pezzo&quot; when it means &quot;musical composition&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10992" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10991" CreationDate="2019-09-21T18:13:50.337" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=pezzo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pezzo&lt;/a&gt; (musicale) is used both in formal and colloquial contexts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Garzanti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;5&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;passo, brano di un’opera musicale o letteraria; anche, breve opera indipendente: &lt;em&gt;suonare un pezzo al pianoforte; ascoltare un pezzo della «Traviata»; recitare un pezzo dell’«Amleto»&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;canzone, brano musicale:&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;un pezzo di Fabrizio De Andrè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da 105.net, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.105.net/news/music-biz/251749/ecco-il-nuovo-singolo-di-j-ax.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ecco il nuovo singolo di J-Ax&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«&lt;em&gt;Ho voluto scrivere un pezzo per le persone che vivono il dramma di voler creare una nuova vita, senza riuscirci&lt;/em&gt;», ha spiegato J-Ax descrivendo questo suo nuovo brano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Billboard.it, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.billboard.it/musica/italiana/enrico-nigiotti-intervista-pausini/2018/03/195481/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Enrico Nigiotti: «Dopo X Factor ho scritto un pezzo per la Pausini»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quest’anno ho un lavoro, faccio il cantautore, ho fatto un disco di platino, sono andato a Sanremo come ospite e &lt;em&gt;ho scritto un pezzo per la Pausini.&lt;/em&gt;  È stato un anno devastante a livello di emozioni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T06:41:12.823" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T06:41:12.823" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10990" CreationDate="2019-09-21T18:57:02.617" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/insistito&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;insistito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;p.pass. =&gt; insistere &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;agg. CO ripetuto con insistenza.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=a9gwCwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT91&amp;amp;dq=%22un%20insistito%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi90aTf1uPkAhVplIsKHeVKBAUQ6AEIKTAA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22un%20insistito%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Serpenti nel Paradiso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Alicia Giménez-Bartlett, tradotto da Maria Nicola (2013): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un insistito colpo di tosse&lt;/em&gt; di Coronas ci riportò all'ordine. Lasciai passare mezz'ora e poi, in segno di protesta per la perdita di tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=DFARxRNP7ZoC&amp;amp;pg=PA108&amp;amp;dq=%22un%20insistito%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi90aTf1uPkAhVplIsKHeVKBAUQ6AEINzAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22un%20insistito%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Un sogghigno senza gatto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Antonio Faeti (1993):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma l'abito che indossa è invece connotato sia da precise allusioni a nuove tendenze (la gonna ampia, per esempio) &lt;em&gt;sia da un insistito riecheggiare di consolidati&lt;/em&gt;, anche se non certo molto antichi, «archetipi».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso di “insistito” come aggettivo è più  letterario e meno comune   di &quot;insistente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T10:17:01.653" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T10:17:01.653" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10994" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10995" CreationDate="2019-09-21T19:32:34.277" Score="3" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which of these is correct? When do you use them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5717" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T06:55:20.020" Title="Which one is right? &quot;Avrei voluto farlo&quot; or &quot;Vorrei averlo fatto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10994" CreationDate="2019-09-21T21:43:34.020" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;They are both correct, but they mean different things. They are very much &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; interchangeable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Avrei voluto farlo&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; the verb &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt; is itself at the past conditional. Hence it means that the act of wanting is done in the past: it means &amp;quot;I would have wanted to do that&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I wished to do that&amp;quot;, that is at some point in the past I wished to do a certain thing (but I didn't). For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'anno scorso avrei voluto farlo, ma non sono riuscito a organizzarlo (&lt;em&gt;Last year I wished to do that, but I couldn't organize it&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, in &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Vorrei averlo fatto&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, the verb &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt; is at the present, and it is &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; that is in the past tense. Its meaning is &amp;quot;I would want to have done that&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I wish to have done that&amp;quot;. That is I, now, wish I had done it in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei averlo fatto due settimane fa, ma non si può cambiare il passato (&lt;em&gt;I wish I had done it two weeks ago, but we cannot change the past&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This kind of construction can be done with pretty much every modal verb in Italian. Here is an example with the verb &lt;em&gt;potere&lt;/em&gt;, similar examples could be done with any other modal verb (&lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sapere&lt;/em&gt;, etc.):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrei averlo già fatto, ma volevo lasciarti riposare (&lt;em&gt;I could have done it already, but I wanted to let you rest&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei potuto farlo, ma decisi di lasciar perdere (&lt;em&gt;I would have been able to do it, but I decided to let it go&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that since modal verbs in English lack most tenses, I am forced to use a periphrasis (&amp;quot;to be able to&amp;quot;) to translate the second sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lest you see it as a dichotomy, let me point out that you can combine the two constructions: you can say &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Avrei voluto averlo fatto&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; to indicate that at some point in the past, the subject wished to have done something earlier. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ieri sera ero depresso: avrei voluto aver abbandonato questa città da anni. (&lt;em&gt;Yesterday evening I was depressed: I wished to have left this city years earlier&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T06:55:20.020" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10996" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-22T13:39:00.420" Score="3" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in a language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Loro non sanno cosa si stanno perdendo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between this sentence and &quot;Loro non sanno cosa stanno perdendo&quot;? The only meaning of &quot;perdersi&quot; in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/perdere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/perdere&lt;/a&gt; is &quot;to get lost&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T14:03:33.333" LastActivityDate="2019-10-23T07:25:13.560" Title="&quot;Perdere&quot; vs &quot;perdersi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10997" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="10998" CreationDate="2019-09-22T14:16:45.427" Score="4" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si guadagna da vivere suonando il violino.&#xA;  (= He/she earns a living playing violin)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;guadagnarsi da vivere&quot; the only correct/usual form of that expression or could I say &quot;guadagnare da vivere&quot; too?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T14:35:17.633" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T15:42:05.427" Title="&quot;Guadagnarsi da vivere&quot;: may it also be &quot;guadagnare da vivere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10997" CreationDate="2019-09-22T14:57:45.227" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/guadagnare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt; suggerisce entrambe le versioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;guadagnare o guadagnarsi la vita (o da vivere), il pane&lt;/em&gt;, ossia il denaro necessario ai bisogni della vita;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T15:42:05.427" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T15:42:05.427" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="10999" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-22T18:58:40.750" Score="2" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando muoio tutto questo diventerà tuo&#xA;  (instead of &quot;quando morirò...&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that Italian often uses the present tense to express the future, but I am not sure whether it is usual do it here. Could someone confirm?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T19:25:07.617" LastActivityDate="2019-09-22T19:25:07.617" Title="Using the verb &quot;morire&quot; in present tense to express the future" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11000" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10996" CreationDate="2019-09-22T19:00:55.433" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It all becomes clearer if you paraphrase it a bit.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sanno cosa si sono persi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can be expressed as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sanno cosa hanno perso per loro stessi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is because they're missing an event that would have been a great thing &lt;em&gt;for them&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It works with others too: for example if I got lost with the car driving my daughter to a great school party, others could say to me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sai cosa &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; hai fatto perdere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or maybe I deliberately didn't want her to go, others could say to me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non sai cosa &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; stai facendo perdere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Obviously &lt;em&gt;perdere&lt;/em&gt; is an intransitive verb and you have to change the sentence a bit when you go from a reflexive (io, noi) to other persons (tu, egli/ella, voi, essi/esse)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="407" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-10-23T07:25:13.560" LastActivityDate="2019-10-23T07:25:13.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11001" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11011" CreationDate="2019-09-22T19:08:59.640" Score="2" ViewCount="208" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbiamo visto i tuoi disegni all'esibizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought that &quot;esposizione/mostra&quot; were the words used for a professional exhibition of art and &quot;esibizione&quot; was used for a generic display, such as a Science Fair or an exhibition of strenght. Can &quot;esibizione&quot; also be used for such an artistic event? If not, I assume it refers to amateur drawings (e.g., drawings of a child in the school).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-22T21:45:05.907" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T18:00:19.803" Title="&quot;Esibizione&quot; vs &quot;esposizione/mostra&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11002" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11003" CreationDate="2019-09-23T02:05:09.383" Score="4" ViewCount="740" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've got a Duolingo question phrased like this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il contadino dava da mangiare al cavallo ogni giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My best attempt at translation is something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;The farmer gave his horse from hunger every day&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this related to how one &quot;has hunger&quot;? (Ho fame) Is it just a difference of thinking about the sentiment?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5561" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-09-24T11:20:44.220" LastActivityDate="2020-03-11T15:05:46.413" Title="Dava da mangiare: Imperfect past tense of &quot;feed&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11002" CreationDate="2019-09-23T05:10:24.300" Score="12" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, the correct translation is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The farmer fed his horse every day.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The farmer gave something to eat to his horse every day&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian &quot;dare da mangiare&quot; (lit. &quot;to give [something] to eat&quot;) means &quot;to feed&quot;, and it has nothing to with &quot;being hungry&quot; (i.e. &quot;avere fame&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe one of the reasons you are confused is that you are translating &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; with &quot;from&quot;. But in this case this is not the correct translation: it should be translated with &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt; (i.e. it introduces the aim of the action, not its provenance). Unfortunately prepositions are very hard to translate between different languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-09-23T09:18:51.273" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T09:18:51.273" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11004" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11008" CreationDate="2019-09-23T14:36:42.863" Score="3" ViewCount="280" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why Italian monolingual dictionaries usually take complex and/or archaic examples from books instead of creating simpler examples, like the monolingual dictionaries of other languages do (eg Cambridge English dict, RAE Spanish dict, Larousse French dict, Duden German dict) ? That makes them much harder to read and understand.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-23T17:38:32.183" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T17:38:32.183" Title="Why Italian monolingual dictionaries usually take complex/archaic examples from books instead of creating simple examples?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11005" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11007" CreationDate="2019-09-23T15:00:12.687" Score="1" ViewCount="1308" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any general rule to decide between using the preposition &quot;a&quot; or &quot;in&quot; with &quot;andare&quot; and &lt;em&gt;places&lt;/em&gt; ? Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare in biblioteca&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare a scuola&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare al parco&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare al cinema&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare al mercato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare all'aeroporto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare in ospedale&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare in albergo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare in montagna&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare al mare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare in spiaggia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The rules of using &quot;in&quot; for countries, states, regions, continents and big islands, &quot;a&quot; for cities and small islands and &quot;da&quot; when the place refers to a person (eg house/office of somebody) are clear and they are out of the scope of this question. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-23T17:49:21.580" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T14:51:02.403" Title="&quot;Andare a&quot; vs &quot;andare in&quot; - places" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ClosedDate="2019-09-23T17:46:33.807" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11006" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11004" CreationDate="2019-09-23T15:16:33.417" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is very interesting, but is partially based on questionable premises.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Not all, and perhaps a minority of dictionaries “usually take complex and/or archaic examples from books”. Both in the past (Fanfani and Rigutini's &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario italiano della lingua parlata&lt;/em&gt;, for instance) and today there are dictionaries that put contemporary, spoken Italian first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Among those, there are of course works specifically addressing Italian (mostly schoolchildren) and foreign learners. But, most importantly, several major dictionaries have a strong focus on modern Italian. I'll mostly mention late Tullio De Mauro's work. The most accessible is his online &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionary&lt;/a&gt;; see for instance the entry &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fatto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fatto&lt;/a&gt;, which illustrates the word with usual sentences and phrases from everyday language, and news and politics language. De Mauro was a great linguist especially interested in the different levels of use of Italian words and phrases, who also edited the multi-volume &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario italiano della lingua dell’uso&lt;/em&gt;, which, since its very title, gives a priority to Italian as it is actually used. See also De Mauro's &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.internazionale.it/opinione/tullio-de-mauro/2016/12/23/il-nuovo-vocabolario-di-base-della-lingua-italiana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“vocabolario di base della lingua italiana”&lt;/a&gt;, a list of most frequent Italian words, coded according to their use and register.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also – as per Gio's comment – (recent editions of) Hoepli, Garzanti,  Sabatini-Coletti or Devoto-Oli have a focus on contemporary Italian (new Devoto-Oli's very subtitle is &lt;em&gt;Il vocabolario dell'italiano contemporaneo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) On the other hand, one of the uses of dictionaries &lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt; to be able to read and study Italian literature, from before Dante to today, so they &lt;em&gt;have&lt;/em&gt; to record those “complex and/or archaic examples” too. Especially the larger ones, such as the &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;, Treccani and partly Zanichelli ones would be lacking if they didn't record rare and historical uses too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Finally – but I'm sure someone else will cover better this aspect – there are historical reasons while Italian culture used to be in general somewhat more inclined towards written transmission of culture, tradition, purism and great past authors than towards present-day use, but my impression is that this is something we are overcoming now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-09-23T15:26:39.097" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T15:26:39.097" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11005" CreationDate="2019-09-23T15:39:07.140" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most rules about how to choose which preposition must be used with &quot;andare&quot; are already mentioned in your question. There are a few others:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with a street or a square, use &quot;in&quot;: Laura abita in via Buozzi.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;with a shop or a store, use &quot;in&quot;: Devo andare in farmacia. However, if the name of the shop or store is followed by some specification, use the articulated preposition &quot;a&quot; or the articulated preposition &quot;in&quot;: Ho comprato queste pillole alla farmacia dei Quattro Cantoni.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The cases which are not covered by these rules, such as almost all the examples in your question, must be learned by heart. A list with more cases can be found at &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/4079/preposition-a-or-al&quot;&gt;Preposition &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;al&amp;quot;?&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-24T14:51:02.403" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T14:51:02.403" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11008" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11004" CreationDate="2019-09-23T16:20:34.060" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;While, as DaG has said, this tendency has been decreasing (and probably absent from more modern dictionaries, although I still remember it quite alive in the Devoto-Oli, the dictionary I used in school), it is true that Italian dictionaries traditionally prefer to give examples from literary sources. While I cannot conclusively provide a reason for this, I think that examining the history of dictionaries might shed some light.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first dictionary of Italian (and almost the very first monolingual dictionary in any language), is the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vocabolario_degli_Accademici_della_Crusca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario degli Accademici della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;. This dictionary was compiled explicitly with the intention of using it to &lt;em&gt;define&lt;/em&gt; what the Italian language was. In fact those were years when the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/questione-della-lingua_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;questione della lingua&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; was raging. The Accademia was strongly influenced by the ideas of &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lionardo_Salviati#Overview_of_Salviati&amp;#39;s_work&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lionardo Salviati&lt;/a&gt;, one of the great exponents of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/purismo_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;purismo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; [1]. Essentially they argued that the language was perfected in the Florentine of the thirteenth and fourteenth century, and that anyone wanting to write &quot;good&quot; Italian should try to conform to that norm as much as possible. This was different from the &quot;classicist&quot; position of Pietro Bembo (who took literary quality, and not age, as the main criterion for inclusion of a text) and in strong opposition with the ideas of Vincenzo Colli and Gian Giorgio Tríssino, who argued for a norm more tied to the contemporary usage.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a consequence in the first edition of the &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario&lt;/em&gt; published in 1612 contained for every word at least a sentence of an author of the accepted period, to prove with certainty that the word respected the desired criteria. This turned out to be impossible, and a few posterior or not Tuscan authors were allowed on a case by case basis. However some great authors like Torquato Tasso were explicitly excluded, as insufficiently &quot;Tuscan&quot; in the Crusca's opinion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario&lt;/em&gt; was a smashing success, as it was vastly superior in coverage and presentation to the word-lists of the time. However the strong Florentinism provoked numerous criticisms, and in the third edition (1692) several authors, among which Tasso, were reintroduced.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Long story short, however, even if the Florentinism was attenuated the &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario&lt;/em&gt;'s success managed to make mainstream the essentially purist criterion: a word was part of the Italian language if and only if it was used in the (approved subset of) Italian literature, and contemporary usage is no guide at all. I conjecture that the immense influence of the &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario&lt;/em&gt; is responsible for the tendency you remarked, even in other dictionaries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] This name is a bit of an anachronism, since it was attached to the position only in the nineteenth century. Still, it's what the books I read use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T16:20:34.060" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11009" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11010" CreationDate="2019-09-23T16:33:19.593" Score="4" ViewCount="1048" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa significa l'espressione sbattere la testa contro il muro? L'ho cercata nel dizionario ma non l'ho trovata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa pensare duramente, sforzandosi eccessivamente, come in inglese I've banged my head on that one?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-23T17:51:24.273" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T17:51:24.273" Title="Significato di &quot;sbattere la testa contro il muro&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11009" CreationDate="2019-09-23T16:41:55.457" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/T/testa.shtml#58&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;sbattere la testa contro il muro&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fig.: fare un'esperienza negativa per ostinazione, per cocciutaggine, per sopravalutazione delle proprie forze. Si dice di chi si ostina in una determinata idea o impresa e ne esce perdente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Var.: picchiare il capo contro il muro; sbattere il capo contro il muro; picchiare la testa contro il muro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Altro sign.&lt;/em&gt;: Fig.: disperarsi, abbandonarsi a manifestazioni di dolore isteriche e violente.&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Psicanaliticamente, si può vedere in questo gesto la ricerca dell'autopunizione per un errore commesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò non ha niente a che fare con l'espressione inglese &amp;quot;I've banged my head on that one&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T17:41:26.203" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11011" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11001" CreationDate="2019-09-23T18:00:19.803" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In contemporary Italian, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esibizione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;esibizione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; does definitely not mean “exhibition” in the sense of public display of artworks and the like. It sounds like a claque from English like, say, &lt;em&gt;realizzare&lt;/em&gt; (from “to realize”) to mean &lt;em&gt;rendersi conto&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;sottomettere&lt;/em&gt; (from “to submit”) to mean &lt;em&gt;sottoporre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;presentare&lt;/em&gt;. Nowadays, the closest meaning of &lt;em&gt;esibizione&lt;/em&gt; refers to some kinds of sport, music etc. shows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As pointed out by Charo, the &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; records some past occurrences of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI05/GDLI_05_ocr_352.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;esibizione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; as “Esposizione, mostra; pinacoteca, museo” with the examples “&lt;em&gt;Rezzonico&lt;/em&gt; [in Migliorini, 572]: A Londra, all’Esibizione, vidi rappresentata assai bene in un quadro questa celebre abbazia. &lt;em&gt;G. Raimondi&lt;/em&gt;, 3-304: Ci eravamo mossi, per visi­tare l’eccezionale esibizione dell’arte moderna. Si sa, come sia doveroso, in oggi, la costante, aggiornata informazione di cotesta instancabile arte, detta figurativa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-23T18:00:19.803" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11012" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-23T18:15:52.243" Score="2" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La metà della popolazione ha a che fare con la povertà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know &quot;avere a che fare&quot; has 2 distinct meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to have sth to do (= to be related to)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to deal with&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I am not sure if the sentence above means that half of the population deals with poverty in its everyday life (e.g., seeing beggars in the street, seeing people sleeping under viaducts, etc) or that half of the population is poor. Could someone please make it clear?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-23T18:35:01.217" LastActivityDate="2019-12-10T08:49:56.077" Title="Meaning of &quot;avere a che fare&quot; in this sentence" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11013" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11014" CreationDate="2019-09-24T07:05:42.403" Score="1" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Quello stesso giorno entrò al banco dei pegni del padre di Moe Rosen e gli affidò la catenina con la croce di Vita. L’aveva custodita per tutto questo tempo, soffrendo la fame inutilmente, pur di conservarla. Era il suo talismano e l’unico segno visibile della promessa che si erano scambiati. Invece, con i dollari che ne ricavò, &lt;strong&gt;si diede un’altra occasione&lt;/strong&gt;. RAGAZZA ITALIANA SPARITA. Sparita per tutti ma soprattutto per lui.  Non voleva mai piú sentir parlare di Vita – e l’America era abbastanza grande per regalargli quest’oblio. Si fece scrivere dal vecchio riccioluto l’indirizzo di Moe a Denver, Colorado, e mandò un telegramma al suo vecchio amico. THERE IS A GIOBBA FOR DIAMANTE? FACCIO EVERYTING.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa l'espressione &quot;darsi un'altra occasione&quot; che appare in questo brano? Non sono riuscita a trovarla su nessun dizionario. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-24T07:52:19.497" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T09:03:20.150" Title="Significato di &quot;darsi un'altra occasione&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11014" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11013" CreationDate="2019-09-24T08:40:39.113" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che qua il significato sia proprio quello letterale. Il protagonista vende la catenina con la croce di Vita, e usa i proventi per pagarsi il viaggio a Denver, dove spera di aver l'occasione di cominciare una nuova vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2019-09-24T09:03:20.150" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T09:03:20.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11015" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11016" CreationDate="2019-09-24T18:41:16.150" Score="1" ViewCount="40" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;andare giù&quot; means &quot;to go down&quot; and that it can have a literal meaning. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho provato ad andare giù ma le pietre sono scivolose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can it also be used in figurative meaning, as in the following sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La temperatura è andata giù.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-24T18:54:42.143" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T19:53:15.827" Title="Andare giù - abstract meaning" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11016" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11015" CreationDate="2019-09-24T19:53:15.827" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the expression &quot;andare giù&quot; is a complete synonym of the verb &lt;em&gt;scendere&lt;/em&gt;. From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/andare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;andàre&lt;/strong&gt; [...] &lt;em&gt;A. giù&lt;/em&gt;, scendere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And under the heading &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scendere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;scendere&lt;/a&gt; we see that among the numerous meanings it can have, the two in the question are present:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;scéndere&lt;/strong&gt; [...] &lt;strong&gt;1.a.&lt;/strong&gt; Muoversi da un luogo più alto a un luogo più basso, discendere: &lt;em&gt;sc. dall’ultimo piano&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sc. da una scala a pioli&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sc. dall’albero&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sc. dalla soffitta, dalla terrazza&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sc. da un pianerottolo a quello sottostante&lt;/em&gt;; [...] &lt;strong&gt;3.d&lt;/strong&gt; fig., diminuire, decrescere: &lt;em&gt;la temperatura è scesa improvvisamente a zero&lt;/em&gt; o, assol., &lt;em&gt;continua a sc.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;i prezzi degli appartamenti non accennano a sc.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;la benzina è scesa di tre centesimi di euro al litro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T19:53:15.827" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11017" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-24T20:07:11.197" Score="3" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nei &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/11005/andare-a-vs-andare-in-places#comment25867_11007&quot;&gt;commenti&lt;/a&gt; ad una recente domanda DaG faceva notare che in centro Italia l'uso della preposizione &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; davanti ai nomi delle vie è percepito come inusuale, e finanche scorretto, ed è preferita la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (che, viceversa, il mio orecchio settentrionale percepisce come scorretta).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo mi ha ricordato l'uso toscano di &lt;em&gt;andare a giro&lt;/em&gt;, rispetto all'italiano standard &lt;em&gt;andare in giro&lt;/em&gt; e mi ha fatto pensare che magari ci sia qualcosa di più generale da dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Q:&lt;/strong&gt; È possibile individuare qualche tendenza generale nell'uso delle varie preoposizioni di luogo nelle varie regioni d'Italia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T20:07:11.197" Title="Variazione regionale nell'uso delle preposizioni di luogo" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11018" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-24T20:33:05.937" Score="2" ViewCount="1171" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito varie volte l’espressione “stasera marca male” con il significato di stasera le cose non vanno per il verso giusto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bruttastoria.it/dictionary/marcare-male.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato alcuni elementi che, sebbene plausibili, non danno riferimenti riguardo alle fonti: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per spiegare questo vocabolo può essere utile riferirsi alla sfera&#xA;  calcistica. Uno dei sinonimi di fare goal è marcare il cartellino. Il&#xA;  nome del &lt;strong&gt;marcatore&lt;/strong&gt;, quando segna, è appuntato sul referto arbitrale,&#xA;  così come chi viene ammonito o si fa espellere. Marcare, dunque,&#xA;  significa segnalarsi, contraddistinguersi in positivo o in negativo.&#xA;  In generale &lt;strong&gt;marcare bene&lt;/strong&gt; significa dare di sé una buona impressione in&#xA;  una situazione. Ad esempio, nella vita è essenziale marcare bene&#xA;  con la ragazza o il ragazzo, al lavoro, con i professori. Per marcare&#xA;  bene non è necessario stare sopra le righe (quello è fare lo&#xA;  splendido), è sufficiente attenersi alla regole. Al contrario, &lt;strong&gt;marcare&#xA;  male&lt;/strong&gt; significa segnalarsi in negativo. Un pessimo &lt;strong&gt;marcaggio&lt;/strong&gt; al cinema,&#xA;  ad esempio, è entrare in sala a film già iniziato, far alzare tutta&#xA;  una fila di spettatori per raggiungere il proprio posto e accorgersi&#xA;  dopo che tutti si sono ri-seduti di aver sbagliato film.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da dove proviene questa espressione? Chi o cosa “marca male”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-24T20:44:46.613" LastActivityDate="2020-10-14T19:03:16.187" Title="Origine dell’espressione “marcare male”" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11019" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-24T20:38:24.077" Score="1" ViewCount="37" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove posso trovare una lista di attributi associati con animali nella lingua italiana? Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;pecora: copiona&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;asini: ignorante&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;volpe: furba&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;gufo: saggio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;maiale: sessualmente rozzo (?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dove posso trovare l'intera lista?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-09-24T20:51:57.613" LastActivityDate="2019-09-24T20:51:57.613" Title="Attributi attribuiti agli animali in italiano" Tags="&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11020" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11025" CreationDate="2019-09-24T22:39:13.643" Score="2" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;Must the verb in the dependent clause after the verb &quot;sapere&quot; in negative form be conjugated in the indicative mood or in the subjunctive mood? Different sources on Internet disagree on it. IMHO both would make sense; it depends if the focus is on the certainty of not knowing something or on the uncertainty about the subject of knowledge. Therefore, I think that the choice is idiomatic. Example for discussion:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non so che cosa vogliono. (present tense of indicative mood) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non so che cosa vogliano. (present tense of subjunctive mood)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T05:36:16.320" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T06:04:41.060" Title="Indicative or subjunctive after &quot;non sapere che&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11021" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11023" CreationDate="2019-09-24T23:07:17.940" Score="3" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;I understand that the subjunctive is used on a dependent clause when the subjects of the main clause and of the dependent clause are different and after verbs which express order, permission, opinion, advice, preference, feeling, advice, desire, need, possibility, doubt, supposition or expectation (I prefer to memorize these specific contexts than to follow the generic &quot;unreal/uncertain&quot; concept because  IMHO it is incomplete). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/Consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-congiuntivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/Consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-congiuntivo&lt;/a&gt; says that the verb &quot;chiedere&quot; requires the subjunctive, which seems odd to me, as it does not match any of the contexts described before. Is that true? An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chiedi a Giovanni se ci sia una farmacia in via Alfieri.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Chiedi a Giovanni se c'è una farmacia in via Alfieri.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2021-04-18T08:36:53.980" Title="Indicative or subjunctive after &quot;chiedere&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11022" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11024" CreationDate="2019-09-25T00:25:17.270" Score="4" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Should the verb after &quot;per quanto&quot; be in the indicative mood or in the subjunctive mood, when it means &quot;as long/far as&quot;? Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per quanto ne so/sappia, lui è americano.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti renderò felice per quanto potrò/possa farlo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T07:55:31.390" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T09:20:53.710" Title="Indicative or subjunctive after &quot;per quanto&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11021" CreationDate="2019-09-25T05:36:58.147" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The use of the subjunctive in Italian is an extremely hard topic. I wrote a small guide in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/10543/is-this-verb-in-subjunctive/10545#10545&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt; which I hope could be useful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What you are asking is whether the subjunctive mood needs to be used in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-interrogative-indirette_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;proposizioni interrogative indirette&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Those are the subordinate clauses which are use to make explicit a question already present in the main clause. They can depend on a verb like &lt;em&gt;chiedere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;domandare&lt;/em&gt;, by a noun like &lt;em&gt;domanda&lt;/em&gt; or by an adjective like &lt;em&gt;curioso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It used to be the case that the indicative was unacceptable in the &lt;em&gt;interrogative indirette&lt;/em&gt; and the subjunctive (or, in certain cases, the conditional) was mandatory. However the situation has changed, as languages are wont to do, and currently the usage of indicative/subjunctive in the &lt;em&gt;interrogative indirette&lt;/em&gt; has become a marker in the informal/formal direction. From Serianni's &lt;em&gt;Grammatica&lt;/em&gt; (XIV.86):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The alternance of moods in the explicit construction [of &lt;em&gt;interrogative indirette&lt;/em&gt;] resembles closely the one already described for the &lt;em&gt;completive&lt;/em&gt;. In this case as well the two fundamental moods, the indicative and the subjunctive, do not correspond to a different degree of certitude but rather to a more or less formal stylistic level or to simple free variations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My personal advice is to always use the subjunctive, but to be tolerant in accepting other people's usage of the indicative. So both of the sentences you write in the questions are acceptable, although I personally would prefer the first. The subjunctive is particularly preferred when the main clause is negative (e.g. &amp;quot;Hanno ucciso l'uomo ragno. Chi sia stato non si sa&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Related, but not quite on topic, is &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/sintassi-verbo-interrogative-indirette&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this answer by Serianni&lt;/a&gt; on when the &lt;em&gt;conditional&lt;/em&gt; ought to be used in the &lt;em&gt;interrogative indirette&lt;/em&gt; (tl; dr: when they are half of an implicit if-then clause).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-04-18T08:36:53.980" LastActivityDate="2021-04-18T08:36:53.980" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11024" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11022" CreationDate="2019-09-25T05:48:44.493" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOTE: my previous answer was completely wrong. It's been rewritten completely. Many thanks to DaG and egreg for helping me working this out.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Per quanto&lt;/em&gt; is a conjunction that can introduce two kind of clauses. The choice of mood depends on the type of clause.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-limitative_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Proposizioni limitative&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. These are subordinate clauses that specify the ambit of validity of the main clause. They can be both at the indicative and at the subjunctive, depending both on the level of formality and on the certainty that one wants to imply (and of course where appropriate they can be at the conditional). They are usually introduced by &lt;em&gt;per quanto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;per quel che&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;. When introduced by &lt;em&gt;Che&lt;/em&gt; they are necessarily at the subjunctive.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All the examples you gave in the questions are &lt;em&gt;limitative&lt;/em&gt;, so all following forms are correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto ne so, lui è americano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto ne sappia, lui è americano. &lt;em&gt;(more formal, a bit stilted)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia, lui è americano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti renderò felice per quanto posso farlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-concessive_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Proposizioni concessive&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. These are subordinate clauses that express a condition that ought to make the main clause false, but it doesn't. They are always at the subjunctive except when introduced by &lt;em&gt;anche se&lt;/em&gt;, when they are usually at the indicative.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto questo problema sia difficile, ho fiducia di riuscire a risolverlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Benché abbai, questo cane è capace anche di mordere!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T09:20:53.710" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11020" CreationDate="2019-09-25T06:04:41.060" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is another case of &lt;strong&gt;proposizione interrogativa indiretta&lt;/strong&gt;, which I already talked about in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11023&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;. Without repeating myself, both forms are acceptable although I personally prefer the second one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The distinction is not as much about certainty/uncertainty but formal/informal language (the second one is ever so slightly more formal than the first one).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is maybe worth mentioning that the usage of the subjunctive mood is preferred when the main clause is negative, so even people that tend to use the indicative might use the subjunctive in this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T06:04:41.060" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11026" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-25T08:54:51.453" Score="1" ViewCount="39" Body="&lt;p&gt;When reading the sentences&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ballavo male, ma mi divertivo. In fondo preferivo stare a casa a leggere, però.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;could we then draw the conclusion &lt;em&gt;&quot;Ballava volentieri&quot;&lt;/em&gt; or not? Does &lt;em&gt;'divertirsi'&lt;/em&gt; have the connotation of for example &lt;em&gt;'It was OK'&lt;/em&gt; in English, meaning it was a positive experience but not great?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or, on the other hand - does &lt;em&gt;'divertirsi'&lt;/em&gt; really mean &lt;em&gt;'I had a really great time'&lt;/em&gt; and YES, &lt;em&gt;'ballava volentieri'&lt;/em&gt;, it was really very, very enjoyable?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other languages a word like &lt;em&gt;'divertirsi'&lt;/em&gt; could mean just some superficial fun, enough to drive away the boredom, but not more, so NOT really very positive. I don't know in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5719" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T09:10:27.090" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T13:08:16.970" Title="Divertirsi: connotation?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11026" CreationDate="2019-09-25T09:31:47.297" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Well, as Denis said, in Italian the plain verb &quot;divertirsi&quot; can be translated as &quot;have fun&quot;, in generic terms. If you want to know &quot;the fun-level&quot; of a person, you can notice it by looking at the phrase. In your case, the person was quite pleased to dance (even if he was bad) but still he/she preferred to read. Many times you can find other terms that help to understand like &quot;divertirsi molto&quot; or &quot;divertirsi poco&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5720" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T13:08:16.970" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T13:08:16.970" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11028" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11030" CreationDate="2019-09-25T15:30:59.673" Score="3" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/conoscere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/conoscere&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Conosco Sergio fin dai tempi dell'università.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is translated as &quot;I've known Sergio since we were in university&quot;, but I don't understand how. Is &quot;fin&quot; a reduced version of &quot;fino&quot; or &quot;fine&quot;? &quot;Fino&quot; is &quot;until&quot; and &quot;fine&quot; is end, so I am lost. Maybe &quot;fino/fine dai tempi&quot; is a fixed expression?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T15:54:45.930" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T16:08:35.063" Title="Meaning of &quot;fin&quot; in &quot;fin dai tempi&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11029" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-25T15:42:50.190" Score="4" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference of meaning between &quot;conoscere la verità&quot; and &quot;sapere la verità&quot;? AFAIK: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;conoscere: to know someone for the first time, to be acquainted/familiar with something, to be aware of something&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sapere: to know a fact, to get to know/to hear something, to be aware of something, to know how to do/to be able to do something &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this context, it seems to me that both the expressions mean the same: to be aware of the truth. If so, are they equally usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T15:53:12.420" LastActivityDate="2019-12-07T11:01:05.140" Title="&quot;Conoscere la verità&quot; vs &quot;sapere la verità&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11028" CreationDate="2019-09-25T15:45:21.890" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, here it is a truncated form of &lt;em&gt;fino&lt;/em&gt;. And &lt;em&gt;fino&lt;/em&gt; doesn't mean necessarily “until” but rather designates, or highlights, an initial or final endpoint of something. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fino2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani's entry&lt;/a&gt; or, in the words of &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fino_2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro's dictionary&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;seguito da preposizione o avverbio, indica il limite al quale si arriva o dal quale si parte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fin dai tempi (di qualcosa)&lt;/em&gt; is something of a standard phrase, but you can use &lt;em&gt;fin(o)&lt;/em&gt; in this sense in any number of other phrases: &lt;em&gt;fin dal Medioevo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fin da quando ci siamo conosciuti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fin da ora&lt;/em&gt;, the inelegant expression &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/proposito-delluso-locuzione-fin-subito&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;fin da subito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; and so on.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that in several cases, and in all of the above examples, &lt;em&gt;fin(o)&lt;/em&gt; isn't strictly necessary, but stresses the extension back in time of the time period we are talking about. &lt;em&gt;Fin dal Medioevo&lt;/em&gt; is more or less “since the Middle Age” and “already in the Middle Age” rolled in one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And one would say &lt;em&gt;Ti amo fin dal primo momento in cui ti ho vista&lt;/em&gt; to highlight the fact that not even a minute elapsed from the first sighting and the falling in love.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; Since the OP has shown to prefer it to other dictionaries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T16:08:35.063" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T16:08:35.063" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11031" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11041" CreationDate="2019-09-25T19:20:02.743" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just read a sentence in an Italian learning tool which seems ambiguous to me due to the (usual) lack of possessive adjectives.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Volete che mettano le mani nelle tasche?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;nelle tasche&quot; mean &quot;in their pockets?&quot;, &quot;in your pockets?&quot; or &quot;in the pockets&quot; (of the people, e.g., politicians)? Or does it depend from context? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-26T15:30:20.610" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T15:30:20.610" Title="Ambiguity caused by the omission of possessive adjectives" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11032" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11035" CreationDate="2019-09-25T19:48:46.100" Score="3" ViewCount="31" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scegliamo un linguaggio che la gente capisca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the subjunctive mood correctly used? If so, why is it used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T20:29:48.020" Title="Scegliamo un linguaggio che la gente capisca - subjunctive" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11034" CreationDate="2019-09-25T19:53:22.690" Score="2" ViewCount="166" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io sono più vecchio di quanto tutti credano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the subjunctive mood correctly used here? If so, why is it used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T20:29:26.713" Title="Io sono più vecchio di quanto tutti credano - subjunctive" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11033" CreationDate="2019-09-25T20:12:02.210" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Di quanto tutti credano&lt;/em&gt; is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proposizione_comparativa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;proposizione comparativa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Normally (but there are plenty of exceptions in these topics) you use the indicative for the comparative of equality and the subjunctive for the comparative of majority or minority. From Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica&lt;/em&gt;, XVI.227-233&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[The comparative clauses of equality] have normally, in the explicit form, the indicative, although they allow also the conditional. [...] [The comparative clauses of inequality] allow the subjunctive, the indicative (today an indication of the least formal register, although once the indicative was used without restricitions) or the conditional if one wants &amp;quot;to emphasize the presence of the hypothesis in the action of the subordinate&amp;quot; (HERCZEG 1977: 343).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi ho mangiato tanto quanto ho bevuto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi ho mangiato più di quanto abbia bevuto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi ho mangiato più di quanto ho bevuto &lt;em&gt;(informal)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T20:29:26.713" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11035" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11032" CreationDate="2019-09-25T20:16:49.913" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Che la gente capisca&lt;/em&gt; is a proposizione subordinata relativa (i.e. a &lt;em&gt;relative clause&lt;/em&gt; in English). It is hard to decide when a relative clause ought to go in the subjunctive mood or in the indicative mood. I wrote a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/10545/&quot;&gt;short breviary&lt;/a&gt; with some simple rules that might be of help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, it is a relative clause referring to something &lt;em&gt;undetermined&lt;/em&gt; (since until we choose the language, it is not fixed). Those usually are in the subjunctive, as is the case. The version at the indicative would also be correct, but it would imply that the choice of language is somehow already fixed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-09-25T20:29:48.020" LastActivityDate="2019-09-25T20:29:48.020" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11036" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11040" CreationDate="2019-09-25T22:39:34.560" Score="1" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can &quot;sicuro&quot; mean &quot;safe&quot; in &quot;Io sono sicuro&quot; ? If so, is there any difference between &quot;Io sono sicuro&quot; and &quot;Io sono al sicuro&quot; when &quot;sicuro&quot; means &quot;safe&quot; ? Is the latter the most usual form?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-26T07:03:43.510" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T10:26:31.993" Title="Difference between &quot;sicuro&quot; and &quot;al sicuro&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11037" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11039" CreationDate="2019-09-25T22:59:31.847" Score="5" ViewCount="411" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;tenersi pronto&quot; in the following sentence mean &quot;to be ready&quot; or &quot;to get ready&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio che lui si tenga pronto per andare al cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/italian-english/tenersi-pronto-a-fare-qc-&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Collins dictionary&lt;/a&gt; says that it means &quot;to be ready&quot;, but I have been told that it is used when one expects something to happen and thus it translates to English better as &quot;to get ready&quot;. Which translation is more accurate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-26T06:45:55.553" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T08:36:50.087" Title="&quot;Tenersi pronto&quot; = to get ready or to be ready" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11038" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11048" CreationDate="2019-09-25T23:13:29.633" Score="1" ViewCount="219" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Voglio che ci lavori lui su tutto. (= I want him to work on everything / I want that he work on everything)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;ci&quot; mean here ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-26T07:03:18.727" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T08:03:42.020" Title="Voglio che ci lavori lui su tutto - meaning of &quot;ci&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11039" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11037" CreationDate="2019-09-26T08:36:50.087" Score="14" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning of the locution &lt;em&gt;tenersi pronto&lt;/em&gt; is slightly different from both &quot;to be ready&quot; and &quot;to get ready&quot;. It is however closer to the first.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tenersi pronto&lt;/em&gt; means something like &quot;to stand in readiness&quot;. It has the connotation that the subject is ready to do the action at a moment's notice, without need to be forewarned. However, unlike &lt;em&gt;to be ready&lt;/em&gt; it also has the implication that the subject should be also prepared to wait some time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the context of the example sentence, it implies to me that the person should be dressed, have their shoes on and have their coat somewhere close by, and that he's just waiting for someone to ring the bell or to call them to go to the cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T08:36:50.087" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11036" CreationDate="2019-09-26T08:40:20.287" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;If somebody where to say &amp;quot;Io sono sicuro&amp;quot; to convey the idea that they are feeling safe, I would wait for them to specify of what exactly they are sure of.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A personal anecdote seems fit here. When rock climbing, it is custom for the lead climber to call out to the person belaying (securing with a rope from a lower position) him to call out &amp;quot;sono in sicurezza/sosta!&amp;quot; when he is in a confortable position to secure the belayer, i.e. he is &amp;quot;al sicuro&amp;quot;. This can be quite important as the belayer occasionally does not see the climber, therefore only relies on verbal communication. An Australian friend of mine, wanting to impress us with his Italian and leading the climb, shouted &amp;quot;sono sicuro!&amp;quot;. The answer from the belayer (my friend, Italian) was automatic: &amp;quot;Di cosa?!&amp;quot;. Things were immediately cleared up, but all in all an amusing story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @DaG suggested, it goes without saying that when using &amp;quot;sicuro&amp;quot; as an adjective referring to a specific place, it is intended that the place is safe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo posto è &lt;em&gt;sicuro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è un posto &lt;em&gt;sicuro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a term, it is also used in technical/&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ilmessaggero.it/politica/migranti_malta_news_tunisia_porto_sicuro-4755587.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;journalistic&lt;/a&gt; jargon&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] estendere alla Tunisia lo status di &lt;em&gt;porto sicuro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T10:26:31.993" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11031" CreationDate="2019-09-26T08:51:51.543" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence as written is ambiguous indeed and a bit weird since &lt;em&gt;in tasca&lt;/em&gt; would in most cases be more idiomatic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is the source of this sentence? Context, as always, is all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Having to guess as to its meaning, more likely phrasings could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Volete che mettano le mani in tasca?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(to ask in a general way about them having to put their hands in their own pockets), or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Volete che ci mettano le mani in tasca?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This would mean “in our pockets” and would mostly sound as a rhetorical question: “by any chance, should they steal from us?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence as literally given (&lt;em&gt;Volete che mettano le mani nelle tasche?&lt;/em&gt;) more or less sounds as if there are some neutral pockets (neither ours nor theirs) here around and we are asking about what to do with them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T08:51:51.543" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10201" CreationDate="2019-09-26T10:07:22.823" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche un semplice &quot;stressare&quot; penso vada bene...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4474" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T10:07:22.823" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11044" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-26T14:47:45.353" Score="1" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have just read the following sentence in an Italian learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lui vorrebbe diventare dottore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is translated as &quot;He would like to become a doctor&quot;. What is the difference between the sentence above and &quot;Gli piacerebbe diventare dottore&quot;? I guess that it may depend whether the goal is planned/feasible/reachable soon or not, but I am not sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-09-27T11:00:33.317" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T11:54:12.143" Title="Conditional mood for volere vs piacere" Tags="&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11046" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11066" CreationDate="2019-09-26T16:16:34.127" Score="2" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Andresti al supermercato per comprare del burro? = Would you go to the supermarket (in order) to buy (some) butter?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Andresti al supermercato e compreresti del burro? = Would you go to the supermarket and buy (some) butter?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what about the following sentence?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andresti al supermercato a comprare del burro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;a&quot; translate better to English as &quot;and&quot; or &quot;to&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-26T23:01:34.547" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T14:33:30.920" Title="&quot;Andresti al supermercato a comprare del burro?&quot; - meaning of &quot;a&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11050" CreationDate="2019-09-26T16:52:20.537" Score="3" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the -ebbe ending in the 3rd person singular of the conditional tense pronounced /ɛbe/ or /ebe/ (e.g., &quot;sarebbe&quot;)? Are there regional differences? I hear both in&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://forvo.com/word/sarebbe/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forvo.com/word/sarebbe/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-26T17:07:10.930" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T17:27:21.580" Title="Pronunciation of the 3rd person singular of the conditional tense" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11038" CreationDate="2019-09-26T17:01:01.073" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this sentence, particle &quot;ci&quot; has the meaning of &quot;su tutto&quot;. It is used in a pleonastic way because the sentence of your question contains a &quot;dislocazione a destra&quot;, a construction typical of oral speech which is explained in detail in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/10864&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As in this example given in that question&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ci sono andato, a Venezia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which comes from the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; by Vittorio Coletti, the sentence has a complement (&quot;a Venezia&quot; in Coletti's example, &quot;su tutto&quot; in your sentence) that goes after a complete clause (&quot;Non ci sono andato&quot; in Coletti's example, &quot;Voglio che ci lavori&quot; in your sentence) and which is anticipated in this clause by particle &quot;ci&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-28T08:03:42.020" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T08:03:42.020" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11049" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11075" CreationDate="2019-09-26T17:01:03.343" Score="2" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between the following expressions?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fare visita ai miei (genitori)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare a trovare i miei (genitori)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;andare a vedere i miei (genitori)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-26T17:03:50.507" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T17:29:40.243" Title="&quot;Fare visita&quot; vs &quot;andare a trovare&quot; vs &quot;andare a vedere&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11050" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11047" CreationDate="2019-09-26T17:27:21.580" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer is that the standard pronunciation is with an open “e”, /ɛ/. You may see this in most large dictionaries, such as (sorry) Treccani's entry on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/essere1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Then, there are as many variations as Italian speakers. Open/closed vowels have an enormous variation, from correct, Crusca-like pronunciation, to pronunciations that are different but with their own regularity (like, in Rome, “colònna” rather than standard “colónna”, say), to just a single sound used in all occurrences.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For doubts about classical Italian pronunciation, I suggest the not-recent, sometimes kind of old-fashioned, but mostly reliable &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario di ortografia e pronunzia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. For doubts as the one in the question the (slightly hidden) section about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/static.aspx?treeID=35&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Voci e forme di pronunzia sottintesa”&lt;/a&gt; is precious, and in particular that on “Desinenze grammaticali”. There, with a bit of patience, you can find that the pronunciation of “-erebbe” is given as “-erèbbe” (so with an open “e”, /ɛ/), and the same for “-irebbe” and, implicitly, “sarebbe”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A note on your transcription: “bb” is an actual geminated sound (“doppia”), with phonemic value, so it should be /ɛb:e/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Forvo is not especially reliable, on the other hand, since it's a wiki-like website. Anybody could insert dialectal, imprecise or plain wrong recordings just for fun. So it's about as reliable as asking a random passerby how they pronounce some word, which of course may be interesting in its own right.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-26T17:27:21.580" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11051" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-26T20:47:47.333" Score="2" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi sa spiegare cosa significa avere fiducia nel rapporto con una persona, e cosa significa tradire la fiducia in un rapporto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4590" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-28T12:45:05.853" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T12:45:05.853" Title="Significato di &quot;tradire la fiducia in un rapporto&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11052" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11051" CreationDate="2019-09-26T22:57:58.337" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Avere fiducia in qualcuno&quot; or &quot;fidarsi di qualcuno&quot;: to trust somebody.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tradire la fiducia di qualcuno&quot;: to betray somebody's trust.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-27T05:40:53.867" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T05:40:53.867" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11053" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-26T23:55:05.887" Score="0" ViewCount="237" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/volere_bene&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/volere_bene&lt;/a&gt; says that &quot;volere bene&quot; can mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to be affectionate to someone&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to feel affection or love for someone&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to care for/about (literally, to wish good to)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to be fond of&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It also provides two examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti voglio bene - I love you.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Voglio bene a Marco - I love Marco.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see all of those definitions above as synonyms, except &quot;to feel love&quot;. In English, &quot;love&quot; is certainly stronger than being affectionate, caring or being fond of. If &quot;volere bene&quot; can cover such a wide range of feelings, some questions arise:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can the former be used to describe love in any kind of relationship (eg love of a mother for her son, love of a wife/fiancée/girlfriend for her husband/fiancé/boyfriend) ? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;What is the difference between &quot;volere bene&quot; and &quot;amare&quot; ? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-27T05:38:36.317" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T05:38:36.317" Title="Volere bene vs amare" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ClosedDate="2019-09-27T08:28:57.920" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11054" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-27T00:15:36.673" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read an odd sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dovevo vendere tutte le mie cose per comprare quest'automobile.&#xA;  (= I had to sell all my things to buy this car)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any context in which the &quot;imperfetto&quot; tense would be used as it is here, instead of the &quot;passato prossimo&quot; tense? I suspect that the English translation is wrong and here the imperfect tense is equivalent to the conditional tense, as can be done in informal speech AFAIK. In that case, the correct translation would be &quot;I should sell all my things to buy this car&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-27T05:42:35.977" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T09:32:40.887" Title="&quot;Dovevo vendere tutte le mie cose per comprare quest'automobile&quot;: use of &quot;imperfetto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11055" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11058" CreationDate="2019-09-27T02:52:10.153" Score="2" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché è dovuto succedere questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought that the auxiliary verb in this sentence would be &quot;avere&quot; because it is the auxiliary verb used with &quot;dovere&quot;. However, &quot;essere&quot; was chosen as auxiliary verb; I guess that is because it is the auxiliary verb used with &quot;succedere&quot;, but that seems quite odd to me. Is that right? If so, what is the rule behind this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-12T16:32:00.557" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T16:32:00.557" Title="Choice of auxiliary verb with a modal verb + infinitive" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11056" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11038" CreationDate="2019-09-27T06:58:02.920" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this case &quot;ci&quot; is pleonastic, which is why Google ignores it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sentence construction (&quot;ci lavori lui&quot; rather than &quot;lui lavori&quot;) stresses the fact that the speaker wants him (&quot;lui&quot;) to be the one doing the work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3123" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T06:58:02.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11057" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11054" CreationDate="2019-09-27T07:44:05.447" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence you quoted refers to an informal speech, the correct italian phrase require conditional tense, so the prhase should be: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Avrei dovuto&lt;/strong&gt; vendere tutte le mie cose ....&#xA;  (I should have sold all my things)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Keep in mind that the above phrase imply that the event could be not happen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although there is a case where &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; tense has the right meaning, that is when you are telling nowadays about something running in the past that now it has happened. for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dovevo&lt;/strong&gt; vendere tutte le mie cose, e l'ho fatto, oggi ho questa macchina.&#xA;  (I had to sell all my stuff, I did it, and now I got this car).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T07:44:05.447" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11058" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11055" CreationDate="2019-09-27T08:53:34.110" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;From Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Grammatica&lt;/em&gt;, XI.38&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The auxiliary of a verb governing an infinite (modal or phraseological verb) usually is the same as the verb it governs: «ho dovuto lavorare» (as it is said: «ho lavorato»), «sono dovuto uscire» (as it is said: «sono uscito»).&lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Although:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the infinite is an intransitive verb - regardless of its specific auxiliary - the governing verb can use the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; as well: «non aveva più potuto ripartire (Levi, &lt;em&gt;Cristo si è fermato a Eboli&lt;/em&gt;, 22).&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the infinite is &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, the auxiliary of the governing verb is &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;: «avrebbe voluto esser cento braccia sotto terra» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, IX 76).&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the infinite is in the passive voice, the auxiliary of the governing verb is the one corresponding to transitive verbs, that is &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;: «Agnese e Perpetua [.] avevan voluto essere impiegate ne’ servizi» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XXX 29; in the same way as one would have, with an infinitive in the active voice: «avevan voluto impiegare»).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similarly, from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/ausiliare-verbi-servili&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;website of the &lt;em&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;For what concerns the usage of the auxilaries with the modal verb, it is a somewhat intricated question, but solvable in practice following a few rules:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If one chooses the auxiliary of the verb governed by the modal, one is never wrong: for example &quot;Ha dovuto mangiare&quot; (like &quot;ha mangiato&quot;); &quot;è dovuto partire&quot; (like &quot;è partito&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the verb following the modal is intransitive, both &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; can be used: for example &quot;è dovuto uscire&quot; or &quot;ha dovuto uscire&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the infinite carries an atonic pronoun (mi, si, ti, ci, vi) one needs to use &quot;essere&quot; if the pronoun is before the infinite (for example &quot;non si è voluto alzare&quot;), &quot;avere&quot; if the pronoun is after the infinite (for example &quot;non ha voluto alzarsi&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;If the modal is followed by the verb &quot;essere&quot;, the auxiliary will always be  &quot;avere&quot;: for example &quot;ha dovuto essere forte&quot;, &quot;ha voluto essere il primo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So usually the modal verb uses the same auxiliary as the infinitive it governs, but there are a few cases where &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; is used when one would have expected &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;. In the example you give in the question &lt;em&gt;succedere&lt;/em&gt; is an intransitive verb which normally has the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, so both &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; can be used by the modal:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché è dovuto succedere questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché ha dovuto succedere questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Although in my experience the second form is less common, and sounds slightly off.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-27T11:45:55.773" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T11:45:55.773" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11054" CreationDate="2019-09-27T09:32:40.887" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;As always, only the context may say the actual meaning of this sentence. Anyway, taken by itself, the apparent meaning is, as in the first translation given, “I had to sell all my things to buy this car”. Moreover, the use of the imperfetto rather than passato prossimo or passato remoto tends to suggest that something else happened next. Say,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dovevo vendere tutte le mie cose per comprare quest'automobile. Poi però mio cugino mi ha prestato i soldi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That would be a so-called “imperfetto di conato”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The use of &lt;em&gt;imperfetto indicativo&lt;/em&gt; as an alternative to tenses of condizionale or congiuntivo is more frequent in other kinds of sentence, especially conditional clauses. “Se lo sapevo non venivo” is a more colloquial variant of “Se l'avessi saputo non sarei venuto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(By the way, as you see, conditional is a mood, not a tense, and has its own imperfect.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are other contexts in which you'd use an imperfetto indicativo as in the sentence given. For instance, when telling dreams and the like: that sentence might be part of such a narrative. For this one, the “conato” one and more, a good source is the entry on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/imperfetto_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;imperfetto&lt;/a&gt; of the Treccani &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (in Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T09:32:40.887" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11060" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11044" CreationDate="2019-09-27T09:55:25.303" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentences “vorrei diventare dottore” and “mi piacerebbe diventare dottore” are essentially equivalent, although the latter would more likely be “mi piacerebbe fare il dottore”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, “vorrei” and “mi piacerebbe” are not generally equivalent: you should never translate “I'd like some tea, please” into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;*mi piacerebbe del tè, per favore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that can unfortunately be found in cheap translations. It should be “(vorrei) del tè, grazie”; the verb can be omitted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One could actually state that there is a tiny difference between “mi piacerebbe andare in Spagna” and “vorrei andare in Spagna”: the former might mean a vague desire, whereas the latter could show a stronger intention. However, in this context the difference would be so tiny that nobody could perceive it. Let's imagine a dialogue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;— Mi piacerebbe andare in Spagna.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  — E quando vorresti andarci?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't think anybody would reply with “E quando ti piacerebbe andarci?” that would sound like the “tea” example above. Another dialogue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;— Vorrei andare in Spagna.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  — In che stagione ti piacerebbe andarci?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such a reply could emphasize the fact that there are large seasonal differences in Spain, asking what season the person would like the most. All in all, these are nuances.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The “tea” example shows that Italian politeness rules are very different from the English. For Italian, the conditional of &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt; is normally understood as a polite form.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-09-27T11:54:12.143" LastActivityDate="2019-09-27T11:54:12.143" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11061" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-28T01:40:20.020" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Neanche&quot; has distinct meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;either/neither. Ex: &#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A: I don't want his money.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;B: I don't want it either / Me neither.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;even. Ex: &#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A: You need to work hard in order to get this promotion.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;B: I don't even want it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;not even. Ex: Not even Usain Bolt would run so fast.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can the intended meaning be deduced from word position or only from context? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Neanche io sono un bravo studente.  (= &quot;Not even I am a good student&quot; or &quot;I am not a good student either&quot; ?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non sono neanche un bravo studente ( = &quot;I am not even a good student&quot; or &quot;I am not a good student either&quot; ? )&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-28T07:58:25.713" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T10:07:33.177" Title="Distinct meanings of &quot;neanche&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11062" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11064" CreationDate="2019-09-28T02:20:55.910" Score="3" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;Could both &quot;in orario&quot; and &quot;puntuale&quot; be used for things and people which are on time? Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il treno è arrivato in orario. / Il treno è arrivato puntualmente. / Il treno è puntuale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sono arrivato in orario. / Sono arrivato puntualmente. / Sono puntuale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-28T08:03:01.650" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T08:03:01.650" Title="&quot;In orario&quot; vs &quot;puntuale&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11063" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-28T03:03:12.433" Score="0" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pensavo che questa tecnologia sarebbe entrata tra qualche anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;entrare&quot; usually used like this (= to come in the market)? The sentence does not make sense in English without the place where the technology will enter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-28T08:01:37.903" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T08:01:37.903" Title="Usage of &quot;entrare&quot; in &quot;questa tecnologia entra&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11064" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11062" CreationDate="2019-09-28T07:08:22.520" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;This is going to be a very short answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, all of these sentences are perfectly correct and idiomatic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T07:08:22.520" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11065" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11077" CreationDate="2019-09-28T14:14:56.553" Score="0" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have seen &quot;tanti/tante&quot; translated as &quot;many&quot; and &quot;so many&quot;. How can I decide when they mean the former or the latter? Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ci sono tanti temporali. (= There are so many thunderstorms)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In estate ci sono tanti temporali. (= There are many thunderstorms in (the) summer)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come mai tante mosche in questa stanza? ( = How come there are so many flies in this room? )&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question arose when I translated &quot;tanti&quot; as &quot;so many&quot; in the second sentence and a native Italian speaker told me &quot;tanti&quot; was closer to &quot;many&quot; in that sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-28T14:19:44.680" LastActivityDate="2019-10-01T08:44:14.350" Title="&quot;Tanti/tante&quot; = many or so many?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11066" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11046" CreationDate="2019-09-28T14:26:44.130" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &quot;a&quot; in the last sentence of your question is a preposition that means &quot;to&quot; as in your first example and not &quot;and&quot; as in your second example. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both &quot;a&quot; + infinitive and &quot;per&quot; + infinitive may be used to construct what are called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/proposizioni-finali_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;proposizioni finali implicite&quot;&lt;/a&gt;. As explained in the linked article by Treccani Encyclopedia, &quot;proposizioni finali&quot; are subordinate propositions that&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;esprimono il fine, lo scopo, l’obiettivo di quanto viene detto nella proposizione principale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, that express the purpose, the objective of what is said in the main proposition. They are called &quot;implicite&quot; when the verb in the subordinate clause is an infinitive. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In words by Serianni in his book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (XIV 405):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;A&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;. Si adoperano selettivamente a seconda del verbo reggente: «andava lui stesso a far la spesa ogni mattina» (Bassani; non si potrebbe dire *&lt;em&gt;per fare la spesa&lt;/em&gt;),  «si lancia a testa bassa per scappare dalla porta» (Codignola; e non *&lt;em&gt;a scappare&lt;/em&gt;: entrambi gli esempi in GREGO BOLLI 1982: 142 e 141). Diverse volte la reggenza ammette entrambe le soluzioni («vengo a mangiare» / «vengo per mangiare»; «era lì a piangere l'uomo che conosceva da sempre» «Corriere della Sera», 21.2.1987, 1 / «era lì per piangere...») e allora l'uso di &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; sembra accentuare la componente finalistica dell'azione (GREGO BOLLI 1982: 143). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, depending on the verb in the main clause, one must use either &quot;a&quot; or &quot;per&quot;, but there are verbs that admit both these two prepositions. This is the case of &quot;andare al supermercato&quot; that appears in your question  (and I would say it depends also on how the verb in the main clause is used because &quot;andare al supermercato&quot; is not the same as &quot;andare&quot; used in an absolute way). When that happens, the usage of &quot;per&quot; seems to accentuate the finalistic component of the action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-09-28T14:33:30.920" LastActivityDate="2019-09-28T14:33:30.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11065" CreationDate="2019-09-29T06:44:04.307" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The translation on the first example is wrong because &quot;così&quot; is not implied at all.&#xA;The correct Italian translation for &quot;There are so many thunderstorms&quot; is: &quot;Ci sono così tanti temporali&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the third example instead the translation is correct although shortened and the &quot;così&quot; is implied.&#xA;The full sentence would be: &quot;Ci sono così tante mosche in questa stanza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5725" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-29T07:09:52.813" LastActivityDate="2019-09-29T07:09:52.813" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11068" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-29T08:05:55.047" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Geremia non riusciva a credere alle &lt;strong&gt;falorchie&lt;/strong&gt; che circolavano nel quartiere. Che la ragazza di Diamante, che Vita cosí adorabile e cosí adorata, potesse lasciarlo per quel delinquente di Rocco il quale fra l’altro non poteva sposarla perché aveva già sposato la figlia di Bongiorno – e infatuarsene al punto da fuggire con lui, era una cosa che non riusciva nemmeno a concepire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato della parola &quot;falorchia&quot; che appare in questo passaggio? Non l'ho trovata sui dizionari che ho consultato. Si tratta di un termine di uso regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-09-29T14:00:55.087" Title="Significato e uso del termine &quot;falorchia&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11068" CreationDate="2019-09-29T08:56:31.900" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come ipotizzato nei commenti, significa &lt;em&gt;fandonia&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_321.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si legge: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Falórchia,&lt;/strong&gt; sf. Fandonia, chiacchiera.&lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; [...]&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Voce di etimo incerto, forse connessa con &lt;em&gt;farlocco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parte omessa contiene appunto la citazione di Mazzucco che appare nella domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-29T14:00:55.087" LastActivityDate="2019-09-29T14:00:55.087" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11070" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-29T17:50:52.057" Score="1" ViewCount="805" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why is there &quot;Il&quot; in &quot;Il mio tesoro intanto&quot;? Isn't &quot;Il&quot; just definite a article and thus not needed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2019-09-30T09:26:30.843" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T12:00:58.457" Title="Why is there &quot;Il&quot; in &quot;Il mio tesoro intanto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11071" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11070" CreationDate="2019-09-29T18:12:14.600" Score="9" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian, unlike French, English or German, does not treat the possessive adjectives as determiners. They are ordinary adjectives and so are normally prefaced by the article when appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolar &lt;em&gt;mio&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;Il mio tesoro intanto&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;Meanwhile, my treasure&quot;) works exactly like &lt;em&gt;dolce&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;Il dolce tesoro intanto&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;Meanwhile, the sweet treasure&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that this allows one to use the indefinite article &lt;em&gt;un,uno&lt;/em&gt; as well, which in English is impossible and requires the usage of periphrases to be expressed. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un mio amico (&lt;em&gt;A friend of mine&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-09-30T12:00:58.457" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T12:00:58.457" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11070" CreationDate="2019-09-29T20:51:29.067" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian &lt;em&gt;wants&lt;/em&gt; the article with possessive adjectives and pronouns.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The article is omitted when the possessive refers to relations: &lt;em&gt;mia madre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mio padre&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mio fratello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mia sorella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mia zia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mio cugino&lt;/em&gt; and so on. With &lt;em&gt;madre&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;padre&lt;/em&gt; the noun is always omitted, with other relations the name can be added: &lt;em&gt;mio fratello Asdrubale&lt;/em&gt;. It is also omitted in vocatives: &lt;em&gt;Tesoro mio, ti amo&lt;/em&gt;; it can also be &lt;em&gt;mio tesoro, ti amo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also omitted in special phrases: &lt;em&gt;casa mia&lt;/em&gt; (that corresponds to the English &lt;em&gt;my home&lt;/em&gt;), but &lt;em&gt;la mia casa&lt;/em&gt; (which is &lt;em&gt;my house&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don Ottavio is singing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il mio tesoro intanto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  andate a consolar.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  E del bel ciglio il pianto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  cercate di asciugar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The article is used with &lt;em&gt;mio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;bel&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; (fused with the preposition &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, as usual).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Among Romance languages, Italian is not unique for this: Catalan and Romanian use the article (postponed in the latter); French and Spanish don't. Related: &lt;a href=&quot;https://linguistics.stackexchange.com/questions/26261/why-does-italian-use-definite-articles-before-possessive-adjectives-except-when&quot;&gt;https://linguistics.stackexchange.com/questions/26261/why-does-italian-use-definite-articles-before-possessive-adjectives-except-when&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Footnote&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; The adjectives &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; have peculiar forms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;bel&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;quel&lt;/em&gt; are used when before a name that takes the article &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; are used when before a name that takes the article &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;bei&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;quei&lt;/em&gt; are used when before a name that takes the article &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;begli&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;quegli&lt;/em&gt; are used when before a name that takes the article &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The forms are regular for the feminine (&lt;em&gt;bella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;belle&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quelle&lt;/em&gt;) and when the masculine adjective is postponed or &lt;em&gt;bello&lt;/em&gt; is used as &lt;em&gt;aggettivo sostantivato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-29T20:56:40.247" LastActivityDate="2019-09-29T20:56:40.247" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11073" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11061" CreationDate="2019-09-30T10:07:33.177" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You're right that the meaning can be inferred from the position; &lt;em&gt;neanche&lt;/em&gt; requires an explicit or implicit referent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;neanch'io sono un bravo studente&lt;/em&gt; the referent is some other person who is or claims to be a not so good student. In &lt;em&gt;non sono neanche un bravo studente&lt;/em&gt; the referent is some other quality the speaker lacks or claims to lack.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first sentence can also be &lt;em&gt;non sono un bravo studente neanch'io&lt;/em&gt;, with the same meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second sentence could be rendered in English with &lt;em&gt;either&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;not even&lt;/em&gt;, depending on the context. The ambiguity would be in English if &lt;em&gt;either&lt;/em&gt; is used, not in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T10:07:33.177" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11074" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-30T10:46:32.080" Score="1" ViewCount="2120" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &quot;io sto bene&quot; &amp;amp;&#xA;&quot;io sono bene&quot; (or maybe just &quot;sono bene&quot;)?&#xA;And should a beginner like me start with saying &quot;sono&quot; for &quot;I am&quot; in my sentences, i.e., when making up my own rather than using standard pre-written sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-30T17:37:58.330" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T17:37:58.330" Title="What is the difference between &quot;io sto bene&quot; &amp; &quot;io sono bene&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11075" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11049" CreationDate="2019-09-30T11:58:27.007" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two expressions &lt;em&gt;fare visita&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;andare a trovare&lt;/em&gt; are more or less synonimous, and they mean &lt;em&gt;to call on&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;to pay a visit&lt;/em&gt;. I personally find the first more informal, but not by much.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand &lt;em&gt;andare a vedere&lt;/em&gt; is different: it means &lt;em&gt;to go and look at something&lt;/em&gt;. You can use to mean that you are paying a visit to someone, but in that case is weird and it has the implication that you are visiting them not because you enjoy staying with them, but because you want to check on them. Moreover it can be used also for things for which the other two expressions would be inappropriate (e.g. &quot;andare a vedere uno spettacolo&quot;: to go to a show).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-30T17:29:40.243" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T17:29:40.243" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11076" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-09-30T18:06:30.160" Score="3" ViewCount="466" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/addiaccio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt; il principale significato di addiaccio è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spazio cinto di rete nel quale il gregge è tenuto di notte allo scoperto: Pecoraio, ti cercano all’addiaccio. (D’Annunzio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;da cui deriva l’uso più comune con significato “all’aperto” in espressioni come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;stare all’addiaccio, passare la notte all’addiaccio, dormire all’addiaccio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma come nota il sito “&lt;a href=&quot;https://unaparolaalgiorno.it/significato/addiaccio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Una parola al giorno&lt;/a&gt;”: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questa parola è ingannevole: il fatto che dormire all'addiaccio significhi dormire all'aperto, e che quando si dorme all'aperto si debba spesso fare i conti col freddo, ci fa ricondurre intuitivamente l'addiaccio al ghiaccio. Idea non troppo peregrina, visto che in certi vernacoli toscani 'diaccio' è proprio una variante di 'ghiaccio'.&#xA;  Ma fuor di locuzione l'addiaccio è un'altra cosa, e ci racconta un'immagine precisa e non direttamente collegata col freddo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le fonti danno come  etimologia il termine latino “&lt;em&gt;adiacere&lt;/em&gt;” ossia giacere accanto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma da dove  deriva il senso di “dormire all’aperto” che dà  comunque l’idea di dormire al freddo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-09-30T22:09:34.667" LastActivityDate="2019-09-30T22:09:34.667" Title="Origine dell’espressione “all’addiaccio”" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11077" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11065" CreationDate="2019-10-01T08:44:14.350" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The basic meaning of &lt;em&gt;tanto/tanti&lt;/em&gt; is “in such a large quantity”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the simplest case this may simply conclude an explicit comparison. Take the famous lines by Dante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dietro le venìa sì lunga tratta&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  di gente, ch'i' non averei creduto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  che morte tanta n'avesse disfatta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Dorothy L. Sayers's translation, this is “...there the folk forlorn / Rushed after it [a moving ensign], in such an endless train, / It never would have entered in my head / There were so many men whom death had slain”. So here &lt;em&gt;tanta&lt;/em&gt; (feminine as it refers to &lt;em&gt;gente&lt;/em&gt;) is rendered as “so many.” (This is alluded to in T.S. Eliot's &lt;em&gt;The Waste Land&lt;/em&gt;: “A crowd flowed over London Bridge, so many, / I had not thought death had undone so many.”)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not necessary to make the comparison term explicit. If you said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non credevo che d'estate ci fossero tanti temporali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you'd be implicitly saying “...as many as there actually are” or simply “so many”. To take one of the examples from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tanto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani's entry on &lt;em&gt;tanto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci vuole tanto tempo per rispondere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(“do you need such a long time to answer?”, more or less), here you are precisely referring to, say, the five minutes your interlocutor waited before answering.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that in all of these examples, if you used &lt;em&gt;molto/molti&lt;/em&gt;, either the sentence wouldn't work or the meaning would change. You cannot use &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt; in a correlation (Dante's sentence or one with an analogous structure wouldn't mean anything with &lt;em&gt;molta&lt;/em&gt;). If you asked&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ci vuole molto tempo per rispondere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;you'd just be asking whether an answer is due in a long time or not.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In common use, it's frequent to find &lt;em&gt;tanto&lt;/em&gt; as almost a synonym for &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt;, but even then there is often a sense of correlation with something unexpressed or, at least, a particular emphasis. If I say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho tanta voglia di vederti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm saying “I have such a desire to see you”, as if implying that I can't stand it any more (“tanta voglia ... che verrei lì stanotte”, say). On the other hand “ho molta voglia di vederti” is just that my desire is, say, 8 in a 1-10 scale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may well find cases where &lt;em&gt;tanto&lt;/em&gt; is used as a plain &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt;: complex or hyperbolic words and expressions are often attenuated through use.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just think about &lt;em&gt;troppo&lt;/em&gt;: its meaning is &lt;em&gt;too much&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;too [adjective/adverb]&lt;/em&gt;. So, if I say that a thing is &lt;em&gt;troppo bella&lt;/em&gt;, literally I'd be saying that it is “too beautiful” (so, for instance, we should find a less beautiful one for a particular use). But is it usual to hear this as a positive description, as if it meant that that thing is exceptionally beautiful.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-01T08:44:14.350" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11079" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11091" CreationDate="2019-10-01T14:01:37.587" Score="7" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lasciare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Lasciare&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&quot; è verbo transitivo, quindi tipicamente &quot;&lt;em&gt;A lascia B&lt;/em&gt;&quot;. Ma è anche riflessivo reciproco: &quot;&lt;em&gt;A e B si lasciano&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma si può esprimere quest'ultima frase dal punto di vista del solo B? Usando un semplice riflessivo: &quot;&lt;em&gt;B si lascia con A&lt;/em&gt;&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Certamente è diffuso a livello colloquiale: mi chiedevo quanto sia accettabile in forma scritta o formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T10:25:13.277" Title="&quot;Lasciarsi con qualcuno&quot;. È corretto?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11080" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11082" CreationDate="2019-10-01T14:43:02.730" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/avvertire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Word Reference&lt;/a&gt; says that &quot;avvertire&quot; can mean &quot;to advise&quot;, but the meaning in the corresponding example provided by WR dictionary (La maestra ha avvertito mia madre dei miei pessimi voti) is different: &quot;to inform&quot;. Is the former meaning really possible in that verb? If I understood &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/avvertire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/italian-english/avvertire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Collins&lt;/a&gt; well, there is no such meaning in &quot;avvertire&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-02T21:11:11.800" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T21:11:51.590" Title="Could &quot;avvertire&quot; mean &quot;to advise&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11080" CreationDate="2019-10-01T16:30:03.900" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I agree, this is a mistake in Word Reference. &lt;em&gt;Avvertire&lt;/em&gt; does not mean anything similar to &lt;em&gt;advise&lt;/em&gt;. I have signaled it to them (but feel free to do the same!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-02T21:11:51.590" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T21:11:51.590" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11083" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11084" CreationDate="2019-10-01T20:23:43.623" Score="3" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ho trovato a lavorare nel giardino. (= I found him working in the garden)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this mean that I found him while I was working in the garden or while he was working in the garden?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-01T20:31:57.450" LastActivityDate="2019-10-01T20:31:57.450" Title="Meaning of &quot;trovar qualcuno a fare qualcosa&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11083" CreationDate="2019-10-01T20:26:33.807" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;This means that you found him, while he was working in the garden. The other meaning could be expressed as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ho trovato lavorando in giardino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'ho trovato mentre lavoravo in giardino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-10-01T20:26:33.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11085" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-01T22:40:33.673" Score="-2" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'agricoltura è l'economia del paese (= Agriculture is the economy of the country)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the Italian sentence meaningful? The English translation does not make much sense. I guess that the Italian sentence can be a way of saying &quot;Agriculture is the main economic activity of the country&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-02T20:53:33.603" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T20:53:33.603" Title="Meaning of &quot;L'agricoltura è l'economia del paese&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11086" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-01T23:58:48.593" Score="1" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK &quot;What do you think you were doing&quot; could be expressed using either infinitive (more usual) or subjunctive forms in Italian. Would those be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Che cosa credi di stare facendo ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cosa credi che stessi facendo ?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am particulary in doubt if the infinitive form should use &quot;stare facendo&quot; or &quot;fare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T07:40:25.313" Title="What do you think you were doing? - infinitive/subjunctive form" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11086" CreationDate="2019-10-02T07:40:25.313" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence &lt;em&gt;cosa credi che stessi facendo?&lt;/em&gt; would be interpreted like &lt;em&gt;what do you think I was doing?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adding the subject pronoun would sound very heavy and “unitalian”: *&lt;em&gt;cosa credi che tu stessi facendo?&lt;/em&gt;, because a direct clause sharing the subject with the main proposition should have the verb at the infinitive (&lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; + infinitive). The progressive form with the past infinitive is not used, nor it is used with the “passato remoto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's quite possible that in informal speech the question could be &lt;em&gt;cosa credi che stavi facendo?&lt;/em&gt; (there is some recent influence from English with respect to progressive forms), but the standard form is &lt;em&gt;cosa credevi di fare?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that the usage of progressive forms differs between Italian and English; don't always try and keep English progressive forms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T07:40:25.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11085" CreationDate="2019-10-02T07:42:05.060" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are right, the intended meaning of the sentence is that agriculture is the main economic activity of the country. In English it could be translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Agriculture is the backbone of the country.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If your question regards the use of the expression, I would personally not use it, unless maybe when contradicting somebody who thought that agriculture were not important for a given country, stressing an accent on &amp;quot;è&amp;quot;. The reason I would not use it is because it sounds irretrievably vague. Maybe some more widely accepted expressions could be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'agricoltura è fondamentale per il paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'agricoltura è il settore chiave del paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T10:21:07.550" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11080" CreationDate="2019-10-02T08:00:38.930" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would personally never use &lt;em&gt;avvertire&lt;/em&gt; to mean &lt;em&gt;advise&lt;/em&gt;. However, I don't think it is completely wrong either.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt; one reads under &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI01/GDLI_01_ocr_905.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;avvertire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ammonire, avvisare; far consapevole, edotto; &lt;strong&gt;informare&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that this last meaning is where the link appears. If one looks in the &lt;a href=&quot;https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/advise&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cambridge Dictionary&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, one sees that one of the meanings of &lt;em&gt;advise&lt;/em&gt; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[formal] to give someone official information about something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They were advised of their rights.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It might be a far-fetched hypothesis, but I suspect that this is what is intended on Word Reference.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T21:10:53.283" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11091" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11079" CreationDate="2019-10-02T10:25:13.277" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È difficile dare una risposta conclusiva ma ritengo significativo che il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI08/00000792.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“lasciare”&lt;/a&gt;, riporti tra gli esempi dell'uso riflessivo dell'accezione “Abbandonare la persona amata, spezzando ogni rapporto con lei. – Anche: ripudiare, divorziare”, senza annotazioni speciali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pratolini&lt;/em&gt;,  3-129:  Ti  sei  lasciato  con  Marisa... Hai imboccato una bella strada, con c’è che dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La citazione è presa da &lt;em&gt;Il quartiere&lt;/em&gt;, appunto di Vasco Pratolini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T10:25:13.277" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11093" CreationDate="2019-10-02T14:34:04.707" Score="2" ViewCount="38" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Noi pensavamo che il posto si trovasse sul mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does that mean that the place is &lt;em&gt;on&lt;/em&gt; the sea (eg a petroleum extraction platform, an island) or &lt;em&gt;by&lt;/em&gt; the sea (= on the coast)? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-10-02T15:04:04.097" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T15:04:15.323" Title="Significato di &quot;trovarsi sul mare&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11092" CreationDate="2019-10-02T14:55:09.327" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually, the intended meaning by a native Italian speaker would be the latter, by the sea, on the coast.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could also say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Noi pensavamo che il posto si trovasse &lt;em&gt;in riva&lt;/em&gt; al mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;meaning the place is facing the sea is next to the sea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of the petroleum extraction platform you would say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La piattaforma petrolifera si trova &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; mare (aperto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-10-02T15:04:15.323" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T15:04:15.323" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11094" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11095" CreationDate="2019-10-02T19:14:16.443" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era ora che lui si decidesse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is the subjunctive used here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T20:53:21.283" Title="Era ora che - subjunctive" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11094" CreationDate="2019-10-02T19:51:48.873" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Among the different uses of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/uso-congiuntivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;subjunctive&lt;/a&gt;, you have: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il congiuntivo si usa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1) con alcune congiunzioni subordinanti, quali affinché, benché, sebbene, quantunque, a meno che, nel caso che, qualora, prima che, senza che;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) con aggettivi o pronomi indefiniti (qualunque, chiunque, qualsiasi, ovunque, dovunque);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;3) con espressioni impersonali, come è necessario che, è probabile che, è bene che;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;4) in formule ormai fissate nell'uso (vada come vada; costi quel che costi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.accademiadellacrusca.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;em&gt;parliamoitaliano.altervista.org&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vanno col &lt;a href=&quot;http://parliamoitaliano.altervista.org/il-congiuntivo-come-e-quando-si-usa/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;congiuntivo&lt;/a&gt; le forme e le espressioni impersonali. Queste possono essere anche negative (non…):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È necessario / importante / opportuno / giusto / meglio ecc… che&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È stupido / scandaloso / divertente / ridicolo / pazzesco / assurdo ecc… che&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È incredibile / strano / logico / illogico / possibile / impossibile / naturale / innaturale ecc… che&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È probabile / improbabile / facile / difficile / preferibile / discutibile / plausibile ecc… che&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;È ora che… / È  bene che… / È male che…&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;È un peccato che… / È un assurdo che… / È  uno scandalo che…&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-10-02T20:53:21.283" LastActivityDate="2019-10-02T20:53:21.283" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11096" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-02T20:16:31.203" Score="3" ViewCount="194" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference of meaning between the following sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non l'ho visto prima che tu aprissi la porta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non l'avevo visto &#xA;prima che tu aprissi la porta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am familiar with the different usages of the &quot;passato prossimo&quot; and &quot;trapassato prossimo&quot; tenses, but I cannot grasp the difference in this specific context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-10-02T21:19:04.580" LastActivityDate="2020-12-24T10:39:20.127" Title="&quot;Non l'ho visto prima&quot; vs &quot;Non l'avevo visto prima&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11097" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11098" CreationDate="2019-10-02T23:50:44.593" Score="4" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per mesi stette dietro al mio nemico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What could &quot;stare dietro&quot; mean here? &quot;to keep an eye on somebody&quot;, &quot;to follow&quot;, something else ? I have read &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dietro_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dietro_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&lt;/a&gt; , but I found several meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2019-10-03T07:28:08.823" Title="Per mesi stette dietro al mio nemico - meaning of &quot;stare dietro&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11097" CreationDate="2019-10-03T07:28:08.823" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this phrase, the meaning is the first one you wrote:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Stare dietro (a qualcuno)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;means &quot;to keep an eye (on somebody)&quot; or &quot;to watch over (someone)&quot;; this is the meaning reported on the Treccani page you linked:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;stare dietro&lt;/strong&gt; (a qualcuno) ≈ sorvegliare (ø)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other meaning (i.e. &quot;to follow&quot;) can be used for example when you are talking about a chase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-10-03T07:28:08.823" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11099" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11096" CreationDate="2019-10-03T18:52:03.267" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no difference in meaning. At least if you agree that &quot;I didn't see him before opening the door&quot; and &quot;I hadn't seen him before opening the door&quot; mean the same thing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5362" LastActivityDate="2019-10-03T18:52:03.267" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11102" CreationDate="2019-10-03T19:16:45.430" Score="1" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the 3rd person singular of the &quot;passato remoto&quot; tense of &quot;portare&quot; (lui portò) pronounced [por'tɔ] ? It should be, but I (maybe incorrectly) hear [por'to] in Google Translate (I used the text &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#view=home&amp;amp;op=translate&amp;amp;sl=auto&amp;amp;tl=en&amp;amp;text=lui%20port%C3%B2.%20io%20porto%20e%20porter%C3%B2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;lui portò. io porto e porterò&quot;&lt;/a&gt; to easily compare the [o] and [ɔ] sounds in the different conjugations). There is no IPA pronunciation or audio available in the corresponding Wiktionary page. I also checked &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/static.aspx?treeID=37&amp;amp;pg=7&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/static.aspx?treeID=37&amp;amp;pg=7&lt;/a&gt; , but it has a small cross right next to the Ò sound and I have no idea what that means.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-10-07T13:09:57.777" LastActivityDate="2019-10-07T13:09:57.777" Title="Pronunciation of &quot;portò&quot;" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11101" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-03T19:54:40.467" Score="-2" ViewCount="334" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am a little confused with the translations of &quot;finally&quot; to Italian presented in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/finally&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/finally&lt;/a&gt; because it groups together two expressions which seem completely unrelated to me: &quot;alla fine&quot; and &quot;finalmente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AFAIK, &quot;alla fine&quot; = &quot;at the end&quot; (of something) and &quot;finalmente&quot; = &quot;finally&quot;, &quot;at last&quot;. Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È arrivata alla fine del pomeriggio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Finalmente siamo riusciti ad arrivare a casa dopo mezzanotte.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This example given in WR seems odd to me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Alla fine siamo riusciti ad arrivare a casa dopo mezzanotte.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could &quot;alla fine&quot; be indeed used like this, without a complement and as a synonym of &quot;finally&quot; ? Is it usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-04T14:42:30.800" LastActivityDate="2019-10-04T14:42:30.800" Title="&quot;Alla fine&quot; vs &quot;finalmente&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11102" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11100" CreationDate="2019-10-03T20:00:14.577" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The accented “ò”s in Italian pose no doubts. The grave accent (`) always, with no exception, denotes an open vowel /ɔ/. The same holds for “è” (/ɛ/) versus “é” (/e/). You might write “ó” (for /o/), but it's only used to explicitly clarify the pronunciation of some word (&lt;em&gt;bótte&lt;/em&gt; as meaning “barrel”, say) and not in actual spelling. Unstressed “o”s and “e”s are always closed. So there is no ambiguity here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(The above, as always, holds for Standard Italian. Usual disclaimer about the wide variability in different regional Italians.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for DOP's (and other dictionaries') notation: what matters is here the grave accent, which in itself denotes an open wovel. The small “+” just means that this word ending generates a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8187/37&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;raddoppiamento sintattico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in the word that follows.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-10-03T22:16:01.667" LastActivityDate="2019-10-03T22:16:01.667" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11103" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11113" CreationDate="2019-10-04T00:14:53.767" Score="2" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti offrii la mia mano in amicizia. (= I offered you my hand in friendship)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suspect that this may be an incorrect literal translation of the English expression &quot;to offer one's hand in friendship to somebody&quot; to Italian, partly because of the explicit possessive pronoun. Is this the usual way to express &quot;to offer one's hand in friendship to somebody&quot; or would be something else more usual (e.g., &quot;tendere la mano a qualcuno in amicizia&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-05T07:43:59.203" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T17:30:23.207" Title="Is &quot;offrire la mano in amicizia&quot; an idiomatic expression?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11101" CreationDate="2019-10-04T08:00:13.743" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem with tools such as WordReference is that they present sentences out of context. Both&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alla fine siamo riusciti ad arrivare a casa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Finalmente siamo riusciti ad arrivare a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;are good. However, the clause &lt;em&gt;dopo mezzanotte&lt;/em&gt; will probably require &lt;em&gt;alla fine&lt;/em&gt;, because who speaks is telling about some adventurous trip.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second sentence would be correct without the clause, as an exclamation of relief.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-10-04T08:00:13.743" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11105" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11124" CreationDate="2019-10-04T20:05:53.270" Score="3" ViewCount="565" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, &quot;to believe&quot; can be used in two constructions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to believe (transitive):&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to think that somebody is telling the true. Ex: I believe the witness. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to think that something is true. I believe the witness's testimony. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to believe in (intransitive):&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to have confidence in somebody (eg his/her capacity). Exs: You must believe in yourself. I do not believe in doctors.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to have confidence in something. Exs: I do not believe in progress. I do not believe in the cure of cancer. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to have faith in the existence of something. Ex: I believe in God&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to think that somebody is telling the true: credere a qualcuno. Ex: Credo al testimone.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to think that something is true: credere (a) qualcosa. Credo alla/la testimonianza del testimone.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to have confidence in somebody: credere a/in qualcuno. Exs: Devi credere in/a te stesso. Non credo nei/ai medici. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to have confidence in something: credere a/in qualcosa. Exs: Credo nel/al progresso. Credo alla/nella cura del cancro.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to have faith in the existence of something: credere a/in qualcosa. Ex: Credo in/a Dio. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Reference: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/credere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/credere/&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I assume that usually there is a preposition which is more usual in the last 3 cases (e.g., &quot;credere in Dio&quot;), i.e., when &quot;credere&quot; = &quot;to believe in&quot;, and that this usual choice must be learned by heart?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-05T07:46:29.600" LastActivityDate="2019-10-10T13:36:49.907" Title="&quot;Credere a&quot; vs &quot;credere in&quot; when they mean &quot;to have faith/confidence in sth/sb&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11106" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11174" CreationDate="2019-10-04T21:18:04.263" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono i parlamenti che decidono nella democrazia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this an usual phrasing? What does it mean? The (almost) literal translation &quot;There are the parliaments that decide in democracy&quot; sounds a little odd in English, it sounds like some parliaments decide and some not. Maybe &quot;Parliaments are the ones which decide in democracy&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-10-04T22:14:37.913" LastActivityDate="2019-10-19T22:48:27.863" Title="Ci sono i parlamenti che decidono nella democrazia - meaning" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11111" CreationDate="2019-10-04T23:02:43.007" Score="3" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in an Italian language learning tool:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oggi ricordiamo le vittime degli eserciti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This sentence seems ambiguous to me. May this possibly refer to the victims in the armies and to the victims caused by the armies' acts?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-05T07:48:42.007" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T09:39:13.777" Title="Meaning of &quot;Oggi ricordiamo le vittime degli eserciti&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11109" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11110" CreationDate="2019-10-05T00:50:13.330" Score="4" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following sentence in an Italian TV series:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono 'sti cazzo de Adami che hanno il minimo alto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The speaker is a gangster and he is talking about one of his men, which was beaten up by a guy from the rival Adami family the night before. What does &quot;avere il minimo alto&quot; mean? &quot;to have a short fuse&quot;, &quot;to get angry easily&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-05T07:57:12.180" LastActivityDate="2019-10-06T21:47:41.790" Title="Significato dell’espressione “avere il minimo alto”" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11109" CreationDate="2019-10-05T04:56:16.583" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it is a metaphor that suggests  they can  easily get angry. The expression is generally used  for motorcycles whose “minimo” engine level  is the level at which the engine can run when it is &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idle_(engine)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;idle.&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Wikipedia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-10-06T21:47:41.790" LastActivityDate="2019-10-06T21:47:41.790" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11107" CreationDate="2019-10-05T09:39:13.777" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is ambiguous indeed. This is why context is, as always, of paramount importance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.milanotoday.it/cronaca/cimitero-guerra-trenno-radicali-25-aprile-2015.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;example&lt;/a&gt;, in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;25 Aprile: commemorazione al Cimitero di Guerra degli Alleati a&#xA;  Trenno&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel 70esimo della Liberazione, sabato 25 aprile 2015, i Radicali - come ogni anno - si sono ritrovati al Cimitero di Guerra degli Alleati al Parco di Trenno per la commemorazione delle &lt;strong&gt;vittime degli&#xA;  eserciti&lt;/strong&gt; anglo-americani, che hanno partecipato alla guerra di&#xA;  liberazione dal fascismo e dall'occupazione nazista in Italia. “&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the reference is clearly to the victims among the British and American soldiers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://espresso.repubblica.it/internazionale/2019/04/08/news/esclusivo-ho-16-anni-sono-prigioniero-in-libia-vi-prego-aiutatemi-1.333501&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;another&lt;/a&gt; context, this structure can be used to mean victims caused by the armies' actions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;AI trattamenti degradanti si somma il terrore della guerra. Di restare cioè &lt;strong&gt;vittime degli eserciti&lt;/strong&gt; contrapposti senza nessun governo o organizzazione internazionale in grado né di raggiungerli né tantomeno di evacuarli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I agree with @egreg's comment: I would hardly use this sentence. To avoid misunderstandings, I would use &quot;vittime &lt;em&gt;presso&lt;/em&gt; gli eserciti&quot; in the former case, and &quot;vittime civili&quot; in the latter case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T09:39:13.777" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11112" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-05T11:48:30.107" Score="3" ViewCount="512" Body="&lt;p&gt;This question is a direct consequence of the recent discussions that have pervaded the SE community.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While it is well known that English has the singular &quot;they&quot; option (plus some more &lt;a href=&quot;https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/gender-neutral-pronouns&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;experimental&lt;/a&gt; ones) and that Italian has courtesy pronouns such as &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt;, has there been any effort in the Italian-speaking community to come up with some other gender-neutral pronouns?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2019-10-05T13:42:09.217" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T13:42:09.217" Title="Is there any option for gender-neutral pronouns in Italian?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11103" CreationDate="2019-10-05T17:30:23.207" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all &lt;em&gt;offrire qualcosa in segno di amicizia&lt;/em&gt; is perfect Italian. The first meaning in the Treccani dictionary is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;offrire v. tr. [lat. *&lt;em&gt;offerīre&lt;/em&gt; per il class. &lt;em&gt;offerre&lt;/em&gt;, comp. di &lt;em&gt;ob-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ferre&lt;/em&gt; «portare»] (io òffro, ecc.; pass. rem. offrìi o offèrsi, offristi, ecc.; part. pass. offèrto). – 1. Presentare o proporre a qualcuno una cosa (materiale o no, ma che comunque si ritiene utile o gradita) perché la prenda o l’accetti; manifestare con parole o con atti tale intenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Offering one's hand implies “in order to shake it”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You're right about the possessive: in this case “la mia mano” is bad Italian; nobody would offer someone else's hand, so&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti offrii la mano in segno di amicizia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The possessive may be used: &lt;em&gt;il martello cadde sulla mia mano&lt;/em&gt; is grammatical, but it would need some kind of specification (maybe implied by the discourse), because it emphasizes that the hammer fell on my hand and not somewhere else. In absolute sense it would be &lt;em&gt;il martello mi cadde sulla mano&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-10-05T17:30:23.207" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11114" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11115" CreationDate="2019-10-06T12:06:43.967" Score="1" ViewCount="149" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vita, che si sente avvampare, sempre piú a disagio, risponde che sul conto di Merluzzo sono sempre circolate molte leggende, che era un ladro, una specie di bandito, un &lt;strong&gt;paladino&lt;/strong&gt;, un pirata, storie cosí – ma lei non gli ha mai dato peso perché Rocco, cioè Merluzzo, cioè questo Meize, era un inquilino molto generoso, bravo in tutti i sensi e lei non lo credeva capace di far del male a nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il senso del termine &quot;paladino&quot; in questo brano, soprattutto perché il testo sembra suggerire che si tratti di qualcosa di negativo, però le accezioni di questo vocabolo che ho trovato sui dizionari sembrano avere una connotazione positiva. Qualcuno di voi avrebbe idea di cosa possa significare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-10-07T11:15:11.507" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;paladino&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11115" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11114" CreationDate="2019-10-06T15:03:43.757" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato, preso dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/paladino/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, è quello figurato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Difensore; fautore, sostenitore leale e disinteressato: &lt;em&gt;farsi p. degli oppressi, degli emarginati, dei poveri; erigersi a p. della libertà, della democrazia, della pace;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e viene utilizzato correntemente come sinonimo di persona nobile, valorosa e cavalleresca, animata da ideali positivi e difensore appunto di oppressi e ultimi (l'origine della parola indicava un cavaliere di alta nobiltà e valore che viveva alla corte di Carlo Magno e lo accompagnava in guerra).&#xA;Non esistono &quot;paladini&quot; dell'ingiustizia o del male, a meno che non si tratti per esempio di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Superciuk&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;parodie&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autrice del brano vuol dire che sul conto del personaggio (Merluzzo) circolavano un sacco di voci &quot;leggendarie&quot; e contraddittorie: alcune lo dipingono appunto come un farabutto (ladro, bandito, pirata), altre come una persona nobile e disinteressata (paladino). Da notare che questi sostantivi sembrano tutti voler insistere nel conferire a Merluzzo un'aura avventurosa e quasi &quot;mitologica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-07T11:15:11.507" LastActivityDate="2019-10-07T11:15:11.507" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11116" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11273" CreationDate="2019-10-07T14:09:46.563" Score="7" ViewCount="185" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following sentence in a TV series:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ce li hai gli occhi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The intended meaning is &quot;Can't you see it?&quot; (a rhetorical question). I know that &quot;ce&quot; and &quot;li&quot; are respectively, an indirect object pronoun and a direct object pronoun, but what do they mean here? Are they redundant or would &quot;Hai gli occhi?&quot; would mean something different?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-09T19:53:44.570" LastActivityDate="2019-11-16T18:37:39.910" Title="Ce li hai gli occhi? - pronouns" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11117" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11118" CreationDate="2019-10-07T15:21:04.867" Score="6" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following dialogue between a politician and a gangster in a TV series:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;G: Lei è un vero rappresentante del popolo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;P: Esatto. Solo che non rappresento quelli come lei.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;G: Dice? Penso che io posso anche averla votata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;P: Lo escludo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;dice&quot; mean here? &quot;Is that so&quot; ? Is it an usual expression?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-10-07T15:50:31.947" LastActivityDate="2019-10-07T15:50:31.947" Title="Dice? = Is that so?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11117" CreationDate="2019-10-07T15:43:28.517" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, it is. It literally means “Do you say (so)?” or, as you say, “Is that so?” or “Are you sure?”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dice&lt;/em&gt; is here the 3rd person singular of the present tense of &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt;. It's the 3rd person and not the 2nd since the two are using the courtesy form, &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-07T15:43:28.517" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11119" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11121" CreationDate="2019-10-08T16:08:24.257" Score="3" ViewCount="164" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning between the two following sentences? Are  &quot;quando ero X&quot; and &quot;da X&quot; both usual when they express a past time period?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quando ero un bambino, piangevo molto.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Da bambino piangevo molto.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-13T21:04:23.773" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T21:04:23.773" Title="&quot;Da bambino&quot; vs &quot;quando ero un bambino&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11120" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11127" CreationDate="2019-10-09T09:27:19.557" Score="6" ViewCount="305" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't understand the meaning of 'ci' when a person say: &quot;Che ci fai qui?&quot;. It seems redundant the use of 'ci' and then the use of 'qui'. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-09T19:55:10.080" LastActivityDate="2019-10-12T13:38:23.040" Title="Which is the meaning of 'ci' on this context: &quot;Che ci fai qui?&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11121" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11119" CreationDate="2019-10-09T15:03:51.853" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two phrases have the same meaning (as @egreg pointed out in his comment); the latter one seems more informal, but this can be considered my personal opinion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please note that you can use &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;Da + (noun/adj)...&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt; also in other sentences like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Da grande&lt;/strong&gt; farò il pilota di Formula 1&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;= When I grow up, I will be a Formula 1 driver&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Te lo dico &lt;strong&gt;da amico&lt;/strong&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;= I tell you this as a friend...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could say that &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;Da + (noun/adj)...&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt; has a meaning like &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;in the condition of...&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-09T18:02:34.487" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2169" CreationDate="2019-10-09T15:18:15.107" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scusate se mi intrometto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono uno specialista ed intervengo solamente come amante di storia locale della mia città, Ravanusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe conoscere la fonte secondo la quale l'etimo del nome della mia città si coglierebbe nel sostantivo RAPHANUSA.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A quanto sembra, chi scrive in questa pagina ha un bel seguito, infatti da qualche tempo, in molte pagine internet, si legge sempre più proprio questa interpretazione che, secondo me, è del tutto arbitraria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La semplice assonanza non può decidere l’etimo di un toponimo, bisogna riscontare tracce anche nella storia di quel luogo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cui, vi prego di indicare la fonte da cui traete questa spiegazione o, nel caso non esistano, astenetevi dal formulare indicazioni così superficiali ed anche pericolose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto ne so io, l'etimologia più verosimile vede nell'origine araba la sua più probabile spiegazione, e cioè in “Rahal Ayn Nubu” che si tradurrebbe in “casale fonte nuova” o “casale dell’acqua nuova”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa locuzione trova il suo plastico riscontro nella storica &quot;Battaglia di Remise&quot; combattuta nel 1087 tra le forze normanne di Ruggero d’Altavilla e quelle arabe rifugiatesi sul vicino Monte Saraceno, probabilmente, in fuga dalla vicina Naro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chi avanza questa ipotesi (e badate, è solo una ipotesi) porta a sostegno non solo la storia della città, ma anche tutti gli studi (a partire dall’Amari) sulla lingua Arabo-sicula parlata in Sicilia prima e dopo la vittoriosa discesa dei normanni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per “Rahal” = “Terra”, “casale” o “stazione” il riscontro lo possiamo trovare in numerosi toponi di cui qui ve ne riporto solamente alcuni:&#xA;Rahal-Afdal, Rahal-Maut, Rahal Nârù, Rahal-Fewwâr, Rahal-Monsciar, Rahal-Kasr, Rahal-Biat, Rahal Carres, Rahal-Gebbâr, Rahal-Fimen, Rahal-Garis, Rahal-Mucutum, Rahal Rumi, Rahal-Masús, Rahal-Sidik, Rahal-Taguil, Rahal-Sif, Rahal-Turk, Rahal-Bichiti, Rahal-Mari, Rahal-Chididi, Rahal-Margidirami, Rahal-Fauma, Rahal-Rahab, Rahal-Anil-Ciuccafa, Rahal-Caternini, Rahal-Carrici, Rahal-Gennini, Rahal-Kattà’, Rahal-Gibilaterras, Rahal-Solumi, Rahal-Calata, Rahal-Sibene, Rahal-Karrael, Rahal-Chineli, Rahal-Haniset, Rahal Garancifuni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per “Ayn” = “sorgente” potete vedere i toponi &#xA;Ayn an nossur = sorgente degli avvoltoi&#xA;Ayn al kabira = sorgente grande&#xA;Ayn an Nizar = sorgente di Nizar&#xA;Ayn al Escjar = sorgente degli alberi&#xA;Ayn Kcendur = vallone del cancelliere&#xA;Ayn al Batan = fonte dell’argilla o fangosa&#xA;[per inciso, la pronuncia della “A” è aspirata quasi a leggere CAYN, da cui “can”. ESEMPI: Cannizzola, Canneto, Cannavata, Cannita, Cannitello, Cannatello, Cangina, Cannitazzu, Cantavespe, Candelora, Canalicchio, Cannavata].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per “Nubu” = “nuovo” vedasi il toponimo di&#xA;Qasr Nubu = Castronovo di Sicilia, da “Qasr” latinizzato in “Castro” e “Nubu” = “nuovo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per contro non esiste nulla nella storia locale, a meno che non siate in possesso di fonti inedite, che possa far pensare all’etimologia da voi indicata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, per favore, sono già stati fatti abbastanza danni, spiegate le vostre ragioni, indicate le vostre fonti oppure astenetevi da queste elucubrazioni senza alcun fondamento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cordiali saluti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5754" LastActivityDate="2019-10-09T15:18:15.107" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11105" CreationDate="2019-10-10T13:36:49.907" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;For the last three cases there is, in fact, an option which is preferable over the other:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When you have confidence in somebody you should usually use &quot;&lt;strong&gt;credere in&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;; in the last example &quot;&lt;em&gt;Non credo nei medici&lt;/em&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;em&gt;Non credo ai medici&lt;/em&gt;&quot; have slightly different connotations, the former meaning that you don't have confidence in the doctors' abilities, and the latter meaning that you don't believe what the doctors say.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When you have confidence in something the preferred form is &quot;&lt;strong&gt;credere in&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And finally, when you have faith in the existence of something you should use, once again &quot;&lt;strong&gt;credere in&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Generally speaking, you use &quot;&lt;strong&gt;credere a&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; when you believe something someone says (even when you use it referring to a person, like in the example  &quot;&lt;em&gt;credo al testimone&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, it references what the person is saying, not the person itself), while you use &quot;&lt;strong&gt;credere in&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; when you have confidence or faith in someone or something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5756" LastActivityDate="2019-10-10T13:36:49.907" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11125" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-12T10:08:07.890" Score="4" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a beginner in Italian so the question is somewhat basic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I previously thought that there were two possible word orders for question sentences:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) When person asking makes an assumption about the subject, the word order stays the same as if it was declarative sentence (subject first, then predicate) and only voice intonation changes: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La casa è vecchia?&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) When person asking doesn't try to make an assumption about a subject and wants to know about object's quality, quantity, location, etc. (predicate contains interrogative pronoun and goes before the subject): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Com'è la casa?&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But then I found a question sentence example in a textbook that doesn't comply with standard word orders: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;È vecchia la casa?&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even though that word order is not &quot;classical&quot; (predicate is ahead of the subject, but without any interrogative ponouns), it doesn't seem to me to be completely non-legible. I feel like this word order might be used, depending on what is emphasized in a question. Like, word order gets as in &quot;&lt;em&gt;La casa è vecchia?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; if person asking assumes that subject (house) has a quality of 'age' and only wants to know whether house is old or not. Whereas in &quot;&lt;em&gt;È vecchia la casa?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; the person asking is not sure if subject can have quality of 'age' at all and allows possibility of subject having other qualities, while still asking about that exact quality.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the question is: is such word order (as in the last example) legit in Italian questions? If yes, what function does it perform?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5763" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-12T10:26:34.470" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T09:42:45.193" Title="Word order in question sentence seems non-typical" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;&lt;interrogatives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ClosedDate="2019-10-13T09:55:26.767" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11126" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11128" CreationDate="2019-10-12T10:46:13.343" Score="2" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania G. Mazzucco ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Mentre contemplava quel trombone, con il desiderio struggente di portarlo alla bocca e manovrare la coulisse – almeno un’altra volta – lesse sulla vetrina del negozio la réclame di una conferenza sulla guerra: &lt;em&gt;L’Italia in Tripolitania&lt;/em&gt;. L’entrata era &lt;strong&gt;a parola libera&lt;/strong&gt; – anzi, “essendo il tema d’attualità, pregasi i connazionali a intervenire in massa”. La pubblicità prometteva realistiche visioni della vita sul fronte del deserto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;a parola librera&quot; in questo brano. Me lo potreste spiegare? Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI09/GDLI_09_ocr_27.pdf&amp;amp;parola=parola%20libera&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;parola libera&quot; vuol dire una parola che termina in vocale, ma questo non sembra avere senso nel contesto del testo sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-10-12T19:02:39.423" Title="Qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;a parola libera&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11127" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11120" CreationDate="2019-10-12T13:38:23.040" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this sentence, &quot;ci&quot; has the meaning of &quot;in questo luogo&quot; or &quot;qui&quot;. It is used in a pleonastic way because the sentence in your question contains a &quot;dislocazione a destra&quot;, a construction typical of oral speech which is explained in detail in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/10864&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your sentence has indeed a similar structure to this example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ci sono andato, a Venezia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;given in the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; by Vittorio Coletti: there is a place complement (&quot;a Venezia&quot; in Coletti's example, &quot;qui&quot; in your sentence) that goes after a complete clause and which is anticipated in this clause by particle &quot;ci&quot;. Another example with the same phenomenon is explained in the answers to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11038&quot;&gt;this question&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-10-12T13:38:23.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11126" CreationDate="2019-10-12T19:02:39.423" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ritengo significhi che era possibile assistere la conferenza con la possibilità di di interagire, di intervenire liberamente, per esempio ponendo delle domande. In altre parole, la conferenza prevedeva il coinvolgimento del pubblico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli organizzatori caldeggiavano un intervento &lt;em&gt;di massa&lt;/em&gt; delle persone per dare appunto vita ad un dibattito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-10-12T19:02:39.423" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11129" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11125" CreationDate="2019-10-13T09:42:45.193" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Elaborated explanation is given in post referred in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/11125/word-order-in-question-sentence-seems-non-typical?noredirect=1#comment26145_11125&quot;&gt;Charo's comment&lt;/a&gt;, so props to Charo, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/5480/5763&quot;&gt;Ferdinand Bardamu&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-dirette_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Long story short, word order in questions might indeed vary depending on what is emphasized. Placement at the beginning or the end of sentence is important for that purpose. For instance, in question examples shown in post above, accents are placed like that:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;La casa &lt;strong&gt;è vecchia&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;È vecchia &lt;strong&gt;la casa&lt;/strong&gt;?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, broad and developed related investigation can be found in &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/enciclopedia/focalizzazioni_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;focalizzazioni&quot;&lt;/a&gt; topic on Treccani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5763" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T09:42:45.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11130" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11119" CreationDate="2019-10-13T10:52:44.110" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;As mentioned in other answers, there is no difference when you are referring to yourself. However, you cannot use the da+... construction to refer to others without changing the meaning. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &quot;Da bambino, Sandro Pertini era Presidente&quot; means that Pertini was president while he was a child, while &quot;Quando ero bambino...&quot; means that he was president when YOU were a child.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5764" LastEditorUserId="5764" LastEditDate="2019-10-13T12:07:35.307" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T12:07:35.307" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10900" CreationDate="2019-10-13T10:59:59.290" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;If Sud refers to Southern Italy (capital letter), they are both correct but there is a nuance in meaning. &quot;Fa caldo al Sud&quot; means it's hot right now. &quot;Fa caldo nel Sud&quot; means that Southern Italy is hot in general (with an implied comparison to Northern Italy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5764" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T10:59:59.290" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11132" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11134" CreationDate="2019-10-13T11:29:11.653" Score="5" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've read inconsistent information when it comes to prepositions in the context of seasons. From what I remember, one typically uses 'in' together with seasons. For example, I think the following is correct:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In estate mangiamo il gelato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could one also say the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;D'estate mangiamo il gelato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5765" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-13T15:42:23.213" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T20:48:30.433" Title="Prepositions and seasons" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11133" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-13T14:38:05.580" Score="6" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;cannelloni&quot; mean?&#xA;&quot;Canne&quot; means reeds, I think. It seems to be a compound of two words or an adjective added to the word. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-13T19:18:06.723" LastActivityDate="2019-10-14T07:21:01.120" Title="What does &quot;cannelloni&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11134" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11132" CreationDate="2019-10-13T15:16:25.070" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;In&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; è la preposizione che si usa in riferimento alle stagioni, ma come osserva &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/en/printpdf/italian-language/language-consulting/questions-answers/uso-preposizioni&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L’Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Analizzando nello specifico come possano essere impiegate le preposizioni &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; con i mesi dell'anno, osserviamo che la preposizione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; assume il valore di determinazione di tempo indicando le parti del giorno (&quot;di sera&quot;, &quot;di notte&quot;), i giorni della settimana (&quot;di sabato&quot;), &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;le stagioni dell'anno (&quot;d'estate&quot;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  e appunto i mesi, come nell'espressione &quot;era di maggio&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-13T20:48:30.433" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T20:48:30.433" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11133" CreationDate="2019-10-13T16:42:01.537" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word itself denote a type of &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=cannellone&amp;amp;source=lnms&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwj6waXK1pnlAhXD0KQKHcWzC5MQ_AUIEigB&amp;amp;biw=1598&amp;amp;bih=774&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pasta&lt;/a&gt; (as per the previous answer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is not a compound word, but a word &amp;quot;mutated&amp;quot; with the suffix &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;-one&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt; which in Italian is referred as &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;accrescitivo&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; (augmentative). I take here the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/accrescitivo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definition from Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;s. m. a. In grammatica, derivazione morfologica di un nome (sostantivo o, meno spesso, aggettivo), per indicarne un accrescimento quantitativo o qualitativo. Si forma di regola con il suffisso -óne (f. -óna)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On grammar, morphological derivation of a noun (or less frequently, an adjective) to denote an augmentation, on quantity or quality. Usually formed with the suffix  &lt;em&gt;-óne&lt;/em&gt; (feminine: &lt;em&gt;-óna&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example: ragazzo -&amp;gt; ragazzone (boy -&amp;gt; big boy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cannello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;cannello&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot; in Italian can indicate something cylindrical - in fact, it derives from &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/canna/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;canna&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; which can have the same generic meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tubo o canale di varia grandezza e di qualunque materia:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tube or pipe with various sizes and of any material&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the name of this pasta literally means &amp;quot;big tube&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;big pipe&amp;quot; because of its shape.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other suffixes with different purposes are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;diminutive (diminutive):&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;-ino, -etto (feminine: -ina, -etta)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g. ragazzino, ragazzetto -&amp;gt; little boy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;vezzeggiativo (term of endearment)&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;-ello, -etto, -uccio (feminine: -ella, -etta, -uccia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g. cavalluccio -&amp;gt; cute pony&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;peggiorativo&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;-accio (feminine: -accia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e.g. ragazzaccio -&amp;gt; nasty boy&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-13T19:21:15.420" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11138" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-14T09:50:50.663" Score="9" ViewCount="2422" Body="&lt;p&gt;In many germanic languages you change the word order if you want it to be a question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Statement: You are tired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Question: Are you tired?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I put “Are” at the beginning it becomes a question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sei un po' stanco?&lt;/em&gt; in Italian means “Are you tired?” but it also sounds like a statement.&#xA;In Italian you cannot simply change the word order in order to make it a question. How do Italians then ask questions? By adding a question mark in texts and changing the pitch in speech?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could write: “You are tired?” But it sounds a bit weird in English unless you were surprised that the person was tired.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this how you ask questions in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-14T19:55:42.217" LastActivityDate="2019-10-15T08:55:45.597" Title="How do Italians make a statement a question?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;interrogatives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11138" CreationDate="2019-10-14T10:10:26.853" Score="12" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;How do Italians then ask questions? By adding a question mark in texts and changing the pitch in speech?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's exactly how you do it, for questions implying a yes/no answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-14T10:10:26.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11140" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-15T08:14:16.140" Score="5" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which word is better in Italian in the context &quot;Smart Cleaning&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If both are ok, may we use &quot;Pulizia astuta&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you in advance,&#xA;Tanya&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5770" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-10-15T08:39:29.377" LastActivityDate="2019-10-15T14:57:48.507" Title="In this context which is better: astuta or intelligente?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11141" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11140" CreationDate="2019-10-15T08:34:07.790" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Use &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pulizia intelligente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is how we translate smart in the context of tech. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Astuta&quot; is for a person or animal, it is the classical attribute of a fox and I think that it would translate to &quot;clever&quot; (I'm no native English speaker though)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1714" LastActivityDate="2019-10-15T08:34:07.790" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11142" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11140" CreationDate="2019-10-15T08:37:22.023" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this context I would go for &quot;Pulizia intelligente&quot;, since intelligente is more general and polyhedral.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Astuta&lt;/strong&gt; is more like &lt;strong&gt;furba&lt;/strong&gt; generally referred to the proverbial fox or a particular clever person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-10-15T14:57:48.507" LastActivityDate="2019-10-15T14:57:48.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11143" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11138" CreationDate="2019-10-15T08:55:45.597" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's correct; it's explained on the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_grammar#Syntax&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia page on Italian grammar&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questions are formed by a rising intonation at the end of the sentence (in written form, a question mark). There is usually no other special marker, although &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wh-movement&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;wh-movement&lt;/a&gt; does usually occur. In general, intonation and context are important to recognize questions from affirmative statements.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Davide è arrivato in ufficio.&lt;/em&gt;     (David has arrived at the office.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Davide è arrivato in ufficio?&lt;/em&gt;   (&quot;Talking about David… did he arrived at the office?&quot; or &quot;Davide has arrived at the office? Really?&quot; - depending on the intonation)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Perché Davide è arrivato in ufficio?&lt;/em&gt;    (Why has David arrived at the office?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Perché Davide è arrivato in ufficio.&lt;/em&gt;    (Because David has arrived at the office.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;È arrivato Davide in ufficio.&lt;/em&gt;   (&quot;It was &lt;strong&gt;David&lt;/strong&gt; who arrived at the office&quot; or &quot;David &lt;strong&gt;arrived&lt;/strong&gt; at the office&quot; - depending on the intonation)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;È arrivato Davide in ufficio?&lt;/em&gt;   (Has David arrived at the office?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;È arrivato in ufficio.&lt;/em&gt;  (He has arrived at the office.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Lui) è arrivato in ufficio.&lt;/em&gt;    (&lt;strong&gt;He&lt;/strong&gt; has arrived at the office.)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chi è arrivato in ufficio?&lt;/em&gt;  (Who has arrived at the office?) &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3003" LastActivityDate="2019-10-15T08:55:45.597" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7681" CreationDate="2019-10-15T16:49:29.677" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Budello non significa puttana ma qualcosa di sporco e sgraziato, come l'intestino appunto. A Milano si dice di una donna non avvenente, appunto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5772" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-15T19:07:18.647" LastActivityDate="2019-10-15T19:07:18.647" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11145" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11152" CreationDate="2019-10-15T23:59:41.407" Score="4" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following line in a TV series:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Di tempo ormai ce n'è poco&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The translation in the English subtitle was &quot;Time is running out&quot;. Is there any difference in meaning between it and &quot;il tempo ormai sta finendo&quot; ? Why is &quot;ne&quot; used here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-10-16T09:52:00.230" LastActivityDate="2020-10-01T20:38:27.913" Title="Di tempo ormai ce n'è poco" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11146" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11149" CreationDate="2019-10-16T00:31:54.127" Score="5" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following sentence in a TV series:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tanto è uguale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Context: A grandmother is telling her grandson how things will be different after his soon-to-be wedding. The grandson does not care about this wedding and then he says the sentence above. Its translation in the English subtitles is &quot;all the same&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does &quot;tanto&quot; mean something here (e.g., an implicit comparison between the present and the near future) or is the sentence a fixed expression?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning or usualness between the sentence above and &quot;Non c'è differenza&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-16T16:02:27.037" LastActivityDate="2019-10-17T14:48:08.527" Title="Tanto è uguale - meaning of &quot;tanto&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11147" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11148" CreationDate="2019-10-16T01:43:47.287" Score="4" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard the following dialogue in a TV series:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Woman: Proverò a sentirlo, ma purtroppo non so dove sia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gangster: Io invece credo di sì.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Context: The dialogue is about a priest who is missing. The woman tells the gangster she does not know where the priest is, but the gangster does not believe her and says the sentence above.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, Word Reference (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/invece&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/invece&lt;/a&gt;) says that &quot;invece&quot; means &quot;but&quot; / &quot;instead&quot;, but it seems that this Italian word is also used when contradicting a previously mentioned fact in a separate sentence, unlike English &quot;but&quot;. In this context, it seems to be better translated as &quot;in fact&quot;, &quot;as a matter of fact&quot;. Is that so?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, is &quot;credo di sì&quot; a more common answer than &quot;credo che tu sappia&quot; in this context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-16T16:00:38.023" LastActivityDate="2019-10-16T16:00:38.023" Title="Meaning of &quot;Invece credo di sì&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11147" CreationDate="2019-10-16T05:33:36.313" Score="5" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In this context, it seems to be better translated as &quot;in fact&quot;, &quot;as a matter of fact&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, here that's the meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;is &quot;credo di sì&quot; a more common answer than &quot;credo che tu sappia&quot; in this context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Credo che tu sappia&lt;/em&gt; wouldn't work: something is missing. He might say &lt;em&gt;Credo che tu lo sappia&lt;/em&gt;, but it would sound a tad too formal for an everyday exchange.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-16T05:33:36.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11149" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11146" CreationDate="2019-10-16T07:24:05.650" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the sentence &lt;em&gt;tanto&lt;/em&gt; is used as an adverb and it used as a fixed expression, to express a meaning of inevitability, of impossibility to change a situation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the meaning &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tanto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reported here&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;d. In frasi di tono conclusivo, esprime spesso sfiducia riguardo alla possibilità di modificare una situazione in atto, o rassegnata accettazione dell’inevitabile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence can be translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Eventually, it is all the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another translation could be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Whatever, it is all the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or a more verbose&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;No matter what, it is all the same.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @DaG pointed out on his comment, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;“it makes no difference”&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;“it can't be helped”&lt;/em&gt; can be good translations, too. In Italian, I'd translate them respectively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&quot;Non fa alcuna differenza&quot;&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;&quot;Non ci si può far niente&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2019-10-17T14:48:08.527" LastActivityDate="2019-10-17T14:48:08.527" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11150" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11147" CreationDate="2019-10-16T07:36:33.950" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The adverb &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/invece&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;al contrario, all’opposto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. The &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A translation into English would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;To the contrary, I think you do&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, other translations are possible, depending on the context (or dubbing needs). The site you reference is correct when translating &lt;em&gt;Pensavo fosse a casa, invece non c'era.&lt;/em&gt; into &lt;em&gt;I thought he would be at home, but he wasn't.&lt;/em&gt; This shouldn't make you believe that &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt; always means &lt;em&gt;but&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;instead&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-10-16T07:36:33.950" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11145" CreationDate="2019-10-16T09:17:00.873" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both are correct, but &quot;c'è/ho poco tempo&quot; is way more usual than &quot;il tempo sta finendo&quot;.&#xA;As explained by DaG there's no &quot;non&quot; in this sentence so I don't get the first question.&#xA;Building the phrase this way with a redundant &quot;ne&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/pronomi-di-ripresa_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;(pronome di ripresa)&lt;/a&gt;, put even more attention on the word &quot;tempo&quot; and is likely to be used if it was already mentioned in the conversation. Maybe this phrase is the answer to something like &quot;ci serve più tempo&quot; or &quot;ci vorrà molto tempo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2019-10-16T09:17:00.873" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11152" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11145" CreationDate="2019-10-16T21:55:25.733" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence you have heard is an example of what is called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dislocazioni_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;dislocazione a sinistra&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;: it consists of a complement (&amp;quot;di tempo&amp;quot;) which is written at the beginning of a sentence and then repeated in the sentence in the form of a clitic pronoun (&amp;quot;ne&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In his book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;, Vittorio Coletti explains the reasons why this kind of construction is used in oral speech and in informal written Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      L'italiano è una lingua che trasmette le informazioni linearmente; le novità vengono dopo le cose note; il soggetto  (noto) è seguito dal predicato e dai suoi eventuali complimenti  (nuovo). Se dico «Mario mangia la mela», chi mi ascolta sa chi è Mario, ma non cosa fa e e glielo dico io: «mangia la mela». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Nel passaggio dal latino all'italiano e alle altre lingue romanze l'ordine delle parole è diventato uno strumento per identificarne il ruolo, ed è quindi importante; basti pensare a una frase come «Mario ama Maria» in cui il soggetto è identificato solo dalla posizione (a volte col concorso del senso, come in «il cane morde il padrone»). Ma questo comportamento sintattico può non essere rispettato per ragioni comunicative  (testuali) e il modo con cui si fornisce l'informazione può allora entrare in conflitto con quello della sintassi standard. Ad esempio, se l'informazione che debbo dare riguarda cosa fa il noto Mario dirò: «Mario canta», ma se riguarda chi canta dirò: «canta Mario», posticipando il soggetto perché è lui la novità dell'informazione. Dunque la regola che prevede il soggetto prima del verbo è sospesa infinite volte e con certi verbi molto frequentemente («suonano le campane», «c'è qualcuno alla porta», «arriva il treno»). Capita anche di sospendere persino la regola che vuole il complemento in fondo: «Mario mangia la mela»; se voglio dare contrastivamente rilievo al complemento «la mela» (qualcuno mi ha chiesto se Mario mangia la pera) dirò: «la mela, Mario mangia», sottinteso, grazie all'intonazione e all'ordine delle parole, «non la pera». Se quello che viene di regola dopo lo metto prima, la novità della posizione diventa anche quella dell'informazione (in contrasto con la regola della successione dal noto al nuovo). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Me se mi si chiede chi ha mangiato la mela, che è quindi per me un dato ormai noto, poso rispondere dicendo: «la mela, l'ha mangiata Mario», anticipando il complemento, riprendendolo con un pronome e a seguire verbo e soggetto, perché il soggetto è la novità della mia informazione. Rispondendo in questo modo, ho mantenuto il contatto con l'oggetto della domanda (la mela) e ho dato rilievo alla mia risposta anticipando nella posizione del noto  una funzione sintattica  (il complemento) che in genere occupa quella (posteriore) del nuovo. &lt;br&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Ho così usato un costrutto tipico del parlato e dello scritto informale o che simula il parlato, risalente addirittura alle origini della nostra lingua: si trova infatti già nel Placito Capuano del 960, nelle dichiarazioni dei testimoni (lingua dunque parlata, ancorché formulare, rituale in un processo). Paolo D'Achille ha mostrato l'antichità e la continuità nel tempo di costrutti come questo, anche negli usi scritti, e Sabatini li ha classificati fra i tratti riemersi con evidenza nella grammatica del nuovo italiano dell'«uso medio» per via del maggior uso parlato della lingua, riammessi anche alla scrittura più nobile dall'impiego che ne fa Manzoni nei &lt;em&gt;Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Qualsiasi complemento può essere dislocato (il costrutto è detto dislocazione a sinistra) in questo modo e poi ripreso con un pronome: «a Venezia ci andrò la prossima settimana», «a Mario non glielo dico».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, one of the functions of this &amp;quot;dislocazione a sinistra&amp;quot; construction is to change the &amp;quot;standard&amp;quot; order of words in a sentence so that the ones that come at the end are perceived by the listener as a new information. The sentence you have heard is constructed that way (instead of &amp;quot;c'è poco tempo&amp;quot;) because the listener probably knows they are speaking about time or that there is time involved in something, but the new (unknown by the listener) fact the speaker wants to express is that the amount of remaining time is small.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-10-01T20:38:27.913" LastActivityDate="2020-10-01T20:38:27.913" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11153" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-17T11:37:30.817" Score="3" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito pronunciare da una conoscente la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'altro giorno ero al lavoro e mi hanno fatto veramente partire una&#xA;  placca!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla mia richiesta di spiegazioni sull'espressione &quot;partire una placca&quot; mi ha detto che vuol significare &lt;em&gt;mi hanno fatto arrabbiare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mi hanno fatto dare in escandescenze&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia perplessità è legata al fatto che era la prima volta che la sentivo ed inoltre cercando le possibili accezioni di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/placca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;placca&lt;/a&gt; su Treccani e anche sul GDLI non viene fatto cenno a questa espressione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'avete mai sentita usare e, in caso affermativo, avete idea da cosa potrebbe nascere questo modo di dire? È per caso un'espressione regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-10-17T15:40:27.810" Title="Uso e origine dell'espressione &quot;Mi è partita una placca&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11154" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11165" CreationDate="2019-10-17T14:15:12.340" Score="5" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;(1) questo rapporto fa sì che la mediana &lt;strong&gt;sia&lt;/strong&gt; sui 19-21mm&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) questo rapporto fa sì che la mediana &lt;strong&gt;è&lt;/strong&gt; sui 19-21mm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie a chiunque risponderà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5779" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-17T15:21:52.640" LastActivityDate="2019-10-18T19:45:09.813" Title="In questa frase bisogna usare il congiuntivo o l'indicativo?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11155" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-17T15:28:01.490" Score="2" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho bisogno di allenarmi per risolvere dubbi sui periodi lunghi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5779" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-17T20:47:32.700" LastActivityDate="2019-10-17T20:47:32.700" Title="Qualcuno conosce un sito o qualche eserciziario dove allenarsi con la punteggiatura?" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11153" CreationDate="2019-10-17T15:34:24.343" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda l'origine, in linea con le ipotesi formulate nei commenti, potrebbe riferirsi ad una placca nel senso di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ateroma&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ateroma&lt;/a&gt;. Si aggregherebbe dunque alla famiglia di espressioni menzionanti problemi acuti vascolari per indicare reazioni stizzite e/o d'ira. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguendo questa linea, azzarderei dire che, essendoci talmente tanta scelta di parole da mettere al posto di placca (e.g. vena, embolo ecc...), più che un regionalismo sembra un'espressione liberamente modificabile da chiunque.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-10-17T15:40:27.810" LastActivityDate="2019-10-17T15:40:27.810" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11157" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-17T17:58:20.100" Score="8" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto scrivendo una recensione per uno spettacolo teatrale, che fu messo in scena 3 settimane fa. Mi è venuto un dubbio su quale tempo verbale usare, passato remoto o passato prossimo? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, si consideri la frase: &quot;Di conseguenza però, la recitazione fu leggermente carente, dato che Elisa ebbe poca esperienza teatrale rispetto ad altri attori.&quot; è corretta? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O sarebbe meglio scrivere: &quot;Di conseguenza però, la recitazione è stata leggermente carente, dato che Elisa ha avuto poca esperienza teatrale rispetto ad altri attori.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5780" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-10-17T20:31:18.067" LastActivityDate="2019-10-20T08:00:12.147" Title="Tempo verbale in una recensione" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11158" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11172" CreationDate="2019-10-17T23:23:16.887" Score="2" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard the following question in a TV series:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ce la fai proprio a smettere, vero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Context: A couple is discussing in the morning about the odd behavior of the husband. During the discussion, he keeps trying to light a cigarette with a lighter, but it doesn't work. The wife then changes the subject and say the sentence above, obviously referring to the smoking addiction of the husband. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The English subtitles say &quot;You just can't quit, can you?&quot;. I know that &quot;vero&quot; is used in rhetoric questions, similar to the adjective &quot;right&quot; in English (or &quot;can you&quot; in the English subtitle of this example). However, I do not quite understand the rest of the translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&quot;fare a fare qualcosa&quot; means &quot;to be able to do something&quot; ?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;ce&quot; mean here?&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-10-17T23:39:22.233" LastActivityDate="2019-10-19T15:20:00.253" Title="Non ce la fai proprio a smettere, vero? - meaning" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11159" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11161" CreationDate="2019-10-18T00:09:02.733" Score="5" ViewCount="375" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have heard the following two sentences in a discussion between a wife and a husband about the husband's addiction to smoking, in a TV series: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Non ce la fai proprio a smettere, vero? (= You just can't quit, can you?)&#xA;  –  Così però mica mi aiuti! (= That doesn't help at all!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I see that &quot;mica&quot; is an informal equivalent of &quot;affatto&quot; (= at all), but I don't understand why the Italian sentence is not in the negative as the English one. Does &quot;però&quot; make that sentence negative? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-18T05:34:15.967" LastActivityDate="2019-10-23T21:09:33.213" Title="Affirmative vs negative sentence with &quot;mica&quot;" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11160" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11162" CreationDate="2019-10-18T00:26:22.340" Score="6" ViewCount="451" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;birra alla spina&quot; means &quot;draught beer&quot; (beer served from cask/keg), but I have recently heard the term &quot;profumi alla spina&quot; and I was not able to find out exactly what it means. Are they provided to the client directly from a tap, as draught beer?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-18T05:28:54.790" LastActivityDate="2019-10-18T05:28:54.790" Title="Meaning of &quot;profumi alla spina&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11159" CreationDate="2019-10-18T04:04:02.650" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/mica_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Mica&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’avverbio di negazione mica ha la funzione di rafforzare la negazione della frase. È tipico dell’uso parlato e informale ed è quindi sconsigliabile nello scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come per gli altri aggettivi e pronomi indefiniti negativi, richiede la doppia negazione quando si trova dopo il verbo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non sono mica stupido&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non quando lo precede&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mica sono stupido.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Treccani.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see from the above examples when the adverb “mica” precedes the verb you don’t use the double negative construction.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As per your example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così però &lt;em&gt;mica mi aiuti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-18T04:29:36.673" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11160" CreationDate="2019-10-18T04:35:30.620" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;This extract is from a popular feminine website. The idea is that you can refill the same perfume bottle once it is empty. There is also an “ecological concept” at play in this case:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.donnaglamour.it/che-cosa-sono-profumi-alla-spina/guide/?refresh_ce&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;I profumi alla spina&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; si definiscono anche profumi equivalenti, in quanto sono molto simili alle fragranze prodotte dalle grandi marche. La differenza? Certamente risiede nel prezzo, molto più accessibile, ma i vantaggi non finiscono qui. Infatti non è assolutamente da trascurare l’aspetto ecosostenibile di questi prodotti, i quali &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;sono venduti con dei flaconcini che possono essere di volta in volta riutilizzati&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: appena il profumo sarà esaurito potrete facilmente ricaricare il contenitore in negozio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/2cQ8u.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/2cQ8u.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(www.donnaglamour.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2019-10-18T04:35:30.620" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11163" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11157" CreationDate="2019-10-18T07:55:15.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Passato remoto o prossimo nella principale è una scelta stilistica; a parte l'uso regionale, &lt;em&gt;l'interpretazione fu&lt;/em&gt; colloca in un tempo completamente trascorso, mentre &lt;em&gt;l'interpretazione è stata&lt;/em&gt; può suggerire al lettore che il recensore ha ancora ben presente quell'interpretazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il tempo verbale riguardante Elisa dev'essere l'imperfetto. Esempio analogo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato che &lt;em&gt;avevo&lt;/em&gt; poca esperienza di teatro, la compagnia mi allontanò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La struttura è identica e *&lt;em&gt;dato che ebbi&lt;/em&gt; è inaccettabile. Nel caso in esame le due parti della frase sono scambiate, ma la scelta del tempo verbale non cambia. Sarebbe diversa in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ebbi&lt;/em&gt; poca esperienza di teatro perché la compagnia mi allontanò presto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma potrebbe essere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Avevo&lt;/em&gt; poca esperienza di teatro perché la compagnia mi aveva allontanato presto, eppure il noto attore mi chiamò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il noto attore mi chiamò sebbene &lt;em&gt;avessi&lt;/em&gt; poca esperienza di teatro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eliminerei il &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt;: il significato attuale è lo stesso di &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; e *&lt;em&gt;ma di conseguenza&lt;/em&gt; non funziona: non c'è nulla da avversare.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; Per la verità, anche il &lt;em&gt;di conseguenza&lt;/em&gt; non mi pare ben collocato, perché la causa della recitazione carente è esposta dopo, ma &lt;em&gt;di conseguenza&lt;/em&gt; richiede che la causa sia già nota.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Elisa aveva poca esperienza di teatro rispetto agli altri attori e di conseguenza la recitazione fu piuttosto carente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente cercherei di evitare di dare tutte le colpe alla povera Elisa, come sembra trasparire dalla frase in esame:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La recitazione fu piuttosto carente, in parte perché si notava la poca esperienza teatrale di Elisa rispetto agli altri attori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(anche qui imperfetto: l'atto del notare è prolungato nel tempo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; Se &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt; fosse inteso nel desueto senso di &lt;em&gt;perciò&lt;/em&gt;, sarebbe comunque ridondante.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-18T07:55:15.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11164" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-18T13:06:07.230" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8VP4t.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8VP4t.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciao! sto sistemando delle sbobine di clinica chirurgica. Vorrei sapere se la punteggiatura è corretta in questo paragrafo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5779" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-10-18T14:03:35.210" LastActivityDate="2019-10-20T10:39:59.973" Title="Aiuto con la punteggiatura" Tags="&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11154" CreationDate="2019-10-18T19:45:09.813" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si è detto in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/10839&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/si.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;la costruzione  &amp;quot;fare che sì che&amp;quot; prevede l'uso del congiuntivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(con il v. al congiunt.) &lt;strong&gt;Fare sì che&lt;/strong&gt;, fare in modo che: &lt;em&gt;fate sì che tutto proceda nel modo stabilito&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=x3shMxMWr2UC&amp;amp;pg=PT86&amp;amp;lpg=PT86&amp;amp;dq=%22fare+s%C3%AC+che%22+congiuntivo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=PW1tdFHWak&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1TRb-uVuVgxJrbQZL7qILda0v7lw&amp;amp;hl=ca&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjv24Kmu6blAhVt8OAKHQ2yB0AQ6AEwCHoECAcQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22fare%20s%C3%AC%20che%22%20congiuntivo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Viva il congiuntivo!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Valeria Della Valle e Giuseppe Patota, si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il congiuntivo compare di regola anche nelle frasi dipendenti da fare sì che.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il meccanismo di riscaldamento fa sì che l'aria venga scaldata automaticamente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, dovresti scrivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo rapporto fa sì che la mediana sia sui 19-21 mm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-18T19:45:09.813" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11166" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11167" CreationDate="2019-10-19T05:32:37.083" Score="6" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why does Italian use &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; (feminine third-person singular) instead of &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt; (masculine third-person singular) in formal speech, irrespective of the sex of the addressee?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="3378" LastEditDate="2019-10-19T16:23:13.150" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T05:43:36.023" Title="Why always &quot;Lei&quot; instead of &quot;lui&quot; in formal speech, irrespective of addressee's sex?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11166" CreationDate="2019-10-19T07:29:27.500" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-del-lei_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La Grammatica Italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, by the Istituto Treccani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until the fourteenth century the system of allocutive pronouns was composed only by &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt; as a form of respect. The first attestations of &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; go back to the fifteenth century and between the sixteenth and seventeenth this usage spreads gradually until it became preponderant, likely for the influence of the Spanish &lt;em&gt;usted&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Fino al Trecento il sistema degli allocutivi era costituito solo dal &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; e dal &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt; come forma di rispetto. Le prime attestazioni del &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; risalgono al Quattrocento, e tra Cinquecento e Seicento questo uso si diffonde gradualmente fino a diventare preponderante, probabilmente per l’influsso dello spagnolo &lt;em&gt;usted&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So it seems likely that the feminine form &lt;em&gt;lei&lt;/em&gt; was used because &lt;em&gt;usted&lt;/em&gt; in Spanish is feminine. Moreover &lt;em&gt;usted&lt;/em&gt; is feminine because &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/a/27011&quot;&gt;it is a contraction&lt;/a&gt; of &lt;em&gt;vuestra merced&lt;/em&gt;, &amp;quot;your grace&amp;quot;, which is feminine in Spanish (as in Italian: &amp;quot;vostra grazia&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T05:43:36.023" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11168" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-19T12:40:18.897" Score="5" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do Italians say &quot;la cattedrale di Milano&quot; or &quot;il duomo di Milano?&quot; Or both?&#xA;How are these two different?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-19T14:11:01.237" LastActivityDate="2019-10-19T17:05:29.257" Title="Do Italians say &quot;la cattedrale di Milano&quot; or &quot;il duomo di Milano&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11169" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11168" CreationDate="2019-10-19T13:00:24.030" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &lt;em&gt;cathedral&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;cattedrale&lt;/em&gt; in Italian, is just the Church were a bishop has his &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cathedra&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;cathedra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (essentially, a fancy chair -- think throne, but for bishops). Any church can be a cathedral, if the bishop so chooses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Duomo&lt;/em&gt; is a customary name for the main Church of the city. It is often also the cathedral, but not necessarily so: for example in Venice before the Napoleonic conquest the cathedral was the church of San Pietro in Castello, which was not the main church of the city (that would have been St Mark's basilica, which is the current cathedral). For another example, the main church of Rome is St Peter's basilica, but despite what one would think, it is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; the city's cathedral, that's the church of San Giovanni in Laterano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The normal name for the Church of Santa Maria Nascente in Milan is &lt;em&gt;Duomo di Milano&lt;/em&gt;. It is also the cathedral of the city, and so referring to it as the &lt;em&gt;Cattedrale di Milano&lt;/em&gt; would not be incorrect, but unusual. It seems it is used more often on the website of the Dioceses of Milan (as one would maybe expect, since what's relevant there is the role played by the &lt;em&gt;Duomo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to sum it up:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cattedrale&lt;/em&gt;: the bishop's seat.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Duomo&lt;/em&gt;: an informal designation for an important church.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Basilica&lt;/em&gt;: a church which has been given particular cerimonial rights by the pope.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Exactly by which name any particular church is designed varies widely.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-10-19T17:05:29.257" LastActivityDate="2019-10-19T17:05:29.257" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11170" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-19T13:04:04.413" Score="4" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;In trying to exactly capture the meaning of the following passage, I struggle to choose the correct words and have doubts remaining:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;E se io fossi vago (il che non è),&lt;/strong&gt; di introdurre in Italia il capitalismo di Stato o il socialismo di Stato, che è il rovescio della medaglia, io avrei oggi le condizioni necessarie sufficienti e obiettive per farlo.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;sub&gt;–– Benito Mussolini: &quot;La situazione economica dell'Italia – Discorso Pronunciato Alla Camera – Il 26 Maggio 1934 XII&quot; Direzione del Partito Nazionale Fascista, 1934. Slightly more context online &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=X7FfCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA186&amp;amp;lpg=PA186&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The usage of &lt;em&gt;vago&lt;/em&gt; seems weird to me. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wiktionary.org/wiki/vago&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vago&lt;/a&gt; m sing&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;incerto, indeterminato oppure non definito&#xA;  vago cenno&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(letteratura) dicesi di cosa o persona errante, vagante o che si muove liberamente&#xA;  Nocchiero vago per l'onde come smergo ombroso. (Pascoli)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(letteratura) attraente, desideroso, dolce, leggiadro,&#xA;  Chi della gloria è vago sol di virtù sia pago. (Parini)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Google would like to translate this as a quite weird construction:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And if I were vague (which it is not) of introducing…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The passage in question is already distorted/translated in a book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And if I dare to introduce to Italy state capitalism or state socialism, which is the reverse side of the medal, I will have the necessary subjective and objective conditions to do it.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;sub&gt;–– Benito Mussolini, quoted in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.oxfordhandbooks.com/view/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199936694.001.0001/oxfordhb-9780199936694-e-2#p59&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Oxford Handbook of the Italian Economy Since Unification&lt;/a&gt;, by Gianni Toniolo, editor, Oxford University Press (2013) p. 59. Mussolini’s speech to the Chamber of Deputies on May 26, 1934.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Currently, I opted to translate that as &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And if I were in the mood (which is not the case), to introduce…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But that seems equally a little bit too freely translated in word choices. In short I am just unfamiliar with it and can't find a definitive explanation for this. Is this some kind of idiomatic expression, or might the author be expressing himself just a bit weirdly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How is that construction with &lt;em&gt;vago&lt;/em&gt; supposed to work exactly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5784" LastEditorUserId="5784" LastEditDate="2019-10-19T20:05:41.253" LastActivityDate="2019-10-29T18:49:47.380" Title="How to capture a possible figure of speech with &quot;E se io fossi vago&quot; in translation?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11170" CreationDate="2019-10-19T13:17:47.460" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this case, the meaning of &lt;em&gt;vago&lt;/em&gt; is the third in the dictionary you looked up: it works as a synonym of &lt;em&gt;desideroso&lt;/em&gt;. It is a fairly archaic usage, but I think at the time it was more current (it is very common to find it in texts from the nineteenth century, and one imagines that in 1934 it did not sound as archaic as it does today).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example the verse by Parini cited in the question &lt;em&gt;Chi della gloria è vago sol di virtù sia pago&lt;/em&gt; can be translated as &lt;em&gt;Let him, who is desirous for glory, be satisfied only by virtue&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So if you want to translate it as literally as possible we could say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And if I had the desire (which I don't) to introduce in Italy state capitalism or state socialism, which is the other face of the same coin, I would have today necessary, sufficient and objective conditions to do so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe a different translation, trying to preserve the feeling (but I'm not a native English speaker, so be gentle with the corrections ;))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;And were I fain (that which isn't) to introduce in Italy state capitalism or state socialism, which is the other face of the same coin, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In any case, there's no humorous connotation whatsoever.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2019-10-29T18:49:47.380" LastActivityDate="2019-10-29T18:49:47.380" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11172" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11158" CreationDate="2019-10-19T15:20:00.253" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si spiega sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.viv-it.org/percorsi-linguistico-didattici/verbi-pronominali&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito Vivit&lt;/a&gt; dell'Accademia della Crusca, &quot;farcela&quot; è uno dei cosiddetti &quot;verbi pronominali&quot;, che vengono descritti in questo  modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In italiano esistono alcuni verbi che assumono un significato particolare quando si presentano con alcuni pronomi atoni, questi verbi si chiamano pronominali. Questi sono alcuni esempi: &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;aspettarsela = prevedere che qualcosa dovrà accadere&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  fottersene (volgare) = non avere interesse per qualcosa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  fregarsene = non avere interesse per qualcosa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sentirsela = essere pronto a fare qualcosa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  prendersela = arrabbiarsi&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  vedersela = affrontare qualcosa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  farcela = riuscire in qualcosa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  andarsene = andare via da un posto&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Te la sei presa con me ieri? (= Ti sei arrabbiato con me ieri?)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  No, non me la sono presa.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Me ne frego di quello che mi dicono gli altri.(= Non mi interessa quello che mi dicono gli altri).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il significato della frase della domanda sarebbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non riesci proprio a smettere, vero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-10-19T15:20:00.253" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11173" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11157" CreationDate="2019-10-19T22:28:15.813" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come consigliato in altre risposte, l'errore non sta nella scelta del passato remoto o del passato prossimo, bensí nel &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; usare l'indicativo imperfetto per riferirsi alle scarse capacità di recitazione di Elisa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uno spettacolo messo in scena tre settimane fa richiederebbe l'uso del passato remoto. L'evento, infatti, è concluso e non ha rapporti con il presente. Se un registro formale ed un uso sorvegliato della lingua sono appropriati per l'articolo che stai scrivendo, usa senza dubbio il passato remoto. Nel registro informale (e soprattutto nel Settentrione) è invece comune l'uso del passato prossimo. Ti rimando a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.accademiadellacrusca.it/it/lingua-italiana/consulenza-linguistica/domande-risposte/ancora-sulluso-passato-remoto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; per ulteriori approfondimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò che invece va corretto è il tempo verbale usato nella seconda parte della frase. Il fatto che Elisa non fosse un'attrice provetta è, sí, riferito al passato, ma si tratta di una condizione della quale ignoriamo l'inizio e la fine. Questo è il caso ideale per usare l'&lt;strong&gt;indicativo imperfetto&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'imperfetto indicativo è un tempo verbale che indica un'azione avvenuta nel passato e considerata nel suo svolgersi, nella sua durata, senza riferimento al suo inizio, alla sua conclusione o al suo scopo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;mdash; &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/indicativo-imperfetto_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La grammatica italiana Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In definitiva, la tua frase potrebbe essere corretta, ad esempio, cosí:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La recitazione fu leggermente carente, dato che Elisa aveva poca esperienza teatrale rispetto agli altri attori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche cambiato &quot;ad altri&quot; in &quot;agli altri&quot;, perché immagino tu voglia comparare l'esperienza di Elisa con quella degli altri attori che recitarono insieme a lei, non a quella di altri attori in generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5786" LastEditorUserId="5786" LastEditDate="2019-10-20T08:00:12.147" LastActivityDate="2019-10-20T08:00:12.147" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11174" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11106" CreationDate="2019-10-19T22:48:27.863" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think your confusion stems from the usage of plural &quot;parlamenti&quot;.&#xA;But the key to resolve the confusion is in the seemingly minor &lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt;, in &quot;i Parlamenti&quot;.&#xA;In the following I explain why.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You are interpreting the phrase as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In democrazia ci sono parlamenti che decidono ed altri parlamenti che non decidono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in this case, if we were to leave out the second part of the phrase (as in your interpretation), we would be left with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In democrazia ci sono parlamenti che decidono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a perfectly valid phrase, and its meaning is the one you have thought about.&#xA;But that's not your phrase.&#xA;Slightly edited for clarity, your phrase is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In democrazia ci sono &lt;strong&gt;i&lt;/strong&gt; parlamenti che decidono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here the plural and the definite article hint to the fact that the statement refers to &lt;em&gt;all&lt;/em&gt; (parliamentary) democracies, not to any one in particular.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I, personally, agree that this is not the most elegant phrase and it certainly suggests an informal register.&#xA;Another way to express the same meaning could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In democrazia sono i parlamenti a decidere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5786" LastActivityDate="2019-10-19T22:48:27.863" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11175" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11176" CreationDate="2019-10-20T08:18:56.800" Score="2" ViewCount="1290" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L'andata&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Negus senza guardarlo gli disse: – Piantala, Bimbo, d’avercela con Morgan. Se &lt;strong&gt;gli sto sotto io, puoi stargli sotto&lt;/strong&gt; anche tu. Farai bene a non far piú lo spiritoso con Morgan. Lui ha ventidue anni ed è un uomo, e tu sei un marmocchio di quindici, anche se come partigiano sei abbastanza anziano. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Bimbo scrollò le spalle e disse: – Io ci patisco a vedere uno come Morgan comandare a dei tipi come noi. Non è che Morgan sia fesso, siamo noi che siamo troppo in gamba per lui. &lt;strong&gt;Io gli sto sotto perché vedo te che gli stai sotto&lt;/strong&gt;. Ma non so se ci resisto ancora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato della locuzione &quot;stare sotto a qualcuno&quot; (in questo caso a Morgan) in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;sotto&quot; in alcuni dizionari e ho trovato espressioni come &quot;stare sotto il sole&quot; o &quot;stare sotto la pioggia&quot;, ma non sono riuscita a vedere niente che abbia senso nel contesto del brano. Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire? Significa forse ubbidire le ordini di questa persona?     &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-10-20T09:38:04.863" Title="Cosa significa &quot;stare sotto a qualcuno&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11175" CreationDate="2019-10-20T09:11:10.400" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua interpretazione è secondo me corretta; qui &lt;em&gt;&quot;stare sotto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è utilizzato nel senso di &quot;essere sottomesso&quot; o &quot;essere subalterno&quot; alla persona di cui si sta parlando, di riconoscerne l'autorità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cfr. anche il sostantivo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sottoposto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sottoposto&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-20T09:38:04.863" LastActivityDate="2019-10-20T09:38:04.863" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11177" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11164" CreationDate="2019-10-20T10:39:59.973" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Senza considerare le differenze tra scritto e parlato e visto che la domanda è solo sulla punteggiatura, direi che, per l’andamento dell’italiano, il testo, nella parte iniziale, è un po’ troppo spezzettato. In particolare, invece del punto userei il punto e virgola prima di «Quindi» nella prima riga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, come suggerito da @DaG nei commenti, la parola «aneurisma» va con l’iniziale minuscola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2019-10-20T10:39:59.973" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11166" CreationDate="2019-10-21T00:37:39.007" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;§9.6 of Maiden's &lt;a href=&quot;https://isidore.co/calibre#panel=book_details&amp;amp;book_id=7529&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;A Linguistic History of Italian&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;h1&gt;Pronouns of address&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The CL second person pronouns distinguished singular (TU) and plural (UOS). This system is continued in many southern Italian dialects (e.g., in Abruzzo, southern Marche, southern Puglia and parts of Campania and Calabria), but in the history of Italian (together with many other Romance dialects, among them the Italo-Romance varieties of Naples, southern Calabria, northern Puglia, Rome, Canton Ticino and Corsica), a morphological distinction has arisen, originally encoding deference towards, or respect for, the addressee, but acquiring, in more recent times, the additional function of indicating politeness, distance, or membership of a distinct social group from the speaker.&lt;sup&gt;79&lt;/sup&gt;) In about the third century, second person plural forms begin to be used for singular polite or deferential address, with corresponding verb forms (but singular adjectives): the same development is observable across many of the world's languages.&lt;sup&gt;80&lt;/sup&gt;) Of later date, and more restricted in its geographical extent (among Romance languages it is limited to Ibero-Romance and Italian, and is not well established in the Italo-Romance dialects, particularly those of the centre and south&lt;sup&gt;81&lt;/sup&gt;), is the use of a third person pronoun, singular &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; and plural &lt;em&gt;Loro&lt;/em&gt;. These originate in the use as forms of address of honorific nouns, rather like English ‘your honour’, ‘your worship’, ‘your ladyship’ – cf. Brown and Levinson (1987: 276f.); the language of the sixteenth century developed a profusion of honorifics such as &lt;em&gt;vostra signoria&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;vossignoria&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;sup&gt;82&lt;/sup&gt;) &lt;em&gt;vostra eccellenza&lt;/em&gt;, etc. It seems that the use of such devices received a considerable impetus from Spanish models, such as &lt;em&gt;Vuestra Merced&lt;/em&gt; (&gt; &lt;em&gt;usted&lt;/em&gt;) in the sixteenth century, although the employment of third person forms is detectable as early as the thirteenth (cf. Brunet (1987: 12). These (usually feminine) nouns are replaced by feminine third person pronouns, which are the source of modern &lt;em&gt;Ella, Lei&lt;/em&gt; and plural &lt;em&gt;Loro&lt;/em&gt;. For the use of capital letters with these forms, see Brunet (1987: 43–7). The perception that third person address forms are a product of foreign influence prompted the Fascist authorities, in the 1930s, to denounce &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; in favour of the supposedly more ‘Italian’ polite &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt; (see Brunet (1987: 69–78). Such denunciation served only to promote a reaction in favour of &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; in the post-Fascist period.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The stylistic differentiation between (originally nominative) &lt;em&gt;Ella&lt;/em&gt; and (originally oblique) &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; permits a further differentiation in modern Italian, in the singular, between &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; and the strictly formal and elevated &lt;em&gt;Ella&lt;/em&gt;. While the distinction between &lt;em&gt;tu&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; is firmly established in the singular, it is less so in the plural, where &lt;em&gt;voi&lt;/em&gt; is still regularly directed to individuals who, singly, would be addressed as &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt;. For many Italians, the use of polite &lt;em&gt;Loro&lt;/em&gt; connotes a higher degree of formality, than does &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; (see Brunet (1987: 21f.). The clitic forms of these pronouns are &lt;em&gt;La&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Le&lt;/em&gt;, although it is not uncommon to hear &lt;em&gt;lo/gli&lt;/em&gt; where the addressee is male. The plural form corresponding to &lt;em&gt;Loro&lt;/em&gt; is commonly &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt; with male addressees. Adjectives qualifying &lt;em&gt;Lei&lt;/em&gt; normally take the gender form corresponding to the sex of the addressee, except that the past participle usually has feminine agreement with preceding direct object clitic &lt;em&gt;La&lt;/em&gt;, particularly where the vowel is elided: e.g., &lt;em&gt;L'ho vista&lt;/em&gt; ‘I've seen you (masculine)’, etc. For contemporary usage of the pronouns, see Brunet (1987), and Berruto (1990: 93f.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;sup&gt;79. For an account of the changing functions of the address forms in Romance (and elsewhere) see Brown and Gilman (1960).&lt;br&gt;80. For some reflections on its origins see Brown and Levinson (1987: 198–204).&lt;br&gt;81. It is best established among northern dialects, notably of Piedmont and the Veneto, but often with a masculine pronoun (corresponding to Italian &lt;em&gt;lui&lt;/em&gt;), where the addressee is male. See Rohlfs (1968: 183).&lt;br&gt;82. Forms such as &lt;em&gt;vussignuría&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vussía&lt;/em&gt; continue to be available as reverential or polite forms of address in many areas of southern Italy (and also in parts of Liguria and Piedmont), although usually accompanied by a &lt;em&gt;second person singular&lt;/em&gt; verb form.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T00:37:39.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11179" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11181" CreationDate="2019-10-21T06:18:34.873" Score="4" ViewCount="442" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &quot;Bastardi senza gloria&quot; di Quentin Tarantino, vi è una scena in cui il tenente Aldo Raine (Brad Pitt) ed i suoi commando si travestono da operatori di una troupe cinematografica italiana ed incontrano il colonnello Hans Landa delle SS (Christoph Waltz). La scena è molto buffa in quanto l'italiano stentato dei militari americani è contrastato dall'inaspettato buon italiano del colonnello, il quale, dopo essere stato presentato, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OxEY3DRJUFs&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dice&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Signori, è un piacere! Gli amici della &lt;strong&gt;vedetta&lt;/strong&gt;, ammirata da tutti noi, questa gemma proprio della nostra cultura saranno naturalmente accolti sotto la mia protezione per la durata del loro soggiorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste dirmi a che cosa si riferisce il colonnello Hans Landa quando parla de &quot;la vedetta&quot;? Ho pensato in principio ad un qualche riferimento al Fascismo, ma non ho trovato nulla a parte il nome di qualche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.giovannispitale.net/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/la-provincia-di-vicenza-marcia-su-roma.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;giornale&lt;/a&gt; dell'epoca. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2019-10-21T09:22:58.407" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T10:53:07.797" Title="Cos'è &quot;la vedetta&quot; in &quot;Bastardi senza gloria&quot; di Quentin Tarantino?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11180" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11179" CreationDate="2019-10-21T06:54:04.750" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà dice “Gli amici della &lt;em&gt;vedette&lt;/em&gt; ammirata...”, dove &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vedette&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedette&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è un termine un po' antiquato ma ancora in uso per indicare un'“Attrice ... di grande successo e notorietà del teatro di varietà e della rivista” (Treccani).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T06:54:04.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11179" CreationDate="2019-10-21T06:55:04.573" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ascoltando il sonoro del video da te menzionato mi pare che pronunci &lt;em&gt;vedetta&lt;/em&gt; ma la parola corretta, perlomeno quella usata nel linguaggio comune, dovrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;vedette&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, riferendosi al personaggio interpretato da Diane Kruger  cioè l'attrice tedesca Bridget Von Hammersmark.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vedette/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vedette&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;vedette&lt;/em&gt; ⟨&lt;em&gt;vëdèt&lt;/em&gt;⟩ s. f., fr. [dall’ital. &lt;em&gt;vedetta&lt;/em&gt;, e con gli stessi sign.&#xA;della voce ital.; il sign. qui definito è dalla locuz. &lt;em&gt;mettre un nom&#xA;en vedette&lt;/em&gt;, e rispettivam. &lt;em&gt;ëtre en vedette&lt;/em&gt;, su un cartellone, un&#xA;manifesto, un programma, mettere o avere il nome bene in vista, in&#xA;modo che, per la posizione e i caratteri più grossi, abbia risalto su&#xA;tutti gli altri]. – Attrice (e più raram. attore) di grande successo e&#xA;notorietà del teatro di varietà e della rivista, o del cinema e di&#xA;trasmissioni televisive dello stesso tipo: &lt;em&gt;una v. del café chantant;&#xA;le grandi vedettes della rivista italiana, dei film musicali&#xA;americani; Maurice Chevalier fu una celebre v. internazionale.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si vede deriva dall'italiano &lt;em&gt;vedetta&lt;/em&gt; e magari essendo il film ambientato durante l'occupazione nazista in Francia, si è voluto usare il nome italianizzato, visto che in epoca fascista tutti i vocaboli stranieri erano sostituiti dalla variante italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T10:53:07.797" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11182" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11184" CreationDate="2019-10-21T16:02:12.590" Score="6" ViewCount="678" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm in a group chat with some Italian people and they always say &quot;uao&quot;. I already search a lot on Google but wasn't able to find anything about it. Does someone can tell me what that means? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5790" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-21T19:40:08.343" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T19:40:08.343" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;uao&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11184" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11182" CreationDate="2019-10-21T16:32:16.013" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's an Italianized spelling of &quot;wow&quot;, very likely. From &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/uao&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this online dictionary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;uàu (o uào) interiez. – Nel linguaggio dei fumetti, adattamento fonetico e grafico della voce onomatopeica angloamer. wow (v.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, I suggest that you always include some context (one or two sentences) in your questions about a translation; it's often difficult to understand a single word with certainty without context!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-10-21T16:39:58.420" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T16:39:58.420" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8423" CreationDate="2019-10-21T21:45:32.223" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che qui, a pagina 27, puoi trovare una soluzione per &quot;biocca&quot;.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lamemoriadinarni.it/doc/2016_05/ALL_1_20160526_230657_1_620.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.lamemoriadinarni.it/doc/2016_05/ALL_1_20160526_230657_1_620.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5792" LastActivityDate="2019-10-21T21:45:32.223" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11186" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11192" CreationDate="2019-10-22T10:21:02.093" Score="6" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non so se questa sia la sede adatta per porre questa domanda. Tuttavia, dato che in questa comunità vi è molta gente che ha dimestichezza sia con la lingua italiana che con la matematica, credo possa essere base di una discussione interessante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come è noto, in italiano l'aggettivo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/concavo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;concavo&lt;/a&gt; viene usato normalmente per descrivere oggetti &quot;a forma di U&quot;. Il guscio di una noce aperta, una ciotola su un tavolo, una mano a cucchiaio, sono tutti oggetti che potremmo descrivere come concavi. Ciò avviene generalmente perché si guardano dall'alto verso il basso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ne trova testimonianza anche in letteratura. Ad esempio, nella traduzione italiana di Rosa Calzecchi Onesti del primo libro dell'Iliade, nei versi in cui si parla della ritirata di Achille dalla guerra, si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma ora andrò a Ftia, perché certo è molto&#xA;  meglio / andarsene in patria sopra le &lt;strong&gt;concave&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  navi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La nave, in effetti, è un altro oggetto che durante la navigazione personalmente classificherei decisamente come concavo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto ciò è in contrasto con la definizione convenzionale di &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Funzione_concava&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;funzione concava&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; che si dà in analisi matematica. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] una funzione f(x) a valori reali definita su un intervallo si dice concava se il segmento che congiunge due qualsiasi punti del suo grafico si trova al di sotto del grafico stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto la definizione sulla pagina di Wikipedia italiano non sia rigorosissima, è chiaro che - se mi passate i termini - una funzione concava non è &quot;a forma di nave&quot; bensì &quot;a forma di collina&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente sono sempre stato turbato da questo contrasto, e volevo sapere se qualcuno aveva informazioni sull'origine di questa discrepanza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NB&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So bene che una funzione concava dista una trasformazione lineare dal diventare convessa. Non è quello il punto. La domanda è più incentrata sulla discrepanza tra l'uso che si fa dei termini nella lingua parlata ed in ambiti matematicamente formali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2020-03-23T17:06:20.653" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T17:06:20.653" Title="Uso dell'aggettivo &quot;concavo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11187" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-22T17:42:15.817" Score="1" ViewCount="171" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer to &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come vanno le cose?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Va bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So we should answer with incorrect grammar? Isn't it more correct to say &quot;Vanno bene&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-22T18:42:55.857" LastActivityDate="2019-10-22T21:58:58.617" Title="Why is the answer “Va bene”?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11188" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11186" CreationDate="2019-10-22T20:56:40.683" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;EDIT: lascio la risposta, ma i commenti mi hanno convinto che non ho colto appieno il problema. Ripensandoci ora, c'è un problema ancora diverso alla base, ed è che &quot;concavo&quot; e &quot;convesso&quot; si usano sia per oggetti di codimensione 0 (come una noce o una collina, pensata come oggetto solido e non come &quot;tratto di penna su un foglio&quot;) che di codimensione 1 (come un guscio di noce, o un cucchiaio, o un tratto di penna su un foglio). Mentre nel primo caso il significato dei due termini si può definire più o meno universalmente (perlomeno &quot;convesso&quot;), nel secondo dipende da dove sta l'osservatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La contraddizione sparisce se &quot;guardi il grafico&quot; dall'asse delle x anziché dall'alto. Difatti l'oggetto che si considera di solito in matematica è il sopragrafico ${(x,y) \in Dom(f) \times \mathbb{R} \colon y \geq f(x)}$, non il sottografico che cita @Dag nel suo commento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'equivalenza è: funzione convessa $\iff$ sopragrafico convesso $\iff$ sopragrafico a forma di collina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi gli usi di &quot;concavo&quot;, in realtà, c'è un certo grado di ambiguità perché se un oggetto è concavo o meno dipende da dove sta l'osservatore: una nave vista dal porto è convessa, non concava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alternativa, potresti pensare di far puntare l'asse $y$ verso il basso, cosa che in realtà non è poi così tanto insolita (pensa a come si mettono gli indici in una matrice, per esempio, o le coordinate sullo schermo di un computer).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-10-23T07:09:15.990" LastActivityDate="2019-10-23T07:09:15.990" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11187" CreationDate="2019-10-22T21:58:58.617" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The grammatically correct answer would be &lt;em&gt;Vanno bene&lt;/em&gt;, but the verb would usually be omitted. Here are some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;— Come vanno le cose? — Bene, grazie.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  — Come vanno le cose? — Vanno bene, grazie.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  — Come vanno le cose? — Tutto bene, grazie.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  — Come vanno le cose? — Va tutto bene, grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nobody would answer &lt;em&gt;Va bene&lt;/em&gt; to the question &lt;em&gt;Come vanno le cose?&lt;/em&gt;. However, as in the third and fourth examples above, the subject can change and so also the verb. In very informal situations, &lt;em&gt;grazie&lt;/em&gt; would frequently be omitted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-10-22T21:58:58.617" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11159" CreationDate="2019-10-23T02:31:53.567" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;mica&lt;/em&gt; was originally a noun that means &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mica1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;breadcrumbs&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, intended as something insignificant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now that this word acts as an adverb can be used both as a replacement or an intensifier of the negation &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt;. The following sentences have the same meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così mica mi aiuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così non mi aiuti mica&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4437" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-23T21:09:33.213" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10939" CreationDate="2019-10-23T02:48:01.773" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;in maniera diversa&lt;/em&gt; focuses on what was supposed to happen, while &lt;em&gt;in una maniera diversa&lt;/em&gt; focuses on what actually happened. However the difference is minimal and both forms are correct. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4437" LastActivityDate="2019-10-23T02:48:01.773" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11192" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11186" CreationDate="2019-10-23T08:01:31.430" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'ambiguità c'è già in latino. Il “Lewis and Short” dà come traduzione di &lt;em&gt;convexus&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059%3Aentry%3Dconvexus1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vaulted, arched, rounded, convex, concave.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;concavus&lt;/em&gt; dà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0059%3Aentry%3Dconcavus&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;hollow, concave; arched, vaulted; bent, curved&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che l'uso del termine &lt;em&gt;convesso&lt;/em&gt; in matematica sia, come in molti altri casi, solo un accidente storico e va preso così com'è senza pensarci troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un insieme di punti del piano è convesso se ogni segmento congiungente due punti della frontiera è contenuto nell'insieme stesso. Per definire una funzione convessa, si guarda se il “sopragrafico” è convesso. Perché? Perché così qualcuno ha cominciato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-10-23T08:01:31.430" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11193" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-23T23:12:48.903" Score="8" ViewCount="1075" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggevo la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guerra_d%27Etiopia#La_marcia_su_Neghelli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pagina Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; sulla guerra d'Etiopia e mi sono imbattuta in un episodio in cui un generale bombarda un accampamento etiope situato vicino a un ospedale della Croce Rossa svedese, colpendolo e suscitando reazioni indignate dell'opinione pubblica internazionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quest'episodio mi ha fatto venire in mente il modo di dire &quot;sparare sulla Croce Rossa&quot;. Quando è stato usato per la prima volta? È possibile che quest'episodio del colonialismo italiano ne sia l'origine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quel che è sicuro è che la prima attestazione non può precedere il 1863, data di fondazione della Croce Rossa...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4679" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-12T12:02:33.617" LastActivityDate="2020-06-12T12:02:33.617" Title="Da dove ha origine il modo di dire &quot;sparare sulla Croce Rossa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11193" CreationDate="2019-10-24T08:31:56.313" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra non ci sia un’origine certa ma si tratti di una metafora che si è naturalmente diffusa nel linguaggio comune. Interessante  come l’uso si sia esteso per indicare fatti ovvi o scontati. Da notare che ci sono stati vari episodi in cui i mezzi della &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22sparare%20sulla%20croce%20rossa%22&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;tbs=cdr:1,cd_min:1900,cd_max:1960&amp;amp;lr=lang_it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Croce Rossa&lt;/a&gt; venivano presi di mira durante i conflitti, per cui la metafora ha comunque un’origine da fatti realmente accaduti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;em&gt;La scuola positiva nella dottrina e nella giurisprudenza penale.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1916 - ‎... convenzionale dell'Aia, indugiandosi a rilevare i divieti di uccidere i prigionieri, di far impiego di sicarii, di usar l'uniforme militare del nemico, dello sparare sulla Croce Rossa, di adoperar la bandiera bianca per valersene come tranello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Croce  Rossa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non è possibile stabilire con certezza quando sia nato il modo di dire sparare sulla croce rossa, ma certo con questa espressione si faceva riferimento a un atto vile rivolto contro chi, inerme, andava in soccorso di chi stava male&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La lingua ha tuttavia la capacità di trasformare modi di dire originariamente seri e severi in motti leggeri e scherzosi: oggi sparare sulla croce rossa? viene usato anche per indicare una facile sopraffazione o addirittura una vittoria scontata.&amp;gt; fondata a Ginevra nell’agosto del 1864, ebbe come scopo originario&#xA;quello di soccorrere i feriti in guerra. Poi la sua finalità si è&#xA;estesa a prestare assistenza ai feriti in occasione di calamità&#xA;naturali e via via ai feriti in generale, con il nascere dei comitati&#xA;nei diversi Stati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.corriere.it/scioglilingua/08-07-2008/sparare_sulla_croce_rossa-1092085.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Corriere.it&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=sparare%20sulla%20Croce%20Rossa&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Csparare%20sulla%20Croce%20Rossa%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; mostra l’uso di questo modo di dire dall’inizio degli anni ‘60, ma molto probabilmente era già in uso prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da “Ferito a morte”: romanzo - Pagina 193&#xA;Raffaele La Capria - 1961 - ‎&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spara, spara! Continua a sparare sulla Croce Rossa! Ma tu pure, però... &amp;quot; &amp;quot; Come stai? &amp;quot; &amp;quot; A te lo posso dire, la sai la storia dello scarafone? — Piove inchiostro. E quello: Che me ne importa, tanto mai più nero di come sono posso diventare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-24T17:44:10.457" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11195" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11196" CreationDate="2019-10-24T16:05:43.360" Score="4" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between &quot;sabato&quot; and &quot;di sabato&quot;? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tornerà sabato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tornerà di sabato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Do both imply that I'm talking about the next Saturday? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-24T21:22:01.480" LastActivityDate="2019-10-25T22:39:31.420" Title="Weekday preceded or not with &quot;di&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11196" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11195" CreationDate="2019-10-24T16:14:26.743" Score="4" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I giorni  della settimana sono proceduti dall'articolo determinativo o dalla preposizione &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; se ci riferiamo a qualcosa che succede ogni settimana in quel giorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domenica (= ogni domenica) mangio sempre molto, però di lunedì (= ogni lunedì) vado in palestra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece ci riferiamo a qualcosa che è successa un giorno particolare e basta, non useremo né l’articolo né la preposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Martedì sono andata dal medico, mentre venerdì ho cenato al ristorante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://learnamo.com/tempo-italiano-preposizioni-articoli/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;learnamo.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;tornerà di sabato&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;  means that they will come back on Saturday, we don’t know which one, but it will be a Saturday. So as suggested above (every Saturday) in the sense that any Saturday will potentially be the day they will come back.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-25T22:39:31.420" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11197" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11213" CreationDate="2019-10-24T16:35:53.643" Score="4" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;il martedì&quot; in &quot;il martedì mangio formaggio&quot; means &quot;on Tuesdays&quot; (a regular event). Could I say &quot;i martedì mangio formaggio&quot; instead ? I have read it for the first time today and I am not sure if it is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-25T22:40:47.737" LastActivityDate="2019-10-30T16:11:49.760" Title="Does a weekday preceded with a plural definite article express regular events?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11198" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11199" CreationDate="2019-10-24T17:41:20.310" Score="1" ViewCount="41" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning between &quot;dipartimento produzione&quot; and &quot;dipartimento di produzione&quot; ? Which one is the most usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;dipartimento produzione&quot; a compound noun or is &quot;produzione&quot; an adjective in this context?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-24T21:00:36.217" LastActivityDate="2019-10-24T21:00:36.217" Title="&quot;Dipartimento produzione&quot; vs &quot;dipartimento di produzione&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11198" CreationDate="2019-10-24T19:57:28.963" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dipartimento produzione&lt;/em&gt; is no compound noun, nor any other standard linguistic construct. It's just a debatable, albeit frequent, Newspeak phrase, slightly calqued from English (up to an inversion), for &lt;em&gt;dipartimento di produzione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-24T19:57:28.963" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11201" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11202" CreationDate="2019-10-26T11:18:48.093" Score="3" ViewCount="157" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La sposa bambina&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Catinina del Freddo era di quella razza che da noi si marchia col nome di mezzi zingari perché mezza la loro vita la passano &lt;strong&gt;sotto l’ala del mercato&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Proprio &lt;strong&gt;sotto l’ala&lt;/strong&gt; si trovava, a tredici anni giusti, a giocare coi maschi a tocco e spanna, quando sua madre le fece una chiamata straordinaria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;tocco e spanna&quot; l'ho trovato spiegato su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.sbfi.admin.ch/dam/sbfi/it/dokumente/italiano.6.pdf.download.pdf/italiano.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo esame di maturità&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gioco che consiste nel far avvicinare di una spanna la propria bilia a quella dell'avversario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire, però, il significato dell'espressione &quot;sotto l'ala&quot; in questo passaggio. Me lo potreste spiegare? Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ala&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/A/ala.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;essere (o mettersi) sotto l'ala (o le ale) di qualcuno&quot; significa &quot;affidarsi alla protezione di qualcuno, godere della protezione di qualcuno&quot;. Tuttavia, non sono sicura che questo abbia senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato: cosa vorrebbe dire &quot;essere sotto la protezione del mercato&quot;? Significherebbe &quot;protezione&quot; in senso fisico, cioè, per esempio, dare riparo dalla pioggia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-27T11:24:38.383" LastActivityDate="2019-10-27T13:18:30.313" Title="Significato di &quot;sotto l'ala del mercato&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11202" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11201" CreationDate="2019-10-26T15:55:42.923" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.massimobattaglio.it/2017/10/16/le-ale-dei-mercati-in-piemonte/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo&lt;/a&gt; descrive le &lt;em&gt;ali di mercato&lt;/em&gt; in Piemonte, particolari tipologie di edifici, di solito rettangolari, coperte, usate per i commerci:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si tratta di quelle tettoie solitamente rettangolari e contornate da archi o pilastri, che si vedono nei centri storici, sotto le quali, quasi sempre, si svolge ancora oggi qualche attività di commercio ambulante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che la copertura sia stata pensata per proteggere merci e persone dal maltempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il più delle volte, sotto la tettoia delle ali dei mercati si sistemavano degli ambulanti con le loro merci. È probabile che nel testo si faccia riferimento proprio agli ambulanti (uomini o donne che vendono oggetti spostandosi di città in città, di paese in paese, senza dunque possedere un negozio) citando gli «zingari».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-27T13:18:30.313" LastActivityDate="2019-10-27T13:18:30.313" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2150" CreationDate="2019-10-27T22:30:14.567" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually used &quot;figurati&quot; as - forget it.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;i&gt;-You paid for my coffee so I owe to you 1 Euro&lt;br&gt;&#xA;- Forget it! (Figurati!)&lt;/i&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So the best similar meaning &quot;non ti preoccupare&quot; or - please do not care. Very similar is also &quot;di niente&quot; or &quot;For nothing&quot;.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Could be somethimes &quot;figurati&quot; as &quot;immagine it&quot; with the informal conversation addressed to person you know.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;i&gt; - Figurati che ho visto Barbara ieri sera!&lt;/i&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;There are other meanings but I suppose not very common in daily verbal language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5812" LastEditorUserId="5812" LastEditDate="2019-10-27T22:40:30.920" LastActivityDate="2019-10-27T22:40:30.920" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11204" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4039" CreationDate="2019-10-27T22:47:50.110" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually it's start from the street and civic number, so like&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;i&gt;Via Dante Alighieri 28&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sometimes ther are also appartments, room number, scale and so on, so you need to add as additional string, something like:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;i&gt;App. 12, Piano 1&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Next you will go to CAP, City, Province which is&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;i&gt;23900 Lecco (LC)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;LC - is the province code, all with 2 letters. You can find the province codes in the Internet. It is uncommon but will be not a mistake if you will write province completely as Lecco (Lecco)&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;So you have all local address, you can just add &quot;Italy&quot; if it is for abroad&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5812" LastActivityDate="2019-10-27T22:47:50.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11205" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2150" CreationDate="2019-10-28T05:38:58.593" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I found this article that explores the differences between figurati and figuriamo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://becomingitalianwordbyword.typepad.com/becomingitalian/2014/09/figuring-o.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://becomingitalianwordbyword.typepad.com/becomingitalian/2014/09/figuring-o.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curious, I've never thought too much about it before!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1157" LastActivityDate="2019-10-28T05:38:58.593" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11206" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-28T11:50:39.780" Score="3" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it correct to use &quot;trova&quot; like this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono un tenore naturale che trova le note basse un po' difficili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And basse means low?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-10-28T12:49:00.643" LastActivityDate="2019-10-30T16:02:38.120" Title="Usage of verb &quot;trovare&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11206" CreationDate="2019-10-28T12:45:27.347" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Provided you use &lt;em&gt;trova&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;trovo&lt;/em&gt;, the phrase is grammatically correct and in this case trova means the tenor finds it difficult to deal with low (or bass) notes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The meaning of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trovare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trovare&lt;/a&gt; that suits for this context is 3b which you can find in the Treccani's dictionary:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3b. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per esprimere l’impressione che qualcuno o qualcosa produce, e&#xA;quindi col sign. di riconoscere, riscontrare all’osservazione o&#xA;all’esame&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;il dottore mi trova migliorato, peggiorato, guarito; ti&#xA;trovo meglio oggi; come mi trovi stamani?; ti trovo un po’ ingrassato,&#xA;assai dimagrito; l’ultima volta che lo vidi, lo trovai molto&#xA;invecchiato; avendo un dì presso a Peretola una gru ammazzata,&#xA;trovandola grassa e giovane, quella mandò a un suo buon cuoco ...&#xA;dicendo che a cena l’arrostisse&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio); o sperimentare&#xA;direttamente: &lt;em&gt;me l’avevano descritto come un orso, io invece l’ho&#xA;trovato gentilissimo; attribuire una qualità con giudizio soggettivo:&#xA;la trovo bella, simpatica; venendo poi a esaminarla in particolare,&#xA;notavan chi un difetto, chi un altro: e ci furon fin quelli che la&#xA;trovarono brutta affatto&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni); &lt;em&gt;trovi buono questo vino?; ho&#xA;assaggiato il formaggio e l’ho trovato eccellente; ho trovato il conto&#xA;piuttosto caro; trovi divertente questa commedia?; trovo lo scherzo di&#xA;pessimo gusto;&lt;/em&gt; seguito da prop. oggettiva: trovo che hai ragione; non&#xA;trovi di esagerare?; anche, riconoscere in seguito a indagine, e&#xA;quindi dichiarare con giudizio espresso: &lt;em&gt;fu trovato innocente,&#xA;colpevole.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This means to express the impression that someone or something produces,  with the meaning of &lt;em&gt;to identify, to encounter when obeserving or examining something&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-10-28T12:45:27.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11208" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-10-28T15:52:37.733" Score="1" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read that &quot;portare&quot; may mean &quot;to wear&quot; (a clothing) in southern Italy, but it is not usual in northern Italy. As this statement had no evidence supporting it and Word Reference's definition of &quot;portare&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/portare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/portare&lt;/a&gt;) says nothing about it, I don't trust it. Is it true?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-10-28T16:02:59.920" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T14:46:24.157" Title="Is &quot;portare&quot; = &quot;to wear&quot; a regional usage?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11209" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11210" CreationDate="2019-10-28T18:53:26.110" Score="3" ViewCount="224" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, a T-shirt is a thin, short-sleeved shirt with no collar and no buttons. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/maglietta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Word Reference&lt;/a&gt; says that T-shirt is &quot;maglietta&quot; or &quot;t-shirt&quot; (anglicism) in Italian. However, I suspect that the former has not a 1-1 relationship with the English term. Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/maglietta/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; says that &quot;maglietta&quot; means &quot;capo d’abbigliamento estivo di leggera maglia di cotone, con o senza maniche, generalm. lungo fino alla vita&quot; (= light piece of clothing for the summer, made of cotton, with or without sleeves, generally long until the waist). There is no explicit reference to short sleeves and lack of collar and buttons. Although I cannot understand how a piece of clothing for the summer could be long-sleeved, a search on Google Images for &quot;maglietta&quot; has surprised me and brought me a sporty shirt and a sweater: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rockexperience.it/it/home/1414-maglietta-a-maniche-lunghe-oxygen-uomo-viola.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.rockexperience.it/it/home/1414-maglietta-a-maniche-lunghe-oxygen-uomo-viola.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.atipicishop.com/en/tees/1000016213-maglietta-maniche-lunghe-octopus-logo-l-s-black.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.atipicishop.com/en/tees/1000016213-maglietta-maniche-lunghe-octopus-logo-l-s-black.html&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are those really &quot;maglietta&quot;s? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-10-29T12:13:47.063" LastActivityDate="2019-11-02T01:47:12.297" Title="Is maglietta a T-shirt, a shirt or a sweater?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11209" CreationDate="2019-10-29T07:35:02.573" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;The basic word here is &lt;em&gt;maglia&lt;/em&gt;, which is any “Indumento esterno di maglia di lana o di cotone, di forma e colori varî, che ricopre la parte superiore del corpo” (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/maglia1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;): an outer garment in wool or cotton, of various shapes and colours, covering the upper part of the body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Then, light &lt;em&gt;maglie&lt;/em&gt;, generally made of cotton, are called &lt;em&gt;magliette&lt;/em&gt;, but there is no precise, complete definition. By the same token, an heavy &lt;em&gt;maglia&lt;/em&gt;, especially a woollen one, is often called a &lt;em&gt;maglione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-10-29T07:35:02.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11211" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11209" CreationDate="2019-10-29T09:02:00.540" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &quot;magliette&quot; in your Google links are &quot;magliette con le maniche lunghe&quot;, that is &quot;long sleeved T-Shirt&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To make it simple, &quot;maglietta&quot; = T-Shirt. In the last 20 years, the &quot;T-Shirt&quot; noun has become very popular here in Italy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This said, there could be different meanings of &quot;maglietta&quot; in different regions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Somehow, &quot;maglietta&quot; is also &quot;small maglia&quot;. In an alpine region, it could refer to a warmer garment compared to a &quot;sicilian maglietta&quot;. Italian is always a bit subjective, and it depends a lot on the region where it is spoken.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To wrap up, I suggest to stick to &quot;Maglietta=T-Shirt&quot;, but be ready to meet some exceptions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2821" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-02T01:47:12.297" LastActivityDate="2019-11-02T01:47:12.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11206" CreationDate="2019-10-29T14:54:25.760" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The use of &quot;trovare&quot; is the same doable in English with &quot;find&quot; like in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He finds rational equations too difficult.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your sentence in English is (translated with Google translator)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I am a natural tenor who finds the low notes a little difficult&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which corresponds to Italian &quot;Sono un tenore naturale che trova le note basse un po' difficili&quot; (it's a literal translation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2821" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-30T16:02:38.120" LastActivityDate="2019-10-30T16:02:38.120" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11197" CreationDate="2019-10-29T14:58:34.010" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As correctly stated in a comment to your question you have 2 options:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Il martedì mangio formaggio.&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Tutti i martedì mangio formaggio&quot;, but also &quot;ogni martedì mangio formaggio&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to reply to your question, you cannot say &quot;i martedì mangio formaggio&quot;, but &quot;tutti i martedì mangio formaggio&quot; or it will sound incomplete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;On tuesdays&quot; = &quot;il martedì&quot; = &quot;tutti i martedì&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2821" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-30T16:11:49.760" LastActivityDate="2019-10-30T16:11:49.760" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11116" CreationDate="2019-10-29T15:04:28.807" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ce li&quot; is a way to strengthen the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trying to deconstruct it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: Hai gli occhi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;B: (No response)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: Ce li hai?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;merging the two we have&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A: Ce li hai gli occhi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so in a single question you ask two questions in one. &quot;Ce li hai gli occhi?&quot; is not a gentle question. An angry teacher could tell this to a student, not for sure an &lt;em&gt;innamorato&lt;/em&gt; to his innamorata in a romantic moment...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I doubt that Italian grammar explains this perfectly, it is more about spoken language. At first it sounds grammatically incorrect, I personally don't like this use of &quot;Ce li&quot;, you can acknowledge it exists and continue living like if it does not exist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2821" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-30T16:23:22.180" LastActivityDate="2019-10-30T16:23:22.180" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11216" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11217" CreationDate="2019-10-31T09:17:48.753" Score="6" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;Last time when renting a car in Italy and using GPS in Italian I would constantly hear &quot;&lt;em&gt;Abbandonare la rotatoria alla prima/seconda/terza uscita&lt;/em&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I'm wondering why is &lt;em&gt;abbandonare&lt;/em&gt; used in infinitive form here? Why not in second person indicative (&lt;em&gt;abbandona&lt;/em&gt;)? Is there an auxiliary verb (like &lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt;) used implicitly here? So that it is actually &quot;&lt;em&gt;Devi abbandonare la rotatoria[...]&lt;/em&gt;&quot; but devi is just not said for clarity?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5827" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-31T16:53:19.510" LastActivityDate="2019-10-31T16:59:50.380" Title="Usage of infinitive in instructions given by GPS" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11217" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11216" CreationDate="2019-10-31T09:40:11.367" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lagrammaticaitaliana.it/lezionegrammatica/6.50-infinito-e-i-suoi-tempi.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this article&lt;/a&gt; about the infinitive form you can read about its various usages in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you look at point c) you can read&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c) Per dare istruzioni di tipo tecnico&lt;/strong&gt;: (in order to give technical instructions)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mettere il burro nella terrina e mescolare con cura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case you are giving the instruction to follow in order to perform a recipe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also in case d), from the same source, you can read another context of use:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;d) &lt;strong&gt;Negli ordini espressi in forma generica&lt;/strong&gt;: (when giving orders in a generic form)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;fare attenzione, tenere la destra,  rallentare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt; Circolare! Circolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.thoughtco.com/italian-infinitive-2011701&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this similar article&lt;/a&gt; (thanks to @TadVogatt) you can read about the usage of the infinitive form in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particular:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The infinitive can also serve as the equivalent of an instruction, in&#xA;  cooking for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cuocere per tre ore&lt;/em&gt;. Cook for three hours.&lt;br&gt; &lt;em&gt;Tenere a bagno per 30&#xA;  minuti.&lt;/em&gt; Soak for 30 minutes.&lt;br&gt; &lt;em&gt;Lavare e asciugare l'insalata.&lt;/em&gt; Wash and&#xA;  dry the lettuce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-31T16:59:50.380" LastActivityDate="2019-10-31T16:59:50.380" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8592" CreationDate="2019-10-31T17:54:54.203" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Umile è il contrario di superbo, arrogante, altezzoso, significa modesto, semplice, che è pienamente cosciente delle proprie capacità ma non se ne fa un vanto, sa che molti altri sono validi come lui/lei e sa cooperare con gli altri senza volersi mettere al primo posto. È cosciente dei propri talenti ma li vive come un dono da utilizzare per il bene comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La bassa autostima invece si riferisce ad uno stato psichico o mentale di persona sull'orlo della depressione. Non c'è quindi nessuna connessione fra l'essere umile e avere una bassa autostima; ripeto: l'umile è pienamente cosciente delle proprie facoltà e decide di non auto-lodarsi per esse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5829" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-10-31T18:57:16.447" LastActivityDate="2019-10-31T18:57:16.447" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11220" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9927" CreationDate="2019-10-31T20:53:09.973" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to say that today Italian uses a lot of English words if they came abroad without the translation itself. It means that you can easy leave &quot;il/la receptionist&quot; and it will be no mistake or problem, &lt;b&gt;moreover it will be most correctly to use&lt;/b&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answer is easy: the word &quot;reception&quot; came from English to all the languages and used as it is.&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But if you want to translate in the meaning, the nearest idea will be &quot;secretary&quot; o &quot;segretario/a&quot; in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5812" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-01T12:31:26.223" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T12:31:26.223" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11221" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11222" CreationDate="2019-11-01T09:39:16.333" Score="3" ViewCount="1005" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una conversazione sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://chat.stackexchange.com/transcript/11367/2019/10/7&quot;&gt;Bar Sport&lt;/a&gt; si è usata la frase &quot;Altro che&quot;. Questo ha attirato la mia attenzione perché non avevo mai visto o sentito la locuzione &quot;altro che&quot; usata in questo modo. Tra l'altro, avevo sempre avuto l'impressione che il pronome &quot;altro&quot; si usasse di solito per indicare &quot;contrario&quot; o &quot;diverso&quot; di quello che si aveva detto precedentemente. Il mio dubbio è se nella frase &quot;Altro che&quot; è anche così o è invece tutto il contrario, oppure dipende dal contesto. Come spiego qui sotto, ho cercato sul dizionario, ma non sono sicura di averne colto tutte le sfumature. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/altro2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come esclam., non com., &lt;em&gt;altro!&lt;/em&gt;, per affermare energicamente: &lt;em&gt;«Partiresti volentieri?» «Altro!»&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;a. se lo conosco!&lt;/em&gt;; e con più forza: &lt;em&gt;eh altro!, altro che!&lt;/em&gt; (v. anche altroché).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/altroche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;altroché&quot;&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;usato spesso, spec. nel linguaggio fam., come esclamazione energicamente affermativa: &lt;em&gt;se mi piace? a.!; a. se lo conosco!; a. se ci andrei volentieri!; «Ma l’hai veduto proprio con i tuoi occhi?» «Altroché!»&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, se avessi sentito un dialogo con le battute &lt;em&gt;«Partiresti volentieri?» «Altro che!»&lt;/em&gt; prima di aver letto queste entrate del dizionario, avrei capito che la persona che ha risposto non vuole per niente partire. Tuttavia, se ho compreso bene la spiegazione del Treccani, il significato è tutto il contrario: questa persona sta affermando energicamente che ha una gran voglia di partire. È veramente così? Potreste fare altri esempi di uso di &quot;Altro che&quot; che aiutino a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T13:20:37.637" Title="Come e quando si usa la frase &quot;Altro che&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11221" CreationDate="2019-11-01T10:26:53.553" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Altro” e “altroché” usati come esclamazione hanno sempre un’accezione positiva; cioè, in questo uso, &quot;altro&quot; non ha il significato di &quot;diverso&quot; o &quot;contrario&quot; di quello che si è detto precedentemente. Lo possiamo leggere in parecchi dizionari:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/altroche.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Altroché&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  [al-tro-ché] o ”altro che” esclamazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Certamente, come no, in risposte enfaticamente affermative: “C'era gente?” “Altroché!”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/altroche.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;certamente sì (usato in risposte affermative decise): &lt;em&gt;«Hai mangiato bene?» «Altroché! Era tutto buonissimo»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=altroch%C3%A9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Garzanti&lt;/a&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;altroché&#xA;  - avv.&#xA;  1909; dalla loc. altro che.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fam., certamente, sì: &lt;em&gt;vuoi venire? altroché!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/altroche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-01T13:20:37.637" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T13:20:37.637" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11223" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11228" CreationDate="2019-11-01T19:22:37.147" Score="4" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &quot;Young Pope&quot; miniseries there is a scene where Tonino Pettola gets surprised in his house by a visit from the pope and his cardinals. Upon noticing them he asks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;em&gt;A cosa devo il motivo di questa visita?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is '&lt;em&gt;il motivo&lt;/em&gt;' really necessary in this sentence? Wouldn't it be enough to ask &quot;&lt;em&gt;A cosa devo questa visita?&lt;/em&gt;&quot; This seemed a bit redundant to me and I was wondering if maybe this was just a way of characterizing this Tonino Pettola person?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Link to video for reference: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iLPC43xlbzM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iLPC43xlbzM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5827" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-01T21:20:05.090" LastActivityDate="2019-11-03T10:31:03.987" Title="A cosa devo il motivo [...]?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11224" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11223" CreationDate="2019-11-01T22:34:34.593" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;A cosa devo il motivo di questa visita?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;A cosa devo questa visita?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are pretty much equivalent; but in my opinion the first one has a more formal tone and emphasizes the concept that the speaker thinks that his interlocutor must have a strong motivation for the visit; maybe it can be also considered a way to politely solicit an explanation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks to @Charo's comment, I also add that &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A cosa devo l'onore di questa visita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would have been even more formal and deferential.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-11-01T22:34:34.593" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11225" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11226" CreationDate="2019-11-02T09:49:20.630" Score="2" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Superino&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Superino già si guardava sotto il sandalo, se c’era rimasto il grigio della combustione, io stavo ancora attento a come la valle propagava il rumore, quando ci sentimmo addosso la mole del parroco, sbucato da un fitto di felci.&#xA;   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Era cosí grande e grosso che &lt;strong&gt;sarebbe stato sprecato&lt;/strong&gt; anche nell’artiglieria da montagna, aveva gli occhi piccoli e rossigni come quelli del topo, la carne che scoppiava, le mani grosse e informi come gnocconi di argilla. Portava a spallarm un parasole di cotone giallo, in testa una berretta sbiadita dalla polvere di infinite estati e attraverso la sbottonatura gli si scopriva il petto nudo e fradicio di sudore. La sua tonaca era tutta un rammendo e su ogni rammendo stava ingrappolato un nugolo di mosche dal dorso azzurro, come se uscisse allora da una lunga sosta in una stalla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;sprecare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cosa vuol dire che questo grosso parroco &quot;sarebbe stato sprecato anche nell’artiglieria da montagna&quot;. Potreste spiegarmelo? Significa forse che il parroco non era adatto a lavorare  nell'artiglieria di montagna?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-02T11:29:58.537" Title="Cosa significa &quot;sprecare&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11225" CreationDate="2019-11-02T10:52:29.537" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da Treccani per sprecato participio passato di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sprecare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sprecare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;◆ Part. pass. &lt;strong&gt;sprecato&lt;/strong&gt;, anche come agg., usato male, sciupato,&#xA;  consumato inutilmente: &lt;em&gt;denaro, ingegno, tempo, fiato sprecato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal Sabatini Coletti per &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/sprecato.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sprecato&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sprecato [spre-cà-to] agg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;•   Usato in modo infruttuoso, sperperato: denaro s.; non valorizzato:&#xA;  sei s. in un posto del genere || fiato s., discorso inutile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;•   a. 1838&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sprecato in questo contesto significa usato male, sottoutilizzato rispetto allo scopo prefisso. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si dice &lt;em&gt;sei sprecato per quel lavoro&lt;/em&gt; significa che hai troppe competenze rispetto a quelle richieste dal lavoro a cui ti hanno destinato. Pensa ad esempio ad un ingegnere nucleare messo a rispondere ad un call center. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con tutto il rispetto per gli operatori di call center, ovviamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-02T11:29:58.537" LastActivityDate="2019-11-02T11:29:58.537" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11227" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11096" CreationDate="2019-11-03T00:12:45.550" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The first sentence doesn't sound right to me even if it is commonly used.&#xA;It's implicit that I am saying that I saw in the past but I didn't see before. Then you must use the &amp;quot;trapassato&amp;quot; for the not-seing action.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3608" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-24T10:39:20.127" LastActivityDate="2020-12-24T10:39:20.127" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11228" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11223" CreationDate="2019-11-03T10:31:03.987" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, you can ask &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A cosa devo questa visita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or, with a slightly different nuance in meaning,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qual è il motivo di questa visita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also say &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A cosa devo l'onore di questa visita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A cosa devo il piacere di questa visita?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But the sentence &quot;A cosa devo il motivo di questa visita?&quot; doesn't make much sense from a logical point of view because it's not &quot;il motivo&quot; that is due to something, but the visit itself. I've never watched this series but, as said in @DaG's comment and suggested by you, it's quite possible that this absurdly pompous way of talking it's a resource to characterize the person that is saying this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-03T10:31:03.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11229" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-03T11:25:09.637" Score="4" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Superino&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Te lo ricordi questo guardiacaccia?&#xA;   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Lo ricordavo chiaramente, sebbene l’avessi visto pochissime volte e fossero trascorsi tre anni. Era sui cinquant’anni, piccolo e secco, la testa fortemente ossuta, con rari &lt;strong&gt;capelli&lt;/strong&gt; ritti e &lt;strong&gt;spiritati&lt;/strong&gt;, l’occhio vivo ma sempre torto, il naso perennemente escoriato e sotto le narici tenebrose uno sputino di baffo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di capire il significato di questi &quot;capelli spiritati&quot; che appaiono nel testo. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiritato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa accezione dell'aggettivo &quot;spiritato&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;dell’aspetto e dei gesti che rivelano una grande agitazione e inquietudine interiore, e insieme, spesso, una estrema vivacità: &lt;em&gt;occhi s., faccia s.; una bionda dagli occhi belli e s.&lt;/em&gt; (Pratolini)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È questo il significato di &quot;spiritato&quot; nel brano? Cioè, i capelli del guardiacaccia avevano un aspetto vivace? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sa però che &quot;spiritato&quot; è usato in questo testo con una connotazione negativa. Siccome &quot;spiritato&quot; in senso proprio vuol dire &quot;indemoniato&quot;, il significato nel testo potrebbe essere che i capelli ritti davano un aspetto maligno a questo guardiacaccia, un po' come si fosse stato indemoniato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sui &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pixellato_%28Neologismi%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Neologismi della Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si trova una citazione di &lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt; in cui si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il comico Michael Richards, il personaggio dai capelli spiritati in «Seinfeld»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo passaggio fa riferimento al personaggio che si può vedere in &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cosmo_Kramer#/media/File%3ACosmo_Kramer.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa fotografia&lt;/a&gt;, che ha una pettinatura con i capelli arruffati e scomposti. È questo il significato di &quot;capelli spiritati&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-03T19:48:24.833" LastActivityDate="2019-11-03T19:48:24.833" Title="Significato di &quot;capelli spiritati&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11230" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11229" CreationDate="2019-11-03T13:21:54.300" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spiritato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spiritato&lt;/a&gt; Treccani riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;spiritato&lt;/strong&gt; agg. e s. m. (f. -a) [part. pass. di spiritare]. – In senso proprio, ossesso, invasato dal demonio o in genere da uno&#xA;  spirito maligno: un uomo s., una donna s.; chi aveva crisi&#xA;  epilettiche, in passato, era ritenuto s.; una figliola di Lodovico&#xA;  settimo re di Francia era s. (Machiavelli); come sost., individuo&#xA;  invasato dal demonio: esorcizzare uno s., gli s.; essendosi per uso&#xA;  introdotto che da soli sacerdoti siano gli s. scongiurati (Sarpi).&#xA;  Frequente con uso fig., di chi si trova e mostra di essere in uno&#xA;  stato di grande eccitazione, fuori di sé, profondamente sconvolto e&#xA;  agitato: Gervaso, spiritato, gridava e saltellava (Manzoni); «Chi&#xA;  vengono?» fece Drogo, stupito di vedere il caposarto così spiritato&#xA;  (Buzzati); per estens., dell’aspetto e dei gesti che rivelano una&#xA;  grande agitazione e inquietudine interiore, e insieme, spesso, una&#xA;  estrema vivacità: occhi s., faccia s.; una bionda dagli occhi belli e&#xA;  s. (Pratolini); hanno connotazione simile alcune espressioni in cui la&#xA;  parola, usata come sost., e con il sign. proprio è termine di&#xA;  similitudine: sembrare uno s., una s.; parlare, agitarsi come uno s.;&#xA;  fare, avere un viso da s., occhi da spiritato. Con sign. non negativo,&#xA;  pieno di vita, di energia; molto vivace e dinamico: quella ragazza è&#xA;  s., non sta mai ferma; come sost.: è uno s., lavora per dieci!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato il significato non è un quello negativo di indemoniato, ma molto vivace e dinamico, nonostante l’aspetto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso dei capelli significa ritti e scomposti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-03T13:27:07.070" LastActivityDate="2019-11-03T13:27:07.070" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11231" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11232" CreationDate="2019-11-04T13:04:04.493" Score="5" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ascoltando l'opera &lt;em&gt;Turandot&lt;/em&gt;, con musica di Giacomo Puccini e Franco Alfano, e libretto di Giuseppe Adami e Renato Simoni, un fatto che ha sempre attirato la mia attenzione è che il paese dove si svolge l'azione, con capoluogo a Pechino, viene chiamato China (pronunciato /'kina/) invece di Cina. Il libretto si può trovare su molti siti web. Per esempio, ecco il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/url?q=http://www.teatroverdisalerno.it/shared/binary/538_1_0/libretto%2520turandot.pdf&amp;amp;sa=U&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiMitKJytDlAhWhAWMBHbnTCFUQFjABegQIBxAB&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw333qbTxuE0xQLVyNMphcAh&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;documento del Teatro Verdi di Salerno&lt;/a&gt;. Potete cercarci &quot;China&quot; e vedrete che appare parecchie volte nel testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare qualcosa sulla ragione di questa curiosa scelta? Ho ricercato con Google, ma non ho trovato nessuna informazione al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-04T17:39:36.457" Title="Perché in Turandot la Cina è chiamata China?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11231" CreationDate="2019-11-04T14:31:23.930" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato in questo post sul forum &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.operaclick.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=16458&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;OperaClick&lt;/a&gt; una domanda simile alla tua:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Turandot: China (/ˈki.na/) oppure Cina (/ˈʧi.na/)?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gentili esperti, un&#xA;  quesito a cui non ho potuto dare risposta, spigolando in rete. Sullo&#xA;  spartito è scritto &quot;China&quot;; qualcuno canta China altri Cina. Hoepli&#xA;  dice: Cina, China.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;  * Perché si dice Olimpiadi in Cina, viaggio in Cina, commercio con la Cina, ma inchiostro di China? E perché blu Cina e nero di China? Non&#xA;  stiamo forse parlando dello stesso paese? Certamente. Addirittura,&#xA;  fino ai primi del Novecento, Cina e China si alternavano nell’uso, e&#xA;  così pure si diceva indifferentemente chinese e cinese.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;  * Tutto questo si spiega con un errore di lettura: un’errata lettura del nome portoghese China, con cui cominciammo a conoscere molti&#xA;  secoli fa questo paese, allora molto lontano. Ma i portoghesi, allora&#xA;  colonizzatori, leggono il ch come noi leggiamo la c, cioè palatale,&#xA;  quasi Scina, riproducendo così la pronuncia cinese. Noi, invece,&#xA;  leggemmo la grafia portoghese all’italiana.&lt;BR&gt;&#xA;  * Ciò premesso, è chiaro che oggi chiamare Cina il paese, e dire invece inchiostro di China è un’assurdità, ma ce la dobbiamo tenere&#xA;  così com’è: la denominazione inchiostro di China resiste indisturbata&#xA;  perché è diventata un nome tecnico. E così pure nero di China. Mentre&#xA;  blu Cina, denominazione recente, è sfuggita all’equivoco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Puccini, Adami e Simoni cosa hanno detto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A cui viene risposto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una pronuncia filologica del libretto impone ovviamente la dizione&#xA;  /ˈkina/, cosí come —so già che tutti voi sapete, ma repetita iuvant—&#xA;  «Turandot» va pronunciato a rigore /-ˈdɔt/, e non /-ˈdo/ alla&#xA;  francese, né tantomeno /-ˈdɔ/ (che sarebbe l’adattamento&#xA;  dell’adattamento francese; cfr fr. «bordeaux» /boʁdo/ &gt; it. «bordò»&#xA;  /-ˈdɔ/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;«China», che si sostituisce al «Catai» del Milione, nasce —come lei&#xA;  riporta giustamente— dalla lettura all’italiana del portoghese «China»&#xA;  /ʃi'nɐ/, cioè appunto /ˈkina/, che s’alterna per qualche tempo con la&#xA;  variante «piú rigorosa» (per cosí dire) Cina /ˈʧina/. Non sarebbe il&#xA;  primo caso di errore di lettura, nella storia della lingua italiana,&#xA;  che produce vocaboli nuovi o li filtra al loro primo ingresso&#xA;  nell’idioma: si vedano ad esempio collimare (err. per collineare),&#xA;  zenit (alterazione trascrittiva dell’arabo samt) e ovest (err. per il&#xA;  francese ouest). Una volta imposte nell’uso, tali forme restano&#xA;  canoniche e non sono da aborrire.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nel caso di varianti in competizione, non è raro che una di&#xA;  esse —in genere quella caduta definitivamente in disuso—, legatasi in&#xA;  polirematiche stabili, sopravviva alla propria desuetudine. &lt;strong&gt;Sicché, in&#xA;  realtà, non c’è niente di «assurdo» se chiamiamo il Paese «Cina» ma&#xA;  diciamo/scriviamo «inchiostro di China» (o «di china»; sempre&#xA;  minuscolo quando lessicalizzato nel solo «china», sostantivo&#xA;  femminile).&lt;/strong&gt; Esempi analoghi? «Lana d’Angora» o «d’ angora» /ˈangora/&#xA;  (o semplicemente «angora», s.f.) per «d’Ankara», o ancora —scavando&#xA;  piú a fondo— «cravatta» e «casacca» per «croata» e «kazaca».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È indubbio, per concludere, che il compositore e i librettisti&#xA;  pronunciassero /ˈkina/, com’era allora canonico, e che a tale dizione&#xA;  i cantanti debbano scrupolosamente aderire. (Controversa invece la&#xA;  questione di «Turandot», poiché, stando alla Raisa, Puccini quella t&#xA;  non l’avrebbe pronunciata. Diversamente, suppongo io, dai letterati&#xA;  Adami e Simoni.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI03/GDLI_03_ocr_85.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, vol. 3 (CERT-DAG) pag. 79, si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal nome della Cina, secondo la grafia &lt;em&gt;China&lt;/em&gt; dei primi esploratori portoghesi,&#xA;  che ne furono informati dagl'Indiani o dai Malesi. Il nome della China&#xA;  è derivato dalla dinastia cinese &lt;em&gt;Ch'in&lt;/em&gt; (255-206 a.C.), che allora&#xA;  unificò il paese in un grande impero. Fino a poco tempo fa s'è scritto&#xA;    ‘China’  e  ‘Chinese’. Cfr. &lt;em&gt;Boccardo&lt;/em&gt;, I-519: «Quella numerosa&#xA;  popolazione che... fu il primo movente dei progressi industriali ed&#xA;  economici della China, è eziandio la causa di grandi miserie», e «Il&#xA;  Chinese trascura e disprezza (opposto in ciò all'Indiano) come inutili&#xA;  i fatti che non hanno se non un valore teorico e speculativo»  (ma&#xA;  nell'esponente scrive &lt;em&gt;Cina&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-04T17:39:36.457" LastActivityDate="2019-11-04T17:39:36.457" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11233" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11234" CreationDate="2019-11-05T18:54:05.023" Score="6" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;As far as I understand:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;In&lt;/em&gt; is a preposition;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;La&lt;/em&gt; is an article;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nella&lt;/em&gt; is an articulated preposition, which is formed by the combination of &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, as I was writing a text, I was unsure of whether I should use&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È necessario prenderlo in mano &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; cancelleria?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È necessario prenderlo in mano &lt;strong&gt;nella&lt;/strong&gt; cancelleria?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second example seems more suitable to me, as I am further specifying the object (in this case, &lt;em&gt;chancellery&lt;/em&gt;) with the use of a definite article. Nevertheless, I am not sure about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;nella&lt;/em&gt; more usual in this context? Or can I use either?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5841" LastActivityDate="2019-11-05T21:23:59.893" Title="Is &quot;in&quot; or &quot;nella&quot; more usual in this context?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11233" CreationDate="2019-11-05T19:34:38.240" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both are correct and usual. The first sounds a bit more like you are talking about something that has to be done in any &lt;em&gt;cancelleria&lt;/em&gt;, anyplace that happens to be a &lt;em&gt;cancelleria&lt;/em&gt;, while the second might suggest that you and the person you are speaking to have in mind a specific place, and has a more direct reference to the physical place where the &lt;em&gt;cancelleria&lt;/em&gt; is located.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But these are not absolute differences, and are possibly less significant than regional differences: to my ear, the former is a bit more likely uttered by someone from Northern Italy than the latter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;P.S. I know this is not the subject of the question, but what has to be taken &lt;em&gt;in mano&lt;/em&gt; there? As phrased, the sentence almost seems to have some sexual reference. Didn't you by any chance mean &lt;em&gt;prendere di persona&lt;/em&gt; (in person) or something?&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-11-05T21:23:59.893" LastActivityDate="2019-11-05T21:23:59.893" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11029" CreationDate="2019-11-07T10:51:11.920" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no difference at all. It can take on a different nuance if the subject is in some way highlighted (with syntax or just your voice, paraverbal, etc.) regardless of the verb that is used in the sentence. In that case, the message is: one or more people know the truth while  others don't or could not. But it does not depend on the verb that you use. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mario sì, lui conosce la verità!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but it is the same of:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mario sì, lui sa la verità!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to add other examples, the following sentences are both correct and have the same meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) &lt;em&gt;Mario sa la verità mentre Luisa non la conosce&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) &lt;em&gt;Mario conosce la verità mentre Luisa non la sa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4402" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T10:51:11.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9527" CreationDate="2019-11-07T11:05:28.797" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As suggested by @DenisNardin &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bellifreschi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is composed of belli (beautiful) and freschi (fresh). It could mean &amp;quot;We are fresh and beautiful* or it could be a reference to the expression &lt;em&gt;stiamo freschi&lt;/em&gt; (meaning &lt;em&gt;We are in a bad position&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In fact the Treccani dictionary for &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fresco1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stare fresco&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; states:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fig., iron., stare fresco, essere nei guai, andare incontro a un&#xA;castigo, a una lavata di capo, e sim.: &lt;em&gt;se lo viene a sapere papà, stiamo freschi!;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;(figuratively to be in bad position, to be about to be grounded, reprimended)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To better understand the meaning it can also be said that &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Bellifreschi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; is a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bellifreschi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;comic movie&lt;/a&gt; about a couple of extemely unlucky jazz singers aspiring to glory that accidentally become two of the most wanted criminals of USA. To get away from the police they dress up as women and, struggling alone against incredible and comic odds, they are at last arrested. They manage to escape police again accidentally killing everybody and finally they met in Mexico with new identity and new life.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ascertained that it is not a “real” word, a small clue comes from Paolo Mereghetti's &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei film&lt;/em&gt; (giving it a single star, the minimum in a 4-star scale), which mentions that there are explicit references to &lt;em&gt;Some like it hot&lt;/em&gt;, which would partially explain the title. (Thanks to @DaG)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T11:05:28.797" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11238" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10318" CreationDate="2019-11-07T11:19:19.320" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/italiano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fornisce&lt;/a&gt; i casi in cui si debba usare la lettera maiuscola. Fra questi: quando si vogliono indicare le persone che fanno parte dello stato italiano (gli &lt;em&gt;Italiani&lt;/em&gt;) oppure quando l'aggettivo fa parte di un nome proprio (&lt;em&gt;Repubblica Italiana&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va notato per chiarezza che la stessa fonte mostra come sia errato usare la maiuscola quando ci si riferisce alla lingua italiana. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase ad esempio è errata: &lt;em&gt;&quot;ero bravo in Italiano ma non sopportavo la geografia&quot;&lt;/em&gt; perchè andrebbe scritta &lt;em&gt;&quot;ero bravo in italiano ma non sopportavo la geografia&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo alle lettere maiuscole in generale si assiste ad un crescente utilizzo indiscriminato delle stesse anche per nomi comuni, uso probabilmente mutuato da alcune lingue straniere (ad es.: inglese, tedesca) e dalla pubblicità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4402" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-07T12:48:00.857" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T12:48:00.857" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9463" CreationDate="2019-11-07T13:02:22.457" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Edge&lt;/em&gt; significa spigolo o bordo quando siamo in ambito puramente geometrico. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio nella modellazione tridimensionale assistita da calcolatore (sistemi CAD) gli edge sono i bordi delle superfici e, in presenza di solidi, rappresentano anche gli spigoli delle loro facce. La parola non fa riferimento alla forma dello spigolo quindi non va limitata ai soli poliedri ma a qualunque solido di forma libera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Venendo alle entità che uniscono i nodi in un grafo si utilizzano comunemente i termini &lt;em&gt;arco&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;spigolo&lt;/em&gt; come si può riscontrare &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grafo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;. Aggiungo, per rinforzare il riferimento alla geometria solida, che i nodi di un grafo possono essere chiamati anche &lt;em&gt;vertici&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4402" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-07T13:04:18.887" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T13:04:18.887" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11208" CreationDate="2019-11-07T13:45:39.353" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Portare&lt;/em&gt; is a synonym of &lt;em&gt;indossare&lt;/em&gt; (to wear) as you can read &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/portare_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. In an English semantic perspective you can think at &lt;em&gt;Indossare&lt;/em&gt; as the Latin verb, while &quot;portare&quot; as the phrasal one, so you should use the latter only if you and your listeners have a good knowledge of Italian, otherwise it can be confused with &lt;em&gt;bring&lt;/em&gt; (like &lt;em&gt;Mario brings a coat [to s.b. else]&lt;/em&gt;). &#xA;&lt;em&gt;Indossare&lt;/em&gt;, on the other hand, tends to be pretty more formal but not so much that you cannot use in an everyday conversation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In everyday language these two verbs are widely used: &lt;em&gt;portare&lt;/em&gt; and the reflexive &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mettere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mettersi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; but the second one is even more informal than the first one and is literally referred to the action of getting dressed (to put on). It is commonly used in the past tense as you can read in the examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following two sentences can both be used in an informal conversation and have exactly the same meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maria oggi porta il cappotto rosso&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maria oggi si è messa il cappotto rosso&lt;/em&gt; (past, reflexive). In the past, because she put her coat on early this morning when she left&#xA;  home.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Different meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Maria si mette [adesso] il cappotto rosso&lt;/em&gt; (present, reflexive): Maria is about to leave her home and is putting her coat on now.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4402" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-07T14:46:24.157" LastActivityDate="2019-11-07T14:46:24.157" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11242" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5641" CreationDate="2019-11-08T06:47:59.723" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&amp;amp;rct=j&amp;amp;q=&amp;amp;esrc=s&amp;amp;source=web&amp;amp;cd=4&amp;amp;cad=rja&amp;amp;uact=8&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwj1nNabgNrlAhVNyKQKHSz4CjgQFjADegQIARAC&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.intemelion.it%2Fpdf%2F11%2F06-carassale.pdf&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw0-OE1utH4rRd-mD6Z2TqXP&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Intemelion n.11 (2005) - cultura e territorio -  Quaderno di studi dell’Accademia di cultura intemelia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nella sezione DIZIONARIO DEI VITIGNI INTEMELI si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;17&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Massarda B &lt;br&gt;Sinonimi: &lt;strong&gt;Massaira&lt;/strong&gt;, Mortolese, Tabacca Bianca.&lt;br&gt; Storia: la Massarda è uno dei vitigni maggiormente diffusi&#xA;nell’Imperiese tra la fine dell’Ottocento e la prima metà del&#xA;Novecento (in particolare a Sanremo; vedi: « La Liguria Agricola », I,&#xA;1870, n. 10). Nel « Bollettino ampelografico », &lt;em&gt;Circondario di Porto&#xA;Maurizio&lt;/em&gt; (cit., &lt;em&gt;ad vocem&lt;/em&gt;) si legge: « di antica importazione. Poco&#xA;diffuso (?), ama posizioni elevate e costantemente soleggiate, nei&#xA;luoghi bassi non viene mai a perfetta maturità. Produce discretamente.&#xA;Dà vino generoso e facile a conservarsi. Uva serbevole perché avente&#xA;buccia resistente e coriacea: coltivato in Porto Maurizio, Oneglia,&#xA;Poggi ». Citato sia nell’opera di G. Cappi (cit., p. 139), che lo&#xA;trova a Diano Castello, sia nella &lt;em&gt;Relazione&lt;/em&gt; di A. Bertani (cit., p.&#xA;320), sia in &lt;em&gt;Notizie e studi intorno ai vini ed alle uve d’Italia&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;(cit., p. 844); M. Calvino (S.A.S.S.R., cit.) non manca di tessere le&#xA;lodi della Massarda per la sua resistenza all’infezione parassitaria.&#xA;In « L’agricoltura ligure », III, 1903, n. 35, si legge infatti: « le&#xA;massarde, uniche viti superstiti all’invasione fillosserica e che a&#xA;causa della loro forza di resistenza sono adoperate con ottimo&#xA;successo alla ricostruzione dei vigneti fillosserati ». Nei primi due&#xA;decenni del Novecento è coltivato particolarmente nell’area intemelia,&#xA;nei centri di Dolceacqua e Apricale (A.S.I., U.T.E., &lt;em&gt;commissione&#xA;censuarie&lt;/em&gt;, f. 110), di Vallebona e Ventimiglia (&lt;em&gt;Ibidem&lt;/em&gt;, f. 111),&#xA;nonché di Cipressa e Pompeiana (&lt;em&gt;Ibidem&lt;/em&gt;, f. 110). Confermano il ruolo&#xA;del vitigno nell’enologia locale sia G. Dalmasso e G. Dell’Olio (cit.,&#xA;p. 52), sia F. Mazzoli (cit., p. 72).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;massaira&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; risulta essere sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;massarda&lt;/em&gt; e si riferisce ad un particolare tipo di vitigno ed anche al vino che da esso si ricava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre il riferimento trovato da @DaG riguardante uno scritto su Montale dello stesso Orengo che menziona il termine è plausibile in quanto trattasi di vitigno diffuso in Liguria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-08T16:07:28.263" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8442" CreationDate="2019-11-08T09:22:31.017" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendendo spunto dal commento di DaG rispetto alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schadenfreude&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Schadenfreude&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, su Wikipedia si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il termine deriva da Schaden (&quot;danno&quot;) e Freude (&quot;gioia&quot;). In tedesco&#xA;  il termine ha sempre una connotazione negativa. Esiste una distinzione&#xA;  tra la &quot;Schadenfreude segreta&quot; (un sentimento privato) e la&#xA;  &quot;Schadenfreude aperta&quot; (Hohn).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viene talvolta usato come prestito linguistico in molte lingue,&#xA;  compreso l'italiano, sebbene sia attestato il termine analogo&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;aticofilia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (dal greco ἀτυχής atychḗs &quot;sfortunato&quot; e φιλία philía&#xA;  &quot;amore, passione&quot;). Benché tale termine tradisca in parte la&#xA;  &quot;popolarità&quot; della parola tedesca, come giustamente afferma la&#xA;  traduttrice Marina Taffetani, il termine si presta ad un utilizzo&#xA;  di tipo scientifico: in tale contesto, ad esempio, la psicologa e&#xA;  psicoterapeuta Grazia Aloi sottolinea la caratteristica che accomuna&#xA;  Schadenfreude e sadismo, quella di essere &quot;filie&quot;, cioè “piaceri,&#xA;  passioni, amori per...” Il concetto di Schadenfreude potrebbe anche&#xA;  venire parafrasato come &quot;compiacimento malevolo&quot; verso il prossimo,&#xA;  derivante, secondo la psicologa, dalla &quot;considerazione di scarsissimo&#xA;  valore di Sé che si riflette nella consolazione (molto spesso errata)&#xA;  che anche il Sé degli altri sia scarso e non degno.&quot; La questione&#xA;  dell'aticofilia è &quot;sì anche di interesse clinico ma - fin qui - ancora&#xA;  nell'ordine della morale; tant'è che nessuno può essere punito o&#xA;  curato per ciò&quot; sebbene possa &quot;arrivare alla cattiveria più efferata&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo passaggio in effetti Schadenfreude e sadismo sembrano essere considerati due concetti differenti accomunati dalla &quot;filia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare il termine aticofilia, citato nell'opera &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il labirinto di Osiride&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; di Paul Sussman, tradotto da Gaetano Luigi Staffilano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Non sono mai stato per il governo della plebaglia ma non si può fare&#xA;  a meno di provare una qualche forma di aticofilia, una Schadenfreude,&#xA;  quando si vede che i bastardi assaggiano un po' della loro stessa&#xA;  medicina.» (Paul Sussman, Il labirinto di Osiride, Milano, Mondadori,&#xA;  2013.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://marinataffetani.wordpress.com/category/parole/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;post nel blog della traduttrice Marina Taffetani&lt;/a&gt; circa la Schadenfreude, oltre al termine aticofilia viene menzionato anche &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;faulofilia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, dal greco φαῦλος (fâulos) significa «cattivo» (e sostantivato, τὸ φαῦλος «il male»).:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per comprendere questa bellissima e intraducibile parola tedesca, ci&#xA;  viene in aiuto anche la Wikipedia italiana, che ci dice che la&#xA;  Schadenfreude è il “piacere provocato dalla sfortuna altrui”.&#xA;  Wikipedia propone di tradurlo con aticofilia o faulofilia, che però&#xA;  renderebbero la parola molto aulica, mentre in tedesco è parola di uso&#xA;  comune. Wikipedia riporta anche una lista di parole in altre lingue&#xA;  che hanno lo stesso o simile significato, come il danese e norvegese&#xA;  skadefryd o l’albanese cmirëzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per capirci con un concetto molto semplice, è quel sentimento che&#xA;  qualcuno potrebbe aver provato due sere fa dopo la sconfitta 7-1 del&#xA;  Brasile da parte della Germania ai Mondiali di calcio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-08T10:06:12.360" LastActivityDate="2019-11-08T10:06:12.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11244" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5276" CreationDate="2019-11-09T13:56:42.723" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Qual'è&quot; is perfectly correct Italian. The word &quot;qual&quot; is outdated and can only be found in older literary works. In contemporary Italian, you can encounter it in some fixed sentences that survive from the past (notably, &quot;qual buon vento&quot;, i.e. &quot;nice to see you (after some time you didn't show your pretty face around)&quot;). It goes without saying that those old &quot;fossils of a sentence&quot; do not have the power to dictate grammar rules of any kind, or we should review a ton of current grammar (just think of &quot;per lo meno&quot;,&quot;mamma ha fatto i gnocchi&quot;, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only the word &quot;quale&quot; is used to form new sentences in contemporary Italian, regardless of whether the following word starts with a vowel or a consonant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &quot;quale è&quot; is correct (as confirmed by Accademia della Crusca, among others), this makes &quot;qual'è&quot; also correct because of elision (elisione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One (big) problem is that the Italian school system has endorsed the &quot;qual è&quot; form in the past and the presence of &quot;qual'è&quot; has (unjustifiably) become some kind of litmus test to judge people's literacy. Because of this, whoever writes &quot;qual'è&quot; online may be the target of subtle (or even not so subtle) harassment. This is unfair. There are a ton of pitfalls that unschooled Italians will encounter when writing. This shouldn't be one of them because it collides with the general rule of &quot;elisione&quot; which can be applied without explicit permit from either Crusca or any dictionary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wrote an article (in Italian) about this: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2018/07/31/qual-e-contro-quale-sono-entrambi-corretti-e-vi-spiego-perche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2018/07/31/qual-e-contro-quale-sono-entrambi-corretti-e-vi-spiego-perche/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5850" LastEditorUserId="5850" LastEditDate="2019-11-09T14:18:50.407" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:18:50.407" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5959" CreationDate="2019-11-09T14:04:22.647" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta alla tua domanda è che entrambe le forme sono corrette. La forma col congiuntivo assegna semplicemente alla frase un tono più &quot;alto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda ha senso, però, dal momento che la strategia usata nelle scuole italiane per spiegare il congiuntivo fa acqua da tutte le parti. Io parlerei senza mezzi termini di &quot;fantagrammatica&quot;. Se la grammatica deve spiegare come funziona la lingua, la storiella del congiuntivo come &quot;modo dell'ipotesi, del timore, della paura e bla, bla, bla&quot; semplicemente non regge. È facilissimo costruire frasi dove il congiuntivo non ci starebbe (in accordo a quella regola), ma gli italiani avvertono che, a orecchio, &quot;ci sta&quot; (pur non sapendolo spiegare ovviamente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo italiano è un retaggio del latino ed è legato prevalentemente alla possibilità di conferire ai propri scritti un tono più elevato qualora il registro lo richieda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto un articolo in proposito che dovrebbe dissipare la maggior parte dei dubbi: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5850" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:04:22.647" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11246" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3653" CreationDate="2019-11-09T14:11:33.040" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta alla tua domanda è che, nelle subordinate soggettive, è corretto sia il congiuntivo che l'indicativo. La forma col congiuntivo assegna semplicemente alla frase un tono più &quot;alto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda ha senso, però, dal momento che la strategia (che tu citi) usata nelle scuole italiane per spiegare il congiuntivo fa acqua da tutte le parti. Io parlerei senza mezzi termini di &quot;fantagrammatica&quot;. Se la grammatica deve spiegare come funziona la lingua, la storiella del congiuntivo come &quot;modo del dubbio, dell'incertezza e del bla, bla, bla&quot; semplicemente non regge. È facilissimo costruire frasi dove il congiuntivo non ci starebbe (in accordo a quella regola), ma gli italiani avvertono che, a orecchio, ci sta (pur non sapendolo giustificare ovviamente. &quot;A orecchio&quot; è la giustificazione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo italiano è un retaggio del latino ed è legato prevalentemente alla possibilità di conferire ai propri scritti un tono più elevato qualora il registro lo richieda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto un articolo in proposito che dovrebbe dissipare la maggior parte dei dubbi: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5850" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:11:33.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11247" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10129" CreationDate="2019-11-09T14:14:09.580" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono d'accordo che l'uso del verbo pensare si porti necessariamente dietro l'uso del congiuntivo. La forma col congiuntivo assegna semplicemente alla frase un tono più &quot;alto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda ha senso, però, dal momento che la strategia usata nelle scuole italiane per spiegare il congiuntivo fa acqua da tutte le parti e confonde gli studenti. Io parlerei senza mezzi termini di &quot;fantagrammatica&quot;. Se la grammatica deve spiegare come funziona la lingua, la storiella del congiuntivo come &quot;modo dell'ipotesi, del dubbio e del bla, bla, bla&quot; semplicemente non regge. È facilissimo costruire frasi dove il congiuntivo non ci starebbe (in accordo a quella regola), ma gli italiani avvertono che, a orecchio, ci sta (pur non sapendolo spiegare ovviamente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo italiano è un retaggio del latino ed è legato prevalentemente alla possibilità di conferire ai propri scritti un tono più elevato qualora il registro lo richieda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto un articolo in proposito che dovrebbe dissipare la maggior parte dei dubbi: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5850" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:14:09.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11248" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3669" CreationDate="2019-11-09T14:16:51.797" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tutti questi dubbi sono legittimi. In breve, la forma col congiuntivo assegna semplicemente alla frase un tono più &quot;alto&quot;. Chi scrive per un tema scolastico fa probabilmente meglio a errare sul lato di usare un congiuntivo in più, ma l'italiano non funziona esattamente così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La strategia usata nelle scuole italiane per spiegare il congiuntivo fa acqua da tutte le parti. Io parlerei senza mezzi termini di &quot;fantagrammatica&quot;. Se la grammatica deve spiegare come funziona la lingua, la storiella del congiuntivo come &quot;modo dell'ipotesi, del timore, della paura e bla, bla, bla&quot; semplicemente non regge. È facilissimo costruire frasi dove il congiuntivo non ci starebbe (in accordo a quella regola), ma gli italiani avvertono che, a orecchio, &quot;ci sta&quot; (pur non sapendolo spiegare ovviamente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso del congiuntivo italiano è un retaggio del latino ed è legato prevalentemente alla possibilità di conferire ai propri scritti un tono più elevato qualora il registro lo richieda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto un articolo in proposito che dovrebbe dissipare la maggior parte dei dubbi: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.lavocedinewyork.com/arts/lingua-italiana/2019/10/25/il-congiuntivo-italiano-cari-studenti-stranieri-attenti-alla-fantagrammatica/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5850" LastActivityDate="2019-11-09T14:16:51.797" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11249" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-09T16:09:47.683" Score="5" ViewCount="894" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8366/che-differenza-c%c3%a8-fra-vestito-e-abito-in-italiano&quot;&gt;Che differenza c&amp;#39;&amp;#232; fra &amp;quot;vestito&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;abito&amp;quot; in italiano?&lt;/a&gt; that the difference between &quot;vestito&quot; and &quot;abito&quot; is that the latter is more formal. If I got it right, this applies to the 3 different meanings related to clothes of both words: dress (piece of cloth worn by women), suit (formal piece of cloth worn by men) and clothing in general.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what about &quot;abbigliamento&quot;, &quot;vestiario&quot; and &quot;indumenti&quot; (pieces of cloth)? Is there any difference in meaning between them and &quot;vestiti&quot;? Some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;negozio di abbigliamento / vestiario / indumenti / vestiti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;l'industria dell'abbigliamento / vestiario / indumenti / vestiti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;abbigliamento / vestiario / indumenti / vestiti da uomo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;abbigliamento invernale / vestiario invernale / indumenti invernali / vestiti invernali &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;abbigliamento / vestiario / indumenti / vestiti da passeggio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;disegnare abbigliamento / vestiario / indumenti / vestiti&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-09T17:12:12.887" LastActivityDate="2019-11-11T16:53:54.100" Title="Vestiti vs abbigliamento vs vestiario vs indumenti" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11250" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-10T08:17:01.227" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Superino&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nell’osteria di Placido Superino si mise a giocare alle carte col guardiacaccia. La posta, disse Menemio, era una miseria: Superino si giocava una dozzina di caramelle e l’altro una fetta di formaggio. A un certo punto litigarono. Col guardiacaccia non poteva non succedere e anche Superino si accendeva in un niente e aveva la fiammata lunga. Superino lo accusò di &lt;strong&gt;aver rinnegato&lt;/strong&gt;, il guardiacaccia naturalmente negò e in un attimo si trovarono presi per i denti. Qualcuno cercò di metter pace, suggerí di annullare quella mano e rifarla, ma senza troppo impegno, d’altronde i due non erano tipi da accettare i consigli di terzi. Superino insistette sul &lt;strong&gt;rinnego&lt;/strong&gt; e il guardiacaccia per meglio difendersi disse che quel dannato ragazzo dai capelli rossi lo truffava nei punti approfittando della sua maggior confidenza con le cifre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;rinnegare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, incluso il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI16/GDLI_16_ocr_565.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (continua &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI16/GDLI_16_ocr_566.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;), ma non riesco a capire cosa possa significare nel passaggio sopra citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-10T08:17:01.227" Title="Significato di &quot;rinnegare&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11251" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11253" CreationDate="2019-11-10T17:27:09.403" Score="-1" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;The pasta meeting&quot; in Italian would be &quot;L'Incontro Pasta&quot;.&#xA;I am aware of the fact that adjectives should come last, e.g., &quot;la pasta verde&quot;.&#xA;But why do we say &quot;L'Incontro Pasta&quot; instead of &quot;la pasta incontro&quot;?  Or maybe we could say &quot;L'Incontro di Pasta&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-10T20:35:05.973" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T09:55:40.390" Title="Do we say &quot;L'Incontro Pasta&quot; and if so why?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11252" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11254" CreationDate="2019-11-11T11:21:55.440" Score="1" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La novella dell’apprendista esattore&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto questa discussione tra un prete e alcuni paesani sulla faccenda di un suo compaesano che si era asserragliato a casa sua, difendendosi a spari, quando era venuto l'esattore a riscuotere una tassa inevasa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Questa è una faccenda, – riprese, – che dovete sbrigar voi, suoi amici da sempre. Voialtri la dovete sbrigare. Andategli sull’aia in tre o quattro e parlategli tutt’insieme o uno alla volta.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Carlino sospirò, ma Umberto tentò ancora. – Lei capisce che quello non è normale, e nessuno di noi ignoranti sa le parole da usare nelle situazioni non normali. Lei certo mi capisce, parroco. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ti capisco, ma ti dico che tu fai torto alla tua lingua. Voi la sapete usare la lingua, eccome. &lt;strong&gt;Avete tutti una lingua di ferro&lt;/strong&gt;. Aspettate. Questo può essere un buon consiglio. Presentatevi tutti sull’aia ma fate parlare Amedeo. Amedeo è o non è il primissimo amico di Davide?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa &quot;avere una lingua di ferro&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato alle voci &quot;lingua&quot; e &quot;ferro&quot; di parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa espressione. Sapreste spiegarmene il significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-11T13:05:21.223" Title="Significato di &quot;avere la lingua di ferro&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11253" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11251" CreationDate="2019-11-11T13:01:36.137" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;If it's the name of the resturant, I'm not sure it is translatable while still meaning the same thing.&#xA;Literally it should be &quot;L'incontro della pasta&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5686" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2019-11-12T09:55:40.390" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T09:55:40.390" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11254" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11252" CreationDate="2019-11-11T13:05:21.223" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vuol dire &quot;avete una lingua forte&quot;. Si lamentano di avere una proprietà di linguaggio debole e non adatta a discutere con lui, ma il parroco risponde che in realtà la loro padronanza della lingua è &quot;forte come il ferro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5686" LastActivityDate="2019-11-11T13:05:21.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11255" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11249" CreationDate="2019-11-11T16:53:54.100" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a good question. The nouns &lt;em&gt;abbigliamento vestito abito indumento&lt;/em&gt; behave differently when singular or plural. Don't confuse the noun &lt;em&gt;vestito&lt;/em&gt; with the participle from &lt;em&gt;vestire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You correctly observe that &lt;em&gt;vestito&lt;/em&gt; (singular) quite likely is a dress if referred to women, a suit if referred to men. In this meaning, &lt;em&gt;abito&lt;/em&gt; is almost a synonym. For instance &lt;em&gt;abito da sera&lt;/em&gt; is more frequent than &lt;em&gt;vestito da sera&lt;/em&gt;, but both can be used. The sentence&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La duchessa indossava un abito nero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;conveys the idea that the duchess was wearing a black (probably one-piece) dress. However, if I want to refer to the famous &lt;a href=&quot;https://images.app.goo.gl/mcbBSXiw3nw6hrHo8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Audrey Hepburn’s black dress&lt;/a&gt; in “Breakfast at Tiffany’s”, I'd use &lt;em&gt;abitino nero&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When plural, &lt;em&gt;vestiti&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;abiti&lt;/em&gt; may refer to several formal clothes for men or women, but they also have a generic meaning:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla spiaggia i ragazzi si tolsero i vestiti e si tuffarono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, &lt;em&gt;vestiti&lt;/em&gt; is just the same as “clothes”. In this sense &lt;em&gt;abiti&lt;/em&gt; is still a synonym, but more “written language”. In the singular, but also in the plural, they denote clothing or pieces of clothing that cover the main parts of the body (possibly leaving arms or legs uncovered).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's &lt;em&gt;indumento&lt;/em&gt;? According to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/indumento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; it's any piece of clothing. However, nobody would go to “comprare un indumento”, because it's too generic. An example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un maglione islandese sarebbe proprio l'indumento adatto per questo freddo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One cannot use &lt;em&gt;vestito&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;abito&lt;/em&gt; in this sense, because we're referring to a specific piece of clothing that only covers the torso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The boys above might also have &lt;em&gt;tolto gli indumenti&lt;/em&gt;, but I'd not use this form myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the plural &lt;em&gt;indumenti&lt;/em&gt; can be a collective noun: &lt;em&gt;indumenti intimi&lt;/em&gt; is the underwear, &lt;em&gt;indumenti da lavoro&lt;/em&gt; are work clothes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about &lt;em&gt;abbigliamento&lt;/em&gt;? According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/abbigliamento&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; it is “way of dressing” when abstract, the set of objects and accessories for dressing when concrete. Thus a &lt;em&gt;negozio di abbigliamento&lt;/em&gt; is a shop where you go to buy clothes and accessories such as belts. Not shoes, although nowadays you can find shops that sell both clothing and shoes. In informal language one can also say &lt;em&gt;negozio di vestiti&lt;/em&gt;, but I think to never have heard an “absolute” &lt;em&gt;negozio di indumenti&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;negozio di indumenti intimi&lt;/em&gt; can instead be heard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vestiario1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vestiario&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; is the set of clothes worn or owned by a person, so &lt;em&gt;magazzino di vestiario&lt;/em&gt; is, for instance, where a company or organization keeps the clothes to distribute for work (think to the army or a hospital).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While &lt;em&gt;negozio di vestiario&lt;/em&gt; is pretty similar to &lt;em&gt;negozio di abbigliamento&lt;/em&gt;, the former conveys an idea of lower quality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-11T16:53:54.100" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11256" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11257" CreationDate="2019-11-12T08:43:15.713" Score="1" ViewCount="255" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La novella dell’apprendista esattore&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio, in cui si narra la vicenda di un contadino, Davide Cora, che si asserraglia a casa sua, difendendosi a spari, quando vede arrivare l'esattore a riscuotere una tassa inevasa, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Giunse un soffio di vento, che diede nelle cime dei castagni e rianimò tutti, forse anche Davide Cora asserragliato nella sua bicocca. Ma cadde subito e si sentí chiaro nella strada sottana il rumore di una automobile e la frenata. Non potevano essere altri che i carabinieri, in grande anticipo, e l’esattore corse alla strada. Gli altri rimasero col fiato sospeso e Menemio mormorò: – &lt;strong&gt;Ci sei&lt;/strong&gt;, Davide Cora, ora &lt;strong&gt;ci sei&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/essere1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che &quot;esserci&quot; vuol dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;aver raggiunto lo scopo, riuscire in qualche cosa: &lt;em&gt;coraggio, che ci sei&lt;/em&gt;; o arrivare a comprendere, a indovinare: &lt;em&gt;ora ci sono&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, queste accezioni non sembrano avere molto senso nel passaggio sopra citato. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato dell'espressione &quot;ci sei&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T17:13:22.507" Title="Cosa significa &quot;esserci&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11257" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11256" CreationDate="2019-11-12T11:08:43.427" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che i significati che hai trovato nel Vocabolario Treccani siano utili a comprendere meglio la frase mormorata da Menemio. Si tratta di considerarli, diversamente dagli esempi proposti nel Vocabolario, in un senso “negativo”: Menemio intende dire che Davide Cora è arrivato alla “resa dei conti” con i carabinieri e l’esattore, non può più sfuggirgli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T11:08:43.427" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8945" CreationDate="2019-11-12T13:25:15.477" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su questo articolo presente su Huffington Post intitolato &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.huffingtonpost.it/carla-falconi/riccanza-ladorazione-del-lusso-e-la-fine-delle-socialdemocrazie_a_23606864/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;#Riccanza: l'adorazione del lusso e la fine delle socialdemocrazie&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ho trovato una definizione interessante di riccanza, termine catalogato come neologismo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tuttavia &lt;strong&gt;la riccanza, neologismo che mischia la ricchezza con&#xA;  l'abbondanza e l'arroganza&lt;/strong&gt;, è diventata quasi un genere televisivo,&#xA;  esportato in Francia, in Spagna e in Sudamerica, e copiato anche da&#xA;  alcuni programmi di Sky in cui, con la scusa di far vedere le case più&#xA;  bel mondo e le barche più belle del mondo (senza far mai vedere i&#xA;  proprietari) si parla solo di lusso e di milioni. È come se la&#xA;  riccanza fosse diventata una meraviglia da mostrare ai poveri, ovvero&#xA;  ai follower, ovvero ai proletari 2.0 che, dall'altra parte dello&#xA;  schermo, guardano attoniti come se venerassero un miracolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra che addirittura &lt;a href=&quot;http://news.mtv.it/tv-cinema/riccanza-la-petizione-per-far-entrare-la-parola-riccanza-nel-dizionario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l'emittente televisiva MTV abbia indetto una petizione&lt;/a&gt; per chiedere all'Accademia della Crusca di inserire il termine nel dizionario, anche se cercando sul sito non vi è traccia di alcun elemento a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-12T13:46:43.797" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T13:46:43.797" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11256" CreationDate="2019-11-12T17:13:22.507" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI05/00000430.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Esserci&lt;/em&gt;: essere arrivati; trovarsi in una con­dizione critica, in una situazione imbarazzante. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Pananti&lt;/em&gt;, I-55:  Si  dettero  a  suonar  corni  e  trombette, &#xA;  /  a  dar  di  sproni  ed  a  schioccar  la  frusta,  /  dicendo:  Tu ci sei, qui non si scappa.  &lt;em&gt;Manzoni,  Pr.  Sp.&lt;/em&gt;,  I (14): Quando &#xA;  si  trovò  di  fronte  dei  due  galantuomini,  disse  mental­mente:  Ci  siamo. &lt;em&gt;Marotta&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;    I-241:  Ci  siamo,  Concetta, prepara i lumi e il braciere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo ultimo significato è, secondo me, quello meglio adatto al contesto del testo della domanda. Cioè, in modo simile agli esempi di Pananti e Manzoni, Menemio vuol dire che, una volta arrivati i carabinieri, Davide Cora si trovava in una condizione critica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-12T17:13:22.507" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11261" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11262" CreationDate="2019-11-13T07:52:17.527" Score="3" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La novella dell’apprendista esattore&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto questo dialogo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Allora, – disse Giulio, – Davide approfittasse di questo po’ di tempo per lasciare la casa e darsi ai boschi. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – No, no, – disse Umberto, – sarebbe molto peggio. Io non me ne intendo, ma dev’essere un’aggravante. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Già, – convenne subito Giulio, – e poi non ha piú l’età per darsi ai boschi. D’altronde, non c’è piú boschi che &lt;strong&gt;tengano&lt;/strong&gt; oggigiorno. Contro la forza i boschi andavano ancora bene vent’anni fa, ma oggigiorno...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;tenere&quot; su alcuni dizionari, incluso il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000878.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (continua in queste pagine: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000879.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000880.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;,  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000881.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000882.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;4&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000883.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;5&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000884.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;6&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000885.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;7&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000886.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;8&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000887.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;9&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000888.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;10&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000889.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;11&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000890.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;12&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000891.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;13&lt;/a&gt;), ma ci sono tantissime accezioni che non riesco a capire a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel brano sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-13T15:32:00.853" LastActivityDate="2019-11-13T15:32:00.853" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;tenere&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11262" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11261" CreationDate="2019-11-13T08:41:43.203" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con riferimento alle pagine che hai postato, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000890.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;riporto il significato illustrato in questa&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Non esserci qualcosa che tenga&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non esistere rimedi, soluzioni, mezzi per ovviare a un problema o a una&#xA;difficoltà o per ottenere un risultato; non esserci sentimenti, convinzioni,&#xA;autorità in grado di durare o opporsi; non essere possibili o accettabili scuse, giustificazioni, rinvii, obiezioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione si utilizza in numerose locuzioni - alcune delle quali riportate nello stesso file collegato, come ad es.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è scusa che tenga&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è amicizia che tenga&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ci sono santi che tengano (riportata anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/santo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quel che mi pare di capire nel dialogo in questione, uno dei personaggi parla &lt;em&gt;di darsi ai boschi&lt;/em&gt;, ovvero &lt;em&gt;darsi alla macchia&lt;/em&gt; (= far sparire le proprie tracce); e l'altro obietta, utilizzando questa espressione, che al giorno d'oggi questo &amp;quot;rimedio&amp;quot; (contro il fisco?) ha perso efficacia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare inoltre che &lt;em&gt;non c’è piú boschi che tengano&lt;/em&gt; è un anacoluto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-13T13:23:54.413" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8423" CreationDate="2019-11-13T14:15:53.707" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Biocca&lt;/em&gt; è una parola romanesca che significa &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La chioccia, biocca in Roma, la gallina c'ha i pulcini;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=PCtWAAAAYAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PP519&amp;amp;dq=&amp;quot;biocca&amp;quot;+&amp;quot;chioccia&amp;quot;&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lexicon Tetraglotton, an English-French-Italian-Spanish Dictionary&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (1660)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una delle molte varianti regionali, che si ipotizza (come dici tu) derivi dal latino &lt;em&gt;gloccire&lt;/em&gt; (o come una deformazione di &lt;em&gt;chioccia&lt;/em&gt;, o un discendente parallelo in un'altra lingua romanza):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vròcca, Vlòcca, Blocca, Biocca, Locca, chioccia == Cfr. lat &lt;em&gt;Glocùns. Gloccire&lt;/em&gt; — *Nel dial. di Scanno, spiedo. Fr. &lt;em&gt;Brache&lt;/em&gt;. Cfr. con l'ital. Brocco, Sbrocco. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/vocabolariodell00finagoog/page/n228&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario dell'uso abbruzese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, 1880&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ab·bioc·cà·re&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;v tr e intr&lt;/em&gt; (reg biocca, chioccia, +ad+āre; 1859), ing ... fr ...  sp... ted proprio della chioccia che cova le uova, estens assopire, &lt;sub&gt;&lt;strong&gt;abbioccarsi&lt;/strong&gt; rifl, assopirsi&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docplayer.it/30847603-Dizionario-europeo-italiano.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DIZIONARIO EUROPEO (ITALIANO)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-13T15:26:34.707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-13T15:26:34.707" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11264" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-14T07:28:27.823" Score="1" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La novella dell’apprendista esattore&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto questo dialogo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Un momento, – disse forte il maresciallo. – Qualcuno di voi per caso ha parlato con lui? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  – Amedeo, – dissero in tanti. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Io, maresciallo, – sospirò Amedeo. Il maresciallo gli accennò di accostarsi. – E che impressione vi ha fatto? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Non so dire. Non ho potuto capir bene. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Deciso a tutto? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Forse. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  – Anche contro di noi? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Chissà, maresciallo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Allora è pazzo, – concluse il maresciallo. – Lo è sempre stato? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – È sempre stato… speciale, – disse Amedeo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Pazzi in famiglia? – proseguí il maresciallo. – Risultano consanguinei ricoverati &lt;strong&gt;nel tempo&lt;/strong&gt; in manicomio? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – No, che io sappia no. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – No, no, – confermarono risentiti alcuni dei piú vicini. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Si chiama Davide Cora, vero? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Sí, maresciallo. Fu Vincenzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;tempo&quot; in parecchi dizionari e ho trovato alcuni esempi di uso dell'espressione &quot;nel tempo&quot;, come nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tempo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma nessuno di questa locuzione usata in modo assoluto come nel brano sopra citato. Allora, la mia domanda è: qual è il significato di questo &quot;nel tempo&quot; che appare nel testo? Vuol dire forse &quot;nel tempo presente&quot;, &quot;in questo momento&quot;? O il significato sarebbe piuttosto &quot;lungo il tempo&quot;, &quot;attraverso il tempo&quot;, cioè, il maresciallo sta chiedendo se ci sono stati antenati di Davide Cora ricoverati in manicomio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-11-14T10:37:48.543" Title="Significato di &quot;nel tempo&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11264" CreationDate="2019-11-14T10:37:48.543" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato l'espressione &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;nel tempo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa &lt;em&gt;nel corso del tempo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;precedentemente&lt;/em&gt;. Viene quindi in questo caso stabilito un intervallo aperto verso il passato e chiuso sul presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il  maresciallo sta effettivamente chiedendo se ci sono stati antenati di Davide Cora ricoverati precedentemente in manicomio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2019-11-14T10:37:48.543" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11266" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-15T16:57:58.023" Score="3" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am trying to read this section about &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/enciclopedia/struttura-dato-nuovo_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the role of old/new information in word ordering&lt;/a&gt; in Treccani  and I found the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per es., nella risposta che B dà alla domanda di A nel dialogo seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(1) A: Ma come mai Carlo non c’è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;B: Carlo, l’hanno fermato i carabinieri. [ø] Arriverà dopo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l’informazione veicolata da &lt;em&gt;Carlo&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;data&lt;/em&gt;; è infatti già presente nella domanda di A e presumibilmente anche nell’enciclopedia dei due interlocutori. Per le stesse ragioni, può dirsi &lt;em&gt;nuova&lt;/em&gt; l’informazione espressa dai predicati delle due frasi che compongono la risposta di B (&lt;em&gt;hanno fermato i carabinieri&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;arriverà dopo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I translated &quot;l'informazione veicolata da Carlo è data&quot; as &quot;the information transmitted by Carlo is given/old&quot;. But that sentence seems confusing to me. What information is transmitted by Carlo? He does not even participate in this dialogue, but rather is the subject of it. If he called B to tell that he's been stopped by the police, that is the new information, not the old. The old information is that Carlo is not there and that is simply noticed by his absence. I would expect to read something like &quot;l'assenza di Carlo è una data informazione&quot; instead. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not sure if this is a question about the expression &quot;veicolare informazione&quot; in Italian or just text comprehension. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-15T22:17:49.070" LastActivityDate="2019-11-15T22:17:49.070" Title="Meaning of &quot;informazione veicolata da&quot; in this text" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ClosedDate="2019-11-17T12:21:11.780" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11267" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11270" CreationDate="2019-11-15T18:08:30.097" Score="2" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/enciclopedia/focalizzazioni_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Appena uscito dalla palestra, sono stato in biblioteca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would initially translate it as &quot;As soon as I left the gym, I was in the library&quot;, but that makes no sense unless the library and gym are adjacent rooms, which is unlikely. I guess that &quot;stare&quot; means &quot;andare&quot; in this context?  I have not found that meaning in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/stare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/stare&lt;/a&gt;. Is it usual? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-16T13:12:18.240" LastActivityDate="2019-11-16T13:12:18.240" Title="Can &quot;stare&quot; have the meaning of &quot;andare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11268" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11267" CreationDate="2019-11-15T20:47:25.563" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Basically, your assumption can be considered correct; but in this case the meaning of the verb &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;can be this one, taken from Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essere, trovarsi, permanere in un dato luogo, o in una determinata condizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be, to stay, to linger in a given place, or in a given condition.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So the expression &amp;quot;sono stato in biblioteca&amp;quot; is used to say that yes, he went to the library, but it remarks that he passed some time there.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is pretty used; for example you can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono stato al mare = I've been at the seaside (I spent there some days).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono stato dai miei parenti = I visited my relatives&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-15T22:42:26.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11269" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-15T22:49:25.790" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between the two sentences below?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Arriva un poliziotto provinciale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Un poliziotto provinciale arriva.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is emphasis the only difference, as mentioned in&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5479/frase-interrogativa-%c3%88-corretto-%c3%a8-corretto-oppure-%c3%88-corretto&quot;&gt;Frase interrogativa: &amp;quot;&amp;#200; corretto ...?&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;... &amp;#232; corretto?&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;&amp;#200; ... corretto?&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; ? If so, I'd appreciate if someone could explain the exact difference in meaning of both sentences when the emphasis is on &quot;arriva&quot; (2nd sentence?) and when the emphasis is on &quot;un poliziotto provinciale&quot; (1st sentence?). I can't see any by myself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried reading the sections about &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/enciclopedia/focalizzazioni_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;focalization&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/enciclopedia/struttura-dato-nuovo_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;new/old data&lt;/a&gt; in Treccani. They are huge and too complex for my level of Italian, but I understood that usually the already known information comes before and the new information afterwards, so I guess that's what happens here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-15T22:57:07.083" LastActivityDate="2019-11-15T22:57:07.083" Title="Arriva un poliziotto provinciale vs Un poliziotto provinciale arriva" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11267" CreationDate="2019-11-16T11:16:11.680" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, it doesn't simply translate to &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;; the idea of going to the library is implicit, but the sentence conveys the sense of having gone to the library, staying there for a while. However, the speaker is no longer in the library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How would you say this in English? I think you can use &lt;em&gt;to stay&lt;/em&gt; as well:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;As soon as I left the gym, I stayed at the library for a while.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, in order to stay at the library, you have to go there, but you don't need to say that explicitly.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Italian sentence &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; also mean&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;As soon as I left the gym, I went to the library.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if the context makes clear that I went there for a short time, for instance in order to return a book I borrowed. However, for this case, I'd use &lt;em&gt;Appena uscito dalla palestra, sono stato alla biblioteca&lt;/em&gt;, that is, I didn't really stay there long. Alternatively, &lt;em&gt;sono passato dalla biblioteca&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-11-16T11:16:11.680" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11271" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-16T11:44:08.257" Score="2" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei un consiglio su come aiutare una studentessa (anglofona) che continua a confondere le &quot;i&quot; con le &quot;e&quot;. In particolare quando una parola in italiano finisce in &quot;e&quot;, lei la pronucia &quot;i&quot;. Credo sia un problema piuttosto diffuso, pensa a come un inglese pronuncia per esempio &quot;panettone&quot; &quot;Versace&quot;... pronunciano spesso l'ultima vocale come una &quot;i&quot;. Anche &quot;grazie&quot; all'inizio tendono a pronunciarlo &quot;grazii&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io le ho consigliato di ricordare E di EGG e I di IGLOO ma fa ancora fatica. Mi chiedevo se qualcuno di voi abbia mai avuto questo problema e se conosciate strategie che potrebbero risultare utili in questo caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2473" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-16T23:13:41.163" LastActivityDate="2019-11-16T23:13:41.163" Title="Pronuncia delle vocali &quot;e&quot; e &quot;i&quot; per studente inglese" Tags="&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11272" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-16T16:28:50.883" Score="3" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning between &quot;noto&quot; and &quot;conosciuto&quot; ? If I got it right, the former is more usual. Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È un cantante noto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È un cantante conosciuto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-16T16:36:42.090" LastActivityDate="2020-03-24T12:50:57.633" Title="Difference between &quot;noto&quot; and &quot;conosciuto&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11116" CreationDate="2019-11-16T18:28:24.930" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ce li hai gli occhi?&quot; and &quot;Hai gli occhi&quot; mean the same, but the former uses 2 mechanisms to strengthen the idea of possession:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;redundant direct object pronoun &quot;li&quot; before the verb. Usually one would say &quot;hai gli occhi&quot; or &quot;li hai&quot;, but both are combined here in the redundant expression &quot;li hai gli occhi&quot;. This could be used with any transitive verb. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;redundant pronoun &quot;ce&quot; (variation of &quot;ci&quot; used before a direct object pronoun) , often used in informal speech together with &quot;avere&quot; (ex: C'ho fame). This reinforcing usage is restricted to some verbs, such as &quot;avere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-16T18:37:39.910" LastActivityDate="2019-11-16T18:37:39.910" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11290" CreationDate="2019-11-18T10:18:40.810" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference between &quot;brutto tempo&quot;, &quot;cattivo tempo&quot; and &quot;maltempo&quot;? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'aereo ha avuto un ritardo per il cattivo tempo/brutto tempo/maltempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-21T20:21:30.410" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T20:21:30.410" Title="What's the difference among brutto tempo, cattivo tempo and maltempo?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11276" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9562" CreationDate="2019-11-18T15:02:55.197" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso dipenda dal fatto che il &quot;bello&quot; in tempi passati era assimilato alla dimensione. In tempi di &quot;magrezza&quot; e povertà, qualcosa di pieno, robusto, grande veniva inteso come &quot;bello&quot;. Si pensi all'espressione &quot;un bel piatto di pasta&quot; o simili. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5686" LastActivityDate="2019-11-18T15:02:55.197" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11277" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11278" CreationDate="2019-11-18T23:30:02.797" Score="4" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference &lt;em&gt;in meaning&lt;/em&gt; between &quot;verdura&quot; and &quot;ortaggio&quot; ? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding their number inflexion, if I got it right, &quot;verdura&quot; is used in the singular even when it means the plural, &quot;ortaggio&quot; not. Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La patata è la verdura/l'ortaggio più popolare in Perù.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui ha un negozio di frutta e verdura/ortaggi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I giovani non mangiano verdura / ortaggi.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-19T06:38:57.510" LastActivityDate="2019-11-19T10:57:40.697" Title="Differenza tra &quot;verdura&quot; e &quot;ortaggio&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11278" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11277" CreationDate="2019-11-19T08:20:21.757" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this &lt;a href=&quot;https://medicinaonline.co/2018/02/22/differenza-tra-verdura-ed-ortaggi-con-esempi/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog post&lt;/a&gt; you can read about the difference between &lt;em&gt;ortaggio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;verdura&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Differenza tra ortaggio e verdura&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Verdura ed ortaggi sono la stessa cosa? La parola “ortaggio” si&#xA;  riferisce a tutti i prodotti vegetali coltivati nell’orto (sia a&#xA;  livello domestico-artigianale che industriale), mentre invece la&#xA;  parola “verdura” è un termine gastronomico che indica le parti del&#xA;  vegetale utilizzate nell’alimentazione umana, vegetale che può essere&#xA;  presenti allo stato selvatico o derivare da coltivazioni.&#xA;  Semplificando: l’ortaggio è il vegetale, mentre la verdura è la parte&#xA;  dell’ortaggio che viene mangiato. I termini in alcuni casi possono&#xA;  essere usati come sinonimi, mentre in altri no a seconda del vegetale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, according to this article, the word &lt;em&gt;ortaggio&lt;/em&gt; refers to all the products obtained from a vegetable garden whereas &lt;em&gt;verdura&lt;/em&gt; refers to the part of the ortaggio you eat. The terms are usually used as synonyms, but sometimes it depends on the type of vegetable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, reading from the &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI21/GDLI_21_ocr_778.pdf&amp;amp;parola=&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;verdura&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Insieme o determinata quantità, porzione di ve­getali commestibili, di ortaggi. - Anche in un contesto figur.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and for &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/pdf_viewer/Scripts/pdf.js/web/viewer.asp?file=/PDF/GDLI12/GDLI_12_ocr_168.pdf&amp;amp;parola=&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;ortaggio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; you can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ortàggio,  sm.   Qualsiasi tipo di pianta che si coltiva negli orti per alimentazione o condimento (e anche la parte commestibile o i frutti di tali piante, posti in vendita o usati in cucina).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, considering everyday use, it can be said that the two terms can be considered synonyms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About the number inflexion, although being a collective noun, &quot;verdura&quot; is also used in its plural form, &lt;em&gt;verdure&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Using your examples, you can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La patata è la verdura più popolare in Perù.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La patata è l'ortaggio più popolare in Perù.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lui ha un negozio di frutta e verdura. (&quot;verdure&quot; would not be usual here)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lui ha un negozio di frutta e ortaggi.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the last phrase, you would have more choices:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I giovani non mangiano verdura.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I giovani non mangiano &lt;em&gt;verdure&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I giovani non mangiano ortaggi.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-19T10:57:40.697" LastActivityDate="2019-11-19T10:57:40.697" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11279" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-19T11:03:04.503" Score="3" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can I use the present and future tense after the conjunction &quot;(non) appena&quot; ? Is the same valid for the verb in the main clause? Does the meaning change between sentences in the two tenses? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(Non) Appena arriva mio  padre, mangiamo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(Non) Appena arriverà mio padre, mangeremo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-21T11:33:25.627" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T11:33:25.627" Title="Verb tense after &quot;(non) appena&quot;" Tags="&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11280" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13182" CreationDate="2019-11-19T15:02:16.947" Score="4" ViewCount="267" Body="&lt;p&gt;AFAIK the question/negative with uncountable nouns is expressed as follows:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hai dello zucchero? (= Do you have any sugar?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non ne ho (alcuno/nessuno). (= I don't have any)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is alcuno/nessuno indeed optional? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about countable nouns? Could I use the same structure ? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hai delle camicie pulite? (= Do you have any clean shirts?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non ne ho (alcuna/nessuna). (= I don't have any)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T12:53:35.050" Title="Is alcuno/nessuno optional in &quot;non ne ho alcuno/nessuno&quot;?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11281" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11287" CreationDate="2019-11-19T15:54:34.980" Score="2" ViewCount="490" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/10777/alcuno-vs-nessuno-in-negative-sentences&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Alcuno&amp;quot; vs &amp;quot;nessuno&amp;quot; in negative sentences&lt;/a&gt; , both adjectives &quot;nessuno&quot; and &quot;alcuno&quot; are correct in negative sentences when they mean &quot;any&quot;, although the former is more usual. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can &quot;alcuno&quot; also be used instead of &quot;nessuno&quot; as a pronoun when it means anybody/nobody ? Is it usual? Example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non è venuto alcuno/nessuno (= Nobody came)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Non vedo alcuno/nessuno in questa oscurità (= I don't see anybody in this darkness)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/alcuno&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;WR dictionary&lt;/a&gt; says that no, but I'd like to confirm with native speakers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-20T23:37:52.600" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T10:33:34.457" Title="Nobody/somebody/anybody - &quot;nessuno&quot; vs &quot;alcuno&quot;" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11281" CreationDate="2019-11-19T20:06:29.367" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;As &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nessuno-o-alcuno_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt; suggests, “alcuno” can be used only in the singular form in negative sentences as a synonym of nessuno: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il pronome e aggettivo indefinito nessuno si usa sia in frasi positive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Nessun dubbio lo ha mai sfiorato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sia in frasi negative, insieme a un’altra negazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non ho nessun dubbio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Solo al singolare, il pronome e aggettivo indefinito alcuno può essere usato nelle frasi negative come sinonimo di nessuno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Non ho alcun (= nessun) dubbio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sulla sua adeguatezza al ruolo non è stata espressa alcuna (= nessuna) riserva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’uso di nessuno insieme a un’altra negazione non era ammesso nel latino classico, ma trova ampi riscontri nel latino tardo ed era perfettamente accettabile già nell’italiano antico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;già non è nessuno / cui non posse di botto / dicere (B. Latini, &lt;em&gt;Il tesoretto&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-20T21:07:13.040" LastActivityDate="2019-11-20T21:07:13.040" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11283" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11279" CreationDate="2019-11-19T20:23:09.267" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the following interesting article from the &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/rispondiamo-non-appena-possiamo/910&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; the usage of the expression “non appena”  for real events generally requires the same tense (present, future or past) for both  the main  and the secondary sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;(Non) appena&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  ha essenzialmente valore temporale, un valore che serve a sottolineare il succedersi ravvicinato di due azioni (quella della frase temporale e quella della reggente) e che può essere esclusivo e corrispondere quindi a ‘subito dopo che’, ‘quasi nello stesso momento in cui’, ma che può anche essere impiegato per esprimere un’eventualità, un’ipotesi con significato analogo a ‘quando’, ‘tutte le volte che’, ‘se’. Nel primo caso, quindi in frasi temporali che esprimono azioni ed eventi reali e non eventuali,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(non) appena prevede il verbo all’indicativo: &amp;quot;non appena arrivi, chiama&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;appena potrò, verrò a trovarti&amp;quot;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-19T20:23:09.267" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11285" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-21T08:13:36.670" Score="2" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;What does imposto/imposta mean in Italian?&#xA;Some people use the term  l'imposto when talking about vocal technique. &#xA;What does it actually mean and how is it used in sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-11-21T13:52:55.003" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T13:52:55.003" Title="What does imposto/imposta mean in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11285" CreationDate="2019-11-21T09:20:44.317" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Do they use it speaking Italian, or as an Italian loanword in English? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anyway, &lt;em&gt;imposto&lt;/em&gt; as a noun doesn't mean anything related to vocal technique (unless it's a very technical term dictionaries don't know about). It's a past participle, meaning “imposed”. Perhaps they mean &lt;em&gt;impostazione&lt;/em&gt;, which in this particular context may mean something like “(voice) placement”. There is also the corresponding verb, &lt;em&gt;impostare&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;imposto&lt;/em&gt; is its first person. So one might say &lt;em&gt;Imposto la voce&lt;/em&gt; (“I place my voice”, if that is how you say it in English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Imposta&lt;/em&gt; is something completely different. Apart from being the feminine of &lt;em&gt;imposto&lt;/em&gt;, it is a kind of tax or the shutter of a window.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T09:20:44.317" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11287" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11281" CreationDate="2019-11-21T10:25:48.550" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nessuno-o-alcuno_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; , the adjective and the pronoun &quot;alcuno&quot; can be used instead of &quot;nessuno&quot; in any negative sentence. That includes the contexts in which they mean &quot;nobody&quot; or &quot;anybody&quot;. However, using &quot;alcuno&quot; in such contexts sounds archaic and it is rare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2019-11-21T10:33:34.457" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T10:33:34.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11288" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-21T11:03:15.790" Score="3" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning between &quot;fare pratica&quot; and &quot;praticare&quot; when they mean &quot;to practice&quot; (e.g., a profession, a kind of art, an activity)? Can both be used intransitively? Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È avvocato ma non pratica / fa pratica.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dipingi molto meglio al giorno d'oggi rispetto a 2 anni fa! Dove hai praticato / fatto pratica?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Impara solo chi pratica/ fa pratica spesso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-21T20:24:37.187" LastActivityDate="2019-11-22T14:10:22.563" Title="&quot;Fare pratica&quot; vs &quot;praticare&quot; - intransitive usage" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11288" CreationDate="2019-11-21T11:37:16.037" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Judging from the definitions of both at treccani.it and the entry for &quot;pratice&quot; at merriam-webster.com,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Praticare = first definition of &quot;to practice&quot;, or &quot;carry out, apply/to do or perform often, customarily, or habitually/to be professionally engaged in&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fare pratica = either the first definition or the second (which is &quot;to perform or work at repeatedly so as to become proficient/to train by repeated exercises&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So &quot;praticare&quot; has one specific meaning, i.e. to run an activity or a business, while &quot;fare pratica&quot; can also mean the act of training.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sources:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/praticare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Praticare&quot; at treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;, definitions 1.a. and b.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pratica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Pratica&quot; at treccani.it&lt;/a&gt;, definitions 1.a. and b.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/practice&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Practice&quot; at merriam-webster.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally I've only heard &quot;fare pratica&quot; used for the latter case, if that helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="805" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T11:37:16.037" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11290" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11275" CreationDate="2019-11-21T13:51:08.220" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In standard Italian, &lt;em&gt;brutto tempo&lt;/em&gt; is less formal than &lt;em&gt;cattivo tempo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;maltempo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/maltempo.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini-Coletti dictionary&lt;/a&gt; sets the origin of &lt;em&gt;maltempo&lt;/em&gt; in the 15th century, but the word has become more and more formal during the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a written text you would quite likely find&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'aereo ha avuto un ritardo per il cattivo tempo/maltempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;rather than &lt;em&gt;brutto tempo&lt;/em&gt;. In spoken (informal) language, &lt;em&gt;brutto tempo&lt;/em&gt; would be used in most cases.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Marcel Ferrari remarks in a comment, it can be different in other varieties of Italian, for example Swiss Italian, where it's rather frequent the inversion of formal registers with respect to standard Italian; another example is &lt;em&gt;medicamento&lt;/em&gt;, which in standard Italian is formal for &lt;em&gt;medicina&lt;/em&gt; (in the sense of &lt;em&gt;medicinale&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-11-21T13:51:08.220" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11291" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1580" CreationDate="2019-11-22T14:02:23.360" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Multiple sources make note of how this phenomenon is commonly encountered in vernacular speech, specifically in northern Italy. However it is stigmatized in formal and written Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;... in some Italian dialects feminine but not masculine proper names must appear with a definite article (Elena Guerzoni, p.c.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cssp.cnrs.fr/eiss6/matushansky-eiss6.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Why Rose is the Rose: On the use of definite articles in proper names&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella lingua parlata è frequente l’uso dell’articolo determinativo davanti ai nomi propri. Quest’uso è comune anche con i nomi maschili solo nell’Italia settentrionale, mentre con i nomi femminili è più diffuso, ma in entrambi i casi è da evitare in contesti formali e nello scritto  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La Giulia&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;la Maria&lt;/strong&gt; verranno a cena  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;Hai già chiamato &lt;strong&gt;il Giuseppe&lt;/strong&gt;?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;    &lt;p&gt;«Dove son stata? Al cinema sono stata, con &lt;strong&gt;la Franca&lt;/strong&gt;» (D. Buzzati, &lt;em&gt;Sessanta racconti&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;PROPRI, NOMI - &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-propri_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La grammatica italiana (2012)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Patrizia Petricola in her encyclopedia makes note of some specific regions in which it is encountered:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio quotidiano e informale, specie &lt;strong&gt;dei parlanti settentrionali, toscani e salentini,&lt;/strong&gt; però, l’uso dell’articolo è frequente, soprattutto davanti ai nomi femminili (&lt;em&gt;la Giulia partirà domani, telefona alla Giulia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;nomi propri [prontuario] | 2. Nomi di persona | &lt;em&gt;2.4 Articolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/nomi-propri-prontuario_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano (2011) &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Use of the definite article before female names is standard in Venetian,&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; hence Venetian dialect of Italian commonly also has this feature.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=TP9fAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA66&amp;amp;lpg=PA66&amp;amp;dq=venetian+definite+article+name&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocatives: How Syntax meets with Pragmatics&lt;/a&gt; (p.68)&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-23T08:58:28.213" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T08:58:28.213" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11288" CreationDate="2019-11-22T14:10:22.563" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The locution &lt;em&gt;fare pratica&lt;/em&gt; means “to be in the process of learning or perfecting an art, a job, a sport or similar”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alan è avvocato, ma non pratica.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Alan è laureato in legge e fa pratica di avvocato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first case, Alan has a license for being a lawyer/barrister in court; in the second case, Alan is practicing in order to obtain the said license.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The painter in your second example &lt;em&gt;ha fatto pratica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pratica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in particolare, tirocinio professionale, apprendistato di un mestiere, specialmente nella locuzione &lt;em&gt;fare pratica&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;ha fatto pratica di avvocato nello studio del padre&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;farà pratica in un ospedale di provincia&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sta facendo pratica come restauratore in uno studio d’arte&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's impossible to say &lt;em&gt;*fare pratica spesso&lt;/em&gt;, because &lt;em&gt;fare pratica&lt;/em&gt; is a continuing activity.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-11-22T14:10:22.563" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11293" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-23T09:26:14.597" Score="1" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;La novella dell’apprendista esattore&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Davide Cora si inquadrò tutto nella finestrella, ora spianava la doppietta al fitto della meliga, a dieci passi a sinistra di Aquino, il quale sparò &lt;strong&gt;di stocco&lt;/strong&gt;. La pallottola carambolò su una sbarra della grata e si piantò nella fronte di Cora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &quot;di stocco&quot; in questo brano. Me lo potreste spiegare? Ho cercato alle voci &quot;stocco&quot; di parecchi dizionari, incluso il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000217.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000218.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non sono riuscita a trovare nessun significato della locuzione &quot;di stocco&quot; che possa avere senso nel contesto del testo sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-02T10:03:25.083" LastActivityDate="2019-12-02T10:03:25.083" Title="Significato della locuzione &quot;di stocco&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11294" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10868" CreationDate="2019-11-23T10:39:02.653" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mio padre di 97 anni mi racconta che  suo suocero (mio nonno) aveva fatto lo sciabolatore in America, dove, con il termine di sciabolatore, si intendeva chi manovrava lo scambio dei binari in ferrovia.&#xA;Spero di essere stato utile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5885" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-23T17:55:06.247" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T17:55:06.247" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11293" CreationDate="2019-11-23T10:46:35.920" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso il significato (tra le pagine che hai linkato) è da ricercare in quello di &lt;em&gt;stoccata&lt;/em&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Colpo inferto di punta con lo stocco o altra arma bianca - in partic: nella scherma, colpo di punta in affondo inferto con rapidità e a braccio disteso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È vero che l'espressione si usa per le armi bianche, ma si può utilizzare in altri contesti, prendo per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stoccata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dal vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c. estens. Nel gioco del calcio, stoccata in porta, il calciare il pallone, con un tiro forte e rapido, direttamente a rete&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso quindi che qui si intenda che il personaggio ha sparato in modo rapido, probabilmente tendendo il braccio in avanti di scatto appena prima di premere il grilletto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-23T17:58:25.600" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T17:58:25.600" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8857" CreationDate="2019-11-23T14:59:16.510" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Parte&quot; nel senso di &quot;ruolo&quot;: il personaggio sta dismettendo il &quot;ruolo&quot; di accompagnatore delle due donne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-23T18:39:43.457" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T18:39:43.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11297" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11300" CreationDate="2019-11-23T15:38:16.433" Score="5" ViewCount="430" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian language biographies of musicians, I am seeing the phrase &amp;quot;classe [year]&amp;quot;. What does this idiom mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nato a Kiev. classe 1988, Antonii Baryshevskyi iniziò a suonare il pianoforte all’età di sette anni. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tcbo.it/eventi/uryupin-baryshevskyi/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.tcbo.it/eventi/uryupin-baryshevskyi/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dan Ettinger, classe 1971, è tra i direttori più acclamati della sua generazione. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tcbo.it/eventi/dan-ettinger/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.tcbo.it/eventi/dan-ettinger/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I guess that the Italian word &amp;quot;classe&amp;quot; corresponds to the English word &amp;quot;class&amp;quot;, meaning &amp;quot;group sharing characteristics&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;people who graduated from a school together in a particular year&amp;quot;. But I don't know what characteristic these musicians would have that would be labelled with a year.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it refer to their birth year?  Meaning, Baryshevskyi was born in 1988, and Ettinger was born in 1971?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5886" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-12-04T14:12:10.030" Title="What does &quot;classe [year]&quot; mean, in a biography?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11297" CreationDate="2019-11-23T16:03:48.353" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means that they are born in that specific year. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Marco, classe 1967, etc... &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It means that Marco is born in 1967&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5498" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T16:03:48.353" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11300" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11297" CreationDate="2019-11-23T16:18:31.920" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The expression is derived from the military.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Until some years ago, military service was compulsory for males and conscripts where called by year and the formed the &lt;em&gt;classe del &amp;lt;year&amp;gt;&lt;/em&gt;. For instance, at the end of World War One, the “classe del 1899” was enlisted, but they got to be called “ragazzi del ’99” because of their young age. Actually also the “classe del 1900” got an anticipated call, but they just had training.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, “classe 1988” means “born in 1988”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was common, at least in my region, to refer to somebody born the same year as “è un mio classe”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-11-23T16:18:31.920" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11302" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10230" CreationDate="2019-11-25T10:14:15.087" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola viene dal dialetto &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Minturno#Lingue_e_dialetti&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;minturnese&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto questo mondo caleidoscopico si può rintracciare con facilità nella lingua che è certamente elegante, solida e soprattutto brillante, anche se spesso si mescola con l’immediatezza del &lt;strong&gt;dialetto di Minturno o del gergo “broccolino” (come: “cazzelappeso”, p. 53;&lt;/strong&gt; “recchione”, p. 55; “Ti pozzi sbudellà”, p. 58; “abbruscià”, p. 59; …)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://lospecchiodicarta.it/2011/04/27/approfondimento-degli-studenti-su-vita-welcome-to-america-e-bad-boys/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Welcome to America e Bad- boys&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Lo Specchio de Carta - Osservatorio sul Romanzo Italiano Contemporaneo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e significa &lt;em&gt;babbeo&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Molto frequenti i regionalismi (appartenenti ai dialetti parlati tra basso Lazio e Campania: i personaggi  del romanzo provengono da Tufo di Minturno), come, per citare solo qualche parola particolarmente espressiva, &lt;em&gt;alleccamussi&lt;/em&gt; “ceffoni”, &lt;em&gt;cacaturo&lt;/em&gt; “latrina”, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;cazzelappeso&lt;/em&gt; “babbeo”&lt;/strong&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/19431986/Narrativa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Narrativa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, Luigi Matt&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-25T23:43:53.997" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11303" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-25T11:25:46.697" Score="3" ViewCount="191" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dialetto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dialetto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in the context of Italy has two similar but distinct meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;different dialects of standard Italian (analogous to RP English vs Mancunian English)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;other romance languages of Italy (analogous to Spanish vs Catalan)&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are there any &lt;strong&gt;unambiguous&lt;/strong&gt;, commonly understood terms for each of these different uses of &lt;em&gt;dialetto&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1. In English, &lt;em&gt;dialect&lt;/em&gt; also has this second definition &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/dialect#English&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;historically&lt;/a&gt; - referring to non-prestige/minority languages compared to a prestige one - but it is very rarely used in this context nowadays, and is generally seen as pejorative.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4183" LastEditorUserId="4183" LastEditDate="2019-11-25T13:09:12.147" LastActivityDate="2019-11-25T22:00:05.190" Title="Unambiguous way to refer to dialects of Standard Italian vs romance languages of Italy?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11305" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-25T15:28:58.107" Score="4" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti,&#xA;C'è qualche differenza tra 'di Russia' e 'della Russia'? Ho letto da qualche parte che con i paesi vicini all'Italia si usa 'di' e con quelli lontani si usa 'di + articolo'. È vero?&#xA;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5896" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-25T22:54:43.883" LastActivityDate="2019-11-26T11:42:04.487" Title="Differenza tra 'di Russia' e 'della Russia'" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11306" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11303" CreationDate="2019-11-25T16:51:42.400" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've usually seen the Romance languages of Italy called either &quot;regional languages&quot; or, in more scientific publications, &quot;Italo-Romance languages&quot; (note however that the second term includes also Standard Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One thing one should note is that the &quot;Italo-Romance languages&quot; is more of a Sprachbund than a linguistic family (indeed the Gallo-Italic languages like Milanese or Piedmontese are arguably more closely related to the other Gallo-Romance languages than to standard Italian). However, the areal features are very strong, and the grouping seems justified.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually the &quot;dialects&quot; (that is to say, the variation of Standard Italian influenced by regional features) live under the umbrella term of &quot;italiano regionale&quot; or &quot;regional Italian&quot;. This is also however mostly reserved to scientific publications (and relatively few of them, at that).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I doubt there are any unambiguous terms that would be understood by the majority of the population.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2019-11-25T16:51:42.400" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11307" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11303" CreationDate="2019-11-25T21:55:04.797" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;If what we are interested in are actually layman's terms for those two – very tricky – concepts, I'd say that, as far as said layman cares, they are just &lt;em&gt;dialetto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lingua&lt;/em&gt; respectively.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most people would call &lt;em&gt;dialetto&lt;/em&gt; everything different from Standard Italian as taught in school, others would at least point out that Sardinian and Friulian are actually different &lt;em&gt;lingue&lt;/em&gt;, still others would claim the status of &lt;em&gt;lingue&lt;/em&gt; for other idioms as well.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-11-25T22:00:05.190" LastActivityDate="2019-11-25T22:00:05.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11305" CreationDate="2019-11-26T09:56:22.580" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non credo sia una regola generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi sono molti stati contemporanei il cui nome non è preceduto da alcun articolo. Queste sono &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scudit.net/mdportapianazioni.htm&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;spesso di isole o città-stato&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assedio di Cipro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Isole di Capo Verde&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Console di San Marino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vedi la distanza dall'Italia è irrilevante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La netta sensazione è che più che una funzione della distanza ciò che veramente faccia la differenza sia l'entità geografica alla quale ci si sta riferendo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per indicare sovrani (anche contemporanei) di nazioni femminili si usa semplicemente &amp;quot;di&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Re di Svezia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scià di Persia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Zar di Russia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regina d'Inghilterra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negus d'Etiopia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stessa cosa non succede per nazioni di genere maschile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Re del Belgio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Re del Botswana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono notevoli eccezioni. Si trovano casi di entità statali maschili in cui la tendenza sembra cambiata col tempo. Ad esempio, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=Re%20del%20Marocco%2C%20Re%20di%20Marocco&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2CRe%20del%20Marocco%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2CRe%20di%20Marocco%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sembra&lt;/a&gt; che un tempo fosse più in voga &amp;quot;Re di Marocco&amp;quot; rispetto a &amp;quot;Re del Marocco&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È importante inoltre ricordare che il nome di molte di queste entità statali è spesso espresso tramite sineddoche. Quindi nella fattispecie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vladimir Putin, presidente della Federazione Russa -&amp;gt; Putin, presidente della Russia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Angela Merkel, Cancelliera della Repubblica Federale di Germania-&amp;gt; Merkel, Cancelliera della Germania&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come vedi dunque, nessuna relazione alla distanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-11-26T11:42:04.487" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10256" CreationDate="2019-11-27T13:55:43.250" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Appropriato&lt;/strong&gt; viene usato per indicare qualcosa che sta bene con  lo scopo o con il contesto di cui si parla e in alcuni casi ne evidenzia la necessità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È &lt;strong&gt;appropriato&lt;/strong&gt; venire vestiti eleganti ad un matrimonio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Adatto&lt;/strong&gt; indica qualcosa che risponde ad un determinato scopo o ad un determinato contesto, senza però implicarne la necessità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È la persona più &lt;strong&gt;adatta&lt;/strong&gt; a quel lavoro, vista la sua propensione ad interagire con il pubblico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Opportuno&lt;/strong&gt; ha lo stesso significato di appropriato ma ne evidenzia la necessità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È &lt;strong&gt;opportuno&lt;/strong&gt; dare del lei al proprio datore di lavoro. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5902" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2019-11-27T16:02:36.357" LastActivityDate="2019-11-27T16:02:36.357" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11310" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-11-28T14:51:35.647" Score="7" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra voler bene e amare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know that there is an apocope at the end of the verb &quot;volere&quot; in this sentence. Is it required or optional? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is euphony the motivation of this apocope? Given that euphony principles are arbitrary in each language (&quot;to sound good&quot; is subjective), it is not clear to me which cacophony is prevented here by removing the final E. Could someone explain?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-11-28T21:59:00.883" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T11:03:20.430" Title="Voler bene - apocope" Tags="&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11310" CreationDate="2019-12-01T16:29:58.117" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;The apocope is not required. In the spoken language I'd say &quot;volere bene&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This seems to me a pretty old fashioned euphony. An example (the only one that comes to my mind) is from &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6t-xryTurAc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this scene&lt;/a&gt; of &quot;8 1/2&quot;, a film from the '60.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5910" LastActivityDate="2019-12-01T16:29:58.117" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11313" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11314" CreationDate="2019-12-01T19:39:56.850" Score="-3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence is the following: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Have you ever sat on a plane before? I hate airplanes. Every time I decide to stay somewhere it's when the plane is landing.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some frame: a student decides to study abroad in Finland and she talks with her teacher, who's the one saying the sentence, about the travel (it will be by plane). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is kind of the idea the sentence gives me: the teacher often travels by plane but he hates to, since every time it happens he can't decide where to take seat (?) and exaggerating, maybe trying to be funny, he says that every time he gets to decide where to seat the plane in landing already. The translation should be short enough to fit two lines of 42 characters at most for each.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Specifically the part giving me hard times is this: &quot;Every time I decide to stay somewhere it's when the plane is landing&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5665" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-01T20:38:17.230" LastActivityDate="2019-12-01T20:38:17.230" Title="How to translate this in Italian?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ClosedDate="2019-12-02T08:32:06.130" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11314" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11313" CreationDate="2019-12-01T20:28:57.370" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Of course my translation is perfectible, but I'd go with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai mai preso posto su un areo prima d'ora? Io odio gli aeroplani. &#xA;  Ogni volta, quando ho ormai deciso da che parte stare, l'aereo sta già atterrando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I translated the whole text.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-01T20:36:55.587" LastActivityDate="2019-12-01T20:36:55.587" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11315" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11316" CreationDate="2019-12-02T10:42:52.153" Score="1" ViewCount="370" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Quell’antica ragazza&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto questa frase con la locuzione &quot;per mio conto&quot;, l'oggetto della mia domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Una sera andavo &lt;strong&gt;per mio conto&lt;/strong&gt; sul sentiero al margine del castagneto, quando mi si para di traverso questa Argentina, vestita come aveva detto Marziano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stessa espressione appare un po' più avanti nello stesso racconto, questa volta nel dialogo tra Argentina e l'io narrante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Scese d’un altro passo. – Dove te ne andavi? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – &lt;strong&gt;Per mio conto&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Come &lt;strong&gt;per tuo conto&lt;/strong&gt;? Un servitore che va &lt;strong&gt;per suo conto&lt;/strong&gt; in un’ora di luce. Sei scappato da Matteo? A me puoi dirlo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Non sono scappato, ma per oggi ho finito e vado &lt;strong&gt;per mio conto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avevo pensato che il significato di questa espressione fosse &quot;da solo&quot;, ma non ne ero sicura. Perciò ho cercato alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00000668.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;conto&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato queste definizioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – &lt;em&gt;Per conto di&lt;/em&gt;: nel  nome,  nell’interesse,  per incarico,  da  parte,  per  causa,  a  titolo,  a  ragione, a  proposito; secondo l’opinione,   per  quanto concerne. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – &lt;em&gt;Per conto di qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;: a  suo  carico,  a  sue spese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a avere del tutto chiaro, però, se &#xA;abbiano senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Non credo che ci siano spese da pagare in questo andare dell'io narrante &quot;sul sentiero al margine del castagneto&quot;. Interpreterei una frase come &quot;vado per conto del padrone&quot; come &quot;vado per incarico del padrone&quot; o &quot;vado da parte del padrone&quot;, ma qui l'espressione è &quot;per mio conto&quot;. Siccome si tratta appunto di un servitore, la locuzione significa in certo modo &quot;non sto andando per incarico del padrone, ma sono io che ho deciso da mia volontà di passare per questo sentiero&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-02T11:18:19.827" LastActivityDate="2019-12-02T11:18:19.827" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;per mio conto&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11315" CreationDate="2019-12-02T11:14:17.130" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua intuizione è secondo me corretta; &lt;em&gt;andavo per mio conto&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;andavo per conto mio&lt;/em&gt; - è equivalente) in questo caso significa in pratica &lt;em&gt;andavo per i fatti miei&lt;/em&gt; (cioè esclusivamente per i miei scopi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione potrebbe anche assumere il significato di &lt;em&gt;da solo/da sola&lt;/em&gt; - secondo me nella prima frase potrebbe anche avere questa sfumatura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2019-12-02T11:14:17.130" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11317" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11318" CreationDate="2019-12-02T14:35:43.320" Score="5" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Reminiscenze di scuola, mi ricordano che l'uso di un doppio avverbio che termina con il suffisso &lt;code&gt;-mente&lt;/code&gt; è errato o quanto meno cacofonico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi mi sono imbattuto in questa frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Taranto fu probabilmente scientificamente scelta per portarvi il&#xA;  peggio della produzione italiana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che io correggerei nel seguente modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Taranto fu probabilmente, in modo scientifico, scelta per portarvi il&#xA;  peggio della produzione italiana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere, non sono riuscito a trovarlo in rete, se c'è una regola che vieta l'uso del doppio avverbio in -mente o se è solo lasciato al buon senso di chi scrive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="300" LastActivityDate="2019-12-02T17:14:23.750" Title="Doppio avverbio che termina con mente" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11317" CreationDate="2019-12-02T16:06:10.973" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti generalmente si ritiene che due avverbi in “-mente” troppo ravvicinati non suonino bene, e così anche più in generale tutte le cosiddette rime involontarie (per esempio due o più aggettivi e participi in “-ato” troppo vicini). Ma è una questione di stile, non di regole grammaticali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, Gadda, nelle sue &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?redir_esc=y&amp;amp;hl=es&amp;amp;id=vx5tDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;q=%22rime+involontarie%22&amp;amp;f=false#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Norme per la redazione di un testo radiofonico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; del 1953, scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Evitare le rime involontarie, obbrobrio dello scritto, del discorso, ma in ogni modo del parlato radiofonico. Una rima non voluta e inattesa travolge al ridicolo l'affermazione più pregna di senso, il proposito più grave. La regìa si riserva la facoltà di emendare dal vezzo d'una rima il testo che ne andasse eventualmente adorno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-02T17:14:23.750" LastActivityDate="2019-12-02T17:14:23.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11319" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-03T09:26:07.320" Score="1" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Quell’antica ragazza&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andai a coricarmi nella stalla, ma non dormii, vegliai dimenandomi sulla paglia finché sentii Eugenio di ritorno, che &#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;cincischiava&lt;/strong&gt; all’uscio come un cieco o un ubriaco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;cincischiare&quot; in questa frase. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cincischiare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che questo verbo può significare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Di parole, smozzicarle, pronunciarle male. &lt;strong&gt;3.&lt;/strong&gt; Usato assol., perder tempo in lavori senza concluder nulla: &lt;em&gt;è un’ora che stai cincischiando!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, l'accezione numero 2 avrebbe senso per un ubriaco che non è capace di pronunciare bene le parole, ma non vedo perché un cieco non dovrebbe parlare bene. Per quanto riguarda l'accezione numero 3, non sono sicura di averla capito bene: cosa significa &quot;lavori&quot; nella spiegazione del Treccani? Fa riferimento al fatto di lavorare su qualcosa (per esempio, su un compito scolastico o &quot;su una montagnola tutta pinnacoli&quot; come si spiega in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/5778&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;) o di fare un'attività per guadagnare uno stipendio? Se è così, non capisco perché si paragoni il lavoro improduttivo di questo Eugenio con quello di un cieco o di un ubriaco. &quot;Cincischiare&quot; può significare semplicemente fare qualcosa per far passare il tempo senza necessità di lavorare su qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-03T21:15:26.767" Title="Significato di &quot;cincischiare&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11319" CreationDate="2019-12-03T10:09:11.817" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato &lt;em&gt;cincischiare&lt;/em&gt; significa perdere tempo, bighellonare, comportarsi in maniera indolente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00000156.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt;, Vol. 3, pag. 150&lt;/a&gt; per &quot;cincischiare&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5.&lt;/strong&gt;  Figur.  Far  male  un  lavoro,  con  mille  esi­tazioni  e  incertezze.  -  Anche  assol.:  &lt;strong&gt;indugiare, perdere  tempo  in  discorsi,  in  azioni  inconclu­denti, senza sapersi decidere&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-03T10:33:56.093" LastActivityDate="2019-12-03T10:33:56.093" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11321" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-03T10:53:49.187" Score="0" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can it be confirmed that this translation from English to Italian is correct? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I love my beautiful mother = Amo la mia bella madre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's for a tattoo so it is important that the translation is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5913" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-03T12:51:38.603" LastActivityDate="2019-12-09T07:44:18.987" Title="Is this translation correct?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11321" CreationDate="2019-12-03T17:03:16.413" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Awkward. Go for &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mamma ti amo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti voglio bene mamma&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and drop the &lt;em&gt;beautiful&lt;/em&gt; part because &lt;em&gt;love&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;mom&lt;/em&gt; + &lt;em&gt;beautiful&lt;/em&gt; in the same sentence = total awkwardness if you're older than 6. Yeah, also in Italy. :-)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="189" LastActivityDate="2019-12-03T17:03:16.413" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11324" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-03T20:42:39.443" Score="5" ViewCount="376" Body="&lt;p&gt;Durante una semplice discussione è uscita fuori questa frase:&#xA;&quot;Per vincere (a me oggi) bastava che Pellegrini non facesse (ieri) due assist o un gol&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Subito ho storto il naso e per scherzare ho fatto notare che forse i tempi usati non erano corretti. &#xA;Da questa osservazione è nata una discussione interessante con diverse opinioni a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi vi chiedo: è effettivamente corretta questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sarebbe più giusto &quot;Per vincere sarebbe bastato che Pellegrini non avesse fatto due gol&quot;? O al limite &quot;Per vincere bastava che Pellegrini non avesse fatto due gol&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il mio ragionamento&lt;/strong&gt; si basa sul fatto che un avvenimento di IERI, o in questo caso il non verificarsi di un'azione, sarebbe servito a me OGGI per vincere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fosse stato &quot;Bastava che Pellegrini non segnasse un gol un assist&quot; penso sarebbe stato corretto, in quanto indefinito o riferito tutto a qualcosa passato e quindi contemporanei tra loro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5914" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-19T23:45:59.920" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T14:02:10.257" Title="Qual è il tempo verbale giusto?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11325" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11319" CreationDate="2019-12-03T21:15:26.767" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente Fenoglio adopera &lt;em&gt;cincischiare&lt;/em&gt; in un senso ampliato rispetto alle definizioni dei dizionari citati e che è, a mio sentire, piuttosto comune: &lt;em&gt;fare qualcosa che è inutile allo scopo prefisso o è solo una perdita di tempo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella situazione descritta, il protagonista sente arrivare Eugenio perché costui si trova in difficoltà ad aprire la porta come succede tipicamente agli ubriachi che non riescono a centrare la toppa con la chiave e fanno rumore strisciandola sulla porta in cerca del buco, con movimenti impacciati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Fenoglio dice “cieco o ubriaco”, ma nella mia esperienza i ciechi sono perfettamente in grado di centrare la toppa con la chiave senza tentativi inutili. Credo che sia caduto nello stereotipo del cieco che va in giro tendendo le braccia e urtando cose e angoli. Niente di più sbagliato. Una volta un mio collega cieco mi chiese di accompagnarlo con il motorino, si sedette dietro e mi indicò la strada che conoscevo solo fino a un certo punto. L'organista cieco della mia parrocchia raccontava che, dopo il bombardamento del '44, guidava quelli che non riconoscevano i posti per via dei crolli.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-12-03T21:15:26.767" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11326" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11297" CreationDate="2019-12-04T14:12:10.030" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to add a small detail to the excellent post by @egreg, here is an example from Italian literature of the original military use of this expression explained in their answer. It's an extract from the tale &lt;em&gt;Michele a Guadalajara&lt;/em&gt;, published in the book &lt;em&gt;L'impero in provincia&lt;/em&gt; by Francesco Jovine (unfortunately, it's a book that it's hard to find). It tells the story of some peasants enlisted by fascist Italy for the Spanish Civil War.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Michele non era riuscito a passare avanti; ora stava facendo un debole tentativo di introdursi tra la siepe dei corpi che gli sbarrava la strada. Angelo lo prese alle spalle e gli disse in un orecchio: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Lascia fare a me; non ti muovere.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ventinove erano già arruolati; e ce ne erano almeno altri cinque che avrebbero voluto farlo; ma qui Angelo calzolaio balzò in prima fila e disse: – Ci sono io. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Poi aggiunse fieramente tutto di un fiato: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Angelo Lafratta, &lt;strong&gt;classe 1907&lt;/strong&gt;; ventidue mesi da permanente, campagna di Abissinia, medaglia di bronzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-04T14:12:10.030" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11327" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11330" CreationDate="2019-12-04T19:42:56.633" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Quell’antica ragazza&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Andammo al bosco in silenzio, io tenendola stretta per un braccio come se ad ogni momento dovesse scapparmi nel buio e dal buio ridermi.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dopo lei mi disse: – Potevi essere il primo se non eri tanto stupido e superbo.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Io sono contento anche cosí, Argentina.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Te non so nemmeno come ti chiami.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Baldo, Baldino.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  – Come?&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  – Baldino.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma si allargò e si infittí la diceria e i ragazzi, anche i lontani fino al &lt;strong&gt;settivio&lt;/strong&gt; del Pilone e i marmocchi come Tommasino della Serra, salivano ogni sera sul bricchetto sopra il Nano e di lassú la chiamavano a piú voci; e siccome lei non si affacciava, si diedero a urlare e sghignazzare, finché suo zio uscí col fucile e sparò un colpo a mezz’aria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi mi saprebbe spiegare il significato del termine &quot;settivio&quot; che appare in questo brano? Non l'ho trovato su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato (inclusi il Treccani e il GDLI). Si tratta magari d'italiano regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato anche sui vocabolari piemontesi elencati &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.meta.stackexchange.com/a/1398/707&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, ma non ho trovato questo termine (o un termine simile che inizi con &quot;set-&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine appare anche su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.tellusfolio.it/index.php?prec=/index.php&amp;amp;cmd=v&amp;amp;lev=44&amp;amp;id=3289&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt; che descrive un percorso di trekking nelle Langhe. Dunque, forse si tratta di un vocabolo di uso specifico nelle Langhe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-05T09:56:16.607" LastActivityDate="2019-12-05T09:56:16.607" Title="Cos'è un &quot;settivio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11329" CreationDate="2019-12-04T20:47:57.873" Score="1" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se va bene, chiederò in inglese, ma se contro le regole posso scrivere di nuovo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For context; it's a particular song (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.rockit.it/duplici/canzone/21-grammi/226862&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;21 grammi&amp;quot; di Fedez&lt;/a&gt;), translating to someone it's okay but to translate the significance of this expression, I don't know, even to really 'get' it, I don't know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci hanno sciolto le certezze dentro al bicchiere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora ho più ghiaccio nel cuore che dentro al Jack Daniels&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cuori meccanici per noi sociopatici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vite noiose, parchi monotematici&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Amiamoci, perdiamoci, faranno delle indagini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finché le nostre lacrime non romperanno gli argini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if it's possible that it means something more profound, and important. I would like to hear some ideas.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, is this an expression used regularly or it's a 'poetic license'?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4664" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-12-04T22:21:06.877" Title="Significato dell'espressione &quot;Vite noiose, parchi monotematici&quot; in inglese" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11328" CreationDate="2019-12-04T21:37:06.927" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think there is any profound meaning in  such expression. &quot;Vite noiose&quot; means &quot;boring lifes&quot;, the Italian expression &quot;parco tematico&quot; would translate as &quot;theme park&quot; and &quot;parchi tematici&quot; is its plural. &quot;Monotematico&quot; means &quot;monothematic&quot;, so I suppose that with the expression &quot;parchi monotematici&quot; (which is not a common Italian expression at all, but I wouldn't qualified it as &quot;poetic&quot;) the author of the song has imagined theme parks in which every attraction is similar to each other so as to render them monotonous, boring and without any interest at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-04T22:15:03.123" LastActivityDate="2019-12-04T22:15:03.123" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11327" CreationDate="2019-12-05T08:50:29.037" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso che sia semplicemente un’estensione del concetto di bivio, dove la strada si divide in due. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può avere un trivio in cui la strada si divide in tre, un quadrivio in cui si divide in quattro fino al settivio, dove la strada si dirama in sette. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=k_EBBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT76&amp;amp;lpg=PT76&amp;amp;dq=settivio&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=KWnSLX6nnZ&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0tGOvc6liE4I1w8ShQVUwJdsULZw&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwih6svqkJ7mAhXSDuwKHaPHDuo4ChDoATAFegQICRAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=settivio&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Scrittura Vincente&lt;/em&gt; di Alessandro Dattilo&lt;/a&gt; ne viene dato un esempio figurato, parlando della stesura di un testo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo aver raccolto tutte le informazioni, e dopo averle schematizzate&#xA;  sotto forma di scaletta, siamo di fronte a un bivio che in realtà può&#xA;  diventare un... &lt;em&gt;settivio&lt;/em&gt;!&lt;BR&gt; Sette infatti (ma è solo una&#xA;  convenzione perché in mareria escono continuamente suggerimenti&#xA;  creativi) sono le diverse strutture tra cui scegliere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un articolo di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.cuneocronaca.it/la-strada-di-san-bovo-tra-passato-e-presente&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Cuneo cronaca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; c'è un riferimento proprio ai luoghi menzionati da Fenoglio e viene data una spiegazione di settivio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si racconta che tra S. Donato di Mango e Trezzo Tinella esista  il&#xA;  famoso &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;settivio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;sette strade che si incrociano&lt;/strong&gt;) dove, nel seicento,&#xA;  le streghe tenevano i loro Sabba; ancora oggi quei luoghi hanno&#xA;  qualcosa di particolare, di magico e anche di scaramantico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;San Bovo è anche la terra letteraria, quella raccontata da Beppe&#xA;  Fenoglio nella sua &lt;em&gt;Malora&lt;/em&gt;; il Pavaglione è lì per raccontarlo. Lungo&#xA;  quella strada intrisa di fantasia è facile immaginare come la vita&#xA;  scorreva in quei anni di privazioni. Oggi i vecchi cascinali sono&#xA;  diventati residenza di inglesi e tedeschi in cerca di tranquillità e&#xA;  poesia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-05T09:25:55.103" LastActivityDate="2019-12-05T09:25:55.103" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11331" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-05T18:21:18.610" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Camminando per Barcellona, ho letto la scritta &quot;mangiare di qualità&quot; su un camion. Subito mi sono chiesta se si trattasse di un'espressione genuinamente italiana o se fosse piuttosto un calco dal catalano. Nella mia lingua (infatti dovrei dire in &quot;una delle mie lingue&quot;), &quot;menjar&quot; può essere sia l'infinito del verbo &quot;mangiare&quot;, sia un sostantivo molto comune per indicare &quot;cibo&quot;. Come sostantivo viene adoperato di solito nel modo che gli anglosassoni chiamano &quot;uncountable&quot;, quindi non facciamo il plurale &quot;menjars&quot;. Cioè, l'espressione catalana &quot;menjar de qualitat&quot; potrebbe essere tradotta come &quot;cibo di qualità&quot; o &quot;cibi di qualità&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi ho scoperto che si trattava di un camion di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.mammafiore.eu/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa azienda&lt;/a&gt; di Sant Boi de Llobregat, una cittadina vicina a Barcellona (sul suo sito web, tra i nomi dei prodotti scritti in italiano perlomeno stona quello del caffè scritto &quot;cafe&quot;). Beh... perlomeno potete vedere come i prodotti alimentari italiani godano di prestigio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio è sorto dal fatto che io conoscevo il termine italiano &quot;mangiare&quot; soltanto come verbo. Cercando sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mangiare1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, però, ho scoperto che può anche essere un sostantivo e che si può dire, per esempio, &quot;dovresti evitare i mangiari troppo pesanti&quot; o &quot;un mangiare raffinato&quot;. Quindi, immagino che l'espressione &quot;mangiare di qualità&quot; sia perfettamente naturale e comune in italiano per indicare &quot;cibi di qualità&quot;. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-06T09:51:58.993" LastActivityDate="2019-12-08T14:48:58.343" Title="L'espressione &quot;mangiare di qualità&quot; per indicare &quot;cibi di qualità&quot; è comune in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11332" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-06T16:28:07.707" Score="0" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Quell’antica ragazza&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Disse Matteo: – È stato un buono sfogo per i nostri maschi.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Ma ora hanno preso il vizio, – osservò la mezzadra, – e chi glielo mantiene?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Cominciare dovevano pur cominciare, – rispose Matteo, e a sua figlia Domenica che si muoveva tutta nervosa disse: – Tu tieni il sangue fermo, ché presto ti maritiamo ed avrai anche tu quel che ti spetta. Ma &lt;strong&gt;di buon giusto&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;di buon giusto&quot; che appare in questo passaggio? L'ho cercata alla voce &quot;giusto&quot; di parecchi dizionari (inclusi il Treccani e il GDLI), ma non l'ho trovata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente, però, facendo uso della funzione &quot;ricerca in sequenza&quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ho trovato un'altra &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000392.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;citazione di Fenoglio&lt;/a&gt; in cui si può leggere questa stessa espressione  (appare come esempio di uso di &quot;strofinare&quot; per &quot;passare  più  volte  il  pollice  contro  l’indice  per  al­ludere al denaro&quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Com’è  che  il  cugi­no  Osvaldo  non  è  al  fronte?»  «Credo  l’abbiano  riformato».  «&lt;strong&gt;Di &#xA;  buon giusto&lt;/strong&gt; o per questi?» dissi strofinando pollice ed indice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="300" LastEditDate="2019-12-09T09:41:15.400" LastActivityDate="2019-12-09T09:41:15.400" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;di buon giusto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11333" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11336" CreationDate="2019-12-06T22:05:33.960" Score="2" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;Somebody once told me about this pun. What is it, and what's the original formula?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: A preliminary web search only finds food blogs, and I don't know at the moment how to refine the search. Grazie mille.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I was told bye bye in a chat room by an Italian over half a decade ago with a pun in the Italian equivalent of &quot;salami and cheese&quot;, that was explained as a rhyme on a common greeting. I'm sure about the salami, but not the cheese. I don't know why I hadn't made the connection to Arabic &quot;salamu&quot;, indeed it seems plausible, but there were no clues about cultural background; the guy identified chiefly Italian in my mind, at least with regards to cuisine --also taught me a genuine carbonara receipe without creme. Looking up &quot;cheese&quot; now, &lt;em&gt;cacio&lt;/em&gt; for &lt;em&gt;ciao&lt;/em&gt; seems more likely than &lt;em&gt;formaggio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I thought both phrases were common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5919" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-07T08:43:22.127" LastActivityDate="2019-12-07T14:56:45.630" Title="Salami and Cheese -- pun on a greeting formula" Tags="&lt;greeting&gt;&lt;puns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11334" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-07T05:31:39.543" Score="9" ViewCount="938" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that &quot;signora&quot; is, in Italian, the title for a married woman... &#xA;But, would Italians refer to a married American or otherwise foreign visitor as such?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5920" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-09T17:59:40.037" LastActivityDate="2019-12-10T07:21:19.970" Title="Would Italians refer to an American or foreign woman as &quot;signora&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11335" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11334" CreationDate="2019-12-07T11:44:21.583" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Signora&lt;/em&gt; is not the title of a married woman (anymore). Nowadays it is the courtesy title for any woman whatsoever. It would be used any time the speaker would need to address a woman they are not familiar with, irrespective of the marital status or country of provenance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I know that some people still use &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; for unmarried ladies, but I do consider it extremely disrespectful and I know several women that agree with me on that. Use it at your own risk and peril.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since my post is garnering a few downvotes (I assume regarding my postscriptum), let me add a &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/signora-o-signorina/1253&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;small note from the Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, regarding the differing usage of &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; (my translation):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The asymmetry between masculine and feminine forms has been considered sexist and, at least starting from the early eighties, the usage of &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; to refer to an unmarried woman has been more and more advised against. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Today the acceptance of the term &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; by the concerned individuals is rather oscillating. There are still (although a lot less than in the past) some older unmarried women that, when adressed with &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt;, correct the allocutive with &lt;em&gt;no, signorina&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;signorina prego&lt;/em&gt; or similar expressions, as well as young women that, upon being called &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt;, or seeing their name prefixed with &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt;, are surprised (it is the case of students during the graduation ceremony, at the moment of the &lt;em&gt;proclamazione&lt;/em&gt;) or, as one of our readers signals, get offended, as if they were called old. On the other hand there are also young women perceiving the allocutive &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; almost as an insult: I remember seeing it in television during 2015 in a couple of occasions the honorable Pina Picierno, from the &lt;em&gt;Partito Democratico&lt;/em&gt;, react violently after the &lt;em&gt;Lega Nord&lt;/em&gt; politician Matteo Salvini called her &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; (the reaction: «Signorina lo dici a tua sorella!» &lt;em&gt;«Call your sister signorina!»&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As you can see there are strongly diverging opinions. I personally always recommend when in doubt to err on the side of more formality, and so to use &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt; unless explicitly asked by the other party.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-12-10T07:21:19.970" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11333" CreationDate="2019-12-07T14:56:45.630" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;It might be &lt;em&gt;Saluti e baci&lt;/em&gt; -&gt; &lt;em&gt;Salumi e caci&lt;/em&gt;. A &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22salumi%20e%20caci%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google search&lt;/a&gt; turns up a few examples of this pun, mixed with the literal use of these words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2019-12-07T14:56:45.630" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11338" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11331" CreationDate="2019-12-08T14:23:39.447" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mangiare&quot; come sostantivo è usato - ecco per esempio una semplice ricerca per &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?hl=en&amp;amp;q=%22il%20mangiare%20che%20fa%20bene%22&amp;quot;&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;il mangiare che fa bene&quot;&lt;/a&gt; - ma è abbastanza &quot;rustico&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo, gli slogan pubblicitari seguono una logica propria, una ditta potrebbe sceglierlo proprio perché rustico. Ma concordo con l'OP, in questo caso trattasi probabilmente di un &quot;catalanismo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3447" LastEditorUserId="3447" LastEditDate="2019-12-08T14:48:58.343" LastActivityDate="2019-12-08T14:48:58.343" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11339" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11321" CreationDate="2019-12-09T03:42:12.637" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Technically it is a correct translation of the English sentence you entered but the problem is what message you want to deliver and its interpretation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Though the sentence is somewhat common in the English language, to an Italian ear it is pretty strange. &#xA;First of all because of its impersonal value: the sentence seems addressed not directly to your mother but most to a friend or shouted to the whole world.&#xA;So because you are talking about a tatoo, is it sure you want to keep the sentence impersonal? It could be received as a little bit stilted or smug as someone said or on the contrary as affectionate and sympathetic by others.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also notice that because of the Oedipus complex it would be really odd if expressed by a son, more acceptable if expressed by a daughter but still a bit ambiguous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually nobody in Italy will express the literal translation you posted.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For a message that is personally addressed to the mother I would suggest: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ti amo mamma&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mamma ti voglio bene&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to mantain the impersonal original form I would suggest:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Amo la mia bellissima mamma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that both &quot;bella&quot; and &quot;bellissima&quot; in Italian are really aesthetic concepts. &#xA;An Italian will commonly use other adjectives referring to the mother&#xA;for example if they want to express how proud they are about their mother they would&#xA;say something that in English would sound &quot;I love my strong and caring mother&quot; &#xA;which goes to underline the goodness (an inner quality) and at the same time the gratitude one can have for the mother.&#xA;That's because in the Italian culture mother is nearly a sacred concept strongly connected with ethic. At least traditionally speaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So unfortunately one thing is the translation from English and another thing is the meaning you want to deliver in a complex language like Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There would be a lot to say about when choosing &quot;madre&quot; and when choosing &quot;mamma&quot;.&#xA;Shortly: &quot;madre&quot; is more about the role and it sounds somewhat bureaucratic or on the other hand legendary as in &quot;The Great Mother&quot;.&#xA;&quot;Mamma&quot; is more personal and may define better the existing emotional relationship between daughter and mother or son and mother.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion &quot;Amo la mia bellissima mamma&quot; would be acceptable or even nice for a daughter as well as &quot;Ti amo mamma&quot; which would be more popular but also more banal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5925" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-09T07:44:18.987" LastActivityDate="2019-12-09T07:44:18.987" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11340" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-09T14:04:49.323" Score="1" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto leggendo la commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi). L'espressione &quot;sotto paga&quot; che appare nel titolo si trova anche all'interno del testo, per esempio in questo brano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dei tranvieri e operai del Comune che stavano manifestando lì fuori per via del contratto di lavoro che da tre anni non veniva rinnovato. «Calma! Calma! Cos’è questo cagasotto, ’sta paura che vi prende della polizia? Perdio! Siete nel vostro diritto di pagare quello che è giusto! Questo è come uno sciopero, anzi, è meglio di uno sciopero perché negli scioperi ci rimettiamo sempre la paga noi operai... invece questo finalmente è uno sciopero dove chi ci rimette è il padrone! Anzi, si fa di meglio: a zero ore anche lui!» (&lt;em&gt;Margherita ride e applaude&lt;/em&gt;). «&lt;strong&gt;Siamo sotto paga&lt;/strong&gt;, non si paga! &lt;strong&gt;Sotto paga&lt;/strong&gt;! Non si paga! E questo vale per tutti i soldi che ci avete rubato fra lire ed euro in anni e anni che veniamo qui a fare la spesa!» E via che se ne vanno carichi di roba!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le altre volte in cui appare l'espressione &quot;sotto paga&quot; sono semplicemente in bocca di donne che gridano &quot;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&quot;, quindi non aggiungono contesto al passo sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: cosa significa &quot;essere sotto paga&quot;? Avere uno stipendio troppo esiguo? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;paga&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa espressione. Una ricerca su Google, però, mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di un'espressione che si usa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel libro, in queste parole pronunciate da un appuntato della polizia, appare l'espressione &quot;lavorare sottopaga&quot;, con &quot;sottopaga&quot; scritto attaccato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma che privilegiato! &lt;strong&gt;Lavoriamo sottopaga&lt;/strong&gt;, gli straordinari gratis, in galera se scioperiamo, e al camposanto con un buco nella testa senza sapere per chi né perché! Privilegiati! (&lt;em&gt;Cambia tono&lt;/em&gt;) Se si va avanti di questo passo, può anche darsi che uno di questi giorni le capiti di venire a sapere che dei poliziotti si sono rifiutati di andare a fare i pestaggi per i padroni... anzi, che si sono magari buttati dall’altra parte!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-13T15:43:02.517" LastActivityDate="2020-01-12T16:02:35.320" Title="Cosa significa &quot;essere sotto paga&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11341" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11340" CreationDate="2019-12-09T14:27:18.890" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo articolo de Il sole 24 Ore &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://st.ilsole24ore.com/art/SoleOnLine4/Tempo%20libero%20e%20Cultura/2009/04/fo-sotto-paga-npn-si-paga.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sotto paga, non si paga!» di Dario Fo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; viene data una chiave di lettura del titolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Testimone prezioso di una generazione di straordinari artisti in via&#xA;di estinzione, coscienza superiore da premio Nobel, ideologo libero,&#xA;maestro indiscusso, Fo come sempre centra in pieno il bersaglio.&#xA;Sembra scritto oggi il profetico testo, la crisi economica, i nuovi&#xA;poveri, i prezzi alle stelle, le fabbriche che mietono vittime&#xA;operaie, animano il plot della commedia. &lt;strong&gt;L'occasione nasce dalle&#xA;peripezie di due strampalate coppie alle prese, ieri come oggi, con il&#xA;salario e i conti che non tornano mai.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome gli operai e in generale i lavoratori sono sfruttati e pagati poco, da qui il sotto paga, allora si danno vita a tutta una serie di cosiddetti espropri proletari, ovvero non pagare la spesa al supermercato o, al limite, pagarla il giusto, cioè compatibilmente al potere di acquisto del proprio salario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-12-09T14:27:18.890" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11334" CreationDate="2019-12-09T16:35:23.080" Score="5" Body="&lt;h3&gt;Yes, they would.&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Signora&lt;/em&gt; is the formal way of addressing a woman, in oral and written form, regardless of her citizenship or spoken language,&#xA;as appellation or as allocative (see below).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In some formal occasions&lt;/strong&gt; it is still made the difference between &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt;, for a married woman, and &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; for a not married one.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;In Parliament, e.g., by law a not married woman should still be addressed as &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Signorina&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; even if it is sometime allowed the use of &amp;quot;Signora&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In the everyday life&lt;/strong&gt; it should be offensive to refer to a not married woman on her 30s as &lt;em&gt;Signora&lt;/em&gt; (you are telling her &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;old woman&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;), as to refer to a not young one as &lt;em&gt;Signorina&lt;/em&gt; (you are telling her &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;spinster&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;It is more a question of education, of tact or even of political beliefs than of Italian language; both words exist and have been in use since the 16th century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover, &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;strong&gt;still&lt;/strong&gt; the title of a married woman&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Il signor XXX e la sua signora&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...and what you find in the forms to fill out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il/La sottoscritto/a sig./&lt;strong&gt;sig.ra&lt;/strong&gt; , nato/a a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Some words more&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We can read from an article from the &amp;quot;Accademia della Crusca&amp;quot;&lt;sup&gt; [&lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/signora-o-signorina/1253&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Signore, signora e signorina&lt;/em&gt; possono essere usati sia come appellativi, per indicare persone presenti o di cui si sta parlando, sia come allocutivi, per rivolgersi a qualcuno. In entrambi i casi si tratta... di forme di riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which can be translated into English&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Signore, signora&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt; can be used both as appellations, to indicate people present or of whom one is speaking, and as an allocative, to address someone. In both cases ... it concerns forms of regard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-12-09T17:01:13.810" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11344" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11324" CreationDate="2019-12-10T04:26:35.960" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Penso tu abbia ragione anche perché la prima frase lascia pensare a due circostanze che avvengono contemporaneamente e non a distanza di tempo. Ammettendo che la forma grammaticale non sia scorretta certamente non è esplicativa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A parte il fatto che a qualcuno che è esterno al contesto - come il sottoscritto - il tutto rimane molto oscuro. Di che si parla in effetti? Di due tipi di vittoria differenti suppongo. Tipo la partita ieri ed il campionato oggi... oppure di una partita iniziata ieri e continuata oggi? Mistero!&#xA;Non si capisce il nesso tra la vittoria (o solo il vantaggio?) di quelli ieri e la non vittoria di questi oggi.&#xA;È una di quelle situazioni in cui chi condivide lo stesso contesto può capire correttamente la frase ma chi è al di fuori di quel contesto e quegli eventi non può capire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dulcis in fundo: complimenti al Pellegrini, anche se non si capisce se ha segnato due gol e ha fatto un assist (perché l'assist non si segna ma si fa!) oppure se ha segnato due gol senza fare assist oppure se ha fatto un gol ed un assist!&#xA;Comunque siano andate le cose la squadra non mi pare molto ferrata in Italiano :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5925" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-10T07:48:59.610" LastActivityDate="2019-12-10T07:48:59.610" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11345" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11346" CreationDate="2019-12-10T08:00:03.533" Score="3" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma di quanti mesi è? Domenica scorsa l’ho vista e non mi pareva... &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ANTONIA &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; E quando mai hai capito qualcosa tu delle donne? A parte che domenica scorsa è già una settimana fa... e in una settimana, &lt;strong&gt;hai voglia&lt;/strong&gt; che cosa può capitare!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000981.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa spiegazione sull'uso dell'interiezione &quot;hai voglia&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;6.&lt;/strong&gt; Inter. &lt;em&gt;Hai voglia!&lt;/em&gt;: per indicare l’inutilità o la dif­ficoltà di insistere in un tentativo, in un proposito. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Imbriani&lt;/em&gt;, 1-119:  Innamorata  di  questo...  Sì!  Aspetta, ch’io &#xA;  venga  stasera!  Aspetta,  aspè!  Hai  voglia  d’aspettare!  Il  corbo!  &lt;em&gt;Savinio&lt;/em&gt;, 413: Ha voglia  lui di leggersi  e rileggersi il teatro com­pleto  di  Ibsen! &lt;em&gt;Cassola&lt;/em&gt;, 2-373:  Hai  voglia  prima  che  passi  la giornata!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nel testo di Fo, non mi sembra che ci sia niente di cui si possa indicare l'inutilità o la difficoltà di insistere nel proposito. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: ci sono altri usi dell'esclamazione &quot;hai voglia&quot;? Che senso ha nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-11T15:10:19.403" LastActivityDate="2019-12-11T15:10:19.403" Title="Usi dell'esclamazione &quot;hai voglia&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;exclamations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11346" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11345" CreationDate="2019-12-10T08:48:00.363" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato nel brano non è tanto diverso dalla definizione che hai trovato sul dizionario; il personaggio sta dicendo che in una settimana tante, troppe cose possono succedere per poterle prevedere o anche solo discuterne o farne un elenco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso di &quot;inutilità&quot; è secondo me questo; è come se una parte della frase fosse stata omessa, una cosa del tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] in una settimana, hai voglia (&lt;em&gt;prevedere&lt;/em&gt;) che cosa può capitare! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] in una settimana, hai voglia (&lt;em&gt;discutere di&lt;/em&gt;) che cosa può capitare!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro uso comune di questa esclamazione si trova nella risposta di @persson.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-11T11:57:48.067" LastActivityDate="2019-12-11T11:57:48.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11012" CreationDate="2019-12-10T08:49:56.077" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It means that half of the population deals with poverty in everyday life.&#xA;You could also translate it with &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Half of the population is affected by poverty&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="676" LastActivityDate="2019-12-10T08:49:56.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11345" CreationDate="2019-12-10T12:29:05.937" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si usa anche (e mi sembra strano che il dizionario non ne parli) nel senso di &quot;eccome!&quot;, &quot;certamente!&quot; (cfr. &quot;i tant!&quot; o &quot;¡y tanto!&quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Ti è piaciuta la pasta? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  – Hai voglia! Ne ho mangiati due piatti!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo significato è menzionato per esempio in questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_759.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo della Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-10T14:29:07.737" LastActivityDate="2019-12-10T14:29:07.737" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5190" CreationDate="2019-12-11T13:45:22.800" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo uso transitivo del verbo &quot;scherzare&quot; è riportato dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00982.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ed è qualificato come &quot;regionale&quot;. Ecco le diverse accezioni e gli esempi letterari che dà questo vocabolario per &quot;scherzare&quot; usato transitivamente (appare tra l'altro la citazione del &lt;em&gt;Dizionario moderno&lt;/em&gt; di Panzini riprodotta nella domanda):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;.  Tr.  Region.  Deridere,  beffare,  canzonare, prendere in giro. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &lt;em&gt;Panzini&lt;/em&gt; [1905], IV-436: ‘Scherzare’: usano a Milano que­sto  verbo  transitivamente:  scherzare  uno,  nel  senso  di farsi  giuoco  o  beffe  di  qualcuno,  minchionare,  canzonare, e  non  solo  nel  dialetto,  ma  altresì  nel  linguaggio  familiare; idiotismo  a  cui  non  è  facile  sottrarsi,  comunissimo, ad esempio, nelle  scuole. &lt;em&gt;Cardarelli&lt;/em&gt;, 181:  Chi  perciò  inten­desse  ‘scherzarmi’,  come  si  dice  in  Lombardia,  potrei  ri­spondere  che  per  avere  un  bel  paio  di  corna  non  è  neces­sario  essere  di  Corneto. &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;G. Raimondi&lt;/em&gt;, 6-198:  Un  fattorino lo  scherzava,  dicendogli  in  dialetto:  «Ma  guarda,  ‘cagnen’, che  hai  perduto  le gambe». &lt;em&gt;Pavese&lt;/em&gt;, 1-113:  Solo  Talino &#xA;  aveva  il  muso  come  me;  sembrava  che  sapesse  qualcosa; ma Vinverra  era  allegro  e  ci  scherzava  tutti  due. &lt;em&gt;Fenoglio&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  1-1-1286:  Gli  ufficiali,  i  colleghi,  ti  scherzano  e  ti  punzec­chiano in mille modi.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Trascurare,  prendere  alla  leggera  un  compito &#xA;  o un impegno.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &lt;em&gt;Fenoglio&lt;/em&gt;, 1-1-1640:  Mancano  dieci  minuti  e  li  facciamo fino  all’ultimo.  Noi  partigiani  la  guardia  la  scherziamo troppo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  – Nel  calcio,  superare  un  avversario  con  una &#xA;  finta che lo sorprenda e lo confonda.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Il  Giorno&lt;/em&gt; [19-1-1959]:  Parte  Ghiggia  scherzando  Castel­letti in dribbling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-11T13:45:22.800" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11351" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11356" CreationDate="2019-12-11T14:42:46.253" Score="3" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;I realized that in my code I am using the letter &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; for the axis intercept, while my non Italian colleagues use the letter &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; (luckily for the slope we all use &lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the use of &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; specific to Italian? Where does it come from? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly I found some old discussions about the etimology of &lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://services.math.duke.edu/education/webfeats/Slope/Slopederiv.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://services.math.duke.edu/education/webfeats/Slope/Slopederiv.html&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathforum.org/library/drmath/view/65307.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://mathforum.org/library/drmath/view/65307.html&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://mathforum.org/library/drmath/view/52477.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://mathforum.org/library/drmath/view/52477.html&lt;/a&gt;), but the conclusion is that the choice may have been arbitrary.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="235" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-19T21:43:12.997" LastActivityDate="2020-03-19T21:43:12.997" Title="Why the letter q for the line equation y = mx + q? Is it used only in Italian?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11353" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11354" CreationDate="2019-12-12T07:45:35.140" Score="1" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma quale riforma? A parte qualche aggiustamento poco risolutivo, le uniche riforme di spicco che&#xA;  hanno partorito sono quelle per &lt;strong&gt;tirare in piedi i baracconi del sottogoverno&lt;/strong&gt;... Le riforme per liberare delinquenti in massa, la salvaladri per togliere di galera i pezzi da&#xA;  novanta della truffa e dell’intrallazzo. Le riforme per aumentarsi lo stipendio fra onorevoli e senatori, anche se&#xA;  condannati per corruzione e furto...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco del tutto bene il significato dell'espressione &quot;tirare in piedi i baracconi del sottogoverno&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ho cercato il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000054.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;baraccone&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma immagino che in questo testo abbia un senso figurato (non credo faccia veramente riferimento a una &quot;baracca di  grandi dimen­sioni&quot; come quelle delle fiere). Per quanto riguarda il vocabolo &quot;sottogoverno&quot;, che non conoscevo, ho trovato il suo significato sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000600.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000601.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;. Non ho trovato invece cosa vuol dire la locuzione &quot;tirare in piedi&quot;, malgrado averla cercata alla voce &quot;piede&quot; di parecchi dizionari: è lo stesso che &quot;mettere in piedi&quot;, cioè, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piede/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;allestire, preparare&quot;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, la mia domanda riguarda il senso di &quot;tirare in piedi i baracconi del sottogoverno&quot;: il significato potrebbe essere mettere in piedi le attività di favoritismo e corruzione svolte dall'amministrazione pubblica di cui parla il GDLI?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-12T13:32:32.783" Title="Significato di &quot;tirare in piedi i baracconi del sottogoverno&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11353" CreationDate="2019-12-12T09:04:52.397" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per il significato di baraccone, prendo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/baraccone/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fig., organismo, istituzione (pubblica o privata) di struttura troppo complessa, caotica, mal funzionante, in cui c’è disordine e confusione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretta la tua deduzione sul significato di &lt;em&gt;&quot;tirare in piedi&quot;&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di &lt;em&gt;&quot;mettere in piedi&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;&quot;allestire&quot;&lt;/em&gt; e anche il significato di sottogoverno da te riportato è corretto (e simile a quello riportato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sottogoverno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato del brano significa proprio quindi che le riforme di cui si parla hanno avuto come unico risultato quello di allestire delle strutture di sottogoverno improduttive, e che perseguono come unico scopo la perpetuazione del proprio potere (tramite favoritismi, corruzione, ecc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2019-12-12T13:32:32.783" LastActivityDate="2019-12-12T13:32:32.783" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11351" CreationDate="2019-12-13T08:47:04.980" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.mathsisfun.com/equation_of_line.html#Countrynote&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt; riporta un elenco di notazioni per l'equazione di una retta (non verticale) in forma esplicita per diversi paesi. A quanto pare, &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; per l'ordinata all'origine si usa in effetti soltanto in Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parecchi siti web chiamano &quot;quota&quot; il parametro &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt;, per esempio, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.edutecnica.it/matematica/retta/retta.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bordin.biz/domir1819/220/retta.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt;, in cui si afferma che &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt;  rappresenta la &quot;quota a cui la retta interseca l'asse verticale&quot;, e persino il sito di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.geogebra.org/m/Px62g5Au&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;GeoGebra&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe venire dal termine &quot;quota&quot; con queste accezioni tratte dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI15/00179.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua  italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Altezza  dal  suolo  di  un  punto,  di  un  oggetto, di una persona, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Distanza  di  un  punto  da  un  piano  orizzon­tale,  alla  quale  si  attribuisce  il  valore  negativo  o positivo  a  seconda  che  il  punto  sia  al  di  sopra  o al di sotto del piano stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-13T12:47:44.373" LastActivityDate="2019-12-13T12:47:44.373" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11357" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11359" CreationDate="2019-12-14T08:45:50.020" Score="1" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una discussione a proposito di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8704/origine-di-la-rava-e-la-fava&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ha suggerito che l'origine del nome &quot;Ravenna&quot; e di altri toponomi italiani potrebbe avere qualcosa a che vedere con &quot;rava&quot;. Mi è sembrato un fatto interessante. Qualcuno di voi ne saprebbe spiegare qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-14T08:52:04.330" LastActivityDate="2019-12-15T22:19:42.537" Title="Etimologia di &quot;Ravenna&quot; e altri toponomi italiani" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11358" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-15T21:31:58.307" Score="2" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aria &quot;Vesti la giubba&quot; from Ruggero Leoncavallo's opera &lt;em&gt;Pagliacci&lt;/em&gt; begins with the word &quot;recitar&quot;.&#xA;It is translated into English as &quot;act&quot;. &#xA;If I am not mistaken &quot;recitare&quot; is closer to the English &quot;recite&quot; rather than &quot;act&quot;. Also, there is no &quot;recitar&quot; in standard Italian.&#xA;It sounds like it should be &quot;recita&quot; if it is second person imperative.&#xA;Please explain this word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-15T21:54:53.293" LastActivityDate="2019-12-16T09:07:37.977" Title="Explain &quot;recitar&quot; in &quot;Vesti la giubba&quot; aria" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11359" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11357" CreationDate="2019-12-15T21:56:25.367" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uno studio di Giacomo Devoto, uno dei massimi esperti internazionali di linguistica indo-europea, afferma che il nome della città di Ravenna deriva dal prelatino *rava che significa &quot;frana&quot; e che deriva da una lingua pre-indoeuropea che utilizzava la base *rav- per designare l'idea di 'scorrere dell'acqua'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni toponimi italiani che hanno questa radice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La città di Ravenna, nell'omonima provincia e la frazione di Ravalle, in provincia di Ferrara, entrambe dell'Emilia-Romagna.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La Comune di Raveo, in provincia di Udine, nella regione Friuli-Venezia Giulia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La frazione di Rava del Comune di Valtorta, in provincia di Bergamo, nella regione Lombardia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il torrente Rava, un affluente del fiume San Bartolomeo di Venafro, in provincia di Isernia, della regione Molise.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Val di Rabbi e Laghi di Rava, Cima di Rava e Ravetta, a Bieno, entrambi in provincia di Trento, in Trentino-Alto Adige&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il torrente Rabaù, Raboeu o Fontanile di Tradate. Nato nella Cascina Lovaneda, nella città di Monello nel comune di Binago, Lombardia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti: DEVOTO G., &lt;em&gt;Due basi toponomastiche: Rava e Noukria&lt;/em&gt;, Venezia: Coi tipi di Carlo Ferrari, 1934, 14 p. Soggetti: Rava -toponimo-, Noukria -toponimo-, Ravenna -toponimo-. &#xA;DEVOTO G., &lt;em&gt;Nomi locali mediterranei: rava &quot;frana&quot; e Ravenna&lt;/em&gt;, In Idem, &lt;em&gt;Scritti minori&lt;/em&gt;, 3 voll. Firenze, 1958 - 1972: pp 54-61 del secondo volume.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5929" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-15T22:19:42.537" LastActivityDate="2019-12-15T22:19:42.537" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11358" CreationDate="2019-12-15T22:05:12.533" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;recitare&lt;/em&gt; can mean &lt;em&gt;to act&lt;/em&gt;. Meaning 2 in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/recitare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary entry&lt;/a&gt; says&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Interpretare un’opera teatrale, cinematografica, radiofonica o televisiva, o una parte di un’opera&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The form &lt;em&gt;recitar&lt;/em&gt; is a truncation used, in this case, to fit the metric of the verses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The character singing the aria, Canio, has just discovered his wife's infidelity, but has to dress as a clown and act notwithstanding his life problems. So he starts off with &lt;em&gt;Recitare!&lt;/em&gt; (truncated for metric reasons), that can be loosely translated as “Alas! I have to act!”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2019-12-16T09:07:37.977" LastActivityDate="2019-12-16T09:07:37.977" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11361" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11362" CreationDate="2019-12-17T08:52:50.283" Score="4" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/8704/origine-di-la-rava-e-la-fava&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, che adesso è cancellato, ho scritto la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho cercato di &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;eseguire&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;  la tua proposta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma ho avuto il dubbio se &quot;eseguire&quot; fosse il verbo più adatto. Magari è troppo formale? Quale verbo posso usare? Ho cercato su Google frasi simili a questa, ma non sono riuscita a trovarle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-18T07:39:56.227" LastActivityDate="2019-12-18T07:39:56.227" Title="Quale verbo usare nella frase &quot;Ho cercato di .......... la tua proposta&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11361" CreationDate="2019-12-17T09:09:46.253" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcune frasi che puoi usare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho cercato di fare quello che hai proposto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho cercato di seguire la tua proposta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho cercato di mettere in pratica la tua proposta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ho cercato di mettere in atto la tua proposta (più  formale).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5941" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-17T12:58:54.487" LastActivityDate="2019-12-17T12:58:54.487" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7240" CreationDate="2019-12-17T13:38:52.583" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco la definizione di &quot;sopratono&quot; che appare sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000469.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Sopratono&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;sopratuòno&lt;/em&gt;), sm. Intonazione della voce &#xA;  più alta del normale. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;De Sanctis&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Lett. it.&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;   II-179: Essendo il proprio di questa ma­niera  una cantilena breve e chiusa,...  vi  si  sviluppa  l’elemento cantabile  e  musicale,  una  enfasi  sonora,  un  suono  di  tromba &#xA;  perpetuo  e  monotono,  con  certe  pause,  con  certi  strilli,  con certe  ripigliate,  con  un  certo  sopratuono  come  di  chi  gridi  e &#xA;  non  parli. &lt;em&gt;Cassieri&lt;/em&gt;, 126:  «Giorni  e  notti  a  pensare  a  un  mio costumino?» si difese con un sopratono malizioso. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt;  Modo  di  comportarsi  o  atteggiamento  che  oltre­passa la misura o la convenienza. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;N. Boni&lt;/em&gt;  [«Stampa  Sera»,  28-X-1985],  6:  Questa  Serena Grandi  non  la  si  mette  proprio  in  imbarazzo.  Entusiasta,  ma senza  sopratoni.  Ha  imparato  cosa  chiedere  alla  vita  ed  esser­ne contenta. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Comp. da &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;sopra&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;tono&lt;/em&gt; (v.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso che se ne fa nella prima frase della domanda corrisponde alla seconda accezione del dizionario, invece quello della seconda frase fa riferimento alla prima accezione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-17T13:38:52.583" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11364" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11365" CreationDate="2019-12-18T10:13:14.190" Score="2" ViewCount="905" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ANTONIA (&lt;em&gt;a Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;) &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; ...tu otto ore alla catena come una&#xA;  bestia, e loro lavorano a controllare che noi &lt;strong&gt;si faccia giudizio&lt;/strong&gt;: che si paghi la merce ai padroni quello che loro vogliono! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &quot;loro&quot; fa riferimento ai carabinieri. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;fare giudizio&quot; che appare nel testo. L'ho cercata nella voce &quot;giudizio&quot; di parecchi dizionari. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000884.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – &lt;em&gt;Fare, formare giudizio, il giudizio, i giudizi&lt;/em&gt;: giudicare,  stimare,  credere ;  supporre,  conget­turare, pronosticare. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Decidere, stabilire; scegliere, discernere. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Operare con giustizia.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Fare vendetta, punire esemplarmente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Usare misericordia. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E un po' più avanti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – &lt;em&gt;Mettere, fare giudizio&lt;/em&gt;: rinsavire, cambiare vita, riprendere il cammino della virtù.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/G/giudizio.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fare, mettere giudizio, mettere la testa a posto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giudizio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; appare un esempio di &quot;fare giudizio&quot; come sinononimo &quot;di parere, opinione, avviso e sim.&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;difficilmente si può fare giudicio del futuro&lt;/em&gt; (Guicciardini)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, a me non sembra che nessuna di queste accezioni abbia senso nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato. Il significato mi pare sia qualcosa come &quot;agire con senno&quot;. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-18T18:44:04.370" Title="Significato di &quot;fare giudizio&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11364" CreationDate="2019-12-18T10:46:33.433" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua ipotesi è corretta: nel brano indicato &quot;fare giudizio&quot; ha il significato di &quot;agire con giudizio&quot; (ovvero con senno o prudentemente), ed è anche simile al significato che hai riportato dallo Hoepli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fare, mettere giudizio, mettere la testa a posto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riprendo anche il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/giudizio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato di giudizio dal vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fam., senno, riflessione, prudenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quasi obbligatoria la citazione da &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt; del Manzoni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pedro, adelante con juicio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-18T18:44:04.370" LastActivityDate="2019-12-18T18:44:04.370" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11280" CreationDate="2019-12-18T11:59:07.860" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the first answer, alcuno/nessuno is incorrect. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The answer should be only: Non ne ho. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the second answer, you can add nessuno. Alcuno for me sounds a bit weird in this answer. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that in the first you cannot add nessuno/alcuno because zucchero is an uncountable noun&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5498" LastActivityDate="2019-12-18T11:59:07.860" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11367" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12947" CreationDate="2019-12-18T22:51:52.943" Score="1" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Storia romana&quot; - is it about the history of city of Rome or about the history of Ancient Roman Empire? Or both, depending on context? And what if the context allows both (ha letto un libro di storia romana)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4166" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T18:06:09.730" Title="&quot;Storia romana&quot; - city or empire?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11368" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-18T23:16:36.263" Score="8" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi riferisco per esempio a frasi del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Parliamo di da cosa travestirci per carnevale”,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Discutono su di chi sia quel vestito”,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Sarà disponibile a partire da tra venti minuti“.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono espressioni accettabili o è sempre necessario intervenire con una perifrasi (rischiando di appesantire eccessivamente la frase)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5944" LastActivityDate="2020-04-24T15:31:27.820" Title="In italiano, è permesso utilizzare due preposizioni di seguito?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11369" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11193" CreationDate="2019-12-19T00:01:02.737" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo di conoscere l'origine: prima che nascessero i videogiochi sparatutto c'era uno sparatutto interamente elettromeccanico dove, in un percorso di guerra, scorrevano carri armati jeep e altro a velocità diverse e proporzionate ai punteggi, ogni tanto e mooolto lenta, passava una ambulanza con la croce rossa che era impossibile mancare e valeva un solo punto. Evidente che sparare sulla croce rossa era l'unica cosa  che riusciva anche ai più scarsi: ed ecco l'origine di un detto che oggi ha sostituito quello che, a quei tempi, si sarebbe detto con un altro modo di dire ora desueto: &quot;sparare a un uomo morto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5945" LastActivityDate="2019-12-19T00:01:02.737" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11370" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11372" CreationDate="2019-12-19T22:21:28.537" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are these two sentences pronounced the same?&#xA;La donna ha il burro and La donna il burro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastActivityDate="2019-12-20T14:30:09.950" Title="Are these two sentences pronounced the same?" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11370" CreationDate="2019-12-20T14:30:09.950" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two phrases are pronounced differently, and the difference lies in a longer “a” and, in some marked articulations, perhaps in some kind of light (glottal?) stop between &lt;em&gt;donna&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ha&lt;/em&gt;: something like /la'dɔn:aʔail'bur:o/. Let's say, empirically, that in &lt;em&gt;La donna ha il burro&lt;/em&gt; there is definitely one more syllable than in &lt;em&gt;La donna il burro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But we'd need here a professional phonetician. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2019-12-20T14:30:09.950" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11373" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10175" CreationDate="2019-12-20T16:15:37.937" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sulla tesi di laurea di Eleonora Tavera intitolata &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.tesionline.it/mobile/tesi/brano/Italoamericano/9915&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Lessico dialettale e italoamericano nella traduzione spagnola di &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt; di Melania Mazzucco&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, diretta da Luigi Matt, ho trovato che si tratta di un termine italoamericano proveniente dalla deformazione di &quot;truck&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche visto che la &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Erie_Railroad&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Compagnia Erie&quot;&lt;/a&gt; era una società ferroviaria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &quot;tracca&quot; torna a apparire parecchie volte molto più avanti nel romanzo, in una parte del libro che spiega come gli operai che stanno costruendo le linee ferroviarie dell'Ohio siano distribuiti in diversi campi di lavoro. Il contesto dove appare è in effetti compatibile con il fatto che  &quot;tracca&quot; significhi &quot;truck&quot; nel senso di treno o vagone ferroviario. Diamante, uno dei protagonisti del romanzo (il nonno dell'autrice, infatti), lavora come &quot;waterboy&quot; in uno di questi campi e si menziona come tutti i lavoratori del campo dormono in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un vagone merci in disuso da quando le locomotive andavano a legna. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A un certo punto appare l'espressione &quot;la tracca dei dago&quot;, nel passo seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; A luglio, quando il sole arroventa il vagone, e sembra di dormire in una fornace, si presenta una zitella metodista desiderosa di insegnare l’inglese agli “uomini di bronzo”. Diamante chiede se deve pagare qualcosa, e Miss Olivia Campbell gli risponde che il corso è gratuito. I generosi parrocchiani di Lima vogliono aiutare gli stranieri a integrarsi nella nostra nazione. Diamante spiega che al corso s’iscriverebbe pure, ma è cattolico. Fu battezzato e fece la prima comunione. La cresima no, perché se ne venne in America. La zitella sorride. Avrà quarant’anni. È secca come una foglia, con i capelli rossi. Ha fegato, per essere venuta tutta sola alla &lt;strong&gt;tracca&lt;/strong&gt; dei dago – che gli americani considerano degli incalliti stupratori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fa pensare che &quot;la tracca dei dago&quot; possa riferirsi a questo vagone, menzionato all'inizio del passaggio. E un po' più avanti si può leggere in riferimento a questa metodista che si è offerta a insegnare l'inglese ai lavoratori della ferrovia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Purtroppo i dago non si dimostrano interessati ai vantaggi della lingua americana, e lei sarà costretta a offrire i suoi tesori alla &lt;strong&gt;tracca&lt;/strong&gt; degli ucraini, degli ungheresi o dei finnici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per riferirsi, a quanto pare, ai &quot;vagoni-dormitorio&quot; di altri campi di lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, come hanno detto DaG e egreg nei suoi commenti, &quot;tracca&quot; potrebbe anche essere la deformazione dell'inglese &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Track_(rail_transport)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;track&quot;&lt;/a&gt; perché molto probabilmente la costruzione dei diversi rami delle linee ferroviarie erano affidate ai gruppi di lavoratori (&quot;i dago&quot;, &quot;gli ucraini&quot;, &quot;gli ungheresi&quot;, &quot;i finnici&quot;, ecc.) di cui parla il testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-22T15:56:01.563" LastActivityDate="2019-12-22T15:56:01.563" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11374" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11376" CreationDate="2019-12-21T16:23:10.100" Score="2" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Le manette? Perché, scusi? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BRIGADIERE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Per offesa e insulti a pubblico ufficiale. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma che insulti! Mica le ho dette io quelle cose lì, le ha dette poco fa un suo collega della PS... È lui che&#xA;  ha detto che voi vi sentite come gli sbirri del potere, servi del padrone! &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BRIGADIERE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Voi chi? Noi carabinieri? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; No, lui diceva voi… nel senso di loro... loro...&#xA;  della PS. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BRIGADIERE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ah beh, se si sentono servi loro della PS, è un&#xA;  altro discorso. Togligli le manette. Ma attento a come&#xA;  parla!&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Sì, sì, sto attento... (&lt;em&gt;A parte&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;strong&gt;Orco&lt;/strong&gt;, come sono&#xA;  separati ’sti corpi separati!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa esclamazione, &quot;orco&quot;, mi è sembrata divertente e mi ha incuriosita perché non ricordo di averla mai letta o sentita. Mi sono subito chiesta: si usa veramente in Italia o si tratta invece di un'invenzione dell'autore? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;orco&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione di questo vocabolo come esclamazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando con Google, ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/urca.782353/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo forum&lt;/a&gt; in cui si afferma che si usa (o si usava) nell'area intorno a Milano, ma ho trovato anche questi esempi di uso di &quot;orco&quot; come interiezione sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vocabolariofiorentino.it/lemma/po-/2441&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario di Fiorentino Contemporaneo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; dell'Accademia della Crusca:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io, pe modo di dire, son superstizioso a i’ massimo. ’&lt;strong&gt;Orco&lt;/strong&gt; cane, un po’ di più! // Allora, quando si dà a uno di beccarone, è perché c’ha la mamma trò... la moglie troia. ’&lt;strong&gt;Orco&lt;/strong&gt; diavolo! Un po’ di più!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, devo capire da questi esempi che l'utilizzo di &quot;orco&quot; come esclamazione è comune in Toscana? Si tratta di un uso regionale? È anche usuale in altre regioni d'Italia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-02T18:52:48.273" LastActivityDate="2020-01-02T18:52:48.273" Title="L'utilizzo di &quot;orco&quot; come interiezione è usuale in qualche zona d'Italia?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11375" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8552" CreationDate="2019-12-21T16:55:37.573" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Soltanto per aggiungere una fonte in rete più&#xA;autorevole di quella che appare nella risposta di Marco, vorrei dire che anche il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI05/00000251.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; riporta il termine &quot;erice&quot; come variante arcaica di &quot;erica&quot; e fa un esempio di uso di &quot;erice&quot; in un opera rinascimentale di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00086.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alessandro Citolini&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Èrica&lt;/strong&gt; (ant. &lt;em&gt;èrice&lt;/em&gt;),  sf.  Bot.  Genere  di  piante fruticose &#xA;    o  suffruticose  della  famiglia  Ericacee, &#xA;  con  piccole  foglie  aghiformi,  riunite  in  numero di  cinque  o  sei  in  verticilli;  fiori  solitari  o  in ombrelle  o  in  spighe  ascellari  o  terminali,  con calice  quadripartito,  corolla  urceolata  o  cilin­drica con quattro piccoli lobi; frutto a capsula; l'&lt;em&gt;Erica  scoparia&lt;/em&gt;, e l'&lt;em&gt;Erica  arborea&lt;/em&gt; sono diffuse &#xA;  nell’Italia  centro-meridionale  (i  fusti  e  i  rami servono  per  far  scope,  le  radici  per  fare  pipe); l'&lt;em&gt;Erica  carnea&lt;/em&gt;, propria dei boschi e dei pascoli delle Alpi e degli Appennini settentrionali, è un arbusto  prostrato, con foglie acuminate e fiori &#xA;  rosei in racemi o in capolini. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Citolini,&lt;/em&gt; 210:  L’erice,  l’asiacanta, il ribes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-21T16:55:37.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11376" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11374" CreationDate="2019-12-21T21:12:48.713" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una comune bestemmia (in Italia si sentono spesso) adopera la parola &lt;em&gt;porco&lt;/em&gt;. Il nome proprio viene spesso sostituito in modo da evitare, in modo piuttosto ipocrita, di pronunciare la bestemmia; si sente spesso &lt;em&gt;cane&lt;/em&gt; (fusione con l'altra bestemmia più comune), &lt;em&gt;diavolo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;zio&lt;/em&gt;. Molti nemmeno sanno l'origine di &lt;em&gt;porco cane&lt;/em&gt; e l'adoperano senza pensarci troppo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicuro che si configuri come &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/eufemismo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“eufemismo”&lt;/a&gt;. Per maggiore cautela, &lt;em&gt;porco&lt;/em&gt; viene contratto in &lt;em&gt;orco&lt;/em&gt;, che talvolta diventa esclamazione a sé stante, come nel brano di Fo. Si trova in alcuni testi &lt;em&gt;orcozio&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;orcozzio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stefano Bartezzaghi ne tratta &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=r0wdAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=orcozio&amp;amp;dq=orcozio&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwi6gYy508fmAhX0RBUIHWiSDIAQ6AEIazAI&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, insieme ad altri eufemismi come &lt;em&gt;ostrega&lt;/em&gt; e tutte le esclamazioni tipicamente toscane riguardanti la Maremma che, ovviamente, sostituisce una figura della religione cattolica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2019-12-21T21:12:48.713" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11377" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-22T19:03:54.930" Score="3" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dei morti nelle officine e nei cantieri&#xA;  non ne parlano mai! Ma sai quanti sono in Italia, secondo l’ultima inchiesta della CEE, i morti sul lavoro? Gli&#xA;  operai che cadono dagli &lt;strong&gt;impiantiti&lt;/strong&gt; senza protezione?&#xA;  Quelli schiacciati dalle gru e dai bulldozer? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni di &quot;impiantito&quot; che appaiono sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI07/00000474.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire del tutto bene il significato di questo termine nel brano sopra citato. Da dove cadono questi operai che lavorano senza protezione? Dal pavimento dei palazzi che stanno costruendo? Dal soffitto o dal tetto di questi palazzi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-02-18T19:01:35.173" Title="Significato di &quot;impiantito&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11378" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11380" CreationDate="2019-12-23T10:33:22.630" Score="5" ViewCount="347" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a panettone and it’s made of &quot;lievito madre&quot;. Why sourdough is called so? Why is there &quot;mother&quot; and no &quot;dough&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4166" LastActivityDate="2020-03-11T19:23:52.093" Title="Why is &quot;lievito madre&quot; called so?" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11378" CreationDate="2019-12-23T19:32:45.343" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The same definition is present also in English: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ilariasperfectrecipes.com/whats-mother-yeast/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Mother yeast&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; , also called natural yeast, acid yeast, sourdough, natural leavening, natural leavening dough, mother dough:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;is a mixture of flour and water acidified by a combination of yeast and lactic acid bacteria that start fermentation of bakery or pastry dough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastActivityDate="2019-12-23T19:32:45.343" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11378" CreationDate="2019-12-23T20:06:51.217" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000405.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, a figurative usage of the word &quot;mother&quot; is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sostanza  o  prodotto  originario  dal  quale se ne traggono altri con successive lavorazioni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, &quot;substance or original product from which others may be obtained through subsequent processing&quot;. This dictionary entry shows how &quot;mother&quot; with this sense has been used not only in the expression &quot;lievito madre&quot;, as you can see in this quotation from the end of XVIII century by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00165.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Marco Lastri&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per ottener un buon effetto è necessario che il lievito « madre », volgarmente detto anco « fermento », sia estratto dalla pasta la quale in porzione è stata panificata tre o quattro volte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but also in other contexts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;M. Savonarola&lt;/em&gt;, 46:  L’aqua  de  vita,  de  le  medexine calide  maestra  e  madre  è  chiamata,  e  ditta  de  la umana sanitade  optima  conservatrice  e  de  le  substanzie  restaura­trice. &lt;em&gt;D. Bartoli&lt;/em&gt;,  9-28-3-73:  Tutti  i  mari  d’Oriente  non gli  avrebbono  vuoti  a’  piè  i  lor  gran  seni  pieni  di  conche madri  di  porpore  e  di  perle?   [...] &lt;em&gt;Malerba&lt;/em&gt;,  1-61:  Per  ottenere  le  famose  diluizioni si  incomincia con  la  tintura-madre,  cioè  con  la  prima diluizione  di  un  grammo  della  sostanza  eletta  in  cento gocce di alcool.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm not an expert, but, as far as I know, &quot;lievito madre&quot;, which is &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lievito_naturale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;also called&lt;/a&gt; &quot;pasta madre&quot; (literally &quot;mother dough&quot;), &quot;pasta acida naturale&quot; or &quot;lievito naturale&quot; is a fermented mixture of water and flour. As you can see at &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sourdough&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, in English this mixture is called &quot;starter&quot;, but it's also known as &quot;mother&quot; or with other names. Once it has been obtained, the volume of this mixture may be increased by periodic additions of flour and water. So, as explained in the dictionary, it's called &quot;mother&quot; in the sense that it's a product or substance from which you can obtain some more other by processing it in some way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-24T11:00:00.420" LastActivityDate="2019-12-24T11:00:00.420" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11381" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11382" CreationDate="2019-12-24T11:47:24.337" Score="2" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;APPUNTATO &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; No, non c’era nessun pericolo! Guardi qua... (&lt;em&gt;mostra un sacchetto&lt;/em&gt;) Sono sacchi pieni di zucchero raffinato, farina di grano duro e riso fino e integrale, quelli!&#xA;  Tutta merce proveniente dalla Cina, attraverso i Paesi&#xA;  dell’Est e la Jugoslavia.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  LUIGI E GIOVANNI (&lt;em&gt;in coro&lt;/em&gt;) &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Certo! Senza controllo e senza&#xA;  rispettare le leggi di mercato! &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  LUIGI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; A meno che non gli capiti di ribaltarsi per strada. &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Beh, un dio che &lt;strong&gt;stanga&lt;/strong&gt; i furbi c’è sempre... un dio cinese!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capivo il significato di &quot;stangare&quot;, quindi l'ho cercato sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000080.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (ho l'impressione che sia il vocabolario più completo, che include di solito i diversi sensi figurati di un termine). Tuttavia, non sono sicura di averci trovato nessuna accezione che abbia senso nel contesto del brano. Forse &quot;colpire  duramente  infliggendo  una  pena &#xA;morale&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato in rete e ho trovato un altro &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.centroreginadellapace.it/html/dettaglio_relazione.php?id=113&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;testo&lt;/a&gt; che parla di Dio che &quot;stanga&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo era il patto dell'Alleanza, dato a Mosè; invece il popolo d’Israele continuamente tradisce Dio e si dà all’idolatria. Ad un certo momento, Dio prima manda i Profeti a richiamarli, i Profeti vengono trattati male, non vengono ascoltati e vengono uccisi e ad un certo punto Dio, &lt;strong&gt;stanga&lt;/strong&gt;. Gerusalemme fu distrutta, il Tempio fu distrutto, tutti vengono deportati in Babilonia per settant’anni. Il Signore poi si commuove e li fa ritornare. Poi di nuovo, dato il loro comportamento, li punisce; questa è la storia dell’Antico Testamento. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il significato in questi testi sarebbe semplicemente &quot;punire&quot; o &quot;punire duramente&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-24T15:28:13.440" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;stangare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11382" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11381" CreationDate="2019-12-24T12:51:30.927" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stangare, sia in senso letterale che figurato, fa riferimento ad una punizione e o ad un evento implicitamente duro o molto pesante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stangare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Stangare&lt;/a&gt; da Treccani.it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Percuotere con una stanga&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;dichiarò d’essere stato stangato da alcuni suoi avversarî di gioco&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Più comune in senso figurato, colpire duramente&lt;/strong&gt;, soprattutto con imposizioni o richieste o infliggendo perdite di denaro: &lt;em&gt;ci stangheranno bene con le tasse, quest’anno!; ci si mangia bene, in quel ristorante, ma come stangano!; ho accettato di fare qualche mano di poker, ma mi hanno stangato.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con altro significato,  &lt;em&gt;stangare un alunno, stangare un candidato agli esami&lt;/em&gt;, giudicarlo negativamente, dandogli pessimi voti; meno comune, infliggere una dura sconfitta, in competizioni sportive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2019-12-24T15:28:13.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11377" CreationDate="2019-12-24T16:13:18.533" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nessuno cade dagli impiantiti, non ha alcun senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per qualche strano motivo, Fo ha scritto &lt;em&gt;impiantiti&lt;/em&gt; invece di &lt;em&gt;impalcature&lt;/em&gt; dalle quali, purtroppo, gli operai cadono ancor oggi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può darsi che Fo voglia mettere in bocca uno strafalcione al personaggio che pronuncia la frase.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il GDLI esclude altre letture.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1jBRC.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1jBRC.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ijYeG.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ijYeG.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2021-01-19T18:30:06.347" LastActivityDate="2021-01-19T18:30:06.347" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11384" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-25T18:54:42.167" Score="1" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; D’accordo, ma noi qui stiamo facendo un favore... che sennò si ruban tutto.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BRIGADIERE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Non abbiamo bisogno di nessun favore... via,&#xA;  sloggiare!&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Volentieri, ma guardi che ce l’aveva detto l’appuntato, quello che sta laggiù a verificare presso il camion.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BRIGADIERE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Quale appuntato laggiù?&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Quello che sta facendo &lt;strong&gt;lo specifico aleatorio dello svincolo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano si riferisce a un incidente stradale nel quale due camion si erano ribaltati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire cosa sta dicendo questo personaggio, Giovanni, quando pronuncia la battuta &quot;Quello che sta facendo lo specifico aleatorio dello svincolo&quot; in riferimento all'appuntato della polizia. Ho cercato alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000307.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;aleatorio&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e immagino che &quot;aleatorio&quot; faccia riferimento a un &quot;contratto aleatorio&quot; (che non so veramente cosa sia). Per quanto riguarda il termine &quot;svincolo&quot;, ho trovato il suo significato questo stesso &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000636.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nelle  autostrade  e  nelle  superstrade,  l’insieme  dei raccordi   di   allacciamento   alla   viabilità   ordinaria,   in partic.  in  corrispondenza  di  centri  abitati,  o  ad  altre &#xA;  arterie  di  traffico  veloce;  tratto  di  raccordo  che  per­mette  il  passaggio  di una  corrente  di  traffico  da  una strada ad un'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Veramente si tratta di una definizione che non capisco del tutto bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le diverse accezioni dell'aggettivo &quot;specifico&quot; le ho trovate &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000785.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000786.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, ma non so a quale corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, la mia domanda sarebbe: cosa significa &quot;fare lo specifico aleatorio dello svincolo&quot; nel passaggio sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-25T18:54:42.167" Title="Significato di &quot;lo specifico aleatorio dello svincolo&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11385" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11386" CreationDate="2019-12-27T11:45:33.090" Score="0" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ANTONIA &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Guardi, signor brigadiere che lei sta prendendo&#xA;  un granchio...&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BRIGADIERE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  No, il granchio l’ho preso prima... quando ci&#xA;  sono cascato con la sceneggiata delle doglie e del parto&#xA;  prematuro! Ma adesso non ci casco più, basta! Fuori la&#xA;  refurtiva!&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ANTONIA &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Ma di che refurtiva parla? È impazzito?&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BRIGADIERE &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  E non facciamo le furbe, che tanto non &lt;strong&gt;attacca&lt;/strong&gt; più! Il giochetto ormai è scoperto! (&lt;em&gt;Cambia tono&lt;/em&gt;) I mariti vanno fuori a fare razzia, poi passano i sacchetti alle&#xA;  mogli che si fanno un pancione e via! È tutto il giorno&#xA;  che vedo passare donne incinte! Ma possibile che tutte le femmine di ’sto quartiere siano rimaste in stato interessante allo stesso tempo? Che è? La maratona provinciale del sesso? Capisco la proverbiale prolificità delle&#xA;  donne del popolo... ma qui si esagera! Donne mature, ragazze, ragazzine, perfino una vecchietta di ottant’anni&#xA;  ho visto passare incinta oggi: un pancione che pareva&#xA;  avesse due gemelli!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire del tutto bene cosa vuol dire il brigadiere quando pronuncia le parole &quot;non attacca più&quot; in questo dialogo. Dal contesto sembrerebbe qualcosa come &quot;non è più credibile&quot;, ma non sono sicura che questa sia l'interpretazione corretta di questa espressione. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;attaccare&quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000812.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000813.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000814.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non so a quale accezione corrisponda l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-27T13:29:27.770" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;attaccare&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11386" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11385" CreationDate="2019-12-27T12:40:36.553" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso è piuttosto diffuso, come intuivi significa che chi parla non ha creduto a ciò che gli è stato raccontato. Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/attaccare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (voce 7):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Molto com. l’uso fig.: &lt;em&gt;queste idee non attaccano&lt;/em&gt;, non trovano terreno propizio alla loro diffusione; nell’uso fam.: &lt;em&gt;non attacca!&lt;/em&gt;, a proposito di discorso, parole, proposte e sim. a cui non si vuole dare ascolto; anche in forme più esplicite e in costruzione personale: &lt;em&gt;accennò debolmente una proposta, ma vedendo che non attaccava, desistette; quando essa arrischiava timidamente qualche parola ... o non attaccava, o veniva corrisposta con uno sguardo distratto, o sprezzante, o severo&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-27T13:29:27.770" LastActivityDate="2019-12-27T13:29:27.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9027" CreationDate="2019-12-27T17:25:35.520" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pisa come Repubblica era detta la Gloriosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5957" LastActivityDate="2019-12-27T17:25:35.520" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11388" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11389" CreationDate="2019-12-27T17:40:47.087" Score="4" ViewCount="176" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the meaning of “or” in Italian? I thought “or” was an abbreviation for “ora”, but that doesn’t seem to always fit.  For example, many bible verses begin with “Or” such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Genesis 6:11 Or la terra era corrotta davanti a Dio; la terra era piena di violenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But English translations usually give “And” for this word. Or, consider the following where it’s “or ora” — would that be “now now”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Matthew 9:18 Mentre egli diceva loro queste cose, uno dei capi della sinagoga, avvicinatosi, s'inchinò davanti a lui e gli disse: «Mia figlia è morta or ora; ma vieni, posa la mano su di lei ed ella vivrà».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’ve gathered that “or ora” means “just now” or “right now” — for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://tatoeba.org/eng/sentences/search?query=%3Dor&amp;amp;from=ita&amp;amp;to=eng&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://tatoeba.org/eng/sentences/search?query=%3Dor&amp;amp;from=ita&amp;amp;to=eng&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I’ve tried looking up “or” in WordReference, Reverso, Linguee without much help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-27T18:39:35.113" LastActivityDate="2020-01-01T14:21:44.027" Title="Meaning of “or” in Italian?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11388" CreationDate="2019-12-27T17:51:56.417" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is just a truncated form of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ora1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ora&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;óra¹&lt;/strong&gt; (tronc. &lt;strong&gt;ór&lt;/strong&gt;) avv.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your first example, it is used with meaning 2b from that link, i.e., as a generic link word to continue a story.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;b.&lt;/em&gt; In principio di frase, ha spesso valore di congiunzione e serve a riprendere il filo del racconto o a passare a un’altra parte di questo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your second example, as you already correctly assessed, &lt;em&gt;or ora&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;just now&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I suggest you to add the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; to your list of go-to online references. A good monolingual dictionary is harder to read than a bilingual one, but often it is more detailed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2019-12-27T18:19:34.167" LastActivityDate="2019-12-27T18:19:34.167" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11390" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11392" CreationDate="2019-12-28T14:18:42.223" Score="1" ViewCount="477" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma non possiamo continuare a star qui ad aspettare per delle ore sul ballatoio tu e io come due &lt;strong&gt;tarlocchi&lt;/strong&gt;. Senti, io guardo se riesco a buttar giù la porta con qualche spallata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è un &quot;tarlocco&quot;? Non l'ho trovato su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Si tratta di un termine di uso regionale (forse lombardo)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-28T22:44:29.670" Title="Cos'è un &quot;tarlocco&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11390" CreationDate="2019-12-28T17:31:59.157" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A quanto sembra la parola tarlocco in italiano attualmente non esiste se non come neologismo dialettale simile a &quot;martalotto&quot;, &quot;tarlùc&quot; in dialetto milanese, che viene rivolta a chi è in difficoltà nell'apprendere, &quot;dicasi duro di comprendonio&quot;, praticamente un tontolone, imbranato. Sperando di essere stato d'aiuto.&#xA;Un cordiale saluto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5959" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-28T22:44:29.670" LastActivityDate="2019-12-28T22:44:29.670" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11392" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11390" CreationDate="2019-12-28T20:57:48.633" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine da cercare è &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000748.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tarlucco&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che, come riporta il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarlucco&lt;/strong&gt;,  agg. (plur. m. &#xA;  -&lt;em&gt;chi&lt;/em&gt;).  Region. Stupido, alloc­co, tonto, sciocco. – Anche sostant. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Sbarbaro&lt;/em&gt;,   I-650:  Zitti,  zitti!  /  più  bevuto  /  d’un  imbuto, &#xA;  /  barcollando,  /  come  un  bove  gorgheggiando,  /  il  tarlucco &#xA;  ma­ledetto  [il  Ciclope]  /  dal  suo  tetto  /  avanza  il  piè. &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Eco&lt;/em&gt;,   14-11:  Giuda  impestato,  io  sono  sempre  quello  che  si &#xA;  fa  far  su  come  un  tarlucco,  roba  che  mi  darei  i  pugni &#xA;  nella  testa  ancor  oggi,  toh, così! &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; =  Voce  di  area  sett.  (cfr.  genov.  &lt;em&gt;tarlûcco&lt;/em&gt;,   milan.  &lt;em&gt;tarlucch&lt;/em&gt;,   piemont.  &lt;em&gt;tarlüch&lt;/em&gt;),  deriv. dal provenz.  &lt;em&gt;trelucà&lt;/em&gt;  ‘insensato’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2019-12-28T22:27:04.330" LastActivityDate="2019-12-28T22:27:04.330" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11393" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2019-12-29T14:28:31.867" Score="1" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Accidenti, come gli assomiglia!... Assomiglia&#xA;  sputato anche all’appuntato di Pubblica Sicurezza senza&#xA;  baffi... Ah, ah, scusi se rido, non è per lei, ma mi sembra&#xA;  di essere in una commedia che ho visto quando ero ragazzo... sa, una di quelle compagnie un po’ &lt;strong&gt;sbraghellate&lt;/strong&gt;... dove, siccome avevano scarsità di interpreti, a uno stesso attore gli facevano fare tutte le parti dei poliziotti che c’erano nella commedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;sbraghellato&quot;? Non ho trovato questo vocabolo su nessun dizionario. Si tratta di un termine di origine dialettale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2019-12-29T14:28:31.867" Title="Significato di &quot;sbraghellato&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11394" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11395" CreationDate="2019-12-30T14:42:29.280" Score="2" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;BECCHINO (&lt;em&gt;senza prender fiato&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;   &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Grazie. Piuttosto, mi sapreste dire se abita qui un certo Prampolini Sergio? Non&#xA;  so se al primo o al secondo piano, o anche al quarto, a meno che non ci sia un sottotetto...?&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  LUIGI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Sì, sta sopra, al terzo piano. Ma so di sicuro che non&#xA;  è in casa. È all’ospedale! È sempre ammalato, poveraccio... una brutta vita!&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  BECCHINO (&lt;em&gt;senza prender fiato&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Infatti è morto.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  GIOVANNI &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Ha risolto&lt;/strong&gt;!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire Giovanni quando afferma che questo Prampolini Sergio &quot;ha risolto&quot;. Significa forse che è morto? Potreste spiegarmelo? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;risolvere&quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; e ho visto che al &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI16/00837.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;numero 4&lt;/a&gt; appare questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fare cessare la vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, mi è sembrato strano che tutti e due gli esempi di uso di questo verbo con tale significato siano rinascimentali (si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00060.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00265.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-01T23:09:16.010" LastActivityDate="2020-01-01T23:09:16.010" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;ha risolto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11395" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11394" CreationDate="2019-12-30T15:33:04.107" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per comprendere lo scambio, teniamo conto che si tratta di una commedia. Il commento di Giovanni è una battuta. Con «ha risolto», si intende che finalmente Sergio Prampolini ha risolto i suoi problemi di malato… morendo. La battuta può sembrare macabra, ma l’umorismo ha, tra i suoi meccanismi per strappare una risata, anche slittamenti di questo tipo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2019-12-30T15:33:04.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11396" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11388" CreationDate="2019-12-31T12:33:43.133" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll summarize what is said by &quot;Accademia della Crusca&quot; which is another respectable source to find the meaning of Italian words.&#xA;They basically say that some word spreaded according to geographical locations or different way of comunications. To express the concept of &quot;in this moment&quot; (&quot;in questo momento&quot;) Italian poets have substituted the word &quot;nunc&quot; from Latin, with some variants like &quot;ora, mo, adesso&quot;. As said, these abbreviations are used differently in different regions and could be combined. Some special form were lucky enough to be used nowadays like synonymous of &quot;now&quot; such in the cases &quot;mo ora&quot;, &quot;or ora&quot;. Thus, their usage depends on a multitude of things. &#xA;Personally if I would translate in English the two sentences they would be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Now earth was corrupted in front of God&quot;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;Meanwhile he said to them these things, one understood about the synagogue, close to him, bowed in front of him and said: 'my my daughter is died right now (right in this moment); but come here, put your hand on her and she'll live&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last sentence lets understand that the moment is very close, so you could still see what happened. Therefore the repetition &quot;or ora&quot; is used to reinforce the concept of &quot;now&quot;.&#xA;The first phrase instead is more generic, &quot;now&quot; could refer to &quot;from now on&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope this is useful and I apologize if I made some mistakes in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sources: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/tre-avverbi-per-un-solo-concetto-in-questo-momento/763&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/tre-avverbi-per-un-solo-concetto-in-questo-momento/763&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm Italian! :)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5965" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-01T14:21:44.027" LastActivityDate="2020-01-01T14:21:44.027" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11397" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11398" CreationDate="2019-12-31T15:03:56.303" Score="1" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11394&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; avevo scritto &quot;vedete qui&quot; (adesso ho corretto), ma poi ho avuto il dubbio  se questa fosse un'espressione solita in italiano moderno. Ho pensato che magari avrei dovuto usare &quot;vedi qui&quot; e che questo &quot;vedete qui&quot; mi era forse venuto fuori per influenza della mia lingua (in catalano usiamo &quot;vegeu&quot;, seconda persona plurale dell'imperativo). Infatti, ho ricercato &quot;vedete qui&quot; su Google Libri e ho trovato soltanto esempi arcaici. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, è veramente così? Cioè, nell'italiano attuale si usa di solito &quot;vedi qui&quot; invece di &quot;vedete qui&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-01T23:10:13.803" LastActivityDate="2020-01-01T23:10:13.803" Title="&quot;Vedete qui&quot; oppure &quot;vedi qui&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11397" CreationDate="2020-01-01T13:50:16.223" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;“Vedete qui” non suona particolarmente strano, ma direi effettivamente che siano più usuali, in un testo scritto, forme come:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“vedi [qui]”;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“si veda [qui]”, forse più frequente in un testo edito e di registro un po' più sostenuto; la forma impersonale evita problemi di comunicazione (singolare/plurale, formale/informale); è quello che in genere si troverebbe in una nota bibliografica di un saggio;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“vedere [qui]”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ognuno degli esempi, a seconda dei casi, “[qui]” potrebbe essere un link o gli estremi di un testo citato (per esempio “si veda [Rossi 89]”). Per la costruzione con il “si”, se si fa riferimento a più di un elemento, il plurale è “si vedano” (è la cosiddetta costruzione del “si passivante”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per i testi editi, in certi casi è la casa editrice stessa che, per uniformità, prevede nelle sue norme editoriali quale sia la forma da seguire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Mi sono permesso di includere nella risposta la sostanza dei commenti di Benedetta e Federico Poloni.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-01T14:42:13.457" LastActivityDate="2020-01-01T14:42:13.457" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11400" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11405" CreationDate="2020-01-02T18:08:41.213" Score="3" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le scarpe sono ancora in/nella scatola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning/usage between &quot;in scatola&quot; and &quot;nella scatola&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-02T19:45:17.183" LastActivityDate="2020-01-03T09:59:17.780" Title="Difference between &quot;nella scatola&quot; and &quot;in scatola&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11401" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-02T19:42:50.557" Score="1" ViewCount="253" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come si può leggere in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/10446/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, la sezione VIII.85 dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni riporta questa informazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c) In alcune zone l'uso di &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; con nomi di città è generalizzato, come si ricava da questo passo di Palazzeschi in cui lo scrittore descrive il disagio, anche linguistico, delle fiorentine sorelle Materassi costrette a partire per le Marche: «per andare &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; Ancona si doveva cambiare a Faenza. Che cos'era mai questa Ancona per cui si doveva cambiare, se per andare a Roma non si doveva cambiare proprio nulla? E dava loro noia quell''in' che si rendeva necessario per pronunziarne il nome. Per tutte le altre città si dice: '&lt;em&gt;a Roma, a Napoli, a  Milano, a Torino, a Firenze&lt;/em&gt;'» (&lt;em&gt;Sorelle Materassi&lt;/em&gt;, 85). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di aver colto il senso di questa spiegazione. Devo capire che in certe  zone d'Italia, in particolare in una regione intorno ad Ancona, si usa la preposizione &quot;in&quot; con tutti i nomi di città e comuni? Cioè, per esempio, si dice &quot;in Roma&quot;, &quot;in Torino&quot;, &quot;in Castelfidardo&quot;, ecc.? Oppure questa preposizione si usa soltanto con i nomi che cominciano con la lettera &quot;a&quot; come accade appunto nella espressione &quot;in Ancona&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-03T11:38:02.327" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T17:01:03.727" Title="Uso regionale della preposizione &quot;in&quot; con nomi di città (intorno ad Ancona)" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11402" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11404" CreationDate="2020-01-02T22:03:38.357" Score="3" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning or usage between &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/gioco%20da%20tavolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gioco da tavolo&lt;/a&gt;&quot; and &quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/gioco%20in%20scatola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gioco in scatola&lt;/a&gt;&quot; ? Word Reference translates both as &quot;board game&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-03T14:43:59.123" LastActivityDate="2020-01-05T16:43:29.003" Title="Difference between &quot;gioco da tavolo&quot; and &quot;gioco in scatola&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11403" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11402" CreationDate="2020-01-03T06:55:14.330" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gioco in scatola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; appears to be a less common variant of &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gioco_in_scatola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gioco da tavolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, but the more commonly used expression is probably &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gioco_di_societ%C3%A0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gioco di società&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;,  (See &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=gioco%20in%20scatola%2Cgioco%20da%20tavolo%2C%20gioco%20di%20societ%C3%A0%20&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cgioco%20in%20scatola%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cgioco%20da%20tavolo%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cgioco%20di%20societ%C3%A0%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=cjQyDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT82&amp;amp;dq=%22gioco%20in%20scatola%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjU4LXg6-bmAhWB-6QKHQMtABsQ6AEIPjAD#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22gioco%20in%20scatola%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Storie di Giochi: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Monopoly è il gioco in scatola più venduto al mondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-01-03T08:56:22.750" LastActivityDate="2020-01-03T08:56:22.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11402" CreationDate="2020-01-03T09:43:38.890" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a glossary at the end of his book &lt;em&gt;L'autore di giochi&lt;/em&gt;, Emiliano Sciarra (author of &lt;em&gt;Bang!&lt;/em&gt; and other successful boardgames) gives &lt;em&gt;giochi di società&lt;/em&gt; as a broad category, which basically includes everything not included in other categories (role-playing games, card games etc.). «Altro termine usato per la stessa categoria è “&lt;strong&gt;giochi in scatola&lt;/strong&gt;”» (my emphasis).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There, “&lt;strong&gt;giochi da tavolo&lt;/strong&gt; o boardgame” is one of the subcategories of “giochi di società”, the other ones being &lt;em&gt;giochi con carta e penna&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giochi a domanda e risposta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;wargame&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giochi di dadi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giochi con le parole&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giochi di emulazione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;party game&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;giochi astratti&lt;/em&gt; (where overlapping is possible among subcategories).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A somewhat different distinction can be found in Andrea Angiolino and Beniamino Sidoti's &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei giochi&lt;/em&gt;: there &lt;em&gt;giochi in scatola&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;giochi da tavolo&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;da tavola&lt;/em&gt;) are essentially synonymous, while they prefer &lt;em&gt;giochi da tavoliere&lt;/em&gt; (or, following Giampaolo Dossena, &lt;em&gt;giochi di tavoliere&lt;/em&gt;) for the games actually requiring a board, a &lt;em&gt;tavoliere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-03T09:52:46.340" LastActivityDate="2020-01-03T09:52:46.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11400" CreationDate="2020-01-03T09:59:17.780" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As I noted in a comment, to my ear &quot;in scatola&quot; sounds idiomatic only for canned food (&lt;em&gt;carne in scatola&lt;/em&gt;) and board games (&lt;em&gt;giochi in scatola&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think the general rule behind this is that the &lt;em&gt;preposizione semplice&lt;/em&gt; is used for general or idiomatic meanings / set expressions, while the &lt;em&gt;preposizione articolata&lt;/em&gt; is used for referring to a specific object.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same idea appears in English, too: &lt;em&gt;go to church&lt;/em&gt; vs &lt;em&gt;go to/into the church&lt;/em&gt;. So you would use &lt;em&gt;in scatola&lt;/em&gt; when you use &lt;em&gt;boxed&lt;/em&gt; in English, and &lt;em&gt;nella scatola&lt;/em&gt; when you use &lt;em&gt;in their box&lt;/em&gt; in English. In one case it's the general concept of something that comes in a box, in the other you are speaking about a specific box that you can point your finger at.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See for instance item two on &lt;a href=&quot;https://learnamo.com/preposizioni-articolate/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this grammar text&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2020-01-03T09:59:17.780" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11406" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11407" CreationDate="2020-01-03T17:34:22.863" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lo capisco&#xA;  da solo come stanno andando davvero le cose: che la politica dei vari governi che si sono succeduti in questi ultimi anni assomiglia sempre di più a un gioco di prestigio&#xA;  da circo coi trucchi tutti scoperti... E dire che io in questo governo, che è appena crollato, ci credevo, e devo ammettere che qualche legge giusta l’ha pure sfornata, come quella, seppur un po’ &lt;strong&gt;arrangiata&lt;/strong&gt;, del contratto di noi metalmeccanici...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alle voci &quot;arrangiare&quot; e &quot;arrangiato&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000690.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arrangiare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa vuol dire questo personaggio quando afferma che la legge del contratto dei metalmeccanici era &quot;un po’ arrangiata&quot;. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-03T18:05:15.987" LastActivityDate="2020-01-03T18:05:15.987" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;arrangiare&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11407" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11406" CreationDate="2020-01-03T17:50:31.690" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta si trova nel link al vocabolario Treccani che hai inserito: significa &quot;messa insieme alla meglio&quot; ovvero imperfetta, raffazzonata. (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/raffazzonare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/raffazzonare/&lt;/a&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-01-03T17:50:31.690" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11408" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-04T15:22:06.427" Score="0" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella commedia &lt;em&gt;Sotto paga! Non si paga!&lt;/em&gt; di Dario Fo (testo aggiornato nel 2007 e pubblicato da Einaudi) ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E Prodi è schiacciato. E anche&#xA;  noi siamo schiacciati come &lt;strong&gt;patecchie&lt;/strong&gt;, perché adesso risale in groppa il cavaliere errante con tutta la sua ghenga&#xA;  che come per miracolo si è ricompattata all’istante. E noi&#xA;  possiamo cantare il Miserere!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è una &quot;patecchia&quot;? Non ho trovato questo termine su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Si tratta di un vocabolo di uso regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-04T15:22:06.427" Title="Cos'è una &quot;patecchia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11409" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-05T13:01:19.810" Score="1" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;How would you describe &quot;a&quot; in these two sentences?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Organo a canne - Pipe organ. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Giocare a biliardo - Playing (to play) billiards.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usually &quot;a&quot; means &quot;to&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tornate a Parigi? - Do you come back to Paris?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is a bit weird for me to think of &quot;organ to pipes&quot; and &quot;playing to billiards&quot;.&#xA;Please explain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user5727" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-05T14:32:38.533" LastActivityDate="2020-01-06T11:10:02.600" Title="How would you describe &quot;a&quot; in these two sentences?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11410" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11409" CreationDate="2020-01-05T14:28:16.230" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;The English preposition &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt; corresponds to several Italian prepositions:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I'm going to the sea — Vado al mare&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  John came to the rescue – Giovanni è venuto in soccorso&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Alice came to repair the car – Alice è venuta per riparare l'auto&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Philip is an advisor to the boss — Filippo è un consigliere del capo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, in order to render the Italian preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, you have to use different English constructions, like in the examples you mention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There's rarely perfect correspondence between prepositions in different languages. Italian &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; can mean &lt;em&gt;from&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;by&lt;/em&gt; (or also other English prepositions), depending on the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the construction &lt;em&gt;organo a canne&lt;/em&gt;, the preposition &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; introduces a “complemento di mezzo”: “organo che suona per mezzo di canne”. English uses a different rendering: pipe organ is “organ that produces sound by pipes”. Similarly, &lt;em&gt;sedia a rotelle&lt;/em&gt; is wheelchair; not so similarly, &lt;em&gt;andare a piedi&lt;/em&gt; is “going on foot”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-01-06T11:10:02.600" LastActivityDate="2020-01-06T11:10:02.600" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11411" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11402" CreationDate="2020-01-05T16:37:44.450" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &lt;em&gt;gioco in scatola&lt;/em&gt; is a game for which everything needed for the play is provided in a box, very much like Scrabble or Monopoly, or Trivial Pursuit. But a &lt;em&gt;gioco da tavolo&lt;/em&gt; is not necessarily a &lt;em&gt;gioco in scatola&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, I often play with friends a game called &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario&lt;/em&gt;: one of the players, in turn, chooses an unusual word from the Italian Vocabulary, and the other players need to provide a definition for the abstruse word. Then the stabs are tossed in anonymously with the correct definition, and they are read in turn; players collect points for providing the right definition, for identifying the right definition in the pool, or for tricking other players in selecting their own definition as the right one. This game requires nothing but pens, paper, and a dictionary, thus it is a &lt;em&gt;gioco da tavolo&lt;/em&gt; but not a &lt;em&gt;gioco in scatola&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5974" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-05T16:43:29.003" LastActivityDate="2020-01-05T16:43:29.003" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11412" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11413" CreationDate="2020-01-06T17:11:23.280" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con quel tempo da lupi, anche i fascisti del Corpo delle Truppe Volontarie erano alle perse, sebbene possedessero un dispiegamento esagerato di mezzi. Le divisioni, tutte agli ordini del generale Roatta,  erano: la 'Dio lo vuole!', la 'Fiamme nere', la 'Penne nere' e la 'Littorio', guidata da Annibale Bergonzoli, uno che aveva fatto la campagna d'Africa e che il Duce chiamava 'Barba elettrica' per via del &lt;strong&gt;taglio risorgimentale&lt;/strong&gt;, visibilissimo a un miglio per la sua giacca a vento bianca a mo' di spaventacchio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano fa riferimento alla guerra di Spagna. Non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;taglio risorgimentale&quot; che appare in questo brano. Immagino che il &quot;taglio&quot; abbia qualcosa a che vedere con il modo in cui era tagliata la barba di questo Annibale Bergonzoli, ma non so cosa vuol dire che era &quot;risorgimentale&quot;. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-08T09:25:27.783" Title="Cosa significa &quot;taglio risorgimentale&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11412" CreationDate="2020-01-07T18:07:43.737" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il “taglio risorgimentale” era caratterizzato da barba e baffi folti molto curati come descritto dal sito &lt;a href=&quot;https://gentlemenschoice.it/breve-fenomenologia-della-barba/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gentlemenschoice.it&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;“La storia più moderna ha alternato differenti stili e tagli, fino ad arrivare alla totale riscoperta del baffo e della barba, come ad esempio il trend del periodo risorgimentale, in cui il pelo è diventato un simbolo di aristocrazia reale.”&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/CrBna.jpg&quot; width=&quot;320&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda Annibale Bergonzoli, l’appellativo  di “barba elettrica” sembra dovuto al suo temperamento dinamico e coraggioso: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;”Rimpatriato in Italia per curarsi, divenne molto popolare tra i suoi uomini per via della fluente barba, tanto da meritarsi l’appellativo di &quot;Barba elettrica&quot;,soprannome assegnatogli anche per il dinamismo e il coraggio dimostrato in combattimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Annibale_Bergonzoli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/kBJxv.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/kBJxv.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-08T09:25:27.783" LastActivityDate="2020-01-08T09:25:27.783" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11414" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6969" CreationDate="2020-01-08T09:30:52.180" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come aggiunta alla risposta di &#xA;Erik vanDoren, vorrei riportare la definizione dell'espressione &quot;rispondere a tono&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000032.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che mi sembra un po' più chiara di quella del Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – &lt;em&gt;Parlare, rispondere a tono&lt;/em&gt;: ribattere in modo ade­guato, per le rime. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Fagiuoli&lt;/em&gt;, II-140: Così diceste: e subito un frastuono / s'udì di &#xA;  quelle donne, e dir: E viva  /  viva  costei,  che  parlò  tanto  a tuono. &lt;em&gt;Nievo&lt;/em&gt;, 599:  Ella mostrava ragionare col suo miglior sen­no,  e  dovetti rispondere a tono.  &lt;em&gt;Jahier&lt;/em&gt;, 3-121:  Rispondeva  poco a tono, gli occhi assenti lontani beati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-08T09:30:52.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11415" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11416" CreationDate="2020-01-08T16:45:12.930" Score="0" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto la frase seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;E intorno a quella zona il via vai di camionette con soldati di diverse nazionalità  con gli &lt;strong&gt;elmetti retati&lt;/strong&gt; a pattugliare in quel Campo di Marte del 1944, 'terra di nessuno', delicato confine tra zona operativa tedesca e  alleata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le diverse accezioni dell'aggettivo &quot;retato&quot; le ho trovate sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI15/00926.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cos'è un &quot;elmetto retato&quot;, anche se immagino si tratti di qualche tipo di elmetto militare. Quindi, la mia domanda è: potreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;elmetto retato&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-08T16:58:17.923" Title="Cos'è un &quot;elmetto retato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11416" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11415" CreationDate="2020-01-08T16:58:17.923" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono abbastanza certo che significhi che l'elmetto era &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.expoarmy.com/cat/929/g-0.jpg?t=1559162334&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;avvolto da una rete, come questo&lt;/a&gt; - da quel che so la rete serve a migliorare il cammuffamento, infilando per es. delle foglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-01-08T16:58:17.923" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11324" CreationDate="2020-01-09T16:21:21.823" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per scrivere questa risposta mi sono basata sulle spiegazioni e gli esempi che appaiono nel libro che ho usato per preparare l'esame d'italiano di livello C1, cioè, &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di R. Bozzone Costa, M. Piantoni, E. Scaramelli e C. Ghezzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto dipende del registro in cui stai usando la lingua. La tua frase rientra nel cosiddetto periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà, che corrisponde a quando&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il fatto è sentito dal parlante come impossibile, irrealizzabile (al presente) o irrealizzato (al passato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il caso che stiamo analizzando corrisponde a un fatto impossibile perché irrealizzato nel passato, come in questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se avessi studiato, avresti passato l'esame.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se avessi vinto il concorso, avrei ricevuto una borsa di studio.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Cerco di riscrivere questo ultimo esempio in  modo che sia più simile alla frase della domanda: &quot;Sarebbe bastato che avessi vinto il concorso e avrei ricevuto una borsa di studio&quot;. E ancora si assomiglia di più se scrivo: &quot;Sarebbe bastato che avessi vinto il concorso per ricevere una borsa di studio&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si vede in questi esempi, in un registro formale, i tempi verbali da usare sono il congiuntivo trapassato per la condizione (protasi) e il condizionale passato per la conseguenza (apodosi). Quindi, in un registro formale, si dovrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se Pellegrini non avesse fatto due gol avremmo vinto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o, formulato nel modo che hai scritto nella domanda,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per vincere sarebbe bastato che Pellegrini non avesse fatto due gol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, il libro che ho menzionato spiega anche quanto segue:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel registro colloquiale nel periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà per parlare di fatti del passato si tende a usare l'imperfetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così, in un registro informale, invece della frase &lt;em&gt;Se fossi venuto a casa mia avremmo mangiato una pizza insieme&lt;/em&gt;, possiamo trovare: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se fossi venuto a casa mia mangiavamo una pizza insieme.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se venivi a casa mia avremmo mangiato una pizza insieme.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se venivi a casa mia mangiavamo una pizza insieme.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È quello che accade nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per vincere bastava che Pellegrini non avesse fatto due gol&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in cui si usa l'imperfetto indicativo (&quot;bastava&quot;) al posto del condizionale passato (&quot;sarebbe bastato&quot;). E, come negli esempi del libro, si potrebbe anche usare l'indicativo imperfetto al posto del congiuntivo trapassato (sempre in un registro informale):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per vincere bastava che Pellegrini non faceva due gol.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fatto curioso è che nella frase che hai sentito (&quot;Per vincere bastava che Pellegrini non facesse due gol&quot;) si è usato il congiuntivo imperfetto (&quot;non facesse&quot;) invece dell'indicativo imperfetto (&quot;non faceva&quot;). Non ho mai trovato nessuna fonte autorevole che riporti come caratteristico di nessuna &quot;varietà substandard&quot; (corrispondente a un registro colloquiale) questo uso del congiuntivo imperfetto per una protasi riferente a un fatto irrealizzato nel passato. Anzi, il mio libro spiega che il congiuntivo imperfetto nella protasi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è usato quando l'ipotesi è valida anche al presente (o sempre): &lt;em&gt;Se &lt;strong&gt;fosse&lt;/strong&gt; una persona generosa ti &lt;strong&gt;avrebbe aiutato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in uno dei cosiddetti periodi ipotetici di tipo misto. In un registro informale, questa ultima frase penso si possa rendere &quot;Se fosse una persona generosa ti aiutava&quot;, come in questo esempio tratto dall'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/8672222/Costrutti_condizionali_in_italiano_antico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Costrutti condizionali in italiano antico&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, di Gianluca Colella:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ancora no·lla voleva se non avesse biondi i cavelli (&lt;em&gt;Reggimento de’ principi&lt;/em&gt; XVI, XXIII, 4: 382).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come la frase che ha motivato la domanda, questi esempi hanno la protasi espressa col congiuntivo imperfetto e l'apodosi con l'indicativo imperfetto, ma, a differenza del caso della domanda, &quot;essere una persona generosa&quot; o &quot;non avere i capelli biondi&quot; sono ipotesi che si ritengono anche valide nel presente. Quindi, in questo senso, sono d'accordo con il ragionamento che hai fatto nel tuo post.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Accade, però, lo stesso con la frase &quot;Bastava che Pellegrini non segnasse un gol un assist&quot;: se &quot;non segnare un gol assist&quot; è un'ipotesi che non si è realizzata nel passato, cioè, un fatto che non è accaduto poiché quello che veramente successe fu che Pellegrini segnò un gol assist, in italiano standard questa frase dovrebbe essere &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarebbe bastato che Pellegrini non avesse segnato un gol assist&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che, nel parlato colloquiale, si potrebbe rendere &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bastava che Pellegrini non avesse segnato un gol assist&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o persino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Bastava che Pellegrini non segnava un gol assist.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8347&quot;&gt;altra risposta&lt;/a&gt; puoi leggere un riassunto su quello che dicono diversi studiosi su questo fenomeno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-20T12:34:48.033" LastActivityDate="2020-03-20T12:34:48.033" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11418" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11419" CreationDate="2020-01-10T09:36:43.270" Score="0" ViewCount="402" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Barontini &lt;strong&gt;cala l'asso&lt;/strong&gt;: il &lt;em&gt;dinamitero&lt;/em&gt; asturiano José Velázquez Calero che di fratelli caduti in quella guerra ne aveva avuti due; moglie e figlia seviziate e uccise dai marocchini del Tercio di Franco. Lo lasciamo dietro una tenda a preparare religiosamente una mina da chili dodici intenzionato a depositarla ai piedi della torretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano fa riferimento alla guerra di Spagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;asso&quot; su parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa espressione. Ho visto, però, che ci sono molti modi di dire con la parola &quot;asso&quot;. Si tratta anche questo di un modo di dire? Cosa significa nel contesto del passaggio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-10T10:00:57.373" Title="Cosa significa &quot;calare l'asso&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11418" CreationDate="2020-01-10T10:00:57.373" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Calare l'asso&quot; è un'espressione derivante dai giochi di carte: spesso l'asso è la carta di maggior valore, quindi in senso figurato significa utilizzare la propria migliore tecnica, o il proprio migliore strumento. Assume anche una caratteristica di sorpresa, in quanto giocare questa carta ha grande effetto e può cambiare le sorti della partita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di questo brano, &quot;Barontini cala l'asso&quot; può essere reso come &quot;Barontini fa la mossa decisiva&quot; o &quot;Barontini fa una mossa a sorpresa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'espressione simile (più comune) è &quot;avere un asso nella manica&quot;, che significa avere, appunto, la possibilità di &quot;calare l'asso&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, &quot;Credeva di aver vinto, ma l'avversario aveva un asso nella manica&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2085" LastActivityDate="2020-01-10T10:00:57.373" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10180" CreationDate="2020-01-10T16:22:03.473" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'etimologia è incerta tuttavia appare verosimile che il termine sia derivato per estensione dalla parola longobarda &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scramasax&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; che indicava la tipica arma sassone a forma di &lt;em&gt;gladio&lt;/em&gt; romano. La &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;scramasax&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; era dunque un corto giavellotto una via di mezzo tra un pugnale e una lancia. Ne esistevano due versioni: la &lt;em&gt;kursax&lt;/em&gt; più corta e coincidente con l'attuale pugnale e la &lt;em&gt;langsax&lt;/em&gt; coincidente con la lancia. Il termine ricorreva nelle battaglie e per estensione passare per la &lt;em&gt;scramasax&lt;/em&gt; divenne &lt;em&gt;scamazzare&lt;/em&gt; come sinonimo di uccidere o fare una carneficina. Interessante è il fatto che in numerose lingue germaniche &lt;em&gt;scram&lt;/em&gt; o scran indicava il cibo mentre seax indicava il tagliare per cui è probabile che &lt;em&gt;scramasax&lt;/em&gt; fosse all'origine un coltello da cucina.&#xA;In figura delle &lt;em&gt;scramasax&lt;/em&gt; merovinge (credit: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scramasax&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/3M8TQ.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/3M8TQ.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5982" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-10T16:37:48.507" LastActivityDate="2020-01-10T16:37:48.507" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6309" CreationDate="2020-01-10T16:50:17.257" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco la definizione di &quot;gabola&quot; che appare sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI23/00424.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Gàbola,&lt;/strong&gt; sf. Bugia, frottola. – Anche: intrigo, imbroglio; scap­patoia, sotterfugio. &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Bianciardi&lt;/em&gt;, 1-219:  Ne  uscì  il  ‘governo  vivo’  che  abbiamo  oggi,  così rinnovato,  così  diverso  rispetto  alle  gabole  partitiche  del  passato. &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;U. Simonetta&lt;/em&gt;, 1-45: Deve aver mangiato la foglia che c’è sotto una gabola. &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Voce centrosett., propr. var. di &lt;em&gt;cabala&lt;/em&gt;, v. anche &lt;em&gt;gabbolare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato più adatto al contesto del brano citato nella domanda è quello di &quot;sotterfugio&quot;: il personaggio di cui parla il testo si dedicava a studiare certe stratagemme legali insidiose. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come il De Mauro, questo dizionario lo definisce come &quot;voce centrosettentrionale&quot;. &#xA;Leggendo il contenuto dell'entrata &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000528.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;gabbolare&quot;&lt;/a&gt; è interessante vedere che provviene dal lombardo &lt;em&gt;gabolà&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-10T16:50:17.257" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11422" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11423" CreationDate="2020-01-11T08:39:42.280" Score="3" ViewCount="585" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lately, I've been encountering expressions that I believe are of analogous construction and I'm having trouble understanding what the individual words mean:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, &quot;Chi se ne frega&quot; (Who cares/Who gives a damn) or &quot;... e lui se ne va&quot; (and he goes away/he leaves).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone decode these sentences for me?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5765" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-11T09:07:26.680" LastActivityDate="2020-01-11T11:57:06.660" Title="What does 'Chi se ne frega' actually mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11423" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11422" CreationDate="2020-01-11T11:57:06.660" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11172&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;, both &quot;fregarsene&quot; and &quot;andarsene&quot; fall into a class of Italian verbs called &quot;verbi pronominali&quot;. These are verbs that change in meaning when they are accompanied by some clitic pronouns. In particular, as explained in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.viv-it.org/percorsi-linguistico-didattici/verbi-pronominali&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vivit website&lt;/a&gt;, the meaning of these two verbs is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fregarsene = non avere interesse per qualcosa (to have any interest in something)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;andarsene = andare via da un posto (to go away from one place)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that it's the presence of both pronouns, &quot;si&quot; (as you said in a comment, in the form &quot;se&quot; because it is in front of another pronoun) and &quot;ne&quot; which modifies the meaning of the verb. Anyway, particle &quot;ne&quot; in the sentence  &quot;Chi se ne frega&quot; can be understood as &quot;di questo&quot; (about this), whereas in &quot;... e lui se ne va&quot; would be &quot;da qui&quot;, &quot;da questo posto&quot; (from here, from this place).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-11T11:57:06.660" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11424" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13012" CreationDate="2020-01-11T19:36:02.807" Score="0" ViewCount="199" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vinse l'accenno di malinconia, chiamò Remo per comunicare la notizia. La voce era comunque corsa poiché Remo era al corrente della trasferta romana e del disegno d'espatrio di Felice, il quale sentendo impellere la sete di conferme, convocò l'amico per l'indomani: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Remo, &lt;em&gt;giovediamoci&lt;/em&gt;?». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Va bene, Felix... a domani».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il corsivo non è mio, appare nel testo. Dunque, quando ho letto &quot;giovediamoci&quot;, ho pensato che si trattasse semplicemente di uno scherzo. Però, a mia sorpresa, quando ho inserito questa parola su Google, ho trovato parecchie occorrenze. Ho persino trovato questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.icoctavia.edu.it/images/sito_documenti/RMIC8GS00T-201922-201819-20190131_1.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;documento dell'Istituto comprensivo &quot;Octavia&quot;&lt;/a&gt; in cui si può leggere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CLASSI APERTE MARTEDIAMOCI &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Il Giovediamoci prima e il Lunediamoci poi e ora questa terza edizione tentano di dare una risposta al bisogno di nuovi modi e nuove forme di apprendimento e&#xA;  insegnamento che vadano verso una didattica laboratoriale e inclusiva [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, la mia domanda è: cos'è  questo di &quot;giovediamoci&quot;, &quot;lunediamoci&quot;, &quot;martediamoci&quot;, ecc.? E dove e in quali contesti si usa? Non li ho trovati su nessun dizionario (immagino siano dei neologismi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Leggendo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portmanteau&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; ho imparato che (perlomeno per quanto ho capito io) questi termini possono essere qualificati come &quot;portmanteau&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A &lt;strong&gt;portmanteau&lt;/strong&gt; (/pɔːrtˈmæntoʊ/, /ˌpɔːrtmænˈtoʊ/) or &lt;strong&gt;portmanteau word&lt;/strong&gt; (from French porte-manteau) is a linguistic blend of words, in which parts of multiple words or their phonemes (sounds) are combined into a new word, as in &lt;em&gt;smog&lt;/em&gt;, coined by blending &lt;em&gt;smoke&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fog&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;motel&lt;/em&gt;, from &lt;em&gt;motor&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;hotel&lt;/em&gt;. In linguistics, a portmanteau is a single morph that is analyzed as representing two (or more) underlying morphemes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so se esista un termine italiano per definire questo fenomeno (il corrispondente articolo di Wikipedia in italiano ha questo &quot;warning&quot;: &quot;Questa voce o sezione sull'argomento lessicologia non cita le fonti necessarie o quelle presenti sono insufficienti&quot;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un suo commento, @Gio ha menzionato altri neologismi (&quot;apericena&quot; e &quot;aperimessa&quot;) inventati usando questo stesso meccanismo. Allora mi chiedo: nella lingua italiana di oggi, inventare dei neologismi con il meccanismo del &quot;portmanteau&quot; è un fenomeno comune? Lo stesso &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portmanteau#Spanish&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; afferma che non è frequente nella lingua spagnola che si usa in Spagna (a quanto pare, è più comune nello &#xA;spagnolo messicano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-12T12:25:41.017" LastActivityDate="2020-06-25T19:22:00.703" Title="Cos'è &quot;giovediamoci&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6335" CreationDate="2020-01-12T10:46:22.457" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come ha spiegato @enrico nella sua risposta, il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000624.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; riporta &quot;sverso&quot; come termine proveniente dal piemontese &quot;svers&quot;. Ecco la definizione di questo aggettivo che dà questo vocabolario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Ṣvèrso,&lt;/strong&gt; agg. Region.  Profondamente turbato, addo­lorato, o anche seccato, infastidito. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Fenoglio&lt;/em&gt;, 2-220:  Io  ho  l’anima  sversa  perché  oggi  m’è  venuta &#xA;  una  donna  dei  Bragioli  a  portarmi  le  robiole  e  gliene  ho  pagate dodici e adesso ho visto che erano solo undici. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Dal piemont. &lt;em&gt;svers&lt;/em&gt; propr. ‘rovesciato’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-12T10:46:22.457" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11426" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11427" CreationDate="2020-01-12T18:05:19.760" Score="2" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portmanteau&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; ho letto che la terminologia &quot;portmanteau&quot; o &quot;portmanteau word&quot; si usa in linguistica per riferirsi a questo concetto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A &lt;strong&gt;portmanteau&lt;/strong&gt; (/pɔːrtˈmæntoʊ/, /ˌpɔːrtmænˈtoʊ/) or &lt;strong&gt;portmanteau word&lt;/strong&gt; (from French porte-manteau) is a linguistic blend of words, in which parts of multiple words or their phonemes (sounds) are combined into a new word, as in &lt;em&gt;smog&lt;/em&gt;, coined by blending &lt;em&gt;smoke&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fog&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;motel&lt;/em&gt;, from &lt;em&gt;motor&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;hotel&lt;/em&gt;. In linguistics, a portmanteau is a single morph that is analyzed as representing two (or more) underlying morphemes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so se esista un vocabolo italiano comunemente accettato per definire questo fenomeno poiché il corrispondente &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parola_macedonia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Wikipedia in italiano&lt;/a&gt;, che adopera &quot;parola macedonia&quot;, ha questa avvertenza: &quot;Questa voce o sezione sull'argomento lessicologia non cita le fonti necessarie o quelle presenti sono insufficienti&quot;. Qualcuno di voi conosce il termine italiano che corrisponde a &quot;portmanteau&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-25T18:22:22.947" Title="Come si rende &quot;portmanteau&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11427" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11426" CreationDate="2020-01-12T19:00:07.493" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'ambito ludolinguistico il termine più usato è &lt;strong&gt;parola-valigia&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È questo il termine registrato da Giampaolo Dossena nella sua &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dei giochi&lt;/em&gt; (Utet 1999, vol. 2, p. 879). La spiega nel contesto di una sua classificazione dei giochi di parole troppo complessa per essere riportata qui. Ecco comunque un estratto della voce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio classico: topo/sazio/topazio. ...&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Gioco poco praticato dagli enigmisti italiani, chiamato da alcuni di essi doppio scarto centrale.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Il termine parola-valigia (o parola-baule) traduce il termine inglese &lt;em&gt;portmanteau word&lt;/em&gt; usato da Lewis Carroll nel capitolo sesto di &lt;em&gt;Attraverso lo specchio&lt;/em&gt;. Il &lt;em&gt;portmanteau&lt;/em&gt; era una valigia o un baule di tipo particolare, oggi non più in uso, in due parti staccate (senza cerniere), una delle quali entrava nell'altra, telescopicamente, pressappoco come una scatola entra in un coperchio che la racchiuda completamente in sé. È sbagliato tradurre parola-attaccapanni come ha fatto Alberto Arbasino. ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prosegue con esempi di parole comuni (come “eliporto”), parole inventate (tratte da &lt;em&gt;Topolino&lt;/em&gt; e da Italo Calvino) e lapsus (Freud).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche Andrea Angiolino e Beniamino Sidoti registrano “parola-valigia” nel loro &lt;em&gt;Dizionario dei giochi&lt;/em&gt; (Zanichelli 2010), esemplificandola con &lt;em&gt;edutainment&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fanzine&lt;/em&gt; e alcune parole inventate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Paolo Albani e Berlinghiero Buonarroti, nel loro &lt;em&gt;Aga Magéra Difúra. Dizionario delle lingue immaginarie&lt;/em&gt; (Zanichelli 1994) dedicano una voce alla parola-valigia (menzionando anche l'alternativa “parola macedonia”), con esempi reali (smog, motel, bit) e dalla letteratura (Carroll, Freud, Joyce, Malerba, Eco). Infine, «Un vero e proprio dizionario di parole-valigia è il libro di Alain Finkielkraut intitolato &lt;em&gt;Le petit Fictionnaire illustré&lt;/em&gt;, pubblicato a Parigi nel 1981».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine “parola-valigia” è usato abitualmente anche dal giornalista ed enigmista Stefano Bartezzaghi, per esempio &lt;a href=&quot;https://rep.repubblica.it/pwa/commento/2017/11/30/news/la_musicassetta_povera_fragile_ma_piena_di_ricordi-182636655/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; parlando di “musicassetta” («Tipica &amp;quot;parola valigia&amp;quot;, al pari di &amp;quot;cantautore&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;videofonino&amp;quot;»), e nel suo libro &lt;em&gt;Anche meno&lt;/em&gt;, parlando della &lt;em&gt;netiquette&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, il termine è registrato fra gli esempi di giochi in una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gioco-finestra-di-approfondimento_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Finestra di approfondimento” del Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e, insieme alla “parola macedonia”, nello Zingarelli s.v. “parola”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(ling.) parola macedonia o parola valigia, parola formata dalla fusione di due o più parole ridotte (per es. mapo, comp. di ma(ndarino) e po(mpelmo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro termine usato con lo stesso significato è &lt;strong&gt;parola macedonia&lt;/strong&gt;: fu introdotto da Bruno Migliorini, originariamente parlando di sigle e simili, per l'appunto nell'articolo del 1949 “Uso ed abuso delle sigle”, con esempi del tipo Cogepesca &amp;lt; Confederazione generale della pesca e Sepral &amp;lt; Sezione provinciale dell’alimentazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni linguisti includono in questo termine anche quello che altri preferiscono appunto chiamare parola-valigia, come cantautore, discopub, papamobile. Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2016/06/23/uso-improprio-significato-crasi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2019/02/18/significato-shippare-slang/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; (dove Licia Corbolante spiega che il fenomeno di cui parliamo &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; è una “crasi”) e un'ampia trattazione nella voce dell'&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'Italiano&lt;/em&gt; (Treccani 2011) &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parole-macedonia_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Parole macedonia”&lt;/a&gt; di Livio Gaeta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'impressione complessiva è che i linguisti preferiscano “parola macedonia” mentre gli enigmisti e gli studiosi di ludolinguistica preferiscano “parola-valigia”. Per esempio, Dossena le tiene distinte: dedica due voci ai due termini e del primo dice: «&lt;em&gt;Parola-macedonia o parola-giardiniera&lt;/em&gt;: Alcuni usano queste etichette per acronimi sillabici come &lt;em&gt;coproma&lt;/em&gt;, COmitato PROvinciale MAcellai. Altri invece usano queste etichette per fenomeni che sembra possano essere meglio raggruppati fra le parole-valigia» (con gli opportuni rimandi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-25T18:22:22.947" LastActivityDate="2020-06-25T18:22:22.947" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11428" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-13T10:44:30.013" Score="2" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché è dovuto succedere questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would &quot;Perché questo è dovuto succedere?&quot; be also correct? What is the difference in meaning between the two sentences? Emotional involvement?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-13T11:02:36.227" LastActivityDate="2020-01-14T17:51:32.990" Title="Difference between verb-subject and subject-verb" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11429" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-13T11:53:38.560" Score="3" ViewCount="263" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando dobbiamo  cambiare 'venire' in 'andare' e quali sono le altre caratteristiche di utilizzo del verbo 'venire' nel discorso indiretto??? &#xA;Grazie mille in anticipo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5988" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-14T07:36:22.293" LastActivityDate="2020-01-14T21:15:25.307" Title="Verbo VENIRE nel discorso indiretto" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11401" CreationDate="2020-01-13T13:33:19.460" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo i commenti al canto XVIII del &lt;em&gt;Purgatorio&lt;/em&gt; di Dante Alighieri scritti da Anna Maria Chiavacci Leonardi, nata nelle Marche, nel volume pubblicato da Mondadori, ho trovato questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse Dante raccolse &lt;strong&gt;in Verona&lt;/strong&gt; una tradizione su questo abate accidioso di più di un secolo prima, ma la cosa non è probabile, né necessaria. Nulla ne sanno i suoi commentatori, e lo stesso Pietro, che visse e scrisse &lt;strong&gt;in Verona&lt;/strong&gt;, osserva soltanto: «Vitium accidiae multum inter claustrales frequentatur».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora mi sono messa a ricercare meglio in questo libro e ho trovato altri esempi di uso della preposizione &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; con nomi di città e cittadine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel marzo viene &lt;strong&gt;in Firenze&lt;/strong&gt; il principe Carlo Martello, figlio di Carlo II d’Angiò re di Napoli, per incontrare il padre che torna dalla Francia; Dante lo conosce, forse come giovane cavaliere del corteggio che il Comune mette a disposizione del principe, e stringe con lui un rapporto di stima e amicizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] l’Impero romano è considerato vacante dalla morte di Federico II in &lt;em&gt;Conv&lt;/em&gt;. IV, III 6, in quanto i tre imperatori eletti in seguito in Germania – Rodolfo d’Asburgo, Adolfo di Nassau e Alberto d’Austria, regnante nel 1300 e a cui qui ci si rivolge  – non furono mai incoronati &lt;strong&gt;in Roma&lt;/strong&gt; [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] fu valente giureconsulto e, secondo Benvenuto, fu anche dottore di leggi &lt;strong&gt;in Bologna&lt;/strong&gt;. Mentre era magistrato &lt;strong&gt;in Siena&lt;/strong&gt;, condannò [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il costrutto ipotetico (&lt;em&gt;s’io fosse&lt;/em&gt;...) sembra riecheggiare i vv. 9-10 dell’epigrafe posta sulla tomba di Iacopo nella chiesa di San Domenico &lt;strong&gt;in Fano&lt;/strong&gt; [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nelle note e nei commenti di Anna Maria Chiavacci Leonardi al &lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt; di Dante (Mondadori) se ne possono trovare molti esempi. Eccone alcuni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] santo martire venerato in tutta la cristianità, al cui nome si intitola una delle maggiori basiliche romane; di origine spagnola, diacono &lt;strong&gt;in Roma&lt;/strong&gt;, fu arso vivo su una graticola durante la persecuzione di Valeriano nel 258.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A pronunciare i tre discorsi sono scelti tre personaggi legati personalmente, e affettivamente, al potere politico condannato: il principe angioino nel primo caso, Cunizza da Romano nel secondo (della casa cioè che aveva dominato &lt;strong&gt;in Padova&lt;/strong&gt; nella prima metà del secolo) e un vescovo, cioè un rappresentante della Chiesa, nel terzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...]   presso il vescovo di Feltre, Alessandro Novello di Treviso, si erano rifugiati nel 1312 quattro fuorusciti ferraresi, che fuggivano da Pino della Tosa, vicario di Roberto d’Angiò e della Chiesa &lt;strong&gt;in Ferrara&lt;/strong&gt;. Il vescovo, cedendo alla pressioni di Pino e dei trevisani, li consegnò al vicario angioino, che li fece decapitare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma la testimonianza di Pietro di Dante, che fra l’altro visse &lt;strong&gt;in Verona&lt;/strong&gt; dopo la morte del padre, sembra su questo punto decisiva: [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, in vista di questi esempi, è chiaro che  Serianni sta spiegando che esistono zone in Italia (in particolare nelle Marche) in cui si usa la preposizione &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; con tutti i nomi di città, non soltanto con quelli che cominciano con la lettera &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-18T17:01:03.727" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T17:01:03.727" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11433" CreationDate="2020-01-14T06:50:01.500" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm not intending the general application of &quot;a punto&quot; but I think in the following phrase it is sort of redundant, isn't it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci volle un decennio perché riuscissero a portarla a punto in una versione che fosse più gradevole e meno “medicinale”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-15T17:06:11.890" LastActivityDate="2020-01-15T17:06:11.890" Title="Could using &quot;a punto&quot; in a phrase be redundant?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11429" CreationDate="2020-01-14T13:07:33.250" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La regola è spiegata nel libro &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Espresso 3. Corso di italiano&lt;/em&gt; (livello B1) di Maria Balì e Luciana Ciglio in un modo molto simile a quanto l'ha fatto Benedetta nel suo commento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Andare&lt;/strong&gt;, nel discorso indiretto, significa andare in un posto qualunque, &lt;strong&gt;venire&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  invece significa andare nel posto dove si trova, dove sta per andare o dove &#xA;  andrà la persona che parla o a cui si parla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo libro riporta l'esempio che segue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso diretto: trascrizione di una chiamata telefonica:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(tratta dalla &quot;guida per l'insegnante&quot;, nel &quot;libro dello studente&quot; veramente si tratta di un audio in un DVD)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;■ Pronto, studio Moretti.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ● Buonasera, mi passa il Dottor Moretti per favore.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ■ Chi lo desidera?&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ● Sono l’ingegner Magistri. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ■ Ah, buonasera ingegnere.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ● Buonasera.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ■ Senta, il Dottor Moretti è impegnato sull’altra linea. Vuole che la faccio richiamare?&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ● No, non importa. Gli dica che oggi non mi sento bene, quindi non posso venire all’appuntamento. Se per il Dottore &#xA;  va bene, però, può venire lui a casa mia: sono libero dalle cinque alle sette.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ■ Ah, va bene, glielo dico io.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ● La ringrazio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso indiretto: messaggio della segretaria al Dottor Moretti:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha chiamato l'Ingegner Magistri. Ha detto che oggi non si sente bene, quindi non può &lt;strong&gt;venire&lt;/strong&gt; all'appuntamento. Ha detto anche che se vuole però può &lt;strong&gt;andare&lt;/strong&gt; Lei a casa sua: è libero dalle cinque alle sette.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si scrive &quot;non può venire all'appuntamento&quot; perché si fa riferimento al luogo dove si trova l'Ingegner Magistri, che è quello che legge il messaggio. Si dice invece &quot;può andare Lei a casa sua&quot; perché in questo caso si fa riferimento a casa dell'Ingegner Magistri, posto dove non si trova il lettore del messaggio. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco altri esempi che appaiono in questo libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’avvocato ha detto che Lei può &#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;andare&lt;/strong&gt; all’appuntamento. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Buongiorno Architetto, l’Ingegner &#xA;  Marini ha detto che non può &lt;strong&gt;venire&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;  all’appuntamento. (cioè nel luogo &#xA;  dove si trova l’Architetto)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi in cui si cambia &quot;venire&quot; nel discorso diretto in &quot;andare&quot; nel discorso indiretto tratti di questo stesso libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso diretto: un messaggio SMS:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciao Roberto, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Oggi non posso venire a giocare a tennis con te. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso indiretto:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Giulio ha scritto a Roberto che oggi non &lt;strong&gt;può andare&lt;/strong&gt; a giocare a tennis con lui. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso diretto: messaggi su una chat:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pierlugi cell&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] Stasera io e Paola andiamo da Federica. &lt;br&gt; &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Federica&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Se vuoi venire a cena a casa mia, mi devi chiamare entro le 7.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso indiretto:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perluiggi ha creato un gruppo su una chat e [...]. Voleva avvertirla che stasera lui e Paola &lt;strong&gt;vanno&lt;/strong&gt; da Federica. Anche Federica ha scritto a Elena. Le ha detto che se vuole &lt;strong&gt;andare&lt;/strong&gt; a cena a casa sua, [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso diretto: una mail:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ciao Carlo, ho letto su &lt;em&gt;Facebook&lt;/em&gt; che vieni a Napoli per lavoro la prossima settimana. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Discorso indiretto:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anna ha letto su &lt;em&gt;Facebook&lt;/em&gt; che Carlo &lt;em&gt;va&lt;/em&gt; a Napoli per lavoro la prossima settimana. Così gli ha scritto una mail per [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-14T21:15:25.307" LastActivityDate="2020-01-14T21:15:25.307" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11431" CreationDate="2020-01-14T17:17:57.607" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an Italian native speaker this phrase sounds a little awkward to me because I would have written:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...perché riuscissero a &lt;strong&gt;metterla&lt;/strong&gt; a punto in una versione...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the other hand it clearly means something like &lt;em&gt;&quot;optimise it&quot;&lt;/em&gt; up to a level that it could be safely and efficiently used for the task it is meant to. In English I would say &lt;em&gt;&quot;fine tuning it&quot;&lt;/em&gt; but I'm not an English native speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in this sense I don't feel the expression is redundant. It's just awkward based on my use of Italian as a native speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2074" LastActivityDate="2020-01-14T17:17:57.607" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11434" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11428" CreationDate="2020-01-14T17:51:32.990" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a native speaker, I feel that in the first version:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché è dovuto succedere questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The stress is on asking why that happened in the first place. The thing was not meant to happened at all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While in: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché questo è dovuto succedere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is more on what happened. Maybe something different could have happened instead bringing less pain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, I feel is a very slight nuance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2074" LastActivityDate="2020-01-14T17:51:32.990" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11435" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-15T14:05:05.190" Score="1" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ascoltando le notizie in italiano di tanto in tanto, ultimamente ho avuto l'impressione che il verbo &quot;molestare&quot; si usasse soltanto con un significato sessuale (e praticamente sempre per dire &quot;molestare una donna&quot;). Infatti, ricercando &quot;molestare&quot; su Google, la prima entrata che ho trovato che non fosse un dizionario o simile (Reverso, bab.la, ecc.) è questa notizia: &lt;a href=&quot;http://m.ilgiornale.it/news/roma/roma-agente-polizia-lasciava-lavoro-molestare-donna-1806101.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Roma, agente di polizia lasciava il lavoro per molestare una donna&quot;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, cercando il vocabolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI10/00000705.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;molestare&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; mi è sembrato capire che questo verbo possa avere altre accezioni. Infatti, nel mio lavoro, a volte succede che devo dire a un ragazzo (in catalano) qualcosa come &quot;no molestis la teva companya&quot; (il verbo &quot;molestar&quot; in catalano non ha questo significato sessuale) e sarei tentata di tradurlo come &quot;non molestare la tua compagna&quot;. La mia domanda è: se dico questo a un ragazzo sarebbe interpretato come un'accusa di tentativo di abuso sessuale (forse non esattamente &quot;abuso sessuale&quot;, ma quello che in inglese si chiama &quot;sexual harassment&quot;)? In modo più generale, il verbo &quot;molestare&quot; e il sostantivo &quot;molestia&quot; hanno assunto ormai un significato prevalentemente sessuale mentre invece nel passato si usavano con altri significati?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-15T16:30:40.197" LastActivityDate="2020-01-15T16:30:40.197" Title="Il verbo &quot;molestare&quot; ha assunto un significato prevalentemente sessuale?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11436" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3481" CreationDate="2020-01-16T19:40:45.157" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso e l'affinità, così come il significato, dipende da come vengono percepite le parole, producono effetti determinati. Secondo il contesto, possono fare allusione all'estasi dei sensi, qualcosa d'involontario anche se provocato da qualcosa che ci influenza, oppure può essere uno stato provocato al cui si finisce per cedere, al superare i limiti arrivando all'incoscienza alterando anche i sensi, la visione e l'equilibrio, appunto dal consumo di alcol. È comunque e sempre, ad ogni modo e senza dubbio, sia in senso stretto o figurato, un'esperienza ambigua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5996" LastActivityDate="2020-01-16T19:40:45.157" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11437" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11439" CreationDate="2020-01-17T14:40:13.817" Score="2" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Riecco il pane abbrustolito con la marmellata di fichi della signora Viense; ecco il bus con le pulegge avanzare in un'atipica via Marconi innevata; ecco Remo lavorando troppo di manopole tramazzare col &lt;strong&gt;moschito&lt;/strong&gt; nel punto di via Calatafimi dove  salivano i campi, e il croscio delle risate pervase di gioia nel constatare il danno nullo dell'incidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'incidente di cui parla questa frase ha luogo negli anni 40 o 50.&#xA;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?lemma=TRAMAZZARE&amp;amp;rewrite=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario degli accademici della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che &quot;tramazzare&quot; significa &quot;stramazzare&quot;. Il mio dubbio è, però, sul significato del termine &quot;moschito&quot;. L'ho trovato sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI10/00000997.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a capire a quale accezione possa corrispondere l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-17T17:34:44.087" LastActivityDate="2020-01-17T19:12:44.283" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;moschito&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11438" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-17T16:38:19.130" Score="2" ViewCount="46" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain how &quot;se ne va&quot; (leaves) is constituted? I guess the &quot;va&quot; is from the word &quot;go&quot; ,&quot;ne&quot; is &quot;of it&quot;? &quot;Se&quot;? Would love to understand it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5322" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-17T17:18:45.887" LastActivityDate="2020-01-17T17:18:45.887" Title="&quot;Se ne va&quot;: how was it constituted?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ClosedDate="2020-01-18T13:18:42.073" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11439" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11437" CreationDate="2020-01-17T17:26:09.083" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta probabilmente di &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/M/moschito.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt; moschito o mosquito&lt;/a&gt; nel seguente senso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nome commerciale, che costituisce marchio registrato, di un motore applicabile alle biciclette, con trasmissione a rullo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/mosquito.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In sostanza  si tratta di una &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=mosquito%20bicicletta&amp;amp;safe=strict&amp;amp;rlz=1C9BKJA_enIT753IT753&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;prmd=sinv&amp;amp;source=lnms&amp;amp;tbm=isch&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwia04SWk4vnAhWJyqQKHUZfBWMQ_AUoAnoECA0QAg&amp;amp;biw=768&amp;amp;bih=915#imgrc=uRyCQDzKBvkAbM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bicicletta motorizzata&lt;/a&gt;, in voga negli anni del secondo dopoguerra. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user519" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-01-17T19:12:44.283" LastActivityDate="2020-01-17T19:12:44.283" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11440" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-18T09:46:39.080" Score="4" ViewCount="183" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/q/26259/19075&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; mi è venuta la curiosità di sapere qualcosa sui primi giapponesismi nella lingua italiana. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/a/26261/19075&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;, i termini di origine giapponese che prima sono entrati nella lingua spagnola (cioè, i primi di cui si hanno documenti scritti in castigliano) sono &quot;bonzo&quot; e &quot;catana&quot; (ambedue l'hanno fatto nel 1580). Non so se esistano studi di giapponesismi nella lingua italiana simili a quel che si menziona in quel post, ma controllando sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000311.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che &quot;bonzo&quot; è datato come del 1570. &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; che ho su Kindle riporta 1549 per la prima attestazione di &quot;bonzo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, si è cominciato a usare la parola &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000874.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;catana&quot;&lt;/a&gt; in italiano più tardi, secondo &lt;em&gt;lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; nel Seicento (infatti, il   &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; cita una frase di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00069.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Francesco Carletti&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, la mia domanda sarebbe: qual è il vocabolo di origine giapponese che appare per primo in documenti scritti in italiano? Si tratta del sostantivo &quot;bonzo&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2020-01-19T06:48:18.897" LastActivityDate="2020-01-19T06:48:18.897" Title="Parola di origine giapponese che è entrata per prima nella lingua italiana" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11441" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11440" CreationDate="2020-01-18T10:42:46.757" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo metto come risposta, anche se so che andrà integrata da altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Paolo Zolli, in &lt;em&gt;Le parole straniere&lt;/em&gt; (Zanichelli 1976, quindi non recentissimo), parlando alle pp. 103-4 dei nipponismi, scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fin dal XIV secolo sarebbe entrato in italiano (se l'attestazione riportata dai dizionari storici non è un falso), il nome della &lt;em&gt;soia&lt;/em&gt;, ‘erba cespugliosa delle leguminose ...’; nel XVII secolo è entrata la voce &lt;em&gt;catana&lt;/em&gt; ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo di che, menziona le parole entrate nell'uso italiano tra la fine dell'Ottocento e l'inizio del Novecento (&lt;em&gt;aucuba&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cachi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;chimono&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;samurai&lt;/em&gt;) e così via, con vari ingressi durante e dopo la Seconda guerra mondiale (&lt;em&gt;kamikaze&lt;/em&gt; e vari termini relativi alle arti marziali).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla soia, però, lo Zingarelli dà come data di prima attestazione addirittura il 1895, mentre nel GDLI, pur non dando una data specifica, il primo esempio riportato è addirittura novecentesco. Sarebbe interessante capire la storia del presunto falso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi allo stato attuale la classifica sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;soia&lt;/em&gt; (XIV secolo oppure 1895)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;bonzo&lt;/em&gt; (1549, una lettera di s. Francesco Saverio)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;catana&lt;/em&gt; (prima del 1636; di recente più spesso &lt;em&gt;katana&lt;/em&gt;, attestata dal 1912)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-01-18T10:42:46.757" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11442" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-19T09:52:23.133" Score="2" ViewCount="452" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11440/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; avevo usato l'avverbio &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot; un paio di volte, ma poi mi sono state corrette in &amp;quot;per primo/a&amp;quot;. Adesso sto cercando di capire la ragione di questa sostituzione e di vedere quando devo usare &amp;quot;per primo&amp;quot; e quando &amp;quot;per prima&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;per prime&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto, in quel post penso di aver scritto &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot; per influenza di un uso dell'avverbio catalano &amp;quot;primer&amp;quot;, che ho pensato erroneamente si potesse sempre tradurre nell'italiano moderno con l'avverbio italiano &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come potete vedere sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dlc.iec.cat/Results?IdE=0108843&amp;amp;DecEntradaText=primer%C2%B9&amp;amp;AllInfoMorf=False&amp;amp;OperEntrada=0&amp;amp;OperDef=0&amp;amp;OperEx=0&amp;amp;OperSubEntrada=0&amp;amp;OperAreaTematica=0&amp;amp;InfoMorfType=0&amp;amp;OperCatGram=False&amp;amp;AccentSen=False&amp;amp;CurrentPage=0&amp;amp;refineSearch=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Diccionari de l'Institut d'Estudis Catalans&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, tale avverbio può avere il significato di &amp;quot;la prima volta&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;la primera vegada&amp;quot;) come, ad esempio, in questa frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La casa on primer vaig viure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che adesso immagino possa essere tradotta come &amp;quot;La casa dove sono vissuto/a per prima&amp;quot; (la frase in catalano significa letteralmente &amp;quot;La casa dove vissi prima di farlo in qualsiasi altra&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.diccionaris.cat/index.php?diccionario=77&amp;amp;empieza=empieza&amp;amp;palabra=Primers&amp;amp;imprimir=N&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quest'altro dizionario&lt;/a&gt; appare un altro esempio simile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La fàbrica on primer vaig treballar era prop de Barcelona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La persona che ha formulato questa frase sta parlando del suo primo lavoro. Ecco il mio tentativo di traduzione in italiano: &amp;quot;La fabbrica dove lavorai per prima era vicino a Barcellona&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in castigliano si usa l'avverbio &amp;quot;primero&amp;quot; con lo stesso significato, come, per esempio, in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.launion.com.mx/blogs/ciencia/noticias/117441-la-ia-de-google-ayuda-a-la-nasa-a-encontrar-un-nuevo-sistema-estelar.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;frase&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;El exoplaneta que primero descubrió el telescopio Kepler fue precisamente Kepler-90i, [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il suo significato letterale è questo: &amp;quot;L'esopianeta che il telescopio Kepler scoprì prima di qualsiasi altro fu appunto il Kepler-90i, [...]&amp;quot;. Io renderei questa frase in italiano così:  &amp;quot;L'esopianeta che il telescopio Kepler scoprì per primo fu appunto il Kepler-90i, [...]&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, ricercando sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prima1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa accezione dell'avverbio &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;. ant. La prima volta, per la prima volta: &lt;em&gt;non è molto numero d’anni passato, che appariro p. questi poete volgari&lt;/em&gt; (Dante)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che appare, però, con la marca &amp;quot;ant.&amp;quot;, quindi penso sia un uso arcaico e che oggi si direbbe &amp;quot;che questi poeti (che scrivevano in volgare) apparvero per primi&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È così? Penso di sì perché, infatti, ho trovato un'altro esempio di uso dell'avverbio &amp;quot;pria&amp;quot; nel canto XVII del &lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt;,  nelle parole dette da Cacciaguida a Dante come predizione del suo esilio (versi 55-57, bellissimi, che esprimono  magistralmente il dolore sofferto dall'autore; il grassetto è sempre mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;            Tu lascerai ogne cosa diletta&lt;br&gt;&#xA;            più caramente; e questo è quello strale&lt;br&gt;&#xA;            che l’arco de lo essilio pria saetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E nelle note di Anna Maria Chiavacci Leonardi (Mondadori) al verso 57 si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pria: per primo; altri dolori seguiranno, come ora si dirà, ma questo, il primo, della separazione irrevocabile, è anche il più amaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, oggi, invece di &amp;quot;pria&amp;quot; si userebbe la locuzione &amp;quot;per primo&amp;quot; con lo stesso significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che sia anche questa la ragione delle correzioni nel mio post: le versioni che avevo scritto io corrisponderebbero a un uso arcaico dell'avverbio &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot; che oggigiorno sembra bizzarro. Cioè, nell'italiano moderno si renderebbero in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parola di origine giapponese che prima è entrata nella lingua italiana  --&amp;gt; Parola di origine giapponese che è entrata &lt;strong&gt;per prima&lt;/strong&gt; nella lingua italiana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;qual è il vocabolo di origine giapponese che prima appare in documenti scritti in italiano? --&amp;gt; qual è il vocabolo di origine giapponese che appare &lt;strong&gt;per primo&lt;/strong&gt; in documenti scritti in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, non capivo&#xA;perché nel primo caso è &amp;quot;per prima&amp;quot; e nel secondo è &amp;quot;per primo&amp;quot;, ma adesso penso che sia perché &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; sono aggettivi che fanno riferimento a &amp;quot;parola&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;vocabolo&amp;quot; rispettivamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche  nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Vanadio&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho trovato un esempio di uso di &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; che non riesco a capire bene (il testo fa riferimento all'esperienza dell'autore in laboratorio ad Auschwitz; il grassetto è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte veniva un SS dalla faccia di pietra, altre volte un vecchio soldatino della Territoriale spaurito come un sorcio, altre ancora un borghese. Il borghese che compariva piú sovente veniva chiamato Doktor Müller. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Doveva essere piuttosto autorevole, perché tutti lo salutavano &lt;strong&gt;per primi&lt;/strong&gt;. Era un uomo alto e corpulento, sui quarant’anni, dall’aspetto piuttosto rozzo che raffinato; [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco perché si usa &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; e non &amp;quot;per primo&amp;quot; se la frase vuol dire che il  Doktor Müller era il primo ad essere salutato, nello stesso modo che, in una frase precedente, la parola di origine giapponese è la prima ad essere entrata nella lingua italiana. Come posso sapere con quale nome devo accordare l'aggettivo &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; in queste locuzioni? Perché nella frase tratta dal racconto di Levi si fa con &amp;quot;tutti&amp;quot; (quelli che salutano) e non con il pronome &amp;quot;lo&amp;quot; (il Doktor Müller)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dai commenti alla domanda mi è sembrato intendere che gli esempi che ho messo sulla casa e sulla fabbrica (e anche quello sull'esopianeta?) non si renderebbero in italiano con le locuzioni &amp;quot;per prima&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot;: non riesco proprio a capire perché è così e invece Primo Levi usa &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; per indicare che, di tutte le persone che arrivavano in laboratorio ad Auschwitz, quella salutata prima di qualsiasi altra era il Doktor Müller&#xA;(immagino, ma forse il problema è che non capisco il significato di questa frase: purtroppo, non c'è più contesto che possa aggiungere e che ne possa chiarire il senso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unica spiegazione che sono riuscita a trovare sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI14/00000368.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lemma &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è che si tratta di costrutti di valore avverbiale. E la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/primo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; indica soltanto che l'aggettivo &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con funzione appositiva, è di solito preceduto dalla prep. &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;ha parlato lui per p.&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;lei per prima&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sono io che l’ho saputo per primo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, potreste spiegare come si usano le locuzioni &amp;quot;per primo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;per prima&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;per prime&amp;quot;, cioè, a quale sostantivo della frase si riferisce e si accorda&#xA;l'aggetivo &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; che contengono?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Giusto per chiarire&lt;/strong&gt;: non ho dubbi sull'uso e su come si deve accordare l'aggettivo &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; quando non fa parte di queste locuzioni. Capisco anche come si usa l'avverbio &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot; nell'italiano moderno e che si tratta di un uso con un senso diverso di quello delle locuzioni &amp;quot;per primo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;per prima&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;per prime&amp;quot;: il mio dubbio non è quale sia la differenza di significato tra questi (questo lo comprendo senza problema).&#xA;Cioè, capisco la differenza tra &amp;quot;Sono arrivato per primo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;Sono arrivato prima di mezzanotte/te/...&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco anche che se l'aggettivo &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; che appare in queste locuzioni qualifica &amp;quot;parola&amp;quot;, allora si deve accordare in genere e numero  con &amp;quot;parola&amp;quot;; se si riferisce a  &amp;quot;vocabolo&amp;quot;, deve concordare con &amp;quot;vocabolo&amp;quot;; ecc. Questo è così in tutte le lingue romanze e sarebbe un dubbio di grammatica molto elementare. Non è questo il mio dubbio. Il mio problema è: &lt;strong&gt;a quali sostantivi della frase può riferirsi l'aggettivo &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; di &amp;quot;per primo/a/e/i&amp;quot; e a quali no?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome, passati quasi sette mesi, la domanda continua senza risposta, ho cercato altri esempi di uso di queste locuzioni per vedere se così riesco a intuire il suo funzionamento.   Eccone alcuni (il grassetto è sempre mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Marta  entrò  &lt;strong&gt;per  prima&lt;/strong&gt;  nella  mac­china,  sedette  accanto  al  volante  e  posò  sulle  ginocchia il  fagotto  del  bimbo  il  quale  si  era  destato  e,  serio,  con&#xA;gli  occhi  spalancati  e  pensosi,  pareva  osservare  tutte  le  nuove e strane cose che lo circondavano (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI05/00000584.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Moravia&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pelle  che,  dopo  essere  stata  sotto­&#xA;posta   ai   trattamenti   preliminari   della   concia, viene   stesa   &lt;strong&gt;per   prima&lt;/strong&gt;   sul   cavalletto   e   sopra la   quale  vengono   poi  stese  altre  pelli  che   sono sottoposte agli stessi trattamenti (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI08/00001000.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;un'accezione di &amp;quot;letto&amp;quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Lanciavamo  una  moneta  racco­gliendola  nel  palmo  della  mano  per  indovinare  il  sesso  del  nascituro.  Giorgio  diceva: – È  una  cosa  importante  diven­tare padre. –Rideva &lt;strong&gt;per primo&lt;/strong&gt;, commosso e intimidito (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI14/00000368.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pratolini&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Quella  in  cui si  attacca  &lt;strong&gt;per  primi&lt;/strong&gt; il  nemico,  o,  viceversa,  si scende in campo per rintuzzare la sua offensiva,&#xA;senza prendere alcuna iniziativa (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI07/00000159.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di &amp;quot;guerra offensiva o difensiva&amp;quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;I futuristi hanno  visto  &lt;strong&gt;per  primi&lt;/strong&gt;  nella  macchina  oltre  che  la  più meravigliosa   conquista   utilitaria   dell’umanità,   anche   la sintesi  della  nuova  estetica  che  cambierà  la  faccia  del mondo (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000519.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Manifesti  futuristi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Diritto dei   signori   feudali   di   possedere   &lt;strong&gt;per   primi&lt;/strong&gt;  le spose  dei  loro  vassalli  e  servi  nella  notte  nuziale, o   di   esigere,   in   sua   vece,   il   pagamento   di   una&#xA;tassa   o   la   prestazione   di   un   servizio   da   parte dello   sposo   (e   secondo   la   moderna   critica   sto­rica   tale   diritto   non   è   mai   esistito   come   vero istituto   giuridico   – anche   se   non   si   escludono&#xA;abusi   in   tal   senso  –,  ed   esso   è   stato   affermato acriticamente  dagli  scrittori  illuministi  sulla  base di racconti e leggende dell’età rinascimentale) (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI08/00000643.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di &amp;quot;ius primae   noctis  o jus  cunnatici&amp;quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Con riferimento  a  cose  o  persone  con  le  quali  è impossibile   stabilire   un   rapporto   se  non prendendone  &lt;strong&gt;per  primi&lt;/strong&gt; l’iniziativa [...] (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI10/00000846.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di &amp;quot;essere come la montagna di Maometto&amp;quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo  fenomeno  di  ‘muta­zione’  o  ‘rotazione’  (in  tedesco  ‘Lautverschiebung’),&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;α + β - γ,  investe  &lt;strong&gt;per  primi&lt;/strong&gt;  i  dialetti  del  gruppo  meridionale  cui  appartiene il longobardo (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00138.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Avalle&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;E  le  cose  sacrificate  &lt;strong&gt;per  prime&lt;/strong&gt;  sono  le  convenzioni  più squisitamente   civili;   la   cultura   in   quanto   educazione   e&#xA;perfezione  interiore,  in  quanto  equilibrio;  e  il  rispetto  della persona  umana;  e  la  solidarietà;  e  il  pudore  della  propria&#xA;ricchezza e felicità (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00001051.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Alvaro&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Esempligrazia,  quelle  che  io  ho  visto  &lt;strong&gt;per  prime&lt;/strong&gt; erano  queste  campagne  e  queste  marine  di  Romagna: e  ogni  volta  che  le  rivedo  mi  sento  effettivamente  come tornare  nuovo  e  verde  e  ogni  volta  dentro  di  me  qualche cosa batte puerilmente le mani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI05/00000332.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Baldini&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;‘  Perine  dolci  ’:  specie  di  pere  pic­cole  che  vengono  &lt;strong&gt;per  prime&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI12/00001092.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Tommaseo&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che mi è sembrato di capire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di locuzioni con valore avverbiale che determinano un verbo in qualsiasi modo, inclusi il participio, il gerundio e l'infinito. Il verbo può anche essere coniugato in una forma impersonale o con il &amp;quot;si passivante&amp;quot;. Ma, allo stesso tempo, queste locuzioni contengono un aggettivo, &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot;, che  qualifica un sostantivo e che deve essere accordato in genere e numero con questo sostantivo. Quindi, possiamo dire che queste locuzioni determinano un verbo, a cui chiamerò il &amp;quot;verbo associato&amp;quot;, e qualificano un sostantivo allo stesso tempo. Il problema è vedere quali sostantivi possono qualificare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il momento, non prendo in considerazione i casi in cui il verbo è al participio, al gerundio, all'infinito o è coniugato in una forma impersonale o con il &amp;quot;si passivante (perché mi sembrano casi più complicati). Cerco di fare ipotesi per gli altri casi, basandomi negli esempi che ho citato sopra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;• Ipotesi 1:&lt;/strong&gt; Queste locuzioni possono soltanto qualificare il soggetto del verbo associato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Problema: gli esempi di Avalle e Baldini smentiscono questa ipotesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;• Ipotesi 2:&lt;/strong&gt; Queste locuzioni possono soltanto qualificare il soggetto o il complemento oggetto diretto del verbo associato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo spiegherebbe perché gli esempi in catalano della casa e della fabbrica non si possono rendere in italiano con queste locuzioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase &amp;quot;la casa dove sono vissuta per prima&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sono vissuta&amp;quot; non ha complemento oggetto, quindi &amp;quot;prima&amp;quot; qualificherebbe al soggetto di &amp;quot;sono vissuta&amp;quot; e il significato sarebbe &amp;quot;sono stata la prima persona a vivere in quella casa&amp;quot;. Nello stesso modo &amp;quot;lavorai per prima&amp;quot; implicherebbe che il soggetto di &amp;quot;lavorai&amp;quot; è femminile e vorrebbe dire &amp;quot;sono stata la prima persona a lavorare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio dell'esopianeta, però, si dovrebbe poter rendere in questo modo perché in questo caso si qualifica il complemento oggetto diretto di &amp;quot;scoprì&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;L'esopianeta che il telescopio Kepler scoprì per primo fu appunto il Kepler-90i&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche l'esempio di Dante si dovrebbe poter riscrivere in questo modo: &amp;quot;che questi poeti apparvero per primi&amp;quot; (in questo caso &amp;quot;primi&amp;quot; qualifica al soggetto di &amp;quot;apparvero&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi c'è l'esempio di Primo Levi: &amp;quot;tutti lo salutavano per primi&amp;quot;. In questo caso &amp;quot;primi&amp;quot; qualifica al soggetto &amp;quot;tutti&amp;quot;. Ma, se l'ipotesi 2 non è sbagliata, si dovrebbe poter riscrivere la frase di Primo Levi in questo modo, magari modificandone il significato: &amp;quot;Doveva essere piuttosto autorevole, perché tutti lo salutavano per primo&amp;quot;. È veramente così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, devo dire che la frase di Primo Levi con &amp;quot;primi&amp;quot; mi sembra difficile da capire (perché &amp;quot;tutti&amp;quot; sarebbero &amp;quot;primi&amp;quot;?) e invece riscritta nel modo in cui l'ho fatto io mi sembra più naturale (ma, come ho detto, forse il senso cambia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;• Ipotesi 3:&lt;/strong&gt; Considero ora il caso di un verbo associato coniugato in una forma con il &amp;quot;si passivante&amp;quot;, come nell'esempio della definizione di &amp;quot;guerra offensiva&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;si attacca il nemico&amp;quot;). Veramente è difficile per me fare un'ipotesi su questo caso perché sono riuscita soltanto a trovarne un esempio (ho ricercato anche su Google libri, ma non è così semplice individuare questi esempi).&#xA;Possiamo dire che un costrutto con il &amp;quot;si passivante&amp;quot; ha un soggetto grammaticale e anche, per così chiamarlo, un &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot;. Per esempio, il soggetto grammaticale di &amp;quot;si parla italiano&amp;quot; è &amp;quot;italiano&amp;quot;, ma questa frase, dipendendo dal contesto, può significare più o meno &amp;quot;alcuni parlano italiano&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;tutti parlano italiano&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;noi parliamo italiano&amp;quot;  e, allora, il &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; sarebbe &amp;quot;alcuni&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;tutti&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;noi&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco la mia ipotesi (molto azzardata perché ho soltanto un esempio): queste locuzioni possono soltanto qualificare il &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; o il soggetto grammaticale del verbo associato coniugato con il &amp;quot;si passivante&amp;quot;. Quando qualificano il soggetto logico la forma è sempre &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot;, con l'aggettivo al maschile plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio che ho trovato, &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; modificherebbe il &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot;. Se l'ipotesi non è sbagliata, si dovrebbe anche poter dire &amp;quot;si attacca &lt;strong&gt;per primo&lt;/strong&gt; il nemico&amp;quot;, con &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; accordato con il soggetto grammaticale, &amp;quot;il nemico&amp;quot;. In questo caso, accade come nell'esempio di Primo Levi: la frase con &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; della definizione del dizionario mi sembra difficile di capire; la frase che ho appena scritto io mi sembra (forse erroneamente) più naturale; non sono sicura se ci sia qualche differenza di significato tra le due frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;• Ipotesi 4:&lt;/strong&gt; Adesso considero la situazione di un participio passato come verbo associato. Anche qui è azzardato fare un'ipotesi perché ho trovato soltanto un esempio: la frase di Alvaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco la mia ipotesi: nelle frasi in cui appaiono queste locuzioni, il participio ha valore aggettivale. Se pensato come aggettivo, questo participio qualifica un sostantivo (nell'esempio, &amp;quot;cose sacrificate&amp;quot;, il sostantivo è &amp;quot;cose&amp;quot;). L'aggettivo &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot; di queste locuzioni si riferisce sempre a questo sostantivo e si deve accordare con questo sostantivo. Nell'esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E le cose sacrificate per prime sono [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;prime&amp;quot; si riferisce e si accorda con &amp;quot;cose&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;• Ipotesi 5:&lt;/strong&gt; Mi riferisco ora al caso in cui il verbo associato è all'infinito. Una volta in più, purtroppo, sono riuscita a trovarne soltanto un esempio (la definizione di &amp;quot;ius primae noctis&amp;quot;). Di nuovo si tratta di qualcosa di molto azzardato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia ipotesi: questo verbo all'infinito ha un &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; e può avere un complemento oggetto diretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diritto dei signori feudali di possedere per primi le spose dei loro vassalli e servi [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; di &amp;quot;possedere&amp;quot; è &amp;quot;signori feudali&amp;quot; e il complemento oggetto diretto è &amp;quot;le spose dei loro vassalli e servi&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ipotesi sarebbe che queste locuzioni possono soltanto qualificare il &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; (come accade appunto nell'esempio della definizione del dizionario, in cui &amp;quot;primi&amp;quot; si riferisce a &amp;quot;signori feudali&amp;quot;) o il complemento oggetto diretto (se esiste nella frase) del verbo associato all'infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerco d'inventare un esempio in cui una di queste locuzione qualifica il complemento oggetto diretto (non so se avrà senso):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho dato a Luigi la soddisfazione di poter vedere per prime le fotografie più belle del mio viaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;• Ipotesi 6:&lt;/strong&gt; Ora tocca pensare al caso di un verbo associato nella forma di un gerundio. È anche difficile con unicamente un esempio: quello della definizione di &amp;quot;essere come la montagna di Maometto&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come il caso del verbo all'infinito, questo verbo al gerundio ha un &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; e può avere un complemento oggetto diretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con riferimento a cose o persone con le quali è impossibile stabilire un rapporto se non prendendone per primi l’iniziativa [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; di &amp;quot;prendendo&amp;quot; non è espresso in modo esplicito nella frase, ma possiamo pensare che è &amp;quot;noi&amp;quot;. Il complemento oggetto diretto di &amp;quot;prendendo&amp;quot; è &amp;quot;l'iniziativa&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ipotesi sarebbe la stessa che ho fatto per il caso dell'infinito: queste locuzioni possono soltanto qualificare il &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; (come accade appunto nell'esempio della definizione del dizionario, in cui &amp;quot;primi&amp;quot; si riferisce al soggetto logico &amp;quot;noi&amp;quot;)  o il complemento oggetto diretto (se esiste nella frase) del verbo associato all'infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerco d'inventare un esempio (che magari non avrà molto senso):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non si può avere nessuna soddisfazione nel guardare un sacco di fotografie se non vedendone per prime quelle più belle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;• Ipotesi 7:&lt;/strong&gt; Questo è azzardatissimo perché non sono riuscita a trovare nessun esempio. Il verbo associato potrebbe anche essere in una forma impersonale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possiamo pensare che il verbo nella forma impersonale ha, per così chiamarlo, un &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot;. L'ipotesi sarebbe che&#xA;queste locuzioni possono soltanto qualificare questo &amp;quot;soggetto logico&amp;quot; nella forma &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot;, con l'aggettivo al maschile plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerco di inventare un esempio (che magari non ha molto senso):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si diventa dirigenti per primi in un'azienda, *&lt;s&gt;tutto sono difficoltà&lt;/s&gt; tutto è difficile&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1. Mi sono accorta di questo sbaglio grazie alla risposta di @egreg.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiungo questo come spiegazione su cosa intendo dire con questa ultima frase&lt;/strong&gt; (dopo la risposta di @egreg):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con questa frase, che magari non è ben costrutta o non ha nessun senso, voglio esprimere che, quando si è appena creata un'azienda, alcune persone devono essere le prime a ricoprire il ruolo di dirigenti. Questo sarebbe il senso della frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto è difficile per quelli che ricoprono per primi il ruolo di dirigenti di un'azienda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che è più facile ed elegante di formulare semplicemente questa ultima frase, ma ho cercato di inventare un esempio di uso di &amp;quot;per primi&amp;quot; (o &amp;quot;per primo&amp;quot;, ecc.) con un verbo nella forma impersonale, se veramente questo costrutto si può fare. Forse sarebbe meglio riscriverlo in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si ricopre per primi il ruolo di dirigenti  in un'azienda tutto è difficile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La costruzione che appare in questa ultima frase, però, è quella del &amp;quot;si passivante&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Magari qualcuno di voi riesce a trovare un esempio migliore con un costrutto impersonale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Osservazione sulla risposta a questa domanda:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può darsi che non sia possibile trovare una risposta &amp;quot;perfetta&amp;quot; a questa domanda (magari sì perché qualcuno di voi potrebbe avere accesso a fonti inaccessibili per me). Ma le risposte non del tutto complete o basate sull'esperienza di parlanti che hanno dimestichezza con i costrutti di cui si sta chiedendo sono anche utili (e ho l'impressione che siano più frequenti su altri siti SE dedicati alle lingue). Una risposta parziale che contenga&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;controesempi a queste ipotesi (eccetto per l'ipotesi 1 per cui sono riuscita io stessa a trovarli)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le vostre ipotesi sull'argomento&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un elenco di esempi di uso più completo di quello che ho riportato io o semplicemente qualche esempio per i casi per cui non sono riuscita a trovarne&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sarà utilissima per me. È da molto tempo che cerco una risposta a questa e non sono riuscita a trovare nulla a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-28T18:34:03.447" LastActivityDate="2020-12-28T18:34:03.447" Title="A quali sostantivi della frase si può riferire l'aggettivo &quot;primo&quot; contenuto nelle locuzioni &quot;per primo&quot;, &quot;per prima&quot;, &quot;per primi&quot; e &quot;per prime&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="20" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11444" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-21T10:03:32.100" Score="2" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;In un commento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11421/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho scritto &quot;cercatore&quot; per riferirmi a un'applicazione informatica disegnata per ricercare informazione su internet o su un determinato sito internet tramite l'inserimento di una o più parole. Ma poi ho avuto la sensazione che questo non fosse il termine che si usa in italiano per quel concetto. L'ho fatto per influenza del vocabolo catalano &lt;a href=&quot;https://dlc.iec.cat/Results?IdE=0049816&amp;amp;DecEntradaText=cercador&amp;amp;AllInfoMorf=False&amp;amp;OperEntrada=0&amp;amp;OperDef=0&amp;amp;OperEx=0&amp;amp;OperSubEntrada=0&amp;amp;OperAreaTematica=0&amp;amp;InfoMorfType=0&amp;amp;OperCatGram=False&amp;amp;AccentSen=False&amp;amp;CurrentPage=0&amp;amp;refineSearch=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;cercador&quot;&lt;/a&gt; e di quello castigliano &lt;a href=&quot;https://dle.rae.es/buscador?m=form&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;buscador&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, che sono i termini che si usano in queste lingue per tale concetto. La mia domanda è: come devo esprimerlo in italiano? La terminologia a usare è &quot;funzione di ricerca&quot; come ha fatto Massimo Ortolano nel suo commento? O esiste qualche altro vocabolo più adatto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-01-22T21:51:13.077" LastActivityDate="2020-01-22T21:51:13.077" Title="Come si può rendere &quot;buscador&quot; in italiano? (nell'ambito dell'informatica)" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11445" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-22T10:17:52.833" Score="1" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche giorno fa, ho messo la radio (RAI Radio 3 classica) e ho ascoltato la musica che appare nei titoli di testa del film &lt;em&gt;Uccellacci e uccellini&lt;/em&gt; (testo di Pasolini?), una canzone composta da Ennio Morricone che ho sempre trovato molto divertente. Il suo testo si può leggere su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chimai.com/index.cfm?module=MUS&amp;amp;mode=DET&amp;amp;id=623&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;. La mia domanda fa riferimento a questo passo (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Trovati per le strade del mondo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tutti gli altri attori &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  da Femi Benussi a Vittorio Vittori &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Nel triste &lt;strong&gt;girotondo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  nel lieto &lt;strong&gt;girotondo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Luigi Scaccianoce architettò &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Danilo Donati acconciò &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Nino Baragli montò e rimontò &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando sui dizionari, ho visto che la parola &quot;girotondo&quot; può avere diverse accezioni; per esempio, sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; si trova &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000860.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000861.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire a quale si riferisca l'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio sopra citato. Potrebbe avere a che vedere con il fatto di girare il film?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-25T09:46:48.813" LastActivityDate="2020-01-25T09:46:48.813" Title="Significato di &quot;girotondo&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11447" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11455" CreationDate="2020-01-22T12:24:35.377" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read that gg is a geminated or lengthened consonant - I also have read that before i, g is made into the affricate. Do I make it into a geminated affricate?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6004" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-01-23T09:04:54.763" LastActivityDate="2020-01-25T22:17:03.183" Title="Phonology of gg + i" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11448" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11444" CreationDate="2020-01-22T13:43:09.497" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_spagnolo/Spagnolo/B/buscador.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Spagnolo-Italiano di Zanichelli&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;buscador&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;s.m.&lt;/strong&gt; (inform.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;motore &lt;strong&gt;m.&lt;/strong&gt; di ricerca&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Spagnolo-Italiano/parola/B/buscador.aspx?query=buscador&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Grande dizionario Hoepli spagnolo&lt;/a&gt; invece propone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;buscador&lt;/strong&gt; (-a)&lt;BR&gt; \buskaDór\ &lt;em&gt;[adj]&lt;/em&gt; cercatore (f -trice).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quella di Zanichelli sembra la terminologia più adatta, perché &quot;cercatore&quot; è un termine generico e non viene usato in ambito informatico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-01-22T21:49:47.837" LastActivityDate="2020-01-22T21:49:47.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11444" CreationDate="2020-01-22T17:51:16.317" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che nel contesto indicato nella domanda vada bene &quot;&lt;strong&gt;funzione di ricerca&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, visto che si parla di un sistema informatico. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Motore di ricerca&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; o &quot;&lt;strong&gt;algoritmo di ricerca&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; sono più tecnici e pongono più attenzione sullo strumento che sul risultato.  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Cercatore&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; è usato più per indicare una professione che una funzione.  &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Per cui, per rispondere, la terminologia da usare credo sia quella da te proposta: &quot;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;funzione di ricerca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastActivityDate="2020-01-22T17:51:16.317" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11450" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11459" CreationDate="2020-01-22T17:57:17.603" Score="2" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've observed that some nouns can be derived from Italian verbs by combining them with the suffix -aggio. For instance,  &quot;lavare&quot; --&gt; &quot;lavaggio&quot;, &quot;passare&quot; --&gt; &quot;passaggio&quot;, &quot;atterrare&quot; --&gt; &quot;atterraggio&quot;, &quot;monitorare&quot; --&gt; &quot;monitoraggio&quot;. Is there a noun derived from &quot;percorrere&quot; in this or in another way?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask this because I've obtained the expression &quot;monitoraggio di insieme&quot; from Google Translate and I would like to change it into something with &quot;percorrere&quot; instead of &quot;monitorare&quot;, something similar to &quot;percorrere l'insieme&quot; but with a noun instead of &quot;percorrere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6004" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-23T13:18:56.257" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T10:06:15.250" Title="How can I derive a noun from the verb &quot;percorrere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11451" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-22T20:21:29.340" Score="1" ViewCount="151" Body="&lt;p&gt;My Italian course book mentions 'il gioco delle Bacole'. It seems to be a children's game played with stones. There is one page of the book in which some children play it at Piazza Armerina (Sicily).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anyone please describe what this game is about? I have looked online using both English and Italian language search engines but I am none the wiser.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3616" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-24T09:32:41.480" LastActivityDate="2020-01-24T09:32:41.480" Title="What is &quot;il gioco delle Bacole&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11452" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11442" CreationDate="2020-01-22T21:23:10.607" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se in italiano uso &quot;prima&quot; vuol dire che la confronto con qualcosa, con un certo momento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parola di origine giapponese che prima è entrata nella lingua italiana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;leggendo, mi viene da dire &quot;prima di cosa?&quot; Mettendo prima, mi aspetto che ci sia un momento nel tempo che sottintendiamo e dico che prima di quel momento la parola di origine giapponese è entrata nella lingua italiana. Per esempio: sto parlando in francese, ma prima ho parlato in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se uso &quot;per prima&quot;, non faccio nessun confronto: mi riferisco al primo utilizzo in assoluto che ne è stato fatto della parola nella lingua italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per fare un confronto, forse un po' forzato, con gli aggettivi, è la differenza che si tra il comparativo (più bello di...) e il superlativo (bellissimo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei aggiungere un altro particolare: in italiano il &quot;superlativo&quot; di prima/o si rende anche con l'articolo (un po' come fanno il superlativo i francesi): &quot;la prima casa dove ho vissuto&quot; vuol dire la casa in cui ho vissuto quando sono nato. &quot;la casa dove ho vissuto prima&quot; vuol dire prima di ora, non necessariamente quando sono nato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notare la differenza tra &quot;La prima casa dove ho vissuto&quot; in cui si fa riferimento alla casa in cui ho vissuto alla nascita mentre &quot;La casa in cui ho vissuto per primo&quot; in cui si fa riferimento alla persona che ha vissuto in quella casa prima di ogni altri: io posso aver vissuto in altri luoghi, ma quando hanno costruito questa casa, il primo ad abitarci sono stato io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda invece l'uso di &quot;per primo&quot; e di &quot;per prima&quot; è semplicemente per accordarli con il nome:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parola di origine giapponese che è entrata per prima nella lingua italiana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prima si accorda con &quot;parola&quot; che è femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il vocabolo di origine giapponese che appare per primo in documenti scritti in italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;primo si accorda con &quot;vocabolo&quot; che è maschile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La stessa cosa l'ho fatta poco sopra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi riferisco al primo utilizzo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uso primo per accordare con &quot;utilizzo&quot; che è maschile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user986" LastEditorDisplayName="user986" LastEditDate="2020-01-23T08:50:31.403" LastActivityDate="2020-01-23T08:50:31.403" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11453" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11454" CreationDate="2020-01-23T13:22:57.127" Score="3" ViewCount="393" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know we're not supposed to ask questions that can be looked up in a dictionary here, but I have already looked up dictionaries, read blog posts and forum discussions, all of which have just confused me even more. So I just hope someone can clarify this for me. Please bear with me as I try to explain where exactly my confusion is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, I want to point something out. The expressions &lt;em&gt;as long as&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;until&lt;/em&gt;, with regards to time, are both ways to specify the time period during which an event occurs with respect to another event. Other than this, they are complements (or negations) of each other. Since when I say &lt;em&gt;A as long as B&lt;/em&gt;, I'm implying that the time of A intersects with the time of B. But when I say &lt;em&gt;A until B&lt;/em&gt; I'm implying that the time of A &lt;em&gt;does not&lt;/em&gt; intersect the time of B.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.yabla.com/lesson-Finch%C3%A9-as-long-as-and-Finch%C3%A9-non-until-1008&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this blog post&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; just means &lt;em&gt;as long as&lt;/em&gt;, and &lt;em&gt;finché non&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;until&lt;/em&gt;, which would make perfect sense given what I mentioned above. In fact, I don't see the point of having a separate definition for &lt;em&gt;finché non&lt;/em&gt; when that can be deduced from the definition of &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;. That post also mentions that &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; is sometimes, mistakenly used to mean &lt;em&gt;until&lt;/em&gt; (but I guess &lt;em&gt;finché non&lt;/em&gt; is never used to mean &lt;em&gt;as long as&lt;/em&gt;). I even checked some translations of &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; using &lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/translation/italian-english/finch%C3%A9&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reverso context&lt;/a&gt; and I see that it's in fact used both ways. But if I trust the blog post above, most of these Italian writers are just using it wrong (or colloquially). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That seemed good enough, but then I remembered the expression &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt;. I read somewhere that &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; is just a shorter way to say &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt;. But when I translate this in Google, it says &lt;em&gt;until&lt;/em&gt;. That's &lt;em&gt;finché non&lt;/em&gt;, it's negation. So then I looked up &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/translation/italian-english/fino+a+che&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reverso context&lt;/a&gt; and saw that it's also used both ways! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Speri fino a che il tuo avversario si stanchi.&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;You wait until your opponent tires.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo sarò fino a che potrò.&lt;/em&gt; = &lt;em&gt;I'll be one for as long as I can.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So either these Italian writers are also using it wrong, or the blog post above is wrong. I'm starting to believe that both &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt; can actually (and correctly) mean both &lt;em&gt;as long as&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;until&lt;/em&gt;, and the only way to tell one from another is by looking at the context. My current understanding is that &lt;em&gt;A finché B&lt;/em&gt; means &lt;em&gt;A until B&lt;/em&gt; if B is an instantaneous event, like that start or end of something. And it means as &lt;em&gt;A long as B&lt;/em&gt; when B is something that happen over a period of time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I guess to summarize, my questions are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can I use &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; every time I'd use &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Can I use &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt; every time I'd use &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Is the blog post I mentioned correct in that &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; only means &lt;em&gt;as long as&lt;/em&gt; although it is sometimes mistakenly used to mean &lt;em&gt;until&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If the answer to the above question is no, then is my current understanding of how to tell one meaning from another any good?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4923" LastEditorUserId="4923" LastEditDate="2020-01-23T13:28:48.043" LastActivityDate="2020-01-23T14:03:57.357" Title="Do &quot;finché&quot; (and &quot;fino a che&quot;) mean &quot;until&quot; or &quot;as long as&quot; (or both)?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11454" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11453" CreationDate="2020-01-23T14:03:57.357" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani dictionary defines &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/finche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fino a che, fino a tanto che, fino a quando; indica il perdurare di una cosa o di un fatto per tutto il tempo in cui dura un’altra cosa o un altro fatto o non se ne verifica uno nuovo; generalmente usato con il modo indic.: &lt;em&gt;f. c’è vita c’è speranza; restate f. volete; gridò fin che ebbe fiato in corpo; E tu onore di pianti, Ettore, avrai ... f. il Sole Risplenderà su le sciagure umane&lt;/em&gt; (Foscolo). In frasi negative indica invece che una cosa non può o non deve accadere fino al momento in cui non se ne verifica un’altra: &lt;em&gt;non ti muovere f. non lo dico io; non aprì f. non l’ebbe riconosciuto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, it seems to confirm that &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; would correspond to “as long as” (the contemporaneity of two actions of situations), while &lt;em&gt;finché non&lt;/em&gt; would correspond to “until” (one successive to the other ones), and this is the traditional view.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, other dictionaries adopt a somewhat more modern (and realistic) approach. De Mauro's dictionary, for instance, admits both uses of &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/finche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, and even says (my translation): “the adverb &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; may or may not be present, while the meaning does not change”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;fino a quando, fino al momento in cui, in proposizioni temporali all’indicativo o al congiuntivo in cui può essere presente o meno l’avv. &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; senza che il significato cambi: &lt;em&gt;aspetterò qui finché non torni, finché andavano a scuola erano buoni amici, puoi stare con noi finché vorrai&lt;/em&gt;; fino al punto in cui: &lt;em&gt;siamo andati avanti finché la strada si è interrotta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The more traditional, and quite authoritative, Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana also includes both meanings. You can see the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI05/00001031.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;complete article&lt;/a&gt;, but just to give two examples from good writers:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“as long as”: Finché hai dardi, scàgliali! (D'Annunzio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“until”: Rimase a guardare ritto finché la luce disparve. (Comisso)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, context is actually the only guide.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for possible differences between &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt;, as an Italian I don't find any, besides the exigences of a sentence's euphony. More to the point, dictionaries seem to agree in treating both the one-word form and the split form together: Treccani and GDLI (above) define &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt; as “Fino a che [and so on]”; furthermore, Treccani, in its article about &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fino2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;fino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, puts together “&lt;em&gt;fino a che&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;fin che&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;finché&lt;/em&gt;”; see also &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/finche-o-fin-che_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Finché or fin che?”&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-01-23T14:03:57.357" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11447" CreationDate="2020-01-24T12:14:41.830" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian the letters &lt;em&gt;gi&lt;/em&gt; may form a digraph that denotes the affricate pronunciation /d͡ʒ/ before &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;. Before &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, the consonant &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced /d͡ʒ/. In all the following words, there is the affricate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;giacca gioco giusto gente ginestra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be clearer, &lt;em&gt;gi&lt;/em&gt; is a digraph only if another vowel (&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;) follows. However, it is not a digraph if the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is tonic (like in &lt;em&gt;pubalgia&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;leggii&lt;/em&gt;, plural of &lt;em&gt;leggio&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first three words there is &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt; /i/ sound.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the affricate is geminated, it is written &lt;em&gt;gg&lt;/em&gt; (before &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;) or &lt;em&gt;ggi&lt;/em&gt; (before &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;u&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;roggia messaggio laggiù aggettivo raggi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The surface pronunciation of the affricate /d͡ʒ/ may vary depending on the speaker’s variety of Italian, in particular for the geminated one that can even become very similar to /j/; pronouncing /d͡ʒ/ as [ʒ] is not at all uncommon in central Italy (some parts of Tuscany, for instance). In southern Italy, /d͡ʒ/ is commonly geminated also when standard Italian would prescribe no gemination.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-01-25T22:17:03.183" LastActivityDate="2020-01-25T22:17:03.183" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11457" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-25T09:48:35.323" Score="2" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche giorno fa, su RAI Radio 3 classica, ho ascoltato la musica che appare nei titoli di testa del film &lt;em&gt;Uccellacci e uccellini&lt;/em&gt;, una canzone composta da Ennio Morricone&quot; (il testo è di Pasolini?) che ho sempre trovato molto divertente. Il suo testo si può leggere su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chimai.com/index.cfm?module=MUS&amp;amp;mode=DET&amp;amp;id=623&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt;. La mia domanda fa riferimento a questo passaggio, che appare alla fine della canzone (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una piccola troupe per le periferie vagabondò &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  per campagne e paeselli &lt;strong&gt;si scannò&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Producendo rischiò la sua posizione &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Alfredo Bini &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  dirigendo rischiò la reputazione &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Pier Paolo Pasolini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire del tutto bene il significato di &quot;scannarsi&quot; nel testo sopra citato. Ho cercato questo verbo in parecchi dizionari, in particolare sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00817.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Ho visto che una delle accezioni è &quot;litigare ferocemente&quot;. Sarebbe questo il senso di &quot;scannarsi&quot; nel brano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-26T16:07:15.320" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;scannarsi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11457" CreationDate="2020-01-25T11:20:34.083" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Certo, l'unica vera fonte definitiva sarebbe l'autore o qualcuno che l'ha interpellato (e, anche lì, ci sono casi di autori che – volutamente o no – danno spiegazioni fuorvianti della propria opera). Comunque, il mio orecchio da madrelingua mi suggerisce che il senso, un po' autoironico, sia proprio che nel corso della produzione del film non siano andati tutti d'amore e d'accordo (e, ovviamente, litigare ferocemente, come mandarsi a quel paese, può succedere anche fra persone che prima e poi sono e rimangono in rapporti amichevolissimi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le due frasi successive sulla posizione del produttore e la reputazione del regista sembrano indirettamente confermare, quasi come a dire “che gentaglia che siamo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-01-25T11:20:34.083" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11450" CreationDate="2020-01-25T14:44:12.177" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Suffix &lt;em&gt;-aggio&lt;/em&gt; is ​​indeed used to derive nouns from verbs, but, as explained by &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/aggio_res-cfe93bf0-000c-11de-9d89-0016357eee51&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, this happens only with verbs whose infinitive finish in &lt;em&gt;-are&lt;/em&gt; and not with all of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As said by @TommySimo in their comment, the word you are looking for is probably &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/percorso.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;percorso&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, which is the past participle of &quot;percorrere&quot;, but also a noun which means route, way, path, itinerary, track, route..., both in a literal and figurative way. You can perfectly say &quot;percorso di insieme&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As mentioned by @abarisone, there exists also the noun &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/P/percorrenza.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;percorrenza&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, but, as you can see in the linked dictionary, it's used more specifically for the way, distance or time traveled by a means of transport (for a train, for instance) in a given period of time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-25T14:44:12.177" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11457" CreationDate="2020-01-26T16:04:06.690" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un'altra interpretazione potrebbe essere un'iperbole: &quot;darsi da fare, adoperarsi con sforzi estenuanti&quot; per onorare il proprio dovere e dedizione al proprio lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4833" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-26T16:07:15.320" LastActivityDate="2020-01-26T16:07:15.320" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11463" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-27T11:17:51.627" Score="1" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo il romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, mi sono imbattuta in la frase seguente, in cui appare l'espressione &quot;far ventre&quot; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La tramvia passava con la gente stipata ordinatamente a &lt;strong&gt;far ventre&lt;/strong&gt; in quel dentro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa questa espressione. L'ho cercata alla voce &quot;ventre&quot; di alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovata. Tuttavia, ne ho trovato un esempio di uso al lemma &quot;ventritogato&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000763.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Martinozzi&lt;/em&gt;&#xA; [in &lt;em&gt;Carducci&lt;/em&gt;, III-25-116]): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lascia il barbaro metro, onde  si  sdegna  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;   la  viva  Italia  e  il  vate  suo  rimpiange; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  lascia i  fratelli  Asvini  e  la  falange  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ventri-togata  e  che  a  far  ventre insegna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, vi chiedo: qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare cosa vuol dire &quot;far ventre&quot; nella frase sopra citata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-23T15:47:18.597" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T15:47:18.597" Title="Significato di &quot;far ventre&quot; in questa frase" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11464" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11471" CreationDate="2020-01-27T16:52:16.970" Score="1" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt; di Luigi Pirandello si legge (nel capitolo 8):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Intravidi da quel primo scempio qual mostro fra breve sarebbe scappato fuori dalla necessaria e radicale alterazione dei connotati di Mattia Pascal. Ed ecco una nuova ragione d’odio per lui! Il mento piccolissimo, puntato e rientrato, ch’egli aveva nascosto per tanti e tanti anni sotto quel barbone, mi parve un tradimento. Ora avrei dovuto portarlo scoperto, quel cosino ridicolo!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono riuscito a trovare che cos'è &quot;un mento rientrato&quot;; vuol dire &quot;concavo&quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/rientrato.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/R/rientrato.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma &quot;puntato&quot; non mi dice nulla. Da quel che ho potuto trovare, la parola &quot;puntare&quot; ha qualcosa di comune con &quot;pungere&quot;, &quot;battere&quot;: per esempio, le punte delle forbici, cioè la loro parte con cui si potrebbe colpire qualcosa o qualcuno. Forse è un mento acuto, come se ci fosse il rischio di pungere qualcosa con questo mento come con una spada?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come dovrei immaginare il mento di cui narra Mattia Pascal? Grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; Mi dà da pensare che &quot;puntato&quot; e &quot;rientrato&quot; qua sembrino dire lo stesso, forse ho capito male qualcosa, donde la domanda. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-27T20:41:15.620" LastActivityDate="2020-01-28T22:59:13.783" Title="Che cos'è &quot;un mento puntato e rientrato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11466" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-27T21:07:36.650" Score="2" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Although I am also learning Italian (so please feel free to answer in Italian, it will help me learn) I encountered this word in a different context: a musical score.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the second movement of Boulez’ first sonata he writes “molto spizando” as an indication how a specific bar should be played.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/YulF1.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/YulF1.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;relevant excerpt of the Boulez&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I checked all the dictionaries I could get my hands on (some very respectable musical dictionaries but also Treccani among others) but the closest word I can find is the verb “spizzicare”. To my knowledge there is no way to form “spizando” from spizzicare, only “spizzicando”. A form of spizzicare would also be unexpected in this context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does this word exist at all or did Boulez invent it for this sonata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4692" LastEditorUserId="4692" LastEditDate="2020-01-27T22:38:08.483" LastActivityDate="2020-01-30T01:50:27.047" Title="What does “spizando” mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11467" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-28T01:02:41.000" Score="1" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am looking for the Italian words for &quot;burner&quot; (small cylindric bored metal through which gas passes and fire is lighted in a gas stove) and &quot;stove&quot; (set of 4/6 burners and an oven below them, usually used in domestic kitchens to cook food). It should be a simple dictionary query, but it wasn't. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) I think that cucina = stove and fornello/fuoco = burner, but oddly &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/stove&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/stove&lt;/a&gt; also gives &quot;fornelli&quot; and &quot;fuochi&quot; as translations of &quot;stove&quot; to Italian. Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) I tried to clear up the question by reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fornello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fornello/&lt;/a&gt;  and  then I got more confused when I found:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;f. a gas, apparecchio metallico dove i combustibili gassosi bruciano, senza produzione di ceneri, allo sbocco di apposite tubazioni fornite di speciali dispositivi per regolare l’efflusso e quindi la fiamma; nei fornelli a combustibile liquido, come l’alcol, il petrolio e la benzina, l’alimentazione della fiamma avviene per capillarità attraverso materiali tessili (stoppino, calzetta), o, nei tipi più moderni, sotto forma di gas prodotto per il calore e la pressione da combustibile liquido. Per analogia, f. elettrico, nome dato ad apparecchi, adoperati per gli usi anzidetti, in cui il calore è prodotto dalla corrente elettrica, e in partic. alla piastra metallica delle cucine elettriche. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I understood this definition right, &quot;fornello&quot; may mean both &quot;stove&quot; and &quot;burner&quot;. Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, are the following sentences corectly translated to Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;This stove has 4 burners and an oven. (= Questa cucina a quattro fornelli/fuochi e un forno)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The left upper burner of my stove is not working. (= Il bruciatore/fornello/fuoco superiore sinistro della mia cucina non funziona)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-01-28T14:50:16.617" LastActivityDate="2020-02-03T05:52:57.693" Title="&quot;Cucina&quot; vs &quot;fornello&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11468" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6831" CreationDate="2020-01-28T06:42:41.027" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una possibile spiegazione, alternativa e più semantica, è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;realista&lt;/em&gt; definisce qualcosa o qualcuno che vuole, che mira, che è interessato al realismo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;realistico&lt;/em&gt; è qualcosa o qualcuno che ha raggiunto l'obiettivo di cui sopra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiunta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il suffisso -ista spesso denota una persona che è specialmente legata a un certo argomento: &lt;em&gt;dentista&lt;/em&gt; è colui che si interessa ai denti, autista colui che lavora con le auto; l'artista si occupa (ama, e cerca di creare,) l'arte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il suffisso -istico può denotare derivazione, partecipazione o vicinanza: turistico è qualcosa legato al (o deriva dal) turismo, per esempio. Pare brutto definire un essere umano come &quot;derivato da qualcosa&quot;, e ciò può spiegare perchè questo tipo di aggettivo non è molto adatto per una persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questa pagina si trovano alcune spiegazioni ed esempi: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ista-e-istico_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ista-e-istico_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendendo spunto da alcuni esempi del link qui sopra, si può immaginare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Artistico: che mostra l'arte, che appartiene o è il risultato dell'arte, &quot;Un edificio artistico&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Calcistico: che appartiene al mondo del calcio, &quot;Questo gergo è calcistico&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Favolistico: che esprime una favola, &quot;Il tuo obiettivo è favolistico&quot; (non &quot;favolista&quot;)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo si può anche pensare che...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Realistico: che mostra/appartiene/esprime la realtà, è ottenuto grazie al realismo, è&#xA;prodotto tramite un ragionamento realista, il quale cerca la realtà, e, presumibilmente,&#xA;il ragionamento ha prodotto qualche cosa di realistico, cioé che si avvicina alla realtà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dire a una persona &quot;sii realista&quot;, intendendo con ciò &quot;fa' ragionamenti da realista&quot;, &quot;considera la realtà&quot;. Le si può anche dire &quot;sii realistico&quot;, intendendo dire &quot;attieniti alla realtà&quot;, passa dal mondo del ragionamento a quello della realtà, ottieni il risultato corretto aderente alla realtà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-05-19T17:23:24.537" LastActivityDate="2020-05-19T17:23:24.537" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11464" CreationDate="2020-01-28T06:49:30.600" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Puntato&quot; potrebbe, forse con libertà di prosa, riferirsi all'atto di &quot;aver subito l'effetto (o la sorte)&quot; di una punta, cioè essere appuntito, a punta. Una parola vicina e più corretta è &quot;puntuto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-01-28T06:49:30.600" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11470" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11450" CreationDate="2020-01-28T15:35:38.753" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just a note, for completeness. The suffix -aggio is considered, by purists, a &quot;francesismo&quot; (French words or rules incorrectly applied to Italian). An old way, correct for purists, has suffix &quot;-tura&quot;: for example, verb lavare would give lavatura. On the other hand, some of these inpure words are now so common that they must be accepted; people would laugh hearing lavatura instead of lavaggio (but they would understand correctly anyway).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is not a fixed rule to obtain a substantive from a verb and sometimes it is impossible. A way, sometimes, is to use the suffix -zione: perlustrare -&gt; perlustrazione, other times you can take the past participle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With regard to your question about &quot;percorrere l'insieme&quot;, &quot;percorso&quot; could do, but probably a native speaker would not express that way, preferring perhaps visione, analisi, scansione or still other words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-01-28T15:35:38.753" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11464" CreationDate="2020-01-28T18:06:01.320" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI14/00000978.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;puntato&quot; è un aggettivo che significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che ha una punta, che finisce in punta; aguzzo, acuminato, puntuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è, però, un aggettivo molto usato nell'italiano moderno: un'espressione più usuale per fare questa descrizione sarebbe &quot;mento puntuto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI16/00238.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;rientrato&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, l'accezione adatta alla descrizione del mento di una persona è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Situato  o  inserito  indietro  o  all'interno  rispetto  a  una  linea  di  riferimento;  arretrato.  – An­che: posto in un incavo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario dà un esempio letterario di Moravia, in questo caso nella descrizione della bocca di un personaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Aveva  un  viso  di  vecchio,  con  la  bocca rientrata  tra  il  naso  adunco  e  il  mento  sporgente. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui si tratta di un mento rientrato, cioè, un mento spostato all'indietro rispetto alla posizione considerata normale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-28T22:59:13.783" LastActivityDate="2020-01-28T22:59:13.783" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11472" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-01-28T20:25:39.650" Score="0" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;Torno in ufficio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Torno a casa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Torno all'università&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Torno dal dottore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo tornare seguito da una preposizioni mi ha sempre confuso, per caso esiste una regola grammaticale che spieghi quale preposizione devo usare dopo il verbo tornare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3765" LastActivityDate="2020-01-29T13:58:30.577" Title="Verbo tornare e le preposizioni" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ClosedDate="2020-01-29T13:52:45.363" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11474" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1450" CreationDate="2020-01-29T07:18:09.457" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non vedo differenze a parte la solita vecchia battaglia &quot;prescrittivo&quot; vs. &quot;descrittivo&quot;. Oserei addirittura ipotizzare che con una ricerca mirata su Google si otterrebbero più &quot;hits&quot; di &quot;sia ... che&quot; rispetto all'altra forma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-01-29T07:57:02.220" LastActivityDate="2020-01-29T07:57:02.220" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11310" CreationDate="2020-01-29T11:00:26.040" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes. The only relevant reason for the apocope is euphony. There's no difference between 'voler bene' and 'volere bene'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is instead an important difference in meaning between 'voler(e) bene' &lt;em&gt;(= to be fond of someone, which doesn't imply romantic relationship)&lt;/em&gt; and 'amare' &lt;em&gt;(to love someone)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can say 'ti voglio bene' to a relative or a close friend, you say 'ti amo' to your romantic partner or significant other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="879" LastActivityDate="2020-01-29T11:00:26.040" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11476" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11478" CreationDate="2020-01-29T11:12:28.000" Score="0" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si decise per il metrò: la brezza gli carezzava il viso nel riemergere dalle scale all'uscita del &lt;strong&gt;serpentone sotterraneo&lt;/strong&gt;; un sole sorridente ed eccelso ne accecò la risalita. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &quot;serpentone&quot; su alcuni dizionari, ma non riesco a capire cosa sia questo &quot;serpentone sotterraneo&quot;. Una ricerca su Google mi ha fatto vedere che è un'espressione che si usa. Si riferisce forse ai corridoi della metropolitana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco qui, ad esempio, la  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI18/00749.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-01-29T11:39:58.120" LastActivityDate="2020-01-29T11:51:22.350" Title="Cos'è un &quot;serpentone sotterraneo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11476" CreationDate="2020-01-29T11:51:22.350" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io l'ho sempre usato e visto usare come metafora per indicare il convoglio della metropolitana, ma secondo me si comporta un po' come metropolitana che per sineddoche rappresenta il convoglio, la rete, il servizio, la stazione, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastActivityDate="2020-01-29T11:51:22.350" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11481" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11482" CreationDate="2020-01-30T10:22:17.547" Score="3" ViewCount="444" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Oggi è mercoledì e tocca spedire via posta il lavoro svolto e il programma da svolgere per la firma dell'ambasciatore. Se la passano bene a Madrid sa... Ah, dottore, si ricordi che l'ambasciatore è il capo missione inteso come 'servizio', eh... non come 'titolo'; da lui dipendiamo noi tutti in ogni senso. È il nostro Supremo Divino, e le gerarchie in questo lavoro sono legge, se lo ricordi. Ha l'ultima parola su tutto: orari (decidesse di farci lavorare venti ore non possiamo rifiutarci...), programmi e provvedimenti. Essendo il capo dell'Ambasciata ha compiti delicati, soprattutto quelli di riferire della politica della Spagna, e con i tempi che corrono... Se &lt;strong&gt;gli gira storto&lt;/strong&gt; ci fa cambiare aria, dunque, il mercoledì faccio gli straordinari volentieri; e meno male che il martedì mi salva quell'oretta o due di tennis. A proposito, lei gioca?»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il brano fa riferimento al lavoro da svolgere dai lavoratori dell'Istituto italiano di cultura di Barcellona nel 1958. Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;gli gira storto&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. L'ho cercata alla voce &quot;girare&quot; di alcuni dizionari, incluso il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma non l'ho trovata. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-01-30T19:57:22.467" Title="Significato di &quot;girare storto a qualcuno&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11481" CreationDate="2020-01-30T10:49:07.333" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente non lo trovo su nessun dizionario, neppure sotto “storto”, ma è una costruzione abbastanza abituale (“a X gira storto”, quasi sempre costruito con un pronome: “mi, ti, gli gira storto”), con il senso che la persona in questione è di malumore o maldisposta verso qualcuno o qualcosa, e quindi ostile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione unisce uno dei sensi figurati di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/girare1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“girare”&lt;/a&gt;, presente in locuzioni come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;se gli gira&lt;/em&gt;, se gli viene l’estro; &lt;em&gt;secondo come gli gira, dipende da come gli gira&lt;/em&gt;, dipende dal suo umore, dal capriccio, e sim.; &lt;em&gt;ti gira male?&lt;/em&gt;, sei di cattivo umore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e uno degli usi di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/storto1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“storto”&lt;/a&gt;, molto affine a quello che appare in “avere la luna storta” e soprattutto “guardare storto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-01-30T10:49:07.333" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11484" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11495" CreationDate="2020-01-31T10:55:50.540" Score="3" ViewCount="1053" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da poco conclusa con laurea l'esperienza alla Facoltà di Lettere, da qualche mese Ana studiava alla Scuola di giornalismo presso il Convento di Santa Monica, albergando il sogno d'andarsene un giorno in Italia. E si allegrava ogni volta nel pensarlo senza confessarlo ai genitori. L'indecisione sulla decisione che avrebbe preso Don Antonio García Royo, l'avvocato padre, la faceva muta nel rivelare il proposito. Per compiacerlo studiava il francese che le riusciva facile... e &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta&lt;/strong&gt; perfezionava l'italiano. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sulla locuzione &quot;in seconda battuta&quot; che appare in questo brano. L'unica spiegazione sul significato di questa espressione che sono riuscita a trovare su un dizionario, sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/battuta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, fa riferimento al calcio. Ma questo passaggio non ha niente a che vedere con questo sport. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;in seconda battuta&quot; nel testo sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-05T10:42:08.647" Title="Che vuol dire &quot;in seconda battuta&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11485" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11484" CreationDate="2020-01-31T12:02:03.777" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In seconda battuta nel passaggio da te citato significa come attività secondaria, solitamente portata avanti contemporaneamente con la principale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È penso mutuato dal contesto sportivo, dove esistono i concetti di prima e seconda battuta, proprio ad indicare ciò che viene prima e ciò che viene dopo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-01-31T12:02:03.777" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11486" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-01T07:51:55.230" Score="2" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;In response to my first question, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/11466/what-does-spizando-mean#comment27112_11466&quot;&gt;Charo pointed out that spizare is an archaic form of spicciare&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Archaic, however, can mean a lot of things; maybe it was in use only before 1600, maybe it was only changed during the past century.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When was spicciare written spizare? More specifically, was spizare still in use in the 1940s?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4692" LastActivityDate="2020-02-01T07:51:55.230" Title="Until what time was “spizare” in use?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11484" CreationDate="2020-02-01T13:06:54.823" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'unico sport in cui c'è la “seconda battuta” è il tennis. Chi serve usa la prima per mettere in difficoltà l'avversario, quindi si prende qualche rischio in più.&#xA;La seconda battuta è quella un po' più sicura da eseguire quando va male la prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il calcio ha ripreso la terminologia: su un attaccante pericoloso c'è sempre un difensore primario e uno che è eventualmente pronto, in seconda battuta, a intervenire se l'altro fallisce la copertura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato quindi sarebbe che, se il francese non fosse davvero servito, rimarrebbe l'italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile però traslare leggermente il significato letterale, intendendo qualcosa che si fa parallelamente, magari con meno impegno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-02-01T13:06:54.823" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11488" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11467" CreationDate="2020-02-02T07:04:23.790" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Italian words for &quot;burner&quot; (small cylindric bored metal through which gas passes and fire is lighted in a gas stove) and &quot;stove&quot; (set of 4/6 burners and an oven below them ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this context, use &quot;cucina&quot; for the appliance used to cook/heat food; it has one or more &quot;fornello/i&quot;, or &quot;fuoco/fuochi&quot;. More technically, a single &quot;fornello&quot; has a &quot;bruciatore&quot; (burner) which burns the gas, and something to hold a pot above the flame. A normal user could complain saying &quot;the upper right burner doesn't work&quot; (&quot;il fornello/fuoco in alto a destra non funziona&quot;); the technician would probably clean or substitute the burner (&quot;bruciatore&quot;, only the part which produces the flame). Note also that a &quot;fornello&quot; can be electrical: in that case it has no burner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also cook using a &quot;stufa&quot; (stove). The &quot;stufa&quot; burns mostly wood. From &quot;stufa&quot; derives the term &quot;stufato&quot; (cooked on a &quot;stufa&quot;); but &quot;stufa&quot; is also a burner used to heat a room, not especially designed to cook, where you can anyway put a pot on it to heat water or other meals.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1) I think that cucina = stove and fornello/fuoco = burner&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, this is quite right.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2) reading &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fornello/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fornello/&lt;/a&gt; ... &#xA;  If I understood this definition right, &quot;fornello&quot; may mean both &quot;stove&quot; and &quot;burner&quot;. Is that right?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not quite in this context. A &quot;fornello&quot; is what you use to heat a pot; a &quot;cucina&quot; typically has more than one &quot;fornello&quot; (otherwise it would be called simply &quot;fornello&quot;). A stove may also be used for that, especially if it is one designed not only to heat a room, but also to cook; in that case, the stove (&quot;stufa&quot;) has an upper plate where you lay the pots, and an oven beside the burner.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;This stove has 4 burners and an oven. (= Questa cucina a quattro fornelli/fuochi e un forno)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, this is almost completely correct: &quot;Questa cucina &lt;strong&gt;ha&lt;/strong&gt; quattro ...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The left upper burner of my stove is not working. (= Il bruciatore/fornello/fuoco superiore sinistro della mia cucina non funziona)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes again: perfectly translated. Congratulations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--- EDIT after many comments ---&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually not all the sources agree on &quot;stufato&quot;, but I've found these:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://educalingo.com/it/dic-it/stufato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://educalingo.com/it/dic-it/stufato&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;  &quot;In the dictionary, the first definition of stufato is &lt;em&gt;heated into a stove&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/stufato.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/stufato.html&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;  &quot;Heated in the stove&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/stufare.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/S/stufare.html&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;  &quot;To heat inside a stove&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stufare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stufare/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;  &quot;To treat a product with heat in stoves or special containers&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My Zingarelli on paper from 2001 cites, as first meaning of &quot;stufare&quot;, marked as rare or dismissed, &quot;to heat inside a  stove&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, maybe &quot;stufato&quot; derive from &quot;stufare&quot; - not &quot;stufa&quot;, but this is, I think, not very important for who asked the question. Instead, perhaps the whole sentence about the &quot;stufato&quot; could have been omitted; I wrote that to mark the meaning of something that was used to cook, but no more nowadays.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-02-03T05:52:57.693" LastActivityDate="2020-02-03T05:52:57.693" CommentCount="24" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11489" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-02T12:08:54.607" Score="0" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the context of &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11488/37&quot;&gt;this answer&lt;/a&gt;, while discussing the etymology of &lt;em&gt;stufato&lt;/em&gt;, it was said that “it is very uncommon that a participle develops into a noun”, mentioning that it is necessary to distinguish between “conversions” and “morphological derivations” (if I'm getting it right), with the latter quite more frequent: &lt;em&gt;abitato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;acciottolato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;accusato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;acetato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;affamato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;agglomerato&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;alleato&lt;/em&gt;, ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone clarify better the situation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-02-02T13:17:45.243" Title="Participles into nouns" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11489" CreationDate="2020-02-02T12:31:28.047" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Conversions are a subtype of what is canonically labelled &quot;derivation&quot;.&#xA;Conversions imply the categorical change of a word without additional morphology. Examples: verbs into nouns (&quot;il dovere/potere/volere&quot; in Italian or &quot;the might&quot; in English) including verbal participles such as the ones listed in the answer linked above (&quot;abitato&quot; etc). &#xA;In contrast, derivational morphology is the mechanism by which categorical change takes place via affixes (&quot;confess&quot; leads to &quot;confessION&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastActivityDate="2020-02-02T12:31:28.047" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11491" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11489" CreationDate="2020-02-02T13:17:45.243" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/17918108/Competenze_linguistiche_per_l_accesso_all_universit%C3%A0?auto=download&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Competenze linguistiche per l’accesso all’università&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Grazia Basile, Anna Rosa Guerriero e Sergio Lubello (Università di Salerno) ha una sezione intitolata &quot;La formazione delle parole&quot; in cui, tra altri meccanismi, menziona i seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La derivazione&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Abbiamo visto che uno dei serbatoi dell’italiano è rappresentato dalle neoformazioni (cfr. PAR. 3.1.2). In gran parte si tratta di formazioni endogene, cioè di parole che si formano &#xA;  a partire da altre già esistenti nell’italiano (&lt;em&gt;basi&lt;/em&gt;) attraverso elementi, &#xA;  gli &lt;em&gt;affissi&lt;/em&gt;, che si aggiungono all’inizio della base (&lt;em&gt;prefissi&lt;/em&gt;; ad es. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;cambiare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt;utile&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;dis&lt;/strong&gt;illuso&lt;/em&gt;) o alla fine della base (&lt;em&gt;suffissi&lt;/em&gt;; ad es. &lt;em&gt;parol&lt;strong&gt;aio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;mur&lt;strong&gt;etto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;em&gt;giornal&lt;strong&gt;ista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;): i due processi sono chiamati rispettivamente &lt;em&gt;prefissazione&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;suffissazione&lt;/em&gt;. Le basi italiane sono in genere nomi, &#xA;  verbi e aggettivi, più raramente avverbi (&lt;em&gt;indietro&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;indietreggiare&lt;/em&gt;) e &#xA;  locuzioni (&lt;em&gt;me ne frego&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;menefreghismo&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Processi di conversione e riduzione&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Un’altra possibilità di &#xA;  formare nuove parole è la derivazione da altre preesistenti cambiando &#xA;  semplicemente la categoria grammaticale, senza bisogno di suffisso o &#xA;  prefisso: il processo si chiama &lt;em&gt;conversione&lt;/em&gt;; l’aggettivo &lt;em&gt;bianco&lt;/em&gt; diventa &#xA;  sostantivato &lt;em&gt;i bianchi&lt;/em&gt;, così la &lt;em&gt;finanziaria&lt;/em&gt;, la &lt;em&gt;metropolitana&lt;/em&gt;. Casi frequenti sono quelli dell’infinito sostantivato (&lt;em&gt;il bere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il dovere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gli averi&lt;/em&gt;), &#xA;  del participio presente che diventa sostantivo (&lt;em&gt;il cantante&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la badante&lt;/em&gt;, &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;gli abbaglianti&lt;/em&gt;), della formazione di sostantivi dal participio passato &#xA;  (&lt;em&gt;l’udito&lt;/em&gt;), dal gerundio (&lt;em&gt;crescendo&lt;/em&gt;), da locuzioni (&lt;em&gt;viavai&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nullaosta&lt;/em&gt;). &#xA;  Sono considerati processi di conversione anche quelli che producono &#xA;  formazioni senza un vero e proprio suffisso ma con l’aggiunta di desinenze/morfemi verbali (tali formazioni sono anche dette a suffisso zero): &lt;em&gt;capitano&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;capitanare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;soppalco&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;soppalcare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;martello&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;martellare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cestino&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;cestinare&lt;/em&gt; (Grossmann, Rainer, 2004, pp. 534-6). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, è frequente la formazione di sostantivi da participi passati tramite questo processo di conversione come, per esempio, quelli citati nella domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-02T13:17:45.243" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8116" CreationDate="2020-02-03T10:05:20.700" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Another interesting book is &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/34822015/Renzi_Andreose_-_Manuale_di_linguistica_e_filologia_romanza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Manuale di linguistica e filologia romanza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (Il Mulino, Bologna, 2003, 3rd edition from 2009 in the link) by Lorenzo Renzi and Alvise Andreose, which covers the evolution from Latin to main Romance languages, in particular Italian. There exists a new &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.mulino.it/isbn/9788815258861&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;edition from 2015&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-04T15:24:49.570" LastActivityDate="2020-02-04T15:24:49.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11493" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11494" CreationDate="2020-02-03T17:07:30.793" Score="0" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per distrarsi da quello schiumar tristezza, Felice scese in cucina per pranzare. Si era portato il desinare &lt;strong&gt;a sacco&lt;/strong&gt; che prevedeva pinzimonio, panzanella e un fresco &lt;em&gt;gazpacho&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa l'espressione &quot;a sacco&quot; in questo passaggio: potreste spiegarmelo? L'ho cercata alla voce &quot;sacco&quot; di alcuni dizionari, incluso il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma le accezioni che ho trovato fanno riferimento a saccheggiare, all'edilizia oppure a vestiti e niente di tutto questo sembra avere senso in questo testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-03T19:27:31.697" Title="Significato di &quot;a sacco&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11493" CreationDate="2020-02-03T19:27:31.697" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;È evidentemente una variante (a meno che non sia un refuso) della più diffusa locuzione &lt;strong&gt;al sacco&lt;/strong&gt;. Per citare il Treccani, alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sacco/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;sacco&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;colazione&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;pranzo al s.&lt;/em&gt;, fatti all’aperto con i viveri portati con sé nel sacco alpino oppure in una qualsiasi borsa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-02-03T19:27:31.697" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11484" CreationDate="2020-02-04T16:46:01.890" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Secondariamente&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in secondo luogo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;solo dopo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; (per importanza), rispetto alla prima battuta cioè quanto enunciato prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io penso serva per ordinare due (raramente più) cose per le quali l'ordine è importante, cioè non un semplice elenco tra cose pari. La discriminante per l'ordinamento può essere il tempo (come nel caso del calcio), l'importanza, ma anche un rapporto di causa-effetto tra la prima e la seconda battuta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?client=firefox-b-d&amp;amp;biw=1920&amp;amp;bih=871&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;ei=l5k5XpeUPOyEmwXsqa3wAg&amp;amp;q=%22in+seconda+battuta%22+-musica&amp;amp;oq=%22in+seconda+battuta%22+-musica&amp;amp;gs_l=psy-ab.3...17334.18633.0.18908.8.8.0.0.0.0.144.618.7j1.8.0....0...1c.1.64.psy-ab..1.0.0....0._kEyIymQw2c&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Qui&lt;/a&gt; puoi trovare alcuni esempi d'uso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La discesa in campo, per così dire, nel 2006, quando l'allora centrosinistra (più la sinistra che i Ds, che si accodarono &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta&lt;/strong&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La pubblicazione, [...] ha come obiettivo l'inventario di quasi tutti i testi in volgare[...]; &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta&lt;/strong&gt; si occupa anche delle tradizioni e dei riti locali&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non gli fu facile accettare tale notizia ma a convincerlo della realtà di quanto accadutogli, provvide innanzi tutti la fede della moglie e, &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta&lt;/strong&gt;, quella del cugino di lei,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da qui l'idea di dedicare una serie di articoli e &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta&lt;/strong&gt; la creazione di questo ebook&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione si &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=seconda+battuta&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cseconda%20battuta%3B%2Cc0#t1%3B%2Cseconda%20battuta%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diffonde&lt;/a&gt; a partire dal 1980, le occorrenze che si trovano nei secoli precendenti sono legate al significato di battuta in ambito musicale. La diffusione del termine avviene nel 1980, sarebbe interessante trovare qualche occorrenza in qualche quotidiano sportivo visto che l'origine del termine sembra venire da lì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;INIZIO EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Indagando meglio tramite Google Books si riescono a trovare occorrenze di &lt;em&gt;seconda battuta&lt;/em&gt; anche precedenti al 1980 (data che avevo indivituato guardando il grafico).&#xA;La più interessante è sicuramente &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=KAgxAAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22in+seconda+battuta%22+-musica+-armonia+-musicale&amp;amp;dq=%22in+seconda+battuta%22+-musica+-armonia+-musicale&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiT656yhbrnAhVfwAIHHZMRD6gQ6AEIODAC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa&lt;/a&gt; del 1962:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] rimarrebbe — &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta (per esprimerci nel linguaggio degli stadi calcistici)&lt;/strong&gt; — la struttura mentale dei nostri giudici, che mal si adatta alle ricerche indiziarie del processo tributario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=SdksAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=inauthor:%22Francesco+Calasso%22+%22seconda+battuta%22&amp;amp;dq=inauthor:%22Francesco+Calasso%22+%22seconda+battuta%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwigg-fSirrnAhUSwAIHHbyFBj0Q6AEIKDAA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa&lt;/a&gt; (purtroppo Google non evidenzia correttamente l'occorrenza) del 1958, che, invece, sembra avvalorare un'origine o una diffusione in ambito giuridico: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;tra verità e certezza, se nel processo civile, che tocca interessi patrimoniali, può prevalere la seconda, nel processo penale, ove si fa questione di libertà, deve prevalere la prima, anche nella forma 'relativa' o '&lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta&lt;/strong&gt;'  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;FINE EDIT&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scrivo qui una possibile origine del termine, è un'idea che ho avuto leggendo questo estratto &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=mugwAAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22seconda+battuta%22+-musicale+-musica+-armonie&amp;amp;dq=%22seconda+battuta%22+-musicale+-musica+-armonie&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwjl_vDmpLjnAhUIJhoKHY7IABgQ6AEIPTAD&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che il Senato paga non di rado in termini di immagine minore e di ruolo minore la sua maggiore efficienza regolamentare. Per esempio molto spesso il Senato si trova ad esaminare &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta&lt;/strong&gt; dei progetti, o &lt;strong&gt;in seconda battuta il bilancio&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che possa l'uso di &lt;em&gt;battere&lt;/em&gt; venire dall'ambito giudiziario/legislativo? e la battuta sia il colpo del martello?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4427" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-05T10:42:08.647" LastActivityDate="2020-02-05T10:42:08.647" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11496" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-04T18:58:28.980" Score="1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio a proposito d'un passaggio di Luigi Pirandello in &quot;Il fu Mattia Pascal&quot;, nel capitolo 9.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mattia Pascal vuole contrarre un'amicizia con qualcuno, c'è una persona possibile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Già nella trattoria che frequentavo in quei giorni, un signore, mio vicino di tavola, s’era mostrato inchinevole a far amicizia con me. Poteva avere da quarant’anni: calvo sì e no, bruno, con occhiali d’oro, che non gli si reggevano bene sul naso, forse per il peso de la catenella pur d’oro. &lt;strong&gt;Ah, per questo un ometto tanto carino!&lt;/strong&gt; Figurarsi che, quando si levava da sedere e si poneva il cappello in capo, pareva subito un altro: un ragazzino pareva. Il difetto era nelle gambe, così piccole, che non gli arrivavano neanche a terra, se stava seduto: egli non si alzava propriamente da sedere, ma scendeva piuttosto dalla sedia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non credo di capire bene l'espressione «per questo». Pascal prima dice che il suo conoscente è stato «un ometto» (cioè un piccolo uomo), poi spiega tutto a proposito delle sue piccole gambe ecc. «Per questo» non vuol dunque dire «per la ragione del suo cadere degl'occhiali, del suo aspetto, della sua mancanza di destrezza…» (un uomo carino, cioè amabile… nel suo modo), perché la ragione è ben altra. Ma è appunto questo il solo significato che posso attribuire all'espressione: «per una ragione». Dunque c'è uno sbaglio d'interpretazione, ma quale? Vorrei capire bene la frase in grassetto. Forse «per questo» vuol dire «per giunta»?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mille grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastActivityDate="2020-02-05T11:12:57.347" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;per questo&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11498" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-05T16:31:57.800" Score="0" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Felice voleva dedicarsi alle carte prima del rientro dei &lt;em&gt;pezzi grossi&lt;/em&gt; senza così destar sospetti né dover rendere conto a nessuno. Studiò lo studiabile cercando di riunire gli appunti bastanti per un quadro esaustivo e al contempo confuso qualora smarrisse o &lt;strong&gt;fosse sequestrato&lt;/strong&gt; del giallo taccuino giacché la polizia franchista poteva frugare impunemente le tasche della gente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che il significato di &quot;sequestrare&quot; in questo passaggio corrisponda all'accezione numero 1 del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sequestrare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;: la polizia franchista poteva sequestrare il taccuino di Felice, cioè, poteva togliere questo taccuino a Felice. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire come questo verbo viene usato in questo brano. &#xA;Perché il soggetto del verbo è lui (Felice)? Perché si usa la preposizione &quot;del&quot; dopo il verbo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-05T20:58:14.440" Title="Uso del verbo &quot;sequestrare&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1921" CreationDate="2020-02-05T23:40:12.773" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Maybe these examples may clarify your doubts about this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;(Io) Mi sento bene.&quot; = &quot;I &lt;strong&gt;feel&lt;/strong&gt; good / I'm &lt;strong&gt;feeling&lt;/strong&gt; good.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;(Io) Ho sentito che [sth].&quot; = &quot;I &lt;strong&gt;heard&lt;/strong&gt; that [sth].&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Senti, dovresti fare [sth].&quot; = &quot;&lt;strong&gt;Listen&lt;/strong&gt;, you should do [sth].&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6037" LastEditorUserId="6037" LastEditDate="2020-03-22T20:28:45.543" LastActivityDate="2020-03-22T20:28:45.543" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11503" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11504" CreationDate="2020-02-08T15:20:28.477" Score="2" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; E proprio in quel periodo ludico, Felice meditò di tacere il rinvenimento della lettera destinata a Visidori senior. Sebbene un'insensatezza di pensiero a tratti lo rodesse, ritenne di fare la scelta giusta evitando l'aguzzarsi di spigoli coi colleghi e il divenire &lt;em&gt;casus belli&lt;/em&gt; d'inevitabili &lt;strong&gt;strascichi&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/strascichio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho visto che &quot;strascichìo&quot; significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un prolungato strascicare, e il rumore o fruscìo di cosa strascicata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato, dunque, quali sono i significati figurati di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/strascicare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;strascicare&quot;&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In senso fig.: &lt;em&gt;s. il lavoro, un lavoro&lt;/em&gt;, tirarlo avanti lentamente e contro voglia; &lt;em&gt;s. una malattia, una noiosa febbricola&lt;/em&gt;, portarsela addosso per parecchio tempo, senza fare alcuna cura e senza notevoli miglioramenti né peggioramenti; più com., &lt;em&gt;s. la voce, le parole&lt;/em&gt;, pronunciare con monotona lentezza, prolungando il suono (e analogam. &lt;em&gt;s. il canto, le note&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il significato nel brano sopra citato sarebbe quello di prolongare nel tempo i problemi coi colleghi di lavoro? Oppure questi &quot;strascichi&quot; sarebbero piuttosto contrasti, dissensi con questi colleghi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-08T15:28:31.623" LastActivityDate="2020-02-09T06:09:53.943" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;strascichi&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11504" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11503" CreationDate="2020-02-08T15:24:25.423" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso lo si deve intendere come &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Conseguenza negativa, risvolto spiacevole: gli s. dell'influenza, di una lite. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/S/strascico.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario Sabatini Colletti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-08T15:34:44.393" LastActivityDate="2020-02-08T15:34:44.393" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11503" CreationDate="2020-02-09T06:09:53.943" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Conseguenza negativa, risvolto spiacevole: gli s. dell'influenza, di una lite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo qualche parola alla risposta corretta qui sopra. Io intendo con &quot;strascico&quot; una conseguenza più leggera, più sfumata, prolungata nel tempo, rispetto a &quot;conseguenza&quot;. Per esempio un'influenza (malattia) potrebbe avere come diretta conseguenza un periodo di riposo o cura e, come strascico, un periodo successivo in cui la persona è sostanzialmente guarita ma ha ancora qualche sintomo o limitazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure, in caso di una lite fra due persone, lo strascico sono gli effetti, o il ricordo, irrisolti, della lite. Per esempio Mario può avere una lite con Piero; la conseguenza diretta è che per una settimana Mario e Piero non si parlano; poi magari s'incontrano, si chiariscono e riappacificano, ma lo &quot;strascico&quot; della lite impedisce loro di parlarsi serenamente come prima della lite (come è andata a finire? Che col tempo Mario e Piero si sono dimenticati della lite e tutto è tornato come prima!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo strascico, fisicamente, è la parte o l'appendice di un oggetto che striscia (tocca) sul terreno, o anche la scia che un oggetto lascia quando viene trascinato. Rende bene l'idea di qualche cosa che rimane (la scia), anche quando l'oggetto non c'è più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-02-09T06:09:53.943" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11507" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-09T17:13:36.863" Score="0" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente ho scritto una &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.meta.stackexchange.com/q/3303&quot;&gt;domanda su Spanish.SE Meta&lt;/a&gt; e l'ho fatto in castigliano (a differenza di quello che è accaduto su Italian.SE Meta o su French.SE Meta, che io sappia nessun &quot;community manager&quot; ha mai scritto su Spanish.SE Meta spiegando che la politica di SE è – o era – che tutti i post sui siti Meta debbano essere in inglese oppure bilingui inglese–altra lingua, quindi molti post si scrivono in spagnolo). Il titolo della domanda conteneva l'espressione &quot;post cerrado&quot; (cioè, &quot;post chiuso&quot;), ma un utente l'ha corretto subito come &quot;publicación cerrada&quot;. Quando l'ho visto, mi sono accorta che in italiano esiste una parola molto simile, &quot;pubblicazione&quot;, e mi sono chiesta se si dovesse anche usarla nell'ambito dell'informatica invece di &quot;post&quot;, che infatti è un termine inglese. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, la voce &quot;post&quot; appare nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_Pagina_647.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;supplemento del 2009 al &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e immagino che questo significhi che il vocabolo &quot;post&quot; sia da parecchi anni molto diffuso in italiano (sono convinta che lo è anche in spagnolo solo che la RAE è un po' &quot;lenta&quot;, per così dirlo, nell'includere certi neologismi nel dizionario e anche il fatto che sia &quot;il dizionario&quot; può diventare problematico). Allora, la mia domanda è: sapete se esiste qualche autore/autrice che usi &quot;pubblicazione&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;post&quot; nell'ambito digitale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi referisco soltano all'espressione &quot;post chiuso&quot;, ma anche ad altri contesti in cui si usa &quot;post&quot;: per esempio, &quot;ho scritto un post su Italian.SE o sul mio blog&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-10T10:44:42.640" LastActivityDate="2020-02-10T10:44:42.640" Title="Si usa &quot;pubblicazione&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;post&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11508" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11507" CreationDate="2020-02-09T18:31:36.707" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &quot;pubblicazione&quot; non l'ho mai sentito. Si incontra a volte il termine &quot;filone chiuso&quot;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.achyra.org/cruscate/app.php/help/faq?sid=647aa4003d87acd82647e263d8a00e9c#f3r7&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.achyra.org/cruscate/app.php/help/faq?sid=647aa4003d87acd82647e263d8a00e9c#f3r7&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastActivityDate="2020-02-09T18:31:36.707" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11510" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-10T09:02:55.493" Score="1" ViewCount="595" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dieci giorni dopo cominciarono le sue lezioni. Il tiepido e onnisciabordante febbraio regalava giorni di un sole che tingeva di vari gialli le facciate dell'Istituto. Dei trentacinque iscritti, dopo il primo mese di lezione ne restarono trentaquattro e questo – come disse il direttore &lt;strong&gt;paccando&lt;/strong&gt; la spalla di Felice – costituiva un bel risultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;paccare&quot; in questo passo. Dal contesto, ho pensato che significasse dare dei colpetti sulla spalla (derivato da &quot;pacca&quot;?), ma non sono riuscita a ottenere conferma su nessun vocabolario. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_Pagina_599.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;supplemento del 2009 al &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questo verbo col significato di &quot;pomiciare&quot;, ma questo non sembra avere molto senso nel contesto del testo. Qualcuno di voi ne sa qualcosa? Potrebbe trattarsi di un uso toscano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-10T09:53:52.427" LastActivityDate="2020-12-13T10:33:45.197" Title="Significato di &quot;paccare&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11510" CreationDate="2020-02-10T09:27:10.923" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che la tua intuizione sul fatto che si tratti di un &quot;toscanismo&quot; sia corretta come anche la supposta derivazione da &quot;pacca&quot;, come sembra confermare il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?redir_esc=y&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;id=z4w0AQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;focus=searchwithinvolume&amp;amp;q=paccare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario lucchese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.liberliber.it/online/autori/autori-n/idelfonso-nieri/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ildefonso Neri&lt;/a&gt;. &#xA;La cosa un po' strana, a mio avviso, è&#xA;la codificazione di &quot;spalla&quot; come oggetto diretto e non un obliquo locativo &quot;paccando Felice sulla spalla&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-10T09:59:39.247" LastActivityDate="2020-02-10T09:59:39.247" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11514" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-13T10:39:05.540" Score="2" ViewCount="313" Body="&lt;p&gt;I dizionari italiani, come, per esempio, il vocabolario Treccani, il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; o lo Zingarelli, fanno uso dei termini &quot;regionalismo&quot; (di solito abbreviato &quot;reg.&quot;), &quot;dialettalismo&quot; (usualmente abbreviato &quot;dial.&quot;) e a volte anche abbreviazioni più esplicite come &quot;sett.&quot;,  “centrosett.”, &quot;sicil.&quot;, ecc. per segnalare alcune voci o determinate accezioni di alcune voci. Non mi è per niente  chiaro, però, cosa si intenda esattamente per &quot;regionalismo&quot; e per &quot;dialettalismo&quot;: qual è la differenza tra questi due termini? A volte ho avuto la sensazione, per quello che ho letto in qualche commento, che con &quot;dialettalismo&quot; si volesse indicare un vocabolo di uso ancora più ristretto, cioè, un termine il cui significato non è noto agli italiani che non conoscono un determinato dialetto o che è sentito come &quot;scorretto&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.corriere.it/scuola/universita/cards/ceretta-linguine-cortelli-affilatigli-errori-grammatica-piu-comuni/cortello-parte-manico.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ecco un esempio&lt;/a&gt;) nel senso che alcune persone lo percepiscono come non propriamente italiano, di quello che si fa con un regionalismo, ma forse questa è una sensazione completamente sbagliata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel documento &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/38040465/Litaliano_del_XXI_secolo_Manualetto_per_studenti_stranieri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'italiano del XXI secolo. Manualetto per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Sabina Gola (Université libre de Bruxelles), ho trovato queste definizioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Regionalismi: parole usate soprattutto nella zona d’origine &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dialettismi: parole che hanno superato i confini locali e si sono diffuse in tutta la penisola perché associati a particolari prodotti o fenomeni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, queste definizioni sono un riassunto di quello che è esposto in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/28739901/GRAMMATICA_ITALIANA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grammatica italiana con nozioni di linguistica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Maurizio Dardano and Pietro Trifone. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto concerne i dialettalismi, questo libro spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I nostri dialetti hanno contribuito alla formazione dell'italiano fin dai primi tempi:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;arsenale&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;lido&lt;/em&gt; vengono da Venezia; &lt;em&gt;scoglio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;prua&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;darsena&lt;/em&gt; da Genova; &lt;em&gt;ammainare&lt;/em&gt; da Napoli; &lt;em&gt;portolano&lt;/em&gt; da Palermo. Nel diciottesimo secolo la Lombardia ha&#xA;  dato il &lt;em&gt;calmiere&lt;/em&gt;, Napoli la &lt;em&gt;lava&lt;/em&gt; e la &lt;em&gt;mofeta&lt;/em&gt;, termini relativi ai fenomeni vulcanici. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Per entrare nel lessico italiano i &lt;strong&gt;dialettalismi&lt;/strong&gt; devono italianizzarsi nella forma: così &lt;em&gt;l'arzanà de' Viniziani&lt;/em&gt; ricordato da Dante (&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt;, XXI, 7) è diventato&#xA;  l'&lt;em&gt;arsenale&lt;/em&gt;. Nell'ultimo dopoguerra il settentrionale &lt;em&gt;imbranà&lt;/em&gt; ha preso un suffisso&#xA;  italiano diventando &lt;em&gt;imbranato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  In quali settori si attinge al lessico dei dialetti? Due sono le categorie principali di&#xA;  dialettalismi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;termini tecnici (prodotti regionali tipici, agricoltura, allevamento, caratteri ambientali, nomenclature di vario tipo);&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;parole espressive relative a situazioni, a costumi, ad atti che si prestano&#xA;  alla rappresentazione parodistica e allo scherzo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la prima di queste due categorie ricordiamo che già nell'Ottocento la &lt;em&gt;filanda&lt;/em&gt; lombarda s'impone sul &lt;em&gt;filatoio&lt;/em&gt; fiorentino: più tardi in luogo dei&#xA;  fiorentini &lt;em&gt;ammazzatoio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mezzaiolo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mezzeria&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;marcitoia&lt;/em&gt; si preferiscono: &lt;em&gt;mattatoio&lt;/em&gt; (Roma e Italia centrale), &lt;em&gt;mezzadro&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;mezzadria&lt;/em&gt; (Emilia), &lt;em&gt;marcita&lt;/em&gt; 'terreno irrigato anche d'inverno' (Lombardia). Abbiamo già parlato del successo dei settentrionali &lt;em&gt;lavello&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;scocca&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Segnaliamo altri prestiti dai dialetti, distinguendo per regione: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; da Genova vengono: &lt;em&gt;abbaino&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;acciuga&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mugugno&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; dalla Lombardia: &lt;em&gt;balera&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;barbone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;brughiera&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gorgonzola&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;grana&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;metronotte&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;panettone&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;risotto&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; dal Piemonte: &lt;em&gt;arrangiarsi&lt;/em&gt; (passato nell'italiano popolare: v. 16.6), &lt;em&gt;cicchetto&lt;/em&gt; (diffuso con il gergo militare), &lt;em&gt;fonduta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gianduiotto&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;grissino&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; da Roma: &lt;em&gt;bocce&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;caciara&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cocciuto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dritto&lt;/em&gt; 'furbo', &lt;em&gt;fanatico&lt;/em&gt; 'ostentatore', &lt;em&gt;pappagallo&lt;/em&gt; 'corteggiatore', &lt;em&gt;pizzardone&lt;/em&gt; 'vigile urbano';&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; sono di area romanesca e napoletana: &lt;em&gt;fasullo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;racchio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scippo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stronzo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tardona&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; da Napoli vengono: &lt;em&gt;camorra&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;iella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;omertà&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;spocchia&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; dalla Sicilia: &lt;em&gt;mafia&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;intrallazzo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ed ecco la spiegazione che riguarda i regionalismi del libro sopra menzionato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le varietà regionali di italiano (v. 2.1.2) differiscono tra loro anche nel lessico.&#xA;  L'&lt;em&gt;anguria&lt;/em&gt; del Nord diventa &lt;em&gt;cocomero&lt;/em&gt; nel Centro, &lt;em&gt;melone&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;mellone&lt;/em&gt; nel Sud; in Toscana e nel Sud si ha &lt;em&gt;cacio&lt;/em&gt;, nel Nord &lt;em&gt;formaggio&lt;/em&gt;; alle &lt;em&gt;caldarroste&lt;/em&gt; di Roma corrispondono altrove le &lt;em&gt;castagne arrostite&lt;/em&gt;; il &lt;em&gt;prezzemolo&lt;/em&gt; si chiama &lt;em&gt;erborino&lt;/em&gt; in Lombardia e &lt;em&gt;petrosino&lt;/em&gt; in Sicilia; i &lt;em&gt;lacci&lt;/em&gt; delle scarpe sono denominati anche, secondo&#xA;  le regioni, &lt;em&gt;legacci&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;laccetti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;stringhe&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;aghetti&lt;/em&gt;. Questo tipo di regionalismi lessicali&#xA;  si chiamano &lt;strong&gt;geosinonimi&lt;/strong&gt;, come dire 'sinonimi geografici': secondo le regioni si indica la stessa cosa con un nome diverso. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Lo studio dei &lt;strong&gt;regionalismi&lt;/strong&gt; lessicali non è facile. Infatti ci sono vocaboli comuni a ciascuna delle quattro varietà di italiano regionale che abbiamo già distinto (settentrionale, toscana, romana, meridionale), ma poi vi sono vocaboli propri dell'italiano della Lombardia, dell'italiano dell'Emilia, dell'italiano della Sicilia ecc. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguono un elenco di esempi di regionalismi e alcune considerazioni e riflessioni sul fenomeno dei regionalismi lessicali nell'italiano moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non sono sicura che queste spiegazioni si corrispondano con quello che intendono i dizionari quando marcano i lemmi con questi termini. Le definizioni che ne dà il Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/regionalismo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dialettalismo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;) sono queste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;regionalismo&lt;/strong&gt; [...] In linguistica, termine, locuzione o costruzione sintattica proprî di una determinata regione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dialettalismo&lt;/strong&gt; [...] Vocabolo, espressione o forma di origine dialettale; variante fonetica di natura dialettale. Anche &lt;em&gt;dialettismo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bene: questo si capisce, ma penso che molti dei regionalismi nel senso della definizione precedente siano anche dei dialettalismi. E, a quanto pare (non ho fatto un controllo esaustivo), gli esempi di dialettalismi del libro di Dardano e Trifone non sono marcati con &quot;dial.&quot; nei vocabolari. Per queste ragioni  non mi è chiara la distinzione che se ne fa nei dizionari. Me la sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, come si spiegava in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11425/&quot;&gt;risposta&lt;/a&gt;, il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; dà&#xA; &quot;sverso&quot; come regionalismo, ma spiega anche che provviene del piemontese &quot;svers&quot;, quindi, in questo senso,  sarebbe anche un dialettalismo. Invece, questo stesso dizionario dà, per esempio, i vocaboli  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI04/00000319.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;diacciera&quot;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000133.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;bavarola&quot;&lt;/a&gt; come dialettalismi e indica che si tratta di una voce toscana il primo e di una voce romanesca il secondo. Capisco che, come ha detto @DaG in un suo commento, quando il dizionario indica che un termine di origine dialettale è un regionalismo, s'intenda che sia entrato a far parte dell'italiano regionale di una certa zona geografica. Allora, prendendo uno degli esempi precedenti, se &quot;bavarola&quot; è un dialettalismo ma non è un regionalismo, cioè, non è entrato a far parte dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/italiano-di-roma_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;italiano regionale di Roma&lt;/a&gt;, significa che ha un uso più ristretto, cioè, che si trova soltanto nell'italiano di alcune persone (come Moravia) che l'adoperano per influenza del romanesco?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-24T10:18:37.723" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T07:16:14.503" Title="Differenza tra le marche d'uso &quot;reg.&quot; e &quot;dial.&quot; dei dizionari italiani" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11514" CreationDate="2020-02-14T09:54:10.830" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco la spiegazione che appare nella sezione &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/avvertenze/6&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Marca d'uso&quot;&lt;/a&gt; del dizionario De Mauro: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RE&lt;/strong&gt;: regionale; sono vocaboli, in parte, ma non necessariamente, di provenienza dialettale, usati soprattutto in una delle varietà regionali dell’italiano, specificate di seguito in forma abbreviata; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;DI&lt;/strong&gt;: dialettale; sono così marcati vocaboli avvertiti come dialettali e circolanti in quanto tali in testi e discorsi italiani, con indicazione abbreviata del dialetto;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, molti &quot;regionalismi&quot; sono di provenienza dialettale (cioè, sono anche &quot;dialettalismi&quot;), ma non tutti. Come indicava @DaG in un suo commento, quello che fa la differenza tra un &quot;regionalismo&quot; di origine dialettale e un vocabolo indicato nel dizionario come &quot;dial.&quot; (che forse sta per &quot;dialettale&quot; e non per &quot;dialettalismo&quot;) è se il vocabolo è o non è usato in una varietà regionale dell'italiano: nel primo caso è qualificato come &quot;reg.&quot; (&quot;RE&quot; nel De Mauro) o, in modo più specifico, &quot;sett.&quot;, “centrosett.”, &quot;sicil.&quot;, ecc. I vocaboli marcati come &quot;dial.&quot; (&quot;DI&quot; nel De Mauro), invece, non sono usati in modo generalizzato in una varietà regionale dell'italiano, ma si possono rintracciare in testi e discorsi in italiano. Quindi, in questo senso, hanno un uso più ristretto nella lingua italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-14T09:54:10.830" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11516" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-14T18:38:11.493" Score="2" ViewCount="213" Body="&lt;p&gt;(1) Se ho capito bene l'informazione di questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/clitici_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/#gallery-in-text-5&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tabella dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, in italiano si possono fare le sostituzioni seguenti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a me --&gt; &quot;mi si avvicina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a te --&gt; &quot;ti si avvicina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a lui --&gt; &quot;gli si avvicina&quot; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a lei --&gt; &quot;le si avvicina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a noi --&gt; &quot;ci si avvicina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a voi --&gt; &quot;vi si avvicina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a loro --&gt; &quot;gli si avvicina&quot; (se ammettiamo l'uso di &quot;gli&quot; come forma atona della terza persona plurale del pronome personale complemento di termine)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicina a un posto --&gt; &quot;ci si avvicina&quot; oppure &quot;vi si avvicina&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) Invece, secondo la tabella della Treccani,  non si usano le forme &quot;*mi ti avvicino&quot;, &quot;*mi gli avvicino&quot;, &quot;*mi le avvicino&quot;, &quot;*mi ti avvicini&quot;, &quot;*gli ti avvicini&quot;, &quot;*le ti avvicini&quot;, &quot;*mi gli avvicini&quot;, &quot;*mi le avvicini&quot;, ecc., per esprimere respettivamente &quot;mi avvicino a te&quot;, &quot;mi avvicino a lui&quot;, &quot;mi avvicino a lei&quot;, &quot;ti avvicini a me&quot;, &quot;ti avvicini a lui&quot;, &quot;ti avvicini a lei&quot;, &quot;mi avvicini a lui&quot;, &quot;mi avvicini a lei&quot;, ecc., anche se qualche occorrenza se ne trova su Internet e questo può significare che qualcuna si usa molto poco (anche in castigliano e in catalano certe combinazioni di pronomi non sono possibili o non si usano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(3) Quello che, sempre secondo la tabella della Treccani, sì si usa è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mi avvicino a un posto --&gt; &quot;mi ci avvicino&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ti avvicini a un posto --&gt; &quot;ti ci avvicini&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ci avviciniamo a un posto --&gt; &quot;vi ci avviciniamo&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Vi avvicinate a un posto --&gt; &quot;vi ci avvicinate&quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si avvicinano a un posto --&gt; &quot;ci si avvicinano&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, in catalano, adoperamo il clitico &quot;hi&quot; in molte delle situazioni che ho indicato con il numero (2) e &quot;hi&quot; si usa in catalano in un modo abbastanza simile alla particella &quot;ci&quot; italiana. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;M'acosto a ell/ella/ells/elles --&gt; &quot;m'hi acosto&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;T'acostes a ell/ella/ells/elles --&gt; &quot;t'hi acostes&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;M'acostes a ell/ella/ells/elles --&gt; &quot;m'hi acostes&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;M'acostes a ell/ella/ells/elles --&gt; &quot;m'hi acostes&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;T'acosto a ell/ella/ells/elles --&gt; &quot;t'hi acosto&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;M'acosta a ell/ella/ells/elles --&gt; &quot;m'hi acosta&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, in catalano usiamo queste combinazioni di due clitici anche con verbi che non hanno niente a che vedere con il moto, come &quot;assemblar-se&quot; (&quot;assomigliarsi&quot;) o &quot;presentar-se&quot; (&quot;presentarsi&quot;), ma forse è meglio chiedere sull'uso dei clitici con i correspondenti verbi italiani in un'altra domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, la mia domanda è: succede lo stesso in italiano? Cioè, per esempio, posso esprimere &quot;mi avvicino a lui/lei/loro&quot; come &quot;mi ci avvicino&quot;, &quot;ti avvicini a lui/lei/loro&quot; come &quot;ti ci avvicini&quot; o &quot;mi avvicini a lui/lei/loro&quot; come &quot;mi ci avvicini&quot;? E posso dire, per esempio, &quot;ti ci avvicino&quot; intendendo &quot;ti avvicino a lui/lei/loro&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda riguarda non solo lo scritto formale, ma anche il parlato di registro medio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Difatti, la tabella della Treccani sopra menzionata ha le combinazioni &quot;mi ci&quot;, &quot;ti ci&quot; e &quot;vi ci&quot; con il &quot;ci&quot; locativo, ma non se si possa considerare che il complemento &#xA;&quot;a lui/lei/loro&quot; del verbo &quot;avvicinare&quot; abbia un ruolo locativo. Io sono miope e, se vado senza gli occhiali, mi può accedere di accorgermi di starmi avvicinando a qualcosa, ma non sapere se si tratta di un albero, un cane oppure una persona. Scherzi a parte, è tanto diverso &quot;mi avvicino a quel fiore&quot; di &quot;mi avvicino al cane&quot; o &quot;mi avvicino all'insegnante&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unica informazione al riguardo che sono riuscita a trovare è nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt; di Vittorio Coletti, nel quale appare un esempio di &quot;mi ci avvicino&quot; con &quot;ci&quot; riferito a &quot;al cane&quot; e si spiega che &quot;ci&quot; ha a volte il valore di &quot;a lui/lei/loro&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Minor padronanza della lingua denota l'uso di &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;gli/le/loro&lt;/em&gt;, come in «ci dico», pur non poco usato nel parlato. &lt;em&gt;Ci&lt;/em&gt; è, oltre ad avverbio di luogo, pronome personale atono e non solo di 1ª persona plurale («ci ha visti», «ci ha rivolto un saluto»), ma anche di 3ª singolare o plurale col valore di «con/a lui/lei/loro», come nelle frasi tipiche del parlato: «con Pietro ci parlerò domani», «con Pietro e Angelo non voglio averci a che fare», «al cane non ci bada nessuno», «al cane non mi ci avvicino».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, questa spiegazione non mi è del tutto chiara: questo uso di &quot;ci&quot; appare soltanto nel parlato? Oppure, con &quot;frasi tipiche del parlato&quot;, Coletti unicamente ci sta suggerendo che gli esempi che ha fatto hanno una dislocazione a sinistra e, per questa ragione, sono costrutti caratteristici della comunicazione orale (e fa esempi con dislocazioni a sinistra semplicemente per far sì che si capisca bene quali sono i nomi a cui sostituiscono i pronomi)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rendere le cose più confuse, le spiegazioni sull'uso di &quot;ci&quot; riferito a esseri animati (3ª persona singolare e plurale) dell'Enciclopedia Treccani e dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni che appaiono in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/8396/&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt; sembrano essere in contraddizione con l'affermazione di Coletti sul fatto che &quot;ci&quot; può anche avere il valore di &quot;a lui/lei/loro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-18T19:21:19.260" LastActivityDate="2020-08-15T08:05:20.543" Title="Dubbio sull'uso di certe combinazioni di clitici col verbo &quot;avvicinare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11517" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11518" CreationDate="2020-02-16T18:20:31.363" Score="0" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I tavolini all'aperto con le coppie apparecchiate, offrivano indizi di una Spagna vogliosa di mode: e seguendo i dettami delle riviste era facile vedere una lei con i torreggianti capelli scolpiti dalla lacca, e un lui &lt;strong&gt;incartato&lt;/strong&gt; in un principe di Galles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &quot;incartato&quot; in questo testo? I dizionari che ho consultato spiegano che è il participio passato di &quot;incartare&quot; e quindi significa avvolto, coperto, rivestito di carta, ma questo non sembra avere molto senso nel brano citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-16T18:56:54.330" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;incartato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11517" CreationDate="2020-02-16T18:56:54.330" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che significhi semplicemente che gli uomini seduti ai tavolini sono appunto “avvolti”, “impacchettati” ognuno nel suo principe di Galles (inteso per metonimia come abito fatto dell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/principe/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;omonimo tessuto&lt;/a&gt;), per esprimere forse che non lo indossano con eleganza e spontaneità ma in modo goffo, rigido.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-02-16T18:56:54.330" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7697" CreationDate="2020-02-16T20:19:26.783" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;With the singular of &lt;em&gt;sorella, fratello, figlio/a, mamma, papà, nonno/a&lt;/em&gt;, etc. do not use the article either &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; with possessive (&lt;em&gt;mia sorella&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mio fratello&lt;/em&gt;).  With the plural forms of family members, use the articles &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; or  &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; plus possessive as in the examples &lt;em&gt;le mie sorelle, i miei fratelli, i miei nonni, le mie nonne, i miei genitori&lt;/em&gt;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6072" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-16T21:06:46.723" LastActivityDate="2020-02-16T21:06:46.723" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7518" CreationDate="2020-02-16T20:26:12.907" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI15/00853.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; spiega come questo termine entrò a far parte della lingua italiana:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; =  Lat. &lt;em&gt;repulisti&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;    (seconda  pers.  sing.  del  perf.  indic.,  di &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;repellĕre&lt;/em&gt;  ‘ respingere ’),  tratto  dal versetto  2  del  salmo  42 ‘ Quia  tu  es,  Deus,  fortitudo  mea,  quare  me  repulisti?  ’ &#xA;  (‘ Poiché  tu  sei,  o  Dio,  la  mia  fortezza,  perché  mi  hai  re­spinto? ’)  e  accostato  popolarmente  al  signif.  di  ‘ ripulire ’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, popolarmente si associava il vocabolo &quot;repulisti&quot;, presente in questo versetto del salmo 42, al verbo &quot;ripulire&quot; e in modo ironico o scherzoso, come si vede in questo stesso &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI15/00852.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario&lt;/a&gt;, si cominciarono a usare espressioni come &quot;fare un &lt;em&gt;repulisti  me  Do­mine&lt;/em&gt;&quot; e &quot;cantare &lt;em&gt;Domine repulisti&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, come in questa citazione di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pietro_Aretino&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Pietro Aretino&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In casa  non c’è altro che madonna vec­chia  con  la fanticella  che  la  governa  amalata,  e  il  resto  de la  famiglia  ha  fatto  un  repulisti  me  Domine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e in quest'altra di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bartolomeo_Corsini&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bartolomeo Corsini&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non vider già, ch'i ladri  di  buon'ora  /  con  uncinate  mani  avean  cantato / ‘ Domine repulisti ’ in ogni lato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o semplicemente &quot;fare repulisti&quot;, &quot;fare il repulisti&quot; oppure &quot;fare un repulisti&quot; (a volte scritto &quot;ripulisti&quot; o &quot;repuliste&quot;), come in questo passo da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/La_Calandria&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La calandria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bernardo_Dovizi_da_Bibbiena&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bernardo Dovizi, detto il Bibbiena&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io  faceva  pensiero  di  andarmene  invi­sibile  alle  casse  di  certi  pigoloni  avaracci,  a’  quali  non  si trarrebbe  un  grosso  delle  mani  con  le  tanaglie  di  Nicodemo,  e  quivi  volevo  fare  un  ripulisti  di  tal  sorte  che  non rimanessi  loro  un  marcio  quartino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e in quest'altro di Pietro Aretino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si  dèe perdonare  ad  uno  che,  incitato  dal  giuoco,  fa  il repulisti alle  tattare  e  di  casa  e  della  moglie  e  degli  amici  e  degli attenenti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-22T07:52:38.113" LastActivityDate="2020-02-22T07:52:38.113" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11521" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10196" CreationDate="2020-02-17T09:54:03.143" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000441.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; spiega che in questa espressione &quot;tubo&quot; è un eufemismo di &quot;cazzo&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;6.&lt;/strong&gt; Per esprimere la mancanza di valore o d’impor­tanza  di  una  cosa  o  per  rafforzare  la  negazione  di  un fatto  (in  partic.  in  espressioni  come &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Non  capire,  non sentire, non vedere un tubo&lt;/em&gt;; ed è eufem. per &lt;em&gt;cazzo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella introduzione a questo vocabolario si spiega che questa opera ha, tra altri, questo obiettivo: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; 3) l’accertamento  della  più  antica  testimonianza in  base  ai  testi  noti,  e  non  soltanto  nei  riguardi  del&#xA;  singolo  termine,  ma  anche  rispetto  ai  vari  significati e  impieghi  che  ne  distinguono  la  diffusione  e  gli sviluppi;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, è da supporre che il dizionario dà uno dei primi usi dell'espressione in testi letterari in questa citazione tratta dal racconto &lt;em&gt;L’ora della messa grande&lt;/em&gt; di Beppe Fenoglio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anselmino... non perdeva una lezione ma &#xA;  ce ne capiva un tubo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che nel libro &lt;em&gt;Beppe Fenoglio. Tutti i racconti&lt;/em&gt;, pubblicato da Einaudi, appare così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non perdeva una lezione ma era chiaro che non ne capiva un tubo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so esattamente quando Fenoglio abbia scritto questo racconto: è stato pubblicato postumo, come molte delle opere di Fenoglio, che morì avendo pubblicato poco. Ma la citazione ci fa vedere che l'espressione cominciò a essere usata prima del 1963, anno della morte di Fenoglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-29T17:59:21.423" LastActivityDate="2020-02-29T17:59:21.423" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11522" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11524" CreationDate="2020-02-17T18:14:51.523" Score="2" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; E pieno di una tumultuosa gioia, lo sguardo di Felice la seguì fino allo svoltare il passaggio Méndez Vigo; poi lei s'arrestò, e come a sentirsela venire quella premonizione, anche il cuore di Felice sembrò fermarsi: un non alto ma corpulento giovane le mosse incontro, e insieme disparvero. Stare nei cenci di Felice in quel &lt;strong&gt;giro di lancetta&lt;/strong&gt; successivo non era augurabile a nessuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;giro di lancetta&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il significato di &quot;lancetta&quot; in parecchi dizionari e immagino faccia riferimento alle lancette di un orologio, ma non ho trovato il significato di questa locuzione in senso figurato. Dal contesto, suppongo che il suo senso sia più o meno quello di &quot;situazione&quot; o &quot;situazione spiacevole&quot;. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-17T19:07:08.227" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;giro di lancetta&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11524" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11522" CreationDate="2020-02-17T19:07:08.227" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;L’espressione &lt;strong&gt;giro di lancetta&lt;/strong&gt; o anche &lt;strong&gt;giro di orologio&lt;/strong&gt; indica generalmente un minuto o in senso figurato un breve lasso di tempo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto da te citato il significato è che non sarebbe stato piacevole per nessuno essere nei panni di Felice in quel particolare momento. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-02-17T19:07:08.227" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11525" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11526" CreationDate="2020-02-17T19:41:57.200" Score="4" ViewCount="349" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una famosa &lt;a href=&quot;https://ecosidimenticammolerose.blogspot.com/2010/07/e-questo-e-tutto.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;lettera&lt;/a&gt; di Pavese a Fernanda Pivano egli scrive:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Si ritorna cioè a quanto Le ho sempre consigliato: si faccia una vita interiore - di studio, di affetti, d'interessi umani che non siano&#xA;  soltanto di «&lt;strong&gt;arrivare&lt;/strong&gt;», ma di «&lt;strong&gt;essere&lt;/strong&gt;»&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(enfasi mia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma che cosa si intende per &quot;arrivare&quot; ed &quot;essere&quot; in questo contesto, ossia gli interessi umani?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="536" LastActivityDate="2020-02-17T20:27:14.497" Title="Cosa intende Pavese con «arrivare» in questa lettera?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11525" CreationDate="2020-02-17T20:27:14.497" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso, già suggerito da @Gio nei commenti, si chiarisce considerando la conclusione del consiglio di Cesare Pavese: « - e vedrà che la vita avrà un significato». Lo studio, gli affetti e gli interessi non dovrebbero essere, secondo Pavese, solo strumentali a raggiungere obiettivi ambizioni, o successi, ma aiutarla a “essere” (il meglio che può, umanamente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2020-02-17T20:27:14.497" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11527" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-18T17:39:41.953" Score="1" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; È una donna sveglia e coraggiosa, ma non l'ho capita quando sosteneva d'aver avuto l'impressione d'una società non politica e regolata dal silenzio del governo e da quello del popolo. L'ho spedita dagli antifascisti politicamente più attivi poiché ci riempiva di domande troppo specifiche e di taglio marxistico: quale sviluppo... quali salari... quanta classe operaia... relazioni tra capitale catalano e spagnolo. E peccato che Sacristán &lt;strong&gt;all'ultimo tuffo&lt;/strong&gt; si fosse ammalato, ché magari lui era in grado di soddisfarla...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;all'ultimo tuffo&quot; che appare in questo brano? Si tratta di un modo di dire? L'ho cercata alla voce &quot;tuffo&quot; di parecchi dizionari, incluso il Dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non l'ho trovata. Da una ricerca su Google mi è sembrato capire che si tratta di un'espressione che si usa abbastanza. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, in questo &lt;em&gt;Calendario dei visacci&lt;/em&gt; del 1938, pubblicato da Vallecchi, si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un'autentica delizia; per fortuna si può rimediare. Ed eccoti, dopo una serie di alti e bassi scoraggianti, al 21 del mese e, trascorsa una giornata di semi-agitazione, alle nove di sera, all'ora cioè temuta e desiderata. Hai tentato, &lt;strong&gt;all'ultimo tuffo&lt;/strong&gt;, di leggere la tua roba per la ennesima volta, ma hai rinunziato immediatamente alla prova considerando che, fra le pareti domestiche​, era impossibile crearsi lo « stato d'animo » necessario per prendere contatto con gli ascoltatori invisibili. Pazienza! Sarà come Dio vorrà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=IQKKDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT37&amp;amp;dq=%22all%27ultimo+tuffo%22+nome&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjl3u_n893nAhUGYxoKHRMRAAkQ6AEwAHoECAQQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22all&amp;#39;ultimo%20tuffo%22%20nome&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;In nome del Figlio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Emanuele Berni, si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se il Salvatore nacque in una grotta due possono essere le ipotesi: la prima escatologico/dimostrativa indicherebbe un segnale forte per mostrare all'umanità come il Figlio di Dio, Signore del cielo  e della terra, scelga tra tutti per nascere un umile giaciglio di paglia in una grotta umida, affermando così solennemente la sua vicinanza ai poveri  e ai derelitti, la seconda, meno immaginifica e più pedestremente laica ci riporta a un Giuseppe improvvido che decide solo &lt;strong&gt;all'ultimo tuffo&lt;/strong&gt; di mettersi in cammino per​ Betlemme, nonostante che il censimento  fosse stato notificato molto tempo prima dai messi dell'​imperatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dai contesti di questi esempi, direi che il senso sia qualcosa come &quot;all'ultimo momento&quot;, ma forse l'espressione ha qualche sfumatura che mi sfugge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, sapresti dirmi dove si usa questa espressione? Si tratta forse di un modo di dire toscano? Luti, Vallecchi e Berni sono o erano fiorentini. E l'unico non nato a Firenze &#xA;tra gli autori citati nella mia risposta è Giuseppe Antonio Borgese, che però studiò e visse a Firenze (infatti morì a Fiesole).  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-20T18:52:31.517" LastActivityDate="2020-02-20T19:21:55.963" Title="Cosa significa e dove si usa l'espressione &quot;all'ultimo tuffo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7095" CreationDate="2020-02-19T09:41:17.537" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &quot;cachinnare&quot; si trova sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI23/00198.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, in cui si spiega che ha il significato seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;  &lt;strong&gt;Cachinnare&lt;/strong&gt;, &#xA;  intr.  Ridere  sguaiatamente  e smodatamente, per  lo  più  in  modo  beffardo  e  sarcastico,  mostrando  scherno  e derisione. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Imbriani&lt;/em&gt;,  8-49:  «Ed  io»  rantolò  sibilando  «ed  io  ti  dò  d’impietrire con  gli  occhi, quanti ne  incontreranno lo sguardo». E si guardò intorno poi  sghignazzando  e  cachinnando,  fregandosi  le  mani  e  stropicciando­le,  come  chi  si  pregi  d’aver  fatta  una  bella  cosa  e  ne  aspetti  plauso  e congratulazioni dagli astanti. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  = Voce dotta, lat. &lt;em&gt;cachinnāre&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, l'ipotesi fatta nella domanda si è verificata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-03T09:44:44.827" LastActivityDate="2020-03-03T09:44:44.827" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11529" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11527" CreationDate="2020-02-19T18:26:40.773" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa è una risposta parziale perché fa riferimento soltanto al significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adesso me n'accorgo che sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000445.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– Ultimo tuffo: ultima azione o possibilità consenti­ta a qualcuno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con queste citazioni di Matteo Franco e di Macchiavelli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;M. Franco&lt;/em&gt;, 1-18: Tu pensi tanto, Gigi, a far risposta; / non so &#xA;  s'e' s'è  che  troppo  t'abbaruffo,  /  aspetta  pure  un  altro  mio  rabuffo,  /  e  metti  ben,  ch'io  non  rifiuto  posta,  /  se  la  tuo' fantasia vie  non  s'arrosta,  /  questo  sie  certo  l’ultimo  tuo  tuffo. &lt;em&gt;Machia­velli&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;    1-VI-392:  Io  stimo  che  questa  vostra  stanzia  di  costà  abia a essere l’ultimo vostro tuffo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E ho visto anche che, alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000307.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;lungo&quot;&lt;/a&gt; di questo stesso dizionario, appare un esempio di uso della locuzione &quot;all'ultimo tuffo&quot; in una citazione di  Giuseppe Antonio Borgese (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Su  un margine del  foglietto aggiungeva  sbadatamente  per  il lungo,  come ricordandosene  &lt;strong&gt;all’ultimo  tuffo&lt;/strong&gt;,  che  le  settecentocinquanta  lire  gliele  mandava  la  mamma. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il senso di &quot;all'ultimo tuffo&quot; sarebbe effettivamente quello di &quot;all'ultimo momento&quot;, ma con una sfumatura di &quot;quando si ha l'ultima possibilità di fare qualcosa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-20T19:21:55.963" LastActivityDate="2020-02-20T19:21:55.963" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11530" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11531" CreationDate="2020-02-19T22:17:17.247" Score="1" ViewCount="324" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Durante il viaggio, a parte qualche apprezzamento sulla ventenne  Bosé di &lt;em&gt;Cronaca d'un amore&lt;/em&gt;, ci fu un po' di maretta per opinioni divergenti riguardo a &lt;em&gt;Ladri di biciclette&lt;/em&gt;, benché tutti concordi nello stimarlo capolavoro. Qualcuno sostenne che Ricci, nella sua veste di attacchino, mal rappresentava l'operaio tipico. &lt;strong&gt;E vada per&lt;/strong&gt; il problema della disoccupazione ben raffigurato, ma dov'erano nel film le grandi organizzazioni politiche e sindacali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;e vada per&quot; che appare nel testo. L'ho trovata alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=andare%201&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;andare&quot; del dizionario Garzanti&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;e vada, per questa volta!&lt;/strong&gt;, e sia, passi &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura, però, che questo sia il significato nel contesto del testo e, a dire il vero, non capisco del tutto bene la spiegazione del Garzanti. Dunque, mi potreste spiegare cosa significa &quot;e vada per&quot; nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-19T22:35:12.310" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;e vada per&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11531" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11530" CreationDate="2020-02-19T22:35:12.310" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione &lt;em&gt;vada per&lt;/em&gt; viene usata per esprimere una concessione, come anche riportato dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/andare1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;vada!&lt;/em&gt;, passi, lasciamo correre: &lt;em&gt;per questa volta vada, ma un’altra&#xA;  volta guai a te!&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel passaggio riportato significa in pratica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;E ammettiamo pure che&lt;/strong&gt; il problema della disoccupazione &lt;em&gt;[sia stato]&lt;/em&gt; ben raffigurato &lt;em&gt;[nel film Ladri di Biciclette]&lt;/em&gt;...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-02-19T22:35:12.310" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11532" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-20T18:38:51.097" Score="1" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;La goccia che scava&lt;/em&gt;, di Francesco Luti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Invece, in autostrada coi rododendri a dividerla, Felice sovente si era ricordato di quando la percorreva con Remo e il padre di questi&#xA;  che &lt;strong&gt;tentavano la carta&lt;/strong&gt; per distrarre un Felice in gramaglie. La guerra era ancora lontana...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il ricordo di cui parla il testo fa riferimento al momento in cui Felice, ancora bambino, aveva appena perso il padre nella guerra di Spagna. Remo era un amico della sua stessa età.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi potreste spiegare il significato di &quot;tentare la carta&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;carta&quot; di parecchi dizionari, inclusi il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma non ho trovato nessuna spiegazione sul significato di questa locuzione. Una cerca su Google, però, mi ha fatto vedere che si tratta di una espressione che si usa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, sul dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli ho trovato invece l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/C/carta.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;giocare una carta&quot;&lt;/a&gt; con questo significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fig.&lt;/strong&gt;: compiere un'azione particolare, mettere in atto qualcosa, fare intervenire qualcuno allo scopo d'intervenire in una situazione per produrre effetti vantaggiosi a se stessi. In senso lato, prendere una decisione abbastanza importante da modificare radicalmente una situazione, o anche azzardare, correre un rischio calcolato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;tentare la carta&quot; sarebbe questo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000814.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa citazione di Foscolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che  stai?  Breve è  la  vita  e  lunga  è  l’arte:  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  a  chi  altamente  oprar  non è concesso &lt;br&gt; fama tentino almen libere carte. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma è riportata sotto questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000813.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di &quot;carta&quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Foglio  scritto,  stampato,  disegnato,  dipinto, miniato;  pagina  di  libro  o  di  manoscritto;  foglio di  pergamena  scritto  o  miniato.  – Al  plur.: libro, volume; le opere di uno scrittore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che non mi pare abbia molto senso nel brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-24T03:04:15.410" Title="Significato di &quot;tentare la carta&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11534" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11514" CreationDate="2020-02-21T17:21:55.423" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dico subito che questa risposta è una mia idea personale, come lo sono d'altra parte altre risposte su questo sito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado con ordine: trovo azzardato prendere una parola dialettale, o di origine dialettale, o &quot;regionale&quot;, insomma limitata nell'uso, e dichiararla appartenente alla lingua italiana. Chi può dire se una parola appartiene alla nostra lingua o no? Ci sarebbe un'autorità che non cito, oppure si potrebbe prendere la percentuale di persone che usano e capiscono la parola. Un 80% dei parlanti italiano? Forse meglio un 50%? Un 10%? Quanto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Passo ai vocabolari. L'interesse di un vocabolario è riportare, ragionevolmente, quante più voci possibile, compatibilmente con il costo dell'opera. Il vocabolario non dice se o quanto una parola risieda legittimamente in mezzo alle altre, non è quello il suo scopo: deve limitarsi a marcare certe parole come &quot;rare&quot;, &quot;obsolete&quot;, &quot;antiquate&quot;, &quot;dialettali&quot;. Perché? Perché se un certo dizionario non comprende una certa parola, può venir percepito incompleto - allora è meglio inserirla! Ma se cita una parola troppo rara, troppo delimitata territorialmente, senza annotarla, potrebbe venir percepito come inaccurato o facilone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che un vocabolario completo anche di parole rare sia utile a chiunque lo consulti. Ma, ripeto, il fatto che un certo termine si trovi in un vocabolario non lo qualifica automaticamente come appartenente alla lingua italiana. Altri dizionari potrebbero non citare quel termine (sto parlando di &lt;em&gt;cachinnare&lt;/em&gt;, di &lt;em&gt;sverso&lt;/em&gt; e cose simili). Ed è vero anche il contrario: se un vocabolario non cita una certa parola, non vuol dire che non esiste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei commenti ho anche detto che, a volte, uno scrittore (anche autorevole, bravissimo, immenso) può usare un termine dialettale o regionale in un suo scritto, ma questo non vuol dire che quella parola appartenga all'italiano. Ma qualcun altro (il redattore di un dizionario) magari pensa che quel termine vada incluso nel dizionario, perché se lo scrittore l'ha usato, allora il termine esiste; oppure perché tante persone leggeranno quell'autore, e allora... il dizionario sarà utile a coloro!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto questo, dico che, anche alla luce di quanto sopra, fare distinzione fra &lt;em&gt;dialettale&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;regionale&lt;/em&gt; è difficile, comunque ambiguo, opinabile, e in certi casi pure errato. È sicuramente difficile perché l'Italia è divisa in regioni, e praticamente ogni regione ha il suo dialetto. Vi sono eccezioni, ma in Piemonte si parla piemontese, in Liguria il ligure, in Sardegna il sardo, in Puglia il pugliese, eccetera. E allora, in molti casi, che differenza c'è fra termine dialettale e regionale?&#xA; Prendiamo &quot;sverso&quot;, parola che conosco molto bene. È dialettale, sicuramente. È regionale, sicuramente, perché tutti quelli che parlano piemontese sono in Piemonte! A parte un distaccamento in Calabria. Ma può un dizionario perdersi in distinzioni, in un caso come questo? Secondo me no, per cui il redattore sceglierà  una delle due qualifiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che sia irragionevole pensare alla linguistica come una scienza esatta, solo la matematica lo è. Una lingua cambia nel tempo, nei luoghi e negli animi; con la lingua si scrivono opere d'arte. Ci sono mode linguistiche che arrivano e passano prima che gli studiosi se ne accorgano; ci sono, in una lingua, cose inspiegabili, altre che &lt;em&gt;sarebbero&lt;/em&gt; spiegabili ma si sono perse le tracce. Allora gli studiosi si applicano usando metodi, criteri, sensibilità personale (impossibile farne a meno); a volte gli studiosi sono in disaccordo (succede perfino nella matematica, che non è un'opinione). Detto questo: quanta autorevolezza o affidabilità possono avere i linguisti, i dizionari e tutto il resto? Non poca, no; ma neppure il 100%. Forse il 99%, il 90, l'80? Ma neppure una singola percentuale può essere giusta per tutti i lemmi contenuti in un dizionario o per tutte le idee (o i metodi, o i criteri) che può avere un linguista, o il redattore di un dizionario che immagino faccia molto copia e incolla da fonti legittime e (legalmente parlando) illegittime.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo di aver terminato la risposta, anche se ci sarebbe molto da aggiungere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;***************** AGGIUNTA DOPO I COMMENTI *************&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho meditato a lungo prima di scrivere queste precisazioni: non stavano nei commenti, non volevo allungare una risposta già lunga, ma alla fine scrivo qui perchè servono a migliorare la riposta, per pessima che possa essere. E poi, perchè questa risposta è diretta specialmente alla domanda e i suoi commenti, e a chi l'ha posta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La risposta comincia chiarendo che sono idee personali, e non mi pare che ciò sia il preambolo tipico di chi sale in cattedra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'intenzione era andare all'estremo opposto del modo solito di rispondere a Charo: dire qualcosa e citare fonti per far vedere che non è un'invenzione. Lo scopo è far vedere l'altro lato della medaglia, quello opposto a quello che dicono i dizionari. Da 50 anni ho l'Italiano nelle orecchie, e per 20 ho girato l'Italia.&#xA;E ho imparato che da regione a regione cambiano l'accento, le parole, il significato di certe parole, il modo di costruire le frasi, il meccanismo dietro al parlare. E aggiungo che scrivere e parlare sono due cose diverse: l'atteggiamento cambia.&#xA;Ma un dizionario non può cogliere e trasmettere tutto questo, sarebbe un poema, e infatti esistono libri specializzati su questi aspetti. Ancora, i dizionari possono benissimo contraddirsi, perchè la materia è complessa, incerta e mutevole.&#xA;Se, in situazioni delicate, si cercano conferme tra varie fonti, il rischio è d'ingarbugliare ancor più le cose: questa stessa pagina web lo mostra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono l'unico a pensare questo, ed ecco alcune prove, raccolte nel giro di pochi minuti (non ho molto tempo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: Charo stessa:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...gli esempi di dialettalismi del libro di Dardano e Trifone &lt;strong&gt;non sono marcati con &quot;dial.&quot; nei vocabolari&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...GDLI dice che &quot;sverso&quot; è &lt;strong&gt;regionalismo, ma proviene dal piemontese&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...libro Grammatica italiana con nozioni di linguistica: Lo studio dei regionalismi lessicali &lt;strong&gt;non è facile&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    [è un vanto o una liberatoria?]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...Charo chiede a Nico se secondo lui le marche su una parola possono essere molto diverse tra un dizionario e l'altro, e lui dice di sì: Più si entra nel campo della sociolinguistica, &lt;strong&gt;più si esce dalla linguistica&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Il_Devoto-Oli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Il_Devoto-Oli&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...uno dei migliori dizionari italiani...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...Sono segnalate 10.000 parole del lessico di base, cioè quelle parole che, &lt;strong&gt;secondo i curatori&lt;/strong&gt;...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...Nelle nove edizioni dal 2004 al 2014 molte parole sono state retrodatate, &lt;strong&gt;in quanto si è scoperto che&lt;/strong&gt;...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...registra gli alterati sulla base di testi reali, disponibili in rete (di qui emergono forme generalmente &lt;strong&gt;non inventariate dai lessici&lt;/strong&gt; ma ben radicate nell'uso...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...Come in altri dizionari dell'uso, &lt;strong&gt;manca quasi sempre, per ragioni di spazio,&lt;/strong&gt; ...  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dizionario&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dizionario&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...possono presentare un certo margine di differenza gli uni dagli altri, a seconda del &lt;strong&gt;criterio di scelta iniziale&lt;/strong&gt;, che può privilegiare o respingere determinati settori di lingua, con &lt;strong&gt;variazioni individuali&lt;/strong&gt; rispetto all'accoglimento...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...Nei dizionari &lt;strong&gt;i lessicografi accolgono o rifiutano&lt;/strong&gt; le nuove entrate valutando ogni volta l'opportunità...&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...Un discorso analogo vale per i regionalismi, &lt;strong&gt;presenti, in misura diversa&lt;/strong&gt;, nelle varie edizioni dei dizionari, con &lt;strong&gt;scelte e preferenze talvolta&lt;/strong&gt; determinate dalla provenienza geografica dei redattori dell'opera&lt;br&gt;&#xA;     [quest'ultima affermazione mi pare più grave dell'accusare i redattori di fare copia/incolla]  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A scanso di equivoci: così come consiglio a Charo di non fidarsi ciecamente dei dizionari, io stesso non mi fido ciecamente di wikipedia. Ma, in entrambi casi, il non fidarsi non significa non avvalersene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vengo al dunque su regionalismi e dialettalismi. Il significato delle due parole è chiarissimo, non serve un dizionario per capirlo (ho controllato, i dizionari concordano). Però Charo, rispondendosi da sola, preleva la spiegazione della marca d'uso dal dizionario De Mauro, e tenta di usarla come definizione generale.&#xA;Attenzione Charo, il dominio è diverso: quella spiegazione non definisce il vocabolo in sè, chiarisce come è usato il vocabolo all'interno del dizionario. Difatti la spiegazione è più sfumata rispetto a una definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;RE: regionale; sono vocaboli, in parte, ma non necessariamente, di provenienza dialettale, usati soprattutto in una delle varietà regionali...&#xA;[Vedi quante clausole limitanti hanno usato, rispetto alla definizione formale del termine?]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DI: dialettale; sono così marcati vocaboli avvertiti come dialettali e circolanti in quanto tali in testi e discorsi italiani...&#xA;[Quell'&lt;em&gt;avvertiti&lt;/em&gt; mi fa suonare l'allarme. Avvertiti da chi? Ma non dovrebbe essere il dizionario stesso a definire con autorevolezza se un vocabolo è un dialettismo o no?]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancora: regionale e regionalismo (e dialettale/dialettalismo) non sono esattamente la stessa parola. E' una complicazione in più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma, i dizionari hanno una certa dose di arbitrarietà. E questa cosa non è negativa, è semplicemente obbligatoria. Inoltre, il termine arbitrario non implica automaticamente significati negativi, indica che si è operata una scelta. Il pi greco non è arbitrario, perchè non si può scegliere e si può descrivere in un modo solo. L'Italiano invece è figlio di alcune scelte decisamente arbitrarie, a partire da colui che decise&#xA;di sciacquare i panni in Arno invece che in Tevere, tanto per dirne una, e ce ne sono alcune altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, tornando in tema, la mia tesi è che regionalismo e dialettalismo hanno confini ambigui. Non mi riferisco&#xA;a tutti i termini, solo ad alcuni di essi, perché moltissimi termini perfettamente e puramente italiani potrebbero&#xA;essere marcati come dialettalismi, l'italiano è un volgare molto arricchito di dialettalismi. L'ambiguità è anche determinata dall'ambito diverso delle due parole: dialettalismo si riferisce a una parlata, mentre regionalismo si riferisce alla geografia. Se gli ambiti sono diversi, è ben possibile che si sovrappongano, originando così quattro combinazioni possibili: termini normali, termini dialettali, termini regionali, termini insieme&#xA;dialettali e regionali. Con tutte le sfumature del caso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono vittima, come i dizionari, del poco tempo e poco spazio. Mi fermo qui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-02-26T07:16:14.503" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T07:16:14.503" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11535" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11536" CreationDate="2020-02-21T22:56:09.127" Score="0" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Le otto montagne&lt;/em&gt;, di Paolo Cognetti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quaggiú da noi c’erano le fabbriche in tumulto, le case popolari sovraffollate, gli &lt;strong&gt;scontri di piazza&lt;/strong&gt;, i bambini maltrattati, le ragazze madri; lassú la neve. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So cos'è uno &quot;scontro&quot; e so anche che &quot;piazza&quot; si usa in modo figurato per indicare manifestazioni collettive sulla strada, ma non so cosa sia uno &quot;scontro di piazza&quot;. Ho cercato alla voce &quot;scontro&quot; di alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa espressione. L'ho riscontrata, però, nella definizione del vocabolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI18/00432.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;sedare&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, quindi immagino abbia a che vedere con gli altri termini che appaiono lì, cioè, &quot;tumulto&quot;, &quot;insurrezione&quot;, &quot;sollevazione popolare&quot;, &quot;tafferuglio&quot;,  &quot;rissa&quot;, ma che ci sia qualche sfumatura particolare che non conosco. Quindi, mi potreste spiegare il significato di &quot;scontro di piazza&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-21T23:53:52.600" Title="Cos'è uno &quot;scontro di piazza&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11536" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11535" CreationDate="2020-02-21T23:53:52.600" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua deduzione è corretta, uno &quot;scontro di piazza&quot; è una contrapposizione violenta (rissa o tumulto) tra due o più fazioni, che avviene in un luogo pubblico; si usa di solito per indicare lo scontro tra forze dell'ordine e manifestanti o scioperanti oppure tra due fazioni politiche contrapposte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-02-21T23:53:52.600" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11537" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11540" CreationDate="2020-02-22T09:18:38.020" Score="0" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Volevo sapere se il verbo &quot;ribadire&quot; ha un utilizzo più formale che informale. Perché lo sento più nella TV o lo leggo nei giornali piuttosto che sentirlo nelle conversazioni informali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-24T16:46:34.583" LastActivityDate="2020-02-24T21:18:11.213" Title="Perché non sento il verbo &quot;ribadire&quot; nelle conversazioni informali?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8466" CreationDate="2020-02-22T09:24:40.193" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le prime attestazioni di &quot;aria&quot; nel senso di &quot;melodia&quot; sono effettivamente, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://tlio.ovi.cnr.it/voci/003691.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dizionario storico dell'italiano antico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &#xA;del Tesoro della Lingua Italiana delle Origini (TLIO), del Trecento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[1] ? Anonimo Genovese (ed. Contini), a. 1311, 5.17, pag. 722: Se in lor se tem[e] spina / o un poco d'asperor, / la fin mena en gram dozor; / ma in oreja asenina / sona inderno l'&lt;strong&gt;eira&lt;/strong&gt; fina, / ni ge prende alcun amor... || Interpretano così sia Contini che Cocito, &lt;em&gt;Anon. gen.&lt;/em&gt;, p. 678 e Nicolas, &lt;em&gt;Anon. gen.&lt;/em&gt;, p. 558: è però possibile si tratti di un'occorrenza di &lt;strong&gt;1.8.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [2] Nicolò de' Rossi, &lt;em&gt;Rime&lt;/em&gt;, XIV pi.di. (tosc.-ven.), son. 310.10, pag. 198: Cherendo Amor perfetta melodia; / CO. Cognobbe il suave &lt;strong&gt;ayre&lt;/strong&gt; di custuy...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che la interpretazione della prima occorrenza è dubbiosa: nel dizionario si afferma che questa &quot;eira&quot; si potrebbe anche intendere come &quot;massa d'aria in movimento&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, questo non è il significato su cui si chiede nella domanda. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000663.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, la prima attestazione di &quot;aria&quot; con questo senso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il componimento in versi che viene cantato &#xA;  su una data aria&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si è riscontrata su una commedia dell'inizio del Seicento di Michelangelo Buonarroti  il  Giovane (Firenze, 1568 - 1646):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scherzano,  saltano,  /  e fanno  maschere  /  cantano,  suonano  /  di  più  sorte  arie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-22T09:24:40.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11539" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5643" CreationDate="2020-02-22T10:34:33.570" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI18/00388.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; dà il significato e l'etimologia di questo termine. Da notare che, tra le citazioni di questa voce, viene anche riportata la definizione del &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario dell'uso toscano&lt;/em&gt; di Fanfani che appare nella risposta di @gbutters:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Ṣdruṣolina,&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  sf. Tosc. Ragazza vivace e graziosa. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Aretino&lt;/em&gt;, VI-44: Il Signore, in casa del conte, gli fa spo­sare istasera una bella sdrusolina per maladetto suo di­spetto. &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Fanfani&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Uso tosc.&lt;/em&gt; [s. v.]: ‘Sdrusolina’: si dice in al­cuni luoghi di Toscana come appellativo carezzevole di fanciulla vispa e graziosa.&lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Dal nome della principessa &lt;em&gt;Sdrusolina&lt;/em&gt;, personaggio del romanzo ‘I Reali di Francia’ di Andrea da Barberino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, l'origine di questo vocabolo è da cercarsi nel nome di un personaggio femminile de &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.liberliber.it/online/autori/autori-a/andrea-da-barberino/i-reali-di-francia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I Reali di Francia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/andrea-da-barberino_%28Enciclopedia-Italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Andrea da Barberino&lt;/a&gt; (nato verso il 1370), la figlia  del re Balante, che infatti nel romanzo viene chiamata Drusolina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-26T10:33:21.453" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T10:33:21.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11540" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11537" CreationDate="2020-02-22T14:20:14.020" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario italiano dell’uso&lt;/em&gt; di Tullio De Mauro fa la distinzione, nella sua sezione &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/avvertenze/6&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Marca d'uso&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, tra queste e altre categorie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;FO&lt;/strong&gt;: fondamentale; tra i lemmi principali, sono così marcati i vocaboli di altissima frequenza, le cui occorrenze costituiscono circa il 90% delle occorrenze lessicali nell’insieme di tutti i testi scritti o discorsi parlati; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;CO&lt;/strong&gt;: comune; sono così marcati i vocaboli che sono usati e compresi indipendentemente dalla professione o mestiere che si esercita o dalla collocazione regionale e che sono generalmente noti a chiunque abbia un livello mediosuperiore di istruzione;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi di parole con la marca &quot;FO&quot; sono &quot;famiglia&quot;, &quot;giorno&quot; o &quot;questo&quot; nelle loro accezioni più comuni. Esempi di vocaboli con la marca &quot;CO&quot; sono &quot;allusivo&quot;, &quot;prevalenza&quot; o &quot;odierno&quot;. Molti dei termini marcati con CO, come questi esempi, appartengono a un registro un po' più elevato &#xA;(come si indica sopra, possono persino essere sconosciuti a un parlante che non abbia un livello di istruzione mediosuperiore) e non sempre sono sentiti come adatti a una conversazione informale (non tutti, però, perché la marca CO in realtà sta a indicare che sono vocaboli molto meno frequenti nell'insieme di &quot;tutti i testi scritti o discorsi parlati&quot; di quelli marcati con FO). Il verbo &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/ribadire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;ribadire&quot;&lt;/a&gt; nella accezione figurata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ripetere, riaffermare con decisione o, anche, avvalorare, riconfermare con nuovi argomenti o prove: &lt;em&gt;ribadire un’affermazione, un concetto, un’accusa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ha la marca d'uso &quot;CO&quot; ed è di solito avvertito come un vocabolo un po' ricercato, cosa che spiega perché non è tanto usato in contesti colloquiali informali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-24T21:18:11.213" LastActivityDate="2020-02-24T21:18:11.213" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2299" CreationDate="2020-02-22T17:06:41.363" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000727.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;arzigogolo&quot; è un deverbale da &quot;arzigogolare&quot;. Per &quot;arzigogolare&quot; questo vocabolario dà un'etimolgia simile a quella del Battisti-Alessio riportata nella risposta di @DaG, avvertendo però che l'etimo è incerto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; =  Etimo  incerto,  forse  da  un  lat. &lt;em&gt;archeologare&lt;/em&gt;,  dal  gr. &lt;em&gt;άρχαιολογεῖν&lt;/em&gt;, ' parlare  di  cose  antiche,  strane ' (comp. da &lt;em&gt;άρχαῖος&lt;/em&gt; ' antico ' e &lt;em&gt;λέγειν&lt;/em&gt; ' parlare ').&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-25T10:23:39.600" LastActivityDate="2020-02-25T10:23:39.600" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11542" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-22T20:22:27.177" Score="1" ViewCount="53" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Le otto montagne&lt;/em&gt;, di Paolo Cognetti, ho letto questa frase (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio padre detestava gli sciatori, non voleva saperne di mischiarsi a loro: trovava qualcosa di offensivo nel gioco di scendere per la montagna senza la fatica di salirci, lungo un pendio spianato dalle ruspe e attrezzato con un &lt;strong&gt;cavo a motore&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire il significato di &quot;cavo a motore&quot;: me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000938.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cavo2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho visto diverse accezioni di &quot;cavo&quot; come &quot;fune&quot;, ma non ho trovato l'espressione &quot;cavo a motore&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-23T07:22:53.717" Title="Significato di &quot;cavo a motore&quot; in questa frase" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11543" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-22T20:29:42.953" Score="3" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that h is used to signal the hard g sound when i or e follows, but is there anything like this, perhaps historical, for the letter a, i.e., gha?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ask because I've been researching Italian genealogical records and found some last names spelled alternatively with -ga or -gha sometimes even in the same document. I've seen this many times, so I'll provide an example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you type &quot;gha&quot; into the Cognome box on &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.antenati.san.beniculturali.it/gallery?g2_view=search.SearchScan&amp;amp;g2_form[search]=name&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this search page&lt;/a&gt; for the Italian government genealogical records, you'll see that one of the more common names returned is Bragha. If you then type &quot;Bragha&quot; instead into the Cognome box the first name returned is Annonziata Bragha whose parents were Lorenzo and Lucia, as shown in the top of this image:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/WsUeh.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/WsUeh.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first image below that shows a portion of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.antenati.san.beniculturali.it/v/Archivio+di+Stato+di+Mantova/Stato+civile+napoleonico/Casalmoro+con+Acquafredda/Morti/1806/280/004121430_02910.jpg.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;source document&lt;/a&gt; showing the parent names, with the &quot;Bragha&quot; spelling, as expected. I know the handwriting is poor -- that's how it is in genealogical records sometimes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The final image at the bottom shows that in the index (&lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.antenati.san.beniculturali.it/v/Archivio+di+Stato+di+Mantova/Stato+civile+napoleonico/Casalmoro+con+Acquafredda/Morti/1806/280/004121430_02904.jpg.html?g2_imageViewsIndex=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;on this page&lt;/a&gt;) Annonziata's last name is spelled &quot;Braga&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I could give more examples, if needed; I just gave this one because it's the first Bragha on that search page. The point is, I've seen this many times and want to know if there's any basis in Italian for use of &quot;h&quot; in gha. Perhaps historically? These records are from the 1800's.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If there is not, my best guess is that the folks who made these records were barely literate and simply mistakenly applied the rule about h at times.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here's another example with better handwriting, again with an image from the source &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.antenati.san.beniculturali.it/v/Archivio+di+Stato+di+Mantova/Stato+civile+napoleonico/San+Benedetto/Morti/1806/2412/4660739_01730.jpg.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;document on top&lt;/a&gt; and from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://dl.antenati.san.beniculturali.it/v/Archivio+di+Stato+di+Mantova/Stato+civile+napoleonico/San+Benedetto/Morti/1806/2412/4660739_01708.jpg.html?g2_imageViewsIndex=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;index page below&lt;/a&gt;, and both with links so you can check where I got those screenshots if you like. Notice here that even the father/child last names are spelled differently.&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/b495K.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/b495K.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastEditorUserId="5958" LastEditDate="2020-02-23T10:16:44.680" LastActivityDate="2020-02-23T10:16:44.680" Title="Orthography &quot;gha&quot; vs. &quot;ga&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11544" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11542" CreationDate="2020-02-22T20:38:47.310" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per cavo si intende sicuramente una fune, come hai trovato tu nel vocabolario; &lt;em&gt;cavo a motore&lt;/em&gt; secondo me sta ad indicare un argano motorizzato o, in modo più specifico, l'argano di un impianto di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skilift&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;skilift&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-02-22T21:06:31.693" LastActivityDate="2020-02-22T21:06:31.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11545" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11542" CreationDate="2020-02-23T06:40:22.670" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;cavo a motore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sovente in italiano si usa la particella &quot;a&quot;, in modo certe volte improprio, per indicare il funzionamento. Se sostituisci la particella &lt;code&gt;a&lt;/code&gt; con la frase &quot;che funziona con&quot;, capisci bene, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;barca a remi&lt;br&gt;&#xA;locomotiva a vapore&lt;br&gt;&#xA;motore a gasolio&lt;br&gt;&#xA;stufa a legna&lt;br&gt;&#xA;argano a molla&lt;br&gt;&#xA;telefono a gettoni&lt;br&gt;&#xA;veicolo a pedali&lt;br&gt;&#xA;computer a 32 bit&lt;br&gt;&#xA;strumento a percussione (o ad arco, a fiato...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...e moltissimi altri. Ho accennato all'uso improprio: ora mi viene in mente il &quot;tiro alla fune&quot; (un gioco, una gara) che sarebbe più carino se fosse &quot;tiro della fune&quot;; ci sono molti francesismi costruiti così, che alcuni (fra cui io) definiscono brutti (il discorso è lungo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la tua domanda specifica, il cavo si riferisce al cavo che traina i seggiolini degli impianti di risalita. È la prima volta che incontro &quot;cavo a motore&quot;, potrei dire che in italiano non esiste, non come esiste per esempio &quot;barca a remi&quot;. Perché la locuzione di per sé è troppo generica e anche un po' stridente: una macchina dotata di un cavo e di un motore (ce ne sono molte) ha generalmente un nome più appropriato che ne indica lo scopo, il cavo da solo è inutile. Ma c'è la spiegazione: io colgo nel testo il risentimento di questa persona, che degrada l'impianto di risalita (che è secondo me un'opera d'ingegneria non banale) a un semplice cavo trainato da un motore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-23T07:22:53.717" LastActivityDate="2020-02-23T07:22:53.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11532" CreationDate="2020-02-23T11:01:24.337" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Tentare la carta&quot; generalmente è accompagnato da maggiori spiegazioni, come &quot;tentare la carta delle minacce&quot;, o &quot;tentare la carta della via più semplice&quot; e simili; nel tuo testo è seguito da &quot;per distrarre&quot;, e io avverto la mancanza di &quot;che cosa viene usato per&quot;; forse significa qualche cosa d'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un altro contesto potrebbe essere un molto velato accenno al gioco d'azzardo. Nella frase che riporti, mi sembra senza senso compiuto (magari è un effetto voluto ma non credo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;tentare la carta&quot; viene dal giocare a carte, in cui si dispone di un limitato numero di mosse possibili (limitato appunto dalle carte che si hanno in mano), ed è in questo senso che si usa in modo figurato: serve ad esprimere l'incertezza, a volte la disperazione, di quando non s'intravvede una soluzione certamente corretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-02-23T11:01:24.337" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11547" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13139" CreationDate="2020-02-23T18:09:01.583" Score="2" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Le otto montagne&lt;/em&gt;, di Paolo Cognetti, ho letto questo passaggio che fa riferimento a un incidente dell'io narrante mentre fa arrampicata (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Poi andai giú. Un volo di una decina di metri non è niente di davvero grave, però bisognerebbe saper cadere: spingersi in fuori dalla parete e attutire il colpo con le gambe alla fine del volo. A me non l’aveva insegnato nessuno e andai giú dritto, scorticandomi sulla roccia nel tentativo di tenermi. Sentii una fitta all’inguine quando arrivai in fondo. Ma quest’altro dolore era una fortuna, voleva dire che qualcuno aveva bloccato la corda. Ora non ridevano piú. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;   &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Poco dopo uscimmo in cima alla parete e fu strano, a quel punto, trovarsi di nuovo nei prati. Con un &lt;strong&gt;filo&lt;/strong&gt; tirato a un passo dal precipizio, le mucche al pascolo, un alpeggio mezzo diroccato, un cane che abbaiava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco bene cosa sia questo &quot;filo&quot; che appare nell'ultima frase di questo brano. Ho cercato il vocabolo &quot;filo&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma ce ne sono tante accezioni... Si riferisce forse alla corda usata per l'arrampicata? Mi sembra piuttosto strambo che una corda venga chiamata &quot;filo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-05T08:53:57.880" Title="Significato di &quot;filo&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11549" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11551" CreationDate="2020-02-24T15:50:59.103" Score="2" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.rainews.it/dl/rainews/articoli/Coronavirus-terza-vittima-a-Crema-Conte-No-al-panico-seguire-le-indicazioni-delle-autorita-c544be17-1c34-45d5-967c-4e32425095f9.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizie su RaiNews&lt;/a&gt;, mi sono imbattuta in questa frase, pronunciata da Conte, che non ho capito (&lt;strong&gt;grassetto mio&lt;/strong&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La linea della massima precauzione &lt;strong&gt;ha pagato&lt;/strong&gt;, anche se sembrerebbe di no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fa riferimento alle misure di contenzione presse all'inizio dell'epidemia della malattia COVID-19 in Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che difficolta la mia comprensione è l'uso che se ne fa del verbo &quot;pagare&quot;: l'ho cercato in alcuni dizionari (Treccani e GDLI), ma non riesco a vedere a quale accezione possa corrispondere. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-23T15:46:15.650" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T15:46:15.650" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;pagare&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11550" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11549" CreationDate="2020-02-24T16:38:13.797" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo contesto ha pagato significa che il sacrificio, l'attenzione, le misure straordinarie adottate che sono costate fatica, impegno, etc., hanno dato il risultato sperato, hanno ripagato gli sforzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pagare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pagare&lt;/a&gt; di Treccani che più si avvicina è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fig. Ricompensare, corrispondere, rendere il contraccambio (più com., in questo senso, ripagare)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-02-24T16:38:13.797" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11549" CreationDate="2020-02-24T16:40:11.697" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un'espressione idiomatica per significare &quot;è stata utile, ha prodotto risultati&quot;.&#xA;Vedi, per esempio, sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=pagare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; il significato 5: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;portare utilità, vantaggio: il delitto non paga&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-25T13:43:22.273" LastActivityDate="2020-02-25T13:43:22.273" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11553" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11555" CreationDate="2020-02-25T16:35:11.480" Score="1" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Le otto montagne&lt;/em&gt;, di Paolo Cognetti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Mi sarebbe piaciuto sapere che cosa faceva Bruno a quell’ora. Aveva acceso il suo fuocherello, o camminava da solo per la montagna, o andava avanti a lavorare fino al buio? &lt;strong&gt;Per molti versi&lt;/strong&gt;, l’uomo che era diventato mi sorprendeva. Mi sarei aspettato di trovare, se non la controfigura di suo padre, almeno quella dei suoi cugini, o di uno dei muratori che una volta vedevo con lui al bar. Invece con quella gente non c’entrava nulla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di aver capito il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;per molti versi&amp;quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato il termine &amp;quot;verso&amp;quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma ci sono molte accezioni e, a volte, questo mi confonde. Significa &amp;quot;a causa di molti aspetti diversi&amp;quot; (del modo di essere di Bruno), &amp;quot;da molti punti di vista&amp;quot; o qualcosa simile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'espressione molto simile, che immagino abbia un significato analogo, l'ho trovata in questo brano del racconto &lt;em&gt;Cromo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La diagnosi era confermata e la patogenesi scoperta: si trattava adesso di definire la terapia. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Questa fu trovata abbastanza presto, attingendo alla buona chimica inorganica, lontana isola cartesiana, paradiso perduto per noi pasticcioni organisti e macromolecolisti: occorreva neutralizzare in qualche modo, entro il corpo malato di quella vernice, l’eccesso di basicità dovuto all’ossido di piombo libero. Gli acidi si dimostrarono nocivi &lt;strong&gt;per altri versi&lt;/strong&gt;: pensai al cloruro d’ammonio, capace di combinarsi stabilmente con l’ossido di piombo dando un cloruro insolubile ed inerte, e liberando ammoniaca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-04T14:17:57.960" LastActivityDate="2020-08-04T14:17:57.960" Title="Che cosa vuol dire &quot;per molti versi&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11554" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11553" CreationDate="2020-02-25T16:56:15.533" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa &quot;in molti sensi&quot;, &quot;in molti aspetti&quot;, &quot;da molti punti di vista&quot;. Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/verso3/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; lo descrive così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;d. locuz. avv. &lt;em&gt;A verso&lt;/em&gt;, come si deve, al giusto modo: &lt;em&gt;fare le cose a v.&lt;/em&gt;; e con uso attributivo: &lt;em&gt;un ragazzo a v.&lt;/em&gt;, dabbene, ammodo. &lt;em&gt;Per un&#xA;   v.&lt;/em&gt;, da un lato, da un certo punto di vista, per un rispetto: &lt;em&gt;per un v. ha ragione, ma ...; per un v. sì, per un v. no; ora per un v. ora per un altro, chi ci rimette sono sempre io; chi per un v., chi per un altro, hanno tutti torto. Per ogni v.&lt;/em&gt;, da ogni punto di vista, in ogni modo: &lt;em&gt;è una sistemazione conveniente per ogni verso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-26T15:57:09.663" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T15:57:09.663" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11555" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11553" CreationDate="2020-02-25T17:01:27.327" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Sabatini Coletti, per &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/verso_1.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verso&lt;/a&gt; riporta la seguente accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2 Modo, maniera: non c'è v. di farle cambiare idea || per un v., sotto&#xA;  un certo aspetto, da un lato | in ogni v., sotto tutti gli aspetti, da&#xA;  ogni punto di vista&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;in molti versi&lt;/em&gt; quindi significa sotto molti aspetti, da molti punti di vista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-02-25T17:01:27.327" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11556" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-02-25T19:13:43.550" Score="3" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;In one of my compositions I wrote the following sentence: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alla fine, lo scrittore dell'articolo crede che il ministero della salute e l'Alfa &lt;strong&gt;devano&lt;/strong&gt; informare i consumatori. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My teacher considered &quot;devano&quot; a mistake and corrected it by using the second form &quot;debbano&quot;. Why is it a mistake although both forms are found in my grammar books?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;presente (Congiuntivo)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  io  deva, debba &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tu  deva, debba &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  lui, lei, Lei, egli deva, debba &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  noi dobbiamo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  voi dobbiate &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  loro, Loro, essi devano, debbano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-25T19:52:07.087" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T10:51:20.857" Title="Why is &quot;devano&quot; the third plural person of the verb &quot;dovere&quot; in the subjunctive considered wrong?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11556" CreationDate="2020-02-25T23:52:54.427" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As an Italian, &lt;em&gt;devano&lt;/em&gt; is a rare, old-fashioned form, and I myself had to check whether it was recorded in a dictionary. So, yes, it's technically admissible but nowadays it sounds quite unusual. Presumably, your teacher aims at teaching you contemporary, usual Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an illustration, here is a graph comparing the occurrences of &lt;em&gt;debbano&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;devano&lt;/em&gt; in Google Books Ngram Viewer corpus from 1800 to 2000:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/udGaG.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/udGaG.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=debbano%2Cdevano&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2000&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cdebbano%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cdevano%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Source&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;Debbano&lt;/em&gt; itself appears to be declining: this is possibly due to a general decline in the use of the subjunctive mood in some registers of Italian.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-02-26T10:51:20.857" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T10:51:20.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11558" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1501" CreationDate="2020-02-26T09:35:03.403" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I remember my grandpa told me it has something to do with the tin pan that was used to cook the eggs for breakfast, which was also called &quot;scatola&quot;. They would crack the egg smashing it slightly to the edge of the pan. So it would be a &quot;scatola&quot; that breaks the eggs, or &quot;rompe le palle&quot;. Does it make sense? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6094" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-26T09:43:26.057" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T09:43:26.057" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11560" CreationDate="2020-02-26T16:03:04.340" Score="1" ViewCount="4039" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Le otto montagne&lt;/em&gt;, di Paolo Cognetti, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Lara quell’estate aveva deciso di saltare un passaggio, eliminando il grossista che avevo incontrato anch’io e vendendo direttamente ai negozianti, anche se questo significava un mucchio di lavoro in piú per lei. Due volte alla settimana lasciava la bambina a Grana da mia madre e partiva in macchina per fare il giro delle consegne, e intanto a Bruno in alpeggio toccava arrangiarsi da solo; avrebbero dovuto assumere qualcuno, e sarebbero stati &lt;strong&gt;punto e a capo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco del tutto bene il significato dell'espressione &quot;punto e a capo&quot; in questo passaggio. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=accapo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Garzanti&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere punto e a capo&lt;/em&gt;, (fig.) non aver concluso nulla, dover ricominciare dall’inizio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non sono sicura su come usare questa definizione nel contesto del testo. Un po' più indietro nel romanzo appaiono queste frasi in riferimento alla coppia Lara-Bruno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma d’estate, vivendo lassú, riuscivano a essere autosufficienti o quasi; era d’inverno, con l’affitto della stalla e le altre spese, che non ce la facevano. Avevano dovuto chiedere un altro prestito. Debiti nuovi per pagare i debiti vecchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il senso di &quot;sarebbero stati punto e a capo&quot; nel brano sopra citato sarebbe che avrebbero dovuto chiedere un altro prestito per poter pagare la persona assunta da loro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T16:24:04.250" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;punto e a capo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11559" CreationDate="2020-02-26T16:24:04.250" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &lt;em&gt;sarebbero stati punto e a capo&lt;/em&gt; vuol dire che si sarebbero ritrovati nella situazione di partenza, avrebbero dovuto pagare qualcuno per aiutarli ma questo avrebbe richiesto più denaro e quindi si sarebbero ritrovati con lo stesso problema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la spiegazione che hai trovato su Garzanti è sicuramente corretta, anche se lo interpreterei con il fatto di ritrovarsi nella situazione di partenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani si può anche trovare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/daccapo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;daccapo&lt;/a&gt; che ha significato figurato molto simile a punto e a capo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;daccapo&lt;/strong&gt; (o da capo) avv. – 1. Di nuovo, da principio: &lt;em&gt;siamo d. alle&#xA;  solite! Andare d., punto e d.,&lt;/em&gt; o assol. &lt;em&gt;daccapo&lt;/em&gt;, per indicare che&#xA;  nello scrivere, nel comporre a stampa, ecc., s’incomincia una riga&#xA;  nuova (più com. &lt;em&gt;a capo&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;cominciare d.&lt;/em&gt;, anche fig., per esprimere la&#xA;  volontà di ricominciare dall’inizio e di imprimere una direzione&#xA;  diversa a un fenomeno, al proprio comportamento, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-02-26T16:24:04.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11561" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11570" CreationDate="2020-02-26T17:58:14.220" Score="-3" ViewCount="275" Body="&lt;p&gt;Siamo invasi da trasmissioni televisive nelle quali si vede un cuoco che cucina e intanto spiega i passaggi. Questi cuochi, evidentemente, condividono un modo di parlare che non riesco più ad ascoltare, talmente mi urta; una frase come  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ora trito il prezzemolo che metterò nella salsa, e poi  accenderò il forno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;diventa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ora vado a tritare il prezzemolo che andrò a mettere nella salsa, e poi andrò ad accendere il forno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo linguaggio si può anche ascoltare per cinque minuti, ma trascorsi quelli diventa insopportabile. Sembra che questi cuochi percorrano chilometri, invece lavorano a un piano di lavoro di un metro per due. Mi sono chiesto se si tratti di un'abitudine di chi spiega mentre lavora: non guardo molto quel tipo di trasmissioni (a parte quelle dei cuochi perché sono costretto), ma mi pare di no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora chiedo: qualcuno ne sa qualche cosa di più? Qualcuno ha qualche idea per limitare questo fenomeno che è un vero linguicidio? Spero che qualche linguista (o almeno amante della nostra lingua) raccolga questo appello, e chieda una volta in diretta TV:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Perché diavolo voi cuochi parlate così?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*********** AGGIUNTA DOPO I COMMENTI *********&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse i cuochi usano il verbo andare non come alternativa figurata al modo futuro, ma per dare enfasi e movimento alla scena che forse ritengono troppo statica (sicuramente i movimenti di un cuoco sono più contenuti rispetto a quelli di un ballerino o di un giocatore di calcio). Non sono sicuro, però ci sono altri spettacoli come quelli floreali, quelli sul fai-da-te, o attività giocose per bambini, dove non si usano frasi così strampalate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se davvero è così, significa che i cuochi si stanno scimmiottando a vicenda: la cosa può essere interessante (oltre che fastidiosa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-27T07:25:56.507" LastActivityDate="2020-02-29T11:47:45.533" Title="Perché i cuochi abusano nell'uso di &quot;vado&quot;, &quot;andiamo&quot;, &quot;andrò&quot; e simili?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11561" CreationDate="2020-02-26T18:35:13.930" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riformulo la mia risposta anche se ho l'impressione che il post iniziale sia stato modificato (non importa da chi). &quot;Andare a+ infinito&quot; non è una costruzione canonica in italiano per esprimere un futuro imminente del tipo &quot;vado a tagliare&quot;=fra poco taglierò&quot;. &quot;Vado a tagliare&quot; si usa quando uno deve spostarsi per compiere l'azione designata. Ora il discorso è: si sta sviluppando in italiano una costruzione con &quot;andare&quot; per descrivere un futuro imminente senza movimento come in inglese &quot;I am going to stay at home&quot; e in francese &quot;je vais rester chez moi&quot;? Penso questa fosse l'intenzione di chi ha chiesto visto che parla di persone che non si spostano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-02-27T04:51:38.943" LastActivityDate="2020-02-27T04:51:38.943" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11563" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11564" CreationDate="2020-02-27T11:54:08.093" Score="3" ViewCount="207" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11561/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; si è spiegato che i cuochi che appaiono in televisione spesso si esprimono usando frasi come, ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a impiattare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;col significato di &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sto per impiattare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ora impiatterò.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine di questo tipo di costruzioni nella lingua italiana?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-28T09:20:43.523" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T09:23:41.870" Title="Origine della costruzione &quot;andare a&quot; + infinito come sinonimo di &quot;stare per&quot; + infinito" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11564" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11563" CreationDate="2020-02-27T19:53:50.430" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come suggerito in un commento alla domanda precedente, secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/andare1/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it&lt;/a&gt; è un francesismo che sembra essersi diffuso nel linguaggio comune:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguìto dalla preposizione a e un infinito, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;essere in procinto di, stare per:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;gli sta peggio quel malato e pare che vada a morire&lt;/em&gt; (Fucini); tranne rari casi, nei quali (come nell’esempio ora dato) ha accezioni di tono particolare, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;è un francesismo, a lungo censurato e sconsigliato, oggi molto comune&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (così, per es.: &lt;em&gt;il passo che ora vado a leggervi, per il più semplice «che ora vi leggerò»; lo spettacolo va a incominciare, per «sta per cominciare»).&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E la seguente risposta da parte &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/andiamo-a-servire-la-risposta/1103&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;dell’Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; ad una domanda simile nota che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È infatti nelle numerose trasmissioni televisive legate al cibo e alla cucina e nei canali del web che &lt;em&gt;andare a&lt;/em&gt; + infinito sembra aver trovato una sorta di zona franca, da cui poi irradiarsi nell’uso di ambiti più generici. I luoghi dell’italiano gastronomico sono occasione e veicolo di forme e parole (come &lt;em&gt;impiattare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;impiattamento&lt;/em&gt;), che sembrano comunicare un valore estetico o simbolico o presuntivamente dinamico della lingua.&#xA;Certamente nell’uso ‘gastronomico’ di &lt;em&gt;andare a&lt;/em&gt; + infinito si sente&#xA;una marca di intenzionalità, di progettualità dell’azione, ai fini&#xA;della migliore riuscita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4354" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-02-27T20:44:59.277" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11565" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11563" CreationDate="2020-02-27T22:41:20.273" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000463.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, questa costruzione col significato di &quot;stare per, incominciare, essere imminente&quot; era già in uso nella lingua italiana nell'Ottocento. Questo vocabolario riporta alcuni esempi dell'Ottocento e dell'inizio del Novecento in cui si può vedere come era censurata come francesismo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Si arieggia al modo francese quando si dice: ' Vado  a  dirvelo ',  invece  di  ' Ora  ve  lo  dico,  sto  per  dirvelo '  ;  ' Vado  a  farlo ',  invece  di  ' Ora  lo  faccio ',  o  ' Lo farò  subito '.  Dunque  è  errato  il  dire:  ‘  La  predica  va a  cominciare ' (Costantino Arlìa, &lt;em&gt;Lessico dell’infima e corrotta italianità&lt;/em&gt;, Carrara-Milano, 1890; 1ª edizione, 1881).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;' Vo  a  fare,  a dire ',  ecc.  denotando  azione  che  si  stia  per  incominciare, &#xA;  è  brutto  gallicismo (&lt;em&gt;je vais faire, dire&lt;/em&gt;): ' State attento alla formula  del  giuramento  che  ora  vado  a  leggervi ',  suol  dire &#xA;  il  giudice  al  testimone;  e  dovrebbe  dire ' che  sono  per  leg­gervi ',  o  ' che  ora  vi leggo ' (Giuseppe Rigutini e Giulio Cappuccini, &lt;em&gt;I neologismi buoni e cattivi&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andare a&lt;/em&gt;, non  nel  senso  materiale  di  muoversi,  come &lt;em&gt;vado a vestirmi&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  ma  nel  senso  di &lt;em&gt;essere  in  procinto&lt;/em&gt;,  risponde  al  francese &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;aller faire&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;aller commencer&lt;/em&gt;. I modi nostri &lt;em&gt;stare per&lt;/em&gt; (cominciare), &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt; (si  incomincia)  nel  gergo  dei  mal  parlanti cedono il  posto  all’espressione  francese;  alla  quale  fa  riscontro assai bene l’altra, &lt;em&gt;venire di&lt;/em&gt;..., fr. &lt;em&gt;venir de&lt;/em&gt; (Alfredo Panzini, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario moderno&lt;/em&gt;, Milano, 1905).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;1.  Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giuseppe_Rigutini&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;I neologismi buoni e cattivi&lt;/em&gt; di Giuseppe Rigutini e Giulio Cappuccini è stato pubblicato nel 1886.&#xA; &lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-28T09:23:41.870" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T09:23:41.870" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11567" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11595" CreationDate="2020-02-28T15:45:21.570" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Lucietta si era tolta il fazzoletto dalla testa e l’aveva intinto nell’olio, trasportandolo poi prudentemente dentro casa come un bambinello, per andare a torcerlo dentro il &lt;strong&gt;pedale&lt;/strong&gt; vuoto. E cosí tutte, chi col grembiule chi col fazzoletto, chi dentro un secchio di rame chi di legno, affondavano e torcevano con energia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo olio che cercano di raccogliere queste ragazze è olio di oliva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significhi &quot;pedale&quot; in questo brano. Me lo sapreste spiegare? Le diverse accezioni per questo termine che ho trovato sui dizionari non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Può darsi che sia un vocabolo di uso regionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, questa stessa parola è apparsa precedentemente nel testo, in questo passo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le mani di zí Uel sul tornio erano veloci e precise, i polpastrelli mezzo bruciacchiati accarezzavano con delicatezza i fianchi rotondi delle cuccume e delle brocche, come dio deve aver accarezzato quelli di Eva, il giorno della creazione. Impastava, modellava, infornava. Sfornava lucerne, &lt;strong&gt;pedali&lt;/strong&gt; e cuccume. Le segnava coi cerchi concentrici che molto tempo prima servivano a far comunicare i vivi coi morti in una lingua che nessuno piú conosce. Terrecotte sottili e sonore, porose, umide, trasudanti. Cuccume che trattenevano la freschezza dell’acqua. Tanto perfette e sottili che un grido avrebbe potuto creparle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E più avanti nel libro appare un'altra volta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Descriveva casa sua in maniera ogni volta diversa, spiegando com’era bella la naca per il fratello piccolo, il &lt;strong&gt;pedale&lt;/strong&gt; pieno d’olio, la madia col pane, u giuston traboccante di grano, i boccali di salsicce sott’olio arrotolate come serpenti, senza preoccuparsi del fatto che tutti conoscevano benissimo la verità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, sembra trattarsi di qualche tipo di recipiente per l'olio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-09T19:56:57.187" LastActivityDate="2020-03-09T20:09:11.803" Title="Significato di &quot;pedale&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11568" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4047" CreationDate="2020-02-28T16:35:15.700" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000636.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che cita come esempio questa stessa frase di Calvino, il significato di &quot;svirgola&quot; in questo contesto è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Graffio, segno, incisione ricurva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T16:35:15.700" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11567" CreationDate="2020-02-28T16:41:07.653" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me in questo caso il significato di pedale è piuttosto quello di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pitale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pitale&lt;/a&gt; cioè orinatoio, vaso da notte:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pitale&lt;/strong&gt; s. m. [dal gr. &lt;em&gt;πιϑάριον&lt;/em&gt;, nome di recipiente], pop. – Vaso da&#xA;  notte, orinale (ma talora distinto da questo, in quanto poteva servire&#xA;  per depositarvi anche le feci): &lt;em&gt;i due comodini ... contenevano due p.&#xA;  alti alti, stretti stretti, senza impugnatura, simili a due tubi, di&#xA;  porcellana bianca a fiori rosa&lt;/em&gt; (Moravia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti nel secondo passaggio da te inserito vengono descritti vari tipi di terrecotte che vengono create da zí Uel, lucerne, pitali e cuccume, ovvero bricchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-02-28T16:41:07.653" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11570" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11561" CreationDate="2020-02-29T08:10:14.987" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una mia risposta &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11566/6017&quot;&gt;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11566/6017&lt;/a&gt; sostenevo che una certa costruzione di frase, trovata in un discorso, potrebbe NON corrispondere a una certa accezione riportata da un dizionario semplicemente perchè l'intenzione del parlante non era quella di usare quella tale accezione.&#xA;(Se qualcuno trova errori di forma nel periodo precedente, me lo segnali).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei voluto rispondere nell'altra pagina ma è impossibile, quindi lo faccio qui dove, tutto sommato, non è fuori posto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dato che non citavo fonti, ora le cito e approfondisco il mio pensiero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il GDLI (la fonte di Charo, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000463.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000463.jpg&lt;/a&gt;), riporta a sua volta altre tre fonti che sono queste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arlia, 30: si arieggia ... &lt;strong&gt;quando si dice&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;vado a dirvelo&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;invece di&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;ora ve lo dico&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Rigutini-Cappuccini, 12: [è brutto gallicismo dire] &lt;em&gt;vo a fare&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;denotando&lt;/strong&gt; azione che si stia per incominciare&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Panzini IV-24: [risponde al francese] &lt;em&gt;andare a&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;non nel senso di muoversi&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si legga attentamente: ognuna delle tre fonti, inequivocabilmente, restringe il caso di applicazione del costrutto descritto, richiamando il concetto di intenzione di chi lo usa;&#xA;questo richiamo è espresso dalle parole &quot;si dice ... invece di ...&quot;, &quot;denotando azione che ...&quot;, &quot;&lt;em&gt;andare a&lt;/em&gt; non nel senso di muoversi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altra parte, si consideri che molte parole italiane hanno più di un significato: se si legge &quot;imposta&quot; non si può assumere a priori che si tratti di un tributo: serve il contesto per capire se il significato è &quot;tassa/tributo/contributo&quot; oppure &quot;persiana/gelosia&quot; (e questi ultimi a loro volta possono significare altro). Lo stesso ragionamento vale per le perifrasi, ma è più difficile perché il contesto risulta sfumato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può essere ragionevolmente sicuri, leggendo &quot;chiudi la persiana&quot;, che l'accezione intesa dal parlante era quella di &quot;serramento&quot; e non quella di &quot;donna di Persia&quot;. Ma se si legge &quot;vado a dormire&quot;, il significato è &quot;vado a letto&quot; come in Boccaccio Decameron I-Concl. (120) &quot;Andarsi a dormire&quot;, oppure si tratta della barbara costruzione gallica &quot;sono in procinto di&quot; / &quot;mi appresto a&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi sono riportati, in quella fonte, altri esempi della stessa costruzione, senza analisi alcuna. Dato che ritengo che l'uso del francesismo di cui parliamo non sia comune, forse perché scoraggiato o forse perché gli italiani non lo apprezzano, ho cercato di trovare&#xA;delle spiegazioni con qualche esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Andare a ...&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; può essere usato per denotare l'inizio di un'azione: andare a dormire, andare a lavarsi, andare a mangiare. Ci sono ambiguità perché a volte cominciare l'azione implica lo spostamento fisico (andare in camera da letto, bagno, sala da pranzo), ma l'esempio del Boccaccio non è ambiguo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Andare a ...&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; si può usare per spostare l'enfasi sulle cause o le ragioni invece che sul verbo in sé:&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Andare a vedere: controllare, intraprendere l'azione di guardare&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Andare a pensare: il processo mentale che porta a una conclusione, piuttosto della conclusione in sé: &quot;andare a pensare che sia una truffa è sbagliato&quot;, &quot;sono andato a pensare cose indicibili&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, se il titolo del romanzo &quot;L'Agnese va a morire&quot; fosse invece &quot;L'Agnese morirà&quot;, sarebbe un titolo brutto.&#xA;Il romanzo descrive la vita di Agnese che, per scelta sua, aiuta i partigiani esponendosi a grandi rischi, che le saranno fatali. Il titolo perciò riassume gli eventi che hanno portato alla morte di Agnese, spostando l'enfasi dal&#xA;suo morire a tutto quanto è successo prima. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;&lt;strong&gt;Andare a ...&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; può essere usato come ampollosità verbale per enfatizzare o, nei buoni casi, per aggiungere gravità o serietà o rispetto, similmente a costruzioni come &quot;persone venute a mancare&quot; (detto da Enrico Mentana, parlando dei morti a causa del COVID19).  Io ravviso questo uso rispettoso e grave, e pure un po' enfatico, anche nel titolo &quot;L'Agnese va a morire&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quest'ultimo uso ampolloso è quello fatto probabilmente dai cuochi, perchè loro usano &quot;andare a&quot; in tutti i modi verbali:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;vado a tritare i pinoli&quot; (mentre già lo sta facendo)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;andremo a metterlo al forno&quot; (il futuro è già nel verbo, e mi astengo dal criticare altri particolari)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;andrei a cuocerlo di più ma non c'è tempo&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;se andassimo a impiattarlo ora...&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;siamo andati a sfumare col vino&quot; (facendo il riassunto a posteriori)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&quot;andando così a dare un tocco asprigno&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e viene quindi a mancare l'intenzione di &quot;mi appresto a&quot;, e anche quasi sempre lo spostamento fisico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-02-29T11:47:45.533" LastActivityDate="2020-02-29T11:47:45.533" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11571" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11572" CreationDate="2020-02-29T12:18:46.410" Score="4" ViewCount="235" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been taught that in Italian an &quot;i&quot; after a &quot;g&quot; is silent and only serves to mark the &quot;g&quot; as having a soft (&quot;j&quot;) sound. But in my study I came across &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.forvo.com/word/bugia/#it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;bugia&lt;/a&gt; and others like &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.forvo.com/word/strategia/#it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;strategia&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.forvo.com/word/magia/#it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;magia&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.forvo.com/word/regia/#it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;regia&lt;/a&gt; in which you can definitely hear the i (links are to forvo's site). Google Translate &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/?hl=en#view=home&amp;amp;op=translate&amp;amp;sl=auto&amp;amp;tl=en&amp;amp;text=bugia%2C%20strategia%2C%20magia%2C%20regia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;also has these pronounced&lt;/a&gt; that way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain the rule to me? I searched without success.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastActivityDate="2020-02-29T12:43:54.643" Title="Pronunciation rule for -gia sound" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11572" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11571" CreationDate="2020-02-29T12:43:54.643" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The rule you mention is correct, but only when the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;not stressed.&lt;/em&gt; So, in words such as &lt;em&gt;grigia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;frangia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mangiare&lt;/em&gt; and so on, the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is indeed not pronounced per se, but only denotes that the &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; that precedes it is pronounced [ʤ] rather than [g].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, when the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is stressed, it is pronounced normally, while still conferring the sound [ʤ] to the &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same holds of course for &lt;em&gt;gio&lt;/em&gt;: in &lt;em&gt;peggio&lt;/em&gt; (stress on &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;) you don't pronounce the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;, in &lt;em&gt;leggio&lt;/em&gt; (stress on &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;) you do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Rather than Forvo or, even worse, Google Translate, it might be better to just check such things in any actual dictionary, which at very least shows where the stress is in any given word. See for instance the entry &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/magia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;magia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; in Treccani dictionary.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-02-29T12:43:54.643" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11573" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-01T08:53:26.997" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando le notizie su RaiNews, c'è stata una pausa in cui è apparsa una pubblicità di un prodotto cosmetico per il viso, nella quale si è usato un verbo che non conoscevo e che ha attirato la mia attenzione perché mi è sembrato molto curioso: &quot;rimpolpare&quot;. L'ho cercato subito sul dizionario e ho visto che, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/rimpolpare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rifare la polpa, rimettere in carne o in polpa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri dizionari danno definizioni simili. Tuttavia, non credo che si trattasse di un prodotto per fare ingrassare qualcuno con la necessità di rimettersi in carne, per cui immagino che il termine fosse usato con un significato diverso: rinvigorire il viso?, farlo apparire più giovane? Veramente non lo so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, si tratta di un'invenzione dell'azienda che fa la pubblicità oppure ha un uso generalizzato con questo significato che mi è sconosciuto? Ricercando &quot;rimpolpare&quot; su Google mi appaiono prima di tutto molti siti web di dizionari e &quot;simili&quot; (Reverso, Glosbe, Woxikon, ecc.), ma si avanzo di parecchie pagine comincio a vedere siti che sembrano parlare di cosmetica. Non sono sicura, però, che questo voglia dire che questo &quot;nuovo senso&quot; del vocabolo si sia generalizzato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-16T14:27:32.780" LastActivityDate="2020-08-16T14:27:32.780" Title="Significato e uso di &quot;rimpolpare&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;neologism&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11574" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-01T12:05:29.267" Score="4" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prima che partissimo ci ha dato documenti falsi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché il congiuntivo imperfetto è stato usato in questa frase? &#xA;Secondo me, il congiuntivo passato sarebbe dovuto essere usato qui. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6110" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-02T09:42:43.453" LastActivityDate="2020-03-02T09:42:43.453" Title="Perché si usa il congiuntivo imperfetto in una proposizione subordinata introdotta da &quot;prima che&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11573" CreationDate="2020-03-02T06:23:36.727" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;rinvigorire il viso?, farlo apparire più giovane?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Assolutamente sì, in modo indiretto, limitatamente a tale contesto. In modo indiretto, dico, perchè lo scopo del cosmetico non è far ingrassare il viso (sarebbe controproducente credo), ma ridargli la consistenza polposa, cioè non flaccida, non cadente, non dura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Inoltre, si tratta di un'invenzione dell'azienda che fa la pubblicità oppure ha un uso generalizzato con questo significato che mi è sconosciuto?  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho paura a rispondere a questa seconda domanda, perché cercare fonti per poter dire che non è un'idea personale è difficile e laborioso. &#xA;Credo che, usando le tue parole, si tratti di un'invenzione dell'inserzionista. Ma invece di invenzione si può dire scelta, scelta fra le varie opzioni disponibili per spiegare il funzionamento del cosmetico in modo semplice, veloce (la pubblicità costa), forse differenziarsi dalla concorrenza, oppure adeguarsi, non lo so. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Rimpolpare&quot; contiene la particella &quot;ri&quot;, che ricorda il ripristinare, ritornare, rinforzare, riequilibrare e simili. E si riferisce a &quot;polpa&quot;, che potrebbe far pensare a un frutto fresco, liscio, giovane, gradevole alla vista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo può essere usato in tutti i casi (figurati) in cui si voglia dare l'idea di aggiungere sostanza con scopo migliorativo, (es. rimpolpare un testo). Non trovo particolarmente felice l'associazione tra rimpolpare e il &lt;em&gt;ricostituirsi&lt;/em&gt; di una persona: le persone non sono fatte di &quot;polpa&quot;, la frase che hai letto sul Treccani, benché perfettamente legittima, mi comunica sfumature leggermente ironiche oppure molto fisiche e di registro colloquiale: faccio fatica a immaginare il mio medico che mi dice &quot;lei è troppo magro e dovrebbe rimpolparsi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-02T06:38:16.900" LastActivityDate="2020-03-02T06:38:16.900" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11576" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11577" CreationDate="2020-03-02T17:20:32.760" Score="1" ViewCount="504" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Don Francesco non aveva ritenuto opportuno stipulare un contratto per appropriarsi di ciò che già gli apparteneva, cioè il corpo di Concetta in totale usufrutto, la sua disponibilità, devozione, e anche qualcosa che lui prendeva per amore e invece era pietà, una compassione profonda che Concetta riservava alle &lt;strong&gt;fruscole&lt;/strong&gt; ferite, ai pezzenti e a lui, che poi non si capiva perché, visto che era ricco, sano e forte e le dava anche da mangiare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegarmi a che cosa si riferisce l'autrice con &quot;fruscole&quot; in questo passaggio? Ho cercato il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000409.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;fruscolo&quot;&lt;/a&gt; su alcuni dizionari, ma nessuna delle accezioni che ho trovato sembra avere senso nel contesto del testo. O forse sono io che non riesco a vedere quale sia l'accezione giusta. Si tratterebbe di un uso regionale del termine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-13T21:53:17.333" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;fruscola&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11576" CreationDate="2020-03-02T18:33:37.827" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato per &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/fruscolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fruscolo&lt;/a&gt; la seguente definizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fruscolo&lt;/strong&gt; frù|sco|lo s.m. 1963; der. del lat. ferus “selvaggio” forse&#xA;  incrociato col fr. farouche “selvaggio” con 2-olo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RE&lt;/strong&gt; merid.  nella tradizione popolare calabrese e lucana , spiritello ,&#xA;  folletto o animale selvatico , considerato come un essere dotato di&#xA;  facoltà soprannaturali&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.pinoindini.it/f.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo vocabolario&lt;/a&gt; indicato da @Charo si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;FRUSCOLO&lt;/strong&gt;  &lt;strong&gt;FRÙSKULU&lt;/strong&gt;    In senso figurato = prurito, capriccio, voglia.&#xA;  Detto anche di bambino molto vivace.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.unice.fr/site/henneboi/SVG-lirces/langues/real/dialectes/frittola.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario etimologico di meridionalismi dell'Università di Nizza&lt;/a&gt; indicato da @user070221 si può trovare il termine &lt;em&gt;frusculo&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;FRUSCULO&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;GRASSO in &lt;em&gt;Nebbie di ddraunàra&lt;/em&gt; 1993: &quot;Un frusculo di donna che, con&#xA;  l'osso puntuto del cranio, non arrivava a un metro e venti...&quot; (p. 64,&#xA;  cf. 2 autres occ.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Enregistré par Piccitto II 137 &lt;em&gt;frùsculu&lt;/em&gt; 1 &quot;aspro, brusco di modi .2.&#xA;  impulsivo .3. balzano, strambo .4. spaventoso&quot;, &lt;em&gt;frùsculu&lt;/em&gt; 2 &quot; &lt;em&gt;in malu&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  f. individuo losco&quot;, cf. Rohlfs 263 &lt;em&gt;ferùsculu&lt;/em&gt; &quot;selvaggio,&#xA;  intrattabile...&lt;em&gt;frùsculu&lt;/em&gt; furfante, persona sospetta, uomo furbo...frugolo, fanciullo che non sta mai fermo [l. *ferusculus, dim.&#xA;  di ferus]&quot;. Cf. GDLI VI 402 &lt;em&gt;fruscolo&lt;/em&gt; 2, DEI III 1725 &lt;em&gt;frùscolo&lt;/em&gt; 2 &quot;nome&#xA;  del folletto nell'Italia merid. (luc., calabr.): vedi 'feruscolo'...&quot;, III 1625 &lt;em&gt;ferùscolo&lt;/em&gt; &quot;dial., selvaggio, intrattabile; m. animale selvatico o rapace, frugolino; v. it. merid. &lt;em&gt;f(e)rùsculu&lt;/em&gt; id., &lt;em&gt;malu&#xA;  frùsculu&lt;/em&gt; furfante, lat. &lt;em&gt;*ferusculus&lt;/em&gt; dim. di &lt;em&gt;ferus&lt;/em&gt; selvatico...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sic. &lt;em&gt;frusculu&lt;/em&gt;, calbr. &lt;em&gt;ferùsculu&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; lat. parlé &lt;em&gt;*FERUSCULU(M)&lt;/em&gt; &amp;lt; lat. &lt;em&gt;FERU(M)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ƒ démon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che la fonte dell'accezione di &quot;fruscolo&quot; come  &quot;fanciullo che non sta mai fermo&quot; è ‎ROHLFS G., &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Dizionario dialettale della Calabria&lt;/em&gt;, Longo ed., Ravenna, 1977 [: 1990]. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da queste fonti direi che il significato che si adatta maggiormente al contesto da te citato è &quot;bambina&quot; o &quot;fanciulla&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-13T21:53:17.333" LastActivityDate="2020-03-13T21:53:17.333" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11578" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-03T18:06:39.967" Score="3" ViewCount="322" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi mio marito mi ha detto &quot;Què et passa? Sembles agobiada&quot; (catalano, che è la lingua che uso in famiglia). &#xA;Me l'ha detto all'ora di pranzo, quando si è accorto che ero molto pensierosa, silenziosa e che forse non stavo facendo neanche quello che toccava fare (cioè, mangiare). E probabilmente avvertendo una certa espressione contrariata sul mio volto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tradotto in castigliano sarebbe &quot;¿Qué te pasa? Pareces agobiada&quot; e in italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cosa ti succede? Sembri _____?_____.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O forse sarebbe meglio esprimerlo in un modo completamente diverso, non lo so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, &quot;agobiado/a&quot;, usato qui come aggettivo, è il participio del verbo &quot;agobiar&quot;. Ho cercato questo verbo sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_spagnolo/Spagnolo/A/agobiar.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario spagnolo-italiano Zanichelli&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1 spossare, affaticare &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  2 opprimere &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  3 angosciare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, potrei tradurlo come &quot;angosciata&quot;, ma non mi sembra una buona traduzione: questo aggettivo non ha le stesse sfumature di &quot;agobiada&quot;. Se mio marito mi avesse detto &quot;sembles angoixada&quot;, che è la traduzione di &quot;sembri angosciata&quot;, si sarebbe preoccupato molto di più, anche se la mia risposta è stata &quot;non mi accade nulla&quot; (tradotto in catalano, ovviamente). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adesso arriva la parte difficile della domanda, quella di spiegare cosa significa &quot;agobiado&quot;. Quando qualcuno ti dice &quot;pareces agobiado&quot; in spagnolo, in realtà ti sta dicendo &quot;sembra che ci sia qualcosa che ti «&lt;em&gt;agobia&lt;/em&gt;»&quot;. Ho usato il verbo &quot;agobiar&quot; che, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dle.rae.es/agobiar#169H9KA&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Diccionario de la lengua española&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; della Real Academia Española significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Imporre a qualcuno attività o sforzi eccessivi, preoccupare seriamente, causare grandi sofferenze. &lt;br&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Deprimere, abbattere; far sentirsi perso d'animo, vinto (non sono sicura di essere riuscita a fare la migliore  traduzione del verbo spagnolo &quot;rendir&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, si ti vede preoccupato/a per qualcosa, un po' abbattuto/a, vinto/a per qualche situazione, perso/a d'animo, soprappensiero, con la testa perduta in qualcosa che sembra preoccuparti, un po' assente, distratto/a, con mancanza di concentrazione nelle facende quotidiane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altro modo di spiegare il significato di &lt;em&gt;essere &quot;agobiado&quot;&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe dire che significa &lt;em&gt;sentire una sensazione di &quot;agobio&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.  In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/11011206.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tesi di dottorato&lt;/a&gt; (dottorato di ricerca in Scienza della Traduzione) si trova l'originale di un testo periodistico di Vargas Llosa e la traduzione fatta dalla autrice della tesi, in cui &quot;el agobio&quot; è tradotto come &quot;l'affanno&quot;. L'accezione numero 3 della  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000204.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;affanno&quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Preoccupazione che dà ansia; agi­tazione dolorosa; condizione apprensiva, inquie­tudine profonda (come per cosa che  opprima l'animo);  esperienza  di  pena,  pensiero  tormen­toso, angoscia &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi sembra una buona definizione del significato di &quot;agobio&quot;, in particolare la sensazione di qualcosa che opprime l'animo e di preoccupazione che dà ansia. Quindi, quando qualcuno  afferma &quot;pareces agobiado/a&quot; ti sta dicendo che sembri avere preoccupazioni che ti producono ansia, qualcosa che ti opprime l'animo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso esprimere questo in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che una buona traduzione di &quot;agobiado&quot;&#xA;in inglese sia &quot;overwhelmed&quot;. Ho cercato alle voci &quot;overwhelm&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/overwhelm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Collins inglese-italiano&lt;/a&gt; e del &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Inglese/O/overwhelm.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Sansoni&lt;/a&gt;, ma quello che ho trovato non mi risulta convincente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un fatto curioso è che &quot;agobiado&quot; è una parola imparentata (&quot;cognate&quot;) con &quot;gibbo&quot;, &quot;gobba&quot;, &quot;gobbo&quot; e &quot;gibboso&quot; e ha anche il senso, oggi in disuso, di aggettivo per descrivere qualcuno che ha la parte superiore del corpo inclinata o incurvata verso la terra, in particolare, a causa di un peso sulla schiena. Infatti, l'utilizzo di &quot;agobiado&quot; che ho descritto si può prendere come un uso figurato di questa accezione, ma è l'unico che è sopravvissuto nello spagnolo attuale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;Ecco alcuni esempi letterari di uso di &quot;agobiado&quot;. Magari qualcuno riesce a trovarne le traduzioni in italiano (ho controllato che esistono). Il grassetto è mio in tutti i testi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;em&gt;La tregua&lt;/em&gt; di Mario Benedetti.  Nella frase in cui appare il termine, il narratore spiega che durante quasi un anno si era sentito &quot;agobiado&quot; (&quot;overwhelmed&quot;) da tre cose: il dolore, il lavoro e i figli: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pobre Isabel. Creía que, sacando el solitario, ya había convencido al destino, y únicamente lo había provocado. Todo está tan lejano, tan lejano. Hasta el marido de Isabel, el destinatario de esa carta de 1935 que era yo mismo, hasta ése también está ahora lejos, no sé si para bien o para mal. &quot;No te rías&quot;, me dice y me repite. Y era cierto: yo me reía en ese entonces muy seguido y a ella mi risa le caía mal. No le gustaban las arrugas que se me formaban junto a los ojos cuando me reía, ni encontraba graciosa la causa de mi risa, ni podía evitar sentirse molesta y agresiva cuando yo me reía. Cuando estábamos con otra gente y yo me reía, ella me miraba con ojos de censura, que anticipaban el reproche posterior para cuando estábamos solos: &quot;No te rías, por favor, quedas horrible&quot;. Cuando ella murió, la risa se me cayó de la boca. Anduve casi un año &lt;strong&gt;agobiado&lt;/strong&gt; por tres cosas: el dolor, el trabajo y los hijos. Después volvió el equilibrio, volvió el aplomo, volvió la calma. Pero la risa no volvió. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;em&gt;Una casa en la arena&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Una casa nella sabbia&lt;/em&gt;) di Pablo Neruda. Si tratta della parte finale della poesia &lt;em&gt;Amor para este libro&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Amore per questo libro&lt;/em&gt;). Tradotti letteralmente, i versi in cui appare il termine dicono: &quot;e al &lt;em&gt;agobiado&lt;/em&gt;, all'essere fratello, al ferito // abbiamo dato la libertà raccolta nel vento&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pedimos al océano su rosa, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  su estrella abierta, su contacto amargo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  y al &lt;strong&gt;agobiado&lt;/strong&gt;, al ser hermano, al herido &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  dimos la libertad recogida en el viento. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Es tarde ya. Tal vez &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sólo fue un largo día color de miel y azul, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  tal vez sólo una noche, como el párpado &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  de una grave mirada que abarcó &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  la medida del mar que nos rodeaba, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  y en este territorio fundamos sólo un beso, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sólo inasible amor que aquí se quedará &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  vagando entre la espuma del mar y las raíces. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-29T13:03:26.817" LastActivityDate="2020-11-12T19:57:11.987" Title="Come posso esprimere &quot;pareces agobiado&quot; (&quot;you seem overwhelmed&quot;) in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11578" CreationDate="2020-03-03T21:24:30.297" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente bisognerebbe sapere che espressione avevi e che cosa intendeva tuo marito. Comunque, alcune possibilità sono comprese fra quelle che dici, soprattutto “Sei preoccupata?”, ma per offrire qualche alternativa formulata in modo diverso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualcosa che non va / qualche problema?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei (un po') giù (di morale)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;T'è successo qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse, vedendo queste, in una sorta di retroversione puoi cogliere se ce ne sia qualcuna adatta alla situazione che hai in mente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-03-03T21:24:30.297" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11580" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-04T11:52:04.297" Score="3" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da un po' di tempo mi sto chiedendo se effettivamente la parola &lt;strong&gt;intercapedine&lt;/strong&gt; abbia un significato ambiguo. La definizione di cui mi interesso è la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intercapedine/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;seguente&lt;/a&gt;, dal sito treccani.it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Spazio che separa due pareti o due superfici parallele o quasi; in&#xA;  partic., in edilizia, il cunicolo che isola i muri degli scantinati&#xA;  dal terreno circostante per impedire infiltrazioni d’acqua, o anche lo&#xA;  spazio d’aria tra due pareti di mattoni o due vetri di un infisso, che&#xA;  assicura l’isolamento termico o acustico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho senz'altro compreso che l'intercapedine è &lt;em&gt;lo spazio tra due pareti&lt;/em&gt;, ma non ho capito se una stanza si può considerare intercapedine, in quanto corrisponde comunque a uno spazio compreso tra due muri, ma risulta generalmente esteso rispetto alla definizione citata in corsivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6118" LastEditorUserId="6118" LastEditDate="2020-03-04T14:15:29.513" LastActivityDate="2020-03-05T09:14:58.370" Title="Intercapedine si può utilizzare anche per indicare uno spazio esteso come una stanza?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11581" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11580" CreationDate="2020-03-04T13:56:30.000" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Titolo e testo della domanda non sono allineati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Intercapedine si può utilizzare anche per indicare uno spazio esteso come una stanza?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, la dimensione di un'intercapedine è un particolare tecnico. Può esistere un'intercapedine &quot;grossa come una stanza&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;una stanza si può considerare intercapedine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi proprio di no, non si usa in questo senso e non l'ho mai sentito. La mia spiegazione è che la parola inizia con &quot;inter-&quot;, cioè &quot;interposto, messo in mezzo&quot;. Lo scopo principale di un'intercapedine è appunto separare due pareti (non necessariamenti muri), mentre lo scopo principale di una stanza, solitamente, è un altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E' vero che, specie in anni recenti, si parla di ambienti (stanze) concepite proprio per separarne altre, come per esempio l'&lt;em&gt;antibagno&lt;/em&gt;; però anche in questo caso non credo che si possano definire intercapedini.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-05T09:14:58.370" LastActivityDate="2020-03-05T09:14:58.370" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11582" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-05T09:33:36.167" Score="4" ViewCount="521" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/farsa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &amp;quot;farsa&amp;quot; si usa oggi per indicare in modo spregiativo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;qualunque commedia, teatrale o cinematografica che, priva di valore artistico, si proponga il solo scopo di eccitare il facile riso di spettatori non raffinati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche in senso figurato per&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa non seria, buffonata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &amp;quot;farsa&amp;quot; esiste anche in castigliano e in catalano e si può usare per riferirsi a un certo tipo di spettacolo teatrale satirico (senza intenzionalità spregiativa), ma è vero che nell'attualità si usa di più in modo spregiativo con un senso simile alla prima definizione del Treccani qui riportata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, come si può vedere nell'accezione numero 2 del &lt;a href=&quot;https://dle.rae.es/farsa?m=form&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Diccionario de la lengua española&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; della Real Academia Española, in spagnolo e anche in catalano si usa&#xA;molto questo vocabolo in senso figurato per definire un'azione fatta per fingere o apparire, cioè, con una finalità ingannevole, anche qui con una forte connotazione spregiativa e spesso di giudizio di ipocresia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, qualcuno fa di nascosto una determinata azione. Altre persone se n'accorgono, ma non hanno idea su chi sia l'autore o l'autrice di questi fatti. Allora (o persino prima che se ne renda conto nessuno)&#xA;il vero autore scrive qualcosa giudicando come assolutamente riprovevoli questi fatti, mostrando una grande indignazione per quello accaduto e augurandosi che l'autore si faccia manifesto ben presto e lo fa semplicemente per apparire di avere delle convinzioni completamente diverse da quelle che ha veramente (non per paura di essere punito per l'azione fatta perché non si tratta di un'azione che vada punita) e così guadagnarsi la simpatia di altre persone. In catalano o in castigliano questo&#xA;atteggiamento verrebbe qualificato come una &amp;quot;farsa&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri esempi potrebbero essere quando una persona finge di essere gravemente malata per non andare al lavoro o quando si fanno delle elezioni per simulare l'essere democratici, ma in realtà quelli che saranno&#xA;i vincitori di queste elezioni sono stati decisi precedentemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: posso usare &amp;quot;farsa&amp;quot; in italiano con questo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fatto che questa accezione non appaia esplicitamente sul Treccani mi fa sospettare che forse ci sia un termine o espressione migliore per riferisi a questo concetto. Se è così, me lo potreste indicare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per fare la domanda più concreta, in riferimento agli esempi precedenti, in spagnolo si potrebbe formulare una frase come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Todo ha sido &lt;strong&gt;una farsa&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che, tradotta in italiano, magari sarebbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutto è stato ________? _______.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale parola o espressione potrei usare in questa  frase come traduzione? E, se non si trattasse di una buona scelta per fare la traduzione, come potrei tradurre in italiano la frase che ho scritto in castigliano? (magari perdendo qualche sfumatura: so che le traduzioni &amp;quot;perfette&amp;quot; spesso non esistono).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;#Aggiornamento:&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un esempio tratto dal romanzo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?redir_esc=y&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;id=MSuzAAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;q=farsa#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=farsa&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Conversación en La Catedral&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Mario Vargas Llosa (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Los enemigos del régimen se estaban aprovechando de este pretexto para decir que las elecciones fueron &lt;strong&gt;una farsa&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo libro è stato tradotto in italiano col titolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lafeltrinelli.it/smartphone/libri/mario-vargas-llosa/conversazione-nella-cattedrale/9788817138383&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Conversazione nella cattedrale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; da Enrico Cicogna (magari qualcuno riesce a trovare questa traduzione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, si è fatto la proposta di cercare di spiegare il significato in inglese in modo che si possa capire meglio. Credo che una buona traduzione di questo uso figurato di &amp;quot;farsa&amp;quot; sia l'inglese &amp;quot;sham&amp;quot;, che, per esempio, sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/sham&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Collins Dictionary&lt;/a&gt; viene definito così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;COUNTABLE NOUN &lt;sub&gt;[usually singular]&lt;/sub&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Something that is a &lt;strong&gt;sham&lt;/strong&gt; is not real or is not really what it seems to be.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[&lt;em&gt;disapproval&lt;/em&gt;] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;The government's promises were exposed as a hollow sham. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Many of the world's leaders have already denounced this election as a sham.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;...sham marriages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/sham#other-words&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Merriam-Webster&lt;/a&gt; riporta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;sham&lt;/em&gt; applies to fraudulent imitation of a real thing or action&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e dà questo esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;condemned the election as a &lt;em&gt;sham&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo modo, io tradurrei la frase di Vargas Llosa così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The enemies of the government were taking advantage of that pretext to say that the elections were &lt;strong&gt;a sham&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come esprimireste &amp;quot;the elections were a sham&amp;quot; in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-04T09:17:19.167" LastActivityDate="2020-12-29T15:15:31.687" Title="Come posso tradurre questo uso figurato dello spagnolo &quot;farsa&quot; (&quot;sham&quot; in inglese)?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11582" CreationDate="2020-03-05T10:05:36.333" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;farsa&lt;/em&gt;, come hai potuto leggere su Treccani, non ha connotazione tale da sottintendere una finalità ingannevole in senso spregiativo e sicuramente non si adatta alla situazione descritta nel tuo esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente è valido il suggerimento di @DaG per quanto riguarda il termine messinscena, ma io ritengo più appropriato il termine &lt;em&gt;dissimulazione&lt;/em&gt;, derivato da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dissimulare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dissimulare&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dissimulare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;dissimulare&lt;/em&gt;, propr. «render dissimile», comp. di &lt;em&gt;dis-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;simulare&lt;/em&gt;: v. simulare] (&lt;em&gt;io&#xA;  dissìmulo&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). – Nascondere il proprio pensiero, o i sentimenti, i&#xA;  propositi, ecc., in modo che altri non se ne accorga, spesso anzi&#xA;  fingendo il contrario: &lt;em&gt;d. l’odio, il sospetto, la propria ansia; non&#xA;  riuscii a d. la sorpresa, il disappunto; è molto abile nel d. le&#xA;  proprie intenzioni;&lt;/em&gt; anche assol.: &lt;em&gt;sa d. con molta arte.&lt;/em&gt; Più&#xA;  genericam. (ma solo in frasi di tono ricercato), nascondere, celare:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;non ti dissimulo che ho forti timori; cercai di dissimulargli la verità; non mi dissimulo le difficoltà dell’impresa.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancora da Google:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dissimulazione&lt;/strong&gt; /dis·si·mu·la·zió·ne/&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;sostantivo femminile&lt;/em&gt; Comportamento, abituale o occasionale, diretto a celare il proprio pensiero o le proprie intenzioni o anche ad&#xA;  allontanare da sé ogni sospetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è poi disponibile anche un'opera di Torquato Accetto intitolata &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Della_dissimulazione_onesta/VIII._Che_cosa_%C3%A8_la_dissimulazione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Della dissimulazione onesta&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (1641) in cui viene descritto cos'è la dissimulazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da poi che ho conchiuso quanto conviene il dissimulare, dirò piú&#xA;  distinto il suo significato. La dissimulazione è una industria di non&#xA;  far veder le cose come sono. Si simula quello che non è, si dissimula&#xA;  quello ch’è.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche Francesco di Bartolo da Buti, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Pagina:Commedia_-_Inferno_(Buti).djvu/791&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;commentando l'Inferno di Dante&lt;/a&gt; afferma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Simulazione è fingere vero quello che non è vero; dissimulazione è&#xA;  negare quello che è vero; e quando la falsità si commette in fatti,&#xA;  sempre queste due compagne sono con essa, et ancora à alcuna volta la&#xA;  bugia per sua compagnia per lo spergiuro; ma quando si commette in&#xA;  detti, che è bugia, possono essere insieme, et ancora può essere pur&#xA;  l’una.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-03-05T12:48:07.037" LastActivityDate="2020-03-05T12:48:07.037" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11584" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11547" CreationDate="2020-03-05T16:02:24.923" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si, è strano che una corda venga chiamata filo. Di solito una corda è robusta, mentre un filo è sottile. &#xA;Senza ulteriore contesto né sapere cosa dica prima o dopo il libro, io direi che fa riferimento alla corda che è stata bloccata mentre lui stava cadendo, salvandolo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un filo a volte (anche se viene usato raramente) è una metafora per indicare qualcosa che si evita per poco, al pari di &lt;em&gt;perdere il treno per un pelo&lt;/em&gt;. L'autore è stato salvato da un &lt;em&gt;filo&lt;/em&gt; che, in realtà, era una corda. Ma in questo processo si è sentito molto vicino allo sfracellarsi, quindi chiamando la corda filo sottolinea che ci è mancato poco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6122" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-05T17:35:17.850" LastActivityDate="2020-03-05T17:35:17.850" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11587" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11589" CreationDate="2020-03-08T00:34:03.673" Score="5" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Anillado&quot; is the translation in Spanish, but there isn't one appearing for me right now on any Italian dictionary that I use... My university is public so even though I was unenrolled I still get to visit the mathematics community. I have to know this translation!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6132" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-18T19:06:24.800" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T19:06:24.800" Title="&quot;Ringed space&quot; in Italian" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11589" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11587" CreationDate="2020-03-08T06:42:20.493" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;This seems to be a mathematical term which, I suppose, is too specialized to be found in common vocabularies.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ringed&lt;/em&gt; in English (and &lt;em&gt;anillado&lt;/em&gt; in Spanish) can be translated with &lt;em&gt;anellato&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;inanellato&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/ringed&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/ringed&lt;/a&gt;). The first form means more &quot;having ring(s)&quot; or &quot;shaped like a ring&quot; and the second more &quot;enclosed by ring(s)&quot; or &quot;wearing a ring&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If this can help, a space enclosed by two concentric circles (Annulus) is called &lt;em&gt;corona circolare&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corona_circolare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corona_circolare&lt;/a&gt;) and &lt;em&gt;anello&lt;/em&gt; in algebra refers to &lt;em&gt;ring of sets&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ring_of_sets&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ring_of_sets&lt;/a&gt;). For what I understand, not being a mathematician, these last definitions have little to do with &quot;ringed space&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that the term &lt;em&gt;spazio anellato/inanellato&lt;/em&gt; can be understood by an Italian mathematician as it is more or less the direct translation from English, but maybe he would be happier without any translation, i.e. &quot;il ringed space&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-09T19:08:35.443" LastActivityDate="2020-03-09T19:08:35.443" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11591" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-08T13:09:56.253" Score="2" ViewCount="120" Body="&lt;p&gt;I know that this question might not be directly related to this group but I am searching an answer&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I work where all of the other employees are Italian. Many times it happens that they start talking but I can't get what they are referring to, specially when they narrate what happened to them in some certain event like when they talk to each other in coffee time. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But sometimes when they want me also understand what they are talking, they talk to each other in someway that I can follow.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Exclude dialect, I am only talking about standard Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I improve this part of listening and comprehension?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-09T19:03:34.707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-09T19:03:34.707" Title="Why can't I follow the conversations of my colleagues despite having a C1 level?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11593" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10648" CreationDate="2020-03-09T06:37:04.833" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Just to add some thought in simple words...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Piacere&quot; literally means &quot;to please, to give pleasure&quot;. It is correct to say &quot;La pasta piace&quot; (it gives pleasure, said in an indefinite general form); but to say &lt;em&gt;who&lt;/em&gt; it pleases, one must add an &quot;a&quot; followed by the entity the pasta is pleasing: &quot;la pasta piace &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt; gente&quot;, or &quot;piace &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; me&quot;. I think this construction expresses well the passivity of the person liking pasta: a person can do nothing about it, it is a victim of the simple fact the pasta is so pleasing (and often the victim pays this passivity with a raising weight!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The english translation of &quot;I like pasta&quot; is &quot;Io amo la pasta&quot; (I love pasta) or, with less sentiment, &quot;Io apprezzo la pasta&quot; (I appreciate). &quot;Amare&quot; is a special verb, because is the only one able to express love (sentimental love) to another person, and probably this is the reason why, referring for example to &lt;em&gt;pasta&lt;/em&gt;, an italian will likely choose to say &quot;apprezzo&quot; or &quot;mi piace&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I find the same passivity in &quot;mancare&quot; (to miss). Again, if I like &lt;em&gt;pasta&lt;/em&gt; but I can not have it, I am a victim, and the subject is the &lt;em&gt;pasta&lt;/em&gt; (&quot;a me manca la pasta&quot;). Another example is &quot;sembrare&quot; (to seem, to look like) which, luckily, has the same construction in english too. Would an english speaker wonder about &quot;sembrare&quot;? Other verbs having similar construction, some found in other answers in this page, are &lt;em&gt;apparire&lt;/em&gt; (to appear), &lt;em&gt;attrarre&lt;/em&gt; (to attract), eccitare (to excite), trascinare (to drag).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-09T09:43:05.033" LastActivityDate="2020-03-09T09:43:05.033" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11594" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11587" CreationDate="2020-03-09T19:20:32.817" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Even if this question has already an accepted answer, I thought it might be useful to post an answer from direct experience.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When I took a scheme theory class in Pisa in 2010, the Italian expression for &quot;(locally) ringed space&quot; was indeed &quot;spazio (localmente) anellato&quot;. As you can see this is also the term used in the Italian &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schema_(matematica)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia page&lt;/a&gt; for schemes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is worth mentioning that this indeed has no relation with any kind of &quot;annulus&quot;, here &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ring_(mathematics)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;ring&quot;&lt;/a&gt; is in the sense of abstract algebra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-09T19:30:52.250" LastActivityDate="2020-03-09T19:30:52.250" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11595" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11567" CreationDate="2020-03-09T20:09:11.803" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionariogallic.altervista.org/dialetto_gallicchiese/lessico_gallicchiese4.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dialettale di Gallicchio&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato il significato e l'etimologia dal greco:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;pëdàlë&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Grosso recipiente per l’olio, da &lt;strong&gt;pitharion&lt;/strong&gt; diminuitivo di &lt;strong&gt;pithos&lt;/strong&gt; (vaso)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-09T20:09:11.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11596" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-10T01:08:03.397" Score="6" ViewCount="982" Body="&lt;p&gt;When signing a card or letter, is it &quot;Famiglia &amp;amp; Surname&quot; or &quot;La famiglia &amp;amp; Surname&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maybe my question was not clear enough.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is which form is correct:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Famiglia Niccoli             or&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La Famiglia Niccoli&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-12T08:39:10.090" LastActivityDate="2020-03-12T08:39:10.090" Title="Signing a card or letter using &quot;famiglia&quot;" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;formal&gt;&lt;greeting&gt;&lt;letter-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11597" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11600" CreationDate="2020-03-10T07:02:38.697" Score="4" ViewCount="518" Body="&lt;p&gt;In molti paesi, come scaramanzia, si dice &quot;tocchiamo legno&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knocking_on_wood&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knocking_on_wood&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knocking_on_wood&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché in Italia diciamo &quot;tocchiamo ferro&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'origine di questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Scusate se la domanda è un po' off-topic.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2609" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-10T07:18:46.563" LastActivityDate="2020-03-11T14:15:13.540" Title="Perché diciamo &quot;toccare ferro&quot; mentre in altri paesi del mondo si dice &quot;toccare legno&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11598" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11596" CreationDate="2020-03-10T08:55:22.303" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you mean a literal “&amp;amp;”, none of the proposed forms is meaningful. In an informal communication, you'd use the first name followed, if necessary, by &lt;em&gt;e famiglia&lt;/em&gt;. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Saluti da) Mario e famiglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In a formal context, you might use &lt;em&gt;famiglia&lt;/em&gt; followed by the family name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(Sentite condoglianze), famiglia Rossi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-03-10T08:55:22.303" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11600" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11597" CreationDate="2020-03-11T02:15:00.270" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase &quot;tocchiamo ferro&quot; deriva da un’antica simbologia legata ai ferri di cavallo, in quanto nel medioevo si usava il ferro di cavallo per tenere lontane dalla propria casa streghe e fattucchiere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancora oggi, in alcune regioni si tocca il ferro (inteso come ferro di cavallo) per avere fortuna (o per scacciare il cosiddetto &quot;malocchio&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre invece in altri paesi, come l'Inghilterra, si usa l'espressione &quot;toccare legno&quot; per la credenza pagana che gli spiriti vivano negli alberi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://images-na.ssl-images-amazon.com/images/I/71cZormSo6L._SX425_.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;ferro di cavallo&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.focus.it/cultura/curiosita/perche-per-scaramanzia-si-tocca-proprio-il-ferro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.focus.it/cultura/curiosita/perche-per-scaramanzia-si-tocca-proprio-il-ferro&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.focusjunior.it/scuola/storia/perche-si-dice-toccare-ferro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.focusjunior.it/scuola/storia/perche-si-dice-toccare-ferro/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toccare_ferro&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toccare_ferro&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6148" LastEditorUserId="6148" LastEditDate="2020-03-11T14:15:13.540" LastActivityDate="2020-03-11T14:15:13.540" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11601" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11002" CreationDate="2020-03-11T15:05:46.413" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two words together, &quot;da mangiare&quot;, can mean &quot;food&quot;, constructed with &quot;da&quot; like, for example,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;macchina da scrivere (&quot;machine for writing&quot;, typewriter)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;legna da ardere (wood to burn)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;cera da candela (vax for candles)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Note that similar forms are not always good italian, but are widely used; for example &lt;em&gt;macchina da scrivere&lt;/em&gt; is often considered an error, but is much more common than &lt;em&gt;macchina &lt;strong&gt;per&lt;/strong&gt; scrivere&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About &lt;em&gt;da mangiare&lt;/em&gt;, the real meaning is &quot;[cosa buona] da mangiare&quot; (&quot;good to eat&quot;, or &quot;appropriate to be eaten&quot;), like &lt;em&gt;legna da ardere&lt;/em&gt; which means &quot;wood good for burning&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following phrases can be seen normally:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;compro da mangiare  (I buy food)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;serve da mangiare (food is needed)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;siamo senza roba da mangiare (we have no food)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;abbiamo niente da mangiare (same)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;siamo senza da mangiare (same; incorrect, but used)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dagli da mangiare (give some food to him)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now, &quot;dare da mangiare&quot; has two nuances, &quot;to give food&quot; or &quot;to feed&quot;. Probably a farmer &lt;em&gt;feeds&lt;/em&gt; his horse, where a wife &lt;em&gt;gives food&lt;/em&gt; to her husband (unless he needs assistance).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-03-11T15:05:46.413" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11604" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-12T01:30:47.350" Score="3" ViewCount="118" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to express Dear Father Rossi.  But I do not want to use the word Caro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Egregio Padre Rossi,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-12T08:39:40.770" LastActivityDate="2020-03-12T18:33:31.637" Title="Thank you card Salutation to an Italian priest" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;formal&gt;&lt;greeting&gt;&lt;letter-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11605" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-12T03:40:34.620" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Looking at &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/pcm-dpc/COVID-19/blob/master/README.md&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;some text published by the government&lt;/a&gt; in the wake of Covid-19, I found the following sentence which contains the words &quot;aeroportuali e portuali&quot;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Le principali azioni coordinate dal Capo del Dipartimento sono volte al soccorso e all'assistenza della popolazione eventualmente interessata dal contagio, al potenziamento dei controlli nelle aree &lt;strong&gt;aeroportuali e portuali&lt;/strong&gt;, in continuità con le misure urgenti già adottate dal Ministero della salute, al rientro in Italia dei cittadini che si trovano nei Paesi a rischio e al rimpatrio dei cittadini stranieri nei Paesi di origine esposti al rischio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know the plurals for airports and ports being &lt;code&gt;aeroporti e porti&lt;/code&gt;, so I figured this meant the administrative organizations responsible for the airports and ports. I checked against online translations, and found that the words translated to &lt;code&gt;airport&lt;/code&gt; and &lt;code&gt;port&lt;/code&gt;, both singular. I posed the question of what these forms of the words meant to the Italian speaker in the house, and he said he was unsure, but guessed instead that &lt;code&gt;aeroportuali&lt;/code&gt; referred to the whole grounds encompassing an airport rather than the terminal structure that one would roll their suitcase into.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What are these forms of the word? Do they mean the physical structure and space around an airport/port?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6151" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-12T09:14:56.393" LastActivityDate="2020-03-12T09:14:56.393" Title="What's the meaning of &quot;aeroportuali e portuali&quot; in this context?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11606" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11605" CreationDate="2020-03-12T06:16:40.390" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;portuale&lt;/em&gt; is an adjective and should be attached to a noun; its meaning is &quot;of the port, related to the port&quot; (for example, &lt;em&gt;gergo portuale&lt;/em&gt;, slang used by people working in a port)(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/portuale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/portuale/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If no noun is specified, &lt;em&gt;portuali&lt;/em&gt; refers to the workers of the port, while &lt;em&gt;portuale&lt;/em&gt;, less common, may refer to a single worker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;aeroportuale&lt;/em&gt; is the same as &lt;em&gt;portuale&lt;/em&gt;, of course referring to an airport instead of a sea port.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-03-12T06:16:40.390" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11607" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11604" CreationDate="2020-03-12T08:23:03.667" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wikihow.it/Indirizzare-una-Lettera-a-un-Prete&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;According to this page&lt;/a&gt; a formal salutation could be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Reverendo Padre Rossi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;while&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Egregio Padre &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is slightly less formal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also according to the same page, the letter should end with a phrase like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La prego di accogliere, Reverendo Canonico (NAME AND SURNAME) l'espressione dei miei sentimenti deferenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(YOUR NAME AND SURNAME)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con rispetto e devozione in Cristo, (YOUR NAME AND SURNAME)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would have suggested also &lt;em&gt;Stimato&lt;/em&gt; but I guess it is not used and  &lt;em&gt;Egregio&lt;/em&gt; would be better.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-03-12T08:23:03.667" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11610" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10624" CreationDate="2020-03-13T11:28:56.040" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In general the definite article is used to indicate a precise (positive) thing, sometimes already mentioned in the same utterance, and to indicate its number:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;I cani abbaiano&quot; (the dogs bark) means &quot;all the dogs do bark&quot; or, implicitly in a different context, &quot;our dogs (out there) are barking&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Cani abbaiano&quot;, without the article, or with an indeterminate one (&quot;dei cani abbaiano&quot;) is a form more vague, uncertain. In an affirmative phrase is used to say that we hear barking, but we knows little more. If asking &quot;ci sono cani che abbaiano?&quot; the meaning could be &quot;I am hearing something that seems as few dogs barking&quot;, or &quot;is it possible that a dog barks? Does it exist even a single dog who barks?&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your question, it happens that &lt;em&gt;uva&lt;/em&gt; is a special term (also pointed out in comments), like &quot;frutta&quot; (fruits, but really &quot;all the fruits, all the kinds of fruit&quot;), &quot;latte&quot; (milk) and similar. Those nouns are not really countable, and the plural form is little used when it exists. They are indeterminate by nature (or, better, they are generic) even when the definite article is used. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, asking about &quot;cogliere uva&quot; o &quot;cogliere l'uva&quot; is really the same, as would be with &lt;em&gt;latte&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;frutta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A little difference can be expressed in affirmative phrases: &quot;io colgo uva&quot; (I harvest grapes) is really generic, just to specify grapes instead of apples. &quot;io colgo l'uva&quot; can mean the same as before, or instead &quot;I harvest my own grapes, after a year of work&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-03-13T11:28:56.040" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11611" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-13T15:17:50.517" Score="4" ViewCount="329" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ma per la prima volta in vita sua, insieme a quella sensazione lo aveva preso un pensiero, una specie di presentimento, che comunque fossero andate le cose, avesse anche evitato le trappole del malocchio, i sortilegi, l’invidia, le guerre e le malattie infettive, prima o poi sarebbe morto, e non c’era modo di sfuggire al fatto che quel suo corpaccione che sembrava tagliato nell’olivo sarebbe diventato molliccio e si sarebbe sfatto come i torsoli delle pannocchie e gli altri residui che buttavano nelle pozze per concimare la terra. La &lt;strong&gt;muina&lt;/strong&gt; in basso mescolandosi a quei pensieri gli faceva girare la testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per situare il contesto di questo brano, cito un passaggio precedente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma la notte della vigilia di San Giovanni un caldo prematuro e soffocante aveva fatto cuocere il sangue nelle vene di don Francesco. Arrivavano fino a loro, attutite, le canzoni che cantavano per strada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, tutto questo accadeva durante la notte della vigilia della festa di San Giovanni. Don Francesco era nella sua camera da letto e aveva i pensieri descritti nel primo passo citato. Immagino che questa &quot;muina&quot; sia qualcosa correlata ai festeggiamenti che si stavano facendo per strada, &quot;in basso&quot; (perché la stanza dove si trovava don Francesco non era al piano terra).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il termine &quot;muina&quot; su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino si tratti di qualche sorta di regionalismo o dialettalismo. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-13T16:17:38.537" LastActivityDate="2020-03-14T14:46:46.490" Title="Significato di &quot;muina&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11612" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11611" CreationDate="2020-03-14T11:15:34.557" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Comincio col dire che, senza il commento di @DaG, non sarei stata in grado di trovare questa risposta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come ipotizzato nel commento di @DaG, a quanto pare, il termine &quot;muìna&quot; è una variante di &quot;ammuìna&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.unice.fr/site/henneboi/SVG-lirces/langues/real/dialectes/ammiscare.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario etimologico di meridionalismi dell'Università di Nizza&lt;/a&gt; indica che &quot;muìna&quot; è riportato sul volume II del &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario siciliano&lt;/em&gt; di Giorgio Piccitto col significato di &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sentore di rabbia popolare che tende a esplodere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autore di questo vocabolario (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ald-monaco.org/membres&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Arnaldo Moroldo&lt;/a&gt;), però, mette in correlazione questo vocabolo con &quot;ammoìno&quot; o &quot;ammuìno&quot;, riportati sul volume I del &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario siciliano&lt;/em&gt; di Giorgio Piccitto con queste accezioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;confusione, disordine; trambusto, baraonda; chiasso, frastuono, pandemonio 2 baruffa, tafferuglio 3 festicciola piuttosto animata 4 ammutinamento, cfr. &lt;em&gt;ammuina&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ammuinari&lt;/em&gt; 2.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, per &quot;&lt;em&gt;ammuinari&lt;/em&gt; 2&quot;, dà:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ammutinarsi...3 affollarsi, far ressa...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa fonte registra altre varianti del termine riportate da Gerhard Rohlfs nel &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Dizionario dialettale della Calabria&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ferdinandopaternostro.it/luigi/pdf/dizionario.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario dialettale &#xA;etimologico di Mormanno&lt;/a&gt; riporta &quot;muìna&quot; col significato di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;confusione chiassosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolo &quot;ammuìna&quot; o &quot;ammoìna&quot; è registrato da parecchi dizionari della lingua italiana, come il Treccani, lo Zingarelli, il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, il Garzanti e il Battisti-Alessio (secondo quanto si spiega &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.unice.fr/site/henneboi/SVG-lirces/langues/real/dialectes/ammiscare.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;). Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ammuina&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, per esempio, viene definito come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vocìo, chiasso, fracasso, confusione: &lt;em&gt;fare ammuina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e altri vocabolari riportano definizioni simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto del testo citato nella domanda, possiamo concludere che &quot;muina&quot; significa qualcosa come vocìo, trambusto, baraonda, chiasso... prodotti da una festicciola popolare &quot;piuttosto animata&quot;, con l'aggiunta di una sfumatura di confusione causata da una folla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra possibile interpretazione, secondo la definizione di &quot;muìna&quot; del Piccitto, sarebbe che si trattase della sensazione di una certa esplosione di un senso di rabbia popolare. Tuttavia, dato l'ambiente festivo descritto nel testo, che continua parlando di risate, di bagliori di fiamme (dai falò tipici della notte di San Giovanni), di braci e di occhi di ragazze che brillavano nell’ombra, di &quot;cafoni festanti&quot;, questa interpretazione mi sembra poco plausibile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-14T14:46:46.490" LastActivityDate="2020-03-14T14:46:46.490" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11613" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-14T15:05:18.730" Score="7" ViewCount="485" Body="&lt;p&gt;Demonstrative pronouns in Italian are &quot;questo,&quot; corresponding to &quot;this&quot; and &quot;quello,&quot; corresponding to &quot;that&quot; in English, which also have their plural counterparts, &quot;these&quot; and &quot;those.&quot;&#xA;In my language, which is Georgian, there are 3 types of demonstrative pronouns according to the number:&#xA;1st person: რა არის &lt;strong&gt;ეს&lt;/strong&gt;? What is &lt;strong&gt;this&lt;/strong&gt; (that &lt;strong&gt;I&lt;/strong&gt; am holding)?&#xA;2nd person: რა არის &lt;strong&gt;ეგ&lt;/strong&gt;? What is &lt;strong&gt;that&lt;/strong&gt; (that &lt;strong&gt;you&lt;/strong&gt; are holding)?&#xA;3rd person: რა არის &lt;strong&gt;ის&lt;/strong&gt;? What is &lt;strong&gt;that&lt;/strong&gt; (that &lt;strong&gt;he/she&lt;/strong&gt; is holding)?&#xA;So English uses &quot;that&quot; for 2nd and 3rd person while the Georgian language has different demonstratives for 2nd and 3rd persons.&#xA;My question is this: Does the Italian language have a specific demonstrative pronoun apart from &quot;quello&quot; to indicate the thing the person being spoken to is holding, or does it use &quot;quello&quot; for both 2nd and third person pronoun like English does?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6060" LastActivityDate="2020-03-16T10:55:32.817" Title="Does Italian have a demonstrative pronoun for 2nd person?" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11614" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11613" CreationDate="2020-03-14T15:16:58.703" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sounds like you are looking for &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/codesto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;codesto&lt;/a&gt;, nowadays rarely used outside of Tuscany:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;codésto&lt;/strong&gt; (o &lt;strong&gt;cotésto&lt;/strong&gt;) agg. e pron. dimostr. [lat. &lt;em&gt;eccu&lt;/em&gt;(&lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;tibi iste&lt;/em&gt;]. – Indica persona o cosa vicina a chi ascolta, o a lui relativa, o nominata subito prima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, &lt;em&gt;codesto&lt;/em&gt; is an adjective or a pronoun that indicates a person or an object close to the listener, or related to him, or something that has been mentioned (by the listener) immediately before.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Outside of Tuscany, usually the role of &lt;em&gt;codesto&lt;/em&gt; is played by &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt;, depending on whether the object referred is close to or distant from the speaker (so that the position relative to the listener is irrelevant).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance (these examples are taken from the book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Luca Serianni), in Tuscany one can say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono nuovi codesti guanti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;referring to some gloves worn by the listener. But in the rest of Italy one would say &lt;em&gt;questi guanti&lt;/em&gt; (assuming that the interlocutor is close to the speaker in a real or ideal way) or, if there is the possibility of some misunderstanding, &lt;em&gt;questi tuoi guanti&lt;/em&gt; or simply &lt;em&gt;i tuoi guanti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-16T10:55:32.817" LastActivityDate="2020-03-16T10:55:32.817" CommentCount="1" CommunityOwnedDate="2020-03-14T16:30:37.517" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11616" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11613" CreationDate="2020-03-14T17:55:59.553" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, Italian does not have different demonstrative pronouns according to the grammatical category of person, but only along the parameter of proximity of the referent to the utterer and the addressee (&quot;questo&quot;: close to the utterer, &quot;quello&quot;: far from the utterer (and also in some cases from the addressee&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastActivityDate="2020-03-14T17:55:59.553" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11618" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-15T19:01:53.467" Score="4" ViewCount="558" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un aspetto della lingua italiana che mi ha sempre incuriosita è l'uso del termine &quot;congiuntivo&quot; per riferirsi al modo verbale che in inglese è chiamato &quot;subjunctive&quot;, in castigliano &quot;subjuntivo&quot;, in catalano &quot;subjuntiu&quot;, in francese &quot;subjonctif&quot;, ecc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando il termine &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/congiuntivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;congiuntivo&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, però, ho visto che anche in italiano si era adoperato &quot;soggiuntivo&quot; nel passato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avevo sempre pensato che le forme imparentate con l'inglese &quot;subjunctive&quot; avessero qualcosa a che fare con &quot;soggettività&quot;. Tuttavia, guardando l'etimologia di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000297.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;soggiuntivo&quot;&lt;/a&gt; vedo che hanno piuttosto a che vedere con &quot;soggiungere&quot;, dunque credo che mi fossi sbagliata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando anche informazioni sull'etimologia di  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00000559.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;congiuntivo&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, vedo che è un termine etimologicamente imparentato col verbo &quot;congiungere&quot;. Un'accezione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/soggiungere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;soggiungere&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, oggi disusata, è precisamente &quot;congiungere&quot;: quindi adesso vedo una correlazione tra l'etimologia di questi due vocaboli, &quot;soggiuntivo&quot; e &quot;congiuntivo&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, vi chiedo: cosa ha a che fare il modo congiuntivo dei verbi con l'idea di &quot;congiungere&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-16T15:08:03.453" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T08:19:05.937" Title="Perché si chiama &quot;congiuntivo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11620" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11622" CreationDate="2020-03-16T04:22:47.430" Score="3" ViewCount="698" Body="&lt;p&gt;Since I see &quot;MC&quot; often in the context of English games and so forth, I wanted to know if Italians had an equivalent word that they would use when talking about a character/protagonist of a story, especially if used by gamemakers themselves.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6165" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-16T15:15:25.123" LastActivityDate="2020-03-16T15:15:25.123" Title="Is there an Italian equivalent for the English abbreviation &quot;MC&quot; for &quot;main character?&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;abbreviations&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11621" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11620" CreationDate="2020-03-16T06:22:33.360" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think that English people tend to use acronyms much more than what Italians do; moreover, nowadays, there are many specialized sectors, each one having their own acronyms. Being English the language used worldwide, it is exposed to such inflections way more than other languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That being said, I don't know much about game makers but I think that no, the MC would be called &lt;em&gt;protagonista&lt;/em&gt; while another character (not the main one) would be called &lt;em&gt;personaggio&lt;/em&gt;. Or, even if writing in Italian, a game maker could use MC, but only considering that its intended audience would understand it as a specific term used in that peculiar context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2020-03-16T08:57:19.680" LastActivityDate="2020-03-16T08:57:19.680" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11622" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11620" CreationDate="2020-03-16T07:33:15.490" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have been a part of the Italian pen and paper role-playing community for over 20 years. In that context, when a player is referring to their own character, or any character controlled by another player, the acronym you are looking for is &lt;strong&gt;PG&lt;/strong&gt;, which is an abbreviation of &lt;em&gt;personaggio&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;personaggio giocante&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.5clone.com/phpbb/viewtopic.php?f=86&amp;amp;t=17948&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; is one of many examples you can find in online forums). For characters controlled by the Game Master, i.e. non-player characters, the Italian community has had a hard time deciding whether to go for the globally understood &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.eurogamer.it/articles/2019-06-04-news-videogiochi-watch-dogs-legion-controllare-qualsiasi-npc-leak&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;NPC&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; or the translated &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.player.it/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/guida-completa-a-DD-5-player.it_.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;PNG&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;em&gt;personaggio non giocante&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;An example from the last link reads&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] il compito del DM è quello di gestire tutto ciò che non sono i personaggi giocanti (PG): i personaggi non giocanti (PNG) e mostri che popolano il mondo, i luoghi, gli eventi, le conseguenze delle azioni [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is interesting though is that I have never heard the use of &quot;MC&quot; in English settings, but only &quot;PC&quot; - player character.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-16T08:45:27.317" LastActivityDate="2020-03-16T08:45:27.317" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11623" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-16T07:57:35.867" Score="4" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can someone explain why we are using &quot;ce&quot; in &quot;ce la faccio&quot;, for example? Why isn't it enough to use &quot;la faccio&quot;? I think it should be that way since &quot;la&quot; indicates &quot;it&quot;.&#xA;Would love to understand the use of &quot;ce&quot; more profoundly. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5322" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-16T12:17:13.037" LastActivityDate="2021-02-28T17:57:59.493" Title="Understanding &quot;ce la&quot; in &quot;ce la faccio&quot; and other similar expressions" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11624" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11618" CreationDate="2020-03-17T10:57:37.487" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trovo questo passo in uno scritto di Maurus Servius Honoratus:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dum regna manebant 'dum' donec: et absolutus est sensus. alii tamen 'cum' legunt: sed 'cum manebant' quomodo dicimus, cum constet 'manebant' modum esse indicativum? hoc ergo sciendum est, quia, quando coniunctivus modus est, necesse est aliquid iungi aut subaudiri, ut 'cum venirem, vidi illum'. si autem 'cum veniebam' dicamus, aut modus pro modo est, hoc est indicativus pro coniunctivo: aut 'cum' non erit coniunctio, sed adverbium temporis, et significat 'tempore quo veniebam'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0053:book=2:commline=455&amp;amp;highlight=coniunctivus&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/text?doc=Perseus:text:1999.02.0053:book=2:commline=455&amp;amp;highlight=coniunctivus&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trovo anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/morph?l=conjunctivus&amp;amp;la=la#lexicon&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/morph?l=conjunctivus&amp;amp;la=la#lexicon&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;conjunctīvus , a, um, adj. id.,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  I.of connection or serving to connect, connective (in post-class. gram. lang.): “particula (sc. autem),” Tert. adv. Hermog. 26.—Esp. freq.: conjunctivus modus, or absol.: conjunc-tīvus , i, m., the conjunctive or subjunctive mood, Mart. Cap. 3, § 310 al.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma trovo anche &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/morph?l=subjunctivus&amp;amp;la=la#lexicon&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/hopper/morph?l=subjunctivus&amp;amp;la=la#lexicon&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;subjunctīvus , a, um, adj. subjungo,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  I.of or belonging to binding together, connecting; in the later gram. lang., modus, the subjunctive mood, Diom. p. 331 P.; Prisc. p. 820 ib. al.: “conjunctiones, e. g. si, cum, antequam, etc.,” Charis. p. 200 sq. P.: “vocales,” Prisc. 561 ib.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra proprio che i grammatici latini abbiano adoperato sia &lt;em&gt;coniunctivus&lt;/em&gt; sia &lt;em&gt;subiunctivus&lt;/em&gt; (sostituisco la &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; che proprio non mi piace) per nominare il modo verbale corrispondente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-17T14:10:15.067" LastActivityDate="2020-03-17T14:10:15.067" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11626" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11516" CreationDate="2020-03-18T06:31:04.703" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La domanda è molto lunga, mi limito a esprimermi su un paio di questioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;posso esprimere &quot;mi avvicino a lui/lei/loro&quot; come &quot;mi ci avvicino&quot;, &quot;ti avvicini a lui/lei/loro&quot; come &quot;ti ci avvicini&quot; o &quot;mi avvicini a lui/lei/loro&quot; come &quot;mi ci avvicini&quot;? E posso dire, per esempio, &quot;ti ci avvicino&quot; intendendo &quot;ti avvicino a lui/lei/loro&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per me la risposta è sì: capirei ognuno degli esempi qui sopra attribuendogli il significato che hai suggerito. Una specie di regola (credo automatica, non ragionata) è che, in tali frasi, il primo clitico è il soggetto / complemento oggetto, cioè chi o che cosa si muove; il restante clitico indica verso chi o che cosa ci si avvicina. Ma nota che in &quot;ci si avvicina&quot; i ruoli sono invertiti, forse perché la forma è pienamente riflessiva e la particella &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; viene spostata da dopo il verbo a prima di esso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;affermazione di Coletti sul fatto che &quot;ci&quot; può anche avere il valore di &quot;a lui/lei/loro&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E' vero quello che dice Coletti, ma non si tratta di ottimo Italiano: &lt;em&gt;a lui&lt;/em&gt; dovrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;a lei le&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;a loro loro&lt;/em&gt;. Il verbo &lt;em&gt;parlare&lt;/em&gt; può essere usato con due casi diversi: &quot;Parlo a Coletti&quot; -&gt; &quot;Gli parlo&quot;; &quot;Parlo con Coletti&quot; -&gt; &quot;Ci parlo&quot;; entrambi i casi sono corretti, e sono quasi equivalenti tranne che la particella &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt; suggerisce una maggiore interazione fra i due soggetti. Però la somiglianza dei due casi non è una buona ragione per confonderli, per me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T06:31:04.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11627" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1450" CreationDate="2020-03-18T06:48:25.367" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si pensi alla frase &quot;mangerei una mela: sia essa matura, sia essa acerba.&quot;. Dato che si esprimono due ipotesi, non possono essere entrambe vere, e il congiuntivo aiuta a indicarlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Contraendo la frase, salta fuori &quot;mangerei una mela: sia matura, sia acerba.&quot;. Oppure &quot;amo le mele, siano esse rosse o siano verdi&quot;: se contratta ancor più, perdendo il plurale, diventa &quot;amo le mele, sia rosse sia verdi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se però, invece di una più o meno legittima abbreviazione, si usa un meccanismo diverso (che non so definire) e si dice &quot;amo le mele, sia rosse che verdi&quot;, si genera un anacoluto. Per me quella particella &quot;che&quot; è inspiegabile, o spiegabile forse dicendo che è una congiunzione buona per tutte le stagioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che il ragionamento sopra possa essere una spiegazione del fatto che la locuzione &quot;sia... sia...&quot; è ritenuta più corretta, o per lo meno più tradizionale, rispetto a &quot;sia... che...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T06:48:25.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11628" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11618" CreationDate="2020-03-18T08:19:05.937" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo quanto spiega questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/uso-del-congiuntivo/104&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, il termine &lt;em&gt;subiuntivus&lt;/em&gt; era usato nella tradizione grammaticale latina per indicare il modo verbale usato in qualsiasi proposizione subordinata. A quanto pare della prima citazione nella risposta di @egreg, anche &lt;em&gt;coniunctivus&lt;/em&gt; era usato con lo stesso significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nella tradizione grammaticale latina il termine SUBIUNCTIVUS ('congiuntivo') era usato per indicare il modo verbale usato nelle subordinate in genere, per questo dalle prime grammatiche italiane (Fortunio del 1516 o Giambullari del 1552 ad esempio) fino all'Ottocento i termini &lt;em&gt;subienctivo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;soggiuntivo&lt;/em&gt; si impiegarono per ogni forma verbale usata in una frase dipendente da una principale. Soltanto alla fine del XIX secolo, con le grammatiche di Fornaciari, Zambaldi e Morandi-Cappuccini, si cominciò a privilegiare nella definizione del congiuntivo il valore semantico più di quello sintattico ed anche le grammatiche attuali più tradizionali definiscono il congiuntivo come uno dei modi finiti del verbo (con indicativo, condizionale, imperativo) che serve a presentare l'azione espressa dal verbo come incerta, ipotizzabile, desiderata, dubbia o soggettiva. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel glossario alla fine dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è il modo tipico delle proposizioni dipendenti (si chiama così proprio perché «congiunge» alla principale subordinate di vario tipo, [...]), [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, a quanto pare, ambedue i termini, &quot;soggiuntivo&quot; e &quot;congiuntivo&quot;, deriverebbero dell'idea di modo verbale caratteristico delle proposizioni subordinate. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T08:19:05.937" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11629" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-18T12:38:44.970" Score="3" ViewCount="1122" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11618/&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;, l'ausiliare del verbo &quot;incuriosire&quot; mi è stato corretto da &quot;essere&quot; ad &quot;avere&quot;. Capisco la correzione senza problema: è semplicemente che a volte diventa difficile per me ricordare che &quot;incuriosire&quot; è transitivo, mentre invece &quot;piacere&quot; è intransitivo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cercando &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incuriosire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;incuriosire&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, però, ho visto che questo verbo ha anche un uso intransitivo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, per assicurarmi di aver capito bene, potrei dire queste frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Questo fatto mi ha sempre incuriosita (uso transitivo di &quot;incuriosire&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono sempre incuriosita di questo fatto (uso intransitivo di &quot;incuriosire&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto &quot;incuriosita&quot; perché ho pensato a me pronunciando queste frasi. &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9908/&quot;&gt;Capisco&lt;/a&gt;, però, che nella prima frase potrei dire &quot;mi ha incuriosito&quot; e forse è più frequente nell'italiano moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È veramente così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T12:38:44.970" Title="&quot;Mi ha incuriosito/a&quot; versus &quot;mi sono incuriosito/a&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;auxiliary-verb&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11630" PostTypeId="5" CreationDate="2020-03-18T19:08:37.893" Score="0" Body="" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-18T19:08:37.893" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T19:08:37.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11631" PostTypeId="4" CreationDate="2020-03-18T19:08:37.893" Score="0" Body="For questions about words, expressions or concepts associated with mathematics." OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-18T19:08:37.893" LastActivityDate="2020-03-18T19:08:37.893" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11632" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11280" CreationDate="2020-03-19T06:54:56.577" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am adding to the answer and comment already present which are correct; it can help those who are not familiar with the italian double negation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ne ho nessuna&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is an example of the &quot;double negation&quot; very common in Italian; any Italian would understand that as &quot;I have no shirts&quot;, but logically (in mathematical sense) it really means &quot;it is false that I have no shirts&quot;. In fact, the following dialogue could happen:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario, to Nicola: &quot;Tu non hai nessuna camicia&quot;  (double negation again)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nicola: &quot;Non ne ho &lt;em&gt;nessuna&lt;/em&gt;, ne ho &lt;em&gt;tre&lt;/em&gt;!&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;(The above dialogue can really happen)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other answer mentions that &quot;alcuno&quot; sounds weird (&lt;em&gt;strange&lt;/em&gt; would be better?) in a negative phrase: at first sight may be but, thinking more, it is not:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario: &quot;Tu non hai camicie&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nicola: &quot;E' vero, non ne ho alcuna&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And there is also a common phrase &quot;senza alcun dubbio...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-19T10:09:47.220" LastActivityDate="2020-03-19T10:09:47.220" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11633" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-19T08:36:34.757" Score="2" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho perso la verginità con un ragazzo che detesto per quanto ci è successo dopo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa vuol dire &quot;per quanto ci&quot; in questa frase? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6110" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-19T08:43:58.047" LastActivityDate="2020-03-19T20:20:27.890" Title="&quot;Ho perso la verginità con un ragazzo che detesto per quanto ci è successo dopo&quot;: significato di &quot;per quanto ci&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11634" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11633" CreationDate="2020-03-19T09:18:38.570" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente l'origine del problema è &lt;em&gt;per quanto&lt;/em&gt;. In questo caso è un complemento di causa: &lt;em&gt;a causa di quanto ci è successo dopo&lt;/em&gt;. In altri contesti &lt;em&gt;per quanto&lt;/em&gt; può essere una congiunzione concessiva (ma in questo caso richiede il congiuntivo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quanto1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4.&lt;/strong&gt; […] &lt;strong&gt;b.&lt;/strong&gt; Preceduto dalle prep. &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;, con lo stesso uso e sign. avverbiale di tanto: &lt;em&gt;quest’acqua non si può bere, da (o per) q. è gelata.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt; Preceduto da &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;, nella locuz. di valore concessivo &lt;em&gt;per quanto&lt;/em&gt; (con il verbo al cong.): &lt;em&gt;per q. si sforzi, non ci riuscirà mai&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il problema, per q. sia difficile, si può risolvere&lt;/em&gt;; usata assol., all’inizio di frase, serve a sospendere e correggere quanto s’è appena affermato: &lt;em&gt;gli scriverò ... per quanto ... sarà forse meglio dirglielo a voce.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ultimo esempio può essere fuorviante perché c'è l'indicativo: ma è futuro e c'è appunto &lt;em&gt;forse&lt;/em&gt; per rafforzare il significato di opinione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in esame &lt;em&gt;per quanto&lt;/em&gt; non è una locuzione: si può sostituire &lt;em&gt;quanto&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;quello che&lt;/em&gt; e il significato non cambierebbe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si potrebbe volgere in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;che (ora) detesto a causa di quello che ci è successo dopo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; è semplicemente un pronome di seconda persona plurale: &lt;em&gt;quello che è successo a noi dopo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-03-19T20:20:27.890" LastActivityDate="2020-03-19T20:20:27.890" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11635" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-19T16:45:17.073" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si fece strage di agnellini da latte e di capretti, di conigli e di cacciagione, e le donne impastarono foccazzole, cavarono cavatelli, torsero ricchitedde, arricciarono scr’ppelle col miele e col vincotto, &lt;strong&gt;affolsero&lt;/strong&gt; calzoncelli con la crema di ceci o la marmellata di amarene, come se Natale Carnevale e Pasqua fossero arrivati tutti insieme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so quale verbo sia questo &quot;affolsero&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato. Ho pensato fosse &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/affoltare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;affoltare&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non ne sono per niente sicura. Me lo sapreste indicare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-21T09:45:21.310" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T20:55:49.437" Title="Quale verbo è &quot;affolsero&quot;? E cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11637" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-20T12:22:13.927" Score="5" ViewCount="228" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can any native (or high level) Italian speakers identify the regional accent in this audio clip?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(at 00:34 seconds, and again at 00:47s)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://tinyurl.com/rthy2zx&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://tinyurl.com/rthy2zx&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Well, I think she's mimicking a regional accent (I think I've heard it before), but she could just be caricaturing that person's way of speaking.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Any help would be appreciated!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6185" LastActivityDate="2020-09-24T17:09:56.553" Title="Regional Accent ID" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11638" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-20T17:05:36.970" Score="3" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sulla pagina 46 di &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=07fj5d_l3r4C&amp;amp;pg=PA42#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22sarebbe%20bastato%20che%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo libro&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sarebbe bastato&lt;/strong&gt; che me lo &lt;strong&gt;avessi detto&lt;/strong&gt; prima, e te l'&lt;strong&gt;avrei portata&lt;/strong&gt; in facoltà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase appare nel contesto di un esercizio per imparare certi fenomeni tipici dell'italiano colloquiale, in cui si richiede di trasformare all'imperfetto indicativo le forme verbali evidenziate quando possibile (in un registro colloquiale). Si chiede anche di indicare per ogni forma trasformata quale funzione comunicativa svolge nel discorso tra quelle di questo elenco:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;esprimere un desiderio in modo cortese;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;esprimere l'intenzione di fare qualcosa o il motivo per cui la si fa; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;fare una richiesta, una domanda o un'affermazione minimizzandone il contenuto, generalmente per ragioni di cortesia e buona educazione;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;esprimere un'ipotesi nel passato&#xA;  (periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà); &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;esprimere un'opinione riferita a una situazione o evento passato; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;riportare un discorso indiretto nel passato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, l'esempio di uso dell'imperfetto indicativo nel periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà che fa questo libro è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se lo sapevo, la portavo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;al posto di &quot;Se l'avessi saputo, l'avrei portata&quot;, quindi è chiaro che si riferisce all'uso per esprimere l'ipotesi e anche la conseguenza non avvenuta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una frase che assomiglia a quella che ha motivato  &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11324/&quot;&gt;quest'altra domanda&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella mia risposta a quella domanda ho scritto che questa frase  rientra nel cosiddetto periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà. Anzi, non esattamente questa frase, ma altre frasi con una struttura simile come, per esempio, questa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarebbe bastato che avessi vinto il concorso e avrei ricevuto una borsa di studio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o questa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarebbe bastato che avessi vinto il concorso per ricevere una borsa di studio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o quella che ha motivato l'altra domanda (perlomeno in una delle versioni proposte dall'OP).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, capisco che questa affermazione sia una sorta di &quot;salto nel vuoto&quot; poiché la frase non ha la struttura più tipica del periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà riferito a fatti non realizzati nel passato, cioè, &quot;se&quot; + congiuntivo trapassato nella proposizione secondaria (protasi) e condizionale passato nella proposizione principale (apodosi), come in questo esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se avessi vinto il concorso, avrei ricevuto una borsa di studio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le frasi in questione hanno una struttura più complessa: c'è una proposizione subordinata soggettiva introdotta da &quot;bastare che&quot; (con &quot;bastare&quot; al condizionale passato, cosa che dà l'idea di fatto non accaduto); questa subordinata sembra esprimere una condizione non realizzata nel passato; il verbo &quot;bastare&quot; sembra avere il ruolo di introdurre questa condizione;  c'è una proposizione coordinata oppure un infinito introdotto da una preposizione che sembrano esprimere una sorta di apodosi, cioè un'ipotetica conseguenza della condizione che non è avvenuta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, continuo a credere che queste frasi abbiano a che vedere col periodo ipotetico dell'irrealtà riferito a fatti irrealizzati nel passato (fatto anche motivato dall'esercizio che vi ho spiegato sopra). Non so, però, come ragionarlo. Qualcuno di voi mi potrebbe aiutare a fare chiarezza su  questa questione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-20T22:34:02.587" LastActivityDate="2020-03-20T22:34:02.587" Title="Come posso spiegare la struttura di queste frasi?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11639" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11640" CreationDate="2020-03-21T11:11:58.997" Score="3" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una discussione a proposito di questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11280/&quot;&gt;domanda&lt;/a&gt;, si è menzionato quello che in inglese si conosce come &quot;propositional logic&quot; e mi è venuta la curiosità di sapere come si chiama in italiano. Mi riferisco a &lt;a href=&quot;http://web.stanford.edu/class/archive/cs/cs103/cs103.1152/lectures/07/Slides07.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt; (non ho ricercato molto, è uno dei primi documenti che mi è apparso da una veloce ricerca con Google). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Logica_proposizionale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia italiana&lt;/a&gt; ho visto l'espressione &quot;logica proposizionale&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(la Wikipedia italiana, però, non sembra essere sempre affidabile e questo articolo non mi sembra particolarmente buono).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/logica-matematica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, si trova l'espressione &quot;logica degli enunciati&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: qual è il modo (o i modi) standard di tradurre &quot;propositional logic&quot; in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-22T08:10:13.613" LastActivityDate="2020-03-22T08:10:13.613" Title="&quot;Propositional logic&quot; in italiano" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11640" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11639" CreationDate="2020-03-21T12:12:06.983" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Facendo una ricognizione di libri e dispense che ho a casa, nel computer e in rete direi che si usino quasi a pari merito “logica/calcolo proposizionale” e “logica/calcolo degli enunciati”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho consultato Bagni/Gorla/Labella, &lt;em&gt;Introduzione alla logica ed al linguaggio matematico&lt;/em&gt;; Asperti/Ciabattoni, &lt;em&gt;Logica a informatica&lt;/em&gt;; Palladino/Palladino, &lt;em&gt;Logiche non classiche&lt;/em&gt;, Abbagnano, &lt;em&gt;Dizionario di filosofia&lt;/em&gt;; e alcune dispense che ho in casa o che sono in rete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;La logica/calcolo dei predicati è invece strettamente più ampia di quella degli enunciati/proposizioni: introduce appunto i predicati e i quantificatori.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-03-21T12:12:06.983" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11641" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-22T13:21:16.143" Score="3" ViewCount="179" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dopo una breve esitazione fra Albina e Costanza la sua scelta era caduta su Albina, non perché fosse rimasto colpito dalla sua bellezza severa, piuttosto il fulgore dell’altra gli era sembrato promettere sospiri e patimenti, mentre a lui premeva di risanare quanto prima le finanze di famiglia. Ad Albina non era parso vero che un barone la preferisse alla sorella, ed era pronta a giurargli fedeltà eterna, anche se Aurelio era corto e &lt;strong&gt;malcavato&lt;/strong&gt; e per guardarla negli occhi doveva starsene col naso all’insú.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da una ricerca su Google, ho visto che &quot;malcavato&quot; può anche essere scritto &quot;mal cavato&quot;. Cercando il significato del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cavare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbo &quot;cavare&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, credo che l'espressione faccia in qualche modo riferimento all'accezione numero 2, cioè, &quot;ricavare&quot;, soprattutto nel senso di &quot;ottenere&quot;. Tuttavia, non so se abbia del tutto senso affermare che Aurelio era &quot;ottenuto male&quot;, quindi immagino ci sia una maniera migliore di spiegare il significato di &quot;malcavato&quot; nel brano sopra citato. Me la sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-22T14:14:02.280" LastActivityDate="2020-03-22T14:14:02.280" Title="Significato di &quot;malcavato&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11642" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11272" CreationDate="2020-03-22T20:23:24.250" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le differenze sono piuttosto sottili, entrambi sono aggettivi ed entrambi sono intercambiabili, ma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/conosciuto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;conosciuto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. che si conosce&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e.g. &quot;Fra gli effetti collaterali &lt;strong&gt;conosciuti&lt;/strong&gt; di questa sostanza ci sono delle forti allucinazioni.&quot;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;(=Strong hallucinations are among the known side effects of this substance.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. noto, famoso&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e.g. &quot;Lo zio di una mia compagna di classe è un politico molto &lt;strong&gt;conosciuto&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;(=The uncle of one of my classmates is a very famous (or: well-known) politician.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;N.B.&lt;/strong&gt; In entrambi questi due esempi avrei potuto sostituire &lt;strong&gt;&quot;conosciuto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; con &lt;strong&gt;&quot;noto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; aggiungendo un pizzico di formalità in più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/noto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;noto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. fatto risaputo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;(formale)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e.g. &quot;Come è &lt;strong&gt;noto&lt;/strong&gt;, bere molta acqua fa bene.&quot; &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;(=As is generally known drinking a lot of water is good for you.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. noto, famoso&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;(formale)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;e.g. &quot;È un personaggio piuttosto &lt;strong&gt;noto&lt;/strong&gt; da queste parti.&quot; &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;(=He's a fairly well-known person in this area.)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;N.B.&lt;/strong&gt; Nel primo esempio non avrei potuto sostituire &lt;strong&gt;&quot;noto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; con &lt;strong&gt;&quot;conosciuto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, poiché &lt;strong&gt;&quot;conosciuto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; in quel contesto non è l'aggettivo adeguato. Nel secondo esempio avrei invece potuto sostituire &lt;strong&gt;&quot;noto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; con &lt;strong&gt;&quot;conosciuto&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;, ma ciò avrebbe reso la frase più colloquiale e meno formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6037" LastEditorUserId="6037" LastEditDate="2020-03-24T12:50:57.633" LastActivityDate="2020-03-24T12:50:57.633" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11643" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11368" CreationDate="2020-03-22T22:11:20.227" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao, quelle frasi non sono corrette, ecco la correzione di esse con una breve spiegazione a lato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;del&gt;“Parliamo di da cosa travestirci per carnevale.”&lt;/del&gt; ma&#xA;  &quot;Stiamo parlando di come potremmo vestirci a carnevale.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;di da&quot; non si usa mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;del&gt;“Discutono su di chi sia quel vestito.”&lt;/del&gt; ma&#xA;  &quot;Stanno discutendo di chi sia quel vestito. &quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: &quot;su di chi&quot; in questo contesto &quot;su&quot; è inutile. Una frase in cui è utilizzato &quot;su&quot; è invece: &quot;La verità su di lui è che...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;del&gt;“Sarà disponibile a partire da tra venti minuti.“&lt;/del&gt; ma&#xA;  &quot;Sarà disponibile a partire da trenta minuti.&quot; OR &quot;Sarà disponibile tra trenta minuti.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;: Anche qui &quot;da tra&quot; non si usa mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6037" LastActivityDate="2020-03-22T22:11:20.227" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11644" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9585" CreationDate="2020-03-22T22:25:31.950" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rUj1k.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/rUj1k.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;dal... al...&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per esprimere attività continuativa nel tempo (ripetitiva).&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Il supermercato è aperto &lt;strong&gt;dal&lt;/strong&gt; lunedì &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; venerdì.&amp;quot; &lt;em&gt;(cioè ogni settimana)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;È obbligatorio avere pneumatici invernali o catene a bordo del veicolo &lt;strong&gt;dal&lt;/strong&gt; 15 novembre &lt;strong&gt;al&lt;/strong&gt; 15 aprile.&amp;quot; &lt;em&gt;(cioè ogni anno)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;da... a...&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per esprimere attività temporanea.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;La fiera durerà &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; lunedì &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; mercoledì.&amp;quot; &lt;em&gt;(=solo questa settimana)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;La mia automobile è stata dal meccanico per 6 giorni, &lt;strong&gt;da&lt;/strong&gt; lunedì &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; sabato.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6037" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T08:11:34.730" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11645" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6052" CreationDate="2020-03-22T22:36:22.660" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/urlo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Da urlo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;con altro uso figurativo, nell'espressione del gergo giovanile &lt;em&gt;&quot;da urlo&quot;&lt;/em&gt;, di cosa o persona che colpisce vivamente per alcune sue doti o qualità (con significato simile a &lt;em&gt;forza&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;schianto&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio di uso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;La mia ragazza indossava un abito &lt;strong&gt;da urlo&lt;/strong&gt;.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6037" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-22T22:47:20.173" LastActivityDate="2020-03-22T22:47:20.173" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11646" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11272" CreationDate="2020-03-23T06:43:26.110" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are right, they are almost the same, both in meaning and usage.&#xA;But some differences exist; if you use those adjectives before the noun:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;E' un noto cantante/politico  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;E' un conosciuto cantante/politico&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first phrase is more common, albeit the second is not erroneous.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another example, taken from another answer, is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Come è noto, ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is more common than &quot;Come è conosciuto, ...&quot;. Probably this is because &quot;noto&quot; implies a general acceptance of the knowledge, a little like &quot;notorious&quot; in English , while &quot;conosciuto&quot; is slightly more dull in that sense.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another difference is that in &lt;em&gt;conosciuto&lt;/em&gt; the past participle is easily felt, while &lt;em&gt;noto&lt;/em&gt; is purely an adjective; so it is more easy to construct phrases like: &lt;em&gt;mi è nota la sua tenacia&lt;/em&gt; (Treccani: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/noto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/noto/&lt;/a&gt;), while the same utterance with &lt;em&gt;conosciuta&lt;/em&gt; would sound slightly different; in some cases such kind of construction can be erroneous (or felt as such because the presence of a participle).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-23T06:48:39.370" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T06:48:39.370" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11647" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-23T14:14:45.670" Score="4" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Care e cari, sto traducendo un romanzo italiano dove una migrante dice: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ora sono in regola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che vuol dire che i suoi documenti sono in regola, che ha dei documenti. Però,  quel che mi interessa è: questa frase esatta è marcata?, è un po' slang?, o no? (linguaggio perfetto o linguaggio burocratico?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italiani, forza a tutti dal cuore, un saluto dalla Slovenia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6191" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-23T16:33:41.473" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T16:33:41.473" Title="&quot;Ora sono in regola&quot;: uso dell'espressione &quot;essere in regola&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11649" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11647" CreationDate="2020-03-23T15:08:06.710" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;Essere in regola&quot; è a mio avviso colloquiale e non burocratica; un'espressione analoga, leggermente più formale è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;avere i documenti in regola&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso &quot;burocratico&quot; l'espressione corretta dovrebbe essere secondo me&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;avere documenti validi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;essere in possesso di documenti validi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-03-23T15:28:35.410" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T15:28:35.410" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11650" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11647" CreationDate="2020-03-23T15:13:46.600" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trovo che “essere in regola” sia normale italiano standard, non burocratico, ma neppure particolarmente colloquiale o gergale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si trova la locuzione “in regola” per esempio nella voce “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/regola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;regola&lt;/a&gt;” del Treccani (al punto 1.d), senza particolari marche d'uso. Idem per il dizionario di De Mauro che registra proprio la locuzione “&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/in-regola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;in regola&lt;/a&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T15:13:46.600" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11651" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11635" CreationDate="2020-03-23T18:13:46.383" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=XBGdn1ewEfsC&amp;amp;pg=PA158&amp;amp;lpg=PA158&amp;amp;dq=%22Della+volgare+elocuzione+illustrata,+ampliata,+facilitata%22+affoltato&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=cBvbGsrRp9&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0PfnO7E190lXqNHFqvqf4t2jT8Ew&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwimyo2CubHoAhUaBGMBHauhC6cQ6AEwAHoECAAQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22Della%20volgare%20elocuzione%20illustrata%2C%20ampliata%2C%20facilitata%22%20affoltato&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Della volgare elocuzione illustrata, ampliata, facilitata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (Bergantini, 1740) a pagina 158 riporta &lt;strong&gt;ripieno&lt;/strong&gt; tra i significati affoltato e &lt;strong&gt;pressare&lt;/strong&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;premere&lt;/strong&gt; tra i significati di affoltare.&#xA;Vari dizionari collegano il verbo affoltare con concetti relativi a premere, comprimere, stringere insieme, affollare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra strano che &lt;em&gt;affolsero&lt;/em&gt; sia un refuso di avvolsero.&#xA;Credo invece che vada inteso nel senso di &lt;strong&gt;riempirono&lt;/strong&gt;, come variante di &lt;em&gt;affoltarono&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Mi sembra anche piú appropriato al contesto che i calzoncelli si riempiano con crema o marmellata, non che vi si avvolgano.&#xA;Non sono calzoni e calzoncelli solitamente delle paste (dolci o salate) ripiene?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5786" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-23T20:55:49.437" LastActivityDate="2020-03-23T20:55:49.437" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11652" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1225" CreationDate="2020-03-24T06:12:55.687" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In some cases &lt;em&gt;brillante&lt;/em&gt; could work. Its meaning is &quot;bright&quot;, or &quot;shining&quot;, and it is also used to name a jewel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It does not have any colloquial or formal connotation, it does not imply some sentiment (contrary to &lt;em&gt;fantastico&lt;/em&gt;, for example) and there are also common phrases such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;una persona brillante&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;una brillante soluzione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-03-24T06:12:55.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11653" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-24T16:31:24.967" Score="2" ViewCount="588" Body="&lt;p&gt;In principio, &quot;parere&quot; può avere il significato di &quot;credere&quot;. Ecco una delle accezioni data dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parere2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. a.&lt;/strong&gt; Ritenere, credere, giudicare (col soggetto logico nel dativo: &lt;em&gt;mi pare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ti pare&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, ho l'impressione che ci sia qualche&#xA;piccola differenza tra l'uso di queste due frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fai come credi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Fai / fa' come ti pare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco che il loro senso dipenda dal tono in cui vengano pronunciate, ma ho la sensazione che la prima si possa usare spesso con un tono più neutro, mentre la seconda sia solita dirsi quando si è arrabbiati con l'interlocutore; ma potrei essere completamente sbagliata ed è questa la ragione per cui pongo questa domanda. È veramente così? E, se non è così, esiste qualche differenza di uso tra queste due frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-24T19:28:13.050" LastActivityDate="2020-03-24T21:56:48.113" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;fai come credi&quot; e &quot;fai come ti pare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11654" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10944" CreationDate="2020-03-24T18:24:14.623" Score="-1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sono venuto a vedere se stai bene&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While speaking, a person doesn't think too much about what grammar says, and often the speaker makes errors. Often these errors become so frequent that dictionaries, after some time, record them as correct. First of all, hence, as this phrase sounds normal, &lt;em&gt;it is normal&lt;/em&gt; and so &lt;em&gt;it is correct&lt;/em&gt; (this idea is debatable, but not totally wrong).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But in this case there is something more because, as already explained in comments, this phrase contains two distinct concepts: 1) &quot;Sono venuto (a vedere)&quot;, 2) &quot;Se stai/stavi bene&quot;. The first part:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Sono venuto a vedere... (I came here to see/check...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;uses the past because the action is already terminated. Because of this, it's simply more natural to use the past than to use the present, which instead would be used, for example, in a immediately preceding telephone call: &quot;Allora vengo a vedere&quot; (then I come to see). The choice is up to the speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) (a vedere) ...se stai bene (...whether you are fine)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is just the motivation of the visit, a totally separate concept which does not need to match with the previous one. But note that the speaker could also say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) ...se hai mangiato (...whether you did eat something)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even use the future. Maybe (this is true for me, for example), the speaker uses the past because in its mind it connects the care about the other person with the act of moving on to the other person. With the two ideas connected, at the time of the visit both are placed in the past:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sono venuto a vedere se stavi bene&quot;: that past &quot;stavi&quot; can be there because, in the mind of the speaker, the time of the decision to visit is back in the past.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consider also that the imperfect can be used to add courtesy (Imperfetto di cortesia: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicativo_imperfetto#Imperfetto_di_modestia_o_di_cortesia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indicativo_imperfetto#Imperfetto_di_modestia_o_di_cortesia&lt;/a&gt;); a speaker can choose to &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; use the imperfect just to avoid the courtesy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-26T05:41:25.453" LastActivityDate="2020-03-26T05:41:25.453" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11656" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-25T03:24:46.640" Score="2" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is it uppercase letters for the following?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nei nostri cuori per sempre /&#xA;Nei Nostri Cuori Per Sempre&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Riposa in pace /&#xA;Riposa In Pace&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-25T07:44:23.380" LastActivityDate="2020-03-25T20:16:50.170" Title="Use of uppercase in Cemetery Crypt Scripture" Tags="&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11657" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12671" CreationDate="2020-03-25T06:58:03.957" Score="3" ViewCount="254" Body="&lt;p&gt;After having read this: &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/articoli-e-preposizioni-davanti-ai-nomi-delle-isole/1300&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/articoli-e-preposizioni-davanti-ai-nomi-delle-isole/1300&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which talks about articles and preposition for islands, I came to the conclusion that it is a matter that can not be ruled or analyzed. Then I searched, there, a post about nations, and found none. So I ask: are there some rules to categorize the different articles used for different nations? Why is &quot;La Francia&quot;, but not &quot;La Venezuela&quot;; and why neither &quot;La Cuba&quot; or &quot;Il Cuba&quot; are used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-- UPDATE on request --&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've found this page: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italianoinonda.net/r052.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.italianoinonda.net/r052.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;where, under the section NAZIONI in the middle of the page, there is a short list of nations that &lt;em&gt;refuse&lt;/em&gt; the article. Unluckily the page is no &lt;em&gt;sooo&lt;/em&gt; trusty and the section is vague (&quot;some names are not preceded by articles&quot; ... &quot;many country names are preceded by the article&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarize up, my questions are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Where the gender of a nation name comes from.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Related - Why some name refuses the article (and this makes even more difficult to choose from &quot;Cuba è stata&quot;/&quot;Cuba è stato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) The Most Important One, which encompasses the two above: how can I be sure to use the correct gender and article when referring to a nation? Is there a rule about that? Note: a rule could also be as simple as &quot;&lt;em&gt;The following nations are females: ...; the following are male: ...; the following refuse the article: ...&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-25T18:11:56.670" LastActivityDate="2020-07-28T14:59:38.017" Title="Are there rules about articles for nation names: La Francia, la Venezuela, la Cuba?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11659" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11656" CreationDate="2020-03-25T20:16:50.170" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;As explained in answers to &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/24/rule-to-capitalize-a-title&quot;&gt;this other question&lt;/a&gt;, title case is quite common in English, but it's extraneous to Italian. So, I would say the standard way to write the examples of scriptures you propose in your question is simply use sentence case, in the following way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nei nostri cuori per sempre &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Riposa in pace&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-25T20:16:50.170" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11660" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="24" CreationDate="2020-03-26T06:37:54.493" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sadly, in Italian, now &lt;strong&gt;it is common practice&lt;/strong&gt; to capitalize words in titles, even if it is forbidden by the italian grammar. My personal explanation is that, seeing so many foreign (mainly english) titles using this style, people tend to imitate without thinking. I  also add, not to be offensive, that this behavior is caused by &lt;em&gt;ignorance&lt;/em&gt;, the same ignorance that leads many to use, in Italian, the english plural for english words (&quot;Abbiamo spento i computers&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A little proof of what I am saying is the following picture:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/MWLd3.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/MWLd3.png&quot; alt=&quot;Disco di Mina su Lucio battisti&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;..and this other one, showing the titles of the songs of Sanremo 2020 (and please note the capitalization of every word, even articles and conjunctions):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zMPAx.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/zMPAx.png&quot; alt=&quot;Retro CD canzoni di Sarenmo&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-26T06:48:18.383" LastActivityDate="2020-03-26T06:48:18.383" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11662" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11663" CreationDate="2020-03-26T17:19:39.600" Score="3" ViewCount="265" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ultimamente, ho qualche volta usato l'espressione &quot;mi sono ingarbugliata&quot; (non saprei dire dove né perché) per cercare di trasmettere l'idea che sono stata colta da una grande confusione. Per esempio, mi sono talmente confusa su qualche argomento, non per nervosismo, semplicemente per confusione delle idee, che ho finito per spiegarlo in modo assolutamente illogico. O ho cercato di risolvere un problema (matematico o in cui devo usare la matematica), ma ho scelto delle strategie non molto intelligenti che mi hanno portata a delle espressioni complicatissime, per cui ho deciso di buttare nel cestino tutto il lavoro fatto e ricominciare da capo. O ho scritto una domanda su un sito SE, ma poi mi sono accorta di aver spiegato parecchi fatti non veri, per cui ho deciso di cancellarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi riferisco a questo tipo di cose. In castigliano direi &quot;me he hecho un lío&quot;, in catalano &quot;m'he fet un embolic&quot; e in inglese, non sono del tutto sicura, ma credo sarebbe &quot;I've got into a muddle&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, non sono certa che il verbo &quot;ingarbugliarsi&quot; possa essere usato con questo significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho dato un'occhiata alle voci &quot;ingarbugliare&quot; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ingarbugliare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI07/00001023.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e ho visto che questo verbo si adopera in senso figurato in frasi come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la questione si ingarbuglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Come  mi  mettevo  davanti  la  carta  e &#xA;  intraprendevo di scrivere, la faccenda si ingarbugliava. O il  foglio  si  riempiva  di  cancellature,  oppure  tiravo diritto  per  una  pagina  o  due  e  poi  mi  accorgevo  di  aver &#xA;  ammucchiato  una  quantità di frasi  generiche  e  senza concretezza (Moravia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono anche accorta che &quot;ingarbugliato&quot; può essere utilizzato come aggettivo in senso figurato col significato di &quot;confuso&quot;, come in questo esempio: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nacque  a  questo punto una discussione ingarbugliatissima (Moravia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non ho visto in modo esplicito che &quot;ingarbugliarsi&quot; possa voler dire &quot;essere colto da una grande confusione&quot;. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: posso usare questo verbo per esprimere questo significato? E, se non fosse così, quale verbo o espressione potrei utilizzare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-26T21:58:29.687" LastActivityDate="2020-05-30T17:13:26.780" Title="&quot;Mi sono ingarbugliata&quot;: sto usando &quot;ingarbugliare&quot; in modo corretto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11663" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11662" CreationDate="2020-03-26T22:41:05.803" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Riporto a seguire la definizione del verbo &lt;em&gt;ingarbugliare&lt;/em&gt; tratta da &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; (edizione 2009).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ingarbugliare&lt;/strong&gt; [comp. di in- e garbuglio; 1481] v. tr. (io ingarbuglio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Mescolare disordinatamente più cose: &lt;em&gt;i. i fili di un gomitolo di lana; i. i conti&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;sin.&lt;/strong&gt;. Aggrovigliare, intricare, imbrogliare | (&lt;strong&gt;fig.&lt;/strong&gt;) Complicare, intralciare.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;fig., lett.&lt;/strong&gt;) Raggirare | (&lt;strong&gt;lett.&lt;/strong&gt;) Disorientare: &lt;em&gt;i. qualcu. con lunghi discorsi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;B&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ingarbugliarsi&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. pron.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Aggrovigliarsi, intricarsi: &lt;em&gt;la catena dell'ancora si è ingarbugliata attorno a un pilone&lt;/em&gt; | (&lt;strong&gt;fig.&lt;/strong&gt;) Complicarsi: &lt;em&gt;la situazione s'ingarbuglia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;(&lt;strong&gt;fig&lt;/strong&gt;., &lt;strong&gt;colloq&lt;/strong&gt;.) Impappinarsi: &lt;em&gt;ingarbugliarsi in un discorso difficile, all'esame&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;Sfumature&lt;/strong&gt; vd. impappinare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come avrai letto trattasi di un espressione colloquiale sicché un uso in tal senso del verbo ingarbugliare può essere più o meno corretto a seconda del contesto in cui è adoprato. Dunque la questione può spostarsi ora su un piano puramente semantico-etimologico. Come avrai letto tale verbo è derivato dalla composizione del sostantivo garbuglio e della preposizione &quot;in&quot; sicché il significato del verbo ingarbugliare è direttamente determinato da quello del sostantivo &quot;garbuglio&quot; che intende indicare un &lt;em&gt;intreccio complicato o disordinato&lt;/em&gt; -vd. &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt; (edizione 2009). Allora &lt;em&gt;ingarbugliare&lt;/em&gt; assumerebbe il significato di &lt;em&gt;essere in un garbuglio&lt;/em&gt;, ovvero  &lt;em&gt;trovarsi in una situazione alquanto complicata&lt;/em&gt;, sicché si comprende che per &quot;trasposizione&quot; l'uso pronominale di tale verbo può certo assumere il significato di &lt;em&gt;essersi ficcato in un garbuglio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-30T17:13:26.780" LastActivityDate="2020-05-30T17:13:26.780" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11664" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11662" CreationDate="2020-03-27T07:11:21.350" Score="-1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;ingarbugliarsi&quot; possa voler dire &quot;essere colto da una grande confusione&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/confondere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/confondere&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;indica (tra altri significati) &quot;riunire cose che dovrebbero stare separate&quot;. In effetti la radice della parola contiene &lt;em&gt;fondere&lt;/em&gt;. Il senso principale di &lt;em&gt;confondere&lt;/em&gt; è appunto sovrapporre, vedere una cosa invece di un'altra, essere sviati e attribuire a una cosa ciò che è di un'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ingarbugliare&lt;/em&gt; è diverso, non si mescolano cose diverse, si &lt;em&gt;incasinano&lt;/em&gt; quelle già presenti. &lt;em&gt;Ingarbugliare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;incasinare&lt;/em&gt; sono pressoché equivalenti, registro ed età delle parole a parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto una persona, quando è confusa, può ingarbugliare le parole (usarle, scriverle o pronunciarle in modo errato, di ortografia/pronuncia, oppure con costruzione o significato errati). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viceversa, quando s'ingarbuglia qualche cosa si crea confusione, direttamente &lt;em&gt;dentro&lt;/em&gt; a quella cosa. Per esempio, al mio interlocutore posso &quot;fare un discorso ingarbugliato&quot; (in questa frase i termini sono propri, materiali); ma io non posso materialmente &lt;em&gt;ingarbugliare&lt;/em&gt; il mio interlocutore - in quest'ultima frase il senso d'&lt;em&gt;ingarbugliare&lt;/em&gt; è figurato, per farlo in senso materiale dovrei aprirgli la testa e scambiargli di posto i neuroni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Quindi la risposta alla tua domanda è NO&lt;/strong&gt;, con riserva. Con riserva perchè, normalmente, chi s'ingarbuglia è confuso, e chi ingarbuglia confonde (qualcun altro). Questo si riferisce ai modi riflessivi, però. Se invece c'è la volontà d'ingarbugliare, insomma lo si fa apposta, c'è anche necessità di non essere confusi, per ingarbugliare bene le cose. Difatti, c'è una frase che recita &quot;errare è umano, ma per ingarbugliare davvero tutto ci vuole un computer&quot; (è una perla delle Leggi di Murphy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-- aggiornamento --&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avevo dimenticato di dare un'alternativa, come richiesto dalla domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A parer mio non esiste altro modo. Per dire &quot;sono confusa&quot;, la frase giusta è &quot;sono confusa&quot;; si può calcare con &quot;sono molto confusa&quot;, &quot;sono estremamente confusa&quot;. Altre parole, frasi o perifrasi sarebbero necessariamente diverse, per esempio &quot;sono in confusione&quot; &quot;ho la testa confusa&quot; &quot;non capisco più niente&quot; &quot;non riesco a ragionare&quot; &quot;sono persa&quot; &quot;ho un vuoto mentale&quot; &quot;ho un casino in testa&quot; &quot;sragiono&quot; &quot;non riesco a connettere&quot; &quot;non trovo il bandolo della matassa&quot; &quot;non trovo più il cervello&quot; &quot;ho le farfalle in testa&quot; &quot;ho i pensieri incasinati&quot; &quot;i miei neuroni si stanno prendendo a pugni&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-03-27T10:34:47.080" LastActivityDate="2020-03-27T10:34:47.080" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11665" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3704" CreationDate="2020-03-27T09:30:19.987" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel glossario alla fine dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni, si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;estremo&lt;/em&gt; è un antico superlativo latino, &lt;em&gt;EXTREMUS&lt;/em&gt;, ormai non più avvertito come tale in italiano. È dunque possibile adoperare &lt;em&gt;estremo&lt;/em&gt;, nell'accezione di 'eccessivo, grande, radicale', al comparativo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla sezione V.83 se ne trovano questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«Finalmente nuovi casi più generali, più forti, &lt;em&gt;più estremi&lt;/em&gt;, arrivarono fino a loro» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;); «Le nuove istituzioni  [...] e anche le &lt;em&gt;più estreme&lt;/em&gt; e apparentemente rivoluzionarie fra esse» (Levi, &lt;em&gt;Cristo si è fermato a Eboli&lt;/em&gt;, 222).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La spiegazione del glossario continua così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Estremo&lt;/em&gt;, invece, non ammette gradazioni nel significato di 'ultimo' (&lt;em&gt;l'estremo saluto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;essere alle estreme risorse&lt;/em&gt;), che è un significato non graduabile in quanto si riferisce a una posizione determinata in una serie numerica: non si può essere più o meno ultimi, ma solo ultimi o qualcosa d'altro (penultimi, terzultimi, primi, secondi, terzi). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche la ristampa del 2011 della Dodicesima edizione del vocabolario Zingarelli riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp;  &lt;strong&gt;Nota Bene&lt;/strong&gt;   &lt;strong&gt;L'aggettivo ‘estremo’ deriva da un superlativo latino, ma nella lingua italiana è percepito spesso come aggettivo di grado positivo; perciò la forma ‘più estremo’ è frequentemente usata&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;fino alle più estreme conseguenze&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;l'ala più estrema di un partito&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;la sventura più estrema&lt;/em&gt; (G. LEOPARDI). &lt;strong&gt;Raro e colloquiale è invece il superlativo ‘estremissimo’&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;un atteggiamento di estremissima prudenza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, se quando &quot;estremo&quot; ha il significato di &quot;eccessivo, grande, radicale&quot; si può usare &quot;più estremo&quot;, deduco che &quot;molto estremo&quot; sia anche accettabile e, dunque, che l'espressione &quot;idee molto estreme&quot; sia pure ammissibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-10T15:54:52.877" LastActivityDate="2020-04-10T15:54:52.877" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11666" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="11667" CreationDate="2020-03-27T16:16:04.030" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Mentre Ciccillo il barbiere suonava la fisarmonica, fra una spasa di pasta e qualche costola di capretto, Aurelio aveva fatto del suo meglio per sventolare i suoi quarti di nobiltà, introducendoli delicatamente nel discorso.&#xA;  Con finta indifferenza aveva nominato le sue terre, i Tre Confini, la Difesa, Rivolta Sant’Angelo, piú di duemila e settecento tomoli, guardandosi bene dal dire che la maggior parte erano incolte, intere distese di sterpaglie e di lumache, e le poche famiglie che ci &lt;strong&gt;tenevano a porzione&lt;/strong&gt; facevano la fame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;tenere a porzione&quot; che appare in questo brano. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/01006.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;a porzione&quot; può significare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in  proporzio­ne, secondo una proporzione determinata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma questo non sembra avere molto senso nel passaggio sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che il senso di &quot;porzione&quot; nel testo abbia a che vedere con &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/01005.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa accezione&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quantità  di  cibo  sufficiente  per  una  persona; razione  di  viveri  o  di  acqua  destinata  individual­mente  a  militari,  marinai,  ecc.;  cibo  che  serve  per&#xA;  vivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure con &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/01006.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa altra&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – In  senso  generico:  stipendio;  pensione.  – Anche: compenso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non riesco a cogliere il senso di &quot;tenere a porzione&quot; nel contesto del testo. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-27T16:38:08.217" LastActivityDate="2020-03-27T16:57:05.527" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;tenere a porzione&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11667" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11666" CreationDate="2020-03-27T16:57:05.527" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;@charo è corretta l'interpretazione di &lt;em&gt;&quot;ci&quot;&lt;/em&gt; come avverbio di luogo; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il significato della frase, secondo me il significato di &lt;em&gt;stipendio&lt;/em&gt; che hai trovato è abbastanza corretto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che secondo me si avvicina di più, nelle pagine che hai linkato è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la quota dei frutti di un fondo spettante rispettivamente ai coloni (porzione colonica) e al proprietario o beneficiario (porzione dominicale) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aurelio (il personaggio citato) di sicuro non lavora la terra in suo possesso, ma ci &lt;em&gt;&quot;tiene&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (nel senso proprio di collocare, ospitare) delle persone che la lavorino per lui in cambio di una porzione dei frutti, comunque insufficiente e tale da far patire la fame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tenere a porzione&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significherebbe quindi in pratica &lt;em&gt;far lavorare a porzione&lt;/em&gt;, cioè solo per una parte dei guadagni o del raccolto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrei sbagliarmi, ma non credo sia dissimile dal concetto di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fittavolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fittavolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-03-27T16:57:05.527" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="11668" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-28T11:42:27.830" Score="3" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;La pasta lievemente indietro di cottura è più dura della pasta ben cotta, ma di qui a sostenere che sia dura come l'avorio ce ne passa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come mai la pasta lievemente indietro di cottura viene detta &quot;al dente&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-28T11:46:42.023" LastActivityDate="2020-03-28T11:46:42.023" Title="&quot;La pasta mi piace al dente&quot;: origine di &quot;al dente&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;&lt;cooking&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12668" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-28T17:30:27.720" Score="3" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Stavano passando i &lt;strong&gt;tavolieri&lt;/strong&gt; coi dolci e i taralli inceleppati quando se n’erano andati a parlare sotto la luna, dove Aurelio le aveva recitato delle poesie d’amore di cui Albina non aveva capito un’acca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo &quot;inceleppato&quot; non l'ho trovato su nessun dizionario, ma ho letto in &lt;a href=&quot;https://docplayer.it/17822182-Il-lessico-della-narrativa-contemporanea-2002-2006-prove-di-lettura-e-d-inventario.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt; che si tratta di un dialettismo. E, infatti, su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.unice.fr/site/henneboi/SVG-lirces/langues/real/dialectes/ciato.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario etimologico di meridionalismi dell'Università di Nizza&lt;/a&gt; appare il termine &quot;cileppo&quot; definito  da Rohlfs nel suo &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Dizionario dialettale della Calabria&lt;/em&gt;, nella variante calabrese &lt;em&gt;gileppu&lt;/em&gt;, come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sciroppo denso di zucchero condito con aromi, sughi di frutti ecc. (che serve ad annaspare le paste dolci).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, immagino che &quot;inceleppato&quot; significhi  imbevuto in questo sciroppo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda, però, è sul significato di &quot;tavolieri&quot; nel testo sopra citato. Ho cercato il termine &quot;tavoliere&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. Potrebbe trattarsi anche in questo caso di un uso regionale (ma non ne sono per niente sicura). Ecco l'entrata &quot;tavoliere&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000783.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000784.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &quot;tavolieri&quot; nel contesto del passaggio che ho citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user519" LastEditDate="2020-05-04T06:47:20.370" LastActivityDate="2020-05-04T06:47:20.370" Title="Significato di &quot;tavoliere&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12669" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-29T10:26:27.187" Score="4" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando ho scritto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12668&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; (prima di tutti gli aggiornamenti), ho usato l'avverbio &quot;insomma&quot; nell'ultima frase. Mi si è suggerito, però, che non si trattasse di una scelta adeguata perché i lettori potrebbero percepirlo come un'esortazione troppo forte. Infatti, il post è stato aggiornato senza questo &quot;insomma&quot; (nessun problema: va benissimo così).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pongo questa domanda per cercare di comprendere perché è così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco che &quot;insomma&quot; ha l'uso seguente, che è quello che sarebbe avvertito dall'interlocutore come irritante (dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/insomma&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;È anche esclamazione d’impazienza per troncare un’esitazione, per affrettare una decisione, per rafforzare la ripetizione di un invito già fatto precedentemente a rispondere, ad agire, a cessare da un’azione molesta, ecc.: &lt;em&gt;i., qui bisogna risolversi!; deciditi i., sì o no?; i., la volete smettere?; i., che cos’è tutto questo baccano?&lt;/em&gt; Usato da solo, esprime per lo più irritazione o minaccia contenuta: &lt;em&gt;insomma!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, sempre secondo il Treccani, &quot;insomma&quot; ha anche questo significato, che è quello a cui avevo cercato di riferirmi io (e sono sicura di aver adoperato &quot;insomma&quot; in questo modo nel passato; per esempio, nei pochi mesi in cui sono andata a lezione d'italiano):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Espressione di uso molto com. (equivalente in genere a «in breve; in conclusione; riassumendo il già detto» e sim.), con cui si conclude un ragionamento, si riassume un’esposizione analitica, si introduce un giudizio riassuntivo e globale, si tronca e si rimette a fuoco la discussione di un argomento che minacciava di divagare e di andare per le lunghe, e sim.: &lt;em&gt;In somma sappi che tutti fur cherci E litterati grandi e di gran fama&lt;/em&gt; (Dante); &lt;em&gt;in somma, figliol caro, io non ci ho colpa&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni); &lt;em&gt;il libro è scritto male, è pieno di contraddizioni, è povero di pensiero: i., non vale proprio la pena di leggerlo; i., per non dilungarci, la questione essenziale è questa; i., si può sapere che cosa t’ha detto?; i., io spero che ci siamo capiti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, la mia domanda è: perché l'&quot;insomma&quot; che avevo usato nel mio post non verrebbe percepito in questo ultimo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per rendere la questione un po' più semplice, ecco altre domande poste su questo sito in passato in cui si usa &quot;insomma&quot; alla fine del post: &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1410/&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/9540/&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/5593/&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt;  e &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/10732/&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda sarebbe: esistono differenze tra l'uso di &quot;insomma&quot; che si fa in questi post e quello che avevo fatto io? Quali sono queste differenze?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-29T21:23:11.083" LastActivityDate="2020-04-28T22:00:35.033" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;insomma&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12670" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12669" CreationDate="2020-03-29T10:45:06.250" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&quot;Insomma&quot; è un cosiddetto &quot;marker discorsivo&quot; che ha due funzioni, come hai scritto sopra: una di esortazione perentoria, l'altra riassuntiva o conclusiva riguardo tema della conversazione a mo' di &quot;per farla breve&quot;. Per identificare la funzione il contesto è fondamentale. &quot;Insomma volete spiegarmi&quot; o simili fa propendere per la prima lettura (implica che fino a quel momento l'interlocutore ha tergiversato). So bene che tu non intendevi ciò. Te l'ho sotto fatto notare perché sei interessanta alle sfumature dell'italiano. Se si osservano gli esempi che riporti per la seconda funzione, noti che in alcuni casi il verbo è determinante. &quot;Insomma sappi&quot; non è un imperativo vero e proprio, ma significa &quot;ti informo che&quot;. In altri, &quot;insomma&quot; si riferisce a chi enuncia: &quot; in somma, figliol caro, io non ci ho colpa&quot; e quindi non coinvolge l'interlocutore. &quot;Insomma si può sapere cosa t'ha detto?&quot;, invece, rispecchia la prima e non la seconda funzione. PS: il downvote non te l'ho dato io visto che trovo la domanda interessante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-03-29T11:06:09.180" LastActivityDate="2020-03-29T11:06:09.180" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12671" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11657" CreationDate="2020-03-29T22:32:31.583" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;If we look at nations, states or territories in Europe, the business seems quite easy:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the majority of nations are feminine, with article;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;those that end in -o are masculine (&lt;em&gt;Portogallo, Lussemburgo, Belgio&lt;/em&gt;), with article;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the few that end in a consonant (&lt;em&gt;Galles, Liechtenstein&lt;/em&gt;) are masculine, with article;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;an exception is to be made for the city-states (or considered such): &lt;em&gt;Andorra, Monaco, San Marino&lt;/em&gt;; they don't want an article;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;nations that coincide (at least in their greater part) with an island follow the usage examined in the quoted thread (&lt;em&gt;l'Islanda, Malta, Cipro, le Fær Øer, la Groenlandia, Jersey, Guernsey&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The nations, territories or states with complex names (&lt;em&gt;Regno Unito, Paesi Bassi, Città del Vaticano&lt;/em&gt;) don't count, because they follow the main noun (&lt;em&gt;Regno, Paesi, Città&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Going in other continents, the affair becomes more complicated. In Africa we find &lt;em&gt;la Nigeria&lt;/em&gt;, but also &lt;em&gt;il Botswana&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Angola&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Uganda&lt;/em&gt;, which take the article, are masculine or feminine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uganda_res-54fe9058-18af-11e4-a818-00271042e8d9_%28Atlante-Geopolitico%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Atlante Geopolitico Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; I find, &lt;strong&gt;in one and the same article&lt;/strong&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare, l’Uganda è stata direttamente coinvolta nelle vicende ruandesi degli anni Novanta: […]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[…]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, l’Uganda post-indipendenza è stato caratterizzato da una sequenza di conflitti tra il governo, il nord e il sud del paese, portatori di interessi contrapposti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Not even the editors at Treccani seem to have clear ideas on the matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mauritius&lt;/em&gt; is a small island, so it doesn't want the article, contrary to &lt;em&gt;le Maldive&lt;/em&gt;, that are an archipelago. &lt;em&gt;La Réunion&lt;/em&gt; (2,511 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;) is just a bit larger than &lt;em&gt;Mauritius&lt;/em&gt; (1,864.8 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;), but it wants the article (like in French). It's very common to hear &lt;em&gt;le Mauritius&lt;/em&gt;, but it is &lt;strong&gt;one&lt;/strong&gt; island (with a few dependent islets).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Central America we find &lt;em&gt;Costa Rica&lt;/em&gt; that can take the article or not, depending on one's own preferences. &lt;em&gt;Cuba&lt;/em&gt; is a rather big island (109,884 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;) and doesn't want the article; &lt;em&gt;la Giamaica&lt;/em&gt; is much smaller (10,991 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;), but it wants the article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Southern America there's an amazing case: &lt;em&gt;il Venezuela&lt;/em&gt; is masculine in Italian, but is feminine in Spanish. &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venezuela#Etymology&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Etimology is controversial&lt;/a&gt;: the commonly accepted version is that the name was given by Vespucci who found a settlement vaguely resembling Venice because of stilt houses.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conclusion: there is no “rule” and usage wins. Nations, states or territories that end in -o or in -e are masculine (no exception comes to my mind, excluding of course city-states) and want the article if they're not islands (&lt;em&gt;Cipro&lt;/em&gt;). Those that end in a consonant are generally masculine, with article (there are a few exceptions such as &lt;em&gt;la Réunion&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Islands are, in particular, a problem, but we already knew it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se guardiamo le nazioni, territori o stati europei, la questione sembra semplice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le nazioni sono in maggioranza femminili con articolo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;quelle che finiscono in -o sono maschili (Portogallo, Lussemburgo, Belgio) con articolo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le poche che finiscono in consonante (Galles, Liechtenstein) sono maschili con articolo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;fanno eccezione le città-stato (o considerate tali): Andorra, Monaco, San Marino che non vogliono l'articolo;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;le nazioni che coincidono (in gran parte) con un'isola seguono l'uso esaminato nella domanda citata (l'Islanda, Malta, Cipro, le Fær Øer, la Groenlandia, Jersey, Guernsey).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le nazioni, territori o stati con nomi composti (Regno Unito, Paesi Bassi, Città del Vaticano) non contano, perché seguono il sostantivo principale (Regno, Paesi, Città).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Andando negli altri continenti, la faccenda diventa più complessa. In Africa troviamo “la Nigeria”, ma anche “il Botswana”. Angola e Uganda, che prendono l'articolo, sono maschili o femminili?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uganda_res-54fe9058-18af-11e4-a818-00271042e8d9_%28Atlante-Geopolitico%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Atlante Geopolitico Treccani&lt;/a&gt; trovo, &lt;em&gt;nello stesso articolo&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare, l’Uganda è stata direttamente coinvolta nelle vicende ruandesi degli anni Novanta: […]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[…]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In generale, l’Uganda post-indipendenza è stato caratterizzato da una sequenza di conflitti tra il governo, il nord e il sud del paese, portatori di interessi contrapposti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nemmeno i redattori della Treccani sembrano avere le idee chiare al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mauritius è una piccola isola, quindi non vuole l'articolo, come invece le Maldive, che sono un arcipelago. La Réunion (2,511 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;) è poco più grande di Mauritius (1,864.8 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;), però vuole l'articolo (come in francese). È comune sentire “le Mauritius”, ma è un'isola sola (con alcuni isolotti dipendenti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In America centrale troviamo “Costa Rica” che può avere l'articolo o no, dipende dalle preferenze. Cuba è un'isola piuttosto grande (109,884 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;) e non vuole l'articolo; la Giamaica è molto più piccola (10,991 km&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;), ma vuole l'articolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Sudamerica c'è un caso bizzarro: il Venezuela in italiano è maschile, ma in spagnolo è femminile. &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Venezuela#Etymology&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'etimologia è controversa&lt;/a&gt;: la versione comunemente accettata è che il nome sia stato dato da Vespucci che trovò un insediamento vagamente somigliante a Venezia per via delle case su palafitte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conclusione: non c'è una “regola”. L'uso comanda. Le nazioni, stati o territori che finiscono in -o oppure in -e sono maschili (non mi vengono in mente eccezioni, a parte le città-stato, naturalmente) e vogliono l'articolo se non sono isole (Cipro). Quelli che finiscono in consonante sono generalmente maschili con articolo (poche eccezioni come la Réunion).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In particolare le isole sono un problema, ma lo si sapeva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-07-28T14:59:38.017" LastActivityDate="2020-07-28T14:59:38.017" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12672" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-30T10:24:42.047" Score="5" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;Colloquialmente, in castigliano usiamo &quot;enchufarse&quot; e in catalano &quot;endollar-se&quot; (la traduzione letterale di questi verbi sarebbe più o meno &quot;attaccarsi la spina&quot;) per esprimere l'idea che in inglese si direbbe &quot;to pull strings to get a job, a position&quot;. Per esempio, questa frase in spagnolo &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se ha enchufado en el ayuntamiento &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si potrebbe tradurre in inglese come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He / She / (They) has (have) pulled strings to get a job in the city council.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Utilizziamo anche &quot;enchufar a alguien&quot; in castigliano e &quot;endollar algú&quot; in catalano (anche colloquialmente) per dire quello che in inglese sarebbe &quot;to pull strings to hire someone, to make someone to get a position&quot;: &quot;alguien&quot; e &quot;algú&quot; si possono tradurre come &quot;qualcuno&quot;, sarebbe come se questa persona avesse una spina elettrica e la traduzione letterale sarebbe approssimativamente &quot;attaccare la spina&quot; di questa persona. Per esempio, in castigliano possiamo dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Su amigo lo ha enchufado en el ayuntamiento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e in inglese sarebbe &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;His friend has pulled strings to get him a job in the city council.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lexico.com/en/definition/pull_strings&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;pull strings&quot;&lt;/a&gt; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;sfruttare la propria influenza e i propri contatti per ottenere un vantaggio ufficiosamente o ingiustamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Enchufarse&quot; e &quot;endollar-se&quot; significano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;riuscire a ottenere un posto di lavoro, una certa carica, una promozione, ecc. sfruttando la propria influenza e i propri contatti ufficiosamente o ingiustamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso di &quot;enchufar a alguien&quot; e &quot;endollar algú&quot; è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fare che qualcuno ottenga un posto di lavoro, una certa carica, una promozione, ecc. sfruttando la propria influenza e i propri contatti ufficiosamente o ingiustamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste qualche modo colloquiale o informale per esprimere questo in italiano? In generale, come potrei tradurre questo tipo di espressioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-10T20:38:21.613" LastActivityDate="2020-09-10T20:38:21.613" Title="Come posso esprimere &quot;to pull strings to get / to make someone to get a job, a position&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12673" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12672" CreationDate="2020-03-30T11:28:35.350" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano si potrebbe tradurre come &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=raccomandare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;raccomandare&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, significato 2, oppure sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI15/00227.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;interporre i propri buoni uffici o esercitare pressioni, in partic. nell’assegnazione di un posto di lavoro, nel superamento di esami scolastici, nell’avanzamento di una pratica burocratica o in altre circostanze e situazioni della vita associata (e può apparire moralmente riprovevole come favoriti­smo o come prevaricazione e ingiustizia nei con­fronti di chi è veramente meritevole).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ha vinto il concorso grazie alle raccomandazioni di suo zio, che è professore nello stesso dipartimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quello è un raccomandato, sicuramente assegneranno l'incarico a lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che il verbo &quot;raccomandare&quot; non sempre ha il significato peggiorativo di &quot;enchufar&quot;; di solito il contesto dovrebbe chiarire l'intenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi termini con questo significato possono usarsi e si usano spesso in contesti informali e colloquiali, ma non sono infrequenti anche in registri leggermente più formali (per esempio, in un giornale o notiziario televisivo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1043" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-30T18:11:08.497" LastActivityDate="2020-03-30T18:11:08.497" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12674" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-30T19:18:15.850" Score="5" ViewCount="230" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do you say: &quot;che programmi hai per il pomeriggio/l'estate/le vacanze/il fine di settimana&quot; but then &quot;sabato/Capodanno/gennaio etc.? Is there any rule when to use an article? Thank you :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6205" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-03-31T13:26:39.993" LastActivityDate="2020-04-01T13:43:23.090" Title="Che programmi hai per + article/no article?" Tags="&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12675" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12674" CreationDate="2020-03-31T14:06:17.567" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;If one takes into consideration your examples, the conclusion is that articles are required for periods of the day (morning etc.) and seasons, but not for months or days of the week. However, with regard to the latter two cases articles are required in contexts of specification: &quot;il gennaio del 2010&quot; (literally &quot;the January of 2010&quot;) or &quot;il sabato in cui tu non venisti&quot; (&quot;the Saturday in which you didn't come&quot;). A short remark due to other observations in &quot;Meta&quot;. The question pins down to the use of the article with regard to expressions of time. There is linguistically no &quot;reason&quot; why Italian generally uses articles with parts of the day, but not with months. The only phenomenon that can be explained is the one that I describe above and that relates to specification.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-03-31T20:28:19.957" LastActivityDate="2020-03-31T20:28:19.957" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12676" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-03-31T17:41:02.090" Score="2" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Gli operai specializzati venuti da Napoli furono alloggiati sull'&lt;strong&gt;arcuofolo&lt;/strong&gt;, che era un piano rialzato dal quale si accedeva ai tetti, usato da sempre un po’ come ripostiglio un po' come alloggio per gli ospiti, e lí ammucchiarono tutta la loro roba, bauli lettere e fotografie, che Gioia ritrovò molti anni dopo, arrampicandosi lí sopra di nascosto alla mamma, alla nonna e alle zie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E un po' più avanti si trova questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per le figlie Concetta trovò una pezza di velluto azzurrino, di metratura cosí ampia che fu possibile confezionare un vestito per ognuna di loro, e ne rimase ancora un bel pezzo, che andò a finire sull'&lt;strong&gt;arcuofolo&lt;/strong&gt; in mezzo a tutte le altre cose che non si sapeva dove mettere, e fu ritrovato da Gioia molto tempo dopo, diventando a seconda dell’umore un mantello di regina, un sudario, o il mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il termine &quot;arcuofolo&quot; su nessuno dei dizionari che ho cosultato. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa? Magari qualche sorta di soffitta? Immagino si tratti di un vocabolo di uso regionale, forse un dialettalismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-03-31T17:41:02.090" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;arcuofolo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12678" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12674" CreationDate="2020-04-01T10:31:33.017" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll try to write an answer based on what I've found in the book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Luca Serianni. I hope someone else will improve it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;At section IV.17, referring to definite articles, Serianni explains:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Talvolta la funzione dell'articolo [...] &#xA;   si avvicina a quella di un pronome o&#xA;  aggettivo dimostrativo, rinnovando in&#xA;  parte alcuni usi del dimostrativo latino &lt;em&gt;ĭlle&lt;/em&gt;. Ecco i casi più notevoli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sometimes the function of the article [...]&#xA;   approaches that of a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, renewing in part of some uses of the Latin demonstrative &lt;em&gt;ĭlle&lt;/em&gt;. Here are the most notable cases:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Among the cases mentioned, Serianni explains that definite articles whith a role quite similar to that of a demonstrative adjective are used with some temporal expressions (the meaning of the definite articles is explained in square brackets):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;d) Con alcune espressioni temporali: «entro la [questa] settimana»; «durante&#xA;  l'[quella] estate vi furono molte novità»;&#xA;  «Ma vedi già come dichina il [questo]&#xA;  giorno» (Dante, &lt;em&gt;Purgatorio&lt;/em&gt;, VII 43).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what happens with the temporal expression that appears in the question. Namely, &quot;che programmi hai per il pomeriggio?&quot; would essentially mean &quot;che programmi hai per questo pomeriggio?&quot;, &quot;che programmi hai per l'estate?&quot; would mean &quot;che programmi hai per questa estate?&quot;, &quot;che programmi hai per il fine settimana?&quot; would mean &quot;che programmi hai per questo fine settimana?&quot;, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, at section IV.72, Serianni mentions that the article is not used in many cases. In the list of instances given, the only one which fits the expression given in the question is this one:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i) Con i nomi dei mesi e dei giorni della&#xA;  settimana [...]: «Aprile finì. Venne maggio» (Montefoschi, &lt;em&gt;Lo sguardo del cacciatore&lt;/em&gt;, 91); «se volete... oggi è giovedì... domenica vi dico in chiesa» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XXX-VIII 21). Ma l'articolo può figurare quando il nome è accompagnato da una determinazione («Era il maggio odoroso» Leopardi, &lt;em&gt;A Silvia&lt;/em&gt;, 13; «Era il giovedì grasso» Nievo) ed è obbligatorio quando&#xA;  il costrutto ha valore distributivo (cfr. IV.20).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;i) With the names of months and days of the week [...]:«Aprile finì. Venne maggio» (Montefoschi, &lt;em&gt;Lo sguardo del cacciatore&lt;/em&gt;, 91); «se volete... oggi è giovedì... domenica vi dico in chiesa» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XXX-VIII 21). But the article may appear when the name is accompanied by a determination («Era il maggio odoroso» Leopardi, &lt;em&gt;A Silvia&lt;/em&gt;, 13; «Era il giovedì grasso» Nievo) and it is mandatory when the construction has a distributive value (see IV.20).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's why one says &quot;che programmi hai per sabato?&quot;, &quot;che programmi hai per gennaio?&quot;, etc. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It doesn't appear in the book, but it seems to me that something similar happens with the name of some festivities, that is, that some of them are usually written without article (Natale, Capodanno, Ferragosto, Pasqua, ...), whereas other ones are usually written with a definite article (il Primo Maggio, il Giorno della Repubblica, il Giorno della Memoria, ...). This would be the reason why one says, for instance, &quot;che programmi hai per Capodanno?&quot; or &quot;che programmi hai per Natale?&quot;, written without the definite article.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In addition to all this, there are other cases in which the definitive article may be used in the expression which appears in the question for other reasons. This happens with a noun phrase used to express something that is felt as unique or specific and individual, such as in this example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che programmi hai per il giorno del ventesimo anniversario di tuo figlio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and, as explained at section IV.60 of Serianni's book, with years, for instance &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Che programmi hai per il 2021?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the general idea would be that, with the time expression that appears in the question, the definite article is used except for some cases of names which are written without an article, such as the names of months, days of the week and some festivities. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-01T13:43:23.090" LastActivityDate="2020-04-01T13:43:23.090" CommentCount="2" CommunityOwnedDate="2020-04-01T10:31:33.017" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12679" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-01T16:40:06.417" Score="4" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Storia di chi fugge e di chi resta&lt;/em&gt; di Elena Ferrante ho letto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sentivo ormai parte di un potere legittimo, universalmente ammirato, aureolato di cultura d’alto livello, e volevo vedere quale &lt;strong&gt;veste chiassosa&lt;/strong&gt; si stava dando il potere che avevo avuto sotto gli occhi fin dall’infanzia, il volgare piacere della sopraffazione, la pratica impunita del crimine, i trucchi sorridenti dell’ossequio alle leggi, lo sfoggio dello sperpero com’erano incarnati dai fratelli Solara.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato che uno dei significati di veste è: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;(&lt;em&gt;poet&lt;/em&gt;.) Il corpo umano, rispetto all'anima &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(da &lt;em&gt;Lo Zingarelli&lt;/em&gt;,  Vocabolario della Lingua Italiana), quindi lei si riferisce al personaggio di Michele Solara cui lei sta cercando nel rione? Giachè il carattere di Michele può essere descritto come chiassoso/rumoroso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mille grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6215" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-01T17:04:20.507" LastActivityDate="2020-04-01T17:12:08.267" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;veste chiassosa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12680" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12679" CreationDate="2020-04-01T17:12:08.267" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una &lt;em&gt;veste chiassosa&lt;/em&gt; è un vestito che fa “rumore agli occhi”, quindi sgargiante, vistoso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il soggetto che potrebbe “indossare” questa veste è &lt;em&gt;il potere&lt;/em&gt;. È un modo figurato: la protagonista è curiosa di sapere in che modo questo potere, che si esplica in sopraffazione e crimini, si mostra alla gente e si immagina che lo faccia in modo vistoso. Non si riferisce quindi al carattere “chiassoso” di Michele Solera, ma al suo modo di mostrare il potere che ha.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-04-01T17:12:08.267" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12681" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-02T09:33:29.120" Score="5" ViewCount="1041" Body="&lt;p&gt;I believe that 'intelligente' is a good translation for the English word 'intelligent'. Is there a suitable one-word translation for the English 'unintelligent'? My dictionary suggests 'poco intelligente' but it offers no single word translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3616" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-02T17:34:54.877" LastActivityDate="2020-04-02T17:34:54.877" Title="Is there a one-word translation for the English adjective 'unintelligent'?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12682" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12681" CreationDate="2020-04-02T09:44:48.107" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;As reported in &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Inglese/U/unintelligent.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;this dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, you can use the term &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ottuso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;unintelligent&lt;/strong&gt; agg. non intelligente, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;ottuso&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, stupido.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Looking at Treccani’s dictionary you can read the definition of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ottuso/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;ottuso&lt;/a&gt;, used figuratively:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;In senso fig., sempre in contrapp. con acuto: a. Con riferimento alla capacità intellettiva, che manca di penetrazione, tardo a capire,&#xA;  di scarsa sensibilità: &lt;em&gt;mente o., cervello o.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ma sei proprio o.!&lt;/em&gt;; per&#xA;  estens., &lt;em&gt;sguardo o., espressione o.&lt;/em&gt;, che rivelano lentezza mentale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-04-02T09:44:48.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12683" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12681" CreationDate="2020-04-02T09:47:32.857" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In theory, there is the Italian word &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/inintelligente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;inintelligente&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, which is exactly corresponding to “unintelligent” (the word &lt;em&gt;intelligente&lt;/em&gt; preceded by the negative prefix &lt;em&gt;in-&lt;/em&gt;), but it is really uncommon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As an alternative – but losing the litotes of “unintelligent” – there is a wide range of negative terms for a person or action lacking intelligence: &lt;em&gt;stupido&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ottuso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scemo&lt;/em&gt; and so on, some of which correspond to similar-sounding English words (stupid, obtuse...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personally, to express the nuance of “unintelligent”, I'd tend to use some phrase negating &lt;em&gt;intelligente&lt;/em&gt; or another positive term: &lt;em&gt;un ragazzo non molto sveglio&lt;/em&gt; for “a quite unintelligent boy”, say.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-04-02T09:47:32.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12684" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-02T18:40:47.790" Score="3" ViewCount="51" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche mese fa, su&#xA; &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/q/32974/&quot;&gt;Spanish.SE&lt;/a&gt;, si è chiesta a proposito del lessico usato nel &lt;em&gt;Sumario Compendioso&lt;/em&gt;, il primo libro di matematica pubblicato in America nel 1556, una domanda che personalmente ho trovato interessante. Si chiedeva sui diversi termini usati nel vocabolario dell'epoca per i concetti di &quot;addizionare&quot; e &quot;addizione&quot; e ce ne sono stati trovati parecchi. Il fatto curioso esposto nella domanda è che, in questo libro, si usa il verbo castigliano &quot;ajustar&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;sumar&quot; (cioè, &quot;addizionare&quot;), ma l'OP non era riuscito a trovare nessuna fonte che affermasse che tale verbo avesse avuto questo significato (ovviamente, oggi non ha questo senso). Si è scoperto che questo verbo, scritto anche nella forma &quot;aiustar&quot;, si era usato come sinonimo di &quot;addizionare&quot; non soltanto in castigliano, ma anche in catalano e in occitano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avrei curiosità di fare una domanda analoga per la lingua italiana: quali vocaboli si erano usati per esprimere &quot;addizionare&quot; e &quot;addizione&quot; nel Quattrocento e nel Cinquecento?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cominciare, possiamo cercare quale verbo si usa nella &lt;em&gt;Summa de Arithmetica, Geometria, Proportioni et &#xA;Proportionalita&lt;/em&gt; di Luca Pacioli, pubblicata nel 1494, che si può sfogliare dal sito web della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cervantesvirtual.com/obra-visor/summa-de-arithmetica-geometria-proportioni-et-proportionalita--2/html/ffa66d5e-82b1-11df-acc7-002185ce6064.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Biblioteca virtual Miguel de Cervantes&lt;/a&gt;. Se guardiamo la sezione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.cervantesvirtual.com/obra-visor/summa-de-arithmetica-geometria-proportioni-et-proportionalita--2/html/ffa66d5e-82b1-11df-acc7-002185ce6064_4.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Continentia de tutta lopera&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, che sarebbe più o meno come l'indice del libro, possiamo vedere che si utilizza &quot;sumare&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta, in effetto, di una delle forme alternative di &quot;sommare&quot; che appaiono sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000385.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, adoperata anche da Tartaglia. Nei &lt;em&gt;Testi veneziani del Duecento e dei primi del Trecento&lt;/em&gt; appare &quot;somare&quot;, mentre il Seneca volgar (XIII secolo) e Nicolò Franco utilizzano &quot;sommare&quot;. Infine, anche Galileo, nelle &lt;em&gt;Due lezioni all'Accademia fiorentina circa la figura, sito e grandezza dell'Inferno di Dante&lt;/em&gt; (1588), usa &quot;sommare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-03T12:45:42.000" LastActivityDate="2020-04-03T12:45:42.000" Title="Termini per &quot;addizionare&quot; e &quot;addizione&quot; nel Quattrocento e nel Cinquecento" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12685" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-02T18:41:47.093" Score="4" ViewCount="434" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase &lt;em&gt;sono interessato a questo lavoro&lt;/em&gt; è corretta; mi suona corretta anche &lt;em&gt;sono interessato a &lt;strong&gt;fare&lt;/strong&gt; questo lavoro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma quale tra le seguenti lo è?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Comunico il mio interesse in questo lavoro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Comunico il mio interesse per questo lavoro&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Comunico il mio interesse a questo lavoro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Comunico il mio interesse verso questo lavoro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente trovo la 3 strana e penso sia sbagliata; mi viene spontaneo utilizzare invece la 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O forse un'altra forma sarebbe preferibile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse, al fine di trovare una risposta esatta, se esiste, gioverebbe associare un complemento a ciascuna delle varianti?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Questa frase trova posto in una lettera di candidatura per un posto di lavoro.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastEditorUserId="2650" LastEditDate="2020-04-03T11:43:22.063" LastActivityDate="2020-04-03T11:43:22.063" Title="Quale preposizione usare dopo &quot;Comunico il mio interesse&quot;?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12686" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12685" CreationDate="2020-04-02T21:06:28.610" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche a me come a Dag suona leggermente meglio la 2 (&lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;) personalmente. Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/interesse&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; nei suoi esempi usa sia &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; che &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;. Sembra che usi di preferenza la preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; quando si parla di cose e &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt; quando si parla di persone, ma l'esempio della seconda riga non segue questa regola (grazie @Benedetta per la segnalazione!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prendere i. alla lettura, allo studio, al gioco;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non mostra interesse per nessuna cosa;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;avere, mostrare i. per qualcuno; cominciò a prendere i. per quella ragazza;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è un egoista che non ha interesse per nessuno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-03T06:34:55.507" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12687" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12685" CreationDate="2020-04-03T05:49:04.053" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi che sono tutte accettabili, però io avverto sfumature sottili nell'uso delle diverse preposizioni, probabilmente richiamate da frasi frequenti, magari usate in ambiti diversi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Comunico il mio interesse in questo lavoro&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(la preposizione &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; suggerisce un coinvolgimento, in certo modo materiale, magari già in essere, come nella frase &quot;ho interessi in quel campo&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Comunico il mio interesse per questo lavoro&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Comunico il mio interesse a questo lavoro&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(queste due mi sembrano corrette e neutre, ma la prima per me suona meglio, la preposizione &quot;a&quot; suonerebbe meglio se seguita da un verbo all'infinito).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Comunico il mio interesse verso questo lavoro&lt;br&gt;&#xA;(questa mi pare più distaccata, distante).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come sempre, e probabilmente ancor più in una lettera di candidatura per un posto di lavoro, le sfumature possono diventare importanti. Una sfumatura può comunicare fantasia, formalità, entusiasmo, sempre che non faccia pensare a scarsa conoscenza della lingua o a un suo uso troppo burocratico; e poi molto dipende dal carattere del lettore. Credo che la frase numero 2 sia la più equilibrata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-04-03T05:49:04.053" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12688" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-03T17:01:35.930" Score="4" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;In inglese, l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lexico.com/definition/lame&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;lame excuse&quot;&lt;/a&gt; significa una scusa molto poco convincente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In castigliano e in catalano  esiste un modo di dire colloquiale per esprimere questa stessa idea: &quot;excusa barata&quot; (in senso proprio, l'aggettivo  castigliano &quot;barato&quot; e il catalano &quot;barat&quot; si usano per qualificare qualcosa di basso prezzo, di economico). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente, ho trovato questa espressione nella traduzione in catalano di Antoni García Santiago e Albert Folch i Folch del libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=sHAYYakLcTMC&amp;amp;pg=PA181&amp;amp;lpg=PA181&amp;amp;dq=%22excusa+barata%22+aix%C3%B2&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=TWgsFZtceP&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2UJmsf_O9LhPwf2oucTiFPryEJbg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiIha-RyMzoAhWh2eAKHUosCWsQ6AEwA3oECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22excusa%20barata%22%20aix%C3%B2&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Niels Bohr's times&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Abraham Pais. Allora mi sono accorta che quello che appare nella &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?redir_esc=y&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;id=XbUPAQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;focus=searchwithinvolume&amp;amp;q=excuse&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;versione originale&lt;/a&gt; è &quot;cheap excuse&quot;. Quindi, in inglese esiste anche l'espressione &quot;cheap excuse&quot;, che immagino abbia una sfumatura di qualcosa più spregevole di &quot;lame excuse&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come potrei rendere queste espressioni in italiano (preferibilmente in modo idiomatico)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-04-03T17:54:04.530" LastActivityDate="2020-04-05T13:27:06.257" Title="Come posso esprimere &quot;lame excuse&quot; o &quot;cheap excuse&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12690" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12688" CreationDate="2020-04-04T05:37:14.177" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A &quot;insulsa&quot; già citata in un commento, aggiungerei debole, patetica, penosa, ridicola, vana, assurda, pietosa, insensata, stupida, povera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo qualche riferimento alla definizione dell'originale inglese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/submission/3083/lame+excuse&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/submission/3083/lame+excuse&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.powerthesaurus.org/lame_excuse/synonyms&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.powerthesaurus.org/lame_excuse/synonyms&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--AGGIUNTA--&#xA;&quot;Pallida&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-04-04T16:23:33.617" LastActivityDate="2020-04-04T16:23:33.617" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12691" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12693" CreationDate="2020-04-04T15:34:21.553" Score="4" ViewCount="871" Body="&lt;p&gt;In inglese, si usa la locuzione &quot;to be on sick leave&quot; quando si ha un permesso per assentarsi dal lavoro a causa di una malattia o di un problema di salute del lavoratore. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In castigliano e in catalano, abbiamo le espressioni &quot;estar de baja&quot; e &quot;estar de baixa&quot;, rispettivamente, per esprimere questa stessa idea (si tratta di modi di dire del linguaggio comune, in linguaggio burocratico invece di &quot;baja&quot; si utilizzerebbe &quot;situación de incapacidad temporal&quot; o qualcosa del genere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come potrei esprimere questo in italiano? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_inglese/Inglese/S/sick.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Sansoni&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/leave&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Collins inglese-italiano&lt;/a&gt;, ma non ho trovato la locuzione &quot;sick leave&quot;. Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/leave&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt;, mi è apparso &quot;essere in malattia&quot;, ma alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/malattia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;malattia&quot; del dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non si trova &quot;in malattia&quot; e l'esempio che appare su WordReference mi sembra anche sospetto per una certa confusione di tempi verbali nella traduzione (e poi, &quot;essere in malattia&quot;, se veramente si usa, non significherebbe &quot;essere malato&quot;?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-04T15:40:02.617" LastActivityDate="2020-04-05T20:57:45.853" Title="Come posso rendere &quot;to be on sick leave&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12692" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12691" CreationDate="2020-04-04T16:07:10.977" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciò che hai letto su WordReference è ciò che più comunemente viene detto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sono malato, quindi sono in malattia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essere &quot;in malattia&quot; non significa &quot;essere malato&quot;, ma è proprio un modo di dire &quot;to be on sick leave&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xhq5MNzWfHQ&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt; spezzone del film &quot;Cado dalle nuvole&quot; di Checco Zalone tra il minuto 00:30 e 1:00 (in particolare intorno al minuto 1:00) si dice&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio cugino [...] si sta girando il mondo in malattia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come viene spiegato nel video, suo cugino non è realmente malato, ma è appunto esonerato dall'andare a lavoro (è appunto &quot;in malattia&quot;) perché ritenuto tale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4360" LastActivityDate="2020-04-04T16:07:10.977" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12693" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12691" CreationDate="2020-04-04T16:08:25.310" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il termine burocratico sarebbe &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Assenza per malattia&quot;&lt;/strong&gt; o &lt;strong&gt;&quot;Congedo per malattia&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;; io tradurrei quindi &lt;em&gt;to be on sick leave&lt;/em&gt; con:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere (o stare) in congedo per malattia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Essere (o stare) assente per malattia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa anche, ma solo come espressione informale: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mettersi in malattia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &quot;Essere in malattia&quot; si usa proprio in questo senso (e non nel senso di &quot;essere malato&quot;), ma è anche questa un'espressione informale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ultima espressione (di nuovo informale) è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Darsi malato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma in questo caso assume anche una sfumatura più negativa, diciamo &quot;truffaldina&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-04-04T19:43:09.117" LastActivityDate="2020-04-04T19:43:09.117" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12694" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12691" CreationDate="2020-04-04T18:49:14.173" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In aggiunta alle precedenti, sicuramente corrette, io aggiungo l’espressione &lt;em&gt;essere in mutua.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione viene ancora usata dalle persone più anziane perché fa riferimento alla cassa mutua che gestiva le assenze per malattia prima della riforma sanitaria. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti il Sabatini Coletti, per &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/M/mutua.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;mutua&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mutua&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;[mù-tua] s.f.&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt; &#xA;  1 Ente che, prima della riforma sanitaria,&#xA;  gestiva, in forma mutualistica, l'assistenza medica e ospedaliera dei&#xA;  lavoratori: operaio iscritto alla m.; ogni istituto che svolge servizi&#xA;  di previdenza e assistenza nei confronti degli associati (oggi&#xA;  sostituito sempre più freq. da ASL): medico della m. &lt;br&gt;2 Ogni ente&#xA;  associativo che fornisce ai propri membri determinate prestazioni&#xA;  (sociali, sanitarie, assistenziali ecc.) in caso di particolari eventi&#xA;  (malattia, incidenti, ritiro dal lavoro ecc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;a. 1869&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-05T09:20:01.313" LastActivityDate="2020-04-05T09:20:01.313" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12695" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12696" CreationDate="2020-04-04T20:00:44.440" Score="2" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;I recently started learning Italian, so I'm not so sure how to understand this sentence: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbinate le foto numerate a queste parole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What is confusing me is this 'a' which has various meanings, and in my native language 'abbinare' is translating as match (with), so it is difficult for me to understand why is this 'a' standing in sentence instead of 'con' (with). So I would like to know how it may be  explained in English. I think the translation would be: Bring together numbered photos with these words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. sorry for my English, there might be some mistakes, it isn't my native language neither. Best regards, folks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6219" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-05T09:06:36.273" LastActivityDate="2020-04-05T09:06:36.273" Title="How can I understand the usage of preposition &quot;a&quot; in this sentence?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12696" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12695" CreationDate="2020-04-05T05:51:14.573" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verb &lt;em&gt;abbinare&lt;/em&gt; is commonly followed by &quot;a&quot;; it is also possible to use it followed by &quot;con&quot; - the meaning is the same. In your phrase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbinate le foto numerate &lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; queste parole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the preposition &quot;a&quot; is chosen probably for two reasons: 1) because it is more common, and 2) because &quot;con&quot; can be ambiguous because:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Abbinate le foto numerate &lt;strong&gt;con&lt;/strong&gt; queste parole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would mean that the photos are numerated by &quot;queste parole&quot;. It is true that &quot;queste parole&quot; (&lt;em&gt;these words&lt;/em&gt;) does not mean &quot;questi numeri&quot; (&lt;em&gt;these numbers&lt;/em&gt;), but: 1) the phrase &quot;queste parole&quot; could be followed by a list of words like &quot;uno&quot; &quot;due&quot; &quot;tre&quot;... (words expressing numbers); 2) to distinguish correctly the usage of &quot;con&quot; in this phrase, in order to connect it to &quot;abbinate&quot;, one should use semantics.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The preposition &quot;a&quot; is used, among other things, to express a movement or an orientation; the preposition &quot;con&quot; expresses instead, among other things, the &quot;agent&quot; performing (or helping) the action: &quot;mangio la mela &lt;em&gt;con le mani&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (I eat the apple &lt;em&gt;using my hands&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;con&quot; expresses also a coupling (for example &quot;io con te&quot; - &lt;em&gt;me together with you&lt;/em&gt;), so it is not wrong to use it with &quot;abbinare&quot;; for example, one can say &quot;metti quelle scarpe, si abbinano con la tua cintura&quot; (wear those shoes, they mate to your belt). And note that the sentence &quot;mangio la mela con le mani&quot; has a little ambiguity, because it could (ok, hardly) mean &quot;I eat the apple together with my hands)&quot;, as in &quot;mangio la mela col pane&quot; (I eat apple and bread).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-04-05T06:00:13.133" LastActivityDate="2020-04-05T06:00:13.133" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12697" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12688" CreationDate="2020-04-05T13:27:06.257" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un altro aggettivo potrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/risibile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;risibile&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Che suscita il riso, nel senso di derisione, scherno: risibil gobba (Parini); impotente e sprezzabile e risibil nemico (Alfieri); ma per&#xA;lo più di discorsi, pensieri, azioni, ecc.: parole, minacce, proposte,&#xA;credenze r.; scuse, giustificazioni r.; contegno, comportamento&#xA;risibile.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso la scusa è talmente ridicola e assurda che causa quasi il riso in chi l’ascolta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-05T13:27:06.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12698" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-05T15:33:23.700" Score="3" ViewCount="327" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Rocchino si sentí le braccia e le gambe che si &lt;strong&gt;attassavano&lt;/strong&gt;. Per forza, adesso era chiaro: di fronte a lui c'erano le anime dei dannati, che ogni tanto scappano dall'inferno e si riuniscono sulla terra per portarsi dietro qualche cristiano battezzato. Li riconosceva dalle guance scavate e dagli occhi febbrili. [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ma oltre alla paura che gli legava le gambe, c'era qualcos'altro che tratteneva Rocchino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato questo verbo, &quot;attassare&quot;, su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-05T18:08:28.650" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T18:46:17.257" Title="Significato di &quot;attassare&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12701" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-05T21:31:21.817" Score="0" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which one of the following four epitaphs is the most beautiful/sentimental for a scripture on a cemetery mausoleum crypt?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am also taking into consideration that:&#xA;Per Sempre means Forever&#xA;Sempre means Always&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thank you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nei nostri cuori per sempre &lt;br&gt;&#xA;    Per sempre nei nostri cuori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nei nostri cuori sempre &lt;br&gt;  Sempre nei nostri cuori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6140" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-06T20:31:57.057" LastActivityDate="2020-04-06T20:31:57.057" Title="Word order in a Cemetery Crypt Scripture" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12703" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9779" CreationDate="2020-04-06T14:24:09.857" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che sia questo: quando si mette il ditto indice sulla base del pollice, di fatto facendo come la lettera O, come il gesto della mano per dire OK, e dopo fare pressione sul pollice con la unghia del indice, si lascia il indice avanti come ci fosse una molla dietro l'indice.  Questo movimento fa l'indice calciare qualcosa che ne sia di fronte.  Nel testo, lui ha calciato il sandwich in questo modo.  Come ha detto @egreg.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6215" LastActivityDate="2020-04-06T14:24:09.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12704" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6779" CreationDate="2020-04-06T15:44:33.923" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Emilia Romagna mi pare uso recente, mutuato dalla radio e televisione. Ho più di 60 anni, nei miei primi 40 almeno, non l’ho mai incontrato.&#xA;Mi è sempre sembrato un calco dall’inglese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6225" LastActivityDate="2020-04-06T15:44:33.923" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12705" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-06T16:46:20.240" Score="3" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto questa frase (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qualcuno gli puntò al collo un &lt;strong&gt;coltello catalano&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo fatto accade vicino a Grottole (Basilicata) durante il Risorgimento. Infatti, quello che punta questo coltello è un brigante che fa parte di un gruppo il cui capo è &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carmine_Crocco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Carmine Crocco Donatelli&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe dirmi cos'è un &quot;coltello catalano&quot;? Ho cercato alla voce &quot;catalano&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-06T17:56:17.153" LastActivityDate="2020-12-06T20:32:06.127" Title="Cos'è un &quot;coltello catalano&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12706" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12705" CreationDate="2020-04-06T21:33:51.573" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un coltello catalano, oppure, in catalano &lt;em&gt;navalla catalana&lt;/em&gt;, è stato un coltellino pieghevole molto popolare nel secolo XVIII, il cui manico ha la forma caratteristica che si vede nella fotografia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/dB80a.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/dB80a.png&quot; alt=&quot;Coltello&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://dhb3yazwboecu.cloudfront.net/668/products/una_mica_d_tot/navalles/wpn20_400.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte fotografia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni tipi di coltelli catalani, secondo questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.kortiks.ru/litera/katalonskie_noji&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;  (nomi in catalano):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Solsonesa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ripollesa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gavatxa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Navalla de punta tallada.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Navalla de podar.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vicino a Perpignan puoi trovare un negozio dove acquistare uno: &lt;a href=&quot;https://g.page/artisancouteliercatalan?share&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Couteaux catalans Christian Ibergay&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1991" LastEditorUserId="1991" LastEditDate="2020-04-07T16:17:41.550" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T16:17:41.550" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12707" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-06T21:55:03.323" Score="4" ViewCount="187" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardando sul dizionario (sia quello cartaceo che su Google) ho notato che questi due verbi sono dati per sinonimi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, non essendo madrelingua e non avendo una piena conoscenza di tutte le sfumature di significato non sono riuscito a chiarire questo dubbio che vi andrò ad esporre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Appurare&quot; dovrebbe stare per &quot;accertare&quot;,  &quot;verificare&quot;, l'utilizzo di questo verbo pressuppone che non si sia certo di un qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho appurato l'esattezza di questa teoria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso della frase dovrebbe essere questo:&#xA;&quot;Ho verificato/valutato l'esattezza di questa teoria&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il verbo &quot;appurare&quot; si dovrebbe usare quando c'è un dubbio e si vuole verificare se un qualcosa sia vero o falso.&#xA;Questo qualcosa potrebbe rivelarsi vero o anche falso, in questo caso una teoria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Passiamo adesso al verbo &quot;constatare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio con la stessa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho constatato l'esattezza della teoria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &quot;constatare&quot; invece mi dà l'impressione di non mettere un dubbio la cosa, bensì confermare e dimostrare, dare conferma del fatto e non investigare sulla veridicità, ma riconoscere come vero un qualcosa che è stato verificato in precedenza e il riscontro è stato favorevole, ovvero la teoria che si è rivelata esatta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi scuso per la lunghezza di questo testo, ma ecco la mia domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretto il mio punto di vista riguardo all'utilizzo dei due verbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille in anticipo a chi mi aiuterà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-07T07:37:50.043" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T07:37:50.043" Title="Qual è la differenza semantica fra appurare e constatare?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12708" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12707" CreationDate="2020-04-06T23:18:31.220" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario dei sinonimi Rizzoli &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionari.corriere.it&lt;/a&gt; dà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;appurare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  accertare, verificare, assodare, controllare, constatare, chiarire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;constatare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  stabilire, accertare, verificare, appurare, assodare, prendere atto, osservare, notare, riscontrare, rilevare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario di italiano alla stessa pagina dà&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;appurare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Accertare qualcosa, controllarne la veridicità: a. lo svolgimento dei fatti; anche con arg. espresso da frase interrogativa: a. chi ha sbagliato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;constatare&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Accertare, verificare personalmente qualcosa; prendere atto di qualcosa: ho constatato la tua assenza alla riunione di ieri; anche con argomento espresso da frase (introdotta da che o di): ho constatato che ieri eri assente; constatarono di avere perso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che la tua congettura è parzialmente vera: &lt;em&gt;constatare&lt;/em&gt; ha anche un significato di &lt;em&gt;prendere atto&lt;/em&gt; che &lt;em&gt;appurare&lt;/em&gt; non ha.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Treccani concorda, dando per &lt;em&gt;constatare&lt;/em&gt;, oltre che il significato di &lt;em&gt;appurare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;verificare&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Più genericamente, acquisire cognizione certa di un fatto, di una realtà: &lt;em&gt;non posso non rammaricarmi, nel c. come sperperi il denaro.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-04-06T23:18:31.220" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12709" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12707" CreationDate="2020-04-07T05:34:23.867" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io direi che la differenza tra i due verbi è sottile, ma &lt;em&gt;appurare&lt;/em&gt; veicola maggiormente una volontà di azione, mentre &lt;em&gt;constatare&lt;/em&gt; mi sembra più passivo. In questa frase, abbastanza comune:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho constatato, a mie spese, che non era così&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è evidente una specie di passività del soggetto (che avrebbe volentieri evitato di &quot;constatare&quot;; la stessa frase con il verbo appurare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho appurato, a mie spese, che non era così&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi comunica la volontà di andare a fondo della questione. Anche la radice del verbo, che somiglia a &quot;depurare&quot;, indica l'azione di sfrondare dalle falsità per arrivare alla pura verità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guardando le traduzioni in Inglese, constatare (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/italian-english/constatare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/italian-english/constatare&lt;/a&gt;) è tradotto con &lt;em&gt;notice, observe&lt;/em&gt; (passività), mentre appurare (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/italian-english/appurare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/italian-english/appurare&lt;/a&gt;) è tradotto con &lt;em&gt;check, verify&lt;/em&gt; (attività).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T05:34:23.867" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12710" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6692" CreationDate="2020-04-07T09:17:05.360" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00845.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che cita appunto il brano di Fenoglio che appare nella domanda, il significato di &quot;pompare&quot; nel contesto del testo è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andarsene alla svelta, filarsela.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, Ivan esorta Milton di andarsene rapidamente dalla strada, che considera pericolosa a causa delle pattuglie. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T09:17:05.360" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12711" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6729" CreationDate="2020-04-07T10:04:27.050" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una delle accezioni di &quot;sdrumare&quot; che riporta il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI18/00388.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Sfregare energicamente. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Fenoglio&lt;/em&gt;, 5-1-2037: Milton si sdrumò la faccia con le mani. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; – Rifl. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Fenoglio&lt;/em&gt;, 5-1-890: La cagna venne a sdrumarsi contro le gambe di Johnny, così impetuosamente, nell'amoroso im­pulso, che quasi lo ribaltò sulla neve. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; – Asportare con lo sfregamento.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp;  &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Fenoglio&lt;/em&gt;, 4-370: Egli sollevò la faccia e si sdrumò il fan­go dagli angoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, nel contesto del brano citato nella domanda, significa che Milton si sfregò energicamente la faccia con le mani subito dopo aver sentito che l'interlocutore gli chiedeva: «E poi, sai che faccia hai? Di' un po', è molto che non ti specchi?».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T10:04:27.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12712" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12713" CreationDate="2020-04-07T16:38:16.547" Score="2" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le diverse cure, terapie o medicazioni producono sull'organismo quello che in inglese si chiama &quot;undesirable effects&quot;, in catalano &quot;efectes no desitjats&quot; e in castigliano &quot;efectos indeseados&quot;. Come posso esprimere questo concetto in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/enit/undesirable&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;WordReference&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questo esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il farmaco può provocare effetti indesiderati, come la sonnolenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma appare anche &quot;indesiderabile&quot; e, se scrivo su Google &quot;effetto medicina&quot;, &quot;effetto medicinale&quot;, &quot;effetto indesiderato farmaco&quot;, ecc. si trovano altre espressioni diverse, per cui non riesco a capacitarmi di quali siano quelle che si usano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T17:02:18.297" Title="Come si esprime in italiano &quot;undesirable effects&quot; di una cura, terapia o medicazione?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12713" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12712" CreationDate="2020-04-07T17:02:18.297" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L’espressione che cerchi è &lt;em&gt;effetti &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/collaterale/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;collaterali&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;c. fig. Che si fa, o avviene, o si sviluppa insieme con altro,&#xA;parallelamente ad altro, come fatto o fenomeno concomitante e, spesso,&#xA;secondario: &lt;em&gt;manifestazioni, effetti collaterali.&lt;/em&gt; In partic., nel&#xA;linguaggio medico, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;effetti c.,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; gli effetti di un trattamento su organi&#xA;o funzioni dell’organismo che non sono utili alla cura della malattia&#xA;per la quale esso è stato prescritto, e possono anche essere (oltre&#xA;che indifferenti) nocivi o comunque indesiderati;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Talvolta sui bugiardini dei medicinali in effetti si trova anche l’espressione &lt;em&gt;effetti indesiderati&lt;/em&gt;, che hai trovato tu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T17:02:18.297" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12714" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12698" CreationDate="2020-04-07T18:27:00.203" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho chiesto ai miei genitori in quanto mi pareva di averglielo sentito usare nel loro dialetto (casertano) e da loro viene usato nel senso di pigrizia.&#xA;Per estensione si potrebbe pensare che le gambe di Rocchino, dalla paura, divennero pigre.&#xA;Cercando in tal senso ho trovato in questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=HRK5Tw5COm0C&amp;amp;pg=PA195&amp;amp;lpg=PA195&amp;amp;dq=attassare%20napoletano&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=yH8hSycf2L&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3WUro1Ooe32axDS4905XaOSGgHIg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwif2ujK99boAhVj_CoKHdE8CQAQ6AEwAXoECAwQLA#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=attassare%20napoletano&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario napoletano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; dell'Ottocento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ATTASSARE (v. n. e n. p. ). Istupidire, ma più nel senso fisico che morale. [...] essersi adoperata una tal voce prima in significato di arrestarsi, poi di far gelare il sangue ed arrestarne quasi la circolazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6227" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-07T18:46:17.257" LastActivityDate="2020-04-07T18:46:17.257" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12715" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9558" CreationDate="2020-04-08T10:34:39.923" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not technically a dictionary, but you can use &lt;strong&gt;Wikipedia's inter-wiki links&lt;/strong&gt; to get translations of technical terms. For instance: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Go to the page of &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CW_complex&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;CW complex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scroll down until you see &quot;Languages&quot; in the left sidebar (or click on the icon in the mobile view)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Click on &quot;Italian&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Get redirected to &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Complesso_di_celle&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Complesso di celle&lt;/a&gt;. Profit!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my experience, this method is very reliable and translations exist for a wide range of words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2020-04-08T10:34:39.923" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12717" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-08T15:47:37.780" Score="1" ViewCount="1414" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è venuta in mente questa frase in un contesto correlato al lavoro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sta essendo maltrattato dai dirigenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma poi ho avuto il dubbio che se potesse veramente usare la locuzione &quot;sta essendo&quot; in italiano. Mi riferisco a qualcuno che soffre delle ingiustizie da parte dei dirigenti nel contesto del lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono messa a ricercare e ho trovato questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/strutture-perifrastiche_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; in cui si parla, tra altre cose, delle perifrasi di tipo &quot;stare&quot; + gerundio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; + gerundio esprime tipicamente il valore progressivo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco la spiegazione di quello che significa &quot;valore progressivo&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Una perifrasi ha valore progressivo quando un processo verbale iniziato precedentemente è colto in un singolo istante del suo svolgimento; in altre parole, è contrassegnato da una focalizzazione puntuale. Nel caso più tipico, il valore progressivo di una costruzione è reso dal cosiddetto &lt;em&gt;schema di incidenza&lt;/em&gt; (Durante 1981: 181); vale a dire, dall’accostamento di una frase con un verbo di aspetto perfettivo e azione non durativa, e una frase con un verbo di aspetto imperfettivo e azione generalmente durativa, come nell’esempio seguente: &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (1) quando hai suonato il campanello stavo guardando la televisione &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma un po' più avanti, si indica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’italiano contemporaneo &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt; + gerundio ha in realtà una sensibile espansione dei valori aspettuali, mostrandosi limitatamente compatibile anche con contesti durativi di carattere semelfattivo, purché il quadro di riferimento temporale non abbia durata determinata (per es., *&lt;em&gt;stava leggendo per tre ore&lt;/em&gt;) o struttura ‘densa’ (Bertinetto 1997: 168; per es., *&lt;em&gt;stava leggendo istante dopo istante&lt;/em&gt;): può infatti occorrere anche con avverbi di durata e di grado, come negli esempi seguenti (cfr. § 4): &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (4) il manoscritto a cui il professor Eco sta lavorando da due anni (da Squartini 1990: 193) &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (5) l’uso del laser ad argon si sta rivelando sempre più indispensabile (da Squartini 1990: 199) &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Decisamente marcati, e tendenzialmente non ammessi, risultano invece gli usi attestati in contesti durativi con valore abituale: &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (6) sto andando tutti i giorni a parlare alla signora (da Bertinetto 1997: 237) &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La conclusione sarebbe che &quot;stare&quot; + gerundio si può effettivamente adoperare in alcuni costrutti, anche se, a quanto pare, l'ultimo caso spiegato non è tanto accettato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopodiché, appare questa spiegazione in cui si trovano usi non ammessi di &quot;sta essendo&quot; e altre perifrasi del tipo &quot;stare&quot; + gerundio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Stare&lt;/em&gt; + gerundio mostra poi alcune restrizioni di carattere semantico e morfologico. Tra le prime si possono menzionare l’incompatibilità con i verbi stativi (per es., *&lt;em&gt;sta essendo vecchio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sta stando in piedi&lt;/em&gt;; ➔ &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbi&lt;/a&gt;), salvo che questi siano usati in senso non-stativo (per es., &lt;em&gt;sta avendo successo&lt;/em&gt;); l'assunzione di valore imminenziale («stare per») se impiegata con un telico non durativo come verbo principale (ossia con un verbo che denota un evento che si conclude e che è pressoché istantaneo: per es., &lt;em&gt;sto partendo&lt;/em&gt; «sto per partire»); la refrattarietà a essere retta da verbi modali (per es., *&lt;em&gt;doveva stargli raccontando una storia&lt;/em&gt; ➔ &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-modali_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;modali, verbi&lt;/a&gt;). Tra le seconde: l’incompatibilità con il passivo (per es., *&lt;em&gt;l'automobile sta essendo riparata&lt;/em&gt;); i tempi perfettivi (*&lt;em&gt;è stato camminando&lt;/em&gt;) i modi imperativo (per es., *&lt;em&gt;sta' leggendo!&lt;/em&gt;) e, tendenzialmente, infinito (*&lt;em&gt;spero di non stare finendo&lt;/em&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, se ho capito bene, non posso dire &quot;sta essendo maltrattato&quot; perché le perifrasi del tipo &quot;stare&quot; + gerundio sono incompatibili con la forma passiva. Allora, la mia domanda sarebbe: come potrei esprimere in un modo ammissibile la frase che ho scritto all'inizio del post, per trasmettere l'idea di qualcosa che si sta svolgendo nel momento presente e che dura nel tempo (preferibilmente con &quot;dirigenti&quot; posto alla fine della frase per le ragioni spiegate in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11152/&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-09T09:41:25.683" LastActivityDate="2020-04-09T09:41:25.683" Title="Alternativa ammissibile a &quot;sta essendo&quot; passivo" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12718" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12721" CreationDate="2020-04-09T14:13:34.593" Score="0" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Solo il capo dei dannati rimase serio. Stette in silenzio qualche istante, poi disse che il paese dell'eterno dolore era lí dov'erano nati, e dove i loro figli morivano di fame prima di crescere, dove si spezzavano i reni a lavorare la terra per gli estranei, e venivano offesi. Fai bene, disse, a prenderci per morti, perché oggi ci riempiamo la panza, ma domani queste quattro ossa che abbiamo se le piglia Tata Vittorio, le divide un pezzo &lt;strong&gt;peduno&lt;/strong&gt;, e se ne fanno bottoni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &quot;capo dei dannati&quot; di cui parla il testo è in realtà il brigante &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carmine_Crocco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Carmine Donatelli, detto Crocco&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;peduno&quot;? Non ho trovato questa parola su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato. Immagino si tratti di un termine di uso regionale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-09T20:25:06.807" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;peduno&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12719" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12720" CreationDate="2020-04-09T17:05:19.563" Score="5" ViewCount="318" Body="&lt;p&gt;La frase è &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alcuni esponenti della maggioranza hanno fatto una ottima figura. L’opposizione ha fatto pena. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La traduzione di Google è “Some exponents of the majority have made a good impression. The opposition was sorry.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È corretta questa traduzione? Ho qualche dubbio. L'opposizione non ha fatto una buona figura, quindi l'opposizione &quot;feels sorry&quot;? &quot;Fare pena&quot; significa &quot;feel sorry&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille per l'aiuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6233" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-09T18:43:27.177" LastActivityDate="2020-04-09T18:43:27.177" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;fare pena&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12720" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12719" CreationDate="2020-04-09T18:22:09.043" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, non significa niente di simile a &lt;em&gt;was sorry&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;feels sorry&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Fare pena”, letteralmente, significa “suscitare la compassione” (quindi, semmai, è l'altra persona che &lt;em&gt;feels sorry&lt;/em&gt; per quella che fa pena) di qualcuno. Spesso, però, lo si usa per dire che qualcuno è patetico o ridicolo. Dal contesto (anche per la contrapposizione con il fatto che altri hanno fatto un'ottima figura), qui il senso è sicuramente questo: secondo chi parla, l'opposizione ha fatto una pessima figura, si è resa ridicola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi per esempio il punto 2.c della voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pena&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;pena&lt;/a&gt; del Treccani, con esempi come “ha scritto un articolo che fa pena”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-04-09T18:22:09.043" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12721" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12718" CreationDate="2020-04-09T20:25:06.807" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il termine &quot;peduno&quot; in questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.vesuvioweb.com/it/wp-content/uploads/Giuseppe-Giacco-Vocabolario-napoletano-vesuvioweb.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di dialetto napoletano&lt;/a&gt; e rimanda alla voce &quot;peruno&quot; la quale significa appunto &quot;per ciascuno&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovendo interpretare il senso esatto della frase, senza conoscere il libro, mi viene da pensare che questo Tata Vittorio sia una persona che &quot;domina&quot; su questi miserabili &quot;dannati&quot; con terribile ferocia, ed è capace di tritarli ad uno ad uno per fare bottoni delle loro ossa, un'immagine piuttosto forte per indicare il fatto che ha su di loro in pratica diritto di vita e di morte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-04-09T20:25:06.807" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12722" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9626" CreationDate="2020-04-10T11:07:33.010" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Inoltre ai documenti citati da Denis Nardin nella sua risposta, il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000375.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; riporta questa citazione dal &lt;em&gt;Dizionario moderno delle parole che non si trovano nei dizionari comuni&lt;/em&gt; con  un &lt;em&gt;Proemio&lt;/em&gt; di  A. Schiaffini  e  con un'&lt;em&gt;Appendice&lt;/em&gt; di ottomila voci&#xA;nuovamente  compilata  da  B. Migliorini, Milano, 1950 (1ª edizione originale, 1905):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Panzini&lt;/em&gt;, IV-390:  ‘ Macello  gentile ’:  dove &#xA;  si  vende  ‘ carne  fine ’  di  vitello (Piemonte). Che razza di espressione!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-10T11:07:33.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12723" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-10T14:42:17.213" Score="1" ViewCount="134" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Di fronte alla chiesa madre, Minguccio il Merciale, detto anche il Pugliese, srotolava le tele che portava sul traino e gliele faceva scorrere sotto gli occhi. Loro le accarezzavano furtive, il percalle gentile per le lenzuola, la scozzese che si vendeva a terremoto per le camicie e le tovaglie, la flanella e la falsa flanella per i calzonetti, il mul'ttone piú pesante per le sottane, il velluto liscio da femmina e quello a coste da maschio, il castoro marrò o lilla, scuro e pesante, per la vesta di matrimonio anche d'estate, la nzarchign, bianca e doppia per le tovaglie e le fodere dei materassi, il raso nero per i sinali eleganti, u casimirr, la lana leggera per i fazzoletti da portare in testa, la gabardine per gli abiti da uomo leggeri e la vigogna per il vestito dello sposo, cosí buona che la tenevano stipata che poi &lt;strong&gt;si strusceva&lt;/strong&gt; e quando l'andavano a prendere la trovavano tutta purtusata. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Che bisogno c'è di tutta quella roba che fa solo &lt;strong&gt;struscere&lt;/strong&gt; soldi, diceva Vincenzo [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare cosa significa questo verbo, &quot;struscere&quot;? Immagino si tratti di una voce di origine dialettale: non sono riuscita a trovarla su nessuno dei dizionari che ho consultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-01-12T15:04:40.487" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;struscere&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12725" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12729" CreationDate="2020-04-10T17:14:06.270" Score="4" ViewCount="111" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do we say: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho molte cose da fare! &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where in French, I woud say: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;J'ai beaucoup de choses à faire!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Compared to French, the use of &quot;da&quot; here puzzled me. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;If possible, I want to understand the intuition of choosing &quot;da&quot; and not &quot;a&quot;.&#xA;Thank you in advance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-10T17:28:32.873" LastActivityDate="2020-04-11T07:58:04.060" Title="Perché si dice &quot;da fare&quot; e non &quot;a fare&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12727" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12725" CreationDate="2020-04-11T05:22:33.757" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Often the particle &quot;da&quot; is used to denote the use or destination of something:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Palla/Pallone da calcio    (ball for playing soccer/football)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vestito da sposa  (suit for a bride)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tabacco da fiuto  (tobacco to be sniffed)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...and many more.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this phrase, &quot;molte cose da fare&quot;, the particle &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; suggests that the &lt;em&gt;cose&lt;/em&gt; still are to be done, they are destined to be carried out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This preposition is used also with other verbs:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cose da comprare  (things that can or should be purchased)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cose da prendere  (things that can or should be taken)  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Cose da sapere  (things that one should know)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, sometimes the preposition &quot;a&quot; is used the same as in French, like in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Vuoto a perdere  (one-way container/bottle; the bottle will be lost [perdere])  &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Apertura a strappo  (tear opening)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this usage is more found in ready-made periphrases than in constructions a speaker elaborates. Sometimes it is easy to understand why &quot;da&quot; is preferred, for example &quot;bastone da passeggio&quot; (walking stick) is not referred to as &quot;bastone a passeggio&quot;, which would mean that the stick is taking a walk by itself (maybe accompanied by its owner!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-04-11T05:52:51.713" LastActivityDate="2020-04-11T05:52:51.713" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12728" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12730" CreationDate="2020-04-11T07:35:17.897" Score="2" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ho incontrato queste frasi in un articolo di un giornale:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Lega, Fratelli d'Italia e Forza Italia si preparano a votare 'no' al decreto 'Cura Italia', su cui sarà posta la questione di fiducia.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;La scelta del governo di mettere la fiducia è una scelta divisiva...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La traduzione di Google:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lega, Fratelli d'Italia and Forza Italia are preparing to vote 'no' to the decree 'Cura Italia', on which the question of trust will be placed.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;The government's choice to put trust is a divisive choice ...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cosa significa 'fiducia' in questo contesto? Si tratta di una procedura legislativa? L'opposizione vota 'no' vuol dire che non si fida del decreto 'Cura Italia' o non si fida del governo? Il risultato del voto può influire sulla conversione del decreto?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6233" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-11T08:33:47.873" LastActivityDate="2020-04-11T09:59:55.987" Title="Il significato di &quot;fiducia&quot; nella politica o nel decreto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12729" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12725" CreationDate="2020-04-11T07:58:04.060" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The construction with preposition &quot;da&quot; + infinitive can be used in Italian, among other functions, to indicate &quot;che bisogna&quot;, that is, a necessity or something which is felt as very convenient. You can use &quot;da non&quot; + infinity to express &quot;che non bisogna&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some examples from the book &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Loescher Editore, Torino) di R. Bozzone Costa, M. Piantoni, E. Scaramelli e C. Ghezzi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;un libro da leggere&lt;/em&gt; (= un libro che bisogna leggere) &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;un film da non perdere&lt;/em&gt; (= un film che non bisogna perdere)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the same way, the sentence &quot;Ho molte cose da fare&quot; means &quot;Ho molte cose che bisogna fare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-11T07:58:04.060" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12730" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12728" CreationDate="2020-04-11T09:28:11.707" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;fiducia&lt;/em&gt; o meglio &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Questione_di_fiducia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questione di fiducia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; si intende:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italia la questione di fiducia è un istituto della forma di governo&#xA;parlamentare riservato al Governo, non previsto in Costituzione, ma&#xA;disciplinato dai regolamenti interni della Camera e, in modo più&#xA;succinto, del Senato nonché dalla legge n. 400/1988.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il suo funzionamento è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il governo pone la questione di fiducia su una legge (o più&#xA;comunemente su un emendamento ad una legge), qualificando tale atto&#xA;come fondamentale della propria azione politica e facendo dipendere&#xA;dalla sua approvazione la propria permanenza in carica. Nella pratica&#xA;politica tale strumento viene usato dal Governo per compattare la&#xA;maggioranza parlamentare che lo sostiene o per evitare l'ostruzionismo&#xA;dell'opposizione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ponendo la fiducia sulla legge, tutti gli&#xA;emendamenti decadono e la legge deve essere votata così come è stata&#xA;presentata; sempre più spesso, tuttavia, essa è posta dal Governo su&#xA;un proprio maxi-emendamento. Nel caso in cui il Parlamento respinga&#xA;la questione di fiducia posta dal Governo, quest'ultimo è considerato&#xA;privo della fiducia della Camera/Senato e pertanto è tenuto a&#xA;rassegnare il mandato nelle mani del Capo dello Stato. Va inoltre&#xA;ricordato che tale istituto giuridico richiede modalità garantite&#xA;(voto nominale dell'atto nella sua interezza ed entro 24 ore),&#xA;permette un'attività senza ostruzione, mira ad annullare i franchi&#xA;tiratori che si nascondono dietro il voto segreto e permette una&#xA;veloce espletazione del processo di legiferazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando c’è urgenza di emanare un decreto legge il governo pone la fiducia mettendo fine alle discussioni in parlamento, che molte volte hanno intento meramente dilatorio. Inoltre il testo viene “blindato” nel senso che non può essere modificato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiaramente se il governo non ottenesse la fiducia su questo provvedimento o anche su altri più importanti, come ad esempio la legge finanziaria, esso potrebbe cadere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso se il Presidente della Repubblica prendesse atto che non ci fosse possibilità di avere un nuovo governo sostenuto dalla maggioranza dei parlamentari, scioglierebbe le camere e si andrebbe verso nuove elezioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani per &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiducia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fiducia&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In diritto costituzionale, &lt;em&gt;voto di f.&lt;/em&gt;, votazione mediante la quale il parlamento approva (o, se la votazione dà risultato negativo,&#xA;disapprova) gli indirizzi politici e la corrispondente azione del&#xA;governo; &lt;em&gt;mozione di f.&lt;/em&gt;, la proposta, fatta da una delle Camere, di&#xA;ricorrere al voto di fiducia; &lt;em&gt;questione di f.&lt;/em&gt;, richiesta da parte del&#xA;governo di ricorrere al voto di fiducia per l’approvazione o la&#xA;reiezione di emendamenti e articoli di progetti di legge: &lt;em&gt;il governo&#xA;ha deciso di porre la questione di fiducia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-11T09:59:55.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12731" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-11T15:41:49.110" Score="1" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sfogliando il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, mi è sembrato curioso trovare &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000751.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo lemma&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Ventana&lt;sup&gt;2 &lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; sf. Finestra. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Linati&lt;/em&gt;, 20-7:  Li  avrà  notati  laggiù,  sull'angolo  dell’Aquarida, appoggiati  braccia  conserte  al  parapetto  delle  ventane,  a  guar­dar nella contrada, all'ora dell'aperitivo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Spagn. &lt;em&gt;ventana&lt;/em&gt;, deriv. da &lt;em&gt;viento&lt;/em&gt; (v. VENTO).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La citazione è tratta dal libro &lt;em&gt;A vento e sole&lt;/em&gt; di Carlo Linati, pubblicato a Torino nel 1939.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono curiosa di sapere quando e dove si sia usata questa parola con questo significato in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi ne saprebbe qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-11T15:41:49.110" Title="Quando e dove si è usato &quot;ventana&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;finestra&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12732" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-12T01:17:16.030" Score="2" ViewCount="903" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella frase va bene il tempo indicativo  &quot;hanno&quot; oppure bisogna utilizzare il congiuntivo &quot;abbiano&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi sembra di capire che tutti quelli che commentano HANNO un italiano impeccabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6241" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-12T08:54:17.560" LastActivityDate="2021-01-28T16:14:07.087" Title="&quot;Mi sembra di capire che&quot; + indicativo o congiuntivo?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12733" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2285" CreationDate="2020-04-12T09:35:03.137" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Good online resources on Italian verbs are the verbix conjugator &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.verbix.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbix.com&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italian-verbs.com/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;italian-verbs.com&lt;/a&gt;. All Italian verbs are fully conjugated, both regular and irregular, but occasionally you may find some mistakes. If you are looking for a more reputable source, I recommend &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=DYynDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Big Book of Italian Verbs: 900 Fully Conjugated Verbs in All Tenses...&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-12T10:36:33.027" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T10:36:33.027" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12734" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8905" CreationDate="2020-04-12T09:47:41.230" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The best translation is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Laëtitia is definitely a smart trader.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sì che&lt;/em&gt; is used to say that something is definitely true and it's put right before the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope it helps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T09:47:41.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12735" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8891" CreationDate="2020-04-12T09:56:32.937" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You should always look up the verb in a good Italian dictionary or a verb reference like those, in order to find out missing or obsolete verb forms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fabrizio Berloco's &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=DYynDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;The Big Book of Italian Verbs: 900 Fully Conjugated Verbs in all Tenses. With IPA Transcription (2018)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Katrien Maes-Christie's &lt;em&gt;The Big Green Book of Italian Verbs (2004)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other good online resources are &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.verbix.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbix.com&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italian-verbs.com&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;italian-verbs.com&lt;/a&gt;; they are free but sometimes you'll probably find some mistakes in some verb forms.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T09:56:32.937" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12736" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11450" CreationDate="2020-04-12T10:06:15.250" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;There's no general rule to build the noun from a verb. Italian derives from Latin, so most of those nouns also derive from Latin nouns. There are some suffix patterns like &lt;em&gt;-aggio&lt;/em&gt;, but as I told you, there is no general rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For the verb &quot;percorrere&quot;, the noun is &lt;em&gt;percorso&lt;/em&gt;, which means &quot;path&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Good luck with your Italian learning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T10:06:15.250" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12737" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4066" CreationDate="2020-04-12T10:36:46.857" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no such verb form as &lt;em&gt;vuose&lt;/em&gt; in Italian language. The exact translation is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non vuole mangiare&lt;/em&gt;.    Indicativo Presente&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non volle mangiare&lt;/em&gt;.    Indicativo Passato remoto&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non voleva mangiare&lt;/em&gt;.   Indicativo Imperfetto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non ha voluto mangiare.&lt;/em&gt; Indicativo Passato prossimo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Have a look on &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italian-verbs.com/verbi-italiani/coniugazione.php?parola=volere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;italian-verbs.com&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.verbix.com/webverbix/Italian/volere.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbix.com&lt;/a&gt; or alternatively on &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.th/books?id=DYynDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Big Book of Italian Verbs&lt;/a&gt; (pp.  1043-1044)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T10:36:46.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12738" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1954" CreationDate="2020-04-12T11:38:56.873" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is almost no difference. You can use either of them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho iniziato a lavorare.&lt;/em&gt;    I started to work.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho cominciato a lavorare.&lt;/em&gt;  I started to work.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T11:38:56.873" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12739" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9487" CreationDate="2020-04-12T11:50:51.633" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I confirm that &lt;em&gt;È tu che...&lt;/em&gt; is incorrect, the only corect form is &lt;em&gt;Sei tu che&lt;/em&gt;. The locution is the same as English, but its form is different. In Italian, the subject is the same as the dependent clause. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T11:50:51.633" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12740" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11055" CreationDate="2020-04-12T12:12:01.057" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;You are right. When modal verbs are used, the auxiliary verb used is &lt;strong&gt;the same as the auxiliary verb of the infinitive&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;È dovuto andare&lt;/em&gt;.  He had to go/leave.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ha dovuto lasciare la città.&lt;/em&gt;  He had to go out of town. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With reflexive and/or impersonal verbs, things are different. It depends on the position of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.co.th/books?id=DYynDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA99#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbal clitic&lt;/a&gt; in the reflexive verb. For instance, consider the following sentences built with reflexive verb &lt;em&gt;lavarsi&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ho dovuto lavarmi.&lt;/em&gt;    I had to wash myself.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mi sono dovuto lavare.&lt;/em&gt; I had to wash myself.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6238" LastActivityDate="2020-04-12T12:12:01.057" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12741" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-12T16:18:59.103" Score="2" ViewCount="358" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho a casa da molti anni un libro molto curioso intitolato &lt;em&gt;Diccionari d'espressions corses comentades&lt;/em&gt;, di Jean-Guy Talamoni. Tratta di modi di dire della lingua corsa, ma è scritto in catalano. Infatti è una traduzione di Mar Bel i Esbrí di un libro scritto in francese, ma è stata un'idea dell'Associazione Corsica-Catalunya. A volte relaziona le espressioni corse con modi di dire simili in altre lingue romanze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una delle frasi fatte che ci si trova è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quessu ùn hè farina per fà ostia!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che viene tradotta in catalano come &quot;Això no és farina per fer hòsties!&quot;. Questa espressione è introdotta in una sezione in cui si presentano parecchi modi di dire per esprimere disprezzo e sfiducia in una persona. Se ne  elencano e spiegano alcuni e poi si afferma &quot;in casi meno gravi si può dire&quot;, dopodiché ne appaiono altri, tra cui l'espressione sopra citata. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come esempio di uso, fa questa citazione della commedia &lt;em&gt;A Grammatica&lt;/em&gt; di Pierre Toussaint Ricci:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lisa: &lt;em&gt;Pare chi su sgiò Pepé un sia tanta ferina da fa ostia?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Carl'Antone: &lt;em&gt;Un birbone, ti dicu!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una traduzione in catalano di questo piccolo dialogo che, in italiano, più o meno sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lisa: &lt;em&gt;Pare che il signor Pepé non sia farina da far ostie?&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Carl'Antone: &lt;em&gt;Un birbone, ti dico!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il libro spiega che questa stessa espressione esiste anche in francese e in italiano. In effetto, sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/F/farina.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;non esser farina da far ostie&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Essere una persona da cui è bene badarsi. Il detto è quasi sempre scherzoso, e non è del tutto negativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire, però, come e in quali situazioni si possa usare (se veramente si usa in italiano: se scrivo &quot;farina da far ostie&quot; su Google sembrano apparire espressioni dialettali e libri antichi). Me lo potreste spiegare, facendo qualche esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T21:05:36.157" Title="Come e quando si usa l'espressione &quot;non esser farina da far ostie&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12743" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12744" CreationDate="2020-04-13T15:00:20.347" Score="3" ViewCount="173" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm in Pimsleur's Italian 2, lesson 17 and they say something I can't figure out. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All I have is &lt;a href=&quot;https://drive.google.com/open?id=16Bc236BlRlNTT9EhoGgmPuyR2vqRWmzu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the audio&lt;/a&gt; (they don't supply transcripts), and it sounds to me like &quot;L'amore non si tutto&quot; and they say it means &quot;Love above all&quot;, but that doesn't make sense to me -- in fact, it seem to me to mean the opposite: &quot;Love is not everything&quot; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried searching without success for this and various other phrases which sound the same to my ear, such as &quot;L'amore nunsi tutto&quot;, &quot;L'amore non situtto&quot;, &quot;L'amore nonsi tutto&quot; -- all of which I'm sure are laughable to an Italian reading this.  But that's where I'm at in my learning. Thanks for any help.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastActivityDate="2020-04-13T16:46:13.020" Title="&quot;Love Above All&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12744" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12743" CreationDate="2020-04-13T15:07:57.260" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The transcript of this audio is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;– L'amore innanzitutto. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;   – Love above all. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;   – Eh, sì, l'amore innanzitutto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They are using adverb  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/innanzitutto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;innanzitutto&quot;&lt;/a&gt;, which means &quot;prima di ogni altra cosa&quot;, that is, as you have said, &quot;above all&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As mentioned by DaG in a comment and as you can see in &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/I/innanzitutto.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sabatini Coletti dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, it can also be written separately: &quot;innanzi tutto&quot;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-13T16:46:13.020" LastActivityDate="2020-04-13T16:46:13.020" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12746" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7353" CreationDate="2020-04-14T09:37:24.437" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;During my primary school, I was taught that “superlativo assoluto” can be made in several ways&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with the adjectival suffix &lt;em&gt;-issimo&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;ti voglio tantissimo bene&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with &lt;em&gt;tanto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;molto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;estremamente&lt;/em&gt; or similar adverb: not for this case, obviously; for instance &lt;em&gt;la casa è molto alta&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;with reduplication: &lt;em&gt;ti voglio tanto tanto bene&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sentence &lt;em&gt;ti voglio tanto tanto bene&lt;/em&gt; sounds rather intimate (child/parent, lovers), but reduplication can be seen also in other contexts:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Era il segnale: Renzo lo sentì, fece coraggio a Lucia, con una stretta di braccio; e tutt'e due, in punta di piedi, vennero avanti, rasentando il muro, zitti zitti; arrivarono all'uscio, lo spinsero adagino adagino; cheti e chinati, entraron nell'andito, dov'erano i due fratelli ad aspettarli. Renzo accostò di nuovo l'uscio pian piano; e tutt'e quattro su per le scale, non facendo rumore neppur per uno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From “I promessi sposi”, chapter VIII: the night of the deceits.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A superlative &lt;em&gt;zittissimo&lt;/em&gt; of &lt;em&gt;zitto&lt;/em&gt; would be cumbersome, but &lt;em&gt;zitto zitto&lt;/em&gt; conveys the idea of somebody who is silent at the highest possible degree.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-04-14T12:05:08.160" LastActivityDate="2020-04-14T12:05:08.160" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12747" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-14T15:20:47.473" Score="2" ViewCount="45" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel mio paese, la gestione e la direzione di una scuola o di un liceo (non esattamente licei perché il sistema scolastico è diverso, diciamo che sono istituzioni più o meno simili a licei) è fatta da un'équipe composta dal dirigente scolastico e di altri insegnanti che svolgono altre funzioni. I nomi delle diverse cariche e le loro funzioni è stabilito nella legislazione (nella legislazione di ogni comunità autonoma, infatti). Questa équipe è chiamata &quot;equipo directivo&quot; in castigliano e &quot;equip directiu&quot; in catalano (&quot;equipo&quot; e &quot;equip&quot; sono maschili).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per fare un esempio, una di queste cariche è quella del &quot;jefe de estudios&quot; (cast.) o &quot;cap d'estudis&quot; (cat.), che in inglese si potrebbe tradurre come &quot;head of studies&quot;. Spiegare tutte le sue funzioni in dettaglio è un po' complicato ma, per esempio, è responsabile della pianificazione e del monitoraggio di tutte le attività accademiche che svolgono insegnanti e studenti. È anche l'incaricato di sostituire il dirigente scolastico in sua assenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altri membri di questa équipe vengono chiamati con la traduzione letterale dei termini &quot;coordinatore pedagogico&quot; e &quot;segretario pedagogico&quot; (ce ne possono essere altri dipendendo delle dimensioni e della complessità dell'istituzione scolastica).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando su Internet, ho visto che si parla di &quot;collaboratori del dirigente scolastico&quot; (per esempio, su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.universoscuola.it/collaboratori-dirigente-scolastico-nomina-mansioni.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, mi chiedo se esista qualche modo (o modi) più o meno stabilito di denominare al gruppo di persone formato dal dirigente scolastico e da questi collaboratori. Ricercando con Google ho trovato &quot;staff dirigenziale&quot; e &quot;staff del dirigente scolastico&quot;, ma non so fino a che punto si tratti di terminologia standard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-14T17:06:43.143" LastActivityDate="2020-04-14T17:06:43.143" Title="Esiste qualche modo più o meno standard di esprimere in italiano &quot;equipo directivo&quot; di un'istituzione scolastica?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12748" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12750" CreationDate="2020-04-14T17:39:24.087" Score="5" ViewCount="1055" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any connection between the Italian name for the city of Troy, &quot;Troia&quot;, and the pejorative term 'troia'? Do native speakers figuratively reference the city in this expression, or is it simply coincidental?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(I'm imagining some description of Troy as a harlot in Ovid, or similar...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm working with an 18th-century opera, and a sentence in the libretto mentioning Troy is missing from the musical score: so I don't know whether it's simply a practical cut or as a result of any sensibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5528" LastActivityDate="2020-07-09T03:35:20.963" Title="Etymology of 'troia' with respect to the City of Troy?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;swearwords&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12749" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12748" CreationDate="2020-04-14T19:31:00.287" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is probably no connection, and in any case not a direct one (as in the city personified or the like).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Troia&lt;/em&gt; as the name of the city is just a transcription of one of its Greek names, Τροία.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Troia&lt;/em&gt; meaning “sow” (and hence as a derogatory term for “prostitute”) is Medieval Latin word, perhaps originally imitating the grunting of the pig (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/troia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;source&lt;/a&gt;). Zingarelli dictionary suggests instead that the Latin word might come from a dish, &lt;em&gt;pŏrcus Troiānus&lt;/em&gt;, consisting of a stuffed pig, alluding to the Trojan Horse (but this explanation is given as uncertain).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;&#xA;As regards that opera, it may well be that, even if there is no etymological connection, the word was felt as inappropriate. In a far different context, in the Italian release of 2016 Disney film &lt;em&gt;Moana&lt;/em&gt;, the eponymous protagonist has been renamed “Vaiana”, apparently, since Moana was the name of a famous Italian porn star.&#xA;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-04-14T19:45:16.303" LastActivityDate="2020-04-14T19:45:16.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12750" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12748" CreationDate="2020-04-14T20:09:28.737" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's not completely clear if Italian word &quot;troia&quot; is etymologically related to the name of the city of Troy. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/troia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, gives this origin&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;lat. mediev. &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt;, forse voce espressiva che imita il grugnito del maiale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, it comes from Medieval Latin &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt;, that could be simply an expressive term that imitates the grunt of the pig.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nevertheless, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000401.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; provides this explanation about the etymology of Italian &quot;troia&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Dal  lat.  mediev. &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt; (nel  sec.  VIlI),  solitamente  fatto  de­rivare  dal  nome  di  un  piatto  tipico  della  gastronomia  romana, il &lt;em&gt;porcus troiānus&lt;/em&gt;, un  maiale  arrostito  e  farcito  di  altri  animali, successivamente  chiamato &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;porcus  de  Troia&lt;/em&gt; e  infine,  semplicemente, &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt;.  Altri  invece  ritiene  che  tale  preparazione  gastro­nomica,  menzionata  solo  in  Macrobio  (V  sec.),  non  sia  in  realtà mai  esistita  e  non  rappresenti  che  un'immaginazione  scherzo­sa;  il  termine &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe  quindi  una  semplice  formazione  popol. di origine espressiva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, it comes from Medieval Latin &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt; (in the VIII century). It's believed that it could derive from the name of a typical dish of Roman gastronomy, called &lt;em&gt;porcus troiānus&lt;/em&gt;, a roasted pig stuffed with other animals, later called &lt;em&gt;porcus de Troia&lt;/em&gt; and finally, simply, &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt;. If it were that way, Italian &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt; would be etymologically related to the name of the city of Troy because Latin  &lt;em&gt;troiānus&lt;/em&gt; comes from &lt;em&gt;Troia&lt;/em&gt; (Greek &lt;em&gt;Tροία&lt;/em&gt;). But this dictionary explains that others believe that this gastronomic preparation, mentioned only by Macrobius (V century), actually never existed and it's only fruit of a playful imagination;  the term &lt;em&gt;troia&lt;/em&gt; would therefore be simply a formation of popular expressive origin (and it wouldn't be related to the name of the city of Troy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truie&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Trésor de la langue française&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; explains the etymology of French &quot;truie&quot; in a very similar way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Du b. lat. &lt;em&gt;troja&lt;/em&gt; (VIII&lt;sup&gt;e &lt;/sup&gt; s. &lt;em&gt;Gl. de Cassel&lt;/em&gt;, éd. P. Marchot, 80: &lt;em&gt;troia: suu&lt;/em&gt;), d'orig. obsc. Il était tentant de rapprocher le mot de &lt;em&gt;porcus Trojanus&lt;/em&gt; relevé une seule fois chez MARTIAL, &lt;em&gt;Saturn.&lt;/em&gt;, III, 13, 13, formé d'apr. &lt;em&gt;equus trojanus&lt;/em&gt;, pour désigner un porc farci, bourré de petit gibier (&lt;em&gt;porcum Trojanum mensis inferant, quem illi ideo sic vocabant quasi aliis inclusis animalibus gravidum ut ille Trojanus equus gravidus armatis fuit&lt;/em&gt;); de &lt;em&gt;porcus Trojanus&lt;/em&gt;, aurait été tiré [&lt;em&gt;porcus de&lt;/em&gt;] &lt;em&gt;Troja&lt;/em&gt;; cependant, il s'agit plus vraisemblablement d'un mot de création plaisante que de l'appellation habituelle d'un mets, ERN.-MEILLET; FEW t. 13, 2, p. 314 b. L'examen de l'aire géogr. de &lt;em&gt;truie&lt;/em&gt; (dom. gallo-rom.; Italie du Nord; de la Catalogne et Sicile), ainsi que la forme &lt;em&gt;troga&lt;/em&gt;, relevée par DU CANGE, &lt;em&gt;s.v. troga&lt;/em&gt;, suggèrent à G. BREUER, ds &lt;em&gt;Z. fr. Spr. Lit.&lt;/em&gt; t. 87, 1977, p. 170, un étymon gaul. *&lt;em&gt;trogja&lt;/em&gt;, formé du rad. *&lt;em&gt;trŏgh&lt;/em&gt; « tirer » (dont sont issus, notamment en a. et m. irl. des termes signifiant « fertile, productif ») et du suff. gaul. &lt;em&gt;-jā&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I will try to translate it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;From Medieval Latin &lt;em&gt;troja&lt;/em&gt; (VIII century &lt;em&gt;Gl. de Cassel&lt;/em&gt;, éd. P. Marchot, 80: &lt;em&gt;troia: suu&lt;/em&gt;), of obscure origin.  It was tempting to relate it to the expression &lt;em&gt;porcus Trojanus&lt;/em&gt; found only once in MARTIAL&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Saturn.&lt;/em&gt;, III, 13, 13, formed from &lt;em&gt;equus trojanus&lt;/em&gt;, to designate a pig stuffed with other small animals, (&lt;em&gt;porcum Trojanum mensis inferant, quem illi ideo sic vocabant quasi aliis inclusis animalibus gravidum ut ille Trojanus equus gravidus armatis fuit&lt;/em&gt;);  from &lt;em&gt;porcus Trojanus&lt;/em&gt;, it would have been drawn [&lt;em&gt;porcus of&lt;/em&gt;] &lt;em&gt;Troja&lt;/em&gt;;  however, it is more likely a term of amusing creation than the usual name for a dish, ERN.-MEILLET;  FEW t.  13, 2, p.  314 b. The examination of the geographic area of &lt;em&gt;truie&lt;/em&gt; (Gaul-Roman domain; Northern Italy; Catalonia and Sicily), as well as of the form &lt;em&gt;troga&lt;/em&gt;, noted by DU CANGE, &lt;em&gt;s.v.  troga&lt;/em&gt;, suggest to G. BREUER, ds &lt;em&gt;Z.  Fr.  Spr.  Lit.&lt;/em&gt; t.  87, 1977, p. 170, a Gaul etymology  *&lt;em&gt;trogja&lt;/em&gt;, formed from the root  *&lt;em&gt;trŏgh&lt;/em&gt; (which in French means &quot;tirer&quot; and from which come some Old and Middle Irish terms meaning &quot;fertile, productive&quot;) and Gaul suffix  &lt;em&gt;-jā&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1. &#xA;I don't understand why &lt;em&gt;Trésor de la langue française&lt;/em&gt; says Martial instead of Macrobius, since the reference to &lt;em&gt;porcus troiānus&lt;/em&gt; and its relation to the Trojan horse appears in &lt;em&gt;Saturnalia&lt;/em&gt; III, 13, 13 by Macrobius, from which comes the excerpt quoted in this source.&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-15T07:54:08.527" LastActivityDate="2020-04-15T07:54:08.527" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12752" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9674" CreationDate="2020-04-15T11:29:39.580" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00444.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa accezione dell'espressione  &quot;far saltare&quot; che si addice al contesto del brano riportato nella domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Svanire, andare dilapidato (un patrimonio). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Goldoni&lt;/em&gt;, III-36: Le due pezze di panno le ho vendute a tredici  lire  il  braccio  ed  ho  tirato  il  denaro,  ma non  voglio ch'egli  lo  sappia; non glieli  voglio dar tutti, perché,  se li ha nelle  mani, li farà saltare in un giorno. &lt;em&gt;Tommaseo&lt;/em&gt;,  CIX-I-172:  Il  duca,  non  più  ministro  e  giocatore  e  prodigo  e matto, farà saltare que' milioni del conte di Pavia!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, come in questi esempi, questo personaggio, Tobia, aveva fatto venire a meno la ricchezza del padrone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-15T11:29:39.580" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12753" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-15T16:25:45.993" Score="5" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una discussione a proposito del canto XVIII dell'&lt;em&gt;Inferno&lt;/em&gt; con un gruppo di persone, ricordo che un fiorentino spiegò che il fenomeno dell'epitesi di -&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; per alcuni monosillabi accentati e per alcune parole tronche si può ancora sentire da qualche parte della Toscana. Credo fosse in campagna, non in città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi riferisco al passo in cui Virgilio annuncia l'arrivo di Giasone, in cui si trova il verbo &quot;féne&quot; (che sta per &lt;em&gt;fe'&lt;/em&gt;) con l'epitesi di -&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; E 'l buon maestro, sanza mia dimanda, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; mi disse: «Guarda quel grande che vene, &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; e per dolor non par lagrime spanda:   84 &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; quanto aspetto reale ancor ritene! &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  Quelli è Iasón, che per cuore e per senno &lt;br&gt;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; li Colchi del monton privati féne.   87&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per mia sorpresa, sfogliando il libro &lt;em&gt;L'italiano nelle regioni: Roma e il Lazio&lt;/em&gt; di Pietro Trifone ([&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/15932159/Roma_e_il_Lazio_intero_volume_1_?auto=download&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/15954140/Roma_e_il_Lazio_intero_volume_2_?auto=download&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]), mi sono imbattuta in una spiegazione dei fenomeni fono-morfologici più caratteristici del romanesco di Giuseppe Gioachino Belli, tra cui, a pagina 67, si trova questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;l'epitesi di -&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;, cui Belli ricorre &#xA;  soprattutto in rima (nei monosillabi accentati come &lt;em&gt;dine&lt;/em&gt; 'dire', &lt;em&gt;none&lt;/em&gt; 'no', &lt;em&gt;quane&lt;/em&gt; 'qua', &lt;em&gt;tene&lt;/em&gt; 'te' e in qualche polisillabo ossitono)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che &lt;em&gt;dine&lt;/em&gt; veramente corrisponda a &lt;em&gt;di'&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non avevo idea che questo fenomeno fosse stato presente anche nel romanesco. Si può riscontrare ancora oggi da qualche parte nel Lazio? In generale, dove si può sentire questa epitesi di -&lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;, se veramente è ancora viva nell'attualità?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-23T15:48:22.440" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T15:48:22.440" Title="Epitesi di -ne: dove si dà questo fenomeno?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12754" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-16T14:50:24.773" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Verso sera, in pegno di amicizia, il bambino regalò a Candida un &lt;strong&gt;uccellino primavera&lt;/strong&gt;. Aveva le ali nere, il petto giallo e una testolina rotonda e piumosa. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Albina la trovò che gli lisciavano le piume. Le strappò di mano l'&lt;strong&gt;uccello primavera&lt;/strong&gt;, lo osservò per un attimo, poi lo scagliò via. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alle voci &quot;uccello&quot; e &quot;primavera&quot; di alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato nessuna spiegazione sul significato di &quot;uccello primavera&quot;. Tuttavia, una ricerca su Google di questa espressione, ne dà parecchie occorrenze. Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire? Potrebbe trattarsi di un uccello migratore che si vede soltanto durante la primavera?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-18T14:50:09.060" LastActivityDate="2020-04-18T14:50:09.060" Title="Cosa significa &quot;uccello primavera&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12755" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12753" CreationDate="2020-04-16T15:31:15.517" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa non è una risposta compiuta, ma è troppo lunga per essere un commento e forse può avere qualche utilità. Il &lt;em&gt;Dizionario romanesco&lt;/em&gt; di Fernando Ravaro (Newton Compton) alla voce “ne” riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt; - Particella enclitica, con valore eufonico che nel romanesco, almeno sino alla metà del 1800 (per quanto se ne può dedurre dai testi disponibili) era consuetudine aggiungere a tutte le parole tronche ed ai monosillabi accentati, quasi come un addolcimento del loro suono brusco, evidentemente poco accetto, similmemte a quanto avviene anche nel dialetto toscano che alle finali accentate usa aggiungere una &quot;e&quot; eufonica (sìe, nòe, giùe, ecc.). Di tale caratteristica, oggi quasi totalmente scomparsa, è agevole rilevare la presenza generalizzata negli autori antecedenti al Belli, quantunque anche questi talora ne abbia fatto uso. È infatti presente nella &lt;em&gt;Vita di Cola di Rienzo&lt;/em&gt;: cioè - ène - sìne; nel Codice Vaticano 7654: ène; nel Bernini: chìne - vorràne - consigliàne; nel Castelletti: dìe [&lt;em&gt;sic: forse un refuso per dìne&lt;/em&gt;] - ène - làne - sìne - stàne. In particolare Benedetto Micheli, nelle sue opere, ne fa sistematica norma, talché è difficile trovare una parola tronca, specialmente le voci verbali, che ne sia priva. || MICHELI - Che ve dole? Se sa, voio cantàne - Che, come penza, facile non ène - D'archibbuscio; ma poi, quanno ch'è line || Ecco alcuni esempi tratti dal Belli || E padron Chiappa m'arispose: Nòne - È propio tempo mo questo che quìne - Er zor Stramoni che me visitòne - Eppuro sto gustaccio che c'è mòne || In qualche parola tronca del linguaggio familiare più popolare si può trovare ancora al presente traccia dell'esistenza della particella eufonica: &quot;méne&quot; - &quot;téne&quot; - &quot;quìne&quot; - &quot;làne&quot; - &quot;perchéne&quot; - &quot;sìne&quot;- &quot;nòne&quot;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, come ho già scritto in un commento, in quanto romano, posso dire che ne ho presente l'uso attuale solo in “sìne” e “nòne”, usati talvolta in modo scherzoso come rafforzativi, per lo più come a dire “Sì [no], te l'ho già detto tante volte!”, e rarissimamente con avverbi come “qua” e “là”, sempre ad accennare un tono stizzito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-04-16T15:31:15.517" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12756" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11637" CreationDate="2020-04-16T21:31:00.350" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've collected in this anwser what said in the comments by @egreg, @Gio and @DaG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The text being read in this audio is the beginning of the novel &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt; by Natalia Ginzburg. The character who says these words is Giuseppe Levi, that is, Natalia Ginzburg's father, who was from Trieste. For this reason, the actress tries to mimic the accent from Trieste whenever this character speaks, in which &amp;quot;z&amp;quot; is pronounced /s/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some of the words pronounced are &amp;quot;sbrodeghezzi&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;potacci&amp;quot;, which, according to the book &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=dCPvNEa7424C&amp;amp;pg=PA141&amp;amp;lpg=PA141&amp;amp;dq=sbrodeghezzi+triestino&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=DPPYm1nwkX&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U07McguSmBCD0iPG1O7JvL5unTV3w&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwj2zs-GqqnoAhXT5-AKHbb8CacQ6AEwAXoECAkQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=sbrodeghezzi%20triestinismi&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Novecento plurale: scrittori e lingua&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; by Maria Antonietta Grignani, belong to Triestine dialect&#xA;and, according to Luigi Fontanella in the article &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=gx7cbgh4l94C&amp;amp;pg=PA39&amp;amp;lpg=PA39&amp;amp;dq=baslettona&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=XDN9_xybsF&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2eK6_tKhFEdHsfYzQA8qJO95xagQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi4yIbemYLsAhUkA2MBHRqrBIIQ6AEwCHoECAkQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=baslettona&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Natalia Ginzburg between Fiction and Memory: A Reading of &lt;em&gt;Le voci della sera&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, published in the book &lt;em&gt;Natalia Ginzburg: A Voice of the Twentieth Century&lt;/em&gt; (University of Toronto Press), were used by Giuseppe Levi&#xA;to convey the meaning of things of bad taste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-24T17:09:56.553" LastActivityDate="2020-09-24T17:09:56.553" CommentCount="4" CommunityOwnedDate="2020-04-16T21:31:00.350" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12757" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12723" CreationDate="2020-04-17T13:43:04.810" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.papagnol.com/barlettano_zingarelli.asp#S&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario di dialetto barlettano&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;struscere&quot; significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;consumare completamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato anche su parecchi siti web, come per esempio  &lt;a href=&quot;http://mikam.altervista.org/proverbi-pugliesi.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt;, con a volte leggere variazioni nell'ortografia,  il proverbio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La cer s strusc e la procession nan camin &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che può essere tradotto letteralmente come &quot;la cera si consuma e la processione non cammina&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto del brano, tanto le stoffe come i soldi si consumavano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-17T13:43:04.810" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12758" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9620" CreationDate="2020-04-17T16:04:59.327" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;incovonare&quot; si trova sul supplemento del 2009 al &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_Pagina_426.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che cita proprio come esempio il primo passaggio di Fenoglio che appare nella domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Incovonare&lt;/strong&gt;, tr. (&lt;em&gt;incóvono&lt;/em&gt;). Raccogliere in covoni. – Anche&#xA;  assol. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; = Comp. dal pref.&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;in-&lt;/em&gt;, con valore illativo, e un denom. da &lt;em&gt;covone&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-17T16:04:59.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12759" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12761" CreationDate="2020-04-17T16:53:43.453" Score="1" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un esercizio del libro &quot;Italiano Facile - Percorso Semplificato di grammatica&quot; che chiede: &quot;Nelle frasi che seguono, sottolinea gli avverbi e scrivi in fianco qual è il loro significato&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nemmeno il tuo cane ha abbaiato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'avverbio sarebbe &quot;nemmeno&quot; però non so di che tipo. Ho il dubbio tra avverbi di tempo e avverbi di valutazione.&#xA;Cosa pensate? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6261" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-17T17:57:18.617" LastActivityDate="2020-04-18T10:20:24.277" Title="Quale sarebbe l'avverbio di &quot;Nemmeno il tuo cane ha abbaiato&quot;?" Tags="&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12760" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12766" CreationDate="2020-04-18T07:19:18.783" Score="5" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ieri ero con mio amico e gli ho chiesto che lavoro fa. Ha risposto “fornaio”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora ho detto &quot;Lavori in settore alimentare?&quot; e lui ha riso. Secondo lui si dice &quot;lavori nel settore alimentare&quot; oppure &quot;lavori in campo alimentare&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché non si dice &quot;in settore alimentare&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-18T08:47:28.237" LastActivityDate="2020-04-19T06:00:44.280" Title="Si dice “in settore alimentare”?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;articles&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12761" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12759" CreationDate="2020-04-18T10:20:24.277" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non sono completamente sicura che questa sia una risposta alla domanda perché, come ho detto in un commento, non mi è del tutto chiara.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non credo esista un unico modo di classificare gli avverbi. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.viv-it.org/schede/l-avverbio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito sito Vivit dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; puoi vedere che si raggruppano in queste categorie:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avverbi qualificativi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avverbi determinativi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avverbi valutativi: affermativi, negativi, di dubbio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Avverbi interrogativi ed esclamativi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel glossario che appare alla fine dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista del significato, gli avverbi possono essere suddivisi in:&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;qualificativi o di modo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;di tempo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;di luogo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;di quantità&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;di giudizio&lt;/em&gt; (di affermazione e di negazione, di dubbio); &lt;em&gt;interrogativi&lt;/em&gt; ed &lt;em&gt;esclamativi&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;presentativi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puoi vedere nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.viv-it.org/schede/avverbi-valutativi-affermativi-negativi-di-dubbio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pagina dedicata agli avverbi valutativi del sito Vivit&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;nemmeno&quot; è considerato un &quot;avverbio negativo&quot; (o &quot;di negazione&quot;) che rientra nei cosiddetti &quot;avverbi valutativi&quot;, chiamati &quot;avverbi di giudizio&quot; nel libro di Serianni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per saperne il significato bisognerebbe avere la frase in contesto, ma sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nemmeno_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; puoi vedere che vuol dire lo stesso di &quot;neanche&quot; o &quot;neppure&quot;. Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/neanche&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;neanche&quot; del Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si trova una delle accezioni possibili:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;serve a escludere proprio quello che sarebbe più facile credere o ammettere: &lt;em&gt;neanche un bambino si lascerebbe ingannare in quel modo&lt;/em&gt; (= persino un bambino non ...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, la frase della domanda significherebbe &quot;persino il tuo cane non ha abbaiato&quot; in una situazione in cui ci si sarebbe aspettato il contrario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe essere che ci fosse un'altra frase negativa prima di quella della domanda, che raccontasse di altri cani che non hanno abbaiato. Allora, il significato sarebbe questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Può aggiungere una negazione ad altra precedente, espressa o sottintesa: «&lt;em&gt;Non mi sono mosso di casa; e tu&lt;/em&gt;?» «&lt;em&gt;Neanch’io&lt;/em&gt;» (= anch’io non)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, il senso della frase sarebbe &quot;anche il tuo cane non ha abbaiato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-18T10:20:24.277" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12762" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12760" CreationDate="2020-04-18T14:39:35.327" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un tipico errore che fanno gli stranieri la cui lingua d'origine non utilizzi gli articoli determinativi (o definiti), come per nelle lingue slave. In italiano, invece, è spesso  necessario usare questo tipo di articoli.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;A complicare le cose c'è, innanzi tutto, il fatto che bisogna capire se usare l'articolo definito (&quot;il settore&quot;) o indefinito (&quot;un settore&quot;). Capire quando usare i secondi è in genere facile, non fosse altro perché già si utilizzano nella lingua di provenienza. Occorre molta più pratica per capire quando usare l'articolo determinativo.&#xA;La &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/articolo_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;regola generale&lt;/a&gt; è che va usato in riferimento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a una categoria generale di persone, animali, oggetti, concetti;   &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;a qualcuno o qualcosa di già noto a chi legge, parla o ascolta.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel suo caso si parla appunto di una categoria generale, quindi &quot;il settore alimentare&quot;. Ci sono casi più complessi. Ad esempio (visti i tempi di lockdown), è corretto dire &quot;lavoro in casa&quot; o  &quot;lavoro da casa&quot;, invece si dice &quot;lavoro da un hotel&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro caso ostico è &quot;in campo&quot; o  &quot;in ambito&quot;. Qui usare l'articolo determinativo rende la comunicazione più naturale; mentre ometterlo richiama uno registro linguistico burocratico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La seconda complicazione sta in ciò che mentre si può dire &quot;in un settore&quot;, non si può dire &quot;in il settore&quot;, sarebbe cacofonico. Si dirà, quindi, &quot;nel settore&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="125" LastActivityDate="2020-04-18T14:39:35.327" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12763" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-18T16:21:36.973" Score="2" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un po' per caso, mi sono imbattuta in  questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.globalist.it/culture/2016/10/31/a-teatro-tra-le-scosse-le-ultime-perfidie-del-cavalier-serpente-207500.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt; in cui si fa una critica di uno spettacolo teatrale basato sul romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ragazzi di vita&lt;/em&gt;, di Pier Paolo Pasolini. Anni fa ascoltai la lettura di questo romanzo fatta da Massimo Popolizio, il regista dello spettacolo, nel programma &quot;Ad alta voce&quot; di RAI radio 3 e mi piacque, per cui ho avuto curiosità di leggere il testo. Poi, tutto quello che si spiega del lampadario del teatro l'ho trovato divertente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase del testo ha attirato la mia attenzione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel senso che è partita una tirata, senza intervallo, di circa due ore di una enunciazione urlata, ma urlata da fare male alle orecchie, piena di &quot;mortacci tua&quot;, &quot;stronzi&quot;, &quot;cazzi&quot;, eccetera, decisamente esagerati come carico, anche se rigorosamente (ci hanno giurato) fedeli come numero e distribuzione a quelli del testo di Pasolini.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il termine &quot;tirata&quot; ho trovato questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tirata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio teatrale, lungo discorso che un personaggio fa sulla scena, senza che altri interloquisca e, in partic., nella commedia dell’arte, quel soliloquio che illustra il carattere di uno dei personaggi e le vicende cui partecipa; per estens., fuori del teatro, lungo discorso, soprattutto se di tono polemico o di disapprovazione: &lt;em&gt;il presidente ha fatto una t. contro il direttore&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il suo intervento alla Camera è stato tutto una t. contro il governo&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, siccome ho letto il romanzo e, a quanto pare, c'erano &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.teatrodiroma.net/doc/6448/ragazzi-di-vita&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;parecchi attori&lt;/a&gt;, non credo che la frase si riferisca a un monologo di circa due ore. Allora, mi chiedo: &quot;tirata&quot; può avere un senso leggermente diverso da quello spiegato dal Treccani? E si tratta di qualcosa di inventato dall'autore del testo oppure si usa con certa frequenza anche in questo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda &quot;partire&quot;, ho visto, sempre sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/partire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, che ha questo significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Avere (o dare) inizio: &lt;em&gt;il lavoro è partito male&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;è ora di p. con questa iniziativa&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;a p. da oggi, a p. dal prossimo mese&lt;/em&gt;, a cominciare da oggi, dal prossimo mese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda sarebbe: c'è qualche ragione per usare &quot;partire&quot; in quella frase? Cioè, sarebbe esattamente la stessa cosa scrivere, per esempio, &quot;è iniziata una tirata&quot; o &quot;è cominciata una tirata&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;1.  Non credo che questa affermazione si corrisponda del tutto con la realtà. Sfogliando il libro di Pasolini, non sono riuscita a trovare nessun &quot;cazzo&quot;. A volte appare &quot;c...&quot;, però: immagino sia questo. Qualche &quot;stronzo&quot; si trova, ma penso che non siano tanti.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-23T15:49:10.250" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T15:49:10.250" Title="&quot;È partita una tirata&quot;: uso di &quot;partire&quot; e di &quot;tirata&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12764" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-19T00:02:20.123" Score="2" ViewCount="190" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stavo usando Busuu correggendo qualche esercizio di persone che stanno imparando l'italiano e mi sono imbattuto in una persona che, durante una simulazione di una interazione in un bar, chiedeva di avere &quot;panino freddo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, a mio parere, non è grammaticalmente sbagliato,   né semanticamente sbagliato, ma non riesco a capire perché mi suona una frase strana. Se penso a come io farei passare il messaggio, aggiungerei un &quot;senza riscaldarlo&quot; o aspetterei di ricevere la domanda &quot;te lo riscaldo?&quot; dal barista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È la mia sensazione sbagliata o effettivamente c'è qualcosa che non va? Se sì, cosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: Per chiarire, l'altra persona è spagnola e la frase completa dell'esercizio è &quot;Buongiorno, vorrei un panino freddo e, da bere, una bottiglia grande di acqua frizzante, grazie&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6267" LastEditorUserId="6267" LastEditDate="2020-04-20T15:37:19.237" LastActivityDate="2020-04-22T08:13:35.163" Title="Un panino freddo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12765" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12763" CreationDate="2020-04-19T05:19:34.533" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;tirata&quot; può avere un senso leggermente diverso da quello spiegato dal Treccani?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Treccani spiega abbastanza bene il termine, solo che il significato in gergo teatrale avrebbe potuto essere messo &lt;em&gt;dopo&lt;/em&gt; l'uso che se ne fa in senso generale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo, come ho già fatto nel commento, che &quot;tirata&quot; si può riferire anche ad altre situazioni che il Treccani pare ignorare completamente (non ho controllato). Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da Roma a Milano è una tirata di sei ore in macchina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;indica che il viaggio in macchina dura sei ore, ponendo l'accento sulla lunga durata e sulla continuità senza interruzioni (naturalmente si possono impiegare tre giorni, se si vuole).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre in ambito motoristico o podistico, &quot;tirare&quot; significa provare ad andare velocemente, tirare fuori molto dal motore o dalle gambe, quindi una &lt;em&gt;tirata&lt;/em&gt; è un tratto di strada o di tempo percorso con gran velocità o grande impegno. Si può applicare anche per esempio a un lavoro, intendendo che portarlo a termine è una faticata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se si parla di un discorso, allora una tirata è un discorso lungo, impegnativo, aggressivo, monocorde, magari con intento educativo o, più sovente, critico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;c'è qualche ragione per usare &quot;partire&quot; in quella frase? ... stessa cosa scrivere &quot;è cominciata una tirata&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso è lo stesso, ma &quot;partire&quot; è più dinamico e violento. Si dice &quot;è partita una cannonata&quot; (o una bordata,&#xA;una fucilata) richiamando il proiettile che parte e lascia l'arma; non è lo stesso dire &quot;è cominciata una fucilata&quot;, perché&#xA;&lt;em&gt;partire&lt;/em&gt; indica movimento, &lt;em&gt;cominciare&lt;/em&gt; no. Il &lt;em&gt;partire&lt;/em&gt; in quel contesto insinua pure che&#xA;il discorso è andato fuori tema, o sopra le righe, o è durato troppo; insomma ha lasciato l'intento originale&#xA;perdendosi dietro qualche altra cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-04-19T05:19:34.533" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12766" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12760" CreationDate="2020-04-19T06:00:44.280" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Provo a dare una mia spiegazione semplice, per quanto possibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola dell'articolo determinativo dice che esso si usa per indicare qualcosa che è unico, invece che generico. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dammi una mano  (una delle due che hai)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dammi la mano destra (l'unica mano destra che hai)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;dammi una mano destra&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;normalmente non si dice perchè la &quot;mano destra&quot; è una sola, e non si può &quot;rendere generica&quot;. Quando l'articolo è assente, è un po' come se ci fosse quello indeterminativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vediamo &lt;em&gt;settore&lt;/em&gt;. Un &quot;settore&quot; è una parte precisa di qualcos'altro, a sua volta preciso (settore di un edificio, di un negozio, settore di una attività). Perciò, come per &quot;mano destra&quot;, &quot;settore alimentare&quot; indica una cosa unica. In questo caso&#xA;&quot;settore alimentare&quot; è una parte dell'ambito lavorativo, è una cosa unica, quindi vuole l'articolo determinativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vediamo &lt;em&gt;campo&lt;/em&gt;. Un &quot;campo&quot; (agricoltura) solitamente non è recintato, non è &quot;una parte&quot; di qualche cosa di preciso. Il termine, piuttosto che indicare &quot;una parte di qualcosa&quot;, indica un insieme omogeneo di cose, come &quot;un campo di patate&quot;, oppure un ambiente generico che si distingue in modi sottili da altri ambienti.&#xA;L'uso del termine in senso astratto è ampio e libero: &quot;in campo aperto&quot;, &quot;scendere in campo&quot;, &quot;il nemico in campo&quot;, &quot;le forze in campo&quot;, &quot;il gioco sul campo&quot;; sempre ambiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perciò si dice &quot;in campo medico&quot; per dire &quot;in ambito medico&quot;, &quot;campo industriale&quot; per indicare l'ambiente dell'industria, eccetera; si usa per denotare contesti in modo sfumato. Per questo motivo la scelta dell'articolo o della sua assenza è più libera, perchè &quot;campo&quot; non denota &lt;em&gt;con forza&lt;/em&gt; una cosa singola in contrapposizione  all'insieme che lo contiene. Certo, il &quot;campo filosofico&quot; è una parte di tutto ciò che la mente può immaginare o ragionare, ma i suoi confini sono poco delimitati, si può sovrapporre ad altri ambiti, possono esserci svariati &quot;campi filosofici&quot;. Ecco perché non suonano male &quot;in campo medico&quot; e &quot;nel campo medico&quot;: la prima frase è solo un poco più incerta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-04-19T06:00:44.280" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12767" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12768" CreationDate="2020-04-19T14:48:53.220" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi che piove tutto il giorno, abbiamo fatto una bella scoperta: nella nostra sala da pranzo c'è una piccola pioggia che viene da una parte del soffitto.  Abbiamo dei vicini che abitano sopra di noi, ma hanno un terrazzo sopra la nostra sala da pranzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In spagnolo, questo fenomeno si chiama &quot;goteras&quot; (e in catalano &quot;goteres&quot;), cioè, questa parola si usa per indicare il gocciolamento di acqua proveniente dal soffitto. Direi &quot;tenemos goteras&quot; per affermare che abbiamo questo problema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come dovrei esprimerlo in italiano? Forse &quot;infiltrazioni di acqua dal soffitto&quot;? Anche in castigliano si può dire &quot;infiltraciones de agua&quot; (&quot;infiltracions d'aigua&quot; in catalano), ma si tratta di un linguaggio più tecnico. Magari &quot;gocciolamento di acqua dal soffitto&quot; oppure &quot;perdita di acqua dal soffitto&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-19T20:49:57.393" LastActivityDate="2020-04-19T20:49:57.393" Title="Come posso esprimere &quot;goteras&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12768" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12767" CreationDate="2020-04-19T15:59:14.007" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io userei il termine &lt;em&gt;&quot;infiltrazione di acqua dal soffitto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;&quot;gocciolamento di acqua dal soffitto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; in questo caso - vanno entrambi bene; &lt;em&gt;&quot;perdita di acqua dal soffitto&quot;&lt;/em&gt; mi fa pensare che il problema sia dovuto ad una tubatura danneggiata, e se ho capito bene non è questo il caso, se sopra il punto dove gocciola c'è un terrazzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come scritto da @Charo nel suo commento, la causa del problema potrebbe essere un ristagno di acqua piovana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota: secondo me (parere personale) si potrebbe omettere &lt;em&gt;di acqua&lt;/em&gt; ... di solito è implicito che sia una infiltrazione di acqua e non di altro liquido. Invece, è meglio sempre specificare &lt;em&gt;dal soffitto&lt;/em&gt; in modo che sia chiaro dove si sta producendo il danno dell'infiltrazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-04-19T16:44:41.543" LastActivityDate="2020-04-19T16:44:41.543" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12770" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-20T12:24:00.780" Score="4" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è stato detto che dire: Vorrei sapere se si &quot;sappia&quot;... è sbagliato, ma Treccani afferma che si possa usare sia il congiuntivo che l'indicativo: Vorrei sapere se si &quot;sa&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto ciò, lo stesso discorso vale dopo una negazione: Nessuno di essi &quot;sembra&quot; funzionare vs Nessuno di essi sembri funzionare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potete farmi un po' di chiarezza in merito?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6272" LastActivityDate="2020-05-20T14:00:30.090" Title="Dubbio sull'uso del congiuntivo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12771" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12770" CreationDate="2020-04-20T13:12:52.930" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I due esempi sono molto diversi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il secondo è più semplice, e la differenza non è nella negazione, ma nel fatto che si tratta di una proposizione principale: “Nessuno sembra” va sicuramente all'indicativo. Dire “Nessuno sembri” è un po' come dire “Io vada a casa”. L'unico caso in cui si potrebbe usare il congiuntivo in una frase simile è se in realtà si sta esprimendo un ordine: “Nessuno esca di qui!”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda la prima frase, si tratta di una principale da cui dipende un'interrogativa indiretta. (L'interrogativa diretta sarebbe “Si sa la cosa X?”, mentre un esempio di costruzione indiretta è appunto “Vorrei sapere se si sa/sappia la cosa X”).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nell'italiano moderno, nelle interrogative indirette i due possibili modi, indicativo e congiuntivo sono ammessi entrambi e “non corrispondono in genere a un diverso grado di certezza ma, semmai, a un livello stilistico più o meno formale o a semplici variazioni libere” (Serianni, &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, XIV.86). Un esempio di alternanza viene da Corrado Alvaro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;gli chiedeva quanti &lt;em&gt;erano&lt;/em&gt; in casa, se &lt;em&gt;avesse&lt;/em&gt; il padre e la madre, se &lt;em&gt;era&lt;/em&gt; fidanzata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte il congiuntivo esprime comunque una maggior incertezza o soggettività; lo si preferisce inoltre, ma non è obbligatorio, quando la principale è negativa. Un esempio citato dal Serianni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in primavera crescevano ... molte rose: e come mai &lt;em&gt;crescessero&lt;/em&gt; non so, dato che nessuno di noi si sognava mai di annaffiarle (Ginzburg, &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In definitiva, nella frase proposta, a me personalmente il congiuntivo suona eccessivamente formale. Io probabilmente userei l'indicativo, magari riformulando la frase per evitare la sequenza “se si sa”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-04-20T13:12:52.930" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12772" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9761" CreationDate="2020-04-21T12:01:52.560" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00171.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;pesce&quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si trova la definizione della locuzione &quot;a spina di pesce&quot; con valore avverbiale e, come esempio, si cita  precisamente il passo di Fenoglio che appare nella domanda. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel testo l'espressione fa riferimento al modo in cui questi partigiani si muovevano nella chiesa, avanzando verso l'altare, disposti in modo obliquo rispetto a un asse centrale (non so bene se delineato da una fila di uomini, come suggerito da abarisone, o da qualche altro oggetto):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Con valore avverb.    Dipartendosi  radialmen­te e più o meno obliquamente da un asse   centrale (con riferimento a un movimento o  a   una disposi­zione). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;G. Raimondi&lt;/em&gt;, 1-178:  Un  pavimento  di  mattoni  rossi.  I mattoni  sono  commessi  a  ‘resca  di  pesce’.  Ricorda  il  fondo di  una  nave. &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Moravia&lt;/em&gt;, 25-153:  Dal  casamento,  il  mio sguardo  retrocede  alle  macchine  parcheggiate  a  spina  di pesce  lungo  il  marciapiede. &lt;em&gt;Fenoglio&lt;/em&gt;, 1-241:  Cominciarono col  frugare  nel  battistero,  quindi  nel  primo  confessiona­le...  Così,  a  spina  di  pesce,  si avvicinavano  all’altare maggiore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T12:01:52.560" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12773" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12774" CreationDate="2020-04-21T15:38:58.847" Score="1" ViewCount="361" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Albina non si capacitava. Doveva esserci uno sbaglio. Quella gattarella di sua figlia, quella squaquecchia, quella mezzabotte, chiesta in moglie dal piú bel giovane che si era mai visto a Grottole, quello che tutte volevano e nessuna era mai riuscita ad acchiappare. Invece per qualche misteriosa ragione non c'era nessuno sbaglio, Colino voleva proprio lei e nessun'altra, glielo confermava anche la madre, la sua amica Diodata, cui &lt;strong&gt;non riusciva a dar torto&lt;/strong&gt; quando diceva che suo figlio aveva perso il sentimento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &quot;squaquecchia&quot; l'ho trovato su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.francescomastriani.it/dizionario-desueti-lettera-s/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario di vocaboli desueti usati da Francesco Mastriani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;squaquecchia agg.&lt;/strong&gt; • Donna rachitica e bazzuta [N1-71(36)] &lt;em&gt;Be! donna Squaquecchia, mo non vieni qua fuori! Ti ei consigliata con zio-prete!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;N1&quot; significa che la definizione proviene dal &lt;em&gt;Dizionario napoletano&lt;/em&gt; edito da Avalardi (2007).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/torto2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;dare torto a qualcuno&quot; significa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;non riconoscergli il diritto di fare o dire qualche cosa, affermare che ha agito ingiustamente, che ha detto cosa non vera: &lt;em&gt;sembrava sicuro del successo, ma i fatti hanno finito col dargli torto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non riesco a capire il senso della frase &quot;non riusciva a dar torto&quot; nel contesto del brano sopra citato. Significa che Albina voleva che Diodata, la madre di Colino, non avesse ragione su quello che le aveva confermato (cioè, che Colino voleva sua figlia come moglie e che &quot;aveva perso il sentimento&quot;), ma non riusciva a smentirla?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T16:07:25.897" Title="Significato di &quot;non riusciva a dar torto&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12774" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12773" CreationDate="2020-04-21T16:07:25.897" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vuol dire semplicemente che condivideva la stessa opinione. “Non riusciva a dar torto” all'altra donna nel senso che, anche se avesse voluto, non avrebbe trovato argomentazioni per dirle che aveva torto, che sbagliava.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se A dice qualcosa a B e B dice “Non posso darti torto”, intende che condivide il pensiero di A, con la sfumatura che lo ammette un po' a malincuore. Nella situazione della domanda, non è bello confermare alla madre che il figlio è impazzito, ma Albina la pensa allo stesso modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T16:07:25.897" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12775" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12741" CreationDate="2020-04-21T21:05:36.157" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I usually use that to say that someone isn't as &quot;good&quot; as they say they are/seem.&#xA;Because to make the &quot;ostia&quot; you need the purest flour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can use it even jokingly.&#xA;Its etymology is Venetian so it'is more like a local saying.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: I'm Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6279" LastActivityDate="2020-04-21T21:05:36.157" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12776" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12764" CreationDate="2020-04-22T05:18:09.470" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio parere, la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Buongiorno, vorrei un panino freddo e, da bere, una bottiglia grande di acqua frizzante, grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non ha niente di sbagliato. I commenti sotto la domanda dicono che non si chiede un panino freddo perché i panini sono naturalmente freddi: allora è bizzarro chiedere un &quot;buon caffè&quot; o un &quot;caffè bello caldo&quot;? Il fatto che la persona che parla sia spagnola, e perciò ha in mente una distinzione tra panini caldi e freddi che in Italia è ritenuta non comune, è irrilevante, per diversi motivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il primo è che la distinzione &lt;em&gt;potrebbe esserci&lt;/em&gt;, dipende dal ristoratore e dal tipo di panino: un panino con vitello tonnato probabilmente non si scalda, ma uno con prosciutto e formaggio può essere preferito caldo o freddo anche secondo la temperatura del momento e soprattutto i gusti dell'avventore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il secondo motivo è che non credo che si debba fare un'analisi della bizzaria di una frase secondo la nazionalità di chi la dice. Allora una frase sarebbe non idiomatica se detta da uno spagnolo, ma perfettamente normale se pronunciata da un cinese?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il terzo motivo riguarda il significato di &lt;em&gt;idiomatico&lt;/em&gt;. La sua definizione (es. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/idiomatico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/idiomatico&lt;/a&gt;) non dice molto sulle implicazioni. La spiegazione di wikipedia è più utile (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frase_idiomatica&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Frase_idiomatica&lt;/a&gt;) perché ne cita una:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;locuzione di significato peculiare proprio di una specifica lingua, la cui traduzione letterale in altre lingue può non aver senso logico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi di tali frasi sono &quot;prendere Roma per toma&quot;, &quot;andare a ramengo&quot;, &quot;avere le mani in pasta&quot;. Nel caso di &quot;panino freddo&quot; non esiste questo tipo di ambiguità, la frase significa esattamente quello che dice, &lt;em&gt;non è idiomatica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può pensare allora di prendere la definizione di &lt;em&gt;idiomatico&lt;/em&gt; al contrario, cioè dire che &quot;panino freddo&quot; non è idiomatico e quindi è strano. Ma ritengo che questo ragionamento sia sbagliato, in questo caso. Sarebbe giusto se, dato un concetto da esprimere, si scegliesse una frase che normalmente non si usa perché una frase fatta per tale concetto già esiste ed è molto comune; per esempio per dire che si va a mangiare cena con Mario a casa sua, si potrebbe dire (esempio tratto da un commento recente in un altro post):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a mangiare nella casa di Mario&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che effettivamente è corretta ma non comune; le scelte più ovvie di un madrelingua italiano sarebbero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vado a mangiare da Mario&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Vado a mangiare a casa di Mario&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, per concludere, se una persona desidera ordinare un panino freddo (e i motivi potrebbero essere diversi), non può che dire &quot;voglio un panino freddo&quot;. La frase è corretta in tutti gli aspetti che riguardano la lingua italiana, e continuerebbe a esserlo anche se, per proclama del Re, fosse vietato ordinare panini freddi: intendo dire che la grammatica italiana prescinde da altri ambiti e le discussioni sull'Italiano dovrebbero fare altrettanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-04-22T05:18:09.470" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12777" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12764" CreationDate="2020-04-22T08:13:35.163" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Confermo che ordinare “un panino freddo” non ha nulla di “sbagliato”, dal punto di vista grammaticale o altro. La questione è solo che se un madrelingua italiano ordina un panino e lo desidera così come è esposto nel bancone del bar senza farselo scaldare, in genere non gli verrà in mente di usare le parole “un panino freddo”: in questo senso non è quindi un modo idiomatico per formulare l'ordinazione. Un'espressione così farebbe pensare a un ipotetico prodotto consistente in un panino espressamente raffreddato, così come il tè freddo è costituito da tè messo in frigorifero dopo essere stato preparato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se proprio il parlante volesse sottolineare che il panino non va scaldato – per esempio perché sa che in quel bar li scaldano sempre senza chiedere conferma, o perché in genere se lo fa scaldare ma quel giorno no – probabilmente si esprimerebbe in un altro modo. Direbbe che panino vuole e aggiungerebbe “Non me lo scaldi, per favore / Me lo dia così com'è” (o in mille altri possibili modi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;&#xA;Metto “sbagliato” tra virgolette perché la linguistica moderna non prescrive che cosa è giusto e cosa è sbagliato; studia i fenomeni linguistici come altre scienze studiano le specie di insetti o i fenomeni subatomici. Quello che potremmo dire, volendo, è che “un panino freddo”, in questo contesto, sia pragmaticamente “sbagliato”, cioè non corrispondente alle attese dell'interlocutore o degli altri parlanti presenti.&#xA;&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile, ma non essenziale ai fini del valutare l'uso dell'espressione, che in chi ha pronunciato questa frase si sia verificata una contaminazione con la propria lingua madre, visto che – come segnala @Charo – in castigliano e in catalano è usuale chiamare un certo tipo di panini &lt;em&gt;bocadillos fríos&lt;/em&gt; (cast.) o &lt;em&gt;entrepans freds&lt;/em&gt; (cat.) e un altro tipo &lt;em&gt;bocadillos calientes&lt;/em&gt; (cast.) o &lt;em&gt;entrepans calents&lt;/em&gt; (cat.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-04-22T08:13:35.163" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12778" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12781" CreationDate="2020-04-22T14:57:02.080" Score="4" ViewCount="102" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do we say &quot;pandemia DA coronavirus&quot; and not &quot;pandemia DI coronavirus&quot;? &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PS: I have read extensively about the two prepositions and no case of what I have come across explains the usage of DA in this sentence.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="6209" LastEditDate="2020-04-22T15:08:25.407" LastActivityDate="2020-04-22T21:52:23.337" Title="Perché si dice &quot;pandemia DA coronavirus&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12779" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12780" CreationDate="2020-04-22T15:36:16.013" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel mio paese si parla di &quot;riesgos laborales&quot; (in castigliano, in catalano sarebbe &quot;riscos laborals&quot;) per riferirsi a tutte le possibili situazioni che possano mettere a rischio la salute dei lavoratori oppure produrre o peggiorare un problema di salute nei lavoratori. Esiste una legge chiamata &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.boe.es/buscar/act.php?id=BOE-A-1995-24292&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;ley de prevención de riesgos laborales&quot;&lt;/a&gt; (&quot;prevención&quot; significa &quot;prevenzione&quot;) fatta per proteggere i lavoratori da tali rischi. Immagino che in Italia esista qualcosa di simile, però veramente non ne ho idea.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco la mia domanda: come si esprime questo concetto in italiano? Ricercando &quot;rischi&quot; e &quot;lavoro&quot; con Google, mi appaiono parecchie espressioni: &quot;rischi lavorativi&quot;, &quot;rischi sul lavoro&quot;, &quot;rischi sui luoghi di lavoro&quot;, &quot;rischi per la salute sul lavoro&quot;,  &quot;rischi per la sicurezza sul lavoro&quot;, &quot;rischi per la salute dei lavoratori&quot;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-04-22T15:53:58.797" LastActivityDate="2020-04-22T16:04:42.413" Title="Come si esprime &quot;riesgos laborales&quot; in italiano?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12780" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12779" CreationDate="2020-04-22T16:04:42.413" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italia l'ente che si occupa della sicurezza sul lavoro e prevenzione dei rischi si chiama INAIL, acronimo di Istituto Nazionale per l'Assicurazione contro gli Infortuni sul Lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All'interno del sito, nella sezione &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.inail.it/cs/internet/attivita/prevenzione-e-sicurezza.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Prevenzione e sicurezza&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’Inail svolge attività di prevenzione dei &lt;strong&gt;rischi lavorativi&lt;/strong&gt;, di&#xA;  informazione, di formazione e assistenza in materia di sicurezza e&#xA;  salute sul lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi quindi che la migliore traduzione sia appunto rischi lavorativi, per analogia con la legge spagnola che regola gli adempimenti necessari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-04-22T16:04:42.413" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12781" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12778" CreationDate="2020-04-22T21:52:23.337" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;We can't say &lt;em&gt;pandemia di coronavirus&lt;/em&gt;, because &lt;em&gt;pandemia&lt;/em&gt; can have as a specification the name of a disease. The name of the disease is &lt;em&gt;covid-19&lt;/em&gt;, so we can say either&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pandemia di covid-19  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;pandemia da coronavirus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The virus is the cause of the pandemic, not the effect, hence &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt;. Similarly, it's &lt;em&gt;epidemia di influenza, di vaiolo, di Ebola&lt;/em&gt;. We can't say &lt;em&gt;epidemia da influenza&lt;/em&gt;. It could be &lt;em&gt;epidemia da Ebola&lt;/em&gt; if we think to &lt;em&gt;Ebola&lt;/em&gt; as the name of the virus.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-04-22T21:52:23.337" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12782" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-23T02:58:21.407" Score="1" ViewCount="635" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to a book I read &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced &lt;em&gt;chi&lt;/em&gt;. I don't know if it's my hearing but why do I hear &lt;em&gt;sh&lt;/em&gt; in the TV show Gomorra? Is there an &lt;em&gt;sh&lt;/em&gt; regional variant maybe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6281" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-04-23T05:17:25.247" LastActivityDate="2020-04-23T09:13:31.077" Title="How is 'ci' or 'ce' syllable pronounced in Italian?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12783" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12782" CreationDate="2020-04-23T08:42:38.357" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The standard pronunciation of Italian &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; (unless there is a &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; before it) is /tʃi/ (which is approximately like the initial sounds of English word “cheap”). In some regional variants (Tuscany, Lazio, parts of Southern Italy) it is quite usual to pronounce it, only when it follows a vowel, like /ʃi/ (the initial sound of “sheen”, say).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The same applies to &lt;em&gt;ce&lt;/em&gt; (standard pronunciation with /tʃ/, regional pronunciation after a vowel with /ʃ/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The regional sound is similar to that which in standard Italian is denoted by &lt;em&gt;sci&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;sce&lt;/em&gt;), the difference being that in the latter the /ʃ/-sound, after a vowel, is geminated (i.e. stronger, doubled). For instance, the standard pronunciation of the word &lt;em&gt;pece&lt;/em&gt; (“pitch”, the substance) is /'petʃe/, its regional pronunciation can be /'peʃe/, while the word &lt;em&gt;pesce&lt;/em&gt; (“fish”) is pronounced mostly everywhere /ˈpeʃːe/ (also denoted /ˈpeʃʃe/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-04-23T09:13:31.077" LastActivityDate="2020-04-23T09:13:31.077" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12785" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-23T20:09:59.183" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;Duolingo gives the sentence &quot;They asked me to leave the company&quot; and gives the translation as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Mi hanno chiesto di lasciare la ditta&quot; and does not accept &quot;Hanno chiesto che io lasci la ditta&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since there are two subjects and there is a request that is really a demand or exhortation, shouldn't this require the subjunctive?  Why is it wrong?  I realize in informal conversation the subjunctive is sometimes not used but is the subjunctive wrong here?  And if it is wrong, why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6284" LastActivityDate="2020-04-23T20:09:59.183" Title="Should &quot;They asked me to leave the company&quot; be interpreted as &quot;Hanno chiesto che io lasci la ditta&quot; or 'Mi hanno chiesto di lasciare la ditta&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12787" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-24T04:56:47.047" Score="5" ViewCount="473" Body="&lt;p&gt;Posso capire la differenza tra ciabatte e pantofole? &#xA;Ieri la mia amica ha detto pantofole, ma erano scarpe da tennis. Ma il mio amico che ride sempre (ma è bravo) dice che le pantofole si usano in casa, non si usano per il tennis. Dice che &quot;stare in pantofole&quot; è come dire &quot;stare a casa&quot; o &quot;non fare niente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerco nei vocabolari &quot;pantofole&quot; e &quot;ciabatte&quot; e mi sembrano uguali, ma lui dice che pantofole e ciabatte sono diverse e le prime si usano in casa, mentre le ciabatte anche in spiaggia (ma non le pantofole). Un casino nella mia testa! Chi ha ragione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-24T07:47:39.130" LastActivityDate="2020-05-25T07:07:15.777" Title="Ciabatte e pantofole" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12788" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-24T05:43:54.230" Score="2" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre pensato che la definizione di vittima fosse &quot;chi subisce le conseguenze&quot; (spiacevoli). Per questo motivo, mi ha sempre infastidito il linguaggio giornalistico quando usa la parola vittime intendendo morti, perché secondo me se, per esempio, in un incidente ci sono due feriti e due morti, le vittime sono quattro. Attribuisco questo uso del termine a uno scopo eufemistico, anche se ritengo che cozzi col sensazionalismo che i giornalisti sono a inclini a usare, specie nei loro titoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho fatto quindi una ricerca sulla definizione di vittima. I dizionari più classici danno come primo significato quello di &quot;vittima sacrificale&quot; e, solo come estensione, &quot;chi muore o subisce grave danno&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/vittima.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/V/vittima.shtml&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/vittima&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/vittima&lt;/a&gt;). Già qui sono rimasto un po' perplesso: pur essendo d'accordo (mi fido) che in origine il termine designasse l'oggetto di un sacrificio, direi che oggigiorno il primo significato non sia più quello,&#xA;e quindi citerei quel significato solo dopo quello comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Passando al senso figurato, il Sabatini-Coletti recita &quot;chi muore o subisce grave danno&quot;, e questo è il significato che pensavo io, specialmente nel contesto di un incidente o un'epidemia. Ma il Treccani dice diversamente: &quot;chi perisce&quot;, escludendo perciò chi subisce danni meno gravi. Quindi, l'uso giornalistico si rifà al Treccani. Ma qui: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/vittima&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/vittima&lt;/a&gt; la traduzione del lemma &quot;vittima (ferito o morto)&quot; ritorna a dare torto al Treccani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo altro sito &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.bab.la/dizionario/italiano-inglese/vittima&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.bab.la/dizionario/italiano-inglese/vittima&lt;/a&gt; cita una serie di frasi prese qua e là, e si trovano &quot;L'Irlanda è la prima vittima&quot;, &quot;cittadini che sono rimasti vittima di un reato&quot;, &quot;se sarà adottato io sarò la prima vittima (on. Bossi)&quot;, &quot;Io stesso ne sono rimasto vittima in passato&quot; (morto che parla?), &quot;L’8 per cento dei lavoratori nell’UE dichiara di essere stato vittima del...&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste ultime frasi usano tutte il significato più esteso, che però secondo me è il principale;&#xA;questo uso è documentato dal Coletti nella terza accezione, e dal Treccani al punto b), ma trovo che in quest'ultimo caso il significato è spiegato malissimo, ponendo l'accento su inganno prepotenza sopraffazione prepotenza persecuzione e oppressione. Anche Hoepli definisce il termine in un modo molto simile al Treccani, con grande precisione che non include l'uso che se ne fa sovente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancora non contento, ho consultato dizionari inglesi, ragionando sul fatto che l'importazione del&#xA;termine in inglese, forse più pura, potrebbe fare più luce. Il dizionario di Cambridge dice&#xA;&quot;someone or something that has been hurt, damaged, or killed...&quot;, e corrisponde pienamente al&#xA;mio pensiero (&lt;a href=&quot;https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/victim&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/victim&lt;/a&gt;), e anche Oxford cita &quot;a person who has been attacked, injured or killed as the result of a crime, a disease, an accident, etc.&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda finale è questa: &quot;è corretto l'uso della parola &lt;em&gt;vittima&lt;/em&gt; per indicare solo i morti?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-04-24T08:31:22.093" LastActivityDate="2020-04-24T08:31:22.093" Title="Vittime e morti" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12790" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12793" CreationDate="2020-04-24T08:29:49.870" Score="5" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Faccio fatica a trovare fonti online per quanto riguarda le origini etimologiche tra la [e] e la [ɛ], e tra la [o] e la [ɔ].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In latino la e era chiusa solo quando lunga, e così anche la o, ma la lunghezza vocalica non si applica più all'italiano e ci sono parole che hanno acquisito una [ɛ] nonostante fossero [e:] in latino (stēlla -&gt; stélla).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste trovarmi delle fonti che spieghino questi sviluppi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5220" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2021-02-07T08:17:24.703" LastActivityDate="2021-02-07T08:17:24.703" Title="Origini della distinzione tra &quot;o&quot; ed &quot;e&quot; chiuse e aperte" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12791" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11368" CreationDate="2020-04-24T15:31:27.820" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche tre, se si desidera:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;D’in su la vetta della torre antica,&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Passero solitario, alla campagna&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Cantando vai finchè non more il giorno;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ed erra l’armonia per questa valle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Giacomo Leopardi, “Il passero solitario”)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma non siamo Giacomo Leopardi e questo tipo di costruzione può avere un risultato molto meno piacevole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parliamo di da cosa travestirci per carnevale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è pesante e goffo. Magari esce nel parlato se non si ha tempo di costruire una frase più scorrevole come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Parliamo di come travestirci per carnevale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Discutono su di chi sia quel vestito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è indubitabilmente corretta “discutere su” è seguito da un'interrogativa indiretta che, per caso, comincia con una preposizione. Magari non è bellissima stilisticamente, ma non è scorretta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Diverso è il caso di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarà disponibile a partire da tra venti minuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove il burocratese fa capolino:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sarà disponibile tra venti minuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa la stessa cosa con tre parole in meno. L'obiezione è che così non si mette in chiaro che la disponibilità prosegue anche oltre. Burocratese meno contorto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La disponibilità del prodotto comincerà tra venti minuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-04-24T15:31:27.820" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12792" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12790" CreationDate="2020-04-24T16:11:00.843" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come fai giustamente notare, il latino aveva dieci diverse vocali (cinque lunghe e cinque brevi), mentre l'italiano ne ha solo sette. Questo è l'esito finale di un fenomeno comune a tutte le lingue neolatine (anche se nelle altre questo fatto è in parte oscurato da mutamenti fonetici successivi) eccetto il sardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo fenomeno, chiamato forse un po' melodrammaticamente &lt;em&gt;the Great Merger&lt;/em&gt; da Alkire e Rosen ([1], 1.2.3), consiste nella fusione di /ĭ/ ed /ē/ per formare la singola vocale /e/, e di /ŭ/ ed /ō/ a formare la vocale /o/ (un simile ma più intutivo fenomeno aveva già fuso /ă/ ed /ā/ in /a/).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La causa di questo sembra essere una preesistente (ma minore) distinzione di qualità tra le vocali lunghe e brevi, già presente in latino classico, che andò a rimpiazzare la svanente distinzione di lunghezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le vocali latine corte erano pronunciate con un'articolazione più aperta delle loro controparti lunghe (cf. Allen (1978: 48f.)). Nel sistema vocalico che soggiace storicamente all'italiano, le vocali corte (eccetto per [a], già massimalmente aperta) aumentarono queste distinzioni di apertura cosicché, mentre le lunghe [i:] e [u:] conservarono le loro qualità, le corte [i] e [u] si aprirono in [e] e [o], fondendosi quindi con i riflessi delle latine lunghe [e:] e [o:].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Maiden, Martin. &lt;em&gt;A linguistic history of Italian&lt;/em&gt;. Routledge, 2014. Sezione 2.1, traduzione mia)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[1] Alkire, Ti, and Carol Rosen. &lt;em&gt;Romance languages: A historical introduction.&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge University Press, 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-24T16:11:00.843" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12793" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12790" CreationDate="2020-04-24T20:04:04.587" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa risposta riporto l'informazione al riguardo che si trova nel capitolo I del libro &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Luca Serianni. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella sezione I.22 si spiega come il sistema vocalico latino, che distingueva tra vocali lunghe e brevi, ebbe un'evoluzione in età imperiale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In latino le vocali si distinguevano in base alla quantità, ossia alla durata della loro articolazione, che poteva essere breve (VĔNIT 'viene') o lunga (VĒNIT 'venne'). Il sistema quantitativo entrò in crisi in età imperiale, quando le vocali brevi tendevano a essere pronunciate come aperte (quindi VĔNIT approssimativamente /'wεnit/) e le lunghe come chiuse (VĒNIT /'we:nit/). &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;  Il nuovo sistema oppositivo basato sulla qualità  (o timbro) ebbe presto ragione del vecchio, indebolitosi anche quando il latino, estendendosi in Europa e Africa, «si sovrappose a lingue che nel loro sistema vocalico non conoscevano l'opposizione fonematica fra vocali lunghe e vocali brevi» (TAGLIAVINI 1969: 237).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sezione I.23 si mostra l'evoluzione delle vocali latine a quelle italiane quando queste si trovano in sillaba tonica. Ci sono anche informazioni su come certe vocali latine si evolverono in dittonghi e sull'evoluzione dei dittonghi latini in vocali italiane:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dalle dieci vocali latine in sillaba tonica si ebbero quindi in italiano, e nella maggior parte dell'area romanza, i seguenti risultati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ī --&gt; /i/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ĭ --&gt; /e/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ē --&gt; /e/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ĕ --&gt; /ε/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ā --&gt; /a/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ă --&gt; /a/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ŏ --&gt; /ɔ/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ō --&gt; /o/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ŭ --&gt; /o/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ū --&gt; /u/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In sillaba libera o aperta (cioè terminante in vocale, come &lt;em&gt;po&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;cam-po&lt;/em&gt;) da Ĕ si ha il dittongo /jɛ/ e da Ŏ, /wɔ/; in sillaba implicata o chiusa (terminante in consonante, come &lt;em&gt;cam&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;cam-po&lt;/em&gt;), si mantengono /ɛ/ e /ɔ/. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Esempi: VĪNUM&gt;&lt;em&gt;vino&lt;/em&gt;, MĬNUS&gt;&lt;em&gt;meno&lt;/em&gt;, STĒLLAM&gt;&lt;em&gt;stella&lt;/em&gt;, PĔCTUS&gt;&lt;em&gt;petto&lt;/em&gt; (ma PĔDEM&gt;&lt;em&gt;piede&lt;/em&gt;), ĀLAM&gt;&lt;em&gt;ala&lt;/em&gt;, MĂRE&gt;&lt;em&gt;mare&lt;/em&gt;, CŎRPUS&gt;&lt;em&gt;corpo&lt;/em&gt; (ma NŎVUM&gt;&lt;em&gt;nuovo&lt;/em&gt;), SŌLEM&gt;&lt;em&gt;sole&lt;/em&gt;, CRŬCEM&gt;&lt;em&gt;croce&lt;/em&gt;, LŪNAM&gt;&lt;em&gt;luna&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Dei dittonghi latini, AU si trasforma in /ɔ/&#xA;  (AURUM&gt;&lt;em&gt;oro&lt;/em&gt;), AE segue le sorti di Ĕ (LAETUM&gt;&lt;em&gt;lieto&lt;/em&gt;) e OE si fonde con Ē (POENAM&gt;&lt;em&gt;pena&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco nella sezione I.23 com'è stata l'evoluzione dal latino nel caso di vocali in posizione atona:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nel vocalismo atono mancano – come&#xA;  abbiamo già visto – le vocali aperte (e i dittonghi):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ī --&gt; /i/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ĭ --&gt; /e/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ē --&gt; /e/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ĕ --&gt; /e/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ā --&gt; /a/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ă --&gt; /a/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ŏ --&gt; /o/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ō --&gt; /o/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ŭ --&gt; /o/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ū --&gt; /u/&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esempi (vocale postonica finale): VIGINTĪ&gt;&lt;em&gt;venti&lt;/em&gt;, DICĬT&gt;&lt;em&gt;dice&lt;/em&gt;, PURĒ&gt;&lt;em&gt;pure&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  SEPTĔM&gt;&lt;em&gt;sette&lt;/em&gt;, ILLĀC&gt;&lt;em&gt;là&lt;/em&gt;, AMĂT&gt;&lt;em&gt;ama&lt;/em&gt;, DERETRŎ&gt;&lt;em&gt;dietro&lt;/em&gt;, DICŌ&gt;&lt;em&gt;dico&lt;/em&gt;, FILIŬM&gt;&lt;em&gt;figlio&lt;/em&gt;; per Ū si deve ricorrere a una vocale protonica: FRŪMENTUM&gt;&lt;em&gt;frumento&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Si noti che in sede finale tra le toniche&#xA;  non compare mai /o/ e tra le atone /u/ (tranne in pochi esotismi come &lt;em&gt;guru&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bantu&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tabu&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;zulu&lt;/em&gt;; ma anche &lt;em&gt;bantù&lt;/em&gt; e, molto più spesso, &lt;em&gt;tabù&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;zulù&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come hai indicato nella domanda, però, possiamo trovare esempi di suoni vocalici italiani che non hanno seguito l'evoluzione dal latino che si è spiegata fin qui. Ecco la spiegazione che se ne dà nella sezione I.25:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli esiti indicati sono propri delle &lt;em&gt;voci popolari&lt;/em&gt;, ossia di quelle che sono state ininterrottamente in uso dalla latinità alla nascita del volgare (esaurendosi nell'italiano antico come &lt;em&gt;ghieva&lt;/em&gt;&amp;lt;GLĒBAM 'zolla', o arrivando sino ad oggi, come tutti gli altri esempi citati). Nelle &lt;em&gt;parole dotte&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;cultismi&lt;/em&gt;), attinte dai libri in età medievale, rinascimentale o moderna, il vocabolo latino è stato adattato solo morfologicamente, mediante desinenza italiana, e si è mantenuta la vocale latina, quale che fosse la quantità (da notare che la &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt; e la &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; – secondando la pronuncia del latino abituale ancora oggi – sono adattate come aperte, tranne che non risentano dell'analogia di altre forme): quindi DĬSCUM-&lt;em&gt;disco&lt;/em&gt; (invece popolarmente &lt;em&gt;desco&lt;/em&gt;, nell'accezione concreta di 'tavola per il desinare'), MĒRUM-&lt;em&gt;mero&lt;/em&gt; (invece di *&lt;em&gt;miero&lt;/em&gt;), CRUDĒLEM-&lt;em&gt;crudele&lt;/em&gt; (pronunciato /kru'dεle/, non /kru'dele/, come ci aspetteremmo in caso di esito popolare). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Naturalmente, queste corrispondenze vocaliche tra latino e italiano non esauriscono il quadro dei complessi fenomeni evolutivi attraverso i quali le vocali latine si trasformano in vocali italiane. Per un approfondimento è indispensabile ricorrere a una grammatica storica come ROHLFS 1966-1969 o all'ampio profilo –  esteso anche al consonantismo e alla morfologia – di BRUNI 1984: 199-239.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per aggiungere un esempio di questi altri &quot;fenomeni evolutivi attraverso i quali le vocali latine si trasformano in vocali italiane&quot; a cui fa accenno Serianni e anche un altro caso in cui dalla vocale latina Ō si è ottenuto il suono /ɔ/ in una voce dotta, riporto un passaggio dell'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/42115999/Maurizio_Trifone_Dal_latino_all_italiano_una_storia_di_parole?email_work_card=view-paper&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Dal latino all’italiano: una storia di parole&quot;&lt;/a&gt; di Maurizio Trifone, tratto di una sezione dedicata a studiare una serie di coppie di allotropi. Si tratta in questo caso di due termini italiani che derivano dalla stessa parola latina CŌPULA(M), il primo (&quot;coppia&quot;) come voce popolare (o &quot;parola ereditaria&quot;) e il secondo (&quot;copula&quot;) come voce dotta (o &quot;latinismo&quot;), ambedue pronunciati in italiano standard con la &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; aperta, ma per due ragioni diverse. Per ogni vocabolo si indica inoltre la prima attestazione scritta conosciuta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;CŌPULA(M)&#xA;   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;1. coppia&lt;/strong&gt; /'kɔppja/ - 1260/1266, Brunetto Latini, &lt;em&gt;Favolello&lt;/em&gt; (area fiorentina)&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;2. copula&lt;/strong&gt; /'kɔpula/ - secolo XIII exeunte, Bonagiunta monaco, &lt;em&gt;Rime&lt;/em&gt; (area fiorentina)&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  La parola ereditaria &lt;em&gt;coppia&lt;/em&gt; e il latinismo &lt;em&gt;copula&lt;/em&gt; hanno come base comune il latino &#xA;  CŌPULA(M) ‘unione, legame’, derivato dal verbo APĔRE ‘legare, attaccare’, con il &#xA;  prefisso CŬM ‘con’. La voce popolare rientra nel lessico fondamentale dell’italiano, &#xA;  quella dotta è usata solo nel linguaggio letterario con il significato di ‘accoppiamento, coito’ e nella terminologia grammaticale con la duplice accezione di ‘forma verbale che unisce il nome o l’aggettivo del predicato nominale al soggetto’ e ‘congiunzione’ (in &#xA;  particolare la congiunzione copulativa &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;). In quest’ultima accezione grammaticale il &#xA;  latinismo è impiegato da Giovanni Boccaccio nelle &lt;em&gt;Esposizioni sopra la Comedia di Dante&lt;/em&gt; (1373-1374). L’esito popolare /'kɔppja/ ha origine dalla sincope della vocale postonica e dalla trasformazione del nesso intervocalico -PL- in /ppj/. Da Ō ci aspetteremmo &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; chiusa; nel latinismo &lt;em&gt;copula&lt;/em&gt; la /ɔ/ si può spiegare con la tendenza a realizzare con timbro aperto le vocali toniche medie presenti nei cultismi e nei forestierismi, sintetizzata da Bruno Migliorini nell'efficace formula «vocale incerta, vocale aperta» (Migliorini 1945: 46 e 1990: 22). Quanto a &lt;em&gt;coppia&lt;/em&gt;, invece, l’apertura di /o/ in /ɔ/ in sillaba chiusa è probabilmente da attribuire a influssi settentrionali; va tuttavia segnalato che /o/ prevale nelle varietà toscane, in area lucchese, pisana e senese (DOP). Altro esito popolare del latino CŌPULA(M) è il regionalismo di origine bolognese &#xA;  &lt;em&gt;gubbia&lt;/em&gt; ‘insieme di due o tre cavalli o muli attaccati a un barroccio’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-26T11:56:38.097" LastActivityDate="2020-04-26T11:56:38.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12794" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12787" CreationDate="2020-04-25T06:52:17.053" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti c'è confusione. &lt;em&gt;pantofola&lt;/em&gt; sul vocabolario Treccani&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pantofola/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pantofola/&lt;/a&gt; viene definita come&#xA;calzatura da riposo, usata in casa, che copre interamente il piede.&#xA;Però al fondo della pagina, cita &lt;em&gt;ciabatta&lt;/em&gt; come sinonimo, e&#xA;alla voce &lt;em&gt;ciabatta&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ciabatta/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ciabatta/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;dice che è una pantofola, e accenna al fatto che &quot;portare scarpe&#xA;a ciabatta&quot; significa eliminare la parte dietro il tallone. Non si&#xA;capisce se il tallone faccia parte del piede; comunque non chiarisce le idee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'idea della gente è varia, come si evince dalle&#xA;risposte di Yahoo answers: &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20080401071609AAIEw2f&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20080401071609AAIEw2f&lt;/a&gt; dove tutto sommato alcune risposte spiegano bene una probabile&#xA;differenza. Ci sono diversi altri siti con opinioni &quot;minestrone&quot;,&#xA;come &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/ciabatte.2110901/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forum.wordreference.com/threads/ciabatte.2110901/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Wikipedia, proprio all'inizio della descrizione, chiarisce che&#xA;c'è differenza, &quot;La pantofola è una calzatura da casa. Differisce dalla ciabatta&#xA;perché è chiusa e da una scarpa per l'uso e i materiali.&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pantofola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pantofola&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su un glossario di artigianato (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.artimondo.it/magazine/pantofola-glossario-artigianato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.artimondo.it/magazine/pantofola-glossario-artigianato/&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;di nuovo si dice, al fondo, che &quot;la pantofola è chiusa, la ciabatta è aperta e sono anche fatte di materiali diversi&quot;&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.artimondo.it/magazine/pantofola-glossario-artigianato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.artimondo.it/magazine/pantofola-glossario-artigianato/&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altra parte il verbo &lt;em&gt;ciabattare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;camminare strascicando ... rumore fastidioso&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=ciabattare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=ciabattare&lt;/a&gt;) rafforza l'idea che una&#xA;ciabatta non sia morbida e soprattutto non abbia laccio o copertura posteriori&#xA;così da impedire di sollevare bene per non fare rumore camminando o correndo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia idea personale è che la pantofola sia chiusa, morbida e calda, la ciabatta aperta, rigida e non calda;&#xA;inoltre ritengo che sia sbagliato chiamare pantofole le scarpe da tennis anche se, chiuse e morbide,&#xA;ci assomigliano; in particolare, di solito, le pantofole non hanno lacci, mentre le scarpe da tennis / da ginnastica&#xA;sì. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-04-25T06:52:17.053" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12795" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-25T12:30:57.353" Score="0" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La libertà è possibilità di essere sé stessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La libertà è una possibilità di essere sé stessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La libertà è la possibilità di essere sé stessi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra queste frasi?&#xA;Qual è  la versione giusta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6290" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-26T08:52:05.973" LastActivityDate="2020-04-26T08:52:05.973" Title="&quot;La libertà è (la/una) possibilità di essere sé stessi&quot;: differenza tra le frasi con e senza l'articolo" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;articles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12796" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12795" CreationDate="2020-04-25T13:55:45.583" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;'La' suggerisce che sia l'unica o almeno la principale possibilità, 'una' che sia una tra diverse possibilità, nella prima frase rimane indeterminata la questione, asserendo solamente la relazione (e assume un tono più astratto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1871" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-04-25T19:46:45.630" LastActivityDate="2020-04-25T19:46:45.630" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12797" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-25T15:49:18.647" Score="1" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Candida era l'unica a conoscere la vita intima di sua zia, i suoi sogni color di rosa, le sue fantasticherie di Capodimonte. &lt;strong&gt;Si fece forza di quei sogni&lt;/strong&gt; senza costrutto per far sí che i suoi progetti diventassero realtà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa zia di Candida è Angelica, figlia di don Francesco Falcone, e i &quot;sogni color di rosa&quot; menzionati nel testo sono descritti in questo passo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La passione dei romanzi rosa gliel'aveva trasmessa sua zia Angelica, che ne era a sua volta furiosa lettrice, e proprio per questo non riusciva a trovar marito. Nei suoi anni crepuscolari, infatti, la figlia piú bella di don Francesco Falcone, farcita com'era di smancerie, aspettava imperturbabile il momento in cui dal cielo sarebbe calato un pilota, o dal mare lontano sarebbe arrivato un nostromo, e cosí disdegnava gli onesti ma reali bifolchi che le si proponevano con sempre minor frequenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, il primo brano fa riferimento al fatto che Candida cerca di trarre profitto di questi sogni di Angelica per far sì che la zia si innamori di un cieco, che istruisce per farsi passare per un aviatore che aveva perso la vista in un incidente, e così potersi anche lei sposare, come spiega questo passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Per potersi sposare dovevano aspettare che Angelica fosse sistemata. Lo aveva preteso Oreste, che dagli abissi della sua vita sprecata emergeva ogni tanto con un atto di inutile tirannia. Le speranze di maritare Angelica erano ormai nulle, ma Candida si impegnò talmente che di matrimoni alla fine ce ne furono non uno o due, ma tre, e misero sottosopra tutto il paese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che l'espressione &quot;sogni senza costrutto&quot; abbia a che vedere con il fatto che i sogni di Angelica non si erano mai avverati (non ne sono del tutto sicura, però). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &quot;si fece forza di quei sogni&quot; nel primo brano. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/forza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;forza&quot; nella locuzione &quot;fasi forza&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;si avvicina al sign. di coraggio, capacità di resistenza morale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/farsi-forza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; per &quot;farsi forza&quot; si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;cercare di sopportare le avversità, di avere coraggio: fatti forza, non lasciarti andare così! &lt;br&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;indursi a fare qcs., forzarsi: per riuscire a non arrabbiarmi con lui devo proprio farmi forza &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che queste accezioni abbiano molto senso nel contesto del testo. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &quot;si fece forza di quei sogni&quot; nel primo brano citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-02T06:53:38.567" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T06:53:38.567" Title="Che vuol dire &quot;farsi forza&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12798" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-26T14:45:02.950" Score="2" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rileggendo un mio &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9715/perch%c3%a9-lo-spaghetto-o-lo-gnocco-invece-di-gli-spaghetti-o-gli-gnocchi#comment21596_9715&quot;&gt;commento a una vecchia domanda&lt;/a&gt;, in cui avevo scritto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;molta gente che non sa italiano pensa che &quot;spaghetti&quot; sia un singolare e aggiunge una &quot;s&quot; al finale per fare il plurale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ho avuto il dubbio se avesse usato il termine &quot;finale&quot; in modo adatto o se invece dovesse dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;molta gente che non sa italiano pensa che &quot;spaghetti&quot; sia un singolare e aggiunge una &quot;s&quot; alla fine per fare il plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto quello che spiega il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/finale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; sull'uso di &quot;finale&quot; come sostantivo, ma tutti gli esempi che ho trovato fanno riferimento a libri, film, spettacoli, composizioni musicali o al gioco degli scacchi, quindi continuo a non essere sicura se veramente si possa usare per indicare la parte finale di una parola. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho anche ricercato &quot;finale di una parola&quot; su Google Libri, ma in tutti gli esempi che ho trovato &quot;finale&quot; è un aggettivo  (per esempio, &quot;la vocale finale di una parola&quot;) e non un sostantivo. Ricercando invece &quot;fine di una parola&quot; ne appaiono parecchie occorrenze. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fine2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;fine&quot;&lt;/a&gt; dello stesso dizionario ho trovato l'espressione &quot;fine della parola&quot; (e questo mi fa sospettare che, in effetto, si debba dire &quot;fine di una parola&quot; e non &quot;finale di una parlola&quot;), ma anche &quot;la fine del libro, del verso, della sinfonia&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco dunque la domanda: dovrei dire &quot;la fine di una parola&quot; invece di &quot;il finale di una parola&quot;? Allo stesso modo, dovrei sostituire &quot;al finale&quot; con &quot;alla fine&quot; nel commento che ho riportato all'inizio di questo post? E per &quot;frase&quot; o &quot;paragrafo&quot; al posto di &quot;parola&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-26T19:24:12.267" LastActivityDate="2020-04-26T21:44:22.063" Title="&quot;Finale&quot; oppure &quot;fine&quot; di una parola, di una frase, di un paragrafo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12799" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12798" CreationDate="2020-04-26T21:44:22.063" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Puoi “aggiungere una ‘s’ finale” (aggettivo) o “aggiungere una ‘s’ alla fine” (sostantivo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Finale&lt;/em&gt; può essere maschile o femminile. Nel secondo caso si usa nel linguaggio sportivo (partita finale) o in altri casi quando il sostantivo è sottinteso. Qui ci interessa il caso maschile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;finale di un film&lt;/em&gt; è la parte conclusiva, che può anche essere lunga; la fine è il momento finale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il finale di ‘A qualcuno piace caldo’, cioè la fuga in motoscafo, è una delle scene più divertenti della storia del cinema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla fine di ’A qualcuno piace caldo’, Daphne/Jerry si toglie la parrucca e Osgood dice ‘Nessuno è perfetto’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non si può aggiungere o togliere nulla al finale di ‘A qualcuno piace caldo’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla fine (della proiezione) di `A qualcuno piace caldo’ ci fu un lungo applauso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vero, nella prima frase si può anche dire &lt;em&gt;la fine&lt;/em&gt;, ma non sarebbe del tutto preciso. Nella seconda frase si può dire &lt;em&gt;nel finale&lt;/em&gt;. Nella terza frase &lt;em&gt;alla fine&lt;/em&gt; proprio non ci starebbe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &lt;em&gt;finale&lt;/em&gt; (sostantivo maschile) è ciò che conduce alla fine (di un romanzo, di un film, di una partita).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La finale&lt;/em&gt; di una parola può essere la sua sillaba finale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-04-26T21:44:22.063" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12800" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-27T15:47:00.970" Score="1" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Quella? Ma porta ancora la &lt;strong&gt;pettola&lt;/strong&gt; in culo, rise Diodata. Quel figlio cosí bello l'avrebbe ceduto malvolentieri a un'altra, e ora si accorgeva che di femmine non capiva proprio niente. Gliel'avrebbe cercata lei una moglie come dio comanda, ma Colino, contrariamente al solito, fu irremovibile. Voleva quella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00226.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che &quot;pettola&quot; è un regionalismo con cui si denota la&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Pasta  distesa  col  matterello, sfoglia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma questo non ha senso nel contesto del brano. Si menziona, però, che può anche significare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;‘lembo della camicia’,  ‘gonnella’, ‘falda’&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi è chiaro il significato di questo vocabolo nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che la frase pronunciata dalla madre faccia riferimento al fatto che Candida, la ragazza che Colino le aveva indicato che voleva sposare, era ancora una bambina. La faccenda ha luogo nell'Italia postunitaria, quindi potrebbe avere a che fare con l'abbigliamento tipico di una ragazzina. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-27T17:50:18.590" LastActivityDate="2020-04-27T17:50:18.590" Title="Significato di &quot;pettola&quot; in questo testo" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12801" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2030" CreationDate="2020-04-27T19:32:47.557" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00001034.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00001035.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]), la parola &quot;tiella&quot; è un regionalismo con il significato di &quot;teglia&quot;. Nel contesto della domanda, però, potrebbe trattarsi del napoletano &quot;tiella&quot;, che significa &quot;padella&quot;. Questo vocabolario riporta questa etimologia per questo termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; =  Voce  di  area  centromerid.  (cfr.  napol. &lt;em&gt;tiella&lt;/em&gt;  ‘padella’  e  bologn. &lt;em&gt;tiela&lt;/em&gt; ‘teglia’),  deriv.  da  un  lat.  volg.  *&lt;em&gt;tegĕlla&lt;/em&gt;,  dimin.  del tardo &lt;em&gt;tēgŭla&lt;/em&gt; (v. TEGLIA); il  D.E.I.  lo  attesta  per  la  prima  volta nel 1365 in un documento di Teramo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche &quot;teglia&quot; proviene dal latino &lt;em&gt;tēgŭla&lt;/em&gt; e, secondo l'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/42115999/Maurizio_Trifone_Dal_latino_all_italiano_una_storia_di_parole?email_work_card=view-paper&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Dal latino all'italiano: una storia di parole&quot;&lt;/a&gt; di Maurizio Trifone, questa derivazione avrebbe a che vedere con l'usanza di cuocere il cibo su una tegola:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Il latino TĒGŬLA(M), derivato di TEGĔRE ‘coprire’, significava in origine ‘tegola’ e ha assunto poi il significato di ‘teglia’ per l'uso di mettere una tegola sul fuoco per cuocere il cibo. L'esito&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;teglia&lt;/em&gt; /'teʎʎa/ (da un precedente &lt;em&gt;tegghia&lt;/em&gt; /'teggja/, con sincope della vocale postonica e &#xA;  successiva trasformazione del nesso intervocalico -GL- in /ggj/) è sicuramente popolare, come &#xA;  provano i diversi mutamenti fonetici a cui è andata incontro la base latina; l’allotropo &lt;em&gt;tegola&lt;/em&gt; &#xA;  /'tegola/, senza la sincope della vocale postonica, può essere invece ritenuto semidotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.enciclopedia.cat/ec-gdlc-e00133627.xml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gran Diccionari de la llengua catalana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; della Fundació Enciclopèdia Catalana possiamo trovare l'etimologia del vocabolo catalano &quot;teula&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;del ll. &lt;em&gt;tegŭla&lt;/em&gt;, íd., der. de &lt;em&gt;tegĕre&lt;/em&gt; ‘cobrir; amagar; protegir’ &amp;nbsp; 1a font: s. XIV, Llull&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, in effetti, &quot;teula&quot; e &quot;tiella&quot; sono etimologicamente imparentate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-27T19:32:47.557" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12802" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12803" CreationDate="2020-04-28T14:13:55.350" Score="3" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/url?q=https://it.euronews.com/2020/04/28/nel-2019-il-clima-ha-provocato-il-triplo-degli-sfollamenti-rispetto-alle-guerre&amp;amp;sa=U&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjcj4nQ24rpAhW4BGMBHdJfBtEQFjAGegQIChAB&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw2NzysUVe_mOxWWJ7n5f09C&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia su Euronews&lt;/a&gt;, mi sono imbattuta in questa frase (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Altri invece stanno cercando di tornare a casa dopo essere emigrati: i venezuelani in Colombia, per esempio, &lt;strong&gt;schiacciati come vasi di coccio&lt;/strong&gt; tra due sistemi sanitari che non hanno i mezzi per assisterli durante la pandemia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione &quot;schiacciati come vasi di coccio&quot; ha attirato la mia attenzione. Non sono riuscita a trovarla su nessun dizionario, ma una ricerca su Google ne dà parecchie occorrenze. Si tratta di un modo di dire o una frase fatta? Qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-04-28T14:28:42.437" LastActivityDate="2020-04-28T14:28:42.437" Title="&quot;Schiacciati come vasi di coccio&quot;: si tratta di un modo di dire? Cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12803" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12802" CreationDate="2020-04-28T14:24:26.340" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'immediato predecessore di questa espressione, che è presente a chiunque abbia fatto le scuole in Italia, è un passo dal primo capitolo dei &lt;em&gt;Promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt; in cui si descrive la natura pavida di Don Abbondio, fattosi prete tutt'altro che per vocazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il nostro Abbondio, non nobile, non ricco, coraggioso&#xA;  ancor meno, s'era dunque accorto, prima quasi di toccar&#xA;  gli anni della discrezione, d'essere, in quella società,&#xA;  &lt;strong&gt;come un vaso di terra cotta&lt;/strong&gt;, costretto a viaggiare in&#xA;  compagnia di molti vasi di ferro. Aveva quindi, assai di&#xA;  buon grado, ubbidito ai parenti, che lo vollero prete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'immagine è però ben precedente: è presente in una favola di Esopo (la 354), ripresa almeno da Aviano e da La Fontaine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-04-28T14:24:26.340" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12804" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-04-29T14:04:33.427" Score="1" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/url?q=https://it.euronews.com/2020/04/28/nel-2019-il-clima-ha-provocato-il-triplo-degli-sfollamenti-rispetto-alle-guerre&amp;amp;sa=U&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjcj4nQ24rpAhW4BGMBHdJfBtEQFjAGegQIChAB&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw2NzysUVe_mOxWWJ7n5f09C&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia su Euronews&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato questa frase (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Oltre 2.8 milioni di persone &lt;strong&gt;sono costrette lontani&lt;/strong&gt; dalle proprie terre, soprattutto a causa di conflitti come quello ucraino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La costruzione con il verbo &quot;costringere&quot; seguito da un aggettivo ha attirato la mia attenzione perché non l'avevo mai incontrata prima; e anche perché nelle mie lingue non esiste un costrutto analogo a questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti spiegarmi come si utilizza, se veramente si usa in italiano, facendo qualche esempio? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immagino che (inoltre al fatto che si dovrebbe scrivere 2,8 e non 2.8) in questa frase sia una svista perché dovrebbe essere &quot;sono costrette lontane&quot; oppure &quot;sono costretti lontani&quot; (e come si dovrebbe fare questa concordanza forse sarebbe oggetto di un'altra domanda).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome la frase dell'articolo di Euronews è stata subito qualificata come sospetta di &quot;italiano cattivo&quot;, riporto un altro esempio (che potrebbe anche trattarsi di &quot;italiano cattivo&quot;: non ho idea su questo e perciò pongo questa domanda) di questa struttura che ho trovato su &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.forlitoday.it/cronaca/resto-a-casa-e-cucino-civitella-lancia-un-gustoso-contest-social.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt; (ho simplificato la frase e anche qui il grassetto è mio). Ricercando su Internet, se ne possono trovare altri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'emergenza ci &lt;strong&gt;ha costretti chiusi&lt;/strong&gt; tra le mura domestiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-04-29T18:44:39.827" LastActivityDate="2020-04-29T18:44:39.827" Title="Uso di &quot;costringere&quot; + aggettivo" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12805" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5240" CreationDate="2020-04-30T08:57:53.413" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il dubbio che si espone nella domanda è quello della scelta tra &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;essere &lt;em&gt;vicina&lt;/em&gt; (aggettivo) agli alunni &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;essere &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt; (avverbio) agli alunni,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;frase in cui si sta infatti usando la locuzione preposizionale &quot;vicino a&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/vicino-roma--vicino-a-roma/55&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; dà la seguente spiegazione al riguardo (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;«L'alternativa è tra aggettivo, quindi concordato col sostantivo a cui si riferisce, e tra locuzione preposizionale (&lt;em&gt;vicino a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;lontano da&lt;/em&gt;), invariabile in numero, genere e grado: è dunque errato dire «più vicino a quelle occidentali», con un comparativo possibile solo con aggettivi e avverbi. Di là da questo caso specifico, l'italiano offre da sempre possibilità di scelta, &lt;strong&gt;con una certa preferenza (non con l'obbligo) per l'aggettivo in presenza della copula&lt;/strong&gt;: «abito in una città &lt;em&gt;vicino a&lt;/em&gt; Roma» / &lt;em&gt;vicina a&lt;/em&gt; Roma»; «Tivoli è una città &lt;em&gt;vicina&lt;/em&gt; (ma anche &lt;em&gt;vicino&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; Roma». Per documentare l'antichità dell'alternativa, basteranno alcuni esempi dei secoli XIII-XVI, attinti dal serbatoio della &lt;em&gt;LIZ&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Letteratura italiana Zanichelli&lt;/em&gt;, a cura di P. Stoppelli e E. Picchi, Bologna 2001). Con l'aggettivo: «Pisa è &lt;em&gt;vicina a&lt;/em&gt; Firenze a miglia XL» (Compagni), «altre frontiere &lt;em&gt;vicine a&lt;/em&gt; quel luogo» (Villani), «la placata dea, ch'era &lt;em&gt;lontana / da&lt;/em&gt; lor benivolenza» (Alberto della Piagentina), «imperò che [questi uomini] non sono molto &lt;em&gt;lontani da&lt;/em&gt; terra» (Manerbi). Con la locuzione preposizionale: «nelle città &lt;em&gt;vicino a&lt;/em&gt; loro vista» (Villani), «in una sua villa quattro miglia &lt;em&gt;vicino a&lt;/em&gt; Roma» (Boccaccio), «da una parte della sala assai &lt;em&gt;lontano da&lt;/em&gt; ogni uomo con la donna si pose a sedere» (Boccaccio), «ad Aversa, dieci miglia &lt;em&gt;lontano da&lt;/em&gt; Napoli» (Vasari).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, nella frase della domanda, tutte e due  le alternative sono corrette. Tuttavia, la presenza del verbo copulativo &quot;essere&quot; fa che ci sia una certa preferenza per l'aggettivo &quot;vicina&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Cerco di avere molta pazienza con i miei alunni e di essergli vicina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-04-30T08:57:53.413" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12807" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12808" CreationDate="2020-05-01T05:54:59.650" Score="5" ViewCount="195" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco l'uso di &quot;solo&quot; e &quot;più&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se compro pagnotte &quot;ne voglio solo più due&quot;, capisco &quot;più due&quot;, due più alle pagnotte che ho. &quot;Solo&quot; perché &quot;solo due&quot;, solo poche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, ieri mi hanno detto &quot;Sei rimasta solo più tu&quot;. Io sono &quot;solo&quot;? Sola? Sono sola io più io? Mi hanno spiegato che vuol dire &quot;Sei rimasta solamente tu&quot; e io capisco di meno. Questa costruzione è difficile, qualcuno me la può spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-01T10:23:06.363" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T12:05:39.320" Title="Non capisco &quot;solo più&quot;" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12808" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12807" CreationDate="2020-05-01T15:48:30.880" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anch'io la conosco solo per averla sentita da amici piemontesi, però (sulla base delle loro spiegazioni) posso provare a dirti qualcosa. Tutto questo purtroppo non ha altri riferimenti che non &quot;mi hanno detto&quot; (che, me ne rendo conto, non è l'ideale per questo sito).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per capire questa costruzione, pensa prima a &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non ci sono &lt;strong&gt;più&lt;/strong&gt; pagnotte / Non ce ne sono &lt;strong&gt;più&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa &lt;em&gt;prima c'erano delle pagnotte, ora però sono finite&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analogamente, uno potrebbe pensare di dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci sono solo &lt;strong&gt;più&lt;/strong&gt; due pagnotte / Ce ne sono solo &lt;strong&gt;più&lt;/strong&gt; due.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa &lt;em&gt;prima c'erano tre o più pagnotte, ora però ne sono rimaste solo due.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso dell'avverbio &lt;em&gt;più&lt;/em&gt; è analogo nelle due costruzioni, e serve a sottolineare un contrasto tra prima e dopo; l'accezione è l'1c della voce del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In frasi negative serve a indicare la cessazione definitiva di qualche cosa a cominciare da un certo limite (equivalendo a «di qui in avanti», «d’ora in poi»): Quel giorno più non vi leggemmo avante (Dante); ti prometto che non lo farò più; non voglio più sentirne parlare (e con più forza, mai più); non poterne più, essere al limite della sopportazione. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In frasi negative è italiano completamente standard; come dicono i commenti, in frasi affermative è un uso regionale che suona strano alla maggior parte dei parlanti. È un'espressione che (secondo me) ti conviene non imparare se stai studiando l'italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una costruzione che si usa comunemente in &lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/traduzione/francese-italiano/il+n%27y+a+plus+que&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;francese&lt;/a&gt;, come notato da @egreg nei commenti. In italiano, per costruire una frase con lo stesso significato si usa solitamente un verbo come &lt;em&gt;restare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rimanere&lt;/em&gt;, come ho fatto io sopra e come puoi vedere negli esempi di Reverso nel mio link.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2020-05-01T16:01:47.713" LastActivityDate="2020-05-01T16:01:47.713" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12809" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-01T16:13:31.403" Score="2" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stavo leggendo il canto XXI del &lt;em&gt;Purgatorio&lt;/em&gt; con l'aiuto delle note di due libri diversi, quelle di Anna Maria Chiavacci Leonardi (Mondadori) e quelle di Emilio Pasquini e Antonio Quaglio (Garzanti). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando sono arrivata a queste straordinarie parole di Stazio, mi sono accorta della differenza tra il nome che dà Dante al poema epico di Virgilio e quello che appare nelle note che ho menzionato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Al mio ardor fuor seme le faville,&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  che mi scaldar, de la divina fiamma&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  onde sono allumati più di mille; 96&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  de l'Eneïda dico, la qual mamma&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  fummi, e fummi nutrice, poetando:&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;&#xA;  sanz' essa non fermai peso di dramma. 99&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che nell'italiano di oggi è &lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt;, ma precisamente questo ha generato il mio primo dubbio: &lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt; è plurale o singolare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In passato, quando avevo sentito o letto &lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt;, avevo sempre pensato che fosse plurale proprio perché è &lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;Eneida&lt;/em&gt;. Ma ora me ne rendo conto che nelle note dei libri c'è scritto l'&lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt; e non le &lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt;. Quindi, devo dedurre che si tratta di un singolare, vero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, vedo che per Dante è l'&lt;em&gt;Eneida&lt;/em&gt;, che in questo canto appare con la dieresi, immagino che come risorsa per ottenere l'endecasillabo. Allora mi chiedo: in passato era l'&lt;em&gt;Eneida&lt;/em&gt; e, a un certo momento, per qualche ragione, si è passato a dire l'&lt;em&gt;Eneide&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=59581&amp;amp;r=10626&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario d'ortografia e di pronuncia&lt;/a&gt;, però, ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/F42AA.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/F42AA.gif&quot; alt=&quot;Eneide sul DOP&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa questo che la forma &lt;em&gt;Eneida&lt;/em&gt; è stata usata solo da Dante?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-02T20:53:40.913" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T20:53:40.913" Title="Sulle forme Eneide ed Eneida" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12810" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12809" CreationDate="2020-05-01T20:39:07.327" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La dizione “Eneida” non è stata usata solo da Dante. Guardando su Google Books trovo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=5fkTAAAAQAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“Il libro primo e secondo dell’Eneida di Virgilio”&lt;/a&gt; pubblicato nel 1821.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma trovo anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=E_vEAAAAMAAJ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“L’Eneide di Virgilio del commendatore Annibal Caro”&lt;/a&gt;, pubblicata nel 1760.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al giorno d’oggi è solo “Eneide” (singolare, ovviamente). Un ngram su Google dà una nettissima prevalenza di “Eneide”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si trova anche l'alternativa “Iliada” per “Iliade”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-05-01T20:39:07.327" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12811" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12807" CreationDate="2020-05-02T05:42:21.440" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Micina96, hai scoperchiato un vaso pieno di discussioni! Non immaginavo che fosse un argomento tanto dibattuto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pare che l'espressione &quot;solo più&quot; sia ritenuta, da molti, &quot;puramente piemontese&quot;, sbagliata e, per giunta, pare che i poveri piemontesi non lo sappiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano di Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/italiano-di-torino_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/italiano-di-torino_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&lt;/a&gt;) c'è una spiegazione molto dettagliata su storpiature della lingua operate a Torino, tra le quali si trova anche questo &quot;solo più&quot;. L'articolo è certamente completo, ma telegrafico e forse esagera un poco in certi casi dove si bollano come assolutamente locali costrutti ben legittimi in Italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'Accademia, in questo documento (&lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/solo-o-soltanto-pi%C3%B9-%C3%A8-unespressione-solo-piemontese/271&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/solo-o-soltanto-pi%C3%B9-%C3%A8-unespressione-solo-piemontese/271&lt;/a&gt;) inizia dicendo che è una &quot;questione molto dibattuta [anche in passato sul nostro forum]&quot;, poi prosegue come al solito con molti cenni storici, citazioni di dizionari e pareri di altri eminenti studiosi, per finire senza chiare conclusioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non soddisfatto di Treccani e Accademia ho fatto una semplice ricerca (facile, basta cercare &quot;solo più&quot; con Google), e ho trovato un mare di pagine. Tra quelle, &lt;a href=&quot;https://chasingthequeen.wordpress.com/2014/01/26/il-solo-piu-spiegato-ai-non-piemontesi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://chasingthequeen.wordpress.com/2014/01/26/il-solo-piu-spiegato-ai-non-piemontesi/&lt;/a&gt; cerca di spiegare a &quot;un non piemontese&quot; le ragioni e il funzionamento del costrutto, ed è corredata di molte testimonianze di utenti che hanno commentato la pagina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mettendo insieme il tutto, direi che:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso di &quot;solo più&quot; ha una sua &quot;solidità&quot;, perché concisamente e chiaramente, usando parole semplici e normali, esprime un'idea difficilmente traducibile in italiano standard senza cambiare la frase di partenza. Questo può essere il motivo per cui chi dice &quot;solo più&quot; non avverte la &quot;stranezza&quot; del costrutto, rafforzato in ciò dal fatto che &quot;solo più&quot; è stato usato molte volte da scrittori e altre persone illustri, certamente non tacciabili d'ignoranza, ed è normalmente usato anche su quotidiani e altra carta stampata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel sito citato prima, quello con molte testimonianze, si può capire che il &quot;solo più&quot; venga a volte percepito come normale anche fuori dal Piemonte: per esempio in Liguria, in Toscana, a Roma, nelle Puglie. Con le solite contraddizioni: alcuni utenti di Roma dicevano &quot;mai sentito&quot;, altri asserivano &quot;sì sì, si dice anche qui&quot;. Mistero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo all'origine di &quot;solo più&quot;, alcuni sostengono che è una costruzione presa dal Francese, che effettivamente ha influenzato il Piemontese; però a me non pare - la costruzione francese non ha lo stesso significato e, a ben guardare, il Piemontese si discosta dal Francese più di quanto sembri a prima vista. Sicuramente &quot;solo più&quot; è la traduzione diretta del piemontese &quot;mac pì&quot;, dove &quot;pì&quot; significa esattamente &quot;più&quot;, però &quot;mac&quot; non corrisponde esattamente a &quot;solo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si sente &quot;solo più&quot; in Italiano, è difficile capire il ruolo delle due parole, visto che è un costrutto non contemplato ufficialmente... credo che @Federico Poloni, nella sua risposta in questa pagina, abbia fatto un buon lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per tornare alle tue frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;ne voglio solo più due&quot; (pagnotte)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &quot;sei rimasta solo più tu&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;solo più&quot; significa, sempre, un cambiamento di situazione; cioè: il &quot;più&quot; non si riferisce a &quot;due&quot;, ma a &quot;solo&quot;; in definitiva: &quot;prima ne volevo di più, ora solo due&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti nella seconda frase non è &quot;tu più tu&quot;, è &quot;solo più&quot; tu, cioè prima c'erano più persone, ma ora sei rimasta sola. La frase è ridondante perché &quot;rimasta&quot; e &quot;solo più&quot; dicono la stessa cosa, quindi &quot;sei rimasta solo tu&quot;, &quot;tu sei rimasta [la] sola&quot; e &quot;sei solo più tu&quot; sono alternative non ridondanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-05-02T05:52:27.220" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T05:52:27.220" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12812" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12807" CreationDate="2020-05-02T11:06:47.990" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte certe domande servono a farci riflettere su aspetti che, da parlanti &quot;incoscienti&quot;, non avevamo considerato prima. Questa rientra nel novero e vale più di un upvote a mio avviso!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da torinese torinese ho sempre pensato che &quot;solo più&quot; fosse italiano standard e ora mi ravvedo con piacere. La spiegazione di @federico poloni (tranne il confronto con il francese) e le osservazioni di linux mi sembrano molto plausibili. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è mia intenzione classificare questa costruzione come &quot;dialettale&quot; o &quot;regionale&quot;, (cosa appurata visto che i non piemontesi non la capiscono), bensì cercare di capire come sia sorta. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con il francese non ha nulla a che fare poiché &quot;seulement plus&quot; non si usa e non si trova.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che succede in questo caso è un &quot;blending&quot;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conceptual_blending#Notes&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conceptual_blending#Notes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &quot;più&quot; non è usato in funzione di quantificatore, ma in una funzione temporale che deriva da contesti di negazione: &quot;non ho più tempo&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ergo quello che accade è una estensione di &quot;più&quot; nel senso di &quot;ormai&quot; da asserzioni negative a asserzioni affermative. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo vale per &quot;sei rimasta solo più tu&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il discorso è un po' diverso per &quot;ne voglio solo più due&quot; riferito a pagnotte. In queso caso userei l'espressione solo per fermare il panettiere se stessi constatando che ha intenzione di riempirmi il sacchetto di pagnotte. Userei però l'imperfetto &quot;ne volevo solo più&quot;. In questa accezione, a mio avviso, &quot;più&quot; preserva in gran parte la sua funzione di quantificatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-05-02T12:05:39.320" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T12:05:39.320" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12813" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-02T15:40:34.307" Score="2" ViewCount="913" Body="&lt;p&gt;A proposito di  &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12804/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, mi è venuto il dubbio su come si deve fare l'accordo in frasi il cui soggetto è della forma  &quot;&lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; milioni di...&quot; o &quot;un milione di...&quot;. So che a volte possono esserci due possibilità dipendendo dal fatto se si fa o no la cosiddetta concordanza &lt;em&gt;ad sensum&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia, per frasi di questo tipo, non mi è per niente chiaro come si fa l'accordo e quando si può scegliere tra questi due modi di farlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per chiarezza, divido il post in tre parti che numererò 1), 2) e 3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) Per cominciare, consideriamo il caso di una frase con un verbo coniugato con l'ausiliare &quot;essere&quot;, come, ad esempio, questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tre milioni di persone sono andate in vacanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È così come si fa l'accordo del participio con il soggetto, con &quot;andate&quot; femminile plurale perché &quot;persone&quot; è femminile plurale? Dovrebbe invece accordarsi con &quot;milioni&quot;, che è maschile plurale, cioè, in questo modo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tre milioni di persone sono andati in vacanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono ammesse tutte e due?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Possiamo prendere in considerazione anche una frase con un predicato nominale. Per esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Trecento milioni di persone sono analfabete.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho accordato l'aggettivo &quot;analfabete&quot; con &quot;persone&quot; e, per questa ragione, l'ho messo al femminile plurale. Ma potrei (dovrei?) farlo con &quot;milioni&quot;, maschile, in questa maniera?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Trecento milioni di persone sono analfabeti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E sarebbe  lo stesso con un soggetto del tipo &quot;un milione di...&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un milione di persone sono analfabete&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;versus&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un milione di persone è analfabeta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Un'altra situazione da esaminare sarebbe quella di una frase con un soggetto del tipo &quot;un milione di...&quot; e un predicato verbale: come si accorda il verbo con il soggetto in questo caso? Se il soggetto è &quot;un milione di persone&quot;, per esempio, la concordanza del verbo si deve fare con &quot;persone&quot; (cioè, plurale) o con &quot;milione&quot; (cioè, singolare)? Sono ammissibili ambedue le opzioni? Ad esempio, dobbiamo scrivere &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un milione di persone dovrà lasciare il proprio paese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un milione di persone dovranno lasciare il proprio paese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure si accettano ambedue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un soggetto singolare &lt;em&gt;può&lt;/em&gt; indurre un accordo al plurale, specialmente nel caso dei nomi collettivi che ricorrono come testa di sintagmi nominali complessi. In questi casi l’accordo può essere sia con il nome testa collettivo, sia con il nome dipendente al plurale (il cosiddetto accordo &lt;em&gt;a senso&lt;/em&gt;):&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  (11) a. è venuta una massa di amici&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  b. sono arrivati un mucchio di invitati &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, se &quot;un milione&quot; è da considerarsi un nome collettivo come &quot;un mucchio&quot; o &quot;una massa&quot;, allora è chiaro che la risposta alla domanda 3) è che i due modi di fare l'accordo sopra spiegati sono ammessi. Prendendo l'esempio &quot;è venuta una massa di amici&quot; in cui il participio &quot;venuta&quot; s'accorda con &quot;massa&quot; (cioè, al femminile), si può anche dedurre la risposta alla domanda 1): la concordanza si può fare in ambedue le maniere esposte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non sono completamente sicura che &quot;un milione&quot; sia un nome collettivo come quelli menzionati nell'articolo della Treccani oppure sia da considerarsi semplicemente un numerale come &quot;trecentomila&quot; o &quot;dieci&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-07T05:54:43.500" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T06:08:33.883" Title="Accordo con soggetti del tipo &quot;n milioni di...&quot; o &quot;un milione di...&quot;" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="27" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12814" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5845" CreationDate="2020-05-02T19:42:11.080" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'esempio classico è &quot;occhiali da sole&quot; vs. &quot;occhiali di sole&quot; (quest'ultimo è strano; il sole non possiede occhiali!).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cf. &quot;11.28 Da with complements of characteristic (‘typical of ’,&#xA;‘characteristic of ’,‘associated with’,‘characterized by’),&#xA;or purpose (‘intended for’,‘to be -ed’)&quot; di &lt;a href=&quot;https://isidore.co/calibre#panel=book_details&amp;amp;book_id=7277&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;A Reference Grammar of Modern Italian&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastActivityDate="2020-05-02T19:42:11.080" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12816" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12817" CreationDate="2020-05-03T14:53:32.690" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/04/20/spagna-minacce-contro-medici-e-infermieri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia di Euronews&lt;/a&gt; ho letto questo testo che ha attirato la mia attenzione perché c'era una parola che non conoscevo, &quot;monatto&quot; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Esiste però l'altra faccia della medaglia. Il personale medico è spesso offeso, quando non minacciato. Medici e infermieri sono considerati &lt;strong&gt;monatti&lt;/strong&gt; o untori e le reti sociali non fanno che amplificare quest'odio verso persone che, è bene ricordarlo, rischiano letteralmente la vita quotidianamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul suo significato in questo brano. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/monatto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che questa definizione per questo termine:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nome, reso famoso dal Manzoni nella descrizione della peste del 1630, con cui erano indicati a Milano i «serventi pubblici ... addetti ai servizî più penosi e pericolosi della pestilenza: levar dalle case, dalle strade, dal lazzeretto, i cadaveri; condurli sui carri alle fosse, e sotterrarli; portare o guidare al lazzeretto gl'infermi, e governarli; bruciare, purgare la roba infetta e sospetta» (&lt;em&gt;Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, cap. XXXII).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI10/00000776.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Monatto&lt;/strong&gt;, sm. Inserviente  pubblico  che,  du­rante  le  epidemie  (in  partic.  di  peste),  era  ad­detto  al  trasferimento dei malati al lazza­retto, al servizio di infermeria, al trasporto e alla  sepoltura  dei  cadaveri  e  alla  distruzione degli  oggetti  contagiosi;  portava,  come  di­stintivo,  un  campanello  legato  a  un  piede,  che serviva per avvisare della sua presenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si capisce bene. Tuttavia, il contesto del brano che ha generato la mia domanda non è un'epidemia di peste avvenuta in passato, ma l'attuale pandemia di COVID-19. Ricercando &quot;monatto&quot; e &quot;coronavirus&quot; su Google se ne trovano altre occorrenze in questo stesso contesto. Ecco alcuni esempi (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stadiotardini.it/2020/04/infermieri-sul-fronte-del-covid-19-la-testimonianza-arianna-pinetti-le-poesie-alessandra-marinelli-video-dellomaggio-delle-forze-dellordine.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.peopleforplanet.it/covid-19-diario-di-24-ore-al-pronto-soccorso-del-policlinico-di-milano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://nuovabrianza.it/coronavirus-monza-tra-follia-e-praticita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;):  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei stanco di sentirti più un &quot;monatto&quot; che un infermiere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Io ho fatto il tampone: sono io il monatto che li infetterà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se poi contiamo i monatti del terzo millennio che sfidano i tempi e chiari di luna ostentando sicurezza e competenza da premio Nobel sul come fare l'amuchina in casa, siamo quasi al completo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capisco che se ne fa un uso figurato. Comunque, non riesco a capire del tutto bene perché si utilizza questo vocabolo. Perciò, vi chiedo: come dovrei interpretare il senso di &quot;monatto&quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-05-03T15:35:38.303" Title="Significato di &quot;monatto&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12817" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12816" CreationDate="2020-05-03T15:30:16.843" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso che si fa di “monatto” in quell'articolo è chiaramente negativo (oltre che figurato), il che non si spiegherebbe se i monatti fossero stati soltanto dipendenti pubblici addetti all'assistenza ai malati, al trasporto dei cadaveri e alle pulizie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In realtà i monatti non avevano una buona fama. Come racconta Manzoni nel cap. XXXII dei &lt;em&gt;Promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;, non molto dopo il passo citato nel Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;All’impiego di monatti e d’apparitori non s’adattavano generalmente che uomini sui quali l’attrattiva delle rapine e della licenza potesse più che il terror del contagio, che ogni naturale ribrezzo. ... si fecero, i monatti principalmente, arbitri d’ogni cosa. Entravano da padroni, da nemici nelle case, e, senza parlar de’ rubamenti, e come trattavano gl’infelici ridotti dalla peste a passar per tali mani, le mettevano, quelle mani infette e scellerate, sui sani, figliuoli, parenti, mogli, mariti, minacciando di strascinarli al lazzeretto, se non si riscattavano, o non venivano riscattati con danari. Altre volte, mettevano a prezzo i loro servizi, ricusando di portar via i cadaveri già putrefatti, a meno di tanti scudi. Si disse ... che monatti e apparitori lasciassero cadere apposta dai carri robe infette, per propagare e mantenere la pestilenza, divenuta per essi un’entrata, un regno, una festa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, più che persone al servizio del pubblico, erano degli sciacalli, dei profittatori, nonché perpetuavano l'epidemia stessa; a quel che dice quell'articolo, a quanto pare ci sarebbe chi ha un'opinione simile del personale medico odierno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-05-03T15:35:38.303" LastActivityDate="2020-05-03T15:35:38.303" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12818" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12819" CreationDate="2020-05-03T22:10:34.397" Score="3" ViewCount="2885" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho imparato che si dice: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C'è il sole. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma ho trovato la seguente  espressione: &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe che domani CI FOSSE il sole. &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi però&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe che domani ci sia il sole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché si usa &quot;ci fosse&quot; e non &quot;ci sia&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-04T19:25:43.257" LastActivityDate="2020-05-04T19:25:43.257" Title="&quot;Mi piacerebbe che&quot; + &quot;ci fosse&quot; oppure &quot;ci sia&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12819" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12818" CreationDate="2020-05-04T16:21:57.307" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scrivo una risposta basata sul contenuto del libro &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Luca Serianni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Innanzitutto, notiamo che nella frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe che domani [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;abbiamo a che fare con una subordinata soggettiva (ad esempio, &quot;il sole&quot; è il soggetto della frase &quot;mi piace il sole&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle sezioni XIV.57-58, Serianni spiega come si concordano i tempi verbali delle proposizioni reggente e subordinata nel caso di subordinate oggettive (cioè, proposizioni che hanno la funzione di complemento oggetto). Comunque, la sezione XIV.66 riporta in riferimento alle subordinate soggettive (quelle che fanno la funzione di soggetto): &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda uso dei tempi, uso del condizionale, omissione del che, [...] la sintassi delle soggettive corrisponde puntualmente a quella, già descritta, delle oggettive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, quello spiegato per la concordanza dei tempi nelle sezioni XIV.57-58 è anche valido per le subordinate soggettive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sezione XIV.57 riguarda la concordanza dei tempi quando la subordinata è al congiuntivo. Spiega, tra l'altro, che, quando la proposizione reggente è al condizionale presente, di solito la subordinata va al congiuntivo presente. Questo è l'esempio che appare sul libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;immaginerei che egli faccia bene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nella sezione XIV.58.e) si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se nella reggente figura il condizionale presente di un verbo indicante volontà, desiderio, opportunità (come &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;desiderare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pretendere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;esser conveniente&lt;/em&gt; e simili; un'ampia lista in MORETTI-ORVIETO 1979: I 148), la dipendente si costruisce col congiuntivo imperfetto più spesso che col congiuntivo presente. Esempi: «E che vorrebbe ch'io facessi?» (Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, II 20); «Io, figlia, non pretenderei che mia madre salisse per me novanta, cento scalini» (Pirandello, &lt;em&gt;Così è&lt;/em&gt; [&lt;em&gt;se vi pare&lt;/em&gt;], V 28).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è ciò che accade con il verbo &quot;piacere&quot; che appare nella frase della domanda, verbo che esprime desiderio. Cioè, la subordinata di solito si costruisce congiuntivo imperfetto &quot;fosse&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe che domani ci fosse il sole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche se la spiegazione precedente non sembra escludere che si possa anche fare col congiuntivo presente &quot;sia&quot; (si afferma però che è molto meno usato). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=KmhaDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;q=desiderio#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=desiderio&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;L'ora d'italiano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; lo stesso Serianni dà un'interessante spiegazione su perché si usa il congiuntivo imperfetto nella subordinata quando il verbo della regente è un verbo al condizionale presente che esprime desiderio o un'aspirazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vediamone una: perché si dice «vorrei che tu studiassi», con apparente violazione della&#xA;  correlazione dei tempi (&lt;em&gt;vorrei&lt;/em&gt; è un presente e ci si aspetterebbe nella completiva il congiuntivo presente, come in «voglio che studi»). Perché il condizionale di &lt;em&gt;volere&lt;/em&gt; e di altri verbi indicanti un desiderio o un'aspirazione richiede la reggenza tipica dei verbi al passato: se usa il condizionale, il&#xA;  parlante mostra di credere poco alla realizzabilità del proprio desiderio, lo dà&#xA;  quasi come se fosse già alle spalle (quindi: «&lt;em&gt;vorrei&lt;/em&gt; che tu studiassi», ma non m'illudo che tu lo faccia; «&lt;em&gt;voglio&lt;/em&gt; che tu studi», e sono convinto che la mia autorità ti costringerà a farlo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_1669.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web di domande e risposte della Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, si trova questa domanda:  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Da qualche parte ho letto e trovato scritto queste frasi: &quot;mi piacerebbe che dicesse queste cose di me&quot;; &quot;basterebbe che prendesse la bottiglia per versarsi l'acqua&quot;. Il verbo &lt;em&gt;piacere&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;bastare&lt;/em&gt; che sono al condizionale dovrebbero reggere dunque il congiuntivo presente perché non esprimono né desiderio, né una volontà, né una necessità, dunque per correttezza dovrebbero essere così gli enunciati: &quot;mi piacerebbe che dica queste cose di me&quot;; “basterebbe che prenda la bottiglia…&quot;. No? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come risposta alla prima parte di questa domanda, cioè, quella che ha a che vedere con la frase con il verbo &quot;piacere&quot;, si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Scindiamo le due frasi. Nella prima, perché mai il verbo &lt;em&gt;piacere&lt;/em&gt; non dovrebbe esprimere desiderio? Lo esprime eccome, quindi &lt;em&gt;mi piacerebbe che dicesse&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-04T19:21:36.040" LastActivityDate="2020-05-04T19:21:36.040" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12821" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12823" CreationDate="2020-05-05T14:28:08.807" Score="1" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;‎Ho trovato la seguente espressione su Context Reverso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ogni estate ho lavorato là, fino ai miei 18 anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché si usa il passato prossimo e no l'imperfetto se si descrive un'abitudine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-05T14:52:23.997" LastActivityDate="2020-11-23T13:08:46.987" Title="Perché a volte si usa il passato prossimo per descrivere un'abitudine?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12822" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12821" CreationDate="2020-05-05T15:03:25.117" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per due motivi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) L'uso di &quot;ogni&quot; estrae ciascun singolo evento da una catena di eventi uguali e per questo non si focalizza sulla continuità che veicola l'imperfetto. Vale a dire: &quot;nell'anno 1 ho lavorato&quot;, &quot;nell'anno 2 ho lavorato&quot; etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(2) L'aspetto grammaticale ha molto a che fare con la prospettiva che adotta l'enunciatore. Nel tuo esempio l'enunciatore adotta la prospettiva presente e ripercorre quello che successe in passato. Dicendo &quot;ogni estate lavoravo là&quot;, invece, si immedesimerebbe in un suo &quot;io&quot; passato come se stesse rivivendo l'episodio narrato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit. Il limite temporale &quot;fino ai miei 18 anni&quot; rende più acettabile l'uso del passato prossimo, come scrive diversamente @charo sopra. Tuttavia ci sono casi in cui anche l'imperfetto è compatibile con &quot;fino&quot;:  &quot;Lei fino a qualche anno fa andava a Cervia in un albergo...&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.de/books?id=ygULjkV9l4gC&amp;amp;pg=PA286&amp;amp;lpg=PA286&amp;amp;dq=%22fino+a+qualche+anno+fa+andava%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=ZEl9z4MBNL&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0ke_eJvago424UkwjaGD-WWOdlbA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiRrfPShp3pAhWiy6YKHXCICZMQ6AEwAnoECAUQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22fino%20a%20qualche%20anno%20fa%20andava%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://books.google.de/books?id=ygULjkV9l4gC&amp;amp;pg=PA286&amp;amp;lpg=PA286&amp;amp;dq=%22fino+a+qualche+anno+fa+andava%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=ZEl9z4MBNL&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0ke_eJvago424UkwjaGD-WWOdlbA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiRrfPShp3pAhWiy6YKHXCICZMQ6AEwAnoECAUQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22fino%20a%20qualche%20anno%20fa%20andava%22&amp;amp;f=false&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-05-05T16:29:34.470" LastActivityDate="2020-05-05T16:29:34.470" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12823" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12821" CreationDate="2020-05-05T17:25:19.337" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Scrivo una risposta basata sulle spiegazioni e gli esempi che appaiono nel libro &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di R. Bozzone Costa, M. Piantoni, E. Scaramelli e C. Ghezzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hai ragione sul fatto che l'imperfetto si usa &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;per esprimere al passato fatti ripetuti con carattere di &lt;strong&gt;abitudine&lt;/strong&gt; (spesso segnalato da avverbi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco due esempi che appaiono sul libro sopra menzionato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ogni giorno andavamo al mare&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Uscivo sempre alla sera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La tua domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perché a volte si usa il passato prossimo per descrivere un'abitudine?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché se nella frase che esprime queste abitudini appare un'espressione che delimita il periodo di tempo, allora di solito non si usa l'imperfetto, ma il passato prossimo oppure il passato remoto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con espressioni temporali di durata riferita al passato si usano il passato prossimo o il passato remoto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ha studiato in Inghilterra dal 1987 al 1992&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Studiò russo per cinque anni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ha succhiato il dito fino ai cinque anni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È quello che accade nella frase della domanda, che è infatti molto simile all'ultimo esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo ha a che vedere con l'&lt;em&gt;aspetto imperfettivo&lt;/em&gt; che ha appunto l'imperfetto. Secondo l'&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/imperfetto_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo sull'imperfetto dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dal punto di vista dell'aspetto è una forma prevalentemente imperfettiva, dato che focalizza un evento che dura e ne sottolinea l’indeterminatezza: non dà informazioni né circa l'inizio, né circa la fine dell’evento stesso, bensì sul suo perdurare e la possibilità implicita che l'azione prosegua fuori dall'intervallo di tempo considerato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo aspetto imperfettivo non è quello adatto a dare l'idea di un'azione che si è svolta in un periodo di tempo determinato: per questa ragione si usano altri tempi verbali invece dell'imperfetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo alla scelta tra passato remoto e passato prossimo, questo libro spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il passato remoto si riferisce a fatti remoti, &lt;strong&gt;cronologicamente o psicologicamente lontani dal presente&lt;/strong&gt;, sentiti cioè lontani nella mente di chi parla. Il passato remoto proietta questi fatti in un mondo lontano; gli stessi fatti, se raccontati al passato prossimo, diventano più vicini, più vivi, ci coinvolgono maggiormente. La scelta tra i due tempi diventa quindi spesso una questione di stile, di registro, di scelta personale [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, se il narratore vuol dare l'idea di un fatto concluso e lontano nel tempo, potrebbe anche dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ogni estate lavorai là, fino ai miei 18 anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scelta tra passato prossimo e remoto dipende anche da come prosegue la narrazione. Per esempio, se si continua dicendo &quot;Quindi, conosco bene quel posto&quot;, si userebbe il passato prossimo perché si sta spiegando qualcosa che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ha dei collegamenti con il presente, con un implicito risultato attuale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, lo stesso libro avverte del fatto che gli usi del passato remoto e del passato prossimo variano regionalmente, soprattutto nel parlato, in modo che nell'Italia del Nord prevale il passato prossimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-07T15:51:27.123" LastActivityDate="2020-05-07T15:51:27.123" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12824" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12826" CreationDate="2020-05-06T00:40:10.723" Score="2" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;‎Nella seguente espressione, presa da Notizie.it, non capisco perché si usa il congiuntivo (siccome con &quot;se&quot; + indicativo nella proposizione subordinata, si usa anche l'indicativo nella proposizione principale):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Se gli USA hanno delle prove, le condividano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-06T11:52:03.557" LastActivityDate="2020-05-06T11:52:03.557" Title="È corretto, in questa frase, l’uso del congiuntivo?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12825" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12813" CreationDate="2020-05-06T05:49:11.937" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me esistono vari gradi di &amp;quot;numeralità&amp;quot; nelle varie locuzioni&#xA;possibili. Il classico numerale (tre, venti, duemila) è un aggettivo, come&#xA;dice Dag, e non dà problemi, ma con numeri più grandi il sistema non&#xA;funziona più e occorre introdurre sostantivi (per esempio &amp;quot;un milione&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di &amp;quot;un milione&amp;quot; s'introduce perciò una particella in più che,&#xA;ambiguamente, può essere considerata un numerale ma può sembrare un articolo;&#xA;inoltre, mentre si dice &amp;quot;tre persone/cose/telefoni&amp;quot;, usando &amp;quot;milione&amp;quot; occorre aggiungere&#xA;una particella &amp;quot;di&amp;quot; e dire &amp;quot;un milione &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; persone/cose/telefoni&amp;quot;. Ancora,&#xA;la costruzione con queste parole fa diventare maschili i soggetti femminili;&#xA;per conto mio può essere accettato perché tradizionalmente il maschile&#xA;è più generale o indeterminato (&amp;quot;gli scienziati&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;i politici&amp;quot; rappresentano&#xA;la categoria, &amp;quot;le scienziate&amp;quot; indica solo le studiose femmine), ma ultimamente&#xA;si discute anche di questo (vedi sindaco/sindaca).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa discontinuità, secondo me,&#xA;è un limite dell'Italiano, ed è presente anche in altre lingue: probabilmente&#xA;il motivo è che le lingue si formano prima di avere l'esigenza di trattare&#xA;grandi numeri, e infatti certe lingue primitive &amp;quot;sanno contare&amp;quot; solo fino&#xA;a tre, o cinque, o giù di lì (servirebbe una citazione ma sul momento&#xA;non sono in grado di fornirla).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto occorre decidere se &amp;quot;un milione&amp;quot;, oppure &amp;quot;un migliaio&amp;quot;, siano&#xA;numerali oppure nomi collettivi simili a &amp;quot;mucchio&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;branco&amp;quot;. E non è finita:&#xA;perché si può dire &amp;quot;due milioni&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;due migliaia&amp;quot; proprio come si direbbe&#xA;&amp;quot;due mucchi&amp;quot;. Il meccanismo pare ricorsivo (&amp;quot;un migliaio di milioni di gruppi&amp;quot;). Inoltre, come nota Egreg, &amp;quot;un milione di persone ha fatto...&amp;quot; comunica un senso di ammucchiamento, mentre &amp;quot;un milione di persone hanno fatto&amp;quot; mantiene maggiormente l'individualità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La concordanza &amp;quot;a senso&amp;quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.quora.com/Cosa-significa-concordanza-a-senso?share=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.quora.com/Cosa-significa-concordanza-a-senso?share=1&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/concordanza&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/concordanza&lt;/a&gt;)&#xA;è, secondo me, un'eccezione alla grammatica volta&#xA;a facilitare la costruzione delle frasi, ed è comparsa e stata accettata dopo&#xA;che nei discorsi comparvero i grandi numeri; però sovente stride.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono altre forme ambigue di &amp;quot;numeralità&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;il 70% delle persone ...&amp;quot; è,&#xA;semanticamente, un numero preciso ma, di nuovo, grammaticalmente riporta al&#xA;problema del milione/migliaio/ventina eccetera, cioè la possibile discordanza&#xA;di genere e/o numero fra il soggetto grammaticale e quello semantico o comunque&#xA;inteso. Infine ci sono forme &amp;quot;poco numerali&amp;quot; come &amp;quot;un mucchio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;una quantità&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;la maggior parte&amp;quot;&#xA;e simili che, nell'intenzione, esprimono numeri ma in modo impreciso; secondo&#xA;me poi, &amp;quot;una ventina&amp;quot; ha meno &amp;quot;numeralità&amp;quot; di &amp;quot;un milione&amp;quot; ma più di &amp;quot;un mucchio&amp;quot;:&#xA;perché altrimenti si direbbe &amp;quot;venti&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;una ventina&amp;quot;. Per non parlare poi di &amp;quot;dozzina&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;una dozzina di rose è rossa&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;una dozzina di rose sono rosse&amp;quot;? Di nuovo, come dice Egreg, le frasi paiono giuste tutt'e due, ma danno un'impressione  diversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me le frasi semplici che usano la concordanza a senso danno solitamente un po' fastidio;&#xA;le frasi più complicate meno, forse perché perdo il filo o forse&#xA;perché, alla fine, la concordanza a senso aiuta a capire meglio, pur con&#xA;il costo di un errore formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una possibile risposta potrebbe essere: &amp;quot;si usi la concordanza esatta quando si usano&#xA;termini con poca &amp;quot;numeralità&amp;quot;, quindi &amp;quot;un mucchio di persone è andato in vacanza&amp;quot;,&#xA;&amp;quot;un migliaio di scatole si è rotto&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;una ventina di lupi si aggira nel territorio&amp;quot;; e si&#xA;usi la concordanza a senso quando il termine ha grande &amp;quot;numeralità&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;un milione di&#xA;persone sono andate&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;il 70% delle matite sono nere&amp;quot; (ma questa stride, allora 70%&#xA;è più un nome collettivo che un'indicazione di quantità?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono quasi certo che evitare la concordanza a senso sia la strada più sicura, anche se&#xA;in alcuni casi può risultare strana (non a me, di solito); d'altra parte ci sono&#xA;peculiarità nell'Italiano che non destano dubbi, ma solo perché l'uso è affermato e&#xA;non c'è la variabilità dei numerali di cui stiamo parlando ora. Sul momento non mi vengono&#xA;in mente esempi migliori ma, per dire, è scontato che si dica &amp;quot;dito&amp;quot; al singolare e &amp;quot;dita&amp;quot;&#xA;al plurale, oppure che la frase &amp;quot;Perché succede&amp;quot; possa essere una domanda o un'affermazione e la&#xA;distinzione si può fare solo con segni d'interpunzione o prosodia, o ancora perché&#xA;la frase &amp;quot;Non ho niente&amp;quot; indica mancanza piuttosto che la negazione della mancanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;================ AGGIORNAMENTO ==============&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il libro dell'Accademia della Crusca, &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;l'Italiano // 1. Bada (a) come scrivi&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; (ISBN 978-88-8371-530-3) si occupa dell'accordo con i nomi collettivi a pagina 77: &amp;quot;il 50% degli intervistati hanno (ha) ...&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;un centinaio di soci partecipano (partecipa) ...&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La conclusione del paragrafo è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;benché si rilevi un allentamento della norma ... &lt;strong&gt;nello scritto resta preferibile seguire l'accordo grammaticale, anche quando il genere e il numero logico non gli corrisponde.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di quel libro non trovo la data di stampa, ma è sicuramente non anteriore al 2017 (è una data riportata nelle intestazioni), quindi non direi che è obsoleto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;==============================================&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-08-28T06:08:33.883" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T06:08:33.883" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12826" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12824" CreationDate="2020-05-06T09:58:23.863" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella frase ci sono due verbi con lo stesso soggetto. Rivoltiamola con il soggetto nella principale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli USA condividano le prove, se le hanno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella subordinata è corretto l'indicativo, perché equivale a “se è vero che le hanno”. Il congiuntivo sarebbe errato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella principale il congiuntivo è necessario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Gli USA condividono le prove, se le hanno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vorrebbe dire una cosa completamente diversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il modo verbale della principale non è necessariamente indicativo. Può essere imperativo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Va', se hai il coraggio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure condizionale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Andrei, se il tempo è bello&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure congiuntivo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Faccia pure, se questo è il suo desiderio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo congiuntivo si chiama &lt;em&gt;esortativo&lt;/em&gt;. La frase equivale a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;USA (vocativo), condividete (imperativo) le prove, se le avete&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-05-06T09:58:23.863" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12827" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12824" CreationDate="2020-05-06T09:59:08.890" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come scrive @linuxfan says Reinstate Monica, in &quot;le condividano&quot; si tratta di un'esortazione, vale a dire di un imperativo (coincidente morfologicamente con il congiuntivo), che è chiaramente compatibile con costruzioni ipotetiche (&quot;se lo sai, dillo&quot;), ma che non deve necessariamente apparire in tali costruzioni.&#xA;L'aspetto interessante è il carattere particolare di questo tipo di imperativo. L'enunciatore non esorta l'interlocutore, ma terzi di solito assenti.&#xA;L'uso libero di questa forma appare in frasi del tipo:&#xA;a) Mario vuole raccontarmi tutto.&#xA;b) Che lo faccia allora!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso l'imperativo indiretto richiede di solito l'enfasi di un &quot;che&quot; e/o di un &quot;allora&quot;. L'uso del &quot;che&quot; potrebbe far pensare a una subordinata, ma rispecchia il fenomeno che Nicholas Evans denomina &quot;insubordination&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://benjamins.com/catalog/tsl.115&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://benjamins.com/catalog/tsl.115&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;vale a dire una frase che pare una subordinata, ma che in realtà ricopre la funzione di una principale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-05-06T10:06:55.313" LastActivityDate="2020-05-06T10:06:55.313" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12828" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-07T15:11:47.430" Score="2" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una domanda correlata a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12821/&quot;&gt;quest'altra&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In una risposta è apparso questo esempio di frase che esprime un'abitudine nel passato con un'espressione che delimita la durata nel tempo (l'ho modificata leggermente per renderla più idiomatica):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si è succhiato il dito fino ai cinque anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi è sembrato capire dai commenti, però, che la stessa idea (o un'idea simile, ma forse c'è qualche differenza) si possa anche esprimere con questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si succhiava il dito fino ai cinque anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, questa ultima frase non mi suona bene, cosa che non vuol dire nulla poiché non sono italiana. Potrebbe trattarsi semplicemente di un'impressione causata dalle mie lingue. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia sensazione, forse sbagliata, è che l'imperfetto, che di solito rende l'idea di un evento che perdura di forma indeterminata nel tempo, non si accordi bene con la volontà di esprimere un'azione che si è svolta durante un periodo di tempo determinato. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora, vi chiedo: posso riferirmi a un'abitudine nel passato delimitata nel tempo con una frase con il verbo all'imperfetto come quella che ho scritto o forse usando l'imperfetto l'interpretazione della frase è diversa? Cambia forse qualche sfumatura nel significato rispetto a usare il passato prossimo (o il passato remoto)? In quali situazioni si usa l'imperfetto in questo tipo di frasi? O forse non c'è nessuna differenza tra una frase e l'altra e si possono usare indistintamente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In una risposta alla domanda che ho menzionato sopra, appare l'esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Lei fino a qualche anno fa andava a Cervia in un albergo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia impressione è che si tratta di una situazione diversa: secondo me, l'espressione &quot;fino a qualche anno fa&quot; non delimita in modo determinato il tempo in cui termina l'evento, cioè non si sa esattamente quando finisce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-09T06:00:53.503" LastActivityDate="2020-05-09T06:00:53.503" Title="Uso dell'imperfetto in frasi come &quot;si succhiava il dito fino ai cinque anni&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12829" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12830" CreationDate="2020-05-07T18:22:09.760" Score="0" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Given that preposition usage is often idiomatic, are the following expressions equally usual?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Parlare al telefono&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Parlare sul telefono&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-07T23:13:03.440" LastActivityDate="2020-05-08T09:06:44.433" Title="Parlare sul telefono vs parlare al telefono" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12830" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12829" CreationDate="2020-05-07T18:58:44.227" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Normally Italian people say “parlare al telefono”, the other form is not used at all since it seems wrong. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Conversely, talking about the TV you can say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’ho visto &lt;strong&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; TV&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and also&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’ho visto &lt;strong&gt;in&lt;/strong&gt; TV&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quite interchangeably. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover you can also say:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’ho visto &lt;strong&gt;sulla&lt;/strong&gt; TV Svizzera&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but in this case you’re specifying where you watched it. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-05-08T09:06:44.433" LastActivityDate="2020-05-08T09:06:44.433" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12831" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-08T07:49:49.993" Score="3" ViewCount="126" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm studying Italian and I have trouble understanding the grammar and meaning of the expression &quot;non vi è stata&quot; in this excerpt from an article on labour law:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La mia opinione è che, in un processo ormai in atto sin dagli anni ’80, gradualmente il diritto del lavoro si è trasformato in “altro da sé”. Non vi è stata, infatti, soltanto una modifica dei contenuti, anche se è sufficiente mettere a confronto un manuale del 1980 con uno attualmente edito per avere l’impressione che si stia parlando di materie radicalmente diverse. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could someone please help me understand this?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6325" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-08T14:11:46.623" LastActivityDate="2020-05-08T14:21:18.157" Title="Meaning and grammar of &quot;non vi è stata&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;particles&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12832" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12831" CreationDate="2020-05-08T12:33:52.273" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Italian expression &lt;em&gt;c’è&lt;/em&gt; is exactly the same as the English &lt;em&gt;there is&lt;/em&gt; and the French &lt;em&gt;il y a&lt;/em&gt;, an impersonal verb meaning state. The apostrophe signals elision of &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, a pronominal particle that primarily means location, but is also used as the atonal version of &lt;em&gt;noi&lt;/em&gt;; not in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case it is &lt;em&gt;c’è stata&lt;/em&gt;, in the “passato prossimo” tense, corresponding to the English &lt;em&gt;there was&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;there has been&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The author uses &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; as was common in the past, but nowadays the spoken language always uses &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; for this construction. It remains &lt;em&gt;vi&lt;/em&gt; in the written language when the author wants to convey an idea of “solemnity”: so it's very common in legal texts and learned essays.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Such register is also signalled by the parenthetical remark between commas:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non vi è stata, infatti, soltanto una modifica dei contenuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;might be rendered in a form nearer to the spoken language as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Infatti non c'è stata soltanto una modifica dei contenuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that can be translated into&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Indeed, there was not just a change in the contents&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note: &lt;em&gt;soltanto&lt;/em&gt; can be either &lt;em&gt;only&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;just&lt;/em&gt;, but the former would require an opposition &lt;em&gt;but also&lt;/em&gt; that's missing in the text, so it must be the latter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-05-08T12:33:52.273" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12833" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12831" CreationDate="2020-05-08T12:46:20.603" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the expression &quot;vi è stata&quot;, &quot;è stata&quot; is &quot;passato prossimo&quot; tense of verb &quot;essere&quot; (i.e., &quot;to be&quot;). One has to use the feminine participle &quot;stata&quot; because the subject of the sentence is &quot;una modifica&quot;, which is feminine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Vi&quot; is a more formal version of &quot;ci&quot; in the function of adverb and corresponds to English &quot;there&quot;. That is, &quot;vi è stata&quot; is the same as &quot;ci&quot; + &quot;è stata&quot; expressed in a more formal way (but &quot;ci&quot; before a form of verb &quot;essere&quot; which begins with &quot;e&quot; is elided with an apostrophe, i.e., one says &quot;c'è&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, if you ask someone &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando vai al mare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the answer could be &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ci&lt;/strong&gt; vado domani,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which means &quot;I'll go &lt;strong&gt;there&lt;/strong&gt; tomorrow&quot; (this example is from the book &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; by Federica Colombo; notice that &quot;vado&quot; is &quot;indicativo presente&quot; tense used to express a future action). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See these two answers for more detailed information about the different roles of the word &quot;ci&quot;: [&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9972&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] and [&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/30&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, the expression &quot;non vi è stata&quot; means &quot;there has been not&quot;. As explained by egreg in a comment,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non vi è stata, infatti, soltanto una modifica dei contenuti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;means, &quot;In fact, there has been not only a change in the contents&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-08T14:21:18.157" LastActivityDate="2020-05-08T14:21:18.157" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12834" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-08T17:25:35.183" Score="2" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/12823/&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt; è apparsa questa frase tratta da un libro (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Uscivo sempre &lt;strong&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; sera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso della preposizione articolata &quot;alla&quot; ha attirato la mia attenzione: io avrei detto &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Uscivo sempre &lt;strong&gt;la&lt;/strong&gt; sera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando su Google Libri, ho trovato un altro esempio nel volume 2 delle &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=dr5LAAAAMAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22esco+alla+sera%22&amp;amp;dq=%22esco+alla+sera%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwih6dSBpp3pAhU54eAKHUYQAlM4ChDoATABegQIBxAB&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Opere&lt;/em&gt; di Goffredo Parise&lt;/a&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Per abitudine esco &lt;strong&gt;alla&lt;/strong&gt; sera d'ufficio, passeggio per le strade, senza alcuna preferenza; guardo indifferentemente le case, le vetrine dei negozi, e gli oggetti che sono esposti nelle vetrine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi sa spiegare qualcosa sull'uso della preposizione articolata al posto dell'articolo in questa espressione? Cioè, si tratta di un uso popolare? regionale? letterario? arcaizzante? colloquiale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;sera&quot; in alcuni dizionari, ma non ho trovato esempi della locuzione &quot;alla sera&quot; usata in questo modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa anche la preposizione articolata con altri verbi e altre espressioni di tempo? Per esempio, si potrebbe dire &quot;vado a fare la spesa al pomeriggio, alla mattina, alla domenica, ecc.&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-05-08T17:25:35.183" Title="Uso della preposizione in espressioni come &quot;esco alla sera&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12835" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-09T14:58:27.360" Score="2" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Mille anni che sto qui&lt;/em&gt;, di Mariolina Venezia, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La sventurata moglie di Oronzio aveva due figli, ma soprattutto aveva quel marito disgraziato che si beveva tutto quello che lei portava a casa andando a fare la serva e la balia. Colino lo faceva lavorare ogni tanto, per pietà, ma erano piú le volte che non si presentava. Quando Mammalina si ribellava erano mazzate, ma lei non &lt;strong&gt;se le teneva&lt;/strong&gt; e reagiva come una tigre. Li sentivano gridare da in mezzo alla piazza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco del tutto bene cosa significa che questo personaggio, Mammalina, &quot;non si teneva&quot; le mazzate di suo marito, anche se posso intuire che abbia qualcosa a che vedere con il fatto che &quot;reagiva come una tigre&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;tenere&quot; di alcuni dizionari, ma ci sono tantissime accezioni che non riesco a vedere a quale possa corrispondere l'uso di &quot;tenersi&quot; che si fa nel testo. Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare? E poi, si tratta di un uso di &quot;tenersi&quot; più o meno comune?&#xA;Si potrebbe anche dire &quot;tenersi un'altra cosa&quot; con un significato simile? Se è così, potreste fare qualche esempio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando su &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=M8eODAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT42&amp;amp;lpg=PT42&amp;amp;dq=%22si+teneva+gli+insulti%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=lCLEvi_rDI&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0_U4ZdveKIkaHHSTzcednwHED0Rw&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi1trOX5qjpAhUJ-hQKHQLBA5AQ6AEwAXoECAQQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22si%20teneva%20gli%20insulti%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Libri&lt;/a&gt; ne ho trovato questo esempio&#xA;(grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ed effettivamente tutti rimasero zitti mentre, sin quando si stava dirigendo verso di me, c'era stata gente che la canzonava e lei &lt;strong&gt;si teneva gli insulti&lt;/strong&gt; silenziosa e triste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-10T09:47:52.687" LastActivityDate="2020-05-10T09:47:52.687" Title="Significato e uso di &quot;tenersi le mazzate&quot; e altre espressioni simili" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12836" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-10T10:02:30.063" Score="4" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;Capisco la differenza tra l'uso di &quot;mangiare&quot; e quello di &quot;mangiarsi&quot;, di cui si è parlato in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/1529/&quot;&gt;risposta&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo quest'altra &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/a/32159/&quot;&gt;risposta su Spanish.SE&lt;/a&gt;, mi sono chiesta se quello che si sta spiegando accada anche in italiano. Cioè, in frasi in cui si usa &quot;mangiare&quot;, è sempre possibile usare anche  &quot;mangiarsi&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, consideriamo l'espressione &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mangio carne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possiamo anche dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi mangio carne&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in certi contesti  (probabilmente informali: so che il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/dativo-etico_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dativo etico&lt;/a&gt; ha una &quot;natura intrinsecamente colloquiale&quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe possibile dare qualche sorta di regola per sapere quando non si può usare &quot;mangiarsi&quot; (se veramente ci sono espressioni in cui non si può utilizzare)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Possiamo arrivare alla conclusione, come nella risposta che ho menzionato, che quando l'oggetto di &quot;mangiare&quot; è &lt;em&gt;unbounded&lt;/em&gt; (si veda la definizione più sotto), allora non si può usare &quot;mangiarsi&quot; (magari con qualche eccezione)? Ci sono altri casi in cui l'utilizzo di &quot;mangiarsi&quot; non è possibile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cito da quella risposta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;An object is bounded (in this sense) if it's definite (&lt;em&gt;la manzana&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;esta manzana&lt;/em&gt;) or appears as a definite quantity (&lt;em&gt;una manzana&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dos manzanas&lt;/em&gt;) or expresses totality (&lt;em&gt;toda la manzana&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;todas las manzanas&lt;/em&gt;). For all of those you can use &lt;em&gt;comerse&lt;/em&gt;, although &lt;em&gt;comer&lt;/em&gt; is correct too, with the differences in connotation that you already know.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Traduzione in italiano delle espressioni in castigliano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;manzana&lt;/em&gt; = mela&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;manzanas&lt;/em&gt; = mele&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;la manzana&lt;/em&gt; = la mela&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;esta manzana&lt;/em&gt; = questa mela&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;una manzana&lt;/em&gt; = una mela&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;dos manzanas&lt;/em&gt; = due mele&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;toda la manzana&lt;/em&gt; = tutta la mela&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;todas las manzanas&lt;/em&gt; = tutte le mele&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;comerse&lt;/em&gt; = mangiarsi&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;comer&lt;/em&gt; = mangiare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;You cannot use &lt;em&gt;comerse&lt;/em&gt; when the object is unbounded, i.e. when it's countable but not definitely quantified (&lt;em&gt;manzanas&lt;/em&gt;) or when it's uncountable (&lt;em&gt;manzana&lt;/em&gt;, as in apple used as an ingredient of something, whether explicit or not). Here you must use &lt;em&gt;comer&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla risposta di Spanish.SE, si è anche arrivati alla conclusione che in castigliano esistono espressioni costrutte con &quot;mangiarsi&quot; (beh, con la traduzione di &quot;mangiarsi&quot; infatti: &quot;comerse&quot;) nelle quali non si può usare &quot;mangiare&quot; (in realtà, &quot;comer&quot;), cioè, in cui l'uso di &quot;mangiarsi&quot; è d'obbligo. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cito dalla risposta menzionata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;There are some cases, not obviously derived from the rules above, where &lt;em&gt;comerse&lt;/em&gt; is to be used and &lt;em&gt;comer&lt;/em&gt; would be wrong. These are [...]:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Fixed phrases: “&lt;em&gt;Me comí todo&lt;/em&gt;” (which literally means &quot;I ate everything&quot;, but can figuratively mean &quot;I ate a lot, too much, until I couldn't eat no more&quot;); also “&lt;em&gt;Me comí la vida&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Figurative expressions: “&lt;em&gt;comerse las eses&lt;/em&gt;” (&quot;to eat up one's S's&quot;, i.e. s-aspiration); “&lt;em&gt;comerse a alguien&lt;/em&gt;” (&quot;to have sex with someone&quot;); &quot;&lt;em&gt;comerse una paliza&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;un reto&lt;/em&gt;&quot; (&quot;to put up with a -- usu. undeserved or excessive -- beating or reprimand&quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Consumption of prey by carnivores: “&lt;em&gt;El león se comió a la gacela&lt;/em&gt;” (&quot;The lion ate the gazelle&quot;, even if the lion didn't actually ate the whole gazelle).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La traduzione letterale di &quot;Me comí la vida&quot; sarebbe &quot;Mi sono mangiato (o mi mangiai) la vita&quot;. Debbo dire che alcune delle espressioni di senso figurato sopra menzionate sono sconosciute per me: la lingua spagnola ha molte varianti regionali. Ne potrei aggiungere altre che non appaiono qui e che sì conosco, ma non credo sia veramente utile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono anche espressioni tali in italiano, cioè, espressioni costrutte con &quot;mangiarsi&quot; nelle quali non si può usare &quot;mangiare&quot;, ma in cui l'uso di &quot;mangiarsi&quot; è d'obbligo? (&quot;obbligo&quot; nel senso di modo naturale di esprimersi per un italofono, non di regola grammaticale che vieti l'uso di &quot;mangiare&quot; senza &quot;si&quot;)&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;hr&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1. Faccio un esempio perché si capisca meglio a cosa mi riferisco. Non esiste nessuna regola grammaticale che vieti dire &quot;soffio il mio naso&quot; o &quot;soffia il proprio naso&quot;. Tuttavia, dubito che nessun italofono usasse queste frasi in modo naturale per esprimere questa idea (sì, è sempre possibile immaginare qualche contesto peculiare in cui si possa forzare il linguaggio). Si direbbe invece &quot;mi soffio il naso&quot; o &quot;si soffia il naso&quot;. In questo senso possiamo dire che è &quot;obbligatorio&quot; usare &quot;soffiarsi&quot; in queste espressioni.&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla risposta di Spanish.SE hanno dimenticato di tenere in considerazione espressioni analoghe a, per esempio, questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mio figlio non mi mangia verdura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-16T12:06:44.423" LastActivityDate="2020-06-15T13:00:50.060" Title="Espressioni in cui non si può cambiare &quot;mangiare&quot; con &quot;mangiarsi&quot; e viceversa" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12837" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12836" CreationDate="2020-05-10T10:18:11.170" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;1) &quot;Possiamo anche dire questo? Mi mangio carne&quot;. &#xA;No. In italiano &quot;mangio carne&quot; e &quot;mangio la carne&quot; per designare abitudini sono equipollenti. Non si tratta di &quot;boundedness&quot;, ma di &quot;definiteness&quot;. Il post spagnolo che citi confonde le due nozioni. In inglese si può solo usare l'articolo per specificare il referente (&quot;definiteness&quot;) &quot;I eat the meat that you cook and not the meat that others cook&quot; vs. &quot;I usually eat meat&quot;. Questa differenziazione non si applica all'italiano. Se però si parla di un episodio singolo e non abituale, l'italiano richiede l'articolo o un partitivo &quot;adesso mangio (del)la carne&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2) Il punto precedente è strettamente legato alla risposta che citi all'inizio. Il cosiddetto &quot;dativo etico&quot; (termine usato diversamente in diverse lingue) riguarda l'uso colloquiale del &quot;si&quot; con certi verbi: &quot;mi bevo una birra&quot;, &quot;mi fumo una sigaretta&quot;, dove il pronome riflessivo indica un &quot;beneficiary&quot;, vale a dire si riferisce al fatto che l'enunciatore fa un favore a se stesso concedendosi qualcosa che gli fa piacere. Alcune informazioni le trovi nell'articolo di Niclot in &lt;a href=&quot;https://benjamins.com/catalog/tsl.106&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://benjamins.com/catalog/tsl.106&lt;/a&gt; (anche se il tema che tratta è più vasto). Questo &quot;favore&quot; è sempre legato a un episodio unico, vale a dire non è compatibile con l'uso di &quot;carne&quot; senza articolo, che indica abitualità: *&quot;mi mangio sempre carne&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;3) Ci sono usi obbligatori e non colloquiali come in 2) del riflessivo in contesti figurati: &quot;si è mangiato l'eredità/un patrimonio&quot;, &quot;si è rimangiato la parola&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6019" LastEditorUserId="6019" LastEditDate="2020-05-12T15:14:33.420" LastActivityDate="2020-05-12T15:14:33.420" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12840" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-10T14:10:06.913" Score="3" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da dove viene l'espressione &lt;em&gt;essere dell'opinione che&lt;/em&gt; (o, analogamente, &lt;em&gt;dell'avviso&lt;/em&gt;)? Ad esempio, da &lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/traduzione/italiano-inglese/sono+dell%27opinione+che&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Reverso&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anch'io, come lei, sono dell'opinione che, sul versante dei diritti umani, nell'Unione europea non dobbiamo applicare due criteri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguiranno altre direttive e sono dell'opinione che la commissione per l'agricoltura sia la sede ideale per l'esame delle stesse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa costruzione apparentemente &lt;a href=&quot;https://german.stackexchange.com/questions/58493/making-sense-of-the-construct-ich-bin-der-auffassung&quot;&gt;è diffusa anche in tedesco&lt;/a&gt;, e, molto meno, in inglese. A pensarci bene, è una costruzione insolita, perché, logicamente, è l'opinione che appartiene a me, non viceversa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-10T14:10:06.913" Title="Origine di &quot;sono dell'opinione&quot;" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12841" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-10T17:45:09.170" Score="3" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si mangiano gli spaghetti &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;so che è scritto '&lt;em&gt;mangiano&lt;/em&gt;' perché la parola &lt;em&gt;spaghetti&lt;/em&gt; è plurale. Ma, se si vuole usare un pronome per gli spaghetti (&lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt; in questo caso), &lt;em&gt;mangiano&lt;/em&gt; diventa &lt;em&gt;mangia&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si mangiano gli spaghetti =&gt; Li si mangia. (Non, li si mangiano.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono convinto (forse sbaglio) che questo è giusto ma è molto difficile trovare una spiegazione nei libri o siti (Treccani, Serianni, ecc.) che spiega perché.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritengo che sia &quot;Li si mangia&quot; e non &quot;Li si mangiano&quot; perché &quot;li&quot; è un pronome complemento e quindi non può diventare soggetto di una frase passiva (si passivante).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è un sito o libro che potrebbe confermare questo? O c'è un'altra spiegazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3121" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-14T08:00:40.630" LastActivityDate="2020-05-14T08:00:40.630" Title="Perché quando si cambia una frase impersonale (con &quot;si&quot;) cambia l'accordo del verbo?" Tags="&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12842" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12841" CreationDate="2020-05-10T20:21:29.410" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La spiegazione è nel fatto che, per quanto apparentemente simili, si tratta in realtà di due costruzioni diverse, come intuisci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Si mangiano gli spaghetti” è appunto un esempio del cosiddetto &lt;strong&gt;si passivante&lt;/strong&gt;: è di fatto una &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/costruzione-passiva_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;costruzione passiva&lt;/a&gt;, ma non costruita con un ausiliare (come in “sono/vengono mangiati gli spaghetti”). Quindi, analogamente alle altre forme del passivo, il soggetto grammaticale è “gli spaghetti”, nonostante a compiere l'azione sia qualcun altro, non menzionato.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Questo caso rientra nella situazione più generale delle &lt;em&gt;costruzioni anticausative&lt;/em&gt;. Semplificando, il senso è semplicemente che, mentre in quelle causative si specifica chi esercita l'azione (“l'autista ferma l'autobus”), in quelle anticausative o decausative no (“l'autobus si ferma”). Se vuoi approfondire, trovi qualcosa in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://iris.univr.it/retrieve/handle/11562/916792/7915/TESI%20DOTTORATO%20FRATTER.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tesi di dottorato&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per inciso, l'uso attuale prevede che nel caso del si passivante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;l’accordo è coerentemente dipendente dal soggetto: &lt;em&gt;si sentono urli&lt;/em&gt;. Tuttavia, in toscano popolare, come in italiano antico, l’accordo al singolare (quindi di tipo impersonale) è diffuso, anche se è da considerarsi oggi substandard o molto letterario: &lt;em&gt;si sente urli&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/accordo_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“accordo”, &lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Li si mangia”, detto sempre degli spaghetti, è invece una vera e propria &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-impersonali_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;costruzione impersonale&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, in cui il soggetto non è espresso, ma il “si” si riferisce ugualmente a chi compie l'azione. Come spiega la pagina dell'&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano&lt;/em&gt; dell'ultimo link,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il si impersonale indica un partecipante umano, indefinito, dal riferimento generico (indeterminato o esistenziale [...]).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’interpretazione generica il &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; denota un gruppo di persone a cui si applica una proprietà, intesa come caratteristica del gruppo. [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in questa casa si legge molto [si = «le persone che vivono in questa casa»]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma sono possibili anche riferimenti specifici (“ieri si è bevuto molto a casa di Mario”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-10T20:41:38.490" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12847" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12850" CreationDate="2020-05-14T10:30:47.023" Score="5" ViewCount="217" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sin dall'infanzia a scuola viene insegnato che la congiunzione &quot;ma&quot; non va mai accompagnata ad altre avversative, al punto che &quot;ma però&quot;, &quot;ma invece&quot; e simili vengono sempre segnati come errori blu.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;E non c'è dubbio che espressioni come &quot;Volevo un gelato ma però non avevo i soldi per comprarlo&quot; o &quot;Avevo voglia di uscire ma invece sono rimasto a casa per finire un libro&quot; suonino scorrette, anche se pare che in passato siano state usate (soprattutto il &quot;ma però&quot;) anche dagli autori più illustri, Manzoni incluso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono tuttavia dei casi in cui l'orecchio stesso sembra reclamare l'accostamento del &quot;ma&quot; e dell'&quot;invece&quot;, per esempio in una frase come: &quot;Tizio è inadeguato a parlare di letteratura ma, fresco di studi, è invece così appassionato di astronomia che sarebbe più indicato per una lezione sul sistema solare&quot;.  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, il periodo si reggerebbe anche senza l'&quot;invece&quot; ma, senza l'avverbio, sembra perdere qualcosa, forse più sul campo emotivo: nello specifico, viene meno il risalto che si vorrebbe dare al fatto che Tizio è prima di tutto appassionato di astronomia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente in casi del genere mi sentirei di accettare l'uso di espressioni come &quot;ma è invece&quot; o analoghe ma mi chiedo se ci siano validi argomenti che lo sconsiglino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6341" LastActivityDate="2020-05-15T20:12:56.937" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;ma è invece&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12849" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-15T15:32:28.743" Score="3" ViewCount="278" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto il contenuto della voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/peritarsi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho avuto la sensazione che non corrispondesse del tutto con gli usi di questo verbo in cui mi sono imbattuta io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima cosa che mi ha un po' stupita è la marca d'uso &amp;quot;lett.&amp;quot;: credo di averlo incontrato in contesti non letterari,  usato, per esempio, da qualche persona che si rivolge a un altra in una conversazione comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, ecco i diversi significati di questo verbo secondo questo dizionario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esitare a compiere un'azione, per mancanza di volontà o di decisione, o anche per timidezza, soggezione, senso di vergogna, o per altro motivo di ritrosia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più spesso, spec. in frasi negative, avere dubbî, incertezze, farsi scrupolo di fare qualcosa o di comportarsi in un determinato modo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meno com., provare timore, sentirsi a disagio, non fidarsi, e sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, l'uso di &amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot; che personalmente ho trovato qualche volta è simile a quello che si fa in questo passo tratto da una &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Discussione:Soka_Gakkai&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;discussione su Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bene, io ti contesto il fatto di NON esserti sforzato a seguire un METODO INTELLETTUALMENTE ONESTO e aver fatto prevalere i tuoi PREGIUDIZI in questa voce. Quando lo hai fatto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[...]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;[...]&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quando io ho inserito alcuni riferimenti sul Komeito ripresi dalla Wiki inglese tu hai giustamente ricordato che essa riporta &amp;quot;This article does not cite any references or sources&amp;quot; ma &lt;strong&gt;non ti sei peritato&lt;/strong&gt; di verificare le altre fonti prese da altre &amp;quot;parti&amp;quot; [...].&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio si trova in questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ilfattoquotidiano.it/2018/10/14/ecco-come-mi-hanno-censurato-in-prima-serata-su-rai-3/4692434/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Diego Fusaro&lt;/a&gt; per il blog del &lt;em&gt;Fatto quotidiano&lt;/em&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È la cifra del “si dice&amp;quot; impersonale e di una chiacchiera che resta sempre sulla superficie di ogni cosa. Senza &lt;strong&gt;peritarsi&lt;/strong&gt; di&#xA;approfondire. Rivelando come di fatto operano molti di coloro i quali impropriamente si definiscono giornalisti: e che meglio andrebbero appellati nichilisti che non credono in nulla e parlano di tutto, sempre compattamente seguendo – sia chiaro – le correnti del politicamente&#xA;corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.corriere.it/spettacoli/12_febbraio_22/ruggeri-disco-flop-cruccu_0cdd8616-5d7a-11e1-8d58-29f34aaed5a4.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo del &lt;em&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere (anche qui il grassetto è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Vendite fantastiche, strabilianti, il disco è al primo posto a un giorno dalla sua uscita»: gli uffici stampa son soliti urlare, così ai quattro venti, i numeri dell'album appena uscito del loro artista X. Nessuno che &lt;strong&gt;si periti&lt;/strong&gt; di andare a controllare, mentre il suddetto artista è costretto a confermare i roboanti annunci dei suoi addetti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul sito &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.diritto.it/il-noleggio-tentativo-di-chiarezza-sostanziale-e-terminologica/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diritto.it&lt;/a&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una grossa anomalia, è rappresentata dal concetto di noleggio: mai una fattispecie contrattuale così specifica e, come vedremo, così controversa, è stata oggetto di uso indiscriminato e generalizzato non solo nel linguaggio comune ma anche tra gli operatori commerciali specializzati e, cosa decisamente più grave, fra gli stessi operatori del diritto, fino ad arrivare ad un uso improprio del termine (e questo ci sembra davvero inammissibile) da parte dei giudici di merito e della stessa Corte di Cassazione (sostenuto il numero delle sentenze: si citano, a titolo di esempio: Trib. Milano, 3 novembre 2004; Cass. Pen., sez. III, 23 aprile 2003, n°26176; Corte App. Perugia, 18 maggio 1999), nonché dello stesso legislatore: quest’ultimo, nel corso dei decenni fino ai giorni nostri, mai &lt;strong&gt;si è peritato&lt;/strong&gt; di dettare un’organica disciplina contrattuale per concetti quali, ad esempio, il “noleggio di autoveicolo”, aumentando gli equivoci e le problematiche a tutto ciò sottese: solo per fare qualche citazione, dagli svariati “codici della strada” che si sono succeduti nel tempo, al d.p.r. 28 giugno 1955, n° 771, alla l. 24 dicembre 1969, n° 990 (es.: l’art. 6 comma 2 d.lgs 19 settembre 1994, n°626), tutti hanno contribuito a confondere, tramite qualificazioni parziali, contraddizioni ed eliminazioni, il già molto fumoso concetto di noleggio di autoveicolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E in un recente &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.iltempo.it/politica/2020/05/30/news/coronavirus-colpe-governo-inchiesta-corte-dei-conti-giuseppe-conte-roberto-speranza-bechis-22959987/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo del quotidiano &lt;em&gt;Il tempo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si trova (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c’era speranza quando il virus è arrivato perché per lunghe settimane (più di un mese) il governo non &lt;strong&gt;si è peritato&lt;/strong&gt; di fare gli approvvigionamenti necessari (guanti, mascherine, camici e varie protezioni del personale medico e infermieristico), che spettavano allo Stato attraverso la Consip e non alle Regioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Persino sulla &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.fundacionaquae.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Ecdotica-12.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;rivista &lt;em&gt;Ecdotica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (a &amp;quot;peer reviewed journal&amp;quot;), si può leggere (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta, in effetti, dei due episodi principali – il ragguaglio di Barbi e lo studio della Ageno – che nel ’900 costellano la ricerca su Sacchetti, dopo di che il lavoro critico sul testo sembra di fatto arenarsi, malgrado le diverse edizioni con pretese critiche che si sono succedute nel Novecento, e di cui ho già fatto menzione: talora finte edizioni critiche, direi, che, compresa quella di Marucci, non &lt;strong&gt;si peritano&lt;/strong&gt; di esaminare l’intera tradizione dando fede in chiave evangelica a Barbi e al gruppo B e in genere ricorrendo alla &lt;em&gt;varia lectio&lt;/em&gt; disponibile in modo desultorio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, sembra si tratti di un uso abbastanza diffuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, questo uso non sembra combaciare con nessuna delle definizioni del dizionario sopra riportate. Dal contesto, ho sempre pensato che &amp;quot;non ti sei peritato di&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;senza peritarsi di&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;mai si è peritato di&amp;quot;, ecc. in frasi come queste significasse più o meno &amp;quot;non ti sei presso la briga di&amp;quot; (o &amp;quot;non ti sei preoccupato di&amp;quot;), &amp;quot;senza prendersi la briga di&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;mai si è preso la briga di&amp;quot;, ecc.: è così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato in altri dizionari e le definizioni sono simili. Si tratta di un nuovo uso del verbo &amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot; generalmente accettato? O è semplicemente una parola che, per qualche ragione, si usa spesso male?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-31T17:36:50.403" LastActivityDate="2021-03-10T14:42:24.260" Title="Questo uso del verbo &quot;peritarsi&quot; è oggigiorno generalmente accettato?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12850" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12847" CreationDate="2020-05-15T19:44:31.573" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Grammatica dell'italiano adulto&lt;/em&gt;, Vittorio Coletti spiega che la congiunzione &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; può avere due valori diversi e che, per questa ragione, è frequente il suo uso in unione ad altre congiunzioni con valore di contrapposizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Le congiunzioni coordinative possono avere valori diversi:&#xA;  unire due o più elementi (le copulative &lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;né&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;anche&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;neanche&lt;/em&gt; ecc.), opporli, nel senso che l'uno esclude l'altro (le disgiuntive &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;oppure&lt;/em&gt;), contrapporli, nel senso che l'uno si differenzia dall'altro ma non lo esclude (le avversative &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt;), o sostituire l'uno con l'altro, nel senso che la negazione dell'uno comporta l'affermazione dell'altro (le sostitutive &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bensì&lt;/em&gt;). &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Come si vede &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; ha doppio valore. C'è il &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; che, con valore oppositivo, introduce la sostituzione dell'antecedente, nel significato di &lt;em&gt;bensì&lt;/em&gt;: «Angelo non è stanco ma pigro», o di &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;, «sembrava notte ma erano appena le cinque»; e c'è il &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; che, con valore limitativo, corregge e integra l'antecedente nel significato di &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tuttavia&lt;/em&gt;: «poco ma sicuro». Di qui il frequente suo uso in unione &#xA;  con una di queste congiunzioni appena menzionate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In una frase come quella della domanda&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tizio è inadeguato a parlare di letteratura ma, fresco di studi, è invece così appassionato di astronomia che sarebbe più indicato per una lezione sul sistema solare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;accade che &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; ha il valore limitativo di &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;tuttavia&lt;/em&gt; e non quello oppositivo-sostitutivo di &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;. Per questa ragione non c'è nessun problema in accostare questo &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; a &lt;em&gt;invece&lt;/em&gt;, perché queste due congiunzioni hanno ruoli diversi nella frase (contrasto e sostituzione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Riguardo all'uso di &lt;em&gt;ma però&lt;/em&gt; che si è anche menzionato nella domanda, Coletti espone:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; È ricorrente l'impressione che sia un errore usare insieme la coppia di congiunzioni avversative &lt;em&gt;ma però&lt;/em&gt;. Non è sbagliato, come attestano autorevoli usi antichi, da Dante a Manzoni; tuttavia dà fastidio negli usi formali della lingua e persino il correttore automatico di Word lo sconsiglia. Ma c'è una ragione in questo accoppiamento, ben spiegata da Sabatini, e sta nel ruolo di rinforzo e disambiguazione del &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; svolto dal &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt; che segue (significa: questo &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; non è sostituibile da &lt;em&gt;bensì&lt;/em&gt; ma, appunto, da &lt;em&gt;però&lt;/em&gt;, è cioè un &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt; limitativo non oppositivo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-15T20:12:56.937" LastActivityDate="2020-05-15T20:12:56.937" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12851" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-16T15:19:21.487" Score="3" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco l'incipit del racconto &lt;em&gt;Il pugno chiuso&lt;/em&gt;, di Arrigo Boito (nella versione edita da Liber Liber):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nel settembre del 1867 viaggiavo in Polonia per certa missione medica che mi era stata affidata; doveva fare delle ricerche e degli studi intorno ad una fra le più spaventose malattie che rattristano l’umanità: la &lt;em&gt;plica polonica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La prima volta che ho letto questa frase, l'oscillazione tra le desinenze -&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; e -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; per la prima persona singolare dell'imperfetto indicativo mi ha lasciata un po' perplessa. Poi mi sono subito ricordata che Dante utilizzava questa desinenza  -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; e che era anche stata usata in passato da altri autori.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In effetti, Serianni, nella sezione XI.72.b) del suo &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Imperfetto. La desinenza originaria della  persona era -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;– anche nelle altre&#xA;  coniugazioni – secondo l'etimo latino (AMĀBAM&gt;[&lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;] &lt;em&gt;amava&lt;/em&gt;). Il tipo (&lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;amavo&lt;/em&gt;, analogico sulla 1ª persona del presente indicativo, si diffonde molto presto nel fiorentino (fine del XIV secolo: cfr. MANNI 1979: 146), ma stenta ad essere accolto nella lingua letteraria; un impulso notevole al suo successo venne dal Manzoni&#xA;  che lo adottò larghissimamente nella seconda edizione dei &lt;em&gt;Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt; (cfr.&#xA;  SERIANNI 1986b: 46-47).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, infatti, nelle &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=8hGJAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA58&amp;amp;lpg=PA58&amp;amp;dq=imperfetto&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=dqQ6MaxbyU&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3JKhAX1aMCZWrQpKXIKs9iJrHfhg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwilvY6HxMDpAhWJ8eAKHWecDuoQ6AEwAnoECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=imperfetto&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Regole grammaticali della volgar lingua&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Giovanni Francesco Fortunio (1516) si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Alcuni fanno terminare in o la prima persona dell'imperfetto indicativo di tutti i verbi, come &lt;em&gt;andavo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cantavo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;amavo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;parlavo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;vedevo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dicevo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;leggevo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scrivevo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;avevo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i' ero&lt;/em&gt;, ma questo uso non è osservato da alcuno dei nostri buoni scrittori, dalle cui orme non ci si deve allontanare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho avuto l'opportunità di parlare di questo racconto con un gruppo di persone e una di loro, come risposta alla mia osservarzione sul fatto che ho appena spiegato, ha detto che gli sembrava che, nel momento in cui fu scritto (fu pubblicato per la prima volta nel 1870), la desinenza -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; per la prima persona singolare dell'imperfetto indicativo era ancora in uso. Inoltre, ha fatto il commento che l'aveva infatti usato anche Manzoni nelle prime edizioni di molte delle sue opere, che poi però aveva riveduto cambiando -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; in -&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; in molti casi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: veramente questa desinenza si usava ancora nel 1870? Fino a quando è stata in uso?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-19T18:37:10.867" LastActivityDate="2020-05-19T18:37:10.867" Title="Fino a quando è stata in uso la desinenza -a per la prima persona singolare dell'imperfetto indicativo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12852" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12854" CreationDate="2020-05-17T05:19:27.750" Score="2" ViewCount="159" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo un racconto di Leopardi, &quot;Dialogo di Federico Ruysch e delle sue mummie&quot;, mi sono imbattuto nel termine &lt;em&gt;almanco&lt;/em&gt; che non conoscevo. Dal contesto ho supposto il suo significato, ma poi mi è venuto un dubbio, e ho cercato su alcuni dizionari on line. Sono rimasto un po' sorpreso: per il Treccani tale parola non esiste, altri (per esempio il Gabrielli) la citano marcandola con &quot;antico o regionale&quot;. Che significa &quot;antico &lt;strong&gt;o&lt;/strong&gt; regionale&quot;? Capirei se la parola fosse marcata con entrambe le qualifiche congiunte, o con una sola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi: che termine è? Leopardi usava parole regionali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se può essere utile, ho trovato una copia online di tale testo: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pearson.it/letteraturapuntoit/contents/files/leop_mummie.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.pearson.it/letteraturapuntoit/contents/files/leop_mummie.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-05-17T16:49:19.957" Title="Almanco: è un termine antico o regionale?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12853" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12851" CreationDate="2020-05-17T15:03:21.947" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=drmMDgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT230&amp;amp;lpg=PT230&amp;amp;dq=%22D%27imperfetto+desinenza&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=KONGaaVUQ3&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1P3fVC_6p4iXMUB0U6ug0PdHF8Qg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiqrbKygbvpAhXBA2MBHYXfB9EQ6AEwAHoECAQQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22imperfetto%20desinenza&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Storia linguistica d’Italia dall'Unità a oggi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Tullio De Mauro, si trova che, nella lingua scritta, ci sono state oscillazioni tra le desinenze -&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; e -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; per la prima persona dell'imperfetto indicativo fino ai primi decenni del Novecento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il caso più cospicuo di rideterminazione è la sostituzione di -&lt;em&gt;vo&lt;/em&gt; alla desinenza -&lt;em&gt;va&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;  di 1ª persona dell'imperfetto (lat. volg. -&lt;em&gt;ba&lt;/em&gt;[&lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;]), che aveva resistito nella lingua&#xA;  letteraria. La desinenza -&lt;em&gt;vo&lt;/em&gt;, originaria probabilmente della Lucchesia (G. Perale, B.&#xA;  Migliorini, &lt;em&gt;L'imperfetto dell'indicativo&lt;/em&gt;, LN 2, 1940, pp. 139-143), si diffuse prima&#xA;  nel linguaggio familiare, poi, sull'esempio del Manzoni (esempio non costante però: cfr. per es. &lt;em&gt;PS&lt;/em&gt; 509, 18 «m'era proposto»), anche nella lingua scritta, con oscillazioni durate sino ai primi decenni del Novecento (Goidànich &lt;em&gt;Grammatica&lt;/em&gt; 123; Migliorini &lt;em&gt;Storia&lt;/em&gt; 707). Base della rideterminazione è l'analogia con il rapporto valido nel presente tra -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;: -&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;canta&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;canto&lt;/em&gt;); sulla parte avuta in genere dai processi analogici nel costituirsi del sistema desinenziale italiano, cfr. Durante &lt;em&gt;Desinenze&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per fare un esempio di questo fenomeno, nella &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=6pX45tPKZt8C&amp;amp;pg=PA45&amp;amp;lpg=PA45&amp;amp;dq=%22D%27imperfetto%22+imperfetto+desinenza&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=YhhU-sZvz1&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1p6Y-btXWWdoX2L8JQhOZT-szCFg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiqrbKygbvpAhXBA2MBHYXfB9EQ6AEwAXoECAYQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22imperfetto%22%20imperfetto%20desinenza&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Civiltà dei traduttori&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Nunzio Ruggiero, si legge che tali oscillazioni si riscontrano nelle traduzioni di Zola che &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/ferdinando-bideri_%28Dizionario-Biografico%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ferdinando Bideri&lt;/a&gt; fece nel primo Novecento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche questa risposta della &lt;a href=&quot;http://nencioni.sns.it/fileadmin/template/allegati/QuesitiRisposte/1994_08/1994_8_Risposta_10.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Crusca per voi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; riporta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La risposta è semplice: la desinenza -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;io lodava&lt;/em&gt; continua nel fiorentino antico quella del latino &lt;em&gt;laudabam&lt;/em&gt; e tale permane nei grandi classici del nostro Trecento, Dante, Boccaccio e Petrarca. Nel Quattrocento, forse per influenza del toscano lucchese e senese, entra, in scritti di autori più popolari (Pulci, Berni, Cellini) la desinenza -&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;, analogica a quella del presente; segno di una infiltrazione per via appunto popolare. Analogica come fu la desinenza in -&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; &#xA;  della seconda persona, sempre formata su quella del presente indicativo (&lt;em&gt;tu lodi&lt;/em&gt;) o del passato remoto (&lt;em&gt;tu lodasti&lt;/em&gt;). Era naturale che all'uscita in -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; restassero fedeli gli scrittori non toscani, i quali seguivano il modello linguistico dei sommi trecenteschi fiorentini e non sentivano, come i cinquecentisti nati a Firenze, l'influenza della lingua parlata nella loro città. La poesia di &#xA;  tono aulico conserva quell'uscita in -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; fino alle soglie del Novecento (D’Annunzio), mentre nella prosa Manzoni, adeguando la seconda edizione dei &lt;em&gt;Promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt; (1840-42) all'uso corrente del fiorentino non vernacolare, muta in -&lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;, salvo rarissime eccezioni, le desinenze in &#xA;  -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; della prima (1825-27), contribuendo fortemente, nella lingua scritta, alla generalizzazione &#xA;  della paradigmatica odierna. Dico nella lingua scritta perché a me è toccato, non molti anni fa, di ascoltare il discorso di un personaggio politico di non comune livello culturale, il quale, parlando in prima persona, si lasciava sfuggire, da vecchio piemontese, la desinenza -&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; negli imperfetti, senza che io, più vecchio di lui, ne soffrissi come di un errore grammaticale, perché essa era presente, e vorrei dire viva, nella mia memoria letteraria. Non è mai troppo &#xA;  raccomandabile la pratica di leggere libri di tutte le età della nostra letteratura, per abituarci a non fare oggetto di meraviglia parole e forme diverse dal nostro uso odierno, ma a considerarle segni inevitabili della sua vitalità plurisecolare e frutto, talvolta, di istanze culturali. È meglio stupirci, come di un miracolo, del fatto che, nonostante le vicende e le modificazioni che ha subito nella sua lunghissima vita, la nostra lingua è rimasta per quasi otto secoli tanto uguale, tanto se stessa da consentirci di leggere senza troppa difficoltà la &lt;em&gt;Divina Commedia&lt;/em&gt;, composta quasi sette secoli or sono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio di quello sopra menzionato è la poesia &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/url?q=https://online.scuola.zanichelli.it/letterautori-files/volume-3/pdf-online/37-saba.pdf&amp;amp;sa=U&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiRraLmkrvpAhXE2eAKHVaeDfwQFjAGegQIAhAB&amp;amp;usg=AOvVaw3zRQGpGDVrbYq-EeCEgwnU&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La capra&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Umberto Saba, in cui appare &quot;sentiva&quot; per &quot;sentivo&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Ho parlato a una capra.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Era sola sul prato, era legata.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Sazia d'erba, bagnata&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  dalla pioggia, belava.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Quell'uguale belato era fraterno&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  al mio dolore. Ed io risposi, prima&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  per celia, poi perché il dolore è eterno,&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  ha una voce e non varia.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Questa voce sentiva&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  gemere in una capra solitaria.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  In una capra dal viso semita&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  sentiva querelarsi ogni altro male,&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  ogni altra vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-05-17T15:03:21.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12854" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12852" CreationDate="2020-05-17T16:49:19.957" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il De Mauro &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/almanco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;almanco&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; significa: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(avv.&#xA;av. 1320; dalla locuzione  &lt;em&gt;al manco.&lt;/em&gt; )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;almeno; per lo meno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=almanco&amp;amp;year_start=1770&amp;amp;year_end=2008&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Calmanco%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; mostra  che l’espressione   “almanco” (almeno) era in uso in particolare nel XIX secolo. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=U3nccAJj2yMC&amp;amp;pg=PA264&amp;amp;dq=%22almanco%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=0ahUKEwiQ_t_gprvpAhXmoosKHcfUAGoQ6AEIWjAH#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22almanco%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La Vita di Benvenuto Cellini, scritta da lui medesimo.&lt;/a&gt; (1852)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;...la tua gloriosa resurressione, che tu mi facci degno che io vegga il sole, se non è altrimenti, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;almanco in sogno;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ma se tu mi facessi degno che io lo vedessi con questi mia occhi mortali, i0 ti prometto di venirti a visitare al tuo santo Sepulcro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=yo36jP2LUA8C&amp;amp;pg=PA420&amp;amp;dq=%22almanco%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwi3x4Onp7vpAhUGqYsKHfc4DIY4ChDoATACegQIARAR#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22almanco%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Gazzetta de' tribunali&lt;/a&gt;. (1853)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;quest'ultimo che un solo interesse, quello cioè di ricevere il prezzo della sua proprietà, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;od almanco di vedersene in legale modo guarentito il pagamento.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Almanco sopravvive come termine dialettale in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.linguaveneta.net/linguaveneta/wp-content/plugins/pdfjs-viewer-shortcode/pdfjs/web/viewer.php?file=/linguaveneta/wp-content%2Fuploads%2F2016%2F09%2FDizionario-italiano-veneto.pdf&amp;amp;download=false&amp;amp;print=false&amp;amp;openfile=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Veneto&lt;/a&gt; e in &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikisource.org/wiki/Dizionario_-_Vocabolario_del_dialetto_triestino/A&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Friuli &lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla luce di quanto sopra direi che “almanco” è un termine desueto nella lingua italiana ma di uso corrente a livello regionale. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-05-17T16:49:19.957" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12856" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12857" CreationDate="2020-05-17T20:59:42.227" Score="4" ViewCount="158" Body="&lt;p&gt;Voglio tradurre la seguente espressione in italiano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There were a number of ships&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Viene da una frase che dice &amp;quot;there were a number of ships at the time, all used to transport supplies&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la differenza tra queste due possibili traduzioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'era un numero di navi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci fu un numero di navi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6352" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-18T07:49:14.113" Title="Differenza tra &quot;c'era&quot; e &quot;ci fu&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12857" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12856" CreationDate="2020-05-17T22:25:41.437" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Choosing between &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;passato remoto&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt; is sometimes difficult for people speaking languages where this distinction is missing.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;English has a kind of &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt; with the construction &lt;em&gt;used to&lt;/em&gt; or the progressive form, but they don't fully overlap.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I used to live in Rome when I was a student ↔ Abitavo a Roma quando studiavo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was living in Rome when I met my girlfriend ↔ Abitavo a Roma quando ho conosciuto la mia ragazza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Once I was a boy ↔ Un tempo ero un bambino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both Italian sentences have the &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt;. In the third sentence there cannot be the &lt;em&gt;passato&lt;/em&gt; (either &lt;em&gt;remoto&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;prossimo&lt;/em&gt;), because we need to convey the idea that being a boy lasted for a period of time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Different languages, different use of verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In your sentence, the ships existed for a period of time, during which they transported supplies, so you have to use the &lt;em&gt;imperfetto&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al tempo c'era una quantità di navi che trasportavano rifornimenti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I wouldn't translate “number” with &lt;em&gt;numero&lt;/em&gt;, in this case, because it denotes an undetermined quantity. It could also be &lt;em&gt;un certo numero&lt;/em&gt;. Yes, to express an undetermined number we use &lt;em&gt;certo&lt;/em&gt;, but such usage is also common in English for “certain”. Even better (thanks to DaG)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al tempo c’erano numerose navi che trasportavano rifornimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem whether the verb &lt;em&gt;trasportavano&lt;/em&gt; is conjugated with the grammatical subject (&lt;em&gt;quantità&lt;/em&gt;, singular) or with the logical subject (&lt;em&gt;navi&lt;/em&gt;, plural) has been discussed on the site, for instance at &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/3593/70&quot;&gt;Is &amp;#39;c&amp;#39;&amp;#232;&amp;#39; or &amp;#39;ci sono&amp;#39; used with &amp;quot;un sacco di&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-18T07:49:14.113" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12858" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-18T07:50:01.840" Score="4" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do we use the contracted form here? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6353" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-18T13:08:46.887" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T11:02:48.583" Title="Why is the family name of the House of Medici written as 'de' Medici' not 'dei Medici'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12860" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12864" CreationDate="2020-05-18T11:12:45.627" Score="2" ViewCount="220" Body="&lt;p&gt;When asking, for example, &lt;strong&gt;how long is the bridge&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Intuitively I'd say, &lt;em&gt;Quanto lungo è il ponte&lt;/em&gt;. However, the correct translation seems to be &lt;em&gt;Quanto è lungo il ponte&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is it &lt;em&gt;Quanto è lungo ...&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;Quanto lungo è ...&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6355" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-19T08:56:47.040" LastActivityDate="2020-05-20T05:55:07.730" Title="Why is it 'quanto è lungo' instead of 'quanto lungo è'?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;sentences&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12861" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-18T11:25:49.110" Score="5" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come è tristemente noto in epoca fascista molti termini stranieri di uso comune, tendenzialmente inglesi o francesi, furono italianizzati, diversi esempi possono essere visti in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9577/italianizzazione-delle-parole-durante-il-fascismo&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia però si tratta o di termini coniati ex novo e caduti velocemente in disuso alla fine del ventennio, ad esempio &quot;sciampagna&quot; per &quot;champagne&quot;, o di termini preesistenti in italiano che dovevano sostituire un vocabolo straniero bandito, ad esempio &quot;albergo&quot; per &quot;hotel&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono parole che sono state coniate in epoca fascista per italianizzare un termine straniero e che sono ancora diffuse?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6356" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-18T11:33:26.480" LastActivityDate="2020-05-18T11:33:26.480" Title="Esistono parole italianizzate in epoca fascista correntemente di uso comune?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12862" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12858" CreationDate="2020-05-18T13:00:55.743" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;de'&lt;/em&gt; you have found is a truncated version of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/apostrofo_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;preposizione articolata&quot; &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Section IV.80 of the book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; by Luca Serianni gives detailed information about the truncated versions of this and other Italian &quot;preposizioni articolate&quot;, namely &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;a'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;ai&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;co'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;coi&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;da'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;de'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;ne'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;nei&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;They were typical of the literary tradition until the end of the XIX century and beyond and of literary works that intended to mimic Tuscan language. Here you can find some examples from Leopardi and Carducci. It's also explained that Manzoni changeg the above mentioned &quot;preposizioni articolate&quot; in these truncated versions when he did the revision of &lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt; because these were the forms used in the Florentine language of that time. But they are not used anymore nowadays in standard Italian:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Antiquate anche le forme di plurale maschile con apocope postvocalica: &lt;em&gt;a'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;ai&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;co'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;coi&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;da'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;dai&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;de'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;ne'&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;nei&lt;/em&gt;), proprie della tradizione letteraria fino a tutto l'Ottocento ed oltre e della prosa toscaneggiante. Esempi: «le tranquille / opre de' servi», «co' silenzi» (Leopardi, &lt;em&gt;Le ricordanze&lt;/em&gt;, 18-19, 116); «Alle appendici forse de' giornali politici o a' placiti delle riviste?» (Carducci, Prose, 1). Da notare che il Manzoni accolse nella revisione linguistica del romanzo le forme articolate con apocope, in quanto proprie del fiorentino coevo (VITALE 1986: 36). Si tratta di una delle poche varianti che non riuscirono ad attecchire nell'italiano novecentesco (cfr. anche SERIANNI 1986b: 28-29).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, these truncated forms are still alive in Tuscany: you can hear  them in oral speech, specially in popular contexts&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, and you can find preposition &lt;em&gt;de'&lt;/em&gt;, written in this way, in the names of some streets in Florence, for instance. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To summarise, &lt;em&gt;de'&lt;/em&gt; is used instead of &lt;em&gt;dei&lt;/em&gt; because this was the common form in Tuscany at the time Medici family attained political power. Notice that, at medieval times, it was a common habit to introduce Italian family names with a &quot;preposizione articolata&quot;, in such a way that the name of a person had the structure &quot;name&quot; + &quot;preposition &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;&quot; + &quot;definite masculine plural article&quot; + &quot;family name (in plural)&quot;. For instance, Dante Alighieri was called Durante degli Alighieri.&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1. I've confirmed this with a Tuscan, who has told me that he uses the truncated forms of these prepositions in informal conversations with certain Tuscan friends. &#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-22T11:02:48.583" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T11:02:48.583" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12864" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12860" CreationDate="2020-05-19T06:14:53.930" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a (very) broad sense, the order of phrase elements in Italian is quite free, sometimes leading&#xA;to slightly strange utterances, up to never heard ones, but still understandable. Undoubtedly there&#xA;is a standard and clean order, more used in &quot;controlled&quot; text found in books or, generally, written text.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But when coming to spoken phrases, especially in dialogs, things can change a lot: elements can be dropped,&#xA;leaving them implicit, and the order can be changed to put emphasis somewhere, normally the first word. Lastly,&#xA;redundancy sometimes happens, like the famous &quot;a me mi piace&quot;. The mechanism for this last sentence can be&#xA;the following: a speaker is asked about what it likes, and the first concept that arises in its mind is &quot;a me&quot;,&#xA;because the speaker is replying, speaking about itself; but, after that, the very common phrase &quot;mi piace&quot;&#xA;should be changed to simply &quot;piace&quot;, but perhaps is too late, and &quot;a me mi piace&quot; comes out.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;About &quot;&lt;em&gt;Quanto è lungo&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, in a spoken dialog the phrase can turn to &quot;&lt;em&gt;Quanto lungo è&lt;/em&gt;&quot; because the listener,&#xA;not satisfied, wants to now &quot;&lt;em&gt;how much&lt;/em&gt; long&quot; (&quot;quanto lungo&quot;) at first. The dialog can be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mario: &quot;Questo ponte è molto lungo&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Luigi: &quot;Quanto?&quot; (neutral)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...or &quot;Sì, ma quanto?&quot; (concessive)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...or &quot;Sì, ma quanto lungo?&quot; (impatient)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...or &quot;Sì, ma quanto lungo è?&quot; (even more impatient)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;** UPDATE **&#xA;A comment says that in the above phrases the subject is implicit, and this would change the situation. Let's see how it would sound with an explicit subject:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sì, ma quanto lungo è questo ponte?&quot;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  ...or &quot;Sì, ma quanto lungo è questo benedetto ponte?!&quot; (substitute &lt;em&gt;benedetto&lt;/em&gt; with something more appropriate, and write the whole phrase in capital letters)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or even&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;E quanto lungo sarebbe questo ponte?&quot; (sceptic)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which would sound the same as if it was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;E quanto sarebbe lungo questo ponte?&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that the subject, implicit or not, does not matter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this dialog, the phrase &quot;Quanto è lungo?&quot; would not transmit the sense of impatience. In live dialogs,&#xA;stresses on words can help, but even without stresses and/or prosody the above phrases are clearly impatient,&#xA;at least to me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following two searches by Ngram Viewer show how common are the &quot;standard&quot; constructions versus&#xA;the &quot;colloquial&quot; ones:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=quanto%20lungo%20%C3%A8%2Cquanto%20%C3%A8%20lungo&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2019&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cquanto%20lungo%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cquanto%20%C3%A8%20lungo%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bquanto%20%C3%A8%20lungo%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BQuanto%20%C3%A8%20lungo%3B%2Cc0#t1%3B%2Cquanto%20lungo%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cquanto%20%C3%A8%20lungo%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs1%3B%3Bquanto%20%C3%A8%20lungo%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BQuanto%20%C3%A8%20lungo%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;quanto è lungo&quot;&lt;/a&gt; is about 10-20 times more common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=quanto%20grande%20%C3%A8%2Cquanto%20%C3%A8%20grande&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;year_start=1900&amp;amp;year_end=2019&amp;amp;corpus=22&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;share=&amp;amp;direct_url=t4%3B%2Cquanto%20grande%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bquanto%20grande%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BQuanto%20grande%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cquanto%20%C3%A8%20grande%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bquanto%20%C3%A8%20grande%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BQuanto%20%C3%A8%20grande%3B%2Cc0#t4%3B%2Cquanto%20grande%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bquanto%20grande%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BQuanto%20grande%20%C3%A8%3B%2Cc0%3B.t4%3B%2Cquanto%20%C3%A8%20grande%3B%2Cc0%3B%2Cs0%3B%3Bquanto%20%C3%A8%20grande%3B%2Cc0%3B%3BQuanto%20%C3%A8%20grande%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;quanto è grande&quot;&lt;/a&gt; is only about 3 times more common. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-05-20T05:55:07.730" LastActivityDate="2020-05-20T05:55:07.730" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12865" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12860" CreationDate="2020-05-19T10:12:01.213" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a Central Italian, I find any construction of the form &lt;em&gt;quanto&lt;/em&gt; + adjective + verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; to be very strange-sounding, both in interrogative and exclamative sentences. I trust other commenters who find them utterable, and even so in limited contexts, but I'd attribute it more to regional differences than to colloquial or emphatic registers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To source this, lest it remain an I-say-so thing, apparently neither &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/quanto1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; nor the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/sala-lettura/vol-xv/15&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/a&gt; (we are interested here in &lt;em&gt;Quanto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;, starting at the end of p. 63), nor &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/quanto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro's dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, nor Zingarelli (behind a paywall) seem to record anything of the form “&lt;em&gt;quanto&lt;/em&gt; + adjective + verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My temporary conclusion (which I'll be ready to change if new evidence appears) is that that form is acceptable – in suitable contexts – in some Northern varieties of Italian, but not in Standard Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-05-19T10:12:01.213" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12866" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-19T14:28:59.603" Score="1" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il pugno chiuso&lt;/em&gt;, di Arrigo Boito, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Nel settembre del 1867 viaggiavo in Polonia per certa missione medica che mi era stata affidata; doveva fare delle ricerche e degli studi intorno ad una fra le più spaventose malattie che rattristano l’umanità: la plica polonica. Benché questo morbo sia circoscritto nella sola Polonia i suoi strani effetti ed il suo nome sono conosciuti, anche dai profani della scienza, per ogni parte d'Europa; &lt;strong&gt;fosserci&lt;/strong&gt; così pure palesi le sue cause ed i suoi rimedi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &quot;fosserci&quot; che appare nel testo ha attirato la mia attenzione. Immagino si tratti di una forma arcaica di &quot;ci fossero&quot; e che la frase in cui si trova esprima un desiderio irrealizzabile. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In qualche periodo della storia della lingua era comune attaccare i pronomi e le particelle pronominali alla fine dei verbi coniugati all'imperfetto congiuntivo o ad altri tempi verbali  in questo modo? Ricercando &quot;fosserci&quot; con Google, ne trovo alcune occorrenze, ma non sembrano tante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-19T17:48:31.580" LastActivityDate="2020-05-19T17:48:31.580" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;fosserci&quot; e forme verbali simili" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12867" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12872" CreationDate="2020-05-20T22:28:40.853" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa epressione è una metafora che si riferisce alle persone che prendono per vero un complimento fatto in ironia e se ne compiacciono. A me non è venuto in mente niente di corrispondente in italiano, spero possiate aiutarmi voi. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5665" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-21T05:49:54.180" LastActivityDate="2020-05-21T12:38:16.363" Title="Come si rende in italiano l'espressione &quot;Flattery, like perfume, should be smelled, not swallowed&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12868" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12869" CreationDate="2020-05-20T23:21:56.100" Score="3" ViewCount="211" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho imparato che si usa &quot;ne&quot; per fare riferimento a una frase che risponde alla domanda &quot;di che cosa&quot;. &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Hai paura dei ragni? – Sì, ne ho paura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, ho trovato, per caso, il seguente proverbio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morto un papa, se ne fa un altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase, l'ho cambiata in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morto un papa, si fa un altro dei papi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma un italiano mi ha detto che era  sbalgliata ma non ha potuto darmi delle delucidazioni.&#xA;La sua frase era:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morto un papa, si fa un altro papa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché &quot;ne&quot; è usata qui per fare riferimento a una frase che risponde alla domanda &quot;che cosa&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="6209" LastEditDate="2020-05-21T08:25:08.180" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T14:23:08.070" Title="È possibile usare la particella &quot;ne&quot; per fare riferimento a una frase che risponde alla domanda &quot;che cosa?&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12869" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12868" CreationDate="2020-05-21T08:52:19.717" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I modi di dire, le battute di spirito, le frasi idiomatiche e altri simili oggetti linguistici spesso sfuggono alle rigide classificazioni grammaticali. Qui c'è un piccolo paradosso nel considerare l'elezione del Papa come una faccenda del tutto normale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;rotto un vaso, se ne fa un altro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;potrebbe dire un vasaio. È un partitivo, ma non può veramente essere esplicitato in &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;se si rompe un vaso, si fa un altro dei vasi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che non è idiomatico. Una versione con il partitivo esplicito sarebbe &lt;em&gt;si fa un'altra di quelle cose che si chiamano vasi&lt;/em&gt;. Ma &lt;em&gt;una di quelle cose che si chiamano vasi&lt;/em&gt; è precisamente &lt;em&gt;un vaso&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque il problema è nel verbo &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; più che nella struttura grammaticale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La struttura è la stessa di &lt;em&gt;rotto un mattone, se ne prende un altro&lt;/em&gt;, che può essere adoperata in campo edilizio. Meglio ancora: &lt;em&gt;se si rompe un mattone, se ne prende un altro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Togliendo il pronome la frase sui mattoni diventerebbe &lt;em&gt;se si rompe un mattone, si prende un altro dei mattoni&lt;/em&gt; (con il partitivo esplicito), ma sarebbe più scorrevole con &lt;em&gt;si prende un altro mattone&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-05-21T11:38:03.443" LastActivityDate="2020-05-21T11:38:03.443" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12870" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12868" CreationDate="2020-05-21T10:07:27.740" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per completare la risposta di @egreg, vorrei aggiungere che, in questo caso, la particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; sostituisce un &lt;em&gt;complemento partitivo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiega questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/complemento-partitivo_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;il &lt;em&gt;complemento partitivo&lt;/em&gt; è un complemento indiretto che indica l’insieme all’interno del quale si trova l’elemento di cui si parla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi tratti dallo stesso articolo (il complemento partitivo appare in grassetto):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Un etto &lt;strong&gt;di prosciutto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Se solo potessi avere un po’ &lt;strong&gt;dei tuoi soldi&lt;/strong&gt;! &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Quale &lt;strong&gt;tra quelle&lt;/strong&gt; è la tua automobile?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ho appena finito di stirare alcune &lt;strong&gt;delle camicie&lt;/strong&gt; di tuo padre &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Ventotto &lt;strong&gt;dei pazienti ricoverati&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Nicola è il meno simpatico &lt;strong&gt;della sua compagnia&lt;/strong&gt; di amici. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che appare in modo implicito nella frase della domanda è &quot;un altro &lt;strong&gt;di tutti i possibili papi&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;, simile all'esempio &quot;alcune &lt;strong&gt;delle camicie&lt;/strong&gt;&quot; di sopra: l'idea sarebbe che si sta indicando un elemento dalla &quot;totalità dei possibili papi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=N_SSAwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA57&amp;amp;lpg=PA57&amp;amp;dq=particella+ne+%22complemento+partitivo%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=NuNllR5gSF&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0QYL9dqz2oQrJzQfLStUfKiNOuYw&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjlmbizvMTpAhXBzIUKHd4MD0M4ChDoATAFegQIAxAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=particella%20ne%20%22complemento%20partitivo%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Punti difficili della grammatica italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Adriano Bernareggi, spiega che una delle funzioni della particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; è quella di sostituire un complemento partitivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La particella partitiva&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Con &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; si esprime anche il complemento partitivo, cioè quello che indica l'entità di cui si considera una parte (grande, piccola o nulla non importa): &quot;ho tanta frutta, ne vuoi un po'?&quot; – &quot;grazie, non ne avevo più&quot;. Anche in questo caso l'entità può essere metaforica o morale, e allora il complemento si confonde con quello di specificazione o di argomento: &quot;di questo non ne voglio parlare&quot;, &quot;di questo ne sono convinto&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase della domanda, l'entità di cui si considera una parte (&quot;un altro&quot;), che è stata sostituita da &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;, è &quot;di tutti i possibili papi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-21T10:30:43.403" LastActivityDate="2020-05-21T10:30:43.403" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12871" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-21T11:58:37.757" Score="2" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;genovese, ma moscovita&lt;br&gt;&#xA;francese, ma yemenita&lt;br&gt;&#xA;congolese, ma kenyota (o keniota)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono al corrente del fatto che -ita sia usato principalmente per l'appartenenza a gruppi religiosi, ma per quanto riguarda l'appartenenza politica/geografica non trovo un pattern soddisfacente e i risultati sembrano piuttosto casuali. In molti casi non si può neanche sostenere che la ragione sia unicamente fonetica, perché parole come *moscovese o *yemenese, da nativo, mi sembrerebbero perfettamente accettabili dal punto di vista eufonico e fonotattico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una ragione per cui un certo suffisso è stato usato sugli altri per determinati paesi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5220" LastActivityDate="2020-05-21T11:58:37.757" Title="Da cosa dipende l'uso del suffisso di appartenenza -ese rispetto a -ita (e altri) nei demotici?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12872" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12867" CreationDate="2020-05-21T12:31:00.633" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pensieriparole.it/aforismi/comportamento/frase-50157&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;aforisma&lt;/a&gt; che mi sembra si avvicini al senso di quello americano: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;I complimenti sono come i funghi, spesso i più belli sono anche i più velenosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(pensieriparole.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="6347" LastEditDate="2020-05-21T12:38:16.363" LastActivityDate="2020-05-21T12:38:16.363" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12873" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1225" CreationDate="2020-05-21T18:25:50.087" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Hmmm, it's a bit dated but I would have said that 'mica male' is the equivalent of 'cool'. But then? Doesn't 'cool' go back, at least, to the 1950's?  I guess one could translate it as &quot;not bad&quot;. But I think it could also be 'cool'...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/mica-male&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;formula usata per esprimere apprezzamento, approvazione: mica male quella ragazza!, mica male come idea!.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6330" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-22T05:58:41.423" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T05:58:41.423" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12874" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12875" CreationDate="2020-05-22T09:20:41.523" Score="4" ViewCount="226" Body="&lt;p&gt;I need to translate this sentence to Italian&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;The year 1300 was to see an increased sale in coffee.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I did some research (I am not an expert). The tense seems to be future perfect, and the Italian equivalent would be 'futuro anteriore'. But I still cannot figure out what that would look like, especially the 'was to see'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My attempt&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'anno 1300 era da vedere un sostanziale aumento di vendite di caffè. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6352" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-22T10:21:15.410" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T10:21:15.410" Title="Future Perfect in Italian" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12875" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12874" CreationDate="2020-05-22T09:43:43.933" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;futuro anteriore&lt;/em&gt; (in a first approximation) denotes an event that is going to happen earlier than another future one (for which the &lt;em&gt;futuro (semplice)&lt;/em&gt; is used). The &lt;em&gt;futuro anteriore&lt;/em&gt; is constructed with the future of an auxiliary verb (&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt;) and the past participle of the verb we need. For instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando tutto &lt;em&gt;sarà finito&lt;/em&gt;, andremo in vacanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Compare, for instance, with: “Domani finirà tutto. Dopodomani andremo in vacanza”, with two uses of &lt;em&gt;futuro semplice&lt;/em&gt;.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But what you need in your example is not this, a “past in the future”, but rather a “future in the past”, and this is expressed in Italian with the &lt;em&gt;passato&lt;/em&gt; tense of the &lt;em&gt;condizionale&lt;/em&gt; mood. Hence, a sentence like yours can be expressed as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L'anno 1300 &lt;em&gt;avrebbe visto&lt;/em&gt; un sostanziale aumento nelle vendite del caffè.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T09:43:43.933" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12876" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-22T14:53:34.470" Score="1" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non mi è chiaro quando si usa la parola &quot;cifra&quot; e quando invece si adopera &quot;numero&quot; in contesti quotidiani. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al numero &lt;strong&gt;1.c&lt;/strong&gt; della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cifra/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;cifra&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato che una delle accezioni di questo vocabolo è&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Numero in generale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vuol dire questo che i due termini, &quot;cifra&quot; e &quot;numero&quot;, si possono utilizzare indistintamente? (quando &quot;cifra&quot; ha questo significato: non mi riferisco alle altre accezioni del termine &quot;cifra&quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, mettiamo che scrivo un documento in cui appaiono parecchie quantità come percentuali e altri dati espressi con un numero seguito da una unità (37 persone, 28 voti, 45 giorni, 22ºC, 2,5 cm, 67,99€, ...). Passano parecchi giorni e decido di fare pubblico questo documento. Mi accorgo, però, che alcune di queste quantità hanno cambiato il loro valore. Cosa dovrei dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Devo aggiornare i numeri che appaiono nel documento. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Devo aggiornare le cifre che appaiono nel documento. &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-05-22T15:03:45.163" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T17:25:09.540" Title="Differenze di uso tra &quot;numero&quot; e &quot;cifra&quot; in contesti quotidiani" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12877" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12876" CreationDate="2020-05-22T16:55:00.920" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente, da un punto di vista matematico, &lt;em&gt;cifra&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;numero&lt;/em&gt; hanno significati diversi: ogni cifra è un numero, il viceversa è falso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più precisamente, &lt;em&gt;cifra&lt;/em&gt; è il simbolo per denotare un intero fra zero (compreso) e la base del sistema di numerazione (escluso); con le cifre si costruisce la rappresentazione di ogni numero nella base scelta. Ma, anche nella pratica matematica, non si fa troppa distinzione tra numero e sua rappresentazione, perché per &lt;em&gt;menzionare&lt;/em&gt; un numero devo adoperare una sua rappresentazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel parlare comune, &lt;em&gt;cifra&lt;/em&gt; è spesso adoperato come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;numero&lt;/em&gt;, sia al singolare sia al plurale; come sinonimo di &lt;em&gt;quantità&lt;/em&gt; al singolare. In certi casi è addirittura obbligatorio: si può sentire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;mi è costato una cifra!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non si può adoperare &lt;em&gt;numero&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;quantità&lt;/em&gt;. In questo caso sta per &lt;em&gt;grande quantità di denaro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A sensazione, l'uso di &lt;em&gt;cifra&lt;/em&gt; invece di &lt;em&gt;numero&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe denotare uno stile più ricercato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;C’è ancora un giorno peggiore del precedente nella cronaca della lotta al coronavirus in Spagna. Così la &lt;em&gt;cifra dei contagi&lt;/em&gt;, 94.500, si avvicina inesorabilmente a centomila; e le morti da Covid-19 stabiliscono il nuovo record quotidiano: 849, fino a formare il totale provvisorio di 8.100. E fino al prossimo bollettino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.corriere.it/esteri/20_marzo_31/coronavirus-spagna-virus-fuori-controllo-super-ospedale-incompleto-cosi-c-piu-rischio-contagio-che-cura-6e0eb906-735f-11ea-bc49-338bb9c7b205.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;(Corriere della sera, 20 marzo 2020, corsivo mio)&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui dire &lt;em&gt;il numero dei contagi&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe stato normalissimo. Nell'esempio di &lt;em&gt;aggiornare le cifre&lt;/em&gt;, va benissimo; direi, sempre a orecchio, che &lt;em&gt;aggiornare i numeri&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe troppo generico e preferirei &lt;em&gt;aggiornare i valori&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;le cifre&lt;/em&gt; può riferirsi sia ai valori sia proprio alle cifre in senso tecnico: per modificare un valore, quindi un numero, devo agire proprio sulle cifre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La distinzione che c'è in catalano fra &lt;em&gt;número&lt;/em&gt; (rappresentazione, quindi successione di cifre) e &lt;em&gt;nombre&lt;/em&gt; (numero in senso astratto, quantità) non esiste in italiano se non in ambito matematico: la rappresentazione di un numero è un &lt;em&gt;numerale&lt;/em&gt;; in logica matematica, la distinzione è molto importante. La dimostrazione dei &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Teoremi_di_incompletezza_di_G%C3%B6del&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;teoremi di Gödel&lt;/a&gt; si basa molto su questa distinzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-05-22T17:25:09.540" LastActivityDate="2020-05-22T17:25:09.540" CommentCount="22" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12878" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12868" CreationDate="2020-05-23T05:30:34.837" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morto un papa, se ne fa un altro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa che ci sono poche cose irrimediabili, anche la perdita di ciò che sembra unico non è grave perché quella cosa non è unica. Per questo motivo la frase dice &quot;un papa&quot; e non &quot;il Papa&quot;: per sottolineare che di papi ce ne sono stati diversi, uno via l'altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La trasformazione di frase che riporti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morto un papa, si fa un altro dei papi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;esprime un complemento partitivo, che stride per diversi motivi. Primo, il partitivo è espresso male perché manca un confronto tra due quantità, come si trova per esempio in questa frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Devo studiare tre papi, ma per ora ne ho studiato solo uno. (ne =&gt; di quelli; il confronto o ripartizione è fra &lt;em&gt;tre&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;uno&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo, c'è una discordanza tra &quot;un papa&quot; (singolare) prima della virgola e &quot;dei papi&quot; (plurale) dopo la virgola, quindi non si può  abbinarli e la frase risulta slegata. Terzo, il partitivo deve citare un insieme/quantità esistente da ripartire, ma&#xA;nel momento in cui si crea una cosa nuova, questa cosa ancora non esiste e perciò non può appartenere&#xA;ad alcun insieme - almeno in questa frase sui papi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come riporta &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.skuola.net/italiano-medie/grammatica-medie/complemento-partitivo.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.skuola.net/italiano-medie/grammatica-medie/complemento-partitivo.html&lt;/a&gt;, il complemento partitivo &quot;è introdotto dalle preposizioni di, tra, fra&quot;, &quot;risponde alle domande&#xA; &lt;em&gt;tra chi?, tra che cosa?&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, e &quot;si trova in dipendenza di espressioni che indicano quantità&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è da notare che, nella grande quantità di complementi, alcuni esoterici come &quot;di materia&quot;, &quot;di origine&quot;, &quot;di provenienza&quot;, &quot;di allontanamento&quot;, ci possono essere ambiguità e sovrapposizioni,&#xA;e il partitivo a volte può essere sostituito da un altro complemento. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ecco tre carte: scegline due (ne =&gt; delle/fra le/dalle &quot;[tre] carte&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;esprime un partitivo, se s'interpreta &quot;due delle tre&quot;, oppure un complemento di origine o provenienza, se s'interpreta &quot;due dalle tre&quot;, cioé due da quel gruppo di tre carte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tornando alla domanda, la trasformazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morto un papa, se ne fa un altro  =&gt;  Morto un papa, si fa un altro papa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è totalmente corretta, la particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; sostituisce &quot;papa&quot; nel senso &quot;di papa&quot;. La stessa frase, espressa con ridondanza, sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morto un papa se ne fa un altro... di papa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ed è un &lt;strong&gt;complemento di specificazione&lt;/strong&gt;, perché indica &quot;di che cosa&quot; se ne fa un altro (di che cosa si fa una copia).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni esempi di questo complemento sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho finito la riunione: ora te ne parlo. (di questa riunione)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Ti do questi soldi, e fanne buon uso. (di questi soldi)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  E' questo il tuo disegno? Fanne un altro! (di tuo disegno)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo complemento può essere capito meglio con un esempio di dialogo al telefono, disturbato, cosicché parti di una frase non vengono comprese:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Si è rotta la fgrzzzjh: me ne compri una?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Me ne compri una? Di cosa? (notare il &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt;, suggerito dalla particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Di lampadina: me ne compri una, di lampadina?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure con frasi incomplete o sgrammaticate:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ecco il documento, fai una copia&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Una copia di questo documento, giusto?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Sì, sì: ti do questo documento, fanne una copia (di questo documento)  &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o ancora:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ho fatto un salto, faccio un altro&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Un altro cosa?&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Un altro salto. Avrei dovuto dire &quot;Ho fatto un salto, ne faccio un altro&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negli esempi riportati, così come nella frase sui papi, il complemento di specificazione ha funzione esplicativa, non attributiva o possessiva (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.analisi-logica.it/grammatica/specificazione.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.analisi-logica.it/grammatica/specificazione.html&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può pensare che a volte non si tratta di complemento di specificazione ma di un partitivo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi hai fatto un buon caffè: fammene un altro [di quei buoni caffè]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove la parte sottintesa (quei buoni caffè) sarebbe &quot;la quantità iniziale da ripartire&quot;. E' un'interpretazione forse accettabile, ma è una forzatura far combaciare &quot;quei buoni caffè&quot;&#xA;con &quot;il buon caffè che mi hai fatto prima&quot;. Parimenti, la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Questo mattone non va bene, dammene un altro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è un partitivo, perché da nessuna parte cita &quot;il mucchio di mattoni&quot;, &quot;i dieci mattoni&quot; o simili; dice invece &quot;questo mattone&quot; (ben preciso), e dice &quot;un altro&quot; che significa&#xA;&quot;diverso da questo&quot; (perché questo non va bene).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un testo abbastanza approfondito sulla particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; è il seguente: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.gicas.net/ne.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.gicas.net/ne.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-05-23T14:23:08.070" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T14:23:08.070" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12879" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7697" CreationDate="2020-05-23T11:45:27.837" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mia nonna and la mia nonna: both are ok, see M. Dardano &quot;La lingua italiana&quot; (Zanichelli), which also gives il mio papà, il mio babbo, la mia mamma, and not mio papà, mio babbo, mia mamma.&#xA;Clearly there are no correct answers here - except &quot;Dipende&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6369" LastActivityDate="2020-05-23T11:45:27.837" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12880" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12883" CreationDate="2020-05-23T16:13:04.597" Score="2" ViewCount="227" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/04/28/covid-19-l-europa-verso-la-fase-2-ecco-le-date&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Euronews&lt;/a&gt; mi sono imbattuta nella frase seguente (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;La Francia che aveva già sbandierato la data dell'11 maggio, fa un &lt;strong&gt;distinguo&lt;/strong&gt;, se gli indicatori non rispettano le aspettative non si farà nessuna apertura e questo vuol dire che i contagi devono mantenersi tra i 1000 e i 3000, in base a queste cifre i dipartimenti saranno divisi in zone verdi e rosse e questo fino al 2 giugno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando ho letto &quot;un distinguo&quot; (termine che non conoscevo), ho subito pensato: perché si usa &quot;un distinguo&quot; invece di &quot;una distinzione&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/distinguo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;distinguo&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;è passata poi nell’uso corrente a indicare, con sfumatura per lo più iron. e peggiorativa, la distinzione stessa: &lt;em&gt;cominciò a sollevare tutta una serie di distinguo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;con i suoi d. bloccò ogni discussione&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che l'intenzione del testo di Euronews sia quella di dare una sfumatura ironica o peggiorativa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ricercato l'espressione &quot;fa un distinguo&quot; su Google e ne ho trovato parecchie occorrenze, ma non saprei dire quali sono le sfumature del termine in ogni testo. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: è comune usare il vocabolo &quot;distinguo&quot; semplicemente come un sinonimo di &quot;distinzione&quot; (senza aggiungere nessuna sfumatura particolare)? Con &quot;comune&quot; intendo che si tratta di  un uso del termine che si può trovare in altri testi o discorsi e non è invece un'invenzione dell'autore della frase o un vocabolo usato male.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-24T14:50:27.193" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T14:50:27.193" Title="Sull'uso e significato del termine &quot;distinguo&quot; come sinonimo di &quot;distinzione&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12882" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12880" CreationDate="2020-05-24T04:39:58.210" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io credo che in molti casi &lt;em&gt;distinguo&lt;/em&gt; sia usato per intendere una distinzione con valore critico e oppositivo a un'affermazione ritenuta troppo generica o troppo estremista. Cioé i &lt;em&gt;distinguo&lt;/em&gt; sono in realtà critiche supportate/originate da una distinzione o una precisazione, che a volte può essere sottaciuta. Talvolta per distinguo s'intende proprio una precisazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ritengo che la spiegazione del Treccani non sia totalmente fedele all'uso diffuso che si fa del vocabolo perché spesso non si usa il termine con ironia e neppure pignoleria o pedanteria, semplicemente si usa al posto di &quot;critica&quot;, una critica motivata da distinzioni ritenute necessarie, oppure una precisazione (e in questo caso il termine è usato in modo più vicino al significato originario).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-05-24T05:15:08.980" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T05:15:08.980" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12883" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12880" CreationDate="2020-05-24T09:39:57.590" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il Sabatini-Coletti propone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune, distinzione che annuncia un'obiezione: &lt;em&gt;fare un distinguo&lt;/em&gt;; anche, in senso spregiativo, distinzione cavillosa e pedante: &lt;em&gt;non fare troppi distinguo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il dizionario Hoepli invece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1 FILOS Nella filosofia scolastica, formula che introduceva l'analisi di un'argomentazione volta a stabilire una distinzione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2 estens. Distinzione sottile o artificiosa: &lt;em&gt;solleva continuamente acuti distinguo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui c'è l'origine del termine, che anche il Treccani conferma. Il De Mauro ha il significato 1 come nel dizionario Hoepli e anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;CO estens., distinzione sottile e precisa; spesso spregiativo, distinzione cavillosa, argomentazione pedante: &lt;em&gt;con tutti i suoi distinguo non ci fa mai concludere nulla&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è molto accordo, o forse sì. Quando sento &lt;em&gt;distinguo&lt;/em&gt; mi immagino qualcuno che si alza e obietta dicendo “Sì, va bene, ma…” e la definizione del Sabatini-Coletti mi sostiene.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in esame non vedo senso dispregiativo. Discordano dunque con il Treccani che aggiunge un “per lo più” che mi sembra esagerato: “spesso” sarebbe meglio e le frasi portate come esempi hanno in effetti una connotazione spregiativa (&lt;em&gt;troppi&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;non ci fa concludere nulla&lt;/em&gt;). In &lt;em&gt;acuti distinguo&lt;/em&gt; il senso spregiativo sicuramente manca, anzi!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio &lt;em&gt;una mamma non fa distinguo tra i propri figli&lt;/em&gt; riportato nei commenti mi suona un po' strano e direi più sempicemente &lt;em&gt;una mamma non distingue tra i suoi figli&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;non fa distinzioni&lt;/em&gt; (l'uso di &lt;em&gt;propri&lt;/em&gt; indica linguaggio affettato, quindi non lo prenderei come un esempio probante); con &lt;em&gt;distinguo&lt;/em&gt; potremmo suggerire che la mamma non fa nemmeno distinzioni sottili, quasi impercettibili. Ma è cercare il pelo nell'uovo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T09:39:57.590" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12884" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12885" CreationDate="2020-05-24T10:10:24.203" Score="5" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio sulle forme alterate (ad es. diminutivo ed accrescitivo) di nomi col plurale irregolare in &quot;-a&quot; (braccia, ginocchia, dita) derivanti dal neutro di seconda declinazione latino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando diminuiti o accresciuti, immaginando di usare la forma plurale in &quot;-a&quot; come base – tutti i miei esempi sono in realtà sovrabbondanti, ma la forma in &quot;-i&quot; non causa dubbi –, diventano &quot;-ina/-ona&quot; o &quot;-ine/-one&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;1)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;le bracci&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; → le bracc&lt;strong&gt;ina&lt;/strong&gt;/bracci&lt;strong&gt;ona&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;le dit&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; → le dit&lt;strong&gt;ina&lt;/strong&gt;/dit&lt;strong&gt;ona&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;2)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;le bracci&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; → le bracc&lt;strong&gt;ine&lt;/strong&gt;/bracci&lt;strong&gt;one&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;le dit&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt; → le dit&lt;strong&gt;ine&lt;/strong&gt;/dit&lt;strong&gt;one&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io sono abbastanza convinto dell'opzione 2 (&quot;ine/one&quot;), ma conosco persone a cui viene più naturale l'opzione 1.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastEditorUserId="3757" LastEditDate="2020-05-24T10:16:06.497" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T12:18:35.693" Title="Forme alterate di plurali irregolari: -a diventa -ina/-ona o -ine/-one?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12885" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12884" CreationDate="2020-05-24T10:45:00.010" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un articolo sul sito dell'Accademia della Crusca (&lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/plurale-di-manina-braccino-ditino-e-ovetto/1267&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;Plurale di &lt;em&gt;manina, braccino, ditino&lt;/em&gt; e... &lt;em&gt;ovetto&lt;/em&gt;&quot;&lt;/a&gt; di Paolo D’Achille e Anna M. Thornton) copre l'argomento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analizzando il corpus storico di &lt;em&gt;La Repubblica&lt;/em&gt; trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;1 &quot;braccini&quot;, 22 &quot;braccine&quot;, 0 &quot;braccina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;2 &quot;lenzuolini&quot;, 1 &quot;lenzuoline&quot;, 0 &quot;lenzuolina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;9 &quot;ditini&quot;, 8 &quot;ditine&quot;, 3 &quot;ditina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Google Libri le abbondanze relative sembrano simili, ma sono ribaltate per &quot;ossa&quot;, per cui prevale, tra quelle femminili, la forma in &quot;-ina&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;68 &quot;braccini&quot;, 2040 &quot;braccine&quot;, 65 &quot;braccina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;801 &quot;ditini&quot;, 218 &quot;ditine&quot;, 167 &quot;ditina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;3840 &quot;ossicini&quot;, 101 &quot;ossicine&quot;, 256 &quot;ossicina&quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da un'esplorazione delle grammatiche, l'articolo della Crusca trova che o il tema non viene trattato, o, laddove lo fosse, che le forme in &quot;-ina&quot; sono indicate come &quot;non ammissibili&quot; o non elencate tra quelle ammissibili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Concludendo, tra le forme in -i e quelle in -e trova sostanziale equivalenza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’assenza di prescrizioni normative da un lato e la diffusione dei diminutivi di questo tipo più nel parlato colloquiale che nello scritto (e in genere nell’uso formale) spiegano perché l’uso non sia mai stato regolamentato e risulti ancora oscillante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre sconsiglia l'uso della forma in -a:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;le forme in -a non sembrano neppure oggi proprio del tutto impossibili. Sono però decisamente marginali, e dunque sconsigliabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastEditorUserId="3757" LastEditDate="2020-05-24T10:50:52.593" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T10:50:52.593" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12886" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12884" CreationDate="2020-05-24T12:18:35.693" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso dietro all'opzione 2 è che quando modifichi un nome, il suffisso si porta dietro tutta la sua 'declinazione': non si dice &lt;em&gt;Giovanni fa il birraia&lt;/em&gt; perché viene da &lt;em&gt;birra&lt;/em&gt;, ma è il suffisso &lt;em&gt;-aio&lt;/em&gt; che stabilisce come formare i finali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo è un principio grammaticale che viene direttamente dal latino: ad esempio, &lt;em&gt;corpus, -oris&lt;/em&gt; è della III declinazione, ma se ci attacchi un suffisso &lt;em&gt;corpusculum, -i&lt;/em&gt; diventa della II perché prende la declinazione propria del suffisso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si dice &quot;il braccino/i braccini&quot;, se si usa il maschile, e &quot;le braccine&quot; se si vuole tenere il plurale femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Con il solito disclaimer che se poi l'uso comune che si impone è diverso, il principio grammaticale vale solo la carta su cui è scritto --- quindi la tua risposta fa bene a considerare questo lato della questione.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T12:18:35.693" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12887" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-24T15:11:05.410" Score="1" ViewCount="209" Body="&lt;p&gt;So che si dice &quot;niente di meglio&quot; e &quot;niente di peggio&quot;. Per esempio, al numero 6 della &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/meglio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;meglio&quot; del dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6.&lt;/strong&gt; agg.inv. &lt;strong&gt;FO&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;  con valore neutro indica cosa migliore: &lt;em&gt;se stai calmo è meglio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;penso sia meglio non dirgli niente&lt;/em&gt; | con il verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; sottinteso: &lt;em&gt;meglio, tanto meglio per noi!&lt;/em&gt;, siamo noi che ci guadagnamo | preceduto da &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; in espressioni partitive: &lt;em&gt;in mancanza di meglio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;non c’è niente di meglio che un buon caffè&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E al numero 5 della &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/peggio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;peggio&quot;&lt;/a&gt; dello stesso dizionario si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5.&lt;/strong&gt; agg.inv. &lt;strong&gt;FO&lt;/strong&gt; &#xA;  con valore neutro indica cosa peggiore: &lt;em&gt;se ti arrabbi è peggio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pensavo fosse peggio non dirgli niente&lt;/em&gt; | con il verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; sottinteso: &lt;em&gt;peggio, tanto peggio per voi!&lt;/em&gt;, siete voi che ci rimettete; &lt;em&gt;tanto peggio tanto meglio&lt;/em&gt;, per indicare in modo disfattistico gli aspetti positivi che possono derivare dall’aggravarsi della situazione | in loc.pragm., &lt;em&gt;peggio che peggio, peggio che mai&lt;/em&gt;, per indicare una condizione estremamente spiacevole o un problema di difficile soluzione | preceduto da &lt;em&gt;di&lt;/em&gt; in espressioni partitive: &lt;em&gt;c’è di peggio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;non poteva succedere niente di peggio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tenendo conto delle spiegazioni precedenti che fanno riferimento a espressioni partitive con &quot;meglio&quot; e &quot;peggio&quot;, penserei che si debba anche dire &quot;qualcosa di meglio&quot; e &quot;qualcosa di peggio&quot;. E, infatti, alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/meglio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;meglio&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; appare questo esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;bisognerebbe cercare qualcosa di meglio&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, ricercando &quot;qualcosa di migliore&quot; e &quot;qualcosa di peggiore&quot; su Google o su Google Libri, ne trovo molte occorrenze. Allora, la mia domanda sarebbe: sono ammissibili entrambe le forme?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-24T15:51:11.913" LastActivityDate="2020-05-24T15:51:11.913" Title="&quot;Qualcosa di migliore/peggiore&quot; sono forme ammissibili per esprimere &quot;qualcosa di meglio/peggio&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12888" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-24T21:23:13.143" Score="3" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto un po' sulla particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; che sustituisce &amp;quot;a/in/con + qualcosa/qualcuno&amp;quot;.  &lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt; Sei uscita con Roberta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì, ci sono uscita per un caffè&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Quest'esempio si trova su &lt;a href=&quot;https://learnamo.com/en/how-and-when-to-use-ci-in-italian/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://learnamo.com/en/how-and-when-to-use-ci-in-italian/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;br/&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Seguendo la stessa cosa, ho scritto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci piace visitare le nostre famiglie e ci trascorriamo molto tempo (ci = con loro)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anne è qui, ci vado al mare (con lei).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma qualcuno mi ha detto che queste frasi non erano corrette e che avrei dovuto scrivere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ci trascorriamo molto tempo insieme.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ci vado insieme al mare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma mi ha detto anche che  è preferibile non usare questa particella in tali usi  (perché è un po' innaturale e forzato). &lt;br/&gt;&#xA;Non so di che devo fare caso, ho un sacco di opinioni diverse. Vorrei sapere come usare la  particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; in questi contesti senza sembrare innaturale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-26T06:20:37.703" Title="Dubbio su alcuni usi della particella &quot;ci&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12889" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12890" CreationDate="2020-05-25T05:14:20.977" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devo comprare un frullatore, sono andata su internet a capire il migliore. Ho visto modelli, poi ho chiesto al mio amico quale &quot;tipologia&quot; è meglio, e lui sè arrabbiato!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho detto la parola è su internet, e lui ha detto&#xA;gli italiani sono ignoranti e usano parole difficili&#xA;e non sanno cosa vuol dire e le dicono per confondere&#xA;i clienti. Ho capito che non è arrabbiato di me.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui vedi la parola:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.sceltaideale.it/frullatore-ad-immersione/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.sceltaideale.it/frullatore-ad-immersione/&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;e anche qui:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://frullatoreadimmersione.eu/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://frullatoreadimmersione.eu/&lt;/a&gt; però di &quot;ingrediente&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io non lo so, sul vocabolario &quot;tipologia&quot; è difficile, non è uguale a &quot;tipo&quot;, e perchè la usano? E perchè il mio amico si arrabbia? E grave dire &quot;tipologia&quot; o è grave che qualcuno si arrabbia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastActivityDate="2020-05-25T08:35:15.320" Title="Perchè tanti dicono &quot;tipologia&quot; e non dicono &quot;tipo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12890" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12889" CreationDate="2020-05-25T06:06:06.323" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo estratto da &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-si-dice/T/tipologia.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionari.corriere.it&lt;/a&gt; spiega la differenza tra i due termini e il loro  uso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“&lt;em&gt;Quella che le serve, signora, è una nuova tipologia di lampadina”.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tipologia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; è una di quelle parole che si usano impropriamente per fare impressione. L’elettricista in questione avrebbe dovuto dire “le serve un nuovo &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tipo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; di lampadina” ma ha usato una parola sbagliata che, essendo più complicata, lo faceva sentire più importante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;La tipologia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; infatti è quello studio che permette la classificazione&#xA;per tipi: tipologia linguistica, tipologia botanica. Probabilmente non&#xA;esiste, ma nel caso esistesse la tipologia di lampadina dovrebbe&#xA;essere uno studio, probabilmente universitario, tendente a&#xA;classificare le varie lampadine esistenti in natura. E non vi sembra&#xA;un po’ ecessivo mandare la povera signora all’università per cambiare&#xA;lampadina?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-25T08:35:15.320" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12891" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12892" CreationDate="2020-05-25T14:33:48.827" Score="2" ViewCount="70" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il pugno chiuso&lt;/em&gt;, di Arrigo Boito, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;V’ha chi sostiene che questa malattia de’ capelli sia epidemica, adducendo ad esempio alcune località lungo la Vistola che ne sono infestate; altri asseriscono che sia prodotta dall’immondezza dei contadini polacchi e dall’uso tradizionale fra quelle genti del tener lunghe le chiome. Una prova in favore di questa seconda opinione &lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt; è che la plica apparisce come un flagello esclusivo della più bassa plebe, della più lorda genìa dei &lt;em&gt;servi&lt;/em&gt;, dei vagabondi, dei mendicanti. L’avere la plica è in Polonia un titolo per dimandare l’elemosina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il ruolo di questo &quot;si&quot; che appare nel testo. La frase non dovrebbe essere &quot;Una prova in favore di questa seconda opinione è che la plica apparisce [...]&quot;, senza il &quot;si&quot;? Qualcuno di voi me lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-05-25T15:33:53.027" Title="Qual è il ruolo di &quot;si&quot; in questo testo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12892" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12891" CreationDate="2020-05-25T15:33:53.027" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Direi proprio che abbia solo il “valore prevalentemente rafforzativo” di cui parla la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/si1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce “si” del dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; al punto 3.b. In questo è un uso simile a quelli (esemplificati lì e relativamente frequenti in altri tempi) di “si tacque” o, ancor più, “non sa quel che si dica”, dove “si” si potrebbe omettere senza cambiare il significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase di Boito, in più, contribuisce forse il fatto che subito prima di “è” viene una parola che finisce per “-e”, e il “si” contribuisce a una migliore scansione del periodo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-05-25T15:33:53.027" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12893" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12888" CreationDate="2020-05-26T06:14:52.253" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; sostituisce &quot;a/in/con + qualcosa/qualcuno&quot;. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che, per questo motivo, una frase che usa la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; ma non permette di capire &lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt; delle sostituzioni sia quella voluta, possa risultare ambigua, incompleta, quindi un po' strana, a volte perfino brutta. Non si tratta di un problema grammaticale, solo di stile e chiarezza. Per esempio in:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei uscita con Roberta?  -- Sì, ci sono uscita per un caffè&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; può essere collegata/richiamata a &quot;con Roberta&quot;, quindi la risposta, svolta completamente, risulta &lt;em&gt;&quot;Sì, (con Roberta) sono uscita per un caffé&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece nella frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci piace visitare le nostre famiglie e ci trascorriamo molto tempo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;manca, prima di &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, una particella &lt;em&gt;a/in/con&lt;/em&gt; che permetta di capire chiaramente se il suo significato è &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt;. Si capice ugualmente, perché &lt;em&gt;&quot;molto tempo a loro&quot;&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;&quot;molto tempo in loro&quot;&lt;/em&gt; non hanno un valore semantico corretto. Aggiungere la parola &quot;insieme&quot; aiuta perché si riesce a immaginare la costruzione &quot;insieme con loro&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ultima frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anne è qui, ci vado al mare [(con lei)].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;presenta lo stesso problema di incompletezza, si sente che manca qualche cosa (un po' meno). Un po' diverso sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Anne è qui, ci parlo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che potrebbe significare &quot;parlo a lei&quot; oppure &quot;parlo con lei&quot;, entrambe corrette (certo non &quot;parlo in lei&quot;). Dato che entrambe le costruzioni con &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;con&lt;/em&gt; sono plausibili, forse la frase è meno ambigua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una frase che, a me personalmente, suona meno male è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Mi piace la mia casa, ci trascorro molto tempo [dentro]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che presuppone che la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; sostituisca &quot;in essa&quot; ma, grammaticalmente, potrebbe pure sostituire &quot;con essa&quot; (non &lt;em&gt;&quot;a essa&quot;&lt;/em&gt; perché non avrebbe proprio senso). Non riesco a spiegare il perché questa frase suoni meglio, forse è solo una sensazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-05-26T06:20:37.703" LastActivityDate="2020-05-26T06:20:37.703" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12894" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-26T13:51:54.957" Score="4" ViewCount="325" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il pugno chiuso&lt;/em&gt;, di Arrigo Boito, ho letto la frase seguente (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Vidi un gruppo ululante di cenciosi arruffati in terra &lt;strong&gt;circa&lt;/strong&gt; sul luogo dove avevo gittato il &lt;em&gt;kopiec&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di capire del tutto bene il ruolo di questo &quot;circa&quot; che appare nel brano. In particolare, la combinazione &quot;circa sul&quot; che appare nel testo mi risulta strana. Comunque, la presenza della preposizione &quot;sul&quot; mi fa interprere che &quot;circa&quot; in questa frase sia un avverbio e non una preposizione (ma potrei sbagliarmi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di tutte le accezioni di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/circa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;circa&quot; che ho trovato sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ho pensato che quella che avesse senso in questo contesto fosse la numero 2, &quot;quasi, su per giù&quot;: quelle persone erano &quot;quasi sul luogo&quot; o &quot;su per giù sul luogo&quot; dove il narratore aveva gettato il &lt;em&gt;kopiec&lt;/em&gt; (una moneta), cioè erano molto vicino a quel posto o si trovavano in quel posto in modo aprossimativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, mi è sembrato capire dal dizionario che &quot;circa&quot; con questo significato si usi soltanto con numeri, in espressioni come, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ci saranno circa dieci km&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;dieci km circa&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;tremila abitanti, o circa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È veramente così? O si usa anche &quot;circa&quot; col significato di &quot;quasi, su per giù&quot; con espressioni che non hanno a che vedere con una quantità?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che appare nella frase sopra citata,&#xA;si tratta di un uso arcaico di &quot;circa&quot; o si adopera anche in questo modo nell'italiano di oggi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti aiutarmi a chiarire i miei dubbi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei commenti si è menzionato che il valore di &quot;circa&quot; nella frase di questa domanda potrebbe corrispondere all'accezione numero 1 del Treccani, cioè, si tratterebbe di una preposizione col significato di &quot;intorno a&quot;, riferito a luogo (uso arcaico di &quot;circa&quot;), come  nell'esempio di Dante, &lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt;  XII, 19-20:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; così di quelle sempiterne rose &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; volgìensi circa noi le due ghirlande&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, personalmente, mi sembra strano che dopo una preposizione equivalente a &quot;intorno a&quot; si usi la preposizione &quot;su&quot; (ma posso essere completamente sbagliata). Quello che mi rende difficile questa interpretazione è la combinazione &quot;circa sul&quot; che appare nel testo: si potrebbe dire &quot;intorno a sul luogo&quot;? Ma, come si è anche detto, potrebbe trattarsi di qualche uso proprio del linguaggio ottocentesco. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00000181.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato &quot;circa a&quot; e &quot;circa di&quot;, quindi qualche uso (immagino nel passato) della combinazione &quot;circa su&quot; sembra anche plausibile. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-27T13:44:12.760" LastActivityDate="2020-05-28T10:46:02.443" Title="Uso e significato di &quot;circa&quot; in questa frase" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12895" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-26T14:17:45.567" Score="3" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;It appears that the pronunciation of 'z' at the beginning of a word is controlled by the subsequent consonant(s), that is, [ts] when followed by the aspirated [f], [k], [p], [t], and then [dz] when followed by the voiced [v], [g], [b], [d] and liquids [l], [m], [n], [r]. However, how do I understand the exceptions: [dz] for zafferano, zaffiro, zefiro, zeta, zippare, zitella, zotico, and [ts] for zangola, zanna, zimbello, zingaro? It does not appear to be related to open/closed vowels nor to accented/unaccented. Are these simply exceptions, along the line of the great argument on z/zz in the middle of the word (other posting)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6372" LastEditorUserId="6372" LastEditDate="2020-05-26T14:34:57.570" LastActivityDate="2020-05-26T14:34:57.570" Title="Pronunciation of 'z' at the beginning of a word" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12896" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-27T15:54:39.320" Score="2" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Argon&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nona Fina abitava a Carmagnola, in un alloggio al primo piano, e faceva splendidi ricami all’uncinetto. A sessantott'anni ebbe un lieve malore, una caôdaña, come allora &lt;strong&gt;usavano&lt;/strong&gt; le signore, ed oggi misteriosamente non &lt;strong&gt;usano&lt;/strong&gt; piú: da allora, per vent'anni e cioè fino alla sua morte, non uscí piú dalla sua camera; al sabato, dal balconcino pieno di gerani, fragile ed esangue salutava con la mano la gente che usciva da «scòla».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che in questo racconto l'autore usa molti termini piemontesi o che appartengono al gergo degli ebrei del Piemonte, come  &quot;caôdaña&quot; o &quot;scòla&quot; (la scelta della grafia è  spiegata dal proprio Levi alla fine del racconto). Per esempio, lo scrittore  menziona che &quot;scòla&quot; era il termine che si adoperava per designare la sinagoga in questo gergo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto, posso capire che si sta facendo riferimento a qualcosa (questi lievi malori) che accadeva alle signore in passato, ma che, nel momento della narrazione, non accade più. Tuttavia, guardando alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/usare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;usare&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, non riesco a vedere a quale accezione possa corrispondere l'uso che se ne fa nel brano sopra citato. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-28T09:35:52.637" LastActivityDate="2020-05-28T09:35:52.637" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;usare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12897" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12896" CreationDate="2020-05-27T16:23:07.190" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso è “essere solito”, come da dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel particolare contesto è adoperato un modo ironico: un tempo le signore usavano avere le scalmane (tipico sintomo della menopausa), oggi non usano più. Il senso è che un tempo non se ne vergognavano, oggi sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-05-27T16:23:07.190" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12898" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12903" CreationDate="2020-05-27T17:08:38.670" Score="3" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;English has three modals for deontic differences. Ranked from lest to most obligatory, they seem to be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;He &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;He &lt;em&gt;has to&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;He &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;cf. «&lt;a href=&quot;https://english.stackexchange.com/q/123937/94359&quot;&gt;What is the difference between “have to”, “must”, and “should”?&lt;/a&gt;»&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Would this be the proper Italian ranking from least to most obligatory?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui &lt;em&gt;dovrebbe&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui &lt;em&gt;deve&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Lui &lt;em&gt;debba&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="3378" LastEditDate="2020-05-27T22:30:38.247" LastActivityDate="2020-05-30T20:54:41.300" Title="Ranking of obligatoriness of Italian deontic modals" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12899" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-27T17:19:01.070" Score="6" ViewCount="1364" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do reduplicated/geminated letters (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/lettere-doppie_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;lettere doppie&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;geminate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;) occur more frequently in Italian than in other Romance languages like Spanish or French?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples of gemination in Italian (w/ Spanish, French):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;strong&gt;cc&lt;/strong&gt;ademia&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;academia&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;académie&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;ca&lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;o&lt;strong&gt;zz&lt;/strong&gt;iere&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;ca&lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;ocero&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ca&lt;strong&gt;rr&lt;/strong&gt;o&lt;strong&gt;ss&lt;/strong&gt;ier&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;case&lt;strong&gt;tt&lt;/strong&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;casita&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;maiso&lt;strong&gt;nn&lt;/strong&gt;e&lt;strong&gt;tt&lt;/strong&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;so&lt;strong&gt;pp&lt;/strong&gt;re&lt;strong&gt;ss&lt;/strong&gt;ione&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;supresión&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;su&lt;strong&gt;pp&lt;/strong&gt;re&lt;strong&gt;ss&lt;/strong&gt;ion&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;colo&lt;strong&gt;nn&lt;/strong&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;columna&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;colo&lt;strong&gt;nn&lt;/strong&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2020-05-29T17:21:58.527" LastActivityDate="2020-05-29T17:21:58.527" Title="Why is gemination so common in Italian?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;spelling&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12901" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12899" CreationDate="2020-05-27T19:17:51.830" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not a matter of syllabification, rather the doubling of the consonant indicates a &lt;strong&gt;different pronunciation&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is perhaps hard at first for non native speakers to hear the difference, but Italians make a distinction between &lt;em&gt;simple&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemination&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;geminate&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; consonants. Geminate consonants are pronounced longer and more forcefully than simple ones. They also tend to shorten the preceding vowel, but this is not a determining characteristic.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Many words in Italian are distinguished by this: for example &lt;em&gt;caro&lt;/em&gt; (dear) vs &lt;em&gt;carro&lt;/em&gt; (cart), or &lt;em&gt;pala&lt;/em&gt; (shovel) vs &lt;em&gt;palla&lt;/em&gt; (ball), &lt;em&gt;faro&lt;/em&gt; (lighthouse) vs &lt;em&gt;farro&lt;/em&gt; (spelt, a type of wheat) etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A special note should be made for the letter &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt;, which when geminated changes also in voicing: intervocalic &lt;em&gt;s&lt;/em&gt; is a voiced /z/ but intervocalic &lt;em&gt;ss&lt;/em&gt; is a voiceless /s:/ (the colon denotes gemination in IPA). This varies on a regional basis, and it's traditionally a &quot;northern&quot; pronunciation, but it is spreading through the peninsula and very few speakers nowadays make a distinction between /'kjese/ (he asked) and /'kjeze/ (churches) as it used to be done in Central Italy (and perhaps it is still done in some areas). &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2020-05-27T19:17:51.830" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12903" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12898" CreationDate="2020-05-28T06:05:14.770" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simply put, there is no ranking in Italian. There is a single verb,&#xA;&lt;em&gt;dovere&lt;/em&gt;, which can be declined in the various tenses to put the&#xA;action somewhere in the time, or used in conditional tense to express a doubt. In this case, the &lt;em&gt;condizionale&lt;/em&gt; can slightly vary or weaken the whole sentence, so I think that the ranking you ask for could roughly be this:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;He should  &amp;lt;  He has to  &amp;lt;  He must.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;   dovrebbe   &amp;lt;  ??  &amp;lt;  deve&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As stated in the other answer, the &quot;dovrebbe&quot; is not really a weaker form of &quot;dovere&quot;, but instead a doubt about the trueness of the outcome: you should be careful when using &quot;dovrebbe&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You mentioned &quot;debba&quot;, which is simply a subjunctive of &quot;dovere&quot;, and it is used (hopefully) just like the italian grammar says, but it has nothing to do with graduality or strongness of &quot;dovere&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here are some examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Devo andare&lt;/em&gt;  (I must go)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &lt;em&gt;Ho da andare&lt;/em&gt;  (&quot;I have to go&quot;, but it means &quot;I must go&quot;)&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Dovrei andare  (I must go (&lt;strong&gt;but I can't / I won't&lt;/strong&gt;))&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some examples with more context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quando pigio il pulsante, la luce deve accendersi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;= When I press the button, the light must turn on&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Quando pigio il pulsante, la luce dovrebbe accendersi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;= I expect that when I press the button, the light turns on,&#xA;but I am not really sure - maybe the button is broken, or the lamp is burned?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sei sicuro che, pigiando il pulsante, la luce debba accendersi? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;= Are you sure that, when pressing the button, the light has to turn on?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this last phrase, the &quot;debba&quot; is used because the grammar requests it, but there is no implication about the strongness of &quot;dovere&quot;, the whole doubt is about the correlation between the button and the light, not about the behavior of the light itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-05-28T09:34:41.267" LastActivityDate="2020-05-28T09:34:41.267" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12904" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12899" CreationDate="2020-05-28T08:54:07.900" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to distinguish between gemination in spelling and pronunciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;French has a lot of geminated consonants in spelling, but none in pronunciation (except maybe at word boundaries, when a word ends with the same consonant the next word begins with).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The French word &lt;em&gt;suppression&lt;/em&gt; comes directly from Latin &lt;em&gt;subpressio&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;suppressio&lt;/em&gt;, where the second spelling was more common, due to the assimilation of the two consonants into the unvoiced one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;French spelling largely keeps etymological spelling, although there is no difference in pronunciation with, say, &lt;em&gt;après&lt;/em&gt;; the ending is pronounced the same as the ending of &lt;em&gt;nation&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spanish spelling got rid of the unpronounced geminated long ago. Basically, the only geminated consonant that remains is &lt;em&gt;rr&lt;/em&gt;, but this is rather more a digraph than a true geminated. Indeed, French would hyphenate the word as &lt;em&gt;sup-pres-sion&lt;/em&gt; if needed at the end of a line, keeping the lost syllabification, whereas &lt;em&gt;rr&lt;/em&gt; in Spanish is indivisible because it denotes a different quality of the &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt;, rather than a “reinforced pronunciation”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consonant gemination is a peculiar phenomenon in Italian and other Romance languages spoken in Italy (Neapolitan, Sicilian, Sardinian and dialects thereof).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To roughly mark a boundary between Italian languages that have gemination or not, go from the eastern end of Liguria to the top of Marche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Standard Italian has gemination in pronunciation. Where does it come from? From Latin, of course, in several words, but also from assimilations such as &lt;em&gt;-dv-&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;-vv-&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-pt-&lt;/em&gt; &gt; &lt;em&gt;-tt&lt;/em&gt;. The origin of gemination can be different, though: the Latin &lt;em&gt;academia&lt;/em&gt; becomes &lt;em&gt;accademia&lt;/em&gt;, for a totally different phenomenon and indeed you can see it written &lt;em&gt;academia&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?lr=lang_it&amp;amp;tbo=p&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=academia&amp;amp;num=10&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;old books&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Other common cases are &lt;em&gt;femina&lt;/em&gt; (Latin) &gt; &lt;em&gt;femmina&lt;/em&gt; (Italian) or &lt;em&gt;cathedra&lt;/em&gt; (Latin) &gt; &lt;em&gt;cattedra&lt;/em&gt; (Italian), which are due to the proparoxytone word attracting gemination of the consonant following the tonic vowel. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/lettere-doppie_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the article on Enciclopedia dell'italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt; for more information.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to the question of &lt;em&gt;why&lt;/em&gt; Italian kept gemination from Latin and other Romance languages lost it, it's not easy to answer. Likely, the reason is the linguistic substrate of the peoples that started to speak Latin during Roman domination.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just to make an unrelated example: ask a Tuscan to pronounce the consonants /s/ and /ʧ/ one after the other and you'll get funny results; people in my region would have no difficulty: the local word for rifle is /'sʧopo/ (the root is the same as for Italian &lt;em&gt;scoppio&lt;/em&gt;, explosion). To the contrary, my regional (northern Italian) language has no consonant gemination at all and it's not uncommon to hear “wrong” pronunciation of Italian words that have geminated consonants.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-28T14:24:18.453" LastActivityDate="2020-05-28T14:24:18.453" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12905" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12894" CreationDate="2020-05-28T10:46:02.443" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola circa ha il duplice ruolo di preposizione ed avverbio. Come preposizione è una derivazione diretta dal latino, significa &quot;intorno a&quot;, ed il suo uso è arcaico. In questo caso, invece, è usata come avverbio, con il significato di &quot;quasi&quot;. &quot;Quasi&quot; è un sinonimo di &quot;circa&quot;, presente in tutti i dizionari dei sinonimi e dei contrari. Se leggi &quot;quasi sul luogo dove&quot;, sembra suonare meglio, ma anche con &quot;circa&quot; non è sbagliato, forse solo poco usato. A volte, in casi come questo, si usa &quot;all'incirca&quot;, che è un semplice rafforzativo di circa. In ogni caso, &quot;circa&quot;, &quot;all'incirca&quot;, &quot;quasi&quot;, &quot;pressappoco&quot;, &quot;suppergiù&quot;, ecc. sono tutti sinonimi che indicano una approssimazione, quando non si conosce o non si vuole indicare un dato preciso, sia esso un numero, un luogo, una data o altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1597" LastActivityDate="2020-05-28T10:46:02.443" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12906" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12911" CreationDate="2020-05-28T14:55:48.403" Score="2" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Il pugno chiuso&lt;/em&gt;, di Arrigo Boito, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Costui era un antiquario russo, molto erudito e molto scaltro, uno di quelli che &lt;strong&gt;torcono in male&lt;/strong&gt; la scienza, come altri &lt;strong&gt;torcono in male&lt;/strong&gt; la forza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sull'espressione &quot;torcere in male&quot; che appare in questa frase. Non sono riuscita a trovarla su nessun dizionario,  ma ricercando &quot;torcere in male&quot; o &quot;torce in male&quot; su Google ne appaiono alcune occorrenze. Se ne trovano anche di &quot;torcere in bene&quot; o &quot;torce in bene&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Delle accezioni di &quot;torcere&quot; che ho trovato sui dizionari, non ho saputo vedere a quale possa corrispondere l'uso che se ne fa in queste espressioni&#xA;(capisco, però, che è figurato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato sarebbe &quot;convertire in male&quot;? Ma perché si usa &quot;torcere&quot;? Ho la sensazione che mi sfugga qualche sfumatura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-29T07:56:59.223" LastActivityDate="2020-05-29T18:22:21.517" Title="Significato di &quot;torcere in male&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12907" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12899" CreationDate="2020-05-28T16:30:03.357" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse perché è la più giovane di quelle lingue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/lettere-doppie_(Enciclopedia-dell&amp;#39;Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;L'articolo Treccani&lt;/a&gt; dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In italiano, infatti, da uno stesso termine latino possono essersi formate due parole, una vicina alla forma originaria, più conservativa, e una di tipo popolare, più innovativa. […] Per es., dalla parola latina vĭtĭum si ha sia &lt;em&gt;vizio&lt;/em&gt; (esito dotto) sia &lt;em&gt;vezzo&lt;/em&gt; (esito popolare), dalla parola latina rătĭo si ha sia &lt;em&gt;razione&lt;/em&gt; (dotta) sia &lt;em&gt;ragione&lt;/em&gt; (popolare) e via dicendo in molti altri casi simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastActivityDate="2020-05-28T16:30:03.357" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12908" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12909" CreationDate="2020-05-28T19:36:56.123" Score="2" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quando dico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;un dedalo di strade&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sto facendo riferimento al mitico ingegnere creatore del labirinto ma sto anche usando una figura retorica?.  Se sì, quale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4712" LastEditorUserId="4712" LastEditDate="2020-05-29T07:49:26.773" LastActivityDate="2020-05-29T07:49:26.773" Title="In &quot;un dedalo di strade&quot; si usa una figura retorica?" Tags="&lt;figures-of-speech&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12909" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12908" CreationDate="2020-05-28T20:00:14.470" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/dedalo2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dèdalo&lt;/a&gt; s. m.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[dal fr. dédale, che riproduce il nome di Dedalo, come mitico costruttore del labirinto di Creta].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Labirinto, ma solo in senso fig., andirivieni intricato di strade o di passaggi in cui sia facile perdere l’orientamento: cacciarsi in un d. di viuzze; anche in senso astratto: un d. di ipotesi, di considerazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La figura retorica è quella della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/metonimia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;metonimia. &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che consiste nel sostituire una parola con un'altra che abbia con la prima una certa relazione, ad esempio di contiguità logica o materiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Treccani.it)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.sapere.it/sapere/strumenti/domande-risposte/di-tutto-un-po/dedalo-di-strade.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sapere.it:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Si utilizza dunque il termine dedalo per descrivere un labirinto di strade utilizzando l'artificio retorico della metonimia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, la figura retorica che consiste nel sostituire una parola con un'altra che abbia con la prima una certa relazione, ad esempio di contiguità logica o materiale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dedalo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano viene utilizzato il sostantivo &amp;quot;dedalo&amp;quot; per indicare un intrico (solitamente di strette vie) simile ad un labirinto, &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;derivando per metonimia il termine dal costruttore del labirinto.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-28T21:13:54.343" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12910" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12912" CreationDate="2020-05-29T14:21:15.317" Score="3" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Argon&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Susanna lo rifiutò, e Marchín si vendicò abominevolmente vendendo a un gòi la ricetta dei salami. È da pensare che questo gòi non ne abbia apprezzato il valore, dal momento che dopo la morte di Susanna (avvenuta in &lt;strong&gt;epoca storica&lt;/strong&gt;) non è piú stato possibile trovare in commercio salame d’oca degno del nome e della tradizione. Per questa sua spregevole ritorsione lo zio Marchín perdette il diritto ad essere chiamato zio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che, secondo i dizionari, l'aggettivo &quot;storico&quot; fa riferimento a qualcosa &quot;che appartiene alla storia&quot;, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;in epoca storica&quot; che appare in questo brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa che la morte di Susanna era avvenuta molto tempo fa e, per questa ragione, apparteneva già alla storia? Forse il senso è che questo fatto accadde in tempi memorabili o rilevanti per qualche ragione e che, per questa ragione, avevano &quot;fatto storia&quot; (accezione &lt;strong&gt;1.f&lt;/strong&gt; del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/storico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)? Il significato è magari un altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo un passaggio che dà un riferimento temporale alla vita di questa Susanna, per si può essere utile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La Susanna dei salami d’oca era cugina di Nona Màlia, mia nonna paterna, che sopravvive in figura di agghindata minuscola ammaliatrice in alcune pose di studio eseguite verso il 1870, e come una vecchietta grinzosa, stizzosa, sciatta e favolosamente sorda nei miei ricordi d’infanzia piú lontani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il racconto comincia in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ci sono, nell’aria che respiriamo, i cosiddetti gas inerti. Portano curiosi nomi greci di derivazione dotta, che significano «il Nuovo», «il Nascosto», «l’Inoperoso», «lo Straniero». Sono, appunto, talmente inerti, talmente paghi della loro condizione, che non interferiscono in alcuna reazione chimica, non si combinano con alcun altro elemento, e proprio per questo motivo sono passati inosservati per secoli: solo nel 1962 un chimico di buona volontà, dopo lunghi ed ingegnosi sforzi, è riuscito a costringere lo Straniero (lo xenon) a combinarsi fugacemente con l’avidissimo, vivacissimo fluoro, e l’impresa è apparsa talmente straordinaria che gli è stato conferito il Premio Nobel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il narratore si situa nel tempo dopo il 1962.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-29T17:04:38.673" LastActivityDate="2020-05-29T20:49:36.800" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;in epoca storica&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12911" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12906" CreationDate="2020-05-29T18:22:21.517" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo torcere si usa spesso per indicare un’azione di forza contro il movimento naturale di una cosa, ad esempio, come suggerisce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/torcere/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani.it: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;l’afferrò per la mano e gli torse il braccio per farlo andare in terra;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;torcersi le mani, una con l’altra,&lt;/em&gt; come manifestazione di sconforto,&#xA;di disperazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo significato per estensione ha assunto il significato di “stravolgere”; sempre da Treccani.it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con senso affine a stravolgere: &lt;em&gt;torcere le parole, torcere il senso di uno scritto&lt;/em&gt;, trarre le parole a un significato diverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel l'espressione “torcere in male la scienza” il senso sembra essere quello sopra esposto, ossia forzare la scienza verso il male, verso risultati negativi, contrariamente a quanto dovrebbe fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-05-29T18:22:21.517" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12912" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12910" CreationDate="2020-05-29T20:49:36.800" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vediamo dal dizionario Treccani per &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vulcano/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vulcano&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Tra le denominazioni dei tipi di vulcano: &lt;em&gt;vulcani attivi&lt;/em&gt;, quelli che hanno avuto almeno una eruzione in &lt;strong&gt;epoca storica&lt;/strong&gt;; &lt;em&gt;vulcani quiescenti&lt;/em&gt;, caratterizzati da manifestazioni residue del vulcanismo attivo; &lt;em&gt;vulcani spenti&lt;/em&gt;, in cui non si è riscontrata alcuna attività in &lt;strong&gt;epoca storica&lt;/strong&gt;; [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(il nero è mio, per evidenziare l'uso di &lt;em&gt;epoca storica&lt;/em&gt;). L'&lt;em&gt;epoca storica&lt;/em&gt;, in contrapposizione a quella &lt;em&gt;preistorica&lt;/em&gt;, è il periodo di tempo del quale abbiamo testimonianze di qualche tipo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovviamente Levi non si riferisce alla preistoria, quindi il suo uso di &lt;em&gt;epoca storica&lt;/em&gt; è iperbolico. Vediamo gli indizi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Susanna è chiamata per nome, quindi nota ai personaggi del racconto;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;era cugina della nonna che l'autore ricorda viva durante la sua infanzia;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“Il sistema periodico” è una raccolta di racconti basati su episodi della vita dell'autore.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne concludiamo che non può essere morta in epoca così remota, dopo tutto: ci si ricorda ancora di lei, perché aveva la ricetta del salame d'oca che nessuno sa più preparare come si deve dopo la vendita della ricetta al gòi. Si noti che la vendita avvenne quando ancora Susanna era viva, dopo il rifiuto di sposare Marchin. L'epoca è “storica” perché i personaggi del racconto ne hanno testimonianze di prima mano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se Levi avesse voluto collocare la morte di Susanna in tempi trascorsi da moltissimo tempo, avrebbe avuto molte altre scelte: &lt;em&gt;epoca remota&lt;/em&gt; prima fra tutte. Non mi risulta che &lt;em&gt;epoca storica&lt;/em&gt; possa essere adoperato in altro senso che quello detto all'inizio, se non con qualche attributo: &lt;em&gt;l'epoca storica di Dante&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ogni epoca storica guarda il passato con…&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-05-29T20:49:36.800" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12913" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-30T16:22:31.187" Score="5" ViewCount="240" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L’amore ai tempi del Covid-19&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, di Antonio Manzini,  ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ci fu l'esplosione dei tuttologi in televisione e sui social. Gente che &lt;strong&gt;aveva strappato la licenza liceale coi denti&lt;/strong&gt; si improvvisò infettivologo, dicendo la sua sulla natura del Covid-19. Teorie mediche parlavano di vaccini e medicinali miracolosi: sieri antivipera sconfiggevano il contagio, impacchi di saliva di mucca lo fermavano per sempre, una masturbazione compulsiva e selvaggia lo indeboliva, il Frascati bianco Est! Est!! Est!!! scioglieva la corona del virus e rendeva immuni i bimbi sotto i 6 mesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato e uso dell'espressione &quot;strappare qualcosa (nel testo, la licenza liceale) coi denti&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Si tratta di qualche sorta di modo di dire, frase fatta o espressione idiomatica? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;strappare&quot; di alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovata. Non appare neanche sul dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.orticalab.it/Un-derby-strappato-coi-denti-un&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web&lt;/a&gt;, ne ho trovato un altro esempio, però (anche qui il grassetto è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Un derby &lt;strong&gt;strappato coi denti&lt;/strong&gt;, un terzo posto meritato: un anno dopo questa Sidigas è ancora grande&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto di questo esempio, mi pare che il suo significato sia più o meno &quot;riuscire a stento a fare qualcosa, fare qualcosa con grande difficoltà&quot;. Immagino anche che si usi in registri informali. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;1. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2020/02/12/nome-malattia-coronavirus-2019-ncov/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di Licia Corbolante&lt;/a&gt;, che si occupa di ricerca terminologica e qualità linguistica, &#xA;dovrebbe essere &quot;della COVID-19&quot;, ma in questo racconto l'autore fa confusione tra virus e malattia.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-06T14:49:46.050" LastActivityDate="2020-09-18T08:02:55.197" Title="&quot;Strappare qualcosa coi denti&quot;: si tratta di un modo di dire?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="17" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12914" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5150" CreationDate="2020-05-30T18:08:59.507" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che la frase possa derivare da una battuta dell’Ecclesiaste: ciò che è stato sarà, ciò che si è fatto si rifarà, non c’è niente di nuovo sotto il sole. La frase fu ripresa ed annotata nel registro della università di Wittenberg da Giordano Bruno in chiara polemica con le teorie di Lutero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6379" LastActivityDate="2020-05-30T18:08:59.507" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12916" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-05-31T13:38:55.183" Score="7" ViewCount="260" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/05/20/dal-3-giugno-torneremo-a-volare-in-bio-sicurezza&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia su Euronews&lt;/a&gt;, mi sono imbattuta nell'espressione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ministra ai trasporti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ricercato con Google e ho trovato altre locuzioni simili:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ul&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro ai giovani e allo sport &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro ai beni culturali&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro alla cultura&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro alla giustizia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro all'istruzione&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro all'economia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro agli affari esteri &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;ministro agli affari regionali&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Persino in un &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/contenuti/settima-settimana-della-lingua-italiana-nel-mondo/1873&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; che fa la presentazione della Settimana della lingua italiana nel mondo del 2007 si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Vice Ministro agli Affari Esteri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualche modo di capire perché si usa la preposizione &quot;a&quot; in queste espressioni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto la voce che riguarda la &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/a2/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;preposizione &quot;a&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a vedere che corrisponda a nessuno degli usi spiegati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-05-31T18:08:01.593" LastActivityDate="2020-09-25T23:06:10.540" Title="&quot;Ministra ai trasporti&quot;: perché si usa la preposizione &quot;a&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12917" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12923" CreationDate="2020-06-01T13:10:17.297" Score="2" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, the prepositions &quot;opposite&quot; and &quot;in front of&quot; have a subtle difference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;opposite: in a position facing someone or something but &lt;em&gt;with something between both&lt;/em&gt; (eg street, river, table)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in front of: close to the front of something or someone&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have learned that &quot;di fronte a&quot; is a translation of &quot;opposite&quot; and I thought back then that the Italian word had the &lt;em&gt;exact same&lt;/em&gt; meaning. However, I have recently read at a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.quora.com/Si-usa-davanti-a-o-di-fronte-a&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Quora answer&lt;/a&gt; that &quot;di fronte a&quot; is in fact used when I'm in front of something and &lt;em&gt;facing it&lt;/em&gt;, while &quot;davanti a&quot; is used when I'm in front of something, but not necessarily facing it. Supposedly there is no need of having something between both people/objects in &quot;di fronte a&quot;, unlike in &quot;opposite&quot; in English. Is that correct? I have looked for a precise definition of &quot;di fronte a&quot; in the Treccani dictionary, but I have not found it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-06-01T19:46:55.543" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T09:52:16.533" Title="Meaning of &quot;di fronte a&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12918" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-01T13:49:33.657" Score="2" ViewCount="146" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal libro di Elena Ferrante &lt;em&gt;Storia della bambina perduta&lt;/em&gt;.  La frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] e lei sprofondava in una realtà pasticciata, &lt;strong&gt;collacea&lt;/strong&gt;, senza riuscire a dare contorni nitidi alle sensazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato dappertutto, anche su Google, e solamente trovo citazioni dai suoi libri, ma nessuna spiegazione del significato di &quot;collacea&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È possibile che sia un derivato dalla parola &quot;colla&quot;? Voglio dire, la parola descrive una qualità, una consistenza come quella di una colla semiliquida? Mi sembra che Ferrante voglia dire qualcosa che si scioglie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mille grazie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6215" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-01T14:20:37.230" LastActivityDate="2020-06-01T15:40:03.977" Title="&quot;Collacea&quot; è un derivato dalla parola &quot;colla&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12919" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12918" CreationDate="2020-06-01T14:05:28.697" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La tua supposizione è esatta, il senso è proprio quello da te descritto, ovvero descrive una consistenza simile alla colla, appiccicosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il suffisso &lt;em&gt;-ceo&lt;/em&gt; trasforma in questo caso un sostantivo (colla) in un aggettivo; si parla di &lt;strong&gt;morfema aggettivatore&lt;/strong&gt; come viene descritto in &lt;a href=&quot;http://wwwdata.unibg.it/dati/corsi/24169/60754-Lista_morfemi_italiano_Facchi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo elenco&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;AGGETTIVATORI: trasformano un nome o un verbo in un aggettivo.   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  - -ace-: suffisso aggettivatore con valore di “prodotto/derivato da N”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;carta → cartaceo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  legno → legnaceo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  erba → erbaceo  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  sebo → sebaceo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente cercando su Google &quot;collaceo&quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=DURcAAAAcAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA76&amp;amp;lpg=PA76&amp;amp;dq=collaceo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=HXgrlzHjDJ&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1ULXbeVh_htUw743zQjveMZtCUUg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjOt42a5ODpAhWE2qQKHY0LDQUQ6AEwBHoECAoQAg#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=collaceo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trovo addirittura un esempio risalente al 1770&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-06-01T15:40:03.977" LastActivityDate="2020-06-01T15:40:03.977" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12920" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12921" CreationDate="2020-06-01T16:23:45.300" Score="2" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Argon&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ora avvenne che sua madre, la zia Milca («Regina»), si ammalò, e dopo molto contendere col marito si indusse ad accettare di assumere una havertà, ossia una domestica, cosa che aveva recisamente rifiutata fino a quel tempo: infatti, presaga, non voleva donne per casa. Puntualmente, Barbabramín &lt;strong&gt;fu colto d’amore&lt;/strong&gt; per questa havertà, probabilmente la prima femmina meno che santa che gli fosse stato dato di avvicinare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso più o meno immaginare il significato di &quot;essere colto d'amore&quot;, anche se si tratta di un'espressione che non ho trovato su nessun dizionario. È d'uso comune? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, riguardo al significato, c'è una sfumatura di qualcosa che accade all'improvviso? Cioè, dovrei capire che Barbabramín non si era poco a poco innamorato di questa &quot;havertà&quot;, ma il suo innamoramento era arrivato improvvisamente? O significa semplicemente &quot;innamorarsi&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può anche dire &quot;essere colto da&quot; + un altro sentimento?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-01T20:04:57.770" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T06:55:03.900" Title="Uso e significato di &quot;essere colto d'amore&quot; e espressioni simili" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12921" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12920" CreationDate="2020-06-01T20:52:46.160" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La preposizione “da” si apostrofa di rado al giorno d’oggi, ma non è “vietato”. È ancora frequente in strutture cristallizzate come &lt;em&gt;d’ora in poi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo è &lt;em&gt;fu colto&lt;/em&gt;, quindi passato remoto passivo e non può reggere altro che &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; per il soggetto logico.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può essere colti da &lt;em&gt;amore&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;collera&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gelosia&lt;/em&gt; e tanto altro. Il verbo è passivo, a significare che è lo stato d'animo “personificato” che coglie, cioè afferra, svelle o solleva. Pertanto contiene certamente l'idea di qualcosa che accade all'improvviso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;  Ciò che compie l'azione, altrimenti detto complemento d'agente o di causa efficiente. Con una distinzione che in italiano non ha alcun senso, ma è nelle grammatiche perché in latino si usano modi distinti se il soggetto logico è una persona o una cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-06-01T20:52:46.160" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12922" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12920" CreationDate="2020-06-01T21:07:45.493" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso è quello di una cosa improvvisa, inattesa. Treccani.it usa l’espressione “colto da” come sinonimo di sorpreso: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sorpreso_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sorpreso: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;[con valore verbale, &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;colto all'improvviso,&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; anche fig.: un pregiudicato sorpreso &#xA;  a rubare; malattia sorpresa all'inizio] ≈ (fam.) beccato, colto, preso. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;[&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;colto da meraviglia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; dinanzi a qualcosa di inatteso o fuori&#xA;  dell'ordinario] ≈ meravigliato, stupito. ↑ allibito, esterrefatto,&#xA;  strabiliato, stupefatto, [solo in funz. predicativa] (fam.) a bocca&#xA;  aperta, [solo in funz. predicativa] senza parole (mi ha lasciato senza&#xA;  parole).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-02T06:55:03.900" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T06:55:03.900" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12923" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12917" CreationDate="2020-06-01T22:50:21.863" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;What you read from Quora is right, &quot;di fronte a&quot; is used when you are facing something, &quot;davanti a&quot; is used when you are in front of something, but you are not necessarily facing it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6386" LastEditorUserId="6386" LastEditDate="2020-06-02T09:52:16.533" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T09:52:16.533" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12925" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8489" CreationDate="2020-06-02T14:27:45.247" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato del termine nel brano corrisponde all'accezione numero 9 della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI14/00000131.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;pregio&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che precisa che questo aggettivo può essere accompagnato da un complemento di specificazione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;9.&lt;/strong&gt; Buona reputazione; fama onorevole, nomea positiva; gloria, lustro. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – In relazione con un compl. di specificazione. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Chiaro Davanzati&lt;/em&gt;, 1-55: Usate propiamente veritate, / se fin pregio volete di bontate. &lt;em&gt;Dante&lt;/em&gt;, 1-2: Savete giudicar vostra ragione, / o om che pregio di saver portate; / per che, vitando aver con voi quistione, / com so rispondo a le parole ornate. &lt;em&gt;Idem&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;Purg&lt;/em&gt;., 8-129: Vostra gente onrata non si sfregia / del pregio de la borsa e de la spada. &lt;em&gt;Fiori di filosafi&lt;/em&gt;, 158: Chi vuole pregio di iustizia, usila ne' suoi offici. &lt;em&gt;Livio volgar&lt;/em&gt;., 1-72: Tullo regnò con grande pregio di armi anni trentadue. &lt;em&gt;Ceffi&lt;/em&gt;, XXI-25-46: Voi possiate tornare al vostro albergo con buona nominanza e grande pregio e di misericordia e di giustizia.  &lt;em&gt;Tasso&lt;/em&gt;, 6-72: Il titolo tu d'esser pudica / sì poco stimi, e d'onestate il pregio, / che te n'andrai fra nazion nemica, / notturna amante, a ricercar dispregio? &lt;em&gt;L. Adimari&lt;/em&gt;, 159: Già in pregio d'onestà visse laudabile  l'alto nome di Porzia e di Sulpizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come specifica questo vocabolario  un po' più avanti, questa accezione può anche avere la sfumatura di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Merito degno di onore; vanto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, la narratrice si sta riferendo all'autorità come una qualità positiva di sé stessa, un merito degno di onore, di buona reputazione, associato al fatto di essere donna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T14:27:45.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12926" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12927" CreationDate="2020-06-02T15:48:16.243" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/06/02/george-floyd-anche-in-europa-migliaia-in-strada-contro-razzismo-e-violenza-delle-autorita&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia di Euronews&lt;/a&gt;, ho letto  (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A Milano, il flashmob ha seguito le regole del distanziamento sociale e si è tenuto davanti al consolato americano. Stessa location a Napoli per la manifestazione &lt;strong&gt;indetta&lt;/strong&gt; sabato prossimo [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &quot;indetta&quot; che appare in questo brano. Ho cercato il verbo &quot;indettare&quot; in alcuni dizionari, tra i quali il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/indettare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI07/00000800.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non mi sembra che nessuna delle accezioni corrisponda all'uso che se ne fa nel brano sopra citato. Ricercando &quot;manifestazione indetta&quot; su Google, però, ne trovo parecchie occorrenze. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa &quot;indetta&quot; in riferimento a una manifestazione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-02T16:25:13.117" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T20:33:30.757" Title="Significato di &quot;indetta&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12927" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12926" CreationDate="2020-06-02T16:20:30.580" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo è &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/indire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;indire&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;. Ah, i verbi irregolari! È un composto di &lt;em&gt;dire&lt;/em&gt;, quindi &lt;em&gt;indico&lt;/em&gt; (parola piana), &lt;em&gt;indicevo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;indissi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;indica&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;indetto&lt;/em&gt;.  Il participio passato di &lt;em&gt;indettare&lt;/em&gt; è &lt;em&gt;indettato&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ordinare o disporre che sia preparata, organizzata e iniziata con una certa solennità una manifestazione di pubblico interesse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-06-02T20:33:30.757" LastActivityDate="2020-06-02T20:33:30.757" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12928" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12929" CreationDate="2020-06-03T04:26:24.607" Score="2" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho forse imparato a dire &amp;quot;Certo!&amp;quot;. Ieri sera il mio amico di martedì mi ha chiesto &amp;quot;Hai fatto gli arancini?&amp;quot; e io ho risposto &amp;quot;Certo!&amp;quot;. Ha sorriso. A cena abbiamo parlato di &amp;quot;Certo che sì&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Certo che no&amp;quot; e anche di &amp;quot;No, certo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;Certo no&amp;quot;. Non ho capito bene... Poi, a metà cena, ha fatto una faccia strana e mi ha detto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si certa che un certo arancino ti fissa. Ora certo mangio quel certo arancino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi l'ha mangiato intero! E mi ha detto di cercare di capire la frase che ho riportato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su questo sito ho trovato &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/6306/cosa-significa-un-certo-qual&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, ma non è uguale e mi confonde di più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come devo capire quella frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-23T17:56:24.597" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T17:56:24.597" Title="Dubbio su diversi usi della parola &quot;certo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12929" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12928" CreationDate="2020-06-03T08:39:54.843" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Forse il motivo per cui ha sorriso alla tua esclamazione risiede nel fatto che la tua pronuncia di &quot;certo&quot; potrebbe essere simpatica e non proprio corretta, o magari lo hai semplicemente detto con molto entusiasmo. Ad ogni modo rispondere &quot;Certo!&quot; corrisponde a &quot;Certamente&quot;, ovvero come avrai capito &quot;of course&quot;. &quot;Certo che sì&quot; è un modo per affermare qualcosa con ancora più convizione di &quot;Certo&quot; o &quot;Certamente&quot;, che si equivalgono. &quot;Certo che no&quot; ha lo stesso uso, ma per negare un'affermazione. &quot;No, certo&quot; è un espressione prettamente verbale, e &quot;certo no&quot; invece non esiste proprio. Ora vediamo la frase enigmatica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Sii certa che un certo arancino ti fissa.&quot; (Grazie @Hachi per la correzione di &quot;Si certa&quot; in &quot;Sii Certa&quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Sii certa&quot; = &quot;Stai sicura che&quot; = &quot;Be sure that&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Un certo arancino&quot; = &quot;Uno degli arancini, non precisato&quot; = &quot;A certain arancino&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Be sure that a certain arancino is staring at you.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per il resto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;Ora certo mangio quel certo arancino.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;Ora certo&quot; = &quot;For sure now I am gonna...&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&quot;quel certo arancino&quot;, qui mi sto riferendo ad un arancino che ho definito in precedenza, come per dire, &quot;prendo un panino a caso, poi metto quel panino scelto casualmente nel frigo&quot;. Non c'è un motivo preciso per usare questa forma, e non c'è un cambio di significato rispetto a &quot;prendo un panino, poi lo metto nel frigo&quot;, dato che già &quot;un&quot; presume una scelta casuale. È un modo come mille altri per allungare una frase e renderla più divertente, frivola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;For sure now I am gonna eat that arancino we were talking about.&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6386" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-03T10:15:14.577" LastActivityDate="2020-06-03T10:15:14.577" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12930" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8405" CreationDate="2020-06-03T11:22:29.450" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un uso del verbo &quot;viaggiare&quot; che oggi sembra insolito, ma dall'accezione numero 8 della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000847.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;viaggiare&quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; possiamo vedere che è stata usato da parecchi autori:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;. Tr. Percorrere, attraversare un paese, una regione,&#xA;  un territorio, ecc. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Chiari&lt;/em&gt;, 2-1-61: Se costoro viaggiata avessero una picciola&#xA;  parte di que' paesi, che a me serviron di scuola, non ristringerebbero tutto le stravaganze del caso tra le sole mura dove son nati. &lt;em&gt;Bandi&lt;/em&gt;, 1-1-40: Capitò in Ginevra un giovane lombardo mio amicissimo che, dopo avere viaggiata l'America, riparava&#xA;  nella Svizzera come in luogo più vicino alla sua patria. &lt;em&gt;Pratesi&lt;/em&gt;, 5-349: Aveva viaggiato tutta l'Europa, e... parlava diverse lingue. &lt;em&gt;Piovene&lt;/em&gt;, 10-449: Viaggiando l'America ad ogni passo ci si trova di fronte alla sua [di Roosevelt] immensa opera di legislatore. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Attraversare un locale, un ambiente (con valore enfatico).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;Roccatagliata Ceccardi&lt;/em&gt;, 18: Il padre, / viaggiando la stanza con i passi / d'un viandante, riguardava muto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se &quot;viaggiare&quot; ammette questo uso transitivo, questo significa che può anche essere adoperato in modo passivo. Come spiega questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/biglietti-volati-e-biglietti-viaggiati-linsolito-dinamismo-del-titolo-di-viaggio/1484&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, il costrutto passivo è stato anche usato da parecchi autori, anche se l'uso con il complemento agente fatto esplicito nella frase è qualificato come raro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In italiano possibili soggetti di una costruzione passiva con viaggiare sono il viaggio, il percorso di viaggio (come il &lt;em&gt;calle viaggiato&lt;/em&gt; di Carducci in &lt;em&gt;Per Elvira&lt;/em&gt;, XXII, &lt;em&gt;Tre sonetti&lt;/em&gt;, I.5) e la sua lunghezza o il luogo (fisico o figurato) che viene attraversato viaggiando, insomma i casi in cui il verbo assume il valore di ‘percorrere’. In alcuni casi anche l’essere umano, divenendo esso stesso luogo di viaggio, può &quot;essere viaggiato&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...]  espresso anche il complemento di agente; sia nel caso del percorso o luogo di viaggio, sia nel caso di viaggio spirituale o interiore si trovano rare testimonianze dall’Ottocento fino ai giorni nostri:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;L'Inferno il Purgatorio&lt;/strong&gt; (Terra), &lt;strong&gt;e il Paradiso&lt;/strong&gt; (Cielo), su’ quali stendesi la Monarchia di Dio, &lt;strong&gt;sono viaggiati da Dante&lt;/strong&gt; sotto le guide di Virgilio e di Beatrice (Francesco Maria Torricelli, &lt;em&gt;Inedito paralello&lt;/em&gt; [sic] &lt;em&gt;tra l’Eneide e il Poema sacro&lt;/em&gt;, p. 3 e sg : 4, vol. II, Fossombrone, Tip. Farina, 1843).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Non siamo forse oggi un po' &lt;strong&gt;tutti &lt;em&gt;viaggiatori viaggiati&lt;/em&gt; da un immaginario eterodiretto&lt;/strong&gt;, ove ci si muove solamente per 'arrivare' ad una mèta pre-fissata da un immaginario mercificato? (Lucio Costantini, &lt;em&gt;Autoscatto: Vicende del visivo e sparizione della realtà&lt;/em&gt;, Lampi di stampa, 2016).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia impressione dalla lettura del testo è che Ferrero abbia scelto questo uso per dare un valore enfatico al fatto di viaggiare per l'Italia, per sottolineare che Cerati viaggiava tantissimo per tutta l'Italia, persino, come è spiegato nel libro, quando non aveva i soldi per pagare il biglietto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il capitolo &quot;La produzione italofona dell'Europa orientale attraverso l'opera di Ornela Vorpsi&quot; del libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=Jq_dW6vkc3cC&amp;amp;pg=PA245&amp;amp;lpg=PA245&amp;amp;dq=viaggiare+transitivo&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=-6mA8BsG3_&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3PxSgvEye7OMEoDBihynWRbuEWxQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjlo8uO6-fpAhUH8hQKHfGCBEY4ChDoATABegQIBhAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=viaggiare%20transitivo&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Scrivere nella lingua dell'altro. La letteratura degli immigrati in Italia (1989-2007)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; spiega una scelta in certo modo simile di questa autrice nell'incipit del romanzo &lt;em&gt;La mano che non mordi&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Viaggiando, ho capito &lt;em&gt;profondamente&lt;/em&gt; di non essere un viaggiatore. Non che&#xA;  prima non lo sapessi. Con il pensiero ho sempre voluto viaggiare I'intero&#xA;  mondo e al di là, se possibile. Con il corpo mi riusciva possibile. Mi sono detta poi che se sforzo un po' la mia carne, forse lei può trovare piacere unendosi al pensiero che ama viaggiare. Magari era solo pigrizia. Così che&#xA;  mi sono mossa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] l'uso transitivo del verbo «viaggiare», generalmente intransitivo. Tale uso si presta a considerazioni che esulano dalla pura sfera grammaticale: il viaggio è l'altro tema dominante ne dà una dimensione simbolica ulteriore, come se fosse possibile viaggiare &lt;em&gt;qualcosa&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;, e non solo attraverso luoghi o grazie a mezzi di trasporto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-04T10:25:33.190" LastActivityDate="2020-06-04T10:25:33.190" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12931" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-03T14:19:01.720" Score="2" ViewCount="1181" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L’amore ai tempi del Covid-19&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, di Antonio Manzini,  ho letto questo dialogo tra il vicequestore Rocco Schiavone e Fumagalli, un altro poliziotto, mentre stanno svolgendo un'indagine in un appartamento (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Quanta gente abita qui dentro?» chiese Fumagalli. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sono in sette, mi pare». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «E io che mi lamento di stare da solo in 70 metri quadrati!».&lt;br&gt;&#xA;   &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Non sei sempre da solo» fece Rocco, «la Gambino a casa tua non viene mai?». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «No carino, vado io nella sua. 180 metri sul portico romano!» e gli fece l’occhiolino. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Sei un uomo squallido e profittatore... &lt;strong&gt;stammi bene&lt;/strong&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finito questo dialogo, i due continuano a lavorare nell'appartamento. Infatti, il testo continua così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Mentre Fumagalli infilava un paio di guanti di plastica, Rocco tornò in corridoio. «Antonio!» chiamò. Quello si affacciò sull’uscio. «Inutile dire che nessuno può uscire. E non devono usare il bagno».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bene1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato parecchi possibili significati della locuzione &quot;stare bene&quot;. Non mi pare, però, che nessuno sia adatto al contesto di questo dialogo. Sapreste spiegarmi qual è il senso di questo &quot;stammi bene&quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;1. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2020/02/12/nome-malattia-coronavirus-2019-ncov/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di Licia Corbolante&lt;/a&gt;, che si occupa di ricerca terminologica e qualità linguistica, &#xA;dovrebbe essere &quot;della COVID-19&quot;, ma in questo racconto l'autore fa confusione tra virus e malattia.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-06T14:47:54.593" LastActivityDate="2020-06-06T14:47:54.593" Title="Cosa significa &quot;stammi bene&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12933" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12931" CreationDate="2020-06-03T16:17:28.900" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In generale, &lt;em&gt;stammi bene&lt;/em&gt; è una formula di congedo che vuol significare &lt;em&gt;sta’ bene, ho a cuore la tua salute&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi non solo augurale come sarebbe il latino &lt;em&gt;Vale&lt;/em&gt;: ha anche un pizzico di affetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, può essere adoperato anche in senso ironico. Per esempio, dopo una discussione accesa uno dei due interlocutori potrebbe congedarsi con &lt;em&gt;stammi bene&lt;/em&gt;, intendendo: “non hai capito nulla di ciò che volevo dire, resta pure della tua idea”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E sarebbe proprio questo caso! “Sei un uomo squallido e profittatore…”, con l'aggiunta di “stammi bene” nel senso “non voglio avere nulla a che fare con te”. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente, però, qui il senso va preso alla rovescia e si capisce dall'occhiolino: i due sono amici, oltre che colleghi e l'ultima frase vuole essere solo una presa in giro, con anche un po’ di invidia verso il collega, probabilmente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-06-03T16:17:28.900" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12934" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-03T17:16:32.447" Score="3" ViewCount="163" Body="&lt;p&gt;In an analogous French construction, the past participle would remain in its base form (&lt;em&gt;Elle s'est lavé les mains&lt;/em&gt;), since the subject (&lt;em&gt;elle&lt;/em&gt;) is the indirect object of the action, and since the direct object of the action (&lt;em&gt;les mains&lt;/em&gt;) is placed after the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was under the impression that Italian and French had corresponding rules regarding the agreement of the past participle in compound verb tenses. Nevertheless, in Italian, the past participle of this construction agrees with the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Could anyone please explain why?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6392" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-06-03T21:21:02.697" LastActivityDate="2020-06-17T14:44:46.683" Title="Why is it &quot;lei si è lavata le mani&quot; and not &quot;lei si è lavato le mani&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;past-tense&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12935" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12934" CreationDate="2020-06-03T20:47:19.160" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;You impression is wrong, sorry. In (modern) Italian, the participle in a verbal form constructed with the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; agrees with the subject.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Renzo si è lavato le mani e si è messo la mascherina, poi è entrato nel negozio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lucia si è lavata le mani e si è messa la mascherina, poi è entrata nel negozio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could find in old books agreement with the direct object for reflexive verbs, something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Renzo si è lavate le mani e si è messa la mascherina, poi è entrato nel negozio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but this is not the current majority usage. Some people might use it, in order to use &lt;em&gt;parlare ricercato&lt;/em&gt; (refined speech); I believe it's still an alive form in Tuscany. See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/concordanza_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Concordanza in the Enciclopedia Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. The case of the composite forms of the verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; itself is a bit different, but it's not this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In French the participle agrees neither with the subject (&lt;em&gt;elle&lt;/em&gt;) nor with the direct object (&lt;em&gt;les mains&lt;/em&gt;): otherwise it would be &lt;em&gt;lavée&lt;/em&gt; (which is not wrong, as far as I know) or &lt;em&gt;lavées&lt;/em&gt;. Different rules.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that when the verb is constructed with the auxiliary &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; (for example in the active &lt;em&gt;passato prossimo&lt;/em&gt;) the participle usually doesn't agree with the subject. Actually the rule of agreement in this case is quite complex, see &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/54/70&quot;&gt;Past participle and changing endings with auxiliary verb &amp;quot;avere&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="-1" LastEditDate="2020-06-18T08:30:24.813" LastActivityDate="2020-06-17T14:44:46.683" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12936" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12937" CreationDate="2020-06-04T14:30:34.380" Score="3" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Argon&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Su quanto abbia fatto Barbabramín durante questi anni, le versioni divergono. Non c’è dubbio che &lt;strong&gt;li abbia in buona parte dormiti e giocati&lt;/strong&gt;: si sa con certezza che andò in rovina economicamente, perché «non tagliava i cupòn» dei buoni del Tesoro, e perché aveva affidato l’amministrazione delle cascine ad un mamsér («bastardo») che le aveva vendute per un boccone di pane ad un suo uomo di paglia; secondo i presagi della zia Milca, lo zio trascinò cosí nella sua rovina l’intero parentado, ed ancora oggi se ne lamentano le conseguenze.&#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;   Si narra anche che abbia letto e studiato, e che, ritenuto infine sapiente e giusto, ricevesse dal suo letto delegazioni dei notabili di Chieri e dirimesse controversie; si narra ancora che, [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su questo personaggio, Barbabramín, si spiega in precedenza:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ancor giovane era già molto ricco, avendo acquistato dai nobili del luogo numerose cascine da Chieri fino all’Astigiano; facendo conto sulla sua eredità, i suoi parenti sperperarono tutti i loro averi in banchetti, balli e viaggi a Parigi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a capire del tutto bene il senso dell'espressione &quot;li abbia in buona parte dormiti e giocati&quot; riferendosi agli anni trascorsi, anche se capisco che la conseguenza è che Barbabramín finí in rovina. Significa che impiegava parte del suo tempo nel gioco? E con &quot;dormiti&quot; si dà magari a intendere che spendeva molti soldi in prostitute? O devo semplicemente capire che consumava parte del suo tempo a dormire (questo non gli avrebbe certamente fatto perdere dei soldi, ma si tratta di un'attività non utile all'amministrazione dei suoi beni)? O magari qualcos'altro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-04T20:37:36.310" LastActivityDate="2020-06-05T10:14:12.110" Title="Qual è il senso dell'espressione &quot;li abbia in buona parte dormiti e giocati&quot; in questo brano?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12937" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12936" CreationDate="2020-06-05T10:14:12.110" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso è secondo me quello indicato da @Hachi nel suo commento; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è uno strano costrutto in cui i due verbi sono forzati a diventare transitivi per rendere l'espressione più &quot;colorita&quot; e rafforzare il concetto che il personaggio ha sprecato i suoi anni, piuttosto che utilizzare un più convenzionale: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&quot;[...] abbia passato buona parte di quegli anni dormendo e giocando [...]&quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi ricorda un anacoluto, ma non sono sicuro si possa classificare così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-06-05T10:14:12.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12938" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12939" CreationDate="2020-06-05T15:44:44.113" Score="1" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L’amore ai tempi del Covid-19&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, di Antonio Manzini,  ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «No, voglio capire perché uno a trent'anni sta a casa della sorella». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Pietro si guardò le mani. «Perché casa dei miei genitori l’abbiamo venduta». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Ah, altrimenti starebbe con loro?». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; «Con chi? Con quei due vecchi rincoglioniti? Ma per carità!». &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Rocco si grattò la barba. «Sì, ma sempre con quei vecchi rincoglioniti sta vivendo, no? &lt;strong&gt;In più&lt;/strong&gt; su un divano letto».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo Pietro e i suoi genitori abitano a casa della sorella, di cui precedentemente si è detto questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La casa era di 90 metri quadrati. In fondo al corridoio la stanza dei bambini, accanto quella matrimoniale, nel saloncino con l'angolo cottura si apriva un piccolo balcone che fungeva anche da sgabuzzino. La stanza da letto accanto all'ingresso era aperta. Due anziani, seduti sul materasso con indosso la mascherina, si tenevano le mani e pareva tremassero. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La moglie e i figli erano in salone seduti sul divano a due posti. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo questo passaggio, la mia impressione è che i genitori (questi &quot;due anziani&quot;) dormissero in questa &quot;stanza da letto accanto all’ingresso&quot;, mentre invece Pietro lo facesse su questo &quot;divano a due posti&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di questo &quot;in più&quot; che appare nel primo brano. Potrebbe voler dire &quot;per di più&quot;, cioè, &quot;per giunta&quot;, &quot;inoltre&quot;? Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/piu&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;più&quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ho trovato parecchi usi della locuzione &quot;in più&quot;, ma nessuno con questo significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;1. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2020/02/12/nome-malattia-coronavirus-2019-ncov/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di Licia Corbolante&lt;/a&gt;, che si occupa di ricerca terminologica e qualità linguistica, &#xA;dovrebbe essere &quot;della COVID-19&quot;, ma in questo racconto l'autore fa confusione tra virus e malattia.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-05T19:45:35.217" LastActivityDate="2020-06-05T21:16:53.783" Title="Significato di &quot;in più&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12939" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12938" CreationDate="2020-06-05T21:16:53.783" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;@Charo la tua supposizione è corretta, questa espressione significa, appunto come hai scritto, &lt;em&gt;&quot;per giunta&quot;&lt;/em&gt; oppure &lt;em&gt;&quot;inoltre&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressioni con significato analogo e di utilizzo comune sono (l'elenco non è esaustivo):  &lt;em&gt;&quot;per di più&quot;, &quot;in aggiunta&quot;, &quot;come se non bastasse&quot; e &quot;per soprammercato&quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-06-05T21:16:53.783" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12942" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12943" CreationDate="2020-06-06T14:58:53.430" Score="1" ViewCount="391" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Argon&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Morí piú che ottantenne nel 1928, assistita da un coro di vicine di casa scarmigliate, nerovestite e &lt;strong&gt;indementite&lt;/strong&gt; come lei, condotte da una megera che si chiamava Madama Scílimberg: fra i tormenti del blocco renale, la nonna sorvegliò la Scílimberg fino al suo ultimo respiro, per timore che trovasse il maftèkh (la chiave) nascosto sotto il materasso, e le portasse via i mañòd e i hafassím (i gioielli, che peraltro risultarono poi tutti falsi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il termine &quot;indementito&quot; né il verbo &quot;indementire&quot; su nessun dizionario. Una ricerca su Google, però, ne dà parecchie occorrenze. Qual è il suo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando ho letto questa parola, ho pensato che potesse avere qualcosa a che vedere con &quot;demente&quot;. Ma poi ho ragionato che, se fosse stato così, l'autore avrebbe usato l'aggettivo &quot;dementi&quot; in questo testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-07T10:50:17.853" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T14:50:44.550" Title="Che cosa vuol dire &quot;indementito&quot;? Qual è la differenza con &quot;demente&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12943" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12942" CreationDate="2020-06-06T15:22:59.430" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questa parola deriva da &quot;demente&quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/demente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;prendo dal vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;demènte&lt;/strong&gt; agg. e s. m. e f. [dal lat. &lt;em&gt;demens -entis&lt;/em&gt;, comp. di de- con valore privativo e mens «mente»]. – Affetto da demenza: &lt;em&gt;reparto per dementi; un vecchio, una vecchia demente&lt;/em&gt;. Nel linguaggio com., pazzo, privo di senno, stolto, anche come titolo d’ingiuria o spreg.: taci, sei un povero demente!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi la parola letteralmente significa. &quot;diventate/rese dementi&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Guardando &lt;a href=&quot;http://wwwdata.unibg.it/dati/corsi/24169/60754-Lista_morfemi_italiano_Facchi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo elenco&lt;/a&gt; siamo nel campo dei &quot;morfemi verbalizzatori&quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;in-&lt;/strong&gt; (e allomorfi &lt;strong&gt;inn-/im-/ir-/il-&lt;/strong&gt;) : prefisso verbalizzatore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;camera → incamerare &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;brutto → imbruttire &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quindi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;demente →  indementire → indementito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano in questione si parla di persone molto anziane, per cui immagino stiamo parlando di demenza senile, di persone che, per via dell'età avanzata, non ci stanno più molto con la testa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fatto notare nei commenti da @Charo, l'uso di &quot;indementite&quot; anzichè del semplice aggettivo &quot;dementi&quot; sta a indicare una sorta di processo che si è sviluppato nel tempo, non di una condizione fissa delle persone di cui si parla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-06-07T14:50:44.550" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T14:50:44.550" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12944" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12945" CreationDate="2020-06-06T16:33:44.397" Score="0" ViewCount="3366" Body="&lt;p&gt;Voglio sapere la differenza tra &lt;strong&gt;la mucca&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;la vacca&lt;/strong&gt;. Sono uno studente straniero a Torino. Ho sempre pensato che vacca significasse &quot;cow&quot; in inglese. Tuttavia oggi ho visto che mucca significa anche &quot;cow&quot;. Qual è la differenza tra loro? Sono la stessa cosa? O è solo una differenza dialettale o regionale? Ad esempio, so che a Torino di solito diciamo &quot;anguria&quot; anziché &quot;cocomero&quot;. È qualcosa del genere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3971" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-06T16:51:18.780" LastActivityDate="2020-06-06T16:51:18.780" Title="Qual è la differenza tra &quot;la mucca&quot; e &quot;la vacca&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ClosedDate="2020-06-06T18:22:31.007" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12945" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12944" CreationDate="2020-06-06T16:48:02.373" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendendo le definizioni del vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/vacca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vacca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;vacca&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [lat. vacca]. – 1. La femmina adulta dei bovini: &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/mucca/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Mucca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mucca&lt;/strong&gt; s. f. [dallo svizz.-ted. &lt;em&gt;Mugg&lt;/em&gt; (in origine, la parola indicava le vacche svizzere, comperate alla fiera di Lugano)]. – Vacca lattifera. È voce tosc. largamente diffusa in tutta Italia perché non ha il tono spreg. che alla voce &lt;em&gt;vacca&lt;/em&gt; deriva dagli usi figurati&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il termine diciamo &quot;tecnico&quot; sarebbe &lt;em&gt;&quot;vacca&quot;&lt;/em&gt; e per questo viene utilizzato dagli allevatori, mentre &lt;em&gt;&quot;mucca&quot;&lt;/em&gt; è un termine più specializzato (vacca da latte) originariamente toscano, ma diffusosi in tutta Italia; come fatto giustamente notare da @CarLaTeX nel suo commento, la maggior parte delle persone li usa come sinonimi intercambiabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che esistono delle espressioni &quot;fisse&quot;, ad es si dice sempre &lt;em&gt;&quot;mercato delle vacche&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (mai &lt;em&gt;&quot;delle mucche&quot;&lt;/em&gt;) così come si parla di &lt;em&gt;&quot;morbo della mucca pazza&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (e non &lt;em&gt;&quot;della vacca pazza&quot;&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda l'uso inappropriato perché spregiativo (sempre dalla stessa definizione di &lt;strong&gt;vacca&lt;/strong&gt; del vocabolario Treccani):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Con sign. fortemente spreg., donna di facili costumi, che si prostituisce o si concede con grande facilità; per lo più come ingiuria volgare, anche in funzione di agg., di frasi offensive, bestemmie e imprecazioni: &lt;em&gt;sei una v.!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;è una gran v., quella ragazza, o quella fa la v. con tutti; porca vacca!&lt;/em&gt; Valore spreg. ha anche in altri casi, riferiti per es. a donna sformata, o trasandata, oppure in similitudini: &lt;em&gt;stava sdraiato (o più spesso sdraiata) come una vacca&lt;/em&gt; (cfr. anche &lt;em&gt;stravaccato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-06-06T16:48:02.373" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12946" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-07T14:18:58.457" Score="2" ViewCount="200" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;L’amore ai tempi del Covid-19&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;, di Antonio Manzini,  ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  «Coca. Quanta ne tiri al giorno?».&#xA;   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  «Io? Io non tiro la coca!». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  «Ah no?». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  «No!». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Rocco sorrise. «Sei nei guai?». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Pietro si alzò dalla poltrona. «E con chi? Perché? Lei si sta proiettando un film tutto suo». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  «No, io osservo. E guardo. Ti tremano le mani, hai le gengive distrutte, salivazione azzerata. Vuoi farmi sentire l’alito o ti arrendi e mi dici la verità?». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Pietro abbassò la testa. «Ogni tanto, alle feste, con qualche amico...». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  «Per ridurti così altro che ogni tanto. Te la curi la xerostomia?». &#xA;  &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &#xA;  Si passò la mano nei capelli. «No, ma adesso smetto. Infatti sto approfittando di questa chiusura, &lt;strong&gt;mi faccio la rota&lt;/strong&gt;».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &quot;farsi la rota&quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Me lo potreste spiegare? Si tratta di qualche espressione colloquiale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;rota&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma le accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso in questo contesto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;1. Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2020/02/12/nome-malattia-coronavirus-2019-ncov/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di Licia Corbolante&lt;/a&gt;, che si occupa di ricerca terminologica e qualità linguistica, &#xA;dovrebbe essere &quot;della COVID-19&quot;, ma in questo racconto l'autore fa confusione tra virus e malattia.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T14:18:58.457" Title="Significato di &quot;farsi la rota&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12947" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11367" CreationDate="2020-06-07T16:32:53.940" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It usually should refer to the history of Roman civilization, but as you said it can heavily depend on the context and mean as well the history of the city of Rome and its surroundings - something about local happenings and that covers a shorter span of time, maybe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-07T22:02:57.837" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T22:02:57.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12948" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10583" CreationDate="2020-06-07T16:38:20.673" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un'espressione che secondo me significa che la signora Elvira faceva passare per buone (ovvero lasciava correre, perdonava, autorizzava in qualche modo) le maniere screanzate di Arturo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'espressione simile è &lt;em&gt;abbuonare&lt;/em&gt; - prendo la definizione da qui: &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/abbuonare.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario_italiano/A/abbuonare.shtml&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;in senso fig., perdonare qlco. a qlcu.: ti abbuono questa scappatella&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-10T08:52:36.777" LastActivityDate="2020-06-10T08:52:36.777" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12949" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8773" CreationDate="2020-06-07T16:46:10.850" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dileggiatorio&lt;/strong&gt; è un aggettivo derivato appunto dal verbo dileggiare e significa &lt;em&gt;&quot;che genera/produce dileggio&quot;&lt;/em&gt; . &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie &lt;a href=&quot;http://wwwdata.unibg.it/dati/corsi/24169/60754-Lista_morfemi_italiano_Facchi.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a questo utile documento&lt;/a&gt; scopro che si parla in questo caso di &lt;em&gt;morfema aggettivatore&lt;/em&gt;, in cui il suffisso &lt;em&gt;-atori-&lt;/em&gt; trasforma il verbo in aggettivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;-atori-:&lt;/strong&gt; suffisso aggettivatore con valore di “generante N”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;liberare → liberatorio &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;denigrare → denigratorio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;diffamare → diffamatorio &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;  &#xA;  &lt;p&gt;infiammare → infiammatorio &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esperienza personale, non mi pare sia molto usato, ma è corretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-06-07T16:46:10.850" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12950" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12952" CreationDate="2020-06-08T11:40:26.697" Score="0" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is &quot;sono già venuto qui prima&quot; a correct/usual way to say that I have already been here before in Italian, similar to &quot;sono già stato qui prima&quot;? I ask because the corresponding former sentence in Portuguese (a similar language) is usual, but I'm not sure the same applies to Italian. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.deepl.com/en/translator&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DeepL Translator&lt;/a&gt; has translated it to the latter. There is also a similar &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.duolingo.com/comment/557750&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Duolingo sentence&lt;/a&gt; in the Italian course, but unfortunately sometimes its content is not idiomatic, so I'd like the opinion of native speakers. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-06-08T18:39:14.750" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T18:39:14.750" Title="Is &quot;sono già venuto qui prima&quot; an usual sentence?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12952" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12950" CreationDate="2020-06-08T13:42:58.203" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both &lt;em&gt;sono già venuto qui&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;sono già stato qui&lt;/em&gt; are normal, idiomatic sentences. The variants with &lt;em&gt;prima&lt;/em&gt;, however, are less so: they sound like translations from English (which, if I understand correctly, they are).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More colloquial versions would be &lt;em&gt;qui ci sono già stato/venuto&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;ci sono già stato/venuto, qui&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-06-08T15:55:26.570" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T15:55:26.570" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12953" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12950" CreationDate="2020-06-08T14:17:39.177" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yeah I agree the phrase in itself is grammatically correct but as a native speaker I wouldn't use the word &lt;em&gt;prima&lt;/em&gt; at all. The most common expression in spoken language is &quot;Sono già stato\a qui&quot; using the verb stare instead of venire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6399" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T14:17:39.177" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12954" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-08T15:26:40.793" Score="1" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Argon&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Alla sua morte, i figli e le nuore si dedicarono per settimane, con sgomento e ribrezzo, a &lt;strong&gt;scegliere&lt;/strong&gt; la montagna di relitti domestici da cui l’alloggio era invaso: Nona Màlia aveva conservato, indiscriminatamente, robe raffinate e pattume rivoltante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni del verbo &quot;scegliere&quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/scegliere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00916.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00917.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]), ma non mi sembra che l'uso che ne fa l'autore in questa frase corrisponda a nessuna di queste. Intuisco, però, che ha a che vedere con il fatto che in quella &quot;montagna di relitti&quot; c'erano oggetti di valore e che  i figli e le nuore di nona Màlia  dovevano cercarceli accuratamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questa ragione vi chiedo: cosa intendeva Levi con &quot;scegliere&quot; nel testo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-11-05T22:06:20.760" Title="Qual è il significato di &quot;scegliere&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12955" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9937" CreationDate="2020-06-08T15:29:48.193" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tendo a sostenere la tesi dell'eufemismo; ma non di &quot;palle&quot; bensì di &quot;pippa&quot;, ovvero masturbazione maschile, termine che dà luogo anche al verbo &quot;impipparsi&quot; (me ne impippo) che ha la stessa valenza di &quot;fregarsi&quot; (me ne frego). Del resto un equivalente di &quot;che pizza!&quot; è &quot;che sega!&quot;. Anche questa mia è comunque solo una supposizione non corroborata da alcuna fonte.&#xA;Secondo la Treccani, il termine &quot;pippa&quot; con questo significato è attestato a partire dal 1965. Si potrebbe vedere se la locuzione &quot;che pizza&quot; si riscontri già prima del '65, nel qual caso la mia supposizione sarebbe da scartare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6400" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T15:29:48.193" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12956" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11367" CreationDate="2020-06-08T18:06:09.730" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per storia romana si intende solitamente quella antica (dai Re alla Repubblica all'Impero). Se si vuole parlare della città di Roma come tale, normalmente si specifica (la Roma antica, la Roma papale, la Roma moderna, la Roma rinascimentale, la Roma attuale, ecc.). Questo soprattutto in mancanza di contesto immediatamente palese. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6400" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T18:06:09.730" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12957" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12954" CreationDate="2020-06-08T20:07:32.317" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà va abbastanza bene la prima definizione nel link che hai allegato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Distinguere in un gruppo, in una varietà di cose o, anche all'interno di una categoria e prenderne fuori materialmente o considerare a parte ciò che risulta dotato delle caratteristiche che hanno ispirato la scelta, o che appare migliore o più idoneo a un uso, a una destinazione, al raggiungimento di uno scopo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oppure la definizione 2 del Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Prendere la parte migliore da un insieme di cose o da una quantità di materiale, separandola dalla parte meno buona, o più scadente, o inutile:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella frase in oggetto significa che i personaggi hanno setacciato &lt;em&gt;&quot;la montagna di relitti domestici da cui l’alloggio era invaso&quot;&lt;/em&gt; alla ricerca di quello che valeva la pena tenere.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-06-08T20:07:32.317" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12959" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9272" CreationDate="2020-06-09T09:13:17.813" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI18/01036.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, &quot;sguancio&quot; significa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Sguàncio&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, sm. Parte di muro costruita obliquamente in corrispondenza di stipiti e architravi; strombatura. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;em&gt;A. Manetti&lt;/em&gt;, 2-115: Quella diminuzione sarà cagione col tempo di grandi inconvenienti, massime aggiuntovi e&#xA;  mancamenti di poi nel murare di fuori, per certa ignoranza di capimaestri stativi, poi che presono gli sguanci degli occhi dallo lato di fuori troppo larghi. &lt;em&gt;C. Boito&lt;/em&gt;, 266:&#xA;  Lo zen abbassò la testa, come un can barbone scottato; poi se ne andò nello sguancio di una finestra. &lt;em&gt;Pirandello&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;  7-490: Rimanevano., di qua e di là, gli sguanci nella grossezza del muro, come tante nicchie. &lt;em&gt;C. Carrà&lt;/em&gt;, 371: Nello sguancio dello stesso arcone sono dipinti S. Ambrogio, S. Gerolamo, S. Agostino e S. Gregorio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto del testo della domanda, significa che il muro aveva una parte obliqua in corrispondenza con lo stipite della porta: questa parte obliqua è lo &lt;em&gt;sguancio&lt;/em&gt; della porta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T09:13:17.813" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12960" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5488" CreationDate="2020-06-09T09:55:53.303" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che l’espressione &quot;con questi chiari di luna&quot;&#xA;in ambito finanziario venga utilizzata per paragonare il mondo agrario, che  con poca luce notturna anche il raccolto soffra un ritardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6403" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-09T10:16:22.793" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T10:16:22.793" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12961" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12962" CreationDate="2020-06-09T13:21:02.597" Score="2" ViewCount="300" Body="&lt;p&gt;Lo so che alcune parole sono usate solo in forma plurale. Es: &quot;i pantaloni&quot;. Ho sempre pensato che questo fosse vero anche per &quot;&lt;strong&gt;le scale&lt;/strong&gt;&quot;. Ma oggi stavo guardando alcune immagini di architettura e l'ho visto il termine &quot;&lt;strong&gt;la scala&lt;/strong&gt; metallica&quot;. Poi in alcuni punti l'ho visto anche usato come &quot;le scale metalliche&quot;. Ora, non sono sicuro di quale devo usare. Quale è corretto? Scala o scale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3971" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T15:16:06.907" Title="Quale devo usare: &quot;la scala&quot; o &quot;le scale&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12962" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12961" CreationDate="2020-06-09T14:23:38.963" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00756.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00756.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]), il termine &lt;em&gt;scala&lt;/em&gt; può avere parecchi significati. Uno è questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Elemento architettonico di un edificio costituito da una successione di gradini disposti secondo un piano inclinato, diviso a volte in più rampe inframmezzate da un pianerottolo; serve a superare un dislivello e a passare da un piano all’altro dell'edificio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso, si può usare &lt;em&gt;scala&lt;/em&gt; al singolare, come in questo esempio di Giuseppe Antonio Borgese&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Feci la scala di tutta corsa come se volessi salire in terrazza, e mi misi lì dritta a guardare tutti quelli che entravano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma si trova spesso al plurale e allora significa un insieme formato da parecchie rampe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Al plur. Insieme di più rampe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un esempio di Guglielmo Massaia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dovendo in quel tempo frequentare i ministeri, e segnatamente quello degli affari&#xA;  stranieri (dove, entrando, mi presentavano le armi), restava meravigliato nel vedere tanti missionari scendere e salire quelle scale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro significato di &lt;em&gt;scala&lt;/em&gt; è il seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Struttura mobile di legno o anche di metallo, composta da una serie di pioli, usati come gradini, incuneati fra due montanti paralleli; si appoggia all'ostacolo verticale che si intende superare e serviva, in passato, come mezzo per scalare le mura&#xA;  di una città o di una fortezza assediata (anche nelle espressioni &lt;em&gt;Scala a mano&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;a pioli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;portatile&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può anche trattarsi di una &lt;em&gt;scala a libretto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – &lt;em&gt;Scala a libretto&lt;/em&gt;: quella formata da due montanti uniti da pioli incernierati ad altri due montanti, che le permettono di reggersi autonomamente senza appoggi superiori&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o persino di una &lt;em&gt;scala a corda&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Attrezzo formato da due funi parallele collegate da staggi di corda o di legno, di uso soprattutto marinaresco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi casi, se si tratta di una singola struttura, si usa il singolare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T14:23:38.963" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12963" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12961" CreationDate="2020-06-09T15:16:06.907" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Guardiamo nei “Promessi sposi”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Renzo accostò di nuovo l’uscio pian piano; e tutt’e quattro su per le scale, non facendo rumore neppur per uno. Giunti sul pianerottolo, i due fratelli s’avvicinarono all’uscio della stanza, ch’era di fianco alla scala; gli sposi si strinsero al muro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siamo nella famosa &lt;em&gt;notte degli inganni&lt;/em&gt;, il capitolo 8 che comincia con “Carneade, chi era costui?”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello stesso capoverso troviamo prima “scale” e poi “scala”. Entrambi gli usi si riferiscono allo stesso elemento architettonico della casa di don Abbondio. Poco più avanti si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Perpetua arriva, un momento prima dell'altra; mentre vuole spinger l’uscio, l’uscio si spalanca di dentro, e sulla soglia compariscono Tonio, Gervaso, Renzo, Lucia, che, trovata la scala, eran venuti giù saltelloni; e, sentendo poi quel terribile scampanìo, correvano in furia, a mettersi in salvo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne deduciamo che l'elemento architettonico &lt;em&gt;in sé&lt;/em&gt; si chiama &lt;em&gt;scala&lt;/em&gt;. Ma quando lo percorriamo &lt;em&gt;saliamo le scale&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;scendiamo&lt;/em&gt;). Tuttavia il plurale collettivo (come &lt;em&gt;i pantaloni&lt;/em&gt;) si adopera solo quando la scala è fissa, a gradini (con estensione a quelle mobili dei centri commerciali o della metropolitana). Non sarebbe sorprendente se, nel capoverso precedente, ci fosse &lt;em&gt;trovate le scale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è però scorretto dire &lt;em&gt;salire la scala&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se la scala è a pioli o di corda, si adopera normalmente il singolare: &lt;em&gt;sono salito sulla scala di corda e avevo una paura birbona&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T15:16:06.907" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12964" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12966" CreationDate="2020-06-09T18:42:37.127" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read the following sentence in a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.quora.com/Cosa-manca-alla-saga-di-Star-Wars-per-essere-ancora-migliore&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Quora answer&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Dopo la grandissima, prima trilogia, le hanno provate tutte per rinverdire i fasti di Star Wars. La prosopopea familiare portata all'esasperazione con colpi di scena a ripetizione su parentele che al confronto Beautiful è una passeggiata di salute (e L'Ascesa di Skywalker è l'apice).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What does &quot;passeggiata di salute&quot; mean here? &quot;health walk&quot; does not make sense in English.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-09T20:04:00.147" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T20:04:00.147" Title="Meaning of &quot;passeggiata di salute&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12965" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-09T18:55:05.263" Score="4" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;Are these farewells formal?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;A dopo &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  A tra poco &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  A presto &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  A domani&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6311" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-10T10:34:05.687" LastActivityDate="2020-06-10T13:20:07.727" Title="Are these farewells formal?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12966" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12964" CreationDate="2020-06-09T19:54:51.657" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Passeggiata di salute&lt;/em&gt; would indeed literally mean a walk, seen as something that is good for one's health; however, it is more often used to mean something leisurely, unproblematic. A bit like “easy-peasy”, perhaps.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in this context, the writer mentions a soap opera like &lt;em&gt;The Bold and the Beautiful&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Beautiful&lt;/em&gt; in Italian), renowned for its frequent and often far-fetched dramatic turns of events, to say – quite hyperbolically – that, compared to the last &lt;em&gt;Star Wars&lt;/em&gt; films, that soap opera was straightforward and and not at all reliant on sensational revelations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;All in all, I wouldn't take that Quora answer as a model of Italian style. It itself relies quite a bit on hyperbole and not-exceedingly-well-mastered rhetorical devices: &lt;em&gt;rinverdire i fasti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;prosopopea familiare&lt;/em&gt;...&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-06-09T19:54:51.657" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12967" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12965" CreationDate="2020-06-10T08:12:31.817" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The forms of salutations you cite are very common and colloquial. They  are typically used with friends and people you are familiar with. &#xA;They are similar to the more  internationally known forms such as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;ciao&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;arrivederci.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A few of the above forms are defined by De Mauro Dictionary &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1) &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/a-dopo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;A dopo &lt;/a&gt;, 2) &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/a-piu-tardi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;A più tardi&lt;/a&gt;, 3) &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/a-presto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;A presto&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="6347" LastEditDate="2020-06-10T13:20:07.727" LastActivityDate="2020-06-10T13:20:07.727" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12969" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12970" CreationDate="2020-06-10T14:00:58.423" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Prendiluna&lt;/em&gt;, di Stefano Benni, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Cosa sapete voi umani della morte? Ascoltami. Hai otto giorni, come negli antichi calendari. Devi consegnare i Diecimici, ognuno a una persona degna e buona. Poi porterai la lista al Diobono, ti dirò io dove. Se troverai queste dieci persone, il mondo sarà salvo. Se no sarà la fine di tutto, e il mondo verrà annientato, e stavolta non ci sarà nuovo carbonio o Dna che &lt;strong&gt;tenga&lt;/strong&gt;, finito, consummatum est, finished, vorbei, hatanka, piùmiau...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco qual è il senso del verbo &quot;tenere&quot; in questo brano. L'ho cercato in alcuni dizionari, ma ci sono tante accezioni che non riesco a capacitarmi di quale sia quella che corrisponda all'uso che se ne fa nel passaggio sopra citato. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-10T16:07:24.840" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;tenere&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12970" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12969" CreationDate="2020-06-10T16:07:24.840" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La costruzione “succederà &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;, non c'è &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt; che tenga” significa che per quanto &lt;em&gt;y&lt;/em&gt; sia abbondante forte disponibile e simili, l'evento &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; si verificherà comunque.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente l'espressione originale è “&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/santo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;non c'è santi che tengano&lt;/a&gt;” o “non c'è santo che tenga”: nemmeno l'intervento di uno o più santi può evitare l'evento &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;. A “santo” si può sostituire più o meno qualsiasi cosa, magari più connessa con l'evento &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si sente anche spesso “non c'è scusa che tenga”, ma è una faccenda diversa: qui “tenga” è usato come sinonimo di “regga”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-06-10T16:07:24.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12971" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-10T20:10:05.480" Score="2" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;English has the following idioms:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to lose one's head - to lose self-control and to act on impulse&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to lose one's mind - to go insane&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to drive somebody crazy - to make somebody upset/angry&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;to be crazy about something/somebody - to like something a lot&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I lost my head during our discussion and slapped him.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;She lost her mind after she lost her two children.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stop running around the sofa, you are driving me crazy!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I'm crazy about my girlfriend.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;May &quot;perdere la testa&quot; be used to express the first two meanings and &quot;fare perdere la testa&quot; be used for the the last two ones? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-11T06:38:08.543" LastActivityDate="2020-07-21T10:12:12.293" Title="Usage of &quot;perdere la testa&quot; and &quot;fare perdere la testa&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12972" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12973" CreationDate="2020-06-11T13:17:35.407" Score="1" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Prendiluna&lt;/em&gt;, di Stefano Benni, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Lasciò l'albergo, trascinando la valigia con quattordici chili di felino, e si avviò verso il Metrò. Il Metrò era come sempre in sciopero, ma c'era una &lt;strong&gt;fascia protetta&lt;/strong&gt; di quaranta secondi, e lei sperava di beccarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato dell'espressione &quot;fascia protetta&quot; riferita a uno sciopero, come viene adoperata in questo brano. L'ho cercata alla voce &quot;fascia&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovarla. Ricercando su Google &quot;&lt;em&gt;fascia protetta&lt;/em&gt;&quot; &lt;em&gt;sciopero&lt;/em&gt; mi appaiono parecchie occorreneze. Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-11T15:07:47.107" Title="Cos'è una &quot;fascia protetta&quot; riferito a uno sciopero?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12973" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12972" CreationDate="2020-06-11T13:53:13.353" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Durante uno sciopero, in particolare nel settore dei trasporti, per &lt;em&gt;&quot;fascia protetta&quot;&lt;/em&gt; si intende un intervallo orario in cui i servizi sono comunque garantiti (anche se magari in modo ridotto) in modo da non lasciare gli utenti del tutto privi di servizio; si parla anche di &lt;em&gt;&quot;fascia garantita&quot;&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;&quot;fascia oraria garantita&quot;&lt;/em&gt; (o &lt;em&gt;di garanzia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi ad es. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.atm.it/it/ViaggiaConNoi/Pagine/orari_calendario.aspx&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.atm.it/it/ViaggiaConNoi/Pagine/orari_calendario.aspx&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;[...] In caso di sciopero il servizio si effettua nelle &lt;strong&gt;fasce orarie di garanzia&lt;/strong&gt; previste dalla legge ossia dall’inizio del servizio fino alle 8.45 e dalle 15.00 alle 18.00 [...]; &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano in questione immagino che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;fascia protetta di quaranta secondi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sia in realtà usato in modo iperbolico (quaranta secondi sono un tempo ridicolmente corto!)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-06-11T15:07:47.107" LastActivityDate="2020-06-11T15:07:47.107" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12974" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-11T19:05:11.933" Score="5" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito (ma non ne sono certo al 100%) questa espressione, pronunciata con tono rabbioso da un romano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Ti [o vi] spacco la brocca!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Perdere la brocca” e “sbroccare” si usano col significato di “perdere la testa”, per cui suppongo che l'espressione riportata abbia il significato di “ti [o vi] spacco la testa”, ma non l'ho mai sentita prima d'ora. Qualcuno mi sa dire il significato di questa espressione, quantomeno a Roma, oppure mi sa dire un'espressione foneticamente molto simile che posso avere confuso con questa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-12T06:41:44.653" LastActivityDate="2020-06-12T06:41:44.653" Title="Significato di &quot;ti spacco la brocca&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12975" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12974" CreationDate="2020-06-11T19:12:49.807" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.theromanpost.com/2016/06/dizionario-dialetto-romanesco/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il dizionario del dialetto romanesco&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;ol start=&quot;265&quot;&gt;&#xA;  &lt;li&gt;Brocca : Testa, da cui sbroccà = andar fuori di testa [A].&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;  &lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi ti spacco la brocca, ti spacco la testa. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-06-11T19:12:49.807" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12976" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-11T20:04:59.057" Score="2" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;I wrote you once before because I love your website and the Podcasts.  Perhaps you could help me one more time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Duo gives the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I remember when I saw the queen.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I answered:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricordo quando ho visto la regina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was considered correct but mentioned that another possibility was:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi ricordo quando ho visto la regina.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I had chosen ricordare rather than ricordarsi because &quot;when I saw the queen&quot;  seemed to be a noun clause functioning as a direct object (What did I remember?  I remembered &quot;when I saw the queen&quot;) and ricordare is a transitive verb requiring nothing before the direct object but &quot;di&quot; before a verb (i.e. Ricordo di fare i compiti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, I know that ricordarsi, though intransitive, is frequently used in speech but requires &quot;di&quot; before a direct object or a verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Someone raised the question as to whether it should have been:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi ricordo di quando ho visto la regina&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but his name was not Italian and he did not say he was a native speaker.  I had considered &quot;Mi recordo quando ho visto la regina&quot; but went with ricordare as discussed above and because it avoided the problem with &quot;di.&quot;  I couldn't remember seeing di in front of a noun clause, only in front of a direct object noun, but that could be my limited experience.    &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The problem with the prepositions comes up multiple times a week in the Duo sessions and unfortunately there are many more uncorrected errors in the Italian section than the Spanish or French sections.  Looking over my notes there is a lack of consistency.  When a verb requires &quot;di&quot; or &quot;a&quot; or occasionally other prepositions before a direct object, if the direct object is replaced by a noun clause is the preposition still required?  Perhaps a native speaker, teacher, or someone who speaks Italian more fluently than me might comment.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6284" LastActivityDate="2020-06-11T20:04:59.057" Title="With verbs like ricordarsi is the &quot;di&quot; still required before noun clauses used as direct objects as in the example below?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12977" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12981" CreationDate="2020-06-12T14:58:55.620" Score="1" ViewCount="77" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Prendiluna&lt;/em&gt;, di Stefano Benni, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Michele, – disse Dolcino – so come rintracciare Prendiluna. Abbiamo il suo numero di cellulare. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Che fessi, potevamo pensarci prima – disse Michele. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Proprio così... Sei capace di usarlo? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; – Certo. Ne ho rubati tanti. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &lt;strong&gt;Diteggiò&lt;/strong&gt;. Sentirono una suoneria proprio alle loro spalle, era &lt;em&gt;A dream is a wish your heart makes&lt;/em&gt; di David-Hoffman-Livingston. Ovverossia &lt;em&gt;I sogni son desideri&lt;/em&gt; dal film &lt;em&gt;Cenerentola&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &quot;diteggiare&quot; in parecchi dizionari, ma ho trovato soltanto accezioni che fanno riferimento alla musica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=Saa_n_2km2AC&amp;amp;pg=PA72&amp;amp;lpg=PA72&amp;amp;dq=diteggiare&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=hlEbpOOupY&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0hVxwpuWDhPzeUq8j-wvert6ZQYw&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiO5fCG0-rpAhVbBGMBHfg5Cv4Q6AEwAXoECAEQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=diteggiare&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La scrittura cerca l'assassino. (È gradito l'alibi di sera)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Carlo Villa, però, ne ho trovato un altro esempio riferito a un cellulare (anche qui il grassetto è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Eppure nel formare il numero è inquieta; manipola il cellulare, ma è da quando col marito s'è installata nel residence per essere più libera e meno osservata nei suoi movimenti, che ci prova; fin dalle dieci di mattina, ma il numero risulta sempre isolato. Evidentemente ha spento&#xA;  l'apparecchio. Ora approfitta del sensibile ritardo del marito, e riprova di nuovo, ma il numero risulta ogni volta inerte. Continua a &lt;strong&gt;diteggiare&lt;/strong&gt; la tastiera con stizza, e intanto si domanda come mai tutta questa messa in scena, e che senso ha averla fatta venire fin quassù, dal momento che poi lui non ci viene mai.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando &quot;diteggiare&quot; su Google Libri si trovano soprattutto esempi nell'ambito della musica: questo mi sembra naturale, poiché è l'uso che appare nei dizionari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda sarebbe: l'uso del verbo &quot;diteggiare&quot; riferito alla tastiera di un cellulare è qualcosa di  insolito? O &#xA;è diventato più o meno comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-13T08:32:58.077" LastActivityDate="2020-06-14T12:52:44.107" Title="&quot;Diteggiare&quot; riferito alla tastiera di un cellulare: si tratta di un uso insolito?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12981" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12977" CreationDate="2020-06-13T10:48:26.610" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con diteggiare si intende &quot;digitare caratteri sulla tastiera&quot;. L'uso è alquanto infrequente e nel linguaggio colloquiale non viene adoperato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella musica la &quot;diteggiatura&quot; corrisponde al modo in cui disponi le mani per suonare lo strumento (piano, chitarra...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6412" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-14T12:52:44.107" LastActivityDate="2020-06-14T12:52:44.107" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12982" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12983" CreationDate="2020-06-13T13:43:53.063" Score="0" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Idrogeno&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; L'obiezione mi giunse offensiva: come si permetteva Enrico di dubitare di una mia affermazione? Io ero il teorico, solo io: lui, benché titolare (in certa misura, e poi solo per «transfert») del laboratorio, anzi, appunto perché non era in condizione di &lt;strong&gt;vantare altri numeri&lt;/strong&gt;, avrebbe dovuto astenersi dalle critiche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &quot;vantare&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &quot;vantare altri numeri&quot; riferita a Enrico che appare nel testo: di che cosa non si poteva vantare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per capire il contesto, Enrico e l'io narrante avevano sedici anni ed erano amici che sognavano di diventare chimici nel futuro. Riguardo al laboratorio menzionato nel brano, il racconto spiega:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Il fratello di Enrico, misterioso e collerico personaggio di cui Enrico non parlava volentieri, era studente in chimica, e aveva installato un laboratorio in fondo a un cortile, in un curioso vicolo stretto e storto che si diparte da piazza della Crocetta, e spicca nella ossessiva geometria torinese come un organo rudimentale intrappolato nella struttura evoluta di un mammifero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-14T12:53:56.130" Title="Significato di &quot;vantare altri numeri&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12983" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12982" CreationDate="2020-06-13T14:26:54.357" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui &lt;strong&gt;numero&lt;/strong&gt; è usato nel senso metaforico di &lt;em&gt;qualità necessarie&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;competenze&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vedi la definizione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/numero/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (7. Locuz. particolari):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Forse con riferimento a qualche gioco: &lt;em&gt;avere tutti i n.&lt;/em&gt;, tutte le qualità necessarie al successo; &lt;em&gt;un giovane che ha dei n.&lt;/em&gt;, doti positive e buone possibilità di riuscita&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase &lt;strong&gt;[non poter] vantare altri numeri&lt;/strong&gt; assume appunto il significato di non poter vantare competenze per contraddire l'altro personaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-14T12:53:56.130" LastActivityDate="2020-06-14T12:53:56.130" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12984" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-14T13:18:48.333" Score="0" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Zinco&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; Ronzando intorno a Rita mi accorsi di una seconda circostanza fortunata: dalla borsa della ragazza sporgeva una copertina ben nota, giallastra col bordo rosso, e sul frontispizio stava un corvo con un libro nel becco. Il titolo? Si leggeva soltanto «AGNA» e «TATA», ma tanto bastava: era il mio viatico di quei mesi, la storia senza tempo di Giovanni Castorp in magico esilio sulla Montagna Incantata. Ne &lt;strong&gt;chiesi conto&lt;/strong&gt; a Rita, pieno d'ansia per il suo giudizio, quasi che il libro lo avessi scritto io: e mi dovetti presto convincere che lei, quel romanzo, lo stava leggendo in tutt'altro modo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che non riesco a capire in questo passaggio è cosa significa che il narratore, un giovane che stava cercando di avvicinarsi a questa ragazza (si era detto, per esempio, &quot;era un pezzo che giravo intorno a Rita, preparavo mentalmente brillanti attacchi di discorso, e poi al momento decisivo non osavo enunciarli e rimandavo al giorno dopo&quot;), &quot;ne chiesi conto a Rita&quot;. Ho trovato l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/conto2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;chiedere conto&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (punto 2.b), ma il significato riportato, cioè,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;domandar ragione a qualcuno del suo operato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non sembra avere molto senso nel contesto del testo. Potreste spiegarmi che vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-10-11T10:07:10.807" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;chiedere conto&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12985" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12984" CreationDate="2020-06-14T14:09:59.157" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Significa chiedere pressantemente una spiegazione. Il mio capo &lt;code&gt;chiede conto&lt;/code&gt; delle mie azioni. In italiano si usa anche &lt;code&gt;dare conto&lt;/code&gt;, io do conto al mio capo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il sistema periodico, di Primo Levi l'ho letto alcuni anni fa. Molto bello come libro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6246" LastActivityDate="2020-06-14T14:09:59.157" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12986" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12991" CreationDate="2020-06-14T21:36:33.837" Score="1" ViewCount="161" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto imparando l'italiano da alcuni anni ormai, ma recentemente ho iniziato a prestare maggiore attenzione. In questo momento, &lt;strong&gt;mi considero uno studente di livello A2 o B1&lt;/strong&gt;. Quando ho imparato l'inglese molti anni fa, ho letto libri di inglese di base e questo mi ha aiutato molto. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Siccome voglio migliorare il mio italiano, &lt;strong&gt;vorrei chiedere alcuni suggerimenti di libri che possa leggere&lt;/strong&gt;. Possono essere di qualsiasi genere. Voglio solo un libro che possa aiutare la mia grammatica e il mio vocabolario. Potrebbe essere un romanzo o un libro di fiabe.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3971" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-15T07:07:55.167" LastActivityDate="2020-06-16T08:14:14.600" Title="Suggerimenti di libri per un novellino" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;resources&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="15" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12987" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12988" CreationDate="2020-06-15T12:16:33.447" Score="4" ViewCount="144" Body="&lt;p&gt;I want to transalte &quot;sheet music&quot; in Italian. Should I use &quot;partiture (di musica)&quot; or &quot;spartiti&quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Example.&lt;/strong&gt; Here is a list of sheet music for piano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6415" LastEditorUserId="6415" LastEditDate="2020-06-15T16:17:15.073" LastActivityDate="2020-06-17T11:03:38.940" Title="Difference between &quot;spartiti&quot; and &quot;partiture&quot;" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12988" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12987" CreationDate="2020-06-15T12:41:54.013" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The problem I find trying to answer this question &#xA;is that the definition of &quot;sheet music&quot; is not completely clear to me, but trying to explain this in an answer is out of the scope of this site. What we can do here is to explain the meaning of the two Italian terms you propose, so you can choose &#xA;the translation depending on what exactly  you mean with &quot;sheet music&quot; in a specific context. &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/partitura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;,  &quot;partitura&quot; means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In musica, notazione complessiva delle parti, vocali e strumentali, che si concertano in un pezzo di musica, disposta in più righi musicali sovrapposti esattamente gli uni sopra gli altri e sistemati in modo che l’occhio possa constatare immediatamente di quanti e quali suoni si componga l’impasto sinfonico; anche, il fascicolo su cui è stampata tale notazione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;In music, overall notation of the parts, vocal and instrumental, which are combined in a piece of music, arranged in several musical staves disposed one over each other and so that the eye can immediately see how many and which sounds  make up the symphonic mixture;  also, the book on which this notation is printed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As said in a comment, this corresponds to the book with musical scores used by the conductor.   That is, &quot;partitura&quot; refers to the full orchestral score.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/spartito&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dictionary&lt;/a&gt; asserts that &quot;spartito&quot; is commonly used as a synonymous of &quot;partitura&quot;, but that that use is erroneous:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Nell’uso corrente, è per lo più usato, erroneamente, come sinon. di &lt;em&gt;partitura&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to the same dictionary, a proper meaning of &quot;spartito&quot; is a reduced version for singing and piano of a composition for singing and orchestra:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Versione ridotta per canto e pianoforte di una composizione per canto e orchestra&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With this sense, &quot;spartito&quot; refers to the reduced piano-vocal score that is often used for studying purposes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But, according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000734.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, the word &quot;spartito&quot; is also used in a generic way to convey this meaning &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;testo scritto di una composizione musicale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, the written notation of a musical composition. If you use &quot;sheet music&quot; in a generic way (as I believe is often done), it may be translated with &quot;spartito&quot; with this meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.ibmi.it/modules.php?name=Content&amp;amp;pa=showpage&amp;amp;pid=7&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;website of the Istituto Bibliografico Musicale Italiano&lt;/a&gt; you can find that the word &quot;spartito&quot; has these two meanings, namely, the musical score of the reduced version for singing and piano of a composition and, in common language, a printed or manuscript music book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Rappresentazione grafica di una composizione per canto e orchestra che allinea le parti vocali ed eventualmente corali come una normale partitura, e reca la riduzione per pianoforte dell'insieme strumentale. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;  Nel linguaggio comune usato anche come sinonimo di libro di musica a stampa o manoscritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, in fact, &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario pratico della musica&lt;/em&gt; by &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.schott-music.com/shop/autoren/roberto-braccini&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Roberto Braccini&lt;/a&gt; translates both &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=k-kwAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;focus=searchwithinvolume&amp;amp;q=spartito&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;spartito&quot;&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=k-kwAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;focus=searchwithinvolume&amp;amp;q=partitura&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&quot;partitura&quot;&lt;/a&gt; in English as &quot;score&quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another word that may correspond in certain contexts to &quot;sheet music&quot; is &quot;parte&quot; that, according to  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parte&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; has this meaning&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Foglio o fascicolo su cui un singolo cantante o strumentista legge la musica che egli esegue in una composizione per più esecutori (si dice anche &lt;em&gt;p. staccata&lt;/em&gt; in quanto costituisce un estratto dalla partitura del brano eseguito)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;Sheet or book on which a single singer or instrumentalist reads the music they perform in a composition for several performers (it is also called &lt;em&gt;perte staccata&lt;/em&gt; as it is an extract from the score, i.e., &quot;&lt;em&gt;la partitura&lt;/em&gt;&quot;, of the piece performed).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-17T11:03:38.940" LastActivityDate="2020-06-17T11:03:38.940" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12989" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12990" CreationDate="2020-06-15T14:06:05.153" Score="0" ViewCount="414" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ferro&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto questo passaggio riferito a Sandro, un amico piemontese  (e che si esprime con accento piemontese o in piemontese) dell'autore dei tempi in cui studiava chimica all'università (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;D'inverno, quando &lt;strong&gt;gli attaccava secco&lt;/strong&gt;, legava gli sci alla bicicletta rugginosa, partiva di buonora, e pedalava fino alla neve, senza soldi, con un carciofo in tasca e l’altra piena d’insalata: tornava poi a sera, o anche il giorno dopo, dormendo nei fienili, e piú tormenta e fame aveva patito, piú era contento e meglio stava di salute.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso di &quot;gli attaccava secco&quot; in questo brano. Ho cercato alle voci &quot;attaccare&quot; e &quot;secco&quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare questa espressione. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-15T21:12:21.247" LastActivityDate="2020-06-15T21:12:21.247" Title="Significato di &quot;attaccare secco a qualcuno&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12990" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12989" CreationDate="2020-06-15T19:25:05.373" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un'espressione derivata dal piemontese &quot;ai tacàva sec&quot;, perfettamente calzante con la descrizione di Sandro. In italiano si potrebbe rendere con &quot;gli prendevano i cinque minuti&quot;, per esprimere una voglia o un desiderio improvviso al quale non si riesce a rinunciare, anche a costo di fatica e sacrifici, proprio come quelli a cui si sottopone (con soddisfazione) il protagonista del racconto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2025" LastActivityDate="2020-06-15T19:25:05.373" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12991" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12986" CreationDate="2020-06-16T08:14:14.600" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco un elenco di libri che erano raccomandati dalla Scuola Ufficiale di Lingue di Barcellona agli studenti che hanno il livello A2 e stanno studiando per acquisire il livello B1:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Antonio Tabucchi: &lt;em&gt;Sostiene Pereira&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Luigi Garlando: &lt;em&gt;Per questo mi chiamo Giovanni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Niccolò Ammaniti: &lt;em&gt;Io non ho paura&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Valerio Massimo Manfredi: &lt;em&gt;Chimaira&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stefania Bertola: &lt;em&gt;Biscotti e sospetti&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Daria Bignardi: &lt;em&gt;Non vi lascerò orfani&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Italo Calvino: &lt;em&gt;Gli amori difficili&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Marco Videtta e Massimo Carlotto: &lt;em&gt;Nordest&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gianrico Carofiglio: &lt;em&gt;Il passato è una terra straniera&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Elsa Morante: &lt;em&gt;L’isola di Arturo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Margherita Oggero: &lt;em&gt;La collega tatuata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Gabriele Romagnoli: &lt;em&gt;Navi in bottiglia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Michele Serra: &lt;em&gt;Gli sdraiati&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Domenico Seminerio: &lt;em&gt;Il manoscritto di Shakespeare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Fabio Volo: &lt;em&gt;Un posto nel mondo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Andrea De Carlo: &lt;em&gt;Di noi tre&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Simonetta Agnello Hornby: &lt;em&gt;La Mennulara&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Giorgio Bassani: &lt;em&gt;Il giardino dei Finzi-Contini&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-16T08:14:14.600" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12992" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="12994" CreationDate="2020-06-16T14:33:20.103" Score="1" ViewCount="48" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ferro&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp; La facile cresta doveva bene essere facile, anzi elementare, d’estate, ma noi la trovammo in condizioni scomode. La roccia era bagnata sul versante al sole, e coperta di vetrato nero su quello in ombra; fra uno spuntone e l’altro c’erano &lt;strong&gt;sacche di neve&lt;/strong&gt; fradicia dove si affondava fino alla cintura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto il contenuto della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sacca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &quot;sacca&quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non sono sicura di che cosa significhi &quot;sacche di neve&quot;. Semplicemente accumuli di neve? Rientranze del terreno piene di neve?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando &quot;sacche di neve&quot; su Google se ne trovano parecchie occorrenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-16T17:17:19.770" Title="Significato di &quot;sacche di neve&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12993" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1211" CreationDate="2020-06-16T17:14:14.463" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questa recente &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/come-si-abbrevia-come-si-scrive-e-come-si-legge-24-ore-su-24/2777&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;risposta di Vittorio Coletti per l'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, si tratta di un'espressione per indicare le ventiquattrore del giorno che si dovrebbe evitare e sostituire da altre qui proposte. Questo tipo di espressioni abbreviate si sono cominciate a usare in tempi recenti, da quando ci sono negozi, servizi ecc. aperti tutto il giorno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;  &lt;p&gt;L’abbreviazione di &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt; è la &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; iniziale minuscola del latino &lt;em&gt;hora&lt;/em&gt; (e non dell’inglese &lt;em&gt;hour&lt;/em&gt;) e dovrebbe seguire il numero (18h= sei del pomeriggio) e non precederlo, allo stesso modo della &lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt; di minuto (es.:18h,30m). (Tra parentesi: in latino &lt;em&gt;hora&lt;/em&gt; seguiva il numero ordinale che la indicava). Bisognerebbe dunque evitare la sequenza h24 e a maggior ragione H24, che, in ogni caso, solo un lettore automatico male addestrato o un giornalista incompetente può leggere “accaventiquattro” e non, come si deve, ventiquattrore. Oggi, in verità, si nota sempre più spesso &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; anteposto, specie quando non indica le ore del giorno, ma un monte ore, una somma di ore: “il corso dura h 60”. Quanto al modo migliore per scrivere sinteticamente che un servizio è aperto tutto il giorno, dopo il chiaro e persino ridondante &lt;em&gt;24 ore su 24&lt;/em&gt; (basterebbe &lt;em&gt;24 ore&lt;/em&gt;), che non è poi troppo lungo, anche quelli indicati da una lettrice vanno bene, eccetto, a rigore, come detto, quelli con &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; anteposta e/o maiuscola; e quindi: &lt;em&gt;24h su 24&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;24h/24h&lt;/em&gt;. Però, è ormai così frequente questo avviso che si finisce per omettere ogni abbreviazione di &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt; e si scrive &lt;em&gt;24/24&lt;/em&gt;, anche perché il riferimento non è alle ore &lt;em&gt;24&lt;/em&gt; ma alle &lt;em&gt;ventiquattrore&lt;/em&gt;, un’indicazione oraria della cui abbreviazione si è sentita l’esigenza in tempi recenti (da quando ci sono negozi, servizi ecc. aperti tutto il giorno) e che ha il vantaggio della brevità e della decifrabilità in qualsiasi lingua (allo stesso modo &lt;em&gt;7/7&lt;/em&gt; è intuitivamente interpretato come “tutti i giorni”). Anche nei telegrafici messaggini è raro che si scriva: “partenza 18h,30m”, ma quasi sempre: “partenza 18,30”. Il fatto è che quello delle &lt;em&gt;ore&lt;/em&gt; è ormai uno dei numeri che capita più spesso di scrivere e di leggere, interpretandolo (ad esempio sui display digitali) anche solo grazie all’ordine in una sequenza: 18:30:15 vale ore 18, minuti 30, secondi 15. Della &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;, pur corretta, si sente sempre meno la necessità. Ma in scritti formali non dimenticherei che &lt;em&gt;ora&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;ore&lt;/em&gt; è appena più lungo di due lettere della sintetica &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt;! Per concludere, propongo un caso di bella convivenza di due sistemi per indicare le ore, in un saggio scientifico del 2014, che troviamo nel Corpus CORIS: “Osservando l’andamento della pressione durante il giorno, quando le condizioni del tempo sono buone, si nota che essa è diversamente distribuita nelle &lt;em&gt;ventiquattro ore&lt;/em&gt;, toccando due massimi circa le &lt;em&gt;10h&lt;/em&gt; e le &lt;em&gt;22h&lt;/em&gt;, e due minimi circa le &lt;em&gt;4h&lt;/em&gt; e le &lt;em&gt;16h&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-16T20:41:23.857" LastActivityDate="2020-06-16T20:41:23.857" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12994" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12992" CreationDate="2020-06-16T17:17:19.770" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come hai intuito, sono avvallamenti del terreno, più o meno profondi, che la neve riempie formando dei depositi. Per questo in primavera sono le ultime zone dove la neve resiste (o le prime dove si ferma in inverno) e non a caso Levi precisa &quot;sacche di neve fradicia&quot;. Proprio perché vi si affonda facilmente, sono molto fastidiose da attraversare per chi va in montagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2025" LastActivityDate="2020-06-16T17:17:19.770" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12995" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1479" CreationDate="2020-06-19T14:40:38.453" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;This recent &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/da-dove-vengono-cosa-significano-e-come-si-usano-emsfigaem-emsfigatoem-e-emcheem-emfigoficoem/1748&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article by Michele Loporcaro for Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; confirms that the adjective &amp;quot;sfigato&amp;quot; comes from the noun &amp;quot;figa&amp;quot;, which is a Northern variant of the noun &amp;quot;fica&amp;quot;, by the addition of the prefix &lt;em&gt;s-&lt;/em&gt; and of the suffix &lt;em&gt;-ato&lt;/em&gt;, in the same way as its synonym &amp;quot;sfortunato&amp;quot; comes from &amp;quot;fortuna&amp;quot;. About the origin of the noun &amp;quot;sfiga&amp;quot;, the article explains that the more plausible derivation is from the adjective &amp;quot;sfigato&amp;quot; (another possible derivation would be directly from the noun &amp;quot;figa&amp;quot;, but it seems less plausible). Anyway, it is mentioned that different dictionaries doesn't completely agree with this. Both terms, &amp;quot;sfigato&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sfiga&amp;quot; have been in use since the 1970s:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Palmare è quella di &lt;em&gt;sfigato&lt;/em&gt;, aggettivo di forma participiale che, esattamente come il sinonimo &lt;em&gt;sfortunato&lt;/em&gt; derivato da &lt;em&gt;fortuna&lt;/em&gt;, è formato parasinteticamente (ossia, con l’applicazione simultanea di un prefisso e un suffisso: qui &lt;em&gt;s-&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;-ato&lt;/em&gt;) dal sost. &lt;em&gt;figa&lt;/em&gt;, variante settentrionale di &lt;em&gt;fica&lt;/em&gt; ‘&lt;em&gt;pudendum muliebre&lt;/em&gt;’. Dall’aggettivo sarà stato tratto a sua volta il sostantivo &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt; ‘sfortuna’ (come l’aggettivo, in circolazione dagli anni Settanta), dato che meno plausibile sarebbe una formazione di quest’ultimo direttamente dall’altro sostantivo (per la derivazione di &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;em&gt;sfigato&lt;/em&gt; si pronuncia il &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt; 2008, mentre per una derivazione in senso inverso optano il GRADIT e lo Zingarelli 2017; infine, il GDLI deriva, ancor meno plausibilmente, sia &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt; sia &lt;em&gt;sfigato&lt;/em&gt; direttamente da &lt;em&gt;figa&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The article explains that this derivation process presupposes in a quite obvious way a male chauvinist view that having access to this &amp;quot;figa&amp;quot; is a lucky condition. But these terms had a male chauvinist connotation only in its origin since, becoming widely used words, they have lost such nuance and are nowadays simply colloquial synonyms of &amp;quot;sfortuna&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;sfortunato&amp;quot;. It is also stated that &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; marked them as vulgar, but that more modern dictionaries qualify them as belonging to youth language or to popular, colloquial language, so they are not perceived anymore as vulgar:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il procedimento di formazione presuppone ovviamente una visione maschilista per cui l’aver accesso al denotato è condizione fortunata, col che si risponde affermativamente al quesito posto dalla lettrice e dal secondo lettore. La risposta è però affermativa solo quanto all’origine prima, dato che, divenendo di larga circolazione, dato che, divenendo di larga circolazione, le parole &lt;em&gt;sfiga&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sfigato&lt;/em&gt; hanno perso di pregnanza scadendo al rango di semplici sinonimi più coloriti di &lt;em&gt;sfortuna&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sfortunato&lt;/em&gt;: se il GDLI le diceva ancora “del linguaggio volg[are]”, gli altri vocabolari sopra citati le qualificano come del linguaggio giovanile (&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;), fam(iliare) (GRADIT), colloq(uiale)/pop(opolare) (Zingarelli 2017) registrando lo stingimento dell’originaria coloritura volgare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-19T14:40:38.453" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12996" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13133" CreationDate="2020-06-19T15:08:56.050" Score="1" ViewCount="150" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ferro&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      La facile cresta doveva bene essere facile, anzi elementare, d’estate, ma noi la trovammo in condizioni scomode. La roccia era bagnata sul versante al sole, e coperta di vetrato nero su quello in ombra; fra uno spuntone e l’altro c’erano sacche di neve fradicia dove si affondava fino alla cintura. Arrivammo in cima alle cinque, io &lt;strong&gt;tirando l’ala&lt;/strong&gt; da far pena, Sandro in preda ad un’ilarità sinistra che io trovavo irritante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;tirare l'ala&amp;quot; che appare nel testo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;ala&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, incluso il dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione. Tuttavia, una ricerca su Google di &amp;quot;tirare l'ala&amp;quot; dà parecchie occorrenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta forse di un'espressione di origine e uso regionale come quella che appare in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12989/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-03T09:36:53.243" LastActivityDate="2020-08-03T09:36:53.243" Title="Significato e uso di &quot;tirare l'ala&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12997" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12971" CreationDate="2020-06-19T16:02:57.007" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The phrase &amp;quot;perdere la testa&amp;quot; has different meaning accordingly to the context:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Referring to a very good looking person &amp;quot;L'ho vista e ho &lt;strong&gt;perso la testa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I saw her and &lt;strong&gt;I've lost my head&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sometimes is used when you keep forgetting something &amp;quot;Ho lasciato le chiavi a casa, oggi ho &lt;strong&gt;perso la testa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I left the keys at home, today &lt;strong&gt;I've lost my head&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When you are out of control or have a violent reaction &amp;quot;Dopo l'insulto &lt;strong&gt;ho perso la testa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; &amp;quot;After that insult &lt;strong&gt;I've lost my head&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those are three possible usages although the first one is the most commonly used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6420" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-07-21T10:12:12.293" LastActivityDate="2020-07-21T10:12:12.293" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12998" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12996" CreationDate="2020-06-19T16:07:09.030" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;That's not a common Italian expression but, given the context, it means something like &amp;quot;a fatica&amp;quot;. Levi wants to point out that he had some difficulty in getting on top of the hill with that expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6420" LastActivityDate="2020-06-19T16:07:09.030" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="12999" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7440" CreationDate="2020-06-19T20:27:59.833" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/emimparareem-e-eminsegnareem-non-sono-la-stessa-cosa/1710&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Riccardo Cimaglia per l'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, si tratta di un uso regionale centro-meridionale del verbo &amp;quot;imparare&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre il Sabatini-Coletti registra l’uso regionale centro-meridionale (che trova riscontro in moltissimi dialetti, tra cui il napoletano e il romanesco, che usa &lt;em&gt;insegnà(re)&lt;/em&gt; nel senso di ‘indicare’) del verbo &lt;em&gt;imparare&lt;/em&gt; con il valore di “insegnare qlco. a qlcu., specialmente con il primo argomento espresso da frase (introdotto da a): &lt;em&gt;ha imparato a scrivere al figlio&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo afferma che esistono attestazioni letterarie di questo uso a partire del Cinquecento e ne dà alcuni esempi, tra i quali i versi di Carducci citati nella domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa accezione del verbo &lt;em&gt;imparare&lt;/em&gt; è attestata anche in testi letterari, a partire dal secolo XVI:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il canuto del tempo, che più di quindici lustri gli è suto maestro, non gli ha imparato tal cosa, uno indocile si può chiamare discepolo (Pietro Aretino, &lt;em&gt;Lettere&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Dubito che abbia potuto trovarsi nella lingua tedesca tutto intero quel poetico che le regole non insegnano e gli studi non imparano (Pietro Giordani, &lt;em&gt;Volgarizzamento di un discorso della baronessa di Staël: Sulla maniera e la utilità delle traduzioni&lt;/em&gt;, 1816); &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Essa la diva / con le dita d’ambrosia, essa da gli occhi / tergea de la mortal giovine il pianto; / e dolce un canto le imparava (Giosue Carducci, &lt;em&gt;Juvenilia&lt;/em&gt;, LXVII, &lt;em&gt;Maggio e Novembre&lt;/em&gt;, vv. 37-40);&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Quello là vuol far l’offeso eh? Adesso glielo imparo io: non gli telefono per almeno un mese (Dino Buzzati, &lt;em&gt;Un amore&lt;/em&gt;, 1963).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI07/00000409.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; riporta altri esempi letterari (il primo è lo stesso testo Cinquecentesco dell'Aretino già citato):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Aretino&lt;/em&gt;, IV-5-210: Se il canuto del tempo, che più di quindici lustri gli è suto maestro, non gli ha imparato tal cosa, uno indocile si puote chiamare discepolo. &lt;em&gt;Belo&lt;/em&gt;, 16: Volmi imparare il dirupisti e farmi toccar co' le&#xA;mani la resurrezione della carne. &lt;em&gt;G. M. Cecchi&lt;/em&gt;, 7-5-5: Deh sì, Pallottola, / imparami un miccin, come e' si fanno. / S'io sapessi far l'arte, io la farei / per me. &lt;em&gt;G. Florio&lt;/em&gt;, 2-14-19: Fuge finalmente la virtù di temperanza l'ozio, non potend'ella patire ch'ei renda l'anima e 'l corpo languidi, imparandogli il mal fare. &lt;em&gt;L. Pascoli&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;1-171: Era... desideroso d'imparare altrui in poca d'ora ciocché egli imparato avea nel lungo corso dell'età sua. &lt;em&gt;Esercizi militari&lt;/em&gt;, 186: È bene di far più volte questa operazione sino a che l'abbino ben capita i soldati a cavallo, per poi imparargli i diversi moti dello squadrone. &lt;em&gt;Giordani&lt;/em&gt;, 1-1-262: Dubito che abbia potuto travasarsi&#xA;nella lingua tedesca tutto intero quel poetico che le regole non insegnano e gli studi non imparano. &lt;em&gt;Pisacane&lt;/em&gt;, 1-30: L'insopportabile tirannide impara al popolo ed al Senato&#xA;i mali gravissimi che il concedere ad un uomo tanto potere cagionava. &lt;em&gt;Carducci&lt;/em&gt;, III-2-150: Essa la diva, / con le dita d'ambrosia, essa da gli occhi / tergea de la&#xA;mortal giovine il pianto; / e dolce un canto le imparava. &lt;em&gt;Saba&lt;/em&gt;, 239: Fare in te una Madonna d'una scaltra monella? / Questo il vino t'impara? &lt;em&gt;Buzzati&lt;/em&gt;, 6-268: Quello&#xA;là vuol far l'offeso eh? Adesso glielo imparo io: non gli telefono per almeno un mese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca sopra citato raccomanda evitare questo uso in un registro standard poiché nell'italiano contemporaneo è considerato appartenente a varietà regionali e popolari della lingua (questa è la ragione per cui a volte si parla di uso &amp;quot;erroneo&amp;quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nonostante queste attestazioni, raccomandiamo ai nostri lettori di evitare quest’uso, oggi considerato improprio, ristretto alle varietà regionali e popolari, e di attenersi alla norma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, per quanto riporta l'articolo citato, si tratta di un'accezione del termine che, di forma in certo modo simile a quello che è successo al vocabolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12852/&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;almanco&amp;quot; di cui si parlava qui&lt;/a&gt;, è sopravvissuta soltanto in alcune varietà regionali (e anche in registri popolari).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-23T16:08:37.450" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T16:08:37.450" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13000" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13001" CreationDate="2020-06-20T14:03:01.247" Score="0" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ferro&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Ma tornammo a valle coi nostri mezzi, e al locandiere, che ci chiedeva ridacchiando come &lt;strong&gt;ce la eravamo passata&lt;/strong&gt;, e intanto sogguardava i nostri visi stralunati, rispondemmo sfrontatamente che avevamo fatto un’ottima gita, pagammo il conto e ce ne andammo con dignità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/passarsela&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;significato di &amp;quot;passarsela&amp;quot; sul dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;condurre un’esistenza, stare, vivere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma questo non sembra avere senso nel contesto della frase sopra citata. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: qual è il significato di &amp;quot;passarsela&amp;quot; nel testo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal contesto, immagino che il locandiere stesse chiedendo ai ragazzi se avevano passato una buona giornata o come era andata la gita, ma non sono sicura sul significato esatto dell'espressione. Si tratta di un uso di &amp;quot;passarsela&amp;quot; poco comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per dare un po' più di contesto, aggiungo questo brano, dal quale si può capire che i due ragazzi avevano avuto dei grossi guai:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scendemmo in due ore, malamente aiutati dalla corda, che era gelata: era diventato un maligno groviglio rigido che si agganciava a tutti gli spuntoni, e suonava sulla roccia come un cavo da teleferica. Alle sette eravamo in riva a un laghetto ghiacciato, ed era buio. Mangiammo il poco che ci avanzava, costruimmo un futile muretto a secco dalla parte del vento e ci mettemmo a dormire per terra, serrati l’uno contro l’altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-20T21:25:52.493" LastActivityDate="2020-06-24T09:18:10.303" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;passarsela&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13001" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13000" CreationDate="2020-06-20T16:27:30.230" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;@Charo la tua interpretazione è corretta, e a mio avviso l'espressione è comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si usa appunto &amp;quot;passare&amp;quot; per chiedere &lt;strong&gt;come&lt;/strong&gt; una persona ha trascorso un certo periodo di tempo;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendo dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/passare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di &amp;quot;Passare&amp;quot; del Treccani, punto 10&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trascorrere il tempo o un determinato periodo di tempo in qualche luogo, impiegarlo in qualche occupazione: [...]; &lt;strong&gt;e con riferimento al modo&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;come hai passato il Natale?&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;p. qualche ora serena in compagnia&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il malato ha passato una notte agitata, tranquilla&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La definizione che hai trovato sul De Mauro mi sembra risponda a (sempre dal Treccani):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fam.: &lt;em&gt;passarsela bene&lt;/em&gt;, vivere agiatamente, piacevolmente; &lt;em&gt;passarsela male&lt;/em&gt;, essere in tristi condizioni economiche, vivere in mezzo a varie preoccupazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano in questione non ci si riferisce a un periodo di tempo particolare (&lt;em&gt;come hai passato la giornata&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;come hai passato il Natale&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.), ma assume un senso più generale, del tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;come è andata?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;vi siete divertiti?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; (Suggerimento di egreg).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, rileggendo il testo credo che l'espressione del locandiere contenga anche una sfumatura maliziosa (la domanda è fatta ridacchiando).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Altra locuzione assai usata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come te la passi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che è equivalente a chiedere &amp;quot;Come stai?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare inoltre che esiste anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ve la siete spassata?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che significa &amp;quot;vi siete divertiti?&amp;quot; (derivato da &lt;em&gt;spasso&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-06-24T09:18:10.303" LastActivityDate="2020-06-24T09:18:10.303" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13002" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13000" CreationDate="2020-06-20T21:11:31.620" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se, rivedendo una persona dopo molto tempo, chiedo “Come te la sei passata?”, non sto davvero domandando un riassunto delle attività nel periodo in cui non ci siamo visti. Un modo piuttosto comune; potrebbe essere anche “Come ti è andata in questi anni?”, con significato del tutto analogo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La risposta può essere “bene”, “abbastanza bene”, “non male”, “male” o qualcosa di simile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Analogamente se rivedo qualcuno che so aver fatto qualcosa di particolare, come una passeggiata in montagna. In entrambi i casi la risposta breve può essere completata con qualche dettaglio, ma non è obbligatorio. Un po' come “How do you do?&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso presente, il locandiere sembra sapere che la gita non possa essere andata molto bene e sta dicendo velatamente che sa delle difficoltà, ma i ragazzi fanno finta di niente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-06-20T21:59:49.187" LastActivityDate="2020-06-20T21:59:49.187" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13003" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2248" CreationDate="2020-06-21T07:56:27.313" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that ancora in the meaning of ‘again’ means actually ‘once again’ while we are using it in phrases we usually use it without ‘once’. If you can replace ‘again’ by ‘once again’, then ‘di nuovo’ is exchangeable. If not, then not.&#xA;Hope this serves you !&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6427" LastActivityDate="2020-06-21T07:56:27.313" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13004" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-21T16:46:15.543" Score="1" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Posto qui questa domanda perché, sorprendentemente, una definizione simile a quella che sto per riprodurre non sono riuscita a trovarla né per &amp;quot;degeneracy&amp;quot; (inglese), né per &amp;quot;degeneración&amp;quot; (spagnolo) e neanche per &amp;quot;degeneració&amp;quot; (catalano) su nessun dizionario in queste altre lingue. Ho a casa el &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books/about/Diccionari_de_matem%C3%A0tiques_i_estad%C3%ADsti.html?id=LQ5yPQAACAAJ&amp;amp;redir_esc=y&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Diccionari de matemàtiques i estadística&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma l'unica definizione dell'aggettivo &amp;quot;degenerat -ada&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;degenere&amp;quot;) che riporta è quella che, secondo la mia esperienza, è la più frequente nell'ambito della matematica  (si veda più sotto) e non ha a che vedere con quello che appare sullo Zingarelli. La voce &amp;quot;degeneració&amp;quot; non si trova su questo dizionario di lessico di matematica in catalano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla ristampa 2011 della Dodicesima edizione del vocabolario Zingarelli che si può scaricare gratuitamente su Kindle ho trovato la seguente definizione del vocabolo &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; che mi ha stupita per il fatto che porti la marca &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;mat.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt; (&lt;em&gt;mat&lt;/em&gt;.) Condizione in cui due o più funzioni, stati o grandezze, generalmente distinte, sono coincidenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'edizione del 2021 di questo vocabolario, come @DaG conferma in un suo commento, appare esattamente lo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sembra che in questa accezione si stia affermando che si possa dire che c'è &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; quando accade che diversi casi di qualcosa siano indistinguibili l'uno dall'altro da un certo punto di vista che si sta studiando, indistinguibili nel senso che, come dice la definizione sopra riportata, sono matematicamente  coincidenti da questo punto di vista.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il fatto è che personalmente ho usato e ho sentito usare il termine &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; con questo senso molte volte, ma sempre tra fisici. Be', non esattamente &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot;, perché non parlo mai di fisica né di matematica in italiano, ma &amp;quot;degeneració&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;degeneración&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;degeneracy&amp;quot;. L'ho usata e visto utilizzare in modo proprio in molti contesti di fisica. In contesti che non sono di fisica l'ho sentita usare tra fisici con il senso spiegato e, in particolare, chiamando &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; (in realtà &amp;quot;degeneració&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;degeneración&amp;quot;, non sono sicura se anche &amp;quot;degeneracy&amp;quot;) al numero di casi indistinguibili che si hanno. Ma ho sempre avuto la sensazione che, in questi contesti non di fisica, si stesse usando in un modo che si potrebbe qualificare come improprio nel senso che una persona senza una formazione di fisica non l'avrebbe capita (e anche perché si tratta di usi che non mi sembra di aver visto su libri o articoli).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Va bene, diciamo che non sempre in modo improprio perché conosco un contesto matematico in cui &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; si usa con questo senso, ma personalmente conosco soltanto questo contesto. Per questa ragione, la definizione dello Zingarelli, che sembra indicare che &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; con questo significato si usa in matematica di forma più ampia, ha destato la mia curiosità. E la mia domanda sarebbe, perlomeno in italiano, è veramente così? O si tratta semplicemente di un errore del dizionario?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, l'uso a cui mi riferisco è esattamente quello che si utilizza in meccanica quantistica. Vediamo se riesco a trovare il vocabolario matematico adatto per spiegarlo (scusatemi e correggetemi se potete se non riesco a farlo). Il contesto è quello degli autovalori e autovettori di un endomorfismo di uno spazio vettoriale. Si dice che c'è &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; quando a un autovalore corrisponde un numero più grande di uno di autovettori linearmente indipendenti. L'autovalore a cui accade questo è detto &amp;quot;autovalore degenere&amp;quot;. La dimensione dell'autospazio vettoriale (&amp;quot;eigenspace&amp;quot;) associato a questo autovalore degenere si chiama &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot;. Ma potrebbe essere che persino questa terminologia sia usata esclusivamente in testi di matematica pensati per fisici o per studenti di fisica, perché so che si usa anche &amp;quot;molteplicità&amp;quot; per questo stesso concetto (quello di cui ho parlato sarebbe la &lt;em&gt;molteplicità geometrica&lt;/em&gt; dell'autovalore). Per esempio, in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=ibZKJFMV4BwC&amp;amp;pg=PA13&amp;amp;lpg=PA13&amp;amp;dq=autovalori+autovettori+degenerazione&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=bsF2O3x1A7&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2CMINcVBqBCi06olZ6qobHV9iHjQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwit_cz3yJXqAhUHkhQKHcY6BDIQ6AEwBHoECAQQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=autovalori%20autovettori%20degenerazione&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo libro&lt;/a&gt; si usa il termine &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot;, ma il titolo del libro è &lt;em&gt;Metodi matematici della Fisica&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che l'aggettivo &amp;quot;degenere&amp;quot; si usa in matematica per qualificare concetti completamente diversi dell'idea che ho descritto, molti associati alla nozione di &amp;quot;caso limite&amp;quot; o, per fare un altro esempio, si può parlare di una forma bilineare non degenere (o degenere). Ma non mi riferisco a niente di tutto questo (a meno che non ci sia una connessione con l'idea sopra spiegata che io non so vedere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Difatti, lo Zingarelli  (l'edizione che ho io, ma anche, come conferma @DaG in un commento, quella del 2021) ha per l'aggettivo &amp;quot;degenere&amp;quot; solo due accezioni: quella di uso comune e questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;2 (&lt;em&gt;fis&lt;/em&gt;.) Detto di sistema fisico che presenta una degenerazione; in particolare, in meccanica quantistica, riferito a stati distinti ma aventi la stessa energia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa seconda accezione, che ha la marca d'uso &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;fis&lt;/em&gt;.&amp;quot;, sembra rimandare alla definizione di &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; che ho riprodotto all'inizio della domanda, fatto che mi fa sospettare che anche quella dovrebbe avere la marca &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;fis&lt;/em&gt;.&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;mat&lt;/em&gt;.&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorprendentemente, lo Zingarelli non riporta l'accezione di &amp;quot;degenere&amp;quot; che secondo la mia esperienza in altre lingue, e anche in italiano secondo affermano alcuni commenti, è la più frequente nell'ambito della matematica. Traducendo dal catalano dal dizionario di matematica sopra citato, sarebbe questa:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto del caso limite di qualche tipo di oggetto che equivale a un tipo più semplice, facendo spesso che un coefficiente o un parametro prenda il valore zero.  Un punto è il caso degenere di un cerchio di raggio zero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni mesi fa, mi è capitato di discutere con una persona del lavoro di alcuni studenti su un problema che aveva per contesto il &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(card_game)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;gioco del Set&lt;/a&gt;. A un certo punto della discussione, il mio interlocutore, che è fisico, usò la parola &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; (la parola &amp;quot;degeneració&amp;quot; in realtà, perché stavamo parlando in catalano) e io non ebbi nessun problema a capire a cosa si riferiva. Sono convinta, però, che si trattasse di un uso impropio del vocabolo. Ma in quel momento mi venne la curiosità di sapere se un &amp;quot;non fisico&amp;quot; l'avrebbe capito ed ebbi l'idea di chiederlo su &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/q/34512/&quot;&gt;Spanish.SE&lt;/a&gt; (spiegando che avevamo parlato in spagnolo, cosa che non è vero, ma la stessa conversazione si potrebbe aver svolto in castigliano usando &amp;quot;degeneración&amp;quot;). L'unica risposta che ho ricevuto non è del tutto completa, ma sembra indicare che il vocabolo spagnolo &amp;quot;degeneración&amp;quot; abbia il significato che ho riprodotto all'inizio di questo post esclusivamente nell'ambito della fisica oppure di testi di matematica pensati per fisici o studenti di fisica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, ho cercato di domandare un po' in giro  ad alcuni amici (a pochi: in condizioni di normalità avrei potuto chiedere a più persone) se avevano usato o visto usare il termine &amp;quot;degeneració&amp;quot; col senso spiegato all'inizio di questo post in contesti di matematica. Due matematiche e due insegnanti di matematica che non sono né matematici né fisici mi hanno detto di no. Queste amiche matematiche hanno confermato di aver sempre usato &amp;quot;molteplicità&amp;quot; (in realtà &amp;quot;multiplicitat&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;multiplicidad&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;multiplicity&amp;quot; perché non parlano italiano) e mai &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; nel contesto degli autovalori degeneri di un endomorfismo di uno spazio vettoriale. Soltanto i miei amici fisici hanno detto di sì, in questo stesso contesto (ma, va be', si tratta di un contesto familiare a qualsiasi persona che abbia studiato meccanica quantistica).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe essere semplicemente che, per qualche sorta di errore, la marca d'uso che appare nell'accezione dello Zingarelli sopra citata dovesse essere &amp;quot;(&lt;em&gt;fis&lt;/em&gt;.)&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;(&lt;em&gt;mat&lt;/em&gt;.)&amp;quot; perché l'ambito in cui si usa &amp;quot;degenerazione&amp;quot; in questo senso sia la fisica e non la matematica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-23T13:56:37.430" LastActivityDate="2020-06-23T13:56:37.430" Title="C'è un errore in un'accezione di &quot;degenerazione&quot; del dizionario Zingarelli per cui la marca d'uso &quot;mat.&quot; dovrebbe essere &quot;fis.&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13005" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-22T15:53:17.763" Score="5" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/q/22988/&quot;&gt;domanda su Spanish.SE&lt;/a&gt; si chiedeva su parole della lingua spagnola che, nella sua etimologia,   avevano como origine altri vocaboli spagnoli in modo indiretto, passando per un'altra lingua. Per esempio, il vocabolo &amp;quot;tostón&amp;quot; (usato per chiamare certe &lt;a href=&quot;https://web.archive.org/web/20080616064230/http://www.mundimoneda.com/glosario_numismatico_t.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;monete&lt;/a&gt;) proviene dal portuguese &amp;quot;tostão&amp;quot;, ma il portuguese &amp;quot;tostão&amp;quot; ha come origine il termine spagnolo &amp;quot;testón&amp;quot;. Nelle risposte alla domanda menzionata potete trovare altri esempi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: questo fenomeno esiste anche nella lingua italiana? Possiamo trovare esempi di termini italiani che derivino da un vocabolo in un'altra lingua in modo che questo vocabolo proceda dall'italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prima di postare questa domanda, basandomi su un'idea che appare in una delle risposte al post su Spanish.SE, ho cercato di usare le due funzioni di ricerca del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, &amp;quot;ricerca libera&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;ricerca in sequenza&amp;quot;, per cercare &amp;quot;dell'it.&amp;quot;. Potete verificare  che, purtroppo, non funzionano: la &amp;quot;ricerca libera&amp;quot; dà un messaggio d'errore di sintassi e la &amp;quot;ricerca in sequenza&amp;quot; dà dei resultati molto strani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-26T20:15:54.667" LastActivityDate="2020-06-26T20:15:54.667" Title="Vocaboli italiani derivati dall'italiano passando per un'altra lingua" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13006" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13007" CreationDate="2020-06-22T17:40:56.963" Score="3" ViewCount="246" Body="&lt;p&gt;Di recente ho letto da qualche parte che la parola &lt;strong&gt;il tassì&lt;/strong&gt; è usata anche per &amp;quot;taxi&amp;quot;. L'ho sempre pensato, lo abbiamo usato così com'è: &lt;strong&gt;il taxi&lt;/strong&gt;. Da quello che ho capito, entrambe queste parole sono utilizzabili. Tuttavia, ad esempio, a Torino, di solito usiamo la parola &amp;quot;il taxi&amp;quot;. Mi chiedevo se c'erano altri posti in Italia dove invece di solito si usa la parola &amp;quot;il tassì&amp;quot;. O al giorno d'oggi la parola &amp;quot;il tassì&amp;quot; è una forma obsoleta per &amp;quot;il taxi&amp;quot;? Sembrerei sbagliato se dico &amp;quot;il tassì&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3971" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-22T18:07:54.917" LastActivityDate="2020-06-22T19:05:35.890" Title="Quale di queste parole viene usata di più: &quot;taxi&quot; o &quot;tassì&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;&lt;foreign-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13007" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13006" CreationDate="2020-06-22T18:30:28.647" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come riportato da Treccani il &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tassi_res-287e1947-0036-11de-9d89-0016357eee51/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;taxi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; prende il nome dall’abbreviazione di &amp;quot;taximètre&amp;quot; o tassametro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tassì&lt;/strong&gt; (anche taxi o taxì) s. m. [adattam. del fr. &lt;em&gt;taxi&lt;/em&gt;, abbrev. di&#xA;&lt;em&gt;taximètre&lt;/em&gt; («tassametro» e «vettura a tassametro»)]. – 1. Automobile&#xA;fornita di tassametro, adibita al servizio pubblico: &lt;em&gt;chiamare,&#xA;prendere un t.; posteggio di tassì.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell’italiano di tutti i giorni si usa comunemente taxi, perché il termine &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/amp/s/latestabenfatta.wordpress.com/2017/01/21/il-fascismo-e-la-lingua-italiana/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tassì&lt;/a&gt; fu imposto dal regime fascista con &lt;a href=&quot;http://knowknow.it/eja-eja-alala-le-italianizzazioni-del-periodo-fascista-manuale-del-fascistese/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;l’italianizzazione di tutte le parole straniere&lt;/a&gt; ed è diventato poco usato, specie tra i giovani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il periodo fascista italiano sostenne una battaglia linguistica contro&#xA;l’esterofilia, parole non italiane ormai nel vocabolario. Furono circa&#xA;500 le parole “abrogate”, dalla cucina (predominata dal francese) allo&#xA;sport (con predominanza inglese) fino ad altri campi della produzione e del lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di seguito un curioso elenco. In alcuni casi le parole&#xA;sono arrivate nel lessico italiano attuale. In altri, dopo la guerra,&#xA;sono lentamente state sostituite dai termini originari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo altro quesito dal titolo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/9577/italianizzazione-delle-parole-durante-il-fascismo&quot;&gt;Italianizzazione delle parole durante il fascismo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; puoi trovare altri riferimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2020-06-22T19:05:35.890" LastActivityDate="2020-06-22T19:05:35.890" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13008" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13009" CreationDate="2020-06-24T14:37:49.947" Score="1" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ferro&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle mezze stagioni il regno di Sandro erano le palestre di roccia. Ce ne sono diverse, a due o tre ore di bicicletta da Torino, e sarei curioso di sapere se sono tuttora frequentate: i Picchi del Pagliaio con il Torrione Wolkmann, i Denti di Cumiana, Roca Patanüa (significa Roccia Nuda), il Plô, lo Sbarüa, ed altri, dai nomi casalinghi e modesti. Quest’ultimo, lo Sbarüa, mi pare fosse stato scoperto da Sandro stesso, o da un suo mitico fratello, che Sandro non mi fece mai vedere, ma che, dai suoi scarsi accenni, doveva &lt;strong&gt;stare a lui come lui stava alla generalità dei mortali&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;stare a lui come lui stava alla generalità dei mortali&amp;quot; che appare nell'ultima frase di questo brano. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma ci sono tantissime accezioni, che non riesco a vedere a quale possa corrispondere l'uso che si fa di questo verbo nel testo citato. Cosa vuol dire che il fratello di Sandro stava a Sandro come Sandro stava alla generalità dei mortali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo per dare un po' più di contesto, l'unico altro passaggio del racconto in cui si fa riferimento al fratello di Sandro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;lo Sbarüa è un prisma di granito che sporge di un centinaio di metri da una modesta collina irta di rovi e di bosco ceduo: come il Veglio di Creta, è spaccato dalla base alla cima da una fenditura che si fa salendo via via piú stretta, fino a costringere lo scalatore ad uscire in parete, dove, appunto, si spaura, e dove esisteva allora un singolo chiodo, lasciato caritatevolmente dal fratello di Sandro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sandro è descritto nel racconto come una persona che aveva una grande dimestichezza con la montagna e, in particolare, come un scalatore molto abile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-24T16:49:00.900" LastActivityDate="2020-06-24T16:49:00.900" Title="Significato di &quot;stare a lui come lui stava alla generalità dei mortali&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13009" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13008" CreationDate="2020-06-24T15:01:48.853" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendendo la definizione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; il significato in questo caso è quello &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;matematico&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;essere in rapporto a&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b. In matematica, &lt;em&gt;stare a&lt;/em&gt;, essere in dato rapporto: &lt;em&gt;4 sta a 2 come 6 sta a 3&lt;/em&gt;, il rapporto di 4 a 2 è uguale al rapporto di 6 a 3, e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ovvero il significato è di &lt;strong&gt;effettuare un paragone&lt;/strong&gt; (in questo caso tra due persone):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano il narratore dice che Sandro racconta poco riguardo al fratello, ma da quel poco si deduce che i due non si somigliano per niente (il paragone tra Sandro e il fratello sembra essere lo stesso che si può fare tra Sandro e il resto dell'umanità).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra interpretazione - suggerita da @DaG - è che questa &amp;quot;proporzione&amp;quot; tra i fratelli riguardi nello specifico le loro abilità di rocciatori, ovvero il fratello di Sandro era tanto più abile di Sandro stesso, quando Sandro era tanto più abile del resto delle persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Schematicamente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fratello : Sandro = Sandro : La maggior parte delle persone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo uso figurato o esteso di &amp;quot;stare a&amp;quot; al di fuori dello stretto ambito della matematica è assai diffuso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-06-24T15:37:06.990" LastActivityDate="2020-06-24T15:37:06.990" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13010" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7053" CreationDate="2020-06-24T19:02:38.690" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; riporta le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000007.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;prime attestazioni delle diverse accezioni&lt;/a&gt; di un termine. Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_Pagina_026.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;americanata&amp;quot; che si trova nel Supplemento del 2009&lt;/a&gt; possiamo vedere che la prima attestazione del vocabolo col significato di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Azione, idea, ecc. eccentrica, bizzarra,&#xA;strana, fuori dalle regole&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è questa citazione di &lt;em&gt;Torre di guardia&lt;/em&gt; di Alberto Savinio ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00260.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e  [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00260.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa notizia fa parte delle cosiddette 'americanate'. Americanata è l'espressione dell&amp;quot;eccessivo' americano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come si spiega sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.gianfrancofranchi.com/torre-di-guardia/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web di Gian­franco Fran­chi&lt;/a&gt;, si tratta di una raccolta a cura di Sciascia di articoli di Savinio per la rubrica con lo stesso nome del giornale &lt;em&gt;La Stampa&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Torre di guardia” era il nome di una rubrica curata da Savinio per “La Stampa” tra il 1934 e il 1940; Sciascia ha raccolto buona parte di quelle pagine – escludendo quelle apparse nella “Nuova Enciclopedia”, con poche eccezioni, e quelle “macchiate” da un comunque perplesso apprezzamento per il fascismo: peccato, potevano rivelarsi affascinanti – e ha curato questa edizione Sellerio, 1977, raffinata da una pregevole introduzione di Salvatore Battaglia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, questo uso del vocabolo &amp;quot;americanata&amp;quot; sembra essere nato nell'ambito giornalistico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, ricercando &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22americanata%22&amp;amp;newwindow=1&amp;amp;safe=off&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;tbs=cdr:1,cd_min:1800,cd_max:1899&amp;amp;cad=h&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;americanata&amp;quot; su Google Libri&lt;/a&gt;, si trovano alcune attestazioni a partire dalla fine dell'Ottocento. Una delle più antiche che sono riuscita a trovare è un'edizione del 1888 del libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=KRX7NKgskpYC&amp;amp;q=%22americanata%22&amp;amp;dq=%22americanata%22&amp;amp;hl=es&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwik-eGch5vqAhWzAWMBHRXkBbg4ChDoATAFegQIARAg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Eco d'America&lt;/em&gt; di Giuseppe Sormani&lt;/a&gt; in cui si può leggere questo passaggio, che ci fa capire che il vocabolo era già in uso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolo « americanata » è un barbaro sostantivo non ancora registrato in alcun glossario. Nondimeno è voce consacrata dall'uso per dinotare cosa strabiliante, non disgiunta da una certa dose di ciarlatanismo. In attesa, dunque, che i nostri accademici riparino alla dimenticanza, dobbiamo intanto convenire che il senso di pagliacciata che ne costituisce il fondo gli è propriamente devoluto: atteso che è dall'America che ci sono giunte delle portentose fandonie che hanno fatto divenire quel paese la favola del mondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche su questo giornaletto intitolato &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=dVeRyxGVZ9EC&amp;amp;q=%22americanata%22&amp;amp;dq=%22americanata%22&amp;amp;hl=es&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjSp8f2jJvqAhWmC2MBHREvDbs4FBDoATADegQIARAS&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Letture di famiglia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, del 1884, appare il termine &amp;quot;americanata&amp;quot; parecchie volte, in questo caso in un contesto che sembra anche giornalistico. Ecco un esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      A Parigi sembra che abbia fatto fortuna un'&lt;em&gt;americanata&lt;/em&gt;, seppure la faccenda non finirà a bastonate. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Un branco di speculatori, fra cui dicesi vi sia quel Gordon Bennet arcimilionario, che è proprietario del &lt;em&gt;New-York Herald&lt;/em&gt;, si sono messi d'accordo per pubblicare nella metropoli della blague un giornale politico senza opinioni o piuttosto [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'accordo con lo stesso dizionario sopra citato, &amp;quot;americanata&amp;quot; può significare anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò che denota cattivo gusto, volgarità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo questa fonte, la prima attestazione di &amp;quot;americanata&amp;quot; con questo significato è questa citazione tratta dal libro &lt;em&gt;Panopticon romano&lt;/em&gt; di Mario Praz, pubblicato nel 1967:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quei giardini pensili degli antichi, almeno come li immaginano con fantasia da pubblicità alberghiera gl'illustratori dei libri per fanciulli, sanno troppo d'americanata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-24T19:02:38.690" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13011" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13013" CreationDate="2020-06-25T14:20:57.857" Score="1" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Ferro&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sbarüa è &lt;strong&gt;deverbio&lt;/strong&gt; da «sbarüé», che significa «spaurare»; lo Sbarüa è un prisma di granito che sporge di un centinaio di metri da una modesta collina irta di rovi e di bosco ceduo: come il Veglio di Creta, è spaccato dalla base alla cima da una fenditura che si fa salendo via via piú stretta, fino a costringere lo scalatore ad uscire in parete, dove, appunto, si spaura, e dove esisteva allora un singolo chiodo, lasciato caritatevolmente dal fratello di Sandro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato questo termine, &amp;quot;deverbio&amp;quot;, su nessun dizionario. Ho pensato che stesse per &amp;quot;deverbale&amp;quot; che, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/deverbale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ha questo significato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;deverbale&lt;/strong&gt; agg. e s. m. [der. di &lt;em&gt;verbo&lt;/em&gt;, col pref. &lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt;-]. – In linguistica, di vocabolo (aggettivo o sostantivo) derivato da un verbo; per es. in latino &lt;em&gt;dictator&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;em&gt;dictare&lt;/em&gt;, in italiano &lt;em&gt;ferita&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ferimento&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;feritore&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;feritoia&lt;/em&gt; da &lt;em&gt;ferire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ne sono sicura, però.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=k4Dcf4d0N7MC&amp;amp;pg=PA435&amp;amp;lpg=PA435&amp;amp;dq=deverbium+latino&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=X6Jr5G5-0y&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2PNL9-XXe8spidoYdC_aapvo30hQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwj0mKS3jp3qAhV7QUEAHXYaAKUQ6AEwBHoECAQQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=deverbium%20latino&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Contributions to Latin Lexicography&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Henry Nettleship, ho trovato che il vocabolo latino &amp;quot;dēverbĭum&amp;quot; significa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;Dēverbĭum, -i&lt;/strong&gt;, subst. n., the spoken part of a play, unaccompanied by music, as opp. to &lt;em&gt;canticum&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma questo non sembra avere senso nel contesto del brano sopra citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora mi sono chiesta: questo &amp;quot;deverbio&amp;quot; che appare nel racconto è semplicemente un'invenzione di Primo Levi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma poi ho trovato il termine &amp;quot;deverbio&amp;quot; anche alla pagina 55 del libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bitonto4ever.it/pdf/LESSICO-DIALETTALE.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lessico dialettale bitontino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Nicola Pice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AMMALAGNÈUE, un gatto, un cane, ecc., fargli del male palpandolo troppo [...] *lett. ammalagnare, &lt;strong&gt;deverbio di maligno&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma questo libro usa anche il termine &amp;quot;deverbale&amp;quot; come se fosse qualcosa di diverso (perlomeno è quello che a me sembra capire). Quindi, forse &amp;quot;deverbio&amp;quot; non è lo stesso che &amp;quot;deverbale&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe dire cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-26T11:51:45.527" LastActivityDate="2020-06-26T15:20:44.410" Title="Significato di &quot;deverbio&quot; nel racconto &quot;Ferro&quot; di Primo Levi" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13012" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11424" CreationDate="2020-06-25T18:48:22.963" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco di raccogliere in questo post quello che si è detto nei commenti di @DaG e di @Gio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di esempi di &amp;quot;parola-valigia&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;parola macedonia&amp;quot;, concetto di cui si è parlato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/11427/&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono costruzioni divertenti e fantasiose,  neologismi costrutti con questo meccanismo in modo simile a  “apericena”, “aperimessa” o persino “buonsalve”, che ancora si assomiglia di più,  con l'obiettivo di risultare “simpatici”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembra trattarsi di un meccanismo che si usa spesso per &lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2019/02/18/significato-shippare-slang/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;coniare neologismi&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è semplicemente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vediamoci giovedì, martedì, lunedì, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma espresso in un modo che si potrebbe qualificare di &amp;quot;spiritoso&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-25T19:22:00.703" LastActivityDate="2020-06-25T19:22:00.703" CommentCount="1" CommunityOwnedDate="2020-06-25T18:48:22.963" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13013" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13011" CreationDate="2020-06-26T10:01:01.547" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non avrei dubbi: &lt;em&gt;sbarüé&lt;/em&gt; è un verbo, mentre &lt;em&gt;sbarüa&lt;/em&gt; è usato come nome proprio nella frase successiva. Dunque &lt;em&gt;sbarüa&lt;/em&gt; è un sostantivo derivato da un verbo, un &lt;em&gt;deverbale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché Levi ha usato l'inusuale &lt;em&gt;deverbio&lt;/em&gt;? Si vede che gli era piaciuto al momento. Capita che uno scrittore abbia qualche assonanza in mente e adoperi una parola “inesistente”. Evidentemente nemmeno il redattore incaricato della revisione ha avuto dubbi e il termine è passato. Che un redattore abbia esaminato il testo è sicuro, visto che il libro è stato pubblicato da un editore (Einaudi) sempre molto attento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono perplesso sull'uso di &lt;em&gt;deverbio&lt;/em&gt; per indicare un verbo costruito da un sostantivo o aggettivo come nell'esempio di Pice. Il prefisso &lt;em&gt;de&lt;/em&gt; indica provenienza e non destinazione (oppure indica un contrario, come in &lt;em&gt;desecrare&lt;/em&gt;, ma non è questo il caso), quindi dovrebbe essere &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/denominale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;denominale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-06-26T15:20:44.410" LastActivityDate="2020-06-26T15:20:44.410" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13015" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13005" CreationDate="2020-06-26T16:36:50.513" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Questo fenomeno si dà anche per la lingua italiana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A continuazione elenco alcuni esempi che si trovano sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Dal francese:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000952.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;baghetta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Dal fr. &lt;em&gt;baguette&lt;/em&gt;, a sua volta deriv. dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;bacchetta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000379.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;brico&lt;/em&gt; (anche &lt;em&gt;bric&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;brik&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/a&gt;: Adattamento di &lt;em&gt;bric&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;brik&lt;/em&gt;, voci derivate dal fr. &lt;em&gt;brick&lt;/em&gt; (docum. nel 1788), alterazione dell'ingl. &lt;em&gt;brig&lt;/em&gt; (nel 1720), a sua volta abbreviazione dell'ital. &lt;em&gt;brigantino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000841.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;casinò&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Deriv. dal fr. &lt;em&gt;casino&lt;/em&gt; (nel 1740), a sua volta derivato dall'it. &lt;em&gt;casino&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI03/00000364.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;commandita&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Voce mediata dalla forma francese &lt;em&gt;commandite&lt;/em&gt; (nel 1673), che a sua volta deriva dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;accomandita&lt;/em&gt; (v.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI12/00001031.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;pennacchio&lt;/em&gt; nella locuzione &lt;em&gt;fare pennacchio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Adattamento del fr. &lt;em&gt;panache&lt;/em&gt; (nella locuz. &lt;em&gt;faire panache&lt;/em&gt;), che è a sua volta dall'ital. sett. &lt;em&gt;penàcio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pennaccio&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;pennacchio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI12/00000930.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;pedestale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Dal fr. &lt;em&gt;piédestal&lt;/em&gt; (nel XVI sec.), deriv. a sua volta dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;piedistallo&lt;/em&gt; (v.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00160.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;pesata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nel significato di &amp;quot;movimento compiuto dal cavallo levandosi sulle zampe posteriori&amp;quot;: Dal fr. &lt;em&gt;pesade&lt;/em&gt; (nel 1579), che è a sua volta adattamento dell'ital. &lt;em&gt;posata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00578.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;pista&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nei significati di &amp;quot;percorso naturale o artificiale appositamente preparato, delimitato e attrezzato per lo svolgimento di attività e di competizioni sportive [...]&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;spazio più o meno esteso e opportunamente delimitato e attrezzato per la pratica di alcuni sport (come l'hockey su ghiaccio o con pattini a rotelle, il pattinaggio, il salto con gli sci, [...]) o, anche, per altre attività ricreative o spettacolari (come il circo equestre, il ballo, l'aeromodellismo, l'autoscontro nei luna-park, ecc.)&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;spazio alquanto esteso e pavimentato (detto anche &lt;em&gt;pista aeroportuale&lt;/em&gt;) adibito sia alla circolazione e alle manovre degli aerei a terra (&lt;em&gt;pista di rullaggio&lt;/em&gt;) sia al decollo o all'atterraggio (detto anche, nel primo caso, &lt;em&gt;pista di lancio&lt;/em&gt; e, per entrambi i casi, &lt;em&gt;pista di volo&lt;/em&gt;)&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;ponte di volo di una portaerei&amp;quot;: [...] attraverso il fr. &lt;em&gt;piste&lt;/em&gt; (nel 1579), che è a sua volta dall'italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI16/00206.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;ridotta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nei significati dell'ambito militare e altri derivati da questo per estensione, e anche quello di &amp;quot;luogo di ritrovo di un circolo culturale&amp;quot;: Dal fr. &lt;em&gt;redonte&lt;/em&gt;, che a sua volta è dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;ridótto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00431.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;salone&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nei significati di &amp;quot;ambiente di vaste dimensioni adibito a ospitare mostre artistiche, rassegne tecnologiche, di moda, ecc., generalmente periodiche&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;negozio di barbiere e parrucchiere per uomo elegante o con&#xA;pretese di eleganza&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;salone di bellezza&lt;/em&gt;: laboratorio di estetica, sia femminile sia maschile&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;salone di bellezza per cani&lt;/em&gt;: pubblico esercizio dove i cani vengono lavati, spazzolati, rasati, disinfestati, ecc.&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;trattoria con alloggio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;salone di presa&lt;/em&gt;: studio cinematografico&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;vettura salone&lt;/em&gt;: carrozza passeggeri di I classe arredata con poltroncine e tavolini e dotata di un sistema di ammortizzamento migliore rispetto a quello delle altre vetture&amp;quot; e in locuzioni come &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;aprire il salone&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;eroe da salone&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;gente di saloni&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;: [...] dal fr. &lt;em&gt;salon&lt;/em&gt; 'esposizione periodica' (cfr. il &lt;em&gt;Salon des arts&lt;/em&gt; di Parigi, che in origine si teneva presso il &lt;em&gt;Grand Salon&lt;/em&gt; del Louvre, da&#xA;cui il nome), che a sua volta è prestito dall'ital.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Dall'inglese:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000869.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;mascara&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Dall'ingl. &lt;em&gt;mascara&lt;/em&gt;, deriv. a sua volta dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;màscara&lt;/em&gt;, var. ant. di &lt;em&gt;maschera&lt;/em&gt;; cfr. spagn. &lt;em&gt;mascara&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000118.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;sketch&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Voce ingl., propr. 'schizzo, scenetta', dall'oland. &lt;em&gt;schets&lt;/em&gt;, a&#xA;sua volta dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;schizzo&lt;/em&gt; (v.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000118.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;skiff&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Voce ingl., dal fr. &lt;em&gt;esquif&lt;/em&gt;, che a sua volta è dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;schifo&lt;/em&gt; (v. SCHIFO&lt;sup&gt;3 &lt;/sup&gt;, n. 3).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000428.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;studio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; nel significato di &amp;quot;locale o complesso di locali dotato delle attrezzature per girare le scene di un film e in partic. per compiere le riprese degli interni; sala attrezzata per l'allestimento e la ripresa di una trasmissione televisiva o per la registrazione e la messa in onda di un&#xA;programma radiofonico; ambiente predisposto per la registrazione su nastro o su disco di un brano musicale&amp;quot;: [...] riprende l'ingl.-americ. &lt;em&gt;studio&lt;/em&gt;, a sua volta dall'it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Alcuni dialettismi:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000054.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;baracello&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Voce della Sardegna (corrispondente al tosc. &lt;em&gt;bargello&lt;/em&gt;), deriv. dallo spagn. &lt;em&gt;barrachel&lt;/em&gt; 'capo di poliziotti'&#xA;(docum. nel 1516: anche &lt;em&gt;barrichelo&lt;/em&gt;, nel 1517, e &lt;em&gt;barichelo&lt;/em&gt;, nel 1536), che a sua volta discende dalla forma dell'ital.&#xA;ant. &lt;em&gt;barigello&lt;/em&gt;, più vicino all'etimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000491.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;cadastro&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: Voce dell'Italia settentrionale, deriv. dal fr. &lt;em&gt;cadastre&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;(1527), deriv. dal provenz. &lt;em&gt;cadastre&lt;/em&gt;, a sua volta dall'ital. &lt;em&gt;catast[r]o&lt;/em&gt;; e cfr. spagn. &lt;em&gt;catastro&lt;/em&gt; (v. CATASTO).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-26T16:36:50.513" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13016" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-06-27T15:57:03.867" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12809/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; avevo scritto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho stato leggendo il canto XXI del &lt;em&gt;Purgatorio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma poi ho cambiato la frase in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stavo leggendo il canto XXI del &lt;em&gt;Purgatorio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;poiché mi si è detto in un commento che la forma &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; + gerundio non si usa con il passato prossimo. E credo di ricordare che anche qualche altra volta mi si era spiegato in un commento  (che, purtroppo, adesso non riesco a trovare più) che &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; + gerundio si usa in italiano molto di meno che la costruzione equivalente  in altre lingue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posto questa domanda perché gli usi di questa locuzione in italiano non mi sono del tutto chiari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unica informazione al riguardo che sono riuscita a trovare alla sezione  XI.48.c) dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Svolgimento di un'azione (aspetto progressivo): &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;+gerundio («che stai facendo?»), &lt;em&gt;stare a&lt;/em&gt;+infinito («sto a farmi la&#xA;barba» Pirandello, cfr. VII.75a), &lt;em&gt;andare&lt;/em&gt;+gerundio («via via la casa s'era destata: i rumori si erano andati infoltendo»&#xA;Jovine, &lt;em&gt;Signora Ava&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;venire&lt;/em&gt;+gerundio&#xA;(«Viene il vento recando il suon dell'ora/&#xA;dalla torre del borgo» Leopardi, &lt;em&gt;Le ricordanze&lt;/em&gt;, 50-51), ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma questa spiegazione non chiarisce i miei dubbi su quando e quando non si usa &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; + gerundio in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su questo sito, ho trovato queste due risposte ([&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/7245/&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/10938/&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]) che fanno riferimento al cosiddetto &amp;quot;imperfetto progressivo&amp;quot;. Quindi, diciamo che questo uso mi è chiaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So anche che, come nell'esempio di Serianni, posso usare &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; + gerundio al presente indicativo in frasi come, per esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo momento sto leggendo il canto XXIV del &lt;em&gt;Purgatorio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi pare anche che si possa usare &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; + gerundio con &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; all'infinito in frasi come, ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo di star dimenticando tutto quello che ho imparato durante questi ultimi anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie a un commento alla domanda, un altro uso che mi è venuto in mente è quello di &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; al futuro semplice + gerundio per esprimere un'ipotesi nel momento presente, come in questo esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maria non ha un buon aspetto. Le starà venendo la febbre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono invece sicura che si possa usare la locuzione &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; al futuro semplice + gerundio per indicare fatti futuri, in frasi come, ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domani mattina starò viaggiando su un treno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, a pensarci meglio, ci sono certe subordinate e altre costruzioni che richiedono il congiuntivo. Quindi, potrei anche fare frasi come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che in questo momento Maria stia studiando&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credeva che Maria stesse studiando, invece stava giocando sul computer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, la mia domanda sarebbe soprattutto su altri usi di &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; + gerundio, se ci sono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-28T05:51:24.760" LastActivityDate="2020-06-28T05:51:24.760" Title="Usi di &quot;stare&quot; + gerundio" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="23" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13018" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13022" CreationDate="2020-06-28T14:33:55.683" Score="4" ViewCount="105" Body="&lt;p&gt;La negazione di un imperativo nella seconda persona plurale si fa semplicemente aggiungendo &amp;quot;non&amp;quot; prima del verbo coniugato all'imperativo. Ecco un esempio che ho tratto del libro  &lt;em&gt;Grammatica e pratica della lingua italiana per studenti stranieri&lt;/em&gt; di Federica Colombo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non prendete&lt;/strong&gt; appuntamenti per lunedì!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche per le forme mancanti dell'imperativo in cui si ricorre al cosiddetto &amp;quot;congiuntivo esortativo&amp;quot;, la negazione si fa semplicemente aggiungendo &amp;quot;non&amp;quot; prima del verbo in congiuntivo. A continuazione elenco alcuni esempi dallo stesso libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Signora, &lt;strong&gt;non parli&lt;/strong&gt; con il direttore. La aiuto io!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non dormiamo!&lt;/strong&gt; Ci sono molte cose da fare!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Signori, &lt;strong&gt;non prendano&lt;/strong&gt; questa strada!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, la negazione di un imperativo alla seconda persona singolare si fa in un modo diverso: si costruisce con il verbo all'infinito preceduto da &amp;quot;non&amp;quot;, come in questi esempi dal libro sopra citato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non parlare&lt;/strong&gt; ad alta voce! Il bambino sta dormendo!  (non si dice &amp;quot;non parla&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non prendere&lt;/strong&gt; la macchina, vieni a piedi! (non si dice &amp;quot;non prendi&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Paolo, &lt;strong&gt;non dormire&lt;/strong&gt;! (non si dice &amp;quot;non dormi&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualche ragione di tipo etimologico o di storia della lingua che ci possa far capire perché questo è così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/imperativo_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Imperativo&lt;/em&gt; della Grammatica italiana Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non spiega nulla al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-29T16:31:58.747" LastActivityDate="2020-06-29T18:31:05.673" Title="Perché non si può usare la forma dell'imperativo della seconda persona singolare con una negazione?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13019" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6522" CreationDate="2020-06-28T16:38:18.660" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI18/01060.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, quello che accade all'aggettivo &amp;quot;siccitoso&amp;quot; è che è di uso letterario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;Siccitóso&lt;/strong&gt;, agg. (superl. &lt;em&gt;siccitosìssimo&lt;/em&gt;). Letter. Che&#xA;soffre di lunghi periodi di siccità; abitualmente arido e secco (un terreno, una regione). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;    [...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;    &lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Povero di precipitazioni (una stagione).&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    [...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Ci sono altre accezioni che non riporto.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sinonimi più comuni sarebbero &amp;quot;secco&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;arido&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-28T16:38:18.660" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13020" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13021" CreationDate="2020-06-29T14:42:11.090" Score="1" ViewCount="50" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nichel&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Molti impiegati avevano un loro orto, attorno alla palazzina quadrata degli uffici; alcuni avevano anche un pollaio. Era successo varie volte che le galline dell’uno sconfinassero nell’orto dell’altro, danneggiandolo, e ne erano nate noiose controversie e faide, che male si confacevano alla serenità del luogo ed all’indole sbrigativa del Direttore. Questi &lt;strong&gt;aveva troncato il nodo&lt;/strong&gt; da par suo: aveva fatto comprare un fucile Flobert, e lo aveva appeso a un chiodo nel suo ufficio. Chiunque vedesse dalla finestra una gallina straniera razzolare nel proprio orto aveva il diritto di prendere il fucile e di spararle due volte: ma occorreva la flagranza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;troncare il nodo&amp;quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;nodo&amp;quot; di alcuni dizionari, ma non l'ho trovata. Una ricerca su Google di &amp;quot;troncare il nodo&amp;quot;, però, dà parecchie occorrenze. Quindi, si tratta di una locuzione più o meno comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra le diverse accezioni di &amp;quot;nodo&amp;quot; che appaiono sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/nodo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; non riesco a vedere a quale corrisponda, anche si immagino che possa essere qualcosa del punto 4, che riporta parecchi usi figurati. Il rapporto con queste persone? Il bisogno di sfogo di queste persone? Gli ostacoli che impedivano che regnasse la serenità in quel posto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-06-29T16:53:06.273" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;troncare il nodo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13021" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13020" CreationDate="2020-06-29T15:51:55.233" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il riferimento è al &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nodo_gordiano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nodo di Gordio&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;, impossibile o, almeno, molto difficile da sciogliere. Problema che Alessandro Magno risolse in modo molto pragmatico, con un colpo di spada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi il “nodo” in questione è il problema delle galline, la cui “soluzione” è un po' brutale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si veda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gordiano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gordiano&lt;/a&gt; per avere conferma (grazie della segnalazione nei commenti).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;tagliare, troncare, recidere il nodo gordiano&lt;/em&gt;, superare una situazione difficile andando direttamente allo scopo senza perdere tempo a voler eliminare ogni singolo ostacolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-06-29T16:53:06.273" LastActivityDate="2020-06-29T16:53:06.273" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13022" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13018" CreationDate="2020-06-29T16:14:11.717" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premetto di non essere un linguista, ma potrebbe derivare dal latino &lt;em&gt;noli&lt;/em&gt;, imperativo seconda persona singolare del verbo &lt;em&gt;nolo&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;quot;non volere&amp;quot;). In latino, &lt;em&gt;noli&lt;/em&gt; richiede l'infinito alla seconda persona singolare, e viene usato per intimare di &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; fare qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio piuttosto famoso è &amp;quot;noli me tangere&amp;quot;, che letteralmente significa &amp;quot;non mi toccare&amp;quot;. Anche qui abbiamo la forma verbo + infinito quindi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/imperativo_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Questa pagina&lt;/a&gt; del sito Treccani sembrerebbe confermare questa idea, nella sezione &lt;strong&gt;3. Imperativo negativo&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il latino classico aveva quattro possibilità per esprimere l’imperativo negativo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(c) l’imperativo &lt;em&gt;noli&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;nolite&lt;/em&gt; (imperativi di &lt;em&gt;nolo&lt;/em&gt; «non volere») + infinito (&lt;em&gt;noli amare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nolite amare&lt;/em&gt;);&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(d) la negazione &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; + congiuntivo perfetto (o futuro anteriore), per esprimere una proibizione categorica (&lt;em&gt;ne amaveris&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sempre questo articolo suggerisce che l'evoluzione di &lt;em&gt;noli&lt;/em&gt; sia una combinazione delle opzioni c) e d):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;l’italiano – come anche il romeno e il francese antico – nell’adoperare la costruzione &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; + infinito per la II persona sing., opera una sorta di fusione tra la terza e la quarta possibilità del latino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie all’evoluzione fonetica (perdita della sillaba /ve/, convergenza di -&lt;em&gt;im&lt;/em&gt;, -&lt;em&gt;is&lt;/em&gt;, -&lt;em&gt;it&lt;/em&gt; in /e/), il congiuntivo perfetto dei verbi in -&lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; e in -&lt;em&gt;ire&lt;/em&gt; (coniugazioni più ricche e produttive nel latino volgare) viene a corrispondere, nel singolare, all’infinito: amaverim &amp;gt; amarim &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt;, amaveris &amp;gt; amaris &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;amare(s)&lt;/em&gt;, amaverit &amp;gt; amarit &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;amare&lt;/em&gt;; audiverim &amp;gt; audirim &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;udire&lt;/em&gt;, audiveris &amp;gt; audiris &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;udire&lt;/em&gt;, audiverit &amp;gt; audirit &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;udire&lt;/em&gt;. Questo processo fa sì che nella coscienza dei parlanti sia avvertita un’identità dell’imperativo negativo singolare all’infinito, identità che dal gruppo dei verbi regolari viene estesa anche agli altri verbi: ne scripseris &amp;gt; *non scrissere &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;non scrivere&lt;/em&gt;; ne feceris &amp;gt; *non fecere &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;non facere&lt;/em&gt; &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;non fare&lt;/em&gt;. Tale fenomeno risulta già in uno dei primi documenti volgari, l’iscrizione della catacomba di Commodilla: &lt;em&gt;non dicere ille secreta a bboce&lt;/em&gt; ([...]). Per quanto riguarda il passaggio dalla negazione &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; alla negazione &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt;, può aver influito la terza possibilità del latino: &lt;em&gt;noli&lt;/em&gt; passa a &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt;, perdendo l’espressione del desiderio o del comando: &lt;em&gt;noli = non (voler)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="606" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-06-29T18:31:05.673" LastActivityDate="2020-06-29T18:31:05.673" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13023" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11582" CreationDate="2020-06-30T05:18:18.057" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: posso usare &amp;quot;farsa&amp;quot; in italiano con questo significato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì: usando &amp;quot;farsa&amp;quot; si aggiunge un giudizio negativo, simile per esempio a &amp;quot;buffonata&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un termine più neutro è &amp;quot;messinscena&amp;quot;, che indica appunto una scena, montata ad arte per mostrare qualcosa che, probabilmente, non è reale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allargando un poco il discorso, è possibile usare altre parole o perifrasi, come a esempio &amp;quot;fare un teatrino&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;inscenare&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;simulare&amp;quot;; per descrivere le elezioni fittizie riportate nella domanda, si potrebbe anche dire &amp;quot;elezioni finte&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;false elezioni&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-06-30T05:18:18.057" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13025" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12849" CreationDate="2020-07-01T07:08:50.620" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato una domanda al riguardo sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_105.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web di domande e risposte della Treccani&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La conclusione che se ne può trarre è che le persone che usano il verbo &amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot; nel modo esemplificato nella domanda, in realtà, stanno dicendo il contrario di quello che intendono: la risposta della Treccani spiega che, nell'italiano moderno, la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«non mi sono peritato di controllare»,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ad esempio, ha il&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significato di ‘non ho avuto incertezze (dubbi) nel controllare (nello svolgere il controllo)’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendendo, per esempio, il passo tratto dalla discussione su Wikipedia citata nella domanda, quando si dice a qualcuno &amp;quot;non ti sei peritato di verificare le altre fonti&amp;quot;, si sta affermando che quella persona non ha avuto nessuna incertezza, nessun dubbio  nel verificare le altri fonti, cioè, ha verificato le altre fonti senza esitare a farlo. Ma è chiaro dal contesto che chi ha scritto la frase in realtà vuol esprimere il contrario: &amp;quot;non ti sei preso la briga di verificare le altri fonti&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco la domanda sul sito della Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Durante una conversazione di lavoro ho pronunciato la seguente affermazione: «mi sono peritato di controllare...», volendo intendere &amp;quot;ho controllato&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;mi sono fatto carico di stimare, di periziare...&amp;quot;. A questo punto, un collega ha sottolineato che l'utilizzo di tale verbo era errato, in quanto il corretto significato di &amp;quot;peritato&amp;quot; sarebbe &amp;quot;esitare... non osare&amp;quot; (dal verbo &amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot;). Desidererei sapere se l'espressione da me utilizzata è da ritenersi corretta&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E questa è la risposta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;peritarsi&lt;/em&gt; (dal latino &lt;em&gt;pigritari&lt;/em&gt; ‘essere pigro’) è attestato nell’italiano scritto a partire dal XIV secolo. Significa, secondo quanto propone il &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; Treccani, «esitare a compiere un’azione, per mancanza di volontà o di decisione, o anche per timidezza, soggezione, senso di vergogna, o per altro motivo di ritrosia». Di sapore letterario, &lt;em&gt;peritarsi&lt;/em&gt; viene oggi più spesso adoperato in frasi negative nel senso attenuato di «avere dubbi, incertezze, farsi scrupolo di fare qualcosa o di comportarsi in un determinato modo» (Treccani). &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Perciò la frase «mi sono peritato di controllare» risulterebbe, più che sgrammaticata, inusuale (essendo affermativa e non negativa) e, in ogni caso, significherebbe «ho esitato a controllare», facendo intuire che il controllo non è stato poi fatto. Più comune sarebbe la frase «non mi sono peritato di controllare», nel significato di ‘non ho avuto incertezze (dubbi) nel controllare (nello svolgere il controllo)’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può darsi che l'utilizzo di &amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot; esemplificato nella domanda si stia diffondendo, ma questa risposta della Treccani ci fa capire che non si tratta di un uso generalmente accettato.   La persona che fa la domanda chiede se &amp;quot;mi sono peritato di controllare...&amp;quot; può voler dire &amp;quot;ho controllato&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;mi sono fatto carico di stimare, di periziare...&amp;quot; e nella risposta si afferma chiaramente che questo non è il significato comunemente accettato, ma che significherebbe invece &amp;quot;ho esitato a controllare&amp;quot; e farebbe pensare che il controllo non si è fatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, ecco un esempio di uso proprio di &amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot; (cioè, in accordo con le definizioni dei dizionari) tratto del libro &lt;em&gt;La concessione del telefono&lt;/em&gt; di Andrea Camilleri (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come lei ben sa, tutto è cominciato una ventina d’anni orsono con la sciagurata inchiesta promossa in Sicilia da Franchetti e Sonnino, inchiesta che l’illuminato Rosario Conti ebbe a definire «uno spaventevole attentato all’Unità e all’Indipendenza dell’Italia» e che il quotidiano palermitano «Il Precursore» &lt;strong&gt;non si peritò&lt;/strong&gt; di bollare come «opera pericolosissima perché ha messo avanti la questione sociale attizzando così la guerra civile e la guerra sociale».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato sarebbe che questo quotidiano non esitò a qualificare negativamente questa inchiesta come «opera pericolosissima [...]».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-10T14:42:24.260" LastActivityDate="2021-03-10T14:42:24.260" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13026" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13027" CreationDate="2020-07-01T15:51:11.057" Score="2" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi è venuto questo dubbio perché ieri ho voluto scrivere in italiano una frase su un mio professore e, veramente, non sapevo come dovesse farlo: &lt;em&gt;il mio professore di Relatività Generale&lt;/em&gt;? &lt;em&gt;il mio professore di Relatività generale&lt;/em&gt;? oppure &lt;em&gt;il mio professore di relatività generale&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la lingua spagnola, le regole di uso delle maiuscole per i nomi di discipline scientifiche sono riportate su questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://aplica.rae.es/orweb/cgi-bin/v.cgi?i=UGxdQRValgAQHkQp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;pagina della &lt;em&gt;Ortografía de la lengua española&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; della Real Academia  Española e la Asociación de Academias de la Lengua Española.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si spiega che, in generale, i sostantivi e gli aggettivi che fanno parte del nome delle discipline scientifiche e le varie branche della conoscenza si devono scrivere con le minuscole, come in questi esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La física nuclear ha experimentado grandes avances en los últimos años.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La morfología es una parte de la gramática.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tiene un talento especial para las matemáticas.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;La psicología infantil es muy complicada.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La maiuscola iniziale si deve usare soltanto per designare studi o materie regolamentate in contesti accademici. Ecco alcuni esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Soy licenciada en Filología Inglesa.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Me he matriculado en Arquitectura.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;¿Quién te da Física este año?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Licenciada&amp;quot; significa &amp;quot;laureata&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Me he matriculado&amp;quot; vuol dire &amp;quot;mi sono iscritto/a&amp;quot;. Nell'ultima frase si sta chiedendo chi sia l'insegnante di Fisica (inteso come materia scolastica: non so se in italiano si deve scrivere così, con la maiuscola iniziale) di quest'anno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più in dettaglio, si afferma che i sostantivi e gli aggettivi che fanno parte del nome di una materia o corso di studio si devono scrivere con la maiuscola iniziale, tanto se il nome di questa materia o corso coincide o no con il nome di una scienza o disciplina. Ma se il nome di una materia o corso risulta eccessivamente lungo, allora si scrive con la maiuscola iniziale unicamente la prima parola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inglés, Lengua, Matemáticas, Conocimiento del Medio, Química Orgánica, Lenguaje Publicitario, Metodología de la Programación&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;invece&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Introducción al comentario de textos narrativos y poéticos españoles del&#xA;siglo XVI.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le regole per l'italiano sono le stesse? O alcuna di queste regole è diversa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato al primo capitolo dell'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni, sulla sezione dedicata all'uso delle maiuscole, ma non ho trovato nulla al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-01T21:24:35.023" LastActivityDate="2020-07-02T07:19:57.960" Title="Uso delle maiuscole con nomi di discipline scientifiche e branche della conoscenza" Tags="&lt;orthography&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13027" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13026" CreationDate="2020-07-02T07:19:57.960" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il seguente estratto, dall’&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.uniroma1.it/sites/default/files/allegati/linee_guida_semplificazione_testi_21_09_2015_0.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Università La Sapienza&lt;/a&gt;,  potrebbe essere un utile riferimento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’uso di maiuscolo e minuscolo per i sostantivi è un argomento complesso, sul quale si è discusso molto nell’ambito della comunicazione pubblica........&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo uso del maiuscolo è in realtà più diffuso di quanto si creda: ogni organizzazione tende a utilizzare la lettera iniziale maiuscola per le parole che indicano cose importanti nella propria attività: un dipartimento universitario di astronomia potrebbe scrivere “Stelle” maiuscolo, un dipartimento medico tenderà a scrivere sempre “Medicina” in maiuscolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In questa varietà definire una regola rigida è difficile: più che mai nell’uso di maiuscolo e minuscolo chi scrive dovrà affidarsi anche al buon senso stilistico e comunicativo.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;È necessario infine ricordare che l’eccesso di maiuscole riduce la leggibilità dei testi, provocando problemi soprattutto alle persone ipovedenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-07-02T07:19:57.960" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13028" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13029" CreationDate="2020-07-02T07:28:40.423" Score="5" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;Vorrei sapere che differenze di utilizzo ci sono tra le parole &lt;em&gt;il seno&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la tetta&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;il petto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6449" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-02T14:28:11.850" LastActivityDate="2020-08-08T16:20:43.693" Title="Differenze tra i sinonimi di &quot;seno&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13029" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13028" CreationDate="2020-07-02T13:01:12.760" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Petto&lt;/em&gt; is the most general and neutral term: it can refer to a man, a woman or an animal (&lt;em&gt;petto di pollo&lt;/em&gt; = chicken breast). When in doubt, use this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The general meaning of &lt;em&gt;seno&lt;/em&gt; is that of any fold or cavity, so literally it would refer to the cleavage between a woman's two breasts. In practice, it is used to mean the whole bosom and, often albeit improperly, also to each of the two breasts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These two words are perfectly polite and can be used in almost any context, medical or otherwise.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tetta&lt;/em&gt; is the equivalent of “tit” or “boob”: each one of a woman's two breasts (so, mostly used in the plural &lt;em&gt;tette&lt;/em&gt;). This word requires quite a bit of caution: depending on the context, it can be considered quite vulgar (one would never use it to politely describe a woman) or very intimate, but can also be more affectionate, especially when talking in a confidential context about babies and breast-feeding.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-07-02T13:01:12.760" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13030" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13028" CreationDate="2020-07-02T13:14:01.753" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Seno&amp;quot; è il termine più comune per indicare l'organo, ad esempio in ambito medico: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.airc.it/cancro/prevenzione-tumore/guida-agli-screening/seno-mammografia&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Screening per il tumore del seno&lt;/a&gt;. È solitamente applicabile solo alle donne, perché originariamente indicava lo spazio fra le mammelle, ma per estensione si intende tutto l'area (&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/seno1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;) ed è considerato &amp;quot;neutrale&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Petto&amp;quot; è il termine che indica l'area tra collo e addome (&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/petto/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;). È applicabile anche agli uomini (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.gazzetta.it/fitness/allenamento/05-03-2020/petto-fuori-un-solo-esercizio-spinte-panca-piana-3601464422793.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Esercizi per il petto&lt;/a&gt;, tatuaggio sul petto, bruciore al petto).&#xA;Nella lingua comune, lo uso quasi solo per parlare di un allenamento sportivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Tetta&amp;quot; è il termine più familiare, che indica una mammella (una sola, quindi un seno = due tette) (&lt;a href=&quot;http://treccani.it/vocabolario/tetta/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;ancora Treccani&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1267" LastActivityDate="2020-07-02T13:14:01.753" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13031" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13032" CreationDate="2020-07-02T15:12:59.190" Score="2" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;In spagnolo, il contrario di &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;a distancia&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; usato per qualificare termini come &amp;quot;lavoro&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;lezioni&amp;quot; si esprime con l'aggettivo &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;presencial&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (anche in catalano usiamo questo aggettivo, ma con una pronuncia diversa). Cioè, questo vocabolo si usa per indicare che un lavoro si svolge nel posto di lavoro abituale o che le lezioni si tengono in presenza dell'insegnante. È un aggettivo che in questi giorni si usa molto spesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: come si esprime questa idea in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho l'impressione che si possa dire &amp;quot;di persona&amp;quot;, ma non ne sono sicura e non so se esistano altre espressioni per farlo. Una ricerca su Google di &amp;quot;lezioni&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;di persona&amp;quot; sembra confermarlo, ma so per esperienza che le occorrenze che si ottengono in questo modo non sempre sono affidabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/persona/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;persona&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; appare la locuzione &amp;quot;di persona&amp;quot;, ma non sembra riportare questo significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00114.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00115.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]) ho trovato parecchie espressioni che, per quanto mi è sembrato capire, possono avere questo significato: &amp;quot;con la persona&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;personalmente&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;di presenza&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;in  persona&amp;quot;,  &amp;quot;in  prima  persona&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;in propria persona&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;nella  propria persona&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;di persona&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;della  persona&amp;quot;,  &amp;quot;della  medesima  persona&amp;quot; e&#xA;&amp;quot;di  propria  persona&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T15:21:00.830" Title="Come si esprime il contrario di &quot;a distanza&quot; per qualificare lezioni o lavoro?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13032" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13031" CreationDate="2020-07-02T15:40:12.017" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'uso più frequente per esprimere il concetto è &amp;quot;in presenza&amp;quot;.&#xA;Metto &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lastampa.it/politica/2020/07/01/news/scuola-azzolina-mai-detto-didattica-distanza-sostituira-quella-in-presenza-1.39031257&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;un link a caso&lt;/a&gt; da un quotidiano, ma troverai decine di esempi tra le notizie di questi giorni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2020-07-02T15:40:12.017" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13033" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13034" CreationDate="2020-07-03T08:11:43.917" Score="3" ViewCount="328" Body="&lt;p&gt;Difference between &amp;quot;correre&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;fuggire&amp;quot; are understandable. First is &amp;quot;run&amp;quot; and second more like &amp;quot;run away&amp;quot; as I suppose. But what about &amp;quot;fuggire&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;scappare&amp;quot; in dictionaries they have almost same meaning.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6449" LastEditorUserId="6449" LastEditDate="2020-07-03T09:43:46.907" LastActivityDate="2020-07-06T10:12:13.530" Title="Difference between &quot;fuggire&quot; &quot;sfuggire&quot; &quot;scappare&quot; &quot;correre&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13034" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13033" CreationDate="2020-07-03T09:30:29.313" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The verbs &lt;em&gt;fuggire&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;scappare&lt;/em&gt; mean quite the same in several cases. They have different origins: &lt;em&gt;fuggire&lt;/em&gt; comes directly from Latin &lt;em&gt;fugio&lt;/em&gt;, whereas &lt;em&gt;scappare&lt;/em&gt; comes from &lt;em&gt;excappare&lt;/em&gt;, that is, “to free oneself from a &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cappa1&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;cappa&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb is also in French and English (&lt;em&gt;échapper&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;to escape&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the latter has uses that &lt;em&gt;fuggire&lt;/em&gt; hasn't. If you look at &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/scappare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;the entry in the De Mauro dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, several cases for &lt;em&gt;scappare&lt;/em&gt; cannot be substituted with &lt;em&gt;fuggire&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to be able to use &lt;em&gt;fuggire&lt;/em&gt;, the subject should be a person or something thought of as having will: &lt;em&gt;il tempo fugge&lt;/em&gt; (not &lt;em&gt;scappa&lt;/em&gt;), but one can't say “mi fugge la pipì”. In other cases &lt;em&gt;scappare&lt;/em&gt; can be substituted with &lt;em&gt;sfuggire&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;mi è sfuggito/scappato un errore di stampa&lt;/em&gt;, but not &lt;em&gt;fuggito&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;When the two verbs are interchangeable, &lt;em&gt;fuggire&lt;/em&gt; might be perceived as “higher usage” than &lt;em&gt;scappare&lt;/em&gt;: thinking to my school years, I believe I wouldn't use &lt;em&gt;scappare&lt;/em&gt; in a “tema” (written paper) if &lt;em&gt;fuggire&lt;/em&gt; could be used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-07-03T09:30:29.313" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13035" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13040" CreationDate="2020-07-03T10:00:28.100" Score="3" ViewCount="121" Body="&lt;p&gt;Found only &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/5281/differenze-tra-tenere-e-sostenere&quot;&gt;Differenze tra &amp;quot;tenere&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All these words means &amp;quot;hold&amp;quot; in some sort. In dictionaries I have found next:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tenere - is basic &amp;quot;hold&amp;quot;, hold something in hands for example. Correct?&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sostenere - hold, more like support, which demands some sort of efforts, not necessary phisically. Correct?&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;reggere - &amp;quot;hold on&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;get over&amp;quot;. I must hold on. I must get over this. Is that correct?&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sorreggere - with this have no good ideas, it's like sostenere, but what difference?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6449" LastEditorUserId="6449" LastEditDate="2020-07-03T11:07:31.197" LastActivityDate="2020-07-18T05:29:24.140" Title="Difference between &quot;reggere&quot; &quot;sorreggere&quot; &quot;tenere&quot; &quot;sostenere&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13036" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-03T15:11:00.940" Score="1" ViewCount="175" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nichel&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I ladri di tacchini erano loro due, lui e il cane. Alla domenica lui portava il cane in paese, girava per le cascine e gli faceva vedere quali erano i tacchini piú belli e meno custoditi; gli spiegava caso per caso la strategia migliore; poi tornavano alla miniera, e lui di notte gli &lt;strong&gt;dava la larga&lt;/strong&gt;, e il cane arrivava invisibile, strisciando lungo i muri come un vero lupo, saltava il recinto del pollaio oppure scavava un passaggio sotto, accoppava in silenzio il tacchino e lo riportava al suo complice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;largo&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non sono riuscita a trovare l'espressione &amp;quot;dare la larga&amp;quot;. Cosa significa? Magari lasciare libero qualcuno (il cane in questo caso)? Si tratta di una locuzione poco comune? Se invece non è un'espressione insolita, si può anche usare per riferirsi a persone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato nei romanzi di Beppe Fenoglio e ho trovato altri esempi di questa espressione nella &lt;em&gt;Malora&lt;/em&gt;, in cui ho visto che è utilizzata anche per una persona (anche qui l'uso del grassetto è mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Posammo carro e bestia a uno stallaggio dove Tobia era conosciuto e mangiammo su uno scalino, senza parlare come i frati; io mandavo giú la roba senza sentirci il gusto, forza che volevo correre a vedere Emilio nel suo nuovo stato, Tobia capí e mi &lt;strong&gt;diede la larga&lt;/strong&gt;, a ritrovarci lí per quattr’ore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La famiglia &lt;strong&gt;diede la larga&lt;/strong&gt; al cane che aveva un’affezione speciale per il padrone vecchio e i figli gli tennero dietro per esserci al caso che trovasse, ma il cane che stava legato tutto l’anno se li portò dietro fin passato Le Grazie solo per trovare una sua cagna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può essere utile sapere che questo Tobia è il padrone di Agostino, l'io narrante, cioè, Agostino lavora per lui come contadino nella cascina del Pavaglione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel testo di questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ateatro.info/copioni/quando-vanni-lo-chiamavano-bill/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spettacolo teatrale di Valerio Elampe e Alberto Canottiere&lt;/a&gt;, promotori del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.stpauls.it/ga06/0616ga/0616ga07.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Laboratorio universitario teatrale di Alba&lt;/a&gt;, si legge (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PADRE. Il cane ha bisogno di un padrone. Il padrone lo lega stretto, e gli &lt;strong&gt;dà la larga&lt;/strong&gt; che morda solo chi porta occasione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, si tratta di un'espressione di uso regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-14T17:47:45.230" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T06:18:37.963" Title="Significato e uso di &quot;dare la larga&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13037" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13033" CreationDate="2020-07-03T18:59:02.490" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;It might help to think about the words they are most commonly used with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;fuggire/scappare da&amp;quot; + something bad&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;sfuggire/scampare a&amp;quot; + something bad&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That's a simplification, of course, you might also see&#xA;&amp;quot;fuggire/scappare a + better place&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essentially, &amp;quot;fuggire and &amp;quot;scappare&amp;quot; imply that you actively did something to get away from something bad whereas &amp;quot;sfuggire&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;scampare&amp;quot; can be used to say you avoided a bad things by luck (even without realizing it).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;sfuggire all'arresto = avoid being arrested (usually meant as &amp;quot;getting away&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;scampare al massacro = survive to/avoid a massacre (also by being somewhere else)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Correre&amp;quot; is quite neutral, you can translate it with &amp;quot;run&amp;quot; practically any time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1210" LastEditorUserId="1210" LastEditDate="2020-07-06T10:12:13.530" LastActivityDate="2020-07-06T10:12:13.530" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13038" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13041" CreationDate="2020-07-04T14:58:57.343" Score="3" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Uno &amp;quot;screenshot&amp;quot; si rende in spagnolo come &amp;quot;captura de pantalla&amp;quot; o, in modo più colloquiale, come &amp;quot;pantallazo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se esista qualche espressione italiana più o meno usuale per tradurre &amp;quot;screenshot&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho pensato che potrebbe essere &amp;quot;cattura di schermo&amp;quot;. Tuttavia, una ricerca su Google di questa locuzione dà alcune occorrenze, ma non molte e di siti che mi sembrano poco affidabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T09:09:19.950" Title="&quot;Screenshot&quot; in italiano" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13040" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13035" CreationDate="2020-07-05T05:40:59.163" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tenere - is basic &amp;quot;hold&amp;quot;, hold something in hands ... Correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes, and also &amp;quot;mantenere&amp;quot;. You can &lt;em&gt;tenere&lt;/em&gt; something in your hands, in your mind, under your eyes. When driving a car you have to &amp;quot;tenere la destra&amp;quot; in Italy (stay on the right side of the road). Less correctly (dialectal) some people also use &amp;quot;tenere&amp;quot; to mean &amp;quot;to have&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;tenere fame&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;avere fame&amp;quot;. In some circumstances &amp;quot;tenere&amp;quot; (but not mantenere) means also &amp;quot;resist an effort&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;la colla tiene&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;the glue resists&amp;quot;. It is a broad verb, there are many locutions using it but it would take lot of space (and memory).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sostenere ... more like support ... not necessary phisically. Correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Yes again. In a physical context, to impede that something falls down. In a figurative context it means &amp;quot;to mantain an opinion&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to have and express an opinion&amp;quot;, or to approve and support the thought of someone else: &amp;quot;ti sostengo&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;I think the same (and I am supporting you)&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;reggere - &amp;quot;hold on&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;get over&amp;quot;. I must hold on. I must get over this. Is that correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sorry, not quite, especially not &amp;quot;get over&amp;quot;: the verb expresses a static situation. It is, physically, very like &amp;quot;sostenere&amp;quot;: to avoid that something falls down. Figuratively it is similar, with a few meanings; for example &amp;quot;reggere allo sforzo&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;to withstand the (opposing) force&amp;quot;; in a few cases it means &amp;quot;be in charge&amp;quot; of something quite important, to be the chief, like &amp;quot;reggere il trono&amp;quot; - literally &amp;quot;to keep the throne&amp;quot; (be the king).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sorreggere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To keep it simple, it is mostly the same as &amp;quot;reggere&amp;quot;. Perhaps, sometimes one says &amp;quot;sorretto&amp;quot; (past participle) instead of &amp;quot;retto&amp;quot; because this last word can have other meanings.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-07-18T05:29:24.140" LastActivityDate="2020-07-18T05:29:24.140" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13041" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13038" CreationDate="2020-07-05T09:09:19.950" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano la maggior parte dei sistemi operativi traduce il termine &amp;quot;Screenshot&amp;quot; con &amp;quot;Schermata&amp;quot;. Altre traduzioni che si sentono spesso (o che almeno io ho sentito dire molte volte) sono &amp;quot;Cattura dello schermo&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;Foto allo schermo&amp;quot;; nonostante ci siano queste alternative l'espressione più utilizzata è comunque proprio &amp;quot;Screenshot&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6432" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T09:09:19.950" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13042" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10820" CreationDate="2020-07-05T14:49:19.593" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; can be used with feelings;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;however, it depends on the feeling / attitude;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;imperative&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stai calmo! - ok&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stai zitto! - ok&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stai felice! - it can sound like a joke (you can't order to&#xA;be instantly happy); it's better    &amp;quot;Sii felice!&amp;quot; (literally be&#xA;happy!) - this confirms that &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot; is    more tied to the current&#xA;instant&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Stai bene! - can be used, to say    &amp;quot;come on, try to be fine!&amp;quot; -&#xA;&amp;quot;bene&amp;quot; is adverb, not adjective)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sii calmo! - ok - sounds kinder than &amp;quot;Stai calmo!&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sii zitto! - never heard&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sii felice! - perfect&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sii bene! - error&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;present&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu stai calmo. (in this moment, I can see that &amp;quot;you are calm.&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu stai zitto. (in this moment, I can see that &amp;quot;you are silent.&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu stai felice. (in this moment, I can see that &amp;quot;you are happy&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu stai bene. (in this moment, I can see that &amp;quot;you are fine&amp;quot;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu sei calmo. - ok - you are calm in this period or in this moment or&#xA;by nature&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu sei zitto. - mmh - I would say &amp;quot;Tu sei in silenzio.&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu sei felice. - ok - you are happy in this period or in this moment&#xA;or by nature&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Tu sei bene. - error&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastEditorUserId="3065" LastEditDate="2020-07-05T15:02:35.610" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T15:02:35.610" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13043" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13031" CreationDate="2020-07-05T15:21:00.830" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Sul posto&amp;quot; (e a volte &amp;quot;in loco&amp;quot;) sono in certo modo l'esatto contrario di &amp;quot;a distanza&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non so se sia applicabile al contesto del telelavoro o delle lezioni di un insegnante, ma vi sono diverse frasi dove si usano, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Recarsi sul posto&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;La riparazione sarà fatta in loco&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Verifichiamo in loco&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Occorre controllare sul posto&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T15:21:00.830" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13044" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13045" CreationDate="2020-07-05T16:03:56.053" Score="2" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nichel&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non doveva essere uno scemo puro: è piú probabile che appartenesse a quel tipo umano di cui si dice in Piemonte che fanno i folli per non pagare il sale: al riparo dietro l’immunità che si concede ai deboli di mente, Bortolasso esercitava con negligenza estrema la funzione di giardiniere. Con una negligenza tale da &lt;strong&gt;sconfinare&lt;/strong&gt; in un’astuzia rudimentale: sta bene, il mondo lo aveva dichiarato irresponsabile, ed ora doveva sopportarlo come tale, anzi mantenerlo ed avere cura di lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &amp;quot;sconfinare&amp;quot; su parecchi dizionari, ma le diverse accezioni riportate non sembrano avere senso nel contesto di questo brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Unicamente sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI18/00175.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato all'accezione numero 4:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mutarsi in un sentimento analogo ma più intenso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, in questo caso non si tratta di sentimenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato sarebbe che la negligenza di questo personaggio poteva quasi considerarsi un’astuzia rudimentale? O che non era del tutto chiaro se l'atteggiamento di questo personaggio fosse negligenza o un'astuzia rudimentale? Oppure che il modo in cui questo personaggio era negligente assomigliava molto a un'astuzia rudimentale? O qualcosa di questo genere?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T17:21:14.850" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;sconfinare&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13045" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13044" CreationDate="2020-07-05T16:11:36.737" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sconfinare&lt;/strong&gt; viene utilizzato in questo caso nel senso di &lt;em&gt;uscire dai confini, dai limiti&lt;/em&gt;, ma in modo metaforico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La negligenza del personaggio era tale da uscire dai limiti entro cui poteva essere considerata negligenza vera e propria (quindi in qualche misura involontaria) e si trasformava in qualcos'altro: un vero e proprio stile di vita, perseguito con coscienza: il mondo lo ha etichettato come irresponsabile, e lui lo fa apposta ad esserlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-07-05T16:11:36.737" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13047" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13048" CreationDate="2020-07-06T17:20:28.353" Score="1" ViewCount="238" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nichel&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo qualche settimana mi accorsi che non ero piú un senza nome: ero un Dott. Levi che non doveva essere chiamato Levi, né alla seconda né alla terza persona, per buona creanza, per non far nascere imbrogli. Nell’atmosfera pettegola e tollerante delle Cave, lo sfasamento fra la mia indeterminata condizione di fuoricasta e la mia visibile mitezza di costumi saltava agli occhi, e, mi confessò Alida, veniva lungamente commentata e variamente interpretata: dall’agente dell'Ovra al &lt;strong&gt;raccomandato&lt;/strong&gt; d'alto livello.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le Cave menzionate nel brano fanno riferimento a una miniera in cui Levi stava lavorando da poco tempo come addetto a un laboratorio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire &amp;quot;raccomandato&amp;quot; in questo passaggio. Il significato sarebbe quello spiegato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/12673&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando alla voce &amp;quot;raccomandato&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, è l'unica accezione che mi sembra possa avere senso nel contesto del testo, ma non sono sicura che il significato sia questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-06T17:56:46.483" LastActivityDate="2020-07-06T21:14:33.660" Title="Significato di &quot;raccomandato&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13048" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13047" CreationDate="2020-07-06T20:57:26.117" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &amp;quot;raccomandato&amp;quot; è indubbiamente quello che hai trovato e dell'accezione 1 del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/raccomandato/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; come indicano i commenti.&#xA;Hai anche ragione secondo me nel ritenere che non si tratti necessariamente di una persona dell'OVRA.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autore usa l'espressione &amp;quot;il&amp;quot; raccomandato per rimarcare il fatto che è diciamo una sorta di figura di prammatica, presenza &amp;quot;naturale&amp;quot; in tutti i luoghi di lavoro, incluso il suo. Una specie di &amp;quot;figura professionale&amp;quot;, come dire &amp;quot;l'ingegnere&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;il geometra&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-06T21:14:33.660" LastActivityDate="2020-07-06T21:14:33.660" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13049" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1412" CreationDate="2020-07-07T15:52:52.767" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/33548435/Medaglia_F._2017_Recensione_a_Elio_Vittorini._Si_diverte_tanto_a_tradurre_Lettere_a_Lucia_Rodocanachi_1933-43._In_Oblio_n._VII-25_pp._170-171?auto=download&amp;amp;email_work_card=download-paper&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;spring 2017 issue of the journal &lt;em&gt;Oblio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;em&gt;Osservatorio Bibliografico della Letteratura Italiana Otto-novecentesca&lt;/em&gt;), Claudio Giovanardi makes a review of the article &amp;quot;«Piuttosto che» disgiuntivo in Gadda&amp;quot; by Gualberto Alvino, published in 2016 in &lt;em&gt;Studi linguistici italiani&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is mentioned that the first one to interprete this phenomenon, Ornella Castellani Pollidori, had traced its origin in the Lombard and Piedmontese bourgeoisie and that thence, from the nineties of the last century, and thanks to the complicity of the mass media (whose role in the diffusion of this kind of innovations is decisive), such use of &amp;quot;piuttosto che&amp;quot; has spread to the rest of the Peninsula:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uno dei fenomeni sintattici più dibattuti dell’italiano odierno è senza dubbio l’uso innovativo (una sorta di mutazione genetica) della locuzione congiuntiva &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt;, la quale, oltre all’originario valore avversativo/comparativo, ha assunto anche quello disgiuntivo di &lt;em&gt;o&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;oppure&lt;/em&gt;. Contro tale estensione d’uso si sono pronunciati numerosi studiosi, ma anche molti interpreti del sentimento linguistico comune, tanto che sono state indette vere e proprie crociate contro il nuovo &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt; perfino nei &lt;em&gt;social network&lt;/em&gt;. Il convincimento di tutti, ad ogni modo, è che si tratti di un uso confinato nel parlato. La prima interprete del fenomeno, Ornella Castellani Pollidori (opportunamente citata da Alvino nel suo contributo), ne aveva rintracciato l’origine nei salotti della&#xA;buona borghesia lombarda e piemontese; di lì, a partire dagli anni Novanta dello scorso secolo, e grazie alla complicità dei mezzi di comunicazione di massa (il cui ruolo nella diffusione dei tratti innovativi è decisivo), la locuzione risemantizzata si sarebbe diffusa nel resto della Penisola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Interestingly enough, Alvino has studied some occurrences of this use of &amp;quot;piuttosto che&amp;quot; in some books by Carlo Emilio Gadda, occurrences that are quoted below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora Gualberto Alvino, inesausto indagatore di personaggi scomodi della letteratura italiana (basti&#xA;pensare ai suoi fondamentali contributi su Pizzuto), servendosi delle concordanze gaddiane allestite da Maria Luigia Ceccotti e Manuela Sassi, ha potuto rinvenire l’uso di &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt; disgiuntivo in&#xA;alcune opere di Carlo Emilio Gadda: cinque attestazioni (su un totale di trentaquattro occorrenze della locuzione), la più antica delle quali risale al 1928 (e precisamente al saggio &lt;em&gt;La molteplicità dei significati del reale&lt;/em&gt;). Alvino riporta i brani relativi e non vi è dubbio che nelle cinque occasioni&#xA;siamo di fronte al &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt; disgiuntivo: &lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un sistema si dice che funziona bene (come p.e. una macchina) se ha eliminato gruppi di relazioni... come dire?... imperfetti no, che [&lt;em&gt;recte&lt;/em&gt;: ché] tutto è, e nulla è perfetto piuttosto che imperfetto... ma gruppi di relazioni per così esprimermi estranei alla sua ‘idea’ e che ne ha ‘tirati in barca’ altri, conferenti a questa idea. (&lt;em&gt;Meditazione milanese&lt;/em&gt; [1928], in &lt;em&gt;Opere di Carlo Emilio Gadda&lt;/em&gt;, ed. diretta da Dante Isella, Milano, Garzanti, 1988-1993, vol. v. &lt;em&gt;Scritti vari e postumi&lt;/em&gt;, pp. 615-894 [p. 754]);&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;avevano buttato là con efficace noncuranza [...] quella domandina impreveduta e poi preveduta e aspettata&#xA;della sciarpa: e com’era, e di che colore era, e s’era di stoffa, o di maglia a mano, piuttosto che a macchina.&#xA;(&lt;em&gt;Quer pasticciaccio brutto de via Merulana&lt;/em&gt; [1946-47], in &lt;em&gt;Opere&lt;/em&gt;, cit., vol. II. &lt;em&gt;Romanzi e racconti&lt;/em&gt;, pp. 11-276 [p. 188]);&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Non rimasero che due persone, convogliabili verso il boudoir: il capitano in complet, «bien que quelque peu démodé», e la già miss Bargon, ora Fraülein. Era, costei, un’alta e vigorosa donnona, che non aveva detto una parola, a tavola: lo sguardo leggermente peso, imbambolato, come per un leggero esoftalmo, benché non&#xA;portasse occhiali, e poi la gola piena, rigonfia, la pelle cereolattea, concorrevano alla edificazione, per accenni, di una facies basedowoide. Neri i capelli, d’una estrema e tacita riservatezza, non si capiva se il suo&#xA;volto e il suo gentile guardare si applicassero alla meditazione morale, all’analisi psicologica, o al calcolo: o&#xA;a tutt’e tre. Quando si soffermava, lo sguardo un po’ triste, sul gilè piuttosto che sul viso del capitano, sembrava palesare un certo imbarazzo e insieme un certo disinteresse, una timida o malinconica perplessità.&#xA;Aveva l’aria di non riuscire a capire che cosa fosse un capitano. (&lt;em&gt;Socer generque&lt;/em&gt; [1947], in &lt;em&gt;Opere&lt;/em&gt;, vol. II,&#xA;cit., pp. 791-813 [p. 799]);&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;La preoccupazione maggiore di Beniamino, d’altronde, non derivava dal fatto che la sua Sostanza andasse a sbattere, in un giorno lontano, consumati tutti i secoli dei secoli, in testa ad uno piuttosto che ad altro marginale o addirittura estrinseco erede o Venarvaghi o Golliati: ma dall’atroce rischio che ad ogni nuovo accoppiamento di eredi, suberedi, ed eredi probabili Ella correva, di sminuirsi un po’ per volta.&#xA;(&lt;em&gt;Accoppiamenti giudiziosi&lt;/em&gt; [1957-58], in &lt;em&gt;Opere&lt;/em&gt;, vol. II, cit., pp. 591-920 [p. 901]);&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;I rami (di un pero, di un sorbo) vengono chiamati i legni, ancor oggi: e legno egualmente il tronco, il fusto di&#xA;un alberello. Talché mi si riduce a mente il vergiliano oleastro «nautis olim venerabile lignum», venerato un tempo dalla gente del mare, nonché il sorriso di Orazio maliziosetto là là dove Priapo, una specie di&#xA;Pinocchio latino, racconta che Geppetto faber (= falegname), incerto se fabbricare di un certo tronco un dio piuttosto che uno sgabello, si risolvette pel dio. (&lt;em&gt;Il latino nel sangue&lt;/em&gt; [1959], in &lt;em&gt;Opere&lt;/em&gt;, cit., vol. III. &lt;em&gt;Saggi, giornali e favole I&lt;/em&gt;, pp. 1151-61 «p. 1160]).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is also mentioned that some other written occurences of &amp;quot;piuttosto che&amp;quot; with this meaning have been found in texts from 1906 and from 1851:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così come il medesimo valore hanno i due &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt; rintracciati in altrettanti testi ancor più antichi (l’uno, politico, del 1851; l’altro, filosofico, del 1906).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is what the author explains about the reasons that took Gadda to use &amp;quot;piuttosto che&amp;quot; with this meaning and about the value of these finds in general:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa ci dicono tali reperti? Innanzi tutto che l’incubazione di un fenomeno linguistico è talvolta molto lunga. Gadda, sensibile scrutatore di tutte le pieghe linguistiche del suo tempo, non si fa scrupolo di mettere per iscritto un vezzo che evidentemente aveva colto sulla bocca dei suoi interlocutori lombardi e che, probabilmente, adottava egli stesso conversando. Il vezzo, rimasto&#xA;circoscritto per decenni agli usi colti dei settentrionali (spesso insofferenti, va detto, rispetto alla norma di base toscana dell’italiano), è poi progressivamente debordato nel parlato (colto) degli altri&#xA;italiani, forse anche per il prestigio tributato alle varietà regionali settentrionali (ampiamente rappresentate alla radio, in televisione e nella Rete). In secondo luogo che il caso di &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;non è isolato nel panorama dell’italiano odierno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, about the reasons for the rejection of this use of &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt;, the author says:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine che l’avversione per il &lt;em&gt;piuttosto che&lt;/em&gt; disgiuntivo (avversione condivisa, beninteso, dallo stesso Alvino) è motivata non tanto da un puro spirito conservatore, ma dal fatto che la collisione col valore tradizionale della locuzione può creare un serio imbarazzo nell’interpretazione dell’intero enunciato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-07T15:52:52.767" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13050" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13051" CreationDate="2020-07-07T15:57:24.420" Score="2" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto della pandemia di COVID-19, purtroppo nel mio paese di questo si parla molto ultimamente: in spagnolo si usa il termine &amp;quot;rebrote&amp;quot; (e in catalano &amp;quot;rebrot&amp;quot;) per designare le situazioni in cui si trovano&#xA;alcune zone nelle quali&#xA;c'è di nuovo una crescita significativa del numero di malati, come potete vedere, per esempio, in questo recente &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.elperiodico.com/es/sociedad/20200706/rebrote-coronavirus-lleida-segria-improvisa-medidas-8028961&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di giornale&lt;/a&gt;. In realtà, questo termine proviene dal vocabolario usato per le piante: il verbo &amp;quot;brotar&amp;quot; significa &amp;quot;germogliare&amp;quot;, in modo che &amp;quot;brote&amp;quot; è l'azione di germogliare e &amp;quot;rebrote&amp;quot; sarebbe l'azione di germogliare di nuovo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto ne so, in inglese, si usa l'espressione &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/jun/19/anxiety-in-beijing-as-officials-battle-new-coronavirus-outbreak&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;new outbreak&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;. Come si può rendere questo concetto in italiano nel contesto che ho descritto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-07T18:14:53.367" LastActivityDate="2020-07-08T10:03:04.693" Title="Come si rende &quot;new outbreak&quot; nel contesto della pandemia di COVID-19?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13051" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13050" CreationDate="2020-07-08T10:03:04.693" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In italiano, invece della similitudine con la pianta che germoglia, si adopera la similitudine con il fuoco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un focolare si tenevano braci accese per poter avviare il fuoco quando occorreva. Nella mia lingua regionale si adopera il termine “bronsa cuerta” (brace coperta) per indicare una persona all'apparenza mite ma invece potrebbe scatenarsi all'improvviso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di epidemie, un piccolo gruppo di infettati può rapidamente diffondere il contagio se non viene isolato. Così si adopera la variante dotta di &lt;em&gt;focolare&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/focolaio/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;focolaio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che è un termine piuttosto comune &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/focolaio_%28Dizionario-di-Medicina%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nel gergo medico&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dire “si è formato un focolaio di infezione” o anche “esploso”, “scoppiato” o simili. Dipende dalla grandezza del focolaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-07-08T10:03:04.693" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13052" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-08T16:27:02.957" Score="0" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nichel&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quella roccia senza pace provavo un affetto fragile e precario: con essa avevo contratto un duplice legame, prima nelle imprese con Sandro, poi qui, &lt;strong&gt;tentandola&lt;/strong&gt; come chimico per strapparle il tesoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa significa che Levi &amp;quot;tentava&amp;quot; la roccia come chimico. Ho letto tutte le accezioni della voce &amp;quot;tentare&amp;quot; sul  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tentare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000902.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;], [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000903.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000904.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;]), ma non riesco a vedere a quale possa corrispondere l'uso che se ne fa nel testo. Me lo potreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per dare un po' più di contesto, dovete sapere che in questo racconto, Levi parla del suo lavoro appena laureato in chimica in un laboratorio situato in una miniera d'amianto, in cui deve estrarre il nichel dal materiale di scarto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-08T17:38:05.060" LastActivityDate="2020-07-08T17:38:05.060" Title="Che cosa significa &quot;tentare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13054" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-09T08:16:23.180" Score="2" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can someone tell me of a definitive listing to determine what verbs/terms/phrases require the Italian subjunctive to be used? For example, if I didn't know that &lt;em&gt;magari&lt;/em&gt; required the congiuntivo, I don't see how I would learn that by looking it up in references such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/magari/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/magari&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Collins/WR&lt;/a&gt;, Il Ragazzini, etc. Maybe it's listed there but I need to be instructed in how to see it?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Of course, it's easy to find sites which list cases where the congiuntivo is used, and I've seen questions on this site like &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/3811/is-the-congiuntivo-used-after-this-verb&quot;&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;, which refer to what seem to be good lists &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.oneworlditaliano.com/english/italian-grammar/verbs_which_use_subjunctive_form.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;like this one&lt;/a&gt;. But what I'm looking for is something more reliable, a reference. Do I have to just rely on whoever's posted the longest list?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastEditorUserId="5958" LastEditDate="2020-07-09T10:09:09.770" LastActivityDate="2020-07-09T10:09:09.770" Title="Definitive listing for when to use the Italian subjunctive" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13055" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-09T11:38:55.453" Score="0" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Volevo chiederLe se fosse possibile concordare il giorno in cui io possa completare l'esame che ho sostenuto il giorno 5 luglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La costruzione è corretta ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6468" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-09T15:10:37.590" LastActivityDate="2020-07-09T21:23:56.203" Title="Dubbio su consecutio temporum" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13056" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-09T17:39:31.257" Score="5" ViewCount="264" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi piacerebbe sapere se esistono espressioni colloquiali per esprimere il fatto di dover assumersi un problema o una situazione o obbligo fastidioso, spiacevole o imbarazzante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/q/33168/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, per esempio, si trova una locuzione colloquiale in castigliano per indicare questa idea, &amp;quot;comerse un marrón&amp;quot;, che si potrebbe tradurre letteralmente come &amp;quot;mangiarsi un marrone&amp;quot;. Può anche essere &amp;quot;comerse el marrón&amp;quot; se ci si riferisce a un problema determinato (il problema o la situazione fastidiosa sarebbe &amp;quot;el marrón&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=MYktciPajZYC&amp;amp;pg=PA95&amp;amp;dq=%22se+ha+comido+el+marr%C3%B3n%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwj795jf5sDqAhXMxYUKHT3lB50Q6AEwAXoECAAQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22se%20ha%20comido%20el%20marr%C3%B3n%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;un esempio di uso che ho trovato su Google Libri&lt;/a&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Doña Elodia, tiene cuerda&#xA;para rato, y mi vecino &lt;strong&gt;se ha comido el marrón&lt;/strong&gt; de cuidarla por ser hijo único, soltero y la tira de raro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase fa riferimento al vicino del narratore che ha dovuto assumersi la responsabilità di vivere con sua madre per potersi prendere cura di lei, una signora anziana chiamata &lt;em&gt;doña Elodia&lt;/em&gt; descritta nel testo come una vecchia fissata come non c'è nessun'altra al mondo. Quindi, questo vicino &amp;quot;se ha comido el marrón&amp;quot; di dover fare questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio altri esempi. A causa di un errore, in un negozio o azienda si è fatto con un cliente qualcosa che non si dovrebbe aver fatto. Qualcuno deve parlare con il cliente per spiegargli cos'è successo. Si tratta di una situazione imbarazzante. Della persona che lo fa, che, per giunta, non ha nessuna responsabilità in questo errore, si può affermare che &amp;quot;se come el marrón&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in un negozio o in un'azienda  potrebbe darsi la situazione di un cliente che arriva molto arrabbiato, gridando in modo molto gradevole. Qualche responsabile parla con lui per cercare di calmarlo. Di questa persona si potrebbe dire che &amp;quot;se ha comido el marrón&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono espressioni colloquiali in italiano per comunicare questa stessa idea?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho fatto l'esempio dell'espressione &amp;quot;comerse  el/un marrón&amp;quot;, ma in spagnolo ci sono anche altre espressioni che si potrebbero usare per esprimere più o meno la stessa idea. Il problema o la situazione fastidiosa e di difficile soluzione può venire chiamato &amp;quot;la patata caliente&amp;quot;, soprattutto quando qualcuno, sottraendosi alla sua responsabilità, lo scarica su un'altra persona.&#xA;Se si tratta di una situazione o problema che si prolunga nel tempo, può essere anche chiamato &amp;quot;una/la cruz&amp;quot;. Quindi, nella prima situazione, si potrebbe dire, per esempio, &amp;quot;el hijo carga con la cruz de vivir con doña Elodia&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;vivir con doña Elodia es una cruz para su hijo&amp;quot;. Quando qualcuno ha risolto il problema che dovrebbe essere la responsabilità di un altro si può dire di questa persona che &amp;quot;ha sacado las castañas del fuego&amp;quot; all'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questa ragione chiedo &amp;quot;espressioni&amp;quot;, al plurale, perché immagino che anche in italiano accada lo stesso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-05T13:33:30.580" LastActivityDate="2020-09-07T10:10:42.250" Title="Espressioni colloquiali per esprimere il dover assumersi un problema o una situazione fastidiosa, spiacevole o imbarazzante" Tags="&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="27" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13058" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-09T19:10:01.060" Score="2" ViewCount="89" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'll explain my current knowledge for context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Given there is 3 main types of verbs, namely, action (transitive or intransitive), linking (e.g to be, to become), and modal (or helping verbs).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Firstly, I understand that we use the &lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt; when talking impersonally about an action on a noun. For example, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;la porta si apre&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (the door opened). We do not know who opened it but certainly that the action occurred. Clearly the &lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt; is only applicable to transitive verbs. Hence, Linking verbs do not have a &lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt; form I'll explain why this point is relevant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My first question is that is it necessarily true in Italian that reflexive forms of verbs are actually standalone verbs unlike in English? Furthermore does a verb change form when transformed into the reflexive? For example the verb &lt;em&gt;trovare&lt;/em&gt; is a transitive verb however the reflexive form &lt;em&gt;trovarsi&lt;/em&gt; which means roughly to be located is a linking verb (although I could be wrong).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the sentence &amp;quot;L'Italia si trova in Europa&amp;quot; is this the &lt;em&gt;si passivante&lt;/em&gt; form of &amp;quot;trovare&amp;quot; or the reflexive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hope my questions make sense, any help will be appreciated.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6472" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-09T19:22:47.033" LastActivityDate="2020-07-09T19:22:47.033" Title="Issues with reflexive verbs and si passivante" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13059" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13055" CreationDate="2020-07-09T21:23:56.203" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Essendomi spesso trovato dall'altra parte, cioè nel ruolo di docente a cui scrivono così, ecco l'impressione che faresti: sicuramente un testo così è meglio di uno sciatto o di qualcosa che sembra un messaggino su WhatsApp, ma la sensazione è che cerchi di gestire un registro linguistico che non ti è abituale e che non è affatto necessario in questa situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È molto meglio se scrivi un messaggio formale, corretto, usando il lei (ma non il Lei) e in cui vai subito al dunque. Per esempio, &amp;quot;Dovrei completare l'esame XXX... Sarebbe possibile il giorno YYY?&amp;quot; Naturalmente non dimenticare di iniziare e concludere come si deve (Gentile prof. ZZZ ... Un cordiale saluto, Nome Cognome; o qualcosa di analogo).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo so che non era questo che volevi sentirti dire, ma se ti infili in un groviglio di congiuntivi da cui non sai come uscire (e anch'io avrei i miei dubbi), forse la conclusione più assennata è non cominciare nemmeno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, un'osservazione secondaria: la forma &amp;quot;volevo...&amp;quot; è corretta, ma può fare sorridere. Viene da pensare: &amp;quot;Volevi... E ora non vuoi più?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-07-09T21:23:56.203" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13060" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-10T14:37:44.693" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;In catalano si usa l'aggettivo &amp;quot;maniàtic&amp;quot; e in&#xA;castigliano &amp;quot;maniático&amp;quot; (che non significa lo stesso che &amp;quot;maníaco&amp;quot;) per descrivere una persona che ha delle fissazioni capricciose e a volte persino stravaganti&#xA;(perché queste fissazioni si chiamano &amp;quot;manías&amp;quot;, quindi una persona &amp;quot;maniática&amp;quot; è qualcuno che ha molte &amp;quot;manías&amp;quot;). Si tratta di una caratteristica che si può trovare con certa frequenza in persone anziane, per esempio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'aggettivo è usato di solito con una connotazione piuttosto negativa ed è prossimo agli aggettivi inglesi &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lexico.com/definition/fussy&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fussy&lt;/a&gt; e  &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lexico.com/definition/finicky?language_pair=es-en&amp;amp;locale=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;finicky&lt;/a&gt;. Per esempio, si potrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es una vieja maniática&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e certamente non si tratta di un elogio fatto a una vecchia signora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte le persone usano questo aggettivo per descriversi sé stesse. Per esempio, in &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=pAOMDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT114&amp;amp;lpg=PT114&amp;amp;dq=%22soy+muy+mani%C3%A1tico+con+la+comida%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=0Sc1Fs_lOP&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2wWm-paspfcuIV3MLaJwY10zO6Tg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjL6caUq8PqAhWmyoUKHXfNB5MQ6AEwAHoECAUQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22soy%20muy%20mani%C3%A1tico%20con%20la%20comida%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo libro&lt;/a&gt;, una persona con sindrome di Asperger dice di sé stessa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Soy muy maniático con la comida&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa che questa persona ha molte fissazioni riguardo al mangiare e non si contenta con qualsiasi cosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O qualcuno potrebbe dire di sé stesso&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Soy un maniático del orden y  la limpieza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;o di un'altra persona&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Es un maniático del orden y la limpieza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cosa che significa che si tratta di persone terribilmente esigenti riguardo all'ordine e la pulizia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale aggettivo o espressione (o espressioni) potrei utilizzare in italiano per qualificare qualcuno che si atteggia in questi modi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-10T19:17:21.177" LastActivityDate="2020-07-11T08:32:29.067" Title="Aggettivo o espressione per qualificare qualcuno con delle fissazioni capricciose" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13061" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13062" CreationDate="2020-07-10T14:54:39.447" Score="4" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm confused by something that appears in Pimsleur's Italian course. At this point (6 minutes into lesson 25 of level 3), we're in the role of an American man speaking with the wife of his colleague. He tells her he likes to play golf in his spare time. And then in the audio that follows it seems to me they use 'possono' when 'potete' should be used. Am I missing something?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://drive.google.com/file/d/1g3frDyRpwVDibURAIdSEEKLq8H8B2qtv/view?usp=sharing&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Here's the audio&lt;/a&gt;, and here's my transcription:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;English Narrator: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&amp;quot;She says,'Maybe you and my husband can play golf together soon'&amp;quot; &lt;br&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Italian speaker: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&amp;quot;Forse Lei e mio marito possono giocare a golf insieme presto&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-10T17:21:03.257" LastActivityDate="2020-07-10T17:21:03.257" Title="Usage of third person plural as a courtesy form" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;formal&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13062" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13061" CreationDate="2020-07-10T15:11:59.787" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The common respect form is “lei” for a single person and the verb in the third person singular. It used to be “loro” for more people and the verb in the third person plural, but in current Italian it's only used in very formal writing or when the speaker wants to emphasize their condition of inferiority.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Something like “Che cosa desiderano?” can be heard from a waiter in a high price restaurant.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The common form for more people is nowadays “voi”. In the case of the sentence you show, the lady wants to use the (obsolete) respect form so the plural has to be in the third person, even if she doesn't use “lei” with her husband. However “lei” is more than sufficient to show respect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Forse lei e mio marito potete giocare assieme a golf, uno di questi giorni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd not translate &lt;em&gt;soon&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;presto&lt;/em&gt; in this case, but it's a detail.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Working around the problem: &lt;em&gt;Forse (lei) può giocare a golf con mio marito uno di questi giorni&lt;/em&gt;, is even less clumsy. In this case “lei” would not normally be used, because Italian mostly drops personal pronoun subjects when the verb is clear about who/what the subject is.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-07-10T15:11:59.787" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13063" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13060" CreationDate="2020-07-11T08:24:31.843" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Raccolgo anche alcuni commenti per fare questa risposta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hachi riporta &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Spagnolo-Italiano/parola/M/manitico.aspx?query=mani%C3%A1tico&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.grandidizionari.it/Dizionario_Spagnolo-Italiano/parola/M/manitico.aspx?query=mani%C3%A1tico&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;che indica &amp;quot;maniático&amp;quot; come maniaco, fissato; &amp;quot;ésa es una maniática, no le hagas caso&amp;quot; diventa &amp;quot;quella è una fissata, non darle retta&amp;quot;;&#xA;ritengo che sia una traduzione più che accettabile. La parola si può usare in modo generico,&#xA;quindi dire &amp;quot;quello è fissato&amp;quot; senza specificare altro, oppure completare con, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Essere fissati con la pulizia&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;E' una fissata della pulizia&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;E' una fissata per la pulizia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Fissata&amp;quot; è legata a &amp;quot;fissa&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idea fissa&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fissazione&amp;quot;, un interesse maniacale/esagerato. Altre&#xA;forme che esprimono concetti simili sono:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;avere la fissa di/del ...&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;essere fissati con ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...e inoltre si può usare mania e fanatismo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;avere la mania per ...&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;essere maniaco di/del ...&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;essere fanatici di/per ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente esistono ulteriori modi di dire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, Riccardo de Contardi indica &amp;quot;picchiatello&amp;quot; che ha un senso un po' diverso ma in certi contesti si può sovrapporre. &amp;quot;Picchiatello&amp;quot; sarebbe bonariamente &amp;quot;picchiato in testa&amp;quot; e, avendo subito danni, il &amp;quot;picchiatello&amp;quot; mostra comportamenti o ragionamenti un po' deviati. &amp;quot;Toccatello&amp;quot; (toccato in testa) è una parola simile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-07-11T08:32:29.067" LastActivityDate="2020-07-11T08:32:29.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13064" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13069" CreationDate="2020-07-11T14:47:57.673" Score="1" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nichel&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’idea mi venne come si accende una lampada, un giorno in cui mi capitò casualmente fra le mani un vecchio diagramma tutto impolverato, opera di qualche mio ignoto predecessore; riportava la perdita di peso dell’amianto delle Cave in funzione della temperatura. L’amianto perdeva un po’ d’acqua a 150°C, poi rimaneva apparentemente inalterato fin verso gli 800°C; qui si notava un brusco &lt;strong&gt;scalino&lt;/strong&gt; con un calo di peso del 12 per cento, e l’autore aveva annotato: «diventa fragile».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche se l'ultima frase si può capire, l'uso di &amp;quot;scalino&amp;quot; ha attirato la mia attenzione. Sullo Zingarelli ho trovato questa accezione del termine&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt; (fig.) Variazione rilevante in una successione di valori numerici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che penso sia quella che si addice al contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato in altri dizionari e, sorprendentemente, una definizione simile a questa non sono riuscita a trovarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti fare alcuni esempi di uso di &amp;quot;scalino&amp;quot; con questo significato? Si tratta di un uso comune del vocabolo o è piuttosto un uso caratteristico di ambiti tecnici?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-13T14:39:54.663" LastActivityDate="2020-07-15T14:07:21.103" Title="Esempi di questo uso figurato di &quot;scalino&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13066" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13067" CreationDate="2020-07-12T15:13:40.300" Score="0" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Nichel&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sotto lo sguardo divertito e scettico di Alida, che, essendo ormai pomeriggio avanzato, guardava ostentatamente l’orologio da polso, mi misi al lavoro &lt;strong&gt;come un turbine&lt;/strong&gt;. In un attimo, l’apparecchio fu montato, il termostato tarato a 800°C, il riduttore di pressione della bombola regolato, il flussimetro messo a posto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il testo lo posso più o meno capire, ma l'espressione &amp;quot;come un turbine&amp;quot; ha attirato la mia attenzione. Una ricerca su Google di questa locuzione dà parecchie occorrenze. La mia domanda è: si tratta di qualche sorta di paragone usuale per indicare il fare qualcosa a grande velocità?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-13T08:12:40.700" LastActivityDate="2020-07-13T10:50:10.700" Title="Uso e significato di &quot;come un turbine&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13067" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13066" CreationDate="2020-07-12T17:07:22.183" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Turbine significa: vortice  impetuoso del vento. Ad esempio &lt;em&gt;piante  sradicate dal turbine.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo termine trova spesso applicazioni in senso figurato, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(fig., scherz.) Movimento turbinoso: &lt;em&gt;gettarsi nel turbine della danza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(estens.) Forza tumultuosa, che rapisce, sconvolge, travolge: &lt;em&gt;il turbine della vita, della guerra; essere preso nel turbine degli affari&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(fig.) Moltitudine, quantità tumultuosa e travolgente: &lt;em&gt;un turbine di gente affamata; un turbine di zanzare; un turbine  di idee, di sentimenti contrastanti, di pensieri.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Come un turbine&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;,  significa con forza, con impeto e velocità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/turbine.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=%22come%20un%20turbine%22&amp;amp;tbm=bks&amp;amp;lr=lang_it&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt; “come un turbine”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="6347" LastEditDate="2020-07-13T10:50:10.700" LastActivityDate="2020-07-13T10:50:10.700" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13068" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9562" CreationDate="2020-07-12T19:12:14.180" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, che riporta le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000007.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;prime attestazioni delle diverse accezioni&lt;/a&gt; di ogni termine,  i primi usi di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000158.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;bello&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; per indicare &amp;quot;molto, abbondante, grande, grosso, notevole, ecc.&amp;quot; come qualifica di un sostantivo risalgono al Trecento. Su questa fonte ne troviamo questi esempi del &lt;em&gt;Decameron&lt;/em&gt; di Boccaccio e dei &lt;em&gt;Ricordi&lt;/em&gt; di Giovanni di Pagolo Morelli:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Boccaccio, Dec., 2-7&lt;/em&gt; (196): Fece una sera, per modo di solenne festa, una bella cena. &lt;em&gt;Idem, Dec., 8-2&lt;/em&gt; (239): Per bella paura entro, col mosto e con le castagne calde si rappattumò con lui. &lt;em&gt;G. Morelli&lt;/em&gt;, 445: Per bella paura... gittò le bandiere del Comune in terra giù ne' fossi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece, l'uso di &amp;quot;bello&amp;quot; seguito immediatamente da un aggettivo per &amp;quot;sottolineare il valore dell'aggettivo&amp;quot; a cui accompagna è molto più recente: questo dizionario riporta come prima attestazione questa citazione dai &lt;em&gt;Cento racconti popolari lucchesi&lt;/em&gt; di Idelfonso Nieri, pubblicati nel 1906:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nieri&lt;/em&gt;, 245: Una volta un uomo, là sulla fine di Maggio, aveva menato il miccio a pascere, e l'aveva lasciato bello libero, perché si scialasse meglio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, la prima attestazione dell'espressione &amp;quot;bello e&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;bell' e&amp;quot; seguita da un aggettivo o da un participio (o da un avverbio e più raramente anche da un infinito o un sostantivo) risale all'inizio del Trecento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fra Giordano&lt;/em&gt;, 3-152: Noi avemo l'uovo bello e mondo, e la gallina bella e cotta, e non avemo se non a mangiare.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Boccaccio, Dec., 8-3&lt;/em&gt; (243): Chi facesse le macine belle e fatte legare in anella, prima che elle si forassero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi usi di &amp;quot;bello&amp;quot; non sembrano avere a che vedere col latino: secondo lo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000160.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stesso dizionario&lt;/a&gt; l'aggettivo latino &lt;em&gt;bellus&lt;/em&gt; proveniva&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dal linguaggio affettivo e familiare come dimin. di &lt;em&gt;bonus&lt;/em&gt; (cfr. le forme arcaiche attestate &lt;em&gt;duenos&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;duomus&lt;/em&gt;), con la vocale che si continua nell'avv. &lt;em&gt;bene&lt;/em&gt;: *&lt;em&gt;benülus&lt;/em&gt; da *&lt;em&gt;duenolos&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-12T19:12:14.180" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13069" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13064" CreationDate="2020-07-12T21:16:13.153" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Poiché &lt;strong&gt;scalino&lt;/strong&gt; è sinonimo di &lt;strong&gt;gradino&lt;/strong&gt;, è usato per indicare in un grafico una brusca impennata (o una brusca diminuzione) dei valori rappresentati;&#xA;in matematica esiste proprio la &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Funzione_gradino_di_Heaviside&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;funzione gradino&lt;/a&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nell'esempio sopra citato, c'è una brusca variazione di peso al variare della temperatura;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;riporto un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.margheritacampaniolo.it/meteo/inversione_termica.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempio trovato sul web sull'inversione termica&lt;/a&gt;, dove vi è una brusca variazione di temperatura al variare della quota:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partendo dal suolo si possono avere delle zone dove si presentano strati di aria più calda del normale e questi si dispongono a mo’ di &lt;em&gt;scalino&lt;/em&gt; ( una sorta di zona di transizione, più o meno brusca e  spessa ) nel quale la temperatura subisce un’impennata verso valori più alti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E quest'altro esempio tratto dal libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=O7bEDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA197&amp;amp;lpg=PA197&amp;amp;dq=scalino&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=_t3_NOpxja&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U23JarR74FoyNtCjCwUTbA-8DLQqw&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiK_IHN487qAhVDA2MBHV7KAB04PBDoATAJegQIBhAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=scalino&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La fisica reale. Teoria dei fotoni e degli elettroni&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; :&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alle bassissime temperature, in mancanza di attriti, i materiali però presentano le loro caratteristiche &amp;quot;intrinseche&amp;quot; determinando l'effetto &amp;quot;Hall quantistico&amp;quot; per cui le resistenze misurate presentano dei caratteristici valori a &lt;em&gt;scalino&lt;/em&gt; che risultano multipli del rapporto h/e² e sono sperimentalmente &amp;quot;molto stabili&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sicuramente è un vocabolo usato in ambito tecnico, ma comprensibile e adoperabile anche in uso comune.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-15T14:07:21.103" LastActivityDate="2020-07-15T14:07:21.103" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13070" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-13T14:58:55.803" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/04/28/covid-19-braccianti-rumeni-verso-germania-e-regno-unito-l-italia-sta-perdendo-la-corsa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questa notizia di Euronews&lt;/a&gt;, pubblicata alcuni mesi fa, ho letto (corsivo mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I voli speciali sono stati organizzati da adesso fino a giugno dai produttori; il sindacato degli agricoltori ha stimato che &lt;strong&gt;mancano all'appello&lt;/strong&gt; 70 mila lavoratori stagionali, con la situazione complicata dal blocco per l'emergenza Covid-19.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando ho letto questa frase, mi sono subito chiesta: perché si usa &amp;quot;mancano all'appello&amp;quot;? Non potrebbe essere semplicemente &amp;quot;mancano&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi ho cercato &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/appello&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;appello&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e ho trovato questa accezione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il chiamare più persone per nome, secondo un ordine stabilito (per lo più alfabetico), per accertarsi che siano presenti o per altri motivi: &lt;em&gt;fare l’a&lt;/em&gt;. (degli studenti, dei soldati, ecc.); &lt;em&gt;a. dei caduti&lt;/em&gt;, rito commemorativo; &lt;em&gt;rispondere, mancare, presentarsi&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;non presentarsi all’a&lt;/em&gt;. (&lt;em&gt;mancare all’a&lt;/em&gt;. è anche modo eufem. per annunciare la morte di un soldato, di qualcuno dei partecipanti a un’impresa rischiosa, e sim.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, è chiaro che, nel contesto dell'articolo sopra citato, non si sta chiamando a una serie di persone per nome né si sta annunciando la morte di un soldato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda sarebbe: è usuale usare questa espressione in questo modo, cioè, per indicare che manca gente per fare qualcosa (in questo caso 70 mila persone per lavorare in modo stagionale nel settore agricolo)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando un po' con Google, ho trovato anche esempi in cui quello che &amp;quot;manca all'appello&amp;quot; sono soldi, mascherine, scivoli e altalene per bambini, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi tratti da parecchi giornali, ma se ne possono trovare molti di più:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rette dell'asilo nido e servizi scolastici, mancano all'appello 1,1 milioni di euro (&lt;a href=&quot;https://lasentinella.gelocal.it/ivrea/cronaca/2020/06/26/news/rette-dell-asilo-nido-e-servizi-scolastici-mancano-all-appello-1-1-milioni-di-euro-1.39009815&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mancano all'​appello 400 mila mascherine, sospesa la distribuzione a Torino (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.torinoggi.it/2020/05/15/mobile/leggi-notizia/argomenti/cronaca-11/articolo/mancano-allappello-400-mila-mascherine-sospesa-la-distribuzione-a-torino.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Aree ludiche senza giochi: nei giardini pubblici mancano all'appello scivoli ed altalene (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.romatoday.it/politica/aree-giochi-mancano-altalene-scivoli.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fonte&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta forse di un uso improprio dell'espressione che, per qualche ragione, è diventato usuale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-13T18:05:20.573" LastActivityDate="2020-07-13T18:05:20.573" Title="&quot;Mancare all'appello&quot; per esprimere che mancano persone o cose di cui c'è bisogno: si tratta di un uso improprio?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13071" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-13T16:28:38.337" Score="3" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between &amp;quot;bisnipoti&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;pronipoti&amp;quot;? Do they mean the same?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6478" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-15T17:18:00.057" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T13:22:57.760" Title="Difference between &quot;bisnipoti&quot; and &quot;pronipoti&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13072" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13070" CreationDate="2020-07-13T17:33:07.023" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/mancare-allappello&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Mancare all’appello&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; dal De Mauro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;di qualcuno,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;non esserci ancora: manca solo lui all’appello | essere deceduto.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;di qualcosa,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;  &lt;em&gt;venire meno, essere scomparso: dopo la festa mancava all’appello un portacenere d’argento.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un comune modo di dire che si riferisce all’appello scolastico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-07-13T17:33:07.023" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13073" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13074" CreationDate="2020-07-14T10:28:45.073" Score="-1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola 'bene' è un aggettivo, e 'noi' è plurale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così, quale di questi è corretto?:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;Siamo bene&amp;quot; o&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;Siamo beni&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5842" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-14T10:56:37.563" LastActivityDate="2020-07-14T14:13:26.803" Title="&quot;Siamo bene&quot; o &quot;Siamo beni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13074" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13073" CreationDate="2020-07-14T14:13:26.803" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bene&lt;/em&gt; is not an adjective. It can be an &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bene1/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;adverb&lt;/a&gt; or a &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/bene2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;noun&lt;/a&gt; (but only in the sense of a good or a property, or for denoting the abstract quality of &lt;em&gt;goodness&lt;/em&gt;, see the linked page on the dictionary).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you're trying to translate “We're well”, then it is &lt;em&gt;Stiamo bene&lt;/em&gt;, because Italian uses &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;, not &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-07-14T14:13:26.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13075" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-14T16:00:55.900" Score="1" ViewCount="142" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Piombo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Me ne andavo giú lungo il torrente, un po’ sui massi, un po’ guadando dove si poteva, come un cane da caccia, con gli occhi inchiodati a terra, quando ecco, poco sotto alla confluenza di un altro torrente piú piccolo, ho visto un sasso in mezzo a milioni di altri sassi, [...]. L’ho raccolto, era pesante, [...]. [...]. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      A sera mi sono trovato un posto fuori mano, ho fatto un focolare, ci ho messo sopra il crogiolo ben stratificato, l’ho arroventato per mezz’ora e l’ho lasciato raffreddare. L’ho rotto, ed eccolo, il dischetto lucido e pesante, che si incide con l’unghia, quello che ti allarga il cuore e fa sparire dalle gambe la stanchezza del cammino, e che noi chiamiamo «il piccolo re».&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      A questo punto non è che uno &lt;strong&gt;sia a posto&lt;/strong&gt;: anzi, il piú del lavoro è ancora da fare. Bisogna risalire il torrente, e ad ogni biforcazione cercare se la pietra buona continua a destra o a sinistra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che il narratore in questo racconto è un cercatore di piombo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco del tutto bene cosa vuol dire l'espressione &amp;quot;non è che uno sia a posto&amp;quot; che appare in questo brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/posto2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;posto&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con riferimento a persone, &lt;em&gt;essere a p. col vestito, con i capelli&lt;/em&gt;, ecc. (anche, &lt;em&gt;avere il vestito, i capelli a p&lt;/em&gt;.), essere in ordine, esteriormente impeccabile; &lt;em&gt;siamo a posto!&lt;/em&gt;, espressione che ha più significati, ma che in genere indica soddisfazione dello stato o della condizione raggiunti (anche con valore antifrastico e iron., con riferimento a situazioni poco piacevoli, critiche o addirittura disperate: &lt;em&gt;adesso che ci hanno rubato tutto, siamo a posto!&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, il significato di &amp;quot;essere a posto&amp;quot; in questo contesto sarebbe &amp;quot;essere soddisfato dalla situazione&amp;quot;? Il narratore sta dicendo che non poteva essere soddisfatto poiché &amp;quot;il piú del lavoro&amp;quot; era &amp;quot;ancora da fare&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T12:42:07.463" Title="Significato di &quot;essere a posto&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13076" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13036" CreationDate="2020-07-14T16:35:53.433" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dare la larga (al cane) significa lasciarlo libero, concedergli la libertà. È un modo di dire più che altro da contadini, che tengono i cani legati nell'aia per fare la guardia e tenere &amp;quot;alla larga&amp;quot; gli animali selvatici (volpi e cinghiali soprattutto). Vita grama, quella del cane di cascina; ma, per rispetto e amore, ogni tanto il padrone gli concede qualche ora di libertà liberandolo dalla catena. Di solito il cane ritorna e, tanti anni fa, tornava di sicuro (per non morire di fame, oltre che per affetto).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione può essere usata in modo figurato, anche se non è esattamente gentile, in ogni caso in cui si abbia il potere di concedere la libertà ad animali o persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;--- AGGIUNTA DOPO I COMMENTI ---&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.it/search?tbm=bks&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;q=%22d%C3%A0%20la%20larga%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Cercando su Google&lt;/a&gt; (come ha fatto Charo) escono tre risultati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=kYg2AAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22d%C3%A0%20la%20larga%22&amp;amp;dq=%22d%C3%A0%20la%20larga%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiFppLQ_NDqAhW1xMQBHWb7DxkQ6AEwAnoECAAQAg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;testo sul teatro milanese&lt;/a&gt;, un po' fuori contesto, che dice che significa &amp;quot;lasciare libertà di fare, di spendere&amp;quot;. Piemontese e milanese hanno qualche punto di contatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=ucxcPE7BcFwC&amp;amp;pg=PA347&amp;amp;dq=%22d%C3%A0%20la%20larga%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiFppLQ_NDqAhW1xMQBHWb7DxkQ6AEwAHoECAIQAg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Piemontese-Italiano&lt;/a&gt; del 1830 che recita &amp;quot;scarcerare, sprigionare, far uscire di prigione, mettere in libertà&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Un &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=Qk-7S77TNU4C&amp;amp;pg=PA344&amp;amp;dq=%22d%C3%A0%20la%20larga%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiFppLQ_NDqAhW1xMQBHWb7DxkQ6AEwAXoECAEQAg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario multilingue&lt;/a&gt; che recita &amp;quot;scarcerare, sprigionare, far uscire di prigione, mettere in libertà&amp;quot; (guarda caso le stesse identiche parole, ma questo libro è precedente di 15 anni).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Però, il secondo ha un'altra accezione (più completo?) &amp;quot;dè la larga, o larghè le bestie&amp;quot;, voce contadina, che significa condurre al pascolo le vacche i buoi eccetera (ma i cani non si fanno pascolare).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In entrambi i casi si tratta di pubblicazioni di 200 fa; occorre considerare che il Piemontese ormai è parlato molto più in campagna che in città.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe dedurre che 1) l'espressione ormai sia specialmente contadina; 2) usarla nel contesto sbagliato risulti facilmente offensivo, o scherzoso se va bene; in ogni caso un po' di cameratismo sarebbe consigliabile per usarla riferita a persone: cioè, andare in Piemonte e chiedere a un ex detenuto se &amp;quot;gli hanno dato la larga&amp;quot; è poco prudente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un ultimo pensiero, per inquadrare bene le cose, è che la locuzione &amp;quot;dare la larga&amp;quot; è la traduzione letterale di un modo di dire piemontese, analogamente al famoso e dibattuto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/12807/non-capisco-solo-pi%C3%B9&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;solo più&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, ma mentre Ngram viewer per quest'ultima locuzione trova alcuni risultati, per &amp;quot;dare la larga&amp;quot; o simili non ne trova.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per riassumere e rispondere a tutti i quesiti posti dalla richiedente:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;dare la larga&amp;quot;. Cosa significa? Magari lasciare libero qualcuno (il cane in questo caso)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una locuzione poco comune?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A livello di italiano standard è senz'altro poco comune. Restringendo il campo al contesto adatto, cioé la campagna piemontese, è comune per indicare il gesto di liberare un animale o (un po' meno) una persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece non è un'espressione insolita, si può anche usare per riferirsi a persone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come detto sopra, il fatto che l'espressione possa essere &amp;quot;insolita&amp;quot; dipende dal contesto. Diciamo che assumendo che non sia insolita, sicuramente non è solitamente rivolta alle persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, si tratta di un'espressione di uso regionale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può dire di sì, o anche dire che è un'espressione di derivazione dialettale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-16T06:18:37.963" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T06:18:37.963" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13077" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13079" CreationDate="2020-07-15T09:55:23.173" Score="1" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &amp;quot;portatile&amp;quot; è pressoché l'unica traduzione italiana di &amp;quot;laptop&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;notebook&amp;quot;, ecc.&#xA;Esistono delle alternative all'espressione &amp;quot;porto con me il portatile&amp;quot; che non risultino ripetitive del concetto (e del verbo) &amp;quot;portare&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6429" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-15T10:04:00.467" LastActivityDate="2020-07-15T12:44:58.793" Title="Alternative a &quot;portare il portatile&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13078" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13077" CreationDate="2020-07-15T12:25:14.287" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Usare uno dei termini inglesi&lt;/strong&gt; laptop, notebook o (genericamente) computer. Mi sembra che siano ampiamente diffusi e compresi, e solo i puristi più ortodossi storcerebbero il naso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2020-07-15T12:25:14.287" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13079" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13077" CreationDate="2020-07-15T12:44:58.793" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dipende dal contesto della frase. Se il portatile è stato menzionato prima, non suona male dire in seguito qualcosa come “...domani lo porto con me”. Se no, si può riformulare per esempio con “avrò con me il portatile” e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-07-15T12:44:58.793" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13080" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13075" CreationDate="2020-07-15T18:08:51.670" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La mia personale impressione è che “essere a posto”, così come è usato nel testo citato di Primo Levi, possa avere il senso di “aver fatto tutto quello che c’era da fare”. Il testo poi continua dicendo “il più del lavoro è da fare ancora”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dai commenti sembra che questo significato sia più tipicamente usato al nord.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-07-15T18:08:51.670" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13081" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13075" CreationDate="2020-07-16T10:53:41.337" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Concordo con la definizione del vocabolario Treccani menzionata sopra, ma mi suona molto pertinente anche la seguente definizione, tratta dalla stessa voce di vocabolario (anche se c'è il verbo &lt;em&gt;mettere&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, le parole utilizzate mi danno proprio il senso di &amp;quot;essere a posto&amp;quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mettere tutto a p., sistemare definitivamente, risolvere problemi, questioni, situazioni complesse, appianando ogni difficoltà, chiarendo eventuali malintesi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il narratore sta dicendo che non poteva essere soddisfatto poiché non aveva risolto tutti i problemi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica &amp;quot;essere a posto&amp;quot; si può semplicemente intendere come &amp;quot;stare bene, senza problemi&amp;quot;;&#xA;infatti, spessissimo, quando si incontra qualcuno (almeno nel sud Italia), invece di chiedere &amp;quot;Tutto bene?&amp;quot;, si chiede &amp;quot;Tutto a posto?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastEditorUserId="3065" LastEditDate="2020-07-16T12:42:07.463" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T12:42:07.463" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13082" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13071" CreationDate="2020-07-16T13:22:57.760" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I see &lt;em&gt;bisnipote&lt;/em&gt; attested from the 14th century and &lt;em&gt;bisnonno&lt;/em&gt; from the 17th, which I find quite interesting and curious; &lt;em&gt;pronipote&lt;/em&gt; is attested from the 15th century. (Source: Sabatini-Coletti.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;em&gt;bisnipote&lt;/em&gt; is usually a grandson's or granddaughter's child (in direct descent), whereas &lt;em&gt;pronipote&lt;/em&gt; can also be used in extended meaning as a descendant of a collateral line. Somebody can be &lt;em&gt;pronipote&lt;/em&gt; of a &lt;em&gt;prozio&lt;/em&gt;: at some point the two have an ancestor in common with more than three steps. Two steps would make the two people &lt;em&gt;cugini&lt;/em&gt;, three steps &lt;em&gt;zio/zia&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;nipote&lt;/em&gt;. On the other hand, it's common in Italy to call &lt;em&gt;cugini&lt;/em&gt; two people having in common a grandmother/grandfather.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prozio/prozia&lt;/em&gt; is, according to the same dictionary, a mother's or father's uncle/aunt (17th century), but it's also used with more generations in between. However, if I had to address my mother's uncle, I'd simply use &lt;em&gt;zio&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;prozio&lt;/em&gt; and, similarly, &lt;em&gt;pronipote&lt;/em&gt; are rather formal and used for speaking of the person, not &lt;em&gt;to&lt;/em&gt; the person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note that in Italian there is no distinction between &lt;em&gt;granddaughter/grandson&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;nephew/niece&lt;/em&gt;: both are &lt;em&gt;nipote&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T13:22:57.760" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13083" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-16T16:51:27.000" Score="2" ViewCount="60" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Piombo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma poco sotto il piombo c’era: e questa è una cosa a cui spesso avevo pensato, che noi cercatori crediamo di trovare il metallo con gli occhi, l’esperienza e l’ingegno, ma in realtà quello che ci conduce è qualcosa di piú profondo, una forza come quella che guida i salmoni a risalire i nostri fiumi, o le rondini a ritornare al nido. Forse avviene per noi come per gli &lt;strong&gt;acquari&lt;/strong&gt;, che non sanno che cosa li guida all’acqua, ma qualcosa pure li guida, e torce la bacchetta fra le loro dita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dovete sapere che il narratore in questo racconto è un cercatore di piombo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura di cosa siano questi &amp;quot;acquari&amp;quot; che appaiono nel testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato &amp;quot;acquario&amp;quot; in parecchi dizionari, inclusi il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/acquario1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000140.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000141.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]), ma non ho trovato nessuna accezione che possa avere senso nel contesto del testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta magari di qualcuno capace di trovare l'acqua sotteranea con l'aiuto di una bacchetta? Se è così, usare &amp;quot;acquario&amp;quot; con questo significato è un'invenzione di Primo Levi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T16:51:27.000" Title="Significato di &quot;acquari&quot; nel racconto &quot;Piombo&quot; di Primo Levi" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13084" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13056" CreationDate="2020-07-16T20:25:45.500" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendersi (o abbracciarsi) la croce&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come spiegato &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/C/croce.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sul dizionario del corriere.it&lt;/a&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;riporto 2 esempi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=5IbPDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT123&amp;amp;dq=%22si%20%C3%A8%20preso%20la%20croce%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjjmOeZy9LqAhUPDOwKHd2eBcMQ6AEwAHoECAEQAg#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22si%20%C3%A8%20preso%20la%20croce%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tratto da &amp;quot;Soffia forte il vento nel cuore di mio figlio&amp;quot; di Carolina Bocca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... dobbiamo ringraziare tutti Seba, che si è preso la croce sulle spalle per consentirci di raggiungere questo traguardo insperato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=TDPX4_m_IMoC&amp;amp;pg=PA54&amp;amp;dq=%22si%20%C3%A8%20preso%20la%20croce%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjjmOeZy9LqAhUPDOwKHd2eBcMQ6AEwAXoECAAQAg#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22si%20%C3%A8%20preso%20la%20croce%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tratto da &amp;quot;I padroni delle città&amp;quot; di Curzio Maltese&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;... consigliere di Enrico Letta, che si è preso la croce di trattare con il governo e i creditori ... per evitare la totale bancarotta ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastEditorUserId="3065" LastEditDate="2020-07-16T21:02:31.947" LastActivityDate="2020-07-16T21:02:31.947" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13085" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-17T04:07:00.690" Score="4" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both of them - &amp;quot;il principe&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'o principe&amp;quot; translate to the prince in English. What is the difference between the prefixes here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6483" LastActivityDate="2020-07-17T10:15:31.290" Title="Difference between il principe and 'o principe" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13086" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-17T06:12:11.730" Score="3" ViewCount="1152" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, it is mostly 'father' before the priest's real or adopted name. Does that mean the Italians call them &lt;em&gt;padre&lt;/em&gt; as in &amp;quot;padre Domenico&amp;quot; for Father Domenico?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6483" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-17T06:19:46.853" LastActivityDate="2020-07-17T12:36:08.157" Title="What do Italians colloquially call their Catholic priests?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13087" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13086" CreationDate="2020-07-17T07:07:15.980" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;I suspect this varies regionally. Where I am from (the area around Venice) people usually used the appellation &lt;em&gt;don&lt;/em&gt; (pronounced ['don] in standard Italian and ['doŋ] in the local accent), as in &lt;em&gt;don Carlo&lt;/em&gt;, which is the usual title for parish priests. &lt;em&gt;Padre&lt;/em&gt; would be understood, but it feels rather formal.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a small piece of evidence, I put forward this &lt;a href=&quot;https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=xdd6GCcQVNY&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;youtube video&lt;/a&gt;, whose title is &lt;em&gt;Chiedilo al don&lt;/em&gt;, i.e. &amp;quot;Ask the &lt;em&gt;don&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;. I had no previous knowledge of it, so look at it at your own peril :).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However &lt;em&gt;don&lt;/em&gt; has a quite different connotation in the South of Italy (as far as I can tell it is used for all kinds of local notables), and I suspect this influences the usage although, never having lived there, I cannot be sure.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2020-07-17T07:20:20.233" LastActivityDate="2020-07-17T07:20:20.233" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13088" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13085" CreationDate="2020-07-17T08:28:39.747" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italy has a peculiar history with respect to its official language. In the 14th century, the great writers Dante, Petrarca and Boccaccio established a literary form of the Tuscan vulgar language which was adopted as a written language by the learned people.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There were several different languages spoken by people in the different states Italy was divided into, some of them with a literature. The language spoken at Naples spread over most of Southern Italy, which was a single state under Naples rule (however, Sicily and the southern part of Calabria never adopted Neapolitan).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It was not until 1860 that, due to unification of Italy, Italian became the official language all over the new state. What's Italian? It's Tuscan, mostly, but the different languages influenced each other during the long cohabitation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In standard Italian, the article for &lt;em&gt;principe&lt;/em&gt; (prince) is &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt;. But in other Italian languages it can be different. In Neapolitan, the article would be &lt;em&gt;’o&lt;/em&gt; (which is an apocope of &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;); in Venetian it would be &lt;em&gt;el&lt;/em&gt;; in Sicilian it would be &lt;em&gt;lu&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;’u&lt;/em&gt;; in Sardinian, &lt;em&gt;su&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Your &lt;em&gt;‘o principe&lt;/em&gt; is not standard Italian, but Neapolitan. Two different languages, which share the word for &lt;em&gt;prince&lt;/em&gt; (remember about the mutual influences of the Italian languages). You wouldn't ask about &lt;em&gt;le vase&lt;/em&gt; (French) and &lt;em&gt;the vase&lt;/em&gt; (English), which both translate into &lt;em&gt;il vaso&lt;/em&gt; in Italian, would you? &lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A better example might be &lt;em&gt;der Bach&lt;/em&gt; (standard German) and &lt;em&gt;de Bach&lt;/em&gt; (Swiss German): two different, but cognate, languages sharing a word with the same spelling.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-07-17T10:15:31.290" LastActivityDate="2020-07-17T10:15:31.290" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13089" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13086" CreationDate="2020-07-17T12:36:08.157" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;My experience (in Rome, if that makes any difference) is a universal use of &lt;em&gt;padre&lt;/em&gt;, both in itself (“Buongiorno, padre”) and with a given name (“Ho incontrato padre Leonardo”), but it seems that formally it would depend on the specific order the priest belongs to. According to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/padre&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;em&gt;padre&lt;/em&gt; is a&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Titolo reverenziale che si premette al nome di monaci e frati che siano sacerdoti: &lt;em&gt;p. Cristoforo&lt;/em&gt;; [...] anche come vocativo: &lt;em&gt;reverendo p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;mi ascolti, p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;vorrei confessarmi, padre&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, it should be strictly used for priests who are monks or friars.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-07-17T12:36:08.157" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13090" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-17T22:48:26.663" Score="0" ViewCount="141" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read on many sites online, like Reddit and Goodreads, the following quote supposedly from da Vinci's notebooks:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Principles for the Development of a Complete Mind: Study the science of art. Study the art of science. Develop your senses- especially learn how to see. Realize that everything connects to everything else.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;― Leonardo da Vinci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And I have even tried to find the original Italian text from which this quote was translated but was a bit limited to my knowledge of Italian. When it has been quoted in documents like this one from a museum dedicated to him, it seems to be in 'modern' Italian and not what would have been written in da Vinci's time: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.leonardoagradisca.it/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/catalogo_mddleonardo_en.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.leonardoagradisca.it/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/catalogo_mddleonardo_en.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Per sviluppare una mente completa studia la scienza dell'arte, studia l'arte della scienza. Sviluppa i tuoi sensi, impara soprattutto a vedere. Comprendi che tutto è connesso.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leonardo Da Vinci&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I am trying to track down where this quote actually comes from, which is strange because if it is attributed to such a famous person like da Vinci then it should be easy to locate from searching Italian websites. Are there any reliable references in Italian that can be used to verify this attribution?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6393" LastActivityDate="2020-07-17T22:48:26.663" Title="Original source of Italian text for da Vinci quote" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13092" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13093" CreationDate="2020-07-18T14:43:17.780" Score="1" ViewCount="99" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Pochi giorni dopo la mia assunzione, il Commendatore mi chiamò in Direzione, ed in quella occasione notai che le foto con la barca a vela, del resto assai &lt;strong&gt;castigate&lt;/strong&gt;, c’erano proprio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste fotografie si erano menzionate prima in questo passaggio, che narra le spiegazioni  che gli fa Giulia, un'amica di Levi, lavoratrice nell'industria dove lui era stato appena assunto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il Commendatore era il padrone, benché sottoposto ad oscuri altri padroni di Basilea: tuttavia chi comandava era la Loredana (e me la indicò dalla finestra nel cortile: alta, bruna, formosa, volgarotta, un po’ sfiorita), che era la sua segretaria e la sua amante. Avevano una villa sul lago, e lui, «che era vecchio ma mandrillo», la portava in barca a vela: c’erano delle foto in Direzione, non le avevo viste?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire che le foto erano &amp;quot;castigate&amp;quot;. Ho cercato &amp;quot;castigato&amp;quot; in parecchi dizionari, tra i quali il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/castigato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000864.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non mi sembra che le diverse accezioni che ho trovato possano avere senso nel contesto del testo. Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegarmi che significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-19T08:32:25.067" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;castigato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13093" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13092" CreationDate="2020-07-19T07:58:27.260" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato è proprio quello che hai dedotto: le persone che appaiono nella foto hanno aspetto morigerato, non licenzioso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ovvero quello che si trova &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/castigato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nel vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (o del punto 4 nel link che hai inserito)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Morigerato, che segue le leggi della morale e della convenienza: &lt;em&gt;vita c.; costumi castigati; abito c., scollatura castigata.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta della figura retorica della &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Metonimia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;metonimia&lt;/a&gt;, in cui un termine (le persone ritratte nella foto) viene sostituito con l'oggetto correlato (la foto stessa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il commento di @DaG aiuta a inquadrare il contesto: il personaggio «che era vecchio ma mandrillo» ha delle foto dell'amante (o delle amanti) in barca a vela, dove appaiono in modo morigerato (non licenzioso).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-19T08:32:25.067" LastActivityDate="2020-07-19T08:32:25.067" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13094" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-19T15:06:51.867" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Andammo insieme a vedere «Porto delle Nebbie», lo trovammo meraviglioso, e ci confessammo a vicenda di esserci identificati coi protagonisti: Giulia smilza e mora con la eterea Michèle Morgan dagli occhi di gelo, io mite e &lt;strong&gt;recessivo&lt;/strong&gt; con Jean Gabin disertore, fascinatore, bullo e morto ammazzato: assurdo, e poi quei due si amavano e noi no, non è vero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato l'aggettivo &amp;quot;recessivo&amp;quot; su parecchi dizionari, inclusi il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/recessivo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI15/00641.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma le differenti accezioni che ho trovato non sembrano avere senso nel contesto del testo. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-19T15:06:51.867" Title="Significato di &quot;recessivo&quot; in questo passaggio" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13095" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10985" CreationDate="2020-07-19T21:21:32.890" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am currently studying gerunds with an Italian teacher in Lucca Italy. Based on my last weeks lesson, the example you gave partendo (leaving tomorrow with because or since inferred)does express cause which can be expressed by either using a gerund as it did in this sentence or using a conjugated verb plus dato che, perché, siccome, visto che or poiché. The choice is yours.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6491" LastActivityDate="2020-07-19T21:21:32.890" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13096" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12971" CreationDate="2020-07-20T05:14:15.853" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that the meaning of &amp;quot;perdere la testa&amp;quot; is always the same: to lose the full capacity of the mind, leading to wrong or exaggerated behavior. A simple definition for example is from &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/perdere-la-testa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;: &amp;quot;entrare in uno stato di confusione, impazzire&amp;quot; (to get confused, get crazy).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Far perdere la testa&amp;quot; means to cause someone to enter that state.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The phrase, per se, does not specify whether one gets crazy, or angry, or confused: that has to be deduct from the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-07-20T05:14:15.853" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13097" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13098" CreationDate="2020-07-20T14:04:45.453" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Continuavo a trovare strano che l’uomo, svissero e coi piedi in terra, si fosse lasciato convincere da quel visionario fanatico, e con l’occasione, cautamente, gli accennai il mio giudizio, ma mi rispose brutalmente che non era affare mio criticare i professori. Mi fece capire che non ero pagato per niente, e mi invitò a non perdere tempo, e ad incominciare subito col fosforo: lui era convinto che il fosforo ci avrebbe certamente condotti ad una brillante soluzione. &lt;strong&gt;Sotto col fosforo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo &amp;quot;svissero&amp;quot; fa riferimento a quello che si spiega in questo passaggio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Il Commendatore mi fece poche domande, rispose evasivamente alle mie molte, e si dimostrò uomo concreto su due punti fondamentali. Lo stipendio iniziale che mi proponeva ammontava ad una cifra che io non avrei mai osato chiedere, e che mi lasciò attonito; la sua industria era svizzera, anzi, lui stesso era svizzero (lui pronunciava «svissero»), quindi per la mia eventuale assunzione non c’erano difficoltà. Trovai strano, anzi, francamente comico il suo svizzerismo espresso con un cosí virulento accento milanese; [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &amp;quot;visionario fanatico&amp;quot; è un tale Doktor Kerrn, che in un libro aveva esposto delle teorie sugli effetti del fosforo sui diabetici. L'autore si riferisce in questo modo a tale libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Era un libro strano: difficilmente avrebbe potuto essere stato scritto e stampato altrove che nel Terzo Reich. L’autore [...]. Scriveva, anzi concionava, come un profeta invasato, come se il metabolismo del glucosio, nel diabetico e nel sano, gli fosse stato rivelato da Geova sul Sinai, anzi, da Wotan sul Walhalla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato della locuzione &amp;quot;sotto col fosforo&amp;quot; che appare nel primo brano. Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;sotto&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, inclusi il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sotto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000587.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;], [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000588.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;], [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000589.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;3&lt;/a&gt;], [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000590.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;4&lt;/a&gt;], [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000591.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;5&lt;/a&gt;], [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000592.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;6&lt;/a&gt;], [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000593.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;7&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI19/00000594.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;8&lt;/a&gt;]), ma non riesco a vedere quale possa essere il senso di questa espressione. Forse il problema è che ci siano tantissime accezioni. Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-20T15:36:16.100" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;sotto col fosforo&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13098" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13097" CreationDate="2020-07-20T15:36:16.100" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione che hai trovato è un'esortazione (che l'autore fa a se stesso) e deriva da questa accezione di &amp;quot;sotto&amp;quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sotto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;mettersi s&lt;/strong&gt;., attendere con accanimento a un lavoro, allo studio, e sim.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Sotto col fosforo&amp;quot; è quindi l'esortazione a intraprendere lo studio/analisi della materia (il fosforo) senza perdere tempo e con la massima lena.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-07-20T15:36:16.100" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13099" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-21T04:35:14.557" Score="3" ViewCount="1592" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao, non capisco quale è giusto: &amp;quot;due volte &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; settimana&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;due volte &lt;em&gt;alla&lt;/em&gt; settimana&amp;quot;? Oppure &amp;quot;due giorni la settimana, due giorni alla settimana&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E uguale per il mese, l'anno? &amp;quot;Due giorni il mese&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Due volte l'anno&amp;quot;, due giorni al mese, due giorni al anno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cerco le frasi in internet ma non trovo spiegazioni. Mi dicono che due giorni la settimana va bene, ma due giorni il mese suona male! C'e una regola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastActivityDate="2020-07-24T13:39:35.780" Title="Due volte la settimana o due volte alla settimana?" Tags="&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13100" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13101" CreationDate="2020-07-21T13:57:46.397" Score="6" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the difference between surnames like Sorrento and Sorrentino? Extending this to names, how do names like Tommaso and Tommasino differ? Is there any suffix which works exactly opposite of the -&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ino&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; suffix?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are these suffixes used to convey disrespect/friendly endearment (or respect) to the addressee?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6483" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-21T18:28:21.390" LastActivityDate="2020-07-21T18:28:21.390" Title="Is the -ino suffix a diminution?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;&lt;name&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13101" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13100" CreationDate="2020-07-21T16:06:04.350" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Family names are family names, and their suffixes (or other components) don't convey any special meaning right now; if anything, they did so centuries ago, when they came to be. It's very rare in modern Italian to modify a present-day family name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;&#xA;In the special case of your example, by the way, “Sorrento” is (also) a city name, while “sorrentino” means “inhabitant of Sorrento”. So it's likely that the ancestors of someone named “Sorrentino” hailed from Sorrento. No diminutive form here.&#xA;&lt;/sup&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For first names and other nouns, “-ino” denotes in general, as you have gathered, a smaller, younger or even cuter version of the main form. “Tommasino” could be the way a “Tommaso” is called by his friends, especially if he is shorter or younger than them or than another Tommaso. A similar function is played by “-etto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The opposite would be in general “-one”. A “Tommasone” would be a Tommaso who is perceived as especially tall, heavy or “big” in any sense, perhaps with respect to his personality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Those are not in general disrespectful, but obviously you wouldn't use them unless you know that particular Tommaso well and know he isn't bothered by this variant of his name.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-07-21T16:06:04.350" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13102" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13103" CreationDate="2020-07-22T01:06:33.200" Score="1" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Russians have different forms for the name in each setting. For example - &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; will be referred to as -&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vladimir Ilyich&lt;/em&gt; by juniors or those lower in designation&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vova&lt;/em&gt; by people of acquaintance in formal setting&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vovan&lt;/em&gt; by friends in informal setting&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vovochka&lt;/em&gt; by those, particularly family, showing him endearment.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any such system with the Italian nomen+cognomen name structure?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6483" LastActivityDate="2020-07-22T05:53:10.053" Title="How do you typically refer to a fellow Italian in different settings (formal, informal or the homestead)?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;name&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13103" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13102" CreationDate="2020-07-22T05:45:39.330" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;There are few precise rules, in Italian, to address directly another person by name, and surely not so varied like your examples.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Take a person named Domenico Rossi; the most informal way is to call him &amp;quot;Signor Domenico Rossi&amp;quot; (very very formal) or &amp;quot;Signor Rossi&amp;quot; (more common, less formal); these forms are used by people when there is not a continuous relationship or when that relationship is formal. This addressing is combined with the courtesy form &amp;quot;Lei&amp;quot;. In brief, it is common to use the surname alone unless the context is very formal, or if there is the possibility that there are two persons with the same surname that can be involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In case of colleagues or not so intimate friends, the &amp;quot;Lei&amp;quot; form is dropped, and simply the name is used: &amp;quot;Ciao Domenico&amp;quot;. In this case, and in very particular situations, the name can be modified using a diminutive, for example &amp;quot;Ciao Domenichino&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;little Domenico&amp;quot;), showing some form of affect or empathy, or attention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Coming to intimate friends or related, sometimes a different/modified name can be used, and that modified name is always used. For example, Domenico can become Meco, Checco, Nico, Mimì, but the addressee must &amp;quot;accept&amp;quot; (or must be used to) that modified name. I mean, if Domenico is called Meco by its related, his friends can call him Meco, probably because he presented himself this way to them, and for them he is always Meco, even knowing that his real name is not Meco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;These modified names do not follow strict rules, and many names (for example Mario) are rarely modified. Some names, especially composed ones like &amp;quot;Gianpaolo&amp;quot; can be shortened in &amp;quot;Gian&amp;quot;; or &amp;quot;Federica&amp;quot; (which is not composed) can turn to &amp;quot;Fede&amp;quot;. Some example are:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sabrina: Sabri or Sabry, Brin&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Federica: Fede, Chicca&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Concetto: Tino&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Valeria: Vale&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Nicoletta, Concetta: Cetta&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Luigi: Gigi&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Giuseppe: Peppe, Beppe&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Antonio: Toni or Tony&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these shortenings, the dialectal influences bring many forms, sometimes funnier; for example for piedmontese, Bartolomeo -&amp;gt; Tromlin, Giuseppe -&amp;gt; Pin; or in the south Barbara -&amp;gt; Varve, Bartolomeo -&amp;gt; Martemè, Corrado -&amp;gt; Cherrare. And there are many many other.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I've found two listings of regional/dialectal abbreviations:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.carusa.it/SPIGOLATURE/Diminutivi_e_nomi%20rari/diminutivi/index.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.carusa.it/SPIGOLATURE/Diminutivi_e_nomi%20rari/diminutivi/index.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikibooks.org/wiki/Lombardo/Nomi_propri_di_persona&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikibooks.org/wiki/Lombardo/Nomi_propri_di_persona&lt;/a&gt; (look in &amp;quot;diminutivi&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-07-22T05:53:10.053" LastActivityDate="2020-07-22T05:53:10.053" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13104" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1142" CreationDate="2020-07-22T08:16:34.853" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Boh&amp;quot; means quite simply &amp;quot;I don't have a clue&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;BUT&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;often saying it implies &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;Why the heck are you asking me, since there is no reason whatsoever for which I am supposed to know it&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, there might be a light intent of reprimand towards the asker when someone says &amp;quot;boh&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6500" LastActivityDate="2020-07-22T08:16:34.853" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13105" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-22T11:03:22.550" Score="1" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Mi misi al lavoro, pochissimo persuaso, persuaso invece che il Commendatore, e magari il Kerrn medesimo, avessero soggiaciuto al fascino &lt;strong&gt;da buon patto&lt;/strong&gt; dei nomi e dei luoghi comuni; infatti il fosforo ha un nome molto bello (vuol dire «portatore di luce»), è fosforescente, c’è nel cervello, c’è anche nei pesci, e &lt;em&gt;perciò&lt;/em&gt; mangiare pesci rende intelligenti; senza fosforo le piante non crescono; fosfatina Falières, glicerofosfati per i bambini anemici di cento anni fa; c’è anche nelle capocchie dei fiammiferi, e le ragazze disperate per amore le mangiavano per suicidarsi; c’è nei fuochi fatui, putride fiamme innanzi al passegger.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;da buon patto&amp;quot; che appare nel testo. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/patto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;comprare a buon p., a buoni p.&lt;/em&gt;, a condizioni vantaggiose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI12/00000865.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    – &lt;em&gt;A, da buon patto&lt;/em&gt; (con valore aggett.): che ha un prezzo o comporta una spesa relativamente bassa, conveniente.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    – Con valore avverb.: a un prezzo conveniente, relativamente basso; con poca spesa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    – &lt;em&gt;A buon patto&lt;/em&gt;: molto facilmente.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[...]&lt;br&gt;&#xA;    – &lt;em&gt;A buon patto&lt;/em&gt; (con valore aggett.): di poco conto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che tutte queste accezioni abbiano senso nel contesto del passaggio sopra citato. Sapreste spiegarmi cosa significa &amp;quot;da buon patto&amp;quot; nel testo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-22T11:03:22.550" Title="Significato di &quot;da buon patto&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13106" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-23T11:34:23.257" Score="6" ViewCount="247" Body="&lt;p&gt;The vast, vast majority of native Italian words (i.e. words not imported from another language) end in vowels. It's very uncommon for Italian words to stop at a consonant. Yet, when we look at Latin vocabulary, huge number of words end in hard consonants, e.g. diem, emptor, nauseam, rigor, nos, id, meus, and so on and so forth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We all know Italian is derived from Latin and is closest to Latin among all the romance languages, but what happened to the consonant endings? How did the same population who a few centuries ago used to speak Latin with all its consonant-endings manage to lose not one or two but all of them in the derived language? It's as if such sounds never existed in this population, like the sound ZI doesn't naturally occur in Japanese, or the sound æ (as in English &lt;em&gt;man&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;stand&lt;/em&gt;) doesn't naturally occur in German.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's stranger in this case because Latin after all originated in Italy, not in a foreign country. It's intimately associated with Italy's history and culture. So what happened?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user6503" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditorDisplayName="user6503" LastEditDate="2020-07-28T12:36:15.763" LastActivityDate="2020-07-28T12:36:15.763" Title="It's very uncommon for Italian words to end in consonants, but vast number of Latin words do. Why?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;history&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="16" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13107" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13120" CreationDate="2020-07-23T15:00:50.560" Score="3" ViewCount="169" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Circolare per Milano in bicicletta non aveva allora nulla di temerario, e portare un passeggero in canna, in tempi di bombe e di sfollamenti, era poco meno che normale: qualche volta, specie se di notte, accadeva che estranei domandassero questo servizio, e che per un trasporto da un capo all’altro della città ti ricompensassero con quattro o cinque lire. Ma Giulia, già di regola piuttosto irrequieta, quella sera comprometteva la stabilità dell’&lt;strong&gt;equipaggio&lt;/strong&gt;: stringeva convulsamente il manubrio contrastando la guida, cambiava di scatto posizione, illustrava il suo discorso con gesti violenti delle mani e del capo che spostavano in modo imprevedibile il nostro comune baricentro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato di &amp;quot;equipaggio&amp;quot; in questo testo. Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;equipaggio&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, tra i quali il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/equipaggio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI05/00000225.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI05/00000226.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]), ma non riesco a vedere nessuna accezione che possa avere senso nel contesto del brano. Sapreste spiegare cosa vuol dire che Giulia &amp;quot;comprometteva la stabilità dell’equipaggio&amp;quot;? Forse che comprometteva la stabilità delle due persone che viaggiavano sulla bicicletta  (lei stessa e Primo Levi)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come una risorsa in più per tentare di capire questa espressione, ho cercato la traduzione del libro allo spagnolo di Carmen Martín Gaite e ho visto che ha reso la frase in cui appare in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pero Giulia, ya más bien inquieta de por sí, aquella tarde ponía en un brete la estabilidad del vehículo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, ha tradotto &amp;quot;la stabilità dell’equipaggio&amp;quot; come &amp;quot;la estabilidad del vehículo&amp;quot; e il resto della frase è molto fedele all'originale. &amp;quot;Vehículo&amp;quot; significa &amp;quot;veicolo&amp;quot;, ma nelle diverse accezioni di &amp;quot;equipaggio&amp;quot; che ho trovato sui dizionari non ho visto nessuna che sia &amp;quot;veicolo&amp;quot; (questo mi fa sospettare che probabilmente la traduzione non fosse facile od ovvia per Martín Gaite).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-27T18:00:04.320" LastActivityDate="2020-08-24T10:08:08.837" Title="Cosa significa &quot;equipaggio&quot; in questo passaggio?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="21" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13108" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13110" CreationDate="2020-07-24T12:59:16.403" Score="2" ViewCount="210" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      In Largo Cairoli sapevo già tutto: o meglio, possedevo tutti gli &lt;strong&gt;elementi di fatto&lt;/strong&gt;, ma talmente confusi e dislocati nella loro sequenza temporale che non mi era facile cavarne un costrutto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;fatto&amp;quot; di alcuni dizionari, inclusi il Treccani e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma non ho trovato la locuzione &amp;quot;elemento di fatto&amp;quot;. Una ricerca su Google di &amp;quot;elemento di fatto&amp;quot; o di &amp;quot;elementi di fatto&amp;quot;, però, dà parecchie occorrenze. Anche con la funzione &amp;quot;ricerca in sequenza&amp;quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; si trovano esempi di &amp;quot;elemento di fatto&amp;quot; e di &amp;quot;elementi di fatto&amp;quot;. Per esempio (grasetto mio nell'espressione &amp;quot;elementi di fatto&amp;quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se  avessi  avuto  gli  &lt;strong&gt;elementi  di  fatto&lt;/strong&gt;,  quest’oggi  vi  avrei letta   una   relazione   sul   valore   degl’insegnamenti,   sulla frequenza de’ giovani, sul risultato degli esami (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000357.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De  Sanctis&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI16/00130.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Riconfinazióne,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;sf.  Precisazione  dei  confini  di&#xA;una  proprietà  che  non  risultano  chiaramente  nei documenti  catastali;  si  fonda  su  &lt;strong&gt;elementi  di  fatto&lt;/strong&gt; e,  una  volta  accettata  dalle  parti  interessate,  di­viene vincolante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI16/00240.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Riesame,&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;sm.  Nuova  valutazione,  condotta  in modo  più  approfondito  e  circostanziato  alla  luce  di nuovi  elementi  di  fatto  o  sulla  base  di  metodi e criteri  diversi  da  quelli  impiegati  in  precedenza, volta  ad  accertare  precisamente  la  natura,  la  strut­tura,  le  qualità,  le  condizioni  dell’oggetto  o  della situazione  esaminati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-24T17:06:45.970" LastActivityDate="2020-07-26T18:57:34.293" Title="Che vuol dire &quot;elementi di fatto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13109" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13099" CreationDate="2020-07-24T13:39:35.780" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/una-risposta-a--alla--la-settimana/923&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Luca Serianni per l'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, tutti questi costrutti distributivi sono perfettamente intercambiabili:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;all'anno&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;l'anno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;al mese&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;il mese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;alla settimana&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;la settimana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'articolo si spiega come nei primi secoli della storia della lingua questi costrutti si facevano senza la preposizione:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I costrutti di questo tipo erano espressi nei primi secoli attraverso la reggenza diretta: &amp;quot;una fiata l'anno&amp;quot; (Brunetto Latini), &amp;quot;una volta il mese&amp;quot; (Boccaccio), &amp;quot;tre volte la settimana&amp;quot; (San Bernardino da Siena).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma poi alcuni scrittori cominciarono ad adoperare la preposizione articolata:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra Quattro e Cinquecento, sembrerebbe soprattutto ad opera di scrittori non fiorentini, cominciano ad apparire le prime attestazioni con la preposizione articolata: &amp;quot;una fiata all'anno&amp;quot; (in un veneziano, il camaldolese Niccolò Manerbi o Malermi), &amp;quot;una volta al mese&amp;quot; (nel senese Pietro Fortini), &amp;quot;una fiata alla settimana&amp;quot; (in una delle relazioni di viaggio compilate da diversi autori ma raccolte, e all'occorrenza tradotte dal latino, dal trevigiano Giovan Battista Ramusio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'italiano moderno però le due possibilità sono stabilmente usate da un certo tempo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Successivamente le due possibilità si impiantano stabilmente nell'italiano letterario, come dimostra la convivenza dei costrutti presso il medesimo autore. Qualche esempio: &amp;quot;quaranta ducati all'anno&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;otto mila ducati l'anno&amp;quot; (Goldoni), &amp;quot;dieci scudi al mese&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;14 scudi il mese&amp;quot; (Leopardi), &amp;quot;a tanto al mese&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;a un tanto il mese&amp;quot; (Pirandello), &amp;quot;una volta alla settimana&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;due volte la settimana&amp;quot; (Tozzi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-24T13:39:35.780" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13110" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13108" CreationDate="2020-07-24T14:02:02.013" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;strong&gt;elementi di fatto&lt;/strong&gt; si intende elementi &lt;em&gt;relativi ai fatti&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;che costituiscono i fatti&lt;/em&gt;, cioè elementi che possono essere considerati concreti, oggettivi e verificabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe utilizzare come alternativa l'aggettivo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fattuale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fattuale&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-26T18:57:34.293" LastActivityDate="2020-07-26T18:57:34.293" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13111" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13108" CreationDate="2020-07-24T16:42:34.653" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un giudice valuta gli “elementi di fatto” e gli “elementi di diritto” quando deve &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giudizio_di_fatto_e_di_diritto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;formulare una sentenza&lt;/a&gt;. La distinzione di solito è questa, ma la locuzione può essere usata in senso ristretto, come nel caso specifico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-07-24T16:42:34.653" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13112" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13113" CreationDate="2020-07-25T13:03:12.787" Score="1" ViewCount="778" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho guardato alle voci &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/professionista/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;professionista&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/professionale&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;professionale&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; del vocabolario Treccani. Tuttavia, non mi è chiara la differenza tra questi due vocaboli quando sono adoperati come aggettivi per qualificare una persona che svolge una determinata professione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, se una donna lavora come tradutrice, cosa dovrei dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È una tradutrice professionale.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;È una tradutrice professionista.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è qualche differenza di uso o di significato tra queste due frasi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il vocabolario Treccani indica che l'aggettivo &amp;quot;professionale&amp;quot; usato per qualificare persone è &amp;quot;non comune&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt; non com. Di persona che, nell’esercizio del proprio mestiere, attività o professione, mostra particolare preparazione, serietà ed efficienza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, devo capire che &amp;quot;professionale&amp;quot; di solito non si usa o non si dovrebbe usare per qualificare una persona?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In ogni caso, ricercando su Google espressioni come &amp;quot;fotografo professionale&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;nuotatore professionale&amp;quot; si trovano parecchie occorrenze, ma forse si tratta di siti web non affidabili, non so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto che il Treccani fa una definizione molto simile del termine &amp;quot;professionista&amp;quot;, ma in questo caso si tratta di un &amp;quot;uso comune&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c&lt;/strong&gt;. Nell’uso com., chi svolge la propria attività lavorativa, qualunque essa sia, con particolare abilità e competenza: &lt;em&gt;quel calzolaio è un vero p.&lt;/em&gt;; anche in funzione di attributo: &lt;em&gt;il furto è stato certamente opera di ladri p&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-26T11:27:10.600" LastActivityDate="2020-07-26T11:27:10.600" Title="Differenze tra gli aggettivi &quot;professionale&quot; e &quot;professionista&quot; per qualificare una persona" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13113" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13112" CreationDate="2020-07-25T13:48:54.237" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professionista&lt;/strong&gt;: chi svolge una attività come professione, come sua attività primaria e che da essa trae guadagno; si contrappone quindi a dilettante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Professionale&lt;/strong&gt;: aggettivo che significa &amp;quot;relativo alla professione&amp;quot;, ma che può assumere il senso &amp;quot;di persona che, nell’esercizio di una attività, mostra particolare preparazione, serietà ed efficienza&amp;quot; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/professionale&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;(liberamente tratto da Treccani.it)&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi se una donna lavora come traduttrice, sicuramente è una traduttrice &lt;em&gt;professionista&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;se svolge il suo lavoro in maniera svogliata e imprecisa, non è &lt;em&gt;professionale&lt;/em&gt;;&#xA;se lo fa con particolare serietà, è &lt;em&gt;professionale&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se una persona fa il traduttore per diletto, non è un &lt;em&gt;professionista&lt;/em&gt;, ma se svolge la sua attivtà con serietà ed efficienza, è un traduttore &lt;em&gt;professionale&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastEditorUserId="3065" LastEditDate="2020-07-25T14:00:26.593" LastActivityDate="2020-07-25T14:00:26.593" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13114" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-25T16:56:36.673" Score="3" ViewCount="242" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono alla ricerca di un database di tutte le parole italiane, in particolare di tutte le &lt;strong&gt;forme&lt;/strong&gt; che le parole possono assumere in italiano (cioè tutte le possibili flessioni in base a maschile/femminile, singolare/plurale, coniugazione, ecc.). Si trovano diverse risorse in rete (ad esempio uno degli archivi più completi mi sembra &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/napolux/paroleitaliane&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://github.com/napolux/paroleitaliane&lt;/a&gt;), ma nessuna di quelle che ho trovato comprende vocaboli che ritengo assolutamente comprensibili ed utilizzabili, come, ad esempio, &amp;quot;sfogliabile&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;apparecchiabile&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno conosce qualche risorsa più completa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="356" LastEditorUserId="356" LastEditDate="2020-07-27T09:34:05.877" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T09:34:05.877" Title="Database parole italiane" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;list&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13115" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-26T14:22:40.460" Score="2" ViewCount="63" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Principalmente, non riuscivo a capire come non bastasse la volontà di quel lui a tagliare il nodo: era inconcepibile, scandaloso. C’era quest’uomo, che Giulia mi aveva altre volte descritto come generoso, solido, innamorato e serio; possedeva quella ragazza, scarmigliata e splendida nella sua rabbia, che mi si stava dibattendo fra gli avambracci impegnati nella guida; e invece di piombare a Milano e &lt;strong&gt;farsi le sue ragioni&lt;/strong&gt;, se ne stava annidato in non so piú quale caserma di frontiera a difendere la patria.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &amp;quot;quel lui&amp;quot; e il &amp;quot;quest’uomo&amp;quot; menzionati nel testo sono il fidanzato di Giulia. L'io narrante è Primo Levi che accompagnanava Giulia a casa dei genitori di questo fidanzato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un brano precedente in cui si può capire la ragione per cui Giulia voleva incontrarsi con questi genitori (il soggetto della prima frase è Giulia):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] era furiosa perché i genitori di lui avevano detto di no, e volava al contrattacco. Perché lo avevano detto? – Per loro non sono abbastanza bella, capisci? – ringhiò, [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato della locuzione &amp;quot;farsi le sue ragioni&amp;quot; che appare nel testo. Alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ragione&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;ragione&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Farsi una r. di qualche cosa&lt;/em&gt;, dolorosa o spiacevole, rassegnarsi ad accettarla come un fatto, dominando il dolore o il disappunto con la riflessione, riconoscendone l’inevitabilità: &lt;em&gt;ha pianto per molto tempo il marito morto, ma ormai se ne è fatta una r.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non credo che questo significato abbia molto senso nel contesto del testo: Levi si starebbe rammaricando del fatto che il fidanzato di Giulia non venisse a Milano per rassegnarsi della situazione? Non mi sembra logico. Per questa ragione vi chiedo: sapresti spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &amp;quot;farsi le sue ragioni&amp;quot; nel primo brano citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T11:33:15.143" Title="Significato di &quot;farsi le sue ragioni&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13116" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13108" CreationDate="2020-07-26T16:13:37.067" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione &amp;quot;di fatto&amp;quot; (dal latino &lt;em&gt;de facto&lt;/em&gt;) indica qualche cosa che è chiaramente rispondente alla verità, alla realtà, ed è assodata e dimostrata proprio dai fatti; per esempio &amp;quot;Di fatto, il capo è Mario&amp;quot; significa che Mario potrebbe non essere considerato il capo ma, in sostanza e nei fatti, e a qualsiasi fine pratico lo è. Anche &lt;em&gt;difatti&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;infatti&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;nei fatti&lt;/em&gt; hanno significati avvicinabili ma si usano con scopi diversi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una delle interpretazioni possibili di &amp;quot;elementi di fatto&amp;quot; è quella di elementi (verità) che discendono puramente dai fatti e sono perciò automaticamente dimostrati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-07-26T16:13:37.067" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13117" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13115" CreationDate="2020-07-27T11:33:15.143" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il brano descrive una situazione in cui i genitori del fidanzato di Giulia non vogliono dare ai due fidanzati la benedizione per il matrimonio. Primo Levi si stupisce quindi che il fidanzato, impegnato nel servizio militare, non torni immediatamente a Milano a far valere le proprie ragioni (&lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;farsi le sue ragioni&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;), cioè a obbligare i genitori a riconsiderare quel &amp;quot;no&amp;quot;, operazione nella quale riesce brillantemente Giulia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6507" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T11:33:15.143" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13118" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13106" CreationDate="2020-07-27T14:27:04.177" Score="2" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How did the same population who a few centuries ago used to &lt;strong&gt;speak&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;Latin with all its consonant-endings manage to lose not one or two but&#xA;all of them in the derived language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think there is a misunderstanding here. I bolded the word '&lt;strong&gt;speak&lt;/strong&gt;' in your sentence, just to highlight a point: we must separate the written Latin and the spoken Latin.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Italian comes from the ‘&lt;strong&gt;vulgar&lt;/strong&gt;’ Latin (where vulgar in this case doesn’t mean rude, but just spoken by the populace) and not from the written Latin that you can see in famous books that we study at school.&#xA;We are sure about this because there are many many words that we use in common Italian nowadays that comes from the ‘popular’ from and not from the ‘elite’ form. A couple of examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cavallo&lt;/strong&gt; (horse) comes from &lt;strong&gt;caballus&lt;/strong&gt; (the horse used in the fields) and not from &lt;strong&gt;equus&lt;/strong&gt; (a more elegant horse, war horse for example).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mangiare&lt;/strong&gt; (to eat) comes from &lt;strong&gt;manducare&lt;/strong&gt; (rimpinzarsi -&amp;gt; in English should be something like over-feed / gorge on) and not from &lt;strong&gt;edere&lt;/strong&gt; (a polite eating).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So in the end difference is just “graphic” because in spoken Latin they were used not to pronounce the last consonant, expecially m, n, t.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Animam” was spoken “anima”, “lumen” was “lume”. Also the famous and simple “et” (&amp;quot;and&amp;quot; in English) was pronounced “e” just like today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probably you have always heard that Italian written is very similar to spoken and that's true. But this is not true for Latin too! ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1651" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-27T14:42:34.053" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T14:42:34.053" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13119" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-07-27T14:37:31.823" Score="4" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&#xA;è corretto scrivere &amp;quot;Sembra che, più io amo la musica, più lei mi respinga&amp;quot;? o è &amp;quot;più&amp;quot; corretto &amp;quot;sembra che, più io ami la musica, più lei mi respinga&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per la verità, ho anche il dubbio che si possa dire &amp;quot;Sembra che, più amo la musica, più lei mi respinge&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è una regola ben precisa che renda univoco l'uso dei modi verbali in una frase con questa struttura? Potreste aiutarmi, per favore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6509" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-28T15:05:14.260" LastActivityDate="2020-07-28T15:05:14.260" Title="Modi verbali in una frase con la struttura &quot;sembra che più ..., più ...&quot;" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13120" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13107" CreationDate="2020-07-27T16:57:56.260" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;È possibile che la traduttrice non abbia capito il senso di &lt;em&gt;equipaggio&lt;/em&gt; e sia andata &lt;em&gt;ad sensum&lt;/em&gt;. Oppure che l'abbia capito e abbia consapevolmente deciso per una soluzione diversa da &lt;em&gt;tripulación&lt;/em&gt; perché in spagnolo non avrebbe reso l'idea: su questo passo perché non conosco l'uso del termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'equipaggio di una nave o altro veicolo consiste delle persone che ne rendono possibile e sicuro il movimento. Su una nave, i marinai, i motoristi, gli ufficiali e così via, anche se &lt;em&gt;equipaggio&lt;/em&gt;, in senso stretto, può non comprendere gli ufficiali. Su una barca a remi, i rematori. Su un treno, i macchinisti e il personale viaggiante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In senso lato (e magari scherzoso), chi sia sul veicolo. Chi abbia provato a trasportare un passeggero sulla canna di una bicicletta, sa che il passeggero non deve agire sul manubrio, ma al più tenerci appoggiate le mani senza spingere da un lato o dall'altro per non turbare il già precario equilibrio dovuto all'asimmetria causata dalle gambe del passeggero. Un movimento improvviso delle gambe può infatti avere effetti indesiderati: il moto della bicicletta si basa sulla conservazione del momento angolare e sull'effetto giroscopico che ne è la conseguenza. Ancora peggio se il passeggero spinge il manubrio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Levi dice &lt;em&gt;equipaggio&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;veicolo&lt;/em&gt;, forse per riferirsi proprio alla stabilità delle due persone, non solo riguardo alla marcia della bicicletta, già vacillante a cause della situazione di bombe e sfollamenti. Speculazione? Non ne sono sicuro. Oppure voleva paragonare la bicicletta a una barca a remi che fila dritta solo se l'equipaggio rema con coordinazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Il mio fratellino (nove anni meno di me) era molto attento quando lo portavo così alla palestra nel pomeriggio (non distante) o al palazzetto dello sport per la partita di basket (un paio di chilometri) e non abbiamo mai rischiato gravi incidenti. Pensare di fare la stessa strada al giorno d'oggi mi fa venire i brividi. Allora non c'erano piste ciclabili, ma in tanti anni di bici ho avuto solo un incidente, quando un tale a piedi mi investì sbucando di corsa da un portico. Si fece più male lui.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-07-27T16:57:56.260" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13121" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13123" CreationDate="2020-07-28T12:41:00.860" Score="3" ViewCount="113" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Fosforo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Giulia uscí dopo due ore, anzi, eruppe dal portone come un proiettile da un obice. Non occorreva farle domande per sapere come era andata: – &lt;strong&gt;Li ho fatti diventare alti cosí&lt;/strong&gt;, – mi disse, tutta rossa in viso e ancora ansimante. Feci il mio miglior sforzo per congratularmi con lei in modo credibile, ma [...]. Ora che era sollevata dal suo peso, e allegra di vittoria, mi guardò diritto negli occhi, [...].&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Giulia si sposò pochi mesi dopo, [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase in grassetto fa riferimento ai genitori del fidanzato di Giulia, che lei era andata a incontrare per le ragioni spiegate in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/13115&quot;&gt;altra domanda&lt;/a&gt;: avevano rifiutato il matrimonio dei due fidanzati perché consideravono che lei non era abbastanza bella.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato della frase &amp;quot;li ho fatti diventare alti cosí&amp;quot;. Ho cercato alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/alto1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;alto&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non ho saputo trovare nessuna accezione figurata di questo aggettivo che abbia senso nel contesto del passaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi che cosa vuol dire questa frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-29T07:07:10.407" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T07:30:58.257" Title="Significato di &quot;li ho fatti diventare alti cosí&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13122" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="1954" CreationDate="2020-07-29T04:25:05.210" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In theory, these are not synonyms. “Iniziare” is a transitive verb; someone “inizia” something (or to do something), eg, il maestro inizia a spiegare (the teacher starts teaching) whereas cominciare is intransitive and the subject is not who begins something, but the thing that begins (la lezione comincia, the lesson begins).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So - the teacher begins teaching - iniziare;&#xA;- the lesson begins - cominciare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this distinction is for language purists and academics; people use both verbs interchangeably - so they both use them correctly or swap them incorrectly. “Iniziare” has a less more formal and educated sound, while “cominciare” is more ordinary; but this difference is very slight too.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6511" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T04:25:05.210" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13123" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13121" CreationDate="2020-07-29T07:30:58.257" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da quanto si può desumere dal testo riportato nella domanda, la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;li ho fatti diventare alti così&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;potrebbe significare, in realtà, che li ha fatti diventare “piccoli così” se l’espressione è accompagnata da un gesto con la mano come quello illustrato sotto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8o9I5.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/8o9I5.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giulia, quindi, starebbe dicendo che è riuscita a mettere i possibili futuri suoceri al loro posto, dopo che inizialmente l’avevano rifiutata come fidanzata del figlio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T07:30:58.257" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13124" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5641" CreationDate="2020-07-29T08:29:52.150" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno a tutti. Suggerisco un altro riferimento letterario nell'impiego di Massaira. Francesco Biamonti in &amp;quot;La fiaba del vino e del cielo&amp;quot;, pubblicato sul supplemento de La Stampa &amp;quot;I segreti del gusto&amp;quot; , n. 18, agosto 2000, poi in &amp;quot;Scritti e parlati&amp;quot;, Einaudi, pag. 9.&#xA;Scrive Biamonti:&#xA;(...) &amp;quot;Erano uomini di gioia e di pena. Prendevano dal vino toni fiabeschi. Se la raccontavano.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Prendi quella bottiglia dallo scaffale più alto. È Massaira&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Era un vino che veniva dall'aprico, un bianco.&#xA;(...)&#xA;Non si può insistere col bianco.&#xA;Credevano che il bianco, se di Massaira, facesse impazzire perché eccitava l'immaginazione. Il nero invece placava&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6512" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T08:29:52.150" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13125" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13126" CreationDate="2020-07-29T15:18:16.080" Score="0" ViewCount="61" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Oro&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto questo brano, che fa riferimento a quando l'autore fu catturato come partigiano (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci fecero salire, sedere separati, ed io avevo militi tutto intorno, seduti ed in piedi, che non badavano a noi e continuavano a cantare. Uno, proprio davanti a me, mi voltava la schiena, e dalla cintura gli pendeva una bomba a mano di quelle tedesche, col manico di legno, che &lt;strong&gt;scoppiano a tempo&lt;/strong&gt;: avrei potuto benissimo levare la sicura, tirare la funicella e farla finita insieme con diversi di loro, ma non ne ebbi il coraggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tempo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con uso generico, &lt;em&gt;in tempo&lt;/em&gt;, meno com. &lt;em&gt;a tempo&lt;/em&gt;, in tempo utile (contrapp. a &lt;em&gt;tardi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;troppo tardi&lt;/em&gt;): &lt;em&gt;se n’è accorto, si è ritirato, si è pentito in t.&lt;/em&gt;; spec. con i verbi &lt;em&gt;essere, arrivare, fare&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;se vuoi rescindere il contratto, sei ancora in t.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sono in t. a presentare la domanda&lt;/em&gt;?; &lt;em&gt;a farlo, siamo sempre in t.&lt;/em&gt;, non c’è fretta; &lt;em&gt;arrivi proprio in t., a t.&lt;/em&gt; (anche nella forma del superl.: &lt;em&gt;sei arrivato in tempissimo&lt;/em&gt;); &lt;em&gt;farò in t. a prendere il treno?&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;facciamo in t. a prendere un caffè prima che cominci lo spettacolo?&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;feci appena in t. a scendere, che la vettura si rimise in moto&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che questo significato abbia senso riferito allo scoppiare di una bomba: si tratterebbe di una bomba che non scoppia troppo tardi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per questa ragione vi chiedo: che vuol dire &amp;quot;scoppiare a tempo&amp;quot; riferito a una bomba?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T15:27:29.170" Title="Cosa significa &quot;scoppiare a tempo&quot; riferito a una bomba?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13126" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13125" CreationDate="2020-07-29T15:27:29.170" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per &amp;quot;scoppio a tempo&amp;quot; si intende che lo scoppio è programmato per avvenire dopo un certo periodo di tempo.&#xA;Nelle bombe a mano lo scoppio è sempre ritardato per poter eseguire il lancio in sicurezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-07-29T15:27:29.170" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13127" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13128" CreationDate="2020-07-30T13:24:18.410" Score="1" ViewCount="167" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oggi ho messo la radio (RAI Radio 3 classica). Ritrasmettevano una &amp;quot;registrazione effettuata  presso la cappella Paolina del Quirinale in Roma&amp;quot;: hanno detto proprio così.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso della preposizione &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; ha attirato la mia attenzione: mi sono chiesta: perché usano &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; e non &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;? Poi ho ricercato &amp;quot;Quirinale in Roma&amp;quot; su Google e mi sono apparse parecchie occorrenze.  Si trova su siti web di natura molto diversa: annunci di eBay, informazioni turistiche, pubblicità di restoranti, informazioni culturali, Wikipedia, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/10446&quot;&gt;Questa domanda&lt;/a&gt; riporta quello che spiega l'&lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni riguardo diversi usi delle preposizioni &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.&#xA;Tuttavia, per me non è niente chiaro che l'utilizzo che se ne fa in questa espressione corrisponda a nessuno di quegli usi. In una risposta a quella domanda si è anche menzionato che nel linguaggio burocratico si può usare &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; invece di &amp;quot;a&amp;quot; con i nomi di città. Tuttavia, non mi sembra che il linguaggio usato in tutti quelli siti web e nel programma di radio appartenga al registro burocratico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi per quale ragione si usa la preposizione &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; in questa locuzione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-07-31T16:48:20.633" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T13:46:02.023" Title="&quot;Cappella Paolina del Quirinale in Roma&quot;: perché si usa &quot;in&quot; e non &quot;a&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13128" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13127" CreationDate="2020-08-01T08:06:10.187" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La questione è abbastanza semplice. Nessuno direbbe &lt;em&gt;in Roma&lt;/em&gt; chiacchierando con amici. Al contrario, potrebbe dire &lt;em&gt;in Alba&lt;/em&gt; perché dalle parti di Alba così è l'uso per Alba, non per altre città, così com'era per Adria.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché non &lt;em&gt;ad Alba&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;ad Adria&lt;/em&gt;? Semplice: la “d” eufonica è toscana. In altre zone d'Italia sembra frequente l'uso di &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; invece di &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, ma queste non rappresentano usi tali da parlare di alternanza, solo di uso locale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La preposizione di stato in luogo in questi casi è &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, per la vasta maggioranza dei parlanti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Bene, perché mai l'annunciatrice radiofonica dice &lt;em&gt;la cappella Paolina del Quirinale in Roma&lt;/em&gt;? Linguaggio aulico, latineggiante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In latino la preposizione è indiscutibilmente &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt;, mentre &lt;em&gt;ad&lt;/em&gt; indica moto a luogo. Si può usare in italiano? Certo, e ci sono molti esempi. Targhe accanto alle porte che dicono “Pinco Pallino, notaio in Vattelapesca” (o magari &lt;em&gt;notaro&lt;/em&gt; se il signor, pardon, dottor Pallino è molto aulico e pomposo) sono la norma.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché Serianni non lo dice? O, perbacco! Lo dice eccome!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) L'uso di &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; con i nomi di città era abbastanza diffuso anticamente: «mandare in Pisa» (&lt;em&gt;Novellino&lt;/em&gt;), «va en Arezzo» (Guittone d'Arezzo), «se mai torni en Siena» (Cecco Angiolieri), «per mandarvi la figliuola in Granata», «in Messina tornati» (Boccaccio; esempi citati in ROHLFS 1966-69: 807). Ancora nell'Ottocento, il Manzoni preferisce «in Milano» a «a Milano»: «andavano in giro facce, che in Milano non s'erano mai vedute» (&lt;em&gt;I Promessi Sposi&lt;/em&gt;, XVI 55).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La chiave è “anticamente”: “diffuso anticamente” non significa che oggi sia “proibito”. Invece, significa che chi lo adopera vuole dare una patina di “linguaggio nobile” al suo parlato (o scritto, come nel caso del pomposo dottor Pallino).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; Almeno lo era al tempo di Fenoglio, per Alba, o dei miei genitori, per Adria. L'influsso dell'italiano sulla lingua locale può aver modificato l'uso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-09T13:46:02.023" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T13:46:02.023" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13129" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13131" CreationDate="2020-08-01T10:14:21.857" Score="1" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è un passaggio nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Il_fu_Mattia_Pascal/12&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perdetti, da quella sera in poi, il dominio di me stesso; cominciai a sforzare apertamente la timidezza di Adriana; chiusi gli occhi e m’abbandonai, senza più riflettere, al mio sentimento. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Povera cara mammina! Ella si mostrò dapprincipio come tenuta tra due, tra la paura e la speranza. Non sapeva affidarsi a questa, indovinando che il dispetto mi spingeva, ma sentivo d’altra parte che la paura in lei era pur cagionata dalla speranza fino a quel momento segreta e quasi incosciente di non perdermi; e perciò, dando io ora a questa sua speranza alimento co’ miei nuovi modi risoluti, non sapeva neanche cedere del tutto alla paura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle parole «il dispetto mi spingeva» si dice del dispetto di chi verso chi? Leggo che è il dispetto di Papiano verso Mattia Pascal, cioè la noncuranza di Papiano verso i sentimenti più naturali di Mattia Pascal come il suo volere esser lasciato in pace; ma credo possa anche essere quello di Mattia Pascal verso Papiano, cioè la sua irritazione e stizza verso Papiano. Allora, quel dispetto lo spingeva a far che cosa? Leggo che lo spingeva ad andar via dalla casa di Paleari, ma credo possa anche essere qualcosa che non riesco ad immaginare. Non sono sicuro di avere raccolto tutte le chiavi di significato in questo brano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vorrei assicurarmi se la mia interpretazione sia corretta o no, e se no, vorrei capire qual è corretta. Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-02T15:09:41.100" LastActivityDate="2020-08-03T14:49:12.213" Title="Come interpretare «il dispetto mi spingeva»?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13130" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-01T14:45:54.750" Score="1" ViewCount="589" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Cerio&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto questo passaggio che fa riferimento al laboratorio del Lager (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Sotto l’aspetto, appunto, delle sostanze che si potessero rubare con profitto, quel laboratorio era terreno vergine, tutto da esplorare. C’erano benzina ed alcool, prede banali e scomode: molti li rubavano, in vari punti del cantiere, l’offerta era alta ed alto anche il rischio, perché per i liquidi ci vogliono recipienti. È il grande problema dell’imballaggio, che ogni chimico esperto conosce: e lo conosceva bene il Padre Eterno, che lo ha risolto brillantemente, &lt;strong&gt;da par suo&lt;/strong&gt;, con le membrane cellulari, il guscio delle uova, la buccia multipla degli aranci, e la nostra pelle, perché liquidi infine siamo anche noi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato della locuzione &amp;quot;da par suo&amp;quot; in questo passaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa stessa espressione appare anche nel passo citato in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/13020/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, anche lì in riferimento a risolvere  un problema (&amp;quot;troncare il nodo&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando lessi quel altro racconto, con aiuto di questa definizione del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pari1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;c.&lt;/strong&gt; Riferito a persone, che hanno la medesima condizione sociale, lo stesso grado, talora anche le stesse qualità; con questo sign., è per lo più sostantivato e si usa in determinate locuz.: &lt;em&gt;trattare qualcuno da p.&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;da p. a p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non si sente inferiore a nessuno e tratta tutti da pari&lt;/em&gt;. Frequente soprattutto in unione con agg. possessivi: &lt;em&gt;usa questo tono quando sei con i tuoi p.!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;se ne stia con i p. suoi&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;sopra gli omeri de’ suoi p., con funeral pompa di cera e di canti, alla chiesa ... n’era portato&lt;/em&gt; (Boccaccio); &lt;em&gt;tu, che modello D’ogni nobil virtù, d’ogn’atto eccelso Esser dei fra’ tuoi p., i p. tuoi A conoscere apprendi&lt;/em&gt; (Parini); &lt;em&gt;se l’arroganza de’ vostri p. fosse legge per i p. miei&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni). Al sing., dicendo &lt;em&gt;un par mio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un par tuo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un par suo&lt;/em&gt;, e sim. (dov’è usata solitamente la forma tronca &lt;em&gt;par&lt;/em&gt;), si intende riferirsi alla persona stessa, senza confronto con altre ma in rapporto alla sua condizione, alle sue qualità: &lt;em&gt;da un par suo c’è da aspettarsi di tutto&lt;/em&gt; (cioè, da uno come lui, da lui in quanto è ciò che è); &lt;em&gt;non è da par tuo agire così&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;vive, si mantiene da par suo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non sono accuse da fare a un galantuomo par mio!&lt;/em&gt; In qualche caso indica non il grado sociale ma le doti e capacità intellettuali: &lt;em&gt;questa sì che è una risposta da par tuo&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ha scritto un articolo da par suo&lt;/em&gt;, quale ci si doveva aspettare conoscendo il suo valore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;interpretai che il senso dell'espressione era che il Direttore aveva risolto il  problema come l'avrebbe fatto un suo uguale, cioè, una persona qualsiasi con la sua stessa &amp;quot;indole sbrigativa&amp;quot;. Tuttavia, non mi sembra che questo significato abbia senso nel contesto del brano citato in questa domanda, che si riferisce a Dio. Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-03T17:21:06.877" LastActivityDate="2020-08-03T20:25:50.137" Title="Significato di &quot;da par suo&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13131" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13129" CreationDate="2020-08-02T10:36:22.690" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto il romanzo e adesso ho riletto alcuni passaggi per poter ricordare i dettagli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre interpretato questa espressione come il dispetto (nel senso di sentimento di stizza, di contrarietà, di irritazione) che sente Mattia Pascal nelle veste di Adriano Meis per la situazione in cui Terenzio Papiano fa il tiranno e Adriana (la &amp;quot;povera cara mammina&amp;quot; del brano) si sottomette quasi come una schiava, che è spiegato in questa frase del testo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Provai, dopo quelle confidenze, una stizza violenta nel vederla così sottomessa e quasi schiava dell'odiosa tirannia di quel cagliostro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Confidenze che, tra l'altro, fanno sapere a Mattia Pascal che Terenzio Papiano pretende sposare Adriana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa frase è soltanto un esempio, ma, come ha menzionato l'OP nei suoi commenti, nel romanzo sono descritte parecchie circostanze di una situazione che provocava una grande stizza in Mattia Pascal, irritazione che sicuramente è percepita da Adriana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Adriana ha l'impressione che questo sentimento possa spingere Adriano Meis (cioè, Mattia Pascal) ad agire nel modo descritto nel passo, ossia, che possa indurlo &amp;quot;a sforzare apertamente la timidezza&amp;quot; di lei e a mostrare questi &amp;quot;nuovi modi risoluti&amp;quot;. Ha percepito un cambiamento nell'atteggiamento di Adriano verso di lei, ma  se n'accorge che è accaduto poco dopo l'arrivo in casa di Terenzio Papiano, che fino a quel momento era in viaggio a Napoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-03T14:49:12.213" LastActivityDate="2020-08-03T14:49:12.213" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13132" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13130" CreationDate="2020-08-02T11:41:32.310" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione &amp;quot;Da par suo&amp;quot; possiamo interpretarla in diversi modi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;possiamo interpretarla come &amp;quot;Da parte sua&amp;quot;,&#xA;come indicato nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://italianosemplicemente.com/2019/02/25/da-par-suo/#:%7E:text=Cio%C3%A8%20da%20uno%20come%20lui,%E2%80%9Cda%20uno%20come%20lui%E2%80%9D.&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;seguente articolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da un par suo c’era da aspettarselo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questa frase non si fa riferimento ad “un suo pari“, ma&#xA;semplicemente a lui: da un par suo diventa “da parte sua”. Ad ogni&#xA;modo è importante dire che “par” nella frase “da par suo” significa&#xA;pari, e non “parte”. Questo però come abbiamo visto non ci impedisce&#xA;di costruire una frase molto simile utilizzando la parola “parte”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In pratica possiamo dire che:&#xA;il Padre Eterno, ha risolto il problema  brillantemente,&#xA;&lt;em&gt;da parte sua&lt;/em&gt;, (oppure liberamente,&#xA;&lt;em&gt;per quanto gli riguarda&lt;/em&gt;, oppure&#xA;&lt;em&gt;dal suo canto&lt;/em&gt;)&#xA;con le membrane cellulari...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure, possiamo interpretarla nel seguente modo, tratto da &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/P/pari.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionari.repubblica.it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;|| Da par suo, in maniera adeguata alla sua condizione sociale, al suo livello intellettuale, alla sua fama ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il Padre Eterno, ha risolto il problema brillantemente, &lt;em&gt;in maniera conforme alle sue capacità&lt;/em&gt;, con le membrane cellulari ...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Insomma, se l'autore voleva dire che il Padre Eterno aveva risolto il problema dell'imballaggio &lt;em&gt;in contrapposizione agli altri chimici&lt;/em&gt;, possiamo propendere per la prima interpretazione, cioè, &lt;em&gt;da parte sua, per quanto gli riguardava,&lt;/em&gt; lo ha risolto in un certo modo;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se invece l'autore voleva sottolineare che lo aveva risolto &lt;em&gt;brillantemente&lt;/em&gt;,  &lt;em&gt;come solo lui da fare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;come è suo solito&lt;/em&gt;, possiamo propendere per la seconda interpretazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastEditorUserId="3065" LastEditDate="2020-08-03T20:25:50.137" LastActivityDate="2020-08-03T20:25:50.137" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13133" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12996" CreationDate="2020-08-02T16:16:23.550" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su Google Libri ho trovato il libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=1sNUDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PR49&amp;amp;lpg=PR49&amp;amp;dq=%22tirare+l%27ala%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=f9liAUv8iZ&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1SRGh7Y89b5wvhqaj9ZQ9pAt92uQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiqm5jFqY7qAhWKHhQKHQQuAB0Q6AEwBnoECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22tirare%20l%27ala%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Primo Levi e il piemontese. La lingua de «La chiave a stella»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.concordia.ca/artsci/cmll/faculty.html?fpid=bruno-villata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bruno Villata&lt;/a&gt;,  in cui si fa un'analisi del linguaggio di un altro dei romanzi di Primo Levi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una delle sue sezioni fa un elenco di&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;espressioni composte da parole italiane, le&#xA;cui associazioni sono però tipicamente piemontesi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;tra cui si trova appunto &amp;quot;tirare l'ala&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TIRARE L'ALA&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ha il senso del piemontese &lt;strong&gt;tiré l'ala&lt;/strong&gt;, cioè “ansare in salita&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;il committente che tirava un po' l'ala&amp;quot;, p. 16; &amp;quot;il furgoncino tirava un po' l'ala&amp;quot;, p. 130).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, si tratta di un'espressione di origine piemontese col significato di “ansare in salita&amp;quot;, in questo caso salendo la cresta descritta nel passaggio, con tutte le difficoltà trovate dall'autore per arrivare in cima.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-03T09:36:33.767" LastActivityDate="2020-08-03T09:36:33.767" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13134" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13136" CreationDate="2020-08-03T12:27:20.447" Score="2" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Cromo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      La prima scaramuccia si svolse in archivio. I due partner, i due fornicatori dal cui amplesso erano scaturiti i mostri aranciati, erano il cromato e la resina. La resina era fabbricata sul posto: trovai gli atti di nascita di tutti i lotti, e non presentavano nulla di sospetto; l’acidità era varia, ma sempre inferiore a 6, come prescritto. Un lotto trovato con acidità 6,2 era stato doverosamente scartato da un collaudatore dalla &lt;strong&gt;firma fiorita&lt;/strong&gt;. In prima istanza, la resina era fuori questione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco cosa vuol dire che questo collaudatore era &amp;quot;dalla firma fiorita&amp;quot;. Ho letto le diverse accezioni di &amp;quot;fiorito&amp;quot; che si trovano sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma non sono sicura su come dovrei interpretare l'espressione tenendo conto di quello che ho trovato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratterebbe di una firma adornata, abbellita (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000024.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezione 5&lt;/a&gt;) o ricca di ornamenti (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000025.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezione 17&lt;/a&gt;)? Oppure l'espressione farebbe riferimento alla firma di una persona distinta, celebre, famosa (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000025.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;accezione 14&lt;/a&gt;) (potrebbe trattarsi di qualche persona importante o nota nella ditta in cui stava lavorando Levi)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-04T09:18:31.907" LastActivityDate="2020-08-04T09:29:11.023" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;firma fiorita&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13135" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13134" CreationDate="2020-08-03T14:00:13.293" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Esiste lo &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/stile-fiorito_%28Enciclopedia-dell%27-Arte-Antica%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stile fiorito&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; nei vasi attici, di cui si possono vedere esempi &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.frammentiarte.it/2014/00-11-stile-fiorito-attico/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si parla di stile fiorito anche nelle &lt;a href=&quot;https://restaurars.altervista.org/gustav-klimt-dallo-scintillio-delloro-allo-stile-fiorito/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;opere di Klimt&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi che è una firma abbellita da ghirigori che possono richiamare decorazioni floreali. O semplicemente molto decorata, come molti usano. Di solito illeggibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-03T14:00:13.293" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13136" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13134" CreationDate="2020-08-04T09:29:11.023" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiorito/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fiorito&lt;/strong&gt; agg. [...] 2. fig. a. &lt;em&gt;Stile f.&lt;/em&gt;, elegante e pieno di abbellimenti più o meno artificiosi, nella letteratura o nell’arte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso si tratta probabilmente di una firma ricca di abbellimenti, in cui si privilegia l'estetica alla leggibilità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2020-08-04T09:29:11.023" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13137" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13138" CreationDate="2020-08-04T15:27:01.660" Score="3" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Zolfo&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prelevò un campione dalla caldaia, lo lasciò raffreddare e lo saggiò col reattivo: la provetta rimase limpida qualche secondo, e poi diventò bianca come il latte. Lanza spense il fuoco, fermò l’agitazione e la ventola, ed aperse il rompivuoto: si sentí un lungo fischio rabbioso, che piano piano si andò placando in un fruscio, in un mormorio, e poi tacque. Avvitò il &lt;strong&gt;tubo pescante&lt;/strong&gt;, mise in moto il compressore, e gloriosamente, in mezzo a fumi bianchi ed all’aspro odore consueto, il getto denso della resina andò a placarsi nella bacinella di raccolta in un nero specchio lucente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi cos'è un &amp;quot;tubo pescante&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;tubo&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non appare questa espressione. Quello che ho trovato per &amp;quot;pescante&amp;quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pescante/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI13/00164.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; non sembra avere senso nel contesto del testo. Una ricerca su Google di &amp;quot;tubo pescante&amp;quot;, però, dà parecchie occorrenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-05T08:49:47.253" Title="Cos'è un &quot;tubo pescante&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13138" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13137" CreationDate="2020-08-04T20:01:06.227" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prendendo dalla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pescare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione di pescare dal vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (qui il participio presente è usato come aggettivo):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Di nave e di qualunque imbarcazione, avere lo scafo immerso nell’acqua per una maggiore o minore altezza (v. pescaggio): &lt;em&gt;la nave pesca cinque metri&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;strong&gt;Anche, per estens., di altri oggetti che sono parzialmente immersi in un liquido&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;il timone pesca fino a metà (o pesca poco, troppo); portando ogni tanto alle labbra la cannuccia che pescava nella bibita&lt;/em&gt; (Bassani).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque un tubo &amp;quot;pescante&amp;quot; è immerso almeno in parte in un liquido (o gas) e, come fa notare @Hachi, la sua funzione è di solito quella di aspirare il liquido stesso per esempio tramite un compressore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può parlare anche di &lt;em&gt;tubo di aspirazione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni spaccati che illustrano il concetto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/ZAUe8.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Spaccato 1&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://shop.polatoferramenta.com/167258-thickbox_default/access-gdm-pompa-pressione-tubo-pescante.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Spaccato 2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche questi spruzzini usano un tubo pescante:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.eticastore.it/3126-home_default/spruzzino-nebulizzatore-piramidale-da-330-ml.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Spruzzini&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-09-05T08:49:47.253" LastActivityDate="2020-09-05T08:49:47.253" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13139" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11547" CreationDate="2020-08-05T08:53:57.880" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il paesaggio che i protagonisti dell'arrampicata si trovano davanti è strano, per loro stessa ammissione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti è un normale pascolo alpino, inaspettato dopo la difficile e pericolosa ascesa: un prato con un filo tirato perché le vacche non si avvicinassero troppo al precipizio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se una vacca non è spaventata (e non succede spesso), non tenta mai di forzare passaggi dove trova un ostacolo, quindi un filo (robusto) è più che sufficiente per tenerla a bada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'autore adopera &lt;em&gt;filo&lt;/em&gt; per contrasto con la &lt;em&gt;corda&lt;/em&gt; dell'arrampicata: sempre corde sono, ma il filo per delimitare il precipizio è più sottile o, almeno, così appare al narratore.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-05T08:53:57.880" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13141" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-05T13:46:50.080" Score="1" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Arsenico&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Lui mi voleva male a me, e diceva in giro un mucchio di bugiarderie. Che risuolo col cartone. Che mi ubriaco tutte le sere. Che ho fatto morire mia moglie per l’assicurazione. Che a un mio cliente è spuntato un chiodo dalla suola e poi è morto di tetano. E allora, con le cose a questo punto, capisce che non mi sono stupito mica tanto quando un mattino, in mezzo alle scarpe della giornata, ho trovato questo cartoccio. &lt;strong&gt;Ho subito capito il macinato&lt;/strong&gt;, ma volevo essere sicuro: cosí ne ho dato un poco al gatto, e dopo due ore è andato in un angolo e ha vomitato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il passaggio fa riferimento a un pacco di zucchero che un anziano ciabattino aveva chiesto all'autore di analizzare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      In ottimo piemontese dunque, con argute venature astigiane, mi disse che aveva dello zucchero da chimicare: voleva sapere se era zucchero o no, o se c’era magari dentro qualche porcheria («saloparía»).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche questo &amp;quot;chimicare&amp;quot; è curioso, ma si capisce e&#xA;se ne parla sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.chimicare.org/sul-termine-chimicare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web dell'Associazione culturale Chimicare&lt;/a&gt;: sembra trattarsi di un verbo di uso popolare nel passato col significato di &amp;quot;analizzare chimicamente&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel brano che ho citato prima, questo ciabattino   spiega all'autore come gli è arrivato questo pacco una volta è già stato analizzato nel piccolo laboratorio gestito da Levi e un suo amico e si è scoperto che conteneva arsenico.  Gli parla anche di un giovane calzolaio che ha aperto una&#xA;bottega vicino alla sua e agisce nel modo indicato nel passo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;macinato&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato l'espressione &amp;quot;capire il macinato&amp;quot; e sul dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli non esiste questo lemma. Cosa vuol dire? Dal contesto, sembrerebbe qualcosa come &amp;quot;capire cosa stava succedendo&amp;quot;, ma non ne sono sicura. Si tratta di qualche sorta di modo di dire, magari di uso locale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nei commenti alla domanda si è suggerito che &amp;quot;macinato&amp;quot; potrebbe essere lo zucchero o quello che ci fosse nel cartoccio  (il calzolaio pensa che sia zucchero, ma non ne è sicuro) e, allora, &amp;quot;capire il macinato&amp;quot; significherebbe capire che cos'è o che cosa c'è dentro al &amp;quot;macinato&amp;quot;. Tuttavia,&#xA;veramente il calzolaio non capisce subito che&#xA;cos'è o che cosa c'è dentro  alla sostanza che si trova nel cartoccio: pensa sia zucchero, ma non ne è sicuro; ha il sospetto che ci sia anche &amp;quot;qualche porcheria&amp;quot;, ma non sa cos'è e, per questa ragione, lo porta ad analizzare in laboratorio. Forse il significato è intuire che cos'è o sospettare che cos'è (zucchero mescolato a &amp;quot;qualche porcheria&amp;quot;)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-11T15:08:05.170" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T15:08:05.170" Title="Significato di &quot;capire il macinato&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13143" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-05T17:03:59.927" Score="0" ViewCount="1065" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le parole &lt;em&gt;regalo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dono&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;presente&lt;/em&gt; sono sinonimi, ma hanno differenze che vorrei mi fossero spiegate anche con esempi d’uso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6526" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-09T07:03:57.627" LastActivityDate="2020-09-14T17:49:19.740" Title="Qual è la differenza fra regalo, dono e presente?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13144" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8816" CreationDate="2020-08-06T10:10:13.957" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per aggiungere una fonte in più alla risposta di @alexjo, il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI14/00000033.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; dà &amp;quot;prata&amp;quot; come una variante antica e letteraria di &amp;quot;prato&amp;quot; e cita un esempio di uso di Guido Cavalcanti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    &lt;strong&gt;Prato&lt;/strong&gt; [...]   ant. e letter.  anche sf. &lt;em&gt;prade&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;prata&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;prate&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;pràtora&lt;/em&gt; [...]. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;    [...]  &lt;em&gt;G. Cavalcanti&lt;/em&gt;, XXXV-II-491:  Fresca  rosa  novella,  /&#xA;piacente  primavera,  /  per  prata  e  per  rivera  /  gaiamente cantando,  /  vostro  fin  presio  mando  a  la  verdura. [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI14/00000034.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;più avanti&lt;/a&gt;, col significato di &amp;quot;piana erbosa, prateria&amp;quot;, appare anche un esempio dalle &lt;em&gt;Novelle&lt;/em&gt; di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/giovanni-sercambi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giovanni Sercambi&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    – Piana erbosa; prateria. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;    &lt;em&gt;Sercambi&lt;/em&gt;, 1-124:  Li  Fiorentini,  vedendo  quella  brigata, presero  la  via  della  prata  et  atraversonno  alla  strada  di Sanpiero  a  Grado  et  andonno  a  Livorna  e  ultimamente l’ebbero. [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-09T13:30:08.083" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T13:30:08.083" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13145" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-06T12:57:56.337" Score="1" ViewCount="101" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/08/05/parla-la-star-dell-opposizione-a-lukashenko-svetlana-tikhanovskaya-in-esclusiva-per-eurone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia di Euronews&lt;/a&gt; ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Svetlana Tikhanovskaya è passata dalla condizione di mamma casalinga alla dimensione della candidata politica quasi definita una delle donne più potenti in Bielorussia. &lt;strong&gt;Una ascesa alla ribalta elettorale&lt;/strong&gt; tanto rapida quanto insolita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ribalta&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho letto che &amp;quot;ribalta&amp;quot; può essere usato in senso figurato in espressioni come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;chiamare, presentarsi alla r.; venire, salire alla r.&lt;/em&gt; (anche in senso fig., di persona che assuma improvvisamente un importante posto nella vita di una nazione, o che comunque acquisti a un certo momento grande notorietà, e faccia molto parlare di sé).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/R/ribalta.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; si trovano alcuni usi figurati di &amp;quot;ribalta&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;essere sotto le luci della ribalta&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Fig.: essere al centro dell'attenzione, come un attore illuminato dalle lampade del proscenio. Riferito a personaggi noti, a persone in vista o a chiunque accentri su di sé l'interesse generale per un motivo e un periodo qualsiasi.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;sognare le luci della ribalta&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Fig.: cercare facili successi, come un aspirante attore che al mondo del teatro chiedesse solo la notorietà.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;venire alla ribalta&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Imporsi all'attenzione, arrivare alla notorietà, diventare un personaggio pubblico o importante soprattutto se in modo repentino e inatteso. Detto anche di episodi o avvenimenti che diventano improvvisamente di grande attualità. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;[...] &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Var.: salire alla ribalta&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio primo dubbio è sul significato della frase dell'articolo di Euronews che ho evidenziato in grassetto: vuol dire che Svetlana Tikhanovskaya ha assunto improvvisamente un ruolo importante nella campagna elettorale in Bielorussia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho poi ricercato su Google e mi sono accorta che si possono trovare molti esempi di uso figurato del termine &amp;quot;ribalta&amp;quot;, ma che non sempre appaiono in espressioni simili a quelle che riportano le voci citate sopra del vocabolario Treccani e  del dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio alcuni esempi (grassetto mio).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.gambatesanews.it/?p=35820&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Esempio 1&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella sua ospitata da Bruno Vespa a Porta a Porta, prima aspra­mente criticato, ai limiti di una riedizione del famoso ‘editto bulga­ro’ e poi utilizzato come &lt;strong&gt;ribalta&lt;/strong&gt; elettorale, il leader del Movimento 5 Stelle ha detto esattamente queste parole: [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.diariodelweb.it/economia/articolo/?nid=20130125_278578&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Esempio 2&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'assemblea, già scelta come ghiotta occasione di &lt;strong&gt;ribalta&lt;/strong&gt; elettorale prima della bufera sul Monte degli ultimi giorni, si prospetta ora quantomeno intensa e 'molto vivace' e vedrà la partecipazione del leader del Movimento 5 Stelle, Beppe Grillo, e del giornalista Oscar Giannino, 'new entry' nell'agone politico con 'Fermare il declino'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dinamobasket.com/it/blog/la-sardegna-location-dell%E2%80%99eccellenza-sportiva-presentata-la-prada-cup&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Esempio 3&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La scelta della Sardegna come location della tappa inaugurale delle America’s Cup World Series proietta l’isola nella più alta &lt;strong&gt;ribalta&lt;/strong&gt; sportiva internazionale: un onore e un riconoscimento per la Regione Sardegna e tutto lo sport isolano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=zfGJCgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA196&amp;amp;lpg=PA196&amp;amp;dq=%22ribalta+accademica%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=nOupLkh2jM&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2UQ4esy59T-y0pYSMNJz23GsXmmQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwixguiironrAhVSx4UKHVPwCH8Q6AEwDHoECAcQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22ribalta%20accademica%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Esempio 4&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dopo quasi un secolo di oblio rispetto ai contributi marshalliani, alla sua &lt;strong&gt;ribalta&lt;/strong&gt; accademica sul finire degli anni Settanta, lo studio dei distretti industriali occupa un posto in evidenza nel dibattito italiano ed europeo sulla crescita industriale, avendo sollecitato, per le sue potenzialità di stimolare lo sviluppo economico &amp;quot;dal basso&amp;quot;, l'interesse sviluppo endogeno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=jxa3DwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA124&amp;amp;dq=%22come+ribalta%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjqm9iYsYnrAhXSz4UKHd1sANIQ6AEwA3oECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22come%20ribalta%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Esempio 5&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Molte altre sarebbero iniziative artistiche da menzionare, ci si limita solo a ricordare tra quelle di particolare rilievo, la &lt;em&gt;Berlinale&lt;/em&gt;, il festival internazionale del cinema di Berlino che ha assunto sempre maggiore importanza come &lt;strong&gt;ribalta&lt;/strong&gt; di qualità, innovazione e sperimentazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste dirmi qualcosa sugli usi di &amp;quot;ribalta&amp;quot;&#xA;in senso figurato a parte quelli riportati dal vocabolario Treccani e dal dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-07T16:04:46.577" LastActivityDate="2020-08-07T16:04:46.577" Title="Significato e uso di &quot;ribalta&quot; in senso figurato" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13146" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13148" CreationDate="2020-08-07T09:38:41.597" Score="1" ViewCount="65" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Azoto&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Il cliente sognato era sulla quarantina, piccolo, compatto ed obeso; portava i baffetti alla Clark Gable ed aveva ciuffi di pelo nero un po’ dappertutto, dentro alle orecchie, dentro alle narici, sul dorso delle mani, e sulle falangi fin quasi alle unghie. Era profumato ed impomatato e aveva un aspetto volgare: sembrava un souteneur, o meglio un cattivo attore nella parte del souteneur; oppure un &lt;strong&gt;bullo da barriera&lt;/strong&gt;. Mi spiegò che era il proprietario di una fabbrica di cosmetici, ed aveva noie con un certo tipo di rossetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ricercato &amp;quot;bullo&amp;quot; su alcuni dizionari, quindi capisco cosa vuol dire. Ho letto anche le &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/barriera&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;diverse accezioni di &amp;quot;barriera&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, ma il suo senso nel testo mi è più oscuro. In particolare, non capisco il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;bullo da barriera&amp;quot; che appare nel brano citato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si riferisce forse a una persona con aspetto di bullo che si mette alla porta di qualche stabilmento per selezionare quelli che possono entrare? Magari qualcosa di simile al &amp;quot;buttafuori&amp;quot; di questa &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_Pagina_133.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-07T15:42:28.543" LastActivityDate="2020-08-07T15:54:53.330" Title="Significato di &quot;bullo da barriera&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13148" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13146" CreationDate="2020-08-07T15:54:53.330" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A Torino esiste il quartiere Barriera di Milano, il cui nome deriva dalla cinta daziaria costruita nel 1853, divenuto poi, in seguito all'industrializzazione, un quartiere popolare e operaio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questi quartieri la figura del &lt;em&gt;bullo&lt;/em&gt; era molto frequente, così come quella del &lt;em&gt;souteneur&lt;/em&gt; (eufemismo per &lt;em&gt;lenone&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È molto probabile che &lt;em&gt;bullo da barriera&lt;/em&gt; fosse un modo di dire torinese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-07T15:54:53.330" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13149" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-08T13:29:01.353" Score="1" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Uranio&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Ringraziai, feci doverosamente il mio numero, illustrai un certo nuovo prodotto, presi nota di una ordinazione abbastanza cospicua, salutai e &lt;strong&gt;diedi passata alla faccenda&lt;/strong&gt;. Ma il giorno dopo, sulla mia scrivania da 1,2 metri quadrati, trovai deposto un pacchetto, alla mia cortese attenzione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo accade dopo una lunga conversazione di Levi con un cliente, che spiega che, durante la guerra, aveva ricevuto uranio in cambio delle informazioni date a un gruppo di tedeschi che fuggivano in Svizzera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mio dubbio è sul significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;dare passata a una faccenda&amp;quot;. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/passata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato la locuzione &amp;quot;dare una passata&amp;quot;, ma non sono per niente sicura che sia lo stesso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. a.&lt;/strong&gt; Il passare rapidamente, il far scorrere qualcosa su una superficie, o il far passare attraverso qualcosa, una volta, o brevemente e velocemente; spec. nella locuz. &lt;em&gt;dare una p.&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;dare una p. di vernice, una p. col pennello, alla porta&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;dare una p. con lo straccio al pavimento&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;dare una p. al vestito col ferro da stiro&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;dare una p. al brodo&lt;/em&gt;, filtrarlo; &lt;em&gt;dare una p. ai capelli&lt;/em&gt;, ravviarli alla svelta col pettine. Anche, rapida scorsa, lettura veloce: &lt;em&gt;dare una p. al giornale, alla lezione&lt;/em&gt;; o breve rosolatura: &lt;em&gt;dare una p. in padella alla carne, alla verdura&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, potrebbe significare scorrere velocemente, ma che cosa? Forse fare un rapido riassunto mentale della conversazione avuta con questo cliente?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato l'espressione anche sull'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/24796958/Una_nuova_frontiera_La_penetrazione_commerciale_genovese_in_Marocco_durante_il_sultanato_di_Mohammed_III_1757_1790_in_M_Barbano_A_Castagnino_E_Locci_a_cura_di_Attraverso_la_Storia_Percorsi_mediterranei_2016_pp_88_107&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Una nuova frontiera. La penetrazione commerciale genovese in Marocco durante il sultanato di Mohammed III (1757-1790)&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, di Andrea Zappia, in una citazione di una lettera Settecentesca (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«una tale notizia mi ha fatto allora determinare a scrivere in dirittura io stesso a S.M.I. una mia lettera in Arabo, dove la ringraziavo a nome della Repubblica intanto dell’accordato favore, e la pregavo degnarsi di dare li ordini opportuni per l’accompimento nella nave veneta la Stella del Mare venuta a bella posta per levare un carico, e accompagnando la stessa lettera si altre mie alli amici miei alla Corte, insistevo presso del mio fratello e presso di tutti che fosse assistito questo carricamento da farsi; La mia lettera non ebbe effetto ne risposta, perché dissimulando S.M. &lt;strong&gt;diede passata alla lettera&lt;/strong&gt; non solo, ma a tutto quello ancora che gli fu esposto da tutti li amici; Siccome mi stava a cuore un tale affare, per non protrarlo maggiormente, e per insistere con effcaccia riscrissi altra lettera al&#xA;Re dello stesso tenore sullo stesso proposito, ma [...].»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, ricercando su Google &amp;quot;diede passata&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;diedi passata&amp;quot;, se ne trovano alcune occorrenze, ma sembrano tutte (o quasi) di testi antichi,  per esempio, un testo di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/giuliano-de-ricci_(Dizionario-Biografico)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giuliano de' Ricci&lt;/a&gt; sulle opere di Macchiavelli che si riproduce su parecchi libri (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prima da Paolo IV e poi dal Concilio di Trento li anni 1557 e 1564 furono proibite e dannate tutte le sue opere; e perchè levatone alcune poche cose, elle restano tali che si possono ammettere, fu dato cura l’anno 1573 a me Giuliano de’ Ricci e a Niccolò Machiavelli mio cugino, ambedue suoi nipoti, io figliuolo di una&#xA;figliuola e messer Niccolò figliuolo di un suo figliuolo, come appare da una lettera scritta alli detti dagl’ Illustriss. Sigg. Cardinali deputati sopra la rivista dell’ Indice, data in Roma alli 3 agosto 1573, sottoscritta da frate&#xA;Antonio Posi, allora Segretario di detti Cardinali; e sebbene si faticò attorno alla&#xA;detta revisione, e si corressero tutte, e a Roma si mandò le correzioni delle&#xA;Storie, sino adesso che siamo nel 1594, non si è condotto questa opera a fine, perchè nello stringere il negozio volevano quelli Signori che si ristampassino&#xA;sotto altro nome, &lt;strong&gt;al che si diede passata&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando &amp;quot;dare passata&amp;quot; con la funzione &amp;quot;in sequenza&amp;quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI04/00000699.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, si trova una citazione dal romanzo &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikisource.org/wiki/Pagina:Opere_(Dossi)_I.djvu/243&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vita di Alberto Pisani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Carlo Dossi, del 1870 (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, com’egli avea voluto, per &lt;strong&gt;dare passata alla emozione&lt;/strong&gt; che gl’imbragiava la gota, arrischiarsi a delle disinvoltuie, ajutando, ad esempio, l’ostina a dispiegar la tovaglia, a porre giù i tondi e i bicchieri, a cavar l'àqua dal pozzo, questa emozione era invece aumentata;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/rassegnacriticad910napouoft/page/n5/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rassegna critica della letteratura italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, un testo pubblicato nel 1904, si &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/stream/rassegnacriticad78napouoft/rassegnacriticad78napouoft_djvu.txt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;legge&lt;/a&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beatrice &lt;strong&gt;darebbe passata a marito&lt;/strong&gt; pochi mesi prima di morire, e pochi mesi sarebbe durato questo primo traviamento del poeta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una volta visti tutti questi esempi, il significato di &amp;quot;dare passata a qualcosa&amp;quot; potrebbe essere &amp;quot;dimenticare qualcosa&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;mettere una pietra sopra qualcosa&amp;quot;? Si tratterebbe di un'espressione arcaica?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infatti, sulla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.lessicografia.it/Controller?lemma=PASSATA&amp;amp;rewrite=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;quarta edizione del &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario degli accademici della Crusca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Definiz&lt;/em&gt;:    §. I. Dar passata. Lat. &lt;em&gt;rem petenti denegare&lt;/em&gt;. Gr. &lt;em&gt;ἀνανεύειν&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Esempio&lt;/em&gt;:  &lt;em&gt;Varch. Ercol. 87&lt;/em&gt;. Dar cartaccia, metafora presa da' giucatori, è passarsi leggiermente d'alcuna cosa, e non rispondere a chi ti domanda o rispondere meno, che non si conviene a chi t'ha o punto, o dimandato d'alcuna cosa; il che si dice ancor dar passata, o dare una stagnata. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Esempio&lt;/em&gt;:  &lt;em&gt;Segn. stor&lt;/em&gt;. 1. 4. Rimutatisi di parere ec. non vollero farlo, e dettono, come si dice, passata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi sembra, però, una definizione molto chiara: &amp;quot;passarsi leggiermente d'alcuna cosa?&amp;quot;, rifiutarsi di rispondere a una domanda o di fare qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-08T19:36:25.200" LastActivityDate="2020-08-08T19:36:25.200" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;dare passata a qualcosa&quot;? Si tratta di un'espressione arcaica?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13151" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13141" CreationDate="2020-08-09T05:42:25.073" Score="1" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Capire il macinato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comprendere la situazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ricerca su google di &amp;quot;capire il macinato&amp;quot; riporta alcuni risultati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://pms.wikisource.org/wiki/Proverbi_piemont%C3%A8is/c&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;proverbi piemontesi, al #27&lt;/a&gt;. In realtà non si tratta di un proverbio ma di un modo di dire: il macinato è quello che esce (per esempio) da una macina, l'essenza destrutturata,  spogliata dell'inutile (come l'aspetto), e riassemblata, di ciò che era stato introdotto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://docplayer.it/164795728-Acc-sc-torino-quaderni-32-2019-cucire-parole-cucire-molecole-i-due-mestieri-g-l-b.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;I due mestieri&amp;quot; di Beccaria&lt;/a&gt; parla di Levi e accenna anche al &amp;quot;macinato&amp;quot; (disponibile anche in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.accademiadellescienze.it/media/1426/download&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;PDF all'Accademia delle scienze&lt;/a&gt;). Bel testo, molto interessante, potrebbe contenere qualche piccola e rara imprecisione. Dico &amp;quot;potrebbe&amp;quot; perché il Piemontese è vasto e non è codificato con precisione: alcune accezioni variano da zona a zona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-08-09T14:18:25.747" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T14:18:25.747" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13152" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-09T16:00:50.613" Score="0" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Argento&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Certo saprai anche che le &lt;strong&gt;grane a ritardo&lt;/strong&gt; sono di gran lunga le piú maligne. Mentre si cercano le cause, bisogna pure continuare a produrre: ma come puoi essere sicuro che la causa (o le cause) non sia tuttora al lavoro, e il materiale che produci foriero di altri guai? Si capisce che puoi tenerlo in quarantena due mesi e poi ricollaudarlo: ma che cosa dirai ai depositi in tutto il mondo, che non vedono arrivare roba? E gli interessi passivi? E il nome, il Buon Nome, l’Unbestrittener Ruf? Poi c’è quell’altra complicazione: ogni variazione che tu faccia nella composizione o nella tecnologia, deve aspettare due mesi prima che tu sappia se serve o non serve, se annulla il difetto o lo accentua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono riuscita a trovare la locuzione &amp;quot;a ritardo&amp;quot; su nessun dizionario. Ho trovato invece &amp;quot;in ritardo&amp;quot;, per esempio, sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/in-ritardo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;in ritardo&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;loc.avv., loc.agg.inv.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;CO &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt; loc.avv. oltre il tempo dovuto o previsto: &lt;em&gt;finire in r. un lavoro&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;arrivare in r.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt; loc.agg.inv. di qcn. o qcs., che è o accade oltre un limite stabilito di tempo: &lt;em&gt;essere in r.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;un ragazzo in r.  con gli studi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;i treni in r. arrivano su un altro binario&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le definizioni che ho visto su altri dizionari sono simili. Non mi sembra, però, che questo abbia molto senso per qualificare &amp;quot;grane&amp;quot;, a meno che quello &amp;quot;in ritardo&amp;quot; sia la soluzione a tali &amp;quot;grane&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe questo il senso dell'espressione &amp;quot;grane a ritardo&amp;quot;? Cioè, si tratterebbe di problemi la cui soluzione o la cui causa si trova oltre il tempo previsto o oltre il tempo auspicabile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-10T08:18:30.963" Title="Cosa significa &quot;grane a ritardo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13153" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13152" CreationDate="2020-08-09T16:46:31.837" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me sono le &amp;quot;grane&amp;quot; che non sono immediatamente riconoscibili o i cui effetti si manifestano, appunto, in ritardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-08-09T16:46:31.837" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13154" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13141" CreationDate="2020-08-09T17:29:40.960" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si trova una spiegazione di questa espressione nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=1sNUDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PR49&amp;amp;lpg=PR49&amp;amp;dq=%22tirare+l%27ala%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=f9liAUv8iZ&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1SRGh7Y89b5wvhqaj9ZQ9pAt92uQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiqm5jFqY7qAhWKHhQKHQQuAB0Q6AEwBnoECAgQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=macinato&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Primo Levi e il piemontese. La lingua de «La chiave a stella»&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.concordia.ca/artsci/cmll/faculty.html?fpid=bruno-villata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bruno Villata&lt;/a&gt;,  in cui si fa un'analisi del linguaggio di un altro dei romanzi di Primo Levi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una delle sue sezioni fa un elenco di quello che l'autore chiama &amp;quot;calchi semantici&amp;quot;, cioè,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;lemmi riportati dai dizionari italiani, ma che ne &lt;em&gt;La chiave a stella&lt;/em&gt; sono associati a significati diversi da quelli segnalati per la lingua italiana o che comunque sono di gran uso in piemontese e non in italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tra questi si trova appunto &amp;quot;macinato&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MACINATO&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Che i dizionari italiani definiscono come &amp;quot;pp. di macinare/sm. ogni biada e sim. che sia già macinata. Tassa sul macinato =&#xA;farina&amp;quot; (Palazzi 1970, p. 660). Però l'espressione piemontese&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;capì el macinato&lt;/strong&gt; equivale a &amp;quot;capire il trucco, capire come vanno le cose&amp;quot; (Palazzi 1970, p. 660; Gribaudo 1983, p. 484):&#xA;&amp;quot;alla fine si è capito il macinato&amp;quot;, p. 23.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dunque, l'espressione nel testo farebbe riferimento al fatto che il ciabattino anziano aveva subito capito il trucco, aveva compreso come stavano le cose: se n'era accorto che quel pacco rappresentava un imbroglio teso dal calzolaio giovane.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da notare che la domanda menziona che questo ciabattino si esprimeva &amp;quot;in ottimo piemontese&amp;quot;. Quindi, mi sembra naturale che, sebbene il testo sia in italiano, Levi metta in bocca di questo personaggio un'espressione che ha come origine un calco dal piemontese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-11T13:21:52.933" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T13:21:52.933" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13155" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13152" CreationDate="2020-08-10T08:18:30.963" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È la stessa forma di &lt;em&gt;motore a scoppio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fucile a ripetizione&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;manica a vento&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bomba a tempo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso specifico, le &lt;em&gt;grane a ritardo&lt;/em&gt; sono quelle che si insinuano senza farsi notare e il cui effetto sarà evidente più avanti. Perché sono &lt;em&gt;maligne&lt;/em&gt;? Perché è difficile capire quale sia la causa della grana.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-10T08:18:30.963" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13156" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="2435" CreationDate="2020-08-10T09:18:45.437" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nella consulenza linguistica dell'Accademia della Crusca si trova un &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/emammazzaem-che-caldo/2801&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo sull'origine dell'interiezione &lt;em&gt;ammazza&lt;/em&gt; e altre espressioni simili&lt;/a&gt; di Paolo D'Achille e Anna M. Thornton.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si comincia esponendo l'ipotesi di un lettore per cui questa interiezione avrebbe a che vedere con l'inglese &lt;em&gt;amazing&lt;/em&gt; e sarebbe entrata nell’uso quando i soldati americani circolavano per Roma nel periodo della liberazione, alla quale si risponde in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’ipotesi etimologica avanzata dal nostro lettore è suggestiva ma infondata. L’esclamazione &lt;em&gt;ammàzzate!&lt;/em&gt;, come pure &lt;em&gt;ammazzalo!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ammazzala!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ammazzali!&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ammazzale!&lt;/em&gt; (che nel romanesco si usano più spesso nella forma con e invece che a nella sillaba dopo l’accento: &lt;em&gt;ammàzzete&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ammàzzelo&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.), deriva dall’imperativo del verbo &lt;em&gt;ammazzà(re)&lt;/em&gt;, verbo che si trova anche in altre espressioni esclamative dialettali come &lt;em&gt;te possin’ammazzatte!&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;va a morì ammazzato!&lt;/em&gt;, usate a volte anche scherzosamente, oppure in funzione apotropaica (cioè per augurare del male in modo da ottenere del bene).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'origine di queste esclamazioni si situa a fine Ottocento: si usava in frasi che si potevano interpretare come un'esortazione (non da prendere in senso letterale) a uccidere persone di cui si disapprovava il comportamento. È spiegata così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La nostra espressione (sulla quale si veda ora D’Achille-Thornton 2020), negli esempi più antichi, che risalgono a fine Ottocento, è accompagnata dai pronomi atoni di terza persona singolare e plurale (&lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;li&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt;) ed è riferita a persone di cui si disapprova il comportamento, tanto che può essere letta come sviluppo di un’esortazione (ovviamente iperbolica) ad ammazzarle sul serio. Ecco un esempio del genere (che è anche il primo finora reperito), che si riferisce a una donna sposata che ha due amanti: &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lui paga, lei li pîa cor una mano, / E cco’ cquell’antra poi li dà ar zordato. / – Ammazzela! E ’l marito? – È contentone. (Filippo Chiappini, &lt;em&gt;Tra ddu’ serve&lt;/em&gt;, 1879)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma poi l'uso di queste espressioni si evolve in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma ben presto, accanto ai pronomi di terza persona – che vengono riferiti anche a cose – si trova pure quello di seconda singolare (&lt;em&gt;ammazzate!&lt;/em&gt;) e l’espressione, che quindi non può essere più intesa in senso proprio, passa a esprimere meraviglia e anche ammirazione. La perdita del valore verbale è evidente nella forma col pronome di seconda plurale, che è &lt;em&gt;ammazzeve!&lt;/em&gt; e non &lt;em&gt;ammazzateve!&lt;/em&gt; (di rarissimo uso). Ecco alcuni esempi: &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Che pesa assai? – Ammazzelo si pesa! (Giggi Zanazzo, &lt;em&gt;Un mortorio a Roma&lt;/em&gt;, 1884; il parlante si riferisce a un cadavere, che quindi non può essere ammazzato)&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;– Ammazzete! Tre pacchi n’ha’ sbafati? / E com’ha’ fatto? (Toto Valeri, &lt;em&gt;La Cannelora&lt;/em&gt;, 1888)&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;– Cinquina! – Chi l’ha fatta? – Er sor Furgenzio. – / – Ammàzzeve che bucio! – E mò che resta? – / – Mò ciaresta la tommola, silenzio! – (Armando Laffranco, &lt;em&gt;’Na tommolata&lt;/em&gt;, 1895)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal romanesco queste espressioni arrivano all'italiano negli anni Venti del Novecento:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Negli anni Venti del ventesimo secolo le nostre espressioni dal romanesco passano anche all’italiano:&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Eccola lì la torre girante! Ammazzala, com’è alta! (Grazia Deledda, &lt;em&gt;Il sigillo d’amore&lt;/em&gt;, 1926) &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ammazzale che carte schifose! (Ettore Petrolini, &lt;em&gt;Benedetto tra le donne&lt;/em&gt;, 1927)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le prime attestazioni dell'interiezione &lt;em&gt;ammazza!&lt;/em&gt;, però, risalgono agli anni Cinquanta del XX secolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Agli anni Cinquanta risalgono i primi esempi del semplice &lt;em&gt;ammazza!&lt;/em&gt;, privo di pronomi e con valore decisamente ammirativo, reperibili nei romanzi romani di Pasolini, che documentano pure la forma con il pronome di prima persona singolare &lt;em&gt;ammazzeme!&lt;/em&gt;, molto rara ma effettivamente possibile, al pari di quella col pronome di prima persona plurale, &lt;em&gt;ammazzece&lt;/em&gt;, attestata nel poeta romanesco Elia Marcelli, in un poema in ottave scritto negli anni Settanta, in cui rievoca la drammatica Campagna in Russia durante l’ultimo conflitto mondiale:&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli altri giovanotti che indugiavano chi nudo, chi con gli slip penzoloni, chi pettinandosi davanti allo specchietto, chi cantando, se li guardavano con la coda dell’occhio come per dire: “Ammazza quanto so’ gajardi”. (Pier Paolo Pasolini, &lt;em&gt;Ragazzi di vita&lt;/em&gt;, 1955)&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Agnolo allora prese la rincorsa e si tuffò. “Li mortacci tua!” gridò Marcello vedendolo cadere tutto di sguincio con la pancia. “Ammazzeme”, gridò Agnolo risortendo col capo in mezzo al fiume, “che panzata!”. (ivi)&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ammàzzece – fo io – che criminali! / Quanti carci stanotte j’âmo dato!”. (Elia Marcelli, &lt;em&gt;Li Romani in Russia&lt;/em&gt;, 1988)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E poi &lt;em&gt;ammazza!&lt;/em&gt; passa dal romanesco all'italiano:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con questo significato puramente “mirativo”, &lt;em&gt;ammazza!&lt;/em&gt; è passato dal romanesco all’italiano, tanto che è da tempo registrato anche dai vocabolari di lingua. Nello Zingarelli 2020 viene datato 1870 (anteriormente dunque alle forme, pure registrate, &lt;em&gt;ammazzalo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;ammazzete&lt;/em&gt;, datate rispettivamente 1923 e 1955), ma si tratta di una datazione basata su una falsa attestazione (cfr. D’Achille 2019).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-11T11:36:51.820" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T11:36:51.820" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13157" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13158" CreationDate="2020-08-10T14:15:48.963" Score="0" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel racconto &lt;em&gt;Vanadio&lt;/em&gt; dal libro &lt;em&gt;Il sistema periodico&lt;/em&gt;, di Primo Levi, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eppure, rileggendo le due lettere dal &lt;strong&gt;periodare pesantissimo&lt;/strong&gt;, infarcite di tecnicismi, non riuscivo a far tacere un dubbio, di quelli che non si lasciano accantonare e ti scricchiolano dentro come tarli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura su cosa voglia dire che il &amp;quot;periodare&amp;quot; di quelle due lettere menzionate in questa frase era &amp;quot;pesantissimo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pesante&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;pesante&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; del vocabolario Treccani ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che produce un senso di noia e di molestia, perché eccessivamente serio, pedante, monotono: &lt;em&gt;una lezione, una conferenza p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;una direttrice p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;quanto sei p.!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;che tipo p. quel tuo amico!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Detto di parole, modi d’agire e sim., duro, minaccioso, offensivo: &lt;em&gt;ha usato parole p. nei nostri confronti&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;il tuo intervento è stato piuttosto p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;giudizî, espressioni p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;fare p. insinuazioni su qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;; di dubbio gusto, o decisamente volgare: &lt;em&gt;battuta p.&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;rivolgere p. complimenti a una donna&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, l'espressione nel testo farebbe riferimento al fatto che quelle due lettere avevano uno stile noioso? Il significato sarebbe invece che contenevano parole dure, minacciose od offensive? Vorrebbe dire che c'erano espressioni di dubbio gusto o persino volgari? (veramente non credo che ci fossero espressioni volgari perché erano lettere di lavoro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho l'impressione che il senso di &amp;quot;pesantissimo&amp;quot; nella frase sopra citata forse non corrisponda a nessuna di queste accezioni riportate dal dizionario perché ricordo come era stato usato questo aggettivo in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/13055/dubbio-su-consecutio-temporum#comment31038_13055&quot;&gt;questo commento di @DaG&lt;/a&gt;. Il significato sarebbe che c'erano costrutti nel testo che lo rendevano poco scorrevole e quindi di lettura affaticante, che produce un senso di noia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco i riferimenti a queste due lettere che appaiono nel racconto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Scrissi una educata lettera di protesta, esponendo i termini della questione, e pochi giorni dopo giunse la risposta: era lunga e pedante, consigliava artifici ovvi che noi avevamo già adottati senza risultato, e conteneva un’esposizione superflua e deliberatamente confusa sul meccanismo d’ossidazione della resina; ignorava la nostra fretta, e sul punto essenziale diceva soltanto che erano in corso i doverosi controlli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Insieme con la conferma di quest’ultimo ordine, giunse una seconda lettera, lunga quasi quanto la prima, e firmata dallo stesso Doktor L. Müller. Era un po’ piú pertinente della prima, riconosceva (con molte cautele e riserve) la giustezza della nostra doglianza, e conteneva un consiglio meno ovvio dei precedenti: «ganz unerwarteterweise», e cioè in modo del tutto inaspettato, gli gnomi del loro laboratorio avevano trovato che la partita contestata guariva se addizionata dello 0,1 per cento di naftenato di vanadio: un additivo di cui, fino a quel tempo, nel mondo delle vernici non si era mai sentito parlare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-10T21:16:53.307" Title="Significato di &quot;periodare pesantissimo&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13158" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13157" CreationDate="2020-08-10T21:16:53.307" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/periodare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;periodare&lt;/strong&gt; v. intr. [der. di &lt;em&gt;periodo&lt;/em&gt;] (&lt;em&gt;io perìodo&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.). – Costruire il periodo o i periodi, cioè le frasi; è usato quasi esclusivam. nell’infinito sostantivato, con riferimento al modo, allo stile con cui uno scrittore costruisce i periodi: &lt;em&gt;avere un p. sciolto, agile, vivace, o pesante, stentato, contorto&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.; &lt;em&gt;i prosatori del Cinquecento imitavano il p., o il modo di p., del Boccaccio; quel suo p. sinuoso, frastagliato, esasperatamente ipotattico e tentacolare&lt;/em&gt; (Claudio Magris).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stile della scrittura è &lt;em&gt;pesantissimo&lt;/em&gt;, cioè eccessivamente pesante: quindi non scorrevole, con le frasi che sembrano macigni che si devono aggirare per capire il significato. Anche &lt;em&gt;noioso&lt;/em&gt;, ma non mi sembra la prima scelta: meglio &lt;em&gt;difficile da decifrare&lt;/em&gt;, anche perché &lt;em&gt;infarcito di tecnicismi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si riferisce al periodare, cioè allo stile, non al significato in sé.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-10T21:16:53.307" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13159" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13160" CreationDate="2020-08-11T06:54:17.843" Score="1" ViewCount="350" Body="&lt;p&gt;Have some problem to understand difference  between subject.&#xA;It all means scream, but I suppose with some difference.&#xA;I'll write what I think, correct me, if I'm wrong.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Strillare - scream, but very high voice, like ultrasound )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Urlare - see no difference with strillare, but more like &amp;quot;howl&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gridare - i see in dictionaries mean &amp;quot;scream&amp;quot;, but I think main meaning is(&lt;code&gt;well I don't know english word either, but can assume&lt;/code&gt;) &amp;quot;berating someone&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sgridare - gridare with higher voice?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Rampognare - have no idea what difference with &amp;quot;gridare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;P.S. I can't use monolingual dictionaries. Not enough knowledge.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6449" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T10:23:40.700" Title="Difference between strillare, gridare, sgridare, urlare, rampognare" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13160" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13159" CreationDate="2020-08-11T08:57:04.780" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;A better meaning for &lt;em&gt;strillare&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;to screech&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;urlare&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;to scream&lt;/em&gt;, and is mostly synonymous with &lt;em&gt;gridare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The meaning of &lt;em&gt;sgridare&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;to berate&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;to scold&lt;/em&gt;, usually with a high voice, but not necessarily.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, &lt;em&gt;rampognare&lt;/em&gt; is a (not common nowadays) word for &lt;em&gt;to reproach&lt;/em&gt;; more common would be &lt;em&gt;rimproverare&lt;/em&gt; (or also &lt;em&gt;sgridare&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T08:57:04.780" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13161" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13159" CreationDate="2020-08-11T10:23:40.700" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Strillare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;gridare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;urlare&lt;/em&gt; are all synonyms, as well as &lt;em&gt;schiamazzare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;strepitare&lt;/em&gt; and they all relate to loudness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Gridare&lt;/em&gt; has also to do with the intention to &amp;quot;let people know&amp;quot; about something (&lt;em&gt;Gridare ai quattro venti&lt;/em&gt;), in fact &amp;quot;Grida&amp;quot; also indicates medieval official communications to population.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sgridare&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;rampognare&lt;/em&gt; (along with &lt;em&gt;strillare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;rimbrottare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;redarguire&lt;/em&gt; and more...) mean to reproach or berate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6540" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T10:23:40.700" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13162" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9788" CreationDate="2020-08-11T11:08:16.157" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Negli anni 60 il prof di elettrotecnica all'ITIS Fermi di Roma usava frequentemente quest'espressione. Mi pare ci dicesse che era riferita a delle caramelle o altri dolciumi in voga prima della guerra, di certo non parlò mai di detersivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6542" LastActivityDate="2020-08-11T11:08:16.157" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13163" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13165" CreationDate="2020-08-11T14:36:55.323" Score="1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Totonno, ogni mattina immancabile a quest’ora, come un appuntamento, con qualsiasi tempo. Mai visto uno che rema seduto così, faccia alla prua, e con le gambe piegate sotto, come se stesse in ginocchio. Troppo piccola quella barca per lui. Dice che è comoda, ma voglio vede’ col maltempo, se l’&lt;strong&gt;incoccia&lt;/strong&gt;. Una sedia a rotelle, la manovra così, tutto di braccia, con quei remi corti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per si è d'aiuto, il romanzo è ambientato a Napoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il verbo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incocciare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;incocciare&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e su qualche altro dizionario, ma non riesco a vedere quale significato possa avere nel testo. La frase dove appare si potrebbe qualificare di parlare colloquiale? Cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-12T06:11:59.347" LastActivityDate="2020-08-12T06:13:05.793" Title="Significato di &quot;incocciare&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13164" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13167" CreationDate="2020-08-11T19:05:55.193" Score="3" ViewCount="117" Body="&lt;p&gt;In 1959, Umberto Eco published a short pastiche of Nabokov's novel &lt;em&gt;Lolita&lt;/em&gt;. An English &lt;a href=&quot;https://thefloatinglibrary.com/2008/08/24/granita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;translation&lt;/a&gt; named &amp;quot;Granita&amp;quot; was published in the anthology &lt;em&gt;Misreadings&lt;/em&gt; in 1994.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this pastiche, a certain Umberto Umberto (Umberto being the Italian version of Humbert as well as the author's given name) writes about his tempestuous flight through Piedmont with the geriatric Granita, the object of his desires and recipient of his sexual attention.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the English translation, the word 'nymphets' from Nabokov's work is substituted with 'nornettes'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Am I correct in surmising that this is a word-play based on the Italian &lt;em&gt;nonna&lt;/em&gt; (grandmother)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Which word did Eco use in the Italian original?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6544" LastEditorUserId="6544" LastEditDate="2020-08-12T07:24:14.307" LastActivityDate="2020-08-12T07:24:14.307" Title="In Granita, Umberto Eco's short pastiche of Nabokov's Lolita, which words does he use in Italian to substitute 'nymphet'?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13165" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13163" CreationDate="2020-08-11T20:17:56.447" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente  il senso di “incocciare” usato nel testo di La Capria  è quello citato da Teccani.it al punto 3a:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;imbattersi in persona o cosa. (Uso familiare e regionale  centro/sud)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso della frase sarebbe:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;“voglio vedere come se la cava col maltempo, se ci si imbatte in barca.”&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-12T06:13:05.793" LastActivityDate="2020-08-12T06:13:05.793" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13167" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13164" CreationDate="2020-08-11T21:18:20.190" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Italian original is titled &lt;em&gt;Nonita&lt;/em&gt; and can be found in this &lt;a href=&quot;https://ultimacrociata.wordpress.com/2009/10/26/chi-ha-paura-di-vladimir-nabokov/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;post&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can see that the word used in the original that has been translated into English as &amp;quot;nornettes&amp;quot; is &lt;em&gt;parchette&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per designare costoro, sconosciute ai più, dimenticate dalla indifferenza lubrica degli abituali usagers di friulane sode e venticinquenni, adoprerò, lettore, oppresso anche in questo dai rigurgiti di un’impetuosa sapienza che mi atterrisce ogni gesto di innocenza che mai tenti – un termine che non dispero esatto: &lt;em&gt;parchette&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't perceive in the term you mention any connection with the word &amp;quot;nonna&amp;quot;, but with &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parcae&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Parcae&lt;/a&gt;, that in Italian are called &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/parche/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Parche&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;em&gt;parchette&lt;/em&gt; would be some kind of diminutive of &lt;em&gt;Parche&lt;/em&gt;. It seems that, for some reason, the translator to English has decided to refer to the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norns&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Norns&lt;/a&gt; when using &amp;quot;nornettes&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As @DaG has said in his comment, Nobokov's &amp;quot;nymphets&amp;quot; are a diminutive form of nymphs, Roman mythological figures associated with youth, whereas Parcae (and also Norns in Germanic mythology) are associated with old age.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That said, the title &lt;em&gt;Nonita&lt;/em&gt; seems to me a clear reference to the Italian word &lt;em&gt;nonna&lt;/em&gt; that, as I've learned reading Primo Levi's short stories, is pronounced &lt;em&gt;nona&lt;/em&gt; in Piedmont.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-12T06:35:59.050" LastActivityDate="2020-08-12T06:35:59.050" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13169" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-11T23:13:51.080" Score="2" ViewCount="431" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao a tutti. May I ask if there's any difference between 'mattina' and 'mattino'? I see both expressions used often and feel really confused. Thanks in advance for your help!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-12T13:34:07.587" LastActivityDate="2020-08-12T13:34:07.587" Title="What's the difference between mattina and mattino?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13170" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13169" CreationDate="2020-08-12T05:03:49.230" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The two terms are mostly interchangeable, apart from some ready-made phrases which would sound a little strange if the other word is used:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il mattino ha l'oro in bocca (the morning is precious, it has gold in its mouth)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here, using &amp;quot;mattina&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;La mattina ha l'oro in bocca&amp;quot;) would be equally correct, but the sentence would be different from the well established one. The same for:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il buon giorno si vede dal mattino (a good day announces itself from the morning)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The feminine form can be, and is used, alone, when also specifying &amp;quot;ieri&amp;quot; (yesterday) or &amp;quot;domani&amp;quot; (tomorrow), or some other day specification like &amp;quot;domenica&amp;quot; (sunday): &amp;quot;ieri mattina&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;domani mattina&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;domenica mattina&amp;quot;, while the masculine form usually requires a preposition (&amp;quot;ieri al mattino&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;domani al mattino&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-08-12T05:03:49.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13171" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13143" CreationDate="2020-08-12T14:23:48.443" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono sinonimi. Regalo è largamente più utilizzato degli altri, che sono spesso più poetici. Presente praticamente non si usa (almeno in Toscana), mentre dono si usa per un regalo in condizioni fuori dall'ordinario e spesso in modo figurativo. Per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un dono ai poveri&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;un dono di dio&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il dono della vita&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fun fact&lt;/strong&gt; - Nella traduzione italiana di Kung Fu Panda, il maestro OOgway dice a Po:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;C'è un detto: ieri è storia, domani è un mistero, ma oggi... è un dono. Per questo si chiama presente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che è un gioco di parole per dire che il presente, inteso come &lt;em&gt;oggi&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;adesso&lt;/em&gt;, è un dono, rimandando all'altro significato di presente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Edit: ho aggiunto esempi con dono e Kung Fu Panda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6548" LastEditorUserId="6548" LastEditDate="2020-08-13T08:12:59.000" LastActivityDate="2020-08-13T08:12:59.000" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13172" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-12T15:30:37.160" Score="1" ViewCount="466" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      «Totooò! che si dice?» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Malacque! Malacque!» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      &lt;strong&gt;Quando mai no&lt;/strong&gt;. Sta rovistando sotto la prua, sempre seduto così. E poi, vivo brilla nella mano, un sarago. «Tutta la notte a traìna, fuori Pietra Salata, fino a Nìsida, con l’umidità dentro le ossa, pe’ ’sto coso che se ci fai trecento lire è già assai!» Sempre la stessa canzone, e sbatte il sarago nella barca. Però, veramente, che vita fanno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per si è d'aiuto, il romanzo è ambientato a Napoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tentando di capire il significato della frase &amp;quot;quando mai no&amp;quot; che appare in questo brano, ho ricercato alla voce &amp;quot;quando&amp;quot; di alcuni dizionari. Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/Q/quando.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando mai!, nient'affatto, certamente no, sicuramente no: &lt;em&gt;noi dimenticarti? q. mai!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &amp;quot;quando mai no&amp;quot; sarebbe lo stesso? O forse l'aggiunta di &amp;quot;no&amp;quot; indica il contrario e il significato nel passo citato sarebbe &amp;quot;certamente&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;come no&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È la prima volta che mi imbatto in questa espressione e non so se l'aggiunta di questo &amp;quot;no&amp;quot; ha l'effetto di rafforzare la negazione espressa da &amp;quot;nient'affatto&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;certamente no&amp;quot; oppure serve a dare l'idea del contrario. O magari il significato è diverso o leggermente diverso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un'espressione comune o il suo uso è ristretto a qualche ambito (magari regionale)? È un'espressione colloquiale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per cercare di capire se si tratta di un'espressione più o meno diffusa, ho ricercato &amp;quot;quando mai no&amp;quot; su Google. Ho trovato, in effetti, qualche occorrenza (e, per questa ragione, mi piacerebbe comprenderne il significato: non mi sembra un'invenzione dell'autore, ma qualcosa che si usa, non so se molto o poco e non so se in tutta Italia).&#xA;Ecco un esempio tratto dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://lucianoodorisio.it/da-quando-onesta-e-coglioneria-sono-sinonimi-di-antonio-valenzi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;blog di Luciano Odorisio&lt;/a&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il caso del giorno – e &lt;strong&gt;quando mai no&lt;/strong&gt;! – è il M5S.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo esempio sembra essere compatibile con l'ipotesi che il significato sia &amp;quot;come no&amp;quot;, ma non sono sicura che il senso sia questo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il problema è che appaiono anche molte false occorrenze. Per esempio, questo mi appare molte volte:  &amp;quot;Dimmi, Cupido, e quando mai​: No. 1&amp;quot;. E anche cose di questo tipo: &amp;quot;Ma quando mai? No, è la signora [...]&amp;quot;. La ricerca in sequenza sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, però, non produce nessun risultato. Non so se da questo fatto si possa dedurre che sia  un'espressione molto poco usata o forse si tratti di qualche sorta di neologismo. (Curiosamente questo romanzo di La Capria è nell'elenco di opere citate dal GDLI, cosa che mi va benissimo per trovare il significato di altri termini che appaiono nel libro.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-16T17:36:32.497" LastActivityDate="2020-08-16T17:36:32.497" Title="Cosa vuol dire l'espressione &quot;quando mai no&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13173" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-12T23:49:20.113" Score="4" ViewCount="232" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si può dire, ad esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuo cugino è un merda,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;con l'articolo maschile &amp;quot;un&amp;quot;, nello stesso modo che si direbbe &amp;quot;Tuo cugino è uno stronzo&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6549" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-18T20:34:56.253" LastActivityDate="2020-08-19T20:07:05.490" Title="Se usato come insulto, &quot;merda&quot; può essere maschile (cioè, &quot;un merda&quot;)?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13174" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-13T18:59:38.583" Score="0" ViewCount="44" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence below is said by a native speaker. It's difficult for me to understand when I should use clitics and when not?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lo sai che l'italiano è la quarta lingua più studiata in tutto il mondo?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-13T20:15:47.787" LastActivityDate="2020-08-13T20:15:47.787" Title="Can I say &quot;Sai che...&quot; instead of &quot;Lo sai che...&quot;" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2020-08-14T20:24:31.730" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13175" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-13T19:57:53.180" Score="1" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Guarda il video e avrai voglia di fare un ricco aperitivo nel centro storico di qualche città italiana.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't understand why we use &lt;strong&gt;avere&lt;/strong&gt; (indicativo futuro) + &lt;strong&gt;volere&lt;/strong&gt; (congiuntivo presente) instead of simply &lt;strong&gt;vorrai&lt;/strong&gt; (indicativo futuro) or &lt;strong&gt;vorresti&lt;/strong&gt; (condizionale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-13T20:23:08.147" LastActivityDate="2020-08-13T20:25:09.640" Title="The usage of &quot;avrai voglia&quot; in this sentence" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13176" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13175" CreationDate="2020-08-13T20:01:29.280" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Voglia&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;avere voglia&amp;quot; is a noun, not a verb in the congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Avere voglia (di fare qc)&amp;quot; can be literally translated as &amp;quot;To have the desire (to do sth.)&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference to &amp;quot;volere&amp;quot; is similar to the difference between&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;I feel like dancing&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I want to dance&amp;quot; (volere)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I hope a native speaker can confirm this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4675" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-13T20:25:09.640" LastActivityDate="2020-08-13T20:25:09.640" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13177" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-14T14:12:47.003" Score="-1" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Which prepositions should I use in this phrase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leonardo va a lavorare a Treviso___giugno ___settembre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in giugno a settembre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel giugno al settembre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6554" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-14T14:21:01.140" LastActivityDate="2020-08-14T20:40:00.767" Title="Which prepositions should I use in &quot;Leonardo va a lavorare a Treviso___giugno ___settembre&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13178" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8154" CreationDate="2020-08-14T16:42:12.843" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Immagino che uno straniero trovi insolita questa parola perché pensa all'opera lirica, ma qui questa parola viene usata nel suo senso di &amp;quot;55esimo lavoro prodotto da Beethoven&amp;quot; e non ha nulla a che vedere con teatri, tenori e scenografie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Probabilmente c'è una sfumatura di significato che è &lt;em&gt;lost in translation&lt;/em&gt; qui: quando un italiano legge &lt;em&gt;opera 55&lt;/em&gt;, il senso a cui pensa è quello di &lt;em&gt;frutto, risultato di un lavoro intellettuale, nel campo delle lettere, delle scienze e delle varie arti&lt;/em&gt;, cioè l'inglese &lt;em&gt;work&lt;/em&gt;. Quando un non-italiano legge &lt;em&gt;opera 55&lt;/em&gt;, il senso a cui pensa è &lt;em&gt;rappresentazione scenica di un testo drammatico (libretto) in cui i personaggi si esprimono per mezzo del canto e con accompagnamento orchestrale&lt;/em&gt;, cioè l'inglese &lt;em&gt;opera&lt;/em&gt;. (Entrambe le definizioni dal Treccani.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Italian word &lt;em&gt;opera&lt;/em&gt; is a literal translation of the Latin &lt;em&gt;opus&lt;/em&gt;, and means &lt;em&gt;work&lt;/em&gt;, as in anything that is the result of work, in particular that of an artist. I can imagine that foreigners associate that word mainly with the English &lt;em&gt;opera&lt;/em&gt; (theatrical representation in which the actors sing accompained by an orchestra), and that it may sound weird in this context; however, in this context this is a false friend. &lt;em&gt;Opera 55&lt;/em&gt; simply means that it is the 55th musical piece produced by Beethoven according to some catalogue, without any references to theaters, stages, tenors and sopranos.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2020-08-14T19:40:12.683" LastActivityDate="2020-08-14T19:40:12.683" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13179" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13177" CreationDate="2020-08-14T20:40:00.767" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Month names want the &lt;em&gt;preposizione articolata&lt;/em&gt; only if qualified: &lt;em&gt;nel prossimo giugno&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;nel giugno del 1985&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Otherwise the preposition has to be simple: &lt;em&gt;andrò a Parigi in settembre&lt;/em&gt;. Here &lt;em&gt;settembre&lt;/em&gt; means the next September; it could mean &lt;em&gt;every September&lt;/em&gt; with the present tense: &lt;em&gt;vado a Parigi in settembre&lt;/em&gt;, depending on the context, can mean that I'll go to Paris the next September or that I usually go to Paris every September.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In order to speak about a time interval, we use &lt;em&gt;da… a…&lt;/em&gt;. Again, the present tense can mean either that Leonardo usually works at Treviso from June to September or that he'll go there the next June till September.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-14T20:40:00.767" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13180" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-16T17:08:36.823" Score="1" ViewCount="335" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Riassunto:&lt;/strong&gt; In questa domanda chiedo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'espressione &amp;quot;con buona pace che&amp;quot; si usa?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Se la risposta alla domanda precedente è affermativa, che senso ha e come si usa questa espressione?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;Un po' di tempo fa, ascoltai qualcuno pronunciare una frase con la locuzione &quot;con buona pace che&quot;. Questa espressione attirò la mia attenzione perché non l'avevo mai sentita o vista.&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono in grado di riprodurre la frase esatta, ma era simile a questa che ho trovato su &lt;a href=&quot;http://daniele.freeshell.org/rec/2009-triboot-macosx-gnulinux-windows.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo sito web&lt;/a&gt; nel senso che iniziava con le parole &amp;quot;con buona pace che&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con buona pace che buona parte della pubblicità di Apple si basava proprio sul vantarsi di non usare Intel.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando su Google &amp;quot;con buona pace che&amp;quot; se ne possono trovare altri esempi, come questo, tratto da un  &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ilfoglio.it/esteri/2020/04/15/news/e-poi-come-andata-in-wisconsin-313134/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo di Luciana Grosso&lt;/a&gt;, in cui si legge (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non solo nell’elezione più importante, quella per un seggio alla Corte Suprema, ha vinto la giudice dem (lato Sanders) Jill Karofsky, ma soprattutto è andata a votare un sacco di gente, soprattutto per posta e lo ha fatto per i democratici, con il risultato di far dichiarare al Presidente che meno si vota per posta meglio è (&lt;strong&gt;con buona pace che&lt;/strong&gt; lui stesso risulta aver votato per posta più volte).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso di questa locuzione né in quali situazioni si possa usare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Su alcuni dizionari, ho trovato la definizione di &amp;quot;con buona pace di&amp;quot;, ma non mi sembra sia esattamente lo stesso (forse sì, ma io non lo capisco: per questa ragione posto una domanda):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pace&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Con vostra buona p.&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;con buona p. di&lt;/em&gt;, senza risentimenti, senza voler offendere, senza che qualcuno se ne abbia a male (per lo più ironicam.): &lt;em&gt;ho riscosso un grande successo, con buona p. degli invidiosi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/con-buona-pace-di&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;con buona pace di&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;loc.prep. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;CO &lt;br&gt;&#xA;spec. iron., senza voler offendere o contrariare qcn.: ha fatto un ottimo lavoro, con buona pace dei suoi colleghi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/P/pace.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei Modi di Dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;con buona pace di ...&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Senza offesa per nessuno; anche con il permesso, con l'autorizzazione di qualcuno. Quasi sempre ironico, con il significato opposto per sottolineare un dispetto, prendersi una rivincita, per scavalcare un rivale del quale ci si sente più forti, più abili, più furbi e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI12/00000327.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    – &lt;em&gt;Con  buona  pace  di  qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;;  &lt;em&gt;con  pace,  pace  a qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;;  &lt;em&gt;salva  pace  di  qualcuno&lt;/em&gt;:  formula  attenuativa   per   introdurre   un’affermazione   sgra­devole   o   contrastante   con   l’opinione   espressa&#xA;da tale persona o attribuitale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ne parla anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://italianosemplicemente.com/2018/02/11/con-buona-pace/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito dell’Associazione Culturale Italiano Semplicemente&lt;/a&gt;, che, però, non so fino a che punto sia affidabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A dire il vero, non capisco neanche come si usa in pratica la locuzione &amp;quot;con buona pace di&amp;quot;: per questo ragione ho posto &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/13192/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma, di &amp;quot;con buona pace che&amp;quot;, non sono riuscita a trovare nulla al riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte i dizionari non riflettono ancora l'uso che si fa di un certo termine o espressione. Un esempio molto interessante per la lingua spagnola si trova in &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/questions/17074/es-bizarro-en-alg%c3%ban-caso-la-traducci%c3%b3n-de-bizarre&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;, che è stata appena aggiornata: i dizionari di spagnolo non raccogliono ancora l'accezione di &amp;quot;bizarro&amp;quot; come un aggettivo per indicare qualcosa di stravagante o che attira l'attenzione per la sua stranezza. Ma questo uso è tanto frequente che la RAE ha detto in un tuit che sarà incorporato al dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, vorrei sapere semplicemente se &amp;quot;per buona pace che&amp;quot; si usa, nello stesso modo che l'OP di quella domanda su Spanish.SE chiedeva quattro anni fa su quel uso dello spagnolo &amp;quot;bizarro&amp;quot;. Poi, ognuno può avere le sue opinioni sull'opportunità di usare espressioni o accezioni di termini che non appaiono sui dizionari  (ma non è questo l'oggetto della domanda). Chiedo se questa espressione si usa o non si usa, non un giudizio su se questo uso è &amp;quot;corretto&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;non corretto&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio altri esempi perché si possa capire meglio cosa sto domandando. Se qualcuno chiede &amp;quot;l'espressione &lt;em&gt;peritarsi di&lt;/em&gt; si usa intendendo dire &lt;em&gt;prendersi la briga di&lt;/em&gt;?&amp;quot;, alla luce di quanto si è discusso al riguardo di &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12849&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, io risponderei di sì, che si utilizza a volte in questo modo, ma che questo uso non è generalmente accettato.&#xA;Partendo di questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/12889&quot;&gt;altra domanda&lt;/a&gt; si potrebbe chiedere se si usa &lt;em&gt;tipologia&lt;/em&gt; intendendo dire &lt;em&gt;tipo&lt;/em&gt; e la risposta sarebbe anche affermativa, sebbene sia un uso improprio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se l'espressione veramente si  adopera nella forma &amp;quot;con buona pace che&amp;quot;, potreste spiegare come si usa e che senso ha, con alcuni esempi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Giusto per chiarire: non sto chiedendo sul significato delle due frasi che ho citato all'inizio del post. Non ho particolare interesse a sapere cosa vogliono dire esattamente. Vorrei sapere se &amp;quot;con buona pace che&amp;quot; è un'espressione in uso e, se fosse così, come si utilizza e che senso ha, spiegato con alcuni esempi (che possono essere diversi di quelli che ho riportato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-22T11:01:46.853" LastActivityDate="2020-08-22T11:01:46.853" Title="Sull'uso e senso di &quot;con buona pace che&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13181" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13180" CreationDate="2020-08-16T21:14:38.287" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per rispondere nel caso specifico occorrerebbe un poco più di contesto; vorrei sottolineare che negli esempi che hai trovato, la frase assume sempre una connotazione ironica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esempio che tira in ballo la Apple si riferisce secondo me al fatto che la Apple si è sempre vantata di non utilizzare processori Intel, ma...    ad un certo punto (IMac)... ha iniziato ad utilizzarli! Ovviamente reclamizzando la grande &amp;quot;novità&amp;quot; e sconfessando quindi tutte le campagne pubblicitarie precedenti!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potremmo dire che le campagne pubblicitarie precedenti sono state diciamo relegate alla &amp;quot;buona pace&amp;quot; dell'oblio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un espressione con significato simile potrebbe essere &amp;quot;alla faccia che...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-08-16T21:14:38.287" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13182" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11280" CreationDate="2020-08-17T12:53:35.050" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Most Italian grammars don’t make the distinction between “countable” and “uncountable”, but in some cases it exists.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, the negative answer to &lt;em&gt;Hai dello zucchero?&lt;/em&gt; should be &lt;em&gt;Non ne ho&lt;/em&gt; without the &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt;/&lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt; qualifier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The qualifier is optional in the similar answer to &lt;em&gt;Hai delle uova?&lt;/em&gt;, which can be either &lt;em&gt;Non ne ho&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;Non ne ho nessuna&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Pedantic grammars would insist in prescribing &lt;em&gt;Non ne ho alcuna&lt;/em&gt;, in order to avoid the double negation, which is however largely used in the spoken language (and rather extensively used also in the written language). You’ll often hear &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt; in controlled speech, though.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Some quotations.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mise l’indice e il medio della mano sinistra nel collare, come per raccomodarlo; e, girando le due dita intorno al collo, volgeva intanto la faccia all’indietro, torcendo insieme la bocca, e guardando con la coda dell’occhio, fin dove poteva, se qualcheduno arrivasse; ma non vide nessuno. (Capitolo 1)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– […] Oh, se fossero stati pugni, sarebbe un’altra faccenda; ma il bastone non isporca le mani a nessuno. (Capitolo 5)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;– Perché volete far de’ cattivi auguri, Lucia? Dio sa che non facciam male a nessuno. (Capitolo 7)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— […] È il vostro; ci siete nati; non avete fatto male a nessuno; ma Dio vuol così. (Capitolo 8)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'esaminatore fu prima stanco d'interrogare, che la sventurata di mentire: e, sentendo quelle risposte sempre conformi, e non avendo alcun motivo di dubitare della loro schiettezza, mutò finalmente linguaggio; […] (Capitolo 10)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All quotations are from “I promessi sposi”. As far as I can see, &lt;em&gt;alcuno&lt;/em&gt; is quite rarely used in a negative context, like in the last example, where a more formal narration tone is employed, as opposed to the informal tone in the first quotation. In the dialogs &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; […] &lt;em&gt;nessuno&lt;/em&gt; is always found.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T12:53:35.050" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13183" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-17T14:13:14.830" Score="3" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;La Luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt; di Cesare Pavese si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In primavera, quando spargemmo il letame, conducevo io il carretto fumante. Con la bella stagione, si trattò di uscire &lt;strong&gt;nei beni prima di giorno&lt;/strong&gt; e bisognava &lt;strong&gt;attaccare la bestia&lt;/strong&gt; nel cortile col buio, sotto le stelle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono due frasi da cui non capisco del tutto bene il significato: &amp;quot;uscire nei beni&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;attaccare la bestia&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;nei beni prima di giorno&amp;quot; vuole dire &amp;quot;really early in the day&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;the wee hours of the morning&amp;quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in &amp;quot;attaccare la bestia&amp;quot;, la bestia si riferisce al carretto di letame?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mille grazie&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6215" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-17T17:42:25.170" LastActivityDate="2020-08-18T09:34:32.443" Title="Significato di &quot;uscire nei beni prima di giorno&quot; e &quot;attaccare la bestia&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13184" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-17T14:17:23.813" Score="2" ViewCount="86" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am reading a novel and cannot find the meaning of this word in the dictionary.  It is probably a word from the Milanese dialect : «&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=qmYeszg9AFQC&amp;amp;pg=PA46&amp;amp;lpg=PA46&amp;amp;dq=stimuscetta&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=qutaSv24l_&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3w0BqTaxwyATrQklerYiiKEBMbQQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjG7-quuqLrAhVF3KQKHRw5AUY4ChDoATABegQIBBAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=stimuscetta&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;È arrivata la stimuscetta.&lt;/a&gt;»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6558" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-17T15:26:34.673" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T15:26:34.673" Title="Looking for the meaning of &quot;stimuscetta&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13185" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10452" CreationDate="2020-08-17T16:41:33.607" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000171.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;bene&amp;quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; fa due citazioni di Cesare Pavese come esempi di uso dell'espressione &amp;quot;i beni&amp;quot; e ne spiega il significato. La seconda citazione è appunto dal romanzo &lt;em&gt;La luna e i falò&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    – &lt;em&gt;I beni&lt;/em&gt;: le campagne, le fattorie. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;    &lt;em&gt;Pavese&lt;/em&gt;, 2-33: Diceva  che  il  tempo  non  passato  sui  beni è  tutto sprecato. &lt;em&gt;Idem&lt;/em&gt;, 5-46:  Dalla  piazza  si  vedeva  la collinetta  dove  aveva  i  suoi  beni,  dietro  il  tetto  del  municipio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-17T16:41:33.607" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13186" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13183" CreationDate="2020-08-17T17:46:32.670" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto questo romanzo un paio di volte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puoi vedere in &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/13185&quot;&gt;questa risposta&lt;/a&gt;, con l'espressione &amp;quot;i beni&amp;quot; Pavese si riferisce in questo passo alle campagne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con la bella stagione, si trattò di uscire nei beni prima di giorno&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa che, arrivata la primavera, dovevano uscire nelle campagne prima dell'alba, quando ancora era buio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'espressione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;bisognava attaccare la bestia nel cortile col buio, sotto le stelle&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;la bestia&amp;quot; fa riferimento all'animale che doveva trainare il carretto col letame. Il narratore sta spiegando che, prima di uscire nelle campagne, dovevano legare questo animale al carretto e lo facevano nel cortile, dove c'era buio perché era prima dell'alba.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-18T09:34:32.443" LastActivityDate="2020-08-18T09:34:32.443" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13187" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12913" CreationDate="2020-08-18T23:10:46.503" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Strappare con i denti vuol dire conseguire a fatica, a stento, per il rotto della cuffia, un risultato (come, negli esempi da te fatti, la licenza o la vittoria del derby). Si tratta di un modo di dire abbastanza diffuso anche nel linguaggio parlato ed in quello giornalistico, in particolare sportivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6564" LastEditorUserId="6564" LastEditDate="2020-08-19T07:22:06.273" LastActivityDate="2020-08-19T07:22:06.273" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13188" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13189" CreationDate="2020-08-19T14:16:21.740" Score="0" ViewCount="47" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Tanto bello al Circolo, pensa Ninì, a starsene a chiacchierare. A pescare non c’è sfizio, pesci non se ne vedono, il sole scotta, il mare adesso nemmeno lo puoi guardare, dà male agli occhi. Fa appena in tempo a tenersi, la barca s’impenna, quel cretino di Glauco scompare &lt;strong&gt;a cofanetto&lt;/strong&gt; in un anello di schiuma accecante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per si è d'aiuto, il romanzo è ambientato a Napoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;a cofanetto&amp;quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;cofanetto&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, inclusi il Treccani e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione. Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegare cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercare &amp;quot;a cofanetto&amp;quot; su Google non è di aiuto perché appaiono molte occorrenze del tipo &amp;quot;scattola a cofanetto&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;borsa a cofanetto&amp;quot;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="6564" LastEditDate="2020-08-19T16:45:23.233" LastActivityDate="2020-08-19T16:45:23.233" Title="Significato di &quot;a cofanetto&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13189" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13188" CreationDate="2020-08-19T15:01:13.980" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qui si tratta del tuffo a cofanetto, che si esegue portando le ginocchia al petto e stringendole tra le braccia, cercando di far schizzare molta acqua. È una traduzione in italiano dall'originale dialetto napoletano &amp;quot;tuffo a cufaniell&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6564" LastActivityDate="2020-08-19T15:01:13.980" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13190" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13173" CreationDate="2020-08-19T20:07:05.490" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì e no.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Merda è femminile. In particolare, merda deriva dal latino, dove è sempre al femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi è giusto dire &amp;quot;UNA merda&amp;quot; ma non &amp;quot;UN merda&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, può essere usato come appellativo al maschile : &amp;quot;Lo chiamano il Merda&amp;quot; (vedi anche il commento di DaG su Mussolini).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo perché l'appellativo (che definisce un soprannome con cui si chiama una persona) segue il genere della persona di cui si sta parlando.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un esempio simile è dato dalla parola &amp;quot;bomba&amp;quot;. Bomba in italiano è femminile, eppure diversi personaggi (reali o immaginari) sono stati chiamati &amp;quot;il Bomba&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2386" LastActivityDate="2020-08-19T20:07:05.490" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13191" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11442" CreationDate="2020-08-20T10:10:01.800" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non vedo nulla di strano in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(a) la parola giapponese che prima è entrata nella lingua italiana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;dove &lt;em&gt;prima&lt;/em&gt; è un normale aggettivo in funzione di apposizione. È lo stesso che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(b) il rapinatore che quatto quatto era in attesa della vittima&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, la costruzione (a) è desueta, probabilmente perché &lt;em&gt;prima&lt;/em&gt; è anche un avverbio molto usato. Al posto di &lt;em&gt;prima&lt;/em&gt; aggettivo in funzione di apposizione si adopera, al giorno d'oggi, la locuzione avverbiale &lt;em&gt;per prima&lt;/em&gt;, con concordanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tutti lo salutavano per primi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa che i lavoranti nel laboratorio erano i primi a salutare il dottore. Un ipotetico &lt;em&gt;tutti lo salutavano per primo&lt;/em&gt; significherebbe che i lavoranti andavano a salutare il dottore prima di salutare chiunque altro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto alle abitazioni, &lt;em&gt;la casa in cui vissi per primo&lt;/em&gt; (desueto: la casa in cui primo vissi*) si riferisce a una casa in cui nessun altro visse prima di me (maschile, perché il soggetto sono io, egreg; sarebbe femminile se il soggetto fossi tu, Charo). Al contrario, direi &lt;em&gt;passando per Papozze, ho visto la prima casa in cui vissi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Papozze è un piccolo paese in riva al Po, con una storia interessante: il centro sorgeva in area golenale e fu trasferito al di là dell'argine dopo l'alluvione del 1951. Ci nacque mia madre, ma andammo ad abitare là per motivi di lavoro di mio padre, lei si era trasferita &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; Adria da bambina.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non si può avere nessuna soddisfazione nel guardare un sacco di fotografie se non vedendone per prime quelle più belle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è del tutto idiomatica, ma non scorretta. Personalmente toglierei il pronome &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ultimo esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si diventa dirigenti per primi in un'azienda, tutto sono difficoltà.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è davvero sgrammaticato. Il &lt;em&gt;per primi&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere &lt;em&gt;per la prima volta&lt;/em&gt;, ma sarebbe già sottinteso in &lt;em&gt;diventa&lt;/em&gt;; il verbo &lt;em&gt;sono&lt;/em&gt; è sbagliato, perché &lt;em&gt;tutto&lt;/em&gt; è singolare. Versioni più scorrevoli sarebbero&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando si diventa dirigenti in un'azienda, all'inizio tutto è difficile.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Quando si diventa dirigenti in un'azienda per la prima volta, tutto è difficile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può usare &lt;em&gt;difficoltà&lt;/em&gt;? Sì, se proprio si vuole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-20T10:10:01.800" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13192" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-20T10:33:04.463" Score="1" ViewCount="413" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una domanda correlata a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/13180&quot;&gt;questa altra&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel post che ho appena citato, ho riportato le definizioni dell'espressione &amp;quot;con buona pace di&amp;quot; che si trovano su parecchi dizionari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Malgrado queste spiegazioni, non mi è chiaro come si usa di solito questa locuzione. Quindi, gradirei di avere alcuni esempi di uso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne ho trovato alcuni sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://italianosemplicemente.com/2018/02/11/con-buona-pace/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito dell’Associazione Culturale Italiano Semplicemente&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, questo sito è stato citato in alcune risposte e commenti e, dalle critiche che ha ricevuto, mi è sembrato capire che non tutto quello che riporta è veramente affidabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A continuazione, cerco di farne qualcuno io stessa, ma non sono per niente sicura che questo sia il modo in cui si utilizza questa locuzione: è per questa ragione che posto la domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Primo esempio. Luigi ha detto: &amp;quot;Non ti sei peritata di controllare le fonti di questo articolo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre pensato che Luigi si esprima spesso usando parole e espressioni complicate per dare a intendere di avere una padronanza della lingua al di sopra di quella dei comuni mortali. Infatti, il verbo &amp;quot;peritarsi&amp;quot; usato in questo modo è uno dei suoi preferiti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora io dico con ironia nei riguardi di Luigi: &amp;quot;Con buona pace di Luigi, chi usa &lt;em&gt;peritarsi di&lt;/em&gt; intendendo &lt;em&gt;prendersi la briga di&lt;/em&gt; lo fa perché cerca di usare un lessico un po' al di sopra di ciò che padroneggia senza problemi, e così facendo si tende delle trappole e ci cade da solo&amp;quot; (ho preso da &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/12849/questo-uso-del-verbo-peritarsi-%c3%a8-oggigiorno-generalmente-accettato#comment30163_12849&quot;&gt;questo commento&lt;/a&gt; di @DaG).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo esempio. Maria, che si vanta sempre di essere un'esperta di letteratura, dice: &amp;quot;L'ultimo romanzo di Mario Corti&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; è un capolavoro. Si tratta senza dubbio di un testo che passerà alla storia della letteratura universale&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia opinione è che con questa e altre  affermazioni dimostri di non capire un'acca di letteratura e colgo l'occasione per farlo evidente pronunciando questa frase: &amp;quot;Con buona pace di Maria, ho letto l'ultimo romanzo di Mario Corti e vi posso assicurare che è davvero brutto&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È così che si usa di solito l'espressione &amp;quot;con buona pace di&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;1. Si tratta di un nome inventato.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-24T19:38:07.020" LastActivityDate="2020-08-24T19:38:07.020" Title="Come si usa l'espressione &quot;con buona pace di&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13193" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13194" CreationDate="2020-08-21T13:21:08.850" Score="0" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      «Massimo, stai diventando una schiappa, una &lt;strong&gt;zoza&lt;/strong&gt;, una molla scassata. Scendevi a sedici metri te ne sei scordato? e non ti faceva mai male niente. Quella volta a Nìsida, sott’acqua ti dovevo lasciare!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un romanzo ambientato a Napoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato il termine &amp;quot;zoza&amp;quot; su nessun dizionario. Da una ricerca su Google mi è sembrato capire che possa trattarsi di un napoletanismo. È chiaro che nel contesto del brano è usato come un epiteto, ma potreste spiegare cosa vuol dire?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-22T21:04:19.033" Title="Significato di &quot;zoza&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13194" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13193" CreationDate="2020-08-21T14:54:47.433" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sull'origine di questo vocabolo si racconta che alla fine del '700 le salse preparate dai cuochi francesi a Napoli non furono apprezzate dal popolo, che le considerava una schifezza. Il termine sauces,  storpiato in sos e poi in zoza, divenne sinonimo di cosa (ed anche persona) ripugnante, disgustosa. Il termine dialettale oggi ha ampia diffusione, fino a diventare un epiteto offensivo: &amp;quot;si' 'na zoza! &amp;quot;, che vuol dire &amp;quot;sei una schifezza&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui un link ad un sito che tratta dell'origine etimologica del termine (che però non cita nessuna fonte autorevole): &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.vesuviolive.it/cultura-napoletana/proverbi-napoletani/152518-deriva-termine-napoletano-zoza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.vesuviolive.it/cultura-napoletana/proverbi-napoletani/152518-deriva-termine-napoletano-zoza/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa storia sull'origine del termine viene anche raccontata nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=e0RIAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=zoza+napoletano+schifezza&amp;amp;dq=zoza+napoletano+schifezza&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjqjp_Tka_rAhUKBGMBHS8ZB-IQ6AEwAXoECAgQAQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;I colori del gusto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, dell'Accademia italiana della cucina:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fu soprattutto con il lungo regno di Ferdinando IV, poi I, che la corte napoletana primeggiò in Europa per lusso, eleganza e  e magnificenza, sempre in competizione con quella di Parigi per una eterna gara tra la regina Maria Carolina e la e la sfortunata sorella Maria Antonietta, regina di Francia. La moda e la cucina francese entrarono di prepotenza nelle abitudini dei Napoletani  portando una ventata di novità sia nell'abbigliamento che nell'alimentazione, nei pranzi ufficiali e nelle occasioni più importanti l'etichetta imponeva solo cucina francese accompagnata  accompagnata sempre e solo da vini francesi. Per adeguarsi ed essere all'altezza, molte casate nobili ingaggiavano cuochi francesi, che in segno di rispetto erano chiamati &lt;em&gt;monzù&lt;/em&gt;, inoltre molti termini gastronomici furono mutuati dal francese entrando di diritto nel linguaggio quotidiano, molto spesso storpiati nella pronuncia o nella grafica: &lt;em&gt;gatto&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ragù&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sartù&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;bignè&lt;/em&gt;, e così via. &lt;br&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      La ricca cucina nobiliare ebbe a Napoli i suoi codificatori che raccolsero le ricette descrivendole in importanti ricettari: il Cuoco galante (1773) e il Credenziere di buon gusto (1778) di Vincenzo Corrado, la Cucina Casereccia di M. F. (1807, anonimo), e la Cucina teorico-pratica (1837) pubblicata pubblicata in ben nove edizioni dal nobile cavalier Ippolito Cavalcanti duca di Buonvicino, testo quest'ultimo considerato un caposaldo della gastronomia napoletana per aver dato voce anche alla cucina della borghesia, con la descrizione di molte pietanze ancora in uso nell'attuale cucina quotidiana​. Pochi però sono i manicaretti della cucina aristocratica sopravvissuti e giunti fino a noi: con l'Unità d'Italia la dinastia Borbonica fu esiliata, la corte e la nobiltà furono fagocitate di nuovi personaggi e, disperse dai nuovi eventi, rivosero la loro attenzione ad altri interessi. Da parte sua il popolo, sia in città che nelle campagne, non aveva mai adottato gli intingoli pasticciati e le complesse preparazioni francesi, verso le quali provava tale ripugnanza che il termine francese &lt;em&gt;sauce&lt;/em&gt; - salsa, storpiato in &lt;em&gt;zoza&lt;/em&gt;, divenne sinonimo di abominevole schifezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come fonte per dare conferma a quanto spiegato sul significato, possiamo citare questo passo del libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=SKBfDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA354&amp;amp;lpg=PA354&amp;amp;dq=zoza+napoletano+schifezza&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=XqRC3mpOgU&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1QblkoUpAG7WZ3Dg2YvJK9D3uZCg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjL_57fi6_rAhWxDmMBHdDoDP04ChDoATAJegQICBAB#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=zoza%20napoletano%20schifezza&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Origini&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Giovanni Bausilio, autore di altri libri sulla lingua napoletana:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;        Ogni napoletano è un alchimista del caffè: tutti hanno teorie, [...]  alcuni hanno addirittura rinunciato a prepararlo da soli perché la loro arte non era abbastanza raffinata affinché il risultato non fosse &lt;em&gt;na zoza o ciufeca&lt;/em&gt; che tradotte sta per schifezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6564" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-22T21:04:19.033" LastActivityDate="2020-08-22T21:04:19.033" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13195" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-22T23:02:53.300" Score="4" ViewCount="212" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, there is a sentence in the textbook &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Progetto Italiano&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Osservate le due immagini e dite quali differenze esistono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I use &amp;quot;cosa&amp;quot; instead here? Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-23T09:09:42.843" LastActivityDate="2020-08-23T09:42:14.327" Title="Differenze fra &quot;quale&quot; e &quot;cosa&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;interrogatives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13196" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-22T23:13:39.867" Score="2" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a question with this sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali espressioni usano Mario e Gianni per esprimere incertezza e dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it sound also natural if I say &amp;quot;Quali espressioni Mario e Gianni usano ...&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If so, is there any difference? Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-23T08:36:20.743" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T06:23:42.377" Title="The order of the subject and the verb in a particular sentence" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13197" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13196" CreationDate="2020-08-23T06:32:40.350" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It sounds just &lt;em&gt;slightly&lt;/em&gt; less natural, even if perfectly correct. It depends on what concept you want to stress.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali espressioni usano [...Mario e Gianni]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is natural (and easy) because the verb is near to the object, and just after the verb comes the subject, while&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali espressioni Mario e Gianni usano...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;requires you to &amp;quot;memorize&amp;quot; &amp;quot;quali espressioni&amp;quot;, then &amp;quot;Mario e Gianni&amp;quot;, while you don't know yet what to do with those. But the phrase is anyway correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This second phrase has a slight accent on &amp;quot;Quali espressioni&amp;quot;, kind of underlining it against &amp;quot;Mario e Gianni&amp;quot;, whilst the first phrase is more plain.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;=== UPDATE ===&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are cases good for the second form; for example this phrase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali persone guardano Mario e Gianni?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;is ambiguous, probably means &amp;quot;which are the persons that are looking at Mario and Gianni?&amp;quot;. The second form is not ambiguous:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quali persone Mario e Gianni guardano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(what persons are Mario and Gianni looking at?).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-08-28T06:23:42.377" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T06:23:42.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13198" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13195" CreationDate="2020-08-23T06:42:13.560" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;No, you can't. &lt;em&gt;Quali&lt;/em&gt; is an adjective, referring to the noun &lt;em&gt;differenze&lt;/em&gt;, and both together refer to the verb &lt;em&gt;esistono&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you substitute &lt;em&gt;quali&lt;/em&gt; with &lt;em&gt;cose&lt;/em&gt; you have two nouns, &lt;em&gt;cose&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;differenze&lt;/em&gt;, without a connection between them and to the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You could use instead say, dropping &lt;em&gt;differenze&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[...] e dite &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; è diverso (not fully correct)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;[...] e dite che &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; è diverso (better)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;[...] e dite &lt;em&gt;quali cose&lt;/em&gt; sono diverse (also good)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastEditorUserId="6017" LastEditDate="2020-08-23T09:42:14.327" LastActivityDate="2020-08-23T09:42:14.327" CommentCount="17" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13199" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13196" CreationDate="2020-08-23T08:22:16.893" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The second version sounds quite unnatural. It's understandable, but verges on the ungrammatical. Even if you want to stress that it's Mario and Giovanni that are the focus of your sentence, you'd say something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mario e Giovanni quali espressioni usano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;which isn't the finest of constructions, but is very acceptable colloquially to stress that you are specifically interested in what Mario and Giovanni do (as in “I know about Luigi and Antonio but, as for Mario and Giovanni, ...”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-08-23T08:29:12.843" LastActivityDate="2020-08-23T08:29:12.843" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13200" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13195" CreationDate="2020-08-23T08:35:34.673" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The main difference is that &lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt; is an (interrogative) adjective, so it need a noun to which it refers (&lt;em&gt;quale strada?&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quali libri?&lt;/em&gt;...), while &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; – besides being a noun meaning “thing” – is a (interrogative) pronoun, so it stands in place of a noun, the object of the question: &lt;em&gt;cosa vuoi?&lt;/em&gt; It's pretty much the same difference as between “which” (&lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt;) and “what” (&lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You may also use &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt;, rather than &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, if you were to rephrase your example with &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt;, you might want to say, for instance:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Osservate le due immagini e dite in (che) cosa differiscono&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;i.e., “...in what they differ”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-08-23T08:35:34.673" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13201" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13107" CreationDate="2020-08-24T10:08:08.837" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un'interpretazione alternativa, che trovo ancora più divertente, è che con &lt;em&gt;equipaggio&lt;/em&gt; Levi intendesse solo sé stesso, relegando Giulia al ruolo di semplice passeggero poco osservante delle regole di bordo. Questa cosa promuoverebbe la bicicletta, mezzo facile da guidare, a veicolo più complesso, con separazione netta tra equipaggio e passeggeri.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-08-24T10:08:08.837" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13202" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13203" CreationDate="2020-08-24T17:35:14.953" Score="4" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco il titolo di una recente &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/08/24/trump-incassa-la-nomination-presidenziale-repubblicana&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia apparsa su Euronews&lt;/a&gt; (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trump &lt;strong&gt;incassa&lt;/strong&gt; la nomination presidenziale repubblicana&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/incassare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;verbo &amp;quot;incassare&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non mi sembra che nessuna abbia senso nel contesto dell'articolo. Le definizioni che ho trovato su altri dizionari sono simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegare cosa significa, facendo magari qualche altro esempio di uso in cui questo verbo abbia lo stesso senso (se veramente si tratta di un utilizzo con una certa diffusione)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo altri esempi di uso di &amp;quot;incassare&amp;quot; in cui penso che il senso possa essere lo stesso (sono riuscita a trovarli grazie ai commenti che mi hanno dato indizi su cosa possa significare   e sul fatto che questo utilizzo possa avere una certa diffusione). Da notare che si tratta sempre di linguaggio giornalistico (il grassetto è sempre mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dopo &lt;strong&gt;aver incassato&lt;/strong&gt; la vittoria sul suo decreto, il vicepremier non molla (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lastampa.it/politica/2019/08/06/news/salvini-apre-le-danze-sulla-tav-voteremo-mozioni-a-favore-del-progresso-1.37306093&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;La Stampa&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Incassato&lt;/strong&gt; il Trofeo Tim, a casa Inter si respira un grande ottimismo (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ilgiorno.it/milano/sport/2012/07/22/747747-inter-Coutinho.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il Giorno&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;E l'impressione è che ora servirà un mezzo miracolo per &lt;strong&gt;incassare&lt;/strong&gt; la Coppa (&lt;a href=&quot;https://m.ilgiornaledivicenza.it/home/sport/asiago-hockey/l-asiago-spicca-il-volo-ma-rouen-lo-riporta-a-terra-1.4556901?pag=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Il giornale di Vicenza&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nel 1977 a diventare EGOT è l’attrice Helen Hayes (nella foto con Gary Cooper), che quell’anno vince il Grammy dopo &lt;strong&gt;aver già incassato&lt;/strong&gt; l’Oscar nel 1932, il Tony nel 1947 e l’Emmy nel 1953 (&lt;a href=&quot;https://tg24.sky.it/spettacolo/cinema/approfondimenti/vincitori-egot#00&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sky&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-25T08:13:19.013" LastActivityDate="2020-08-25T08:44:27.560" Title="Che senso ha il verbo &quot;incassare&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13203" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13202" CreationDate="2020-08-25T08:44:27.560" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'esempio calzante è quello di &lt;em&gt;incassare un assegno&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;cashing a check&lt;/em&gt; in inglese americano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;Piccola divagazione: la parola &lt;em&gt;cassa&lt;/em&gt; in senso economico-bancario ha origine a Firenze ed è stata esportata in tutta Europa.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il senso figurato nel titolo giornalistico è “ottenere qualcosa” che può essere dovuto o meritato, ma anche non dovuto né meritato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio (fittizio): “Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Il_presidente_del_Borgorosso_Football_Club&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Borgorosso FC&lt;/a&gt; incassa il pareggio” può significare che la squadra del Borgorosso non ha avuto grandi meriti nell'ottenere il risultato di parità. Ecco un &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.genova24.it/2020/02/pari-con-il-toro-il-genoa-primavera-incassa-un-punto-utile-231004/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempio non fittizio&lt;/a&gt;: “Il Genoa primavera incassa un punto utile”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al contrario, come riportato nel dizionario Treccani, &lt;em&gt;incassare un gol&lt;/em&gt; significa subirlo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso del titolo su Trump, si vuole sottolineare che la &lt;em&gt;nomination&lt;/em&gt; era attesa e dovuta e che, ora, Trump può dedicarsi ad altro (la campagna elettorale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa accezione di &lt;em&gt;incassare&lt;/em&gt; è gergo giornalistico. Non credo di aver mai sentito qualcuno (che non fosse un giornalista in servizio) adoperarla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-25T08:44:27.560" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13204" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-25T14:35:48.520" Score="2" ViewCount="152" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alle sue spalle parlano ancora del Venezuela. Glauco dopo lo sfogo s’è calmato, ora sembrano tutti presi dalla voglia di andarsene con lui, nel gruppo circola una brezzolina di euforia, parlano dei milioni di Dodero... Milioni? Miliardi, vuoi dire. Più di Onassis. – Che faresti tu coi soldi di Dodero? E che farebbe Dodero coi soldi miei, quello voglio vedere, pure lui buttato sopra la terrazza di un Circolo sotto un sole cocente! Sì sì, meglio &lt;strong&gt;levare mano&lt;/strong&gt;, te ne vai in Venezuela, paese giovane, per lo meno non vedi più le stesse facce! Come fa Elio che ogni tanto scompare, sai che è partito, e quando ritorna tutti s’interessano a lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un romanzo ambientato a Napoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando ho letto questo brano mi sono accorta di non capire il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;levare mano&amp;quot; e ho cominciato a ricercare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alle voci &amp;quot;mano&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;levare&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione (ho trovato sul Treccani e altri &amp;quot;levare le mani al cielo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;levare di mano le botte&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;levare di mano a un santo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;levare di mano la palla a qualcuno&amp;quot;, ma non credo abbiano niente a che vedere).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto che questa locuzione appare su questo &lt;a href=&quot;http://sites.unice.fr/site/henneboi/SVG-lirces/langues/real/dialectes/legnare.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario etimologico di meridionalismi&lt;/a&gt;. I dizionari citati sono il &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario siciliano&lt;/em&gt; di Piccitto e il &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Dizionario dialettale della Calabria&lt;/em&gt; di Rohlfs. Anche l'autore citato che fa uso di &amp;quot;levare mano&amp;quot;, Santiapichi, è sicilano. Secondo questi dizionari, in Sicilia significa &amp;quot;smettere di lavorare&amp;quot; e in Calabria &amp;quot;interrompere, sospendere un lavoro&amp;quot;. È anche questo il senso che ha questa espressione a Napoli? Cioè, il significato nel brano di La Capria sarebbe &amp;quot;meglio smettere di lavorare e andarsene in Venezuela&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco un altro esempio di un autore siciliano, Giosué Calaciura, tratto dal suo libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=5qCODAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT24&amp;amp;lpg=PT24&amp;amp;dq=%22levare+mano%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=50vSqJ2GSX&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2zbGoaeSeL9gSmBXw_gFlq3au0Ng&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwj8oMGk_rrrAhWKGBQKHSsZDucQ6AEwEHoECAQQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22levare%20mano%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pantelleria. L'ultima isola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, in cui il significato è chiaramente &amp;quot;smettere di lavorare&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un ritorno, in chiave di modernità accettabile, alla dignità del lavoro manuale. Duro. Dieci raccolte, da maggio a fine agosto, spesso strisciando per terra per adeguarsi al portamento della pianta, senza ausili meccanici, dalle prime luci dell'alba sino a mezzogiorno, quando il calore del sole costringe a &lt;strong&gt;levare mano&lt;/strong&gt;. Nella cesta, in un'ora, non più di due chili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, ho trovato anche questo testo provveniente da un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.irpinianews.it/basket-caos-nel-mondo-cestistico-la-scandone-attende/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;giornale della Campania&lt;/a&gt;, che mi fa pensare che il senso di questa locuzione in tale regione possa essere leggermente diverso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma quale tipo di campionato la squadra avellinese sarà pronta ad affrontare? I tifosi meritano di vedere un campionato di vertice, altrimenti sarebbe meglio &lt;strong&gt;levare mano&lt;/strong&gt;. Che senso avrebbe fare un campionato di basso livello e di passione anche in legadue? Nessuno, ciò contribuirebbe solo ad allontanare i tifosi dal palazzetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente, però, ho trovato questa espressione nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/pt2archiviostori04depuuoft/page/n19/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tomo IV, parte seconda dell'&lt;em&gt;Archivio storico italiano, ossia raccolta di opere e documenti finora inediti o divenuti rarissimi riguardanti la storia d'Italia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, pubblicato al Gabinetto Visieux di Firenze nel  1853. In questo libro si trova una sezione intitolata &amp;quot;Voci e maniere degne d'osservazione che s'incontrano in questo Volume&amp;quot; in cui appare &amp;quot;levare mano&amp;quot; definito come &amp;quot;cessar di fare una cosa&amp;quot;. L'espressione appare alla pagina 174 in un testo  Cinquecentesco sulla vita di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/antonio-giacomini-tebalducci_%28Dizionario-Biografico%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Antonio Giacomini&lt;/a&gt;, fiorentino, scritto da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/iacopo-pitti_(Dizionario-Biografico)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Iacopo Pitti&lt;/a&gt;, anche fiorentino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=TdY_AQAAMAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA123&amp;amp;lpg=PA123&amp;amp;dq=%22levare+mano%22+cessar&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Pgfxu2ud2i&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U1fgQejI8tWFrT5Ec5EQZkj8v4WdA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwij197fpbfrAhWh3OAKHQBYDwAQ6AEwAnoECAEQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22levare%20mano%22%20cessar&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Raccolta di tutte le voci scoperte sul vocabolario ultimo della Crusca e aggiunta di altre che ivi mancano di Dante, Petrarca e Boccaccio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, pubblicato a Venezia nel 1760, appare la locuzione &amp;quot;levare mano&amp;quot; definita come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dessistere. Finire. Cessar di fare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/61704&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Niccolò Machiavelli e i suoi tempi&lt;/em&gt;, vol. I&lt;/a&gt; di Pasquale Villari, si trova una lettera dei Dieci al Commissario T. Tosinghi, del 3 ottobre 1504, in cui si legge (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Noi intendiamo quello che voi dite della difficultà che ha cotesta sboccatura ad cavarsi, rispetto alla strada et alla grotta dove è el terreno più fermo et più forte che in tucta la coda del fosso; intendiamo come fra sei dì credete haverla fornita, secondo el parlare di cotesti capi maestri, et come e' se ne potrebbono ingannare, etc.; et examinato con quante difficultà vi si conducono gli huomini, et con quanta, condocti vi sono, voi ve gli mantenete, stiamo con dispiacere in qualche parte di questa cosa; perchè, scorciandosi el tempo, giudichiamo che bisognerà &lt;strong&gt;levare mano&lt;/strong&gt; subito, veggiendo maxime la voglia di coteste genti d'arme, et quando el tempo non si scorciassi, la pagha delle fanterie ci è addosso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/lesoriginespolit01romi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Les origines politiques des guerres de religion. Henri II et l'Italie (1547-1555). D'après des Documents originaux inédits&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; si trova questa frase tratta da una lettera del 1547 da J. Alvarotti al duca di Ferrara:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;S. M&lt;sup&gt;tà&lt;/sup&gt; ha falto &lt;strong&gt;levare mano&lt;/strong&gt; a tutte le fabriche che facea il Re suo padre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Leggendo la frase nel libro, il suo senso sembra essere che il re Enrico II di Valois fece smettere l'attività che si svolgeva in tali fabbriche.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro esempio di uso di &amp;quot;levare mano&amp;quot; si trova nel libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=S6013q0FWTMC&amp;amp;pg=PA263&amp;amp;lpg=PA263&amp;amp;dq=%22levare+mano%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=Pglak64AdY&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0wNe9_8JxnZ9Ndk4jlR97t4e6yEQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiZu8iP6dTrAhX5A2MBHckhD4YQ6AEwCXoECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22levare%20mano%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il chirone in campo, tomo secondo, o sia, La chirurgia svelata&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, pubblicato a Venezia nel 1729:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non si essendo in tal tempo osservato altro che una certa febbricciatola, la quale venuta sulla sera de' sei, tirò avanti fin' al mezzodì del dì vegnente, nel qual tempo, il Paziente se ne trovò libero. Lo stesso dì de' dieci fù stimato bene il &lt;strong&gt;levare mano&lt;/strong&gt; a i brodi alteranti, attesa la troppa languidezza delle prime vie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, potrebbe trattarsi di un'espressione che in passato era più diffusa e che, per qualche ragione, sia soppravvisuta  soltanto nel sud Italia? Forse nell'&lt;em&gt;Archivio storico italiano&lt;/em&gt; pubblicato al Gabinetto Visieux si spiegava il significato dell'espressione perché nel 1853 era caduta in disuso da tempo in Toscana? Qualcuno saprebbe spiegare qualcosa sulla storia di questa locuzione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-06T15:39:14.323" LastActivityDate="2020-09-06T15:39:14.323" Title="Sul significato e la storia dell'espressione &quot;levare mano&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13205" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-25T22:15:03.727" Score="2" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;For example, there is a sentence in the textbook &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Progetto Italiano&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uno di voi è l'agente di polizia che cerca di verificare &lt;strong&gt;quello che&lt;/strong&gt; è scritto nell'agenda del ragazzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can I use &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;che cosa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; instead here? Thank you!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T12:51:42.573" Title="Differenze fra &quot;che cosa&quot; e &quot;quello che&quot;" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13206" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13207" CreationDate="2020-08-25T22:48:15.960" Score="4" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I feel confused with the usage of &amp;quot;come&amp;quot; in several subtitles here, for example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendono come ausiliare il verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Please let me know if I am wrong. I guess the subject of &amp;quot;prendono&amp;quot; are the following verbs. In addition, &amp;quot;ausiliare&amp;quot; is a noun here.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So what is the meaning of &amp;quot;come&amp;quot; in this example? It doesn't make sense with neither &amp;quot;how&amp;quot; nor &amp;quot;like&amp;quot;. Thanks in advance!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/hVJBS.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/hVJBS.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-26T09:00:00.813" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T14:28:54.267" Title="Cosa significa &quot;come&quot; in questa frase?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13207" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13206" CreationDate="2020-08-25T23:31:55.057" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this case: the Italian &amp;quot;come&amp;quot; must be interpreted as &amp;quot;in the role of&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As to the subject of &amp;quot;prendono&amp;quot; please see what Charo says in the comment to this answer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As Charo pointed out to me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the subject [of &amp;quot;prendono&amp;quot;] in sentence &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; is molti verbi di movimento, molti verbi di stato in luogo, alcuni verbi intransitivi, i verbi riflessivi; in sentence &lt;em&gt;b&lt;/em&gt; is i verbi transitivi, alcuni verbi intransitivi; in sentence &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; is alcuni verbi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The meaning of the whole sentence is then:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following verbs need &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot; as auxiliary verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6577" LastEditorUserId="6577" LastEditDate="2020-08-26T14:28:54.267" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T14:28:54.267" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13208" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13205" CreationDate="2020-08-26T05:19:03.510" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Absolutely yes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...verificare &lt;strong&gt;che cosa&lt;/strong&gt; è scritto..., or&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;...verificare &lt;strong&gt;che cosa c'è&lt;/strong&gt; scritto...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second form is probably more common, the particle &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; (the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is dropped by the apostrophe in &lt;em&gt;c'è&lt;/em&gt;) means &amp;quot;there&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Note the masculine &lt;em&gt;scritto&lt;/em&gt;: it could be feminine, because &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; is feminine, but not often used (this is not a simple argument).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The particle &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; could also be substituted by &lt;em&gt;quale&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...verificare &lt;strong&gt;quale cosa&lt;/strong&gt; è scritta..., or&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;...verificare &lt;strong&gt;quale cosa c'è&lt;/strong&gt; scritta...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;and in this case &lt;em&gt;scritta&lt;/em&gt; has to be feminine because the value of &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; is clearly and exactly a noun (this value of noun is quite obfuscated in the two first phrases: &lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt; can be rendered with &amp;quot;what&amp;quot; in English, while &lt;em&gt;quale cosa&lt;/em&gt; can be rendered with &amp;quot;which thing&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6017" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T05:19:03.510" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13209" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13205" CreationDate="2020-08-26T10:18:59.393" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;They're not the same in this case and generally.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a person speaking to other people, among which there is a police officer in charge of verifying something that's in the boy's diary (appointment book).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What's written is already a piece of information that only needs to be checked. For instance there could be written “Meet X at 9:30” and the officer should check whether the meeting actually happened in order that it provides an &lt;em&gt;alibi&lt;/em&gt; for the boy.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The difference is that &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt; is a demonstrative pronoun, whereas &lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt; is an interrogative pronoun. They serve different grammatical and logical purposes.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let's try a simpler example:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendi il taccuino e dimmi quello che c'è scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prendi il taccuino e dimmi che cosa c'è scritto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are they different? Yes. In the first case I know that something is written in the notebook, in the second case I don't know whether it has any notes. Actually, this is a case where the difference is not so important and both forms mean essentially the same. But it's not in the case of the police officer, because of the action involved, namely &lt;em&gt;verificare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T10:18:59.393" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13210" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13205" CreationDate="2020-08-26T12:51:42.573" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this case &amp;quot;quello che&amp;quot; can be substituted for by &amp;quot;che cosa&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;cosa&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;, and also by &amp;quot;quel che&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;ciò che&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;quanto&amp;quot;. It's only a matter of style.&#xA;You can consider the first set of alternatives as more informal, ordered by informality. Some may even say that &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; is regional when used in this way.&#xA;On the contrary the second set can be considered as more formal in order of ascending formality.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For clarity from the highest level of formality to the lowest:&#xA;&amp;quot;quanto&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;ciò che&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;quel che&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;quello che&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;che cosa&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;cosa&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With any of these alternatives, it's not taken for granted that anything is written at all, even though the speaker assumes that something is written.&#xA;One can express doubts about this circumstance by adding a remark like the following one, even without changing &amp;quot;quello che&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Uno di voi è l'agente di polizia che cerca di verificare quello che è scritto nell'agenda del ragazzo, sempre che ci sia scritto qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you say instead &amp;quot;quella cosa che&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;that thing which&amp;quot;) you are referring to something you and your listeners already know about.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6577" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T12:51:42.573" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13211" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-26T16:40:05.440" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Pettinandosi davanti allo specchio Ninì gonfia il torace, fa un inchino alla ragazza che sta arrivando con Cocò – una specie di prova generale – ma decide che no, &lt;strong&gt;buttarla sul fisico&lt;/strong&gt; è volgare, &lt;em&gt;savoir faire&lt;/em&gt; ci vuole! Ripete l’inchino a torace sgonfio, sobrio, all’inglese, così va meglio, e s’avvia a fare pipì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per si fosse di aiuto, si tratta di un romanzo ambientato a Napoli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire &amp;quot;buttarla sul fisico&amp;quot; in questo brano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/buttare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;buttare&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a vedere a quale possa corrispondere l'uso che se ne fa nel testo. Le definizioni che ho trovato su altri dizionari sono simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricercando &amp;quot;buttarla sul&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;buttarla sullo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;buttarla sulla&amp;quot; su Google Libri ne appaiono parecchie occorrenze che a volte si riferiscono chiaramente a &amp;quot;buttare&amp;quot; in senso fisico (per esempio, &amp;quot;buttarla sul letto&amp;quot;), ma altre volte hanno un senso figurato che non so se sia lo stesso di quello adoperato da La Capria in questo passaggio. Se fosse così, potreste fare qualche esempio di come si usa questa espressione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-22T17:59:49.540" LastActivityDate="2020-09-22T17:59:49.540" Title="Significato di &quot;buttarla sul fisico&quot; e altre espressioni con &quot;buttarla&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13212" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12916" CreationDate="2020-08-26T18:08:18.853" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe &amp;quot;ministra assegnata ai trasporti&amp;quot; che a sua volta significa &amp;quot;assegnata ai trasporti col ruolo di ministra&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi si tratta di una omissione verbale di &amp;quot;assegnata&amp;quot; piuttosto che di un uso non documentato della preposizione &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso in particolare la locuzione è usata insieme al nome della ministra.&#xA;La differenza percepita da chi legge tra &amp;quot;la ministra ai trasporti, Paola De Micheli, ha spiegato che...&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;la ministra dei trasporti Paola De Micheli, ha spiegato che ...&amp;quot; è che chi scrive vuole portare all'attenzione del lettore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;il pensiero del ministro assegnato ai trasporti&amp;quot; (che incidentalmente è Paola De Micheli), nel primo caso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;il pensiero di Paola De Micheli&amp;quot;, della quale, per completezza o rispetto, si specifica il titolo, nel secondo caso.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se non viene specificato il nome della persona chiaramente la funzione di titolo di ministro dei trasporti viene meno, tuttavia qualche differenza semantica rimane:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;- Sai che Paola de Micheli è ministra dei trasporti. - Certo che ha fatto una gran carriera.&amp;quot; Paola è una ministra! L'enfasi è sul ruolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Paola de Micheli è ministra ai trasporti, Azzolini lo è all'istruzione, Guerini alla difesa, .....&amp;quot;, questi ministri de Micheli, Azzolini, Guerini sono assegnati rispettivamente ai trasporti, all'istruzione, alla difesa... L'enfasi è sul ministero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso ragionamento si applica ad altri ruoli (sottosegretario, presidente, comandante, ...) e altre strutture (regione, caserma, università, ...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Subsecretario al Ministerio de Infraestructuras y Transportado&amp;quot; in italiano diventa &amp;quot;sottosegretario al ministero delle infrastrutture e trasporti&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Destinado como Ministro al Ministerio de Defensa&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;assegnato come ministro al Ministero della difesa&amp;quot;. Anche in spagnolo si può usare la preposizione &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ministero de&amp;quot; può essere omesso se il contesto lo permette (p.es. se si sta parlando di politica) quindi le 2 frasi diventano &amp;quot;Sottosegretario alle Infrastrutture e Trasporti&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;assegnato come ministro alla Difesa&amp;quot;. Quest'ultima abbrevviabile in &amp;quot;ministro alla Difesa&amp;quot; che alla lettera significa &amp;quot;uno che è stato assegnato come ministro alla Difesa&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Commissario al Commercio&amp;quot;: si parla di politica? allora, per la regola 2, per commercio non si intende il trading ma il &amp;quot;dipartimento del commercio&amp;quot;. Per la regola 1, quel commissario al (dipartimento di) commercio è uno che è stato assegnato al (dipartimento del) commercio come commissario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Presidente alla filiale di Vicenza&amp;quot;, qui basta la regola 1: si tratta di uno che è stato assegnato alla filiale di Vicenza come presidente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Professore di Relatività generale&amp;quot;: può mai uno essere assegnato alla relatività generale? no quindi la regola 1 non si può applicare. Ma magari si può applicare la regola 2 e quindi poi la regola 1. Vediamo: con &amp;quot;Relatività generale&amp;quot; si può essere sottinteso qualcosa? p.es. &amp;quot;Centro studi di Relatività generale&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Istituto di Relatività generale&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;scuola di specializzazione in Relatività generale&amp;quot;? Allora, se dal contesto si capisce che è stato sottinteso qualcosa e questo contesto è caratterizzato dalla conoscenza di una organizzazione formata da diversi centri studi o istituti o scuole di specializzazione (una di relatività generale, una di magnetofluidodinamica, una di cosmologia quantistica, astrofisica relativistica), allora si può applicare la regola 2 in base alla quale per &amp;quot;relatività generale&amp;quot; in questo contesto significa p.es. &amp;quot;scuola di specializzazione in Relatività generale&amp;quot; e può a sua volta applicarsi la regola 1 che permette di dire &amp;quot;professore alla Relatività generale&amp;quot; intendendo che è un professore che insegna alla scuola di specializzazione di Relatività generale. Diversamente si può solo dire &amp;quot;professore di relatività generale&amp;quot; senza nessuna enfasi su dove insegna ma solo cosa insegna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6577" LastEditorUserId="6577" LastEditDate="2020-08-26T23:06:05.243" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T23:06:05.243" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13213" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13196" CreationDate="2020-08-26T23:45:18.367" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a subject-verb inversion needed to avoid any emphatic meaning. If you do not use such inversion it sounds very much emphatically:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;quali espressioni Mario e Giovanni usano?&amp;quot;&#xA;would mean: we know what expressions they use, but are those really e.g. vulgar, or mischievous, or damaging, ...? Come on!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6577" LastActivityDate="2020-08-26T23:45:18.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13214" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6268" CreationDate="2020-08-27T12:24:28.140" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/camorra-mafia-ndrangheta--parte-ii-origine-di-mafia/869&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;consulenza linguistica dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt; riporta lo studio di Alberto Nocentini a proposito dell'origine di &lt;em&gt;mafia&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo mi sembra interessante perché spiega i problemi che ha l'ipotesi segnalata come la più accreditata nella risposta di @DaG e aggiunge qualche altra ipotesi.&#xA;Indica anche in che momento questo vocabolo è stato introdotto nella lessicografia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;mafia&lt;/em&gt; si comincia a usare nel periodo postunitario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La comparsa di &lt;em&gt;mafia&lt;/em&gt; è più o meno coeva a quella di &lt;em&gt;camorra&lt;/em&gt;, ma priva di precedenti anteriori al periodo postunitario: attraverso il derivato &lt;em&gt;mafioso&lt;/em&gt; figura nel testo teatrale di Giuseppe Rizzotto &lt;em&gt;I mafiusi di la Vicaria di Palermu&lt;/em&gt; (1863) e la sua registrazione ufficiale nella lessicografia si deve al &lt;em&gt;Nuovo vocabolario siciliano-italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Antonino Traina (Palermo, 1868-1873) coi significati di ‘braveria, baldanza, tracotanza, pottata, spocchia’ e infine ‘nome collettivo di tutti i mafiosi’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esistono diverse ipotesi per l'etimologia.&#xA;Una è stata già menzionata nella risposta di @DaG:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La presenza di una -&lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;- in posizione interna, estranea alla tradizione latina, e la sua peculiarità di voce siciliana, hanno indirizzato la ricerca delle origini verso l’arabo e in questa direzione, la proposta che riscuote più consensi è quella dell’adattamento del prestito &lt;em&gt;maḥyāṣ&lt;/em&gt; ‘smargiasso’, col derivato &lt;em&gt;maḥyaṣa&lt;/em&gt; ‘smargiassata millanteria’, nella riformulazione di Salvatore Trovato (&lt;em&gt;Atti del XXI Congresso Internazionale di Linguistica e Filologia Romanza&lt;/em&gt;, Vol. III, Tübingen, Niemeyer, 1998, pp. 919-925).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un'altra ipotesi basata anche nella congettura che si tratti di un arabismo è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Meno fortunata, ma non per questo meno degna di considerazione, è la proposta avanzata a suo tempo da G.M. Da Aleppo e G.M. Calvaruso (&lt;em&gt;Le fonti arabiche del dialetto siciliano. Vocabolario etimologico&lt;/em&gt;, Roma, Loescher, 1910) e rilanciata con qualche correzione da M. Salem Elsheikh (&lt;em&gt;Gli interscambi culturali e socio-economici fra l’Africa Settentrionale e l’Europa mediterranea&lt;/em&gt;, Napoli, 1986, pp. 943-951), secondo la quale mafia sarebbe la resa dell’arabismo &lt;em&gt;mo’afiah&lt;/em&gt; ‘arroganza, tracotanza, prevaricazione’. Se dovessimo propendere per l’arabismo, questa seconda ipotesi ci sembrerebbe preferibile, perché comporta un adattamento minimo in quanto il segmento iniziale &lt;em&gt;mo’a&lt;/em&gt;– si riduce facilmente a &lt;em&gt;ma&lt;/em&gt;–.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste ipotesi, però, presentano certi problemi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma le difficoltà dell’arabismo sono altre, prima di tutte la datazione: è difficile accettare una trasmissione sotterranea di almeno otto secoli, se si attribuisce il prestito al periodo della dominazione araba della Sicilia, e d’altra parte, se si sostiene la sua adozione recente, si ha l’obbligo di indicarne e motivarne il tramite attraverso i documenti. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Bisogna poi tener conto di due fatti di ordine semantico: il primo è che gli scrittori siciliani del secondo Ottocento sono concordi nel sostenere che in Sicilia il significato primitivo di &lt;em&gt;mafia&lt;/em&gt; era ‘eleganza, braveria, eccellenza’; il secondo è che fuori di Sicilia la voce è diffusa nei dialetti centro-meridionali col significato di ‘spocchia’ e prevalentemente nella variante &lt;em&gt;maffia&lt;/em&gt; con doppia -&lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;-.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ulteriori ricerche hanno dato luogo ad altri indizi e a un'altra interessante ipotesi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ricerca più accurata fa emergere il bergamasco &lt;em&gt;mafia&lt;/em&gt; “donna di età mezzana”, l’elbano &lt;em&gt;maffiona&lt;/em&gt; ‘(donna) colla faccia piena e tonda’ e la locuzione &lt;em&gt;far (la) maffia&lt;/em&gt; ‘sfoggiare lusso’, propria del gergo militare. Al maschile troviamo il torinese &lt;em&gt;mafi&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;mafiu&lt;/em&gt; ‘tanghero’ e il milanese &lt;em&gt;brüt mafee&lt;/em&gt; ‘uomo brutto’, che Angelico Prati (&lt;em&gt;Voci di gerganti, vagabondi e malviventi&lt;/em&gt;, Supplem. II a &lt;em&gt;L’Italia Dialettale&lt;/em&gt;, 1940, pp. 125-128) riconduce senza difficoltà al nome proprio &lt;em&gt;Maffeo&lt;/em&gt;, variante di &lt;em&gt;Matteo&lt;/em&gt;, appartenente alla serie dei nomi biblici in -&lt;em&gt;èo&lt;/em&gt;, che hanno acquisito un significato dispregiativo, descritti a suo tempo da Bruno Migliorini (&lt;em&gt;Dal nome proprio al nome comune&lt;/em&gt;, Genève, Olschki, 1927, pp. 274-275). La stessa origine il Prati attribuisce di conseguenza alle voci femminili citate sopra, ma questa sua conclusione ha incontrato scarsa approvazione.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Vale invece la pena d’insistere sull’origine del nome proprio &lt;em&gt;Maffeo&lt;/em&gt; per almeno tre buone ragioni: fornisce una base lessicale accertata &lt;em&gt;maf(f)&lt;/em&gt;-, altrimenti estranea al lessico italiano, rende conto dell’oscillazione -&lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;-&lt;em&gt;l&lt;/em&gt;-&lt;em&gt;ff&lt;/em&gt;- tipica dei nomi propri che derivano da &lt;em&gt;Matthaeus&lt;/em&gt;, permette di vedere nella Sicilia un centro di espansione recenziore della voce nella sua accezione più nota, ma non necessariamente il luogo della sua formazione. Stando ai dati forniti dai dialetti italiani, &lt;em&gt;maf(f)ia&lt;/em&gt; è in partenza una &lt;em&gt;vox media&lt;/em&gt; che significa ‘braveria, baldanza’, suscettibile di assumere accezioni positive o negative secondo l’etica e il costume dei parlanti: così in Sicilia, dove l’esibizione delle proprie ricchezze e del proprio stato sociale elevato è considerato un comportamento legittimo e naturale, la voce ha preso il significato di ‘eleganza, eccellenza’, mentre in Toscana, dove è vista come un’ostentazione inopportuna da guardare persino con sospetto, ha preso quello di ‘spocchia, boria’. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il nodo mancante è quello che lega questo comportamento al nome di &lt;em&gt;Maffeo&lt;/em&gt; e il personaggio di riferimento non può che essere l’apostolo &lt;em&gt;Matteo&lt;/em&gt;. A guardar bene nel racconto della sua conversione secondo il Vangelo di Luca ci sono tutti gli elementi utili, considerando non tanto il suo significato profondo quanto piuttosto le reazioni prodotte nell’immaginazione e nei sentimenti dell’uditorio. A differenza degli altri apostoli, semplici pescatori che avevano seguito Gesù senza cerimonie, Matteo, da ricco pubblicano, solennizza l’avvenimento con un atto di magnificenza: &amp;quot;Poi Levi gli preparò un grande banchetto nella sua casa. C’era una folla di pubblicani e d’altra gente seduta con loro a tavola&amp;quot; (Luca 5, 29). Per gli ascoltatori delle letture domenicali questi elementi erano più che sufficienti a caratterizzare il tipo che trasforma un evento personale in un’esibizione di lusso e di superiorità, che &lt;em&gt;fa la maffia&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Del resto il Vangelo di Luca è il più ricco di particolari narrativi, recepiti e rielaborati sia dalla tradizione dotta che da quella popolare, come le figure del &lt;em&gt;ricco epulone&lt;/em&gt;, prototipo del gaudente dissoluto, e del povero Lazzaro, prototipo dello straccione miserabile, che ha dato il napoletano (e italiano) &lt;em&gt;lazzarone&lt;/em&gt; ‘pezzente, vagabondo, canaglia’. Un riflesso dell’immagine popolare dell’apostolo Matteo, conseguenza della sua magnificenza, si coglie con evidenza in un detto che mi è stato riferito da un informatore di Torremaggiore (Foggia): quando qualcuno a tavola si abbuffa oltre misura, si usa rimproverarlo dicendo &lt;em&gt;eh, Sande Mattèe!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-29T06:41:05.037" LastActivityDate="2020-08-29T06:41:05.037" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13215" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13216" CreationDate="2020-08-27T17:23:22.470" Score="2" ViewCount="508" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il verbo pensare si usa con un oggetto indiretto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pensare a qualcuno/qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma, ho notato che il suo oggetto si sostituisce con il pronome diretto &amp;quot;lo&amp;quot; oppure la particella &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot;,  ma non con il pronome indiretto &amp;quot;gli&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché &amp;quot;gli&amp;quot; non è usato invece di &amp;quot;lo&amp;quot; (un uso che dovrebbe essere sbagliato)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6209" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-28T09:37:56.787" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T10:42:55.070" Title="Perché si dice &quot;lo penso&quot; e non &quot;gli penso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13216" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13215" CreationDate="2020-08-27T20:23:53.823" Score="3" Body="&lt;h1&gt;Riassunto:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In &lt;em&gt;lo penso&lt;/em&gt; si usa il verbo &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; transitivo e &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; ha la funzione di complemento oggetto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;In &lt;em&gt;ci penso&lt;/em&gt; si usa il verbo &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; intransitivo e &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; ha la funzione di complemento locativo (&amp;quot;indica il luogo, reale o metaforico, verso cui è rivolto il pensiero&amp;quot;).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Pensare&lt;/em&gt; non regge un complemento di termine: per questa ragione i pronomi &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; non si possono usare con questo verbo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come puoi vedere in &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/il-verbo-pensare-con-i-pronomi-atoni/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, il verbo&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/pensare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; può essere&#xA;sia transitivo che intransitivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'uso che hai riportato nella domanda&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pensare a qualcuno/qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;corrisponde al verbo intransitivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece dico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso che, su Italian.SE, votare sia molto importante&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;sto facendo un uso transitivo del verbo. Tu potresti rispondere usando il pronome &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; per sostituire il complemento oggetto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo penso anch'io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti anche dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anch'io la penso così&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;usando il pronome femminile &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; come complemento oggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'articolo citato spiega che questi due verbi, &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; transitivo e &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; intransitivo hanno significati leggermente diversi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche a livello semantico ci sono sottili differenze tra &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; transitivo che viene così definito, nel &lt;em&gt;Grande Dizionario italiano dell'uso&lt;/em&gt; curato da Tullio De Mauro: &amp;quot;raffigurare con la mente, esaminare con il pensiero, anche escogitare, inventare&amp;quot; e &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; intransitivo, che invece assume il significato di &amp;quot;avere il pensiero rivolto a qualcuno o a qualcosa&amp;quot;, con una connotazione affettiva che nel primo caso è meno rilevante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Perché quando si usa il verbo intransitivo in una frase come, per esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso al mio fidanzato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non diventa &amp;quot;*gli penso&amp;quot;? Il punto chiave per rispondere a questa domanda è spiegato all'inizio dell'articolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; può essere [...] intransitivo e reggere un complemento indiretto, che però non è un complemento di termine, ma un locativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il pronome &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt; sostituisce un complemento di termine, ma nelle espressioni&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;pensare a qualcuno/qualcosa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;a qualcuno&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;a qualcosa&amp;quot; non hanno la funzione di complemento di termine, ma di locativo (&amp;quot;pensare a qualcuno/qualcosa&amp;quot; vuol dire &amp;quot;avere il pensiero rivolto a qualcuno/qualcosa&amp;quot;). Quindi, &amp;quot;al mio fidanzato&amp;quot; nella frase precedente non è complemento di termine e, per questa ragione, non può essere sostituito dal pronome &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo spiega anche perché invece si può usare la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; intransitivo, come hai fatto notare nella domanda:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella forma intransitiva il verbo &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; è seguito da un complemento retto dalla preposizione &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;, complemento che però, contrariamente a quello che potrebbe sembrare, non è un complemento di termine, ma un complemento che indica il luogo, reale o metaforico, verso cui è rivolto il pensiero. Nel passaggio dalla forma tonica che segue il verbo, tipo &amp;quot;sto pensando a lei&amp;quot;, alla forma atona che invece precede il verbo, proprio in virtù del fatto che si tratta di un locativo, viene inserito il clitico &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt;, quindi &amp;quot;ci sto pensando&amp;quot;, anche quando l'oggetto del pensiero sia una persona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello stesso modo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso al mio fidanzato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;diventerebbe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci penso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non è una frase tanto comune, ma si potrebbe anche dire usando &lt;em&gt;pensare&lt;/em&gt; transitivo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Penso il mio fidanzato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che avrebbe il senso di &amp;quot;raffiguro con la mente il mio fidanzato&amp;quot; (l'articolo dell'Accademia della Crusca riporta l'esempio &amp;quot;penso lui ancora giovane e snello&amp;quot;). In questo caso, &amp;quot;il mio fidanzato&amp;quot; è complemento oggetto e si può sostituire con il pronome &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; in questo modo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo penso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-28T10:42:55.070" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T10:42:55.070" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13217" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-28T07:48:21.907" Score="2" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno a tutti. Sono interessato a capire come mai certi verbi mutano una o qualche lettera al loro interno in base al contesto in cui vengono inseriti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esempio:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arrossare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arrossato&lt;/a&gt; si usa per esprimere, per dirne una: &lt;em&gt;quando l'occhio è divenuto rosso a seguito di un'infiammazione&lt;/em&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/arrossire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;arrossire&lt;/a&gt; si usa, invece, per esprimere: &lt;em&gt;quando il viso tende ad acquisire un colore tendente al rosso a causa di stati d'animo (come vergogna e rabbia)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nota:&lt;/strong&gt; Sono al corrente che non solo queste parole variano di poco tra loro per esprimere lo stesso concetto, che in sostanza è: &lt;em&gt;diventare rosso&lt;/em&gt; (o avvicinarcisi). Ho solo fornito un esempio concreto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Domanda:&lt;/strong&gt; Come mai sono state inventate due parole che differiscono di poco per indicare la medesima azione anziché usarne una sola? (E come mai ci sono altre parole &amp;quot;duplicate&amp;quot; riconducibili a questo esempio?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'unico motivo che mi viene in mente è quello di riuscire a distinguere in modo maggiore, seppur sottile, certi elementi e/o periodi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6118" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-08-28T08:43:39.990" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T09:16:26.487" Title="Come mai certi verbi cambiano di una o qualche lettera in base al contesto in cui vengono inseriti?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13218" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13217" CreationDate="2020-08-28T09:16:26.487" Score="-2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me sembra che sia una estensione a un verbo del fenomeno del plurale doppio, come spiegato in &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/plurali-doppi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/plurali-doppi_(La-grammatica-italiana)/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Arrossi - in senso proprio&#xA;Arrossa - in senso figurato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6583" LastActivityDate="2020-08-28T09:16:26.487" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13219" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-28T17:52:42.037" Score="3" ViewCount="153" Body="&lt;p&gt;What is the etymology of the Sicilian expression &amp;quot;amuninni&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;amunì&amp;quot;?&#xA;I am assuming that the -nni suffix corresponds to Italian -ne as in &amp;quot;andarsene&amp;quot;.&#xA;Is &amp;quot;amunì&amp;quot; a 2. plural imperative of a verb (annari?) If it is, which verb?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4675" LastActivityDate="2020-09-04T20:53:50.897" Title="Etymology of Sicilian &quot;amuninni&quot;" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13220" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-29T14:22:02.143" Score="0" ViewCount="1835" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Bionda e longilinea, bel contrasto, tra quei due. Arrivano così sull’altra terrazza. La discussione sul Venezuela si ferma di botto, e tutti a guardare Betty Borgstrom con lo slip quattro dita sotto l’ombelico, i reni sottili, lo &lt;strong&gt;stacco di vita&lt;/strong&gt;, che classe! si vede da come cammina, una vera novità – tutti, tranne Glauco che volta le spalle di proposito, ma tanto chi lo nota?, per non dare soddisfazione, e si finge interessatissimo a quelli che giocano sulla spiaggia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni che si trovano nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/stacco1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;stacco&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e su altri dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il senso dell'espressione &amp;quot;stacco di vita&amp;quot;. Fa forse riferimento a questa definizione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con altro uso fig., rilievo, risalto, spicco, soprattutto nell’espressione &lt;em&gt;fare stacco&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vuol dire che la cintura di questa ragazza faceva spicco, attirava l'attenzione?&#xA;Me lo potreste spiegare, per favore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che, ricercando questa espressione su Google, ho trovato alcune occorrenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, nei commenti alla domanda si è menzionato che un'espressione usata più spesso è &amp;quot;stacco di coscia&amp;quot;. Potreste spiegare anche cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-08-29T17:33:30.393" LastActivityDate="2020-08-30T13:05:48.153" Title="Significato di &quot;stacco di vita&quot; e &quot;stacco di coscia&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13221" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-30T12:00:51.797" Score="0" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why do Italians put the word provincia only for provinces in Italy but not for the  province names of other countries?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3225" LastActivityDate="2020-09-02T17:16:15.350" Title="Use of the word provincia for other countries provinces" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;name&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="13" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13222" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13220" CreationDate="2020-08-30T13:05:48.153" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000036.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;che cita appunto il brano di La Capria riportato nella domanda, la locuzione &lt;em&gt;stacco di vita&lt;/em&gt; ha il significato seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;assottigliamento del corpo in corri­spondenza dei fianchi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiegato da @DaG nel suo commento, &lt;em&gt;stacco di coscia&lt;/em&gt; si usa per indicare una coscia (femminile) che risalta per lunghezza e bellezza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-30T13:05:48.153" CommentCount="2" CommunityOwnedDate="2020-08-30T13:05:48.153" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13223" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-30T13:30:43.917" Score="1" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;    «… oggi non vanno tanto per il sottile, basta che puoi puntare perdere ed &lt;em&gt;eventualmente&lt;/em&gt; pagare, vieni accolto a braccia aperte in qualsiasi Circolo. E poi si sa come va a finire con questa nuova gente &lt;strong&gt;venuta su&lt;/strong&gt; che si va facendo così invadente: questo non ha pagato, quello ha fatto troppi debiti, quell’altro firma assegni a vuoto. Una volta queste cose nel caso peggiore si risolvevano col classico colpo di pistola, esagerato, se vogliamo, ma per lo meno più decente. Oggi se non paghi vieni classificato socio moroso, te ne vai e ti fai dimenticare per qualche mese. Poi ti fai ammettere in un altro Circolo e comincia la stessa storia, così tu vedi gente che passa da un Circolo all’altro e dopo anni di peregrinazioni te li ritrovi al Circolo di partenza, dove le versioni del fatto che provocò le dimissioni si sono, diciamo così, un po’ confuse. [...]»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più avanti nel libro, l'espressione &amp;quot;venire su&amp;quot; appare di nuovo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A proposito, hai visto questi viveur &lt;strong&gt;venuti su&lt;/strong&gt; ora, come si atteggiano a britannici? Cercano di essere composti, misurati, freddi, quando ordinano un whisky davanti a una signora. Poi sentono o vedono qualcosa o qualcuno che li interessa, e addio compostezza: cominciano a gesticolare come arabi, insomma uno sbracamento. Tuo fratello Ninì è meglio di questi, è più intelligente, più simpatico, ma esagera, vuole sbalordire ad ogni costo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso di &amp;quot;venire su&amp;quot; in questi brani. Me lo potreste spiegare, per favore?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato la definizione di questa espressione sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/venire-su&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; e anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/venire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; (al punto 4.b), ma non mi sembra che queste accezioni abbiano senso nel contesto di questi  passaggi. Ho cercato anche sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, ma non sono riuscita a trovare questa locuzione (forse c'è e io non ho saputo individuarla: ricercare su questo dizionario non sempre mi risulta facile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-08T19:17:21.213" LastActivityDate="2020-09-08T19:17:21.213" Title="Significato di &quot;venire su&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13224" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13225" CreationDate="2020-08-30T18:29:51.867" Score="6" ViewCount="496" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am studying for the Italian driving test and doing my best to learn new vocabulary as I go along. But I'm having a lot of trouble understanding what &amp;quot;riesce malagevole&amp;quot; means because I'm having trouble finding it used in other contexts. First, here it is in the driving &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.quizpatenteapp.com/manuale-patente/argomento-teoria/domanda/94990&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;exam question context&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E' obbligatorio ridurre la velocità e all'occorrenza fermarsi quando&#xA;&lt;em&gt;riesce malagevole&lt;/em&gt; l'incrocio con altri veicoli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My best guess is that this means you are obliged to reduce your speed and even stop when there is an intersection that is difficult to manage involving other cars. But that's a pretty awkward translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And here is &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikisource.org/wiki/Pagina:Della_Nuova_Istoria.djvu/372&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;another place&lt;/a&gt; that I found it used, which is just completely beyond me:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’imperatrice Eusebia, donna d’illustre prosapia, di splendente&#xA;bellezza, di castità singolare, di colto ingegno, ed elegante, prese&#xA;ad amarlo con tenera costante affezione, la quale se in appresso da&#xA;quella sua pura sorgente traviasse, riesce malagevole alla storia di&#xA;affermare egualmente che di negare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastActivityDate="2020-09-01T06:32:18.847" Title="What does &quot;riesce malagevole&quot; mean?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13225" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13224" CreationDate="2020-08-30T19:18:51.850" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Your translation of the first sentence (about the driving exam) is correct.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;First, the verb &amp;quot;riuscire&amp;quot; is used to mean &amp;quot;risultare&amp;quot; , &amp;quot;presentarsi&amp;quot; (to appear, to be, to turn out), I take this definition from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/riuscire/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani Vocabulary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;5&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Con un agg. in funzione di compl. predicativo, essere, apparire, risultare&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;With an adjective as a predicative complement, to be, to appear, to prove to be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Second, about &amp;quot;malagevole&amp;quot; - &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/malagevole/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;From the Treccani Vocabulary, too:&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;malagévole agg. [comp. di mal- e agevole]. – 1. Non agevole, non&#xA;facile; che presenta ostacoli superabili con fatica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;malagévole adj. [composed by. mal- and agevole] - 1. Not manageable, not easy; that presents obstacles hardly surmountable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A translation similar to yours could be:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is mandatory to reduce the speed and even stop when the intersection between vehicles is proved to be difficult to be managed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second sentence is a lot more difficult to be translated because of the pompous and obsolete language; I will try with:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The Empress Eusebia, a woman of illustrious lineage, of shining beauty, of singular chastity, of cultured intelligence, and elegant, she started to love him with tender constant affection which, if it would have been misled from that pure source, it is difficult to history to affirm as well as to deny.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basically, the Epress Eusebia (described as a noble, beautiful, pure and intelligent woman) started to become affectionate to a man and if her feelings later had become less pure (misled from the original chaste source), it is very hard to confirm or to negate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="2876" LastEditDate="2020-08-31T07:41:33.300" LastActivityDate="2020-08-31T07:41:33.300" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13226" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13211" CreationDate="2020-08-30T19:33:44.840" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/buttare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;link alla Treccani riportato&lt;/a&gt;, il significato è quello figurato riportato al punto 5:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tendere, volgersi a qualche cosa (in senso fig.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nel senso che indica @Hachi nel suo primo commento, di &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;portare in una certa direzione&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso in questione il personaggio è davanti allo specchio e sta facendo una specie di &amp;quot;prova generale&amp;quot; per cercare di sedurre una ragazza; &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;buttarla sul fisico&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; significa cercare di sedurla col proprio aspetto fisico, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;spinge&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (altra espressione usata in questo senso) sul proprio aspetto fisico: il personaggio &amp;quot;gonfia il torace&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;fa un inchino&amp;quot; (insomma, si mette in mostra, si pavoneggia), ma poi decide che la cosa è &amp;quot;volgare&amp;quot; e che cercherà un approccio più sottile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-08-30T19:33:44.840" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13227" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-30T22:22:31.367" Score="4" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;Why are there two ways of the conjugation of some verbs? For example &amp;quot;provvedere&amp;quot; shown in the dictionary. Is the red one more commonly used?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EdyGc.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/EdyGc.png&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-01T05:20:31.573" LastActivityDate="2020-09-01T05:20:31.573" Title="Why are there two ways of the conjugation of some verbs, e.g., &quot;provveduto&quot; and &quot;provvisto&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="14" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13229" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13224" CreationDate="2020-08-31T08:10:19.487" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence is part of the questions for the driving license exam. It has been written by somebody who likes bureaucratic language and the purpose is to puzzle the examinees first about the &lt;em&gt;meaning&lt;/em&gt; of the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=5lE5DQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA193&amp;amp;lpg=PA193&amp;amp;dq=obbligatorio%20ridurre%20la%20velocit%C3%A0%20e%20all%27occorrenza%20fermarsi%20quando%20riesce%20malagevole%20l%27incrocio%20con%20altri%20veicoli&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=OQo9gQrhko&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U2sNTJBKdziVWrEI0LlPyKfYJsj4A&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwip9YjV-cTrAhXN7eAKHcy5AjYQ6AEwCHoECAEQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=obbligatorio%20ridurre%20la%20velocit%C3%A0%20e%20all%27occorrenza%20fermarsi%20quando%20riesce%20malagevole%20l%27incrocio%20con%20altri%20veicoli&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;question 21003&lt;/a&gt;. There is no intersection involved. The situation to imagine is when the road is narrow and two vehicles meet, coming from opposite directions. By the way, the answer is “true”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The word &lt;em&gt;malagevole&lt;/em&gt; is a bureaucratism for &lt;em&gt;difficult&lt;/em&gt;. The prefix &lt;em&gt;mal&lt;/em&gt; is actually &lt;em&gt;male&lt;/em&gt; and there are several adjectives so composed: &lt;em&gt;malcompreso&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;malfatto&lt;/em&gt; and others. However just a few of them are used in common spoken language and &lt;em&gt;malagevole&lt;/em&gt; is not among them. The prefix &lt;em&gt;mal&lt;/em&gt; is also used in French and Zamenhof used it for making opposites in Esperanto; which is bad, in my opinion, because both in Italian and in French the prefix mostly has a negative connotation: &lt;em&gt;la fille malgardée&lt;/em&gt; is not a child that has not been taken care of, but that has been looked after in a bad way.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However &lt;em&gt;malagevole&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;disagevole&lt;/em&gt; are essentially synonymous and both mean &lt;em&gt;uneasy&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Riuscire&lt;/em&gt; and adjective means something like &lt;em&gt;to result&lt;/em&gt;. A smooth translation into Italian would be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È obbligatorio rallentare e, se necessario, fermarsi quando l'incrocio con altri veicoli è difficile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It is mandatory to slow down and, if necessary, to stop when it is difficult to pass by other vehicles.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-08-31T08:10:19.487" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13231" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-08-31T21:03:29.077" Score="2" ViewCount="64" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio, ma il corsivo appare nel libro):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cavalieri, avvocati, commendatori, adorano Scarfoglio, al massimo sfogliano &lt;em&gt;Il Popolo dai Cinque Pasti&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;Folli Vindici e Pirati: le Arringhe Celebri&lt;/em&gt;. Facondi e iracondi, già arringati dal Duce, preferiscono ancora e sempre i gigioni e la genìa dei geni. Il Lussurioso Immaginifico li fe’ sognare d’Oltremare, crispini e libici inneggiarono alla &lt;strong&gt;guerra &lt;em&gt;lirica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, e poi fascisti a quella lampo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegare il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;guerra &lt;em&gt;lirica&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; che appare in questo passaggio? Ricercando alla voce &amp;quot;lirico&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, non l'ho trovata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho visto, però, che appare nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=CyYTAY9exa4C&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;source=gbs_book_other_versions_r&amp;amp;redir_esc=y#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;titolo di un libro&lt;/a&gt;. Fa riferimento alla guerra di Libia degli anni 1911-12? Ha a che vedere, come si menziona nella coperta del libro, con qualche dibattito tra letterati in quel periodo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-08-31T21:03:29.077" Title="Significato di &quot;guerra lirica&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13232" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13224" CreationDate="2020-09-01T06:32:18.847" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Malagevole combines MAL + AGEVOLE&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AGEVOLE comes from AGIO (=ease, comfort)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;AGEVOLE (adj.) then means something that can be done easily, with ease, comfortably&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;MAL+AGEVOLE means that something can NOT be done easily, comfortably&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6589" LastActivityDate="2020-09-01T06:32:18.847" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13233" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13235" CreationDate="2020-09-01T11:52:34.100" Score="4" ViewCount="129" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am aware of the question &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/1964/6590&quot;&gt;Are &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;che cosa&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;cosa&amp;quot; interchangeable in simple &amp;quot;what questions&amp;quot;?&lt;/a&gt;, however it does not answer directly this special use case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was recently learning the phrase &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;What are our efforts for?&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; in &lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.duolingo.com/comment/25485648&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Duolingo&lt;/a&gt;, and I answered &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per che&lt;/strong&gt; sono i nostri sforzi?&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; Duolingo was not happy and corrected me to &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per cosa&lt;/strong&gt; sono i nostri sforzi?&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question is: in the use together with &lt;em&gt;per&lt;/em&gt;, in the meaning of &lt;em&gt;what for&lt;/em&gt;, can I use all the three Italian &amp;quot;what-alternatives&amp;quot;, or is only &lt;em&gt;per cosa&lt;/em&gt; correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per che&lt;/strong&gt; sono i nostri sforzi?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per cosa&lt;/strong&gt; sono i nostri sforzi?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Per che cosa&lt;/strong&gt; sono i nostri sforzi?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6590" LastActivityDate="2020-09-02T14:31:52.667" Title="&quot;Per che&quot;, &quot;per cosa&quot;, &quot;per che cosa&quot; - can I use all the three alternatives in the meaning of &quot;what for&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13234" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13221" CreationDate="2020-09-02T07:41:19.540" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Depends on the case, but if you are speaking about news in Italy about foreign countries there are several possible reasons:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the province is called something else (county in the UK) or it&#xA;doesn't always exist&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;the foreign country has provinces but their importance and&#xA;differentiation at the cultural level is way weaker that the one in Italy&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6444" LastActivityDate="2020-09-02T07:41:19.540" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13235" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13233" CreationDate="2020-09-02T14:26:31.193" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The three sentences are grammatically equivalent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, the interrogative pronoun &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; is very frequently reinforced with &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt;; however, &lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt; is often simplified into &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; in spoken language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why the pleonastic &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; is attached to &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;? Quite likely because it underlines the interrogative role of &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, which has several other functions in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the spoken Tuscan language that Manzoni studied for his definitive edition of “I promessi sposi”, dropping the &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; was frequent and Manzoni removed the &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; in most instances. One can find just &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; as interrogative pronoun in the novel, but only in narrations or when said by high level people: Manzoni wanted common people in his novel to speak like common people in Tuscany at his time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why is Duolingo correcting your grammatically correct sentence? Because the form with just &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; doesn't belong to current commonly spoken Italian, where &lt;em&gt;che cosa&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;cosa&lt;/em&gt; would be used. In this case, &lt;em&gt;per che&lt;/em&gt; may be confused with the interrogative &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt;. Not the specific case, where &lt;em&gt;perché&lt;/em&gt; would be meaningless; but &lt;em&gt;per che si vota oggi?&lt;/em&gt; (found in the comments) is very different from &lt;em&gt;perché si vota oggi?&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This doesn't imply that you cannot use &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt; in that or other contexts. Depending on the Italian region you're in, you can hear any of &lt;em&gt;che vuoi?&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;che cosa vuoi?&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;cosa vuoi?&lt;/em&gt;, even by the same speaker in different contexts.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;See &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/cosa-o-che-cosa-che_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/cosa-o-che-cosa-che_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&lt;/a&gt; for more information on &lt;em&gt;che/che cosa/cosa&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-09-02T14:31:52.667" LastActivityDate="2020-09-02T14:31:52.667" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13236" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13056" CreationDate="2020-09-02T15:12:42.670" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una espressione che ormai non usa più nessuno è &amp;quot;fare il Pietro Micca&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Significa farsi carico di una impresa difficile e/o pericolosa, spesso perché la persona che avrebbe dovuto farlo non è disponibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pietro_Micca&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La cronaca di Giuseppe Maria Solaro della Margarita [6] narra che i&#xA;due soldati sentirono dei colpi di arma da fuoco e capirono che non&#xA;avrebbero resistito a lungo: decisero così di far scoppiare una carica&#xA;di polvere nera precedentemente collocata in una nicchia nella parete&#xA;della scala, allo scopo di provocarne il crollo e non consentire il&#xA;passaggio ai nemici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All'esplosivo era applicato un tratto di miccia a rapida combustione&#xA;ma, per dare il tempo a Pietro Micca e al suo commilitone di porsi in&#xA;salvo, era necessario collegare a questa una miccia a lenta&#xA;combustione. Ciò era compito dell'altro soldato che però, per&#xA;l'umidità del luogo e l'emozione del momento, non riuscì nell'intento.&#xA;A questo punto Pietro Micca, anziché fuggire, allontanò il compagno&#xA;dicendogli, come riporta il Solaro della Margarita: &amp;quot;Togliti di lì, tu&#xA;sei più lungo di un giorno senza pane, lascia fare a me, salvati&amp;quot; (in&#xA;piemontese: &lt;em&gt;«Gavte da lì, ti 't ses pi longh ëd na giornà sensa pan»&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastEditorUserId="1438" LastEditDate="2020-09-02T15:17:56.523" LastActivityDate="2020-09-02T15:17:56.523" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13237" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13221" CreationDate="2020-09-02T17:16:15.350" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Canadian (or other) provinces are not a frequent conversation topic, but whenever they are mentioned they are called &lt;em&gt;province&lt;/em&gt;. This is confirmed by atlases and reference books, and I can assure you that informal Italian has not coined a different special term for them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-09-02T17:16:15.350" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13238" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-02T18:29:15.770" Score="7" ViewCount="127" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo un articolo su Garibaldi, ho trovato questo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stato de inoltrata gravidanza della marchesina era di ricondursi alla sua relazione clandestina con Caroli che si voleva &lt;strong&gt;arrivasse in legno&lt;/strong&gt; a notte fitta sotto le mura del giardino di Fino e che scavalcatolo raggiunse l'amante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco a trovare il significato di &amp;quot;arrivare in legno&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mille grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6215" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-06T08:43:19.160" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T10:08:42.827" Title="Significato di &quot;arrivare in legno&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13239" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13238" CreationDate="2020-09-02T19:20:26.387" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni che appaiono alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI08/00000939.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;legno&amp;quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e l'unica che ha senso nel contesto del brano citato è la numero 6:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Carro, carrozza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi &amp;quot;arrivare in legno&amp;quot; significa in questo contesto &amp;quot;arrivare in carrozza&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un autore che usa spesso il termine &amp;quot;legno&amp;quot; con questo senso è Federigo Tozzi. Eccone un esempio tratto dal romanzo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.liberliber.it/online/autori/autori-t/federigo-tozzi/con-gli-occhi-chiusi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Con gli occhi chiusi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, del primo Novecento (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finalmente, Domenico con un colpo del suo tovagliolo si levò le briciole da sopra i calzoni; si fece spolverare da Rebecca e untare le scarpe da Tiburzi, dando nel frattempo qualche ordine. In punta di piedi andò dietro il figlio che tamburellava con le dita sopra un vetro, accompagnando il mugolìo della sua voce a bocca chiusa; gli dette una manata sul collo, e disse: – Vieni in campagna con me. Pietro, senza rispondere niente, saltò sul &lt;strong&gt;legno&lt;/strong&gt; già attaccato; e furono a Poggio a' Meli poco prima del tramonto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nota:&lt;/strong&gt; Nei commenti si è menzionato che, nel caso che le mura del giardino dessero su un canale, potrebbe avere anche senso un'altra delle accezioni di &amp;quot;legno&amp;quot;, quella che corrisponde al numero &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt; della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI08/00000938.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;stessa voce del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imbarcazione, bastimento, nave, barca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, su questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=QBMNAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;q=%22arrivasse+in+legno+a+notte+fitta+sotto%22&amp;amp;dq=%22arrivasse+in+legno+a+notte+fitta+sotto%22&amp;amp;hl=ca&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwili7Wd58zrAhUIx4UKHZ4JA_YQ6AEwAHoECAAQAQ&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;libro&lt;/a&gt; ho potuto vedere che il passo citato nella domanda si basa su un documento storico, in cui appare l'espressione &amp;quot;sotto le mura del giardino di Fino&amp;quot;. Il testo fa riferimento a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giuseppina_Raimondi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giuseppina Raimondi&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fino_Mornasco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Fino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; sarebbe il luogo di nascita della Raimondi, in cui abitava quando ebbe la relazione clandestina con Caroli menzionata nel brano. Non ho trovato nessuna fonte che parli dell'esistenza di canali a Fino, per cui l'ipotesi che &amp;quot;legno&amp;quot; faccia riferimento a una barca mi sembra poco plausibile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-18T10:08:42.827" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T10:08:42.827" CommentCount="13" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13240" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13056" CreationDate="2020-09-03T16:36:36.347" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Parlando in modo colloquiale, informale, io direi che &lt;em&gt;il mio vicino &lt;strong&gt;si è accollato&lt;/strong&gt; di fare questo.&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;Secondo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/accollare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; una delle accezioni del verbo &lt;strong&gt;accollare&lt;/strong&gt; è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Addossare un peso, un incarico, un obbligo e similari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tanto per fare un esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sono accollato di scrivere questa risposta pur non essendo in grado di formattarla propriamente. Il (fatto di) non sapere neanche come andare a capo è particolarmente frustrante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In un contesto formale o per iscritto sarebbe più opportuno l'uso di una perifrasi. Ad esempio: &amp;quot;Io mi sono addossato il peso di scrivere questa risposta...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6593" LastEditorUserId="6593" LastEditDate="2020-09-06T17:38:01.200" LastActivityDate="2020-09-06T17:38:01.200" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13241" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13219" CreationDate="2020-09-04T13:44:04.937" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know about the etymology of &amp;quot;amuninni&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;amunì&amp;quot;, but I can tell you that they are the plural &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/esortativo/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;exhortative&lt;/a&gt; of the verb &amp;quot;iri&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I found &lt;a href=&quot;https://digilander.libero.it/dawngate/dia_irregolari.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this page&lt;/a&gt; with conjugations of some Sicilian irregular verbs, where there is no imperative nor exhortative, and the page of the &lt;a href=&quot;https://scn.wiktionary.org/wiki/jiri&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sicilian Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; for the verb jiri/giri/ghiri/iri where there is the plural imperative &amp;quot;jemu&amp;quot;. However there is no exhortative, I am afraid you have just to believe me.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Googling &amp;quot;amunì esortativo&amp;quot; I found &lt;a href=&quot;https://mauamuseum.com/works/amuni-ca-scuro/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this piece of art&lt;/a&gt; in which description you can find a reference to the exhortative purpose of of the expression.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Don't bother too much about the different spellings.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;In Sicily each city has it's own slightly different version of Sicilian.&#xA;For example people from where I come from would use indiscriminately &lt;strong&gt;iri&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;jiri&lt;/strong&gt; (I think they are pronunced in the same way) or &lt;strong&gt;ghiri&lt;/strong&gt;, but never &lt;strong&gt;giri&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;And they would say &amp;quot;nantri emu&amp;quot; or at most &amp;quot;nantri iemu&amp;quot;, instead of the Palermitan &amp;quot;nuatri iamu&amp;quot; which you find in the link to the irregular verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6593" LastEditorUserId="6593" LastEditDate="2020-09-04T20:53:50.897" LastActivityDate="2020-09-04T20:53:50.897" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13242" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13243" CreationDate="2020-09-05T06:49:56.980" Score="5" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Potreste spiegarmi il significato di «tranne poi» nella seguente frase?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Basta a questi euroburocrati sempre pronti a cedere alle richieste americane, &lt;strong&gt;tranne poi&lt;/strong&gt; ricevere lo stipendio dalle tasche del contribuente europeo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6595" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2020-09-12T19:07:55.317" LastActivityDate="2020-09-12T19:07:55.317" Title="Significato di “tranne poi”" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13243" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13242" CreationDate="2020-09-05T09:42:09.350" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In questo caso la locuzione &amp;quot;tranne poi&amp;quot; viene utilizzata in forma avversativa col significato di  &amp;quot;però&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;tuttavia&amp;quot; e indica la contrapposizione polemica tra il fatto che &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;questi euroburocrati&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; sono sempre pronti a cedere alle richieste americane e che tuttavia poi (ovvero alla fine, in ultima analisi) sono pagati dai contribuenti europei (e dunque non dovrebbero comportarsi così).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe equivalente a scrivere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Questi euroburocrati (sono) sempre pronti a cedere alle richieste americane, &lt;strong&gt;però alla fine ricevono&lt;/strong&gt; lo stipendio dalle tasche del contribuente europeo&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è una forma contratta (a mio avviso) di &lt;strong&gt;&amp;quot;tranne per il fatto che poi...&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si potrebbe sostituire &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;tranne poi&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; con &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;salvo poi&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-09-06T06:56:13.333" LastActivityDate="2020-09-06T06:56:13.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13244" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13245" CreationDate="2020-09-05T18:24:26.090" Score="0" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm used to &amp;quot;se&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;whether&amp;quot;, but I recently came across cases where &amp;quot;se&amp;quot; can instead be translated &amp;quot;that&amp;quot; in such a way that the meaning can become the exact opposite.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I was trying to understand the answer to this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.quizeconcorsi.com/wp/showanswer/?qsid=675986&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Italian Driving Theory test question*&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il conducente che può effettuare l'inversione di marcia su una strada&#xA;a doppio senso deve accertarsi &lt;strong&gt;se&lt;/strong&gt; la linea di mezzeria è continua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As shown in the animated gif below, the google sheets translate function translates &amp;quot;se&amp;quot; in this sentence as &amp;quot;if&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The driver that can perform a U-turn on a two-way street has to make&#xA;sure &lt;strong&gt;if&lt;/strong&gt; the centerline is continuous&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wq31z.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wq31z.gif&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By contrast, &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/?hl=en#view=home&amp;amp;op=translate&amp;amp;sl=it&amp;amp;tl=en&amp;amp;text=Il%20conducente%20che%20pu%C3%B2%20effettuare%20l%27inversione%20di%20marcia%20su%20una%20strada%20a%20doppio%20senso%20deve%20accertarsi%20se%20la%20linea%20di%20mezzeria%20%C3%A8%20continua&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;google translate App&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.deepl.com/translator#it/en/Il%20conducente%20che%20pu%C3%B2%20effettuare%20l%27inversione%20di%20marcia%20su%20una%20strada%20a%20doppio%20senso%20deve%20accertarsi%20se%20la%20linea%20di%20mezzeria%20%C3%A8%20continua&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;DeepL&lt;/a&gt; translate &amp;quot;se&amp;quot; using &amp;quot;that&amp;quot; for this sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The driver who can make a U-turn on a two-way road must ensure&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;that&lt;/strong&gt; the center line is continuous&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this case, it is sensible to conclude from the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; translation that the answer to the question is TRUE, while just the opposite conclusion is reached for the &amp;quot;that&amp;quot; translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The correct answer, by the way, is FALSE. So you can see it's important for me to learn why &amp;quot;se&amp;quot; is translated by &amp;quot;that&amp;quot; in this case. But I'd like to know a general rule, if there is one.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/traduzione/italiano-inglese/accertarsi+se&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;reverso.net search for accertarsi se&lt;/a&gt; returns many examples of both &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;that&amp;quot; translations, although most are &amp;quot;if/whether&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*For those not familiar with it, the driving test I'm referring to is the test given to all in Italy to obtain the standard driving license. egreg, a regular contributor to this forum, &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/13229/5958&quot;&gt;mentions knowing about it&lt;/a&gt;. It consists of 40 True/False questions drawn from over 7000 which are widely published on the internet by driving schools, etc... For example, a &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?q=deve%20accertarsi%20se&amp;amp;oq=deve%20accertarsi%20se&amp;amp;aqs=chrome..69i57j69i64j69i60l3.538j0j1&amp;amp;sourceid=chrome&amp;amp;ie=UTF-8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;google search for the phrase&lt;/a&gt; &amp;quot;deve accertarsi se&amp;quot; turns up mostly websites like that. .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5958" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-09-06T09:42:10.450" LastActivityDate="2020-09-06T12:15:58.817" Title="When does &quot;se&quot; mean &quot;that&quot; versus &quot;if&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13245" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13244" CreationDate="2020-09-05T18:44:52.913" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't know anything about this test, its answers, the site quoted or Google Translate, but a sentence saying &lt;em&gt;X deve accertarsi se Y&lt;/em&gt; undoubtedly means &amp;quot;X must ascertain whether it is the case that Y (or not)&amp;quot;. See for instance part 2. of &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se2/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/se2/&lt;/a&gt; ; you'll see that in none of the described uses, even when the context is ironic or emphatic, &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; can be substituted with &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-09-05T19:43:20.037" LastActivityDate="2020-09-05T19:43:20.037" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13248" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13250" CreationDate="2020-09-06T12:40:10.590" Score="0" ViewCount="83" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leggendo una pagina di grammatica, ho trovato  questa frase e non riesco a capire perché il “ne” viene messo prima del “si”:&#xA;“Di vino, ne si è bevuto poco”. In un altro esempio si può leggere “Degli errori, se ne è discusso ieri”, e questo esempio sì lo capisco bene, ma allora perché nell'esempio precedente si dice “ne si è bevuto poco” e non “se ne è bevuto poco”?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6595" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-06T14:59:36.947" LastActivityDate="2020-09-09T06:02:51.983" Title="Ordine delle parole nell’espressione “ne si è bevuto molto”" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;word-order&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13249" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10764" CreationDate="2020-09-06T12:48:23.400" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come ha già detto Adriano, il gerundio suona decisamente meglio.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;In un contesto informale, se vuoi, puoi evitare l'uso del gerundio dicendo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Ma cosa te ne vai &lt;strong&gt;a fare&lt;/strong&gt;, che/se poi non riesci ad arrivare in tempo alla stazione?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&amp;quot;Ma cosa te ne vai &lt;strong&gt;a fare&lt;/strong&gt;, che/se &lt;strong&gt;tanto&lt;/strong&gt; poi non riesci &lt;strong&gt;nemmeno&lt;/strong&gt; ad arrivare in tempo alla stazione?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nota che queste domande retoriche andrebbero pronunciate con un tono d'ammonimento piuttosto che di curiosità.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6593" LastActivityDate="2020-09-06T12:48:23.400" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13250" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13248" CreationDate="2020-09-06T13:14:53.557" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Se ne è bevuto poco&amp;quot; è quello che direbbe e scriverebbe qualunque italiano.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&amp;quot;Ne si&amp;quot; sarà una forma arcaica o una licenza poetica in azione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6593" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-09T06:02:51.983" LastActivityDate="2020-09-09T06:02:51.983" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13252" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13056" CreationDate="2020-09-06T20:04:12.907" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che un'espressione abbastanza vicina come significato a &lt;em&gt;comerse el marrón&lt;/em&gt; possa essere &lt;strong&gt;mettere/porre la testa sul ceppo&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La “testa sul ceppo” la mette chi, volontariamente o costretto dalle circostanze, è la vittima o il capro espiatorio di qualche situazione, con ovvio riferimento figurato al fatto di offrirsi alla scure del boia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Purtroppo non trovo questa espressione su opere di consultazione standard, ma cercandola in rete se ne trova qualche esempio di uso. Per esempio, in riferimento a qualche cronaca sportiva di cui ignoro le circostanze: “Sarri, la testa sul ceppo se l'è messa da solo! A Napoli l'abbiamo sopravvalutato”. Oppure, parlando di politica: “Certo nessuno mette la testa sul ceppo del voto referendario di inizio autunno, come fece Renzi nel 2016...”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-09-07T10:10:42.250" LastActivityDate="2020-09-07T10:10:42.250" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13255" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-08T21:01:57.597" Score="2" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quel fastidioso senso di promiscuità ogni volta, anche poco fa, nell’autobus. Una specie di vertigine che ti attira verso quel ribollire di corpi di facce segnate dall’usura del vicolo. Basterebbe un solo sguardo di simpatia, dato o ricevuto, una semplice occhiata di riconoscimento, un nulla, per sentirsi fagocitato dal magma umano come un albero dalla lava, distrutto, l’appartenenza a se stesso perduta, risucchiato dalla prevalente unità psicologica, sopraffatto e partecipe di colpe storiche. – I preti e i frati concitavano quelle genti con gli stimoli potenti della religione. Senza &lt;strong&gt;amore di parte&lt;/strong&gt;, ma per guadagni e rapine, si giuravano sostenitori del trono. Aniello Totonno Ciccillo, orde ingorde della Santafede elettrizzate dalla promessa del sacco risalivano la penisola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/parte&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;parte&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e di altri dizionari, ma non riesco a capire il significato della locuzione &amp;quot;amore di parte&amp;quot; che appare in questo brano. Potreste spiegarmelo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ricerca di &amp;quot;amore di parte&amp;quot; su Google dà parecchie occorrenze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-11T19:06:32.347" Title="Significato di &quot;amore di parte&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13256" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-09T21:01:13.990" Score="0" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have a question on Italian language, how it has been used some 400 years ago and how it is translated today.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is a quote, frequently attributed to Vincenzo Galilei, that says in English something close to&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It appears to me that those who rely simply on the weight of authority to prove any assertion, without searching out the arguments to support it, act absurdly. I wish to question freely and to answer freely without any sort of adulation. That well becomes any who are sincere in the search for truth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Beside looking extensively, I have never been able to locate the place where Vincenzo Galilei really said that.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems that most quotations that present a source point to page 3 of &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/galileohislifewo00fahiuoft/page/2/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Galileo&lt;/em&gt;, by John Joseph Fahie&lt;/a&gt;. Which in turn point (up the page a bit) to two publications by Vincenzo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=XdwPquJVBm4C&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dialogo della Musica Antica et della Moderna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=OYlwcWcbQYwC&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Discorso intorno alle opere di Gioseffo Zarlino&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Most people that quote it nowadays, have not idea where it comes from, and there is even some people, maybe young or naïve, that wrongly attribute it to Galileo himself, as on can see &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=vix-AwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Galileo%27s&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The question is: Did Vincenzo Galilei really said that and where?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Added on Sep 10, 2020: Dava Sobel, the author of &lt;a href=&quot;https://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/com/0802779654&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Galileo's daugther&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, that got translated into Italian as &lt;a href=&quot;https://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/com/8817054666&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;La figlia di Galileo&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; told me today that the issue showed up during the translation of her book to Italian by Roberta Zuppet, and she passed me the text that was used by Zuppet:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Mi pare che faccino cosa ridicola…quelli che per prova di qual si sia conclusione loro, vogliono, che si creda senz’altro, alla semplice autorità; senza addurre di esse ragioni che valide siano….Voglio in oltre, che mi concediate, essermi lecito alla libera interrogarvi, e rispondervi senz’alcuna sorta d'adulatione, come veramente conviene tra quelli che cercano la verità delle cose.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would expect that anyone translating such text would look for the original text, instead of translating it twice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6606" LastEditorUserId="6606" LastEditDate="2020-09-15T03:31:02.903" LastActivityDate="2020-09-15T03:31:02.903" Title="Quotation of Vincenzo Galilei" Tags="&lt;resources&gt;&lt;writing&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="0" ClosedDate="2020-09-11T15:39:23.450" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13257" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13258" CreationDate="2020-09-10T21:26:57.793" Score="1" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      «Babbo perché guardi me, scusa? Guarda pure dalla parte di Massimo. Lui ha sette anni più di me, è lui che deve dare il buon esempio al fratello minore.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Lui per lo meno sta per laurearsi. Tu invece non hai voluto mai studiare.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Ma scusa, babbo, pure tu in questo senso, se vogliamo...» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Io ho cominciato a lavorare a tredici anni, &lt;strong&gt;per tua regola e norma&lt;/strong&gt;.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il significato dell'espressione &amp;quot;per tua regola e norma&amp;quot; che appare in questo dialogo. Alla &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/regola&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;norma&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;per vostra r&lt;/em&gt;. (più forte, &lt;em&gt;per vostra norma e r&lt;/em&gt;.), avvisando qualcuno, in tono piuttosto risentito, di ciò che dovrebbe fare, dire o pensare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma non sono sicura che questo sia il senso dell'espressione che appare nel testo. Il padre sta avvertendo il figlio di quello che dovrebbe pensare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-11T00:17:59.653" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;per tua regola e norma&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13258" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13257" CreationDate="2020-09-11T00:12:18.060" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il senso è più o meno quello, e in effetti è molto più usuale “per tua norma e regola”. Vedi anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/R/regola.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;nel dizionario Hoepli&lt;/a&gt;, alla fine del punto 1, dove è definito:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;affinché ti possa regolare, detto spec. con tono risentito, per precisare qualcosa che l'interlocutore sembra non aver tenuto nel debito conto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche il De Mauro registra l'espressione, sotto la voce &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/norma&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;“norma”&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;per tua, vostra norma e regola&lt;/em&gt;, espressione di rimprovero, per lo più ironica, che richiama la persona o le persone cui ci si riferisce a tener conto di un determinato fatto o a comportarsi di conseguenza: &lt;em&gt;per tua norma e regola, questa casa non è un albergo!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(e più concisamente anche sotto “regola”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E questo è appunto il senso in cui è usato qui: il padre precisa in modo risentito qualcosa di cui il figlio non ha tenuto conto, cioè che lui (il padre) non ha lasciato gli studi per svogliatezza ma perché ha cominciato a lavorare da ragazzino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-09-11T00:17:59.653" LastActivityDate="2020-09-11T00:17:59.653" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13259" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13256" CreationDate="2020-09-11T14:18:16.160" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The answer has been found by @DaG after some chasing, and it is located on the last six lines of page 2 of Vincenzo Galilei, &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=XdwPquJVBm4C&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dialogo della Musica Antica et della Moderna&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, reproduced here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/y3XwJ.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/y3XwJ.png&quot; alt=&quot;Scan of the bottom of page 2&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks also goes do Dava Sobel that included the quotation on her book (&lt;em&gt;Galileo's Daughter&lt;/em&gt;) and then the text was picked up by her translator (Roberta Zuppet) who then produced the original Italian text for the citation changed a bit to modern Italian, which in turn -- I conjecture -- made the search easier.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The attribution by Stankova and Rikes &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=vix-AwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=Galileo%27s&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; is incorrect.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6606" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-11T15:41:02.577" LastActivityDate="2020-09-11T15:41:02.577" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13260" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13255" CreationDate="2020-09-11T19:06:32.347" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;La locuzione “di parte” è  molto comune soprattutto  nell'espressione &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;“essere di parte“:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non essere obbiettivi, essere prevenuti nell’esprimere  un giudizio in quanto sostenitori di una delle parti in causa. (Hoepli)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L’amore “di parte” di cui si parla nel brano si riferisce alla fedeltà alla monarchia professata da queste persone solo in apparenza che in realtà nasconde il reale interesse per guadagni facili e illeciti a cui questi individui  sono dediti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-09-11T19:06:32.347" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13262" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-13T09:48:51.987" Score="2" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al bar Moccia ci sarà qualcuno disposto a parlare di Pavese? Figurati chi pensa a Pavese, Pavese si è suicidato. A quest’ora, da Moccia, solo le vecchie golose che scelgono con cura le paste. Le chiamano coi dolci nomi affettuosi: scazzetta di cardinale, cassatina, sciù, preziosa, &lt;strong&gt;dora&lt;/strong&gt;, cannolo e sfogliatella. E ne mangiano in piedi, compunte, almeno tre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho trovato la voce &amp;quot;dora&amp;quot; su nessun dizionario e ho curiosità di sapere cos'è. Ho ricercato anche su Google, ma non sono riuscita a individuare nessuna informazione su un dolce chiamato &amp;quot;dora&amp;quot;. Qualcuno di voi ne saprebbe qualcosa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-11-10T16:03:55.427" Title="Cos'è una &quot;dora&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13263" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13143" CreationDate="2020-09-14T13:05:31.510" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le tre parole hanno usi simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regalo è certamente il più universale e comune di tutti, si può applicare in qualunque contesto. Esempi: regalo di compleanno, regalo di natale, regalo di nozze. Si può utilizzare anche in alcuni contesti con uso figurato, ad esempio: questa giornata è stata un regalo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dono si utilizza meno frequentemente, ha un registro leggermente più formale e si usa prevalentemente in espressioni figurate o con significato spirituale, ad esempio: un dono di Dio, il tuo amore è un dono. Si usa altresì nell'espressioni relative a capacità di natura eccezionale, come il dono dell'ubiquità, il dono dell'eloquenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Presente si utilizza poco, in alcune regioni più che in altre. Oltre al bell'esempio e gioco di parole di Kung Fu Panda, nell'area da cui vengo e dove vivo presente è un regalo prevalentemente di valore limitato, simbolico, ad esempio: gli ho portato un presente per non andare a mani vuote.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6589" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-14T17:49:19.740" LastActivityDate="2020-09-14T17:49:19.740" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13264" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-14T18:17:58.843" Score="3" ViewCount="131" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche per loro sono &lt;em&gt;il signorino&lt;/em&gt;, entrando ho sentito che uno ce l’ha coi miei pullover. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Non sai chi è il signorino? Gialli bianchi azzurri, uno al giorno ne cambia, non puoi sbagliare, tutti colori così.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Niente insinuazioni, atteniamoci all’odio di classe.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Sentimento superato.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      «Levami pure la &lt;em&gt;distrazione&lt;/em&gt; di odiarlo, che mi rimane, solo le scarpe rotte?» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      Così sono &lt;strong&gt;sistemato&lt;/strong&gt;. E le avesse almeno avute rotte le scarpe. Sono io invece ad averle rotte, un bel buco nascosto – fare attenzione alla gamba accavallata. Senza una lira, i pullover ormai ridotti a due o tre, avanzi del tempo passato, anche i colori sbiaditi, i soldi delle sigarette infilati in tasca da mammà, [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni della &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/sistemare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;sistemare&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;. Tuttavia, non riesco a capire cosa voglia dire la frase &amp;quot;così sono sistemato&amp;quot; che appare nel testo. Qualcuno di voi lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-02-12T17:02:50.320" Title="Qual è il senso di &quot;sistemato&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13265" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13264" CreationDate="2020-09-15T15:11:44.440" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me la frase significa &amp;quot;questa è la mia situazione&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="775" LastActivityDate="2020-09-15T15:11:44.440" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13266" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13267" CreationDate="2020-09-16T18:25:59.950" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ninì a Capri naturalmente. Dice che senza &lt;strong&gt;trovate&lt;/strong&gt; Capri è morta, e chi ha una &lt;strong&gt;trovata&lt;/strong&gt; là viene considerato un dio, fa pubblicità all’isola e incrementa il turismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto tutte le accezioni di &amp;quot;trovata&amp;quot; che si trovano sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trovata&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI21/00000426.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a vedere a quale possa corrispondere l'uso che se ne fa nel testo. Cosa sarebbero queste &amp;quot;trovate&amp;quot; a cui si riferisce Ninì?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-17T17:48:55.400" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;trovata&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13267" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13266" CreationDate="2020-09-17T17:48:55.400" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una “&lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.repubblica.it/Italiano/T/trovata.html&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;trovata&lt;/a&gt;“ è un’idea originale, spesso qualcosa a cui nessuno aveva pensato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto si riferisce ad un’idea che possa attirare  turisti sull’isola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-09-17T17:48:55.400" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13268" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-18T16:36:00.737" Score="0" ViewCount="448" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Devi vedere anche la Mostra d’Oltremare con le fontane luminose, sfumature bellissime, &lt;em&gt;mauve&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;fraise&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;beige&lt;/em&gt;, ti dico un &lt;strong&gt;colpo d’occhio&lt;/strong&gt;!... Un’altra idea di Lauro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è sul significato di &amp;quot;colpo d'occhio&amp;quot; in questo passaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/colpo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;C. d’occhio&lt;/em&gt;, vista, veduta, spec. panoramica, dall’alto; o anche, occhiata, il vedere (e il saper vedere) a un tratto: &lt;em&gt;si distingue a c. d’occhio&lt;/em&gt;, subito, alla prima; &lt;em&gt;è un uomo che ha un c. d’occhio sicuro&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/colpo-docchio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;colpo d’occhio&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;loc.s.m.   &lt;br&gt;&#xA;CO &lt;br&gt;&#xA;veduta d’insieme, panoramica: dalla terrazza c’è un bel colpo d’occhio | occhiata veloce, sguardo rapido: il colpo d’occhio dell’artista; a colpo d’occhio, a prima vista, subito: riconoscere qcn. a colpo d’occhio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, non mi sembra che queste accezioni, espresse esattamente in questo modo, siano adatte al contesto del testo. Ho la sensazione che si usi &amp;quot;colpo d'occhio&amp;quot; per descrivere qualcosa (quelle fontane con tutti quei colori) che produce una certa impressione alla vista. È così? Cosa significa &amp;quot;colpo d'occhio&amp;quot; in questo contesto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-18T16:36:00.737" Title="Significato di &quot;colpo d'occhio&quot; in questo brano" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13269" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-18T22:36:39.557" Score="3" ViewCount="57" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would like to ask, what is the difference of the two &amp;quot;participio&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;gerundio&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here is an example in the text book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando trovate qualcuno, scrivete il suo nome nella casella corrispondente all'attività svolta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &amp;quot;corrispondente all'attività svolta&amp;quot; used to describe the word &amp;quot;casella&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Write his name in the square which corresponds to the activity.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Or it is related with the action of &amp;quot;scrivete il suo nome&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Write his name in the square, corresponding to the activity.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Does it make sense if I use another participio &amp;quot;corrisposto&amp;quot; or the gerundio &amp;quot;corrispondendo&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/leGz9.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/leGz9.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/s5ITK.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/s5ITK.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6547" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-19T07:41:28.037" LastActivityDate="2020-09-19T09:08:05.020" Title="Corrispondente, corrisposto, corrispondendo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13270" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13269" CreationDate="2020-09-19T09:08:05.020" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The meaning here of the &lt;em&gt;participio presente&lt;/em&gt; is exactly the one you rephrase as “which corresponds to”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The &lt;em&gt;participio passato&lt;/em&gt; is either used for the composite forms of the verbs (&lt;em&gt;le risposte non hanno corrisposto alle domande&lt;/em&gt;) or is used as an adjective denoting something that has done or received the action of the verb. &lt;em&gt;Corrisposto&lt;/em&gt; would refer to something that corresponded to something (admittedly, &lt;em&gt;corrispondere&lt;/em&gt; is not an especially versatile verb to make examples).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finally, the &lt;em&gt;gerundio&lt;/em&gt; is mostly used together with an auxiliary verb to express a continuous action, analogously to English: &lt;em&gt;sto andando&lt;/em&gt; is “I'm going”, with just some different nuances. It can be used by itself, but its use doesn't correspond exactly to English one. You would not say, in that sentence, &lt;em&gt;scrivete il suo nome corrispondendo a...&lt;/em&gt;. If anything, such a &lt;em&gt;gerundio&lt;/em&gt; would have as its subject the same as the main phrase (the person who writes), so you could for instance say &lt;em&gt;scrivete il suo nome usando una matita&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-09-19T09:08:05.020" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13271" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7228" CreationDate="2020-09-19T11:34:19.507" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;I make a further contribution, since the answers that have appeared so far formulate various different proposals, none of them conclusive. In a recent episode of TV series &lt;em&gt;The Boys&lt;/em&gt; (streamed by Prime Video), an interviewer, after having congratulated a character on his wedding, wants to change the subject and tells him:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;let's address the elephant in the room.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(which refers here to the interviewed's past misconduct). Here the Italian dubbing and subtitles differ. The first translates the sentence as:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Direi di prendere il toro per le corna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is an interesting phrasing. It alludes less to the fact that the topic was avoided, but preserves the idea of bravely tackling something.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subtitles, on the other hand, tell rather than showing:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Parliamo di ciò che tutti sanno ma di cui nessuno parla.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-19T12:59:12.097" LastActivityDate="2020-09-19T12:59:12.097" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13272" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-19T20:24:30.800" Score="0" ViewCount="119" Body="&lt;p&gt;What's the etymology of the surname Delvecchio?&lt;br&gt;  I know there's a Plaza Vecchio in Florence.  They can't all be from there :o). &lt;br&gt; The literal translation is not a name I would prefer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6625" LastEditorUserId="6634" LastEditDate="2020-10-03T16:19:29.390" LastActivityDate="2020-10-03T16:19:29.390" Title="What's the etymology of the surname Delvecchio?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13273" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13272" CreationDate="2020-09-19T21:29:09.460" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.cognomix.it/origine-cognome/del+vecchio.php&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Del Vecchio: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Deriva  da forme patronimiche relative a capostipiti il cui padre era soprannominato Vecchio.&#xA;Tracce di una famiglia Del Vecchio si trova a Firenze fin dal 1200.&#xA;Il cognome Del Vecchio è tipico della zona centro meridionale dell'Italia.&#xA;Delvecchio ha un ceppo in Lombardia tra milanese e bergamasco, uno in Emilia-Romagna tra ravennate, forlivese, riminese e pesarese,  ed uno in Puglia tra foggiano, barese e brindisino.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(It derives from patronymic forms relating to progenitors whose father was nicknamed Vecchio.&#xA;Traces of a Del Vecchio family has been in Florence since 1200.&#xA;The surname Del Vecchio is typical of the central southern area of ​​Italy.&#xA;Delvecchio has a lineage in Lombardy between Milan and Bergamo, one in Emilia-Romagna between Ravenna, Forlì, Rimini and Pesaro, and one in Puglia between Foggia, Bari and Brindisi.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-09-19T21:29:09.460" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13274" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-22T17:58:04.443" Score="1" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una ragazza, sola in fondo alla spiaggia. Zazzera bionda e &lt;strong&gt;calzoni a gamba&lt;/strong&gt;, veniva dalla nostra parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa espressione, &amp;quot;calzoni a gamba&amp;quot;, appare di nuovo un po' più avanti nel libro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      «No, no, le cose stanno cambiando, caro Massimo, non si può più venire da queste parti. Appena ti volti vedi gente coi cappellini da fantino, mamme e figlie col culo a terra e i &lt;strong&gt;calzoni a gamba&lt;/strong&gt;. E i guagliòni che vengono fuori ora, quelli mi fanno ridere, con la camicia rosso fuoco aperta fino all’ombelico, una finta sicurezza, timidi ed esibizionisti, [...]»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono riuscita a trovare questa locuzione, &amp;quot;calzoni a gamba&amp;quot;, su nessun dizionario, ma curiosamente appare nella &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/cacciatora/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;definizione dell'espressione &amp;quot;alla cacciatora&amp;quot; sul vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si dice in partic. dei vestiti che indossano usualmente i cacciatori, per lo più di velluto a coste: i &lt;strong&gt;calzoni a gamba&lt;/strong&gt;, da portare con gli stivaloni, la giacca (&lt;em&gt;giacca alla c.&lt;/em&gt;, ma anche semplicem. &lt;em&gt;cacciatora&lt;/em&gt; s. f.) con martingala e tasche laterali coperte, o posteriori, per la selvaggina; [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ho trovata anche nel libro  &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=Ka60DAAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT43&amp;amp;lpg=PT43&amp;amp;dq=%22calzoni+a+gamba%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=0pSMQ1DQk5&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3S6vRD1qRr5_loGdX-r-Bm1-H1lQ&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjLxtKFxMPrAhWoA2MBHfqqAKoQ6AEwC3oECAcQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22calzoni%20a%20gamba%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ribelli e dannati&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, di Teodora Oliva:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni indossavano vestiti di panno nero con cappelli a larga tesa, ornati di&#xA;nastro rosso, altri portavano il costume caratteristico dei contadini meridionali con &lt;strong&gt;calzoni a gamba&lt;/strong&gt;, cappello a cono, e giubbetto colorato, con immancabili mantelli di lana, di colore bigio e nero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E sulla &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.forgottenbooks.com/es/download/UsieCostumiCredenzeePregiudizidelPopoloSiciliano_10404909.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Biblioteca delle tradizioni popolari siciliane&lt;/em&gt;, vol. XIV&lt;/a&gt;, di Giuseppe Pitrè, in una descrizione delle maschere di Carnevale tradizionali della Sicilia si legge (il grassetto è sempre mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;Dutturi&lt;/em&gt; veste poco dissimile al Barone: nicchio in capo, colletto che nasconde le orecchie cravattone che copre il petto, panciotto che scende fino alle anguinaglie, livrea, &lt;strong&gt;calzoni a gamba&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;(&lt;em&gt;causi a gammigghia&lt;/em&gt;), scarpine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sulla &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/search.php?query=%22calzoni%20a%20gamba%22&amp;amp;sin=TXT&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;biblioteca &amp;quot;Internet Archive&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; se ne possono trovare altre occorrenze. Una è questa descrizione dell'uniforme di uno dei corpi dei soldati pontifici, apparsa nella &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/laletturarivis1908milauoft/page/656/mode/2up?q=%22calzoni+a+gamba%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lettura&lt;/em&gt;, rivista mensile del Corriere della sera&lt;/a&gt; all'inizio del XX secolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Dinanzi agli appartamenti del Pontefice si scorgono le&#xA;guardie nobili, elegantissime, con l'elmetto d'argento, l'uniforme blu a falde, i &lt;strong&gt;calzoni a gamba&lt;/strong&gt; di panno candido e gli stivaloni alla scudiera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partendo dell'espressione siciliana che appare nel libro di Pitrè, &amp;quot;causi a gammigghia&amp;quot;, sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=2G2Iy-2FxDEC&amp;amp;pg=PA198&amp;amp;lpg=PA198&amp;amp;dq=%22a+gammigghia%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=tR9ixugmvi&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3p6O-_MVBZUVNuz-ZKG6iuZ8M2oA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwj0jOCc8YjsAhUF5uAKHTx7AkYQ6AEwAnoECAIQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22a%20gammigghia%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Vocabolario siciliano etimologico, italiano, e latino&lt;/em&gt;, dell'abate Michele Pasqualino&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gammigghia, cintolino da legare sotto il ginocchio i calzoni, &lt;em&gt;cintolino&lt;/em&gt;, zonula fibularis genu.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, potrebbe trattarsi di calzoni legati sotto il ginocchio con tale cintolino? Sapreste spiegarmi cosa vuol dire l'espressione &amp;quot;calzoni a gamba&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-09-27T09:45:02.583" LastActivityDate="2020-09-29T06:18:32.513" Title="Cosa sono i &quot;calzoni a gamba&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13275" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13280" CreationDate="2020-09-23T16:07:26.967" Score="0" ViewCount="71" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto questo dialogo tra Massimo, uno dei protagonisti del romanzo, e un suo amico fiorentino sulla spiaggia di Positano (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;     &#xA;«E chi sarebbe &lt;em&gt;codesto&lt;/em&gt;?» mi domandò il mio amico. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Un principe delle apparenze.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Non fare il napoletano, che significa?» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Molto fascino e poche lire.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Hai visto come la trattava?» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Prima la baci, poi la schiaffeggi e poi ti presenti. Era il suo sistema con questo tipo di ragazza. A quanto pare lo usa ancora.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Finché può, finché può. Quella meritava più cura, con quel collo. Se fosse capitata a me una così...» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Tu non sei Sasà.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«Uuuh! Come &lt;strong&gt;la fai lunga&lt;/strong&gt; con questo Sasà.» &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     &#xA;«E va bene, allora te la immagini una ragazza che si sveglia a quest’ora per raccogliere pietruzze di tormalina con te? Con te come sarai tra venti anni, all’età che ha ora lui.»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/lungo1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato la definizione seguente dell'espressione &amp;quot;farla lunga&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con compl. oggetto &lt;em&gt;la&lt;/em&gt; indeterminato, nel linguaggio fam., &lt;em&gt;farla lunga&lt;/em&gt;, allungare molto il discorso, insistere stucchevolmente nel chiedere, nel lamentarsi, nel protestare, nel rimproverare e sim.: &lt;em&gt;insomma, per non fartela tanto lunga, la cosa finì così&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;quanto la fai lunga!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, questi due personaggi hanno parlato molto poco di questo Sasà, per cui non capisco quale sia il senso di questa locuzione nel contesto del brano. Me lo sapreste spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-25T08:48:02.683" Title="Significato di &quot;farla lunga&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13276" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13277" CreationDate="2020-09-24T14:31:45.267" Score="2" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Catalogna, la scuola è cominciata per i bambini e i ragazzi il passato 14 settembre. Non sono ancora passate due settimane ma, nel posto dove lavoro, parecchi studenti non possono essere presenti a causa della pandemia e ogni giorno che passa ce ne sono di più. Probabilmente, da domani o da lunedì, un'intera classe dovrà passare a casa alcuni giorni di quarantena, ma non lo posso ancora assicurare perché tutto si sta svolgendo in una grandissima confusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella mia lingua, per esprimere il fatto che uno studente non è presente a scuola, nei documenti ufficiali si usa il termine &amp;quot;absència&amp;quot; (in catalano, immagino che in castigliano si usi &amp;quot;ausencia&amp;quot;, ma non ne sono del tutto sicura perché nella mia comunità autonoma tutti i documenti dell'ambito scolastico sono in catalano).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune, però, questo si esprime con il verbo &amp;quot;faltar&amp;quot;. Potrei dire, per esempio, &amp;quot;a l'institut on treballo falten molts estudiants a causa de la pandèmia&amp;quot; (un &amp;quot;institut&amp;quot; è una scuola pubblica di insegnamento secondario) o &amp;quot;a l'institut on treballo falten molts alumnes a causa de la pandèmia&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come posso rendere questa stessa idea in italiano?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nella scuola dove lavoro molti studenti sono assenti a causa della pandemia?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nella scuola dove lavoro molti studenti non sono presenti a causa della pandemia?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Altri?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-09-25T08:46:49.803" Title="Come si esprime il fatto che alcuni studenti non sono presenti a scuola?" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13277" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13276" CreationDate="2020-09-24T15:52:01.207" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Anche in italiano si usa il termine &amp;quot;assenza&amp;quot; ma contrariamente (a quanto ho capito) al catalano non è percepito come particolarmente formale.&#xA;La frase più naturale è la prima:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Nella scuola dove lavoro molti studenti sono assenti a causa della pandemia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2020-09-24T15:52:01.207" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13279" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13276" CreationDate="2020-09-25T08:46:49.803" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;em&gt;assenza&lt;/em&gt; è in effetti dotta e la si trova comunemente in testi giuridici e burocratici, meno in altri testi. Tuttavia &lt;em&gt;assenza&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;assente&lt;/em&gt; hanno un uso comunissimo in ambito scolastico: se uno studente non è a scuola è &lt;em&gt;assente&lt;/em&gt; e sul registro di classe viene annotata la sua &lt;em&gt;assenza&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo si impara fin da piccoli: un tempo l'insegnante faceva tutti i giorni l'appello. Motivo? Mia nonna, quando cominciò la sua attività di maestra elementare, aveva una classe di oltre cento bambini che divideva in due turni, mattina e pomeriggio. Ovviamente era quasi impossibile riconoscere a vista chi c'era e chi mancava. Perciò si chiamavano i bambini a uno a uno; chi c'era rispondeva ‘presente’, se qualcuno non rispondeva, qualcun altro diceva ‘assente’.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Naturalmente, con classi meno numerose, la pratica non è necessaria, ma era comunque uso fare l'appello i primi giorni in modo da imparare i nomi. In seguito, segnare le assenze diventa una questione di contare i presenti, dedurre il numero degli assenti e identificarli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi ognuno associa “assenza” principalmente all'ambito scolastico, magari non conoscendo le altre accezioni del termine. Usare “non presente” sarebbe una forzatura, quindi&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella scuola dove lavoro molti studenti sono assenti a causa della pandemia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è perfettamente comprensibile e anzi è la forma di scelta. Si potrebbe anche dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella scuola dove lavoro mancano molti studenti a causa della pandemia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e il significato sarebbe lo stesso, sebbene &lt;em&gt;mancare&lt;/em&gt; abbia anche altre accezioni. La precisazione &lt;em&gt;a causa della pandemia&lt;/em&gt; dice che la mancanza è temporanea, non strutturale come in&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella scuola dove lavoro mancano molti studenti per poter istituire una nuova sezione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in cui la mancanza non è temporanea. Qui, ovviamente, &lt;em&gt;assenza&lt;/em&gt; sarebbe fuori posto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel gergo militare non si usa rispondere &lt;em&gt;assente&lt;/em&gt;. All'appello del plotone durante l'adunata mattutina, chi c'è risponde &lt;em&gt;presente&lt;/em&gt;; se uno non risponde, il caporale di giornata può dire &lt;em&gt;marca visita&lt;/em&gt; per indicare che il soldato pensa di essere malato. Altrimenti sono guai, perché il soldato che &lt;em&gt;manca all'appello&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe incorrere nel reato di diserzione (propria o impropria). Compito del furiere è di annotare sul foglio per l'appello i nomi dei soldati assenti per motivi giustificati (ricovero in infermeria, missione o licenza).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-09-25T08:46:49.803" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13280" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13275" CreationDate="2020-09-25T08:48:02.683" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato figurato di &lt;em&gt;(non) farla lunga&lt;/em&gt; è proprio quello già individuato nella domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A volte, come nel brano riportato, l’espressione si può usare anche quando la conversazione non è stata lunga, ma non si ha più voglia di parlare di quell'argomento. È un modo per dire: «Non continuare a parlare di questo, non mi interessa».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2136" LastActivityDate="2020-09-25T08:48:02.683" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13281" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-27T15:26:59.213" Score="1" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      E ricominciò, già rinfrancato, col tono di prima: Debiti mai &lt;strong&gt;appesi&lt;/strong&gt; in vita sua, al massimo qualche conticino d’albergo, qualche pranzo al ristorante, qualche whisky. Ma in cambio, quelli che chiudevano un occhio si vedevano arrivare clienti che nemmeno se li sognavano. Tre o quattro di loro e il posto diventava chic, tutti ci correvano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E un po' più avanti nel libro si trova:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      «Questa è la zona dove abito io. Ho segnato in rosso tutte le strade dove ho &lt;strong&gt;appeso&lt;/strong&gt; debiti, qua col tabaccaio, là col salumiere, là con un portiere. Circolare diventa sempre più difficile, tutte le strade d’uscita sono sbarrate. Vedi, è rimasto libero solo questo passaggio» e me lo mostrava sulla pianta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alle voci &amp;quot;appendere&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;appeso&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, inclusi il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/appendere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; ([&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000569.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;] e [&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000571.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;]), ma non sono riuscita a trovare nessuna accezione che abbia senso nel contesto di questi due brani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è: &amp;quot;appendere debiti&amp;quot; significherebbe &amp;quot;contrarre debiti&amp;quot;? Si tratta di un uso regionale del verbo &amp;quot;appendere&amp;quot;? Di qualche sorta di gergo o &amp;quot;slang&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-02-24T16:02:20.193" Title="Uso e significato di &quot;appeso&quot; / &quot;appendere&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13282" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13281" CreationDate="2020-09-27T15:36:08.920" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me possiamo applicare la definizione del Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Part. pass. appéso anche come agg., attaccato, sospeso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;quindi il debito &amp;quot;appeso&amp;quot; è da interpretarsi come &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;sospeso&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; in senso figurato, ovvero &amp;quot;in sospeso&amp;quot;, non ancora saldato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2876" LastActivityDate="2020-09-27T15:36:08.920" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13283" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-09-30T04:58:23.713" Score="1" ViewCount="204" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ogni tanto sento uno dei miei amici dire &amp;quot;sa&amp;quot; quando ha fretta,vuole fare qualcosa, non vuole parlare oppure aspettare. Esempio: &amp;quot;Sa, andiamo&amp;quot;. Lo dice molto più sovente se è scocciato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho chiesto in giro cosa volesse dire &lt;em&gt;sa&lt;/em&gt; e mi è stato risposto &amp;quot;È come dire &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt;, ma non è &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt;, è proprio &lt;strong&gt;sa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parola &amp;quot;su&amp;quot; la comprendo, vuol dire &lt;em&gt;alziamoci&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;andiamo&lt;/em&gt;. Invece &amp;quot;sa&amp;quot; non la trovo da nessuna parte e non ne capisco il significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È solo la vocale sbagliata, detta male? Oppure è una parola diversa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastEditorUserId="6634" LastEditDate="2020-10-27T21:53:52.207" LastActivityDate="2020-10-27T21:53:52.207" Title="Perché una persona scocciata dice &quot;sa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;regional&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13284" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13283" CreationDate="2020-09-30T06:33:22.157" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;La parola &lt;strong&gt;sa&lt;/strong&gt; è un'espressione dialettale del Nord Italia, principalmente della regione Piemonte&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il significato è quello che hai indicato tu, quindi &amp;quot;Sa, andiamo?&amp;quot; come per dire &amp;quot;cosa facciamo ? Andiamo? &amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potrebbe essere sostituita come dici tu da &lt;strong&gt;su&lt;/strong&gt; oppure da &lt;strong&gt;dai&lt;/strong&gt; secondo il contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sa, ora mi alzo dalla sedia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6634" LastEditorUserId="6634" LastEditDate="2020-09-30T13:16:28.957" LastActivityDate="2020-09-30T13:16:28.957" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13285" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-01T13:00:14.533" Score="2" ViewCount="73" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is there any difference in meaning and usage between subject-verb order and verb-subject order in Italian? Examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;Quarant'anni sono già passati&amp;quot; vs &amp;quot;Sono già passati quarant'anni&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;Tre ore sono già passate&amp;quot; vs &amp;quot;Sono già passate tre ore&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It seems to me that both orders mean the same, but the verb-subject order is more usual with the passing of time periods &lt;em&gt;in Italian&lt;/em&gt; (unlike English).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-10-01T14:54:05.870" LastActivityDate="2020-10-01T17:47:15.413" Title="Sono già passati quarant'anni vs Quarant'anni sono già passati - subject-verb vs verb-subject" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13286" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13285" CreationDate="2020-10-01T17:47:15.413" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;TL;DR: The first phrasings are so unidiomatic to be ungrammatical, unless specifically meant for a reason.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More precisely, we have here a construction with a so-called &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/verbi-inaccusativi_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“unaccusative” verb&lt;/a&gt;. You can see more about them in the linked article, but the gist is that in Italian there are two classes of intransitive verbs, the “unergative” ones, where the subject is an actual subject (&lt;em&gt;lavorare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;camminare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;ridere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;dormire&lt;/em&gt;...) and the “unaccusative” ones, where the grammatical subject is a person or object to which something just happens, so to say (&lt;em&gt;arrivare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;cadere&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;scoppiare&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;sparire&lt;/em&gt;...).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Among the tests to distinguish them, there is the auxiliary verb used: &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; for the unergative verbs (&lt;em&gt;Mario ha dormito&lt;/em&gt;), &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; for unaccusative ones (&lt;em&gt;Mario è arrivato&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This said, one of the properties of unaccusative verbs is that they&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;hanno il soggetto dopo il verbo in costruzioni non marcate, come si osserva in (5) a.-c. ..., proprietà generalmente non condivisa dal soggetto dei verbi inergativi (5 d.):&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;(5) a. sono arrivati i libri&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;b. sono partiti tutti&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;c. è morto il bisnonno&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;d. * hanno dormito i bambini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;that is, unless we are explicitly, almost emphatically, talking about the books, everybody, or the great-grandfather, the usual construction is the one with the subject after the verb.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, in our examples, the phrasing “&lt;em&gt;Quarant'anni sono già passati&lt;/em&gt;” would be used if &lt;em&gt;quarant'anni&lt;/em&gt; were our actual topic. Say, I'm saying that forty years would be a nice interval to wait for something, and you interject: “&lt;em&gt;Quarant'anni sono già passati&lt;/em&gt;”. But in almost any other context, by far the most usual phrasing is “&lt;em&gt;Sono già passati quarant'anni&lt;/em&gt;”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-10-01T17:47:15.413" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13287" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-01T21:58:25.277" Score="6" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was browsing through some of my music CDs, and I found a piece titled &amp;quot;Fiorellin di Siepe&amp;quot; by Raffaele Calace, but in this &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.federmandolino.it/wp/spartiti-music-scores/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;collection site&lt;/a&gt;, it's listed as &lt;em&gt;Fiorellini&lt;/em&gt; di Siepe. However, if you open the pdf link to the sheet music, it's once again titled &amp;quot;Fiorellin&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As far as I understand, &amp;quot;Fiorellini di Siepe&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Little Hedge Flowers,&amp;quot; right? Does &amp;quot;Fiorellin&amp;quot; mean anything, or is it a typo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6015" LastEditorUserId="6015" LastEditDate="2020-10-27T13:42:11.480" LastActivityDate="2020-10-27T14:03:32.820" Title="&quot;Fiorellin&quot; or &quot;Fiorellini?&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13288" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13289" CreationDate="2020-10-04T13:56:52.337" Score="6" ViewCount="605" Body="&lt;p&gt;A volte succede che mi manca il vocabolario  adeguato per esprimere i fatti della vita quotidiana. Come dovrei chiamare un negozio dove si vende pane?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Forno.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Panetteria.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Negozio di pane.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Negozio del panettiere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Dal panettiere.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Panificio (se il pane si produce nello stesso negozio).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Altri?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Consultando un dizionario, ho la sensazione che si possano usare tutti o quasi tutti questi termini, ma non ne sono del tutto sicura e non so se dovrei utilizzare uno o altro dipendendo dalle caratteristiche del negozio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-10-06T20:57:03.247" Title="Come si chiama un negozio dove si vende pane?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13289" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13288" CreationDate="2020-10-06T20:51:19.597" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;È una questione regionale. Il termine “ufficiale” è &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/panetteria/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;panetteria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Si può adoperare anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/panificio/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;panificio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, che propriamente è un posto dove il pane viene anche prodotto, ma il termine è usato anche in senso esteso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia i lombardi lo chiamano &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/prestinaio/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;prestinaio&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; (con metonimia, molto frequente nell'indicare botteghe, come il &lt;em&gt;salumiere&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;la bottega del salumiere&lt;/em&gt;). Con analoga metonimia, si sente spesso &lt;em&gt;panettiere&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;fornaio&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente direi &lt;em&gt;forno&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;panificio&lt;/em&gt;. Il termine &lt;em&gt;forno&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;il forno del pane&lt;/em&gt; è piuttosto diffuso, visto che anticamente, in molte zone rurali o montane, la farina o l'impasto già preparato venivano affidati a chi gestiva il forno comune per la cottura e il pane durava settimane (o anche mesi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nessuno direbbe &lt;em&gt;il negozio del panettiere&lt;/em&gt;, ma semplicemente &lt;em&gt;il panettiere&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;va' dal panettiere/prestinaio/fornaio e compra un chilo di rosette&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Negozio di pane&lt;/em&gt; mi sembra da escludere. Ci sono qua e là esercizi con insegne del tipo &lt;em&gt;La bottega del pane&lt;/em&gt;, ma è solo per darsi un tono.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il termine &lt;em&gt;panificio&lt;/em&gt; indica anche un'azienda o un luogo dove si produce pane, ma non lo si vende, perché è destinato alla grande distribuzione. Non molti anni fa, la mia università acquisì e restaurò quello che per molto tempo era stato &lt;em&gt;il panificio&lt;/em&gt; delle forze armate per una gran parte dell'Italia settentrionale; durante la prima guerra mondiale fu un elemento essenziale, visto che il fronte non era distante dopo l'ottobre 1917. Curiosità: quella struttura era stata costruita dagli austriaci per rifornire il famoso &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fortezze_del_Quadrilatero&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Quadrilatero&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; e ultimata pochi mesi prima della cessione del Veneto all'Italia (1866). Nei silos del grano ora ci sono aule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-10-06T20:57:03.247" LastActivityDate="2020-10-06T20:57:03.247" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13290" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-07T11:17:57.560" Score="3" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.wordreference.com/iten/signora&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Word Reference&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/signora#Pronunciation&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktionary&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dipionline.it/dizionario/ricerca?lemma=signora&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dipi&lt;/a&gt; say that &amp;quot;signora&amp;quot; is pronounced [siɲˈɲora] (Standard Italian), but I hear [ɔ] instead of [o] in the audios in the first two references. It doesn't sound at all the [o] I hear in &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPA_vowel_chart_with_audio&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPA_vowel_chart_with_audio&lt;/a&gt; (and the Italian vowel trapezoid in &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_phonology#Vowels&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_phonology#Vowels&lt;/a&gt; confirms that Italian's /o/ is pronounced in the same height of [o]). The only place where I found the standard pronunciation was in &lt;a href=&quot;https://translate.google.com/#view=home&amp;amp;op=translate&amp;amp;sl=it&amp;amp;tl=en&amp;amp;text=signora&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Translate&lt;/a&gt;. Am I mishearing the word or is there some inconsistency between the audio files and the corresponding IPA transcriptions which are not covered by these dictionaries?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-10-08T12:48:13.330" LastActivityDate="2020-10-08T12:48:13.330" Title="Pronunciation of &quot;signora&quot; - [o], [o̞] or [ɔ]" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="12" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13291" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-07T19:20:30.657" Score="2" ViewCount="180" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've tried to do a little bit of searching, and I can't seem to find an equivalent to the pronouns I use for myself in English (They/them or e/em) and nothing for a neutral equivalent to adjective endings. So what do non-binary Italians do when they need to refer to themselves, or describe themselves with adjectives like &amp;quot;alto&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;bella&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6644" LastActivityDate="2020-10-08T14:26:18.750" Title="How do I refer to or describe a non-binary person in Italian?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13292" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13291" CreationDate="2020-10-08T08:05:29.157" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no common way to express such idea, there are some proposals like using the letter &amp;quot;u&amp;quot; at the end (altu, bellu), somebody use the symbol &amp;quot; * &amp;quot; (alt*, bell*). The last way I found is the use of the schwa (&amp;quot;ǝ&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;з&amp;quot;), is described in this website: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italianoinclusivo.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.italianoinclusivo.it/&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6659" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-10-08T14:26:18.750" LastActivityDate="2020-10-08T14:26:18.750" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13293" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-09T20:16:47.640" Score="1" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sentito a un'italiana dire &amp;quot;è una cosa un po' svampita&amp;quot; a proposito di questo brano del &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt; di Natalia Ginzburg, in cui la madre dell'autrice parla di una sua amica di infanzia, la Grassi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La guerra inghiottí anche il signor Polikar. Nemmeno della Grassi, che viveva a Friburgo, in Germania, si seppe piú nulla. Mia madre la evocava spesso. Diceva: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      – Chissà cosa farà in questo momento la Grassi? &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      – Sarà morta! – a volte diceva. – Oh che senso che forse è morta la Grassi! &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      La sua geografia era tutta sconvolta, dopo la guerra. Non si poteva piú evocare tranquillamente la Grassi e il signor Polikar.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Può darsi che io non abbia percepito del tutto bene quello che ha detto l'italiana menzionata perché non conoscevo questo aggettivo, &amp;quot;svampito&amp;quot;. Infatti, me l'ho subito segnato per poter cercarlo dopo sul dizionario. Ma sono sicura che ha usato proprio &amp;quot;svampita&amp;quot; per riferirsi a questo passaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ricercato alla voce &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svampire&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;svampire&amp;quot; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e anche al lemma &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI20/00000598.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;svampito&amp;quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. Mi è sembrato però di capire che l'aggettivo &amp;quot;svampito&amp;quot; si usasse in senso figurato unicamente per qualificare una persona. È veramente così o si può invece anche dire &amp;quot;svampito&amp;quot; di una cosa come, per esempio, il discorso fatto da un personaggio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-10-10T20:29:58.220" Title="Si usa dire &quot;una cosa un po' svampita&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13295" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13293" CreationDate="2020-10-10T20:29:58.220" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si può dire anche di una cosa, come un discorso. Ti riporto la definizione di svampito del dizionario Zingarelli.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;chi (o che) è distratto, svanito | una ragazza svampita, frivola,&#xA;ostentatamente leggera&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6246" LastActivityDate="2020-10-10T20:29:58.220" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13296" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13262" CreationDate="2020-10-11T13:56:45.630" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Charo,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;prova a vedere qua:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.originalitaly.it/it/store/s-dora-dessert&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.originalitaly.it/it/store/s-dora-dessert&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È tutto quello che sono riuscito a trovare; penso sia un dolce tipico della Campania ed in Italia dolci regionali ne abbiamo un'infinità, non puoi trovarli sui dizionari. Tanti hanno nomi anche dialettali.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Scusami se inserisco come risposta e non come commento ma il sistema mi dice che non ho un'adeguata reputazione per aggiungere un commento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6246" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-10-11T16:02:46.230" LastActivityDate="2020-10-11T16:02:46.230" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13297" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7390" CreationDate="2020-10-12T22:14:36.920" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Da &lt;em&gt;Andy Warhol era un coatto&lt;/em&gt; (1994) di Tommaso Labranca:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E mentre suggevo il finnico banano di Hans, il compare mi smarmellava il rigoglioso tettame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6669" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-10-13T07:54:04.623" LastActivityDate="2020-10-13T07:54:04.623" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13298" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13299" CreationDate="2020-10-13T17:11:03.533" Score="1" ViewCount="78" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buona sera,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio grammaticale sulla parte in grassetto in questa  frase tratta da &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Eppure, conoscendo Papiano, avrebbe dovuto nascermi il sospetto che, se egli si rassegnava a lasciarmi accanto Adriana e, contrariamente a’ miei timori, &lt;strong&gt;non ci faceva mai disturbare dallo spirito di Max&lt;/strong&gt;, anzi pareva che ci favorisse e ci proteggesse, doveva aver fatto qualche altra pensata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il verbo &lt;em&gt;disturbare&lt;/em&gt; è evidentamente preso come un infinito passivo, con &lt;em&gt;noi&lt;/em&gt; come il soggetto grammaticale indotto da &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; (cioè &lt;em&gt;farci fare qualche cosa&lt;/em&gt;) e con &lt;em&gt;lo spirito di Max&lt;/em&gt; come l'agente semantico, cioè l'ente che disturba. Ma, se il latino aveva gli infiniti passivi per i verbi, l'italiano sembra di utilizzare invece le costruzioni con il verbo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;essere disturbati&lt;/em&gt; ecc. Quindi il dubbio: nella realtà, come è composta questa parte? Il significato è chiarissimo, ma la grammatica non lo è. Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2020-10-17T23:42:09.843" LastActivityDate="2020-10-17T23:42:09.843" Title="Infiniti semplici utilizzati come infiniti passivi: è possibile?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;infinitive&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13299" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13298" CreationDate="2020-10-14T08:12:33.103" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Capisco il senso della domanda, ma mi sembra che i grammatici italiani non interpretino questo tipo di infinito come una sorta di passivo. La questione riguarda più in generale le costruzioni con i verbi “causativi” &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;lasciare&lt;/em&gt;. Dice &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt; di Serianni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il costrutto del tipo «far fare qualcosa a / da qualcuno» presenta una specie di cooperazione tra i due soggetti, quello grammaticale del verbo causativo e quello logico dell'infinito, giacché il primo mette in moto l'azione del secondo: «io [soggetto grammaticale] faccio che &lt;em&gt;x&lt;/em&gt; [soggetto logico] faccia qualcosa» → «io faccio fare qualcosa a / da _x_». ... Il soggetto logico è rappresentato da un complemento indiretto introdotto da &lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;da&lt;/em&gt; (con diverse sfumature semantiche: «lo farò vedere &lt;em&gt;al&lt;/em&gt; dottor Rossi», «lo farò vedere &lt;em&gt;dal&lt;/em&gt; dottor Rossi»; nel sistema pronominale: &lt;em&gt;gli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;da lui&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;da lei&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E rimanda per maggiori approfondimenti a Gunver Skytte, “La sintassi dell'infinito in italiano moderno”, &lt;em&gt;Revue Romane&lt;/em&gt;, num. supplem. 27, 1983 (in particolare, vol. I, pp. 57-75), che non ho avuto modo di consultare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-10-14T09:56:57.873" LastActivityDate="2020-10-14T09:56:57.873" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13304" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7066" CreationDate="2020-10-15T12:53:43.307" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il riporto potrebbe essere la parte che copre il primo strato. Ho notato che in vecchie foto di soldati di cavalleria le fasce sono avvolte dall'alto e in caviglia hanno un doppio giro. Ritengo che la scelta dipenda dal fatto che la pressione della staffa sia prevalente in basso e la pressione con sfregamento dello staffile sullo stinco, che avviene verso l'alto, in questo modo non arriccia il bordo della fascia, che appare come tegole montate dal basso verso il colmo del tetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6679" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-10-17T10:23:54.140" LastActivityDate="2020-10-17T10:23:54.140" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13305" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-16T07:31:53.760" Score="3" ViewCount="182" Body="&lt;p&gt;I hear this sentence in the Italian version of &lt;em&gt;Law &amp;amp; Order: Special Victims Unit&lt;/em&gt;. I understand I should take it with a little of &lt;em&gt;cum grano salis&lt;/em&gt;, and that trying to understand why the plural was used could make little sense, as the translation could have been chosen to be closer to the original sentence in American.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A person, speaking also for other two people, said:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non vogliamo gli avvocati. Abbiamo deciso di confessare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English, the literal translation would be the following. (It's probably not what an American would say.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;We don't want the lawyers. We decided to confess.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I would expect the first sentence to be &lt;em&gt;Non vogliamo l'avvocato.&lt;/em&gt; I would not take that to mean there will be a single lawyer representing all three, even if I would not exclude that possibility.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is using the plural in that sentence the default choice for writing it? Does using the singular give to the sentence a slightly different meaning?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="63" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2020-10-16T14:45:52.807" LastActivityDate="2020-11-29T22:45:39.707" Title="Is using the plural, in this sentence, the default choice?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="18" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13306" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13308" CreationDate="2020-10-18T21:07:36.257" Score="5" ViewCount="87" Body="&lt;p&gt;Recentemente ho vissuto l'esperienza di dover passare alcuni giorni senza cellulare dovuto al fatto che non funzionava più. Non c'è stato verso di farlo funzionare di nuovo ed è finita che ho dovuto comprarmene uno nuovo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come potrei esprimere il fatto che il mio telefono non funziona più con un aggettivo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il mio cellulare è guasto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il mio cellulare è rotto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il mio cellulare è scassato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Il mio cellulare è avariato.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Altri?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-10-19T19:46:35.120" Title="Aggettivo per esprimere il fatto che il cellulare non funziona più" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13308" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13306" CreationDate="2020-10-19T07:15:26.557" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Userei &lt;em&gt;rotto&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;guasto&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Scassato&lt;/em&gt; è informale e un po' forte se semplicemente non funziona: se dici che il cellulare è scassato me lo immagino in mille pezzi.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Avariato&lt;/em&gt; si usa principalmente per il cibo andato a male (&lt;em&gt;il cellulare è avariato&lt;/em&gt; mi ha fatto sorridere però, puoi usarlo in tono ironico :) ).&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Difettoso&lt;/em&gt; si usa se il tuo cellulare presentava già in origine un difetto, non se ha smesso di funzionare per altri motivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2020-10-19T07:15:26.557" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13309" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13306" CreationDate="2020-10-19T08:09:42.087" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un oggetto &lt;em&gt;scassato&lt;/em&gt; non è necessariamente non funzionante, potrebbe ancora andare, magari in modo altalenante difettoso casuale e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, se dici “Scusa se non ho risposto, ma mi si è scassato il telefono”, il significato di guasto sarebbe chiaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il cibo può essere &lt;em&gt;avariato&lt;/em&gt;, cioè &lt;em&gt;andato a male&lt;/em&gt;; una nave può essere &lt;em&gt;in avaria&lt;/em&gt; e per traslato, anche un telefono, rappresentandolo fermo come una nave in attesa di riparazioni.&#xA;(Ho scoperto così che &lt;em&gt;avaria&lt;/em&gt; viene dall’arabo.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rotto&lt;/em&gt; è l’aggettivo generico che si impara da bambini, quando qualsiasi giocattolo non vada come previsto è “lotto” (la erre si impara più avanti, di solito). Poi arriva la maestra e, anche giustamente, chiede di adoperare aggettivi più adatti, come “guasto”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, direi “il mio telefono è guasto/rotto” solo presentandomi al centro di assistenza. Altrimenti “ho il telefono rotto/guasto” oppure “mi si è guastato/rotto il telefono”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alternativa “il mio telefono è partito/andato” oppure “mi è partito/andato il telefono”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-10-19T19:46:35.120" LastActivityDate="2020-10-19T19:46:35.120" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13310" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13312" CreationDate="2020-10-21T08:32:20.937" Score="2" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;I think&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nessuno ha più fiducia in lui&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;can be translated as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;nobody trusts him anymore&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but also as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there is nobody that trusts him more (... than she does)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is that correct? How can I distinguish between them?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5595" LastActivityDate="2020-10-27T21:05:24.440" Title="Nessuno ha più fiducia in lui" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13311" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13313" CreationDate="2020-10-21T10:04:32.797" Score="0" ViewCount="79" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just received a message from the Italian embassy (&lt;em&gt;i am Italian but was born and live in Greece, and do not speak Italian&lt;/em&gt;), which i was expecting, to go pick my new passport, for which i had applied a week ago.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;but the translation of the message seems to talk about my daughter (&lt;em&gt;no passport application for her&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;il  passaporto di sua figlia e’ pronto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;translation&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;your daughter's passport is ready&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is the translation accurate, or does it translate some other way as well ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If the translation is accurate, how would i reply with&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hopefully, the passport is for me and not my daughter.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2358" LastActivityDate="2020-10-21T21:00:54.740" Title="Is this translation accurate?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" FavoriteCount="0" ClosedDate="2020-10-24T05:30:51.633" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13312" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13310" CreationDate="2020-10-21T10:22:21.637" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both translations are correct. Although a more natural version of the second translation might be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No one trusts him more [than her]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As usual in these matters, the correct translation depends from context. Think about the English sentence &lt;em&gt;I missed him&lt;/em&gt;, which can be translated in Italian as &lt;em&gt;L'ho mancato [con un sasso]&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;Mi è mancato&lt;/em&gt;. How do you distinguish the two meanings in English?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The OP asks if I can give a small addendum that clarifies the meaning. I cannot think of something 100% foolproof but you can certainly nudge the interpretation one way or the other. For example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ormai nessuno ha più fiducia in lui.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Suggests the translation &lt;em&gt;No one trusts him anymore&lt;/em&gt;, since &lt;em&gt;ormai&lt;/em&gt; implies a different status from the past. On the other hand&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nessuno ha più fiducia in lui di così&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Means, literally, &lt;em&gt;No one trusts him more than so&lt;/em&gt;, thus making it clear that it is a comparison.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2020-10-21T20:22:45.547" LastActivityDate="2020-10-21T20:22:45.547" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13313" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13311" CreationDate="2020-10-21T10:33:22.610" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;According to the comments: the translation of the Italian message is correct and there was an evident misunderstanding between you and the Italian embassy...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can kindly reply something like:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi scusi, ci dev'essere stato un malinteso... il passaporto sarebbe dovuto spettare a me, il motivo è dovuto al cambio del mio stato civile. Ci sarebbe modo di porvi rimedio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That in English means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Excuse me, there must have been a misunderstanding... the passport should have belonged to me, the reason is due to the update of my marital status. Would there be any way to solve this issue?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6118" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-10-21T21:00:54.740" LastActivityDate="2020-10-21T21:00:54.740" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13315" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-25T18:30:53.017" Score="5" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Quali espressioni colloquiali si usano per esprimere il fatto di non andare a lezione? Io conosco soltanto &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/marinare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;marinare la scuola&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;marinare le lezioni&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, che non so fino a che punto siano ancora in uso, ma immagino che ne esistano altre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come accade per la &lt;a href=&quot;https://spanish.stackexchange.com/q/17020/&quot;&gt;lingua castigliana&lt;/a&gt;, potrebbe darsi che ci sia una grande varietà di espressioni, dipendenti dall'utilizzo delle diverse varietà regionali dell'italiano (in castigliano, io ho sempre detto &amp;quot;hacer campana&amp;quot;, o &amp;quot;fer campana&amp;quot; in catalano e, fino a poco tempo fa, non sapevo che questa locuzione si usasse soltanto dalle mie parti) ma penso che sarebbe interessante conoscerle.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-10-27T09:07:35.640" LastActivityDate="2020-10-29T18:13:38.743" Title="Espressioni colloquiali per esprimere il fatto di non andare a lezione" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="9" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13316" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13315" CreationDate="2020-10-26T16:06:09.390" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &lt;a href=&quot;https://istitutoeuropeo.blogspot.com/2014/01/etimologie-e-modi-di-dire-italiani.html#:%7E:text=In%20Liguria%20si%20dice%20saltare,e%20fare%20puffi%20a%20Rimini.&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo nel blog dell'Istituto Europeo Firenze&lt;/a&gt; si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Partiamo dal nord: in &lt;strong&gt;Valle d’Aosta&lt;/strong&gt;, sentirete dire che quel ragazzo&#xA;ha &lt;em&gt;schissato&lt;/em&gt; la scuola, ma nel vicino &lt;strong&gt;Piemonte&lt;/strong&gt; esistono già diverse&#xA;varianti a seconda della provincia, anche se la più diffusa è&#xA;&lt;em&gt;tagliare&lt;/em&gt;. In &lt;strong&gt;Lombardia&lt;/strong&gt; sentirete dire &lt;em&gt;scavallare&lt;/em&gt; se vi trovate in&#xA;Brianza, altrimenti &lt;em&gt;impiccare&lt;/em&gt; in provincia di Bergamo, &lt;em&gt;bigiare&lt;/em&gt; a&#xA;Milano, mentre a Sondrio &lt;em&gt;salano&lt;/em&gt; la scuola. In &lt;strong&gt;Veneto&lt;/strong&gt; si dice &lt;em&gt;far&#xA;manca&lt;/em&gt;, ma anche &lt;em&gt;brusare&lt;/em&gt; (bruciare) e &lt;em&gt;far berna&lt;/em&gt;. Nelle Dolomiti&#xA;bellunesi, esiste la variante &lt;em&gt;fare plao&lt;/em&gt;. In &lt;strong&gt;Trentino&lt;/strong&gt; troviamo i&#xA;vocaboli delle regioni vicine, con qualche variante: &lt;em&gt;fare blao&lt;/em&gt;, ma&#xA;anche &lt;em&gt;bruciare&lt;/em&gt; a Bolzano, &lt;em&gt;bigiare&lt;/em&gt; a Trento. In &lt;strong&gt;Friuli&lt;/strong&gt; la versione&#xA;udinese è molto vicina all’italiano standard: &lt;em&gt;andare in marina&lt;/em&gt;. Gli&#xA;studenti di Trieste e Gorizia invece dicono &lt;em&gt;fare lipe&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;lippa&lt;/em&gt;. In&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Liguria&lt;/strong&gt; si dice &lt;em&gt;saltare, conigliare&lt;/em&gt;, o &lt;em&gt;forcare&lt;/em&gt; (come nella vicina&#xA;Toscana). Se andate in &lt;strong&gt;Emilia Romagna&lt;/strong&gt;, sentirete così tante varianti&#xA;che vi si confonderanno le idee: per citarne qualcuna, &lt;em&gt;salare&lt;/em&gt; a&#xA;Piacenza, &lt;em&gt;fare buco&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;fare fuoco&lt;/em&gt; a Bologna, &lt;em&gt;fare fuga&lt;/em&gt; a Reggio Emilia&#xA;e &lt;em&gt;fare puffi&lt;/em&gt; a Rimini. Anche la &lt;strong&gt;Toscana&lt;/strong&gt; non è da meno: a Firenze si&#xA;usa dire &lt;em&gt;fare forca&lt;/em&gt;, ma ad Arezzo &lt;em&gt;fare chiodo&lt;/em&gt;, mentre a Livorno si &lt;em&gt;fa&#xA;brucia&lt;/em&gt; e a Pisa si &lt;em&gt;fa bu’a&lt;/em&gt;, solo per dire alcune. In &lt;strong&gt;Umbria&lt;/strong&gt; non c’è&#xA;modo di sbagliarsi: si &lt;em&gt;fa salina&lt;/em&gt;, mentre nelle &lt;strong&gt;Marche&lt;/strong&gt; si &lt;em&gt;fa sega&lt;/em&gt;, come&#xA;nel &lt;strong&gt;Lazio&lt;/strong&gt;. In &lt;strong&gt;Abruzzo&lt;/strong&gt; sentirete un simpatico &lt;em&gt;fare cuppo&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;cuppare&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;mentre nel vicino &lt;strong&gt;Molise&lt;/strong&gt; si dice o &lt;em&gt;fare spago&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;fare filone&lt;/em&gt;, come in&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Campania&lt;/strong&gt;. In &lt;strong&gt;Puglia&lt;/strong&gt; esistono molte varianti a seconda della provincia&#xA;in cui ci si trova: nel Salento si usa &lt;em&gt;nargiare&lt;/em&gt;, mentre nelle province&#xA;settentrionali ritroviamo &lt;em&gt;fare filone&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;fare fruscio&lt;/em&gt;. Anche in&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;Calabria&lt;/strong&gt; abbiamo l’imbarazzo della scelta: &lt;em&gt;fare sciampalè, addrazzare,&#xA;zumpare&lt;/em&gt; sono solo alcune delle varianti. In &lt;strong&gt;Basilicata&lt;/strong&gt; si usano&#xA;varianti delle regioni vicine, come &lt;em&gt;fare filone&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;azzuppà&lt;/em&gt;; in &lt;strong&gt;Sicilia&lt;/strong&gt;&#xA;si dice &lt;em&gt;buttarsela&lt;/em&gt; e in &lt;strong&gt;Sardegna&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;fare vela&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2020-10-26T16:06:09.390" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13317" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-10-26T21:36:02.830" Score="5" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;An example I was given as &lt;strong&gt;3:45 pm&lt;/strong&gt; can be read in two ways:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono le tre e quarantacinque di pomeriggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono le quattro meno un quarto di pomeriggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Instructions require both ways of expressing the time.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;How do I say...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;12:50 pm&lt;br&gt;&#xA;11:15 am&lt;br&gt;&#xA;2:30 pm&lt;br&gt;&#xA;7:42 am&lt;br&gt;&#xA;12:00 am&lt;br&gt;&#xA;6:13 pm&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have tried these, but are they correct?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono le dodici e cinquanta del pomeriggio.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sono le undici e quindici del mattino.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sono le due e trenta del pomeriggio.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sono le sette e quarantadue del mattino.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sono mezzogiorno.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Sono le sei e tredici di notte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6695" LastEditorUserId="6118" LastEditDate="2020-10-27T21:53:23.607" LastActivityDate="2020-10-28T18:46:58.647" Title="I need help writing digital time into Italian words" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13318" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13317" CreationDate="2020-10-27T02:57:47.700" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In a formal or extremely meticulous context, you can read the hours exactly as they are.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In all the other occasions:&#xA;Regarding the minutes, you always use only multiple of 5.&#xA;Also, for 15 you say &amp;quot;e un quarto'&amp;quot;; for 30 &amp;quot;e mezza&amp;quot;; for 45 you name the next hour and then &amp;quot;meno un quarto&amp;quot;; for 00 you can say the redundant &amp;quot;in punto&amp;quot; if you want.&#xA;Till 35 you name the target hour and add the minutes, from 40 on, you name the next hour and remove minutes: meno venti; meno un quarto; meno dieci; meno cinque.&#xA;You can even say quindici, trenta and quarantacinque but they sound formal. (Note that when speaking formally you always add minutes to the current hour so there is no such thing as &amp;quot;meno quindici&amp;quot; it is either informally &amp;quot;meno un quarto&amp;quot; or more formally &amp;quot;e quarantacinque&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Regarding the hours, you always use the 12h time.&#xA;And you always add &amp;quot;del mattino/pomeriggio/sera/notte&amp;quot; at the end of the sentence, unless you are talking about the present or any other time being part of a given context that is informative enough.&#xA;Then we have &amp;quot;mezzogiorno&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;dodici&amp;quot; (12pm) and &amp;quot;mezzanotte&amp;quot; for... mezzanotte. There is no equivalent of 12am. (You would never say &amp;quot;dodici di notte&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;zero&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;ventiquattro&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I think that's pretty much all.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6593" LastEditorUserId="6593" LastEditDate="2020-10-28T18:46:58.647" LastActivityDate="2020-10-28T18:46:58.647" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13319" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13287" CreationDate="2020-10-27T13:51:25.387" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Putting together an answer from Hachi and DaG's comments:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a case of poetic &amp;quot;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elision&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;elision&lt;/a&gt;&amp;quot;. While elision is more common in singular forms, in poetry, it's not unheard of to use elision on a plural form, especially in poetry and song, as in this case.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6015" LastActivityDate="2020-10-27T13:51:25.387" CommentCount="0" CommunityOwnedDate="2020-10-27T13:51:25.387" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13320" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13287" CreationDate="2020-10-27T14:03:32.820" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is very common poetic (and musical) usage to drop the last vowel of a word to change the number of syllables of a verse: &lt;code&gt;Maz-zo-li-no&lt;/code&gt; becomes &lt;code&gt;maz-zo-lin&lt;/code&gt; (&lt;em&gt;quel mazzolin di fiori&lt;/em&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Amor&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&amp;gt;, ch&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&amp;gt; a nullo amato amar&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&amp;gt; perdona,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi prese del costui piacer&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;e&lt;/em&gt;&amp;gt; sì forte,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che, come vedi, ancor&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;a&lt;/em&gt;&amp;gt; non m&amp;lt;&lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;&amp;gt; abbandona.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since the last vowel almost always determines gender and number of something, the elided form is ambiguous and usually considered singular when seen alone, but it depends on the word.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, &lt;em&gt;Fiorellin&lt;/em&gt; might mean either &lt;em&gt;little flower&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;little flowers&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2020-10-27T14:03:32.820" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13321" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13310" CreationDate="2020-10-27T21:05:24.440" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It seems to me,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nessuno ha più fiducia in lui di lei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;might be translated as: no one trusts him more than they trust her, whereas&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Nessuno ha più fiduci in lui che lei&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would imply that no one trusts him more than she trusts him.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But it is a bit awkward.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2870" LastActivityDate="2020-10-27T21:05:24.440" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13322" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13317" CreationDate="2020-10-28T11:38:49.583" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;If you need to utter the &lt;em&gt;exact&lt;/em&gt; time, say for a train departure or arrival or any case when no ambiguity is allowed,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;12:50&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;11:15&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;14:30&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;7:42&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;0:00 or 24:00&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;18:13&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ancient train timetables used 12 hour time, but that was long ago. The convention for train timetables is to use 0:00 for departure and 24:00 for arrival.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you want to say the current time in informal speech, then usually the approximation is to the nearest five or ten minutes and 12 hour time is used. Fifteen and thirty minutes are “un quarto” and “mezzo”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb is at the singular if the main hour is “mezzogiorno”, “mezzanotte” or “l'una”. Before or at the half-hour we refer to the previous full hour; after the half-hour we refer to the next full hour. In case of ambiguity one adds a specification (shown in parentheses). Thus you'd say&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è l'una meno dieci (del pomeriggio) for 12:50&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sono le undici e un quarto (del mattino) for 11:15&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sono le due e mezzo (del pomeriggio) for 14:30&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sono le otto meno venti (del mattino) for 7:42&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;è mezzanotte for 0:00&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sono le sei e un quarto (del pomeriggio/di sera)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sono le dieci meno un quarto (del mattino) for 9:45&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last one can also be “le nove e tre quarti”. Depending on the region, you can hear “della mattina” instead of “del mattino”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hours between noon (12pm) and sunset are “pomeriggio”. Hours between sunset and midnight are “sera”, the boundary seems to be around 6pm, which can be “pomeriggio” or “sera” depending on the season. Hours from midnight to 3am are “notte” and “mattina” from 4am to noon.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there is no fixed convention about hours after midnight until about 5am. Somebody might still be fooling around “alle tre di notte”, whereas somebody else might wake up “alle tre del mattino” for going to work.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;What about, say, 14:35? It is definitely “pomeriggio”, but is it “le tre meno venticinque” or “le due e trentacinque”? I'd say neither and go for “(quasi) le tre meno venti” or “le due e mezzo (passate)”. Similarly for 14:25. The reason is simple: “venticinque” and “trentacinque” are long to say and exactness is usually not needed. You know, Italians consider time as a helper, rather than a commander.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if somebody asks me “che ore sono?”, I'd try to be as precise as possible, so I'd say “le due e trentacinque” (omitting the specification because it's obviously unneeded).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More precision and the form “e” rather than “meno” is becoming more and more common with the advent of digital watches. With analog ones it was handier to round to the five/ten minutes and to look forward after the half-hour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are also local terms. For instance, one can hear “la mezza” (Veneto and also elsewhere) to denote 12:30 or “il tocco” (Tuscany) for 13:00.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-10-28T16:23:53.150" LastActivityDate="2020-10-28T16:23:53.150" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13323" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="4010" CreationDate="2020-10-29T18:08:10.877" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;google translate is helpful but does not always catch the context. my advice is to set up language pack on windows or just switch to italian if on ubuntu and reverse engineer. the heavy lifting is already done for you.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;close -&amp;gt; chuidi. next -&amp;gt; prossimo or avanti (next, forward). backward -&amp;gt; indietro. exit -&amp;gt; esci. search -&amp;gt; cerca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;cheers -&amp;gt; saluti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6702" LastActivityDate="2020-10-29T18:08:10.877" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13324" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13315" CreationDate="2020-10-29T18:13:38.743" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Sardegna (a Sassari e nel nord Sardegna in genere) si dice &lt;em&gt;farsi ferie&lt;/em&gt; con il riflessivo. &lt;em&gt;Fare vela&lt;/em&gt;, citato nell'articolo si usa a Cagliari e nel sud Sardegna.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6703" LastActivityDate="2020-10-29T18:13:38.743" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13325" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13332" CreationDate="2020-10-29T23:04:18.943" Score="2" ViewCount="184" Body="&lt;p&gt;The speaker in &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/CziIiYHNh6Y?t=17&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this video&lt;/a&gt; is Italian but has a &amp;quot;nonstandard&amp;quot; accent. He is speaking English in the clip, but the features of this accent are still clear.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is anybody able to identify which region of Italy this accent is from?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;More details&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I am not an expert at phonetics, but I believe I was able to identify some features of this accent:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;It seems that he pronounces the &amp;quot;r&amp;quot;, especially at the end of syllables, as a trill with 2 contacts. Many Italian speakers pronounce the &amp;quot;r&amp;quot; as a trill with one contact, so his &amp;quot;r&amp;quot; sounds a bit heavier.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;His vowels seem to be more closed and are pronounced for a shorter duration compared to more standard accents.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;His intonation seems to feature a smaller range of pitch changes when compared to more standard accents.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Edit&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since more than one person in the comments has expressed doubt on whether the speaker is really Italian, I am including a screenshot from YouTube comments where he confirms it:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5wW1G.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/5wW1G.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6705" LastEditorUserId="6705" LastEditDate="2020-11-01T19:11:12.833" LastActivityDate="2020-11-01T19:11:12.833" Title="Which Italian accent sounds like this?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="18" FavoriteCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13327" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13305" CreationDate="2020-10-30T10:57:14.817" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;No it's not the default choice. You should say &lt;code&gt;&amp;quot;Non vogliamo l'avvocato&amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt; if you hired only one lawyer, &lt;code&gt;&amp;quot;Non vogliamo gli avvocati&amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt; if you hired more than one. Honestly to me they should have adapted to &lt;code&gt;&amp;quot;Non vogliamo nessun avvocato&amp;quot;&lt;/code&gt;, to express the fact that they don't need any lawyer.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6709" LastActivityDate="2020-10-30T10:57:14.817" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13328" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13330" CreationDate="2020-11-01T08:36:02.340" Score="2" ViewCount="547" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho sempre avuto il dubbio su come pronunciare il nome dell'autrice del &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;: dovrei dire Natalìa oppure Natàlia?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per influenza delle mie lingue, che hanno una pronuncia diversa tra di loro di questo nome, ma coincidono nella posizione dell'accento tonico, anche in italiano avevo sempre messo l'accento sulla seconda &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, pronunciando Natàlia, ma non sono sicura se con o senza dittongo in &amp;quot;ia&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho chiaramente presente, però, che, in un corso della Scuola ufficiale di lingue di Barcellona, un fiorentino esperto di letteratura ci disse a proposito di Natalia Ginzburg che la pronuncia standard in italiano fosse Natàlia (sulla presenza o no del dittongo non mi ricordo bene).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il problema è che, in una recente discussione sul &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt;, un'italiana, anche lei esperta di letteratura, ha affermato che gli italiani pronunciano questo nome nella forma Natàlia (mi pare che con dittongo su &amp;quot;ia&amp;quot;, ma non ne sono del tutto sicura).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=34425&amp;amp;r=10400&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;nome &amp;quot;Natalia&amp;quot; sul Dizionario d’ortografia e di pronunzia della RAI&lt;/a&gt;, ed ecco quello che sono riuscita a trovare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/FyCtx.gif&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/FyCtx.gif&quot; alt=&quot;dop Natalia&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A dire il vero, la spiegazione del DOP non è del tutto chiara: per qualche ragione a volte si preferisce la pronuncia &amp;quot;alla russa&amp;quot;? E poi la voce &amp;quot;Natalio&amp;quot; con cui si dovrebbe confrontare non si trova.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come pronunciate o avete sentito pronunciare voi questo nome? Potreste aiutarmi a risolvere il mio dubbio?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-02-16T23:10:13.697" LastActivityDate="2021-02-16T23:10:13.697" Title="Sulla pronuncia del nome di Natalia Ginzburg" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;proper-nouns&gt;&lt;name&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13329" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13328" CreationDate="2020-11-01T10:18:39.573" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Charo,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti rispondo perché purtroppo non ho i 50 punti necessari per aggiungere il commento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti lascio un link inerente ai nomi, in cui oltre alla pronuncia puoi trovare moltissime informazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.behindthename.com/name/natalia&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.behindthename.com/name/natalia&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad ogni modo, il nome Natalìa è il femminile Natàle. La definizione del dizionario Zingarelli di Natàle è la seguente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Natàle&lt;/code&gt;, 25 dicembre, &lt;code&gt;Natalìa&lt;/code&gt;, 25 dicembre&#xA;● Originariamente nome attribuito a persona, maschio (Natale) o femmina (Natalìa, al diminutivo Natalina), nata il giorno di Natale, cioè espressamente nel dīe(m) natāle(m) di Gesù.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In Italia si tende a mettere l'accento sulla &lt;code&gt;è&lt;/code&gt;. Il nome è molto più diffuso in Spagna ed abbiamo avuto una presentatrice famosa di origini spagnole che tutti conoscono, che ho sempre sentito pronunciare Natàlia Estrada.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1IJ76.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/1IJ76.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6246" LastEditorUserId="6246" LastEditDate="2020-11-01T12:06:51.417" LastActivityDate="2020-11-01T12:06:51.417" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13330" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13328" CreationDate="2020-11-01T10:32:24.190" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io ho sempre sentito e detto “Natalìa Ginzburg”, ma questo non vorrebbe dire molto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quello che direi faccia testo è che lo pronunciano con l'accento sulla “i”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il critico letterario &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/gFc7bRRy2Tw&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giulio Ferroni&lt;/a&gt;;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il regista &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/lIICLorqKNE&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Luciano Salce&lt;/a&gt; in presenza della Ginzburg stessa;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;la scrittrice &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/YNJZvdRzeZ0?t=73&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sandra Petrignani&lt;/a&gt;, autrice di un libro sulla Ginzburg;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;il conduttore &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/8AhS_WAqF2k?t=12&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Luigi Silori&lt;/a&gt;, ancora una volta alla presenza della scrittrice;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ma soprattutto &lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/FVoqbI7SV8A?t=865&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Carlo Ginzburg&lt;/a&gt;, grande storico e figlio di Natalia Ginzburg.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-11-01T10:38:39.193" LastActivityDate="2020-11-01T10:38:39.193" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13332" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13325" CreationDate="2020-11-01T18:20:47.697" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I reached out to the person from the video by posting a comment on one of his latest videos. I asked him what part of Italy he's from, and he was kind enough to reply:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/hpicf.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/hpicf.png&quot; alt=&quot;GnorriTV reply&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It's also worth noting that the accent sounds Southern to several Italians who I asked.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6705" LastEditorUserId="6705" LastEditDate="2020-11-01T18:29:47.770" LastActivityDate="2020-11-01T18:29:47.770" CommentCount="1" CommunityOwnedDate="2020-11-01T18:20:47.697" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13333" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13334" CreationDate="2020-11-02T08:55:07.490" Score="6" ViewCount="168" Body="&lt;p&gt;I heard both versions of this sentence and I wonder which one is the correct one.&#xA;In the Google translator it says &amp;quot;Io faccio&amp;quot;, but in the real world I heard multiple times &amp;quot;Faccio io&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6652" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-11-02T11:49:10.283" LastActivityDate="2020-11-02T11:49:10.283" Title="&quot;Io faccio&quot; or &quot;Faccio io&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-order&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13334" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13333" CreationDate="2020-11-02T11:42:10.210" Score="10" Body="&lt;p&gt;Both are short sentences consisting of two words: &lt;em&gt;Io&lt;/em&gt; is “I”, the first-person pronoun; &lt;em&gt;faccio&lt;/em&gt; is the first person of the present tense of the verb &lt;em&gt;fare&lt;/em&gt;, “to do”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This said, both are possible Italian sentences, with different meanings. &lt;em&gt;Io faccio&lt;/em&gt; simply, plainly means “I do” and lacks an object. The person you are speaking to would likely ask you something like &lt;em&gt;Fai che cosa?&lt;/em&gt; (“You do what?”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Faccio io&lt;/em&gt; is used only in specific contexts, since it stresses the &lt;em&gt;io&lt;/em&gt; part, almost as in: “Step aside and let me do it”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-11-02T11:42:10.210" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13335" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-03T19:34:03.190" Score="2" ViewCount="177" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cosa si potrebbe dire a un amico o a una persona con cui si ha certa confidenza o familiarità quando si sa che è malata? Io conosco soltanto queste due espressioni:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rimettiti presto!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Rimettiti bene!&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ce ne sono altre?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, incontrando quella persona qualche giorno dopo, potrei chiederle, per cercare di informarmi sullo suo stato di salute:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Ti sei rimesso bene?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potreste suggerire qualche alternativa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-11-07T13:12:19.927" Title="Espressioni familiari di augurio per una persona malata" Tags="&lt;phrase-request&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13336" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13335" CreationDate="2020-11-04T12:39:59.423" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Diciamo che l'espressione più usata per augurare una buona guarigione a livello informale come hai detto tu è &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Rimettiti presto&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Se è una persona con cui hai una certa confidenza e potresti utilizzare un tono &amp;quot;sarcastico&amp;quot; del tipo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Vedi di guarire presto!&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Mi raccomando, guarisci in fretta/sbrigati a guarire!&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto mi riguarda non ho mai sentito dire &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;Rimettiti bene&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; ma non escluderei la sua esistenza...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Invece nel secondo caso potresti usare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Come sta andando?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Va/stai meglio?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Come procede la guarigione?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;Com'è/come va/come stai? Ti sei ripreso?&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se può esserti utile ho trovato questo articolo con molte frasi che potresti utilizzare:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.notiziesecche.it/augurare-pronta-guarigione-frase/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Frasi per augurare una pronta guarigione&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6634" LastEditorUserId="6723" LastEditDate="2020-11-07T13:12:19.927" LastActivityDate="2020-11-07T13:12:19.927" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13337" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-06T22:46:38.947" Score="1" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      «Torno da Cortina. Una puntatina per distrarmi.» E raccontava chi c’era, le solite storie, la solita gente, i soliti napoletani che fuori &lt;strong&gt;si giocano la chiacchiera&lt;/strong&gt;, fanno gli snob – e tutto con un’aria annoiata. Era proprio bravo, credibile, convincente, insomma pareva un milionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non capisco il senso dell'espressione &amp;quot;giocarsi la chiacchiera&amp;quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Ho ricercato alla voce &amp;quot;chiacchiera&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato questa locuzione. Sapreste spiegare cosa significa?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-11-06T22:46:38.947" Title="Significato di &quot;giocarsi la chiacchiera&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13338" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-07T12:39:31.383" Score="2" ViewCount="137" Body="&lt;p&gt;A Roma &amp;quot;praticamente&amp;quot;, quando significa &amp;quot;in pratica&amp;quot;, spesso nel parlato viene pronunciato come &amp;quot;praente&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;preente&amp;quot; o con una vocale molto lunga che alterna tra a ed e. Succede anche fuori da Roma? E conoscete altri casi simili?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato casualmente un esempio in un video, al secondo 7 :D spero si veda&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.instagram.com/tv/CJqMszuoeTZ/?igshid=1vhxidol21m9i&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.instagram.com/tv/CJqMszuoeTZ/?igshid=1vhxidol21m9i&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6726" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2021-02-17T23:08:47.037" LastActivityDate="2021-02-17T23:08:47.037" Title="Pronuncia di &quot;praticamente&quot;" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13339" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-08T18:53:03.573" Score="3" ViewCount="251" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel libro &lt;em&gt;Ferito a morte&lt;/em&gt;, di Raffaele La Capria, ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      «Figurati se quello torna! Sta così bene qua, tutti lo vogliono, tutti lo invitano, ha risolto il problema. Quest’anno ci vuole gente come lui, ci sta una &lt;strong&gt;mosceria&lt;/strong&gt; in giro! Una volta, all’epoca che Dado girava col corvo e le scarpe incorporate nel calzone, c’era l’attrazione della mondanità, dei vestiti curiosi, della rivalità tra Dado e Rudy, tu te lo devi ricordare, parlo del ’46, ’47, ’48.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato il termine &amp;quot;mosceria&amp;quot; su parecchi dizionari, ma l'ho trovato soltanto sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI10/00000992.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Moscerìa&lt;/strong&gt;, sf. Insignificanza, inconcludenza,&#xA;inanità (di una situazione, di una circostanza)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non l'ho trovato sul vocabolario Treccani, ma curiosamente appare sui &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/fiacca_%28Sinonimi-e-Contrari%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sinonimi e Contrari&lt;/a&gt;, come sinonimo di uso familiare di &amp;quot;fiacca, mancanza di forza&amp;quot;. Potreste spiegarmi cosa significa nel contesto del brano sopra citato?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-12-21T23:01:20.173" Title="Cosa vuol dire &quot;mosceria&quot; in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;colloquial&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13340" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-09T23:00:01.547" Score="2" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Is the preposition repeated when there are two prepositional complements in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'inglese è utile nella diplomazia e il turismo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'inglese è utile nella diplomazia e nel turismo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-11-10T02:48:19.887" LastActivityDate="2020-11-10T08:09:26.330" Title="Is the preposition repeated when there are two prepositional complements?" Tags="&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13341" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13356" CreationDate="2020-11-10T00:13:07.227" Score="0" ViewCount="114" Body="&lt;p&gt;What are common phrases to use in Italian to honour or pay respect to someone who has passed?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is &amp;quot;Riposa in pace&amp;quot; used (literally Rest in peace)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6732" LastActivityDate="2020-11-18T14:12:46.333" Title="Common Italian phrases to honour the dead?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13342" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13340" CreationDate="2020-11-10T08:09:26.330" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;You have to repeat the preposition if it is articulated as in your exemple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'inglese è utile nella diplomazia e nel turismo.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The repetition is optional if the preposition is simple:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'inglese è parlato in Inghilterra e Scozia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'inglese è parlato in Inghilterra e in Scozia&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Omitting the repetition is more common in this case (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.leggo.it/italia/cronache/il_governatore_abruzzo_anticipa_governo_zona_arancione_basilicata_umbria_liguria_toscana-5575697.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;exemple&lt;/a&gt;), but repeating it, you put a stronger separation between the elements of the list, sometime giving a different nuance of meaning or helping avoiding ambiguities&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'inglese non è parlato nelle province di Pesaro e Urbino e di Monza e Brianza&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Technically speaking, I think that if you don't repeat the preposition it counts as a single complement (not sure though, please correct me if I'm wrong), but I guess it was not the goal of the question.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2020-11-10T08:09:26.330" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13343" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-10T08:52:23.490" Score="2" ViewCount="85" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come da titolo, c'è una parola in italiano che esprime lo stesso concetto di &lt;em&gt;capitalization&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi riferisco all'&lt;em&gt;azione&lt;/em&gt; di assegnare ad ogni lettera del testo (sia esso parola, frase, ...) la forma maiuscola o minuscola, ma alla &lt;em&gt;proprietà del testo&lt;/em&gt; di avere associata, ad ogni lettera, la &lt;em&gt;proprietà (della lettera)&lt;/em&gt; di essere maiuscola.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Immagino tuttavia che, essendo la parola così peculiare, la lingua italiana o ha una parola per entrambi i casi o non ne ha per alcuno.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se la parola esistesse e fosse &lt;em&gt;allegria&lt;/em&gt;, direi che &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ciao&lt;/strong&gt; ha allegria &lt;code&gt;Mmmm&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;code&gt;M&lt;/code&gt;auiscola, &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;inuscola, &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;inuscola, &lt;code&gt;m&lt;/code&gt;inuscola), o che &lt;em&gt;CoCcOdRiLlO ha allegria alternata&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastEditorUserId="2650" LastEditDate="2020-11-10T09:59:52.437" LastActivityDate="2020-11-10T09:59:52.437" Title="C'è una parola in italiano che esprime lo stesso concetto di &quot;capitalization&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13344" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13358" CreationDate="2020-11-10T13:37:29.090" Score="1" ViewCount="93" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su questa &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.euronews.com/2020/11/10/la-commissione-ue-accusa-amazon-abusa-dei-dati-di-societa-terze&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;notizia di Euronews&lt;/a&gt; ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Commissione europea ha accusato la multinazionale americana di vendite Amazon di abusare dei dati ottenuti da altre società che utilizzano la piattaforma per vendere i propri prodotti. Bruxelles ha formalizzato questa accusa inviando una comunicazione degli &lt;strong&gt;addebiti&lt;/strong&gt; alla società.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ricercato il significato di &amp;quot;addebito&amp;quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/addebito&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e sul &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI01/00000157.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non riesco a capire che senso ha questo termine nel contesto dell'articolo sopra citato. Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegarlo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="6347" LastEditDate="2020-11-10T19:10:54.483" LastActivityDate="2020-11-19T21:30:39.930" Title="Significato di &quot;addebito&quot; in questo articolo giornalistico" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13346" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13348" CreationDate="2020-11-10T16:58:39.953" Score="3" ViewCount="112" Body="&lt;p&gt;Can the verb &amp;quot;andare&amp;quot; conjugated in the present tense be used to refer to the future?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Example: Vado a prendere la macchina. (= I go get the car / I'm going to get the car) (present action). Could it also refer to plan of getting the car in the future, i.e. the speaker is not doing the action &lt;em&gt;right now&lt;/em&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5634" LastEditorUserId="5634" LastEditDate="2020-11-10T17:40:40.723" LastActivityDate="2020-11-11T22:45:39.613" Title="Can &quot;andare&quot; in present tense refer to the future?" Tags="&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13347" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9076" CreationDate="2020-11-10T23:07:50.480" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;va fa Napoli&amp;quot; exist in italian common language, but we wrote it &amp;quot;vaffannapoli&amp;quot; like &amp;quot;vaffanculo&amp;quot;, in substance we use these two terms in the same way but &amp;quot;vaffannapoli&amp;quot; is not rude, it's like to say &amp;quot;fuck&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;damn&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6734" LastActivityDate="2020-11-10T23:07:50.480" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13348" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13346" CreationDate="2020-11-11T22:45:39.613" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, the present can be used instead of the future, but a time specification &lt;em&gt;must&lt;/em&gt; be present:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vado a prendere la macchina nuova&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Domani vado a prendere la macchina nuova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the first case, without time specifications, the speaker is going to get the new car &lt;em&gt;now&lt;/em&gt;. It can also be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto per andare a prendere la macchina nuova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;if the action will take place in a short time. All action verbs can be used in the same way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Telefono a Maria (now)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Domani telefono a Maria (tomorrow)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Il mese prossimo telefono a Maria (next month)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The future need not be immediate, as the last example shows; even&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'anno prossimo vado in vacanza a Forlimpopoli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;would be good. Similarly,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Corro a prenderlo (now)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Fra un anno corro a prenderlo (irony implied)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The verb “andare”, though, has come under the sad fate of being used for “immediate action”, particularly in the fashionable jargon of TV programs on cooking:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;vado a infornare, vado a impiattare, vado a versare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;where the speaker moves not farther than a few centimeters. Avoid it, if you're not a wannabe chef.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-11-11T22:45:39.613" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13349" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13405" CreationDate="2020-11-12T15:28:33.103" Score="7" ViewCount="188" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi sono imbattuto recentemente in &lt;a href=&quot;https://link.springer.com/content/pdf/10.1007/3-540-69053-0_6.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt; articolo matematico. A pagina 5 del file si legge la seguente parte.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/FNYM3.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/FNYM3.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Provo a spiegare brevemente questo articolo. Supponete di avere un dispositivo (per esempio il vostro smartphone) utilizzato per comunicare con sicurezza con un vostro amico, in sostanza, vengono cifrati i messaggi  (per esempio su WhatsApp si legge spesso &amp;quot;crittografia end-to-end&amp;quot;). Supponete che il vostro dispositivo sia stato manomesso in modo tale che un malintenzionato, recuperando &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; messaggi cifrati da voi inviati (ricordiamo che i messaggi sono stati cifrati), ne riesca a decifrare (e quindi effettvamente a leggere) &lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt; di questi. In generale, con &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; utilizzi del dispositivo riesco a far trapelare (&lt;em&gt;leak&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt; informazioni. Gli autori si sono chiesti &amp;quot;Come possiamo misurare la &lt;em&gt;leakage bandwidth&lt;/em&gt; di questa manomissione?&amp;quot; Risposta: &amp;quot;Questo è un &lt;em&gt;(m,n)-leakage scheme&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto mi sono chiesto &amp;quot;Come si potrebbero tradurre in italiano le espressioni &lt;em&gt;leakage bandwidth&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;(m,n)-leakage scheme&lt;/em&gt; in modo da avere un tono accattivante e non pesante?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per &lt;em&gt;leakage bandwidth&lt;/em&gt; (&amp;quot;bandwidth&amp;quot; non ha relazioni con le frequenze) non saprei che traduzione esprimere. Io avevo pensato a &amp;quot;misura/grandezza/capacità di dispersione&amp;quot; ma ho paura che &amp;quot;dispersione&amp;quot; sia un po' fuori contesto tenendo conto dell'analisi che riporto più sotto circa la parola &amp;quot;leak&amp;quot;.   Mentre  &lt;em&gt;(m,n)-leakage scheme&lt;/em&gt; la tradurrei come &amp;quot;schema (m,n) di filtraggio&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;schema (m,n) di dispersione&amp;quot;, proprio perché, in questo contesto leggo &amp;quot;leak&amp;quot; come &amp;quot;impadronirsi, rubare, far trapelare, appropriarsi&amp;quot;; una sorta di fuga di notizie.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Voi avete qualche consiglio migliore di traduzione?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6738" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2020-12-26T13:06:34.897" LastActivityDate="2021-03-17T23:49:56.980" Title="Come tradurreste l'espressione &quot;leakage bandwidth&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;mathematics&gt;" AnswerCount="5" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13350" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13349" CreationDate="2020-11-12T16:13:42.037" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto, non vedo perché non tradurlo, o almeno provarci. Come opinione personale, mi dispiace che nemmeno si provi a tenere l'italiano, almeno in parte, aggiornato anche come lingua scientifica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrando nel merito, &lt;em&gt;bandwdith&lt;/em&gt;, da solo, si tradurrebbe in modo abbastanza pacifico come “larghezza (o ampiezza) di banda”. Ma qui c'entrano veramente delle frequenze o è un uso figurato? Nel secondo caso potremmo mantenere semplicemente “larghezza”, “ampiezza”, “estensione” o simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Leakage&lt;/em&gt; è il più rognoso. Se tu conosci bene il senso dell'articolo potrai trovare di meglio (e già proponi “filtraggio” e “dispersione”), ma io ci vedo più un senso quasi di “perdita” o “fuga” (come per il gas); l'uso tipico è quello relativo a un tubo o un contenitore che non tiene bene. Se vogliamo essere ricercati, addirittura “colaggio” o “sfrido”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi basta assemblare due di questi termini: “ampiezza della perdita/del colaggio”? Non so, farei un po' di prove e vedrei che cosa funziona meglio nel contesto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, occhio che &lt;em&gt;scheme&lt;/em&gt; non corrisponde sempre del tutto all'italiano “schema”. Il termine italiano indica un modello, una struttura, un diagramma, mentre quello inglese si avvicina spesso al senso di “metodo”, “procedimento”, “piano” (per fare qualcosa) e addirittura a “trucco” o “intrigo” (anche se questi ultimi non c'entrano qui). Si parla di uno &lt;em&gt;scheme&lt;/em&gt; per ridurre la disoccupazione o per truffare gli ingenui (come il &lt;em&gt;Ponzi scheme&lt;/em&gt;). Quindi qui potrebbe essere – ma ancora una volta, sai meglio tu di che cosa si parla – di un “metodo (&lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;) di perdita/colaggio/dispersione...”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-11-12T16:13:42.037" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13351" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11578" CreationDate="2020-11-12T19:57:11.987" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Un'altra parola poco comune che potrebbe fare al caso tuo è &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/crucciare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;crucciare&lt;/a&gt;: &lt;em&gt;sembri crucciato&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;cosa ti cruccia&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2020-11-12T19:57:11.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13353" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-17T15:37:44.183" Score="5" ViewCount="98" Body="&lt;p&gt;I'm a Japanese learner of italiano. My Italiano-giapponese dictionary has this example sentence:&#xA;&amp;quot;Non capisco perché prendere la macchina quando son due passi.&amp;quot; I can't find the word &amp;quot;son&amp;quot; anywhere in my two dictionaries. I think I understand what the whole sentence means, but what does &amp;quot;son&amp;quot; mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6748" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-11-19T08:40:13.337" LastActivityDate="2020-11-19T08:40:13.337" Title="What does this mean: &quot;quando son due passi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;apocope&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13354" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13353" CreationDate="2020-11-17T20:08:39.650" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is called &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/apocope&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;apocope&lt;/a&gt; (or elision) that is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the loss of one or more sounds or letters at the end of a word. (M-W)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Son” is the truncated form of the verb “sono” (they are).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The sense is: “it is only two steps”, that is “it is only a small walk so there is no need to use the car.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2020-11-17T20:08:39.650" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13355" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5159" CreationDate="2020-11-18T13:45:28.013" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Italiano&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2017/09/25/origine-significato-espressione-nonna-ruote/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2017/09/25/origine-significato-espressione-nonna-ruote/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;l'autrice porta diversi esempi di questa frase (o frasi molto simili) che ricorrono in lingue diverse dall'italiano. Ella quindi afferma: &amp;quot;Alcune fonti ipotizzano che l’origine comune di queste espressioni possa essere un modo di dire yiddish&amp;quot;. Poi non spiega quale sia questo modo di dire, tuttavia gli esempi portati mi sembra che vadano nella direzione di consolidare l'ipotesi che l'espressione che ci interessa &lt;em&gt;possa non originarsi dall'italiano&lt;/em&gt; bensì potrebbe essere derivata da espressioni analoghe in altre lingue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ulteriore indizio in questo senso, anche se non prova provata, è il comparire di quest'espressione in inglese: &amp;quot;and if my grandmother had wheels, she’d be a wagon&amp;quot; in una puntata di Star Trek che risale ben al 1984 (il testo contiene il link al filmato).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;English&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2017/09/25/origine-significato-espressione-nonna-ruote/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://blog.terminologiaetc.it/2017/09/25/origine-significato-espressione-nonna-ruote/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;the author reports a bunch of examples of use of this phrase (or very similar) in different languages, besides italian. Then she states: &amp;quot;According with some sources, the common origin of these expressions could be a yddish saying&amp;quot;. After that, she does not explain what this saying is, however, I seem these examples go into the direction of supporting the hypothesis that our phrase &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; not originate in the Italian language and it &lt;em&gt;could&lt;/em&gt; derive from other languages.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another element to support this hypothesis, even if not a proof, is that this expression is used in English: &amp;quot;and if my grandmother had wheels, she’d be a wagon&amp;quot; in an episode of Star Trek dating back to 1984 (the text includes the link to the movie).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6751" LastEditorUserId="6751" LastEditDate="2020-11-20T08:24:22.537" LastActivityDate="2020-11-20T08:24:22.537" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13356" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13341" CreationDate="2020-11-18T14:12:46.333" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, &amp;quot;Riposa in pace&amp;quot; is used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;(Che) la terra ti sia lieve&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;May the soil be light on you&amp;quot;) is also used.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first expression is more traditional and common (and it could sound more detached, generic and formal) while the second could be regarded as more friendly/confidential; but I don't insist too much on this distintion as this could be subjective and dabatable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6751" LastActivityDate="2020-11-18T14:12:46.333" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13357" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-19T09:09:23.943" Score="0" ViewCount="75" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt; di Natalia Ginzburg ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Oltre al suicidio del Silvio, in casa nostra c’era anche un’altra cosa che veniva sempre velata di un vago mistero, pur riguardando persone di cui si parlava continuamente: ed era il fatto che Turati e la Kuliscioff, non essendo marito e moglie, vivessero insieme. Anche in questa sorta di mistero riconosco soprattutto l’intenzione e i pudori di mio padre, perché mia madre forse, da sola, non ci avrebbe pensato. Sarebbe stato piú semplice che ci mentissero, dicendoci che erano marito e moglie. Invece no; a noi, o almeno a me che ero ancora bambina, veniva nascosto che abitavano insieme; e io, sentendoli sempre nominare in coppia, domandavo perché, e se erano marito e moglie, o fratello e sorella, o cosa. Mi veniva risposto in modo confuso. Non capivo poi da dove l’Andreina, amica d’infanzia di mia madre e figlia della Kuliscioff, &lt;strong&gt;fosse schiodata fuori&lt;/strong&gt;, e perché si chiamasse Costa; e non capivo cosa c’entrasse Andrea Costa, che era morto da tempo, e che tuttavia veniva nominato spesso insieme a quelle persone.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho cercato alla voce &amp;quot;schiodare&amp;quot; di parecchi dizionari, ma non ho trovato qual è il senso figurato dell'espressione &amp;quot;schiodare fuori&amp;quot; che appare in questo passaggio. Qualcuno di voi lo saprebbe spiegare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-11-19T09:09:23.943" Title="Significato di &quot;schiodare fuori&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13358" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13344" CreationDate="2020-11-19T21:30:39.930" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Con &lt;strong&gt;addebiti&lt;/strong&gt; nel testo proposto si intendono evidentemente le accuse che sono state formalizzate dalla Commissione Europea e comunicate ad Amazon, quindi siamo nell'ambito del significato 2 di entrambi i dizionari citati, come è già stato notato nei commenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altro canto è inverosimile che &amp;quot;addebiti&amp;quot; possa essere qui inteso nel senso del significato 1 dei dizionari dal momento che l'eventuale addebito in senso &lt;em&gt;pecuniario&lt;/em&gt; potrebbe essere definito solo contestualmente ad una sentenza o ad un accordo tra le parti (nel qual caso probabilmente non verrebbe usato &amp;quot;addebito&amp;quot; bensì qualcosa come &amp;quot;corrispettivo pattuito&amp;quot;), entrambe occorrenze che verosimilmente non sono già intervenute dal momento che sono appena state formulate le accuse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6751" LastActivityDate="2020-11-19T21:30:39.930" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13359" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13360" CreationDate="2020-11-20T15:33:54.497" Score="3" ViewCount="645" Body="&lt;p&gt;Language changes with time, we all know. What was once a common phrase becomes dated and a new word is substituted.  Can a 21st Century Florentine understand what was written during the 19th, 18th, 17th or 16th Centuries?&#xA;Can they read the works of Dante Alighieri, Boccaccio, Niccolò Machiavelli or Alessandro Manzoni in their originals?  How far back can they understand their language?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT - Clarifying -  If a 21st Century native Florentine speaker can easily read Boccaccio, without notes or aids, then it's got to be an earlier date. If they can't, then the limit has to be some time after Boccaccio. I'm not asking for a specific year, but there have been so many writers during the past 500 years, that two of them must mark the limit between easily understanding and not understanding without notes or any help. The question is not whether the average Florentine speaker can or cannot understand &amp;quot;The Divine Comedy&amp;quot;.  It's &lt;strong&gt;when did the written Florentine language change that it cannot be immediately understood nowadays?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1973" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-11-20T18:02:36.550" LastActivityDate="2020-11-20T22:18:38.687" Title="How far back can a native Florentine understand their written mother tongue?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="12" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13360" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13359" CreationDate="2020-11-20T15:51:18.327" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;You seem to be interested in the oldest Italian text readable by a native speaker. Unfortunately the problem is that there just aren't many old Italian texts, especially from Tuscany. Here I'll list the main ones I could find (my source is Migliorini's &lt;em&gt;Storia della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;), limiting to texts coming from Tuscany and neighboring areas, together with some comments about how easy or hard I found them to read.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first document arguably in vulgar Tuscan I could find is the &lt;em&gt;postilla Amiatina&lt;/em&gt;. It is just a short note at the end of a donation certificate in favor of a monastery on mount Amiata (dated 1087) that reads&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ista cartula est de caput coctu&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;ille adiuvet de illu rebottu&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;qui mal consiliu li mise in corpu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;To be honest this looks a lot more like vulgarized Latin than Vulgar. Migliorini conjectures it is an attempt to &amp;quot;latinize&amp;quot; the following words&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esta carta è de Capucottu&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e ll'aiuti dellu' rebottu&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;che mal consigliu i mise in corpu&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Its interpretations is in any case rather obscure, because of the uncertain meaning of the word &lt;em&gt;rebottu&lt;/em&gt;. To be honest I'm in doubt that one should even count this, and I'm including it only for completeness.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Next comes the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salv%27a_lo_vescovo_senato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ritmo Laurenziano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. This is a longer text, you can find it &lt;a href=&quot;https://web.archive.org/web/20070703082610/http://www.fh-augsburg.de/%7Eharsch/italica/Cronologia/secolo12/Laurenziano/lau_ritm.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. It dates to the mid twelwth century and it's not easy to read (mainly for the lacunae). It begins as&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Salva lo vescovo senato,    lo mellior c'umque sia na[to],&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;[. . .] ora fue sagrato    tutt'allumma 'l cericato.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Né Fisolaco né Cato    non fue sì ringratïato,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e 'l pap' ha·ll [. . .-ato]    per suo drudo plu privato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There are a few words that are definitely archaic and might require even a moderately educated speaker to open a dictionary (&lt;em&gt;umque&lt;/em&gt; &amp;quot;never&amp;quot;, &lt;em&gt;drudo&lt;/em&gt; &amp;quot;friend&amp;quot;), and the spelling is definitely non-standard (&lt;em&gt;cericato&lt;/em&gt;?). I would say that this is borderline readable. I suspect that without the lacunae and with a little more context it would be easier to guess the meaning of the unfamiliar words. It also uses several words in very &amp;quot;Latin-like&amp;quot; form, presumably because it was intended for the court of the bishop, where Latin would have been very common.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The next document is the &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ritmo_lucchese&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ritmo lucchese&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. This is a short poem describing a fight inserted in the middle of a history (in Latin). It is dated around 1213. It is too long to transcribe here (the complete text can be found &lt;a href=&quot;https://archive.org/details/ritmovolgarelucc00debauoft/page/6/mode/2up&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;), but let me copy a portion here:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stiano a mente, ben lo dico:&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;che a Lucca sempre sia schifato&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e a Lucca sempre sia odiato;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;aver di Lucca non i sia dato;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;tolto i sia quel che a pilliato,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;ka di Lucca l'à 'nvolato:&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;tutto fu dello sacrato!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In my opinion this text, while definitely archaic, is already perfectly comprehensible to an educated Italian speaker.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;After this the next available documents in Tuscan are the literary works of the &lt;em&gt;Dolce stil novo&lt;/em&gt; school. These are slightly more archaic than Dante's &lt;em&gt;Commedia&lt;/em&gt;, but not significantly so and I would argue are already perfectly readable by any educated Italian speaker. Arguably we should lump with them the Tuscanized transcriptions of the poetry of the Sicilian school, which are either contemporary or shortly before them.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2020-11-20T22:18:38.687" LastActivityDate="2020-11-20T22:18:38.687" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13361" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-21T08:30:13.913" Score="2" ViewCount="186" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/a/9992/707&quot;&gt;questo post&lt;/a&gt; ho letto la frase seguente (grassetto mio)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sono stato a trovare&lt;/strong&gt; una coppia di giovani sposini&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e ho avuto dei dubbi sull'uso delle espressioni del tipo &amp;quot;sono stata/o a&amp;quot; + infinito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Prima di tutto, il verbo che appare in queste locuzioni è &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot;? Immagino sia &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot;, ma non ne sono per niente sicura.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Poi, le espressioni della forma &amp;quot;sono andato/a a&amp;quot; + infinito possono essere sempre sostituite da &amp;quot;sono stato a&amp;quot; + infinito? Ad esempio, invece di &amp;quot;sono andata a fare la spesa&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;sono andata a prendere un po' di sole&amp;quot; potrei dire &amp;quot;sono stata a fare la spesa&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;sono stata a prendere un po' di sole&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un altro dubbio: il verbo può essere usato soltanto al passato? Unicamente al passato prossimo? Potrei dire &amp;quot;stetti a trovare un amico&amp;quot;? Ma &amp;quot;starò a trovare un amico&amp;quot; non sembra avere molto senso, vero?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-01-21T14:34:03.973" Title="Uso di &quot;sono stata/o a&quot; + infinito" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;tenses&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13362" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13361" CreationDate="2020-11-21T11:36:38.873" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non ne sono sicuro al 100%, ma la mia intuizione dice che in queste locuzioni il verbo è &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt;, non &lt;em&gt;stare&lt;/em&gt;. Per esempio è perfettamente legittimo dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono a trovare un amico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mentre la frase&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*Sto a trovare un amico&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mi suona regionale, quando non proprio scorretta. Questo dovrebbe anche spiegare perché frasi come &lt;em&gt;*Stetti a trovare un amico&lt;/em&gt; suonano molto strane (a dire il vero anche &lt;em&gt;Fui a trovare un amico&lt;/em&gt; mi suona innaturale, ma sospetto che questa sia solo la mia naturale avversione per il passato remoto). Per quanto riguarda il futuro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarò a trovare un amico&#xA;è perfettamente usabile e infatti molto comune nella mia esperienza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Finalmente, riguardo alla differenza tra &lt;em&gt;sono andata a prendere il pane&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;sono stata a prendere il pane&lt;/em&gt;, le due frasi ancorché simili non mi sembrano esattamente sinonimi. Per esempio non userei mai la seconda se sono ancora dal panettiere (piuttosto userei il presente: &lt;em&gt;sono a prendere un po' di pane&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2020-11-21T11:36:38.873" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13363" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7606" CreationDate="2020-11-21T14:54:34.737" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;For 2 millenia Latin was European meta-language, just like today. Century-two ago German and French appeared as meta-languages of diplomacy (French lasted untill recently as art meta-language) but Europe and Western world came back to communication in Latin, only this time without a grammar and badly pronounced.&#xA;Yes, I am talking about International English, language we are using in this discussion.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All European languages (except Hungarian and Finnish) are based on Latin. As closest to Latin I vote for Slav languages, because they kept most of Latin grammar (7 cases: nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, locative, instrumental, vocativ, different for singular and plural; declension of pronouns in 3 genders etc).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6759" LastActivityDate="2020-11-21T14:54:34.737" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13364" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-11-21T20:24:11.030" Score="3" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quegli [i magi], udite le parole del re, si partirono&amp;quot; (Mt 2.9 in Martini 1828 translation).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Since &lt;em&gt;udire&lt;/em&gt; is a transitive verb, &amp;quot;udite&amp;quot; should be passive in meaning (according to Kinder and Savini, &lt;strong&gt;Using Italian&lt;/strong&gt;, Cambridge 2004, pg 428). So a close translation would be: &amp;quot;They, the words of the king having been heard, left&amp;quot;. This is awkward in English and I wonder if Italians actually understand it this way or rather as &amp;quot;They, having heard the words of the king, left&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maiden &amp;amp; Robustelli (2nd ed, section 14.23) say: &amp;quot;The sole case in the modern language in which the past participle must agree with an object noun arises with 'clausal' uses of the participle of a transitive verb&amp;quot;. Their example is &amp;quot;Interrogati gli studenti, il poliziotto ....&amp;quot; and their translation of that is &amp;quot;Having interrogated the students, the policeman ....&amp;quot; But this example, as well as many examples given in section 15.22 of their book, could also be translated with passive meaning, so I am left wondering if the active meaning given in M &amp;amp; R's translation is really the way Italians understand it or just M &amp;amp; R's preferred translation of it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, to summarize, this is my question: do Italians understand the past participle &amp;quot;udite&amp;quot; in the above quote from Martini (and similar constructions) as active or passive?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6760" LastEditorUserId="6760" LastEditDate="2020-11-22T20:34:05.300" LastActivityDate="2020-11-23T14:00:42.333" Title="Past participle of transitive verb with active meaning?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="4" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13365" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13364" CreationDate="2020-11-21T20:53:01.897" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Not sure I understand correctly the question, actually. As an Italian I can say that we understand those kind of clauses for what they mean (which I believe you understand too). “Active”, “passive” and other grammatical categories are used a posteriori, not while reading or listening to one's own language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This said, if I were forced to choose, I'd opt for the “active” interpretation. The fact itself that we (and Maiden &amp;amp; Robustelli) are talking about an object – rather than a subject – confirms this.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notice that the fact that the past participle agrees with the object does not, in itself, suggest a passive construction. Just consider its agreement after an object expressed by pronouns (“l'ho mangiata”, “li ho visti”). In older Italian, this agreement was even more widespread, for instance in relative clauses (“i libri che ho letti...”, which today is allowed, but sounds old-fashioned). For more on these agreements, see also &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/54/past-participle-and-changing-endings-with-auxiliary-verb-avere&quot;&gt;some&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1894/baciato-vs-baciata&quot;&gt;earlier&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/10811/agreement-of-past-participle-of-verb-after-direct-object-pronouns-in-1st-2nd-per&quot;&gt;questions&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A further confirmation can come – but perhaps this is excessive – from the fact that this construction appears to descend from an analogous Latin construction, the ablative absolute, one of whose forms was, explicitly, with active transitive verbs. See the relevant &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ablativo_assoluto&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article on Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt; (in Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Volsci, traditis armis, sub iugum missi sunt.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;translated in that WP article as “I Volsci, consegnate le armi (= dopo che sono state consegnate le armi, essendo state consegnate le armi), furono fatti passare sotto il giogo”, i.e., “Volscians, having surrendered their weapons, were forced to pass under the yoke”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-11-21T21:03:19.403" LastActivityDate="2020-11-21T21:03:19.403" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13366" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13339" CreationDate="2020-11-21T22:34:24.230" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto vuol dire: &amp;quot;Non c'è vivacità, energia, senza gente come lui, c'è una tale apatia in giro!&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio, tratto da&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?hl=it&amp;amp;id=3j8cAQAAIAAJ&amp;amp;dq=Animali%20a%20sangue%20freddo&amp;amp;focus=searchwithinvolume&amp;amp;q=mosceria&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Animali a sangue freddo di Stefania Amodio&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho abbandonato quell'apatia mentale e quella mosceria che m'impedivano&#xA;di essere viva.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastActivityDate="2020-11-21T22:34:24.230" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13367" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10154" CreationDate="2020-11-22T10:29:29.450" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Letteralmente significa &amp;quot;ucciso&amp;quot; in dialetto napoletano ed in questo contesto vuol dire &amp;quot;degno di essere ucciso&amp;quot; in quanto &amp;quot;spietato&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;crudele&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso ho sentito dire anche &amp;quot;muort'acciso&amp;quot; riferito a persone vive, ma a cui si augura la morte peggiore in quanto &amp;quot;maledette&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;spietate&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=2zUTAAAAQAAJ&amp;amp;q=acciso&amp;amp;dq=acciso&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiRvdyE7pXtAhWMLewKHWvAA304FBDoATACegQIAhAC#v=snippet&amp;amp;q=acciso&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario Napoletano-Italiano&lt;/a&gt; lo traduce come &amp;quot;quasi degno di essere ucciso, capestro&amp;quot; (quindi io provo a interpretare, collegandomi al testo riferito, &amp;quot;che impone condizioni molto dure&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;crudele&amp;quot;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chill'acciso de maritemo - Quel capestro di mio marito&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastActivityDate="2020-11-22T10:29:29.450" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13368" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13364" CreationDate="2020-11-22T19:57:05.247" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;@DaG, your note on the Latin was not excessive but helpful: it prompted me to look into the use of the ablative absolute in Latin and find that it was often used in place of the nonexistent perfect active participle, as it is in the example you cited (See also Allen &amp;amp; Greenough, New Latin Latin Grammar, sec. 493; I do not know Italian well enough yet to read the WP article you cited). I think a good example of this practice is found in Mt 2.7: The Greek uses an aorist active participle; but since Latin does not have an analogous form, the Latin translation uses an ablative absolute:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tunc Herodes, clam vocatis Magis, ....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This practice evidently carries through into Italian, since all the Italian translations that I have seen use an absolute past participle clause, as in Diodati's translation:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Allora Erode, chiamati di nascosto i magi, ....&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Strictly speaking, &amp;quot;chiamati&amp;quot; modifies (and agrees with) &amp;quot;i magi&amp;quot;; but the Italian reader must (I am guessing) understand &amp;quot;chiamati&amp;quot; to be modifying &amp;quot;Erode&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;i magi&amp;quot; to be the object of &amp;quot;chiamati&amp;quot;, as in &amp;quot;Herod, having secretly called the Magi, ....&amp;quot; This is how M &amp;amp; R described this sort of construction in section 14.23 of their book, but I found the notion of a participle agreeing with its object to be a little hard to take without more explanation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;By the way, the original question was my first post. I tried to post the above in a comment on your answer, but was told that it was too long by 716 characters, so I posted it in an answer to my own question. Please let me know if I should have done it differently. Thanks.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6760" LastActivityDate="2020-11-22T19:57:05.247" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13370" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12821" CreationDate="2020-11-23T13:08:46.987" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In realtà con il passato prossimo non si vuole esprimere l'azione nel suo aspetto abituale quanto nel suo aspetto fattuale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le frasi sono corrette&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;IMPERFETTO - ASPETTO ABITUALE - ad esempio per descrivere come solevo impiegare il tempo&#xA;Ogni estate lavoravo là, fino ai miei 18 anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;PASSATO PROSSIMO - ASPETTO FATTUALE - ad esempio per descrivere un'esperienza di vita.&#xA;Ogni estate ho lavorato là, fino ai miei 18 anni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6766" LastActivityDate="2020-11-23T13:08:46.987" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13372" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13364" CreationDate="2020-11-23T14:00:42.333" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is an implicit subordination&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;udite le parole&amp;quot; has the same meaning as &amp;quot;dopo aver udito le parole&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In English it would be &amp;quot;after hearing these words&amp;quot; so it sounds active.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6766" LastActivityDate="2020-11-23T14:00:42.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13376" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13381" CreationDate="2020-11-26T13:12:56.937" Score="3" ViewCount="270" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Lessico famigliare&lt;/em&gt; di Natalia Ginzburg ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Gino era serio, studioso, tranquillo; non picchiava nessuno dei suoi fratelli; andava bene in montagna. Era il prediletto di mio padre. Di lui, mio padre non diceva mai che era «un asino»; diceva però che «dava poco spago». Il &lt;strong&gt;dar corda&lt;/strong&gt;, in casa nostra, si chiamava «dar spago». Gino, infatti, dava poco spago, perché leggeva sempre; e quando gli si parlava, rispondeva a monosillabi, senza alzare la testa dal libro. Se Alberto e Mario si picchiavano, non si muoveva e continuava a leggere; e mia madre doveva chiamarlo e scuoterlo, che venisse a dividerli. Leggendo, mangiava pane, adagio adagio, una pagnotta dopo l’altra; ne mangiava piú o meno un chilo, dopo il pranzo. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      – Gino! – gridava mio padre, – non dài spago! non racconti niente! e poi non mangiare tanto pane, farai l’indigestione!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato il significato della locuzione &amp;quot;dare corda&amp;quot; sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/dare-corda&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario De Mauro&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mostrarsi disponibile, incoraggiare: se gli dai corda non la finisce più di parlare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionari.corriere.it/dizionario-modi-di-dire/C/corda.shtml&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario dei modi di dire Hoepli&lt;/a&gt; si legge questa definizione, che mi sembra abbastanza diversa da quella del De Mauro:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;dare corda (pop)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Fig.: dare a qualcuno ampia libertà di dire o agire, convinti che le sue azioni gli si ritorceranno contro. Fare in modo che chi vuole danneggiarci o sta per commettere un'azione riprovevole si spinga abbastanza avanti da compromettersi e tradirsi. &lt;br&gt;&#xA;Il detto si ricollega alle esecuzioni capitali di un tempo, nella fattispecie al capestro, e dice integralmente: “dare abbastanza corda per impiccarsi”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque, dal contesto del brano citato, ho l'impressione che &amp;quot;dare corda&amp;quot; possa avere delle sfumature non presenti nelle definizioni di questi due dizionari.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse qualcosa come far vedere a una persona che ha trovato un ascoltatore con cui si può sentire a suo agio per parlare? È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-01-20T15:37:24.377" Title="Sul significato di &quot;dare corda&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13377" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13379" CreationDate="2020-11-26T20:10:09.693" Score="5" ViewCount="553" Body="&lt;p&gt;I’m examining a &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caccia_(musica)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;caccia&lt;/a&gt; by Giovanni da&#xA;Cascia (also known as Giovanni da Firenze, Johannes de Florentia, and others), titled&#xA;“Chon brachi assai”. Its text is written in Italian circa 1390; my best direct&#xA;transcription from the &lt;a href=&quot;https://imslp.org/wiki/Con_brachi_assai_(Giovanni_da_Cascia)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;original&#xA;manuscript&lt;/a&gt;, with the help&#xA;of some recent editions&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/cs/biblio/Marrocco1961.pdf#page=40&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/meri/visconti/conbrachi-giovanni2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;; all sources will be&#xA;cited in full at the end of this question), is the following:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chon bꝛachi aſſai e cho͂ molti ſpaᷣue​ꝛi&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Uccellaua͂ ſu peꝛ la ꝛiua dada&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual diceua da da e&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual ua cia uaꝛin toꝛna picciolo&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual pꝛe͂dea le quagle a uolo e uolo&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;quando co͂ gꝛan tempeſta unaqua venne&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne coꝛſeꝛ may peꝛ champa͂gna leuꝛieꝛi&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Come facea ciaſchun ꝓ fuggiꝛ lacqua&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual dicea da qua&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;damil ma͂tel e tal damil chappello&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;quandio ꝛicoueꝛai chol mio uccello&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;dove una paſtuꝛella il coꝛ mi punſe&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sola eꝛa li onde fꝛa me dicea&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;eccho la pioggia&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;echo dido et enea&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Based on the latter of the two editions and on the text (on &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/meri/visconti/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this&#xA;page&lt;/a&gt;) of a different caccia by a different&#xA;composer (which has the same title and clearly derives from the same source), I have an&#xA;initial “modernized” and punctuated version. Words that will come up later are in&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;bold&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con bracchi assai e con molti sparvieri&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;uccellavàm&lt;/strong&gt; su per la riva d’Adda,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual diceva «Da, da!»&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual «&lt;strong&gt;Va qua&lt;/strong&gt;, Varin, torna, Picciòlo!»&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual prendeva le quaglie a volo a volo,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;quando con gran tempesta un’aqua venne.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Né &lt;strong&gt;corser&lt;/strong&gt; mai per campagna levrieri&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;come faceva ciascun per fuggir l’aqua,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;e qual diceva «Da qua,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;dammi ’l mantello!» e tal «Dammi ’l cappello»,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;quand’io ricoverai col mio uccello&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;dove una &lt;strong&gt;pasturella&lt;/strong&gt; il cor mi punse.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sola era lì, onde fra me diceva&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;«Ecco la pioggia! Ecco Dido et Enea!».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While I’m mostly satisfied with that, there are some lingering questions. Actually I must&#xA;first confess that I don’t really know any Italian. I’m OK with Spanish and Latin and with&#xA;Romance linguistics in general. For Spanish philology I know of an &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.staff.ncl.ac.uk/i.e.mackenzie/intro.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;excellent source of&#xA;information&lt;/a&gt;, but I couldn’t find a&#xA;similar easily-accessible resource for Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Now I will address the four bold words.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;uccellavàm&lt;/strong&gt;. Evidently this is some form of &lt;em&gt;uccellare&lt;/em&gt;, but “-vàm” is not a&#xA;regular (or irregular) verb ending. The closest is the first-person plural imperfect form&#xA;&lt;em&gt;uccellavamo&lt;/em&gt;, and that is the meaning conveyed in the two English translations I’ve been&#xA;able to find&#xA;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=CfnDAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PP1&amp;amp;pg=PT111#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;1&lt;/a&gt;,&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://arrow.latrobe.edu.au/store/3/4/5/4/2/public/MMDB/Composer/H0056002.HTM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;2&lt;/a&gt;). So is&#xA;it an apocopic variant of &lt;em&gt;uccellavamo&lt;/em&gt;, with the grave accent indicating that the stress&#xA;stays on the &lt;em&gt;-am-&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Va qua&lt;/strong&gt;. These two words are taken from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://arrow.latrobe.edu.au/store/3/4/5/4/2/public/MMDB/Composer/H0056002.HTM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;text of the &lt;em&gt;other&lt;/em&gt; “Chon brachi&#xA;assai”&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Unfortunately, the manuscript is rather unclear here, and the modern editions are no help.&#xA;The manuscript appears to contain “ua cia”, but it could conceivably read “ua qua” just as&#xA;well. &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/cs/biblio/Marrocco1961.pdf#page=41&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;One edition&lt;/a&gt; suggests&#xA;that the intention is one word: “Vacia”; &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/meri/visconti/conbrachi-giovanni2.pdf#page=2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;the&#xA;other&lt;/a&gt; contains&#xA;“Va cià”. I haven’t been able to verify that “Vacia” or “Va cià” are valid Italian at all.&#xA;The meaning “Come here” makes the most sense, so “Va qua” is quite reasonable; are the&#xA;other options viable?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;corser&lt;/strong&gt;. Every version of the text includes this word, even though it doesn’t seem to&#xA;exist in Italian. The closest is probably &lt;em&gt;corsero&lt;/em&gt;, the third-person plural remote past&#xA;form of &lt;em&gt;correre&lt;/em&gt;. If this is correct, then is an accent called for (thus “corsèr”)?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pasturella&lt;/strong&gt;. The translations say that this means “shepherdess”, but it is a rare&#xA;term (one occurrence is in &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/In_un_boschetto_trova%27_pasturella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a poem from the thirteenth&#xA;century&lt;/a&gt;). The word&#xA;&lt;em&gt;pastora&lt;/em&gt; is far more common for “shepherdess”. Either &lt;em&gt;pasturella&lt;/em&gt; was (is?) an&#xA;alternative to &lt;em&gt;pastora&lt;/em&gt; with an extra syllable (good for poetry), or &lt;em&gt;pasturella&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;predates &lt;em&gt;pastora&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;One last note: The words I have spelled “diceva”, “faceva”, and “prendeva” were written&#xA;“dicea”, “facea”, and “prendea” in all versions except for the manuscript (which has&#xA;“diceua” etc.). Is there a reason for this?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The primary question:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is my rendering correct Italian and moreover a correct reading of the source material?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sources:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main work at question is Giovanni da Cascia’s “Chon brachi assai”, which is apparently&#xA;found in a manuscript known as “Panciatichiano 26”, held in Florence’s Biblioteca&#xA;Nazionale Centrale. I don’t have access to the whole manuscript, but a scan of “Chon” can&#xA;be found at &lt;a href=&quot;https://imslp.org/wiki/Con_brachi_assai_(Giovanni_da_Cascia)&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;IMSLP&lt;/a&gt;. There&#xA;is another piece, also a caccia called “Chon brachi assai”, by Magister Piero. Piero’s&#xA;caccia is quite different musically, but the text is almost identical to that of da&#xA;Cascia’s piece. Let’s say that the “Chon brachi assai” by da Cascia is “Chon A” and the&#xA;“Chon brachi assai” by Piero is “Chon B”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;David Daolmi’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/meri/visconti/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;I Visconti e la musica&lt;/a&gt; page has&#xA;some leads on both pieces. There is a modern version of Chon B’s text, and several links&#xA;to other pages and editions.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Trobe University’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://arrow.latrobe.edu.au/store/3/4/5/4/2/public/MMDB/index.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Medieval Music&#xA;Database&lt;/a&gt; has pages for&#xA;both works: &lt;a href=&quot;http://arrow.latrobe.edu.au/store/3/4/5/4/2/public/MMDB/Composer/H0066001.HTM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Chon&#xA;A&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://arrow.latrobe.edu.au/store/3/4/5/4/2/public/MMDB/Composer/H0056002.HTM&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Chon&#xA;B&lt;/a&gt;. The&#xA;page for Chon B contains the Italian text (differing very slightly—the wording is&#xA;identical—from the text on Daolmi’s page) along with an English translation by Giovanni&#xA;Carsaniga; the page for Chon A contains only references to other publications.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The scores of Chon A and Chon B in modern notation can be found in W. Thomas Marrocco’s&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Fourteenth-century Italian Cacce&lt;/em&gt;, The Medieval Academy of America publication no. 39.&#xA;The second edition from 1961 is available online as a&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/cs/biblio/Marrocco1961.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;PDF&lt;/a&gt;. Chon A’s score begins on page&#xA;16 of the publication, which is page 40 of the PDF; Chon B’s score begins three pages&#xA;later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Another version of Chon A in modern notation occurs in the book &lt;em&gt;A Treasury of Early&#xA;Music: Masterworks of the Middle Ages, the Renaissance and the Baroque Era&lt;/em&gt;, edited by&#xA;Carl Parrish. An English translation accompanies the score. This book is not freely&#xA;available in its entirety, although the parts about Chon A are readable in a &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/books?id=CfnDAgAAQBAJ&amp;amp;lpg=PP1&amp;amp;pg=PT109#v=onepage&amp;amp;q&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;preview on&#xA;Google&#xA;Books&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;Daolmi hosts &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.examenapium.it/meri/visconti/conbrachi-giovanni2.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a more accessible PDF version of just the&#xA;score&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;There is at least one more published Chon A score, found in David Fenwick Wilson’s &lt;em&gt;Music&#xA;of the Middle Ages: An Anthology for Performance and Study&lt;/em&gt;. I know this because of a&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/aMaUOL4e14M?t=172&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;YouTube video&lt;/a&gt; (“12. Music of the Middle Ages; da&#xA;Firenze and Landini” by &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCwbbr8FKVrWLF8T81RI7Lxg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Bartje&#xA;Bartmans&lt;/a&gt;) that shows the score&#xA;along with a (very good) recording.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The other occurrences of &lt;em&gt;pasturella&lt;/em&gt; were found in Guido Cavalcanti’s “In un boschetto&#xA;trova’ pasturella”, read &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/In_un_boschetto_trova%27_pasturella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;via&#xA;Wikisource&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The page about Spanish history cited above is a part of Ian Mackenzie’s &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.staff.ncl.ac.uk/i.e.mackenzie/index.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;“The Linguistics&#xA;of Spanish” website&lt;/a&gt;. I especially&#xA;recommend the &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.staff.ncl.ac.uk/i.e.mackenzie/hisverb.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;information about the history of the Spanish&#xA;verb&lt;/a&gt;. Sadly I don’t know of any&#xA;comparable online sources for languages besides Spanish.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6773" LastEditorUserId="6773" LastEditDate="2020-11-26T22:37:42.240" LastActivityDate="2020-11-26T22:37:42.240" Title="Is this a correct rendering of some fourteenth-century Italian writing in modern orthography?" Tags="&lt;history&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13379" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13377" CreationDate="2020-11-26T21:36:46.270" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;First of all, congratulations for your great background work and your interpretation, even more so since you don't know well Italian. I'm quite sure that nobody here is even remotely as knowledgeable as you are in philological matters. What I (and others who'll want to chime in) can provide as a native Italian speaker, I'm happy to do.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;uccellavàm.&lt;/strong&gt;  “So is it an apocopic variant of &lt;em&gt;uccel[l]avamo&lt;/em&gt;, with the grave accent indicating that the stress stays on the &lt;em&gt;-am-&lt;/em&gt;?” That's exactly what it is, and I couldn't have said it better. This kind of apocopes are very frequent, especially in poetry. See, just in your text, &lt;em&gt;ciascun&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;fuggir&lt;/em&gt;. The explicit accent isn't indispensable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Va qua.&lt;/strong&gt; This is, for me, the most mysterious item: I have no better guesses than yours, which seems consistent with the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;corser.&lt;/strong&gt; This is indeed an apocope for &lt;em&gt;corsero&lt;/em&gt; and the accent on “e” is not necessary since &lt;em&gt;corsero&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;corser&lt;/em&gt; are stressed on the first “o”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;pasturella.&lt;/strong&gt; It is perfectly understandable but in fact a little unusual. “Pastorella” would sound quite more natural, at least to a modern ear; but I can't say much about a 14th-century ear, except that it seems that one continuously stumbled upon young shepherdesses, in Italy and in Provence. You can find more occurrences of &lt;em&gt;pasturella&lt;/em&gt; (or of whatever you want) in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/Ricerca/Libera?q=pasturella&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;The modern form is just &lt;em&gt;diceva&lt;/em&gt; (and the corresponding ones for the other verbs), but in older Italian the variants without “v” were more frequent. (As a personal note, the forms in &lt;em&gt;-ea&lt;/em&gt; seem to scan better in this text.) Treccani dictionary describes this elision of &lt;em&gt;v&lt;/em&gt;s between vowels, still alive in modern Florentine dialect, in its &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/v-v/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article about the letter &lt;em&gt;v&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[In alcuni casi] una &lt;em&gt;v&lt;/em&gt; intervocalica è caduta (es. &lt;em&gt;rivo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;rio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;nativo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;natio&lt;/em&gt;): fenomeno che nell’uso antico o poetico s’estende a tutti gli imperfetti in &lt;em&gt;-e(v)a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-e(v)ano&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-i(v)a&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;-i(v)ano&lt;/em&gt; (es. &lt;em&gt;dicea&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;diceva&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;diceano&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;dicevano&lt;/em&gt;), e nel moderno vernacolo fiorentino si estende praticamente a tutti i casi di &lt;em&gt;v&lt;/em&gt; tra vocali, o tra vocale e &lt;em&gt;r&lt;/em&gt; (es. &lt;em&gt;arò&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;avrò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;la oglia&lt;/em&gt; per &lt;em&gt;la voglia&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Let me add something which might be completely irrelevant. In modern use, &lt;em&gt;uccello&lt;/em&gt; (and its orthographic variants), besides its general meaning “bird”, is also slang for “penis” (a bit like “cock” in English). Apparently this use dates back a least to your author's times, since the aforementioned Grande Dizionario quotes, among other ones, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/sala-lettura/vol/21?seq=497&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;an example&lt;/a&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Giovanni_Sercambi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Giovanni Sercambi&lt;/a&gt; (1348–1424).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-11-26T21:36:46.270" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13380" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13305" CreationDate="2020-11-29T22:45:39.707" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;There is no default.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd interpret &lt;em&gt;Non vogliamo l'avvocato&lt;/em&gt; as &lt;em&gt;none of us wants a lawyer&lt;/em&gt;. A single lawyer for the group or one for each convicted is completely irrelevant, given the second clause “we want to confess”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My impression is that the singular would be more idiomatic and more natural in fast speech. The form &lt;em&gt;Non vogliamo gli avvocati&lt;/em&gt; would convey the same idea and I feel it less natural, but it could depend on the context.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;It wouldn't be different with a positive declaration: &lt;em&gt;Vogliamo l'avvocato&lt;/em&gt; might be interpreted either as &lt;em&gt;we want a lawyer to assist us&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;each one of us wants a lawyer&lt;/em&gt;. The context would clear things up, but it could well be &lt;em&gt;Vogliamo gli avvocati&lt;/em&gt; to strengthen the idea that they want distinct lawyers.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-11-29T22:45:39.707" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13381" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13376" CreationDate="2020-12-01T10:41:11.120" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Dare corda&amp;quot; significa più o meno &amp;quot;incoraggiare qualcuno a continuare dandogli o dandole attenzione&amp;quot;. Nel caso del testo che hai evidenziato, i genitori provano a parlare a Gino, ma lui legge e risponde solo a monosillabi, in questo senso non dà loro corda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spesso ha una connotazione negativa rispetto all'oggetto della frase, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se gli dai corda non finisce più di parlare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tradotto, &amp;quot;If you &lt;strong&gt;encourage him&lt;/strong&gt;, he'll never stop talking&amp;quot;, che si usa per dire &amp;quot;se lo incoraggi a continuare prestandogli attenzione, non finisce più di parlare&amp;quot; (perciò ignoralo, così smette). È comune dire &amp;quot;non dargli/darle corda&amp;quot; nel senso di &amp;quot;non incoraggiarlo/a&amp;quot;, per esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se i tuoi compagni di classe ti prendono in giro, non dar loro corda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che si può tradurre più o meno come &amp;quot;If your classmates mock you, &lt;strong&gt;don't engage with them/ don't give them an excuse to keep doing it&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si può anche usare nel senso dato da Hoepli, anche se onestamente lo vedo più raramente. Il significato è lo stesso, ma la connotazione è leggermente diversa: si può &amp;quot;dare corda&amp;quot; a qualcuno volontariamente per indurlo o indurla a continuare a parlare, per esempio ecco una frase che potresti incontrare in un poliziesco:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se dopo un bicchiere o due comincia a parlare, dagli corda, potrebbe dire qualcosa di interessante.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tradotto: &amp;quot;If he starts talking after a glass or two, &lt;strong&gt;keep him going&lt;/strong&gt;, he might say something interesting&amp;quot;. In questo caso &amp;quot;dare corda&amp;quot; significa, più o meno, &amp;quot;fingere interesse affinché qualcuno continui a parlare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, in quest'ultimo significato la &amp;quot;finzione di interesse&amp;quot; non deve avere per forza lo scopo di indurre chi parla a dire qualcosa di compromettente, può anche essere semplicemente per cortesia:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il nonno comincia a parlare per l'ennesima volta del calcio, dagli corda, gli fa piacere parlare con qualcuno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tradotto: &amp;quot;If grandpa starts talking about soccer again, &lt;strong&gt;humour him&lt;/strong&gt;, he likes having someone to talk to&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo senso si usa anche l'espressione &amp;quot;dammi corda!&amp;quot;, ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avanti, dammi corda!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che significa &amp;quot;so che non ti interessa quello che sto dicendo, ma almeno fai finta per un po'&amp;quot;, potremmo tradurlo come &amp;quot;Come on, &lt;strong&gt;humour me&lt;/strong&gt;!&amp;quot;. Credo sia questo il significato nel testo che hai evidenziato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gino - non dài spago!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;significa &amp;quot;Gino - non fai nemmeno lo sforzo di parlare con noi!&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5623" LastEditorUserId="5623" LastEditDate="2020-12-02T08:46:43.047" LastActivityDate="2020-12-02T08:46:43.047" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13382" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13383" CreationDate="2020-12-02T21:04:19.143" Score="3" ViewCount="154" Body="&lt;p&gt;After being asked to translate &lt;em&gt;«tu più non torni»&lt;/em&gt; on a casual conversation and with a sensible lack of context, I was a bit puzzled and assumed that &lt;em&gt;«[you] don't ever come back»&lt;/em&gt; could be a valid translation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Later, in that conversation I was told that it meant &lt;em&gt;you will return no more&lt;/em&gt;, at least in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.opera-arias.com/puccini/la-boheme/o-mimi-tu-piu-non-torni/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Rodolfo's aria&lt;/a&gt; from &lt;em&gt;La Bohème&lt;/em&gt;, and most of the usage &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tornare/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;examples&lt;/a&gt; on the treccani.it dictionary seem to confirm it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Was my translation invalid?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6794" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-03T07:22:03.530" LastActivityDate="2020-12-05T09:17:52.953" Title="Meaning of &quot;tu più non torni&quot;" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13383" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13382" CreationDate="2020-12-05T09:17:52.953" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The sentence cannot mean “don't ever come back”, which would require the imperative. In Italian the negative imperative is expressed with &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; and the infinitive&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non tornare (mai) più&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The form &lt;em&gt;torni&lt;/em&gt; is a present tense, either indicative or subjunctive (but the latter can probably be excluded from context). The positive imperative is &lt;em&gt;torna&lt;/em&gt; and never &lt;em&gt;torni&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;If&lt;/em&gt; the context makes the subjunctive possible, then it could be something like&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Farò in modo che tu non torni più&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;I'll do so you don't ever come back again&lt;/em&gt;. But it is not imperative.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the sentence there is a displacement of the adverb: &lt;em&gt;tu non torni più&lt;/em&gt; would be more idiomatic. However, being the text of an opera aria, the displacement is not so surprising.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2020-12-05T09:17:52.953" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13384" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12705" CreationDate="2020-12-06T20:32:06.127" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;capito qui per caso alla ricerca di fonti da indicare a un amico, ma il caso vuole che ne sappia qualcosa; effettivamente il termine &amp;quot;coltello catalano&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;alla catalana&amp;quot; nasce nei romanzi d'appendice dell'800, e poi viene utilizzato a volte per indicare un grosso coltello a serramanico, tipo quelli utilizzati nei romanzi suddetti dagli immancabili &amp;quot;cattivi&amp;quot;; non si sa perché proprio catalano, naturalmente in Catalogna esistevano coltelli del genere ma come in altre zone della Spagna; in Italia tra collezionisti si definisce a volta come catalano (impropriamente) qualunque coltello con caratteristiche simili, e a volte i fabbricanti definiscono così qualche loro modello, spesso senza ragione; il termine si riferisce alla Catalogna spagnola e non a quella francese, che per varie ragioni è conosciuta come Roussillon e dove si usano coltelli con caratteristiche diverse; le tipologie di coltelli catalani indicate da alcuni sono moderne, non rappresentative dei coltelli catalani dell'800, qui un esemplare della Catalogna francese, lungo circa 50 cm aperto&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dropbox.com/s/d3nrhj6m9wkujuc/s-ca12a.jpg?dl=0&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.dropbox.com/s/d3nrhj6m9wkujuc/s-ca12a.jpg?dl=0&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6806" LastActivityDate="2020-12-06T20:32:06.127" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13387" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7681" CreationDate="2020-12-10T19:13:49.617" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono livornese doc, dal sangue lontano della primula rossa (si quello che rubava, scappava sui tetti, i carabinieri a rincorrerlo ma non lo prendevano mai)&#xA;Il termine &amp;quot;budello di tu ma&amp;quot; deriva da un misto delle vostre deduzioni, il termine budello deriva dalla parte dell'intestino di scarto, qualcosa di grezzo e poco decoroso dato che stiamo parlando di interiora di bestia dove di certo non ci passa acqua santa.&#xA;Viene sostituito raramente dai dispregiativi come &amp;quot;budellone&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;farda&amp;quot; (una puttana enorme).&#xA;&amp;quot;Sei'na farda&amp;quot; valida anche come provocazione &amp;quot;amichevole&amp;quot; ovviamente esclusivamente confidenziale tra amici UOMINI stretti, non andate a dirlo a un'amica livornese anche se è la vostra migliore amica.. altrimenti non credo che lo sarà mai più per voi ahahhahah&#xA;Ci sono molte varianti dialettali ad esempio anche &amp;quot;tegame di tu ma&amp;quot; che è una delle più utilizzate attualmente.&#xA;Porta allo stesso significato, e di conseguenza stessa offesa.&#xA;Tradotto: &amp;quot;la puttana della tua mamma&amp;quot;.&#xA;Dove, attenzione, già dire &amp;quot;tu ma&amp;quot; a una persona che non conosciamo è già un termine confidenziale in quel caso da considerarsi come offesa.. quindi da prendere con le pinze data anche la vicinanza alla famosa offesa &amp;quot;tegame/budello di tu ma&amp;quot;.&#xA;Spero di aver fatto chiarezza.&#xA;Un saluto dal livornese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6811" LastActivityDate="2020-12-10T19:13:49.617" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13388" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13394" CreationDate="2020-12-13T01:50:23.900" Score="3" ViewCount="97" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have stumbled upon different possible meanings of the construction di + article + 'cui' + noun.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One possible usage is:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La donna della cui bellezza ho sentito parlare è alta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is it also possible to construct another kind of double-genitive such as in:&#xA;The woman, the name of whose cat is &amp;quot;Charlie&amp;quot;, is tall.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La donna, il nome del cui gatto è Charlie, è alta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;John, il significato del cui nome è...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is this construction grammatically correct? If yes, does it have a name? I can't find anything about it.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4675" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2020-12-13T08:59:55.940" LastActivityDate="2020-12-16T07:34:59.717" Title="Double genitive relative clause with cui?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13389" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11510" CreationDate="2020-12-13T10:22:00.237" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pomiciare è il significato che ha a Roma e dintorni, al nord paccare significa dare buca, non presentarsi, o anche fregare o raggirare in una compravendita tra privati (&amp;quot;gli ho dato i soldi ma mi ha paccato&amp;quot;).&#xA;In questo caso però viene utilizzato impropriamente con il significato di &amp;quot;dando delle pacche&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6816" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-12-13T10:33:45.197" LastActivityDate="2020-12-13T10:33:45.197" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13390" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13388" CreationDate="2020-12-13T22:39:36.427" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is correct and it is called &amp;quot;complemento di specificazione&amp;quot;.&#xA;You can check for instance:  &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/cui&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/cui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6813" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-16T07:34:59.717" LastActivityDate="2020-12-16T07:34:59.717" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13391" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13349" CreationDate="2020-12-13T23:24:32.817" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Leak/leakage normalmente definisce una perdita, per es. d'acqua in un impianto idraulico. Figurativamente è poi passata a descrivere altri tipi di perdite dovute a falle in altri sistemi, per es. una fuga di notizie (poi ripreso per es. in WikiLeaks).&#xA;Se mi dovessi lanciare in una traduzione di leakage in questo contesto, spillatura/spillaggio d'informazione mi pare possa rendere l'idea di qualcosa che è intenzionalmente sottratto da una parte più grande o come prodotto o come scarto.&#xA;Bandwidth in questo contesto mi pare si possa riferire ad un calcolo il cui risultato descrive lo spettro nel quale il furto d'informazione è possibile.&#xA;Mettendo insieme le due parti: (calcolo dello) spettro di spillaggio dell'informazione.&#xA;Non so quanto posso apparire appropriato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6813" LastActivityDate="2020-12-13T23:24:32.817" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13392" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-12-14T05:54:24.247" Score="2" ViewCount="236" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi piace molto l'italiano. Ma non capisco perchè spesso usa tante negazioni. Ieri un mio amico ha detto &amp;quot;Non vinco mai niente&amp;quot;. Significa che quando gioca al lotto non vince, ma per dirlo poteva fare frasi più corte, come &amp;quot;Non vinco mai&amp;quot;, oppure &amp;quot;Vinco mai&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Certo non vinco&amp;quot;. Conosco poco l'inglese, ma mi sembra più logico. Perchè due o tre negazioni non si combattono tra loro?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;upgrade&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io cerco su treccani, ma la risposta è più difficile della domanda,&#xA;e io non sono intelligente come voi qui. Leggo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Nell’uso ant., con sign. vicino a quello etimologico, e di solito&#xA;in unione o in corrispondenza con un non, equivale a -più-:&#xA;Pensa che questo dì mai non raggiorna&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;La negazione di frase è una risorsa che segnala che la situazione&#xA;descritta in una frase non sussiste: in altri termini, essa inverte&#xA;il valore di verità di una frase dichiarativa&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;La negazione di una frase è espressa tipicamente dall’avverbio non&#xA;(- lat. n-n) preposto al predicato: non voglio, non piove. Insieme&#xA;a non, l’avverbio mica (- lat. m-cam -briciola-; - grammaticalizzazione)&#xA;può intensificare (- intensificatori) la negazione dal punto di vista&#xA;pragmatico, respingendo implicazioni o inferenze sollecitate&#xA;dal contesto di discorso (Cinque 1976), come quella suggerita&#xA;dalla domanda tu hai capito-, a cui risponde (1)&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cosa non capisco? Na riga si e na riga no! E non voglio dare noia nella&#xA;domanda e allora non scrivo quello che non capisco, è lungo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Chiedo scusa a tutti, non faccio più domande.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6264" LastEditorUserId="6264" LastEditDate="2020-12-18T05:50:25.703" LastActivityDate="2021-01-04T13:44:38.250" Title="Troppe negazioni nella frase &quot;Non vinco mai niente&quot;?" Tags="&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13393" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13392" CreationDate="2020-12-14T07:08:07.633" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Micina,&#xA;In genere le doppie negazioni vengono usate come rafforzativo per evidenziare qualcosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non c'è nessun problema.&#xA;&#xA;Non puoi non ammetterlo.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le ragioni linguistiche per le quali è nato questo costrutto non le conosco.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;code&gt;Non vinco mai&lt;/code&gt; è corretta, aggiungendo &lt;code&gt;niente&lt;/code&gt; rafforzi il concetto e dai l'idea di una scocciatura del fatto che non vinci mai.&#xA;&lt;code&gt;Vinco mai&lt;/code&gt; non la trovo corretta.&#xA;&lt;code&gt;Certo non vinco&lt;/code&gt; è una previsione, stai per giocare e dici &lt;code&gt;Di certo/certamente non vinco&lt;/code&gt; come a far intendere che sei sfortunato e che sai già come andrà a finire.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6246" LastActivityDate="2020-12-14T07:08:07.633" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13394" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13388" CreationDate="2020-12-14T10:39:11.293" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I don't think it has a name per se: it's an assemblage of building blocks of Italian language. You could well use &lt;em&gt;cui&lt;/em&gt; together with other prepositions (&lt;em&gt;l'uomo al cui cospetto tremano tutti&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;la casa sul cui tetto c'è un'antenna&lt;/em&gt;), for instance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In itself, this “double genitive” is not logically different from using two specifications, with nouns (&lt;em&gt;il nome del gatto della donna...&lt;/em&gt;) or an adjective (&lt;em&gt;il nome del suo gatto&lt;/em&gt;). It happens in other languages too: a quick Google Books search yields sentences such as “The annexed letter from a friend (of whose judgment I have the highest opinion)...”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-12-14T10:39:11.293" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13396" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13399" CreationDate="2020-12-17T17:09:27.323" Score="4" ViewCount="138" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualche giorno fa, volevo esprimere che una cosa non era chiara a parecchie persone e ho avuto il dubbio su quale espressione usare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è loro chiara&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è chiara a loro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Posso usare tutte e due o una di queste forme è preferibile all'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi riferisco unicamente alla correttezza grammaticale, ma anche al fatto che suoni naturale in italiano moderno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-12-19T20:40:49.063" Title="&quot;Non è loro chiara&quot;, &quot;non è chiara a loro&quot; oppure ambedue?" Tags="&lt;phrase-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13397" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13392" CreationDate="2020-12-18T09:31:53.817" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Micina, non ti scoraggiare: la cosa è semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In italiano alcune parole, come “niente”, “nulla”, “nessuno”, “mai” e simili, per esprimere una negazione richiedono comunque un “non” (a parte rari casi poetici etc.). Puoi dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In frigo non c'è nulla&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non c'è nessun problema&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre non sarebbe buon italiano dire *“In frigo c'è nulla” o *“C'è nessun problema” (l'asterisco indica proprio che sono frasi che non si dicono).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Similmente, si dice:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non vinco mai&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;mentre non si dice *“Vinco mai”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per come funziona l'italiano, la vera negazione è data dal “non”. Il resto dice a che cosa si riferisce il “non”. Se hai presente l'inglese, parole come “niente” e “nessuno” si comportano un po' come “anything” e “anyone”. Infatti, se entri in un negozio e non vedi il commesso, potresti chiedere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è nessuno?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che corrisponde a “Is there anyone?”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A questo punto, volendo, insieme al “non” puoi mettere più d'una di queste parole: “non vinco mai”, “qui non c'è mai nessuno” e così via.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come osservava giustamente Riccardo in un commento, in certi casi possiamo anche usare “alcuno” al posto di “nessuno” (quando è un aggettivo, cioè se accompagna un nome). Oltre che “Non c'è nessun problema”, possiamo dire anche “Non c'è alcun problema”. Lo stesso per “alcunché” al posto di “niente”. Suonano però un po' più ricercati o scherzosi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una curiosità: “mai”, in origine, non aveva un senso negativo (come accenna la tua prima citazione dal Treccani). Viene dal latino &lt;em&gt;magis&lt;/em&gt;, che vuol dire semplicemente “più” (come quando diciamo “non lo faccio più”).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T09:31:53.817" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13398" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13396" CreationDate="2020-12-18T10:55:26.907" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono entrambe corrette anche se userei &lt;em&gt;chiaro&lt;/em&gt; (il concetto, il fatto, quanto precede) al maschile e non &lt;em&gt;chiara&lt;/em&gt; (la cosa, la situazione).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Nel parlato&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Nel parlato la prima (&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;non è loro chiara&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;) è un po' più formale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La seconda (&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;non è chiara a loro&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;) scorre via  più facilmente anche se, come nota DaG, &lt;em&gt;pone un po' troppo l'accento su “a loro”, quasi a sottintendere che ad altri invece la cosa è chiara&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'effetto di enfasi viene ancora più marcato se metti una breve pausa tra &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;chiara&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;a loro&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; nel parlare, o anche se aumenti l'emissione di fiato (il volume) dicendo &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;a loro&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Lo puoi evitare alleggerendo la pressione (volume) quando pronunci &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;a loro&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;, o diminuendo leggermente la pausa che fai tra &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;a loro&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt; e quanto segue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Nello scritto&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nello scritto non puoi gestire il volume delle parole, ma puoi usare diversi mezzi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La prima forma (&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;non è loro chiara&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;) suona di nuovo leggermente più formale, e leggermente più piana: metti meno l'accento su &lt;em&gt;loro&lt;/em&gt; in contrapposizione ad &lt;em&gt;altri&lt;/em&gt;. Anche se ci sono sempre artifici stilistici e sintattici per metterlo in evidenza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;...(la cosa) non è loro chiara quando dicono...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;...(la cosa) non è loro chiara.&lt;/em&gt; (E' un fatto che non lo abbiano capito).&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;...(la cosa) non è loro chiara, mentre nella nostra politica aziendale...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;(Sono più i fatti ad essere in contrapposizione che non noi e loro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nella mia esperienza prevale nelle comunicazioni di lavoro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;La seconda forma (&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;non è chiara a loro&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;) tende ad enfatizzare &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;a loro&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;Esplicitamente marcata con avversative o con la punteggiatura:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... non è chiara a loro, mentre la nostra politica aziendale...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;... non è chiara, a loro.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più neutra in casi tipo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;... non è chiara a loro quando dicono ...&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nota sul chiaro al posto di chiara...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Se passando per strada arriva al tuo orecchio un frammento di frase &amp;quot;NON E' CHIARO&amp;quot; capisci che qualcosa non è stato compreso; se invece senti &amp;quot;NON E' CHIARA&amp;quot; ti viene probabilmente da pensare ad un errore di persona dove si è scambiata Chiara per qualcun'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2193" LastActivityDate="2020-12-18T10:55:26.907" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13399" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13396" CreationDate="2020-12-19T14:56:59.607" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Delle forme proposte:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(La cosa) non è loro chiara&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è corretta ma tende a suonare formale, soprattutto se detta a voce, mentre&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...non è chiara a loro&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oltre a mantenere ancora una certa formalità, pone un po' troppo l'accento su “a loro”, quasi a sottintendere che ad altri invece la cosa è chiara.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alle forme proposte aggiungo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...non gli è chiara&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che fa storcere il naso ai puristi non-linguisti e alle maestre di scuola non aggiornate, ma che in un registro non formale suona più naturale di tutte, e non faceva storcere il naso a Galilei né a Manzoni, a Verga né a Pavese, né a tanti altri maestri della lingua, incluso Migliorini.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Infatti il pronome “gli” è usato spesso anche come “forma atona del dativo plurale maschile e femminile, col sign. di «a loro»: &lt;em&gt;Chi si cura di costoro a Milano? Chi gli darebbe retta?&lt;/em&gt; (Manzoni); &lt;em&gt;le belle ragazze di qui non sono degne di portargli le scarpe, a quelle di Napoli&lt;/em&gt; (Verga)” (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gli2&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani&lt;/a&gt;). Si veda anche la voce “gli” sul GDLI (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000929.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;prima&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000930.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;seconda&lt;/a&gt; pagina), con esempi dal Villani fino a Brancati e appunto a Pavese.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine si può dire anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;...a loro non è chiara&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche questa forma è leggermente marcata nell'attirare l'attenzione su “loro”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il problema, in generale, è che l'uso di “gli” è mal visto in certi ambiti (e, comprensibilmente, può capitare di evitarlo per non rischiare di sembrare ignorante o dover fare tutta la manfrina che ho fatto qui) e quel che resta è l'unico pronome personale dativo non atono dell'italiano, che quindi non può non sbilanciare tutta la frase in cui compare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2020-12-19T20:40:49.063" LastActivityDate="2020-12-19T20:40:49.063" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13400" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-12-21T05:06:45.943" Score="6" ViewCount="81" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qual è il singolare di &amp;quot;rotini&amp;quot;?  Ho trovato &amp;quot;spaghetto&amp;quot; vs &amp;quot;spaghetti&amp;quot; ma niente sui &amp;quot;rotini&amp;quot;.&#xA;Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per esempio, ecco un &amp;quot;rotini&amp;quot; in un sacchetto di tortiglioni&amp;quot;: &#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/17W3S.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/17W3S.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2725" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2020-12-23T08:15:36.380" LastActivityDate="2020-12-23T08:15:36.380" Title="Qual è il singolare di &quot;rotini&quot;? Anche, &quot;tortiglioni&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13401" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13400" CreationDate="2020-12-21T08:12:47.333" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il singolare di tortiglioni è &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/tortiglione/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;tortiglione&lt;/a&gt;.&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Rotini&lt;/em&gt; (singolare, rotino, piccola ruota) non è il nome comunemente usato in italiano per indicare quel formato di pasta, diremmo:&#xA;&amp;quot;C'è un &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fusillo&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; in un pacchetto di tortiglioni&amp;quot; :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastActivityDate="2020-12-21T08:12:47.333" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13402" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13406" CreationDate="2020-12-25T00:19:04.487" Score="0" ViewCount="125" Body="&lt;p&gt;Usually the &lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt; does not pose problems for me understanding Italian. But recently twice I have heard while watching some old movies the word &lt;strong&gt;baldracca&lt;/strong&gt;, and the b sounded both times for me like &lt;strong&gt;v&lt;/strong&gt;. Is this word an exception, or it's me not hearing properly?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;UPDATE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Thank you guys for answering my question. I have upped the volume considerably&#xA;and now I hear the propper &lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;The movie where I heard first the word was &lt;strong&gt;I Marziani Hanno 12 Mani 1964&lt;/strong&gt;,&#xA;and the word is pronounced on 1:18:17 and again a second later.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6430" LastEditorUserId="6430" LastEditDate="2020-12-25T12:56:20.843" LastActivityDate="2020-12-27T18:45:36.223" Title="Confused with the sound of b in one word" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13403" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13404" CreationDate="2020-12-25T10:50:16.397" Score="0" ViewCount="74" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Con gli occhi chiusi&lt;/em&gt; di Federigo Tozzi  ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nelle ore di caldo asfissiante, quando la trattoria restava vuota, lo sguattero e il cuoco dormivano con il capo appoggiato sopra il ceppo, coprendosi con i loro grembiuli per via delle mosche che volavano su gli strofinacci untuosi; si fermavano, tutte accosto, intorno ad una goccia di brodo rimasta sopra la tavola; camminavano in su e in giù sopra i pezzi della carne, &lt;strong&gt;striscindovisi&lt;/strong&gt; sopra. La marmittona di rame seguitava a bollire; un gatto, sotto la tavola, rosicchiava. Una cannella d'ottone, mal chiusa, sgocciolava con un sibilo incessante. Le due zangole battevano, sopra una parete, i riflessi trasparenti della loro acqua; che, di quando in quando, erano attraversati dall'ombra di una mosca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La mia domanda è su questo &amp;quot;striscindovisi&amp;quot; che appare nel brano sopra citato. Di quale verbo si tratta? &amp;quot;Striscire&amp;quot;? &amp;quot;Striscirsi&amp;quot;? Non ho trovato tali vocaboli su nessun dizionario, inclusi il Treccani e il &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt; (GDLI).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E cosa significa? Magari &amp;quot;strisciarsi&amp;quot; (sui pezzi di carne)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Devo dire che molti dei termini che appaiono su questo libro li ho trovati soltanto sul GDLI, che cita nelle voci corrispondenti molti esempi di Tozzi, tra i quali molti di questo romanzo. Aggiungo anche che si tratta di un testo con molti toscanismi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2020-12-25T20:50:30.150" LastActivityDate="2020-12-25T20:50:30.150" Title="&quot;Striscindovisi&quot;: quale verbo è e cosa significa?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="5" ClosedDate="2020-12-25T20:57:21.383" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13404" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13403" CreationDate="2020-12-25T14:06:14.823" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;A me di primo istinto verrebbe da dire che è un errore di stampa per &lt;em&gt;strisci&lt;strong&gt;a&lt;/strong&gt;ndovisi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2020-12-25T14:06:14.823" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13405" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13349" CreationDate="2020-12-25T23:15:52.767" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi lancio in una proposta “indecente”:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;leakage bandwidth → &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/trapelamento/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;trapelamento&lt;/a&gt; (senza ampiezza di banda né altro – al limite “entità del trapelamento”)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;leakage scheme → schema di trapelamento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse aggiungerei anche l'originale inglese tra parentesi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La traduzione verrebbe più o meno così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.3 Trapelamento (leakage bandwidth)&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Definiamo ora il trapelamento (leakage bandwidth) nei crittosistemi.&#xA;Si riferisce a ciò che può trapelare da crittosistemi (p. es.&#xA;generazione di chiavi, o scambio di chiavi) che sono invocati&#xA;ripetutamente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Definizione 4.&lt;/strong&gt; Uno schema di trapelamento (&lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;) è un meccanismo&#xA;SETUP che fa trapelare &lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt; chiavi o messaggi segreti su &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt; messaggi&#xA;prodotti dal dispositivo crittografico (&lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt; ≤ &lt;em&gt;n&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'attacco al logaritmo discreto che presentiamo è uno schema di trapelamento&#xA;(1,2) in cui con due generazioni di chiave siamo in grado di far&#xA;trapelare una chiave all'attaccante. Mostriamo come questo schema può&#xA;essere esteso per diventare uno schema di trapelamento (&lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;em&gt;m&lt;/em&gt;+1).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="421" LastEditorUserId="421" LastEditDate="2020-12-26T15:26:08.077" LastActivityDate="2020-12-26T15:26:08.077" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13406" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13402" CreationDate="2020-12-27T18:45:36.223" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word &amp;quot;baldracca&amp;quot; isn't an exception. As you can see, according to &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=76992&amp;amp;r=3965&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Dizionario d’ortografia e di pronunzia&lt;/a&gt;, its &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;b&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; it's pronounced [b].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2020-12-27T18:45:36.223" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13407" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-12-28T18:30:26.170" Score="3" ViewCount="94" Body="&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno sa (con fonti, ovviamente) come mai in italiano usiamo i nomi locali per indicare gli imperatori austriaco o tedesco (&lt;em&gt;Kaiser&lt;/em&gt;, che deriva da “Caesar”), russo (&lt;em&gt;Zar&lt;/em&gt;, idem) e qualche volta etiope (&lt;em&gt;negus&lt;/em&gt;, ma che in realtà se non erro significa “re”), ma non per esempio per quelli britannico, francese, giapponese, dell'antica Roma o di Bisanzio, per menzionare solo quelli di cui si parla di più?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2020-12-28T18:30:26.170" Title="Modi diversi per chiamare gli imperatori" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13408" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11582" CreationDate="2020-12-29T15:15:31.687" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo una proposta di traduzione per&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Los enemigos del régimen se estaban aprovechando de este pretexto para decir que las elecciones fueron una farsa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con questa versione in italiano&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I nemici del regime si stavano avvantaggiando di questo pretesto per dire che si trattava di elezioni farsa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;'Elezioni farsa'&lt;/strong&gt; è una traduzione sulla falsariga di espressioni che sono assolutamente comuni in italiano e nel linguaggio giornalistico in particolare, come &amp;quot;processo farsa&amp;quot; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Processo_farsa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Processo_farsa&lt;/a&gt;), ed esattamente con la stessa accezione riportata dalla RAE per lo spagnolo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui alcuni esempi presi dai quotidiani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maduro: se perdo, lascio. L'opposizione: elezioni farsa, non votate&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.avvenire.it/mondo/pagine/maduro-se-perdo-stavolta-me-ne-vado-guaid-boicotta-gi-deciso-il-risultato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.avvenire.it/mondo/pagine/maduro-se-perdo-stavolta-me-ne-vado-guaid-boicotta-gi-deciso-il-risultato&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo votano due venezuelani su 10. Maduro festeggia le elezioni farsa&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ilgiornale.it/news/politica/votano-due-venezuelani-su-10-maduro-festeggia-elezioni-farsa-1908257.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.ilgiornale.it/news/politica/votano-due-venezuelani-su-10-maduro-festeggia-elezioni-farsa-1908257.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Algeria al voto tra proteste e boicottaggi: &amp;quot;Elezioni farsa&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.repubblica.it/esteri/2019/12/12/news/algeria_al_voto_tra_proteste_e_boicottagi_elezioni_farsa_-243245452/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.repubblica.it/esteri/2019/12/12/news/algeria_al_voto_tra_proteste_e_boicottagi_elezioni_farsa_-243245452/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6813" LastActivityDate="2020-12-29T15:15:31.687" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13409" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13349" CreationDate="2020-12-30T11:02:45.630" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Tradurre in italiano certe espressioni tecniche implica che il lettore perderà i riferimenti quando andrà a leggere altra documentazione che sarà quasi esclusivamente inlingua inglese, quindi il mio consiglio è non tradurre o almeno lasciare il riferimento all'originale inglese.&#xA;In informatica la maggior parte della letteratura traduce:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Leakage come perdita.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bandwidth come banda o ampiezza del canale. In questo caso userei ampiezza.&#xA;Ampiezza della perdita rende bene l'idea e non è pesante&#xA;Schema è strano e mi dà l'idea che l'autore non fosse madrelingua inglese. Non è un termine molto usato in informatica. Forse configurazione potrebbe essere il termine giusto in questo caso&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3608" LastEditorUserId="3608" LastEditDate="2020-12-30T11:10:21.577" LastActivityDate="2020-12-30T11:10:21.577" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13410" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13412" CreationDate="2020-12-30T22:35:46.850" Score="2" ViewCount="91" Body="&lt;p&gt;In the lyrics of the song &amp;quot;Un fachiro al cinema&amp;quot; by Paolo Conte, we see &amp;quot;passasse&amp;quot; (congiuntivo imperfetto) occur as the main verb of the first sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Passasse il sole lontanamente da qui&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Sopra le nebbie dell'arte! Io sì&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Come un fachiro mi stiro e rigiro&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;E mi storco e contorco&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Ti guardo e non guardo più…&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is my guess correct that an unrealised wish is implied -- that is, &amp;quot;(I wish that) the sun were passing far away from here&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1186" LastEditorUserId="1186" LastEditDate="2020-12-31T07:21:03.347" LastActivityDate="2020-12-31T16:40:44.217" Title="What does the imperfect subjunctive mean on its own (not introduced by che)?" Tags="&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13411" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2020-12-31T14:12:56.800" Score="1" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao!&#xA;Sapete dove potrei incontrare parole italiane con il suo rispettivo livello CEFR?&#xA;Per esempio, il dizionario di Cambridge:&#xA;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/UBatj.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/UBatj.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="684" LastActivityDate="2020-12-31T14:12:56.800" Title="Trovare rispettivo livello CEFR delle parole" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13412" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13410" CreationDate="2020-12-31T15:08:04.607" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Here the imperfect subjunctive is used to express a strong desire or a desire that cannot possibly be fulfilled.&#xA;You can translate the sentence as &amp;quot;if only the sun could pass...&amp;quot; / &amp;quot;I wish the sun were passing...&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Imperfect subjunctive is also used to express a possibility that is unlikely to happen (but not necessarily impossible), impossible to happen or is not happening now (but could happen in the future). In this case, often the &amp;quot;if&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;se&amp;quot;) is implied:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;(Se) Studiassi con più impegno, i tuoi voti sarebbero migliori&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;(If) You studied harder, your grades would be better&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;(Se) Fossi in te, non lo farei&amp;quot; = &amp;quot;(If) I were you, I would not do it&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2020-12-31T16:40:44.217" LastActivityDate="2020-12-31T16:40:44.217" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13413" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6231" CreationDate="2020-12-31T16:28:11.147" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Premesso che quanto segue è solo un'ipotesi personale e che non ho alcuna competenza linguistica o filologica per fare alcuna affermazione al riguardo, credo che il fenomeno possa essere spiegato, almeno in parte, dall'evoluzione dei costumi e della mentalità nel tempo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ricordo che, quando da bambino dicevo &amp;quot;voglio&amp;quot;, nove volte su dieci i miei nonni mi rispondevano che &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;l'erba voglio non cresce neppure nel giardino del re&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&#xA;Consideravano &amp;quot;voglio&amp;quot; un'espressione &amp;quot;forte&amp;quot;, quasi maleducata, come se si esprimesse una pretesa più che una volontà, ed era abbastanza comune esprimere una volontà con termini meno netti (augurarsi, caldeggiare, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel tempo questa attitudine è cambiata. Credo che due fattori determinanti possano essere stati il boom economico ed i movimenti degli anni '68 e '77: il primo ha messo molte più persone nelle condizioni materiali di poter volere qualcosa, mentre i secondi hanno contribuito a sdoganare dal punto di vista culturale l'idea che si potesse lecitamente volere qualcosa e chiederlo a gran voce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E' possibile che, quel &amp;quot;fortemente&amp;quot; sia entrato in auge e divenuto via via più comune man mano che &amp;quot;volere&amp;quot; ha perso la forza intrinseca che aveva prima, diventando una neutra espressione di un desiderio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastActivityDate="2020-12-31T16:28:11.147" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13415" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6331" CreationDate="2021-01-02T02:33:57.747" Score="1" Body="&lt;h2&gt;Planning&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Before start, planning is important. The main question is: do you know how to learn? I didn't, when I started learning italian. I spent 5 years in a class, learning &amp;amp; forgetting, the sad duo that made me think &amp;quot;I wasn't good with languages, my memory is bad&amp;quot;, when, in fact, I was studying it all wrong. I didn't review anything. I just went to classes and did only one time the exercises. Sometimes, not even once.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you truly want to learn and retain the knowledge, you need to understand the &lt;a href=&quot;https://qz.com/1213768/the-forgetting-curve-explains-why-humans-struggle-to-memorize/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;The Ebbinghaus Forgetting Curve&lt;/a&gt;, essential to grasp  &lt;strong&gt;how and when we forget.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In terms of the best language method, it is only possible to determine a good learning technique (because &amp;quot;the best&amp;quot; is complex, some may say it is even impossible to determinate) based on your specific needs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Are you interested more in comprehension? Fluency? Pass some certification? Just talk in a bar? Acquire an superb pronunciation? Each of these objectives could have the same study approach, but it is not recommended to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Learning how to learn&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, there are some guidelines about learning how to learn (not only languages) that could help you in a meaningful way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Barbara Oakley summarizes a vast study about learning and memorization in her two wonderful coursera courses:&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.coursera.org/learn/learning-how-to-learn&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Learning how to Learn&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;https://youtu.be/O96fE1E-rf8&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;also a TEDx&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.coursera.org/learn/mindshift&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Mindshift&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCoOae5nYA7VqaXzerajD0lg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Active Recall&lt;/a&gt;, also &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fDbxPVn02VU&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ali video about it&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There are some books out there about learning, worth to take a look, if you have some time: &lt;a href=&quot;https://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/com/0674729013&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Make it Stick&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.amazon.com/Barbara-Oakley-PhD/e/B000AP9ZR4/ref=pd_sim_14_bl_10?_encoding=UTF8&amp;amp;pd_rd_i=039916524X&amp;amp;pd_rd_r=1d609a8d-3489-45ac-b283-57a142adbc3c&amp;amp;pd_rd_w=x4kdh&amp;amp;pd_rd_wg=c9J6W&amp;amp;pf_rd_p=52622570-ce87-4046-87cf-402c2bd33577&amp;amp;pf_rd_r=ETEFTQ5BSYSF5ZKZG4EE&amp;amp;refRID=ETEFTQ5BSYSF5ZKZG4EE&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Barbara Oakley books&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Understand and use summaries, highlights and spaced reviews. These are the gold of learning. spaced repetition + good summaries + well done highlights to revisit important concepts in a large document&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Reading passively is &lt;strong&gt;very different&lt;/strong&gt; of active recall on studied material, for example.&#xA;Learn how to learn and you will unlock a better and easier way to learn, enjoying the ride and stick to your language learning journey.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Tips for language learning&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;it is tiring in the very beginning: one wants to stop, because words are easily forgotten (as you also stated). Frequently, you are not able to even understand the meaning of a sentence.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;grammar is important, but vocabulary is essential. You can go by with little grammar, but not without vocabulary. It is key to understand what others say to motivate yourself to keep going.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;vocabulary repetition is needed. anki is a good software to help you to remember. Even more, to help you remember the rare words. Those you see sometimes. Expressions. Modo di dire, slangs...&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;surround yourself with material from the language you want to learn: books, news, youtube videos, forums like these, meet native people online, etc.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do you want to really test if you grasped something? Grab a paper and pencil and write down without any support material. You will be surprised by how hard it is. But that's how we fill the gaps about learning. The hard, slow way. No magic and miracle methods, no &amp;quot;learn a language in six months&amp;quot; &lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Tips about what to learn&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The material depends, if you are going to learn alone or engage in some class. I don't know any material with good quality to self-study, because all textbooks I used, required a teacher to follow using the full potential. A quick search in Google didn't show up anything good to me, so I ask to my colleagues on this forum to give you some advice about it.&#xA;I can tell you one book I liked was &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.amazon.com.br/English-Grammar-Answers-Interactive-eBook/dp/1108586627&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;English Grammar in Use&lt;/a&gt;, to self-study English. Bite-size grammar rules + exercises. Perfect! Look for something like that in italian :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Who to watch&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If I were to start any language learning today, I will definitely observe two groups of people:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;teachers! they already studied and, most important, they advise&#xA;dozens of students. They know how the path to learning is and how&#xA;long (in average) will take you to complete it.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;who study for languages certifications (like CILS, CELI, TOEFL,&#xA;CPE...). Of course to ace an exam is not only about learning. On the&#xA;other hand, it shows you where to focus to learn objectively. I&#xA;would not copy the learning style, but to understand how someone&#xA;achieved his goals. An example: &lt;a href=&quot;http://brianjx.altervista.org/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;a guy who passed italian C2&#xA;test&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://brianjx.altervista.org/GermanC2exam.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;German C2&lt;/a&gt; is a good start.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;How to understand your progress&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Always test. Learning is not a linear subject. Study, review, do a lot of exercises.&#xA;Retake what you got wrong until you get it right.&#xA;Try new methods! Nothing is 100% exact. The brain is too complex...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;What I would not to do&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Watch anything that mix these words: &amp;quot;easy&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fast&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;without effort&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;language hack&amp;quot;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;ignore the culture of the language I am learning about. Culture and history helps you understand and memorize in a more concise way&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;focus on quantity over quality. I observe, frequently, people talking how many books they read or how many words they studied. Does it matter? For me, what matters is how &lt;strong&gt;you use&lt;/strong&gt; what you learn, not some random numbers. Keeping in mind the forgetting curve, it is interesting to revisit the books you&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="684" LastActivityDate="2021-01-02T02:33:57.747" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13416" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13417" CreationDate="2021-01-02T17:46:31.283" Score="3" ViewCount="110" Body="&lt;p&gt;I was reading about where to place Italian stress and how to pronounce &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; &amp;amp; &lt;em&gt;gi&lt;/em&gt;. On this site&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_orthography#C_and_G&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_orthography#C_and_G&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;there's a paragraph that says the following: in &lt;em&gt;camicia&lt;/em&gt; the first &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; is stressed thus -cia is pronounced /tʃa/. That is confusing me because the stress is not on the final a so applying what I just read I thought &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; should be stressed &amp;amp; that is incorrect... put another way the second to last syllables stressed and no other vowels are therefore &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is /tʃ/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for this other example &lt;em&gt;farmacia&lt;/em&gt; there is no grave marker on the final a and I just suppose the stress is on the second to last syllable which means the second a would be stressed - however if none of the other vowels are supposed to be stressed except for one then why does the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; get pronounced as /i/?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6859" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-03T07:52:16.393" LastActivityDate="2021-01-20T11:07:52.740" Title="The orthography of gi and ci" Tags="&lt;pronunciation&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13417" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13416" CreationDate="2021-01-03T08:38:25.737" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Italian there are no hard and fast rules about stress. Even native speakers sometimes (often?) get it wrong on unfamiliar words. The only way to find the correct position of the stress of any given word is to consult a dictionary. Let's do it together for the words that confuse you. I will use the &lt;em&gt;Vocabolario Treccani&lt;/em&gt;, as it is free online and quite good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &lt;em&gt;camicia&lt;/em&gt; the Vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/camicia/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;gives us&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;camìcia&lt;/em&gt;. This indicates that the stress is on the second syllable, in particular the digraph &lt;em&gt;cia&lt;/em&gt; (which carries no stress) represents the sound /tʃa/. On the whole the complete pronunciation of the word is /ka'mitʃa/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the case of &lt;em&gt;farmacia&lt;/em&gt; the Vocabolario &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/farmacia/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;gives us&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;farmacìa&lt;/em&gt;. Note that now the stress is on the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;: this implies that the digraph &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; is not pronounced as the single consonant /tʃ/, but as the syllable /tʃi/. On the whole the pronunciation is /farma'tʃia/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastActivityDate="2021-01-03T08:38:25.737" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13419" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13416" CreationDate="2021-01-03T16:25:18.820" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The letter “i” has a dual usage in Italian orthography. It can represent the vowel /i/ (&lt;em&gt;filo&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;idea&lt;/em&gt;) or the consonant /j/ (&lt;em&gt;ieri&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;febbraio&lt;/em&gt;), but it can also a pure orthographic device to indicate the pronunciation of a preceding &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt; letter as /tʃ/ or /dʒ/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sup&gt;The consonant /j/ is always represented by &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; in current Italian, so we could well say the letter has a three-pronged usage. In the past one could find &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt; representing /j/, the usage only survives in some toponyms or surnames and a few reimported latinisms such as &lt;em&gt;junior&lt;/em&gt; and similar.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the second case it is not pronounced at all. For instance&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;anca&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced /'an.ka/ (hip)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;ancia&lt;/em&gt; is pronounced /'an.tʃa/ (reed)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, this poses some problems because the tonic accent position is not generally marked in Italian orthography. A &lt;em&gt;non&lt;/em&gt; minimal pair that could be tough for beginners is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;maga&lt;/em&gt; /'ma.ga/ (sorceress)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;magia&lt;/em&gt; /ma.'dʒi.a/ (magic, enchantment)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The second word has three syllables and the tonic accent is on the vowel [i]. How do I know? Because I know Italian! There's no hint from the orthography that can help to guess the right pronunciation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even the plural form doesn't help! The plural of &lt;em&gt;camicia&lt;/em&gt; is spelled &lt;em&gt;camicie&lt;/em&gt;, just like the plural of &lt;em&gt;farmacia&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;farmacie&lt;/em&gt;. But &lt;em&gt;camicie&lt;/em&gt; has three syllables, and &lt;em&gt;farmacie&lt;/em&gt; still is four syllables /far.ma.'tʃi.e/.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other cases it can help, because the plural of &lt;em&gt;maga&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;maghe&lt;/em&gt; (the &lt;em&gt;h&lt;/em&gt; keeps the /g/ pronunciation) and the plural of &lt;em&gt;magia&lt;/em&gt; is &lt;em&gt;magie&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;One might say that in &lt;em&gt;farmacia&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;magia&lt;/em&gt; the &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt; has both functions active: vowel marker &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; “softener marker” for &lt;em&gt;c&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;g&lt;/em&gt;. Unfortunately, the orthographic conventions of Italian don't help in correctly placing the tonic accent.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Only the dictionary can help, I'm afraid. Other examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;bigia&lt;/em&gt; /'bi.dʒa/ (ash grey [feminine adjective])&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;bugia&lt;/em&gt; /bu.'dʒi.a/ (lie)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Belgio&lt;/em&gt; /'bel.dʒo/ (Belgium)&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;nostalgia&lt;/em&gt; /nos.tal.'dʒi.a/ (nostalgia, homesickness)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;vocio&lt;/em&gt; /vo.'tʃi.o/ (clamour), with plural &lt;em&gt;vocii&lt;/em&gt; (yes, with two &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;’s)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;regia&lt;/em&gt; /'re.dʒa/ (royal [feminine adjective])&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;regia&lt;/em&gt; /re.'dʒi.a/ (direction [films or stage])&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The last two words are written the same way, but pronounced very differently (thanks to DaG for mentioning them). There is also the pair of names&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lucio&lt;/em&gt; /'lu.tʃo/ [masculine]&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Lucia&lt;/em&gt; /lu.'tʃi.a/ [feminine]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Both names come from Latin &lt;em&gt;lux&lt;/em&gt;, but for some reasons the accent has been moved in the feminine version.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2021-01-20T11:07:52.740" LastActivityDate="2021-01-20T11:07:52.740" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13420" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3937" CreationDate="2021-01-04T06:59:59.023" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel 1996 uscì nelle sale un film con Diego Abatantuono (“il barbiere di Rio”) in cui Abatantuono veniva chiamato dai brasiliani “zio bello”...in quegli anni io ed un mio amico eravamo a Roma da studenti universitari e cominciammo a chiamarci tra di noi “zio bello”...spesso sentivamo dire “Bella fratè!”...ci venne in mente di sostituire “fratè” con “zio”...così anziché dire “zio bello” abbiamo cominciato a dire “bella zio!”.&#xA;Non vorrei dire una cavolata, ma credo che l’espressione “bella zio” e “bella zì” l’abbiamo coniata noi per gioco...divenne in poco un must nella nostra cerchia di amici...era appunto il 1996&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6865" LastActivityDate="2021-01-04T06:59:59.023" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13421" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13392" CreationDate="2021-01-04T13:44:38.250" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao Micina! Non è tanto difficile, ce la puoi fare, non scoraggiarti. Vediamo se riesco a spiegare in modo semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcune lingue usano le &amp;quot;doppie negazioni&amp;quot;, l'italiano è una di queste. Quindi per negare qualcosa puoi usare due negazioni. La prima è &amp;quot;non&amp;quot;, la seconda è una parola negativa come un pronome/aggettivo (e.g. nessuno) o un avverbio (e.g. mai) che indica assenza, mancanza. Alcuni esempi già citati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non(1) vinco mai(2) al lotto&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non(1) mangio niente(2) di vegano&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non(1) ho visto nessun(2) film interessante ultimamente&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non(1) ho incontrato nessuno(2) in libreria&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu giustamente pensi: &amp;quot;non mai&amp;quot; significa &amp;quot;sempre&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;non niente&amp;quot; significa &amp;quot;tutto&amp;quot;. Ragionando in modo logico è così, ma la struttura della doppia negazione non segue queste regole logiche. Allora devi ricordare che &amp;quot;non&amp;quot; seguito da un'altra negazione significa sempre una negazione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non devi usare la doppia negazione per forza, quando vuoi negare qualcosa. Guarda, l'ho appena fatto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Non(1) devi usare la doppia negazione per forza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa è una negazione sola, però il significato rimane negativo. L'importante è che la negazione sola sia &amp;quot;non&amp;quot;. Le altre parole negative (e.g. nessuno, niente) hanno regole più complesse, a volte puoi usarle da sole nelle negazioni a volte no, e dipende dalla loro posizione all'interno della frase. Quindi per adesso ignorerei questa parte, e riassumendo direi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;NON + VERBO è una negazione semplice. Significato finale negativo. E.g. &lt;em&gt;non mi piace la carne&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;NON + VERBO + PAROLA NEGATIVA è una negazione doppia. Significato finale negativo o fortemente negativo. E.g. &lt;em&gt;non mi piace nessuna verdura&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;PAROLA NEGATIVA da sola, senza il &amp;quot;non&amp;quot;. Non usarla se non hai imparato bene le altre due opzioni precedenti.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Infine, chiedevi come mai la lingua italiana si comporta così. Perché esiste la doppia negazione? A quanto pare deriva dal latino (chi l'avrebbe mai detto!). Nel latino classico due negazioni affermano, nel latino volgare due negazioni rinforzano la negazione. Da quest'ultimo caso deriva la doppia negazione dell'italiano corrente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonte: &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/sulla-costruzione-della-frase-negativa-in-italiano/169&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/sulla-costruzione-della-frase-negativa-in-italiano/169&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6863" LastActivityDate="2021-01-04T13:44:38.250" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13423" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13424" CreationDate="2021-01-08T13:46:14.013" Score="6" ViewCount="579" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am writing an email in Italian to a female HR manager. I was going to write &amp;quot;Buongiorno Sig.ra ____&amp;quot;, but I don't know if this would be proper given that she may not be married. What is proper in this situation?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerDisplayName="user4947" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-08T16:58:46.110" LastActivityDate="2021-01-09T10:34:32.087" Title="Signora or Signorina when marriage status unknown" Tags="&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;letter-writing&gt;" AnswerCount="3" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13424" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13423" CreationDate="2021-01-08T14:58:53.337" Score="8" Body="&lt;p&gt;Probably neither. Since in Italian whoever as a &lt;em&gt;laurea&lt;/em&gt; (the lowest universitary degree) is entitled to be called &lt;em&gt;dottore&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;dottoressa&lt;/em&gt; for a female, chances are that whoever holds a high-level post in a firm or other organisation has this title. So to be on the safe, you may use &lt;em&gt;dott.&lt;/em&gt; for a male and &lt;em&gt;dott.ssa&lt;/em&gt; (or &lt;em&gt;dott.&lt;/em&gt;) for a female.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt; / &lt;em&gt;signorina&lt;/em&gt;, the use of the latter is dwindling, and the trend is towards a generalised use of &lt;em&gt;signora&lt;/em&gt;, whatever the marital status of the woman involved. For more on this, if your Italian is good enough, see, on the website of Accademia della Crusca, what &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/signora-o-signorina/1253&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;linguist Paolo D'Achille explains&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2021-01-08T14:58:53.337" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13425" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13423" CreationDate="2021-01-08T16:18:53.660" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;You usually start formal letters with &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;gentile&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; (literally kind), which can be followed by the recipient's &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;titolo&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; (title, qualification). If someone is in a public position they will usually have some sort of profile online that tells you what their qualifications are. Check that and write &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;dottoressa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; (f. graduate) if she has a degree, or you can also write  &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;professoressa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; (f. professor) if she teaches. You have to check though, if she doesn't actually have a degree it would be awkward to call her dottoressa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Even if she has no qualification I would avoid &amp;quot;signora&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;signorina&amp;quot; and simply go for &amp;quot;gentile&amp;quot; + her name and surname, in this order. &amp;quot;Signora&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signorina&amp;quot; feel dated and there's always a chance you make her feel old or weird if you use the wrong one. If your tone is right your letter can sound formal and polite enough even without &amp;quot;signora&amp;quot;/&amp;quot;signorina&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6863" LastActivityDate="2021-01-08T16:18:53.660" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13426" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13423" CreationDate="2021-01-09T10:29:01.293" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In my experience, the most common solution is avoiding the problem by using a different salutation (for instance, just &lt;em&gt;buongiorno&lt;/em&gt;) or switching to a first-name basis earlier than normal practice would suggest (in particular, &lt;em&gt;gentile Anna&lt;/em&gt; would sound perfectly OK between coworkers in a firm with a relaxed culture).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I don't tend to 'doctor' people I don't know, and I very seldom look their title up. But that might just be a cultural preference; I can see other people doing differently, in contexts where degrees have a higher perceived importance.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastEditorUserId="928" LastEditDate="2021-01-09T10:34:32.087" LastActivityDate="2021-01-09T10:34:32.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13428" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-01-09T18:57:13.543" Score="2" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel romanzo &lt;em&gt;Con gli occhi chiusi&lt;/em&gt; di Federigo Tozzi  ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;     Pietro, con gratitudine, sentiva vicino a Ghìsola le sue prime emozioni delicate. Ammirò un fiore quando gli venne voglia di coglierlo per lei; e, non arrischiandosi, lo buttava via; quando era ancora per non crederci, provando una diminuzione di se stesso. E come tutta la natura gli apparve a un tratto misteriosa, con violenza! Qualche cosa da disperarsene! &lt;br&gt;&#xA;     Era stato bocconi in terra, chiudendo tra le braccia un pulcino per tenerlo con sé! Aveva aiutato le formiche, togliendo dal loro cammino un bastone che dovevano valicare esitando e poi disperate: tremolando con un chicco troppo grosso, che le faceva cadere capovolte! Teneva con tenerezza un &lt;strong&gt;indovinello&lt;/strong&gt; in mano, e lo rimproverava quando volava via!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapreste spiegarmi il significato di &amp;quot;indovinello&amp;quot; in questo brano? Ho cercato su parecchi dizionari, inclusi il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/indovinello&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI07/00000853.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma nessuna delle accezioni che ho trovato sembra avere senso nel contesto del testo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Forse dovreste sapere che si tratta di in romanzo con molti toscanismi. Aggiungo anche che molti dei vocaboli su cui ho avuto dei dubbi li ho trovati soltanto sul GDLI, che cita nelle voci corrispondenti molti esempi di Tozzi, tra i quali molti di questo romanzo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-01-11T16:11:44.987" Title="Significato di &quot;indovinello&quot; in questo contesto" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13430" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="3937" CreationDate="2021-01-10T16:19:18.390" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Cerco di rispondere alla domanda sul senso dell'espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nessuno ha spiegato il significato di &amp;quot;bella&amp;quot;, fondamentale per capire &amp;quot;bella, zio&amp;quot;. È la parte più difficile per i non italiani, che non capiscono perché è al femminile. È al femminile perché &amp;quot;bella, zio&amp;quot; ha sottinteso (&amp;quot;understood&amp;quot; in English) &amp;quot;hai fatto/detto&amp;quot;, quindi è una abbreviazione della frase: &amp;quot;bella cosa hai fatto/detto, zio&amp;quot;. Vivo negli USA da tanti anni e aggiungerei che l'equivalente americano di &amp;quot;bella, zio&amp;quot; è &amp;quot;sweet, bro&amp;quot;. Per noi italiani è una bella cosa, per gli americani è una cosa letteralmente &amp;quot;dolce&amp;quot;, ma col senso generale di &amp;quot;piacevole&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6886" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-10T17:40:14.790" LastActivityDate="2021-01-10T17:40:14.790" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13431" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13432" CreationDate="2021-01-10T18:49:13.787" Score="0" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel &lt;em&gt;Gattopardo&lt;/em&gt; di Tommasi di Lampedusa ho letto (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questi pensieri erano sgradevoli come tutti quelli che ci fanno comprendere le cose troppo tardi e l’aspetto del Principe, la sua figura, divennero tanto solenni e neri che sembrava seguisse un carro funebre invisibile. Soltanto la violenza con la quale i &lt;strong&gt;nottolini&lt;/strong&gt; della strada venivano schizzati via dall’urto rabbioso dei piedi rivelava i conflitti interni; è superfluo dire che il nastro della sua tuba era vergine di qualsiasi cartello ma agli occhi di chi lo conoscesse un “sì” e un “no” alternati s’inseguivano sulla lucentezza del feltro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riesco neppure a poter in certo modo &amp;quot;dedurre&amp;quot; dal contesto cosa possano essere questi &amp;quot;nottolini della strada&amp;quot; di cui parla il testo? Magari i sassolini che trovava il Principe di Salina al suo passaggio? Qualcuno di voi saprebbe spiegarlo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho ricercato alla &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI11/00000601.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;nottolino&amp;quot; del &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ma non mi sembra di trovare nessuna accezione che possa avere senso nel brano citato sopra. Ho anche datto un'occhiata ad altri vocabolari, ma il GDLI mi è parso il più completo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-01-11T10:43:27.853" Title="Cosa sono &quot;i nottolini della strada&quot;?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ClosedDate="2021-01-10T21:20:14.080" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13432" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13431" CreationDate="2021-01-10T20:12:21.850" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra si tratti di un refuso. Si tratta di &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.it/books?id=WNerkZI2NxEC&amp;amp;pg=PA106&amp;amp;lpg=PA106&amp;amp;dq=questi%20pensieri%20erano%20sgradevoli%20come%20tutti%20quelli%20che%20ci%20fanno%20comprendere%20le%20cose%20troppo%20tardi%20e%20l%E2%80%99aspetto%20del%20principe,%20la%20sua%20figura,%20divennero%20tanto%20solenni%20e%20neri%20che%20sembrava%20seguisse%20un%20carro%20funebre%20invisibile.%20soltanto%20la%20violenza%20con%20la%20quale%20i%20nottolini%20della%20strada%20venivano%20schizzati%20via%20dall%E2%80%99urto%20rabbioso%20dei%20piedi%20rivelava%20i%20conflitti%20interni;&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=a2URwho4Hi&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U06Mgx2acJyBAetsF424siBQL15Ag&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiRo4vzlZLuAhUDH-wKHdqADCcQ6AEwAnoECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=ciottolini&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ciottolini&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Soltanto la violenza con la quale i &lt;strong&gt;ciottolini&lt;/strong&gt; della strada venivano schizzati via dall’urto rabbioso dei piedi rivelava [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-01-11T10:43:27.853" LastActivityDate="2021-01-11T10:43:27.853" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13433" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13428" CreationDate="2021-01-11T15:54:08.080" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che la frase vada letta in relazione ad una precedente, ovvero:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E come tutta la natura gli apparve a un tratto &lt;strong&gt;misteriosa&lt;/strong&gt;, con&#xA;violenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da cui l'uso di &amp;quot;indovinello&amp;quot; per indicare le piccole creature con cui il protagonista interagisce (ad esempio un pulcino, una formica e quant'altro), da interpretare proprio nell'accezione di enigma, mistero.&#xA;Per il protagonista ogni elemento naturale è un indovinello, in quanto parte di quella natura che gli appare misteriosa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-01-11T16:11:44.987" LastActivityDate="2021-01-11T16:11:44.987" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13434" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13435" CreationDate="2021-01-14T17:40:29.520" Score="4" ViewCount="178" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;A causa di quest'ultimo provvedimento il nostro quartiere potrebbe restare l'unica isola felice di tutta la città.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Vorrei tradurre &amp;quot;isola felice&amp;quot; in inglese ma devo capire il significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="523" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-14T22:03:55.627" LastActivityDate="2021-01-15T16:37:24.937" Title="&quot;Isola felice&quot;: che significa?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13435" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13434" CreationDate="2021-01-14T18:18:06.567" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Come senza dubbio sai, &lt;em&gt;isola felice&lt;/em&gt; si può tradurre letteralmente come &lt;em&gt;happy island&lt;/em&gt;. Questa però non è una buona traduzione perché non rispetta l'uso metaforico che se ne fa in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di solito &lt;em&gt;isola felice&lt;/em&gt; viene usato come espressione per indicare un'area che è l'unica tra tutte quelle che la circondano a conservare (o ad aver mai avuto) qualche caratteristica positiva. Un esempio a caso rubato da &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.de/books?id=72LrBQAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT38&amp;amp;dq=%22isola+felice%22&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwiQ2L--g5zuAhUzwAIHHTmuB4U4RhDoATAJegQIBRAC#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22isola%20felice%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Books&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La Maker Faire è il più grande evento di innovazione al mondo [...]. &lt;strong&gt;Isola felice&lt;/strong&gt; del terzo millennio è qui che questi ultimi mostrano i progetti a cui stanno lavorando [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In questo caso il testo vuole sottolineare il carattere straordinario della Maker Faire, non condiviso da altri eventi simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1818" LastEditorUserId="1818" LastEditDate="2021-01-15T16:37:24.937" LastActivityDate="2021-01-15T16:37:24.937" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13436" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-01-16T11:20:14.880" Score="3" ViewCount="84" Body="&lt;p&gt;In this &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.sputniknews.com/intervista/2021011510011137-nasce-il-partito-dei-rom-in-italia-troppo-odio-verso-di-noi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article from Sputnik Italia website&lt;/a&gt;&#xA;one can read:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi le donne rom sono doppiamente discriminate, per non parlare di quelle che vivono nei campi che sono discriminati il triplo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there any reason why in the second part of the sentence it says &lt;em&gt;discriminati&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;discriminate&lt;/em&gt;? I guess it's either a typo or a rule I'm not familiar with.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6901" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-16T15:57:09.850" LastActivityDate="2021-01-16T17:40:47.273" Title="Le donne rom... sono discriminati?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;gender&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;&lt;moods&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13437" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13436" CreationDate="2021-01-16T15:39:48.567" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Simplifying the structure of your text, it could be rephrased this way:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Oggi le donne rom sono doppiamente discriminate. E quelle che vivono nei campi sono &lt;em&gt;discriminate&lt;/em&gt; il triplo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the second sentence above there is a verb, &lt;em&gt;sono discriminate&lt;/em&gt;, conjugated in the passive voice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As in this instance, Italian passive voice can be constructed with the verb &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; used as an auxiliary verb and past participle of the verb as in these examples by the linguist Luca Serianni in his book &lt;em&gt;Italiano&lt;/em&gt;, a quite complete Italian grammar book:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(io) sono amato &lt;br&gt;&#xA;(voi) sarete pregati &lt;br&gt;&#xA;(tu) saresti giudicato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All verb tenses that are costructed with auxiliary &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; followed by past participle of the verb must have past participle gender and number agreed with the subject: there are no exceptions to this rule.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The subject of the second sentence above is the feminine plural pronoun &lt;em&gt;quelle&lt;/em&gt;, so past participle must also be feminine plural. That is, it should be &lt;em&gt;discriminate&lt;/em&gt; and not &lt;em&gt;*discriminati&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-16T17:40:47.273" LastActivityDate="2021-01-16T17:40:47.273" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13438" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-01-16T18:13:25.360" Score="0" ViewCount="59" Body="&lt;p&gt;Salve, ho avuto una discussione sulla correttezza dell'utilizzo dei due punti nel seguente periodo. In grassetto ho inteso evidenziare le parti che esprimono la logica dell'enunciato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[in riferimento a congelamento e surgelazione] &lt;strong&gt;La differenza&lt;/strong&gt; sostanziale tra le due modalità &lt;strong&gt;è dunque rappresentata dalle temperature&lt;/strong&gt;, più alte nel congelamento rispetto a quelle della surgelazione, &lt;strong&gt;e dal tempo&lt;/strong&gt; utilizzato per raggiungerle&lt;b&gt;: questo favorisce la formazione di macro-cristalli&lt;/b&gt; di ghiacci nei loro tessuti che, per la loro dimensione, provocano una lacerazione delle membrane delle cellule vegetali e animali, consentendo dunque un periodo di conservazione minore per gli alimenti congelati rispetto a quelli surgelati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io ritengo che la funzione grammeticale di &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; sia inequivocabile: esso si riferisce al sostantivo &lt;em&gt;tempo&lt;/em&gt;. Non potrebbe altrimenti, credo, in quanto, tra gli unici due sostantivi che lo precedono, solo &lt;em&gt;tempo&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;congelamento&lt;/em&gt; concordano con esso per genere e numero, e il secondo è non papabile, in quanto &amp;quot;isolato&amp;quot; in un inciso da due virgole.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;D'altra parte, i due punti possono essere sostituiti da un'opportuna congiunzione, in questo caso &lt;em&gt;che&lt;/em&gt;, la quale, pur appesantendo la lettura, a mio parere, evidenzierebbe che effettivamente &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce a &lt;em&gt;tempo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo che percepirei lo stesso significato anche se i due punti fossero sostituiti da un punto fermo, benché, francamente, credo che i due punti mi aiutino a capire che &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; si riferisce all'ultimo sintagma &amp;quot;tempo utilizzato per raggiungerle&amp;quot;, ove mai decidessi che quanto scritto nel precedente capoverso non mi basta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il commento che fa da controaltare alla mio è che &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;dopo i due punti&lt;/strong&gt;, si deve necessariamente riferire al &amp;quot;concetto&amp;quot; che è espresso da &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;tutto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; ciò che precede i due punti (fino all'inizo del periodo, naturalmente). Nell'esempio di cui sopra, &lt;em&gt;questo&lt;/em&gt; si riferirebbe perciò al &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;fatto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; che la differenza […] sia rappresentata dalla temperatura e dal tempo […], per cui il periodo originario potrebbe essere reso così:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Il fatto che la differenza&lt;/strong&gt; sostanziale tra le due modalità &lt;strong&gt;sia dunque rappresentata dalle temperature&lt;/strong&gt;, più alte nel congelamento rispetto a quelle della surgelazione, &lt;strong&gt;e dal tempo&lt;/strong&gt; utilizzato per raggiungerle &lt;strong&gt;favorisce la formazione&lt;/strong&gt; di macro-cristalli di ghiacci nei loro tessuti che, per la loro dimensione, provocano una lacerazione delle membrane delle cellule vegetali e animali, consentendo dunque un periodo di conservazione minore per gli alimenti congelati rispetto a quelli surgelati.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In relazione a questa riscrittura, io ritengo che la struttura logica della frase, &lt;em&gt;Il fatto che A sia rappresentato da B e C favorisce D&lt;/em&gt;, cozzi con la realtà dei fatti, nella quale è &lt;em&gt;C&lt;/em&gt; (il &lt;em&gt;tempo&lt;/em&gt;), e non &lt;em&gt;il fatto che […]&lt;/em&gt;, a favorire &lt;em&gt;D&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Un riferimento ad una buna grammatica sarebbe ottimo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastEditorUserId="2650" LastEditDate="2021-01-16T18:59:49.047" LastActivityDate="2021-01-16T18:59:49.047" Title="&quot;Questo&quot; preceduto dai due punti deve riferirsi al concetto espresso da tutto ciò che lo precede e non solo all'ultimo sintagma?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13439" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-01-16T23:54:06.403" Score="1" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;I just read the following short &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://it.sputniknews.com/scienza-e-tech/202101059974593-identificati-i-prodotti-che-accorciano-la-vita/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Sputnik article&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; and I am left wondering:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Why does it say &lt;em&gt;rinunciarvi&lt;/em&gt; instead of &lt;em&gt;rinunciarci&lt;/em&gt; as far as &lt;em&gt;il gelato&lt;/em&gt; is concerned?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Is it normal to have a phrase like &lt;em&gt;gli esperti consigliano di acquistare carne ovunque sia possibile verificarne la qualità&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'd have added a conjunction between &lt;em&gt;carne&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ovunque&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6901" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2021-02-08T12:12:39.627" LastActivityDate="2021-02-08T12:12:39.627" Title="&quot;Vi&quot; in lieu of &quot;ci&quot; and &quot;ovunque&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;conjunctions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13440" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13439" CreationDate="2021-01-18T15:45:54.550" Score="7" Body="&lt;h3&gt;1. &amp;quot;-vi&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;-ci&amp;quot;&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can do it whenever you want; they are exactly the same, it is just an issue of what sounds better to you (I tend to prefer &amp;quot;-vi&amp;quot; but &amp;quot;-ci&amp;quot; is more common). For example &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;rinunciarci&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; already has the sound &amp;quot;cia&amp;quot; so &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;rinunciarvi&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; might sound better; conversely &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;viverci&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; sounds better than &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;vivervi&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; in almost all cases (unless you explicitly want to repeat the &amp;quot;v&amp;quot; sound for poetic/musical reasons).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;2. &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;Gli esperti consigliano di acquistare carne ovunque sia possibile verificarne la qualità.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;If you add a conjunction, you change the meaning of the sentence.&#xA;As it is now, it means that you should buy meat (only) where you can verify its quality, if you say &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;Gli esperti consigliano di acquistare carne &lt;strong&gt;e&lt;/strong&gt;, ovunque sia possibile, verificarne la qualità.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; it means you should buy meat and, where it is possible, verify its quality (but it is ok even if you buy it from a place where you cannot verify its quality).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-01-18T16:41:03.210" LastActivityDate="2021-01-18T16:41:03.210" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13443" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13444" CreationDate="2021-01-20T10:41:40.487" Score="5" ViewCount="69" Body="&lt;p&gt;Una tecnologia &amp;quot;si applica&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;si usa&amp;quot;?&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Usare&lt;/em&gt; ha un significato più materiale (si &amp;quot;usa&amp;quot; un martello)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;a) &amp;quot;La tecnologia X si usa nel contesto Y&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;b) &amp;quot;La tecnologia X si applica nel contesto Y&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quale tra le due frasi è più corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6907" LastEditorUserId="6634" LastEditDate="2021-01-20T12:45:16.347" LastActivityDate="2021-01-20T12:45:16.347" Title="Le tecnologie si &quot;applicano&quot; o si &quot;usano&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13444" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13443" CreationDate="2021-01-20T10:58:21.307" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le cose; ad esempio, la tecnologia BlueTooth si &lt;em&gt;usa&lt;/em&gt; per trasferire dati e si &lt;em&gt;applica&lt;/em&gt; (o si usa, non vedo perché no) nel campo delle telecomunicazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fra l'altro, non concordo con il fatto che &amp;quot;usare&amp;quot; abbia di per sé un significato più materiale; ad esempio, si usa la ragione, si usa cortesia, si usa la violenza, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/usare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;usare&lt;/a&gt;: 1. tr. a. Fare uso, servirsi di qualcosa, o anche di qualcuno, sia per una particolare  utilizzazione o finalità, sia abitualmente[...omissis...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/applicare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;applicare&lt;/a&gt;: applicare v. tr. [dal lat. applicare, comp. di ad- e plicare «piegare», quindi propr. «inclinare, accostare»] (io àpplico, tu àpplichi, ecc.). – [...omissi...] 2. [...omissis...] d. Impiegare, destinare, dedicare: a. una persona a un ufficio; a. una messa a qualcuno o per qualcuno, celebrarla per conto di persona viva o in suffragio di un defunto.[...omissis...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-01-20T11:29:53.563" LastActivityDate="2021-01-20T11:29:53.563" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13445" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13376" CreationDate="2021-01-20T15:37:24.377" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Che io sappia, le espressioni &amp;quot;dare corda&amp;quot; (assecondare qualcuno) e &amp;quot;tirare (troppo) la corda&amp;quot; (abusare della pazienza o disponibilità di qualcuno) derivano entrambe dal mondo contadino, con riferimento agli animali legati:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;più dai corda, nel senso di allungare la corda a cui è legato, più l'animale ha libertà di movimento (quindi stai assecondando la volontà dell'animale)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;più l'animale tira la corda a cui è legato, più il contadino fatica a trattenerlo (quindi l'animale sta abusando della libertà di movimento che gli è concessa... almeno dal punto di vista del contadino)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda l'interpretazione data dal dizionario Hoepli di &amp;quot;dare abbastanza corda per impiccarsi&amp;quot; potrebbe sì fare riferimento alle esecuzioni ma potrebbe anche far sempre riferimento al mondo contadino: nuovamente, l'animale alla corda, lasciato libero di muoversi senza freni, prima o poi finirebbe con l'aggrovigliarsi/impiccarsi da solo se la corda fosse abbastanza lunga.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'espressione è anche usata nel suo senso letterale di &amp;quot;allungare il tratto di corda a disposizione di chi vi è legato&amp;quot;, nell'ambito dell'alpinismo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastActivityDate="2021-01-20T15:37:24.377" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13446" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13361" CreationDate="2021-01-20T16:53:18.797" Score="-1" Body="&lt;h3&gt;1. Quale verbo?&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel contesto della frase in oggetto, &amp;quot;Sono stato/a (a trovare)&amp;quot; è voce del verbo &amp;quot;stare&amp;quot;, mentre &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot; è usato come ausiliare, per formare il tempo passato (come per qualsiasi verbo intransitivo) su questo non c'è alcun dubbio perché si fa riferimento alla permaneza in un luogo, non ad una condizione intrinseca del soggetto. Quella che in Spagnolo (credo, non lo conosco bene) è la differenza tre &lt;em&gt;ser&lt;/em&gt; ed &lt;em&gt;estar&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[EDIT] In seguito ad alcuni commenti, ho provato ad approfondire ulteriormente quella che a me era apparsa come una cosa evidente. Al momento ho trovato un &lt;a href=&quot;http://forum.accademiadellacrusca.it/forum_12/interventi/5219.shtml.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;post dal forum dell'Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;, in cui si legge:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se ci si riferisce a persone, il verbo stare, nell’uso moderno neutro — diversi, in parte, gli usi passati —, ha generalmente il senso di «soggiornare», «risiedere», o indica la positura, o, ovviamente, le condizioni di salute. Poi ci sono le espressioni idiomatiche, inalterabili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, se ho ben interpretato, nella frase &amp;quot;sono stato a trovare una coppia di amici&amp;quot;, dove evidentemente la permanenza non è abituale, il verbo utilizzato è &lt;strong&gt;essere&lt;/strong&gt;, come aveva correttamente suggerito Denis Nardin. Chiedo scusa per la confusione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;2. Interscambiabilità di &amp;quot;andare a + infinito&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;stare a + infinito&amp;quot;&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono in certa misura interscambiabili ma i due costrutti hanno sfumature diverse: &amp;quot;andare a + infinito&amp;quot; pone l'accento sullo spostamento da un luogo all'altro mentre &amp;quot;stare a  + infinito&amp;quot; pone l'accento sulla permanenza per un certo periodo di tempo: &amp;quot;sono andato a vedere come stava&amp;quot; non da alcuna indicazione della durata della visita mentre &amp;quot;sono stato a vedere come stava&amp;quot; suggerisce una certa permanenza.&#xA;Certamente non sono mai interscambiabili al modo imperativo, perché hanno significati opposti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;3. Tempo verbale&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In linea di massima, il costrutto &amp;quot;stare a + infinito&amp;quot; può essere usato con qualsiasi tempo: &amp;quot;domani &lt;em&gt;starò a prendere&lt;/em&gt; il sole tutto il giorno&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;non vorrai più andare in nessun altro ristorante, dopo che &lt;em&gt;sarai stata a mangiare&lt;/em&gt; lì&amp;quot;.&#xA;Nel caso specifico di &amp;quot;stare a trovare&amp;quot;, usato con il significato di fare visita a qualcuno, la locuzione funziona al passato o al futuro anteriore (&amp;quot;passerò da te alle 14:00, dopo che sarò stato a trovare una coppia di amici&amp;quot;) ma non al presente o al futuro semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece è usata con altro significato, funziona benissimo anche al presente e futuro semplice (ad esempio, &amp;quot;suvvia, non stiamo a trovare il pelo nell'uovo!&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;non ho alcuna intenzione di mentire: non starò a trovare una scusa solo per non urtare la sua sensibilità&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-01-21T14:34:03.973" LastActivityDate="2021-01-21T14:34:03.973" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13447" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-01-22T13:09:32.680" Score="3" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Buongiorno,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando un database di parole italiane che contenga anche informazioni sull'accento tonico - vorrei provare a raggruppare assieme le parole che rimano, e senza accento è impossibile. Con l'accento almeno ci si può provare...&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho trovato un po' di risorse online dove l'accento tonico manca, le posso comunque lasciare qui se qualcuno dovesse averne bisogno:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/mircomacrelli/italian-dictionary&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://github.com/mircomacrelli/italian-dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/titoBouzout/Dictionaries&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://github.com/titoBouzout/Dictionaries&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/pazqo/scalaWords&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://github.com/pazqo/scalaWords&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sapete se ci sono risorse del genere in giro? Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6911" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-22T14:59:00.173" LastActivityDate="2021-01-22T14:59:00.173" Title="Database parole italiane con accento" Tags="&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;resources&gt;&lt;accents&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13448" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13449" CreationDate="2021-01-23T18:14:27.760" Score="5" ViewCount="174" Body="&lt;p&gt;Su Treccani trovo l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/concretare/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;uno&lt;/a&gt; e l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/concretizzare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;altro&lt;/a&gt; verbo, ma il secondo rimanda al primo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;concretiżżare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. [der. di &lt;em&gt;concreto&lt;/em&gt;]. – Lo stesso, e oggi forma più com., che &lt;em&gt;concretare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedevo se c'è una sfumatura di significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastActivityDate="2021-01-24T10:25:49.313" Title="C'è una differenza tra concretare e concretizzare?" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13449" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13448" CreationDate="2021-01-23T19:25:20.897" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Oltre che il Treccani, anche il &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionario.internazionale.it/parola/concretare&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;De Mauro&lt;/a&gt; e il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/sala-lettura/vol/3?seq=494&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana&lt;/a&gt; li danno come equivalenti, il primo rinviando da “concretare” a “concretizzare”, il secondo viceversa (e con la divertente osservazione del Tommaseo secondo cui quest'ultimo è “è inutile, e ancora più inelegante di ‘concretare’”). Tenderei a fidarmi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Aggiungerei soltanto che il fatto che “concretizzare” è oggi più comune di “concretare” (come menziona il Treccani e come conferma &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=concretare%2Cconcretizzare&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2019&amp;amp;corpus=33&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;direct_url=t1%3B%2Cconcretare%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cconcretizzare%3B%2Cc0#t1%3B%2Cconcretare%3B%2Cc0%3B.t1%3B%2Cconcretizzare%3B%2Cc0&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;Google Ngrams&lt;/a&gt;: grazie @Hachi), di per sé, conferisce una lieve sfumatura alla scelta di uno dei due: il lettore può percepire la preferenza per una parola più o meno ricercata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2021-01-23T19:25:20.897" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13450" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-01-23T21:51:19.927" Score="3" ViewCount="485" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho scritto: &amp;quot;Se ti farebbe comodo utlizzarlo scrivimi&amp;quot;. Ora ho questo dubbio, è scorretto ed andrebbe invece usato &amp;quot;Se ti facesse comodo utlizzarlo scrivimi&amp;quot;? Quella più corretta, anche se troppo lunga e per questo non mi piace, penso sia &amp;quot;Se ti potrebbe far comodo utlizzarlo scrivimi&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno potrebbe&#xA;illuminarmi?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6913" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-24T20:10:00.833" LastActivityDate="2021-01-31T10:51:35.227" Title="&quot;Se ti farebbe comodo&quot; o &quot;Se ti facesse comodo&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13451" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13448" CreationDate="2021-01-24T09:00:49.763" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;In aggiunta a quanto riportato nella risposta di DaG, aggiungo quanto ho trovato nel Devoto-Oli, &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Vocabolario Illustrato della Lingua Italiana&lt;/em&gt; (per intenderci, &lt;a href=&quot;https://pictures.abebooks.com/isbn/9788870450811-it-300.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo&lt;/a&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;concretare&lt;/strong&gt; v. tr. (&lt;em&gt;concrèto&lt;/em&gt;, ecc.) Attuare, realizzare, rendere efficiente e operante sul piano pratico: &lt;em&gt;c. un disegno, un progetto, un piano&lt;/em&gt; ◆ &lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;rifl.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Precisarsi, definirsi, assumere consistenza ed efficienza. [Der. di &lt;em&gt;concreto&lt;/em&gt;].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;concretizzare&lt;/strong&gt;  ⟨-ẓẓ-⟩ v. tr. Meno comune di &lt;em&gt;concretare&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Evidentemente è un po' vecchiotto (nelle prima pagine leggo &lt;em&gt;©1967-1987&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;Prima Edizione: Agosto 1987&lt;/em&gt;), ma sembra essere quantomento compatibile con l'osservazione di Tommaseo riportata da DaG.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastEditorUserId="2650" LastEditDate="2021-01-24T10:25:49.313" LastActivityDate="2021-01-24T10:25:49.313" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13452" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13453" CreationDate="2021-01-25T15:44:52.620" Score="1" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Le vene ’a mossa&lt;/em&gt; - È una frase che appare in una vecchia canzone napoletana &lt;em&gt;’O russo e ’a rossa&lt;/em&gt; di Renato Carosone&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;’o russo, quanno vede ’a rossa&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Le vene ’a tosse&lt;br&gt;&#xA;’a rossa, quanno vede ’o russo&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Le vene ’a mossa.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Chella fa ’a culumbrina&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3602" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2021-01-26T07:25:26.663" LastActivityDate="2021-01-26T07:25:26.663" Title="Nell'italiano corrente cosa significa &quot;Le vene 'a mossa&quot;? culumbrina?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;phrases&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13453" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13452" CreationDate="2021-01-25T15:58:40.177" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato di &amp;quot;le viene la mossa&amp;quot; fa riferimento all'invenzione di &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maria_Campi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Maria Campi&lt;/a&gt;, la cui vita viene liberamente raccontata nel film &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nin%C3%AC_Tirabusci%C3%B2,_la_donna_che_invent%C3%B2_la_mossa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ninì Tirabusciò, la donna che inventò la mossa&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dotata di bellezza molto vistosa, mandava in visibilio il pubblico con&#xA;la sua celebre &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;mossa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; e, soprattutto, con motti romaneschi piuttosto&#xA;salaci, attraverso i quali soleva interloquire con gli spettatori,&#xA;durante l'esecuzione delle sue canzoni piccanti, spesso suggeriti da&#xA;Petrolini, Alfredo Bambi e Trilussa, suoi fraterni amici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dalla trama del film si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Maria si lancia sul palcoscenico e canta la famosa canzone &amp;quot;Ninì&#xA;Tirabusciò&amp;quot;, con un testo riadattato per il suo temperamento&#xA;battagliero. L'esibizione è un grande successo, soprattutto perché&#xA;durante la canzone inventa la &amp;quot;mossa&amp;quot;, un movimento delle anche molto azzardato&#xA;per l'epoca, che cattura subito l'attenzione del pubblico maschile&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È quindi il riferimento al particolare movimento delle anche che per l'epoca era molto osé. Al giorno d'oggi probabilmente la mossa non sarebbe considerata così audace come all'epoca, visto cosa si vede in TV.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda il termine &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://wally48.blogspot.com/2015/02/proverbi-e-dintorni-indovina.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;culumbrina&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;, esso significa donna di facili costumi o quanto meno, come suol dirsi, &amp;quot;farfallina&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Donna Culumbrina, è un personaggio femminile presente non solo nel&#xA;salento, ma un po' in tutto il meridione ed in particolar modo in&#xA;Campania. Mentre donna Tennerina, rappresenta la ragazza giovane in&#xA;cerca di marito, molto pudica, delicata e sensibile che è attenta a&#xA;non scomporsi, Donna Culumbrina ne è il suo opposto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una donna sposata che trae la sua origine dalla maschera chiamata&#xA;Colombina, magari avanti negli anni che non vuole arrendersi all'&#xA;avanzare dell' età, perciò si veste e si comporta, pur non avendone&#xA;più le caratteristiche,  come un' adolescente civettuola e frivola a&#xA;volte scatenando la gelosia ed attirandosi le ire del marito o&#xA;fidanzato che sia, infatti a Napoli la frase &lt;em&gt;nun fa 'a Culumbrina&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;risuona come rimprovero e minaccia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-01-25T16:19:17.010" LastActivityDate="2021-01-25T16:19:17.010" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13454" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13455" CreationDate="2021-01-27T01:47:32.223" Score="4" ViewCount="1487" Body="&lt;p&gt;I realize this is not a question specifically about the Italian language, so I apologize if this is the wrong place to ask. I see many Italian dates written to include &amp;quot;n. xxxx&amp;quot; at the end. For example, 12 November 1818, n. 1379. What do the numbers after n. refer to?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6917" LastActivityDate="2021-01-27T08:36:19.497" Title="What is the meaning of &quot;n.&quot; in Italian dates?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13455" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13454" CreationDate="2021-01-27T07:41:48.280" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;It simply means &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;numero&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (number) since it is commonly used when you have more than an occurrence of a certain event during the same day.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Think about, for example, an hospital registering newborn children.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Actually the “n.” and what follows is not actually part of the date. It might well appear before it, or somewhere else in the same document.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Also, on newspapers and magazines and periodic publications in general that &amp;quot;n. xxx&amp;quot;, preceded or followed by a date, is the equivalent of &amp;quot;issue (nr.) xxx&amp;quot;. In those cases, it is not unusual to see it followed by Roman numerals (e.g. &amp;quot;n. 12&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;n. XII&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-01-27T08:36:19.497" LastActivityDate="2021-01-27T08:36:19.497" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13456" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12732" CreationDate="2021-01-28T11:23:44.230" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Se l'oggettiva la facciamo dipendere da &amp;quot;capire&amp;quot;, va benissimo l'indicativo! Non è una questione di lingua parlata o scritta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6921" LastActivityDate="2021-01-28T11:23:44.230" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13457" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-01-28T15:58:15.773" Score="0" ViewCount="196" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;My question was obviously not well posed. I obviously did not understand something correctly. Is there learning material at L/A1 level regarding pronominal verbs?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;hr /&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I'm looking for free Verb Tables or online solution (conjugator...) for the verbs&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;farcela&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;metterci&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;esserci&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;avercela&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The online solutions I have found are limited to standards. In the books,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Webster’s New World® 575+ Italian Verbs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Barron's 501 Italian Verbs&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I have not found conjugated tables for the given verbs.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6733" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2021-02-03T08:37:06.483" LastActivityDate="2021-02-03T08:37:06.483" Title="Looking for Verb Tables" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13458" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="12732" CreationDate="2021-01-28T16:14:07.087" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stando anche al link postato da Charo nei commenti (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/frasi-soggettive_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/frasi-soggettive_(Enciclopedia-dell'Italiano)/&lt;/a&gt;), con particolare riferimento alla sezione &amp;quot;3. Modi del verbo&amp;quot;, entrambe le versioni possono essere corrette, a seconda che si esprima una certezza o un'ipotesi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esempio 1&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ti chiedo di fare qualcosa ma tu non ti muovi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;mi sembra di capire che non &lt;em&gt;abbia&lt;/em&gt; voglia di farlo&amp;quot; (non sono sicuro, magari non mi hai sentito)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;mi sembra di capire che non &lt;em&gt;hai&lt;/em&gt; voglia di farlo&amp;quot; (sono ragionevolmente sicuro che mi hai sentito ed hai scelto di ignorare la mia richiesta)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Esempio 2&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Durante la finale dei mondiali di calcio, sento il vicino di casa esultare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&amp;quot;mi sembra di capire che &lt;em&gt;hanno&lt;/em&gt; segnato un gol&amp;quot; (sono certo che lo hanno fatto)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ciò detto, nella frase citata nella domanda (&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;Mi sembra di capire che tutti quelli che commentano HANNO un italiano impeccabile.&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;) l'uso dell'indicativo è corretto solo se chi parla conosce tutti quelli che commentano e sa che conoscono l'italiano alla perfezione... eventualità alquanto improbabile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastActivityDate="2021-01-28T16:14:07.087" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13459" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13450" CreationDate="2021-01-29T19:13:28.330" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di un costrutto condizionale in cui si vuole esprimere &amp;quot;se accade o accadesse una certa condizione, allora &lt;em&gt;scrivimi&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://dizionaripiu.zanichelli.it/lingua-e-scuola/posta-del-professore/il-se-condizionale-quando-e-possibile/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;portale &lt;em&gt;Lingua e Scuola&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; della casa editrice Zanichelli si può trovare una spiegazione al dubbio formulato dall'OP:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque incominciamo col ribadire che la costruzione corretta è: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;se + congiuntivo, condizionale: &lt;em&gt;se tu fossi più buono, ne sarei felice&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;con le varianti&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;se + futuro, futuro: &lt;em&gt;se sarai buono ne sarò felice&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;se + presente, presente: &lt;em&gt;se sei buono ne sono felice&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;In nessun caso in frasi condizionali di questo tipo la congiunzione &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; può essere seguita dal condizionale: &lt;em&gt;se saresti buono&lt;/em&gt; è sbagliato qualunque sia il modo e il tempo che segue.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Invece ‘se’ può essere seguito dal condizionale nei significati &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt; e &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt; dello Zingarelli: &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt; Introduce una prop. dubitativa, semplice o disgiuntiva, con il v. al congtv., all’indic. o all’inf.: &lt;em&gt;vedi se puoi aiutarmi; guarda in libreria se è uscito qualche nuovo libro; tenta se ce la fai o no; vedrò se sia il caso di aiutarlo o se invece sia meglio che si arrangi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt; Introduce una prop. interr. indiretta semplice o disgiuntiva con il v. al congtv., all’indic. o all’inf.: &lt;em&gt;non so se potrò partire; dimmi se intendi continuare così; domandagli se accetta o no; non so se scrivere o telefonare; non so se sarei capace di mentire&lt;/em&gt; | Con ellissi del v.: &lt;em&gt;chiedigli quando è in casa, se al mattino o al pomeriggio&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;dimmi cosa scegli, se il cinema o il teatro&lt;/em&gt; | (enfat.) In espressioni escl. o interr. con ellissi della prop. principale: &lt;em&gt;se sono stanco?, certo che lo sono!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;se ha pazienza?, moltissima!&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;se è ricco!, altro che!&lt;/em&gt; | In prop. escl., con valore affermativo; per es. in: *‘Lo conoscete voi Brighella?’ ... ‘Oh, se lo conosco!’ *(&lt;strong&gt;C. Goldoni&lt;/strong&gt;).&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Ad esempio nel significato &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt; si può dire: &lt;em&gt;vedi se potrebbe aiutarmi&lt;/em&gt; (e qui potremo senz’altro aggiungere un esempio)&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Nel significato &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;em&gt;domandagli se accetterebbe o no&lt;/em&gt; (sottinteso: &lt;em&gt;qualora glielo proponessimo&lt;/em&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È da sottolineare il fatto che&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in nessun caso in frasi condizionali di questo tipo la congiunzione &lt;em&gt;se&lt;/em&gt; può essere seguita dal condizionale&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, non si dice &lt;em&gt;*se ti farebbe comodo utlizzarlo&lt;/em&gt; né &lt;em&gt;*se ti potrebbe far comodo utlizzarlo&lt;/em&gt;. Nel caso in studio, come indicato da @Hachi nel suo commento, si dovrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;se ti facesse comodo utilizzarlo, scrivimi!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;se ti potesse far comodo utilizzarlo, scrivimi!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;usando il congiuntivo e non il condizionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma anche semplicemente, come si vede nella spiegazione sopra citata, si può fare il costrutto condizionale con la struttura &amp;quot;se + presente indicativo, ...&amp;quot; (nel caso in studio si adopera l'imperativo): usando il congiuntivo al posto del presente indicativo si aggiunge una sfumatura di incertezza sulla condizione che appare nella frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Se ti fa comodo utilizzarlo, scrivimi!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-01-31T10:51:35.227" LastActivityDate="2021-01-31T10:51:35.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13462" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10196" CreationDate="2021-01-31T18:15:22.177" Score="-3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo me deriva dal francese tohu bohu (confusione , baraonda), che a sua volta deriva dall' ebraico thou va bohu termine che indica il caos primordiale (veci Genesi)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6935" LastActivityDate="2021-01-31T18:15:22.177" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13463" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-02-06T06:46:02.690" Score="0" ViewCount="155" Body="&lt;p&gt;Devo usare il congiuntivo con le espressioni «È un'evidenza che […]» e «È di tutta evidenza che […]»?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6960" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-02-08T13:58:20.257" LastActivityDate="2021-03-26T16:48:55.213" Title="Le espressioni &quot;È un'evidenza che&quot; e &quot;È di tutta evidenza che&quot; richiedono il congiuntivo?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="23" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13464" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13469" CreationDate="2021-02-07T08:43:11.840" Score="3" ViewCount="223" Body="&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le versioni sono corrette?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sei bravo in matematica? No, non &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; capisco niente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sei bravo in matematica? No, non &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; capisco niente.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una è migliore dell'altra?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6960" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2021-02-12T12:01:20.193" LastActivityDate="2021-02-14T18:57:44.723" Title="&quot;Ci&quot; e &quot;ne&quot; con &quot;capire&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;particles&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13465" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-02-07T12:01:25.087" Score="1" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;In una recente discussione nei commenti a  &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/13463/&quot;&gt;questa domanda&lt;/a&gt;, si è menzionato che il termine &amp;quot;evidenza&amp;quot; usato in espressioni come &amp;quot;ci sono evidenze&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;non ci sono evidenze&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;c'è un'evidenza&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;non c'è un'evidenza&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;alla luce delle evidenze&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;evidenze scientifiche&amp;quot;, ecc. sembra un calco dall'inglese &lt;em&gt;evidence&lt;/em&gt; in frasi come, per esempio, questa, tratta di questo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-021-00251-4?utm_source=Nature+Briefing&amp;amp;utm_campaign=65657f8ef0-briefing-dy-20210201&amp;amp;utm_medium=email&amp;amp;utm_term=0_c9dfd39373-65657f8ef0-46069074&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo della rivista &lt;em&gt;Nature&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A WHO spokesperson told &lt;em&gt;Nature&lt;/em&gt; that &amp;quot;there is limited evidence of transmission through fomites. [...]&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ecco alcuni esempi che ho trovato in rete (grassetto mio):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«&amp;quot;[...] &lt;strong&gt;Non c'è un'evidenza&lt;/strong&gt; che ci dica che chi è stato infetto non possa fare dopo il vaccino, in teoria chiunque può fare il vaccino&amp;quot;: lo ha detto in conferenza stampa in diretta Facebook il direttore generale della prevenzione del ministero della Salute, Gianni Rezza» (da &lt;a href=&quot;https://stream24.ilsole24ore.com/video/italia/rezza-infettati-non-esclusi-vaccini-ma-ci-sono-priorita/AD1PHV6?refresh_ce=1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Il sole 24 ore&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, ho aggiunto l'apostrofo mancante).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«In questo calore sicuro &lt;strong&gt;c'è un'evidenza&lt;/strong&gt; che mi appaga» (dal libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=YEvzDwAAQBAJ&amp;amp;pg=PT337&amp;amp;dq=%22%C3%88+un%27evidenza+che+mi%22&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjbtpz1iNXuAhUgAWMBHSZ4Dh0Q6AEwAnoECAMQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22%C3%88%20un%27evidenza%20che%20mi%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Donne esemplari: Voci dal novecento letterario italiano Vol. 1&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«In queste pagine facciamo chiarezza sulle fake news più diffuse, smentendole &lt;strong&gt;alla luce delle evidenze disponibili&lt;/strong&gt;» (dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.salute.gov.it/portale/nuovocoronavirus/archivioFakeNewsNuovoCoronavirus.jsp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web del Ministero della Salute&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Tutte le informazioni sono verificate dagli esperti del ministero della Salute e/o dell’Istituto superiore di sanità e &lt;strong&gt;sono basate su evidenze scientifiche&lt;/strong&gt;, normative, documentazioni nazionali e internazionali disponibili alla data di pubblicazione di ogni notizia»&#xA;(dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.salute.gov.it/portale/nuovocoronavirus/archivioFakeNewsNuovoCoronavirus.jsp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web del Ministero della Salute&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Attualmente &lt;strong&gt;non ci sono evidenze&lt;/strong&gt; che la mutazione del virus rilevata in Gran Bretagna possa avere effetti sull'efficacia della vaccinazione anti Covid-19» (dal &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.salute.gov.it/portale/nuovocoronavirus/archivioFakeNewsNuovoCoronavirus.jsp&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito web del Ministero della Salute&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Dall'altra, per quanto riguarda la coesione territoriale invece &lt;strong&gt;ci sono evidenze di&lt;/strong&gt; una crescita consistente del numero di poli di sviluppo» (dal libro &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=23HazjipdnIC&amp;amp;pg=PA249&amp;amp;lpg=PA249&amp;amp;dq=%22ci+sono+evidenze+di+una%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=1ntK0sNgEU&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U3kGXCiuImmM9Rr2R6wL7FUnwQ2KA&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwilpuqo2tfuAhXFnFwKHQ5FAngQ6AEwB3oECAkQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22ci%20sono%20evidenze%20di%20una%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Federalismo e crescita: è possibile una relazione virtuosa?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non sono sicura che la parola &amp;quot;evidenza&amp;quot; nella frase tratta dal libro &lt;em&gt;Donne esemplari: Voci dal novecento letterario italiano Vol. 1&lt;/em&gt; si usi con lo stesso significato degli altri esempi che ho citato. Il fatto è che, secondo le tre accezioni riportate nel Treccani, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/evidenza/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;evidenza&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; non mi sembra un termine adatto ai contesti di queste frasi, tranne forse quella tratta da questo libro (a dire il vero, non sono sicura sul significato del vocabolo in questa frase).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Comunque sia, le mie domande sono: fino a che punto questo uso si è diffuso nell'italiano contemporaneo? È consigliabile&#xA;sostituire questo tipo di espressioni con altre ritenute genuinamente italiane? Se è così, con quali?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Aggiornamento:&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tenendo conto del fatto che &amp;quot;evidenza&amp;quot; viene dal&#xA;dal lat. &lt;em&gt;evidentia&lt;/em&gt;,&#xA;ho fatto un po' di ricerca su cosa succede in altre lingue romanze che conosco di più. Sono riuscita a trovare &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.raco.cat/index.php/TreballsSCBiologia/article/download/16032/336327/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;questo articolo&lt;/a&gt;,  pubblicato nella rivista &lt;a href=&quot;http://revistes.iec.cat/index.php/TSCB/issue/view/4521/showToc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Treballs de la Societat Catalana de Biologia&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, nel numero col titolo  &lt;em&gt;Comunicar ciència&lt;/em&gt;,  su problemi della traduzione al catalano di testi scientifici in inglese. L'articolo fa un elenco di falsi amici, tra cui appare appunto &amp;quot;evidence&amp;quot; e si afferma che dovrebbe essere tradotto in catalano come &amp;quot;prova&amp;quot; (non come &amp;quot;evidència&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E anche la lingua spagnola ha un problema analogo,  come si menziona nell'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.scielo.org.co/pdf/ted/n46/0121-3814-ted-46-81.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Cuestiones socio-científicas y pensamiento crítico: Una propuesta para cuestionar las pseudociencias&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; di Jordi Solbes, professore di Didattica delle scienze presso l'Universitat di València:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Los trabajos sobre cuestiones socio-científicas (CSC) empiezan a surgir [...]. [...] Esto completa el tema de las CSC con aspectos procedimentales como el uso de &lt;em&gt;evidence&lt;/em&gt;, españolizado como evidencias, cuando la traducción más adecuada sería pruebas [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È lo stesso in italiano? C'è qualche voce autorevole che raccomandi sostituire &amp;quot;evidenza&amp;quot; con &amp;quot;prova&amp;quot; in contesti simili a quelli degli esempi sopra citati?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-02-09T06:48:16.300" LastActivityDate="2021-02-09T06:48:16.300" Title="Sull'uso di &quot;evidenza&quot; in espressioni come &quot;(non) ci sono evidenze&quot;, &quot;(non) c'è un'evidenza&quot; o &quot;evidenze scientifiche&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;&lt;latin&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="18" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13466" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13520" CreationDate="2021-02-10T21:31:18.983" Score="0" ViewCount="147" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel capitolo 3 di &lt;em&gt;Il fu Mattia Pascal&lt;/em&gt; di Pirandello c'è la frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La sua morte quasi improvvisa fu la nostra rovina&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si dice della morte del padre di Mattia Pascal. Il significato della frase è molto chiaro: suo padre ha guadagnato una ricchezza che sua madre non ha potuto conservare. Ma ho la domanda: perché la parola &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; è necessaria? Che vuole dire qui? Mi pare di capire il significato generale di &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt;: vuole dire sempre un'approssimazione di qualche sorta. Ma di che approssimazione si dovrebbe trattare qui? Il padre è morto in tre giorni per una malattia. Per me, questa morte è improvvisa senz'alcuna approssimazione. Dunque che vuole dire &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; qui? Non posso credere che Pirandello usi delle parole superflue che non vogliono dire niente. Grazie!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3187" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-02-10T21:38:22.293" LastActivityDate="2021-03-28T09:52:50.870" Title="Un «quasi» superfluo in un testo di Pirandello?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13467" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9571" CreationDate="2021-02-11T21:37:20.500" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Noto che è stata citata sopra una dichiarazione del Dottore Casalegno:  «L’espressione ‘avere culo’ è abbastanza recente. Nel “Grande dizionario della lingua italiana” del 1964 è presente, ma non si cita alcuna fonte letteraria».&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ne dubito, ma posso attestare, come italoamericano, che l'espressione &amp;quot;avere culo&amp;quot; (ovvero &amp;quot;avere culone&amp;quot;), per indicare la condizione di esser fortunato, era piuttosto comune a casa nostra a Nuova York negli anni '60 e '70.  I miei erano ciociari di Sora e i suoi dintorni (Fontechiari e Vicalvi), emigrati dall'Italia all'inizio del novecento e non ritornati in Italia fino a molti anni dopo.  Quindi, deduco che l'espressione sia stato ben consolidata, almeno in qualche dialetto d'Italiano, molto prima degli anni '60.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per favore, scusate il mio povero italiano, ma sono molto interessato a questa discussione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6983" LastEditorUserId="2609" LastEditDate="2021-02-15T16:35:54.343" LastActivityDate="2021-02-15T16:35:54.343" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13468" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-02-12T11:05:29.903" Score="3" ViewCount="128" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi rendo conto che la frase potrebbe beneficiare di una virgola dopo il &amp;quot;sei&amp;quot;, ma il punto della domanda è: è sbagliato omettere quel &amp;quot;che&amp;quot;, o è una questione di preferenza?&#xA;Se riusciste a rispondere con dei riferimenti a regole grammaticali specifiche sarebbe ancora meglio, grazie a tutti&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6985" LastActivityDate="2021-03-04T11:22:41.407" Title="Nella frase &quot;se c'è una cosa non sei è serio&quot;, serve necessariamente un &quot;che&quot; dopo la parola &quot;cosa&quot; o è omissibile?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13469" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13464" CreationDate="2021-02-12T11:16:05.087" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso, nell'esempio riportato sono entrambe versioni corrette, dal significato sostanzialmente uguale ma con una &amp;quot;sfumatura&amp;quot; differente:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;non &lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; capisco niente&lt;/em&gt; può essere parafrasato con &lt;em&gt;non capisco niente &lt;strong&gt;in un determinato/a ambito/situazione&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;non &lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt; capisco niente&lt;/em&gt; può essere parafrasato con &lt;em&gt;non capisco niente &lt;strong&gt;di un determinato argomento/oggetto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più in generale, direi che una differenza c'è: &lt;em&gt;non &lt;strong&gt;ci&lt;/strong&gt; capisco niente&lt;/em&gt; può essere usato anche da solo, come esclamazione, sottointendendo la situazione o l'ambito in cui ci si trova in quel momento (&amp;quot;Che confusione! Non ci capisco niente!&amp;quot;), mentre &lt;em&gt;non &lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt; capisco niente&lt;/em&gt; è sempre accompagnato da una frase o complemento che specifica a cosa si riferisca quel &amp;quot;ne&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;Non &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; capisco niente, &lt;em&gt;di fisica quantistica&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Ti piace &lt;em&gt;il jazz&lt;/em&gt;? Non &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; capisco niente&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-02-14T18:52:14.810" LastActivityDate="2021-02-14T18:52:14.810" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13470" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-02-13T20:53:05.770" Score="1" ViewCount="115" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il significato del termine &lt;code&gt;tiritomba&lt;/code&gt; è ancora sconosciuto?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tiritomba   Canta: Roberto Murolo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;Sera jette, sera jette a la marina&#xA;Pe' trovà 'na 'nnamurata,&#xA;Janca e rossa, janca e rossa, aggraziata,&#xA;Fatta proprio pe' scialà.&#xA;Tiritomba, tiritomba,&#xA;Tiritomba, tiritomba a ll'aria va&#xA;Tiritomba, tiritomba,&#xA;Tiritomba a ll'aria va.&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3602" LastActivityDate="2021-04-03T12:02:25.187" Title="Il significato del termine tiritomba" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;synonym&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13471" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13464" CreationDate="2021-02-14T08:38:57.243" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Secondo il punto 4 della voce  &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ci1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt;, la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; ha funzione di pronome dimostrativo in questo tipo di costrutti:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol start=&quot;4&quot;&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Con funzione di pron. dimostrativo, riferito a cosa, equivale a &lt;em&gt;ciò&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;quello&lt;/em&gt;, preceduto da preposizione: «di ciò»: &lt;em&gt;ci avrei molto piacere&lt;/em&gt;; «a ciò»: &lt;em&gt;non ci credo; non ci posso far nulla&lt;/em&gt;; «su ciò»: &lt;em&gt;ci puoi contare&lt;/em&gt;; «da ciò»: &lt;em&gt;quanto conti di guadagnarci?&lt;/em&gt;; e spec., conservando ancora il suo valore fondamentale, «in ciò»: &lt;em&gt;non ci capisco nulla&lt;/em&gt;; [...]&amp;quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, dovresti dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, non &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; capisco niente,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se vuoi esprimere &amp;quot;non capisco niente in tutto quello che fa riferimento alla matematica, che ha a che vedere con la matematica&amp;quot; come risposta alla domanda &amp;quot;Sei bravo &lt;em&gt;in&lt;/em&gt; matematica?&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tuttavia, nella &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ne1&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; del vocabolario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; si legge&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Con valore più chiaramente pronominale, di ciò, di questo, di quello, in funzione di complementi diversi: &lt;em&gt;non ne vedo la necessità&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;ne parlerò ai nostri soci&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non saprei cosa farne&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;che cosa vuoi che ne faccia?&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;cercherò di farne a meno&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e anche&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;assai frequente in luogo di un genitivo partitivo: &lt;em&gt;mi piacciono questi dolci, vorrei prenderne ancora&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non ce ne sono più&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;non ne vedo altre&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, dovresti dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;No, non &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; capisco niente&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;se quello che vuoi esprimere è &amp;quot;non capisco niente di tutto ciò che a che vedere con la matematica, di tutto quello che costituisce la matematica&amp;quot;. Cioè, &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; sostituisce un genitivo partitivo, come nell'esempio &amp;quot;non ce ne sono più&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Potresti usare anche un costrutto in cui &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; ha valore genitivo partitivo dicendo, per esempio,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ne capisco soltanto quello che ho imparato alla scuola elementare.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E, come ha menzionato @DaG nel suo commento, la particella &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; si può anche usare con il verbo &lt;em&gt;capire&lt;/em&gt; in espressioni come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; capisco il senso / il motivo / l'urgenza&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e simili.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece vuoi usare il verbo intransitivo pronominale &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/intendere&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;intendersi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, allora dovresti usare la particella &amp;quot;ne&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come intr. pron., &lt;em&gt;intendersi&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;di qualche cosa&lt;/em&gt;), avere cognizione diretta, esperienza e competenza in una disciplina, una tecnica, un’arte, una professione, ecc.: &lt;em&gt;intendersi di letteratura, di storia, di pittura, di musica, di politica, di motori, di stoffe&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;intendersi poco, molto&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;di codeste cose non m’intendo affatto&lt;/em&gt;; &lt;em&gt;lascia fare a me che me n’intendo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, potresti dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sei bravo in matematica? No, non me &lt;em&gt;ne&lt;/em&gt; intendo affatto&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;per esprimere &amp;quot;non m'intendo affatto di matematica&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-02-14T18:57:44.723" LastActivityDate="2021-02-14T18:57:44.723" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13473" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7840" CreationDate="2021-02-14T22:09:37.533" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;barbellàre bar|bel|là|re pronuncia: /barbelˈlare/ verbo intransitivo (AVERE) regionale nell'uso lombardo: tremare. Indicativo presente: io barbello, tu barbelli&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.dizionario-italiano.it/dizionario-italiano.php?lemma=BARBELLARE100&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario italiano olivetti&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6054" LastActivityDate="2021-02-14T22:09:37.533" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13474" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-02-15T11:52:26.560" Score="3" ViewCount="116" Body="&lt;p&gt;In inglese per parlare dei brani/album più popolari si dice &lt;em&gt;hottest single/ hottest album&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;In italiano invece come si dice? Top hit? Top brani?  Esiste un modo di dire che somigli di più a &lt;em&gt;hottest single&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6990" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-02-15T16:52:13.557" LastActivityDate="2021-02-18T12:36:32.920" Title="Come si dice in italiano &quot;hottest single&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;" AnswerCount="4" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13475" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13474" CreationDate="2021-02-15T13:51:51.360" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In generale&lt;/strong&gt;, puoi tradurlo letteralmente con &amp;quot;il brano/singolo/album più caldo (del momento)&amp;quot; oppure con &amp;quot;il brano più popolare&amp;quot; o anche &amp;quot;il brano più ascoltato&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Userei invece cautela nel tradurre con l'espressione &amp;quot;il brano più in voga&amp;quot; che, sebbene corretta, rischia di suonare un po' antiquato o &amp;quot;accademico&amp;quot; in determinati contesti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se invece lo devi usare &lt;strong&gt;come &amp;quot;categoria&amp;quot;&lt;/strong&gt; (ad esempio come voce di un menu di navigazione per su un sito/app) direi che è abbastanza comune usare &amp;quot;brani più ascoltati&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;brani popolari&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;brani di tendenza&amp;quot; (che ricalca l'inglese &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;trending&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-02-15T14:02:25.767" LastActivityDate="2021-02-15T14:02:25.767" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13476" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13474" CreationDate="2021-02-15T16:51:55.507" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;In aggiunta alla precedente risposta suggerisco il termine &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.garzantilinguistica.it/ricerca/?q=tormentone&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tormentone&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; nella parte dell'accezione riferita ad un brano musicale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;(fam.) persona o cosa noiosa, fastidiosa, opprimente; anche, persona o cosa che viene insistentemente proposta dai media,&#xA;risultando tediosa e irritante: tuo figlio è un tormentone; &lt;strong&gt;questa&#xA;canzone è il tormentone dell’estate&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Una canzone che ha un grande successo in breve tempo e viene riproposta ossessivamente dai media.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2021-02-15T16:51:55.507" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13477" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13474" CreationDate="2021-02-15T19:35:47.867" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;I meno giovani ricorderanno sicuramente una trasmissione radiofonica che ha fatto storia in fatto di canzoni più ascoltate del momento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il 6 gennaio 1967 partiva il primo numero della popolare rubrica radiofonica “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.teche.rai.it/2017/01/6-gennaio-1967-inizia-hit-parade-lelio-luttazzi/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Hit Parade”&lt;/a&gt;, presentata da Lelio Luttazzi.&#xA;In onda fino al 1976, tutti i venerdì all’ora di pranzo, era una vetrina settimanale dei dischi più venduti. Per anni fu un appuntamento fisso per milioni di ascoltatori e diede a Luttazzi una grande fama.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quella trasmissione vennero fuori alcune espressioni che rimasero nel tempo come “la canzone regina” per indicare la prima in classifica. Ai tempi si parlava di dischi “più venduti”, ora i parametri sono diversi e la notorietà dei pezzi musicali dipende da quante volte sono scaricati od ascoltati dalle varie piattaforme internet.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Espressioni come &lt;a href=&quot;https://m.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL3WATaB8O49F93n2Z2IAqTQcgH1IKYtBj&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;il pezzo del momento &lt;/a&gt; o anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://timgate.it/intrattenimento/musica/canzoni-dance-playlist-timmusic.vum&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;i pezzi più hot del momento &lt;/a&gt; sono molto comuni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2021-02-15T19:35:47.867" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13478" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13328" CreationDate="2021-02-15T22:07:32.193" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ciao! Io sono italiana e mi chiamo Natàlia. In Italia entrambe le pronunce (Natàlia e Natalìa) sono possibili.  Nei paesi dell'est e in quelli di lingua spagnola, trovi la pronuncia Natàlia. In ogni caso il nome viene dall'aggettivo latino &amp;quot;natalis&amp;quot;, che significa &amp;quot;della nascita/relativo alla nascita&amp;quot; e fa riferimento alla nascita del Signore (Natale appunto). La versione maschile del nome è &amp;quot;Natale&amp;quot; (e non &amp;quot;Natalio&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6995" LastActivityDate="2021-02-15T22:07:32.193" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13479" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-02-16T00:17:31.193" Score="4" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sto cercando di trovare una traduzione per il termine inglese &amp;quot;trope&amp;quot;, nel suo significato di &amp;quot;pattern in storytelling&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fino ad ora, le uniche traduzioni che ho trovato sono &amp;quot;tropo&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;figura retorica&amp;quot;, ma la prima è una parola poco comune, ed entrambe hanno un tono formale, la seconda quasi accademico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste una traduzione meno formale, da poter usare (per esempio) mentre si parla di serie TV con degli amici?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6993" LastEditorUserId="6993" LastEditDate="2021-02-17T12:33:00.100" LastActivityDate="2021-02-17T12:33:00.100" Title="Esiste una traduzione informale della parola inglese &quot;trope&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="10" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13481" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13474" CreationDate="2021-02-18T12:36:32.920" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La sezione musica di YouTube italiano utilizza vari termini, i più appropriati mi sembrano &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;hit&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;di tendenza&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;successi&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;. Ad esempio: &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;le hit di oggi&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;gli album più di tendenza&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;i successi hip hop del momento&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Amazonmusic italiano invece utilizza termini come &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;più ascoltati&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;top hit&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; (questo a volte anche nel plurale, &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;hits&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;). Ad esempio: &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;brani/album più ascoltati&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;hits del momento&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Spotify italiano utilizza anch'esso &amp;quot;hit&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;popolari&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;. Ad esempio: &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;i singoli più popolari&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me tutti questi termini sono facilmente comprensibili e interscambiabili. L'unico che mi sembra scorretto è &amp;quot;hits&amp;quot; al plurale, perché quando si scrive in italiano i termini inglesi non vogliono la s, anche quando sono plurali (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/magazine/lingua_italiana/domande_e_risposte/grammatica/grammatica_391.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fonte&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6863" LastActivityDate="2021-02-18T12:36:32.920" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13482" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="5803" CreationDate="2021-02-18T20:22:09.957" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;C'è anche da considerare il ruolo dei cosiddetti 'transfer' o interferenze, per esempio in spagnolo si dice 'tener en cuenta'. Da qui, ne viene fuori che le regioni con forte dominazione spagnola hanno conservato nel substrato della loro parlata l'espressione 'tenere in conto' che si è fusa con la più corretta 'tenere conto di qualcosa' dell'italiano standard.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7003" LastActivityDate="2021-02-18T20:22:09.957" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13483" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="9788" CreationDate="2021-02-19T16:34:16.887" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io sono toscana,ormai romana. In casa questo modo di dire, si usava già, negli anni '40 quando io ero bimbetta.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7005" LastActivityDate="2021-02-19T16:34:16.887" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13484" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7521" CreationDate="2021-02-23T17:27:18.160" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I would say he means that the Seicento is in the garage and he just got it back ('di' means from) from the repair shop.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7014" LastActivityDate="2021-02-23T17:27:18.160" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13485" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13487" CreationDate="2021-02-25T14:27:10.317" Score="0" ViewCount="297" Body="&lt;p&gt;In &amp;quot;The Wolf of Wall Street&amp;quot; (2013), Matthew Mcconaughey's character refers to the stock market as &amp;quot;all a fugazi (sp?)&amp;quot;, going on to explain in various ways that it basically means &amp;quot;fake&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;a sham&amp;quot;. The scene in question is &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tfetinoFlKw&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; (&lt;strong&gt;warning: contains a lot of not-work-safe language &amp;amp; content&lt;/strong&gt;), and he says the word at about 2:05.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I tried to look up this word and ran it through various Italian translators but I cannot find any reference to it anywhere. I tried manipulating the exact spelling with no luck. I only got results for some rock band and a quasi-official English military acronym.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So is this really an Italian word? Or maybe a mispronunciation or misunderstanding of one? I could imagine that it could be a quirk of Mcconaughey's character to just make up foreign words, since it would fit pretty well with what he is all about. Something about the word just really sticks with me though, like it sounds like it means exactly what he claims it does, but maybe that's just due to having seen the film.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7022" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-02-26T07:56:05.723" LastActivityDate="2021-03-03T20:11:22.110" Title="Is &quot;fugazi&quot; (sp?) a real Italian word?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13487" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13485" CreationDate="2021-02-26T07:54:56.283" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It is not an Italian word, but looking for a meaning it turned out the term was used as a name for a rock band, &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fugazi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Fugazi&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Investigating more about the origin of this name, it seems they chose the word &amp;quot;fugazi&amp;quot; from Mark Baker's &lt;a href=&quot;https://rads.stackoverflow.com/amzn/click/com/0425101444&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Nam&lt;/a&gt;, a compilation of stories of Vietnam War veterans, it there being a slang acronym for &amp;quot;Fucked Up, Got Ambushed, Zipped In [into a body bag].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Moreover &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.bandnameexplained.com/2015/06/fugazi-band-name-meaning.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this site&lt;/a&gt; tries to give an explanation about band's name:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Band member Ian MacKaye says the name was derived from the book Nam,&#xA;written by Mark Baker. In that book the author describes a situation&#xA;that was typified by a Vietnam veteran as Fugazi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fugazi is an acronym that would stand for Fucked Up, Got Ambushed,&#xA;Zipped In.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to military sources however this explanation is completely&#xA;off the mark and a mix up is assumed with Fubar (Fucked Up Beyond All&#xA;Recognition).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fugazi also seems to be American/Italian slang for 'fake'&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastActivityDate="2021-02-26T07:54:56.283" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13488" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-02-26T12:15:27.650" Score="1" ViewCount="145" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non era un legno di lusso, ma un semplice pezzo &lt;strong&gt;da catasta, di quelli&lt;/strong&gt; che d'inverno si mettono nelle stufe e nei caminetti per accendere il fuoco e per riscaldare le stanze.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Just a common block of firewood, one of those thick, solid logs that are put on the fire in winter to make cold rooms cozy and warm.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Where is the Italian word for  &amp;quot;one&amp;quot;  here?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6912" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-02-26T14:58:15.667" LastActivityDate="2021-03-04T10:52:05.993" Title="What is this grammar? It's so confusing" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;translation&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13489" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13488" CreationDate="2021-02-26T20:48:02.260" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Italian sentence might be&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non era un legno di lusso, ma un semplice pezzo da catasta; uno di quelli che […]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However in this context the pronoun can be safely omitted and the sentence flows better with the simple partitive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastActivityDate="2021-02-26T20:48:02.260" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13490" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="11623" CreationDate="2021-02-28T17:57:59.493" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;The clitic pronoun &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; carries the “there” meaning, which implies the directionality towards which the action is directed. The phrase &lt;em&gt;ce la faccio&lt;/em&gt; doesn’t carry the meaning of &lt;em&gt;la faccio&lt;/em&gt; —i. e. &lt;em&gt;farla&lt;/em&gt;— by itself, since the verb &lt;em&gt;farcela&lt;/em&gt; was grammaticalized, just like pronominal verbs like &lt;em&gt;divertirsi&lt;/em&gt;. It was not inherited from Latin, but chances are that its “directionality” was derived from Neapolitan. Same situation happens with &lt;em&gt;avercela&lt;/em&gt; [con qc], which is entirely &lt;em&gt;grammaticalized&lt;/em&gt; and, thus, it is not divisible or cannot be rephrased simply as &lt;em&gt;averla&lt;/em&gt; [con qc].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grammaticalized pronominal verbs occurred, too, in Spanish, for instance: &lt;em&gt;pasarla&lt;/em&gt; [adv.], whose meaning is absolutely different to that of &lt;em&gt;pasar&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6175" LastActivityDate="2021-02-28T17:57:59.493" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13491" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13492" CreationDate="2021-03-01T18:14:50.030" Score="4" ViewCount="72" Body="&lt;p&gt;I've been looking through my grammar textbooks and checking examples online, but I'm still unsure about which of the following two examples is correct:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Penso che ci sia qualcosa che non va.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Penso che ci sia qualcosa che non vada.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More generally, if there are multiple verbs in a clause that requires the subjunctive, do all such verbs need to appear in the subjunctive or just the first?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7031" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-01T21:22:25.180" LastActivityDate="2021-03-03T13:02:20.917" Title="Subjunctive clauses with several verbs" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13492" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13491" CreationDate="2021-03-02T08:29:06.493" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;In your example there isn't a dependent clause with multiple verbs, but a dependent clause having another dependent clause, the latter needing the indicative mood.&#xA;We say:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;C'è qualcosa che non va&lt;/em&gt;, not *&lt;em&gt;c'è qualcosa che non vada&lt;/em&gt; so, &lt;em&gt;Penso che ci sia qualcosa che non va&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;pensavo ci fosse qualcosa che non andava&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;More generally, if there are multiple verbs in a clause that require the subjunctive, do all such verbs need to appear in the subjunctive or just the first?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Indeed, it's simply not the case in your example.&#xA;We would say:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;Penso che ci sia qualcosa, che sia brutto e che non vada.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4057" LastEditorUserId="4360" LastEditDate="2021-03-03T13:02:20.917" LastActivityDate="2021-03-03T13:02:20.917" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13493" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13485" CreationDate="2021-03-03T20:11:22.110" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;As others have noted, it is not an Italian word. Its &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=fugazi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Wiktionary page&lt;/a&gt; lists it as an (exclusively) English word of unclear origin; some the suggested etymologies involve Italian (but personally I don't find them very convincing).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Etymology 1&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Origin unknown; a number of possibilities have been suggested:[1]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;A corruption of French &lt;em&gt;fougasse&lt;/em&gt; (“type of land mine”); flame fougasses were used extensively in the Korean and Vietnam Wars.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;An acronym of “fucked up, got ambushed, zipped in [a body bag]” (compare &lt;em&gt;FUBAR&lt;/em&gt;), but this may be a backronym.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Less plausibly, from English fugacious (“fleeting”) or cognates such as Italian fugace (“fleeting”).&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Etymology 2&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Origin uncertain; said to be of Mafia origin, from the Fugazy Continental limousine company in New York City which was owned by William “Bill” Fugazy, due to its cheesy “look like a rich guy” advertisements of the 1970s and 1980s, or its alleged poor business practices,[1] possibly influenced by Italian &lt;em&gt;fu cazzo&lt;/em&gt; (“it was shit”). The word was popularized by the film Donnie Brasco (1997), based on the book Donnie Brasco: My Undercover Life in the Mafia (1987) by American former FBI agent Joseph D. Pistone (born 1939) who used the name “Donnie Brasco” as an undercover alias.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2021-03-03T20:11:22.110" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13494" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13488" CreationDate="2021-03-04T10:52:05.993" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;da catasta&amp;quot; here is to be understood as &amp;quot;da essere destinato alla catasta (di legna da ardere)&amp;quot;, so &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; in this case is not &amp;quot;coming from&amp;quot;, but it is rather &amp;quot;with the use of&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;that can be used for&amp;quot;.&#xA;As in the sentences: &amp;quot;cane da caccia&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;cassa da morto&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;roba da buttare&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As for &amp;quot;di quelli che&amp;quot;, as egreg has pointed out, you can consider an implicit &amp;quot;uno&amp;quot;, so that the phrase would be &amp;quot;(uno) di quelli che&amp;quot;. So &amp;quot;di&amp;quot; specifies the kind of log.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;And, let me guess... is this the beginning of &amp;quot;Pinocchio&amp;quot;? :)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1720" LastActivityDate="2021-03-04T10:52:05.993" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13495" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13470" CreationDate="2021-03-04T11:20:41.150" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo sia una parola inventata, come spesso accade nelle canzoni. Usata solo per il suo suono.&#xA;Sono napoletano, e non ho mai sentito questo termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1720" LastActivityDate="2021-03-04T11:20:41.150" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13496" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13468" CreationDate="2021-03-04T11:22:41.407" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Credo che &amp;quot;che&amp;quot; sia necessario. E io aggiungerei anche le virgolette attorno a &amp;quot;serio&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;«Se c'è una cosa che non sei, è &amp;quot;serio&amp;quot;!»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1720" LastActivityDate="2021-03-04T11:22:41.407" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13497" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-03-07T18:11:35.920" Score="0" ViewCount="103" Body="&lt;p&gt;I read an article today about the Italian actress Anna Magnani, and the director Roberto Rossellini said that &amp;quot; She was born with her liver in her teeth.&amp;quot; What does that mean?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7035" LastActivityDate="2021-03-07T18:11:35.920" Title="Trying to find the meaning of an Italian figure of speech - idiom" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13499" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13500" CreationDate="2021-03-13T16:02:46.510" Score="3" ViewCount="109" Body="&lt;p&gt;È la prima volta che uso questo sito, quindi scusate la domanda forse sciocca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per distinguere i giorni della settimana si possono usare gli aggettivi &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;feriale&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; per indicare i giorni lavorativi (dal lunedì al venerdì) mentre &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;festivo&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; per il fine settimana ossia sabato e domenica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma come mai si usano due sinonimi per indicare due concetti che sono &amp;quot;contrari&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per curiosità, ci sono altri esempi di sinonimi che acquisiscono accezioni contrarie in base al contesto in cui vengono usati?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5685" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-14T15:52:04.440" LastActivityDate="2021-03-17T09:23:28.680" Title="Feriale e festivo: sinonimi o contrari?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="7" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13500" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13499" CreationDate="2021-03-13T21:39:44.783" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel linguaggio comune il sabato non è un giorno festivo, in generale. E non vedo “sinonimi”. Le parole &lt;em&gt;ferie&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;feriale&lt;/em&gt; hanno un'etimologia comune, ma hanno assunto significati divergenti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La storia è complicata, ma non troppo. In latino, &lt;em&gt;feria&lt;/em&gt; indicava un giorno dedicato al culto, nel quale non era possibile tenere udienze giudiziarie o convocare i comizi. Da questo significato discendono le nostre &lt;em&gt;ferie&lt;/em&gt; (sempre plurale).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel mondo ecclesiastico, si cercò di evitare di nominare i nomi dei giorni della settimana con gli dei pagani, com'era l'uso diffuso nel mondo romano quando si adottarono le settimane e fino alle riforme seguite al Concilio Vaticano II, con l'introduzione delle lingue volgari, i messali in latino nominavano i giorni della settimana come&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;dominica, feria secunda, feria tertia, feria quarta, feria quinta, feria sexta, sabbato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;anche perché essenzialmente ogni giorno era dedicato a qualche santo. In portoghese i nomi della settimana si chiamano ancora così, solo con adattamenti linguistici&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;domingo, segunda-feira, terça-feira, quarta-feira, quinta-feira, sexta-feira, sábado&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da quest'uso segue quello di &lt;em&gt;giorno feriale&lt;/em&gt; per indicare un giorno della settimana diverso dalla domenica.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In francese, &lt;em&gt;jour férié&lt;/em&gt; significa giorno festivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fonti: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/feria/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;dizionario Treccani&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;https://accademiadellacrusca.it/it/consulenza/ferie-e-feriale/72&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Accademia della Crusca&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per un altro esempio di parole con etimologia comune ma significati diversi, si può considerare &lt;em&gt;zero&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;cifra&lt;/em&gt;. Entrambi vengono dall'arabo &lt;em&gt;ṣifr&lt;/em&gt; che è il termine arabo per zero. Quando Fibonacci descrisse il sistema di numerazione indiano (appreso dagli arabi durante il suo soggiorno nell'attuale Tunisia) nel suo &lt;em&gt;Liber abaci&lt;/em&gt;, aveva bisogno di una nuova parola per indicare la cifra zero e adottò &lt;em&gt;zephirus&lt;/em&gt;, una parola latina che assomigliasse a quella araba. Da &lt;em&gt;zefiro&lt;/em&gt; si passò presto a &lt;em&gt;zero&lt;/em&gt; in italiano e da qui si diffuse in Europa con questa forma. Ma &lt;em&gt;ṣifr&lt;/em&gt;, per altra via, divenne &lt;em&gt;cifra&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="70" LastEditorUserId="70" LastEditDate="2021-03-14T09:59:26.960" LastActivityDate="2021-03-14T09:59:26.960" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13501" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13503" CreationDate="2021-03-14T09:33:52.873" Score="-2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;The idea of dressing one’s capital up in different clothes by putting it into a particular business, stock, etc.&amp;quot; is curious to me. How is allocating capital into a particular business, stock, etc. related to &amp;quot;dressing one's capital up&amp;quot;? This semantic relation probably would never cross the mind of an an average Joe like mine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In 2021, we definitely don't think of finance or financial economics as &amp;quot;dressing one's capital up in different clothes&amp;quot;! Before I read these quotations, I had never heard of this kooky idea of &amp;quot;dressing one's capital up&amp;quot; in stocks, bonds, Exchange Traded Funds, etc.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;invest [16]&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The etymological notion underlying&#xA;invest is of ‘putting on clothes’. It comes via Old&#xA;French &lt;em&gt;investir&lt;/em&gt; from Latin &lt;em&gt;investīre&lt;/em&gt;, a compound&#xA;verb formed from the prefix &lt;em&gt;in-&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;vestis&lt;/em&gt;&#xA;‘clothes’ (source of English &lt;em&gt;vest, vestment,&#xA;travesty&lt;/em&gt;, etc). It retained that original literal&#xA;sense ‘clothe’ in English for several centuries,&#xA;but now it survives only in its metaphorical&#xA;descendant ‘instal in an office’ (as originally&#xA;performed by clothing in special garments). &lt;strong&gt;Its&#xA;financial sense, first recorded in English in the&#xA;early 17th century, is thought to have originated&#xA;in Italian &lt;em&gt;investire&lt;/em&gt; from the idea of dressing&#xA;one’s capital up in different clothes by putting it&#xA;into a particular business, stock, etc.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Word Origins&lt;/em&gt; (2005 2e) by John Ayto, p 291.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.merriam-webster.com/words-at-play/financial-word-origins/invest&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Invest - 9 Financial Words With Surprising Origins | Merriam-Webster&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The financial meaning of the word also descends from Latin, but it entered English via Italian in the early 17th century. In Italian, &lt;em&gt;investire&lt;/em&gt; developed a special sense fabricated from the notion of &amp;quot;clothing&amp;quot; money in a new form. That use was attached to the English word &lt;em&gt;invest&lt;/em&gt;, which eventually came to refer to a commitment of money to earn a return. This financial sense of &lt;em&gt;invest&lt;/em&gt; is attested in the early 1600s in connection with trading by the East India Company.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7095" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-16T11:55:42.590" LastActivityDate="2021-03-16T12:27:39.877" Title="How did the idea of &quot;dressing your capital up in different clothes&quot; arise?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13503" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13501" CreationDate="2021-03-16T11:52:21.950" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you can see at &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI08/00000431.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, in the first attested uses of &amp;quot;investire&amp;quot; this verb had the following meanings:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Provvedere, dotare, munire, corredare, for­nire; mettere in possesso, mettere a parte (di beni sia materiali sia spirituali)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;or&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immettere qualcuno, mediante un atto solenne, nel possesso di un feudo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is, to provide someone with a material or spiritual good.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In these first uses of Italian language, the idea of providing someone with a certain good was often expressed with a figurative usage of verbs meaning dressing someone. To give you some examples, Dante Alighieri uses the verb &amp;quot;ammantare&amp;quot;, which, according to &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ammantare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt; means&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Avvolgere, ricoprire con un manto; per estens., rivestire in genere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(i.e., &amp;quot;to dress&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in such figurative way in these verses:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;un corollario voglio che t’ammanti (&lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt; VIII, 128)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;col dire e con la luce che mi ammanta (&lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt; XXI, 66)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In this other instance, Dante uses  &amp;quot;addornare&amp;quot; (nowadays spelled &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/adornare&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;adornare&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;), that is the verb that you could use to express the idea of dressing someone with jewels or  elegant clothes:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Di reverenza il viso e li atti addorna (&lt;em&gt;Purgatorio&lt;/em&gt; XII, 82).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-16T12:27:39.877" LastActivityDate="2021-03-16T12:27:39.877" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13504" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13505" CreationDate="2021-03-17T03:39:26.547" Score="1" ViewCount="82" Body="&lt;p&gt;Unlike Ayto below, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.etymonline.com/word/capital#etymonline_v_53180&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Etymonline&lt;/a&gt; doesn't mention any Italian etymons for the English &amp;quot;capital&amp;quot; meaning wealth.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;capital [13]&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Etymologically, &lt;em&gt;capital&lt;/em&gt; is&#xA;something that is at the top or ‘head’; it comes&#xA;from Latin &lt;em&gt;caput&lt;/em&gt; ‘head’. The various current&#xA;English uses of the word reached us, however, by&#xA;differing routes. The first to come was the&#xA;adjective, which originally meant simply ‘of the&#xA;head’ (Milton in &lt;em&gt;Paradise lost&lt;/em&gt; wrote of the&#xA;Serpent’s ‘capital bruise’, meaning the bruise to&#xA;its head); this came via Old French &lt;em&gt;capital&lt;/em&gt; from&#xA;Latin &lt;em&gt;capitālis&lt;/em&gt;, a derivative of &lt;em&gt;caput&lt;/em&gt;. The other&#xA;senses of the adjective have derived from this:&#xA;‘capital punishment’, for instance, comes from&#xA;the notion of a crime which, figuratively&#xA;speaking, affects the head, or life. Its use as a&#xA;noun dates from the 17th century: &lt;strong&gt;the immediate&#xA;source of the financial sense is Italian &lt;em&gt;capitale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;. The architectural &lt;em&gt;capital&lt;/em&gt; ‘top of a column’ (as in&#xA;‘Corinthian capitals’) also comes from Latin&#xA;&lt;em&gt;caput&lt;/em&gt;, but in this case the intermediate form was&#xA;the diminutive &lt;em&gt;capitellum&lt;/em&gt; ‘little head’, which&#xA;reached English in the 14th century via Old&#xA;French &lt;em&gt;capitel&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Word Origins&lt;/em&gt; (2005 2e) by John Ayto. p 92 Right column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Why &amp;quot;capitale&amp;quot; started to have the finance related meaning it has in Italian?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7095" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-21T07:20:35.657" LastActivityDate="2021-03-21T07:20:35.657" Title="How the financial sense of &quot;capitale&quot; derived from the adjective &quot;capitale&quot; as something which has to do with head?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="14" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13505" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13504" CreationDate="2021-03-17T08:51:54.437" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;As you have found in the dictionary, the adjective &lt;em&gt;capitale&lt;/em&gt; means something which has to do with  head, considered the main part of a body,&#xA;as explained by &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/capo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Treccani dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;in quanto il capo, cioè la testa, è la parte principale e più nobile del corpo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is the definition of the adjective &lt;em&gt;capitale&lt;/em&gt; from &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000691.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Che riguarda il capo, la vita di una persona (&lt;em&gt;pena, sentenza, supplizio, peri­colo capitale&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;From this, the following &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000621.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;figurative meaning&lt;/a&gt; arised:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Principale, essenziale, di fondamen­tale importanza.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I.e., it's an adjective used to qualify something essential or of great importance. For instance, the most important city of a region or state is called &amp;quot;la città capitale&amp;quot; or simply &amp;quot;la capitale&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The first attested use of the noun  &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI02/00000691.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;capitale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; with a financial sense is this sentence coming from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI_indice_autori/00284.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Testi fiorentini&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, a collection of tests from 1211 to 1313:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;S’elli non pagasse, sì no promise di pagare Orlandino Galigaio prode e capitale quant’elli istessero.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;According to &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, the meaning of &lt;em&gt;capitale&lt;/em&gt; in this sentence is&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La parte principale di un patrimonio in denaro: rispetto alla somma mi­nore costituita dagli interessi che essa produce.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;That is,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The main part of a money asset compared to the lesser amount constituted by the interest it produces.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The idea is that this &amp;quot;capitale&amp;quot; is the  main part of an amount of money in the same way that the head is considered to be the main  part of a body.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-17T15:14:44.390" LastActivityDate="2021-03-17T15:14:44.390" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13506" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13499" CreationDate="2021-03-17T09:23:28.680" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Aggiungo alla risposta di @egreg quello che si trova nell'articolo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/42115999/Maurizio_Trifone_Dal_latino_all_italiano_una_storia_di_parole&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Dal latino all’italiano: una storia di parole&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; di Maurizio Trifone:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      Interessante è il caso di &lt;em&gt;ferie&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;feriale&lt;/em&gt;, due latinismi che sono attestati fin dal Trecento e che, pur essendo strettamente imparentati, hanno significati antitetici: il sostantivo equivale a ‘periodo di vacanza’ (&lt;em&gt;andare in ferie&lt;/em&gt;), l’aggettivo è sinonimo di ‘lavorativo, non festivo’ (&lt;em&gt;giorno feriale&lt;/em&gt;). Per spiegare questa apparente contraddizione&#xA;bisogna risalire a una variazione di significato che il latino FĒRIAE ha subito in ambito ecclesiastico. Il latino classico FĒRIAE , da avvicinare a FĔSTUS ‘festivo’, indicava i giorni festivi, in cui ci si asteneva dal lavoro. In epoca tarda il singolare FĒRIA passa a designare nella liturgia cristiana i giorni della settimana, dal lunedì al venerdì, distinti da un numerale ordinale progressivo: poiché il calendario cristiano enumera i giorni partendo dalla domenica, FĒRIA SECŬNDA (o SECŬNDA FĒRIA ) era il ‘lunedì’, FĒRIA&#xA;TĔRTIA il ‘martedì’, FĒRIA QUĂRTA il ‘mercoledì’, FĒRIA QUĪNTA il ‘giovedì’, FĒRIA SĔXTA il ‘venerdì’. Tali denominazioni si affiancano a quelle usate dagli Ebrei di Roma, che contavano i giorni della settimana dal giorno successivo al sabato e usavano un numero progressivo + SĂBBATI : SECŬNDA SĂBBATI equivaleva perciò a SECŬNDA FĒRIA ,&#xA;TĔRTIA SĂBBATI a TĔRTIA FĒRIA e così via. Questi usi avevano lo scopo di evitare che i giorni della settimana fossero chiamati con nomi di tradizione pagana, i quali peraltro sono sopravvissuti fino ai giorni nostri. Ad eccezione del portoghese che si rifà al calendario cristiano (&lt;em&gt;segunda-feira&lt;/em&gt; ‘lunedì’, &lt;em&gt;terça-feira&lt;/em&gt; ‘martedì’, ecc.), tutte le lingue romanze conservano traccia del paganesimo con i nomi dei giorni della settimana dai corpi celesti del sistema solare&lt;sup&gt;114&lt;/sup&gt;. Del resto anche il sabato e la domenica, prima dell’avvento del cristianesimo, avevano denominazioni di origine pagana che furono poi sostituite conformemente al programma di cristianizzazione dell’impero romano attuato nel IV secolo dagli imperatori Costantino e Teodosio. Il risultato è che la nostra settimana è «una specie di compromesso fra tre diversi sistemi (sistema planetario&#xA;pagano, sistema ebraico e sistema cristiano)» (Tagliavini 1963: 74). L’italiano &lt;em&gt;ferie&lt;/em&gt; continua il significato del latino classico FĒRIAE , mentre l’aggettivo &lt;em&gt;feriale&lt;/em&gt; si ricollega al significato che il latino tardo FĒRIA ha assunto con il cristianesimo, vale a dire ‘giorno della settimana’ diverso dalla domenica: il DĬES DOMĬNICUS (o DĬES DOMĬNICA), dedicato al Signore, è il giorno festivo per eccellenza; il DĬES FERIĂLIS , ogni altro giorno&#xA;della settimana, dedicato alla celebrazione di un santo, è non festivo e quindi è un giorno lavorativo (Tagliavini 1963: 67-69). Il latino tardo FĒRIA ha avuto anche un altro&#xA;sviluppo semantico: poiché nei giorni festivi era usanza fare mercati e fiere intorno alle chiese, FĒRIA assume il significato di ‘giorno di mercato’ e ‘mercato’, da cui l’italiano&#xA;&lt;em&gt;fiera&lt;/em&gt; (con metatesi di &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;), il francese &lt;em&gt;foire&lt;/em&gt;, il catalano &lt;em&gt;fira&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt; ------------------- &lt;br&gt;&#xA;&lt;sup&gt;114. DĬE(M) LŪNAE ‘giorno della Luna’ &amp;gt; italiano &lt;em&gt;lunedì&lt;/em&gt;, francese &lt;em&gt;lundi&lt;/em&gt;, spagnolo &lt;em&gt;lunes&lt;/em&gt;, rumeno &lt;em&gt;luni&lt;/em&gt;; DĬE(M) MĀRTIS ‘giorno di Marte’ &amp;gt; italiano &lt;em&gt;martedì&lt;/em&gt;, francese &lt;em&gt;mardi&lt;/em&gt;, spagnolo &lt;em&gt;martes&lt;/em&gt;, rumeno &lt;em&gt;marți&lt;/em&gt;; DĬE(M) MERCŬRI&#xA;‘giorno di Mercurio’ &amp;gt; italiano &lt;em&gt;mercoledì&lt;/em&gt;, francese &lt;em&gt;mercredi&lt;/em&gt;, spagnolo &lt;em&gt;miércoles&lt;/em&gt;, rumeno &lt;em&gt;miercuri&lt;/em&gt;; DĬE(M) IŎVIS ‘giorno di Giove’ &amp;gt; italiano &lt;em&gt;giovedì&lt;/em&gt;, francese &lt;em&gt;jeudi&lt;/em&gt;, spagnolo &lt;em&gt;jueves&lt;/em&gt;, rumeno &lt;em&gt;joi&lt;/em&gt;; DĬE(M) VĔNERIS ‘giorno di Venere’ &amp;gt; italiano &lt;em&gt;venerdì&lt;/em&gt;, francese &lt;em&gt;vendredi&lt;/em&gt;, spagnolo &lt;em&gt;viernes&lt;/em&gt;, rumeno &lt;em&gt;vineri&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A tutto questo, io aggiungerei il catalano: DĬE(M) LŪNAE &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;dilluns&lt;/em&gt;, DĬE(M) MĀRTIS &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;dimarts&lt;/em&gt;, DĬE(M) MERCŬRI &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;dimecres&lt;/em&gt;, DĬE(M) IŎVIS &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;dijous&lt;/em&gt;, DĬE(M) VĔNERIS &amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;divendres&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-03-17T09:23:28.680" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13507" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13349" CreationDate="2021-03-17T23:49:56.980" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Trafilaggio potrebbe andare?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non riguarda la trafilatura ed è un sinonimo di perdita; l'ho sempre sentito usare in meccanica per indicare perdite di olio o liquido in generale, solitamente causate da errato serraggio o non perfetta aderenza tra due superfici (trafilaggio di olio dalla testata/dalla coppa).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In caso di crittografia non ci sono superfici, ma stiamo parlando di dati che 'scivolano fuori' tra le maglie di un algoritmo che non dovrebbe avere 'fessure'.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi sento però di concordare con l'osservazione relativa al contesto: in ambito informatico italianizzare un termine del genere rischia di rendere il testo meno comprensibile a chi nel settore ci lavora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="688" LastActivityDate="2021-03-17T23:49:56.980" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13510" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-03-20T18:16:41.777" Score="4" ViewCount="90" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ho un dubbio sull'uso del verbo pronominale &lt;em&gt;metterci&lt;/em&gt;. Può essere utilizzato di forma &amp;quot;impersonale&amp;quot;, o dobbiamo sempre coniugare &lt;em&gt;metterci&lt;/em&gt; per un soggetto preciso?&#xA;Gli esempi che seguono sono sbagliati?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quanto ci mette a postare il video?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Andare da Venezia a Vicenza ci mette un'ora in treno.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quanto ci mette a portarci le pizze?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;O, invece, per dire questi frasi sarebbe meglio usare l'altro verbo pronominale, &lt;em&gt;volerci&lt;/em&gt;, che ha un uso più impersonale?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho letto sul tema in tanti siti diversi, ma non sono riuscita a trovare spiegazioni su questo uso specifico.&#xA;Per chi vuole leggere un po' su questi verbi pronominali: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italianochefatica.it/it/metterci-e-volerci/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.italianochefatica.it/it/metterci-e-volerci/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie mille!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7110" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-21T10:04:00.980" LastActivityDate="2021-03-22T06:52:38.137" Title="Il verbo metterci può essere utilizzato di forma &quot;impersonale&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13511" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13510" CreationDate="2021-03-21T10:01:56.347" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Effettivamente, come si spiega nel libro &lt;em&gt;Nuovo Contatto C1. Corso di lingua e civiltà italiana per stranieri&lt;/em&gt; (Loescher Editore, Torino) di R. Bozzone Costa, M. Piantoni, E. Scaramelli e C. Ghezzi, la particella pronominale &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; si trova&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;come particella fissa in alcune &lt;strong&gt;espressioni idiomatiche&lt;/strong&gt; quali &lt;br&gt;&#xA;      &lt;em&gt;volerci/metterci&lt;/em&gt; = occorrere: &lt;em&gt;Da qui a casa mia ci vogliono dieci minuti a piedi&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;[...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se vuoi usare &lt;em&gt;metterci&lt;/em&gt; coniugato in modo impersonale, trovi una combinazione di due clitici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come spiega questo l'&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/clitici_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo &amp;quot;clitici&amp;quot; dell'Enciclopedia dell'Italiano Treccani&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La formazione dei cumuli è basata su uno schema di priorità, che dispone i clitici nell’ordine indicato dalla &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/clitici_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/#gallery-in-text-4&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;tab. 2&lt;/a&gt; (Cordin &amp;amp; Calabrese 1988: 589)&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Puoi vedere nella tabella sopra indicata che la particella &lt;em&gt;ci&lt;/em&gt; va prima del &lt;em&gt;si&lt;/em&gt; impersonale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, nell'uso impersonale, le tue frasi dovrebbero essere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quanto ci si mette a postare il video?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Per andare da Venezia a Vicenza ci si mette un'ora in treno.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Quanto ci si mette a fare una pizza?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Personalmente, da un punto di vista semantico (non grammaticale), l'uso impersonale con &amp;quot;portarci le pizze&amp;quot; mi pare piuttosto strano: mi sembra che si stia dicendo che tutte le persone impiegano la stessa quantità di tempo per portarci le pizze. Ma forse avrebbe senso nel contesto di una pizzeria dove si va sempre con lo stesso gruppo e dove di solito ci vuole la stessa quantità di tempo per preparare una pizza, non so.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-03-21T10:01:56.347" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13512" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13510" CreationDate="2021-03-21T17:35:46.533" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;La prima e la terza delle espressioni che hai indicato hanno un significato diverso da quello che, credo, tu voglia dire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quanto ci mette a postare il video?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È una domanda che ci si fa quando qualcuno deve postare un video ed è in ritardo.&#xA;Il senso di questa frase è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Come mai ci mette così tanto a postare il video?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Quanto ci mette a portarci le pizze?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come per la frase precedente, questa frase indica che qualcuno è in ritardo (colui che deve portare le pizze) e ci si domanda da cosa possa dipendere il ritardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nell'altro esempio, invece, c'è un chiaro errore di verbo.&#xA;&amp;quot;Andare da Venezia a Vicenza ci mette un'ora in treno.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per indicare il tempo del viaggio si può dire:&#xA;&amp;quot;Andare da Venezia a Vicenza &lt;strong&gt;richiede&lt;/strong&gt; un'ora in treno.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;Per&lt;/strong&gt; andare da Venezia a Vicenza &lt;strong&gt;ci vuole/serve&lt;/strong&gt; un'ora in treno.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre solitamente si usa dire &amp;quot;un'ora &lt;strong&gt;di&lt;/strong&gt; treno&amp;quot; (dove si sottointendono le parole &amp;quot;viaggio in&amp;quot;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;un'ora di &lt;em&gt;viaggio in&lt;/em&gt; treno&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3320" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-22T06:52:38.137" LastActivityDate="2021-03-22T06:52:38.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13513" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13526" CreationDate="2021-03-22T07:22:14.953" Score="0" ViewCount="104" Body="&lt;p&gt;Where does the meaning of &amp;quot;disguise&amp;quot; in &lt;em&gt;travestire&lt;/em&gt; hail from? How does the prefix &lt;em&gt;trans&lt;/em&gt;- contribute, partly or wholly, to this meaning? I'm baffled because &lt;em&gt;trans-&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;vestire&lt;/em&gt; in Latin didn't mean &amp;quot;disguise&amp;quot;, which appears to have first arisen in Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;travesty [17]&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Travesty&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;transvestite&lt;/em&gt; [20] are&#xA;first cousins. Both are compounded of the Latin&#xA;elements &lt;em&gt;trāns-&lt;/em&gt; ‘across’ and &lt;em&gt;vestīre&lt;/em&gt; ‘clothe’&#xA;(source of English vest, vestment, etc), but they&#xA;are separate formations. &lt;em&gt;Travesty&lt;/em&gt; comes&#xA;ultimately from Italian &lt;em&gt;travestire&lt;/em&gt; ‘change&#xA;clothes so as to disguise’, formed from the&#xA;Italian descendants of the Latin elements. This&#xA;was borrowed into French as &lt;em&gt;travestir&lt;/em&gt; ‘ridicule’,&#xA;and its past participle &lt;em&gt;travesti&lt;/em&gt; gave English&#xA;&lt;em&gt;travesty&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Transvestite&lt;/em&gt; is a new formation, coined&#xA;in German in the first decade of the 20th century&#xA;(although there are a couple of isolated instances&#xA;of a verb &lt;em&gt;transvest&lt;/em&gt; ‘cross-dress’ from the 1650s).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Word Origins&lt;/em&gt; (2005 2e) by John Ayto. p 515 Right column.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.etymonline.com/search?q=travesty&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;travesty | Search Online Etymology Dictionary&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;from Italian &lt;em&gt;travestire&lt;/em&gt; &amp;quot;to disguise,&amp;quot; from Latin &lt;em&gt;trans&lt;/em&gt; &amp;quot;across, beyond; over&amp;quot; (see trans-) + &lt;em&gt;vestire&lt;/em&gt; &amp;quot;to clothe&amp;quot; (from PIE &lt;em&gt;*wes-&lt;/em&gt; (2) &amp;quot;to clothe,&amp;quot; extended form of root &lt;em&gt;*eu-&lt;/em&gt; &amp;quot;to dress&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7095" LastActivityDate="2021-04-08T17:34:33.503" Title="How did &quot;trans-&quot; compound with &quot;vestire&quot; to mean &quot;disguise&quot;?" Tags="&lt;etymology&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13514" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-03-22T12:31:59.320" Score="1" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;I own a book by Giuseppe Peano where some notes were written in Italian by the previous owner.&#xA;However I can't read one of those.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/dDPTx.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/dDPTx.png&quot; alt=&quot;note&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I just know that the note starts with (1), that the underlined word is &lt;em&gt;formale&lt;/em&gt;.&#xA;I also recognise &lt;em&gt;morfologia&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;linguistico&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edit:&lt;/strong&gt; The first line is &amp;quot;Doppio senso del termine formale&amp;quot; and mean &amp;quot;double meaning of the term formal&amp;quot; (@Charo)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7113" LastEditorUserId="7113" LastEditDate="2021-03-22T13:26:00.153" LastActivityDate="2021-03-22T13:51:55.137" Title="What does this handwritten note mean?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ClosedDate="2021-03-22T20:30:53.613" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13515" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13514" CreationDate="2021-03-22T13:51:55.137" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;After considering all the comments, I think I came up with the solution, which is half Italian and half Latino sine Flexione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;pre&gt;&lt;code&gt;(1) Doppio senso del termine formale&#xA;                             -------&#xA;             a&#xA;             b) tracta de forma de vocabulo (morfologia)&#xA;                         linguistico&#xA;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7113" LastActivityDate="2021-03-22T13:51:55.137" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13516" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-03-25T19:35:10.923" Score="4" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sono assillato dal seguente dubbio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;si scrive &amp;quot;dovendosi dare&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot;dovendo darsi&amp;quot;?&#xA;Cioè, il suffisso riflessivo va attaccato all'ausiliare/verbo modale o al verbo?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Secondo me, non importa dove uno lo metta, non ci ho mai fatto caso finora. Chiedo per avere una conferma (entrambe forme corrette?), in quanto non ho potuto trovare forum in cui si discuteva questo problema.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'ippopotamo, non &lt;strong&gt;potendosi riparare/potendo ripararsi&lt;/strong&gt; dal freddo, morì congelato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7128" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-03-26T09:06:11.663" LastActivityDate="2021-03-26T16:02:41.340" Title="&quot;Dovendosi dare&quot; oppure &quot;dovendo darsi&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13517" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13463" CreationDate="2021-03-26T14:07:40.383" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Per definizione il congiuntivo è il modo del dubbio, della possibilità e della soggettività. Quello che tu vuoi esprimere invece è una certezza lampante, quindi seguendo la logica, è bene usare l'indicativo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Faccio un esempio&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;è chiaro che Francesca e Luca stanno bene insieme (esprimo certezza)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non mi è chiaro se Francesca e Luca stiano bene insieme (esprimo dubbio)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ho preferito usare &amp;quot;è chiaro&amp;quot; perché mi suona meglio, però l'idea di base è certezza implica indicativo, dubbio/possibilità/augurio implica congiuntivo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7130" LastEditorUserId="4057" LastEditDate="2021-03-26T16:48:55.213" LastActivityDate="2021-03-26T16:48:55.213" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13518" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13516" CreationDate="2021-03-26T15:48:17.477" Score="4" Body="&lt;h1&gt;TL;DR&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le forme, &amp;quot;non potendosi riparare&amp;quot; e &amp;quot;non potendo ripararsi&amp;quot;, sono corrette.&#xA;Occorre però notare che la posizione del pronome &amp;quot;si&amp;quot; influenza l'ausiliare da utilizzare nei tempi composti, richiedendo &lt;em&gt;essere&lt;/em&gt; nel caso in cui preceda il verbo principale (&amp;quot;non &lt;em&gt;essendo&lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; potuto riparare&amp;quot;) o &lt;em&gt;avere&lt;/em&gt; nel caso in cui lo segua (&amp;quot;non &lt;em&gt;avendo&lt;/em&gt; potuto riparar&lt;strong&gt;si&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;La regola grammaticale&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tratto da &amp;quot;Italiano&amp;quot;, di Luca Serianni (ed. Garzanti):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quando l'infinito è preceduto da un verbo servile, il pronome atono può appoggiarsi in genere si al verbo reggente, come proclito, sia all'infinito, come enclito: &amp;quot;lo posso dire&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;posso dirlo&amp;quot;.&#xA;[...omissis...]&#xA;Nei tempi composti l'ausiliare è quello dell'infinito quando il pronome atono è anteposto al verbo reggente (&amp;quot;non ci sono potuto entrare&amp;quot;, perché si dice &amp;quot;sono entrato&amp;quot;), può essere quello richiesto dal verbo servile quando i pronome è enclitico (&amp;quot;non ho potuto entrarci&amp;quot;, come si dice &amp;quot;ho potuto&amp;quot; assolutamente; ma è altrettanto corretto: &amp;quot;non sono potuto entrarci&amp;quot;).&#xA;[...omissis...]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[fonte (gentilmente fornita da @DaG): &lt;a href=&quot;https://imgur.com/a/K93ySl3&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;foto della pagina&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Stando a quanto riportato, anche la formulazione &amp;quot;non essendo potuto ripararsi&amp;quot; si potrebbe ritenere corretta. Tuttavia, in &amp;quot;Grammatica italiana&amp;quot;, di Maurizio Dàrdano e Pietro Trifone (ed. Zanichelli), si può leggere:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Se il riflessivo è accompagnato da un verbo servile, si ha l’ausiliare essere quando la particella pronominale è proclitica (si è voluto lavare), l’ausiliare avere quando è enclitica (ha voluto lavarsi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;[fonte indiretta: citazione nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.achyra.org/cruscate/viewtopic.php?p=23391&amp;amp;sid=2cf9dc2d5d83cba5e2b9d00eac76e499#p23391&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;forum online &amp;quot;Cruscate&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;]&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questo escluderebbe la correttezza di &amp;quot;non essendo potuto ripararsi&amp;quot;, suggerendo che &lt;em&gt;nel caso specifico dei verbi riflessivi&lt;/em&gt;, non ci sia libertà di scelta nell'uso dell'ausiliare per i tempi composti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-03-26T16:02:41.340" LastActivityDate="2021-03-26T16:02:41.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13519" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13466" CreationDate="2021-03-27T22:03:17.807" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I commenti alla domanda mi trovano piuttosto d'accordo: tre giorni di malattia non rappresentano una morte improvvisa. Ho letto con piacere Il fu &amp;quot;Mattia Pascal&amp;quot; e non bisogna dimenticare l'umorismo che l'autore usa, a tratti quasi canzonatorio a mio modesto parere. Cioè la morte è di per sé un evento che può sconvolgere una famiglia. Perché la domanda retorica è &amp;quot;sarebbe stato meno problematico per la famiglia che il padre fosse morto immediatamente? Oppure avesse sofferto lungamente per una malattia?&amp;quot;. Può essere che l'autore sottolinei con l'umorismo che amo l'ipocrisia di queste affermazioni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7130" LastActivityDate="2021-03-27T22:03:17.807" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13520" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13466" CreationDate="2021-03-28T09:52:50.870" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;em&gt;quasi&lt;/em&gt; nel testo di Pirandello non è superfluo. Come ha detto @egreg nel suo commento, una morte &lt;em&gt;improvvisa&lt;/em&gt; è quella che non è preceduta da nessun segnale che passa far sospettare che la persona stia arrivando a fin di vita.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La morte del padre di Mattia Pascal non è &lt;em&gt;improvvisa&lt;/em&gt; perché è preceduta da tre giorni di malattia. È invece &lt;em&gt;quasi improvvisa&lt;/em&gt; nel senso che la malattia che ha causato la morte ha avuto un andamento molto rapido: il processo ha durato soltanto tre giorni.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-03-28T09:52:50.870" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13521" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13522" CreationDate="2021-03-30T18:09:00.393" Score="2" ViewCount="68" Body="&lt;p&gt;Pensavo fosse un vezzo dei giornalisti del gossip l’uso del sostantivo “shock” come aggettivo. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.lanostratv.it/2020/12/barbara-durso-annuncia-una-notizia-shock-su-pietro-delle-piane-e-grave/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Barbara d’Urso annuncia una notizia shock &lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.kontrokultura.it/230106/scandalo-da-maria-de-filippi-la-confessione-shock-siamo-andati-a-letto-insieme-poi-mi-ha-scaricato/amp/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Scandalo da Maria De Filippi, la confessione shock&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ma in realtà l’uso aggettivale di “shock”  mi sembra si stia diffondendo anche sulle notizie di cronaca e politica:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://video.gazzettadireggio.gelocal.it/locale/ndrangheta-intercettazioni-shock-c-e-da-picchiare-una-donna-buttatele-l-acido-in-faccia/136513/137082&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ndrangheta, intercettazioni shock: &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.adnkronos.com/arresto-shock-in-usa-manette-e-spray-al-peperoncino-su-bimba-di-9-anni_7tSkFKfyCBlbpTI8Pck5Xt&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Arresto shock in Usa, manette e spray al peperoncino su bimba di 9 anni&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non mi risulta che &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/shock/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;shock &lt;/a&gt; sia un aggettivo, ma probabilmente “scioccante” è troppo lungo e di minore effetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi chiedo se questo uso sia recente e se di fatto sia un trend che, forse, dovrà essere registrato da qualche dizionario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2021-03-30T21:43:51.770" Title="Shock anziché scioccante" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;nouns&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13522" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13521" CreationDate="2021-03-30T21:43:51.770" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;In effetti, il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI24/GDLI_Supplemento_2009_Pagina_755.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Supplemento del 2009 al &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; lo registra come aggettivo con il significato di &amp;quot;scioccante e sensazionalistico&amp;quot;, con la marca &lt;em&gt;NA&lt;/em&gt; (immagino che &lt;em&gt;N&lt;/em&gt; stia per neologismo). Dà come prima attestazione un articolo del &lt;em&gt;Corriere della Sera&lt;/em&gt; del 20-VIII-1993. Eccone la citazione riportata in questo vocabolario:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Notizia shock per l’economia americana: il deficit commerciale con l’estero, ricorrente incubo degli anni Ottanta, torna a salire prepotentemente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sul Supplemento sopra menzionato si trova anche un'altra occorrenza, in cui mi sembra curioso l'uso della maiuscola iniziale:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;La Stampa&lt;/em&gt; [15-II-2006]: Iraq: video Shock, cecchino spara contro soldati Usa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dagli esempi sopra riportati e da quelli della domanda, questo uso di &lt;em&gt;shock&lt;/em&gt; sembra essersi diffuso nell'ambito giornalistico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-03-30T21:43:51.770" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13523" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10045" CreationDate="2021-04-03T19:31:11.340" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nel caso di Stack Exchange, in cui il primo post è una domanda, si potrebbe anche usare &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/querente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;querente&lt;/a&gt;, parola un po démodé che secondo me alcuni utenti apprezzeranno.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Volendo anche &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ricerca/petente/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;petente&lt;/a&gt;, ma forse suona un po' male. ¯\_(ツ)_/¯&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2021-04-03T19:31:11.340" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13524" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-04T16:40:21.543" Score="3" ViewCount="92" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il predicato nominale è formato da un verbo copulativo ( considerare, ritenere,  sembrare ecc...) e da un aggettivo o nome, che viene comunemente definito &amp;quot; predicato del nome&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Più di una volta, anzi molto spesso, mi è capitato di sentire  frasi in cui tra verbo copulativo e Predicato del nome veniva aggiunto il tempo verbale infinito del verbo essere, che è appunto &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Solitamente però negli stessi casi in cui mi è capitato di sentire/leggere il tempo verbale infinito &amp;quot;essere&amp;quot; posto tra verbo copulativo e predicato del nome, mi è capitato anche di non vederlo affatto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi metto 3 esempi per farvi capire:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;1)Quella donna sembra triste/ sembra essere triste&#xA;2) il ragazzo che era ritenuto un grande talento/ che era ritenuto essere un grande talento ha deluso le aspettative.&#xA;3) lo consideravo un amico/ lo consideravo essere un grande amico.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ci sono delle differenze? Se sì, quali?&#xA;Sono corrette entrambe le versioni o ci sono casi in cui è preferibile una o l'altra? Se sì, perché?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Vi ringrazio calorosamente in anticipo e vi auguro una buona pasqua.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastActivityDate="2021-04-04T16:40:21.543" Title="Qual è la differenza tra il mettere o l'omettere il tempo verbale infinito del verbo essere in un predicato nominale?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" FavoriteCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13525" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10045" CreationDate="2021-04-07T10:58:20.013" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;A mio avviso, si possono proporre diverse traduzioni, più o meno creative, più o meno letterali ma si sta perdendo di vista il contesto dell'utilizzo del termine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come qualsiasi altro acronimo diffuso in internet, OP viene utilizzato perché&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;è più breve dell'espressione che sostituisce e&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;perché il suo significato è noto.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualsiasi traduzione di &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;original poster&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; mancherebbe degli stessi requisiti poiché sarebbe sempre e comunque più lunga di OP e, &amp;quot;convertita&amp;quot; in un acronimo, sarebbe incomprensibile a tutti.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quindi, all'atto pratico, IMHO (e non &amp;quot;AMMA&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;AMMP&amp;quot; ;-) ), la risposta alla domanda &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;Qual è una traduzione in italiano di &amp;quot;Original Poster&amp;quot;, come usato su internet?&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; è &amp;quot;Non ha senso tradurlo&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastActivityDate="2021-04-07T10:58:20.013" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13526" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13513" CreationDate="2021-04-08T17:34:33.503" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;The original meaning arose in late Latin and from there passed into Italian. &amp;quot;Transvestire&amp;quot; just meant &amp;quot;change clothes&amp;quot; (in the sense used by actors and performers). So, yes, in Latin &lt;em&gt;transvestire&lt;/em&gt; almost meant &amp;quot;disguise&amp;quot; already.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;This is a comment to the second book of Dante's &lt;em&gt;Comedia&lt;/em&gt;, in which comment &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghino_di_Tacco&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Ghino di Tacco&lt;/a&gt;'s murder is detailed: &amp;quot;Then Ghino, disguised and with fake clothes [possibly a reference to sumptuary laws?], entered the Roman Curia and publicly murdered that Aretine judge&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wfcUp.png&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://i.stack.imgur.com/wfcUp.png&quot; alt=&quot;enter image description here&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1438" LastActivityDate="2021-04-08T17:34:33.503" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13527" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13528" CreationDate="2021-04-11T23:03:03.657" Score="3" ViewCount="95" Body="&lt;p&gt;Does &amp;quot;shot of espresso&amp;quot; translate into Italian as &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;colpo di caffé espresso&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, or is there a different way of saying this, such as &lt;em&gt;tazza&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3378" LastEditorUserId="3378" LastEditDate="2021-04-12T16:57:28.730" LastActivityDate="2021-04-12T16:57:28.730" Title="&quot;Colpo di espresso&quot; = &quot;shot of espresso&quot;?" Tags="&lt;translation&gt;&lt;phrase-request&gt;&lt;english-comparison&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="8" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13528" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13527" CreationDate="2021-04-12T08:13:46.313" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;As a native Italian speaker, I've never encountered the expression &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;colpo di caffè espresso&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (please notice the Italian word is &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;caffè&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;, with a double &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;f&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;). In general, we do not even specify &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;espresso&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; and simply say &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;un caffè&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;espresso&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; is implied, and we have to specify only if we do &lt;strong&gt;not&lt;/strong&gt; want an espresso). For what concerns the &amp;quot;shot&amp;quot;, we use that term (in English) in reference to super alcoholic drinks but not for coffee. In conclusion, I'd translate &amp;quot;shot of espresso&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;caffè &lt;strong&gt;ristretto&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;While I agree the word &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;caffettino&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; (as suggested by @ZabZonk) is informal, I'd say it is used as term of endearment rather than as diminutive and it suggests the idea of &amp;quot;well deserved&amp;quot; and/or &amp;quot;enjoyable&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;small&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-04-12T10:37:17.813" LastActivityDate="2021-04-12T10:37:17.813" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13529" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-13T15:20:49.873" Score="4" ViewCount="143" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il periodo ipotetico della possibilità esprime una certa relazione causale tra due fatti, due eventi, due &amp;quot;stati di cose&amp;quot;: se si verifica il primo (protasi), è più o meno probabile che si verifichi anche il secondo (apodosi).&#xA;Nella grammatica italiana, la protasi di questo periodo ipotetico deve contenere un verbo al congiuntivo, mentre l'apodosi un verbo al condizionale.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma qui ho trovato un potenziale problema. Ogni frase descrive uno stato di cose, e il periodo ipotetico non fa eccezione: come ho già detto, descrive una relazione causale tra due eventi, che è essa stessa uno stato di cose. Ma cosa succede se l'evento descritto dalla protasi di un periodo ipotetico è &lt;em&gt;un altro periodo ipotetico&lt;/em&gt;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mi spiego meglio con un esempio.&lt;/strong&gt; Prendete la frase &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;se uscissi di casa durante il coprifuoco sarei multato&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Fin qui nulla di controverso. La frase rappresenta una certa regola, chiamiamola &amp;quot;regola X&amp;quot;. Ora considerate la frase &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;se vigesse la regola X non uscirei di casa durante il coprifuoco&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Anche qui nulla di strano. Ma cosa succede se sostituiamo la regola X con il suo contenuto? Otterremmo qualcosa come &lt;em&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;se sarei&lt;/strong&gt; multato (qualora uscissi di casa durante il coprifuoco) non uscirei di casa durante il coprifuoco&amp;quot;&lt;/em&gt;. Naturalmente questa frase va evitata nello scritto perché non è molto elegante, ma nel parlato mi sembra decisamente naturale, perché il parlante segue spontaneamente la regola &amp;quot;se è vero che [fatto 1] allora è vero [fatto 2]&amp;quot;. In genere cercherà di descrivere il 'fatto 1' (la protasi) coniugando il verbo al congiuntivo, e il 'fatto 2' coniugando il verbo al condizionale, ma ci sono casi in cui questa regola è in contrasto con se stessa, come ho appena mostrato. Penso che buona parte dei parlanti inizierebbe a dire &amp;quot;se sarei...&amp;quot; ma poi si accorgerebbe della stonatura e si correggerebbe. Ma se la frase suona male è solo perché siamo condizionati ad accoppiare sempre &amp;quot;se&amp;quot; e congiuntivo in un periodo ipotetico, e in effetti è così nel 99,9% dei casi pratici.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Io credo che una persona attenta alla lingua non dovrebbe correggere chi parla in questo modo. Ho ragione? Mi piacerebbe sentire il parere degli esperti di questo forum.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;EDIT: @secan mi ha fatto notare che ho invertito il significato di protasi e apodosi. Adesso è corretto, ma nei miei commenti sotto restano invertite (almeno l'uso è coerente).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6788" LastEditorUserId="6788" LastEditDate="2021-04-14T10:26:26.397" LastActivityDate="2021-04-14T10:26:26.397" Title="Una possibile eccezione al &quot;se + congiuntivo&quot; nel periodo ipotetico" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;conditional-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13530" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="7639" CreationDate="2021-04-14T15:43:50.547" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Pescecane&amp;quot; is indeed a colloquial term but it is not an exact synonym of &amp;quot;squalo&amp;quot;, in fact the term &amp;quot;pescecane&amp;quot; is applied only to the shark species that are perceived as &amp;quot;typical sharks&amp;quot; in terms of both shape and predatory behaviour.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example, in Italian you would not use &amp;quot;pescecane&amp;quot; to refer to a whale shark (&amp;quot;squalo balena&amp;quot;) or a sawshark (&amp;quot;squalo sega&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;pesce sega&amp;quot;) or a hammerhead shark (&amp;quot;squalo martello&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;pesce martello&amp;quot;) and I doubt it would be used for a basking shark (&amp;quot;squalo elefante&amp;quot;) but you can use it for most of the species who actively hunt and usually swim in mid-water, like a white shark (squalo bianco) or a thresher (squalo volpe) or a bull shark (&amp;quot;squalo leuca&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;squalo zambesi&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In other words, all &amp;quot;pescicani&amp;quot; are &amp;quot;squali&amp;quot; but not all &amp;quot;squali&amp;quot; are &amp;quot;pescicani&amp;quot; and the definition of &amp;quot;pescecane&amp;quot; is not rooted in biology or genetic but it merely depends on the stereotypical image of sharks we have in our mind.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a final note, in biology sometimes we use &amp;quot;squali&amp;quot; (but never &amp;quot;pescicani&amp;quot;) to refer to the wider group the cartilaginous fishes including also rays (&amp;quot;razze&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastActivityDate="2021-04-14T15:43:50.547" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13531" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13532" CreationDate="2021-04-15T08:09:32.887" Score="4" ViewCount="306" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Anxiogenic&amp;quot; in English means &amp;quot;something/someone that creates/induces/provokes anxiety&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Is there an equivalent in Italian? I can't find &amp;quot;ansiogenico&amp;quot; in Italian dictionaries.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I can find &amp;quot;ansiogeno&amp;quot; but this seems to mean &amp;quot;someone who has anxiety&amp;quot;, rather than &amp;quot;something that creates/induces anxiety&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7239" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-04-15T08:31:13.440" LastActivityDate="2021-04-15T09:25:59.383" Title="How do I say &quot;that induces anxiety&quot; in Italian?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;translation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13532" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13531" CreationDate="2021-04-15T08:30:26.000" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;The word you found &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/ansiogeno/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ansiogeno&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, according to Treccani's dictionary&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;ansiògeno agg. [comp. di ansia e -geno]. – In psicologia e&#xA;psichiatria, che genera ansia: &lt;em&gt;situazione ansiogena&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;exactly means:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In psychology and psychiatry, something that generates anxiety:&#xA;&lt;em&gt;anxiogen situation&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;You can also apply the term to a situation or also to a person who generates anxiety on itself.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1243" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-04-15T09:25:59.383" LastActivityDate="2021-04-15T09:25:59.383" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13533" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-15T12:20:16.243" Score="3" ViewCount="100" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ieri è stato annunciato il nuovo libro della Rowling, &lt;em&gt;Il Maialino di Natale&lt;/em&gt;, e sul &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.adnkronos.com/jk-rowling-e-il-maialino-di-natale-nuovo-libro-il-12-ottobre_23GXgpwT5Ofqyhu5ltndUc&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;comunicato stampa rilasciato dalla Salani&lt;/a&gt; è riportato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La sua affettuosa, inesauribile fantasia e la compassione verso le persone e gli oggetti amati che assorbono i sentimenti umani è la celebrazione del calore della famiglia, del prendersi cura e del sentirsi capiti e della autentica sostenibilità delle cose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma esattamente cosa significa  “autentica sostenibilità delle cose”? È da ieri che mi sforzo per riuscire a capirne il senso.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7241" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2021-04-15T16:28:23.673" LastActivityDate="2021-04-18T18:19:03.280" Title="Che cosa vuol dire “sostenibilità” in questo contesto?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13534" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13535" CreationDate="2021-04-15T14:59:32.857" Score="2" ViewCount="124" Body="&lt;p&gt;Benché sia nato e cresciuto in Italia fino all'età universitaria, abito all'estero da molti anni, e l'inglese è (da più di un quarto di secolo) di gran lunga la mia lingua di uso più frequente.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In inglese, capita molto spesso di dire &amp;quot;that makes sense!&amp;quot; nel contesto di una conversazione, anche per convalidare ciò che l'interlocutore sta dicendo. Pertanto è fin troppo naturale per me usare la locuzione &amp;quot;ha senso!&amp;quot; in contesti simili quando converso in italiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma i miei interlocutori &amp;quot;nativi&amp;quot; storcono il naso a questo tipo di locuzione, dicendo che suona innaturale. A loro opinione, va bene dire &amp;quot;non ha senso&amp;quot;, ma dire &amp;quot;ha senso&amp;quot; senza altro contesto non è affatto comune nel parlare quotidiano.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda è,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Hanno ragione i miei interlocutori a sostenere che &amp;quot;ha senso&amp;quot; come intercalare in una conversazione suona innaturale?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Se sì, qual è una locuzione alternativa che esprima lo stesso tipo di convalida dell'inglese &amp;quot;it makes sense&amp;quot;?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2115" LastActivityDate="2021-04-17T16:13:19.920" Title="Equivalente italiano di &quot;it makes sense&quot;" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;idioms&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13535" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13534" CreationDate="2021-04-17T16:13:19.920" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;Rispondo alla tua ultima domanda: &lt;em&gt;è sensato&lt;/em&gt; mi sembra più comune in frasi positive.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="928" LastActivityDate="2021-04-17T16:13:19.920" CommentCount="5" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13536" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13537" CreationDate="2021-04-17T23:14:41.140" Score="3" ViewCount="62" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le chiesi: “È gia arrivata Anna?”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qui &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.impariamoitaliano.com/di19.htm&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.impariamoitaliano.com/di19.htm&lt;/a&gt; ho trovato questa frase come risposta giusta:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Le chiesi se Anna era già arrivata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ma secondo questo sito &lt;a href=&quot;https://learnamo.com/il-discorso-indiretto/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://learnamo.com/il-discorso-indiretto/&lt;/a&gt; se ho capito bene dovrei usare il congiuntivo trapassato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Le chiesi se Anna fosse già arrivata.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno mi può dire qual è la versione corretta?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6960" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-04-18T17:19:38.923" LastActivityDate="2021-04-18T17:19:38.923" Title="Discorso indiretto: riportare domande al passato" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;subjunctive-mood&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13537" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13536" CreationDate="2021-04-18T16:17:07.380" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Converto in risposta un precedente commento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Entrambe le forme sono corrette: cambia solo la sfumatura che si vuole dare.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Come viene spiegato &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/interrogative-indirette_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt; con esempi più approfonditi e, soprattutto, maggiore autorevolezza, “l’opinione più corretta è che la scelta di indicativo e congiuntivo nelle frasi interrogative indirette (...) non obbedisca a una sola regola, ma si adatti a un ventaglio di possibilità collegate (...) a una libera scelta del parlante, svincolata da ragioni di ordine grammaticale, contestuale e perfino di registro”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Così, negli esempi forniti nel quesito, “se era” lascia intendere una certa familiarità o la quasi certezza che Anna dovrebbe essere già arivata (perché magari rincasa sempre alla stessa ora) mentre “se fosse” sottintende un pizzico di incertezza o di apprensione in più (magari perché Anna abita in un’altra città ed il suo arrivo per una visita è atteso da un momento all’altro).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6341" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-04-18T17:18:48.227" LastActivityDate="2021-04-18T17:18:48.227" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13538" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13533" CreationDate="2021-04-18T18:19:03.280" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Dopo aver letto l'intero articolo linkato, direi che non significa assolutamente nulla; mi sembra semplicemente un'espressione buttata lì perché &amp;quot;di tendenza&amp;quot; ed evocativa di qualcosa che oggi è percepito come positivo. Puro marketing, a mio parere. – secan&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6347" LastActivityDate="2021-04-18T18:19:03.280" CommentCount="8" CommunityOwnedDate="2021-04-18T18:19:03.280" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13540" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-20T13:38:42.360" Score="3" ViewCount="76" Body="&lt;p&gt;Non capisco se si sia corretto pronunciare &amp;quot;cci sono&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;ci sono&amp;quot; oppure ancora &amp;quot;andiamocci&amp;quot; o &amp;quot;andiamoci&amp;quot; .&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So che alcune parole che nello scritto non hanno la doppia la acquisiscono nella pronuncia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora non so se la differenza di pronuncia sia relativa alle varie zone d'Italia.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tipo al nord si pronuncia &amp;quot;ha detto&amp;quot; così come si legge, mentre a al sud o in Toscana si dovrebbe pronunciare &amp;quot;ha ddetto&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è la verità?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-04-20T21:08:14.567" LastActivityDate="2021-04-20T21:08:14.567" Title="Raddoppiamento fonosintattico nel caso della particella &quot;ci&quot;?" Tags="&lt;regional&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13541" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13540" CreationDate="2021-04-20T15:42:52.847" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, varia abbastanza da una parte d'Italia all'altra. Se vogliamo considerare l'italiano standard, in genere i raddoppiamenti che usano i toscani fanno abbastanza testo, ma non sempre.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In alcuni dizionari viene indicato se una parola o particella dà luogo o no al raddoppiamento fonosintattico, con un segno + o simili. Per esempio, in italiano standard la preposizione “da” provoca il raddoppiamento dopo di sé: “Vengo da Firenze” si pronuncia come se fosse scritto “... daffirenze”. Questo spiega parole come “dabbene”, “davvero” etc. Un dizionario potrebbe indicare questo caso con &lt;em&gt;da&lt;sup&gt;+&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Trovi indicazioni in proposito, per esempio, nel &lt;em&gt;Dizionario d'ortografia e di pronunzia&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;in rete qui&lt;/a&gt;). Per esempio, la voce relativa a “da” è &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=61519&amp;amp;r=1931&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda gli esempi che fai, “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=70940&amp;amp;r=30987&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ci&lt;/a&gt;” non dà luogo di per sé a nessun raddoppiamento (ma la c potrebbe raddoppiarsi a seconda di quello che c'è prima, come in “se ci sei”), mentre “&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=50707&amp;amp;r=11144&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ha&lt;/a&gt;” sì, con la parola che segue.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La regola generale (sempre per l'italiano standard) è che si ha il raddoppiamento&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(a) dopo una parola accentata sull’ultima sillaba (ivi inclusi i monosillabi tonici): ad es., andrò [pː]iano, farà [tː]utto, mangerò [tː]utto, va [fː]orte, re [lː]atino, tre [kː]ani;&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;(b) dopo una serie di morfemi monosillabici (per es., e, o, ho, è, se) o bisillabici (come, dove, sopra, qualche): ad es., io e [tː]e, ho [fː]ame.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cito dalla &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/raddoppiamento-sintattico_(Enciclopedia-dell%27Italiano)/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce sul raddoppiamento sintattico dell'&lt;em&gt;Enciclopedia dell'italiano Treccani&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, dove ovviamente puoi trovare molti più lumi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2021-04-20T20:22:45.840" LastActivityDate="2021-04-20T20:22:45.840" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13542" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="10947" CreationDate="2021-04-21T20:26:26.563" Score="0" Body="&lt;p&gt;I finally found comprehensive answers to this question. The difference between essere and stare for location actually exist in the &amp;quot;official&amp;quot; (standard/supra-regional) Italian language.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt; tl;dr. For location: &lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Stare&lt;/strong&gt; -&amp;gt; Longer time, more persistent, usual place (think as in &amp;quot;Stay&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Essere&lt;/strong&gt; -&amp;gt; At that moment, more ephemeral (think as in &amp;quot;is, right now&amp;quot;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;However, in other cases that are not related to location, these connotations might differ [2, 3, 4], as in the examples below:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;To comment that &amp;quot;he is tall&amp;quot;, you'd say &amp;quot;Lui è alto&amp;quot;, for example, even though being tall is quite persistent, IMO;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;And to say things in the Gerund tense, that &amp;quot;he is walking&amp;quot;, for example, we would say &amp;quot;Lui sta camminando&amp;quot;.&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lastly, using stare interchangeably with essere is a colloquialism that comes from the southern region of Italy [1].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Excerpt from Duolingo's forum [1], which is based on another reference:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The habit of substituting stare for essere is of southern origin;&#xA;this strong regional character must be avoided in official and formal&#xA;uses. With family and friends, instead, you can stay (stare) more relaxed.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(...)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The following considerations are valid for the national language, not&#xA;for regional Italian (in which variable uses apply).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In the sense of &amp;quot;being in a given place&amp;quot;, referring to objects, there&#xA;is a nuance between the two verbs: essere expresses the location with&#xA;reference to the moment of enunciation, while stare denotes the usual&#xA;location; compare these two sentences:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(1) The scissors are (sono) in the first drawer to the right of the&#xA;sink [where they are now, not necessarily always]. (2) The scissors&#xA;are (stanno) in the drawer to the right of the sink [where they are&#xA;normally placed]. NB. THIS IS DUO'S USAGE HERE.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Referring to people, the verb stare, in modern neutral use - different,&#xA;in part, from past uses - generally has the sense of &amp;quot;staying&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;residing&amp;quot;,&#xA;or indicates the posture, or, of course, the state of health. Then there are idiomatic&#xA;expressions, unalterable.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For example these two sentences have a slightly different meaning:&#xA;Sono contento di essere qui = &amp;quot;I'm happy to be here [at this precise&#xA;moment]&amp;quot;; Sono contento di stare qui = &amp;quot;I'm happy to be here&#xA;[always]&amp;quot;. The first sentence expresses the place in space and time;&#xA;in the second, it emphasizes instead permanence in the place of which&#xA;we speak (so that, invited to dinner at a friend's house, I would&#xA;always use the first: the second could be misinterpreted by some&#xA;touchy soul).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;The relations between the two verbs are complex, and not always clear,&#xA;also because of regional differences. But phrases like Dove stai? (in&#xA;the sense of &amp;quot;Where are you?&amp;quot;) or Non ci sta nessuno (for &amp;quot;No one is&#xA;present&amp;quot;) are not acceptable in supra-regional Italian.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt; Sources &lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://forum.duolingo.com/comment/630889/La-lampada-sta-sopra-il-tavolo&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://forum.duolingo.com/comment/630889/La-lampada-sta-sopra-il-tavolo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdDFrduKC3w&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdDFrduKC3w&lt;/a&gt; (for comparison with Portuguese verbs)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Sister that lived in Italy for a couple years&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Google Ngram Viewer&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7246" LastActivityDate="2021-04-21T20:26:26.563" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13543" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-23T18:20:30.983" Score="-1" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;E quando saremo vecchi e tu mi dirai:&#xA;Come siamo arrivati ​​fino a qui insieme?&#xA;Ti risponderò:&#xA;Perché invece di urlare, parliamo. Invece di scappare, cerchiamo soluzioni. Perché tutto e niente ci apparteneva, perché abbiamo pianto e riso insieme. Perché un giorno abbiamo promesso di stare insieme nel bene e nel male e soprattutto perché l'amore è cresciuto nel tempo sotto forma di un amore che non muore mai &amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7273" LastActivityDate="2021-04-25T10:28:45.177" Title="Cosa significa in questo contesto “ Perché tutto e niente ci apparteneva”?" Tags="&lt;meaning&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13544" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-24T17:05:21.817" Score="2" ViewCount="96" Body="&lt;p&gt;The Devoto-Oli 2017 dictionary (online version) presents the following puzzle: the verb &amp;quot;avere&amp;quot; is listed as transitive, but the conjugations it gives for avere do not include the passive.  Why not, since the general rule is that transitive verbs have passive uses?  Perhaps because, in practice, avere is (almost) never used in the passive?  Or some other reason?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2343" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-04-25T10:07:36.637" LastActivityDate="2021-04-25T10:07:36.637" Title="Passive for &quot;avere&quot;" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13545" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-24T17:48:49.933" Score="2" ViewCount="67" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi vengono in mente le seguenti frasi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Credo di avere chiamato Alessia&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Credo d'avere chiamato Alessia&#xA;(Elisione)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Credo di aver chiamato Alessia&#xA;(Troncamento)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;Credo d'aver chiamato Alessia&#xA;(Elisione e Troncamento)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come da titolo, vorrei sapere se in questi casi è possibile e corretto elidere e/o troncare questi verbi sia nello scritto che nella pronuncia e se ci sono dei casi in cui è grammaticalmente scorretto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie a tutti in anticipo e buona serata&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2021-04-24T18:10:36.847" LastActivityDate="2021-04-24T18:10:36.847" Title="Quando è possibile l'elisione e troncamento della preposizione &quot;di&quot; sia nello scritto che nella pronuncia?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronunciation&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13546" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13543" CreationDate="2021-04-25T10:28:45.177" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;È un ossimoro (una contraddizione), e in quanto tale va interpretato non in maniera letterale, ma in maniera metaforica. Col poco contesto che abbiamo, è difficile ricavare il significato preciso: potrebbe voler riferirsi al fatto che gli amanti hanno pochi beni materiali (niente) ma nonostante questo sono contenti del loro amore (hanno 'tutto' ciò che conta). In ogni caso, si tratta di una frasetta da smemoranda, di scarso valore letterario, quindi non mi scervellerei su significati profondi: una frase ad effetto, e nulla più.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7279" LastActivityDate="2021-04-25T10:28:45.177" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13547" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-25T19:17:15.503" Score="1" ViewCount="88" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am confused by &amp;quot;capo&amp;quot;. In its first meaning it is the &amp;quot;leader&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;captain&amp;quot; but there seems to be a figurative sense as in this expression: &amp;quot;E un capo classico&amp;quot; - where does the figurative meaning come from, and in what context can it be used (di vestiario? di musica? ... )&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Thanks!&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7149" LastActivityDate="2021-04-25T19:17:15.503" Title="How to remember &quot;capo&quot; in figurative sense?" Tags="&lt;vocabulary&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13548" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-26T09:14:32.503" Score="8" ViewCount="257" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am wondering how to use a grammatical gender in Italian for non-gender-conforming people. For example, how should I use adjectives when referring to a person who does not identify as either male or female?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7282" LastEditorUserId="63" LastEditDate="2021-05-05T09:11:07.650" LastActivityDate="2021-05-22T10:30:06.690" Title="What grammatical gender to use for people who do not identify as a specific gender?" Tags="&lt;gender&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="11" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13549" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13548" CreationDate="2021-04-27T07:15:29.083" Score="11" Body="&lt;p&gt;Italian has just two grammatical genders, masculine and feminine (no “it” or the like). Every noun (including objects and abstract notions) has one of these two grammatical genders, which, even in the case of humans or animals, doesn't necessarily relate with the sex (if any) of the person or animal involved.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For instance, &lt;em&gt;sedia&lt;/em&gt; (chair) is feminine, while &lt;em&gt;tavolo&lt;/em&gt; (table) is masculine; &lt;em&gt;sole&lt;/em&gt; (sun) is masculine, while &lt;em&gt;luna&lt;/em&gt; (moon) is feminine. Many animals have a single word for their kind, either masculine or feminine, independently of the actual sex of a single individual. For instance, &lt;em&gt;pesce&lt;/em&gt; (fish) or &lt;em&gt;topo&lt;/em&gt; (mouse) are masculine, and you should resort to a periphrasis to specify that a particular fish or mouse is a female; the reverse holds for &lt;em&gt;tigre&lt;/em&gt; (tiger) or &lt;em&gt;tartaruga&lt;/em&gt; (turtle), which are feminine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;For human beings, we normally use distinct words for females and males (or equal words with adjectives and pronouns agreeing with different genders): &lt;em&gt;scrittore&lt;/em&gt; ([male] writer) - &lt;em&gt;scrittrice&lt;/em&gt; ([female] writer); &lt;em&gt;professore&lt;/em&gt; ([male] professor) - &lt;em&gt;professoressa&lt;/em&gt; ([female] professor). But even so, some generic terms that refers to generic humans have a specific grammatical gender (an Italian noun cannot not have a gender). For instance, &lt;em&gt;essere umano&lt;/em&gt; (human being) is grammatically masculine, while &lt;em&gt;persona&lt;/em&gt; (person) is feminine. Moreover, such nouns as &lt;em&gt;spia&lt;/em&gt; (spy) or &lt;em&gt;guardia&lt;/em&gt; (guard) are feminine, whatever the person they refer to.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All of the above to say that Italian language and its speakers perceive grammatical gender as less connected to personal gender (or lack thereof) than, say, in English, where “he” and “she” refer just to male and, respectively, female people (or some animals and rare exceptions, such as ships).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Once we know the grammatical gender of a noun, the adjectives and pronouns that refer to it have automatically the same grammatical gender: &lt;em&gt;Mario è una persona molto generosa&lt;/em&gt; = “Mario is a very generous person”.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So, I believe that a person who doesn't recognise themself as either male or female can use whatever words they prefer, perhaps choosing a single conventional grammatical gender, or alternating both or whatever. Keep in mind that in Italian no one objects if virile James Bond is called a &lt;em&gt;spia&lt;/em&gt; (feminine only word for “spy”) or a woman singing as a soprano is called, well, &lt;em&gt;soprano&lt;/em&gt; (a masculine noun in Italian).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2021-05-22T10:30:06.690" LastActivityDate="2021-05-22T10:30:06.690" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13550" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-04-29T00:14:22.460" Score="6" ViewCount="135" Body="&lt;p&gt;Io credo che in presenza di un soggetto maschile si dovrebbe dire:&#xA;&amp;quot;Questa è &lt;strong&gt;riuscito&lt;/strong&gt; a pararla&amp;quot; oppure &amp;quot; Questa la è &lt;strong&gt;riuscito&lt;/strong&gt; a parare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sarebbe corretta se il soggetto fosse femminile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le mie impressioni sono corrette oppure invece no?&#xA;Lo dico perché mi pare di averlo sentito da un telecronista, quindi non so se abbia sbagliato lui oppure mi sbaglio io.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-04-29T06:39:40.420" LastActivityDate="2021-05-08T21:06:09.900" Title="&quot;Questa è riuscita a pararla&quot;?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;past-participle&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13551" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="6779" CreationDate="2021-04-30T22:07:57.090" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;In Toscana si è sempre usato, infatti quando andai per lavoro in Sicilia per un paio di anni trovavo strano che al tocco dicevano già buona sera.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7302" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-05-01T09:50:25.017" LastActivityDate="2021-05-01T09:50:25.017" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13552" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-04T00:44:59.567" Score="4" ViewCount="139" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have read that in Italian, the words &lt;em&gt;maschio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;femmina&lt;/em&gt; can be used as adjectives after the names of animals to specify that an animal is male or female, and that these adjectives are invariable in this context, so a singular feminine noun still takes &lt;em&gt;maschio&lt;/em&gt; (like &lt;em&gt;la giraffa maschio&lt;/em&gt;) and a single masculine noun still takes &lt;em&gt;femmina&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.ladante-nice.fr/images/grammar.pdf&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Modern Italian Grammar: A Practical Guide&lt;/a&gt;,&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;But &lt;em&gt;maschio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;femmina&lt;/em&gt; don't seem to always be invariable between singular and plural when used as adjectives: for example, there is a phrase &lt;em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://context.reverso.net/traduzione/italiano-inglese/colleghi+maschi&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;colleghi maschi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt; which Reverso says means &amp;quot;male colleagues&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;So I'm confused about what the plural forms are like with animals: should I say &lt;em&gt;le giraffe maschio&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;le giraffe maschi,&lt;/em&gt; or are both used? One source I found gave examples of &lt;em&gt;maschio&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;femmina&lt;/em&gt; with plural animals (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/books/edition/Using_Italian/AvrittnqXIEC?hl=en&amp;amp;gbpv=1&amp;amp;dq=%22maschio%22+%22maschi%22+invariable&amp;amp;pg=PA240&amp;amp;printsec=frontcover&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Using Italian&#xA;A Guide to Contemporary Usage&lt;/a&gt;, By J. J. Kinder, V. M. Savini, 2004, page 240). But also, when I searched online for &amp;quot;le giraffe maschi&amp;quot;, I found many examples; e.g.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quanto sono alte le giraffe?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Le giraffe maschi&lt;/strong&gt; possono superare i 5,5 metri (18 piedi) di altezza e &lt;strong&gt;le giraffe femmine&lt;/strong&gt; possono raggiungere circa 4,5 metri (circa 14 piedi).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(&lt;a href=&quot;https://delphipages.live/it/scienza/mammiferi/mammiferi-ungulati/giraffe&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://delphipages.live/it/scienza/mammiferi/mammiferi-ungulati/giraffe&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4633" LastActivityDate="2021-05-06T12:26:50.647" Title="What are the plurals of &quot;maschio&quot; and &quot;femmina&quot; as adjectives?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;plural&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="9" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13553" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13552" CreationDate="2021-05-06T12:26:50.647" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;I can't tell why but it should be &amp;quot;le giraffe maschio&amp;quot; or il maschio delle giraffe&amp;quot;. Same would be &amp;quot;il coccodrillo&amp;quot; &amp;gt; &amp;quot;i coccodrilli femmina&amp;quot;. This is what sounds correct, at least.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7331" LastActivityDate="2021-05-06T12:26:50.647" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13554" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-06T12:38:21.443" Score="1" ViewCount="80" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sembra che in inglese ci sia un ordine particolare per raggruppare aggettivi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;“Adjectives in English absolutely have to be in this order: opinion-size-age-shape-colour-origin-material-purpose Noun. So you can have a lovely little old rectangular green French silver whittling knife. But if you mess with that word order in the slightest you’ll sound like a maniac. It’s an odd thing that every English speaker uses that list, but almost none of us could write it out.”&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Source: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.bbc.com/culture/article/20160908-the-language-rules-we-know-but-dont-know-we-know&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;BBC.COM&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esiste una regola simile in italiano ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7332" LastEditorUserId="6347" LastEditDate="2021-05-07T06:51:24.113" LastActivityDate="2021-05-07T06:51:24.113" Title="Ordine degli aggettivi" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13555" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-07T07:50:12.647" Score="6" ViewCount="108" Body="&lt;p&gt;L'espressione&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Breve storia triste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;è spesso usata sui social network come cappello per, come dice appunto l'espressione, il racconto di un evento sfortunato solitamente accaduto all'autore del messaggio.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;È un'espressione di cui esiste un'origine unica ed identificabile (a cui i primi utilizzatori si rifacevano esplicitamente, come in una citazione), o si è semplicemente affermata, tra tutti i possibili modi di introdurre un racconto di sventura, per un'emergenza casuale (mista ai meccanismi viralizzanti dei social)?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastActivityDate="2021-05-07T08:54:03.010" Title="Origine dell'espressione &quot;breve storia triste&quot;" Tags="&lt;phrase-origin&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13556" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13555" CreationDate="2021-05-07T07:50:12.647" Score="2" Body="&lt;p&gt;Provo a rispondere alla mia stessa domanda.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In breve&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;: l'espressione sembra affermarsi in un momento specifico a fine 2013. Prima di allora non appare mai casualmente né sui social né sui libri, il che mi fa pensare ad un'origine definita piuttosto che ad un'emergenza casuale. Quale sia questa origine, però, non mi è chiaro.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Twitter&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Da Twitter osservo che l'espressione, nella sua forma rigida (usata come cappello a sé stante), non compare fino al 2013 inoltrato: &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/search?q=%22Breve%20storia%20triste%22%20until%3A2013-09-30%20since%3A2006-01-01&amp;amp;src=typed_query&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;i due tweet precedenti Settembre&lt;/a&gt; sono dei falsi positivi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A Ottobre 2013 compare il primo tweet che usa l'espressione come cappello&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;*Breve storia triste*&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;- Dai, ci sentiamo domani.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;-&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— Regina del divano &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/Reginadeldivano&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;@Reginadeldivano&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/Reginadeldivano/status/393040501412466690&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;23 ottobre 2013&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ad inizio Novembre basterà guardare i soli primi 2 giorni &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/search?q=%22Breve%20storia%20triste%22%20until%3A2013-11-03%20since%3A2013-10-31&amp;amp;src=typed_query&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;per trovare ben 4 tweet&lt;/a&gt;, tutti della forma&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Breve storia triste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;lt;un singolo nome o pronome&amp;gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;— Vari utenti Twitter, 1 e 2 novembre 2013&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Dal &lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/search?q=%22Breve%20storia%20triste%22%20until%3A2013-12-31%20since%3A2013-11-04&amp;amp;src=typed_query&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;4 novembre alla fine dell'anno&lt;/a&gt; il messaggio si ripete ed evolve. La chiusura – &amp;quot;Fine.&amp;quot; – viene talvolta omessa; si nota l'affermarsi di brevi conversazioni riportate con discorso diretto (2-4 battute), o di sequenze di azioni espresse ognuna con un periodo semplice.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/search?q=%22Breve%20storia%20triste%22%20until%3A2014-12-31%20since%3A2014-11-04&amp;amp;src=typed_query&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Nel 2014&lt;/a&gt; il formato è ormai diventato abbastanza libero, ma rimane &amp;quot;Breve storia triste&amp;quot; (seguito da punto o da due punti, e talvolta da un capoverso) ad inizio tweet. Questa forma abbastanza libera è circa la stessa che si osserva tuttora.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;❧&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;C'è da notare che il primo tweet (di @Reginadeldivano) non sembra essere stato eccessivamente famoso (84 retweet mentre scrivo), per cui &lt;strong&gt;non credo che l'origine dell'espressione, e di questa particolare forma di messaggio ironico, sia avvenuta su Twitter&lt;/strong&gt;: probabilmente lo stesso formato si stava affermando altrove (immagino su Facebook – ma forse no: vedi sotto – o sui mass media).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Si osserva inoltre che, quello di cui oggi mi sembra sia rimasto solo l'elemento di apertura come espressione a sé stante (&amp;quot;Breve storia triste&amp;quot;), era inizialmente un formato molto più rigido. Questo non dimostra, ma sembra avvalorare, l'ipotesi di una singola origine &amp;quot;celebre&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Facebook&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Usando la ricerca per &amp;quot;post&amp;quot; su Facebook con filtro &amp;quot;2013&amp;quot; trovo meno risultati che su Twitter. Sono tutti datati Dicembre, quindi successivi all'ondata di Twitter, e con il formato semi-rigido che si osservava in questo periodo su Twitter. Un risultato che appare più volte è:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Breve storia triste:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Domani è lunedì.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Fine.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sembrerebbe quindi che l'espressione non sia nata su Facebook. Tuttavia non sono certo che la ricerca interna a Facebook riporti sempre una selezione esaustiva dei risultati. C'è inoltre la possibilità che le prime manifestazioni fossero veicolate tramite immagini contententi testo, come era comune su Facebook, e (sebbene Facebook usi la lettura dei contenuti dell'immagine) potrebbero essere sfuggite a questa ricerca.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Google Books&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente, l'espressione non sembra aver ancora raggiunto il corpus di libri cercabile con Google Ngram Viewer: &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.com/ngrams/graph?content=breve+storia+triste&amp;amp;year_start=1800&amp;amp;year_end=2019&amp;amp;case_insensitive=on&amp;amp;corpus=33&amp;amp;smoothing=3&amp;amp;direct_url=&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;la ricerca &lt;em&gt;case insensitive&lt;/em&gt; di &amp;quot;breve storia triste&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; per il periodo 1800-2019 non riporta alcun risultato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Alcuni risultati compaiono cercando in Google Books direttamente: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.com/search?tbm=bks&amp;amp;q=%22breve+storia+triste%22&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;breve storia triste&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, di cui una mezza dozzina sembrano rilevanti (tutti relativi agli anni 2018-2021). Tra questi, &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.google.co.uk/books/edition/Breve_storia_triste_del_mondo/__qtDwAAQBAJ?hl=en&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;Breve storia triste (del mondo)&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, libro di Nina Verdelli edito nel 2019 da Baldini-Castoldi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3757" LastEditorUserId="3757" LastEditDate="2021-05-07T08:54:03.010" LastActivityDate="2021-05-07T08:54:03.010" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13557" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13550" CreationDate="2021-05-08T13:55:32.423" Score="0" Body="&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Questa la è riuscito a parare&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;non è corretta in italiano e suona molto male (potrebbe essere usata in qualche espressione regionale, ad esempio provo ad ipotizzare in toscano, con elisione della lettera a: &amp;quot;Questa l'è riuscito a parare&amp;quot;, ma sempre riferita ad un soggetto maschile).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il participio passato concorda sempre in genere e numero con il soggetto quando ha per ausiliare il verbo essere (vedi &lt;a href=&quot;https://library.weschool.com/domanda/participio-passato-e-concordanze-11019.html#:%7E:text=Il%20participio%20passato%20concorda%20sempre,Mario%20e%20Marco%20sono%20ingrassati.&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;qui&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gianluigi è &lt;em&gt;riuscito&lt;/em&gt; a pararla questa (punizione/palla).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Loredana è &lt;em&gt;riuscita&lt;/em&gt; a pararla questa (punizione/palla).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="3065" LastEditorUserId="3065" LastEditDate="2021-05-08T21:06:09.900" LastActivityDate="2021-05-08T21:06:09.900" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13558" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-08T15:58:33.197" Score="2" ViewCount="107" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ecco qualche frase:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;non mi riesce farlo&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Non mi riesce di farlo&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;non mi riesce da fare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Qui &amp;quot;questo&amp;quot; è sottinteso)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A me suonano tutte bene, soprattutto se aggiungiamo un avverbio di modo come bene o male alla frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Anche in presenza di proposizioni relative:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Una cosa che non mi riesce fare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Una cosa che non mi riesce di fare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Una cosa che non mi riesce da fare&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non saprei spiegarne i motivi, però avendo qualche dubbio  ed essendo che c'è  gente più preparata sull'argomento, lascio la parola a voi per sapere se sono tutte frasi corrette e se in entrambi i casi ci sono dei motivi dietro alla correttezza/scorrettezza grammaticale di queste frasi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Grazie in anticipo e buona serata.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="4389" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-05-09T15:35:17.597" LastActivityDate="2021-05-11T18:53:46.933" Title="Preposizione di, da o nessuna preposizione dopo il verbo riuscire?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;prepositions&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13559" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13560" CreationDate="2021-05-09T14:56:22.027" Score="2" ViewCount="66" Body="&lt;p&gt;Stamattina, leggendo un libro in inglese ho incontrato la parola &lt;em&gt;dozen&lt;/em&gt; e l'ho ripetuta più volte in italiano, a voce, e mi è sorta la domanda in oggetto.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qual è l'etimologia delle tre parole &lt;em&gt;dozzina&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;decina&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;dieci&lt;/em&gt;? Esiste o è esistita la quarta parola?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-05-09T15:31:27.413" LastActivityDate="2021-05-09T15:33:32.357" Title="Decina sta a dozzina come dieci sta a?" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;single-words&gt;&lt;numbers&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13560" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13559" CreationDate="2021-05-09T15:33:32.357" Score="7" Body="&lt;p&gt;Alla fine della &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI04/00001001.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;voce &amp;quot;dozzina&amp;quot; sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; puoi vedere l'etimologia di questo termine: viene dal francese &lt;em&gt;douzaine&lt;/em&gt;, che a sua volta deriva da &lt;em&gt;douze&lt;/em&gt;, che significa &amp;quot;dodici&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Lo stesso dizionario, però, ci avverte dell'esistenza del &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI04/00000904.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;vocabolo arcaico &amp;quot;dodicina&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; con lo stesso significato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per quanto riguarda &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI04/00000088.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;decina&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, si tratta di una variante di &amp;quot;diecina&amp;quot;, parola che proviene, effettivamente, da &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI04/00000370.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;dieci&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, che ha origine nel numerale latino &lt;em&gt;decem&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-05-09T15:33:32.357" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13561" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-09T15:56:53.807" Score="2" ViewCount="282" Body="&lt;p&gt;In English, the first letter of every sentence is capitalized. Do we do that too in Italian writing?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7344" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-05-09T16:31:34.297" LastActivityDate="2021-05-09T16:33:44.580" Title="Should I capitalize the first letter of an Italian sentence like in English language?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;punctuation&gt;&lt;capitalization&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="3" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13562" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13561" CreationDate="2021-05-09T16:33:44.580" Score="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Yes, also in Italian it's mandatory to capitalize the first letter of each sentence, as you can see in this &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/uso-delle-maiuscole_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;article from Treccani encyclopedia&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'&lt;em&gt;uso delle maiuscole&lt;/em&gt; è obbligatorio in una serie di casi. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• All’inizio di testo o di una sua parte (capitolo, paragrafo ecc.) &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Quel ramo del lago di Como che volge a mezzogiorno (A. Manzoni, &lt;em&gt;I promessi sposi&lt;/em&gt;) &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• Dopo un punto fermo &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Tornò a Roma. Laggiù si sentiva a casa &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;• All'inizio di una battuta di discorso diretto &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&#xA;Luigi disse: «Arrivo domani»&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-05-09T16:33:44.580" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13563" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13558" CreationDate="2021-05-10T15:32:12.503" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Le forme seguenti si usano comunemente, sia nella forma scritta che parlata e le reputo corrette:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non mi riesce di farlo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non riesco a farlo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le altre forme citate nella domanda non le ho mai sentite né lette prima. Immagino che siano sbagliate ma anche in questo caso, mi baso sull'esperienza e non ho una regola da citare:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non mi riesce farlo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;non mi riesce da farlo&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ol&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La 1) è probabile che si senta ogni tanto: un po' di confusione tra &amp;quot;non mi piace farlo&amp;quot; e non &amp;quot;riesco a farlo&amp;quot;, dato che entrambe le frasi si dicono in contesti simili e hanno un senso simile.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7355" LastEditorUserId="7355" LastEditDate="2021-05-11T18:53:46.933" LastActivityDate="2021-05-11T18:53:46.933" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13565" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-13T03:32:13.380" Score="5" ViewCount="133" Body="&lt;p&gt;Treccani (&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svellere/&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/svellere/&lt;/a&gt;) and DOP (&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=18486&amp;amp;r=28474&quot; rel=&quot;noreferrer&quot;&gt;http://www.dizionario.rai.it/poplemma.aspx?lid=18486&amp;amp;r=28474&lt;/a&gt;) agree that &lt;em&gt;svellere&lt;/em&gt; can be conjugated regularly in the present indicative, but they disagree on what the irregular conjugation is: Treccano says &lt;em&gt;svelgo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;svelli&lt;/em&gt;, while DOP says &lt;em&gt;svelgo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;svelgi&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Can anybody offer any insight? What do other sources say?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7374" LastActivityDate="2021-05-13T07:18:39.017" Title="What is the correct present indicative of *svellere*?" Tags="&lt;verbs&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13566" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13565" CreationDate="2021-05-13T07:18:39.017" Score="4" Body="&lt;p&gt;Actually, Treccani only gives &lt;em&gt;svelgo&lt;/em&gt; as an alternative form for just the 1st person.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;DOP, as you say, gives as basic conjugation the one with &lt;em&gt;svello&lt;/em&gt; (implying &lt;em&gt;svelli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;svelle&lt;/em&gt; etc.) while &lt;em&gt;svelgo&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;svelgi&lt;/em&gt; is denoted “meno com.” (= “less usual”). So, both Treccani and DOP agree on &lt;em&gt;svello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;svelli&lt;/em&gt; as the main conjugation.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Zingarelli too gives this as the main form, while giving, for the 1st singular and 3rd plural persons, also alternative forms &lt;em&gt;svelgo&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;svelgono&lt;/em&gt; as “disusato” (= “no more in use”). The Grande Dizionario della Lingua Italiana &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/sala-lettura/vol/20?seq=610&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;refers&lt;/a&gt; to &lt;em&gt;divellere&lt;/em&gt; for the conjugation, and for the &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/sala-lettura/vol/4?seq=862&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;latter verb&lt;/a&gt; simply gives both &lt;em&gt;divello&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;divelgo&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;All in all, the normal conjugation is &lt;em&gt;svello&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;svelli&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;svelle&lt;/em&gt; etc., while some forms of the conjugation with “g” have appeared somewhere, sometime, but are less usual.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastActivityDate="2021-05-13T07:18:39.017" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13568" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-13T22:35:44.483" Score="5" ViewCount="130" Body="&lt;p&gt;Student at A2/B1 level. 2 years on Duolingo and just started ‘Italy Made Easy’ Intermediate course.&#xA;Google Translate gives over 10 different translations for ‘any’. Duolingo marks one correct for translating ‘any’ as qualsiasi in one translation of ‘any’, but wrong in another, giving ‘qualche’ instead.&#xA;Any advice on how one works out which to use and why please?&#xA;Thanks&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7359" LastActivityDate="2021-05-18T16:28:15.400" Title="Translating ‘any/some’. I don’t understand which of the many Italian words to use (Alcuno v qualsiasi v molto etc) or why one as opposed to another" Tags="&lt;difference&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;indefinite-pronouns&gt;" AnswerCount="2" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13569" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13568" CreationDate="2021-05-14T12:37:51.660" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;It depends on the context of the sentence:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in &lt;em&gt;negative&lt;/em&gt; sentences the meaning is that of   &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;nessuno,&#xA;alcuno&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; &lt;br/&gt; es.: There aren't any jewels in the treasure chest&#xA;(Non c'è nessun gioiello nel forziere)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in &lt;em&gt;interrogative&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;affirmative&lt;/em&gt; sentences the meaning is that of&#xA;“&lt;strong&gt;qualche, alcuni, un po’&lt;/strong&gt;” &lt;br/&gt;  es.:&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;Do you have any coins?&#xA;(Hai qualche moneta?) &lt;br /&gt; Do you like any of these topping on your&#xA;frozen yogurt? (Ti piace qualcuno di questi condimenti sul tuo yogurt&#xA;gelato?)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;in &lt;em&gt;affirmative&lt;/em&gt; sentences exceptionally it has the meaning of&#xA;&amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;es.:  Pick any fruit you want  (Scegli&#xA;qualsiasi frutto che vuoi)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="5487" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-05-14T14:26:34.367" LastActivityDate="2021-05-14T14:26:34.367" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13572" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-16T21:45:35.110" Score="2" ViewCount="56" Body="&lt;p&gt;Si tratta di una domanda correlata a &lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/q/11442/&quot;&gt;questa&lt;/a&gt;, che è ancora senza una risposta completa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In quella domanda ho citato questa terzina di Dante, di suprema bellezza e intensità:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;            Tu lascerai ogne cosa diletta&lt;br&gt;&#xA;            più caramente; e questo è quello strale&lt;br&gt;&#xA;            che l’arco de lo essilio pria saetta.&lt;br&gt;&#xA;           &#xA;(&lt;em&gt;Paradiso&lt;/em&gt; XVII, 55-57).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Immaginate che io voglia parafrasare in italiano moderno il secondo emistichio, usando &amp;quot;freccia&amp;quot; al posto di &amp;quot;strale&amp;quot;: come dovrei fare l'accordo della locuzione &amp;quot;per primo/a&amp;quot;? Con il soggetto &amp;quot;l'arco&amp;quot; o con l'oggetto diretto &amp;quot;la freccia&amp;quot;? Cioè, si dovrebbe dire&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e questa è la freccia che l'arco dell'esilio saetta per primo&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;oppure&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;e questa è la freccia che l'arco dell'esilio saetta per prima?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Queste due mie frasi hanno significati diversi? Ho l'impressione che la risposta a questa ultima domanda sia affermativa, ma non ne sono del tutto sicura. La mia ipotesi è che, nel primo caso, sia implicito l'uso di parecchi archi e che l'espressione faccia riferimento al primo arco a essere utilizzato per lanciare una freccia, mentre il secondo si riferirebbe al primo dardo saettato da un arco usato per lanciare più di una freccia. È così?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastActivityDate="2021-05-17T10:10:43.980" Title="Accordo di &quot;per primo/a&quot; con il soggetto o con l'oggetto diretto" Tags="&lt;word-usage&gt;&lt;meaning&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;adverbs&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13573" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13572" CreationDate="2021-05-17T08:18:13.137" Score="1" Body="&lt;p&gt;Sì, le due frasi hanno significato diverso:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;e questa è la freccia che l'arco dell'esilio saetta per primo&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; significa che l'arco è il primo a lanciare la freccia (e poi potrebbero esserci altri archi che la lanciano)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;e questa è la freccia che l'arco dell'esilio saetta per prima&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; significa che la freccia è la prima ad essere lanciata dall'arco (che poi potrebbe lanciarne anche altre, ma resta sempre lo stesso arco)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel caso citato, la parafrasi corretta è la seconda: l'abbandono delle cose care è la prima conseguenza (freccia) dell'esilio (arco), a cui ne potrebbero seguire altre (ad esempio, la difficoltà di vivere da straniero in terra straniera, il senso di impotenza nel vedere la propria patria in mano al &amp;quot;nemico&amp;quot;, senza poter far nulla, etc.)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;L'interpretazione corretta si può desumere dal contesto: innanzi tutto sarebbe assurdo pensare ad una stessa freccia scagliata più volte da archi diversi, quindi la metafora stessa, da sola, suggerisce che quel &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;pria&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; sia riferito allo strale e non all'arco.&#xA;In secondo luogo, proseguendo nella lettura dei versi successivi risulta evidente che Dante stia elencando una serie di conseguenze (che, nella metafora sono gli strali) dell'esilio (che nella metafore è l'arco), di cui l'abbandono di ciò che è caro è solo la prima:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu lascerai ogne cosa diletta&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;più caramente; e questo è quello strale&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;che l’arco de lo essilio pria saetta. &lt;code&gt;[57]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Tu proverai sì come sa di sale&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;lo pane altrui, e come è duro calle&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;lo scendere e 'l salir per l'altrui scale.  &lt;code&gt;[60]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;E quel che più ti graverà le spalle,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;sarà la compagnia malvagia e scempia&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;con la qual tu cadrai in questa valle; &lt;code&gt;[63]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;che tutta ingrata, tutta matta ed empia&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;si farà contr’ a te; ma, poco appresso,&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;ella, non tu, n’avrà rossa la tempia. &lt;code&gt;[66]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;(Dante, Paradiso, canto XVII, versi 55-66)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-05-17T10:10:43.980" LastActivityDate="2021-05-17T10:10:43.980" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13574" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-17T21:09:22.207" Score="1" ViewCount="106" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://treccani.it/vocabolario/immune&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Immune&lt;/strong&gt; 1. Che non è soggetto a […]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/immunitario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Immunitario&lt;/strong&gt; 1. Relativo a[…]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Mi viene naturale notare che se il primo aggettivo è X, il secondo è (circa) X-tario.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Credo che ci siano tante altre coppie di aggettivi come i due sopra citati, e immagino che tra i due rappresentanti di ogni coppia intercorra la stessa relazione grammaticale che tra i due sopra citati. (Salvo qualche eccezione?)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Hanno un nome queste due &amp;quot;categorie&amp;quot; di aggettivi? O sono solo due gruppi di aggettivi che io immagino&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Al di là del ruolo che i due aggettivi hanno nella frase, noto che il primo è formato da &lt;em&gt;immun-&lt;/em&gt; con suffisso &lt;em&gt;-e&lt;/em&gt; che gli attribuisce il numero, mentre il secondo è formato sulla base del primo con un il suffisso (o infisso, o &amp;quot;pezzo nel mezzo&amp;quot;) &lt;em&gt;-tari-&lt;/em&gt; seguito dal suffisso &lt;em&gt;-o&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Non ho studiato linguistica, ma credo che tutti i suffissi che connotano genere e numero di una parola appartengano ad una stessa categoria, mentre quelli che ne fanno un avverbio, come &lt;em&gt;-mente&lt;/em&gt;, rientrino in un'altra.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Quel suffisso (o qualunque cosa sia) &lt;em&gt;-tari-&lt;/em&gt; ha un nome?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastEditorUserId="2650" LastEditDate="2021-05-26T19:42:05.457" LastActivityDate="2021-05-26T19:42:05.457" Title="Se immune e immunitario sono entrambi aggettivi, come si distinguono dal punto di vista grammaticale?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;&lt;suffix&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="15" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13575" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13568" CreationDate="2021-05-18T09:24:42.993" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;I am going to refer to the &amp;quot;Cambridge Dictionary - Grammar Today&amp;quot; &lt;a href=&quot;https://dictionary.cambridge.org/it/grammatica/grammatica-britannico/any&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;section about &amp;quot;any&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; and provide you a translation of the examples:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Examples of language in use&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Any as a determiner&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Did you bring &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; bread? -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Hai portato &lt;strong&gt;del&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;il&lt;/strong&gt; pane?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Mr Jacobson refused to answer &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; questions. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Mr Jacobson ha rifiutato di rispondere a &lt;strong&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;qualunque&lt;/strong&gt; domanda&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;If I were able to travel back to &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; place and time in history, I would go to ancient China. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Se potessi viaggiare indietro nella storia a &lt;strong&gt;qualunque&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/strong&gt; periodo e luogo, andrei nell'antica Cina&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Weak form any: indefinite quantities [1]&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Have you got &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; eggs? -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Hai (&lt;strong&gt;delle&lt;/strong&gt;) uova&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I haven’t got &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; eggs. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Non ho (&lt;strong&gt;delle&lt;/strong&gt;) uova&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I’ve got &lt;strong&gt;some&lt;/strong&gt; eggs. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Ho &lt;strong&gt;delle&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;alcune&lt;/strong&gt; uova&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do I need to get &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; petrol? -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Devo fare benzina?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;There aren’t &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; clean knives. They’re all in the dishwasher. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Non ci sono  (&lt;strong&gt;dei&lt;/strong&gt;) coltelli puliti. Sono tutti nella lavastoviglie&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h3&gt;Strong form any meaning ‘it does not matter which’ [2]&lt;/h3&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Call 0800675-437 for &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; information about the courses -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Chiama lo 0800675-437 per &lt;strong&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;qualunque&lt;/strong&gt; informazione sui corsi&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;When you make a late booking, you don’t know where you’re going to go, do you? It could be &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; destination. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Quando fai una prenotazione last-minute non sai dove andrai, vero? Potrebbe essere &lt;strong&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/strong&gt;/&lt;strong&gt;qualunque&lt;/strong&gt; destinazione&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Do we have &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt; form of agreement with new staff when they start? -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Abbiamo &lt;strong&gt;qualche&lt;/strong&gt; forma di accordo con il nuovo staff, su quando inizieranno?&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Any as a pronoun&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Have you got some £1 coins on you?&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;B: Sorry, I don’t think I have &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt;. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Spiacente, non penso di aver&lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: Do you find that Elizabeth gets lots of homework? Marie gets a lot.&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;B: No not really. She gets hardly &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt;. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Veramente no. &lt;strong&gt;Ne&lt;/strong&gt; ha a malapena.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A: What did you think of the cake? It was delicious, wasn’t it?&lt;br /&gt;&#xA;B: I don’t know. I didn’t get &lt;strong&gt;any&lt;/strong&gt;. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Non so. Non &lt;strong&gt;ne&lt;/strong&gt; ho mangiata/avuta&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;Any of [3]&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Shall I keep &lt;strong&gt;any of these&lt;/strong&gt; spices? I think they’re all out of date. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Devo tenere &lt;strong&gt;qualcuna di queste&lt;/strong&gt; spezie? Penso che siano tutte scadute.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Are &lt;strong&gt;any of you&lt;/strong&gt; going to the meeting? -&amp;gt; &lt;strong&gt;Qualcuno di voi&lt;/strong&gt; sta andando all'incontro?&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I couldn’t answer &lt;strong&gt;any of these&lt;/strong&gt; questions. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Non potrei rispondere a &lt;strong&gt;nessuna/alcuna di queste&lt;/strong&gt; domande&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;I listen to Abba but I’ve never bought &lt;strong&gt;any of their&lt;/strong&gt; music. -&amp;gt; &lt;em&gt;Ascolto gli Abba ma non ho mai comprato la loro musica&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;h1&gt;Notes about the grammar&lt;/h1&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;[1] Any as a determiner for indefinite quantities&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As a general rule of thumb, when in English you use any + plural noun or any + uncountable noun, in Italian you do not translate at all &amp;quot;any&amp;quot; or you use the preposition &lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; (&amp;quot;of&amp;quot;) + the appropriate article for the name (&lt;code&gt;il&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;lo&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;la&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;i&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;gli&lt;/code&gt;, &lt;code&gt;le&lt;/code&gt;):&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;il&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;del&lt;/code&gt; (masculine singular)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;lo&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;dello&lt;/code&gt; (masculine singular)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;la&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;della&lt;/code&gt; (feminine singular)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;i&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;dei&lt;/code&gt; (masculine plural)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;gli&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;degli&lt;/code&gt; (masculine plural)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;code&gt;di&lt;/code&gt; + &lt;code&gt;le&lt;/code&gt; = &lt;code&gt;delle&lt;/code&gt; (feminine plural)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;[2] Any as a determiner meaning ‘it does not matter which’&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, when &amp;quot;any&amp;quot; indicates &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;one&lt;/strong&gt; (or more), no matter which&amp;quot;, you translate it with &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;qualunque&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;qualsiasi&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;; whet it indicates &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;zero&lt;/strong&gt; (or more), no matter which&amp;quot; you translate it with &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;qualche&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;.&#xA;In the examples, if you call the number you have at least one question about the courses,if you make a late booking you'll be offered at least one destination but you might or might not have an agreement with the new staff.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;[3] Any of&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In general, in positive sentences you use &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;qualcuno/a di&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; and in negative ones you use &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;nessuno/a di&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;&lt;em&gt;alcuno/a di&lt;/em&gt;&amp;quot;. With uncountable nouns, like in the last example, you do not translate &amp;quot;any&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;h2&gt;About the double negation in Italian&lt;/h2&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;As suggested by @DenisNardin, the double negation can be confusing for an English speaker but the topic is not strictly related to this question and might require a long explanation, therefore I am going to link a couple of resources where you can find some more information:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/1155/why-is-the-double-negation-not-an-issue-in-the-italian-language&quot;&gt;question on Italian StackExchange&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.italymagazine.com/featured-story/going-over-double-negatives&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;ItalyMagazine.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-05-18T16:28:15.400" LastActivityDate="2021-05-18T16:28:15.400" CommentCount="2" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13576" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-23T21:27:22.930" Score="2" ViewCount="55" Body="&lt;p&gt;Nell'italiano moderno, il significato più comune dell'aggettivo &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/gioviale/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;gioviale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; è il seguente, tratto dal vocabolario Treccani:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.&lt;/strong&gt; Più com., con riferimento a persona, abitualmente allegro, lieto, sereno, disposto a cogliere il lato più piacevole delle cose e a diffondere esternamente l’interna allegria: &lt;em&gt;un uomo g.; carattere, indole, temperamento, umore g&lt;/em&gt;.; per estens., riferito alle manifestazioni esteriori: &lt;em&gt;aspetto, faccia g.; modi gioviali&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ora, secondo il &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI06/00000841.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, tale senso di &lt;em&gt;gioviale&lt;/em&gt; è derivato dall'accezione come aggettivo per qualificare qualcosa che ha a che vedere col pianeta Giove, a cui si attribuiva un influsso benefico sugli esseri viventi.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Attira la mia attenzione il fatto che la prima attestazione scritta di questa accezione del termine riportata da questo dizionario  sia una frase tratta dalla &lt;a href=&quot;https://books.google.es/books?id=TJAnBwuPq78C&amp;amp;pg=PA93&amp;amp;lpg=PA93&amp;amp;dq=%22I+Francesi,+che+sono+di+natura+allegra+e+gioviale%22++.%22non+fanno+conto+nessuno+delle+lettere%22&amp;amp;source=bl&amp;amp;ots=3Gi-IS2a7w&amp;amp;sig=ACfU3U0RTajabgVmFdQPnX9POoC4oR9vXg&amp;amp;hl=it&amp;amp;sa=X&amp;amp;ved=2ahUKEwjEgqOcl-fwAhUmMewKHbmeAM4Q6AEwAHoECAQQAQ#v=onepage&amp;amp;q=%22I%20Francesi%2C%20che%20sono%20di%20natura%20allegra%20e%20gioviale%22%20%20.%22non%20fanno%20conto%20nessuno%20delle%20lettere%22&amp;amp;f=false&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ragion di stato&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt; di Giovanni Botero, della &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Della_Ragion_di_Stato&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;fine del secolo XVI&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Per lo secondo effetto i Francesi, che sono di natura allegra e gioviale (parlo de' nobili), non fanno conto nessuno delle lettere né de' litterati, e Ludovico XI Re di Francia, [...].&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Cioè, questo significato di &amp;quot;gioviale&amp;quot; è entrato relativamente tardi nella lingua in comparazione a, per esempio, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000864.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;marziale&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; nel senso di qualcosa di carattere guerriero o militare, che si trova già nel Trecento.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente, però, l'aggettivo &amp;quot;jovial&amp;quot;, con pronunce diverse, con lo stesso significato di &amp;quot;gioviale&amp;quot;, si usa in parecchie lingue romanze: castigliano, catalano, francese e portoghese. Questo è per dire che, se, come pare, questa accezione di &amp;quot;gioviale&amp;quot; deriva della convinzione che il pianeta Giove avesse qualche influsso sugli esseri viventi, tale credenza dovrebbe essere abbastanza diffusa.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno di voi saprebbe aggiungere più dettagli su questa derivazione? Quali caratteristiche associate a Giove erano correlate con le manifestazioni di allegria delle persone?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-05-26T11:27:59.243" LastActivityDate="2021-05-26T11:27:59.243" Title="Come si è passato dal pianeta Giove al manifestarsi allegro?" Tags="&lt;word-meaning&gt;&lt;etymology&gt;&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="7" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13577" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="8704" CreationDate="2021-05-25T09:41:38.610" Score="-1" Body="&lt;p&gt;La rava deriva da &lt;em&gt;ravanare&lt;/em&gt; che si riferisce ad un metodo complesso di preparazione del terreno per alcune colture quindi il detto la rava e la fava indica un discorso che parte da una base complessa e si sviluppa addentrandosi minuziosamente nei particolari&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7414" LastEditorUserId="1243" LastEditDate="2021-05-25T12:49:18.383" LastActivityDate="2021-05-25T12:49:18.383" CommentCount="1" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13578" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-25T10:23:39.997" Score="3" ViewCount="52" Body="&lt;p&gt;I have come across &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.secoloditalia.it/2017/08/tutto-il-dolore-del-padre-di-niccolo-ciatti-e-il-dramma-della-fidanzata/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;this example&lt;/a&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;Non sono essere&lt;/strong&gt; umani ma bestie che hanno ammazzato mio figlio come&#xA;un sacco di patate, non posso dire neanche come un cane perché neanche&#xA;un cane si merita una fine così&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;I know what the sentence means, but the construction &lt;code&gt;non sono essere&lt;/code&gt; makes no sense to me. I first thought it's a typo, but then found other examples in the 'Net.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6976" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-05-25T16:23:44.547" LastActivityDate="2021-05-25T16:23:44.547" Title="'Non sono essere'" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;agreement&gt;&lt;grammatical-number&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13579" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13578" CreationDate="2021-05-25T10:45:51.467" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;It's a typo, no doubt. It should be &lt;em&gt;Non sono esseri umani, ma bestie che...&lt;/em&gt;, that is, “Those are not human beings, but beasts, who...”.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;sub&gt; As for other examples in the web, you are free to ask about them, but keep in mind that, given any possible typo, Google will find it thousands of times.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="37" LastEditorUserId="37" LastEditDate="2021-05-25T11:01:50.303" LastActivityDate="2021-05-25T11:01:50.303" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13580" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13583" CreationDate="2021-05-26T19:20:53.473" Score="4" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;Il testo della bella canzone &amp;quot;Estate&amp;quot; è sempre scritto con la frase &amp;quot;Cadranno mille petali di rose&amp;quot;. Quella frase dovrebbe invece essere &amp;quot;Cadranno mille petali di rosa&amp;quot;?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7419" LastActivityDate="2021-05-29T15:26:15.533" Title="&quot;Petali di rose&quot; o &quot;petali di rosa&quot;?" Tags="&lt;word-choice&gt;&lt;difference&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="6" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13581" PostTypeId="1" AcceptedAnswerId="13582" CreationDate="2021-05-26T19:57:14.137" Score="0" ViewCount="58" Body="&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://italian.stackexchange.com/questions/13574/se-immune-e-immunitario-sono-entrambi-aggettivi-come-si-distinguono-dal-punto-d&quot;&gt;A seguito del fallimento nel porre una domanda che mi sembrava scontato ammettesse come risposte unicamente &lt;em&gt;sì&lt;/em&gt; e &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, proverò a formularne una simile, con la finalità di soddisfare la stessa curiosità, in fondo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;La domanda è quella nel titolo:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Gli aggettivi esprimenti l'idea che il sostantivo a cui si riferiscono sia &amp;quot;relativo a qualcosa&amp;quot; sono annoverati in un comune insieme di aggettivi?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi di aggettivi che esprimono la suddetta idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/immunitario/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Immunitario - &lt;em&gt;Relativo a&lt;/em&gt; ...&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/vocabolario/agrario&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Agrario - &lt;em&gt;Che riguarda&lt;/em&gt; ...&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Esempi di aggettivi che non esprimono la suddetta idea:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Bello&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Scontato&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Inutile&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Sono interessato ad una risposta che sia &lt;em&gt;sì&lt;/em&gt; o &lt;em&gt;no&lt;/em&gt;, accompagnata da una fonte a supporto, in quanto non sono stato in grado di trovare alcunché a riguardo.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="2650" LastActivityDate="2021-05-27T10:19:26.007" Title="Gli aggettivi esprimenti l'idea che il sostantivo a cui si riferiscono sia &quot;relativo a qualcosa&quot; sono annoverati in un comune insieme di aggettivi?" Tags="&lt;adjectives&gt;" AnswerCount="1" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13582" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13581" CreationDate="2021-05-27T10:07:17.350" Score="5" Body="&lt;p&gt;Mi risulta che gli aggettivi si distinguano in &lt;em&gt;qualificativi&lt;/em&gt; (che danno informazioni su caratteristiche intrinseche di ciò a cui si riferiscono - es. &amp;quot;blu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;grande&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;buono&amp;quot;, etc.) e &lt;em&gt;determinativi&lt;/em&gt; (che danno informazioni sul rapporto esistente fra ciò a cui si riferiscono ed altro - es. &amp;quot;primo&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;mio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;questo&amp;quot;, etc.).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli aggettivi qualificativi si suddividono in &lt;em&gt;primitivi&lt;/em&gt; (es. &amp;quot;dolce&amp;quot;), &lt;em&gt;derivati&lt;/em&gt; (es. &amp;quot;musicale&amp;quot; da musica), &lt;em&gt;alterati&lt;/em&gt; (es. &amp;quot;dolciastro&amp;quot;) e &lt;em&gt;composti&lt;/em&gt; (es. &amp;quot;agrodolce&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Gli aggettivi a cui fai riferimento sono quindi aggettivi &lt;em&gt;qualificativi derivati&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Il &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.treccani.it/enciclopedia/aggettivi-qualificativi_%28La-grammatica-italiana%29/&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;sito della Treccani&lt;/a&gt; usa l'espressione aggettivi qualificativi &lt;em&gt;di relazione&lt;/em&gt; per fare riferimento agli aggettivi che esprimono l'idea di &amp;quot;che riguarda...&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;relativo a...&amp;quot; ma fra questi non rientrano solo gli aggettivi con suffisso in &lt;em&gt;-ario&lt;/em&gt; (che sembrava essere il fulcro della tua domanda precedente), come risulta evidente dagli esempi riportati sul sito.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Inoltre, a mio avviso, la classificazione di un aggettivo come &amp;quot;di relazione&amp;quot; sembra legata più al contesto in cui è usato che ad una rigida regola grammaticale. Ad esempio:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;Un suono molto musicale (in cui &amp;quot;musicale&amp;quot; indica una qualità del suono)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;li&gt;L'industria musicale (in cui &amp;quot;musicale&amp;quot; indica una relazione)&lt;/li&gt;&#xA;&lt;/ul&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;In sintesi, quindi, la risposta alla tua domanda è &amp;quot;no&amp;quot; ma difficilmente troverai una fonte che lo dica esplicitamente, per lo stesso motivo per cui non troverai fonti che dicano esplicitamente che non esiste una legge che ti vieta di respirare: normalmente la gente si prende la briga di dimostrare ciò che è, non tutto ciò che non è. ;)&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="6856" LastEditorUserId="6856" LastEditDate="2021-05-27T10:19:26.007" LastActivityDate="2021-05-27T10:19:26.007" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13583" PostTypeId="2" ParentId="13580" CreationDate="2021-05-27T10:35:45.980" Score="6" Body="&lt;p&gt;Ambedue queste espressioni, &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/Ricerca/Sequenza?q=petali+di+rose&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;petali di rose&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; e &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/Ricerca/Sequenza?q=petali+di+rosa&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;petali di rosa&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; sono in uso, come si evince dalla ricerca in sequenza delle stringhe correspondenti sul &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Troviamo un esempio di uso di &amp;quot;petali di rosa&amp;quot; nelle &lt;em&gt;Sorelle Materassi&lt;/em&gt; di Aldo Palazzeschi:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;A queste gioie terrene si aggiungevano quelle celesti, le benedizioni che la buona e infelice sorella dal cielo lasciava cadere come petali di rosa sopra le loro teste.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Curiosamente, però, nella lettura di questo romanzo che si fa nel &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.raiplayradio.it/audio/2015/05/Sorelle-Materassi---Lettura-IX-5477600c-ee61-49fe-abac-942439f19453.html&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;programma &amp;quot;Ad alta voce&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; di Rai Radio 3, &lt;a href=&quot;https://it.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paolo_Poli&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;Paolo Poli&lt;/a&gt; pronuncia chiaramente &amp;quot;petali di rose&amp;quot; (lo potete sentire al minuto 9:30), magari perché abitava a Roma e, come @DaG, si era abituato a questa espressione.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcosa di più recente si trova su un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI23/00563.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;articolo della &lt;em&gt;Stampa&lt;/em&gt; del 1990&lt;/a&gt; citato nel dizionario sopra menzionato:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Le giacchette lievi come petali di rosa stanno in un pugno, sono in microfibra, seta, lana, daino, cotone trattato.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Ed ecco un &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI09/00000618.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;esempio di &amp;quot;petali di rose&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt; tratto dal libro &lt;em&gt;Contrada dei gatti&lt;/em&gt; di Achille Giovanni Cagna:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Coppie di angioletti con cestelli spandono sulla via a manciate petali di rose, di dalie e di ortensie spampanate.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Nel primo link al &lt;em&gt;Grande dizionario della lingua italiana&lt;/em&gt;, si trovano altre esempi in poesie di Carlo Vallini, di Sergio Corazzini e di Giovanni Pascoli,&#xA;e anche nella definizione di &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.gdli.it/JPG/GDLI17/00106.jpg&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow noreferrer&quot;&gt;&amp;quot;aceto rosato&amp;quot;&lt;/a&gt;, che riporto qui sotto:&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;      &lt;em&gt;Aceto rosato&lt;/em&gt;:&#xA;nel quale sono stati posti a macerare petali di rose.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="707" LastEditorUserId="707" LastEditDate="2021-05-29T15:26:15.533" LastActivityDate="2021-05-29T15:26:15.533" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13584" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-29T17:44:24.037" Score="3" ViewCount="18" Body="&lt;p&gt;La risposta alla domanda&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;A chi altro devo dire della festa?&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;può essere&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;&amp;quot;Dillo anche ai tuoi colleghi&amp;quot;.&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Come mai usiamo &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;dillo&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; e non &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;dilla&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; dato che il pronome sostituisce &amp;quot;&lt;strong&gt;della festa&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;quot; che è femminile?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;&lt;p&gt;Qualcuno me lo potrebbe spiegare? Come funziona?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="1140" LastActivityDate="2021-05-29T17:44:24.037" Title="Perché usiamo &quot;dillo&quot; e non &quot;dilla&quot; al posto di &quot;della festa&quot; in una frase con l'imperativo" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;pronouns&gt;&lt;imperativo&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="4" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
  <row Id="13585" PostTypeId="1" CreationDate="2021-05-30T01:23:49.680" Score="0" ViewCount="3" Body="&lt;p&gt;Shouldn't the Poet say &lt;em&gt;che m'ha fatto cercar IL tuo volume&lt;/em&gt; ? Or is it that at that time there was not definite distinction between &lt;em&gt;il&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;lo&lt;/em&gt; ?&lt;/p&gt;&#xA;" OwnerUserId="7427" LastActivityDate="2021-05-30T01:23:49.680" Title="Why did Dante say &quot;LO tuo volume&quot;?" Tags="&lt;grammar&gt;&lt;orthography&gt;" AnswerCount="0" CommentCount="0" ContentLicense="CC BY-SA 4.0" />
</posts>